Add Qt3 development HEAD version

227 files changed, 167171 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/kernel/makepsheader.pl b/src/kernel/makepsheader.pl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b842e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/makepsheader.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+open(INPUT, 'qpsprinter.ps')
+  or die "Can't open qpsprinter.ps";
+
+$dontcompress = 1;
+while(<INPUT>) {
+  $line = $_;
+  chomp $line;
+  if ( /ENDUNCOMPRESS/ ) {
+    $dontcompress = 0;
+  }
+  $line =~ s/%.*$//;
+  $line = $line;
+  if ( $dontcompress eq 1 ) {
+    push(@uncompressed, $line);
+  } else {
+    push(@lines, $line);
+  }
+#  print "$line\n";
+}
+
+$uc = join(" ", @uncompressed);
+$uc =~ s,\t+, ,g;
+$uc=~ s, +, ,g;
+
+$h = join(" ", @lines);
+$h =~ s,\t+, ,g;
+$h =~ s, +, ,g;
+$h = $h.' ';
+
+# now compress as much as possible
+$h =~ s/ def / d /g;
+$h =~ s/ bind def / D /g;
+$h =~ s/ dup dup / d2 /g;
+$h =~ s/ exch d / ED /g;
+$h =~ s/ lineto / LT /g;
+$h =~ s/ moveto / MT /g;
+$h =~ s/ stroke / S /g;
+$h =~ s/ setfont / F /g;
+$h =~ s/ setlinewidth / SW /g;
+$h =~ s/ closepath / CP /g;
+$h =~ s/ rlineto / RL /g;
+$h =~ s/ newpath / NP /g;
+$h =~ s/ currentmatrix / CM /g;
+$h =~ s/ setmatrix / SM /g;
+$h =~ s/ translate / TR /g;
+$h =~ s/ setdash / SD /g;
+$h =~ s/ aload pop setrgbcolor / SC /g;
+$h =~ s/ currentfile read pop / CR /g;
+$h =~ s/ index / i /g;
+$h =~ s/ bitshift / bs /g;
+$h =~ s/ setcolorspace / scs /g;
+$h =~ s/ dict dup begin / DB /g;
+$h =~ s/ end d / DE /g;
+$h =~ s/ ifelse / ie /g;
+$h =~ s/ astore pop / sp /g;
+
+# add the uncompressed part of the header before
+$h = $uc.' '.$h;
+
+
+
+#print $h;
+
+# wordwrap at col 76
+@head = split(' ', $h);
+$line = shift @head;
+while( @head ) {
+  $token = shift @head;
+  chomp $token;
+#  print "\nl=$l, len=$len, token=$token.";
+  $newline = $line.' '.$token;
+  $newline =~ s, /,/,g;
+  $newline =~ s, \{,\{,g;
+  $newline =~ s, \},\},g;
+  $newline =~ s, \[,\[,g;
+  $newline =~ s, \],\],g;
+  $newline =~ s,\{ ,\{,g;
+  $newline =~ s,\} ,\},g;
+  $newline =~ s,\[ ,\[,g;
+  $newline =~ s,\] ,\],g;
+  if ( length( $newline ) > 76 ) {
+#    print "\nline=$line\n";
+    $header = $header."\n\"".$line."\\n\"";
+    $newline = $token;
+  }
+  $line = $newline;
+}
+$header = $header."\n\"".$line."\\n\"";
+
+
+print $header;
diff --git a/src/kernel/q1xcompatibility.h b/src/kernel/q1xcompatibility.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c28f33d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/q1xcompatibility.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Various macros etc. to ease porting from Qt 1.x to 2.0.  THIS FILE
+** WILL CHANGE OR DISAPPEAR IN THE NEXT VERSION OF Qt.
+**
+** Created : 980824
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef Q1XCOMPATIBILITY_H
+#define Q1XCOMPATIBILITY_H
+
+#error "Compatibility with Qt 1.x is no longer guaranteed. Please"
+#error "update your code (for example using qt20fix script). We"
+#error "apologize for any inconvenience."
+
+#endif // Q1XCOMPATIBILITY_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qabstractlayout.cpp b/src/kernel/qabstractlayout.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6921d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qabstractlayout.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1945 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the abstract layout base class
+**
+** Created : 960416
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qlayout.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qlayoutengine_p.h"
+#include "qmenubar.h"
+#include "qtoolbar.h"
+
+static int menuBarHeightForWidth( QMenuBar *menubar, int w )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    if ( menubar && !menubar->isHidden() && !menubar->isTopLevel() )
+	return menubar->heightForWidth( QMAX(w, menubar->minimumWidth()) );
+    else
+#endif
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QLayoutItem
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+    \brief The QLayoutItem class provides an abstract item that a
+    QLayout manipulates.
+
+    This is used by custom layouts.
+
+    Pure virtual functions are provided to return information about
+    the layout, including, sizeHint(), minimumSize(), maximumSize()
+    and expanding().
+
+    The layout's geometry can be set and retrieved with setGeometry()
+    and geometry(), and its alignment with setAlignment() and
+    alignment().
+
+    isEmpty() returns whether the layout is empty. iterator() returns
+    an iterator for the layout's children. If the concrete item is a
+    QWidget, it can be retrieved using widget(). Similarly for
+    layout() and spacerItem().
+
+    \sa QLayout
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QSpacerItem
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+    \brief The QSpacerItem class provides blank space in a layout.
+
+    This class is used by custom layouts.
+
+    \sa QLayout QLayout::spacerItem()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QWidgetItem
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+    \brief The QWidgetItem class is a layout item that represents a widget.
+
+    This is used by custom layouts.
+
+    \sa QLayout QLayout::widget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutItem::QLayoutItem( int alignment )
+
+    Constructs a layout item with an \a alignment that is a bitwise OR
+    of the \l{Qt::AlignmentFlags}. Not all subclasses support
+    alignment.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QLayoutItem::alignment() const
+
+    Returns the alignment of this item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the alignment of this item to \a a, which is a bitwise OR of
+    the \l{Qt::AlignmentFlags}. Not all subclasses support alignment.
+*/
+void QLayoutItem::setAlignment( int a )
+{
+    align = a;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QLayoutItem::maximumSize() const
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to return the maximum size of this item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QLayoutItem::minimumSize() const
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to return the minimum size of this item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QLayoutItem::sizeHint() const
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to return the preferred size of this item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::ExpandData QLayoutItem::expanding() const
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to return the direction(s) this item
+    "wants" to expand in (if any).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QLayoutItem::setGeometry( const QRect &r )
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to set this item's geometry to \a r.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QLayoutItem::geometry() const
+
+    Returns the rectangle covered by this layout item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QLayoutItem::isEmpty() const
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to return whether this item is empty,
+    i.e. whether it contains any widgets.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSpacerItem::QSpacerItem( int w, int h, QSizePolicy::SizeType hData, QSizePolicy::SizeType vData )
+
+    Constructs a spacer item with preferred width \a w, preferred
+    height \a h, horizontal size policy \a hData and vertical size
+    policy \a vData.
+
+    The default values provide a gap that is able to stretch if
+    nothing else wants the space.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Changes this spacer item to have preferred width \a w, preferred
+    height \a h, horizontal size policy \a hData and vertical size
+    policy \a vData.
+
+    The default values provide a gap that is able to stretch if
+    nothing else wants the space.
+*/
+void QSpacerItem::changeSize( int w, int h, QSizePolicy::SizeType hData,
+			      QSizePolicy::SizeType vData )
+{
+    width = w;
+    height = h;
+    sizeP = QSizePolicy( hData, vData );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidgetItem::QWidgetItem (QWidget * w)
+
+    Creates an item containing widget \a w.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QLayoutItem.
+*/
+QLayoutItem::~QLayoutItem()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Invalidates any cached information in this layout item.
+*/
+void QLayoutItem::invalidate()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    If this item is a QLayout, it is returned as a QLayout; otherwise
+    0 is returned. This function provides type-safe casting.
+*/
+QLayout * QLayoutItem::layout()
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If this item is a QSpacerItem, it is returned as a QSpacerItem;
+    otherwise 0 is returned. This function provides type-safe casting.
+*/
+QSpacerItem * QLayoutItem::spacerItem()
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QLayout * QLayout::layout()
+{
+    return this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QSpacerItem * QSpacerItem::spacerItem()
+{
+    return this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If this item is a QWidget, it is returned as a QWidget; otherwise
+    0 is returned. This function provides type-safe casting.
+*/
+QWidget * QLayoutItem::widget()
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the widget managed by this item.
+*/
+QWidget * QWidgetItem::widget()
+{
+    return wid;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this layout's preferred height depends on its
+    width; otherwise returns FALSE. The default implementation returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    Reimplement this function in layout managers that support height
+    for width.
+
+    \sa heightForWidth(), QWidget::heightForWidth()
+*/
+bool QLayoutItem::hasHeightForWidth() const
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an iterator over this item's QLayoutItem children. The
+    default implementation returns an empty iterator.
+
+    Reimplement this function in subclasses that can have children.
+*/
+QLayoutIterator QLayoutItem::iterator()
+{
+    return QLayoutIterator( 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the preferred height for this layout item, given the width
+    \a w.
+
+    The default implementation returns -1, indicating that the
+    preferred height is independent of the width of the item. Using
+    the function hasHeightForWidth() will typically be much faster
+    than calling this function and testing for -1.
+
+    Reimplement this function in layout managers that support height
+    for width. A typical implementation will look like this:
+    \code
+	int MyLayout::heightForWidth( int w ) const
+	{
+	    if ( cache_dirty || cached_width != w ) {
+		// not all C++ compilers support "mutable"
+		MyLayout *that = (MyLayout*)this;
+		int h = calculateHeightForWidth( w );
+		that->cached_hfw = h;
+		return h;
+	    }
+	    return cached_hfw;
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    Caching is strongly recommended; without it layout will take
+    exponential time.
+
+    \sa hasHeightForWidth()
+*/
+int QLayoutItem::heightForWidth( int /* w */ ) const
+{
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Stores the spacer item's rect \a r so that it can be returned by
+    geometry().
+*/
+void QSpacerItem::setGeometry( const QRect &r )
+{
+    rect = r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the geometry of this item's widget to be contained within
+    rect \a r, taking alignment and maximum size into account.
+*/
+void QWidgetItem::setGeometry( const QRect &r )
+{
+    QSize s = r.size().boundedTo( qSmartMaxSize( this ) );
+    int x = r.x();
+    int y = r.y();
+    if ( align & (Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask | Qt::AlignVertical_Mask) ) {
+	QSize pref = wid->sizeHint().expandedTo( wid->minimumSize() ); //###
+	if ( align & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask )
+	    s.setWidth( QMIN( s.width(), pref.width() ) );
+	if ( align & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask ) {
+	    if ( hasHeightForWidth() )
+		s.setHeight( QMIN( s.height(), heightForWidth(s.width()) ) );
+	    else
+		s.setHeight( QMIN( s.height(), pref.height() ) );
+	}
+    }
+    int alignHoriz = QApplication::horizontalAlignment( align );
+    if ( alignHoriz & Qt::AlignRight )
+	x = x + ( r.width() - s.width() );
+    else if ( !(alignHoriz & Qt::AlignLeft) )
+	x = x + ( r.width() - s.width() ) / 2;
+
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignBottom )
+	y = y + ( r.height() - s.height() );
+    else if ( !(align & Qt::AlignTop) )
+	y = y + ( r.height() - s.height() ) / 2;
+
+    if ( !isEmpty() )
+	wid->setGeometry( x, y, s.width(), s.height() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QRect QSpacerItem::geometry() const
+{
+    return rect;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QRect QWidgetItem::geometry() const
+{
+    return wid->geometry();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QRect QLayout::geometry() const
+{
+    return rect;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+bool QWidgetItem::hasHeightForWidth() const
+{
+    if ( isEmpty() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( wid->layout() )
+	return wid->layout()->hasHeightForWidth();
+    return wid->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+int QWidgetItem::heightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    if ( isEmpty() )
+	return -1;
+    int hfw;
+    if ( wid->layout() )
+	hfw = wid->layout()->totalHeightForWidth( w );
+    else
+	hfw = wid->heightForWidth( w );
+
+    if ( hfw > wid->maximumHeight() )
+	hfw = wid->maximumHeight();
+    if ( hfw < wid->minimumHeight() )
+	hfw = wid->minimumHeight();
+    if ( hfw < 1 )
+	hfw = 1;
+    return hfw;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the direction in which this spacer item will expand.
+
+    \sa QSizePolicy::ExpandData
+*/
+QSizePolicy::ExpandData QSpacerItem::expanding() const
+{
+    return sizeP.expanding();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns whether this item's widget can make use of more space than
+    sizeHint(). A value of \c Vertical or \c Horizontal means that it wants
+    to grow in only one dimension, whereas \c BothDirections means that
+    it wants to grow in both dimensions and \c NoDirection means that
+    it doesn't want to grow at all.
+*/
+QSizePolicy::ExpandData QWidgetItem::expanding() const
+{
+    if ( isEmpty() )
+	return QSizePolicy::NoDirection;
+
+    int e = wid->sizePolicy().expanding();
+    /*
+      If the layout is expanding, we make the widget expanding, even if
+      its own size policy isn't expanding. This behavior should be
+      reconsidered in Qt 4.0. (###)
+    */
+    if ( wid->layout() ) {
+	if ( wid->sizePolicy().mayGrowHorizontally()
+		&& (wid->layout()->expanding() & QSizePolicy::Horizontally) )
+	    e |= QSizePolicy::Horizontally;
+	if ( wid->sizePolicy().mayGrowVertically()
+		&& (wid->layout()->expanding() & QSizePolicy::Vertically) )
+	    e |= QSizePolicy::Vertically;
+    }
+
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask )
+	e &= ~QSizePolicy::Horizontally;
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask)
+	e &= ~QSizePolicy::Vertically;
+    return (QSizePolicy::ExpandData)e;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the minimum size of this spacer item.
+*/
+QSize QSpacerItem::minimumSize() const
+{
+    return QSize( sizeP.mayShrinkHorizontally() ? 0 : width,
+		  sizeP.mayShrinkVertically() ? 0 : height );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the minimum size of this item.
+*/
+QSize QWidgetItem::minimumSize() const
+{
+    if ( isEmpty() )
+	return QSize( 0, 0 );
+    return qSmartMinSize( this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum size of this spacer item.
+*/
+QSize QSpacerItem::maximumSize() const
+{
+    return QSize( sizeP.mayGrowHorizontally() ? QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX : width,
+		  sizeP.mayGrowVertically() ? QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX : height );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum size of this item.
+*/
+QSize QWidgetItem::maximumSize() const
+{
+    if ( isEmpty() ) {
+	return QSize( 0, 0 );
+    } else {
+	return qSmartMaxSize( this, align );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the preferred size of this spacer item.
+*/
+QSize QSpacerItem::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return QSize( width, height );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the preferred size of this item.
+*/
+QSize QWidgetItem::sizeHint() const
+{
+    QSize s;
+    if ( isEmpty() ) {
+	s = QSize( 0, 0 );
+    } else {
+	s = wid->sizeHint();
+	if ( wid->sizePolicy().horData() == QSizePolicy::Ignored )
+	    s.setWidth( 1 );
+	if ( wid->sizePolicy().verData() == QSizePolicy::Ignored )
+	    s.setHeight( 1 );
+	s = s.boundedTo( wid->maximumSize() )
+	    .expandedTo( wid->minimumSize() ).expandedTo( QSize(1, 1) );
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE because a spacer item never contains widgets.
+*/
+bool QSpacerItem::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the widget has been hidden; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+bool QWidgetItem::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return wid->isHidden() || wid->isTopLevel();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QLayout
+    \brief The QLayout class is the base class of geometry managers.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+
+    This is an abstract base class inherited by the concrete classes,
+    QBoxLayout and QGridLayout.
+
+    For users of QLayout subclasses or of QMainWindow there is seldom
+    any need to use the basic functions provided by QLayout, such as
+    \l setResizeMode() or setMenuBar(). See the \link layout.html layout
+    overview page \endlink for more information.
+
+    To make your own layout manager, subclass QGLayoutIterator and
+    implement the functions addItem(), sizeHint(), setGeometry(), and
+    iterator(). You should also implement minimumSize() to ensure your
+    layout isn't resized to zero size if there is too little space. To
+    support children whose heights depend on their widths, implement
+    hasHeightForWidth() and heightForWidth(). See the \link
+    customlayout.html custom layout page \endlink for an in-depth
+    description.
+
+    Geometry management stops when the layout manager is deleted.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new top-level QLayout called \a name, with main
+    widget \a parent. \a parent may not be 0.
+
+    The \a margin is the number of pixels between the edge of the
+    widget and the managed children. The \a spacing sets the value of
+    spacing(), which gives the spacing between the managed widgets. If
+    \a spacing is -1 (the default), spacing is set to the value of \a
+    margin.
+
+    There can be only one top-level layout for a widget. It is
+    returned by QWidget::layout()
+*/
+QLayout::QLayout( QWidget *parent, int margin, int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+    if ( parent ) {
+	if ( parent->layout() ) {
+	    qWarning( "QLayout \"%s\" added to %s \"%s\", which already has a"
+		      " layout", QObject::name(), parent->className(),
+		      parent->name() );
+	    parent->removeChild( this );
+	} else {
+	    topLevel = TRUE;
+	    parent->installEventFilter( this );
+	    setWidgetLayout( parent, this );
+	}
+    }
+    outsideBorder = margin;
+    if ( spacing < 0 )
+	insideSpacing = margin;
+    else
+	insideSpacing = spacing;
+}
+
+void QLayout::init()
+{
+    insideSpacing = 0;
+    outsideBorder = 0;
+    topLevel = FALSE;
+    enabled = TRUE;
+    autoNewChild = FALSE;
+    frozen = FALSE;
+    activated = FALSE;
+    marginImpl = FALSE;
+    autoMinimum = FALSE;
+    autoResizeMode = TRUE;
+    extraData = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    menubar = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new child QLayout called \a name, and places it
+    inside \a parentLayout by using the default placement defined by
+    addItem().
+
+    If \a spacing is -1, this QLayout inherits \a parentLayout's
+    spacing(), otherwise the value of \a spacing is used.
+*/
+QLayout::QLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parentLayout, name )
+
+{
+    init();
+    insideSpacing = spacing < 0 ? parentLayout->insideSpacing : spacing;
+    parentLayout->addItem( this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new child QLayout called \a name. If \a spacing is
+    -1, this QLayout inherits its parent's spacing(); otherwise the
+    value of \a spacing is used.
+
+    This layout has to be inserted into another layout before geometry
+    management will work.
+*/
+QLayout::QLayout( int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QObject( 0, name )
+{
+    init();
+    insideSpacing = spacing;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QLayout::addItem( QLayoutItem *item )
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to add an \a item. How it is added is
+    specific to each subclass.
+
+    The ownership of \a item is transferred to the layout, and it's
+    the layout's responsibility to delete it.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutIterator QLayout::iterator()
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to return an iterator that iterates over
+    this layout's children.
+
+    A typical implementation will be:
+    \code
+	QLayoutIterator MyLayout::iterator()
+	{
+	    QGLayoutIterator *i = new MyLayoutIterator( internal_data );
+	    return QLayoutIterator( i );
+	}
+    \endcode
+    where MyLayoutIterator is a subclass of QGLayoutIterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QLayout::add( QWidget *w )
+
+    Adds widget \a w to this layout in a manner specific to the
+    layout. This function uses addItem().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMenuBar* QLayout::menuBar () const
+
+    Returns the menu bar set for this layout, or 0 if no menu bar is
+    set.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QLayout::isTopLevel () const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this layout is a top-level layout, i.e. not a
+    child of another layout; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QLayout::margin
+    \brief the width of the outside border of the layout
+
+    For some layout classes this property has an effect only on
+    top-level layouts; QBoxLayout and QGridLayout support margins for
+    child layouts. The default value is 0.
+
+    \sa spacing
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QLayout::spacing
+    \brief the spacing between widgets inside the layout
+
+    The default value is -1, which signifies that the layout's spacing
+    should not override the widget's spacing.
+
+    \sa margin
+*/
+void QLayout::setMargin( int margin )
+{
+    outsideBorder = margin;
+    invalidate();
+    if ( mainWidget() ) {
+	QEvent *lh = new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint );
+	QApplication::postEvent( mainWidget(), lh );
+    }
+}
+
+void QLayout::setSpacing( int spacing )
+{
+    insideSpacing = spacing;
+    if ( spacing >= 0 )
+	propagateSpacing( this );
+    invalidate();
+    if ( mainWidget() ) {
+	QEvent *lh = new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint );
+	QApplication::postEvent( mainWidget(), lh );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the main widget (parent widget) of this layout, or 0 if
+    this layout is a sub-layout that is not yet inserted.
+*/
+QWidget *QLayout::mainWidget()
+{
+    if ( !topLevel ) {
+	if ( parent() ) {
+	    QLayout *parentLayout = ::qt_cast<QLayout*>(parent());
+	    Q_ASSERT(parentLayout);
+	    return parentLayout->mainWidget();
+	} else {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	Q_ASSERT(parent() && parent()->isWidgetType());
+	return (QWidget*)parent();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this layout is empty. The default implementation
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QLayout::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return FALSE; //### should check
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets widget \a w's layout to layout \a l.
+*/
+void QLayout::setWidgetLayout( QWidget *w, QLayout *l )
+{
+    w->setLayout( l );
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function is reimplemented in subclasses to perform layout.
+
+    The default implementation maintains the geometry() information
+    given by rect \a r. Reimplementors must call this function.
+*/
+void QLayout::setGeometry( const QRect &r )
+{
+    rect = r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Invalidates cached information. Reimplementations must call this.
+*/
+void QLayout::invalidate()
+{
+    rect = QRect();
+}
+
+static bool removeWidgetRecursively( QLayoutItem *lay, QWidget *w )
+{
+    bool didSomething = FALSE;
+    QLayoutIterator it = lay->iterator();
+    QLayoutItem *child;
+    while ( (child = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	if ( child->widget() == w ) {
+	    it.deleteCurrent();
+	    lay->invalidate(); // maybe redundant
+	    didSomething = TRUE;
+	} else if ( removeWidgetRecursively(child, w) ) {
+	    lay->invalidate(); // maybe redundant
+	    didSomething = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+    return didSomething;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+    Performs child widget layout when the parent widget is resized.
+    Also handles removal of widgets and child layouts. \a e is the
+    event the occurred on object \a o.
+*/
+bool QLayout::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( !enabled )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( !o->isWidgetType() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    switch ( e->type() ) {
+    case QEvent::Resize:
+	if ( activated ) {
+	    QResizeEvent *r = (QResizeEvent *)e;
+	    int mbh = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+	    mbh = menuBarHeightForWidth( menubar, r->size().width() );
+#endif
+	    int b = marginImpl ? 0 : outsideBorder;
+	    setGeometry( QRect( b, mbh + b, r->size().width() - 2 * b,
+				r->size().height() - mbh - 2 * b ) );
+	} else {
+	    activate();
+	}
+	break;
+    case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
+	{
+	    QChildEvent *c = (QChildEvent *)e;
+	    if ( c->child()->isWidgetType() ) {
+		QWidget *w = (QWidget *)c->child();
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+		if ( w == menubar )
+		    menubar = 0;
+#endif
+		if ( removeWidgetRecursively( this, w ) ) {
+		    QEvent *lh = new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint );
+		    QApplication::postEvent( o, lh );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+    case QEvent::ChildInserted:
+	if ( topLevel && autoNewChild ) {
+	    QChildEvent *c = (QChildEvent *)e;
+	    if ( c->child()->isWidgetType() ) {
+		QWidget *w = (QWidget *)c->child();
+		if ( !w->isTopLevel() ) {
+#if !defined(QT_NO_MENUBAR) && !defined(QT_NO_TOOLBAR)
+		    if ( ::qt_cast<QMenuBar*>(w) && !::qt_cast<QToolBar*>(w->parentWidget()) )
+			menubar = (QMenuBar *)w;
+		    else
+#endif
+			addItem( new QWidgetItem( w ) );
+		    QEvent *lh = new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint );
+		    QApplication::postEvent( o, lh );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+    case QEvent::LayoutHint:
+	activate();
+	break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+    return QObject::eventFilter( o, e );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+void QLayout::childEvent( QChildEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( !enabled )
+	return;
+
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved ) {
+	QChildEvent *c = (QChildEvent*)e;
+	QLayoutIterator it = iterator();
+	QLayoutItem *item;
+	while ( (item = it.current() ) ) {
+	    if ( item == (QLayout*)c->child() ) {
+		it.takeCurrent();
+		invalidate();
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		++it;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Also takes margin() and menu bar into account.
+*/
+int QLayout::totalHeightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    if ( topLevel ) {
+	QWidget *mw = (QWidget*)parent();
+	if ( mw && !mw->testWState(WState_Polished) ) {
+	    mw->polish();
+	}
+    }
+    int b = ( topLevel && !marginImpl ) ? 2 * outsideBorder : 0;
+    int h = heightForWidth( w - b ) + b;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    h += menuBarHeightForWidth( menubar, w );
+#endif
+    return h;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Also takes margin() and menu bar into account.
+*/
+QSize QLayout::totalMinimumSize() const
+{
+    if ( topLevel ) {
+	QWidget *mw = (QWidget*)parent();
+	if ( mw && !mw->testWState(WState_Polished) )
+	    mw->polish();
+    }
+    int b = ( topLevel && !marginImpl ) ? 2 * outsideBorder : 0;
+
+    QSize s = minimumSize();
+    int h = b;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    h += menuBarHeightForWidth( menubar, s.width() );
+#endif
+    return s + QSize( b, h );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Also takes margin() and menu bar into account.
+*/
+QSize QLayout::totalSizeHint() const
+{
+    if ( topLevel ) {
+	QWidget *mw = (QWidget*)parent();
+	if ( mw && !mw->testWState(WState_Polished) )
+	    mw->polish();
+    }
+    int b = ( topLevel && !marginImpl ) ? 2 * outsideBorder : 0;
+
+    QSize s = sizeHint();
+    if ( hasHeightForWidth() )
+	s.setHeight( heightForWidth(s.width()) );
+    int h = b;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    h += menuBarHeightForWidth( menubar, s.width() );
+#endif
+    return s + QSize( b, h );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Also takes margin() and menu bar into account.
+*/
+QSize QLayout::totalMaximumSize() const
+{
+    if ( topLevel ) {
+	QWidget *mw = (QWidget*)parent();
+	if ( mw && !mw->testWState(WState_Polished) ) {
+	    mw->polish();
+	}
+    }
+    int b = ( topLevel && !marginImpl ) ? 2 * outsideBorder : 0;
+
+    QSize s = maximumSize();
+    int h = b;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    h += menuBarHeightForWidth( menubar, s.width() );
+#endif
+
+    if ( isTopLevel() )
+	s = QSize( QMIN( s.width() + b, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX ),
+		   QMIN( s.height() + h, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX ) );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Destroys the layout, deleting all child layouts.
+  Geometry management stops when a top-level layout is deleted.
+
+  The layout classes will probably be fatally confused if you delete
+  a sublayout.
+*/
+QLayout::~QLayout()
+{
+    /*
+      This function may be called during the QObject destructor,
+      when the parent no longer is a QWidget.
+    */
+    if ( isTopLevel() && parent() && parent()->isWidgetType() &&
+	 ((QWidget*)parent())->layout() == this )
+	setWidgetLayout( (QWidget*)parent(), 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes and deletes all items in this layout.
+*/
+void QLayout::deleteAllItems()
+{
+    QLayoutIterator it = iterator();
+    QLayoutItem *l;
+    while ( (l = it.takeCurrent()) )
+	delete l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function is called from addLayout() functions in subclasses
+    to add layout \a l as a sub-layout.
+*/
+void QLayout::addChildLayout( QLayout *l )
+{
+    if ( l->parent() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	qWarning( "QLayout::addChildLayout: layout already has a parent" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    insertChild( l );
+    if ( l->insideSpacing < 0 ) {
+	l->insideSpacing = insideSpacing;
+	propagateSpacing( l );
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \fn int QLayout::defaultBorder() const
+
+  \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QLayout::freeze()
+
+  \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Fixes the size of the main widget and distributes the available
+  space to the child widgets. For widgets which should not be
+  resizable, but where a QLayout subclass is used to set up the initial
+  geometry.
+
+  As a special case, freeze(0, 0) is equivalent to setResizeMode(Fixed).
+*/
+void QLayout::freeze( int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+	setResizeMode( Fixed );
+    } else {
+	setResizeMode( FreeResize ); // layout will not change min/max size
+	mainWidget()->setFixedSize( w, h );
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+
+/*!
+    Makes the geometry manager take account of the menu bar \a w. All
+    child widgets are placed below the bottom edge of the menu bar.
+
+    A menu bar does its own geometry management: never do addWidget()
+    on a QMenuBar.
+*/
+void QLayout::setMenuBar( QMenuBar *w )
+{
+    menubar = w;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns the minimum size of this layout. This is the smallest size
+    that the layout can have while still respecting the
+    specifications. Does not include what's needed by margin() or
+    menuBar().
+
+    The default implementation allows unlimited resizing.
+*/
+QSize QLayout::minimumSize() const
+{
+    return QSize( 0, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum size of this layout. This is the largest size
+    that the layout can have while still respecting the
+    specifications. Does not include what's needed by margin() or
+    menuBar().
+
+    The default implementation allows unlimited resizing.
+*/
+QSize QLayout::maximumSize() const
+{
+    return QSize( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than
+    sizeHint(). A value of \c Vertical or \c Horizontal means that it wants
+    to grow in only one dimension, whereas \c BothDirections means that
+    it wants to grow in both dimensions.
+
+    The default implementation returns \c BothDirections.
+*/
+QSizePolicy::ExpandData QLayout::expanding() const
+{
+    return QSizePolicy::BothDirections;
+}
+
+static void invalidateRecursive( QLayoutItem *lay )
+{
+    lay->invalidate();
+    QLayoutIterator it = lay->iterator();
+    QLayoutItem *child;
+    while ( (child = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	invalidateRecursive( child );
+	++it;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Redoes the layout for mainWidget(). You should generally not need
+    to call this because it is automatically called at the most
+    appropriate times.
+
+    However, if you set up a QLayout for a visible widget without
+    resizing that widget, you will need to call this function in order
+    to lay it out.
+
+    \sa QWidget::updateGeometry()
+*/
+bool QLayout::activate()
+{
+    invalidateRecursive( this );
+    if ( !topLevel )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    QWidget *mw = mainWidget();
+    if (!mw) {
+#if defined( QT_CHECK_NULL )
+	qWarning( "QLayout::activate: %s \"%s\" does not have a main widget",
+		  QObject::className(), QObject::name() );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    activated = TRUE;
+    QSize s = mw->size();
+    QSize ms;
+    int mbh = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    mbh = menuBarHeightForWidth( menubar, s.width() );
+#endif
+    int b = marginImpl ? 0 : outsideBorder;
+    setGeometry(QRect(b, mbh + b, s.width() - 2 * b, s.height() - mbh - 2 * b));
+    if ( frozen ) {
+	// will trigger resize
+	mw->setFixedSize( totalSizeHint() );
+    } else if ( autoMinimum ) {
+	ms = totalMinimumSize();
+    } else if ( autoResizeMode && topLevel && mw->isTopLevel() ) {
+	ms = totalMinimumSize();
+	if ( hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+	    int h;
+	    int mmbh = menuBarHeightForWidth( menubar, ms.width() );
+	    // ### 4.0: remove this 'if' when minimumHeightForWidth() is virtual
+	    if ( inherits("QBoxLayout") ) {
+		h = ((QBoxLayout *) this)->minimumHeightForWidth( ms.width() );
+	    } else if ( inherits("QGridLayout") ) {
+		h = ((QGridLayout *) this)->minimumHeightForWidth( ms.width() );
+	    } else {
+		h = heightForWidth( ms.width() );
+	    }
+	    if ( h + mmbh > ms.height() )
+#if 1
+                //old behaviour:
+ 		ms = QSize( 0, 0 );
+#else
+            //better, but too big a change for a patch release in a stable branch:
+		ms.setHeight( 0 );
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (ms.isValid())
+	mw->setMinimumSize( ms );
+
+    // ideally only if sizeHint() or sizePolicy() has changed
+    mw->updateGeometry();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QSizePolicy
+    \brief The QSizePolicy class is a layout attribute describing horizontal
+    and vertical resizing policy.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+
+    The size policy of a widget is an expression of its willingness to
+    be resized in various ways.
+
+    Widgets that reimplement QWidget::sizePolicy() return a QSizePolicy
+    that describes the horizontal and vertical resizing policy they
+    prefer when being laid out. Only \link #interesting one of the
+    constructors\endlink is of interest in most applications.
+
+    QSizePolicy contains two independent SizeType objects; one describes
+    the widgets's horizontal size policy, and the other describes its
+    vertical size policy. It also contains a flag to indicate whether the
+    height and width of its preferred size are related.
+
+    The horizontal and vertical \l{SizeType}s are set in the usual constructor
+    and can be queried using a variety of functions.
+
+    The hasHeightForWidth() flag indicates whether the widget's sizeHint()
+    is width-dependent (such as a word-wrapping label) or not.
+
+    \sa QSizePolicy::SizeType
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::SizeType
+
+    The per-dimension sizing types used when constructing a
+    QSizePolicy are:
+
+    \value Fixed  The QWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable
+    alternative, so the widget can never grow or shrink (e.g. the
+    vertical direction of a push button).
+
+    \value Minimum  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient. The
+    widget can be expanded, but there is no advantage to it being
+    larger (e.g. the horizontal direction of a push button).
+    It cannot be smaller than the size provided by sizeHint().
+
+    \value Maximum  The sizeHint() is a maximum. The widget can be
+    shrunk any amount without detriment if other widgets need the
+    space (e.g. a separator line).
+    It cannot be larger than the size provided by sizeHint().
+
+    \value Preferred  The sizeHint() is best, but the widget can be
+    shrunk and still be useful. The widget can be expanded, but there
+    is no advantage to it being larger than sizeHint() (the default
+    QWidget policy).
+
+    \value Expanding  The sizeHint() is a sensible size, but the
+    widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can make use
+    of extra space, so it should get as much space as possible (e.g.
+    the horizontal direction of a slider).
+
+    \value MinimumExpanding  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient.
+    The widget can make use of extra space, so it should get as much
+    space as possible (e.g. the horizontal direction of a slider).
+
+    \value Ignored the sizeHint() is ignored. The widget will get as
+    much space as possible.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::ExpandData
+
+    This enum type describes in which directions a widget can make use
+    of extra space. There are four possible values:
+
+    \value NoDirection  the widget cannot make use of extra space in
+    any direction.
+
+    \value Horizontally  the widget can usefully be wider than the
+    sizeHint().
+
+    \value Vertically  the widget can usefully be taller than the
+    sizeHint().
+
+    \value BothDirections  the widget can usefully be both wider and
+    taller than the sizeHint().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy()
+
+    Constructs a minimally initialized QSizePolicy.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy( SizeType hor, SizeType ver, bool hfw )
+
+    \target interesting
+    This is the constructor normally used to return a value in the
+    overridden \l QWidget::sizePolicy() function of a QWidget
+    subclass.
+
+    It constructs a QSizePolicy with independent horizontal and
+    vertical sizing types, \a hor and \a ver respectively. These \link
+    QSizePolicy::SizeType sizing types\endlink affect how the widget
+    is treated by the \link QLayout layout engine\endlink.
+
+    If \a hfw is TRUE, the preferred height of the widget is dependent
+    on the width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with line
+    wrapping).
+
+    \sa horData() verData() hasHeightForWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy( SizeType hor, SizeType ver, uchar horStretch, uchar verStretch, bool hfw )
+
+    Constructs a QSizePolicy with independent horizontal and vertical
+    sizing types \a hor and \a ver, and stretch factors \a horStretch
+    and \a verStretch.
+
+    If \a hfw is TRUE, the preferred height of the widget is dependent on the
+    width of the widget.
+
+    \sa horStretch() verStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::SizeType QSizePolicy::horData() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal component of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setHorData() verData() horStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::SizeType QSizePolicy::verData() const
+
+    Returns the vertical component of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setVerData() horData() verStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkHorizontally() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget can sensibly be narrower than its
+    sizeHint(); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa mayShrinkVertically() mayGrowHorizontally()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkVertically() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget can sensibly be shorter than its
+    sizeHint(); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa mayShrinkHorizontally() mayGrowVertically()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowHorizontally() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget can sensibly be wider than its
+    sizeHint(); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa mayGrowVertically() mayShrinkHorizontally()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowVertically() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget can sensibly be taller than its
+    sizeHint(); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa mayGrowHorizontally() mayShrinkVertically()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::ExpandData QSizePolicy::expanding() const
+
+    Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than
+    sizeHint(). A value of \c Vertical or \c Horizontal means that it wants
+    to grow in only one dimension, whereas \c BothDirections means that
+    it wants to grow in both dimensions.
+
+    \sa mayShrinkHorizontally() mayGrowHorizontally()
+	mayShrinkVertically() mayGrowVertically()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorData( SizeType d )
+
+    Sets the horizontal component of the size policy to size type \a
+    d.
+
+    \sa horData() setVerData()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerData( SizeType d )
+
+    Sets the vertical component of the size policy to size type \a d.
+
+    \sa verData() setHorData()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::hasHeightForWidth() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget's preferred height depends on its
+    width; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setHeightForWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHeightForWidth( bool b )
+
+    Sets the hasHeightForWidth() flag to \a b.
+
+    \sa hasHeightForWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QSizePolicy::horStretch() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setHorStretch() verStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QSizePolicy::verStretch() const
+
+    Returns the vertical stretch factor of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setVerStretch() horStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorStretch( uchar sf )
+
+    Sets the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy to \a sf.
+
+    \sa horStretch() setVerStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerStretch( uchar sf )
+
+    Sets the vertical stretch factor of the size policy to \a sf.
+
+    \sa verStretch() setHorStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::transpose()
+
+    Swaps the horizontal and vertical policies and stretches.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator==( const QSizePolicy &s ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this policy is equal to \a s; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator!=( const QSizePolicy &s ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this policy is different from \a s; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QGLayoutIterator
+    \brief The QGLayoutIterator class is an abstract base class of internal layout iterators.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+
+    (This class is \e not OpenGL related, it just happens to start with
+    the letters QGL...)
+
+    Subclass this class to create a custom layout. The functions that
+    must be implemented are next(), current(), and takeCurrent().
+
+    The QGLayoutIterator implements the functionality of
+    QLayoutIterator. Each subclass of QLayout needs a
+    QGLayoutIterator subclass.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutItem *QGLayoutIterator::next()
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to move the iterator to the next item
+    and return that item, or 0 if there is no next item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutItem *QGLayoutIterator::current()
+
+    Implemented in subclasses to return the current item, or 0 if
+    there is no current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutItem *QGLayoutIterator::takeCurrent()
+
+    Implemented in subclasses. The function must remove the current
+    item from the layout without deleting it, move the iterator to the
+    next item and return the removed item, or 0 if no item was
+    removed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the iterator
+*/
+QGLayoutIterator::~QGLayoutIterator()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QLayoutIterator
+    \brief The QLayoutIterator class provides iterators over QLayoutItem.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+
+    Use QLayoutItem::iterator() to create an iterator over a layout.
+
+    QLayoutIterator uses \e explicit sharing with a reference count.
+    If an iterator is copied and one of the copies is modified, both
+    iterators will be modified.
+
+    A QLayoutIterator is not protected against changes in its layout. If
+    the layout is modified or deleted the iterator will become invalid.
+    It is not possible to test for validity. It is safe to delete an
+    invalid layout; any other access may lead to an illegal memory
+    reference and the abnormal termination of the program.
+
+    Calling takeCurrent() or deleteCurrent() leaves the iterator in a
+    valid state, but may invalidate any other iterators that access the
+    same layout.
+
+    The following code will draw a rectangle for each layout item in
+    the layout structure of the widget.
+    \code
+    static void paintLayout( QPainter *p, QLayoutItem *lay )
+    {
+	QLayoutIterator it = lay->iterator();
+	QLayoutItem *child;
+	while ( (child = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    paintLayout( p, child );
+	    ++it;
+	}
+	p->drawRect( lay->geometry() );
+    }
+    void ExampleWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+    {
+	QPainter p( this );
+	if ( layout() )
+	    paintLayout( &p, layout() );
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    All the functionality of QLayoutIterator is implemented by
+    subclasses of \l QGLayoutIterator. QLayoutIterator itself is not
+    designed to be subclassed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutIterator::QLayoutIterator( QGLayoutIterator *gi )
+
+    Constructs an iterator based on \a gi. The constructed iterator
+    takes ownership of \a gi and will delete it.
+
+    This constructor is provided for layout implementors. Application
+    programmers should use QLayoutItem::iterator() to create an
+    iterator over a layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutIterator::QLayoutIterator( const QLayoutIterator &i )
+
+    Creates a shallow copy of \a i, i.e. if the copy is modified, then
+    the original will also be modified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutIterator::~QLayoutIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutIterator &QLayoutIterator::operator=( const QLayoutIterator &i )
+
+    Assigns \a i to this iterator and returns a reference to this
+    iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutItem *QLayoutIterator::operator++()
+
+    Moves the iterator to the next child item and returns that item,
+    or 0 if there is no such item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutItem *QLayoutIterator::current()
+
+    Returns the current item, or 0 if there is no current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayoutItem *QLayoutIterator::takeCurrent()
+
+    Removes the current child item from the layout without deleting
+    it, and moves the iterator to the next item. Returns the removed
+    item, or 0 if there was no item to be removed. This iterator will
+    still be valid, but any other iterator over the same layout may
+    become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QLayoutIterator::deleteCurrent()
+
+    Removes and deletes the current child item from the layout and
+    moves the iterator to the next item. This iterator will still be
+    valid, but any other iterator over the same layout may become
+    invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QLayout::ResizeMode
+
+    The possible values are:
+
+    \value Auto  If the main widget is a top-level widget with no
+		 height-for-width (hasHeightForWidth()), this is
+		 the same as \c Minimium; otherwise, this is the
+		 same as \c FreeResize.
+    \value Fixed  The main widget's size is set to sizeHint(); it
+		  cannot be resized at all.
+    \value Minimum  The main widget's minimum size is set to
+		    minimumSize(); it cannot be smaller.
+    \value FreeResize  The widget is not constrained.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QLayout::resizeMode
+    \brief the resize mode of the layout
+
+    The default mode is \c Auto.
+
+    \sa QLayout::ResizeMode
+*/
+
+void QLayout::setResizeMode( ResizeMode mode )
+{
+    if ( mode == resizeMode() )
+	return;
+
+    switch ( mode ) {
+    case Auto:
+	frozen = FALSE;
+	autoMinimum = FALSE;
+	autoResizeMode = TRUE;
+	break;
+    case Fixed:
+	frozen = TRUE;
+	autoMinimum = FALSE;
+	autoResizeMode = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case FreeResize:
+	frozen = FALSE;
+	autoMinimum = FALSE;
+	autoResizeMode = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case Minimum:
+	frozen = FALSE;
+	autoMinimum = TRUE;
+	autoResizeMode = FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( mainWidget() && mainWidget()->isVisible() )
+	activate();
+}
+
+QLayout::ResizeMode QLayout::resizeMode() const
+{
+    return ( autoResizeMode ? Auto :
+	     (frozen ? Fixed : (autoMinimum ? Minimum : FreeResize)) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QLayout::autoAdd() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this layout automatically grabs all new
+    mainWidget()'s new children and adds them as defined by addItem();
+    otherwise returns FALSE. This has effect only for top-level
+    layouts, i.e. layouts that are direct children of their
+    mainWidget().
+
+    autoAdd() is disabled by default.
+
+    Note that a top-level layout is not necessarily associated with
+    the top-level widget.
+
+    \sa setAutoAdd()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    If \a b is TRUE, auto-add is enabled; otherwise auto-add is
+    disabled.
+
+    \warning If auto-add is enabled, you cannot set stretch factors
+    on the child widgets until the widgets are actually inserted in
+    the layout (after control returned to the event loop). We
+    therefore recommend that you avoid the auto-add feature in new
+    programs.
+
+    \sa autoAdd()
+*/
+void QLayout::setAutoAdd( bool b )
+{
+    autoNewChild = b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn  bool QLayout::supportsMargin() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this layout supports \l QLayout::margin on
+    non-top-level layouts; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa margin
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value returned by supportsMargin(). If \a b is TRUE,
+    margin() handling is implemented by the subclass. If \a b is
+    FALSE (the default), QLayout will add margin() around top-level
+    layouts.
+
+    If \a b is TRUE, margin handling needs to be implemented in
+    setGeometry(), maximumSize(), minimumSize(), sizeHint() and
+    heightForWidth().
+
+    \sa supportsMargin()
+*/
+void QLayout::setSupportsMargin( bool b )
+{
+    marginImpl = b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the rectangle that should be covered when the geometry of
+    this layout is set to \a r, provided that this layout supports
+    setAlignment().
+
+    The result is derived from sizeHint() and expanding(). It is never
+    larger than \a r.
+*/
+QRect QLayout::alignmentRect( const QRect &r ) const
+{
+    QSize s = sizeHint();
+    int a = alignment();
+
+    /*
+      This is a hack to obtain the real maximum size, not
+      QSize(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX), the value consistently
+      returned by QLayoutItems that have an alignment.
+    */
+    QLayout *that = (QLayout *) this;
+    that->setAlignment( 0 );
+    QSize ms = maximumSize();
+    that->setAlignment( a );
+
+    if ( (expanding() & QSizePolicy::Horizontally) ||
+	 !(a & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask ) ) {
+	s.setWidth( QMIN(r.width(), ms.width()) );
+    }
+    if ( (expanding() & QSizePolicy::Vertically) ||
+	 !(a & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask) ) {
+	s.setHeight( QMIN(r.height(), ms.height()) );
+    } else if ( hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+	int hfw = heightForWidth( s.width() );
+	if ( hfw < s.height() )
+	    s.setHeight( QMIN(hfw, ms.height()) );
+    }
+
+    int x = r.x();
+    int y = r.y();
+
+    if ( a & Qt::AlignBottom )
+	y += ( r.height() - s.height() );
+    else if ( !(a & Qt::AlignTop) )
+	y += ( r.height() - s.height() ) / 2;
+
+    a = QApplication::horizontalAlignment( a );
+    if ( a & Qt::AlignRight )
+	x += ( r.width() - s.width() );
+    else if ( !(a & Qt::AlignLeft) )
+	x += ( r.width() - s.width() ) / 2;
+
+    return QRect( x, y, s.width(), s.height() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the widget \a widget from the layout. After this call, it
+    is the caller's responsibility to give the widget a reasonable
+    geometry or to put the widget back into a layout.
+
+    \sa removeItem(), QWidget::setGeometry(), add()
+*/
+void QLayout::remove( QWidget *widget )
+{
+    QLayoutIterator it = iterator();
+    QLayoutItem *child;
+    while ( (child = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	if ( child->widget() == widget ) {
+	    it.deleteCurrent();
+	    invalidate(); // maybe redundant
+	    QApplication::postEvent( mainWidget(),
+				     new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutHint) );
+	} else {
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the layout item \a item from the layout. It is the
+    caller's responsibility to delete the item.
+
+    Notice that \a item can be a layout (since QLayout inherits
+    QLayoutItem).
+
+    \sa remove(), addItem()
+*/
+void QLayout::removeItem( QLayoutItem *item )
+{
+    QLayoutIterator it = iterator();
+    QLayoutItem *child;
+    while ( (child = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	if ( child == item ) {
+	    it.takeCurrent();
+	    invalidate(); // maybe redundant
+	    QApplication::postEvent( mainWidget(),
+				     new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutHint) );
+	} else {
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Enables this layout if \a enable is TRUE, otherwise disables it.
+
+    An enabled layout adjusts dynamically to changes; a disabled
+    layout acts as if it did not exist.
+
+    By default all layouts are enabled.
+
+    \sa isEnabled()
+*/
+void QLayout::setEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+    enabled = enable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the layout is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setEnabled()
+*/
+bool QLayout::isEnabled() const
+{
+    return enabled;
+}
+
+void QLayout::propagateSpacing( QLayout *parent )
+{
+    QLayoutIterator it = parent->iterator();
+    QLayoutItem *child;
+    while ( (child = it.current()) ) {
+	QLayout *childLayout = child->layout();
+	if ( childLayout && childLayout->insideSpacing < 0 ) {
+	    childLayout->insideSpacing = parent->insideSpacing;
+	    propagateSpacing( childLayout );
+	}
+	++it;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_LAYOUT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qabstractlayout.h b/src/kernel/qabstractlayout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a40a94e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qabstractlayout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of layout classes
+**
+** Created : 960416
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QABSTRACTLAYOUT_H
+#define QABSTRACTLAYOUT_H
+
+/*
+  This header is provided for source compatibility only.
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#endif
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qaccel.cpp b/src/kernel/qaccel.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53814dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qaccel.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1089 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QAccel class
+**
+** Created : 950419
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qaccel.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+#include "qsignal.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qwhatsthis.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+#include "qstatusbar.h"
+#include "qdockwindow.h"
+#include "qsignalslotimp.h"
+/*!
+    \class QAccel qaccel.h
+    \brief The QAccel class handles keyboard accelerator and shortcut keys.
+
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    A keyboard accelerator triggers an action when a certain key
+    combination is pressed. The accelerator handles all keyboard
+    activity for all the children of one top-level widget, so it is
+    not affected by the keyboard focus.
+
+    In most cases, you will not need to use this class directly. Use
+    the QAction class to create actions with accelerators that can be
+    used in both menus and toolbars. If you're only interested in
+    menus use QMenuData::insertItem() or QMenuData::setAccel() to make
+    accelerators for operations that are also available on menus. Many
+    widgets automatically generate accelerators, such as QButton,
+    QGroupBox, QLabel (with QLabel::setBuddy()), QMenuBar and QTabBar.
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPushButton p( "&Exit", parent ); // automatic shortcut ALT+Key_E
+	QPopupMenu *fileMenu = new fileMenu( parent );
+	fileMenu->insertItem( "Undo", parent, SLOT(undo()), CTRL+Key_Z );
+    \endcode
+
+    A QAccel contains a list of accelerator items that can be
+    manipulated using insertItem(), removeItem(), clear(), key() and
+    findKey().
+
+    Each accelerator item consists of an identifier and a \l
+    QKeySequence. A single key sequence consists of a keyboard code
+    combined with modifiers (\c SHIFT, \c CTRL, \c ALT or \c
+    UNICODE_ACCEL). For example, \c{CTRL + Key_P} could be a shortcut
+    for printing a document. The key codes are listed in \c
+    qnamespace.h. As an alternative, use \c UNICODE_ACCEL with the
+    unicode code point of the character. For example, \c{UNICODE_ACCEL
+    + 'A'} gives the same accelerator as \c Key_A.
+
+    When an accelerator key is pressed, the accelerator sends out the
+    signal activated() with a number that identifies this particular
+    accelerator item. Accelerator items can also be individually
+    connected, so that two different keys will activate two different
+    slots (see connectItem() and disconnectItem()).
+
+    The activated() signal is \e not emitted when two or more
+    accelerators match the same key.  Instead, the first matching
+    accelerator sends out the activatedAmbiguously() signal. By
+    pressing the key multiple times, users can navigate between all
+    matching accelerators. Some standard controls like QPushButton and
+    QCheckBox connect the activatedAmbiguously() signal to the
+    harmless setFocus() slot, whereas activated() is connected to a
+    slot invoking the button's action.	Most controls, like QLabel and
+    QTabBar, treat activated() and activatedAmbiguously() as
+    equivalent.
+
+    Use setEnabled() to enable or disable all the items in an
+    accelerator, or setItemEnabled() to enable or disable individual
+    items. An item is active only when both the QAccel and the item
+    itself are enabled.
+
+    The function setWhatsThis() specifies a help text that appears
+    when the user presses an accelerator key in What's This mode.
+
+    The accelerator will be deleted when \e parent is deleted,
+    and will consume relevant key events until then.
+
+    Please note that the accelerator
+    \code
+	accelerator->insertItem( QKeySequence("M") );
+    \endcode
+    can be triggered with both the 'M' key, and with Shift+M,
+    unless a second accelerator is defined for the Shift+M
+    combination.
+
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QAccel *a = new QAccel( myWindow );	   // create accels for myWindow
+	a->connectItem( a->insertItem(Key_P+CTRL), // adds Ctrl+P accelerator
+			myWindow,		   // connected to myWindow's
+			SLOT(printDoc()) );	   // printDoc() slot
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa QKeyEvent QWidget::keyPressEvent() QMenuData::setAccel()
+    QButton::setAccel() QLabel::setBuddy() QKeySequence
+    \link guibooks.html#fowler GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts \endlink.
+*/
+
+
+struct QAccelItem {				// internal accelerator item
+    QAccelItem( const QKeySequence &k, int i )
+	{ key=k; id=i; enabled=TRUE; signal=0; }
+   ~QAccelItem()	       { delete signal; }
+    int		    id;
+    QKeySequence    key;
+    bool	    enabled;
+    QSignal	   *signal;
+    QString	    whatsthis;
+};
+
+
+typedef QPtrList<QAccelItem> QAccelList; // internal accelerator list
+
+class QAccelPrivate : public Qt {
+public:
+    QAccelPrivate( QAccel* p );
+    ~QAccelPrivate();
+    QAccelList aitems;
+    bool enabled;
+    QGuardedPtr<QWidget> watch;
+    bool ignorewhatsthis;
+    QAccel* parent;
+
+    void activate( QAccelItem* item );
+    void activateAmbiguously( QAccelItem* item );
+};
+
+class QAccelManager : public Qt {
+public:
+    static QAccelManager* self() { return self_ptr ? self_ptr : new QAccelManager; }
+    void registerAccel( QAccelPrivate* a ) { accels.append( a ); }
+    void unregisterAccel( QAccelPrivate* a ) { accels.removeRef( a ); if ( accels.isEmpty() ) delete this; }
+    bool tryAccelEvent( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent* e );
+    bool dispatchAccelEvent( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent* e );
+    bool tryComposeUnicode( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent* e );
+
+private:
+    QAccelManager():currentState(Qt::NoMatch), clash(-1) { self_ptr = this; }
+    ~QAccelManager() { self_ptr = 0; }
+
+    bool correctSubWindow( QWidget *w, QAccelPrivate* d );
+    SequenceMatch match( QKeyEvent* e, QAccelItem* item, QKeySequence& temp );
+    int translateModifiers( ButtonState state );
+
+    QPtrList<QAccelPrivate> accels;
+    static QAccelManager* self_ptr;
+    Qt::SequenceMatch currentState;
+    QKeySequence intermediate;
+    int clash;
+};
+QAccelManager* QAccelManager::self_ptr = 0;
+
+bool Q_EXPORT qt_tryAccelEvent( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent*  e){
+    return QAccelManager::self()->tryAccelEvent( w, e );
+}
+
+bool Q_EXPORT qt_dispatchAccelEvent( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent*  e){
+    return QAccelManager::self()->dispatchAccelEvent( w, e );
+}
+
+bool Q_EXPORT qt_tryComposeUnicode( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent*  e){
+    return QAccelManager::self()->tryComposeUnicode( w, e );
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+static bool qt_accel_no_shortcuts = TRUE;
+#else
+static bool qt_accel_no_shortcuts = FALSE;
+#endif
+void Q_EXPORT qt_setAccelAutoShortcuts(bool b) { qt_accel_no_shortcuts = b; }
+
+/*
+    \internal
+    Returns TRUE if the accel is in the current subwindow, else FALSE.
+*/
+bool QAccelManager::correctSubWindow( QWidget* w, QAccelPrivate* d ) {
+#if !defined ( Q_OS_MACX )
+     if ( !d->watch || !d->watch->isVisible() || !d->watch->isEnabled() )
+#else
+    if ( !d->watch || (!d->watch->isVisible() && !d->watch->inherits( "QMenuBar" )) || !d->watch->isEnabled() )
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    QWidget* tlw = w->topLevelWidget();
+    QWidget* wtlw = d->watch->topLevelWidget();
+
+    /* if we live in a floating dock window, keep our parent's
+     * accelerators working */
+#ifndef QT_NO_MAINWINDOW
+    if ( tlw->isDialog() && tlw->parentWidget() && ::qt_cast<QDockWindow*>(tlw) )
+	return tlw->parentWidget()->topLevelWidget() == wtlw;
+
+    if ( wtlw  != tlw )
+	return FALSE;
+#endif
+    /* if we live in a MDI subwindow, ignore the event if we are
+       not the active document window */
+    QWidget* sw = d->watch;
+    while ( sw && !sw->testWFlags( WSubWindow ) )
+	sw = sw->parentWidget( TRUE );
+    if ( sw )  { // we are in a subwindow indeed
+	QWidget* fw = w;
+	while ( fw && fw != sw )
+	    fw = fw->parentWidget( TRUE );
+	if ( fw != sw ) // focus widget not in our subwindow
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+inline int QAccelManager::translateModifiers( ButtonState state )
+{
+    int result = 0;
+    if ( state & ShiftButton )
+	result |= SHIFT;
+    if ( state & ControlButton )
+	result |= CTRL;
+    if ( state & MetaButton )
+	result |= META;
+    if ( state & AltButton )
+	result |= ALT;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+    \internal
+    Matches the current intermediate key sequence + the latest
+    keyevent, with and AccelItem. Returns Identical,
+    PartialMatch or NoMatch, and fills \a temp with the
+    resulting key sequence.
+*/
+Qt::SequenceMatch QAccelManager::match( QKeyEvent *e, QAccelItem* item, QKeySequence& temp )
+{
+    SequenceMatch result = Qt::NoMatch;
+    int index = intermediate.count();
+    temp = intermediate;
+
+    int modifier = translateModifiers( e->state() );
+
+    if ( e->key() && e->key() != Key_unknown) {
+	int key = e->key()  | modifier;
+	if ( e->key() == Key_BackTab ) {
+	    /*
+	    In QApplication, we map shift+tab to shift+backtab.
+	    This code here reverts the mapping in a way that keeps
+	    backtab and shift+tab accelerators working, in that
+	    order, meaning backtab has priority.*/
+	    key &= ~SHIFT;
+
+	    temp.setKey( key, index );
+	    if ( Qt::NoMatch != (result = temp.matches( item->key )) )
+		return result;
+	    if ( e->state() & ShiftButton )
+		key |= SHIFT;
+	    key = Key_Tab | ( key & MODIFIER_MASK );
+	    temp.setKey( key, index );
+	    if ( Qt::NoMatch != (result = temp.matches( item->key )) )
+		return result;
+	} else {
+	    temp.setKey( key, index );
+	    if ( Qt::NoMatch != (result = temp.matches( item->key )) )
+		return result;
+	}
+
+	if ( key == Key_BackTab ) {
+	    if ( e->state() & ShiftButton )
+		key |= SHIFT;
+	    temp.setKey( key, index );
+	    if ( Qt::NoMatch != (result = temp.matches( item->key )) )
+		return result;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !e->text().isEmpty() ) {
+	temp.setKey( (int)e->text()[0].unicode() | UNICODE_ACCEL | modifier, index );
+	result = temp.matches( item->key );
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+bool QAccelManager::tryAccelEvent( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent* e )
+{
+    if ( Qt::NoMatch == currentState ) {
+	e->t = QEvent::AccelOverride;
+	e->ignore();
+	QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, e );
+	if ( e->isAccepted() )
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    e->t = QEvent::Accel;
+    e->ignore();
+    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, e );
+    return e->isAccepted();
+}
+
+bool QAccelManager::tryComposeUnicode( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent* e )
+{
+    if ( QApplication::metaComposeUnicode ) {
+	int value = e->key() - Key_0;
+	// Ignore acceloverrides so we don't trigger
+	// accels on keypad when Meta compose is on
+	if ( (e->type() == QEvent::AccelOverride) &&
+	     (e->state() == Qt::Keypad + Qt::MetaButton) ) {
+	    e->accept();
+	// Meta compose start/continue
+	} else if ( (e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) &&
+	     (e->state() == Qt::Keypad + Qt::MetaButton) ) {
+	    if ( value >= 0 && value <= 9 ) {
+		QApplication::composedUnicode *= 10;
+		QApplication::composedUnicode += value;
+		return TRUE;
+	    } else {
+		// Composing interrupted, dispatch!
+		if ( QApplication::composedUnicode ) {
+		    QChar ch( QApplication::composedUnicode );
+		    QString s( ch );
+		    QKeyEvent kep( QEvent::KeyPress, 0, ch.row() ? 0 : ch.cell(), 0, s );
+		    QKeyEvent ker( QEvent::KeyRelease, 0, ch.row() ? 0 : ch.cell(), 0, s );
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( w, &kep );
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( w, &ker );
+		}
+		QApplication::composedUnicode = 0;
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	// Meta compose end, dispatch
+	} else if ( (e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease) &&
+		    (e->key() == Key_Meta) &&
+		    (QApplication::composedUnicode != 0) ) {
+	    if ( (QApplication::composedUnicode > 0) && 
+		 (QApplication::composedUnicode < 0xFFFE) ) {
+		QChar ch( QApplication::composedUnicode );
+		QString s( ch );
+		QKeyEvent kep( QEvent::KeyPress, 0, ch.row() ? 0 : ch.cell(), 0, s );
+		QKeyEvent ker( QEvent::KeyRelease, 0, ch.row() ? 0 : ch.cell(), 0, s );
+		QApplication::sendEvent( w, &kep );
+		QApplication::sendEvent( w, &ker );
+	    }
+	    QApplication::composedUnicode = 0;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+    \internal
+    Checks for possible accelerators, if no widget
+    ate the keypres, or we are in the middle of a
+    partial key sequence.
+*/
+bool QAccelManager::dispatchAccelEvent( QWidget* w, QKeyEvent* e )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSBAR
+    // Needs to be declared and used here because of "goto doclash"
+    QStatusBar* mainStatusBar = 0;
+#endif
+
+    // Modifiers can NOT be accelerators...
+    if ( e->key() >= Key_Shift &&
+	 e->key() <= Key_Alt )
+	 return FALSE;
+
+    SequenceMatch result = Qt::NoMatch;
+    QKeySequence tocheck, partial;
+    QAccelPrivate* accel = 0;
+    QAccelItem* item = 0;
+    QAccelPrivate* firstaccel = 0;
+    QAccelItem* firstitem = 0;
+    QAccelPrivate* lastaccel = 0;
+    QAccelItem* lastitem = 0;
+    
+    QKeyEvent pe = *e;
+    int n = -1;
+    int hasShift = (e->state()&Qt::ShiftButton)?1:0;
+    bool identicalDisabled = FALSE;
+    bool matchFound = FALSE;
+    do {
+	accel = accels.first();
+	matchFound = FALSE;
+	while ( accel ) {
+	    if ( correctSubWindow( w, accel ) ) {
+		if ( accel->enabled ) {
+		    item = accel->aitems.last();
+		    while( item ) {
+			if ( Qt::Identical == (result = match( &pe, item, tocheck )) ) {
+			    if ( item->enabled ) {
+				if ( !firstaccel ) {
+				    firstaccel = accel;
+				    firstitem = item;
+				}
+				lastaccel = accel;
+				lastitem = item;
+				n++;
+				matchFound = TRUE;
+				if ( n > QMAX(clash,0) )
+				    goto doclash;
+			    } else {
+				identicalDisabled = TRUE;
+			    }
+			}
+			if ( item->enabled && Qt::PartialMatch == result ) {
+			    partial = tocheck;
+			    matchFound = TRUE;
+			}
+			item = accel->aitems.prev();
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    item = accel->aitems.last();
+		    while( item ) {
+			if ( Qt::Identical == match( &pe, item, tocheck ) )
+			    identicalDisabled = TRUE;
+			item = accel->aitems.prev();
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    accel = accels.next();
+	}
+	pe = QKeyEvent( QEvent::Accel, pe.key(), pe.ascii(), pe.state()&~Qt::ShiftButton, pe.text() );
+    } while ( hasShift-- && !matchFound && !identicalDisabled );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSBAR
+    mainStatusBar = (QStatusBar*) w->topLevelWidget()->child( 0, "QStatusBar" );
+#endif
+    if ( n < 0 ) { // no match found
+	currentState = partial.count() ? PartialMatch : NoMatch;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSBAR
+	// Only display message if we are, or were, in a partial match
+	if ( mainStatusBar && (PartialMatch == currentState || intermediate.count() ) ) {
+	    if ( currentState == Qt::PartialMatch ) {
+		mainStatusBar->message( (QString)partial + ", ...", 0 );
+	    } else if (!identicalDisabled) {
+		QString message = QAccel::tr("%1, %2 not defined").
+		    arg( (QString)intermediate ).
+		    arg( QKeySequence::encodeString( e->key() | translateModifiers(e->state()) ) );
+		mainStatusBar->message( message, 2000 );
+		// Since we're a NoMatch, reset the clash count
+		clash = -1;
+	    } else {
+	    	mainStatusBar->clear();
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+	bool eatKey = (PartialMatch == currentState || intermediate.count() );
+	intermediate = partial;
+	if ( eatKey )
+	    e->accept();
+	return eatKey;
+    } else if ( n == 0 ) { // found exactly one match
+	clash = -1; // reset
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSBAR
+	if ( currentState == Qt::PartialMatch && mainStatusBar )
+		mainStatusBar->clear();
+#endif
+	currentState = Qt::NoMatch; // Free sequence keylock
+	intermediate = QKeySequence();
+	lastaccel->activate( lastitem );
+	e->accept();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+ doclash: // found more than one match
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSBAR
+    if ( !mainStatusBar ) // if "goto doclash", we need to get statusbar again.
+	mainStatusBar = (QStatusBar*) w->topLevelWidget()->child( 0, "QStatusBar" );
+#endif
+
+    QString message = QAccel::tr( "Ambiguous \"%1\" not handled" ).arg( (QString)tocheck );
+    if ( clash >= 0 && n > clash ) { // pick next  match
+	intermediate = QKeySequence();
+	currentState = Qt::NoMatch; // Free sequence keylock
+	clash++;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSBAR
+	if ( mainStatusBar &&
+	     !lastitem->signal &&
+	     !(lastaccel->parent->receivers( "activatedAmbiguously(int)" )) )
+	    mainStatusBar->message( message, 2000 );
+#endif
+	lastaccel->activateAmbiguously( lastitem );
+    } else { // start (or wrap) with the first matching
+	intermediate = QKeySequence();
+	currentState = Qt::NoMatch; // Free sequence keylock
+	clash = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSBAR
+	if ( mainStatusBar &&
+	     !firstitem->signal &&
+	     !(firstaccel->parent->receivers( "activatedAmbiguously(int)" )) )
+	    mainStatusBar->message( message, 2000 );
+#endif
+	firstaccel->activateAmbiguously( firstitem );
+    }
+    e->accept();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+QAccelPrivate::QAccelPrivate( QAccel* p )
+    : parent( p )
+{
+    QAccelManager::self()->registerAccel( this );
+    aitems.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    ignorewhatsthis = FALSE;
+}
+
+QAccelPrivate::~QAccelPrivate()
+{
+    QAccelManager::self()->unregisterAccel( this );
+}
+
+static QAccelItem *find_id( QAccelList &list, int id )
+{
+    register QAccelItem *item = list.first();
+    while ( item && item->id != id )
+	item = list.next();
+    return item;
+}
+
+static QAccelItem *find_key( QAccelList &list, const QKeySequence &key )
+{
+    register QAccelItem *item = list.first();
+    while ( item && !( item->key == key ) )
+	item = list.next();
+    return item;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QAccel object called \a name, with parent \a parent.
+    The accelerator operates on \a parent.
+*/
+
+QAccel::QAccel( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new QAccelPrivate( this );
+    d->enabled = TRUE;
+    d->watch = parent;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    if ( !d->watch )
+	qWarning( "QAccel: An accelerator must have a parent or a watch widget" );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QAccel object called \a name, that operates on \a
+    watch, and is a child of \a parent.
+
+    This constructor is not needed for normal application programming.
+*/
+QAccel::QAccel( QWidget* watch, QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new QAccelPrivate( this );
+    d->enabled = TRUE;
+    d->watch = watch;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    if ( !d->watch )
+	qWarning( "QAccel: An accelerator must have a parent or a watch widget" );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the accelerator object and frees all allocated resources.
+*/
+
+QAccel::~QAccel()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAccel::activated( int id )
+
+    This signal is emitted when an accelerator key is pressed. \a id
+    is a number that identifies this particular accelerator item.
+
+    \sa activatedAmbiguously()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAccel::activatedAmbiguously( int id )
+
+    This signal is emitted when an accelerator key is pressed. \a id
+    is a number that identifies this particular accelerator item.
+
+    \sa activated()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the accelerator is enabled; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setEnabled(), isItemEnabled()
+*/
+
+bool QAccel::isEnabled() const
+{
+    return d->enabled;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enables the accelerator if \a enable is TRUE, or disables it if \a
+    enable is FALSE.
+
+    Individual keys can also be enabled or disabled using
+    setItemEnabled(). To work, a key must be an enabled item in an
+    enabled QAccel.
+
+    \sa isEnabled(), setItemEnabled()
+*/
+
+void QAccel::setEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+    d->enabled = enable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of accelerator items in this accelerator.
+*/
+
+uint QAccel::count() const
+{
+    return d->aitems.count();
+}
+
+
+static int get_seq_id()
+{
+    static int seq_no = -2;  // -1 is used as return value in findKey()
+    return seq_no--;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts an accelerator item and returns the item's identifier.
+
+    \a key is a key code and an optional combination of SHIFT, CTRL
+    and ALT. \a id is the accelerator item id.
+
+    If \a id is negative, then the item will be assigned a unique
+    negative identifier less than -1.
+
+    \code
+	QAccel *a = new QAccel( myWindow );	   // create accels for myWindow
+	a->insertItem( CTRL + Key_P, 200 );	   // Ctrl+P, e.g. to print document
+	a->insertItem( ALT + Key_X, 201 );	   // Alt+X, e.g. to quit
+	a->insertItem( UNICODE_ACCEL + 'q', 202 ); // Unicode 'q', e.g. to quit
+	a->insertItem( Key_D );			   // gets a unique negative id < -1
+	a->insertItem( CTRL + SHIFT + Key_P );	   // gets a unique negative id < -1
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+int QAccel::insertItem( const QKeySequence& key, int id )
+{
+    if ( id == -1 )
+	id = get_seq_id();
+    d->aitems.insert( 0, new QAccelItem(key,id) );
+    return id;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the accelerator item with the identifier \a id.
+*/
+
+void QAccel::removeItem( int id )
+{
+    if ( find_id( d->aitems, id) )
+	d->aitems.remove();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Removes all accelerator items.
+*/
+
+void QAccel::clear()
+{
+    d->aitems.clear();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the key sequence of the accelerator item with identifier
+    \a id, or an invalid key sequence (0) if the id cannot be found.
+*/
+
+QKeySequence QAccel::key( int id )
+{
+    QAccelItem *item = find_id( d->aitems, id);
+    return item ? item->key : QKeySequence( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the identifier of the accelerator item with the key code
+    \a key, or -1 if the item cannot be found.
+*/
+
+int QAccel::findKey( const QKeySequence& key ) const
+{
+    QAccelItem *item = find_key( d->aitems, key );
+    return item ? item->id : -1;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the accelerator item with the identifier \a id is
+    enabled. Returns FALSE if the item is disabled or cannot be found.
+
+    \sa setItemEnabled(), isEnabled()
+*/
+
+bool QAccel::isItemEnabled( int id ) const
+{
+    QAccelItem *item = find_id( d->aitems, id);
+    return item ? item->enabled : FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enables the accelerator item with the identifier \a id if \a
+    enable is TRUE, and disables item \a id if \a enable is FALSE.
+
+    To work, an item must be enabled and be in an enabled QAccel.
+
+    \sa isItemEnabled(), isEnabled()
+*/
+
+void QAccel::setItemEnabled( int id, bool enable )
+{
+    QAccelItem *item = find_id( d->aitems, id);
+    if ( item )
+	item->enabled = enable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Connects the accelerator item \a id to the slot \a member of \a
+    receiver.
+
+    \code
+	a->connectItem( 201, mainView, SLOT(quit()) );
+    \endcode
+
+    Of course, you can also send a signal as \a member.
+
+    Normally accelerators are connected to slots which then receive
+    the \c activated(int id) signal with the id of the accelerator
+    item that was activated. If you choose to connect a specific
+    accelerator item using this function, the \c activated() signal is
+    emitted if the associated key sequence is pressed but no \c
+    activated(int id) signal is emitted.
+
+    \sa disconnectItem()
+*/
+
+bool QAccel::connectItem( int id, const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+    QAccelItem *item = find_id( d->aitems, id);
+    if ( item ) {
+	if ( !item->signal ) {
+	    item->signal = new QSignal;
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( item->signal );
+	}
+	return item->signal->connect( receiver, member );
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Disconnects an accelerator item with id \a id from the function
+    called \a member in the \a receiver object.
+
+    \sa connectItem()
+*/
+
+bool QAccel::disconnectItem( int id, const QObject *receiver,
+			     const char *member )
+{
+    QAccelItem *item = find_id( d->aitems, id);
+    if ( item && item->signal )
+	return item->signal->disconnect( receiver, member );
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void QAccelPrivate::activate( QAccelItem* item )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+    if ( QWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode() && !ignorewhatsthis ) {
+	QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode( item->whatsthis );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( item->signal )
+	item->signal->activate();
+    else
+	emit parent->activated( item->id );
+}
+
+void QAccelPrivate::activateAmbiguously( QAccelItem* item )
+{
+    if ( item->signal )
+	item->signal->activate();
+    else
+	emit parent->activatedAmbiguously( item->id );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the shortcut key sequence for \a str, or an invalid key
+    sequence (0) if \a str has no shortcut sequence.
+
+    For example, shortcutKey("E&amp;xit") returns ALT+Key_X,
+    shortcutKey("&amp;Quit") returns ALT+Key_Q and shortcutKey("Quit")
+    returns 0. (In code that does not inherit the Qt namespace class,
+    you must write e.g. Qt::ALT+Qt::Key_Q.)
+
+    We provide a \link accelerators.html list of common accelerators
+    \endlink in English. At the time of writing, Microsoft and Open
+    Group do not appear to have issued equivalent recommendations for
+    other languages.
+*/
+
+QKeySequence QAccel::shortcutKey( const QString &str )
+{
+    if(qt_accel_no_shortcuts)
+	return QKeySequence();
+
+    int p = 0;
+    while ( p >= 0 ) {
+	p = str.find( '&', p ) + 1;
+	if ( p <= 0 || p >= (int)str.length() )
+	    return 0;
+	if ( str[p] != '&' ) {
+	    QChar c = str[p];
+	    if ( c.isPrint() ) {
+	        char ltr = c.upper().latin1();
+	        if ( ltr >= (char)Key_A && ltr <= (char)Key_Z )
+                    c = ltr;
+                else
+                    c = c.lower();
+		return QKeySequence( c.unicode() + ALT + UNICODE_ACCEL );
+	    }
+	}
+	p++;
+    }
+    return QKeySequence();
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+   Creates an accelerator string for the key \a k.
+   For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". The "Ctrl" etc.
+   are translated (using QObject::tr()) in the "QAccel" context.
+
+   The function is superfluous. Cast the QKeySequence \a k to a
+   QString for the same effect.
+*/
+QString QAccel::keyToString( QKeySequence k )
+{
+    return (QString) k;
+}
+
+/*!\obsolete
+
+  Returns an accelerator code for the string \a s. For example
+  "Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl",
+  "Shift", "Alt" are recognized, as well as their translated
+  equivalents in the "QAccel" context (using QObject::tr()). Returns 0
+  if \a s is not recognized.
+
+  This function is typically used with \link QObject::tr() tr
+  \endlink(), so that accelerator keys can be replaced in
+  translations:
+
+  \code
+    QPopupMenu *file = new QPopupMenu( this );
+    file->insertItem( p1, tr("&Open..."), this, SLOT(open()),
+		      QAccel::stringToKey(tr("Ctrl+O", "File|Open")) );
+  \endcode
+
+  Notice the \c "File|Open" translator comment. It is by no means
+  necessary, but it provides some context for the human translator.
+
+
+  The function is superfluous. Construct a QKeySequence from the
+  string \a s for the same effect.
+
+  \sa QObject::tr()
+      \link i18n.html Internationalization with Qt \endlink
+*/
+QKeySequence QAccel::stringToKey( const QString & s )
+{
+    return QKeySequence( s );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets a What's This help text for the accelerator item \a id to \a
+    text.
+
+    The text will be shown when the application is in What's This mode
+    and the user hits the accelerator key.
+
+    To set What's This help on a menu item (with or without an
+    accelerator key), use QMenuData::setWhatsThis().
+
+    \sa whatsThis(), QWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode(),
+    QMenuData::setWhatsThis(), QAction::setWhatsThis()
+*/
+void QAccel::setWhatsThis( int id, const QString& text )
+{
+
+    QAccelItem *item = find_id( d->aitems, id);
+    if ( item )
+	item->whatsthis = text;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the What's This help text for the specified item \a id or
+    QString::null if no text has been specified.
+
+    \sa setWhatsThis()
+*/
+QString QAccel::whatsThis( int id ) const
+{
+
+    QAccelItem *item = find_id( d->aitems, id);
+    return item? item->whatsthis : QString::null;
+}
+
+/*!\internal */
+void QAccel::setIgnoreWhatsThis( bool b)
+{
+    d->ignorewhatsthis = b;
+}
+
+/*!\internal */
+bool QAccel::ignoreWhatsThis() const
+{
+    return d->ignorewhatsthis;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+
+\page accelerators.html
+
+\title Standard Accelerator Keys
+
+Applications invariably need to define accelerator keys for actions.
+Qt fully supports accelerators, for example with \l QAccel::shortcutKey().
+
+Here are Microsoft's recommendations for accelerator keys, with
+comments about the Open Group's recommendations where they exist
+and differ. For most commands, the Open Group either has no advice or
+agrees with Microsoft.
+
+The emboldened letter plus Alt is Microsoft's recommended choice, and
+we recommend supporting it. For an Apply button, for example, we
+recommend QButton::setText( \link QWidget::tr() tr \endlink("&amp;Apply") );
+
+If you have conflicting commands (e.g. About and Apply buttons in the
+same dialog), you must decide for yourself.
+
+\list
+\i <b><u>A</u></b>bout
+\i Always on <b><u>T</u></b>op
+\i <b><u>A</u></b>pply
+\i <b><u>B</u></b>ack
+\i <b><u>B</u></b>rowse
+\i <b><u>C</u></b>lose (CDE: Alt+F4; Alt+F4 is "close window" in Windows)
+\i <b><u>C</u></b>opy (CDE: Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert)
+\i <b><u>C</u></b>opy Here
+\i Create <b><u>S</u></b>hortcut
+\i Create <b><u>S</u></b>hortcut Here
+\i Cu<b><u>t</u></b>
+\i <b><u>D</u></b>elete
+\i <b><u>E</u></b>dit
+\i <b><u>E</u></b>xit (CDE: E<b><u>x</u></b>it)
+\i <b><u>E</u></b>xplore
+\i <b><u>F</u></b>ile
+\i <b><u>F</u></b>ind
+\i <b><u>H</u></b>elp
+\i Help <b><u>T</u></b>opics
+\i <b><u>H</u></b>ide
+\i <b><u>I</u></b>nsert
+\i Insert <b><u>O</u></b>bject
+\i <b><u>L</u></b>ink Here
+\i Ma<b><u>x</u></b>imize
+\i Mi<b><u>n</u></b>imize
+\i <b><u>M</u></b>ove
+\i <b><u>M</u></b>ove Here
+\i <b><u>N</u></b>ew
+\i <b><u>N</u></b>ext
+\i <b><u>N</u></b>o
+\i <b><u>O</u></b>pen
+\i Open <b><u>W</u></b>ith
+\i Page Set<b><u>u</u></b>p
+\i <b><u>P</u></b>aste
+\i Paste <b><u>L</u></b>ink
+\i Paste <b><u>S</u></b>hortcut
+\i Paste <b><u>S</u></b>pecial
+\i <b><u>P</u></b>ause
+\i <b><u>P</u></b>lay
+\i <b><u>P</u></b>rint
+\i <b><u>P</u></b>rint Here
+\i P<b><u>r</u></b>operties
+\i <b><u>Q</u></b>uick View
+\i <b><u>R</u></b>edo (CDE: Ctrl+Y, Shift+Alt+Backspace)
+\i <b><u>R</u></b>epeat
+\i <b><u>R</u></b>estore
+\i <b><u>R</u></b>esume
+\i <b><u>R</u></b>etry
+\i <b><u>R</u></b>un
+\i <b><u>S</u></b>ave
+\i Save <b><u>A</u></b>s
+\i Select <b><u>A</u></b>ll
+\i Se<b><u>n</u></b>d To
+\i <b><u>S</u></b>how
+\i <b><u>S</u></b>ize
+\i S<b><u>p</u></b>lit
+\i <b><u>S</u></b>top
+\i <b><u>U</u></b>ndo (CDE: Ctrl+Z or Alt+Backspace)
+\i <b><u>V</u></b>iew
+\i <b><u>W</u></b>hat's This?
+\i <b><u>W</u></b>indow
+\i <b><u>Y</u></b>es
+\endlist
+
+There are also a lot of other keys and actions (that use other
+modifier keys than Alt). See the Microsoft and The Open Group
+documentation for details.
+
+The \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0735605661/trolltech/t
+Microsoft book \endlink has ISBN 0735605661. The corresponding Open Group
+book is very hard to find, rather expensive and we cannot recommend
+it. However, if you really want it, OGPubs@opengroup.org might be able
+to help. Ask them for ISBN 1859121047.
+
+*/
+
+/*! \obsolete  serves no purpose anymore */
+void QAccel::repairEventFilter() {}
+/*! \obsolete	serves no purpose anymore */
+bool QAccel::eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ) { return FALSE; }
+#endif // QT_NO_ACCEL
diff --git a/src/kernel/qaccel.h b/src/kernel/qaccel.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97b0930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qaccel.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QAccel class
+**
+** Created : 950419
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QACCEL_H
+#define QACCEL_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qkeysequence.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+class QAccelPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QAccel : public QObject			// accelerator class
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QAccel( QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 );
+    QAccel( QWidget* watch, QObject *parent, const char *name=0 );
+    ~QAccel();
+
+    bool isEnabled() const;
+    void setEnabled( bool );
+
+    uint count() const;
+
+    int insertItem( const QKeySequence& key, int id=-1);
+    void removeItem( int id );
+    void clear();
+
+    QKeySequence key( int id );
+    int findKey( const QKeySequence& key ) const;
+
+    bool isItemEnabled( int id ) const;
+    void setItemEnabled( int id, bool enable );
+
+    bool connectItem( int id,  const QObject *receiver, const char* member );
+    bool disconnectItem( int id,  const QObject *receiver, const char* member );
+
+    void repairEventFilter();
+
+    void setWhatsThis( int id, const QString& );
+    QString whatsThis( int id ) const;
+    void setIgnoreWhatsThis( bool );
+    bool ignoreWhatsThis() const;
+
+    static QKeySequence shortcutKey( const QString & );
+    static QString keyToString(QKeySequence k );
+    static QKeySequence stringToKey( const QString & );
+
+signals:
+    void activated( int id );
+    void activatedAmbiguously( int id );
+
+protected:
+    bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * );
+
+private:
+    QAccelPrivate * d;
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QAccel( const QAccel & );
+    QAccel &operator=( const QAccel & );
+#endif
+    friend class QAccelPrivate;
+    friend class QAccelManager;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ACCEL
+#endif // QACCEL_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qaccessible.cpp b/src/kernel/qaccessible.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d037124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qaccessible.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QAccessible and QAccessibleObject classes
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qaccessible.h"
+
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include <private/qpluginmanager_p.h>
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*!
+    \class QAccessible qaccessible.h
+    \brief The QAccessible class provides enums and static functions
+    relating to accessibility.
+
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    Accessibility clients use implementations of the
+    QAccessibleInterface to read the information an accessible object
+    exposes, or to call functions to manipulate the accessible object.
+
+\omit
+    Qt provides implementations of the QAccessibleInterface for most
+    widget classes in a plugin. This plugin is located in the \e
+    accessibility subdirectory of the plugins installation directory.
+    The default installation directory for plugins is \c INSTALL/plugins,
+    where \c INSTALL is the directory where Qt was installed.  Calling
+    queryAccessibleInterface( QObject *object, QAccessibleInterface
+    **iface ) will ask all plugins located in this directory for an
+    implementation that exposes the information for objects of the
+    class of \e object.
+
+    To make a Qt application accessible you have to distribute the
+    accessibility plugin provded with Qt together with your
+    application. Simply add the plugins created in
+    INSTALL/plugins/accessibility to your distribution process. Use \l
+    QApplication::addLibraryPath() to specify a plugin directory for
+    your application, and copy the files into an \e accessibility
+    subdirectory of one of those plugin directories. Qt's
+    accessibility framework will load the plugins upon request and use
+    the implementations provided to expose an object's accessibility
+    information.
+\endomit
+
+    See the \link plugins-howto.html plugin documentation \endlink for
+    more details about how to redistribute Qt plugins.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QAccessible::State
+
+    This enum type defines bitflags that can be combined to indicate
+    the state of the accessible object. The values are:
+
+    \value Normal
+    \value Unavailable
+    \value Selected
+    \value Focused
+    \value Pressed
+    \value Checked
+    \value Mixed
+    \value ReadOnly
+    \value HotTracked
+    \value Default
+    \value Expanded
+    \value Collapsed
+    \value Busy
+    \value Floating
+    \value Marqueed
+    \value Animated
+    \value Invisible
+    \value Offscreen
+    \value Sizeable
+    \value Moveable
+    \value SelfVoicing
+    \value Focusable
+    \value Selectable
+    \value Linked
+    \value Traversed
+    \value MultiSelectable
+    \value ExtSelectable
+    \value AlertLow
+    \value AlertMedium
+    \value AlertHigh
+    \value Protected
+    \value Valid
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QAccessible::Event
+
+    This enum type defines event types when the state of the
+    accessible object has changed. The event types are:
+
+    \value SoundPlayed
+    \value Alert
+    \value ForegroundChanged
+    \value MenuStart
+    \value MenuEnd
+    \value PopupMenuStart
+    \value PopupMenuEnd
+    \value ContextHelpStart
+    \value ContextHelpEnd
+    \value DragDropStart
+    \value DragDropEnd
+    \value DialogStart
+    \value DialogEnd
+    \value ScrollingStart
+    \value ScrollingEnd
+    \value ObjectCreated
+    \value ObjectDestroyed
+    \value ObjectShow
+    \value ObjectHide
+    \value ObjectReorder
+    \value Focus
+    \value Selection
+    \value SelectionAdd
+    \value SelectionRemove
+    \value SelectionWithin
+    \value StateChanged
+    \value LocationChanged
+    \value NameChanged
+    \value DescriptionChanged
+    \value ValueChanged
+    \value ParentChanged
+    \value HelpChanged
+    \value DefaultActionChanged
+    \value AcceleratorChanged
+    \value MenuCommand
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QAccessible::Role
+
+    This enum defines a number of roles an accessible object can have.
+    The roles are:
+
+    \value NoRole
+    \value TitleBar
+    \value MenuBar
+    \value ScrollBar
+    \value Grip
+    \value Sound
+    \value Cursor
+    \value Caret
+    \value AlertMessage
+    \value Window
+    \value Client
+    \value PopupMenu
+    \value MenuItem
+    \value ToolTip
+    \value Application
+    \value Document
+    \value Pane
+    \value Chart
+    \value Dialog
+    \value Border
+    \value Grouping
+    \value Separator
+    \value ToolBar
+    \value StatusBar
+    \value Table
+    \value ColumnHeader
+    \value RowHeader
+    \value Column
+    \value Row
+    \value Cell
+    \value Link
+    \value HelpBalloon
+    \value Character
+    \value List
+    \value ListItem
+    \value Outline
+    \value OutlineItem
+    \value PageTab
+    \value PropertyPage
+    \value Indicator
+    \value Graphic
+    \value StaticText
+    \value EditableText
+    \value PushButton
+    \value CheckBox
+    \value RadioButton
+    \value ComboBox
+    \value DropLest
+    \value ProgressBar
+    \value Dial
+    \value HotkeyField
+    \value Slider
+    \value SpinBox
+    \value Diagram
+    \value Animation
+    \value Equation
+    \value ButtonDropDown
+    \value ButtonMenu
+    \value ButtonDropGrid
+    \value Whitespace
+    \value PageTabList
+    \value Clock
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QAccessible::NavDirection
+
+    This enum specifies which item to move to when navigating.
+
+    \value NavUp	    sibling above
+    \value NavDown	    sibling below
+    \value NavLeft	    left sibling
+    \value NavRight	    right sibling
+    \value NavNext	    next sibling
+    \value NavPrevious	    previous sibling
+    \value NavFirstChild    first child
+    \value NavLastChild	    last child
+    \value NavFocusChild    child with focus
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QAccessible::Text
+
+    This enum specifies string information that an accessible object
+    returns.
+
+    \value Name		    The name of the object
+    \value Description	    A short text describing the object
+    \value Value	    The value of the object
+    \value Help		    A longer text giving information about how
+			    to use the object
+    \value DefaultAction    The default method to interact with the object
+    \value Accelerator	    The keyboard shortcut that executes the
+			    default action
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn static void QAccessible::updateAccessibility( QObject *object, int control, Event reason )
+
+    Notifies accessibility clients about a change in \a object's
+    accessibility information.
+
+    \a reason specifies the cause of the change, for example,
+    ValueChange when the position of a slider has been changed. \a
+    control is the ID of the child element that has changed. When \a
+    control is 0, the object itself has changed.
+
+    Call this function whenever the state of your accessible object or
+    one of it's sub-elements has been changed either programmatically
+    (e.g. by calling QLabel::setText()) or by user interaction.
+
+    If there are no accessibility tools listening to this event, the
+    performance penalty for calling this function is minor, but if determining
+    the parameters of the call is expensive you can use isActive() to
+    avoid unnecessary performance penalties if no client is listening.
+*/
+
+static QPluginManager<QAccessibleFactoryInterface> *qAccessibleManager = 0;
+
+class AccessibleCache : public QObject, public QPtrDict<QAccessibleInterface>
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    AccessibleCache()
+        : QPtrDict<QAccessibleInterface>(73)
+    {
+    }
+
+    void addObject(QObject *object, QAccessibleInterface *iface)
+    {
+        insert(object, iface);
+        connect(object, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(removeObject(QObject*)));
+    }
+
+public slots:
+    void removeObject(QObject *object);
+};
+
+#include "qaccessible.moc"
+
+static AccessibleCache *qAccessibleInterface = 0;
+static bool cleanupAdded = FALSE;
+
+static void qAccessibleCleanup()
+{
+    if ( qAccessibleInterface && qAccessibleInterface->count() && qAccessibleManager )
+	qAccessibleManager->setAutoUnload( FALSE );
+
+    delete qAccessibleInterface;
+    qAccessibleInterface = 0;
+    delete qAccessibleManager;
+    qAccessibleManager = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+QObject *QAccessible::queryAccessibleObject(QAccessibleInterface *o)
+{
+    if(qAccessibleInterface) {
+	for(QPtrDictIterator<QAccessibleInterface> it(*qAccessibleInterface); it.current(); ++it) {
+	    if(it.current() == o)
+		return (QObject*)it.currentKey();
+	}
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+void AccessibleCache::removeObject(QObject *object)
+{
+    if (!object)
+        return;
+
+    remove(object);
+    if (!count()) {
+        delete this;
+        qAccessibleInterface = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a iface to point to the implementation of the
+    QAccessibleInterface for \a object, and returns \c QS_OK if
+    successfull, or sets \a iface to 0 and returns \c QE_NOCOMPONENT if
+    no accessibility implementation for \a object exists.
+
+    The function uses the \link QObject::className() classname
+    \endlink of \a object to find a suitable implementation. If no
+    implementation for the object's class is available the function
+    tries to find an implementation for the object's parent class.
+
+    This function is called to answer an accessibility client's
+    request for object information. You should never need to call this
+    function yourself.
+*/
+QRESULT QAccessible::queryAccessibleInterface( QObject *object, QAccessibleInterface **iface )
+{
+    *iface = 0;
+    if ( !object )
+	return QE_INVALIDARG;
+
+    if ( qAccessibleInterface ) {
+	*iface = qAccessibleInterface->find( object );
+	if ( *iface ) {
+	    (*iface)->addRef();
+	    return QS_OK;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !qAccessibleManager ) {
+	qAccessibleManager = new QPluginManager<QAccessibleFactoryInterface>( IID_QAccessibleFactory, QApplication::libraryPaths(), "/accessible" );
+	if ( !cleanupAdded ) {
+	    qAddPostRoutine( qAccessibleCleanup );
+	    cleanupAdded = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    QInterfacePtr<QAccessibleFactoryInterface> factory = 0;
+    QMetaObject *mo = object->metaObject();
+    while ( mo ) {
+	qAccessibleManager->queryInterface( mo->className(), &factory );
+	if ( factory )
+	    break;
+	mo = mo->superClass();
+    }
+    if ( factory )
+	return factory->createAccessibleInterface( mo->className(), object, iface );
+
+    return QE_NOCOMPONENT;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if an accessibility implementation has been requested,
+    during the runtime of the application, otherwise returns FALSE. 
+    
+    Use this function to prevent potentially expensive notifications via
+    updateAccessibility().
+
+    \omit
+    QListView uses this function to prevent index-lookups for item based
+    notifications.
+    \endomit
+*/
+bool QAccessible::isActive()
+{
+    return qAccessibleManager != 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QAccessibleInterface qaccessible.h
+    \brief The QAccessibleInterface class defines an interface that exposes information about accessible objects.
+
+    \ingroup misc
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAccessibleInterface::isValid() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if all the data necessary to use this interface
+    implementation is valid (e.g. all pointers are non-null),
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QAccessibleInterface::childCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of children that belong to this object. A child
+    can provide accessibility information on it's own (e.g. a child
+    widget), or be a sub-element of this accessible object.
+
+    All objects provide this information.
+
+    \sa queryChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRESULT QAccessibleInterface::queryChild( int control, QAccessibleInterface **iface ) const
+
+    Sets \a iface to point to the implementation of the
+    QAccessibleInterface for the child specified with \a control. If
+    the child doesn't provide accessibility information on it's own,
+    the value of \a iface is set to 0. For those elements, this
+    object is responsible for exposing the child's properties.
+
+    All objects provide this information.
+
+    \sa childCount(), queryParent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRESULT QAccessibleInterface::queryParent( QAccessibleInterface **iface ) const
+
+    Sets \a iface to point to the implementation of the
+    QAccessibleInterface for the parent object, or to 0 if there is
+    no such implementation or object.
+
+    All objects provide this information.
+
+    \sa queryChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QAccessibleInterface::controlAt( int x, int y ) const
+
+    Returns the ID of the child that contains the screen coordinates
+    (\a x, \a y). This function returns 0 if the point is positioned
+    on the object itself. If the tested point is outside the
+    boundaries of the object this function returns -1.
+
+    All visual objects provide this information.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QAccessibleInterface::rect( int control ) const
+
+    Returns the location of the child specified with \a control in
+    screen coordinates. This function returns the location of the
+    object itself if \a control is 0.
+
+    All visual objects provide this information.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QAccessibleInterface::navigate( NavDirection direction, int startControl ) const
+
+    This function traverses to another object, or to a sub-element of
+    the current object. \a direction specifies in which direction to
+    navigate, and \a startControl specifies the start point of the
+    navigation, which is either 0 if the navigation starts at the
+    object itself, or an ID of one of the object's sub-elements.
+
+    The function returns the ID of the sub-element located in the \a
+    direction specified. If there is nothing in the navigated \a
+    direction, this function returns -1.
+
+    All objects support navigation.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QAccessibleInterface::text( Text t, int control ) const
+
+    Returns a string property \a t of the child object specified by \a
+    control, or the string property of the object itself if \a control
+    is 0.
+
+    The \e Name is a string used by clients to identify, find or
+    announce an accessible object for the user. All objects must have
+    a name that is unique within their container.
+
+    An accessible object's \e Description provides textual information
+    about an object's visual appearance. The description is primarily
+    used to provide greater context for low-vision or blind users, but
+    is also used for context searching or other applications. Not all
+    objects have a description. An "OK" button would not need a
+    description, but a toolbutton that shows a picture of a smiley
+    would.
+
+    The \e Value of an accessible object represents visual information
+    contained by the object, e.g. the text in a line edit. Usually,
+    the value can be modified by the user. Not all objects have a
+    value, e.g. static text labels don't, and some objects have a
+    state that already is the value, e.g. toggle buttons.
+
+    The \e Help text provides information about the function and
+    usage of an accessible object. Not all objects provide this
+    information.
+
+    An accessible object's \e DefaultAction describes the object's
+    primary method of manipulation, and should be a verb or a short
+    phrase, e.g. "Press" for a button.
+
+    The accelerator is a keyboard shortcut that activates the default
+    action of the object. A keyboard shortcut is the underlined
+    character in the text of a menu, menu item or control, and is
+    either the character itself, or a combination of this character
+    and a modifier key like ALT, CTRL or SHIFT. Command controls like
+    tool buttons also have shortcut keys and usually display them in
+    their tooltip.
+
+    \sa role(), state(), selection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAccessibleInterface::setText( Text t, int control, const QString &text )
+
+    Sets the text property \a t of the child object \a control to \a
+    text. If \a control is 0, the text property of the object itself
+    is set.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAccessible::Role QAccessibleInterface::role( int control ) const
+
+    Returns the role of the object if \a control is 0, or the role of
+    the object's sub-element with ID \a control. The role of an object
+    is usually static. All accessible objects have a role.
+
+    \sa text(), state(), selection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAccessible::State QAccessibleInterface::state( int control ) const
+
+    Returns the current state of the object if \a control is 0, or the
+    state of the object's sub-element element with ID \a control. All
+    objects have a state.
+
+    \sa text(), role(), selection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMemArray<int> QAccessibleInterface::selection() const
+
+    Returns the list of all the element IDs that are selected.
+
+    \sa text(), role(), state()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAccessibleInterface::doDefaultAction( int control )
+
+    Calling this function performs the default action of the child
+    object specified by \a control, or the default action of the
+    object itself if \a control is 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAccessibleInterface::setFocus( int control )
+
+    Gives the focus to the child object specified by \a control, or to
+    the object itself if \a control is 0.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the focus could be set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAccessibleInterface::setSelected( int control, bool on, bool extend )
+
+    Sets the selection of the child object with ID \a control to \a
+    on. If \a extend is TRUE, all child elements between the focused
+    item and the specified child object have their selection set to \a
+    on.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the selection could be set; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setFocus(), clearSelection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAccessibleInterface::clearSelection()
+
+    Removes any selection from the object.
+
+    \sa setSelected()
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QAccessibleObject qaccessible.h
+    \brief The QAccessibleObject class implements parts of the
+    QAccessibleInterface for QObjects.
+
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    This class is mainly provided for convenience. All subclasses of
+    the QAccessibleInterface should use this class as the base class.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Creates a QAccessibleObject for \a object.
+*/
+QAccessibleObject::QAccessibleObject( QObject *object )
+: object_(object)
+{
+    if ( !qAccessibleInterface ) {
+	qAccessibleInterface = new AccessibleCache;
+	if ( !cleanupAdded ) {
+	    qAddPostRoutine( qAccessibleCleanup );
+	    cleanupAdded = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    qAccessibleInterface->addObject(object, this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QAccessibleObject.
+
+    This only happens when a call to release() decrements the internal
+    reference counter to zero.
+*/
+QAccessibleObject::~QAccessibleObject()
+{
+    if ( qAccessibleInterface ) {
+	qAccessibleInterface->removeObject(object_);
+	if ( !qAccessibleInterface->count() ) {
+	    delete qAccessibleInterface;
+	    qAccessibleInterface = 0;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QRESULT QAccessibleObject::queryInterface( const QUuid &uuid, QUnknownInterface **iface )
+{
+    *iface = 0;
+    if ( uuid == IID_QAccessible )
+	*iface = (QAccessibleInterface*)this;
+    else if ( uuid == IID_QUnknown )
+	*iface = (QUnknownInterface*)this;
+    else
+	return QE_NOINTERFACE;
+
+    (*iface)->addRef();
+    return QS_OK;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the QObject for which this QAccessibleInterface
+    implementation provides information. Use isValid() to make sure
+    the object pointer is safe to use.
+*/
+QObject *QAccessibleObject::object() const
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	qWarning( "QAccessibleInterface is invalid. Crash pending..." );
+#endif
+    return object_;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+bool QAccessibleObject::isValid() const
+{
+    return !object_.isNull();
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qaccessible.h b/src/kernel/qaccessible.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..956f0bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qaccessible.h
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QAccessible and QAccessibleObject classes
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QACCESSIBLE_H
+#define QACCESSIBLE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include <private/qcom_p.h>
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+#include "qmemarray.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+
+struct QAccessibleInterface;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QAccessible
+{
+private:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+    static QMAC_PASCAL OSStatus globalEventProcessor(EventHandlerCallRef,  EventRef, void *);
+    static QObject *queryAccessibleObject(QAccessibleInterface *);
+#endif
+public:
+    enum Event {
+	SoundPlayed	    = 0x0001,
+	Alert		    = 0x0002,
+	ForegroundChanged   = 0x0003,
+	MenuStart	    = 0x0004,
+	MenuEnd		    = 0x0005,
+	PopupMenuStart	    = 0x0006,
+	PopupMenuEnd	    = 0x0007,
+	ContextHelpStart    = 0x000C,
+	ContextHelpEnd	    = 0x000D,
+	DragDropStart	    = 0x000E,
+	DragDropEnd	    = 0x000F,
+	DialogStart	    = 0x0010,
+	DialogEnd	    = 0x0011,
+	ScrollingStart	    = 0x0012,
+	ScrollingEnd	    = 0x0013,
+
+	MenuCommand	    = 0x0018,
+
+	ObjectCreated	    = 0x8000,
+	ObjectDestroyed	    = 0x8001,
+	ObjectShow	    = 0x8002,
+	ObjectHide	    = 0x8003,
+	ObjectReorder	    = 0x8004,
+	Focus		    = 0x8005,
+	Selection	    = 0x8006,
+	SelectionAdd	    = 0x8007,
+	SelectionRemove	    = 0x8008,
+	SelectionWithin	    = 0x8009,
+	StateChanged	    = 0x800A,
+	LocationChanged	    = 0x800B,
+	NameChanged	    = 0x800C,
+	DescriptionChanged  = 0x800D,
+	ValueChanged	    = 0x800E,
+	ParentChanged	    = 0x800F,
+	HelpChanged	    = 0x80A0,
+	DefaultActionChanged= 0x80B0,
+	AcceleratorChanged  = 0x80C0
+    };
+
+    enum State {
+	Normal		= 0x00000000,
+	Unavailable	= 0x00000001,
+	Selected	= 0x00000002,
+	Focused		= 0x00000004,
+	Pressed		= 0x00000008,
+	Checked		= 0x00000010,
+	Mixed		= 0x00000020,
+	ReadOnly	= 0x00000040,
+	HotTracked	= 0x00000080,
+	Default		= 0x00000100,
+	Expanded	= 0x00000200,
+	Collapsed	= 0x00000400,
+	Busy		= 0x00000800,
+	Floating	= 0x00001000,
+	Marqueed	= 0x00002000,
+	Animated	= 0x00004000,
+	Invisible	= 0x00008000,
+	Offscreen	= 0x00010000,
+	Sizeable	= 0x00020000,
+	Moveable	= 0x00040000,
+	SelfVoicing	= 0x00080000,
+	Focusable	= 0x00100000,
+	Selectable	= 0x00200000,
+	Linked		= 0x00400000,
+	Traversed	= 0x00800000,
+	MultiSelectable	= 0x01000000,
+	ExtSelectable	= 0x02000000,
+	AlertLow	= 0x04000000,
+	AlertMedium	= 0x08000000,
+	AlertHigh	= 0x10000000,
+	Protected	= 0x20000000,
+	Valid		= 0x3fffffff
+    };
+
+    enum Role {
+	NoRole		= 0x00000000,
+	TitleBar	= 0x00000001,
+	MenuBar		= 0x00000002,
+	ScrollBar	= 0x00000003,
+	Grip		= 0x00000004,
+	Sound		= 0x00000005,
+	Cursor		= 0x00000006,
+	Caret		= 0x00000007,
+	AlertMessage	= 0x00000008,
+	Window		= 0x00000009,
+	Client		= 0x0000000A,
+	PopupMenu	= 0x0000000B,
+	MenuItem	= 0x0000000C,
+	ToolTip		= 0x0000000D,
+	Application	= 0x0000000E,
+	Document	= 0x0000000F,
+	Pane		= 0x00000010,
+	Chart		= 0x00000011,
+	Dialog		= 0x00000012,
+	Border		= 0x00000013,
+	Grouping	= 0x00000014,
+	Separator	= 0x00000015,
+	ToolBar		= 0x00000016,
+	StatusBar	= 0x00000017,
+	Table		= 0x00000018,
+	ColumnHeader	= 0x00000019,
+	RowHeader	= 0x0000001A,
+	Column		= 0x0000001B,
+	Row		= 0x0000001C,
+	Cell		= 0x0000001D,
+	Link		= 0x0000001E,
+	HelpBalloon	= 0x0000001F,
+	Character	= 0x00000020,
+	List		= 0x00000021,
+	ListItem	= 0x00000022,
+	Outline		= 0x00000023,
+	OutlineItem	= 0x00000024,
+	PageTab		= 0x00000025,
+	PropertyPage	= 0x00000026,
+	Indicator	= 0x00000027,
+	Graphic		= 0x00000028,
+	StaticText	= 0x00000029,
+	EditableText	= 0x0000002A,  // Editable, selectable, etc.
+	PushButton	= 0x0000002B,
+	CheckBox	= 0x0000002C,
+	RadioButton	= 0x0000002D,
+	ComboBox	= 0x0000002E,
+	DropLest	= 0x0000002F,
+	ProgressBar	= 0x00000030,
+	Dial		= 0x00000031,
+	HotkeyField	= 0x00000032,
+	Slider		= 0x00000033,
+	SpinBox		= 0x00000034,
+	Diagram		= 0x00000035,
+	Animation	= 0x00000036,
+	Equation	= 0x00000037,
+	ButtonDropDown	= 0x00000038,
+	ButtonMenu	= 0x00000039,
+	ButtonDropGrid	= 0x0000003A,
+	Whitespace	= 0x0000003B,
+	PageTabList	= 0x0000003C,
+	Clock		= 0x0000003D
+    };
+
+    enum NavDirection {
+	NavUp		= 0x00000001,
+	NavDown		= 0x00000002,
+	NavLeft		= 0x00000003,
+	NavRight	= 0x00000004,
+	NavNext		= 0x00000005,
+	NavPrevious	= 0x00000006,
+	NavFirstChild	= 0x00000007,
+	NavLastChild	= 0x00000008,
+	NavFocusChild	= 0x00000009
+    };
+
+    enum Text {
+	Name		= 0,
+	Description,
+	Value,
+	Help,
+	Accelerator,
+	DefaultAction
+    };
+
+    static QRESULT queryAccessibleInterface( QObject *, QAccessibleInterface ** );
+    static void updateAccessibility( QObject *, int who, Event reason );
+    static bool isActive();
+
+    static void initialize();
+    static void cleanup();
+};
+
+// {EC86CB9C-5DA0-4c43-A739-13EBDF1C6B14}
+#define IID_QAccessible QUuid( 0xec86cb9c, 0x5da0, 0x4c43, 0xa7, 0x39, 0x13, 0xeb, 0xdf, 0x1c, 0x6b, 0x14 )
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QAccessibleInterface : public QAccessible, public QUnknownInterface
+{
+    // check for valid pointers
+    virtual bool	isValid() const = 0;
+
+    // hierarchy
+    virtual int		childCount() const = 0;
+    virtual QRESULT	queryChild( int control, QAccessibleInterface** ) const = 0;
+    virtual QRESULT	queryParent( QAccessibleInterface** ) const = 0;
+
+    // navigation
+    virtual int		controlAt( int x, int y ) const = 0;
+    virtual QRect	rect( int control ) const = 0;
+    virtual int		navigate( NavDirection direction, int startControl ) const = 0;
+
+    // properties and state
+    virtual QString	text( Text t, int control ) const = 0;
+    virtual void	setText( Text t, int control, const QString &text ) = 0;
+    virtual Role	role( int control ) const = 0;
+    virtual State	state( int control ) const = 0;
+    virtual QMemArray<int> selection() const = 0;
+
+    // methods
+    virtual bool	doDefaultAction( int control ) = 0;
+    virtual bool	setFocus( int control ) = 0;
+    virtual bool	setSelected( int control, bool on, bool extend ) = 0;
+    virtual void	clearSelection() = 0;    
+};
+
+// {49F4C6A7-412F-41DE-9E24-648843421FD3} 
+#ifndef IID_QAccessibleFactory
+#define IID_QAccessibleFactory QUuid( 0x49f4c6a7, 0x412f, 0x41de, 0x9e, 0x24, 0x64, 0x88, 0x43, 0x42, 0x1f, 0xd3 )
+#endif
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QAccessibleFactoryInterface : public QAccessible, public QFeatureListInterface
+{
+    virtual QRESULT createAccessibleInterface( const QString &, QObject *, QAccessibleInterface** ) = 0;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QAccessibleObject : public QObject, public QAccessibleInterface
+{
+public:
+    QAccessibleObject( QObject *object );
+    virtual ~QAccessibleObject();
+
+    QRESULT	queryInterface( const QUuid &, QUnknownInterface** );
+    Q_REFCOUNT
+
+    bool	isValid() const;
+
+protected:
+    QObject *object() const;
+
+private:
+    QGuardedPtr<QObject> object_;
+};
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QACCESSIBLE_OBJECT
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif //QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT
+
+#endif //QACCESSIBLE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qapplication.cpp b/src/kernel/qapplication.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7296f4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qapplication.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4602 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QApplication class
+**
+** Created : 931107
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+#include "qeventloop_p.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qwidgetlist.h"
+#include "qwidgetintdict.h"
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+
+#include "qtranslator.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qsessionmanager.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qclipboard.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qstylefactory.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qmessagebox.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+#include "qinputcontext_p.h"
+#endif
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+#  include "qmutex.h"
+#  include "qthread.h"
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef truncate
+# undef truncate
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  \class QApplication qapplication.h
+  \brief The QApplication class manages the GUI application's control
+  flow and main settings.
+
+  \ingroup application
+  \mainclass
+
+  It contains the main event loop, where all events from the window
+  system and other sources are processed and dispatched. It also
+  handles the application's initialization and finalization, and
+  provides session management. It also handles most system-wide and
+  application-wide settings.
+
+  For any GUI application that uses Qt, there is precisely one
+  QApplication object, no matter whether the application has 0, 1, 2
+  or more windows at any time.
+
+  The QApplication object is accessible through the global pointer \c
+  qApp. Its main areas of responsibility are:
+  \list
+
+  \i It initializes the application with the user's desktop settings
+  such as palette(), font() and doubleClickInterval(). It keeps track
+  of these properties in case the user changes the desktop globally, for
+  example through some kind of control panel.
+
+  \i It performs event handling, meaning that it receives events
+  from the underlying window system and dispatches them to the relevant
+  widgets. By using sendEvent() and postEvent() you can send your own
+  events to widgets.
+
+  \i It parses common command line arguments and sets its internal
+  state accordingly. See the \link QApplication::QApplication()
+  constructor documentation\endlink below for more details about this.
+
+  \i It defines the application's look and feel, which is
+  encapsulated in a QStyle object. This can be changed at runtime
+  with setStyle().
+
+  \i It specifies how the application is to allocate colors.
+  See setColorSpec() for details.
+
+  \i It provides localization of strings that are visible to the user
+  via translate().
+
+  \i It provides some magical objects like the desktop() and the
+  clipboard().
+
+  \i It knows about the application's windows. You can ask which
+  widget is at a certain position using widgetAt(), get a list of
+  topLevelWidgets() and closeAllWindows(), etc.
+
+  \i It manages the application's mouse cursor handling,
+  see setOverrideCursor() and setGlobalMouseTracking().
+
+  \i On the X window system, it provides functions to flush and sync
+  the communication stream, see flushX() and syncX().
+
+  \i It provides support for sophisticated \link
+  session.html session management \endlink. This makes it possible
+  for applications to terminate gracefully when the user logs out, to
+  cancel a shutdown process if termination isn't possible and even to
+  preserve the entire application's state for a future session. See
+  isSessionRestored(), sessionId() and commitData() and saveState()
+  for details.
+
+  \endlist
+
+  The <a href="simple-application.html">Application walk-through
+  example</a> contains a typical complete main() that does the usual
+  things with QApplication.
+
+  Since the QApplication object does so much initialization, it
+  <b>must</b> be created before any other objects related to the user
+  interface are created.
+
+  Since it also deals with common command line arguments, it is
+  usually a good idea to create it \e before any interpretation or
+  modification of \c argv is done in the application itself. (Note
+  also that for X11, setMainWidget() may change the main widget
+  according to the \c -geometry option. To preserve this
+  functionality, you must set your defaults before setMainWidget() and
+  any overrides after.)
+
+  \table
+    \header \i21 Groups of functions
+    \row
+     \i System settings
+     \i
+	desktopSettingsAware(),
+	setDesktopSettingsAware(),
+	cursorFlashTime(),
+	setCursorFlashTime(),
+	doubleClickInterval(),
+	setDoubleClickInterval(),
+	wheelScrollLines(),
+	setWheelScrollLines(),
+	palette(),
+	setPalette(),
+	font(),
+	setFont(),
+	fontMetrics().
+
+    \row
+     \i Event handling
+     \i
+	exec(),
+	processEvents(),
+	enter_loop(),
+	exit_loop(),
+	exit(),
+	quit().
+	sendEvent(),
+	postEvent(),
+	sendPostedEvents(),
+	removePostedEvents(),
+	hasPendingEvents(),
+	notify(),
+	macEventFilter(),
+	qwsEventFilter(),
+	x11EventFilter(),
+	x11ProcessEvent(),
+	winEventFilter().
+
+    \row
+     \i GUI Styles
+     \i
+	style(),
+	setStyle(),
+	polish().
+
+    \row
+     \i Color usage
+     \i
+	colorSpec(),
+	setColorSpec(),
+	qwsSetCustomColors().
+
+    \row
+     \i Text handling
+     \i
+	installTranslator(),
+	removeTranslator()
+	translate().
+
+    \row
+     \i Widgets
+     \i
+	mainWidget(),
+	setMainWidget(),
+	allWidgets(),
+	topLevelWidgets(),
+	desktop(),
+	activePopupWidget(),
+	activeModalWidget(),
+	clipboard(),
+	focusWidget(),
+	winFocus(),
+	activeWindow(),
+	widgetAt().
+
+    \row
+     \i Advanced cursor handling
+     \i
+	hasGlobalMouseTracking(),
+	setGlobalMouseTracking(),
+	overrideCursor(),
+	setOverrideCursor(),
+	restoreOverrideCursor().
+
+    \row
+     \i X Window System synchronization
+     \i
+	flushX(),
+	syncX().
+
+    \row
+     \i Session management
+     \i
+	isSessionRestored(),
+	sessionId(),
+	commitData(),
+	saveState().
+
+    \row
+    \i Threading
+    \i
+	lock(), unlock(), locked(), tryLock(),
+	wakeUpGuiThread()
+
+    \row
+     \i Miscellaneous
+     \i
+	closeAllWindows(),
+	startingUp(),
+	closingDown(),
+	type().
+  \endtable
+
+  \e {Non-GUI programs:} While Qt is not optimized or
+  designed for writing non-GUI programs, it's possible to use
+  \link tools.html some of its classes \endlink without creating a
+  QApplication. This can be useful if you wish to share code between
+  a non-GUI server and a GUI client.
+
+  \headerfile qnamespace.h
+  \headerfile qwindowdefs.h
+  \headerfile qglobal.h
+*/
+
+/*! \enum Qt::HANDLE
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QApplication::Type
+
+    \value Tty a console application
+    \value GuiClient a GUI client application
+    \value GuiServer a GUI server application
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QApplication::ColorSpec
+
+    \value NormalColor the default color allocation policy
+    \value CustomColor the same as NormalColor for X11; allocates colors
+    to a palette on demand under Windows
+    \value ManyColor the right choice for applications that use thousands of
+    colors
+
+    See setColorSpec() for full details.
+*/
+
+/*
+  The qt_init() and qt_cleanup() functions are implemented in the
+  qapplication_xyz.cpp file.
+*/
+
+void qt_init( int *, char **, QApplication::Type );
+void qt_cleanup();
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+void qt_init( Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE, Qt::HANDLE );
+#endif
+Q_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper( QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop );
+
+QApplication *qApp = 0;			// global application object
+
+QStyle   *QApplication::app_style      = 0;	// default application style
+bool      qt_explicit_app_style	       = FALSE; // style explicitly set by programmer
+
+int	  QApplication::app_cspec      = QApplication::NormalColor;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+QPalette *QApplication::app_pal	       = 0;	// default application palette
+#endif
+QFont	 *QApplication::app_font       = 0;	// default application font
+bool	  qt_app_has_font	       = FALSE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+QCursor	 *QApplication::app_cursor     = 0;	// default application cursor
+#endif
+int	  QApplication::app_tracking   = 0;	// global mouse tracking
+bool	  QApplication::is_app_running = FALSE;	// app starting up if FALSE
+bool	  QApplication::is_app_closing = FALSE;	// app closing down if TRUE
+int	  QApplication::loop_level     = 0;	// event loop level
+QWidget	 *QApplication::main_widget    = 0;	// main application widget
+QWidget	 *QApplication::focus_widget   = 0;	// has keyboard input focus
+QWidget	 *QApplication::active_window  = 0;	// toplevel with keyboard focus
+bool	  QApplication::obey_desktop_settings = TRUE;	// use winsys resources
+int	  QApplication::cursor_flash_time = 1000;	// text caret flash time
+int	  QApplication::mouse_double_click_time = 400;	// mouse dbl click limit
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+int	  QApplication::wheel_scroll_lines = 3;		// number of lines to scroll
+#endif
+bool	  qt_is_gui_used;
+bool      Q_EXPORT qt_resolve_symlinks = TRUE;
+bool      Q_EXPORT qt_tab_all_widgets  = TRUE;
+QRect qt_maxWindowRect;
+static int drag_time = 500;
+static int drag_distance = 4;
+static bool reverse_layout = FALSE;
+QSize     QApplication::app_strut	= QSize( 0,0 ); // no default application strut
+bool	  QApplication::animate_ui	= TRUE;
+bool	  QApplication::animate_menu	= FALSE;
+bool	  QApplication::fade_menu	= FALSE;
+bool	  QApplication::animate_combo	= FALSE;
+bool	  QApplication::animate_tooltip	= FALSE;
+bool	  QApplication::fade_tooltip	= FALSE;
+bool	  QApplication::animate_toolbox	= FALSE;
+bool	  QApplication::widgetCount	= FALSE;
+QApplication::Type qt_appType=QApplication::Tty;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+QStringList *QApplication::app_libpaths = 0;
+#endif
+bool	  QApplication::metaComposeUnicode = FALSE;
+int	  QApplication::composedUnicode   = 0;
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+QMutex *QApplication::qt_mutex		= 0;
+static QMutex *postevent_mutex		= 0;
+static Qt::HANDLE qt_application_thread_id = 0;
+Q_EXPORT Qt::HANDLE qt_get_application_thread_id()
+{
+    return qt_application_thread_id;
+}
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+QEventLoop *QApplication::eventloop = 0;	// application event loop
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+extern bool qt_dispatchAccelEvent( QWidget*, QKeyEvent* ); // def in qaccel.cpp
+extern bool qt_tryComposeUnicode( QWidget*, QKeyEvent* ); // def in qaccel.cpp
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+bool chokeMouse = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+void qt_setMaxWindowRect(const QRect& r)
+{
+    qt_maxWindowRect = r;
+    // Re-resize any maximized windows
+    QWidgetList* l = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+    if ( l ) {
+	QWidget *w = l->first();
+	while ( w ) {
+	    if ( w->isVisible() && w->isMaximized() )
+	    {
+		w->showNormal(); //#### flicker
+		w->showMaximized();
+	    }
+	    w = l->next();
+	}
+	delete l;
+    }
+}
+
+typedef void (*VFPTR)();
+typedef QValueList<VFPTR> QVFuncList;
+static QVFuncList *postRList = 0;		// list of post routines
+
+/*!
+  \relates QApplication
+
+  Adds a global routine that will be called from the QApplication
+  destructor. This function is normally used to add cleanup routines
+  for program-wide functionality.
+
+  The function given by \a p should take no arguments and return
+  nothing, like this:
+  \code
+    static int *global_ptr = 0;
+
+    static void cleanup_ptr()
+    {
+	delete [] global_ptr;
+	global_ptr = 0;
+    }
+
+    void init_ptr()
+    {
+	global_ptr = new int[100];	// allocate data
+	qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_ptr );	// delete later
+    }
+  \endcode
+
+  Note that for an application- or module-wide cleanup,
+  qAddPostRoutine() is often not suitable. People have a tendency to
+  make such modules dynamically loaded, and then unload those modules
+  long before the QApplication destructor is called, for example.
+
+  For modules and libraries, using a reference-counted initialization
+  manager or Qt' parent-child delete mechanism may be better. Here is
+  an example of a private class which uses the parent-child mechanism
+  to call a cleanup function at the right time:
+
+  \code
+    class MyPrivateInitStuff: public QObject {
+    private:
+	MyPrivateInitStuff( QObject * parent ): QObject( parent) {
+	    // initialization goes here
+	}
+	MyPrivateInitStuff * p;
+
+    public:
+	static MyPrivateInitStuff * initStuff( QObject * parent ) {
+	    if ( !p )
+		p = new MyPrivateInitStuff( parent );
+	    return p;
+	}
+
+	~MyPrivateInitStuff() {
+	    // cleanup (the "post routine") goes here
+	}
+    }
+  \endcode
+
+  By selecting the right parent widget/object, this can often be made
+  to clean up the module's data at the exact right moment.
+*/
+
+Q_EXPORT void qAddPostRoutine( QtCleanUpFunction p)
+{
+    if ( !postRList ) {
+	postRList = new QVFuncList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( postRList );
+    }
+    postRList->prepend( p );
+}
+
+
+Q_EXPORT void qRemovePostRoutine( QtCleanUpFunction p )
+{
+    if ( !postRList ) return;
+    QVFuncList::Iterator it = postRList->begin();
+    while ( it != postRList->end() ) {
+	if ( *it == p ) {
+	    postRList->remove( it );
+	    it = postRList->begin();
+	} else {
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+// Default application palettes and fonts (per widget type)
+QAsciiDict<QPalette> *QApplication::app_palettes = 0;
+QAsciiDict<QFont>    *QApplication::app_fonts = 0;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+QString *QApplication::session_key = 0;		// ## session key. Should be a member in 4.0
+#endif
+QWidgetList *QApplication::popupWidgets = 0;	// has keyboard input focus
+
+QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget = 0;		// root window widgets
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+QClipboard	      *qt_clipboard = 0;	// global clipboard object
+#endif
+QWidgetList * qt_modal_stack=0;		// stack of modal widgets
+
+// Definitions for posted events
+struct QPostEvent {
+    QPostEvent( QObject *r, QEvent *e ): receiver( r ), event( e ) {}
+   ~QPostEvent()			{ delete event; }
+    QObject  *receiver;
+    QEvent   *event;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPostEventList : public QPtrList<QPostEvent>
+{
+public:
+    QPostEventList() : QPtrList<QPostEvent>() {}
+    QPostEventList( const QPostEventList &list ) : QPtrList<QPostEvent>(list) {}
+   ~QPostEventList() { clear(); }
+    QPostEventList &operator=(const QPostEventList &list)
+	{ return (QPostEventList&)QPtrList<QPostEvent>::operator=(list); }
+};
+class Q_EXPORT QPostEventListIt : public QPtrListIterator<QPostEvent>
+{
+public:
+    QPostEventListIt( const QPostEventList &l ) : QPtrListIterator<QPostEvent>(l) {}
+    QPostEventListIt &operator=(const QPostEventListIt &i)
+{ return (QPostEventListIt&)QPtrListIterator<QPostEvent>::operator=(i); }
+};
+
+static QPostEventList *globalPostedEvents = 0;	// list of posted events
+
+uint qGlobalPostedEventsCount()
+{
+    if (!globalPostedEvents)
+	return 0;
+    return globalPostedEvents->count();
+}
+
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QPostEventList> qapp_cleanup_events;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+QPalette *qt_std_pal = 0;
+
+void qt_create_std_palette()
+{
+    if ( qt_std_pal )
+	delete qt_std_pal;
+
+    QColor standardLightGray( 192, 192, 192 );
+    QColor light( 255, 255, 255 );
+    QColor dark( standardLightGray.dark( 150 ) );
+    QColorGroup std_act( Qt::black, standardLightGray,
+			 light, dark, Qt::gray,
+			 Qt::black, Qt::white );
+    QColorGroup std_dis( Qt::darkGray, standardLightGray,
+			 light, dark, Qt::gray,
+			 Qt::darkGray, std_act.background() );
+    QColorGroup std_inact( Qt::black, standardLightGray,
+			   light, dark, Qt::gray,
+			   Qt::black, Qt::white );
+    qt_std_pal = new QPalette( std_act, std_dis, std_inact );
+}
+
+static void qt_fix_tooltips()
+{
+    // No resources for this yet (unlike on Windows).
+    QColorGroup cg( Qt::black, QColor(255,255,220),
+		    QColor(96,96,96), Qt::black, Qt::black,
+		    Qt::black, QColor(255,255,220) );
+    QPalette pal( cg, cg, cg );
+    QApplication::setPalette( pal, TRUE, "QTipLabel");
+}
+#endif
+
+void QApplication::process_cmdline( int* argcptr, char ** argv )
+{
+    // process platform-indep command line
+    if ( !qt_is_gui_used || !*argcptr)
+	return;
+
+    int argc = *argcptr;
+    int i, j;
+
+    j = 1;
+    for ( i=1; i<argc; i++ ) {
+	if ( argv[i] && *argv[i] != '-' ) {
+	    argv[j++] = argv[i];
+	    continue;
+	}
+	QCString arg = argv[i];
+	QCString s;
+	if ( arg == "-qdevel" || arg == "-qdebug") {
+	    // obsolete argument
+	} else if ( arg.find( "-style=", 0, FALSE ) != -1 ) {
+	    s = arg.right( arg.length() - 7 );
+	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg,"-style") == 0 && i < argc-1 ) {
+	    s = argv[++i];
+	    s = s.lower();
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg,"-session") == 0 && i < argc-1 ) {
+	    QCString s = argv[++i];
+	    if ( !s.isEmpty() ) {
+		session_id = QString::fromLatin1( s );
+		int p = session_id.find( '_' );
+		if ( p >= 0 ) {
+		    if ( !session_key )
+			session_key = new QString;
+		    *session_key = session_id.mid( p +1 );
+		    session_id = session_id.left( p );
+		}
+		is_session_restored = TRUE;
+	    }
+#endif
+	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg, "-reverse") == 0 ) {
+	    setReverseLayout( TRUE );
+	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg, "-widgetcount") == 0 ) {
+	    widgetCount = TRUE;;
+	} else {
+	    argv[j++] = argv[i];
+	}
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+	if ( !s.isEmpty() ) {
+	    setStyle( s );
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+    if(j < argc) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MACX
+	static char* empty = "\0";
+	argv[j] = empty;
+#else
+	argv[j] = 0;
+#endif
+	*argcptr = j;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Initializes the window system and constructs an application object
+  with \a argc command line arguments in \a argv.
+
+  The global \c qApp pointer refers to this application object. Only
+  one application object should be created.
+
+  This application object must be constructed before any \link
+  QPaintDevice paint devices\endlink (including widgets, pixmaps, bitmaps
+  etc.).
+
+  Note that \a argc and \a argv might be changed. Qt removes command
+  line arguments that it recognizes. The modified \a argc and \a argv
+  can also be accessed later with \c qApp->argc() and \c qApp->argv().
+  The documentation for argv() contains a detailed description of how
+  to process command line arguments.
+
+  Qt debugging options (not available if Qt was compiled with the
+  QT_NO_DEBUG flag defined):
+  \list
+  \i -nograb, tells Qt that it must never grab the mouse or the keyboard.
+  \i -dograb (only under X11), running under a debugger can cause
+  an implicit -nograb, use -dograb to override.
+  \i -sync (only under X11), switches to synchronous mode for
+	debugging.
+  \endlist
+
+  See \link debug.html Debugging Techniques \endlink for a more
+  detailed explanation.
+
+  All Qt programs automatically support the following command line options:
+  \list
+  \i -reverse causes text to be formatted for right-to-left languages
+       rather than in the usual left-to-right direction.
+  \i -style= \e style, sets the application GUI style. Possible values
+       are \c motif, \c windows, and \c platinum. If you compiled Qt
+       with additional styles or have additional styles as plugins these
+       will be available to the \c -style command line option.
+  \i -style \e style, is the same as listed above.
+  \i -session= \e session, restores the application from an earlier
+       \link session.html session \endlink.
+  \i -session \e session, is the same as listed above.
+  \i -widgetcount, prints debug message at the end about number of widgets left
+       undestroyed and maximum number of widgets existed at the same time
+  \endlist
+
+  The X11 version of Qt also supports some traditional X11
+  command line options:
+  \list
+  \i -display \e display, sets the X display (default is $DISPLAY).
+  \i -geometry \e geometry, sets the client geometry of the
+	\link setMainWidget() main widget\endlink.
+  \i -fn or \c -font \e font, defines the application font. The
+  font should be specified using an X logical font description.
+  \i -bg or \c -background \e color, sets the default background color
+	and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).
+  \i -fg or \c -foreground \e color, sets the default foreground color.
+  \i -btn or \c -button \e color, sets the default button color.
+  \i -name \e name, sets the application name.
+  \i -title \e title, sets the application title (caption).
+  \i -visual \c TrueColor, forces the application to use a TrueColor visual
+       on an 8-bit display.
+  \i -ncols \e count, limits the number of colors allocated in the
+       color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the
+       \c QApplication::ManyColor color specification. If \e count is
+       216 then a 6x6x6 color cube is used (i.e. 6 levels of red, 6 of green,
+       and 6 of blue); for other values, a cube
+       approximately proportional to a 2x3x1 cube is used.
+  \i -cmap, causes the application to install a private color map
+       on an 8-bit display.
+  \endlist
+
+  \sa argc(), argv()
+*/
+
+//######### BINARY COMPATIBILITY constructor
+QApplication::QApplication( int &argc, char **argv )
+{
+    construct( argc, argv, GuiClient );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments
+  in \a argv. If \a GUIenabled is TRUE, a GUI application is
+  constructed, otherwise a non-GUI (console) application is created.
+
+  Set \a GUIenabled to FALSE for programs without a graphical user
+  interface that should be able to run without a window system.
+
+  On X11, the window system is initialized if \a GUIenabled is TRUE.
+  If \a GUIenabled is FALSE, the application does not connect to the
+  X-server.
+  On Windows and Macintosh, currently the window system is always
+  initialized, regardless of the value of GUIenabled. This may change in
+  future versions of Qt.
+
+  The following example shows how to create an application that
+  uses a graphical interface when available.
+  \code
+  int main( int argc, char **argv )
+  {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    bool useGUI = getenv( "DISPLAY" ) != 0;
+#else
+    bool useGUI = TRUE;
+#endif
+    QApplication app(argc, argv, useGUI);
+
+    if ( useGUI ) {
+       //start GUI version
+       ...
+    } else {
+       //start non-GUI version
+       ...
+    }
+    return app.exec();
+  }
+\endcode
+*/
+
+QApplication::QApplication( int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled  )
+{
+    construct( argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments
+  in \a argv.
+
+  For Qt/Embedded, passing \c QApplication::GuiServer for \a type
+  makes this application the server (equivalent to running with the
+  -qws option).
+*/
+QApplication::QApplication( int &argc, char **argv, Type type )
+{
+    construct( argc, argv, type );
+}
+
+Q_EXPORT void qt_ucm_initialize( QApplication *theApp )
+{
+    if ( qApp )
+	return;
+    int argc = theApp->argc();
+    char **argv = theApp->argv();
+    theApp->construct( argc, argv, qApp->type() );
+
+    Q_ASSERT( qApp == theApp );
+}
+
+void QApplication::construct( int &argc, char **argv, Type type )
+{
+    qt_appType = type;
+    qt_is_gui_used = (type != Tty);
+    init_precmdline();
+    static const char *empty = "";
+    if ( argc == 0 || argv == 0 ) {
+	argc = 0;
+	argv = (char **)&empty; // ouch! careful with QApplication::argv()!
+    }
+    app_argc = argc;
+    app_argv = argv;
+
+    qt_init( &argc, argv, type );   // Must be called before initialize()
+    process_cmdline( &argc, argv );
+    initialize( argc, argv );
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
+	qt_maxWindowRect = desktop()->rect();
+    if ( eventloop )
+	eventloop->appStartingUp();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the type of application, Tty, GuiClient or GuiServer.
+*/
+
+QApplication::Type QApplication::type() const
+{
+    return qt_appType;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+/*!
+  Create an application, given an already open display \a dpy. If \a
+  visual and \a colormap are non-zero, the application will use those as
+  the default Visual and Colormap contexts.
+
+  \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
+  bits-per-pixel.
+
+  This is available only on X11.
+*/
+
+QApplication::QApplication( Display* dpy, HANDLE visual, HANDLE colormap )
+{
+    static int aargc = 1;
+    // ### a string literal is a cont char*
+    // ### using it as a char* is wrong and could lead to segfaults
+    // ### if aargv is modified someday
+    static char *aargv[] = { (char*)"unknown", 0 };
+
+    app_argc = aargc;
+    app_argv = aargv;
+
+    qt_appType = GuiClient;
+    qt_is_gui_used = TRUE;
+    qt_appType = GuiClient;
+    init_precmdline();
+    // ... no command line.
+
+    if ( ! dpy ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning( "QApplication: invalid Display* argument." );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	qt_init( &aargc, aargv, GuiClient );
+    } else {
+	qt_init( dpy, visual, colormap );
+    }
+
+    initialize( aargc, aargv );
+
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
+	qt_maxWindowRect = desktop()->rect();
+    if ( eventloop )
+	eventloop->appStartingUp();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Create an application, given an already open display \a dpy and using
+  \a argc command line arguments in \a argv. If \a
+  visual and \a colormap are non-zero, the application will use those as
+  the default Visual and Colormap contexts.
+
+  \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
+  bits-per-pixel.
+
+  This is available only on X11.
+
+*/
+QApplication::QApplication(Display *dpy, int argc, char **argv,
+			   HANDLE visual, HANDLE colormap)
+{
+    qt_appType = GuiClient;
+    qt_is_gui_used = TRUE;
+    qt_appType = GuiClient;
+    init_precmdline();
+
+    app_argc = argc;
+    app_argv = argv;
+
+    if ( ! dpy ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning( "QApplication: invalid Display* argument." );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	qt_init( &argc, argv, GuiClient );
+    } else {
+	qt_init(dpy, visual, colormap);
+    }
+
+    process_cmdline( &argc, argv );
+    initialize(argc, argv);
+
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
+	qt_maxWindowRect = desktop()->rect();
+    if ( eventloop )
+	eventloop->appStartingUp();
+}
+
+
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+
+void QApplication::init_precmdline()
+{
+    translators = 0;
+    is_app_closing = FALSE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+    is_session_restored = FALSE;
+#endif
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( qApp )
+	qWarning( "QApplication: There should be max one application object" );
+#endif
+    qApp = (QApplication*)this;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Initializes the QApplication object, called from the constructors.
+*/
+
+void QApplication::initialize( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    qt_mutex = new QMutex( TRUE );
+    postevent_mutex = new QMutex( TRUE );
+    qt_application_thread_id = QThread::currentThread();
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    app_argc = argc;
+    app_argv = argv;
+    quit_now = FALSE;
+    quit_code = 0;
+    QWidget::createMapper(); // create widget mapper
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    (void) palette();  // trigger creation of application palette
+#endif
+    is_app_running = TRUE; // no longer starting up
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+    // connect to the session manager
+    if ( !session_key )
+	session_key = new QString;
+    session_manager = new QSessionManager( qApp, session_id, *session_key );
+#endif
+
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Functions returning the active popup and modal widgets.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  Returns the active popup widget.
+
+  A popup widget is a special top level widget that sets the \c
+  WType_Popup widget flag, e.g. the QPopupMenu widget. When the
+  application opens a popup widget, all events are sent to the popup.
+  Normal widgets and modal widgets cannot be accessed before the popup
+  widget is closed.
+
+  Only other popup widgets may be opened when a popup widget is shown.
+  The popup widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns
+  the active popup widget at the top of the stack.
+
+  \sa activeModalWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QApplication::activePopupWidget()
+{
+    return popupWidgets ? popupWidgets->getLast() : 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns the active modal widget.
+
+  A modal widget is a special top level widget which is a subclass of
+  QDialog that specifies the modal parameter of the constructor as
+  TRUE. A modal widget must be closed before the user can continue
+  with other parts of the program.
+
+  Modal widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns
+  the active modal widget at the top of the stack.
+
+  \sa activePopupWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QApplication::activeModalWidget()
+{
+    return qt_modal_stack ? qt_modal_stack->getFirst() : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Cleans up any window system resources that were allocated by this
+  application. Sets the global variable \c qApp to 0.
+*/
+
+QApplication::~QApplication()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    // flush clipboard contents
+    if ( qt_clipboard ) {
+	QCustomEvent event( QEvent::Clipboard );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( qt_clipboard, &event );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( eventloop )
+	eventloop->appClosingDown();
+    if ( postRList ) {
+	QVFuncList::Iterator it = postRList->begin();
+	while ( it != postRList->end() ) {	// call post routines
+	    (**it)();
+	    postRList->remove( it );
+	    it = postRList->begin();
+	}
+	delete postRList;
+	postRList = 0;
+    }
+
+    QObject *tipmanager = child( "toolTipManager", "QTipManager", FALSE );
+    delete tipmanager;
+
+    delete qt_desktopWidget;
+    qt_desktopWidget = 0;
+    is_app_closing = TRUE;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    delete qt_clipboard;
+    qt_clipboard = 0;
+#endif
+    QWidget::destroyMapper();
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    delete qt_std_pal;
+    qt_std_pal = 0;
+    delete app_pal;
+    app_pal = 0;
+    delete app_palettes;
+    app_palettes = 0;
+#endif
+    delete app_font;
+    app_font = 0;
+    delete app_fonts;
+    app_fonts = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    delete app_style;
+    app_style = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    delete app_cursor;
+    app_cursor = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+    delete translators;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    extern QDragManager *qt_dnd_manager;
+    delete qt_dnd_manager;
+#endif
+
+    qt_cleanup();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    delete app_libpaths;
+    app_libpaths = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    delete qt_mutex;
+    qt_mutex = 0;
+    delete postevent_mutex;
+    postevent_mutex = 0;
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    if( qApp == this ) {
+	if ( postedEvents )
+	    removePostedEvents( this );
+	qApp = 0;
+    }
+    is_app_running = FALSE;
+
+    if ( widgetCount ) {
+	qDebug( "Widgets left: %i    Max widgets: %i \n", QWidget::instanceCounter, QWidget::maxInstances );
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+    delete session_manager;
+    session_manager = 0;
+    delete session_key;
+    session_key = 0;
+#endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+
+    qt_explicit_app_style = FALSE;
+    qt_app_has_font = FALSE;
+    app_tracking = 0;
+    obey_desktop_settings = TRUE;
+    cursor_flash_time = 1000;
+    mouse_double_click_time = 400;
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+    wheel_scroll_lines = 3;
+#endif
+    drag_time = 500;
+    drag_distance = 4;
+    reverse_layout = FALSE;
+    app_strut = QSize( 0, 0 );
+    animate_ui = TRUE;
+    animate_menu = FALSE;
+    fade_menu = FALSE;
+    animate_combo = FALSE;
+    animate_tooltip = FALSE;
+    fade_tooltip = FALSE;
+    widgetCount = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QApplication::argc() const
+
+    Returns the number of command line arguments.
+
+    The documentation for argv() describes how to process command line
+    arguments.
+
+    \sa argv(), QApplication::QApplication()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn char **QApplication::argv() const
+
+    Returns the command line argument vector.
+
+    \c argv()[0] is the program name, \c argv()[1] is the first
+    argument and \c argv()[argc()-1] is the last argument.
+
+    A QApplication object is constructed by passing \e argc and \e
+    argv from the \c main() function. Some of the arguments may be
+    recognized as Qt options and removed from the argument vector. For
+    example, the X11 version of Qt knows about \c -display, \c -font
+    and a few more options.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	// showargs.cpp - displays program arguments in a list box
+
+	#include <qapplication.h>
+	#include <qlistbox.h>
+
+	int main( int argc, char **argv )
+	{
+	    QApplication a( argc, argv );
+	    QListBox b;
+	    a.setMainWidget( &b );
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < a.argc(); i++ )  // a.argc() == argc
+		b.insertItem( a.argv()[i] );      // a.argv()[i] == argv[i]
+	    b.show();
+	    return a.exec();
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    If you run \c{showargs -display unix:0 -font 9x15bold hello world}
+    under X11, the list box contains the three strings "showargs",
+    "hello" and "world".
+
+    Qt provides a global pointer, \c qApp, that points to the
+    QApplication object, and through which you can access argc() and
+    argv() in functions other than main().
+
+    \sa argc(), QApplication::QApplication()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QApplication::setArgs( int argc, char **argv )
+    \internal
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+
+static QString *qt_style_override = 0;
+
+/*!
+  Returns the application's style object.
+
+  \sa setStyle(), QStyle
+*/
+QStyle& QApplication::style()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    if ( app_style )
+	return *app_style;
+    if ( !qt_is_gui_used )
+	qFatal( "No style available in non-gui applications!" );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if(!qt_style_override)
+	x11_initialize_style(); // run-time search for default style
+#endif
+    if ( !app_style ) {
+	// Compile-time search for default style
+	//
+	QString style;
+	if ( qt_style_override ) {
+	    style = *qt_style_override;
+	    delete qt_style_override;
+	    qt_style_override = 0;
+	} else {
+#  if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && defined(Q_OS_TEMP)
+	    style = "PocketPC";
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	    if ( qWinVersion() >= Qt::WV_XP && qWinVersion() < Qt::WV_NT_based )
+		style = "WindowsXP";
+	    else
+		style = "Windows";		// default styles for Windows
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11) && defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS)
+	    style = "CDE";			// default style for X11 on Solaris
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11) && defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
+	    style = "SGI";			// default style for X11 on IRIX
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+		style = "Motif";		// default style for X11
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+		style = "Macintosh";		// default style for all Mac's
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+	    style = "Compact";		// default style for small devices
+#endif
+	}
+	app_style = QStyleFactory::create( style );
+	if ( !app_style &&		// platform default style not available, try alternatives
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "Windows" ) ) &&
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "Platinum" ) ) &&
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "MotifPlus" ) ) &&
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "Motif" ) ) &&
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "CDE" ) ) &&
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "Aqua" ) ) &&
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "SGI" ) ) &&
+	     !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "Compact" ) )
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+	    && !(app_style = QStyleFactory::create( QStyleFactory::keys()[0]  ) )
+#endif
+	)
+	    qFatal( "No %s style available!", style.latin1() );
+    }
+
+    QPalette app_pal_copy ( *app_pal );
+    app_style->polish( *app_pal );
+
+    if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing && (*app_pal != app_pal_copy) ) {
+	QEvent e( QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange );
+	QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+	register QWidget *w;
+	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
+	    ++it;
+	    sendEvent( w, &e );
+	}
+    }
+
+    app_style->polish( qApp );
+#endif
+    return *app_style;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets the application's GUI style to \a style. Ownership of the style
+  object is transferred to QApplication, so QApplication will delete
+  the style object on application exit or when a new style is set.
+
+  Example usage:
+  \code
+    QApplication::setStyle( new QWindowsStyle );
+  \endcode
+
+  When switching application styles, the color palette is set back to
+  the initial colors or the system defaults. This is necessary since
+  certain styles have to adapt the color palette to be fully
+  style-guide compliant.
+
+  \sa style(), QStyle, setPalette(), desktopSettingsAware()
+*/
+void QApplication::setStyle( QStyle *style )
+{
+    QStyle* old = app_style;
+    app_style = style;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    qt_explicit_app_style = TRUE;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    if ( startingUp() ) {
+	delete old;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    // clean up the old style
+    if (old) {
+	if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
+	    QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+	    register QWidget *w;
+	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
+		++it;
+		if ( !w->testWFlags(WType_Desktop) &&	// except desktop
+		     w->testWState(WState_Polished) ) { // has been polished
+		    old->unPolish(w);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	old->unPolish( qApp );
+    }
+
+    // take care of possible palette requirements of certain gui
+    // styles. Do it before polishing the application since the style
+    // might call QApplication::setStyle() itself
+    if ( !qt_std_pal )
+	qt_create_std_palette();
+    QPalette tmpPal = *qt_std_pal;
+    setPalette( tmpPal, TRUE );
+
+    // initialize the application with the new style
+    app_style->polish( qApp );
+
+    // re-polish existing widgets if necessary
+    if (old) {
+	if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
+	    QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+	    register QWidget *w;
+	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
+		++it;
+		if ( !w->testWFlags(WType_Desktop) ) {	// except desktop
+		    if ( w->testWState(WState_Polished) )
+			app_style->polish(w);		// repolish
+		    w->styleChange( *old );
+		    if ( w->isVisible() ){
+			w->update();
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	delete old;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload
+
+  Requests a QStyle object for \a style from the QStyleFactory.
+
+  The string must be one of the QStyleFactory::keys(), typically one
+  of "windows", "motif", "cde", "motifplus", "platinum", "sgi" and
+  "compact". Depending on the platform, "windowsxp", "aqua" or
+  "macintosh" may be available.
+
+  A later call to the QApplication constructor will override the
+  requested style when a "-style" option is passed in as a commandline
+  parameter.
+
+  Returns 0 if an unknown \a style is passed, otherwise the QStyle object
+  returned is set as the application's GUI style.
+*/
+QStyle* QApplication::setStyle( const QString& style )
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    qt_explicit_app_style = TRUE;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    if ( startingUp() ) {
+	if(qt_style_override)
+	    *qt_style_override = style;
+	else
+	    qt_style_override = new QString(style);
+	return 0;
+    }
+    QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create( style );
+    if ( !s )
+	return 0;
+
+    setStyle( s );
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1  /* OBSOLETE */
+
+QApplication::ColorMode QApplication::colorMode()
+{
+    return (QApplication::ColorMode)app_cspec;
+}
+
+void QApplication::setColorMode( QApplication::ColorMode mode )
+{
+    app_cspec = mode;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns the color specification.
+  \sa QApplication::setColorSpec()
+ */
+
+int QApplication::colorSpec()
+{
+    return app_cspec;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets the color specification for the application to \a spec.
+
+  The color specification controls how the application allocates colors
+  when run on a display with a limited amount of colors, e.g. 8 bit / 256
+  color displays.
+
+  The color specification must be set before you create the QApplication
+  object.
+
+  The options are:
+  \list
+  \i QApplication::NormalColor.
+    This is the default color allocation strategy. Use this option if
+    your application uses buttons, menus, texts and pixmaps with few
+    colors. With this option, the application uses system global
+    colors. This works fine for most applications under X11, but on
+    Windows machines it may cause dithering of non-standard colors.
+  \i QApplication::CustomColor.
+    Use this option if your application needs a small number of custom
+    colors. On X11, this option is the same as NormalColor. On Windows, Qt
+    creates a Windows palette, and allocates colors to it on demand.
+  \i QApplication::ManyColor.
+    Use this option if your application is very color hungry
+    (e.g. it requires thousands of colors).
+    Under X11 the effect is:
+    \list
+    \i For 256-color displays which have at best a 256 color true color
+       visual, the default visual is used, and colors are allocated
+       from a color cube. The color cube is the 6x6x6 (216 color) "Web
+       palette"<sup>*</sup>, but the number of colors can be changed
+       by the \e -ncols option. The user can force the application to
+       use the true color visual with the \link
+       QApplication::QApplication() -visual \endlink option.
+    \i For 256-color displays which have a true color visual with more
+       than 256 colors, use that visual. Silicon Graphics X servers
+       have this feature, for example. They provide an 8 bit visual
+       by default but can deliver true color when asked.
+    \endlist
+    On Windows, Qt creates a Windows palette, and fills it with a color cube.
+  \endlist
+
+  Be aware that the CustomColor and ManyColor choices may lead to colormap
+  flashing: The foreground application gets (most) of the available
+  colors, while the background windows will look less attractive.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+  int main( int argc, char **argv )
+  {
+      QApplication::setColorSpec( QApplication::ManyColor );
+      QApplication a( argc, argv );
+      ...
+  }
+  \endcode
+
+  QColor provides more functionality for controlling color allocation and
+  freeing up certain colors. See QColor::enterAllocContext() for more
+  information.
+
+  To check what mode you end up with, call QColor::numBitPlanes() once
+  the QApplication object exists. A value greater than 8 (typically
+  16, 24 or 32) means true color.
+
+  <sup>*</sup> The color cube used by Qt has 216 colors whose red,
+  green, and blue components always have one of the following values:
+  0x00, 0x33, 0x66, 0x99, 0xCC, or 0xFF.
+
+  \sa colorSpec(), QColor::numBitPlanes(), QColor::enterAllocContext() */
+
+void QApplication::setColorSpec( int spec )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( qApp ) {
+	qWarning( "QApplication::setColorSpec: This function must be "
+		 "called before the QApplication object is created" );
+    }
+#endif
+    app_cspec = spec;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize QApplication::globalStrut()
+
+  Returns the application's global strut.
+
+  The strut is a size object whose dimensions are the minimum that any
+  GUI element that the user can interact with should have. For example
+  no button should be resized to be smaller than the global strut size.
+
+  \sa setGlobalStrut()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Sets the application's global strut to \a strut.
+
+  The strut is a size object whose dimensions are the minimum that any
+  GUI element that the user can interact with should have. For example
+  no button should be resized to be smaller than the global strut size.
+
+  The strut size should be considered when reimplementing GUI controls
+  that may be used on touch-screens or similar IO-devices.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+  QSize& WidgetClass::sizeHint() const
+  {
+      return QSize( 80, 25 ).expandedTo( QApplication::globalStrut() );
+  }
+  \endcode
+
+  \sa globalStrut()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setGlobalStrut( const QSize& strut )
+{
+    app_strut = strut;
+}
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_WIN ) || defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+extern const char *qAppFileName();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIR
+#ifndef Q_WS_WIN
+static QString resolveSymlinks( const QString& path, int depth = 0 )
+{
+    bool foundLink = FALSE;
+    QString linkTarget;
+    QString part = path;
+    int slashPos = path.length();
+
+    // too deep; we give up
+    if ( depth == 128 )
+	return QString::null;
+
+    do {
+	part = part.left( slashPos );
+	QFileInfo fileInfo( part );
+	if ( fileInfo.isSymLink() ) {
+	    foundLink = TRUE;
+	    linkTarget = fileInfo.readLink();
+	    break;
+	}
+    } while ( (slashPos = part.findRev('/')) != -1 );
+
+    if ( foundLink ) {
+	QString path2;
+	if ( linkTarget[0] == '/' ) {
+	    path2 = linkTarget;
+	    if ( slashPos < (int) path.length() )
+		path2 += "/" + path.right( path.length() - slashPos - 1 );
+	} else {
+	    QString relPath;
+	    relPath = part.left( part.findRev('/') + 1 ) + linkTarget;
+	    if ( slashPos < (int) path.length() ) {
+		if ( !linkTarget.endsWith( "/" ) )
+		    relPath += "/";
+		relPath += path.right( path.length() - slashPos - 1 );
+	    }
+	    path2 = QDir::current().absFilePath( relPath );
+	}
+	path2 = QDir::cleanDirPath( path2 );
+	return resolveSymlinks( path2, depth + 1 );
+    } else {
+	return path;
+    }
+}
+#endif // Q_WS_WIN
+
+/*!
+    Returns the directory that contains the application executable.
+
+    For example, if you have installed Qt in the \c{C:\Trolltech\Qt}
+    directory, and you run the \c{demo} example, this function will
+    return "C:/Trolltech/Qt/examples/demo".
+
+    On Mac OS X this will point to the directory actually containing the
+    executable, which may be inside of an application bundle (if the
+    application is bundled).
+
+    \warning On Unix, this function assumes that argv[0] contains the file
+    name of the executable (which it normally does). It also assumes that
+    the current directory hasn't been changed by the application.
+
+    \sa applicationFilePath()
+*/
+QString QApplication::applicationDirPath()
+{
+    return QFileInfo( applicationFilePath() ).dirPath();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the file path of the application executable.
+
+    For example, if you have installed Qt in the \c{C:\Trolltech\Qt}
+    directory, and you run the \c{demo} example, this function will
+    return "C:/Trolltech/Qt/examples/demo/demo.exe".
+
+    \warning On Unix, this function assumes that argv[0] contains the file
+    name of the executable (which it normally does). It also assumes that
+    the current directory hasn't been changed by the application.
+
+    \sa applicationDirPath()
+*/
+QString QApplication::applicationFilePath()
+{
+#if defined( Q_WS_WIN )
+    QFileInfo filePath;
+    QT_WA({
+        WCHAR module_name[256];
+        GetModuleFileNameW(0, module_name, sizeof(module_name));
+        filePath = QString::fromUcs2((const unsigned short *)module_name);
+    }, {
+        char module_name[256];
+        GetModuleFileNameA(0, module_name, sizeof(module_name));
+        filePath = QString::fromLocal8Bit(module_name);
+    });
+
+    return filePath.filePath();
+#elif defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+    return QDir::cleanDirPath( QFile::decodeName( qAppFileName() ) );
+#else
+    QString argv0 = QFile::decodeName( argv()[0] );
+    QString absPath;
+
+    if ( argv0[0] == '/' ) {
+	/*
+	  If argv0 starts with a slash, it is already an absolute
+	  file path.
+	*/
+	absPath = argv0;
+    } else if ( argv0.find('/') != -1 ) {
+	/*
+	  If argv0 contains one or more slashes, it is a file path
+	  relative to the current directory.
+	*/
+	absPath = QDir::current().absFilePath( argv0 );
+    } else {
+	/*
+	  Otherwise, the file path has to be determined using the
+	  PATH environment variable.
+	*/
+	char *pEnv = getenv( "PATH" );
+	QStringList paths( QStringList::split(QChar(':'), pEnv) );
+	QStringList::const_iterator p = paths.begin();
+	while ( p != paths.end() ) {
+	    QString candidate = QDir::current().absFilePath( *p + "/" + argv0 );
+	    if ( QFile::exists(candidate) ) {
+		absPath = candidate;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    ++p;
+	}
+    }
+
+    absPath = QDir::cleanDirPath( absPath );
+    if ( QFile::exists(absPath) ) {
+	return resolveSymlinks( absPath );
+    } else {
+	return QString::null;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DIR
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+/*!
+  Returns a list of paths that the application will search when
+  dynamically loading libraries.
+  The installation directory for plugins is the only entry if no
+  paths have been set.  The default installation directory for plugins
+  is \c INSTALL/plugins, where \c INSTALL is the directory where Qt was
+  installed. The directory of the application executable (NOT the
+  working directory) is also added to the plugin paths.
+
+  If you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a
+  copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = app.libraryPaths();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+  See the \link plugins-howto.html plugins documentation\endlink for a
+  description of how the library paths are used.
+
+  \sa setLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), QLibrary
+*/
+QStringList QApplication::libraryPaths()
+{
+    if ( !app_libpaths ) {
+	app_libpaths = new QStringList;
+	QString installPathPlugins = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qInstallPathPlugins());
+	if ( QFile::exists(installPathPlugins) ) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	    installPathPlugins.replace('\\', '/');
+#endif
+	    app_libpaths->append(installPathPlugins);
+	}
+
+	QString app_location;
+	if (qApp)
+	    app_location = qApp->applicationFilePath();
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	else {
+	    app_location = QString(qAppFileName());
+	    app_location.replace('\\', '/');
+	}
+#endif
+	if (!app_location.isEmpty()) {
+	    app_location.truncate( app_location.findRev( '/' ) );
+	    if ( app_location != qInstallPathPlugins() && QFile::exists( app_location ) )
+		app_libpaths->append( app_location );
+	}
+    }
+    return *app_libpaths;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Sets the list of directories to search when loading libraries to \a paths.
+  All existing paths will be deleted and the path list will consist of the
+  paths given in \a paths.
+
+  \sa libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), QLibrary
+ */
+void QApplication::setLibraryPaths( const QStringList &paths )
+{
+    delete app_libpaths;
+    app_libpaths = new QStringList( paths );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Append \a path to the end of the library path list. If \a path is
+  empty or already in the path list, the path list is not changed.
+
+  The default path list consists of a single entry, the installation
+  directory for plugins.  The default installation directory for plugins
+  is \c INSTALL/plugins, where \c INSTALL is the directory where Qt was
+  installed.
+
+  \sa removeLibraryPath(), libraryPaths(), setLibraryPaths()
+ */
+void QApplication::addLibraryPath( const QString &path )
+{
+    if ( path.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+
+    // make sure that library paths is initialized
+    libraryPaths();
+
+    if ( !app_libpaths->contains( path ) )
+	app_libpaths->prepend( path );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Removes \a path from the library path list. If \a path is empty or not
+  in the path list, the list is not changed.
+
+  \sa addLibraryPath(), libraryPaths(), setLibraryPaths()
+*/
+void QApplication::removeLibraryPath( const QString &path )
+{
+    if ( path.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+
+    // make sure that library paths is initialized
+    libraryPaths();
+
+    if ( app_libpaths->contains( path ) )
+	app_libpaths->remove( path );
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+/*!
+  Returns the application palette.
+
+  If a widget is passed in \a w, the default palette for the
+  widget's class is returned. This may or may not be the application
+  palette. In most cases there isn't a special palette for certain
+  types of widgets, but one notable exception is the popup menu under
+  Windows, if the user has defined a special background color for
+  menus in the display settings.
+
+  \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+QPalette QApplication::palette(const QWidget* w)
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !qApp )
+	qWarning( "QApplication::palette: This function can only be "
+		  "called after the QApplication object has been created" );
+#endif
+    if ( !app_pal ) {
+	if ( !qt_std_pal )
+	    qt_create_std_palette();
+	app_pal = new QPalette( *qt_std_pal );
+	qt_fix_tooltips();
+    }
+
+    if ( w && app_palettes ) {
+	QPalette* wp = app_palettes->find( w->className() );
+	if ( wp )
+	    return *wp;
+	QAsciiDictIterator<QPalette> it( *app_palettes );
+	const char* name;
+	while ( (name=it.currentKey()) != 0 ) {
+	    if ( w->inherits( name ) )
+		return *it.current();
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+    return *app_pal;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Changes the default application palette to \a palette. If \a
+  informWidgets is TRUE, then existing widgets are informed about the
+  change and may adjust themselves to the new application
+  setting. If \a informWidgets is FALSE, the change only affects newly
+  created widgets.
+
+  If \a className is passed, the change applies only to widgets that
+  inherit \a className (as reported by QObject::inherits()). If
+  \a className is left 0, the change affects all widgets, thus overriding
+  any previously set class specific palettes.
+
+  The palette may be changed according to the current GUI style in
+  QStyle::polish().
+
+  \sa QWidget::setPalette(), palette(), QStyle::polish()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setPalette( const QPalette &palette, bool informWidgets,
+			       const char* className )
+{
+    QPalette pal = palette;
+    QPalette *oldpal = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    if ( !startingUp() ) // on startup this has been done already
+	qApp->style().polish( pal );	// NB: non-const reference
+#endif
+    bool all = FALSE;
+    if ( !className ) {
+	if ( !app_pal ) {
+	    app_pal = new QPalette( pal );
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( app_pal );
+	} else {
+	    *app_pal = pal;
+	}
+	all = app_palettes != 0;
+	delete app_palettes;
+	app_palettes = 0;
+	qt_fix_tooltips();
+    } else {
+	if ( !app_palettes ) {
+	    app_palettes = new QAsciiDict<QPalette>;
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( app_palettes );
+	    app_palettes->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	}
+	oldpal = app_palettes->find( className );
+	app_palettes->insert( className, new QPalette( pal ) );
+    }
+    if ( informWidgets && is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
+	if ( !oldpal || ( *oldpal != pal ) ) {
+	    QEvent e( QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange );
+	    QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+	    register QWidget *w;
+	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
+		++it;
+		if ( all || (!className && w->isTopLevel() ) || w->inherits(className) ) // matching class
+		    sendEvent( w, &e );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PALETTE
+
+/*!
+  Returns the default font for the widget \a w, or the default
+  application font if \a w is 0.
+
+  \sa setFont(), fontMetrics(), QWidget::font()
+*/
+
+QFont QApplication::font( const QWidget *w )
+{
+    if ( w && app_fonts ) {
+	QFont* wf = app_fonts->find( w->className() );
+	if ( wf )
+	    return *wf;
+	QAsciiDictIterator<QFont> it( *app_fonts );
+	const char* name;
+	while ( (name=it.currentKey()) != 0 ) {
+	    if ( w->inherits( name ) )
+		return *it.current();
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !app_font ) {
+	app_font = new QFont( "Helvetica" );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( app_font );
+    }
+    return *app_font;
+}
+
+/*! Changes the default application font to \a font. If \a
+  informWidgets is TRUE, then existing widgets are informed about the
+  change and may adjust themselves to the new application
+  setting. If \a informWidgets is FALSE, the change only affects newly
+  created widgets. If \a className is passed, the change applies only
+  to classes that inherit \a className (as reported by
+  QObject::inherits()).
+
+  On application start-up, the default font depends on the window
+  system. It can vary depending on both the window system version and
+  the locale. This function lets you override the default font; but
+  overriding may be a bad idea because, for example, some locales need
+  extra-large fonts to support their special characters.
+
+  \sa font(), fontMetrics(), QWidget::setFont()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setFont( const QFont &font, bool informWidgets,
+			    const char* className )
+{
+    bool all = FALSE;
+    if ( !className ) {
+	qt_app_has_font = TRUE;
+	if ( !app_font ) {
+	    app_font = new QFont( font );
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( app_font );
+	} else {
+	    *app_font = font;
+	}
+
+	// make sure the application font is complete
+	app_font->detach();
+	app_font->d->mask = QFontPrivate::Complete;
+
+	all = app_fonts != 0;
+	delete app_fonts;
+	app_fonts = 0;
+    } else {
+	if (!app_fonts){
+	    app_fonts = new QAsciiDict<QFont>;
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( app_fonts );
+	    app_fonts->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	}
+	QFont* fnt = new QFont(font);
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( fnt );
+	app_fonts->insert(className, fnt);
+    }
+    if ( informWidgets && is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
+	QEvent e( QEvent::ApplicationFontChange );
+	QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+	register QWidget *w;
+	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( all || (!className && w->isTopLevel() ) || w->inherits(className) ) // matching class
+		sendEvent( w, &e );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Initialization of the appearance of the widget \a w \e before it is first
+  shown.
+
+  Usually widgets call this automatically when they are polished. It
+  may be used to do some style-based central customization of widgets.
+
+  Note that you are not limited to the public functions of QWidget.
+  Instead, based on meta information like QObject::className() you are
+  able to customize any kind of widget.
+
+  \sa QStyle::polish(), QWidget::polish(), setPalette(), setFont()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::polish( QWidget *w )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    w->style().polish( w );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns a list of the top level widgets in the application.
+
+  The list is created using \c new and must be deleted by the caller.
+
+  The list is empty (QPtrList::isEmpty()) if there are no top level
+  widgets.
+
+  Note that some of the top level widgets may be hidden, for example
+  the tooltip if no tooltip is currently shown.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+    // Show all hidden top level widgets.
+    QWidgetList	 *list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it( *list );	// iterate over the widgets
+    QWidget * w;
+    while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {	// for each top level widget...
+	++it;
+	if ( !w->isVisible() )
+	    w->show();
+    }
+    delete list;		// delete the list, not the widgets
+  \endcode
+
+  \warning Delete the list as soon you have finished using it.
+  The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
+
+  \sa allWidgets(), QWidget::isTopLevel(), QWidget::isVisible(),
+      QPtrList::isEmpty()
+*/
+
+QWidgetList *QApplication::topLevelWidgets()
+{
+    return QWidget::tlwList();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a list of all the widgets in the application.
+
+  The list is created using \c new and must be deleted by the caller.
+
+  The list is empty (QPtrList::isEmpty()) if there are no widgets.
+
+  Note that some of the widgets may be hidden.
+
+  Example that updates all widgets:
+  \code
+    QWidgetList	 *list = QApplication::allWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it( *list );         // iterate over the widgets
+    QWidget * w;
+    while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {  // for each widget...
+	++it;
+	w->update();
+    }
+    delete list;                      // delete the list, not the widgets
+  \endcode
+
+  The QWidgetList class is defined in the \c qwidgetlist.h header
+  file.
+
+  \warning Delete the list as soon as you have finished using it.
+  The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
+
+  \sa topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::isVisible(), QPtrList::isEmpty(),
+*/
+
+QWidgetList *QApplication::allWidgets()
+{
+    return QWidget::wList();
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QWidget *QApplication::focusWidget() const
+
+  Returns the application widget that has the keyboard input focus, or
+  0 if no widget in this application has the focus.
+
+  \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), activeWindow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QWidget *QApplication::activeWindow() const
+
+  Returns the application top-level window that has the keyboard input
+  focus, or 0 if no application window has the focus. Note that
+  there might be an activeWindow() even if there is no focusWidget(),
+  for example if no widget in that window accepts key events.
+
+  \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), focusWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Returns display (screen) font metrics for the application font.
+
+  \sa font(), setFont(), QWidget::fontMetrics(), QPainter::fontMetrics()
+*/
+
+QFontMetrics QApplication::fontMetrics()
+{
+    return desktop()->fontMetrics();
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+  Tells the application to exit with return code 0 (success).
+  Equivalent to calling QApplication::exit( 0 ).
+
+  It's common to connect the lastWindowClosed() signal to quit(), and
+  you also often connect e.g. QButton::clicked() or signals in
+  QAction, QPopupMenu or QMenuBar to it.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+    QPushButton *quitButton = new QPushButton( "Quit" );
+    connect( quitButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), qApp, SLOT(quit()) );
+  \endcode
+
+  \sa exit() aboutToQuit() lastWindowClosed() QAction
+*/
+
+void QApplication::quit()
+{
+    QApplication::exit( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Closes all top-level windows.
+
+  This function is particularly useful for applications with many
+  top-level windows. It could, for example, be connected to a "Quit"
+  entry in the file menu as shown in the following code example:
+
+  \code
+    // the "Quit" menu entry should try to close all windows
+    QPopupMenu* file = new QPopupMenu( this );
+    file->insertItem( "&Quit", qApp, SLOT(closeAllWindows()), CTRL+Key_Q );
+
+    // when the last window is closed, the application should quit
+    connect( qApp, SIGNAL( lastWindowClosed() ), qApp, SLOT( quit() ) );
+  \endcode
+
+  The windows are closed in random order, until one window does not
+  accept the close event.
+
+  \sa QWidget::close(), QWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(),
+  quit(), topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::isTopLevel()
+
+ */
+void QApplication::closeAllWindows()
+{
+    bool did_close = TRUE;
+    QWidget *w;
+    while((w = activeModalWidget()) && did_close) {
+	if(w->isHidden())
+	    break;
+	did_close = w->close();
+    }
+    QWidgetList *list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+    for ( w = list->first(); did_close && w; ) {
+	if ( !w->isHidden() ) {
+	    did_close = w->close();
+	    delete list;
+	    list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+	    w = list->first();
+	} else {
+	    w = list->next();
+	}
+    }
+    delete list;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Displays a simple message box about Qt. The message includes the
+    version number of Qt being used by the application.
+
+    This is useful for inclusion in the Help menu of an application.
+    See the examples/menu/menu.cpp example.
+
+    This function is a convenience slot for QMessageBox::aboutQt().
+*/
+void QApplication::aboutQt()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+    QMessageBox::aboutQt( mainWidget() );
+#endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QApplication::lastWindowClosed()
+
+  This signal is emitted when the user has closed the last
+  top level window.
+
+  The signal is very useful when your application has many top level
+  widgets but no main widget. You can then connect it to the quit()
+  slot.
+
+  For convenience, this signal is \e not emitted for transient top level
+  widgets such as popup menus and dialogs.
+
+  \sa mainWidget(), topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::isTopLevel(), QWidget::close()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QApplication::aboutToQuit()
+
+  This signal is emitted when the application is about to quit the
+  main event loop, e.g. when the event loop level drops to zero.
+  This may happen either after a call to quit() from inside the
+  application or when the users shuts down the entire desktop session.
+
+  The signal is particularly useful if your application has to do some
+  last-second cleanup. Note that no user interaction is possible in
+  this state.
+
+  \sa quit()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QApplication::guiThreadAwake()
+
+  This signal is emitted after the event loop returns from a function
+  that could block.
+
+  \sa wakeUpGuiThread()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QApplication::sendEvent( QObject *receiver, QEvent *event )
+
+  Sends event \a event directly to receiver \a receiver, using the
+  notify() function. Returns the value that was returned from the event
+  handler.
+
+    The event is \e not deleted when the event has been sent. The normal
+    approach is to create the event on the stack, e.g.
+    \code
+    QMouseEvent me( QEvent::MouseButtonPress, pos, 0, 0 );
+    QApplication::sendEvent( mainWindow, &me );
+    \endcode
+    If you create the event on the heap you must delete it.
+
+  \sa postEvent(), notify()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Sends event \a e to \a receiver: \a {receiver}->event(\a e).
+  Returns the value that is returned from the receiver's event handler.
+
+  For certain types of events (e.g. mouse and key events),
+  the event will be propagated to the receiver's parent and so on up to
+  the top-level object if the receiver is not interested in the event
+  (i.e., it returns FALSE).
+
+  There are five different ways that events can be processed;
+  reimplementing this virtual function is just one of them. All five
+  approaches are listed below:
+  \list 1
+  \i Reimplementing this function. This is very powerful, providing
+  complete control; but only one subclass can be qApp.
+
+  \i Installing an event filter on qApp. Such an event filter is able
+  to process all events for all widgets, so it's just as powerful as
+  reimplementing notify(); furthermore, it's possible to have more
+  than one application-global event filter. Global event filters even
+  see mouse events for \link QWidget::isEnabled() disabled
+  widgets, \endlink and if \link setGlobalMouseTracking() global mouse
+  tracking \endlink is enabled, as well as mouse move events for all
+  widgets.
+
+  \i Reimplementing QObject::event() (as QWidget does). If you do
+  this you get Tab key presses, and you get to see the events before
+  any widget-specific event filters.
+
+  \i Installing an event filter on the object. Such an event filter
+  gets all the events except Tab and Shift-Tab key presses.
+
+  \i Reimplementing paintEvent(), mousePressEvent() and so
+  on. This is the commonest, easiest and least powerful way.
+  \endlist
+
+  \sa QObject::event(), installEventFilter()
+*/
+
+bool QApplication::notify( QObject *receiver, QEvent *e )
+{
+    // no events are delivered after ~QApplication() has started
+    if ( is_app_closing )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( receiver == 0 ) {			// serious error
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	qWarning( "QApplication::notify: Unexpected null receiver" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved && receiver->postedEvents && globalPostedEvents) {
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+	QMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+	// the QObject destructor calls QObject::removeChild, which calls
+	// QApplication::sendEvent() directly.  this can happen while the event
+	// loop is in the middle of posting events, and when we get here, we may
+	// not have any more posted events for this object.
+	if ( receiver->postedEvents ) {
+	    // if this is a child remove event and the child insert
+	    // hasn't been dispatched yet, kill that insert
+	    QPostEventList * l = receiver->postedEvents;
+	    QObject * c = ((QChildEvent*)e)->child();
+	    QPostEvent * pe;
+	    l->first();
+	    while( ( pe = l->current()) != 0 ) {
+		if ( pe->event && pe->receiver == receiver &&
+		     pe->event->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted &&
+		     ((QChildEvent*)pe->event)->child() == c ) {
+		    pe->event->posted = FALSE;
+		    delete pe->event;
+		    pe->event = 0;
+		    l->remove();
+		    continue;
+		}
+		l->next();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    bool res = FALSE;
+    if ( !receiver->isWidgetType() )
+	res = internalNotify( receiver, e );
+    else switch ( e->type() ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case QEvent::Accel:
+	{
+	    QKeyEvent* key = (QKeyEvent*) e;
+	    res = internalNotify( receiver, e );
+
+	    if ( !res && !key->isAccepted() )
+		res = qt_dispatchAccelEvent( (QWidget*)receiver, key );
+
+	    // next lines are for compatibility with Qt <= 3.0.x: old
+	    // QAccel was listening on toplevel widgets
+	    if ( !res && !key->isAccepted() && !((QWidget*)receiver)->isTopLevel() )
+		res = internalNotify( ((QWidget*)receiver)->topLevelWidget(), e );
+	}
+    break;
+#endif //QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case QEvent::KeyPress:
+    case QEvent::KeyRelease:
+    case QEvent::AccelOverride:
+	{
+	    QWidget* w = (QWidget*)receiver;
+	    QKeyEvent* key = (QKeyEvent*) e;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+	    if ( qt_tryComposeUnicode( w, key ) )
+		break;
+#endif
+	    bool def = key->isAccepted();
+	    while ( w ) {
+		if ( def )
+		    key->accept();
+		else
+		    key->ignore();
+		res = internalNotify( w, e );
+		if ( res || key->isAccepted() )
+		    break;
+		w = w->parentWidget( TRUE );
+	    }
+	}
+    break;
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+	    if ( e->spontaneous() ) {
+		QWidget* fw = (QWidget*)receiver;
+		while ( fw->focusProxy() )
+		    fw = fw->focusProxy();
+		if ( fw->isEnabled() && fw->focusPolicy() & QWidget::ClickFocus ) {
+		    QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::Mouse);
+		    fw->setFocus();
+		    QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+		}
+	    }
+	    // fall through intended
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+	{
+	    QWidget* w = (QWidget*)receiver;
+	    QMouseEvent* mouse = (QMouseEvent*) e;
+	    QPoint relpos = mouse->pos();
+	    while ( w ) {
+		QMouseEvent me(mouse->type(), relpos, mouse->globalPos(), mouse->button(), mouse->state());
+		me.spont = mouse->spontaneous();
+		res = internalNotify( w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me );
+		e->spont = FALSE;
+		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
+		    break;
+
+		relpos += w->pos();
+		w = w->parentWidget();
+	    }
+	    if ( res )
+		mouse->accept();
+	    else
+		mouse->ignore();
+	}
+    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+    case QEvent::Wheel:
+	{
+	    if ( e->spontaneous() ) {
+		QWidget* fw = (QWidget*)receiver;
+		while ( fw->focusProxy() )
+		    fw = fw->focusProxy();
+		if ( fw->isEnabled() && (fw->focusPolicy() & QWidget::WheelFocus) == QWidget::WheelFocus ) {
+		    QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::Mouse);
+		    fw->setFocus();
+		    QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    QWidget* w = (QWidget*)receiver;
+	    QWheelEvent* wheel = (QWheelEvent*) e;
+	    QPoint relpos = wheel->pos();
+	    while ( w ) {
+		QWheelEvent we(relpos, wheel->globalPos(), wheel->delta(), wheel->state(), wheel->orientation());
+		we.spont = wheel->spontaneous();
+		res = internalNotify( w,  w == receiver ? wheel : &we );
+		e->spont = FALSE;
+		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
+		    break;
+
+		relpos += w->pos();
+		w = w->parentWidget();
+	    }
+	    if ( res )
+		wheel->accept();
+	    else
+		wheel->ignore();
+	}
+    break;
+#endif
+    case QEvent::ContextMenu:
+	{
+	    QWidget* w = (QWidget*)receiver;
+	    QContextMenuEvent *context = (QContextMenuEvent*) e;
+	    QPoint relpos = context->pos();
+	    while ( w ) {
+		QContextMenuEvent ce(context->reason(), relpos, context->globalPos(), context->state());
+		ce.spont = e->spontaneous();
+		res = internalNotify( w,  w == receiver ? context : &ce );
+		e->spont = FALSE;
+
+		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
+		    break;
+
+		relpos += w->pos();
+		w = w->parentWidget();
+	    }
+	    if ( res )
+		context->accept();
+	    else
+		context->ignore();
+	}
+    break;
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+    case QEvent::TabletMove:
+    case QEvent::TabletPress:
+    case QEvent::TabletRelease:
+	{
+	    QWidget *w = (QWidget*)receiver;
+	    QTabletEvent *tablet = (QTabletEvent*)e;
+	    QPoint relpos = tablet->pos();
+	    while ( w ) {
+		QTabletEvent te(tablet->pos(), tablet->globalPos(), tablet->device(),
+				tablet->pressure(), tablet->xTilt(), tablet->yTilt(),
+				tablet->uniqueId());
+		te.spont = e->spontaneous();
+		res = internalNotify( w, w == receiver ? tablet : &te );
+		e->spont = FALSE;
+		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
+		    break;
+
+		relpos += w->pos();
+		w = w->parentWidget();
+	    }
+	    if ( res )
+		tablet->accept();
+	    else
+		tablet->ignore();
+	    chokeMouse = tablet->isAccepted();
+	}
+    break;
+#endif
+    default:
+	res = internalNotify( receiver, e );
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*!\reimp
+
+*/
+bool QApplication::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if(e->type() == QEvent::Close) {
+	QCloseEvent *ce = (QCloseEvent*)e;
+	ce->accept();
+	closeAllWindows();
+
+	QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
+	for(QWidget *w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) {
+	    if ( !w->isHidden() && !w->isDesktop() && !w->isPopup() &&
+		 (!w->isDialog() || !w->parentWidget())) {
+		ce->ignore();
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if(ce->isAccepted())
+	    return TRUE;
+    } else if (e->type() == QEvent::Quit) {
+	quit();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return QObject::event(e);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  Helper function called by notify()
+ */
+bool QApplication::internalNotify( QObject *receiver, QEvent * e)
+{
+    if ( eventFilters ) {
+	QObjectListIt it( *eventFilters );
+	register QObject *obj;
+	while ( (obj=it.current()) != 0 ) {	// send to all filters
+	    ++it;				//   until one returns TRUE
+	    if ( obj->eventFilter(receiver,e) )
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    bool consumed = FALSE;
+    bool handled = FALSE;
+    if ( receiver->isWidgetType() ) {
+	QWidget *widget = (QWidget*)receiver;
+
+	// toggle HasMouse widget state on enter and leave
+	if ( e->type() == QEvent::Enter || e->type() == QEvent::DragEnter )
+	    widget->setWState( WState_HasMouse );
+	else if ( e->type() == QEvent::Leave || e->type() == QEvent::DragLeave )
+	    widget->clearWState( WState_HasMouse );
+
+	// throw away any mouse-tracking-only mouse events
+	if ( e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove &&
+	     (((QMouseEvent*)e)->state()&QMouseEvent::MouseButtonMask) == 0 &&
+	     !widget->hasMouseTracking() ) {
+	    handled = TRUE;
+	    consumed = TRUE;
+	} else if ( !widget->isEnabled() ) { // throw away mouse events to disabled widgets
+	    switch(e->type()) {
+	    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+	    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+	    case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+	    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+		( (QMouseEvent*) e)->ignore();
+		handled = TRUE;
+		consumed = TRUE;
+		break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+	    case QEvent::DragEnter:
+	    case QEvent::DragMove:
+		( (QDragMoveEvent*) e)->ignore();
+		handled = TRUE;
+		break;
+
+	    case QEvent::DragLeave:
+	    case QEvent::DragResponse:
+		handled = TRUE;
+		break;
+
+	    case QEvent::Drop:
+		( (QDropEvent*) e)->ignore();
+		handled = TRUE;
+		break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+	    case QEvent::Wheel:
+		( (QWheelEvent*) e)->ignore();
+		handled = TRUE;
+		break;
+#endif
+	    case QEvent::ContextMenu:
+		( (QContextMenuEvent*) e)->ignore();
+		handled = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+    }
+
+    if (!handled)
+	consumed = receiver->event( e );
+    e->spont = FALSE;
+    return consumed;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if an application object has not been created yet;
+  otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \sa closingDown()
+*/
+
+bool QApplication::startingUp()
+{
+    return !is_app_running;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if the application objects are being destroyed;
+  otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \sa startingUp()
+*/
+
+bool QApplication::closingDown()
+{
+    return is_app_closing;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Processes pending events, for 3 seconds or until there are no more
+    events to process, whichever is shorter.
+
+    You can call this function occasionally when your program is busy
+    performing a long operation (e.g. copying a file).
+
+    \sa exec(), QTimer, QEventLoop::processEvents()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::processEvents()
+{
+    processEvents( 3000 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Processes pending events for \a maxtime milliseconds or until
+    there are no more events to process, whichever is shorter.
+
+    You can call this function occasionally when you program is busy
+    doing a long operation (e.g. copying a file).
+
+    \sa exec(), QTimer, QEventLoop::processEvents()
+*/
+void QApplication::processEvents( int maxtime )
+{
+    eventLoop()->processEvents( QEventLoop::AllEvents, maxtime );
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+  Waits for an event to occur, processes it, then returns.
+
+  This function is useful for adapting Qt to situations where the
+  event processing must be grafted onto existing program loops.
+
+  Using this function in new applications may be an indication of design
+  problems.
+
+  \sa processEvents(), exec(), QTimer
+*/
+
+void QApplication::processOneEvent()
+{
+    eventLoop()->processEvents( QEventLoop::AllEvents |
+				QEventLoop::WaitForMore );
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Main event loop wrappers
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the application event loop. This function will return
+    zero if called during and after destroying QApplication.
+
+    To create your own instance of QEventLoop or QEventLoop subclass create
+    it before you create the QApplication object.
+
+    \sa QEventLoop
+*/
+QEventLoop *QApplication::eventLoop()
+{
+    if ( !eventloop && !is_app_closing )
+	(void) new QEventLoop( qApp, "default event loop" );
+    return eventloop;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called or the
+    main widget is destroyed, and returns the value that was set to
+    exit() (which is 0 if exit() is called via quit()).
+
+    It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The
+    main event loop receives events from the window system and
+    dispatches these to the application widgets.
+
+    Generally speaking, no user interaction can take place before
+    calling exec(). As a special case, modal widgets like QMessageBox
+    can be used before calling exec(), because modal widgets call
+    exec() to start a local event loop.
+
+    To make your application perform idle processing, i.e. executing a
+    special function whenever there are no pending events, use a
+    QTimer with 0 timeout. More advanced idle processing schemes can
+    be achieved using processEvents().
+
+    \sa quit(), exit(), processEvents(), setMainWidget()
+*/
+int QApplication::exec()
+{
+    return eventLoop()->exec();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Tells the application to exit with a return code.
+
+  After this function has been called, the application leaves the main
+  event loop and returns from the call to exec(). The exec() function
+  returns \a retcode.
+
+  By convention, a \a retcode of 0 means success, and any non-zero
+  value indicates an error.
+
+  Note that unlike the C library function of the same name, this
+  function \e does return to the caller -- it is event processing that
+  stops.
+
+  \sa quit(), exec()
+*/
+void QApplication::exit( int retcode )
+{
+    qApp->eventLoop()->exit( retcode );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    This function enters the main event loop (recursively). Do not call
+    it unless you really know what you are doing.
+
+    Use QApplication::eventLoop()->enterLoop() instead.
+
+*/
+int QApplication::enter_loop()
+{
+    return eventLoop()->enterLoop();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    This function exits from a recursive call to the main event loop.
+    Do not call it unless you are an expert.
+
+    Use QApplication::eventLoop()->exitLoop() instead.
+
+*/
+void QApplication::exit_loop()
+{
+    eventLoop()->exitLoop();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns the current loop level.
+
+    Use QApplication::eventLoop()->loopLevel() instead.
+
+*/
+int QApplication::loopLevel() const
+{
+    return eventLoop()->loopLevel();
+}
+
+/*!
+
+  Wakes up the GUI thread.
+
+  \sa guiThreadAwake() \link threads.html Thread Support in Qt\endlink
+*/
+void QApplication::wakeUpGuiThread()
+{
+    eventLoop()->wakeUp();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function returns TRUE if there are pending events; otherwise
+    returns FALSE. Pending events can be either from the window system
+    or posted events using QApplication::postEvent().
+*/
+bool QApplication::hasPendingEvents()
+{
+    return eventLoop()->hasPendingEvents();
+}
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_X11)
+
+// The doc and X implementation of these functions is in qapplication_x11.cpp
+
+void QApplication::flushX()	{}		// do nothing
+
+void QApplication::syncX()	{}		// do nothing
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor( const QColor & )
+  \obsolete
+
+  Sets the color used to mark selections in windows style for all widgets
+  in the application. Will repaint all widgets if the color is changed.
+
+  The default color is \c darkBlue.
+  \sa winStyleHighlightColor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const QColor& QApplication::winStyleHighlightColor()
+  \obsolete
+
+  Returns the color used to mark selections in windows style.
+
+  \sa setWinStyleHighlightColor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Returns the version of the Windows operating system that is running:
+
+  \list
+  \i Qt::WV_95 - Windows 95
+  \i Qt::WV_98 - Windows 98
+  \i Qt::WV_Me - Windows Me
+  \i Qt::WV_NT - Windows NT 4.x
+  \i Qt::WV_2000 - Windows 2000 (NT5)
+  \i Qt::WV_XP - Windows XP
+  \i Qt::WV_2003 - Windows Server 2003 family
+  \i Qt::WV_CE - Windows CE
+  \i Qt::WV_CENET - Windows CE.NET
+  \endlist
+
+  Note that this function is implemented for the Windows version
+  of Qt only.
+*/
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_CYGWIN)
+Qt::WindowsVersion QApplication::winVersion()
+{
+    return qt_winver;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+bool qt_detectRTLLanguage()
+{
+    return QApplication::tr( "QT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION",
+	    "Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right"
+	    " languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew"
+	    " and Arabic) to get proper widget layout." ) == "RTL";
+}
+
+/*!
+  Adds the message file \a mf to the list of message files to be used
+  for translations.
+
+  Multiple message files can be installed. Translations are searched
+  for in the last installed message file, then the one from last, and
+  so on, back to the first installed message file. The search stops as
+  soon as a matching translation is found.
+
+  \sa removeTranslator() translate() QTranslator::load()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::installTranslator( QTranslator * mf )
+{
+    if ( !mf )
+	return;
+    if ( !translators )
+	translators = new QValueList<QTranslator*>;
+
+    translators->prepend( mf );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+    if ( mf->isEmpty() )
+	return;
+#endif
+
+    // hook to set the layout direction of dialogs
+    setReverseLayout( qt_detectRTLLanguage() );
+
+    QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it( *list );
+    QWidget *w;
+    while ( ( w=it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	if (!w->isDesktop())
+	    postEvent( w, new QEvent( QEvent::LanguageChange ) );
+    }
+    delete list;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Removes the message file \a mf from the list of message files used by
+  this application. (It does not delete the message file from the file
+  system.)
+
+  \sa installTranslator() translate(), QObject::tr()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::removeTranslator( QTranslator * mf )
+{
+    if ( !translators || !mf )
+	return;
+
+    if ( translators->remove( mf ) && ! qApp->closingDown() ) {
+	setReverseLayout( qt_detectRTLLanguage() );
+
+	QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
+	QWidgetListIt it( *list );
+	QWidget *w;
+	while ( ( w=it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    postEvent( w, new QEvent( QEvent::LanguageChange ) );
+	}
+	delete list;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+/*! \obsolete
+  This is the same as QTextCodec::setCodecForTr().
+*/
+void QApplication::setDefaultCodec( QTextCodec* codec )
+{
+    QTextCodec::setCodecForTr( codec );
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+  Returns QTextCodec::codecForTr().
+*/
+QTextCodec* QApplication::defaultCodec() const
+{
+    return QTextCodec::codecForTr();
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+/*! \enum QApplication::Encoding
+
+  This enum type defines the 8-bit encoding of character string
+  arguments to translate():
+
+  \value DefaultCodec - the encoding specified by
+  QTextCodec::codecForTr() (Latin-1 if none has been set)
+  \value UnicodeUTF8 - UTF-8
+
+  \sa QObject::tr(), QObject::trUtf8(), QString::fromUtf8()
+*/
+
+/*! \reentrant
+  Returns the translation text for \a sourceText, by querying the
+  installed messages files. The message files are searched from the most
+  recently installed message file back to the first installed message
+  file.
+
+  QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() provide this functionality more
+  conveniently.
+
+  \a context is typically a class name (e.g., "MyDialog") and
+  \a sourceText is either English text or a short identifying text, if
+  the output text will be very long (as for help texts).
+
+  \a comment is a disambiguating comment, for when the same \a
+  sourceText is used in different roles within the same context. By
+  default, it is null. \a encoding indicates the 8-bit encoding of
+  character stings
+
+  See the \l QTranslator documentation for more information about
+  contexts and comments.
+
+  If none of the message files contain a translation for \a
+  sourceText in \a context, this function returns a QString
+  equivalent of \a sourceText. The encoding of \a sourceText is
+  specified by \e encoding; it defaults to \c DefaultCodec.
+
+  This function is not virtual. You can use alternative translation
+  techniques by subclassing \l QTranslator.
+
+  \warning This method is reentrant only if all translators are
+  installed \e before calling this method.  Installing or removing
+  translators while performing translations is not supported.  Doing
+  so will most likely result in crashes or other undesirable behavior.
+
+  \sa QObject::tr() installTranslator() defaultCodec()
+*/
+
+QString QApplication::translate( const char * context, const char * sourceText,
+				 const char * comment, Encoding encoding ) const
+{
+    if ( !sourceText )
+	return QString::null;
+
+    if ( translators ) {
+	QValueList<QTranslator*>::iterator it;
+	QTranslator * mf;
+	QString result;
+	for ( it = translators->begin(); it != translators->end(); ++it ) {
+	    mf = *it;
+	    result = mf->findMessage( context, sourceText, comment ).translation();
+	    if ( !result.isNull() )
+		return result;
+	}
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( encoding == UnicodeUTF8 )
+	return QString::fromUtf8( sourceText );
+    else if ( QTextCodec::codecForTr() != 0 )
+	return QTextCodec::codecForTr()->toUnicode( sourceText );
+    else
+#endif
+	return QString::fromLatin1( sourceText );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QApplication management of posted events
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+//see also notify(), which does the removal of ChildInserted when ChildRemoved.
+
+/*!
+  Adds the event \a event with the object \a receiver as the receiver of the
+  event, to an event queue and returns immediately.
+
+  The event must be allocated on the heap since the post event queue
+  will take ownership of the event and delete it once it has been posted.
+
+  When control returns to the main event loop, all events that are
+  stored in the queue will be sent using the notify() function.
+
+  \threadsafe
+
+  \sa sendEvent(), notify()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::postEvent( QObject *receiver, QEvent *event )
+{
+    if ( receiver == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	qWarning( "QApplication::postEvent: Unexpected null receiver" );
+#endif
+	delete event;
+	return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    if ( !globalPostedEvents ) {			// create list
+	globalPostedEvents = new QPostEventList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( globalPostedEvents );
+	globalPostedEvents->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	qapp_cleanup_events.set( &globalPostedEvents );
+    }
+
+    if ( !receiver->postedEvents )
+	receiver->postedEvents = new QPostEventList;
+    QPostEventList * l = receiver->postedEvents;
+
+    // if this is one of the compressible events, do compression
+    if ( event->type() == QEvent::Paint ||
+	 event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint ||
+	 event->type() == QEvent::Resize ||
+	 event->type() == QEvent::Move ||
+	 event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange ) {
+	l->first();
+	QPostEvent * cur = 0;
+	for ( ;; ) {
+	    while ( (cur=l->current()) != 0 &&
+		    ( cur->receiver != receiver ||
+		      cur->event == 0 ||
+		      cur->event->type() != event->type() ) )
+		l->next();
+	    if ( l->current() != 0 ) {
+		if ( cur->event->type() == QEvent::Paint ) {
+		    QPaintEvent * p = (QPaintEvent*)(cur->event);
+		    if ( p->erase != ((QPaintEvent*)event)->erase ) {
+			l->next();
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    p->reg = p->reg.unite( ((QPaintEvent *)event)->reg );
+		    p->rec = p->rec.unite( ((QPaintEvent *)event)->rec );
+		    delete event;
+		    return;
+		} else if ( cur->event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint ) {
+		    delete event;
+		    return;
+		} else if ( cur->event->type() == QEvent::Resize ) {
+		    ((QResizeEvent *)(cur->event))->s = ((QResizeEvent *)event)->s;
+		    delete event;
+		    return;
+		} else if ( cur->event->type() == QEvent::Move ) {
+		    ((QMoveEvent *)(cur->event))->p = ((QMoveEvent *)event)->p;
+		    delete event;
+		    return;
+		} else if ( cur->event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange ) {
+		    delete event;
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	};
+    }
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
+    // if this is one of the compressible IM events, do compression
+    else if ( event->type() == QEvent::IMCompose ) {
+	l->last();
+	QPostEvent * cur = 0;
+	for ( ;; ) {
+	    while ( (cur=l->current()) != 0 &&
+		    ( cur->receiver != receiver ||
+		      cur->event == 0 ||
+		      cur->event->type() != event->type() || 
+		      cur->event->type() != QEvent::IMStart ) )
+		l->prev();
+	    if ( l->current() != 0 ) {
+		// IMCompose must not be compressed with another one
+		// beyond its IMStart boundary
+		if ( cur->event->type() == QEvent::IMStart ) {
+		    break;
+		} else if ( cur->event->type() == QEvent::IMCompose ) {
+		    QIMComposeEvent * e = (QIMComposeEvent *)(cur->event);
+		    *e = *(QIMComposeEvent *)event;
+		    delete event;
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	};
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // if no compression could be done, just append something
+    event->posted = TRUE;
+    QPostEvent * pe = new QPostEvent( receiver, event );
+    l->append( pe );
+    globalPostedEvents->append( pe );
+
+    if (eventloop)
+	eventloop->wakeUp();
+}
+
+
+/*! \overload
+
+    Dispatches all posted events, i.e. empties the event queue.
+*/
+void QApplication::sendPostedEvents()
+{
+    sendPostedEvents( 0, 0 );
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+  Immediately dispatches all events which have been previously queued
+  with QApplication::postEvent() and which are for the object \a receiver
+  and have the event type \a event_type.
+
+  Note that events from the window system are \e not dispatched by this
+  function, but by processEvents().
+
+  If \a receiver is null, the events of \a event_type are sent for all
+  objects. If \a event_type is 0, all the events are sent for \a receiver.
+*/
+
+void QApplication::sendPostedEvents( QObject *receiver, int event_type )
+{
+    // Make sure the object hierarchy is stable before processing events
+    // to avoid endless loops
+    if ( receiver == 0 && event_type == 0 )
+	sendPostedEvents( 0, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+
+    if ( !globalPostedEvents || ( receiver && !receiver->postedEvents ) )
+	return;
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
+#endif
+
+    bool sent = TRUE;
+    while ( sent ) {
+	sent = FALSE;
+
+	if ( !globalPostedEvents || ( receiver && !receiver->postedEvents ) )
+	    return;
+
+	// if we have a receiver, use the local list. Otherwise, use the
+	// global list
+	QPostEventList * l = receiver ? receiver->postedEvents : globalPostedEvents;
+
+	// okay. here is the tricky loop. be careful about optimizing
+	// this, it looks the way it does for good reasons.
+	QPostEventListIt it( *l );
+	QPostEvent *pe;
+	while ( (pe=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( pe->event // hasn't been sent yet
+		 && ( receiver == 0 // we send to all receivers
+		      || receiver == pe->receiver ) // we send to THAT receiver
+		 && ( event_type == 0 // we send all types
+		      || event_type == pe->event->type() ) ) { // we send THAT type
+		// first, we diddle the event so that we can deliver
+		// it, and that noone will try to touch it later.
+		pe->event->posted = FALSE;
+		QEvent * e = pe->event;
+		QObject * r = pe->receiver;
+		pe->event = 0;
+
+		// next, update the data structure so that we're ready
+		// for the next event.
+
+		// look for the local list, and take whatever we're
+		// delivering out of it. r->postedEvents maybe *l
+		if ( r->postedEvents ) {
+		    r->postedEvents->removeRef( pe );
+		    // if possible, get rid of that list. this is not
+		    // ideal - we will create and delete a list for
+		    // each update() call. it would be better if we'd
+		    // leave the list empty here, and delete it
+		    // somewhere else if it isn't being used.
+		    if ( r->postedEvents->isEmpty() ) {
+			delete r->postedEvents;
+			r->postedEvents = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+		if ( locker.mutex() ) locker.mutex()->unlock();
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+		// after all that work, it's time to deliver the event.
+		if ( e->type() == QEvent::Paint && r->isWidgetType() ) {
+		    QWidget * w = (QWidget*)r;
+		    QPaintEvent * p = (QPaintEvent*)e;
+		    if ( w->isVisible() )
+			w->repaint( p->reg, p->erase );
+		} else {
+		    sent = TRUE;
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( r, e );
+		}
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+		if ( locker.mutex() ) locker.mutex()->lock();
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+		delete e;
+		// careful when adding anything below this point - the
+		// sendEvent() call might invalidate any invariants this
+		// function depends on.
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// clear the global list, i.e. remove everything that was
+	// delivered.
+	if ( l == globalPostedEvents ) {
+	    globalPostedEvents->first();
+	    while( (pe=globalPostedEvents->current()) != 0 ) {
+		if ( pe->event )
+		    globalPostedEvents->next();
+		else
+		    globalPostedEvents->remove();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Removes all events posted using postEvent() for \a receiver.
+
+  The events are \e not dispatched, instead they are removed from the
+  queue. You should never need to call this function. If you do call it,
+  be aware that killing events may cause \a receiver to break one or
+  more invariants.
+
+  \threadsafe
+*/
+
+void QApplication::removePostedEvents( QObject *receiver )
+{
+    removePostedEvents( receiver, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Removes all events that have the event type \a event_type posted
+  using postEvent() for \a receiver.
+
+  The events are \e not dispatched, instead they are removed from the
+  queue.
+
+  If \a event_type is 0, all the events are removed from the queue.
+
+  \threadsafe
+*/
+
+void QApplication::removePostedEvents( QObject *receiver, int event_type )
+{
+    if ( !receiver )
+	return;
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    // the QObject destructor calls this function directly.  this can
+    // happen while the event loop is in the middle of posting events,
+    // and when we get here, we may not have any more posted events
+    // for this object.
+    if ( !receiver->postedEvents )
+	return;
+
+    // iterate over the object-specifc list and delete the events.
+    // leave the QPostEvent objects; they'll be deleted by
+    // sendPostedEvents().
+    QPostEventList * l = receiver->postedEvents;
+    l->first();
+    QPostEvent * pe;
+    while( (pe=l->current()) != 0 ) {
+	if ( !event_type || pe->event->type() == event_type ) {
+	    if ( pe->event ) {
+		pe->event->posted = FALSE;
+		delete pe->event;
+		pe->event = 0;
+	    }
+	    l->remove();
+	} else {
+	    l->next();
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !event_type || !l->count() ) {
+	receiver->postedEvents = 0;
+	delete l;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Removes \a event from the queue of posted events, and emits a
+  warning message if appropriate.
+
+  \warning This function can be \e really slow. Avoid using it, if
+  possible.
+
+  \threadsafe
+*/
+
+void QApplication::removePostedEvent( QEvent *  event )
+{
+    if ( !event || !event->posted )
+	return;
+
+    if ( !globalPostedEvents ) {
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QApplication::removePostedEvent: %p %d is posted: impossible",
+		(void*)event, event->type() );
+	return;
+#endif
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    QPostEventListIt it( *globalPostedEvents );
+    QPostEvent * pe;
+    while( (pe = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	if ( pe->event == event ) {
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	    const char *n;
+	    switch ( event->type() ) {
+	    case QEvent::Timer:
+		n = "Timer";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+		n = "MouseButtonPress";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+		n = "MouseButtonRelease";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+		n = "MouseButtonDblClick";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+		n = "MouseMove";
+		break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+	    case QEvent::Wheel:
+		n = "Wheel";
+		break;
+#endif
+	    case QEvent::KeyPress:
+		n = "KeyPress";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::KeyRelease:
+		n = "KeyRelease";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::FocusIn:
+		n = "FocusIn";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::FocusOut:
+		n = "FocusOut";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Enter:
+		n = "Enter";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Leave:
+		n = "Leave";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Paint:
+		n = "Paint";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Move:
+		n = "Move";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Resize:
+		n = "Resize";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Create:
+		n = "Create";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Destroy:
+		n = "Destroy";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Close:
+		n = "Close";
+		break;
+	    case QEvent::Quit:
+		n = "Quit";
+		break;
+	    default:
+		n = "<other>";
+		break;
+	    }
+	    qWarning("QEvent: Warning: %s event deleted while posted to %s %s",
+		     n,
+		     pe->receiver ? pe->receiver->className() : "null",
+		     pe->receiver ? pe->receiver->name() : "object" );
+	    // note the beautiful uglehack if !pe->receiver :)
+#endif
+	    event->posted = FALSE;
+	    delete pe->event;
+	    pe->event = 0;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  Sets the active window in reaction to a system event. Call this
+  from the platform specific event handlers.
+
+  It sets the activeWindow() and focusWidget() attributes and sends
+  proper WindowActivate/WindowDeactivate and FocusIn/FocusOut events
+  to all appropriate widgets.
+
+  \sa activeWindow()
+ */
+void QApplication::setActiveWindow( QWidget* act )
+{
+    QWidget* window = act?act->topLevelWidget():0;
+
+    if ( active_window == window )
+	return;
+
+    // first the activation/deactivation events
+    if ( active_window ) {
+	QWidgetList deacts;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+	if ( style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, active_window ) ) {
+	    QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
+	    if ( list ) {
+		for ( QWidget *w = list->first(); w; w = list->next() ) {
+		    if ( w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow() )
+			deacts.append(w);
+		}
+		delete list;
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif
+	    deacts.append(active_window);
+	active_window = 0;
+	QEvent e( QEvent::WindowDeactivate );
+	for(QWidget *w = deacts.first(); w; w = deacts.next())
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e );
+    }
+
+    active_window = window;
+    if ( active_window ) {
+	QEvent e( QEvent::WindowActivate );
+	QWidgetList acts;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+	if ( style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, active_window ) ) {
+	    QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
+	    if ( list ) {
+		for ( QWidget *w = list->first(); w; w = list->next() ) {
+		    if ( w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow() )
+			acts.append(w);
+		}
+		delete list;
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif
+	    acts.append(active_window);
+	for(QWidget *w = acts.first(); w; w = acts.next())
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e );
+    }
+
+    // then focus events
+    QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::ActiveWindow );
+    if ( !active_window && focus_widget ) {
+	QFocusEvent out( QEvent::FocusOut );
+	QWidget *tmp = focus_widget;
+	focus_widget = 0;
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	QInputContext::accept( tmp );
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	tmp->unfocusInputContext();
+#endif
+	QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( tmp, &out );
+    } else if ( active_window ) {
+	QWidget *w = active_window->focusWidget();
+	if ( w && w->focusPolicy() != QWidget::NoFocus )
+	    w->setFocus();
+	else
+	    active_window->focusNextPrevChild( TRUE );
+    }
+    QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+}
+
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  Creates the proper Enter/Leave event when widget \a enter is entered
+  and widget \a leave is left.
+ */
+Q_EXPORT void qt_dispatchEnterLeave( QWidget* enter, QWidget* leave ) {
+#if 0
+    if ( leave ) {
+	QEvent e( QEvent::Leave );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( leave, & e );
+    }
+    if ( enter ) {
+	QEvent e( QEvent::Enter );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( enter, & e );
+    }
+    return;
+#endif
+
+    QWidget* w ;
+    if ( !enter && !leave )
+	return;
+    QWidgetList leaveList;
+    QWidgetList enterList;
+
+    bool sameWindow = leave && enter && leave->topLevelWidget() == enter->topLevelWidget();
+    if ( leave && !sameWindow ) {
+	w = leave;
+	do {
+	    leaveList.append( w );
+	} while ( (w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) );
+    }
+    if ( enter && !sameWindow ) {
+	w = enter;
+	do {
+	    enterList.prepend( w );
+	} while ( (w = w->parentWidget(TRUE) ) );
+    }
+    if ( sameWindow ) {
+	int enterDepth = 0;
+	int leaveDepth = 0;
+	w = enter;
+	while ( ( w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) )
+	    enterDepth++;
+	w = leave;
+	while ( ( w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) )
+	    leaveDepth++;
+	QWidget* wenter = enter;
+	QWidget* wleave = leave;
+	while ( enterDepth > leaveDepth ) {
+	    wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
+	    enterDepth--;
+	}
+	while ( leaveDepth > enterDepth ) {
+	    wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
+	    leaveDepth--;
+	}
+	while ( !wenter->isTopLevel() && wenter != wleave ) {
+	    wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
+	    wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
+	}
+
+	w = leave;
+	while ( w != wleave ) {
+	    leaveList.append( w );
+	    w = w->parentWidget();
+	}
+	w = enter;
+	while ( w != wenter ) {
+	    enterList.prepend( w );
+	    w = w->parentWidget();
+	}
+    }
+
+    QEvent leaveEvent( QEvent::Leave );
+    for ( w = leaveList.first(); w; w = leaveList.next() ) {
+	if ( !qApp->activeModalWidget() || qt_tryModalHelper( w, 0 ))
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( w, &leaveEvent );
+    }
+    QEvent enterEvent( QEvent::Enter );
+    for ( w = enterList.first(); w; w = enterList.next() ) {
+	if ( !qApp->activeModalWidget() || qt_tryModalHelper( w, 0 ))
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( w, &enterEvent );
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MACX
+extern QWidget *qt_tryModalHelperMac( QWidget * top ); //qapplication_mac.cpp
+#endif
+
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  Called from qapplication_<platform>.cpp, returns TRUE
+  if the widget should accept the event.
+ */
+Q_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper( QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop ) {
+    QWidget *modal=0, *top=QApplication::activeModalWidget();
+    if ( rettop ) *rettop = top;
+
+    if ( qApp->activePopupWidget() )
+	return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MACX
+    top = qt_tryModalHelperMac( top );
+    if ( rettop ) *rettop = top;
+#endif
+
+    QWidget* groupLeader = widget;
+    widget = widget->topLevelWidget();
+
+    if ( widget->testWFlags(Qt::WShowModal) )	// widget is modal
+	modal = widget;
+    if ( !top || modal == top )			// don't block event
+	return TRUE;
+
+    QWidget * p = widget->parentWidget(); // Check if the active modal widget is a parent of our widget
+    while ( p ) {
+	if ( p == top )
+	    return TRUE;
+	p = p->parentWidget();
+    }
+
+    while ( groupLeader && !groupLeader->testWFlags( Qt::WGroupLeader ) )
+	groupLeader = groupLeader->parentWidget();
+
+    if ( groupLeader ) {
+	// Does groupLeader have a child in qt_modal_stack?
+	bool unrelated = TRUE;
+	modal = qt_modal_stack->first();
+	while (modal && unrelated) {
+	    QWidget* p = modal->parentWidget();
+	    while ( p && p != groupLeader && !p->testWFlags( Qt::WGroupLeader) ) {
+		p = p->parentWidget();
+	    }
+	    modal = qt_modal_stack->next();
+	    if ( p == groupLeader ) unrelated = FALSE;
+	}
+
+	if ( unrelated )
+	    return TRUE;		// don't block event
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns the desktop widget (also called the root window).
+
+  The desktop widget is useful for obtaining the size of the screen.
+  It may also be possible to draw on the desktop. We recommend against
+  assuming that it's possible to draw on the desktop, since this does
+  not work on all operating systems.
+
+  \code
+    QDesktopWidget *d = QApplication::desktop();
+    int w = d->width();	    // returns desktop width
+    int h = d->height();    // returns desktop height
+  \endcode
+*/
+
+QDesktopWidget *QApplication::desktop()
+{
+    if ( !qt_desktopWidget || // not created yet
+	 !qt_desktopWidget->isDesktop() ) { // reparented away
+	qt_desktopWidget = new QDesktopWidget();
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( qt_desktopWidget );
+    }
+    return qt_desktopWidget;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+/*!
+  Returns a pointer to the application global clipboard.
+*/
+QClipboard *QApplication::clipboard()
+{
+    if ( qt_clipboard == 0 ) {
+	qt_clipboard = new QClipboard;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( qt_clipboard );
+    }
+    return qt_clipboard;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+
+/*!
+  By default, Qt will try to use the current standard colors, fonts
+  etc., from the underlying window system's desktop settings,
+  and use them for all relevant widgets. This behavior can be switched off
+  by calling this function with \a on set to FALSE.
+
+  This static function must be called before creating the QApplication
+  object, like this:
+
+  \code
+  int main( int argc, char** argv ) {
+    QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware( FALSE ); // I know better than the user
+    QApplication myApp( argc, argv ); // Use default fonts & colors
+    ...
+  }
+  \endcode
+
+  \sa desktopSettingsAware()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware( bool on )
+{
+    obey_desktop_settings = on;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the value set by setDesktopSettingsAware(); by default TRUE.
+
+  \sa setDesktopSettingsAware()
+*/
+
+bool QApplication::desktopSettingsAware()
+{
+    return obey_desktop_settings;
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QApplication::lock()
+
+  Lock the Qt Library Mutex. If another thread has already locked the
+  mutex, the calling thread will block until the other thread has
+  unlocked the mutex.
+
+  \sa unlock() locked() \link threads.html Thread Support in Qt\endlink
+*/
+
+
+/*! \fn void QApplication::unlock(bool wakeUpGui)
+
+  Unlock the Qt Library Mutex. If \a wakeUpGui is TRUE (the default),
+  then the GUI thread will be woken with QApplication::wakeUpGuiThread().
+
+  \sa lock(), locked() \link threads.html Thread Support in Qt\endlink
+*/
+
+
+/*! \fn bool QApplication::locked()
+
+  Returns TRUE if the Qt Library Mutex is locked by a different thread;
+  otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \warning Due to different implementations of recursive mutexes on
+  the supported platforms, calling this function from the same thread
+  that previously locked the mutex will give undefined results.
+
+  \sa lock() unlock() \link threads.html Thread Support in Qt\endlink
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QApplication::tryLock()
+
+  Attempts to lock the Qt Library Mutex, and returns immediately. If
+  the lock was obtained, this function returns TRUE. If another thread
+  has locked the mutex, this function returns FALSE, instead of
+  waiting for the lock to become available.
+
+  The mutex must be unlocked with unlock() before another thread can
+  successfully lock it.
+
+  \sa lock(), unlock() \link threads.html Thread Support in Qt\endlink
+*/
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+void QApplication::lock()
+{
+    qt_mutex->lock();
+}
+
+void QApplication::unlock(bool wakeUpGui)
+{
+    qt_mutex->unlock();
+
+    if (wakeUpGui)
+	wakeUpGuiThread();
+}
+
+bool QApplication::locked()
+{
+    return qt_mutex->locked();
+}
+
+bool QApplication::tryLock()
+{
+    return qt_mutex->tryLock();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
+
+  Returns TRUE if the application has been restored from an earlier
+  \link session.html session\endlink; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \sa sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn QString QApplication::sessionId() const
+
+  Returns the current \link session.html session's\endlink identifier.
+
+  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
+  identifier is the same as it was in that previous session.
+
+  The session identifier is guaranteed to be unique both for different
+  applications and for different instances of the same application.
+
+  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionKey(), commitData(), saveState()
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
+
+  Returns the session key in the current \link session.html
+  session\endlink.
+
+  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
+  key is the same as it was when the previous session ended.
+
+  The session key changes with every call of commitData() or
+  saveState().
+
+  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
+ */
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QApplication::commitData( QSessionManager& sm )
+
+  This function deals with \link session.html session
+  management\endlink. It is invoked when the QSessionManager wants the
+  application to commit all its data.
+
+  Usually this means saving all open files, after getting
+  permission from the user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means
+  by which the user can cancel the shutdown.
+
+  Note that you should not exit the application within this function.
+  Instead, the session manager may or may not do this afterwards,
+  depending on the context.
+
+  \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
+  unless you ask the session manager \a sm for explicit permission.
+  See QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
+  QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
+  usage.
+
+  The default implementation requests interaction and sends a close
+  event to all visible top level widgets. If any event was
+  rejected, the shutdown is canceled.
+
+  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), \link session.html the Session Management overview\endlink
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+void QApplication::commitData( QSessionManager& sm  )
+{
+
+    if ( sm.allowsInteraction() ) {
+	QWidgetList done;
+	QWidgetList *list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+	bool cancelled = FALSE;
+	QWidget* w = list->first();
+	while ( !cancelled && w ) {
+	    if ( !w->isHidden() ) {
+		QCloseEvent e;
+		sendEvent( w, &e );
+		cancelled = !e.isAccepted();
+		if ( !cancelled )
+		    done.append( w );
+		delete list; // one never knows...
+		list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+		w = list->first();
+	    } else {
+		w = list->next();
+	    }
+	    while ( w && done.containsRef( w ) )
+		w = list->next();
+	}
+	delete list;
+	if ( cancelled )
+	    sm.cancel();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QApplication::saveState( QSessionManager& sm )
+
+  This function deals with \link session.html session
+  management\endlink. It is invoked when the
+  \link QSessionManager session manager \endlink wants the application
+  to preserve its state for a future session.
+
+  For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that
+  includes the current contents of its edit buffers, the location of
+  the cursor and other aspects of the current editing session.
+
+  Note that you should never exit the application within this
+  function. Instead, the session manager may or may not do this
+  afterwards, depending on the context. Futhermore, most session
+  managers will very likely request a saved state immediately after
+  the application has been started. This permits the session manager
+  to learn about the application's restart policy.
+
+  \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
+  unless you ask the session manager \a sm for explicit permission.
+  See QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
+  QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
+
+  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), \link session.html the Session Management overview\endlink
+*/
+
+void QApplication::saveState( QSessionManager& /* sm */ )
+{
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+/*!
+  Sets the time after which a drag should start to \a ms ms.
+
+  \sa startDragTime()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setStartDragTime( int ms )
+{
+    drag_time = ms;
+}
+
+/*!
+  If you support drag and drop in you application and a drag should
+  start after a mouse click and after a certain time elapsed, you
+  should use the value which this method returns as the delay (in ms).
+
+  Qt also uses this delay internally, e.g. in QTextEdit and QLineEdit,
+  for starting a drag.
+
+  The default value is 500 ms.
+
+  \sa setStartDragTime(), startDragDistance()
+*/
+
+int QApplication::startDragTime()
+{
+    return drag_time;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets the distance after which a drag should start to \a l pixels.
+
+  \sa startDragDistance()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setStartDragDistance( int l )
+{
+    drag_distance = l;
+}
+
+/*!
+  If you support drag and drop in you application and a drag should
+  start after a mouse click and after moving the mouse a certain
+  distance, you should use the value which this method returns as the
+  distance.
+
+  For example, if the mouse position of the click is stored in \c
+  startPos and the current position (e.g. in the mouse move event) is
+  \c currPos, you can find out if a drag should be started with code
+  like this:
+  \code
+  if ( ( startPos - currPos ).manhattanLength() >
+       QApplication::startDragDistance() )
+    startTheDrag();
+  \endcode
+
+  Qt uses this value internally, e.g. in QFileDialog.
+
+  The default value is 4 pixels.
+
+  \sa setStartDragDistance(), startDragTime(), QPoint::manhattanLength()
+*/
+
+int QApplication::startDragDistance()
+{
+    return drag_distance;
+}
+
+/*!
+  If \a b is TRUE, all dialogs and widgets will be laid out in a
+  mirrored fashion, as required by right to left languages such as
+  Arabic and Hebrew. If \a b is FALSE, dialogs and widgets are laid
+  out left to right.
+
+  Changing this flag in runtime does not cause a relayout of already
+  instantiated widgets.
+
+  \sa reverseLayout()
+*/
+void QApplication::setReverseLayout( bool b )
+{
+    if ( reverse_layout == b )
+	return;
+
+    reverse_layout = b;
+
+    QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it( *list );
+    QWidget *w;
+    while ( ( w=it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	postEvent( w, new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange ) );
+    }
+    delete list;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if all dialogs and widgets will be laid out in a
+    mirrored (right to left) fashion. Returns FALSE if dialogs and
+    widgets will be laid out left to right.
+
+  \sa setReverseLayout()
+*/
+bool QApplication::reverseLayout()
+{
+    return reverse_layout;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \class QSessionManager qsessionmanager.h
+  \brief The QSessionManager class provides access to the session manager.
+
+  \ingroup application
+  \ingroup environment
+
+  The session manager is responsible for session management, most
+  importantly for interruption and resumption. A "session" is a kind
+  of record of the state of the system, e.g. which applications were
+  run at start up and which applications are currently running. The
+  session manager is used to save the session, e.g. when the machine
+  is shut down; and to restore a session, e.g. when the machine is
+  started up. Use QSettings to save and restore an individual
+  application's settings, e.g. window positions, recently used files,
+  etc.
+
+  QSessionManager provides an interface between the application and
+  the session manager so that the program can work well with the
+  session manager. In Qt, session management requests for action
+  are handled by the two virtual functions QApplication::commitData()
+  and QApplication::saveState(). Both provide a reference to
+  a session manager object as argument, to allow the application
+  to communicate with the session manager.
+
+  During a session management action (i.e. within commitData() and
+  saveState()), no user interaction is possible \e unless the
+  application got explicit permission from the session manager. You
+  ask for permission by calling allowsInteraction() or, if it's really
+  urgent, allowsErrorInteraction(). Qt does not enforce this, but the
+  session manager may.
+
+  You can try to abort the shutdown process by calling cancel(). The
+  default commitData() function does this if some top-level window
+  rejected its closeEvent().
+
+  For sophisticated session managers provided on Unix/X11, QSessionManager
+  offers further possibilites to fine-tune an application's session
+  management behavior: setRestartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(),
+  setRestartHint(), setProperty(), requestPhase2(). See the respective
+  function descriptions for further details.
+*/
+
+/*! \enum QSessionManager::RestartHint
+
+  This enum type defines the circumstances under which this
+  application wants to be restarted by the session manager. The
+  current values are
+
+  \value RestartIfRunning  if the application is still running when
+  the session is shut down, it wants to be restarted at the start of
+  the next session.
+
+  \value RestartAnyway  the application wants to be started at the
+  start of the next session, no matter what. (This is useful for
+  utilities that run just after startup and then quit.)
+
+  \value RestartImmediately  the application wants to be started
+  immediately whenever it is not running.
+
+  \value RestartNever  the application does not want to be restarted
+  automatically.
+
+  The default hint is \c RestartIfRunning.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
+
+  Returns the identifier of the current session.
+
+  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
+  identifier is the same as it was in that earlier session.
+
+  \sa sessionKey(), QApplication::sessionId()
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
+
+  Returns the session key in the current session.
+
+  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
+  key is the same as it was when the previous session ended.
+
+  The session key changes with every call of commitData() or
+  saveState().
+
+  \sa sessionId(), QApplication::sessionKey()
+ */
+
+// ### Note: This function is undocumented, since it is #ifdef'd.
+
+/*!
+  \fn void* QSessionManager::handle() const
+
+  X11 only: returns a handle to the current \c SmcConnection.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
+
+  Asks the session manager for permission to interact with the
+  user. Returns TRUE if interaction is permitted; otherwise
+  returns FALSE.
+
+  The rationale behind this mechanism is to make it possible to
+  synchronize user interaction during a shutdown. Advanced session
+  managers may ask all applications simultaneously to commit their
+  data, resulting in a much faster shutdown.
+
+  When the interaction is completed we strongly recommend releasing the
+  user interaction semaphore with a call to release(). This way, other
+  applications may get the chance to interact with the user while your
+  application is still busy saving data. (The semaphore is implicitly
+  released when the application exits.)
+
+  If the user decides to cancel the shutdown process during the
+  interaction phase, you must tell the session manager that this has
+  happened by calling cancel().
+
+  Here's an example of how an application's QApplication::commitData()
+  might be implemented:
+
+\code
+void MyApplication::commitData( QSessionManager& sm ) {
+    if ( sm.allowsInteraction() ) {
+	switch ( QMessageBox::warning(
+		    yourMainWindow,
+		    tr("Application Name"),
+		    tr("Save changes to document Foo?"),
+		    tr("&Yes"),
+		    tr("&No"),
+		    tr("Cancel"),
+		    0, 2) ) {
+	case 0: // yes
+	    sm.release();
+	    // save document here; if saving fails, call sm.cancel()
+	    break;
+	case 1: // continue without saving
+	    break;
+	default: // cancel
+	    sm.cancel();
+	    break;
+	}
+    } else {
+	// we did not get permission to interact, then
+	// do something reasonable instead.
+    }
+}
+\endcode
+
+  If an error occurred within the application while saving its data,
+  you may want to try allowsErrorInteraction() instead.
+
+  \sa QApplication::commitData(), release(), cancel()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
+
+  This is similar to allowsInteraction(), but also tells the session
+  manager that an error occurred. Session managers may give error
+  interaction request higher priority, which means that it is more likely
+  that an error interaction is permitted. However, you are still not
+  guaranteed that the session manager will allow interaction.
+
+  \sa allowsInteraction(), release(), cancel()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSessionManager::release()
+
+  Releases the session manager's interaction semaphore after an
+  interaction phase.
+
+  \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSessionManager::cancel()
+
+  Tells the session manager to cancel the shutdown process.  Applications
+  should not call this function without first asking the user.
+
+  \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartHint( RestartHint hint )
+
+  Sets the application's restart hint to \a hint. On application
+  startup the hint is set to \c RestartIfRunning.
+
+  Note that these flags are only hints, a session manager may or may
+  not respect them.
+
+  We recommend setting the restart hint in QApplication::saveState()
+  because most session managers perform a checkpoint shortly after an
+  application's startup.
+
+  \sa restartHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
+
+  Returns the application's current restart hint. The default is
+  \c RestartIfRunning.
+
+  \sa setRestartHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand( const QStringList& command )
+
+  If the session manager is capable of restoring sessions it will
+  execute \a command in order to restore the application. The command
+  defaults to
+
+  \code
+	appname -session id
+  \endcode
+
+  The \c -session option is mandatory; otherwise QApplication cannot
+  tell whether it has been restored or what the current session
+  identifier is. See QApplication::isSessionRestored() and
+  QApplication::sessionId() for details.
+
+  If your application is very simple, it may be possible to store the
+  entire application state in additional command line options. This
+  is usually a very bad idea because command lines are often limited
+  to a few hundred bytes. Instead, use QSettings, or temporary files
+  or a database for this purpose. By marking the data with the unique
+  sessionId(), you will be able to restore the application in a future
+  session.
+
+  \sa restartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(), setRestartHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
+
+  Returns the currently set restart command.
+
+  Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
+  iterate over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = mySession.restartCommand();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+  \sa setRestartCommand(), restartHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand( const QStringList& )
+
+  \sa discardCommand(), setRestartCommand()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
+
+  Returns the currently set discard command.
+
+  Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
+  iterate over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = mySession.discardCommand();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+  \sa setDiscardCommand(), restartCommand(), setRestartCommand()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \overload void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const QString& name,
+						      const QString& value )
+
+  Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
+  records are kept in the session manager.
+
+    The property called \a name has its value set to the string \a value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const QString& name,
+						const QStringList& value )
+
+  Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
+  record are kept in the session manager.
+
+    The property called \a name has its value set to the string list \a value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
+
+  Returns TRUE if the session manager is currently performing a second
+  session management phase; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \sa requestPhase2()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
+
+  Requests a second session management phase for the application. The
+  application may then return immediately from the
+  QApplication::commitData() or QApplication::saveState() function,
+  and they will be called again once most or all other applications have
+  finished their session management.
+
+  The two phases are useful for applications such as the X11 window manager
+  that need to store information about another application's windows
+  and therefore have to wait until these applications have completed their
+  respective session management tasks.
+
+  Note that if another application has requested a second phase it
+  may get called before, simultaneously with, or after your
+  application's second phase.
+
+  \sa isPhase2()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QApplication::horizontalAlignment( int align )
+
+  Strips out vertical alignment flags and transforms an
+  alignment \a align of AlignAuto into AlignLeft or
+  AlignRight according to the language used. The other horizontal
+  alignment flags are left untouched.
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Stubbed session management support
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+#if defined( QT_NO_SM_SUPPORT ) || defined( Q_WS_WIN ) || defined( Q_WS_MAC ) || defined( Q_WS_QWS )
+
+class QSessionManagerData
+{
+public:
+    QStringList restartCommand;
+    QStringList discardCommand;
+    QString sessionId;
+    QString sessionKey;
+    QSessionManager::RestartHint restartHint;
+};
+
+QSessionManager* qt_session_manager_self = 0;
+QSessionManager::QSessionManager( QApplication * app, QString &id, QString &key )
+    : QObject( app, "qt_sessionmanager" )
+{
+    qt_session_manager_self = this;
+    d = new QSessionManagerData;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_TEMP)
+    wchar_t guidstr[40];
+    GUID guid;
+    CoCreateGuid( &guid );
+    StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
+    id = QString::fromUcs2((ushort*)guidstr);
+    CoCreateGuid( &guid );
+    StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
+    key = QString::fromUcs2((ushort*)guidstr);
+#endif
+    d->sessionId = id;
+    d->sessionKey = key;
+    d->restartHint = RestartIfRunning;
+}
+
+QSessionManager::~QSessionManager()
+{
+    delete d;
+    qt_session_manager_self = 0;
+}
+
+QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
+{
+    return d->sessionId;
+}
+
+QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
+{
+    return d->sessionKey;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+void* QSessionManager::handle() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+void QSessionManager::release()
+{
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::cancel()
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void QSessionManager::setRestartHint( QSessionManager::RestartHint hint)
+{
+    d->restartHint = hint;
+}
+
+QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
+{
+    return d->restartHint;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand( const QStringList& command)
+{
+    d->restartCommand = command;
+}
+
+QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
+{
+    return d->restartCommand;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand( const QStringList& command)
+{
+    d->discardCommand = command;
+}
+
+QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
+{
+    return d->discardCommand;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const QString&, const QString&)
+{
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const QString&, const QStringList& )
+{
+}
+
+bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
+{
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SM_SUPPORT
+#endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
diff --git a/src/kernel/qapplication.h b/src/kernel/qapplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39f7858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qapplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QApplication class
+**
+** Created : 931107
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QAPPLICATION_H
+#define QAPPLICATION_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qdesktopwidget.h"
+#include "qasciidict.h"
+#include "qpalette.h"
+#include "qtranslator.h"
+#include "qstrlist.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QSessionManager;
+class QStyle;
+class QTranslator;
+class QEventLoop;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+class QIMEvent;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+class QWSDecoration;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+class QMutex;
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+
+class QApplication;
+extern Q_EXPORT QApplication *qApp;		// global application object
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QApplication : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QApplication( int &argc, char **argv );
+    QApplication( int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled );
+    enum Type { Tty, GuiClient, GuiServer };
+    QApplication( int &argc, char **argv, Type );
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    QApplication( Display* dpy, HANDLE visual = 0, HANDLE cmap = 0 );
+    QApplication( Display *dpy, int argc, char **argv,
+		  HANDLE visual = 0, HANDLE cmap= 0 );
+#endif
+    virtual ~QApplication();
+
+    int		    argc()	const;
+    char	  **argv()	const;
+
+    Type type() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    static QStyle  &style();
+    static void	    setStyle( QStyle* );
+    static QStyle*  setStyle( const QString& );
+#endif
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+    enum ColorMode { NormalColors, CustomColors };
+    static ColorMode colorMode();
+    static void      setColorMode( QApplication::ColorMode );
+#endif
+
+    enum ColorSpec { NormalColor=0, CustomColor=1, ManyColor=2 };
+    static int	     colorSpec();
+    static void      setColorSpec( int );
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    static QCursor  *overrideCursor();
+    static void	     setOverrideCursor( const QCursor &, bool replace=FALSE );
+    static void	     restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+    static bool	     hasGlobalMouseTracking();
+    static void	     setGlobalMouseTracking( bool enable );
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    static QPalette  palette( const QWidget* = 0 );
+    static void	     setPalette( const QPalette &, bool informWidgets=FALSE,
+				 const char* className = 0 );
+#endif
+    static QFont     font( const QWidget* = 0 );
+    static void	     setFont( const QFont &, bool informWidgets=FALSE,
+			      const char* className = 0 );
+    static QFontMetrics fontMetrics();
+
+    QWidget	    *mainWidget()  const;
+    virtual void     setMainWidget( QWidget * );
+    virtual void     polish( QWidget * );
+
+    static QWidgetList *allWidgets();
+    static QWidgetList *topLevelWidgets();
+
+    static QDesktopWidget   *desktop();
+
+    static QWidget     *activePopupWidget();
+    static QWidget     *activeModalWidget();
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    static QClipboard  *clipboard();
+#endif
+    QWidget	       *focusWidget() const;
+    QWidget	       *activeWindow() const;
+
+    static QWidget  *widgetAt( int x, int y, bool child=FALSE );
+    static QWidget  *widgetAt( const QPoint &, bool child=FALSE );
+
+    static QEventLoop *eventLoop();
+
+    int		     exec();
+    void	     processEvents();
+    void	     processEvents( int maxtime );
+    void	     processOneEvent();
+    bool	     hasPendingEvents();
+    int		     enter_loop();
+    void	     exit_loop();
+    int		     loopLevel() const;
+    static void	     exit( int retcode=0 );
+
+    static bool	     sendEvent( QObject *receiver, QEvent *event );
+    static void	     postEvent( QObject *receiver, QEvent *event );
+    static void	     sendPostedEvents( QObject *receiver, int event_type );
+    static void	     sendPostedEvents();
+
+    static void      removePostedEvents( QObject *receiver );
+
+    virtual bool     notify( QObject *, QEvent * );
+
+    static bool	     startingUp();
+    static bool	     closingDown();
+
+    static void	     flushX();
+    static void flush();
+    static void	     syncX();
+
+    static void	     beep();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+# ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    void	     setDefaultCodec( QTextCodec * );
+    QTextCodec*	     defaultCodec() const;
+# endif
+    void	     installTranslator( QTranslator * );
+    void	     removeTranslator( QTranslator * );
+#endif
+    enum Encoding { DefaultCodec, UnicodeUTF8 };
+    QString	     translate( const char * context,
+				const char * key,
+				const char * comment = 0,
+				Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIR
+    QString   applicationDirPath();
+    QString   applicationFilePath();
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    // obsolete functions
+    static void      setWinStyleHighlightColor( const QColor &c ) {
+	QPalette p( palette() );
+	p.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, c );
+	setPalette( p, TRUE);
+    }
+    static const QColor &winStyleHighlightColor() {
+	return palette().active().highlight();
+    }
+#endif
+    static void      setDesktopSettingsAware( bool );
+    static bool      desktopSettingsAware();
+
+    static void      setCursorFlashTime( int );
+    static int       cursorFlashTime();
+
+    static void      setDoubleClickInterval( int );
+    static int       doubleClickInterval();
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+    static void      setWheelScrollLines( int );
+    static int       wheelScrollLines();
+#endif
+    static void	     setGlobalStrut( const QSize & );
+    static QSize     globalStrut();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    static void      setLibraryPaths( const QStringList & );
+    static QStringList libraryPaths();
+    static void      addLibraryPath( const QString & );
+    static void      removeLibraryPath( const QString & );
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    static void setStartDragTime( int ms );
+    static int startDragTime();
+    static void setStartDragDistance( int l );
+    static int startDragDistance();
+
+    static void setReverseLayout( bool b );
+    static bool reverseLayout();
+
+    static int horizontalAlignment( int align );
+
+    static bool	    isEffectEnabled( Qt::UIEffect );
+    static void	    setEffectEnabled( Qt::UIEffect, bool enable = TRUE );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    virtual bool     macEventFilter( EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    virtual bool     winEventFilter( MSG * );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    virtual bool     x11EventFilter( XEvent * );
+    virtual int	     x11ClientMessage( QWidget*, XEvent*, bool passive_only);
+    int              x11ProcessEvent( XEvent* );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    virtual bool     qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * );
+    int              qwsProcessEvent( QWSEvent* );
+    void             qwsSetCustomColors( QRgb *colortable, int start, int numColors );
+/*!
+  \internal
+    Returns true if the process is GUI server
+*/
+    bool          qwsIsGUIServer();
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER
+    static QWSDecoration &qwsDecoration();
+    static void      qwsSetDecoration( QWSDecoration *);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_CYGWIN)
+    static WindowsVersion winVersion();
+#elif defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+    static MacintoshVersion macVersion();
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    void	     winFocus( QWidget *, bool );
+    static void	     winMouseButtonUp();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+    // session management
+    bool	     isSessionRestored() const;
+    QString 	sessionId() const;
+    QString 	sessionKey() const;
+    virtual void     commitData( QSessionManager& sm );
+    virtual void     saveState( QSessionManager& sm );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    virtual QWidget *locateICHolderWidget( QWidget *w );
+    virtual QWidgetList *icHolderWidgets();
+    static void create_im();
+    static void close_im();
+#else
+    QWidget *locateICHolderWidget( QWidget *w );
+    QWidgetList *icHolderWidgets();
+    static void create_xim();
+    static void close_xim();
+#endif
+    static QString defaultInputMethod();
+    void	changeAllInputContext( const QString & );
+    static bool x11_apply_settings();
+#endif
+    void	     wakeUpGuiThread();
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+    void	     lock();
+    void	     unlock(bool wakeUpGui = TRUE);
+    bool	     locked();
+    bool             tryLock();
+#endif
+
+signals:
+    void	     lastWindowClosed();
+    void	     aboutToQuit();
+    void	     guiThreadAwake();
+
+public slots:
+    void	     quit();
+    void	     closeAllWindows();
+    void	     aboutQt();
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+protected:
+    void setArgs(int, char **);
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    bool event(QEvent *);
+
+private:
+    void construct( int &argc, char **argv, Type );
+    void initialize( int, char ** );
+    void init_precmdline();
+    void process_cmdline( int* argcptr, char ** argv );
+    bool internalNotify( QObject *, QEvent * );
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    static QWidget *findChildWidget( const QWidget *p, const QPoint &pos );
+    static QWidget *findWidget( const QObjectList&, const QPoint &, bool rec );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    bool do_mouse_down(Point *, bool *);
+    static QMAC_PASCAL OSStatus globalEventProcessor(EventHandlerCallRef,  EventRef, void *);
+    static QMAC_PASCAL OSStatus globalAppleEventProcessor(const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
+    static QMAC_PASCAL void qt_context_timer_callbk(EventLoopTimerRef, void *);
+    static QMAC_PASCAL void qt_select_timer_callbk(EventLoopTimerRef, void *);
+    static bool qt_mac_apply_settings();
+    friend class QMacInputMethod;
+    friend QMAC_PASCAL OSStatus qt_window_event(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef, void *);
+    friend void qt_mac_update_os_settings();
+    friend bool qt_set_socket_handler( int, int, QObject *, bool);
+    friend void qt_mac_destroy_widget(QWidget *);
+    friend void qt_init(int *, char **, QApplication::Type);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+private slots:
+    void postIMEvent( QObject *receiver, QIMEvent *event );
+#endif
+
+private:
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    static QMutex   *qt_mutex;
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    int		     app_argc;
+    char	   **app_argv;
+    bool	     quit_now;
+    int		     quit_code;
+    static QStyle   *app_style;
+    static int	     app_cspec;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    static QPalette *app_pal;
+#endif
+    static QFont    *app_font;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    static QCursor  *app_cursor;
+#endif
+    static QEventLoop* eventloop;
+    static int	     app_tracking;
+    static bool	     is_app_running;
+    static bool	     is_app_closing;
+    static bool	     app_exit_loop;
+    static int	     loop_level;
+    static QWidget  *main_widget;
+    static QWidget  *focus_widget;
+    static QWidget  *active_window;
+    static bool	     obey_desktop_settings;
+    static int	     cursor_flash_time;
+    static int	     mouse_double_click_time;
+    static int	     wheel_scroll_lines;
+    static int	     composedUnicode; // Value, meta-composed character
+
+    static bool	     animate_ui;
+    static bool	     animate_menu;
+    static bool	     animate_tooltip;
+    static bool	     animate_combo;
+    static bool	     fade_menu;
+    static bool	     fade_tooltip;
+    static bool	     animate_toolbox;
+    static bool	     widgetCount; // Coupled with -widgetcount switch
+    static bool	     metaComposeUnicode;
+
+    QValueList<QTranslator*> *translators;
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+    QSessionManager *session_manager;
+    QString	     session_id;
+    static QString* session_key;
+    bool	     is_session_restored;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+#if !defined (QT_NO_STYLE)
+    static void x11_initialize_style();
+#endif
+    static QString defaultIM; // default input method's name in this application.
+#endif
+
+    static QSize     app_strut;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    static QStringList *app_libpaths;
+#endif
+    static QAsciiDict<QPalette> *app_palettes;
+    static QAsciiDict<QFont>    *app_fonts;
+
+    static QWidgetList *popupWidgets;
+    bool	     inPopupMode() const;
+    void	     closePopup( QWidget *popup );
+    void	     openPopup( QWidget *popup );
+    void	     setActiveWindow( QWidget* act );
+
+    static bool      sendSpontaneousEvent( QObject *receiver, QEvent *event );
+    static void      removePostedEvent( QEvent * );
+    static void      removePostedEvents( QObject *receiver, int event_type );
+
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QETWidget;
+    friend class QDialog;
+    friend class QAccelManager;
+    friend class QEvent;
+    friend class QTranslator;
+    friend class QEventLoop;
+    friend Q_EXPORT void qt_ucm_initialize( QApplication * );
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    friend bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent( QObject*, QEvent* );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    friend class QInputContext;
+#endif
+private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QApplication( const QApplication & );
+    QApplication &operator=( const QApplication & );
+#endif
+};
+
+inline int QApplication::argc() const
+{
+    return app_argc;
+}
+
+inline char **QApplication::argv() const
+{
+    return app_argv;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+inline void QApplication::setArgs(int c, char **v)
+{
+        app_argc = c;
+	    app_argv = v;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+inline QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
+{
+    return app_cursor;
+}
+#endif
+inline bool QApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
+{
+    return app_tracking > 0;
+}
+
+inline QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget() const
+{
+    return main_widget;
+}
+
+inline QWidget *QApplication::focusWidget() const
+{
+    return focus_widget;
+}
+
+inline QWidget *QApplication::activeWindow() const
+{
+    return active_window;
+}
+
+inline QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt( const QPoint &p, bool child )
+{
+    return widgetAt( p.x(), p.y(), child );
+}
+
+inline bool QApplication::inPopupMode() const
+{
+    return popupWidgets != 0;
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+inline bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
+{
+    return is_session_restored;
+}
+
+inline QString QApplication::sessionId() const
+{
+    return session_id;
+}
+
+inline QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
+{
+    return session_key ? *session_key : QString::null;
+}
+#endif
+inline QSize QApplication::globalStrut()
+{
+    return app_strut;
+}
+
+inline bool QApplication::sendEvent( QObject *receiver, QEvent *event )
+{  if ( event ) event->spont = FALSE; return qApp ? qApp->notify( receiver, event ) : FALSE; }
+
+inline bool QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( QObject *receiver, QEvent *event )
+{ if ( event ) event->spont = TRUE; return qApp ? qApp->notify( receiver, event ) : FALSE; }
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+// Simple versions
+inline QString QApplication::translate( const char *, const char *sourceText,
+					const char *, Encoding encoding ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( encoding == UnicodeUTF8 )
+	return QString::fromUtf8( sourceText );
+    else
+#endif
+	return QString::fromLatin1( sourceText );
+}
+#endif
+
+inline int QApplication::horizontalAlignment( int align )
+{
+    align &= AlignHorizontal_Mask;
+    if ( align == AlignAuto ) {
+	if ( reverseLayout() )
+	    align = AlignRight;
+	else
+	    align = AlignLeft;
+    }
+    return align;
+}
+
+#endif // QAPPLICATION_H
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qapplication_p.h b/src/kernel/qapplication_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f7382d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qapplication_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of some Qt private functions.
+**
+** Created : 000228
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QAPPLICATION_P_H
+#define QAPPLICATION_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qapplication_*.cpp, qwidget*.cpp, qcolor_x11.cpp, qfiledialog.cpp
+// and many other.  This header file may change from version to version
+// without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QWidget;
+class QObject;
+class QClipboard;
+class QKeyEvent;
+class QMouseEvent;
+class QWheelEvent;
+
+extern Q_EXPORT bool qt_modal_state();
+extern Q_EXPORT void qt_enter_modal( QWidget* );
+extern Q_EXPORT void qt_leave_modal( QWidget* );
+
+extern bool qt_is_gui_used;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+extern QClipboard *qt_clipboard;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (Q_OS_WIN32) || defined (Q_OS_CYGWIN)
+extern Qt::WindowsVersion qt_winver;
+const int QT_TABLET_NPACKETQSIZE = 128;
+# ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
+  extern DWORD qt_cever;
+# endif
+#elif defined (Q_OS_MAC)
+extern Qt::MacintoshVersion qt_macver;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_X11)
+extern int qt_ncols_option;
+#endif
+
+
+extern void qt_dispatchEnterLeave( QWidget*, QWidget* );
+extern bool qt_tryModalHelper( QWidget *, QWidget ** = 0 );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e72bd63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6653 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of X11 startup routines and event handling
+**
+** Created : 931029
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+// ### 4.0: examine Q_EXPORT's below. The respective symbols had all
+// been in use (e.g. in the KDE wm ) before the introduction of a version
+// map. One might want to turn some of them into propert public API and
+// provide a proper alternative for others. See also the exports in
+// qapplication_win.cpp which suggest a unification.
+
+// ### needed for solaris-g++ in beta5
+#define QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+// Solaris redefines connect -> __xnet_connect with _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED.
+#if defined(connect)
+# undef connect
+#endif
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
+#if defined(truncate)
+# undef truncate
+#endif
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+#include "qcolor_p.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qwidget_p.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qwidgetlist.h"
+#include "qwidgetintdict.h"
+#include "qbitarray.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qpixmapcache.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#include "qsessionmanager.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+#include "qclipboard.h"
+#include "qwhatsthis.h" // ######## dependency
+#include "qsettings.h"
+#include "qstylefactory.h"
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+
+// Input method stuff - UNFINISHED
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+#include "qinputcontext.h"
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+#include "qinternal_p.h" // shared double buffer cleanup
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+# include "qthread.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG) && defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
+# include "qfile.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+// XFree86 4.0.3 implementation is missing XftInitFtLibrary forward
+extern "C" Bool XftInitFtLibrary(void);
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+//#define X_NOT_BROKEN
+#ifdef X_NOT_BROKEN
+// Some X libraries are built with setlocale #defined to _Xsetlocale,
+// even though library users are then built WITHOUT such a definition.
+// This creates a problem - Qt might setlocale() one value, but then
+// X looks and doesn't see the value Qt set. The solution here is to
+// implement _Xsetlocale just in case X calls it - redirecting it to
+// the real libC version.
+//
+# ifndef setlocale
+extern "C" char *_Xsetlocale(int category, const char *locale);
+char *_Xsetlocale(int category, const char *locale)
+{
+    //qDebug("_Xsetlocale(%d,%s),category,locale");
+    return setlocale(category,locale);
+}
+# endif // setlocale
+#endif // X_NOT_BROKEN
+
+
+// resolve the conflict between X11's FocusIn and QEvent::FocusIn
+const int XFocusOut = FocusOut;
+const int XFocusIn = FocusIn;
+#undef FocusOut
+#undef FocusIn
+
+const int XKeyPress = KeyPress;
+const int XKeyRelease = KeyRelease;
+#undef KeyPress
+#undef KeyRelease
+
+
+// Fix old X libraries
+#ifndef XK_KP_Home
+#define XK_KP_Home              0xFF95
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Left
+#define XK_KP_Left              0xFF96
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Up
+#define XK_KP_Up                0xFF97
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Right
+#define XK_KP_Right             0xFF98
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Down
+#define XK_KP_Down              0xFF99
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Prior
+#define XK_KP_Prior             0xFF9A
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Next
+#define XK_KP_Next              0xFF9B
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_End
+#define XK_KP_End               0xFF9C
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Insert
+#define XK_KP_Insert            0xFF9E
+#endif
+#ifndef XK_KP_Delete
+#define XK_KP_Delete            0xFF9F
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Internal variables and functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static const char *appName;			// application name
+static const char *appClass;			// application class
+static const char *appFont	= 0;		// application font
+static const char *appBGCol	= 0;		// application bg color
+static const char *appFGCol	= 0;		// application fg color
+static const char *appBTNCol	= 0;		// application btn color
+static const char *mwGeometry	= 0;		// main widget geometry
+static const char *mwTitle	= 0;		// main widget title
+//Ming-Che 10/10
+char    *qt_ximServer	= 0;		// XIM Server will connect to
+static bool	mwIconic	= FALSE;	// main widget iconified
+//Ming-Che 10/10
+static Display *appDpy		= 0;		// X11 application display
+static char    *appDpyName	= 0;		// X11 display name
+static bool	appForeignDpy	= FALSE;        // we didn't create display
+static bool	appSync		= FALSE;	// X11 synchronization
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+static bool	appNoGrab	= FALSE;	// X11 grabbing enabled
+static bool	appDoGrab	= FALSE;	// X11 grabbing override (gdb)
+#endif
+static int	appScreen;			// X11 screen number
+static int	appScreenCount;			// X11 screen count
+static bool	app_save_rootinfo = FALSE;	// save root info
+static bool	app_do_modal	= FALSE;	// modal mode
+static Window	curWin = 0;			// current window
+
+static GC*	app_gc_ro	= 0;		// read-only GC
+static GC*	app_gc_tmp	= 0;		// temporary GC
+static GC*	app_gc_ro_m	= 0;		// read-only GC (monochrome)
+static GC*	app_gc_tmp_m	= 0;		// temporary GC (monochrome)
+// symbols needed by extern QXEmbed class
+Q_EXPORT Atom	qt_wm_protocols		= 0;	// window manager protocols
+Q_EXPORT Atom	qt_wm_delete_window	= 0;	// delete window protocol
+Q_EXPORT Atom	qt_wm_take_focus	= 0;	// take focus window protocol
+
+Atom		qt_qt_scrolldone	= 0;	// scroll synchronization
+Atom		qt_net_wm_context_help	= 0;	// context help
+Atom		qt_net_wm_ping		= 0;	// _NET_WM_PING protocol
+
+static Atom	qt_xsetroot_id		= 0;
+Atom            qt_xa_clipboard         = 0;
+Atom		qt_selection_property	= 0;
+Atom            qt_clipboard_sentinel   = 0;
+Atom		qt_selection_sentinel	= 0;
+Q_EXPORT Atom	qt_wm_state		= 0;
+Atom		qt_wm_change_state	= 0;
+static Atom     qt_settings_timestamp	= 0;    // Qt >=3 settings timestamp
+static Atom	qt_input_encoding	= 0;	// Qt desktop properties
+static Atom	qt_resource_manager	= 0;	// X11 Resource manager
+Atom		qt_sizegrip		= 0;	// sizegrip
+Atom		qt_wm_client_leader	= 0;
+Q_EXPORT Atom	qt_window_role		= 0;
+Q_EXPORT Atom	qt_sm_client_id		= 0;
+Atom		qt_xa_motif_wm_hints	= 0;
+Atom		qt_cde_running		= 0;
+Atom		qt_kwin_running	= 0;
+Atom		qt_kwm_running	= 0;
+Atom		qt_gbackground_properties	= 0;
+Atom		qt_x_incr		= 0;
+Atom		qt_utf8_string = 0;
+
+// detect broken window managers
+Atom            qt_sgi_desks_manager    = 0;
+bool		qt_broken_wm		= FALSE;
+static void qt_detect_broken_window_manager();
+
+// NET WM support
+Atom		qt_net_supported	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_name		= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_icon_name	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_virtual_roots	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_workarea		= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_state		= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_state_modal	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_state_max_v	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_state_max_h	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen = 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_state_above	= 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type   = 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_normal	= 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_dialog	= 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_toolbar	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_window_type_menu	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_window_type_utility	= 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_splash    = 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_override	= 0;	// KDE extension
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_dropdown_menu = 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_popup_menu    = 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_tooltip   = 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_combo     = 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_window_type_dnd       = 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_frame_strut		= 0;	// KDE extension
+Atom		qt_net_wm_state_stays_on_top	= 0;	// KDE extension
+Atom		qt_net_wm_pid		= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_user_time	= 0;
+Atom            qt_net_wm_full_placement = 0; // KDE extension
+// Enlightenment support
+Atom		qt_enlightenment_desktop	= 0;
+
+// window managers list of supported "stuff"
+Atom		*qt_net_supported_list	= 0;
+// list of virtual root windows
+Window		*qt_net_virtual_root_list	= 0;
+
+
+// X11 SYNC support
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+Atom		qt_net_wm_sync_request_counter	= 0;
+Atom		qt_net_wm_sync_request     	= 0;
+#endif
+
+// client leader window
+Window qt_x11_wm_client_leader = 0;
+
+// function to update the workarea of the screen - in qdesktopwidget_x11.cpp
+extern void qt_desktopwidget_update_workarea();
+
+// current focus model
+static const int FocusModel_Unknown = -1;
+static const int FocusModel_Other = 0;
+static const int FocusModel_PointerRoot = 1;
+static int qt_focus_model = -1;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRANDR
+// TRUE if Qt is compiled w/ XRandR support and XRandR exists on the connected
+// Display
+bool	qt_use_xrandr	= FALSE;
+static int xrandr_eventbase;
+#endif
+
+// TRUE if Qt is compiled w/ XRender support and XRender exists on the connected
+// Display
+Q_EXPORT bool qt_use_xrender = FALSE;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+// True if SYNC extension exists on the connected display
+bool qt_use_xsync = FALSE;
+static int xsync_eventbase;
+static int xsync_errorbase;
+#endif
+
+// modifier masks for alt/meta - detected when the application starts
+static long qt_alt_mask = 0;
+static long qt_meta_mask = 0;
+// modifier mask to remove mode switch from modifiers that have alt/meta set
+// this problem manifests itself on HP/UX 10.20 at least, and without it
+// modifiers do not work at all...
+static long qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = 0;
+
+// flags for extensions for special Languages, currently only for RTL languages
+static bool 	qt_use_rtl_extensions = FALSE;
+bool qt_hebrew_keyboard_hack = FALSE;
+
+static Window	mouseActWindow	     = 0;	// window where mouse is
+static int	mouseButtonPressed   = 0;	// last mouse button pressed
+static int	mouseButtonState     = 0;	// mouse button state
+static Time	mouseButtonPressTime = 0;	// when was a button pressed
+static short	mouseXPos, mouseYPos;		// mouse pres position in act window
+static short	mouseGlobalXPos, mouseGlobalYPos; // global mouse press position
+
+extern QWidgetList *qt_modal_stack;		// stack of modal widgets
+static bool	    ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE; // ignore the next mouse release
+							 // event if return from a modal
+							 // widget
+
+static QWidget     *popupButtonFocus = 0;
+static QWidget     *popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
+static bool	    popupCloseDownMode = FALSE;
+static bool	    popupGrabOk;
+
+static bool sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;		// session management
+
+int qt_xfocusout_grab_counter = 0;
+
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+// since XInput event classes aren't created until we actually open an XInput
+// device, here is a static list that we will use later on...
+const int INVALID_EVENT = -1;
+const int TOTAL_XINPUT_EVENTS = 7;
+
+XDevice *devStylus = NULL;
+XDevice *devEraser = NULL;
+XEventClass event_list_stylus[TOTAL_XINPUT_EVENTS];
+XEventClass event_list_eraser[TOTAL_XINPUT_EVENTS];
+
+int qt_curr_events_stylus = 0;
+int qt_curr_events_eraser = 0;
+
+// well, luckily we only need to do this once.
+static int xinput_motion = INVALID_EVENT;
+static int xinput_key_press = INVALID_EVENT;
+static int xinput_key_release = INVALID_EVENT;
+static int xinput_button_press = INVALID_EVENT;
+static int xinput_button_release = INVALID_EVENT;
+
+// making this assumption on XFree86, since we can only use 1 device,
+// the pressure for the eraser and the stylus should be the same, if they aren't
+// well, they certainly have a strange pen then...
+static int max_pressure;
+extern bool chokeMouse;
+#endif
+
+// last timestamp read from QSettings
+static uint appliedstamp = 0;
+
+
+typedef int (*QX11EventFilter) (XEvent*);
+QX11EventFilter qt_set_x11_event_filter(QX11EventFilter filter);
+
+static QX11EventFilter qt_x11_event_filter = 0;
+Q_EXPORT QX11EventFilter qt_set_x11_event_filter(QX11EventFilter filter)
+{
+    QX11EventFilter old_filter = qt_x11_event_filter;
+    qt_x11_event_filter = filter;
+    return old_filter;
+}
+static bool qt_x11EventFilter( XEvent* ev )
+{
+    if ( qt_x11_event_filter  && qt_x11_event_filter( ev )  )
+	return TRUE;
+    return qApp->x11EventFilter( ev );
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XIM)
+//XIM		qt_xim			= 0;
+XIMStyle	qt_xim_style		= 0;
+XIMStyle	qt_xim_preferred_style	= 0;
+static XIMStyle xim_default_style	= XIMPreeditCallbacks | XIMStatusNothing;
+#endif
+
+int qt_ximComposingKeycode=0;
+QTextCodec * qt_input_mapper = 0;
+
+Q_EXPORT Time	qt_x_time = CurrentTime;
+Q_EXPORT Time	qt_x_user_time = CurrentTime;
+extern bool     qt_check_clipboard_sentinel(); //def in qclipboard_x11.cpp
+extern bool	qt_check_selection_sentinel(); //def in qclipboard_x11.cpp
+
+static void	qt_save_rootinfo();
+bool	qt_try_modal( QWidget *, XEvent * );
+
+int		qt_ncols_option  = 216;		// used in qcolor_x11.cpp
+int		qt_visual_option = -1;
+bool		qt_cmap_option	 = FALSE;
+QWidget	       *qt_button_down	 = 0;		// widget got last button-down
+
+extern bool qt_tryAccelEvent( QWidget*, QKeyEvent* ); // def in qaccel.cpp
+
+struct QScrollInProgress {
+    static long serial;
+    QScrollInProgress( QWidget* w, int x, int y ) :
+    id( serial++ ), scrolled_widget( w ), dx( x ), dy( y ) {}
+    long id;
+    QWidget* scrolled_widget;
+    int dx, dy;
+};
+long QScrollInProgress::serial=0;
+static QPtrList<QScrollInProgress> *sip_list = 0;
+
+
+// stuff in qt_xdnd.cpp
+// setup
+extern void qt_xdnd_setup();
+// x event handling
+extern void qt_handle_xdnd_enter( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+extern void qt_handle_xdnd_position( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+extern void qt_handle_xdnd_status( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+extern void qt_handle_xdnd_leave( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+extern void qt_handle_xdnd_drop( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+extern void qt_handle_xdnd_finished( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+extern void qt_xdnd_handle_selection_request( const XSelectionRequestEvent * );
+extern bool qt_xdnd_handle_badwindow();
+
+extern void qt_motifdnd_handle_msg( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+extern void qt_x11_motifdnd_init();
+
+// client message atoms
+extern Atom qt_xdnd_enter;
+extern Atom qt_xdnd_position;
+extern Atom qt_xdnd_status;
+extern Atom qt_xdnd_leave;
+extern Atom qt_xdnd_drop;
+extern Atom qt_xdnd_finished;
+// xdnd selection atom
+extern Atom qt_xdnd_selection;
+extern bool qt_xdnd_dragging;
+
+// gui or non-gui from qapplication.cpp
+extern bool qt_is_gui_used;
+extern bool qt_app_has_font;
+
+static bool qt_x11_cmdline_font = false;
+
+
+extern bool qt_resolve_symlinks; // from qapplication.cpp
+
+// Paint event clipping magic
+extern void qt_set_paintevent_clipping( QPaintDevice* dev, const QRegion& region);
+extern void qt_clear_paintevent_clipping();
+
+
+// Palette handling
+extern QPalette *qt_std_pal;
+extern void qt_create_std_palette();
+
+void qt_x11_intern_atom( const char *, Atom * );
+
+static QPtrList<QWidget>* deferred_map_list = 0;
+static void qt_deferred_map_cleanup()
+{
+    delete deferred_map_list;
+    deferred_map_list = 0;
+}
+void qt_deferred_map_add( QWidget* w)
+{
+    if ( !deferred_map_list ) {
+	deferred_map_list = new QPtrList<QWidget>;
+	qAddPostRoutine( qt_deferred_map_cleanup );
+    }
+    deferred_map_list->append( w );
+}
+void qt_deferred_map_take( QWidget* w )
+{
+    if (deferred_map_list ) {
+	deferred_map_list->remove( w );
+    }
+}
+bool qt_deferred_map_contains( QWidget* w )
+{
+    if (!deferred_map_list)
+	return FALSE;
+    else
+	return deferred_map_list->contains( w );
+}
+
+
+class QETWidget : public QWidget		// event translator widget
+{
+public:
+    void setWState( WFlags f )		{ QWidget::setWState(f); }
+    void clearWState( WFlags f )	{ QWidget::clearWState(f); }
+    void setWFlags( WFlags f )		{ QWidget::setWFlags(f); }
+    void clearWFlags( WFlags f )	{ QWidget::clearWFlags(f); }
+    bool translateMouseEvent( const XEvent * );
+    bool translateKeyEventInternal( const XEvent *, int& count, QString& text, int& state, char& ascii, int &code, QEvent::Type &type, bool willRepeat=FALSE, bool statefulTranslation=TRUE );
+    bool translateKeyEvent( const XEvent *, bool grab );
+    bool translatePaintEvent( const XEvent * );
+    bool translateConfigEvent( const XEvent * );
+    bool translateCloseEvent( const XEvent * );
+    bool translateScrollDoneEvent( const XEvent * );
+    bool translateWheelEvent( int global_x, int global_y, int delta, int state, Orientation orient );
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+    bool translateXinputEvent( const XEvent* );
+#endif
+    bool translatePropertyEvent(const XEvent *);
+};
+
+
+
+
+// ************************************************************************
+// Input Method support
+// ************************************************************************
+
+/*!
+    An identifier name of the default input method.
+*/
+QString	QApplication::defaultIM = "imsw-multi";
+
+
+/*!
+    This function handles the query about location of the widget
+    holding the QInputContext instance for widget \a w.
+
+    The input context is used for text input to widget \a w. By
+    default, it returns the top-level widget of \a w.
+
+    If you want to change the mapping of widget \w to QInputContext
+    instance, reimplement both this function and
+    QApplication::icHolderWidgets(). For example, suppose a tabbed web
+    browser. The browser should allocate a input context per tab
+    widget because users may switch the tabs and input a new text
+    during previous input contexts live.
+
+    See also 'Sharing input context between text widgets' and 'Preedit
+    preservation' section of the class description of QInputContext.
+
+    \sa QInputContext, icHolderWidgets()
+*/
+QWidget *QApplication::locateICHolderWidget( QWidget *w )
+{
+    return w->topLevelWidget();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function returns all widgets holding QInputContext.
+
+    By default, This function returns top-level widgets. So if you
+    want to change the mapping of a widget to QInputContext instance,
+    you must override this function and locateICHolderWidget().
+
+    \sa locateICHolderWidget()
+*/
+QWidgetList *QApplication::icHolderWidgets()
+{
+    return QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function replaces all QInputContext instances in the
+    application. The function's argument is the identifier name of
+    the newly selected input method.
+*/
+void QApplication::changeAllInputContext( const QString &identifierName )
+{
+    QWidgetList *list = qApp->icHolderWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it(*list);
+    while(it.current()) {
+	it.current()->changeInputContext( identifierName );
+	++it;
+    }
+    delete list;
+
+    // defaultIM = identifierName ; // Change of defaultIM -- default input method -- may be enabled.
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    This is an internal function, you should never call this.
+
+    \sa QInputContext::imEventGenerated()
+*/
+void QApplication::postIMEvent( QObject *receiver, QIMEvent *event )
+{
+    if ( event->type() == QEvent::IMCompose ) {
+	// enable event compression to reduce preedit flicker on fast
+	// typing
+	postEvent( receiver, event );
+    } else {
+	// cancel queued preedit update
+	if ( event->type() == QEvent::IMEnd )
+	    removePostedEvents( receiver, QEvent::IMCompose );
+
+	// to avoid event receiving order inversion between QKeyEvent
+	// and QIMEvent, we must send IMStart and IMEnd via
+	// sendEvent().
+	sendEvent( receiver, event );
+	delete event;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function returns the identifier name of the default input
+    method in this Application. The value is identical to the value of
+    QApplication::defaultIM.
+*/
+QString QApplication::defaultInputMethod()
+{
+    return QApplication::defaultIM;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+/*! \internal
+    Creates the application input method.
+*/
+void QApplication::create_im()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_XIM
+    if ( ! qt_xim_preferred_style ) // no configured input style, use the default
+	qt_xim_preferred_style = xim_default_style;
+#endif // QT_NO_XIM
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+  Closes the application input method.
+*/
+void QApplication::close_im()
+{
+    QWidgetList *list = qApp->icHolderWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it(*list);
+    while(it.current()) {
+	it.current()->destroyInputContext();
+	++it;
+    }
+    delete list;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/*! \internal
+    Creates the application input method.
+*/
+void QApplication::create_xim()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_XIM
+    if ( ! qt_xim_preferred_style ) // no configured input style, use the default
+	qt_xim_preferred_style = xim_default_style;
+#endif // QT_NO_XIM
+
+    QWidgetList *list= qApp->topLevelWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it(*list);
+    QWidget * w;
+    while( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	w->createTLSysExtra();
+    }
+    delete list;
+}
+
+
+ /*! \internal
+   Closes the application input method.
+ */
+void QApplication::close_xim()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_XIM
+    // Calling XCloseIM gives a Purify FMR error
+    // XCloseIM( qt_xim );
+    // We prefer a less serious memory leak
+
+    // if ( qt_xim )
+    // 	qt_xim = 0;
+
+#endif // QT_NO_XIM
+    QWidgetList *list = qApp->topLevelWidgets();
+    QWidgetListIt it(*list);
+    while(it.current()) {
+	it.current()->destroyInputContext();
+	++it;
+    }
+    delete list;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Default X error handlers
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static bool x11_ignore_badwindow;
+static bool x11_badwindow;
+
+    // starts to ignore bad window errors from X
+void qt_ignore_badwindow()
+{
+    x11_ignore_badwindow = TRUE;
+    x11_badwindow = FALSE;
+}
+
+    // ends ignoring bad window errors and returns whether an error
+    // had happen.
+bool qt_badwindow()
+{
+    x11_ignore_badwindow = FALSE;
+    return x11_badwindow;
+}
+
+static int (*original_x_errhandler)( Display *dpy, XErrorEvent * );
+static int (*original_xio_errhandler)( Display *dpy );
+
+static int qt_x_errhandler( Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *err )
+{
+    if ( err->error_code == BadWindow ) {
+	x11_badwindow = TRUE;
+	if ( err->request_code == 25 /* X_SendEvent */ &&
+	     qt_xdnd_handle_badwindow() )
+	    return 0;
+	if ( x11_ignore_badwindow )
+	    return 0;
+    } else if ( err->error_code == BadMatch &&
+		err->request_code == 42 /* X_SetInputFocus */ ) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    char errstr[256];
+    XGetErrorText( dpy, err->error_code, errstr, 256 );
+    qWarning( "X Error: %s %d\n"
+	      "  Major opcode:  %d\n"
+	      "  Minor opcode:  %d\n"
+	      "  Resource id:  0x%lx",
+	      errstr, err->error_code,
+	      err->request_code,
+	      err->minor_code,
+	      err->resourceid );
+
+    // ### we really should distinguish between severe, non-severe and
+    // ### application specific errors
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int qt_xio_errhandler( Display * )
+{
+    qWarning( "%s: Fatal IO error: client killed", appName );
+    qApp = 0;
+    exit( 1 );
+    //### give the application a chance for a proper shutdown instead,
+    //### exit(1) doesn't help.
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// Memory leak: if the app exits before qt_init_internal(), this dict
+// isn't released correctly.
+static QAsciiDict<Atom> *atoms_to_be_created = 0;
+static bool create_atoms_now = 0;
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  qt_x11_intern_atom() - efficiently interns an atom, now or later.
+
+  If the application is being initialized, this function stores the
+  adddress of the atom and qt_init_internal will do the actual work
+  quickly. If the application is running, the atom is created here.
+
+  Neither argument may point to temporary variables.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+void qt_x11_intern_atom( const char *name, Atom *result)
+{
+    if ( !name || !result || *result )
+	return;
+
+    if ( create_atoms_now ) {
+	*result = XInternAtom( appDpy, name, False );
+    } else {
+	if ( !atoms_to_be_created ) {
+	    atoms_to_be_created = new QAsciiDict<Atom>;
+	    atoms_to_be_created->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	}
+	atoms_to_be_created->insert( name, result );
+	*result = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void qt_x11_process_intern_atoms()
+{
+    if ( atoms_to_be_created ) {
+#if defined(XlibSpecificationRelease) && (XlibSpecificationRelease >= 6)
+	int i = atoms_to_be_created->count();
+	Atom * res = (Atom *)malloc( i * sizeof( Atom ) );
+	Atom ** resp = (Atom **)malloc( i * sizeof( Atom* ) );
+	char ** names = (char **)malloc( i * sizeof(const char*));
+
+	i = 0;
+	QAsciiDictIterator<Atom> it( *atoms_to_be_created );
+	while( it.current() ) {
+	    res[i] = 0;
+	    resp[i] = it.current();
+	    names[i] = qstrdup(it.currentKey());
+	    i++;
+	    ++it;
+	}
+	XInternAtoms( appDpy, names, i, False, res );
+	while( i ) {
+	    i--;
+	    delete [] names[i];
+	    if ( res[i] && resp[i] )
+		*(resp[i]) = res[i];
+	}
+	free( res );
+	free( resp );
+	free( names );
+#else
+	QAsciiDictIterator<Atom> it( *atoms_to_be_created );
+	Atom * result;
+	const char * name;
+	while( (result = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    name = it.currentKey();
+	    ++it;
+	    *result = XInternAtom( appDpy, name, False );
+	}
+#endif
+	delete atoms_to_be_created;
+	atoms_to_be_created = 0;
+	create_atoms_now = TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+    apply the settings to the application
+*/
+bool QApplication::x11_apply_settings()
+{
+    if (! qt_std_pal)
+	qt_create_std_palette();
+
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    long offset = 0;
+    unsigned long nitems, after = 1;
+    unsigned char *data = 0;
+    QDateTime timestamp, settingsstamp;
+    bool update_timestamp = FALSE;
+
+    if (XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
+			   qt_settings_timestamp, 0, 0,
+			   False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &nitems,
+			   &after, &data) == Success && format == 8) {
+	if (data)
+	    XFree(data);
+
+	QBuffer ts;
+	ts.open(IO_WriteOnly);
+
+	while (after > 0) {
+	    XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
+			       qt_settings_timestamp,
+			       offset, 1024, False, AnyPropertyType,
+			       &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+	    if (format == 8) {
+		ts.writeBlock((const char *) data, nitems);
+		offset += nitems / 4;
+	    }
+
+	    XFree(data);
+	}
+
+	QDataStream d(ts.buffer(), IO_ReadOnly);
+	d >> timestamp;
+    }
+
+    QSettings settings;
+    settingsstamp = settings.lastModificationTime( "/qt/font" );
+    if (! settingsstamp.isValid())
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( appliedstamp && appliedstamp == settingsstamp.toTime_t() )
+	return TRUE;
+    appliedstamp = settingsstamp.toTime_t();
+
+    if (! timestamp.isValid() || settingsstamp > timestamp)
+	update_timestamp = TRUE;
+
+    /*
+      Qt settings. This is now they are written into the datastream.
+
+      /qt/Palette/ *             - QPalette
+      /qt/font                   - QFont
+      /qt/libraryPath            - QStringList
+      /qt/style                  - QString
+      /qt/doubleClickInterval    - int
+      /qt/cursorFlashTime        - int
+      /qt/wheelScrollLines       - int
+      /qt/colorSpec              - QString
+      /qt/defaultCodec           - QString
+      /qt/globalStrut            - QSize
+      /qt/GUIEffects             - QStringList
+      /qt/Font Substitutions/ *  - QStringList
+      /qt/Font Substitutions/... - QStringList
+    */
+
+    QString str;
+    QStringList strlist;
+    int i, num;
+    QPalette pal(QApplication::palette());
+    strlist = settings.readListEntry("/qt/Palette/active");
+    if (strlist.count() == QColorGroup::NColorRoles) {
+	for (i = 0; i < QColorGroup::NColorRoles; i++)
+	    pal.setColor(QPalette::Active, (QColorGroup::ColorRole) i,
+			 QColor(strlist[i]));
+    }
+    strlist = settings.readListEntry("/qt/Palette/inactive");
+    if (strlist.count() == QColorGroup::NColorRoles) {
+	for (i = 0; i < QColorGroup::NColorRoles; i++)
+	    pal.setColor(QPalette::Inactive, (QColorGroup::ColorRole) i,
+			 QColor(strlist[i]));
+    }
+    strlist = settings.readListEntry("/qt/Palette/disabled");
+    if (strlist.count() == QColorGroup::NColorRoles) {
+	for (i = 0; i < QColorGroup::NColorRoles; i++)
+	    pal.setColor(QPalette::Disabled, (QColorGroup::ColorRole) i,
+			 QColor(strlist[i]));
+    }
+
+    // workaround for KDE 3.0, which messes up the buttonText value of
+    // the disabled palette in QSettings
+    if ( pal.disabled().buttonText() == pal.active().buttonText() ) {
+	pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::ButtonText,
+		      pal.disabled().foreground() );
+    }
+
+    if (pal != *qt_std_pal && pal != QApplication::palette()) {
+	QApplication::setPalette(pal, TRUE);
+	*qt_std_pal = pal;
+    }
+
+    QFont font(QApplication::font());
+    if ( !qt_app_has_font && !qt_x11_cmdline_font ) {
+        // read new font
+        str = settings.readEntry("/qt/font");
+        if (! str.isNull() && ! str.isEmpty()) {
+            font.fromString(str);
+
+            if (font != QApplication::font())
+                QApplication::setFont(font, TRUE);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // read library (ie. plugin) path list
+    QString libpathkey =
+	QString("/qt/%1.%2/libraryPath").arg( QT_VERSION >> 16 ).arg( (QT_VERSION & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+    QStringList pathlist = settings.readListEntry(libpathkey, ':');
+    if (! pathlist.isEmpty()) {
+	QStringList::ConstIterator it = pathlist.begin();
+	while (it != pathlist.end())
+	    QApplication::addLibraryPath(*it++);
+    }
+
+    // read new QStyle
+    extern bool qt_explicit_app_style; // defined in qapplication.cpp
+    QString stylename = settings.readEntry( "/qt/style" );
+    if ( !stylename.isEmpty() && !qt_explicit_app_style ) {
+	QApplication::setStyle( stylename );
+	// took the style from the user settings, so mark the explicit flag FALSE
+	qt_explicit_app_style = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    num =
+	settings.readNumEntry("/qt/doubleClickInterval",
+			      QApplication::doubleClickInterval());
+    QApplication::setDoubleClickInterval(num);
+
+    num =
+	settings.readNumEntry("/qt/cursorFlashTime",
+			      QApplication::cursorFlashTime());
+    QApplication::setCursorFlashTime(num);
+
+    num =
+	settings.readNumEntry("/qt/wheelScrollLines",
+			      QApplication::wheelScrollLines());
+    QApplication::setWheelScrollLines(num);
+
+    QString colorspec = settings.readEntry("/qt/colorSpec", "default");
+    if (colorspec == "normal")
+	QApplication::setColorSpec(QApplication::NormalColor);
+    else if (colorspec == "custom")
+	QApplication::setColorSpec(QApplication::CustomColor);
+    else if (colorspec == "many")
+	QApplication::setColorSpec(QApplication::ManyColor);
+    else if (colorspec != "default")
+	colorspec = "default";
+
+    QString defaultcodec = settings.readEntry("/qt/defaultCodec", "none");
+    if (defaultcodec != "none") {
+	QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName(defaultcodec);
+	if (codec)
+	    qApp->setDefaultCodec(codec);
+    }
+
+    QStringList strut = settings.readListEntry("/qt/globalStrut");
+    if (! strut.isEmpty()) {
+	if (strut.count() == 2) {
+	    QSize sz(strut[0].toUInt(), strut[1].toUInt());
+
+	    if (sz.isValid())
+		QApplication::setGlobalStrut(sz);
+	}
+    }
+
+    QStringList effects = settings.readListEntry("/qt/GUIEffects");
+
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_General, effects.contains("general") );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateMenu, effects.contains("animatemenu") );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_FadeMenu, effects.contains("fademenu") );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateCombo, effects.contains("animatecombo") );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateTooltip, effects.contains("animatetooltip") );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_FadeTooltip, effects.contains("fadetooltip") );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateToolBox, effects.contains("animatetoolbox") );
+
+    QStringList fontsubs =
+	settings.entryList("/qt/Font Substitutions");
+    if (!fontsubs.isEmpty()) {
+	QStringList subs;
+	QString fam, skey;
+	QStringList::Iterator it = fontsubs.begin();
+	while (it != fontsubs.end()) {
+	    fam = (*it++);
+	    skey = "/qt/Font Substitutions/" + fam;
+	    subs = settings.readListEntry(skey);
+	    QFont::insertSubstitutions(fam, subs);
+	}
+    }
+
+    qt_broken_wm =
+	settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/brokenWindowManager", qt_broken_wm);
+
+    qt_resolve_symlinks =
+	settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/resolveSymlinks", TRUE);
+
+    qt_use_rtl_extensions =
+    	settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/useRtlExtensions", FALSE);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XIM
+    if (qt_xim_preferred_style == 0) {
+        QString ximInputStyle =
+            settings.readEntry( "/qt/XIMInputStyle",
+                                QObject::trUtf8( "On The Spot" ) ).lower();
+        if ( ximInputStyle == "on the spot" )
+            qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditCallbacks | XIMStatusNothing;
+        else if ( ximInputStyle == "over the spot" )
+            qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusNothing;
+        else if ( ximInputStyle == "off the spot" )
+            qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditArea | XIMStatusArea;
+        else if ( ximInputStyle == "root" )
+            qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    /*
+	The identifier name of an input method is acquired from the
+	configuration file as a default. If a environment variable
+	"QT_IM_SWITCHER" is not empty it will overwrite the
+	configuration file. The "imsw-multi" becomes the default if the entry
+	is not configured.
+     */
+    if ( getenv( "QT_IM_SWITCHER" ) )
+        defaultIM = getenv( "QT_IM_SWITCHER" );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS
+    else
+        defaultIM = settings.readEntry( "/qt/DefaultInputMethodSwitcher", "imsw-multi" );
+#endif
+
+    // defaultIM is restricted to be an IM-switcher. An IM-switcher
+    // has a 'imsw-' prefix
+    if ( ! defaultIM.startsWith( "imsw-" ) ) {
+	defaultIM = "imsw-multi";
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (update_timestamp) {
+	QBuffer stamp;
+	QDataStream s(stamp.buffer(), IO_WriteOnly);
+	s << settingsstamp;
+
+	XChangeProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
+			qt_settings_timestamp, qt_settings_timestamp, 8,
+			PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) stamp.buffer().data(),
+			stamp.buffer().size());
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// read the _QT_INPUT_ENCODING property and apply the settings to
+// the application
+static void qt_set_input_encoding()
+{
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    ulong  nitems, after = 1;
+    const char *data;
+
+    int e = XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+				qt_input_encoding, 0, 1024,
+				False, XA_STRING, &type, &format, &nitems,
+				&after,  (unsigned char**)&data );
+    if ( e != Success || !nitems || type == None ) {
+	// Always use the locale codec, since we have no examples of non-local
+	// XIMs, and since we cannot get a sensible answer about the encoding
+	// from the XIM.
+	qt_input_mapper = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+
+    } else {
+	if ( !qstricmp( data, "locale" ) )
+	    qt_input_mapper = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+	else
+	    qt_input_mapper = QTextCodec::codecForName( data );
+	// make sure we have an input codec
+	if( !qt_input_mapper )
+	    qt_input_mapper = QTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-1" );
+    }
+    if ( qt_input_mapper->mibEnum() == 11 ) // 8859-8
+	qt_input_mapper = QTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-8-I");
+    if( data )
+	XFree( (char *)data );
+}
+
+// set font, foreground and background from x11 resources. The
+// arguments may override the resource settings.
+static void qt_set_x11_resources( const char* font = 0, const char* fg = 0,
+				  const char* bg = 0, const char* button = 0 )
+{
+    if ( !qt_std_pal )
+	qt_create_std_palette();
+
+    QCString resFont, resFG, resBG, resEF, sysFont;
+
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_General, FALSE);
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateMenu, FALSE);
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_FadeMenu, FALSE);
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateCombo, FALSE );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateTooltip, FALSE );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_FadeTooltip, FALSE );
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateToolBox, FALSE );
+
+    if ( QApplication::desktopSettingsAware() && !QApplication::x11_apply_settings()  ) {
+	int format;
+	ulong  nitems, after = 1;
+	QCString res;
+	long offset = 0;
+	Atom type = None;
+
+	while (after > 0) {
+	    uchar *data;
+	    XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
+				qt_resource_manager,
+				offset, 8192, False, AnyPropertyType,
+				&type, &format, &nitems, &after,
+				&data );
+	    res += (char*)data;
+	    offset += 2048; // offset is in 32bit quantities... 8192/4 == 2048
+	    if ( data )
+		XFree( (char *)data );
+	}
+
+	QCString key, value;
+	int l = 0, r;
+	QCString apn = appName;
+	QCString apc = appClass;
+	int apnl = apn.length();
+	int apcl = apc.length();
+	int resl = res.length();
+
+	while (l < resl) {
+	    r = res.find( '\n', l );
+	    if ( r < 0 )
+		r = resl;
+	    while ( isspace((uchar) res[l]) )
+		l++;
+	    bool mine = FALSE;
+	    if ( res[l] == '*' &&
+		 (res[l+1] == 'f' || res[l+1] == 'b' || res[l+1] == 'g' ||
+		  res[l+1] == 'F' || res[l+1] == 'B' || res[l+1] == 'G' ||
+		  res[l+1] == 's' || res[l+1] == 'S' ) ) {
+		// OPTIMIZED, since we only want "*[fbgs].."
+
+		QCString item = res.mid( l, r - l ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
+		int i = item.find( ":" );
+		key = item.left( i ).stripWhiteSpace().mid(1).lower();
+		value = item.right( item.length() - i - 1 ).stripWhiteSpace();
+		mine = TRUE;
+	    } else if ( res[l] == appName[0] || (appClass && res[l] == appClass[0]) ) {
+		if (res.mid(l,apnl) == apn && (res[l+apnl] == '.' || res[l+apnl] == '*')) {
+		    QCString item = res.mid( l, r - l ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
+		    int i = item.find( ":" );
+		    key = item.left( i ).stripWhiteSpace().mid(apnl+1).lower();
+		    value = item.right( item.length() - i - 1 ).stripWhiteSpace();
+		    mine = TRUE;
+		} else if (res.mid(l,apcl) == apc && (res[l+apcl] == '.' || res[l+apcl] == '*')) {
+		    QCString item = res.mid( l, r - l ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
+		    int i = item.find( ":" );
+		    key = item.left( i ).stripWhiteSpace().mid(apcl+1).lower();
+		    value = item.right( item.length() - i - 1 ).stripWhiteSpace();
+		    mine = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( mine ) {
+		if ( !font && key == "systemfont")
+		    sysFont = value.left( value.findRev(':') ).copy();
+		if ( !font && key == "font")
+		    resFont = value.copy();
+		else if  ( !fg &&  key == "foreground" )
+		    resFG = value.copy();
+		else if ( !bg && key == "background")
+		    resBG = value.copy();
+		else if ( key == "guieffects")
+		    resEF = value.copy();
+		// NOTE: if you add more, change the [fbg] stuff above
+	    }
+
+	    l = r + 1;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !sysFont.isEmpty() )
+	resFont = sysFont;
+    if ( resFont.isEmpty() )
+	resFont = font;
+    if ( resFG.isEmpty() )
+	resFG = fg;
+    if ( resBG.isEmpty() )
+	resBG = bg;
+    if ( (!qt_app_has_font || qt_x11_cmdline_font) && !resFont.isEmpty() ) { // set application font
+        QFont fnt;
+        fnt.setRawName( resFont );
+
+        // the font we get may actually be an alias for another font,
+        // so we reset the application font to the real font info.
+        if ( ! fnt.exactMatch() ) {
+            QFontInfo fontinfo( fnt );
+            fnt.setFamily( fontinfo.family() );
+            fnt.setRawMode( fontinfo.rawMode() );
+
+            if ( ! fnt.rawMode() ) {
+                fnt.setItalic( fontinfo.italic() );
+                fnt.setWeight( fontinfo.weight() );
+                fnt.setUnderline( fontinfo.underline() );
+                fnt.setStrikeOut( fontinfo.strikeOut() );
+                fnt.setStyleHint( fontinfo.styleHint() );
+
+                if ( fnt.pointSize() <= 0 && fnt.pixelSize() <= 0 )
+                    // size is all wrong... fix it
+                    fnt.setPointSize( (int) ( ( fontinfo.pixelSize() * 72. /
+                                                (float) QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() ) +
+                                              0.5 ) );
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( fnt != QApplication::font() ) {
+            QApplication::setFont( fnt, TRUE );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( button || !resBG.isEmpty() || !resFG.isEmpty() ) {// set app colors
+	QColor btn;
+	QColor bg;
+	QColor fg;
+	if ( !resBG.isEmpty() )
+	    bg = QColor(QString(resBG));
+	else
+	    bg = qt_std_pal->active().background();
+	if ( !resFG.isEmpty() )
+	    fg = QColor(QString(resFG));
+	else
+	    fg = qt_std_pal->active().foreground();
+	if ( button )
+	    btn = QColor( button );
+	else if ( !resBG.isEmpty() )
+	    btn = bg;
+	else
+	    btn = qt_std_pal->active().button();
+
+	int h,s,v;
+	fg.hsv(&h,&s,&v);
+	QColor base = Qt::white;
+	bool bright_mode = FALSE;
+	if (v >= 255-50) {
+	    base = btn.dark(150);
+	    bright_mode = TRUE;
+	}
+
+	QColorGroup cg( fg, btn, btn.light(),
+			btn.dark(), btn.dark(150), fg, Qt::white, base, bg );
+	if (bright_mode) {
+	    cg.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, base );
+	    cg.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, Qt::white );
+	} else {
+	    cg.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, Qt::white );
+	    cg.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, Qt::darkBlue );
+	}
+	QColor disabled( (fg.red()+btn.red())/2,
+			 (fg.green()+btn.green())/2,
+			 (fg.blue()+btn.blue())/2);
+	QColorGroup dcg( disabled, btn, btn.light( 125 ), btn.dark(), btn.dark(150),
+			 disabled, Qt::white, Qt::white, bg );
+	if (bright_mode) {
+	    dcg.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, base );
+	    dcg.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, Qt::white );
+	} else {
+	    dcg.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, Qt::white );
+	    dcg.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, Qt::darkBlue );
+	}
+	QPalette pal( cg, dcg, cg );
+	if ( pal != *qt_std_pal && pal != QApplication::palette() )
+	    QApplication::setPalette( pal, TRUE );
+	*qt_std_pal = pal;
+    }
+
+    if ( !resEF.isEmpty() ) {
+	QStringList effects = QStringList::split(" ",resEF);
+	QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_General,  effects.contains("general") );
+	QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateMenu, effects.contains("animatemenu") );
+	QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_FadeMenu, effects.contains("fademenu") );
+	QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateCombo, effects.contains("animatecombo") );
+	QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateTooltip, effects.contains("animatetooltip") );
+	QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_FadeTooltip, effects.contains("fadetooltip") );
+	QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UI_AnimateToolBox, effects.contains("animatetoolbox") );
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void qt_detect_broken_window_manager()
+{
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    ulong nitems, after;
+    uchar *data = 0;
+
+    // look for SGI's 4Dwm
+    int e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+                               qt_sgi_desks_manager, 0, 1, False, XA_WINDOW,
+                               &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+    if (data)
+        XFree(data);
+
+    if (e == Success && type == XA_WINDOW && format == 32 && nitems == 1 && after == 0) {
+        // detected SGI 4Dwm
+        qt_broken_wm = TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+// update the supported array
+void qt_get_net_supported()
+{
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    long offset = 0;
+    unsigned long nitems, after;
+    unsigned char *data = 0;
+
+    int e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+			       qt_net_supported, 0, 0,
+			       False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+    if (data)
+	XFree(data);
+
+    if (qt_net_supported_list)
+	delete [] qt_net_supported_list;
+    qt_net_supported_list = 0;
+
+    if (e == Success && type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
+	QBuffer ts;
+	ts.open(IO_WriteOnly);
+
+	while (after > 0) {
+	    XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+			       qt_net_supported, offset, 1024,
+			       False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+
+	    if (type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
+		ts.writeBlock((const char *) data, nitems * sizeof(long));
+		offset += nitems;
+	    } else
+		after = 0;
+	    if (data)
+		XFree(data);
+	}
+
+	// compute nitems
+	QByteArray buffer(ts.buffer());
+	nitems = buffer.size() / sizeof(Atom);
+	qt_net_supported_list = new Atom[nitems + 1];
+	Atom *a = (Atom *) buffer.data();
+	uint i;
+	for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
+	    qt_net_supported_list[i] = a[i];
+	qt_net_supported_list[nitems] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+bool qt_net_supports(Atom atom)
+{
+    if (! qt_net_supported_list)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    bool supported = FALSE;
+    int i = 0;
+    while (qt_net_supported_list[i] != 0) {
+	if (qt_net_supported_list[i++] == atom) {
+	    supported = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return supported;
+}
+
+
+// update the virtual roots array
+void qt_get_net_virtual_roots()
+{
+    if (qt_net_virtual_root_list)
+	delete [] qt_net_virtual_root_list;
+    qt_net_virtual_root_list = 0;
+
+    if (! qt_net_supports(qt_net_virtual_roots))
+	return;
+
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    long offset = 0;
+    unsigned long nitems, after;
+    unsigned char *data;
+
+    int e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+			       qt_net_virtual_roots, 0, 0,
+			       False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+    if (data)
+	XFree(data);
+
+    if (e == Success && type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
+	QBuffer ts;
+	ts.open(IO_WriteOnly);
+
+	while (after > 0) {
+	    XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+			       qt_net_virtual_roots, offset, 1024,
+			       False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+
+	    if (type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
+		ts.writeBlock((const char *) data, nitems * 4);
+		offset += nitems;
+	    } else
+		after = 0;
+	    if (data)
+		XFree(data);
+	}
+
+	// compute nitems
+	QByteArray buffer(ts.buffer());
+	nitems = buffer.size() / sizeof(Window);
+	qt_net_virtual_root_list = new Window[nitems + 1];
+	Window *a = (Window *) buffer.data();
+	uint i;
+	for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
+	    qt_net_virtual_root_list[i] = a[i];
+	qt_net_virtual_root_list[nitems] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_x11_create_wm_client_leader()
+{
+    if ( qt_x11_wm_client_leader ) return;
+
+    qt_x11_wm_client_leader =
+	XCreateSimpleWindow( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			     QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+			     0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    // set client leader property to itself
+    XChangeProperty( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+		     qt_x11_wm_client_leader, qt_wm_client_leader,
+		     XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+		     (unsigned char *)&qt_x11_wm_client_leader, 1 );
+
+    // If we are session managed, inform the window manager about it
+    QCString session = qApp->sessionId().latin1();
+    if ( !session.isEmpty() ) {
+	XChangeProperty( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			 qt_x11_wm_client_leader, qt_sm_client_id,
+			 XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+			 (unsigned char *)session.data(), session.length() );
+    }
+}
+
+static void qt_net_update_user_time(QWidget *tlw)
+{
+    XChangeProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), tlw->winId(), qt_net_wm_user_time, XA_CARDINAL,
+		    32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) &qt_x_user_time, 1);
+}
+
+static void qt_check_focus_model()
+{
+    Window fw = None;
+    int unused;
+    XGetInputFocus( appDpy, &fw, &unused );
+    if ( fw == PointerRoot )
+	qt_focus_model = FocusModel_PointerRoot;
+    else
+	qt_focus_model = FocusModel_Other;
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Returns a truecolor visual (if there is one). 8-bit TrueColor visuals
+  are ignored, unless the user has explicitly requested -visual TrueColor.
+  The SGI X server usually has an 8 bit default visual, but the application
+  can also ask for a truecolor visual. This is what we do if
+  QApplication::colorSpec() is QApplication::ManyColor.
+*/
+
+static Visual *find_truecolor_visual( Display *dpy, int scr, int *depth, int *ncols )
+{
+    XVisualInfo *vi, rvi;
+    int best=0, n, i;
+    rvi.c_class = TrueColor;
+    rvi.screen  = scr;
+    vi = XGetVisualInfo( dpy, VisualClassMask | VisualScreenMask,
+			 &rvi, &n );
+    if ( vi ) {
+	for ( i=0; i<n; i++ ) {
+	    if ( vi[i].depth > vi[best].depth )
+		best = i;
+	}
+    }
+    Visual *v = DefaultVisual(dpy,scr);
+    if ( !vi || (vi[best].visualid == XVisualIDFromVisual(v)) ||
+	 (vi[best].depth <= 8 && qt_visual_option != TrueColor) )
+	{
+	*depth = DefaultDepth(dpy,scr);
+	*ncols = DisplayCells(dpy,scr);
+    } else {
+	v = vi[best].visual;
+	*depth = vi[best].depth;
+	*ncols = vi[best].colormap_size;
+    }
+    if ( vi )
+	XFree( (char *)vi );
+    return v;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  qt_init() - initializes Qt for X11
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#define XK_MISCELLANY
+#define XK_LATIN1
+#define XK_KOREAN
+#define XK_XKB_KEYS
+#include <X11/keysymdef.h>
+
+// ### This should be static but it isn't because of the friend declaration
+// ### in qpaintdevice.h which then should have a static too but can't have
+// ### it because "storage class specifiers invalid in friend function
+// ### declarations" :-) Ideas anyone?
+void qt_init_internal( int *argcptr, char **argv,
+		       Display *display, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap )
+{
+    setlocale( LC_ALL, "" );		// use correct char set mapping
+    setlocale( LC_NUMERIC, "C" );	// make sprintf()/scanf() work
+
+    if ( display ) {
+	// Qt part of other application
+
+	appForeignDpy = TRUE;
+	appDpy  = display;
+
+	// Set application name and class
+	appName = qstrdup( "Qt-subapplication" );
+	char *app_class = 0;
+	if (argv) {
+	    const char* p = strrchr( argv[0], '/' );
+	    app_class = qstrdup(p ? p + 1 : argv[0]);
+	    if (app_class[0])
+		app_class[0] = toupper(app_class[0]);
+	}
+	appClass = app_class;
+
+	// Install default error handlers
+	original_x_errhandler = XSetErrorHandler( qt_x_errhandler );
+	original_xio_errhandler = XSetIOErrorHandler( qt_xio_errhandler );
+    } else {
+	// Qt controls everything (default)
+
+	int argc = *argcptr;
+	int j;
+
+	// Install default error handlers
+	original_x_errhandler = XSetErrorHandler( qt_x_errhandler );
+	original_xio_errhandler = XSetIOErrorHandler( qt_xio_errhandler );
+
+	// Set application name and class
+	char *app_class = 0;
+	if (argv) {
+	    const char *p = strrchr( argv[0], '/' );
+	    appName = p ? p + 1 : argv[0];
+	    app_class = qstrdup(appName);
+	    if (app_class[0])
+		app_class[0] = toupper(app_class[0]);
+	}
+	appClass = app_class;
+
+	// Get command line params
+	j = argc ? 1 : 0;
+	for ( int i=1; i<argc; i++ ) {
+	    if ( argv[i] && *argv[i] != '-' ) {
+		argv[j++] = argv[i];
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    QCString arg = argv[i];
+	    if ( arg == "-display" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    appDpyName = argv[i];
+	    } else if ( arg == "-fn" || arg == "-font" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc ) {
+		    appFont = argv[i];
+		    qt_x11_cmdline_font = true;
+		}
+	    } else if ( arg == "-bg" || arg == "-background" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    appBGCol = argv[i];
+	    } else if ( arg == "-btn" || arg == "-button" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    appBTNCol = argv[i];
+	    } else if ( arg == "-fg" || arg == "-foreground" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    appFGCol = argv[i];
+	    } else if ( arg == "-name" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    appName = argv[i];
+	    } else if ( arg == "-title" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    mwTitle = argv[i];
+	    } else if ( arg == "-geometry" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    mwGeometry = argv[i];
+		//Ming-Che 10/10
+	    } else if ( arg == "-im" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    qt_ximServer = argv[i];
+	    } else if ( arg == "-iconic" ) {
+		mwIconic = !mwIconic;
+	    } else if ( arg == "-ncols" ) {   // xv and netscape use this name
+		if ( ++i < argc )
+		    qt_ncols_option = QMAX(0,atoi(argv[i]));
+	    } else if ( arg == "-visual" ) {  // xv and netscape use this name
+		if ( ++i < argc ) {
+		    QCString s = QCString(argv[i]).lower();
+		    if ( s == "truecolor" ) {
+			qt_visual_option = TrueColor;
+		    } else {
+			// ### Should we honor any others?
+		    }
+		}
+#ifndef QT_NO_XIM
+	    } else if ( arg == "-inputstyle" ) {
+		if ( ++i < argc ) {
+		    QCString s = QCString(argv[i]).lower();
+		    if ( s == "onthespot" )
+			qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditCallbacks |
+						 XIMStatusNothing;
+		    else if ( s == "overthespot" )
+			qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditPosition |
+						 XIMStatusNothing;
+		    else if ( s == "offthespot" )
+			qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditArea |
+						 XIMStatusArea;
+		    else if ( s == "root" )
+			qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditNothing |
+						 XIMStatusNothing;
+		}
+#endif
+	    } else if ( arg == "-cmap" ) {    // xv uses this name
+		qt_cmap_option = TRUE;
+	    }
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	    else if ( arg == "-sync" )
+		appSync = !appSync;
+	    else if ( arg == "-nograb" )
+		appNoGrab = !appNoGrab;
+	    else if ( arg == "-dograb" )
+		appDoGrab = !appDoGrab;
+#endif
+	    else
+		argv[j++] = argv[i];
+	}
+
+	*argcptr = j;
+
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG) && defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
+	if ( !appNoGrab && !appDoGrab ) {
+	    QCString s;
+	    s.sprintf( "/proc/%d/cmdline", getppid() );
+	    QFile f( s );
+	    if ( f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
+		s.truncate( 0 );
+		int c;
+		while ( (c = f.getch()) > 0 ) {
+		    if ( c == '/' )
+			s.truncate( 0 );
+		    else
+			s += (char)c;
+		}
+		if ( s == "gdb" ) {
+		    appNoGrab = TRUE;
+		    qDebug( "Qt: gdb: -nograb added to command-line options.\n"
+			    "\t Use the -dograb option to enforce grabbing." );
+		}
+		f.close();
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	// Connect to X server
+
+	if( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	    if ( ( appDpy = XOpenDisplay(appDpyName) ) == 0 ) {
+		qWarning( "%s: cannot connect to X server %s", appName,
+			  XDisplayName(appDpyName) );
+		qApp = 0;
+		exit( 1 );
+	    }
+
+	    if ( appSync )				// if "-sync" argument
+		XSynchronize( appDpy, TRUE );
+	}
+    }
+    // Common code, regardless of whether display is foreign.
+
+    // Get X parameters
+
+    if( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	appScreen = DefaultScreen(appDpy);
+	appScreenCount = ScreenCount(appDpy);
+
+	QPaintDevice::x_appdisplay = appDpy;
+	QPaintDevice::x_appscreen = appScreen;
+
+	// allocate the arrays for the QPaintDevice data
+	QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr = new int[ appScreenCount ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr = new int[ appScreenCount ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr = new Qt::HANDLE[ appScreenCount ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr = new Qt::HANDLE[ appScreenCount ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr = new bool[ appScreenCount ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr = new void*[ appScreenCount ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr = new bool[ appScreenCount ];
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( QPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr );
+
+	int screen;
+	QString serverVendor( ServerVendor( appDpy) );
+	if (serverVendor.contains("XFree86") && VendorRelease(appDpy) < 40300000)
+	    qt_hebrew_keyboard_hack = TRUE;
+
+	for ( screen = 0; screen < appScreenCount; ++screen ) {
+	    QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] = DefaultDepth(appDpy, screen);
+	    QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = DisplayCells(appDpy, screen);
+	    QPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr[ screen ] = RootWindow(appDpy, screen);
+
+	    // setup the visual and colormap for each screen
+	    Visual *vis = 0;
+	    if ( visual && screen == appScreen ) {
+		// use the provided visual on the default screen only
+		vis = (Visual *) visual;
+
+		// figure out the depth of the visual we are using
+		XVisualInfo *vi, rvi;
+		int n;
+		rvi.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(vis);
+		rvi.screen  = screen;
+		vi = XGetVisualInfo( appDpy, VisualIDMask | VisualScreenMask, &rvi, &n );
+		if (vi) {
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] = vi->depth;
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = vi->visual->map_entries;
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ] = vi->visual;
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ] = FALSE;
+		    XFree(vi);
+		} else {
+		    // couldn't get info about the visual, use the default instead
+		    vis = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (!vis) {
+		// use the default visual
+		vis = DefaultVisual(appDpy, screen);
+		QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ] = TRUE;
+
+		if ( qt_visual_option == TrueColor ||
+		     QApplication::colorSpec() == QApplication::ManyColor ) {
+		    // find custom visual
+
+		    int d, c;
+		    vis = find_truecolor_visual( appDpy, screen, &d, &c );
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] = d;
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = c;
+
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ] = vis;
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ] =
+			(XVisualIDFromVisual(vis) ==
+			 XVisualIDFromVisual(DefaultVisual(appDpy, screen)));
+		}
+
+		QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ] = vis;
+	    }
+
+	    // we assume that 8bpp == pseudocolor, but this is not
+	    // always the case (according to the X server), so we need
+	    // to make sure that our internal data is setup in a way
+	    // that is compatible with our assumptions
+	    if ( vis->c_class == TrueColor &&
+		 QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] == 8 &&
+		 QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] == 8 )
+		QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = 256;
+
+	    if ( colormap && screen == appScreen ) {
+		// use the provided colormap for the default screen only
+		QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] = colormap;
+		QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] = FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		if ( vis->c_class == TrueColor ) {
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
+			QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ];
+		} else {
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
+			!qt_cmap_option && QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ];
+		}
+
+		if ( QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] ) {
+		    // use default colormap
+		    XStandardColormap *stdcmap;
+		    VisualID vid =
+			XVisualIDFromVisual((Visual *)
+					    QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ]);
+		    int i, count;
+
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] = 0;
+
+		    if ( ! serverVendor.contains( "Hewlett-Packard" ) ) {
+			// on HPUX 10.20 local displays, the RGB_DEFAULT_MAP colormap
+			// doesn't give us correct colors. Why this happens, I have
+			// no clue, so we disable this for HPUX
+			if (XGetRGBColormaps(appDpy,
+					     QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
+					     &stdcmap, &count, XA_RGB_DEFAULT_MAP)) {
+			    i = 0;
+			    while (i < count &&
+				   QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] == 0) {
+				if (stdcmap[i].visualid == vid) {
+				    QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
+					stdcmap[i].colormap;
+				}
+				i++;
+			    }
+
+			    XFree( (char *)stdcmap );
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    if (QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] == 0) {
+			QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
+			    DefaultColormap(appDpy, screen);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    // create a custom colormap
+		    QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
+			XCreateColormap(appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
+					vis, AllocNone);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// Set X paintdevice parameters for the default screen
+	QPaintDevice::x_appdepth = QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ appScreen ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appcells = QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ appScreen ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_approotwindow = QPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr[ appScreen ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap = QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ appScreen ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap = QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ appScreen ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appvisual = QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ appScreen ];
+	QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual = QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ appScreen ];
+
+	// Support protocols
+
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_PROTOCOLS", &qt_wm_protocols );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &qt_wm_delete_window );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_STATE", &qt_wm_state );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &qt_wm_change_state );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &qt_wm_take_focus );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &qt_wm_client_leader);
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_WINDOW_ROLE", &qt_window_role);
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "SM_CLIENT_ID", &qt_sm_client_id);
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "CLIPBOARD", &qt_xa_clipboard );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "RESOURCE_MANAGER", &qt_resource_manager );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "INCR", &qt_x_incr );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_XSETROOT_ID", &qt_xsetroot_id );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SELECTION", &qt_selection_property );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_CLIPBOARD_SENTINEL", &qt_clipboard_sentinel );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SELECTION_SENTINEL", &qt_selection_sentinel );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SCROLL_DONE", &qt_qt_scrolldone );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_INPUT_ENCODING", &qt_input_encoding );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SIZEGRIP", &qt_sizegrip );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_CONTEXT_HELP", &qt_net_wm_context_help );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_PING", &qt_net_wm_ping );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_MOTIF_WM_HINTS", &qt_xa_motif_wm_hints );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "DTWM_IS_RUNNING", &qt_cde_running );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "KWIN_RUNNING", &qt_kwin_running );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "KWM_RUNNING", &qt_kwm_running );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "GNOME_BACKGROUND_PROPERTIES", &qt_gbackground_properties );
+
+	QString atomname("_QT_SETTINGS_TIMESTAMP_");
+	atomname += XDisplayName(appDpyName);
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( atomname.latin1(), &qt_settings_timestamp );
+
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_SUPPORTED", &qt_net_supported );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_VIRTUAL_ROOTS", &qt_net_virtual_roots );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WORKAREA", &qt_net_workarea );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE", &qt_net_wm_state );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_MODAL", &qt_net_wm_state_modal );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", &qt_net_wm_state_max_v );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", &qt_net_wm_state_max_h );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE", &qt_net_wm_state_above );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &qt_net_wm_window_type );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_NORMAL", &qt_net_wm_window_type_normal );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DIALOG", &qt_net_wm_window_type_dialog );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLBAR", &qt_net_wm_window_type_toolbar );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_MENU", &qt_net_wm_window_type_menu );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_UTILITY", &qt_net_wm_window_type_utility );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_SPLASH", &qt_net_wm_window_type_splash );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_KDE_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_OVERRIDE", &qt_net_wm_window_type_override );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DROPDOWN_MENU", &qt_net_wm_window_type_dropdown_menu );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_POPUP_MENU", &qt_net_wm_window_type_popup_menu );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", &qt_net_wm_window_type_tooltip );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_COMBO", &qt_net_wm_window_type_combo );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DND", &qt_net_wm_window_type_dnd );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_KDE_NET_WM_FRAME_STRUT", &qt_net_wm_frame_strut );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP",
+			    &qt_net_wm_state_stays_on_top );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_PID", &qt_net_wm_pid );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_USER_TIME", &qt_net_wm_user_time );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_FULL_PLACEMENT", &qt_net_wm_full_placement );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "ENLIGHTENMENT_DESKTOP", &qt_enlightenment_desktop );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_NAME", &qt_net_wm_name );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &qt_net_wm_icon_name );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "UTF8_STRING", &qt_utf8_string );
+        qt_x11_intern_atom( "_SGI_DESKS_MANAGER", &qt_sgi_desks_manager );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST_COUNTER", &qt_net_wm_sync_request_counter );
+	qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST", &qt_net_wm_sync_request );
+#endif
+
+	qt_xdnd_setup();
+	qt_x11_motifdnd_init();
+
+	// Finally create all atoms
+	qt_x11_process_intern_atoms();
+
+        // look for broken window managers
+        qt_detect_broken_window_manager();
+
+	// initialize NET lists
+	qt_get_net_supported();
+	qt_get_net_virtual_roots();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRANDR
+	// See if XRandR is supported on the connected display
+	int xrandr_errorbase;
+	Q_UNUSED( xrandr_eventbase );
+	if ( XRRQueryExtension( appDpy, &xrandr_eventbase, &xrandr_errorbase ) ) {
+	    // XRandR is supported
+	    qt_use_xrandr = TRUE;
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_XRANDR
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRENDER
+	// See if XRender is supported on the connected display
+	int xrender_eventbase, xrender_errorbase;
+	if (XRenderQueryExtension(appDpy, &xrender_eventbase, &xrender_errorbase)) {
+	    // XRender is supported, let's see if we have a PictFormat for the
+	    // default visual
+	    XRenderPictFormat *format =
+		XRenderFindVisualFormat(appDpy,
+					(Visual *) QPaintDevice::x_appvisual);
+	    qt_use_xrender = (format != 0) && (QPaintDevice::x_appdepth != 8);
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_XRENDER
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+	// Try to initialize SYNC extension on the connected display
+	int xsync_major, xsync_minor;
+	if ( XSyncQueryExtension( appDpy, &xsync_eventbase, &xsync_errorbase ) && 
+	     XSyncInitialize( appDpy, &xsync_major,  &xsync_minor ) ) {
+	     qt_use_xsync = TRUE;
+	}
+#endif 
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XKB
+	// If XKB is detected, set the GrabsUseXKBState option so input method
+	// compositions continue to work (ie. deadkeys)
+	unsigned int state = XkbPCF_GrabsUseXKBStateMask;
+	(void) XkbSetPerClientControls(appDpy, state, &state);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+	// defined in qfont_x11.cpp
+	extern bool qt_has_xft;
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+        if (!qt_use_xrender)
+            qt_has_xft = FALSE;
+        else
+#endif
+            qt_has_xft = XftInit(0) && XftInitFtLibrary();
+
+        if (qt_has_xft) {
+            char *dpi_str = XGetDefault(appDpy, "Xft", "dpi");
+            if (dpi_str) {
+                // use a custom DPI
+                char *end = 0;
+                int dpi = strtol(dpi_str, &end, 0);
+                if (dpi_str != end) {
+                    for (int s = 0; s < ScreenCount(appDpy); ++s) {
+                        QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiX(dpi, s);
+                        QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiY(dpi, s);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+	// look at the modifier mapping, and get the correct masks for alt/meta
+	// find the alt/meta masks
+	XModifierKeymap *map = XGetModifierMapping(appDpy);
+	if (map) {
+	    int i, maskIndex = 0, mapIndex = 0;
+	    for (maskIndex = 0; maskIndex < 8; maskIndex++) {
+		for (i = 0; i < map->max_keypermod; i++) {
+		    if (map->modifiermap[mapIndex]) {
+			KeySym sym =
+			    XKeycodeToKeysym(appDpy, map->modifiermap[mapIndex], 0);
+			if ( qt_alt_mask == 0 &&
+			     ( sym == XK_Alt_L || sym == XK_Alt_R ) ) {
+			    qt_alt_mask = 1 << maskIndex;
+			}
+			if ( qt_meta_mask == 0 &&
+			     (sym == XK_Meta_L || sym == XK_Meta_R ) ) {
+			    qt_meta_mask = 1 << maskIndex;
+			}
+		    }
+		    mapIndex++;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    // not look for mode_switch in qt_alt_mask and qt_meta_mask - if it is
+	    // present in one or both, then we set qt_mode_switch_remove_mask.
+	    // see QETWidget::translateKeyEventInternal for an explanation
+	    // of why this is needed
+	    mapIndex = 0;
+	    for ( maskIndex = 0; maskIndex < 8; maskIndex++ ) {
+		if ( qt_alt_mask  != ( 1 << maskIndex ) &&
+		     qt_meta_mask != ( 1 << maskIndex ) ) {
+		    for ( i = 0; i < map->max_keypermod; i++ )
+			mapIndex++;
+		    continue;
+		}
+
+		for ( i = 0; i < map->max_keypermod; i++ ) {
+		    if ( map->modifiermap[ mapIndex ] ) {
+			KeySym sym =
+			    XKeycodeToKeysym( appDpy, map->modifiermap[ mapIndex ], 0 );
+			if ( sym == XK_Mode_switch ) {
+			    qt_mode_switch_remove_mask |= 1 << maskIndex;
+			}
+		    }
+		    mapIndex++;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    XFreeModifiermap(map);
+	} else {
+	    // assume defaults
+	    qt_alt_mask = Mod1Mask;
+	    qt_meta_mask = Mod4Mask;
+	    qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = 0;
+	}
+
+	// Misc. initialization
+
+	QColor::initialize();
+	QFont::initialize();
+	QCursor::initialize();
+	QPainter::initialize();
+    }
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+    QThread::initialize();
+#endif
+
+    if( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	qApp->setName( appName );
+
+	int screen;
+	for ( screen = 0; screen < appScreenCount; ++screen ) {
+	    XSelectInput( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
+			  KeymapStateMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask |
+			  PropertyChangeMask );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRANDR
+	    if (qt_use_xrandr)
+		XRRSelectInput( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ), True );
+#endif // QT_NO_XRANDR
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	qt_set_input_encoding();
+
+	qt_set_x11_resources( appFont, appFGCol, appBGCol, appBTNCol);
+
+	// be smart about the size of the default font. most X servers have helvetica
+	// 12 point available at 2 resolutions:
+	//     75dpi (12 pixels) and 100dpi (17 pixels).
+	// At 95 DPI, a 12 point font should be 16 pixels tall - in which case a 17
+	// pixel font is a closer match than a 12 pixel font
+	int ptsz =
+	    (int) ( ( ( QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() >= 95 ? 17. : 12. ) *
+		      72. / (float) QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() ) + 0.5 );
+
+	if ( !qt_app_has_font && !qt_x11_cmdline_font ) {
+	    QFont f( "Helvetica", ptsz );
+	    QApplication::setFont( f );
+	}
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    QApplication::create_im();
+#else
+    QApplication::create_xim();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+	int ndev,
+	    i,
+	    j;
+	bool gotStylus,
+	    gotEraser;
+	XDeviceInfo *devices, *devs;
+	XInputClassInfo *ip;
+	XAnyClassPtr any;
+	XValuatorInfoPtr v;
+	XAxisInfoPtr a;
+	XDevice *dev;
+	XEventClass *ev_class;
+	int curr_event_count;
+
+#if !defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
+	// XFree86 divides a stylus and eraser into 2 devices, so we must do for both...
+	const QString XFREENAMESTYLUS = "stylus";
+	const QString XFREENAMEPEN = "pen";
+	const QString XFREENAMEERASER = "eraser";
+#endif
+
+	devices = XListInputDevices( appDpy, &ndev);
+	if ( devices == NULL ) {
+	    qWarning( "Failed to get list of devices" );
+	    ndev = -1;
+	}
+	dev = NULL;
+	for ( devs = devices, i = 0; i < ndev; i++, devs++ ) {
+	    gotEraser = FALSE;
+#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
+
+	    gotStylus = ( !strncmp(devs->name,
+				   WACOM_NAME, sizeof(WACOM_NAME) - 1) );
+#else
+	    QString devName = devs->name;
+	    devName = devName.lower();
+	    gotStylus = ( devName.startsWith(XFREENAMEPEN)
+			  || devName.startsWith(XFREENAMESTYLUS) );
+	    if ( !gotStylus )
+		gotEraser = devName.startsWith( XFREENAMEERASER );
+
+#endif
+	    if ( gotStylus || gotEraser ) {
+		// I only wanted to do this once, so wrap pointers around these
+		curr_event_count = 0;
+
+		if ( gotStylus ) {
+		    devStylus = XOpenDevice( appDpy, devs->id );
+		    dev = devStylus;
+		    ev_class = event_list_stylus;
+		} else if ( gotEraser ) {
+		    devEraser = XOpenDevice( appDpy, devs->id );
+		    dev = devEraser;
+		    ev_class = event_list_eraser;
+		}
+		if ( dev == NULL ) {
+		    qWarning( "Failed to open device" );
+		} else {
+		    if ( dev->num_classes > 0 ) {
+			for ( ip = dev->classes, j = 0; j < devs->num_classes;
+			      ip++, j++ ) {
+			    switch ( ip->input_class ) {
+			    case KeyClass:
+				DeviceKeyPress( dev, xinput_key_press,
+						ev_class[curr_event_count] );
+				curr_event_count++;
+				DeviceKeyRelease( dev, xinput_key_release,
+						  ev_class[curr_event_count] );
+				curr_event_count++;
+				break;
+			    case ButtonClass:
+				DeviceButtonPress( dev, xinput_button_press,
+						   ev_class[curr_event_count] );
+				curr_event_count++;
+				DeviceButtonRelease( dev, xinput_button_release,
+						     ev_class[curr_event_count] );
+				curr_event_count++;
+				break;
+			    case ValuatorClass:
+				// I'm only going to be interested in motion when the
+				// stylus is already down anyway!
+				DeviceMotionNotify( dev, xinput_motion,
+						    ev_class[curr_event_count] );
+				curr_event_count++;
+				break;
+			    default:
+				break;
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		// get the min/max value for pressure!
+		any = (XAnyClassPtr) ( devs->inputclassinfo );
+		if ( dev == devStylus ) {
+		    qt_curr_events_stylus = curr_event_count;
+		    for (j = 0; j < devs->num_classes; j++) {
+			if ( any->c_class == ValuatorClass ) {
+			    v = (XValuatorInfoPtr) any;
+			    a = (XAxisInfoPtr) ((char *) v +
+						sizeof (XValuatorInfo));
+#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
+			    max_pressure = a[WAC_PRESSURE_I].max_value;
+#else
+			    max_pressure = a[2].max_value;
+#endif
+			    // got the max pressure no need to go further...
+			    break;
+			}
+			any = (XAnyClassPtr) ((char *) any + any->length);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    qt_curr_events_eraser = curr_event_count;
+		}
+		// at this point we are assuming there is only one
+		// wacom device...
+#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
+		if ( devStylus != NULL ) {
+#else
+		    if ( devStylus != NULL && devEraser != NULL ) {
+#endif
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    } // end for loop
+	    XFreeDeviceList( devices );
+#endif // QT_TABLET_SUPPORT
+
+	} else {
+	    // read some non-GUI settings when not using the X server...
+
+	    if ( QApplication::desktopSettingsAware() ) {
+		QSettings settings;
+
+		// read library (ie. plugin) path list
+		QString libpathkey = QString("/qt/%1.%2/libraryPath")
+				     .arg( QT_VERSION >> 16 )
+				     .arg( (QT_VERSION & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+		QStringList pathlist =
+		    settings.readListEntry(libpathkey, ':');
+		if (! pathlist.isEmpty()) {
+		    QStringList::ConstIterator it = pathlist.begin();
+		    while (it != pathlist.end())
+			QApplication::addLibraryPath(*it++);
+		}
+
+		QString defaultcodec = settings.readEntry("/qt/defaultCodec", "none");
+		if (defaultcodec != "none") {
+		    QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName(defaultcodec);
+		    if (codec)
+			qApp->setDefaultCodec(codec);
+		}
+
+		qt_resolve_symlinks =
+		    settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/resolveSymlinks", TRUE);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    // run-time search for default style
+void QApplication::x11_initialize_style()
+{
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    unsigned long length, after;
+    uchar *data;
+    if ( !app_style &&
+	 XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(), qt_kwin_running,
+			     0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &length,
+			     &after, &data ) == Success && length ) {
+	if ( data ) XFree( (char *)data );
+	// kwin is there. check if KDE's styles are available,
+	// otherwise use windows style
+	if ( (app_style = QStyleFactory::create("highcolor") ) == 0 )
+	    app_style = QStyleFactory::create("windows");
+    }
+    if ( !app_style &&
+	 XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(), qt_kwm_running,
+			     0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &length,
+			     &after, &data ) == Success && length ) {
+	if ( data ) XFree( (char *)data );
+	app_style = QStyleFactory::create("windows");
+    }
+    if ( !app_style &&
+	 XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(), qt_cde_running,
+			     0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &length,
+			     &after, &data ) == Success && length ) {
+	// DTWM is running, meaning most likely CDE is running...
+	if ( data ) XFree( (char *) data );
+	app_style = QStyleFactory::create( "cde" );
+    }
+    // maybe another desktop?
+    if ( !app_style &&
+	 XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+			     qt_gbackground_properties, 0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType,
+			     &type, &format, &length, &after, &data ) == Success &&
+	 length ) {
+	if ( data ) XFree( (char *)data );
+	// default to MotifPlus with hovering
+	app_style = QStyleFactory::create("motifplus" );
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+void qt_init( int *argcptr, char **argv, QApplication::Type )
+{
+    qt_init_internal( argcptr, argv, 0, 0, 0 );
+}
+
+void qt_init( Display *display, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap )
+{
+    qt_init_internal( 0, 0, display, visual, colormap );
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  qt_cleanup() - cleans up when the application is finished
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+void qt_cleanup()
+{
+    appliedstamp = 0;
+
+    if ( app_save_rootinfo )			// root window must keep state
+	qt_save_rootinfo();
+
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	QPixmapCache::clear();
+	QPainter::cleanup();
+	QCursor::cleanup();
+	QFont::cleanup();
+	QColor::cleanup();
+	QSharedDoubleBuffer::cleanup();
+    }
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+    QThread::cleanup();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+    if ( devStylus != NULL )
+	XCloseDevice( appDpy, devStylus );
+    if ( devEraser != NULL )
+	XCloseDevice( appDpy, devEraser );
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    QApplication::close_im();
+#else
+    QApplication::close_xim();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	int screen;
+	for ( screen = 0; screen < appScreenCount; screen++ ) {
+	    if ( ! QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( screen ) )
+		XFreeColormap( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			       QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen ) );
+	}
+    }
+
+#define QT_CLEANUP_GC(g) if (g) { for (int i=0;i<appScreenCount;i++){if(g[i])XFreeGC(appDpy,g[i]);} delete [] g; g = 0; }
+    QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_ro);
+    QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_ro_m);
+    QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_tmp);
+    QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_tmp_m);
+#undef QT_CLEANUP_GC
+
+    delete sip_list;
+    sip_list = 0;
+
+    // Reset the error handlers
+    XSetErrorHandler( original_x_errhandler );
+    XSetIOErrorHandler( original_xio_errhandler );
+
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used && !appForeignDpy )
+	XCloseDisplay( appDpy );		// close X display
+    appDpy = 0;
+
+    qt_x11_wm_client_leader = 0;
+
+    if ( QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr )
+	delete [] QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr;
+    if ( QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr )
+	delete [] QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr;
+    if ( QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr )
+	delete []QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr;
+    if ( QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr )
+	delete [] QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr;
+    if ( QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr )
+	delete [] QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr;
+    if ( QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr )
+	delete [] QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr;
+
+    if ( appForeignDpy ) {
+	delete [] (char *)appName;
+	appName = 0;
+	delete [] (char *)appClass;
+	appClass = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (qt_net_supported_list)
+	delete [] qt_net_supported_list;
+    qt_net_supported_list = 0;
+
+    if (qt_net_virtual_root_list)
+	delete [] qt_net_virtual_root_list;
+    qt_net_virtual_root_list = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Platform specific global and internal functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+void qt_save_rootinfo()				// save new root info
+{
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    unsigned long length, after;
+    uchar *data;
+
+    if ( qt_xsetroot_id ) {			// kill old pixmap
+	if ( XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+				 qt_xsetroot_id, 0, 1,
+				 True, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format,
+				 &length, &after, &data ) == Success ) {
+	    if ( type == XA_PIXMAP && format == 32 && length == 1 &&
+		 after == 0 && data ) {
+		XKillClient( appDpy, *((Pixmap*)data) );
+	    }
+	    Pixmap dummy = XCreatePixmap( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+					  1, 1, 1 );
+	    XChangeProperty( appDpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
+			     qt_xsetroot_id, XA_PIXMAP, 32,
+			     PropModeReplace, (uchar *)&dummy, 1 );
+	    XSetCloseDownMode( appDpy, RetainPermanent );
+	}
+    }
+    if ( data )
+	XFree( (char *)data );
+}
+
+void qt_updated_rootinfo()
+{
+    app_save_rootinfo = TRUE;
+}
+
+bool qt_wstate_iconified( WId winid )
+{
+    Atom type;
+    int format;
+    unsigned long length, after;
+    uchar *data;
+    int r = XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, winid, qt_wm_state, 0, 2,
+				 False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format,
+				 &length, &after, &data );
+    bool iconic = FALSE;
+    if ( r == Success && data && format == 32 ) {
+	// Q_UINT32 *wstate = (Q_UINT32*)data;
+	unsigned long *wstate = (unsigned long *) data;
+	iconic = (*wstate == IconicState );
+	XFree( (char *)data );
+    }
+    return iconic;
+}
+
+const char *qAppName()				// get application name
+{
+    return appName;
+}
+
+const char *qAppClass()				// get application class
+{
+    return appClass;
+}
+
+Display *qt_xdisplay()				// get current X display
+{
+    return appDpy;
+}
+
+int qt_xscreen()				// get current X screen
+{
+    return appScreen;
+}
+
+// ### REMOVE 4.0
+WId qt_xrootwin()				// get X root window
+{
+    return QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow();
+}
+
+WId qt_xrootwin( int scrn )			// get X root window for screen
+{
+    return QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( scrn );
+}
+
+bool qt_nograb()				// application no-grab option
+{
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    return appNoGrab;
+#else
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
+}
+
+static GC create_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome )
+{
+    GC gc;
+    if ( monochrome ) {
+	Pixmap pm = XCreatePixmap( appDpy, RootWindow( appDpy, scrn ), 8, 8, 1 );
+	gc = XCreateGC( appDpy, pm, 0, 0 );
+	XFreePixmap( appDpy, pm );
+    } else {
+	if ( QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( scrn ) ) {
+	    gc = XCreateGC( appDpy, RootWindow( appDpy, scrn ), 0, 0 );
+	} else {
+	    Window w;
+	    XSetWindowAttributes a;
+	    a.background_pixel = Qt::black.pixel( scrn );
+	    a.border_pixel = Qt::black.pixel( scrn );
+	    a.colormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( scrn );
+	    w = XCreateWindow( appDpy, RootWindow( appDpy, scrn ), 0, 0, 100, 100,
+			       0, QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( scrn ), InputOutput,
+			       (Visual*)QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( scrn ),
+			       CWBackPixel|CWBorderPixel|CWColormap, &a );
+	    gc = XCreateGC( appDpy, w, 0, 0 );
+	    XDestroyWindow( appDpy, w );
+	}
+    }
+    XSetGraphicsExposures( appDpy, gc, False );
+    return gc;
+}
+
+GC qt_xget_readonly_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome )	// get read-only GC
+{
+    if ( scrn < 0 || scrn >= appScreenCount ) {
+	qDebug("invalid screen %d %d", scrn, appScreenCount );
+	QWidget* bla = 0;
+	bla->setName("hello");
+    }
+    GC gc;
+    if ( monochrome ) {
+	if ( !app_gc_ro_m )			// create GC for bitmap
+	    memset( (app_gc_ro_m = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
+	if ( !app_gc_ro_m[scrn] )
+	    app_gc_ro_m[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, TRUE );
+	gc = app_gc_ro_m[scrn];
+    } else {					// create standard GC
+	if ( !app_gc_ro )
+	    memset( (app_gc_ro = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
+	if ( !app_gc_ro[scrn] )
+	    app_gc_ro[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, FALSE );
+	gc = app_gc_ro[scrn];
+    }
+    return gc;
+}
+
+GC qt_xget_temp_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome )		// get temporary GC
+{
+    if ( scrn < 0 || scrn >= appScreenCount ) {
+	qDebug("invalid screen (tmp) %d %d", scrn, appScreenCount );
+	QWidget* bla = 0;
+	bla->setName("hello");
+    }
+    GC gc;
+    if ( monochrome ) {
+	if ( !app_gc_tmp_m )			// create GC for bitmap
+	    memset( (app_gc_tmp_m = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
+	if ( !app_gc_tmp_m[scrn] )
+	    app_gc_tmp_m[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, TRUE );
+	gc = app_gc_tmp_m[scrn];
+    } else {					// create standard GC
+	if ( !app_gc_tmp )
+	    memset( (app_gc_tmp = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
+	if ( !app_gc_tmp[scrn] )
+	    app_gc_tmp[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, FALSE );
+	gc = app_gc_tmp[scrn];
+    }
+    return gc;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Platform specific QApplication members
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget() const
+
+    Returns the main application widget, or 0 if there is no main
+    widget.
+
+    \sa setMainWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the application's main widget to \a mainWidget.
+
+    In most respects the main widget is like any other widget, except
+    that if it is closed, the application exits. Note that
+    QApplication does \e not take ownership of the \a mainWidget, so
+    if you create your main widget on the heap you must delete it
+    yourself.
+
+    You need not have a main widget; connecting lastWindowClosed() to
+    quit() is an alternative.
+
+    For X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget
+    according to the \e -geometry command-line option, so you should
+    set the default geometry (using \l QWidget::setGeometry()) before
+    calling setMainWidget().
+
+    \sa mainWidget(), exec(), quit()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setMainWidget( QWidget *mainWidget )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( mainWidget && mainWidget->parentWidget() &&
+	 ! mainWidget->parentWidget()->isDesktop() )
+	qWarning( "QApplication::setMainWidget(): New main widget (%s/%s) "
+		  "has a parent!",
+		  mainWidget->className(), mainWidget->name() );
+#endif
+    main_widget = mainWidget;
+    if ( main_widget ) {			// give WM command line
+	XSetWMProperties( main_widget->x11Display(), main_widget->winId(),
+			  0, 0, app_argv, app_argc, 0, 0, 0 );
+	if ( mwTitle )
+	    XStoreName( main_widget->x11Display(), main_widget->winId(), (char*)mwTitle );
+	if ( mwGeometry ) {			// parse geometry
+	    int x, y;
+	    int w, h;
+	    int m = XParseGeometry( (char*)mwGeometry, &x, &y, (uint*)&w, (uint*)&h );
+	    QSize minSize = main_widget->minimumSize();
+	    QSize maxSize = main_widget->maximumSize();
+	    if ( (m & XValue) == 0 )
+		x = main_widget->geometry().x();
+	    if ( (m & YValue) == 0 )
+		y = main_widget->geometry().y();
+	    if ( (m & WidthValue) == 0 )
+		w = main_widget->width();
+	    if ( (m & HeightValue) == 0 )
+		h = main_widget->height();
+	    w = QMIN(w,maxSize.width());
+	    h = QMIN(h,maxSize.height());
+	    w = QMAX(w,minSize.width());
+	    h = QMAX(h,minSize.height());
+	    if ( (m & XNegative) ) {
+		x = desktop()->width()  + x - w;
+		qt_widget_tlw_gravity = NorthEastGravity;
+	    }
+	    if ( (m & YNegative) ) {
+		y = desktop()->height() + y - h;
+		qt_widget_tlw_gravity = (m & XNegative) ? SouthEastGravity : SouthWestGravity;
+	    }
+	    main_widget->setGeometry( x, y, w, h );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QApplication cursor stack
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+extern void qt_x11_enforce_cursor( QWidget * w );
+
+typedef QPtrList<QCursor> QCursorList;
+
+static QCursorList *cursorStack = 0;
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
+
+    Returns the active application override cursor.
+
+    This function returns 0 if no application cursor has been defined
+    (i.e. the internal cursor stack is empty).
+
+    \sa setOverrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the application override cursor to \a cursor.
+
+    Application override cursors are intended for showing the user
+    that the application is in a special state, for example during an
+    operation that might take some time.
+
+    This cursor will be displayed in all the application's widgets
+    until restoreOverrideCursor() or another setOverrideCursor() is
+    called.
+
+    Application cursors are stored on an internal stack.
+    setOverrideCursor() pushes the cursor onto the stack, and
+    restoreOverrideCursor() pops the active cursor off the stack.
+    Every setOverrideCursor() must eventually be followed by a
+    corresponding restoreOverrideCursor(), otherwise the stack will
+    never be emptied.
+
+    If \a replace is TRUE, the new cursor will replace the last
+    override cursor (the stack keeps its depth). If \a replace is
+    FALSE, the new stack is pushed onto the top of the stack.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QApplication::setOverrideCursor( QCursor(Qt::WaitCursor) );
+	calculateHugeMandelbrot();              // lunch time...
+	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), QWidget::setCursor()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setOverrideCursor( const QCursor &cursor, bool replace )
+{
+    if ( !cursorStack ) {
+	cursorStack = new QCursorList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( cursorStack );
+	cursorStack->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+    app_cursor = new QCursor( cursor );
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( app_cursor );
+    if ( replace )
+	cursorStack->removeLast();
+    cursorStack->append( app_cursor );
+
+    QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+    register QWidget *w;
+    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets that have
+	if ( w->testWState( WState_OwnCursor ) )
+	    qt_x11_enforce_cursor( w );
+	++it;
+    }
+    XFlush( appDpy );				// make X execute it NOW
+}
+
+/*!
+    Undoes the last setOverrideCursor().
+
+    If setOverrideCursor() has been called twice, calling
+    restoreOverrideCursor() will activate the first cursor set.
+    Calling this function a second time restores the original widgets'
+    cursors.
+
+    \sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor().
+*/
+
+void QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor()
+{
+    if ( !cursorStack )				// no cursor stack
+	return;
+    cursorStack->removeLast();
+    app_cursor = cursorStack->last();
+    if ( QWidget::mapper != 0 && !closingDown() ) {
+	QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+	register QWidget *w;
+	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// set back to original cursors
+	    if ( w->testWState( WState_OwnCursor ) )
+		qt_x11_enforce_cursor( w );
+	    ++it;
+	}
+	XFlush( appDpy );
+    }
+    if ( !app_cursor ) {
+	delete cursorStack;
+	cursorStack = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
+
+    Returns TRUE if global mouse tracking is enabled; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setGlobalMouseTracking()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Enables global mouse tracking if \a enable is TRUE, or disables it
+    if \a enable is FALSE.
+
+    Enabling global mouse tracking makes it possible for widget event
+    filters or application event filters to get all mouse move events,
+    even when no button is depressed. This is useful for special GUI
+    elements, e.g. tooltips.
+
+    Global mouse tracking does not affect widgets and their
+    mouseMoveEvent(). For a widget to get mouse move events when no
+    button is depressed, it must do QWidget::setMouseTracking(TRUE).
+
+    This function uses an internal counter. Each
+    setGlobalMouseTracking(TRUE) must have a corresponding
+    setGlobalMouseTracking(FALSE):
+    \code
+	// at this point global mouse tracking is off
+	QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( TRUE );
+	QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( TRUE );
+	QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( FALSE );
+	// at this point it's still on
+	QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( FALSE );
+	// but now it's off
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa hasGlobalMouseTracking(), QWidget::hasMouseTracking()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( bool enable )
+{
+    bool tellAllWidgets;
+    if ( enable ) {
+	tellAllWidgets = (++app_tracking == 1);
+    } else {
+	tellAllWidgets = (--app_tracking == 0);
+    }
+    if ( tellAllWidgets ) {
+	QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)QWidget::mapper) );
+	register QWidget *w;
+	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {
+	    if ( app_tracking > 0 ) {		// switch on
+		if ( !w->testWState(WState_MouseTracking) ) {
+		    w->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
+		    w->clearWState( WState_MouseTracking );
+		}
+	    } else {				// switch off
+		if ( !w->testWState(WState_MouseTracking) ) {
+		    w->setWState( WState_MouseTracking );
+		    w->setMouseTracking( FALSE );
+		}
+	    }
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Routines to find a Qt widget from a screen position
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+Window qt_x11_findClientWindow( Window win, Atom property, bool leaf )
+{
+    Atom   type = None;
+    int	   format, i;
+    ulong  nitems, after;
+    uchar *data;
+    Window root, parent, target=0, *children=0;
+    uint   nchildren;
+    if ( XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, win, property, 0, 0, FALSE, AnyPropertyType,
+			     &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data ) == Success ) {
+	if ( data )
+	    XFree( (char *)data );
+	if ( type )
+	    return win;
+    }
+    if ( !XQueryTree(appDpy,win,&root,&parent,&children,&nchildren) ) {
+	if ( children )
+	    XFree( (char *)children );
+	return 0;
+    }
+    for ( i=nchildren-1; !target && i >= 0; i-- )
+	target = qt_x11_findClientWindow( children[i], property, leaf );
+    if ( children )
+	XFree( (char *)children );
+    return target;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position \a
+    (x, y), or 0 if there is no Qt widget there.
+
+    If \a child is FALSE and there is a child widget at position \a
+    (x, y), the top-level widget containing it is returned. If \a child
+    is TRUE the child widget at position \a (x, y) is returned.
+
+    This function is normally rather slow.
+
+    \sa QCursor::pos(), QWidget::grabMouse(), QWidget::grabKeyboard()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt( int x, int y, bool child )
+{
+    int screen = QCursor::x11Screen();
+    int lx, ly;
+
+    Window target;
+    if ( !XTranslateCoordinates(appDpy,
+				QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
+				QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
+				x, y, &lx, &ly, &target) ) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    if ( !target || target == QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen) )
+	return 0;
+    QWidget *w, *c;
+    w = QWidget::find( (WId)target );
+
+    if ( !w ) {
+	qt_ignore_badwindow();
+	target = qt_x11_findClientWindow( target, qt_wm_state, TRUE );
+	if (qt_badwindow() )
+	    return 0;
+	w = QWidget::find( (WId)target );
+#if 0
+	if ( !w ) {
+	    // Perhaps the widgets at (x,y) is inside a foreign application?
+	    // Search all toplevel widgets to see if one is within target
+	    QWidgetList *list   = topLevelWidgets();
+	    QWidget     *widget = list->first();
+	    while ( widget && !w ) {
+		Window	ctarget = target;
+		if ( widget->isVisible() && !widget->isDesktop() ) {
+		    Window wid = widget->winId();
+		    while ( ctarget && !w ) {
+			XTranslateCoordinates(appDpy,
+					      QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
+					      ctarget, x, y, &lx, &ly, &ctarget);
+			if ( ctarget == wid ) {
+			    // Found
+			    w = widget;
+			    XTranslateCoordinates(appDpy,
+						  QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
+						  ctarget, x, y, &lx, &ly, &ctarget);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		widget = list->next();
+	    }
+	    delete list;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+    if ( child && w ) {
+	if ( (c = w->childAt( w->mapFromGlobal(QPoint(x, y ) ) ) ) )
+	    return c;
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt( const QPoint &pos, bool child )
+
+    Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position \a pos,
+    or 0 if there is no Qt widget there.
+
+    If \a child is FALSE and there is a child widget at position \a
+    pos, the top-level widget containing it is returned. If \a child
+    is TRUE the child widget at position \a pos is returned.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Flushes the X event queue in the X11 implementation. This normally
+    returns almost immediately. Does nothing on other platforms.
+
+    \sa syncX()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::flushX()
+{
+    if ( appDpy )
+	XFlush( appDpy );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Flushes the window system specific event queues.
+
+    If you are doing graphical changes inside a loop that does not
+    return to the event loop on asynchronous window systems like X11
+    or double buffered window systems like MacOS X, and you want to
+    visualize these changes immediately (e.g. Splash Screens), call
+    this function.
+
+    \sa flushX() sendPostedEvents() QPainter::flush()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::flush()
+{
+    flushX();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Synchronizes with the X server in the X11 implementation. This
+    normally takes some time. Does nothing on other platforms.
+
+    \sa flushX()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::syncX()
+{
+    if ( appDpy )
+	XSync( appDpy, False );			// don't discard events
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sounds the bell, using the default volume and sound.
+*/
+
+void QApplication::beep()
+{
+    if ( appDpy )
+	XBell( appDpy, 0 );
+}
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Special lookup functions for windows that have been reparented recently
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static QWidgetIntDict *wPRmapper = 0;		// alternative widget mapper
+
+void qPRCreate( const QWidget *widget, Window oldwin )
+{						// QWidget::reparent mechanism
+    if ( !wPRmapper ) {
+	wPRmapper = new QWidgetIntDict;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( wPRmapper );
+    }
+    wPRmapper->insert( (long)oldwin, widget );	// add old window to mapper
+    QETWidget *w = (QETWidget *)widget;
+    w->setWState( Qt::WState_Reparented );	// set reparented flag
+}
+
+void qPRCleanup( QWidget *widget )
+{
+    QETWidget *etw = (QETWidget *)widget;
+    if ( !(wPRmapper && etw->testWState(Qt::WState_Reparented)) )
+	return;					// not a reparented widget
+    QWidgetIntDictIt it(*wPRmapper);
+    QWidget *w;
+    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {
+	int key = it.currentKey();
+	++it;
+	if ( w == etw ) {                       // found widget
+	    etw->clearWState( Qt::WState_Reparented ); // clear flag
+	    wPRmapper->remove( key );// old window no longer needed
+	    if ( wPRmapper->count() == 0 ) {	// became empty
+		delete wPRmapper;		// then reset alt mapper
+		wPRmapper = 0;
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static QETWidget *qPRFindWidget( Window oldwin )
+{
+    return wPRmapper ? (QETWidget*)wPRmapper->find((long)oldwin) : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+int QApplication::x11ClientMessage(QWidget* w, XEvent* event, bool passive_only)
+{
+    QETWidget *widget = (QETWidget*)w;
+    if ( event->xclient.format == 32 && event->xclient.message_type ) {
+	if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_wm_protocols ) {
+	    Atom a = event->xclient.data.l[0];
+	    if ( a == qt_wm_delete_window ) {
+		if ( passive_only ) return 0;
+		widget->translateCloseEvent(event);
+	    }
+	    else if ( a == qt_wm_take_focus ) {
+		QWidget * amw = activeModalWidget();
+		if ( (ulong) event->xclient.data.l[1] > qt_x_time )
+		    qt_x_time = event->xclient.data.l[1];
+		if ( amw && amw != widget ) {
+		    QWidget* groupLeader = widget;
+		    while ( groupLeader && !groupLeader->testWFlags( Qt::WGroupLeader )
+                            && groupLeader != amw )
+			groupLeader = groupLeader->parentWidget();
+		    if ( !groupLeader ) {
+                        QWidget *p = amw->parentWidget();
+                        while (p && p != widget)
+                            p = p->parentWidget();
+                        if (!p || !qt_net_supported_list)
+			    amw->raise(); // help broken window managers
+			amw->setActiveWindow();
+		    }
+		}
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+	    } else if ( a == qt_net_wm_context_help ) {
+		QWhatsThis::enterWhatsThisMode();
+#endif // QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+	    } else if ( a == qt_net_wm_ping ) {
+		// avoid send/reply loops
+		Window root = QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( w->x11Screen() );
+		if (event->xclient.window != root) {
+		    event->xclient.window = root;
+		    XSendEvent( event->xclient.display, event->xclient.window,
+				False, SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask, event );
+		}
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+	    } else if (a == qt_net_wm_sync_request ) {
+		    widget->handleSyncRequest( event );
+#endif
+	    }
+	} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_qt_scrolldone ) {
+	    widget->translateScrollDoneEvent(event);
+	} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_position ) {
+	    qt_handle_xdnd_position( widget, event, passive_only );
+	} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_enter ) {
+	    qt_handle_xdnd_enter( widget, event, passive_only );
+	} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_status ) {
+	    qt_handle_xdnd_status( widget, event, passive_only );
+	} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_leave ) {
+	    qt_handle_xdnd_leave( widget, event, passive_only );
+	} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_drop ) {
+	    qt_handle_xdnd_drop( widget, event, passive_only );
+	} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_finished ) {
+	    qt_handle_xdnd_finished( widget, event, passive_only );
+	} else {
+	    if ( passive_only ) return 0;
+	    // All other are interactions
+	}
+    } else {
+	qt_motifdnd_handle_msg( widget, event, passive_only );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function does the core processing of individual X
+    \a{event}s, normally by dispatching Qt events to the right
+    destination.
+
+    It returns 1 if the event was consumed by special handling, 0 if
+    the \a event was consumed by normal handling, and -1 if the \a
+    event was for an unrecognized widget.
+
+    \sa x11EventFilter()
+*/
+int QApplication::x11ProcessEvent( XEvent* event )
+{
+    switch ( event->type ) {
+    case ButtonPress:
+	ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE;
+	qt_x_user_time = event->xbutton.time;
+	// fallthrough intended
+    case ButtonRelease:
+	qt_x_time = event->xbutton.time;
+	break;
+    case MotionNotify:
+	qt_x_time = event->xmotion.time;
+	break;
+    case XKeyPress:
+	qt_x_user_time = event->xkey.time;
+	// fallthrough intended
+    case XKeyRelease:
+	qt_x_time = event->xkey.time;
+	break;
+    case PropertyNotify:
+	qt_x_time = event->xproperty.time;
+	break;
+    case EnterNotify:
+    case LeaveNotify:
+	qt_x_time = event->xcrossing.time;
+	break;
+    case SelectionClear:
+	qt_x_time = event->xselectionclear.time;
+	break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+
+    QETWidget *widget = (QETWidget*)QWidget::find( (WId)event->xany.window );
+
+    if ( wPRmapper ) {				// just did a widget reparent?
+	if ( widget == 0 ) {			// not in std widget mapper
+	    switch ( event->type ) {		// only for mouse/key events
+	    case ButtonPress:
+	    case ButtonRelease:
+	    case MotionNotify:
+	    case XKeyPress:
+	    case XKeyRelease:
+		widget = qPRFindWidget( event->xany.window );
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if ( widget->testWState(WState_Reparented) )
+	    qPRCleanup( widget );		// remove from alt mapper
+    }
+
+    QETWidget *keywidget=0;
+    bool grabbed=FALSE;
+    if ( event->type==XKeyPress || event->type==XKeyRelease ) {
+	keywidget = (QETWidget*)QWidget::keyboardGrabber();
+	if ( keywidget ) {
+	    grabbed = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    if ( focus_widget )
+		keywidget = (QETWidget*)focus_widget;
+	    if ( !keywidget ) {
+		if ( inPopupMode() ) // no focus widget, see if we have a popup
+		    keywidget = (QETWidget*) activePopupWidget();
+		else if ( widget )
+		    keywidget = (QETWidget*)widget->topLevelWidget();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    // Filtering input events by the input context. It has to be taken
+    // place before any other key event consumers such as eventfilters
+    // and accelerators because some input methods require quite
+    // various key combination and sequences. It often conflicts with
+    // accelerators and so on, so we must give the input context the
+    // filtering opportunity first to ensure all input methods work
+    // properly regardless of application design.
+
+// #ifndef QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS
+    if( keywidget && keywidget->isEnabled() && keywidget->isInputMethodEnabled() ) {
+// #else
+//    if( keywidget && keywidget->isEnabled() ) {
+// #endif
+	if( ( event->type==XKeyPress || event->type==XKeyRelease ) &&
+	    sm_blockUserInput ) // block user interaction during session management
+	    return TRUE;
+
+        // for XIM handling
+	QInputContext *qic = keywidget->getInputContext();
+	if( qic && qic->x11FilterEvent( keywidget, event ) )
+	    return TRUE;
+
+	// filterEvent() accepts QEvent *event rather than preexpanded key
+	// event attribute values. This is intended to pass other IM-related
+	// events in future. The IM-related events are supposed as
+	// QWheelEvent, QTabletEvent and so on. Other non IM-related events
+	// should not be forwarded to input contexts to prevent weird event
+	// handling.
+	if ( ( event->type == XKeyPress || event->type == XKeyRelease ) ) {
+	    int code = -1;
+	    int count = 0;
+	    int state;
+	    char ascii = 0;
+	    QEvent::Type type;
+	    QString text;
+
+	    keywidget->translateKeyEventInternal( event, count, text,
+						  state, ascii, code, type,
+						  FALSE, FALSE );
+
+	    // both key press/release is required for some complex
+	    // input methods. don't eliminate anything.
+	    QKeyEvent keyevent( type, code, ascii, state, text, FALSE, count );
+
+	    if( qic && qic->filterEvent( &keyevent ) )
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+    } else
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+    {
+	if ( XFilterEvent( event, None ) )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_x11EventFilter(event) )		// send through app filter
+	return 1;
+
+    if ( event->type == MappingNotify ) {	// keyboard mapping changed
+	XRefreshKeyboardMapping( &event->xmapping );
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( event->type == PropertyNotify ) {	// some properties changed
+	if ( event->xproperty.window == QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ) ) {
+	    // root properties for the first screen
+	    if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_clipboard_sentinel ) {
+		if (qt_check_clipboard_sentinel() )
+		    emit clipboard()->dataChanged();
+	    } else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_selection_sentinel ) {
+		if (qt_check_selection_sentinel() )
+		    emit clipboard()->selectionChanged();
+	    } else if ( obey_desktop_settings ) {
+		if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_resource_manager )
+		    qt_set_x11_resources();
+		else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_settings_timestamp )
+		    QApplication::x11_apply_settings();
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( event->xproperty.window == QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow() ) {
+	    // root properties for the default screen
+	    if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_input_encoding ) {
+		qt_set_input_encoding();
+	    } else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_supported ) {
+		qt_get_net_supported();
+	    } else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_virtual_roots ) {
+		qt_get_net_virtual_roots();
+	    } else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_workarea ) {
+		qt_desktopwidget_update_workarea();
+	    }
+	} else if ( widget ) {
+	    widget->translatePropertyEvent(event);
+	}  else {
+	    return -1; // don't know this window
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( !widget ) {				// don't know this windows
+	QWidget* popup = QApplication::activePopupWidget();
+	if ( popup ) {
+
+	    /*
+	      That is more than suboptimal. The real solution should
+	      do some keyevent and buttonevent translation, so that
+	      the popup still continues to work as the user expects.
+	      Unfortunately this translation is currently only
+	      possible with a known widget. I'll change that soon
+	      (Matthias).
+	    */
+
+	    // Danger - make sure we don't lock the server
+	    switch ( event->type ) {
+	    case ButtonPress:
+	    case ButtonRelease:
+	    case XKeyPress:
+	    case XKeyRelease:
+		do {
+		    popup->close();
+		} while ( (popup = qApp->activePopupWidget()) );
+		return 1;
+	    }
+	}
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    if ( event->type == XKeyPress || event->type == XKeyRelease )
+	widget = keywidget; // send XKeyEvents through keywidget->x11Event()
+
+    if ( app_do_modal )				// modal event handling
+	if ( !qt_try_modal(widget, event) ) {
+	    if ( event->type == ClientMessage )
+		x11ClientMessage( widget, event, TRUE );
+	    return 1;
+	}
+
+
+    if ( widget->x11Event(event) )		// send through widget filter
+	return 1;
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+    if ( event->type == xinput_motion ||
+	 event->type == xinput_button_release ||
+	 event->type == xinput_button_press ) {
+	widget->translateXinputEvent( event );
+	return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRANDR
+    if (event->type == xrandr_eventbase + RRScreenChangeNotify
+	|| ( event->type == ConfigureNotify && event->xconfigure.window == QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow())) {
+	// update Xlib internals with the latest screen configuration
+	XRRUpdateConfiguration(event);
+
+	// update the size for desktop widget
+	int scr = XRRRootToScreen( appDpy, event->xany.window );
+	QWidget *w = desktop()->screen( scr );
+	QSize oldSize( w->size() );
+	w->crect.setWidth( DisplayWidth( appDpy, scr ) );
+        w->crect.setHeight( DisplayHeight( appDpy, scr ) );
+	if ( w->size() != oldSize ) {
+	    QResizeEvent e( w->size(), oldSize );
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( w, &e );
+	    emit desktop()->resized( scr );
+	}
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_XRANDR
+
+    switch ( event->type ) {
+
+    case ButtonRelease:			// mouse event
+	if ( ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent ) {
+	    ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+	// fall through intended
+    case ButtonPress:
+	if (event->xbutton.root != RootWindow(widget->x11Display(), widget->x11Screen())
+	    && ! qt_xdnd_dragging) {
+	    while ( activePopupWidget() )
+		activePopupWidget()->close();
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	if (event->type == ButtonPress)
+	    qt_net_update_user_time(widget->topLevelWidget());
+	// fall through intended
+    case MotionNotify:
+#if defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+	if ( !chokeMouse ) {
+#endif
+	    widget->translateMouseEvent( event );
+#if defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+	} else {
+	    chokeMouse = FALSE;
+	}
+#endif
+	break;
+
+    case XKeyPress:				// keyboard event
+	qt_net_update_user_time(widget->topLevelWidget());
+	// fallthrough intended
+    case XKeyRelease:
+	{
+	    if ( keywidget && keywidget->isEnabled() ) { // should always exist
+	        // qDebug( "sending key event" );
+	        keywidget->translateKeyEvent( event, grabbed );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+
+    case GraphicsExpose:
+    case Expose:				// paint event
+	widget->translatePaintEvent( event );
+	break;
+
+    case ConfigureNotify:			// window move/resize event
+	if ( event->xconfigure.event == event->xconfigure.window )
+	    widget->translateConfigEvent( event );
+	break;
+
+    case XFocusIn: {				// got focus
+	if ( widget->isDesktop() )
+	    break;
+	if ( inPopupMode() ) // some delayed focus event to ignore
+	    break;
+	if ( !widget->isTopLevel() )
+	    break;
+	if ( event->xfocus.detail != NotifyAncestor &&
+	     event->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior &&
+	     event->xfocus.detail != NotifyNonlinear )
+	    break;
+	widget->createInputContext();
+	setActiveWindow( widget );
+	if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot ) {
+	    // We got real input focus from somewhere, but we were in PointerRoot
+	    // mode, so we don't trust this event.  Check the focus model to make
+	    // sure we know what focus mode we are using...
+	    qt_check_focus_model();
+	}
+    }
+	break;
+
+    case XFocusOut:				// lost focus
+	if ( widget->isDesktop() )
+	    break;
+	if ( !widget->isTopLevel() )
+	    break;
+	if ( event->xfocus.mode == NotifyGrab )
+	    qt_xfocusout_grab_counter++;
+	if ( event->xfocus.mode != NotifyNormal )
+	    break;
+	if ( event->xfocus.detail != NotifyAncestor &&
+	     event->xfocus.detail != NotifyNonlinearVirtual &&
+	     event->xfocus.detail != NotifyNonlinear )
+	    break;
+	if ( !inPopupMode() && widget == active_window )
+	    setActiveWindow( 0 );
+	break;
+
+    case EnterNotify: {			// enter window
+	if ( QWidget::mouseGrabber()  && widget != QWidget::mouseGrabber() )
+	    break;
+	if ( inPopupMode() && widget->topLevelWidget() != activePopupWidget() )
+	    break;
+	if ( event->xcrossing.mode != NotifyNormal ||
+	     event->xcrossing.detail == NotifyVirtual  ||
+	     event->xcrossing.detail == NotifyNonlinearVirtual )
+	    break;
+	if ( event->xcrossing.focus &&
+	     !widget->isDesktop() && !widget->isActiveWindow() ) {
+	    if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_Unknown ) // check focus model
+		qt_check_focus_model();
+	    if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot ) // PointerRoot mode
+		setActiveWindow( widget );
+	}
+	qt_dispatchEnterLeave( widget, QWidget::find( curWin ) );
+	curWin = widget->winId();
+	widget->translateMouseEvent( event ); //we don't get MotionNotify, emulate it
+    }
+	break;
+
+    case LeaveNotify: {			// leave window
+	if ( QWidget::mouseGrabber()  && widget != QWidget::mouseGrabber() )
+	    break;
+	if ( curWin && widget->winId() != curWin )
+	    break;
+	if ( event->xcrossing.mode != NotifyNormal )
+	    break;
+	if ( !widget->isDesktop() )
+	    widget->translateMouseEvent( event ); //we don't get MotionNotify, emulate it
+
+	QWidget* enter = 0;
+	XEvent ev;
+	while ( XCheckMaskEvent( widget->x11Display(), EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask , &ev )
+		&& !qt_x11EventFilter( &ev )) {
+            QWidget* event_widget = QWidget::find( ev.xcrossing.window );
+            if( event_widget && event_widget->x11Event( &ev ) )
+                break;
+	    if ( ev.type == LeaveNotify && ev.xcrossing.mode == NotifyNormal ){
+		enter = event_widget;
+		XPutBackEvent( widget->x11Display(), &ev );
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (  ev.xcrossing.mode != NotifyNormal ||
+		  ev.xcrossing.detail == NotifyVirtual  ||
+		  ev.xcrossing.detail == NotifyNonlinearVirtual )
+		continue;
+	    enter = event_widget;
+	    if ( ev.xcrossing.focus &&
+		 enter && !enter->isDesktop() && !enter->isActiveWindow() ) {
+		if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_Unknown ) // check focus model
+		    qt_check_focus_model();
+		if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot ) // PointerRoot mode
+		    setActiveWindow( enter );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ( ! enter || enter->isDesktop() ) &&
+	     event->xcrossing.focus && widget == active_window &&
+	     qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot // PointerRoot mode
+	     ) {
+	    setActiveWindow( 0 );
+	}
+
+	if ( !curWin )
+	    qt_dispatchEnterLeave( widget, 0 );
+
+	qt_dispatchEnterLeave( enter, widget );
+	curWin = enter ? enter->winId() : 0;
+    }
+	break;
+
+    case UnmapNotify:				// window hidden
+	if ( widget->isTopLevel() && widget->isShown() ) {
+	    widget->topData()->spont_unmapped = 1;
+	    QHideEvent e;
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
+	    widget->hideChildren( TRUE );
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case MapNotify:				// window shown
+	if ( widget->isTopLevel() &&
+	     widget->topData()->spont_unmapped ) {
+	    widget->topData()->spont_unmapped = 0;
+	    widget->showChildren( TRUE );
+	    QShowEvent e;
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case ClientMessage:			// client message
+	return x11ClientMessage(widget,event,False);
+
+    case ReparentNotify:			// window manager reparents
+	while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( widget->x11Display(),
+					widget->winId(),
+					ReparentNotify,
+					event ) )
+	    ;	// skip old reparent events
+	if ( event->xreparent.parent == QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow() ) {
+	    if ( widget->isTopLevel() ) {
+		widget->topData()->parentWinId = event->xreparent.parent;
+		if ( qt_deferred_map_contains( widget ) ) {
+		    qt_deferred_map_take( widget );
+		    XMapWindow( appDpy, widget->winId() );
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+	    // store the parent. Useful for many things, embedding for instance.
+	    widget->topData()->parentWinId = event->xreparent.parent;
+	if ( widget->isTopLevel() ) {
+	    // the widget frame strut should also be invalidated
+	    widget->topData()->fleft = widget->topData()->fright =
+	     widget->topData()->ftop = widget->topData()->fbottom = 0;
+
+	    if ( qt_focus_model != FocusModel_Unknown ) {
+		// toplevel reparented...
+		QWidget *newparent = QWidget::find( event->xreparent.parent );
+		if ( ! newparent || newparent->isDesktop() ) {
+		    // we dont' know about the new parent (or we've been
+		    // reparented to root), perhaps a window manager
+		    // has been (re)started?  reset the focus model to unknown
+		    qt_focus_model = FocusModel_Unknown;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case SelectionRequest: {
+	XSelectionRequestEvent *req = &event->xselectionrequest;
+	if (! req)
+	    break;
+
+	if ( qt_xdnd_selection && req->selection == qt_xdnd_selection ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_handle_selection_request( req );
+
+	} else if (qt_clipboard) {
+	    QCustomEvent e( QEvent::Clipboard, event );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( qt_clipboard, &e );
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    case SelectionClear: {
+	XSelectionClearEvent *req = &event->xselectionclear;
+	// don't deliver dnd events to the clipboard, it gets confused
+	if (! req || qt_xdnd_selection && req->selection == qt_xdnd_selection)
+	    break;
+
+	if (qt_clipboard) {
+	    QCustomEvent e( QEvent::Clipboard, event );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( qt_clipboard, &e );
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    case SelectionNotify: {
+	XSelectionEvent *req = &event->xselection;
+	// don't deliver dnd events to the clipboard, it gets confused
+	if (! req || qt_xdnd_selection && req->selection == qt_xdnd_selection)
+	    break;
+
+	if (qt_clipboard) {
+	    QCustomEvent e( QEvent::Clipboard, event );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( qt_clipboard, &e );
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This virtual function is only implemented under X11.
+
+    If you create an application that inherits QApplication and
+    reimplement this function, you get direct access to all X events
+    that the are received from the X server.
+
+    Return TRUE if you want to stop the event from being processed.
+    Return FALSE for normal event dispatching.
+
+    \sa x11ProcessEvent()
+*/
+
+bool QApplication::x11EventFilter( XEvent * )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Modal widgets; Since Xlib has little support for this we roll our own
+  modal widget mechanism.
+  A modal widget without a parent becomes application-modal.
+  A modal widget with a parent becomes modal to its parent and grandparents..
+
+  qt_enter_modal()
+	Enters modal state
+	Arguments:
+	    QWidget *widget	A modal widget
+
+  qt_leave_modal()
+	Leaves modal state for a widget
+	Arguments:
+	    QWidget *widget	A modal widget
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+bool qt_modal_state()
+{
+    return app_do_modal;
+}
+
+void qt_enter_modal( QWidget *widget )
+{
+    if ( !qt_modal_stack ) {			// create modal stack
+	qt_modal_stack = new QWidgetList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( qt_modal_stack );
+    }
+    if (widget->parentWidget()) {
+	QEvent e(QEvent::WindowBlocked);
+	QApplication::sendEvent(widget->parentWidget(), &e);
+    }
+
+    qt_dispatchEnterLeave( 0, QWidget::find((WId)curWin) );
+    qt_modal_stack->insert( 0, widget );
+    app_do_modal = TRUE;
+    curWin = 0;
+    ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+void qt_leave_modal( QWidget *widget )
+{
+    if ( qt_modal_stack && qt_modal_stack->removeRef(widget) ) {
+	if ( qt_modal_stack->isEmpty() ) {
+	    delete qt_modal_stack;
+	    qt_modal_stack = 0;
+	    QPoint p( QCursor::pos() );
+	    QWidget* w = QApplication::widgetAt( p.x(), p.y(), TRUE );
+	    qt_dispatchEnterLeave( w, QWidget::find( curWin ) ); // send synthetic enter event
+	    curWin = w? w->winId() : 0;
+	}
+    }
+    app_do_modal = qt_modal_stack != 0;
+    ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = TRUE;
+
+    if (widget->parentWidget()) {
+	QEvent e(QEvent::WindowUnblocked);
+	QApplication::sendEvent(widget->parentWidget(), &e);
+    }
+}
+
+
+bool qt_try_modal( QWidget *widget, XEvent *event )
+{
+    if (qt_xdnd_dragging) {
+	// allow mouse events while DnD is active
+	switch (event->type) {
+	case ButtonPress:
+	case ButtonRelease:
+	case MotionNotify:
+	    return TRUE;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_tryModalHelper( widget ) )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    bool block_event  = FALSE;
+    switch ( event->type ) {
+	case ButtonPress:			// disallow mouse/key events
+	case ButtonRelease:
+	case MotionNotify:
+	case XKeyPress:
+	case XKeyRelease:
+	case EnterNotify:
+	case LeaveNotify:
+	case ClientMessage:
+	    block_event	 = TRUE;
+	    break;
+    	default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return !block_event;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Popup widget mechanism
+
+  openPopup()
+	Adds a widget to the list of popup widgets
+	Arguments:
+	    QWidget *widget	The popup widget to be added
+
+  closePopup()
+	Removes a widget from the list of popup widgets
+	Arguments:
+	    QWidget *widget	The popup widget to be removed
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+static int openPopupCount = 0;
+void QApplication::openPopup( QWidget *popup )
+{
+    openPopupCount++;
+    if ( !popupWidgets ) {			// create list
+	popupWidgets = new QWidgetList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( popupWidgets );
+    }
+    popupWidgets->append( popup );		// add to end of list
+
+    if ( popupWidgets->count() == 1 && !qt_nograb() ){ // grab mouse/keyboard
+	int r = XGrabKeyboard( popup->x11Display(), popup->winId(), FALSE,
+			       GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync, CurrentTime );
+	if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) ) {
+	    r = XGrabPointer( popup->x11Display(), popup->winId(), TRUE,
+			      (uint)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
+				     ButtonMotionMask | EnterWindowMask |
+				     LeaveWindowMask | PointerMotionMask),
+			      GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync,
+			      None, None, CurrentTime );
+
+	    if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) )
+		XAllowEvents( popup->x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
+	    else
+		XUngrabKeyboard( popup->x11Display(), CurrentTime );
+	}
+    } else if ( popupGrabOk ) {
+	XAllowEvents(  popup->x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
+    }
+
+    // popups are not focus-handled by the window system (the first
+    // popup grabbed the keyboard), so we have to do that manually: A
+    // new popup gets the focus
+    QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::Popup );
+    if ( popup->focusWidget())
+	popup->focusWidget()->setFocus();
+    else
+	popup->setFocus();
+    QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+}
+
+void QApplication::closePopup( QWidget *popup )
+{
+    if ( !popupWidgets )
+	return;
+    popupWidgets->removeRef( popup );
+    if (popup == popupOfPopupButtonFocus) {
+	popupButtonFocus = 0;
+	popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
+    }
+    if ( popupWidgets->count() == 0 ) {		// this was the last popup
+	popupCloseDownMode = TRUE;		// control mouse events
+	delete popupWidgets;
+	popupWidgets = 0;
+	if ( !qt_nograb() && popupGrabOk ) {	// grabbing not disabled
+	    if ( mouseButtonState != 0
+		 || popup->geometry(). contains(QPoint(mouseGlobalXPos, mouseGlobalYPos) ) )
+		{	// mouse release event or inside
+		    XAllowEvents( popup->x11Display(), AsyncPointer,
+				  CurrentTime );
+	    } else {				// mouse press event
+		mouseButtonPressTime -= 10000;	// avoid double click
+		XAllowEvents( popup->x11Display(), ReplayPointer,CurrentTime );
+	    }
+	    XUngrabPointer( popup->x11Display(), CurrentTime );
+	    XFlush( popup->x11Display() );
+	}
+	if ( active_window ) {
+	    QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::Popup );
+	    if ( active_window->focusWidget() )
+		active_window->focusWidget()->setFocus();
+	    else
+		active_window->setFocus();
+	    QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+	}
+    } else {
+	// popups are not focus-handled by the window system (the
+	// first popup grabbed the keyboard), so we have to do that
+	// manually: A popup was closed, so the previous popup gets
+	// the focus.
+	 QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::Popup );
+	 QWidget* aw = popupWidgets->getLast();
+	 if (aw->focusWidget())
+	     aw->focusWidget()->setFocus();
+	 else
+	     aw->setFocus();
+	 QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+	 if ( popupWidgets->count() == 1 && !qt_nograb() ){ // grab mouse/keyboard
+	     int r = XGrabKeyboard( aw->x11Display(), aw->winId(), FALSE,
+				    GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync, CurrentTime );
+	     if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) ) {
+		 r = XGrabPointer( aw->x11Display(), aw->winId(), TRUE,
+				   (uint)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
+					  ButtonMotionMask | EnterWindowMask |
+					  LeaveWindowMask | PointerMotionMask),
+				   GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync,
+				   None, None, CurrentTime );
+
+		 if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) )
+		     XAllowEvents( aw->x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
+	     }
+	 }
+     }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Event translation; translates X11 events to Qt events
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+// Mouse event translation
+//
+// Xlib doesn't give mouse double click events, so we generate them by
+// comparing window, time and position between two mouse press events.
+//
+
+//
+// Keyboard event translation
+//
+
+int qt_x11_translateButtonState( int s )
+{
+    int bst = 0;
+    if ( s & Button1Mask )
+	bst |= Qt::LeftButton;
+    if ( s & Button2Mask )
+	bst |= Qt::MidButton;
+    if ( s & Button3Mask )
+	bst |= Qt::RightButton;
+    if ( s & ShiftMask )
+	bst |= Qt::ShiftButton;
+    if ( s & ControlMask )
+	bst |= Qt::ControlButton;
+    if ( s & qt_alt_mask )
+	bst |= Qt::AltButton;
+    if ( s & qt_meta_mask )
+	bst |= Qt::MetaButton;
+    return bst;
+}
+
+bool QETWidget::translateMouseEvent( const XEvent *event )
+{
+    static bool manualGrab = FALSE;
+    QEvent::Type type;				// event parameters
+    QPoint pos;
+    QPoint globalPos;
+    int button = 0;
+    int state;
+    XEvent nextEvent;
+
+    if ( sm_blockUserInput ) // block user interaction during session management
+	return TRUE;
+
+    static int x_root_save = -1, y_root_save = -1;
+
+    if ( event->type == MotionNotify ) { // mouse move
+	if (event->xmotion.root != RootWindow(appDpy, x11Screen()) &&
+	    ! qt_xdnd_dragging )
+	    return FALSE;
+
+	XMotionEvent lastMotion = event->xmotion;
+	while( XPending( appDpy ) )  { // compres mouse moves
+	    XNextEvent( appDpy, &nextEvent );
+	    if ( nextEvent.type == ConfigureNotify
+		 || nextEvent.type == PropertyNotify
+		 || nextEvent.type == Expose
+		 || nextEvent.type == NoExpose ) {
+		qApp->x11ProcessEvent( &nextEvent );
+		continue;
+	    } else if ( nextEvent.type != MotionNotify ||
+			nextEvent.xmotion.window != event->xmotion.window ||
+			nextEvent.xmotion.state != event->xmotion.state ) {
+		XPutBackEvent( appDpy, &nextEvent );
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if ( !qt_x11EventFilter(&nextEvent)
+		 && !x11Event( &nextEvent ) ) // send event through filter
+		lastMotion = nextEvent.xmotion;
+	    else
+		break;
+	}
+	type = QEvent::MouseMove;
+	pos.rx() = lastMotion.x;
+	pos.ry() = lastMotion.y;
+	globalPos.rx() = lastMotion.x_root;
+	globalPos.ry() = lastMotion.y_root;
+	state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( lastMotion.state );
+	if ( qt_button_down && (state & (LeftButton |
+					 MidButton |
+					 RightButton ) ) == 0 )
+	    qt_button_down = 0;
+
+	// throw away mouse move events that are sent multiple times to the same
+	// position
+	bool throw_away = FALSE;
+	if ( x_root_save == globalPos.x() &&
+	     y_root_save == globalPos.y() )
+	    throw_away = TRUE;
+	x_root_save = globalPos.x();
+	y_root_save = globalPos.y();
+	if ( throw_away )
+	    return TRUE;
+    } else if ( event->type == EnterNotify || event->type == LeaveNotify) {
+	XEvent *xevent = (XEvent *)event;
+	//unsigned int xstate = event->xcrossing.state;
+	type = QEvent::MouseMove;
+	pos.rx() = xevent->xcrossing.x;
+	pos.ry() = xevent->xcrossing.y;
+	globalPos.rx() = xevent->xcrossing.x_root;
+	globalPos.ry() = xevent->xcrossing.y_root;
+	state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( xevent->xcrossing.state );
+	if ( qt_button_down && (state & (LeftButton |
+					 MidButton |
+					 RightButton ) ) == 0 )
+	    qt_button_down = 0;
+	if ( !qt_button_down )
+	    state = state & ~(LeftButton | MidButton | RightButton );
+    } else {					// button press or release
+	pos.rx() = event->xbutton.x;
+	pos.ry() = event->xbutton.y;
+	globalPos.rx() = event->xbutton.x_root;
+	globalPos.ry() = event->xbutton.y_root;
+	state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( event->xbutton.state );
+	switch ( event->xbutton.button ) {
+	case Button1: button = LeftButton; break;
+	case Button2: button = MidButton; break;
+	case Button3: button = RightButton; break;
+	case Button4:
+	case Button5:
+	case 6:
+	case 7:
+	    // the fancy mouse wheel.
+
+	    // take care about grabbing. We do this here since it
+	    // is clear that we return anyway
+	    if ( qApp->inPopupMode() && popupGrabOk )
+		XAllowEvents( x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
+
+	    // We are only interested in ButtonPress.
+	    if (event->type == ButtonPress ){
+
+		// compress wheel events (the X Server will simply
+		// send a button press for each single notch,
+		// regardless whether the application can catch up
+		// or not)
+		int delta = 1;
+		XEvent xevent;
+		while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(),winId(),
+					       ButtonPress,&xevent) ){
+		    if (xevent.xbutton.button != event->xbutton.button){
+			XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &xevent);
+			break;
+		    }
+		    delta++;
+		}
+
+		// the delta is defined as multiples of
+		// WHEEL_DELTA, which is set to 120. Future wheels
+		// may offer a finer-resolution. A positive delta
+		// indicates forward rotation, a negative one
+		// backward rotation respectively.
+		int btn = event->xbutton.button;
+		delta *= 120 * ( (btn == Button4 || btn == 6) ? 1 : -1 );
+		bool hor = ( (btn == Button4 || btn == Button5) && (state&AltButton) ||
+			     (btn == 6 || btn == 7) );
+		translateWheelEvent( globalPos.x(), globalPos.y(), delta, state, (hor)?Horizontal:Vertical );
+	    }
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	if ( event->type == ButtonPress ) {	// mouse button pressed
+#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX) && defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+	    XEvent myEv;
+	    if ( XCheckTypedEvent( appDpy, xinput_button_press, &myEv ) ) {
+		if ( translateXinputEvent( &myEv ) ) {
+		    //Spontaneous event sent.  Check if we need to continue.
+		    if ( chokeMouse ) {
+			chokeMouse = FALSE;
+			return FALSE;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	    qt_button_down = childAt( pos );	//magic for masked widgets
+	    if ( !qt_button_down || !qt_button_down->testWFlags(WMouseNoMask) )
+		qt_button_down = this;
+	    if ( mouseActWindow == event->xbutton.window &&
+		 mouseButtonPressed == button &&
+		 (long)event->xbutton.time -(long)mouseButtonPressTime
+		 < QApplication::doubleClickInterval() &&
+		 QABS(event->xbutton.x - mouseXPos) < 5 &&
+		 QABS(event->xbutton.y - mouseYPos) < 5 ) {
+		type = QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick;
+		mouseButtonPressTime -= 2000;	// no double-click next time
+	    } else {
+		type = QEvent::MouseButtonPress;
+		mouseButtonPressTime = event->xbutton.time;
+	    }
+	    mouseButtonPressed = button;	// save event params for
+	    mouseXPos = pos.x();		// future double click tests
+	    mouseYPos = pos.y();
+	    mouseGlobalXPos = globalPos.x();
+	    mouseGlobalYPos = globalPos.y();
+	} else {				// mouse button released
+#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX) && defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+	    XEvent myEv;
+	    if ( XCheckTypedEvent( appDpy, xinput_button_release, &myEv ) ) {
+		if ( translateXinputEvent( &myEv ) ) {
+		    //Spontaneous event sent.  Check if we need to continue.
+		    if ( chokeMouse ) {
+			chokeMouse = FALSE;
+			return FALSE;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	    if ( manualGrab ) {			// release manual grab
+		manualGrab = FALSE;
+		XUngrabPointer( x11Display(), CurrentTime );
+		XFlush( x11Display() );
+	    }
+
+	    type = QEvent::MouseButtonRelease;
+	}
+    }
+    mouseActWindow = winId();			// save some event params
+    mouseButtonState = state;
+    if ( type == 0 )				// don't send event
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( qApp->inPopupMode() ) {			// in popup mode
+	QWidget *popup = qApp->activePopupWidget();
+	if ( popup != this ) {
+	    if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) && rect().contains(pos) )
+		popup = this;
+	    else				// send to last popup
+		pos = popup->mapFromGlobal( globalPos );
+	}
+	bool releaseAfter = FALSE;
+	QWidget *popupChild  = popup->childAt( pos );
+	QWidget *popupTarget = popupChild ? popupChild : popup;
+
+	if (popup != popupOfPopupButtonFocus){
+	    popupButtonFocus = 0;
+	    popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
+	}
+
+	if ( !popupTarget->isEnabled() ) {
+	    if ( popupGrabOk )
+		XAllowEvents( x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
+	}
+
+	switch ( type ) {
+	case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+	case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+	    popupButtonFocus = popupChild;
+	    popupOfPopupButtonFocus = popup;
+	    break;
+	case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+	    releaseAfter = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;				// nothing for mouse move
+	}
+
+	Display* dpy = x11Display(); // store display, send() may destroy us
+
+
+	int oldOpenPopupCount = openPopupCount;
+
+	if ( popupButtonFocus ) {
+	    QMouseEvent e( type, popupButtonFocus->mapFromGlobal(globalPos),
+			   globalPos, button, state );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popupButtonFocus, &e );
+	    if ( releaseAfter ) {
+		popupButtonFocus = 0;
+		popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
+	    }
+	} else if ( popupChild ) {
+	    QMouseEvent e( type, popupChild->mapFromGlobal(globalPos),
+			   globalPos, button, state );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popupChild, &e );
+	} else {
+	    QMouseEvent e( type, pos, globalPos, button, state );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popup, &e );
+	}
+
+	if ( type == QEvent::MouseButtonPress && button == RightButton && ( openPopupCount == oldOpenPopupCount ) ) {
+	    QWidget *popupEvent = popup;
+	    if(popupButtonFocus)
+		popupEvent = popupButtonFocus;
+	    else if(popupChild)
+		popupEvent = popupChild;
+	    QContextMenuEvent e( QContextMenuEvent::Mouse, pos, globalPos, state );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popupEvent, &e );
+	}
+
+	if ( releaseAfter )
+	    qt_button_down = 0;
+
+	if ( qApp->inPopupMode() ) { // still in popup mode
+	    if ( popupGrabOk )
+		XAllowEvents( dpy, SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
+	} else {
+	    if ( type != QEvent::MouseButtonRelease && state != 0 &&
+		 QWidget::find((WId)mouseActWindow) ) {
+		manualGrab = TRUE;		// need to manually grab
+		XGrabPointer( dpy, mouseActWindow, False,
+			      (uint)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
+				     ButtonMotionMask |
+				     EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask),
+			      GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync,
+			      None, None, CurrentTime );
+	    }
+	}
+
+    } else {
+	QWidget *widget = this;
+	QWidget *w = QWidget::mouseGrabber();
+	if ( !w )
+	    w = qt_button_down;
+	if ( w && w != this ) {
+	    widget = w;
+	    pos = w->mapFromGlobal( globalPos );
+	}
+
+	if ( popupCloseDownMode ) {
+	    popupCloseDownMode = FALSE;
+	    if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) )	// ignore replayed event
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+
+	if ( type == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease &&
+	     (state & (~button) & ( LeftButton |
+				    MidButton |
+				    RightButton)) == 0 ) {
+	    qt_button_down = 0;
+	}
+
+	int oldOpenPopupCount = openPopupCount;
+
+	QMouseEvent e( type, pos, globalPos, button, state );
+	QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
+
+	if ( type == QEvent::MouseButtonPress && button == RightButton && ( openPopupCount == oldOpenPopupCount ) ) {
+	    QContextMenuEvent e( QContextMenuEvent::Mouse, pos, globalPos, state );
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+//
+// Wheel event translation
+//
+bool QETWidget::translateWheelEvent( int global_x, int global_y, int delta, int state, Orientation orient )
+{
+    // send the event to the widget or its ancestors
+    {
+	QWidget* popup = qApp->activePopupWidget();
+	if ( popup && topLevelWidget() != popup )
+	    popup->close();
+	QWheelEvent e( mapFromGlobal(QPoint( global_x, global_y)),
+		       QPoint(global_x, global_y), delta, state, orient );
+	if ( QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e ) )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // send the event to the widget that has the focus or its ancestors, if different
+    QWidget *w = this;
+    if ( w != qApp->focusWidget() && ( w = qApp->focusWidget() ) ) {
+	QWidget* popup = qApp->activePopupWidget();
+	if ( popup && w != popup )
+	    popup->hide();
+	QWheelEvent e( mapFromGlobal(QPoint( global_x, global_y)),
+		       QPoint(global_x, global_y), delta, state, orient );
+	if ( QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e ) )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+//
+// XInput Translation Event
+//
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+bool QETWidget::translateXinputEvent( const XEvent *ev )
+{
+#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
+    // Wacom has put defines in their wacom.h file so it would be quite wise
+    // to use them, need to think of a decent way of not using
+    // it when it doesn't exist...
+    XDeviceState *s;
+    XInputClass *iClass;
+    XValuatorState *vs;
+    int j;
+#endif
+    QWidget *w = this;
+    QPoint global,
+	curr;
+    static int pressure = 0;
+    static int xTilt = 0,
+	       yTilt = 0;
+    int deviceType = QTabletEvent::NoDevice;
+    QPair<int, int> tId;
+    XEvent xinputMotionEvent;
+    XEvent mouseMotionEvent;
+    XDevice *dev;
+    const XDeviceMotionEvent *motion = 0;
+    XDeviceButtonEvent *button = 0;
+    QEvent::Type t;
+
+    if ( ev->type == xinput_motion ) {
+	motion = (const XDeviceMotionEvent*)ev;
+	for (;;) {
+	    if (!XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(), winId(), MotionNotify, &mouseMotionEvent))
+		break;
+	    if (!XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(), winId(), xinput_motion, &xinputMotionEvent)) {
+		XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &mouseMotionEvent);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (mouseMotionEvent.xmotion.time != motion->time) {
+		XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &mouseMotionEvent);
+		XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &xinputMotionEvent);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    motion = ((const XDeviceMotionEvent*)&xinputMotionEvent);
+	}
+	t = QEvent::TabletMove;
+	curr = QPoint( motion->x, motion->y );
+    } else {
+	if ( ev->type == xinput_button_press ) {
+	    t = QEvent::TabletPress;
+        } else {
+	    t = QEvent::TabletRelease;
+	}
+	button = (XDeviceButtonEvent*)ev;
+/*
+	qDebug( "\n\nXInput Button Event" );
+	qDebug( "serial:\t%d", button->serial );
+	qDebug( "send_event:\t%d", button->send_event );
+	qDebug( "display:\t%p", button->display );
+	qDebug( "window:\t%d", button->window );
+	qDebug( "deviceID:\t%d", button->deviceid );
+	qDebug( "root:\t%d", button->root );
+	qDebug( "subwindot:\t%d", button->subwindow );
+	qDebug( "x:\t%d", button->x );
+	qDebug( "y:\t%d", button->y );
+	qDebug( "x_root:\t%d", button->x_root );
+	qDebug( "y_root:\t%d", button->y_root );
+	qDebug( "state:\t%d", button->state );
+	qDebug( "button:\t%d", button->button );
+	qDebug( "same_screen:\t%d", button->same_screen );
+	qDebug( "time:\t%d", button->time );
+*/
+	curr = QPoint( button->x, button->y );
+    }
+#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
+    // default...
+    dev = devStylus;
+#else
+    if ( ev->type == xinput_motion ) {
+	if ( motion->deviceid == devStylus->device_id ) {
+	    dev = devStylus;
+	    deviceType = QTabletEvent::Stylus;
+	} else if ( motion->deviceid == devEraser->device_id ) {
+	    dev = devEraser;
+	    deviceType = QTabletEvent::Eraser;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( button->deviceid == devStylus->device_id ) {
+	    dev = devStylus;
+	    deviceType = QTabletEvent::Stylus;
+	} else if ( button->deviceid == devEraser->device_id ) {
+	    dev = devEraser;
+	    deviceType = QTabletEvent::Eraser;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    const int PRESSURE_LEVELS = 255;
+    // we got the maximum pressure at start time, since various tablets have
+    // varying levels of distinguishing pressure changes, let's standardize and
+    // scale everything to 256 different levels...
+    static int scaleFactor = -1;
+    if ( scaleFactor == -1 ) {
+	if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
+	    scaleFactor = max_pressure / PRESSURE_LEVELS;
+	else
+	    scaleFactor = PRESSURE_LEVELS / max_pressure;
+    }
+#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
+    s = XQueryDeviceState( appDpy, dev );
+    if ( s == NULL )
+        return FALSE;
+    iClass = s->data;
+    for ( j = 0; j < s->num_classes; j++ ) {
+        if ( iClass->c_class == ValuatorClass ) {
+            vs = (XValuatorState *)iClass;
+            // figure out what device we have, based on bitmasking...
+            if ( vs->valuators[WAC_TRANSDUCER_I]
+                 & WAC_TRANSDUCER_PROX_MSK ) {
+                switch ( vs->valuators[WAC_TRANSDUCER_I]
+                         & WAC_TRANSDUCER_MSK ) {
+                case WAC_PUCK_ID:
+                    deviceType = QTabletEvent::Puck;
+                    break;
+                case WAC_STYLUS_ID:
+                    deviceType = QTabletEvent::Stylus;
+                    break;
+                case WAC_ERASER_ID:
+                    deviceType = QTabletEvent::Eraser;
+                    break;
+                }
+                // Get a Unique Id for the device, Wacom gives us this ability
+                tId.first = vs->valuators[WAC_TRANSDUCER_I] & WAC_TRANSDUCER_ID_MSK;
+                tId.second = vs->valuators[WAC_SERIAL_NUM_I];
+            } else
+                deviceType = QTabletEvent::NoDevice;
+            // apparently Wacom needs a cast for the +/- values to make sense
+            xTilt = short(vs->valuators[WAC_XTILT_I]);
+            yTilt = short(vs->valuators[WAC_YTILT_I]);
+            if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
+                pressure = vs->valuators[WAC_PRESSURE_I] / scaleFactor;
+            else
+                pressure = vs->valuators[WAC_PRESSURE_I] * scaleFactor;
+	    global = QPoint( vs->valuators[WAC_XCOORD_I],
+                             vs->valuators[WAC_YCOORD_I] );
+	    break;
+	}
+	iClass = (XInputClass*)((char*)iClass + iClass->length);
+    }
+    XFreeDeviceState( s );
+#else
+    if ( motion ) {
+	xTilt = short(motion->axis_data[3]);
+	yTilt = short(motion->axis_data[4]);
+	if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
+	    pressure = motion->axis_data[2] / scaleFactor;
+	else
+	    pressure = motion->axis_data[2] * scaleFactor;
+	global = QPoint( motion->axis_data[0], motion->axis_data[1] );
+    } else {
+	xTilt = short(button->axis_data[3]);
+	yTilt = short(button->axis_data[4]);
+	if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
+	    pressure = button->axis_data[2]  / scaleFactor;
+	else
+	    pressure = button->axis_data[2] * scaleFactor;
+	global = QPoint( button->axis_data[0], button->axis_data[1] );
+    }
+    // The only way to get these Ids is to scan the XFree86 log, which I'm not going to do.
+    tId.first = tId.second = -1;
+#endif
+
+    QTabletEvent e( t, curr, global, deviceType, pressure, xTilt, yTilt, tId );
+    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+#endif
+
+bool QETWidget::translatePropertyEvent(const XEvent *event)
+{
+    if (!isTopLevel()) return TRUE;
+
+    Atom ret;
+    int format, e;
+    unsigned char *data = 0;
+    unsigned long nitems, after;
+
+    if (event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_wm_frame_strut) {
+	topData()->fleft = topData()->fright = topData()->ftop = topData()->fbottom = 0;
+	fstrut_dirty = 1;
+
+	if (event->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue) {
+	    e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, event->xproperty.window, qt_net_wm_frame_strut,
+				   0, 4, // struts are 4 longs
+				   False, XA_CARDINAL, &ret, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+
+	    if (e == Success && ret == XA_CARDINAL &&
+		format == 32 && nitems == 4) {
+		long *strut = (long *) data;
+		topData()->fleft   = strut[0];
+		topData()->fright  = strut[1];
+		topData()->ftop    = strut[2];
+		topData()->fbottom = strut[3];
+		fstrut_dirty = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if (event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_wm_state) {
+	bool max = FALSE;
+	bool full = FALSE;
+
+	if (event->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue) {
+	    // using length of 1024 should be safe for all current and
+	    // possible NET states...
+	    e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, event->xproperty.window, qt_net_wm_state, 0, 1024,
+				   False, XA_ATOM, &ret, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
+
+	    if (e == Success && ret == XA_ATOM && format == 32 && nitems > 0) {
+		Atom *states = (Atom *) data;
+
+		unsigned long i;
+		for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++) {
+		    if (states[i] == qt_net_wm_state_max_v || states[i] == qt_net_wm_state_max_h)
+			max = TRUE;
+		    else if (states[i] == qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen)
+			full = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	bool send_event = FALSE;
+
+        if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_v)
+            && qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_h)) {
+            if (max && !isMaximized()) {
+                setWState(WState_Maximized);
+                send_event = TRUE;
+            } else if (!max && isMaximized()) {
+                clearWState(WState_Maximized);
+                send_event = TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen)) {
+            if (full && !isFullScreen()) {
+                setWState(WState_FullScreen);
+                send_event = TRUE;
+            } else if (!full && isFullScreen()) {
+                clearWState(WState_FullScreen);
+                send_event = TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+
+	if (send_event) {
+	    QEvent e(QEvent::WindowStateChange);
+	    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(this, &e);
+	}
+    } else if (event->xproperty.atom == qt_wm_state) {
+	// the widget frame strut should also be invalidated
+	topData()->fleft = topData()->fright = topData()->ftop = topData()->fbottom = 0;
+	fstrut_dirty = 1;
+
+	if (event->xproperty.state == PropertyDelete) {
+	    // the window manager has removed the WM State property,
+	    // so it is now in the withdrawn state (ICCCM 4.1.3.1) and
+	    // we are free to reuse this window
+	    topData()->parentWinId = 0;
+	    // map the window if we were waiting for a transition to
+	    // withdrawn
+	    if ( qt_deferred_map_contains( this ) ) {
+		qt_deferred_map_take( this );
+		XMapWindow( appDpy, winId() );
+	    }
+	} else if (topData()->parentWinId != QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(x11Screen())) {
+	    // the window manager has changed the WM State property...
+	    // we are wanting to see if we are withdrawn so that we
+	    // can reuse this window... we only do this check *IF* we
+	    // haven't been reparented to root - (the parentWinId !=
+	    // QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(x11Screen())) check
+	    // above
+
+	    e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, winId(), qt_wm_state, 0, 2, False, qt_wm_state,
+				   &ret, &format, &nitems, &after, &data );
+
+	    if (e == Success && ret == qt_wm_state && format == 32 && nitems > 0) {
+		long *state = (long *) data;
+		switch (state[0]) {
+		case WithdrawnState:
+		    // if we are in the withdrawn state, we are free
+		    // to reuse this window provided we remove the
+		    // WM_STATE property (ICCCM 4.1.3.1)
+		    XDeleteProperty(appDpy, winId(), qt_wm_state);
+
+		    // set the parent id to zero, so that show() will
+		    // work again
+		    topData()->parentWinId = 0;
+		    // map the window if we were waiting for a
+		    // transition to withdrawn
+		    if ( qt_deferred_map_contains( this ) ) {
+			qt_deferred_map_take( this );
+			XMapWindow( appDpy, winId() );
+		    }
+		    break;
+
+		case IconicState:
+		    if (!isMinimized()) {
+			// window was minimized
+			setWState(WState_Minimized);
+			QEvent e(QEvent::WindowStateChange);
+			QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(this, &e);
+		    }
+		    break;
+
+		default:
+		    if (isMinimized()) {
+			// window was un-minimized
+			clearWState(WState_Minimized);
+			QEvent e(QEvent::WindowStateChange);
+			QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(this, &e);
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (data)
+	XFree(data);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifndef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
+#define	XK_ISO_Left_Tab					0xFE20
+#endif
+
+// the next lines are taken from XFree > 4.0 (X11/XF86keysyms.h), defining some special
+// multimedia keys. They are included here as not every system has them.
+#define XF86XK_Standby		0x1008FF10
+#define XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume	0x1008FF11
+#define XF86XK_AudioMute	0x1008FF12
+#define XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume	0x1008FF13
+#define XF86XK_AudioPlay	0x1008FF14
+#define XF86XK_AudioStop	0x1008FF15
+#define XF86XK_AudioPrev	0x1008FF16
+#define XF86XK_AudioNext	0x1008FF17
+#define XF86XK_HomePage		0x1008FF18
+#define XF86XK_Calculator	0x1008FF1D
+#define XF86XK_Mail		0x1008FF19
+#define XF86XK_Start		0x1008FF1A
+#define XF86XK_Search		0x1008FF1B
+#define XF86XK_AudioRecord	0x1008FF1C
+#define XF86XK_Back		0x1008FF26
+#define XF86XK_Forward		0x1008FF27
+#define XF86XK_Stop		0x1008FF28
+#define XF86XK_Refresh		0x1008FF29
+#define XF86XK_Favorites	0x1008FF30
+#define XF86XK_AudioPause	0x1008FF31
+#define XF86XK_AudioMedia	0x1008FF32
+#define XF86XK_MyComputer	0x1008FF33
+#define XF86XK_OpenURL		0x1008FF38
+#define XF86XK_Launch0		0x1008FF40
+#define XF86XK_Launch1		0x1008FF41
+#define XF86XK_Launch2		0x1008FF42
+#define XF86XK_Launch3		0x1008FF43
+#define XF86XK_Launch4		0x1008FF44
+#define XF86XK_Launch5		0x1008FF45
+#define XF86XK_Launch6		0x1008FF46
+#define XF86XK_Launch7		0x1008FF47
+#define XF86XK_Launch8		0x1008FF48
+#define XF86XK_Launch9		0x1008FF49
+#define XF86XK_LaunchA		0x1008FF4A
+#define XF86XK_LaunchB		0x1008FF4B
+#define XF86XK_LaunchC		0x1008FF4C
+#define XF86XK_LaunchD		0x1008FF4D
+#define XF86XK_LaunchE		0x1008FF4E
+#define XF86XK_LaunchF		0x1008FF4F
+// end of XF86keysyms.h
+
+
+
+static const KeySym KeyTbl[] = {		// keyboard mapping table
+    XK_Escape,		Qt::Key_Escape,		// misc keys
+    XK_Tab,		Qt::Key_Tab,
+    XK_ISO_Left_Tab,    Qt::Key_Backtab,
+    XK_BackSpace,	Qt::Key_Backspace,
+    XK_Return,		Qt::Key_Return,
+    XK_Insert,		Qt::Key_Insert,
+    XK_KP_Insert,	Qt::Key_Insert,
+    XK_Delete,		Qt::Key_Delete,
+    XK_KP_Delete,	Qt::Key_Delete,
+    XK_Clear,		Qt::Key_Delete,
+    XK_Pause,		Qt::Key_Pause,
+    XK_Print,		Qt::Key_Print,
+    XK_KP_Begin,	Qt::Key_Clear,
+    0x1005FF60,		Qt::Key_SysReq,		// hardcoded Sun SysReq
+    0x1007ff00,		Qt::Key_SysReq,		// hardcoded X386 SysReq
+    XK_Home,		Qt::Key_Home,		// cursor movement
+    XK_End,		Qt::Key_End,
+    XK_Left,		Qt::Key_Left,
+    XK_Up,		Qt::Key_Up,
+    XK_Right,		Qt::Key_Right,
+    XK_Down,		Qt::Key_Down,
+    XK_Prior,		Qt::Key_Prior,
+    XK_Next,		Qt::Key_Next,
+    XK_KP_Home,		Qt::Key_Home,
+    XK_KP_End,		Qt::Key_End,
+    XK_KP_Left,		Qt::Key_Left,
+    XK_KP_Up,		Qt::Key_Up,
+    XK_KP_Right,	Qt::Key_Right,
+    XK_KP_Down,		Qt::Key_Down,
+    XK_KP_Prior,	Qt::Key_Prior,
+    XK_KP_Next,		Qt::Key_Next,
+    XK_Shift_L,		Qt::Key_Shift,		// modifiers
+    XK_Shift_R,		Qt::Key_Shift,
+    XK_Shift_Lock,	Qt::Key_Shift,
+    XK_Control_L,	Qt::Key_Control,
+    XK_Control_R,	Qt::Key_Control,
+    XK_Meta_L,		Qt::Key_Meta,
+    XK_Meta_R,		Qt::Key_Meta,
+    XK_Alt_L,		Qt::Key_Alt,
+    XK_Alt_R,		Qt::Key_Alt,
+    XK_Caps_Lock,	Qt::Key_CapsLock,
+    XK_Num_Lock,	Qt::Key_NumLock,
+    XK_Scroll_Lock,	Qt::Key_ScrollLock,
+    XK_KP_Space,	Qt::Key_Space,		// numeric keypad
+    XK_KP_Tab,		Qt::Key_Tab,
+    XK_KP_Enter,	Qt::Key_Enter,
+    XK_KP_Equal,	Qt::Key_Equal,
+    XK_KP_Multiply,	Qt::Key_Asterisk,
+    XK_KP_Add,		Qt::Key_Plus,
+    XK_KP_Separator,	Qt::Key_Comma,
+    XK_KP_Subtract,	Qt::Key_Minus,
+    XK_KP_Decimal,	Qt::Key_Period,
+    XK_KP_Divide,	Qt::Key_Slash,
+    XK_Super_L,		Qt::Key_Super_L,
+    XK_Super_R,		Qt::Key_Super_R,
+    XK_Menu,		Qt::Key_Menu,
+    XK_Hyper_L,		Qt::Key_Hyper_L,
+    XK_Hyper_R,		Qt::Key_Hyper_R,
+    XK_Help,		Qt::Key_Help,
+    0x1000FF74,         Qt::Key_BackTab,     // hardcoded HP backtab
+    0x1005FF10,         Qt::Key_F11,         // hardcoded Sun F36 (labeled F11)
+    0x1005FF11,         Qt::Key_F12,         // hardcoded Sun F37 (labeled F12)
+
+    // International input method support keys
+
+    // International & multi-key character composition
+    XK_Multi_key,		Qt::Key_Multi_key,
+    XK_Codeinput,		Qt::Key_Codeinput,
+    XK_SingleCandidate,		Qt::Key_SingleCandidate,
+    XK_MultipleCandidate,	Qt::Key_MultipleCandidate,
+    XK_PreviousCandidate,	Qt::Key_PreviousCandidate,
+
+    // Misc Functions
+    XK_Mode_switch,		Qt::Key_Mode_switch,
+    //XK_script_switch,		Qt::Key_script_switch,
+    XK_script_switch,		Qt::Key_Mode_switch,
+
+    // Japanese keyboard support
+    XK_Kanji,			Qt::Key_Kanji,
+    XK_Muhenkan,		Qt::Key_Muhenkan,
+    //XK_Henkan_Mode,		Qt::Key_Henkan_Mode,
+    XK_Henkan_Mode,		Qt::Key_Henkan,
+    XK_Henkan,			Qt::Key_Henkan,
+    XK_Romaji,			Qt::Key_Romaji,
+    XK_Hiragana,		Qt::Key_Hiragana,
+    XK_Katakana,		Qt::Key_Katakana,
+    XK_Hiragana_Katakana,	Qt::Key_Hiragana_Katakana,
+    XK_Zenkaku,			Qt::Key_Zenkaku,
+    XK_Hankaku,			Qt::Key_Hankaku,
+    XK_Zenkaku_Hankaku,		Qt::Key_Zenkaku_Hankaku,
+    XK_Touroku,			Qt::Key_Touroku,
+    XK_Massyo,			Qt::Key_Massyo,
+    XK_Kana_Lock,		Qt::Key_Kana_Lock,
+    XK_Kana_Shift,		Qt::Key_Kana_Shift,
+    XK_Eisu_Shift,		Qt::Key_Eisu_Shift,
+    XK_Eisu_toggle,		Qt::Key_Eisu_toggle,
+    //XK_Kanji_Bangou,		Qt::Key_Kanji_Bangou,
+    //XK_Zen_Koho,		Qt::Key_Zen_Koho,
+    //XK_Mae_Koho,		Qt::Key_Mae_Koho,
+    XK_Kanji_Bangou,		Qt::Key_Codeinput,
+    XK_Zen_Koho,		Qt::Key_MultipleCandidate,
+    XK_Mae_Koho,		Qt::Key_PreviousCandidate,
+
+#ifdef XK_KOREAN
+    // Korean keyboard support
+    XK_Hangul,			Qt::Key_Hangul,
+    XK_Hangul_Start,		Qt::Key_Hangul_Start,
+    XK_Hangul_End,		Qt::Key_Hangul_End,
+    XK_Hangul_Hanja,		Qt::Key_Hangul_Hanja,
+    XK_Hangul_Jamo,		Qt::Key_Hangul_Jamo,
+    XK_Hangul_Romaja,		Qt::Key_Hangul_Romaja,
+    //XK_Hangul_Codeinput,	Qt::Key_Hangul_Codeinput,
+    XK_Hangul_Codeinput,	Qt::Key_Codeinput,
+    XK_Hangul_Jeonja,		Qt::Key_Hangul_Jeonja,
+    XK_Hangul_Banja,		Qt::Key_Hangul_Banja,
+    XK_Hangul_PreHanja,		Qt::Key_Hangul_PreHanja,
+    XK_Hangul_PostHanja,	Qt::Key_Hangul_PostHanja,
+    //XK_Hangul_SingleCandidate,	Qt::Key_Hangul_SingleCandidate,
+    //XK_Hangul_MultipleCandidate, Qt::Key_Hangul_MultipleCandidate,
+    //XK_Hangul_PreviousCandidate, Qt::Key_Hangul_PreviousCandidate,
+    XK_Hangul_SingleCandidate,	Qt::Key_SingleCandidate,
+    XK_Hangul_MultipleCandidate, Qt::Key_MultipleCandidate,
+    XK_Hangul_PreviousCandidate, Qt::Key_PreviousCandidate,
+    XK_Hangul_Special,		Qt::Key_Hangul_Special,
+    //XK_Hangul_switch,		Qt::Key_Hangul_switch,
+    XK_Hangul_switch,		Qt::Key_Mode_switch,
+#endif  // XK_KOREAN
+
+    // dead keys
+    XK_dead_grave,              Qt::Key_Dead_Grave,
+    XK_dead_acute,              Qt::Key_Dead_Acute,
+    XK_dead_circumflex,         Qt::Key_Dead_Circumflex,
+    XK_dead_tilde,              Qt::Key_Dead_Tilde,
+    XK_dead_macron,             Qt::Key_Dead_Macron,
+    XK_dead_breve,              Qt::Key_Dead_Breve,
+    XK_dead_abovedot,           Qt::Key_Dead_Abovedot,
+    XK_dead_diaeresis,          Qt::Key_Dead_Diaeresis,
+    XK_dead_abovering,          Qt::Key_Dead_Abovering,
+    XK_dead_doubleacute,        Qt::Key_Dead_Doubleacute,
+    XK_dead_caron,              Qt::Key_Dead_Caron,
+    XK_dead_cedilla,            Qt::Key_Dead_Cedilla,
+    XK_dead_ogonek,             Qt::Key_Dead_Ogonek,
+    XK_dead_iota,               Qt::Key_Dead_Iota,
+    XK_dead_voiced_sound,       Qt::Key_Dead_Voiced_Sound,
+    XK_dead_semivoiced_sound,   Qt::Key_Dead_Semivoiced_Sound,
+    XK_dead_belowdot,           Qt::Key_Dead_Belowdot,
+    XK_dead_hook,               Qt::Key_Dead_Hook,
+    XK_dead_horn,               Qt::Key_Dead_Horn,
+
+    // Special multimedia keys
+    // currently only tested with MS internet keyboard
+
+    // browsing keys
+    XF86XK_Back,	Qt::Key_Back,
+    XF86XK_Forward,	Qt::Key_Forward,
+    XF86XK_Stop,	Qt::Key_Stop,
+    XF86XK_Refresh,	Qt::Key_Refresh,
+    XF86XK_Favorites,	Qt::Key_Favorites,
+    XF86XK_AudioMedia,	Qt::Key_LaunchMedia,
+    XF86XK_OpenURL,	Qt::Key_OpenUrl,
+    XF86XK_HomePage,	Qt::Key_HomePage,
+    XF86XK_Search,	Qt::Key_Search,
+
+    // media keys
+    XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume, Qt::Key_VolumeDown,
+    XF86XK_AudioMute,	Qt::Key_VolumeMute,
+    XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume, Qt::Key_VolumeUp,
+    XF86XK_AudioPlay,	Qt::Key_MediaPlay,
+    XF86XK_AudioStop,	Qt::Key_MediaStop,
+    XF86XK_AudioPrev,	Qt::Key_MediaPrev,
+    XF86XK_AudioNext,	Qt::Key_MediaNext,
+    XF86XK_AudioRecord,	Qt::Key_MediaRecord,
+
+    // launch keys
+    XF86XK_Mail,	Qt::Key_LaunchMail,
+    XF86XK_MyComputer,	Qt::Key_Launch0,
+    XF86XK_Calculator,	Qt::Key_Launch1,
+    XF86XK_Standby, 	Qt::Key_Standby,
+
+    XF86XK_Launch0,	Qt::Key_Launch2,
+    XF86XK_Launch1,	Qt::Key_Launch3,
+    XF86XK_Launch2,	Qt::Key_Launch4,
+    XF86XK_Launch3,	Qt::Key_Launch5,
+    XF86XK_Launch4,	Qt::Key_Launch6,
+    XF86XK_Launch5,	Qt::Key_Launch7,
+    XF86XK_Launch6,	Qt::Key_Launch8,
+    XF86XK_Launch7,	Qt::Key_Launch9,
+    XF86XK_Launch8,	Qt::Key_LaunchA,
+    XF86XK_Launch9,	Qt::Key_LaunchB,
+    XF86XK_LaunchA,	Qt::Key_LaunchC,
+    XF86XK_LaunchB,	Qt::Key_LaunchD,
+    XF86XK_LaunchC,	Qt::Key_LaunchE,
+    XF86XK_LaunchD,	Qt::Key_LaunchF,
+
+    0,			0
+};
+
+
+static QIntDict<void>    *keyDict  = 0;
+static QIntDict<void>    *textDict = 0;
+
+static void deleteKeyDicts()
+{
+    if ( keyDict )
+	delete keyDict;
+    keyDict = 0;
+    if ( textDict )
+	delete textDict;
+    textDict = 0;
+}
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XIM)
+static const unsigned short katakanaKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x0000, 0x3002, 0x300C, 0x300D, 0x3001, 0x30FB, 0x30F2, 0x30A1,
+    0x30A3, 0x30A5, 0x30A7, 0x30A9, 0x30E3, 0x30E5, 0x30E7, 0x30C3,
+    0x30FC, 0x30A2, 0x30A4, 0x30A6, 0x30A8, 0x30AA, 0x30AB, 0x30AD,
+    0x30AF, 0x30B1, 0x30B3, 0x30B5, 0x30B7, 0x30B9, 0x30BB, 0x30BD,
+    0x30BF, 0x30C1, 0x30C4, 0x30C6, 0x30C8, 0x30CA, 0x30CB, 0x30CC,
+    0x30CD, 0x30CE, 0x30CF, 0x30D2, 0x30D5, 0x30D8, 0x30DB, 0x30DE,
+    0x30DF, 0x30E0, 0x30E1, 0x30E2, 0x30E4, 0x30E6, 0x30E8, 0x30E9,
+    0x30EA, 0x30EB, 0x30EC, 0x30ED, 0x30EF, 0x30F3, 0x309B, 0x309C
+};
+
+static const unsigned short cyrillicKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x0000, 0x0452, 0x0453, 0x0451, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0457,
+    0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045a, 0x045b, 0x045c, 0x0000, 0x045e, 0x045f,
+    0x2116, 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x0401, 0x0404, 0x0405, 0x0406, 0x0407,
+    0x0408, 0x0409, 0x040a, 0x040b, 0x040c, 0x0000, 0x040e, 0x040f,
+    0x044e, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433,
+    0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043a, 0x043b, 0x043c, 0x043d, 0x043e,
+    0x043f, 0x044f, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432,
+    0x044c, 0x044b, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044d, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044a,
+    0x042e, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413,
+    0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041a, 0x041b, 0x041c, 0x041d, 0x041e,
+    0x041f, 0x042f, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412,
+    0x042c, 0x042b, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042d, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042a
+};
+
+static const unsigned short greekKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x0000, 0x0386, 0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038a, 0x03aa, 0x0000, 0x038c,
+    0x038e, 0x03ab, 0x0000, 0x038f, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0385, 0x2015,
+    0x0000, 0x03ac, 0x03ad, 0x03ae, 0x03af, 0x03ca, 0x0390, 0x03cc,
+    0x03cd, 0x03cb, 0x03b0, 0x03ce, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
+    0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039a, 0x039b, 0x039c, 0x039d, 0x039e, 0x039f,
+    0x03a0, 0x03a1, 0x03a3, 0x0000, 0x03a4, 0x03a5, 0x03a6, 0x03a7,
+    0x03a8, 0x03a9, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x03b1, 0x03b2, 0x03b3, 0x03b4, 0x03b5, 0x03b6, 0x03b7,
+    0x03b8, 0x03b9, 0x03ba, 0x03bb, 0x03bc, 0x03bd, 0x03be, 0x03bf,
+    0x03c0, 0x03c1, 0x03c3, 0x03c2, 0x03c4, 0x03c5, 0x03c6, 0x03c7,
+    0x03c8, 0x03c9, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
+};
+
+static const unsigned short technicalKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x0000, 0x23B7, 0x250C, 0x2500, 0x2320, 0x2321, 0x2502, 0x23A1,
+    0x23A3, 0x23A4, 0x23A6, 0x239B, 0x239D, 0x239E, 0x23A0, 0x23A8,
+    0x23AC, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2264, 0x2260, 0x2265, 0x222B,
+    0x2234, 0x221D, 0x221E, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2207, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x223C, 0x2243, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x21D4, 0x21D2, 0x2261,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x221A, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2282, 0x2283, 0x2229, 0x222A, 0x2227, 0x2228,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2202,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0192, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2192, 0x2193, 0x0000
+};
+
+static const unsigned short specialKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240C, 0x240D, 0x240A, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x2424, 0x240B, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250C, 0x2514, 0x253C, 0x23BA,
+    0x23BB, 0x2500, 0x23BC, 0x23BD, 0x251C, 0x2524, 0x2534, 0x252C,
+    0x2502, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
+};
+
+static const unsigned short publishingKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x0000, 0x2003, 0x2002, 0x2004, 0x2005, 0x2007, 0x2008, 0x2009,
+    0x200a, 0x2014, 0x2013, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2026, 0x2025,
+    0x2153, 0x2154, 0x2155, 0x2156, 0x2157, 0x2158, 0x2159, 0x215a,
+    0x2105, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2012, 0x2329, 0x0000, 0x232a, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x215b, 0x215c, 0x215d, 0x215e, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x2122, 0x2613, 0x0000, 0x25c1, 0x25b7, 0x25cb, 0x25af,
+    0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201c, 0x201d, 0x211e, 0x0000, 0x2032, 0x2033,
+    0x0000, 0x271d, 0x0000, 0x25ac, 0x25c0, 0x25b6, 0x25cf, 0x25ae,
+    0x25e6, 0x25ab, 0x25ad, 0x25b3, 0x25bd, 0x2606, 0x2022, 0x25aa,
+    0x25b2, 0x25bc, 0x261c, 0x261e, 0x2663, 0x2666, 0x2665, 0x0000,
+    0x2720, 0x2020, 0x2021, 0x2713, 0x2717, 0x266f, 0x266d, 0x2642,
+    0x2640, 0x260e, 0x2315, 0x2117, 0x2038, 0x201a, 0x201e, 0x0000
+};
+
+static const unsigned short aplKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x003c, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x003e, 0x0000,
+    0x2228, 0x2227, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x00af, 0x0000, 0x22a5, 0x2229, 0x230a, 0x0000, 0x005f, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2218, 0x0000, 0x2395, 0x0000, 0x22a4, 0x25cb,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2308, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x222a, 0x0000,
+    0x2283, 0x0000, 0x2282, 0x0000, 0x22a2, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+    0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x22a3, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
+};
+
+static const unsigned short koreanKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
+    0x0000, 0x3131, 0x3132, 0x3133, 0x3134, 0x3135, 0x3136, 0x3137,
+    0x3138, 0x3139, 0x313a, 0x313b, 0x313c, 0x313d, 0x313e, 0x313f,
+    0x3140, 0x3141, 0x3142, 0x3143, 0x3144, 0x3145, 0x3146, 0x3147,
+    0x3148, 0x3149, 0x314a, 0x314b, 0x314c, 0x314d, 0x314e, 0x314f,
+    0x3150, 0x3151, 0x3152, 0x3153, 0x3154, 0x3155, 0x3156, 0x3157,
+    0x3158, 0x3159, 0x315a, 0x315b, 0x315c, 0x315d, 0x315e, 0x315f,
+    0x3160, 0x3161, 0x3162, 0x3163, 0x11a8, 0x11a9, 0x11aa, 0x11ab,
+    0x11ac, 0x11ad, 0x11ae, 0x11af, 0x11b0, 0x11b1, 0x11b2, 0x11b3,
+    0x11b4, 0x11b5, 0x11b6, 0x11b7, 0x11b8, 0x11b9, 0x11ba, 0x11bb,
+    0x11bc, 0x11bd, 0x11be, 0x11bf, 0x11c0, 0x11c1, 0x11c2, 0x316d,
+    0x3171, 0x3178, 0x317f, 0x3181, 0x3184, 0x3186, 0x318d, 0x318e,
+    0x11eb, 0x11f0, 0x11f9, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x20a9
+};
+
+
+static QChar keysymToUnicode(unsigned char byte3, unsigned char byte4)
+{
+    if ( byte3 == 0x04 ) {
+        // katakana
+        if ( byte4 > 0xa0 && byte4 < 0xe0 )
+           return QChar( katakanaKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
+        else if ( byte4 == 0x7e )
+            return QChar( 0x203e ); // Overline
+    } else if ( byte3 == 0x06 ) {
+	// russian, use lookup table
+	if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
+	    return QChar( cyrillicKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
+    } else if ( byte3 == 0x07 ) {
+	// greek
+	if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
+	    return QChar( greekKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
+    } else if ( byte3 == 0x08 ) {
+       // technical
+       if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
+           return QChar( technicalKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
+    } else if ( byte3 == 0x09 ) {
+       // special
+       if ( byte4 >= 0xe0 )
+           return QChar( specialKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xe0] );
+    } else if ( byte3 == 0x0a ) {
+       // publishing
+       if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
+           return QChar( publishingKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
+    } else if ( byte3 == 0x0b ) {
+       // APL
+       if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
+           return QChar( aplKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
+    } else if ( byte3 == 0x0e ) {
+       // Korean
+       if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
+           return QChar( koreanKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
+    }
+    return QChar(0x0);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+bool QETWidget::translateKeyEventInternal( const XEvent *event, int& count,
+					   QString& text,
+					   int& state,
+					   char& ascii, int& code, QEvent::Type &type, bool willRepeat, bool statefulTranslation )
+{
+    QTextCodec *mapper = qt_input_mapper;
+    // some XmbLookupString implementations don't return buffer overflow correctly,
+    // so we increase the input buffer to allow for long strings...
+    // 256 chars * 2 bytes + 1 null-term == 513 bytes
+    QCString chars(513);
+    QChar converted;
+    KeySym key = 0;
+
+    if ( !keyDict ) {
+	keyDict = new QIntDict<void>( 13 );
+	keyDict->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	textDict = new QIntDict<void>( 13 );
+	textDict->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	qAddPostRoutine( deleteKeyDicts );
+    }
+
+    QWidget* tlw = topLevelWidget();
+
+    XKeyEvent xkeyevent = event->xkey;
+
+    // save the modifier state, we will use the keystate uint later by passing
+    // it to qt_x11_translateButtonState
+    uint keystate = event->xkey.state;
+    // remove the modifiers where mode_switch exists... HPUX machines seem
+    // to have alt *AND* mode_switch both in Mod1Mask, which causes
+    // XLookupString to return things like 'å' (aring) for ALT-A.  This
+    // completely breaks modifiers.  If we remove the modifier for Mode_switch,
+    // then things work correctly...
+    xkeyevent.state &= ~qt_mode_switch_remove_mask;
+
+    type = (event->type == XKeyPress)
+           ? QEvent::KeyPress : QEvent::KeyRelease;
+#if defined(QT_NO_XIM)
+
+    count = XLookupString( &xkeyevent, chars.data(), chars.size(), &key, 0 );
+
+    if ( count == 1 )
+	ascii = chars[0];
+
+#else
+    // Implementation for X11R5 and newer, using XIM
+
+    int	       keycode = event->xkey.keycode;
+    Status     status;
+
+    if ( type == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
+	bool mb=FALSE;
+	// commit string handling is done by
+	// QXIMInputContext::x11FilterEvent() and are passed to
+	// widgets via QIMEvent regardless of XIM style, so the
+	// following code is commented out.
+#if 0
+	if ( qt_xim ) {
+	    QTLWExtra*  xd = tlw->topData();
+	    QInputContext *qic = (QInputContext *) xd->xic;
+	    if ( qic ) {
+		mb=TRUE;
+		count = qic->lookupString(&xkeyevent, chars, &key, &status);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	if ( !mb ) {
+	    count = XLookupString( &xkeyevent,
+				   chars.data(), chars.size(), &key, 0 );
+	}
+	if ( count && !keycode ) {
+	    keycode = qt_ximComposingKeycode;
+	    qt_ximComposingKeycode = 0;
+	}
+	if ( key )
+	    keyDict->replace( keycode, (void*)key );
+	// all keysyms smaller than that are actally keys that can be mapped
+	// to unicode chars
+	if ( count == 0 && key < 0xff00 ) {
+	    unsigned char byte3 = (unsigned char )(key >> 8);
+	    int mib = -1;
+	    switch( byte3 ) {
+	    case 0: // Latin 1
+	    case 1: // Latin 2
+	    case 2: //latin 3
+	    case 3: // latin4
+		mib = byte3 + 4; break;
+	    case 5: // arabic
+		mib = 82; break;
+	    case 12: // Hebrew
+		mib = 85; break;
+	    case 13: // Thai
+		mib = 2259; break;
+	    case 4: // kana
+	    case 6: // cyrillic
+	    case 7: // greek
+	    case 8: // technical, no mapping here at the moment
+	    case 9: // Special
+	    case 10: // Publishing
+	    case 11: // APL
+	    case 14: // Korean, no mapping
+		mib = -1; // manual conversion
+		mapper = 0;
+		converted = keysymToUnicode( byte3, key & 0xff );
+	    case 0x20:
+		// currency symbols
+		if ( key >= 0x20a0 && key <= 0x20ac ) {
+		    mib = -1; // manual conversion
+		    mapper = 0;
+		    converted = (uint)key;
+		}
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if ( mib != -1 ) {
+		mapper = QTextCodec::codecForMib( mib );
+		chars[0] = (unsigned char) (key & 0xff); // get only the fourth bit for conversion later
+		count++;
+	    }
+	} else if ( key >= 0x1000000 && key <= 0x100ffff ) {
+	    converted = (ushort) (key - 0x1000000);
+	    mapper = 0;
+	}
+	if ( count < (int)chars.size()-1 )
+	    chars[count] = '\0';
+	if ( count == 1 ) {
+	    ascii = chars[0];
+	    // +256 so we can store all eight-bit codes, including ascii 0,
+	    // and independent of whether char is signed or not.
+	    textDict->replace( keycode, (void*)(long)(256+ascii) );
+	}
+	tlw = 0;
+    } else {
+	key = (int)(long)keyDict->find( keycode );
+	if ( key )
+	    if( !willRepeat && statefulTranslation ) // Take out key of dictionary only if this call.
+		keyDict->take( keycode );
+	long s = (long)textDict->find( keycode );
+	if ( s ) {
+	     if( statefulTranslation )
+		textDict->take( keycode );
+	    ascii = (char)(s-256);
+	}
+    }
+#endif // !QT_NO_XIM
+
+    state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( keystate );
+
+    static int directionKeyEvent = 0;
+    static unsigned int lastWinId = 0;
+    if ( qt_use_rtl_extensions && type == QEvent::KeyRelease && statefulTranslation ) {
+	if (directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_R || directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_L ) {
+	    type = QEvent::KeyPress;
+	    code = directionKeyEvent;
+	    chars[0] = 0;
+	    directionKeyEvent = 0;
+	    lastWinId = 0;
+	    return TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    directionKeyEvent = 0;
+	    lastWinId = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    // Watch for keypresses and if its a key belonging to the Ctrl-Shift
+    // direction-changing accel, remember it.
+    // We keep track of those keys instead of using the event's state
+    // (to figure out whether the Ctrl modifier is held while Shift is pressed,
+    // or Shift is held while Ctrl is pressed) since the 'state' doesn't tell
+    // us whether the modifier held is Left or Right.
+    if ( qt_use_rtl_extensions && type  == QEvent::KeyPress && statefulTranslation )
+        if (key == XK_Control_L || key == XK_Control_R || key == XK_Shift_L || key == XK_Shift_R) {
+	    if (!directionKeyEvent) {
+	      directionKeyEvent = key;
+	      // This code exists in order to check that 
+	      // the event is occurred in the same widget.
+	      lastWinId = winId();
+	    }
+        } else {
+           // this can no longer be a direction-changing accel.
+	   // if any other key was pressed.
+           directionKeyEvent = Key_Space;
+        }
+
+    // Commentary in X11/keysymdef says that X codes match ASCII, so it
+    // is safe to use the locale functions to process X codes in ISO8859-1.
+    //
+    // This is mainly for compatibility - applications should not use the
+    // Qt keycodes between 128 and 255, but should rather use the
+    // QKeyEvent::text().
+    //
+    if ( key < 128 || (key < 256 && (!qt_input_mapper || qt_input_mapper->mibEnum()==4)) ) {
+	code = isprint((int)key) ? toupper((int)key) : 0; // upper-case key, if known
+    } else if ( key >= XK_F1 && key <= XK_F35 ) {
+	code = Key_F1 + ((int)key - XK_F1);	// function keys
+    } else if ( key >= XK_KP_0 && key <= XK_KP_9) {
+	code = Key_0 + ((int)key - XK_KP_0);	// numeric keypad keys
+	state |= Keypad;
+    } else {
+	int i = 0;				// any other keys
+	while ( KeyTbl[i] ) {
+	    if ( key == KeyTbl[i] ) {
+		code = (int)KeyTbl[i+1];
+		break;
+	    }
+	    i += 2;
+	}
+	switch ( key ) {
+	case XK_KP_Insert:
+	case XK_KP_Delete:
+	case XK_KP_Home:
+	case XK_KP_End:
+	case XK_KP_Left:
+	case XK_KP_Up:
+	case XK_KP_Right:
+	case XK_KP_Down:
+	case XK_KP_Prior:
+	case XK_KP_Next:
+	case XK_KP_Space:
+	case XK_KP_Tab:
+	case XK_KP_Enter:
+	case XK_KP_Equal:
+	case XK_KP_Multiply:
+	case XK_KP_Add:
+	case XK_KP_Separator:
+	case XK_KP_Subtract:
+	case XK_KP_Decimal:
+	case XK_KP_Divide:
+	    state |= Keypad;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if ( code == Key_Tab &&
+	     (state & ShiftButton) == ShiftButton ) {
+            // map shift+tab to shift+backtab, QAccel knows about it
+            // and will handle it.
+	    code = Key_Backtab;
+	    chars[0] = 0;
+	}
+
+	if ( qt_use_rtl_extensions && type  == QEvent::KeyPress && statefulTranslation ) {
+	    if ( directionKeyEvent && lastWinId == winId() ) {
+		if ( key == XK_Shift_L && directionKeyEvent == XK_Control_L ||
+		     key == XK_Control_L && directionKeyEvent == XK_Shift_L ) {
+		    directionKeyEvent = Key_Direction_L;
+		} else if ( key == XK_Shift_R && directionKeyEvent == XK_Control_R ||
+			    key == XK_Control_R && directionKeyEvent == XK_Shift_R ) {
+		    directionKeyEvent = Key_Direction_R;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if ( directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_L || directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_R ) {
+		directionKeyEvent = Key_Space; // invalid
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef Q_EE
+    static int c  = 0;
+    extern void qt_dialog_default_key();
+#define Q_EE(x) c = (c == x || (!c && x == 0x1000) )? x+1 : 0
+    if ( tlw && state == '0' ) {
+	switch ( code ) {
+	case 0x4f: Q_EE(Key_Backtab); break;
+	case 0x52: Q_EE(Key_Tab); break;
+	case 0x54: Q_EE(Key_Escape); break;
+	case 0x4c:
+	    if (c == Key_Return )
+		qt_dialog_default_key();
+	    else
+		Q_EE(Key_Backspace);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+#undef Q_EE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    // convert chars (8bit) to text (unicode).
+    if ( mapper )
+	text = mapper->toUnicode(chars,count);
+    else if ( !mapper && converted.unicode() != 0x0 )
+	text = converted;
+    else
+	text = chars;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+struct qt_auto_repeat_data
+{
+    // match the window and keycode with timestamp delta of 10ms
+    Window window;
+    KeyCode keycode;
+    Time timestamp;
+
+    // queue scanner state
+    bool release;
+    bool error;
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static Bool qt_keypress_scanner(Display *, XEvent *event, XPointer arg)
+{
+    if (event->type != XKeyPress && event->type != XKeyRelease)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    qt_auto_repeat_data *d = (qt_auto_repeat_data *) arg;
+    if (d->error ||
+        event->xkey.window  != d->window ||
+        event->xkey.keycode != d->keycode) {
+        d->error = TRUE;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (event->type == XKeyPress) {
+        d->error = (! d->release || event->xkey.time - d->timestamp > 10);
+        return (! d->error);
+    }
+
+    // must be XKeyRelease event
+    if (d->release) {
+        // found a second release
+        d->error = TRUE;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // found a single release
+    d->release = TRUE;
+    d->timestamp = event->xkey.time;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool qt_keyrelease_scanner(Display *, XEvent *event, XPointer arg)
+{
+    const qt_auto_repeat_data *d = (const qt_auto_repeat_data *) arg;
+    return (event->type == XKeyRelease &&
+            event->xkey.window  == d->window &&
+            event->xkey.keycode == d->keycode);
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+bool QETWidget::translateKeyEvent( const XEvent *event, bool grab )
+{
+    int	   code = -1;
+    int	   count = 0;
+    int	   state;
+    char   ascii = 0;
+
+    if ( sm_blockUserInput ) // block user interaction during session management
+	return TRUE;
+
+    Display *dpy = x11Display();
+
+    if ( !isEnabled() )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    QEvent::Type type;
+    bool    autor = FALSE;
+    QString text;
+
+    translateKeyEventInternal( event, count, text, state, ascii, code, type,
+			       qt_mode_switch_remove_mask != 0 );
+
+    static uint curr_autorep = 0;
+    // was this the last auto-repeater?
+    qt_auto_repeat_data auto_repeat_data;
+    auto_repeat_data.window = event->xkey.window;
+    auto_repeat_data.keycode = event->xkey.keycode;
+    auto_repeat_data.timestamp = event->xkey.time;
+
+    if ( event->type == XKeyPress ) {
+        if ( curr_autorep == event->xkey.keycode ) {
+            autor = TRUE;
+            curr_autorep = 0;
+        }
+    } else {
+	// look ahead for auto-repeat
+        XEvent nextpress;
+
+        auto_repeat_data.release = TRUE;
+        auto_repeat_data.error = FALSE;
+        if (XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &nextpress, &qt_keypress_scanner,
+                          (XPointer) &auto_repeat_data)) {
+            autor = TRUE;
+
+	    // Put it back... we COULD send the event now and not need
+	    // the static curr_autorep variable.
+	    XPutBackEvent(dpy,&nextpress);
+	}
+	curr_autorep = autor ? event->xkey.keycode : 0;
+    }
+
+    // process accelerators before doing key compression
+    if ( type == QEvent::KeyPress && !grab ) {
+	// send accel events if the keyboard is not grabbed
+	QKeyEvent a( type, code, ascii, state, text, autor,
+		     QMAX( QMAX(count,1), int(text.length())) );
+	if ( qt_tryAccelEvent( this, &a ) )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    long save = 0;
+    if ( qt_mode_switch_remove_mask != 0 ) {
+	save = qt_mode_switch_remove_mask;
+	qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = 0;
+
+	// translate the key event again, but this time apply any Mode_switch
+	// modifiers
+	translateKeyEventInternal( event, count, text, state, ascii, code, type );
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+#endif
+
+    // compress keys
+    if ( !text.isEmpty() && testWState(WState_CompressKeys) &&
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+	 // Ordinary input methods require discrete key events to work
+	 // properly, so key compression has to be disabled when input
+	 // context exists.
+	 //
+	 // And further consideration, some complex input method
+	 // require all key press/release events discretely even if
+	 // the input method awares of key compression and compressed
+	 // keys are ordinary alphabets. For example, the uim project
+	 // is planning to implement "combinational shift" feature for
+	 // a Japanese input method, uim-skk. It will work as follows.
+	 //
+	 // 1. press "r"
+	 // 2. press "u"
+	 // 3. release both "r" and "u" in arbitrary order
+	 // 4. above key sequence generates "Ru"
+	 //
+	 // Of course further consideration about other participants
+	 // such as key repeat mechanism is required to implement such
+	 // feature.
+	 ! qic &&
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+	 // do not compress keys if the key event we just got above matches
+	 // one of the key ranges used to compute stopCompression
+	 ! ( ( code >= Key_Escape && code <= Key_SysReq ) ||
+	     ( code >= Key_Home && code <= Key_Next ) ||
+	     ( code >= Key_Super_L && code <= Key_Direction_R ) ||
+	     ( ( code == 0 ) && ( ascii == '\n' ) ) ) ) {
+	// the widget wants key compression so it gets it
+	int	codeIntern = -1;
+	int	countIntern = 0;
+	int	stateIntern;
+	char	asciiIntern = 0;
+	XEvent	evRelease;
+	XEvent	evPress;
+
+	// sync the event queue, this makes key compress work better
+	XSync( dpy, FALSE );
+
+	for (;;) {
+	    QString textIntern;
+	    if ( !XCheckTypedWindowEvent(dpy,event->xkey.window,
+					 XKeyRelease,&evRelease) )
+		break;
+	    if ( !XCheckTypedWindowEvent(dpy,event->xkey.window,
+					 XKeyPress,&evPress) ) {
+		XPutBackEvent(dpy, &evRelease);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    QEvent::Type t;
+	    translateKeyEventInternal( &evPress, countIntern, textIntern,
+				       stateIntern, asciiIntern, codeIntern, t );
+	    // use stopCompression to stop key compression for the following
+	    // key event ranges:
+	    bool stopCompression =
+		// 1) misc keys
+		( codeIntern >= Key_Escape && codeIntern <= Key_SysReq ) ||
+		// 2) cursor movement
+		( codeIntern >= Key_Home && codeIntern <= Key_Next ) ||
+		// 3) extra keys
+		( codeIntern >= Key_Super_L && codeIntern <= Key_Direction_R ) ||
+		// 4) something that a) doesn't translate to text or b) translates
+		//    to newline text
+		((codeIntern == 0) && (asciiIntern == '\n'));
+	    if (stateIntern == state && !textIntern.isEmpty() && !stopCompression) {
+		text += textIntern;
+		count += countIntern;
+	    } else {
+		XPutBackEvent(dpy, &evPress);
+		XPutBackEvent(dpy, &evRelease);
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( save != 0 )
+	qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = save;
+
+    // autorepeat compression makes sense for all widgets (Windows
+    // does it automatically .... )
+    if ( event->type == XKeyPress && text.length() <= 1
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+	 // input methods need discrete key events
+	 && ! qic
+#endif// QT_NO_IM
+	 ) {
+	XEvent dummy;
+
+        for (;;) {
+            auto_repeat_data.release = FALSE;
+            auto_repeat_data.error = FALSE;
+            if (! XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &dummy, &qt_keypress_scanner,
+                                (XPointer) &auto_repeat_data))
+                break;
+            if (! XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &dummy, &qt_keyrelease_scanner,
+                                (XPointer) &auto_repeat_data))
+                break;
+
+	    count++;
+	    if (!text.isEmpty())
+		text += text[0];
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (code == 0 && ascii == '\n') {
+	code = Key_Return;
+	ascii = '\r';
+	text = "\r";
+    }
+
+    // try the menukey first
+    if ( type == QEvent::KeyPress && code == Qt::Key_Menu ) {
+	QContextMenuEvent e( QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, QPoint( 5, 5 ), mapToGlobal( QPoint( 5, 5 ) ), 0 );
+	QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
+	if( e.isAccepted() )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    QKeyEvent e( type, code, ascii, state, text, autor,
+		 QMAX(QMAX(count,1), int(text.length())) );
+    return QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
+}
+
+
+//
+// Paint event translation
+//
+// When receiving many expose events, we compress them (union of all expose
+// rectangles) into one event which is sent to the widget.
+
+struct PaintEventInfo {
+    Window window;
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static Bool isPaintOrScrollDoneEvent( Display *, XEvent *ev, XPointer a )
+{
+    PaintEventInfo *info = (PaintEventInfo *)a;
+    if ( ev->type == Expose || ev->type == GraphicsExpose
+      ||    ev->type == ClientMessage
+	 && ev->xclient.message_type == qt_qt_scrolldone )
+    {
+	if ( ev->xexpose.window == info->window )
+	    return True;
+    }
+    return False;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// declared above: static QPtrList<QScrollInProgress> *sip_list = 0;
+
+void qt_insert_sip( QWidget* scrolled_widget, int dx, int dy )
+{
+    if ( !sip_list ) {
+	sip_list = new QPtrList<QScrollInProgress>;
+	sip_list->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+
+    QScrollInProgress* sip = new QScrollInProgress( scrolled_widget, dx, dy );
+    sip_list->append( sip );
+
+    XClientMessageEvent client_message;
+    client_message.type = ClientMessage;
+    client_message.window = scrolled_widget->winId();
+    client_message.format = 32;
+    client_message.message_type = qt_qt_scrolldone;
+    client_message.data.l[0] = sip->id;
+
+    XSendEvent( appDpy, scrolled_widget->winId(), False, NoEventMask,
+	(XEvent*)&client_message );
+}
+
+int qt_sip_count( QWidget* scrolled_widget )
+{
+    if ( !sip_list )
+	return 0;
+
+    int sips=0;
+
+    for (QScrollInProgress* sip = sip_list->first();
+	sip; sip=sip_list->next())
+    {
+	if ( sip->scrolled_widget == scrolled_widget )
+	    sips++;
+    }
+
+    return sips;
+}
+
+static
+bool translateBySips( QWidget* that, QRect& paintRect )
+{
+    if ( sip_list ) {
+	int dx=0, dy=0;
+	int sips=0;
+	for (QScrollInProgress* sip = sip_list->first();
+	    sip; sip=sip_list->next())
+	{
+	    if ( sip->scrolled_widget == that ) {
+		if ( sips ) {
+		    dx += sip->dx;
+		    dy += sip->dy;
+		}
+		sips++;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( sips > 1 ) {
+	    paintRect.moveBy( dx, dy );
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool QETWidget::translatePaintEvent( const XEvent *event )
+{
+    setWState( WState_Exposed );
+    QRect  paintRect( event->xexpose.x,	   event->xexpose.y,
+		      event->xexpose.width, event->xexpose.height );
+    bool   merging_okay = !testWFlags(WPaintClever);
+    XEvent xevent;
+    PaintEventInfo info;
+    info.window = winId();
+    bool should_clip = translateBySips( this, paintRect );
+
+    QRegion paintRegion( paintRect );
+
+    if ( merging_okay ) {
+	// WARNING: this is O(number_of_events * number_of_matching_events)
+	while ( XCheckIfEvent(x11Display(),&xevent,isPaintOrScrollDoneEvent,
+			      (XPointer)&info) &&
+		!qt_x11EventFilter(&xevent)  &&
+		!x11Event( &xevent ) ) // send event through filter
+	{
+	    if ( xevent.type == Expose || xevent.type == GraphicsExpose ) {
+		QRect exposure(xevent.xexpose.x,
+			       xevent.xexpose.y,
+			       xevent.xexpose.width,
+			       xevent.xexpose.height);
+		if ( translateBySips( this, exposure ) )
+		    should_clip = TRUE;
+		paintRegion = paintRegion.unite( exposure );
+	    } else {
+		translateScrollDoneEvent( &xevent );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( should_clip ) {
+	paintRegion = paintRegion.intersect( rect() );
+	if ( paintRegion.isEmpty() )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    QPaintEvent e( paintRegion );
+    setWState( WState_InPaintEvent );
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && backgroundOrigin() != WidgetOrigin )
+	erase( paintRegion );
+    qt_set_paintevent_clipping( this, paintRegion );
+    QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
+    qt_clear_paintevent_clipping();
+    clearWState( WState_InPaintEvent );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+//
+// Scroll-done event translation.
+//
+
+bool QETWidget::translateScrollDoneEvent( const XEvent *event )
+{
+    if ( !sip_list ) return FALSE;
+
+    long id = event->xclient.data.l[0];
+
+    // Remove any scroll-in-progress record for the given id.
+    for (QScrollInProgress* sip = sip_list->first(); sip; sip=sip_list->next()) {
+	if ( sip->id == id ) {
+	    sip_list->remove( sip_list->current() );
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+static Bool qt_net_wm_sync_request_scanner(Display*, XEvent* event, XPointer arg)
+{
+    return (event->type == ClientMessage && event->xclient.window == *(Window*)arg
+        && event->xclient.message_type == qt_wm_protocols
+        && event->xclient.data.l[ 0 ] == qt_net_wm_sync_request );
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+//
+// ConfigureNotify (window move and resize) event translation
+
+bool QETWidget::translateConfigEvent( const XEvent *event )
+{
+    // config pending is only set on resize, see qwidget_x11.cpp, internalSetGeometry()
+    bool was_resize = testWState( WState_ConfigPending );
+
+    clearWState(WState_ConfigPending);
+
+    if ( isTopLevel() ) {
+	QPoint newCPos( geometry().topLeft() );
+	QSize  newSize( event->xconfigure.width, event->xconfigure.height );
+
+	bool trust = (topData()->parentWinId == None ||
+		      topData()->parentWinId == QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow());
+
+	if (event->xconfigure.send_event || trust ) {
+	    // if a ConfigureNotify comes from a real sendevent request, we can
+	    // trust its values.
+	    newCPos.rx() = event->xconfigure.x + event->xconfigure.border_width;
+	    newCPos.ry() = event->xconfigure.y + event->xconfigure.border_width;
+	}
+
+	if ( isVisible() )
+	    QApplication::syncX();
+
+        if (! extra || extra->compress_events) {
+            // ConfigureNotify compression for faster opaque resizing
+            XEvent otherEvent;
+            int compressed_configs = 0;
+            while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( x11Display(), winId(), ConfigureNotify,
+                                            &otherEvent ) ) {
+                if ( qt_x11EventFilter( &otherEvent ) )
+                    continue;
+
+                if (x11Event( &otherEvent ) )
+                    continue;
+
+                if ( otherEvent.xconfigure.event != otherEvent.xconfigure.window )
+                    continue;
+
+                newSize.setWidth( otherEvent.xconfigure.width );
+                newSize.setHeight( otherEvent.xconfigure.height );
+
+                if ( otherEvent.xconfigure.send_event || trust ) {
+                    newCPos.rx() = otherEvent.xconfigure.x +
+                                   otherEvent.xconfigure.border_width;
+                    newCPos.ry() = otherEvent.xconfigure.y +
+                                   otherEvent.xconfigure.border_width;
+                }
+                ++compressed_configs;
+            }
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+            // _NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST compression 
+            Window wid = winId();
+            while ( compressed_configs &&
+                    XCheckIfEvent( x11Display(), &otherEvent,
+                    qt_net_wm_sync_request_scanner, (XPointer)&wid ) ) {
+                handleSyncRequest( (void*)&otherEvent );
+                --compressed_configs;
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+
+	QRect cr ( geometry() );
+	if ( newSize != cr.size() ) { // size changed
+	    was_resize = TRUE;
+	    QSize oldSize = size();
+	    cr.setSize( newSize );
+	    crect = cr;
+
+	    if ( isVisible() ) {
+		QResizeEvent e( newSize, oldSize );
+		QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
+	    } else {
+		QResizeEvent * e = new QResizeEvent( newSize, oldSize );
+		QApplication::postEvent( this, e );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( newCPos != cr.topLeft() ) { // compare with cpos (exluding frame)
+	    QPoint oldPos = geometry().topLeft();
+	    cr.moveTopLeft( newCPos );
+	    crect = cr;
+	    if ( isVisible() ) {
+		QMoveEvent e( newCPos, oldPos ); // pos (including frame), not cpos
+		QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
+	    } else {
+		QMoveEvent * e = new QMoveEvent( newCPos, oldPos );
+		QApplication::postEvent( this, e );
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	XEvent xevent;
+	while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(),winId(), ConfigureNotify,&xevent) &&
+		!qt_x11EventFilter(&xevent)  &&
+		!x11Event( &xevent ) ) // send event through filter
+	    ;
+    }
+
+    bool transbg = backgroundOrigin() != WidgetOrigin;
+    // we ignore NorthWestGravity at the moment for reversed layout
+    if ( transbg ||
+	 (!testWFlags( WStaticContents ) &&
+	  testWState( WState_Exposed ) && was_resize ) ||
+	 QApplication::reverseLayout() ) {
+	// remove unnecessary paint events from the queue
+	XEvent xevent;
+	while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( x11Display(), winId(), Expose, &xevent ) &&
+		! qt_x11EventFilter( &xevent )  &&
+		! x11Event( &xevent ) ) // send event through filter
+	    ;
+	repaint( !testWFlags(WResizeNoErase) || transbg );
+    }
+
+    incrementSyncCounter();
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+//
+// Close window event translation.
+//
+bool QETWidget::translateCloseEvent( const XEvent * )
+{
+    return close(FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the text cursor's flash (blink) time to \a msecs
+    milliseconds. The flash time is the time required to display,
+    invert and restore the caret display. Usually the text cursor is
+    displayed for \a msecs/2 milliseconds, then hidden for \a msecs/2
+    milliseconds, but this may vary.
+
+    Note that on Microsoft Windows, calling this function sets the
+    cursor flash time for all windows.
+
+    \sa cursorFlashTime()
+*/
+void  QApplication::setCursorFlashTime( int msecs )
+{
+    cursor_flash_time = msecs;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text cursor's flash (blink) time in milliseconds. The
+    flash time is the time required to display, invert and restore the
+    caret display.
+
+    The default value on X11 is 1000 milliseconds. On Windows, the
+    control panel value is used.
+
+    Widgets should not cache this value since it may be changed at any
+    time by the user changing the global desktop settings.
+
+    \sa setCursorFlashTime()
+*/
+int QApplication::cursorFlashTime()
+{
+    return cursor_flash_time;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the time limit that distinguishes a double click from two
+    consecutive mouse clicks to \a ms milliseconds.
+
+    Note that on Microsoft Windows, calling this function sets the
+    double click interval for all windows.
+
+    \sa doubleClickInterval()
+*/
+
+void QApplication::setDoubleClickInterval( int ms )
+{
+    mouse_double_click_time = ms;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum duration for a double click.
+
+    The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows, the
+    control panel value is used.
+
+    \sa setDoubleClickInterval()
+*/
+
+int QApplication::doubleClickInterval()
+{
+    return mouse_double_click_time;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is rotated
+    to \a n.
+
+    If this number exceeds the number of visible lines in a certain
+    widget, the widget should interpret the scroll operation as a
+    single page up / page down operation instead.
+
+    \sa wheelScrollLines()
+*/
+void QApplication::setWheelScrollLines( int n )
+{
+    wheel_scroll_lines = n;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is
+    rotated.
+
+    \sa setWheelScrollLines()
+*/
+int QApplication::wheelScrollLines()
+{
+    return wheel_scroll_lines;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Enables the UI effect \a effect if \a enable is TRUE, otherwise
+    the effect will not be used.
+
+    Note: All effects are disabled on screens running at less than
+    16-bit color depth.
+
+    \sa isEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect, setDesktopSettingsAware()
+*/
+void QApplication::setEffectEnabled( Qt::UIEffect effect, bool enable )
+{
+    switch (effect) {
+    case UI_AnimateMenu:
+	if ( enable ) fade_menu = FALSE;
+	animate_menu = enable;
+	break;
+    case UI_FadeMenu:
+	if ( enable )
+	    animate_menu = TRUE;
+	fade_menu = enable;
+	break;
+    case UI_AnimateCombo:
+	animate_combo = enable;
+	break;
+    case UI_AnimateTooltip:
+	if ( enable ) fade_tooltip = FALSE;
+	animate_tooltip = enable;
+	break;
+    case UI_FadeTooltip:
+	if ( enable )
+	    animate_tooltip = TRUE;
+	fade_tooltip = enable;
+	break;
+    case UI_AnimateToolBox:
+	animate_toolbox = enable;
+	break;
+    default:
+	animate_ui = enable;
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a effect is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    By default, Qt will try to use the desktop settings. Call
+    setDesktopSettingsAware(FALSE) to prevent this.
+
+    Note: All effects are disabled on screens running at less than
+    16-bit color depth.
+
+    \sa setEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect
+*/
+bool QApplication::isEffectEnabled( Qt::UIEffect effect )
+{
+    if ( QColor::numBitPlanes() < 16 || !animate_ui )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    switch( effect ) {
+    case UI_AnimateMenu:
+	return animate_menu;
+    case UI_FadeMenu:
+	return fade_menu;
+    case UI_AnimateCombo:
+	return animate_combo;
+    case UI_AnimateTooltip:
+	return animate_tooltip;
+    case UI_FadeTooltip:
+	return fade_tooltip;
+    case UI_AnimateToolBox:
+	return animate_toolbox;
+    default:
+	return animate_ui;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Session management support
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SM_SUPPORT
+
+#include <X11/SM/SMlib.h>
+
+class QSessionManagerData
+{
+public:
+    QSessionManagerData( QSessionManager* mgr, QString& id, QString& key )
+	: sm( mgr ), sessionId( id ), sessionKey( key ) {}
+    QSessionManager* sm;
+    QStringList restartCommand;
+    QStringList discardCommand;
+    QString& sessionId;
+    QString& sessionKey;
+    QSessionManager::RestartHint restartHint;
+};
+
+class QSmSocketReceiver : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QSmSocketReceiver( int socket )
+	: QObject(0,0)
+	{
+	    QSocketNotifier* sn = new QSocketNotifier( socket, QSocketNotifier::Read, this );
+	    connect( sn, SIGNAL( activated(int) ), this, SLOT( socketActivated(int) ) );
+	}
+
+public slots:
+     void socketActivated(int);
+};
+
+
+static SmcConn smcConnection = 0;
+static bool sm_interactionActive;
+static bool sm_smActive;
+static int sm_interactStyle;
+static int sm_saveType;
+static bool sm_cancel;
+// static bool sm_waitingForPhase2;  ### never used?!?
+static bool sm_waitingForInteraction;
+static bool sm_isshutdown;
+// static bool sm_shouldbefast;  ### never used?!?
+static bool sm_phase2;
+static bool sm_in_phase2;
+
+static QSmSocketReceiver* sm_receiver = 0;
+
+static void resetSmState();
+static void sm_setProperty( const char* name, const char* type,
+			    int num_vals, SmPropValue* vals);
+static void sm_saveYourselfCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData,
+				  int saveType, Bool shutdown , int interactStyle, Bool fast);
+static void sm_saveYourselfPhase2Callback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData ) ;
+static void sm_dieCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData ) ;
+static void sm_shutdownCancelledCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData );
+static void sm_saveCompleteCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData );
+static void sm_interactCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData );
+static void sm_performSaveYourself( QSessionManagerData* );
+
+static void resetSmState()
+{
+//    sm_waitingForPhase2 = FALSE; ### never used?!?
+    sm_waitingForInteraction = FALSE;
+    sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
+    sm_interactStyle = SmInteractStyleNone;
+    sm_smActive = FALSE;
+    sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
+    sm_isshutdown = FALSE;
+//    sm_shouldbefast = FALSE; ### never used?!?
+    sm_phase2 = FALSE;
+    sm_in_phase2 = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// theoretically it's possible to set several properties at once. For
+// simplicity, however, we do just one property at a time
+static void sm_setProperty( const char* name, const char* type,
+			    int num_vals, SmPropValue* vals)
+{
+    if (num_vals ) {
+      SmProp prop;
+      prop.name = (char*)name;
+      prop.type = (char*)type;
+      prop.num_vals = num_vals;
+      prop.vals = vals;
+
+      SmProp* props[1];
+      props[0] = &prop;
+      SmcSetProperties( smcConnection, 1, props );
+    }
+    else {
+      char* names[1];
+      names[0] = (char*) name;
+      SmcDeleteProperties( smcConnection, 1, names );
+    }
+}
+
+static void sm_setProperty( const QString& name, const QString& value)
+{
+    SmPropValue prop;
+    prop.length = value.length();
+    prop.value = (SmPointer) value.latin1();
+    sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmARRAY8, 1, &prop );
+}
+
+static void sm_setProperty( const QString& name, const QStringList& value)
+{
+    SmPropValue *prop = new SmPropValue[ value.count() ];
+    int count = 0;
+    for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it ) {
+      prop[ count ].length = (*it).length();
+      prop[ count ].value = (char*)(*it).latin1();
+      ++count;
+    }
+    sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmLISTofARRAY8, count, prop );
+    delete [] prop;
+}
+
+
+// workaround for broken libsm, see below
+struct QT_smcConn {
+    unsigned int save_yourself_in_progress : 1;
+    unsigned int shutdown_in_progress : 1;
+};
+
+static void sm_saveYourselfCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData,
+				  int saveType, Bool shutdown , int interactStyle, Bool /*fast*/)
+{
+    if (smcConn != smcConnection )
+	return;
+    sm_cancel = FALSE;
+    sm_smActive = TRUE;
+    sm_isshutdown = shutdown;
+    sm_saveType = saveType;
+    sm_interactStyle = interactStyle;
+//    sm_shouldbefast = fast; ### never used?!?
+
+    // ugly workaround for broken libSM. libSM should do that _before_
+    // actually invoking the callback in sm_process.c
+    ( (QT_smcConn*)smcConn )->save_yourself_in_progress = TRUE;
+    if ( sm_isshutdown )
+	( (QT_smcConn*)smcConn )->shutdown_in_progress = TRUE;
+
+    sm_performSaveYourself( (QSessionManagerData*) clientData );
+    if ( !sm_isshutdown ) // we cannot expect a confirmation message in that case
+	resetSmState();
+}
+
+static void sm_performSaveYourself( QSessionManagerData* smd )
+{
+    if ( sm_isshutdown )
+	sm_blockUserInput = TRUE;
+
+    QSessionManager* sm = smd->sm;
+
+    // generate a new session key
+    timeval tv;
+    gettimeofday( &tv, 0 );
+    smd->sessionKey  = QString::number( tv.tv_sec ) + "_" + QString::number(tv.tv_usec);
+
+    // tell the session manager about our program in best POSIX style
+    sm_setProperty( SmProgram, QString( qApp->argv()[0] ) );
+    // tell the session manager about our user as well.
+    struct passwd* entry = getpwuid( geteuid() );
+    if ( entry )
+	sm_setProperty( SmUserID, QString::fromLatin1( entry->pw_name ) );
+
+    // generate a restart and discard command that makes sense
+    QStringList restart;
+    restart  << qApp->argv()[0] << "-session" << smd->sessionId + "_" + smd->sessionKey;
+    if (qstricmp(qAppName(), qAppClass()) != 0)
+	restart << "-name" << qAppName();
+    sm->setRestartCommand( restart );
+    QStringList discard;
+    sm->setDiscardCommand( discard );
+
+    switch ( sm_saveType ) {
+    case SmSaveBoth:
+	qApp->commitData( *sm );
+	if ( sm_isshutdown && sm_cancel)
+	    break; // we cancelled the shutdown, no need to save state
+    // fall through
+    case SmSaveLocal:
+	qApp->saveState( *sm );
+	break;
+    case SmSaveGlobal:
+	qApp->commitData( *sm );
+	break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+
+    if ( sm_phase2 && !sm_in_phase2 ) {
+	SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase2( smcConnection, sm_saveYourselfPhase2Callback, (SmPointer*) smd );
+	sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
+    }
+    else {
+	// close eventual interaction monitors and cancel the
+	// shutdown, if required. Note that we can only cancel when
+	// performing a shutdown, it does not work for checkpoints
+	if ( sm_interactionActive ) {
+	    SmcInteractDone( smcConnection, sm_isshutdown && sm_cancel);
+	    sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
+	}
+	else if ( sm_cancel && sm_isshutdown ) {
+	    if ( sm->allowsErrorInteraction() ) {
+		SmcInteractDone( smcConnection, True );
+		sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// set restart and discard command in session manager
+	sm_setProperty( SmRestartCommand, sm->restartCommand() );
+	sm_setProperty( SmDiscardCommand, sm->discardCommand() );
+
+	// set the restart hint
+	SmPropValue prop;
+	prop.length = sizeof( int );
+	int value = sm->restartHint();
+	prop.value = (SmPointer) &value;
+	sm_setProperty( SmRestartStyleHint, SmCARD8, 1, &prop );
+
+	// we are done
+	SmcSaveYourselfDone( smcConnection, !sm_cancel );
+    }
+}
+
+static void sm_dieCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /* clientData  */)
+{
+    if (smcConn != smcConnection )
+	return;
+    resetSmState();
+    QEvent quitEvent(QEvent::Quit);
+    QApplication::sendEvent(qApp, &quitEvent);
+}
+
+static void sm_shutdownCancelledCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /* clientData */)
+{
+    if (smcConn != smcConnection )
+	return;
+    if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
+	qApp->exit_loop();
+    resetSmState();
+}
+
+static void sm_saveCompleteCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /*clientData */)
+{
+    if (smcConn != smcConnection )
+	return;
+    resetSmState();
+}
+
+static void sm_interactCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /* clientData */ )
+{
+    if (smcConn != smcConnection )
+	return;
+    if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
+	qApp->exit_loop();
+}
+
+static void sm_saveYourselfPhase2Callback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData )
+{
+    if (smcConn != smcConnection )
+	return;
+    sm_in_phase2 = TRUE;
+    sm_performSaveYourself( (QSessionManagerData*) clientData );
+}
+
+
+void QSmSocketReceiver::socketActivated(int)
+{
+    IceProcessMessages( SmcGetIceConnection( smcConnection ), 0, 0);
+}
+
+
+#undef Bool
+#include "qapplication_x11.moc"
+
+QSessionManager::QSessionManager( QApplication * app, QString &id, QString& key )
+    : QObject( app, "session manager" )
+{
+    d = new QSessionManagerData( this, id, key );
+    d->restartHint = RestartIfRunning;
+
+    resetSmState();
+    char cerror[256];
+    char* myId = 0;
+    char* prevId = (char*)id.latin1(); // we know what we are doing
+
+    SmcCallbacks cb;
+    cb.save_yourself.callback = sm_saveYourselfCallback;
+    cb.save_yourself.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
+    cb.die.callback = sm_dieCallback;
+    cb.die.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
+    cb.save_complete.callback = sm_saveCompleteCallback;
+    cb.save_complete.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
+    cb.shutdown_cancelled.callback = sm_shutdownCancelledCallback;
+    cb.shutdown_cancelled.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
+
+    // avoid showing a warning message below
+    const char* session_manager = getenv("SESSION_MANAGER");
+    if ( !session_manager || !session_manager[0] )
+	return;
+
+    smcConnection = SmcOpenConnection( 0, 0, 1, 0,
+				       SmcSaveYourselfProcMask |
+				       SmcDieProcMask |
+				       SmcSaveCompleteProcMask |
+				       SmcShutdownCancelledProcMask,
+				       &cb,
+				       prevId,
+				       &myId,
+				       256, cerror );
+
+    id = QString::fromLatin1( myId );
+    ::free( myId ); // it was allocated by C
+
+    QString error = cerror;
+    if (!smcConnection ) {
+	qWarning("Session management error: %s", error.latin1() );
+    }
+    else {
+	sm_receiver = new QSmSocketReceiver(  IceConnectionNumber( SmcGetIceConnection( smcConnection ) ) );
+    }
+}
+
+QSessionManager::~QSessionManager()
+{
+    if ( smcConnection )
+      SmcCloseConnection( smcConnection, 0, 0 );
+    smcConnection = 0;
+    delete sm_receiver;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
+{
+    return d->sessionId;
+}
+
+QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
+{
+    return d->sessionKey;
+}
+
+
+void* QSessionManager::handle() const
+{
+    return (void*) smcConnection;
+}
+
+
+bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
+{
+    if ( sm_interactionActive )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( sm_interactStyle == SmInteractStyleAny ) {
+	sm_waitingForInteraction =  SmcInteractRequest( smcConnection, SmDialogNormal,
+							sm_interactCallback, (SmPointer*) this );
+    }
+    if ( sm_waitingForInteraction ) {
+	qApp->enter_loop();
+	sm_waitingForInteraction = FALSE;
+	if ( sm_smActive ) { // not cancelled
+	    sm_interactionActive = TRUE;
+	    sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
+{
+    if ( sm_interactionActive )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( sm_interactStyle == SmInteractStyleAny || sm_interactStyle == SmInteractStyleErrors ) {
+	sm_waitingForInteraction =  SmcInteractRequest( smcConnection, SmDialogError,
+							sm_interactCallback, (SmPointer*) this );
+    }
+    if ( sm_waitingForInteraction ) {
+	qApp->enter_loop();
+	sm_waitingForInteraction = FALSE;
+	if ( sm_smActive ) { // not cancelled
+	    sm_interactionActive = TRUE;
+	    sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::release()
+{
+    if ( sm_interactionActive ) {
+	SmcInteractDone( smcConnection, False );
+	sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
+	if ( sm_smActive && sm_isshutdown )
+	    sm_blockUserInput = TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::cancel()
+{
+    sm_cancel = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setRestartHint( QSessionManager::RestartHint hint)
+{
+    d->restartHint = hint;
+}
+
+QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
+{
+    return d->restartHint;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand( const QStringList& command)
+{
+    d->restartCommand = command;
+}
+
+QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
+{
+    return d->restartCommand;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand( const QStringList& command)
+{
+    d->discardCommand = command;
+}
+
+QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
+{
+    return d->discardCommand;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const QString& name, const QString& value)
+{
+    SmPropValue prop;
+    prop.length = value.length();
+    prop.value = (SmPointer) value.utf8().data();
+    sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmARRAY8, 1, &prop );
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const QString& name, const QStringList& value)
+{
+    SmPropValue *prop = new SmPropValue[ value.count() ];
+    int count = 0;
+    for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it ) {
+      prop[ count ].length = (*it).length();
+      prop[ count ].value = (char*)(*it).utf8().data();
+      ++count;
+    }
+    sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmLISTofARRAY8, count, prop );
+    delete [] prop;
+}
+
+bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
+{
+    return sm_in_phase2;
+}
+
+void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
+{
+    sm_phase2 = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SM_SUPPORT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qasyncimageio.cpp b/src/kernel/qasyncimageio.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ecd1eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qasyncimageio.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of asynchronous image/movie loading classes
+**
+** Created : 970617
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qasyncimageio.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qgif.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+extern void qt_init_image_handlers();
+extern void qt_init_image_plugins();
+
+#define Q_TRANSPARENT 0x00ffffff
+
+/*!
+    \class QImageConsumer qasyncimageio.h
+    \brief The QImageConsumer class is an abstraction used by QImageDecoder.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup multimedia
+
+    The QMovie class, or QLabel::setMovie(), are easy to use and for
+    most situations do what you want with regards animated images.
+
+    A QImageConsumer consumes information about changes to the QImage
+    maintained by a QImageDecoder. Think of the QImage as the model or
+    source of the image data, with the QImageConsumer as a view of
+    that data and the QImageDecoder being the controller that
+    orchestrates the relationship between the model and the view.
+
+    You'd use the QImageConsumer class, for example, if you were
+    implementing a web browser with your own image loaders.
+
+    \sa QImageDecoder
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QImageConsumer::changed(const QRect&)
+
+    Called when the given area of the image has changed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QImageConsumer::end()
+
+    Called when all the data from all the frames has been decoded and
+    revealed as changed().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QImageConsumer::frameDone()
+
+    One of the two frameDone() functions will be called when a frame
+    of an animated image has ended and been revealed as changed().
+
+    When this function is called, the current image should be
+    displayed.
+
+    The decoder will not make any further changes to the image until
+    the next call to QImageFormat::decode().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QImageConsumer::frameDone( const QPoint& offset, const QRect& rect )
+
+    One of the two frameDone() functions will be called when a frame
+    of an animated image has ended and been revealed as changed().
+
+    When this function is called, the area \a rect in the current
+    image should be moved by \a offset and displayed.
+
+    The decoder will not make any further changes to the image until
+    the next call to QImageFormat::decode().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QImageConsumer::setLooping(int n)
+
+    Called to indicate that the sequence of frames in the image
+    should be repeated \a n times, including the sequence during
+    decoding.
+
+    \list
+    \i 0 = Forever
+    \i 1 = Only display frames the first time through
+    \i 2 = Repeat once after first pass through images
+    \i etc.
+    \endlist
+
+    To make the QImageDecoder do this, just delete it and pass the
+    information to it again for decoding (setLooping() will be called
+    again, of course, but that can be ignored), or keep copies of the
+    changed areas at the ends of frames.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QImageConsumer::setFramePeriod(int milliseconds)
+
+    Notes that the frame about to be decoded should not be displayed
+    until the given number of \a milliseconds after the time that this
+    function is called. Of course, the image may not have been
+    decoded by then, in which case the frame should not be displayed
+    until it is complete. A value of -1 (the assumed default)
+    indicates that the image should be displayed even while it is only
+    partially loaded.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QImageConsumer::setSize(int, int)
+
+    This function is called as soon as the size of the image has been
+    determined.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QImageDecoder qasyncimageio.h
+    \brief The QImageDecoder class is an incremental image decoder for all supported image formats.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup multimedia
+
+    New formats are installed by creating objects of class
+    QImageFormatType; the QMovie class can be used for all installed
+    incremental image formats. QImageDecoder is only useful for
+    creating new ways of feeding data to an QImageConsumer.
+
+    A QImageDecoder is a machine that decodes images. It takes encoded
+    image data via its decode() method and expresses its decoding by
+    supplying information to a QImageConsumer. It implements its
+    decoding by using a QImageFormat created by one of the
+    currently-existing QImageFormatType factory objects.
+
+    QImageFormatType and QImageFormat are the classes that you might
+    need to implement support for additional image formats.
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Qt supports GIF reading if it is configured that way during
+    installation (see qgif.h). If it is, we are required to state that
+    "The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of
+    CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of
+    CompuServe Incorporated."
+
+    \warning If you are in a country that recognizes software patents
+    and in which Unisys holds a patent on LZW compression and/or
+    decompression and you want to use GIF, Unisys may require you to
+    license that technology. Such countries include Canada, Japan,
+    the USA, France, Germany, Italy and the UK.
+
+    GIF support may be removed completely in a future version of Qt.
+    We recommend using the MNG or PNG format.
+*/
+
+static const int max_header = 32;
+
+
+
+
+
+// See qgif.h for important information regarding this option
+#if defined(QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER) && QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER == 1
+class QGIFFormat : public QImageFormat {
+public:
+    QGIFFormat();
+    virtual ~QGIFFormat();
+
+    int decode(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer,
+	    const uchar* buffer, int length);
+
+private:
+    void fillRect(QImage&, int x, int y, int w, int h, QRgb col);
+    QRgb color( uchar index ) const;
+
+    // GIF specific stuff
+    QRgb* globalcmap;
+    QRgb* localcmap;
+    QImage backingstore;
+    unsigned char hold[16];
+    bool gif89;
+    int count;
+    int ccount;
+    int expectcount;
+    enum State {
+	Header,
+	LogicalScreenDescriptor,
+	GlobalColorMap,
+	LocalColorMap,
+	Introducer,
+	ImageDescriptor,
+	TableImageLZWSize,
+	ImageDataBlockSize,
+	ImageDataBlock,
+	ExtensionLabel,
+	GraphicControlExtension,
+	ApplicationExtension,
+	NetscapeExtensionBlockSize,
+	NetscapeExtensionBlock,
+	SkipBlockSize,
+	SkipBlock,
+	Done,
+	Error
+    } state;
+    int gncols;
+    int lncols;
+    int ncols;
+    int lzwsize;
+    bool lcmap;
+    int swidth, sheight;
+    int width, height;
+    int left, top, right, bottom;
+    enum Disposal { NoDisposal, DoNotChange, RestoreBackground, RestoreImage };
+    Disposal disposal;
+    bool disposed;
+    int trans_index;
+    bool gcmap;
+    int bgcol;
+    int interlace;
+    int accum;
+    int bitcount;
+
+    enum { max_lzw_bits=12 }; // (poor-compiler's static const int)
+
+    int code_size, clear_code, end_code, max_code_size, max_code;
+    int firstcode, oldcode, incode;
+    short table[2][1<< max_lzw_bits];
+    short stack[(1<<(max_lzw_bits))*2];
+    short *sp;
+    bool needfirst;
+    int x, y;
+    int frame;
+    bool out_of_bounds;
+    bool digress;
+    void nextY(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer);
+    void disposePrevious( QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer );
+};
+
+class QGIFFormatType : public QImageFormatType
+{
+    QImageFormat* decoderFor(const uchar* buffer, int length);
+    const char* formatName() const;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
+class QImageDecoderPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QImageDecoderPrivate()
+    {
+	count = 0;
+    }
+
+    static void cleanup();
+
+    static void ensureFactories()
+    {
+	if ( !factories ) {
+	    factories = new QPtrList<QImageFormatType>;
+// See qgif.h for important information regarding this option
+#if defined(QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER) && QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER == 1
+	    gif_decoder_factory = new QGIFFormatType;
+#endif
+	    qt_init_image_handlers();
+	    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup );
+	}
+    }
+
+    static QPtrList<QImageFormatType> * factories;
+
+// See qgif.h for important information regarding this option
+#if defined(QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER) && QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER == 1
+    static QGIFFormatType * gif_decoder_factory;
+#endif
+
+    uchar header[max_header];
+    int count;
+};
+
+QPtrList<QImageFormatType> * QImageDecoderPrivate::factories = 0;
+// See qgif.h for important information regarding this option
+#if defined(QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER) && QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER == 1
+QGIFFormatType * QImageDecoderPrivate::gif_decoder_factory = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+void QImageDecoderPrivate::cleanup()
+{
+    delete factories;
+    factories = 0;
+// See qgif.h for important information regarding this option
+#if defined(QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER) && QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER == 1
+    delete gif_decoder_factory;
+    gif_decoder_factory = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QImageDecoder that will send change information to
+    the QImageConsumer \a c.
+*/
+QImageDecoder::QImageDecoder(QImageConsumer* c)
+{
+    qt_init_image_handlers();
+    d = new QImageDecoderPrivate;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
+    consumer = c;
+    actual_decoder = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys a QImageDecoder. The image it built is destroyed. The
+    decoder built by the factory for the file format is destroyed. The
+    consumer for which it decoded the image is \e not destroyed.
+*/
+QImageDecoder::~QImageDecoder()
+{
+    delete d;
+    delete actual_decoder;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QImage& QImageDecoder::image()
+
+    Returns the image currently being decoded.
+*/
+
+static bool plugins_loaded = FALSE;
+
+/*!
+    Call this function to decode some data into image changes. The
+    data in \a buffer will be decoded, sending change information to
+    the QImageConsumer of this QImageDecoder until one of the change
+    functions of the consumer returns FALSE. The length of the data is
+    given in \a length.
+
+    Returns the number of bytes consumed: 0 if consumption is
+    complete, and -1 if decoding fails due to invalid data.
+*/
+int QImageDecoder::decode(const uchar* buffer, int length)
+{
+    if (!actual_decoder) {
+	int i=0;
+
+	while (i < length && d->count < max_header)
+	    d->header[d->count++] = buffer[i++];
+
+	QImageDecoderPrivate::ensureFactories();
+
+	for (QImageFormatType* f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->first();
+	    f && !actual_decoder;
+	    f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->next())
+	{
+	    actual_decoder = f->decoderFor(d->header, d->count);
+	}
+	if ( !actual_decoder && !plugins_loaded) {
+	    qt_init_image_plugins();
+	    plugins_loaded = TRUE;
+
+	    for (QImageFormatType* f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->first();
+		f && !actual_decoder;
+		f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->next())
+	    {
+		actual_decoder = f->decoderFor(d->header, d->count);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (!actual_decoder) {
+	    if ( d->count < max_header ) {
+		// not enough info yet
+		return i;
+	    } else {
+		// failure - nothing matches max_header bytes
+		return -1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return actual_decoder->decode(img, consumer, buffer, length);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a QImageFormatType by name. This might be used when the
+    user needs to force data to be interpreted as being in a certain
+    format. \a name is one of the formats listed by
+    QImageDecoder::inputFormats(). Note that you will still need to
+    supply decodable data to result->decoderFor() before you can begin
+    decoding the data.
+*/
+QImageFormatType* QImageDecoder::format( const char* name )
+{
+    QImageDecoderPrivate::ensureFactories();
+    qt_init_image_plugins();
+
+    for (QImageFormatType* f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->first();
+	f;
+	f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->next())
+    {
+	if ( qstricmp(name,f->formatName())==0 )
+	    return f;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Call this function to find the name of the format of the given
+    header. The returned string is statically allocated. The function
+    will look at the first \a length characters in the \a buffer.
+
+    Returns 0 if the format is not recognized.
+*/
+const char* QImageDecoder::formatName(const uchar* buffer, int length)
+{
+    QImageDecoderPrivate::ensureFactories();
+
+    const char* name = 0;
+    for (QImageFormatType* f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->first();
+	f && !name;
+	f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->next())
+    {
+	QImageFormat *decoder = f->decoderFor(buffer, length);
+	if (decoder) {
+	    name = f->formatName();
+	    delete decoder;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !name && !plugins_loaded) {
+	qt_init_image_plugins();
+	plugins_loaded = TRUE;
+	for (QImageFormatType* f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->first();
+	    f && !name;
+	    f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->next())
+	{
+	    QImageFormat *decoder = f->decoderFor(buffer, length);
+	    if (decoder) {
+		name = f->formatName();
+		delete decoder;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return name;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a sorted list of formats for which asynchronous loading is
+    supported.
+*/
+QStrList QImageDecoder::inputFormats()
+{
+    QImageDecoderPrivate::ensureFactories();
+    qt_init_image_plugins();
+
+    QStrList result;
+
+    for (QImageFormatType* f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->first();
+	 f;
+	 f = QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->next())
+    {
+	if ( !result.contains(  f->formatName() ) ) {
+	    result.inSort(  f->formatName() );
+	}
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Registers the new QImageFormatType \a f. This is not needed in
+    application code because factories call this themselves.
+*/
+void QImageDecoder::registerDecoderFactory(QImageFormatType* f)
+{
+    QImageDecoderPrivate::ensureFactories();
+
+    QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->insert(0,f);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Unregisters the QImageFormatType \a f. This is not needed in
+    application code because factories call this themselves.
+*/
+void QImageDecoder::unregisterDecoderFactory(QImageFormatType* f)
+{
+    if ( !QImageDecoderPrivate::factories )
+	return;
+
+    QImageDecoderPrivate::factories->remove(f);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QImageFormat qasyncimageio.h
+    \brief The QImageFormat class is an incremental image decoder for a specific image format.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup multimedia
+
+    By making a derived class of QImageFormatType, which in turn
+    creates objects that are a subclass of QImageFormat, you can add
+    support for more incremental image formats, allowing such formats
+    to be sources for a QMovie or for the first frame of the image
+    stream to be loaded as a QImage or QPixmap.
+
+    Your new subclass must reimplement the decode() function in order
+    to process your new format.
+
+    New QImageFormat objects are generated by new QImageFormatType
+    factories.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the object.
+
+  \internal
+  More importantly, destroys derived classes.
+*/
+QImageFormat::~QImageFormat()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImageFormat::decode(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer, const uchar* buffer, int length)
+
+    New subclasses must reimplement this method.
+
+    It should decode some or all of the bytes from \a buffer into \a
+    img, calling the methods of \a consumer as the decoding proceeds
+    to inform that consumer of changes to the image. The length of the
+    data is given in \a length. The consumer may be 0, in which case
+    the function should just process the data into \a img without
+    telling any consumer about the changes. Note that the decoder must
+    store enough state to be able to continue in subsequent calls to
+    this method - this is the essence of the incremental image
+    loading.
+
+    The function should return without processing all the data if it
+    reaches the end of a frame in the input.
+
+    The function must return the number of bytes it has processed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QImageFormatType qasyncimageio.h
+    \brief The QImageFormatType class is a factory that makes QImageFormat objects.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup multimedia
+
+    Whereas the QImageIO class allows for \e complete loading of
+    images, QImageFormatType allows for \e incremental loading of
+    images.
+
+    New image file formats are installed by creating objects of
+    derived classes of QImageFormatType. They must implement
+    decoderFor() and formatName().
+
+    QImageFormatType is a very simple class. Its only task is to
+    recognize image data in some format and make a new object,
+    subclassed from QImageFormat, which can decode that format.
+
+    The factories for formats built into Qt are automatically defined
+    before any other factory is initialized. If two factories would
+    recognize an image format, the factory created last will override
+    the earlier one; you can thus override current and future built-in
+    formats.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QImageFormat* QImageFormatType::decoderFor(const uchar* buffer, int length)
+
+    Returns a decoder for decoding an image that starts with the bytes
+    in \a buffer. The length of the data is given in \a length. This
+    function should only return a decoder if it is certain that the
+    decoder applies to data with the given header. Returns 0 if there
+    is insufficient data in the header to make a positive
+    identification or if the data is not recognized.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual const char* QImageFormatType::formatName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the format supported by decoders from this
+    factory. The string is statically allocated.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a factory. It automatically registers itself with
+    QImageDecoder.
+*/
+QImageFormatType::QImageFormatType()
+{
+    QImageDecoder::registerDecoderFactory(this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys a factory. It automatically unregisters itself from
+    QImageDecoder.
+*/
+QImageFormatType::~QImageFormatType()
+{
+    QImageDecoder::unregisterDecoderFactory(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if Qt was compiled with built-in GIF reading support;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool qt_builtin_gif_reader()
+{
+#if defined(QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER)
+    return QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER == 1;
+#else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+// See qgif.h for important information regarding this option
+#if defined(QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER) && QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER == 1
+
+/* -- NOTDOC
+  \class QGIFFormat qasyncimageio.h
+  \brief Incremental image decoder for GIF image format.
+
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup graphics
+
+  This subclass of QImageFormat decodes GIF format images,
+  including animated GIFs. Internally in
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QGIFFormat.
+*/
+QGIFFormat::QGIFFormat()
+{
+    globalcmap = 0;
+    localcmap = 0;
+    lncols = 0;
+    gncols = 0;
+    disposal = NoDisposal;
+    out_of_bounds = FALSE;
+    disposed = TRUE;
+    frame = -1;
+    state = Header;
+    count = 0;
+    lcmap = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys a QGIFFormat.
+*/
+QGIFFormat::~QGIFFormat()
+{
+    if (globalcmap) delete[] globalcmap;
+    if ( localcmap ) delete[] localcmap;
+}
+
+
+/* -- NOTDOC
+  \class QGIFFormatType qasyncimageio.h
+  \brief Incremental image decoder for GIF image format.
+
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup graphics
+
+  This subclass of QImageFormatType recognizes GIF
+  format images, creating a QGIFFormat when required. An instance
+  of this class is created automatically before any other factories,
+  so you should have no need for such objects.
+*/
+
+QImageFormat* QGIFFormatType::decoderFor(
+    const uchar* buffer, int length)
+{
+    if (length < 6) return 0;
+    if (buffer[0]=='G'
+     && buffer[1]=='I'
+     && buffer[2]=='F'
+     && buffer[3]=='8'
+     && (buffer[4]=='9' || buffer[4]=='7')
+     && buffer[5]=='a')
+	return new QGIFFormat;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+const char* QGIFFormatType::formatName() const
+{
+    return "GIF";
+}
+
+
+void QGIFFormat::disposePrevious( QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer )
+{
+    if ( out_of_bounds ) // flush anything that survived
+	consumer->changed(QRect(0,0,swidth,sheight));
+
+    // Handle disposal of previous image before processing next one
+
+    if ( disposed ) return;
+
+    int l = QMIN(swidth-1,left);
+    int r = QMIN(swidth-1,right);
+    int t = QMIN(sheight-1,top);
+    int b = QMIN(sheight-1,bottom);
+
+    switch (disposal) {
+      case NoDisposal:
+	break;
+      case DoNotChange:
+	break;
+      case RestoreBackground:
+	if (trans_index>=0) {
+	    // Easy:  we use the transparent color
+	    fillRect(img, l, t, r-l+1, b-t+1, Q_TRANSPARENT);
+	} else if (bgcol>=0) {
+	    // Easy:  we use the bgcol given
+	    fillRect(img, l, t, r-l+1, b-t+1, color(bgcol));
+	} else {
+	    // Impossible:  We don't know of a bgcol - use pixel 0
+	    QRgb** line = (QRgb **)img.jumpTable();
+	    fillRect(img, l, t, r-l+1, b-t+1, line[0][0]);
+	}
+	if (consumer)
+	    consumer->changed(QRect(l, t, r-l+1, b-t+1));
+	break;
+      case RestoreImage: {
+	if ( frame >= 0 ) {
+	    QRgb** line = (QRgb **)img.jumpTable();
+	    for (int ln=t; ln<=b; ln++) {
+		memcpy(line[ln]+l,
+		    backingstore.scanLine(ln-t),
+		    (r-l+1)*sizeof(QRgb) );
+	    }
+	    consumer->changed(QRect(l, t, r-l+1, b-t+1));
+	}
+      }
+    }
+    disposal = NoDisposal; // Until an extension says otherwise.
+
+    disposed = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function decodes some data into image changes.
+
+    Returns the number of bytes consumed.
+*/
+int QGIFFormat::decode(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer,
+	const uchar* buffer, int length)
+{
+    // We are required to state that
+    //    "The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of
+    //    CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of
+    //    CompuServe Incorporated."
+
+#define LM(l, m) (((m)<<8)|l)
+    digress = FALSE;
+    int initial = length;
+    QRgb** line = (QRgb **)img.jumpTable();
+    while (!digress && length) {
+	length--;
+	unsigned char ch=*buffer++;
+	switch (state) {
+	  case Header:
+	    hold[count++]=ch;
+	    if (count==6) {
+		// Header
+		gif89=(hold[3]!='8' || hold[4]!='7');
+		state=LogicalScreenDescriptor;
+		count=0;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case LogicalScreenDescriptor:
+	    hold[count++]=ch;
+	    if (count==7) {
+		// Logical Screen Descriptor
+		swidth=LM(hold[0], hold[1]);
+		sheight=LM(hold[2], hold[3]);
+		gcmap=!!(hold[4]&0x80);
+		//UNUSED: bpchan=(((hold[4]&0x70)>>3)+1);
+		//UNUSED: gcmsortflag=!!(hold[4]&0x08);
+		gncols=2<<(hold[4]&0x7);
+		bgcol=(gcmap) ? hold[5] : -1;
+		//aspect=hold[6] ? double(hold[6]+15)/64.0 : 1.0;
+
+		trans_index = -1;
+		count=0;
+		ncols=gncols;
+		if (gcmap) {
+		    ccount=0;
+		    state=GlobalColorMap;
+		    globalcmap = new QRgb[gncols+1]; // +1 for trans_index
+		    globalcmap[gncols] = Q_TRANSPARENT;
+		} else {
+		    state=Introducer;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case GlobalColorMap: case LocalColorMap:
+	    hold[count++]=ch;
+	    if (count==3) {
+		QRgb rgb = qRgb(hold[0], hold[1], hold[2]);
+		if ( state == LocalColorMap ) {
+		    if ( ccount < lncols )
+			localcmap[ccount] =  rgb;
+		} else {
+		    globalcmap[ccount] = rgb;
+		}
+		if (++ccount >= ncols) {
+		    if ( state == LocalColorMap )
+			state=TableImageLZWSize;
+		    else
+			state=Introducer;
+		}
+		count=0;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case Introducer:
+	    hold[count++]=ch;
+	    switch (ch) {
+	      case ',':
+		state=ImageDescriptor;
+		break;
+	      case '!':
+		state=ExtensionLabel;
+		break;
+	      case ';':
+		if (consumer) {
+		    if ( out_of_bounds ) // flush anything that survived
+			consumer->changed(QRect(0,0,swidth,sheight));
+		    consumer->end();
+		}
+		state=Done;
+		break;
+	      default:
+		digress=TRUE;
+		// Unexpected Introducer - ignore block
+		state=Error;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case ImageDescriptor:
+	    hold[count++]=ch;
+	    if (count==10) {
+		int newleft=LM(hold[1], hold[2]);
+		int newtop=LM(hold[3], hold[4]);
+		int newwidth=LM(hold[5], hold[6]);
+		int newheight=LM(hold[7], hold[8]);
+
+		// disbelieve ridiculous logical screen sizes,
+		// unless the image frames are also large.
+		if ( swidth/10 > QMAX(newwidth,200) )
+		    swidth = -1;
+		if ( sheight/10 > QMAX(newheight,200) )
+		    sheight = -1;
+
+		if ( swidth <= 0 )
+		    swidth = newleft + newwidth;
+		if ( sheight <= 0 )
+		    sheight = newtop + newheight;
+
+		if (img.isNull()) {
+		    img.create(swidth, sheight, 32);
+		    memset( img.bits(), 0, img.numBytes() );
+		    if (consumer) consumer->setSize(swidth, sheight);
+		}
+		img.setAlphaBuffer(trans_index >= 0);
+		line = (QRgb **)img.jumpTable();
+
+		disposePrevious( img, consumer );
+		disposed = FALSE;
+
+		left = newleft;
+		top = newtop;
+		width = newwidth;
+		height = newheight;
+
+		right=QMAX( 0, QMIN(left+width, swidth)-1);
+		bottom=QMAX(0, QMIN(top+height, sheight)-1);
+		lcmap=!!(hold[9]&0x80);
+		interlace=!!(hold[9]&0x40);
+		//bool lcmsortflag=!!(hold[9]&0x20);
+		lncols=lcmap ? (2<<(hold[9]&0x7)) : 0;
+		if (lncols) {
+		    if ( localcmap )
+			delete [] localcmap;
+		    localcmap = new QRgb[lncols+1];
+		    localcmap[lncols] = Q_TRANSPARENT;
+		    ncols = lncols;
+		} else {
+		    ncols = gncols;
+		}
+		frame++;
+		if ( frame == 0 ) {
+		    if ( left || top || width<swidth || height<sheight ) {
+			// Not full-size image - erase with bg or transparent
+			if ( trans_index >= 0 ) {
+			    fillRect(img, 0, 0, swidth, sheight, color(trans_index));
+			    if (consumer) consumer->changed(QRect(0,0,swidth,sheight));
+			} else if ( bgcol>=0 ) {
+			    fillRect(img, 0, 0, swidth, sheight, color(bgcol));
+			    if (consumer) consumer->changed(QRect(0,0,swidth,sheight));
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if ( disposal == RestoreImage ) {
+		    int l = QMIN(swidth-1,left);
+		    int r = QMIN(swidth-1,right);
+		    int t = QMIN(sheight-1,top);
+		    int b = QMIN(sheight-1,bottom);
+		    int w = r-l+1;
+		    int h = b-t+1;
+
+		    if (backingstore.width() < w
+			|| backingstore.height() < h) {
+			// We just use the backing store as a byte array
+			backingstore.create( QMAX(backingstore.width(), w),
+					     QMAX(backingstore.height(), h),
+					     32);
+			memset( img.bits(), 0, img.numBytes() );
+		    }
+		    for (int ln=0; ln<h; ln++) {
+			memcpy(backingstore.scanLine(ln),
+			       line[t+ln]+l, w*sizeof(QRgb));
+		    }
+		}
+
+		count=0;
+		if (lcmap) {
+		    ccount=0;
+		    state=LocalColorMap;
+		} else {
+		    state=TableImageLZWSize;
+		}
+		x = left;
+		y = top;
+		accum = 0;
+		bitcount = 0;
+		sp = stack;
+                firstcode = oldcode = 0;
+		needfirst = FALSE;
+		out_of_bounds = left>=swidth || y>=sheight;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case TableImageLZWSize: {
+	    lzwsize=ch;
+	    if ( lzwsize > max_lzw_bits ) {
+		state=Error;
+	    } else {
+		code_size=lzwsize+1;
+		clear_code=1<<lzwsize;
+		end_code=clear_code+1;
+		max_code_size=2*clear_code;
+		max_code=clear_code+2;
+		int i;
+		for (i=0; i<clear_code && i<(1<<max_lzw_bits); i++) {
+		    table[0][i]=0;
+		    table[1][i]=i;
+		}
+		for (i=clear_code; i<(1<<max_lzw_bits); i++) {
+		    table[0][i]=table[1][i]=0;
+		}
+		state=ImageDataBlockSize;
+	    }
+	    count=0;
+	    break;
+	  } case ImageDataBlockSize:
+	    expectcount=ch;
+	    if (expectcount) {
+		state=ImageDataBlock;
+	    } else {
+		if (consumer) {
+		    consumer->frameDone();
+		    digress = TRUE;
+		}
+
+		state=Introducer;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case ImageDataBlock:
+	    count++;
+	    accum|=(ch<<bitcount);
+	    bitcount+=8;
+	    while (bitcount>=code_size && state==ImageDataBlock) {
+		int code=accum&((1<<code_size)-1);
+		bitcount-=code_size;
+		accum>>=code_size;
+
+		if (code==clear_code) {
+		    if (!needfirst) {
+			int i;
+			code_size=lzwsize+1;
+			max_code_size=2*clear_code;
+			max_code=clear_code+2;
+			for (i=0; i<clear_code; i++) {
+			    table[0][i]=0;
+			    table[1][i]=i;
+			}
+			for (i=clear_code; i<(1<<max_lzw_bits); i++) {
+			    table[0][i]=table[1][i]=0;
+			}
+		    }
+		    needfirst=TRUE;
+		} else if (code==end_code) {
+		    bitcount = -32768;
+		    // Left the block end arrive
+		} else {
+		    if (needfirst) {
+			firstcode=oldcode=code;
+			if (!out_of_bounds && line && firstcode!=trans_index)
+			    line[y][x] = color(firstcode);
+			x++;
+			if (x>=swidth) out_of_bounds = TRUE;
+			needfirst=FALSE;
+			if (x>=left+width) {
+			    x=left;
+                            out_of_bounds = left>=swidth || y>=sheight;
+			    nextY(img,consumer);
+			}
+		    } else {
+			incode=code;
+			if (code>=max_code) {
+			    *sp++=firstcode;
+			    code=oldcode;
+			}
+			while (code>=clear_code) {
+			    *sp++=table[1][code];
+			    if (code==table[0][code]) {
+				state=Error;
+				break;
+			    }
+			    if (sp-stack>=(1<<(max_lzw_bits))*2) {
+				state=Error;
+				break;
+			    }
+			    code=table[0][code];
+			}
+			*sp++=firstcode=table[1][code];
+			code=max_code;
+			if (code<(1<<max_lzw_bits)) {
+			    table[0][code]=oldcode;
+			    table[1][code]=firstcode;
+			    max_code++;
+			    if ((max_code>=max_code_size)
+			     && (max_code_size<(1<<max_lzw_bits)))
+			    {
+				max_code_size*=2;
+				code_size++;
+			    }
+			}
+			oldcode=incode;
+			while (sp>stack) {
+			    --sp;
+			    if (!out_of_bounds && line && *sp!=trans_index)
+				line[y][x] = color(*sp);
+			    x++;
+			    if (x>=swidth) out_of_bounds = TRUE;
+			    if (x>=left+width) {
+				x=left;
+                                out_of_bounds = left>=swidth || y>=sheight;
+				nextY(img,consumer);
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (count==expectcount) {
+		count=0;
+		state=ImageDataBlockSize;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case ExtensionLabel:
+	    switch (ch) {
+	    case 0xf9:
+		state=GraphicControlExtension;
+		break;
+	    case 0xff:
+		state=ApplicationExtension;
+		break;
+#if 0
+	    case 0xfe:
+		state=CommentExtension;
+		break;
+	    case 0x01:
+		break;
+#endif
+	    default:
+		state=SkipBlockSize;
+	    }
+	    count=0;
+	    break;
+	  case ApplicationExtension:
+	    if (count<11) hold[count]=ch;
+	    count++;
+	    if (count==hold[0]+1) {
+		if (qstrncmp((char*)(hold+1), "NETSCAPE", 8)==0) {
+		    // Looping extension
+		    state=NetscapeExtensionBlockSize;
+		} else {
+		    state=SkipBlockSize;
+		}
+		count=0;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case NetscapeExtensionBlockSize:
+	    expectcount=ch;
+	    count=0;
+	    if (expectcount) state=NetscapeExtensionBlock;
+	    else state=Introducer;
+	    break;
+	  case NetscapeExtensionBlock:
+	    if (count<3) hold[count]=ch;
+	    count++;
+	    if (count==expectcount) {
+		int loop = hold[0]+hold[1]*256;
+		if (consumer) consumer->setLooping(loop);
+		state=SkipBlockSize; // Ignore further blocks
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case GraphicControlExtension:
+	    if (count<5) hold[count]=ch;
+	    count++;
+	    if (count==hold[0]+1) {
+		disposePrevious( img, consumer );
+		disposal=Disposal((hold[1]>>2)&0x7);
+		//UNUSED: waitforuser=!!((hold[1]>>1)&0x1);
+		int delay=count>3 ? LM(hold[2], hold[3]) : 1;
+		// IE and mozilla use a minimum delay of 10. With the minumum delay of 10
+		// we are compatible to them and avoid huge loads on the app and xserver.
+		if ( delay < 10 )
+		    delay = 10;
+
+		bool havetrans=hold[1]&0x1;
+ 		trans_index = havetrans ? hold[4] : -1;
+
+		if (consumer) consumer->setFramePeriod(delay*10);
+		count=0;
+		state=SkipBlockSize;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case SkipBlockSize:
+	    expectcount=ch;
+	    count=0;
+	    if (expectcount) state=SkipBlock;
+	    else state=Introducer;
+	    break;
+	  case SkipBlock:
+	    count++;
+	    if (count==expectcount) state=SkipBlockSize;
+	    break;
+	  case Done:
+	    digress=TRUE;
+	    /* Netscape ignores the junk, so we do too.
+	    length++; // Unget
+	    state=Error; // More calls to this is an error
+	    */
+	    break;
+	  case Error:
+	    return -1; // Called again after done.
+	}
+    }
+    return initial-length;
+}
+
+void QGIFFormat::fillRect(QImage& img, int col, int row, int w, int h, QRgb color)
+{
+    if (w>0) {
+	QRgb** line = (QRgb **)img.jumpTable() + row;
+	for (int j=0; j<h; j++) {
+	    for ( int i=0; i<w; i++ ) {
+		*(line[j]+col+i) = color;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QGIFFormat::nextY(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer)
+{
+    int my;
+    switch (interlace) {
+      case 0:
+	// Non-interlaced
+	if (consumer && !out_of_bounds)
+	    consumer->changed(QRect(left, y, right-left+1, 1));
+	y++;
+	break;
+      case 1:
+	{
+	    int i;
+	    my = QMIN(7, bottom-y);
+	    if ( trans_index < 0 ) // Don't dup with transparency
+		for (i=1; i<=my; i++)
+		    memcpy(img.scanLine(y+i)+left, img.scanLine(y)+left,
+			(right-left+1)*sizeof(QRgb));
+	    if (consumer && !out_of_bounds)
+		consumer->changed(QRect(left, y, right-left+1, my+1));
+	    y+=8;
+	    if (y>bottom) {
+		interlace++; y=top+4;
+		if (y > bottom) { // for really broken GIFs with bottom < 5
+		    interlace=2;
+		    y = top + 2;
+		    if (y > bottom) { // for really broken GIF with bottom < 3
+			interlace = 0;
+			y = top + 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} break;
+      case 2:
+	{
+	    int i;
+	    my = QMIN(3, bottom-y);
+	    if ( trans_index < 0 ) // Don't dup with transparency
+		for (i=1; i<=my; i++)
+		    memcpy(img.scanLine(y+i)+left, img.scanLine(y)+left,
+			(right-left+1)*sizeof(QRgb));
+	    if (consumer && !out_of_bounds)
+		consumer->changed(QRect(left, y, right-left+1, my+1));
+	    y+=8;
+	    if (y>bottom) {
+		interlace++; y=top+2;
+		if (y > bottom) { // for really broken GIF with bottom < 3
+		    interlace = 3;
+		    y = top + 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	} break;
+      case 3:
+	{
+	    int i;
+	    my = QMIN(1, bottom-y);
+	    if ( trans_index < 0 ) // Don't dup with transparency
+		for (i=1; i<=my; i++)
+		    memcpy(img.scanLine(y+i)+left, img.scanLine(y)+left,
+			(right-left+1)*sizeof(QRgb));
+	    if (consumer && !out_of_bounds)
+		consumer->changed(QRect(left, y, right-left+1, my+1));
+	    y+=4;
+	    if (y>bottom) { interlace++; y=top+1; }
+	} break;
+      case 4:
+	if (consumer && !out_of_bounds)
+	    consumer->changed(QRect(left, y, right-left+1, 1));
+	y+=2;
+    }
+
+    // Consume bogus extra lines
+    if (y >= sheight) out_of_bounds=TRUE; //y=bottom;
+}
+
+QRgb QGIFFormat::color( uchar index ) const
+{
+    if ( index == trans_index || index > ncols )
+	return Q_TRANSPARENT;
+    QRgb *map = lcmap ? localcmap : globalcmap;
+    return map ? map[index] : 0;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif // QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
diff --git a/src/kernel/qasyncimageio.h b/src/kernel/qasyncimageio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d4c37b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qasyncimageio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of asynchronous image/movie loading classes
+**
+** Created : 970617
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QASYNCIMAGEIO_H
+#define QASYNCIMAGEIO_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qimage.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+#if __GNUC__ - 0 > 3
+#pragma GCC system_header
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QImageConsumer {
+public:
+    virtual void end()=0;
+
+    // Change transfer type 1.
+    virtual void changed( const QRect& ) = 0;
+    virtual void frameDone() = 0;
+
+    // Change transfer type 2.
+    virtual void frameDone( const QPoint&, const QRect& ) = 0;
+
+    virtual void setLooping( int ) = 0;
+    virtual void setFramePeriod( int ) = 0;
+    virtual void setSize( int, int ) = 0;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QImageFormat {
+public:
+    virtual ~QImageFormat();
+    virtual int decode( QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer,
+			const uchar* buffer, int length ) = 0;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QImageFormatType {
+public:
+    virtual ~QImageFormatType();
+    virtual QImageFormat* decoderFor( const uchar* buffer, int length ) = 0;
+    virtual const char* formatName() const = 0;
+protected:
+    QImageFormatType();
+};
+
+class QImageDecoderPrivate;
+class Q_EXPORT QImageDecoder {
+public:
+    QImageDecoder( QImageConsumer* c );
+    ~QImageDecoder();
+
+    const QImage& image() { return img; }
+    int decode( const uchar* buffer, int length );
+
+    static const char* formatName( const uchar* buffer, int length );
+    static QImageFormatType* format( const char* name ); // direct use - no decode()
+
+    static QStrList inputFormats();
+    static void registerDecoderFactory( QImageFormatType* );
+    static void unregisterDecoderFactory( QImageFormatType* );
+
+private:
+    QImageFormat* actual_decoder;
+    QImageConsumer* consumer;
+    QImage img;
+    QImageDecoderPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+#endif // QASYNCIMAGEIO_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qasyncio.cpp b/src/kernel/qasyncio.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b29dfa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qasyncio.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of asynchronous I/O classes
+**
+** Created : 970617
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qasyncio.h"
+#include "qiodevice.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IO
+
+/*!
+  \class QAsyncIO qasyncio.h
+  \obsolete
+  \brief The QAsyncIO class encapsulates I/O asynchronicity.
+
+  The Qt classes for asynchronous input/output provide a simple
+  mechanism to allow large files or slow data sources to be processed
+  without using large amounts of memory or blocking the user interface.
+
+  This facility is used in Qt to drive animated images.  See QImageConsumer.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the async IO object.
+*/
+QAsyncIO::~QAsyncIO()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  Ensures that only one object, \a obj and function, \a member, can
+  respond to changes in readiness.
+*/
+void QAsyncIO::connect(QObject* obj, const char *member)
+{
+    signal.disconnect(0, 0);
+    signal.connect(obj, member);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Derived classes should call this when they change from being
+  unready to ready.
+*/
+void QAsyncIO::ready()
+{
+    signal.activate();
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+  \class QDataSink qasyncio.h
+  \obsolete
+  \brief The QDataSink class is an asynchronous consumer of data.
+
+  A data sink is an object which receives data from some source in an
+  asynchronous manner.  This means that at some time not determined by
+  the data sink, blocks of data are given to it from processing.  The
+  data sink is able to limit the maximum size of such blocks which it
+  is currently able to process.
+
+  \sa QAsyncIO, QDataSource, QDataPump
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QDataSink::readyToReceive()
+
+  The data sink should return a value indicating how much data it is ready
+  to consume.  This may be 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  This should be called whenever readyToReceive() might have become non-zero.
+  It is merely calls QAsyncIO::ready() if readyToReceive() is non-zero.
+*/
+void QDataSink::maybeReady()
+{
+    if (readyToReceive()) ready();
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QDataSink::receive(const uchar*, int count)
+
+  This function is called to provide data for the data sink.  The \a count
+  will be no more than the amount indicated by the most recent call to
+  readyToReceive().  The sink must use all the provided data.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QDataSink::eof()
+
+  This function will be called when no more data is available for
+  processing.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \class QDataSource qasyncio.h
+  \obsolete
+  \brief The QDataSource class is an asynchronous producer of data.
+
+  A data source is an object which provides data from some source in an
+  asynchronous manner.  This means that at some time not determined by
+  the data source, blocks of data will be taken from it for processing.
+  The data source is able to limit the maximum size of such blocks which
+  it is currently able to provide.
+
+  \sa QAsyncIO, QDataSink, QDataPump
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QDataSource::readyToSend()
+
+  The data source should return a value indicating how much data it is ready
+  to provide.  This may be 0.  If the data source knows it will never be
+  able to provide any more data (until after a rewind()), it may return -1.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  This should be called whenever readyToSend() might have become non-zero.
+  It is merely calls QAsyncIO::ready() if readyToSend() is non-zero.
+*/
+void QDataSource::maybeReady()
+{
+    if (readyToSend()) ready();
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QDataSource::sendTo(QDataSink*, int count)
+
+  This function is called to extract data from the source, by sending
+  it to the given data sink.  The \a count will be no more than the amount
+  indicated by the most recent call to readyToSend().  The source must
+  use all the provided data, and the sink will be prepared to accept at
+  least this much data.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  This function should return TRUE if the data source can be rewound.
+
+  The default returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QDataSource::rewindable() const
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  If this function is called with \a on set to TRUE, and rewindable()
+  is TRUE, then the data source must take measures to allow the rewind()
+  function to subsequently operate as described.  If rewindable() is FALSE,
+  the function should call QDataSource::enableRewind(), which aborts with
+  a qFatal() error.
+
+  For example, a network connection may choose to use a disk cache
+  of input only if rewinding is enabled before the first buffer-full of
+  data is discarded, returning FALSE in rewindable() if that first buffer
+  is discarded.
+*/
+void QDataSource::enableRewind( bool /* on */ )
+{
+    qFatal( "Attempted to make unrewindable QDataSource rewindable" );
+}
+
+/*!
+  This function rewinds the data source.  This may only be called if
+  enableRewind(TRUE) has been previously called.
+*/
+void QDataSource::rewind()
+{
+    qFatal("Attempted to rewind unrewindable QDataSource");
+}
+
+/*!
+  \class QIODeviceSource qasyncio.h
+  \obsolete
+  \brief The QIODeviceSource class is a QDataSource that draws data from a QIODevice.
+
+  This class encapsulates retrieving data from a QIODevice (such as a QFile).
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a QIODeviceSource from the QIODevice \a device.  The QIODevice
+  \e must be dynamically allocated, becomes owned by the QIODeviceSource,
+  and will be deleted when the QIODeviceSource is destroyed. \a buffer_size
+  determines the size of buffering to use between asynchronous operations.
+  The higher the \a buffer_size, the more efficient, but the less interleaved
+  the operation will be with other processing.
+*/
+QIODeviceSource::QIODeviceSource(QIODevice* device, int buffer_size) :
+    buf_size(buffer_size),
+    buffer(new uchar[buf_size]),
+    iod(device),
+    rew(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the QIODeviceSource, deleting the QIODevice from which it was
+  constructed.
+*/
+QIODeviceSource::~QIODeviceSource()
+{
+    delete iod;
+    delete [] buffer;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Ready until end-of-file.
+*/
+int QIODeviceSource::readyToSend()
+{
+    if ( iod->status() != IO_Ok || !(iod->state() & IO_Open) )
+	return -1;
+
+    int n = QMIN((uint)buf_size, iod->size()-iod->at()); // ### not 64-bit safe
+                                                         // ### not large file safe
+    return n ? n : -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Reads a block of data and sends up to \a n bytes to the \a sink.
+*/
+void QIODeviceSource::sendTo(QDataSink* sink, int n)
+{
+    iod->readBlock((char*)buffer, n);
+    sink->receive(buffer, n);
+}
+
+/*!
+  All QIODeviceSource's are rewindable.
+*/
+bool QIODeviceSource::rewindable() const
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  If \a on is set to TRUE then rewinding is enabled.  
+  No special action is taken.  If \a on is set to 
+  FALSE then rewinding is disabled.
+*/
+void QIODeviceSource::enableRewind(bool on)
+{
+    rew = on;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Calls reset() on the QIODevice.
+*/
+void QIODeviceSource::rewind()
+{
+    if (!rew) {
+	QDataSource::rewind();
+    } else {
+	iod->reset();
+	ready();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \class QDataPump qasyncio.h
+  \obsolete
+  \brief The QDataPump class moves data from a QDataSource to a QDataSink during event processing.
+
+  For a QDataSource to provide data to a QDataSink, a controller must exist
+  to examine the QDataSource::readyToSend() and QDataSink::readyToReceive()
+  methods and respond to the QASyncIO::activate() signal of the source and
+  sink.  One very useful way to do this is interleaved with other event
+  processing.  QDataPump provides this - create a pipe between a source
+  and a sink, and data will be moved during subsequent event processing.
+
+  Note that each source can only provide data to one sink and each sink
+  can only receive data from one source (although it is quite possible
+  to write a multiplexing sink that is multiple sources).
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a QDataPump to move data from a given \a data_source
+  to a given \a data_sink.
+*/
+QDataPump::QDataPump(QDataSource* data_source, QDataSink* data_sink) :
+    source(data_source), sink(data_sink)
+{
+    source->connect(this, SLOT(kickStart()));
+    sink->connect(this, SLOT(kickStart()));
+    connect(&timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(tryToPump()));
+    timer.start(0, TRUE);
+}
+
+void QDataPump::kickStart()
+{
+    if (!timer.isActive()) {
+	interval = 0;
+	timer.start(0, TRUE);
+    }
+}
+
+void QDataPump::tryToPump()
+{
+    int supply, demand;
+
+    supply = source->readyToSend();
+    demand = sink->readyToReceive();
+    if (demand <= 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+    interval = 0;
+    if (supply < 0) {
+	// All done (until source signals change in readiness)
+	sink->eof();
+	return;
+    }
+    if (!supply)
+	return;
+    source->sendTo(sink, QMIN(supply, demand));
+
+    timer.start(0, TRUE);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ASYNC_IO
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qasyncio.h b/src/kernel/qasyncio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c203d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qasyncio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of asynchronous I/O classes
+**
+** Created : 970617
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QASYNCIO_H
+#define QASYNCIO_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qsignal.h"
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IO
+
+class QIODevice;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QAsyncIO {
+public:
+    virtual ~QAsyncIO();
+    void connect(QObject*, const char *member);
+
+protected:
+    void ready();
+
+private:
+    QSignal signal;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDataSink : public QAsyncIO {
+public:
+    // Call this to know how much I can take.
+    virtual int readyToReceive()=0;
+    virtual void receive(const uchar*, int count)=0;
+    virtual void eof()=0;
+    void maybeReady();
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDataSource : public QAsyncIO {
+public:
+    virtual int readyToSend()=0; // returns -1 when never any more ready
+    virtual void sendTo(QDataSink*, int count)=0;
+    void maybeReady();
+
+    virtual bool rewindable() const;
+    virtual void enableRewind(bool);
+    virtual void rewind();
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QIODeviceSource : public QDataSource {
+    const int buf_size;
+    uchar *buffer;
+    QIODevice* iod;
+    bool rew;
+
+public:
+    QIODeviceSource(QIODevice*, int bufsize=4096);
+   ~QIODeviceSource();
+
+    int readyToSend();
+    void sendTo(QDataSink* sink, int n);
+    bool rewindable() const;
+    void enableRewind(bool on);
+    void rewind();
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDataPump : public QObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+    int interval;
+    QTimer timer;
+    QDataSource* source;
+    QDataSink* sink;
+
+public:
+    QDataPump(QDataSource*, QDataSink*);
+
+private slots:
+    void kickStart();
+    void tryToPump();
+};
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_ASYNC_IO
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qbitmap.cpp b/src/kernel/qbitmap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8b87c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qbitmap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QBitmap class
+**
+** Created : 941020
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QBitmap qbitmap.h
+    \brief The QBitmap class provides monochrome (1-bit depth) pixmaps.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    The QBitmap class is a monochrome off-screen paint device used
+    mainly for creating custom QCursor and QBrush objects, in
+    QPixmap::setMask() and for QRegion.
+
+    A QBitmap is a QPixmap with a \link QPixmap::depth() depth\endlink
+    of 1. If a pixmap with a depth greater than 1 is assigned to a
+    bitmap, the bitmap will be dithered automatically. A QBitmap is
+    guaranteed to always have the depth 1, unless it is
+    QPixmap::isNull() which has depth 0.
+
+    When drawing in a QBitmap (or QPixmap with depth 1), we recommend
+    using the  QColor objects \c Qt::color0 and \c Qt::color1.
+    Painting with \c color0 sets the bitmap bits to 0, and painting
+    with \c color1 sets the bits to 1. For a bitmap, 0-bits indicate
+    background (or transparent) and 1-bits indicate foreground (or
+    opaque). Using the \c black and \c white QColor objects make no
+    sense because the QColor::pixel() value is not necessarily 0 for
+    black and 1 for white.
+
+    The QBitmap can be transformed (translated, scaled, sheared or
+    rotated) using xForm().
+
+    Just like the QPixmap class, QBitmap is optimized by the use of
+    \link shclass.html implicit sharing\endlink, so it is very
+    efficient to pass QBitmap objects as arguments.
+
+    \sa QPixmap, QPainter::drawPixmap(), bitBlt(), \link shclass.html Shared Classes\endlink
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a null bitmap.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::isNull()
+*/
+
+QBitmap::QBitmap()
+{
+    data->bitmap = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a bitmap with width \a w and height \a h.
+
+    The contents of the bitmap is uninitialized if \a clear is FALSE;
+    otherwise it is filled with pixel value 0 (the QColor \c
+    Qt::color0).
+
+    The optional \a optimization argument specifies the optimization
+    setting for the bitmap. The default optimization should be used in
+    most cases. Games and other pixmap-intensive applications may
+    benefit from setting this argument; see \l{QPixmap::Optimization}.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::setOptimization(), QPixmap::setDefaultOptimization()
+*/
+
+QBitmap::QBitmap( int w, int h, bool clear,
+		  QPixmap::Optimization optimization )
+    : QPixmap( w, h, 1, optimization )
+{
+    data->bitmap = TRUE;
+    if ( clear )
+	fill( Qt::color0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Constructs a bitmap with the size \a size.
+
+    The contents of the bitmap is uninitialized if \a clear is FALSE;
+    otherwise it is filled with pixel value 0 (the QColor \c
+    Qt::color0).
+
+    The optional \a optimization argument specifies the optimization
+    setting for the bitmap. The default optimization should be used in
+    most cases. Games and other pixmap-intensive applications may
+    benefit from setting this argument; see \l{QPixmap::Optimization}.
+*/
+
+QBitmap::QBitmap( const QSize &size, bool clear,
+		  QPixmap::Optimization optimization )
+    : QPixmap( size, 1, optimization )
+{
+    data->bitmap = TRUE;
+    if ( clear )
+	fill( Qt::color0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a bitmap with width \a w and height \a h and sets the
+    contents to \a bits.
+
+    The \a isXbitmap flag should be TRUE if \a bits was generated by
+    the X11 bitmap program. The X bitmap bit order is little endian.
+    The QImage documentation discusses bit order of monochrome images.
+
+    Example (creates an arrow bitmap):
+    \code
+	uchar arrow_bits[] = { 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3b, 0x71, 0xe0, 0xc0 };
+	QBitmap bm( 8, 8, arrow_bits, TRUE );
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+QBitmap::QBitmap( int w, int h, const uchar *bits, bool isXbitmap )
+    : QPixmap( w, h, bits, isXbitmap )
+{
+    data->bitmap = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Constructs a bitmap with the size \a size and sets the contents to
+    \a bits.
+
+    The \a isXbitmap flag should be TRUE if \a bits was generated by
+    the X11 bitmap program. The X bitmap bit order is little endian.
+    The QImage documentation discusses bit order of monochrome images.
+*/
+
+QBitmap::QBitmap( const QSize &size, const uchar *bits, bool isXbitmap )
+    : QPixmap( size.width(), size.height(), bits, isXbitmap )
+{
+    data->bitmap = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a bitmap that is a copy of \a bitmap.
+*/
+
+QBitmap::QBitmap( const QBitmap &bitmap )
+    : QPixmap( bitmap )
+{
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+/*!
+    Constructs a bitmap from the file \a fileName. If the file does
+    not exist or is of an unknown format, the bitmap becomes a null
+    bitmap.
+
+    The parameters \a fileName and \a format are passed on to
+    QPixmap::load(). Dithering will be performed if the file format
+    uses more than 1 bit per pixel.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::isNull(), QPixmap::load(), QPixmap::loadFromData(),
+    QPixmap::save(), QPixmap::imageFormat()
+*/
+
+QBitmap::QBitmap( const QString& fileName, const char *format )
+    : QPixmap() // Will set bitmap to null bitmap, explicit call for clarity
+{
+    data->bitmap = TRUE;
+    load( fileName, format, Mono );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the bitmap \a bitmap to this bitmap and returns a
+    reference to this bitmap.
+*/
+
+QBitmap &QBitmap::operator=( const QBitmap &bitmap )
+{
+    QPixmap::operator=(bitmap);
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    Q_ASSERT( data->bitmap );
+#endif
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Assigns the pixmap \a pixmap to this bitmap and returns a
+    reference to this bitmap.
+
+    Dithering will be performed if the pixmap has a QPixmap::depth()
+    greater than 1.
+*/
+
+QBitmap &QBitmap::operator=( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    if ( pixmap.isNull() ) {			// a null pixmap
+	QBitmap bm( 0, 0, FALSE, pixmap.optimization() );
+	QBitmap::operator=(bm);
+    } else if ( pixmap.depth() == 1 ) {		// 1-bit pixmap
+	if ( pixmap.isQBitmap() ) {		// another QBitmap
+	    QPixmap::operator=(pixmap);		// shallow assignment
+	} else {				// not a QBitmap, but 1-bit
+	    QBitmap bm( pixmap.size(), FALSE, pixmap.optimization() );
+	    bitBlt( &bm, 0,0, &pixmap, 0,0,pixmap.width(),pixmap.height() );
+	    QBitmap::operator=(bm);
+	}
+    } else {					// n-bit depth pixmap
+	QImage image;
+	image = pixmap;				// convert pixmap to image
+	*this = image;				// will dither image
+    }
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Converts the image \a image to a bitmap and assigns the result to
+    this bitmap. Returns a reference to the bitmap.
+
+    Dithering will be performed if the image has a QImage::depth()
+    greater than 1.
+*/
+
+QBitmap &QBitmap::operator=( const QImage &image )
+{
+    convertFromImage( image );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+/*!
+    Returns a transformed copy of this bitmap by using \a matrix.
+
+    This function does exactly the same as QPixmap::xForm(), except
+    that it returns a QBitmap instead of a QPixmap.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::xForm()
+*/
+
+QBitmap QBitmap::xForm( const QWMatrix &matrix ) const
+{
+    QPixmap pm = QPixmap::xForm( matrix );
+    QBitmap bm;
+    // Here we fake the pixmap to think it's a QBitmap. With this trick,
+    // the QBitmap::operator=(const QPixmap&) will just refer the
+    // pm.data and we do not need to perform a bitBlt.
+    pm.data->bitmap = TRUE;
+    bm = pm;
+    return bm;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qbitmap.h b/src/kernel/qbitmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40fbf40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qbitmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QBitmap class
+**
+** Created : 941020
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QBITMAP_H
+#define QBITMAP_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QBitmap : public QPixmap
+{
+public:
+    QBitmap();
+    QBitmap( int w, int h,  bool clear = FALSE,
+	     QPixmap::Optimization = QPixmap::DefaultOptim );
+    QBitmap( const QSize &, bool clear = FALSE,
+	     QPixmap::Optimization = QPixmap::DefaultOptim );
+    QBitmap( int w, int h,  const uchar *bits, bool isXbitmap=FALSE );
+    QBitmap( const QSize &, const uchar *bits, bool isXbitmap=FALSE );
+    QBitmap( const QBitmap & );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+    QBitmap( const QString &fileName, const char *format=0 );
+#endif
+    QBitmap &operator=( const QBitmap & );
+    QBitmap &operator=( const QPixmap & );
+    QBitmap &operator=( const QImage  & );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+    QBitmap  xForm( const QWMatrix & ) const;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#endif // QBITMAP_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qbrush.h b/src/kernel/qbrush.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b6bade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qbrush.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QBrush class
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QBRUSH_H
+#define QBRUSH_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QBrush: public Qt
+{
+friend class QPainter;
+public:
+    QBrush();
+    QBrush( BrushStyle );
+    QBrush( const QColor &, BrushStyle=SolidPattern );
+    QBrush( const QColor &, const QPixmap & );
+    QBrush( const QBrush & );
+   ~QBrush();
+    QBrush &operator=( const QBrush & );
+
+    BrushStyle	style()	 const		{ return data->style; }
+    void	setStyle( BrushStyle );
+    const QColor &color()const		{ return data->color; }
+    void	setColor( const QColor & );
+    QPixmap    *pixmap() const		{ return data->pixmap; }
+    void	setPixmap( const QPixmap & );
+
+    bool	operator==( const QBrush &p ) const;
+    bool	operator!=( const QBrush &b ) const
+					{ return !(operator==(b)); }
+
+private:
+    QBrush	copy()	const;
+    void	detach();
+    void	init( const QColor &, BrushStyle );
+    struct QBrushData : public QShared {	// brush data
+	BrushStyle style;
+	QColor	  color;
+	QPixmap	 *pixmap;
+    } *data;
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QBrush stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QBrush & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QBrush & );
+#endif
+
+#endif // QBRUSH_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qclipboard.cpp b/src/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b02d1ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QClipboard class
+**
+** Created : 960430
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qclipboard.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QClipboard qclipboard.h
+    \brief The QClipboard class provides access to the window system clipboard.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup environment
+    \mainclass
+
+    The clipboard offers a simple mechanism to copy and paste data
+    between applications.
+
+    QClipboard supports the same data types that QDragObject does, and
+    uses similar mechanisms. For advanced clipboard usage
+    read \link dnd.html the drag-and-drop documentation\endlink.
+
+    There is a single QClipboard object in an application, and you can
+    access it using QApplication::clipboard().
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    QClipboard *cb = QApplication::clipboard();
+
+    // Copy text from the clipboard (paste)
+    QString text = cb->text(QClipboard::Clipboard);
+    if ( !text.isNull() )
+	qDebug( "The clipboard contains: " + text );
+
+    // Copy text into the clipboard
+    cb->setText( "This text can be pasted by other programs",
+		 QClipboard::Clipboard );
+    \endcode
+
+    QClipboard features some convenience functions to access common data
+    types: setText() allows the exchange of Unicode text and
+    setPixmap() and setImage() allows the exchange of QPixmaps
+    and QImages between applications. The setData() function is the
+    ultimate in flexibility: it allows you to add any QMimeSource into the
+    clipboard. There are corresponding getters for each of these, e.g.
+    text(), image() and pixmap().
+
+    You can clear the clipboard by calling clear().
+
+
+    \section1 Platform Specific Information
+
+    \section2 X11
+
+    \list
+
+    \i The X11 Window System has the concept of a separate selection
+    and clipboard.  When text is selected, it is immediately available
+    as the global mouse selection.  The global mouse selection may
+    later be copied to the clipboard.  By convention, the middle mouse
+    button is used to paste the global mouse selection.
+
+    \i X11 also has the concept of ownership; if you change the
+    selection within a window, X11 will only notify the owner and the
+    previous owner of the change, i.e. it will not notify all
+    applications that the selection or clipboard data changed.
+
+    \i Lastly, the X11 clipboard is event driven, i.e. the clipboard
+    will not function properly if the event loop is not running.
+    Similarly, it is recommended that the contents of the clipboard
+    are stored or retrieved in direct response to user-input events,
+    e.g. mouse button or key presses and releases.  You should not
+    store or retrieve the clipboard contents in response to timer or
+    non-user-input events.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Windows
+
+    \list
+
+    \i Microsoft Windows does not support the global mouse selection;
+    it only supports the global clipboard, e.g. Windows only adds text
+    to the clipboard when an explicit copy or cut is made.
+
+    \i Windows does not have the concept of ownership; the clipboard
+    is a fully global resource so all applications are notified of
+    changes.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    See the multiclip example in the \e{Qt Designer} examples
+    directory for an example of a multiplatform clipboard application
+    that also demonstrates selection handling.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Constructs a clipboard object.
+
+    Do not call this function.
+
+    Call QApplication::clipboard() instead to get a pointer to the
+    application's global clipboard object.
+
+    There is only one clipboard in the window system, and creating
+    more than one object to represent it is almost certainly an error.
+*/
+
+QClipboard::QClipboard( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    // nothing
+}
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_WIN32
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Destroys the clipboard.
+
+    You should never delete the clipboard. QApplication will do this
+    when the application terminates.
+*/
+QClipboard::~QClipboard()
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QClipboard::dataChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the clipboard data is changed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QClipboard::selectionChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the selection is changed. This only
+    applies to windowing systems that support selections, e.g. X11.
+    Windows doesn't support selections.
+*/
+
+/*! \enum QClipboard::Mode
+    \keyword clipboard mode
+
+    This enum type is used to control which part of the system clipboard is
+    used by QClipboard::data(), QClipboard::setData() and related functions.
+
+    \value Clipboard  indicates that data should be stored and retrieved from
+    the global clipboard.
+
+    \value Selection  indicates that data should be stored and retrieved from
+    the global mouse selection.
+
+    \e Note: Support for \c Selection is provided only on systems with a
+    global mouse selection (e.g. X11).
+
+    \sa QClipboard::supportsSelection()
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QApplication member functions related to QClipboard.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+// text handling is done directly in qclipboard_qws, for now
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the clipboard text in subtype \a subtype, or a null string
+    if the clipboard does not contain any text. If \a subtype is null,
+    any subtype is acceptable, and \a subtype is set to the chosen
+    subtype.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    text is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the text is retrieved from the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    Common values for \a subtype are "plain" and "html".
+
+    \sa setText(), data(), QString::operator!()
+*/
+QString QClipboard::text( QCString &subtype, Mode mode ) const
+{
+    QString r;
+    QTextDrag::decode( data( mode ) ,r, subtype );
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the clipboard text in subtype \a subtype, or a null string
+    if the clipboard does not contain any text. This function uses the
+    QClipboard::text() function which takes a QClipboard::Mode
+    argument.  The value of the mode argument is determined by the
+    return value of selectionModeEnabled(). If selectionModeEnabled()
+    returns TRUE, the mode argument is QClipboard::Selection,
+    otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+QString QClipboard::text( QCString& subtype ) const
+{
+    return text( subtype, selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the clipboard text as plain text, or a null string if the
+    clipboard does not contain any text.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    text is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the text is retrieved from the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    \sa setText(), data(), QString::operator!()
+*/
+QString QClipboard::text( Mode mode ) const
+{
+    QCString subtype = "plain";
+    return text( subtype, mode );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::text() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+
+QString QClipboard::text() const
+{
+    return text( selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+ /*!
+    Copies \a text into the clipboard as plain text.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    text is stored in the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the text is stored in the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    \sa text(), setData()
+*/
+
+void QClipboard::setText( const QString &text, Mode mode )
+{
+    setData( new QTextDrag(text), mode );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::setText() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+void QClipboard::setText( const QString &text )
+{
+    setText( text, selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the clipboard image, or returns a null image if the
+    clipboard does not contain an image or if it contains an image in
+    an unsupported image format.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    image is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the image is retrieved from the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    \sa setImage() pixmap() data(), QImage::isNull()
+*/
+QImage QClipboard::image( Mode mode ) const
+{
+    QImage r;
+    QImageDrag::decode( data( mode ), r );
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::image() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+QImage QClipboard::image() const
+{
+    return image( selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copies \a image into the clipboard.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    image is stored in the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the data is stored in the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    This is shorthand for:
+    \code
+        setData( new QImageDrag(image), mode )
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa image(), setPixmap() setData()
+*/
+void QClipboard::setImage( const QImage &image, Mode mode )
+{
+    setData( new QImageDrag( image ), mode );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::setImage() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+void QClipboard::setImage( const QImage &image )
+{
+    setImage( image, selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the clipboard pixmap, or null if the clipboard does not
+    contain a pixmap. Note that this can lose information. For
+    example, if the image is 24-bit and the display is 8-bit, the
+    result is converted to 8 bits, and if the image has an alpha
+    channel, the result just has a mask.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    pixmap is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the pixmap is retrieved from the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    \sa setPixmap() image() data() QPixmap::convertFromImage().
+*/
+QPixmap QClipboard::pixmap( Mode mode ) const
+{
+    QPixmap r;
+    QImageDrag::decode( data( mode ), r );
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::pixmap() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+QPixmap QClipboard::pixmap() const
+{
+    return pixmap( selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copies \a pixmap into the clipboard. Note that this is slower
+    than setImage() because it needs to convert the QPixmap to a
+    QImage first.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    pixmap is stored in the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the pixmap is stored in the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    \sa pixmap() setImage() setData()
+*/
+void QClipboard::setPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap, Mode mode )
+{
+    // *could* just use the handle, but that is X hackery, MIME is better.
+    setData( new QImageDrag( pixmap.convertToImage() ), mode );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::setPixmap() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+void QClipboard::setPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    setPixmap( pixmap, selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+
+/*! \fn QMimeSource *QClipboard::data( Mode mode ) const
+    Returns a reference to a QMimeSource representation of the current
+    clipboard data.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    data is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the data is retrieved from the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    \sa setData()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::data() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+QMimeSource *QClipboard::data() const
+{
+    return data( selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QClipboard::setData( QMimeSource *src, Mode mode )
+    Sets the clipboard data to \a src. Ownership of the data is
+    transferred to the clipboard. If you want to remove the data
+    either call clear() or call setData() again with new data.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
+    data is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, the data is retrieved from the global
+    mouse selection.
+
+    The QDragObject subclasses are reasonable objects to put into the
+    clipboard (but do not try to call QDragObject::drag() on the same
+    object). Any QDragObject placed in the clipboard should have a
+    parent of 0. Do not put QDragMoveEvent or QDropEvent subclasses in
+    the clipboard, as they do not belong to the event handler which
+    receives them.
+
+    The setText(), setImage() and setPixmap() functions are simpler
+    wrappers for setting text, image and pixmap data respectively.
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::setData() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+void QClipboard::setData( QMimeSource *src )
+{
+    setData( src, selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QClipboard::clear( Mode mode )
+    Clear the clipboard contents.
+
+    The \a mode argument is used to control which part of the system
+    clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, this
+    function clears the the global clipboard contents.  If \a mode is
+    QClipboard::Selection, this function clears the global mouse
+    selection contents.
+
+    \sa QClipboard::Mode, supportsSelection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function uses the QClipboard::clear() function which takes
+    a QClipboard::Mode argument.  The value of the mode argument is
+    determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled().
+    If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
+    QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard.
+*/
+// ### remove 4.0
+void QClipboard::clear()
+{
+    clear( selectionModeEnabled() ? Selection : Clipboard );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+#endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
diff --git a/src/kernel/qclipboard.h b/src/kernel/qclipboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef84412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qclipboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QClipboard class
+**
+** Created : 960430
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCLIPBOARD_H
+#define QCLIPBOARD_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+
+class QMimeSource;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QClipboard : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+private:
+    QClipboard( QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    ~QClipboard();
+
+public:
+    enum Mode { Clipboard, Selection };
+
+    void	clear( Mode mode );	       	// ### default arg = Clipboard in 4.0
+    void	clear();		       	// ### remove 4.0
+
+    bool	supportsSelection() const;
+    bool	ownsSelection() const;
+    bool	ownsClipboard() const;
+
+    void	setSelectionMode(bool enable);		// ### remove 4.0
+    bool	selectionModeEnabled() const; 		// ### remove 4.0
+
+    // ### default arg mode = Clipboard in 4.0 for all of these
+    QString     text( Mode mode )	 const;
+    QString     text( QCString& subtype, Mode mode ) const;
+    void	setText( const QString &, Mode mode );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+    QMimeSource *data( Mode mode ) const;
+    void setData( QMimeSource*, Mode mode );
+
+    QImage	image( Mode mode ) const;
+    QPixmap	pixmap( Mode mode ) const;
+    void	setImage( const QImage &, Mode mode );
+    void	setPixmap( const QPixmap &, Mode mode );
+#endif
+
+    // ### remove all of these in 4.0
+    QString     text()	 const;
+    QString     text(QCString& subtype) const;
+    void	setText( const QString &);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+    QMimeSource	*data() const;
+    void	setData( QMimeSource* );
+
+    QImage	image() const;
+    QPixmap	pixmap() const;
+    void	setImage( const QImage & );
+    void	setPixmap( const QPixmap & );
+#endif
+
+signals:
+    void        selectionChanged();
+    void	dataChanged();
+
+private slots:
+    void	ownerDestroyed();
+
+protected:
+    void	connectNotify( const char * );
+    bool	event( QEvent * );
+
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+    friend class QDragManager;
+    friend class QMimeSource;
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    void loadScrap(bool convert);
+    void saveScrap();
+#endif
+
+    // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QClipboard( const QClipboard & );
+    QClipboard &operator=( const QClipboard & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+
+#endif // QCLIPBOARD_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73cdad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1674 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QClipboard class for X11
+**
+** Created : 960430
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+// #define QCLIPBOARD_DEBUG
+// #define QCLIPBOARD_DEBUG_VERBOSE
+
+#ifdef QCLIPBOARD_DEBUG
+#  define QDEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#  define QDEBUG if (FALSE) qDebug
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QCLIPBOARD_DEBUG_VERBOSE
+#  define VQDEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#  define VQDEBUG if (FALSE) qDebug
+#endif
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+#include "qclipboard.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+
+
+// REVISED: arnt
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Internal QClipboard functions for X11.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// from qapplication_x11.cpp
+typedef int (*QX11EventFilter) (XEvent*);
+extern QX11EventFilter qt_set_x11_event_filter (QX11EventFilter filter);
+
+extern Time qt_x_time;			// def. in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern Time qt_x_incr;			// def. in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern Atom qt_xa_clipboard;
+extern Atom qt_selection_property;
+extern Atom qt_clipboard_sentinel;
+extern Atom qt_selection_sentinel;
+extern Atom qt_utf8_string;
+
+// from qdnd_x11.cpp
+extern Atom* qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( const char *mimeType );
+extern const char* qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( Atom );
+
+
+static int clipboard_timeout = 5000; // 5s timeout on clipboard operations
+
+static QWidget * owner = 0;
+static QWidget *requestor = 0;
+static bool inSelectionMode_obsolete = FALSE; // ### remove 4.0
+static bool timer_event_clear = FALSE;
+static int timer_id = 0;
+
+static int pending_timer_id = 0;
+static bool pending_clipboard_changed = FALSE;
+static bool pending_selection_changed = FALSE;
+
+Q_EXPORT bool qt_qclipboard_bailout_hack = false;
+
+// event capture mechanism for qt_xclb_wait_for_event
+static bool waiting_for_data = FALSE;
+static bool has_captured_event = FALSE;
+static Window capture_event_win = None;
+static int capture_event_type = -1;
+static XEvent captured_event;
+
+class QClipboardWatcher; // forward decl
+static QClipboardWatcher *selection_watcher = 0;
+static QClipboardWatcher *clipboard_watcher = 0;
+
+static void cleanup()
+{
+    delete owner;
+    delete requestor;
+    owner = 0;
+    requestor = 0;
+}
+
+static
+void setupOwner()
+{
+    if ( owner )
+	return;
+    owner = new QWidget( 0, "internal clipboard owner" );
+    requestor = new QWidget(0, "internal clipboard requestor");
+    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup );
+}
+
+static
+int sizeof_format(int format)
+{
+    int sz;
+    switch (format) {
+    default:
+    case  8: sz = sizeof( char); break;
+    case 16: sz = sizeof(short); break;
+    case 32: sz = sizeof( long); break;
+    }
+    return sz;
+}
+
+class QClipboardWatcher : public QMimeSource {
+public:
+    QClipboardWatcher( QClipboard::Mode mode );
+    ~QClipboardWatcher();
+    bool empty() const;
+    const char* format( int n ) const;
+    QByteArray encodedData( const char* fmt ) const;
+    QByteArray getDataInFormat(Atom fmtatom) const;
+
+    Atom atom;
+    QValueList<const char *> formatList;
+};
+
+
+
+class QClipboardData
+{
+public:
+    QClipboardData();
+    ~QClipboardData();
+
+    void setSource(QMimeSource* s)
+    {
+	clear(TRUE);
+	src = s;
+    }
+
+    QMimeSource *source() const { return src; }
+
+    void addTransferredPixmap(QPixmap pm)
+    {
+	/* TODO: queue them */
+	transferred[tindex] = pm;
+	tindex=(tindex+1)%2;
+    }
+    void clearTransfers()
+    {
+	transferred[0] = QPixmap();
+	transferred[1] = QPixmap();
+    }
+
+    void clear(bool destruct=TRUE);
+
+    QMimeSource *src;
+    Time timestamp;
+
+    QPixmap transferred[2];
+    int tindex;
+};
+
+QClipboardData::QClipboardData()
+{
+    src = 0;
+    timestamp = CurrentTime;
+    tindex=0;
+}
+
+QClipboardData::~QClipboardData()
+{ clear(); }
+
+void QClipboardData::clear(bool destruct)
+{
+    if(destruct)
+	delete src;
+    src = 0;
+    timestamp = CurrentTime;
+}
+
+
+static QClipboardData *internalCbData = 0;
+static QClipboardData *internalSelData = 0;
+
+static void cleanupClipboardData()
+{
+    delete internalCbData;
+    internalCbData = 0;
+}
+
+static QClipboardData *clipboardData()
+{
+    if ( internalCbData == 0 ) {
+	internalCbData = new QClipboardData;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( internalCbData );
+	qAddPostRoutine( cleanupClipboardData );
+    }
+    return internalCbData;
+}
+
+void qt_clipboard_cleanup_mime_source(QMimeSource *src)
+{
+    if(internalCbData && internalCbData->source() == src)
+	internalCbData->clear(FALSE);
+}
+
+static void cleanupSelectionData()
+{
+    delete internalSelData;
+    internalSelData = 0;
+}
+
+static QClipboardData *selectionData()
+{
+    if (internalSelData == 0) {
+	internalSelData = new QClipboardData;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR(internalSelData);
+	qAddPostRoutine(cleanupSelectionData);
+    }
+    return internalSelData;
+}
+
+class QClipboardINCRTransaction
+{
+public:
+    QClipboardINCRTransaction(Window w, Atom p, Atom t, int f, QByteArray d, unsigned int i);
+    ~QClipboardINCRTransaction(void);
+
+    int x11Event(XEvent *event);
+
+    Window window;
+    Atom property, target;
+    int format;
+    QByteArray data;
+    unsigned int increment;
+    unsigned int offset;
+};
+
+typedef QMap<Window,QClipboardINCRTransaction*> TransactionMap;
+static TransactionMap *transactions = 0;
+static QX11EventFilter prev_x11_event_filter = 0;
+static int incr_timer_id = 0;
+
+static int qt_xclb_transation_event_handler(XEvent *event)
+{
+    TransactionMap::Iterator it = transactions->find(event->xany.window);
+    if (it != transactions->end()) {
+	if ((*it)->x11Event(event) != 0)
+	    return 1;
+    }
+    if (prev_x11_event_filter)
+	return prev_x11_event_filter(event);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+  called when no INCR activity has happened for 'clipboard_timeout'
+  milliseconds... we assume that all unfinished transactions have
+  timed out and remove everything from the transaction map
+*/
+static void qt_xclb_incr_timeout(void)
+{
+    qWarning("QClipboard: timed out while sending data");
+
+    while (transactions)
+        delete *transactions->begin();
+}
+
+QClipboardINCRTransaction::QClipboardINCRTransaction(Window w, Atom p, Atom t, int f,
+						     QByteArray d, unsigned int i)
+    : window(w), property(p), target(t), format(f), data(d), increment(i), offset(0u)
+{
+    QDEBUG("QClipboard: sending %d bytes (INCR transaction %p)", d.size(), this);
+
+    XSelectInput(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, PropertyChangeMask);
+
+    if (! transactions) {
+	VQDEBUG("QClipboard: created INCR transaction map");
+	transactions = new TransactionMap;
+	prev_x11_event_filter = qt_set_x11_event_filter(qt_xclb_transation_event_handler);
+
+	incr_timer_id = QApplication::clipboard()->startTimer(clipboard_timeout);
+    }
+    transactions->insert(window, this);
+}
+
+QClipboardINCRTransaction::~QClipboardINCRTransaction(void)
+{
+    VQDEBUG("QClipboard: destroyed INCR transacton %p", this);
+
+    XSelectInput(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, NoEventMask);
+
+    transactions->remove(window);
+    if (transactions->isEmpty()) {
+	VQDEBUG("QClipboard: no more INCR transations");
+	delete transactions;
+	transactions = 0;
+	(void)qt_set_x11_event_filter(prev_x11_event_filter);
+
+	if (incr_timer_id != 0) {
+	    QApplication::clipboard()->killTimer(incr_timer_id);
+	    incr_timer_id = 0;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+int QClipboardINCRTransaction::x11Event(XEvent *event)
+{
+    if (event->type != PropertyNotify
+	|| (event->xproperty.state != PropertyDelete
+	    || event->xproperty.atom != property))
+	return 0;
+
+    // restart the INCR timer
+    if (incr_timer_id) QApplication::clipboard()->killTimer(incr_timer_id);
+    incr_timer_id = QApplication::clipboard()->startTimer(clipboard_timeout);
+
+    unsigned int bytes_left = data.size() - offset;
+    if (bytes_left > 0) {
+	unsigned int xfer = QMIN(increment, bytes_left);
+	VQDEBUG("QClipboard: sending %d bytes, %d remaining (INCR transaction %p)",
+	       xfer, bytes_left - xfer, this);
+
+	XChangeProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, property, target, format,
+			PropModeReplace, (uchar *) data.data() + offset, xfer);
+	offset += xfer;
+    } else {
+	// INCR transaction finished...
+	XChangeProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, property, target, format,
+			PropModeReplace, (uchar *) data.data(), 0);
+       	delete this;
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QClipboard member functions for X11.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+void QClipboard::clear( Mode mode )
+{ setData(0, mode); }
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the clipboard supports mouse selection; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QClipboard::supportsSelection() const
+{ return TRUE; }
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this clipboard object owns the mouse selection
+    data; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QClipboard::ownsSelection() const
+{ return selectionData()->timestamp != CurrentTime; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this clipboard object owns the clipboard data;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QClipboard::ownsClipboard() const
+{ return clipboardData()->timestamp != CurrentTime; }
+
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+    Use the QClipboard::data(), QClipboard::setData() and related functions
+    which take a QClipboard::Mode argument.
+
+    Sets the clipboard selection mode. If \a enable is TRUE, then
+    subsequent calls to QClipboard::setData() and other functions
+    which put data into the clipboard will put the data into the mouse
+    selection, otherwise the data will be put into the clipboard.
+
+    \sa supportsSelection(), selectionModeEnabled()
+*/
+void QClipboard::setSelectionMode(bool enable)
+{ inSelectionMode_obsolete = enable; }
+
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+    Use the QClipboard::data(), QClipboard::setData() and related functions
+    which take a QClipboard::Mode argument.
+
+    Returns the selection mode.
+
+    \sa setSelectionMode(), supportsSelection()
+*/
+bool QClipboard::selectionModeEnabled() const
+{ return inSelectionMode_obsolete; }
+
+
+// event filter function... captures interesting events while
+// qt_xclb_wait_for_event is running the event loop
+static int qt_xclb_event_filter(XEvent *event)
+{
+    if (event->xany.type == capture_event_type &&
+	event->xany.window == capture_event_win) {
+	VQDEBUG( "QClipboard: event_filter(): caught event type %d", event->type );
+	has_captured_event = TRUE;
+	captured_event = *event;
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static Bool checkForClipboardEvents(Display *, XEvent *e, XPointer)
+{
+    return ((e->type == SelectionRequest && (e->xselectionrequest.selection == XA_PRIMARY
+                                             || e->xselectionrequest.selection == qt_xa_clipboard))
+            || (e->type == SelectionClear && (e->xselectionclear.selection == XA_PRIMARY
+                                              || e->xselectionclear.selection == qt_xa_clipboard)));
+}
+
+static bool selection_request_pending = false;
+
+static Bool check_selection_request_pending( Display*, XEvent* e, XPointer )
+    {
+    if( e->type == SelectionRequest && e->xselectionrequest.owner == owner->winId())
+        selection_request_pending = true;
+    return False;
+    }
+
+bool qt_xclb_wait_for_event( Display *dpy, Window win, int type, XEvent *event,
+			     int timeout )
+{
+    QTime started = QTime::currentTime();
+    QTime now = started;
+
+    if (qApp->eventLoop()->inherits("QMotif")) { // yes yes, evil hack, we know
+        if ( waiting_for_data )
+            qFatal( "QClipboard: internal error, qt_xclb_wait_for_event recursed" );
+
+        waiting_for_data = TRUE;
+        has_captured_event = FALSE;
+        capture_event_win = win;
+        capture_event_type = type;
+
+        QX11EventFilter old_event_filter = qt_set_x11_event_filter(qt_xclb_event_filter);
+
+        do {
+            if ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent(dpy,win,type,event) ) {
+                waiting_for_data = FALSE;
+                qt_set_x11_event_filter(old_event_filter);
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+
+            now = QTime::currentTime();
+            if ( started > now )			// crossed midnight
+                started = now;
+
+            // 0x08 == ExcludeTimers for X11 only
+            qApp->eventLoop()->processEvents( QEventLoop::ExcludeUserInput |
+                                              QEventLoop::ExcludeSocketNotifiers |
+                                              QEventLoop::WaitForMore | 0x08 );
+
+            if ( has_captured_event ) {
+                waiting_for_data = FALSE;
+                *event = captured_event;
+                qt_set_x11_event_filter(old_event_filter);
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+        } while ( started.msecsTo(now) < timeout );
+
+        waiting_for_data = FALSE;
+        qt_set_x11_event_filter(old_event_filter);
+
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    bool flushed = FALSE;
+    do {
+        if ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent(dpy,win,type,event) )
+	    return TRUE;
+        if( qt_qclipboard_bailout_hack ) {
+            XEvent dummy;
+            selection_request_pending = false;
+            if ( owner != NULL )
+                XCheckIfEvent(dpy,&dummy,check_selection_request_pending,NULL);
+            if( selection_request_pending )
+	        return TRUE;
+        }
+
+        // process other clipboard events, since someone is probably requesting data from us
+        XEvent e;
+        if (XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &e, checkForClipboardEvents, 0))
+            qApp->x11ProcessEvent(&e);
+
+	now = QTime::currentTime();
+	if ( started > now )			// crossed midnight
+	    started = now;
+
+	if(!flushed) {
+	    XFlush( dpy );
+	    flushed = TRUE;
+	}
+
+	// sleep 50ms, so we don't use up CPU cycles all the time.
+	struct timeval usleep_tv;
+	usleep_tv.tv_sec = 0;
+	usleep_tv.tv_usec = 50000;
+	select(0, 0, 0, 0, &usleep_tv);
+    } while ( started.msecsTo(now) < timeout );
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+static inline int maxSelectionIncr( Display *dpy )
+{ return XMaxRequestSize(dpy) > 65536 ? 65536*4 : XMaxRequestSize(dpy)*4 - 100; }
+
+// uglyhack: externed into qt_xdnd.cpp. qt is really not designed for
+// single-platform, multi-purpose blocks of code...
+bool qt_xclb_read_property( Display *dpy, Window win, Atom property,
+			   bool deleteProperty,
+			   QByteArray *buffer, int *size, Atom *type,
+			   int *format, bool nullterm )
+{
+    int	   maxsize = maxSelectionIncr(dpy);
+    ulong  bytes_left; // bytes_after
+    ulong  length;     // nitems
+    uchar *data;
+    Atom   dummy_type;
+    int    dummy_format;
+    int    r;
+
+    if ( !type )				// allow null args
+	type = &dummy_type;
+    if ( !format )
+	format = &dummy_format;
+
+    // Don't read anything, just get the size of the property data
+    r = XGetWindowProperty( dpy, win, property, 0, 0, False,
+			    AnyPropertyType, type, format,
+			    &length, &bytes_left, &data );
+    if (r != Success || (type && *type == None)) {
+	buffer->resize( 0 );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    XFree( (char*)data );
+
+    int  offset = 0, buffer_offset = 0, format_inc = 1, proplen = bytes_left;
+
+    VQDEBUG("QClipboard: read_property(): initial property length: %d", proplen);
+
+    switch (*format) {
+    case 8:
+    default:
+	format_inc = sizeof(char) / 1;
+	break;
+
+    case 16:
+	format_inc = sizeof(short) / 2;
+	proplen *= sizeof(short) / 2;
+	break;
+
+    case 32:
+	format_inc = sizeof(long) / 4;
+	proplen *= sizeof(long) / 4;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    bool ok = buffer->resize( proplen + (nullterm ? 1 : 0) );
+
+    VQDEBUG("QClipboard: read_property(): buffer resized to %d", buffer->size());
+
+    if ( ok ) {
+	// could allocate buffer
+
+	while ( bytes_left ) {
+	    // more to read...
+
+	    r = XGetWindowProperty( dpy, win, property, offset, maxsize/4,
+				    False, AnyPropertyType, type, format,
+				    &length, &bytes_left, &data );
+	    if (r != Success || (type && *type == None))
+		break;
+
+	    offset += length / (32 / *format);
+	    length *= format_inc * (*format) / 8;
+
+	    // Here we check if we get a buffer overflow and tries to
+	    // recover -- this shouldn't normally happen, but it doesn't
+	    // hurt to be defensive
+	    if (buffer_offset + length > buffer->size()) {
+		length = buffer->size() - buffer_offset;
+
+		// escape loop
+		bytes_left = 0;
+	    }
+
+	    memcpy(buffer->data() + buffer_offset, data, length);
+	    buffer_offset += length;
+
+	    XFree( (char*)data );
+	}
+
+ 	static Atom xa_compound_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "COMPOUND_TEXT" );
+ 	if ( *format == 8 && *type == xa_compound_text ) {
+	    // convert COMPOUND_TEXT to a multibyte string
+ 	    XTextProperty textprop;
+ 	    textprop.encoding = *type;
+ 	    textprop.format = *format;
+ 	    textprop.nitems = length;
+ 	    textprop.value = (unsigned char *) buffer->data();
+
+ 	    char **list_ret = 0;
+ 	    int count;
+	    if ( XmbTextPropertyToTextList( dpy, &textprop, &list_ret,
+					    &count ) == Success &&
+		 count && list_ret ) {
+		offset = strlen( list_ret[0] );
+		buffer->resize( offset + ( nullterm ? 1 : 0 ) );
+		memcpy( buffer->data(), list_ret[0], offset );
+	    }
+ 	    if (list_ret) XFreeStringList(list_ret);
+ 	}
+
+	// zero-terminate (for text)
+       	if (nullterm)
+	    buffer->at(buffer_offset) = '\0';
+    }
+
+    // correct size, not 0-term.
+    if ( size )
+	*size = buffer_offset;
+
+    VQDEBUG("QClipboard: read_property(): buffer size %d, buffer offset %d, offset %d",
+	   buffer->size(), buffer_offset, offset);
+
+    if ( deleteProperty )
+	XDeleteProperty( dpy, win, property );
+
+    XFlush( dpy );
+
+    return ok;
+}
+
+
+// this is externed into qt_xdnd.cpp too.
+QByteArray qt_xclb_read_incremental_property( Display *dpy, Window win,
+					      Atom property, int nbytes,
+					      bool nullterm )
+{
+    XEvent event;
+
+    QByteArray buf;
+    QByteArray tmp_buf;
+    bool alloc_error = FALSE;
+    int  length;
+    int  offset = 0;
+
+    if ( nbytes > 0 ) {
+	// Reserve buffer + zero-terminator (for text data)
+	// We want to complete the INCR transfer even if we cannot
+	// allocate more memory
+	alloc_error = !buf.resize(nbytes+1);
+    }
+
+    for (;;) {
+	XFlush( dpy );
+	if ( !qt_xclb_wait_for_event(dpy,win,PropertyNotify,&event,clipboard_timeout) )
+	    break;
+	if ( event.xproperty.atom != property ||
+	     event.xproperty.state != PropertyNewValue )
+	    continue;
+	if ( qt_xclb_read_property(dpy, win, property, TRUE, &tmp_buf,
+				   &length,0, 0, FALSE) ) {
+	    if ( length == 0 ) {		// no more data, we're done
+		if ( nullterm ) {
+		    buf.resize( offset+1 );
+		    buf.at( offset ) = '\0';
+		} else {
+		    buf.resize(offset);
+		}
+		return buf;
+	    } else if ( !alloc_error ) {
+		if ( offset+length > (int)buf.size() ) {
+		    if ( !buf.resize(offset+length+65535) ) {
+			alloc_error = TRUE;
+			length = buf.size() - offset;
+		    }
+		}
+		memcpy( buf.data()+offset, tmp_buf.data(), length );
+		tmp_buf.resize( 0 );
+		offset += length;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    // timed out ... create a new requestor window, otherwise the requestor
+    // could consider next request to be still part of this timed out request
+    delete requestor;
+    requestor = new QWidget( 0, "internal clipboard requestor" );
+
+    return QByteArray();
+}
+
+static Atom send_selection(QClipboardData *d, Atom target, Window window, Atom property,
+			   int format = 0, QByteArray data = QByteArray());
+
+static Atom send_targets_selection(QClipboardData *d, Window window, Atom property)
+{
+    int atoms = 0;
+    while (d->source()->format(atoms)) atoms++;
+    if (d->source()->provides("image/ppm")) atoms++;
+    if (d->source()->provides("image/pbm")) atoms++;
+    if (d->source()->provides("text/plain")) atoms+=4;
+
+    VQDEBUG("QClipboard: send_targets_selection(): %d provided types", atoms);
+
+    // for 64 bit cleanness... XChangeProperty expects long* for data with format == 32
+    QByteArray data((atoms+3) * sizeof(long)); // plus TARGETS, MULTIPLE and TIMESTAMP
+    long *atarget = (long *) data.data();
+
+    const char *fmt;
+    int n = 0;
+    while ((fmt=d->source()->format(n)) && n < atoms)
+	atarget[n++] = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom(fmt);
+
+    static Atom xa_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("TEXT");
+    static Atom xa_compound_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("COMPOUND_TEXT");
+    static Atom xa_targets = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("TARGETS");
+    static Atom xa_multiple = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("MULTIPLE");
+    static Atom xa_timestamp = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("TIMESTAMP");
+
+    if (d->source()->provides("image/ppm"))
+	atarget[n++] = XA_PIXMAP;
+    if (d->source()->provides("image/pbm"))
+	atarget[n++] = XA_BITMAP;
+    if (d->source()->provides("text/plain")) {
+	atarget[n++] = qt_utf8_string;
+	atarget[n++] = xa_text;
+	atarget[n++] = xa_compound_text;
+	atarget[n++] = XA_STRING;
+    }
+
+    atarget[n++] = xa_targets;
+    atarget[n++] = xa_multiple;
+    atarget[n++] = xa_timestamp;
+
+#if defined(QCLIPBOARD_DEBUG_VERBOSE)
+    for (int index = 0; index < n; index++) {
+	VQDEBUG("    atom %d: 0x%lx (%s)", index, atarget[index],
+	       qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(atarget[index]));
+    }
+#endif
+
+    XChangeProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, property, XA_ATOM, 32,
+		    PropModeReplace, (uchar *) data.data(), n);
+    return property;
+}
+
+static Atom send_string_selection(QClipboardData *d, Atom target, Window window, Atom property)
+{
+    static Atom xa_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("TEXT");
+    static Atom xa_compound_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("COMPOUND_TEXT");
+
+    QDEBUG("QClipboard: send_string_selection():\n"
+	  "    property type %lx\n"
+	  "    property name '%s'",
+	  target, qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(target));
+
+    if (target == xa_text || target == xa_compound_text) {
+	// the ICCCM states that TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT are in the
+	// encoding of choice, so we choose the encoding of the locale
+	QByteArray data = d->source()->encodedData("text/plain");
+	if(data.resize(data.size() + 1))
+	    data[int(data.size() - 1)] = '\0';
+	char *list[] = { data.data(), NULL };
+
+	XICCEncodingStyle style =
+	    (target == xa_compound_text) ? XCompoundTextStyle : XStdICCTextStyle;
+	XTextProperty textprop;
+	if (list[0] != NULL
+	    && XmbTextListToTextProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+					 list, 1, style, &textprop) == Success) {
+	    QDEBUG("    textprop type %lx\n"
+		  "    textprop name '%s'\n"
+		  "    format %d\n"
+		  "    %ld items",
+		  textprop.encoding, qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(textprop.encoding),
+		  textprop.format, textprop.nitems);
+
+	    int sz = sizeof_format(textprop.format);
+	    data.duplicate((const char *) textprop.value, textprop.nitems * sz);
+	    XFree(textprop.value);
+
+	    return send_selection(d, textprop.encoding, window, property, textprop.format, data);
+	}
+
+	return None;
+    }
+
+    Atom xtarget = None;
+    const char *fmt = 0;
+    if (target == XA_STRING
+	|| (target == xa_text && QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->mibEnum() == 4)) {
+	// the ICCCM states that STRING is latin1 plus newline and tab
+	// see section 2.6.2
+	fmt = "text/plain;charset=ISO-8859-1";
+	xtarget = XA_STRING;
+    } else if (target == qt_utf8_string) {
+	// proposed UTF8_STRING conversion type
+	fmt = "text/plain;charset=UTF-8";
+	xtarget = qt_utf8_string;
+    }
+
+    if (xtarget == None) // should not happen
+	return None;
+
+    QByteArray data = d->source()->encodedData(fmt);
+
+    QDEBUG("    format 8\n    %d bytes", data.size());
+
+    return send_selection(d, xtarget, window, property, 8, data);
+}
+
+static Atom send_pixmap_selection(QClipboardData *d, Atom target, Window window, Atom property)
+{
+    QPixmap pm;
+
+    if ( target == XA_PIXMAP ) {
+	QByteArray data = d->source()->encodedData("image/ppm");
+	pm.loadFromData(data);
+    } else if ( target == XA_BITMAP ) {
+	QByteArray data = d->source()->encodedData("image/pbm");
+	QImage img;
+	img.loadFromData(data);
+	if ( img.depth() != 1 )
+	    img = img.convertDepth(1);
+    }
+
+    if (pm.isNull()) // should never happen
+	return None;
+
+    Pixmap handle = pm.handle();
+    XChangeProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, property,
+		    target, 32, PropModeReplace, (uchar *) &handle, 1);
+    d->addTransferredPixmap(pm);
+    return property;
+
+}
+
+static Atom send_selection(QClipboardData *d, Atom target, Window window, Atom property,
+			   int format, QByteArray data)
+{
+    if (format == 0) format = 8;
+
+    if (data.isEmpty()) {
+	const char *fmt = qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(target);
+	QDEBUG("QClipboard: send_selection(): converting to type '%s'", fmt);
+	if (fmt && !d->source()->provides(fmt)) // Not a MIME type we can produce
+	    return None;
+	data = d->source()->encodedData(fmt);
+    }
+
+    QDEBUG("QClipboard: send_selection():\n"
+	  "    property type %lx\n"
+	  "    property name '%s'\n"
+	  "    format %d\n"
+	  "    %d bytes",
+	  target, qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(target), format, data.size());
+
+    // don't allow INCR transfers when using MULTIPLE or to
+    // Motif clients (since Motif doesn't support INCR)
+    static Atom motif_clip_temporary = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("CLIP_TEMPORARY");
+    bool allow_incr = property != motif_clip_temporary;
+
+    // X_ChangeProperty protocol request is 24 bytes
+    const unsigned int increment = (XMaxRequestSize(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay()) * 4) - 24;
+    if (data.size() > increment && allow_incr) {
+	long bytes = data.size();
+	XChangeProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, property,
+			qt_x_incr, 32, PropModeReplace, (uchar *) &bytes, 1);
+
+	(void)new QClipboardINCRTransaction(window, property, target, format, data, increment);
+	return qt_x_incr;
+    }
+
+    // make sure we can perform the XChangeProperty in a single request
+    if (data.size() > increment)
+        return None; // ### perhaps use several XChangeProperty calls w/ PropModeAppend?
+
+    // use a single request to transfer data
+    XChangeProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), window, property, target,
+		    format, PropModeReplace, (uchar *) data.data(),
+		    data.size() / sizeof_format(format));
+    return property;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Internal cleanup for Windows.
+*/
+void QClipboard::ownerDestroyed()
+{ }
+
+
+/*! \internal
+    Internal optimization for Windows.
+*/
+void QClipboard::connectNotify( const char * )
+{ }
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+ */
+bool QClipboard::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::Timer ) {
+	QTimerEvent *te = (QTimerEvent *) e;
+
+	if ( waiting_for_data ) // should never happen
+	    return FALSE;
+
+	if (te->timerId() == timer_id) {
+	    killTimer(timer_id);
+	    timer_id = 0;
+
+	    timer_event_clear = TRUE;
+	    if ( selection_watcher ) // clear selection
+		selectionData()->clear();
+	    if ( clipboard_watcher ) // clear clipboard
+		clipboardData()->clear();
+	    timer_event_clear = FALSE;
+
+	    return TRUE;
+	} else if ( te->timerId() == pending_timer_id ) {
+	    // I hate klipper
+	    killTimer( pending_timer_id );
+	    pending_timer_id = 0;
+
+	    if ( pending_clipboard_changed ) {
+		pending_clipboard_changed = FALSE;
+		clipboardData()->clear();
+		emit dataChanged();
+	    }
+	    if ( pending_selection_changed ) {
+		pending_selection_changed = FALSE;
+		selectionData()->clear();
+		emit selectionChanged();
+	    }
+
+	    return TRUE;
+	} else if (te->timerId() == incr_timer_id) {
+	    killTimer(incr_timer_id);
+	    incr_timer_id = 0;
+
+	    qt_xclb_incr_timeout();
+
+	    return TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    return QObject::event( e );
+	}
+    } else if ( e->type() != QEvent::Clipboard ) {
+	return QObject::event( e );
+    }
+
+    XEvent *xevent = (XEvent *)(((QCustomEvent *)e)->data());
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+
+    if ( !xevent )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    switch ( xevent->type ) {
+
+    case SelectionClear:
+	// new selection owner
+	if (xevent->xselectionclear.selection == XA_PRIMARY) {
+	    QClipboardData *d = selectionData();
+
+	    // ignore the event if it was generated before we gained selection ownership
+	    if (d->timestamp != CurrentTime && xevent->xselectionclear.time < d->timestamp)
+		break;
+
+	    QDEBUG("QClipboard: new selection owner 0x%lx at time %lx (ours %lx)",
+		  XGetSelectionOwner(dpy, XA_PRIMARY),
+		  xevent->xselectionclear.time, d->timestamp);
+
+	    if ( ! waiting_for_data ) {
+		d->clear();
+		emit selectionChanged();
+	    } else {
+		pending_selection_changed = TRUE;
+		if ( ! pending_timer_id )
+		    pending_timer_id = QApplication::clipboard()->startTimer( 0 );
+	    }
+	} else if (xevent->xselectionclear.selection == qt_xa_clipboard) {
+	    QClipboardData *d = clipboardData();
+
+	    // ignore the event if it was generated before we gained selection ownership
+	    if (d->timestamp != CurrentTime && xevent->xselectionclear.time < d->timestamp)
+		break;
+
+	    QDEBUG("QClipboard: new clipboard owner 0x%lx at time %lx (%lx)",
+		  XGetSelectionOwner(dpy, qt_xa_clipboard),
+		  xevent->xselectionclear.time, d->timestamp);
+
+	    if ( ! waiting_for_data ) {
+		d->clear();
+		emit dataChanged();
+	    } else {
+		pending_clipboard_changed = TRUE;
+		if ( ! pending_timer_id )
+		    pending_timer_id = QApplication::clipboard()->startTimer( 0 );
+	    }
+	} else {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	    qWarning("QClipboard: Unknown SelectionClear event received.");
+#endif
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case SelectionNotify:
+	/*
+	  Something has delivered data to us, but this was not caught
+	  by QClipboardWatcher::getDataInFormat()
+
+	  Just skip the event to prevent Bad Things (tm) from
+	  happening later on...
+	*/
+	break;
+
+    case SelectionRequest:
+	{
+	    // someone wants our data
+	    XSelectionRequestEvent *req = &xevent->xselectionrequest;
+
+	    if (requestor && req->requestor == requestor->winId())
+                break;
+
+	    XEvent event;
+	    event.xselection.type      = SelectionNotify;
+	    event.xselection.display   = req->display;
+	    event.xselection.requestor = req->requestor;
+	    event.xselection.selection = req->selection;
+	    event.xselection.target    = req->target;
+	    event.xselection.property  = None;
+	    event.xselection.time      = req->time;
+
+	    QDEBUG("QClipboard: SelectionRequest from %lx\n"
+		  "    selection 0x%lx (%s) target 0x%lx (%s)",
+		  req->requestor,
+		  req->selection,
+		  qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(req->selection),
+		  req->target,
+		  qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(req->target));
+
+	    QClipboardData *d;
+
+	    if ( req->selection == XA_PRIMARY ) {
+		d = selectionData();
+	    } else if ( req->selection == qt_xa_clipboard ) {
+		d = clipboardData();
+	    } else {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+		qWarning("QClipboard: unknown selection '%lx'", req->selection);
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+
+		XSendEvent(dpy, req->requestor, False, NoEventMask, &event);
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    if (! d->source()) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+		qWarning("QClipboard: cannot transfer data, no data available");
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+		XSendEvent(dpy, req->requestor, False, NoEventMask, &event);
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    QDEBUG("QClipboard: SelectionRequest at time %lx (ours %lx)",
+		  req->time, d->timestamp);
+
+	    if (d->timestamp == CurrentTime // we don't own the selection anymore
+		|| (req->time != CurrentTime && req->time < d->timestamp)) {
+		QDEBUG("QClipboard: SelectionRequest too old");
+		XSendEvent(dpy, req->requestor, False, NoEventMask, &event);
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    static Atom xa_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("TEXT");
+	    static Atom xa_compound_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("COMPOUND_TEXT");
+	    static Atom xa_targets = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("TARGETS");
+	    static Atom xa_multiple = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("MULTIPLE");
+	    static Atom xa_timestamp = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom("TIMESTAMP");
+
+	    struct AtomPair { Atom target; Atom property; } *multi = 0;
+	    Atom multi_type = None;
+	    int multi_format = 0;
+	    int nmulti = 0;
+	    int imulti = -1;
+	    bool multi_writeback = FALSE;
+
+	    if ( req->target == xa_multiple ) {
+		QByteArray multi_data;
+		if (req->property == None
+		    || !qt_xclb_read_property(dpy, req->requestor, req->property,
+					      FALSE, &multi_data, 0, &multi_type, &multi_format, 0)
+		    || multi_format != 32) {
+		    // MULTIPLE property not formatted correctly
+		    XSendEvent(dpy, req->requestor, False, NoEventMask, &event);
+		    break;
+		}
+		nmulti = multi_data.size()/sizeof(*multi);
+		multi = new AtomPair[nmulti];
+		memcpy(multi,multi_data.data(),multi_data.size());
+		imulti = 0;
+	    }
+
+	    for (; imulti < nmulti; ++imulti) {
+		Atom target;
+		Atom property;
+
+		if ( multi ) {
+		    target = multi[imulti].target;
+		    property = multi[imulti].property;
+		} else {
+		    target = req->target;
+		    property = req->property;
+		    if (property == None) // obsolete client
+			property = target;
+		}
+
+		Atom ret = None;
+		if (target == None || property == None) {
+		    ;
+		} else if (target == xa_timestamp) {
+		    if (d->timestamp != CurrentTime) {
+			XChangeProperty(dpy, req->requestor, property, xa_timestamp, 32,
+					PropModeReplace, (uchar *) &d->timestamp, 1);
+			ret = property;
+		    } else {
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+			qWarning("QClipboard: invalid data timestamp");
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+		    }
+		} else if (target == xa_targets) {
+		    ret = send_targets_selection(d, req->requestor, property);
+		} else if (target == XA_STRING
+			   || target == xa_text
+			   || target == xa_compound_text
+			   || target == qt_utf8_string) {
+		    ret = send_string_selection(d, target, req->requestor, property);
+		} else if (target == XA_PIXMAP
+			   || target == XA_BITMAP) {
+		    ret = send_pixmap_selection(d, target, req->requestor, property);
+		} else {
+		    ret = send_selection(d, target, req->requestor, property);
+		}
+
+		if (nmulti > 0) {
+		    if (ret == None) {
+			multi[imulti].property = None;
+			multi_writeback = TRUE;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    event.xselection.property = ret;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (nmulti > 0) {
+		if (multi_writeback) {
+		    // according to ICCCM 2.6.2 says to put None back
+		    // into the original property on the requestor window
+		    XChangeProperty(dpy, req->requestor, req->property, multi_type, 32,
+				    PropModeReplace, (uchar *) multi, nmulti * 2);
+		}
+
+		delete [] multi;
+		event.xselection.property = req->property;
+	    }
+
+	    // send selection notify to requestor
+	    XSendEvent(dpy, req->requestor, False, NoEventMask, &event);
+
+	    QDEBUG("QClipboard: SelectionNotify to 0x%lx\n"
+		  "    property 0x%lx (%s)",
+		  req->requestor, event.xselection.property,
+		  qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(event.xselection.property));
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+QClipboardWatcher::QClipboardWatcher( QClipboard::Mode mode )
+{
+    switch ( mode ) {
+    case QClipboard::Selection:
+	atom = XA_PRIMARY;
+	break;
+
+    case QClipboard::Clipboard:
+	atom = qt_xa_clipboard;
+	break;
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    default:
+	qWarning( "QClipboardWatcher: internal error, unknown clipboard mode" );
+	break;
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    }
+
+    setupOwner();
+}
+
+QClipboardWatcher::~QClipboardWatcher()
+{
+    if( selection_watcher == this )
+        selection_watcher = 0;
+    if( clipboard_watcher == this )
+        clipboard_watcher = 0;
+}
+
+bool QClipboardWatcher::empty() const
+{
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    Window win = XGetSelectionOwner( dpy, atom );
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    if( win == requestor->winId()) {
+        qWarning( "QClipboardWatcher::empty: internal error, app owns the selection" );
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return win == None;
+}
+
+const char* QClipboardWatcher::format( int n ) const
+{
+    if ( empty() )
+	return 0;
+
+    if (! formatList.count()) {
+	// get the list of targets from the current clipboard owner - we do this
+	// once so that multiple calls to this function don't require multiple
+	// server round trips...
+	static Atom xa_targets = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "TARGETS" );
+
+	QClipboardWatcher *that = (QClipboardWatcher *) this;
+	QByteArray ba = getDataInFormat(xa_targets);
+	if (ba.size() > 0) {
+	    Atom *unsorted_target = (Atom *) ba.data();
+	    static Atom xa_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "TEXT" );
+	    static Atom xa_compound_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "COMPOUND_TEXT" );
+	    int i, size = ba.size() / sizeof(Atom);
+
+	    // sort TARGETS to prefer some types over others.  some apps
+	    // will report XA_STRING before COMPOUND_TEXT, and we want the
+	    // latter, not the former (if it is present).
+	    Atom* target = new Atom[size+4];
+	    memset( target, 0, (size+4) * sizeof(Atom) );
+
+	    for ( i = 0; i < size; ++i ) {
+		if ( unsorted_target[i] == qt_utf8_string )
+		    target[0] = unsorted_target[i];
+		else if ( unsorted_target[i] == xa_compound_text )
+		    target[1] = unsorted_target[i];
+		else if ( unsorted_target[i] == xa_text )
+		    target[2] = unsorted_target[i];
+		else if ( unsorted_target[i] == XA_STRING )
+		    target[3] = unsorted_target[i];
+		else
+		    target[i + 4] = unsorted_target[i];
+	    }
+
+	    for (i = 0; i < size + 4; ++i) {
+		if ( target[i] == 0 ) continue;
+
+		VQDEBUG("    format: %s", qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(target[i]));
+
+		if ( target[i] == XA_PIXMAP )
+		    that->formatList.append("image/ppm");
+		else if ( target[i] == XA_STRING )
+		    that->formatList.append( "text/plain;charset=ISO-8859-1" );
+		else if ( target[i] == qt_utf8_string )
+		    that->formatList.append( "text/plain;charset=UTF-8" );
+		else if ( target[i] == xa_text ||
+			  target[i] == xa_compound_text )
+		    that->formatList.append( "text/plain" );
+		else
+		    that->formatList.append(qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(target[i]));
+	    }
+	    delete []target;
+
+	    QDEBUG("QClipboardWatcher::format: %d formats available",
+		  int(that->formatList.count()));
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (n >= 0 && n < (signed) formatList.count())
+	return formatList[n];
+    if (n == 0)
+	return "text/plain";
+    return 0;
+}
+
+QByteArray QClipboardWatcher::encodedData( const char* fmt ) const
+{
+    if ( !fmt || empty() )
+	return QByteArray( 0 );
+
+    QDEBUG("QClipboardWatcher::encodedData: fetching format '%s'", fmt);
+
+    Atom fmtatom = 0;
+
+    if ( 0==qstricmp(fmt,"text/plain;charset=iso-8859-1") ) {
+	// ICCCM section 2.6.2 says STRING is latin1 text
+	fmtatom = XA_STRING;
+    } else if ( 0==qstricmp(fmt,"text/plain;charset=utf-8") ) {
+	// proprosed UTF8_STRING conversion type
+	fmtatom = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "UTF8_STRING" );
+    } else if ( 0==qstrcmp(fmt,"text/plain") ) {
+   	fmtatom = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "COMPOUND_TEXT" );
+    } else if ( 0==qstrcmp(fmt,"image/ppm") ) {
+	fmtatom = XA_PIXMAP;
+	QByteArray pmd = getDataInFormat(fmtatom);
+	if ( pmd.size() == sizeof(Pixmap) ) {
+	    Pixmap xpm = *((Pixmap*)pmd.data());
+	    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+	    Window r;
+	    int x,y;
+	    uint w,h,bw,d;
+	    if ( ! xpm )
+		return QByteArray( 0 );
+	    XGetGeometry(dpy,xpm, &r,&x,&y,&w,&h,&bw,&d);
+	    QImageIO iio;
+	    GC gc = XCreateGC( dpy, xpm, 0, 0 );
+	    if ( d == 1 ) {
+		QBitmap qbm(w,h);
+		XCopyArea(dpy,xpm,qbm.handle(),gc,0,0,w,h,0,0);
+		iio.setFormat("PBMRAW");
+		iio.setImage(qbm.convertToImage());
+	    } else {
+		QPixmap qpm(w,h);
+		XCopyArea(dpy,xpm,qpm.handle(),gc,0,0,w,h,0,0);
+		iio.setFormat("PPMRAW");
+		iio.setImage(qpm.convertToImage());
+	    }
+	    XFreeGC(dpy,gc);
+	    QBuffer buf;
+	    buf.open(IO_WriteOnly);
+	    iio.setIODevice(&buf);
+	    iio.write();
+	    return buf.buffer();
+	} else {
+	    fmtatom = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom(fmt);
+	}
+    } else {
+	fmtatom = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom(fmt);
+    }
+    return getDataInFormat(fmtatom);
+}
+
+QByteArray QClipboardWatcher::getDataInFormat(Atom fmtatom) const
+{
+    QByteArray buf;
+
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    Window   win = requestor->winId();
+
+    QDEBUG("QClipboardWatcher::getDataInFormat: selection '%s' format '%s'",
+	  qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(atom), qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(fmtatom));
+
+    XSelectInput(dpy, win, NoEventMask); // don't listen for any events
+
+    XDeleteProperty(dpy, win, qt_selection_property);
+    XConvertSelection(dpy, atom, fmtatom, qt_selection_property, win, qt_x_time);
+    XSync(dpy, FALSE);
+
+    VQDEBUG("QClipboardWatcher::getDataInFormat: waiting for SelectionNotify event");
+
+    XEvent xevent;
+    if ( !qt_xclb_wait_for_event(dpy,win,SelectionNotify,&xevent,clipboard_timeout) ||
+	 xevent.xselection.property == None ) {
+	QDEBUG("QClipboardWatcher::getDataInFormat: format not available");
+	return buf;
+    }
+
+    VQDEBUG("QClipboardWatcher::getDataInFormat: fetching data...");
+
+    Atom   type;
+    XSelectInput(dpy, win, PropertyChangeMask);
+
+    if ( qt_xclb_read_property(dpy,win,qt_selection_property,TRUE,
+			       &buf,0,&type,0,FALSE) ) {
+	if ( type == qt_x_incr ) {
+	    int nbytes = buf.size() >= 4 ? *((int*)buf.data()) : 0;
+	    buf = qt_xclb_read_incremental_property( dpy, win,
+						     qt_selection_property,
+						     nbytes, FALSE );
+	}
+    }
+
+    XSelectInput(dpy, win, NoEventMask);
+
+    QDEBUG("QClipboardWatcher::getDataInFormat: %d bytes received", buf.size());
+
+    return buf;
+}
+
+
+QMimeSource* QClipboard::data( Mode mode ) const
+{
+    QClipboardData *d;
+    switch ( mode ) {
+    case Selection: d = selectionData(); break;
+    case Clipboard: d = clipboardData(); break;
+
+    default:
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "QClipboard::data: invalid mode '%d'", mode );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( ! d->source() && ! timer_event_clear ) {
+	if ( mode == Selection ) {
+	    if ( ! selection_watcher )
+		selection_watcher = new QClipboardWatcher( mode );
+	    d->setSource( selection_watcher );
+	} else {
+	    if ( ! clipboard_watcher )
+		clipboard_watcher = new QClipboardWatcher( mode );
+	    d->setSource( clipboard_watcher );
+	}
+
+	if (! timer_id) {
+	    // start a zero timer - we will clear cached data when the timer
+	    // times out, which will be the next time we hit the event loop...
+	    // that way, the data is cached long enough for calls within a single
+	    // loop/function, but the data doesn't linger around in case the selection
+	    // changes
+	    QClipboard *that = ((QClipboard *) this);
+	    timer_id = that->startTimer(0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return d->source();
+}
+
+
+void QClipboard::setData( QMimeSource* src, Mode mode )
+{
+    Atom atom, sentinel_atom;
+    QClipboardData *d;
+    switch ( mode ) {
+    case Selection:
+	atom = XA_PRIMARY;
+	sentinel_atom = qt_selection_sentinel;
+	d = selectionData();
+	break;
+
+    case Clipboard:
+	atom = qt_xa_clipboard;
+	sentinel_atom = qt_clipboard_sentinel;
+	d = clipboardData();
+	break;
+
+    default:
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "QClipboard::data: invalid mode '%d'", mode );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	return;
+    }
+
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    Window newOwner;
+
+    if (! src) { // no data, clear clipboard contents
+	newOwner = None;
+	d->clear();
+    } else {
+	setupOwner();
+
+	newOwner = owner->winId();
+
+	d->setSource(src);
+	d->timestamp = qt_x_time;
+    }
+
+    Window prevOwner = XGetSelectionOwner( dpy, atom );
+    // use qt_x_time, since d->timestamp == CurrentTime when clearing
+    XSetSelectionOwner(dpy, atom, newOwner, qt_x_time);
+
+    if ( mode == Selection )
+	emit selectionChanged();
+    else
+	emit dataChanged();
+
+    if (XGetSelectionOwner(dpy, atom) != newOwner) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning("QClipboard::setData: Cannot set X11 selection owner for %s",
+		 qt_xdnd_atom_to_str(atom));
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	d->clear();
+	return;
+    }
+
+    // Signal to other Qt processes that the selection has changed
+    Window owners[2];
+    owners[0] = newOwner;
+    owners[1] = prevOwner;
+    XChangeProperty( dpy, QApplication::desktop()->screen(0)->winId(),
+		     sentinel_atom, XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+		     (unsigned char*)&owners, 2 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Called by the main event loop in qapplication_x11.cpp when the
+  _QT_SELECTION_SENTINEL property has been changed (i.e. when some Qt
+  process has performed QClipboard::setData(). If it returns TRUE, the
+  QClipBoard dataChanged() signal should be emitted.
+*/
+
+bool qt_check_selection_sentinel()
+{
+    bool doIt = TRUE;
+    if ( owner ) {
+	/*
+	  Since the X selection mechanism cannot give any signal when
+	  the selection has changed, we emulate it (for Qt processes) here.
+	  The notification should be ignored in case of either
+	  a) This is the process that did setData (because setData()
+	  then has already emitted dataChanged())
+	  b) This is the process that owned the selection when dataChanged()
+	  was called (because we have then received a SelectionClear event,
+	  and have already emitted dataChanged() as a result of that)
+	*/
+
+	Window* owners;
+	Atom actualType;
+	int actualFormat;
+	ulong nitems;
+	ulong bytesLeft;
+
+	if (XGetWindowProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			       QApplication::desktop()->screen(0)->winId(),
+			       qt_selection_sentinel, 0, 2, False, XA_WINDOW,
+			       &actualType, &actualFormat, &nitems,
+			       &bytesLeft, (unsigned char**)&owners) == Success) {
+	    if ( actualType == XA_WINDOW && actualFormat == 32 && nitems == 2 ) {
+		Window win = owner->winId();
+		if ( owners[0] == win || owners[1] == win )
+		    doIt = FALSE;
+	    }
+
+	    XFree( owners );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (doIt) {
+	if ( waiting_for_data ) {
+	    pending_selection_changed = TRUE;
+	    if ( ! pending_timer_id )
+		pending_timer_id = QApplication::clipboard()->startTimer( 0 );
+	    doIt = FALSE;
+	} else {
+	    selectionData()->clear();
+	}
+    }
+
+    return doIt;
+}
+
+
+bool qt_check_clipboard_sentinel()
+{
+    bool doIt = TRUE;
+    if (owner) {
+	Window *owners;
+	Atom actualType;
+	int actualFormat;
+	unsigned long nitems, bytesLeft;
+
+	if (XGetWindowProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			       QApplication::desktop()->screen(0)->winId(),
+			       qt_clipboard_sentinel, 0, 2, False, XA_WINDOW,
+			       &actualType, &actualFormat, &nitems, &bytesLeft,
+			       (unsigned char **) &owners) == Success) {
+	    if (actualType == XA_WINDOW && actualFormat == 32 && nitems == 2) {
+		Window win = owner->winId();
+		if (owners[0] == win || owners[1] == win)
+		    doIt = FALSE;
+	    }
+
+	    XFree(owners);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (doIt) {
+	if ( waiting_for_data ) {
+	    pending_clipboard_changed = TRUE;
+	    if ( ! pending_timer_id )
+		pending_timer_id = QApplication::clipboard()->startTimer( 0 );
+	    doIt = FALSE;
+	} else {
+	    clipboardData()->clear();
+	}
+    }
+
+    return doIt;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcolor.cpp b/src/kernel/qcolor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..309915e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcolor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1030 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QColor class
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QColor qcolor.h
+    \brief The QColor class provides colors based on RGB or HSV values.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup appearance
+
+    A color is normally specified in terms of RGB (red, green and blue)
+    components, but it is also possible to specify HSV (hue, saturation
+    and value) or set a color name (the names are copied from from the
+    X11 color database).
+
+    In addition to the RGB value, a QColor also has a pixel value and a
+    validity. The pixel value is used by the underlying window system
+    to refer to a color. It can be thought of as an index into the
+    display hardware's color table.
+
+    The validity (isValid()) indicates whether the color is legal at
+    all. For example, a RGB color with RGB values out of range is
+    illegal. For performance reasons, QColor mostly disregards illegal
+    colors. The result of using an invalid color is unspecified and
+    will usually be surprising.
+
+    There are 19 predefined QColor objects: \c white, \c black, \c
+    red, \c darkRed, \c green, \c darkGreen, \c blue, \c darkBlue, \c
+    cyan, \c darkCyan, \c magenta, \c darkMagenta, \c yellow, \c
+    darkYellow, \c gray, \c darkGray, \c lightGray, \c color0 and \c
+    color1, accessible as members of the Qt namespace (ie. \c Qt::red).
+
+    \img qt-colors.png Qt Colors
+
+    The colors \c color0 (zero pixel value) and \c color1 (non-zero
+    pixel value) are special colors for drawing in \link QBitmap
+    bitmaps\endlink. Painting with \c color0 sets the bitmap bits to 0
+    (transparent, i.e. background), and painting with \c color1 sets the
+    bits to 1 (opaque, i.e. foreground).
+
+    The QColor class has an efficient, dynamic color allocation
+    strategy. A color is normally allocated the first time it is used
+    (lazy allocation), that is, whenever the pixel() function is called.
+    The following steps are taken to allocate a color. If, at any point,
+    a suitable color is found then the appropriate pixel value is
+    returned and the subsequent steps are not taken:
+
+    \list 1
+    \i Is the pixel value valid? If it is, just return it; otherwise,
+    allocate a pixel value.
+    \i Check an internal hash table to see if we allocated an equal RGB
+    value earlier. If we did, set the corresponding pixel value for the
+    color and return it.
+    \i Try to allocate the RGB value. If we succeed, we get a pixel value
+    that we save in the internal table with the RGB value.
+    Return the pixel value.
+    \i The color could not be allocated. Find the closest matching
+    color, save it in the internal table, and return it.
+    \endlist
+
+    A color can be set by passing setNamedColor() an RGB string like
+    "#112233", or a color name, e.g. "blue". The names are taken from
+    X11's rgb.txt database but can also be used under Windows. To get
+    a lighter or darker color use light() and dark() respectively.
+    Colors can also be set using setRgb() and setHsv(). The color
+    components can be accessed in one go with rgb() and hsv(), or
+    individually with red(), green() and blue().
+
+    Use maxColors() and numBitPlanes() to determine the maximum number
+    of colors and the number of bit planes supported by the underlying
+    window system,
+
+    If you need to allocate many colors temporarily, for example in an
+    image viewer application, enterAllocContext(), leaveAllocContext() and
+    destroyAllocContext() will prove useful.
+
+    \section1 HSV Colors
+
+    Because many people don't know the HSV color model very well, we'll
+    cover it briefly here.
+
+    The RGB model is hardware-oriented. Its representation is close to
+    what most monitors show. In contrast, HSV represents color in a way
+    more suited to the human perception of color. For example, the
+    relationships "stronger than", "darker than" and "the opposite of"
+    are easily expressed in HSV but are much harder to express in RGB.
+
+    HSV, like RGB, has three components:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i H, for hue, is either 0-359 if the color is chromatic (not
+    gray), or meaningless if it is gray. It represents degrees on the
+    color wheel familiar to most people. Red is 0 (degrees), green is
+    120 and blue is 240.
+
+    \i S, for saturation, is 0-255, and the bigger it is, the
+    stronger the color is. Grayish colors have saturation near 0; very
+    strong colors have saturation near 255.
+
+    \i V, for value, is 0-255 and represents lightness or brightness
+    of the color. 0 is black; 255 is as far from black as possible.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Here are some examples: Pure red is H=0, S=255, V=255. A dark red,
+    moving slightly towards the magenta, could be H=350 (equivalent to
+    -10), S=255, V=180. A grayish light red could have H about 0 (say
+    350-359 or 0-10), S about 50-100, and S=255.
+
+    Qt returns a hue value of -1 for achromatic colors. If you pass a
+    too-big hue value, Qt forces it into range. Hue 360 or 720 is
+    treated as 0; hue 540 is treated as 180.
+
+    \sa QPalette, QColorGroup, QApplication::setColorSpec(),
+    \link http://www.poynton.com/ColorFAQ.html Color FAQ\endlink
+*/
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Global colors
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+#define COLOR0_PIX 0x00ffffff
+#define COLOR1_PIX 0
+#else
+#define COLOR0_PIX 0
+#define COLOR1_PIX 1
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(Q_CC_GNU) && defined(Q_OS_WIN))
+// workaround - bug in mingw
+static QColor stdcol[19] = {
+    QColor( 255, 255, 255 ),
+    QColor(   0,   0,   0 ),
+    QColor(   0,   0,   0 ),
+    QColor( 255, 255, 255 ),
+    QColor( 128, 128, 128 ),
+    QColor( 160, 160, 164 ),
+    QColor( 192, 192, 192 ),
+    QColor( 255,   0,   0 ),
+    QColor(   0, 255,   0 ),
+    QColor(   0,   0, 255 ),
+    QColor(   0, 255, 255 ),
+    QColor( 255,   0, 255 ),
+    QColor( 255, 255,   0 ),
+    QColor( 128,   0,   0 ),
+    QColor(   0, 128,   0 ),
+    QColor(   0,   0, 128 ),
+    QColor(   0, 128, 128 ),
+    QColor( 128,   0, 128 ),
+    QColor( 128, 128,   0 ) };
+#else
+    static QColor stdcol[19];
+#endif
+
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::color0 = stdcol[0];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::color1  = stdcol[1];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::black  = stdcol[2];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::white = stdcol[3];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::darkGray = stdcol[4];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::gray = stdcol[5];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::lightGray = stdcol[6];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::red = stdcol[7];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::green = stdcol[8];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::blue = stdcol[9];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::cyan = stdcol[10];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::magenta = stdcol[11];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::yellow = stdcol[12];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::darkRed = stdcol[13];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::darkGreen = stdcol[14];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::darkBlue = stdcol[15];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::darkCyan = stdcol[16];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::darkMagenta = stdcol[17];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QColor & Qt::darkYellow = stdcol[18];
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColor member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+bool QColor::color_init   = FALSE;		// color system not initialized
+bool QColor::globals_init = FALSE;		// global color not initialized
+QColor::ColorModel QColor::colormodel = d32;
+
+
+QColor* QColor::globalColors()
+{
+    return stdcol;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Initializes the global colors. This function is called if a global
+    color variable is initialized before the constructors for our
+    global color objects are executed. Without this mechanism,
+    assigning a color might assign an uninitialized value.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QColor myColor = red;              // will initialize red etc.
+
+	int main( int argc, char **argc )
+	{
+	}
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+void QColor::initGlobalColors()
+{
+    globals_init = TRUE;
+
+    #ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    // HACK: we need a way to recognize color0 and color1 uniquely, so
+    // that we can use color0 and color1 with fixed pixel values on
+    // all screens
+    stdcol[ 0].d.argb = qRgba(255, 255, 255, 1);
+    stdcol[ 1].d.argb = qRgba(  0,   0,   0, 1);
+    #else
+    stdcol[ 0].d.argb = qRgb(255,255,255);
+    stdcol[ 1].d.argb = 0;
+    #endif // Q_WS_X11
+    stdcol[ 0].setPixel( COLOR0_PIX );
+    stdcol[ 1].setPixel( COLOR1_PIX );
+
+    // From the "The Palette Manager: How and Why" by Ron Gery, March 23,
+    // 1992, archived on MSDN:
+    // 	The Windows system palette is broken up into two sections,
+    // 	one with fixed colors and one with colors that can be changed
+    // 	by applications. The system palette predefines 20 entries;
+    // 	these colors are known as the static or reserved colors and
+    // 	consist of the 16 colors found in the Windows version 3.0 VGA
+    // 	driver and 4 additional colors chosen for their visual appeal.
+    // 	The DEFAULT_PALETTE stock object is, as the name implies, the
+    // 	default palette selected into a device context (DC) and consists
+    // 	of these static colors. Applications can set the remaining 236
+    // 	colors using the Palette Manager.
+    // The 20 reserved entries have indices in [0,9] and [246,255]. We
+    // reuse 17 of them.
+    stdcol[ 2].setRgb(   0,   0,   0 );   // index 0     black
+    stdcol[ 3].setRgb( 255, 255, 255 );   // index 255   white
+    stdcol[ 4].setRgb( 128, 128, 128 );   // index 248   medium gray
+    stdcol[ 5].setRgb( 160, 160, 164 );   // index 247   light gray
+    stdcol[ 6].setRgb( 192, 192, 192 );   // index 7     light gray
+    stdcol[ 7].setRgb( 255,   0,   0 );   // index 249   red
+    stdcol[ 8].setRgb(   0, 255,   0 );   // index 250   green
+    stdcol[ 9].setRgb(   0,   0, 255 );   // index 252   blue
+    stdcol[10].setRgb(   0, 255, 255 );   // index 254   cyan
+    stdcol[11].setRgb( 255,   0, 255 );   // index 253   magenta
+    stdcol[12].setRgb( 255, 255,   0 );   // index 251   yellow
+    stdcol[13].setRgb( 128,   0,   0 );   // index 1     dark red
+    stdcol[14].setRgb(   0, 128,   0 );   // index 2     dark green
+    stdcol[15].setRgb(   0,   0, 128 );   // index 4     dark blue
+    stdcol[16].setRgb(   0, 128, 128 );   // index 6     dark cyan
+    stdcol[17].setRgb( 128,   0, 128 );   // index 5     dark magenta
+    stdcol[18].setRgb( 128, 128,   0 );   // index 3     dark yellow
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QColor::Spec
+
+    The type of color specified, either RGB or HSV, e.g. in the
+    \c{QColor::QColor( x, y, z, colorSpec)} constructor.
+
+    \value Rgb
+    \value Hsv
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColor::QColor()
+
+    Constructs an invalid color with the RGB value (0, 0, 0). An
+    invalid color is a color that is not properly set up for the
+    underlying window system.
+
+    The alpha value of an invalid color is unspecified.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColor::QColor( int r, int g, int b )
+
+    Constructs a color with the RGB value \a r, \a g, \a b, in the
+    same way as setRgb().
+
+    The color is left invalid if any or the arguments are illegal.
+
+    \sa setRgb()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color with the RGB value \a rgb and a custom pixel
+    value \a pixel.
+
+    If \a pixel == 0xffffffff (the default), then the color uses the
+    RGB value in a standard way. If \a pixel is something else, then
+    the pixel value is set directly to \a pixel, skipping the normal
+    allocation procedure.
+*/
+
+QColor::QColor( QRgb rgb, uint pixel )
+{
+    if ( pixel == 0xffffffff ) {
+	setRgb( rgb );
+    } else {
+	d.argb = rgb;
+	setPixel( pixel );
+    }
+}
+
+void QColor::setPixel( uint pixel )
+{
+    switch ( colormodel ) {
+    case d8:
+	d.d8.direct = TRUE;
+	d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+	d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+	d.d8.pix = pixel;
+	break;
+    case d32:
+	d.d32.pix = pixel;
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color with the RGB or HSV value \a x, \a y, \a z.
+
+    The arguments are an RGB value if \a colorSpec is QColor::Rgb. \a
+    x (red), \a y (green), and \a z (blue). All of them must be in the
+    range 0-255.
+
+    The arguments are an HSV value if \a colorSpec is QColor::Hsv. \a
+    x (hue) must be -1 for achromatic colors and 0-359 for chromatic
+    colors; \a y (saturation) and \a z (value) must both be in the
+    range 0-255.
+
+    \sa setRgb(), setHsv()
+*/
+
+QColor::QColor( int x, int y, int z, Spec colorSpec )
+{
+    d.d32.argb = Invalid;
+    d.d32.pix = Dirt;
+    if ( colorSpec == Hsv )
+	setHsv( x, y, z );
+    else
+	setRgb( x, y, z );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a named color in the same way as setNamedColor() using
+    name \a name.
+
+    The color is left invalid if \a name cannot be parsed.
+
+    \sa setNamedColor()
+*/
+
+QColor::QColor( const QString& name )
+{
+    setNamedColor( name );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a named color in the same way as setNamedColor() using
+    name \a name.
+
+    The color is left invalid if \a name cannot be parsed.
+
+    \sa setNamedColor()
+*/
+
+QColor::QColor( const char *name )
+{
+    setNamedColor( QString(name) );
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color that is a copy of \a c.
+*/
+
+QColor::QColor( const QColor &c )
+{
+    if ( !globals_init )
+	initGlobalColors();
+    d.argb = c.d.argb;
+    d.d32.pix = c.d.d32.pix;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns a copy of the color \a c and returns a reference to this
+    color.
+*/
+
+QColor &QColor::operator=( const QColor &c )
+{
+    if ( !globals_init )
+	initGlobalColors();
+    d.argb = c.d.argb;
+    d.d32.pix = c.d.d32.pix;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QColor::isValid() const
+
+    Returns FALSE if the color is invalid, i.e. it was constructed using the
+    default constructor; otherwise returns TRUE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+bool QColor::isDirty() const
+{
+    if ( colormodel == d8 ) {
+	return d.d8.dirty;
+    } else {
+	return d.d32.probablyDirty();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the color in the format "#RRGGBB", i.e. a "#"
+    character followed by three two-digit hexadecimal numbers.
+
+    \sa setNamedColor()
+*/
+
+QString QColor::name() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_SPRINTF
+    QString s;
+    s.sprintf( "#%02x%02x%02x", red(), green(), blue() );
+    return s;
+#else
+    char s[20];
+    sprintf( s, "#%02x%02x%02x", red(), green(), blue() );
+    return QString(s);
+#endif
+}
+
+static int hex2int( QChar hexchar )
+{
+    int v;
+    if ( hexchar.isDigit() )
+	v = hexchar.digitValue();
+    else if ( hexchar >= 'A' && hexchar <= 'F' )
+	v = hexchar.cell() - 'A' + 10;
+    else if ( hexchar >= 'a' && hexchar <= 'f' )
+	v = hexchar.cell() - 'a' + 10;
+    else
+	v = -1;
+    return v;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the RGB value to \a name, which may be in one of these
+    formats:
+    \list
+    \i #RGB (each of R, G and B is a single hex digit)
+    \i #RRGGBB
+    \i #RRRGGGBBB
+    \i #RRRRGGGGBBBB
+    \i A name from the X color database (rgb.txt) (e.g.
+    "steelblue" or "gainsboro"). These color names also work
+    under Windows.
+    \endlist
+
+    The color is invalid if \a name cannot be parsed.
+*/
+
+void QColor::setNamedColor( const QString &name )
+{
+    if ( name.isEmpty() ) {
+	d.argb = 0;
+	if ( colormodel == d8 ) {
+	    d.d8.invalid = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    d.d32.argb = Invalid;
+	}
+    } else if ( name[0] == '#' ) {
+	const QChar *p = name.unicode()+1;
+	int len = name.length()-1;
+	int r, g, b;
+	if ( len == 12 ) {
+	    r = (hex2int(p[0]) << 4) + hex2int(p[1]);
+	    g = (hex2int(p[4]) << 4) + hex2int(p[5]);
+	    b = (hex2int(p[8]) << 4) + hex2int(p[9]);
+	} else if ( len == 9 ) {
+	    r = (hex2int(p[0]) << 4) + hex2int(p[1]);
+	    g = (hex2int(p[3]) << 4) + hex2int(p[4]);
+	    b = (hex2int(p[6]) << 4) + hex2int(p[7]);
+	} else if ( len == 6 ) {
+	    r = (hex2int(p[0]) << 4) + hex2int(p[1]);
+	    g = (hex2int(p[2]) << 4) + hex2int(p[3]);
+	    b = (hex2int(p[4]) << 4) + hex2int(p[5]);
+	} else if ( len == 3 ) {
+	    r = (hex2int(p[0]) << 4) + hex2int(p[0]);
+	    g = (hex2int(p[1]) << 4) + hex2int(p[1]);
+	    b = (hex2int(p[2]) << 4) + hex2int(p[2]);
+	} else {
+	    r = g = b = -1;
+	}
+	if ( (uint)r > 255 || (uint)g > 255 || (uint)b > 255 ) {
+	    d.d32.argb = Invalid;
+	    d.d32.pix = Dirt;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QColor::setNamedColor: could not parse color '%s'",
+		      name.local8Bit().data() );
+#endif
+	} else {
+	    setRgb( r, g, b );
+	}
+    } else {
+	setSystemNamedColor( name );
+    }
+}
+
+
+#undef max
+#undef min
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QColor::getHsv( int &h, int &s, int &v ) const
+  \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!  \fn void QColor::getHsv( int *h, int *s, int *v ) const
+
+    Returns the current RGB value as HSV. The contents of the \a h, \a
+    s and \a v pointers are set to the HSV values. If any of the three
+    pointers are null, the function does nothing.
+
+    The hue (which \a h points to) is set to -1 if the color is
+    achromatic.
+
+    \warning Colors are stored internally as RGB values, so getHSv()
+    may return slightly different values to those set by setHsv().
+
+    \sa setHsv(), rgb()
+*/
+
+/*! \obsolete Use getHsv() instead.
+ */
+void QColor::hsv( int *h, int *s, int *v ) const
+{
+    if ( !h || !s || !v )
+	return;
+    int r = qRed(d.argb);
+    int g = qGreen(d.argb);
+    int b = qBlue(d.argb);
+    uint max = r;				// maximum RGB component
+    int whatmax = 0;				// r=>0, g=>1, b=>2
+    if ( (uint)g > max ) {
+	max = g;
+	whatmax = 1;
+    }
+    if ( (uint)b > max ) {
+	max = b;
+	whatmax = 2;
+    }
+    uint min = r;				// find minimum value
+    if ( (uint)g < min ) min = g;
+    if ( (uint)b < min ) min = b;
+    int delta = max-min;
+    *v = max;					// calc value
+    *s = max ? (510*delta+max)/(2*max) : 0;
+    if ( *s == 0 ) {
+	*h = -1;				// undefined hue
+    } else {
+	switch ( whatmax ) {
+	    case 0:				// red is max component
+		if ( g >= b )
+		    *h = (120*(g-b)+delta)/(2*delta);
+		else
+		    *h = (120*(g-b+delta)+delta)/(2*delta) + 300;
+		break;
+	    case 1:				// green is max component
+		if ( b > r )
+		    *h = 120 + (120*(b-r)+delta)/(2*delta);
+		else
+		    *h = 60 + (120*(b-r+delta)+delta)/(2*delta);
+		break;
+	    case 2:				// blue is max component
+		if ( r > g )
+		    *h = 240 + (120*(r-g)+delta)/(2*delta);
+		else
+		    *h = 180 + (120*(r-g+delta)+delta)/(2*delta);
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets a HSV color value. \a h is the hue, \a s is the saturation
+    and \a v is the value of the HSV color.
+
+    If \a s or \a v are not in the range 0-255, or \a h is < -1, the
+    color is not changed.
+
+    \warning Colors are stored internally as RGB values, so getHSv()
+    may return slightly different values to those set by setHsv().
+
+    \sa hsv(), setRgb()
+*/
+
+void QColor::setHsv( int h, int s, int v )
+{
+    if ( h < -1 || (uint)s > 255 || (uint)v > 255 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QColor::setHsv: HSV parameters out of range" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    int r=v, g=v, b=v;
+    if ( s == 0 || h == -1 ) {			// achromatic case
+	// Ignore
+    } else {					// chromatic case
+	if ( (uint)h >= 360 )
+	    h %= 360;
+	uint f = h%60;
+	h /= 60;
+	uint p = (uint)(2*v*(255-s)+255)/510;
+	uint q, t;
+	if ( h&1 ) {
+	    q = (uint)(2*v*(15300-s*f)+15300)/30600;
+	    switch( h ) {
+		case 1: r=(int)q; g=(int)v, b=(int)p; break;
+		case 3: r=(int)p; g=(int)q, b=(int)v; break;
+		case 5: r=(int)v; g=(int)p, b=(int)q; break;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    t = (uint)(2*v*(15300-(s*(60-f)))+15300)/30600;
+	    switch( h ) {
+		case 0: r=(int)v; g=(int)t, b=(int)p; break;
+		case 2: r=(int)p; g=(int)v, b=(int)t; break;
+		case 4: r=(int)t; g=(int)p, b=(int)v; break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    setRgb( r, g, b );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRgb QColor::rgb() const
+
+    Returns the RGB value.
+
+    The return type \e QRgb is equivalent to \c unsigned \c int.
+
+    For an invalid color, the alpha value of the returned color is
+    unspecified.
+
+    \sa setRgb(), hsv(), qRed(), qBlue(), qGreen(), isValid()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QColor::getRgb( int *r, int *g, int *b ) const
+
+    Sets the contents pointed to by \a r, \a g and \a b to the red,
+    green and blue components of the RGB value respectively. The value
+    range for a component is 0..255.
+
+    \sa rgb(), setRgb(), getHsv()
+*/
+
+/*! \obsolete Use getRgb() instead */
+void QColor::rgb( int *r, int *g, int *b ) const
+{
+    *r = qRed(d.argb);
+    *g = qGreen(d.argb);
+    *b = qBlue(d.argb);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the RGB value to \a r, \a g, \a b. The arguments, \a r, \a g
+    and \a b must all be in the range 0..255. If any of them are
+    outside the legal range, the color is not changed.
+
+    \sa rgb(), setHsv()
+*/
+
+void QColor::setRgb( int r, int g, int b )
+{
+    if ( (uint)r > 255 || (uint)g > 255 || (uint)b > 255 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QColor::setRgb: RGB parameter(s) out of range" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    d.argb = qRgb( r, g, b );
+    if ( colormodel == d8 ) {
+	d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+	d.d8.direct = FALSE;
+	d.d8.dirty = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	d.d32.pix = Dirt;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    Sets the RGB value to \a rgb.
+
+    The type \e QRgb is equivalent to \c unsigned \c int.
+
+    \sa rgb(), setHsv()
+*/
+
+void QColor::setRgb( QRgb rgb )
+{
+    d.argb = rgb;
+    if ( colormodel == d8 ) {
+	d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+	d.d8.direct = FALSE;
+	d.d8.dirty = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	d.d32.pix = Dirt;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QColor::red() const
+
+    Returns the R (red) component of the RGB value.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QColor::green() const
+
+    Returns the G (green) component of the RGB value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QColor::blue() const
+
+    Returns the B (blue) component of the RGB value.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a lighter (or darker) color, but does not change this
+    object.
+
+    Returns a lighter color if \a factor is greater than 100. Setting
+    \a factor to 150 returns a color that is 50% brighter.
+
+    Returns a darker color if \a factor is less than 100. We recommend
+    using dark() for this purpose. If \a factor is 0 or negative, the
+    return value is unspecified.
+
+    (This function converts the current RGB color to HSV, multiplies V
+    by \a factor, and converts the result back to RGB.)
+
+    \sa dark()
+*/
+
+QColor QColor::light( int factor ) const
+{
+    if ( factor <= 0 )				// invalid lightness factor
+	return *this;
+    else if ( factor < 100 )			// makes color darker
+	return dark( 10000/factor );
+
+    int h, s, v;
+    hsv( &h, &s, &v );
+    v = (factor*v)/100;
+    if ( v > 255 ) {				// overflow
+	s -= v-255;				// adjust saturation
+	if ( s < 0 )
+	    s = 0;
+	v = 255;
+    }
+    QColor c;
+    c.setHsv( h, s, v );
+    return c;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a darker (or lighter) color, but does not change this
+    object.
+
+    Returns a darker color if \a factor is greater than 100. Setting
+    \a factor to 300 returns a color that has one-third the
+    brightness.
+
+    Returns a lighter color if \a factor is less than 100. We
+    recommend using lighter() for this purpose. If \a factor is 0 or
+    negative, the return value is unspecified.
+
+    (This function converts the current RGB color to HSV, divides V by
+    \a factor and converts back to RGB.)
+
+    \sa light()
+*/
+
+QColor QColor::dark( int factor ) const
+{
+    if ( factor <= 0 )				// invalid darkness factor
+	return *this;
+    else if ( factor < 100 )			// makes color lighter
+	return light( 10000/factor );
+    int h, s, v;
+    hsv( &h, &s, &v );
+    v = (v*100)/factor;
+    QColor c;
+    c.setHsv( h, s, v );
+    return c;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QColor::operator==( const QColor &c ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this color has the same RGB value as \a c;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QColor::operator!=( const QColor &c ) const
+    Returns TRUE if this color has a different RGB value from \a c;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pixel value.
+
+    This value is used by the underlying window system to refer to a
+    color. It can be thought of as an index into the display
+    hardware's color table, but the value is an arbitrary 32-bit
+    value.
+
+    \sa alloc()
+*/
+uint QColor::pixel() const
+{
+    if ( isDirty() )
+	return ((QColor*)this)->alloc();
+    else if ( colormodel == d8 )
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	// since d.d8.pix is uchar we have to use the PALETTEINDEX
+	// macro to get the respective palette entry index.
+	return (0x01000000 | (int)(short)(d.d8.pix));
+#else
+	return d.d8.pix;
+#endif
+    else
+	return d.d32.pix;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList QColor::colorNames()
+    Returns a QStringList containing the color names Qt knows about.
+*/
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColor stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QColor
+    Writes a color object, \a c to the stream, \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QColor &c )
+{
+    Q_UINT32 p = (Q_UINT32)c.rgb();
+    if ( s.version() == 1 )			// Swap red and blue
+	p = ((p << 16) & 0xff0000) | ((p >> 16) & 0xff) | (p & 0xff00ff00);
+    return s << p;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QColor
+    Reads a color object, \a c, from the stream, \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QColor &c )
+{
+    Q_UINT32 p;
+    s >> p;
+    if ( s.version() == 1 )			// Swap red and blue
+	p = ((p << 16) & 0xff0000) | ((p >> 16) & 0xff) | (p & 0xff00ff00);
+    c.setRgb( p );
+    return s;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColor global functions (documentation only)
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qRed( QRgb rgb )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns the red component of the RGB triplet \a rgb.
+    \sa qRgb(), QColor::red()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qGreen( QRgb rgb )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns the green component of the RGB triplet \a rgb.
+    \sa qRgb(), QColor::green()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qBlue( QRgb rgb )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns the blue component of the RGB triplet \a rgb.
+    \sa qRgb(), QColor::blue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qAlpha( QRgb rgba )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns the alpha component of the RGBA quadruplet \a rgba.
+    */
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRgb qRgb( int r, int g, int b )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns the RGB triplet \a (r,g,b).
+
+    The return type QRgb is equivalent to \c unsigned \c int.
+
+    \sa qRgba(), qRed(), qGreen(), qBlue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRgb qRgba( int r, int g, int b, int a )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns the RGBA quadruplet \a (r,g,b,a).
+
+    The return type QRgba is equivalent to \c unsigned \c int.
+
+    \sa qRgb(), qRed(), qGreen(), qBlue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qGray( int r, int g, int b )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns a gray value 0..255 from the (\a r, \a g, \a b) triplet.
+
+    The gray value is calculated using the formula (r*11 + g*16 +
+    b*5)/32.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload int qGray( qRgb rgb )
+    \relates QColor
+
+    Returns a gray value 0..255 from the given \a rgb colour.
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcolor.h b/src/kernel/qcolor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96662cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcolor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QColor class
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOLOR_H
+#define QCOLOR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+const QRgb  RGB_MASK    = 0x00ffffff;		// masks RGB values
+
+Q_EXPORT inline int qRed( QRgb rgb )		// get red part of RGB
+{ return (int)((rgb >> 16) & 0xff); }
+
+Q_EXPORT inline int qGreen( QRgb rgb )		// get green part of RGB
+{ return (int)((rgb >> 8) & 0xff); }
+
+Q_EXPORT inline int qBlue( QRgb rgb )		// get blue part of RGB
+{ return (int)(rgb & 0xff); }
+
+Q_EXPORT inline int qAlpha( QRgb rgb )		// get alpha part of RGBA
+{ return (int)((rgb >> 24) & 0xff); }
+
+Q_EXPORT inline QRgb qRgb( int r, int g, int b )// set RGB value
+{ return (0xff << 24) | ((r & 0xff) << 16) | ((g & 0xff) << 8) | (b & 0xff); }
+
+Q_EXPORT inline QRgb qRgba( int r, int g, int b, int a )// set RGBA value
+{ return ((a & 0xff) << 24) | ((r & 0xff) << 16) | ((g & 0xff) << 8) | (b & 0xff); }
+
+Q_EXPORT inline int qGray( int r, int g, int b )// convert R,G,B to gray 0..255
+{ return (r*11+g*16+b*5)/32; }
+
+Q_EXPORT inline int qGray( QRgb rgb )		// convert RGB to gray 0..255
+{ return qGray( qRed(rgb), qGreen(rgb), qBlue(rgb) ); }
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QColor
+{
+public:
+    enum Spec { Rgb, Hsv };
+
+    QColor();
+    QColor( int r, int g, int b );
+    QColor( int x, int y, int z, Spec );
+    QColor( QRgb rgb, uint pixel=0xffffffff);
+    QColor( const QString& name );
+    QColor( const char *name );
+    QColor( const QColor & );
+    QColor &operator=( const QColor & );
+
+    bool   isValid() const;
+    bool   isDirty() const;
+    QString name() const;
+    void   setNamedColor( const QString& name );
+
+    QRgb   rgb()    const;
+    void   setRgb( int r, int g, int b );
+    void   setRgb( QRgb rgb );
+    void   getRgb( int *r, int *g, int *b ) const { rgb( r, g, b ); }
+    void   rgb( int *r, int *g, int *b ) const; // obsolete
+
+    int	   red()    const;
+    int	   green()  const;
+    int	   blue()   const;
+
+    void   setHsv( int h, int s, int v );
+    void   getHsv( int *h, int *s, int *v ) const { hsv( h, s, v ); }
+    void   hsv( int *h, int *s, int *v ) const; // obsolete
+    void   getHsv( int &h, int &s, int &v ) const { hsv( &h, &s, &v ); } // obsolete
+
+    QColor light( int f = 150 ) const;
+    QColor dark( int f = 200 )	const;
+
+    bool   operator==( const QColor &c ) const;
+    bool   operator!=( const QColor &c ) const;
+
+    uint   alloc();
+    uint   pixel()  const;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    // ### in 4.0, make this take a default argument of -1 for default screen?
+    uint alloc( int screen );
+    uint pixel( int screen ) const;
+#endif
+
+    static int  maxColors();
+    static int  numBitPlanes();
+
+    static int  enterAllocContext();
+    static void leaveAllocContext();
+    static int  currentAllocContext();
+    static void destroyAllocContext( int );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    static const QRgb* palette( int* numEntries = 0 );
+    static int setPaletteEntries( const QRgb* entries, int numEntries,
+				  int base = -1 );
+    static HPALETTE hPal()  { return hpal; }
+    static uint	realizePal( QWidget * );
+#endif
+
+    static void initialize();
+    static void cleanup();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    static QStringList colorNames();
+#endif
+    enum { Dirt = 0x44495254, Invalid = 0x49000000 };
+
+private:
+    void setSystemNamedColor( const QString& name );
+    void setPixel( uint pixel );
+    static void initGlobalColors();
+    static uint argbToPix32(QRgb);
+    static QColor* globalColors();
+    static bool color_init;
+    static bool globals_init;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    static HPALETTE hpal;
+#endif
+    static enum ColorModel { d8, d32 } colormodel;
+    union {
+	QRgb argb;
+	struct D8 {
+	    QRgb argb;
+	    uchar pix;
+	    uchar invalid;
+	    uchar dirty;
+	    uchar direct;
+	} d8;
+	struct D32 {
+	    QRgb argb;
+	    uint pix;
+	    bool invalid() const { return argb == QColor::Invalid && pix == QColor::Dirt; }
+	    bool probablyDirty() const { return pix == QColor::Dirt; }
+	} d32;
+    } d;
+};
+
+
+inline QColor::QColor()
+{ d.d32.argb = Invalid; d.d32.pix = Dirt; }
+
+inline QColor::QColor( int r, int g, int b )
+{
+    d.d32.argb = Invalid;
+    d.d32.pix = Dirt;
+    setRgb( r, g, b );
+}
+
+inline QRgb QColor::rgb() const
+{ return d.argb; }
+
+inline int QColor::red() const
+{ return qRed(d.argb); }
+
+inline int QColor::green() const
+{ return qGreen(d.argb); }
+
+inline int QColor::blue() const
+{ return qBlue(d.argb); }
+
+inline bool QColor::isValid() const
+{
+    if ( colormodel == d8 )
+	return !d.d8.invalid;
+    else
+	return !d.d32.invalid();
+}
+
+inline bool QColor::operator==( const QColor &c ) const
+{
+    return d.argb == c.d.argb && isValid() == c.isValid();
+}
+
+inline bool QColor::operator!=( const QColor &c ) const
+{
+    return !operator==(c);
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColor stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QColor & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QColor & );
+#endif
+
+#endif // QCOLOR_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcolor_p.cpp b/src/kernel/qcolor_p.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..266f553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcolor_p.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,797 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Named color support for non-X platforms.
+** The color names have been borrowed from X.
+**
+** Created : 000228
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#if defined(Q_CC_BOR)
+// needed for qsort() because of a std namespace problem on Borland
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "qcolor.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COLORNAMES
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef QRGB
+#define QRGB(r,g,b) (r*65536 + g*256 + b)
+
+const int rgbTblSize = 657;
+
+static const struct RGBData {
+    uint  value;
+    const char *name;
+} rgbTbl[] = {
+  { QRGB(240,248,255),	"aliceblue" },
+  { QRGB(250,235,215),	"antiquewhite" },
+  { QRGB(255,239,219),	"antiquewhite1" },
+  { QRGB(238,223,204),	"antiquewhite2" },
+  { QRGB(205,192,176),	"antiquewhite3" },
+  { QRGB(139,131,120),	"antiquewhite4" },
+  { QRGB(127,255,212),	"aquamarine" },
+  { QRGB(127,255,212),	"aquamarine1" },
+  { QRGB(118,238,198),	"aquamarine2" },
+  { QRGB(102,205,170),	"aquamarine3" },
+  { QRGB( 69,139,116),	"aquamarine4" },
+  { QRGB(240,255,255),	"azure" },
+  { QRGB(240,255,255),	"azure1" },
+  { QRGB(224,238,238),	"azure2" },
+  { QRGB(193,205,205),	"azure3" },
+  { QRGB(131,139,139),	"azure4" },
+  { QRGB(245,245,220),	"beige" },
+  { QRGB(255,228,196),	"bisque" },
+  { QRGB(255,228,196),	"bisque1" },
+  { QRGB(238,213,183),	"bisque2" },
+  { QRGB(205,183,158),	"bisque3" },
+  { QRGB(139,125,107),	"bisque4" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,  0),	"black" },
+  { QRGB(255,235,205),	"blanchedalmond" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,255),	"blue" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,255),	"blue1" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,238),	"blue2" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,205),	"blue3" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,139),	"blue4" },
+  { QRGB(138, 43,226),	"blueviolet" },
+  { QRGB(165, 42, 42),	"brown" },
+  { QRGB(255, 64, 64),	"brown1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 59, 59),	"brown2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 51, 51),	"brown3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 35, 35),	"brown4" },
+  { QRGB(222,184,135),	"burlywood" },
+  { QRGB(255,211,155),	"burlywood1" },
+  { QRGB(238,197,145),	"burlywood2" },
+  { QRGB(205,170,125),	"burlywood3" },
+  { QRGB(139,115, 85),	"burlywood4" },
+  { QRGB( 95,158,160),	"cadetblue" },
+  { QRGB(152,245,255),	"cadetblue1" },
+  { QRGB(142,229,238),	"cadetblue2" },
+  { QRGB(122,197,205),	"cadetblue3" },
+  { QRGB( 83,134,139),	"cadetblue4" },
+  { QRGB(127,255,  0),	"chartreuse" },
+  { QRGB(127,255,  0),	"chartreuse1" },
+  { QRGB(118,238,  0),	"chartreuse2" },
+  { QRGB(102,205,  0),	"chartreuse3" },
+  { QRGB( 69,139,  0),	"chartreuse4" },
+  { QRGB(210,105, 30),	"chocolate" },
+  { QRGB(255,127, 36),	"chocolate1" },
+  { QRGB(238,118, 33),	"chocolate2" },
+  { QRGB(205,102, 29),	"chocolate3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 69, 19),	"chocolate4" },
+  { QRGB(255,127, 80),	"coral" },
+  { QRGB(255,114, 86),	"coral1" },
+  { QRGB(238,106, 80),	"coral2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 91, 69),	"coral3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 62, 47),	"coral4" },
+  { QRGB(100,149,237),	"cornflowerblue" },
+  { QRGB(255,248,220),	"cornsilk" },
+  { QRGB(255,248,220),	"cornsilk1" },
+  { QRGB(238,232,205),	"cornsilk2" },
+  { QRGB(205,200,177),	"cornsilk3" },
+  { QRGB(139,136,120),	"cornsilk4" },
+  { QRGB(  0,255,255),	"cyan" },
+  { QRGB(  0,255,255),	"cyan1" },
+  { QRGB(  0,238,238),	"cyan2" },
+  { QRGB(  0,205,205),	"cyan3" },
+  { QRGB(  0,139,139),	"cyan4" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,139),	"darkblue" },
+  { QRGB(  0,139,139),	"darkcyan" },
+  { QRGB(184,134, 11),	"darkgoldenrod" },
+  { QRGB(255,185, 15),	"darkgoldenrod1" },
+  { QRGB(238,173, 14),	"darkgoldenrod2" },
+  { QRGB(205,149, 12),	"darkgoldenrod3" },
+  { QRGB(139,101,  8),	"darkgoldenrod4" },
+  { QRGB(169,169,169),	"darkgray" },
+  { QRGB(  0,100,  0),	"darkgreen" },
+  { QRGB(169,169,169),	"darkgrey" },
+  { QRGB(189,183,107),	"darkkhaki" },
+  { QRGB(139,  0,139),	"darkmagenta" },
+  { QRGB( 85,107, 47),	"darkolivegreen" },
+  { QRGB(202,255,112),	"darkolivegreen1" },
+  { QRGB(188,238,104),	"darkolivegreen2" },
+  { QRGB(162,205, 90),	"darkolivegreen3" },
+  { QRGB(110,139, 61),	"darkolivegreen4" },
+  { QRGB(255,140,  0),	"darkorange" },
+  { QRGB(255,127,  0),	"darkorange1" },
+  { QRGB(238,118,  0),	"darkorange2" },
+  { QRGB(205,102,  0),	"darkorange3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 69,  0),	"darkorange4" },
+  { QRGB(153, 50,204),	"darkorchid" },
+  { QRGB(191, 62,255),	"darkorchid1" },
+  { QRGB(178, 58,238),	"darkorchid2" },
+  { QRGB(154, 50,205),	"darkorchid3" },
+  { QRGB(104, 34,139),	"darkorchid4" },
+  { QRGB(139,  0,  0),	"darkred" },
+  { QRGB(233,150,122),	"darksalmon" },
+  { QRGB(143,188,143),	"darkseagreen" },
+  { QRGB(193,255,193),	"darkseagreen1" },
+  { QRGB(180,238,180),	"darkseagreen2" },
+  { QRGB(155,205,155),	"darkseagreen3" },
+  { QRGB(105,139,105),	"darkseagreen4" },
+  { QRGB( 72, 61,139),	"darkslateblue" },
+  { QRGB( 47, 79, 79),	"darkslategray" },
+  { QRGB(151,255,255),	"darkslategray1" },
+  { QRGB(141,238,238),	"darkslategray2" },
+  { QRGB(121,205,205),	"darkslategray3" },
+  { QRGB( 82,139,139),	"darkslategray4" },
+  { QRGB( 47, 79, 79),	"darkslategrey" },
+  { QRGB(  0,206,209),	"darkturquoise" },
+  { QRGB(148,  0,211),	"darkviolet" },
+  { QRGB(255, 20,147),	"deeppink" },
+  { QRGB(255, 20,147),	"deeppink1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 18,137),	"deeppink2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 16,118),	"deeppink3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 10, 80),	"deeppink4" },
+  { QRGB(  0,191,255),	"deepskyblue" },
+  { QRGB(  0,191,255),	"deepskyblue1" },
+  { QRGB(  0,178,238),	"deepskyblue2" },
+  { QRGB(  0,154,205),	"deepskyblue3" },
+  { QRGB(  0,104,139),	"deepskyblue4" },
+  { QRGB(105,105,105),	"dimgray" },
+  { QRGB(105,105,105),	"dimgrey" },
+  { QRGB( 30,144,255),	"dodgerblue" },
+  { QRGB( 30,144,255),	"dodgerblue1" },
+  { QRGB( 28,134,238),	"dodgerblue2" },
+  { QRGB( 24,116,205),	"dodgerblue3" },
+  { QRGB( 16, 78,139),	"dodgerblue4" },
+  { QRGB(178, 34, 34),	"firebrick" },
+  { QRGB(255, 48, 48),	"firebrick1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 44, 44),	"firebrick2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 38, 38),	"firebrick3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 26, 26),	"firebrick4" },
+  { QRGB(255,250,240),	"floralwhite" },
+  { QRGB( 34,139, 34),	"forestgreen" },
+  { QRGB(220,220,220),	"gainsboro" },
+  { QRGB(248,248,255),	"ghostwhite" },
+  { QRGB(255,215,  0),	"gold" },
+  { QRGB(255,215,  0),	"gold1" },
+  { QRGB(238,201,  0),	"gold2" },
+  { QRGB(205,173,  0),	"gold3" },
+  { QRGB(139,117,  0),	"gold4" },
+  { QRGB(218,165, 32),	"goldenrod" },
+  { QRGB(255,193, 37),	"goldenrod1" },
+  { QRGB(238,180, 34),	"goldenrod2" },
+  { QRGB(205,155, 29),	"goldenrod3" },
+  { QRGB(139,105, 20),	"goldenrod4" },
+  { QRGB(190,190,190),	"gray" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,  0),	"gray0" },
+  { QRGB(  3,  3,  3),	"gray1" },
+  { QRGB( 26, 26, 26),	"gray10" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,255),	"gray100" },
+  { QRGB( 28, 28, 28),	"gray11" },
+  { QRGB( 31, 31, 31),	"gray12" },
+  { QRGB( 33, 33, 33),	"gray13" },
+  { QRGB( 36, 36, 36),	"gray14" },
+  { QRGB( 38, 38, 38),	"gray15" },
+  { QRGB( 41, 41, 41),	"gray16" },
+  { QRGB( 43, 43, 43),	"gray17" },
+  { QRGB( 46, 46, 46),	"gray18" },
+  { QRGB( 48, 48, 48),	"gray19" },
+  { QRGB(  5,  5,  5),	"gray2" },
+  { QRGB( 51, 51, 51),	"gray20" },
+  { QRGB( 54, 54, 54),	"gray21" },
+  { QRGB( 56, 56, 56),	"gray22" },
+  { QRGB( 59, 59, 59),	"gray23" },
+  { QRGB( 61, 61, 61),	"gray24" },
+  { QRGB( 64, 64, 64),	"gray25" },
+  { QRGB( 66, 66, 66),	"gray26" },
+  { QRGB( 69, 69, 69),	"gray27" },
+  { QRGB( 71, 71, 71),	"gray28" },
+  { QRGB( 74, 74, 74),	"gray29" },
+  { QRGB(  8,  8,  8),	"gray3" },
+  { QRGB( 77, 77, 77),	"gray30" },
+  { QRGB( 79, 79, 79),	"gray31" },
+  { QRGB( 82, 82, 82),	"gray32" },
+  { QRGB( 84, 84, 84),	"gray33" },
+  { QRGB( 87, 87, 87),	"gray34" },
+  { QRGB( 89, 89, 89),	"gray35" },
+  { QRGB( 92, 92, 92),	"gray36" },
+  { QRGB( 94, 94, 94),	"gray37" },
+  { QRGB( 97, 97, 97),	"gray38" },
+  { QRGB( 99, 99, 99),	"gray39" },
+  { QRGB( 10, 10, 10),	"gray4" },
+  { QRGB(102,102,102),	"gray40" },
+  { QRGB(105,105,105),	"gray41" },
+  { QRGB(107,107,107),	"gray42" },
+  { QRGB(110,110,110),	"gray43" },
+  { QRGB(112,112,112),	"gray44" },
+  { QRGB(115,115,115),	"gray45" },
+  { QRGB(117,117,117),	"gray46" },
+  { QRGB(120,120,120),	"gray47" },
+  { QRGB(122,122,122),	"gray48" },
+  { QRGB(125,125,125),	"gray49" },
+  { QRGB( 13, 13, 13),	"gray5" },
+  { QRGB(127,127,127),	"gray50" },
+  { QRGB(130,130,130),	"gray51" },
+  { QRGB(133,133,133),	"gray52" },
+  { QRGB(135,135,135),	"gray53" },
+  { QRGB(138,138,138),	"gray54" },
+  { QRGB(140,140,140),	"gray55" },
+  { QRGB(143,143,143),	"gray56" },
+  { QRGB(145,145,145),	"gray57" },
+  { QRGB(148,148,148),	"gray58" },
+  { QRGB(150,150,150),	"gray59" },
+  { QRGB( 15, 15, 15),	"gray6" },
+  { QRGB(153,153,153),	"gray60" },
+  { QRGB(156,156,156),	"gray61" },
+  { QRGB(158,158,158),	"gray62" },
+  { QRGB(161,161,161),	"gray63" },
+  { QRGB(163,163,163),	"gray64" },
+  { QRGB(166,166,166),	"gray65" },
+  { QRGB(168,168,168),	"gray66" },
+  { QRGB(171,171,171),	"gray67" },
+  { QRGB(173,173,173),	"gray68" },
+  { QRGB(176,176,176),	"gray69" },
+  { QRGB( 18, 18, 18),	"gray7" },
+  { QRGB(179,179,179),	"gray70" },
+  { QRGB(181,181,181),	"gray71" },
+  { QRGB(184,184,184),	"gray72" },
+  { QRGB(186,186,186),	"gray73" },
+  { QRGB(189,189,189),	"gray74" },
+  { QRGB(191,191,191),	"gray75" },
+  { QRGB(194,194,194),	"gray76" },
+  { QRGB(196,196,196),	"gray77" },
+  { QRGB(199,199,199),	"gray78" },
+  { QRGB(201,201,201),	"gray79" },
+  { QRGB( 20, 20, 20),	"gray8" },
+  { QRGB(204,204,204),	"gray80" },
+  { QRGB(207,207,207),	"gray81" },
+  { QRGB(209,209,209),	"gray82" },
+  { QRGB(212,212,212),	"gray83" },
+  { QRGB(214,214,214),	"gray84" },
+  { QRGB(217,217,217),	"gray85" },
+  { QRGB(219,219,219),	"gray86" },
+  { QRGB(222,222,222),	"gray87" },
+  { QRGB(224,224,224),	"gray88" },
+  { QRGB(227,227,227),	"gray89" },
+  { QRGB( 23, 23, 23),	"gray9" },
+  { QRGB(229,229,229),	"gray90" },
+  { QRGB(232,232,232),	"gray91" },
+  { QRGB(235,235,235),	"gray92" },
+  { QRGB(237,237,237),	"gray93" },
+  { QRGB(240,240,240),	"gray94" },
+  { QRGB(242,242,242),	"gray95" },
+  { QRGB(245,245,245),	"gray96" },
+  { QRGB(247,247,247),	"gray97" },
+  { QRGB(250,250,250),	"gray98" },
+  { QRGB(252,252,252),	"gray99" },
+  { QRGB(  0,255,  0),	"green" },
+  { QRGB(  0,255,  0),	"green1" },
+  { QRGB(  0,238,  0),	"green2" },
+  { QRGB(  0,205,  0),	"green3" },
+  { QRGB(  0,139,  0),	"green4" },
+  { QRGB(173,255, 47),	"greenyellow" },
+  { QRGB(190,190,190),	"grey" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,  0),	"grey0" },
+  { QRGB(  3,  3,  3),	"grey1" },
+  { QRGB( 26, 26, 26),	"grey10" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,255),	"grey100" },
+  { QRGB( 28, 28, 28),	"grey11" },
+  { QRGB( 31, 31, 31),	"grey12" },
+  { QRGB( 33, 33, 33),	"grey13" },
+  { QRGB( 36, 36, 36),	"grey14" },
+  { QRGB( 38, 38, 38),	"grey15" },
+  { QRGB( 41, 41, 41),	"grey16" },
+  { QRGB( 43, 43, 43),	"grey17" },
+  { QRGB( 46, 46, 46),	"grey18" },
+  { QRGB( 48, 48, 48),	"grey19" },
+  { QRGB(  5,  5,  5),	"grey2" },
+  { QRGB( 51, 51, 51),	"grey20" },
+  { QRGB( 54, 54, 54),	"grey21" },
+  { QRGB( 56, 56, 56),	"grey22" },
+  { QRGB( 59, 59, 59),	"grey23" },
+  { QRGB( 61, 61, 61),	"grey24" },
+  { QRGB( 64, 64, 64),	"grey25" },
+  { QRGB( 66, 66, 66),	"grey26" },
+  { QRGB( 69, 69, 69),	"grey27" },
+  { QRGB( 71, 71, 71),	"grey28" },
+  { QRGB( 74, 74, 74),	"grey29" },
+  { QRGB(  8,  8,  8),	"grey3" },
+  { QRGB( 77, 77, 77),	"grey30" },
+  { QRGB( 79, 79, 79),	"grey31" },
+  { QRGB( 82, 82, 82),	"grey32" },
+  { QRGB( 84, 84, 84),	"grey33" },
+  { QRGB( 87, 87, 87),	"grey34" },
+  { QRGB( 89, 89, 89),	"grey35" },
+  { QRGB( 92, 92, 92),	"grey36" },
+  { QRGB( 94, 94, 94),	"grey37" },
+  { QRGB( 97, 97, 97),	"grey38" },
+  { QRGB( 99, 99, 99),	"grey39" },
+  { QRGB( 10, 10, 10),	"grey4" },
+  { QRGB(102,102,102),	"grey40" },
+  { QRGB(105,105,105),	"grey41" },
+  { QRGB(107,107,107),	"grey42" },
+  { QRGB(110,110,110),	"grey43" },
+  { QRGB(112,112,112),	"grey44" },
+  { QRGB(115,115,115),	"grey45" },
+  { QRGB(117,117,117),	"grey46" },
+  { QRGB(120,120,120),	"grey47" },
+  { QRGB(122,122,122),	"grey48" },
+  { QRGB(125,125,125),	"grey49" },
+  { QRGB( 13, 13, 13),	"grey5" },
+  { QRGB(127,127,127),	"grey50" },
+  { QRGB(130,130,130),	"grey51" },
+  { QRGB(133,133,133),	"grey52" },
+  { QRGB(135,135,135),	"grey53" },
+  { QRGB(138,138,138),	"grey54" },
+  { QRGB(140,140,140),	"grey55" },
+  { QRGB(143,143,143),	"grey56" },
+  { QRGB(145,145,145),	"grey57" },
+  { QRGB(148,148,148),	"grey58" },
+  { QRGB(150,150,150),	"grey59" },
+  { QRGB( 15, 15, 15),	"grey6" },
+  { QRGB(153,153,153),	"grey60" },
+  { QRGB(156,156,156),	"grey61" },
+  { QRGB(158,158,158),	"grey62" },
+  { QRGB(161,161,161),	"grey63" },
+  { QRGB(163,163,163),	"grey64" },
+  { QRGB(166,166,166),	"grey65" },
+  { QRGB(168,168,168),	"grey66" },
+  { QRGB(171,171,171),	"grey67" },
+  { QRGB(173,173,173),	"grey68" },
+  { QRGB(176,176,176),	"grey69" },
+  { QRGB( 18, 18, 18),	"grey7" },
+  { QRGB(179,179,179),	"grey70" },
+  { QRGB(181,181,181),	"grey71" },
+  { QRGB(184,184,184),	"grey72" },
+  { QRGB(186,186,186),	"grey73" },
+  { QRGB(189,189,189),	"grey74" },
+  { QRGB(191,191,191),	"grey75" },
+  { QRGB(194,194,194),	"grey76" },
+  { QRGB(196,196,196),	"grey77" },
+  { QRGB(199,199,199),	"grey78" },
+  { QRGB(201,201,201),	"grey79" },
+  { QRGB( 20, 20, 20),	"grey8" },
+  { QRGB(204,204,204),	"grey80" },
+  { QRGB(207,207,207),	"grey81" },
+  { QRGB(209,209,209),	"grey82" },
+  { QRGB(212,212,212),	"grey83" },
+  { QRGB(214,214,214),	"grey84" },
+  { QRGB(217,217,217),	"grey85" },
+  { QRGB(219,219,219),	"grey86" },
+  { QRGB(222,222,222),	"grey87" },
+  { QRGB(224,224,224),	"grey88" },
+  { QRGB(227,227,227),	"grey89" },
+  { QRGB( 23, 23, 23),	"grey9" },
+  { QRGB(229,229,229),	"grey90" },
+  { QRGB(232,232,232),	"grey91" },
+  { QRGB(235,235,235),	"grey92" },
+  { QRGB(237,237,237),	"grey93" },
+  { QRGB(240,240,240),	"grey94" },
+  { QRGB(242,242,242),	"grey95" },
+  { QRGB(245,245,245),	"grey96" },
+  { QRGB(247,247,247),	"grey97" },
+  { QRGB(250,250,250),	"grey98" },
+  { QRGB(252,252,252),	"grey99" },
+  { QRGB(240,255,240),	"honeydew" },
+  { QRGB(240,255,240),	"honeydew1" },
+  { QRGB(224,238,224),	"honeydew2" },
+  { QRGB(193,205,193),	"honeydew3" },
+  { QRGB(131,139,131),	"honeydew4" },
+  { QRGB(255,105,180),	"hotpink" },
+  { QRGB(255,110,180),	"hotpink1" },
+  { QRGB(238,106,167),	"hotpink2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 96,144),	"hotpink3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 58, 98),	"hotpink4" },
+  { QRGB(205, 92, 92),	"indianred" },
+  { QRGB(255,106,106),	"indianred1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 99, 99),	"indianred2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 85, 85),	"indianred3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 58, 58),	"indianred4" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,240),	"ivory" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,240),	"ivory1" },
+  { QRGB(238,238,224),	"ivory2" },
+  { QRGB(205,205,193),	"ivory3" },
+  { QRGB(139,139,131),	"ivory4" },
+  { QRGB(240,230,140),	"khaki" },
+  { QRGB(255,246,143),	"khaki1" },
+  { QRGB(238,230,133),	"khaki2" },
+  { QRGB(205,198,115),	"khaki3" },
+  { QRGB(139,134, 78),	"khaki4" },
+  { QRGB(230,230,250),	"lavender" },
+  { QRGB(255,240,245),	"lavenderblush" },
+  { QRGB(255,240,245),	"lavenderblush1" },
+  { QRGB(238,224,229),	"lavenderblush2" },
+  { QRGB(205,193,197),	"lavenderblush3" },
+  { QRGB(139,131,134),	"lavenderblush4" },
+  { QRGB(124,252,  0),	"lawngreen" },
+  { QRGB(255,250,205),	"lemonchiffon" },
+  { QRGB(255,250,205),	"lemonchiffon1" },
+  { QRGB(238,233,191),	"lemonchiffon2" },
+  { QRGB(205,201,165),	"lemonchiffon3" },
+  { QRGB(139,137,112),	"lemonchiffon4" },
+  { QRGB(173,216,230),	"lightblue" },
+  { QRGB(191,239,255),	"lightblue1" },
+  { QRGB(178,223,238),	"lightblue2" },
+  { QRGB(154,192,205),	"lightblue3" },
+  { QRGB(104,131,139),	"lightblue4" },
+  { QRGB(240,128,128),	"lightcoral" },
+  { QRGB(224,255,255),	"lightcyan" },
+  { QRGB(224,255,255),	"lightcyan1" },
+  { QRGB(209,238,238),	"lightcyan2" },
+  { QRGB(180,205,205),	"lightcyan3" },
+  { QRGB(122,139,139),	"lightcyan4" },
+  { QRGB(238,221,130),	"lightgoldenrod" },
+  { QRGB(255,236,139),	"lightgoldenrod1" },
+  { QRGB(238,220,130),	"lightgoldenrod2" },
+  { QRGB(205,190,112),	"lightgoldenrod3" },
+  { QRGB(139,129, 76),	"lightgoldenrod4" },
+  { QRGB(250,250,210),	"lightgoldenrodyellow" },
+  { QRGB(211,211,211),	"lightgray" },
+  { QRGB(144,238,144),	"lightgreen" },
+  { QRGB(211,211,211),	"lightgrey" },
+  { QRGB(255,182,193),	"lightpink" },
+  { QRGB(255,174,185),	"lightpink1" },
+  { QRGB(238,162,173),	"lightpink2" },
+  { QRGB(205,140,149),	"lightpink3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 95,101),	"lightpink4" },
+  { QRGB(255,160,122),	"lightsalmon" },
+  { QRGB(255,160,122),	"lightsalmon1" },
+  { QRGB(238,149,114),	"lightsalmon2" },
+  { QRGB(205,129, 98),	"lightsalmon3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 87, 66),	"lightsalmon4" },
+  { QRGB( 32,178,170),	"lightseagreen" },
+  { QRGB(135,206,250),	"lightskyblue" },
+  { QRGB(176,226,255),	"lightskyblue1" },
+  { QRGB(164,211,238),	"lightskyblue2" },
+  { QRGB(141,182,205),	"lightskyblue3" },
+  { QRGB( 96,123,139),	"lightskyblue4" },
+  { QRGB(132,112,255),	"lightslateblue" },
+  { QRGB(119,136,153),	"lightslategray" },
+  { QRGB(119,136,153),	"lightslategrey" },
+  { QRGB(176,196,222),	"lightsteelblue" },
+  { QRGB(202,225,255),	"lightsteelblue1" },
+  { QRGB(188,210,238),	"lightsteelblue2" },
+  { QRGB(162,181,205),	"lightsteelblue3" },
+  { QRGB(110,123,139),	"lightsteelblue4" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,224),	"lightyellow" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,224),	"lightyellow1" },
+  { QRGB(238,238,209),	"lightyellow2" },
+  { QRGB(205,205,180),	"lightyellow3" },
+  { QRGB(139,139,122),	"lightyellow4" },
+  { QRGB( 50,205, 50),	"limegreen" },
+  { QRGB(250,240,230),	"linen" },
+  { QRGB(255,  0,255),	"magenta" },
+  { QRGB(255,  0,255),	"magenta1" },
+  { QRGB(238,  0,238),	"magenta2" },
+  { QRGB(205,  0,205),	"magenta3" },
+  { QRGB(139,  0,139),	"magenta4" },
+  { QRGB(176, 48, 96),	"maroon" },
+  { QRGB(255, 52,179),	"maroon1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 48,167),	"maroon2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 41,144),	"maroon3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 28, 98),	"maroon4" },
+  { QRGB(102,205,170),	"mediumaquamarine" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,205),	"mediumblue" },
+  { QRGB(186, 85,211),	"mediumorchid" },
+  { QRGB(224,102,255),	"mediumorchid1" },
+  { QRGB(209, 95,238),	"mediumorchid2" },
+  { QRGB(180, 82,205),	"mediumorchid3" },
+  { QRGB(122, 55,139),	"mediumorchid4" },
+  { QRGB(147,112,219),	"mediumpurple" },
+  { QRGB(171,130,255),	"mediumpurple1" },
+  { QRGB(159,121,238),	"mediumpurple2" },
+  { QRGB(137,104,205),	"mediumpurple3" },
+  { QRGB( 93, 71,139),	"mediumpurple4" },
+  { QRGB( 60,179,113),	"mediumseagreen" },
+  { QRGB(123,104,238),	"mediumslateblue" },
+  { QRGB(  0,250,154),	"mediumspringgreen" },
+  { QRGB( 72,209,204),	"mediumturquoise" },
+  { QRGB(199, 21,133),	"mediumvioletred" },
+  { QRGB( 25, 25,112),	"midnightblue" },
+  { QRGB(245,255,250),	"mintcream" },
+  { QRGB(255,228,225),	"mistyrose" },
+  { QRGB(255,228,225),	"mistyrose1" },
+  { QRGB(238,213,210),	"mistyrose2" },
+  { QRGB(205,183,181),	"mistyrose3" },
+  { QRGB(139,125,123),	"mistyrose4" },
+  { QRGB(255,228,181),	"moccasin" },
+  { QRGB(255,222,173),	"navajowhite" },
+  { QRGB(255,222,173),	"navajowhite1" },
+  { QRGB(238,207,161),	"navajowhite2" },
+  { QRGB(205,179,139),	"navajowhite3" },
+  { QRGB(139,121, 94),	"navajowhite4" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,128),	"navy" },
+  { QRGB(  0,  0,128),	"navyblue" },
+  { QRGB(253,245,230),	"oldlace" },
+  { QRGB(107,142, 35),	"olivedrab" },
+  { QRGB(192,255, 62),	"olivedrab1" },
+  { QRGB(179,238, 58),	"olivedrab2" },
+  { QRGB(154,205, 50),	"olivedrab3" },
+  { QRGB(105,139, 34),	"olivedrab4" },
+  { QRGB(255,165,  0),	"orange" },
+  { QRGB(255,165,  0),	"orange1" },
+  { QRGB(238,154,  0),	"orange2" },
+  { QRGB(205,133,  0),	"orange3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 90,  0),	"orange4" },
+  { QRGB(255, 69,  0),	"orangered" },
+  { QRGB(255, 69,  0),	"orangered1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 64,  0),	"orangered2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 55,  0),	"orangered3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 37,  0),	"orangered4" },
+  { QRGB(218,112,214),	"orchid" },
+  { QRGB(255,131,250),	"orchid1" },
+  { QRGB(238,122,233),	"orchid2" },
+  { QRGB(205,105,201),	"orchid3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 71,137),	"orchid4" },
+  { QRGB(238,232,170),	"palegoldenrod" },
+  { QRGB(152,251,152),	"palegreen" },
+  { QRGB(154,255,154),	"palegreen1" },
+  { QRGB(144,238,144),	"palegreen2" },
+  { QRGB(124,205,124),	"palegreen3" },
+  { QRGB( 84,139, 84),	"palegreen4" },
+  { QRGB(175,238,238),	"paleturquoise" },
+  { QRGB(187,255,255),	"paleturquoise1" },
+  { QRGB(174,238,238),	"paleturquoise2" },
+  { QRGB(150,205,205),	"paleturquoise3" },
+  { QRGB(102,139,139),	"paleturquoise4" },
+  { QRGB(219,112,147),	"palevioletred" },
+  { QRGB(255,130,171),	"palevioletred1" },
+  { QRGB(238,121,159),	"palevioletred2" },
+  { QRGB(205,104,137),	"palevioletred3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 71, 93),	"palevioletred4" },
+  { QRGB(255,239,213),	"papayawhip" },
+  { QRGB(255,218,185),	"peachpuff" },
+  { QRGB(255,218,185),	"peachpuff1" },
+  { QRGB(238,203,173),	"peachpuff2" },
+  { QRGB(205,175,149),	"peachpuff3" },
+  { QRGB(139,119,101),	"peachpuff4" },
+  { QRGB(205,133, 63),	"peru" },
+  { QRGB(255,192,203),	"pink" },
+  { QRGB(255,181,197),	"pink1" },
+  { QRGB(238,169,184),	"pink2" },
+  { QRGB(205,145,158),	"pink3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 99,108),	"pink4" },
+  { QRGB(221,160,221),	"plum" },
+  { QRGB(255,187,255),	"plum1" },
+  { QRGB(238,174,238),	"plum2" },
+  { QRGB(205,150,205),	"plum3" },
+  { QRGB(139,102,139),	"plum4" },
+  { QRGB(176,224,230),	"powderblue" },
+  { QRGB(160, 32,240),	"purple" },
+  { QRGB(155, 48,255),	"purple1" },
+  { QRGB(145, 44,238),	"purple2" },
+  { QRGB(125, 38,205),	"purple3" },
+  { QRGB( 85, 26,139),	"purple4" },
+  { QRGB(255,  0,  0),	"red" },
+  { QRGB(255,  0,  0),	"red1" },
+  { QRGB(238,  0,  0),	"red2" },
+  { QRGB(205,  0,  0),	"red3" },
+  { QRGB(139,  0,  0),	"red4" },
+  { QRGB(188,143,143),	"rosybrown" },
+  { QRGB(255,193,193),	"rosybrown1" },
+  { QRGB(238,180,180),	"rosybrown2" },
+  { QRGB(205,155,155),	"rosybrown3" },
+  { QRGB(139,105,105),	"rosybrown4" },
+  { QRGB( 65,105,225),	"royalblue" },
+  { QRGB( 72,118,255),	"royalblue1" },
+  { QRGB( 67,110,238),	"royalblue2" },
+  { QRGB( 58, 95,205),	"royalblue3" },
+  { QRGB( 39, 64,139),	"royalblue4" },
+  { QRGB(139, 69, 19),	"saddlebrown" },
+  { QRGB(250,128,114),	"salmon" },
+  { QRGB(255,140,105),	"salmon1" },
+  { QRGB(238,130, 98),	"salmon2" },
+  { QRGB(205,112, 84),	"salmon3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 76, 57),	"salmon4" },
+  { QRGB(244,164, 96),	"sandybrown" },
+  { QRGB( 46,139, 87),	"seagreen" },
+  { QRGB( 84,255,159),	"seagreen1" },
+  { QRGB( 78,238,148),	"seagreen2" },
+  { QRGB( 67,205,128),	"seagreen3" },
+  { QRGB( 46,139, 87),	"seagreen4" },
+  { QRGB(255,245,238),	"seashell" },
+  { QRGB(255,245,238),	"seashell1" },
+  { QRGB(238,229,222),	"seashell2" },
+  { QRGB(205,197,191),	"seashell3" },
+  { QRGB(139,134,130),	"seashell4" },
+  { QRGB(160, 82, 45),	"sienna" },
+  { QRGB(255,130, 71),	"sienna1" },
+  { QRGB(238,121, 66),	"sienna2" },
+  { QRGB(205,104, 57),	"sienna3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 71, 38),	"sienna4" },
+  { QRGB(135,206,235),	"skyblue" },
+  { QRGB(135,206,255),	"skyblue1" },
+  { QRGB(126,192,238),	"skyblue2" },
+  { QRGB(108,166,205),	"skyblue3" },
+  { QRGB( 74,112,139),	"skyblue4" },
+  { QRGB(106, 90,205),	"slateblue" },
+  { QRGB(131,111,255),	"slateblue1" },
+  { QRGB(122,103,238),	"slateblue2" },
+  { QRGB(105, 89,205),	"slateblue3" },
+  { QRGB( 71, 60,139),	"slateblue4" },
+  { QRGB(112,128,144),	"slategray" },
+  { QRGB(198,226,255),	"slategray1" },
+  { QRGB(185,211,238),	"slategray2" },
+  { QRGB(159,182,205),	"slategray3" },
+  { QRGB(108,123,139),	"slategray4" },
+  { QRGB(112,128,144),	"slategrey" },
+  { QRGB(255,250,250),	"snow" },
+  { QRGB(255,250,250),	"snow1" },
+  { QRGB(238,233,233),	"snow2" },
+  { QRGB(205,201,201),	"snow3" },
+  { QRGB(139,137,137),	"snow4" },
+  { QRGB(  0,255,127),	"springgreen" },
+  { QRGB(  0,255,127),	"springgreen1" },
+  { QRGB(  0,238,118),	"springgreen2" },
+  { QRGB(  0,205,102),	"springgreen3" },
+  { QRGB(  0,139, 69),	"springgreen4" },
+  { QRGB( 70,130,180),	"steelblue" },
+  { QRGB( 99,184,255),	"steelblue1" },
+  { QRGB( 92,172,238),	"steelblue2" },
+  { QRGB( 79,148,205),	"steelblue3" },
+  { QRGB( 54,100,139),	"steelblue4" },
+  { QRGB(210,180,140),	"tan" },
+  { QRGB(255,165, 79),	"tan1" },
+  { QRGB(238,154, 73),	"tan2" },
+  { QRGB(205,133, 63),	"tan3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 90, 43),	"tan4" },
+  { QRGB(216,191,216),	"thistle" },
+  { QRGB(255,225,255),	"thistle1" },
+  { QRGB(238,210,238),	"thistle2" },
+  { QRGB(205,181,205),	"thistle3" },
+  { QRGB(139,123,139),	"thistle4" },
+  { QRGB(255, 99, 71),	"tomato" },
+  { QRGB(255, 99, 71),	"tomato1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 92, 66),	"tomato2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 79, 57),	"tomato3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 54, 38),	"tomato4" },
+  { QRGB( 64,224,208),	"turquoise" },
+  { QRGB(  0,245,255),	"turquoise1" },
+  { QRGB(  0,229,238),	"turquoise2" },
+  { QRGB(  0,197,205),	"turquoise3" },
+  { QRGB(  0,134,139),	"turquoise4" },
+  { QRGB(238,130,238),	"violet" },
+  { QRGB(208, 32,144),	"violetred" },
+  { QRGB(255, 62,150),	"violetred1" },
+  { QRGB(238, 58,140),	"violetred2" },
+  { QRGB(205, 50,120),	"violetred3" },
+  { QRGB(139, 34, 82),	"violetred4" },
+  { QRGB(245,222,179),	"wheat" },
+  { QRGB(255,231,186),	"wheat1" },
+  { QRGB(238,216,174),	"wheat2" },
+  { QRGB(205,186,150),	"wheat3" },
+  { QRGB(139,126,102),	"wheat4" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,255),	"white" },
+  { QRGB(245,245,245),	"whitesmoke" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,  0),	"yellow" },
+  { QRGB(255,255,  0),	"yellow1" },
+  { QRGB(238,238,  0),	"yellow2" },
+  { QRGB(205,205,  0),	"yellow3" },
+  { QRGB(139,139,  0),	"yellow4" },
+  { QRGB(154,205, 50),	"yellowgreen" } };
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
+static int __cdecl rgb_cmp( const void *d1, const void *d2 )
+#else
+static int rgb_cmp( const void *d1, const void *d2 )
+#endif
+{
+    return qstricmp( ((RGBData *)d1)->name, ((RGBData *)d2)->name );
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+bool qt_get_named_rgb( const char *name, QRgb* rgb )
+{
+    Q_LONG len = strlen(name)+1;
+    char *name_no_space = (char *)malloc(len);
+    for(Q_LONG o=0,i=0; i < len; i++) {
+	if(name[i] != '\t' && name[i] != ' ')
+	    name_no_space[o++] = name[i];
+    }
+
+    RGBData x;
+    x.name = name_no_space;
+    // Funtion bsearch() is supposed to be
+    // void *bsearch(const void *key, const void *base, ...
+    // So why (char*)? Are there broken bsearch() declarations out there?
+    RGBData *r = (RGBData*)bsearch((char*)&x, (char*)rgbTbl, rgbTblSize,
+				   sizeof(RGBData), rgb_cmp);
+    free(name_no_space);
+    if ( r ) {
+	*rgb = r->value;
+	return TRUE;
+    } else {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+uint qt_get_rgb_val( const char *name )
+{
+    QRgb r = 0;
+    qt_get_named_rgb(name,&r);
+    return r;
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+QStringList QColor::colorNames()
+{
+    int i = 0;
+    QStringList lst;
+    for ( i = 0; i < rgbTblSize; i++ )
+	lst << rgbTbl[i].name;
+
+    return lst;
+}
+#endif
+#else
+
+bool qt_get_named_rgb( const char *, QRgb* )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+uint qt_get_rgb_val( const char * )
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+QStringList QColor::colorNames()
+{
+    return QStringList();
+}
+#endif
+#endif // QT_NO_COLORNAMES
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcolor_p.h b/src/kernel/qcolor_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72ae2b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcolor_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Named color support for non-X platforms.
+** The color names have been borrowed from X.
+**
+** Created : 000228
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOLOR_P_H
+#define QCOLOR_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qmenudata.cpp, qmenubar.cpp, qmenubar.cpp, qpopupmenu.cpp,
+// qmotifstyle.cpp and qwindowssstyle.cpp.  This header file may change
+// from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#endif // QT_H 
+
+extern uint qt_get_rgb_val( const char *name );
+extern bool qt_get_named_rgb( const char *, QRgb* );
+extern void qt_reset_color_avail();
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcolor_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qcolor_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeaee5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcolor_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,835 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QColor class for X11
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qcolor_p.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+// NOT REVISED
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  The color dictionary speeds up color allocation significantly for X11.
+  When there are no more colors, QColor::alloc() will set the colors_avail
+  flag to FALSE and try to find the nearest color.
+  NOTE: From deep within the event loop, the colors_avail flag is reset to
+  TRUE (calls the function qt_reset_color_avail()), because some other
+  application might free its colors, thereby making them available for
+  this Qt application.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qintdict.h"
+
+struct QColorData {
+    uint pix;					// allocated pixel value
+    int	 context;				// allocation context
+};
+
+typedef QIntDict<QColorData> QColorDict;
+typedef QIntDictIterator<QColorData> QColorDictIt;
+static int	current_alloc_context = 0;	// current color alloc context
+static const uint col_std_dict = 419;
+static const uint col_large_dict = 18397;
+
+class QColorScreenData {
+public:
+    QColorScreenData()
+    {
+	colorDict = 0;
+	colors_avail = TRUE;
+	g_vis = 0;
+	g_carr = 0;
+	g_carr_fetch = TRUE;
+	g_cells = 0;
+	g_our_alloc = 0;
+	color_reduce = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    QColorDict *colorDict;		// dict of allocated colors
+    bool colors_avail;			// X colors available
+    bool g_truecolor;			// truecolor visual
+    Visual *g_vis;			// visual
+    XColor *g_carr;			// color array
+    bool g_carr_fetch;			// perform XQueryColors?
+    int	g_cells;			// number of entries in g_carr
+    bool *g_our_alloc;			// our allocated colors
+    uint red_mask , green_mask , blue_mask;
+    int	red_shift, green_shift, blue_shift;
+    bool color_reduce;
+    int	col_div_r;
+    int	col_div_g;
+    int	col_div_b;
+};
+
+static int screencount = 0;
+static QColorScreenData **screendata = 0; // array of screendata pointers
+
+
+/*
+  This function is called from the event loop. It resets the colors_avail
+  flag so that the application can retry to allocate read-only colors
+  that other applications may have deallocated lately.
+
+  The g_our_alloc and g_carr are global arrays that optimize color
+  approximation when there are no more colors left to allocate.
+*/
+
+void qt_reset_color_avail()
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < screencount; i++ ) {
+	screendata[i]->colors_avail = TRUE;
+	screendata[i]->g_carr_fetch = TRUE;	// do XQueryColors if !colors_avail
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Finds the nearest color.
+*/
+
+static int find_nearest_color( int r, int g, int b, int* mindist_out,
+			       QColorScreenData *sd )
+{
+    int mincol = -1;
+    int mindist = 200000;
+    int rx, gx, bx, dist;
+    XColor *xc = &sd->g_carr[0];
+    for ( int i=0; i<sd->g_cells; i++ ) {
+	rx = r - (xc->red >> 8);
+	gx = g - (xc->green >> 8);
+	bx = b - (xc->blue>> 8);
+	dist = rx*rx + gx*gx + bx*bx;		// calculate distance
+	if ( dist < mindist ) {			// minimal?
+	    mindist = dist;
+	    mincol = i;
+	}
+	xc++;
+    }
+    *mindist_out = mindist;
+    return mincol;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColor misc internal functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int highest_bit( uint v )
+{
+    int i;
+    uint b = (uint)1 << 31;			// get pos of highest bit in v
+    for ( i=31; ((b & v) == 0) && i>=0;	 i-- )
+	b >>= 1;
+    return i;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColor static member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum number of colors supported by the underlying
+    window system if the window system uses a palette.
+
+    Otherwise returns -1. Use numBitPlanes() to calculate the available
+    colors in that case.
+*/
+
+int QColor::maxColors()
+{
+    Visual *visual = (Visual *) QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual();
+    if (visual->c_class & 1)
+	return QPaintDevice::x11AppCells();
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of color bit planes for the underlying window
+    system.
+
+    The returned value is equal to the default pixmap depth.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::defaultDepth()
+*/
+
+int QColor::numBitPlanes()
+{
+    return QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Internal initialization required for QColor.
+    This function is called from the QApplication constructor.
+
+    \sa cleanup()
+*/
+
+void QColor::initialize()
+{
+    static const int blackIdx = 2;
+    static const int whiteIdx = 3;
+
+    if ( color_init )				// already initialized
+	return;
+    color_init = TRUE;
+
+    Display *dpy  = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    int	     spec = QApplication::colorSpec();
+
+    screencount = ScreenCount( dpy );
+    screendata = new QColorScreenData*[ screencount ];
+
+    int scr;
+    for ( scr = 0; scr < screencount; ++scr ) {
+	screendata[scr] = new QColorScreenData;
+        screendata[scr]->g_vis = (Visual *) QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( scr );
+	screendata[scr]->g_truecolor = screendata[scr]->g_vis->c_class == TrueColor
+                                       || screendata[scr]->g_vis->c_class == DirectColor;
+
+	int ncols = QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( scr );
+
+	if ( screendata[scr]->g_truecolor ) {
+            if (scr == DefaultScreen(dpy))
+                colormodel = d32;
+	} else {
+            if (scr == DefaultScreen(dpy))
+                colormodel = d8;
+
+	    // Create the g_our_alloc array, which remembers which color pixels
+	    // we allocated.
+	    screendata[scr]->g_cells = QMIN(ncols,256);
+	    screendata[scr]->g_carr  = new XColor[screendata[scr]->g_cells];
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( screendata[scr]->g_carr );
+	    memset( screendata[scr]->g_carr, 0,
+		    screendata[scr]->g_cells*sizeof(XColor) );
+	    screendata[scr]->g_carr_fetch = TRUE;	// run XQueryColors on demand
+	    screendata[scr]->g_our_alloc = new bool[screendata[scr]->g_cells];
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( screendata[scr]->g_our_alloc );
+	    memset( screendata[scr]->g_our_alloc, FALSE,
+		    screendata[scr]->g_cells*sizeof(bool) );
+	    XColor *xc = &screendata[scr]->g_carr[0];
+	    for ( int i=0; i<screendata[scr]->g_cells; i++ ) {
+		xc->pixel = i;		// g_carr[i] = color i
+		xc++;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	int dictsize;
+	if ( screendata[scr]->g_truecolor ) {			// truecolor
+	    dictsize    = 1;			// will not need color dict
+	    screendata[scr]->red_mask    = (uint)screendata[scr]->g_vis->red_mask;
+	    screendata[scr]->green_mask  = (uint)screendata[scr]->g_vis->green_mask;
+	    screendata[scr]->blue_mask   = (uint)screendata[scr]->g_vis->blue_mask;
+	    screendata[scr]->red_shift =
+		highest_bit( screendata[scr]->red_mask ) - 7;
+	    screendata[scr]->green_shift =
+		highest_bit( screendata[scr]->green_mask ) - 7;
+	    screendata[scr]->blue_shift =
+		highest_bit( screendata[scr]->blue_mask ) - 7;
+	} else {
+	    dictsize = col_std_dict;
+	}
+	screendata[scr]->colorDict = new QColorDict(dictsize);	// create dictionary
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( screendata[scr]->colorDict );
+
+	if ( spec == (int)QApplication::ManyColor ) {
+	    screendata[scr]->color_reduce = TRUE;
+
+	    switch ( qt_ncols_option ) {
+	    case 216:
+		// 6:6:6
+		screendata[scr]->col_div_r = screendata[scr]->col_div_g =
+		screendata[scr]->col_div_b = (255/(6-1));
+		break;
+	    default: {
+		// 2:3:1 proportions, solved numerically
+		if ( qt_ncols_option > 255 ) qt_ncols_option = 255;
+		if ( qt_ncols_option < 1 ) qt_ncols_option = 1;
+		int nr = 2;
+		int ng = 2;
+		int nb = 2;
+		for (;;) {
+		    if ( nb*2 < nr && (nb+1)*nr*ng < qt_ncols_option )
+			nb++;
+		    else if ( nr*3 < ng*2 && nb*(nr+1)*ng < qt_ncols_option )
+			nr++;
+		    else if ( nb*nr*(ng+1) < qt_ncols_option )
+			ng++;
+		    else break;
+		}
+		qt_ncols_option = nr*ng*nb;
+		screendata[scr]->col_div_r = (255/(nr-1));
+		screendata[scr]->col_div_g = (255/(ng-1));
+		screendata[scr]->col_div_b = (255/(nb-1));
+	    }
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    scr = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+
+    // Initialize global color objects
+    if ( QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual(scr) &&
+	 QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap(scr) ) {
+	globalColors()[blackIdx].setPixel((uint) BlackPixel(dpy, scr));
+	globalColors()[whiteIdx].setPixel((uint) WhitePixel(dpy, scr));
+    } else {
+	globalColors()[blackIdx].alloc(scr);
+	globalColors()[whiteIdx].alloc(scr);
+    }
+
+#if 0 /* 0 == allocate colors on demand */
+    setLazyAlloc( FALSE );			// allocate global colors
+    ((QColor*)(&darkGray))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&gray))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&lightGray))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&::red))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&::green))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&::blue))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&cyan))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&magenta))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&yellow))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&darkRed))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&darkGreen))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&darkBlue))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&darkCyan))->	alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&darkMagenta))-> alloc();
+    ((QColor*)(&darkYellow))->	alloc();
+    setLazyAlloc( TRUE );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Internal clean up required for QColor.
+    This function is called from the QApplication destructor.
+
+    \sa initialize()
+*/
+
+void QColor::cleanup()
+{
+    if ( !color_init )
+	return;
+    color_init = FALSE;
+    int scr;
+    for ( scr = 0; scr < screencount; scr++ ) {
+	if ( screendata[scr]->g_carr ) {
+	    delete [] screendata[scr]->g_carr;
+	    screendata[scr]->g_carr = 0;
+	}
+	if ( screendata[scr]->g_our_alloc ) {
+	    delete [] screendata[scr]->g_our_alloc;
+	    screendata[scr]->g_our_alloc = 0;
+	}
+	if ( screendata[scr]->colorDict ) {
+	    screendata[scr]->colorDict->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	    screendata[scr]->colorDict->clear();
+	    delete screendata[scr]->colorDict;
+	    screendata[scr]->colorDict = 0;
+	}
+	delete screendata[scr];
+	screendata[scr] = 0;
+    }
+    delete [] screendata;
+    screendata = 0;
+    screencount = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColor member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Allocates the color on screen \a screen.  Only used in X11.
+
+  \sa alloc(), pixel()
+*/
+uint QColor::alloc( int screen )
+{
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    if ( screen < 0 )
+	screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+    if ( !color_init )
+	return dpy ? (uint)BlackPixel(dpy, screen) : 0;
+    int r = qRed(d.argb);
+    int g = qGreen(d.argb);
+    int b = qBlue(d.argb);
+    uint pix = 0;
+    QColorScreenData *sd = screendata[screen];
+    if ( sd->g_truecolor ) {			// truecolor: map to pixel
+	r = sd->red_shift   > 0 ? r << sd->red_shift   : r >> -sd->red_shift;
+	g = sd->green_shift > 0 ? g << sd->green_shift : g >> -sd->green_shift;
+	b = sd->blue_shift  > 0 ? b << sd->blue_shift  : b >> -sd->blue_shift;
+	pix = (b & sd->blue_mask) | (g & sd->green_mask) | (r & sd->red_mask)
+	      | ~(sd->blue_mask | sd->green_mask | sd->red_mask);
+	if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() )
+	    d.d32.pix = pix;
+	return pix;
+    }
+    QColorData *c = sd->colorDict->find( (long)(d.argb) );
+    if ( c ) {					// found color in dictionary
+	pix = c->pix;
+	if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+	    d.d8.invalid = FALSE;		// color ok
+	    d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+	    d.d8.pix = pix;			// use same pixel value
+	    if ( c->context != current_alloc_context ) {
+		c->context = 0;			// convert to default context
+		sd->g_our_alloc[pix] = TRUE;	// reuse without XAllocColor
+	    }
+	}
+	return pix;
+    }
+
+    XColor col;
+    col.red   = r << 8;
+    col.green = g << 8;
+    col.blue  = b << 8;
+
+    bool try_again = FALSE;
+    bool try_alloc = !sd->color_reduce;
+    int  try_count = 0;
+
+    do {
+	// This loop is run until we manage to either allocate or
+	// find an approximate color, it stops after a few iterations.
+
+	try_again = FALSE;
+
+	if ( try_alloc && sd->colors_avail &&
+	     XAllocColor(dpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen ),&col) ) {
+	    // We could allocate the color
+	    pix = (uint) col.pixel;
+	    if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+		d.d8.pix = pix;
+		d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+		d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+		sd->g_carr[d.d8.pix] = col;		// update color array
+		if ( current_alloc_context == 0 )
+		    sd->g_our_alloc[d.d8.pix] = TRUE;	// reuse without XAllocColor
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    // No available colors, or we did not want to allocate one
+	    int i;
+	    sd->colors_avail = FALSE;		// no more available colors
+	    if ( sd->g_carr_fetch ) {		// refetch color array
+		sd->g_carr_fetch = FALSE;
+		XQueryColors( dpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen ), sd->g_carr,
+			      sd->g_cells );
+	    }
+	    int mindist;
+	    i = find_nearest_color( r, g, b, &mindist, sd );
+
+	    if ( mindist != 0 && !try_alloc ) {
+		// Not an exact match with an existing color
+		int rr = ((r+sd->col_div_r/2)/sd->col_div_r)*sd->col_div_r;
+		int rg = ((g+sd->col_div_g/2)/sd->col_div_g)*sd->col_div_g;
+		int rb = ((b+sd->col_div_b/2)/sd->col_div_b)*sd->col_div_b;
+		int rx = rr - r;
+		int gx = rg - g;
+		int bx = rb - b;
+		int dist = rx*rx + gx*gx + bx*bx; // calculate distance
+		if ( dist < mindist ) {
+		    // reduced color is closer - try to alloc it
+		    r = rr;
+		    g = rg;
+		    b = rb;
+		    col.red   = r << 8;
+		    col.green = g << 8;
+		    col.blue  = b << 8;
+		    try_alloc = TRUE;
+		    try_again = TRUE;
+		    sd->colors_avail = TRUE;
+		    continue; // Try alloc reduced color
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( i == -1 ) {			// no nearest color?!
+		int unused, value;
+		hsv(&unused, &unused, &value);
+		if (value < 128) { // dark, use black
+		    d.argb = qRgb(0,0,0);
+		    pix = (uint)BlackPixel( dpy, screen );
+		    if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+			d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+			d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+			d.d8.pix = pix;
+		    }
+		} else { // light, use white
+		    d.argb = qRgb(0xff,0xff,0xff);
+		    pix = (uint)WhitePixel( dpy, screen );
+		    if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+			d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+			d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+			d.d8.pix = pix;
+		    }
+		}
+		return pix;
+	    }
+	    if ( sd->g_our_alloc[i] ) {		// we've already allocated it
+		; // i == g_carr[i].pixel
+	    } else {
+		// Try to allocate existing color
+		col = sd->g_carr[i];
+		if ( XAllocColor(dpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen ), &col) ) {
+		    i = (uint)col.pixel;
+		    sd->g_carr[i] = col;		// update color array
+		    if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+			if ( current_alloc_context == 0 )
+			    sd->g_our_alloc[i] = TRUE;	// only in the default context
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    // Oops, it's gone again
+		    try_count++;
+		    try_again    = TRUE;
+		    sd->colors_avail = TRUE;
+		    sd->g_carr_fetch = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( !try_again ) {				// got it
+		pix = (uint)sd->g_carr[i].pixel;
+		if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+		    d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+		    d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+		    d.d8.pix = pix;			// allocated X11 color
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+    } while ( try_again && try_count < 2 );
+
+    if ( try_again ) {				// no hope of allocating color
+	int unused, value;
+	hsv(&unused, &unused, &value);
+	if (value < 128) { // dark, use black
+	    d.argb = qRgb(0,0,0);
+	    pix = (uint)BlackPixel( dpy, screen );
+	    if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+		d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+		d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+		d.d8.pix = pix;
+	    }
+	} else { // light, use white
+	    d.argb = qRgb(0xff,0xff,0xff);
+	    pix = (uint)WhitePixel( dpy, screen );
+	    if ( screen == QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) {
+		d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+		d.d8.dirty = FALSE;
+		d.d8.pix = pix;
+	    }
+       	}
+	return pix;
+    }
+    // All colors outside context 0 must go into the dictionary
+    bool many = sd->colorDict->count() >= sd->colorDict->size() * 8;
+    if ( many && sd->colorDict->size() == col_std_dict ) {
+	sd->colorDict->resize( col_large_dict );
+    }
+    if ( !many || current_alloc_context != 0 ) {
+	c = new QColorData;			// insert into color dict
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( c );
+	c->pix	   = pix;
+	c->context = current_alloc_context;
+	sd->colorDict->insert( (long)d.argb, c );	// store color in dict
+    }
+    return pix;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Allocates the RGB color and returns the pixel value.
+
+  Allocating a color means to obtain a pixel value from the RGB
+  specification.  The pixel value is an index into the global color
+  table, but should be considered an arbitrary platform-dependent value.
+
+  The pixel() function calls alloc() if necessary, so in general you
+  don't need to call this function.
+
+  \sa enterAllocContext()
+*/
+// ### 4.0 - remove me?
+uint QColor::alloc()
+{
+    return alloc( -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+  Returns the pixel value for screen \a screen.
+
+  This value is used by the underlying window system to refer to a color.
+  It can be thought of as an index into the display hardware's color table,
+  but the value is an arbitrary 32-bit value.
+
+  \sa alloc()
+*/
+uint QColor::pixel( int screen ) const
+{
+    if (screen != QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() &&
+	// don't allocate color0 or color1, they have fixed pixel
+	// values for all screens
+	d.argb != qRgba(255, 255, 255, 1) && d.argb != qRgba(0, 0, 0, 1))
+	return ((QColor*)this)->alloc( screen );
+    return pixel();
+}
+
+
+void QColor::setSystemNamedColor( const QString& name )
+{
+    // setSystemNamedColor should look up rgb values from the built in
+    // color tables first (see qcolor_p.cpp), and failing that, use
+    // the window system's interface for translating names to rgb values...
+    // we do this so that things like uic can load an XPM file with named colors
+    // and convert it to a png without having to use window system functions...
+    d.argb = qt_get_rgb_val( name.latin1() );
+    QRgb rgb;
+    if ( qt_get_named_rgb( name.latin1(), &rgb ) ) {
+	setRgb( qRed(rgb), qGreen(rgb), qBlue(rgb) );
+	if ( colormodel == d8 ) {
+	    d.d8.invalid = FALSE;
+	    d.d8.dirty = TRUE;
+	    d.d8.pix = 0;
+	} else {
+	    alloc();
+	}
+    } else if ( !color_init ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QColor::setSystemNamedColor: Cannot perform this operation "
+		  "because QApplication does not exist" );
+#endif
+	// set color to invalid
+	*this = QColor();
+    } else {
+	XColor col, hw_col;
+	if ( XLookupColor(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			  QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap(), name.latin1(),
+			  &col, &hw_col) ) {
+	    setRgb( col.red>>8, col.green>>8, col.blue>>8 );
+	} else {
+	    // set color to invalid
+	    *this = QColor();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+#define MAX_CONTEXTS 16
+static int  context_stack[MAX_CONTEXTS];
+static int  context_ptr = 0;
+
+static void init_context_stack()
+{
+    static bool did_init = FALSE;
+    if ( !did_init ) {
+	did_init = TRUE;
+	context_stack[0] = current_alloc_context = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enters a color allocation context and returns a non-zero unique
+    identifier.
+
+    Color allocation contexts are useful for programs that need to
+    allocate many colors and throw them away later, like image
+    viewers. The allocation context functions work for true color
+    displays as well as for colormap displays, except that
+    QColor::destroyAllocContext() does nothing for true color.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    QPixmap loadPixmap( QString fileName )
+    {
+        static int alloc_context = 0;
+	if ( alloc_context )
+	    QColor::destroyAllocContext( alloc_context );
+	alloc_context = QColor::enterAllocContext();
+	QPixmap pm( fileName );
+	QColor::leaveAllocContext();
+	return pm;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    The example code loads a pixmap from file. It frees up all colors
+    that were allocated the last time loadPixmap() was called.
+
+    The initial/default context is 0. Qt keeps a list of colors
+    associated with their allocation contexts. You can call
+    destroyAllocContext() to get rid of all colors that were allocated
+    in a specific context.
+
+    Calling enterAllocContext() enters an allocation context. The
+    allocation context lasts until you call leaveAllocContext().
+    QColor has an internal stack of allocation contexts. Each call to
+    enterAllocContex() must have a corresponding leaveAllocContext().
+
+    \code
+	// context 0 active
+    int c1 = QColor::enterAllocContext();    // enter context c1
+	// context c1 active
+    int c2 = QColor::enterAllocContext();    // enter context c2
+	// context c2 active
+    QColor::leaveAllocContext();             // leave context c2
+	// context c1 active
+    QColor::leaveAllocContext();             // leave context c1
+	// context 0 active
+	// Now, free all colors that were allocated in context c2
+    QColor::destroyAllocContext( c2 );
+    \endcode
+
+    You may also want to set the application's color specification.
+    See QApplication::setColorSpec() for more information.
+
+    \sa leaveAllocContext(), currentAllocContext(), destroyAllocContext(),
+    QApplication::setColorSpec()
+*/
+
+int QColor::enterAllocContext()
+{
+    static int context_seq_no = 0;
+    init_context_stack();
+    if ( context_ptr+1 == MAX_CONTEXTS ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QColor::enterAllocContext: Context stack overflow" );
+#endif
+	return 0;
+    }
+    current_alloc_context = context_stack[++context_ptr] = ++context_seq_no;
+    return current_alloc_context;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Leaves a color allocation context.
+
+    See enterAllocContext() for a detailed explanation.
+
+    \sa enterAllocContext(), currentAllocContext()
+*/
+
+void QColor::leaveAllocContext()
+{
+    init_context_stack();
+    if ( context_ptr == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QColor::leaveAllocContext: Context stack underflow" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    current_alloc_context = context_stack[--context_ptr];
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current color allocation context.
+
+    The default context is 0.
+
+    \sa enterAllocContext(), leaveAllocContext()
+*/
+
+int QColor::currentAllocContext()
+{
+    return current_alloc_context;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys a color allocation context, \e context.
+
+    This function deallocates all colors that were allocated in the
+    specified \a context. If \a context == -1, it frees up all colors
+    that the application has allocated. If \a context == -2, it frees
+    up all colors that the application has allocated, except those in
+    the default context.
+
+    The function does nothing for true color displays.
+
+    \sa enterAllocContext(), alloc()
+*/
+
+void QColor::destroyAllocContext( int context )
+{
+    init_context_stack();
+    if ( !color_init )
+	return;
+
+    int screen;
+    for ( screen = 0; screen < screencount; ++screen ) {
+	if ( screendata[screen]->g_truecolor )
+	    continue;
+
+	ulong pixels[256];
+	bool freeing[256];
+	memset( freeing, FALSE, screendata[screen]->g_cells*sizeof(bool) );
+	QColorData   *d;
+	QColorDictIt it( *screendata[screen]->colorDict );
+	int i = 0;
+	uint rgbv;
+	while ( (d=it.current()) ) {
+	    rgbv = (uint)it.currentKey();
+	    if ( (d->context || context==-1) &&
+		 (d->context == context || context < 0) ) {
+		if ( !screendata[screen]->g_our_alloc[d->pix] && !freeing[d->pix] ) {
+		    // will free this color
+		    pixels[i++] = d->pix;
+		    freeing[d->pix] = TRUE;
+		}
+		// remove from dict
+		screendata[screen]->colorDict->remove( (long)rgbv );
+	    }
+	    ++it;
+	}
+	if ( i )
+	    XFreeColors( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			 QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen ),
+			 pixels, i, 0 );
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qconnection.cpp b/src/kernel/qconnection.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7528382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qconnection.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QConnection class
+**
+** Created : 930417
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qconnection.h"
+
+/*! \class QConnection qconnection.h
+  \brief The QConnection class is an internal class, used in the signal/slot mechanism.
+
+  \internal
+
+  Do not use this class directly in application programs.
+
+  QObject has a list of QConnection for each signal that is connected to the
+  outside world.
+*/
+
+QConnection::QConnection( const QObject *object, int member,
+			  const char *memberName, int memberType )
+{
+    obj = (QObject *)object;
+    mbr = member;
+    mbr_name = memberName;
+    mbr_type = memberType;
+    nargs = 0;
+    if ( strstr(memberName,"()") == 0 ) {
+	const char *p = memberName;
+	nargs++;
+	while ( *p ) {
+	    if ( *p++ == ',' )
+		nargs++;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn QConnection::~QConnection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QConnection::isConnected() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QObject *QConnection::object() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QConnection::member() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const char *QConnection::memberName() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QConnection::numArgs() const
+*/
diff --git a/src/kernel/qconnection.h b/src/kernel/qconnection.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7d8755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qconnection.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QConnection class
+**
+** Created : 930417
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCONNECTION_H
+#define QCONNECTION_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class Q_EXPORT QConnection
+{
+public:
+    QConnection( const QObject *, int, const char *memberName, int memberType );
+   ~QConnection() {}
+
+    bool     isConnected() const { return obj != 0; }
+
+    QObject *object() const  { return obj; }	// get object/member pointer
+    int  member() const  { return mbr; }
+    const char *memberName() const { return mbr_name; }
+    int  memberType() const  { return mbr_type; }
+    int	     numArgs() const { return nargs; }
+
+private:
+    QObject *obj;				// object connected to
+    int  mbr;				// member connected to
+    const char *mbr_name;
+    int mbr_type;
+    int	     nargs;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QConnection( const QConnection & );
+    QConnection &operator=( const QConnection & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QCONNECTION
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif // QCONNECTION_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcursor.cpp b/src/kernel/qcursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7956a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QCursor class
+**
+** Created : 940220
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcursor.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QCursor qcursor.h
+
+    \brief The QCursor class provides a mouse cursor with an arbitrary
+    shape.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    This class is mainly used to create mouse cursors that are
+    associated with particular widgets and to get and set the position
+    of the mouse cursor.
+
+    Qt has a number of standard cursor shapes, but you can also make
+    custom cursor shapes based on a QBitmap, a mask and a hotspot.
+
+    To associate a cursor with a widget, use QWidget::setCursor(). To
+    associate a cursor with all widgets (normally for a short period
+    of time), use QApplication::setOverrideCursor().
+
+    To set a cursor shape use QCursor::setShape() or use the QCursor
+    constructor which takes the shape as argument, or you can use one
+    of the predefined cursors defined in the \l CursorShape enum.
+
+    If you want to create a cursor with your own bitmap, either use
+    the QCursor constructor which takes a bitmap and a mask or the
+    constructor which takes a pixmap as arguments.
+
+    To set or get the position of the mouse cursor use the static
+    methods QCursor::pos() and QCursor::setPos().
+
+    \img cursors.png Cursor Shapes
+
+    \sa QWidget \link guibooks.html#fowler GUI Design Handbook:
+    Cursors\endlink
+
+    On X11, Qt supports the \link
+    http://www.xfree86.org/4.3.0/Xcursor.3.html Xcursor\endlink
+    library, which allows for full color icon themes. The table below
+    shows the cursor name used for each Qt::CursorShape value. If a
+    cursor cannot be found using the name shown below, a standard X11
+    cursor will be used instead. Note: X11 does not provide
+    appropriate cursors for all possible Qt::CursorShape values. It
+    is possible that some cursors will be taken from the Xcursor
+    theme, while others will use an internal bitmap cursor.
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Qt::CursorShape Values   \i Cursor Names
+    \row \i Qt::ArrowCursor             \i left_ptr
+    \row \i Qt::UpArrowCursor           \i up_arrow
+    \row \i Qt::CrossCursor             \i cross
+    \row \i Qt::WaitCursor              \i wait
+    \row \i Qt::BusyCursor		\i left_ptr_watch
+    \row \i Qt::IbeamCursor             \i ibeam
+    \row \i Qt::SizeVerCursor           \i size_ver
+    \row \i Qt::SizeHorCursor           \i size_hor
+    \row \i Qt::SizeBDiagCursor         \i size_bdiag
+    \row \i Qt::SizeFDiagCursor         \i size_fdiag
+    \row \i Qt::SizeAllCursor           \i size_all
+    \row \i Qt::SplitVCursor            \i split_v
+    \row \i Qt::SplitHCursor            \i split_h
+    \row \i Qt::PointingHandCursor      \i pointing_hand
+    \row \i Qt::ForbiddenCursor         \i forbidden
+    \row \i Qt::WhatsThisCursor         \i whats_this
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::CursorShape
+
+    This enum type defines the various cursors that can be used.
+
+    \value ArrowCursor  standard arrow cursor
+    \value UpArrowCursor  upwards arrow
+    \value CrossCursor  crosshair
+    \value WaitCursor  hourglass/watch
+    \value BusyCursor  standard arrow with hourglass/watch
+    \value IbeamCursor  ibeam/text entry
+    \value SizeVerCursor  vertical resize
+    \value SizeHorCursor  horizontal resize
+    \value SizeFDiagCursor  diagonal resize (\)
+    \value SizeBDiagCursor  diagonal resize (/)
+    \value SizeAllCursor  all directions resize
+    \value BlankCursor  blank/invisible cursor
+    \value SplitVCursor  vertical splitting
+    \value SplitHCursor  horizontal splitting
+    \value PointingHandCursor  a pointing hand
+    \value ForbiddenCursor  a slashed circle
+    \value WhatsThisCursor  an arrow with a question mark
+    \value BitmapCursor
+
+    ArrowCursor is the default for widgets in a normal state.
+
+    \img cursors.png Cursor Shapes
+*/
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QCursor stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QCursor
+    Writes the cursor \a c to the stream \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QCursor &c )
+{
+    s << (Q_INT16)c.shape();			// write shape id to stream
+    if ( c.shape() == Qt::BitmapCursor ) {		// bitmap cursor
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO)
+	s << *c.bitmap() << *c.mask();
+	s << c.hotSpot();
+#else
+	qWarning("No Image Cursor I/O");
+#endif
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QCursor
+    Reads a cursor from the stream \a s and sets \a c to the read data.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QCursor &c )
+{
+    Q_INT16 shape;
+    s >> shape;					// read shape id from stream
+    if ( shape == Qt::BitmapCursor ) {		// read bitmap cursor
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO)
+	QBitmap bm, bmm;
+	QPoint	hot;
+	s >> bm >> bmm >> hot;
+	c = QCursor( bm, bmm, hot.x(), hot.y() );
+#else
+	qWarning("No Image Cursor I/O");
+#endif
+    } else {
+	c.setShape( (int)shape );		// create cursor with shape
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a custom pixmap cursor.
+
+    \a pixmap is the image. It is usual to give it a mask (set using
+    QPixmap::setMask()). \a hotX and \a hotY define the cursor's hot
+    spot.
+
+    If \a hotX is negative, it is set to the \c{pixmap().width()/2}.
+    If \a hotY is negative, it is set to the \c{pixmap().height()/2}.
+
+    Valid cursor sizes depend on the display hardware (or the
+    underlying window system). We recommend using 32x32 cursors,
+    because this size is supported on all platforms. Some platforms
+    also support 16x16, 48x48 and 64x64 cursors.
+
+    Currently, only black-and-white pixmaps can be used.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::QPixmap(), QPixmap::setMask()
+*/
+
+QCursor::QCursor( const QPixmap &pixmap, int hotX, int hotY )
+{
+    QImage img = pixmap.convertToImage().
+		    convertDepth( 8, Qt::ThresholdDither|Qt::AvoidDither );
+    QBitmap bm;
+    bm.convertFromImage( img, Qt::ThresholdDither|Qt::AvoidDither );
+    QBitmap bmm;
+    if ( bm.mask() ) {
+	bmm = *bm.mask();
+	QBitmap nullBm;
+	bm.setMask( nullBm );
+    }
+    else if ( pixmap.mask() ) {
+	QImage mimg = pixmap.mask()->convertToImage().
+	              convertDepth( 8, Qt::ThresholdDither|Qt::AvoidDither );
+	bmm.convertFromImage( mimg, Qt::ThresholdDither|Qt::AvoidDither );
+    }
+    else {
+	bmm.resize( bm.size() );
+	bmm.fill( Qt::color1 );
+    }
+
+    setBitmap(bm,bmm,hotX,hotY);
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a custom bitmap cursor.
+
+    \a bitmap and
+    \a mask make up the bitmap.
+    \a hotX and
+    \a hotY define the cursor's hot spot.
+
+    If \a hotX is negative, it is set to the \c{bitmap().width()/2}.
+    If \a hotY is negative, it is set to the \c{bitmap().height()/2}.
+
+    The cursor \a bitmap (B) and \a mask (M) bits are combined like this:
+    \list
+    \i B=1 and M=1 gives black.
+    \i B=0 and M=1 gives white.
+    \i B=0 and M=0 gives transparent.
+    \i B=1 and M=0 gives an undefined result.
+    \endlist
+
+    Use the global Qt color \c color0 to draw 0-pixels and \c color1 to
+    draw 1-pixels in the bitmaps.
+
+    Valid cursor sizes depend on the display hardware (or the
+    underlying window system). We recommend using 32x32 cursors,
+    because this size is supported on all platforms. Some platforms
+    also support 16x16, 48x48 and 64x64 cursors.
+
+    \sa QBitmap::QBitmap(), QBitmap::setMask()
+*/
+
+QCursor::QCursor( const QBitmap &bitmap, const QBitmap &mask,
+		  int hotX, int hotY )
+{
+    setBitmap(bitmap,mask,hotX,hotY);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_CURSOR
+
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcursor.h b/src/kernel/qcursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b99edb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QCursor class
+**
+** Created : 940219
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCURSOR_H
+#define QCURSOR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+/*
+  ### The fake cursor has to go first with old qdoc.
+*/
+#ifdef QT_NO_CURSOR
+
+class Q_EXPORT QCursor : public Qt
+{
+public:
+    static QPoint pos();
+    static void	  setPos( int x, int y );
+    static void	  setPos( const QPoint & );
+private:
+    QCursor();
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_CURSOR
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+
+struct QCursorData;
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QCursor : public Qt
+{
+public:
+    QCursor();				// create default arrow cursor
+    QCursor( int shape );
+    QCursor( const QBitmap &bitmap, const QBitmap &mask,
+	     int hotX=-1, int hotY=-1 );
+    QCursor( const QPixmap &pixmap,
+	     int hotX=-1, int hotY=-1 );
+    QCursor( const QCursor & );
+   ~QCursor();
+    QCursor &operator=( const QCursor & );
+
+    int		  shape()   const;
+    void	  setShape( int );
+
+    const QBitmap *bitmap() const;
+    const QBitmap *mask()   const;
+    QPoint	  hotSpot() const;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    HCURSOR	  handle()  const;
+    QCursor( HCURSOR );
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    HANDLE	  handle()  const;
+    QCursor( HANDLE );
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    HANDLE handle() const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    HANDLE	  handle()  const;
+#endif
+
+    static QPoint pos();
+    static void	  setPos( int x, int y );
+    static void	  setPos( const QPoint & );
+
+    static void	  initialize();
+    static void	  cleanup();
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    static int 	  x11Screen();
+#endif
+private:
+    void	  setBitmap( const QBitmap &bitmap, const QBitmap &mask,
+				 int hotX, int hotY );
+    void	  update() const;
+    QCursorData	 *data;
+    QCursor	 *find_cur(int);
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    friend void qt_mac_set_cursor(const QCursor *c, const Point *p);
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#if !defined(QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE)
+// CursorShape is defined in X11/X.h
+#ifdef CursorShape
+#define X_CursorShape CursorShape
+#undef CursorShape
+#endif
+typedef Qt::CursorShape QCursorShape;
+#ifdef X_CursorShape
+#define CursorShape X_CursorShape
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QCursor stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QCursor & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QCursor & );
+#endif
+#endif // QT_NO_CURSOR
+
+
+inline void QCursor::setPos( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    setPos( p.x(), p.y() );
+}
+
+#endif // QCURSOR_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qcursor_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qcursor_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d359a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qcursor_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QCursor class for X11
+**
+** Created : 940219
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XCURSOR
+#  include <X11/Xcursor/Xcursor.h>
+#endif // QT_NO_XCURSOR
+
+// Define QT_USE_APPROXIMATE_CURSORS when compiling if you REALLY want to
+// use the ugly X11 cursors.
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Internal QCursorData class
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+struct QCursorData : public QShared
+{
+    QCursorData( int s = 0 );
+   ~QCursorData();
+    int	      cshape;
+    QBitmap  *bm, *bmm;
+    short     hx, hy;
+    XColor    fg,bg;
+    Cursor    hcurs;
+    Pixmap    pm, pmm;
+};
+
+QCursorData::QCursorData( int s )
+{
+    cshape = s;
+    hcurs = 0;
+    bm = bmm = 0;
+    hx = hy  = 0;
+    pm = pmm = 0;
+}
+
+QCursorData::~QCursorData()
+{
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+
+    // Add in checking for the display too as on HP-UX
+    // we seem to get a core dump as the cursor data is
+    // deleted again from main() on exit...
+    if ( hcurs && dpy )
+	XFreeCursor( dpy, hcurs );
+    if ( pm && dpy )
+	XFreePixmap( dpy, pm );
+    if ( pmm && dpy )
+	XFreePixmap( dpy, pmm );
+    delete bm;
+    delete bmm;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Global cursors
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static QCursor cursorTable[Qt::LastCursor+1];
+
+static const int arrowCursorIdx = 0;
+
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::arrowCursor = cursorTable[0];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::upArrowCursor = cursorTable[1];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::crossCursor = cursorTable[2];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::waitCursor = cursorTable[3];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::ibeamCursor = cursorTable[4];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::sizeVerCursor = cursorTable[5];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::sizeHorCursor = cursorTable[6];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::sizeBDiagCursor = cursorTable[7];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::sizeFDiagCursor = cursorTable[8];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::sizeAllCursor = cursorTable[9];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::blankCursor = cursorTable[10];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::splitVCursor = cursorTable[11];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::splitHCursor = cursorTable[12];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::pointingHandCursor = cursorTable[13];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::forbiddenCursor = cursorTable[14];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::whatsThisCursor = cursorTable[15];
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QCursor & Qt::busyCursor = cursorTable[16];
+
+
+QCursor *QCursor::find_cur( int shape )		// find predefined cursor
+{
+    return (uint)shape <= LastCursor ? &cursorTable[shape] : 0;
+}
+
+
+static bool initialized = FALSE;
+
+/*!
+    Internal function that deinitializes the predefined cursors.
+    This function is called from the QApplication destructor.
+
+    \sa initialize()
+*/
+void QCursor::cleanup()
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	return;
+
+    int shape;
+    for( shape = 0; shape <= LastCursor; shape++ ) {
+	if ( cursorTable[shape].data && cursorTable[shape].data->deref() )
+	    delete cursorTable[shape].data;
+	cursorTable[shape].data = 0;
+    }
+    initialized = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Internal function that initializes the predefined cursors.
+    This function is called from the QApplication constructor.
+
+    \sa cleanup()
+*/
+
+void QCursor::initialize()
+{
+    int shape;
+    for( shape = 0; shape <= LastCursor; shape++ )
+	cursorTable[shape].data = new QCursorData( shape );
+    initialized = TRUE;
+    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a cursor with the default arrow shape.
+*/
+QCursor::QCursor()
+{
+    if ( !initialized ) {
+	if ( qApp->startingUp() ) {
+	    data = 0;
+	    return;
+	}
+	initialize();
+    }
+    QCursor* c = &cursorTable[arrowCursorIdx];
+    c->data->ref();
+    data = c->data;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a cursor with the specified \a shape.
+
+    See \l CursorShape for a list of shapes.
+
+    \sa setShape()
+*/
+
+QCursor::QCursor( int shape )
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    QCursor *c = find_cur( shape );
+    if ( !c )					// not found
+	c = &cursorTable[arrowCursorIdx];	//   then use arrowCursor
+    c->data->ref();
+    data = c->data;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a cursor from the window system cursor \a cursor.
+
+    \warning Using this function is not portable. This function is only
+    available on X11 and Windows.
+*/
+QCursor::QCursor( HANDLE cursor )
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+
+    data = new QCursorData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->hcurs = cursor;
+}
+
+
+
+void QCursor::setBitmap( const QBitmap &bitmap, const QBitmap &mask,
+			 int hotX, int hotY )
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    if ( bitmap.depth() != 1 || mask.depth() != 1 ||
+	 bitmap.size() != mask.size() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	qWarning( "QCursor: Cannot create bitmap cursor; invalid bitmap(s)" );
+#endif
+	QCursor *c = &cursorTable[arrowCursorIdx];
+	c->data->ref();
+	data = c->data;
+	return;
+    }
+    data = new QCursorData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->bm  = new QBitmap( bitmap );
+    data->bmm = new QBitmap( mask );
+    data->hcurs = 0;
+    data->cshape = BitmapCursor;
+    data->hx = hotX >= 0 ? hotX : bitmap.width()/2;
+    data->hy = hotY >= 0 ? hotY : bitmap.height()/2;
+    data->fg.red   = 0 << 8;
+    data->fg.green = 0 << 8;
+    data->fg.blue  = 0 << 8;
+    data->bg.red   = 255 << 8;
+    data->bg.green = 255 << 8;
+    data->bg.blue  = 255 << 8;
+    update(); // Xcursor's backward compatibility hack needs the cursor to be created
+              // right after the bitmaps are created and filled with data
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of the cursor \a c.
+*/
+
+QCursor::QCursor( const QCursor &c )
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    data = c.data;				// shallow copy
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the cursor.
+*/
+
+QCursor::~QCursor()
+{
+    if ( data && data->deref() )
+	delete data;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a c to this cursor and returns a reference to this
+    cursor.
+*/
+
+QCursor &QCursor::operator=( const QCursor &c )
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    c.data->ref();				// avoid c = c
+    if ( data->deref() )
+	delete data;
+    data = c.data;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the cursor shape identifier. The return value is one of
+    the \l CursorShape enum values (cast to an int).
+
+    \sa setShape()
+*/
+
+int QCursor::shape() const
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    return data->cshape;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the cursor to the shape identified by \a shape.
+
+    See \l CursorShape for the list of cursor shapes.
+
+    \sa shape()
+*/
+
+void QCursor::setShape( int shape )
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    QCursor *c = find_cur( shape );		// find one of the global ones
+    if ( !c )					// not found
+	c = &cursorTable[arrowCursorIdx];	//   then use arrowCursor
+    c->data->ref();
+    if ( data->deref() )			// make shallow copy
+	delete data;
+    data = c->data;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the cursor bitmap, or 0 if it is one of the standard
+    cursors.
+*/
+const QBitmap *QCursor::bitmap() const
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    return data->bm;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the cursor bitmap mask, or 0 if it is one of the standard
+    cursors.
+*/
+
+const QBitmap *QCursor::mask() const
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    return data->bmm;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the cursor hot spot, or (0, 0) if it is one of the
+    standard cursors.
+*/
+
+QPoint QCursor::hotSpot() const
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    return QPoint( data->hx, data->hy );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the window system cursor handle.
+
+    \warning
+    Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to
+    do something non-portable. Be careful.
+*/
+
+Qt::HANDLE QCursor::handle() const
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    if ( !data->hcurs )
+	update();
+    return data->hcurs;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCursor::QCursor( HCURSOR handle )
+
+    Creates a cursor with the specified window system handle \a
+    handle.
+
+    \warning
+    Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to
+    do something non-portable. Be careful.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the position of the cursor (hot spot) in global screen
+    coordinates.
+
+    You can call QWidget::mapFromGlobal() to translate it to widget
+    coordinates.
+
+    \sa setPos(), QWidget::mapFromGlobal(), QWidget::mapToGlobal()
+*/
+QPoint QCursor::pos()
+{
+    Window root;
+    Window child;
+    int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+    uint buttons;
+    Display* dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < ScreenCount( dpy ); i++ ) {
+	if ( XQueryPointer( dpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( i ), &root, &child,
+			    &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &buttons ) )
+
+	    return QPoint( root_x, root_y );
+    }
+    return QPoint();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+int QCursor::x11Screen()
+{
+    Window root;
+    Window child;
+    int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+    uint buttons;
+    Display* dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < ScreenCount( dpy ); i++ ) {
+	if ( XQueryPointer( dpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( i ), &root, &child,
+			    &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &buttons ) )
+	    return i;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the cursor (hot spot) to the global screen position (\a x,
+    \a y).
+
+    You can call QWidget::mapToGlobal() to translate widget
+    coordinates to global screen coordinates.
+
+    \sa pos(), QWidget::mapFromGlobal(), QWidget::mapToGlobal()
+*/
+
+void QCursor::setPos( int x, int y )
+{
+    QPoint current, target(x, y);
+
+    // this is copied from pos(), since we need the screen number for the correct
+    // root window in the XWarpPointer call
+    Window root;
+    Window child;
+    int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+    uint buttons;
+    Display* dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    int screen;
+    for ( screen = 0; screen < ScreenCount( dpy ); screen++ ) {
+	if ( XQueryPointer( dpy, QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ), &root, &child,
+			    &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &buttons ) ) {
+	    current = QPoint( root_x, root_y );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( screen >= ScreenCount( dpy ) )
+	return;
+
+    // Need to check, since some X servers generate null mouse move
+    // events, causing looping in applications which call setPos() on
+    // every mouse move event.
+    //
+    if ( current == target )
+	return;
+
+    XWarpPointer( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), None,
+		  QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
+		  0, 0, 0, 0, x, y );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QCursor::setPos ( const QPoint & )
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Creates the cursor.
+*/
+
+void QCursor::update() const
+{
+    if ( !initialized )
+	initialize();
+    register QCursorData *d = data;		// cheat const!
+    if ( d->hcurs )				// already loaded
+	return;
+
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    Window rootwin = QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow();
+
+    if ( d->cshape == BitmapCursor ) {
+	d->hcurs = XCreatePixmapCursor( dpy, d->bm->handle(), d->bmm->handle(),
+					&d->fg, &d->bg, d->hx, d->hy );
+	return;
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XCURSOR
+    static const char *cursorNames[] = {
+	"left_ptr",
+	"up_arrow",
+	"cross",
+	"wait",
+	"ibeam",
+	"size_ver",
+	"size_hor",
+	"size_bdiag",
+	"size_fdiag",
+	"size_all",
+	"blank",
+	"split_v",
+	"split_h",
+	"pointing_hand",
+	"forbidden",
+	"whats_this",
+	"left_ptr_watch"
+    };
+
+    d->hcurs = XcursorLibraryLoadCursor( dpy, cursorNames[d->cshape] );
+    if ( d->hcurs )
+	return;
+#endif // QT_NO_XCURSOR
+
+    static uchar cur_blank_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+
+    // Non-standard X11 cursors are created from bitmaps
+
+#ifndef QT_USE_APPROXIMATE_CURSORS
+    static const uchar cur_ver_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x03, 0xe0, 0x07, 0xf0, 0x0f,
+	0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0xf0, 0x0f,
+	0xe0, 0x07, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar mcur_ver_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x03, 0xc0, 0x07, 0xe0, 0x0f, 0xf0, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0x3f,
+	0xfc, 0x7f, 0xc0, 0x07, 0xc0, 0x07, 0xc0, 0x07, 0xfc, 0x7f, 0xf8, 0x3f,
+	0xf0, 0x1f, 0xe0, 0x0f, 0xc0, 0x07, 0x80, 0x03 };
+    static const uchar cur_hor_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x08, 0x30, 0x18,
+	0x38, 0x38, 0xfc, 0x7f, 0xfc, 0x7f, 0x38, 0x38, 0x30, 0x18, 0x20, 0x08,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar mcur_hor_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x04, 0x60, 0x0c, 0x70, 0x1c, 0x78, 0x3c,
+	0xfc, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xfc, 0x7f, 0x78, 0x3c,
+	0x70, 0x1c, 0x60, 0x0c, 0x40, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar cur_bdiag_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x3e,
+	0x00, 0x37, 0x88, 0x23, 0xd8, 0x01, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x00,
+	0xf8, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar mcur_bdiag_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x7f, 0x80, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x04, 0x7f,
+	0x8c, 0x7f, 0xdc, 0x77, 0xfc, 0x63, 0xfc, 0x41, 0xfc, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x01,
+	0xfc, 0x03, 0xfc, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar cur_fdiag_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x01, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00,
+	0xf8, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x01, 0x88, 0x23, 0x00, 0x37, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x3c,
+	0x00, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar mcur_fdiag_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x07, 0xfc, 0x03, 0xfc, 0x01, 0xfc, 0x00,
+	0xfc, 0x41, 0xfc, 0x63, 0xdc, 0x77, 0x8c, 0x7f, 0x04, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x7e,
+	0x00, 0x7f, 0x80, 0x7f, 0xc0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar *cursor_bits16[] = {
+	cur_ver_bits, mcur_ver_bits, cur_hor_bits, mcur_hor_bits,
+	cur_bdiag_bits, mcur_bdiag_bits, cur_fdiag_bits, mcur_fdiag_bits,
+	0, 0, cur_blank_bits, cur_blank_bits };
+
+    static const uchar vsplit_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar vsplitm_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x07, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00,
+	0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00,
+	0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x07, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar hsplit_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x41, 0x82, 0x00, 0x80, 0x41, 0x82, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x03,
+	0x80, 0x41, 0x82, 0x01, 0x00, 0x41, 0x82, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar hsplitm_bits[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe2, 0x47, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe3, 0xc7, 0x00,
+	0x80, 0xe3, 0xc7, 0x01, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07,
+	0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x80, 0xe3, 0xc7, 0x01, 0x00, 0xe3, 0xc7, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xe2, 0x47, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar whatsthis_bits[] = {
+        0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0xf0, 0x07, 0x00,
+        0x09, 0x18, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x11, 0x1c, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x21, 0x1c, 0x0e, 0x00,
+        0x41, 0x1c, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x81, 0x1c, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x07, 0x00,
+        0x01, 0x82, 0x03, 0x00, 0xc1, 0xc7, 0x01, 0x00, 0x49, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00,
+        0x95, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x93, 0xc0, 0x01, 0x00, 0x21, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x20, 0xc1, 0x01, 0x00, 0x40, 0xc2, 0x01, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, };
+    static const uchar whatsthism_bits[] = {
+        0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x00,
+        0x0f, 0xfc, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x1f, 0x3e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x1f, 0x00,
+        0x7f, 0x3e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0xff, 0x3e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0xff, 0x9d, 0x0f, 0x00,
+        0xff, 0xc3, 0x07, 0x00, 0xff, 0xe7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x7f, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00,
+        0xf7, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00, 0xf3, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00, 0xe1, 0xe1, 0x03, 0x00,
+        0xe0, 0xe1, 0x03, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xe3, 0x03, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xe3, 0x03, 0x00,
+        0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+        0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, };
+    static const uchar busy_bits[] = {
+	0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x21, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x41, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00, 0x81, 0x20, 0x80, 0x00, 0x01, 0xe1, 0xff, 0x00,
+	0x01, 0x42, 0x40, 0x00, 0xc1, 0x47, 0x40, 0x00, 0x49, 0x40, 0x55, 0x00,
+	0x95, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x93, 0x00, 0x15, 0x00, 0x21, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x00,
+	0x20, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x40, 0x82, 0x20, 0x00, 0x40, 0x42, 0x44, 0x00,
+	0x80, 0x41, 0x4a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x55, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x20, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+    static const uchar busym_bits[] = {
+	0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x7f, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0xe1, 0xff, 0x00,
+	0xff, 0xc3, 0x7f, 0x00, 0xff, 0xc7, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x7f, 0xc0, 0x7f, 0x00,
+	0xf7, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x00, 0xf3, 0x00, 0x1f, 0x00, 0xe1, 0x01, 0x0e, 0x00,
+	0xe0, 0x01, 0x1f, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x83, 0x3f, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xc3, 0x7f, 0x00,
+	0x80, 0xc1, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+    static const uchar * const cursor_bits32[] = {
+	vsplit_bits, vsplitm_bits, hsplit_bits, hsplitm_bits,
+	0, 0, 0, 0, whatsthis_bits, whatsthism_bits, busy_bits, busym_bits
+    };
+
+    static const uchar forbidden_bits[] = {
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x1f,0x00,0xe0,0x7f,0x00,0xf0,0xf0,0x00,0x38,0xc0,0x01,
+	0x7c,0x80,0x03,0xec,0x00,0x03,0xce,0x01,0x07,0x86,0x03,0x06,0x06,0x07,0x06,
+	0x06,0x0e,0x06,0x06,0x1c,0x06,0x0e,0x38,0x07,0x0c,0x70,0x03,0x1c,0xe0,0x03,
+	0x38,0xc0,0x01,0xf0,0xe0,0x00,0xe0,0x7f,0x00,0x80,0x1f,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00 };
+
+    static const unsigned char forbiddenm_bits[] = {
+	0x80,0x1f,0x00,0xe0,0x7f,0x00,0xf0,0xff,0x00,0xf8,0xff,0x01,0xfc,0xf0,0x03,
+	0xfe,0xc0,0x07,0xfe,0x81,0x07,0xff,0x83,0x0f,0xcf,0x07,0x0f,0x8f,0x0f,0x0f,
+	0x0f,0x1f,0x0f,0x0f,0x3e,0x0f,0x1f,0xfc,0x0f,0x1e,0xf8,0x07,0x3e,0xf0,0x07,
+	0xfc,0xe0,0x03,0xf8,0xff,0x01,0xf0,0xff,0x00,0xe0,0x7f,0x00,0x80,0x1f,0x00};
+
+    static const uchar * const cursor_bits20[] = {
+	forbidden_bits, forbiddenm_bits
+    };
+
+    if ( d->cshape >= SizeVerCursor && d->cshape < SizeAllCursor ||
+	 d->cshape == BlankCursor ) {
+	XColor bg, fg;
+	bg.red   = 255 << 8;
+	bg.green = 255 << 8;
+	bg.blue  = 255 << 8;
+	fg.red   = 0;
+	fg.green = 0;
+	fg.blue  = 0;
+	int i = (d->cshape - SizeVerCursor)*2;
+	d->pm  = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin, (char *)cursor_bits16[i],
+					16, 16 );
+	d->pmm = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin, (char *)cursor_bits16[i+1],
+					16,16);
+	d->hcurs = XCreatePixmapCursor( dpy, d->pm, d->pmm, &fg, &bg, 8, 8 );
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( ( d->cshape >= SplitVCursor && d->cshape <= SplitHCursor ) ||
+         d->cshape == WhatsThisCursor || d->cshape == BusyCursor ) {
+	XColor bg, fg;
+	bg.red   = 255 << 8;
+	bg.green = 255 << 8;
+	bg.blue  = 255 << 8;
+	fg.red   = 0;
+	fg.green = 0;
+	fg.blue  = 0;
+	int i = (d->cshape - SplitVCursor)*2;
+	d->pm  = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin, (char *)cursor_bits32[i],
+					32, 32 );
+	d->pmm = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin, (char *)cursor_bits32[i+1],
+					32, 32);
+	int hs = ( d->cshape == PointingHandCursor ||
+		   d->cshape == WhatsThisCursor ||
+		   d->cshape == BusyCursor ) ? 0 : 16;
+	d->hcurs = XCreatePixmapCursor( dpy, d->pm, d->pmm, &fg, &bg, hs, hs );
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( d->cshape == ForbiddenCursor ) {
+	XColor bg, fg;
+	bg.red   = 255 << 8;
+	bg.green = 255 << 8;
+	bg.blue  = 255 << 8;
+	fg.red   = 0;
+	fg.green = 0;
+	fg.blue  = 0;
+	int i = (d->cshape - ForbiddenCursor)*2;
+	d->pm  = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin, (char *)cursor_bits20[i],
+					20, 20 );
+	d->pmm = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin, (char *)cursor_bits20[i+1],
+					20, 20);
+	d->hcurs = XCreatePixmapCursor( dpy, d->pm, d->pmm, &fg, &bg, 10, 10 );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif /* ! QT_USE_APPROXIMATE_CURSORS */
+
+    uint sh;
+    switch ( d->cshape ) {			// map Q cursor to X cursor
+    case ArrowCursor:
+	sh = XC_left_ptr;
+	break;
+    case UpArrowCursor:
+	sh = XC_center_ptr;
+	break;
+    case CrossCursor:
+	sh = XC_crosshair;
+	break;
+    case WaitCursor:
+	sh = XC_watch;
+	break;
+    case IbeamCursor:
+	sh = XC_xterm;
+	break;
+    case SizeAllCursor:
+	sh = XC_fleur;
+	break;
+    case PointingHandCursor:
+	sh = XC_hand2;
+	break;
+#ifdef QT_USE_APPROXIMATE_CURSORS
+    case SizeBDiagCursor:
+	sh = XC_top_right_corner;
+	break;
+    case SizeFDiagCursor:
+	sh = XC_bottom_right_corner;
+	break;
+    case BlankCursor:
+	XColor bg, fg;
+	bg.red   = 255 << 8;
+	bg.green = 255 << 8;
+	bg.blue  = 255 << 8;
+	fg.red   = 0;
+	fg.green = 0;
+	fg.blue  = 0;
+	d->pm  = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin,
+					(char *)cur_blank_bits, 16, 16 );
+	d->pmm = XCreateBitmapFromData( dpy, rootwin,
+					(char *)cur_blank_bits, 16,16);
+	d->hcurs = XCreatePixmapCursor( dpy, d->pm, d->pmm, &fg,
+					&bg, 8, 8 );
+	return;
+	break;
+    case SizeVerCursor:
+    case SplitVCursor:
+	sh = XC_sb_v_double_arrow;
+	break;
+    case SizeHorCursor:
+    case SplitHCursor:
+	sh = XC_sb_h_double_arrow;
+	break;
+    case WhatsThisCursor:
+	sh = XC_question_arrow;
+	break;
+    case ForbiddenCursor:
+	sh = XC_circle;
+	break;
+    case BusyCursor:
+	sh = XC_watch;
+	break;
+#endif /* QT_USE_APPROXIMATE_CURSORS */
+    default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QCursor::update: Invalid cursor shape %d", d->cshape );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    d->hcurs = XCreateFontCursor( dpy, sh );
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdesktopwidget.h b/src/kernel/qdesktopwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8c1f0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdesktopwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QDesktopWidget class.
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QDESKTOPWIDGET_H
+#define QDESKTOPWIDGET_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QApplication;
+class QDesktopWidgetPrivate; /* Don't touch! */
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDesktopWidget : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesktopWidget();
+    ~QDesktopWidget();
+
+    bool isVirtualDesktop() const;
+
+    int numScreens() const;
+    int primaryScreen() const;
+
+    int screenNumber( QWidget *widget = 0 ) const; // ### 4.0: const QWidget*
+    int screenNumber( const QPoint & ) const;
+
+    QWidget *screen( int screen = -1 );
+
+    const QRect& screenGeometry( int screen = -1 ) const;
+    const QRect& screenGeometry( QWidget *widget ) const
+    { return screenGeometry( screenNumber( widget ) ); }
+    const QRect& screenGeometry( const QPoint &point ) const
+    { return screenGeometry( screenNumber( point ) ); }
+
+    const QRect& availableGeometry( int screen = -1 ) const;
+    const QRect& availableGeometry( QWidget *widget ) const
+    { return availableGeometry( screenNumber( widget ) ); }
+    const QRect& availableGeometry( const QPoint &point ) const
+    { return availableGeometry( screenNumber( point ) ); }
+
+    void insertChild( QObject * );
+
+signals:
+    void resized( int );
+    void workAreaResized( int );
+
+protected:
+    void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e );
+
+private:
+    QDesktopWidgetPrivate *d;
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QDesktopWidget( const QDesktopWidget & );
+    QDesktopWidget &operator=( const QDesktopWidget & );
+#endif
+
+    friend class QApplication;
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    friend class QWSDisplay;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif //QDESKTOPWIDGET_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdesktopwidget_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qdesktopwidget_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ab32a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdesktopwidget_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QDesktopWidget class.
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qdesktopwidget.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+// defined in qwidget_x11.cpp
+extern int qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen;
+
+// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern Atom qt_net_workarea;
+extern bool qt_net_supports(Atom atom);
+
+// function to update the workarea of the screen
+static bool qt_desktopwidget_workarea_dirty = TRUE;
+void qt_desktopwidget_update_workarea()
+{
+    qt_desktopwidget_workarea_dirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+class QSingleDesktopWidget : public QWidget
+{
+public:
+    QSingleDesktopWidget();
+    ~QSingleDesktopWidget();
+};
+
+QSingleDesktopWidget::QSingleDesktopWidget()
+    : QWidget( 0, "desktop", WType_Desktop )
+{
+}
+
+QSingleDesktopWidget::~QSingleDesktopWidget()
+{
+    while ( children() )
+        removeChild( children()->getFirst() );
+}
+
+
+class QDesktopWidgetPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QDesktopWidgetPrivate();
+    ~QDesktopWidgetPrivate();
+
+    void init();
+
+    bool use_xinerama;
+    int defaultScreen;
+    int screenCount;
+
+    QWidget **screens;
+    QRect *rects;
+    QRect *workareas;
+};
+
+QDesktopWidgetPrivate::QDesktopWidgetPrivate()
+    : use_xinerama(FALSE), defaultScreen(0), screenCount(1),
+      screens( 0 ), rects( 0 ), workareas( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+QDesktopWidgetPrivate::~QDesktopWidgetPrivate()
+{
+    if ( screens ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < screenCount; ++i ) {
+	    if (i == defaultScreen) continue;
+	    delete screens[i];
+	    screens[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	free(screens);
+    }
+
+    if ( rects )     delete [] rects;
+    if ( workareas ) delete [] workareas;
+}
+
+void QDesktopWidgetPrivate::init()
+{
+    // get the screen count
+    int newScreenCount;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XINERAMA
+    XineramaScreenInfo *xinerama_screeninfo = 0;
+    int unused;
+    use_xinerama = (XineramaQueryExtension(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+					   &unused, &unused) &&
+		    XineramaIsActive(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay()));
+
+    if (use_xinerama) {
+	xinerama_screeninfo =
+	    XineramaQueryScreens(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), &newScreenCount);
+
+    if (xinerama_screeninfo)
+	defaultScreen = 0;
+    } else
+#endif // QT_NO_XINERAMA
+    {
+	defaultScreen = DefaultScreen(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay());
+	newScreenCount = ScreenCount(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay());
+        use_xinerama = false;
+    }
+
+    delete [] rects;
+    rects     = new QRect[ newScreenCount ];
+    delete [] workareas;
+    workareas = new QRect[ newScreenCount ];
+
+    // get the geometry of each screen
+    int i, j, x, y, w, h;
+    for ( i = 0, j = 0; i < newScreenCount; i++ ) {
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XINERAMA
+	if (use_xinerama) {
+	    x = xinerama_screeninfo[i].x_org;
+	    y = xinerama_screeninfo[i].y_org;
+	    w = xinerama_screeninfo[i].width;
+	    h = xinerama_screeninfo[i].height;
+	} else
+#endif // QT_NO_XINERAMA
+	    {
+		x = 0;
+		y = 0;
+		w = WidthOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), i));
+		h = HeightOfScreen(ScreenOfDisplay(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), i));
+	    }
+
+	workareas[i] = QRect();
+	rects[j].setRect(x, y, w, h);
+
+        // overlapping?
+        if (j > 0 && rects[j-1].intersects(rects[j])) {
+            // pick the bigger one, ignore the other
+            if ((rects[j].width()*rects[j].height()) >
+                (rects[j-1].width()*rects[j-1].height()))
+            rects[j-1] = rects[j];
+        }
+        else
+            j++;
+    }
+
+    if (screens) {
+        // leaks QWidget* pointers on purpose, can't delete them as pointer escapes
+        screens = (QWidget**) realloc(screens, j * sizeof(QWidget*));
+        if (j > screenCount)
+            memset(&screens[screenCount], 0, (j-screenCount) * sizeof(QWidget*));
+    }
+
+    screenCount = j;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XINERAMA
+    if (use_xinerama && screenCount == 1)
+        use_xinerama = false;
+
+    if (xinerama_screeninfo)
+	XFree(xinerama_screeninfo);
+#endif // QT_NO_XINERAMA
+
+}
+
+// the QDesktopWidget itself will be created on the default screen
+// as qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen defaults to -1
+QDesktopWidget::QDesktopWidget()
+    : QWidget( 0, "desktop", WType_Desktop )
+{
+    d = new QDesktopWidgetPrivate();
+
+    /*
+      we don't call d->init() here, since the initial resize event
+      will end up calling init() a second time, which is inefficient.
+      instead, for the sending of all posted event to the desktop
+      widget (including the initial resize event, which calls
+      d->init()).
+    */
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, 0 );
+}
+
+QDesktopWidget::~QDesktopWidget()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+bool QDesktopWidget::isVirtualDesktop() const
+{
+    return d->use_xinerama;
+}
+
+int QDesktopWidget::primaryScreen() const
+{
+    return d->defaultScreen;
+}
+
+int QDesktopWidget::numScreens() const
+{
+    return d->screenCount;
+}
+
+QWidget *QDesktopWidget::screen( int screen )
+{
+    if (d->use_xinerama)
+	return this;
+
+    if ( screen < 0 || screen >= d->screenCount )
+	screen = d->defaultScreen;
+
+    if ( ! d->screens ) {
+	d->screens = (QWidget**) calloc( d->screenCount, sizeof(QWidget*));
+	d->screens[ d->defaultScreen ] = this;
+    }
+
+    if ( ! d->screens[screen] ||               // not created yet
+	 ! d->screens[screen]->isDesktop() ) { // reparented away
+	qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen = screen;
+	d->screens[screen] = new QSingleDesktopWidget;
+	qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen = -1;
+    }
+
+    return d->screens[screen];
+}
+
+const QRect& QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry( int screen ) const
+{
+    if ( qt_desktopwidget_workarea_dirty ) {
+	// the workareas are dirty, invalidate them
+	for ( int i = 0; i < d->screenCount; ++i )
+	    d->workareas[i] = QRect();
+	qt_desktopwidget_workarea_dirty = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( screen < 0 || screen >= d->screenCount )
+	screen = d->defaultScreen;
+
+    if ( d->workareas[screen].isValid() )
+	return d->workareas[screen];
+
+    if ( ! isVirtualDesktop() && qt_net_supports( qt_net_workarea ) ) {
+	Atom ret;
+	int format, e;
+	unsigned char *data = 0;
+	unsigned long nitems, after;
+
+	e = XGetWindowProperty( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+				QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
+				qt_net_workarea, 0, 4, False, XA_CARDINAL,
+				&ret, &format, &nitems, &after, &data );
+
+	if (e == Success && ret == XA_CARDINAL &&
+	    format == 32 && nitems == 4) {
+	    long *workarea = (long *) data;
+	    d->workareas[screen].setRect( workarea[0], workarea[1],
+					  workarea[2], workarea[3] );
+	} else {
+	    d->workareas[screen] = screenGeometry(screen);
+	}
+	if ( data )
+	    XFree( data );
+    } else {
+	d->workareas[screen] = screenGeometry(screen);
+    }
+
+    return d->workareas[screen];
+}
+
+const QRect& QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry( int screen ) const
+{
+    if ( screen < 0 || screen >= d->screenCount )
+	screen = d->defaultScreen;
+
+    return d->rects[ screen ];
+}
+
+int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber( QWidget *widget ) const
+{
+    if ( !widget )
+	return d->defaultScreen;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XINERAMA
+    if (d->use_xinerama) {
+	// this is how we do it for xinerama
+	QRect frame = widget->frameGeometry();
+	if ( !widget->isTopLevel() )
+	    frame.moveTopLeft( widget->mapToGlobal( QPoint( 0, 0 ) ) );
+
+	int maxSize = -1;
+	int maxScreen = -1;
+
+	for ( int i = 0; i < d->screenCount; ++i ) {
+	    QRect sect = d->rects[i].intersect( frame );
+	    int size = sect.width() * sect.height();
+	    if ( size > maxSize && sect.width() > 0 && sect.height() > 0 ) {
+		maxSize = size;
+		maxScreen = i;
+	    }
+	}
+	return maxScreen;
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_XINERAMA
+
+    return widget->x11Screen();
+}
+
+int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber( const QPoint &point ) const
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < d->screenCount; ++i ) {
+	if ( d->rects[i].contains( point ) )
+	    return i;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+void QDesktopWidget::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *event )
+{
+    d->init();
+    qt_desktopwidget_workarea_dirty = TRUE;
+    QWidget::resizeEvent( event );
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdnd_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qdnd_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..607a358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdnd_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1859 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** XDND implementation for Qt.  See http://www.cco.caltech.edu/~jafl/xdnd/
+**
+** Created : 980320
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qintdict.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+// conflict resolution
+
+const int XKeyPress = KeyPress;
+const int XKeyRelease = KeyRelease;
+#undef KeyPress
+#undef KeyRelease
+
+// this stuff is copied from qapp_x11.cpp
+
+extern void qt_x11_intern_atom( const char *, Atom * );
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern void qt_ignore_badwindow();
+extern bool qt_badwindow();
+extern void qt_enter_modal( QWidget *widget );
+extern void qt_leave_modal( QWidget *widget );
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+extern Window qt_x11_findClientWindow( Window, Atom, bool );
+extern Atom qt_wm_state;
+extern Time qt_x_time;
+extern Time qt_x_user_time;
+
+// this stuff is copied from qclb_x11.cpp
+
+extern bool qt_xclb_wait_for_event( Display *dpy, Window win, int type,
+				    XEvent *event, int timeout );
+extern bool qt_xclb_read_property( Display *dpy, Window win, Atom property,
+				   bool deleteProperty,
+				   QByteArray *buffer, int *size, Atom *type,
+				   int *format, bool nullterm );
+extern QByteArray qt_xclb_read_incremental_property( Display *dpy, Window win,
+						     Atom property,
+						     int nbytes, bool nullterm );
+// and all this stuff is copied -into- qapp_x11.cpp
+
+void qt_xdnd_setup();
+void qt_handle_xdnd_enter( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+void qt_handle_xdnd_position( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+void qt_handle_xdnd_status( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+void qt_handle_xdnd_leave( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+void qt_handle_xdnd_drop( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+void qt_handle_xdnd_finished( QWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
+void qt_xdnd_handle_selection_request( const XSelectionRequestEvent * );
+bool qt_xdnd_handle_badwindow();
+// client messages
+Atom qt_xdnd_enter;
+Atom qt_xdnd_position;
+Atom qt_xdnd_status;
+Atom qt_xdnd_leave;
+Atom qt_xdnd_drop;
+Atom qt_xdnd_finished;
+Atom qt_xdnd_type_list;
+const int qt_xdnd_version = 4;
+
+extern int qt_x11_translateButtonState( int s );
+
+// Actions
+//
+// The Xdnd spec allows for user-defined actions. This could be implemented
+// with a registration process in Qt. WE SHOULD do that later.
+//
+Atom qt_xdnd_action_copy;
+Atom qt_xdnd_action_link;
+Atom qt_xdnd_action_move;
+Atom qt_xdnd_action_private;
+static
+QDropEvent::Action xdndaction_to_qtaction(Atom atom)
+{
+    if ( atom == qt_xdnd_action_copy || atom == 0 )
+	return QDropEvent::Copy;
+    if ( atom == qt_xdnd_action_link )
+	return QDropEvent::Link;
+    if ( atom == qt_xdnd_action_move )
+	return QDropEvent::Move;
+    return QDropEvent::Private;
+}
+static
+int qtaction_to_xdndaction(QDropEvent::Action a)
+{
+    switch ( a ) {
+      case QDropEvent::Copy:
+	return qt_xdnd_action_copy;
+      case QDropEvent::Link:
+	return qt_xdnd_action_link;
+      case QDropEvent::Move:
+	return qt_xdnd_action_move;
+      case QDropEvent::Private:
+	return qt_xdnd_action_private;
+      default:
+	return qt_xdnd_action_copy;
+    }
+}
+
+// clean up the stuff used.
+static void qt_xdnd_cleanup();
+
+static void qt_xdnd_send_leave();
+
+// XDND selection
+Atom qt_xdnd_selection;
+// other selection
+static Atom qt_selection_property;
+// INCR
+static Atom qt_incr_atom;
+
+// properties for XDND drop sites
+Atom qt_xdnd_aware;
+Atom qt_xdnd_proxy;
+
+// real variables:
+// xid of current drag source
+static Atom qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid = 0;
+
+// the types in this drop. 100 is no good, but at least it's big.
+const int qt_xdnd_max_type = 100;
+static Atom qt_xdnd_types[qt_xdnd_max_type];
+
+static QIntDict<QCString> * qt_xdnd_drag_types = 0;
+static QDict<Atom> * qt_xdnd_atom_numbers = 0;
+
+// timer used when target wants "continuous" move messages (eg. scroll)
+static int heartbeat = -1;
+// rectangle in which the answer will be the same
+static QRect qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer;
+//static QRect qt_xdnd_target_sameanswer;
+static bool qt_xdnd_target_answerwas;
+// top-level window we sent position to last.
+static Window qt_xdnd_current_target;
+// window to send events to (always valid if qt_xdnd_current_target)
+static Window qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target;
+// widget we forwarded position to last, and local position
+static QGuardedPtr<QWidget> qt_xdnd_current_widget;
+static QPoint qt_xdnd_current_position;
+// time of this drop, as type Atom to save on casts
+static Atom qt_xdnd_source_current_time;
+// timestamp from the XdndPosition and XdndDrop
+static Time qt_xdnd_target_current_time;
+// screen number containing the pointer... -1 means default
+static int qt_xdnd_current_screen = -1;
+// state of dragging... true if dragging, false if not
+bool qt_xdnd_dragging = FALSE;
+// need to check state of keyboard modifiers
+static bool need_modifiers_check = FALSE;
+
+// dict of payload data, sorted by type atom
+static QIntDict<QByteArray> * qt_xdnd_target_data = 0;
+
+// first drag object, or 0
+static QDragObject * qt_xdnd_source_object = 0;
+
+// Motif dnd
+extern void qt_motifdnd_enable( QWidget *, bool );
+extern QByteArray qt_motifdnd_obtain_data( const char *format );
+extern const char *qt_motifdnd_format( int n );
+
+bool qt_motifdnd_active = FALSE;
+static bool dndCancelled = FALSE;
+
+// Shift/Ctrl handling, and final drop status
+static QDragObject::DragMode drag_mode;
+static QDropEvent::Action global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+static QDropEvent::Action global_accepted_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+
+// for embedding only
+static QWidget* current_embedding_widget  = 0;
+static XEvent last_enter_event;
+
+// cursors
+static QCursor *noDropCursor = 0;
+static QCursor *moveCursor = 0;
+static QCursor *copyCursor = 0;
+static QCursor *linkCursor = 0;
+
+static QPixmap *defaultPm = 0;
+
+static const int default_pm_hotx = -2;
+static const int default_pm_hoty = -16;
+static const char* const default_pm[] = {
+"13 9 3 1",
+".      c None",
+"       c #000000",
+"X      c #FFFFFF",
+"X X X X X X X",
+" X X X X X X ",
+"X ......... X",
+" X.........X ",
+"X ......... X",
+" X.........X ",
+"X ......... X",
+" X X X X X X ",
+"X X X X X X X"
+};
+
+class QShapedPixmapWidget : public QWidget {
+
+public:
+    QShapedPixmapWidget(int screen = -1) :
+	QWidget(QApplication::desktop()->screen( screen ),
+		0, WStyle_Customize | WStyle_Tool | WStyle_NoBorder | WX11BypassWM ), oldpmser( 0 ), oldbmser( 0 )
+    {
+    x11SetWindowType( X11WindowTypeDND );
+    }
+
+    void setPixmap(QPixmap pm, QPoint hot)
+    {
+	int bmser = pm.mask() ? pm.mask()->serialNumber() : 0;
+	if( oldpmser == pm.serialNumber() && oldbmser == bmser
+	    && oldhot == hot )
+	    return;
+	oldpmser = pm.serialNumber();
+	oldbmser = bmser;
+	oldhot = hot;
+	bool hotspot_in = !(hot.x() < 0 || hot.y() < 0 || hot.x() >= pm.width() || hot.y() >= pm.height());
+// if the pixmap has hotspot in its area, make a "hole" in it at that position
+// this will allow XTranslateCoordinates() to find directly the window below the cursor instead
+// of finding this pixmap, and therefore there won't be needed any (slow) search for the window
+// using findRealWindow()
+	if( hotspot_in ) {
+	    QBitmap mask = pm.mask() ? *pm.mask() : QBitmap( pm.width(), pm.height());
+	    if( !pm.mask())
+		mask.fill( Qt::color1 );
+	    QPainter p( &mask );
+	    p.setPen( Qt::color0 );
+	    p.drawPoint( hot.x(), hot.y());
+	    p.end();
+    	    pm.setMask( mask );
+    	    setMask( mask );
+	} else if ( pm.mask() ) {
+	    setMask( *pm.mask() );
+	} else {
+	    clearMask();
+	}
+	resize(pm.width(),pm.height());
+	setErasePixmap(pm);
+	erase();
+    }
+private:
+    int oldpmser;
+    int oldbmser;
+    QPoint oldhot;
+};
+
+static QShapedPixmapWidget * qt_xdnd_deco = 0;
+
+static QWidget* desktop_proxy = 0;
+
+class QExtraWidget : public QWidget
+{
+public:
+    QWExtra* extraData() { return QWidget::extraData(); }
+    QTLWExtra* topData() { return QWidget::topData(); }
+};
+
+
+static bool qt_xdnd_enable( QWidget* w, bool on )
+{
+    if ( on ) {
+	QWidget * xdnd_widget = 0;
+	if ( w->isDesktop() ) {
+	    if ( desktop_proxy ) // *WE* already have one.
+		return FALSE;
+
+	    // As per Xdnd4, use XdndProxy
+	    XGrabServer( w->x11Display() );
+	    Atom type = None;
+	    int f;
+	    unsigned long n, a;
+	    WId *proxy_id_ptr;
+	    XGetWindowProperty( w->x11Display(), w->winId(),
+		qt_xdnd_proxy, 0, 1, False,
+		XA_WINDOW, &type, &f,&n,&a,(uchar**)&proxy_id_ptr );
+	    WId proxy_id = 0;
+	    if ( type == XA_WINDOW && proxy_id_ptr ) {
+		proxy_id = *proxy_id_ptr;
+		XFree(proxy_id_ptr);
+		proxy_id_ptr = 0;
+		// Already exists. Real?
+		qt_ignore_badwindow();
+		XGetWindowProperty( w->x11Display(), proxy_id,
+		    qt_xdnd_proxy, 0, 1, False,
+		    XA_WINDOW, &type, &f,&n,&a,(uchar**)&proxy_id_ptr );
+		if ( qt_badwindow() || type != XA_WINDOW || !proxy_id_ptr || *proxy_id_ptr != proxy_id ) {
+		    // Bogus - we will overwrite.
+		    proxy_id = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( proxy_id_ptr )
+		XFree(proxy_id_ptr);
+
+	    if ( !proxy_id ) {
+		xdnd_widget = desktop_proxy = new QWidget;
+		proxy_id = desktop_proxy->winId();
+		XChangeProperty ( w->x11Display(),
+		    w->winId(), qt_xdnd_proxy,
+		    XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+		    (unsigned char *)&proxy_id, 1 );
+		XChangeProperty ( w->x11Display(),
+		    proxy_id, qt_xdnd_proxy,
+		    XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+		    (unsigned char *)&proxy_id, 1 );
+	    }
+
+	    XUngrabServer( w->x11Display() );
+	} else {
+	    xdnd_widget = w->topLevelWidget();
+	}
+	if ( xdnd_widget ) {
+	    Atom atm = (Atom)qt_xdnd_version;
+	    XChangeProperty ( xdnd_widget->x11Display(), xdnd_widget->winId(),
+			      qt_xdnd_aware, XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace,
+			      (unsigned char *)&atm, 1 );
+	    return TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( w->isDesktop() ) {
+	    XDeleteProperty( w->x11Display(), w->winId(),
+			     qt_xdnd_proxy );
+	    delete desktop_proxy;
+	    desktop_proxy = 0;
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+const char* qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( Atom a )
+{
+    if ( !a ) return 0;
+
+    if ( a == XA_STRING )
+	return "text/plain"; // some Xdnd clients are dumb
+
+    if ( !qt_xdnd_drag_types ) {
+	qt_xdnd_drag_types = new QIntDict<QCString>( 17 );
+	qt_xdnd_drag_types->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+    QCString* result;
+    if ( !(result=qt_xdnd_drag_types->find( a )) ) {
+	const char* mimeType = XGetAtomName( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), a );
+	if ( !mimeType )
+	    return 0; // only happens on protocol error
+	result = new QCString( mimeType );
+	qt_xdnd_drag_types->insert( (long)a, result );
+	XFree((void*)mimeType);
+    }
+    return *result;
+}
+
+Atom* qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( const char *mimeType )
+{
+    if ( !mimeType || !*mimeType )
+	return 0;
+    if ( !qt_xdnd_atom_numbers ) {
+	qt_xdnd_atom_numbers = new QDict<Atom>( 17 );
+	qt_xdnd_atom_numbers->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+
+    Atom * result;
+    if ( (result = qt_xdnd_atom_numbers->find( mimeType )) )
+	return result;
+
+    result = new Atom;
+    *result = 0;
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( mimeType, result );
+    qt_xdnd_atom_numbers->insert( mimeType, result );
+    qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( *result );
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+void qt_xdnd_setup() {
+    // set up protocol atoms
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndEnter", &qt_xdnd_enter );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndPosition", &qt_xdnd_position );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndStatus", &qt_xdnd_status );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndLeave", &qt_xdnd_leave );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndDrop", &qt_xdnd_drop );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndFinished", &qt_xdnd_finished );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndTypeList", &qt_xdnd_type_list );
+
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndSelection", &qt_xdnd_selection );
+
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndAware", &qt_xdnd_aware );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndProxy", &qt_xdnd_proxy );
+
+
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndActionCopy", &qt_xdnd_action_copy );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndActionLink", &qt_xdnd_action_link );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndActionMove", &qt_xdnd_action_move );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XdndActionPrivate", &qt_xdnd_action_private );
+
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "QT_SELECTION", &qt_selection_property );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "INCR", &qt_incr_atom );
+
+    qAddPostRoutine( qt_xdnd_cleanup );
+}
+
+
+void qt_xdnd_cleanup()
+{
+    delete qt_xdnd_drag_types;
+    qt_xdnd_drag_types = 0;
+    delete qt_xdnd_atom_numbers;
+    qt_xdnd_atom_numbers = 0;
+    delete qt_xdnd_target_data;
+    qt_xdnd_target_data = 0;
+    delete noDropCursor;
+    noDropCursor = 0;
+    delete copyCursor;
+    copyCursor = 0;
+    delete moveCursor;
+    moveCursor = 0;
+    delete linkCursor;
+    linkCursor = 0;
+    delete defaultPm;
+    defaultPm = 0;
+    delete desktop_proxy;
+    desktop_proxy = 0;
+}
+
+
+static QWidget * find_child( QWidget * tlw, QPoint & p )
+{
+    QWidget * w = tlw;
+
+    p = w->mapFromGlobal( p );
+    bool done = FALSE;
+    while ( !done ) {
+	done = TRUE;
+	if ( ((QExtraWidget*)w)->extraData() &&
+	     ((QExtraWidget*)w)->extraData()->xDndProxy != 0 )
+	    break; // stop searching for widgets under the mouse cursor if found widget is a proxy.
+	if ( w->children() ) {
+	    QObjectListIt it( *w->children() );
+	    it.toLast();
+	    QObject * o;
+	    while( (o=it.current()) ) {
+		--it;
+		if ( o->isWidgetType() &&
+		     ((QWidget*)o)->isVisible() &&
+		     ((QWidget*)o)->geometry().contains( p ) &&
+		     !((QWidget*)o)->isTopLevel()) {
+		    w = (QWidget *)o;
+		    done = FALSE;
+		    p = w->mapFromParent( p );
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+
+static bool checkEmbedded(QWidget* w, const XEvent* xe)
+{
+    if (!w)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (current_embedding_widget != 0 && current_embedding_widget != w) {
+	qt_xdnd_current_target = ((QExtraWidget*)current_embedding_widget)->extraData()->xDndProxy;
+	qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target = qt_xdnd_current_target;
+	qt_xdnd_send_leave();
+	qt_xdnd_current_target = 0;
+	qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target = 0;
+	current_embedding_widget = 0;
+    }
+
+    QWExtra* extra = ((QExtraWidget*)w)->extraData();
+    if ( extra && extra->xDndProxy != 0 ) {
+
+	if (current_embedding_widget != w) {
+
+	    last_enter_event.xany.window = extra->xDndProxy;
+	    XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), extra->xDndProxy, False, NoEventMask,
+			&last_enter_event );
+	    current_embedding_widget = w;
+	}
+
+	((XEvent*)xe)->xany.window = extra->xDndProxy;
+	XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), extra->xDndProxy, False, NoEventMask,
+		    (XEvent*)xe );
+	qt_xdnd_current_widget = w;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    current_embedding_widget = 0;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void qt_handle_xdnd_enter( QWidget *, const XEvent * xe, bool /*passive*/ )
+{
+    //if ( !w->neveHadAChildWithDropEventsOn() )
+	//return; // haven't been set up for dnd
+
+    qt_motifdnd_active = FALSE;
+
+    last_enter_event.xclient = xe->xclient;
+
+    qt_xdnd_target_answerwas = FALSE;
+
+    const long *l = xe->xclient.data.l;
+    int version = (int)(((unsigned long)(l[1])) >> 24);
+
+    if ( version > qt_xdnd_version )
+	return;
+
+    qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid = l[0];
+
+    int j = 0;
+    if ( l[1] & 1 ) {
+	// get the types from XdndTypeList
+	Atom   type = None;
+	int f;
+	unsigned long n, a;
+	Atom *data;
+	XGetWindowProperty( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid,
+		    qt_xdnd_type_list, 0,
+		    qt_xdnd_max_type, False, XA_ATOM, &type, &f,&n,&a,(uchar**)&data );
+	for ( ; j<qt_xdnd_max_type && j < (int)n; j++ ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_types[j] = data[j];
+	}
+	if ( data )
+	    XFree( (uchar*)data );
+    } else {
+	// get the types from the message
+	int i;
+	for( i=2; i < 5; i++ ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_types[j++] = l[i];
+	}
+    }
+    qt_xdnd_types[j] = 0;
+}
+
+
+
+void qt_handle_xdnd_position( QWidget *w, const XEvent * xe, bool passive )
+{
+    const unsigned long *l = (const unsigned long *)xe->xclient.data.l;
+
+    QPoint p( (l[2] & 0xffff0000) >> 16, l[2] & 0x0000ffff );
+    QWidget * c = find_child( w, p ); // changes p to to c-local coordinates
+
+    if (!passive && checkEmbedded(c, xe))
+	return;
+
+    if ( !c || !c->acceptDrops() && c->isDesktop() ) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( l[0] != qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid ) {
+	//qDebug( "xdnd drag position from unexpected source (%08lx not %08lx)",
+	//     l[0], qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (l[3] != 0) {
+        // timestamp from the source
+        qt_xdnd_target_current_time = qt_x_user_time = l[3];
+    }
+
+    XClientMessageEvent response;
+    response.type = ClientMessage;
+    response.window = qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid;
+    response.format = 32;
+    response.message_type = qt_xdnd_status;
+    response.data.l[0] = w->winId();
+    response.data.l[1] = 0; // flags
+    response.data.l[2] = 0; // x, y
+    response.data.l[3] = 0; // w, h
+    response.data.l[4] = 0; // action
+
+    if ( !passive ) { // otherwise just reject
+	while ( c && !c->acceptDrops() && !c->isTopLevel() ) {
+	    p = c->mapToParent( p );
+	    c = c->parentWidget();
+	}
+
+	QRect answerRect( c->mapToGlobal( p ), QSize( 1,1 ) );
+
+	QDragMoveEvent me( p );
+	QDropEvent::Action accepted_action = xdndaction_to_qtaction(l[4]);
+	me.setAction(accepted_action);
+
+	if ( c != qt_xdnd_current_widget ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_target_answerwas = FALSE;
+	    if ( qt_xdnd_current_widget ) {
+		QDragLeaveEvent e;
+		QApplication::sendEvent( qt_xdnd_current_widget, &e );
+	    }
+	    if ( c->acceptDrops() ) {
+		qt_xdnd_current_widget = c;
+		qt_xdnd_current_position = p;
+
+		QDragEnterEvent de( p );
+		de.setAction(accepted_action);
+		QApplication::sendEvent( c, &de );
+		if ( de.isAccepted() ) {
+		    me.accept( de.answerRect() );
+		    if ( !de.isActionAccepted() ) // only as a copy (move if we del)
+			accepted_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+		    else
+			me.acceptAction(TRUE);
+		} else {
+		    me.ignore( de.answerRect() );
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( qt_xdnd_target_answerwas ) {
+		me.accept();
+		me.acceptAction(global_requested_action == global_accepted_action);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( !c->acceptDrops() ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_current_widget = 0;
+	    answerRect = QRect( p, QSize( 1, 1 ) );
+	} else if ( xdndaction_to_qtaction(l[4]) < QDropEvent::Private ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_current_widget = c;
+	    qt_xdnd_current_position = p;
+
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( c, &me );
+	    qt_xdnd_target_answerwas = me.isAccepted();
+	    if ( me.isAccepted() ) {
+		response.data.l[1] = 1; // yes
+		if ( !me.isActionAccepted() ) // only as a copy (move if we del)
+		    accepted_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+	    } else {
+		response.data.l[0] = 0;
+	    }
+	    answerRect = me.answerRect().intersect( c->rect() );
+	} else {
+	    response.data.l[0] = 0;
+	    answerRect = QRect( p, QSize( 1, 1 ) );
+	}
+	answerRect = QRect( c->mapToGlobal( answerRect.topLeft() ),
+			    answerRect.size() );
+
+	if ( answerRect.left() < 0 )
+	    answerRect.setLeft( 0 );
+	if ( answerRect.right() > 4096 )
+	    answerRect.setRight( 4096 );
+	if ( answerRect.top() < 0 )
+	    answerRect.setTop( 0 );
+	if ( answerRect.bottom() > 4096 )
+	    answerRect.setBottom( 4096 );
+	if ( answerRect.width() < 0 )
+	    answerRect.setWidth( 0 );
+	if ( answerRect.height() < 0 )
+	    answerRect.setHeight( 0 );
+
+	response.data.l[2] = (answerRect.x() << 16) + answerRect.y();
+	response.data.l[3] = (answerRect.width() << 16) + answerRect.height();
+	response.data.l[4] = qtaction_to_xdndaction(accepted_action);
+	global_accepted_action = accepted_action;
+    }
+
+    // reset
+    qt_xdnd_target_current_time = CurrentTime;
+
+    QWidget * source = QWidget::find( qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid );
+
+    if ( source && source->isDesktop() && !source->acceptDrops() )
+	source = 0;
+
+    if ( source )
+	qt_handle_xdnd_status( source, (const XEvent *)&response, passive );
+    else
+	XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid, False,
+		    NoEventMask, (XEvent*)&response );
+}
+
+
+void qt_handle_xdnd_status( QWidget * w, const XEvent * xe, bool /*passive*/ )
+{
+    const unsigned long *l = (const unsigned long *)xe->xclient.data.l;
+    // Messy:  QDragResponseEvent is just a call to QDragManager function
+    global_accepted_action = xdndaction_to_qtaction(l[4]);
+    QDragResponseEvent e( (int)(l[1] & 1) );
+    QApplication::sendEvent( w, &e );
+
+    if ( (int)(l[1] & 2) == 0 ) {
+	QPoint p( (l[2] & 0xffff0000) >> 16, l[2] & 0x0000ffff );
+	QSize s( (l[3] & 0xffff0000) >> 16, l[3] & 0x0000ffff );
+	qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer = QRect( p, s );
+	if ( qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer.isNull() ) {
+	    // Application wants "coninutous" move events
+	}
+    } else {
+	qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer = QRect();
+    }
+}
+
+
+void qt_handle_xdnd_leave( QWidget *w, const XEvent * xe, bool /*passive*/ )
+{
+    //qDebug( "xdnd leave" );
+    if ( !qt_xdnd_current_widget ||
+	 w->topLevelWidget() != qt_xdnd_current_widget->topLevelWidget() ) {
+	return; // sanity
+    }
+
+    if (checkEmbedded(current_embedding_widget, xe)) {
+	current_embedding_widget = 0;
+	qt_xdnd_current_widget = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    const unsigned long *l = (const unsigned long *)xe->xclient.data.l;
+
+    QDragLeaveEvent e;
+    QApplication::sendEvent( qt_xdnd_current_widget, &e );
+
+    if ( l[0] != qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid ) {
+	// This often happens - leave other-process window quickly
+	//qDebug( "xdnd drag leave from unexpected source (%08lx not %08lx",
+	       //l[0], qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid );
+	qt_xdnd_current_widget = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid = 0;
+    qt_xdnd_types[0] = 0;
+    qt_xdnd_current_widget = 0;
+}
+
+
+void qt_xdnd_send_leave()
+{
+    if ( !qt_xdnd_current_target )
+	return;
+
+    XClientMessageEvent leave;
+    leave.type = ClientMessage;
+    leave.window = qt_xdnd_current_target;
+    leave.format = 32;
+    leave.message_type = qt_xdnd_leave;
+    leave.data.l[0] = qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid;
+    leave.data.l[1] = 0; // flags
+    leave.data.l[2] = 0; // x, y
+    leave.data.l[3] = 0; // w, h
+    leave.data.l[4] = 0; // just null
+
+    QWidget * w = QWidget::find( qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target );
+
+    if ( w && w->isDesktop() && !w->acceptDrops() )
+	w = 0;
+
+    if ( w )
+	qt_handle_xdnd_leave( w, (const XEvent *)&leave, FALSE );
+    else
+	XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target, False,
+		    NoEventMask, (XEvent*)&leave );
+    qt_xdnd_current_target = 0;
+    qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target = 0;
+}
+
+
+
+void qt_handle_xdnd_drop( QWidget *, const XEvent * xe, bool passive )
+{
+    if ( !qt_xdnd_current_widget ) {
+	qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid = 0;
+	return; // sanity
+    }
+
+    if (!passive && checkEmbedded(qt_xdnd_current_widget, xe)){
+	current_embedding_widget = 0;
+	qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid = 0;
+	qt_xdnd_current_widget = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+    const unsigned long *l = (const unsigned long *)xe->xclient.data.l;
+
+    //qDebug( "xdnd drop" );
+
+    if ( l[0] != qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid ) {
+	//qDebug( "xdnd drop from unexpected source (%08lx not %08lx",
+	//       l[0], qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (l[2] != 0) {
+        // update the "user time" from the timestamp in the event.
+        qt_xdnd_target_current_time = qt_x_user_time = l[2];
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_xdnd_source_object )
+	qt_xdnd_source_object->setTarget( qt_xdnd_current_widget );
+
+    if ( !passive ) {
+	QDropEvent de( qt_xdnd_current_position );
+	de.setAction( global_accepted_action );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( qt_xdnd_current_widget, &de );
+	if ( !de.isAccepted() ) {
+	    // Ignore a failed drag
+	    global_accepted_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+	    dndCancelled = TRUE;
+	}
+	XClientMessageEvent finished;
+	finished.type = ClientMessage;
+	finished.window = qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid;
+	finished.format = 32;
+	finished.message_type = qt_xdnd_finished;
+	finished.data.l[0] = qt_xdnd_current_widget?qt_xdnd_current_widget->topLevelWidget()->winId():0;
+	finished.data.l[1] = 0; // flags
+	XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid, False,
+		    NoEventMask, (XEvent*)&finished );
+    } else {
+	QDragLeaveEvent e;
+	QApplication::sendEvent( qt_xdnd_current_widget, &e );
+    }
+    qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid = 0;
+    qt_xdnd_current_widget = 0;
+
+    // reset
+    qt_xdnd_target_current_time = CurrentTime;
+}
+
+
+void qt_handle_xdnd_finished( QWidget *, const XEvent * xe, bool passive )
+{
+    const unsigned long *l = (const unsigned long *)xe->xclient.data.l;
+
+    if ( l[0] && (l[0] == qt_xdnd_current_target
+	    || l[0] == qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target) ) {
+	//
+	if ( !passive )
+	    (void ) checkEmbedded( qt_xdnd_current_widget, xe);
+	current_embedding_widget = 0;
+	qt_xdnd_current_target = 0;
+	qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target = 0;
+	delete qt_xdnd_source_object;
+	qt_xdnd_source_object = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+void QDragManager::timerEvent( QTimerEvent* e )
+{
+    if ( e->timerId() == heartbeat ) {
+        if( need_modifiers_check ) {
+            Window root, child;
+            int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+            unsigned int mask;
+            XQueryPointer( qt_xdisplay(), qt_xrootwin( qt_xdnd_current_screen ),
+                &root, &child, &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &mask );
+            if( updateMode( (ButtonState)qt_x11_translateButtonState( mask )))
+                qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer = QRect(); // force move
+        }
+        need_modifiers_check = TRUE;
+        if( qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer.isNull() )
+	    move( QCursor::pos() );
+    }
+}
+
+static bool qt_xdnd_was_move = false;
+static bool qt_xdnd_found = false;
+// check whole incoming X queue for move events
+// checking whole queue is done by always returning False in the predicate
+// if there's another move event in the queue, and there's not a mouse button
+// or keyboard or ClientMessage event before it, the current move event
+// may be safely discarded
+// this helps avoiding being overloaded by being flooded from many events
+// from the XServer
+static
+Bool qt_xdnd_predicate( Display*, XEvent* ev, XPointer )
+{
+    if( qt_xdnd_found )
+	return False;
+    if( ev->type == MotionNotify )
+    {
+	qt_xdnd_was_move = true;
+	qt_xdnd_found = true;
+    }
+    if( ev->type == ButtonPress || ev->type == ButtonRelease
+	|| ev->type == XKeyPress || ev->type == XKeyRelease
+	|| ev->type == ClientMessage )
+    {
+	qt_xdnd_was_move = false;
+	qt_xdnd_found = true;
+    }
+    return False;
+}
+
+static
+bool qt_xdnd_another_movement()
+{
+    qt_xdnd_was_move = false;
+    qt_xdnd_found = false;
+    XEvent dummy;
+    XCheckIfEvent( qt_xdisplay(), &dummy, qt_xdnd_predicate, NULL );
+    return qt_xdnd_was_move;
+}
+
+bool QDragManager::eventFilter( QObject * o, QEvent * e)
+{
+    if ( beingCancelled ) {
+	if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease &&
+	     ((QKeyEvent*)e)->key() == Key_Escape ) {
+	    qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
+	    object = 0;
+	    dragSource = 0;
+	    beingCancelled = FALSE;
+	    qApp->exit_loop();
+	    return TRUE; // block the key release
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    Q_ASSERT( object != 0 );
+
+    if ( !o->isWidgetType() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove ) {
+	QMouseEvent* me = (QMouseEvent *)e;
+	if( !qt_xdnd_another_movement()) {
+	    updateMode(me->stateAfter());
+	    move( me->globalPos() );
+	}
+        need_modifiers_check = FALSE;
+	return TRUE;
+    } else if ( e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease ) {
+	qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
+	if ( willDrop )
+	    drop();
+	else
+	    cancel();
+	object = 0;
+	dragSource = 0;
+	beingCancelled = FALSE;
+	qApp->exit_loop();
+	return TRUE;
+    } else if ( e->type() == QEvent::DragResponse ) {
+	if ( ((QDragResponseEvent *)e)->dragAccepted() ) {
+	    if ( !willDrop ) {
+		willDrop = TRUE;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( willDrop ) {
+		willDrop = FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+	updateCursor();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress
+      || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease )
+    {
+	QKeyEvent *ke = ((QKeyEvent*)e);
+	if ( ke->key() == Key_Escape && e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
+	    cancel();
+	    qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
+	    object = 0;
+	    dragSource = 0;
+	    beingCancelled = FALSE;
+	    qApp->exit_loop();
+	} else {
+	    if( updateMode(ke->stateAfter())) {
+	        qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer = QRect(); // force move
+	        move( QCursor::pos() );
+            }
+            need_modifiers_check = FALSE;
+	}
+	return TRUE; // Eat all key events
+    }
+
+    // ### We bind modality to widgets, so we have to do this
+    // ###  "manually".
+    // DnD is modal - eat all other interactive events
+    switch ( e->type() ) {
+      case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+      case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+      case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+      case QEvent::MouseMove:
+      case QEvent::KeyPress:
+      case QEvent::KeyRelease:
+      case QEvent::Wheel:
+      case QEvent::Accel:
+      case QEvent::AccelAvailable:
+      case QEvent::AccelOverride:
+	return TRUE;
+      default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static Qt::ButtonState oldstate;
+bool QDragManager::updateMode( ButtonState newstate )
+{
+    if ( newstate == oldstate )
+	return false;
+    const int both = ShiftButton|ControlButton;
+    if ( (newstate & both) == both ) {
+	global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Link;
+    } else {
+	bool local = qt_xdnd_source_object != 0;
+	if ( drag_mode == QDragObject::DragMove )
+	    global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Move;
+	else if ( drag_mode == QDragObject::DragCopy )
+	    global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+	else if ( drag_mode == QDragObject::DragLink )
+	    global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Link;
+	else {
+	    if ( drag_mode == QDragObject::DragDefault && local )
+		global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Move;
+	    else
+		global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+	    if ( newstate & ShiftButton )
+		global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Move;
+	    else if ( newstate & ControlButton )
+		global_requested_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+	}
+    }
+    oldstate = newstate;
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+void QDragManager::createCursors()
+{
+    if ( !noDropCursor ) {
+	noDropCursor = new QCursor( ForbiddenCursor );
+	if ( !pm_cursor[0].isNull() )
+	    moveCursor = new QCursor(pm_cursor[0], 0,0);
+	if ( !pm_cursor[1].isNull() )
+	    copyCursor = new QCursor(pm_cursor[1], 0,0);
+	if ( !pm_cursor[2].isNull() )
+	    linkCursor = new QCursor(pm_cursor[2], 0,0);
+    }
+}
+
+void QDragManager::updateCursor()
+{
+    QCursor *c;
+    if ( willDrop ) {
+	if ( global_accepted_action == QDropEvent::Copy ) {
+	    if ( global_requested_action == QDropEvent::Move )
+		c = moveCursor; // (source can delete)
+	    else
+		c = copyCursor;
+	} else if ( global_accepted_action == QDropEvent::Link ) {
+	    c = linkCursor;
+	} else {
+	    c = moveCursor;
+	}
+	if ( qt_xdnd_deco ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_deco->show();
+	    qt_xdnd_deco->raise();
+	}
+    } else {
+	c = noDropCursor;
+	//if ( qt_xdnd_deco )
+	//    qt_xdnd_deco->hide();
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( c )
+	qApp->setOverrideCursor( *c, TRUE );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+void QDragManager::cancel( bool deleteSource )
+{
+    killTimer( heartbeat );
+    heartbeat = -1;
+    if ( object ) {
+	beingCancelled = TRUE;
+	object = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_xdnd_current_target ) {
+	qt_xdnd_send_leave();
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( restoreCursor ) {
+	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+	restoreCursor = FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( deleteSource )
+	delete qt_xdnd_source_object;
+    qt_xdnd_source_object = 0;
+    delete qt_xdnd_deco;
+    qt_xdnd_deco = 0;
+
+    dndCancelled = TRUE;
+}
+
+static
+Window findRealWindow( const QPoint & pos, Window w, int md )
+{
+    if ( qt_xdnd_deco && w == qt_xdnd_deco->winId() )
+	return 0;
+
+    if ( md ) {
+        qt_ignore_badwindow();
+	XWindowAttributes attr;
+	XGetWindowAttributes( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), w, &attr );
+        if (qt_badwindow())
+            return 0;
+
+	if ( attr.map_state == IsViewable
+	    && QRect(attr.x,attr.y,attr.width,attr.height)
+             .contains(pos) )
+        {
+	    {
+		Atom   type = None;
+		int f;
+		unsigned long n, a;
+		unsigned char *data;
+
+		XGetWindowProperty( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), w, qt_xdnd_aware, 0,
+		    0, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &f,&n,&a,&data );
+		if ( data ) XFree(data);
+		if ( type ) return w;
+	    }
+
+	    Window r, p;
+	    Window* c;
+	    uint nc;
+	    if ( XQueryTree( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), w, &r, &p, &c, &nc ) ) {
+		r=0;
+		for (uint i=nc; !r && i--; ) {
+		    r = findRealWindow( pos-QPoint(attr.x,attr.y),
+					c[i], md-1 );
+		}
+		XFree(c);
+		if ( r )
+		    return r;
+
+		// We didn't find a client window!  Just use the
+		// innermost window.
+	    }
+
+	    // No children!
+	    return w;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void QDragManager::move( const QPoint & globalPos )
+{
+    if (!object) {
+        // perhaps the target crashed?
+        return;
+    }
+
+    int screen = QCursor::x11Screen();
+    if ( ( qt_xdnd_current_screen == -1 && screen != QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) ||
+	 ( screen != qt_xdnd_current_screen ) ) {
+	// recreate the pixmap on the new screen...
+	delete qt_xdnd_deco;
+	qt_xdnd_deco = new QShapedPixmapWidget( screen );
+        qt_xdnd_deco->x11SetWindowTransient( dragSource->topLevelWidget());
+	if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber()) {
+	    updatePixmap();
+	    qt_xdnd_deco->grabMouse();
+	}
+    }
+    updatePixmap( globalPos );
+
+    if ( qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer.contains( globalPos ) &&
+	 qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer.isValid() ) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    qt_xdnd_current_screen = screen;
+    Window rootwin = QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( qt_xdnd_current_screen );
+    Window target = 0;
+    int lx = 0, ly = 0;
+    if ( !XTranslateCoordinates( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), rootwin, rootwin,
+				 globalPos.x(), globalPos.y(),
+				 &lx, &ly, &target) )
+	// some wierd error...
+	return;
+
+    if ( target == rootwin ) {
+	// Ok.
+    } else if ( target ) {
+	//me
+        Window src = rootwin;
+        while (target != 0) {
+            int lx2, ly2;
+            Window t;
+            // translate coordinates
+            if (!XTranslateCoordinates(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), src, target,
+                                       lx, ly, &lx2, &ly2, &t)) {
+                target = 0;
+                break;
+            }
+            lx = lx2;
+            ly = ly2;
+            src = target;
+
+	    // check if it has XdndAware
+	    Atom type = None;
+	    int f;
+	    unsigned long n, a;
+	    unsigned char *data = 0;
+	    XGetWindowProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), target, qt_xdnd_aware, 0, 0, False,
+                               AnyPropertyType, &type, &f,&n,&a,&data);
+	    if (data)
+                XFree(data);
+	    if (type)
+                break;
+
+            // find child at the coordinates
+            if (!XTranslateCoordinates( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), src, src,
+                                        lx, ly, &lx2, &ly2, &target)) {
+                target = 0;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+	if ( qt_xdnd_deco && (!target || target == qt_xdnd_deco->winId()) ) {
+	    target = findRealWindow(globalPos,rootwin,6);
+	}
+    }
+
+    QWidget* w;
+    if ( target ) {
+	w = QWidget::find( (WId)target );
+	if ( w && w->isDesktop() && !w->acceptDrops() )
+	    w = 0;
+    } else {
+	w = 0;
+	target = rootwin;
+    }
+
+    WId proxy_target = target;
+    int target_version = 1;
+
+    {
+	Atom   type = None;
+	int r, f;
+	unsigned long n, a;
+	WId *proxy_id;
+	qt_ignore_badwindow();
+	r = XGetWindowProperty( qt_xdisplay(), target, qt_xdnd_proxy, 0,
+				1, False, XA_WINDOW, &type, &f,&n,&a,(uchar**)&proxy_id );
+	if ( ( r != Success ) || qt_badwindow() ) {
+	    proxy_target = target = 0;
+	} else if ( type == XA_WINDOW && proxy_id ) {
+	    proxy_target = *proxy_id;
+	    XFree(proxy_id);
+	    proxy_id = 0;
+	    r = XGetWindowProperty( qt_xdisplay(), proxy_target, qt_xdnd_proxy, 0,
+				    1, False, XA_WINDOW, &type, &f,&n,&a,(uchar**)&proxy_id );
+	    if ( ( r != Success ) || qt_badwindow() || !type || !proxy_id || *proxy_id != proxy_target ) {
+		// Bogus
+		proxy_target = 0;
+		target = 0;
+	    }
+	    if ( proxy_id )
+		XFree(proxy_id);
+	}
+	if ( proxy_target ) {
+	    int *tv;
+	    qt_ignore_badwindow();
+	    r = XGetWindowProperty( qt_xdisplay(), proxy_target, qt_xdnd_aware, 0,
+				    1, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &f,&n,&a,(uchar**)&tv );
+	    if ( r != Success ) {
+		target = 0;
+	    } else {
+		target_version = QMIN(qt_xdnd_version,tv ? *tv : 1);
+		if ( tv )
+		    XFree( tv );
+		if (!(!qt_badwindow() && type))
+		    target = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( target != qt_xdnd_current_target ) {
+	if ( qt_xdnd_current_target )
+	    qt_xdnd_send_leave();
+
+	qt_xdnd_current_target = target;
+	qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target = proxy_target;
+	if ( target ) {
+	    QMemArray<Atom> type;
+	    int flags = target_version << 24;
+	    const char* fmt;
+	    int nfmt=0;
+	    for (nfmt=0; (fmt=object->format(nfmt)); nfmt++) {
+		type.resize(nfmt+1);
+		type[nfmt] = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( fmt );
+	    }
+	    if ( nfmt >= 3 ) {
+		XChangeProperty( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+				 object->source()->winId(), qt_xdnd_type_list,
+				 XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace,
+				 (unsigned char *)type.data(),
+				 type.size() );
+		flags |= 0x0001;
+	    }
+	    XClientMessageEvent enter;
+	    enter.type = ClientMessage;
+	    enter.window = target;
+	    enter.format = 32;
+	    enter.message_type = qt_xdnd_enter;
+	    enter.data.l[0] = object->source()->winId();
+	    enter.data.l[1] = flags;
+	    enter.data.l[2] = type.size()>0 ? type[0] : 0;
+	    enter.data.l[3] = type.size()>1 ? type[1] : 0;
+	    enter.data.l[4] = type.size()>2 ? type[2] : 0;
+	    // provisionally set the rectangle to 5x5 pixels...
+	    qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer = QRect( globalPos.x() - 2,
+					       globalPos.y() -2 , 5, 5 );
+
+	    if ( w ) {
+		qt_handle_xdnd_enter( w, (const XEvent *)&enter, FALSE );
+	    } else if ( target ) {
+		XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), proxy_target, False, NoEventMask,
+			    (XEvent*)&enter );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( target ) {
+	XClientMessageEvent move;
+	move.type = ClientMessage;
+	move.window = target;
+	move.format = 32;
+	move.message_type = qt_xdnd_position;
+	move.window = target;
+	move.data.l[0] = object->source()->winId();
+	move.data.l[1] = 0; // flags
+	move.data.l[2] = (globalPos.x() << 16) + globalPos.y();
+	move.data.l[3] = qt_x_time;
+	move.data.l[4] = qtaction_to_xdndaction( global_requested_action );
+
+	if ( w )
+	    qt_handle_xdnd_position( w, (const XEvent *)&move, FALSE );
+	else
+	    XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), proxy_target, False, NoEventMask,
+			(XEvent*)&move );
+    } else {
+	if ( willDrop ) {
+	    willDrop = FALSE;
+	    updateCursor();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+void QDragManager::drop()
+{
+    killTimer( heartbeat );
+    heartbeat = -1;
+    if ( !qt_xdnd_current_target )
+	return;
+
+    delete qt_xdnd_deco;
+    qt_xdnd_deco = 0;
+
+    XClientMessageEvent drop;
+    drop.type = ClientMessage;
+    drop.window = qt_xdnd_current_target;
+    drop.format = 32;
+    drop.message_type = qt_xdnd_drop;
+    drop.data.l[0] = object->source()->winId();
+    drop.data.l[1] = 0; // flags
+    drop.data.l[2] = qt_x_time;
+    drop.data.l[3] = 0;
+    drop.data.l[4] = 0;
+
+    QWidget * w = QWidget::find( qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target );
+
+    if ( w && w->isDesktop() && !w->acceptDrops() )
+	w = 0;
+
+    if ( w )
+	qt_handle_xdnd_drop( w, (const XEvent *)&drop, FALSE );
+    else
+	XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target, False,
+		    NoEventMask, (XEvent*)&drop );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( restoreCursor ) {
+	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+	restoreCursor = FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+bool qt_xdnd_handle_badwindow()
+{
+    if ( qt_xdnd_source_object && qt_xdnd_current_target ) {
+	qt_xdnd_current_target = 0;
+	qt_xdnd_current_proxy_target = 0;
+	delete qt_xdnd_source_object;
+	qt_xdnd_source_object = 0;
+	delete qt_xdnd_deco;
+	qt_xdnd_deco = 0;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    if ( qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid ) {
+	qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid = 0;
+	if ( qt_xdnd_current_widget ) {
+	    QDragLeaveEvent e;
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( qt_xdnd_current_widget, &e );
+	    qt_xdnd_current_widget = 0;
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QDragMoveEvent qevent.h
+    \ingroup events
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+    \brief The QDragMoveEvent class provides an event which is sent while a drag and drop is in progress.
+
+    When a widget \link QWidget::setAcceptDrops() accepts drop
+    events\endlink, it will receive this event repeatedly while the
+    drag is within the widget's boundaries. The widget should examine
+    the event to see what data it \link QDragMoveEvent::provides()
+    provides\endlink, and accept() the drop if appropriate.
+
+    Note that this class inherits most of its functionality from
+    QDropEvent.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this event provides format \a mimeType; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+
+bool QDropEvent::provides( const char *mimeType ) const
+{
+    if ( qt_motifdnd_active && qstrnicmp( mimeType, "text/", 5 ) == 0 )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    int n=0;
+    const char* f;
+    do {
+	f = format( n );
+	if ( !f )
+	    return FALSE;
+	n++;
+    } while( qstricmp( mimeType, f ) );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void qt_xdnd_handle_selection_request( const XSelectionRequestEvent * req )
+{
+    if ( !req )
+	return;
+    XEvent evt;
+    evt.xselection.type = SelectionNotify;
+    evt.xselection.display = req->display;
+    evt.xselection.requestor = req->requestor;
+    evt.xselection.selection = req->selection;
+    evt.xselection.target = req->target;
+    evt.xselection.property = None;
+    evt.xselection.time = req->time;
+    const char* format = qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( req->target );
+    if ( format && qt_xdnd_source_object &&
+	 qt_xdnd_source_object->provides( format ) ) {
+	QByteArray a = qt_xdnd_source_object->encodedData(format);
+	XChangeProperty ( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), req->requestor, req->property,
+			  req->target, 8, PropModeReplace,
+			  (unsigned char *)a.data(), a.size() );
+	evt.xselection.property = req->property;
+    }
+    // ### this can die if req->requestor crashes at the wrong
+    // ### moment
+    XSendEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), req->requestor, False, 0, &evt );
+}
+
+/*
+	XChangeProperty ( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), req->requestor, req->property,
+			  XA_STRING, 8,
+			  PropModeReplace,
+			  (uchar *)d->text(), strlen(d->text()) );
+	evt.xselection.property = req->property;
+*/
+
+static QByteArray qt_xdnd_obtain_data( const char *format )
+{
+    QByteArray result;
+
+    QWidget* w;
+    if ( qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid && qt_xdnd_source_object &&
+	 (w=QWidget::find( qt_xdnd_dragsource_xid ))
+	   && (!w->isDesktop() || w->acceptDrops()) )
+    {
+	QDragObject * o = qt_xdnd_source_object;
+	if ( o->provides( format ) )
+	    result = o->encodedData(format);
+	return result;
+    }
+
+    Atom * a = qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( format );
+    if ( !a || !*a )
+	return result;
+
+    if ( !qt_xdnd_target_data )
+	qt_xdnd_target_data = new QIntDict<QByteArray>( 17 );
+
+    if ( qt_xdnd_target_data->find( (int)*a ) ) {
+	result = *(qt_xdnd_target_data->find( (int)*a ));
+    } else {
+	if ( XGetSelectionOwner( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+				 qt_xdnd_selection ) == None )
+	    return result; // should never happen?
+
+	QWidget* tw = qt_xdnd_current_widget;
+	if ( !qt_xdnd_current_widget ||
+	     qt_xdnd_current_widget->isDesktop() ) {
+	    tw = new QWidget;
+	}
+	XConvertSelection( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+			   qt_xdnd_selection,
+                           *a,
+			   qt_xdnd_selection,
+			   tw->winId(),
+                           qt_xdnd_target_current_time );
+	XFlush( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() );
+
+	XEvent xevent;
+	bool got=qt_xclb_wait_for_event( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+				      tw->winId(),
+				      SelectionNotify, &xevent, 5000);
+	if ( got ) {
+	    Atom type;
+
+	    if ( qt_xclb_read_property( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+					tw->winId(),
+					qt_xdnd_selection, TRUE,
+					&result, 0, &type, 0, FALSE ) ) {
+		if ( type == qt_incr_atom ) {
+		    int nbytes = result.size() >= 4 ? *((int*)result.data()) : 0;
+		    result = qt_xclb_read_incremental_property( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+								tw->winId(),
+								qt_xdnd_selection,
+								nbytes, FALSE );
+		} else if ( type != *a ) {
+		    // (includes None) qDebug( "Qt clipboard: unknown atom %ld", type);
+		}
+#if 0
+		// this needs to be matched by a qt_xdnd_target_data->clear()
+		// when each drag is finished. for 2.0, we do the safe thing
+		// and disable the entire caching.
+		if ( type != None )
+		    qt_xdnd_target_data->insert( (int)((long)a), new QByteArray(result) );
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( !qt_xdnd_current_widget ||
+	     qt_xdnd_current_widget->isDesktop() ) {
+	    delete tw;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Enable drag and drop for widget w by installing the proper
+  properties on w's toplevel widget.
+*/
+bool qt_dnd_enable( QWidget* w, bool on )
+{
+    w = w->topLevelWidget();
+
+    if ( on ) {
+	if ( ( (QExtraWidget*)w)->topData()->dnd )
+	    return TRUE; // been there, done that
+	((QExtraWidget*)w)->topData()->dnd  = 1;
+    }
+
+    qt_motifdnd_enable( w, on );
+    return qt_xdnd_enable( w, on );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QDropEvent qevent.h
+    \ingroup events
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    \brief The QDropEvent class provides an event which is sent when a drag and drop is completed.
+
+    When a widget \link QWidget::setAcceptDrops() accepts drop
+    events\endlink, it will receive this event if it has accepted the
+    most recent QDragEnterEvent or QDragMoveEvent sent to it.
+
+    The widget should use data() to extract the data in an appropriate
+    format.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDropEvent::QDropEvent (const QPoint & pos, Type typ)
+
+    Constructs a drop event that drops a drop of type \a typ on point
+    \a pos.
+*/ // ### pos is in which coordinate system?
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a byte array containing the drag's data, in \a format.
+
+    data() normally needs to get the data from the drag source, which
+    is potentially very slow, so it's advisable to call this function
+    only if you're sure that you will need the data in \a format.
+
+    The resulting data will have a size of 0 if the format was not
+    available.
+
+    \sa format() QByteArray::size()
+*/
+
+QByteArray QDropEvent::encodedData( const char *format ) const
+{
+    if ( qt_motifdnd_active )
+	return qt_motifdnd_obtain_data( format );
+    return qt_xdnd_obtain_data( format );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string describing one of the available data types for
+    this drag. Common examples are "text/plain" and "image/gif". If \a
+    n is less than zero or greater than the number of available data
+    types, format() returns 0.
+
+    This function is provided mainly for debugging. Most drop targets
+    will use provides().
+
+    \sa data() provides()
+*/
+
+const char* QDropEvent::format( int n ) const
+{
+    if ( qt_motifdnd_active )
+	return qt_motifdnd_format( n );
+
+    int i = 0;
+    while( i<n && qt_xdnd_types[i] )
+	i++;
+    if ( i < n )
+	return 0;
+
+    const char* name = qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( qt_xdnd_types[i] );
+    if ( !name )
+	return 0; // should never happen
+
+    return name;
+}
+
+bool QDragManager::drag( QDragObject * o, QDragObject::DragMode mode )
+{
+    if ( object == o || !o || !o->parent() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( object ) {
+	cancel();
+	qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
+	beingCancelled = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_xdnd_source_object ) {
+	// the last drag and drop operation hasn't finished, so we are going to wait
+	// for one second to see if it does... if the finish message comes after this,
+	// then we could still have problems, but this is highly unlikely
+	QApplication::flushX();
+
+	QTime started = QTime::currentTime();
+	QTime now = started;
+	do {
+	    XEvent event;
+	    if ( XCheckTypedEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+				   ClientMessage, &event ) )
+		qApp->x11ProcessEvent( &event );
+
+	    now = QTime::currentTime();
+	    if ( started > now ) // crossed midnight
+		started = now;
+
+	    // sleep 50ms, so we don't use up CPU cycles all the time.
+	    struct timeval usleep_tv;
+	    usleep_tv.tv_sec = 0;
+	    usleep_tv.tv_usec = 50000;
+	    select(0, 0, 0, 0, &usleep_tv);
+	} while ( qt_xdnd_source_object && started.msecsTo(now) < 1000 );
+    }
+
+    qt_xdnd_source_object = o;
+    qt_xdnd_source_object->setTarget( 0 );
+    qt_xdnd_deco = new QShapedPixmapWidget();
+
+    willDrop = FALSE;
+
+    object = o;
+    updatePixmap();
+
+    dragSource = (QWidget *)(object->parent());
+
+    qt_xdnd_deco->x11SetWindowTransient( dragSource->topLevelWidget());
+    qApp->installEventFilter( this );
+    qt_xdnd_source_current_time = qt_x_time;
+    XSetSelectionOwner( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), qt_xdnd_selection,
+			dragSource->topLevelWidget()->winId(),
+			qt_xdnd_source_current_time );
+    oldstate = ButtonState(-1); // #### Should use state that caused the drag
+    drag_mode = mode;
+    global_accepted_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+    updateMode(ButtonState(0));
+    qt_xdnd_source_sameanswer = QRect();
+    move(QCursor::pos());
+    heartbeat = startTimer(200);
+    need_modifiers_check = FALSE;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    qApp->setOverrideCursor( arrowCursor );
+    restoreCursor = TRUE;
+    updateCursor();
+#endif
+
+    dndCancelled = FALSE;
+    qt_xdnd_dragging = TRUE;
+
+    if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber())
+	qt_xdnd_deco->grabMouse();
+
+    qApp->enter_loop(); // Do the DND.
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    qApp->restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+
+    delete qt_xdnd_deco;
+    qt_xdnd_deco = 0;
+    killTimer( heartbeat );
+    heartbeat = -1;
+    qt_xdnd_current_screen = -1;
+    qt_xdnd_dragging = FALSE;
+
+    return ((! dndCancelled) && // source del?
+	    (global_accepted_action == QDropEvent::Copy &&
+	     global_requested_action == QDropEvent::Move));
+
+    // qt_xdnd_source_object persists until we get an xdnd_finish message
+}
+
+void QDragManager::updatePixmap( const QPoint& cursorPos )
+{
+    if ( qt_xdnd_deco ) {
+	QPixmap pm;
+	QPoint pm_hot(default_pm_hotx,default_pm_hoty);
+	if ( object ) {
+	    pm = object->pixmap();
+	    if ( !pm.isNull() )
+		pm_hot = object->pixmapHotSpot();
+	}
+	if ( pm.isNull() ) {
+	    if ( !defaultPm )
+		defaultPm = new QPixmap(default_pm);
+	    pm = *defaultPm;
+	}
+	qt_xdnd_deco->setPixmap(pm, pm_hot);
+	qt_xdnd_deco->move(cursorPos-pm_hot);
+	    //if ( willDrop ) {
+	    qt_xdnd_deco->show();
+	    //} else {
+	    //    qt_xdnd_deco->hide();
+	    //}
+    }
+}
+
+void QDragManager::updatePixmap()
+{
+    updatePixmap( QCursor::pos());
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp b/src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44e340f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1811 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of Drag and Drop support
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qgif.h"
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+// both a struct for storing stuff in and a wrapper to avoid polluting
+// the name space
+
+class QDragObjectData
+{
+public:
+    QDragObjectData(): hot(0,0) {}
+    QPixmap pixmap;
+    QPoint hot;
+    // store default cursors
+    QPixmap *pm_cursor;
+};
+
+static QWidget* last_target;
+
+/*!
+    After the drag completes, this function will return the QWidget
+    which received the drop, or 0 if the data was dropped on another
+    application.
+
+    This can be useful for detecting the case where drag and drop is
+    to and from the same widget.
+*/
+QWidget * QDragObject::target()
+{
+    return last_target;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Sets the target.
+*/
+void QDragObject::setTarget(QWidget* t)
+{
+    last_target = t;
+}
+
+class QStoredDragData
+{
+public:
+    QStoredDragData() {}
+    const char* fmt;
+    QByteArray enc;
+};
+
+
+// These pixmaps approximate the images in the Windows User Interface Guidelines.
+
+// XPM
+
+static const char * const move_xpm[] = {
+"11 20 3 1",
+".	c None",
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+"a	c #000000",
+"X	c #FFFFFF", // Windows cursor is traditionally white
+#else
+"a	c #FFFFFF",
+"X	c #000000", // X11 cursor is traditionally black
+#endif
+"aa.........",
+"aXa........",
+"aXXa.......",
+"aXXXa......",
+"aXXXXa.....",
+"aXXXXXa....",
+"aXXXXXXa...",
+"aXXXXXXXa..",
+"aXXXXXXXXa.",
+"aXXXXXXXXXa",
+"aXXXXXXaaaa",
+"aXXXaXXa...",
+"aXXaaXXa...",
+"aXa..aXXa..",
+"aa...aXXa..",
+"a.....aXXa.",
+"......aXXa.",
+".......aXXa",
+".......aXXa",
+"........aa."};
+
+/* XPM */
+static const char * const copy_xpm[] = {
+"24 30 3 1",
+".	c None",
+"a	c #000000",
+"X	c #FFFFFF",
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) // Windows cursor is traditionally white
+"aa......................",
+"aXa.....................",
+"aXXa....................",
+"aXXXa...................",
+"aXXXXa..................",
+"aXXXXXa.................",
+"aXXXXXXa................",
+"aXXXXXXXa...............",
+"aXXXXXXXXa..............",
+"aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
+"aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
+"aXXXaXXa................",
+"aXXaaXXa................",
+"aXa..aXXa...............",
+"aa...aXXa...............",
+"a.....aXXa..............",
+"......aXXa..............",
+".......aXXa.............",
+".......aXXa.............",
+"........aa...aaaaaaaaaaa",
+#else
+"XX......................",
+"XaX.....................",
+"XaaX....................",
+"XaaaX...................",
+"XaaaaX..................",
+"XaaaaaX.................",
+"XaaaaaaX................",
+"XaaaaaaaX...............",
+"XaaaaaaaaX..............",
+"XaaaaaaaaaX.............",
+"XaaaaaaXXXX.............",
+"XaaaXaaX................",
+"XaaXXaaX................",
+"XaX..XaaX...............",
+"XX...XaaX...............",
+"X.....XaaX..............",
+"......XaaX..............",
+".......XaaX.............",
+".......XaaX.............",
+"........XX...aaaaaaaaaaa",
+#endif
+".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
+".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
+".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
+".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
+".............aXXaaaaaXXa",
+".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
+".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
+".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
+".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
+".............aaaaaaaaaaa"};
+
+/* XPM */
+static const char * const link_xpm[] = {
+"24 30 3 1",
+".	c None",
+"a	c #000000",
+"X	c #FFFFFF",
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) // Windows cursor is traditionally white
+"aa......................",
+"aXa.....................",
+"aXXa....................",
+"aXXXa...................",
+"aXXXXa..................",
+"aXXXXXa.................",
+"aXXXXXXa................",
+"aXXXXXXXa...............",
+"aXXXXXXXXa..............",
+"aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
+"aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
+"aXXXaXXa................",
+"aXXaaXXa................",
+"aXa..aXXa...............",
+"aa...aXXa...............",
+"a.....aXXa..............",
+"......aXXa..............",
+".......aXXa.............",
+".......aXXa.............",
+"........aa...aaaaaaaaaaa",
+#else
+"XX......................",
+"XaX.....................",
+"XaaX....................",
+"XaaaX...................",
+"XaaaaX..................",
+"XaaaaaX.................",
+"XaaaaaaX................",
+"XaaaaaaaX...............",
+"XaaaaaaaaX..............",
+"XaaaaaaaaaX.............",
+"XaaaaaaXXXX.............",
+"XaaaXaaX................",
+"XaaXXaaX................",
+"XaX..XaaX...............",
+"XX...XaaX...............",
+"X.....XaaX..............",
+"......XaaX..............",
+".......XaaX.............",
+".......XaaX.............",
+"........XX...aaaaaaaaaaa",
+#endif
+".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
+".............aXXXaaaaXXa",
+".............aXXXXaaaXXa",
+".............aXXXaaaaXXa",
+".............aXXaaaXaXXa",
+".............aXXaaXXXXXa",
+".............aXXaXXXXXXa",
+".............aXXXaXXXXXa",
+".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
+".............aaaaaaaaaaa"};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+// the universe's only drag manager
+QDragManager * qt_dnd_manager = 0;
+
+
+QDragManager::QDragManager()
+    : QObject( qApp, "global drag manager" )
+{
+    n_cursor = 3;
+    pm_cursor = new QPixmap[n_cursor];
+    pm_cursor[0] = QPixmap((const char **)move_xpm);
+    pm_cursor[1] = QPixmap((const char **)copy_xpm);
+    pm_cursor[2] = QPixmap((const char **)link_xpm);
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    createCursors(); // Xcursors cache can hold only 8 bitmaps (4 cursors)
+#endif
+    object = 0;
+    dragSource = 0;
+    dropWidget = 0;
+    if ( !qt_dnd_manager )
+	qt_dnd_manager = this;
+    beingCancelled = FALSE;
+    restoreCursor = FALSE;
+    willDrop = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+QDragManager::~QDragManager()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( restoreCursor )
+	QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+    qt_dnd_manager = 0;
+    delete [] pm_cursor;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a drag object called \a name, which is a child of \a
+    dragSource.
+
+    Note that the drag object will be deleted when \a dragSource is
+    deleted.
+*/
+
+QDragObject::QDragObject( QWidget * dragSource, const char * name )
+    : QObject( dragSource, name )
+{
+    d = new QDragObjectData();
+    d->pm_cursor = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    if ( !qt_dnd_manager && qApp )
+	(void)new QDragManager();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the drag object, canceling any drag and drop operation in
+    which it is involved, and frees up the storage used.
+*/
+
+QDragObject::~QDragObject()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    if ( qt_dnd_manager && qt_dnd_manager->object == this )
+	qt_dnd_manager->cancel( FALSE );
+    if ( d->pm_cursor ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < qt_dnd_manager->n_cursor; i++ )
+	    qt_dnd_manager->pm_cursor[i] = d->pm_cursor[i];
+	delete [] d->pm_cursor;
+    }
+#endif
+    delete d;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+/*!
+    Set the pixmap \a pm to display while dragging the object. The
+    platform-specific implementation will use this where it can - so
+    provide a small masked pixmap, and do not assume that the user
+    will actually see it. For example, cursors on Windows 95 are of
+    limited size.
+
+    The \a hotspot is the point on (or off) the pixmap that should be
+    under the cursor as it is dragged. It is relative to the top-left
+    pixel of the pixmap.
+
+    \warning We have seen problems with drag cursors on different
+    graphics hardware and driver software on Windows. Setting the
+    graphics acceleration in the display settings down one tick solved
+    the problems in all cases.
+*/
+void QDragObject::setPixmap(QPixmap pm, const QPoint& hotspot)
+{
+    d->pixmap = pm;
+    d->hot = hotspot;
+    if ( qt_dnd_manager && qt_dnd_manager->object == this )
+	qt_dnd_manager->updatePixmap();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    Uses a hotspot that positions the pixmap below and to the right of
+    the mouse pointer. This allows the user to clearly see the point
+    on the window which they are dragging the data onto.
+*/
+void QDragObject::setPixmap(QPixmap pm)
+{
+    setPixmap(pm,QPoint(-10, -10));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the currently set pixmap (which \link QPixmap::isNull()
+    isNull()\endlink if none is set).
+*/
+QPixmap QDragObject::pixmap() const
+{
+    return d->pixmap;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the currently set pixmap hotspot.
+*/
+QPoint QDragObject::pixmapHotSpot() const
+{
+    return d->hot;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+// ## reevaluate for Qt 4
+/*!
+    Set the \a cursor used when dragging in mode \a m.
+    Note: X11 only allow bitmaps for cursors.
+*/
+void QDragObject::setCursor( DragMode m, const QPixmap &cursor )
+{
+    if ( d->pm_cursor == 0 ) {
+	// safe default cursors
+	d->pm_cursor = new QPixmap[qt_dnd_manager->n_cursor];
+	for ( int i = 0; i < qt_dnd_manager->n_cursor; i++ )
+	    d->pm_cursor[i] = qt_dnd_manager->pm_cursor[i];
+    }
+
+    int index;
+    switch ( m ) {
+    case DragCopy:
+	index = 1;
+	break;
+    case DragLink:
+	index = 2;
+	break;
+    default:
+	index = 0;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    // override default cursor
+    for ( index = 0; index < qt_dnd_manager->n_cursor; index++ )
+	qt_dnd_manager->pm_cursor[index] = cursor;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the cursor used when dragging in mode \a m, or null if no cursor
+    has been set for that mode.
+*/
+QPixmap *QDragObject::cursor( DragMode m ) const
+{
+    if ( !d->pm_cursor )
+	return 0;
+
+    int index;
+    switch ( m ) {
+    case DragCopy:
+	index = 1;
+	break;
+    case DragLink:
+	index = 2;
+	break;
+    default:
+	index = 0;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return qt_dnd_manager->pm_cursor+index;
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+/*!
+    Starts a drag operation using the contents of this object, using
+    DragDefault mode.
+
+    The function returns TRUE if the caller should delete the original
+    copy of the dragged data (but see target()); otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    If the drag contains \e references to information (e.g. file names
+    in a QUriDrag are references) then the return value should always
+    be ignored, as the target is expected to manipulate the
+    referred-to content directly. On X11 the return value should
+    always be correct anyway, but on Windows this is not necessarily
+    the case (e.g. the file manager starts a background process to
+    move files, so the source \e{must not} delete the files!)
+*/
+bool QDragObject::drag()
+{
+    return drag( DragDefault );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Starts a drag operation using the contents of this object, using
+    \c DragMove mode. Be sure to read the constraints described in
+    drag().
+
+    \sa drag() dragCopy() dragLink()
+*/
+bool QDragObject::dragMove()
+{
+    return drag( DragMove );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Starts a drag operation using the contents of this object, using
+    \c DragCopy mode. Be sure to read the constraints described in
+    drag().
+
+    \sa drag() dragMove() dragLink()
+*/
+void QDragObject::dragCopy()
+{
+    (void)drag( DragCopy );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Starts a drag operation using the contents of this object, using
+    \c DragLink mode. Be sure to read the constraints described in
+    drag().
+
+    \sa drag() dragCopy() dragMove()
+*/
+void QDragObject::dragLink()
+{
+    (void)drag( DragLink );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDragObject::DragMode
+
+    This enum describes the possible drag modes.
+
+    \value DragDefault  The mode is determined heuristically.
+    \value DragCopy  The data is copied, never moved.
+    \value DragMove  The data is moved, if dragged at all.
+    \value DragLink  The data is linked, if dragged at all.
+    \value DragCopyOrMove  The user chooses the mode by using a
+			   control key to switch from the default.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    Starts a drag operation using the contents of this object.
+
+    At this point, the object becomes owned by Qt, not the
+    application. You should not delete the drag object or anything it
+    references. The actual transfer of data to the target application
+    will be done during future event processing - after that time the
+    drag object will be deleted.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dragged data was dragged as a \e move,
+    indicating that the caller should remove the original source of
+    the data (the drag object must continue to have a copy); otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    The \a mode specifies the drag mode (see
+    \l{QDragObject::DragMode}.) Normally one of the simpler drag(),
+    dragMove(), or dragCopy() functions would be used instead.
+*/
+bool QDragObject::drag( DragMode mode )
+{
+    if ( qt_dnd_manager )
+	return qt_dnd_manager->drag( this, mode );
+    else
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to the drag source where this object originated.
+*/
+
+QWidget * QDragObject::source()
+{
+    if ( parent() && parent()->isWidgetType() )
+	return (QWidget *)parent();
+    else
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QDragObject qdragobject.h
+
+    \brief The QDragObject class encapsulates MIME-based data
+    transfer.
+
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    QDragObject is the base class for all data that needs to be
+    transferred between and within applications, both for drag and
+    drop and for the \link qclipboard.html clipboard\endlink.
+
+    See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+    overview of how to provide drag and drop in your application.
+
+    See the QClipboard documentation for an overview of how to provide
+    cut-and-paste in your application.
+
+    The drag() function is used to start a drag operation. You can
+    specify the \l DragMode in the call or use one of the convenience
+    functions dragCopy(), dragMove() or dragLink(). The drag source
+    where the data originated is retrieved with source(). If the data
+    was dropped on a widget within the application, target() will
+    return a pointer to that widget. Specify the pixmap to display
+    during the drag with setPixmap().
+*/
+
+static
+void stripws(QCString& s)
+{
+    int f;
+    while ( (f=s.find(' ')) >= 0 )
+	s.remove(f,1);
+}
+
+static
+const char * staticCharset(int i)
+{
+    static QCString localcharset;
+
+    switch ( i ) {
+      case 0:
+	return "UTF-8";
+      case 1:
+	return "ISO-10646-UCS-2";
+      case 2:
+	return ""; // in the 3rd place - some Xdnd targets might only look at 3
+      case 3:
+	if ( localcharset.isNull() ) {
+	    QTextCodec *localCodec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+	    if ( localCodec ) {
+		localcharset = localCodec->name();
+		localcharset = localcharset.lower();
+		stripws(localcharset);
+	    } else {
+		localcharset = "";
+	    }
+	}
+	return localcharset;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+class QTextDragPrivate {
+public:
+    QTextDragPrivate();
+
+    enum { nfmt=4 };
+
+    QString txt;
+    QCString fmt[nfmt];
+    QCString subtype;
+
+    void setSubType(const QCString & st)
+    {
+	subtype = st.lower();
+	for ( int i=0; i<nfmt; i++ ) {
+	    fmt[i] = "text/";
+	    fmt[i].append(subtype);
+	    QCString cs = staticCharset(i);
+	    if ( !cs.isEmpty() ) {
+		fmt[i].append(";charset=");
+		fmt[i].append(cs);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+};
+
+inline QTextDragPrivate::QTextDragPrivate()
+{
+    setSubType("plain");
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the MIME subtype of the text being dragged to \a st. The
+    default subtype is "plain", so the default MIME type of the text
+    is "text/plain". You might use this to declare that the text is
+    "text/html" by calling setSubtype("html").
+*/
+void QTextDrag::setSubtype( const QCString & st)
+{
+    d->setSubType(st);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QTextDrag qdragobject.h
+
+    \brief The QTextDrag class is a drag and drop object for
+    transferring plain and Unicode text.
+
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    Plain text is passed in a QString which may contain multiple lines
+    (i.e. may contain newline characters). The drag target will receive
+    the newlines according to the runtime environment, e.g. LF on Unix,
+    and CRLF on Windows.
+
+    Qt provides no built-in mechanism for delivering only a single-line.
+
+    For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject class
+    and the \link dnd.html drag and drop documentation\endlink.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a text drag object and sets its data to \a text. \a
+    dragSource must be the drag source; \a name is the object name.
+*/
+
+QTextDrag::QTextDrag( const QString &text,
+		      QWidget * dragSource, const char * name )
+    : QDragObject( dragSource, name )
+{
+    d = new QTextDragPrivate;
+    setText( text );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a default text drag object. \a dragSource must be the
+    drag source; \a name is the object name.
+*/
+
+QTextDrag::QTextDrag( QWidget * dragSource, const char * name )
+    : QDragObject( dragSource, name )
+{
+    d = new QTextDragPrivate;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the text drag object and frees up all allocated
+    resources.
+*/
+QTextDrag::~QTextDrag()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the text to be dragged to \a text. You will need to call this
+    if you did not pass the text during construction.
+*/
+void QTextDrag::setText( const QString &text )
+{
+    d->txt = text;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+const char * QTextDrag::format(int i) const
+{
+    if ( i >= d->nfmt )
+	return 0;
+    return d->fmt[i];
+}
+
+QTextCodec* qt_findcharset(const QCString& mimetype)
+{
+    int i=mimetype.find("charset=");
+    if ( i >= 0 ) {
+	QCString cs = mimetype.mid(i+8);
+	stripws(cs);
+	i = cs.find(';');
+	if ( i >= 0 )
+	    cs = cs.left(i);
+	// win98 often has charset=utf16, and we need to get the correct codec for
+	// it to be able to get Unicode text drops.
+	if ( cs == "utf16" )
+	    cs = "ISO-10646-UCS-2";
+	// May return 0 if unknown charset
+	return QTextCodec::codecForName(cs);
+    }
+    // no charset=, use locale
+    return QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+}
+
+static QTextCodec *codecForHTML(const QCString &ba)
+{
+    // determine charset
+    int mib = 0;
+    int pos;
+    QTextCodec *c = 0;
+
+    if (ba.size() > 1 && (((uchar)ba[0] == 0xfe && (uchar)ba[1] == 0xff)
+			  || ((uchar)ba[0] == 0xff && (uchar)ba[1] == 0xfe))) {
+	mib = 1000; // utf16
+    } else if (ba.size() > 2
+	       && (uchar)ba[0] == 0xef
+	       && (uchar)ba[1] == 0xbb
+	       && (uchar)ba[2] == 0xbf) {
+	mib = 106; // utf-8
+    } else {
+	pos = 0;
+	while ((pos = ba.find("<meta http-equiv=", pos, FALSE)) != -1) {
+	    int end = ba.find('>', pos+1);
+	    if (end == -1)
+		break;
+	    pos = ba.find("charset=", pos, FALSE) + (int)strlen("charset=");
+	    if (pos != -1 && pos < end) {
+		int pos2 = ba.find('\"', pos+1);
+		QCString cs = ba.mid(pos, pos2-pos);
+		c = QTextCodec::codecForName(cs);
+		if (c)
+		    return c;
+	    }
+	    pos = end;
+	}
+    }
+    if (mib)
+	c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(mib);
+
+    return c;
+}
+
+static
+QTextCodec* findcodec(const QMimeSource* e)
+{
+    QTextCodec* r = 0;
+    const char* f;
+    int i;
+    for ( i=0; (f=e->format(i)); i++ ) {
+	bool html = !qstrnicmp(f, "text/html", 9);
+	if (html)
+	    r = codecForHTML(QCString(e->encodedData(f)));
+	if (!r)
+	    r = qt_findcharset(QCString(f).lower());
+	if (r)
+	    return r;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QByteArray QTextDrag::encodedData(const char* mime) const
+{
+    QCString r;
+    if ( 0==qstrnicmp(mime,"text/",5) ) {
+	QCString m(mime);
+	m = m.lower();
+	QTextCodec *codec = qt_findcharset(m);
+	if ( !codec )
+	    return r;
+	QString text( d->txt );
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	int index = text.find( QString::fromLatin1("\r\n"), 0 );
+	while ( index != -1 ) {
+	    text.replace( index, 2, QChar('\n') );
+	    index = text.find( "\r\n", index );
+	}
+#endif
+	r = codec->fromUnicode(text);
+	if (!codec || codec->mibEnum() != 1000) {
+	    // Don't include NUL in size (QCString::resize() adds NUL)
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	    // This is needed to ensure the \0 isn't lost on Windows 95
+	    if ( qWinVersion() & Qt::WV_DOS_based )
+		((QByteArray&)r).resize(r.length()+1);
+	    else
+#endif
+		((QByteArray&)r).resize(r.length());
+	}
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the information in \a e can be decoded into a
+    QString; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa decode()
+*/
+bool QTextDrag::canDecode( const QMimeSource* e )
+{
+    const char* f;
+    for (int i=0; (f=e->format(i)); i++) {
+	if ( 0==qstrnicmp(f,"text/",5) ) {
+	    return findcodec(e) != 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Attempts to decode the dropped information in \a e into \a str.
+    Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. If \a subtype
+    is null, any text subtype is accepted; otherwise only the
+    specified \a subtype is accepted.
+
+    \sa canDecode()
+*/
+bool QTextDrag::decode( const QMimeSource* e, QString& str, QCString& subtype )
+{
+    if(!e)
+	return FALSE;
+        
+    // when subtype is not specified, try text/plain first, otherwise this may read
+    // things like text/x-moz-url even though better targets are available
+    if( subtype.isNull()) {
+        QCString subtmp = "plain";
+        if( decode( e, str, subtmp )) {
+            subtype = subtmp;
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( e->cacheType == QMimeSource::Text ) {
+	str = *e->cache.txt.str;
+	subtype = *e->cache.txt.subtype;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    const char* mime;
+    for (int i=0; (mime = e->format(i)); i++) {
+	if ( 0==qstrnicmp(mime,"text/",5) ) {
+	    QCString m(mime);
+	    m = m.lower();
+	    int semi = m.find(';');
+	    if ( semi < 0 )
+		semi = m.length();
+	    QCString foundst = m.mid(5,semi-5);
+	    if ( subtype.isNull() || foundst == subtype ) {
+		bool html = !qstrnicmp(mime, "text/html", 9);
+		QTextCodec* codec = 0;
+                if (html) {
+                    QByteArray bytes = e->encodedData(mime);
+		    // search for the charset tag in the HTML
+		    codec = codecForHTML(QCString(bytes.data(), bytes.size()));
+                }
+		if (!codec)
+		    codec = qt_findcharset(m);
+		if ( codec ) {
+		    QByteArray payload;
+
+		    payload = e->encodedData(mime);
+		    if ( payload.size() ) {
+			int l;
+			if ( codec->mibEnum() != 1000) {
+			    // length is at NUL or payload.size()
+			    l = 0;
+			    while ( l < (int)payload.size() && payload[l] )
+				l++;
+			} else {
+			    l = payload.size();
+			}
+
+			str = codec->toUnicode(payload,l);
+
+			if ( subtype.isNull() )
+			    subtype = foundst;
+
+			QMimeSource *m = (QMimeSource*)e;
+			m->clearCache();
+			m->cacheType = QMimeSource::Text;
+			m->cache.txt.str = new QString( str );
+			m->cache.txt.subtype = new QCString( subtype );
+
+			return TRUE;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Attempts to decode the dropped information in \a e into \a str.
+    Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa canDecode()
+*/
+bool QTextDrag::decode( const QMimeSource* e, QString& str )
+{
+    QCString st;
+    return decode(e,str,st);
+}
+
+
+/*
+  QImageDrag could use an internal MIME type for communicating QPixmaps
+  and QImages rather than always converting to raw data. This is available
+  for that purpose and others. It is not currently used.
+*/
+class QImageDragData
+{
+public:
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QImageDrag qdragobject.h
+
+    \brief The QImageDrag class provides a drag and drop object for
+    transferring images.
+
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    Images are offered to the receiving application in multiple
+    formats, determined by Qt's \link QImage::outputFormats() output
+    formats\endlink.
+
+    For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject
+    class and the \link dnd.html drag and drop documentation\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an image drag object and sets its data to \a image. \a
+    dragSource must be the drag source; \a name is the object name.
+*/
+
+QImageDrag::QImageDrag( QImage image,
+			QWidget * dragSource, const char * name )
+    : QDragObject( dragSource, name ),
+	d(0)
+{
+    setImage( image );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a default image drag object. \a dragSource must be the
+    drag source; \a name is the object name.
+*/
+
+QImageDrag::QImageDrag( QWidget * dragSource, const char * name )
+    : QDragObject( dragSource, name ),
+	d(0)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the image drag object and frees up all allocated
+    resources.
+*/
+
+QImageDrag::~QImageDrag()
+{
+    // nothing
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the image to be dragged to \a image. You will need to call
+    this if you did not pass the image during construction.
+*/
+void QImageDrag::setImage( QImage image )
+{
+    img = image; // ### detach?
+    ofmts = QImage::outputFormats();
+    ofmts.remove("PBM"); // remove non-raw PPM
+    if ( image.depth()!=32 ) {
+	// BMP better than PPM for paletted images
+	if ( ofmts.remove("BMP") ) // move to front
+	    ofmts.insert(0,"BMP");
+    }
+    // PNG is best of all
+    if ( ofmts.remove("PNG") ) // move to front
+	ofmts.insert(0,"PNG");
+
+    if(cacheType == QMimeSource::NoCache) { //cache it
+	cacheType = QMimeSource::Graphics;
+	cache.gfx.img = new QImage( img );
+	cache.gfx.pix = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+const char * QImageDrag::format(int i) const
+{
+    if ( i < (int)ofmts.count() ) {
+	static QCString str;
+	str.sprintf("image/%s",(((QImageDrag*)this)->ofmts).at(i));
+	str = str.lower();
+	if ( str == "image/pbmraw" )
+	    str = "image/ppm";
+	return str;
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QByteArray QImageDrag::encodedData(const char* fmt) const
+{
+    if ( qstrnicmp( fmt, "image/", 6 )==0 ) {
+	QCString f = fmt+6;
+	QByteArray data;
+	QBuffer w( data );
+	w.open( IO_WriteOnly );
+	QImageIO io( &w, f.upper() );
+	io.setImage( img );
+	if  ( !io.write() )
+	    return QByteArray();
+	w.close();
+	return data;
+    } else {
+	return QByteArray();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the information in mime source \a e can be decoded
+    into an image; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa decode()
+*/
+bool QImageDrag::canDecode( const QMimeSource* e ) {
+    QStrList fileFormats = QImageIO::inputFormats();
+
+    fileFormats.first();
+    while ( fileFormats.current()) {
+	QCString format = fileFormats.current();
+	QCString type = "image/" + format.lower();
+	if ( e->provides(type.data()))
+	    return TRUE;
+	fileFormats.next();
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Attempts to decode the dropped information in mime source \a e
+    into \a img. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa canDecode()
+*/
+bool QImageDrag::decode( const QMimeSource* e, QImage& img )
+{
+    if ( !e )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( e->cacheType == QMimeSource::Graphics ) {
+	img = *e->cache.gfx.img;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    QByteArray payload;
+    QStrList fileFormats = QImageIO::inputFormats();
+    // PNG is best of all
+    if ( fileFormats.remove("PNG") ) // move to front
+	fileFormats.insert(0,"PNG");
+    fileFormats.first();
+    while ( fileFormats.current() ) {
+	QCString format = fileFormats.current();
+	fileFormats.next();
+
+       	QCString type = "image/" + format.lower();
+	if ( ! e->provides( type.data() ) ) continue;
+	payload = e->encodedData( type.data() );
+	if ( !payload.isEmpty() )
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if ( payload.isEmpty() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    img.loadFromData(payload);
+    if ( img.isNull() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QMimeSource *m = (QMimeSource*)e;
+    m->clearCache();
+    m->cacheType = QMimeSource::Graphics;
+    m->cache.gfx.img = new QImage( img );
+    m->cache.gfx.pix = 0;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Attempts to decode the dropped information in mime source \a e
+    into pixmap \a pm. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    This is a convenience function that converts to a QPixmap via a
+    QImage.
+
+    \sa canDecode()
+*/
+bool QImageDrag::decode( const QMimeSource* e, QPixmap& pm )
+{
+    if ( !e )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( e->cacheType == QMimeSource::Graphics && e->cache.gfx.pix) {
+	pm = *e->cache.gfx.pix;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    QImage img;
+    // We avoid dither, since the image probably came from this display
+    if ( decode( e, img ) ) {
+	if ( !pm.convertFromImage( img, AvoidDither ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+	// decode initialized the cache for us
+
+	QMimeSource *m = (QMimeSource*)e;
+	m->cache.gfx.pix = new QPixmap( pm );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QStoredDrag qdragobject.h
+    \brief The QStoredDrag class provides a simple stored-value drag object for arbitrary MIME data.
+
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    When a block of data has only one representation, you can use a
+    QStoredDrag to hold it.
+
+    For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject
+    class and the \link dnd.html drag and drop documentation\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QStoredDrag. The \a dragSource and \a name are passed
+    to the QDragObject constructor, and the format is set to \a
+    mimeType.
+
+    The data will be unset. Use setEncodedData() to set it.
+*/
+QStoredDrag::QStoredDrag( const char* mimeType, QWidget * dragSource, const char * name ) :
+    QDragObject(dragSource,name)
+{
+    d = new QStoredDragData();
+    d->fmt = qstrdup(mimeType);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the drag object and frees up all allocated resources.
+*/
+QStoredDrag::~QStoredDrag()
+{
+    delete [] (char*)d->fmt;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+const char * QStoredDrag::format(int i) const
+{
+    if ( i==0 )
+	return d->fmt;
+    else
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the encoded data of this drag object to \a encodedData. The
+    encoded data is what's delivered to the drop sites. It must be in
+    a strictly defined and portable format.
+
+    The drag object can't be dropped (by the user) until this function
+    has been called.
+*/
+
+void QStoredDrag::setEncodedData( const QByteArray & encodedData )
+{
+    d->enc = encodedData.copy();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the stored data. \a m contains the data's format.
+
+    \sa setEncodedData()
+*/
+QByteArray QStoredDrag::encodedData(const char* m) const
+{
+    if ( !qstricmp(m,d->fmt) )
+	return d->enc;
+    else
+	return QByteArray();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QUriDrag qdragobject.h
+    \brief The QUriDrag class provides a drag object for a list of URI references.
+
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    URIs are a useful way to refer to files that may be distributed
+    across multiple machines. A URI will often refer to a file on a
+    machine local to both the drag source and the drop target, so the
+    URI can be equivalent to passing a file name but is more
+    extensible.
+
+    Use URIs in Unicode form so that the user can comfortably edit and
+    view them. For use in HTTP or other protocols, use the correctly
+    escaped ASCII form.
+
+    You can convert a list of file names to file URIs using
+    setFileNames(), or into human-readble form with setUnicodeUris().
+
+    Static functions are provided to convert between filenames and
+    URIs, e.g. uriToLocalFile() and localFileToUri(), and to and from
+    human-readable form, e.g. uriToUnicodeUri(), unicodeUriToUri().
+    You can also decode URIs from a mimesource into a list with
+    decodeLocalFiles() and decodeToUnicodeUris().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an object to drag the list of URIs in \a uris. The \a
+    dragSource and \a name arguments are passed on to QStoredDrag.
+    Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding.
+*/
+QUriDrag::QUriDrag( QStrList uris,
+	    QWidget * dragSource, const char * name ) :
+    QStoredDrag( "text/uri-list", dragSource, name )
+{
+    setUris(uris);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an object to drag. You must call setUris() before you
+    start the drag(). Passes \a dragSource and \a name to the
+    QStoredDrag constructor.
+*/
+QUriDrag::QUriDrag( QWidget * dragSource, const char * name ) :
+    QStoredDrag( "text/uri-list", dragSource, name )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object.
+*/
+QUriDrag::~QUriDrag()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Changes the list of \a uris to be dragged.
+
+    Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding.
+*/
+void QUriDrag::setUris( QStrList uris )
+{
+    QByteArray a;
+    int c=0;
+    for ( const char* s = uris.first(); s; s = uris.next() ) {
+	int l = qstrlen(s);
+	a.resize(c+l+2);
+	memcpy(a.data()+c,s,l);
+	memcpy(a.data()+c+l,"\r\n",2);
+	c+=l+2;
+    }
+    a.resize(c+1);
+    a[c] = 0;
+    setEncodedData(a);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if decode() would be able to decode \a e; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QUriDrag::canDecode( const QMimeSource* e )
+{
+    return e->provides( "text/uri-list" );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Decodes URIs from \a e, placing the result in \a l (which is first
+    cleared).
+
+    Returns TRUE if \a e contained a valid list of URIs; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QUriDrag::decode( const QMimeSource* e, QStrList& l )
+{
+    QByteArray payload = e->encodedData( "text/uri-list" );
+    if ( payload.size() ) {
+	l.clear();
+	l.setAutoDelete(TRUE);
+	uint c=0;
+	const char* d = payload.data();
+	while (c < payload.size() && d[c]) {
+	    uint f = c;
+	    // Find line end
+	    while (c < payload.size() && d[c] && d[c]!='\r'
+		    && d[c] != '\n')
+		c++;
+	    QCString s(d+f,c-f+1);
+	    if ( s[0] != '#' ) // non-comment?
+		l.append( s );
+	    // Skip junk
+	    while (c < payload.size() && d[c] &&
+		    (d[c]=='\n' || d[c]=='\r'))
+		c++;
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static uint htod( int h )
+{
+    if ( isdigit(h) )
+	return h - '0';
+    return tolower( h ) - 'a' + 10;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QUriDrag::setFilenames( const QStringList & )
+  \obsolete
+
+  Use setFileNames() instead (notice the N).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the URIs to be the local-file URIs equivalent to \a fnames.
+
+    \sa localFileToUri(), setUris()
+*/
+void QUriDrag::setFileNames( const QStringList & fnames )
+{
+    QStrList uris;
+    for ( QStringList::ConstIterator i = fnames.begin();
+    i != fnames.end(); ++i ) {
+	QCString fileUri = localFileToUri(*i);
+	if (!fileUri.isEmpty())
+	    uris.append(fileUri);
+    }
+    setUris( uris );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the URIs in \a uuris to be the Unicode URIs (only useful for
+    displaying to humans).
+
+    \sa localFileToUri(), setUris()
+*/
+void QUriDrag::setUnicodeUris( const QStringList & uuris )
+{
+    QStrList uris;
+    for ( QStringList::ConstIterator i = uuris.begin();
+	    i != uuris.end(); ++i )
+	uris.append( unicodeUriToUri(*i) );
+    setUris( uris );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the URI equivalent of the Unicode URI given in \a uuri
+    (only useful for displaying to humans).
+
+    \sa uriToLocalFile()
+*/
+QCString QUriDrag::unicodeUriToUri(const QString& uuri)
+{
+    QCString utf8 = uuri.utf8();
+    QCString escutf8;
+    int n = utf8.length();
+    bool isFile = uuri.startsWith("file://");
+    for (int i=0; i<n; i++) {
+	if ( utf8[i] >= 'a' && utf8[i] <= 'z'
+	  || utf8[i] == '/'
+	  || utf8[i] >= '0' && utf8[i] <= '9'
+	  || utf8[i] >= 'A' && utf8[i] <= 'Z'
+
+	  || utf8[i] == '-' || utf8[i] == '_'
+	  || utf8[i] == '.' || utf8[i] == '!'
+	  || utf8[i] == '~' || utf8[i] == '*'
+	  || utf8[i] == '(' || utf8[i] == ')'
+	  || utf8[i] == '\''
+
+	  // Allow this through, so that all URI-references work.
+          || (!isFile && utf8[i] == '#')
+
+	  || utf8[i] == ';'
+	  || utf8[i] == '?' || utf8[i] == ':'
+	  || utf8[i] == '@' || utf8[i] == '&'
+	  || utf8[i] == '=' || utf8[i] == '+'
+	  || utf8[i] == '$' || utf8[i] == ',' )
+	{
+	    escutf8 += utf8[i];
+	} else {
+	    // Everything else is escaped as %HH
+	    QCString s(4);
+	    s.sprintf("%%%02x",(uchar)utf8[i]);
+	    escutf8 += s;
+	}
+    }
+    return escutf8;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the URI equivalent to the absolute local file \a filename.
+
+    \sa uriToLocalFile()
+*/
+QCString QUriDrag::localFileToUri(const QString& filename)
+{
+    QString r = filename;
+
+    //check that it is an absolute file
+    if (QDir::isRelativePath(r))
+	return QCString();
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+
+
+    bool hasHost = FALSE;
+    // convert form network path
+    if (r.left(2) == "\\\\" || r.left(2) == "//") {
+	r.remove(0, 2);
+	hasHost = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // Slosh -> Slash
+    int slosh;
+    while ( (slosh=r.find('\\')) >= 0 ) {
+	r[slosh] = '/';
+    }
+
+    // Drive
+    if ( r[0] != '/' && !hasHost)
+	r.insert(0,'/');
+
+#endif
+#if defined ( Q_WS_X11 ) && 0
+    // URL without the hostname is considered to be errorneous by XDnD.
+    // See: http://www.newplanetsoftware.com/xdnd/dragging_files.html
+    // This feature is not active because this would break dnd between old and new qt apps.
+    char hostname[257];
+    if ( gethostname( hostname, 255 ) == 0 ) {
+	hostname[256] = '\0';
+	r.prepend( QString::fromLatin1( hostname ) );
+    }
+#endif
+    return unicodeUriToUri(QString("file://" + r));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the Unicode URI (only useful for displaying to humans)
+    equivalent of \a uri.
+
+    Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding.
+
+    \sa localFileToUri()
+*/
+QString QUriDrag::uriToUnicodeUri(const char* uri)
+{
+    QCString utf8;
+
+    while (*uri) {
+	switch (*uri) {
+	  case '%': {
+		uint ch = (uchar) uri[1];
+		if ( ch && uri[2] ) {
+		    ch = htod( ch ) * 16 + htod( (uchar) uri[2] );
+		    utf8 += (char) ch;
+		    uri += 2;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    utf8 += *uri;
+	}
+	++uri;
+    }
+
+    return QString::fromUtf8(utf8);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of a local file equivalent to \a uri or a null
+    string if \a uri is not a local file.
+
+    Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding.
+
+    \sa localFileToUri()
+*/
+QString QUriDrag::uriToLocalFile(const char* uri)
+{
+    QString file;
+
+    if (!uri)
+	return file;
+    if (0==qstrnicmp(uri,"file:/",6)) // It is a local file uri
+	uri += 6;
+    else if (QString(uri).find(":/") != -1) // It is a different scheme uri
+	return file;
+
+    bool local = uri[0] != '/' || ( uri[0] != '\0' && uri[1] == '/' );
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    // do we have a hostname?
+    if ( !local && uri[0] == '/' && uri[2] != '/' ) {
+	// then move the pointer to after the 'hostname/' part of the uri
+	const char* hostname_end = strchr( uri+1, '/' );
+	if ( hostname_end != NULL ) {
+	    char hostname[ 257 ];
+	    if ( gethostname( hostname, 255 ) == 0 ) {
+		hostname[ 256 ] = '\0';
+		if ( qstrncmp( uri+1, hostname, hostname_end - ( uri+1 )) == 0 ) {
+		    uri = hostname_end + 1; // point after the slash
+		    local = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( local ) {
+	file = uriToUnicodeUri(uri);
+	if ( uri[1] == '/' ) {
+	    file.remove((uint)0,1);
+	} else {
+		file.insert(0,'/');
+	}
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	if ( file.length() > 2 && file[0] == '/' && file[2] == '|' ) {
+	    file[2] = ':';
+	    file.remove(0,1);
+	} else if (file.length() > 2 && file[0] == '/' && file[1].isLetter() && file[2] == ':') {
+	    file.remove(0, 1);
+	}
+	// Leave slash as slashes.
+#endif
+    }
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    else {
+	file = uriToUnicodeUri(uri);
+	// convert to network path
+	file.insert(1, '/'); // leave as forward slashes
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return file;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Decodes URIs from the mime source event \a e, converts them to
+    local files if they refer to local files, and places them in \a l
+    (which is first cleared).
+
+    Returns TRUE if \e contained a valid list of URIs; otherwise
+    returns FALSE. The list will be empty if no URIs were local files.
+*/
+bool QUriDrag::decodeLocalFiles( const QMimeSource* e, QStringList& l )
+{
+    QStrList u;
+    if ( !decode( e, u ) )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    l.clear();
+    for (const char* s=u.first(); s; s=u.next()) {
+	QString lf = uriToLocalFile(s);
+	if ( !lf.isNull() )
+	    l.append( lf );
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Decodes URIs from the mime source event \a e, converts them to
+    Unicode URIs (only useful for displaying to humans), placing them
+    in \a l (which is first cleared).
+
+    Returns TRUE if \e contained a valid list of URIs; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QUriDrag::decodeToUnicodeUris( const QMimeSource* e, QStringList& l )
+{
+    QStrList u;
+    if ( !decode( e, u ) )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    l.clear();
+    for (const char* s=u.first(); s; s=u.next())
+	l.append( uriToUnicodeUri(s) );
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+/*!
+    If the source of the drag operation is a widget in this
+    application, this function returns that source, otherwise it
+    returns 0. The source of the operation is the first parameter to
+    drag object subclasses.
+
+    This is useful if your widget needs special behavior when dragging
+    to itself, etc.
+
+    See QDragObject::QDragObject() and subclasses.
+*/
+QWidget* QDropEvent::source() const
+{
+    return qt_dnd_manager ? qt_dnd_manager->dragSource : 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \class QColorDrag qdragobject.h
+
+    \brief The QColorDrag class provides a drag and drop object for
+    transferring colors.
+
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    This class provides a drag object which can be used to transfer data
+    about colors for drag and drop and in the clipboard. For example, it
+    is used in QColorDialog.
+
+    The color is set in the constructor but can be changed with
+    setColor().
+
+    For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject class
+    and the \link dnd.html drag and drop documentation\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color drag object with the color \a col. Passes \a
+    dragsource and \a name to the QStoredDrag constructor.
+*/
+
+QColorDrag::QColorDrag( const QColor &col, QWidget *dragsource, const char *name )
+    : QStoredDrag( "application/x-color", dragsource, name )
+{
+    setColor( col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color drag object with a white color. Passes \a
+    dragsource and \a name to the QStoredDrag constructor.
+*/
+
+QColorDrag::QColorDrag( QWidget *dragsource, const char *name )
+    : QStoredDrag( "application/x-color", dragsource, name )
+{
+    setColor( Qt::white );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the color of the color drag to \a col.
+*/
+
+void QColorDrag::setColor( const QColor &col )
+{
+    short r = (col.red()   << 8) | col.red();
+    short g = (col.green() << 8) | col.green();
+    short b = (col.blue()  << 8) | col.blue();
+
+    // make sure we transmit data in network order
+    r = htons(r);
+    g = htons(g);
+    b = htons(b);
+
+    ushort rgba[4] = {
+	r, g, b,
+	0xffff // Alpha not supported yet.
+    };
+    QByteArray data(sizeof(rgba));
+    memcpy(data.data(), rgba, sizeof(rgba));
+    setEncodedData(data);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the color drag object can decode the mime source
+    \a e; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QColorDrag::canDecode( QMimeSource *e )
+{
+    return e->provides( "application/x-color" );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Decodes the mime source \a e and sets the decoded values to \a
+    col.
+*/
+
+bool QColorDrag::decode( QMimeSource *e, QColor &col )
+{
+    QByteArray data = e->encodedData("application/x-color");
+    ushort rgba[4];
+    if (data.size() != sizeof(rgba))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    memcpy(rgba, data.data(), sizeof(rgba));
+
+    short r = rgba[0];
+    short g = rgba[1];
+    short b = rgba[2];
+
+    // data is in network order
+    r = ntohs(r);
+    g = ntohs(g);
+    b = ntohs(b);
+
+    r = (r >> 8) & 0xff;
+    g = (g >> 8) & 0xff;
+    b = (b >> 8) & 0xff;
+
+    col.setRgb(r, g, b);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_MIME
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdragobject.h b/src/kernel/qdragobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d04a045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdragobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QDragObject
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QDRAGOBJECT_H
+#define QDRAGOBJECT_H
+
+class QWidget;
+class QTextDragPrivate;
+class QDragObjectData;
+class QStoredDragData;
+class QImageDragData;
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qstrlist.h"
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDragObject: public QObject, public QMimeSource {
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDragObject( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    virtual ~QDragObject();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    bool drag();
+    bool dragMove();
+    void dragCopy();
+    void dragLink();
+
+    virtual void setPixmap(QPixmap);
+    virtual void setPixmap(QPixmap, const QPoint& hotspot);
+    QPixmap pixmap() const;
+    QPoint pixmapHotSpot() const;
+#endif
+
+    QWidget * source();
+    static QWidget * target();
+
+    static void setTarget(QWidget*);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    enum DragMode { DragDefault, DragCopy, DragMove, DragLink, DragCopyOrMove };
+
+protected:
+    virtual bool drag(DragMode);
+#endif
+
+private:
+    QDragObjectData * d;
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QDragObject( const QDragObject & );
+    QDragObject &operator=( const QDragObject & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QStoredDrag: public QDragObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+    QStoredDragData * d;
+
+public:
+    QStoredDrag( const char * mimeType,
+		 QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~QStoredDrag();
+
+    virtual void setEncodedData( const QByteArray & );
+
+    const char * format(int i) const;
+    virtual QByteArray encodedData(const char*) const;
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QStoredDrag( const QStoredDrag & );
+    QStoredDrag &operator=( const QStoredDrag & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextDrag: public QDragObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+    QTextDragPrivate* d;
+public:
+    QTextDrag( const QString &,
+	       QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    QTextDrag( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~QTextDrag();
+
+    virtual void setText( const QString &);
+    virtual void setSubtype( const QCString &);
+
+    const char * format(int i) const;
+    virtual QByteArray encodedData(const char*) const;
+
+    static bool canDecode( const QMimeSource* e );
+    static bool decode( const QMimeSource* e, QString& s );
+    static bool decode( const QMimeSource* e, QString& s, QCString& subtype );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QTextDrag( const QTextDrag & );
+    QTextDrag &operator=( const QTextDrag & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QImageDrag: public QDragObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+    QImage img;
+    QStrList ofmts;
+    QImageDragData* d;
+
+public:
+    QImageDrag( QImage image, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    QImageDrag( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~QImageDrag();
+
+    virtual void setImage( QImage image );
+
+    const char * format(int i) const;
+    virtual QByteArray encodedData(const char*) const;
+
+    static bool canDecode( const QMimeSource* e );
+    static bool decode( const QMimeSource* e, QImage& i );
+    static bool decode( const QMimeSource* e, QPixmap& i );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QImageDrag( const QImageDrag & );
+    QImageDrag &operator=( const QImageDrag & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QUriDrag: public QStoredDrag {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QUriDrag( QStrList uris, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    QUriDrag( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~QUriDrag();
+
+    void setFilenames( const QStringList & fnames ) { setFileNames( fnames ); }
+    void setFileNames( const QStringList & fnames );
+    void setUnicodeUris( const QStringList & uuris );
+    virtual void setUris( QStrList uris );
+
+    static QString uriToLocalFile(const char*);
+    static QCString localFileToUri(const QString&);
+    static QString uriToUnicodeUri(const char*);
+    static QCString unicodeUriToUri(const QString&);
+    static bool canDecode( const QMimeSource* e );
+    static bool decode( const QMimeSource* e, QStrList& i );
+    static bool decodeToUnicodeUris( const QMimeSource* e, QStringList& i );
+    static bool decodeLocalFiles( const QMimeSource* e, QStringList& i );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QUriDrag( const QUriDrag & );
+    QUriDrag &operator=( const QUriDrag & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QColorDrag : public QStoredDrag
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    QColor color;
+
+public:
+    QColorDrag( const QColor &col, QWidget *dragsource = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    QColorDrag( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    void setColor( const QColor &col );
+
+    static bool canDecode( QMimeSource * );
+    static bool decode( QMimeSource *, QColor &col );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QColorDrag( const QColorDrag & );
+    QColorDrag &operator=( const QColorDrag & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+typedef QUriDrag QUrlDrag;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+// QDragManager is not part of the public API.  It is defined in a
+// header file simply so different .cpp files can implement different
+// member functions.
+//
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDragManager: public QObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+private:
+    QDragManager();
+    ~QDragManager();
+    // only friend classes can use QDragManager.
+    friend class QDragObject;
+    friend class QDragMoveEvent;
+    friend class QDropEvent;
+    friend class QApplication;
+
+    bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * );
+    void timerEvent( QTimerEvent* );
+
+    bool drag( QDragObject *, QDragObject::DragMode );
+
+    void cancel( bool deleteSource = TRUE );
+    void move( const QPoint & );
+    void drop();
+    void updatePixmap();
+    void updatePixmap( const QPoint& cursorPos );
+
+private:
+    QDragObject * object;
+    bool updateMode( ButtonState newstate );
+    void updateCursor();
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    void createCursors();
+#endif
+
+    QWidget * dragSource;
+    QWidget * dropWidget;
+    bool beingCancelled;
+    bool restoreCursor;
+    bool willDrop;
+
+    QPixmap *pm_cursor;
+    int n_cursor;
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QDragManager( const QDragManager & );
+    QDragManager &operator=( const QDragManager & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // QT_NO_MIME
+
+#endif // QDRAGOBJECT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdrawutil.cpp b/src/kernel/qdrawutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcac422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdrawutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,957 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of draw utilities
+**
+** Created : 950920
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qdrawutil.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAWUTIL
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qpixmapcache.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPainter
+
+    \c{#include <qdrawutil.h>}
+
+    Draws a horizontal (\a y1 == \a y2) or vertical (\a x1 == \a x2)
+    shaded line using the painter \a p.
+
+    Nothing is drawn if \a y1 != \a y2 and \a x1 != \a x2 (i.e. the
+    line is neither horizontal nor vertical).
+
+    The color group argument \a g specifies the shading colors (\link
+    QColorGroup::light() light\endlink, \link QColorGroup::dark()
+    dark\endlink and \link QColorGroup::mid() middle\endlink colors).
+
+    The line appears sunken if \a sunken is TRUE, or raised if \a
+    sunken is FALSE.
+
+    The \a lineWidth argument specifies the line width for each of the
+    lines. It is not the total line width.
+
+    The \a midLineWidth argument specifies the width of a middle line
+    drawn in the QColorGroup::mid() color.
+
+    If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it
+    display a shaded line, for example \c{QFrame::setFrameStyle(
+    QFrame::HLine | QFrame::Sunken )}.
+
+    \warning This function does not look at QWidget::style() or
+    QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make
+    widgets that follow the current GUI style.
+
+    \sa qDrawShadeRect(), qDrawShadePanel(), QStyle::drawPrimitive()
+*/
+
+void qDrawShadeLine( QPainter *p, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2,
+		     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		     int lineWidth, int midLineWidth )
+{
+    if (!( p && lineWidth >= 0 && midLineWidth >= 0 ) )	{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "qDrawShadeLine invalid parameters." );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    int tlw = lineWidth*2 + midLineWidth;	// total line width
+    QPen oldPen = p->pen();			// save pen
+    if ( sunken )
+	p->setPen( g.dark() );
+    else
+	p->setPen( g.light() );
+    QPointArray a;
+    int i;
+    if ( y1 == y2 ) {				// horizontal line
+	int y = y1 - tlw/2;
+	if ( x1 > x2 ) {			// swap x1 and x2
+	    int t = x1;
+	    x1 = x2;
+	    x2 = t;
+	}
+	x2--;
+	for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// draw top shadow
+	    a.setPoints( 3, x1+i, y+tlw-1-i,
+			 x1+i, y+i,
+			 x2-i, y+i );
+	    p->drawPolyline( a );
+	}
+	if ( midLineWidth > 0 ) {
+	    p->setPen( g.mid() );
+	    for ( i=0; i<midLineWidth; i++ )	// draw lines in the middle
+		p->drawLine( x1+lineWidth, y+lineWidth+i,
+			     x2-lineWidth, y+lineWidth+i );
+	}
+	if ( sunken )
+	    p->setPen( g.light() );
+	else
+	    p->setPen( g.dark() );
+	for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// draw bottom shadow
+	    a.setPoints( 3, x1+i, y+tlw-i-1,
+			 x2-i, y+tlw-i-1,
+			 x2-i, y+i+1 );
+	    p->drawPolyline( a );
+	}
+    }
+    else if ( x1 == x2 ) {			// vertical line
+	int x = x1 - tlw/2;
+	if ( y1 > y2 ) {			// swap y1 and y2
+	    int t = y1;
+	    y1 = y2;
+	    y2 = t;
+	}
+	y2--;
+	for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// draw left shadow
+	    a.setPoints( 3, x+i, y2,
+			 x+i, y1+i,
+			 x+tlw-1, y1+i );
+	    p->drawPolyline( a );
+	}
+	if ( midLineWidth > 0 ) {
+	    p->setPen( g.mid() );
+	    for ( i=0; i<midLineWidth; i++ )	// draw lines in the middle
+		p->drawLine( x+lineWidth+i, y1+lineWidth, x+lineWidth+i, y2 );
+	}
+	if ( sunken )
+	    p->setPen( g.light() );
+	else
+	    p->setPen( g.dark() );
+	for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// draw right shadow
+	    a.setPoints( 3, x+lineWidth, y2-i,
+			 x+tlw-i-1, y2-i,
+			 x+tlw-i-1, y1+lineWidth );
+	    p->drawPolyline( a );
+	}
+    }
+    p->setPen( oldPen );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPainter
+
+    \c{#include <qdrawutil.h>}
+
+    Draws the shaded rectangle specified by (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h)
+    using the painter \a p.
+
+    The color group argument \a g specifies the shading colors (\link
+    QColorGroup::light() light\endlink, \link QColorGroup::dark()
+    dark\endlink and \link QColorGroup::mid() middle\endlink colors).
+
+    The rectangle appears sunken if \a sunken is TRUE, or raised if \a
+    sunken is FALSE.
+
+    The \a lineWidth argument specifies the line width for each of the
+    lines. It is not the total line width.
+
+    The \a midLineWidth argument specifies the width of a middle line
+    drawn in the QColorGroup::mid() color.
+
+    The rectangle's interior is filled with the \a fill brush unless
+    \a fill is 0.
+
+    If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it
+    display a shaded rectangle, for example \c{QFrame::setFrameStyle(
+    QFrame::Box | QFrame::Raised )}.
+
+    \warning This function does not look at QWidget::style() or
+    QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make
+    widgets that follow the current GUI style.
+
+    \sa qDrawShadeLine(), qDrawShadePanel(), qDrawPlainRect(),
+    QStyle::drawItem(), QStyle::drawControl()
+    QStyle::drawComplexControl()
+*/
+
+void qDrawShadeRect( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		     int lineWidth, int midLineWidth,
+		     const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( ! ( w > 0 && h > 0 && lineWidth >= 0 && midLineWidth >= 0 ) ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "qDrawShadeRect(): Invalid parameters" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    QPen oldPen = p->pen();
+    if ( sunken )
+	p->setPen( g.dark() );
+    else
+	p->setPen( g.light() );
+    int x1=x, y1=y, x2=x+w-1, y2=y+h-1;
+    QPointArray a;
+
+    if ( lineWidth == 1 && midLineWidth == 0 ) {// standard shade rectangle
+	p->drawRect( x1, y1, w-1, h-1 );
+	if ( sunken )
+	    p->setPen( g.light() );
+	else
+	    p->setPen( g.dark() );
+	a.setPoints( 8, x1+1,y1+1, x2-2,y1+1, x1+1,y1+2, x1+1,y2-2,
+		     x1,y2, x2,y2,  x2,y1, x2,y2-1 );
+	p->drawLineSegments( a );		// draw bottom/right lines
+    } else {					// more complicated
+	int m = lineWidth+midLineWidth;
+	int i, j=0, k=m;
+	for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// draw top shadow
+	    a.setPoints( 8, x1+i, y2-i, x1+i, y1+i, x1+i, y1+i, x2-i, y1+i,
+			 x1+k, y2-k, x2-k, y2-k, x2-k, y2-k, x2-k, y1+k );
+	    p->drawLineSegments( a );
+	    k++;
+	}
+	p->setPen( g.mid() );
+	j = lineWidth*2;
+	for ( i=0; i<midLineWidth; i++ ) {	// draw lines in the middle
+	    p->drawRect( x1+lineWidth+i, y1+lineWidth+i, w-j, h-j );
+	    j += 2;
+	}
+	if ( sunken )
+	    p->setPen( g.light() );
+	else
+	    p->setPen( g.dark() );
+	k = m;
+	for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// draw bottom shadow
+	    a.setPoints( 8, x1+1+i,y2-i, x2-i, y2-i, x2-i, y2-i, x2-i, y1+i+1,
+			 x1+k, y2-k, x1+k, y1+k, x1+k, y1+k, x2-k, y1+k );
+	    p->drawLineSegments( a );
+	    k++;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( fill ) {
+	QBrush oldBrush = p->brush();
+	int tlw = lineWidth + midLineWidth;
+	p->setPen( Qt::NoPen );
+	p->setBrush( *fill );
+	p->drawRect( x+tlw, y+tlw, w-2*tlw, h-2*tlw );
+	p->setBrush( oldBrush );
+    }
+    p->setPen( oldPen );			// restore pen
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPainter
+
+    \c{#include <qdrawutil.h>}
+
+    Draws the shaded panel specified by (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) using
+    the painter \a p.
+
+    The color group argument \a g specifies the shading colors (\link
+    QColorGroup::light() light\endlink, \link QColorGroup::dark()
+    dark\endlink and \link QColorGroup::mid() middle\endlink colors).
+
+    The panel appears sunken if \a sunken is TRUE, or raised if \a
+    sunken is FALSE.
+
+    The \a lineWidth argument specifies the line width.
+
+    The panel's interior is filled with the \a fill brush unless \a
+    fill is 0.
+
+    If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it
+    display a shaded panel, for example \c{QFrame::setFrameStyle(
+    QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken )}.
+
+    \warning This function does not look at QWidget::style() or
+    QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make
+    widgets that follow the current GUI style.
+
+    \sa qDrawWinPanel(), qDrawShadeLine(), qDrawShadeRect(),
+    QStyle::drawPrimitive()
+*/
+
+void qDrawShadePanel( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		      const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		      int lineWidth, const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( !( w > 0 && h > 0 && lineWidth >= 0 ) ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    	qWarning( "qDrawShadePanel() Invalid parameters." );
+#endif
+    }
+    QColor shade = g.dark();
+    QColor light = g.light();
+    if ( fill ) {
+	if ( fill->color() == shade )
+	    shade = g.shadow();
+	if ( fill->color() == light )
+	    light = g.midlight();
+    }
+    QPen oldPen = p->pen();			// save pen
+    QPointArray a( 4*lineWidth );
+    if ( sunken )
+	p->setPen( shade );
+    else
+	p->setPen( light );
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2;
+    int i;
+    int n = 0;
+    x1 = x;
+    y1 = y2 = y;
+    x2 = x+w-2;
+    for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// top shadow
+	a.setPoint( n++, x1, y1++ );
+	a.setPoint( n++, x2--, y2++ );
+    }
+    x2 = x1;
+    y1 = y+h-2;
+    for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// left shadow
+	a.setPoint( n++, x1++, y1 );
+	a.setPoint( n++, x2++, y2-- );
+    }
+    p->drawLineSegments( a );
+    n = 0;
+    if ( sunken )
+	p->setPen( light );
+    else
+	p->setPen( shade );
+    x1 = x;
+    y1 = y2 = y+h-1;
+    x2 = x+w-1;
+    for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// bottom shadow
+	a.setPoint( n++, x1++, y1-- );
+	a.setPoint( n++, x2, y2-- );
+    }
+    x1 = x2;
+    y1 = y;
+    y2 = y+h-lineWidth-1;
+    for ( i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ ) {		// right shadow
+	a.setPoint( n++, x1--, y1++ );
+	a.setPoint( n++, x2--, y2 );
+    }
+    p->drawLineSegments( a );
+    if ( fill ) {				// fill with fill color
+	QBrush oldBrush = p->brush();
+	p->setPen( Qt::NoPen );
+	p->setBrush( *fill );
+	p->drawRect( x+lineWidth, y+lineWidth, w-lineWidth*2, h-lineWidth*2 );
+	p->setBrush( oldBrush );
+    }
+    p->setPen( oldPen );			// restore pen
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  This function draws a rectangle with two pixel line width.
+  It is called from qDrawWinButton() and qDrawWinPanel().
+
+  c1..c4 and fill are used:
+
+    1 1 1 1 1 2
+    1 3 3 3 4 2
+    1 3 F F 4 2
+    1 3 F F 4 2
+    1 4 4 4 4 2
+    2 2 2 2 2 2
+*/
+
+static void qDrawWinShades( QPainter *p,
+			   int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			   const QColor &c1, const QColor &c2,
+			   const QColor &c3, const QColor &c4,
+			   const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    if ( w < 2 || h < 2 )			// can't do anything with that
+	return;
+    QPen oldPen = p->pen();
+    QPointArray a( 3 );
+    a.setPoints( 3, x, y+h-2, x, y, x+w-2, y );
+    p->setPen( c1 );
+    p->drawPolyline( a );
+    a.setPoints( 3, x, y+h-1, x+w-1, y+h-1, x+w-1, y );
+    p->setPen( c2 );
+    p->drawPolyline( a );
+    if ( w > 4 && h > 4 ) {
+	a.setPoints( 3, x+1, y+h-3, x+1, y+1, x+w-3, y+1 );
+	p->setPen( c3 );
+	p->drawPolyline( a );
+	a.setPoints( 3, x+1, y+h-2, x+w-2, y+h-2, x+w-2, y+1 );
+	p->setPen( c4 );
+	p->drawPolyline( a );
+	if ( fill ) {
+	    QBrush oldBrush = p->brush();
+	    p->setBrush( *fill );
+	    p->setPen( Qt::NoPen );
+	    p->drawRect( x+2, y+2, w-4, h-4 );
+	    p->setBrush( oldBrush );
+	}
+    }
+    p->setPen( oldPen );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPainter
+
+    \c{#include <qdrawutil.h>}
+
+    Draws the Windows-style button specified by (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a
+    h) using the painter \a p.
+
+    The color group argument \a g specifies the shading colors (\link
+    QColorGroup::light() light\endlink, \link QColorGroup::dark()
+    dark\endlink and \link QColorGroup::mid() middle\endlink colors).
+
+    The button appears sunken if \a sunken is TRUE, or raised if \a
+    sunken is FALSE.
+
+    The line width is 2 pixels.
+
+    The button's interior is filled with the \a *fill brush unless \a
+    fill is 0.
+
+    \warning This function does not look at QWidget::style() or
+    QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make
+    widgets that follow the current GUI style.
+
+    \sa qDrawWinPanel(), QStyle::drawControl()
+*/
+
+void qDrawWinButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		     const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    if ( sunken )
+	qDrawWinShades( p, x, y, w, h,
+		       g.shadow(), g.light(), g.dark(), g.button(), fill );
+    else
+	qDrawWinShades( p, x, y, w, h,
+		       g.light(), g.shadow(), g.button(), g.dark(), fill );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPainter
+
+    \c{#include <qdrawutil.h>}
+
+    Draws the Windows-style panel specified by (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a
+    h) using the painter \a p.
+
+    The color group argument \a g specifies the shading colors.
+
+    The panel appears sunken if \a sunken is TRUE, or raised if \a
+    sunken is FALSE.
+
+    The line width is 2 pixels.
+
+    The button's interior is filled with the \a fill brush unless \a
+    fill is 0.
+
+    If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it
+    display a shaded panel, for example \c{QFrame::setFrameStyle(
+    QFrame::WinPanel | QFrame::Raised )}.
+
+    \warning This function does not look at QWidget::style() or
+    QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make
+    widgets that follow the current GUI style.
+
+    \sa qDrawShadePanel(), qDrawWinButton(), QStyle::drawPrimitive()
+*/
+
+void qDrawWinPanel( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		    const QColorGroup &g, bool	sunken,
+		    const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    if ( sunken )
+	qDrawWinShades( p, x, y, w, h,
+			g.dark(), g.light(), g.shadow(), g.midlight(), fill );
+    else
+	qDrawWinShades( p, x, y, w, h,
+			g.light(), g.shadow(), g.midlight(), g.dark(), fill );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPainter
+
+    \c{#include <qdrawutil.h>}
+
+    Draws the plain rectangle specified by (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h)
+    using the painter \a p.
+
+    The color argument \a c specifies the line color.
+
+    The \a lineWidth argument specifies the line width.
+
+    The rectangle's interior is filled with the \a fill brush unless
+    \a fill is 0.
+
+    If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it
+    display a plain rectangle, for example \c{QFrame::setFrameStyle(
+    QFrame::Box | QFrame::Plain )}.
+
+    \warning This function does not look at QWidget::style() or
+    QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make
+    widgets that follow the current GUI style.
+
+    \sa qDrawShadeRect(), QStyle::drawPrimitive()
+*/
+
+void qDrawPlainRect( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColor &c,
+		     int lineWidth, const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( !( w > 0 && h > 0 && lineWidth >= 0 ) ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "qDrawPlainRect() Invalid parameters." );
+#endif
+    }
+    QPen   oldPen   = p->pen();
+    QBrush oldBrush = p->brush();
+    p->setPen( c );
+    p->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush );
+    for ( int i=0; i<lineWidth; i++ )
+	p->drawRect( x+i, y+i, w-i*2, h-i*2 );
+    if ( fill ) {				// fill with fill color
+	p->setPen( Qt::NoPen );
+	p->setBrush( *fill );
+	p->drawRect( x+lineWidth, y+lineWidth, w-lineWidth*2, h-lineWidth*2 );
+    }
+    p->setPen( oldPen );
+    p->setBrush( oldBrush );
+}
+
+
+QRect qItemRect( QPainter *p, Qt::GUIStyle gs,
+		int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		int flags,
+		bool enabled,
+		const QPixmap *pixmap,
+		const QString& text, int len )
+{
+    QRect result;
+
+    if ( pixmap ) {
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignVCenter) == Qt::AlignVCenter )
+	    y += h/2 - pixmap->height()/2;
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignBottom) == Qt::AlignBottom)
+	    y += h - pixmap->height();
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignRight) == Qt::AlignRight )
+	    x += w - pixmap->width();
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignHCenter) == Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	    x += w/2 - pixmap->width()/2;
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignLeft) != Qt::AlignLeft && QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+	    x += w - pixmap->width();
+	result = QRect(x, y, pixmap->width(), pixmap->height());
+    } else if ( !text.isNull() && p ) {
+	result = p->boundingRect( x, y, w, h, flags, text, len );
+	if ( gs == Qt::WindowsStyle && !enabled ) {
+	    result.setWidth(result.width()+1);
+	    result.setHeight(result.height()+1);
+	}
+    } else {
+	result = QRect(x, y, w, h);
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+void qDrawItem( QPainter *p, Qt::GUIStyle gs,
+		int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		int flags,
+		const QColorGroup &g, bool enabled,
+		const QPixmap *pixmap,
+		const QString& text, int len , const QColor* penColor )
+{
+    p->setPen( penColor?*penColor:g.foreground() );
+    if ( pixmap ) {
+	QPixmap  pm( *pixmap );
+	bool clip = (flags & Qt::DontClip) == 0;
+	if ( clip ) {
+	    if ( pm.width() < w && pm.height() < h )
+		clip = FALSE;
+	    else
+		p->setClipRect( x, y, w, h );
+	}
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignVCenter) == Qt::AlignVCenter )
+	    y += h/2 - pm.height()/2;
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignBottom) == Qt::AlignBottom)
+	    y += h - pm.height();
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignRight) == Qt::AlignRight )
+	    x += w - pm.width();
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignHCenter) == Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	    x += w/2 - pm.width()/2;
+	else if ( ((flags & Qt::AlignLeft) != Qt::AlignLeft) && QApplication::reverseLayout() ) // AlignAuto && rightToLeft
+	    x += w - pm.width();
+
+	if ( !enabled ) {
+	    if ( pm.mask() ) {			// pixmap with a mask
+		if ( !pm.selfMask() ) {		// mask is not pixmap itself
+		    QPixmap pmm( *pm.mask() );
+		    pmm.setMask( *((QBitmap *)&pmm) );
+		    pm = pmm;
+		}
+	    } else if ( pm.depth() == 1 ) {	// monochrome pixmap, no mask
+		pm.setMask( *((QBitmap *)&pm) );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK
+	    } else {				// color pixmap, no mask
+		QString k;
+		k.sprintf( "$qt-drawitem-%x", pm.serialNumber() );
+		QPixmap *mask = QPixmapCache::find(k);
+		bool del=FALSE;
+		if ( !mask ) {
+		    mask = new QPixmap( pm.createHeuristicMask() );
+		    mask->setMask( *((QBitmap*)mask) );
+		    del = !QPixmapCache::insert( k, mask );
+		}
+		pm = *mask;
+		if (del) delete mask;
+#endif
+	    }
+	    if ( gs == Qt::WindowsStyle ) {
+		p->setPen( g.light() );
+		p->drawPixmap( x+1, y+1, pm );
+		p->setPen( g.text() );
+	    }
+	}
+	p->drawPixmap( x, y, pm );
+	if ( clip )
+	    p->setClipping( FALSE );
+    } else if ( !text.isNull() ) {
+	if ( gs == Qt::WindowsStyle && !enabled ) {
+	    p->setPen( g.light() );
+	    p->drawText( x+1, y+1, w, h, flags, text, len );
+	    p->setPen( g.text() );
+	}
+	p->drawText( x, y, w, h, flags, text, len );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Overloaded functions.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void qDrawShadeLine( QPainter *p, const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2, const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, int lineWidth, int midLineWidth )
+*/
+
+void qDrawShadeLine( QPainter *p, const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2,
+		     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		     int lineWidth, int midLineWidth )
+{
+    qDrawShadeLine( p, p1.x(), p1.y(), p2.x(), p2.y(), g, sunken,
+		    lineWidth, midLineWidth );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void qDrawShadeRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, int lineWidth, int midLineWidth, const QBrush *fill )
+*/
+
+void qDrawShadeRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+		     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		     int lineWidth, int midLineWidth,
+		     const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    qDrawShadeRect( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), g, sunken,
+		    lineWidth, midLineWidth, fill );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void qDrawShadePanel( QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, int lineWidth, const QBrush *fill )
+*/
+
+void qDrawShadePanel( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+		      const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		      int lineWidth, const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    qDrawShadePanel( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), g, sunken,
+		     lineWidth, fill );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void qDrawWinButton( QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, const QBrush *fill )
+*/
+
+void qDrawWinButton( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+		     const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		     const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    qDrawWinButton( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), g, sunken, fill );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void qDrawWinPanel( QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken, const QBrush *fill )
+*/
+
+void qDrawWinPanel( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+		    const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken,
+		    const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    qDrawWinPanel( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), g, sunken, fill );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void qDrawPlainRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColor &c, int lineWidth, const QBrush *fill )
+*/
+
+void qDrawPlainRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColor &c,
+		     int lineWidth, const QBrush *fill )
+{
+    qDrawPlainRect( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), c,
+		    lineWidth, fill );
+}
+
+
+static void qDrawWinArrow( QPainter *p, Qt::ArrowType type, bool down,
+			   int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			   const QColorGroup &g, bool enabled )
+{
+    QPointArray a;				// arrow polygon
+    switch ( type ) {
+    case Qt::UpArrow:
+	a.setPoints( 7, -3,1, 3,1, -2,0, 2,0, -1,-1, 1,-1, 0,-2 );
+	break;
+    case Qt::DownArrow:
+	a.setPoints( 7, -3,-1, 3,-1, -2,0, 2,0, -1,1, 1,1, 0,2 );
+	break;
+    case Qt::LeftArrow:
+	a.setPoints( 7, 1,-3, 1,3, 0,-2, 0,2, -1,-1, -1,1, -2,0 );
+	break;
+    case Qt::RightArrow:
+	a.setPoints( 7, -1,-3, -1,3, 0,-2, 0,2, 1,-1, 1,1, 2,0 );
+	break;
+    }
+    if ( a.isNull() )
+	return;
+
+    if ( down ) {
+	x++;
+	y++;
+    }
+
+    QPen savePen = p->pen();			// save current pen
+    if (down)
+	p->setBrushOrigin(p->brushOrigin() + QPoint(1,1));
+    p->fillRect( x, y, w, h, g.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
+    if (down)
+	p->setBrushOrigin(p->brushOrigin() - QPoint(1,1));
+    if ( enabled ) {
+	a.translate( x+w/2, y+h/2 );
+	p->setPen( g.foreground() );
+	p->drawLineSegments( a, 0, 3 );		// draw arrow
+	p->drawPoint( a[6] );
+    } else {
+	a.translate( x+w/2+1, y+h/2+1 );
+	p->setPen( g.light() );
+	p->drawLineSegments( a, 0, 3 );		// draw arrow
+	p->drawPoint( a[6] );
+	a.translate( -1, -1 );
+	p->setPen( g.mid() );
+	p->drawLineSegments( a, 0, 3 );		// draw arrow
+	p->drawPoint( a[6] );
+    }
+    p->setPen( savePen );			// restore pen
+}
+
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4244)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIF
+// motif arrows look the same whether they are used or not
+// is this correct?
+static void qDrawMotifArrow( QPainter *p, Qt::ArrowType type, bool down,
+			     int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			     const QColorGroup &g, bool )
+{
+    QPointArray bFill;				// fill polygon
+    QPointArray bTop;				// top shadow.
+    QPointArray bBot;				// bottom shadow.
+    QPointArray bLeft;				// left shadow.
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QWMatrix	matrix;				// xform matrix
+#endif
+    bool vertical = type == Qt::UpArrow || type == Qt::DownArrow;
+    bool horizontal = !vertical;
+    int	 dim = w < h ? w : h;
+    int	 colspec = 0x0000;			// color specification array
+
+    if ( dim < 2 )				// too small arrow
+	return;
+
+    if ( dim > 3 ) {
+	if ( dim > 6 )
+	    bFill.resize( dim & 1 ? 3 : 4 );
+	bTop.resize( (dim/2)*2 );
+	bBot.resize( dim & 1 ? dim + 1 : dim );
+	bLeft.resize( dim > 4 ? 4 : 2 );
+	bLeft.putPoints( 0, 2, 0,0, 0,dim-1 );
+	if ( dim > 4 )
+	    bLeft.putPoints( 2, 2, 1,2, 1,dim-3 );
+	bTop.putPoints( 0, 4, 1,0, 1,1, 2,1, 3,1 );
+	bBot.putPoints( 0, 4, 1,dim-1, 1,dim-2, 2,dim-2, 3,dim-2 );
+
+	for( int i=0; i<dim/2-2 ; i++ ) {
+	    bTop.putPoints( i*2+4, 2, 2+i*2,2+i, 5+i*2, 2+i );
+	    bBot.putPoints( i*2+4, 2, 2+i*2,dim-3-i, 5+i*2,dim-3-i );
+	}
+	if ( dim & 1 )				// odd number size: extra line
+	    bBot.putPoints( dim-1, 2, dim-3,dim/2, dim-1,dim/2 );
+	if ( dim > 6 ) {			// dim>6: must fill interior
+	    bFill.putPoints( 0, 2, 1,dim-3, 1,2 );
+	    if ( dim & 1 )			// if size is an odd number
+		bFill.setPoint( 2, dim - 3, dim / 2 );
+	    else
+		bFill.putPoints( 2, 2, dim-4,dim/2-1, dim-4,dim/2 );
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	if ( dim == 3 ) {			// 3x3 arrow pattern
+	    bLeft.setPoints( 4, 0,0, 0,2, 1,1, 1,1 );
+	    bTop .setPoints( 2, 1,0, 1,0 );
+	    bBot .setPoints( 2, 1,2, 2,1 );
+	}
+	else {					// 2x2 arrow pattern
+	    bLeft.setPoints( 2, 0,0, 0,1 );
+	    bTop .setPoints( 2, 1,0, 1,0 );
+	    bBot .setPoints( 2, 1,1, 1,1 );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( type == Qt::UpArrow || type == Qt::LeftArrow ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS	// #### fix me!
+	matrix.translate( x, y );
+	if ( vertical ) {
+	    matrix.translate( 0, h - 1 );
+	    matrix.rotate( -90 );
+	} else {
+	    matrix.translate( w - 1, h - 1 );
+	    matrix.rotate( 180 );
+	}
+#endif
+	if ( down )
+	    colspec = horizontal ? 0x2334 : 0x2343;
+	else
+	    colspec = horizontal ? 0x1443 : 0x1434;
+    }
+    else if ( type == Qt::DownArrow || type == Qt::RightArrow ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS	// #### fix me!
+	matrix.translate( x, y );
+	if ( vertical ) {
+	    matrix.translate( w-1, 0 );
+	    matrix.rotate( 90 );
+	}
+#endif
+	if ( down )
+	    colspec = horizontal ? 0x2443 : 0x2434;
+	else
+	    colspec = horizontal ? 0x1334 : 0x1343;
+    }
+
+    QColor *cols[5];
+    cols[0] = 0;
+    cols[1] = (QColor *)&g.button();
+    cols[2] = (QColor *)&g.mid();
+    cols[3] = (QColor *)&g.light();
+    cols[4] = (QColor *)&g.dark();
+#define CMID	*cols[ (colspec>>12) & 0xf ]
+#define CLEFT	*cols[ (colspec>>8) & 0xf ]
+#define CTOP	*cols[ (colspec>>4) & 0xf ]
+#define CBOT	*cols[ colspec & 0xf ]
+
+    QPen     savePen   = p->pen();		// save current pen
+    QBrush   saveBrush = p->brush();		// save current brush
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QWMatrix wxm = p->worldMatrix();
+#endif
+    QPen     pen( Qt::NoPen );
+    const QBrush &brush = g.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
+
+    p->setPen( pen );
+    p->setBrush( brush );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    p->setWorldMatrix( matrix, TRUE );		// set transformation matrix
+#endif
+    p->drawPolygon( bFill );			// fill arrow
+    p->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush );			// don't fill
+
+    p->setPen( CLEFT );
+    p->drawLineSegments( bLeft );
+    p->setPen( CTOP );
+    p->drawLineSegments( bTop );
+    p->setPen( CBOT );
+    p->drawLineSegments( bBot );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    p->setWorldMatrix( wxm );
+#endif
+    p->setBrush( saveBrush );			// restore brush
+    p->setPen( savePen );			// restore pen
+
+#undef CMID
+#undef CLEFT
+#undef CTOP
+#undef CBOT
+}
+#endif
+
+void qDrawArrow( QPainter *p, Qt::ArrowType type, Qt::GUIStyle style, bool down,
+		 int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		 const QColorGroup &g, bool enabled )
+{
+    switch ( style ) {
+	case Qt::WindowsStyle:
+	    qDrawWinArrow( p, type, down, x, y, w, h, g, enabled );
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIF
+	case Qt::MotifStyle:
+	    qDrawMotifArrow( p, type, down, x, y, w, h, g, enabled );
+	    break;
+#endif
+	default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "qDrawArrow: Requested GUI style not supported" );
+#else
+	    ;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DRAWUTIL
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdrawutil.h b/src/kernel/qdrawutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a78527c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdrawutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of draw utilities
+**
+** Created : 950920
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QDRAWUTIL_H
+#define QDRAWUTIL_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qstring.h" // char*->QString conversion
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QPainter;
+class QColorGroup;
+class QPoint;
+class QBrush;
+class QRect;
+class QPixmap;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAWUTIL
+//
+// Standard shade drawing
+//
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawShadeLine( QPainter *p, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2,
+			      const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = TRUE,
+			      int lineWidth = 1, int midLineWidth = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawShadeLine( QPainter *p, const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2,
+			      const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = TRUE,
+			      int lineWidth = 1, int midLineWidth = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawShadeRect( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			      const QColorGroup &, bool sunken=FALSE,
+			      int lineWidth = 1, int midLineWidth = 0,
+			      const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawShadeRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+			      const QColorGroup &, bool sunken=FALSE,
+			      int lineWidth = 1, int midLineWidth = 0,
+			      const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawShadePanel( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			       const QColorGroup &, bool sunken=FALSE,
+			       int lineWidth = 1, const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawShadePanel( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+			       const QColorGroup &, bool sunken=FALSE,
+			       int lineWidth = 1, const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawWinButton( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			      const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = FALSE,
+			      const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawWinButton( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+			      const QColorGroup &g, bool sunken = FALSE,
+			      const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawWinPanel( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			     const QColorGroup &, bool sunken=FALSE,
+			     const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawWinPanel( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+			     const QColorGroup &, bool sunken=FALSE,
+			     const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawPlainRect( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColor &,
+			      int lineWidth = 1, const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawPlainRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColor &,
+			      int lineWidth = 1, const QBrush *fill = 0 );
+
+
+//
+// Other obsolete drawing functions.
+// Use QStyle::itemRect(), QStyle::drawItem() and QStyle::drawArrow() instead.
+//
+Q_EXPORT QRect qItemRect( QPainter *p, Qt::GUIStyle gs, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			  int flags, bool enabled,
+			  const QPixmap *pixmap, const QString& text, int len=-1 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawItem( QPainter *p, Qt::GUIStyle gs, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			 int flags, const QColorGroup &g, bool enabled,
+			 const QPixmap *pixmap, const QString& text,
+			 int len=-1, const QColor* penColor = 0 );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qDrawArrow( QPainter *p, Qt::ArrowType type, Qt::GUIStyle style, bool down,
+			  int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			  const QColorGroup &g, bool enabled );
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAWUTIL
+#endif // QDRAWUTIL_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdropsite.cpp b/src/kernel/qdropsite.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1234ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdropsite.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of Drag and Drop support
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qdropsite.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+#include "qwidget.h"
+
+
+// NOT REVISED
+/*!
+  \class QDropSite qdropsite.h
+  \brief The QDropSite class provides nothing and does nothing.
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  If your code uses it, you can safely delete it.
+
+  It was used in Qt 1.x to do some drag and drop; that has since been
+  folded into QWidget.
+
+  For detailed information about drag-and-drop, see the QDragObject class.
+
+  \sa QDragObject, QTextDrag, QImageDrag
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a QDropSite to handle events for the widget \a self.
+
+  Pass \c this as the \a self parameter.
+  This enables dropping by calling QWidget::setAcceptDrops(TRUE).
+*/
+QDropSite::QDropSite( QWidget* self )
+{
+    self->setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the drop site.
+*/
+QDropSite::~QDropSite()
+{
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdropsite.h b/src/kernel/qdropsite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f629c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qdropsite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definitation of Drag and Drop support
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QDROPSITE_H
+#define QDROPSITE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+#endif
+
+
+class QWidget;
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDropSite {
+public:
+    QDropSite( QWidget* parent );
+    virtual ~QDropSite();
+};
+
+
+#endif  // QDROPSITE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qevent.cpp b/src/kernel/qevent.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c428966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qevent.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2571 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of event classes
+**
+** Created : 931029
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QEvent class is the base class of all
+    event classes. Event objects contain event parameters.
+
+    \ingroup events
+    \ingroup environment
+
+    Qt's main event loop (QApplication::exec()) fetches native window
+    system events from the event queue, translates them into QEvents
+    and sends the translated events to QObjects.
+
+    In general, events come from the underlying window system
+    (spontaneous() returns TRUE) but it is also possible to manually
+    send events using QApplication::sendEvent() and
+    QApplication::postEvent() (spontaneous() returns FALSE).
+
+    QObjects receive events by having their QObject::event() function
+    called. The function can be reimplemented in subclasses to
+    customize event handling and add additional event types;
+    QWidget::event() is a notable example. By default, events are
+    dispatched to event handlers like QObject::timerEvent() and
+    QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(). QObject::installEventFilter() allows an
+    object to intercept events destined for another object.
+
+    The basic QEvent contains only an event type parameter.
+    Subclasses of QEvent contain additional parameters that describe
+    the particular event.
+
+    \sa QObject::event() QObject::installEventFilter()
+    QWidget::event() QApplication::sendEvent()
+    QApplication::postEvent() QApplication::processEvents()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ButtonState
+
+    This enum type describes the state of the mouse and the modifier
+    buttons.
+
+    \value NoButton  used when the button state does not refer to any
+    button (see QMouseEvent::button()).
+    \value LeftButton  set if the left button is pressed, or if this
+    event refers to the left button. (The left button may be
+    the right button on left-handed mice.)
+    \value RightButton  the right button.
+    \value MidButton  the middle button.
+    \value ShiftButton  a Shift key on the keyboard is also pressed.
+    \value ControlButton  a Ctrl key on the keyboard is also pressed.
+    \value AltButton  an Alt key on the keyboard is also pressed.
+    \value MetaButton a Meta key on the keyboard is also pressed.
+    \value Keypad  a keypad button is pressed.
+    \value KeyButtonMask a mask for ShiftButton, ControlButton,
+    AltButton and MetaButton.
+    \value MouseButtonMask a mask for LeftButton, RightButton and MidButton.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QEvent::Type
+
+    This enum type defines the valid event types in Qt. The event
+    types and the specialized classes for each type are these:
+
+    \value None  Not an event.
+    \value Accessibility  Accessibility information is requested
+    \value Timer  Regular timer events, \l{QTimerEvent}.
+    \value MouseButtonPress  Mouse press, \l{QMouseEvent}.
+    \value MouseButtonRelease  Mouse release, \l{QMouseEvent}.
+    \value MouseButtonDblClick  Mouse press again, \l{QMouseEvent}.
+    \value MouseMove  Mouse move, \l{QMouseEvent}.
+    \value KeyPress  Key press (including Shift, for example), \l{QKeyEvent}.
+    \value KeyRelease  Key release, \l{QKeyEvent}.
+    \value IMStart  The start of input method composition, \l{QIMEvent}.
+    \value IMCompose  Input method composition is taking place, \l{QIMEvent}.
+    \value IMEnd  The end of input method composition, \l{QIMEvent}.
+    \value FocusIn  Widget gains keyboard focus, \l{QFocusEvent}.
+    \value FocusOut  Widget loses keyboard focus, \l{QFocusEvent}.
+    \value Enter  Mouse enters widget's boundaries.
+    \value Leave  Mouse leaves widget's boundaries.
+    \value Paint  Screen update necessary, \l{QPaintEvent}.
+    \value Move  Widget's position changed, \l{QMoveEvent}.
+    \value Resize  Widget's size changed, \l{QResizeEvent}.
+    \value Show  Widget was shown on screen, \l{QShowEvent}.
+    \value Hide  Widget was hidden, \l{QHideEvent}.
+    \value ShowToParent  A child widget has been shown.
+    \value HideToParent  A child widget has been hidden.
+    \value Close  Widget was closed (permanently), \l{QCloseEvent}.
+    \value ShowNormal  Widget should be shown normally (obsolete).
+    \value ShowMaximized  Widget should be shown maximized (obsolete).
+    \value ShowMinimized  Widget should be shown minimized (obsolete).
+    \value ShowFullScreen  Widget should be shown full-screen (obsolete).
+    \value ShowWindowRequest  Widget's window should be shown (obsolete).
+    \value DeferredDelete  The object will be deleted after it has
+    cleaned up.
+    \value Accel  Key press in child for shortcut key handling, \l{QKeyEvent}.
+    \value Wheel  Mouse wheel rolled, \l{QWheelEvent}.
+    \value ContextMenu  Context popup menu, \l{QContextMenuEvent}
+    \value AccelOverride  Key press in child, for overriding shortcut key handling, \l{QKeyEvent}.
+    \value AccelAvailable internal.
+    \value WindowActivate  Window was activated.
+    \value WindowDeactivate  Window was deactivated.
+    \value CaptionChange  Widget's caption changed.
+    \value IconChange  Widget's icon changed.
+    \value ParentFontChange  Font of the parent widget changed.
+    \value ApplicationFontChange  Default application font changed.
+    \value PaletteChange  Palette of the widget changed.
+    \value ParentPaletteChange  Palette of the parent widget changed.
+    \value ApplicationPaletteChange  Default application palette changed.
+    \value Clipboard  Clipboard contents have changed.
+    \value SockAct  Socket activated, used to implement \l{QSocketNotifier}.
+    \value DragEnter  A drag-and-drop enters widget, \l{QDragEnterEvent}.
+    \value DragMove  A drag-and-drop is in progress, \l{QDragMoveEvent}.
+    \value DragLeave  A drag-and-drop leaves widget, \l{QDragLeaveEvent}.
+    \value Drop  A drag-and-drop is completed, \l{QDropEvent}.
+    \value DragResponse  Internal event used by Qt on some platforms.
+    \value ChildInserted  Object gets a child, \l{QChildEvent}.
+    \value ChildRemoved  Object loses a child, \l{QChildEvent}.
+    \value LayoutHint  Widget child has changed layout properties.
+    \value ActivateControl  Internal event used by Qt on some platforms.
+    \value DeactivateControl  Internal event used by Qt on some platforms.
+    \value LanguageChange  The application translation changed, \l{QTranslator}
+    \value LayoutDirectionChange  The direction of layouts changed
+    \value LocaleChange  The system locale changed
+    \value Quit  Reserved.
+    \value Create  Reserved.
+    \value Destroy  Reserved.
+    \value Reparent  Reserved.
+    \value Speech  Reserved for speech input.
+    \value TabletMove  A Wacom Tablet Move Event.
+    \value Style  Internal use only
+    \value TabletPress  A Wacom Tablet Press Event
+    \value TabletRelease  A Wacom Tablet Release Event
+    \value OkRequest  Internal event used by Qt on some platforms.
+    \value HelpRequest  Internal event used by Qt on some platforms.
+    \value IconDrag     Internal event used by Qt on some platforms when proxy icon is dragged.
+    \value WindowStateChange The window's state, i.e. minimized,
+    maximized or full-screen, has changed. See \l{QWidget::windowState()}.
+    \value WindowBlocked The window is modally blocked
+    \value WindowUnblocked The window leaves modal blocking
+
+    \value User  User defined event.
+    \value MaxUser  Last user event id.
+
+    User events should have values between User and MaxUser inclusive.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn QEvent::QEvent( Type type )
+
+    Contructs an event object of type \a type.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QEvent::Type QEvent::type() const
+
+    Returns the event type.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QEvent::spontaneous() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the event originated outside the application, i.e.
+    it is a system event; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QTimerEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QTimerEvent class contains parameters that describe a
+    timer event.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Timer events are sent at regular intervals to objects that have
+    started one or more timers. Each timer has a unique identifier. A
+    timer is started with QObject::startTimer().
+
+    The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface that
+    uses signals instead of events. It also provides one-shot timers.
+
+    The event handler QObject::timerEvent() receives timer events.
+
+    \sa QTimer, QObject::timerEvent(), QObject::startTimer(),
+    QObject::killTimer(), QObject::killTimers()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QTimerEvent::QTimerEvent( int timerId )
+
+    Constructs a timer event object with the timer identifier set to
+    \a timerId.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTimerEvent::timerId() const
+
+    Returns the unique timer identifier, which is the same identifier
+    as returned from QObject::startTimer().
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QMouseEvent qevent.h
+    \ingroup events
+
+    \brief The QMouseEvent class contains parameters that describe a mouse event.
+
+    Mouse events occur when a mouse button is pressed or released
+    inside a widget or when the mouse cursor is moved.
+
+    Mouse move events will occur only when a mouse button is pressed
+    down, unless mouse tracking has been enabled with
+    QWidget::setMouseTracking().
+
+    Qt automatically grabs the mouse when a mouse button is pressed
+    inside a widget; the widget will continue to receive mouse events
+    until the last mouse button is released.
+
+    A mouse event contains a special accept flag that indicates
+    whether the receiver wants the event. You should call
+    QMouseEvent::ignore() if the mouse event is not handled by your
+    widget. A mouse event is propagated up the parent widget chain
+    until a widget accepts it with QMouseEvent::accept() or an event
+    filter consumes it.
+
+    The functions pos(), x() and y() give the cursor position relative
+    to the widget that receives the mouse event. If you move the
+    widget as a result of the mouse event, use the global position
+    returned by globalPos() to avoid a shaking motion.
+
+    The QWidget::setEnabled() function can be used to enable or
+    disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
+
+    The event handlers QWidget::mousePressEvent(),
+    QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(), QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent() and
+    QWidget::mouseMoveEvent() receive mouse events.
+
+    \sa QWidget::setMouseTracking(), QWidget::grabMouse(),
+    QCursor::pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMouseEvent::QMouseEvent( Type type, const QPoint &pos, int button, int state )
+
+    Constructs a mouse event object.
+
+    The \a type parameter must be one of \c QEvent::MouseButtonPress,
+    \c QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, \c QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick or
+    \c QEvent::MouseMove.
+
+    The \a pos parameter specifies the position relative to the
+    receiving widget. \a button specifies the \link Qt::ButtonState
+    button\endlink that caused the event, which should be \c
+    Qt::NoButton (0), if \a type is \c MouseMove. \a state is the
+    \link Qt::ButtonState ButtonState\endlink at the time of the
+    event.
+
+    The globalPos() is initialized to QCursor::pos(), which may not be
+    appropriate. Use the other constructor to specify the global
+    position explicitly.
+*/
+
+QMouseEvent::QMouseEvent( Type type, const QPoint &pos, int button, int state )
+    : QEvent(type), p(pos), b(button),s((ushort)state), accpt(TRUE){
+	g = QCursor::pos();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMouseEvent::QMouseEvent( Type type, const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &globalPos,  int button, int state )
+
+    Constructs a mouse event object.
+
+    The \a type parameter must be \c QEvent::MouseButtonPress, \c
+    QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, \c QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick or \c
+    QEvent::MouseMove.
+
+    The \a pos parameter specifies the position relative to the
+    receiving widget. \a globalPos is the position in absolute
+    coordinates. \a button specifies the \link Qt::ButtonState
+    button\endlink that caused the event, which should be \c
+    Qt::NoButton (0), if \a type is \c MouseMove. \a state is the
+    \link Qt::ButtonState ButtonState\endlink at the time of the
+    event.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QMouseEvent::pos() const
+
+    Returns the position of the mouse pointer relative to the widget
+    that received the event.
+
+    If you move the widget as a result of the mouse event, use the
+    global position returned by globalPos() to avoid a shaking motion.
+
+    \sa x(), y(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QMouseEvent::globalPos() const
+
+    Returns the global position of the mouse pointer \e{at the time
+    of the event}. This is important on asynchronous window systems
+    like X11. Whenever you move your widgets around in response to
+    mouse events, globalPos() may differ a lot from the current
+    pointer position QCursor::pos(), and from QWidget::mapToGlobal(
+    pos() ).
+
+    \sa globalX(), globalY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QMouseEvent::x() const
+
+    Returns the x-position of the mouse pointer, relative to the
+    widget that received the event.
+
+    \sa y(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QMouseEvent::y() const
+
+    Returns the y-position of the mouse pointer, relative to the
+    widget that received the event.
+
+    \sa x(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QMouseEvent::globalX() const
+
+    Returns the global x-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalY(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QMouseEvent::globalY() const
+
+    Returns the global y-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalX(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ButtonState QMouseEvent::button() const
+
+    Returns the button that caused the event.
+
+    Possible return values are \c LeftButton, \c RightButton, \c
+    MidButton and \c NoButton.
+
+    Note that the returned value is always \c NoButton for mouse move
+    events.
+
+    \sa state() Qt::ButtonState
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn ButtonState QMouseEvent::state() const
+
+    Returns the button state (a combination of mouse buttons and
+    keyboard modifiers), i.e. what buttons and keys were being pressed
+    immediately before the event was generated.
+
+    This means that if you have a \c QEvent::MouseButtonPress or a \c
+    QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick state() will \e not include the mouse
+    button that's pressed. But once the mouse button has been
+    released, the \c QEvent::MouseButtonRelease event will have the
+    button() that was pressed.
+
+    This value is mainly interesting for \c QEvent::MouseMove; for the
+    other cases, button() is more useful.
+
+    The returned value is \c LeftButton, \c RightButton, \c MidButton,
+    \c ShiftButton, \c ControlButton and \c AltButton OR'ed together.
+
+    \sa button() stateAfter() Qt::ButtonState
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ButtonState QMouseEvent::stateAfter() const
+
+    Returns the state of buttons after the event.
+
+    \sa state() Qt::ButtonState
+*/
+Qt::ButtonState QMouseEvent::stateAfter() const
+{
+    return Qt::ButtonState(state()^button());
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMouseEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event wants to keep the key;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QMouseEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the mouse event object.
+
+    Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
+    event wants the mouse event. Unwanted mouse events are sent to the
+    parent widget.
+
+    The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QMouseEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag parameter of the mouse event object.
+
+    Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+    does not want the mouse event. Unwanted mouse events are sent to
+    the parent widget.
+
+    The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QWheelEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QWheelEvent class contains parameters that describe a wheel event.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Wheel events are sent to the widget under the mouse, and if that widget
+    does not handle the event they are sent to the focus widget. The rotation
+    distance is provided by delta(). The functions pos() and globalPos() return
+    the mouse pointer location at the time of the event.
+
+    A wheel event contains a special accept flag that indicates
+    whether the receiver wants the event. You should call
+    QWheelEvent::accept() if you handle the wheel event; otherwise it
+    will be sent to the parent widget.
+
+    The QWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable
+    mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
+
+    The event handler QWidget::wheelEvent() receives wheel events.
+
+    \sa QMouseEvent, QWidget::grabMouse()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Orientation QWheelEvent::orientation() const
+
+    Returns the wheel's orientation.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWheelEvent::QWheelEvent( const QPoint &pos, int delta, int state, Orientation orient = Vertical );
+
+    Constructs a wheel event object.
+
+    The globalPos() is initialized to QCursor::pos(), i.e. \a pos,
+    which is usually (but not always) right. Use the other constructor
+    if you need to specify the global position explicitly. \a delta
+    contains the rotation distance, \a state holds the keyboard
+    modifier flags at the time of the event and \a orient holds the
+    wheel's orientation.
+
+    \sa pos(), delta(), state()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+QWheelEvent::QWheelEvent( const QPoint &pos, int delta, int state, Orientation orient )
+    : QEvent(Wheel), p(pos), d(delta), s((ushort)state),
+      accpt(TRUE), o(orient)
+{
+    g = QCursor::pos();
+}
+#endif
+/*!
+    \fn QWheelEvent::QWheelEvent( const QPoint &pos, const QPoint& globalPos, int delta, int state, Orientation orient = Vertical  )
+
+    Constructs a wheel event object. The position when the event
+    occurred is given in \a pos and \a globalPos. \a delta contains
+    the rotation distance, \a state holds the keyboard modifier flags
+    at the time of the event and \a orient holds the wheel's
+    orientation.
+
+    \sa pos(), globalPos(), delta(), state()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QWheelEvent::delta() const
+
+    Returns the distance that the wheel is rotated expressed in
+    multiples or divisions of the \e{wheel delta}, which is currently
+    defined to be 120. A positive value indicates that the wheel was
+    rotated forwards away from the user; a negative value indicates
+    that the wheel was rotated backwards toward the user.
+
+    The \e{wheel delta} constant was defined to be 120 by wheel mouse
+    vendors to allow building finer-resolution wheels in the future,
+    including perhaps a freely rotating wheel with no notches. The
+    expectation is that such a device would send more messages per
+    rotation but with a smaller value in each message.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QWheelEvent::pos() const
+
+    Returns the position of the mouse pointer, relative to the widget
+    that received the event.
+
+    If you move your widgets around in response to mouse
+    events, use globalPos() instead of this function.
+
+    \sa x(), y(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QWheelEvent::x() const
+
+    Returns the x-position of the mouse pointer, relative to the
+    widget that received the event.
+
+    \sa y(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QWheelEvent::y() const
+
+    Returns the y-position of the mouse pointer, relative to the
+    widget that received the event.
+
+    \sa x(), pos()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QWheelEvent::globalPos() const
+
+    Returns the global position of the mouse pointer \e{at the time
+    of the event}. This is important on asynchronous window systems
+    such as X11; whenever you move your widgets around in response to
+    mouse events, globalPos() can differ a lot from the current
+    pointer position QCursor::pos().
+
+    \sa globalX(), globalY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QWheelEvent::globalX() const
+
+    Returns the global x-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalY(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QWheelEvent::globalY() const
+
+    Returns the global y-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalX(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn ButtonState QWheelEvent::state() const
+
+    Returns the keyboard modifier flags of the event.
+
+    The returned value is \c ShiftButton, \c ControlButton, and \c
+    AltButton OR'ed together.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QWheelEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event handles the wheel event;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWheelEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the wheel event object.
+
+    Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
+    event wants the wheel event. Unwanted wheel events are sent to the
+    parent widget.
+
+    The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWheelEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag parameter of the wheel event object.
+
+    Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+    does not want the wheel event. Unwanted wheel events are sent to
+    the parent widget. The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Modifier
+
+    This enum type describes the keyboard modifier keys supported by
+    Qt.
+
+    \value SHIFT the Shift keys provided on all standard keyboards.
+    \value META the Meta keys.
+    \value CTRL the Ctrl keys.
+    \value ALT the normal Alt keys, but not e.g. AltGr.
+    \value MODIFIER_MASK is a mask of Shift, Ctrl, Alt and Meta.
+    \value UNICODE_ACCEL the accelerator is specified as a Unicode code
+    point, not as a Qt Key.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QKeyEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QKeyEvent class contains describes a key event.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Key events occur when a key is pressed or released when a widget
+    has keyboard input focus.
+
+  A key event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the
+  receiver wants the key event.  You should call QKeyEvent::ignore() if the
+  key press or release event is not handled by your widget. A key event is
+  propagated up the parent widget chain until a widget accepts it with
+  QKeyEvent::accept() or an event filter consumes it.
+  Key events for multi media keys are ignored by default. You should call
+  QKeyEvent::accept() if your widget handles those events.
+
+    The QWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable
+    mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
+
+    The event handlers QWidget::keyPressEvent() and
+    QWidget::keyReleaseEvent() receive key events.
+
+    \sa QFocusEvent, QWidget::grabKeyboard()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QKeyEvent::QKeyEvent( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state,
+			      const QString& text, bool autorep, ushort count )
+
+    Constructs a key event object.
+
+    The \a type parameter must be \c QEvent::KeyPress or \c
+    QEvent::KeyRelease. If \a key is 0 the event is not a result of a
+    known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose sequence or
+    keyboard macro). \a ascii is the ASCII code of the key that was
+    pressed or released. \a state holds the keyboard modifiers. \a
+    text is the Unicode text that the key generated. If \a autorep is
+    TRUE, isAutoRepeat() will be TRUE. \a count is the number of
+    single keys.
+
+    The accept flag is set to TRUE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QKeyEvent::key() const
+
+    Returns the code of the key that was pressed or released.
+
+    See \l Qt::Key for the list of keyboard codes. These codes are
+    independent of the underlying window system.
+
+    A value of either 0 or Key_unknown means that the event is not
+    the result of a known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose
+    sequence or a keyboard macro, or due to key event compression).
+
+    Applications should not use the Qt latin 1 keycodes between 128
+    and 255, but should rather use the QKeyEvent::text(). This is
+    mainly for compatibility.
+
+    \sa QWidget::setKeyCompression()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QKeyEvent::ascii() const
+
+    Returns the ASCII code of the key that was pressed or released. We
+    recommend using text() instead.
+
+    \sa text()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QKeyEvent::text() const
+
+    Returns the Unicode text that this key generated. The text returned
+    migth be empty, which is the case when pressing or
+    releasing modifying keys as Shift, Control, Alt and Meta. In these
+    cases key() will contain a valid value.
+
+    \sa QWidget::setKeyCompression()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ButtonState QKeyEvent::state() const
+
+    Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately
+    before the event occurred.
+
+    The returned value is \c ShiftButton, \c ControlButton, \c AltButton
+    and \c MetaButton OR'ed together.
+
+    \sa stateAfter()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ButtonState QKeyEvent::stateAfter() const
+
+    Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately after
+    the event occurred.
+
+    \warning This function cannot be trusted.
+
+    \sa state()
+*/
+//###### We must check with XGetModifierMapping
+Qt::ButtonState QKeyEvent::stateAfter() const
+{
+    if ( key() == Key_Shift )
+	return Qt::ButtonState(state()^ShiftButton);
+    if ( key() == Key_Control )
+	return Qt::ButtonState(state()^ControlButton);
+    if ( key() == Key_Alt )
+	return Qt::ButtonState(state()^AltButton);
+    if ( key() == Key_Meta )
+	return Qt::ButtonState(state()^MetaButton);
+    return state();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QKeyEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event wants to keep the key;
+    otherwise returns FALSE
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QKeyEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the key event object.
+
+    Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
+    event wants the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the
+    parent widget.
+
+    The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QKeyEvent::isAutoRepeat() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this event comes from an auto-repeating key and
+    FALSE if it comes from an initial key press.
+
+    Note that if the event is a multiple-key compressed event that is
+    partly due to auto-repeat, this function could return either TRUE
+    or FALSE indeterminately.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QKeyEvent::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of single keys for this event. If text() is not
+    empty, this is simply the length of the string.
+
+    \sa QWidget::setKeyCompression()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QKeyEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag parameter of the key event object.
+
+    Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+    does not want the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the
+    parent widget.
+
+    The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Key
+
+    The key names used by Qt.
+
+    \value Key_Escape
+    \value Key_Tab
+    \value Key_Backtab
+    \value Key_Backspace
+    \value Key_Return
+    \value Key_Enter
+    \value Key_Insert
+    \value Key_Delete
+    \value Key_Pause
+    \value Key_Print
+    \value Key_SysReq
+    \value Key_Home
+    \value Key_End
+    \value Key_Left
+    \value Key_Up
+    \value Key_Right
+    \value Key_Down
+    \value Key_Prior
+    \value Key_Next
+    \value Key_Shift
+    \value Key_Control
+    \value Key_Meta
+    \value Key_Alt
+    \value Key_CapsLock
+    \value Key_NumLock
+    \value Key_ScrollLock
+    \value Key_Clear
+    \value Key_F1
+    \value Key_F2
+    \value Key_F3
+    \value Key_F4
+    \value Key_F5
+    \value Key_F6
+    \value Key_F7
+    \value Key_F8
+    \value Key_F9
+    \value Key_F10
+    \value Key_F11
+    \value Key_F12
+    \value Key_F13
+    \value Key_F14
+    \value Key_F15
+    \value Key_F16
+    \value Key_F17
+    \value Key_F18
+    \value Key_F19
+    \value Key_F20
+    \value Key_F21
+    \value Key_F22
+    \value Key_F23
+    \value Key_F24
+    \value Key_F25
+    \value Key_F26
+    \value Key_F27
+    \value Key_F28
+    \value Key_F29
+    \value Key_F30
+    \value Key_F31
+    \value Key_F32
+    \value Key_F33
+    \value Key_F34
+    \value Key_F35
+    \value Key_Super_L
+    \value Key_Super_R
+    \value Key_Menu
+    \value Key_Hyper_L
+    \value Key_Hyper_R
+    \value Key_Help
+    \value Key_Space
+    \value Key_Any
+    \value Key_Exclam
+    \value Key_QuoteDbl
+    \value Key_NumberSign
+    \value Key_Dollar
+    \value Key_Percent
+    \value Key_Ampersand
+    \value Key_Apostrophe
+    \value Key_ParenLeft
+    \value Key_ParenRight
+    \value Key_Asterisk
+    \value Key_Plus
+    \value Key_Comma
+    \value Key_Minus
+    \value Key_Period
+    \value Key_Slash
+    \value Key_0
+    \value Key_1
+    \value Key_2
+    \value Key_3
+    \value Key_4
+    \value Key_5
+    \value Key_6
+    \value Key_7
+    \value Key_8
+    \value Key_9
+    \value Key_Colon
+    \value Key_Semicolon
+    \value Key_Less
+    \value Key_Equal
+    \value Key_Greater
+    \value Key_Question
+    \value Key_At
+    \value Key_A
+    \value Key_B
+    \value Key_C
+    \value Key_D
+    \value Key_E
+    \value Key_F
+    \value Key_G
+    \value Key_H
+    \value Key_I
+    \value Key_J
+    \value Key_K
+    \value Key_L
+    \value Key_M
+    \value Key_N
+    \value Key_O
+    \value Key_P
+    \value Key_Q
+    \value Key_R
+    \value Key_S
+    \value Key_T
+    \value Key_U
+    \value Key_V
+    \value Key_W
+    \value Key_X
+    \value Key_Y
+    \value Key_Z
+    \value Key_BracketLeft
+    \value Key_Backslash
+    \value Key_BracketRight
+    \value Key_AsciiCircum
+    \value Key_Underscore
+    \value Key_QuoteLeft
+    \value Key_BraceLeft
+    \value Key_Bar
+    \value Key_BraceRight
+    \value Key_AsciiTilde
+
+    \value Key_nobreakspace
+    \value Key_exclamdown
+    \value Key_cent
+    \value Key_sterling
+    \value Key_currency
+    \value Key_yen
+    \value Key_brokenbar
+    \value Key_section
+    \value Key_diaeresis
+    \value Key_copyright
+    \value Key_ordfeminine
+    \value Key_guillemotleft
+    \value Key_notsign
+    \value Key_hyphen
+    \value Key_registered
+    \value Key_macron
+    \value Key_degree
+    \value Key_plusminus
+    \value Key_twosuperior
+    \value Key_threesuperior
+    \value Key_acute
+    \value Key_mu
+    \value Key_paragraph
+    \value Key_periodcentered
+    \value Key_cedilla
+    \value Key_onesuperior
+    \value Key_masculine
+    \value Key_guillemotright
+    \value Key_onequarter
+    \value Key_onehalf
+    \value Key_threequarters
+    \value Key_questiondown
+    \value Key_Agrave
+    \value Key_Aacute
+    \value Key_Acircumflex
+    \value Key_Atilde
+    \value Key_Adiaeresis
+    \value Key_Aring
+    \value Key_AE
+    \value Key_Ccedilla
+    \value Key_Egrave
+    \value Key_Eacute
+    \value Key_Ecircumflex
+    \value Key_Ediaeresis
+    \value Key_Igrave
+    \value Key_Iacute
+    \value Key_Icircumflex
+    \value Key_Idiaeresis
+    \value Key_ETH
+    \value Key_Ntilde
+    \value Key_Ograve
+    \value Key_Oacute
+    \value Key_Ocircumflex
+    \value Key_Otilde
+    \value Key_Odiaeresis
+    \value Key_multiply
+    \value Key_Ooblique
+    \value Key_Ugrave
+    \value Key_Uacute
+    \value Key_Ucircumflex
+    \value Key_Udiaeresis
+    \value Key_Yacute
+    \value Key_THORN
+    \value Key_ssharp
+    \value Key_agrave
+    \value Key_aacute
+    \value Key_acircumflex
+    \value Key_atilde
+    \value Key_adiaeresis
+    \value Key_aring
+    \value Key_ae
+    \value Key_ccedilla
+    \value Key_egrave
+    \value Key_eacute
+    \value Key_ecircumflex
+    \value Key_ediaeresis
+    \value Key_igrave
+    \value Key_iacute
+    \value Key_icircumflex
+    \value Key_idiaeresis
+    \value Key_eth
+    \value Key_ntilde
+    \value Key_ograve
+    \value Key_oacute
+    \value Key_ocircumflex
+    \value Key_otilde
+    \value Key_odiaeresis
+    \value Key_division
+    \value Key_oslash
+    \value Key_ugrave
+    \value Key_uacute
+    \value Key_ucircumflex
+    \value Key_udiaeresis
+    \value Key_yacute
+    \value Key_thorn
+    \value Key_ydiaeresis
+
+    Multimedia keys
+
+    \value Key_Back
+    \value Key_Forward
+    \value Key_Stop
+    \value Key_Refresh
+
+    \value Key_VolumeDown
+    \value Key_VolumeMute
+    \value Key_VolumeUp
+    \value Key_BassBoost
+    \value Key_BassUp
+    \value Key_BassDown
+    \value Key_TrebleUp
+    \value Key_TrebleDown
+
+    \value Key_MediaPlay
+    \value Key_MediaStop
+    \value Key_MediaPrev
+    \value Key_MediaNext
+    \value Key_MediaRecord
+
+    \value Key_HomePage
+    \value Key_Favorites
+    \value Key_Search
+    \value Key_Standby
+    \value Key_OpenUrl
+
+    \value Key_LaunchMail
+    \value Key_LaunchMedia
+    \value Key_Launch0
+    \value Key_Launch1
+    \value Key_Launch2
+    \value Key_Launch3
+    \value Key_Launch4
+    \value Key_Launch5
+    \value Key_Launch6
+    \value Key_Launch7
+    \value Key_Launch8
+    \value Key_Launch9
+    \value Key_LaunchA
+    \value Key_LaunchB
+    \value Key_LaunchC
+    \value Key_LaunchD
+    \value Key_LaunchE
+    \value Key_LaunchF
+
+    \value Key_MediaLast
+
+    \value Key_unknown
+
+    \value Key_Direction_L internal use only
+    \value Key_Direction_R internal use only
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QFocusEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QFocusEvent class contains event parameters for widget focus
+    events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Focus events are sent to widgets when the keyboard input focus
+    changes. Focus events occur due to mouse actions, keypresses (e.g.
+    Tab or Backtab), the window system, popup menus, keyboard
+    shortcuts or other application specific reasons. The reason for a
+    particular focus event is returned by reason() in the appropriate
+    event handler.
+
+    The event handlers QWidget::focusInEvent() and
+    QWidget::focusOutEvent() receive focus events.
+
+    Use setReason() to set the reason for all focus events, and
+    resetReason() to set the reason for all focus events to the reason
+    in force before the last setReason() call.
+
+    \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::setFocusPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QFocusEvent::QFocusEvent( Type type )
+
+    Constructs a focus event object.
+
+    The \a type parameter must be either \c QEvent::FocusIn or \c
+    QEvent::FocusOut.
+*/
+
+
+
+QFocusEvent::Reason QFocusEvent::m_reason = QFocusEvent::Other;
+QFocusEvent::Reason QFocusEvent::prev_reason = QFocusEvent::Other;
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QFocusEvent::Reason
+
+    This enum specifies why the focus changed.
+
+    \value Mouse  because of a mouse action.
+    \value Tab  because of a Tab press.
+    \value Backtab  because of a Backtab press
+	    (possibly including Shift/Control, e.g. Shift+Tab).
+    \value ActiveWindow  because the window system made this window (in)active.
+    \value Popup  because the application opened/closed a popup that grabbed/released focus.
+    \value Shortcut  because of a keyboard shortcut.
+    \value Other  any other reason, usually application-specific.
+
+    See the \link focus.html keyboard focus overview\endlink for more
+    about focus.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the reason for this focus event.
+
+    \sa setReason()
+ */
+QFocusEvent::Reason QFocusEvent::reason()
+{
+    return m_reason;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the reason for all future focus events to \a reason.
+
+    \sa reason(), resetReason()
+ */
+void QFocusEvent::setReason( Reason reason )
+{
+    prev_reason = m_reason;
+    m_reason = reason;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resets the reason for all future focus events to the value before
+    the last setReason() call.
+
+    \sa reason(), setReason()
+ */
+void QFocusEvent::resetReason()
+{
+    m_reason = prev_reason;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QFocusEvent::gotFocus() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget received the text input focus;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QFocusEvent::lostFocus() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget lost the text input focus; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QPaintEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QPaintEvent class contains event parameters for paint events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Paint events are sent to widgets that need to update themselves,
+    for instance when part of a widget is exposed because a covering
+    widget is moved.
+
+    The event contains a region() that needs to be updated, and a
+    rect() that is the bounding rectangle of that region. Both are
+    provided because many widgets can't make much use of region(), and
+    rect() can be much faster than region().boundingRect(). Painting
+    is clipped to region() during processing of a paint event.
+
+    The erased() function returns TRUE if the region() has been
+    cleared to the widget's background (see
+    QWidget::backgroundMode()), and FALSE if the region's contents are
+    arbitrary.
+
+    \sa QPainter QWidget::update() QWidget::repaint()
+    QWidget::paintEvent() QWidget::backgroundMode() QRegion
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintEvent::QPaintEvent( const QRegion &paintRegion, bool erased=TRUE )
+
+    Constructs a paint event object with the region that should be
+    updated. The region is given by \a paintRegion. If \a erased is
+    TRUE the region will be cleared before repainting.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintEvent::QPaintEvent( const QRect &paintRect, bool erased=TRUE )
+
+    Constructs a paint event object with the rectangle that should be
+    updated. The region is also given by \a paintRect. If \a erased is
+    TRUE the region will be cleared before repainting.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintEvent::QPaintEvent( const QRegion &paintRegion, const QRect &paintRect, bool erased=TRUE )
+
+    Constructs a paint event object with the rectangle \a paintRect
+    that should be updated. The region is given by \a paintRegion. If
+    \a erased is TRUE the region will be cleared before repainting.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect &QPaintEvent::rect() const
+
+    Returns the rectangle that should be updated.
+
+    \sa region(), QPainter::setClipRect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRegion &QPaintEvent::region() const
+
+    Returns the region that should be updated.
+
+    \sa rect(), QPainter::setClipRegion()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintEvent::erased() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the paint event region (or rectangle) has been
+    erased with the widget's background; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QMoveEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QMoveEvent class contains event parameters for move events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Move events are sent to widgets that have been moved to a new position
+    relative to their parent.
+
+    The event handler QWidget::moveEvent() receives move events.
+
+    \sa QWidget::move(), QWidget::setGeometry()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMoveEvent::QMoveEvent( const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &oldPos )
+
+    Constructs a move event with the new and old widget positions, \a
+    pos and \a oldPos respectively.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QMoveEvent::pos() const
+
+    Returns the new position of the widget. This excludes the window
+    frame for top level widgets.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QMoveEvent::oldPos() const
+
+    Returns the old position of the widget.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QResizeEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QResizeEvent class contains event parameters for resize events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Resize events are sent to widgets that have been resized.
+
+    The event handler QWidget::resizeEvent() receives resize events.
+
+    \sa QWidget::resize(), QWidget::setGeometry()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QResizeEvent::QResizeEvent( const QSize &size, const QSize &oldSize )
+
+    Constructs a resize event with the new and old widget sizes, \a
+    size and \a oldSize respectively.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QSize &QResizeEvent::size() const
+
+    Returns the new size of the widget, which is the same as
+    QWidget::size().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QSize &QResizeEvent::oldSize() const
+
+    Returns the old size of the widget.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QCloseEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QCloseEvent class contains parameters that describe a close event.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Close events are sent to widgets that the user wants to close,
+    usually by choosing "Close" from the window menu, or by clicking
+    the `X' titlebar button. They are also sent when you call
+    QWidget::close() to close a widget programmatically.
+
+    Close events contain a flag that indicates whether the receiver
+    wants the widget to be closed or not. When a widget accepts the
+    close event, it is hidden (and destroyed if it was created with
+    the \c WDestructiveClose flag). If it refuses to accept the close
+    event nothing happens. (Under X11 it is possible that the window
+    manager will forcibly close the window; but at the time of writing
+    we are not aware of any window manager that does this.)
+
+    The application's main widget -- QApplication::mainWidget() --
+    is a special case. When it accepts the close event, Qt leaves the
+    main event loop and the application is immediately terminated
+    (i.e. it returns from the call to QApplication::exec() in the
+    main() function).
+
+    The event handler QWidget::closeEvent() receives close events. The
+    default implementation of this event handler accepts the close
+    event. If you do not want your widget to be hidden, or want some
+    special handing, you should reimplement the event handler.
+
+    The \link simple-application.html#closeEvent closeEvent() in the
+    Application Walkthrough\endlink shows a close event handler that
+    asks whether to save a document before closing.
+
+    If you want the widget to be deleted when it is closed, create it
+    with the \c WDestructiveClose widget flag. This is very useful for
+    independent top-level windows in a multi-window application.
+
+    \l{QObject}s emits the \link QObject::destroyed()
+    destroyed()\endlink signal when they are deleted.
+
+    If the last top-level window is closed, the
+    QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted.
+
+    The isAccepted() function returns TRUE if the event's receiver has
+    agreed to close the widget; call accept() to agree to close the
+    widget and call ignore() if the receiver of this event does not
+    want the widget to be closed.
+
+    \sa QWidget::close(), QWidget::hide(), QObject::destroyed(),
+    QApplication::setMainWidget(), QApplication::lastWindowClosed(),
+    QApplication::exec(), QApplication::quit()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCloseEvent::QCloseEvent()
+
+    Constructs a close event object with the accept parameter flag set
+    to FALSE.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QCloseEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event has agreed to close the
+    widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa accept(), ignore()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCloseEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the close event object.
+
+    Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event
+    agrees to close the widget.
+
+    The accept flag is \e not set by default.
+
+    If you choose to accept in QWidget::closeEvent(), the widget will
+    be hidden. If the widget's \c WDestructiveClose flag is set, it
+    will also be destroyed.
+
+    \sa ignore(), QWidget::hide()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCloseEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag of the close event object.
+
+    Clearing the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event
+    does not want the widget to be closed.
+
+    The close event is constructed with the accept flag cleared.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+   \class QIconDragEvent qevent.h
+   \brief The QIconDragEvent class signals that a main icon drag has begun.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Icon drag events are sent to widgets when the main icon of a window has been dragged away.
+    On Mac OS X this is fired when the proxy icon of a window is dragged off titlebar, in response to
+    this event is is normal to begin using drag and drop.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QIconDragEvent::QIconDragEvent()
+
+    Constructs an icon drag event object with the accept parameter
+    flag set to FALSE.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QIconDragEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event has started a drag and
+    drop operation; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa accept(), ignore()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QIconDragEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the icon drag event object.
+
+    Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event
+    has started a drag and drop oeration.
+
+    The accept flag is \e not set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore(), QWidget::hide()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QIconDragEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag of the icon drag object.
+
+    Clearing the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event
+    has not handled the icon drag as a result other events can be sent.
+
+    The icon drag event is constructed with the accept flag cleared.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QContextMenuEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QContextMenuEvent class contains parameters that describe a context menu event.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Context menu events are sent to widgets when a user triggers a
+    context menu. What triggers this is platform dependent. For
+    example, on Windows, pressing the menu button or releasing the
+    right mouse button will cause this event to be sent.
+
+    When this event occurs it is customary to show a QPopupMenu with a
+    context menu, if this is relevant to the context.
+
+    Context menu events contain a special accept flag that indicates
+    whether the receiver accepted the event. If the event handler does
+    not accept the event, then whatever triggered the event will be
+    handled as a regular input event if possible.
+
+    \sa QPopupMenu
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QContextMenuEvent::QContextMenuEvent( Reason reason, const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &globalPos, int state )
+
+    Constructs a context menu event object with the accept parameter
+    flag set to FALSE.
+
+    The \a reason parameter must be \c QContextMenuEvent::Mouse or \c
+    QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard.
+
+    The \a pos parameter specifies the mouse position relative to the
+    receiving widget. \a globalPos is the mouse position in absolute
+    coordinates. \a state is the ButtonState at the time of the event.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QContextMenuEvent::QContextMenuEvent( Reason reason, const QPoint &pos, int state )
+
+    Constructs a context menu event object with the accept parameter
+    flag set to FALSE.
+
+    The \a reason parameter must be \c QContextMenuEvent::Mouse or \c
+    QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard.
+
+    The \a pos parameter specifies the mouse position relative to the
+    receiving widget. \a state is the ButtonState at the time of the
+    event.
+
+    The globalPos() is initialized to QCursor::pos(), which may not be
+    appropriate. Use the other constructor to specify the global
+    position explicitly.
+*/
+
+QContextMenuEvent::QContextMenuEvent( Reason reason, const QPoint &pos, int state )
+    : QEvent( ContextMenu ), p( pos ), accpt(TRUE), consum(TRUE),
+    reas( reason ), s((ushort)state)
+{
+    gp = QCursor::pos();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QContextMenuEvent::pos() const
+
+    Returns the position of the mouse pointer relative to the widget
+    that received the event.
+
+    \sa x(), y(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QContextMenuEvent::x() const
+
+    Returns the x-position of the mouse pointer, relative to the
+    widget that received the event.
+
+    \sa y(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QContextMenuEvent::y() const
+
+    Returns the y-position of the mouse pointer, relative to the
+    widget that received the event.
+
+    \sa x(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QContextMenuEvent::globalPos() const
+
+    Returns the global position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa x(), y(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QContextMenuEvent::globalX() const
+
+    Returns the global x-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalY(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QContextMenuEvent::globalY() const
+
+    Returns the global y-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalX(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ButtonState QContextMenuEvent::state() const
+
+    Returns the button state (a combination of mouse buttons and
+    keyboard modifiers), i.e. what buttons and keys were being
+    pressed immediately before the event was generated.
+
+    The returned value is \c LeftButton, \c RightButton, \c MidButton,
+    \c ShiftButton, \c ControlButton and \c AltButton OR'ed together.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QContextMenuEvent::isConsumed() const
+
+    Returns TRUE (which stops propagation of the event) if the
+    receiver has blocked the event; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa accept(), ignore(), consume()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QContextMenuEvent::consume()
+
+    Sets the consume flag of the context event object.
+
+    Setting the consume flag indicates that the receiver of this event
+    does not want the event to be propagated further (i.e. not sent to
+    parent classes.)
+
+    The consumed flag is not set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore() accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QContextMenuEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver has processed the event; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa accept(), ignore(), consume()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QContextMenuEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the context event object.
+
+    Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event
+    has processed the event. Processing the event means you did
+    something with it and it will be implicitly consumed.
+
+    The accept flag is not set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore() consume()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QContextMenuEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag of the context event object.
+
+    Clearing the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event
+    does not need to show a context menu. This will implicitly remove
+    the consumed flag as well.
+
+    The accept flag is not set by default.
+
+    \sa accept() consume()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QContextMenuEvent::Reason
+
+    This enum describes the reason the ContextMenuEvent was sent. The
+    values are:
+
+    \value Mouse The mouse caused the event to be sent. Normally this
+    means the right mouse button was clicked, but this is platform
+    specific.
+
+    \value Keyboard The keyboard caused this event to be sent. On
+    Windows this means the menu button was pressed.
+
+    \value Other The event was sent by some other means (i.e. not by
+    the mouse or keyboard).
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QContextMenuEvent::Reason QContextMenuEvent::reason() const
+
+    Returns the reason for this context event.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QIMEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QIMEvent class provides parameters for input method events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Input method events are sent to widgets when an input method is
+    used to enter text into a widget. Input methods are widely used to
+    enter text in Asian and other complex languages.
+
+    The events are of interest to widgets that accept keyboard input
+    and want to be able to correctly handle complex languages. Text
+    input in such languages is usually a three step process.
+
+    \list 1
+    \i <b>Starting to Compose</b><br>
+    When the user presses the first key on a keyboard an input context
+    is created. This input context will contain a string with the
+    typed characters.
+
+    \i <b>Composing</b><br>
+    With every new key pressed, the input method will try to create a
+    matching string for the text typed so far. While the input context
+    is active, the user can only move the cursor inside the string
+    belonging to this input context.
+
+    \i <b>Completing</b><br>
+    At some point, e.g. when the user presses the Spacebar, they get
+    to this stage, where they can choose from a number of strings that
+    match the text they have typed so far. The user can press Enter to
+    confirm their choice or Escape to cancel the input; in either case
+    the input context will be closed.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that the particular key presses used for a given input
+    context may differ from those we've mentioned here, i.e. they may
+    not be Spacebar, Enter and Escape.
+
+    These three stages are represented by three different types of
+    events. The IMStartEvent, IMComposeEvent and IMEndEvent. When a
+    new input context is created, an IMStartEvent will be sent to the
+    widget and delivered to the \l QWidget::imStartEvent() function.
+    The widget can then update internal data structures to reflect
+    this.
+
+    After this, an IMComposeEvent will be sent to the widget for
+    every key the user presses. It will contain the current
+    composition string the widget has to show and the current cursor
+    position within the composition string. This string is temporary
+    and can change with every key the user types, so the widget will
+    need to store the state before the composition started (the state
+    it had when it received the IMStartEvent). IMComposeEvents will be
+    delivered to the \l QWidget::imComposeEvent() function.
+
+    Usually, widgets try to mark the part of the text that is part of
+    the current composition in a way that is visible to the user. A
+    commonly used visual cue is to use a dotted underline.
+
+    After the user has selected the final string, an IMEndEvent will
+    be sent to the widget. The event contains the final string the
+    user selected, and could be empty if they canceled the
+    composition. This string should be accepted as the final text the
+    user entered, and the intermediate composition string should be
+    cleared. These events are delivered to \l QWidget::imEndEvent().
+
+    If the user clicks another widget, taking the focus out of the
+    widget where the composition is taking place the IMEndEvent will
+    be sent and the string it holds will be the result of the
+    composition up to that point (which may be an empty string).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn  QIMEvent::QIMEvent( Type type, const QString &text, int cursorPosition )
+
+    Constructs a new QIMEvent with the accept flag set to FALSE. \a
+    type can be one of QEvent::IMStartEvent, QEvent::IMComposeEvent
+    or QEvent::IMEndEvent. \a text contains the current compostion
+    string and \a cursorPosition the current position of the cursor
+    inside \a text.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QString &QIMEvent::text() const
+
+    Returns the composition text. This is a null string for an
+    IMStartEvent, and contains the final accepted string (which may be
+    empty) in the IMEndEvent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QIMEvent::cursorPos() const
+
+    Returns the current cursor position inside the composition string.
+    Will return -1 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QIMEvent::selectionLength() const
+
+    Returns the number of characters in the composition string (
+    starting at cursorPos() ) that should be marked as selected by the
+    input widget receiving the event.
+    Will return 0 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QIMEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event processed the event;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QIMEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the input method event object.
+
+    Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
+    event processed the input method event.
+
+    The accept flag is not set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QIMEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag parameter of the input method event object.
+
+    Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+    does not want the input method event.
+
+    The accept flag is cleared by default.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QTabletEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QTabletEvent class contains parameters that describe a Tablet
+    event.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Tablet Events are generated from a Wacom&copy; tablet. Most of
+    the time you will want to deal with events from the tablet as if
+    they were events from a mouse, for example retrieving the position
+    with x(), y(), pos(), globalX(), globalY() and globalPos(). In
+    some situations you may wish to retrieve the extra information
+    provided by the tablet device driver, for example, you might want
+    to adjust color brightness based on pressure. QTabletEvent allows
+    you to get the pressure(), the xTilt() and yTilt(), as well as the
+    type of device being used with device() (see \l{TabletDevice}).
+
+    A tablet event contains a special accept flag that indicates
+    whether the receiver wants the event. You should call
+    QTabletEvent::accept() if you handle the tablet event; otherwise
+    it will be sent to the parent widget.
+
+    The QWidget::setEnabled() function can be used to enable or
+    disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
+
+  The event handler QWidget::tabletEvent() receives all three types of tablet
+  events.  Qt will first send a tabletEvent and then, if it is not accepted,
+  it will send a mouse event.  This allows applications that don't utilize
+  tablets to use a tablet like a mouse while also enabling those who want to
+  use both tablets and mouses differently.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QTabletEvent::TabletDevice
+
+    This enum defines what type of device is generating the event.
+
+    \value NoDevice    No device, or an unknown device.
+    \value Puck    A Puck (a device that is similar to a flat mouse with
+    a transparent circle with cross-hairs).
+    \value Stylus  A Stylus (the narrow end of the pen).
+    \value Eraser  An Eraser (the broad end of the pen).
+    \omit
+    \value Menu  A menu button was pressed (currently unimplemented).
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent( Type t, const QPoint &pos,
+                                  const QPoint &globalPos, int device,
+                                  int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt,
+				  const QPair<int,int> &uId )
+  Construct a tablet event of type \a t.  The position of when the event occurred is given
+  int \a pos and \a globalPos.  \a device contains the \link TabletDevice device type\endlink,
+  \a pressure contains the pressure exerted on the \a device, \a xTilt and \a yTilt contain
+  \a device's degree of tilt from the X and Y axis respectively.  The \a uId contains an
+  event id.
+
+  On Irix, \a globalPos will contain the high-resolution coordinates received from the
+  tablet device driver, instead of from the windowing system.
+
+  \sa pos(), globalPos(), device(), pressure(), xTilt(), yTilt()
+*/
+
+QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent( Type t, const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &globalPos, int device,
+			    int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt,
+			    const QPair<int, int> &uId )
+    : QEvent( t ),
+      mPos( pos ),
+      mGPos( globalPos ),
+      mDev( device ),
+      mPress( pressure ),
+      mXT( xTilt ),
+      mYT( yTilt ),
+      mType( uId.first ),
+      mPhy( uId.second ),
+      mbAcc(TRUE)
+{}
+
+/*!
+  \obsolete
+  \fn QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent( const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const QPair<int,int> &uId )
+
+    Constructs a tablet event object. The position when the event
+    occurred is is given in \a pos and \a globalPos. \a device
+    contains the \link TabletDevice device type\endlink, \a pressure
+    contains the pressure exerted on the \a device, \a xTilt and \a
+    yTilt contain the \a device's degrees of tilt from the X and Y
+    axis respectively. The \a uId contains an event id.
+
+    On Irix, \a globalPos will contain the high-resolution coordinates
+    received from the tablet device driver, instead of from the
+    windowing system.
+
+  \sa pos(), globalPos(), device(), pressure(), xTilt(), yTilt()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TabletDevices QTabletEvent::device() const
+
+    Returns the type of device that generated the event. Useful if you
+    want one end of the pen to do something different than the other.
+
+    \sa TabletDevice
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTabletEvent::pressure() const
+
+    Returns the pressure that is exerted on the device. This number is
+    a value from 0 (no pressure) to 255 (maximum pressure). The
+    pressure is always scaled to be within this range no matter how
+    many pressure levels the underlying hardware supports.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTabletEvent::xTilt() const
+
+    Returns the difference from the perpendicular in the X Axis.
+    Positive values are towards the tablet's physical right. The angle
+    is in the range -60 to +60 degrees.
+
+    \sa yTilt()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTabletEvent::yTilt() const
+
+    Returns the difference from the perpendicular in the Y Axis.
+    Positive values are towards the bottom of the tablet. The angle is
+    within the range -60 to +60 degrees.
+
+    \sa xTilt()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QTabletEvent::pos() const
+
+    Returns the position of the device, relative to the widget that
+    received the event.
+
+    If you move widgets around in response to mouse events, use
+    globalPos() instead of this function.
+
+    \sa x(), y(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTabletEvent::x() const
+
+    Returns the x-position of the device, relative to the widget that
+    received the event.
+
+    \sa y(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTabletEvent::y() const
+
+    Returns the y-position of the device, relative to the widget that
+    received the event.
+
+    \sa x(), pos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QTabletEvent::globalPos() const
+
+    Returns the global position of the device \e{at the time of the
+    event}. This is important on asynchronous windows systems like X11;
+    whenever you move your widgets around in response to mouse events,
+    globalPos() can differ significantly from the current position
+    QCursor::pos().
+
+    \sa globalX(), globalY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTabletEvent::globalX() const
+
+    Returns the global x-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalY(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTabletEvent::globalY() const
+
+    Returns the global y-position of the mouse pointer at the time of
+    the event.
+
+    \sa globalX(), globalPos()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QTabletEvent::isAccepted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event handles the tablet
+    event; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QTabletEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the tablet event object.
+
+    Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of the event
+    wants the tablet event. Unwanted tablet events are sent to the
+    parent widget.
+
+    The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa ignore()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QTabletEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag parameter of the tablet event object.
+
+    Clearing the accept flag indicates that the event receiver does
+    not want the tablet event. Unwanted tablet events are sent to the
+    parent widget.
+
+    The accept flag is set by default.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPair<int, int> QTabletEvent::uniqueId()
+
+    Returns a unique ID for the current device. It is possible to
+    generate a unique ID for any Wacom&copy; device. This makes it
+    possible to differentiate between multiple devices being used at
+    the same time on the tablet. The \c first member contains a value
+    for the type, the \c second member contains a physical ID obtained
+    from the device. Each combination of these values is unique. Note:
+    for different platforms, the \c first value is different due to
+    different driver implementations.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QChildEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QChildEvent class contains event parameters for child object
+    events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Child events are sent to objects when children are inserted or
+    removed.
+
+    A \c ChildRemoved event is sent immediately, but a \c
+    ChildInserted event is \e posted (with QApplication::postEvent()).
+
+    Note that if a child is removed immediately after it is inserted,
+    the \c ChildInserted event may be suppressed, but the \c
+    ChildRemoved event will always be sent. In this case there will be
+    a \c ChildRemoved event without a corresponding \c ChildInserted
+    event.
+
+    The handler for these events is QObject::childEvent().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QChildEvent::QChildEvent( Type type, QObject *child )
+
+    Constructs a child event object. The \a child is the object that
+    is to be removed or inserted.
+
+    The \a type parameter must be either \c QEvent::ChildInserted or
+    \c QEvent::ChildRemoved.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QChildEvent::child() const
+
+    Returns the child widget that was inserted or removed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QChildEvent::inserted() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the widget received a new child; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QChildEvent::removed() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the object lost a child; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QCustomEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QCustomEvent class provides support for custom events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    QCustomEvent is a generic event class for user-defined events.
+    User defined events can be sent to widgets or other QObject
+    instances using QApplication::postEvent() or
+    QApplication::sendEvent(). Subclasses of QObject can easily
+    receive custom events by implementing the QObject::customEvent()
+    event handler function.
+
+    QCustomEvent objects should be created with a type ID that
+    uniquely identifies the event type. To avoid clashes with the
+    Qt-defined events types, the value should be at least as large as
+    the value of the "User" entry in the QEvent::Type enum.
+
+    QCustomEvent contains a generic void* data member that may be used
+    for transferring event-specific data to the receiver. Note that
+    since events are normally delivered asynchronously, the data
+    pointer, if used, must remain valid until the event has been
+    received and processed.
+
+    QCustomEvent can be used as-is for simple user-defined event
+    types, but normally you will want to make a subclass of it for
+    your event types. In a subclass, you can add data members that are
+    suitable for your event type.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    class ColorChangeEvent : public QCustomEvent
+    {
+    public:
+	ColorChangeEvent( QColor color )
+	    : QCustomEvent( 65432 ), c( color ) {}
+	QColor color() const { return c; }
+    private:
+	QColor c;
+    };
+
+    // To send an event of this custom event type:
+
+    ColorChangeEvent* ce = new ColorChangeEvent( blue );
+    QApplication::postEvent( receiver, ce );  // Qt will delete it when done
+
+    // To receive an event of this custom event type:
+
+    void MyWidget::customEvent( QCustomEvent * e )
+    {
+	if ( e->type() == 65432 ) {  // It must be a ColorChangeEvent
+	    ColorChangeEvent* ce = (ColorChangeEvent*)e;
+	    newColor = ce->color();
+	}
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa QWidget::customEvent(), QApplication::notify()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a custom event object with event type \a type. The
+    value of \a type must be at least as large as QEvent::User. The
+    data pointer is set to 0.
+*/
+
+QCustomEvent::QCustomEvent( int type )
+    : QEvent( (QEvent::Type)type ), d( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCustomEvent::QCustomEvent( Type type, void *data )
+
+    Constructs a custom event object with the event type \a type and a
+    pointer to \a data. (Note that any int value may safely be cast to
+    QEvent::Type).
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCustomEvent::setData( void* data )
+
+    Sets the generic data pointer to \a data.
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void *QCustomEvent::data() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the generic event data.
+
+    \sa setData()
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDragMoveEvent::QDragMoveEvent( const QPoint& pos, Type type )
+
+    Creates a QDragMoveEvent for which the mouse is at point \a pos,
+    and the event is of type \a type.
+
+    \warning Do not create a QDragMoveEvent yourself since these
+    objects rely on Qt's internal state.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDragMoveEvent::accept( const QRect & r )
+
+    The same as accept(), but also notifies that future moves will
+    also be acceptable if they remain within the rectangle \a r on the
+    widget: this can improve performance, but may also be ignored by
+    the underlying system.
+
+    If the rectangle is \link QRect::isEmpty() empty\endlink, then
+    drag move events will be sent continuously. This is useful if the
+    source is scrolling in a timer event.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDragMoveEvent::ignore( const QRect & r)
+
+    The opposite of accept(const QRect&), i.e. says that moves within
+    rectangle \a r are not acceptable (will be ignored).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QDragMoveEvent::answerRect() const
+
+    Returns the rectangle for which the acceptance of the move event
+    applies.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint& QDropEvent::pos() const
+
+    Returns the position where the drop was made.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDropEvent::isAccepted () const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the drop target accepts the event; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDropEvent::accept(bool y=TRUE)
+
+    Call this function to indicate whether the event provided data
+    which your widget processed. Set \a y to TRUE (the default) if
+    your widget could process the data, otherwise set \a y to FALSE.
+    To get the data, use encodedData(), or preferably, the decode()
+    methods of existing QDragObject subclasses, such as
+    QTextDrag::decode(), or your own subclasses.
+
+    \sa acceptAction()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDropEvent::acceptAction(bool y=TRUE)
+
+    Call this to indicate that the action described by action() is
+    accepted (i.e. if \a y is TRUE, which is the default), not merely
+    the default copy action. If you call acceptAction(TRUE), there is
+    no need to also call accept(TRUE).
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QDragMoveEvent::accept( bool y )
+  \reimp
+  \internal
+  Remove in 3.0
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QDragMoveEvent::ignore()
+  \reimp
+  \internal
+  Remove in 3.0
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDropEvent::Action
+
+    This enum describes the action which a source requests that a
+    target perform with dropped data.
+
+    \value Copy The default action. The source simply uses the data
+		provided in the operation.
+    \value Link The source should somehow create a link to the
+		location specified by the data.
+    \value Move The source should somehow move the object from the
+		location specified by the data to a new location.
+    \value Private  The target has special knowledge of the MIME type,
+		which the source should respond to in a similar way to
+		a Copy.
+    \value UserAction  The source and target can co-operate using
+		special actions. This feature is not currently
+		supported.
+
+    The Link and Move actions only makes sense if the data is a
+    reference, for example, text/uri-list file lists (see QUriDrag).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDropEvent::setAction( Action a )
+
+    Sets the action to \a a. This is used internally, you should not
+    need to call this in your code: the \e source decides the action,
+    not the target.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Action QDropEvent::action() const
+
+    Returns the Action which the target is requesting to be performed
+    with the data. If your application understands the action and can
+    process the supplied data, call acceptAction(); if your
+    application can process the supplied data but can only perform the
+    Copy action, call accept().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDropEvent::ignore()
+
+    The opposite of accept(), i.e. you have ignored the drop event.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDropEvent::isActionAccepted () const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the drop action was accepted by the drop site;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDropEvent::setPoint (const QPoint & np)
+
+    Sets the drop to happen at point \a np. You do not normally need
+    to use this as it will be set internally before your widget
+    receives the drop event.
+*/ // ### here too - what coordinate system?
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QDragEnterEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QDragEnterEvent class provides an event which is sent to the widget when a drag and drop first drags onto the widget.
+
+    \ingroup events
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    This event is always immediately followed by a QDragMoveEvent, so
+    you only need to respond to one or the other event. This class
+    inherits most of its functionality from QDragMoveEvent, which in
+    turn inherits most of its functionality from QDropEvent.
+
+    \sa QDragLeaveEvent, QDragMoveEvent, QDropEvent
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDragEnterEvent::QDragEnterEvent (const QPoint & pos)
+
+    Constructs a QDragEnterEvent entering at the given point, \a pos.
+
+    \warning Do not create a QDragEnterEvent yourself since these
+    objects rely on Qt's internal state.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDragLeaveEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QDragLeaveEvent class provides an event which is sent to the widget when a drag and drop leaves the widget.
+
+    \ingroup events
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+
+    This event is always preceded by a QDragEnterEvent and a series of
+    \l{QDragMoveEvent}s. It is not sent if a QDropEvent is sent
+    instead.
+
+    \sa QDragEnterEvent, QDragMoveEvent, QDropEvent
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDragLeaveEvent::QDragLeaveEvent()
+
+    Constructs a QDragLeaveEvent.
+
+    \warning Do not create a QDragLeaveEvent yourself since these
+    objects rely on Qt's internal state.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QHideEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QHideEvent class provides an event which is sent after a widget is hidden.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    This event is sent just before QWidget::hide() returns, and also
+    when a top-level window has been hidden (iconified) by the user.
+
+    If spontaneous() is TRUE the event originated outside the
+    application, i.e. the user hid the window using the window manager
+    controls, either by iconifying the window or by switching to
+    another virtual desktop where the window isn't visible. The window
+    will become hidden but not withdrawn. If the window was iconified,
+    QWidget::isMinimized() returns TRUE.
+
+    \sa QShowEvent
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QHideEvent::QHideEvent()
+
+    Constructs a QHideEvent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QShowEvent qevent.h
+    \brief The QShowEvent class provides an event which is sent when a widget is shown.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    There are two kinds of show events: show events caused by the
+    window system (spontaneous) and internal show events. Spontaneous
+    show events are sent just after the window system shows the
+    window, including after a top-level window has been shown
+    (un-iconified) by the user. Internal show events are delivered
+    just before the widget becomes visible.
+
+    \sa QHideEvent
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QShowEvent::QShowEvent()
+
+    Constructs a QShowEvent.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn QByteArray QDropEvent::data(const char* f) const
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  Use QDropEvent::encodedData().
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the event. If it was \link
+  QApplication::postEvent() posted \endlink,
+  it will be removed from the list of events to be posted.
+*/
+
+QEvent::~QEvent()
+{
+    if ( posted && qApp )
+	QApplication::removePostedEvent( this );
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qevent.h b/src/kernel/qevent.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6512b9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qevent.h
@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of event classes
+**
+** Created : 931029
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEVENT_H
+#define QEVENT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qregion.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qmime.h"
+#include "qpair.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class Q_EXPORT QEvent: public Qt		// event base class
+{
+public:
+    enum Type {
+
+	/*
+	  If you get a strange compiler error on the line with None,
+	  it's probably because you're also including X11 headers,
+	  which #define the symbol None. Put the X11 includes after
+	  the Qt includes to solve this problem.
+	*/
+
+	None = 0,				// invalid event
+
+
+	Timer = 1,				// timer event
+	MouseButtonPress = 2,			// mouse button pressed
+	MouseButtonRelease = 3,			// mouse button released
+	MouseButtonDblClick = 4,		// mouse button double click
+	MouseMove = 5,				// mouse move
+	KeyPress = 6,				// key pressed
+	KeyRelease = 7,				// key released
+	FocusIn = 8,				// keyboard focus received
+	FocusOut = 9,				// keyboard focus lost
+	Enter = 10,				// mouse enters widget
+	Leave = 11,				// mouse leaves widget
+	Paint = 12,				// paint widget
+	Move = 13,				// move widget
+	Resize = 14,				// resize widget
+	Create = 15,				// after object creation
+	Destroy = 16,				// during object destruction
+	Show = 17,				// widget is shown
+	Hide = 18,				// widget is hidden
+	Close = 19,				// request to close widget
+	Quit = 20,				// request to quit application
+	Reparent = 21,				// widget has been reparented
+	ShowMinimized = 22,		       	// widget is shown minimized
+	ShowNormal = 23,	       		// widget is shown normal
+	WindowActivate = 24,	       		// window was activated
+	WindowDeactivate = 25,	       		// window was deactivated
+	ShowToParent = 26,	       		// widget is shown to parent
+	HideToParent = 27,	       		// widget is hidden to parent
+	ShowMaximized = 28,		       	// widget is shown maximized
+	ShowFullScreen = 29,			// widget is shown full-screen
+	Accel = 30,				// accelerator event
+	Wheel = 31,				// wheel event
+	AccelAvailable = 32,			// accelerator available event
+	CaptionChange = 33,			// caption changed
+	IconChange = 34,			// icon changed
+	ParentFontChange = 35,			// parent font changed
+	ApplicationFontChange = 36,		// application font changed
+	ParentPaletteChange = 37,		// parent palette changed
+	ApplicationPaletteChange = 38,		// application palette changed
+	PaletteChange = 39,			// widget palette changed
+	Clipboard = 40,				// internal clipboard event
+	Speech = 42,				// reserved for speech input
+	SockAct = 50,				// socket activation
+	AccelOverride = 51,			// accelerator override event
+	DeferredDelete = 52,			// deferred delete event
+	DragEnter = 60,				// drag moves into widget
+	DragMove = 61,				// drag moves in widget
+	DragLeave = 62,				// drag leaves or is cancelled
+	Drop = 63,				// actual drop
+	DragResponse = 64,			// drag accepted/rejected
+	ChildInserted = 70,			// new child widget
+	ChildRemoved = 71,			// deleted child widget
+	LayoutHint = 72,			// child min/max size changed
+	ShowWindowRequest = 73,			// widget's window should be mapped
+	WindowBlocked = 74,			// window is about to be blocked modally
+	WindowUnblocked = 75,			// windows modal blocking has ended
+	ActivateControl = 80,			// ActiveX activation
+	DeactivateControl = 81,			// ActiveX deactivation
+	ContextMenu = 82,			// context popup menu
+	IMStart = 83,				// input method composition start
+	IMCompose = 84,				// input method composition
+	IMEnd = 85,				// input method composition end
+	Accessibility = 86,			// accessibility information is requested
+	TabletMove = 87,			// Wacom tablet event
+	LocaleChange = 88,			// the system locale changed
+	LanguageChange = 89,			// the application language changed
+	LayoutDirectionChange = 90,		// the layout direction changed
+	Style = 91,				// internal style event
+	TabletPress = 92,			// tablet press
+	TabletRelease = 93,			// tablet release
+	OkRequest = 94,				// CE (Ok) button pressed
+	HelpRequest = 95,			// CE (?)  button pressed
+	WindowStateChange = 96,			// window state has changed
+	IconDrag = 97,                          // proxy icon dragged
+	User = 1000,				// first user event id
+	MaxUser = 65535				// last user event id
+    };
+
+
+    QEvent( Type type ) : t(type), posted(FALSE), spont(FALSE) {}
+    virtual ~QEvent();
+    Type  type() const	{ return t; }
+    bool spontaneous() const 	{ return spont; }
+protected:
+    Type  t;
+private:
+    uint posted : 1;
+    uint spont : 1;
+
+
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QAccelManager;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+    friend class QETWidget;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTimerEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QTimerEvent( int timerId )
+	: QEvent(Timer), id(timerId) {}
+    int	  timerId()	const	{ return id; }
+protected:
+    int	  id;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMouseEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QMouseEvent( Type type, const QPoint &pos, int button, int state );
+
+    QMouseEvent( Type type, const QPoint &pos, const QPoint&globalPos,
+		 int button, int state )
+	: QEvent(type), p(pos), g(globalPos), b((ushort)button),s((ushort)state),accpt(TRUE) {};
+
+    const QPoint &pos() const	{ return p; }
+    const QPoint &globalPos() const { return g; }
+    int	   x()		const	{ return p.x(); }
+    int	   y()		const	{ return p.y(); }
+    int	   globalX()	const	{ return g.x(); }
+    int	   globalY()	const	{ return g.y(); }
+    ButtonState button() const	{ return (ButtonState) b; }
+    ButtonState state()	const	{ return (ButtonState) s; }
+    ButtonState stateAfter() const;
+    bool   isAccepted() const	{ return accpt; }
+    void   accept()		{ accpt = TRUE; }
+    void   ignore()		{ accpt = FALSE; }
+protected:
+    QPoint p;
+    QPoint g;
+    ushort b;
+    ushort s;
+    uint   accpt:1;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+class Q_EXPORT QWheelEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QWheelEvent( const QPoint &pos, int delta, int state, Orientation orient = Vertical );
+    QWheelEvent( const QPoint &pos, const QPoint& globalPos, int delta, int state, Orientation orient = Vertical  )
+	: QEvent(Wheel), p(pos), g(globalPos), d(delta), s((ushort)state),
+	  accpt(TRUE), o(orient) {}
+    int	   delta()	const	{ return d; }
+    const QPoint &pos() const	{ return p; }
+    const QPoint &globalPos() const	{ return g; }
+    int	   x()		const	{ return p.x(); }
+    int	   y()		const	{ return p.y(); }
+    int	   globalX()	const	{ return g.x(); }
+    int	   globalY()	const	{ return g.y(); }
+    ButtonState state()	const	{ return ButtonState(s); }
+    Orientation orientation() 	const 	{ return o; }
+    bool   isAccepted() const	{ return accpt; }
+    void   accept()		{ accpt = TRUE; }
+    void   ignore()		{ accpt = FALSE; }
+protected:
+    QPoint p;
+    QPoint g;
+    int d;
+    ushort s;
+    bool   accpt;
+    Orientation o;
+};
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTabletEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    enum TabletDevice { NoDevice = -1, Puck, Stylus, Eraser };
+    QTabletEvent( Type t, const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &globalPos, int device,
+		  int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const QPair<int,int> &uId );
+    QTabletEvent( const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &globalPos, int device,
+		  int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const QPair<int,int> &uId )
+	: QEvent( TabletMove ), mPos( pos ), mGPos( globalPos ), mDev( device ),
+	  mPress( pressure ), mXT( xTilt ), mYT( yTilt ), mType( uId.first ),
+	  mPhy( uId.second ), mbAcc(TRUE)
+    {}
+    int pressure()	const { return mPress; }
+    int xTilt()		const { return mXT; }
+    int yTilt()		const { return mYT; }
+    const QPoint &pos()	const { return mPos; }
+    const QPoint &globalPos() const { return mGPos; }
+    int x()		const { return mPos.x(); }
+    int y()		const { return mPos.y(); }
+    int globalX()	const { return mGPos.x(); }
+    int globalY()	const { return mGPos.y(); }
+    TabletDevice device() 	const { return TabletDevice(mDev); }
+    int isAccepted() const { return mbAcc; }
+    void accept() { mbAcc = TRUE; }
+    void ignore() { mbAcc = FALSE; }
+    QPair<int,int> uniqueId() { return QPair<int,int>( mType, mPhy); }
+protected:
+    QPoint mPos;
+    QPoint mGPos;
+    int mDev,
+	mPress,
+	mXT,
+	mYT,
+	mType,
+	mPhy;
+    bool mbAcc;
+
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QKeyEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QKeyEvent( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state,
+		const QString& text=QString::null, bool autorep=FALSE, ushort count=1 )
+	: QEvent(type), txt(text), k((ushort)key), s((ushort)state),
+	    a((uchar)ascii), accpt(TRUE), autor(autorep), c(count)
+    {
+	if ( key >= Key_Back && key <= Key_MediaLast )
+	    accpt = FALSE;
+    }
+    int	   key()	const	{ return k; }
+    int	   ascii()	const	{ return a; }
+    ButtonState state()	const	{ return ButtonState(s); }
+    ButtonState stateAfter() const;
+    bool   isAccepted() const	{ return accpt; }
+    QString text()      const   { return txt; }
+    bool   isAutoRepeat() const	{ return autor; }
+    int   count() const	{ return int(c); }
+    void   accept()		{ accpt = TRUE; }
+    void   ignore()		{ accpt = FALSE; }
+
+protected:
+    QString txt;
+    ushort k, s;
+    uchar  a;
+    uint   accpt:1;
+    uint   autor:1;
+    ushort c;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QFocusEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+
+    QFocusEvent( Type type )
+	: QEvent(type) {}
+
+    bool   gotFocus()	const { return type() == FocusIn; }
+    bool   lostFocus()	const { return type() == FocusOut; }
+
+    enum Reason { Mouse, Tab, Backtab, ActiveWindow, Popup, Shortcut, Other };
+    static Reason reason();
+    static void setReason( Reason reason );
+    static void resetReason();
+
+private:
+    static Reason m_reason;
+    static Reason prev_reason;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPaintEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QPaintEvent( const QRegion& paintRegion, bool erased = TRUE)
+	: QEvent(Paint),
+	  rec(paintRegion.boundingRect()),
+	  reg(paintRegion),
+	  erase(erased){}
+    QPaintEvent( const QRect &paintRect, bool erased = TRUE )
+	: QEvent(Paint),
+	  rec(paintRect),
+	  reg(paintRect),
+	  erase(erased){}
+    QPaintEvent( const QRegion &paintRegion, const QRect &paintRect, bool erased = TRUE )
+	: QEvent(Paint),
+	  rec(paintRect),
+	  reg(paintRegion),
+	  erase(erased){}
+
+    const QRect &rect() const	  { return rec; }
+    const QRegion &region() const { return reg; }
+    bool erased() const { return erase; }
+protected:
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+    QRect rec;
+    QRegion reg;
+    bool erase;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMoveEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QMoveEvent( const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &oldPos )
+	: QEvent(Move), p(pos), oldp(oldPos) {}
+    const QPoint &pos()	  const { return p; }
+    const QPoint &oldPos()const { return oldp;}
+protected:
+    QPoint p, oldp;
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QResizeEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QResizeEvent( const QSize &size, const QSize &oldSize )
+	: QEvent(Resize), s(size), olds(oldSize) {}
+    const QSize &size()	  const { return s; }
+    const QSize &oldSize()const { return olds;}
+protected:
+    QSize s, olds;
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QCloseEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QCloseEvent()
+	: QEvent(Close), accpt(FALSE) {}
+    bool   isAccepted() const	{ return accpt; }
+    void   accept()		{ accpt = TRUE; }
+    void   ignore()		{ accpt = FALSE; }
+protected:
+    bool   accpt;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QIconDragEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QIconDragEvent() 
+	: QEvent(IconDrag), accpt(FALSE) {}
+
+    bool   isAccepted() const	{ return accpt; }
+    void   accept()		{ accpt = TRUE; }
+    void   ignore()		{ accpt = FALSE; }
+protected:
+    bool   accpt;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QShowEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QShowEvent()
+	: QEvent(Show) {}
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QHideEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QHideEvent()
+	: QEvent(Hide) {}
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QContextMenuEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    enum Reason { Mouse, Keyboard, Other };
+    QContextMenuEvent( Reason reason, const QPoint &pos, const QPoint &globalPos, int state )
+	: QEvent( ContextMenu ), p( pos ), gp( globalPos ), accpt( TRUE ), consum( TRUE ),
+	reas( reason ), s((ushort)state) {}
+    QContextMenuEvent( Reason reason, const QPoint &pos, int state );
+
+    int	    x() const { return p.x(); }
+    int	    y() const { return p.y(); }
+    int	    globalX() const { return gp.x(); }
+    int	    globalY() const { return gp.y(); }
+
+    const QPoint&   pos() const { return p; }
+    const QPoint&   globalPos() const { return gp; }
+
+    ButtonState state()	const	{ return (ButtonState) s; }
+    bool    isAccepted() const	{ return accpt; }
+    bool    isConsumed() const	{ return consum; }
+    void    consume()		{ accpt = FALSE; consum = TRUE; }
+    void    accept()		{ accpt = TRUE; consum = TRUE; }
+    void    ignore()		{ accpt = FALSE; consum = FALSE; }
+
+    Reason  reason() const { return Reason( reas ); }
+
+protected:
+    QPoint  p;
+    QPoint  gp;
+    bool    accpt;
+    bool    consum;
+    uint    reas:8;
+    ushort s;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QIMEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QIMEvent( Type type, const QString &text, int cursorPosition )
+	: QEvent(type), txt(text), cpos(cursorPosition), a(TRUE) {}
+    const QString &text() const { return txt; }
+    int cursorPos() const { return cpos; }
+    bool isAccepted() const { return a; }
+    void accept() { a = TRUE; }
+    void ignore() { a = FALSE; }
+    int selectionLength() const;
+
+private:
+    QString txt;
+    int cpos;
+    bool a;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QIMComposeEvent : public QIMEvent
+{
+public:
+    QIMComposeEvent( Type type, const QString &text, int cursorPosition,
+		     int selLength )
+	: QIMEvent( type, text, cursorPosition ), selLen( selLength ) { }
+
+private:
+    int selLen;
+
+    friend class QIMEvent;
+};
+
+inline int QIMEvent::selectionLength() const
+{
+    if ( type() != IMCompose ) return 0;
+    QIMComposeEvent *that = (QIMComposeEvent *) this;
+    return that->selLen;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+// This class is rather closed at the moment.  If you need to create your
+// own DND event objects, write to qt-bugs@trolltech.com and we'll try to
+// find a way to extend it so it covers your needs.
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDropEvent : public QEvent, public QMimeSource
+{
+public:
+    QDropEvent( const QPoint& pos, Type typ=Drop )
+	: QEvent(typ), p(pos),
+	  act(0), accpt(0), accptact(0), resv(0),
+	  d(0)
+	{}
+    const QPoint &pos() const	{ return p; }
+    bool isAccepted() const	{ return accpt || accptact; }
+    void accept(bool y=TRUE)	{ accpt = y; }
+    void ignore()		{ accpt = FALSE; }
+
+    bool isActionAccepted() const { return accptact; }
+    void acceptAction(bool y=TRUE) { accptact = y; }
+    enum Action { Copy, Link, Move, Private, UserAction=100 };
+    void setAction( Action a ) { act = (uint)a; }
+    Action action() const { return Action(act); }
+
+    QWidget* source() const;
+    const char* format( int n = 0 ) const;
+    QByteArray encodedData( const char* ) const;
+    bool provides( const char* ) const;
+
+    QByteArray data(const char* f) const { return encodedData(f); }
+
+    void setPoint( const QPoint& np ) { p = np; }
+
+protected:
+    QPoint p;
+    uint act:8;
+    uint accpt:1;
+    uint accptact:1;
+    uint resv:5;
+    void * d;
+};
+
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDragMoveEvent : public QDropEvent
+{
+public:
+    QDragMoveEvent( const QPoint& pos, Type typ=DragMove )
+	: QDropEvent(pos,typ),
+	  rect( pos, QSize( 1, 1 ) ) {}
+    QRect answerRect() const { return rect; }
+    void accept( bool y=TRUE ) { QDropEvent::accept(y); }
+    void accept( const QRect & r) { accpt = TRUE; rect = r; }
+    void ignore( const QRect & r) { accpt =FALSE; rect = r; }
+    void ignore()		{ QDropEvent::ignore(); }
+
+protected:
+    QRect rect;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDragEnterEvent : public QDragMoveEvent
+{
+public:
+    QDragEnterEvent( const QPoint& pos ) :
+	QDragMoveEvent(pos, DragEnter) { }
+};
+
+
+/* An internal class */
+class Q_EXPORT QDragResponseEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QDragResponseEvent( bool accepted )
+	: QEvent(DragResponse), a(accepted) {}
+    bool   dragAccepted() const	{ return a; }
+protected:
+    bool a;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QDragLeaveEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QDragLeaveEvent()
+	: QEvent(DragLeave) {}
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+class Q_EXPORT QChildEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QChildEvent( Type type, QObject *child )
+	: QEvent(type), c(child) {}
+    QObject *child() const	{ return c; }
+    bool inserted() const { return t == ChildInserted; }
+    bool removed() const { return t == ChildRemoved; }
+protected:
+    QObject *c;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QCustomEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QCustomEvent( int type );
+    QCustomEvent( Type type, void *data )
+	: QEvent(type), d(data) {};
+    void       *data()	const	{ return d; }
+    void	setData( void* data )	{ d = data; }
+private:
+    void       *d;
+};
+
+#endif // QEVENT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qeventloop.cpp b/src/kernel/qeventloop.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f6a130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qeventloop.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QEventLoop class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qeventloop_p.h" // includes qplatformdefs.h
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QEventLoop
+    \brief The QEventLoop class manages the event queue.
+
+    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup events
+
+    It receives events from the window system and other sources.  It
+    then sends them to QApplication for processing and delivery.
+
+    QEventLoop allows the application programmer to have more control
+    over event delivery.  Programs that perform long operations can
+    call either processOneEvent() or processEvents() with various
+    ProcessEvent values OR'ed together to control which events should
+    be delivered.
+
+    QEventLoop also allows the integration of an external event loop
+    with the Qt event loop.  The Motif Extension included with Qt
+    includes a reimplementation of QEventLoop for merging Qt and Motif
+    events together.
+
+    To use your own instance of QEventLoop or QEventLoop subclass create 
+    it before you create the QApplication object.
+*/
+
+/*! \enum QEventLoop::ProcessEvents
+
+    This enum controls the types of events processed by the
+    processEvents() functions.
+
+    \value AllEvents - All events are processed
+    \value ExcludeUserInput - Do not process user input events.
+           ( ButtonPress, KeyPress, etc. )
+    \value ExcludeSocketNotifiers - Do not process socket notifier
+           events.
+    \value WaitForMore - Wait for events if no pending events
+           are available.
+
+    \sa processEvents()
+*/
+
+/*! \enum QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags
+    A \c typedef to allow various ProcessEvents values to be OR'ed together.
+
+    \sa ProcessEvents
+ */
+
+/*!
+    Creates a QEventLoop object, this object becomes the global event loop object.
+    There can only be one event loop object. The QEventLoop is usually constructed 
+    by calling QApplication::eventLoop(). To create your own event loop object create 
+    it before you instantiate the QApplication object.
+    
+    The \a parent and \a name arguments are passed on to the QObject constructor.
+*/
+QEventLoop::QEventLoop( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( QApplication::eventloop )
+	qFatal( "QEventLoop: there must be only one event loop object. \nConstruct it before QApplication." );
+    // for now ;)
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    d = new QEventLoopPrivate;
+
+    init();
+    QApplication::eventloop = this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destructs the QEventLoop object.
+*/
+QEventLoop::~QEventLoop()
+{
+    cleanup();
+    delete d;
+    QApplication::eventloop = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called, and
+    returns the value that was set to exit().
+
+    It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The
+    main event loop receives events from the window system and
+    dispatches these to the application widgets.
+
+    Generally speaking, no user interaction can take place before
+    calling exec(). As a special case, modal widgets like QMessageBox
+    can be used before calling exec(), because modal widgets call
+    exec() to start a local event loop.
+
+    To make your application perform idle processing, i.e. executing a
+    special function whenever there are no pending events, use a
+    QTimer with 0 timeout. More advanced idle processing schemes can
+    be achieved using processEvents().
+
+    \sa QApplication::quit(), exit(), processEvents()
+*/
+int QEventLoop::exec()
+{
+    d->reset();
+
+    enterLoop();
+
+    // cleanup
+    d->looplevel = 0;
+    d->quitnow  = FALSE;
+    d->exitloop = FALSE;
+    d->shortcut = FALSE;
+    // don't reset quitcode!
+
+    return d->quitcode;
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::exit( int retcode = 0 )
+
+    Tells the event loop to exit with a return code.
+
+    After this function has been called, the event loop returns from
+    the call to exec(). The exec() function returns \a retcode.
+
+    By convention, a \a retcode of 0 means success, and any non-zero
+    value indicates an error.
+
+    Note that unlike the C library function of the same name, this
+    function \e does return to the caller -- it is event processing that
+    stops.
+
+    \sa QApplication::quit(), exec()
+*/
+void QEventLoop::exit( int retcode )
+{
+    if ( d->quitnow ) // preserve existing quitcode
+	return;
+    d->quitcode = retcode;
+    d->quitnow  = TRUE;
+    d->exitloop = TRUE;
+    d->shortcut = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*! \fn int QEventLoop::enterLoop()
+
+    This function enters the main event loop (recursively). Do not call
+    it unless you really know what you are doing.
+ */
+int QEventLoop::enterLoop()
+{
+    // save the current exitloop state
+    bool old_exitloop = d->exitloop;
+    d->exitloop = FALSE;
+    d->shortcut = FALSE;
+
+    d->looplevel++;
+    while ( ! d->exitloop )
+	processEvents( AllEvents | WaitForMore );
+    d->looplevel--;
+
+    // restore the exitloop state, but if quitnow is TRUE, we need to keep
+    // exitloop set so that all other event loops drop out.
+    d->exitloop = old_exitloop || d->quitnow;
+    d->shortcut = d->quitnow;
+
+    if ( d->looplevel < 1 ) {
+	d->quitnow  = FALSE;
+	d->exitloop = FALSE;
+	d->shortcut = FALSE;
+	emit qApp->aboutToQuit();
+
+	// send deferred deletes
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents( 0, QEvent::DeferredDelete );
+    }
+
+    return d->looplevel;
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::exitLoop()
+
+    This function exits from a recursive call to the main event loop.
+    Do not call it unless you really know what you are doing.
+*/
+void QEventLoop::exitLoop()
+{
+    d->exitloop = TRUE;
+    d->shortcut = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::loopLevel() const
+
+    Returns the current loop level.
+*/
+int QEventLoop::loopLevel() const
+{
+    return d->looplevel;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Process pending events that match \a flags for a maximum of \a
+    maxTime milliseconds, or until there are no more events to
+    process, which ever is shorter.
+
+    This function is especially useful if you have a long running
+    operation and want to show its progress without allowing user
+    input, i.e. by using the \c ExcludeUserInput flag.
+
+    NOTE: This function will not process events continuously; it
+    returns after all available events are processed.
+
+    NOTE: Specifying the \c WaitForMore flag makes no sense and will
+    be ignored.
+*/
+void QEventLoop::processEvents( ProcessEventsFlags flags, int maxTime )
+{
+    QTime start = QTime::currentTime();
+    QTime now;
+    while ( ! d->quitnow && processEvents( flags & ~WaitForMore ) ) {
+	now = QTime::currentTime();
+	if ( start.msecsTo( now ) > maxTime )
+	    break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QEventLoop::processEvents( ProcessEventsFlags flags )
+    \overload
+
+    Processes pending events that match \a flags until there are no
+    more events to process.
+
+    This function is especially useful if you have a long running
+    operation and want to show its progress without allowing user
+    input, i.e. by using the \c ExcludeUserInput flag.
+
+    If the \c WaitForMore flag is set in \a flags, the behavior of
+    this function is as follows:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i If events are available, this function returns after processing
+    them.
+
+    \i If no events are available, this function will wait until more
+    are available and return after processing newly available events.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    If the \c WaitForMore flag is \e not set in \a flags, and no
+    events are available, this function will return immediately.
+
+    NOTE: This function will not process events continuously; it
+    returns after all available events are processed.
+
+    This function returns TRUE if an event was processed; otherwise it
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa ProcessEvents hasPendingEvents()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QEventLoop::hasPendingEvents() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if there is an event waiting, otherwise it returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::registerSocketNotifier( QSocketNotifier *notifier )
+
+    Registers \a notifier with the event loop.  Subclasses need to
+    reimplement this method to tie a socket notifier into another
+    event loop.  Reimplementations \e MUST call the base
+    implementation.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::unregisterSocketNotifier( QSocketNotifier *notifier )
+
+    Unregisters \a notifier from the event loop.  Subclasses need to
+    reimplement this method to tie a socket notifier into another
+    event loop.  Reimplementations \e MUST call the base
+    implementation.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::setSocketNotifierPending( QSocketNotifier *notifier )
+
+    Marks \a notifier as pending.  The socket notifier will be
+    activated the next time activateSocketNotifiers() is called.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QEventLoop::activateSocketNotifiers()
+
+    Activates all pending socket notifiers and returns the number of
+    socket notifiers that were activated.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QEventLoop::activateTimers()
+
+    Activates all Qt timers and returns the number of timers that were
+    activated.
+
+    QEventLoop subclasses that do their own timer handling need to
+    call this after the time returned by timeToWait() has elapsed.
+
+    Note: This function is only useful on systems where \c select() is
+    used to block the eventloop.  On Windows, this function always
+    returns 0.  On MacOS X, this function always returns 0 when the
+    GUI is enabled.  On MacOS X, this function returns the documented
+    value when the GUI is disabled.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QEventLoop::timeToWait() const
+
+    Returns the number of milliseconds that Qt needs to handle its
+    timers or -1 if there are no timers running.
+
+    QEventLoop subclasses that do their own timer handling need to use
+    this to make sure that Qt's timers continue to work.
+
+    Note: This function is only useful on systems where \c select() is
+    used to block the eventloop.  On Windows, this function always
+    returns -1.  On MacOS X, this function always returns -1 when the
+    GUI is enabled.  On MacOS X, this function returns the documented
+    value when the GUI is disabled.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::wakeUp()
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Wakes up the event loop.
+
+    \sa awake()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::awake()
+
+    This signal is emitted after the event loop returns from a
+    function that could block.
+
+    \sa wakeUp() aboutToBlock()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QEventLoop::aboutToBlock()
+
+    This signal is emitted before the event loop calls a function that
+    could block.
+
+    \sa awake()
+*/
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_X11)
+void QEventLoop::appStartingUp(){}
+void QEventLoop::appClosingDown(){}
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
diff --git a/src/kernel/qeventloop.h b/src/kernel/qeventloop.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d45c43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qeventloop.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Declaration of QEventLoop class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEVENTLOOP_H
+#define QEVENTLOOP_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QEventLoopPrivate;
+class QSocketNotifier;
+class QTimer;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+struct timeval; //stdc struct
+struct TimerInfo; //internal structure (qeventloop_mac.cpp)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+class QMutex;
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QEventLoop : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QEventLoop( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ~QEventLoop();
+
+    enum ProcessEvents {
+	AllEvents		= 0x00,
+	ExcludeUserInput	= 0x01,
+	ExcludeSocketNotifiers	= 0x02,
+	WaitForMore		= 0x04
+    };
+    typedef uint ProcessEventsFlags;
+
+    void processEvents( ProcessEventsFlags flags, int maxtime );
+    virtual bool processEvents( ProcessEventsFlags flags );
+
+    virtual bool hasPendingEvents() const;
+
+    virtual void registerSocketNotifier( QSocketNotifier * );
+    virtual void unregisterSocketNotifier( QSocketNotifier * );
+    void setSocketNotifierPending( QSocketNotifier * );
+    int activateSocketNotifiers();
+
+    int activateTimers();
+    int timeToWait() const;
+
+    virtual int exec();
+    virtual void exit( int retcode = 0 );
+
+    virtual int enterLoop();
+    virtual void exitLoop();
+    virtual int loopLevel() const;
+
+    virtual void wakeUp();
+
+signals:
+    void awake();
+    void aboutToBlock();
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    friend QMAC_PASCAL void qt_mac_select_timer_callbk(EventLoopTimerRef, void *);
+    int macHandleSelect(timeval *);
+    void macHandleTimer(TimerInfo *);
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+
+    // internal initialization/cleanup - implemented in various platform specific files
+    void init();
+    void cleanup();
+    virtual void appStartingUp();
+    virtual void appClosingDown();
+
+    // data for the default implementation - other implementations should not
+    // use/need this data
+    QEventLoopPrivate *d;
+
+    friend class QApplication;
+};
+
+#endif // QEVENTLOOP_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qeventloop_p.h b/src/kernel/qeventloop_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e7e365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qeventloop_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QEventLoop class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEVENTLOOP_P_H
+#define QEVENTLOOP_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  This header file may
+// change from version to version without notice, or even be
+// removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+// SCO OpenServer redefines raise -> kill
+#if defined(raise)
+# undef raise
+#endif
+
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+
+class QSocketNotifier;
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+class QMacSockNotPrivate;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX) || defined (Q_WS_WIN)
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#endif // Q_OS_UNIX || Q_WS_WIN
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+struct QSockNot
+{
+    QSocketNotifier *obj;
+    int fd;
+    fd_set *queue;
+};
+
+class QSockNotType
+{
+public:
+    QSockNotType();
+    ~QSockNotType();
+
+    QPtrList<QSockNot> *list;
+    fd_set select_fds;
+    fd_set enabled_fds;
+    fd_set pending_fds;
+
+};
+#endif // Q_OS_UNIX
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+struct QSockNot {
+    QSocketNotifier *obj;
+    int fd;
+};
+#endif // Q_WS_WIN
+
+class QEventLoopPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QEventLoopPrivate()
+    {
+	reset();
+    }
+
+    void reset() {
+	looplevel = 0;
+	quitcode = 0;
+	quitnow = FALSE;
+	exitloop = FALSE;
+	shortcut = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    int looplevel;
+    int quitcode;
+    unsigned int quitnow  : 1;
+    unsigned int exitloop : 1;
+    unsigned int shortcut : 1;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    uchar        next_select_timer;
+    EventLoopTimerRef select_timer;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    int xfd;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+    int thread_pipe[2];
+
+    // pending socket notifiers list
+    QPtrList<QSockNot> sn_pending_list;
+    // highest fd for all socket notifiers
+    int sn_highest;
+    // 3 socket notifier types - read, write and exception
+    QSockNotType sn_vec[3];
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    // pending socket notifiers list
+    QPtrList<QSockNot> sn_pending_list;
+#endif // Q_WS_WIN
+
+};
+
+#endif // QEVENTLOOP_P_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qeventloop_unix.cpp b/src/kernel/qeventloop_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..743eb1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qeventloop_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QEventLoop class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qeventloop_p.h" // includes qplatformdefs.h
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qbitarray.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Timer handling; UNIX has no application timer support so we'll have to
+  make our own from scratch.
+
+  NOTE: These functions are for internal use. QObject::startTimer() and
+	QObject::killTimer() are for public use.
+	The QTimer class provides a high-level interface which translates
+	timer events into signals.
+
+  qStartTimer( interval, obj )
+	Starts a timer which will run until it is killed with qKillTimer()
+	Arguments:
+	    int interval	timer interval in milliseconds
+	    QObject *obj	where to send the timer event
+	Returns:
+	    int			timer identifier, or zero if not successful
+
+  qKillTimer( timerId )
+	Stops a timer specified by a timer identifier.
+	Arguments:
+	    int timerId		timer identifier
+	Returns:
+	    bool		TRUE if successful
+
+  qKillTimer( obj )
+	Stops all timers that are sent to the specified object.
+	Arguments:
+	    QObject *obj	object receiving timer events
+	Returns:
+	    bool		TRUE if successful
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+// Internal data structure for timers
+//
+
+struct TimerInfo {				// internal timer info
+    int	     id;				// - timer identifier
+    timeval  interval;				// - timer interval
+    timeval  timeout;				// - when to sent event
+    QObject *obj;				// - object to receive event
+};
+
+typedef QPtrList<TimerInfo> TimerList;	// list of TimerInfo structs
+
+static QBitArray *timerBitVec;			// timer bit vector
+static TimerList *timerList	= 0;		// timer list
+
+static void	initTimers();
+void cleanupTimers();
+static timeval	watchtime;			// watch if time is turned back
+timeval		*qt_wait_timer();
+timeval	*qt_wait_timer_max = 0;
+
+//
+// Internal operator functions for timevals
+//
+
+static inline bool operator<( const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2 )
+{
+    return t1.tv_sec < t2.tv_sec ||
+	  (t1.tv_sec == t2.tv_sec && t1.tv_usec < t2.tv_usec);
+}
+
+static inline bool operator==( const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2 )
+{
+    return t1.tv_sec == t2.tv_sec && t1.tv_usec == t2.tv_usec;
+}
+
+static inline timeval &operator+=( timeval &t1, const timeval &t2 )
+{
+    t1.tv_sec += t2.tv_sec;
+    if ( (t1.tv_usec += t2.tv_usec) >= 1000000 ) {
+	t1.tv_sec++;
+	t1.tv_usec -= 1000000;
+    }
+    return t1;
+}
+
+static inline timeval operator+( const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2 )
+{
+    timeval tmp;
+    tmp.tv_sec = t1.tv_sec + t2.tv_sec;
+    if ( (tmp.tv_usec = t1.tv_usec + t2.tv_usec) >= 1000000 ) {
+	tmp.tv_sec++;
+	tmp.tv_usec -= 1000000;
+    }
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+static inline timeval operator-( const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2 )
+{
+    timeval tmp;
+    tmp.tv_sec = t1.tv_sec - t2.tv_sec;
+    if ( (tmp.tv_usec = t1.tv_usec - t2.tv_usec) < 0 ) {
+	tmp.tv_sec--;
+	tmp.tv_usec += 1000000;
+    }
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+
+//
+// Internal functions for manipulating timer data structures.
+// The timerBitVec array is used for keeping track of timer identifiers.
+//
+
+static int allocTimerId()			// find avail timer identifier
+{
+    int i = timerBitVec->size()-1;
+    while ( i >= 0 && (*timerBitVec)[i] )
+	i--;
+    if ( i < 0 ) {
+	i = timerBitVec->size();
+	timerBitVec->resize( 4 * i );
+	for( int j=timerBitVec->size()-1; j > i; j-- )
+	    timerBitVec->clearBit( j );
+    }
+    timerBitVec->setBit( i );
+    return i+1;
+}
+
+static void insertTimer( const TimerInfo *ti )	// insert timer info into list
+{
+    TimerInfo *t = timerList->first();
+    int index = 0;
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    int dangerCount = 0;
+#endif
+    while ( t && t->timeout < ti->timeout ) {	// list is sorted by timeout
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	if ( t->obj == ti->obj )
+	    dangerCount++;
+#endif
+	t = timerList->next();
+	index++;
+    }
+    timerList->insert( index, ti );		// inserts sorted
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    if ( dangerCount > 16 )
+	qDebug( "QObject: %d timers now exist for object %s::%s",
+	       dangerCount, ti->obj->className(), ti->obj->name() );
+#endif
+}
+
+static inline void getTime( timeval &t )	// get time of day
+{
+    gettimeofday( &t, 0 );
+    while ( t.tv_usec >= 1000000 ) {		// NTP-related fix
+	t.tv_usec -= 1000000;
+	t.tv_sec++;
+    }
+    while ( t.tv_usec < 0 ) {
+	if ( t.tv_sec > 0 ) {
+	    t.tv_usec += 1000000;
+	    t.tv_sec--;
+	} else {
+	    t.tv_usec = 0;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void repairTimer( const timeval &time )	// repair broken timer
+{
+    timeval diff = watchtime - time;
+    register TimerInfo *t = timerList->first();
+    while ( t ) {				// repair all timers
+	t->timeout = t->timeout - diff;
+	t = timerList->next();
+    }
+}
+
+//
+// Timer activation functions (called from the event loop)
+//
+
+/*
+  Returns the time to wait for the next timer, or null if no timers are
+  waiting.
+
+  The result is bounded to qt_wait_timer_max if this exists.
+*/
+
+timeval *qt_wait_timer()
+{
+    static timeval tm;
+    bool first = TRUE;
+    timeval currentTime;
+    if ( timerList && timerList->count() ) {	// there are waiting timers
+	getTime( currentTime );
+	if ( first ) {
+	    if ( currentTime < watchtime )	// clock was turned back
+		repairTimer( currentTime );
+	    first = FALSE;
+	    watchtime = currentTime;
+	}
+	TimerInfo *t = timerList->first();	// first waiting timer
+	if ( currentTime < t->timeout ) {	// time to wait
+	    tm = t->timeout - currentTime;
+	} else {
+	    tm.tv_sec  = 0;			// no time to wait
+	    tm.tv_usec = 0;
+	}
+	if ( qt_wait_timer_max && *qt_wait_timer_max < tm )
+	    tm = *qt_wait_timer_max;
+	return &tm;
+    }
+    if ( qt_wait_timer_max ) {
+	tm = *qt_wait_timer_max;
+	return &tm;
+    }
+    return 0;					// no timers
+}
+
+// Timer initialization
+static void initTimers()			// initialize timers
+{
+    timerBitVec = new QBitArray( 128 );
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( timerBitVec );
+    int i = timerBitVec->size();
+    while( i-- > 0 )
+	timerBitVec->clearBit( i );
+    timerList = new TimerList;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( timerList );
+    timerList->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    gettimeofday( &watchtime, 0 );
+}
+
+// Timer cleanup
+void cleanupTimers()
+{
+    delete timerList;
+    timerList = 0;
+    delete timerBitVec;
+    timerBitVec = 0;
+}
+
+// Main timer functions for starting and killing timers
+int qStartTimer( int interval, QObject *obj )
+{
+    if ( !timerList )				// initialize timer data
+	initTimers();
+    int id = allocTimerId();			// get free timer id
+    if ( id <= 0 ||
+	 id > (int)timerBitVec->size() || !obj )// cannot create timer
+	return 0;
+    timerBitVec->setBit( id-1 );		// set timer active
+    TimerInfo *t = new TimerInfo;		// create timer
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( t );
+    t->id = id;
+    t->interval.tv_sec  = interval/1000;
+    t->interval.tv_usec = (interval%1000)*1000;
+    timeval currentTime;
+    getTime( currentTime );
+    t->timeout = currentTime + t->interval;
+    t->obj = obj;
+    insertTimer( t );				// put timer in list
+    return id;
+}
+
+bool qKillTimer( int id )
+{
+    register TimerInfo *t;
+    if ( !timerList || id <= 0 ||
+	 id > (int)timerBitVec->size() || !timerBitVec->testBit( id-1 ) )
+	return FALSE;				// not init'd or invalid timer
+    t = timerList->first();
+    while ( t && t->id != id )			// find timer info in list
+	t = timerList->next();
+    if ( t ) {					// id found
+	timerBitVec->clearBit( id-1 );		// set timer inactive
+	return timerList->remove();
+    }
+    else					// id not found
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool qKillTimer( QObject *obj )
+{
+    register TimerInfo *t;
+    if ( !timerList )				// not initialized
+	return FALSE;
+    t = timerList->first();
+    while ( t ) {				// check all timers
+	if ( t->obj == obj ) {			// object found
+	    timerBitVec->clearBit( t->id-1 );
+	    timerList->remove();
+	    t = timerList->current();
+	} else {
+	    t = timerList->next();
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ Socket notifier type
+ *****************************************************************************/
+QSockNotType::QSockNotType()
+    : list( 0 )
+{
+    FD_ZERO( &select_fds );
+    FD_ZERO( &enabled_fds );
+    FD_ZERO( &pending_fds );
+}
+
+QSockNotType::~QSockNotType()
+{
+    if ( list )
+	delete list;
+    list = 0;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QEventLoop implementations for UNIX
+ *****************************************************************************/
+void QEventLoop::registerSocketNotifier( QSocketNotifier *notifier )
+{
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+    if ( sockfd < 0 || sockfd >= FD_SETSIZE || type < 0 || type > 2 || notifier == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QSocketNotifier: Internal error" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QPtrList<QSockNot>  *list = d->sn_vec[type].list;
+    fd_set *fds  = &d->sn_vec[type].enabled_fds;
+    QSockNot *sn;
+
+    if ( ! list ) {
+	// create new list, the QSockNotType destructor will delete it for us
+	list = new QPtrList<QSockNot>;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( list );
+	list->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	d->sn_vec[type].list = list;
+    }
+
+    sn = new QSockNot;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( sn );
+    sn->obj = notifier;
+    sn->fd = sockfd;
+    sn->queue = &d->sn_vec[type].pending_fds;
+
+    if ( list->isEmpty() ) {
+	list->insert( 0, sn );
+    } else {				// sort list by fd, decreasing
+	QSockNot *p = list->first();
+	while ( p && p->fd > sockfd )
+	    p = list->next();
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	if ( p && p->fd == sockfd ) {
+	    static const char *t[] = { "read", "write", "exception" };
+	    qWarning( "QSocketNotifier: Multiple socket notifiers for "
+		      "same socket %d and type %s", sockfd, t[type] );
+	}
+#endif
+	if ( p )
+	    list->insert( list->at(), sn );
+	else
+	    list->append( sn );
+    }
+
+    FD_SET( sockfd, fds );
+    d->sn_highest = QMAX( d->sn_highest, sockfd );
+}
+
+void QEventLoop::unregisterSocketNotifier( QSocketNotifier *notifier )
+{
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+    if ( sockfd < 0 || type < 0 || type > 2 || notifier == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QSocketNotifier: Internal error" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QPtrList<QSockNot> *list = d->sn_vec[type].list;
+    fd_set *fds  =  &d->sn_vec[type].enabled_fds;
+    QSockNot *sn;
+    if ( ! list )
+	return;
+    sn = list->first();
+    while ( sn && !(sn->obj == notifier && sn->fd == sockfd) )
+	sn = list->next();
+    if ( !sn ) // not found
+	return;
+
+    FD_CLR( sockfd, fds );			// clear fd bit
+    FD_CLR( sockfd, sn->queue );
+    d->sn_pending_list.removeRef( sn );		// remove from activation list
+    list->remove();				// remove notifier found above
+
+    if ( d->sn_highest == sockfd ) {		// find highest fd
+	d->sn_highest = -1;
+	for ( int i=0; i<3; i++ ) {
+	    if ( d->sn_vec[i].list && ! d->sn_vec[i].list->isEmpty() )
+		d->sn_highest = QMAX( d->sn_highest,  // list is fd-sorted
+				      d->sn_vec[i].list->getFirst()->fd );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QEventLoop::setSocketNotifierPending( QSocketNotifier *notifier )
+{
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+    if ( sockfd < 0 || type < 0 || type > 2 || notifier == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QSocketNotifier: Internal error" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QPtrList<QSockNot> *list = d->sn_vec[type].list;
+    QSockNot *sn;
+    if ( ! list )
+	return;
+    sn = list->first();
+    while ( sn && !(sn->obj == notifier && sn->fd == sockfd) )
+	sn = list->next();
+    if ( ! sn ) { // not found
+	return;
+    }
+
+    // We choose a random activation order to be more fair under high load.
+    // If a constant order is used and a peer early in the list can
+    // saturate the IO, it might grab our attention completely.
+    // Also, if we're using a straight list, the callback routines may
+    // delete other entries from the list before those other entries are
+    // processed.
+    if ( ! FD_ISSET( sn->fd, sn->queue ) ) {
+	d->sn_pending_list.insert( (rand() & 0xff) %
+				   (d->sn_pending_list.count()+1), sn );
+	FD_SET( sn->fd, sn->queue );
+    }
+}
+
+void QEventLoop::wakeUp()
+{
+    /*
+      Apparently, there is not consistency among different operating
+      systems on how to use FIONREAD.
+
+      FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris all expect the 3rd argument to
+      ioctl() to be an int, which is normally 32-bit even on 64-bit
+      machines.
+
+      IRIX, on the other hand, expects a size_t, which is 64-bit on
+      64-bit machines.
+
+      So, the solution is to use size_t initialized to zero to make
+      sure all bits are set to zero, preventing underflow with the
+      FreeBSD/Linux/Solaris ioctls.
+    */
+    size_t nbytes = 0;
+    char c = 0;
+    if ( ::ioctl( d->thread_pipe[0], FIONREAD, (char*)&nbytes ) >= 0 && nbytes == 0 ) {
+	::write(  d->thread_pipe[1], &c, 1  );
+    }
+}
+
+int QEventLoop::timeToWait() const
+{
+    timeval *tm = qt_wait_timer();
+    if ( ! tm )	// no active timers
+	return -1;
+    return (tm->tv_sec*1000) + (tm->tv_usec/1000);
+}
+
+int QEventLoop::activateTimers()
+{
+    if ( !timerList || !timerList->count() )	// no timers
+	return 0;
+    bool first = TRUE;
+    timeval currentTime;
+    int n_act = 0, maxCount = timerList->count();
+    TimerInfo *begin = 0;
+    register TimerInfo *t;
+
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( ! maxCount-- )
+	    break;
+	getTime( currentTime );			// get current time
+	if ( first ) {
+	    if ( currentTime < watchtime )	// clock was turned back
+		repairTimer( currentTime );
+	    first = FALSE;
+	    watchtime = currentTime;
+	}
+	t = timerList->first();
+	if ( !t || currentTime < t->timeout )	// no timer has expired
+	    break;
+	if ( ! begin ) {
+	    begin = t;
+	} else if ( begin == t ) {
+	    // avoid sending the same timer multiple times
+	    break;
+	} else if ( t->interval <  begin->interval || t->interval == begin->interval ) {
+	    begin = t;
+	}
+	timerList->take();			// unlink from list
+	t->timeout += t->interval;
+	if ( t->timeout < currentTime )
+	    t->timeout = currentTime + t->interval;
+	insertTimer( t );			// relink timer
+	if ( t->interval.tv_usec > 0 || t->interval.tv_sec > 0 )
+	    n_act++;
+	QTimerEvent e( t->id );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( t->obj, &e );	// send event
+	if ( timerList->findRef( begin ) == -1 )
+	    begin = 0;
+    }
+    return n_act;
+}
+
+int QEventLoop::activateSocketNotifiers()
+{
+    if ( d->sn_pending_list.isEmpty() )
+	return 0;
+
+    // activate entries
+    int n_act = 0;
+    QEvent event( QEvent::SockAct );
+    QPtrListIterator<QSockNot> it( d->sn_pending_list );
+    QSockNot *sn;
+    while ( (sn=it.current()) ) {
+	++it;
+	d->sn_pending_list.removeRef( sn );
+	if ( FD_ISSET(sn->fd, sn->queue) ) {
+	    FD_CLR( sn->fd, sn->queue );
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( sn->obj, &event );
+	    n_act++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return n_act;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qeventloop_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qeventloop_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3b43a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qeventloop_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QEventLoop class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qeventloop_p.h" // includes qplatformdefs.h
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qbitarray.h"
+#include "qcolor_p.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+#  include "qmutex.h"
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+
+// resolve the conflict between X11's FocusIn and QEvent::FocusIn
+#undef FocusOut
+#undef FocusIn
+
+static const int XKeyPress = KeyPress;
+static const int XKeyRelease = KeyRelease;
+#undef KeyPress
+#undef KeyRelease
+
+// from qapplication.cpp
+extern bool qt_is_gui_used;
+
+// from qeventloop_unix.cpp
+extern timeval *qt_wait_timer();
+extern void cleanupTimers();
+
+// ### this needs to go away at some point...
+typedef void (*VFPTR)();
+typedef QValueList<VFPTR> QVFuncList;
+void qt_install_preselect_handler( VFPTR );
+void qt_remove_preselect_handler( VFPTR );
+static QVFuncList *qt_preselect_handler = 0;
+void qt_install_postselect_handler( VFPTR );
+void qt_remove_postselect_handler( VFPTR );
+static QVFuncList *qt_postselect_handler = 0;
+
+void qt_install_preselect_handler( VFPTR handler )
+{
+    if ( !qt_preselect_handler )
+	qt_preselect_handler = new QVFuncList;
+    qt_preselect_handler->append( handler );
+}
+void qt_remove_preselect_handler( VFPTR handler )
+{
+    if ( qt_preselect_handler ) {
+	QVFuncList::Iterator it = qt_preselect_handler->find( handler );
+	if ( it != qt_preselect_handler->end() )
+		qt_preselect_handler->remove( it );
+    }
+}
+void qt_install_postselect_handler( VFPTR handler )
+{
+    if ( !qt_postselect_handler )
+	qt_postselect_handler = new QVFuncList;
+    qt_postselect_handler->prepend( handler );
+}
+void qt_remove_postselect_handler( VFPTR handler )
+{
+    if ( qt_postselect_handler ) {
+	QVFuncList::Iterator it = qt_postselect_handler->find( handler );
+	if ( it != qt_postselect_handler->end() )
+		qt_postselect_handler->remove( it );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void QEventLoop::init()
+{
+    // initialize the common parts of the event loop
+    pipe( d->thread_pipe );
+    fcntl(d->thread_pipe[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+    fcntl(d->thread_pipe[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+
+    d->sn_highest = -1;
+
+    // intitialize the X11 parts of the event loop
+    d->xfd = -1;
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
+        d->xfd = XConnectionNumber( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() );
+}
+
+void QEventLoop::cleanup()
+{
+    // cleanup the common parts of the event loop
+    close( d->thread_pipe[0] );
+    close( d->thread_pipe[1] );
+    cleanupTimers();
+
+    // cleanup the X11 parts of the event loop
+    d->xfd = -1;
+}
+
+bool QEventLoop::processEvents( ProcessEventsFlags flags )
+{
+    // process events from the X server
+    XEvent event;
+    int	   nevents = 0;
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+    QMutexLocker locker( QApplication::qt_mutex );
+#endif
+
+    // handle gui and posted events
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents();
+
+	// Two loops so that posted events accumulate
+	while ( XPending( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() ) ) {
+	    // also flushes output buffer
+	    while ( XPending( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() ) ) {
+		if ( d->shortcut ) {
+		    return FALSE;
+		}
+
+		XNextEvent( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), &event );
+
+		if ( flags & ExcludeUserInput ) {
+		    switch ( event.type ) {
+		    case ButtonPress:
+		    case ButtonRelease:
+		    case MotionNotify:
+		    case XKeyPress:
+		    case XKeyRelease:
+		    case EnterNotify:
+		    case LeaveNotify:
+			continue;
+
+		    case ClientMessage:
+			{
+			    // from qapplication_x11.cpp
+			    extern Atom qt_wm_protocols;
+			    extern Atom qt_wm_take_focus;
+			    extern Atom qt_qt_scrolldone;
+
+			    // only keep the wm_take_focus and
+			    // qt_qt_scrolldone protocols, discard all
+			    // other client messages
+			    if ( event.xclient.format != 32 )
+				continue;
+
+			    if ( event.xclient.message_type == qt_wm_protocols ||
+				 (Atom) event.xclient.data.l[0] == qt_wm_take_focus )
+				break;
+			    if ( event.xclient.message_type == qt_qt_scrolldone )
+				break;
+			}
+
+		    default: break;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		nevents++;
+		if ( qApp->x11ProcessEvent( &event ) == 1 )
+		    return TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( d->shortcut ) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents();
+
+    const uint exclude_all = ExcludeSocketNotifiers | 0x08;
+    // 0x08 == ExcludeTimers for X11 only
+    if ( nevents > 0 && ( flags & exclude_all ) == exclude_all &&
+	 ( flags & WaitForMore ) ) {
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // don't block if exitLoop() or exit()/quit() has been called.
+    bool canWait = d->exitloop || d->quitnow ? FALSE : (flags & WaitForMore);
+
+    // Process timers and socket notifiers - the common UNIX stuff
+
+    // return the maximum time we can wait for an event.
+    static timeval zerotm;
+    timeval *tm = 0;
+    if ( ! ( flags & 0x08 ) ) {			// 0x08 == ExcludeTimers for X11 only
+	tm = qt_wait_timer();			// wait for timer or X event
+	if ( !canWait ) {
+	    if ( !tm )
+		tm = &zerotm;
+	    tm->tv_sec  = 0;			// no time to wait
+	    tm->tv_usec = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    int highest = 0;
+    if ( ! ( flags & ExcludeSocketNotifiers ) ) {
+	// return the highest fd we can wait for input on
+	if ( d->sn_highest >= 0 ) {			// has socket notifier(s)
+	    if ( d->sn_vec[0].list && ! d->sn_vec[0].list->isEmpty() )
+		d->sn_vec[0].select_fds = d->sn_vec[0].enabled_fds;
+	    else
+		FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[0].select_fds );
+
+	    if ( d->sn_vec[1].list && ! d->sn_vec[1].list->isEmpty() )
+		d->sn_vec[1].select_fds = d->sn_vec[1].enabled_fds;
+	    else
+		FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[1].select_fds );
+
+	    if ( d->sn_vec[2].list && ! d->sn_vec[2].list->isEmpty() )
+		d->sn_vec[2].select_fds = d->sn_vec[2].enabled_fds;
+	    else
+		FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[2].select_fds );
+	} else {
+	    FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[0].select_fds );
+
+	    FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[1].select_fds );
+	    FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[2].select_fds );
+	}
+
+	highest = d->sn_highest;
+    } else {
+        FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[0].select_fds );
+	FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[1].select_fds );
+	FD_ZERO( &d->sn_vec[2].select_fds );
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used ) {
+	// select for events on the event socket - only on X11
+	FD_SET( d->xfd, &d->sn_vec[0].select_fds );
+	highest = QMAX( highest, d->xfd );
+    }
+
+    FD_SET( d->thread_pipe[0], &d->sn_vec[0].select_fds );
+    highest = QMAX( highest, d->thread_pipe[0] );
+
+    if ( canWait )
+	emit aboutToBlock();
+
+    if ( qt_preselect_handler ) {
+	QVFuncList::Iterator it, end = qt_preselect_handler->end();
+	for ( it = qt_preselect_handler->begin(); it != end; ++it )
+	    (**it)();
+    }
+
+    // unlock the GUI mutex and select.  when we return from this function, there is
+    // something for us to do
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+    locker.mutex()->unlock();
+#endif
+
+    int nsel;
+    do {
+	nsel = select( highest + 1,
+		       &d->sn_vec[0].select_fds,
+		       &d->sn_vec[1].select_fds,
+		       &d->sn_vec[2].select_fds,
+		       tm );
+    } while (nsel == -1 && (errno == EINTR || errno == EAGAIN));
+
+    // relock the GUI mutex before processing any pending events
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+    locker.mutex()->lock();
+#endif
+
+    // we are awake, broadcast it
+    emit awake();
+    emit qApp->guiThreadAwake();
+
+    if (nsel == -1) {
+	if (errno == EBADF) {
+	    // it seems a socket notifier has a bad fd... find out
+	    // which one it is and disable it
+	    fd_set fdset;
+	    zerotm.tv_sec = zerotm.tv_usec = 0l;
+
+	    for (int type = 0; type < 3; ++type) {
+		QPtrList<QSockNot> *list = d->sn_vec[type].list;
+		if (!list) continue;
+
+		QSockNot *sn = list->first();
+		while (sn) {
+		    FD_ZERO(&fdset);
+		    FD_SET(sn->fd, &fdset);
+
+		    int ret = -1;
+		    do {
+			switch (type) {
+			case 0: // read
+			    ret = select(sn->fd + 1, &fdset, 0, 0, &zerotm);
+			    break;
+			case 1: // write
+			    ret = select(sn->fd + 1, 0, &fdset, 0, &zerotm);
+			    break;
+			case 2: // except
+			    ret = select(sn->fd + 1, 0, 0, &fdset, &zerotm);
+			    break;
+			}
+		    } while (ret == -1 && (errno == EINTR || errno == EAGAIN));
+
+		    if (ret == -1 && errno == EBADF) {
+			// disable the invalid socket notifier
+			static const char *t[] = { "Read", "Write", "Exception" };
+			qWarning("QSocketNotifier: invalid socket %d and type '%s', disabling...",
+				 sn->fd, t[type]);
+			sn->obj->setEnabled(FALSE);
+		    }
+
+		    sn = list->next();
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    // EINVAL... shouldn't happen, so let's complain to stderr
+	    // and hope someone sends us a bug report
+	    perror( "select" );
+	}
+    }
+
+    // some other thread woke us up... consume the data on the thread pipe so that
+    // select doesn't immediately return next time
+    if ( nsel > 0 && FD_ISSET( d->thread_pipe[0], &d->sn_vec[0].select_fds ) ) {
+	char c;
+	::read( d->thread_pipe[0], &c, 1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_postselect_handler ) {
+	QVFuncList::Iterator it, end = qt_postselect_handler->end();
+	for ( it = qt_postselect_handler->begin(); it != end; ++it )
+	    (**it)();
+    }
+
+    // activate socket notifiers
+    if ( ! ( flags & ExcludeSocketNotifiers ) && nsel > 0 && d->sn_highest >= 0 ) {
+	// if select says data is ready on any socket, then set the socket notifier
+	// to pending
+	int i;
+	for ( i=0; i<3; i++ ) {
+	    if ( ! d->sn_vec[i].list )
+		continue;
+
+	    QPtrList<QSockNot> *list = d->sn_vec[i].list;
+	    QSockNot *sn = list->first();
+	    while ( sn ) {
+		if ( FD_ISSET( sn->fd, &d->sn_vec[i].select_fds ) )
+		    setSocketNotifierPending( sn->obj );
+		sn = list->next();
+	    }
+	}
+
+	nevents += activateSocketNotifiers();
+    }
+
+    // activate timers
+    if ( ! ( flags & 0x08 ) ) {
+	// 0x08 == ExcludeTimers for X11 only
+	nevents += activateTimers();
+    }
+
+    // color approx. optimization - only on X11
+    qt_reset_color_avail();
+
+    // return true if we handled events, false otherwise
+    return (nevents > 0);
+}
+
+bool QEventLoop::hasPendingEvents() const
+{
+    extern uint qGlobalPostedEventsCount(); // from qapplication.cpp
+    return ( qGlobalPostedEventsCount() || XPending( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() ) );
+}
+
+void QEventLoop::appStartingUp()
+{
+    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
+        d->xfd = XConnectionNumber( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() );
+}
+
+void QEventLoop::appClosingDown()
+{
+    d->xfd = -1;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfocusdata.cpp b/src/kernel/qfocusdata.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4645447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfocusdata.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QFocusData class
+**
+** Created : 980622
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qfocusdata.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QFocusData qfocusdata.h
+    \brief The QFocusData class maintains the list of widgets in the focus
+    chain.
+
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    This read-only list always contains at least one widget (i.e. the
+    top-level widget). It provides a simple cursor which can be reset
+    to the current focus widget using home(), or moved to its
+    neighboring widgets using next() and prev(). You can also retrieve
+    the count() of the number of widgets in the list. The list is a
+    loop, so if you keep iterating, for example using next(), you will
+    never come to the end.
+
+    Some widgets in the list may not accept focus. Widgets are added
+    to the list as necessary, but not removed from it. This lets
+    widgets change focus policy dynamically without disrupting the
+    focus chain the user experiences. When a widget disables and
+    re-enables tab focus, its position in the focus chain does not
+    change.
+
+    When reimplementing QWidget::focusNextPrevChild() to provide
+    special focus flow, you will usually call QWidget::focusData() to
+    retrieve the focus data stored at the top-level widget. A
+    top-level widget's focus data contains the focus list for its
+    hierarchy of widgets.
+
+    The cursor may change at any time.
+
+    This class is \e not thread-safe.
+
+    \sa QWidget::focusNextPrevChild() QWidget::setTabOrder()
+    QWidget::setFocusPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget* QFocusData::focusWidget() const
+
+    Returns the widgets in the hierarchy that are in the focus chain.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QFocusData::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of widgets in the focus chain.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Moves the cursor to the focusWidget() and returns that widget. You
+    must call this before next() or prev() to iterate meaningfully.
+*/
+QWidget* QFocusData::home()
+{
+    focusWidgets.find(it.current());
+    return focusWidgets.current();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the cursor to the next widget in the focus chain. There is
+    \e always a next widget because the list is a loop.
+*/
+QWidget* QFocusData::next()
+{
+    QWidget* r = focusWidgets.next();
+    if ( !r )
+	r = focusWidgets.first();
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the cursor to the previous widget in the focus chain. There
+    is \e always a previous widget because the list is a loop.
+*/
+QWidget* QFocusData::prev()
+{
+    QWidget* r = focusWidgets.prev();
+    if ( !r )
+	r = focusWidgets.last();
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the last widget in the focus chain.
+    The cursor is not modified.
+*/
+QWidget *QFocusData::last() const
+{
+    return focusWidgets.getLast();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the first widget in the focus chain.
+    The cursor is not modified.
+*/
+QWidget *QFocusData::first() const
+{
+    return focusWidgets.getFirst();
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfocusdata.h b/src/kernel/qfocusdata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b610a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfocusdata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of internal QFocusData class
+**
+** Created : 980405
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFOCUSDATA_H
+#define QFOCUSDATA_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwidgetlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QFocusData {
+public:
+    QWidget* focusWidget() const { return it.current(); }
+
+    QWidget* home();
+    QWidget* next();
+    QWidget* prev();
+    QWidget* first() const;
+    QWidget* last() const;
+    int count() const { return focusWidgets.count(); }
+
+private:
+    friend class QWidget;
+
+    QFocusData()
+	: it(focusWidgets) {}
+    QWidgetList	  focusWidgets;
+    QWidgetListIt it;
+};
+
+
+#endif // QFOCUSDATA_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfont.cpp b/src/kernel/qfont.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66ba453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfont.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3356 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QFont, QFontMetrics and QFontInfo classes
+**
+** Created : 941207
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#define QT_FATAL_ASSERT
+
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qfontdatabase.h"
+#include "qfontmetrics.h"
+#include "qfontinfo.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qcache.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+#include "qpainter_p.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+// #define QFONTCACHE_DEBUG
+#ifdef QFONTCACHE_DEBUG
+#  define FC_DEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#  define FC_DEBUG if (FALSE) qDebug
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+bool QFontDef::operator==( const QFontDef &other ) const
+{
+    /*
+      QFontDef comparison is more complicated than just simple
+      per-member comparisons.
+
+      When comparing point/pixel sizes, either point or pixelsize
+      could be -1.  in This case we have to compare the non negative
+      size value.
+
+      This test will fail if the point-sizes differ by 1/2 point or
+      more or they do not round to the same value.  We have to do this
+      since our API still uses 'int' point-sizes in the API, but store
+      deci-point-sizes internally.
+
+      To compare the family members, we need to parse the font names
+      and compare the family/foundry strings separately.  This allows
+      us to compare e.g. "Helvetica" and "Helvetica [Adobe]" with
+      positive results.
+    */
+    if (pixelSize != -1 && other.pixelSize != -1) {
+	if (pixelSize != other.pixelSize)
+	    return FALSE;
+    } else if (pointSize != -1 && other.pointSize != -1) {
+	if (pointSize != other.pointSize
+	    && (QABS(pointSize - other.pointSize) >= 5
+		|| qRound(pointSize/10.) != qRound(other.pointSize/10.)))
+	    return FALSE;
+    } else {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!ignorePitch && !other.ignorePitch && fixedPitch != other.fixedPitch)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (stretch != 0 && other.stretch != 0 && stretch != other.stretch)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    QString this_family, this_foundry, other_family, other_foundry;
+    QFontDatabase::parseFontName(family, this_foundry, this_family);
+    QFontDatabase::parseFontName(other.family, other_foundry, other_family);
+
+    return ( styleHint     == other.styleHint
+	    && styleStrategy == other.styleStrategy
+	    && weight        == other.weight
+	    && italic        == other.italic
+	    && this_family   == other_family
+	    && (this_foundry.isEmpty()
+		|| other_foundry.isEmpty()
+		|| this_foundry == other_foundry)
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	    && addStyle == other.addStyle
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+	);
+}
+
+
+
+
+QFontPrivate::QFontPrivate()
+    : engineData( 0 ), paintdevice( 0 ),
+      rawMode( FALSE ), underline( FALSE ), overline( FALSE ), strikeOut( FALSE ),
+      mask( 0 )
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+#else
+    screen = 0;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+}
+
+QFontPrivate::QFontPrivate( const QFontPrivate &other )
+    : QShared(), request( other.request ), engineData( 0 ),
+      paintdevice( other.paintdevice ), screen( other.screen ),
+      rawMode( other.rawMode ), underline( other.underline ), overline( other.overline ),
+      strikeOut( other.strikeOut ), mask( other.mask )
+{
+}
+
+QFontPrivate::~QFontPrivate()
+{
+    if ( engineData )
+	engineData->deref();
+    engineData = 0;
+}
+
+void QFontPrivate::resolve( const QFontPrivate *other )
+{
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( other != 0 );
+#endif
+
+    if ( ( mask & Complete ) == Complete ) return;
+
+    // assign the unset-bits with the set-bits of the other font def
+    if ( ! ( mask & Family ) )
+	request.family = other->request.family;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & Size ) ) {
+	request.pointSize = other->request.pointSize;
+	request.pixelSize = other->request.pixelSize;
+    }
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & StyleHint ) )
+	request.styleHint = other->request.styleHint;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & StyleStrategy ) )
+	request.styleStrategy = other->request.styleStrategy;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & Weight ) )
+	request.weight = other->request.weight;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & Italic ) )
+	request.italic = other->request.italic;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & FixedPitch ) )
+	request.fixedPitch = other->request.fixedPitch;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & Stretch ) )
+	request.stretch = other->request.stretch;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & Underline ) )
+	underline = other->underline;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & Overline ) )
+	overline = other->overline;
+
+    if ( ! ( mask & StrikeOut ) )
+	strikeOut = other->strikeOut;
+}
+
+
+
+
+QFontEngineData::QFontEngineData()
+    : lineWidth( 1 )
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    memset( engines, 0, QFont::LastPrivateScript * sizeof( QFontEngine * ) );
+#else
+    engine = 0;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_WIN
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+    memset( widthCache, 0, widthCacheSize*sizeof( uchar ) );
+#endif
+}
+
+QFontEngineData::~QFontEngineData()
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; i++ ) {
+	if ( engines[i] )
+	    engines[i]->deref();
+	engines[i] = 0;
+    }
+#else
+    if ( engine )
+	engine->deref();
+    engine = 0;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_WIN
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QFont qfont.h
+    \brief The QFont class specifies a font used for drawing text.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup shared
+    \mainclass
+
+    When you create a QFont object you specify various attributes that
+    you want the font to have. Qt will use the font with the specified
+    attributes, or if no matching font exists, Qt will use the closest
+    matching installed font. The attributes of the font that is
+    actually used are retrievable from a QFontInfo object. If the
+    window system provides an exact match exactMatch() returns TRUE.
+    Use QFontMetrics to get measurements, e.g. the pixel length of a
+    string using QFontMetrics::width().
+
+    Use QApplication::setFont() to set the application's default font.
+
+    If a choosen X11 font does not include all the characters that
+    need to be displayed, QFont will try to find the characters in the
+    nearest equivalent fonts. When a QPainter draws a character from a
+    font the QFont will report whether or not it has the character; if
+    it does not, QPainter will draw an unfilled square.
+
+    Create QFonts like this:
+    \code
+    QFont serifFont( "Times", 10, Bold );
+    QFont sansFont( "Helvetica [Cronyx]", 12 );
+    \endcode
+
+    The attributes set in the constructor can also be set later, e.g.
+    setFamily(), setPointSize(), setPointSizeFloat(), setWeight() and
+    setItalic(). The remaining attributes must be set after
+    contstruction, e.g. setBold(), setUnderline(), setOverline(),
+    setStrikeOut() and setFixedPitch(). QFontInfo objects should be
+    created \e after the font's attributes have been set. A QFontInfo
+    object will not change, even if you change the font's
+    attributes. The corresponding "get" functions, e.g. family(),
+    pointSize(), etc., return the values that were set, even though
+    the values used may differ. The actual values are available from a
+    QFontInfo object.
+
+    If the requested font family is unavailable you can influence the
+    \link #fontmatching font matching algorithm\endlink by choosing a
+    particular \l{QFont::StyleHint} and \l{QFont::StyleStrategy} with
+    setStyleHint(). The default family (corresponding to the current
+    style hint) is returned by defaultFamily().
+
+    The font-matching algorithm has a lastResortFamily() and
+    lastResortFont() in cases where a suitable match cannot be found.
+    You can provide substitutions for font family names using
+    insertSubstitution() and insertSubstitutions(). Substitutions can
+    be removed with removeSubstitution(). Use substitute() to retrieve
+    a family's first substitute, or the family name itself if it has
+    no substitutes. Use substitutes() to retrieve a list of a family's
+    substitutes (which may be empty).
+
+    Every QFont has a key() which you can use, for example, as the key
+    in a cache or dictionary. If you want to store a user's font
+    preferences you could use QSettings, writing the font information
+    with toString() and reading it back with fromString(). The
+    operator<<() and operator>>() functions are also available, but
+    they work on a data stream.
+
+    It is possible to set the height of characters shown on the screen
+    to a specified number of pixels with setPixelSize(); however using
+    setPointSize() has a similar effect and provides device
+    independence.
+
+    Under the X Window System you can set a font using its system
+    specific name with setRawName().
+
+    Loading fonts can be expensive, especially on X11. QFont contains
+    extensive optimizations to make the copying of QFont objects fast,
+    and to cache the results of the slow window system functions it
+    depends upon.
+
+    \target fontmatching
+    The font matching algorithm works as follows:
+    \list 1
+    \i The specified font family is searched for.
+    \i If not found, the styleHint() is used to select a replacement
+       family.
+    \i Each replacement font family is searched for.
+    \i If none of these are found or there was no styleHint(), "helvetica"
+       will be searched for.
+    \i If "helvetica" isn't found Qt will try the lastResortFamily().
+    \i If the lastResortFamily() isn't found Qt will try the
+       lastResortFont() which will always return a name of some kind.
+    \endlist
+
+    Once a font is found, the remaining attributes are matched in order of
+    priority:
+    \list 1
+    \i fixedPitch()
+    \i pointSize() (see below)
+    \i weight()
+    \i italic()
+    \endlist
+
+    If you have a font which matches on family, even if none of the
+    other attributes match, this font will be chosen in preference to
+    a font which doesn't match on family but which does match on the
+    other attributes. This is because font family is the dominant
+    search criteria.
+
+    The point size is defined to match if it is within 20% of the
+    requested point size. When several fonts match and are only
+    distinguished by point size, the font with the closest point size
+    to the one requested will be chosen.
+
+    The actual family, font size, weight and other font attributes
+    used for drawing text will depend on what's available for the
+    chosen family under the window system. A QFontInfo object can be
+    used to determine the actual values used for drawing the text.
+
+    Examples:
+
+    \code
+    QFont f("Helvetica");
+    \endcode
+    If you had both an Adobe and a Cronyx Helvetica, you might get
+    either.
+
+    \code
+    QFont f1( "Helvetica [Cronyx]" );  // Qt 3.x
+    QFont f2( "Cronyx-Helvetica" );    // Qt 2.x compatibility
+    \endcode
+    You can specify the foundry you want in the family name. Both fonts,
+    f1 and f2, in the above example will be set to  "Helvetica
+    [Cronyx]".
+
+    To determine the attributes of the font actually used in the window
+    system, use a QFontInfo object, e.g.
+    \code
+    QFontInfo info( f1 );
+    QString family = info.family();
+    \endcode
+
+    To find out font metrics use a QFontMetrics object, e.g.
+    \code
+    QFontMetrics fm( f1 );
+    int pixelWidth = fm.width( "How many pixels wide is this text?" );
+    int pixelHeight = fm.height();
+    \endcode
+
+    For more general information on fonts, see the
+    \link http://www.nwalsh.com/comp.fonts/FAQ/ comp.fonts FAQ.\endlink
+    Information on encodings can be found from
+    \link http://czyborra.com/ Roman Czyborra's\endlink page.
+
+    \sa QFontMetrics QFontInfo QFontDatabase QApplication::setFont()
+    QWidget::setFont() QPainter::setFont() QFont::StyleHint
+    QFont::Weight
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QFont::Script
+
+    This enum represents \link unicode.html Unicode \endlink allocated
+    scripts. For exhaustive coverage see \link
+    http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201616335/trolltech/t The
+    Unicode Standard Version 3.0 \endlink. The following scripts are
+    supported:
+
+    Modern European alphabetic scripts (left to right):
+
+    \value Latin consists of most alphabets based on the original Latin alphabet.
+    \value Greek covers ancient and modern Greek and Coptic.
+    \value Cyrillic covers the Slavic and non-Slavic languages using
+	   cyrillic alphabets.
+    \value Armenian contains the Armenian alphabet used with the
+	   Armenian language.
+    \value Georgian covers at least the language Georgian.
+    \value Runic covers the known constituents of the Runic alphabets used
+	   by the early and medieval societies in the Germanic,
+	   Scandinavian, and Anglo-Saxon areas.
+    \value Ogham is an alphabetical script used to write a very early
+	   form of Irish.
+    \value SpacingModifiers are small signs indicating modifications
+	   to the preceeding letter.
+    \value CombiningMarks consist of diacritical marks not specific to
+	   a particular alphabet, diacritical marks used in
+	   combination with mathematical and technical symbols, and
+	   glyph encodings applied to multiple letterforms.
+
+    Middle Eastern scripts (right to left):
+
+    \value Hebrew is used for writing Hebrew, Yiddish, and some other languages.
+    \value Arabic covers the Arabic language as well as Persian, Urdu,
+	   Kurdish and some others.
+    \value Syriac is used to write the active liturgical languages and
+	   dialects of several Middle Eastern and Southeast Indian
+	   communities.
+    \value Thaana is used to write the Maledivian Dhivehi language.
+
+    South and Southeast Asian scripts (left to right with few historical exceptions):
+
+    \value Devanagari covers classical Sanskrit and modern Hindi as
+	   well as several other languages.
+    \value Bengali is a relative to Devanagari employed to write the
+	   Bengali language used in West Bengal/India and Bangladesh
+	   as well as several minority languages.
+    \value Gurmukhi is another Devanagari relative used to write Punjabi.
+    \value Gujarati is closely related to Devanagari and used to write
+	   the Gujarati language of the Gujarat state in India.
+    \value Oriya is used to write the Oriya language of Orissa state/India.
+    \value Tamil is used to write the Tamil language of Tamil Nadu state/India,
+	   Sri Lanka, Singapore and parts of Malaysia as well as some
+	   minority languages.
+    \value Telugu is used to write the Telugu language of Andhra
+	   Pradesh state/India and some minority languages.
+    \value Kannada is another South Indian script used to write the
+	   Kannada language of Karnataka state/India and some minority
+	   languages.
+    \value Malayalam is used to write the Malayalam language of Kerala
+	   state/India.
+    \value Sinhala is used for Sri Lanka's majority language Sinhala
+	   and is also employed to write Pali, Sanskrit, and Tamil.
+    \value Thai is used to write Thai and other Southeast Asian languages.
+    \value Lao is a language and script quite similar to Thai.
+    \value Tibetan is the script used to write Tibetan in several
+	   countries like Tibet, the bordering Indian regions and
+	   Nepal. It is also used in the Buddist philosophy and
+	   liturgy of the Mongolian cultural area.
+    \value Myanmar is mainly used to write the Burmese language of
+	   Myanmar (former Burma).
+    \value Khmer is the official language of Kampuchea.
+
+    East Asian scripts (traditionally top-down, right to left, modern
+    often horizontal left to right):
+
+    \value Han consists of the CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
+	   idiographic characters.
+    \value Hiragana is a cursive syllabary used to indicate phonetics
+	   and pronounciation of Japanese words.
+    \value Katakana is a non-cursive syllabic script used to write
+	   Japanese words with visual emphasis and non-Japanese words
+	   in a phonetical manner.
+    \value Hangul is a Korean script consisting of alphabetic components.
+    \value Bopomofo is a phonetic alphabet for Chinese (mainly Mandarin).
+    \value Yi (also called Cuan or Wei) is a syllabary used to write
+	   the Yi language of Southwestern China, Myanmar, Laos, and Vietnam.
+
+    Additional scripts that do not fit well into the script categories above:
+
+    \value Ethiopic is a syllabary used by several Central East African languages.
+    \value Cherokee is a left-to-right syllabic script used to write
+	   the Cherokee language.
+    \value CanadianAboriginal consists of the syllabics used by some
+	   Canadian aboriginal societies.
+    \value Mongolian is the traditional (and recently reintroduced)
+	   script used to write Mongolian.
+
+    Symbols:
+
+    \value CurrencySymbols contains currency symbols not encoded in other scripts.
+    \value LetterlikeSymbols consists of symbols derived  from
+	   ordinary letters of an alphabetical script.
+    \value NumberForms are provided for compatibility with other
+	   existing character sets.
+    \value MathematicalOperators consists of encodings for operators,
+	   relations and other symbols like arrows used in a mathematical context.
+    \value TechnicalSymbols contains representations for control
+	   codes, the space symbol, APL symbols and other symbols
+	   mainly used in the context of electronic data processing.
+    \value GeometricSymbols covers block elements and geometric shapes.
+    \value MiscellaneousSymbols consists of a heterogeneous collection
+	   of symbols that do not fit any other Unicode character
+	   block, e.g. Dingbats.
+    \value EnclosedAndSquare is provided for compatibility with some
+	   East Asian standards.
+    \value Braille is an international writing system used by blind
+	   people. This script encodes the 256 eight-dot patterns with
+	   the 64 six-dot patterns as a subset.
+
+    \value Tagalog
+    \value Hanunoo
+    \value Buhid
+    \value Tagbanwa
+
+    \value KatakanaHalfWidth
+
+    \value Limbu (Unicode 4.0)
+    \value TaiLe (Unicode 4.0)
+
+    \value Unicode includes all the above scripts.
+*/
+
+/*! \internal
+
+    Constructs a font for use on the paint device \a pd using the
+    specified font \a data.
+*/
+QFont::QFont( QFontPrivate *data, QPaintDevice *pd )
+{
+    d = new QFontPrivate( *data );
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( d );
+    d->paintdevice = pd;
+
+    // now a single reference
+    d->count = 1;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Detaches the font object from common font data.
+*/
+void QFont::detach()
+{
+    if (d->count == 1) {
+	if ( d->engineData )
+	    d->engineData->deref();
+	d->engineData = 0;
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QFontPrivate *old_d = d;
+    d = new QFontPrivate( *old_d );
+
+    /*
+      if this font is a copy of the application default font, set the
+      fontdef mask to zero to indicate that *nothing* has been
+      explicitly set by the programmer.
+    */
+    const QFont appfont = QApplication::font();
+    if ( old_d == appfont.d )
+	d->mask = 0;
+
+    if ( old_d->deref() )
+	delete old_d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a font object that uses the application's default font.
+
+    \sa QApplication::setFont(), QApplication::font()
+*/
+QFont::QFont()
+{
+    const QFont appfont = QApplication::font();
+    d = appfont.d;
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a font object with the specified \a family, \a
+    pointSize, \a weight and \a italic settings.
+
+    If \a pointSize is <= 0 it is set to 1.
+
+    The \a family name may optionally also include a foundry name,
+    e.g. "Helvetica [Cronyx]". (The Qt 2.x syntax, i.e.
+    "Cronyx-Helvetica", is also supported.) If the \a family is
+    available from more than one foundry and the foundry isn't
+    specified, an arbitrary foundry is chosen. If the family isn't
+    available a family will be set using the \link #fontmatching font
+    matching\endlink algorithm.
+
+    \sa Weight, setFamily(), setPointSize(), setWeight(), setItalic(),
+    setStyleHint() QApplication::font()
+*/
+QFont::QFont( const QString &family, int pointSize, int weight, bool italic )
+{
+
+    d = new QFontPrivate;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( d );
+
+    d->mask = QFontPrivate::Family;
+
+    if (pointSize <= 0) {
+	pointSize = 12;
+    } else {
+	d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Size;
+    }
+
+    if (weight < 0) {
+	weight = Normal;
+    } else {
+	d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Weight | QFontPrivate::Italic;
+    }
+
+    d->request.family = family;
+    d->request.pointSize = pointSize * 10;
+    d->request.pixelSize = -1;
+    d->request.weight = weight;
+    d->request.italic = italic;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a font that is a copy of \a font.
+*/
+QFont::QFont( const QFont &font )
+{
+    d = font.d;
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the font object and frees all allocated resources.
+*/
+QFont::~QFont()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+    d = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a font to this font and returns a reference to it.
+*/
+QFont &QFont::operator=( const QFont &font )
+{
+    if ( font.d != d ) {
+	if ( d->deref() )
+	    delete d;
+	d = font.d;
+	d->ref();
+    }
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the requested font family name, i.e. the name set in the
+    constructor or the last setFont() call.
+
+    \sa setFamily() substitutes() substitute()
+*/
+QString QFont::family() const
+{
+    return d->request.family;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the family name of the font. The name is case insensitive and
+    may include a foundry name.
+
+    The \a family name may optionally also include a foundry name,
+    e.g. "Helvetica [Cronyx]". (The Qt 2.x syntax, i.e.
+    "Cronyx-Helvetica", is also supported.) If the \a family is
+    available from more than one foundry and the foundry isn't
+    specified, an arbitrary foundry is chosen. If the family isn't
+    available a family will be set using the \link #fontmatching font
+    matching\endlink algorithm.
+
+    \sa family(), setStyleHint(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setFamily( const QString &family )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    d->request.family = family;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    d->request.addStyle = QString::null;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Family;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the point size in 1/10ths of a point.
+
+    The returned value will be -1 if the font size has been specified
+    in pixels.
+
+    \sa pointSize() pointSizeFloat()
+  */
+int QFont::deciPointSize() const
+{
+    return d->request.pointSize;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the point size of the font. Returns -1 if the font size
+    was specified in pixels.
+
+    \sa setPointSize() deciPointSize() pointSizeFloat()
+*/
+int QFont::pointSize() const
+{
+    return d->request.pointSize == -1 ? -1 : (d->request.pointSize + 5) / 10;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the point size to \a pointSize. The point size must be
+    greater than zero.
+
+    \sa pointSize() setPointSizeFloat()
+*/
+void QFont::setPointSize( int pointSize )
+{
+    if ( pointSize <= 0 ) {
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QFont::setPointSize: Point size <= 0 (%d)", pointSize );
+#endif
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    detach();
+
+    d->request.pointSize = pointSize * 10;
+    d->request.pixelSize = -1;
+
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Size;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the point size to \a pointSize. The point size must be
+    greater than zero. The requested precision may not be achieved on
+    all platforms.
+
+    \sa pointSizeFloat() setPointSize() setPixelSize()
+*/
+void QFont::setPointSizeFloat( float pointSize )
+{
+    if ( pointSize <= 0.0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QFont::setPointSize: Point size <= 0 (%f)", pointSize );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    detach();
+
+    d->request.pointSize = qRound(pointSize * 10.0);
+    d->request.pixelSize = -1;
+
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Size;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the point size of the font. Returns -1 if the font size was
+    specified in pixels.
+
+    \sa pointSize() setPointSizeFloat() pixelSize() QFontInfo::pointSize() QFontInfo::pixelSize()
+*/
+float QFont::pointSizeFloat() const
+{
+    return float( d->request.pointSize == -1 ? -10 : d->request.pointSize ) / 10.0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the font size to \a pixelSize pixels.
+
+    Using this function makes the font device dependent. Use
+    setPointSize() or setPointSizeFloat() to set the size of the font
+    in a device independent manner.
+
+    \sa pixelSize()
+*/
+void QFont::setPixelSize( int pixelSize )
+{
+    if ( pixelSize <= 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QFont::setPixelSize: Pixel size <= 0 (%d)", pixelSize );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    detach();
+
+    d->request.pixelSize = pixelSize;
+    d->request.pointSize = -1;
+
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Size;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pixel size of the font if it was set with
+    setPixelSize(). Returns -1 if the size was set with setPointSize()
+    or setPointSizeFloat().
+
+    \sa setPixelSize() pointSize() QFontInfo::pointSize() QFontInfo::pixelSize()
+*/
+int QFont::pixelSize() const
+{
+    return d->request.pixelSize;
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+  Sets the logical pixel height of font characters when shown on
+  the screen to \a pixelSize.
+*/
+void QFont::setPixelSizeFloat( float pixelSize )
+{
+    setPixelSize( (int)pixelSize );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if italic has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setItalic()
+*/
+bool QFont::italic() const
+{
+    return d->request.italic;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a enable is TRUE, italic is set on; otherwise italic is set
+    off.
+
+    \sa italic(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setItalic( bool enable )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    d->request.italic = enable;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Italic;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the weight of the font which is one of the enumerated
+    values from \l{QFont::Weight}.
+
+    \sa setWeight(), Weight, QFontInfo
+*/
+int QFont::weight() const
+{
+    return d->request.weight;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QFont::Weight
+
+    Qt uses a weighting scale from 0 to 99 similar to, but not the
+    same as, the scales used in Windows or CSS. A weight of 0 is
+    ultralight, whilst 99 will be an extremely black.
+
+    This enum contains the predefined font weights:
+
+    \value Light 25
+    \value Normal 50
+    \value DemiBold 63
+    \value Bold 75
+    \value Black 87
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the weight the font to \a weight, which should be a value
+    from the \l QFont::Weight enumeration.
+
+    \sa weight(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setWeight( int weight )
+{
+    if ( weight < 0 || weight > 99 ) {
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QFont::setWeight: Value out of range (%d)", weight );
+#endif
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    detach();
+
+    d->request.weight = weight;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Weight;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QFont::bold() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if weight() is a value greater than \link Weight
+    QFont::Normal \endlink; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa weight(), setBold(), QFontInfo::bold()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QFont::setBold( bool enable )
+
+    If \a enable is true sets the font's weight to \link Weight
+    QFont::Bold \endlink; otherwise sets the weight to \link Weight
+    QFont::Normal\endlink.
+
+    For finer boldness control use setWeight().
+
+    \sa bold(), setWeight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if underline has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setUnderline()
+*/
+bool QFont::underline() const
+{
+    return d->underline;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a enable is TRUE, sets underline on; otherwise sets underline
+    off.
+
+    \sa underline(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setUnderline( bool enable )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    d->underline = enable;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Underline;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if overline has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setOverline()
+*/
+bool QFont::overline() const
+{
+    return d->overline;
+}
+
+/*!
+  If \a enable is TRUE, sets overline on; otherwise sets overline off.
+
+  \sa overline(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setOverline( bool enable )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    d->overline = enable;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Overline;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if strikeout has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setStrikeOut()
+*/
+bool QFont::strikeOut() const
+{
+    return d->strikeOut;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a enable is TRUE, sets strikeout on; otherwise sets strikeout
+    off.
+
+    \sa strikeOut(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setStrikeOut( bool enable )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    d->strikeOut = enable;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::StrikeOut;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if fixed pitch has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setFixedPitch(), QFontInfo::fixedPitch()
+*/
+bool QFont::fixedPitch() const
+{
+    return d->request.fixedPitch;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a enable is TRUE, sets fixed pitch on; otherwise sets fixed
+    pitch off.
+
+    \sa fixedPitch(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setFixedPitch( bool enable )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    d->request.fixedPitch = enable;
+    d->request.ignorePitch = FALSE;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::FixedPitch;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the StyleStrategy.
+
+    The style strategy affects the \link #fontmatching font
+    matching\endlink algorithm. See \l QFont::StyleStrategy for the
+    list of strategies.
+
+    \sa setStyleHint() QFont::StyleHint
+*/
+QFont::StyleStrategy QFont::styleStrategy() const
+{
+    return (StyleStrategy) d->request.styleStrategy;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the StyleHint.
+
+    The style hint affects the \link #fontmatching font
+    matching\endlink algorithm. See \l QFont::StyleHint for the list
+    of strategies.
+
+    \sa setStyleHint(), QFont::StyleStrategy QFontInfo::styleHint()
+*/
+QFont::StyleHint QFont::styleHint() const
+{
+    return (StyleHint) d->request.styleHint;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QFont::StyleHint
+
+    Style hints are used by the \link #fontmatching font
+    matching\endlink algorithm to find an appropriate default family
+    if a selected font family is not available.
+
+    \value AnyStyle leaves the font matching algorithm to choose the
+	   family. This is the default.
+
+    \value SansSerif the font matcher prefer sans serif fonts.
+    \value Helvetica is a synonym for \c SansSerif.
+
+    \value Serif the font matcher prefers serif fonts.
+    \value Times is a synonym for \c Serif.
+
+    \value TypeWriter the font matcher prefers fixed pitch fonts.
+    \value Courier a synonym for \c TypeWriter.
+
+    \value OldEnglish the font matcher prefers decorative fonts.
+    \value Decorative is a synonym for \c OldEnglish.
+
+    \value System the font matcher prefers system fonts.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QFont::StyleStrategy
+
+    The style strategy tells the \link #fontmatching font
+    matching\endlink algorithm what type of fonts should be used to
+    find an appropriate default family.
+
+    The following strategies are available:
+
+    \value PreferDefault the default style strategy. It does not prefer
+	   any type of font.
+    \value PreferBitmap prefers bitmap fonts (as opposed to outline
+	   fonts).
+    \value PreferDevice prefers device fonts.
+    \value PreferOutline prefers outline fonts (as opposed to bitmap fonts).
+    \value ForceOutline forces the use of outline fonts.
+    \value NoAntialias don't antialias the fonts.
+    \value PreferAntialias antialias if possible.
+    \value OpenGLCompatible forces the use of OpenGL compatible
+           fonts.
+
+    Any of these may be OR-ed with one of these flags:
+
+    \value PreferMatch prefer an exact match. The font matcher will try to
+	   use the exact font size that has been specified.
+    \value PreferQuality prefer the best quality font. The font matcher
+	   will use the nearest standard point size that the font
+	   supports.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the style hint and strategy to \a hint and \a strategy,
+    respectively.
+
+    If these aren't set explicitly the style hint will default to
+    \c AnyStyle and the style strategy to \c PreferDefault.
+
+    Qt does not support style hints on X11 since this information
+    is not provided by the window system.
+
+    \sa StyleHint, styleHint(), StyleStrategy, styleStrategy(), QFontInfo
+*/
+void QFont::setStyleHint( StyleHint hint, StyleStrategy strategy )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    if ( ( d->mask & ( QFontPrivate::StyleHint | QFontPrivate::StyleStrategy ) ) &&
+	 (StyleHint) d->request.styleHint == hint &&
+	 (StyleStrategy) d->request.styleStrategy == strategy )
+	return;
+
+    d->request.styleHint = hint;
+    d->request.styleStrategy = strategy;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::StyleHint;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::StyleStrategy;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    d->request.addStyle = QString::null;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the style strategy for the font to \a s.
+
+    \sa QFont::StyleStrategy
+*/
+void QFont::setStyleStrategy( StyleStrategy s )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    if ( ( d->mask & QFontPrivate::StyleStrategy ) &&
+	 s == (StyleStrategy)d->request.styleStrategy )
+	return;
+
+    d->request.styleStrategy = s;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::StyleStrategy;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QFont::Stretch
+
+    Predefined stretch values that follow the CSS naming convention.
+
+    \value UltraCondensed 50
+    \value ExtraCondensed 62
+    \value Condensed 75
+    \value SemiCondensed 87
+    \value Unstretched 100
+    \value SemiExpanded 112
+    \value Expanded 125
+    \value ExtraExpanded 150
+    \value UltraExpanded 200
+
+    \sa setStretch() stretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the stretch factor for the font.
+
+    \sa setStretch()
+ */
+int QFont::stretch() const
+{
+    return d->request.stretch;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the stretch factor for the font.
+
+    The stretch factor changes the width of all characters in the font
+    by \a factor percent.  For example, setting \a factor to 150
+    results in all characters in the font being 1.5 times ( ie. 150% )
+    wider.  The default stretch factor is 100.  The minimum stretch
+    factor is 1, and the maximum stretch factor is 4000.
+
+    The stretch factor is only applied to outline fonts.  The stretch
+    factor is ignored for bitmap fonts.
+
+    NOTE: QFont cannot stretch XLFD fonts.  When loading XLFD fonts on
+    X11, the stretch factor is matched against a predefined set of
+    values for the SETWIDTH_NAME field of the XLFD.
+
+    \sa stretch() QFont::StyleStrategy
+*/
+void QFont::setStretch( int factor )
+{
+    if ( factor < 1 || factor > 4000 ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "QFont::setStretch(): parameter '%d' out of range", factor );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    detach();
+
+    if ( ( d->mask & QFontPrivate::Stretch ) &&
+	 d->request.stretch == (uint)factor )
+	return;
+
+    d->request.stretch = (uint)factor;
+    d->mask |= QFontPrivate::Stretch;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a enable is TRUE, turns raw mode on; otherwise turns raw mode
+    off. This function only has an effect under X11.
+
+    If raw mode is enabled, Qt will search for an X font with a
+    complete font name matching the family name, ignoring all other
+    values set for the QFont. If the font name matches several fonts,
+    Qt will use the first font returned by X. QFontInfo \e cannot be
+    used to fetch information about a QFont using raw mode (it will
+    return the values set in the QFont for all parameters, including
+    the family name).
+
+    \warning Do not use raw mode unless you really, really need it! In
+    most (if not all) cases, setRawName() is a much better choice.
+
+    \sa rawMode(), setRawName()
+*/
+void QFont::setRawMode( bool enable )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    if ( (bool) d->rawMode == enable ) return;
+
+    d->rawMode = enable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if a window system font exactly matching the settings
+    of this font is available.
+
+    \sa QFontInfo
+*/
+bool QFont::exactMatch() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::NoScript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return d->rawMode ? engine->type() != QFontEngine::Box
+			     : d->request == engine->fontDef;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this font is equal to \a f; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    Two QFonts are considered equal if their font attributes are
+    equal. If rawMode() is enabled for both fonts, only the family
+    fields are compared.
+
+    \sa operator!=() isCopyOf()
+*/
+bool QFont::operator==( const QFont &f ) const
+{
+    return f.d == d || ( f.d->request   == d->request   &&
+			 f.d->underline == d->underline &&
+			 f.d->overline  == d->overline  &&
+			 f.d->strikeOut == d->strikeOut );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this font is different from \a f; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    Two QFonts are considered to be different if their font attributes
+    are different. If rawMode() is enabled for both fonts, only the
+    family fields are compared.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+bool QFont::operator!=( const QFont &f ) const
+{
+    return !(operator==( f ));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this font and \a f are copies of each other, i.e.
+    one of them was created as a copy of the other and neither has
+    been modified since. This is much stricter than equality.
+
+    \sa operator=() operator==()
+*/
+bool QFont::isCopyOf( const QFont & f ) const
+{
+    return d == f.d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if raw mode is used for font name matching; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setRawMode() rawName()
+*/
+bool QFont::rawMode() const
+{
+    return d->rawMode;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a new QFont that has attributes copied from \a other.
+*/
+QFont QFont::resolve( const QFont &other ) const
+{
+    if ( *this == other && d->mask == other.d->mask )
+	return *this;
+
+    QFont font( *this );
+    font.detach();
+
+    /*
+      if this font is a copy of the application default font, set the
+      fontdef mask to zero to indicate that *nothing* has been
+      explicitly set by the programmer.
+    */
+    const QFont appfont = QApplication::font();
+    if ( d == appfont.d )
+	font.d->mask = 0;
+
+    font.d->resolve( other.d );
+
+    return font;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+  Please use QApplication::font() instead.
+*/
+QFont QFont::defaultFont()
+{
+    return QApplication::font();
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+  Please use QApplication::setFont() instead.
+*/
+void QFont::setDefaultFont( const QFont &f )
+{
+    QApplication::setFont( f );
+}
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QFont substitution management
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+typedef QDict<QStringList> QFontSubst;
+static QFontSubst *fontSubst = 0;
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QFontSubst> qfont_cleanup_fontsubst;
+
+
+// create substitution dict
+static void initFontSubst()
+{
+    // default substitutions
+    static const char *initTbl[] = {
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	"arial",        "helvetica",
+	"helv",         "helvetica",
+	"tms rmn",      "times",
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	"times",        "Times New Roman",
+	"courier",      "Courier New",
+	"helvetica",    "Arial",
+#endif
+
+	0,              0
+    };
+
+    if (fontSubst)
+	return;
+
+    fontSubst = new QFontSubst(17, FALSE);
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( fontSubst );
+    fontSubst->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    qfont_cleanup_fontsubst.set(&fontSubst);
+
+    for ( int i=0; initTbl[i] != 0; i += 2 )
+	QFont::insertSubstitution(QString::fromLatin1(initTbl[i]),
+				  QString::fromLatin1(initTbl[i+1]));
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the first family name to be used whenever \a familyName is
+    specified. The lookup is case insensitive.
+
+    If there is no substitution for \a familyName, \a familyName is
+    returned.
+
+    To obtain a list of substitutions use substitutes().
+
+    \sa setFamily() insertSubstitutions() insertSubstitution() removeSubstitution()
+*/
+QString QFont::substitute( const QString &familyName )
+{
+    initFontSubst();
+
+    QStringList *list = fontSubst->find(familyName);
+    if (list && list->count() > 0)
+	return *(list->at(0));
+
+    return familyName;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of family names to be used whenever \a familyName
+    is specified. The lookup is case insensitive.
+
+    If there is no substitution for \a familyName, an empty list is
+    returned.
+
+    \sa substitute() insertSubstitutions() insertSubstitution() removeSubstitution()
+ */
+QStringList QFont::substitutes(const QString &familyName)
+{
+    initFontSubst();
+
+    QStringList ret, *list = fontSubst->find(familyName);
+    if (list)
+	ret += *list;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Inserts the family name \a substituteName into the substitution
+    table for \a familyName.
+
+    \sa insertSubstitutions() removeSubstitution() substitutions() substitute() substitutes()
+*/
+void QFont::insertSubstitution(const QString &familyName,
+			       const QString &substituteName)
+{
+    initFontSubst();
+
+    QStringList *list = fontSubst->find(familyName);
+    if (! list) {
+	list = new QStringList;
+	fontSubst->insert(familyName, list);
+    }
+
+    if (! list->contains(substituteName))
+	list->append(substituteName);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Inserts the list of families \a substituteNames into the
+    substitution list for \a familyName.
+
+    \sa insertSubstitution(), removeSubstitution(), substitutions(), substitute()
+*/
+void QFont::insertSubstitutions(const QString &familyName,
+				const QStringList &substituteNames)
+{
+    initFontSubst();
+
+    QStringList *list = fontSubst->find(familyName);
+    if (! list) {
+	list = new QStringList;
+	fontSubst->insert(familyName, list);
+    }
+
+    QStringList::ConstIterator it = substituteNames.begin();
+    while (it != substituteNames.end()) {
+	if (! list->contains(*it))
+	    list->append(*it);
+	it++;
+    }
+}
+
+// ### mark: should be called removeSubstitutions()
+/*!
+    Removes all the substitutions for \a familyName.
+
+    \sa insertSubstitutions(), insertSubstitution(), substitutions(), substitute()
+*/
+void QFont::removeSubstitution( const QString &familyName )
+{ // ### function name should be removeSubstitutions() or
+  // ### removeSubstitutionList()
+    initFontSubst();
+
+    fontSubst->remove(familyName);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a sorted list of substituted family names.
+
+    \sa insertSubstitution(), removeSubstitution(), substitute()
+*/
+QStringList QFont::substitutions()
+{
+    initFontSubst();
+
+    QStringList ret;
+    QDictIterator<QStringList> it(*fontSubst);
+
+    while (it.current()) {
+	ret.append(it.currentKey());
+	++it;
+    }
+
+    ret.sort();
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+
+
+/*  \internal
+    Internal function. Converts boolean font settings to an unsigned
+    8-bit number. Used for serialization etc.
+*/
+static Q_UINT8 get_font_bits( const QFontPrivate *f )
+{
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( f != 0 );
+#endif
+
+    Q_UINT8 bits = 0;
+    if ( f->request.italic )
+	bits |= 0x01;
+    if ( f->underline )
+	bits |= 0x02;
+    if ( f->overline )
+	bits |= 0x40;
+    if ( f->strikeOut )
+	bits |= 0x04;
+    if ( f->request.fixedPitch )
+	bits |= 0x08;
+    // if ( f.hintSetByUser )
+    // bits |= 0x10;
+    if ( f->rawMode )
+	bits |= 0x20;
+    return bits;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*  \internal
+    Internal function. Sets boolean font settings from an unsigned
+    8-bit number. Used for serialization etc.
+*/
+static void set_font_bits( Q_UINT8 bits, QFontPrivate *f )
+{
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( f != 0 );
+#endif
+
+    f->request.italic        = (bits & 0x01) != 0;
+    f->underline             = (bits & 0x02) != 0;
+    f->overline              = (bits & 0x40) != 0;
+    f->strikeOut             = (bits & 0x04) != 0;
+    f->request.fixedPitch    = (bits & 0x08) != 0;
+    // f->hintSetByUser      = (bits & 0x10) != 0;
+    f->rawMode               = (bits & 0x20) != 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font's key, a textual representation of a font. It is
+    typically used as the key for a cache or dictionary of fonts.
+
+    \sa QMap
+*/
+QString QFont::key() const
+{
+    return toString();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a description of the font. The description is a
+    comma-separated list of the attributes, perfectly suited for use
+    in QSettings.
+
+    \sa fromString() operator<<()
+ */
+QString QFont::toString() const
+{
+    const QChar comma( ',' );
+    return family() + comma +
+	QString::number(  pointSizeFloat() ) + comma +
+	QString::number(       pixelSize() ) + comma +
+	QString::number( (int) styleHint() ) + comma +
+	QString::number(          weight() ) + comma +
+	QString::number( (int)    italic() ) + comma +
+	QString::number( (int) underline() ) + comma +
+	QString::number( (int) strikeOut() ) + comma +
+	QString::number( (int)fixedPitch() ) + comma +
+	QString::number( (int)   rawMode() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets this font to match the description \a descrip. The description
+    is a comma-separated list of the font attributes, as returned by
+    toString().
+
+    \sa toString() operator>>()
+ */
+bool QFont::fromString(const QString &descrip)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    QStringList l(QStringList::split(',', descrip));
+
+    int count = (int)l.count();
+#else
+    int count = 0;
+    QString l[11];
+    int from = 0;
+    int to = descrip.find( ',' );
+    while ( to > 0 && count < 11 ) {
+	l[count] = descrip.mid( from, to-from );
+	count++;
+	from = to+1;
+	to = descrip.find( ',', from );
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    if ( !count || ( count > 2 && count < 9 ) || count > 11 ) {
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning("QFont::fromString: invalid description '%s'",
+                 descrip.isEmpty() ? "(empty)" : descrip.latin1());
+#endif
+
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    setFamily(l[0]);
+    if ( count > 1 && l[1].toDouble() > 0.0 )
+	setPointSizeFloat(l[1].toDouble());
+    if ( count == 9 ) {
+	setStyleHint((StyleHint) l[2].toInt());
+	setWeight(l[3].toInt());
+	setItalic(l[4].toInt());
+	setUnderline(l[5].toInt());
+	setStrikeOut(l[6].toInt());
+	setFixedPitch(l[7].toInt());
+	setRawMode(l[8].toInt());
+    } else if ( count == 10 ) {
+	if ( l[2].toInt() > 0 )
+	    setPixelSize( l[2].toInt() );
+	setStyleHint((StyleHint) l[3].toInt());
+	setWeight(l[4].toInt());
+	setItalic(l[5].toInt());
+	setUnderline(l[6].toInt());
+	setStrikeOut(l[7].toInt());
+	setFixedPitch(l[8].toInt());
+	setRawMode(l[9].toInt());
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#if !defined( Q_WS_QWS )
+/*! \internal
+
+  Internal function that dumps font cache statistics.
+*/
+void QFont::cacheStatistics()
+{
+
+
+}
+#endif // !Q_WS_QWS
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QFont stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*!
+    \relates QFont
+
+    Writes the font \a font to the data stream \a s. (toString()
+    writes to a text stream.)
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QFont &font )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	QCString fam( font.d->request.family.latin1() );
+	s << fam;
+    } else {
+	s << font.d->request.family;
+    }
+
+    if ( s.version() <= 3 ) {
+	Q_INT16 pointSize = (Q_INT16) font.d->request.pointSize;
+	if ( pointSize == -1 ) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	    pointSize = (Q_INT16)(font.d->request.pixelSize*720/QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY());
+#else
+	    pointSize = (Q_INT16)QFontInfo( font ).pointSize() * 10;
+#endif
+	}
+	s << pointSize;
+    } else {
+	s << (Q_INT16) font.d->request.pointSize;
+	s << (Q_INT16) font.d->request.pixelSize;
+    }
+
+    s << (Q_UINT8) font.d->request.styleHint;
+    if ( s.version() >= 5 )
+	s << (Q_UINT8 ) font.d->request.styleStrategy;
+    return s << (Q_UINT8) 0
+	     << (Q_UINT8) font.d->request.weight
+	     << get_font_bits(font.d);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QFont
+
+    Reads the font \a font from the data stream \a s. (fromString()
+    reads from a text stream.)
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QFont &font )
+{
+    if (font.d->deref()) delete font.d;
+
+    font.d = new QFontPrivate;
+    font.d->mask = QFontPrivate::Complete;
+
+    Q_INT16 pointSize, pixelSize = -1;
+    Q_UINT8 styleHint, styleStrategy = QFont::PreferDefault, charSet, weight, bits;
+
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	QCString fam;
+	s >> fam;
+	font.d->request.family = QString( fam );
+    } else {
+	s >> font.d->request.family;
+    }
+
+    s >> pointSize;
+    if ( s.version() >= 4 )
+	s >> pixelSize;
+    s >> styleHint;
+    if ( s.version() >= 5 )
+	s >> styleStrategy;
+    s >> charSet;
+    s >> weight;
+    s >> bits;
+
+    font.d->request.pointSize = pointSize;
+    font.d->request.pixelSize = pixelSize;
+    font.d->request.styleHint = styleHint;
+    font.d->request.styleStrategy = styleStrategy;
+    font.d->request.weight = weight;
+
+    set_font_bits( bits, font.d );
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QFontMetrics member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QFontMetrics qfontmetrics.h
+    \brief The QFontMetrics class provides font metrics information.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    QFontMetrics functions calculate the size of characters and
+    strings for a given font. There are three ways you can create a
+    QFontMetrics object:
+
+    \list 1
+    \i Calling the QFontMetrics constructor with a QFont creates a
+    font metrics object for a screen-compatible font, i.e. the font
+    cannot be a printer font<sup>*</sup>. If the font is changed
+    later, the font metrics object is \e not updated.
+
+    \i QWidget::fontMetrics() returns the font metrics for a widget's
+    font. This is equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()). If the
+    widget's font is changed later, the font metrics object is \e not
+    updated.
+
+    \i QPainter::fontMetrics() returns the font metrics for a
+    painter's current font. If the painter's font is changed later, the
+    font metrics object is \e not updated.
+    \endlist
+
+    <sup>*</sup> If you use a printer font the values returned may be
+    inaccurate. Printer fonts are not always accessible so the nearest
+    screen font is used if a printer font is supplied.
+
+    Once created, the object provides functions to access the
+    individual metrics of the font, its characters, and for strings
+    rendered in the font.
+
+    There are several functions that operate on the font: ascent(),
+    descent(), height(), leading() and lineSpacing() return the basic
+    size properties of the font. The underlinePos(), overlinePos(),
+    strikeOutPos() and lineWidth() functions, return the properties of
+    the line that underlines, overlines or strikes out the
+    characters. These functions are all fast.
+
+    There are also some functions that operate on the set of glyphs in
+    the font: minLeftBearing(), minRightBearing() and maxWidth().
+    These are by necessity slow, and we recommend avoiding them if
+    possible.
+
+    For each character, you can get its width(), leftBearing() and
+    rightBearing() and find out whether it is in the font using
+    inFont(). You can also treat the character as a string, and use
+    the string functions on it.
+
+    The string functions include width(), to return the width of a
+    string in pixels (or points, for a printer), boundingRect(), to
+    return a rectangle large enough to contain the rendered string,
+    and size(), to return the size of that rectangle.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    QFont font( "times", 24 );
+    QFontMetrics fm( font );
+    int pixelsWide = fm.width( "What's the width of this text?" );
+    int pixelsHigh = fm.height();
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa QFont QFontInfo QFontDatabase
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a font metrics object for \a font.
+
+    The font must be screen-compatible, i.e. a font you use when
+    drawing text in \link QWidget widgets\endlink or \link QPixmap
+    pixmaps\endlink, not QPicture or QPrinter.
+
+    The font metrics object holds the information for the font that is
+    passed in the constructor at the time it is created, and is not
+    updated if the font's attributes are changed later.
+
+  Use QPainter::fontMetrics() to get the font metrics when painting.
+  This will give correct results also when painting on paint device
+  that is not screen-compatible.
+*/
+QFontMetrics::QFontMetrics( const QFont &font )
+    : d( font.d ), painter( 0 ), fscript( QFont::NoScript )
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Constructs a font metrics object for \a font using the given \a
+    script.
+*/
+QFontMetrics::QFontMetrics( const QFont &font, QFont::Script script )
+    : d( font.d ), painter( 0 ), fscript( script )
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Constructs a font metrics object for the painter's font \a p.
+*/
+QFontMetrics::QFontMetrics( const QPainter *p )
+    : painter ( (QPainter *) p ), fscript( QFont::NoScript )
+{
+#if defined(CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !painter->isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QFontMetrics: Get font metrics between QPainter::begin() "
+		  "and QPainter::end()" );
+#endif
+
+    if ( painter->testf(QPainter::DirtyFont) )
+	painter->updateFont();
+
+    d = painter->pfont ? painter->pfont->d : painter->cfont.d;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if ( d->screen != p->scrn ) {
+	QFontPrivate *new_d = new QFontPrivate( *d );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( new_d );
+	d = new_d;
+	d->screen = p->scrn;
+	d->count = 1;
+    } else
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+	d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a fm.
+*/
+QFontMetrics::QFontMetrics( const QFontMetrics &fm )
+    : d( fm.d ), painter( 0 ),  fscript( fm.fscript )
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the font metrics object and frees all allocated
+    resources.
+*/
+QFontMetrics::~QFontMetrics()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the font metrics \a fm.
+*/
+QFontMetrics &QFontMetrics::operator=( const QFontMetrics &fm )
+{
+    if ( d != fm.d ) {
+	if ( d->deref() )
+	    delete d;
+	d = fm.d;
+	d->ref();
+    }
+    painter = fm.painter;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the ascent of the font.
+
+    The ascent of a font is the distance from the baseline to the
+    highest position characters extend to. In practice, some font
+    designers break this rule, e.g. when they put more than one accent
+    on top of a character, or to accommodate an unusual character in
+    an exotic language, so it is possible (though rare) that this
+    value will be too small.
+
+    \sa descent()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::ascent() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *latin_engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( latin_engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return QMAX(engine->ascent(), latin_engine->ascent());
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the descent of the font.
+
+    The descent is the distance from the base line to the lowest point
+    characters extend to. (Note that this is different from X, which
+    adds 1 pixel.) In practice, some font designers break this rule,
+    e.g. to accommodate an unusual character in an exotic language, so
+    it is possible (though rare) that this value will be too small.
+
+    \sa ascent()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::descent() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *latin_engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( latin_engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return QMAX(engine->descent(), latin_engine->descent());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the height of the font.
+
+    This is always equal to ascent()+descent()+1 (the 1 is for the
+    base line).
+
+    \sa leading(), lineSpacing()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::height() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *latin_engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( latin_engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return (QMAX(engine->ascent(), latin_engine->ascent()) +
+	    QMAX(engine->descent(), latin_engine->descent()) + 1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the leading of the font.
+
+    This is the natural inter-line spacing.
+
+    \sa height(), lineSpacing()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::leading() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *latin_engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( latin_engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return QMAX(engine->leading(), latin_engine->leading());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the distance from one base line to the next.
+
+    This value is always equal to leading()+height().
+
+    \sa height(), leading()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::lineSpacing() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *latin_engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( latin_engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return (QMAX(engine->leading(), latin_engine->leading()) +
+	    QMAX(engine->ascent(), latin_engine->ascent()) +
+	    QMAX(engine->descent(), latin_engine->descent()) + 1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the minimum left bearing of the font.
+
+    This is the smallest leftBearing(char) of all characters in the
+    font.
+
+    Note that this function can be very slow if the font is large.
+
+    \sa minRightBearing(), leftBearing()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::minLeftBearing() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *latin_engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( latin_engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return QMIN(engine->minLeftBearing(), latin_engine->minLeftBearing());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the minimum right bearing of the font.
+
+    This is the smallest rightBearing(char) of all characters in the
+    font.
+
+    Note that this function can be very slow if the font is large.
+
+    \sa minLeftBearing(), rightBearing()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::minRightBearing() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *latin_engine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( latin_engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return QMIN(engine->minRightBearing(), latin_engine->minRightBearing());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the width of the widest character in the font.
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::maxWidth() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+    QFontEngine *lengine = d->engineForScript( QFont::Latin );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( lengine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return QMAX(engine->maxCharWidth(), lengine->maxCharWidth());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if character \a ch is a valid character in the font;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QFontMetrics::inFont(QChar ch) const
+{
+    QFont::Script script;
+    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( script, ch );
+
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( script );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    if ( engine->type() == QFontEngine::Box ) return FALSE;
+    return engine->canRender( &ch, 1 );
+}
+
+/*! \fn int QFontMetrics::leftBearing( QChar ch ) const
+    Returns the left bearing of character \a ch in the font.
+
+    The left bearing is the right-ward distance of the left-most pixel
+    of the character from the logical origin of the character. This
+    value is negative if the pixels of the character extend to the
+    left of the logical origin.
+
+    See width(QChar) for a graphical description of this metric.
+
+    \sa rightBearing(), minLeftBearing(), width()
+*/
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+int QFontMetrics::leftBearing(QChar ch) const
+{
+    QFont::Script script;
+    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( script, ch );
+
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( script );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    if ( engine->type() == QFontEngine::Box ) return 0;
+
+    glyph_t glyphs[10];
+    int nglyphs = 9;
+    engine->stringToCMap( &ch, 1, glyphs, 0, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+    // ### can nglyphs != 1 happen at all? Not currently I think
+    glyph_metrics_t gi = engine->boundingBox( glyphs[0] );
+    return gi.x;
+}
+#endif // !Q_WS_WIN
+
+/*! \fn int QFontMetrics::rightBearing(QChar ch) const
+    Returns the right bearing of character \a ch in the font.
+
+    The right bearing is the left-ward distance of the right-most
+    pixel of the character from the logical origin of a subsequent
+    character. This value is negative if the pixels of the character
+    extend to the right of the width() of the character.
+
+    See width() for a graphical description of this metric.
+
+    \sa leftBearing(), minRightBearing(), width()
+*/
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+int QFontMetrics::rightBearing(QChar ch) const
+{
+    QFont::Script script;
+    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( script, ch );
+
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( script );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    if ( engine->type() == QFontEngine::Box ) return 0;
+
+    glyph_t glyphs[10];
+    int nglyphs = 9;
+    engine->stringToCMap( &ch, 1, glyphs, 0, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+    // ### can nglyphs != 1 happen at all? Not currently I think
+    glyph_metrics_t gi = engine->boundingBox( glyphs[0] );
+    return gi.xoff - gi.x - gi.width;
+}
+#endif // !Q_WS_WIN
+
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+/*!
+    Returns the width in pixels of the first \a len characters of \a
+    str. If \a len is negative (the default), the entire string is
+    used.
+
+    Note that this value is \e not equal to boundingRect().width();
+    boundingRect() returns a rectangle describing the pixels this
+    string will cover whereas width() returns the distance to where
+    the next string should be drawn.
+
+    \sa boundingRect()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::width( const QString &str, int len ) const
+{
+    if (len < 0)
+	len = str.length();
+    if (len == 0)
+	return 0;
+
+    int pos = 0;
+    int width = 0;
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+    const QChar *ch = str.unicode();
+
+    while (pos < len) {
+	unsigned short uc = ch->unicode();
+	if (uc < QFontEngineData::widthCacheSize && d->engineData && d->engineData->widthCache[uc])
+	    width += d->engineData->widthCache[uc];
+	else {
+	    QFont::Script script;
+	    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( script, *ch );
+
+	    if (script >= QFont::Arabic && script <= QFont::Khmer)
+		break;
+            if ( ::category( *ch ) != QChar::Mark_NonSpacing && !qIsZeroWidthChar(ch->unicode())) {
+                QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( script );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+                Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+                glyph_t glyphs[8];
+                advance_t advances[8];
+                int nglyphs = 7;
+                engine->stringToCMap( ch, 1, glyphs, advances, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+
+                // ### can nglyphs != 1 happen at all? Not currently I think
+                if ( uc < QFontEngineData::widthCacheSize && advances[0] > 0 && advances[0] < 0x100 )
+                    d->engineData->widthCache[ uc ] = advances[0];
+                width += advances[0];
+            }
+	}
+	++pos;
+	++ch;
+    }
+    if ( pos < len ) {
+#endif
+	QTextEngine layout( str, d );
+	layout.itemize( QTextEngine::WidthOnly );
+	width += layout.width( pos, len-pos );
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+    }
+#endif
+    return width;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*! \fn int QFontMetrics::width( QChar ch ) const
+
+    <img src="bearings.png" align=right>
+
+    Returns the logical width of character \a ch in pixels. This is a
+    distance appropriate for drawing a subsequent character after \a
+    ch.
+
+    Some of the metrics are described in the image to the right. The
+    central dark rectangles cover the logical width() of each
+    character. The outer pale rectangles cover the leftBearing() and
+    rightBearing() of each character. Notice that the bearings of "f"
+    in this particular font are both negative, while the bearings of
+    "o" are both positive.
+
+    \warning This function will produce incorrect results for Arabic
+    characters or non spacing marks in the middle of a string, as the
+    glyph shaping and positioning of marks that happens when
+    processing strings cannot be taken into account. Use charWidth()
+    instead if you aren't looking for the width of isolated
+    characters.
+
+    \sa boundingRect(), charWidth()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QFontMetrics::width( char c ) const
+
+  \overload
+  \obsolete
+
+  Provided to aid porting from Qt 1.x.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QFontMetrics::charWidth( const QString &str, int pos ) const
+    Returns the width of the character at position \a pos in the
+    string \a str.
+
+    The whole string is needed, as the glyph drawn may change
+    depending on the context (the letter before and after the current
+    one) for some languages (e.g. Arabic).
+
+    This function also takes non spacing marks and ligatures into
+    account.
+*/
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+/*!
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of the first \a len characters of
+    \a str, which is the set of pixels the text would cover if drawn
+    at (0, 0).
+
+    If \a len is negative (the default), the entire string is used.
+
+    Note that the bounding rectangle may extend to the left of (0, 0),
+    e.g. for italicized fonts, and that the text output may cover \e
+    all pixels in the bounding rectangle.
+
+    Newline characters are processed as normal characters, \e not as
+    linebreaks.
+
+    Due to the different actual character heights, the height of the
+    bounding rectangle of e.g. "Yes" and "yes" may be different.
+
+    \sa width(), QPainter::boundingRect()
+*/
+QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect( const QString &str, int len ) const
+{
+    if (len < 0)
+	len = str.length();
+    if (len == 0)
+	return QRect();
+
+    QTextEngine layout( str, d );
+    layout.itemize( QTextEngine::NoBidi|QTextEngine::SingleLine );
+    glyph_metrics_t gm = layout.boundingBox( 0, len );
+    return QRect( gm.x, gm.y, gm.width, gm.height );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns the rectangle that is covered by ink if the character
+    specified by \a ch were to be drawn at the origin of the coordinate
+    system.
+
+    Note that the bounding rectangle may extend to the left of (0, 0),
+    e.g. for italicized fonts, and that the text output may cover \e
+    all pixels in the bounding rectangle. For a space character the rectangle
+    will usually be empty.
+
+    Note that the rectangle usually extends both above and below the
+    base line.
+    
+    \warning The width of the returned rectangle is not the advance width
+    of the character. Use boundingRect(const QString &) or width() instead.
+    
+    \sa width() 
+*/
+QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect( QChar ch ) const
+{
+    QFont::Script script;
+    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( script, ch );
+
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( script );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    glyph_t glyphs[10];
+    int nglyphs = 9;
+    engine->stringToCMap( &ch, 1, glyphs, 0, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+    glyph_metrics_t gi = engine->boundingBox( glyphs[0] );
+    return QRect( gi.x, gi.y, gi.width, gi.height );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of the first \a len characters of
+    \a str, which is the set of pixels the text would cover if drawn
+    at (0, 0). The drawing, and hence the bounding rectangle, is
+    constrained to the rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h).
+
+    If \a len is negative (which is the default), the entire string is
+    used.
+
+    The \a flgs argument is the bitwise OR of the following flags:
+    \list
+    \i \c AlignAuto aligns to the left border for all languages except
+	  Arabic and Hebrew where it aligns to the right.
+    \i \c AlignLeft aligns to the left border.
+    \i \c AlignRight aligns to the right border.
+    \i \c AlignJustify produces justified text.
+    \i \c AlignHCenter aligns horizontally centered.
+    \i \c AlignTop aligns to the top border.
+    \i \c AlignBottom aligns to the bottom border.
+    \i \c AlignVCenter aligns vertically centered
+    \i \c AlignCenter (== \c{AlignHCenter | AlignVCenter})
+    \i \c SingleLine ignores newline characters in the text.
+    \i \c ExpandTabs expands tabs (see below)
+    \i \c ShowPrefix interprets "&amp;x" as "<u>x</u>", i.e. underlined.
+    \i \c WordBreak breaks the text to fit the rectangle.
+    \endlist
+
+    Horizontal alignment defaults to \c AlignAuto and vertical
+    alignment defaults to \c AlignTop.
+
+    If several of the horizontal or several of the vertical alignment
+    flags are set, the resulting alignment is undefined.
+
+    These flags are defined in \c qnamespace.h.
+
+    If \c ExpandTabs is set in \a flgs, then: if \a tabarray is
+    non-null, it specifies a 0-terminated sequence of pixel-positions
+    for tabs; otherwise if \a tabstops is non-zero, it is used as the
+    tab spacing (in pixels).
+
+    Note that the bounding rectangle may extend to the left of (0, 0),
+    e.g. for italicized fonts, and that the text output may cover \e
+    all pixels in the bounding rectangle.
+
+    Newline characters are processed as linebreaks.
+
+    Despite the different actual character heights, the heights of the
+    bounding rectangles of "Yes" and "yes" are the same.
+
+    The bounding rectangle given by this function is somewhat larger
+    than that calculated by the simpler boundingRect() function. This
+    function uses the \link minLeftBearing() maximum left \endlink and
+    \link minRightBearing() right \endlink font bearings as is
+    necessary for multi-line text to align correctly. Also,
+    fontHeight() and lineSpacing() are used to calculate the height,
+    rather than individual character heights.
+
+    The \a intern argument should not be used.
+
+    \sa width(), QPainter::boundingRect(), Qt::AlignmentFlags
+*/
+QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flgs,
+				  const QString& str, int len, int tabstops,
+				  int *tabarray, QTextParag **intern ) const
+{
+    if ( len < 0 )
+	len = str.length();
+
+    int tabarraylen=0;
+    if (tabarray)
+	while (tabarray[tabarraylen])
+	    tabarraylen++;
+
+    QRect rb;
+    QRect r(x, y, w, h);
+    qt_format_text( QFont( d, d->paintdevice ), r, flgs|Qt::DontPrint, str, len, &rb,
+		    tabstops, tabarray, tabarraylen, intern, 0 );
+
+    return rb;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the size in pixels of the first \a len characters of \a
+    str.
+
+    If \a len is negative (the default), the entire string is used.
+
+    The \a flgs argument is the bitwise OR of the following flags:
+    \list
+    \i \c SingleLine ignores newline characters.
+    \i \c ExpandTabs expands tabs (see below)
+    \i \c ShowPrefix interprets "&amp;x" as "<u>x</u>", i.e. underlined.
+    \i \c WordBreak breaks the text to fit the rectangle.
+    \endlist
+
+    These flags are defined in \c qnamespace.h.
+
+    If \c ExpandTabs is set in \a flgs, then: if \a tabarray is
+    non-null, it specifies a 0-terminated sequence of pixel-positions
+    for tabs; otherwise if \a tabstops is non-zero, it is used as the
+    tab spacing (in pixels).
+
+    Newline characters are processed as linebreaks.
+
+    Despite the different actual character heights, the heights of the
+    bounding rectangles of "Yes" and "yes" are the same.
+
+    The \a intern argument should not be used.
+
+    \sa boundingRect()
+*/
+QSize QFontMetrics::size( int flgs, const QString &str, int len, int tabstops,
+			  int *tabarray, QTextParag **intern ) const
+{
+    return boundingRect(0,0,0,0,flgs,str,len,tabstops,tabarray,intern).size();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the distance from the base line to where an underscore
+    should be drawn.
+
+    \sa overlinePos(), strikeOutPos(), lineWidth()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::underlinePos() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return engine->underlinePosition();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the distance from the base line to where an overline
+    should be drawn.
+
+    \sa underlinePos(), strikeOutPos(), lineWidth()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::overlinePos() const
+{
+    int pos = ascent() + 1;
+    return pos > 0 ? pos : 1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the distance from the base line to where the strikeout
+    line should be drawn.
+
+    \sa underlinePos(), overlinePos(), lineWidth()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::strikeOutPos() const
+{
+    int pos = ascent() / 3;
+    return pos > 0 ? pos : 1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the width of the underline and strikeout lines, adjusted
+    for the point size of the font.
+
+    \sa underlinePos(), overlinePos(), strikeOutPos()
+*/
+int QFontMetrics::lineWidth() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return engine->lineThickness();
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QFontInfo member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QFontInfo qfontinfo.h
+
+    \brief The QFontInfo class provides general information about fonts.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    The QFontInfo class provides the same access functions as QFont,
+    e.g. family(), pointSize(), italic(), weight(), fixedPitch(),
+    styleHint() etc. But whilst the QFont access functions return the
+    values that were set, a QFontInfo object returns the values that
+    apply to the font that will actually be used to draw the text.
+
+    For example, when the program asks for a 25pt Courier font on a
+    machine that has a non-scalable 24pt Courier font, QFont will
+    (normally) use the 24pt Courier for rendering. In this case,
+    QFont::pointSize() returns 25 and QFontInfo::pointSize() returns
+    24.
+
+    There are three ways to create a QFontInfo object.
+    \list 1
+    \i Calling the QFontInfo constructor with a QFont creates a font
+    info object for a screen-compatible font, i.e. the font cannot be
+    a printer font<sup>*</sup>. If the font is changed later, the font
+    info object is \e not updated.
+
+    \i QWidget::fontInfo() returns the font info for a widget's font.
+    This is equivalent to calling QFontInfo(widget->font()). If the
+    widget's font is changed later, the font info object is \e not
+    updated.
+
+    \i QPainter::fontInfo() returns the font info for a painter's
+    current font. If the painter's font is changed later, the font
+    info object is \e not updated.
+    \endlist
+
+    <sup>*</sup> If you use a printer font the values returned may be
+    inaccurate. Printer fonts are not always accessible so the nearest
+    screen font is used if a printer font is supplied.
+
+    \sa QFont QFontMetrics QFontDatabase
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a font info object for \a font.
+
+    The font must be screen-compatible, i.e. a font you use when
+    drawing text in \link QWidget widgets\endlink or \link QPixmap
+    pixmaps\endlink, not QPicture or QPrinter.
+
+    The font info object holds the information for the font that is
+    passed in the constructor at the time it is created, and is not
+    updated if the font's attributes are changed later.
+
+    Use QPainter::fontInfo() to get the font info when painting.
+    This will give correct results also when painting on paint device
+    that is not screen-compatible.
+*/
+QFontInfo::QFontInfo( const QFont &font )
+    : d( font.d ), painter( 0 ), fscript( QFont::NoScript )
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a font info object for \a font using the specified \a
+    script.
+*/
+QFontInfo::QFontInfo( const QFont &font, QFont::Script script )
+    : d( font.d ), painter( 0 ), fscript( script )
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Constructs a font info object from the painter's font \a p.
+*/
+QFontInfo::QFontInfo( const QPainter *p )
+    : painter( 0 ), fscript( QFont::NoScript )
+{
+    QPainter *painter = (QPainter *) p;
+
+#if defined(CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !painter->isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QFontInfo: Get font info between QPainter::begin() "
+		  "and QPainter::end()" );
+#endif
+
+    painter->setf( QPainter::FontInf );
+    if ( painter->testf(QPainter::DirtyFont) )
+	painter->updateFont();
+    if ( painter->pfont )
+	d = painter->pfont->d;
+    else
+	d = painter->cfont.d;
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a fi.
+*/
+QFontInfo::QFontInfo( const QFontInfo &fi )
+    : d(fi.d), painter(0), fscript( fi.fscript )
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the font info object.
+*/
+QFontInfo::~QFontInfo()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the font info in \a fi.
+*/
+QFontInfo &QFontInfo::operator=( const QFontInfo &fi )
+{
+    if ( d != fi.d ) {
+	if ( d->deref() )
+	    delete d;
+	d = fi.d;
+	d->ref();
+    }
+    painter = 0;
+    fscript = fi.fscript;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the family name of the matched window system font.
+
+    \sa QFont::family()
+*/
+QString QFontInfo::family() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+    return engine->fontDef.family;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the point size of the matched window system font.
+
+    \sa QFont::pointSize()
+*/
+int QFontInfo::pointSize() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+    return ( engine->fontDef.pointSize + 5 ) / 10;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pixel size of the matched window system font.
+
+    \sa QFont::pointSize()
+*/
+int QFontInfo::pixelSize() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+    return engine->fontDef.pixelSize;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the italic value of the matched window system font.
+
+    \sa QFont::italic()
+*/
+bool QFontInfo::italic() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+    return engine->fontDef.italic;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the weight of the matched window system font.
+
+    \sa QFont::weight(), bold()
+*/
+int QFontInfo::weight() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+    return engine->fontDef.weight;
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QFontInfo::bold() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if weight() would return a value greater than \c
+    QFont::Normal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa weight(), QFont::bold()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the underline value of the matched window system font.
+
+  \sa QFont::underline()
+
+  \internal
+
+  Here we read the underline flag directly from the QFont.
+  This is OK for X11 and for Windows because we always get what we want.
+*/
+bool QFontInfo::underline() const
+{
+    return d->underline;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the overline value of the matched window system font.
+
+    \sa QFont::overline()
+
+    \internal
+
+    Here we read the overline flag directly from the QFont.
+    This is OK for X11 and for Windows because we always get what we want.
+*/
+bool QFontInfo::overline() const
+{
+    return d->overline;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the strikeout value of the matched window system font.
+
+  \sa QFont::strikeOut()
+
+  \internal Here we read the strikeOut flag directly from the QFont.
+  This is OK for X11 and for Windows because we always get what we want.
+*/
+bool QFontInfo::strikeOut() const
+{
+    return d->strikeOut;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the fixed pitch value of the matched window system font.
+
+    \sa QFont::fixedPitch()
+*/
+bool QFontInfo::fixedPitch() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+    if (!engine->fontDef.fixedPitchComputed) {
+	QChar ch[2] = { QChar('i'), QChar('m') };
+	glyph_t g[2];
+	int l = 2;
+	advance_t a[2];
+	engine->stringToCMap(ch, 2, g, a, &l, FALSE);
+	engine->fontDef.fixedPitch = a[0] == a[1];
+	engine->fontDef.fixedPitchComputed = TRUE;
+    }
+#endif
+    return engine->fontDef.fixedPitch;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the style of the matched window system font.
+
+    Currently only returns the style hint set in QFont.
+
+    \sa QFont::styleHint() QFont::StyleHint
+*/
+QFont::StyleHint QFontInfo::styleHint() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+    return (QFont::StyleHint) engine->fontDef.styleHint;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font is a raw mode font; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    If it is a raw mode font, all other functions in QFontInfo will
+    return the same values set in the QFont, regardless of the font
+    actually used.
+
+    \sa QFont::rawMode()
+*/
+bool QFontInfo::rawMode() const
+{
+    return d->rawMode;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the matched window system font is exactly the same
+    as the one specified by the font; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa QFont::exactMatch()
+*/
+bool QFontInfo::exactMatch() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) fscript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return d->rawMode ? engine->type() != QFontEngine::Box
+			     : d->request == engine->fontDef;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// **********************************************************************
+// QFontCache
+// **********************************************************************
+
+#ifdef QFONTCACHE_DEBUG
+// fast timeouts for debugging
+static const int fast_timeout =   1000;  // 1s
+static const int slow_timeout =   5000;  // 5s
+#else
+static const int fast_timeout =  10000; // 10s
+static const int slow_timeout = 300000; //  5m
+#endif // QFONTCACHE_DEBUG
+
+QFontCache *QFontCache::instance = 0;
+const uint QFontCache::min_cost = 4*1024; // 4mb
+
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QFontCache> cleanup_fontcache;
+
+
+QFontCache::QFontCache()
+    : QObject( qApp, "global font cache" ), total_cost( 0 ), max_cost( min_cost ),
+      current_timestamp( 0 ), fast( FALSE ), timer_id( -1 )
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( instance == 0 );
+    instance = this;
+    cleanup_fontcache.set( &instance );
+}
+
+QFontCache::~QFontCache()
+{
+    {
+	EngineDataCache::Iterator it = engineDataCache.begin(),
+				 end = engineDataCache.end();
+	while ( it != end ) {
+	    if ( it.data()->count == 0 )
+		delete it.data();
+	    else
+		FC_DEBUG("QFontCache::~QFontCache: engineData %p still has refcount %d",
+			 it.data(), it.data()->count);
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+    EngineCache::Iterator it = engineCache.begin(),
+			 end = engineCache.end();
+    while ( it != end ) {
+	if ( it.data().data->count == 0 ) {
+	    if ( --it.data().data->cache_count == 0 ) {
+		FC_DEBUG("QFontCache::~QFontCache: deleting engine %p key=(%d / %d %d %d %d %d)",
+			 it.data().data, it.key().script, it.key().def.pointSize,
+			 it.key().def.pixelSize, it.key().def.weight, it.key().def.italic,
+			 it.key().def.fixedPitch);
+
+		delete it.data().data;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    FC_DEBUG("QFontCache::~QFontCache: engine = %p still has refcount %d",
+		     it.data().data, it.data().data->count);
+	}
+	++it;
+    }
+    instance = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+void QFontCache::clear()
+{
+    {
+	EngineDataCache::Iterator it = engineDataCache.begin(),
+				 end = engineDataCache.end();
+	while ( it != end ) {
+	    QFontEngineData *data = it.data();
+	    if ( data->engine )
+		data->engine->deref();
+	    data->engine = 0;
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+
+    EngineCache::Iterator it = engineCache.begin(),
+			 end = engineCache.end();
+    while ( it != end ) {
+	if ( it.data().data->count == 0 ) {
+	    if ( --it.data().data->cache_count == 0 ) {
+		FC_DEBUG("QFontCache::~QFontCache: deleting engine %p key=(%d / %d %d %d %d %d)",
+			 it.data().data, it.key().script, it.key().def.pointSize,
+			 it.key().def.pixelSize, it.key().def.weight, it.key().def.italic,
+			 it.key().def.fixedPitch);
+		delete it.data().data;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    FC_DEBUG("QFontCache::~QFontCache: engine = %p still has refcount %d",
+		     it.data().data, it.data().data->count);
+	}
+	++it;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+QFontEngineData *QFontCache::findEngineData( const Key &key ) const
+{
+    EngineDataCache::ConstIterator it = engineDataCache.find( key ),
+				  end = engineDataCache.end();
+    if ( it == end ) return 0;
+
+    // found
+    return it.data();
+}
+
+void QFontCache::insertEngineData( const Key &key, QFontEngineData *engineData )
+{
+    FC_DEBUG( "QFontCache: inserting new engine data %p", engineData );
+
+    engineDataCache.insert( key, engineData );
+    increaseCost( sizeof( QFontEngineData ) );
+}
+
+QFontEngine *QFontCache::findEngine( const Key &key )
+{
+    EngineCache::Iterator it = engineCache.find( key ),
+			 end = engineCache.end();
+    if ( it == end ) return 0;
+
+    // found... update the hitcount and timestamp
+    it.data().hits++;
+    it.data().timestamp = ++current_timestamp;
+
+    FC_DEBUG( "QFontCache: found font engine\n"
+	    "  %p: timestamp %4u hits %3u ref %2d/%2d, type '%s'",
+	    it.data().data, it.data().timestamp, it.data().hits,
+	    it.data().data->count, it.data().data->cache_count,
+	    it.data().data->name() );
+
+    return it.data().data;
+}
+
+void QFontCache::insertEngine( const Key &key, QFontEngine *engine )
+{
+    FC_DEBUG( "QFontCache: inserting new engine %p", engine );
+
+    Engine data( engine );
+    data.timestamp = ++current_timestamp;
+
+    engineCache.insert( key, data );
+
+    // only increase the cost if this is the first time we insert the engine
+    if ( engine->cache_count == 0 )
+	increaseCost( engine->cache_cost );
+
+    ++engine->cache_count;
+}
+
+void QFontCache::increaseCost( uint cost )
+{
+    cost = ( cost + 512 ) / 1024; // store cost in kb
+    cost = cost > 0 ? cost : 1;
+    total_cost += cost;
+
+    FC_DEBUG( "  COST: increased %u kb, total_cost %u kb, max_cost %u kb",
+	    cost, total_cost, max_cost );
+
+    if ( total_cost > max_cost) {
+	max_cost = total_cost;
+
+	if ( timer_id == -1 || ! fast ) {
+	    FC_DEBUG( "  TIMER: starting fast timer (%d ms)", fast_timeout );
+
+	    if (timer_id != -1) killTimer( timer_id );
+	    timer_id = startTimer( fast_timeout );
+	    fast = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QFontCache::decreaseCost( uint cost )
+{
+    cost = ( cost + 512 ) / 1024; // cost is stored in kb
+    cost = cost > 0 ? cost : 1;
+    Q_ASSERT( cost <= total_cost );
+    total_cost -= cost;
+
+    FC_DEBUG( "  COST: decreased %u kb, total_cost %u kb, max_cost %u kb",
+	    cost, total_cost, max_cost );
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN ) || defined (Q_WS_QWS)
+void QFontCache::cleanupPrinterFonts()
+{
+    FC_DEBUG( "QFontCache::cleanupPrinterFonts" );
+
+    {
+	FC_DEBUG( "  CLEAN engine data:" );
+
+	// clean out all unused engine datas
+	EngineDataCache::Iterator it = engineDataCache.begin(),
+				 end = engineDataCache.end();
+	while ( it != end ) {
+	    if ( it.key().screen == 0 ) {
+		++it;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    if( it.data()->count > 0 ) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+		for(int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i) {
+		    if( it.data()->engines[i] ) {
+			it.data()->engines[i]->deref();
+			it.data()->engines[i] = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+#else
+		if ( it.data()->engine ) {
+		    it.data()->engine->deref();
+		    it.data()->engine = 0;
+		}
+#endif
+		++it;
+	    } else {
+
+		EngineDataCache::Iterator rem = it++;
+
+		decreaseCost( sizeof( QFontEngineData ) );
+
+		FC_DEBUG( "    %p", rem.data() );
+
+		delete rem.data();
+		engineDataCache.remove( rem );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    EngineCache::Iterator it = engineCache.begin(),
+			 end = engineCache.end();
+    while( it != end ) {
+	if ( it.data().data->count > 0 || it.key().screen == 0) {
+	    ++it;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	FC_DEBUG( "    %p: timestamp %4u hits %2u ref %2d/%2d, type '%s'",
+		  it.data().data, it.data().timestamp, it.data().hits,
+		  it.data().data->count, it.data().data->cache_count,
+		  it.data().data->name() );
+
+	if ( --it.data().data->cache_count == 0 ) {
+	    FC_DEBUG( "    DELETE: last occurence in cache" );
+
+	    decreaseCost( it.data().data->cache_cost );
+	    delete it.data().data;
+	}
+
+	engineCache.remove( it++ );
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+void QFontCache::timerEvent( QTimerEvent * )
+{
+    FC_DEBUG( "QFontCache::timerEvent: performing cache maintenance (timestamp %u)",
+	      current_timestamp );
+
+    if ( total_cost <= max_cost && max_cost <= min_cost ) {
+	FC_DEBUG( "  cache redused sufficiently, stopping timer" );
+
+	killTimer( timer_id );
+	timer_id = -1;
+	fast = FALSE;
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    // go through the cache and count up everything in use
+    uint in_use_cost = 0;
+
+    {
+	FC_DEBUG( "  SWEEP engine data:" );
+
+	// make sure the cost of each engine data is at least 1kb
+        const uint engine_data_cost =
+	    sizeof( QFontEngineData ) > 1024 ? sizeof( QFontEngineData ) : 1024;
+
+	EngineDataCache::ConstIterator it = engineDataCache.begin(),
+	                              end = engineDataCache.end();
+	for ( ; it != end; ++it ) {
+#ifdef QFONTCACHE_DEBUG
+	    FC_DEBUG( "    %p: ref %2d", it.data(), it.data()->count );
+
+#  if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	    // print out all engines
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i ) {
+		if ( ! it.data()->engines[i] ) continue;
+		FC_DEBUG( "      contains %p", it.data()->engines[i] );
+	    }
+#  endif // Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_WIN
+#endif // QFONTCACHE_DEBUG
+
+	    if ( it.data()->count > 0 )
+		in_use_cost += engine_data_cost;
+	}
+    }
+
+    {
+	FC_DEBUG( "  SWEEP engine:" );
+
+	EngineCache::ConstIterator it = engineCache.begin(),
+				  end = engineCache.end();
+	for ( ; it != end; ++it ) {
+	    FC_DEBUG( "    %p: timestamp %4u hits %2u ref %2d/%2d, cost %u bytes",
+		      it.data().data, it.data().timestamp, it.data().hits,
+		      it.data().data->count, it.data().data->cache_count,
+		      it.data().data->cache_cost );
+
+	    if ( it.data().data->count > 0 )
+		in_use_cost += it.data().data->cache_cost / it.data().data->cache_count;
+	}
+
+	// attempt to make up for rounding errors
+	in_use_cost += (uint)engineCache.count();
+    }
+
+    in_use_cost = ( in_use_cost + 512 ) / 1024; // cost is stored in kb
+
+    /*
+      calculate the new maximum cost for the cache
+
+      NOTE: in_use_cost is *not* correct due to rounding errors in the
+      above algorithm.  instead of worrying about getting the
+      calculation correct, we are more interested in speed, and use
+      in_use_cost as a floor for new_max_cost
+    */
+    uint new_max_cost = QMAX( QMAX( max_cost / 2, in_use_cost ), min_cost );
+
+    FC_DEBUG( "  after sweep, in use %u kb, total %u kb, max %u kb, new max %u kb",
+	      in_use_cost, total_cost, max_cost, new_max_cost );
+
+    if ( new_max_cost == max_cost ) {
+	if ( fast ) {
+	    FC_DEBUG( "  cannot shrink cache, slowing timer" );
+
+	    killTimer( timer_id );
+	    timer_id = startTimer( slow_timeout );
+	    fast = FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return;
+    } else if ( ! fast ) {
+	FC_DEBUG( "  dropping into passing gear" );
+
+	killTimer( timer_id );
+	timer_id = startTimer( fast_timeout );
+	fast = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    max_cost = new_max_cost;
+
+    {
+	FC_DEBUG( "  CLEAN engine data:" );
+
+	// clean out all unused engine datas
+	EngineDataCache::Iterator it = engineDataCache.begin(),
+				 end = engineDataCache.end();
+	while ( it != end ) {
+	    if ( it.data()->count > 0 ) {
+		++it;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    EngineDataCache::Iterator rem = it++;
+
+	    decreaseCost( sizeof( QFontEngineData ) );
+
+	    FC_DEBUG( "    %p", rem.data() );
+
+	    delete rem.data();
+	    engineDataCache.remove( rem );
+	}
+    }
+
+    // clean out the engine cache just enough to get below our new max cost
+    uint current_cost;
+    do {
+	current_cost = total_cost;
+
+	EngineCache::Iterator it = engineCache.begin(),
+			     end = engineCache.end();
+	// determine the oldest and least popular of the unused engines
+	uint oldest = ~0;
+	uint least_popular = ~0;
+
+	for ( ; it != end; ++it ) {
+	    if ( it.data().data->count > 0 ) continue;
+
+	    if ( it.data().timestamp < oldest &&
+		 it.data().hits <= least_popular ) {
+		oldest = it.data().timestamp;
+		least_popular = it.data().hits;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	FC_DEBUG( "    oldest %u least popular %u", oldest, least_popular );
+
+	for ( it = engineCache.begin(); it != end; ++it ) {
+	    if ( it.data().data->count == 0 &&
+		 it.data().timestamp == oldest &&
+		 it.data().hits == least_popular)
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( it != end ) {
+	    FC_DEBUG( "    %p: timestamp %4u hits %2u ref %2d/%2d, type '%s'",
+		      it.data().data, it.data().timestamp, it.data().hits,
+		      it.data().data->count, it.data().data->cache_count,
+		      it.data().data->name() );
+
+	    if ( --it.data().data->cache_count == 0 ) {
+		FC_DEBUG( "    DELETE: last occurence in cache" );
+
+		decreaseCost( it.data().data->cache_cost );
+		delete it.data().data;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		  this particular font engine is in the cache multiple
+		  times...  set current_cost to zero, so that we can
+		  keep looping to get rid of all occurences
+		*/
+		current_cost = 0;
+	    }
+
+	    engineCache.remove( it );
+	}
+    } while ( current_cost != total_cost && total_cost > max_cost );
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfont.h b/src/kernel/qfont.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..935f04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfont.h
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QFont class
+**
+** Created : 940514
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFONT_H
+#define QFONT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class QFontPrivate;                                     /* don't touch */
+class QStringList;
+class QTextFormatCollection;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QFont
+{
+public:
+    enum StyleHint {
+	Helvetica,  SansSerif = Helvetica,
+	Times,      Serif = Times,
+	Courier,    TypeWriter = Courier,
+	OldEnglish, Decorative = OldEnglish,
+	System,
+	AnyStyle
+    };
+
+    enum StyleStrategy {
+	PreferDefault    = 0x0001,
+	PreferBitmap     = 0x0002,
+	PreferDevice     = 0x0004,
+	PreferOutline    = 0x0008,
+	ForceOutline     = 0x0010,
+	PreferMatch      = 0x0020,
+	PreferQuality    = 0x0040,
+	PreferAntialias  = 0x0080,
+	NoAntialias      = 0x0100,
+	OpenGLCompatible = 0x0200
+    };
+
+    enum Weight {
+	Light    = 25,
+	Normal   = 50,
+	DemiBold = 63,
+	Bold     = 75,
+	Black	 = 87
+    };
+
+    enum Stretch {
+	UltraCondensed =  50,
+	ExtraCondensed =  62,
+	Condensed      =  75,
+	SemiCondensed  =  87,
+	Unstretched    = 100,
+	SemiExpanded   = 112,
+	Expanded       = 125,
+	ExtraExpanded  = 150,
+	UltraExpanded  = 200
+    };
+
+    // default font
+    QFont();
+    // specific font
+#ifdef Q_QDOC
+    QFont( const QString &family, int pointSize = 12, int weight = Normal,
+	   bool italic = FALSE );
+#else
+    QFont( const QString &family, int pointSize = -1, int weight = -1,
+	   bool italic = FALSE );
+#endif
+    // copy constructor
+    QFont( const QFont & );
+
+    ~QFont();
+
+    QString family() const;
+    void setFamily( const QString &);
+
+    int pointSize() const;
+    float pointSizeFloat() const;
+    void setPointSize( int );
+    void setPointSizeFloat( float );
+
+    int pixelSize() const;
+    void setPixelSize( int );
+    void setPixelSizeFloat( float );
+
+    int weight() const;
+    void setWeight( int );
+
+    bool bold() const;
+    void setBold( bool );
+
+    bool italic() const;
+    void setItalic( bool );
+
+    bool underline() const;
+    void setUnderline( bool );
+
+    bool overline() const;
+    void setOverline( bool );
+
+    bool strikeOut() const;
+    void setStrikeOut( bool );
+
+    bool fixedPitch() const;
+    void setFixedPitch( bool );
+
+    StyleHint styleHint() const;
+    StyleStrategy styleStrategy() const;
+    void setStyleHint( StyleHint, StyleStrategy = PreferDefault );
+    void setStyleStrategy( StyleStrategy s );
+
+    int stretch() const;
+    void setStretch( int );
+
+    // is raw mode still needed?
+    bool rawMode() const;
+    void setRawMode( bool );
+
+    // dupicated from QFontInfo
+    bool exactMatch() const;
+
+    QFont &operator=( const QFont & );
+    bool operator==( const QFont & ) const;
+    bool operator!=( const QFont & ) const;
+    bool isCopyOf( const QFont & ) const;
+
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    HFONT handle() const;
+#else // !Q_WS_WIN
+    Qt::HANDLE handle() const;
+#endif // Q_WS_WIN
+
+
+    // needed for X11
+    void setRawName( const QString & );
+    QString rawName() const;
+
+    QString key() const;
+
+    QString toString() const;
+    bool fromString(const QString &);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    static QString substitute(const QString &);
+    static QStringList substitutes(const QString &);
+    static QStringList substitutions();
+    static void insertSubstitution(const QString&, const QString &);
+    static void insertSubstitutions(const QString&, const QStringList &);
+    static void removeSubstitution(const QString &);
+#endif //QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    static void initialize();
+    static void cleanup();
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+    static void cacheStatistics();
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    void qwsRenderToDisk(bool all=TRUE);
+#endif
+
+
+    // a copy of this lives in qunicodetables.cpp, as we can't include
+    // qfont.h it in tools/. Do not modify without changing the script
+    // enum in qunicodetable_p.h aswell.
+    enum Script {
+	// European Alphabetic Scripts
+	Latin,
+	Greek,
+	Cyrillic,
+	Armenian,
+	Georgian,
+	Runic,
+	Ogham,
+	SpacingModifiers,
+	CombiningMarks,
+
+	// Middle Eastern Scripts
+	Hebrew,
+	Arabic,
+	Syriac,
+	Thaana,
+
+	// South and Southeast Asian Scripts
+	Devanagari,
+	Bengali,
+	Gurmukhi,
+	Gujarati,
+	Oriya,
+	Tamil,
+	Telugu,
+	Kannada,
+	Malayalam,
+	Sinhala,
+	Thai,
+	Lao,
+	Tibetan,
+	Myanmar,
+	Khmer,
+
+	// East Asian Scripts
+	Han,
+	Hiragana,
+	Katakana,
+	Hangul,
+	Bopomofo,
+	Yi,
+
+	// Additional Scripts
+	Ethiopic,
+	Cherokee,
+	CanadianAboriginal,
+	Mongolian,
+
+	// Symbols
+	CurrencySymbols,
+	LetterlikeSymbols,
+	NumberForms,
+	MathematicalOperators,
+	TechnicalSymbols,
+	GeometricSymbols,
+	MiscellaneousSymbols,
+	EnclosedAndSquare,
+	Braille,
+
+	Unicode,
+
+	// some scripts added in Unicode 3.2
+	Tagalog,
+	Hanunoo,
+	Buhid,
+	Tagbanwa,
+
+	KatakanaHalfWidth,
+
+	// from Unicode 4.0
+	Limbu,
+	TaiLe,
+
+	// End
+#if !defined(Q_QDOC)
+	NScripts,
+	UnknownScript = NScripts,
+
+	NoScript,
+
+	// ----------------------------------------
+	// Dear User, you can see values > NScript,
+	// but they are internal - do not touch.
+
+	Han_Japanese,
+	Han_SimplifiedChinese,
+	Han_TraditionalChinese,
+	Han_Korean,
+
+	LastPrivateScript
+#endif
+    };
+
+    QString defaultFamily() const;
+    QString lastResortFamily() const;
+    QString lastResortFont() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+
+    static QFont defaultFont();
+    static void setDefaultFont( const QFont & );
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPAT
+
+    QFont resolve( const QFont & ) const;
+
+protected:
+    // why protected?
+    bool dirty() const;
+    int deciPointSize() const;
+
+private:
+    QFont( QFontPrivate *, QPaintDevice *pd );
+
+    void detach();
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    void macSetFont(QPaintDevice *);
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    void x11SetScreen( int screen = -1 );
+    int x11Screen() const;
+#endif
+
+    friend class QFontMetrics;
+    friend class QFontInfo;
+    friend class QPainter;
+    friend class QPSPrinterFont;
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QTextFormatCollection;
+    friend class QTextLayout;
+    friend class QTextItem;
+    friend class QGLContext;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+    friend Qt::HANDLE qt_xft_handle(const QFont &font);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QFont & );
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QFont & );
+#endif
+
+    QFontPrivate *d;
+};
+
+
+inline bool QFont::bold() const
+{ return weight() > Normal; }
+
+
+inline void QFont::setBold( bool enable )
+{ setWeight( enable ? Bold : Normal ); }
+
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QFont stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QFont & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QFont & );
+#endif
+
+
+#endif // QFONT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fea0b58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,737 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QFont, QFontMetrics and QFontInfo classes for X11
+**
+** Created : 940515
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#define QT_FATAL_ASSERT
+
+// REVISED: brad
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qfontinfo.h"
+#include "qfontdatabase.h"
+#include "qfontmetrics.h"
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+
+#include <private/qfontcodecs_p.h>
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define QFONTLOADER_DEBUG
+#define QFONTLOADER_DEBUG_VERBOSE
+
+Q_EXPORT bool qt_has_xft = FALSE;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+Qt::HANDLE qt_xft_handle(const QFont &font)
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = font.d->engineForScript( QFontPrivate::defaultScript );
+    if (!engine->type() == QFontEngine::Xft)
+        return 0;
+    return (long)static_cast<QFontEngineXft *>(engine)->font();
+}
+#endif
+
+double qt_pixelSize(double pointSize, QPaintDevice *paintdevice, int scr)
+{
+    if (pointSize < 0) return -1.;
+
+    double result = pointSize;
+    if (paintdevice && QPaintDeviceMetrics( paintdevice ).logicalDpiY() != 75)
+	result *= QPaintDeviceMetrics( paintdevice ).logicalDpiY() / 72.;
+    else if (QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( scr ) != 75)
+	result *= QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( scr ) / 72.;
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+double qt_pointSize(double pixelSize, QPaintDevice *paintdevice, int scr)
+{
+    if (pixelSize < 0) return -1.;
+
+    double result = pixelSize;
+    if ( paintdevice && QPaintDeviceMetrics( paintdevice ).logicalDpiY() != 75)
+	result *= 72. / QPaintDeviceMetrics( paintdevice ).logicalDpiY();
+    else if (QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY(scr) != 75)
+	result *= 72. / QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( scr );
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+static inline double pixelSize( const QFontDef &request, QPaintDevice *paintdevice,
+				int scr )
+{
+    return ((request.pointSize != -1) ?
+	    qt_pixelSize(request.pointSize / 10., paintdevice, scr) :
+	    (double)request.pixelSize);
+}
+
+static inline double pointSize( const QFontDef &request, QPaintDevice *paintdevice,
+				int scr )
+{
+    return ((request.pixelSize != -1) ?
+	    qt_pointSize(request.pixelSize, paintdevice, scr) * 10.:
+	    (double)request.pointSize);
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Removes wildcards from an XLFD.
+
+  Returns \a xlfd with all wildcards removed if a match for \a xlfd is
+  found, otherwise it returns \a xlfd.
+*/
+static QCString qt_fixXLFD( const QCString &xlfd )
+{
+    QCString ret = xlfd;
+    int count = 0;
+    char **fontNames =
+	XListFonts( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), xlfd, 32768, &count );
+    if ( count > 0 )
+	ret = fontNames[0];
+    XFreeFontNames( fontNames );
+    return ret ;
+}
+
+typedef QMap<QFont::Script,QString> FallbackMap;
+static FallbackMap *fallbackMap = 0;
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<FallbackMap> qt_fallback_font_family_cleanup;
+
+static void ensure_fallback_map()
+{
+    if ( fallbackMap ) return;
+    fallbackMap = new FallbackMap;
+    qt_fallback_font_family_cleanup.set( &fallbackMap );
+}
+
+// Returns the user-configured fallback family for the specified script.
+QString qt_fallback_font_family( QFont::Script script )
+{
+    QString ret;
+
+    if ( fallbackMap ) {
+	FallbackMap::ConstIterator it, end = fallbackMap->end();
+	it = fallbackMap->find( script );
+	if ( it != end )
+	    ret = it.data();
+    }
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+// Sets the fallback family for the specified script.
+void qt_set_fallback_font_family( QFont::Script script, const QString &family )
+{
+    ensure_fallback_map();
+
+    if ( ! family.isEmpty() )
+	fallbackMap->insert( script, family );
+    else
+	fallbackMap->remove( script );
+}
+
+
+QFont::Script QFontPrivate::defaultScript = QFont::UnknownScript;
+int QFontPrivate::defaultEncodingID = -1;
+
+/*!
+  Internal function that initializes the font system.
+
+  \internal
+  The font cache and font dict do not alloc the keys. The key is a QString
+  which is shared between QFontPrivate and QXFontName.
+*/
+void QFont::initialize()
+{
+    // create global font cache
+    if ( ! QFontCache::instance ) (void) new QFontCache;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CODECS
+#ifndef QT_NO_BIG_CODECS
+    static bool codecs_once = FALSE;
+    if ( ! codecs_once ) {
+	(void) new QFontJis0201Codec;
+	(void) new QFontJis0208Codec;
+	(void) new QFontKsc5601Codec;
+	(void) new QFontGb2312Codec;
+	(void) new QFontGbkCodec;
+	(void) new QFontGb18030_0Codec;
+	(void) new QFontBig5Codec;
+	(void) new QFontBig5hkscsCodec;
+	(void) new QFontLaoCodec;
+	codecs_once = TRUE;
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_BIG_CODECS
+#endif // QT_NO_CODECS
+
+    extern int qt_encoding_id_for_mib( int mib ); // from qfontdatabase_x11.cpp
+    QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+    // determine the default encoding id using the locale, otherwise
+    // fallback to latin1 ( mib == 4 )
+    int mib = codec ? codec->mibEnum() : 4;
+
+    // for asian locales, use the mib for the font codec instead of the locale codec
+    switch (mib) {
+    case 38: // eucKR
+	mib = 36;
+	break;
+
+    case 2025: // GB2312
+	mib = 57;
+	break;
+
+    case 113: // GBK
+	mib = -113;
+	break;
+
+    case 114: // GB18030
+	mib = -114;
+	break;
+
+    case 2026: // Big5
+	mib = -2026;
+	break;
+
+    case 2101: // Big5-HKSCS
+	mib = -2101;
+	break;
+
+    case 16: // JIS7
+	mib = 15;
+	break;
+
+    case 17: // SJIS
+    case 18: // eucJP
+	mib = 63;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    // get the default encoding id for the locale encoding...
+    QFontPrivate::defaultEncodingID = qt_encoding_id_for_mib( mib );
+
+    // get some sample text based on the users locale. we use this to determine the
+    // default script for the font system
+    QCString oldlctime = setlocale(LC_TIME, 0);
+    QCString lctime = setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
+
+    time_t ttmp = time(0);
+    struct tm *tt = 0;
+    char samp[64];
+    QString sample;
+
+    if ( ttmp != -1 ) {
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS)
+	// use the reentrant versions of localtime() where available
+	tm res;
+	tt = localtime_r( &ttmp, &res );
+#else
+	tt = localtime( &ttmp );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT && _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
+
+	if ( tt != 0 && strftime( samp, 64, "%A%B", tt ) > 0 )
+	    if ( codec )
+		sample = codec->toUnicode( samp );
+    }
+
+    if ( ! sample.isNull() && ! sample.isEmpty() ) {
+	QFont::Script cs = QFont::NoScript, tmp;
+	const QChar *uc = sample.unicode();
+	QFontPrivate *priv = new QFontPrivate;
+
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < sample.length(); i++ ) {
+	    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( tmp, *uc );
+	    uc++;
+	    if ( tmp != cs && tmp != QFont::UnknownScript ) {
+		cs = tmp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	delete priv;
+
+	if ( cs != QFont::UnknownScript )
+	    QFontPrivate::defaultScript = cs;
+    }
+
+    setlocale( LC_TIME, oldlctime.data() );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Internal function that cleans up the font system.
+*/
+void QFont::cleanup()
+{
+    // delete the global font cache
+    delete QFontCache::instance;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  X11 Only: Returns the screen with which this font is associated.
+*/
+int QFont::x11Screen() const
+{
+    return d->screen;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    X11 Only: Associate the font with the specified \a screen.
+*/
+void QFont::x11SetScreen( int screen )
+{
+    if ( screen < 0 ) // assume default
+	screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+
+    if ( screen == d->screen )
+	return; // nothing to do
+
+    detach();
+    d->screen = screen;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Returns a QFontEngine for the specified \a script that matches the
+    QFontDef \e request member variable.
+*/
+void QFontPrivate::load( QFont::Script script )
+{
+    // NOTE: the X11 and Windows implementations of this function are
+    // identical... if you change one, change both.
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    // sanity checks
+    if (!QFontCache::instance)
+	qWarning("Must construct a QApplication before a QFont");
+    Q_ASSERT( script >= 0 && script < QFont::LastPrivateScript );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    QFontDef req = request;
+    req.pixelSize = qRound(pixelSize(req, paintdevice, screen));
+    req.pointSize = 0;
+
+    if ( ! engineData ) {
+	QFontCache::Key key( req, QFont::NoScript, screen, paintdevice );
+
+	// look for the requested font in the engine data cache
+	engineData = QFontCache::instance->findEngineData( key );
+
+	if ( ! engineData ) {
+	    // create a new one
+	    engineData = new QFontEngineData;
+	    QFontCache::instance->insertEngineData( key, engineData );
+	} else {
+	    engineData->ref();
+	}
+    }
+
+    // the cached engineData could have already loaded the engine we want
+    if ( engineData->engines[script] ) return;
+
+    // load the font
+    QFontEngine *engine = 0;
+    //    double scale = 1.0; // ### TODO: fix the scale calculations
+
+    // list of families to try
+    QStringList family_list;
+
+    if (!req.family.isEmpty()) {
+	family_list = QStringList::split( ',', req.family );
+
+	// append the substitute list for each family in family_list
+	QStringList subs_list;
+	QStringList::ConstIterator it = family_list.begin(), end = family_list.end();
+	for ( ; it != end; ++it )
+	    subs_list += QFont::substitutes( *it );
+	family_list += subs_list;
+
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+	// with Xft2, we want to use fontconfig to determine better fallbacks,
+	// otherwise we might run into trouble with default fonts as "serif"
+
+	// append the default fallback font for the specified script
+	QString fallback = qt_fallback_font_family( script );
+	if ( ! fallback.isEmpty() && ! family_list.contains( fallback ) )
+	    family_list << fallback;
+
+	// add the default family
+	QString defaultFamily = QApplication::font().family();
+	if ( ! family_list.contains( defaultFamily ) )
+	    family_list << defaultFamily;
+
+	// add QFont::defaultFamily() to the list, for compatibility with
+	// previous versions
+	family_list << QApplication::font().defaultFamily();
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+    }
+
+    // null family means find the first font matching the specified script
+    family_list << QString::null;
+
+    QStringList::ConstIterator it = family_list.begin(), end = family_list.end();
+    for ( ; ! engine && it != end; ++it ) {
+	req.family = *it;
+
+	engine = QFontDatabase::findFont( script, this, req );
+	if ( engine ) {
+	    if ( engine->type() != QFontEngine::Box )
+		break;
+
+	    if ( ! req.family.isEmpty() )
+		engine = 0;
+
+	    continue;
+	}
+    }
+
+    engine->ref();
+    engineData->engines[script] = engine;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font attributes have been changed and the font
+    has to be (re)loaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QFont::dirty() const
+{
+    return d->engineData == 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the window system handle to the font, for low-level
+    access. Using this function is \e not portable.
+*/
+Qt::HANDLE QFont::handle() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( QFontPrivate::defaultScript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    switch ( engine->type() ) {
+    case QFontEngine::XLFD:
+	return ((QFontEngineXLFD *) engine)->handle();
+    case QFontEngine::LatinXLFD:
+	return ((QFontEngineLatinXLFD *) engine)->handle();
+
+    default: break;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the font within the underlying window system.
+
+    On Windows, this is usually just the family name of a TrueType
+    font.
+
+    On X11, it is an XLFD (X Logical Font Description).  When Qt is
+    build with Xft support on X11, the return value can be an Xft
+    pattern or an XLFD.
+
+    Using the return value of this function is usually \e not \e
+    portable.
+
+    \sa setRawName()
+*/
+QString QFont::rawName() const
+{
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( QFontPrivate::defaultScript );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return QString::fromLatin1( engine->name() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets a font by its system specific name. The function is
+    particularly useful under X, where system font settings (for
+    example X resources) are usually available in XLFD (X Logical Font
+    Description) form only. You can pass an XLFD as \a name to this
+    function.
+
+    A font set with setRawName() is still a full-featured QFont. It can
+    be queried (for example with italic()) or modified (for example with
+    setItalic()) and is therefore also suitable for rendering rich text.
+
+    If Qt's internal font database cannot resolve the raw name, the
+    font becomes a raw font with \a name as its family.
+
+    Note that the present implementation does not handle wildcards in
+    XLFDs well, and that font aliases (file \c fonts.alias in the font
+    directory on X11) are not supported.
+
+    \sa rawName(), setRawMode(), setFamily()
+*/
+void QFont::setRawName( const QString &name )
+{
+    detach();
+
+    // from qfontdatabase_x11.cpp
+    extern bool qt_fillFontDef( const QCString &xlfd, QFontDef *fd, int screen );
+
+    if ( ! qt_fillFontDef( qt_fixXLFD( name.latin1() ), &d->request, d->screen ) ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning("QFont::setRawName(): Invalid XLFD: \"%s\"", name.latin1());
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	setFamily( name );
+	setRawMode( TRUE );
+    } else {
+	d->mask = QFontPrivate::Complete;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the "last resort" font family name.
+
+    The current implementation tries a wide variety of common fonts,
+    returning the first one it finds. Is is possible that no family is
+    found in which case a null string is returned.
+
+    \sa lastResortFont()
+*/
+QString QFont::lastResortFamily() const
+{
+    return QString::fromLatin1( "Helvetica" );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the family name that corresponds to the current style
+    hint.
+
+    \sa StyleHint styleHint() setStyleHint()
+*/
+QString QFont::defaultFamily() const
+{
+    switch ( d->request.styleHint ) {
+    case QFont::Times:
+	return QString::fromLatin1( "Times" );
+
+    case QFont::Courier:
+	return QString::fromLatin1( "Courier" );
+
+    case QFont::Decorative:
+	return QString::fromLatin1( "Old English" );
+
+    case QFont::Helvetica:
+    case QFont::System:
+    default:
+	return QString::fromLatin1( "Helvetica" );
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  Returns a last resort raw font name for the font matching algorithm.
+  This is used if even the last resort family is not available. It
+  returns \e something, almost no matter what.  The current
+  implementation tries a wide variety of common fonts, returning the
+  first one it finds. The implementation may change at any time.
+*/
+static const char * const tryFonts[] = {
+    "-*-helvetica-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-courier-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-times-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-lucida-medium-r-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-helvetica-*-*-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-courier-*-*-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-times-*-*-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-lucida-*-*-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-helvetica-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-courier-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-lucida-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "-*-fixed-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*",
+    "6x13",
+    "7x13",
+    "8x13",
+    "9x15",
+    "fixed",
+    0
+};
+
+// Returns TRUE if the font exists, FALSE otherwise
+static bool fontExists( const QString &fontName )
+{
+    int count;
+    char **fontNames = XListFonts( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+				   (char*)fontName.latin1(), 32768, &count );
+    if ( fontNames ) XFreeFontNames( fontNames );
+
+    return count != 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a "last resort" font name for the font matching algorithm.
+    This is used if the last resort family is not available. It will
+    always return a name, if necessary returning something like
+    "fixed" or "system".
+
+    The current implementation tries a wide variety of common fonts,
+    returning the first one it finds. The implementation may change
+    at any time, but this function will always return a string
+    containing something.
+
+    It is theoretically possible that there really isn't a
+    lastResortFont() in which case Qt will abort with an error
+    message. We have not been able to identify a case where this
+    happens. Please \link bughowto.html report it as a bug\endlink if
+    it does, preferably with a list of the fonts you have installed.
+
+    \sa lastResortFamily() rawName()
+*/
+QString QFont::lastResortFont() const
+{
+    static QString last;
+
+    // already found
+    if ( ! last.isNull() )
+	return last;
+
+    int i = 0;
+    const char* f;
+
+    while ( ( f = tryFonts[i] ) ) {
+	last = QString::fromLatin1( f );
+
+	if ( fontExists( last ) )
+	    return last;
+
+	i++;
+    }
+
+#if defined(CHECK_NULL)
+    qFatal( "QFontPrivate::lastResortFont: Cannot find any reasonable font" );
+#endif
+
+    return last;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// **********************************************************************
+// QFontMetrics member methods
+// **********************************************************************
+
+int QFontMetrics::width( QChar ch ) const
+{
+    unsigned short uc = ch.unicode();
+    if ( uc < QFontEngineData::widthCacheSize &&
+	 d->engineData && d->engineData->widthCache[ uc ] )
+	return d->engineData->widthCache[ uc ];
+
+    if ( ::category( ch ) == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing || qIsZeroWidthChar(ch.unicode()))
+	return 0;
+
+    QFont::Script script;
+    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( script, ch );
+
+    QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( script );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    glyph_t glyphs[8];
+    advance_t advances[8];
+    int nglyphs = 7;
+    engine->stringToCMap( &ch, 1, glyphs, advances, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+
+    // ### can nglyphs != 1 happen at all? Not currently I think
+    if ( uc < QFontEngineData::widthCacheSize && advances[0] > 0 && advances[0] < 0x100 )
+	d->engineData->widthCache[ uc ] = advances[0];
+
+    return advances[0];
+}
+
+
+int QFontMetrics::charWidth( const QString &str, int pos ) const
+{
+    if ( pos < 0 || pos > (int)str.length() )
+	return 0;
+
+    const QChar &ch = str.unicode()[ pos ];
+    if ( ch.unicode() < QFontEngineData::widthCacheSize &&
+	 d->engineData && d->engineData->widthCache[ ch.unicode() ] )
+	return d->engineData->widthCache[ ch.unicode() ];
+
+    QFont::Script script;
+    SCRIPT_FOR_CHAR( script, ch );
+
+    int width;
+
+    if ( script >= QFont::Arabic && script <= QFont::Khmer ) {
+	// complex script shaping. Have to do some hard work
+	int from = QMAX( 0,  pos - 8 );
+	int to = QMIN( (int)str.length(), pos + 8 );
+	QConstString cstr( str.unicode()+from, to-from);
+	QTextEngine layout( cstr.string(), d );
+	layout.itemize( QTextEngine::WidthOnly );
+	width = layout.width( pos-from, 1 );
+    } else if ( ::category( ch ) == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing || qIsZeroWidthChar(ch.unicode())) {
+        width = 0;
+    } else {
+	QFontEngine *engine = d->engineForScript( script );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	Q_ASSERT( engine != 0 );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	glyph_t glyphs[8];
+	advance_t advances[8];
+	int nglyphs = 7;
+	engine->stringToCMap( &ch, 1, glyphs, advances, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+	width = advances[0];
+    }
+    if ( ch.unicode() < QFontEngineData::widthCacheSize && width > 0 && width < 0x100 )
+	d->engineData->widthCache[ ch.unicode() ] = width;
+    return width;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontdata_p.h b/src/kernel/qfontdata_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab44d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontdata_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of internal QFontData struct
+**
+** Created : 941229
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFONTDATA_P_H
+#define QFONTDATA_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of internal files.  This header file may change from version to version
+// without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+
+// forwards
+class QFontEngine;
+class QPaintDevice;
+
+
+struct QFontDef
+{
+    inline QFontDef()
+	: pointSize( -1 ), pixelSize( -1 ),
+	  styleHint( QFont::AnyStyle ), styleStrategy( QFont::PreferDefault ),
+	  weight( 50 ), italic( FALSE ), fixedPitch( FALSE ), stretch( 100 ),
+	  ignorePitch(TRUE)
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+	  ,fixedPitchComputed(FALSE)
+#endif
+    {
+    }
+
+    QString family;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    QString addStyle;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    int pointSize;
+    int pixelSize;
+
+    uint styleHint     : 8;
+    uint styleStrategy : 16;
+
+    uint weight     :  7; // 0-99
+    uint italic     :  1;
+    uint fixedPitch :  1;
+    uint stretch    : 12; // 0-400
+
+    uint ignorePitch : 1;
+    uint fixedPitchComputed : 1; // for Mac OS X only
+    uint reserved   : 14; // for future extensions
+
+    bool operator==( const QFontDef &other ) const;
+    inline bool operator<( const QFontDef &other ) const
+    {
+	if ( pixelSize != other.pixelSize ) return pixelSize < other.pixelSize;
+	if ( weight != other.weight ) return weight < other.weight;
+	if ( italic != other.italic ) return italic < other.italic;
+	if ( stretch != other.stretch ) return stretch < other.stretch;
+	if ( styleHint != other.styleHint ) return styleHint < other.styleHint;
+	if ( styleStrategy != other.styleStrategy ) return styleStrategy < other.styleStrategy;
+	if ( family != other.family ) return family < other.family;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	if ( addStyle != other.addStyle ) return addStyle < other.addStyle;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+};
+
+class QFontEngineData : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    QFontEngineData();
+    ~QFontEngineData();
+
+    uint lineWidth;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    QFontEngine *engines[QFont::LastPrivateScript];
+#else
+    QFontEngine *engine;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_WIN
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+    enum { widthCacheSize = 0x500 };
+    uchar widthCache[widthCacheSize];
+#endif
+};
+
+
+class QFontPrivate : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    static QFont::Script defaultScript;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    static int defaultEncodingID;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    QFontPrivate();
+    QFontPrivate( const QFontPrivate &other );
+    ~QFontPrivate();
+
+    void load( QFont::Script script );
+    QFontEngine *engineForScript( QFont::Script script ) const {
+	if ( script == QFont::NoScript )
+	    script = QFontPrivate::defaultScript;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	if ( ! engineData || ! engineData->engines[script] )
+	    ((QFontPrivate *) this)->load( script );
+	return engineData->engines[script];
+#else
+        if ( ! engineData || ! engineData->engine )
+	    ((QFontPrivate *) this)->load( script );
+        return engineData->engine;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_WIN
+    }
+
+    QFontDef request;
+    QFontEngineData *engineData;
+    QPaintDevice *paintdevice;
+    int screen;
+
+    uint rawMode    :  1;
+    uint underline  :  1;
+    uint overline   :  1;
+    uint strikeOut  :  1;
+
+    enum {
+	Family        = 0x0001,
+	Size          = 0x0002,
+	StyleHint     = 0x0004,
+	StyleStrategy = 0x0008,
+	Weight        = 0x0010,
+	Italic        = 0x0020,
+	Underline     = 0x0040,
+	Overline      = 0x0080,
+	StrikeOut     = 0x0100,
+	FixedPitch    = 0x0200,
+	Stretch       = 0x0400,
+	Complete      = 0x07ff
+    };
+
+    uint mask;
+
+    void resolve( const QFontPrivate *other );
+};
+
+
+class QFontCache : public QObject
+{
+public:
+    static QFontCache *instance;
+
+    QFontCache();
+    ~QFontCache();
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    void clear();
+#endif
+    // universal key structure.  QFontEngineDatas and QFontEngines are cached using
+    // the same keys
+    struct Key {
+	Key() : script(0), screen( 0 ), dpi(0) { }
+	Key( const QFontDef &d, QFont::Script c, int s, QPaintDevice *pdev )
+            : script(c), screen(s) {
+            def = d;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+            dpi = pdev ? QPaintDeviceMetrics(pdev).logicalDpiY() : 0;
+#else
+            Q_UNUSED(pdev);
+            dpi = 0;
+#endif
+        }
+
+	QFontDef def;
+	int script;
+	int screen;
+        int dpi;
+
+	inline bool operator<( const Key &other ) const
+	{
+	    if ( script != other.script ) return script < other.script;
+	    if ( screen != other.screen ) return screen < other.screen;
+	    if ( dpi != other.dpi ) return dpi < other.dpi;
+	    return def < other.def;
+	}
+	inline bool operator==( const Key &other ) const
+	{ return def == other.def && script == other.script &&
+                screen == other.screen && dpi == other.dpi; }
+    };
+
+    // QFontEngineData cache
+    typedef QMap<Key,QFontEngineData*> EngineDataCache;
+    EngineDataCache engineDataCache;
+
+    QFontEngineData *findEngineData( const Key &key ) const;
+    void insertEngineData( const Key &key, QFontEngineData *engineData );
+
+    // QFontEngine cache
+    struct Engine {
+	Engine() : data( 0 ), timestamp( 0 ), hits( 0 ) { }
+	Engine( QFontEngine *d ) : data( d ), timestamp( 0 ), hits( 0 ) { }
+
+	QFontEngine *data;
+	uint timestamp;
+	uint hits;
+    };
+
+    typedef QMap<Key,Engine> EngineCache;
+    EngineCache engineCache;
+
+    QFontEngine *findEngine( const Key &key );
+    void insertEngine( const Key &key, QFontEngine *engine );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    void cleanupPrinterFonts();
+#endif
+
+    private:
+    void increaseCost( uint cost );
+    void decreaseCost( uint cost );
+    void timerEvent( QTimerEvent *event );
+
+    static const uint min_cost;
+    uint total_cost, max_cost;
+    uint current_timestamp;
+    bool fast;
+    int timer_id;
+};
+
+#endif // QFONTDATA_P_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontdatabase.cpp b/src/kernel/qfontdatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e326657
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontdatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2491 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of font database class.
+**
+** Created : 990603
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qfontdatabase.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
+
+#include <qtl.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+
+#include <qcleanuphandler.h>
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+//#define QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+#ifdef QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+#  define FD_DEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#  define FD_DEBUG if (FALSE) qDebug
+#endif
+
+//#define FONT_MATCH_DEBUG
+#ifdef FONT_MATCH_DEBUG
+#  define FM_DEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#  define FM_DEBUG if (FALSE) qDebug
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && !defined(Q_CC_MSVC_NET)
+#  define for if(0){}else for
+#endif
+
+static int ucstricmp( const QString &as, const QString &bs )
+{
+    const QChar *a = as.unicode();
+    const QChar *b = bs.unicode();
+    if ( a == b )
+	return 0;
+    if ( a == 0 )
+	return 1;
+    if ( b == 0 )
+	return -1;
+    int l=QMIN(as.length(),bs.length());
+    while ( l-- && ::lower( *a ) == ::lower( *b ) )
+	a++,b++;
+    if ( l==-1 )
+	return ( as.length()-bs.length() );
+    return ::lower( *a ).unicode() - ::lower( *b ).unicode();
+}
+
+static int getFontWeight( const QString &weightString )
+{
+    QString s = weightString.lower();
+
+    // Test in decreasing order of commonness
+    if (s == "medium" ||
+	s == "normal")
+	return QFont::Normal;
+    if (s == "bold")
+	return QFont::Bold;
+    if (s == "demibold" || s == "demi bold")
+	return QFont::DemiBold;
+    if (s == "black")
+	return QFont::Black;
+    if (s == "light")
+	return QFont::Light;
+
+    if (s.contains("bold")) {
+	if (s.contains("demi"))
+	    return (int) QFont::DemiBold;
+	return (int) QFont::Bold;
+    }
+
+    if (s.contains("light"))
+	return (int) QFont::Light;
+
+    if (s.contains("black"))
+	return (int) QFont::Black;
+
+    return (int) QFont::Normal;
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+struct QtFontEncoding
+{
+    signed int encoding : 16;
+
+    uint xpoint   : 16;
+    uint xres     : 8;
+    uint yres     : 8;
+    uint avgwidth : 16;
+    uchar pitch   : 8;
+};
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+struct QtFontSize
+{
+    unsigned short pixelSize;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    int count;
+    QtFontEncoding *encodings;
+    QtFontEncoding *encodingID( int id, uint xpoint = 0, uint xres = 0,
+				uint yres = 0, uint avgwidth = 0, bool add = FALSE);
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+};
+
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+QtFontEncoding *QtFontSize::encodingID( int id, uint xpoint, uint xres,
+					uint yres, uint avgwidth, bool add )
+{
+    // we don't match using the xpoint, xres and yres parameters, only the id
+    for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) {
+	if ( encodings[i].encoding == id )
+	    return encodings + i;
+    }
+
+    if ( !add ) return 0;
+
+    if ( !(count % 4) )
+	encodings = ( QtFontEncoding * )
+		    realloc( encodings,
+			     (((count+4) >> 2 ) << 2 ) * sizeof( QtFontEncoding ) );
+    encodings[count].encoding = id;
+    encodings[count].xpoint = xpoint;
+    encodings[count].xres = xres;
+    encodings[count].yres = yres;
+    encodings[count].avgwidth = avgwidth;
+    encodings[count].pitch = '*';
+    return encodings + count++;
+}
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+struct QtFontStyle
+{
+    struct Key {
+	Key( const QString &styleString );
+	Key() : italic( FALSE ), oblique( FALSE ),
+		weight( QFont::Normal ), stretch( 0 ) { }
+	Key( const Key &o ) : italic( o.italic ), oblique( o.oblique ),
+			      weight( o.weight ), stretch( o.stretch ) { }
+	uint italic : 1;
+	uint oblique : 1;
+	signed int  weight : 8;
+	signed int stretch : 12;
+
+	bool operator==( const Key & other ) {
+	    return ( italic == other.italic &&
+		     oblique == other.oblique &&
+		     weight == other.weight &&
+		     (stretch == 0 || other.stretch == 0 || stretch == other.stretch) );
+	}
+	bool operator!=( const Key &other ) {
+	    return !operator==(other);
+	}
+	bool operator <( const Key &o ) {
+	    int x = (italic << 13) + (oblique << 12) + (weight << 14) + stretch;
+	    int y = (o.italic << 13) + (o.oblique << 12) + (o.weight << 14) + o.stretch;
+	    return ( x < y );
+	}
+    };
+
+    QtFontStyle( const Key &k )
+	: key( k ), bitmapScalable( FALSE ), smoothScalable( FALSE ),
+	  fakeOblique( FALSE ), count( 0 ), pixelSizes( 0 )
+    {
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	weightName = setwidthName = 0;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+    }
+
+    ~QtFontStyle() {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	delete [] weightName;
+	delete [] setwidthName;
+	while ( count-- )
+	    free(pixelSizes[count].encodings);
+#endif
+	free( pixelSizes );
+    }
+
+    Key key;
+    bool bitmapScalable : 1;
+    bool smoothScalable : 1;
+    bool fakeOblique    : 1;
+    int count           : 29;
+    QtFontSize *pixelSizes;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    const char *weightName;
+    const char *setwidthName;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    QtFontSize *pixelSize( unsigned short size, bool = FALSE );
+};
+
+QtFontStyle::Key::Key( const QString &styleString )
+    : italic( FALSE ), oblique( FALSE ), weight( QFont::Normal ), stretch( 0 )
+{
+    weight = getFontWeight( styleString );
+
+    if ( styleString.contains( "Italic" ) )
+	 italic = TRUE;
+    else if ( styleString.contains( "Oblique" ) )
+	 oblique = TRUE;
+}
+
+QtFontSize *QtFontStyle::pixelSize( unsigned short size, bool add )
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) {
+	if ( pixelSizes[i].pixelSize == size )
+	    return pixelSizes + i;
+    }
+    if ( !add )
+	return 0;
+
+    if ( !(count % 8) )
+	pixelSizes = (QtFontSize *)
+		     realloc( pixelSizes,
+			      (((count+8) >> 3 ) << 3) * sizeof(QtFontSize) );
+    pixelSizes[count].pixelSize = size;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    pixelSizes[count].count = 0;
+    pixelSizes[count].encodings = 0;
+#endif
+    return pixelSizes + (count++);
+}
+
+struct QtFontFoundry
+{
+    QtFontFoundry( const QString &n ) : name( n ), count( 0 ), styles( 0 ) {}
+    ~QtFontFoundry() {
+	while ( count-- )
+	    delete styles[count];
+	free( styles );
+    }
+
+    QString name;
+
+    int count;
+    QtFontStyle **styles;
+    QtFontStyle *style( const QtFontStyle::Key &,  bool = FALSE );
+};
+
+QtFontStyle *QtFontFoundry::style( const QtFontStyle::Key &key, bool create )
+{
+    int pos = 0;
+    if ( count ) {
+	int low = 0;
+	int high = count;
+	pos = count / 2;
+	while ( high > low ) {
+	    if ( styles[pos]->key == key )
+		return styles[pos];
+	    if ( styles[pos]->key < key )
+		low = pos + 1;
+	    else
+		high = pos;
+	    pos = (high + low) / 2;
+	};
+	pos = low;
+    }
+    if ( !create )
+	return 0;
+
+//     qDebug("adding key (weight=%d, italic=%d, oblique=%d stretch=%d) at %d",  key.weight, key.italic, key.oblique, key.stretch, pos );
+    if ( !(count % 8) )
+	styles = (QtFontStyle **)
+		 realloc( styles, (((count+8) >> 3 ) << 3) * sizeof( QtFontStyle * ) );
+
+    memmove( styles + pos + 1, styles + pos, (count-pos)*sizeof(QtFontStyle *) );
+    styles[pos] = new QtFontStyle( key );
+    count++;
+    return styles[pos];
+}
+
+
+struct QtFontFamily
+{
+    enum ScriptStatus { Unknown = 0, Supported = 1,
+			UnSupported_Xft= 2, UnSupported_Xlfd = 4, UnSupported = 6 };
+
+    QtFontFamily(const QString &n )
+	:
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+        fixedPitch( TRUE ), hasXft( FALSE ), xftScriptCheck( FALSE ), xlfdLoaded( FALSE ), synthetic(FALSE),
+#else
+        fixedPitch( FALSE ),
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	scriptCheck( FALSE ),
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && !defined(QWS)
+	fixedPitchComputed(FALSE),
+#endif
+	fullyLoaded( FALSE ),
+	  name( n ), count( 0 ), foundries( 0 ) {
+	memset( scripts, 0, sizeof( scripts ) );
+    }
+    ~QtFontFamily() {
+	while ( count-- )
+	    delete foundries[count];
+	free( foundries );
+    }
+
+    bool fixedPitch : 1;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    bool hasXft : 1;
+    bool xftScriptCheck : 1;
+    bool xlfdLoaded : 1;
+    bool synthetic : 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    bool scriptCheck : 1;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && !defined(QWS)
+    bool fixedPitchComputed : 1;
+#endif
+    bool fullyLoaded : 1;
+    QString name;
+    QString rawName;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    QCString fontFilename;
+    int fontFileIndex;
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+    FMFontFamily macFamily;
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    QString english_name;
+#endif
+    int count;
+    QtFontFoundry **foundries;
+
+    unsigned char scripts[QFont::LastPrivateScript];
+
+    QtFontFoundry *foundry( const QString &f, bool = FALSE );
+};
+
+QtFontFoundry *QtFontFamily::foundry( const QString &f, bool create )
+{
+    if ( f.isNull() && count == 1 )
+	return foundries[0];
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) {
+	if ( ucstricmp( foundries[i]->name, f ) == 0 )
+	    return foundries[i];
+    }
+    if ( !create )
+	return 0;
+
+    if ( !(count % 8) )
+	foundries = (QtFontFoundry **)
+		    realloc( foundries,
+			     (((count+8) >> 3 ) << 3) * sizeof( QtFontFoundry * ) );
+
+    foundries[count] = new QtFontFoundry( f );
+    return foundries[count++];
+}
+
+class QFontDatabasePrivate {
+public:
+    QFontDatabasePrivate() : count( 0 ), families( 0 ) { }
+    ~QFontDatabasePrivate() {
+	while ( count-- )
+	    delete families[count];
+	free( families );
+    }
+    QtFontFamily *family( const QString &f, bool = FALSE );
+
+    int count;
+    QtFontFamily **families;
+};
+
+QtFontFamily *QFontDatabasePrivate::family( const QString &f, bool create )
+{
+    int low = 0;
+    int high = count;
+    int pos = count / 2;
+    int res = 1;
+    if ( count ) {
+	while ( (res = ucstricmp( families[pos]->name, f )) && pos != low ) {
+	    if ( res > 0 )
+		high = pos;
+	    else
+		low = pos;
+	    pos = (high + low) / 2;
+	};
+	if ( !res )
+	    return families[pos];
+    }
+    if ( !create )
+	return 0;
+
+    if ( res < 0 )
+	pos++;
+
+    // qDebug("adding family %s at %d total=%d",  f.latin1(), pos, count);
+    if ( !(count % 8) )
+	families = (QtFontFamily **)
+		   realloc( families,
+			    (((count+8) >> 3 ) << 3) * sizeof( QtFontFamily * ) );
+
+    memmove( families + pos + 1, families + pos, (count-pos)*sizeof(QtFontFamily *) );
+    families[pos] = new QtFontFamily( f );
+    count++;
+    return families[pos];
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+static const unsigned short sample_chars[QFont::LastPrivateScript][14] =
+{
+    // European Alphabetic Scripts
+    // Latin,
+    { 0x0041, 0x0 },
+    // Greek,
+    { 0x0391, 0x0 },
+    // Cyrillic,
+    { 0x0410, 0x0 },
+    // Armenian,
+    { 0x0540, 0x0 },
+    // Georgian,
+    { 0x10d0, 0x0 },
+    // Runic,
+    { 0x16a0, 0x0 },
+    // Ogham,
+    { 0x1680, 0x0 },
+    // SpacingModifiers,
+    { 0x02c6, 0x0 },
+    // CombiningMarks,
+    { 0x0300, 0x0 },
+
+    // Middle Eastern Scripts
+    // Hebrew,
+    { 0x05d0, 0x0 },
+    // Arabic,
+    { 0x0630, 0x0 },
+    // Syriac,
+    { 0x0710, 0x0 },
+    // Thaana,
+    { 0x0780, 0x0 },
+
+    // South and Southeast Asian Scripts
+    // Devanagari,
+    { 0x0910, 0x0 },
+    // Bengali,
+    { 0x0990, 0x0 },
+    // Gurmukhi,
+    { 0x0a10, 0x0 },
+    // Gujarati,
+    { 0x0a90, 0x0 },
+    // Oriya,
+    { 0x0b10, 0x0 },
+    // Tamil,
+    { 0x0b90, 0x0 },
+    // Telugu,
+    { 0x0c10, 0x0 },
+    // Kannada,
+    { 0x0c90, 0x0 },
+    // Malayalam,
+    { 0x0d10, 0x0 },
+    // Sinhala,
+    { 0x0d90, 0x0 },
+    // Thai,
+    { 0x0e10, 0x0 },
+    // Lao,
+    { 0x0e81, 0x0 },
+    // Tibetan,
+    { 0x0f00, 0x0 },
+    // Myanmar,
+    { 0x1000, 0x0 },
+    // Khmer,
+    { 0x1780, 0x0 },
+
+    // East Asian Scripts
+    // Han,
+    { 0x4e00, 0x0 },
+    // Hiragana,
+    {  0x3050, 0x4e00, 0x25EF, 0x3012, 0x3013, 0x30FB, 0x30FC, 0x5CE0, 0 },
+    // Katakana,
+    { 0x30b0, 0x4e00, 0x25EF, 0x3012, 0x3013, 0x30FB, 0x30FC, 0x5CE0, 0 },
+    // Hangul,
+    { 0xac00, 0x0 },
+    // Bopomofo,
+    { 0x3110, 0x0 },
+    // Yi,
+    { 0xa000, 0x0 },
+
+    // Additional Scripts
+    // Ethiopic,
+    { 0x1200, 0x0 },
+    // Cherokee,
+    { 0x13a0, 0x0 },
+    // CanadianAboriginal,
+    { 0x1410, 0x0 },
+    // Mongolian,
+    { 0x1800, 0x0 },
+
+    // Symbols
+    // CurrencySymbols,
+    { 0x20aa, 0x0 },
+    // LetterlikeSymbols,
+    { 0x2103, 0x0 },
+    // NumberForms,
+    { 0x2160, 0x0 },
+    // MathematicalOperators,
+    { 0x222b, 0x0 },
+    // TechnicalSymbols,
+    { 0x2312, 0x0 },
+    // GeometricSymbols,
+    { 0x2500, 0x0 },
+    // MiscellaneousSymbols,
+    { 0x2640, 0x2714, 0x0 },
+    // EnclosedAndSquare,
+    { 0x2460, 0x0 },
+    // Braille,
+    { 0x2800, 0x0 },
+
+    // Unicode,
+    { 0xfffd, 0x0 },
+
+    // some scripts added in Unicode 3.2
+    // Tagalog,
+    { 0x1700, 0x0 },
+    // Hanunoo,
+    { 0x1720, 0x0 },
+    // Buhid,
+    { 0x1740, 0x0 },
+    // Tagbanwa,
+    { 0x1770, 0x0 },
+
+    // KatakanaHalfWidth
+    { 0xff65, 0x0 },
+
+    // Limbu
+    { 0x1901, 0x0 },
+    // TaiLe
+    { 0x1950, 0x0 },
+
+    // NScripts
+    { 0x0000, 0x0 },
+    // NoScript
+    { 0x0000, 0x0 },
+
+    // Han_Japanese
+    { 0x4e00, 0x25EF, 0x3012, 0x3013, 0x30FB, 0x5CE0, 0 },
+    // Han_SimplifiedChinese, 0x3400 is optional
+    { 0x4e00, 0x201C, 0x3002, 0x6237, 0x9555, 0xFFE5, 0 },
+    // Han_TraditionalChinese, 0xF6B1 is optional
+    // OR Han_HongkongChinese, 0x3435, 0xE000, 0xF6B1 are optional
+    { 0x4e00, 0x201C, 0x3002, 0x6236, 0x9F98, 0xFFE5, 0 },
+    // Han_Korean
+    { 0x4e00, 0 }
+    // Taiwan would be 0x201C, 0x3002, 0x4E00, 0x9F98, 0xFFE5
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+static inline bool requiresOpenType(QFont::Script s)
+{
+    return (s >= QFont::Syriac && s <= QFont::Sinhala)
+		 || (s >= QFont::Myanmar && s <= QFont::Khmer);
+}
+#endif
+
+static inline bool canRender( QFontEngine *fe, QFont::Script script )
+{
+    if ( !fe ) return FALSE;
+
+    bool hasChar = true;
+
+    if (!sample_chars[script][0])
+        hasChar = false;
+
+    int i = 0;
+    while (hasChar && sample_chars[script][i]){
+        QChar sample(sample_chars[script][i]);
+        if ( !fe->canRender( &sample, 1  ) ) {
+             hasChar = false;
+#ifdef FONT_MATCH_DEBUG
+	FM_DEBUG("    font has NOT char 0x%04x", sample.unicode() );
+        } else {
+	FM_DEBUG("    font has char 0x%04x", sample.unicode() );
+#endif
+        }
+        ++i;
+    }
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+    if (hasChar && requiresOpenType(script)) {
+	QOpenType *ot = fe->openType();
+	if (!ot || !ot->supportsScript(script))
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return hasChar;
+}
+#endif // Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_WIN
+
+
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QFontDatabasePrivate> qfontdatabase_cleanup;
+static QFontDatabasePrivate *db=0;
+#define SMOOTH_SCALABLE 0xffff
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_X11 )
+#  include "qfontdatabase_x11.cpp"
+#elif defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+#  include "qfontdatabase_mac.cpp"
+#elif defined( Q_WS_WIN )
+#  include "qfontdatabase_win.cpp"
+#elif defined( Q_WS_QWS )
+#  include "qfontdatabase_qws.cpp"
+#endif
+
+static QtFontStyle *bestStyle(QtFontFoundry *foundry, const QtFontStyle::Key &styleKey)
+{
+    int best = 0;
+    int dist = 0xffff;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < foundry->count; i++ ) {
+	QtFontStyle *style = foundry->styles[i];
+
+	int d = QABS( styleKey.weight - style->key.weight );
+
+	if ( styleKey.stretch != 0 && style->key.stretch != 0 ) {
+	    d += QABS( styleKey.stretch - style->key.stretch );
+	}
+
+	if ( styleKey.italic ) {
+	    if ( !style->key.italic )
+		d += style->key.oblique ? 0x0001 : 0x1000;
+	} else if ( styleKey.oblique ) {
+	    if (!style->key.oblique )
+		d += style->key.italic ? 0x0001 : 0x1000;
+	} else if ( style->key.italic || style->key.oblique ) {
+	    d += 0x1000;
+	}
+
+	if ( d < dist ) {
+	    best = i;
+	    dist = d;
+	}
+    }
+
+    FM_DEBUG( "          best style has distance 0x%x", dist );
+    if (!foundry->count) {
+        QtFontStyle *temp = NULL;
+        return temp;
+    }
+    return foundry->styles[best];
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+static QtFontEncoding *findEncoding(QFont::Script script, int styleStrategy,
+                                    QtFontSize *size, int force_encoding_id)
+{
+    QtFontEncoding *encoding = 0;
+
+    if (force_encoding_id >= 0) {
+        encoding = size->encodingID(force_encoding_id);
+        if (!encoding)
+            FM_DEBUG("            required encoding_id not available");
+        return encoding;
+    }
+
+    if (styleStrategy & (QFont::OpenGLCompatible | QFont::PreferBitmap)) {
+        FM_DEBUG("            PreferBitmap and/or OpenGL set, skipping Xft");
+    } else {
+        encoding = size->encodingID(-1); // -1 == prefer Xft
+        if (encoding) return encoding;
+    }
+
+    // Xft not available, find an XLFD font, trying the default encoding first
+    encoding = size->encodingID(QFontPrivate::defaultEncodingID);
+
+    if (!encoding || !scripts_for_xlfd_encoding[encoding->encoding][script]) {
+        // find the first encoding that supports the requested script
+        encoding = 0;
+        for (int x = 0; !encoding && x < size->count; ++x) {
+            const int enc = size->encodings[x].encoding;
+            if (scripts_for_xlfd_encoding[enc][script]) {
+                encoding = size->encodings + x;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return encoding;
+}
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+static
+unsigned int bestFoundry( QFont::Script script, unsigned int score, int styleStrategy,
+			  const QtFontFamily *family, const QString &foundry_name,
+			  QtFontStyle::Key styleKey, int pixelSize, char pitch,
+			  QtFontFoundry **best_foundry, QtFontStyle **best_style,
+			  QtFontSize **best_size
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+			  , QtFontEncoding **best_encoding, int force_encoding_id
+#endif
+			  )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED( script );
+    Q_UNUSED( pitch );
+
+    FM_DEBUG( "  REMARK: looking for best foundry for family '%s'", family->name.latin1() );
+
+    for ( int x = 0; x < family->count; ++x ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = family->foundries[x];
+	if ( ! foundry_name.isEmpty() &&
+	     ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundry_name ) != 0 )
+	    continue;
+
+	FM_DEBUG( "          looking for matching style in foundry '%s'",
+		  foundry->name.isEmpty() ? "-- none --" : foundry->name.latin1() );
+
+	QtFontStyle *style = bestStyle(foundry, styleKey);
+
+	if ( ! style->smoothScalable && ( styleStrategy & QFont::ForceOutline ) ) {
+	    FM_DEBUG( "            ForceOutline set, but not smoothly scalable" );
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	int px = -1;
+	QtFontSize *size = 0;
+
+	// 1. see if we have an exact matching size
+	if (! (styleStrategy & QFont::ForceOutline)) {
+	    size = style->pixelSize(pixelSize);
+	    if (size) {
+                FM_DEBUG("          found exact size match (%d pixels)", size->pixelSize);
+                px = size->pixelSize;
+            }
+	}
+
+	// 2. see if we have a smoothly scalable font
+	if (! size && style->smoothScalable && ! (styleStrategy & QFont::PreferBitmap)) {
+	    size = style->pixelSize(SMOOTH_SCALABLE);
+	    if (size) {
+                FM_DEBUG("          found smoothly scalable font (%d pixels)", pixelSize);
+                px = pixelSize;
+            }
+	}
+
+	// 3. see if we have a bitmap scalable font
+	if (! size && style->bitmapScalable && (styleStrategy & QFont::PreferMatch)) {
+	    size = style->pixelSize(0);
+	    if (size) {
+                FM_DEBUG("          found bitmap scalable font (%d pixels)", pixelSize);
+                px = pixelSize;
+            }
+	}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+        QtFontEncoding *encoding = 0;
+#endif
+
+	// 4. find closest size match
+	if (! size) {
+	    unsigned int distance = ~0u;
+	    for (int x = 0; x < style->count; ++x) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+                encoding =
+                    findEncoding(script, styleStrategy, style->pixelSizes + x, force_encoding_id);
+                if (!encoding) {
+                    FM_DEBUG("          size %3d does not support the script we want",
+                             style->pixelSizes[x].pixelSize);
+                    continue;
+                }
+#endif
+
+		unsigned int d = QABS(style->pixelSizes[x].pixelSize - pixelSize);
+		if (d < distance) {
+		    distance = d;
+		    size = style->pixelSizes + x;
+		    FM_DEBUG("          best size so far: %3d (%d)", size->pixelSize, pixelSize);
+		}
+	    }
+
+            if (!size) {
+                FM_DEBUG("          no size supports the script we want");
+                continue;
+            }
+
+	    if (style->bitmapScalable && ! (styleStrategy & QFont::PreferQuality) &&
+		(distance * 10 / pixelSize) >= 2) {
+		// the closest size is not close enough, go ahead and
+		// use a bitmap scaled font
+		size = style->pixelSize(0);
+		px = pixelSize;
+	    } else {
+		px = size->pixelSize;
+	    }
+	}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+        if (size) {
+            encoding = findEncoding(script, styleStrategy, size, force_encoding_id);
+            if (!encoding) size = 0;
+        }
+	if ( ! encoding ) {
+	    FM_DEBUG( "          foundry doesn't support the script we want" );
+	    continue;
+	}
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+	unsigned int this_score = 0x0000;
+        enum {
+            PitchMismatch       = 0x4000,
+            StyleMismatch       = 0x2000,
+            BitmapScaledPenalty = 0x1000,
+            EncodingMismatch    = 0x0002,
+            XLFDPenalty         = 0x0001
+        };
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	if ( encoding->encoding != -1 ) {
+	    this_score += XLFDPenalty;
+	    if ( encoding->encoding != QFontPrivate::defaultEncodingID )
+		this_score += EncodingMismatch;
+	}
+ 	if (pitch != '*') {
+ 	    if ( !( pitch == 'm' && encoding->pitch == 'c' ) && pitch != encoding->pitch )
+ 		this_score += PitchMismatch;
+ 	}
+#else
+        // ignore pitch for asian fonts, some of them misreport it, and they are all
+        // fixed pitch anyway.
+        if (pitch != '*' && (script <= QFont::NScripts && script != QFont::KatakanaHalfWidth
+                             && (script < QFont::Han || script > QFont::Yi))) {
+	    if ((pitch == 'm' && !family->fixedPitch)
+		|| (pitch == 'p' && family->fixedPitch))
+		this_score += PitchMismatch;
+	}
+#endif
+	if ( styleKey != style->key )
+	    this_score += StyleMismatch;
+	if ( !style->smoothScalable && px != size->pixelSize ) // bitmap scaled
+	    this_score += BitmapScaledPenalty;
+        if (px != pixelSize) // close, but not exact, size match
+            this_score += QABS(px - pixelSize);
+
+	if ( this_score < score ) {
+	    FM_DEBUG( "          found a match: score %x best score so far %x",
+		      this_score, score );
+
+	    score = this_score;
+	    *best_foundry = foundry;
+	    *best_style = style;
+	    *best_size = size;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	    *best_encoding = encoding;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+	} else {
+	    FM_DEBUG( "          score %x no better than best %x", this_score, score);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return score;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QFontEngine *
+QFontDatabase::findFont( QFont::Script script, const QFontPrivate *fp,
+			 const QFontDef &request, int force_encoding_id )
+{
+#ifndef Q_WS_X11
+    Q_UNUSED( force_encoding_id );
+#endif
+
+    if ( !db )
+	initializeDb();
+
+    QFontEngine *fe = 0;
+    if ( fp ) {
+	if ( fp->rawMode ) {
+	    fe = loadEngine( script, fp, request, 0, 0, 0
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+			     , 0, 0, FALSE
+#endif
+		);
+
+	    // if we fail to load the rawmode font, use a 12pixel box engine instead
+	    if (! fe) fe = new QFontEngineBox( 12 );
+	    return fe;
+	}
+
+	QFontCache::Key key( request, script,
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+			     (int)fp->paintdevice, 
+#else
+			     fp->screen, 
+#endif
+                             fp->paintdevice
+	    );
+	fe = QFontCache::instance->findEngine( key );
+	if ( fe ) return fe;
+    }
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    if (request.styleStrategy & QFont::PreferDevice) {
+        QFontEngine *fe = loadEngine(script, fp, request, 0, 0, 0);
+        if(fe)
+            return fe;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    QString family_name, foundry_name;
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey;
+    styleKey.italic = request.italic;
+    styleKey.weight = request.weight;
+    styleKey.stretch = request.stretch;
+    char pitch = request.ignorePitch ? '*' : request.fixedPitch ? 'm' : 'p';
+
+    parseFontName( request.family, foundry_name, family_name );
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    if (script == QFont::Han) {
+        // modify script according to locale
+        static QFont::Script defaultHan;
+        QCString locale = setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL);
+
+        if (locale.contains("ko"))
+            defaultHan = QFont::Han_Korean;
+        else if (locale.contains("zh_TW") || locale.contains("zh_HK"))
+            defaultHan = QFont::Han_TraditionalChinese;
+        else if (locale.contains("zh"))
+            defaultHan = QFont::Han_SimplifiedChinese;
+        else if (locale.contains("ja"))
+            defaultHan = QFont::Han_Japanese;
+        else
+            defaultHan = QFont::Han; // don't change
+
+        script = defaultHan;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    FM_DEBUG( "QFontDatabase::findFont\n"
+	      "  request:\n"
+	      "    family: %s [%s], script: %d (%s)\n"
+	      "    weight: %d, italic: %d\n"
+	      "    stretch: %d\n"
+	      "    pixelSize: %d\n"
+	      "    pitch: %c",
+	      family_name.isEmpty() ? "-- first in script --" : family_name.latin1(),
+	      foundry_name.isEmpty() ? "-- any --" : foundry_name.latin1(),
+	      script, scriptName( script ).latin1(),
+	      request.weight, request.italic, request.stretch, request.pixelSize, pitch );
+
+    bool usesFontConfig = FALSE;
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    if (family_name.isEmpty()
+	|| family_name == "Sans Serif"
+	|| family_name == "Serif"
+	|| family_name == "Monospace") {
+	fe = loadFontConfigFont(fp, request, script);
+        usesFontConfig = (fe != 0);
+    }
+    if (!fe)
+#endif
+    {
+	QtFontFamily *best_family = 0;
+	QtFontFoundry *best_foundry = 0;
+	QtFontStyle *best_style = 0;
+	QtFontSize *best_size = 0;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	QtFontEncoding *best_encoding = 0;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+	unsigned int score = ~0;
+
+	load( family_name, script );
+
+	for ( int x = 0; x < db->count; ++x ) {
+	    QtFontFamily *try_family = db->families[x];
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+            if (try_family->synthetic) // skip generated fontconfig fonts
+                continue;
+#endif
+
+            if ( !family_name.isEmpty() &&
+		 ucstricmp( try_family->name, family_name ) != 0
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+		 && ucstricmp( try_family->english_name, family_name ) != 0
+#endif
+                )
+		continue;
+
+	    if ( family_name.isEmpty() )
+		load( try_family->name, script );
+
+	    uint score_adjust = 0;
+	    QFont::Script override_script = script;
+	    if ( ! ( try_family->scripts[script] & QtFontFamily::Supported )
+		 && script != QFont::Unicode) {
+		// family not supported in the script we want
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+		if (script >= QFont::Han_Japanese && script <= QFont::Han_Korean
+		    && try_family->scripts[QFont::Han] == QtFontFamily::Supported) {
+		    // try with the han script instead, give it a penalty
+		    if (override_script == QFont::Han_TraditionalChinese
+			&& (try_family->scripts[QFont::Han_SimplifiedChinese] & QtFontFamily::Supported)) {
+			override_script = QFont::Han_SimplifiedChinese;
+			score_adjust = 200;
+		    } else if (override_script == QFont::Han_SimplifiedChinese
+                               && (try_family->scripts[QFont::Han_TraditionalChinese] & QtFontFamily::Supported)) {
+			override_script = QFont::Han_TraditionalChinese;
+			score_adjust = 200;
+		    } else {
+			override_script = QFont::Han;
+			score_adjust = 400;
+		    }
+		} else
+#endif
+                    if (family_name.isEmpty()) {
+                        continue;
+                    } else if (try_family->scripts[QFont::UnknownScript] & QtFontFamily::Supported) {
+                        // try with the unknown script (for a symbol font)
+                        override_script = QFont::UnknownScript;
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+                    } else if (try_family->scripts[QFont::Unicode] & QtFontFamily::Supported) {
+                        // try with the unicode script instead
+                        override_script = QFont::Unicode;
+#endif
+                    } else {
+                        // family not supported by unicode/unknown scripts
+                        continue;
+                    }
+	    }
+
+	    QtFontFoundry *try_foundry = 0;
+	    QtFontStyle *try_style = 0;
+	    QtFontSize *try_size = 0;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	    QtFontEncoding *try_encoding = 0;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+	    // as we know the script is supported, we can be sure
+	    // to find a matching font here.
+	    unsigned int newscore =
+		bestFoundry( override_script, score, request.styleStrategy,
+			     try_family, foundry_name, styleKey, request.pixelSize, pitch,
+			     &try_foundry, &try_style, &try_size
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+			     , &try_encoding, force_encoding_id
+#endif
+		    );
+	    if ( try_foundry == 0 ) {
+		// the specific foundry was not found, so look for
+		// any foundry matching our requirements
+		newscore = bestFoundry( override_script, score, request.styleStrategy, try_family,
+					QString::null, styleKey, request.pixelSize,
+					pitch, &try_foundry, &try_style, &try_size
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+					, &try_encoding, force_encoding_id
+#endif
+		    );
+	    }
+	    newscore += score_adjust;
+
+	    if ( newscore < score ) {
+		score = newscore;
+		best_family = try_family;
+		best_foundry = try_foundry;
+		best_style = try_style;
+		best_size = try_size;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+		best_encoding = try_encoding;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+	    }
+	    if ( newscore < 10 ) // xlfd instead of xft... just accept it
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( best_family != 0 && best_foundry != 0 && best_style != 0
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	     && best_size != 0 && best_encoding != 0
+#endif
+	    ) {
+	    FM_DEBUG( "  BEST:\n"
+		      "    family: %s [%s]\n"
+		      "    weight: %d, italic: %d, oblique: %d\n"
+		      "    stretch: %d\n"
+		      "    pixelSize: %d\n"
+		      "    pitch: %c\n"
+		      "    encoding: %d\n",
+		      best_family->name.latin1(),
+		      best_foundry->name.isEmpty() ? "-- none --" : best_foundry->name.latin1(),
+		      best_style->key.weight, best_style->key.italic, best_style->key.oblique,
+		      best_style->key.stretch, best_size ? best_size->pixelSize : 0xffff,
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+		      best_encoding->pitch, best_encoding->encoding
+#else
+		      'p', 0
+#endif
+		);
+
+	    fe = loadEngine( script, fp, request, best_family, best_foundry, best_style
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+			     , best_size, best_encoding, ( force_encoding_id >= 0 )
+#endif
+		);
+	}
+	if (fe) {
+	    fe->fontDef.family = best_family->name;
+	    if ( ! best_foundry->name.isEmpty() ) {
+		fe->fontDef.family += QString::fromLatin1( " [" );
+		fe->fontDef.family += best_foundry->name;
+		fe->fontDef.family += QString::fromLatin1( "]" );
+	    }
+
+	    if ( best_style->smoothScalable )
+		fe->fontDef.pixelSize = request.pixelSize;
+	    else if ( best_style->bitmapScalable &&
+		      ( request.styleStrategy & QFont::PreferMatch ) )
+		fe->fontDef.pixelSize = request.pixelSize;
+	    else
+		fe->fontDef.pixelSize = best_size->pixelSize;
+
+	    fe->fontDef.styleHint     = request.styleHint;
+	    fe->fontDef.styleStrategy = request.styleStrategy;
+
+	    fe->fontDef.weight        = best_style->key.weight;
+	    fe->fontDef.italic        = best_style->key.italic || best_style->key.oblique;
+	    fe->fontDef.fixedPitch    = best_family->fixedPitch;
+	    fe->fontDef.stretch       = best_style->key.stretch;
+	    fe->fontDef.ignorePitch   = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( fe ) {
+	if ( script != QFont::Unicode && !canRender( fe, script ) ) {
+	    FM_DEBUG( "  WARN: font loaded cannot render a sample char" );
+
+	    delete fe;
+            fe = 0;
+	} else if ( fp ) {
+            QFontDef def = request;
+            if (def.family.isEmpty()) {
+                def.family = fp->request.family;
+                def.family = def.family.left(def.family.find(','));
+            }
+	    QFontCache::Key key( def, script,
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+				 (int)fp->paintdevice, 
+#else
+				 fp->screen, 
+#endif
+                                 fp->paintdevice
+		);
+	    QFontCache::instance->insertEngine( key, fe );
+            if (!usesFontConfig) {
+                for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::NScripts; ++i ) {
+                    if ( i == script ) continue;
+
+                    if (!canRender(fe, (QFont::Script) i))
+                        continue;
+
+                    key.script = i;
+                    QFontCache::instance->insertEngine( key, fe );
+                }
+            }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!fe) {
+	if ( !request.family.isEmpty() )
+            return 0;
+
+        FM_DEBUG( "returning box engine" );
+
+        fe = new QFontEngineBox( request.pixelSize );
+        fe->fontDef = request;
+
+        if ( fp ) {
+            QFontCache::Key key( request, script,
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+                                 (int)fp->paintdevice, 
+#else
+                                 fp->screen, 
+#endif
+                                 fp->paintdevice
+                );
+            QFontCache::instance->insertEngine( key, fe );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( fp ) {
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+        fe->fontDef.pointSize =
+            qRound(10. * qt_pointSize(fe->fontDef.pixelSize, fp->paintdevice, fp->screen));
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+        fe->fontDef.pointSize     = int( double( fe->fontDef.pixelSize ) * 720.0 /
+                                         GetDeviceCaps(shared_dc,LOGPIXELSY) );
+#else
+        fe->fontDef.pointSize     = int( double( fe->fontDef.pixelSize ) * 720.0 /
+                                         96.0 );
+#endif
+    } else {
+        fe->fontDef.pointSize = request.pointSize;
+    }
+
+    return fe;
+}
+#endif // Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_WIN
+
+
+
+
+static QString styleString( int weight, bool italic, bool oblique )
+{
+    QString result;
+    if ( weight >= QFont::Black )
+	result = "Black";
+    else if ( weight >= QFont::Bold )
+	result = "Bold";
+    else if ( weight >= QFont::DemiBold )
+	result = "Demi Bold";
+    else if ( weight < QFont::Normal )
+	result = "Light";
+
+    if ( italic )
+	result += " Italic";
+    else if ( oblique )
+	result += " Oblique";
+
+    if ( result.isEmpty() )
+	result = "Normal";
+
+    return result.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string that describes the style of the font \a f. For
+    example, "Bold Italic", "Bold", "Italic" or "Normal". An empty
+    string may be returned.
+*/
+QString QFontDatabase::styleString( const QFont &f )
+{
+    // ### fix oblique here
+    return ::styleString( f.weight(), f.italic(), FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QFontDatabase qfontdatabase.h
+    \brief The QFontDatabase class provides information about the fonts available in the underlying window system.
+
+    \ingroup environment
+    \ingroup graphics
+
+    The most common uses of this class are to query the database for
+    the list of font families() and for the pointSizes() and styles()
+    that are available for each family. An alternative to pointSizes()
+    is smoothSizes() which returns the sizes at which a given family
+    and style will look attractive.
+
+    If the font family is available from two or more foundries the
+    foundry name is included in the family name, e.g. "Helvetica
+    [Adobe]" and "Helvetica [Cronyx]". When you specify a family you
+    can either use the old hyphenated Qt 2.x "foundry-family" format,
+    e.g. "Cronyx-Helvetica", or the new bracketed Qt 3.x "family
+    [foundry]" format e.g. "Helvetica [Cronyx]". If the family has a
+    foundry it is always returned, e.g. by families(), using the
+    bracketed format.
+
+    The font() function returns a QFont given a family, style and
+    point size.
+
+    A family and style combination can be checked to see if it is
+    italic() or bold(), and to retrieve its weight(). Similarly we can
+    call isBitmapScalable(), isSmoothlyScalable(), isScalable() and
+    isFixedPitch().
+
+    A text version of a style is given by styleString().
+
+    The QFontDatabase class also supports some static functions, for
+    example, standardSizes(). You can retrieve the Unicode 3.0
+    description of a \link QFont::Script script\endlink using
+    scriptName(), and a sample of characters in a script with
+    scriptSample().
+
+    Example:
+\code
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qfontdatabase.h>
+#include <else.h>
+
+int main( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+    QApplication app( argc, argv );
+    QFontDatabase fdb;
+    QStringList families = fdb.families();
+    for ( QStringList::Iterator f = families.begin(); f != families.end(); ++f ) {
+	QString family = *f;
+	qDebug( family );
+	QStringList styles = fdb.styles( family );
+	for ( QStringList::Iterator s = styles.begin(); s != styles.end(); ++s ) {
+	    QString style = *s;
+	    QString dstyle = "\t" + style + " (";
+	    QValueList<int> smoothies = fdb.smoothSizes( family, style );
+	    for ( QValueList<int>::Iterator points = smoothies.begin();
+		  points != smoothies.end(); ++points ) {
+		dstyle += QString::number( *points ) + " ";
+	    }
+	    dstyle = dstyle.left( dstyle.length() - 1 ) + ")";
+	    qDebug( dstyle );
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+\endcode
+    This example gets the list of font families, then the list of
+    styles for each family and the point sizes that are available for
+    each family/style combination.
+*/
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline QStringList QFontDatabase::families( bool ) const
+*/
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline QStringList QFontDatabase::styles( const QString &family,
+					  const QString & ) const
+*/
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline QValueList<int> QFontDatabase::pointSizes( const QString &family,
+						  const QString &style ,
+						  const QString & )
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline QValueList<int> QFontDatabase::smoothSizes( const QString &family,
+						   const QString &style,
+						   const QString & )
+*/
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline QFont QFontDatabase::font( const QString &familyName,
+				  const QString &style,
+				  int pointSize,
+				  const QString &)
+*/
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline bool QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable( const QString &family,
+					     const QString &style,
+					     const QString & ) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline bool QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable( const QString &family,
+					       const QString &style,
+					       const QString & ) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline bool QFontDatabase::isScalable( const QString &family,
+				       const QString &style,
+				       const QString & ) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline bool QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch( const QString &family,
+					 const QString &style,
+					 const QString & ) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline bool QFontDatabase::italic( const QString &family,
+				   const QString &style,
+				   const QString & ) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline bool QFontDatabase::bold( const QString &family,
+				 const QString &style,
+				 const QString & ) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    \fn inline int QFontDatabase::weight( const QString &family,
+				  const QString &style,
+				  const QString & ) const
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates a font database object.
+*/
+QFontDatabase::QFontDatabase()
+{
+    createDatabase();
+
+    d = db;
+}
+
+
+/*! Returns a sorted list of the names of the available font families.
+
+    If a family exists in several foundries, the returned name for
+    that font is in the form "family [foundry]". Examples: "Times
+    [Adobe]", "Times [Cronyx]", "Palatino".
+*/
+QStringList QFontDatabase::families() const
+{
+    load();
+
+    QStringList flist;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < d->count; i++ ) {
+	QtFontFamily *f = d->families[i];
+	if ( f->count == 0 )
+	    continue;
+	if ( f->count == 1 ) {
+	    flist.append( f->name );
+	} else {
+	    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+		QString str = f->name;
+		QString foundry = f->foundries[j]->name;
+		if ( !foundry.isEmpty() ) {
+		    str += " [";
+		    str += foundry;
+		    str += "]";
+		}
+		flist.append( str );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return flist;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a sorted list of the available font families which support
+    the Unicode script \a script.
+
+    If a family exists in several foundries, the returned name for
+    that font is in the form "family [foundry]". Examples: "Times
+    [Adobe]", "Times [Cronyx]", "Palatino".
+*/
+QStringList QFontDatabase::families( QFont::Script script ) const
+{
+    load();
+
+    QStringList flist;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < d->count; i++ ) {
+	QtFontFamily *f = d->families[i];
+	if ( f->count == 0 )
+	    continue;
+	if (!(f->scripts[script] & QtFontFamily::Supported))
+	    continue;
+	if ( f->count == 1 ) {
+	    flist.append( f->name );
+	} else {
+	    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+		QString str = f->name;
+		QString foundry = f->foundries[j]->name;
+		if ( !foundry.isEmpty() ) {
+		    str += " [";
+		    str += foundry;
+		    str += "]";
+		}
+		flist.append( str );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return flist;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of the styles available for the font family \a
+    family. Some example styles: "Light", "Light Italic", "Bold",
+    "Oblique", "Demi". The list may be empty.
+*/
+QStringList QFontDatabase::styles( const QString &family ) const
+{
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QStringList l;
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !f )
+	return l;
+
+    QtFontFoundry allStyles( foundryName );
+    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = f->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() || ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; k++ ) {
+		QtFontStyle::Key ke( foundry->styles[k]->key );
+		ke.stretch = 0;
+		allStyles.style( ke,  TRUE );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < allStyles.count; i++ )
+	l.append( ::styleString( allStyles.styles[i]->key.weight,
+				 allStyles.styles[i]->key.italic,
+				 allStyles.styles[i]->key.oblique ) );
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font that has family \a family and style \a
+    style is fixed pitch; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch(const QString &family,
+				 const QString &style) const
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(style);
+
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && !defined(QWS)
+    if (f) {
+	if (!f->fixedPitchComputed) {
+	    QFontMetrics fm(familyName);
+	    f->fixedPitch = fm.width('i') == fm.width('m');
+	    f->fixedPitchComputed = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return ( f && f->fixedPitch );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font that has family \a family and style \a
+    style is a scalable bitmap font; otherwise returns FALSE. Scaling
+    a bitmap font usually produces an unattractive hardly readable
+    result, because the pixels of the font are scaled. If you need to
+    scale a bitmap font it is better to scale it to one of the fixed
+    sizes returned by smoothSizes().
+
+    \sa isScalable(), isSmoothlyScalable()
+*/
+bool QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable( const QString &family,
+				      const QString &style) const
+{
+    bool bitmapScalable = FALSE;
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !f ) return bitmapScalable;
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = f->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() || ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; k++ )
+		if ((style.isEmpty() || foundry->styles[k]->key == styleKey) &&
+                    foundry->styles[k]->bitmapScalable && !foundry->styles[k]->smoothScalable) {
+		    bitmapScalable = TRUE;
+		    goto end;
+		}
+	}
+    }
+ end:
+    return bitmapScalable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font that has family \a family and style \a
+    style is smoothly scalable; otherwise returns FALSE. If this
+    function returns TRUE, it's safe to scale this font to any size,
+    and the result will always look attractive.
+
+    \sa isScalable(), isBitmapScalable()
+*/
+bool  QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable( const QString &family,
+                                         const QString &style) const
+{
+    bool smoothScalable = FALSE;
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !f ) return smoothScalable;
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = f->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() || ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; k++ )
+		if ((style.isEmpty() || foundry->styles[k]->key == styleKey) && foundry->styles[k]->smoothScalable) {
+		    smoothScalable = TRUE;
+		    goto end;
+		}
+	}
+    }
+ end:
+    return smoothScalable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font that has family \a family and style \a
+    style is scalable; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isBitmapScalable(), isSmoothlyScalable()
+*/
+bool  QFontDatabase::isScalable( const QString &family,
+                                 const QString &style) const
+{
+    if ( isSmoothlyScalable( family, style) )
+        return TRUE;
+
+    return isBitmapScalable( family, style);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of the point sizes available for the font that has
+    family \a family and style \a style. The list may be empty.
+
+    \sa smoothSizes(), standardSizes()
+*/
+QValueList<int> QFontDatabase::pointSizes( const QString &family,
+					   const QString &style)
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    // windows and macosx are always smoothly scalable
+    Q_UNUSED( family );
+    Q_UNUSED( style );
+    return standardSizes();
+#else
+    bool smoothScalable = FALSE;
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+
+    QValueList<int> sizes;
+
+    QtFontFamily *fam = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !fam ) return sizes;
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < fam->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = fam->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() || ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    QtFontStyle *style = foundry->style( styleKey );
+	    if ( !style ) continue;
+
+	    if ( style->smoothScalable ) {
+		smoothScalable = TRUE;
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    for ( int l = 0; l < style->count; l++ ) {
+		const QtFontSize *size = style->pixelSizes + l;
+
+		if (size->pixelSize != 0 && size->pixelSize != USHRT_MAX) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+		    const uint pointSize = qRound(qt_pointSize(size->pixelSize, 0, -1));
+#else
+		    const uint pointSize = size->pixelSize; // embedded uses 72dpi
+#endif
+		    if (! sizes.contains(pointSize))
+			sizes.append(pointSize);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+ end:
+    if ( smoothScalable )
+	return standardSizes();
+
+    qHeapSort( sizes );
+    return sizes;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a QFont object that has family \a family, style \a style
+    and point size \a pointSize. If no matching font could be created,
+    a QFont object that uses the application's default font is
+    returned.
+*/
+QFont QFontDatabase::font( const QString &family, const QString &style,
+                           int pointSize)
+{
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontFoundry allStyles( foundryName );
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !f ) return QApplication::font();
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = f->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() || ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; k++ )
+		allStyles.style( foundry->styles[k]->key,  TRUE );
+	}
+    }
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+    QtFontStyle *s = bestStyle(&allStyles, styleKey);
+
+    if ( !s ) // no styles found?
+	return QApplication::font();
+    return QFont( family, pointSize, s->key.weight,
+		  s->key.italic ? TRUE : s->key.oblique ? TRUE : FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the point sizes of a font that has family \a family and
+    style \a style that will look attractive. The list may be empty.
+    For non-scalable fonts and bitmap scalable fonts, this function
+    is equivalent to pointSizes().
+
+  \sa pointSizes(), standardSizes()
+*/
+QValueList<int> QFontDatabase::smoothSizes( const QString &family,
+					    const QString &style)
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    Q_UNUSED( family );
+    Q_UNUSED( style );
+    return QFontDatabase::standardSizes();
+#else
+    bool smoothScalable = FALSE;
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+
+    QValueList<int> sizes;
+
+    QtFontFamily *fam = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !fam )
+	return sizes;
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < fam->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = fam->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() ||
+	     ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    QtFontStyle *style = foundry->style( styleKey );
+	    if ( !style ) continue;
+
+	    if ( style->smoothScalable ) {
+		smoothScalable = TRUE;
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    for ( int l = 0; l < style->count; l++ ) {
+		const QtFontSize *size = style->pixelSizes + l;
+
+		if ( size->pixelSize != 0 && size->pixelSize != USHRT_MAX ) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+		    const uint pointSize = qRound(qt_pointSize(size->pixelSize, 0, -1));
+#else
+		    const uint pointSize = size->pixelSize; // embedded uses 72dpi
+#endif
+		    if (! sizes.contains(pointSize))
+			sizes.append( pointSize );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+ end:
+    if ( smoothScalable )
+	return QFontDatabase::standardSizes();
+
+    qHeapSort( sizes );
+    return sizes;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of standard font sizes.
+
+    \sa smoothSizes(), pointSizes()
+*/
+QValueList<int> QFontDatabase::standardSizes()
+{
+    QValueList<int> ret;
+    static const unsigned short standard[] =
+	{ 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72, 0 };
+    const unsigned short *sizes = standard;
+    while ( *sizes ) ret << *sizes++;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font that has family \a family and style \a
+    style is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa weight(), bold()
+*/
+bool QFontDatabase::italic( const QString &family,
+                            const QString &style) const
+{
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontFoundry allStyles( foundryName );
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !f ) return FALSE;
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = f->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() || ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; k++ )
+		allStyles.style( foundry->styles[k]->key,  TRUE );
+	}
+    }
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+    QtFontStyle *s = allStyles.style( styleKey );
+    return s && s->key.italic;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the font that has family \a family and style \a
+    style is bold; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa italic(), weight()
+*/
+bool QFontDatabase::bold( const QString &family,
+			  const QString &style) const
+{
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontFoundry allStyles( foundryName );
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !f ) return FALSE;
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = f->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() ||
+	     ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; k++ )
+		allStyles.style( foundry->styles[k]->key,  TRUE );
+	}
+    }
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+    QtFontStyle *s = allStyles.style( styleKey );
+    return s && s->key.weight >= QFont::Bold;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the weight of the font that has family \a family and style
+    \a style. If there is no such family and style combination,
+    returns -1.
+
+    \sa italic(), bold()
+*/
+int QFontDatabase::weight( const QString &family,
+                           const QString &style) const
+{
+    QString familyName,  foundryName;
+    parseFontName( family, foundryName, familyName );
+
+    load( familyName );
+
+    QtFontFoundry allStyles( foundryName );
+    QtFontFamily *f = d->family( familyName );
+    if ( !f ) return -1;
+
+    for ( int j = 0; j < f->count; j++ ) {
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = f->foundries[j];
+	if ( foundryName.isEmpty() ||
+	     ucstricmp( foundry->name, foundryName ) == 0 ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; k++ )
+		allStyles.style( foundry->styles[k]->key,  TRUE );
+	}
+    }
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key styleKey( style );
+    QtFontStyle *s = allStyles.style( styleKey );
+    return s ? s->key.weight : -1;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string that gives a default description of the \a script
+    (e.g. for displaying to the user in a dialog).  The name matches
+    the name of the script as defined by the Unicode 3.0 standard.
+
+    \sa QFont::Script
+*/
+QString QFontDatabase::scriptName(QFont::Script script)
+{
+    const char *name = 0;
+
+    switch (script) {
+    case QFont::Latin:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Latin");
+	break;
+    case QFont::Greek:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Greek" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Cyrillic:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Cyrillic" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Armenian:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Armenian" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Georgian:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Georgian" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Runic:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Runic" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Ogham:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Ogham" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::SpacingModifiers:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "SpacingModifiers" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::CombiningMarks:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "CombiningMarks" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Hebrew:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Hebrew" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Arabic:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Arabic" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Syriac:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Syriac" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Thaana:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Thaana" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Devanagari:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Devanagari" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Bengali:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Bengali" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Gurmukhi:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Gurmukhi" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Gujarati:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Gujarati" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Oriya:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Oriya" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Tamil:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Tamil" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Telugu:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Telugu" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Kannada:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Kannada" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Malayalam:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Malayalam" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Sinhala:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Sinhala" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Thai:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Thai" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Lao:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Lao" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Tibetan:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Tibetan" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Myanmar:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Myanmar" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Khmer:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Khmer" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Han:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Han" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Hiragana:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Hiragana" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Katakana:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Katakana" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Hangul:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Hangul" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Bopomofo:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Bopomofo" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Yi:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Yi" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Ethiopic:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Ethiopic" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Cherokee:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Cherokee" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::CanadianAboriginal:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Canadian Aboriginal" );
+	break;
+    case QFont::Mongolian:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Mongolian" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::CurrencySymbols:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Currency Symbols" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::LetterlikeSymbols:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Letterlike Symbols" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::NumberForms:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Number Forms" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::MathematicalOperators:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Mathematical Operators" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::TechnicalSymbols:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Technical Symbols" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::GeometricSymbols:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Geometric Symbols" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::MiscellaneousSymbols:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Miscellaneous Symbols" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::EnclosedAndSquare:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Enclosed and Square" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Braille:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Braille" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Unicode:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QFont",  "Unicode" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Tagalog:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Tagalog" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Hanunoo:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Hanunoo" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Buhid:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Buhid" );
+    	break;
+
+    case QFont::Tagbanwa:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Tagbanwa" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::KatakanaHalfWidth:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Katakana Half-Width Forms" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Han_Japanese:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Han (Japanese)" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Han_SimplifiedChinese:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Han (Simplified Chinese)" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Han_TraditionalChinese:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Han (Traditional Chinese)" );
+	break;
+
+    case QFont::Han_Korean:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Han (Korean)" );
+	break;
+
+    default:
+	name = QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QFont", "Unknown Script" );
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return qApp ? qApp->translate("QFont", name) : QString::fromLatin1(name);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string with sample characters from \a script.
+
+    \sa QFont::Script
+*/
+QString QFontDatabase::scriptSample(QFont::Script script)
+{
+    QString sample = "AaBb";
+
+    switch (script) {
+    case QFont::Latin:
+	// This is cheating... we only show latin-1 characters so that we don't
+	// end up loading lots of fonts - at least on X11...
+	sample += QChar(0x00C3);
+	sample += QChar(0x00E1);
+	sample += "Zz";
+	break;
+    case QFont::Greek:
+	sample += QChar(0x0393);
+	sample += QChar(0x03B1);
+	sample += QChar(0x03A9);
+	sample += QChar(0x03C9);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Cyrillic:
+	sample += QChar(0x0414);
+	sample += QChar(0x0434);
+	sample += QChar(0x0436);
+	sample += QChar(0x0402);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Armenian:
+	sample += QChar(0x053f);
+	sample += QChar(0x054f);
+	sample += QChar(0x056f);
+	sample += QChar(0x057f);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Georgian:
+	sample += QChar(0x10a0);
+	sample += QChar(0x10b0);
+	sample += QChar(0x10c0);
+	sample += QChar(0x10d0);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Runic:
+	sample += QChar(0x16a0);
+	sample += QChar(0x16b0);
+	sample += QChar(0x16c0);
+	sample += QChar(0x16d0);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Ogham:
+	sample += QChar(0x1681);
+	sample += QChar(0x1687);
+	sample += QChar(0x1693);
+	sample += QChar(0x168d);
+	break;
+
+
+
+    case QFont::Hebrew:
+        sample += QChar(0x05D0);
+        sample += QChar(0x05D1);
+        sample += QChar(0x05D2);
+        sample += QChar(0x05D3);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Arabic:
+	sample += QChar(0x0628);
+	sample += QChar(0x0629);
+        sample += QChar(0x062A);
+        sample += QChar(0x063A);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Syriac:
+	sample += QChar(0x0715);
+	sample += QChar(0x0725);
+	sample += QChar(0x0716);
+	sample += QChar(0x0726);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Thaana:
+	sample += QChar(0x0784);
+	sample += QChar(0x0794);
+	sample += QChar(0x078c);
+	sample += QChar(0x078d);
+	break;
+
+
+
+    case QFont::Devanagari:
+	sample += QChar(0x0905);
+	sample += QChar(0x0915);
+	sample += QChar(0x0925);
+	sample += QChar(0x0935);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Bengali:
+	sample += QChar(0x0986);
+	sample += QChar(0x0996);
+	sample += QChar(0x09a6);
+	sample += QChar(0x09b6);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Gurmukhi:
+	sample += QChar(0x0a05);
+	sample += QChar(0x0a15);
+	sample += QChar(0x0a25);
+	sample += QChar(0x0a35);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Gujarati:
+	sample += QChar(0x0a85);
+	sample += QChar(0x0a95);
+	sample += QChar(0x0aa5);
+	sample += QChar(0x0ab5);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Oriya:
+	sample += QChar(0x0b06);
+	sample += QChar(0x0b16);
+	sample += QChar(0x0b2b);
+	sample += QChar(0x0b36);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Tamil:
+	sample += QChar(0x0b89);
+	sample += QChar(0x0b99);
+	sample += QChar(0x0ba9);
+	sample += QChar(0x0bb9);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Telugu:
+	sample += QChar(0x0c05);
+	sample += QChar(0x0c15);
+	sample += QChar(0x0c25);
+	sample += QChar(0x0c35);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Kannada:
+	sample += QChar(0x0c85);
+	sample += QChar(0x0c95);
+	sample += QChar(0x0ca5);
+	sample += QChar(0x0cb5);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Malayalam:
+	sample += QChar(0x0d05);
+	sample += QChar(0x0d15);
+	sample += QChar(0x0d25);
+	sample += QChar(0x0d35);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Sinhala:
+	sample += QChar(0x0d90);
+	sample += QChar(0x0da0);
+	sample += QChar(0x0db0);
+	sample += QChar(0x0dc0);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Thai:
+	sample += QChar(0x0e02);
+	sample += QChar(0x0e12);
+	sample += QChar(0x0e22);
+	sample += QChar(0x0e32);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Lao:
+	sample += QChar(0x0e8d);
+	sample += QChar(0x0e9d);
+	sample += QChar(0x0ead);
+	sample += QChar(0x0ebd);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Tibetan:
+	sample += QChar(0x0f00);
+	sample += QChar(0x0f01);
+	sample += QChar(0x0f02);
+	sample += QChar(0x0f03);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Myanmar:
+	sample += QChar(0x1000);
+	sample += QChar(0x1001);
+	sample += QChar(0x1002);
+	sample += QChar(0x1003);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Khmer:
+	sample += QChar(0x1780);
+	sample += QChar(0x1790);
+	sample += QChar(0x17b0);
+	sample += QChar(0x17c0);
+	break;
+
+
+
+    case QFont::Han:
+	sample += QChar(0x6f84);
+	sample += QChar(0x820a);
+	sample += QChar(0x61a9);
+	sample += QChar(0x9781);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Hiragana:
+	sample += QChar(0x3050);
+	sample += QChar(0x3060);
+	sample += QChar(0x3070);
+	sample += QChar(0x3080);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Katakana:
+	sample += QChar(0x30b0);
+	sample += QChar(0x30c0);
+	sample += QChar(0x30d0);
+	sample += QChar(0x30e0);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Hangul:
+	sample += QChar(0xac00);
+	sample += QChar(0xac11);
+	sample += QChar(0xac1a);
+	sample += QChar(0xac2f);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Bopomofo:
+	sample += QChar(0x3105);
+	sample += QChar(0x3115);
+	sample += QChar(0x3125);
+	sample += QChar(0x3129);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Yi:
+	sample += QChar(0xa1a8);
+	sample += QChar(0xa1a6);
+	sample += QChar(0xa200);
+	sample += QChar(0xa280);
+	break;
+
+
+
+    case QFont::Ethiopic:
+	sample += QChar(0x1200);
+	sample += QChar(0x1240);
+	sample += QChar(0x1280);
+	sample += QChar(0x12c0);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Cherokee:
+	sample += QChar(0x13a0);
+	sample += QChar(0x13b0);
+	sample += QChar(0x13c0);
+	sample += QChar(0x13d0);
+	break;
+    case QFont::CanadianAboriginal:
+	sample += QChar(0x1410);
+	sample += QChar(0x1500);
+	sample += QChar(0x15f0);
+	sample += QChar(0x1650);
+	break;
+    case QFont::Mongolian:
+	sample += QChar(0x1820);
+	sample += QChar(0x1840);
+	sample += QChar(0x1860);
+	sample += QChar(0x1880);
+	break;
+
+
+    case QFont::CurrencySymbols:
+    case QFont::LetterlikeSymbols:
+    case QFont::NumberForms:
+    case QFont::MathematicalOperators:
+    case QFont::TechnicalSymbols:
+    case QFont::GeometricSymbols:
+    case QFont::MiscellaneousSymbols:
+    case QFont::EnclosedAndSquare:
+    case QFont::Braille:
+	break;
+
+
+    case QFont::Unicode:
+	sample += QChar(0x0174);
+	sample += QChar(0x0628);
+	sample += QChar(0x0e02);
+	sample += QChar(0x263A);
+	sample += QChar(0x3129);
+	sample += QChar(0x61a9);
+	sample += QChar(0xac2f);
+	break;
+
+
+
+    default:
+	sample += QChar(0xfffd);
+	sample += QChar(0xfffd);
+	sample += QChar(0xfffd);
+	sample += QChar(0xfffd);
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return sample;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  This makes sense of the font family name:
+
+  1) if the family name contains a '-' (ie. "Adobe-Courier"), then we
+  split at the '-', and use the string as the foundry, and the string to
+  the right as the family
+
+  2) if the family name contains a '[' and a ']', then we take the text
+  between the square brackets as the foundry, and the text before the
+  square brackets as the family (ie. "Arial [Monotype]")
+*/
+void QFontDatabase::parseFontName(const QString &name, QString &foundry, QString &family)
+{
+    if ( name.contains('-') ) {
+	int i = name.find('-');
+	foundry = name.left( i );
+	family = name.right( name.length() - i - 1 );
+    } else if ( name.contains('[') && name.contains(']')) {
+	int i = name.find('[');
+	int li = name.findRev(']');
+
+	if (i < li) {
+	    foundry = name.mid(i + 1, li - i - 1);
+	    if (name[i - 1] == ' ')
+		i--;
+	    family = name.left(i);
+	}
+    } else {
+	foundry = QString::null;
+	family = name;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontdatabase.h b/src/kernel/qfontdatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ccb314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontdatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the QFontDatabase class
+**
+** Created : 981126
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFONTDATABASE_H
+#define QFONTDATABASE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
+
+class QFontStylePrivate; /* Don't touch! */
+struct QtFontStyle;
+struct QtFontFamily;
+struct QtFontFoundry;
+struct QFontDef;
+class QFontEngine;
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+class QDiskFont;
+#endif
+
+class QFontDatabasePrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QFontDatabase
+{
+public:
+    static QValueList<int> standardSizes();
+
+    QFontDatabase();
+
+    QStringList families() const;
+    QStringList families( QFont::Script ) const;
+    QStringList styles( const QString & ) const;
+    QValueList<int> pointSizes( const QString &, const QString & = QString::null);
+    QValueList<int> smoothSizes( const QString &, const QString &);
+    QString styleString( const QFont &);
+
+    QFont font( const QString &, const QString &, int);
+
+    bool isBitmapScalable( const QString &, const QString & = QString::null) const;
+    bool isSmoothlyScalable( const QString &, const QString & = QString::null) const;
+    bool isScalable( const QString &, const QString & = QString::null) const;
+    bool isFixedPitch( const QString &, const QString & = QString::null) const;
+
+    bool italic( const QString &, const QString &) const;
+    bool bold( const QString &, const QString &) const;
+    int weight( const QString &, const QString &) const;
+
+    static QString scriptName(QFont::Script);
+    static QString scriptSample(QFont::Script);
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    static void qwsAddDiskFont( QDiskFont *qdf );
+#endif
+
+    // For source compatibility with < 3.0
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+
+    QStringList families(bool) const;
+    QStringList styles( const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+    QValueList<int> pointSizes( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & );
+    QValueList<int> smoothSizes( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & );
+
+    QFont font( const QString &, const QString &, int, const QString &);
+
+    bool isBitmapScalable( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+    bool isSmoothlyScalable( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+    bool isScalable( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+    bool isFixedPitch( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+
+    bool italic( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+    bool bold( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+    int weight( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & ) const;
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPAT
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    static QFontEngine *findFont( QFont::Script script, const QFontPrivate *fp,
+				  const QFontDef &request, int force_encoding_id = -1 );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    static void createDatabase();
+
+    static void parseFontName(const QString &name, QString &foundry, QString &family);
+
+    friend struct QFontDef;
+    friend class QFontPrivate;
+    friend class QFontDialog;
+    friend class QFontEngineLatinXLFD;
+
+    QFontDatabasePrivate *d;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+
+inline QStringList QFontDatabase::families( bool ) const
+{
+    return families();
+}
+
+inline QStringList QFontDatabase::styles( const QString &family,
+					  const QString & ) const
+{
+    return styles(family);
+}
+
+inline QValueList<int> QFontDatabase::pointSizes( const QString &family,
+						  const QString &style ,
+						  const QString & )
+{
+    return pointSizes(family, style);
+}
+
+inline QValueList<int> QFontDatabase::smoothSizes( const QString &family,
+						   const QString &style,
+						   const QString & )
+{
+    return smoothSizes(family, style);
+}
+
+inline QFont QFontDatabase::font( const QString &familyName,
+				  const QString &style,
+				  int pointSize,
+				  const QString &)
+{
+    return font(familyName, style, pointSize);
+}
+
+inline bool QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable( const QString &family,
+					     const QString &style,
+					     const QString & ) const
+{
+    return isBitmapScalable(family, style);
+}
+
+inline bool QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable( const QString &family,
+					       const QString &style,
+					       const QString & ) const
+{
+    return isSmoothlyScalable(family, style);
+}
+
+inline bool QFontDatabase::isScalable( const QString &family,
+				       const QString &style,
+				       const QString & ) const
+{
+    return isScalable(family, style);
+}
+
+inline bool QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch( const QString &family,
+					 const QString &style,
+					 const QString & ) const
+{
+    return isFixedPitch(family, style);
+}
+
+inline bool QFontDatabase::italic( const QString &family,
+				   const QString &style,
+				   const QString & ) const
+{
+    return italic(family, style);
+}
+
+inline bool QFontDatabase::bold( const QString &family,
+				 const QString &style,
+				 const QString & ) const
+{
+    return bold(family, style);
+}
+
+inline int QFontDatabase::weight( const QString &family,
+				  const QString &style,
+				  const QString & ) const
+{
+    return weight(family, style);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPAT
+
+#endif // QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
+
+#endif // QFONTDATABASE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontdatabase_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qfontdatabase_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05bdbb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontdatabase_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2014 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of platform specific QFontDatabase
+**
+** Created : 970521
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include <qplatformdefs.h>
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qpaintdevicemetrics.h>
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+#define FcBool Bool
+#define FcTrue True
+#define FcFalse False
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+#  define FD_DEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#  define FD_DEBUG if (FALSE) qDebug
+#endif // QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+
+// from qfont_x11.cpp
+extern double qt_pointSize(double pixelSize, QPaintDevice *paintdevice, int screen);
+extern double qt_pixelSize(double pointSize, QPaintDevice *paintdevice, int screen);
+
+
+static inline void capitalize ( char *s )
+{
+    bool space = TRUE;
+    while( *s ) {
+	if ( space )
+	    *s = toupper( *s );
+	space = ( *s == ' ' );
+	++s;
+    }
+}
+
+
+// ----- begin of generated code -----
+
+#define make_tag( c1, c2, c3, c4 ) \
+( (((unsigned int)c1)<<24) | (((unsigned int)c2)<<16) | \
+(((unsigned int)c3)<<8) | ((unsigned int)c4) )
+
+struct XlfdEncoding {
+    const char *name;
+    int id;
+    int mib;
+    unsigned int hash1;
+    unsigned int hash2;
+};
+
+static const XlfdEncoding xlfd_encoding[] = {
+    { "iso8859-1", 0, 4, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','1') },
+    { "iso8859-2", 1, 5, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','2') },
+    { "iso8859-3", 2, 6, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','3') },
+    { "iso8859-4", 3, 7, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','4') },
+    { "iso8859-9", 4, 12, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','9') },
+    { "iso8859-10", 5, 13, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('9','-','1','0') },
+    { "iso8859-13", 6, 109, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('9','-','1','3') },
+    { "iso8859-14", 7, 110, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('9','-','1','4') },
+    { "iso8859-15", 8, 111, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('9','-','1','5') },
+    { "hp-roman8", 9, 2004, make_tag('h','p','-','r'), make_tag('m','a','n','8') },
+    { "jisx0208*-0", 10, 63, make_tag('j','i','s','x'), 0 },
+#define LAST_LATIN_ENCODING 10
+    { "iso8859-5", 11, 8, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','5') },
+    { "*-cp1251", 12, 2251, 0, make_tag('1','2','5','1') },
+    { "koi8-ru", 13, 2084, make_tag('k','o','i','8'), make_tag('8','-','r','u') },
+    { "koi8-u", 14, 2088, make_tag('k','o','i','8'), make_tag('i','8','-','u') },
+    { "koi8-r", 15, 2084, make_tag('k','o','i','8'), make_tag('i','8','-','r') },
+    { "iso8859-7", 16, 10, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','7') },
+    { "iso10646-1", 17, 0, make_tag('i','s','o','1'), make_tag('4','6','-','1') },
+    { "iso8859-8", 18, 85, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('5','9','-','8') },
+    { "gb18030-0", 19, -114, make_tag('g','b','1','8'), make_tag('3','0','-','0') },
+    { "gb18030.2000-0", 20, -113, make_tag('g','b','1','8'), make_tag('0','0','-','0') },
+    { "gbk-0", 21, -113, make_tag('g','b','k','-'), make_tag('b','k','-','0') },
+    { "gb2312.*-0", 22, 57, make_tag('g','b','2','3'), 0 },
+    { "jisx0201*-0", 23, 15, make_tag('j','i','s','x'), 0 },
+    { "ksc5601*-*", 24, 36, make_tag('k','s','c','5'), 0 },
+    { "big5hkscs-0", 25, -2101, make_tag('b','i','g','5'), make_tag('c','s','-','0') },
+    { "hkscs-1", 26, -2101, make_tag('h','k','s','c'), make_tag('c','s','-','1') },
+    { "big5*-*", 27, -2026, make_tag('b','i','g','5'), 0 },
+    { "tscii-*", 28, 2028, make_tag('t','s','c','i'), 0 },
+    { "tis620*-*", 29, 2259, make_tag('t','i','s','6'), 0 },
+    { "iso8859-11", 30, 2259, make_tag('i','s','o','8'), make_tag('9','-','1','1') },
+    { "mulelao-1", 31, -4242, make_tag('m','u','l','e'), make_tag('a','o','-','1') },
+    { "ethiopic-unicode", 32, 0, make_tag('e','t','h','i'), make_tag('c','o','d','e') },
+    { "unicode-*", 33, 0, make_tag('u','n','i','c'), 0 },
+    { "*-symbol", 34, 0, 0, make_tag('m','b','o','l') },
+    { "*-fontspecific", 35, 0, 0, make_tag('i','f','i','c') },
+    { "fontspecific-*", 36, 0, make_tag('f','o','n','t'), 0 },
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+static const char scripts_for_xlfd_encoding[37][61] = {
+    // iso8859-1
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-2
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-3
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-4
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-9
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-10
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-13
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-14
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-15
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // hp-roman8
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // jisx0208*-0
+    { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1,
+      1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-5
+    { 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // *-cp1251
+    { 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // koi8-ru
+    { 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // koi8-u
+    { 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // koi8-r
+    { 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-7
+    { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso10646-1
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-8
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // gb18030-0
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0 },
+    // gb18030.2000-0
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0 },
+    // gbk-0
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0 },
+    // gb2312.*-0
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0 },
+    // jisx0201*-0
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // ksc5601*-*
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      1 },
+    // big5hkscs-0
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+      0 },
+    // hkscs-1
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+      0 },
+    // big5*-*
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+      0 },
+    // tscii-*
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // tis620*-*
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // iso8859-11
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // mulelao-1
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // ethiopic-unicode
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // unicode-*
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // *-symbol
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // *-fontspecific
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 },
+    // fontspecific-*
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+      0 }
+
+};
+
+// ----- end of generated code -----
+
+
+const int numEncodings = sizeof( xlfd_encoding ) / sizeof( XlfdEncoding ) - 1;
+
+int qt_xlfd_encoding_id( const char *encoding )
+{
+    // qDebug("looking for encoding id for '%s'", encoding );
+    int len = strlen( encoding );
+    if ( len < 4 )
+	return -1;
+    unsigned int hash1 = make_tag( encoding[0], encoding[1], encoding[2], encoding[3] );
+    const char *ch = encoding + len - 4;
+    unsigned int hash2 = make_tag( ch[0], ch[1], ch[2], ch[3] );
+
+    const XlfdEncoding *enc = xlfd_encoding;
+    for ( ; enc->name; ++enc ) {
+	if ( (enc->hash1 && enc->hash1 != hash1) ||
+	     (enc->hash2 && enc->hash2 != hash2) )
+	    continue;
+	// hashes match, do a compare if strings match
+	// the enc->name can contain '*'s we have to interpret correctly
+	const char *n = enc->name;
+	const char *e = encoding;
+	while ( 1 ) {
+ 	    // qDebug("bol: *e='%c', *n='%c'", *e,  *n );
+	    if ( *e == '\0' ) {
+		if ( *n )
+		    break;
+		// qDebug( "found encoding id %d", enc->id );
+		return enc->id;
+	    }
+	    if ( *e == *n ) {
+		++e;
+		++n;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if ( *n != '*' )
+		break;
+	    ++n;
+ 	    // qDebug("skip: *e='%c', *n='%c'", *e,  *n );
+	    while ( *e && *e != *n )
+		++e;
+	}
+    }
+    // qDebug( "couldn't find encoding %s", encoding );
+    return -1;
+}
+
+int qt_mib_for_xlfd_encoding( const char *encoding )
+{
+    int id = qt_xlfd_encoding_id( encoding );
+    if ( id != -1 ) return xlfd_encoding[id].mib;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int qt_encoding_id_for_mib( int mib )
+{
+    const XlfdEncoding *enc = xlfd_encoding;
+    for ( ; enc->name; ++enc ) {
+	if ( enc->mib == mib )
+	    return enc->id;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+static const char * xlfd_for_id( int id )
+{
+    // special case: -1 returns the "*-*" encoding, allowing us to do full
+    // database population in a single X server round trip.
+    if ( id < 0 || id > numEncodings )
+	return "*-*";
+    return xlfd_encoding[id].name;
+}
+
+enum XLFDFieldNames {
+    Foundry,
+    Family,
+    Weight,
+    Slant,
+    Width,
+    AddStyle,
+    PixelSize,
+    PointSize,
+    ResolutionX,
+    ResolutionY,
+    Spacing,
+    AverageWidth,
+    CharsetRegistry,
+    CharsetEncoding,
+    NFontFields
+};
+
+// Splits an X font name into fields separated by '-'
+static bool parseXFontName( char *fontName, char **tokens )
+{
+    if ( ! fontName || fontName[0] == '0' || fontName[0] != '-' ) {
+	tokens[0] = 0;
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    int	  i;
+    ++fontName;
+    for ( i = 0; i < NFontFields && fontName && fontName[0]; ++i ) {
+	tokens[i] = fontName;
+	for ( ;; ++fontName ) {
+	    if ( *fontName == '-' )
+		break;
+	    if ( ! *fontName ) {
+		fontName = 0;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( fontName ) *fontName++ = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if ( i < NFontFields ) {
+	for ( int j = i ; j < NFontFields; ++j )
+	    tokens[j] = 0;
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static inline bool isZero(char *x)
+{
+    return (x[0] == '0' && x[1] == 0);
+}
+
+static inline bool isScalable( char **tokens )
+{
+    return (isZero(tokens[PixelSize]) &&
+	    isZero(tokens[PointSize]) &&
+	    isZero(tokens[AverageWidth]));
+}
+
+static inline bool isSmoothlyScalable( char **tokens )
+{
+    return (isZero(tokens[ResolutionX]) &&
+	    isZero(tokens[ResolutionY]));
+}
+
+static inline bool isFixedPitch( char **tokens )
+{
+    return (tokens[Spacing][0] == 'm' ||
+	    tokens[Spacing][0] == 'c' ||
+	    tokens[Spacing][0] == 'M' ||
+	    tokens[Spacing][0] == 'C');
+}
+
+/*
+  Fills in a font definition (QFontDef) from an XLFD (X Logical Font
+  Description).
+
+  Returns TRUE if the the given xlfd is valid.  The fields lbearing
+  and rbearing are not given any values.
+*/
+bool qt_fillFontDef( const QCString &xlfd, QFontDef *fd, int screen )
+{
+    char *tokens[NFontFields];
+    QCString buffer = xlfd.copy();
+    if ( ! parseXFontName(buffer.data(), tokens) )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    capitalize(tokens[Family]);
+    capitalize(tokens[Foundry]);
+
+    fd->family = QString::fromLatin1(tokens[Family]);
+    QString foundry = QString::fromLatin1(tokens[Foundry]);
+    if ( ! foundry.isEmpty() && foundry != QString::fromLatin1("*") )
+	fd->family +=
+	    QString::fromLatin1(" [") + foundry + QString::fromLatin1("]");
+
+    if ( qstrlen( tokens[AddStyle] ) > 0 )
+	fd->addStyle = QString::fromLatin1(tokens[AddStyle]);
+    else
+	fd->addStyle = QString::null;
+
+    fd->pointSize = atoi(tokens[PointSize]);
+    fd->styleHint = QFont::AnyStyle;	// ### any until we match families
+
+    char slant = tolower( (uchar) tokens[Slant][0] );
+    fd->italic = ( slant == 'o' || slant == 'i' );
+    char fixed = tolower( (uchar) tokens[Spacing][0] );
+    fd->fixedPitch = ( fixed == 'm' || fixed == 'c' );
+    fd->weight = getFontWeight( tokens[Weight] );
+
+    int r = atoi(tokens[ResolutionY]);
+    fd->pixelSize = atoi(tokens[PixelSize]);
+    // not "0" or "*", or required DPI
+    if ( r && fd->pixelSize && QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( screen ) &&
+	 r != QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( screen ) ) {
+	// calculate actual pointsize for display DPI
+	fd->pointSize = qRound(qt_pointSize(fd->pixelSize, 0, screen) * 10.);
+    } else if ( fd->pixelSize == 0 && fd->pointSize ) {
+	// calculate pixel size from pointsize/dpi
+	fd->pixelSize = qRound(qt_pixelSize(fd->pointSize / 10., 0, screen));
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+  Fills in a font definition (QFontDef) from the font properties in an
+  XFontStruct.
+
+  Returns TRUE if the QFontDef could be filled with properties from
+  the XFontStruct.  The fields lbearing and rbearing are not given any
+  values.
+*/
+static bool qt_fillFontDef( XFontStruct *fs, QFontDef *fd, int screen )
+{
+    unsigned long value;
+    if ( fs && !XGetFontProperty( fs, XA_FONT, &value ) )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    char *n = XGetAtomName( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), value );
+    QCString xlfd( n );
+    if ( n )
+	XFree( n );
+    return qt_fillFontDef( xlfd.lower(), fd, screen );
+}
+
+
+static QtFontStyle::Key getStyle( char ** tokens )
+{
+    QtFontStyle::Key key;
+
+    char slant0 = tolower( (uchar) tokens[Slant][0] );
+
+    if ( slant0 == 'r' ) {
+        if ( tokens[Slant][1]) {
+            char slant1 = tolower( (uchar) tokens[Slant][1] );
+
+            if ( slant1 == 'o' )
+                key.oblique = TRUE;
+            else if ( slant1 == 'i' )
+		key.italic = TRUE;
+        }
+    } else if ( slant0 == 'o' )
+	key.oblique = TRUE;
+    else if ( slant0 == 'i' )
+	key.italic = TRUE;
+
+    key.weight = getFontWeight( tokens[Weight] );
+
+    if ( qstrcmp( tokens[Width], "normal" ) == 0 ) {
+	key.stretch = 100;
+    } else if ( qstrcmp( tokens[Width], "semi condensed" ) == 0 ||
+		qstrcmp( tokens[Width], "semicondensed" ) == 0 ) {
+	key.stretch = 90;
+    } else if ( qstrcmp( tokens[Width], "condensed" ) == 0 ) {
+	key.stretch = 80;
+    } else if ( qstrcmp( tokens[Width], "narrow" ) == 0 ) {
+	key.stretch = 60;
+    }
+
+    return key;
+}
+
+
+extern bool qt_has_xft; // defined in qfont_x11.cpp
+
+static bool xlfdsFullyLoaded = FALSE;
+static unsigned char encodingLoaded[numEncodings];
+
+static void loadXlfds( const char *reqFamily, int encoding_id )
+{
+    QtFontFamily *fontFamily = reqFamily ? db->family( reqFamily ) : 0;
+
+    // make sure we don't load twice
+    if ( (encoding_id == -1 && xlfdsFullyLoaded) || (encoding_id != -1 && encodingLoaded[encoding_id]) )
+	return;
+    if ( fontFamily && fontFamily->xlfdLoaded )
+	return;
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    if ( !qt_has_xft ) {
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+    int fontCount;
+    // force the X server to give us XLFDs
+    QCString xlfd_pattern = "-*-";
+    xlfd_pattern += reqFamily ? reqFamily : "*";
+    xlfd_pattern += "-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-";
+    xlfd_pattern += xlfd_for_id( encoding_id );
+
+    char **fontList = XListFonts( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+				  xlfd_pattern.data(),
+				  0xffff, &fontCount );
+    // qDebug("requesting xlfd='%s', got %d fonts", xlfd_pattern.data(), fontCount );
+
+
+    char *tokens[NFontFields];
+
+    for( int i = 0 ; i < fontCount ; i++ ) {
+	if ( ! parseXFontName( fontList[i], tokens ) ) continue;
+
+	// get the encoding_id for this xlfd.  we need to do this
+	// here, since we can pass -1 to this function to do full
+	// database population
+	*(tokens[CharsetEncoding]-1) = '-';
+	int encoding_id = qt_xlfd_encoding_id( tokens[CharsetRegistry] );
+	if ( encoding_id == -1 )
+	    continue;
+
+	char *familyName = tokens[Family];
+	capitalize( familyName );
+	char *foundryName = tokens[Foundry];
+	capitalize( foundryName );
+	QtFontStyle::Key styleKey = getStyle( tokens );
+
+	bool smooth_scalable = FALSE;
+	bool bitmap_scalable = FALSE;
+	if ( isScalable(tokens) ) {
+	    if ( isSmoothlyScalable( tokens ) )
+		smooth_scalable = TRUE;
+	    else
+		bitmap_scalable = TRUE;
+	}
+	uint pixelSize = atoi( tokens[PixelSize] );
+	uint xpointSize = atoi( tokens[PointSize] );
+	uint xres = atoi( tokens[ResolutionX] );
+	uint yres = atoi( tokens[ResolutionY] );
+	uint avgwidth = atoi( tokens[AverageWidth] );
+	bool fixedPitch = isFixedPitch( tokens );
+
+        if (avgwidth == 0 && pixelSize != 0) {
+            /*
+              Ignore bitmap scalable fonts that are automatically
+              generated by some X servers.  We know they are bitmap
+              scalable because even though they have a specified pixel
+              size, the average width is zero.
+            */
+            continue;
+        }
+
+	QtFontFamily *family = fontFamily ? fontFamily : db->family( familyName, TRUE );
+	family->fontFileIndex = -1;
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry = family->foundry( foundryName, TRUE );
+	QtFontStyle *style = foundry->style( styleKey, TRUE );
+
+	delete [] style->weightName;
+	style->weightName = qstrdup( tokens[Weight] );
+	delete [] style->setwidthName;
+	style->setwidthName = qstrdup( tokens[Width] );
+
+	if ( smooth_scalable ) {
+	    style->smoothScalable = TRUE;
+	    style->bitmapScalable = FALSE;
+	    pixelSize = SMOOTH_SCALABLE;
+	}
+	if ( !style->smoothScalable && bitmap_scalable )
+	    style->bitmapScalable = TRUE;
+	if ( !fixedPitch )
+	    family->fixedPitch = FALSE;
+
+	QtFontSize *size = style->pixelSize( pixelSize, TRUE );
+	QtFontEncoding *enc =
+	    size->encodingID( encoding_id, xpointSize, xres, yres, avgwidth, TRUE );
+	enc->pitch = *tokens[Spacing];
+	if ( !enc->pitch ) enc->pitch = '*';
+
+	for ( int script = 0; script < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++script ) {
+	    if ( scripts_for_xlfd_encoding[encoding_id][script] )
+		family->scripts[script] = QtFontFamily::Supported;
+	    else
+		family->scripts[script] |= QtFontFamily::UnSupported_Xlfd;
+	}
+	if ( encoding_id == -1 )
+	    family->xlfdLoaded = TRUE;
+    }
+    if ( !reqFamily ) {
+	// mark encoding as loaded
+	if ( encoding_id == -1 )
+	    xlfdsFullyLoaded = TRUE;
+	else
+	    encodingLoaded[encoding_id] = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    XFreeFontNames( fontList );
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    }
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+static int getXftWeight(int xftweight)
+{
+    int qtweight = QFont::Black;
+    if (xftweight <= (XFT_WEIGHT_LIGHT + XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) / 2)
+	qtweight = QFont::Light;
+    else if (xftweight <= (XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM + XFT_WEIGHT_DEMIBOLD) / 2)
+	qtweight = QFont::Normal;
+    else if (xftweight <= (XFT_WEIGHT_DEMIBOLD + XFT_WEIGHT_BOLD) / 2)
+	qtweight = QFont::DemiBold;
+    else if (xftweight <= (XFT_WEIGHT_BOLD + XFT_WEIGHT_BLACK) / 2)
+	qtweight = QFont::Bold;
+
+    return qtweight;
+}
+
+static void loadXft()
+{
+    if (!qt_has_xft)
+	return;
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    struct XftDefaultFont {
+	const char *qtname;
+	const char *rawname;
+	bool fixed;
+    };
+    const XftDefaultFont defaults[] = {
+	{ "Serif", "serif", FALSE },
+	{ "Sans Serif", "sans-serif", FALSE },
+        { "Monospace", "monospace", TRUE },
+	{ 0, 0, FALSE }
+    };
+    const XftDefaultFont *f = defaults;
+    while (f->qtname) {
+	QtFontFamily *family = db->family( f->qtname, TRUE );
+        family->fixedPitch = f->fixed;
+	family->rawName = f->rawname;
+	family->hasXft = TRUE;
+        family->synthetic = TRUE;
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry
+	    = family->foundry( QString::null,  TRUE );
+
+	for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i ) {
+            if (i == QFont::UnknownScript)
+                continue;
+	    family->scripts[i] = QtFontFamily::Supported;
+        }
+
+	QtFontStyle::Key styleKey;
+	styleKey.oblique = FALSE;
+	for (int i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
+	    styleKey.italic = (i%2);
+	    styleKey.weight = (i > 1) ? QFont::Bold : QFont::Normal;
+	    QtFontStyle *style = foundry->style( styleKey,  TRUE );
+	    style->smoothScalable = TRUE;
+	    QtFontSize *size = style->pixelSize( SMOOTH_SCALABLE, TRUE );
+	    QtFontEncoding *enc = size->encodingID( -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, TRUE );
+	    enc->pitch = (f->fixed ? 'm' : 'p');
+	}
+	++f;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef XFT_MATRIX
+static void checkXftMatrix( QtFontFamily* family ) {
+	for ( int j = 0; j < family->count; ++j ) {	// each foundry
+	    QtFontFoundry *foundry = family->foundries[j];
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < foundry->count; ++k ) {
+		QtFontStyle *style = foundry->styles[k];
+		if ( style->key.italic || style->key.oblique ) continue;
+
+		QtFontSize *size = style->pixelSize( SMOOTH_SCALABLE );
+		if ( ! size ) continue;
+		QtFontEncoding *enc = size->encodingID( -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, TRUE );
+		if ( ! enc ) continue;
+
+		QtFontStyle::Key key = style->key;
+
+		// does this style have an italic equivalent?
+		key.italic = TRUE;
+		QtFontStyle *equiv = foundry->style( key );
+		if ( equiv ) continue;
+
+		// does this style have an oblique equivalent?
+		key.italic = FALSE;
+		key.oblique = TRUE;
+		equiv = foundry->style( key );
+		if ( equiv ) continue;
+
+		// let's fake one...
+		equiv = foundry->style( key, TRUE );
+		equiv->fakeOblique = TRUE;
+		equiv->smoothScalable = TRUE;
+
+		QtFontSize *equiv_size = equiv->pixelSize( SMOOTH_SCALABLE, TRUE );
+		QtFontEncoding *equiv_enc = equiv_size->encodingID( -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, TRUE );
+
+		// keep the same pitch
+		equiv_enc->pitch = enc->pitch;
+	    }
+	}
+}
+#endif // XFT_MATRIX
+
+static bool loadXftFont( FcPattern* font )
+{
+    QString familyName;
+    QString rawName;
+    char *value;
+    int weight_value;
+    int slant_value;
+    int spacing_value;
+    char *file_value;
+    int index_value;
+    char *foundry_value = 0;
+    FcBool scalable = FcTrue;
+
+	if (XftPatternGetString( font,
+				XFT_FAMILY, 0, &value) != XftResultMatch )
+	    return false;
+	// 	capitalize( value );
+	rawName = familyName = QString::fromUtf8(value);
+	familyName.replace('-', ' ');
+	familyName.replace("/", "");
+
+	slant_value = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
+	weight_value = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
+	spacing_value = XFT_PROPORTIONAL;
+	file_value = 0;
+	index_value = 0;
+	XftPatternGetInteger (font, XFT_SLANT, 0, &slant_value);
+	XftPatternGetInteger (font, XFT_WEIGHT, 0, &weight_value);
+	XftPatternGetInteger (font, XFT_SPACING, 0, &spacing_value);
+	XftPatternGetString (font, XFT_FILE, 0, &file_value);
+	XftPatternGetInteger (font, XFT_INDEX, 0, &index_value);
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+	FcPatternGetBool(font, FC_SCALABLE, 0, &scalable);
+	foundry_value = 0;
+	XftPatternGetString(font, FC_FOUNDRY, 0, &foundry_value);
+#endif
+	QtFontFamily *family = db->family( familyName, TRUE );
+	family->rawName = rawName;
+	family->hasXft = TRUE;
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+	FcCharSet *charset = 0;
+	FcResult res = FcPatternGetCharSet(font, FC_CHARSET, 0, &charset);
+	if (res == FcResultMatch && FcCharSetCount(charset) > 1) {
+	    for (int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i) {
+		bool supported = sample_chars[i][0];
+		for (int j = 0; sample_chars[i][j]; ++j){
+		    if (!FcCharSetHasChar(charset, sample_chars[i][j])) {
+		        supported = false;
+		        break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( supported ){
+		    family->scripts[i] = QtFontFamily::Supported;
+		} else {
+		    family->scripts[i] |= QtFontFamily::UnSupported_Xft;
+		}
+	    }
+	    family->xftScriptCheck = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    // we set UnknownScript to supported for symbol fonts. It makes no sense to merge these
+	    // with other ones, as they are special in a way.
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i )
+		family->scripts[i] |= QtFontFamily::UnSupported_Xft;
+	    family->scripts[QFont::UnknownScript] = QtFontFamily::Supported;
+	}
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+
+	QCString file = (file_value ? file_value : "");
+	family->fontFilename = file;
+	family->fontFileIndex = index_value;
+
+	QtFontStyle::Key styleKey;
+	styleKey.italic = (slant_value == XFT_SLANT_ITALIC);
+	styleKey.oblique = (slant_value == XFT_SLANT_OBLIQUE);
+	styleKey.weight = getXftWeight( weight_value );
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+        if (!scalable) {
+            int width = 100;
+#if FC_VERSION >= 20193
+	    XftPatternGetInteger (font, FC_WIDTH, 0, &width);
+#endif
+            styleKey.stretch = width;
+        }
+#endif
+
+	QtFontFoundry *foundry
+	    = family->foundry( foundry_value ? QString::fromUtf8(foundry_value) : QString::null,  TRUE );
+	QtFontStyle *style = foundry->style( styleKey,  TRUE );
+
+        if (spacing_value < XFT_MONO )
+            family->fixedPitch = FALSE;
+
+	QtFontSize *size;
+	if (scalable) {
+	    style->smoothScalable = TRUE;
+	    size = style->pixelSize( SMOOTH_SCALABLE, TRUE );
+	}
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+	else {
+	    double pixel_size = 0;
+	    XftPatternGetDouble (font, FC_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, &pixel_size);
+	    size = style->pixelSize( (int)pixel_size, TRUE );
+        }
+#endif
+	QtFontEncoding *enc = size->encodingID( -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, TRUE );
+	enc->pitch = ( spacing_value >= XFT_CHARCELL ? 'c' :
+		       ( spacing_value >= XFT_MONO ? 'm' : 'p' ) );
+
+        checkXftMatrix( family );
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+
+#define MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+          ( ( (Q_UINT32)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
+            ( (Q_UINT32)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
+            ( (Q_UINT32)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
+              (Q_UINT32)_x4         )
+
+#ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+static inline Q_UINT32 getUInt(unsigned char *p)
+{
+    Q_UINT32 val;
+    val = *p++ << 24;
+    val |= *p++ << 16;
+    val |= *p++ << 8;
+    val |= *p;
+
+    return val;
+}
+
+static inline Q_UINT16 getUShort(unsigned char *p)
+{
+    Q_UINT16 val;
+    val = *p++ << 8;
+    val |= *p;
+
+    return val;
+}
+
+static inline void tag_to_string( char *string, Q_UINT32 tag )
+{
+    string[0] = (tag >> 24)&0xff;
+    string[1] = (tag >> 16)&0xff;
+    string[2] = (tag >> 8)&0xff;
+    string[3] = tag&0xff;
+    string[4] = 0;
+}
+
+static Q_UINT16 getGlyphIndex( unsigned char *table, Q_UINT16 format, unsigned short unicode )
+{
+    if ( format == 0 ) {
+	if ( unicode < 256 )
+	    return (int) *(table+6+unicode);
+    } else if ( format == 2 ) {
+	qWarning("format 2 encoding table for Unicode, not implemented!");
+    } else if ( format == 4 ) {
+	Q_UINT16 segCountX2 = getUShort( table + 6 );
+	unsigned char *ends = table + 14;
+	Q_UINT16 endIndex = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+	for ( ; i < segCountX2/2 && (endIndex = getUShort( ends + 2*i )) < unicode; i++ );
+
+	unsigned char *idx = ends + segCountX2 + 2 + 2*i;
+	Q_UINT16 startIndex = getUShort( idx );
+
+	if ( startIndex > unicode )
+	    return 0;
+
+	idx += segCountX2;
+	Q_INT16 idDelta = (Q_INT16)getUShort( idx );
+	idx += segCountX2;
+	Q_UINT16 idRangeoffset_t = (Q_UINT16)getUShort( idx );
+
+	Q_UINT16 glyphIndex;
+	if ( idRangeoffset_t ) {
+	    Q_UINT16 id = getUShort( idRangeoffset_t + 2*(unicode - startIndex) + idx);
+	    if ( id )
+		glyphIndex = ( idDelta + id ) % 0x10000;
+	    else
+		glyphIndex = 0;
+	} else {
+	    glyphIndex = (idDelta + unicode) % 0x10000;
+	}
+	return glyphIndex;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif // _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+
+static inline void checkXftCoverage( QtFontFamily *family )
+{
+#ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+    QCString ext = family->fontFilename.mid( family->fontFilename.findRev( '.' ) ).lower();
+    if ( family->fontFileIndex == 0 && ( ext == ".ttf" || ext == ".otf" ) ) {
+	void *map;
+	// qDebug("using own ttf code coverage checking of '%s'!", family->name.latin1() );
+	int fd = open( family->fontFilename.data(), O_RDONLY );
+	size_t pagesize = getpagesize();
+	off_t offset = 0;
+	size_t length = (8192 / pagesize + 1) * pagesize;
+
+	if ( fd == -1 )
+	    goto xftCheck;
+	{
+	    if ( (map = mmap( 0, length, PROT_READ, MAP_SHARED, fd, offset ) ) == MAP_FAILED )
+		goto error;
+
+	    unsigned char *ttf = (unsigned char *)map;
+	    Q_UINT32 version = getUInt( ttf );
+	    if ( version != 0x00010000 ) {
+		// qDebug("file has wrong version %x",  version );
+		goto error1;
+	    }
+	    Q_UINT16 numTables =  getUShort( ttf+4 );
+
+	    unsigned char *table_dir = ttf + 12;
+	    Q_UINT32 cmap_offset = 0;
+	    Q_UINT32 cmap_length = 0;
+	    for ( int n = 0; n < numTables; n++ ) {
+		Q_UINT32 tag = getUInt( table_dir + 16*n );
+		if ( tag == MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' ) ) {
+		    cmap_offset = getUInt( table_dir + 16*n + 8 );
+		    cmap_length = getUInt( table_dir + 16*n + 12 );
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( !cmap_offset ) {
+		// qDebug("no cmap found" );
+		goto error1;
+	    }
+
+	    if ( cmap_offset + cmap_length > length ) {
+		munmap( map, length );
+		offset = cmap_offset / pagesize * pagesize;
+		cmap_offset -= offset;
+		length = (cmap_offset + cmap_length);
+		if ( (map = mmap( 0, length, PROT_READ, MAP_SHARED, fd, offset ) ) == MAP_FAILED )
+		    goto error;
+	    }
+
+	    unsigned char *cmap = ((unsigned char *)map) + cmap_offset;
+
+	    version = getUShort( cmap );
+	    if ( version != 0 ) {
+		// qDebug("wrong cmap version" );
+		goto error1;
+	    }
+	    numTables = getUShort( cmap + 2 );
+	    unsigned char *unicode_table = 0;
+	    bool symbol_table = TRUE;
+	    for ( int n = 0; n < numTables; n++ ) {
+		Q_UINT32 version = getUInt( cmap + 4 + 8*n );
+		// accept both symbol and Unicode encodings. prefer unicode.
+		if ( version == 0x00030001 || version == 0x00030000 ) {
+		    unicode_table = cmap + getUInt( cmap + 4 + 8*n + 4 );
+		    if ( version == 0x00030001 ) {
+			symbol_table = FALSE;
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( !unicode_table ) {
+		// qDebug("no unicode table found" );
+		goto error1;
+	    }
+
+	    Q_UINT16 format = getUShort( unicode_table );
+	    if ( format != 4 )
+		goto error1;
+
+	    if (symbol_table) {
+		// we set UnknownScript to supported for symbol fonts. It makes no sense to merge these
+		// with other ones, as they are special in a way.
+		for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i )
+		    family->scripts[i] |= QtFontFamily::UnSupported_Xft;
+		family->scripts[QFont::UnknownScript] = QtFontFamily::Supported;
+	    } else {
+		for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i ) {
+		    
+		    bool supported = sample_chars[i][0];
+		    for (int j = 0; sample_chars[i][j]; ++j) {
+		        if (!getGlyphIndex(unicode_table, format, sample_chars[i][j])) {
+		            supported=false;
+		            break;
+		        }
+		    }
+		    if ( supported ){
+			// qDebug("font can render script %d",  i );
+			family->scripts[i] = QtFontFamily::Supported;
+		    } else {
+			family->scripts[i] |= QtFontFamily::UnSupported_Xft;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    family->xftScriptCheck = TRUE;
+	}
+    error1:
+	munmap( map, length );
+    error:
+	close( fd );
+	if ( family->xftScriptCheck )
+	    return;
+    }
+ xftCheck:
+#endif // _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+
+    FD_DEBUG("using Freetype for checking of '%s'", family->name.latin1() );
+
+    FT_Library ft_lib;
+    FT_Error error = FT_Init_FreeType( &ft_lib );
+    if ( error ) return;
+    FT_Face face;
+    error = FT_New_Face( ft_lib, family->fontFilename, family->fontFileIndex, &face );
+    if ( error ) return;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i ) {
+        bool supported = sample_chars[i][j];
+        for (int j = 0; sample_chars[i][j]; ++j){
+            if (!FT_Get_Char_Index(face, sample_chars[i][j])) {
+                supported=false;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        if ( supported ){
+	    FD_DEBUG("font can render char %04x, %04x script %d '%s'",
+		     ch.unicode(), FT_Get_Char_Index ( face, ch.unicode() ),
+		     i, QFontDatabase::scriptName( (QFont::Script)i ).latin1() );
+
+	    family->scripts[i] = QtFontFamily::Supported;
+	} else {
+	    family->scripts[i] |= QtFontFamily::UnSupported_Xft;
+	}
+    }
+    FT_Done_Face( face );
+    FT_Done_FreeType( ft_lib );
+    family->xftScriptCheck = TRUE;
+}
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+static void load( const QString &family = QString::null, int script = -1 )
+{
+#ifdef QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+    QTime t;
+    t.start();
+#endif
+
+    if ( family.isNull() ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+        static bool xft_readall_done = false;
+        if (qt_has_xft && !xft_readall_done) {
+            xft_readall_done = true;
+            XftFontSet  *fonts =
+            	    XftListFonts(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+		         QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen(),
+		         (const char *)0,
+		         XFT_FAMILY, XFT_WEIGHT, XFT_SLANT,
+		         XFT_SPACING, XFT_FILE, XFT_INDEX,
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+		         FC_CHARSET, FC_FOUNDRY, FC_SCALABLE, FC_PIXEL_SIZE,
+#if FC_VERSION >= 20193
+                         FC_WIDTH,
+#endif
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+		         (const char *)0);
+            for (int i = 0; i < fonts->nfont; i++)
+                loadXftFont( fonts->fonts[i] );
+            XftFontSetDestroy (fonts);
+        }
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+        if (qt_has_xft)
+            return;
+#endif
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	if ( script == -1 )
+	    loadXlfds( 0, -1 );
+	else {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < numEncodings; i++ ) {
+		if ( scripts_for_xlfd_encoding[i][script] )
+		    loadXlfds( 0, i );
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	QtFontFamily *f = db->family( family, TRUE );
+	if ( !f->fullyLoaded ) {
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+            if (qt_has_xft) {
+                QString mfamily = family;
+            redo:
+                XftFontSet  *fonts =
+            	    XftListFonts(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+		         QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen(),
+                         XFT_FAMILY, XftTypeString, mfamily.utf8().data(),
+		         (const char *)0,
+		         XFT_FAMILY, XFT_WEIGHT, XFT_SLANT,
+		         XFT_SPACING, XFT_FILE, XFT_INDEX,
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+		         FC_CHARSET, FC_FOUNDRY, FC_SCALABLE, FC_PIXEL_SIZE,
+#if FC_VERSION >= 20193
+                         FC_WIDTH,
+#endif
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+		         (const char *)0);
+                for (int i = 0; i < fonts->nfont; i++)
+                    loadXftFont( fonts->fonts[i] );
+                XftFontSetDestroy (fonts);
+                if (mfamily.contains(' ')) {
+                    mfamily.replace(QChar(' '), QChar('-'));
+                    goto redo;
+                }
+		f->fullyLoaded = TRUE;
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+                return;
+#endif
+            }
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+	    // need to check Xft coverage
+	    if ( f->hasXft && !f->xftScriptCheck ) {
+		checkXftCoverage( f );
+	    }
+#endif
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	    // could reduce this further with some more magic:
+	    // would need to remember the encodings loaded for the family.
+	    if ( ( script == -1 && !f->xlfdLoaded ) ||
+		 ( !f->hasXft && !(f->scripts[script] & QtFontFamily::Supported) &&
+		   !(f->scripts[script] & QtFontFamily::UnSupported_Xlfd) ) ) {
+		loadXlfds( family, -1 );
+		f->fullyLoaded = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+    FD_DEBUG("QFontDatabase: load( %s, %d) took %d ms", family.latin1(), script, t.elapsed() );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static void initializeDb()
+{
+    if ( db ) return;
+    db = new QFontDatabasePrivate;
+    qfontdatabase_cleanup.set(&db);
+
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+    memset( encodingLoaded, FALSE, sizeof( encodingLoaded ) );
+#endif
+
+    QTime t;
+    t.start();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    loadXft();
+    FD_DEBUG("QFontDatabase: loaded Xft: %d ms",  t.elapsed() );
+#endif
+
+    t.start();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    for ( int i = 0; i < db->count; i++ ) {
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+	checkXftCoverage( db->families[i] );
+	FD_DEBUG("QFontDatabase: xft coverage check: %d ms",  t.elapsed() );
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+
+#ifdef XFT_MATRIX
+        checkXftMatrix( db->families[i] );
+#endif // XFT_MATRIX
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    if (!qt_has_xft)
+#endif
+	// load everything at startup in debug mode.
+	loadXlfds( 0,  -1 );
+
+    // print the database
+    for ( int f = 0; f < db->count; f++ ) {
+	QtFontFamily *family = db->families[f];
+	FD_DEBUG("'%s' %s  hasXft=%s", family->name.latin1(), (family->fixedPitch ? "fixed" : ""),
+		 (family->hasXft ? "yes" : "no") );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < QFont::LastPrivateScript; ++i ) {
+	    FD_DEBUG("\t%s: %s", QFontDatabase::scriptName((QFont::Script) i).latin1(),
+		     ((family->scripts[i] & QtFontFamily::Supported) ? "Supported" :
+		      (family->scripts[i] & QtFontFamily::UnSupported) == QtFontFamily::UnSupported ?
+		      "UnSupported" : "Unknown"));
+	}
+
+	for ( int fd = 0; fd < family->count; fd++ ) {
+	    QtFontFoundry *foundry = family->foundries[fd];
+	    FD_DEBUG("\t\t'%s'", foundry->name.latin1() );
+	    for ( int s = 0; s < foundry->count; s++ ) {
+		QtFontStyle *style = foundry->styles[s];
+		FD_DEBUG("\t\t\tstyle: italic=%d oblique=%d (fake=%d) weight=%d (%s)\n"
+			 "\t\t\tstretch=%d (%s)",
+			 style->key.italic, style->key.oblique, style->fakeOblique, style->key.weight,
+			 style->weightName, style->key.stretch,
+			 style->setwidthName ? style->setwidthName : "nil" );
+		if ( style->smoothScalable )
+		    FD_DEBUG("\t\t\t\tsmooth scalable" );
+		else if ( style->bitmapScalable )
+		    FD_DEBUG("\t\t\t\tbitmap scalable" );
+		if ( style->pixelSizes ) {
+		    qDebug("\t\t\t\t%d pixel sizes",  style->count );
+		    for ( int z = 0; z < style->count; ++z ) {
+			QtFontSize *size = style->pixelSizes + z;
+			for ( int e = 0; e < size->count; ++e ) {
+			    FD_DEBUG( "\t\t\t\t  size %5d pitch %c encoding %s",
+				      size->pixelSize,
+				      size->encodings[e].pitch,
+				      xlfd_for_id( size->encodings[e].encoding ) );
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif // QFONTDATABASE_DEBUG
+}
+
+void QFontDatabase::createDatabase()
+{
+    initializeDb();
+}
+
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// font loader
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#define MAXFONTSIZE_XFT 256
+#define MAXFONTSIZE_XLFD 128
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+static double addPatternProps(XftPattern *pattern, const QtFontStyle::Key &key, bool fakeOblique,
+			      bool smoothScalable, const QFontPrivate *fp, const QFontDef &request)
+{
+    int weight_value = XFT_WEIGHT_BLACK;
+    if ( key.weight == 0 )
+	weight_value = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
+    else if ( key.weight < (QFont::Light + QFont::Normal) / 2 )
+	weight_value = XFT_WEIGHT_LIGHT;
+    else if ( key.weight < (QFont::Normal + QFont::DemiBold) / 2 )
+	weight_value = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
+    else if ( key.weight < (QFont::DemiBold + QFont::Bold) / 2 )
+	weight_value = XFT_WEIGHT_DEMIBOLD;
+    else if ( key.weight < (QFont::Bold + QFont::Black) / 2 )
+	weight_value = XFT_WEIGHT_BOLD;
+    XftPatternAddInteger( pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, weight_value );
+
+    int slant_value = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
+    if ( key.italic )
+	slant_value = XFT_SLANT_ITALIC;
+    else if ( key.oblique && !fakeOblique )
+	slant_value = XFT_SLANT_OBLIQUE;
+    XftPatternAddInteger( pattern, XFT_SLANT, slant_value );
+
+    /*
+      Xft1 doesn't obey user settings for turning off anti-aliasing using
+      the following:
+
+      match any size > 6 size < 12 edit antialias = false;
+
+      ... if we request pixel sizes.  so, work around this limitiation and
+      convert the pixel size to a point size and request that.
+    */
+    double size_value = request.pixelSize;
+    double scale = 1.;
+    if ( size_value > MAXFONTSIZE_XFT ) {
+	scale = (double)size_value/(double)MAXFONTSIZE_XFT;
+	size_value = MAXFONTSIZE_XFT;
+    }
+
+    size_value = size_value*72./QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY(fp->screen);
+    XftPatternAddDouble( pattern, XFT_SIZE, size_value );
+
+#ifdef XFT_MATRIX
+#  ifdef QT_XFT2
+    if (!smoothScalable) {
+#    if FC_VERSION >= 20193
+        int stretch = request.stretch;
+        if (!stretch)
+            stretch = 100;
+	XftPatternAddInteger(pattern, FC_WIDTH, stretch);
+#    endif
+    } else
+#  endif
+    if ( ( request.stretch > 0 && request.stretch != 100 ) ||
+	 ( key.oblique && fakeOblique ) ) {
+	XftMatrix matrix;
+	XftMatrixInit( &matrix );
+
+	if ( request.stretch > 0 && request.stretch != 100 )
+	    XftMatrixScale( &matrix, double( request.stretch ) / 100.0, 1.0 );
+	if ( key.oblique && fakeOblique )
+	    XftMatrixShear( &matrix, 0.20, 0.0 );
+
+	XftPatternAddMatrix( pattern, XFT_MATRIX, &matrix );
+    }
+#endif // XFT_MATRIX
+    if (request.styleStrategy & (QFont::PreferAntialias|QFont::NoAntialias)) {
+        XftPatternDel(pattern, XFT_ANTIALIAS);
+	XftPatternAddBool(pattern, XFT_ANTIALIAS,
+			  !(request.styleStrategy & QFont::NoAntialias));
+    }
+
+    return scale;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+static
+QFontEngine *loadEngine( QFont::Script script,
+			 const QFontPrivate *fp, const QFontDef &request,
+			 QtFontFamily *family, QtFontFoundry *foundry,
+			 QtFontStyle *style, QtFontSize *size,
+			 QtFontEncoding *encoding, bool forced_encoding )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(script);
+
+    if ( fp && fp->rawMode ) {
+	QCString xlfd = request.family.latin1();
+	FM_DEBUG( "Loading XLFD (rawmode) '%s'", xlfd.data() );
+
+	XFontStruct *xfs;
+	if (! (xfs = XLoadQueryFont(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), xlfd.data() ) ) )
+	    return 0;
+
+	QFontEngine *fe = new QFontEngineXLFD( xfs, xlfd.data(), 0 );
+	if ( ! qt_fillFontDef( xfs, &fe->fontDef, QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) &&
+	     ! qt_fillFontDef( xlfd, &fe->fontDef, QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() ) )
+	    fe->fontDef = QFontDef();
+
+	return fe;
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if ( encoding->encoding == -1 ) {
+
+	FM_DEBUG( "    using Xft" );
+
+	XftPattern *pattern = XftPatternCreate();
+	if ( !pattern ) return 0;
+
+	bool symbol = (family->scripts[QFont::UnknownScript] == QtFontFamily::Supported);
+#  ifdef QT_XFT2
+	if (!symbol && script != QFont::Unicode) {
+	    FcCharSet *cs = FcCharSetCreate();
+	    for ( int j=0; sample_chars[script][j]; j++ )
+	        FcCharSetAddChar(cs, sample_chars[script][j]);
+	    if (script == QFont::Latin)
+		// add Euro character
+		FcCharSetAddChar(cs, 0x20ac);
+	    FcPatternAddCharSet(pattern, FC_CHARSET, cs);
+	    FcCharSetDestroy(cs);
+	}
+#  else
+	XftPatternAddString( pattern, XFT_ENCODING, symbol ? "adobe-fontspecific" : "iso10646-1");
+#  endif // QT_XFT2
+
+	if ( !foundry->name.isEmpty() )
+	    XftPatternAddString( pattern, XFT_FOUNDRY,
+				 foundry->name.utf8().data() );
+
+	if ( !family->rawName.isEmpty() )
+	    XftPatternAddString( pattern, XFT_FAMILY,
+				 family->rawName.utf8().data() );
+
+
+	char pitch_value = ( encoding->pitch == 'c' ? XFT_CHARCELL :
+			     ( encoding->pitch == 'm' ? XFT_MONO : XFT_PROPORTIONAL ) );
+	XftPatternAddInteger( pattern, XFT_SPACING, pitch_value );
+
+	double scale = addPatternProps(pattern, style->key, style->fakeOblique,
+                                       style->smoothScalable, fp, request);
+
+	XftResult res;
+	XftPattern *result =
+	    XftFontMatch( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), fp->screen, pattern, &res );
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+	if (result && script == QFont::Latin) {
+	    // since we added the Euro char on top, check we actually got the family
+	    // we requested. If we didn't get it correctly, remove the Euro from the pattern
+	    // and try again.
+	    FcChar8 *f;
+	    res = FcPatternGetString(result, FC_FAMILY, 0, &f);
+	    if (res == FcResultMatch && QString::fromUtf8((char *)f) != family->rawName) {
+		FcPatternDel(pattern, FC_CHARSET);
+		FcCharSet *cs = FcCharSetCreate();
+		for ( int j=0; sample_chars[script][j]; j++ )
+		  FcCharSetAddChar(cs, sample_chars[script][j]);
+		FcPatternAddCharSet(pattern, FC_CHARSET, cs);
+		FcCharSetDestroy(cs);
+		result = XftFontMatch( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), fp->screen, pattern, &res );
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	XftPatternDestroy(pattern);
+	if (!result)
+	    return 0;
+
+        // somehow this gets lost in the XftMatch call, reset the anitaliasing property correctly.
+        if (request.styleStrategy & (QFont::PreferAntialias|QFont::NoAntialias)) {
+            XftPatternDel(result, XFT_ANTIALIAS);
+            XftPatternAddBool(result, XFT_ANTIALIAS,
+                              !(request.styleStrategy & QFont::NoAntialias));
+        }
+	// We pass a duplicate to XftFontOpenPattern because either xft font
+	// will own the pattern after the call or the pattern will be
+	// destroyed.
+	XftPattern *dup = XftPatternDuplicate( result );
+	XftFont *xftfs = XftFontOpenPattern( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), dup );
+
+	if ( ! xftfs ) // Xft couldn't find a font?
+	    return 0;
+
+	QFontEngine *fe = new QFontEngineXft( xftfs, result, symbol ? 1 : 0 );
+	if (fp->paintdevice
+	    && QPaintDeviceMetrics(fp->paintdevice).logicalDpiY() != QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY()) {
+	    double px;
+	    XftPatternGetDouble(result, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, &px);
+	    scale = (double)request.pixelSize/px;
+	}
+	fe->setScale( scale );
+	return fe;
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+    FM_DEBUG( "    using XLFD" );
+
+    QCString xlfd = "-";
+    xlfd += foundry->name.isEmpty() ? "*" : foundry->name.latin1();
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += family->name.isEmpty() ? "*" : family->name.latin1();
+
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += style->weightName ? style->weightName : "*";
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += ( style->key.italic ? "i" : ( style->key.oblique ? "o" : "r" ) );
+
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += style->setwidthName ? style->setwidthName : "*";
+    // ### handle add-style
+    xlfd += "-*-";
+
+    int px = size->pixelSize;
+    if ( style->smoothScalable && px == SMOOTH_SCALABLE )
+	px = request.pixelSize;
+    else if ( style->bitmapScalable && px == 0 )
+	px = request.pixelSize;
+    double scale = 1.;
+    if ( px > MAXFONTSIZE_XLFD ) {
+	scale = (double)px/(double)MAXFONTSIZE_XLFD;
+	px = MAXFONTSIZE_XLFD;
+    }
+    if (fp && fp->paintdevice
+	&& QPaintDeviceMetrics(fp->paintdevice).logicalDpiY() != QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY())
+	scale = (double)request.pixelSize/(double)px;
+
+    xlfd += QString::number( px ).latin1();
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += QString::number( encoding->xpoint );
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += QString::number( encoding->xres );
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += QString::number( encoding->yres );
+    xlfd += "-";
+
+    // ### handle cell spaced fonts
+    xlfd += encoding->pitch;
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += QString::number( encoding->avgwidth );
+    xlfd += "-";
+    xlfd += xlfd_for_id( encoding->encoding );
+
+    FM_DEBUG( "    xlfd: '%s'", xlfd.data() );
+
+    XFontStruct *xfs;
+    if (! (xfs = XLoadQueryFont(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), xlfd.data() ) ) )
+	return 0;
+
+    QFontEngine *fe = 0;
+    const int mib = xlfd_encoding[ encoding->encoding ].mib;
+    if (script == QFont::Latin && encoding->encoding <= LAST_LATIN_ENCODING && !forced_encoding) {
+	fe = new QFontEngineLatinXLFD( xfs, xlfd.data(), mib );
+    } else {
+	fe = new QFontEngineXLFD( xfs, xlfd.data(), mib );
+    }
+
+    fe->setScale( scale );
+
+    return fe;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+
+static void parseFontName(const QString &name, QString &foundry, QString &family)
+{
+    if ( name.contains('[') && name.contains(']')) {
+	int i = name.find('[');
+	int li = name.findRev(']');
+
+	if (i < li) {
+	    foundry = name.mid(i + 1, li - i - 1);
+	    if (name[i - 1] == ' ')
+		i--;
+	    family = name.left(i);
+	}
+    } else {
+	foundry = QString::null;
+	family = name;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static QFontEngine *loadFontConfigFont(const QFontPrivate *fp, const QFontDef &request, QFont::Script script)
+{
+    if (!qt_has_xft)
+	return 0;
+
+    QStringList family_list;
+    if (request.family.isEmpty()) {
+	family_list = QStringList::split(QChar(','), fp->request.family);
+
+	QString stylehint;
+	switch ( request.styleHint ) {
+	case QFont::SansSerif:
+	    stylehint = "sans-serif";
+	    break;
+	case QFont::Serif:
+	    stylehint = "serif";
+	    break;
+	case QFont::TypeWriter:
+	    stylehint = "monospace";
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if (request.fixedPitch)
+		stylehint = "monospace";
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (!stylehint.isEmpty())
+	    family_list << stylehint;
+    } else {
+	family_list << request.family;
+    }
+
+    FcPattern *pattern = FcPatternCreate();
+
+    {
+	QString family, foundry;
+	for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = family_list.begin(); it != family_list.end(); ++it) {
+	    parseFontName(*it, foundry, family);
+	    XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, family.utf8().data());
+	}
+    }
+
+    QtFontStyle::Key key;
+    key.italic = request.italic;
+    key.weight = request.weight;
+    key.stretch = request.stretch;
+
+    double scale = addPatternProps(pattern, key, FALSE, TRUE, fp, request);
+#ifdef FONT_MATCH_DEBUG
+    qDebug("original pattern contains:");
+    FcPatternPrint(pattern);
+#endif
+
+    // XftFontMatch calls the right ConfigSubstitute variants, but as we use
+    // FcFontMatch/Sort here we have to do it manually.
+    FcConfigSubstitute(0, pattern, FcMatchPattern);
+    XftDefaultSubstitute(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen(), pattern);
+
+//     qDebug("1: pattern contains:");
+//     FcPatternPrint(pattern);
+
+    {
+	FcValue value;
+	value.type = FcTypeString;
+
+	// these should only get added to the pattern _after_ substitution
+	// append the default fallback font for the specified script
+	extern QString qt_fallback_font_family( QFont::Script );
+	QString fallback = qt_fallback_font_family( script );
+	if ( ! fallback.isEmpty() && ! family_list.contains( fallback ) ) {
+	    QCString cs = fallback.utf8();
+	    value.u.s = (const FcChar8 *)cs.data();
+	    FcPatternAddWeak(pattern, FC_FAMILY, value, FcTrue);
+	}
+
+	// add the default family
+	QString defaultFamily = QApplication::font().family();
+	if ( ! family_list.contains( defaultFamily ) ) {
+	    QCString cs = defaultFamily.utf8();
+	    value.u.s = (const FcChar8 *)cs.data();
+	    FcPatternAddWeak(pattern, FC_FAMILY, value, FcTrue);
+	}
+
+	// add QFont::defaultFamily() to the list, for compatibility with
+	// previous versions
+	defaultFamily = QApplication::font().defaultFamily();
+	if ( ! family_list.contains( defaultFamily ) ) {
+	    QCString cs = defaultFamily.utf8();
+	    value.u.s = (const FcChar8 *)cs.data();
+	    FcPatternAddWeak(pattern, FC_FAMILY, value, FcTrue);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (script != QFont::Unicode) {
+        FcCharSet *cs = FcCharSetCreate();
+	for ( int j=0; sample_chars[script][j]; j++ )
+	    FcCharSetAddChar(cs, sample_chars[script][j]);
+        if (script == QFont::Latin)
+            // add Euro character
+            FcCharSetAddChar(cs, 0x20ac);
+        FcPatternAddCharSet(pattern, FC_CHARSET, cs);
+        FcCharSetDestroy(cs);
+    }
+
+#ifdef FONT_MATCH_DEBUG
+	printf("final pattern contains:\n");
+	FcPatternPrint(pattern);
+#endif
+
+    QFontEngine *fe = 0;
+
+    for( int jj = (FcGetVersion() >= 20392 ? 0 : 1); jj < 2; ++jj ) {
+        bool use_fontsort = ( jj == 1 );
+
+    FcResult result;
+        FcFontSet *fs = 0;
+        FcPattern *fsp = 0;
+        if( use_fontsort ) {
+            fs = FcFontSort(0, pattern, FcFalse, 0, &result);
+    if (!fs)
+                continue;
+        } else {
+            fsp = FcFontMatch(0, pattern, &result);
+            if (!fsp)
+                continue;
+        }
+
+#ifdef FONT_MATCH_DEBUG
+        if( use_fontsort ) {
+    printf("fontset contains:\n");
+    for (int i = 0; i < fs->nfont; ++i) {
+	FcPattern *test = fs->fonts[i];
+	FcChar8 *fam;
+	FcPatternGetString(test, FC_FAMILY, 0, &fam);
+	printf("    %s\n", fam);
+    }
+        } else {
+            printf("fontmatch:");
+    	    FcChar8 *fam;
+            FcPatternGetString(fsp, FC_FAMILY, 0, &fam);
+            printf("    %s\n", fam);
+        }
+#endif
+
+    double size_value = request.pixelSize;
+    if ( size_value > MAXFONTSIZE_XFT )
+	size_value = MAXFONTSIZE_XFT;
+
+        int cnt = use_fontsort ? fs->nfont : 1;
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) {
+    	    FcPattern *font = use_fontsort ? fs->fonts[i] : fsp;
+	FcCharSet *cs;
+	FcResult res = FcPatternGetCharSet(font, FC_CHARSET, 0, &cs);
+	if (res != FcResultMatch)
+	    continue;
+	bool do_break=true;
+	for ( int j=0; sample_chars[script][j]; j++ ){
+	    do_break=false;
+	    if (!FcCharSetHasChar(cs, sample_chars[script][j])) {
+		do_break=true;
+                    break;
+              }
+        }
+	if ( do_break )
+	    continue;
+	FcBool scalable;
+	res = FcPatternGetBool(font, FC_SCALABLE, 0, &scalable);
+	if (res != FcResultMatch || !scalable) {
+	    int pixelSize;
+	    res = FcPatternGetInteger(font, FC_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, &pixelSize);
+	    if (res != FcResultMatch || QABS((size_value-pixelSize)/size_value) > 0.2)
+		continue;
+	}
+
+	XftPattern *pattern = XftPatternDuplicate(font);
+	// add properties back in as the font selected from the list doesn't contain them.
+	addPatternProps(pattern, key, FALSE, TRUE, fp, request);
+
+	XftPattern *result =
+	    XftFontMatch( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), fp->screen, pattern, &res );
+	XftPatternDestroy(pattern);
+
+	// We pass a duplicate to XftFontOpenPattern because either xft font
+	// will own the pattern after the call or the pattern will be
+	// destroyed.
+	XftPattern *dup = XftPatternDuplicate( result );
+	XftFont *xftfs = XftFontOpenPattern( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), dup );
+
+	if ( !xftfs ) {
+	    // Xft couldn't find a font?
+	    qDebug("couldn't open fontconfigs chosen font with Xft!!!");
+	} else {
+	    fe = new QFontEngineXft( xftfs, result, 0 );
+	    if (fp->paintdevice
+		&& QPaintDeviceMetrics(fp->paintdevice).logicalDpiY() != QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY()) {
+		double px;
+		XftPatternGetDouble(result, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, &px);
+		scale = request.pixelSize/px;
+	    }
+	    fe->setScale( scale );
+	    fe->fontDef = request;
+	    if ( script != QFont::Unicode && !canRender(fe, script) ) {
+		FM_DEBUG( "  WARN: font loaded cannot render samples" );
+		delete fe;
+		fe = 0;
+	    }else
+		FM_DEBUG( "  USE: %s", fe->fontDef.family.latin1() );
+	}
+	if (fe) {
+            QFontEngineXft *xft = (QFontEngineXft *)fe;
+            char *family;
+            if (XftPatternGetString(xft->pattern(), XFT_FAMILY, 0, &family) == XftResultMatch)
+                xft->fontDef.family = QString::fromUtf8(family);
+
+            double px;
+            if (XftPatternGetDouble(xft->pattern(), XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0, &px) == XftResultMatch)
+                xft->fontDef.pixelSize = qRound(px);
+
+            int weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
+            XftPatternGetInteger(xft->pattern(), XFT_WEIGHT, 0, &weight);
+            xft->fontDef.weight = getXftWeight(weight);
+
+            int slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
+            XftPatternGetInteger(xft->pattern(), XFT_SLANT, 0, &slant);
+            xft->fontDef.italic = (slant != XFT_SLANT_ROMAN);
+
+            int spacing = XFT_PROPORTIONAL;
+            XftPatternGetInteger(xft->pattern(), XFT_SPACING, 0, &spacing);
+	    xft->fontDef.fixedPitch = spacing != XFT_PROPORTIONAL;
+
+            xft->fontDef.ignorePitch = FALSE;
+	    break;
+        }
+    }
+
+        if( use_fontsort )
+    FcFontSetDestroy(fs);
+        else
+            FcPatternDestroy(fsp);
+
+        if( fe )
+            break;
+
+    } // for( jj )
+
+    FcPatternDestroy(pattern);
+
+    return fe;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h b/src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e714903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFONTENGINE_P_H
+#define QFONTENGINE_P_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+class QPaintDevice;
+
+struct glyph_metrics_t;
+class QChar;
+typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
+struct qoffset_t;
+typedef int advance_t;
+class QOpenType;
+struct TransformedFont;
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_X11 ) || defined( Q_WS_WIN) || defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+class QFontEngine : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    enum Error {
+	NoError,
+	OutOfMemory
+    };
+
+    enum Type {
+	// X11 types
+	Box,
+	XLFD,
+	LatinXLFD,
+	Xft,
+
+	// MS Windows types
+	Win,
+	Uniscribe,
+
+	// Apple MacOS types
+	Mac,
+
+	// Trolltech QWS types
+	QWS
+    };
+
+    QFontEngine() {
+	count = 0; cache_count = 0;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	transformed_fonts = 0;
+#endif
+    }
+    virtual ~QFontEngine();
+
+    /* returns 0 as glyph index for non existant glyphs */
+    virtual Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str, int len, glyph_t *glyphs,
+				advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const = 0;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    virtual int cmap() const { return -1; }
+    virtual QOpenType *openType() const { return 0; }
+#endif
+
+    virtual void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags ) = 0;
+
+    virtual glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+					 const advance_t *advances,
+					 const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs ) = 0;
+    virtual glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph ) = 0;
+
+    virtual int ascent() const = 0;
+    virtual int descent() const = 0;
+    virtual int leading() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int lineThickness() const;
+    virtual int underlinePosition() const;
+
+    virtual int maxCharWidth() const = 0;
+    virtual int minLeftBearing() const { return 0; }
+    virtual int minRightBearing() const { return 0; }
+
+    virtual const char *name() const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len ) = 0;
+
+    virtual void setScale( double ) {}
+    virtual double scale() const { return 1.; }
+
+    virtual Type type() const = 0;
+
+    QFontDef fontDef;
+    uint cache_cost; // amount of mem used in kb by the font
+    int cache_count;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    HDC dc() const;
+    void getGlyphIndexes( const QChar *ch, int numChars, glyph_t *glyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+    void getCMap();
+
+    QCString _name;
+    HDC		hdc;
+    HFONT	hfont;
+    LOGFONT     logfont;
+    uint	stockFont   : 1;
+    uint	paintDevice : 1;
+    uint        useTextOutA : 1;
+    uint        ttf         : 1;
+    uint        symbol      : 1;
+    union {
+	TEXTMETRICW	w;
+	TEXTMETRICA	a;
+    } tm;
+    int		lw;
+    unsigned char *cmap;
+    void *script_cache;
+    static QPtrDict<QFontEngine> cacheDict;
+    short lbearing;
+    short rbearing;
+#endif // Q_WS_WIN
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    TransformedFont *transformed_fonts;
+#endif
+};
+#elif defined( Q_WS_QWS )
+class QGfx;
+
+class QFontEngine : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    QFontEngine( const QFontDef&, const QPaintDevice * = 0 );
+   ~QFontEngine();
+    /*QMemoryManager::FontID*/ void *handle() const;
+
+    enum Type {
+	// X11 types
+	Box,
+	XLFD,
+	Xft,
+
+	// MS Windows types
+	Win,
+	Uniscribe,
+
+	// Apple MacOS types
+	Mac,
+
+	// Trolltech QWS types
+	Qws
+    };
+
+    enum TextFlags {
+	Underline = 0x01,
+	Overline  = 0x02,
+	StrikeOut = 0x04
+    };
+
+    enum Error {
+	NoError,
+	OutOfMemory
+    };
+    /* returns 0 as glyph index for non existant glyphs */
+    Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str, int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+			       const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs );
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph );
+
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    int leading() const;
+    int maxCharWidth() const;
+    int minLeftBearing() const;
+    int minRightBearing() const;
+    int underlinePosition() const;
+    int lineThickness() const;
+
+    Type type() { return Qws; }
+
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+    inline const char *name() const { return 0; }
+    QFontDef fontDef;
+    /*QMemoryManager::FontID*/ void *id;
+    int cache_cost;
+    int cache_count;
+    int scale;
+};
+#endif // WIN || X11 || MAC
+
+
+
+enum IndicFeatures {
+    CcmpFeature,
+    InitFeature,
+    NuktaFeature,
+    AkhantFeature,
+    RephFeature,
+    BelowFormFeature,
+    HalfFormFeature,
+    PostFormFeature,
+    VattuFeature,
+    PreSubstFeature,
+    AboveSubstFeature,
+    BelowSubstFeature,
+    PostSubstFeature,
+    HalantFeature
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+class QFontEngineBox : public QFontEngine
+{
+public:
+    QFontEngineBox( int size );
+    ~QFontEngineBox();
+
+    Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str,  int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+
+    virtual glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+				    const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs );
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph );
+
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    int leading() const;
+    int maxCharWidth() const;
+    int minLeftBearing() const { return 0; }
+    int minRightBearing() const { return 0; }
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    int cmap() const;
+#endif
+    const char *name() const;
+
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+
+    Type type() const;
+    inline int size() const { return _size; }
+
+private:
+    friend class QFontPrivate;
+    int _size;
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+
+struct TransformedFont
+{
+    float xx;
+    float xy;
+    float yx;
+    float yy;
+    union {
+	Font xlfd_font;
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	XftFont *xft_font;
+#endif
+    };
+    TransformedFont *next;
+};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include "ftxopen.h"
+
+class QTextCodec;
+
+class QFontEngineXft : public QFontEngine
+{
+public:
+    QFontEngineXft( XftFont *font, XftPattern *pattern, int cmap );
+    ~QFontEngineXft();
+
+    QOpenType *openType() const;
+
+    Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str,  int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+
+    virtual glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+				    const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs );
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph );
+
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    int leading() const;
+    int lineThickness() const;
+    int underlinePosition() const;
+    int maxCharWidth() const;
+    int minLeftBearing() const;
+    int minRightBearing() const;
+
+    int cmap() const;
+    const char *name() const;
+
+    void setScale( double scale );
+    double scale() const { return _scale; }
+
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+
+    Type type() const;
+    XftPattern *pattern() const { return _pattern; }
+    FT_Face face() const { return _face; }
+    XftFont *font() const { return _font; }
+
+    void recalcAdvances( int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances );
+
+private:
+    friend class QFontPrivate;
+    friend class QOpenType;
+    XftFont *_font;
+    XftPattern *_pattern;
+    FT_Face _face;
+    QOpenType *_openType;
+    int _cmap;
+    short lbearing;
+    short rbearing;
+    float _scale;
+    enum { widthCacheSize = 0x800, cmapCacheSize = 0x500 };
+    unsigned char widthCache[widthCacheSize];
+    glyph_t cmapCache[cmapCacheSize];
+};
+#endif
+
+class QFontEngineLatinXLFD;
+
+class QFontEngineXLFD : public QFontEngine
+{
+public:
+    QFontEngineXLFD( XFontStruct *fs, const char *name, int cmap );
+    ~QFontEngineXLFD();
+
+    Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str,  int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+
+    virtual glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+				    const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs );
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph );
+
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    int leading() const;
+    int maxCharWidth() const;
+    int minLeftBearing() const;
+    int minRightBearing() const;
+
+    int cmap() const;
+    const char *name() const;
+
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+
+    void setScale( double scale );
+    double scale() const { return _scale; }
+    Type type() const;
+
+    Qt::HANDLE handle() const { return (Qt::HANDLE) _fs->fid; }
+
+private:
+    friend class QFontPrivate;
+    XFontStruct *_fs;
+    QCString _name;
+    QTextCodec *_codec;
+    float _scale; // needed for printing, to correctly scale font metrics for bitmap fonts
+    int _cmap;
+    short lbearing;
+    short rbearing;
+    enum XlfdTransformations {
+	XlfdTrUnknown,
+	XlfdTrSupported,
+	XlfdTrUnsupported
+    };
+    XlfdTransformations xlfd_transformations;
+
+    friend class QFontEngineLatinXLFD;
+};
+
+class QFontEngineLatinXLFD : public QFontEngine
+{
+public:
+    QFontEngineLatinXLFD( XFontStruct *xfs, const char *name, int cmap );
+    ~QFontEngineLatinXLFD();
+
+    Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str,  int len, glyph_t *glyphs,
+			advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine,
+	       const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+
+    virtual glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+					 const advance_t *advances,
+					 const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs );
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph );
+
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    int leading() const;
+    int maxCharWidth() const;
+    int minLeftBearing() const;
+    int minRightBearing() const;
+
+    int cmap() const { return -1; } // ###
+    const char *name() const;
+
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+
+    void setScale( double scale );
+    double scale() const { return _engines[0]->scale(); }
+    Type type() const { return LatinXLFD; }
+
+    Qt::HANDLE handle() const { return ((QFontEngineXLFD *) _engines[0])->handle(); }
+
+private:
+    void findEngine( const QChar &ch );
+
+    QFontEngine **_engines;
+    int _count;
+
+    glyph_t   glyphIndices [0x200];
+    advance_t glyphAdvances[0x200];
+    glyph_t euroIndex;
+    advance_t euroAdvance;
+};
+
+class QScriptItem;
+class QTextEngine;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+#include "qscriptengine_p.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include "ftxopen.h"
+
+enum { PositioningProperties = 0x80000000 };
+
+class QOpenType
+{
+public:
+    QOpenType(QFontEngineXft *fe);
+    ~QOpenType();
+
+    struct Features {
+        uint tag;
+        uint property;
+    };
+
+    bool supportsScript(unsigned int script) {
+        Q_ASSERT(script < QFont::NScripts);
+        return supported_scripts[script];
+    }
+    void selectScript(unsigned int script, const Features *features = 0);
+
+    bool shape(QShaperItem *item, const unsigned int *properties = 0);
+    bool positionAndAdd(QShaperItem *item, bool doLogClusters = TRUE);
+
+    OTL_GlyphItem glyphs() const { return otl_buffer->in_string; }
+    int len() const { return otl_buffer->in_length; }
+    void setProperty(int index, uint property) { otl_buffer->in_string[index].properties = property; }
+
+
+private:
+    bool checkScript(unsigned int script);
+    QFontEngine *fontEngine;
+    FT_Face face;
+    TTO_GDEF gdef;
+    TTO_GSUB gsub;
+    TTO_GPOS gpos;
+    bool supported_scripts[QFont::NScripts];
+    FT_ULong current_script;
+    bool positioned : 1;
+    OTL_Buffer otl_buffer;
+    GlyphAttributes *tmpAttributes;
+    unsigned int *tmpLogClusters;
+    int length;
+    int orig_nglyphs;
+    int loadFlags;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+#elif defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+#include "qt_mac.h"
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qcache.h>
+
+class QFontEngineMac : public QFontEngine
+{
+#if 0
+    ATSFontMetrics *info;
+#else
+    FontInfo *info;
+#endif
+    int psize;
+    FMFontFamily fmfam;
+    QMacFontInfo *internal_fi;
+    mutable ATSUTextLayout mTextLayout;
+    enum { widthCacheSize = 0x500 };
+    mutable unsigned char widthCache[widthCacheSize];
+    friend class QFont;
+    friend class QGLContext;
+    friend class QFontPrivate;
+    friend class QMacSetFontInfo;
+
+public:
+    QFontEngineMac();
+    ~QFontEngineMac();
+
+    Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str, int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+			       const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs );
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph );
+
+    int ascent() const { return (int)info->ascent; }
+    int descent() const { return (int)info->descent; }
+    int leading() const { return (int)info->leading; }
+#if 0
+    int maxCharWidth() const { return (int)info->maxAdvanceWidth; }
+#else
+    int maxCharWidth() const { return info->widMax; }
+#endif
+
+    const char *name() const { return "ATSUI"; }
+
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+
+    Type type() const { return QFontEngine::Mac; }
+
+    void calculateCost();
+
+    enum { WIDTH=0x01, DRAW=0x02, EXISTS=0x04 };
+    int doTextTask(const QChar *s, int pos, int use_len, int len, uchar task, int =-1, int y=-1,
+		   QPaintDevice *dev=NULL, const QRegion *rgn=NULL) const;
+};
+
+#elif defined( Q_WS_WIN )
+
+class QFontEngineWin : public QFontEngine
+{
+public:
+    QFontEngineWin( const char *name, HDC, HFONT, bool, LOGFONT );
+
+    Error stringToCMap( const QChar *str, int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs,
+			       const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs );
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( glyph_t glyph );
+
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    int leading() const;
+    int maxCharWidth() const;
+    int minLeftBearing() const;
+    int minRightBearing() const;
+
+    const char *name() const;
+
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+
+    Type type() const;
+
+    enum { widthCacheSize = 0x800, cmapCacheSize = 0x500 };
+    unsigned char widthCache[widthCacheSize];
+};
+
+#if 0
+class QFontEngineUniscribe : public QFontEngineWin
+{
+public:
+    void draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags );
+    bool canRender( const QChar *string,  int len );
+
+    Type type() const;
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif // Q_WS_WIN
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae27f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2724 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+
+// #define FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qcstring.h>
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
+
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qfontdatabase.h"
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+// defined in qfontdatbase_x11.cpp
+extern int qt_mib_for_xlfd_encoding( const char *encoding );
+extern int qt_xlfd_encoding_id( const char *encoding );
+
+extern void qt_draw_transformed_rect( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h, bool fill );
+
+static void drawLines( QPainter *p, QFontEngine *fe, int baseline, int x1, int w, int textFlags )
+{
+    int lw = fe->lineThickness();
+    if ( textFlags & Qt::Underline ) {
+    	int pos = fe->underlinePosition();
+	qt_draw_transformed_rect( p, x1, baseline+pos, w, lw, TRUE );
+    }
+    if ( textFlags & Qt::Overline ) {
+	int pos = fe->ascent()+1;
+	if ( !pos ) pos = 1;
+	qt_draw_transformed_rect( p, x1, baseline-pos, w, lw, TRUE );
+    }
+    if ( textFlags & Qt::StrikeOut ) {
+	int pos = fe->ascent()/3;
+	if ( !pos ) pos = 1;
+	qt_draw_transformed_rect( p, x1, baseline-pos, w, lw, TRUE );
+    }
+}
+
+
+inline static void qSafeXDestroyImage( XImage *x )
+{
+    if ( x->data ) {
+	free( x->data );
+	x->data = 0;
+    }
+    XDestroyImage( x );
+}
+
+extern bool qt_xForm_helper( const QWMatrix &trueMat, int xoffset,
+                             int type, int depth,
+                             uchar *dptr, int dbpl, int p_inc, int dHeight,
+                             uchar *sptr, int sbpl, int sWidth, int sHeight
+    );
+
+static QBitmap transform(Display *dpy, const QBitmap &source, int xoff,  int yoff, int w, int h, const QWMatrix &matrix)
+{
+    int ws = source.width();
+    int hs = source.height();
+
+    bool invertible;
+    QWMatrix mat = matrix.invert( &invertible );		// invert matrix
+
+    if (!invertible )
+	return QBitmap();
+    mat.translate(xoff, yoff);
+
+    XImage *xi = XGetImage(dpy, source.handle(), 0, 0, ws, hs, AllPlanes, XYPixmap);
+
+    if ( !xi )
+        return QBitmap();
+
+    int sbpl = xi->bytes_per_line;
+    uchar *sptr = (uchar *)xi->data;
+
+    int dbpl = (w+7)/8;
+    int dbytes = dbpl*h;
+
+    uchar *dptr = (uchar *)malloc( dbytes );	// create buffer for bits
+    memset( dptr, 0, dbytes );
+
+    int type = xi->bitmap_bit_order == MSBFirst ? QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST : QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST;
+    int	xbpl, p_inc;
+    xbpl  = (w+7)/8;
+    p_inc = dbpl - xbpl;
+
+    bool ok = qt_xForm_helper( mat, xi->xoffset, type, 1, dptr, xbpl, p_inc, h, sptr, sbpl, ws, hs );
+    qSafeXDestroyImage(xi);
+    QBitmap bm;
+    if (ok) {
+        bm = QBitmap( w, h, dptr, QImage::systemBitOrder() != QImage::BigEndian );
+    } else {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QFontEngineXft::tranform: xform failed");
+#endif
+    }
+
+    free( dptr );
+    return bm;
+}
+
+
+static void drawScaled(int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags,
+                       Display *dpy, GC gc, QPaintDevice *pdev, QFontEngine *fe,
+                       const QWMatrix &xmat, float scale)
+{
+    // font doesn't support transformations, need to do it by hand
+    int w = qRound(si->width/scale);
+    int h = qRound((si->ascent + si->descent + 1)/scale);
+    if (w == 0 || h == 0)
+        return;
+    QWMatrix mat1 = xmat;
+    mat1.scale(scale, scale);
+
+    w += h; // add some pixels to width because of italic correction
+    QBitmap bm( w, h, TRUE );     // create bitmap
+    QPainter paint;
+    paint.begin( &bm );             // draw text in bitmap
+    fe->draw( &paint, 0, si->ascent/scale, engine, si, textFlags );
+    paint.end();
+
+    QRect pdevRect;
+    if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget)
+        pdevRect = ((QWidget *)pdev)->rect();
+    else if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Pixmap)
+        pdevRect = ((QPixmap *)pdev)->rect();
+    else
+        return;
+
+
+    QRect br = mat1.mapRect(QRect(x, y - si->ascent, w, h));
+    QRect br2 = br & pdevRect;
+    if (br2.width() <= 0 || br2.height() <= 0
+        || br2.width() >= 32768 || br2.height() >= 32768)
+        return;
+    QWMatrix mat = QPixmap::trueMatrix( mat1, w, h );
+    QBitmap wx_bm = ::transform(dpy, bm, br2.x() - br.x(), br2.y() - br.y(), br2.width(), br2.height(), mat);
+    if ( wx_bm.isNull() )
+        return;
+
+    x = br2.x();
+    y = br2.y();
+
+    Qt::HANDLE hd = pdev->handle();
+    XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillStippled );
+    XSetStipple( dpy, gc, wx_bm.handle() );
+    XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, x, y );
+    XFillRectangle( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, wx_bm.width(), wx_bm.height() );
+    XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, 0, 0 );
+    XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillSolid );
+}
+
+
+QFontEngine::~QFontEngine()
+{
+}
+
+int QFontEngine::lineThickness() const
+{
+    // ad hoc algorithm
+    int score = fontDef.weight * fontDef.pixelSize;
+    int lw = score / 700;
+
+    // looks better with thicker line for small pointsizes
+    if ( lw < 2 && score >= 1050 ) lw = 2;
+    if ( lw == 0 ) lw = 1;
+
+    return lw;
+}
+
+int QFontEngine::underlinePosition() const
+{
+    int pos = ( ( lineThickness() * 2 ) + 3 ) / 6;
+    return pos ? pos : 1;
+}
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The box font engine
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+QFontEngineBox::QFontEngineBox( int size )
+    : _size( size )
+{
+    cache_cost = sizeof( QFontEngineBox );
+}
+
+QFontEngineBox::~QFontEngineBox()
+{
+}
+
+QFontEngine::Error QFontEngineBox::stringToCMap( const QChar *, int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool ) const
+{
+    if ( *nglyphs < len ) {
+	*nglyphs = len;
+	return OutOfMemory;
+    }
+
+    memset( glyphs, 0, len * sizeof( glyph_t ) );
+    *nglyphs = len;
+
+    if ( advances ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	    *(advances++) = _size;
+    }
+    return NoError;
+}
+
+void QFontEngineBox::draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags )
+{
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    Qt::HANDLE hd = p->device()->handle();
+    GC gc = p->gc;
+
+#ifdef FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+    p->save();
+    p->setBrush( Qt::white );
+    glyph_metrics_t ci = boundingBox( glyphs, offsets, numGlyphs );
+    p->drawRect( x + ci.x, y + ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    p->drawRect( x + ci.x, y + 50 + ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    qDebug("bounding rect=%d %d (%d/%d)", ci.x, ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    p->restore();
+    int xp = x;
+    int yp = y;
+#endif
+
+    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes = engine->glyphAttributes( si );
+
+    if ( p->txop > QPainter::TxTranslate ) {
+	int xp = x;
+	int yp = _size + 2;
+	int s = _size - 3;
+	for (int k = 0; k < si->num_glyphs; k++) {
+	    if (!glyphAttributes[k].zeroWidth)
+    	        qt_draw_transformed_rect( p, xp, yp, s, s, FALSE );
+	    xp += _size;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( p->txop == QPainter::TxTranslate )
+	    p->map( x, y, &x, &y );
+
+	XRectangle rects[64];
+
+	int gl = 0;
+	while (gl < si->num_glyphs) {
+	    int toDraw = QMIN(64, si->num_glyphs-gl);
+	    int adv = toDraw*_size;
+	    if (x + adv < SHRT_MAX && x > SHRT_MIN) {
+                    int ng = 0;
+		for (int k = 0; k < toDraw; k++) {
+            	    if (!glyphAttributes[gl + k].zeroWidth) {
+                            rects[ng].x = x + (k * _size);
+                            rects[ng].y = y - _size + 2;
+                            rects[ng].width = rects[k].height = _size - 3;
+                            ++ng;
+                        }
+		}
+		XDrawRectangles(dpy, hd, gc, rects, ng);
+	    }
+	    gl += toDraw;
+	    x += adv;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( textFlags != 0 )
+	drawLines( p, this, y, x, si->num_glyphs*_size, textFlags );
+
+#ifdef FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+    x = xp;
+    y = yp;
+    p->save();
+    p->setPen( Qt::red );
+    for ( int i = 0; i < numGlyphs; i++ ) {
+	glyph_metrics_t ci = boundingBox( glyphs[i] );
+	x += offsets[i].x;
+	y += offsets[i].y;
+	p->drawRect( x + ci.x, y + 50 + ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+	qDebug("bounding ci[%d]=%d %d (%d/%d) / %d %d   offset=(%d/%d)", i, ci.x, ci.y, ci.width, ci.height,
+	       ci.xoff, ci.yoff, offsets[i].x, offsets[i].y );
+	x += ci.xoff;
+	y += ci.yoff;
+    }
+    p->restore();
+#endif
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineBox::boundingBox( const glyph_t *, const advance_t *, const qoffset_t *, int numGlyphs )
+{
+    glyph_metrics_t overall;
+    overall.x = overall.y = 0;
+    overall.width = _size*numGlyphs;
+    overall.height = _size;
+    overall.xoff = overall.width;
+    overall.yoff = 0;
+    return overall;
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineBox::boundingBox( glyph_t )
+{
+    return glyph_metrics_t( 0, _size, _size, _size, _size, 0 );
+}
+
+
+
+int QFontEngineBox::ascent() const
+{
+    return _size;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineBox::descent() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineBox::leading() const
+{
+    int l = qRound( _size * 0.15 );
+    return (l > 0) ? l : 1;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineBox::maxCharWidth() const
+{
+    return _size;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineBox::cmap() const
+{
+    return -1;
+}
+
+const char *QFontEngineBox::name() const
+{
+    return "null";
+}
+
+bool QFontEngineBox::canRender( const QChar *, int )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+QFontEngine::Type QFontEngineBox::type() const
+{
+    return Box;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Xlfd cont engine
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static inline XCharStruct *charStruct( XFontStruct *xfs, uint ch )
+{
+    XCharStruct *xcs = 0;
+    unsigned char r = ch>>8;
+    unsigned char c = ch&0xff;
+    if ( r >= xfs->min_byte1 &&
+	 r <= xfs->max_byte1 &&
+	 c >= xfs->min_char_or_byte2 &&
+	 c <= xfs->max_char_or_byte2) {
+	if ( !xfs->per_char )
+	    xcs = &(xfs->min_bounds);
+	else {
+	    xcs = xfs->per_char + ((r - xfs->min_byte1) *
+				   (xfs->max_char_or_byte2 -
+				    xfs->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) +
+		  (c - xfs->min_char_or_byte2);
+	    if (xcs->width == 0 && xcs->ascent == 0 &&  xcs->descent == 0)
+		xcs = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return xcs;
+}
+
+QFontEngineXLFD::QFontEngineXLFD( XFontStruct *fs, const char *name, int mib )
+    : _fs( fs ), _name( name ), _codec( 0 ), _scale( 1. ), _cmap( mib )
+{
+    if ( _cmap ) _codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib( _cmap );
+
+    cache_cost = (((fs->max_byte1 - fs->min_byte1) *
+		   (fs->max_char_or_byte2 - fs->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) +
+		  fs->max_char_or_byte2 - fs->min_char_or_byte2);
+    cache_cost = ((fs->max_bounds.ascent + fs->max_bounds.descent) *
+		  (fs->max_bounds.width * cache_cost / 8));
+    lbearing = SHRT_MIN;
+    rbearing = SHRT_MIN;
+
+#if 1
+    // Server side transformations do not seem to work correctly for
+    // all types of fonts (for example, it works for bdf/pcf fonts,
+    // but not for ttf).  It also seems to be extermely server
+    // dependent.  The best thing is to just disable server side
+    // transformations until either server support matures or we
+    // figure out a better way to do it.
+    xlfd_transformations = XlfdTrUnsupported;
+#else
+    xlfd_transformations = XlfdTrUnknown;
+
+    // Hummingbird's Exceed X server will substitute 'fixed' for any
+    // known fonts, and it doesn't seem to support transformations, so
+    // we should never try to use xlfd transformations with it
+    if (strstr(ServerVendor(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay()), "Hummingbird"))
+	xlfd_transformations = XlfdTrUnsupported;
+#endif
+}
+
+QFontEngineXLFD::~QFontEngineXLFD()
+{
+    XFreeFont( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), _fs );
+    _fs = 0;
+    TransformedFont *trf = transformed_fonts;
+    while ( trf ) {
+	XUnloadFont( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), trf->xlfd_font );
+	TransformedFont *tmp = trf;
+	trf = trf->next;
+	delete tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+QFontEngine::Error QFontEngineXLFD::stringToCMap( const QChar *str, int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const
+{
+    if ( *nglyphs < len ) {
+	*nglyphs = len;
+	return OutOfMemory;
+    }
+
+    if ( _codec ) {
+	bool haveNbsp = FALSE;
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	    if ( str[i].unicode() == 0xa0 ) {
+		haveNbsp = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	QChar *chars = (QChar *)str;
+	if ( haveNbsp || mirrored ) {
+	    chars = (QChar *)malloc( len*sizeof(QChar) );
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+		chars[i] = (str[i].unicode() == 0xa0 ? 0x20 :
+			    (mirrored ? ::mirroredChar(str[i]).unicode() : str[i].unicode()));
+	}
+	_codec->fromUnicodeInternal( chars, glyphs, len );
+	if (chars != str)
+	    free( chars );
+    } else {
+	glyph_t *g = glyphs + len;
+	const QChar *c = str + len;
+	if ( mirrored ) {
+	    while ( c != str )
+		*(--g) = (--c)->unicode() == 0xa0 ? 0x20 : ::mirroredChar(*c).unicode();
+	} else {
+	    while ( c != str )
+		*(--g) = (--c)->unicode() == 0xa0 ? 0x20 : c->unicode();
+	}
+    }
+    *nglyphs = len;
+
+    if ( advances ) {
+	glyph_t *g = glyphs + len;
+	advance_t *a = advances + len;
+	XCharStruct *xcs;
+	// inlined for better perfomance
+	if ( !_fs->per_char ) {
+	    xcs = &_fs->min_bounds;
+	    while ( a != advances )
+		*(--a) = xcs->width;
+	}
+	else if ( !_fs->max_byte1 ) {
+	    XCharStruct *base = _fs->per_char - _fs->min_char_or_byte2;
+	    while ( g-- != glyphs ) {
+		unsigned int gl = *g;
+		xcs = (gl >= _fs->min_char_or_byte2 && gl <= _fs->max_char_or_byte2) ?
+		      base + gl : 0;
+		*(--a) = (!xcs || (!xcs->width && !xcs->ascent && !xcs->descent)) ? _fs->ascent : xcs->width;
+	    }
+	}
+	else {
+	    while ( g != glyphs ) {
+		xcs = charStruct( _fs, *(--g) );
+		*(--a) = (xcs ? xcs->width : _fs->ascent);
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+		advances[i] = qRound(advances[i]*_scale);
+	}
+    }
+    return NoError;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static bool x_font_load_error = FALSE;
+static int x_font_errorhandler(Display *, XErrorEvent *)
+{
+    x_font_load_error = TRUE;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void QFontEngineXLFD::draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags )
+{
+    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
+	return;
+
+//     qDebug("QFontEngineXLFD::draw( %d, %d, numglyphs=%d", x, y, si->num_glyphs );
+
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    Qt::HANDLE hd = p->device()->handle();
+    GC gc = p->gc;
+
+    bool transform = FALSE;
+    int xorig = x;
+    int yorig = y;
+
+    Qt::HANDLE font_id = _fs->fid;
+    if ( p->txop > QPainter::TxTranslate || _scale < 0.9999 || _scale > 1.0001  ) {
+	bool degenerate = QABS( p->m11()*p->m22() - p->m12()*p->m21() ) < 0.01;
+	if ( !degenerate && xlfd_transformations != XlfdTrUnsupported ) {
+	    // need a transformed font from the server
+	    QCString xlfd_transformed = _name;
+	    int field = 0;
+	    char *data = xlfd_transformed.data();
+	    int pos = 0;
+	    while ( field < 7 ) {
+		if ( data[pos] == '-' )
+		    field++;
+		pos++;
+	    }
+	    int endPos = pos;
+	    while ( data[endPos] != '-' )
+		endPos++;
+	    float size = xlfd_transformed.mid( pos, endPos-pos ).toInt();
+	    float mat[4];
+	    mat[0] = p->m11()*size*_scale;
+	    mat[1] = -p->m12()*size*_scale;
+	    mat[2] = -p->m21()*size*_scale;
+	    mat[3] = p->m22()*size*_scale;
+
+	    // check if we have it cached
+	    TransformedFont *trf = transformed_fonts;
+	    TransformedFont *prev = 0;
+	    int i = 0;
+	    while ( trf ) {
+		if ( trf->xx == mat[0] &&
+		     trf->xy == mat[1] &&
+		     trf->yx == mat[2] &&
+		     trf->yy == mat[3] )
+		    break;
+		TransformedFont *tmp = trf;
+		trf = trf->next;
+		if (i > 10) {
+		    XUnloadFont( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), tmp->xlfd_font );
+		    delete tmp;
+		    prev->next = trf;
+		} else {
+		    prev = tmp;
+		}
+		++i;
+	    }
+	    if ( trf ) {
+		if ( prev ) {
+		    // move to beginning of list
+		    prev->next = trf->next;
+		    trf->next = transformed_fonts;
+		    transformed_fonts = trf;
+		}
+		font_id = trf->xlfd_font;
+	    } else {
+		QCString matrix="[";
+		for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) {
+		    float f = mat[i];
+		    if ( f < 0 ) {
+			matrix += '~';
+			f = -f;
+		    }
+		    matrix += QString::number( f, 'f', 5 ).latin1();
+		    matrix += ' ';
+		}
+		matrix += ']';
+		//qDebug("m: %2.2f %2.2f %2.2f %2.2f, matrix=%s", p->m11(), p->m12(), p->m21(), p->m22(), matrix.data());
+		xlfd_transformed.replace( pos, endPos-pos, matrix );
+
+		x_font_load_error = FALSE;
+		XErrorHandler old_handler = XSetErrorHandler( x_font_errorhandler );
+		font_id = XLoadFont( dpy, xlfd_transformed.data() );
+		XSync( dpy, FALSE );
+		XSetErrorHandler( old_handler );
+		if ( x_font_load_error ) {
+		    //qDebug( "couldn't load transformed font" );
+		    font_id = _fs->fid;
+		    xlfd_transformations = XlfdTrUnsupported;
+		} else {
+		    TransformedFont *trf = new TransformedFont;
+		    trf->xx = mat[0];
+		    trf->xy = mat[1];
+		    trf->yx = mat[2];
+		    trf->yy = mat[3];
+		    trf->xlfd_font = font_id;
+		    trf->next = transformed_fonts;
+		    transformed_fonts = trf;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( degenerate || xlfd_transformations == XlfdTrUnsupported ) {
+	    // XServer or font don't support server side transformations, need to do it by hand
+            float tmp = _scale;
+            _scale = 1.;
+            drawScaled(x, y, engine, si, textFlags, dpy, p->gc, p->device(), this, p->xmat, tmp);
+            _scale = tmp;
+	    return;
+        }
+	transform = TRUE;
+    } else if ( p->txop == QPainter::TxTranslate ) {
+	p->map( x, y, &x, &y );
+    }
+
+    XSetFont(dpy, gc, font_id);
+
+#ifdef FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+    p->save();
+    p->setBrush( Qt::white );
+    glyph_metrics_t ci = boundingBox( glyphs, advances, offsets, si->num_glyphs );
+    p->drawRect( x + ci.x, y + ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    p->drawRect( x + ci.x, y + 100 + ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    qDebug("bounding rect=%d %d (%d/%d)", ci.x, ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    p->restore();
+    int xp = x;
+    int yp = y;
+#endif
+
+    glyph_t *glyphs = engine->glyphs( si );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
+    qoffset_t *offsets = engine->offsets( si );
+
+    XChar2b ch[256];
+    XChar2b *chars = ch;
+    if ( si->num_glyphs > 255 )
+	chars = (XChar2b *)malloc( si->num_glyphs*sizeof(XChar2b) );
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < si->num_glyphs; i++) {
+	chars[i].byte1 = glyphs[i] >> 8;
+	chars[i].byte2 = glyphs[i] & 0xff;
+    }
+
+    int xpos = x;
+    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes = engine->glyphAttributes( si );
+
+    if ( si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	int i = si->num_glyphs;
+	while( i-- ) {
+	    advance_t adv = advances[i];
+	    // 	    qDebug("advance = %d/%d", adv.x, adv.y );
+	    x += adv;
+	    glyph_metrics_t gi = boundingBox( glyphs[i] );
+	    int xp = x-offsets[i].x-gi.xoff;
+	    int yp = y+offsets[i].y-gi.yoff;
+	    if ( transform )
+		p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+	    if (!glyphAttributes[i].zeroWidth && xp < SHRT_MAX && xp > SHRT_MIN)
+		XDrawString16(dpy, hd, gc, xp, yp, chars+i, 1 );
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( transform || si->hasPositioning ) {
+	    int i = 0;
+	    while( i < si->num_glyphs ) {
+		int xp = x+offsets[i].x;
+		int yp = y+offsets[i].y;
+		if ( transform )
+		    p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+		if (!glyphAttributes[i].zeroWidth && xp < SHRT_MAX && xp > SHRT_MIN)
+		    XDrawString16(dpy, hd, gc, xp, yp, chars+i, 1 );
+		advance_t adv = advances[i];
+		// 	    qDebug("advance = %d/%d", adv.x, adv.y );
+		x += adv;
+		i++;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    // we can take a shortcut
+	    int gl = 0;
+	    while (gl < si->num_glyphs) {
+		int toDraw = QMIN(64, si->num_glyphs-gl);
+		int adv = 0;
+		for (int i = gl; i < gl+toDraw; ++i)
+		    adv += advances[i];
+		if (x + adv < SHRT_MAX && x > SHRT_MIN)
+		    XDrawString16(dpy, hd, gc, x, y, chars+gl, toDraw);
+		gl += toDraw;
+		x += adv;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( chars != ch )
+	free( chars );
+
+    if ( textFlags != 0 )
+	drawLines( p, this, yorig, xorig, x-xpos, textFlags );
+
+#ifdef FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+    x = xp;
+    y = yp;
+    p->save();
+    p->setPen( Qt::red );
+    for ( int i = 0; i < si->num_glyphs; i++ ) {
+	glyph_metrics_t ci = boundingBox( glyphs[i] );
+	p->drawRect( x + ci.x + offsets[i].x, y + 100 + ci.y + offsets[i].y, ci.width, ci.height );
+	qDebug("bounding ci[%d]=%d %d (%d/%d) / %d %d   offs=(%d/%d) advance=(%d/%d)", i, ci.x, ci.y, ci.width, ci.height,
+	       ci.xoff, ci.yoff, offsets[i].x, offsets[i].y,
+	       advances[i].x, advances[i].y);
+	x += advances[i].x;
+	y += advances[i].y;
+    }
+    p->restore();
+#endif
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineXLFD::boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs, const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs )
+{
+    int i;
+
+    glyph_metrics_t overall;
+    int ymax = 0;
+    int xmax = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < numGlyphs; i++) {
+	XCharStruct *xcs = charStruct( _fs, glyphs[i] );
+	if (xcs) {
+	    int x = overall.xoff + offsets[i].x - xcs->lbearing;
+	    int y = overall.yoff + offsets[i].y - xcs->ascent;
+	    overall.x = QMIN( overall.x, x );
+	    overall.y = QMIN( overall.y, y );
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, overall.xoff + offsets[i].x + xcs->rbearing );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, y + xcs->ascent + xcs->descent );
+	    overall.xoff += qRound(advances[i]/_scale);
+	} else {
+	    int size = _fs->ascent;
+	    overall.x = QMIN(overall.x, overall.xoff );
+	    overall.y = QMIN(overall.y, overall.yoff - size );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, overall.yoff );
+	    overall.xoff += size;
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, overall.xoff );
+	}
+    }
+    overall.height = ymax - overall.y;
+    overall.width = xmax - overall.x;
+
+    if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	overall.x = qRound(overall.x * _scale);
+	overall.y = qRound(overall.y * _scale);
+	overall.height = qRound(overall.height * _scale);
+	overall.width = qRound(overall.width * _scale);
+	overall.xoff = qRound(overall.xoff * _scale);
+	overall.yoff = qRound(overall.yoff * _scale);
+    }
+    return overall;
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineXLFD::boundingBox( glyph_t glyph )
+{
+    glyph_metrics_t gm;
+    // ### scale missing!
+    XCharStruct *xcs = charStruct( _fs, glyph );
+    if (xcs) {
+	gm = glyph_metrics_t( xcs->lbearing, -xcs->ascent, xcs->rbearing- xcs->lbearing, xcs->ascent + xcs->descent, xcs->width, 0 );
+    } else {
+	int size = _fs->ascent;
+	gm = glyph_metrics_t( 0, size, size, size, size, 0 );
+    }
+    if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	gm.x = qRound(gm.x * _scale);
+	gm.y = qRound(gm.y * _scale);
+	gm.height = qRound(gm.height * _scale);
+	gm.width = qRound(gm.width * _scale);
+	gm.xoff = qRound(gm.xoff * _scale);
+	gm.yoff = qRound(gm.yoff * _scale);
+    }
+    return gm;
+}
+
+
+int QFontEngineXLFD::ascent() const
+{
+    return qRound(_fs->ascent*_scale);
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXLFD::descent() const
+{
+    return qRound((_fs->descent-1)*_scale);
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXLFD::leading() const
+{
+    int l = qRound((QMIN(_fs->ascent, _fs->max_bounds.ascent)
+		    + QMIN(_fs->descent, _fs->max_bounds.descent)) * _scale * 0.15 );
+    return (l > 0) ? l : 1;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXLFD::maxCharWidth() const
+{
+    return qRound(_fs->max_bounds.width*_scale);
+}
+
+
+// Loads the font for the specified script
+static inline int maxIndex(XFontStruct *f) {
+    return (((f->max_byte1 - f->min_byte1) *
+	     (f->max_char_or_byte2 - f->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) +
+	    f->max_char_or_byte2 - f->min_char_or_byte2);
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXLFD::minLeftBearing() const
+{
+    if ( lbearing == SHRT_MIN ) {
+	if ( _fs->per_char ) {
+	    XCharStruct *cs = _fs->per_char;
+	    int nc = maxIndex(_fs) + 1;
+	    int mx = cs->lbearing;
+
+	    for (int c = 1; c < nc; c++) {
+		// ignore the bearings for characters whose ink is
+		// completely outside the normal bounding box
+		if ((cs[c].lbearing <= 0 && cs[c].rbearing <= 0) ||
+		    (cs[c].lbearing >= cs[c].width && cs[c].rbearing >= cs[c].width))
+		    continue;
+
+		int nmx = cs[c].lbearing;
+
+		if (nmx < mx)
+		    mx = nmx;
+	    }
+
+	    ((QFontEngineXLFD *)this)->lbearing = mx;
+	} else
+	    ((QFontEngineXLFD *)this)->lbearing = _fs->min_bounds.lbearing;
+    }
+    return qRound (lbearing*_scale);
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXLFD::minRightBearing() const
+{
+    if ( rbearing == SHRT_MIN ) {
+	if ( _fs->per_char ) {
+	    XCharStruct *cs = _fs->per_char;
+	    int nc = maxIndex(_fs) + 1;
+	    int mx = cs->rbearing;
+
+	    for (int c = 1; c < nc; c++) {
+		// ignore the bearings for characters whose ink is
+		// completely outside the normal bounding box
+		if ((cs[c].lbearing <= 0 && cs[c].rbearing <= 0) ||
+		    (cs[c].lbearing >= cs[c].width && cs[c].rbearing >= cs[c].width))
+		    continue;
+
+		int nmx = cs[c].rbearing;
+
+		if (nmx < mx)
+		    mx = nmx;
+	    }
+
+	    ((QFontEngineXLFD *)this)->rbearing = mx;
+	} else
+	    ((QFontEngineXLFD *)this)->rbearing = _fs->min_bounds.rbearing;
+    }
+    return qRound (rbearing*_scale);
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXLFD::cmap() const
+{
+    return _cmap;
+}
+
+const char *QFontEngineXLFD::name() const
+{
+    return _name;
+}
+
+bool QFontEngineXLFD::canRender( const QChar *string, int len )
+{
+    glyph_t glyphs[256];
+    int nglyphs = 255;
+    glyph_t *g = glyphs;
+    if ( stringToCMap( string, len, g, 0, &nglyphs, FALSE ) == OutOfMemory ) {
+	g = (glyph_t *)malloc( nglyphs*sizeof(glyph_t) );
+	stringToCMap( string, len, g, 0, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+    }
+
+    bool allExist = TRUE;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++ ) {
+	if ( !g[i] || !charStruct( _fs, g[i] ) ) {
+	    allExist = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( g != glyphs )
+	free( g );
+
+    return allExist;
+}
+
+
+void QFontEngineXLFD::setScale( double scale )
+{
+    _scale = scale;
+}
+
+
+QFontEngine::Type QFontEngineXLFD::type() const
+{
+    return XLFD;
+}
+
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+// LatinXLFD engine
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const int engine_array_inc = 4;
+
+QFontEngineLatinXLFD::QFontEngineLatinXLFD( XFontStruct *xfs, const char *name,
+					    int mib )
+{
+    _engines = new QFontEngine*[ engine_array_inc ];
+    _engines[0] = new QFontEngineXLFD( xfs, name, mib );
+    _count = 1;
+
+    cache_cost = _engines[0]->cache_cost;
+
+    memset( glyphIndices, 0, sizeof( glyphIndices ) );
+    memset( glyphAdvances, 0, sizeof( glyphAdvances ) );
+    euroIndex = 0;
+    euroAdvance = 0;
+}
+
+QFontEngineLatinXLFD::~QFontEngineLatinXLFD()
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < _count; ++i ) {
+	delete _engines[i];
+	_engines[i] = 0;
+    }
+    delete [] _engines;
+    _engines = 0;
+}
+
+void QFontEngineLatinXLFD::findEngine( const QChar &ch )
+{
+    if ( ch.unicode() == 0 ) return;
+
+    static const char *alternate_encodings[] = {
+	"iso8859-1",
+	"iso8859-2",
+	"iso8859-3",
+	"iso8859-4",
+	"iso8859-9",
+	"iso8859-10",
+	"iso8859-13",
+	"iso8859-14",
+	"iso8859-15",
+	"hp-roman8"
+    };
+    static const int mib_count = sizeof( alternate_encodings ) / sizeof( const char * );
+
+    // see if one of the above mibs can map the char we want
+    QTextCodec *codec = 0;
+    int which = -1;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < mib_count; ++i ) {
+	const int mib = qt_mib_for_xlfd_encoding( alternate_encodings[i] );
+	bool skip = FALSE;
+	for ( int e = 0; e < _count; ++e ) {
+	    if ( _engines[e]->cmap() == mib ) {
+		skip = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( skip ) continue;
+
+	codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib( mib );
+	if ( codec && codec->canEncode( ch ) ) {
+	    which = i;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( ! codec || which == -1 )
+	return;
+
+    const int enc_id = qt_xlfd_encoding_id( alternate_encodings[which] );
+    QFontDef req = fontDef;
+    QFontEngine *engine = QFontDatabase::findFont( QFont::Latin, 0, req, enc_id );
+    if ( ! engine ) {
+	req.family = QString::null;
+	engine = QFontDatabase::findFont( QFont::Latin, 0, req, enc_id );
+	if ( ! engine ) return;
+    }
+    engine->setScale( scale() );
+
+    if ( ! ( _count % engine_array_inc ) ) {
+	// grow the engines array
+	QFontEngine **old = _engines;
+	int new_size =
+	    ( ( ( _count+engine_array_inc ) / engine_array_inc ) * engine_array_inc );
+	_engines = new QFontEngine*[new_size];
+	for ( i = 0; i < _count; ++i )
+	    _engines[i] = old[i];
+	delete [] old;
+    }
+
+    _engines[_count] = engine;
+    const int hi = _count << 8;
+    ++_count;
+
+    unsigned short chars[0x201];
+    glyph_t glyphs[0x201];
+    advance_t advances[0x201];
+    for ( i = 0; i < 0x200; ++i )
+	chars[i] = i;
+    chars[0x200] = 0x20ac;
+    int glyphCount = 0x201;
+    engine->stringToCMap( (const QChar *) chars, 0x201, glyphs, advances, &glyphCount, FALSE );
+
+    // merge member data with the above
+    for ( i = 0; i < 0x200; ++i ) {
+	if ( glyphIndices[i] != 0 || glyphs[i] == 0 ) continue;
+	glyphIndices[i] = glyphs[i] >= 0x2100 ? glyphs[i] : hi | glyphs[i];
+	glyphAdvances[i] = advances[i];
+    }
+    if (!euroIndex && glyphs[0x200]) {
+	euroIndex = hi | glyphs[0x200];
+	euroAdvance = advances[0x200];
+    }
+}
+
+QFontEngine::Error
+QFontEngineLatinXLFD::stringToCMap( const QChar *str, int len, glyph_t *glyphs,
+				    advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const
+{
+    if ( *nglyphs < len ) {
+	*nglyphs = len;
+	return OutOfMemory;
+    }
+
+    int i;
+    bool missing = FALSE;
+    const QChar *c = str+len;
+    glyph_t *g = glyphs+len;
+    if ( advances ) {
+	int asc = ascent();
+	advance_t *a = advances+len;
+	if ( mirrored ) {
+	    while ( c != str ) {
+		--c;
+		--g;
+		--a;
+		if ( c->unicode() < 0x200 ) {
+		    unsigned short ch = ::mirroredChar(*c).unicode();
+		    *g = glyphIndices[ch];
+		    *a = glyphAdvances[ch];
+		} else {
+		    if ( c->unicode() == 0x20ac ) {
+			*g = euroIndex;
+			*a = euroAdvance;
+		    } else {
+			*g = 0;
+			*a = asc;
+		    }
+		}
+		missing = ( missing || ( *g == 0 ) );
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    while ( c != str ) {
+		--c;
+		--g;
+		--a;
+		if ( c->unicode() < 0x200 ) {
+		    *g = glyphIndices[c->unicode()];
+		    *a = glyphAdvances[c->unicode()];
+		} else {
+		    if ( c->unicode() == 0x20ac ) {
+			*g = euroIndex;
+			*a = euroAdvance;
+		    } else {
+			*g = 0;
+			*a = asc;
+		    }
+		}
+		missing = ( missing || ( *g == 0 ) );
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( mirrored ) {
+	    while ( c != str ) {
+		--c;
+		--g;
+		*g = ( ( c->unicode() < 0x200 ) ? glyphIndices[::mirroredChar(*c).unicode()]
+		       : (c->unicode() == 0x20ac) ? euroIndex : 0 );
+		missing = ( missing || ( *g == 0 ) );
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    while ( c != str ) {
+		--c;
+		--g;
+		*g = ( ( c->unicode() < 0x200 ) ? glyphIndices[c->unicode()]
+		       : (c->unicode() == 0x20ac) ? euroIndex : 0 );
+		missing = ( missing || ( *g == 0 ) );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( missing ) {
+	for ( i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	    unsigned short uc = str[i].unicode();
+	    if ( glyphs[i] != 0 || (uc >= 0x200 && uc != 0x20ac) )
+		continue;
+
+	    QFontEngineLatinXLFD *that = (QFontEngineLatinXLFD *) this;
+	    that->findEngine( str[i] );
+	    glyphs[i] = (uc == 0x20ac ? euroIndex : that->glyphIndices[uc]);
+	    if ( advances )
+		advances[i] = (uc == 0x20ac ? euroAdvance : glyphAdvances[uc]);
+	}
+    }
+
+    *nglyphs = len;
+    return NoError;
+}
+
+void QFontEngineLatinXLFD::draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine,
+				 const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags )
+{
+    if ( !si->num_glyphs ) return;
+
+    glyph_t *glyphs = engine->glyphs( si );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
+    int which = glyphs[0] >> 8;
+    if (which > 0x20)
+        which = 0;
+
+    int start = 0;
+    int end, i;
+    for ( end = 0; end < si->num_glyphs; ++end ) {
+	int e = glyphs[end] >> 8;
+        if (e > 0x20)
+            e = 0;
+	if ( e == which ) continue;
+
+	// set the high byte to zero
+        if (which != 0) {
+            for ( i = start; i < end; ++i )
+                glyphs[i] = glyphs[i] & 0xff;
+        }
+
+	// draw the text
+	QScriptItem si2 = *si;
+	si2.glyph_data_offset = si->glyph_data_offset + start;
+	si2.num_glyphs = end - start;
+	_engines[which]->draw( p, x, y, engine, &si2, textFlags );
+
+	// reset the high byte for all glyphs and advance to the next sub-string
+        const int hi = which << 8;
+        for ( i = start; i < end; ++i ) {
+            glyphs[i] = hi | glyphs[i];
+            x += advances[i];
+        }
+
+	// change engine
+	start = end;
+	which = e;
+    }
+
+    // set the high byte to zero
+    if (which != 0) {
+        for ( i = start; i < end; ++i )
+            glyphs[i] = glyphs[i] & 0xff;
+    }
+    // draw the text
+    QScriptItem si2 = *si;
+    si2.glyph_data_offset = si->glyph_data_offset + start;
+    si2.num_glyphs = end - start;
+    _engines[which]->draw( p, x, y, engine, &si2, textFlags );
+
+    // reset the high byte for all glyphs
+    if (which != 0) {
+        const int hi = which << 8;
+        for ( i = start; i < end; ++i )
+            glyphs[i] = hi | glyphs[i];
+    }
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineLatinXLFD::boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs_const,
+						   const advance_t *advances,
+						   const qoffset_t *offsets,
+						   int numGlyphs )
+{
+    if ( numGlyphs <= 0 ) return glyph_metrics_t();
+
+    glyph_metrics_t overall;
+
+    glyph_t *glyphs = (glyph_t *) glyphs_const;
+    int which = glyphs[0] >> 8;
+    if (which > 0x20)
+        which = 0;
+
+    int start = 0;
+    int end, i;
+    for ( end = 0; end < numGlyphs; ++end ) {
+	int e = glyphs[end] >> 8;
+        if (e > 0x20)
+            e = 0;
+	if ( e == which ) continue;
+
+	// set the high byte to zero
+        if (which != 0) {
+            for ( i = start; i < end; ++i )
+                glyphs[i] = glyphs[i] & 0xff;
+        }
+
+	// merge the bounding box for this run
+	const glyph_metrics_t gm =
+	    _engines[which]->boundingBox( glyphs + start,
+					  advances + start,
+					  offsets + start,
+					  end - start );
+
+	overall.x = QMIN( overall.x, gm.x );
+	overall.y = QMIN( overall.y, gm.y );
+	overall.width = overall.xoff + gm.width;
+	overall.height = QMAX( overall.height + overall.y, gm.height + gm.y ) -
+			 QMIN( overall.y, gm.y );
+	overall.xoff += gm.xoff;
+	overall.yoff += gm.yoff;
+
+	// reset the high byte for all glyphs
+        if (which != 0) {
+            const int hi = which << 8;
+            for ( i = start; i < end; ++i )
+                glyphs[i] = hi | glyphs[i];
+        }
+
+	// change engine
+	start = end;
+	which = e;
+    }
+
+    // set the high byte to zero
+    if (which != 0) {
+        for ( i = start; i < end; ++i )
+            glyphs[i] = glyphs[i] & 0xff;
+    }
+
+    // merge the bounding box for this run
+    const glyph_metrics_t gm =
+	_engines[which]->boundingBox( glyphs + start,
+				      advances + start,
+				      offsets + start,
+				      end - start );
+
+    overall.x = QMIN( overall.x, gm.x );
+    overall.y = QMIN( overall.y, gm.y );
+    overall.width = overall.xoff + gm.width;
+    overall.height = QMAX( overall.height + overall.y, gm.height + gm.y ) -
+		     QMIN( overall.y, gm.y );
+    overall.xoff += gm.xoff;
+    overall.yoff += gm.yoff;
+
+    // reset the high byte for all glyphs
+    if (which != 0) {
+        const int hi = which << 8;
+        for ( i = start; i < end; ++i )
+            glyphs[i] = hi | glyphs[i];
+    }
+
+    return overall;
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineLatinXLFD::boundingBox( glyph_t glyph )
+{
+    int engine = glyph >> 8;
+    if (engine > 0x20)
+        engine = 0;
+    Q_ASSERT( engine < _count );
+    return _engines[engine]->boundingBox( engine > 0 ? glyph & 0xff : glyph );
+}
+
+int QFontEngineLatinXLFD::ascent() const
+{
+    return _engines[0]->ascent();
+}
+
+int QFontEngineLatinXLFD::descent() const
+{
+    return _engines[0]->descent();
+}
+
+int QFontEngineLatinXLFD::leading() const
+{
+    return _engines[0]->leading();
+}
+
+int QFontEngineLatinXLFD::maxCharWidth() const
+{
+    return _engines[0]->maxCharWidth();
+}
+
+int QFontEngineLatinXLFD::minLeftBearing() const
+{
+    return _engines[0]->minLeftBearing();
+}
+
+int QFontEngineLatinXLFD::minRightBearing() const
+{
+    return _engines[0]->minRightBearing();
+}
+
+const char *QFontEngineLatinXLFD::name() const
+{
+    return _engines[0]->name();
+}
+
+bool QFontEngineLatinXLFD::canRender( const QChar *string, int len )
+{
+    bool all = TRUE;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	if ( string[i].unicode() >= 0x200 ||
+	     glyphIndices[string[i].unicode()] == 0 ) {
+	    if (string[i].unicode() != 0x20ac || euroIndex == 0)
+		all = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( all )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    all = TRUE;
+    for ( i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	if ( string[i].unicode() >= 0x200 ) {
+	    if (string[i].unicode() == 0x20ac) {
+		if (euroIndex)
+		    continue;
+
+		findEngine(string[i]);
+		if (euroIndex)
+		    continue;
+	    }
+	    all = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if ( glyphIndices[string[i].unicode()] != 0 ) continue;
+
+	findEngine( string[i] );
+	if ( glyphIndices[string[i].unicode()] == 0 ) {
+	    all = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return all;
+}
+
+void QFontEngineLatinXLFD::setScale( double scale )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < _count; ++i )
+	_engines[i]->setScale( scale );
+    unsigned short chars[0x200];
+    for ( i = 0; i < 0x200; ++i )
+	chars[i] = i;
+    int glyphCount = 0x200;
+    _engines[0]->stringToCMap( (const QChar *)chars, 0x200,
+			       glyphIndices, glyphAdvances, &glyphCount, FALSE );
+}
+
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Xft cont engine
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------
+// #define FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+class Q_HackPaintDevice : public QPaintDevice
+{
+public:
+    inline Q_HackPaintDevice() : QPaintDevice( 0 ) {}
+    inline XftDraw *xftDrawHandle() const {
+	return (XftDraw *)rendhd;
+    }
+
+};
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+static inline void getGlyphInfo( XGlyphInfo *xgi, XftFont *font, int glyph )
+{
+    FT_UInt x = glyph;
+    XftGlyphExtents( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), font, &x, 1, xgi );
+}
+#else
+static inline XftFontStruct *getFontStruct( XftFont *font )
+{
+    if (font->core)
+	return 0;
+    return font->u.ft.font;
+}
+
+static inline void getGlyphInfo(XGlyphInfo *xgi, XftFont *font, int glyph)
+{
+
+    XftTextExtents32(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), font, (XftChar32 *) &glyph, 1, xgi);
+}
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+
+static inline FT_Face lockFTFace( XftFont *font )
+{
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    return XftLockFace( font );
+#else
+    if (font->core) return 0;
+    return font->u.ft.font->face;
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+}
+
+static inline void unlockFTFace( XftFont *font )
+{
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    XftUnlockFace( font );
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED( font );
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+}
+
+
+
+QFontEngineXft::QFontEngineXft( XftFont *font, XftPattern *pattern, int cmap )
+    : _font( font ), _pattern( pattern ), _openType( 0 ), _cmap( cmap )
+{
+    _face = lockFTFace( _font );
+
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+    XftFontStruct *xftfs = getFontStruct( _font );
+    if ( xftfs ) {
+	// dirty hack: we set the charmap in the Xftfreetype to -1, so
+	// XftFreetype assumes no encoding and really draws glyph
+	// indices. The FT_Face still has the Unicode encoding to we
+	// can convert from Unicode to glyph index
+	xftfs->charmap = -1;
+    }
+#else
+    _cmap = -1;
+    // Xft maps Unicode and adobe roman for us.
+    for (int i = 0; i < _face->num_charmaps; ++i) {
+        FT_CharMap cm = _face->charmaps[i];
+//          qDebug("font has charmap %x", cm->encoding);
+        if (cm->encoding == ft_encoding_adobe_custom
+            || cm->encoding == ft_encoding_symbol) {
+//              qDebug("font has adobe custom or ms symbol charmap");
+            _cmap = i;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+
+
+    cache_cost = _font->height * _font->max_advance_width *
+		 ( _face ? _face->num_glyphs : 1024 );
+
+    // if the Xft font is not antialiased, it uses bitmaps instead of
+    // 8-bit alpha maps... adjust the cache_cost to reflect this
+    Bool antialiased = TRUE;
+    if ( XftPatternGetBool( pattern, XFT_ANTIALIAS,
+			    0, &antialiased ) == XftResultMatch &&
+	 ! antialiased ) {
+	cache_cost /= 8;
+    }
+    lbearing = SHRT_MIN;
+    rbearing = SHRT_MIN;
+
+    memset( widthCache, 0, sizeof(widthCache) );
+    memset( cmapCache, 0, sizeof(cmapCache) );
+}
+
+QFontEngineXft::~QFontEngineXft()
+{
+    delete _openType;
+    unlockFTFace( _font );
+
+    XftFontClose( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),_font );
+    XftPatternDestroy( _pattern );
+    _font = 0;
+    _pattern = 0;
+    TransformedFont *trf = transformed_fonts;
+    while ( trf ) {
+	XftFontClose( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), trf->xft_font );
+	TransformedFont *tmp = trf;
+	trf = trf->next;
+	delete tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+static glyph_t getAdobeCharIndex(XftFont *font, int cmap, uint ucs4)
+{
+    FT_Face _face = XftLockFace( font );
+    FT_Set_Charmap(_face, _face->charmaps[cmap]);
+    glyph_t g = FT_Get_Char_Index(_face, ucs4);
+    XftUnlockFace(font);
+    return g;
+}
+#endif
+
+QFontEngine::Error QFontEngineXft::stringToCMap( const QChar *str, int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances, int *nglyphs, bool mirrored ) const
+{
+    if ( *nglyphs < len ) {
+	*nglyphs = len;
+	return OutOfMemory;
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    if (_cmap != -1) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	    unsigned short uc = str[i].unicode();
+            if (mirrored)
+                uc = ::mirroredChar(str[i]).unicode();
+	    glyphs[i] = uc < cmapCacheSize ? cmapCache[uc] : 0;
+	    if ( !glyphs[i] ) {
+		glyph_t glyph = XftCharIndex(0, _font, uc);
+                if (!glyph)
+                    glyph = getAdobeCharIndex(_font, _cmap, uc);
+		glyphs[i] = glyph;
+		if ( uc < cmapCacheSize )
+		    ((QFontEngineXft *)this)->cmapCache[uc] = glyph;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if ( mirrored ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	    unsigned short uc = ::mirroredChar(str[i]).unicode();
+	    glyphs[i] = uc < cmapCacheSize ? cmapCache[uc] : 0;
+	    if ( !glyphs[i] ) {
+		if (uc == 0xa0)
+		    uc = 0x20;
+		glyph_t glyph = XftCharIndex(0, _font, uc);
+		glyphs[i] = glyph;
+		if ( uc < cmapCacheSize )
+		    ((QFontEngineXft *)this)->cmapCache[uc] = glyph;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	    unsigned short uc = str[i].unicode();
+	    glyphs[i] = uc < cmapCacheSize ? cmapCache[uc] : 0;
+	    if ( !glyphs[i] ) {
+		if (uc == 0xa0)
+		    uc = 0x20;
+		glyph_t glyph = XftCharIndex(0, _font, uc);
+		glyphs[i] = glyph;
+		if ( uc < cmapCacheSize )
+		    ((QFontEngineXft *)this)->cmapCache[uc] = glyph;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( advances ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	    FT_UInt glyph = *(glyphs + i);
+	    advances[i] = (glyph < widthCacheSize) ? widthCache[glyph] : 0;
+	    if ( !advances[i] ) {
+		XGlyphInfo gi;
+		XftGlyphExtents( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), _font, &glyph, 1, &gi );
+		advances[i] = gi.xOff;
+		if ( glyph < widthCacheSize && gi.xOff > 0 && gi.xOff < 0x100 )
+		    ((QFontEngineXft *)this)->widthCache[glyph] = gi.xOff;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+		advances[i] = qRound(advances[i]*_scale);
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    if ( !_face ) {
+	if ( mirrored ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+		glyphs[i] = ::mirroredChar(str[i]).unicode();
+	} else {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+		glyphs[i] = str[i].unicode();
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( _cmap == 1 ) {
+	    // symbol font
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+		unsigned short uc = str[i].unicode();
+		glyphs[i] = uc < cmapCacheSize ? cmapCache[uc] : 0;
+		if ( !glyphs[i] ) {
+		    glyph_t glyph = FT_Get_Char_Index( _face, uc );
+		    if(!glyph && uc < 0x100)
+			glyph = FT_Get_Char_Index( _face, uc+0xf000 );
+		    glyphs[i] = glyph;
+		    if ( uc < cmapCacheSize )
+			((QFontEngineXft *)this)->cmapCache[uc] = glyph;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if ( mirrored ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+		unsigned short uc = ::mirroredChar(str[i]).unicode();
+		glyphs[i] = uc < cmapCacheSize ? cmapCache[uc] : 0;
+		if ( !glyphs[i] ) {
+		    glyph_t glyph = FT_Get_Char_Index( _face, uc );
+		    glyphs[i] = glyph;
+		    if ( uc < cmapCacheSize )
+			((QFontEngineXft *)this)->cmapCache[uc] = glyph;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+		unsigned short uc = str[i].unicode();
+		glyphs[i] = uc < cmapCacheSize ? cmapCache[uc] : 0;
+		if ( !glyphs[i] ) {
+		    glyph_t glyph = FT_Get_Char_Index( _face, uc );
+		    glyphs[i] = glyph;
+		    if ( uc < cmapCacheSize )
+			((QFontEngineXft *)this)->cmapCache[uc] = glyph;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( advances ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	    XftChar16 glyph = *(glyphs + i);
+	    advances[i] = (glyph < widthCacheSize) ? widthCache[glyph] : 0;
+	    if ( !advances[i] ) {
+		XGlyphInfo gi;
+		XftTextExtents16(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), _font, &glyph, 1, &gi);
+		advances[i] = gi.xOff;
+		if ( glyph < widthCacheSize && gi.xOff > 0 && gi.xOff < 0x100 )
+		    ((QFontEngineXft *)this)->widthCache[glyph] = gi.xOff;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+		advances[i] = qRound(advances[i]*_scale);
+	}
+    }
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+
+    *nglyphs = len;
+    return NoError;
+}
+
+
+void QFontEngineXft::recalcAdvances( int len, glyph_t *glyphs, advance_t *advances )
+{
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	FT_UInt glyph = *(glyphs + i);
+	advances[i] = (glyph < widthCacheSize) ? widthCache[glyph] : 0;
+	if ( !advances[i] ) {
+	    XGlyphInfo gi;
+	    XftGlyphExtents( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), _font, &glyph, 1, &gi );
+	    advances[i] = gi.xOff;
+	    if ( glyph < widthCacheSize && gi.xOff > 0 && gi.xOff < 0x100 )
+		((QFontEngineXft *)this)->widthCache[glyph] = gi.xOff;
+	}
+	if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+		advances[i] = qRound(advances[i]*_scale);
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	XftChar16 glyph = *(glyphs + i);
+	advances[i] = (glyph < widthCacheSize) ? widthCache[glyph] : 0;
+	if ( !advances[i] ) {
+	    XGlyphInfo gi;
+	    XftTextExtents16(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), _font, &glyph, 1, &gi);
+	    advances[i] = gi.xOff;
+	    if ( glyph < widthCacheSize && gi.xOff > 0 && gi.xOff < 0x100 )
+		((QFontEngineXft *)this)->widthCache[glyph] = gi.xOff;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	    advances[i] = qRound(advances[i]*_scale);
+    }
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+}
+
+//#define FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+void QFontEngineXft::draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QTextEngine *engine, const QScriptItem *si, int textFlags )
+{
+    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
+	return;
+
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+
+    int xorig = x;
+    int yorig = y;
+
+    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes = engine->glyphAttributes( si );
+
+    XftFont *fnt = _font;
+    bool transform = FALSE;
+    if ( p->txop >= QPainter::TxScale || p->rop != Qt::CopyROP || _scale < 0.9999 || _scale > 1.001) {
+        bool can_scale = (_face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE) && p->rop == Qt::CopyROP;
+        double size = (p->m11()*p->m22() - p->m12()*p->m21())*_scale*_scale*fontDef.pixelSize*fontDef.pixelSize;
+        if (size > 256*256 || _scale < .9999 || _scale > 1.001)
+            can_scale = FALSE;
+	if (!can_scale) {
+	    // font doesn't support transformations, need to do it by hand
+            float tmp = _scale;
+            _scale = 1.;
+            drawScaled(x, y, engine, si, textFlags, dpy, p->gc, p->device(), this, p->xmat, tmp);
+            _scale = tmp;
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	XftMatrix *mat = 0;
+	XftPatternGetMatrix( _pattern, XFT_MATRIX, 0, &mat );
+	XftMatrix m2;
+	m2.xx = p->m11()*_scale;
+	m2.xy = -p->m21()*_scale;
+	m2.yx = -p->m12()*_scale;
+	m2.yy = p->m22()*_scale;
+
+	// check if we have it cached
+	TransformedFont *trf = transformed_fonts;
+	TransformedFont *prev = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+	while ( trf ) {
+	    if ( trf->xx == (float)m2.xx &&
+		 trf->xy == (float)m2.xy &&
+		 trf->yx == (float)m2.yx &&
+		 trf->yy == (float)m2.yy )
+		break;
+	    TransformedFont *tmp = trf;
+	    trf = trf->next;
+	    if (i > 10) {
+		XftFontClose( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), tmp->xft_font );
+		delete tmp;
+		prev->next = trf;
+	    } else {
+		prev = tmp;
+	    }
+	    ++i;
+	}
+	if ( trf ) {
+	    if ( prev ) {
+		// move to beginning of list
+		prev->next = trf->next;
+		trf->next = transformed_fonts;
+		transformed_fonts = trf;
+	    }
+	    fnt = trf->xft_font;
+	} else {
+	    if ( mat )
+		XftMatrixMultiply( &m2, &m2, mat );
+
+            XftPattern *pattern = XftPatternDuplicate( _pattern );
+	    XftPatternDel( pattern, XFT_MATRIX );
+	    XftPatternAddMatrix( pattern, XFT_MATRIX, &m2 );
+
+	    fnt = XftFontOpenPattern( dpy, pattern );
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+	    XftFontStruct *xftfs = getFontStruct( fnt );
+	    if ( xftfs ) {
+		// dirty hack: we set the charmap in the Xftfreetype to -1, so
+		// XftFreetype assumes no encoding and really draws glyph
+		// indices. The FT_Face still has the Unicode encoding to we
+		// can convert from Unicode to glyph index
+		xftfs->charmap = -1;
+	    }
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+	    TransformedFont *trf = new TransformedFont;
+	    trf->xx = (float)m2.xx;
+	    trf->xy = (float)m2.xy;
+	    trf->yx = (float)m2.yx;
+	    trf->yy = (float)m2.yy;
+	    trf->xft_font = fnt;
+	    trf->next = transformed_fonts;
+	    transformed_fonts = trf;
+	}
+	transform = TRUE;
+    } else if ( p->txop == QPainter::TxTranslate ) {
+	p->map( x, y, &x, &y );
+    }
+
+    glyph_t *glyphs = engine->glyphs( si );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
+    qoffset_t *offsets = engine->offsets( si );
+
+    const QColor &pen = p->cpen.color();
+    XftDraw *draw = ((Q_HackPaintDevice *)p->pdev)->xftDrawHandle();
+
+    XftColor col;
+    col.color.red = pen.red () | pen.red() << 8;
+    col.color.green = pen.green () | pen.green() << 8;
+    col.color.blue = pen.blue () | pen.blue() << 8;
+    col.color.alpha = 0xffff;
+    col.pixel = pen.pixel();
+#ifdef FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+    qDebug("===== drawing %d glyphs reverse=%s ======", si->num_glyphs, si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2?"TRUE":"FALSE" );
+    p->save();
+    p->setBrush( Qt::white );
+    glyph_metrics_t ci = boundingBox( glyphs, advances, offsets, si->num_glyphs );
+    p->drawRect( x + ci.x, y + ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    p->drawRect( x + ci.x, y + 100 + ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    qDebug("bounding rect=%d %d (%d/%d)", ci.x, ci.y, ci.width, ci.height );
+    p->restore();
+    int yp = y;
+    int xp = x;
+#endif
+
+    if ( textFlags != 0 )
+	drawLines( p, this, yorig, xorig, si->width, textFlags );
+
+
+    if ( si->isSpace )
+	return;
+
+    if ( transform || si->hasPositioning ) {
+	if ( si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	    int i = si->num_glyphs;
+	    while( i-- ) {
+		int xp = x + offsets[i].x;
+		int yp = y + offsets[i].y;
+		if ( transform )
+		    p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+		FT_UInt glyph = *(glyphs + i);
+		if (!glyphAttributes[i].zeroWidth && xp < SHRT_MAX && xp > SHRT_MIN)
+		    XftDrawGlyphs( draw, &col, fnt, xp, yp, &glyph, 1 );
+#else
+		if (!glyphAttributes[i].zeroWidth && xp < SHRT_MAX && xp > SHRT_MIN)
+		    XftDrawString16( draw, &col, fnt, xp, yp, (XftChar16 *) (glyphs+i), 1);
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+#ifdef FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+		glyph_metrics_t gi = boundingBox( glyphs[i] );
+		p->drawRect( x+offsets[i].x+gi.x, y+offsets[i].y+100+gi.y, gi.width, gi.height );
+		p->drawLine( x+offsets[i].x, y + 150 + 5*i , x+offsets[i].x+advances[i], y + 150 + 5*i );
+		p->drawLine( x+offsets[i].x, y + 152 + 5*i , x+offsets[i].x+gi.xoff, y + 152 + 5*i );
+		qDebug("bounding ci[%d]=%d %d (%d/%d) / %d %d   offs=(%d/%d) advance=%d", i, gi.x, gi.y, gi.width, gi.height,
+		       gi.xoff, gi.yoff, offsets[i].x, offsets[i].y, advances[i]);
+#endif
+		x += advances[i];
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    int i = 0;
+	    while ( i < si->num_glyphs ) {
+		int xp = x + offsets[i].x;
+		int yp = y + offsets[i].y;
+		if ( transform )
+		    p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+		FT_UInt glyph = *(glyphs + i);
+		if (!glyphAttributes[i].zeroWidth && xp < SHRT_MAX && xp > SHRT_MIN)
+		    XftDrawGlyphs( draw, &col, fnt, xp, yp, &glyph, 1 );
+#else
+		if (!glyphAttributes[i].zeroWidth && xp < SHRT_MAX && xp > SHRT_MIN)
+		    XftDrawString16( draw, &col, fnt, xp, yp, (XftChar16 *) (glyphs+i), 1 );
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+		// 	    qDebug("advance = %d/%d", adv.x, adv.y );
+		x += advances[i];
+		i++;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	// Xft has real trouble drawing the glyphs on their own.
+	// Drawing them as one string increases performance significantly.
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+	// #### we should use a different method anyways on Xft2
+	FT_UInt g[64];
+	int gl = 0;
+	while (gl < si->num_glyphs) {
+	    int toDraw = QMIN(64, si->num_glyphs-gl);
+	    int adv = 0;
+	    if ( si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+		for ( int i = 0; i < toDraw; i++ ) {
+		    g[i] = glyphs[si->num_glyphs-1-(gl+i)];
+		    adv += advances[si->num_glyphs-1-(gl+i)];
+		}
+	    } else {
+		for ( int i = 0; i < toDraw; i++ ) {
+		    g[i] = glyphs[gl+i];
+		    adv += advances[gl+i];
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (x + adv < SHRT_MAX && x > SHRT_MIN)
+		XftDrawGlyphs( draw, &col, fnt, x, y, g, toDraw );
+	    gl += toDraw;
+	    x += adv;
+	}
+#else
+	XftChar16 g[64];
+	int gl = 0;
+	while (gl < si->num_glyphs) {
+	    int toDraw = QMIN(64, si->num_glyphs-gl);
+	    int adv = 0;
+	    if ( si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+		for ( int i = 0; i < toDraw; i++ ) {
+		    g[i] = glyphs[si->num_glyphs-1-(gl+i)];
+		    adv += advances[si->num_glyphs-1-(gl+i)];
+		}
+	    } else {
+		for ( int i = 0; i < toDraw; i++ ) {
+		    g[i] = glyphs[gl+i];
+		    adv += advances[gl+i];
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (x + adv < SHRT_MAX && x > SHRT_MIN)
+		XftDrawString16( draw, &col, fnt, x, y, g, toDraw );
+	    gl += toDraw;
+	    x += adv;
+	}
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+    }
+
+#ifdef FONTENGINE_DEBUG
+    if ( !si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	x = xp;
+	y = yp;
+	p->save();
+	p->setPen( Qt::red );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < si->num_glyphs; i++ ) {
+	    glyph_metrics_t ci = boundingBox( glyphs[i] );
+	    p->drawRect( x + ci.x + offsets[i].x, y + 100 + ci.y + offsets[i].y, ci.width, ci.height );
+	    qDebug("bounding ci[%d]=%d %d (%d/%d) / %d %d   offs=(%d/%d) advance=%d", i, ci.x, ci.y, ci.width, ci.height,
+		   ci.xoff, ci.yoff, offsets[i].x, offsets[i].y, advances[i]);
+	    x += advances[i];
+	}
+	p->restore();
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineXft::boundingBox( const glyph_t *glyphs, const advance_t *advances, const qoffset_t *offsets, int numGlyphs )
+{
+    XGlyphInfo xgi;
+
+    glyph_metrics_t overall;
+    int ymax = 0;
+    int xmax = 0;
+    if (_scale != 1) {
+        for (int i = 0; i < numGlyphs; i++) {
+            getGlyphInfo( &xgi, _font, glyphs[i] );
+            int x = overall.xoff + offsets[i].x - xgi.x;
+            int y = overall.yoff + offsets[i].y - xgi.y;
+            overall.x = QMIN( overall.x, x );
+            overall.y = QMIN( overall.y, y );
+            xmax = QMAX( xmax, x + xgi.width );
+            ymax = QMAX( ymax, y + xgi.height );
+            overall.xoff += qRound(advances[i]/_scale);
+        }
+	overall.x = qRound(overall.x * _scale);
+	overall.y = qRound(overall.y * _scale);
+	overall.xoff = qRound(overall.xoff * _scale);
+	overall.yoff = qRound(overall.yoff * _scale);
+	xmax = qRound(xmax * _scale);
+	ymax = qRound(ymax * _scale);
+    } else {
+        for (int i = 0; i < numGlyphs; i++) {
+            getGlyphInfo( &xgi, _font, glyphs[i] );
+            int x = overall.xoff + offsets[i].x - xgi.x;
+            int y = overall.yoff + offsets[i].y - xgi.y;
+            overall.x = QMIN( overall.x, x );
+            overall.y = QMIN( overall.y, y );
+            xmax = QMAX( xmax, x + xgi.width );
+            ymax = QMAX( ymax, y + xgi.height );
+            overall.xoff += advances[i];
+        }
+    }
+    overall.height = ymax - overall.y;
+    overall.width = xmax - overall.x;
+    return overall;
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QFontEngineXft::boundingBox( glyph_t glyph )
+{
+    XGlyphInfo xgi;
+    getGlyphInfo( &xgi, _font, glyph );
+    glyph_metrics_t gm = glyph_metrics_t( -xgi.x, -xgi.y, xgi.width, xgi.height, xgi.xOff, -xgi.yOff );
+    if ( _scale != 1. ) {
+	gm.x = qRound(gm.x * _scale);
+	gm.y = qRound(gm.y * _scale);
+	gm.height = qRound(gm.height * _scale);
+	gm.width = qRound(gm.width * _scale);
+	gm.xoff = qRound(gm.xoff * _scale);
+	gm.yoff = qRound(gm.yoff * _scale);
+    }
+    return gm;
+}
+
+
+
+int QFontEngineXft::ascent() const
+{
+    return qRound(_font->ascent*_scale);
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXft::descent() const
+{
+    return qRound((_font->descent-1)*_scale);
+}
+
+// #### use Freetype to determine this
+int QFontEngineXft::leading() const
+{
+    int l = qRound(QMIN( _font->height - (_font->ascent + _font->descent),
+			((_font->ascent + _font->descent) >> 4)*_scale ));
+    return (l > 0) ? l : 1;
+}
+
+// #### use Freetype to determine this
+int QFontEngineXft::lineThickness() const
+{
+    // ad hoc algorithm
+    int score = fontDef.weight * fontDef.pixelSize;
+    int lw = score / 700;
+
+    // looks better with thicker line for small pointsizes
+    if ( lw < 2 && score >= 1050 ) lw = 2;
+    if ( lw == 0 ) lw = 1;
+
+    return lw;
+}
+
+// #### use Freetype to determine this
+int QFontEngineXft::underlinePosition() const
+{
+    int pos = ( ( lineThickness() * 2 ) + 3 ) / 6;
+    return pos ? pos : 1;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXft::maxCharWidth() const
+{
+    return qRound(_font->max_advance_width*_scale);
+}
+
+static const ushort char_table[] = {
+	40,
+	67,
+	70,
+	75,
+	86,
+	88,
+	89,
+	91,
+	102,
+	114,
+	124,
+	127,
+	205,
+	645,
+	884,
+	922,
+	1070,
+	12386
+};
+
+static const int char_table_entries = sizeof(char_table)/sizeof(ushort);
+
+
+int QFontEngineXft::minLeftBearing() const
+{
+    if ( lbearing == SHRT_MIN )
+	minRightBearing(); // calculates both
+
+    return lbearing;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXft::minRightBearing() const
+{
+    if ( rbearing == SHRT_MIN ) {
+	QFontEngineXft *that = (QFontEngineXft *)this;
+	that->lbearing = that->rbearing = 0;
+	QChar *ch = (QChar *)char_table;
+	glyph_t glyphs[char_table_entries];
+	int ng = char_table_entries;
+	stringToCMap(ch, char_table_entries, glyphs, 0, &ng, FALSE);
+	while (--ng) {
+	    if (glyphs[ng]) {
+		glyph_metrics_t gi = that->boundingBox( glyphs[ng] );
+		if (gi.xoff) {
+		    that->lbearing = QMIN(lbearing, gi.x);
+		    that->rbearing = QMIN(rbearing, gi.xoff - gi.x - gi.width);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return rbearing;
+}
+
+int QFontEngineXft::cmap() const
+{
+    return _cmap;
+}
+
+const char *QFontEngineXft::name() const
+{
+    return "xft";
+}
+
+void QFontEngineXft::setScale( double scale )
+{
+    _scale = scale;
+}
+
+bool QFontEngineXft::canRender( const QChar *string, int len )
+{
+    bool allExist = TRUE;
+
+#ifdef QT_XFT2
+    if (_cmap != -1) {
+        for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+            if (!XftCharExists(0, _font, string[i].unicode())
+                && getAdobeCharIndex(_font, _cmap, string[i].unicode()) == 0) {
+                allExist = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+            if (!XftCharExists(0, _font, string[i].unicode())) {
+                allExist = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#else
+    glyph_t glyphs[256];
+    int nglyphs = 255;
+    glyph_t *g = glyphs;
+    if ( stringToCMap( string, len, g, 0, &nglyphs, FALSE ) == OutOfMemory ) {
+	g = (glyph_t *)malloc( nglyphs*sizeof(glyph_t) );
+	stringToCMap( string, len, g, 0, &nglyphs, FALSE );
+    }
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++ ) {
+	if ( !XftGlyphExists(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), _font, g[i]) ) {
+	    allExist = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( g != glyphs )
+	free( g );
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+
+    return allExist;
+}
+
+QOpenType *QFontEngineXft::openType() const
+{
+//     qDebug("openTypeIface requested!");
+    if ( _openType )
+	return _openType;
+
+    if ( !_face || ! FT_IS_SFNT( _face ) )
+	return 0;
+
+    QFontEngineXft *that = (QFontEngineXft *)this;
+    that->_openType = new QOpenType(that);
+    return _openType;
+}
+
+
+QFontEngine::Type QFontEngineXft::type() const
+{
+    return Xft;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+//  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Open type support
+//  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+#include "qscriptengine_p.h"
+
+//#define OT_DEBUG
+
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+static inline char *tag_to_string(FT_ULong tag)
+{
+    static char string[5];
+    string[0] = (tag >> 24)&0xff;
+    string[1] = (tag >> 16)&0xff;
+    string[2] = (tag >> 8)&0xff;
+    string[3] = tag&0xff;
+    string[4] = 0;
+    return string;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define DefaultLangSys 0xffff
+#define DefaultScript FT_MAKE_TAG('D', 'F', 'L', 'T')
+
+enum {
+    RequiresGsub = 1,
+    RequiresGpos = 2
+};
+
+struct OTScripts {
+    unsigned int tag;
+    int flags;
+};
+
+static const OTScripts ot_scripts [] = {
+// 	// European Alphabetic Scripts
+// 	Latin,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'a', 't', 'n' ), 0 },
+// 	Greek,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'r', 'e', 'k' ), 0 },
+// 	Cyrillic,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'y', 'r', 'l' ), 0 },
+// 	Armenian,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' ), 0 },
+// 	Georgian,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'e', 'o', 'r' ), 0 },
+// 	Runic,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'r', 'u', 'n', 'r' ), 0 },
+// 	Ogham,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'g', 'a', 'm' ), 0 },
+// 	SpacingModifiers,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	CombiningMarks,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+
+// 	// Middle Eastern Scripts
+// 	Hebrew,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'b', 'r' ), 1 },
+// 	Arabic,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'r', 'a', 'b' ), 1 },
+// 	Syriac,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'y', 'r', 'c' ), 1 },
+// 	Thaana,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'h', 'a', 'a' ), 1 },
+
+// 	// South and Southeast Asian Scripts
+// 	Devanagari,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'e', 'v', 'a' ), 1 },
+// 	Bengali,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'e', 'n', 'g' ), 1 },
+// 	Gurmukhi,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'u', 'r', 'u' ), 1 },
+// 	Gujarati,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'u', 'j', 'r' ), 1 },
+// 	Oriya,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'r', 'y', 'a' ), 1 },
+// 	Tamil,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'a', 'm', 'l' ), 1 },
+// 	Telugu,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'e', 'l', 'u' ), 1 },
+// 	Kannada,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'n', 'd', 'a' ), 1 },
+// 	Malayalam,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'l', 'y', 'm' ), 1 },
+// 	Sinhala,
+    // ### could not find any OT specs on this
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'i', 'n', 'h' ), 1 },
+// 	Thai,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'h', 'a', 'i' ), 1 },
+// 	Lao,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'a', 'o', ' ' ), 1 },
+// 	Tibetan,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'i', 'b', 't' ), 1 },
+// 	Myanmar,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'y', 'm', 'r' ), 1 },
+// 	Khmer,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'h', 'm', 'r' ), 1 },
+
+// 	// East Asian Scripts
+// 	Han,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'a', 'n', 'i' ), 0 },
+// 	Hiragana,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'a', 'n', 'a' ), 0 },
+// 	Katakana,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'a', 'n', 'a' ), 0 },
+// 	Hangul,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'a', 'n', 'g' ), 1 },
+// 	Bopomofo,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'o', 'p', 'o' ), 0 },
+// 	Yi,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'y', 'i', ' ', ' ' ), 0 },
+
+// 	// Additional Scripts
+// 	Ethiopic,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'e', 't', 'h', 'i' ), 0 },
+// 	Cherokee,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'h', 'e', 'r' ), 0 },
+// 	CanadianAboriginal,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'a', 'n', 's' ), 0 },
+// 	Mongolian,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'n', 'g' ), 0 },
+// 	// Symbols
+// 	CurrencySymbols,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	LetterlikeSymbols,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	NumberForms,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	MathematicalOperators,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	TechnicalSymbols,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	GeometricSymbols,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	MiscellaneousSymbols,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	EnclosedAndSquare,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+// 	Braille,
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'r', 'a', 'i' ), 0 },
+//                Unicode, should be used
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 }
+    // ### where are these?
+// 	{ FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'y', 'z', 'm' ), 0 },
+//     { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'F', 'L', 'T' ), 0 },
+    // ### Hangul Jamo
+//     { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'a', 'm', 'o' ), 0 },
+};
+
+QOpenType::QOpenType(QFontEngineXft *fe)
+    : fontEngine(fe), gdef(0), gsub(0), gpos(0), current_script(0)
+{
+    face = fe->face();
+    otl_buffer_new(face->memory, &otl_buffer);
+    tmpAttributes = 0;
+    tmpLogClusters = 0;
+
+    FT_Error error;
+    if ((error = TT_Load_GDEF_Table(face, &gdef))) {
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+        qDebug("error loading gdef table: %d", error);
+#endif
+        gdef = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ((error = TT_Load_GSUB_Table(face, &gsub, gdef))) {
+        gsub = 0;
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+        if (error != FT_Err_Table_Missing) {
+            qDebug("error loading gsub table: %d", error);
+        } else {
+            qDebug("face doesn't have a gsub table");
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    if ((error = TT_Load_GPOS_Table(face, &gpos, gdef))) {
+        gpos = 0;
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+        qDebug("error loading gpos table: %d", error);
+#endif
+    }
+
+    for (uint i = 0; i < QFont::NScripts; ++i)
+        supported_scripts[i] = checkScript(i);
+}
+
+QOpenType::~QOpenType()
+{
+    if (gpos)
+        TT_Done_GPOS_Table(gpos);
+    if (gsub)
+        TT_Done_GSUB_Table(gsub);
+    if (gdef)
+        TT_Done_GDEF_Table(gdef);
+    if (otl_buffer)
+        otl_buffer_free(otl_buffer);
+    if (tmpAttributes)
+        free(tmpAttributes);
+    if (tmpLogClusters)
+        free(tmpLogClusters);
+}
+
+bool QOpenType::checkScript(unsigned int script)
+{
+    assert(script < QFont::NScripts);
+
+    uint tag = ot_scripts[script].tag;
+    int requirements = ot_scripts[script].flags;
+
+    if (requirements & RequiresGsub) {
+        if (!gsub)
+            return FALSE;
+
+        FT_UShort script_index;
+        FT_Error error = TT_GSUB_Select_Script(gsub, tag, &script_index);
+        if (error) {
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+            qDebug("could not select script %d in GSub table: %d", (int)script, error);
+#endif
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (requirements & RequiresGpos) {
+        if (!gpos)
+            return FALSE;
+
+        FT_UShort script_index;
+        FT_Error error = TT_GPOS_Select_Script(gpos, script, &script_index);
+        if (error) {
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+            qDebug("could not select script in gpos table: %d", error);
+#endif
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+void QOpenType::selectScript(unsigned int script, const Features *features)
+{
+    if (current_script == script)
+        return;
+
+    assert(script < QFont::NScripts);
+    // find script in our list of supported scripts.
+    uint tag = ot_scripts[script].tag;
+
+    if (gsub && features) {
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+        {
+            TTO_FeatureList featurelist = gsub->FeatureList;
+            int numfeatures = featurelist.FeatureCount;
+            qDebug("gsub table has %d features", numfeatures);
+            for(int i = 0; i < numfeatures; i++) {
+                TTO_FeatureRecord *r = featurelist.FeatureRecord + i;
+                qDebug("   feature '%s'", tag_to_string(r->FeatureTag));
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+        TT_GSUB_Clear_Features(gsub);
+        FT_UShort script_index;
+        FT_Error error = TT_GSUB_Select_Script(gsub, tag, &script_index);
+        if (!error) {
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+            qDebug("script %s has script index %d", tag_to_string(script), script_index);
+#endif
+            while (features->tag) {
+                FT_UShort feature_index;
+                error = TT_GSUB_Select_Feature(gsub, features->tag, script_index, 0xffff, &feature_index);
+                if (!error) {
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+                    qDebug("  adding feature %s", tag_to_string(features->tag));
+#endif
+                    TT_GSUB_Add_Feature(gsub, feature_index, features->property);
+                }
+                ++features;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (gpos) {
+        TT_GPOS_Clear_Features(gpos);
+        FT_UShort script_index;
+        FT_Error error = TT_GPOS_Select_Script(gpos, tag, &script_index);
+        if (!error) {
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+            {
+                TTO_FeatureList featurelist = gpos->FeatureList;
+                int numfeatures = featurelist.FeatureCount;
+                qDebug("gpos table has %d features", numfeatures);
+                for(int i = 0; i < numfeatures; i++) {
+                    TTO_FeatureRecord *r = featurelist.FeatureRecord + i;
+                    FT_UShort feature_index;
+                    TT_GPOS_Select_Feature(gpos, r->FeatureTag, script_index, 0xffff, &feature_index);
+                    qDebug("   feature '%s'", tag_to_string(r->FeatureTag));
+                }
+            }
+#endif
+            FT_ULong *feature_tag_list;
+            error = TT_GPOS_Query_Features(gpos, script_index, 0xffff, &feature_tag_list);
+            if (!error) {
+                while (*feature_tag_list) {
+                    FT_UShort feature_index;
+                    error = TT_GPOS_Select_Feature(gpos, *feature_tag_list, script_index, 0xffff, &feature_index);
+                    if (!error)
+                        TT_GPOS_Add_Feature(gpos, feature_index, PositioningProperties);
+                    ++feature_tag_list;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    current_script = script;
+}
+
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+static void dump_string(OTL_Buffer buffer)
+{
+    for (uint i = 0; i < buffer->in_length; ++i) {
+        qDebug("    %x: cluster=%d", buffer->in_string[i].gindex, buffer->in_string[i].cluster);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+extern void qt_heuristicPosition(QShaperItem *item);
+
+bool QOpenType::shape(QShaperItem *item, const unsigned int *properties)
+{
+    length = item->num_glyphs;
+
+    otl_buffer_clear(otl_buffer);
+
+    tmpAttributes = (GlyphAttributes *) realloc(tmpAttributes, length*sizeof(GlyphAttributes));
+    tmpLogClusters = (unsigned int *) realloc(tmpLogClusters, length*sizeof(unsigned int));
+    for (int i = 0; i < length; ++i) {
+        otl_buffer_add_glyph(otl_buffer, item->glyphs[i], properties ? properties[i] : 0, i);
+        tmpAttributes[i] = item->attributes[i];
+        tmpLogClusters[i] = item->log_clusters[i];
+    }
+
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+    qDebug("-----------------------------------------");
+//     qDebug("log clusters before shaping:");
+//     for (int j = 0; j < length; j++)
+//         qDebug("    log[%d] = %d", j, item->log_clusters[j]);
+    qDebug("original glyphs: %p", item->glyphs);
+    for (int i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+        qDebug("   glyph=%4x", otl_buffer->in_string[i].gindex);
+//     dump_string(otl_buffer);
+#endif
+
+    loadFlags = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
+
+    if (gsub) {
+        uint error = TT_GSUB_Apply_String(gsub, otl_buffer);
+        if (error && error != TTO_Err_Not_Covered)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+//     qDebug("log clusters before shaping:");
+//     for (int j = 0; j < length; j++)
+//         qDebug("    log[%d] = %d", j, item->log_clusters[j]);
+    qDebug("shaped glyphs:");
+    for (int i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+        qDebug("   glyph=%4x", otl_buffer->in_string[i].gindex);
+    qDebug("-----------------------------------------");
+//     dump_string(otl_buffer);
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QOpenType::positionAndAdd(QShaperItem *item, bool doLogClusters)
+{
+    if (gpos) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+        Q_ASSERT(fontEngine->type() == QFontEngine::Xft);
+        face = lockFTFace(static_cast<QFontEngineXft *>(fontEngine)->font());
+#endif
+        memset(otl_buffer->positions, 0, otl_buffer->in_length*sizeof(OTL_PositionRec));
+        // #### check that passing "FALSE,FALSE" is correct
+        TT_GPOS_Apply_String(face, gpos, loadFlags, otl_buffer, FALSE, FALSE);
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+        unlockFTFace(static_cast<QFontEngineXft *>(fontEngine)->font());
+#endif
+    }
+
+    // make sure we have enough space to write everything back
+    if (item->num_glyphs < (int)otl_buffer->in_length) {
+        item->num_glyphs = otl_buffer->in_length;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < otl_buffer->in_length; ++i) {
+        item->glyphs[i] = otl_buffer->in_string[i].gindex;
+        item->attributes[i] = tmpAttributes[otl_buffer->in_string[i].cluster];
+        if (i && otl_buffer->in_string[i].cluster == otl_buffer->in_string[i-1].cluster)
+            item->attributes[i].clusterStart = FALSE;
+    }
+    item->num_glyphs = otl_buffer->in_length;
+
+    if (doLogClusters) {
+        // we can't do this for indic, as we pass the stuf in syllables and it's easier to do it in the shaper.
+        unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+        int clusterStart = 0;
+        int oldCi = 0;
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < otl_buffer->in_length; ++i) {
+            int ci = otl_buffer->in_string[i].cluster;
+            //         qDebug("   ci[%d] = %d mark=%d, cmb=%d, cs=%d",
+            //                i, ci, glyphAttributes[i].mark, glyphAttributes[i].combiningClass, glyphAttributes[i].clusterStart);
+            if (!item->attributes[i].mark && item->attributes[i].clusterStart && ci != oldCi) {
+                for (int j = oldCi; j < ci; j++)
+                    logClusters[j] = clusterStart;
+                clusterStart = i;
+                oldCi = ci;
+            }
+        }
+        for (int j = oldCi; j < length; j++)
+            logClusters[j] = clusterStart;
+    }
+
+    // calulate the advances for the shaped glyphs
+//     qDebug("unpositioned: ");
+    static_cast<QFontEngineXft *>(item->font)->recalcAdvances(item->num_glyphs, item->glyphs, item->advances);
+
+    // positioning code:
+    if (gpos) {
+	float scale = item->font->scale();
+        OTL_Position positions = otl_buffer->positions;
+
+//         qDebug("positioned glyphs:");
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < otl_buffer->in_length; i++) {
+//             qDebug("    %d:\t orig advance: (%d/%d)\tadv=(%d/%d)\tpos=(%d/%d)\tback=%d\tnew_advance=%d", i,
+//                    glyphs[i].advance.x.toInt(), glyphs[i].advance.y.toInt(),
+//                    (int)(positions[i].x_advance >> 6), (int)(positions[i].y_advance >> 6),
+//                    (int)(positions[i].x_pos >> 6), (int)(positions[i].y_pos >> 6),
+//                    positions[i].back, positions[i].new_advance);
+            // ###### fix the case where we have y advances. How do we handle this in Uniscribe?????
+            if (positions[i].new_advance) {
+                item->advances[i] = item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft
+                                    ? -qRound((positions[i].x_advance >> 6)*scale) 
+                                    :  qRound((positions[i].x_advance >> 6)*scale);
+            } else {
+                item->advances[i] += item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft
+                                     ? -qRound((positions[i].x_advance >> 6)*scale) 
+                                     :  qRound((positions[i].x_advance >> 6)*scale);
+            }
+	    item->offsets[i].x = qRound((positions[i].x_pos >> 6)*scale);
+	    item->offsets[i].y = -qRound((positions[i].y_pos >> 6)*scale);
+            int back = positions[i].back;
+            if (item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) {
+                while (back--) {
+                    item->offsets[i].x -= item->advances[i-back];
+                }
+            } else {
+                while (back) {
+                    item->offsets[i].x -= item->advances[i-back];
+                    --back;
+                }
+            }
+//             qDebug("   ->\tadv=%d\tpos=(%d/%d)",
+//                    glyphs[i].advance.x.toInt(), glyphs[i].offset.x.toInt(), glyphs[i].offset.y.toInt());
+        }
+        item->has_positioning = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        qt_heuristicPosition(item);
+    }
+
+#ifdef OT_DEBUG
+//     if (doLogClusters) {
+//         qDebug("log clusters after shaping:");
+//         for (int j = 0; j < length; j++)
+//             qDebug("    log[%d] = %d", j, item->log_clusters[j]);
+//     }
+    qDebug("final glyphs:");
+    for (int i = 0; i < (int)otl_buffer->in_length; ++i)
+        qDebug("   glyph=%4x char_index=%d mark: %d cmp: %d, clusterStart: %d advance=%d offset=%d/%d",
+               item->glyphs[i], otl_buffer->in_string[i].cluster, item->attributes[i].mark,
+               item->attributes[i].combiningClass, item->attributes[i].clusterStart,
+               item->advances[i],
+               item->offsets[i].x, item->offsets[i].y);
+    qDebug("-----------------------------------------");
+#endif
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontinfo.h b/src/kernel/qfontinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e51547f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QFontInfo class
+**
+** Created : 950131
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFONTINFO_H
+#define QFONTINFO_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qfont.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QFontInfo
+{
+public:
+    QFontInfo( const QFont & );
+    QFontInfo( const QFont &, QFont::Script );
+    QFontInfo( const QFontInfo & );
+    ~QFontInfo();
+
+    QFontInfo	       &operator=( const QFontInfo & );
+
+    QString   	        family()	const;
+    int			pixelSize()	const;
+    int			pointSize()	const;
+    bool		italic()	const;
+    int			weight()	const;
+    bool		bold()		const;
+    bool		underline()	const;
+    bool                overline()      const;
+    bool		strikeOut()	const;
+    bool		fixedPitch()	const;
+    QFont::StyleHint	styleHint()	const;
+    bool		rawMode()	const;
+
+    bool		exactMatch()	const;
+
+
+private:
+    QFontInfo( const QPainter * );
+
+    QFontPrivate *d;
+    QPainter *painter;
+    int fscript;
+
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QPainter;
+};
+
+
+inline bool QFontInfo::bold() const
+{ return weight() > QFont::Normal; }
+
+
+#endif // QFONTINFO_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontmetrics.h b/src/kernel/qfontmetrics.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c86fc2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontmetrics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QFontMetrics class
+**
+** Created : 940514
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFONTMETRICS_H
+#define QFONTMETRICS_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+class QFontEngine;
+#endif
+
+class QTextCodec;
+class QTextParag;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QFontMetrics
+{
+public:
+    QFontMetrics( const QFont & );
+    QFontMetrics( const QFont &, QFont::Script );
+    QFontMetrics( const QFontMetrics & );
+    ~QFontMetrics();
+
+    QFontMetrics &operator=( const QFontMetrics & );
+
+    int		ascent()	const;
+    int		descent()	const;
+    int		height()	const;
+    int		leading()	const;
+    int		lineSpacing()	const;
+    int		minLeftBearing() const;
+    int		minRightBearing() const;
+    int		maxWidth()	const;
+
+    bool	inFont(QChar)	const;
+
+    int		leftBearing(QChar) const;
+    int		rightBearing(QChar) const;
+    int		width( const QString &, int len = -1 ) const;
+
+    int		width( QChar ) const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    int		width( char c ) const { return width( (QChar) c ); }
+#endif
+
+    int 		charWidth( const QString &str, int pos ) const;
+    QRect	boundingRect( const QString &, int len = -1 ) const;
+    QRect	boundingRect( QChar ) const;
+    QRect	boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags,
+			      const QString& str, int len=-1, int tabstops=0,
+			      int *tabarray=0, QTextParag **intern=0 ) const;
+    QSize	size( int flags,
+		      const QString& str, int len=-1, int tabstops=0,
+		      int *tabarray=0, QTextParag **intern=0 ) const;
+
+    int		underlinePos()	const;
+    int         overlinePos()   const;
+    int		strikeOutPos()	const;
+    int		lineWidth()	const;
+
+private:
+    QFontMetrics( const QPainter * );
+
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QPainter;
+    friend class QTextFormat;
+#if defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+    friend class QFontPrivate;
+#endif
+
+    QFontPrivate  *d;
+    QPainter      *painter;
+    int		   fscript;
+};
+
+
+#endif // QFONTMETRICS_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qgif.h b/src/kernel/qgif.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ce6f10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qgif.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** To enable built-in reading of GIF images in Qt, change the definition
+** below to "#define QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER 1".
+**
+** To disable built-in reading of GIF images in Qt, change the definition
+** below to "#define QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER 0".
+**
+** WARNING:
+**      A separate license from Unisys may be required to use the gif
+**      reader. See http://www.unisys.com/about__unisys/lzw/
+**      for information from Unisys
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QGIF_H
+#define QGIF_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER
+#define QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER 0
+#endif
+
+bool qt_builtin_gif_reader();
+
+#endif // QGIF_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qgplugin.cpp b/src/kernel/qgplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..710cdde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qgplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ...
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qgplugin.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+#include <private/qcom_p.h>
+
+QGPlugin::QGPlugin()
+    : _iface( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+QGPlugin::QGPlugin( QUnknownInterface *i )
+    : _iface( i )
+{
+}
+
+QGPlugin::~QGPlugin()
+{
+}
+
+QUnknownInterface* QGPlugin::iface()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _iface );
+    QUnknownInterface *i;
+    _iface->queryInterface( IID_QUnknown, &i );
+    return i;
+}
+
+void QGPlugin::setIface( QUnknownInterface *iface )
+{
+    _iface = iface;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPONENT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qgplugin.h b/src/kernel/qgplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fa4493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qgplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ...
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QGPLUGIN_H
+#define QGPLUGIN_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of a number of Qt sources files.  This header file may change from
+// version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+#ifndef Q_EXTERN_C
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define Q_EXTERN_C    extern "C"
+#else
+#define Q_EXTERN_C    extern
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+#define QT_THREADED_BUILD 1
+#define Q_PLUGIN_FLAGS_STRING "11"
+#else
+#define QT_THREADED_BUILD 0
+#define Q_PLUGIN_FLAGS_STRING "01"
+#endif
+
+// this is duplicated at Q_UCM_VERIFICATION_DATA in qcom_p.h
+// NOTE: if you change pattern, you MUST change the pattern in
+// qcomlibrary.cpp as well.  changing the pattern will break all
+// backwards compatibility as well (no old plugins will be loaded).
+#ifndef Q_PLUGIN_VERIFICATION_DATA
+#  define Q_PLUGIN_VERIFICATION_DATA \
+	static const char *qt_ucm_verification_data =			\
+            "pattern=""QT_UCM_VERIFICATION_DATA""\n"			\
+            "version="QT_VERSION_STR"\n"				\
+            "flags="Q_PLUGIN_FLAGS_STRING"\n"				\
+	    "buildkey="QT_BUILD_KEY"\0";
+#endif // Q_PLUGIN_VERIFICATION_DATA
+
+#define Q_PLUGIN_INSTANTIATE( IMPLEMENTATION )	\
+	{ \
+	    IMPLEMENTATION *i = new IMPLEMENTATION;	\
+	    return i->iface(); \
+	}
+
+#    ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+#	ifdef Q_CC_BOR
+#	    define Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN(PLUGIN) \
+	        Q_PLUGIN_VERIFICATION_DATA \
+		Q_EXTERN_C __declspec(dllexport) \
+                const char * __stdcall qt_ucm_query_verification_data() \
+                { return qt_ucm_verification_data; } \
+		Q_EXTERN_C __declspec(dllexport) QUnknownInterface* \
+                __stdcall ucm_instantiate() \
+		Q_PLUGIN_INSTANTIATE( PLUGIN )
+#	else
+#	    define Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN(PLUGIN) \
+	        Q_PLUGIN_VERIFICATION_DATA \
+		Q_EXTERN_C __declspec(dllexport) \
+                const char *qt_ucm_query_verification_data() \
+                { return qt_ucm_verification_data; } \
+		Q_EXTERN_C __declspec(dllexport) QUnknownInterface* ucm_instantiate() \
+		Q_PLUGIN_INSTANTIATE( PLUGIN )
+#	endif
+#    else
+#	define Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN(PLUGIN) \
+	    Q_PLUGIN_VERIFICATION_DATA \
+	    Q_EXTERN_C \
+            const char *qt_ucm_query_verification_data() \
+            { return qt_ucm_verification_data; } \
+	    Q_EXTERN_C QUnknownInterface* ucm_instantiate() \
+            Q_PLUGIN_INSTANTIATE( PLUGIN )
+#    endif
+
+#endif
+
+struct QUnknownInterface;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QGPlugin : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QGPlugin( QUnknownInterface *i );
+    ~QGPlugin();
+
+    QUnknownInterface* iface();
+    void setIface( QUnknownInterface *iface );
+
+private:
+    QGPlugin();
+    QUnknownInterface* _iface;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+#endif // QGPLUGIN_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qguardedptr.cpp b/src/kernel/qguardedptr.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d51e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qguardedptr.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QGuardedPtr class
+**
+** Created : 990929
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QGuardedPtr qguardedptr.h
+    \brief The QGuardedPtr class is a template class that provides guarded pointers to QObjects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+    \mainclass
+
+    A guarded pointer, \c{QGuardedPtr<X>}, behaves like a normal C++
+    pointer \c{X*}, except that it is automatically set to 0 when
+    the referenced object is destroyed (unlike normal C++ pointers,
+    which become "dangling pointers" in such cases). \c X must be a
+    subclass of QObject.
+
+    Guarded pointers are useful whenever you need to store a pointer
+    to a QObject that is owned by someone else and therefore might be
+    destroyed while you still hold a reference to it. You can safely
+    test the pointer for validity.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QGuardedPtr<QLabel> label = new QLabel( 0, "label" );
+	label->setText( "I like guarded pointers" );
+
+	delete (QLabel*) label; // simulate somebody destroying the label
+
+	if ( label)
+	    label->show();
+	else
+	    qDebug("The label has been destroyed");
+    \endcode
+
+    The program will output \c{The label has been destroyed} rather
+    than dereferencing an invalid address in \c label->show().
+
+    The functions and operators available with a QGuardedPtr are the
+    same as those available with a normal unguarded pointer, except
+    the pointer arithmetic operators (++, --, -, and +), which are
+    normally used only with arrays of objects. Use them like normal
+    pointers and you will not need to read this class documentation.
+
+    For creating guarded pointers, you can construct or assign to them
+    from an X* or from another guarded pointer of the same type. You
+    can compare them with each other using operator==() and
+    operator!=(), or test for 0 with isNull(). And you can dereference
+    them using either the \c *x or the \c x->member notation.
+
+    A guarded pointer will automatically cast to an X*, so you can
+    freely mix guarded and unguarded pointers. This means that if you
+    have a QGuardedPtr<QWidget>, you can pass it to a function that
+    requires a QWidget*. For this reason, it is of little value to
+    declare functions to take a QGuardedPtr as a parameter; just use
+    normal pointers. Use a QGuardedPtr when you are storing a pointer
+    over time.
+
+    Note again that class \e X must inherit QObject, or a compilation
+    or link error will result.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGuardedPtr::QGuardedPtr()
+
+    Constructs a 0 guarded pointer.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGuardedPtr::QGuardedPtr( T* p )
+
+    Constructs a guarded pointer that points to same object as \a p
+    points to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGuardedPtr::QGuardedPtr(const QGuardedPtr<T> &p)
+
+    Copy one guarded pointer from another. The constructed guarded
+    pointer points to the same object that \a p points to (which may
+    be 0).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGuardedPtr::~QGuardedPtr()
+
+    Destroys the guarded pointer. Just like a normal pointer,
+    destroying a guarded pointer does \e not destroy the object being
+    pointed to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGuardedPtr<T>& QGuardedPtr::operator=(const QGuardedPtr<T> &p)
+
+    Assignment operator. This guarded pointer then points to the same
+    object as \a p points to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload QGuardedPtr<T> & QGuardedPtr::operator=(T* p)
+
+    Assignment operator. This guarded pointer then points to the same
+    object as \a p points to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QGuardedPtr::operator==( const QGuardedPtr<T> &p ) const
+
+    Equality operator; implements traditional pointer semantics.
+    Returns TRUE if both \a p and this guarded pointer are 0, or if
+    both \a p and this pointer point to the same object; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QGuardedPtr::operator!= ( const QGuardedPtr<T>& p ) const
+
+    Inequality operator; implements pointer semantics, the negation of
+    operator==(). Returns TRUE if \a p and this guarded pointer are
+    not pointing to the same object; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QGuardedPtr::isNull() const
+
+    Returns \c TRUE if the referenced object has been destroyed or if
+    there is no referenced object; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T* QGuardedPtr::operator->() const
+
+    Overloaded arrow operator; implements pointer semantics. Just use
+    this operator as you would with a normal C++ pointer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T& QGuardedPtr::operator*() const
+
+    Dereference operator; implements pointer semantics. Just use this
+    operator as you would with a normal C++ pointer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGuardedPtr::operator T*() const
+
+    Cast operator; implements pointer semantics. Because of this
+    function you can pass a QGuardedPtr\<X\> to a function where an X*
+    is required.
+*/
+
+
+/* Internal classes */
+
+
+QGuardedPtrPrivate::QGuardedPtrPrivate( QObject* o)
+    : QObject(0, "_ptrpriv" ), obj( o )
+{
+    if ( obj )
+	connect( obj, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), this, SLOT( objectDestroyed() ) );
+}
+
+
+QGuardedPtrPrivate::~QGuardedPtrPrivate()
+{
+}
+
+void QGuardedPtrPrivate::reconnect( QObject *o )
+{
+    if ( obj == o )
+	return;
+    if ( obj )
+	disconnect( obj, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+		    this, SLOT( objectDestroyed() ) );
+    obj = o;
+    if ( obj )
+	connect( obj, SIGNAL( destroyed() ),
+		 this, SLOT( objectDestroyed() ) );
+}
+
+void QGuardedPtrPrivate::objectDestroyed()
+{
+    obj = 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qguardedptr.h b/src/kernel/qguardedptr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b66a280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qguardedptr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QGuardedPtr class
+**
+** Created : 990929
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QGUARDEDPTR_H
+#define QGUARDEDPTR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+// ### 4.0: rename to something without Private in it. Not really internal.
+class Q_EXPORT QGuardedPtrPrivate : public QObject, public QShared
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QGuardedPtrPrivate( QObject* );
+    ~QGuardedPtrPrivate();
+
+    QObject* object() const;
+    void reconnect( QObject* );
+
+private slots:
+    void objectDestroyed();
+
+private:
+    QObject* obj;
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QGuardedPtrPrivate( const QGuardedPtrPrivate & );
+    QGuardedPtrPrivate &operator=( const QGuardedPtrPrivate & );
+#endif
+};
+
+template <class T>
+class QGuardedPtr
+{
+public:
+    QGuardedPtr() : priv( new QGuardedPtrPrivate( 0 ) ) {}
+
+    QGuardedPtr( T* o) {
+	priv = new QGuardedPtrPrivate( (QObject*)o );
+    }
+
+    QGuardedPtr(const QGuardedPtr<T> &p) {
+	priv = p.priv;
+	ref();
+    }
+
+    ~QGuardedPtr() { deref(); }
+
+    QGuardedPtr<T> &operator=(const QGuardedPtr<T> &p) {
+	if ( priv != p.priv ) {
+	    deref();
+	    priv = p.priv;
+	    ref();
+	}
+	return *this;
+    }
+
+    QGuardedPtr<T> &operator=(T* o) {
+	if ( priv && priv->count == 1 ) {
+	    priv->reconnect( (QObject*)o );
+	} else {
+	    deref();
+	    priv = new QGuardedPtrPrivate( (QObject*)o );
+	}
+	return *this;
+    }
+
+    bool operator==( const QGuardedPtr<T> &p ) const {
+	return (T*)(*this) == (T*) p;
+    }
+
+    bool operator!= ( const QGuardedPtr<T>& p ) const {
+	return !( *this == p );
+    }
+
+    bool isNull() const { return !priv || !priv->object(); }
+
+    T* operator->() const { return (T*)(priv?priv->object():0); }
+
+    T& operator*() const { return *((T*)(priv?priv->object():0)); }
+
+    operator T*() const { return (T*)(priv?priv->object():0); }
+
+private:
+
+    void ref() { if (priv) priv->ref(); }
+
+    void deref() {
+	if ( priv && priv->deref() )
+	    delete priv;
+    }
+
+    QGuardedPtrPrivate* priv;
+};
+
+
+
+
+inline QObject* QGuardedPtrPrivate::object() const
+{
+    return obj;
+}
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QGUARDEDPTR
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qiconset.cpp b/src/kernel/qiconset.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..223b0d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qiconset.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QIconSet class
+**
+** Created : 980318
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qiconset.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+
+enum { NumSizes = 2, NumModes = 3, NumStates = 2 };
+
+static QIconFactory *defaultFac = 0;
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QIconFactory> q_cleanup_icon_factory;
+
+static short widths[2] = { 22, 32 };
+static short heights[2] = { 22, 32 };
+
+enum QIconSetIconOrigin {
+    SuppliedFileName,   // 'fileName' contains the name of the file
+    SuppliedPixmap,     // 'pixmap' is a pointer to the user-supplied pixmap
+    Manufactured,       // 'pixmap' is a factory-generated pixmap (or 0)
+    Generated           // 'pixmap' is a QIconSet-generated pixmap (or 0)
+};
+
+struct QIconSetIcon
+{
+    QIconSetIconOrigin origin;
+    union {
+	QString *fileName;
+	QPixmap *pixmap;
+    };
+
+    QIconSetIcon() : origin( Generated ) { pixmap = 0; }
+    QIconSetIcon( const QIconSetIcon& other )
+	: origin( Generated ) {
+	pixmap = 0;
+	operator=( other );
+    }
+    ~QIconSetIcon() {
+	if ( origin == SuppliedFileName ) {
+	    delete fileName;
+	} else {
+	    delete pixmap;
+	}
+    }
+
+    QIconSetIcon& operator=( const QIconSetIcon& other );
+
+    void clearCached() {
+	if ( pixmap && (origin == Manufactured || origin == Generated) ) {
+	    origin = Generated;
+	    delete pixmap;
+	    pixmap = 0;
+	}
+    }
+};
+
+QIconSetIcon& QIconSetIcon::operator=( const QIconSetIcon& other )
+{
+    QPixmap *oldPixmap = 0;
+    QString *oldFileName = 0;
+    if ( origin == SuppliedFileName ) {
+	oldFileName = fileName;
+    } else {
+	oldPixmap = pixmap;
+    }
+
+    origin = other.origin;
+    if ( other.origin == SuppliedFileName ) {
+	fileName = new QString( *other.fileName );
+    } else {
+	if ( other.pixmap ) {
+	    pixmap = new QPixmap( *other.pixmap );
+	} else {
+	    pixmap = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    delete oldPixmap;
+    delete oldFileName;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+class QIconSetPrivate : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    QIconSetIcon icons[NumSizes][NumModes][NumStates];
+    QPixmap defaultPix;
+    QIconFactory *factory;
+
+    QIconSetPrivate() : factory( 0 ) { }
+    QIconSetPrivate( const QIconSetPrivate& other ) : QShared() {
+	count = 1;
+	for ( int i = 0; i < NumSizes; i++ ) {
+	    for ( int j = 0; j < NumModes; j++ ) {
+		for ( int k = 0; k < NumStates; k++ ) {
+		    icons[i][j][k] = other.icons[i][j][k];
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	defaultPix = other.defaultPix;
+	factory = other.factory;
+	if ( factory )
+	    factory->ref();
+    }
+    ~QIconSetPrivate() {
+	setFactory( 0 );
+    }
+
+    QIconSetIcon *icon( const QIconSet *iconSet, QIconSet::Size size,
+			QIconSet::Mode mode, QIconSet::State state );
+    void setFactory( QIconFactory *newFactory ) {
+	if ( newFactory )
+	    newFactory->ref();
+	if ( factory && factory->deref() && factory->autoDelete() )
+	    delete factory;
+	factory = newFactory;
+    }
+
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR( QIconSetPrivate )
+};
+
+QIconSetIcon *QIconSetPrivate::icon( const QIconSet *iconSet,
+				     QIconSet::Size size, QIconSet::Mode mode,
+				     QIconSet::State state )
+{
+    QIconSetIcon *ik = &icons[(int) size - 1][(int) mode][(int) state];
+
+    if ( iconSet ) {
+	if ( ik->origin == SuppliedFileName ) {
+	    QPixmap *newPixmap = new QPixmap( *ik->fileName );
+	    delete ik->fileName;
+
+	    if ( newPixmap->isNull() ) {
+		delete newPixmap;
+		ik->origin = Generated;
+		ik->pixmap = 0;
+	    } else {
+		ik->origin = SuppliedPixmap;
+		ik->pixmap = newPixmap;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( !ik->pixmap && ik->origin == Generated ) {
+	    QIconFactory *f = factory;
+	    if ( !f )
+		f = defaultFac;
+
+	    if ( f ) {
+		/*
+		  We set 'origin' to Manufactured half a second too
+		  early to prevent recursive calls to this function.
+		  (This can happen if createPixmap() calls
+		  QIconSet::pixmap(), which in turn calls this
+		  function.)
+		*/
+		ik->origin = Manufactured;
+		ik->pixmap = f->createPixmap( *iconSet, size, mode, state );
+		if ( !ik->pixmap )
+		    ik->origin = Generated;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return ik;
+}
+
+/*! \class QIconSet
+
+  \brief The QIconSet class provides a set of icons with different
+  styles and sizes.
+
+  \ingroup graphics
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup shared
+  \mainclass
+
+  A QIconSet can generate smaller, larger, active, and disabled pixmaps
+  from the set of icons it is given. Such pixmaps are used by
+  QToolButton, QHeader, QPopupMenu, etc. to show an icon representing a
+  particular action.
+
+  The simplest use of QIconSet is to create one from a QPixmap and then
+  use it, allowing Qt to work out all the required icon styles and
+  sizes. For example:
+
+  \code
+    QToolButton *but = new QToolButton( QIconSet( QPixmap("open.xpm") ), ... );
+  \endcode
+
+  Using whichever pixmaps you specify as a base, QIconSet provides a
+  set of six icons, each with a \l Size and a \l Mode: Small Normal,
+  Small Disabled, Small Active, Large Normal, Large Disabled, and
+  Large Active.
+
+  An additional set of six icons can be provided for widgets that have
+  an "On" or "Off" state, like checkable menu items or toggleable
+  toolbuttons. If you provide pixmaps for the "On" state, but not for
+  the "Off" state, the QIconSet will provide the "Off" pixmaps. You may
+  specify icons for both states in you wish.
+
+  You can set any of the icons using setPixmap().
+
+  When you retrieve a pixmap using pixmap(Size, Mode, State),
+  QIconSet will return the icon that has been set or previously
+  generated for that size, mode and state combination. If none is
+  available, QIconSet will ask the icon factory. If the icon factory
+  cannot provide any (the default), QIconSet generates a pixmap based
+  on the pixmaps it has been given and returns it.
+
+  The \c Disabled appearance is computed using an algorithm that
+  produces results very similar to those used in Microsoft Windows
+  95. The \c Active appearance is identical to the \c Normal
+  appearance unless you use setPixmap() to set it to something
+  special.
+
+  When scaling icons, QIconSet uses \link QImage::smoothScale()
+  smooth scaling\endlink, which can partially blend the color component
+  of pixmaps.  If the results look poor, the best solution
+  is to supply pixmaps in both large and small sizes.
+
+  You can use the static function setIconSize() to set the preferred
+  size of the generated large/small icons. The default small size is
+  22 x 22, while the default large size is 32 x 32. These sizes only
+  affect generated icons.
+
+  The isGenerated() function returns TRUE if an icon was generated by
+  QIconSet or by a factory; clearGenerated() clears all cached
+  pixmaps.
+
+  \section1 Making Classes that Use QIconSet
+
+  If you write your own widgets that have an option to set a small
+  pixmap, consider allowing a QIconSet to be set for that pixmap.  The
+  Qt class QToolButton is an example of such a widget.
+
+  Provide a method to set a QIconSet, and when you draw the icon, choose
+  whichever icon is appropriate for the current state of your widget.
+  For example:
+  \code
+    void MyWidget::drawIcon( QPainter* p, QPoint pos )
+    {
+	p->drawPixmap( pos, icons->pixmap(
+				QIconSet::Small,
+				isEnabled() ? QIconSet::Normal :
+					      QIconSet::Disabled,
+				isEnabled() ? QIconSet::On :
+					      QIconSet::Off));
+    }
+  \endcode
+
+  You might also make use of the \c Active mode, perhaps making your
+  widget \c Active when the mouse is over the widget (see \l
+  QWidget::enterEvent()), while the mouse is pressed pending the
+  release that will activate the function, or when it is the currently
+  selected item. If the widget can be toggled, the "On" mode might be
+  used to draw a different icon.
+
+  \img iconset.png QIconSet
+
+  \sa QIconFactory QPixmap QMainWindow::setUsesBigPixmaps()
+      \link guibooks.html#fowler GUI Design Handbook: Iconic Label \endlink
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \enum QIconSet::Size
+
+  This enum type describes the size at which a pixmap is intended to be
+  used.
+  The currently defined sizes are:
+
+    \value Automatic  The size of the pixmap is determined from its
+		      pixel size. This is a useful default.
+    \value Small  The pixmap is the smaller of two.
+    \value Large  The pixmap is the larger of two.
+
+  If a Small pixmap is not set by QIconSet::setPixmap(), the Large
+  pixmap will be automatically scaled down to the size of a small pixmap
+  to generate the Small pixmap when required.  Similarly, a Small pixmap
+  will be automatically scaled up to generate a Large pixmap. The
+  preferred sizes for large/small generated icons can be set using
+  setIconSize().
+
+  \sa setIconSize() iconSize() setPixmap() pixmap() QMainWindow::setUsesBigPixmaps()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum QIconSet::Mode
+
+  This enum type describes the mode for which a pixmap is intended to be
+  used.
+  The currently defined modes are:
+
+    \value Normal
+	 Display the pixmap when the user is
+	not interacting with the icon, but the
+	functionality represented by the icon is available.
+    \value Disabled
+	 Display the pixmap when the
+	functionality represented by the icon is not available.
+    \value Active
+	 Display the pixmap when the
+	functionality represented by the icon is available and
+	the user is interacting with the icon, for example, moving the
+	mouse over it or clicking it.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum QIconSet::State
+
+  This enum describes the state for which a pixmap is intended to be
+  used. The \e state can be:
+
+  \value Off  Display the pixmap when the widget is in an "off" state
+  \value On  Display the pixmap when the widget is in an "on" state
+
+  \sa setPixmap() pixmap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a null icon set.
+
+  \sa setPixmap(), reset()
+*/
+QIconSet::QIconSet()
+    : d( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  Constructs an icon set for which the Normal pixmap is \a pixmap,
+  which is assumed to be of size \a size.
+
+  The default for \a size is \c Automatic, which means that QIconSet
+  will determine whether the pixmap is Small or Large from its pixel
+  size. Pixmaps less than the width of a small generated icon are
+  considered to be Small. You can use setIconSize() to set the
+  preferred size of a generated icon.
+
+  \sa setIconSize() reset()
+*/
+QIconSet::QIconSet( const QPixmap& pixmap, Size size )
+    : d( 0 )
+{
+    reset( pixmap, size );
+}
+
+/*!  Creates an iconset which uses the pixmap \a smallPix for for
+  displaying a small icon, and the pixmap \a largePix for displaying a
+  large icon.
+*/
+QIconSet::QIconSet( const QPixmap& smallPix, const QPixmap& largePix )
+    : d( 0 )
+{
+    reset( smallPix, Small );
+    reset( largePix, Large );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a copy of \a other. This is very fast.
+*/
+QIconSet::QIconSet( const QIconSet& other )
+    : d( other.d )
+{
+    if ( d )
+	d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the icon set and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+QIconSet::~QIconSet()
+{
+    if ( d && d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets this icon set to use pixmap \a pixmap for the Normal pixmap,
+  assuming it to be of size \a size.
+
+  This is equivalent to assigning QIconSet(\a pixmap, \a size) to this
+  icon set.
+
+  This function does nothing if \a pixmap is a null pixmap.
+*/
+void QIconSet::reset( const QPixmap& pixmap, Size size )
+{
+    if ( pixmap.isNull() )
+	return;
+
+    detach();
+    normalize( size, pixmap.size() );
+    setPixmap( pixmap, size, Normal );
+    d->defaultPix = pixmap;
+    d->setFactory( 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets this icon set to provide pixmap \a pixmap for size \a size, mode \a
+  mode and state \a state. The icon set may also use \a pixmap for
+  generating other pixmaps if they are not explicitly set.
+
+  The \a size can be one of Automatic, Large or Small.  If Automatic is
+  used, QIconSet will determine if the pixmap is Small or Large from its
+  pixel size.
+
+  Pixmaps less than the width of a small generated icon are
+  considered to be Small. You can use setIconSize() to set the preferred
+  size of a generated icon.
+
+  This function does nothing if \a pixmap is a null pixmap.
+
+  \sa reset()
+*/
+void QIconSet::setPixmap( const QPixmap& pixmap, Size size, Mode mode,
+			  State state )
+{
+    if ( pixmap.isNull() )
+	return;
+
+    normalize( size, pixmap.size() );
+
+    detach();
+    clearGenerated();
+
+    QIconSetIcon *icon = d->icon( 0, size, mode, state );
+    if ( icon->origin == SuppliedFileName ) {
+	delete icon->fileName;
+	icon->pixmap = 0;
+    }
+    icon->origin = SuppliedPixmap;
+    if ( icon->pixmap == 0 ) {
+	icon->pixmap = new QPixmap( pixmap );
+    } else {
+	*icon->pixmap = pixmap;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload
+
+  The pixmap is loaded from \a fileName when it becomes necessary.
+*/
+void QIconSet::setPixmap( const QString& fileName, Size size, Mode mode,
+			  State state )
+{
+    if ( size == Automatic ) {
+	setPixmap( QPixmap(fileName), size, mode, state );
+    } else {
+	detach();
+	clearGenerated();
+
+	QIconSetIcon *icon = d->icon( 0, size, mode, state );
+	if ( icon->origin == SuppliedFileName ) {
+	    *icon->fileName = fileName;
+	} else {
+	    delete icon->pixmap;
+	    icon->fileName = new QString( fileName );
+	    icon->origin = SuppliedFileName;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a pixmap with size \a size, mode \a mode and state \a
+  state, generating one if necessary. Generated pixmaps are cached.
+*/
+QPixmap QIconSet::pixmap( Size size, Mode mode, State state ) const
+{
+    if ( !d ) {
+	if ( defaultFac ) {
+	    QIconSet *that = (QIconSet *) this;
+	    that->detach();
+	} else {
+	    return QPixmap();
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( size == Automatic )
+	size = Small;
+
+    QIconSetIcon *icon = d->icon( this, size, mode, state );
+    if ( icon->pixmap )
+	return *icon->pixmap;
+    if ( icon->origin == Manufactured ) {
+	/*
+	  This can only occur during the half a second's time when
+	  the icon is being manufactured. If QIconFactory somehow
+	  tries to access the pixmap it's supposed to be creating, it
+	  will get a null pixmap.
+	*/
+	return QPixmap();
+    }
+
+    if ( mode == Active )
+	return pixmap( size, Normal, state );
+
+    Size otherSize = ( size == Large ) ? Small : Large;
+    QIconSetIcon *otherSizeIcon = d->icon( this, otherSize, mode, state );
+
+    if ( state == Off ) {
+	if ( mode == Disabled &&
+	     d->icon(this, size, Normal, Off)->origin != Generated ) {
+	    icon->pixmap = createDisabled( size, Off );
+	} else if ( otherSizeIcon->origin != Generated ) {
+	    icon->pixmap = createScaled( size, otherSizeIcon->pixmap );
+	} else if ( mode == Disabled ) {
+	    icon->pixmap = createDisabled( size, Off );
+	} else if ( !d->defaultPix.isNull() ) {
+	    icon->pixmap = new QPixmap( d->defaultPix );
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	      No icons are available for { TRUE, Normal, Off } and
+	      { FALSE, Normal, Off }. Try the other 10 combinaisons,
+	      best ones first.
+	    */
+	    const int N = 10;
+	    static const struct {
+		bool sameSize;
+		Mode mode;
+		State state;
+	    } tryList[N] = {
+		{ TRUE, Active, Off },
+		{ TRUE, Normal, On },
+		{ TRUE, Active, On },
+		{ FALSE, Active, Off },
+		{ FALSE, Normal, On },
+		{ FALSE, Active, On },
+		{ TRUE, Disabled, Off },
+		{ TRUE, Disabled, On },
+		{ FALSE, Disabled, Off },
+		{ FALSE, Disabled, On }
+	    };
+
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < N; i++ ) {
+		bool sameSize = tryList[i].sameSize;
+		QIconSetIcon *tryIcon =
+			d->icon( this, sameSize ? size : otherSize,
+				 tryList[i].mode, tryList[i].state );
+		if ( tryIcon->origin != Generated ) {
+		    if ( sameSize ) {
+			if ( tryIcon->pixmap )
+			    icon->pixmap = new QPixmap( *tryIcon->pixmap );
+		    } else {
+			icon->pixmap = createScaled( size, tryIcon->pixmap );
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else { /* ( state == On ) */
+	if ( mode == Normal ) {
+	    if ( otherSizeIcon->origin != Generated ) {
+		icon->pixmap = createScaled( size, otherSizeIcon->pixmap );
+	    } else {
+		icon->pixmap = new QPixmap( pixmap(size, mode, Off) );
+	    }
+	} else { /* ( mode == Disabled ) */
+	    QIconSetIcon *offIcon = d->icon( this, size, mode, Off );
+	    QIconSetIcon *otherSizeOffIcon = d->icon( this, otherSize, mode,
+						      Off );
+
+	    if ( offIcon->origin != Generated ) {
+		if ( offIcon->pixmap )
+		    icon->pixmap = new QPixmap( *offIcon->pixmap );
+	    } else if ( d->icon(this, size, Normal, On)->origin != Generated ) {
+		icon->pixmap = createDisabled( size, On );
+	    } else if ( otherSizeIcon->origin != Generated ) {
+		icon->pixmap = createScaled( size, otherSizeIcon->pixmap );
+	    } else if ( otherSizeOffIcon->origin != Generated ) {
+		icon->pixmap = createScaled( size, otherSizeOffIcon->pixmap );
+	    } else {
+		icon->pixmap = createDisabled( size, On );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( icon->pixmap ) {
+	return *icon->pixmap;
+    } else {
+	return QPixmap();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+    \obsolete
+
+  This is the same as pixmap(\a size, \a enabled, \a state).
+*/
+QPixmap QIconSet::pixmap( Size size, bool enabled, State state ) const
+{
+    return pixmap( size, enabled ? Normal : Disabled, state );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload
+
+  Returns the pixmap originally provided to the constructor or to
+  reset(). This is the Normal pixmap of unspecified Size.
+
+  \sa reset()
+*/
+QPixmap QIconSet::pixmap() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return QPixmap();
+    return d->defaultPix;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if the pixmap with size \a size, mode \a mode and
+  state \a state is generated from other pixmaps; otherwise returns
+  FALSE.
+
+  A pixmap obtained from a QIconFactory is considered non-generated.
+*/
+bool QIconSet::isGenerated( Size size, Mode mode, State state ) const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return TRUE;
+    return d->icon( this, size, mode, state )->origin == Generated;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears all cached pixmaps, including those obtained from an
+    eventual QIconFactory.
+*/
+void QIconSet::clearGenerated()
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < NumSizes; i++ ) {
+	for ( int j = 0; j < NumModes; j++ ) {
+	    for ( int k = 0; k < NumStates; k++ ) {
+		d->icons[i][j][k].clearCached();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Installs \a factory as the icon factory for this iconset. The
+    icon factory is used to generates pixmaps not set by the user.
+
+    If no icon factory is installed, QIconFactory::defaultFactory()
+    is used.
+*/
+void QIconSet::installIconFactory( QIconFactory *factory )
+{
+    detach();
+    d->setFactory( factory );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if the icon set is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QIconSet::isNull() const
+{
+    return !d;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Detaches this icon set from others with which it may share data.
+
+  You will never need to call this function; other QIconSet functions
+  call it as necessary.
+*/
+void QIconSet::detach()
+{
+    if ( !d ) {
+	d = new QIconSetPrivate;
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
+	d->deref();
+	d = new QIconSetPrivate( *d );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Assigns \a other to this icon set and returns a reference to this
+  icon set.
+
+  \sa detach()
+*/
+QIconSet& QIconSet::operator=( const QIconSet& other )
+{
+    if ( other.d )
+	other.d->ref();
+
+    if ( d && d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+    d = other.d;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Set the preferred size for all small or large icons that are
+  generated after this call. If \a which is Small, sets the preferred
+  size of small generated icons to \a size. Similarly, if \a which is
+  Large, sets the preferred size of large generated icons to \a size.
+
+  Note that cached icons will not be regenerated, so it is recommended
+  that you set the preferred icon sizes before generating any icon sets.
+  Also note that the preferred icon sizes will be ignored for icon sets
+  that have been created using both small and large pixmaps.
+
+  \sa iconSize()
+*/
+void QIconSet::setIconSize( Size which, const QSize& size )
+{
+    widths[(int) which - 1] = size.width();
+    heights[(int) which - 1] = size.height();
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a which is Small, returns the preferred size of a small
+    generated icon; if \a which is Large, returns the preferred size
+    of a large generated icon.
+
+  \sa setIconSize()
+*/
+const QSize& QIconSet::iconSize( Size which )
+{
+    // ### replace 'const QSize&' with QSize in Qt 4 and simply this code
+    static QSize size;
+    size = QSize( widths[(int) which - 1], heights[(int) which - 1] );
+    return size;
+}
+
+void QIconSet::normalize( Size& which, const QSize& pixSize )
+{
+    if ( which == Automatic )
+	which = pixSize.width() > iconSize( Small ).width() ? Large : Small;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a new pixmap that is a copy of \a suppliedPix, scaled to
+    the icon size \a size.
+*/
+QPixmap *QIconSet::createScaled( Size size, const QPixmap *suppliedPix ) const
+{
+    if ( !suppliedPix || suppliedPix->isNull() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QImage img = suppliedPix->convertToImage();
+    QSize imgSize = iconSize( size );
+    if ( size == Small ) {
+	imgSize = imgSize.boundedTo( img.size() );
+    } else {
+	imgSize = imgSize.expandedTo( img.size() );
+    }
+    img = img.smoothScale( imgSize );
+
+    QPixmap *pixmap = new QPixmap( img );
+    if ( !pixmap->mask() ) {
+	QBitmap mask;
+	mask.convertFromImage( img.createHeuristicMask(),
+			       Qt::MonoOnly | Qt::ThresholdDither );
+	pixmap->setMask( mask );
+    }
+    return pixmap;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a new pixmap that has a 'disabled' look, taking as its
+    base the iconset's icon with size \a size and state \a state.
+*/
+QPixmap *QIconSet::createDisabled( Size size, State state ) const
+{
+    QPixmap normalPix = pixmap( size, Normal, state );
+    if ( normalPix.isNull() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QImage img;
+    QPixmap *pixmap = 0;
+    QBitmap normalMask;
+    if ( normalPix.mask() ) {
+	normalMask = *normalPix.mask();
+    } else {
+	img = normalPix.convertToImage();
+	normalMask.convertFromImage( img.createHeuristicMask(),
+				     Qt::MonoOnly | Qt::ThresholdDither );
+    }
+    
+    pixmap = new QPixmap( normalPix.width() + 1,
+			  normalPix.height() + 1 );
+    const QColorGroup &dis = QApplication::palette().disabled();
+    pixmap->fill( dis.background() );
+
+    QPainter painter;
+    painter.begin( pixmap );
+    painter.setPen( dis.base() );
+    painter.drawPixmap( 1, 1, normalMask );
+    painter.setPen( dis.foreground() );
+    painter.drawPixmap( 0, 0, normalMask );
+    painter.end();
+
+    if ( !normalMask.mask() )
+	normalMask.setMask( normalMask );
+
+    QBitmap mask( pixmap->size() );
+    mask.fill( Qt::color0 );
+    painter.begin( &mask );
+    painter.drawPixmap( 0, 0, normalMask );
+    painter.drawPixmap( 1, 1, normalMask );
+    painter.end();
+    pixmap->setMask( mask );
+    return pixmap;
+}
+
+/*! \class QIconFactory
+  \ingroup advanced
+  \brief The QIconFactory class is used to create pixmaps for a QIconSet.
+
+  By reimplementing createPixmap(), you can override QIconSet's
+  default algorithm for computing pixmaps not supplied by the user.
+
+  Call setAutoDelete(TRUE) if you want the factory to automatically
+  delete itself when it is no longer needed by QIconSet.
+
+  \sa QIconSet
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Constructs an icon factory.
+*/
+QIconFactory::QIconFactory()
+    : autoDel( 0 )
+{
+    count = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+QIconFactory::~QIconFactory()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  Ceates a pixmap for \a iconSet with a certain \a size, \a mode, and
+  \a state. Returns 0 if the default QIconSet algorithm should be
+  used to create a pixmap that wasn't supplied by the user.
+
+  It is the caller's responsibility to delete the returned pixmap.
+
+  The default implementation always returns 0.
+*/
+QPixmap *QIconFactory::createPixmap( const QIconSet& /* iconSet */,
+				     QIconSet::Size /* size */,
+				     QIconSet::Mode /* mode */,
+				     QIconSet::State /* state */ )
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QIconFactory::setAutoDelete( bool autoDelete )
+
+    If \a autoDelete is TRUE, sets the icon factory to automatically
+    delete itself when it is no longer referenced by any QIconSet and
+    isn't the default factory. If \a autoDelete is FALSE (the default)
+    auto-deletion is disabled.
+
+    \sa autoDelete(), defaultFactory()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QIconFactory::autoDelete() const
+
+  Returns TRUE if auto-deletion is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Returns the default icon factory.
+
+  \sa installDefaultFactory()
+*/
+QIconFactory *QIconFactory::defaultFactory()
+{
+    if ( !defaultFac ) {
+	defaultFac = new QIconFactory;
+	defaultFac->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	defaultFac->ref();
+	q_cleanup_icon_factory.set( &defaultFac );
+    }
+    return defaultFac;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Replaces the default icon factory with \a factory.
+*/
+void QIconFactory::installDefaultFactory( QIconFactory *factory )
+{
+    if ( !factory )
+	return;
+
+    factory->ref();
+    if ( defaultFac && defaultFac->deref() && defaultFac->autoDelete() )
+	delete defaultFac;
+    defaultFac = factory;
+    q_cleanup_icon_factory.set( &defaultFac );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ICONSET
diff --git a/src/kernel/qiconset.h b/src/kernel/qiconset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e02ffbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qiconset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QIconSet class
+**
+** Created : 980318
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QICONSET_H
+#define QICONSET_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+
+class QIconFactory;
+class QIconSetPrivate;
+
+// ### Remove all 'virtual' functions in QIconSet (but not QIconFactory) in Qt 4.0
+class Q_EXPORT QIconSet
+{
+public:
+    // the implementation makes assumptions about the value of these
+    enum Size { Automatic, Small, Large };
+    enum Mode { Normal, Disabled, Active };
+    enum State { On, Off };
+
+    QIconSet();
+    QIconSet( const QPixmap& pixmap, Size size = Automatic );
+    QIconSet( const QPixmap& smallPix, const QPixmap& largePix );
+    QIconSet( const QIconSet& other );
+    virtual ~QIconSet();
+
+    void reset( const QPixmap& pixmap, Size size );
+
+    virtual void setPixmap( const QPixmap& pixmap, Size size,
+			    Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off );
+    virtual void setPixmap( const QString& fileName, Size size,
+			    Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off );
+    QPixmap pixmap( Size size, Mode mode, State state = Off ) const;
+    QPixmap pixmap( Size size, bool enabled, State state = Off ) const;
+    QPixmap pixmap() const;
+    bool isGenerated( Size size, Mode mode, State state = Off ) const;
+    void clearGenerated();
+    void installIconFactory( QIconFactory *factory );
+
+    bool isNull() const;
+
+    void detach();
+
+    QIconSet& operator=( const QIconSet& other );
+
+    // static functions
+    static void setIconSize( Size which, const QSize& size );
+    static const QSize& iconSize( Size which );
+
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(QIconSet)
+#endif
+
+private:
+    void normalize( Size& which, const QSize& pixSize );
+    QPixmap *createScaled( Size size, const QPixmap *suppliedPix ) const;
+    QPixmap *createDisabled( Size size, State state ) const;
+
+    QIconSetPrivate *d;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QIconFactory : private QShared
+{
+public:
+    QIconFactory();
+    virtual ~QIconFactory();
+
+    virtual QPixmap *createPixmap( const QIconSet& iconSet, QIconSet::Size size,
+				   QIconSet::Mode mode, QIconSet::State state );
+    void setAutoDelete( bool autoDelete ) { autoDel = autoDelete; }
+    bool autoDelete() const { return autoDel; }
+
+    static QIconFactory *defaultFactory();
+    static void installDefaultFactory( QIconFactory *factory );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QIconFactory( const QIconFactory & );
+    QIconFactory &operator=( const QIconFactory & );
+#endif
+
+    friend class QIconSet;
+    friend class QIconSetPrivate;
+
+    uint autoDel : 1;
+    uint unused : 31;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ICONSET
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qimage.cpp b/src/kernel/qimage.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5a18b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qimage.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6497 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QImage and QImageIO classes
+**
+** Created : 950207
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qtextstream.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qasyncimageio.h"
+#include "qpngio.h"
+#include "qmngio.h"
+#include "qjpegio.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include <private/qpluginmanager_p.h>
+#include "qimageformatinterface_p.h"
+#include "qwmatrix.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qmime.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+#include "qgfx_qws.h"
+#endif
+
+// 16bpp images on supported on Qt/Embedded
+#if !defined( Q_WS_QWS ) && !defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT)
+#define QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QImage
+    \brief The QImage class provides a hardware-independent pixmap
+    representation with direct access to the pixel data.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup shared
+    \mainclass
+
+    It is one of the two classes Qt provides for dealing with images,
+    the other being QPixmap. QImage is designed and optimized for I/O
+    and for direct pixel access/manipulation. QPixmap is designed and
+    optimized for drawing. There are (slow) functions to convert
+    between QImage and QPixmap: QPixmap::convertToImage() and
+    QPixmap::convertFromImage().
+
+    An image has the parameters \link width() width\endlink, \link
+    height() height\endlink and \link depth() depth\endlink (bits per
+    pixel, bpp), a color table and the actual \link bits()
+    pixels\endlink. QImage supports 1-bpp, 8-bpp and 32-bpp image
+    data. 1-bpp and 8-bpp images use a color lookup table; the pixel
+    value is a color table index.
+
+    32-bpp images encode an RGB value in 24 bits and ignore the color
+    table. The most significant byte is used for the \link
+    setAlphaBuffer() alpha buffer\endlink.
+
+    An entry in the color table is an RGB triplet encoded as a \c
+    uint. Use the \link ::qRed() qRed()\endlink, \link ::qGreen()
+    qGreen()\endlink and \link ::qBlue() qBlue()\endlink functions (\c
+    qcolor.h) to access the components, and \link ::qRgb()
+    qRgb\endlink to make an RGB triplet (see the QColor class
+    documentation).
+
+    1-bpp (monochrome) images have a color table with a most two
+    colors. There are two different formats: big endian (MSB first) or
+    little endian (LSB first) bit order. To access a single bit you
+    will must do some bit shifts:
+
+    \code
+    QImage image;
+    // sets bit at (x,y) to 1
+    if ( image.bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian )
+	*(image.scanLine(y) + (x >> 3)) |= 1 << (x & 7);
+    else
+	*(image.scanLine(y) + (x >> 3)) |= 1 << (7 - (x & 7));
+    \endcode
+
+    If this looks complicated, it might be a good idea to convert the
+    1-bpp image to an 8-bpp image using convertDepth().
+
+    8-bpp images are much easier to work with than 1-bpp images
+    because they have a single byte per pixel:
+
+    \code
+    QImage image;
+    // set entry 19 in the color table to yellow
+    image.setColor( 19, qRgb(255,255,0) );
+    // set 8 bit pixel at (x,y) to value yellow (in color table)
+    *(image.scanLine(y) + x) = 19;
+    \endcode
+
+    32-bpp images ignore the color table; instead, each pixel contains
+    the RGB triplet. 24 bits contain the RGB value; the most
+    significant byte is reserved for the alpha buffer.
+
+    \code
+    QImage image;
+    // sets 32 bit pixel at (x,y) to yellow.
+    uint *p = (uint *)image.scanLine(y) + x;
+    *p = qRgb(255,255,0);
+    \endcode
+
+    On Qt/Embedded, scanlines are aligned to the pixel depth and may
+    be padded to any degree, while on all other platforms, the
+    scanlines are 32-bit aligned for all depths. The constructor
+    taking a \c{uchar*} argument always expects 32-bit aligned data.
+    On Qt/Embedded, an additional constructor allows the number of
+    bytes-per-line to be specified.
+
+    QImage supports a variety of methods for getting information about
+    the image, for example, colorTable(), allGray(), isGrayscale(),
+    bitOrder(), bytesPerLine(), depth(), dotsPerMeterX() and
+    dotsPerMeterY(), hasAlphaBuffer(), numBytes(), numColors(), and
+    width() and height().
+
+    Pixel colors are retrieved with pixel() and set with setPixel().
+
+    QImage also supports a number of functions for creating a new
+    image that is a transformed version of the original. For example,
+    copy(), convertBitOrder(), convertDepth(), createAlphaMask(),
+    createHeuristicMask(), mirror(), scale(), smoothScale(), swapRGB()
+    and xForm(). There are also functions for changing attributes of
+    an image in-place, for example, setAlphaBuffer(), setColor(),
+    setDotsPerMeterX() and setDotsPerMeterY() and setNumColors().
+
+    Images can be loaded and saved in the supported formats. Images
+    are saved to a file with save(). Images are loaded from a file
+    with load() (or in the constructor) or from an array of data with
+    loadFromData(). The lists of supported formats are available from
+    inputFormatList() and outputFormatList().
+
+    Strings of text may be added to images using setText().
+
+    The QImage class uses explicit \link shclass.html sharing\endlink,
+    similar to that used by QMemArray.
+
+    New image formats can be added as \link plugins-howto.html
+    plugins\endlink.
+
+    \sa QImageIO QPixmap \link shclass.html Shared Classes\endlink
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QImage::Endian
+
+    This enum type is used to describe the endianness of the CPU and
+    graphics hardware.
+
+    \value IgnoreEndian  Endianness does not matter. Useful for some
+			 operations that are independent of endianness.
+    \value BigEndian  Network byte order, as on SPARC and Motorola CPUs.
+    \value LittleEndian  PC/Alpha byte order.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ImageConversionFlags
+
+    The conversion flag is a bitwise-OR of the following values. The
+    options marked "(default)" are set if no other values from the
+    list are included (since the defaults are zero):
+
+    Color/Mono preference (ignored for QBitmap)
+    \value AutoColor (default) - If the image has \link
+	   QImage::depth() depth\endlink 1 and contains only
+	   black and white pixels, the pixmap becomes monochrome.
+    \value ColorOnly The pixmap is dithered/converted to the
+	   \link QPixmap::defaultDepth() native display depth\endlink.
+    \value MonoOnly The pixmap becomes monochrome. If necessary,
+	   it is dithered using the chosen dithering algorithm.
+
+    Dithering mode preference for RGB channels
+    \value DiffuseDither (default) - A high-quality dither.
+    \value OrderedDither A faster, more ordered dither.
+    \value ThresholdDither No dithering; closest color is used.
+
+    Dithering mode preference for alpha channel
+    \value ThresholdAlphaDither (default) - No dithering.
+    \value OrderedAlphaDither A faster, more ordered dither.
+    \value DiffuseAlphaDither A high-quality dither.
+    \value NoAlpha Not supported.
+
+    Color matching versus dithering preference
+    \value PreferDither (default when converting to a pixmap) - Always dither
+	   32-bit images when the image is converted to 8 bits.
+    \value AvoidDither (default when converting for the purpose of saving to
+	   file) - Dither 32-bit images only if the image has more than 256
+	   colors and it is being converted to 8 bits.
+    \value AutoDither Not supported.
+
+    The following are not values that are used directly, but masks for
+    the above classes:
+    \value ColorMode_Mask  Mask for the color mode.
+    \value Dither_Mask  Mask for the dithering mode for RGB channels.
+    \value AlphaDither_Mask  Mask for the dithering mode for the alpha channel.
+    \value DitherMode_Mask  Mask for the mode that determines the preference of
+           color matching versus dithering.
+
+    Using 0 as the conversion flag sets all the default options.
+*/
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_DEC) && defined(__alpha) && (__DECCXX_VER-0 >= 50190001)
+#pragma message disable narrowptr
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+class QImageDataMisc {
+public:
+    QImageDataMisc() { }
+    QImageDataMisc( const QImageDataMisc& o ) :
+	text_lang(o.text_lang) { }
+
+    QImageDataMisc& operator=(const QImageDataMisc& o)
+    {
+	text_lang = o.text_lang;
+	return *this;
+    }
+    QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang> list()
+    {
+	return text_lang.keys();
+    }
+
+    QStringList languages()
+    {
+	QStringList r;
+	QMap<QImageTextKeyLang,QString>::Iterator it = text_lang.begin();
+	for ( ; it != text_lang.end(); ++it ) {
+	    r.remove( it.key().lang );
+	    r.append( it.key().lang );
+	}
+	return r;
+    }
+    QStringList keys()
+    {
+	QStringList r;
+	QMap<QImageTextKeyLang,QString>::Iterator it = text_lang.begin();
+	for ( ; it != text_lang.end(); ++it ) {
+	    r.remove( it.key().key );
+	    r.append( it.key().key );
+	}
+	return r;
+    }
+
+    QMap<QImageTextKeyLang,QString> text_lang;
+};
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QImage member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// table to flip bits
+static const uchar bitflip[256] = {
+    /*
+	open OUT, "| fmt";
+	for $i (0..255) {
+	    print OUT (($i >> 7) & 0x01) | (($i >> 5) & 0x02) |
+		      (($i >> 3) & 0x04) | (($i >> 1) & 0x08) |
+		      (($i << 7) & 0x80) | (($i << 5) & 0x40) |
+		      (($i << 3) & 0x20) | (($i << 1) & 0x10), ", ";
+	}
+	close OUT;
+    */
+    0, 128, 64, 192, 32, 160, 96, 224, 16, 144, 80, 208, 48, 176, 112, 240,
+    8, 136, 72, 200, 40, 168, 104, 232, 24, 152, 88, 216, 56, 184, 120, 248,
+    4, 132, 68, 196, 36, 164, 100, 228, 20, 148, 84, 212, 52, 180, 116, 244,
+    12, 140, 76, 204, 44, 172, 108, 236, 28, 156, 92, 220, 60, 188, 124, 252,
+    2, 130, 66, 194, 34, 162, 98, 226, 18, 146, 82, 210, 50, 178, 114, 242,
+    10, 138, 74, 202, 42, 170, 106, 234, 26, 154, 90, 218, 58, 186, 122, 250,
+    6, 134, 70, 198, 38, 166, 102, 230, 22, 150, 86, 214, 54, 182, 118, 246,
+    14, 142, 78, 206, 46, 174, 110, 238, 30, 158, 94, 222, 62, 190, 126, 254,
+    1, 129, 65, 193, 33, 161, 97, 225, 17, 145, 81, 209, 49, 177, 113, 241,
+    9, 137, 73, 201, 41, 169, 105, 233, 25, 153, 89, 217, 57, 185, 121, 249,
+    5, 133, 69, 197, 37, 165, 101, 229, 21, 149, 85, 213, 53, 181, 117, 245,
+    13, 141, 77, 205, 45, 173, 109, 237, 29, 157, 93, 221, 61, 189, 125, 253,
+    3, 131, 67, 195, 35, 163, 99, 227, 19, 147, 83, 211, 51, 179, 115, 243,
+    11, 139, 75, 203, 43, 171, 107, 235, 27, 155, 91, 219, 59, 187, 123, 251,
+    7, 135, 71, 199, 39, 167, 103, 231, 23, 151, 87, 215, 55, 183, 119, 247,
+    15, 143, 79, 207, 47, 175, 111, 239, 31, 159, 95, 223, 63, 191, 127, 255
+};
+
+const uchar *qt_get_bitflip_array()			// called from QPixmap code
+{
+    return bitflip;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a null image.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+QImage::QImage()
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an image with \a w width, \a h height, \a depth bits
+    per pixel, \a numColors colors and bit order \a bitOrder.
+
+    Using this constructor is the same as first constructing a null
+    image and then calling the create() function.
+
+    \sa create()
+*/
+
+QImage::QImage( int w, int h, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )
+{
+    init();
+    create( w, h, depth, numColors, bitOrder );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an image with size \a size pixels, depth \a depth bits,
+    \a numColors and \a bitOrder endianness.
+
+    Using this constructor is the same as first constructing a null
+    image and then calling the create() function.
+
+    \sa create()
+*/
+QImage::QImage( const QSize& size, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )
+{
+    init();
+    create( size, depth, numColors, bitOrder );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+/*!
+    Constructs an image and tries to load the image from the file \a
+    fileName.
+
+    If \a format is specified, the loader attempts to read the image
+    using the specified format. If \a format is not specified (which
+    is the default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to
+    guess the file format.
+
+    If the loading of the image failed, this object is a \link
+    isNull() null\endlink image.
+
+    The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and
+    explains how to add extra formats.
+
+    \sa load() isNull() QImageIO
+*/
+
+QImage::QImage( const QString &fileName, const char* format )
+{
+    init();
+    load( fileName, format );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XPM
+// helper
+static void read_xpm_image_or_array( QImageIO *, const char * const *, QImage & );
+#endif
+/*!
+    Constructs an image from \a xpm, which must be a valid XPM image.
+
+    Errors are silently ignored.
+
+    Note that it's possible to squeeze the XPM variable a little bit
+    by using an unusual declaration:
+
+    \code
+	static const char * const start_xpm[]={
+	    "16 15 8 1",
+	    "a c #cec6bd",
+	....
+    \endcode
+
+    The extra \c const makes the entire definition read-only, which is
+    slightly more efficient (e.g. when the code is in a shared
+    library) and ROMable when the application is to be stored in ROM.
+*/
+
+QImage::QImage( const char * const xpm[] )
+{
+    init();
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XPM
+    read_xpm_image_or_array( 0, xpm, *this );
+#else
+    // We use a qFatal rather than disabling the whole function, as this
+    // constructor may be ambiguous.
+    qFatal("XPM not supported");
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an image from the binary data \a array. It tries to
+    guess the file format.
+
+    If the loading of the image failed, this object is a \link
+    isNull() null\endlink image.
+
+    \sa loadFromData() isNull() imageFormat()
+*/
+QImage::QImage( const QByteArray &array )
+{
+    init();
+    loadFromData(array);
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a \link shclass.html shallow copy\endlink of \a image.
+*/
+
+QImage::QImage( const QImage &image )
+{
+    data = image.data;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an image \a w pixels wide, \a h pixels high with a
+    color depth of \a depth, that uses an existing memory buffer, \a
+    yourdata. The buffer must remain valid throughout the life of the
+    QImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction.
+
+    If \a colortable is 0, a color table sufficient for \a numColors
+    will be allocated (and destructed later).
+
+    Note that \a yourdata must be 32-bit aligned.
+
+    The endianness is given in \a bitOrder.
+*/
+QImage::QImage( uchar* yourdata, int w, int h, int depth,
+		QRgb* colortable, int numColors,
+		Endian bitOrder )
+{
+    init();
+    int bpl = ((w*depth+31)/32)*4;	// bytes per scanline
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 || depth <= 0 || numColors < 0
+         || INT_MAX / sizeof(uchar *) < uint(h)
+         || INT_MAX / uint(depth) < uint(w)
+         || bpl <= 0
+         || INT_MAX / uint(bpl) < uint(h) )
+	return;					// invalid parameter(s)
+    data->w = w;
+    data->h = h;
+    data->d = depth;
+    data->ncols = depth != 32 ? numColors : 0;
+    if ( !yourdata )
+	return;	    // Image header info can be saved without needing to allocate memory.
+    data->nbytes = bpl*h;
+    if ( colortable || !data->ncols ) {
+	data->ctbl = colortable;
+	data->ctbl_mine = FALSE;
+    } else {
+	// calloc since we realloc, etc. later (ick)
+	data->ctbl = (QRgb*)calloc( data->ncols*sizeof(QRgb), data->ncols );
+        Q_CHECK_PTR(data->ctbl);
+	data->ctbl_mine = TRUE;
+    }
+    uchar** jt = (uchar**)malloc(h*sizeof(uchar*));
+    Q_CHECK_PTR(jt);
+    for (int j=0; j<h; j++) {
+	jt[j] = yourdata+j*bpl;
+    }
+    data->bits = jt;
+    data->bitordr = bitOrder;
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an image that uses an existing memory buffer. The
+    buffer must remain valid for the life of the QImage. The image
+    does not delete the buffer at destruction. The buffer is passed as
+    \a yourdata. The image's width is \a w and its height is \a h. The
+    color depth is \a depth. \a bpl specifies the number of bytes per
+    line.
+
+    If \a colortable is 0, a color table sufficient for \a numColors
+    will be allocated (and destructed later).
+
+    The endianness is specified by \a bitOrder.
+
+    \warning This constructor is only available on Qt/Embedded.
+*/
+QImage::QImage( uchar* yourdata, int w, int h, int depth,
+		int bpl, QRgb* colortable, int numColors,
+		Endian bitOrder )
+{
+    init();
+    if ( !yourdata || w <= 0 || h <= 0 || depth <= 0 || numColors < 0
+         || INT_MAX / sizeof(uchar *) < uint(h)
+         || INT_MAX / uint(bpl) < uint(h)
+         )
+	return;					// invalid parameter(s)
+    data->w = w;
+    data->h = h;
+    data->d = depth;
+    data->ncols = numColors;
+    data->nbytes = bpl * h;
+    if ( colortable || !numColors ) {
+	data->ctbl = colortable;
+	data->ctbl_mine = FALSE;
+    } else {
+	// calloc since we realloc, etc. later (ick)
+	data->ctbl = (QRgb*)calloc( numColors*sizeof(QRgb), numColors );
+        Q_CHECK_PTR(data->ctbl);
+	data->ctbl_mine = TRUE;
+    }
+    uchar** jt = (uchar**)malloc(h*sizeof(uchar*));
+    Q_CHECK_PTR(jt);
+    for (int j=0; j<h; j++) {
+	jt[j] = yourdata+j*bpl;
+    }
+    data->bits = jt;
+    data->bitordr = bitOrder;
+}
+#endif // Q_WS_QWS
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the image and cleans up.
+*/
+
+QImage::~QImage()
+{
+    if ( data && data->deref() ) {
+	reset();
+	delete data;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*! Convenience function. Gets the data associated with the absolute
+  name \a abs_name from the default mime source factory and decodes it
+  to an image.
+
+  \sa QMimeSourceFactory, QImage::fromMimeSource(), QImageDrag::decode()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+QImage QImage::fromMimeSource( const QString &abs_name )
+{
+    const QMimeSource *m = QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->data( abs_name );
+    if ( !m ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning("QImage::fromMimeSource: Cannot find image \"%s\" in the mime source factory", abs_name.latin1() );
+#endif
+	return QImage();
+    }
+    QImage img;
+    QImageDrag::decode( m, img );
+    return img;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns a \link shclass.html shallow copy\endlink of \a image to
+    this image and returns a reference to this image.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+QImage &QImage::operator=( const QImage &image )
+{
+    image.data->ref();				// avoid 'x = x'
+    if ( data->deref() ) {
+	reset();
+	delete data;
+    }
+    data = image.data;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the image bits to the \a pixmap contents and returns a
+    reference to the image.
+
+    If the image shares data with other images, it will first
+    dereference the shared data.
+
+    Makes a call to QPixmap::convertToImage().
+*/
+
+QImage &QImage::operator=( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    *this = pixmap.convertToImage();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Detaches from shared image data and makes sure that this image is
+    the only one referring to the data.
+
+    If multiple images share common data, this image makes a copy of
+    the data and detaches itself from the sharing mechanism.
+    Nothing is done if there is just a single reference.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+void QImage::detach()
+{
+    if ( data->count != 1 )
+	*this = copy();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the image.
+
+    \sa detach()
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::copy() const
+{
+    if ( isNull() ) {
+	// maintain the fields of invalid QImages when copied
+	return QImage( 0, width(), height(), depth(), colorTable(), numColors(), bitOrder() );
+    } else {
+	QImage image;
+	image.create( width(), height(), depth(), numColors(), bitOrder() );
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+	// Qt/Embedded can create images with non-default bpl
+	// make sure we don't crash.
+	if ( image.numBytes() != numBytes() )
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < height(); i++ )
+		memcpy( image.scanLine(i), scanLine(i), image.bytesPerLine() );
+	else
+#endif
+	    memcpy( image.bits(), bits(), numBytes() );
+	memcpy( image.colorTable(), colorTable(), numColors() * sizeof(QRgb) );
+	image.setAlphaBuffer( hasAlphaBuffer() );
+	image.data->dpmx = dotsPerMeterX();
+	image.data->dpmy = dotsPerMeterY();
+	image.data->offset = offset();
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+	if ( data->misc ) {
+	    image.data->misc = new QImageDataMisc;
+	    *image.data->misc = misc();
+	}
+#endif
+	return image;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of a sub-area of
+    the image.
+
+    The returned image is always \a w by \a h pixels in size, and is
+    copied from position \a x, \a y in this image. In areas beyond
+    this image pixels are filled with pixel 0.
+
+    If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution
+    result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a
+    conversion_flags to specify how you'd prefer this to happen.
+
+    \sa bitBlt() Qt::ImageConversionFlags
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::copy(int x, int y, int w, int h, int conversion_flags) const
+{
+    int dx = 0;
+    int dy = 0;
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) return QImage(); // Nothing to copy
+
+    QImage image( w, h, depth(), numColors(), bitOrder() );
+
+    if ( x < 0 || y < 0 || x + w > width() || y + h > height() ) {
+	// bitBlt will not cover entire image - clear it.
+	// ### should deal with each side separately for efficiency
+	image.fill(0);
+	if ( x < 0 ) {
+	    dx = -x;
+	    x = 0;
+	}
+	if ( y < 0 ) {
+	    dy = -y;
+	    y = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    bool has_alpha = hasAlphaBuffer();
+    if ( has_alpha ) {
+	// alpha channel should be only copied, not used by bitBlt(), and
+	// this is mutable, we will restore the image state before returning
+	QImage *that = (QImage *) this;
+	that->setAlphaBuffer( FALSE );
+    }
+    memcpy( image.colorTable(), colorTable(), numColors()*sizeof(QRgb) );
+    bitBlt( &image, dx, dy, this, x, y, -1, -1, conversion_flags );
+    if ( has_alpha ) {
+	// restore image state
+	QImage *that = (QImage *) this;
+	that->setAlphaBuffer( TRUE );
+    }
+    image.setAlphaBuffer(hasAlphaBuffer());
+    image.data->dpmx = dotsPerMeterX();
+    image.data->dpmy = dotsPerMeterY();
+    image.data->offset = offset();
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    if ( data->misc ) {
+        image.data->misc = new QImageDataMisc;
+        *image.data->misc = misc();
+    }
+#endif
+    return image;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload QImage QImage::copy(const QRect& r) const
+
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of a sub-area of
+    the image.
+
+    The returned image always has the size of the rectangle \a r. In
+    areas beyond this image pixels are filled with pixel 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QImage::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if it is a null image; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    A null image has all parameters set to zero and no allocated data.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::width() const
+
+    Returns the width of the image.
+
+    \sa height() size() rect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::height() const
+
+    Returns the height of the image.
+
+    \sa width() size() rect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QImage::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the image, i.e. its width and height.
+
+    \sa width() height() rect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QImage::rect() const
+
+    Returns the enclosing rectangle (0, 0, width(), height()) of the
+    image.
+
+    \sa width() height() size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::depth() const
+
+    Returns the depth of the image.
+
+    The image depth is the number of bits used to encode a single
+    pixel, also called bits per pixel (bpp) or bit planes of an image.
+
+    The supported depths are 1, 8, 16 (Qt/Embedded only) and 32.
+
+    \sa convertDepth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::numColors() const
+
+    Returns the size of the color table for the image.
+
+    Notice that numColors() returns 0 for 16-bpp (Qt/Embedded only)
+    and 32-bpp images because these images do not use color tables,
+    but instead encode pixel values as RGB triplets.
+
+    \sa setNumColors() colorTable()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QImage::Endian QImage::bitOrder() const
+
+    Returns the bit order for the image.
+
+    If it is a 1-bpp image, this function returns either
+    QImage::BigEndian or QImage::LittleEndian.
+
+    If it is not a 1-bpp image, this function returns
+    QImage::IgnoreEndian.
+
+    \sa depth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uchar **QImage::jumpTable() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the scanline pointer table.
+
+    This is the beginning of the data block for the image.
+
+    \sa bits() scanLine()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRgb *QImage::colorTable() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the color table.
+
+    \sa numColors()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::numBytes() const
+
+    Returns the number of bytes occupied by the image data.
+
+    \sa bytesPerLine() bits()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::bytesPerLine() const
+
+    Returns the number of bytes per image scanline. This is equivalent
+    to numBytes()/height().
+
+    \sa numBytes() scanLine()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRgb QImage::color( int i ) const
+
+    Returns the color in the color table at index \a i. The first
+    color is at index 0.
+
+    A color value is an RGB triplet. Use the \link ::qRed()
+    qRed()\endlink, \link ::qGreen() qGreen()\endlink and \link
+    ::qBlue() qBlue()\endlink functions (defined in \c qcolor.h) to
+    get the color value components.
+
+    \sa setColor() numColors() QColor
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QImage::setColor( int i, QRgb c )
+
+    Sets a color in the color table at index \a i to \a c.
+
+    A color value is an RGB triplet. Use the \link ::qRgb()
+    qRgb()\endlink function (defined in \c qcolor.h) to make RGB
+    triplets.
+
+    \sa color() setNumColors() numColors()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uchar *QImage::scanLine( int i ) const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the pixel data at the scanline with index \a
+    i. The first scanline is at index 0.
+
+    The scanline data is aligned on a 32-bit boundary.
+
+    \warning If you are accessing 32-bpp image data, cast the returned
+    pointer to \c{QRgb*} (QRgb has a 32-bit size) and use it to
+    read/write the pixel value. You cannot use the \c{uchar*} pointer
+    directly, because the pixel format depends on the byte order on
+    the underlying platform. Hint: use \link ::qRed() qRed()\endlink,
+    \link ::qGreen() qGreen()\endlink and \link ::qBlue()
+    qBlue()\endlink, etc. (qcolor.h) to access the pixels.
+
+    \warning If you are accessing 16-bpp image data, you must handle
+    endianness yourself. (Qt/Embedded only)
+
+    \sa bytesPerLine() bits() jumpTable()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uchar *QImage::bits() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the first pixel data. This is equivalent to
+    scanLine(0).
+
+    \sa numBytes() scanLine() jumpTable()
+*/
+
+
+
+void QImage::warningIndexRange( const char *func, int i )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    qWarning( "QImage::%s: Index %d out of range", func, i );
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED( func )
+    Q_UNUSED( i )
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Resets all image parameters and deallocates the image data.
+*/
+
+void QImage::reset()
+{
+    freeBits();
+    setNumColors( 0 );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    delete data->misc;
+#endif
+    reinit();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Fills the entire image with the pixel value \a pixel.
+
+    If the \link depth() depth\endlink of this image is 1, only the
+    lowest bit is used. If you say fill(0), fill(2), etc., the image
+    is filled with 0s. If you say fill(1), fill(3), etc., the image is
+    filled with 1s. If the depth is 8, the lowest 8 bits are used.
+
+    If the depth is 32 and the image has no alpha buffer, the \a pixel
+    value is written to each pixel in the image. If the image has an
+    alpha buffer, only the 24 RGB bits are set and the upper 8 bits
+    (alpha value) are left unchanged.
+
+    Note: QImage::pixel() returns the color of the pixel at the given
+    coordinates; QColor::pixel() returns the pixel value of the
+    underlying window system (essentially an index value), so normally
+    you will want to use QImage::pixel() to use a color from an
+    existing image or QColor::rgb() to use a specific color.
+
+    \sa invertPixels() depth() hasAlphaBuffer() create()
+*/
+
+void QImage::fill( uint pixel )
+{
+    if ( depth() == 1 || depth() == 8 ) {
+	if ( depth() == 1 ) {
+	    if ( pixel & 1 )
+		pixel = 0xffffffff;
+	    else
+		pixel = 0;
+	} else {
+	    uint c = pixel & 0xff;
+	    pixel = c | ((c << 8) & 0xff00) | ((c << 16) & 0xff0000) |
+		    ((c << 24) & 0xff000000);
+	}
+	int bpl = bytesPerLine();
+	for ( int i=0; i<height(); i++ )
+	    memset( scanLine(i), pixel, bpl );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    } else if ( depth() == 16 ) {
+	for ( int i=0; i<height(); i++ ) {
+	    //optimize with 32-bit writes, since image is always aligned
+	    uint *p = (uint *)scanLine(i);
+	    uint *end = (uint*)(((ushort*)p) + width());
+	    uint fill;
+	    ushort *f = (ushort*)&fill;
+	    f[0]=pixel;
+	    f[1]=pixel;
+	    while ( p < end )
+		*p++ = fill;
+	}
+#endif	// QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    } else if ( depth() == 32 ) {
+	if ( hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	    pixel &= 0x00ffffff;
+	    for ( int i=0; i<height(); i++ ) {
+		uint *p = (uint *)scanLine(i);
+		uint *end = p + width();
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    *p = (*p & 0xff000000) | pixel;
+		    p++;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    for ( int i=0; i<height(); i++ ) {
+		uint *p = (uint *)scanLine(i);
+		uint *end = p + width();
+		while ( p < end )
+		    *p++ = pixel;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Inverts all pixel values in the image.
+
+    If the depth is 32: if \a invertAlpha is TRUE, the alpha bits are
+    also inverted, otherwise they are left unchanged.
+
+    If the depth is not 32, the argument \a invertAlpha has no
+    meaning.
+
+    Note that inverting an 8-bit image means to replace all pixels
+    using color index \e i with a pixel using color index 255 minus \e
+    i. Similarly for a 1-bit image. The color table is not changed.
+
+    \sa fill() depth() hasAlphaBuffer()
+*/
+
+void QImage::invertPixels( bool invertAlpha )
+{
+    Q_UINT32 n = numBytes();
+    if ( n % 4 ) {
+	Q_UINT8 *p = (Q_UINT8*)bits();
+	Q_UINT8 *end = p + n;
+	while ( p < end )
+	    *p++ ^= 0xff;
+    } else {
+	Q_UINT32 *p = (Q_UINT32*)bits();
+	Q_UINT32 *end = p + n/4;
+	uint xorbits = invertAlpha && depth() == 32 ? 0x00ffffff : 0xffffffff;
+	while ( p < end )
+	    *p++ ^= xorbits;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Determines the host computer byte order. Returns
+    QImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or QImage::BigEndian (MSB first).
+
+    \sa systemBitOrder()
+*/
+
+QImage::Endian QImage::systemByteOrder()
+{
+    static Endian sbo = IgnoreEndian;
+    if ( sbo == IgnoreEndian ) {		// initialize
+	int  ws;
+	bool be;
+	qSysInfo( &ws, &be );
+	sbo = be ? BigEndian : LittleEndian;
+    }
+    return sbo;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>				// needed for systemBitOrder
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+#undef open
+#undef close
+#undef read
+#undef write
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
+#if defined(truncate)
+# undef truncate
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Determines the bit order of the display hardware. Returns
+    QImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or QImage::BigEndian (MSB first).
+
+    \sa systemByteOrder()
+*/
+
+QImage::Endian QImage::systemBitOrder()
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    return BitmapBitOrder(qt_xdisplay()) == MSBFirst ? BigEndian :LittleEndian;
+#else
+    return BigEndian;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Resizes the color table to \a numColors colors.
+
+    If the color table is expanded all the extra colors will be set to
+    black (RGB 0,0,0).
+
+    \sa numColors() color() setColor() colorTable()
+*/
+
+void QImage::setNumColors( int numColors )
+{
+    if ( numColors == data->ncols )
+	return;
+    if ( numColors == 0 ) {			// use no color table
+	if ( data->ctbl ) {
+	    if ( data->ctbl_mine )
+		free( data->ctbl );
+	    else
+		data->ctbl_mine = TRUE;
+	    data->ctbl = 0;
+	}
+	data->ncols = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( data->ctbl && data->ctbl_mine ) {	// already has color table
+	data->ctbl = (QRgb*)realloc( data->ctbl, numColors*sizeof(QRgb) );
+	if ( data->ctbl && numColors > data->ncols )
+	    memset( (char *)&data->ctbl[data->ncols], 0,
+		    (numColors-data->ncols)*sizeof(QRgb) );
+    } else {					// create new color table
+	data->ctbl = (QRgb*)calloc( numColors*sizeof(QRgb), 1 );
+        Q_CHECK_PTR(data->ctbl);
+	data->ctbl_mine = TRUE;
+    }
+    data->ncols = data->ctbl == 0 ? 0 : numColors;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QImage::hasAlphaBuffer() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if alpha buffer mode is enabled; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setAlphaBuffer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Enables alpha buffer mode if \a enable is TRUE, otherwise disables
+    it. The default setting is disabled.
+
+    An 8-bpp image has 8-bit pixels. A pixel is an index into the
+    \link color() color table\endlink, which contains 32-bit color
+    values. In a 32-bpp image, the 32-bit pixels are the color values.
+
+    This 32-bit value is encoded as follows: The lower 24 bits are
+    used for the red, green, and blue components. The upper 8 bits
+    contain the alpha component.
+
+    The alpha component specifies the transparency of a pixel. 0 means
+    completely transparent and 255 means opaque. The alpha component
+    is ignored if you do not enable alpha buffer mode.
+
+    The alpha buffer is used to set a mask when a QImage is translated
+    to a QPixmap.
+
+    \sa hasAlphaBuffer() createAlphaMask()
+*/
+
+void QImage::setAlphaBuffer( bool enable )
+{
+    data->alpha = enable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the image \a width, \a height, \a depth, its number of colors
+    (in \a numColors), and bit order. Returns TRUE if successful, or
+    FALSE if the parameters are incorrect or if memory cannot be
+    allocated.
+
+    The \a width and \a height is limited to 32767. \a depth must be
+    1, 8, or 32. If \a depth is 1, \a bitOrder must be set to
+    either QImage::LittleEndian or QImage::BigEndian. For other depths
+    \a bitOrder must be QImage::IgnoreEndian.
+
+    This function allocates a color table and a buffer for the image
+    data. The image data is not initialized.
+
+    The image buffer is allocated as a single block that consists of a
+    table of \link scanLine() scanline\endlink pointers (jumpTable())
+    and the image data (bits()).
+
+    \sa fill() width() height() depth() numColors() bitOrder()
+    jumpTable() scanLine() bits() bytesPerLine() numBytes()
+*/
+
+bool QImage::create( int width, int height, int depth, int numColors,
+		    Endian bitOrder )
+{
+    reset();					// reset old data
+    if ( width <= 0 || height <= 0 || depth <= 0 || numColors < 0 )
+	return FALSE;				// invalid parameter(s)
+    if ( depth == 1 && bitOrder == IgnoreEndian ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImage::create: Bit order is required for 1 bpp images" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( depth != 1 )
+	bitOrder = IgnoreEndian;
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( depth == 24 )
+	qWarning( "QImage::create: 24-bpp images no longer supported, "
+		  "use 32-bpp instead" );
+#endif
+    switch ( depth ) {
+    case 1:
+    case 8:
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    case 16:
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    case 32:
+#endif
+	break;
+    default:				// invalid depth
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( depth == 32 )
+	numColors = 0;
+    setNumColors( numColors );
+    if ( data->ncols != numColors )		// could not alloc color table
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( INT_MAX / uint(depth) < uint(width) ) { // sanity check for potential overflow
+	setNumColors( 0 );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+// Qt/Embedded doesn't waste memory on unnecessary padding.
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    const int bpl = (width*depth+7)/8;		// bytes per scanline
+    const int pad = 0;
+#else
+    const int bpl = ((width*depth+31)/32)*4;	// bytes per scanline
+    // #### WWA: shouldn't this be (width*depth+7)/8:
+    const int pad = bpl - (width*depth)/8;	// pad with zeros
+#endif
+    if ( INT_MAX / uint(bpl) < uint(height)
+        || bpl < 0
+        || INT_MAX / sizeof(uchar *) < uint(height) ) { // sanity check for potential overflow
+	setNumColors( 0 );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    int nbytes = bpl*height;			// image size
+    int ptbl   = height*sizeof(uchar*);		// pointer table size
+    int size   = nbytes + ptbl;			// total size of data block
+    uchar **p  = (uchar **)malloc( size );	// alloc image bits
+    Q_CHECK_PTR(p);
+    if ( !p ) {					// no memory
+	setNumColors( 0 );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    data->w = width;
+    data->h = height;
+    data->d = depth;
+    data->nbytes  = nbytes;
+    data->bitordr = bitOrder;
+    data->bits = p;				// set image pointer
+    //uchar *d = (uchar*)p + ptbl;		// setup scanline pointers
+    uchar *d = (uchar*)(p + height);		// setup scanline pointers
+    while ( height-- ) {
+	*p++ = d;
+	if ( pad )
+	    memset( d+bpl-pad, 0, pad );
+	d += bpl;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload bool QImage::create( const QSize&, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )
+*/
+bool QImage::create( const QSize& size, int depth, int numColors,
+		     QImage::Endian bitOrder )
+{
+    return create(size.width(), size.height(), depth, numColors, bitOrder);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Initializes the image data structure.
+*/
+
+void QImage::init()
+{
+    data = new QImageData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    reinit();
+}
+
+void QImage::reinit()
+{
+    data->w = data->h = data->d = data->ncols = 0;
+    data->nbytes = 0;
+    data->ctbl = 0;
+    data->bits = 0;
+    data->bitordr = QImage::IgnoreEndian;
+    data->alpha = FALSE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    data->misc = 0;
+#endif
+    data->dpmx = 0;
+    data->dpmy = 0;
+    data->offset = QPoint(0,0);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Deallocates the image data and sets the bits pointer to 0.
+*/
+
+void QImage::freeBits()
+{
+    if ( data->bits ) {				// dealloc image bits
+	free( data->bits );
+	data->bits = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Internal routines for converting image depth.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+// convert_32_to_8:  Converts a 32 bits depth (true color) to an 8 bit
+// image with a colormap. If the 32 bit image has more than 256 colors,
+// we convert the red,green and blue bytes into a single byte encoded
+// as 6 shades of each of red, green and blue.
+//
+// if dithering is needed, only 1 color at most is available for alpha.
+//
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+struct QRgbMap {
+    QRgbMap() : rgb(0xffffffff) { }
+    bool used() const { return rgb!=0xffffffff; }
+    uchar  pix;
+    QRgb  rgb;
+};
+
+static bool convert_32_to_8( const QImage *src, QImage *dst, int conversion_flags, QRgb* palette=0, int palette_count=0 )
+{
+    register QRgb *p;
+    uchar  *b;
+    bool    do_quant = FALSE;
+    int	    y, x;
+
+    if ( !dst->create(src->width(), src->height(), 8, 256) )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    const int tablesize = 997; // prime
+    QRgbMap table[tablesize];
+    int   pix=0;
+    QRgb amask = src->hasAlphaBuffer() ? 0xffffffff : 0x00ffffff;
+    if ( src->hasAlphaBuffer() )
+	dst->setAlphaBuffer(TRUE);
+
+    if ( palette ) {
+	// Preload palette into table.
+
+	p = palette;
+	// Almost same code as pixel insertion below
+	while ( palette_count-- > 0 ) {
+	    // Find in table...
+	    int hash = (*p & amask) % tablesize;
+	    for (;;) {
+		if ( table[hash].used() ) {
+		    if ( table[hash].rgb == (*p & amask) ) {
+			// Found previous insertion - use it
+			break;
+		    } else {
+			// Keep searching...
+			if (++hash == tablesize) hash = 0;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    // Cannot be in table
+		    Q_ASSERT ( pix != 256 );	// too many colors
+		    // Insert into table at this unused position
+		    dst->setColor( pix, (*p & amask) );
+		    table[hash].pix = pix++;
+		    table[hash].rgb = *p & amask;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    p++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( (conversion_flags & Qt::DitherMode_Mask) == Qt::PreferDither ) {
+	do_quant = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	for ( y=0; y<src->height(); y++ ) {	// check if <= 256 colors
+	    p = (QRgb *)src->scanLine(y);
+	    b = dst->scanLine(y);
+	    x = src->width();
+	    while ( x-- ) {
+		// Find in table...
+		int hash = (*p & amask) % tablesize;
+		for (;;) {
+		    if ( table[hash].used() ) {
+			if ( table[hash].rgb == (*p & amask) ) {
+			    // Found previous insertion - use it
+			    break;
+			} else {
+			    // Keep searching...
+			    if (++hash == tablesize) hash = 0;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			// Cannot be in table
+			if ( pix == 256 ) {	// too many colors
+			    do_quant = TRUE;
+			    // Break right out
+			    x = 0;
+			    y = src->height();
+			} else {
+			    // Insert into table at this unused position
+			    dst->setColor( pix, (*p & amask) );
+			    table[hash].pix = pix++;
+			    table[hash].rgb = (*p & amask);
+			}
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		*b++ = table[hash].pix;		// May occur once incorrectly
+		p++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    int ncols = do_quant ? 256 : pix;
+
+    static uint bm[16][16];
+    static int init=0;
+    if (!init) {
+	// Build a Bayer Matrix for dithering
+
+	init = 1;
+	int n, i, j;
+
+	bm[0][0]=0;
+
+	for (n=1; n<16; n*=2) {
+	    for (i=0; i<n; i++) {
+		for (j=0; j<n; j++) {
+		    bm[i][j]*=4;
+		    bm[i+n][j]=bm[i][j]+2;
+		    bm[i][j+n]=bm[i][j]+3;
+		    bm[i+n][j+n]=bm[i][j]+1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	for (i=0; i<16; i++)
+	    for (j=0; j<16; j++)
+		bm[i][j]<<=8;
+    }
+
+    dst->setNumColors( ncols );
+
+    if ( do_quant ) {				// quantization needed
+
+#define MAX_R 5
+#define MAX_G 5
+#define MAX_B 5
+#define INDEXOF(r,g,b) (((r)*(MAX_G+1)+(g))*(MAX_B+1)+(b))
+
+	int rc, gc, bc;
+
+	for ( rc=0; rc<=MAX_R; rc++ )		// build 6x6x6 color cube
+	    for ( gc=0; gc<=MAX_G; gc++ )
+		for ( bc=0; bc<=MAX_B; bc++ ) {
+		    dst->setColor( INDEXOF(rc,gc,bc),
+			(amask&0xff000000)
+			| qRgb( rc*255/MAX_R, gc*255/MAX_G, bc*255/MAX_B ) );
+		}
+
+	int sw = src->width();
+
+	int* line1[3];
+	int* line2[3];
+	int* pv[3];
+	if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::Dither_Mask ) == Qt::DiffuseDither ) {
+	    line1[0] = new int[src->width()];
+	    line2[0] = new int[src->width()];
+	    line1[1] = new int[src->width()];
+	    line2[1] = new int[src->width()];
+	    line1[2] = new int[src->width()];
+	    line2[2] = new int[src->width()];
+	    pv[0] = new int[sw];
+	    pv[1] = new int[sw];
+	    pv[2] = new int[sw];
+	}
+
+	for ( y=0; y < src->height(); y++ ) {
+	    p = (QRgb *)src->scanLine(y);
+	    b = dst->scanLine(y);
+	    QRgb *end = p + sw;
+
+	    // perform quantization
+	    if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::Dither_Mask ) == Qt::ThresholdDither ) {
+#define DITHER(p,m) ((uchar) ((p * (m) + 127) / 255))
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    rc = qRed( *p );
+		    gc = qGreen( *p );
+		    bc = qBlue( *p );
+
+		    *b++ =
+			INDEXOF(
+			    DITHER(rc, MAX_R),
+			    DITHER(gc, MAX_G),
+			    DITHER(bc, MAX_B)
+			);
+
+		    p++;
+		}
+#undef DITHER
+	    } else if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::Dither_Mask ) == Qt::OrderedDither ) {
+#define DITHER(p,d,m) ((uchar) ((((256 * (m) + (m) + 1)) * (p) + (d)) / 65536 ))
+
+		int x = 0;
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    uint d = bm[y&15][x&15];
+
+		    rc = qRed( *p );
+		    gc = qGreen( *p );
+		    bc = qBlue( *p );
+
+		    *b++ =
+			INDEXOF(
+			    DITHER(rc, d, MAX_R),
+			    DITHER(gc, d, MAX_G),
+			    DITHER(bc, d, MAX_B)
+			);
+
+		    p++;
+		    x++;
+		}
+#undef DITHER
+	    } else { // Diffuse
+		int endian = (QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::BigEndian);
+		int x;
+		uchar* q = src->scanLine(y);
+		uchar* q2 = src->scanLine(y+1 < src->height() ? y + 1 : 0);
+		for (int chan = 0; chan < 3; chan++) {
+		    b = dst->scanLine(y);
+		    int *l1 = (y&1) ? line2[chan] : line1[chan];
+		    int *l2 = (y&1) ? line1[chan] : line2[chan];
+		    if ( y == 0 ) {
+			for (int i=0; i<sw; i++)
+			    l1[i] = q[i*4+chan+endian];
+		    }
+		    if ( y+1 < src->height() ) {
+			for (int i=0; i<sw; i++)
+			    l2[i] = q2[i*4+chan+endian];
+		    }
+		    // Bi-directional error diffusion
+		    if ( y&1 ) {
+			for (x=0; x<sw; x++) {
+			    int pix = QMAX(QMIN(5, (l1[x] * 5 + 128)/ 255), 0);
+			    int err = l1[x] - pix * 255 / 5;
+			    pv[chan][x] = pix;
+
+			    // Spread the error around...
+			    if ( x+1<sw ) {
+				l1[x+1] += (err*7)>>4;
+				l2[x+1] += err>>4;
+			    }
+			    l2[x]+=(err*5)>>4;
+			    if (x>1)
+				l2[x-1]+=(err*3)>>4;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			for (x=sw; x-->0; ) {
+			    int pix = QMAX(QMIN(5, (l1[x] * 5 + 128)/ 255), 0);
+			    int err = l1[x] - pix * 255 / 5;
+			    pv[chan][x] = pix;
+
+			    // Spread the error around...
+			    if ( x > 0 ) {
+				l1[x-1] += (err*7)>>4;
+				l2[x-1] += err>>4;
+			    }
+			    l2[x]+=(err*5)>>4;
+			    if (x+1 < sw)
+				l2[x+1]+=(err*3)>>4;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (endian) {
+		    for (x=0; x<sw; x++) {
+			*b++ = INDEXOF(pv[0][x],pv[1][x],pv[2][x]);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for (x=0; x<sw; x++) {
+			*b++ = INDEXOF(pv[2][x],pv[1][x],pv[0][x]);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_DITHER_TO_1
+	if ( src->hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	    const int trans = 216;
+	    dst->setColor(trans, 0x00000000);	// transparent
+	    QImage mask = src->createAlphaMask(conversion_flags);
+	    uchar* m;
+	    for ( y=0; y < src->height(); y++ ) {
+		uchar bit = 0x80;
+		m = mask.scanLine(y);
+		b = dst->scanLine(y);
+		int w = src->width();
+		for ( x = 0; x<w; x++ ) {
+		    if ( !(*m&bit) )
+			b[x] = trans;
+		    if (!(bit >>= 1)) {
+			bit = 0x80;
+			while ( x<w-1 && *++m == 0xff ) // skip chunks
+			    x+=8;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::Dither_Mask ) == Qt::DiffuseDither ) {
+	    delete [] line1[0];
+	    delete [] line2[0];
+	    delete [] line1[1];
+	    delete [] line2[1];
+	    delete [] line1[2];
+	    delete [] line2[2];
+	    delete [] pv[0];
+	    delete [] pv[1];
+	    delete [] pv[2];
+	}
+
+#undef MAX_R
+#undef MAX_G
+#undef MAX_B
+#undef INDEXOF
+
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static bool convert_8_to_32( const QImage *src, QImage *dst )
+{
+    if ( !dst->create(src->width(), src->height(), 32) )
+	return FALSE;				// create failed
+    dst->setAlphaBuffer( src->hasAlphaBuffer() );
+    for ( int y=0; y<dst->height(); y++ ) {	// for each scan line...
+	register uint *p = (uint *)dst->scanLine(y);
+	uchar  *b = src->scanLine(y);
+	uint *end = p + dst->width();
+	while ( p < end )
+	    *p++ = src->color(*b++);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static bool convert_1_to_32( const QImage *src, QImage *dst )
+{
+    if ( !dst->create(src->width(), src->height(), 32) )
+	return FALSE;				// could not create
+    dst->setAlphaBuffer( src->hasAlphaBuffer() );
+    for ( int y=0; y<dst->height(); y++ ) {	// for each scan line...
+	register uint *p = (uint *)dst->scanLine(y);
+	uchar *b = src->scanLine(y);
+	int x;
+	if ( src->bitOrder() == QImage::BigEndian ) {
+	    for ( x=0; x<dst->width(); x++ ) {
+		*p++ = src->color( (*b >> (7 - (x & 7))) & 1 );
+		if ( (x & 7) == 7 )
+		    b++;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    for ( x=0; x<dst->width(); x++ ) {
+		*p++ = src->color( (*b >> (x & 7)) & 1 );
+		if ( (x & 7) == 7 )
+		    b++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+
+static bool convert_1_to_8( const QImage *src, QImage *dst )
+{
+    if ( !dst->create(src->width(), src->height(), 8, 2) )
+	return FALSE;				// something failed
+    dst->setAlphaBuffer( src->hasAlphaBuffer() );
+    if (src->numColors() >= 2) {
+	dst->setColor( 0, src->color(0) );	// copy color table
+	dst->setColor( 1, src->color(1) );
+    } else {
+	// Unlikely, but they do exist
+	if (src->numColors() >= 1)
+	    dst->setColor( 0, src->color(0) );
+	else
+	    dst->setColor( 0, 0xffffffff );
+	dst->setColor( 1, 0xff000000 );
+    }
+    for ( int y=0; y<dst->height(); y++ ) {	// for each scan line...
+	register uchar *p = dst->scanLine(y);
+	uchar *b = src->scanLine(y);
+	int x;
+	if ( src->bitOrder() == QImage::BigEndian ) {
+	    for ( x=0; x<dst->width(); x++ ) {
+		*p++ = (*b >> (7 - (x & 7))) & 1;
+		if ( (x & 7) == 7 )
+		    b++;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    for ( x=0; x<dst->width(); x++ ) {
+		*p++ = (*b >> (x & 7)) & 1;
+		if ( (x & 7) == 7 )
+		    b++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_DITHER_TO_1
+//
+// dither_to_1:  Uses selected dithering algorithm.
+//
+
+static bool dither_to_1( const QImage *src, QImage *dst,
+			 int conversion_flags, bool fromalpha )
+{
+    if ( !dst->create(src->width(), src->height(), 1, 2, QImage::BigEndian) )
+	return FALSE;				// something failed
+
+    enum { Threshold, Ordered, Diffuse } dithermode;
+
+    if ( fromalpha ) {
+	if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::AlphaDither_Mask ) == Qt::DiffuseAlphaDither )
+	    dithermode = Diffuse;
+	else if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::AlphaDither_Mask ) == Qt::OrderedAlphaDither )
+	    dithermode = Ordered;
+	else
+	    dithermode = Threshold;
+    } else {
+	if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::Dither_Mask ) == Qt::ThresholdDither )
+	    dithermode = Threshold;
+	else if ( ( conversion_flags & Qt::Dither_Mask ) == Qt::OrderedDither )
+	    dithermode = Ordered;
+	else
+	    dithermode = Diffuse;
+    }
+
+    dst->setColor( 0, qRgb(255, 255, 255) );
+    dst->setColor( 1, qRgb(  0,	  0,   0) );
+    int	  w = src->width();
+    int	  h = src->height();
+    int	  d = src->depth();
+    uchar gray[256];				// gray map for 8 bit images
+    bool  use_gray = d == 8;
+    if ( use_gray ) {				// make gray map
+	if ( fromalpha ) {
+	    // Alpha 0x00 -> 0 pixels (white)
+	    // Alpha 0xFF -> 1 pixels (black)
+	    for ( int i=0; i<src->numColors(); i++ )
+		gray[i] = (255 - (src->color(i) >> 24));
+	} else {
+	    // Pixel 0x00 -> 1 pixels (black)
+	    // Pixel 0xFF -> 0 pixels (white)
+	    for ( int i=0; i<src->numColors(); i++ )
+		gray[i] = qGray( src->color(i) & 0x00ffffff );
+	}
+    }
+
+    switch ( dithermode ) {
+      case Diffuse: {
+	int *line1 = new int[w];
+	int *line2 = new int[w];
+	int bmwidth = (w+7)/8;
+	if ( !(line1 && line2) )
+	    return FALSE;
+	register uchar *p;
+	uchar *end;
+	int *b1, *b2;
+	int wbytes = w * (d/8);
+	p = src->bits();
+	end = p + wbytes;
+	b2 = line2;
+	if ( use_gray ) {			// 8 bit image
+	    while ( p < end )
+		*b2++ = gray[*p++];
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	} else {				// 32 bit image
+	    if ( fromalpha ) {
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    *b2++ = 255 - (*(uint*)p >> 24);
+		    p += 4;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    *b2++ = qGray(*(uint*)p);
+		    p += 4;
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	}
+	int x, y;
+	for ( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {			// for each scan line...
+	    int *tmp = line1; line1 = line2; line2 = tmp;
+	    bool not_last_line = y < h - 1;
+	    if ( not_last_line ) {		// calc. grayvals for next line
+		p = src->scanLine(y+1);
+		end = p + wbytes;
+		b2 = line2;
+		if ( use_gray ) {		// 8 bit image
+		    while ( p < end )
+			*b2++ = gray[*p++];
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+		} else {			// 24 bit image
+		    if ( fromalpha ) {
+			while ( p < end ) {
+			    *b2++ = 255 - (*(uint*)p >> 24);
+			    p += 4;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			while ( p < end ) {
+			    *b2++ = qGray(*(uint*)p);
+			    p += 4;
+			}
+		    }
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    int err;
+	    p = dst->scanLine( y );
+	    memset( p, 0, bmwidth );
+	    b1 = line1;
+	    b2 = line2;
+	    int bit = 7;
+	    for ( x=1; x<=w; x++ ) {
+		if ( *b1 < 128 ) {		// black pixel
+		    err = *b1++;
+		    *p |= 1 << bit;
+		} else {			// white pixel
+		    err = *b1++ - 255;
+		}
+		if ( bit == 0 ) {
+		    p++;
+		    bit = 7;
+		} else {
+		    bit--;
+		}
+		if ( x < w )
+		    *b1 += (err*7)>>4;		// spread error to right pixel
+		if ( not_last_line ) {
+		    b2[0] += (err*5)>>4;	// pixel below
+		    if ( x > 1 )
+			b2[-1] += (err*3)>>4;	// pixel below left
+		    if ( x < w )
+			b2[1] += err>>4;	// pixel below right
+		}
+		b2++;
+	    }
+	}
+	delete [] line1;
+	delete [] line2;
+      } break;
+      case Ordered: {
+	static uint bm[16][16];
+	static int init=0;
+	if (!init) {
+	    // Build a Bayer Matrix for dithering
+
+	    init = 1;
+	    int n, i, j;
+
+	    bm[0][0]=0;
+
+	    for (n=1; n<16; n*=2) {
+		for (i=0; i<n; i++) {
+		    for (j=0; j<n; j++) {
+			bm[i][j]*=4;
+			bm[i+n][j]=bm[i][j]+2;
+			bm[i][j+n]=bm[i][j]+3;
+			bm[i+n][j+n]=bm[i][j]+1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    // Force black to black
+	    bm[0][0]=1;
+	}
+
+	dst->fill( 0 );
+	uchar** mline = dst->jumpTable();
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	if ( d == 32 ) {
+	    uint** line = (uint**)src->jumpTable();
+	    for ( int i=0; i<h; i++ ) {
+		uint  *p = line[i];
+		uint  *end = p + w;
+		uchar *m = mline[i];
+		int bit = 7;
+		int j = 0;
+		if ( fromalpha ) {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			if ( (*p++ >> 24) >= bm[j++&15][i&15] )
+			    *m |= 1 << bit;
+			if ( bit == 0 ) {
+			    m++;
+			    bit = 7;
+			} else {
+			    bit--;
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			if ( (uint)qGray(*p++) < bm[j++&15][i&15] )
+			    *m |= 1 << bit;
+			if ( bit == 0 ) {
+			    m++;
+			    bit = 7;
+			} else {
+			    bit--;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	    /* ( d == 8 ) */ {
+	    uchar** line = src->jumpTable();
+	    for ( int i=0; i<h; i++ ) {
+		uchar *p = line[i];
+		uchar *end = p + w;
+		uchar *m = mline[i];
+		int bit = 7;
+		int j = 0;
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    if ( (uint)gray[*p++] < bm[j++&15][i&15] )
+			*m |= 1 << bit;
+		    if ( bit == 0 ) {
+			m++;
+			bit = 7;
+		    } else {
+			bit--;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      } break;
+      default: { // Threshold:
+	dst->fill( 0 );
+	uchar** mline = dst->jumpTable();
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	if ( d == 32 ) {
+	    uint** line = (uint**)src->jumpTable();
+	    for ( int i=0; i<h; i++ ) {
+		uint  *p = line[i];
+		uint  *end = p + w;
+		uchar *m = mline[i];
+		int bit = 7;
+		if ( fromalpha ) {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			if ( (*p++ >> 24) >= 128 )
+			    *m |= 1 << bit;	// Set mask "on"
+			if ( bit == 0 ) {
+			    m++;
+			    bit = 7;
+			} else {
+			    bit--;
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			if ( qGray(*p++) < 128 )
+			    *m |= 1 << bit;	// Set pixel "black"
+			if ( bit == 0 ) {
+			    m++;
+			    bit = 7;
+			} else {
+			    bit--;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	    if ( d == 8 ) {
+	    uchar** line = src->jumpTable();
+	    for ( int i=0; i<h; i++ ) {
+		uchar *p = line[i];
+		uchar *end = p + w;
+		uchar *m = mline[i];
+		int bit = 7;
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    if ( gray[*p++] < 128 )
+			*m |= 1 << bit;		// Set mask "on"/ pixel "black"
+		    if ( bit == 0 ) {
+			m++;
+			bit = 7;
+		    } else {
+			bit--;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+//###### Endianness issues!
+static inline bool is16BitGray( ushort c )
+{
+    int r=(c & 0xf800) >> 11;
+    int g=(c & 0x07e0) >> 6; //green/2
+    int b=(c & 0x001f);
+    return r == g && g == b;
+}
+
+
+static bool convert_16_to_32( const QImage *src, QImage *dst )
+{
+    if ( !dst->create(src->width(), src->height(), 32) )
+	return FALSE;				// create failed
+    dst->setAlphaBuffer( src->hasAlphaBuffer() );
+    for ( int y=0; y<dst->height(); y++ ) {	// for each scan line...
+	register uint *p = (uint *)dst->scanLine(y);
+	ushort  *s = (ushort*)src->scanLine(y);
+	uint *end = p + dst->width();
+	while ( p < end )
+	    *p++ = qt_conv16ToRgb( *s++ );
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static bool convert_32_to_16( const QImage *src, QImage *dst )
+{
+    if ( !dst->create(src->width(), src->height(), 16) )
+	return FALSE;				// create failed
+    dst->setAlphaBuffer( src->hasAlphaBuffer() );
+    for ( int y=0; y<dst->height(); y++ ) {	// for each scan line...
+	register ushort *p = (ushort *)dst->scanLine(y);
+	uint  *s = (uint*)src->scanLine(y);
+	ushort *end = p + dst->width();
+	while ( p < end )
+	    *p++ = qt_convRgbTo16( *s++ );
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Converts the depth (bpp) of the image to \a depth and returns the
+    converted image. The original image is not changed.
+
+    The \a depth argument must be 1, 8, 16 (Qt/Embedded only) or 32.
+
+    Returns \c *this if \a depth is equal to the image depth, or a
+    \link isNull() null\endlink image if this image cannot be
+    converted.
+
+    If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution
+    result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a
+    conversion_flags to specify how you'd prefer this to happen.
+
+    \sa Qt::ImageConversionFlags depth() isNull()
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::convertDepth( int depth, int conversion_flags ) const
+{
+    QImage image;
+    if ( data->d == depth )
+	image = *this;				// no conversion
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_DITHER_TO_1
+    else if ( (data->d == 8 || data->d == 32) && depth == 1 ) // dither
+	dither_to_1( this, &image, conversion_flags, FALSE );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    else if ( data->d == 32 && depth == 8 )	// 32 -> 8
+	convert_32_to_8( this, &image, conversion_flags );
+    else if ( data->d == 8 && depth == 32 )	// 8 -> 32
+	convert_8_to_32( this, &image );
+#endif
+    else if ( data->d == 1 && depth == 8 )	// 1 -> 8
+	convert_1_to_8( this, &image );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    else if ( data->d == 1 && depth == 32 )	// 1 -> 32
+	convert_1_to_32( this, &image );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    else if ( data->d == 16 && depth != 16 ) {
+	QImage tmp;
+	convert_16_to_32( this, &tmp );
+	image = tmp.convertDepth( depth, conversion_flags );
+    } else if ( data->d != 16 && depth == 16 ) {
+	QImage tmp = convertDepth( 32, conversion_flags );
+	convert_32_to_16( &tmp, &image );
+    }
+#endif
+    else {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	if ( isNull() )
+	    qWarning( "QImage::convertDepth: Image is a null image" );
+	else
+	    qWarning( "QImage::convertDepth: Depth %d not supported", depth );
+#endif
+    }
+    return image;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::convertDepth( int depth ) const
+{
+    return convertDepth( depth, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if ( \a x, \a y ) is a valid coordinate in the image;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa width() height() pixelIndex()
+*/
+
+bool QImage::valid( int x, int y ) const
+{
+    return x >= 0 && x < width()
+	&& y >= 0 && y < height();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pixel index at the given coordinates.
+
+    If (\a x, \a y) is not \link valid() valid\endlink, or if the
+    image is not a paletted image (depth() \> 8), the results are
+    undefined.
+
+    \sa valid() depth()
+*/
+
+int QImage::pixelIndex( int x, int y ) const
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( x < 0 || x >= width() ) {
+	qWarning( "QImage::pixel: x=%d out of range", x );
+	return -12345;
+    }
+#endif
+    uchar * s = scanLine( y );
+    switch( depth() ) {
+    case 1:
+	if ( bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian )
+	    return (*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (x & 7)) & 1;
+	else
+	    return (*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (7- (x & 7))) & 1;
+    case 8:
+	return (int)s[x];
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    case 16:
+#endif
+    case 32:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImage::pixelIndex: Not applicable for %d-bpp images "
+		 "(no palette)", depth() );
+#endif
+	return 0;
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the color of the pixel at the coordinates (\a x, \a y).
+
+    If (\a x, \a y) is not \link valid() on the image\endlink, the
+    results are undefined.
+
+    \sa setPixel() qRed() qGreen() qBlue() valid()
+*/
+
+QRgb QImage::pixel( int x, int y ) const
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( x < 0 || x >= width() ) {
+	qWarning( "QImage::pixel: x=%d out of range", x );
+	return 12345;
+    }
+#endif
+    uchar * s = scanLine( y );
+    switch( depth() ) {
+    case 1:
+	if ( bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian )
+	    return color( (*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (x & 7)) & 1 );
+	else
+	    return color( (*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (7- (x & 7))) & 1 );
+    case 8:
+	return color( (int)s[x] );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    case 16:
+	return qt_conv16ToRgb(((ushort*)s)[x]);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    case 32:
+	return ((QRgb*)s)[x];
+#endif
+    default:
+	return 100367;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the pixel index or color at the coordinates (\a x, \a y) to
+    \a index_or_rgb.
+
+    If (\a x, \a y) is not \link valid() valid\endlink, the result is
+    undefined.
+
+    If the image is a paletted image (depth() \<= 8) and \a
+    index_or_rgb \>= numColors(), the result is undefined.
+
+    \sa pixelIndex() pixel() qRgb() qRgba() valid()
+*/
+
+void QImage::setPixel( int x, int y, uint index_or_rgb )
+{
+    if ( x < 0 || x >= width() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImage::setPixel: x=%d out of range", x );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( depth() == 1 ) {
+	uchar * s = scanLine( y );
+	if ( index_or_rgb > 1) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QImage::setPixel: index=%d out of range",
+		     index_or_rgb );
+#endif
+	} else if ( bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian ) {
+	    if (index_or_rgb==0)
+		*(s + (x >> 3)) &= ~(1 << (x & 7));
+	    else
+		*(s + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (x & 7));
+	} else {
+	    if (index_or_rgb==0)
+		*(s + (x >> 3)) &= ~(1 << (7-(x & 7)));
+	    else
+		*(s + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (7-(x & 7)));
+	}
+    } else if ( depth() == 8 ) {
+	if (index_or_rgb > (uint)numColors()) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QImage::setPixel: index=%d out of range",
+		     index_or_rgb );
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+	uchar * s = scanLine( y );
+	s[x] = index_or_rgb;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    } else if ( depth() == 16 ) {
+	ushort * s = (ushort*)scanLine( y );
+	s[x] = qt_convRgbTo16(index_or_rgb);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    } else if ( depth() == 32 ) {
+	QRgb * s = (QRgb*)scanLine( y );
+	s[x] = index_or_rgb;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Converts the bit order of the image to \a bitOrder and returns the
+    converted image. The original image is not changed.
+
+    Returns \c *this if the \a bitOrder is equal to the image bit
+    order, or a \link isNull() null\endlink image if this image cannot
+    be converted.
+
+    \sa bitOrder() systemBitOrder() isNull()
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::convertBitOrder( Endian bitOrder ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() || data->d != 1 ||		// invalid argument(s)
+	 !(bitOrder == BigEndian || bitOrder == LittleEndian) ) {
+	QImage nullImage;
+	return nullImage;
+    }
+    if ( data->bitordr == bitOrder )		// nothing to do
+	return copy();
+
+    QImage image( data->w, data->h, 1, data->ncols, bitOrder );
+
+    int bpl = (width() + 7) / 8;
+    for ( int y = 0; y < data->h; y++ ) {
+	register uchar *p = jumpTable()[y];
+	uchar *end = p + bpl;
+	uchar *b = image.jumpTable()[y];
+	while ( p < end )
+	    *b++ = bitflip[*p++];
+    }
+    memcpy( image.colorTable(), colorTable(), numColors()*sizeof(QRgb) );
+    return image;
+}
+
+// ### Candidate (renamed) for qcolor.h
+static
+bool isGray(QRgb c)
+{
+    return qRed(c) == qGreen(c)
+	&& qRed(c) == qBlue(c);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if all the colors in the image are shades of gray
+    (i.e. their red, green and blue components are equal); otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    This function is slow for large 16-bit (Qt/Embedded only) and 32-bit images.
+
+    \sa isGrayscale()
+*/
+bool QImage::allGray() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    if (depth()==32) {
+	int p = width()*height();
+	QRgb* b = (QRgb*)bits();
+	while (p--)
+	    if (!isGray(*b++))
+		return FALSE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    } else if (depth()==16) {
+	int p = width()*height();
+	ushort* b = (ushort*)bits();
+	while (p--)
+	    if (!is16BitGray(*b++))
+		return FALSE;
+#endif
+    } else
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	{
+	if (!data->ctbl) return TRUE;
+	for (int i=0; i<numColors(); i++)
+	    if (!isGray(data->ctbl[i]))
+		return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    For 16-bit (Qt/Embedded only) and 32-bit images, this function is
+    equivalent to allGray().
+
+    For 8-bpp images, this function returns TRUE if color(i) is
+    QRgb(i,i,i) for all indices of the color table; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa allGray() depth()
+*/
+bool QImage::isGrayscale() const
+{
+    switch (depth()) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    case 32:
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    case 16:
+#endif
+	return allGray();
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    case 8: {
+	for (int i=0; i<numColors(); i++)
+	    if (data->ctbl[i] != qRgb(i,i,i))
+		return FALSE;
+	return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE
+static
+void pnmscale(const QImage& src, QImage& dst)
+{
+    QRgb* xelrow = 0;
+    QRgb* tempxelrow = 0;
+    register QRgb* xP;
+    register QRgb* nxP;
+    int rows, cols, rowsread, newrows, newcols;
+    register int row, col, needtoreadrow;
+    const uchar maxval = 255;
+    double xscale, yscale;
+    long sxscale, syscale;
+    register long fracrowtofill, fracrowleft;
+    long* as;
+    long* rs;
+    long* gs;
+    long* bs;
+    int rowswritten = 0;
+
+    cols = src.width();
+    rows = src.height();
+    newcols = dst.width();
+    newrows = dst.height();
+
+    long SCALE;
+    long HALFSCALE;
+
+    if (cols > 4096)
+    {
+        SCALE = 4096;
+        HALFSCALE = 2048;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int fac = 4096;
+
+        while (cols * fac > 4096)
+        {
+            fac /= 2;
+        }
+
+        SCALE = fac * cols;
+        HALFSCALE = fac * cols / 2;
+    }
+
+    xscale = (double) newcols / (double) cols;
+    yscale = (double) newrows / (double) rows;
+
+    sxscale = (long)(xscale * SCALE);
+    syscale = (long)(yscale * SCALE);
+
+    if ( newrows != rows )	/* shortcut Y scaling if possible */
+	tempxelrow = new QRgb[cols];
+
+    if ( src.hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	dst.setAlphaBuffer(TRUE);
+	as = new long[cols];
+	for ( col = 0; col < cols; ++col )
+	    as[col] = HALFSCALE;
+    } else {
+	as = 0;
+    }
+    rs = new long[cols];
+    gs = new long[cols];
+    bs = new long[cols];
+    rowsread = 0;
+    fracrowleft = syscale;
+    needtoreadrow = 1;
+    for ( col = 0; col < cols; ++col )
+	rs[col] = gs[col] = bs[col] = HALFSCALE;
+    fracrowtofill = SCALE;
+
+    for ( row = 0; row < newrows; ++row ) {
+	/* First scale Y from xelrow into tempxelrow. */
+	if ( newrows == rows ) {
+	    /* shortcut Y scaling if possible */
+	    tempxelrow = xelrow = (QRgb*)src.scanLine(rowsread++);
+	} else {
+	    while ( fracrowleft < fracrowtofill ) {
+		if ( needtoreadrow && rowsread < rows )
+		    xelrow = (QRgb*)src.scanLine(rowsread++);
+		for ( col = 0, xP = xelrow; col < cols; ++col, ++xP ) {
+		    if (as) {
+			as[col] += fracrowleft * qAlpha( *xP );
+			rs[col] += fracrowleft * qRed( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+			gs[col] += fracrowleft * qGreen( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+			bs[col] += fracrowleft * qBlue( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    } else {
+			rs[col] += fracrowleft * qRed( *xP );
+			gs[col] += fracrowleft * qGreen( *xP );
+			bs[col] += fracrowleft * qBlue( *xP );
+		    }
+		}
+		fracrowtofill -= fracrowleft;
+		fracrowleft = syscale;
+		needtoreadrow = 1;
+	    }
+	    /* Now fracrowleft is >= fracrowtofill, so we can produce a row. */
+	    if ( needtoreadrow && rowsread < rows ) {
+		xelrow = (QRgb*)src.scanLine(rowsread++);
+		needtoreadrow = 0;
+	    }
+	    register long a=0;
+	    for ( col = 0, xP = xelrow, nxP = tempxelrow;
+		  col < cols; ++col, ++xP, ++nxP )
+	    {
+		register long r, g, b;
+
+		if ( as ) {
+		    r = rs[col] + fracrowtofill * qRed( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    g = gs[col] + fracrowtofill * qGreen( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    b = bs[col] + fracrowtofill * qBlue( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    a = as[col] + fracrowtofill * qAlpha( *xP );
+		    if ( a ) {
+			r = r * 255 / a * SCALE;
+			g = g * 255 / a * SCALE;
+			b = b * 255 / a * SCALE;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    r = rs[col] + fracrowtofill * qRed( *xP );
+		    g = gs[col] + fracrowtofill * qGreen( *xP );
+		    b = bs[col] + fracrowtofill * qBlue( *xP );
+		}
+		r /= SCALE;
+		if ( r > maxval ) r = maxval;
+		g /= SCALE;
+		if ( g > maxval ) g = maxval;
+		b /= SCALE;
+		if ( b > maxval ) b = maxval;
+		if ( as ) {
+		    a /= SCALE;
+		    if ( a > maxval ) a = maxval;
+		    *nxP = qRgba( (int)r, (int)g, (int)b, (int)a );
+		    as[col] = HALFSCALE;
+		} else {
+		    *nxP = qRgb( (int)r, (int)g, (int)b );
+		}
+		rs[col] = gs[col] = bs[col] = HALFSCALE;
+	    }
+	    fracrowleft -= fracrowtofill;
+	    if ( fracrowleft == 0 ) {
+		fracrowleft = syscale;
+		needtoreadrow = 1;
+	    }
+	    fracrowtofill = SCALE;
+	}
+
+	/* Now scale X from tempxelrow into dst and write it out. */
+	if ( newcols == cols ) {
+	    /* shortcut X scaling if possible */
+	    memcpy(dst.scanLine(rowswritten++), tempxelrow, newcols*4);
+	} else {
+	    register long a, r, g, b;
+	    register long fraccoltofill, fraccolleft = 0;
+	    register int needcol;
+
+	    nxP = (QRgb*)dst.scanLine(rowswritten++);
+	    fraccoltofill = SCALE;
+	    a = r = g = b = HALFSCALE;
+	    needcol = 0;
+	    for ( col = 0, xP = tempxelrow; col < cols; ++col, ++xP ) {
+		fraccolleft = sxscale;
+		while ( fraccolleft >= fraccoltofill ) {
+		    if ( needcol ) {
+			++nxP;
+			a = r = g = b = HALFSCALE;
+		    }
+		    if ( as ) {
+			r += fraccoltofill * qRed( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+			g += fraccoltofill * qGreen( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+			b += fraccoltofill * qBlue( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+			a += fraccoltofill * qAlpha( *xP );
+			if ( a ) {
+			    r = r * 255 / a * SCALE;
+			    g = g * 255 / a * SCALE;
+			    b = b * 255 / a * SCALE;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			r += fraccoltofill * qRed( *xP );
+			g += fraccoltofill * qGreen( *xP );
+			b += fraccoltofill * qBlue( *xP );
+		    }
+		    r /= SCALE;
+		    if ( r > maxval ) r = maxval;
+		    g /= SCALE;
+		    if ( g > maxval ) g = maxval;
+		    b /= SCALE;
+		    if ( b > maxval ) b = maxval;
+		    if (as) {
+			a /= SCALE;
+			if ( a > maxval ) a = maxval;
+			*nxP = qRgba( (int)r, (int)g, (int)b, (int)a );
+		    } else {
+			*nxP = qRgb( (int)r, (int)g, (int)b );
+		    }
+		    fraccolleft -= fraccoltofill;
+		    fraccoltofill = SCALE;
+		    needcol = 1;
+		}
+		if ( fraccolleft > 0 ) {
+		    if ( needcol ) {
+			++nxP;
+			a = r = g = b = HALFSCALE;
+			needcol = 0;
+		    }
+		    if (as) {
+			a += fraccolleft * qAlpha( *xP );
+			r += fraccolleft * qRed( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+			g += fraccolleft * qGreen( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+			b += fraccolleft * qBlue( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    } else {
+			r += fraccolleft * qRed( *xP );
+			g += fraccolleft * qGreen( *xP );
+			b += fraccolleft * qBlue( *xP );
+		    }
+		    fraccoltofill -= fraccolleft;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( fraccoltofill > 0 ) {
+		--xP;
+		if (as) {
+		    a += fraccolleft * qAlpha( *xP );
+		    r += fraccoltofill * qRed( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    g += fraccoltofill * qGreen( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    b += fraccoltofill * qBlue( *xP ) * qAlpha( *xP ) / 255;
+		    if ( a ) {
+			r = r * 255 / a * SCALE;
+			g = g * 255 / a * SCALE;
+			b = b * 255 / a * SCALE;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    r += fraccoltofill * qRed( *xP );
+		    g += fraccoltofill * qGreen( *xP );
+		    b += fraccoltofill * qBlue( *xP );
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( ! needcol ) {
+		r /= SCALE;
+		if ( r > maxval ) r = maxval;
+		g /= SCALE;
+		if ( g > maxval ) g = maxval;
+		b /= SCALE;
+		if ( b > maxval ) b = maxval;
+		if (as) {
+		    a /= SCALE;
+		    if ( a > maxval ) a = maxval;
+		    *nxP = qRgba( (int)r, (int)g, (int)b, (int)a );
+		} else {
+		    *nxP = qRgb( (int)r, (int)g, (int)b );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( newrows != rows && tempxelrow )// Robust, tempxelrow might be 0 1 day
+	delete [] tempxelrow;
+    if ( as )				// Avoid purify complaint
+	delete [] as;
+    if ( rs )				// Robust, rs might be 0 one day
+	delete [] rs;
+    if ( gs )				// Robust, gs might be 0 one day
+	delete [] gs;
+    if ( bs )				// Robust, bs might be 0 one day
+	delete [] bs;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \enum QImage::ScaleMode
+
+    The functions scale() and smoothScale() use different modes for
+    scaling the image. The purpose of these modes is to retain the
+    ratio of the image if this is required.
+
+    \img scaling.png
+
+    \value ScaleFree The image is scaled freely: the resulting image
+	fits exactly into the specified size; the ratio will not
+	necessarily be preserved.
+    \value ScaleMin The ratio of the image is preserved and the
+	resulting image is guaranteed to fit into the specified size
+	(it is as large as possible within these constraints) - the
+	image might be smaller than the requested size.
+    \value ScaleMax The ratio of the image is preserved and the
+	resulting image fills the whole specified rectangle (it is as
+	small as possible within these constraints) - the image might
+	be larger than the requested size.
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE
+/*!
+    Returns a smoothly scaled copy of the image. The returned image
+    has a size of width \a w by height \a h pixels if \a mode is \c
+    ScaleFree. The modes \c ScaleMin and \c ScaleMax may be used to
+    preserve the ratio of the image: if \a mode is \c ScaleMin, the
+    returned image is guaranteed to fit into the rectangle specified
+    by \a w and \a h (it is as large as possible within the
+    constraints); if \a mode is \c ScaleMax, the returned image fits
+    at least into the specified rectangle (it is a small as possible
+    within the constraints).
+
+    For 32-bpp images and 1-bpp/8-bpp color images the result will be
+    32-bpp, whereas \link allGray() all-gray \endlink images
+    (including black-and-white 1-bpp) will produce 8-bit \link
+    isGrayscale() grayscale \endlink images with the palette spanning
+    256 grays from black to white.
+
+    This function uses code based on pnmscale.c by Jef Poskanzer.
+
+    pnmscale.c - read a portable anymap and scale it
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer.
+
+    Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+    its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+    granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+    copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
+    notice appear in supporting documentation. This software is
+    provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+    \sa scale() mirror()
+*/
+QImage QImage::smoothScale( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode ) const
+{
+    return smoothScale( QSize( w, h ), mode );
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    The requested size of the image is \a s.
+*/
+QImage QImage::smoothScale( const QSize& s, ScaleMode mode ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImage::smoothScale: Image is a null image" );
+#endif
+	return copy();
+    }
+
+    QSize newSize = size();
+    newSize.scale( s, (QSize::ScaleMode)mode ); // ### remove cast in Qt 4.0
+    if ( newSize == size() )
+	return copy();
+
+    if ( depth() == 32 ) {
+	QImage img( newSize, 32 );
+	// 32-bpp to 32-bpp
+	pnmscale( *this, img );
+	return img;
+    } else if ( depth() != 16 && allGray() && !hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	// Inefficient
+	return convertDepth(32).smoothScale(newSize, mode).convertDepth(8);
+    } else {
+	// Inefficient
+	return convertDepth(32).smoothScale(newSize, mode);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns a copy of the image scaled to a rectangle of width \a w
+    and height \a h according to the ScaleMode \a mode.
+
+    \list
+    \i If \a mode is \c ScaleFree, the image is scaled to (\a w,
+       \a h).
+    \i If \a mode is \c ScaleMin, the image is scaled to a rectangle
+       as large as possible inside (\a w, \a h), preserving the aspect
+       ratio.
+    \i If \a mode is \c ScaleMax, the image is scaled to a rectangle
+       as small as possible outside (\a w, \a h), preserving the aspect
+       ratio.
+    \endlist
+
+    If either the width \a w or the height \a h is 0 or negative, this
+    function returns a \link isNull() null\endlink image.
+
+    This function uses a simple, fast algorithm. If you need better
+    quality, use smoothScale() instead.
+
+    \sa scaleWidth() scaleHeight() smoothScale() xForm()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION
+QImage QImage::scale( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode ) const
+{
+    return scale( QSize( w, h ), mode );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    The requested size of the image is \a s.
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION
+QImage QImage::scale( const QSize& s, ScaleMode mode ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImage::scale: Image is a null image" );
+#endif
+	return copy();
+    }
+    if ( s.isEmpty() )
+	return QImage();
+
+    QSize newSize = size();
+    newSize.scale( s, (QSize::ScaleMode)mode ); // ### remove cast in Qt 4.0
+    if ( newSize == size() )
+	return copy();
+
+    QImage img;
+    QWMatrix wm;
+    wm.scale( (double)newSize.width() / width(), (double)newSize.height() / height() );
+    img = xForm( wm );
+    // ### I should test and resize the image if it has not the right size
+//    if ( img.width() != newSize.width() || img.height() != newSize.height() )
+//	img.resize( newSize.width(), newSize.height() );
+    return img;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns a scaled copy of the image. The returned image has a width
+    of \a w pixels. This function automatically calculates the height
+    of the image so that the ratio of the image is preserved.
+
+    If \a w is 0 or negative a \link isNull() null\endlink image is
+    returned.
+
+    \sa scale() scaleHeight() smoothScale() xForm()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION
+QImage QImage::scaleWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImage::scaleWidth: Image is a null image" );
+#endif
+	return copy();
+    }
+    if ( w <= 0 )
+	return QImage();
+
+    QWMatrix wm;
+    double factor = (double) w / width();
+    wm.scale( factor, factor );
+    return xForm( wm );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns a scaled copy of the image. The returned image has a
+    height of \a h pixels. This function automatically calculates the
+    width of the image so that the ratio of the image is preserved.
+
+    If \a h is 0 or negative a \link isNull() null\endlink image is
+    returned.
+
+    \sa scale() scaleWidth() smoothScale() xForm()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION
+QImage QImage::scaleHeight( int h ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImage::scaleHeight: Image is a null image" );
+#endif
+	return copy();
+    }
+    if ( h <= 0 )
+	return QImage();
+
+    QWMatrix wm;
+    double factor = (double) h / height();
+    wm.scale( factor, factor );
+    return xForm( wm );
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a copy of the image that is transformed using the
+    transformation matrix, \a matrix.
+
+    The transformation \a matrix is internally adjusted to compensate
+    for unwanted translation, i.e. xForm() returns the smallest image
+    that contains all the transformed points of the original image.
+
+    \sa scale() QPixmap::xForm() QPixmap::trueMatrix() QWMatrix
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION
+QImage QImage::xForm( const QWMatrix &matrix ) const
+{
+    // This function uses the same algorithm as (and steals quite some
+    // code from) QPixmap::xForm().
+
+    if ( isNull() )
+	return copy();
+
+    if ( depth() == 16 ) {
+	// inefficient
+	return convertDepth( 32 ).xForm( matrix );
+    }
+
+    // source image data
+    int ws = width();
+    int hs = height();
+    int sbpl = bytesPerLine();
+    uchar *sptr = bits();
+
+    // target image data
+    int wd;
+    int hd;
+
+    int bpp = depth();
+
+    // compute size of target image
+    QWMatrix mat = QPixmap::trueMatrix( matrix, ws, hs );
+    if ( mat.m12() == 0.0F && mat.m21() == 0.0F ) {
+	if ( mat.m11() == 1.0F && mat.m22() == 1.0F ) // identity matrix
+	    return copy();
+	hd = qRound( mat.m22() * hs );
+	wd = qRound( mat.m11() * ws );
+	hd = QABS( hd );
+	wd = QABS( wd );
+    } else {					// rotation or shearing
+	QPointArray a( QRect(0, 0, ws, hs) );
+	a = mat.map( a );
+	QRect r = a.boundingRect().normalize();
+	wd = r.width();
+	hd = r.height();
+    }
+
+    bool invertible;
+    mat = mat.invert( &invertible );		// invert matrix
+    if ( hd == 0 || wd == 0 || !invertible )	// error, return null image
+	return QImage();
+
+    // create target image (some of the code is from QImage::copy())
+    QImage dImage( wd, hd, depth(), numColors(), bitOrder() );
+
+    // If the image allocation failed, we need to gracefully abort.
+    if (dImage.isNull())
+        return dImage;
+
+    memcpy( dImage.colorTable(), colorTable(), numColors()*sizeof(QRgb) );
+    dImage.setAlphaBuffer( hasAlphaBuffer() );
+    dImage.data->dpmx = dotsPerMeterX();
+    dImage.data->dpmy = dotsPerMeterY();
+
+    switch ( bpp ) {
+	// initizialize the data
+	case 1:
+	    memset( dImage.bits(), 0, dImage.numBytes() );
+	    break;
+	case 8:
+	    if ( dImage.data->ncols < 256 ) {
+		// colors are left in the color table, so pick that one as transparent
+		dImage.setNumColors( dImage.data->ncols+1 );
+		dImage.setColor( dImage.data->ncols-1, 0x00 );
+		memset( dImage.bits(), dImage.data->ncols-1, dImage.numBytes() );
+	    } else {
+		memset( dImage.bits(), 0, dImage.numBytes() );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 16:
+	    memset( dImage.bits(), 0xff, dImage.numBytes() );
+	    break;
+	case 32:
+	    memset( dImage.bits(), 0x00, dImage.numBytes() );
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    int type;
+    if ( bitOrder() == BigEndian )
+	type = QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST;
+    else
+	type = QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST;
+    int dbpl = dImage.bytesPerLine();
+    qt_xForm_helper( mat, 0, type, bpp, dImage.bits(), dbpl, 0, hd, sptr, sbpl,
+		     ws, hs );
+    return dImage;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Builds and returns a 1-bpp mask from the alpha buffer in this
+    image. Returns a \link isNull() null\endlink image if \link
+    setAlphaBuffer() alpha buffer mode\endlink is disabled.
+
+    See QPixmap::convertFromImage() for a description of the \a
+    conversion_flags argument.
+
+    The returned image has little-endian bit order, which you can
+    convert to big-endianness using convertBitOrder().
+
+    \sa createHeuristicMask() hasAlphaBuffer() setAlphaBuffer()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_DITHER_TO_1
+QImage QImage::createAlphaMask( int conversion_flags ) const
+{
+    if ( conversion_flags == 1 ) {
+	// Old code is passing "TRUE".
+	conversion_flags = Qt::DiffuseAlphaDither;
+    }
+
+    if ( isNull() || !hasAlphaBuffer() )
+	return QImage();
+
+    if ( depth() == 1 ) {
+	// A monochrome pixmap, with alpha channels on those two colors.
+	// Pretty unlikely, so use less efficient solution.
+	return convertDepth(8, conversion_flags)
+		.createAlphaMask( conversion_flags );
+    }
+
+    QImage mask1;
+    dither_to_1( this, &mask1, conversion_flags, TRUE );
+    return mask1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK
+/*!
+    Creates and returns a 1-bpp heuristic mask for this image. It
+    works by selecting a color from one of the corners, then chipping
+    away pixels of that color starting at all the edges.
+
+    The four corners vote for which color is to be masked away. In
+    case of a draw (this generally means that this function is not
+    applicable to the image), the result is arbitrary.
+
+    The returned image has little-endian bit order, which you can
+    convert to big-endianness using convertBitOrder().
+
+    If \a clipTight is TRUE the mask is just large enough to cover the
+    pixels; otherwise, the mask is larger than the data pixels.
+
+    This function disregards the \link hasAlphaBuffer() alpha buffer
+    \endlink.
+
+    \sa createAlphaMask()
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::createHeuristicMask( bool clipTight ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() ) {
+	QImage nullImage;
+	return nullImage;
+    }
+    if ( depth() != 32 ) {
+	QImage img32 = convertDepth(32);
+	return img32.createHeuristicMask(clipTight);
+    }
+
+#define PIX(x,y)  (*((QRgb*)scanLine(y)+x) & 0x00ffffff)
+
+    int w = width();
+    int h = height();
+    QImage m(w, h, 1, 2, QImage::LittleEndian);
+    m.setColor( 0, 0xffffff );
+    m.setColor( 1, 0 );
+    m.fill( 0xff );
+
+    QRgb background = PIX(0,0);
+    if ( background != PIX(w-1,0) &&
+	 background != PIX(0,h-1) &&
+	 background != PIX(w-1,h-1) ) {
+	background = PIX(w-1,0);
+	if ( background != PIX(w-1,h-1) &&
+	     background != PIX(0,h-1) &&
+	     PIX(0,h-1) == PIX(w-1,h-1) ) {
+	    background = PIX(w-1,h-1);
+	}
+    }
+
+    int x,y;
+    bool done = FALSE;
+    uchar *ypp, *ypc, *ypn;
+    while( !done ) {
+	done = TRUE;
+	ypn = m.scanLine(0);
+	ypc = 0;
+	for ( y = 0; y < h; y++ ) {
+	    ypp = ypc;
+	    ypc = ypn;
+	    ypn = (y == h-1) ? 0 : m.scanLine(y+1);
+	    QRgb *p = (QRgb *)scanLine(y);
+	    for ( x = 0; x < w; x++ ) {
+		// slowness here - it's possible to do six of these tests
+		// together in one go. oh well.
+		if ( ( x == 0 || y == 0 || x == w-1 || y == h-1 ||
+		       !(*(ypc + ((x-1) >> 3)) & (1 << ((x-1) & 7))) ||
+		       !(*(ypc + ((x+1) >> 3)) & (1 << ((x+1) & 7))) ||
+		       !(*(ypp + (x     >> 3)) & (1 << (x     & 7))) ||
+		       !(*(ypn + (x     >> 3)) & (1 << (x     & 7))) ) &&
+		     (	(*(ypc + (x     >> 3)) & (1 << (x     & 7))) ) &&
+		     ( (*p & 0x00ffffff) == background ) ) {
+		    done = FALSE;
+		    *(ypc + (x >> 3)) &= ~(1 << (x & 7));
+		}
+		p++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !clipTight ) {
+	ypn = m.scanLine(0);
+	ypc = 0;
+	for ( y = 0; y < h; y++ ) {
+	    ypp = ypc;
+	    ypc = ypn;
+	    ypn = (y == h-1) ? 0 : m.scanLine(y+1);
+	    QRgb *p = (QRgb *)scanLine(y);
+	    for ( x = 0; x < w; x++ ) {
+		if ( (*p & 0x00ffffff) != background ) {
+		    if ( x > 0 )
+			*(ypc + ((x-1) >> 3)) |= (1 << ((x-1) & 7));
+		    if ( x < w-1 )
+			*(ypc + ((x+1) >> 3)) |= (1 << ((x+1) & 7));
+		    if ( y > 0 )
+			*(ypp + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (x & 7));
+		    if ( y < h-1 )
+			*(ypn + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (x & 7));
+		}
+		p++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#undef PIX
+
+    return m;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_MIRROR
+/*
+  This code is contributed by Philipp Lang,
+  GeneriCom Software Germany (www.generi.com)
+  under the terms of the QPL, Version 1.0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a mirror of the image, mirrored in the horizontal and/or
+    the vertical direction depending on whether \a horizontal and \a
+    vertical are set to TRUE or FALSE. The original image is not
+    changed.
+
+    \sa smoothScale()
+*/
+QImage QImage::mirror(bool horizontal, bool vertical) const
+{
+    int w = width();
+    int h = height();
+    if ( (w <= 1 && h <= 1) || (!horizontal && !vertical) )
+	return copy();
+
+    // Create result image, copy colormap
+    QImage result(w, h, depth(), numColors(), bitOrder());
+    memcpy(result.colorTable(), colorTable(), numColors()*sizeof(QRgb));
+    result.setAlphaBuffer(hasAlphaBuffer());
+
+    if (depth() == 1)
+	w = (w+7)/8;
+    int dxi = horizontal ? -1 : 1;
+    int dxs = horizontal ? w-1 : 0;
+    int dyi = vertical ? -1 : 1;
+    int dy = vertical ? h-1: 0;
+
+    // 1 bit, 8 bit
+    if (depth() == 1 || depth() == 8) {
+	for (int sy = 0; sy < h; sy++, dy += dyi) {
+	    Q_UINT8* ssl = (Q_UINT8*)(data->bits[sy]);
+	    Q_UINT8* dsl = (Q_UINT8*)(result.data->bits[dy]);
+	    int dx = dxs;
+	    for (int sx = 0; sx < w; sx++, dx += dxi)
+		dsl[dx] = ssl[sx];
+	}
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+    // 16 bit
+    else if (depth() == 16) {
+	for (int sy = 0; sy < h; sy++, dy += dyi) {
+	    Q_UINT16* ssl = (Q_UINT16*)(data->bits[sy]);
+	    Q_UINT16* dsl = (Q_UINT16*)(result.data->bits[dy]);
+	    int dx = dxs;
+	    for (int sx = 0; sx < w; sx++, dx += dxi)
+		dsl[dx] = ssl[sx];
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    // 32 bit
+    else if (depth() == 32) {
+	for (int sy = 0; sy < h; sy++, dy += dyi) {
+	    Q_UINT32* ssl = (Q_UINT32*)(data->bits[sy]);
+	    Q_UINT32* dsl = (Q_UINT32*)(result.data->bits[dy]);
+	    int dx = dxs;
+	    for (int sx = 0; sx < w; sx++, dx += dxi)
+		dsl[dx] = ssl[sx];
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // special handling of 1 bit images for horizontal mirroring
+    if (horizontal && depth() == 1) {
+	int shift = width() % 8;
+	for (int y = h-1; y >= 0; y--) {
+	    Q_UINT8* a0 = (Q_UINT8*)(result.data->bits[y]);
+	    // Swap bytes
+	    Q_UINT8* a = a0+dxs;
+	    while (a >= a0) {
+		*a = bitflip[*a];
+		a--;
+	    }
+	    // Shift bits if unaligned
+	    if (shift != 0) {
+		a = a0+dxs;
+		Q_UINT8 c = 0;
+		if (bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian) {
+		    while (a >= a0) {
+			Q_UINT8 nc = *a << shift;
+			*a = (*a >> (8-shift)) | c;
+			--a;
+			c = nc;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while (a >= a0) {
+			Q_UINT8 nc = *a >> shift;
+			*a = (*a << (8-shift)) | c;
+			--a;
+			c = nc;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a QImage which is a vertically mirrored copy of this
+    image. The original QImage is not changed.
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::mirror() const
+{
+    return mirror(FALSE,TRUE);
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_MIRROR
+
+/*!
+    Returns a QImage in which the values of the red and blue
+    components of all pixels have been swapped, effectively converting
+    an RGB image to a BGR image. The original QImage is not changed.
+*/
+
+QImage QImage::swapRGB() const
+{
+    QImage res = copy();
+    if ( !isNull() ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	if ( depth() == 32 ) {
+	    for ( int i=0; i < height(); i++ ) {
+		uint *p = (uint*)scanLine( i );
+		uint *q = (uint*)res.scanLine( i );
+		uint *end = p + width();
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    *q = ((*p << 16) & 0xff0000) | ((*p >> 16) & 0xff) |
+			 (*p & 0xff00ff00);
+		    p++;
+		    q++;
+		}
+	    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_16_BIT
+	} else if ( depth() == 16 ) {
+	    qWarning( "QImage::swapRGB not implemented for 16bpp" );
+#endif
+	} else
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+	    {
+	    uint* p = (uint*)colorTable();
+	    uint* q = (uint*)res.colorTable();
+	    if ( p && q ) {
+		for ( int i=0; i < numColors(); i++ ) {
+		    *q = ((*p << 16) & 0xff0000) | ((*p >> 16) & 0xff) |
+			 (*p & 0xff00ff00);
+		    p++;
+		    q++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+/*!
+    Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file \a
+    fileName, or 0 if the file cannot be read or if the format is not
+    recognized.
+
+    The QImageIO documentation lists the guaranteed supported image
+    formats, or use QImage::inputFormats() and QImage::outputFormats()
+    to get lists that include the installed formats.
+
+    \sa load() save()
+*/
+
+const char* QImage::imageFormat( const QString &fileName )
+{
+    return QImageIO::imageFormat( fileName );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
+    input.
+
+    \sa outputFormats() inputFormatList() QImageIO
+*/
+QStrList QImage::inputFormats()
+{
+    return QImageIO::inputFormats();
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+/*!
+    Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
+    input.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = myImage.inputFormatList();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa outputFormatList() inputFormats() QImageIO
+*/
+QStringList QImage::inputFormatList()
+{
+    return QStringList::fromStrList(QImageIO::inputFormats());
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
+    output.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = myImage.outputFormatList();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa inputFormatList() outputFormats() QImageIO
+*/
+QStringList QImage::outputFormatList()
+{
+    return QStringList::fromStrList(QImageIO::outputFormats());
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
+    output.
+
+    \sa inputFormats() outputFormatList() QImageIO
+*/
+QStrList QImage::outputFormats()
+{
+    return QImageIO::outputFormats();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Loads an image from the file \a fileName. Returns TRUE if the
+    image was successfully loaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a format is specified, the loader attempts to read the image
+    using the specified format. If \a format is not specified (which
+    is the default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to
+    guess the file format.
+
+    The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and
+    explains how to add extra formats.
+
+    \sa loadFromData() save() imageFormat() QPixmap::load() QImageIO
+*/
+
+bool QImage::load( const QString &fileName, const char* format )
+{
+    QImageIO io( fileName, format );
+    bool result = io.read();
+    if ( result )
+	operator=( io.image() );
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Loads an image from the first \a len bytes of binary data in \a
+    buf. Returns TRUE if the image was successfully loaded; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a format is specified, the loader attempts to read the image
+    using the specified format. If \a format is not specified (which
+    is the default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to
+    guess the file format.
+
+    The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and
+    explains how to add extra formats.
+
+    \sa load() save() imageFormat() QPixmap::loadFromData() QImageIO
+*/
+
+bool QImage::loadFromData( const uchar *buf, uint len, const char *format )
+{
+    QByteArray a;
+    a.setRawData( (char *)buf, len );
+    QBuffer b( a );
+    b.open( IO_ReadOnly );
+    QImageIO io( &b, format );
+    bool result = io.read();
+    b.close();
+    a.resetRawData( (char *)buf, len );
+    if ( result )
+	operator=( io.image() );
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Loads an image from the QByteArray \a buf.
+*/
+bool QImage::loadFromData( QByteArray buf, const char *format )
+{
+    return loadFromData( (const uchar *)(buf.data()), buf.size(), format );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Saves the image to the file \a fileName, using the image file
+    format \a format and a quality factor of \a quality. \a quality
+    must be in the range 0..100 or -1. Specify 0 to obtain small
+    compressed files, 100 for large uncompressed files, and -1 (the
+    default) to use the default settings.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the image was successfully saved; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa load() loadFromData() imageFormat() QPixmap::save() QImageIO
+*/
+
+bool QImage::save( const QString &fileName, const char* format, int quality ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() )
+	return FALSE;				// nothing to save
+    QImageIO io( fileName, format );
+    return doImageIO( &io, quality );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function writes a QImage to the QIODevice, \a device. This
+    can be used, for example, to save an image directly into a
+    QByteArray:
+    \code
+    QImage image;
+    QByteArray ba;
+    QBuffer buffer( ba );
+    buffer.open( IO_WriteOnly );
+    image.save( &buffer, "PNG" ); // writes image into ba in PNG format
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+bool QImage::save( QIODevice* device, const char* format, int quality ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() )
+	return FALSE;				// nothing to save
+    QImageIO io( device, format );
+    return doImageIO( &io, quality );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+*/
+
+bool QImage::doImageIO( QImageIO* io, int quality ) const
+{
+    if ( !io )
+	return FALSE;
+    io->setImage( *this );
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( quality > 100  || quality < -1 )
+	qWarning( "QPixmap::save: quality out of range [-1,100]" );
+#endif
+    if ( quality >= 0 )
+	io->setQuality( QMIN(quality,100) );
+    return io->write();
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QImage stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) && !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO)
+/*!
+    \relates QImage
+
+    Writes the image \a image to the stream \a s as a PNG image, or as a
+    BMP image if the stream's version is 1.
+
+    Note that writing the stream to a file will not produce a valid image file.
+
+    \sa QImage::save()
+    \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QImage &image )
+{
+    if ( s.version() >= 5 ) {
+	if ( image.isNull() ) {
+	    s << (Q_INT32) 0; // null image marker
+	    return s;
+	} else {
+	    s << (Q_INT32) 1;
+	    // continue ...
+	}
+    }
+    QImageIO io;
+    io.setIODevice( s.device() );
+    if ( s.version() == 1 )
+	io.setFormat( "BMP" );
+    else
+	io.setFormat( "PNG" );
+
+    io.setImage( image );
+    io.write();
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QImage
+
+    Reads an image from the stream \a s and stores it in \a image.
+
+    \sa QImage::load()
+    \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QImage &image )
+{
+    if ( s.version() >= 5 ) {
+	Q_INT32 nullMarker;
+	s >> nullMarker;
+	if ( !nullMarker ) {
+	    image = QImage(); // null image
+	    return s;
+	}
+    }
+    QImageIO io( s.device(), 0 );
+    if ( io.read() )
+	image = io.image();
+    return s;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Standard image io handlers (defined below)
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// standard image io handlers (defined below)
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_BMP
+static void read_bmp_image( QImageIO * );
+static void write_bmp_image( QImageIO * );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PPM
+static void read_pbm_image( QImageIO * );
+static void write_pbm_image( QImageIO * );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XBM
+static void read_xbm_image( QImageIO * );
+static void write_xbm_image( QImageIO * );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XPM
+static void read_xpm_image( QImageIO * );
+static void write_xpm_image( QImageIO * );
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+static void read_async_image( QImageIO * ); // Not in table of handlers
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Misc. utility functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XPM) || !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XBM)
+static QString fbname( const QString &fileName ) // get file basename (sort of)
+{
+    QString s = fileName;
+    if ( !s.isEmpty() ) {
+	int i;
+	if ( (i = s.findRev('/')) >= 0 )
+	    s = s.mid( i );
+	if ( (i = s.findRev('\\')) >= 0 )
+	    s = s.mid( i );
+	QRegExp r( QString::fromLatin1("[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]*") );
+	int p = r.search( s );
+	if ( p == -1 )
+	    s.truncate( 0 );
+	else
+	    s = s.mid( p, r.matchedLength() );
+    }
+    if ( s.isEmpty() )
+	s = QString::fromLatin1( "dummy" );
+    return s;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_BMP
+static void swapPixel01( QImage *image )	// 1-bpp: swap 0 and 1 pixels
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( image->depth() == 1 && image->numColors() == 2 ) {
+	register uint *p = (uint *)image->bits();
+	int nbytes = image->numBytes();
+	for ( i=0; i<nbytes/4; i++ ) {
+	    *p = ~*p;
+	    p++;
+	}
+	uchar *p2 = (uchar *)p;
+	for ( i=0; i<(nbytes&3); i++ ) {
+	    *p2 = ~*p2;
+	    p2++;
+	}
+	QRgb t = image->color(0);		// swap color 0 and 1
+	image->setColor( 0, image->color(1) );
+	image->setColor( 1, t );
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QImageIO member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QImageIO qimage.h
+
+    \brief The QImageIO class contains parameters for loading and
+    saving images.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup io
+
+    QImageIO contains a QIODevice object that is used for image data
+    I/O. The programmer can install new image file formats in addition
+    to those that Qt provides.
+
+    Qt currently supports the following image file formats: PNG, BMP,
+    XBM, XPM and PNM. It may also support JPEG, MNG and GIF, if
+    specially configured during compilation. The different PNM formats
+    are: PBM (P1 or P4), PGM (P2 or P5), and PPM (P3 or P6).
+
+    You don't normally need to use this class; QPixmap::load(),
+    QPixmap::save(), and QImage contain sufficient functionality.
+
+    For image files that contain sequences of images, only the first
+    is read. See QMovie for loading multiple images.
+
+    PBM, PGM, and PPM format \e output is always in the more condensed
+    raw format. PPM and PGM files with more than 256 levels of
+    intensity are scaled down when reading.
+
+    \warning If you are in a country which recognizes software patents
+    and in which Unisys holds a patent on LZW compression and/or
+    decompression and you want to use GIF, Unisys may require you to
+    license the technology. Such countries include Canada, Japan, the
+    USA, France, Germany, Italy and the UK.
+
+    GIF support may be removed completely in a future version of Qt.
+    We recommend using the PNG format.
+
+    \sa QImage QPixmap QFile QMovie
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+struct QImageIOData
+{
+    const char *parameters;
+    int quality;
+    float gamma;
+};
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QImageIO object with all parameters set to zero.
+*/
+
+QImageIO::QImageIO()
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QImageIO object with the I/O device \a ioDevice and a
+    \a format tag.
+*/
+
+QImageIO::QImageIO( QIODevice *ioDevice, const char *format )
+    : frmt(format)
+{
+    init();
+    iodev  = ioDevice;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QImageIO object with the file name \a fileName and a
+    \a format tag.
+*/
+
+QImageIO::QImageIO( const QString &fileName, const char* format )
+    : frmt(format), fname(fileName)
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Contains initialization common to all QImageIO constructors.
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::init()
+{
+    d = new QImageIOData();
+    d->parameters = 0;
+    d->quality = -1; // default quality of the current format
+    d->gamma=0.0f;
+    iostat = 0;
+    iodev  = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and all related data.
+*/
+
+QImageIO::~QImageIO()
+{
+    if ( d->parameters )
+	delete [] (char*)d->parameters;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QImageIO image handler functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+class QImageHandler
+{
+public:
+    QImageHandler( const char *f, const char *h, const QCString& fl,
+		   image_io_handler r, image_io_handler w );
+    QCString	      format;			// image format
+    QRegExp	      header;			// image header pattern
+    enum TMode { Untranslated=0, TranslateIn, TranslateInOut } text_mode;
+    image_io_handler  read_image;		// image read function
+    image_io_handler  write_image;		// image write function
+    bool	      obsolete;			// support not "published"
+};
+
+QImageHandler::QImageHandler( const char *f, const char *h, const QCString& fl,
+			      image_io_handler r, image_io_handler w )
+    : format(f), header(QString::fromLatin1(h))
+{
+    text_mode = Untranslated;
+    if ( fl.contains('t') )
+	text_mode = TranslateIn;
+    else if ( fl.contains('T') )
+	text_mode = TranslateInOut;
+    obsolete = fl.contains('O');
+    read_image	= r;
+    write_image = w;
+}
+
+typedef QPtrList<QImageHandler> QIHList;// list of image handlers
+static QIHList *imageHandlers = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+static QPluginManager<QImageFormatInterface> *plugin_manager = 0;
+#else
+static void *plugin_manager = 0;
+#endif
+
+void qt_init_image_plugins()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    if ( plugin_manager )
+	return;
+
+    plugin_manager = new QPluginManager<QImageFormatInterface>( IID_QImageFormat, QApplication::libraryPaths(), "/imageformats" );
+
+    QStringList features = plugin_manager->featureList();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = features.begin();
+    while ( it != features.end() ) {
+	QString str = *it;
+	++it;
+	QInterfacePtr<QImageFormatInterface> iface;
+	plugin_manager->queryInterface( str, &iface );
+	if ( iface )
+	    iface->installIOHandler( str );
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+static void cleanup()
+{
+    // make sure that image handlers are delete before plugin manager
+    delete imageHandlers;
+    imageHandlers = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    delete plugin_manager;
+    plugin_manager = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+void qt_init_image_handlers()		// initialize image handlers
+{
+    if ( !imageHandlers ) {
+	imageHandlers = new QIHList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( imageHandlers );
+	imageHandlers->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	qAddPostRoutine( cleanup );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_BMP
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "BMP", "^BM", 0,
+				   read_bmp_image, write_bmp_image );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PPM
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "PBM", "^P1", "t",
+				   read_pbm_image, write_pbm_image );
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "PBMRAW", "^P4", "O",
+				   read_pbm_image, write_pbm_image );
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "PGM", "^P2", "t",
+				   read_pbm_image, write_pbm_image );
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "PGMRAW", "^P5", "O",
+				   read_pbm_image, write_pbm_image );
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "PPM", "^P3", "t",
+				   read_pbm_image, write_pbm_image );
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "PPMRAW", "^P6", "O",
+				   read_pbm_image, write_pbm_image );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XBM
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "XBM", "^((/\\*(?!.XPM.\\*/))|#define)", "T",
+				   read_xbm_image, write_xbm_image );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XPM
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "XPM", "/\\*.XPM.\\*/", "T",
+				   read_xpm_image, write_xpm_image );
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_MNG
+	qInitMngIO();
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PNG
+	qInitPngIO();
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_JPEG
+	qInitJpegIO();
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+static QImageHandler *get_image_handler( const char *format )
+{						// get pointer to handler
+    qt_init_image_handlers();
+    qt_init_image_plugins();
+    register QImageHandler *p = imageHandlers->first();
+    while ( p ) {				// traverse list
+	if ( p->format == format )
+	    return p;
+	p = imageHandlers->next();
+    }
+    return 0;					// no such handler
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Defines an image I/O handler for the image format called \a
+    format, which is recognized using the \link qregexp.html#details
+    regular expression\endlink \a header, read using \a readImage and
+    written using \a writeImage.
+
+    \a flags is a string of single-character flags for this format.
+    The only flag defined currently is T (upper case), so the only
+    legal value for \a flags are "T" and the empty string. The "T"
+    flag means that the image file is a text file, and Qt should treat
+    all newline conventions as equivalent. (XPM files and some PPM
+    files are text files for example.)
+
+    \a format is used to select a handler to write a QImage; \a header
+    is used to select a handler to read an image file.
+
+    If \a readImage is a null pointer, the QImageIO will not be able
+    to read images in \a format. If \a writeImage is a null pointer,
+    the QImageIO will not be able to write images in \a format. If
+    both are null, the QImageIO object is valid but useless.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	void readGIF( QImageIO *image )
+	{
+	// read the image using the image->ioDevice()
+	}
+
+	void writeGIF( QImageIO *image )
+	{
+	// write the image using the image->ioDevice()
+	}
+
+	// add the GIF image handler
+
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "GIF",
+				   "^GIF[0-9][0-9][a-z]",
+				   0,
+				   readGIF,
+				   writeGIF );
+    \endcode
+
+    Before the regex test, all the 0 bytes in the file header are
+    converted to 1 bytes. This is done because when Qt was
+    ASCII-based, QRegExp could not handle 0 bytes in strings.
+
+    The regexp is only applied on the first 14 bytes of the file.
+
+    Note that Qt assumes that there is only one handler per format; if
+    two handlers support the same format, Qt will choose one
+    arbitrarily. It is not possible to have one handler support
+    reading, and another support writing.
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::defineIOHandler( const char *format,
+				const char *header,
+				const char *flags,
+				image_io_handler readImage,
+				image_io_handler writeImage )
+{
+    qt_init_image_handlers();
+    QImageHandler *p;
+    p = new QImageHandler( format, header, flags,
+			   readImage, writeImage );
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( p );
+    imageHandlers->insert( 0, p );
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QImageIO normal member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QImage &QImageIO::image() const
+
+    Returns the image currently set.
+
+    \sa setImage()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImageIO::status() const
+
+    Returns the image's IO status. A non-zero value indicates an
+    error, whereas 0 means that the IO operation was successful.
+
+    \sa setStatus()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QImageIO::format() const
+
+    Returns the image format string or 0 if no format has been
+    explicitly set.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QIODevice *QImageIO::ioDevice() const
+
+    Returns the IO device currently set.
+
+    \sa setIODevice()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QImageIO::fileName() const
+
+    Returns the file name currently set.
+
+    \sa setFileName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QImageIO::description() const
+
+    Returns the image description string.
+
+    \sa setDescription()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the image to \a image.
+
+    \sa image()
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setImage( const QImage &image )
+{
+    im = image;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the image IO status to \a status. A non-zero value indicates
+    an error, whereas 0 means that the IO operation was successful.
+
+    \sa status()
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setStatus( int status )
+{
+    iostat = status;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the image format to \a format for the image to be read or
+    written.
+
+    It is necessary to specify a format before writing an image, but
+    it is not necessary to specify a format before reading an image.
+
+    If no format has been set, Qt guesses the image format before
+    reading it. If a format is set the image will only be read if it
+    has that format.
+
+    \sa read() write() format()
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setFormat( const char *format )
+{
+    frmt = format;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the IO device to be used for reading or writing an image.
+
+    Setting the IO device allows images to be read/written to any
+    block-oriented QIODevice.
+
+    If \a ioDevice is not null, this IO device will override file name
+    settings.
+
+    \sa setFileName()
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setIODevice( QIODevice *ioDevice )
+{
+    iodev = ioDevice;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the file to read or write an image from to \a
+    fileName.
+
+    \sa setIODevice()
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setFileName( const QString &fileName )
+{
+    fname = fileName;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the quality of the written image, related to the
+    compression ratio.
+
+    \sa setQuality() QImage::save()
+*/
+
+int QImageIO::quality() const
+{
+    return d->quality;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the quality of the written image to \a q, related to the
+    compression ratio.
+
+    \a q must be in the range -1..100. Specify 0 to obtain small
+    compressed files, 100 for large uncompressed files. (-1 signifies
+    the default compression.)
+
+    \sa quality() QImage::save()
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setQuality( int q )
+{
+    d->quality = q;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the image's parameters string.
+
+    \sa setParameters()
+*/
+
+const char *QImageIO::parameters() const
+{
+    return d->parameters;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the image's parameter string to \a parameters. This is for
+    image handlers that require special parameters.
+
+    Although the current image formats supported by Qt ignore the
+    parameters string, it may be used in future extensions or by
+    contributions (for example, JPEG).
+
+    \sa parameters()
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setParameters( const char *parameters )
+{
+    if ( d && d->parameters )
+	delete [] (char*)d->parameters;
+    d->parameters = qstrdup( parameters );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the gamma value at which the image will be viewed to \a
+    gamma. If the image format stores a gamma value for which the
+    image is intended to be used, then this setting will be used to
+    modify the image. Setting to 0.0 will disable gamma correction
+    (i.e. any specification in the file will be ignored).
+
+    The default value is 0.0.
+
+    \sa gamma()
+*/
+void QImageIO::setGamma( float gamma )
+{
+    d->gamma=gamma;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the gamma value at which the image will be viewed.
+
+    \sa setGamma()
+*/
+float QImageIO::gamma() const
+{
+    return d->gamma;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the image description string for image handlers that support
+    image descriptions to \a description.
+
+    Currently, no image format supported by Qt uses the description
+    string.
+*/
+
+void QImageIO::setDescription( const QString &description )
+{
+    descr = description;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file \a
+    fileName, or null if the file cannot be read or if the format is
+    not recognized.
+*/
+
+const char* QImageIO::imageFormat( const QString &fileName )
+{
+    QFile file( fileName );
+    if ( !file.open(IO_ReadOnly) )
+	return 0;
+    const char* format = imageFormat( &file );
+    file.close();
+    return format;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a string that specifies the image format of the image read
+    from IO device \a d, or 0 if the device cannot be read or if the
+    format is not recognized.
+
+    Make sure that \a d is at the right position in the device (for
+    example, at the beginning of the file).
+
+    \sa QIODevice::at()
+*/
+
+const char *QImageIO::imageFormat( QIODevice *d )
+{
+    // if you change this change the documentation for defineIOHandler()
+    const int buflen = 14;
+
+    char buf[buflen];
+    char buf2[buflen];
+    qt_init_image_handlers();
+    qt_init_image_plugins();
+    int pos = d->at();			// save position
+    int rdlen = d->readBlock( buf, buflen );	// read a few bytes
+
+    if ( rdlen != buflen )
+	return 0;
+
+    memcpy( buf2, buf, buflen );
+
+    const char* format = 0;
+    for ( int n = 0; n < rdlen; n++ )
+	if ( buf[n] == '\0' )
+	    buf[n] = '\001';
+    if ( d->status() == IO_Ok && rdlen > 0 ) {
+	buf[rdlen - 1] = '\0';
+	QString bufStr = QString::fromLatin1(buf);
+	QImageHandler *p = imageHandlers->first();
+	int bestMatch = -1;
+	while ( p ) {
+	    if ( p->read_image && p->header.search(bufStr) != -1 ) {
+		// try match with header if a read function is available
+		if (p->header.matchedLength() > bestMatch) {
+		    // keep looking for best match
+		    format = p->format;
+		    bestMatch = p->header.matchedLength();
+		}
+	    }
+	    p = imageHandlers->next();
+	}
+    }
+    d->at( pos );				// restore position
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+    if ( !format )
+	format = QImageDecoder::formatName( (uchar*)buf2, rdlen );
+#endif
+
+    return format;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a sorted list of image formats that are supported for
+    image input.
+*/
+QStrList QImageIO::inputFormats()
+{
+    QStrList result;
+
+    qt_init_image_handlers();
+    qt_init_image_plugins();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+    // Include asynchronous loaders first.
+    result = QImageDecoder::inputFormats();
+#endif
+
+    QImageHandler *p = imageHandlers->first();
+    while ( p ) {
+	if ( p->read_image
+	    && !p->obsolete
+	    && !result.contains(p->format) )
+	{
+	    result.inSort(p->format);
+	}
+	p = imageHandlers->next();
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a sorted list of image formats that are supported for
+    image output.
+*/
+QStrList QImageIO::outputFormats()
+{
+    QStrList result;
+
+    qt_init_image_handlers();
+    qt_init_image_plugins();
+
+    // Include asynchronous writers (!) first.
+    // (None)
+
+    QImageHandler *p = imageHandlers->first();
+    while ( p ) {
+	if ( p->write_image
+	    && !p->obsolete
+	    && !result.contains(p->format) )
+	{
+	    result.inSort(p->format);
+	}
+	p = imageHandlers->next();
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Reads an image into memory and returns TRUE if the image was
+    successfully read; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Before reading an image you must set an IO device or a file name.
+    If both an IO device and a file name have been set, the IO device
+    will be used.
+
+    Setting the image file format string is optional.
+
+    Note that this function does \e not set the \link format()
+    format\endlink used to read the image. If you need that
+    information, use the imageFormat() static functions.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \code
+	QImageIO iio;
+	QPixmap  pixmap;
+	iio.setFileName( "vegeburger.bmp" );
+	if ( image.read() )        // ok
+	    pixmap = iio.image();  // convert to pixmap
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa setIODevice() setFileName() setFormat() write() QPixmap::load()
+*/
+
+bool QImageIO::read()
+{
+    QFile	   file;
+    const char	  *image_format;
+    QImageHandler *h;
+
+    if ( iodev ) {				// read from io device
+	// ok, already open
+    } else if ( !fname.isEmpty() ) {		// read from file
+	file.setName( fname );
+	if ( !file.open(IO_ReadOnly) )
+	    return FALSE;			// cannot open file
+	iodev = &file;
+    } else {					// no file name or io device
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if (frmt.isEmpty()) {
+	// Try to guess format
+	image_format = imageFormat( iodev );	// get image format
+	if ( !image_format ) {
+	    if ( file.isOpen() ) {			// unknown format
+		file.close();
+		iodev = 0;
+	    }
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    } else {
+	image_format = frmt;
+    }
+
+    h = get_image_handler( image_format );
+    if ( file.isOpen() ) {
+#if !defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+	if ( h && h->text_mode ) {		// reopen in translated mode
+	    file.close();
+	    file.open( IO_ReadOnly | IO_Translate );
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	    file.at( 0 );			// position to start
+    }
+    iostat = 1;					// assume error
+
+    if ( h && h->read_image ) {
+	(*h->read_image)( this );
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+    else {
+	// Format name, but no handler - must be an asychronous reader
+	read_async_image( this );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( file.isOpen() ) {			// image was read using file
+	file.close();
+	iodev = 0;
+    }
+    return iostat == 0;				// image successfully read?
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Writes an image to an IO device and returns TRUE if the image was
+    successfully written; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Before writing an image you must set an IO device or a file name.
+    If both an IO device and a file name have been set, the IO device
+    will be used.
+
+    The image will be written using the specified image format.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QImageIO iio;
+	QImage   im;
+	im = pixmap; // convert to image
+	iio.setImage( im );
+	iio.setFileName( "vegeburger.bmp" );
+	iio.setFormat( "BMP" );
+	if ( iio.write() )
+	    // returned TRUE if written successfully
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa setIODevice() setFileName() setFormat() read() QPixmap::save()
+*/
+
+bool QImageIO::write()
+{
+    if ( frmt.isEmpty() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QImageHandler *h = get_image_handler( frmt );
+    if ( !h && !plugin_manager) {
+	qt_init_image_plugins();
+	h = get_image_handler( frmt );
+    }
+    if ( !h || !h->write_image ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QImageIO::write: No such image format handler: %s",
+		 format() );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    QFile file;
+    if ( !iodev && !fname.isEmpty() ) {
+	file.setName( fname );
+	bool translate = h->text_mode==QImageHandler::TranslateInOut;
+	int fmode = translate ? IO_WriteOnly|IO_Translate : IO_WriteOnly;
+	if ( !file.open(fmode) )		// couldn't create file
+	    return FALSE;
+	iodev = &file;
+    }
+    iostat = 1;
+    (*h->write_image)( this );
+    if ( file.isOpen() ) {			// image was written using file
+	file.close();
+	iodev = 0;
+    }
+    return iostat == 0;				// image successfully written?
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_BMP
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  BMP (DIB) image read/write functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+const int BMP_FILEHDR_SIZE = 14;		// size of BMP_FILEHDR data
+
+struct BMP_FILEHDR {				// BMP file header
+    char   bfType[2];				// "BM"
+    Q_INT32  bfSize;				// size of file
+    Q_INT16  bfReserved1;
+    Q_INT16  bfReserved2;
+    Q_INT32  bfOffBits;				// pointer to the pixmap bits
+};
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, BMP_FILEHDR &bf )
+{						// read file header
+    s.readRawBytes( bf.bfType, 2 );
+    s >> bf.bfSize >> bf.bfReserved1 >> bf.bfReserved2 >> bf.bfOffBits;
+    return s;
+}
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const BMP_FILEHDR &bf )
+{						// write file header
+    s.writeRawBytes( bf.bfType, 2 );
+    s << bf.bfSize << bf.bfReserved1 << bf.bfReserved2 << bf.bfOffBits;
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+const int BMP_OLD  = 12;			// old Windows/OS2 BMP size
+const int BMP_WIN  = 40;			// new Windows BMP size
+const int BMP_OS2  = 64;			// new OS/2 BMP size
+
+const int BMP_RGB  = 0;				// no compression
+const int BMP_RLE8 = 1;				// run-length encoded, 8 bits
+const int BMP_RLE4 = 2;				// run-length encoded, 4 bits
+const int BMP_BITFIELDS = 3;			// RGB values encoded in data as bit-fields
+
+struct BMP_INFOHDR {				// BMP information header
+    Q_INT32  biSize;				// size of this struct
+    Q_INT32  biWidth;				// pixmap width
+    Q_INT32  biHeight;				// pixmap height
+    Q_INT16  biPlanes;				// should be 1
+    Q_INT16  biBitCount;			// number of bits per pixel
+    Q_INT32  biCompression;			// compression method
+    Q_INT32  biSizeImage;				// size of image
+    Q_INT32  biXPelsPerMeter;			// horizontal resolution
+    Q_INT32  biYPelsPerMeter;			// vertical resolution
+    Q_INT32  biClrUsed;				// number of colors used
+    Q_INT32  biClrImportant;			// number of important colors
+};
+
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, BMP_INFOHDR &bi )
+{
+    s >> bi.biSize;
+    if ( bi.biSize == BMP_WIN || bi.biSize == BMP_OS2 ) {
+	s >> bi.biWidth >> bi.biHeight >> bi.biPlanes >> bi.biBitCount;
+	s >> bi.biCompression >> bi.biSizeImage;
+	s >> bi.biXPelsPerMeter >> bi.biYPelsPerMeter;
+	s >> bi.biClrUsed >> bi.biClrImportant;
+    }
+    else {					// probably old Windows format
+	Q_INT16 w, h;
+	s >> w >> h >> bi.biPlanes >> bi.biBitCount;
+	bi.biWidth  = w;
+	bi.biHeight = h;
+	bi.biCompression = BMP_RGB;		// no compression
+	bi.biSizeImage = 0;
+	bi.biXPelsPerMeter = bi.biYPelsPerMeter = 0;
+	bi.biClrUsed = bi.biClrImportant = 0;
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const BMP_INFOHDR &bi )
+{
+    s << bi.biSize;
+    s << bi.biWidth << bi.biHeight;
+    s << bi.biPlanes;
+    s << bi.biBitCount;
+    s << bi.biCompression;
+    s << bi.biSizeImage;
+    s << bi.biXPelsPerMeter << bi.biYPelsPerMeter;
+    s << bi.biClrUsed << bi.biClrImportant;
+    return s;
+}
+
+static
+int calc_shift(int mask)
+{
+    int result = 0;
+    while (!(mask & 1)) {
+	result++;
+	mask >>= 1;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+static
+bool read_dib( QDataStream& s, int offset, int startpos, QImage& image )
+{
+    BMP_INFOHDR bi;
+    QIODevice* d = s.device();
+
+    s >> bi;					// read BMP info header
+    if ( d->atEnd() )				// end of stream/file
+	return FALSE;
+#if 0
+    qDebug( "offset...........%d", offset );
+    qDebug( "startpos.........%d", startpos );
+    qDebug( "biSize...........%d", bi.biSize );
+    qDebug( "biWidth..........%d", bi.biWidth );
+    qDebug( "biHeight.........%d", bi.biHeight );
+    qDebug( "biPlanes.........%d", bi.biPlanes );
+    qDebug( "biBitCount.......%d", bi.biBitCount );
+    qDebug( "biCompression....%d", bi.biCompression );
+    qDebug( "biSizeImage......%d", bi.biSizeImage );
+    qDebug( "biXPelsPerMeter..%d", bi.biXPelsPerMeter );
+    qDebug( "biYPelsPerMeter..%d", bi.biYPelsPerMeter );
+    qDebug( "biClrUsed........%d", bi.biClrUsed );
+    qDebug( "biClrImportant...%d", bi.biClrImportant );
+#endif
+    int w = bi.biWidth,	 h = bi.biHeight,  nbits = bi.biBitCount;
+    int t = bi.biSize,	 comp = bi.biCompression;
+    int red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask;
+    int red_shift = 0;
+    int green_shift = 0;
+    int blue_shift = 0;
+    int red_scale = 0;
+    int green_scale = 0;
+    int blue_scale = 0;
+
+    if ( !(nbits == 1 || nbits == 4 || nbits == 8 || nbits == 16 || nbits == 24 || nbits == 32) ||
+	bi.biPlanes != 1 || comp > BMP_BITFIELDS )
+	return FALSE;					// weird BMP image
+    if ( !(comp == BMP_RGB || (nbits == 4 && comp == BMP_RLE4) ||
+	(nbits == 8 && comp == BMP_RLE8) || ((nbits == 16 || nbits == 32) && comp == BMP_BITFIELDS)) )
+	 return FALSE;				// weird compression type
+
+    int ncols;
+    int depth;
+    switch ( nbits ) {
+	case 32:
+	case 24:
+	case 16:
+	    depth = 32;
+	    break;
+	case 8:
+	case 4:
+	    depth = 8;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    depth = 1;
+    }
+    if ( depth == 32 )				// there's no colormap
+	ncols = 0;
+    else					// # colors used
+	ncols = bi.biClrUsed ? bi.biClrUsed : 1 << nbits;
+
+    image.create( w, h, depth, ncols, nbits == 1 ?
+		  QImage::BigEndian : QImage::IgnoreEndian );
+    if ( image.isNull() )			// could not create image
+	return FALSE;
+
+    image.setDotsPerMeterX( bi.biXPelsPerMeter );
+    image.setDotsPerMeterY( bi.biYPelsPerMeter );
+
+    d->at( startpos + BMP_FILEHDR_SIZE + bi.biSize ); // goto start of colormap
+
+    if ( ncols > 0 ) {				// read color table
+	uchar rgb[4];
+	int   rgb_len = t == BMP_OLD ? 3 : 4;
+	for ( int i=0; i<ncols; i++ ) {
+	    if ( d->readBlock( (char *)rgb, rgb_len ) != rgb_len )
+		return FALSE;
+	    image.setColor( i, qRgb(rgb[2],rgb[1],rgb[0]) );
+	    if ( d->atEnd() )			// truncated file
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+    } else if (comp == BMP_BITFIELDS && (nbits == 16 || nbits == 32)) {
+	if ( (Q_ULONG)d->readBlock( (char *)&red_mask, sizeof(red_mask) ) != sizeof(red_mask) )
+	    return FALSE;
+	if ( (Q_ULONG)d->readBlock( (char *)&green_mask, sizeof(green_mask) ) != sizeof(green_mask) )
+	    return FALSE;
+	if ( (Q_ULONG)d->readBlock( (char *)&blue_mask, sizeof(blue_mask) ) != sizeof(blue_mask) )
+	    return FALSE;
+	red_shift = calc_shift(red_mask);
+	red_scale = 256 / ((red_mask >> red_shift) + 1);
+	green_shift = calc_shift(green_mask);
+	green_scale = 256 / ((green_mask >> green_shift) + 1);
+	blue_shift = calc_shift(blue_mask);
+	blue_scale = 256 / ((blue_mask >> blue_shift) + 1);
+    } else if (comp == BMP_RGB && (nbits == 24 || nbits == 32)) {
+	blue_mask = 0x000000ff;
+	green_mask = 0x0000ff00;
+	red_mask = 0x00ff0000;
+	blue_shift = 0;
+	green_shift = 8;
+	red_shift = 16;
+	blue_scale = green_scale = red_scale = 1;
+    } else if (comp == BMP_RGB && nbits == 16)  // don't support RGB values for 15/16 bpp
+	return FALSE;
+
+    // offset can be bogus, be careful
+    if (offset>=0 && startpos + offset > (Q_LONG)d->at() )
+	d->at( startpos + offset );		// start of image data
+
+    int	     bpl = image.bytesPerLine();
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    //
+    // Guess the number of bytes-per-line if we don't know how much
+    // image data is in the file (bogus image ?).
+    //
+    int bmpbpl = bi.biSizeImage > 0 ?
+	bi.biSizeImage / bi.biHeight :
+	(d->size() - offset) / bi.biHeight;
+    int pad = bmpbpl-bpl;
+#endif
+    uchar **line = image.jumpTable();
+
+    if ( nbits == 1 ) {				// 1 bit BMP image
+	while ( --h >= 0 ) {
+	    if ( d->readBlock((char*)line[h],bpl) != bpl )
+		break;
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+	    if ( pad > 0 )
+		d->at(d->at()+pad);
+#endif
+	}
+	if ( ncols == 2 && qGray(image.color(0)) < qGray(image.color(1)) )
+	    swapPixel01( &image );		// pixel 0 is white!
+    }
+
+    else if ( nbits == 4 ) {			// 4 bit BMP image
+	int    buflen = ((w+7)/8)*4;
+	uchar *buf    = new uchar[buflen];
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( buf );
+	if ( comp == BMP_RLE4 ) {		// run length compression
+	    int x=0, y=0, b, c, i;
+	    register uchar *p = line[h-1];
+	    uchar *endp = line[h-1]+w;
+	    while ( y < h ) {
+		if ( (b=d->getch()) == EOF )
+		    break;
+		if ( b == 0 ) {			// escape code
+		    switch ( (b=d->getch()) ) {
+			case 0:			// end of line
+			    x = 0;
+			    y++;
+			    p = line[h-y-1];
+			    break;
+			case 1:			// end of image
+			case EOF:		// end of file
+			    y = h;		// exit loop
+			    break;
+			case 2:			// delta (jump)
+			    x += d->getch();
+			    y += d->getch();
+
+			    // Protection
+			    if ( (uint)x >= (uint)w )
+				x = w-1;
+			    if ( (uint)y >= (uint)h )
+				y = h-1;
+
+			    p = line[h-y-1] + x;
+			    break;
+			default:		// absolute mode
+			    // Protection
+			    if ( p + b > endp )
+				b = endp-p;
+
+			    i = (c = b)/2;
+			    while ( i-- ) {
+				b = d->getch();
+				*p++ = b >> 4;
+				*p++ = b & 0x0f;
+			    }
+			    if ( c & 1 )
+				*p++ = d->getch() >> 4;
+			    if ( (((c & 3) + 1) & 2) == 2 )
+				d->getch();	// align on word boundary
+			    x += c;
+		    }
+		} else {			// encoded mode
+		    // Protection
+		    if ( p + b > endp )
+			b = endp-p;
+
+		    i = (c = b)/2;
+		    b = d->getch();		// 2 pixels to be repeated
+		    while ( i-- ) {
+			*p++ = b >> 4;
+			*p++ = b & 0x0f;
+		    }
+		    if ( c & 1 )
+			*p++ = b >> 4;
+		    x += c;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if ( comp == BMP_RGB ) {		// no compression
+	    while ( --h >= 0 ) {
+		if ( d->readBlock((char*)buf,buflen) != buflen )
+		    break;
+		register uchar *p = line[h];
+		uchar *b = buf;
+		for ( int i=0; i<w/2; i++ ) {	// convert nibbles to bytes
+		    *p++ = *b >> 4;
+		    *p++ = *b++ & 0x0f;
+		}
+		if ( w & 1 )			// the last nibble
+		    *p = *b >> 4;
+	    }
+	}
+	delete [] buf;
+    }
+
+    else if ( nbits == 8 ) {			// 8 bit BMP image
+	if ( comp == BMP_RLE8 ) {		// run length compression
+	    int x=0, y=0, b;
+	    register uchar *p = line[h-1];
+	    const uchar *endp = line[h-1]+w;
+	    while ( y < h ) {
+		if ( (b=d->getch()) == EOF )
+		    break;
+		if ( b == 0 ) {			// escape code
+		    switch ( (b=d->getch()) ) {
+			case 0:			// end of line
+			    x = 0;
+			    y++;
+			    p = line[h-y-1];
+			    break;
+			case 1:			// end of image
+			case EOF:		// end of file
+			    y = h;		// exit loop
+			    break;
+			case 2:			// delta (jump)
+			    x += d->getch();
+			    y += d->getch();
+
+			    // Protection
+			    if ( (uint)x >= (uint)w )
+				x = w-1;
+			    if ( (uint)y >= (uint)h )
+				y = h-1;
+
+			    p = line[h-y-1] + x;
+			    break;
+			default:		// absolute mode
+			    // Protection
+			    if ( p + b > endp )
+				b = endp-p;
+
+			    if ( d->readBlock( (char *)p, b ) != b )
+				return FALSE;
+			    if ( (b & 1) == 1 )
+				d->getch();	// align on word boundary
+			    x += b;
+			    p += b;
+		    }
+		} else {			// encoded mode
+		    // Protection
+		    if ( p + b > endp )
+			b = endp-p;
+
+		    memset( p, d->getch(), b ); // repeat pixel
+		    x += b;
+		    p += b;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if ( comp == BMP_RGB ) {		// uncompressed
+	    while ( --h >= 0 ) {
+		if ( d->readBlock((char *)line[h],bpl) != bpl )
+		    break;
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+		if ( pad > 0 )
+		    d->at(d->at()+pad);
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    else if ( nbits == 16 || nbits == 24 || nbits == 32 ) { // 16,24,32 bit BMP image
+	register QRgb *p;
+	QRgb  *end;
+	uchar *buf24 = new uchar[bpl];
+	int    bpl24 = ((w*nbits+31)/32)*4;
+	uchar *b;
+	int c;
+
+	while ( --h >= 0 ) {
+	    p = (QRgb *)line[h];
+	    end = p + w;
+	    if ( d->readBlock( (char *)buf24,bpl24) != bpl24 )
+		break;
+	    b = buf24;
+	    while ( p < end ) {
+		c = *(uchar*)b | (*(uchar*)(b+1)<<8);
+		if (nbits != 16)
+		    c |= *(uchar*)(b+2)<<16;
+		*p++ = qRgb(((c & red_mask) >> red_shift) * red_scale,
+					((c & green_mask) >> green_shift) * green_scale,
+					((c & blue_mask) >> blue_shift) * blue_scale);
+		b += nbits/8;
+	    }
+	}
+	delete[] buf24;
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool qt_read_dib( QDataStream& s, QImage& image )
+{
+    return read_dib(s,-1,-BMP_FILEHDR_SIZE,image);
+}
+
+
+static void read_bmp_image( QImageIO *iio )
+{
+    QIODevice  *d = iio->ioDevice();
+    QDataStream s( d );
+    BMP_FILEHDR bf;
+    int		startpos = d->at();
+
+    s.setByteOrder( QDataStream::LittleEndian );// Intel byte order
+    s >> bf;					// read BMP file header
+
+    if ( qstrncmp(bf.bfType,"BM",2) != 0 )	// not a BMP image
+	return;
+
+    QImage image;
+    if (read_dib( s, bf.bfOffBits, startpos, image )) {
+	iio->setImage( image );
+	iio->setStatus( 0 );			// image ok
+    }
+}
+
+bool qt_write_dib( QDataStream& s, QImage image )
+{
+    int	nbits;
+    int	bpl_bmp;
+    int	bpl = image.bytesPerLine();
+
+    QIODevice* d = s.device();
+
+    if ( image.depth() == 8 && image.numColors() <= 16 ) {
+	bpl_bmp = (((bpl+1)/2+3)/4)*4;
+	nbits = 4;
+    } else if ( image.depth() == 32 ) {
+	bpl_bmp = ((image.width()*24+31)/32)*4;
+	nbits = 24;
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    } else if ( image.depth() == 1 || image.depth() == 8 ) {
+	// Qt/E doesn't word align.
+	bpl_bmp = ((image.width()*image.depth()+31)/32)*4;
+	nbits = image.depth();
+#endif
+    } else {
+	bpl_bmp = bpl;
+	nbits = image.depth();
+    }
+
+    BMP_INFOHDR bi;
+    bi.biSize	       = BMP_WIN;		// build info header
+    bi.biWidth	       = image.width();
+    bi.biHeight	       = image.height();
+    bi.biPlanes	       = 1;
+    bi.biBitCount      = nbits;
+    bi.biCompression   = BMP_RGB;
+    bi.biSizeImage     = bpl_bmp*image.height();
+    bi.biXPelsPerMeter = image.dotsPerMeterX() ? image.dotsPerMeterX()
+						: 2834; // 72 dpi default
+    bi.biYPelsPerMeter = image.dotsPerMeterY() ? image.dotsPerMeterY() : 2834;
+    bi.biClrUsed       = image.numColors();
+    bi.biClrImportant  = image.numColors();
+    s << bi;					// write info header
+
+    if ( image.depth() != 32 ) {		// write color table
+	uchar *color_table = new uchar[4*image.numColors()];
+	uchar *rgb = color_table;
+	QRgb *c = image.colorTable();
+	for ( int i=0; i<image.numColors(); i++ ) {
+	    *rgb++ = qBlue ( c[i] );
+	    *rgb++ = qGreen( c[i] );
+	    *rgb++ = qRed  ( c[i] );
+	    *rgb++ = 0;
+	}
+	d->writeBlock( (char *)color_table, 4*image.numColors() );
+	delete [] color_table;
+    }
+
+    if ( image.depth() == 1 && image.bitOrder() != QImage::BigEndian )
+	image = image.convertBitOrder( QImage::BigEndian );
+
+    int	 y;
+
+    if ( nbits == 1 || nbits == 8 ) {		// direct output
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+	// Qt/E doesn't word align.
+	int pad = bpl_bmp - bpl;
+	char padding[4];
+#endif
+	for ( y=image.height()-1; y>=0; y-- ) {
+	    d->writeBlock( (char*)image.scanLine(y), bpl );
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+	    d->writeBlock( padding, pad );
+#endif
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    uchar *buf	= new uchar[bpl_bmp];
+    uchar *b, *end;
+    register uchar *p;
+
+    memset( buf, 0, bpl_bmp );
+    for ( y=image.height()-1; y>=0; y-- ) {	// write the image bits
+	if ( nbits == 4 ) {			// convert 8 -> 4 bits
+	    p = image.scanLine(y);
+	    b = buf;
+	    end = b + image.width()/2;
+	    while ( b < end ) {
+		*b++ = (*p << 4) | (*(p+1) & 0x0f);
+		p += 2;
+	    }
+	    if ( image.width() & 1 )
+		*b = *p << 4;
+	} else {				// 32 bits
+	    QRgb *p   = (QRgb *)image.scanLine( y );
+	    QRgb *end = p + image.width();
+	    b = buf;
+	    while ( p < end ) {
+		*b++ = qBlue(*p);
+		*b++ = qGreen(*p);
+		*b++ = qRed(*p);
+		p++;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( bpl_bmp != d->writeBlock( (char*)buf, bpl_bmp ) ) {
+	    delete[] buf;
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    delete[] buf;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static void write_bmp_image( QImageIO *iio )
+{
+    QIODevice  *d = iio->ioDevice();
+    QImage	image = iio->image();
+    QDataStream s( d );
+    BMP_FILEHDR bf;
+    int		bpl_bmp;
+    int		bpl = image.bytesPerLine();
+
+    // Code partially repeated in qt_write_dib
+    if ( image.depth() == 8 && image.numColors() <= 16 ) {
+	bpl_bmp = (((bpl+1)/2+3)/4)*4;
+    } else if ( image.depth() == 32 ) {
+	bpl_bmp = ((image.width()*24+31)/32)*4;
+    } else {
+	bpl_bmp = bpl;
+    }
+
+    iio->setStatus( 0 );
+    s.setByteOrder( QDataStream::LittleEndian );// Intel byte order
+    strncpy( bf.bfType, "BM", 2 );		// build file header
+    bf.bfReserved1 = bf.bfReserved2 = 0;	// reserved, should be zero
+    bf.bfOffBits   = BMP_FILEHDR_SIZE + BMP_WIN + image.numColors()*4;
+    bf.bfSize	   = bf.bfOffBits + bpl_bmp*image.height();
+    s << bf;					// write file header
+
+    if ( !qt_write_dib( s, image ) )
+	iio->setStatus( 1 );
+
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_BMP
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PPM
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  PBM/PGM/PPM (ASCII and RAW) image read/write functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int read_pbm_int( QIODevice *d )
+{
+    int	  c;
+    int	  val = -1;
+    bool  digit;
+    const int buflen = 100;
+    char  buf[buflen];
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( (c=d->getch()) == EOF )		// end of file
+	    break;
+	digit = isdigit( (uchar) c );
+	if ( val != -1 ) {
+	    if ( digit ) {
+		val = 10*val + c - '0';
+		continue;
+	    } else {
+		if ( c == '#' )			// comment
+		    d->readLine( buf, buflen );
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( digit )				// first digit
+	    val = c - '0';
+	else if ( isspace((uchar) c) )
+	    continue;
+	else if ( c == '#' )
+	    d->readLine( buf, buflen );
+	else
+	    break;
+    }
+    return val;
+}
+
+static void read_pbm_image( QImageIO *iio )	// read PBM image data
+{
+    const int	buflen = 300;
+    char	buf[buflen];
+    QIODevice  *d = iio->ioDevice();
+    int		w, h, nbits, mcc, y;
+    int		pbm_bpl;
+    char	type;
+    bool	raw;
+    QImage	image;
+
+    if ( d->readBlock( buf, 3 ) != 3 )			// read P[1-6]<white-space>
+	return;
+    if ( !(buf[0] == 'P' && isdigit((uchar) buf[1]) && isspace((uchar) buf[2])) )
+	return;
+    switch ( (type=buf[1]) ) {
+	case '1':				// ascii PBM
+	case '4':				// raw PBM
+	    nbits = 1;
+	    break;
+	case '2':				// ascii PGM
+	case '5':				// raw PGM
+	    nbits = 8;
+	    break;
+	case '3':				// ascii PPM
+	case '6':				// raw PPM
+	    nbits = 32;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    return;
+    }
+    raw = type >= '4';
+    w = read_pbm_int( d );			// get image width
+    h = read_pbm_int( d );			// get image height
+    if ( nbits == 1 )
+	mcc = 1;				// ignore max color component
+    else
+	mcc = read_pbm_int( d );		// get max color component
+    if ( w <= 0 || w > 32767 || h <= 0 || h > 32767 || mcc <= 0 )
+	return;					// weird P.M image
+
+    int maxc = mcc;
+    if ( maxc > 255 )
+	maxc = 255;
+    image.create( w, h, nbits, 0,
+		  nbits == 1 ? QImage::BigEndian :  QImage::IgnoreEndian );
+    if ( image.isNull() )
+	return;
+
+    pbm_bpl = (nbits*w+7)/8;			// bytes per scanline in PBM
+
+    if ( raw ) {				// read raw data
+	if ( nbits == 32 ) {			// type 6
+	    pbm_bpl = 3*w;
+	    uchar *buf24 = new uchar[pbm_bpl], *b;
+	    QRgb  *p;
+	    QRgb  *end;
+	    for ( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+		if ( d->readBlock( (char *)buf24, pbm_bpl ) != pbm_bpl ) {
+		    delete[] buf24;
+		    return;
+		}
+		p = (QRgb *)image.scanLine( y );
+		end = p + w;
+		b = buf24;
+		while ( p < end ) {
+		    *p++ = qRgb(b[0],b[1],b[2]);
+		    b += 3;
+		}
+	    }
+	    delete[] buf24;
+	} else {				// type 4,5
+	    for ( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+		if ( d->readBlock( (char *)image.scanLine(y), pbm_bpl )
+			!= pbm_bpl )
+		    return;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {					// read ascii data
+	register uchar *p;
+	int n;
+	for ( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+	    p = image.scanLine( y );
+	    n = pbm_bpl;
+	    if ( nbits == 1 ) {
+		int b;
+		while ( n-- ) {
+		    b = 0;
+		    for ( int i=0; i<8; i++ )
+			b = (b << 1) | (read_pbm_int(d) & 1);
+		    *p++ = b;
+		}
+	    } else if ( nbits == 8 ) {
+		if ( mcc == maxc ) {
+		    while ( n-- ) {
+			*p++ = read_pbm_int( d );
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while ( n-- ) {
+			*p++ = read_pbm_int( d ) * maxc / mcc;
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {				// 32 bits
+		n /= 4;
+		int r, g, b;
+		if ( mcc == maxc ) {
+		    while ( n-- ) {
+			r = read_pbm_int( d );
+			g = read_pbm_int( d );
+			b = read_pbm_int( d );
+			*((QRgb*)p) = qRgb( r, g, b );
+			p += 4;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while ( n-- ) {
+			r = read_pbm_int( d ) * maxc / mcc;
+			g = read_pbm_int( d ) * maxc / mcc;
+			b = read_pbm_int( d ) * maxc / mcc;
+			*((QRgb*)p) = qRgb( r, g, b );
+			p += 4;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( nbits == 1 ) {				// bitmap
+	image.setNumColors( 2 );
+	image.setColor( 0, qRgb(255,255,255) ); // white
+	image.setColor( 1, qRgb(0,0,0) );	// black
+    } else if ( nbits == 8 ) {			// graymap
+	image.setNumColors( maxc+1 );
+	for ( int i=0; i<=maxc; i++ )
+	    image.setColor( i, qRgb(i*255/maxc,i*255/maxc,i*255/maxc) );
+    }
+
+    iio->setImage( image );
+    iio->setStatus( 0 );			// image ok
+}
+
+
+static void write_pbm_image( QImageIO *iio )
+{
+    QIODevice* out = iio->ioDevice();
+    QCString str;
+
+    QImage  image  = iio->image();
+    QCString format = iio->format();
+    format = format.left(3);			// ignore RAW part
+    bool gray = format == "PGM";
+
+    if ( format == "PBM" ) {
+	image = image.convertDepth(1);
+    } else if ( image.depth() == 1 ) {
+	image = image.convertDepth(8);
+    }
+
+    if ( image.depth() == 1 && image.numColors() == 2 ) {
+	if ( qGray(image.color(0)) < qGray(image.color(1)) ) {
+	    // 0=dark/black, 1=light/white - invert
+	    image.detach();
+	    for ( int y=0; y<image.height(); y++ ) {
+		uchar *p = image.scanLine(y);
+		uchar *end = p + image.bytesPerLine();
+		while ( p < end )
+		    *p++ ^= 0xff;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    uint w = image.width();
+    uint h = image.height();
+
+    str.sprintf("P\n%d %d\n", w, h);
+
+    switch (image.depth()) {
+	case 1: {
+	    str.insert(1, '4');
+	    if ((uint)out->writeBlock(str, str.length()) != str.length()) {
+		iio->setStatus(1);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    w = (w+7)/8;
+	    for (uint y=0; y<h; y++) {
+		uchar* line = image.scanLine(y);
+		if ( w != (uint)out->writeBlock((char*)line, w) ) {
+		    iio->setStatus(1);
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case 8: {
+	    str.insert(1, gray ? '5' : '6');
+	    str.append("255\n");
+	    if ((uint)out->writeBlock(str, str.length()) != str.length()) {
+		iio->setStatus(1);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    QRgb  *color = image.colorTable();
+	    uint bpl = w*(gray ? 1 : 3);
+	    uchar *buf   = new uchar[bpl];
+	    for (uint y=0; y<h; y++) {
+		uchar *b = image.scanLine(y);
+		uchar *p = buf;
+		uchar *end = buf+bpl;
+		if ( gray ) {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			uchar g = (uchar)qGray(color[*b++]);
+			*p++ = g;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			QRgb rgb = color[*b++];
+			*p++ = qRed(rgb);
+			*p++ = qGreen(rgb);
+			*p++ = qBlue(rgb);
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( bpl != (uint)out->writeBlock((char*)buf, bpl) ) {
+		    iio->setStatus(1);
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	    delete [] buf;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case 32: {
+	    str.insert(1, gray ? '5' : '6');
+	    str.append("255\n");
+	    if ((uint)out->writeBlock(str, str.length()) != str.length()) {
+		iio->setStatus(1);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    uint bpl = w*(gray ? 1 : 3);
+	    uchar *buf = new uchar[bpl];
+	    for (uint y=0; y<h; y++) {
+		QRgb  *b = (QRgb*)image.scanLine(y);
+		uchar *p = buf;
+		uchar *end = buf+bpl;
+		if ( gray ) {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			uchar g = (uchar)qGray(*b++);
+			*p++ = g;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while ( p < end ) {
+			QRgb rgb = *b++;
+			*p++ = qRed(rgb);
+			*p++ = qGreen(rgb);
+			*p++ = qBlue(rgb);
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( bpl != (uint)out->writeBlock((char*)buf, bpl) ) {
+		    iio->setStatus(1);
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	    delete [] buf;
+	    }
+    }
+
+    iio->setStatus(0);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PPM
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+class QImageIOFrameGrabber : public QImageConsumer {
+public:
+    QImageIOFrameGrabber() : framecount(0) { }
+
+    QImageDecoder *decoder;
+    int framecount;
+
+    void changed(const QRect&) { }
+    void end() { }
+    void frameDone(const QPoint&, const QRect&) { framecount++; }
+    void frameDone() { framecount++; }
+    void setLooping(int) { }
+    void setFramePeriod(int) { }
+    void setSize(int, int) { }
+};
+
+static void read_async_image( QImageIO *iio )
+{
+    const int buf_len = 2048;
+    uchar buffer[buf_len];
+    QIODevice  *d = iio->ioDevice();
+    QImageIOFrameGrabber* consumer = new QImageIOFrameGrabber();
+    QImageDecoder *decoder = new QImageDecoder(consumer);
+    consumer->decoder = decoder;
+    int startAt = d->at();
+    int totLen = 0;
+
+    for (;;) {
+	int length = d->readBlock((char*)buffer, buf_len);
+	if ( length <= 0 ) {
+	    iio->setStatus(length);
+	    break;
+	}
+	uchar* b = buffer;
+	int r = -1;
+	while (length > 0 && consumer->framecount==0) {
+	    r = decoder->decode(b, length);
+	    if ( r <= 0 ) break;
+	    b += r;
+	    totLen += r;
+	    length -= r;
+	}
+	if ( consumer->framecount ) {
+	    // Stopped after first frame
+	    if ( d->isDirectAccess() )
+		d->at( startAt + totLen );
+	    else {
+		// ### We have (probably) read too much from the stream into
+		// the buffer, and there is no way to put it back!
+	    }
+	    iio->setImage(decoder->image());
+	    iio->setStatus(0);
+	    break;
+	}
+	if ( r <= 0 ) {
+	    iio->setStatus(r);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    consumer->decoder = 0;
+    delete decoder;
+    delete consumer;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XBM
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  X bitmap image read/write functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static inline int hex2byte( register char *p )
+{
+    return ( (isdigit((uchar) *p) ? *p - '0' : toupper((uchar) *p) - 'A' + 10) << 4 ) |
+	   ( isdigit((uchar) *(p+1)) ? *(p+1) - '0' : toupper((uchar) *(p+1)) - 'A' + 10 );
+}
+
+static void read_xbm_image( QImageIO *iio )
+{
+    const int	buflen = 300;
+    char	buf[buflen];
+    QRegExp	r1, r2;
+    QIODevice  *d = iio->ioDevice();
+    int		w=-1, h=-1;
+    QImage	image;
+
+    r1 = QString::fromLatin1("^#define[ \t]+[a-zA-Z0-9._]+[ \t]+");
+    r2 = QString::fromLatin1("[0-9]+");
+    d->readLine( buf, buflen );		// "#define .._width <num>"
+
+    while (!d->atEnd() && buf[0] != '#') //skip leading comment, if any
+        d->readLine( buf, buflen );
+
+    QString sbuf;
+    sbuf = QString::fromLatin1(buf);
+
+   if ( r1.search(sbuf) == 0 &&
+	 r2.search(sbuf, r1.matchedLength()) == r1.matchedLength() )
+	w = atoi( &buf[r1.matchedLength()] );
+
+    d->readLine( buf, buflen );			// "#define .._height <num>"
+    sbuf = QString::fromLatin1(buf);
+
+    if ( r1.search(sbuf) == 0 &&
+	 r2.search(sbuf, r1.matchedLength()) == r1.matchedLength() )
+	h = atoi( &buf[r1.matchedLength()] );
+
+    if ( w <= 0 || w > 32767 || h <= 0 || h > 32767 )
+	return;					// format error
+
+    for ( ;; ) {				// scan for data
+	if ( d->readLine(buf, buflen) <= 0 )	// end of file
+	    return;
+	if ( strstr(buf,"0x") != 0 )		// does line contain data?
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    image.create( w, h, 1, 2, QImage::LittleEndian );
+    if ( image.isNull() )
+	return;
+
+    image.setColor( 0, qRgb(255,255,255) );	// white
+    image.setColor( 1, qRgb(0,0,0) );		// black
+
+    int	   x = 0, y = 0;
+    uchar *b = image.scanLine(0);
+    char  *p = strstr( buf, "0x" );
+    w = (w+7)/8;				// byte width
+
+    while ( y < h ) {				// for all encoded bytes...
+	if ( p ) {				// p = "0x.."
+	    *b++ = hex2byte(p+2);
+	    p += 2;
+	    if ( ++x == w && ++y < h ) {
+		b = image.scanLine(y);
+		x = 0;
+	    }
+	    p = strstr( p, "0x" );
+	} else {				// read another line
+	    if ( d->readLine(buf,buflen) <= 0 )	// EOF ==> truncated image
+		break;
+	    p = strstr( buf, "0x" );
+	}
+    }
+
+    iio->setImage( image );
+    iio->setStatus( 0 );			// image ok
+}
+
+
+static void write_xbm_image( QImageIO *iio )
+{
+    QIODevice *d = iio->ioDevice();
+    QImage     image = iio->image();
+    int	       w = image.width();
+    int	       h = image.height();
+    int	       i;
+    QString    s = fbname(iio->fileName());	// get file base name
+    char *buf = new char[s.length() + 100];
+
+    sprintf( buf, "#define %s_width %d\n", s.ascii(), w );
+    d->writeBlock( buf, qstrlen(buf) );
+    sprintf( buf, "#define %s_height %d\n", s.ascii(), h );
+    d->writeBlock( buf, qstrlen(buf) );
+    sprintf( buf, "static char %s_bits[] = {\n ", s.ascii() );
+    d->writeBlock( buf, qstrlen(buf) );
+
+    iio->setStatus( 0 );
+
+    if ( image.depth() != 1 )
+	image = image.convertDepth( 1 );	// dither
+    if ( image.bitOrder() != QImage::LittleEndian )
+        image = image.convertBitOrder( QImage::LittleEndian );
+
+    bool invert = qGray(image.color(0)) < qGray(image.color(1));
+    char hexrep[16];
+    for ( i=0; i<10; i++ )
+	hexrep[i] = '0' + i;
+    for ( i=10; i<16; i++ )
+	hexrep[i] = 'a' -10 + i;
+    if ( invert ) {
+	char t;
+	for ( i=0; i<8; i++ ) {
+	    t = hexrep[15-i];
+	    hexrep[15-i] = hexrep[i];
+	    hexrep[i] = t;
+	}
+    }
+    int bcnt = 0;
+    register char *p = buf;
+    int bpl = (w+7)/8;
+    for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) {
+        uchar *b = image.scanLine(y);
+        for (i = 0; i < bpl; ++i) {
+            *p++ = '0'; *p++ = 'x';
+            *p++ = hexrep[*b >> 4];
+            *p++ = hexrep[*b++ & 0xf];
+
+            if ( i < bpl - 1 || y < h - 1 ) {
+                *p++ = ',';
+                if ( ++bcnt > 14 ) {
+                    *p++ = '\n';
+                    *p++ = ' ';
+                    *p   = '\0';
+                    if ( (int)qstrlen(buf) != d->writeBlock( buf, qstrlen(buf) ) ) {
+                        iio->setStatus( 1 );
+                        delete [] buf;
+                        return;
+                    }
+                    p = buf;
+                    bcnt = 0;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    strcpy( p, " };\n" );
+    if ( (int)qstrlen(buf) != d->writeBlock( buf, qstrlen(buf) ) )
+	iio->setStatus( 1 );
+    delete [] buf;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XBM
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XPM
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  XPM image read/write functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+// Skip until ", read until the next ", return the rest in *buf
+// Returns FALSE on error, TRUE on success
+
+static bool read_xpm_string( QCString &buf, QIODevice *d,
+			     const char * const *source, int &index )
+{
+    if ( source ) {
+	buf = source[index++];
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( buf.size() < 69 )	    //# just an approximation
+	buf.resize( 123 );
+
+    buf[0] = '\0';
+    int c;
+    int i;
+    while ( (c=d->getch()) != EOF && c != '"' ) { }
+    if ( c == EOF ) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    i = 0;
+    while ( (c=d->getch()) != EOF && c != '"' ) {
+	if ( i == (int)buf.size() )
+	    buf.resize( i*2+42 );
+	buf[i++] = c;
+    }
+    if ( c == EOF ) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( i == (int)buf.size() ) // always use a 0 terminator
+	buf.resize( i+1 );
+    buf[i] = '\0';
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+static int nextColorSpec(const QCString & buf)
+{
+    int i = buf.find(" c ");
+    if (i < 0)
+        i = buf.find(" g ");
+    if (i < 0)
+        i = buf.find(" g4 ");
+    if (i < 0)
+        i = buf.find(" m ");
+    if (i < 0)
+        i = buf.find(" s ");
+    return i;
+}
+
+//
+// INTERNAL
+//
+// Reads an .xpm from either the QImageIO or from the QString *.
+// One of the two HAS to be 0, the other one is used.
+//
+
+static void read_xpm_image_or_array( QImageIO * iio, const char * const * source,
+				     QImage & image)
+{
+    QCString buf;
+    QIODevice *d = 0;
+    buf.resize( 200 );
+
+    int i, cpp, ncols, w, h, index = 0;
+
+    if ( iio ) {
+	iio->setStatus( 1 );
+	d = iio ? iio->ioDevice() : 0;
+	d->readLine( buf.data(), buf.size() );	// "/* XPM */"
+	QRegExp r( QString::fromLatin1("/\\*.XPM.\\*/") );
+	if ( buf.find(r) == -1 )
+	    return;					// bad magic
+    } else if ( !source ) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( !read_xpm_string( buf, d, source, index ) )
+	return;
+
+    if ( sscanf( buf, "%d %d %d %d", &w, &h, &ncols, &cpp ) < 4 )
+	return;					// < 4 numbers parsed
+
+    if ( cpp > 15 )
+	return;
+
+    if ( ncols > 256 ) {
+	image.create( w, h, 32 );
+    } else {
+	image.create( w, h, 8, ncols );
+    }
+
+    if (image.isNull())
+        return;
+
+    QMap<QString, int> colorMap;
+    int currentColor;
+
+    for( currentColor=0; currentColor < ncols; ++currentColor ) {
+	if ( !read_xpm_string( buf, d, source, index ) ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QImage: XPM color specification missing");
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+	QString index;
+	index = buf.left( cpp );
+	buf = buf.mid( cpp ).simplifyWhiteSpace().lower();
+	buf.prepend( " " );
+	i = nextColorSpec(buf);
+	if ( i < 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QImage: XPM color specification is missing: %s", buf.data());
+#endif
+	    return;	// no c/g/g4/m/s specification at all
+	}
+	buf = buf.mid( i+3 );
+	// Strip any other colorspec
+	int end = nextColorSpec(buf);
+	if (end != -1)
+	    buf.truncate(end);
+	buf = buf.stripWhiteSpace();
+	if ( buf == "none" ) {
+	    image.setAlphaBuffer( TRUE );
+	    int transparentColor = currentColor;
+	    if ( image.depth() == 8 ) {
+		image.setColor( transparentColor,
+				RGB_MASK & qRgb(198,198,198) );
+		colorMap.insert( index, transparentColor );
+	    } else {
+		QRgb rgb = RGB_MASK & qRgb(198,198,198);
+		colorMap.insert( index, rgb );
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( ((buf.length()-1) % 3) && (buf[0] == '#') ) {
+		buf.truncate (((buf.length()-1) / 4 * 3) + 1); // remove alpha channel left by imagemagick
+	    }
+	    QColor c( buf.data() );
+	    if ( image.depth() == 8 ) {
+		image.setColor( currentColor, 0xff000000 | c.rgb() );
+		colorMap.insert( index, currentColor );
+	    } else {
+		QRgb rgb = 0xff000000 | c.rgb();
+		colorMap.insert( index, rgb );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    // Read pixels
+    for( int y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+	if ( !read_xpm_string( buf, d, source, index ) ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QImage: XPM pixels missing on image line %d", y);
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+	if ( image.depth() == 8 ) {
+	    uchar *p = image.scanLine(y);
+	    uchar *d = (uchar *)buf.data();
+	    uchar *end = d + buf.length();
+	    int x;
+	    if ( cpp == 1 ) {
+		char b[2];
+		b[1] = '\0';
+		for ( x=0; x<w && d<end; x++ ) {
+		    b[0] = *d++;
+		    *p++ = (uchar)colorMap[b];
+		}
+	    } else {
+		char b[16];
+		b[cpp] = '\0';
+		for ( x=0; x<w && d<end; x++ ) {
+		    strncpy( b, (char *)d, cpp );
+		    *p++ = (uchar)colorMap[b];
+		    d += cpp;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    QRgb *p = (QRgb*)image.scanLine(y);
+	    uchar *d = (uchar *)buf.data();
+	    uchar *end = d + buf.length();
+	    int x;
+	    char b[16];
+	    b[cpp] = '\0';
+	    for ( x=0; x<w && d<end; x++ ) {
+		strncpy( b, (char *)d, cpp );
+		*p++ = (QRgb)colorMap[b];
+		d += cpp;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( iio ) {
+	iio->setImage( image );
+	iio->setStatus( 0 );			// image ok
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void read_xpm_image( QImageIO * iio )
+{
+    QImage i;
+    (void)read_xpm_image_or_array( iio, 0, i );
+    return;
+}
+
+
+static const char* xpm_color_name( int cpp, int index )
+{
+    static char returnable[5];
+    static const char code[] = ".#abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCD"
+			       "EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+    // cpp is limited to 4 and index is limited to 64^cpp
+    if ( cpp > 1 ) {
+	if ( cpp > 2 ) {
+	    if ( cpp > 3 ) {
+		returnable[3] = code[index % 64];
+		index /= 64;
+	    } else
+		returnable[3] = '\0';
+	    returnable[2] = code[index % 64];
+	    index /= 64;
+	} else
+	    returnable[2] = '\0';
+	// the following 4 lines are a joke!
+	if ( index == 0 )
+	    index = 64*44+21;
+	else if ( index == 64*44+21 )
+	    index = 0;
+	returnable[1] = code[index % 64];
+	index /= 64;
+    } else
+	returnable[1] = '\0';
+    returnable[0] = code[index];
+
+    return returnable;
+}
+
+
+// write XPM image data
+static void write_xpm_image( QImageIO * iio )
+{
+    if ( iio )
+	iio->setStatus( 1 );
+    else
+	return;
+
+    // ### 8-bit case could be made faster
+    QImage image;
+    if ( iio->image().depth() != 32 )
+	image = iio->image().convertDepth( 32 );
+    else
+	image = iio->image();
+
+    QMap<QRgb, int> colorMap;
+
+    int w = image.width(), h = image.height(), ncolors = 0;
+    int x, y;
+
+    // build color table
+    for( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+	QRgb * yp = (QRgb *)image.scanLine( y );
+	for( x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+	    QRgb color = *(yp + x);
+	    if ( !colorMap.contains(color) )
+		colorMap.insert( color, ncolors++ );
+	}
+    }
+
+    // number of 64-bit characters per pixel needed to encode all colors
+    int cpp = 1;
+    for ( int k = 64; ncolors > k; k *= 64 ) {
+	++cpp;
+	// limit to 4 characters per pixel
+	// 64^4 colors is enough for a 4096x4096 image
+	 if ( cpp > 4)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    QString line;
+
+    // write header
+    QTextStream s( iio->ioDevice() );
+    s << "/* XPM */" << endl
+      << "static char *" << fbname(iio->fileName()) << "[]={" << endl
+      << "\"" << w << " " << h << " " << ncolors << " " << cpp << "\"";
+
+    // write palette
+    QMap<QRgb, int>::Iterator c = colorMap.begin();
+    while ( c != colorMap.end() ) {
+	QRgb color = c.key();
+	if ( image.hasAlphaBuffer() && color == (color & RGB_MASK) )
+	    line.sprintf( "\"%s c None\"",
+			  xpm_color_name(cpp, *c) );
+	else
+	    line.sprintf( "\"%s c #%02x%02x%02x\"",
+			  xpm_color_name(cpp, *c),
+			  qRed(color),
+			  qGreen(color),
+			  qBlue(color) );
+	++c;
+	s << "," << endl << line;
+    }
+
+    // write pixels, limit to 4 characters per pixel
+    line.truncate( cpp*w );
+    for( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+	QRgb * yp = (QRgb *) image.scanLine( y );
+	int cc = 0;
+	for( x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+	    int color = (int)(*(yp + x));
+	    QCString chars = xpm_color_name( cpp, colorMap[color] );
+	    line[cc++] = chars[0];
+	    if ( cpp > 1 ) {
+		line[cc++] = chars[1];
+		if ( cpp > 2 ) {
+		    line[cc++] = chars[2];
+		    if ( cpp > 3 ) {
+			line[cc++] = chars[3];
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	s << "," << endl << "\"" << line << "\"";
+    }
+    s << "};" << endl;
+
+    iio->setStatus( 0 );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_XPM
+
+/*!
+    Returns an image with depth \a d, using the \a palette_count
+    colors pointed to by \a palette. If \a d is 1 or 8, the returned
+    image will have its color table ordered the same as \a palette.
+
+    If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution
+    result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a
+    conversion_flags to specify how you'd prefer this to happen.
+
+    Note: currently no closest-color search is made. If colors are
+    found that are not in the palette, the palette may not be used at
+    all. This result should not be considered valid because it may
+    change in future implementations.
+
+    Currently inefficient for non-32-bit images.
+
+    \sa Qt::ImageConversionFlags
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+QImage QImage::convertDepthWithPalette( int d, QRgb* palette, int palette_count, int conversion_flags ) const
+{
+    if ( depth() == 1 ) {
+	return convertDepth( 8, conversion_flags )
+	       .convertDepthWithPalette( d, palette, palette_count, conversion_flags );
+    } else if ( depth() == 8 ) {
+	// ### this could be easily made more efficient
+	return convertDepth( 32, conversion_flags )
+	       .convertDepthWithPalette( d, palette, palette_count, conversion_flags );
+    } else {
+	QImage result;
+	convert_32_to_8( this, &result,
+	    (conversion_flags&~Qt::DitherMode_Mask) | Qt::AvoidDither,
+	    palette, palette_count );
+	return result.convertDepth( d );
+    }
+}
+#endif
+static
+bool
+haveSamePalette(const QImage& a, const QImage& b)
+{
+    if (a.depth() != b.depth()) return FALSE;
+    if (a.numColors() != b.numColors()) return FALSE;
+    QRgb* ca = a.colorTable();
+    QRgb* cb = b.colorTable();
+    for (int i=a.numColors(); i--; ) {
+	if (*ca++ != *cb++) return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QImage
+
+    Copies a block of pixels from \a src to \a dst. The pixels
+    copied from source (src) are converted according to
+    \a conversion_flags if it is incompatible with the destination
+    (\a dst).
+
+    \a sx, \a sy is the top-left pixel in \a src, \a dx, \a dy
+    is the top-left position in \a dst and \a sw, \a sh is the
+    size of the copied block.
+
+    The copying is clipped if areas outside \a src or \a dst are
+    specified.
+
+    If \a sw is -1, it is adjusted to src->width(). Similarly, if \a
+    sh is -1, it is adjusted to src->height().
+
+    Currently inefficient for non 32-bit images.
+*/
+void bitBlt( QImage* dst, int dx, int dy, const QImage* src,
+		int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, int conversion_flags )
+{
+    // Parameter correction
+    if ( sw < 0 ) sw = src->width();
+    if ( sh < 0 ) sh = src->height();
+    if ( sx < 0 ) { dx -= sx; sw += sx; sx = 0; }
+    if ( sy < 0 ) { dy -= sy; sh += sy; sy = 0; }
+    if ( dx < 0 ) { sx -= dx; sw += dx; dx = 0; }
+    if ( dy < 0 ) { sy -= dy; sh += dy; dy = 0; }
+    if ( sx + sw > src->width() ) sw = src->width() - sx;
+    if ( sy + sh > src->height() ) sh = src->height() - sy;
+    if ( dx + sw > dst->width() ) sw = dst->width() - dx;
+    if ( dy + sh > dst->height() ) sh = dst->height() - dy;
+    if ( sw <= 0 || sh <= 0 ) return; // Nothing left to copy
+    if ( (dst->data == src->data) && dx==sx && dy==sy ) return; // Same pixels
+
+    // "Easy" to copy if both same depth and one of:
+    //   - 32 bit
+    //   - 8 bit, identical palette
+    //   - 1 bit, identical palette and byte-aligned area
+    //
+    if ( haveSamePalette(*dst,*src)
+	 && ( dst->depth() != 1 ||
+	      !( (dx&7) || (sx&7) ||
+		 ((sw&7) && (sx+sw < src->width()) ||
+		  (dx+sw < dst->width()) ) ) ) )
+	{
+	    // easy to copy
+	} else if ( dst->depth() != 32 ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+
+	    QImage dstconv = dst->convertDepth( 32 );
+	    bitBlt( &dstconv, dx, dy, src, sx, sy, sw, sh,
+		    (conversion_flags&~Qt::DitherMode_Mask) | Qt::AvoidDither );
+	    *dst = dstconv.convertDepthWithPalette( dst->depth(),
+						    dst->colorTable(), dst->numColors() );
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+
+    // Now assume palette can be ignored
+
+    if ( dst->depth() != src->depth() ) {
+	if ( sw == src->width() && sh == src->height() || dst->depth()==32 ) {
+	    QImage srcconv = src->convertDepth( dst->depth(), conversion_flags );
+	    bitBlt( dst, dx, dy, &srcconv, sx, sy, sw, sh, conversion_flags );
+	} else {
+	    QImage srcconv = src->copy( sx, sy, sw, sh ); // ie. bitBlt
+	    bitBlt( dst, dx, dy, &srcconv, 0, 0, sw, sh, conversion_flags );
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+
+    // Now assume both are the same depth.
+
+    // Now assume both are 32-bit or 8-bit with compatible palettes.
+
+    // "Easy"
+
+    switch ( dst->depth() ) {
+    case 1:
+	{
+	    uchar* d = dst->scanLine(dy) + dx/8;
+	    uchar* s = src->scanLine(sy) + sx/8;
+	    const int bw = (sw+7)/8;
+	    if ( bw < 64 ) {
+		// Trust ourselves
+		const int dd = dst->bytesPerLine() - bw;
+		const int ds = src->bytesPerLine() - bw;
+		while ( sh-- ) {
+		    for ( int t=bw; t--; )
+			*d++ = *s++;
+		    d += dd;
+		    s += ds;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		// Trust libc
+		const int dd = dst->bytesPerLine();
+		const int ds = src->bytesPerLine();
+		while ( sh-- ) {
+		    memcpy( d, s, bw );
+		    d += dd;
+		    s += ds;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+    case 8:
+	{
+	    uchar* d = dst->scanLine(dy) + dx;
+	    uchar* s = src->scanLine(sy) + sx;
+	    if ( sw < 64 ) {
+		// Trust ourselves
+		const int dd = dst->bytesPerLine() - sw;
+		const int ds = src->bytesPerLine() - sw;
+		while ( sh-- ) {
+		    for ( int t=sw; t--; )
+			*d++ = *s++;
+		    d += dd;
+		    s += ds;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		// Trust libc
+		const int dd = dst->bytesPerLine();
+		const int ds = src->bytesPerLine();
+		while ( sh-- ) {
+		    memcpy( d, s, sw );
+		    d += dd;
+		    s += ds;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    case 32:
+	if ( src->hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	    QRgb* d = (QRgb*)dst->scanLine(dy) + dx;
+	    QRgb* s = (QRgb*)src->scanLine(sy) + sx;
+	    const int dd = dst->width() - sw;
+	    const int ds = src->width() - sw;
+	    while ( sh-- ) {
+		for ( int t=sw; t--; ) {
+		    unsigned char a = qAlpha(*s);
+		    if ( a == 255 )
+			*d++ = *s++;
+		    else if ( a == 0 )
+			++d,++s; // nothing
+		    else {
+			unsigned char r = ((qRed(*s)-qRed(*d)) * a) / 256 + qRed(*d);
+			unsigned char g = ((qGreen(*s)-qGreen(*d)) * a) / 256 + qGreen(*d);
+			unsigned char b = ((qBlue(*s)-qBlue(*d)) * a) / 256 + qBlue(*d);
+			a = QMAX(qAlpha(*d),a); // alternatives...
+			*d++ = qRgba(r,g,b,a);
+			++s;
+		    }
+		}
+		d += dd;
+		s += ds;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    QRgb* d = (QRgb*)dst->scanLine(dy) + dx;
+	    QRgb* s = (QRgb*)src->scanLine(sy) + sx;
+	    if ( sw < 64 ) {
+		// Trust ourselves
+		const int dd = dst->width() - sw;
+		const int ds = src->width() - sw;
+		while ( sh-- ) {
+		    for ( int t=sw; t--; )
+			*d++ = *s++;
+		    d += dd;
+		    s += ds;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		// Trust libc
+		const int dd = dst->width();
+		const int ds = src->width();
+		const int b = sw*sizeof(QRgb);
+		while ( sh-- ) {
+		    memcpy( d, s, b );
+		    d += dd;
+		    s += ds;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this image and image \a i have the same contents;
+    otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison can be slow, unless there
+    is some obvious difference, such as different widths, in which
+    case the function will return quickly.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+bool QImage::operator==( const QImage & i ) const
+{
+    // same object, or shared?
+    if ( i.data == data )
+	return TRUE;
+    // obviously different stuff?
+    if ( i.data->h != data->h ||
+	 i.data->w != data->w )
+	return FALSE;
+    // not equal if one has alphabuffer and the other does not
+    if ( i.hasAlphaBuffer() != hasAlphaBuffer() )
+        return FALSE;
+    // that was the fast bit...
+    QImage i1 = convertDepth( 32 );
+    QImage i2 = i.convertDepth( 32 );
+    int l;
+    // if no alpha buffer used, there might still be junk in the
+    // alpha bits; thus, we can't do memcmp-style comparison of scanlines
+    if ( !hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+        int m;
+        QRgb *i1line;
+        QRgb *i2line;
+        for( l=0; l < data->h; l++ ) {
+            i1line = (uint *)i1.scanLine( l );
+            i2line = (uint *)i2.scanLine( l );
+            // compare pixels of scanline individually
+            for ( m=0; m < data->w; m++ )
+                if ( (i1line[m] ^ i2line[m]) & 0x00FFFFFF )
+                    return FALSE;
+        }
+    } else {
+        // yay, we can do fast binary comparison on entire scanlines
+        for( l=0; l < data->h; l++ )
+            if ( memcmp( i1.scanLine( l ), i2.scanLine( l ), 4*data->w ) )
+	        return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this image and image \a i have different contents;
+    otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison can be slow, unless there
+    is some obvious difference, such as different widths, in which
+    case the function will return quickly.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+bool QImage::operator!=( const QImage & i ) const
+{
+    return !(*this == i);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::dotsPerMeterX() const
+
+    Returns the number of pixels that fit horizontally in a physical
+    meter. This and dotsPerMeterY() define the intended scale and
+    aspect ratio of the image.
+
+    \sa setDotsPerMeterX()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QImage::dotsPerMeterY() const
+
+    Returns the number of pixels that fit vertically in a physical
+    meter. This and dotsPerMeterX() define the intended scale and
+    aspect ratio of the image.
+
+    \sa setDotsPerMeterY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value returned by dotsPerMeterX() to \a x.
+*/
+void QImage::setDotsPerMeterX(int x)
+{
+    data->dpmx = x;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value returned by dotsPerMeterY() to \a y.
+*/
+void QImage::setDotsPerMeterY(int y)
+{
+    data->dpmy = y;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QImage::offset() const
+
+    Returns the number of pixels by which the image is intended to be
+    offset by when positioning relative to other images.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value returned by offset() to \a p.
+*/
+void QImage::setOffset(const QPoint& p)
+{
+    data->offset = p;
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the internal QImageDataMisc object. This object will be
+    created if it doesn't already exist.
+*/
+QImageDataMisc& QImage::misc() const
+{
+    if ( !data->misc )
+	data->misc = new QImageDataMisc;
+    return *data->misc;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the string recorded for the keyword \a key in language \a
+    lang, or in a default language if \a lang is 0.
+*/
+QString QImage::text(const char* key, const char* lang) const
+{
+    QImageTextKeyLang x(key,lang);
+    return misc().text_lang[x];
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the string recorded for the keyword and language \a kl.
+*/
+QString QImage::text(const QImageTextKeyLang& kl) const
+{
+    return misc().text_lang[kl];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the language identifiers for which some texts are
+    recorded.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = myImage.textLanguages();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa textList() text() setText() textKeys()
+*/
+QStringList QImage::textLanguages() const
+{
+    if ( !data->misc )
+	return QStringList();
+    return misc().languages();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the keywords for which some texts are recorded.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = myImage.textKeys();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa textList() text() setText() textLanguages()
+*/
+QStringList QImage::textKeys() const
+{
+    if ( !data->misc )
+	return QStringList();
+    return misc().keys();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of QImageTextKeyLang objects that enumerate all the
+    texts key/language pairs set by setText() for this image.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang> list = myImage.textList();
+    QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang>::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang> QImage::textList() const
+{
+    if ( !data->misc )
+	return QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang>();
+    return misc().list();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Records string \a s for the keyword \a key. The \a key should be a
+    portable keyword recognizable by other software - some suggested
+    values can be found in \link
+    http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/spec/1.2/png-1.2-pdg.html#C.Anc-text
+    the PNG specification \endlink. \a s can be any text. \a lang
+    should specify the language code (see
+    \link http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1766.txt RFC 1766 \endlink) or 0.
+*/
+void QImage::setText(const char* key, const char* lang, const QString& s)
+{
+    QImageTextKeyLang x(key,lang);
+    misc().text_lang.replace(x,s);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QGfx * QImage::graphicsContext()
+{
+    QGfx * ret=0;
+    if(depth()) {
+	int w = qt_screen->mapToDevice( QSize(width(),height()) ).width();
+	int h = qt_screen->mapToDevice( QSize(width(),height()) ).height();
+	ret=QGfx::createGfx(depth(),bits(),w,h,bytesPerLine());
+    } else {
+	qDebug("Trying to create image for null depth");
+	return 0;
+    }
+    if(depth()<=8) {
+	QRgb * tmp=colorTable();
+	int nc=numColors();
+	if(tmp==0) {
+	    static QRgb table[2] = { qRgb(255,255,255), qRgb(0,0,0) };
+	    tmp=table;
+	    nc=2;
+	}
+	ret->setClut(tmp,nc);
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qimage.h b/src/kernel/qimage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ade054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qimage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QImage and QImageIO classes
+**
+** Created : 950207
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QIMAGE_H
+#define QIMAGE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qstrlist.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QImageDataMisc; // internal
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+class Q_EXPORT QImageTextKeyLang {
+public:
+    QImageTextKeyLang(const char* k, const char* l) : key(k), lang(l) { }
+    QImageTextKeyLang() { }
+
+    QCString key;
+    QCString lang;
+
+    bool operator< (const QImageTextKeyLang& other) const
+	{ return key < other.key || key==other.key && lang < other.lang; }
+    bool operator== (const QImageTextKeyLang& other) const
+	{ return key==other.key && lang==other.lang; }
+};
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QImage
+{
+public:
+    enum Endian { IgnoreEndian, BigEndian, LittleEndian };
+
+    QImage();
+    QImage( int width, int height, int depth, int numColors=0,
+	    Endian bitOrder=IgnoreEndian );
+    QImage( const QSize&, int depth, int numColors=0,
+	    Endian bitOrder=IgnoreEndian );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+    QImage( const QString &fileName, const char* format=0 );
+    QImage( const char * const xpm[] );
+    QImage( const QByteArray &data );
+#endif
+    QImage( uchar* data, int w, int h, int depth,
+		QRgb* colortable, int numColors,
+		Endian bitOrder );
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    QImage( uchar* data, int w, int h, int depth, int pbl,
+		QRgb* colortable, int numColors,
+		Endian bitOrder );
+#endif
+    QImage( const QImage & );
+   ~QImage();
+
+    QImage     &operator=( const QImage & );
+    QImage     &operator=( const QPixmap & );
+    bool	operator==( const QImage & ) const;
+    bool	operator!=( const QImage & ) const;
+    void	detach();
+    QImage	copy()		const;
+    QImage	copy(int x, int y, int w, int h, int conversion_flags=0) const;
+    QImage	copy(const QRect&)	const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+    static QImage fromMimeSource( const QString& abs_name );
+#endif
+    bool	isNull()	const	{ return data->bits == 0; }
+
+    int		width()		const	{ return data->w; }
+    int		height()	const	{ return data->h; }
+    QSize	size()		const	{ return QSize(data->w,data->h); }
+    QRect	rect()		const	{ return QRect(0,0,data->w,data->h); }
+    int		depth()		const	{ return data->d; }
+    int		numColors()	const	{ return data->ncols; }
+    Endian	bitOrder()	const	{ return (Endian) data->bitordr; }
+
+    QRgb	color( int i )	const;
+    void	setColor( int i, QRgb c );
+    void	setNumColors( int );
+
+    bool	hasAlphaBuffer() const;
+    void	setAlphaBuffer( bool );
+
+    bool	allGray() const;
+    bool        isGrayscale() const;
+
+    uchar      *bits()		const;
+    uchar      *scanLine( int ) const;
+    uchar     **jumpTable()	const;
+    QRgb       *colorTable()	const;
+    int		numBytes()	const;
+    int		bytesPerLine()	const;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    QGfx * graphicsContext();
+#endif
+
+    bool	create( int width, int height, int depth, int numColors=0,
+			Endian bitOrder=IgnoreEndian );
+    bool	create( const QSize&, int depth, int numColors=0,
+			Endian bitOrder=IgnoreEndian );
+    void	reset();
+
+    void	fill( uint pixel );
+    void	invertPixels( bool invertAlpha = TRUE );
+
+    QImage	convertDepth( int ) const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRUECOLOR
+    QImage	convertDepthWithPalette( int, QRgb* p, int pc, int cf=0 ) const;
+#endif
+    QImage	convertDepth( int, int conversion_flags ) const;
+    QImage	convertBitOrder( Endian ) const;
+
+    enum ScaleMode {
+	ScaleFree,
+	ScaleMin,
+	ScaleMax
+    };
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE
+    QImage smoothScale( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode=ScaleFree ) const;
+    QImage smoothScale( const QSize& s, ScaleMode mode=ScaleFree ) const;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION
+    QImage scale( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode=ScaleFree ) const;
+    QImage scale( const QSize& s, ScaleMode mode=ScaleFree ) const;
+    QImage scaleWidth( int w ) const;
+    QImage scaleHeight( int h ) const;
+    QImage xForm( const QWMatrix &matrix ) const;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_DITHER_TO_1
+    QImage	createAlphaMask( int conversion_flags=0 ) const;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK
+    QImage	createHeuristicMask( bool clipTight=TRUE ) const;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_MIRROR
+    QImage	mirror() const;
+    QImage	mirror(bool horizontally, bool vertically) const;
+#endif
+    QImage	swapRGB() const;
+
+    static Endian systemBitOrder();
+    static Endian systemByteOrder();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+    static const char* imageFormat( const QString &fileName );
+    static QStrList inputFormats();
+    static QStrList outputFormats();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    static QStringList inputFormatList();
+    static QStringList outputFormatList();
+#endif
+    bool	load( const QString &fileName, const char* format=0 );
+    bool	loadFromData( const uchar *buf, uint len,
+			      const char *format=0 );
+    bool	loadFromData( QByteArray data, const char* format=0 );
+    bool	save( const QString &fileName, const char* format,
+		      int quality=-1 ) const;
+    bool	save( QIODevice * device, const char* format,
+		      int quality=-1 ) const;
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+    bool	valid( int x, int y ) const;
+    int		pixelIndex( int x, int y ) const;
+    QRgb	pixel( int x, int y ) const;
+    void	setPixel( int x, int y, uint index_or_rgb );
+
+    // Auxiliary data
+    int dotsPerMeterX() const;
+    int dotsPerMeterY() const;
+    void setDotsPerMeterX(int);
+    void setDotsPerMeterY(int);
+    QPoint offset() const;
+    void setOffset(const QPoint&);
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang> textList() const;
+    QStringList textLanguages() const;
+    QStringList textKeys() const;
+    QString text(const char* key, const char* lang=0) const;
+    QString text(const QImageTextKeyLang&) const;
+    void setText(const char* key, const char* lang, const QString&);
+#endif
+private:
+    void	init();
+    void	reinit();
+    void	freeBits();
+    static void	warningIndexRange( const char *, int );
+
+    struct QImageData : public QShared {	// internal image data
+	int	w;				// image width
+	int	h;				// image height
+	int	d;				// image depth
+	int	ncols;				// number of colors
+	int	nbytes;				// number of bytes data
+	int	bitordr;			// bit order (1 bit depth)
+	QRgb   *ctbl;				// color table
+	uchar **bits;				// image data
+	bool	alpha;				// alpha buffer
+	int	dpmx;				// dots per meter X (or 0)
+	int	dpmy;				// dots per meter Y (or 0)
+	QPoint	offset;				// offset in pixels
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+	QImageDataMisc* misc;			// less common stuff
+#endif
+	bool    ctbl_mine;			// this allocated ctbl
+    } *data;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    QImageDataMisc& misc() const;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+    bool doImageIO( QImageIO* io, int quality ) const;
+#endif
+    friend Q_EXPORT void bitBlt( QImage* dst, int dx, int dy,
+				 const QImage* src, int sx, int sy,
+				 int sw, int sh, int conversion_flags );
+};
+
+
+// QImage stream functions
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) && !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO)
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QImage & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QImage & );
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+class QIODevice;
+typedef void (*image_io_handler)( QImageIO * ); // image IO handler
+
+
+struct QImageIOData;
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QImageIO
+{
+public:
+    QImageIO();
+    QImageIO( QIODevice	 *ioDevice, const char *format );
+    QImageIO( const QString &fileName, const char* format );
+   ~QImageIO();
+
+
+    const QImage &image()	const	{ return im; }
+    int		status()	const	{ return iostat; }
+    const char *format()	const	{ return frmt; }
+    QIODevice  *ioDevice()	const	{ return iodev; }
+    QString	fileName()	const	{ return fname; }
+    int		quality()	const;
+    QString	description()	const	{ return descr; }
+    const char *parameters()	const;
+    float gamma() const;
+
+    void	setImage( const QImage & );
+    void	setStatus( int );
+    void	setFormat( const char * );
+    void	setIODevice( QIODevice * );
+    void	setFileName( const QString & );
+    void	setQuality( int );
+    void	setDescription( const QString & );
+    void	setParameters( const char * );
+    void	setGamma( float );
+
+    bool	read();
+    bool	write();
+
+    static const char* imageFormat( const QString &fileName );
+    static const char *imageFormat( QIODevice * );
+    static QStrList inputFormats();
+    static QStrList outputFormats();
+
+    static void defineIOHandler( const char *format,
+				 const char *header,
+				 const char *flags,
+				 image_io_handler read_image,
+				 image_io_handler write_image );
+
+private:
+    void	init();
+
+    QImage	im;				// image
+    int		iostat;				// IO status
+    QCString	frmt;				// image format
+    QIODevice  *iodev;				// IO device
+    QString	fname;				// file name
+    char       *params;				// image parameters //### change to QImageIOData *d in 3.0
+    QString     descr;				// image description
+    QImageIOData *d;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QImageIO( const QImageIO & );
+    QImageIO &operator=( const QImageIO & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+Q_EXPORT void bitBlt( QImage* dst, int dx, int dy, const QImage* src,
+		      int sx=0, int sy=0, int sw=-1, int sh=-1,
+		      int conversion_flags=0 );
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QImage member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline bool QImage::hasAlphaBuffer() const
+{
+    return data->alpha;
+}
+
+inline uchar *QImage::bits() const
+{
+    return data->bits ? data->bits[0] : 0;
+}
+
+inline uchar **QImage::jumpTable() const
+{
+    return data->bits;
+}
+
+inline QRgb *QImage::colorTable() const
+{
+    return data->ctbl;
+}
+
+inline int QImage::numBytes() const
+{
+    return data->nbytes;
+}
+
+inline int QImage::bytesPerLine() const
+{
+    return data->h ? data->nbytes/data->h : 0;
+}
+
+inline QImage QImage::copy(const QRect& r) const
+{
+    return copy(r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height());
+}
+
+inline QRgb QImage::color( int i ) const
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( i >= data->ncols )
+	warningIndexRange( "color", i );
+#endif
+    return data->ctbl ? data->ctbl[i] : (QRgb)-1;
+}
+
+inline void QImage::setColor( int i, QRgb c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( i >= data->ncols )
+	warningIndexRange( "setColor", i );
+#endif
+    if ( data->ctbl )
+	data->ctbl[i] = c;
+}
+
+inline uchar *QImage::scanLine( int i ) const
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( i >= data->h )
+	warningIndexRange( "scanLine", i );
+#endif
+    return data->bits ? data->bits[i] : 0;
+}
+
+inline int QImage::dotsPerMeterX() const
+{
+    return data->dpmx;
+}
+
+inline int QImage::dotsPerMeterY() const
+{
+    return data->dpmy;
+}
+
+inline QPoint QImage::offset() const
+{
+    return data->offset;
+}
+
+
+#endif // QIMAGE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qimageformatinterface_p.h b/src/kernel/qimageformatinterface_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b7fe17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qimageformatinterface_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ...
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QIMAGEFORMATINTERFACE_P_H
+#define QIMAGEFORMATINTERFACE_P_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include <private/qcom_p.h>
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ - 0 > 3
+#pragma GCC system_header
+#endif
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of internal files.  This header file may change from version to version
+// without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+// {04903F05-54B1-4726-A849-FB5CB097CA87} 
+#ifndef IID_QImageFormat
+#define IID_QImageFormat QUuid( 0x04903f05, 0x54b1, 0x4726, 0xa8, 0x49, 0xfb, 0x5c, 0xb0, 0x97, 0xca, 0x87 )
+#endif
+
+class QImage;
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QImageFormatInterface : public QFeatureListInterface
+{
+    virtual QRESULT loadImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, QImage * ) = 0;
+    virtual QRESULT saveImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, const QImage & ) = 0;
+
+    virtual QRESULT installIOHandler( const QString & ) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+#endif // QIMAGEFORMATINTERFACE_P_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qimageformatplugin.cpp b/src/kernel/qimageformatplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec586d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qimageformatplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ...
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qimageformatplugin.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEFORMATPLUGIN
+#include "qimageformatinterface_p.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QImageFormatPlugin qimageformatplugin.h
+    \brief The QImageFormatPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom image format plugins.
+
+    \ingroup plugins
+
+    The image format plugin is a simple plugin interface that makes
+    it easy to create custom image formats that can be used
+    transparently by applications.
+
+    Writing an image format plugin is achieved by subclassing this
+    base class, reimplementing the pure virtual functions keys() and
+    installIOHandler(), and exporting the class with the
+    Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro.  See the \link plugins-howto.html Plugins
+    documentation\endlink for details.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList QImageFormatPlugin::keys() const
+
+    Returns the list of image formats this plugin supports.
+
+    \sa installIOHandler()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn  bool QImageFormatPlugin::installIOHandler( const QString &format )
+
+    Installs a QImageIO image I/O handler for the image format \a
+    format.
+
+    \sa keys()
+*/
+
+class QImageFormatPluginPrivate : public QImageFormatInterface
+{
+public:
+    QImageFormatPluginPrivate( QImageFormatPlugin *p )
+	: plugin( p )
+    {
+    }
+    virtual ~QImageFormatPluginPrivate();
+
+    QRESULT queryInterface( const QUuid &iid, QUnknownInterface **iface );
+    Q_REFCOUNT;
+
+    QStringList featureList() const;
+
+    QRESULT loadImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, QImage * );
+    QRESULT saveImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, const QImage & );
+
+    QRESULT installIOHandler( const QString & );
+
+private:
+    QImageFormatPlugin *plugin;
+};
+
+QImageFormatPluginPrivate::~QImageFormatPluginPrivate()
+{
+    delete plugin;
+}
+
+QRESULT QImageFormatPluginPrivate::queryInterface( const QUuid &iid, QUnknownInterface **iface )
+{
+    *iface = 0;
+
+    if ( iid == IID_QUnknown )
+	*iface = this;
+    else if ( iid == IID_QFeatureList )
+	*iface = this;
+    else if ( iid == IID_QImageFormat )
+	*iface = this;
+    else
+	return QE_NOINTERFACE;
+
+    (*iface)->addRef();
+    return QS_OK;
+}
+
+QStringList QImageFormatPluginPrivate::featureList() const
+{
+    return plugin->keys();
+}
+
+QRESULT QImageFormatPluginPrivate::loadImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, QImage *image )
+{
+    return plugin->loadImage( format, filename, image ) ? QS_FALSE : QS_OK;
+}
+
+QRESULT QImageFormatPluginPrivate::saveImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, const QImage &image )
+{
+    return plugin->saveImage( format, filename, image ) ? QS_FALSE : QS_OK;
+}
+
+QRESULT QImageFormatPluginPrivate::installIOHandler( const QString &format )
+{
+    return plugin->installIOHandler( format ) ? QS_FALSE : QS_OK;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an image format plugin. This is invoked automatically
+    by the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro.
+*/
+QImageFormatPlugin::QImageFormatPlugin()
+    : QGPlugin( d = new QImageFormatPluginPrivate( this ) )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the image format plugin.
+
+    You never have to call this explicitly. Qt destroys a plugin
+    automatically when it is no longer used.
+*/
+QImageFormatPlugin::~QImageFormatPlugin()
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+bool QImageFormatPlugin::loadImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, QImage *image )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED( format )
+    Q_UNUSED( filename )
+    Q_UNUSED( image )
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+bool QImageFormatPlugin::saveImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, const QImage &image )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED( format )
+    Q_UNUSED( filename )
+    Q_UNUSED( image )
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEFORMATPLUGIN
diff --git a/src/kernel/qimageformatplugin.h b/src/kernel/qimageformatplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea11e3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qimageformatplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QIMAGEFORMATPLUGIN_H
+#define QIMAGEFORMATPLUGIN_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qgplugin.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEFORMATPLUGIN
+class QImageFormat;
+class QImageFormatPluginPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QImageFormatPlugin : public QGPlugin
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QImageFormatPlugin();
+    ~QImageFormatPlugin();
+
+    virtual QStringList keys() const = 0;
+    virtual bool loadImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, QImage *image );
+    virtual bool saveImage( const QString &format, const QString &filename, const QImage &image );
+    virtual bool installIOHandler( const QString &format ) = 0;
+
+private:
+    QImageFormatPluginPrivate *d;
+};
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEFORMATPLUGIN
+#endif // QIMAGEFORMATPLUGIN_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qinputcontext.cpp b/src/kernel/qinputcontext.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5433ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qinputcontext.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,856 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qinputcontext.cpp,v 1.6 2004/06/22 06:47:30 daisuke Exp $
+**
+** Implementation of QInputContext class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
+** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
+** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
+** licenses for Unix/X11 may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial
+** License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
+**   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
+**
+** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
+** not clear to you.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+//#define QT_NO_IM_PREEDIT_RELOCATION
+
+#include "qinputcontext.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qpopupmenu.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+class QInputContextPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QInputContextPrivate()
+	: holderWidget( 0 ), composingWidget( 0 ), hasFocus( FALSE ),
+	  isComposing( FALSE ) 
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_PREEDIT_RELOCATION)
+	  , preeditString( QString::null ),
+	  cursorPosition( -1 ), selLength ( 0 )
+#endif
+    {}
+
+    QWidget *holderWidget; // widget to which QInputContext instance belongs.
+    QWidget *composingWidget;
+    bool hasFocus;
+    bool isComposing;
+
+    void updateComposingState( const QString &text,
+			       int newCursorPosition, int newSelLength ) {
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_PREEDIT_RELOCATION)
+	preeditString = text;
+	cursorPosition = newCursorPosition;
+	selLength = newSelLength;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    void resetComposingState() {
+	isComposing = FALSE;
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_PREEDIT_RELOCATION)
+	preeditString = QString::null;
+	cursorPosition = -1;
+	selLength = 0;
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_PREEDIT_RELOCATION)
+    QString preeditString;
+    int cursorPosition;
+    int selLength;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+// UPDATED COMMENT REQUIRED -- 2004-07-08 YamaKen
+/*!
+    \class QInputContext qinputcontext.h
+    \brief The QInputContext class abstracts the input method dependent data and composing state.
+
+    \ingroup i18n
+
+    An input method is responsible to input complex text that cannot
+    be inputted via simple keymap. It converts a sequence of input
+    events (typically key events) into a text string through the input
+    method specific converting process. The class of the processes are
+    widely ranging from simple finite state machine to complex text
+    translator that pools a whole paragraph of a text with text
+    editing capability to perform grammar and semantic analysis.
+
+    To abstract such different input method specific intermediate
+    information, Qt offers the QInputContext as base class. The
+    concept is well known as 'input context' in the input method
+    domain. an input context is created for a text widget in response
+    to a demand. It is ensured that an input context is prepared for
+    an input method before input to a text widget.
+
+    Multiple input contexts that is belonging to a single input method
+    may concurrently coexist. Suppose multi-window text editor. Each
+    text widget of window A and B holds different QInputContext
+    instance which contains different state information such as
+    partially composed text.
+
+    \section1 Groups of functions:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Context \i Functions
+
+    \row \i Receiving information \i
+	x11FilterEvent(),
+	filterEvent(),
+	setMicroFocus(),
+	mouseHandler()
+
+    \row \i Sending back composed text \i
+	sendIMEvent(),
+
+    \row \i State change notification \i
+	setFocus(),
+	unsetFocus(),
+	reset()
+
+    \row \i Context information \i
+	identifierName(),
+	language(),
+	font(),
+	isComposing(),
+
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section1 Sharing input context between text widgets
+
+    Any input context can be shared between several text widgets to
+    reduce resource consumption. In ideal case, each text widgets
+    should be allocated dedicated input context. But some complex
+    input contexts require slightly heavy resource such as 100
+    kilobytes of memory. It prevents quite many text widgets from
+    being used concurrently.
+
+    To resolve such problem, we can share an input context. There is
+    one 'input context holder widget' per text widgets that shares
+    identical input context. In this model, the holder widget owns the
+    shared input context. Other text widgets access the input context
+    via QApplication::locateICHolderWidget(). But the access
+    convention is transparently hidden into QWidget, so developers are
+    not required to aware of it.
+
+    What developer should know is only the mapping function
+    QApplication::locateICHolderWidget(). It accepts a widget as
+    argument and returns its holder widget. Default implementation
+    returns the top-level widget of the widget as reasonable
+    assumption.  But some applications should reimplement the function
+    to fit application specific usability. See
+    QApplication::locateICHolderWidget() for further information.
+
+
+    \section1 Preedit preservation
+
+    As described above, input contexts have wide variety of amount of
+    the state information in accordance with belonging input
+    method. It is ranging from 2-3 keystrokes of sequence in
+    deterministic input methods to hundreds of keystrokes with
+    semantic text refinement in complex input methods such as ordinary
+    Japanese input method. The difference requires the different reset
+    policies in losing input focus.
+
+    The former simple input method case, users will prefer resetting
+    the context to back to the neutral state when something
+    happened. Suppose a web browsing. The user scroll the page by
+    scrollbar after he or she has typed a half of the valid key
+    sequence into a text widget. In the case, the input context should
+    be reset in losing focus when he or she has dragged the
+    scrollbar. He or she will be confused if the input context is
+    still preserved until focused back to the text widget because he
+    or she will restart typing with first key of the sequence as a
+    habitual operation.
+
+    On the other hand, we should choose completely different policy
+    for the latter complex input method case. Suppose same situation
+    as above but he or she is using a complex input method. In the
+    case, he or she will be angry if the input context has been lost
+    when he or she has dragged the scrollbar because the input context
+    contained a valuably composed text made up by considerable input
+    cost. So we should not reset the input context in the case. And
+    the input context should be preserved until focused back to the
+    text widget. This behavior is named as 'preedit preservation'.
+
+    The two policies can be switched by calling or not calling reset()
+    in unsetFocus(). Default implementation of unsetFocus() calls
+    reset() to fit the simple input methods. The implementation is
+    expressed as 'preedit preservation is disabled'.
+
+
+    \section1 Preedit relocation
+
+    Although the most case of the preedit preservation problem for
+    complex input methods is resolved as described above, there is a
+    special case. Suppose the case that matches all of the following
+    conditions.
+
+    \list
+
+    \i a input focus has been moved from a text widget to another text
+    widget directly
+
+    \i the input context is shared between the two text widgets
+
+    \i preedit preservation is enabled for the input context
+
+    \endlist
+
+    In the case, there are the following two requirements that
+    contradicts each other. The input context sharing causes it.
+
+    \list
+
+    \i the input context has to be reset to prepare to input to the
+    newly focused text widget
+
+    \i the input context has to be preserved until focused back to the
+    previous text widget
+
+    \endlist
+
+    A intrinsic feature named 'preedit relocation' is available to
+    compromise the requirements. If the feature is enabled for the
+    input context, it is simply moved to the new text widget with the
+    preedit string. The user continues the input on the new text
+    widget, or relocate it to another text widget. The preedit of
+    previous text widget is automatically cleared to back to the
+    neutral state of the widget.
+
+    This strange behavior is just a compromise. As described in
+    previous section, complex input method user should not be exposed
+    to the risk losing the input context because it contains valuable
+    long text made up with considerable input cost. The user will
+    immediately focus back to the previous text widget to continue the
+    input in the correct text widget if the preedit relocation
+    occurred. The feature is mainly existing as safety.
+
+    The feature properly works even if the focus is moved as
+    following. Input method developers are not required to be aware of
+    the relocation protocol since QInputContext transparently handles
+    it.
+
+    a text widget -> a non-text widget -> another text widget
+
+    To enable the preedit relocation feature, the input context class
+    have to reimplement isPreeditRelocationEnabled() as returns TRUE.
+    The implementation requires that the preedit preservation is also
+    enabled since preedit relocation is a special case of the preedit
+    preservation. If the preedit relocation is disabled, the input
+    context is simply reset in the relocation case.
+
+
+    \section1 Input context instanciation
+    \section1 Input method switching
+
+    \section1 Text widget implementor's guide
+
+    Add following code fragment into createPopupMenu() to add input
+    method dependent submenus.
+
+    \code
+    #ifndef QT_NO_IM
+        QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+        if ( qic )
+            qic->addMenusTo( popup );
+    #endif
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa QInputContextPlugin, QInputContextFactory, QApplication::locateICHolderWidget(), QApplication::defaultInputMethod()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an input context.
+
+    holderWidget is set immediately after this constructor has been
+    returned on the X11 platform.
+*/
+QInputContext::QInputContext( QObject *parent )
+    : QObject( parent )
+{
+    d = new QInputContextPrivate;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the input context.
+*/
+QInputContext::~QInputContext()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Returns the owner of this input context. Ordinary input methods
+    should not call this function directly to keep platform
+    independence and flexible configuration possibility.
+
+    The return value may differ from focusWidget() if the input
+    context is shared between several text widgets.
+
+    \sa setHolderWidget(), focusWidget()
+*/
+QWidget *QInputContext::holderWidget() const
+{
+    return d->holderWidget;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Sets the owner of this input context. Ordinary input methods
+    must not call this function directly.
+
+    \sa holderWidget()
+*/
+void QInputContext::setHolderWidget( QWidget *w )
+{
+    d->holderWidget = w;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Returns the widget that has an input focus for this input
+    context. Ordinary input methods should not call this function
+    directly to keep platform independence and flexible configuration
+    possibility.
+
+    The return value may differ from holderWidget() if the input
+    context is shared between several text widgets.
+
+    \sa setFocusWidget(), holderWidget()
+*/
+QWidget *QInputContext::focusWidget() const
+{
+    return d->hasFocus ? d->composingWidget : 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Sets the widget that has an input focus for this input
+    context. Ordinary input methods must not call this function
+    directly.
+
+    \sa focusWidget()
+*/
+void QInputContext::setFocusWidget( QWidget *w )
+{
+    if ( w ) {
+	bool isFocusingBack = ( w == d->composingWidget );
+	bool isPreeditRelocation = ( ! isFocusingBack  && isComposing() &&
+				     d->composingWidget );
+	// invoke sendIMEventInternal() rather than sendIMEvent() to
+	// avoid altering the composing state
+	if ( isPreeditRelocation == TRUE ) {
+	    // clear preedit of previously focused text
+	    // widget. preserved preedit may be exist even if
+	    // isPreeditRelocationEnabled() == FALSE.
+	    sendIMEventInternal( QEvent::IMEnd );
+	}
+	d->composingWidget = w;  // changes recipient of QIMEvent
+	if ( isPreeditRelocation == TRUE ) {
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_PREEDIT_RELOCATION)
+	    if ( isPreeditRelocationEnabled() ) {
+		// copy preedit state to the widget that gaining focus
+		sendIMEventInternal( QEvent::IMStart );
+		sendIMEventInternal( QEvent::IMCompose, d->preeditString,
+				     d->cursorPosition, d->selLength );
+	    } else
+#endif
+	    {
+		// reset input context when the shared context has
+		// focused on another text widget
+		reset();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    d->hasFocus = w ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    This function is called from QWidget to keep input state
+    consistency. Ordinary input method must not call this function
+    directly.
+*/
+void QInputContext::releaseComposingWidget( QWidget *w )
+{
+    if ( d->composingWidget == w ) {
+	d->composingWidget = 0;
+	d->hasFocus = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+#endif  // Q_WS_X11
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass as returning TRUE
+    if you want making your input method enable the preedit
+    relocation. See the description for preedit relocation of
+    QInputContext.
+
+    /sa QInputContext
+*/
+bool QInputContext::isPreeditRelocationEnabled()
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function indicates whether IMStart event had been sent to the
+    text widget. It is ensured that an input context can send IMCompose
+    or IMEnd event safely if this function returned TRUE.
+
+    The state is automatically being tracked through sendIMEvent().
+
+    \sa sendIMEvent()
+*/
+bool QInputContext::isComposing() const
+{
+    return d->isComposing;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to filter input
+    events.
+
+    Return TRUE if the \a event has been consumed. Otherwise, the
+    unfiltered \a event will be forwarded to widgets as ordinary
+    way. Although the input events have accept() and ignore()
+    methods, leave it untouched.
+
+    \a event is currently restricted to QKeyEvent. But some input
+    method related events such as QWheelEvent or QTabletEvent may be
+    added in future.
+
+    The filtering opportunity is always given to the input context as
+    soon as possible. It has to be taken place before any other key
+    event consumers such as eventfilters and accelerators because some
+    input methods require quite various key combination and
+    sequences. It often conflicts with accelerators and so on, so we
+    must give the input context the filtering opportunity first to
+    ensure all input methods work properly regardless of application
+    design.
+
+    Ordinary input methods require discrete key events to work
+    properly, so Qt's key compression is always disabled for any input
+    contexts.
+
+    \sa QKeyEvent, x11FilterEvent()
+*/
+bool QInputContext::filterEvent( const QEvent *event )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QInputContext::deletionRequested()
+
+    Emit this signal when a fatal error has been caused in the input
+    context. The input context will be deleted by the owner which is
+    usually the holder widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QInputContext::imEventGenerated( QObject *receiver, QIMEvent *e )
+
+    \internal
+    This signal is emitted when the user has sent a QIMEvent through
+    sendIMEvent(). Ordinary input methods should not emit this signal
+    directly.
+
+    \a receiver is a platform dependent destination of the \a e.
+
+    \sa QIMEvent, sendIMEvent(), sendIMEventInternal(), 
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Sends a QIMEvent to the client via imEventGenerated()
+    signal. Ordinary input method should not call this function
+    directly.
+
+    \sa QIMEvent, QIMComposeEvent, sendIMEvent(), imEventGenerated()
+*/
+void QInputContext::sendIMEventInternal( QEvent::Type type,
+					 const QString &text,
+					 int cursorPosition, int selLength )
+{
+    QObject *receiver = 0;
+    QIMEvent *event = 0;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    receiver = d->composingWidget;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    // just a placeholder
+#endif
+    if ( ! receiver )
+	return;
+
+    if ( type == QEvent::IMStart ) {
+	qDebug( "sending IMStart with %d chars to %p",
+		text.length(), receiver );
+	event = new QIMEvent( type, text, cursorPosition );
+    } else if ( type == QEvent::IMEnd ) {
+	qDebug( "sending IMEnd with %d chars to %p, text=%s",
+		text.length(), receiver, (const char*)text.local8Bit() );
+	event = new QIMEvent( type, text, cursorPosition );
+    } else if ( type == QEvent::IMCompose ) {
+	qDebug( "sending IMCompose to %p with %d chars, cpos=%d, sellen=%d, text=%s",
+		receiver, text.length(), cursorPosition, selLength,
+		(const char*)text.local8Bit() );
+	event = new QIMComposeEvent( type, text, cursorPosition, selLength );
+    }
+
+    if ( event )
+        emit imEventGenerated( receiver, event );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Call this function to send QIMEvent to the text widget. This
+    function constructs a QIMEvent based on the arguments and send it
+    to the appropriate widget. Ordinary input method should not
+    reimplement this function.
+
+    \a type is either \c QEvent::IMStart or \c QEvent::IMCompose or \c
+    QEvent::IMEnd. You have to send a \c QEvent::IMStart to start
+    composing, then send several \c QEvent::IMCompose to update the
+    preedit of the widget, and finalize the composition with sending
+    \c QEvent::IMEnd.
+
+    \c QEvent::IMStart should always be sent without arguments as:
+    \code
+    sendIMEvent( QEvent::IMStart )
+    \endcode
+
+    And \c QEvent::IMCompose can be sent without cursor:
+    \code
+    sendIMEvent( QEvent::IMCompose, QString( "a text" ) )
+    \endcode
+
+    Or optionally with cursor with \a cursorPosition:
+    \code
+    sendIMEvent( QEvent::IMCompose, QString( "a text with cursor" ), 12 )
+    \endcode
+    Note that \a cursorPosition also specifies microfocus position.
+
+    Or optionally with selection text:
+    \code
+    sendIMEvent( QEvent::IMCompose, QString( "a text with selection" ), 12, 9 )
+    \endcode
+    \a cursorPosition and \a selLength must be within the \a text. The
+    \a cursorPosition also specifies microfocus position in the case:
+
+    \c QEvent::IMEnd can be sent without arguments to terminate the
+    composition with null string:
+    \code
+    sendIMEvent( QEvent::IMEnd )
+    \endcode
+
+    Or optionally accepts \a text to commit a string:
+    \code
+    sendIMEvent( QEvent::IMEnd, QString( "a text" ) )
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa QIMEvent, QIMComposeEvent, setMicroFocus()
+*/
+void QInputContext::sendIMEvent( QEvent::Type type, const QString &text,
+                                 int cursorPosition, int selLength )
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if ( !focusWidget() )
+	return;
+#endif
+
+    if ( type == QEvent::IMStart ) {
+	sendIMEventInternal( type, text, cursorPosition, selLength );
+	d->isComposing = TRUE;
+    } else if ( type == QEvent::IMEnd ) {
+	d->resetComposingState();
+	sendIMEventInternal( type, text, cursorPosition, selLength );
+    } else if ( type == QEvent::IMCompose ) {
+	d->updateComposingState( text, cursorPosition, selLength );
+	sendIMEventInternal( type, text, cursorPosition, selLength );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to detect
+    that the input context has been focused on.
+
+    The input context will receive input events through
+    x11FilterEvent() and filterEvent() after setFocus() until
+    unsetFocus() has been called.
+
+    an input context is ensured that setFocus() is called exactly once
+    until unsetFocus() has been called even if preedit relocation has
+    occurred. This means that an input focus will survive between
+    several widgets that sharing the input context.
+
+    On the X11 platform, focusWidget is already set before this
+    function has been called.
+
+    \sa unsetFocus()
+*/
+void QInputContext::setFocus()
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to detect
+    that the input context has lost the focus.
+
+    an input context is ensured that unsetFocus() is not called during
+    preedit relocation. This means that an input focus will survive
+    between several widgets that sharing the input context.
+
+    Default implementation that calls reset() is sufficient for simple
+    input methods. You can override this function to alter the
+    behavior. For example, most Japanese input contexts should not be
+    reset on losing focus. The context sometimes contains a whole
+    paragraph and has minutes of lifetime different to ephemeral one
+    in other languages. The piled input context should be survived
+    until focused again since Japanese user naturally expects so.
+
+    On the X11 platform, focusWidget is valid until this function has
+    been returned.
+
+    \sa setFocus()
+*/
+void QInputContext::unsetFocus()
+{
+    reset();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function can be implemented in a subclass to handle
+    microfocus changes.
+
+    'microfocus' stands for the input method focus point in the
+    preedit (XIM "spot" point) for complex language input handling. It
+    can be used to place auxiliary GUI widgets such as candidate
+    selection window.
+
+    \a x, \a y, \a w and \a h represents the position and size of the
+    cursor in the preedit string. \a f is the font on the location of
+    the cursor.
+*/
+void QInputContext::setMicroFocus( int x, int y, int w, int h, QFont *f )
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to handle mouse
+    presses/releases/doubleclicks/moves within the preedit text. You
+    can use the function to implement mouse-oriented user interface
+    such as text selection or popup menu for candidate selection.
+
+    The parameter \a x is the offset within the string that was sent
+    with the IMCompose event. The alteration boundary of \a x is
+    ensured as character boundary of preedit string accurately.
+
+    \a type is either \c QEvent::MouseButtonPress or \c
+    QEvent::MouseButtonRelease or \c QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick or \c
+    QEvent::MouseButtonMove. Refer \a button and \a state to determine
+    what operation has performed.
+
+    The method interface is imported from
+    QWSInputMethod::mouseHandler() of Qt/Embedded 2.3.7 and extended
+    for desktop system.
+ */
+void QInputContext::mouseHandler( int x, QEvent::Type type,
+				  Qt::ButtonState button,
+				  Qt::ButtonState state )
+{
+    // Default behavior for simple ephemeral input contexts. Some
+    // complex input contexts should not be reset here.
+    if ( type == QEvent::MouseButtonPress ||
+	 type == QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick )
+	reset();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font of the current input widget
+ */
+QFont QInputContext::font() const
+{
+    if ( !focusWidget() )
+        return QApplication::font(); //### absolutely last resort
+
+    return focusWidget()->font();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to reset the
+    state of the input method.
+
+    This function is called by several widgets to reset input
+    state. For example, a text widget call this function before
+    inserting a text to make widget ready to accept a text.
+
+    Default implementation is sufficient for simple input method. You
+    can override this function to reset external input method engines
+    in complex input method. In the case, call QInputContext::reset()
+    to ensure proper termination of inputting.
+
+    You must not send any QIMEvent except empty IMEnd event using
+    QInputContext::reset() at reimplemented reset(). It will break
+    input state consistency.
+*/
+void QInputContext::reset()
+{
+    if ( isComposing() )
+        sendIMEvent( QEvent::IMEnd );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function must be implemented in any subclasses to return the
+    identifier name of the input method.
+
+    Return value is the name to identify and specify input methods for
+    the input method switching mechanism and so on. The name has to be
+    consistent with QInputContextPlugin::keys(). The name has to
+    consist of ASCII characters only.
+
+    There are two different names with different responsibility in the
+    input method domain. This function returns one of them. Another
+    name is called 'display name' that stands for the name for
+    endusers appeared in a menu and so on.
+
+    \sa QInputContextPlugin::keys(), QInputContextPlugin::displayName()
+*/
+QString QInputContext::identifierName()
+{
+    return "";
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function must be implemented in any subclasses to return a
+    language code (e.g. "zh_CN", "zh_TW", "zh_HK", "ja", "ko", ...)
+    of the input context. If the input context can handle multiple
+    languages, return the currently used one. The name has to be
+    consistent with QInputContextPlugin::language().
+
+    This information will be used by language tagging feature in
+    QIMEvent. It is required to distinguish unified han characters
+    correctly. It enables proper font and character code
+    handling. Suppose CJK-awared multilingual web browser
+    (that automatically modifies fonts in CJK-mixed text) and XML editor
+    (that automatically inserts lang attr).
+
+    \sa QInputContextPlugin::language()
+*/
+QString QInputContext::language()
+{
+    return "";
+}
+
+
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+/*!
+    This is a preliminary interface for Qt4
+ */
+QList<QAction *> QInputContext::actions()
+{
+}
+#else
+/*!
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to provide input
+    method dependent popup menus. Return 0 if the menus are
+    unnecessary.
+
+    Ownership of the object and children are transferred to the
+    caller, and the result must not be called
+    setAutoDelete(). QInputContextMenu::title is used for label text
+    of the popup menu as submenu.
+
+    \sa addMenusTo()
+*/
+QPtrList<QInputContextMenu> *QInputContext::menus()
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Appends input method dependent submenus into \a popup. A separator
+    is also inserted into \a popup if \a action is InsertSeparator.
+
+    This is an utility function only for convenience in limited
+    situation. This function is used by input context owner such as
+    text widgets to add the submenus to its own context menu. If you
+    want to insert the submenus in more flexible way, use
+    QInputContext::menus() manually. \a popup is not restricted to
+    context menu of a text widget. For example, the owner may be a
+    input method menu of Qtopia taskbar in Qt/Embedded platform.
+
+    \sa menus(), QInputContextMenu::Action
+*/
+void QInputContext::addMenusTo( QPopupMenu *popup, QInputContextMenu::Action action )
+{
+    if ( ! popup )
+	return;
+
+    QPtrList<QInputContextMenu> *imMenus = menus();
+    if ( imMenus ) {
+	if ( action == QInputContextMenu::InsertSeparator )
+	    popup->insertSeparator();
+	for ( QPtrList<QInputContextMenu>::Iterator it = imMenus->begin();
+	      it != imMenus->end();
+	      ++it ) {
+	    QInputContextMenu *imMenu = *it;
+	    popup->insertItem( imMenu->title, imMenu->popup );
+	}
+	imMenus->clear();
+	delete imMenus;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif //Q_NO_IM
diff --git a/src/kernel/qinputcontext.h b/src/kernel/qinputcontext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99e5d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qinputcontext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qinputcontext.h,v 1.8 2004/06/22 06:47:30 daisuke Exp $
+**
+** Definition of QInputContext
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
+** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
+** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
+** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
+** Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
+**   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
+**
+** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
+** not clear to you.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QINPUTCONTEXT_H
+#define QINPUTCONTEXT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+#include "qlist.h"
+#include "qaction.h"
+#else
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+class QWidget;
+class QFont;
+class QPopupMenu;
+class QInputContextPrivate;
+
+
+struct QInputContextMenu {
+    enum Action {
+	NoSeparator,
+	InsertSeparator
+    };
+#if !(QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+    QString title;
+    QPopupMenu *popup;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+class QInputContext : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QInputContext( QObject *parent = 0 );
+    virtual ~QInputContext();
+
+    virtual QString identifierName();
+    virtual QString language();
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    virtual bool x11FilterEvent( QWidget *keywidget, XEvent *event );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+    virtual bool filterEvent( const QEvent *event );
+    virtual void reset();
+
+    virtual void setFocus();
+    virtual void unsetFocus();
+    virtual void setMicroFocus( int x, int y, int w, int h, QFont *f = 0 );
+    virtual void mouseHandler( int x, QEvent::Type type,
+			       Qt::ButtonState button, Qt::ButtonState state );
+    virtual QFont font() const;
+    virtual bool isComposing() const;
+    virtual bool isPreeditRelocationEnabled();
+
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+    virtual QList<QAction *> actions();
+    void addActionsTo( QMenu *menu, QInputContextMenu::Action action = QInputContextMenu::InsertSeparator );
+#else
+    virtual QPtrList<QInputContextMenu> *menus();
+    void addMenusTo( QPopupMenu *popup, QInputContextMenu::Action action = QInputContextMenu::InsertSeparator );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    // these functions are not recommended for ordinary use 
+    virtual QWidget *focusWidget() const;
+    virtual QWidget *holderWidget() const;
+
+    // these functions must not be used by ordinary input method
+    virtual void setFocusWidget( QWidget *w );
+    virtual void setHolderWidget( QWidget *w );
+    virtual void releaseComposingWidget( QWidget *w );
+#endif
+
+signals:
+    void deletionRequested();
+    void imEventGenerated( QObject *receiver, QIMEvent *e );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void sendIMEvent( QEvent::Type type,
+			      const QString &text = QString::null,
+			      int cursorPosition = -1, int selLength = 0 );
+
+private:
+    void sendIMEventInternal( QEvent::Type type,
+			      const QString &text = QString::null,
+			      int cursorPosition = -1, int selLength = 0 );
+
+    QInputContextPrivate *d;
+
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QInputContextFactory;
+
+private:   // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QInputContext( const QInputContext & );
+    QInputContext &operator=( const QInputContext & );
+
+};
+
+#endif //Q_NO_IM
+
+#endif // QINPUTCONTEXT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qinputcontext_p.h b/src/kernel/qinputcontext_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2debb63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qinputcontext_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QINPUTCONTEXT_P_H
+#define QINPUTCONTEXT_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of internal files.  This header file may change from version to version
+// without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#include "qglobal.h"
+
+class QKeyEvent;
+class QWidget;
+class QFont;
+class QString;
+
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#include "qarray.h"
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+class QWSIMEvent;
+#endif
+
+class QInputContext
+{
+public:
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    QInputContext(QWidget *); // should be a toplevel widget
+    ~QInputContext();
+
+    void setFocus();
+    void setComposePosition(int, int);
+    void setComposeArea(int, int, int, int);
+    void reset();
+
+    int lookupString(XKeyEvent *, QCString &, KeySym *, Status *) const;
+    void setXFontSet(const QFont &);
+
+    void *ic;
+    QString text;
+    QWidget *focusWidget;
+    bool composing;
+    QFont font;
+    XFontSet fontset;
+    QMemArray<bool> selectedChars;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    static void translateIMEvent( QWSIMEvent *, QWidget * );
+    static void reset();
+private:
+    static QWidget* focusWidget;
+    static QString* composition;
+#endif //Q_WS_QWS
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    static void init();
+    static void shutdown();
+
+    static void TranslateMessage( const MSG *msg);
+    static LRESULT DefWindowProc( HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam );
+
+    static void setFont( const QWidget *w, const QFont & );
+    static void setFocusHint( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QWidget *widget );
+    static bool startComposition();
+    static bool endComposition( QWidget *fw = 0 );
+    static bool composition( LPARAM lparam );
+
+    static void accept( QWidget *fw = 0 );
+    static void enable( QWidget *w, bool b );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QINPUTCONTEXT_P_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qinputcontext_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qinputcontext_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bdfa5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qinputcontext_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QInputContext class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qinputcontext.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+/*!
+    This function may be overridden only if input method is depending
+    on X11 and you need raw XEvent. Otherwise, this function must not.
+
+    This function is designed to filter raw key events for XIM, but
+    other input methods may use this to implement some special
+    features such as distinguishing Shift_L and Shift_R.
+
+    Return TRUE if the \a event has been consumed. Otherwise, the
+    unfiltered \a event will be translated into QEvent and forwarded
+    to filterEvent(). Filtering at both x11FilterEvent() and
+    filterEvent() in single input method is allowed.
+
+    \a keywidget is a client widget into which a text is inputted. \a
+    event is inputted XEvent.
+
+    \sa filterEvent()
+*/
+bool QInputContext::x11FilterEvent( QWidget *keywidget, XEvent *event )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif //Q_NO_IM
diff --git a/src/kernel/qinternal.cpp b/src/kernel/qinternal.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4289ecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qinternal.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of some internal classes
+**
+** Created : 010427
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "private/qinternal_p.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+
+static QPixmap* qdb_shared_pixmap = 0;
+static QPixmap *qdb_force_pixmap = 0;
+static QSharedDoubleBuffer* qdb_owner = 0;
+
+QCleanupHandler<QPixmap> qdb_pixmap_cleanup;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MACX
+bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::dblbufr = FALSE;
+#else
+bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::dblbufr = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+  hardLimitWidth/Height: if >= 0, the maximum number of pixels that
+  get double buffered.
+
+  sharedLimitWidth/Height: if >= 0, the maximum number of pixels the
+  shared double buffer can keep.
+
+  For x with sharedLimitSize < x <= hardLimitSize, temporary buffers
+  are constructed.
+ */
+static const int hardLimitWidth = -1;
+static const int hardLimitHeight = -1;
+#if defined( Q_WS_QWS ) || defined( Q_WS_MAC9 )
+// Small in Qt/Embedded / Mac9 - 5K on 32bpp
+static const int sharedLimitWidth = 64;
+static const int sharedLimitHeight = 20;
+#else
+// 240K on 32bpp
+static const int sharedLimitWidth = 640;
+static const int sharedLimitHeight = 100;
+#endif
+
+// *******************************************************************
+// QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner declaration and implementation
+// *******************************************************************
+
+/* \internal
+   This class is responsible for cleaning up the pixmaps created by the
+   QSharedDoubleBuffer class.  When QSharedDoubleBuffer creates a
+   pixmap larger than the shared limits, this class deletes it after a
+   specified amount of time.
+
+   When the large pixmap is created/used, you must call start(). If the
+   large pixmap is ever deleted, you must call stop().  The start()
+   method always restarts the timer, so if the large pixmap is
+   constantly in use, the timer will never fire, and the pixmap will
+   not be constantly created and destroyed.
+*/
+
+static const int shared_double_buffer_cleanup_timeout = 30000; // 30 seconds
+
+// declaration
+
+class QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner : public QObject
+{
+public:
+    QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner( void );
+
+    void start( void );
+    void stop( void );
+
+    void doCleanup( void );
+
+    bool event( QEvent *e );
+
+private:
+    int timer_id;
+};
+
+// implementation
+
+/* \internal
+   Creates a QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner object. The timer is not
+   started when creating the object.
+*/
+QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner::QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner( void )
+    : QObject( 0, "internal shared double buffer cleanup object" ),
+      timer_id( -1 )
+{
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Starts the cleanup timer.  Any previously running timer is stopped.
+*/
+void QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner::start( void )
+{
+    stop();
+    timer_id = startTimer( shared_double_buffer_cleanup_timeout );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Stops the cleanup timer, if it is running.
+*/
+void QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner::stop( void )
+{
+    if ( timer_id != -1 )
+	killTimer( timer_id );
+    timer_id = -1;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+ */
+void QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner::doCleanup( void )
+{
+    qdb_pixmap_cleanup.remove( &qdb_force_pixmap );
+    delete qdb_force_pixmap;
+    qdb_force_pixmap = 0;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Event handler reimplementation.  Calls doCleanup() when the timer
+   fires.
+*/
+bool QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( e->type() != QEvent::Timer )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    QTimerEvent *event = (QTimerEvent *) e;
+    if ( event->timerId() == timer_id ) {
+	doCleanup();
+	stop();
+    }
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    else {
+	qWarning( "QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner::event: invalid timer event received." );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// static instance
+static QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner *static_cleaner = 0;
+QSingleCleanupHandler<QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner> cleanup_static_cleaner;
+
+inline static QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner *staticCleaner()
+{
+    if ( ! static_cleaner ) {
+	static_cleaner = new QSharedDoubleBufferCleaner();
+	cleanup_static_cleaner.set( &static_cleaner );
+    }
+    return static_cleaner;
+}
+
+
+// *******************************************************************
+// QSharedDoubleBuffer implementation
+// *******************************************************************
+
+/* \internal
+   \enum DoubleBufferFlags
+
+   \value InitBG initialize the background of the double buffer.
+
+   \value Force disable shared buffer size limits.
+
+   \value Default InitBG and Force are used by default.
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   \enum DoubleBufferState
+
+   \value Active indicates that the buffer may be used.
+
+   \value BufferActive indicates that painting with painter() will be
+   double buffered.
+
+   \value ExternalPainter indicates that painter() will return a
+   painter that was not created by QSharedDoubleBuffer.
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   \class QSharedDoubleBuffer
+
+   This class provides a single, reusable double buffer.  This class
+   is used internally by Qt widgets that need double buffering, which
+   prevents each individual widget form creating a double buffering
+   pixmap.
+
+   Using a single pixmap double buffer and sharing it across all
+   widgets is nicer on window system resources.
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   Creates a QSharedDoubleBuffer with flags \f.
+
+   \sa DoubleBufferFlags
+*/
+QSharedDoubleBuffer::QSharedDoubleBuffer( DBFlags f )
+    : wid( 0 ), rx( 0 ), ry( 0 ), rw( 0 ), rh( 0 ), flags( f ), state( 0 ),
+      p( 0 ), external_p( 0 ), pix( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Creates a QSharedDoubleBuffer with flags \f. The \a widget, \a x,
+   \a y, \a w and \a h arguments are passed to begin().
+
+   \sa DoubleBufferFlags begin()
+*/
+QSharedDoubleBuffer::QSharedDoubleBuffer( QWidget* widget,
+					  int x, int y, int w, int h,
+					  DBFlags f )
+    : wid( 0 ), rx( 0 ), ry( 0 ), rw( 0 ), rh( 0 ), flags( f ), state( 0 ),
+      p( 0 ), external_p( 0 ), pix( 0 )
+{
+    begin( widget, x, y, w, h );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Creates a QSharedDoubleBuffer with flags \f. The \a painter, \a x,
+   \a y, \a w and \a h arguments are passed to begin().
+
+   \sa DoubleBufferFlags begin()
+*/
+QSharedDoubleBuffer::QSharedDoubleBuffer( QPainter* painter,
+					  int x, int y, int w, int h,
+					  DBFlags f)
+    : wid( 0 ), rx( 0 ), ry( 0 ), rw( 0 ), rh( 0 ), flags( f ), state( 0 ),
+      p( 0 ), external_p( 0 ), pix( 0 )
+{
+    begin( painter, x, y, w, h );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Creates a QSharedDoubleBuffer with flags \f. The \a widget and
+   \a r arguments are passed to begin().
+
+   \sa DoubleBufferFlags begin()
+*/
+QSharedDoubleBuffer::QSharedDoubleBuffer( QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, DBFlags f )
+    : wid( 0 ), rx( 0 ), ry( 0 ), rw( 0 ), rh( 0 ), flags( f ), state( 0 ),
+      p( 0 ), external_p( 0 ), pix( 0 )
+{
+    begin( widget, r );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Creates a QSharedDoubleBuffer with flags \f. The \a painter and
+   \a r arguments are passed to begin().
+
+   \sa DoubleBufferFlags begin()
+*/
+QSharedDoubleBuffer::QSharedDoubleBuffer( QPainter *painter, const QRect &r, DBFlags f )
+    : wid( 0 ), rx( 0 ), ry( 0 ), rw( 0 ), rh( 0 ), flags( f ), state( 0 ),
+      p( 0 ), external_p( 0 ), pix( 0 )
+{
+    begin( painter, r );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Destructs the QSharedDoubleBuffer and calls end() if the buffer is
+   active.
+
+   \sa isActive() end()
+*/
+QSharedDoubleBuffer::~QSharedDoubleBuffer()
+{
+    if ( isActive() )
+        end();
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Starts double buffered painting in the area specified by \a x,
+   \a y, \a w and \a h on \a painter.  Painting should be done using the
+   QPainter returned by QSharedDoubleBuffer::painter().
+
+   The double buffered area will be updated when calling end().
+
+   \sa painter() isActive() end()
+*/
+bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin( QPainter* painter, int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin: Buffer is already active."
+                  "\n\tYou must end() the buffer before a second begin()" );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    external_p = painter;
+
+    if ( painter->device()->devType() == QInternal::Widget )
+	return begin( (QWidget *) painter->device(), x, y, w, h );
+
+    state = Active;
+
+    rx = x;
+    ry = y;
+    rw = w;
+    rh = h;
+
+    if ( ( pix = getPixmap() ) ) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	if ( painter->device()->x11Screen() != pix->x11Screen() )
+	    pix->x11SetScreen( painter->device()->x11Screen() );
+	QPixmap::x11SetDefaultScreen( pix->x11Screen() );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+	state |= BufferActive;
+	p = new QPainter( pix );
+	if ( p->isActive() ) {
+	    p->setPen( external_p->pen() );
+	    p->setBackgroundColor( external_p->backgroundColor() );
+	    p->setFont( external_p->font() );
+	}
+    } else {
+	state |= ExternalPainter;
+	p = external_p;
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+
+
+   Starts double buffered painting in the area specified by \a x,
+   \a y, \a w and \a h on \a widget.  Painting should be done using the
+   QPainter returned by QSharedDoubleBuffer::painter().
+
+   The double buffered area will be updated when calling end().
+
+   \sa painter() isActive() end()
+*/
+bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin( QWidget* widget, int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin: Buffer is already active."
+                  "\n\tYou must end() the buffer before a second begin()" );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    state = Active;
+
+    wid = widget;
+    rx = x;
+    ry = y;
+    rw = w <= 0 ? wid->width() : w;
+    rh = h <= 0 ? wid->height() : h;
+
+    if ( ( pix = getPixmap() ) ) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+	if ( wid->x11Screen() != pix->x11Screen() )
+	    pix->x11SetScreen( wid->x11Screen() );
+	QPixmap::x11SetDefaultScreen( pix->x11Screen() );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+	state |= BufferActive;
+	if ( flags & InitBG ) {
+	    pix->fill( wid, rx, ry );
+	}
+	p = new QPainter( pix, wid );
+	// newly created painters should be translated to the origin
+	// of the widget, so that paint methods can draw onto the double
+	// buffered painter in widget coordinates.
+	p->setBrushOrigin( -rx, -ry );
+	p->translate( -rx, -ry );
+    } else {
+	if ( external_p ) {
+	    state |= ExternalPainter;
+	    p = external_p;
+	} else {
+	    p = new QPainter( wid );
+	}
+
+	if ( flags & InitBG ) {
+	    wid->erase( rx, ry, rw, rh );
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Ends double buffered painting.  The contents of the shared double
+   buffer pixmap are drawn onto the destination by calling flush(),
+   and ownership of the shared double buffer pixmap is released.
+
+   \sa begin() flush()
+*/
+bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::end()
+{
+    if ( ! isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QSharedDoubleBuffer::end: Buffer is not active."
+		  "\n\tYou must call begin() before calling end()." );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( ! ( state & ExternalPainter ) ) {
+	p->end();
+	delete p;
+    }
+
+    flush();
+
+    if ( pix ) {
+	releasePixmap();
+    }
+
+    wid = 0;
+    rx = ry = rw = rh = 0;
+    // do not reset flags!
+    state = 0;
+
+    p = external_p = 0;
+    pix = 0;
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Paints the contents of the shared double buffer pixmap onto the
+   destination.  The destination is determined from the arguments
+   based to begin().
+
+   Note: You should not need to call this function, since it is called
+   from end().
+
+   \sa begin() end()
+*/
+void QSharedDoubleBuffer::flush()
+{
+    if ( ! isActive() || ! ( state & BufferActive ) )
+	return;
+
+    if ( external_p )
+	external_p->drawPixmap( rx, ry, *pix, 0, 0, rw, rh );
+    else if ( wid && wid->isVisible() )
+	bitBlt( wid, rx, ry, pix, 0, 0, rw, rh );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Aquire ownership of the shared double buffer pixmap, subject to the
+   following conditions:
+
+   \list 1
+   \i double buffering is enabled globally.
+   \i the shared double buffer pixmap is not in use.
+   \i the size specified in begin() is valid, and within limits.
+   \endlist
+
+   If all of these conditions are met, then this QSharedDoubleBuffer
+   object becomes the owner of the shared double buffer pixmap.  The
+   shared double buffer pixmap is resize if necessary, and this
+   function returns a pointer to the pixmap.  Ownership must later be
+   relinquished by calling releasePixmap().
+
+   If none of the above conditions are met, this function returns
+   zero.
+
+   \sa releasePixmap()
+*/
+QPixmap *QSharedDoubleBuffer::getPixmap()
+{
+    if ( isDisabled() ) {
+	// double buffering disabled globally
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( qdb_owner ) {
+	// shared pixmap already in use
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( rw <= 0 || rh <= 0 ||
+	 ( hardLimitWidth > 0 && rw >= hardLimitWidth ) ||
+	 ( hardLimitHeight > 0 && rh >= hardLimitHeight ) ) {
+	// invalid size, or hard limit reached
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( rw >= sharedLimitWidth || rh >= sharedLimitHeight ) {
+	if ( flags & Force ) {
+	    rw = QMIN(rw, 8000);
+	    rh = QMIN(rh, 8000);
+	    // need to create a big pixmap and start the cleaner
+	    if ( ! qdb_force_pixmap ) {
+		qdb_force_pixmap = new QPixmap( rw, rh );
+		qdb_pixmap_cleanup.add( &qdb_force_pixmap );
+	    } else if ( qdb_force_pixmap->width () < rw ||
+			qdb_force_pixmap->height() < rh ) {
+		qdb_force_pixmap->resize( rw, rh );
+	    }
+	    qdb_owner = this;
+	    staticCleaner()->start();
+	    return qdb_force_pixmap;
+	}
+
+	// size is outside shared limit
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( ! qdb_shared_pixmap ) {
+	qdb_shared_pixmap = new QPixmap( rw, rh );
+	qdb_pixmap_cleanup.add( &qdb_shared_pixmap );
+    } else if ( qdb_shared_pixmap->width() < rw ||
+		qdb_shared_pixmap->height() < rh ) {
+	qdb_shared_pixmap->resize( rw, rh );
+    }
+    qdb_owner = this;
+    return qdb_shared_pixmap;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   Releases ownership of the shared double buffer pixmap.
+
+   \sa getPixmap()
+*/
+void QSharedDoubleBuffer::releasePixmap()
+{
+    if ( qdb_owner != this ) {
+	// sanity check
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning( "QSharedDoubleBuffer::releasePixmap: internal error."
+		  "\n\t%p does not own shared pixmap, %p does.",
+		  (void*)this, (void*)qdb_owner );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    qdb_owner = 0;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   \fn bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::isDisabled()
+
+   Returns TRUE if double buffering is disabled globally, FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   \fn void QSharedDoubleBuffer::setDisabled( bool off )
+
+   Disables global double buffering \a off is TRUE, otherwise global
+   double buffering is enabled.
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   Deletes the shared double buffer pixmap.  You should not need to
+   call this function, since it is called from the QApplication
+   destructor.
+*/
+void QSharedDoubleBuffer::cleanup()
+{
+    qdb_pixmap_cleanup.remove( &qdb_shared_pixmap );
+    qdb_pixmap_cleanup.remove( &qdb_force_pixmap );
+    delete qdb_shared_pixmap;
+    delete qdb_force_pixmap;
+    qdb_shared_pixmap = 0;
+    qdb_force_pixmap = 0;
+    qdb_owner = 0;
+}
+
+/* \internal
+   \fn bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin( QWidget *widget, const QRect &r )
+   \overload
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   \fn bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin( QPainter *painter, const QRect &r )
+   \overload
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   \fn QPainter *QSharedDoubleBuffer::painter() const
+
+   Returns the active painter on the double buffered area,
+   or zero if double buffered painting is not active.
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   \fn bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::isActive() const
+
+   Returns TRUE if double buffered painting is active, FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+
+/* \internal
+   \fn bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::isBuffered() const
+
+   Returns TRUE if painting is double buffered, FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+
+
+// *******************************************************************
+// QMembuf declaration and implementation
+// *******************************************************************
+
+/*  \internal
+    This class implements an efficient buffering of data that is often used by
+    asynchronous IO classes like QSocket, QHttp and QProcess.
+*/
+
+QMembuf::QMembuf() : _size(0), _index(0)
+{
+    buf = new QPtrList<QByteArray>;
+    buf->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+}
+
+QMembuf::~QMembuf()
+{
+    delete buf;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    This function consumes \a nbytes bytes of data from the
+    buffer and copies it into \a sink. If \a sink is a 0 pointer
+    the data goes into the nirvana.
+*/
+bool QMembuf::consumeBytes( Q_ULONG nbytes, char *sink )
+{
+    if ( nbytes <= 0 || nbytes > _size )
+	return FALSE;
+    _size -= nbytes;
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	QByteArray *a = buf->first();
+	if ( _index + nbytes >= a->size() ) {
+	    // Here we skip the whole byte array and get the next later
+	    int len = a->size() - _index;
+	    if ( sink ) {
+		memcpy( sink, a->data()+_index, len );
+		sink += len;
+	    }
+	    nbytes -= len;
+	    buf->remove();
+	    _index = 0;
+	    if ( nbytes == 0 )
+		break;
+	} else {
+	    // Here we skip only a part of the first byte array
+	    if ( sink )
+		memcpy( sink, a->data()+_index, nbytes );
+	    _index += nbytes;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Scans for any occurrence of '\n' in the buffer. If \a store
+    is not 0 the text up to the first '\n' (or terminating 0) is
+    written to \a store, and a terminating 0 is appended to \a store
+    if necessary. Returns TRUE if a '\n' was found; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+bool QMembuf::scanNewline( QByteArray *store )
+{
+    if ( _size == 0 )
+	return FALSE;
+    int i = 0; // index into 'store'
+    QByteArray *a = 0;
+    char *p;
+    int n;
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( !a ) {
+	    a = buf->first();
+	    if ( !a || a->size() == 0 )
+		return FALSE;
+	    p = a->data() + _index;
+	    n = a->size() - _index;
+	} else {
+	    a = buf->next();
+	    if ( !a || a->size() == 0 )
+		return FALSE;
+	    p = a->data();
+	    n = a->size();
+	}
+	if ( store ) {
+	    while ( n-- > 0 ) {
+		*(store->data()+i) = *p;
+		if ( ++i == (int)store->size() )
+		    store->resize( store->size() < 256
+				   ? 1024 : store->size()*4 );
+		switch ( *p ) {
+		    case '\0':
+			store->resize( i );
+			return FALSE;
+		    case '\n':
+			*(store->data()+i) = '\0';
+			store->resize( i );
+			return TRUE;
+		}
+		p++;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    while ( n-- > 0 ) {
+		switch ( *p++ ) {
+		    case '\0':
+			return FALSE;
+		    case '\n':
+			return TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+int QMembuf::ungetch( int ch )
+{
+    if ( buf->isEmpty() || _index==0 ) {
+	// we need a new QByteArray
+	QByteArray *ba = new QByteArray( 1 );
+	buf->insert( 0, ba );
+	_size++;
+	ba->at( 0 ) = ch;
+    } else {
+	// we can reuse a place in the buffer
+	QByteArray *ba = buf->first();
+	_index--;
+	_size++;
+	ba->at( _index ) = ch;
+    }
+    return ch;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qinternal_p.h b/src/kernel/qinternal_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd85421
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qinternal_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of some shared interal classes
+**
+** Created : 010427
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QINTERNAL_P_H
+#define QINTERNAL_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of a number of Qt sources files.  This header file may change from
+// version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qcstring.h"
+#include "qiodevice.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QWidget;
+class QPainter;
+class QPixmap;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSharedDoubleBuffer
+{
+public:
+    enum DoubleBufferFlags {
+	NoFlags         = 0x00,
+	InitBG		= 0x01,
+	Force		= 0x02,
+	Default		= InitBG | Force
+    };
+    typedef uint DBFlags;
+
+    QSharedDoubleBuffer( DBFlags f = Default );
+    QSharedDoubleBuffer( QWidget* widget,
+			 int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1,
+			 DBFlags f = Default );
+    QSharedDoubleBuffer( QPainter* painter,
+			 int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1,
+			 DBFlags f = Default );
+    QSharedDoubleBuffer( QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, DBFlags f = Default );
+    QSharedDoubleBuffer( QPainter *painter, const QRect &r, DBFlags f = Default );
+    ~QSharedDoubleBuffer();
+
+    bool begin( QWidget* widget, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 );
+    bool begin( QPainter* painter, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1);
+    bool begin( QWidget* widget, const QRect &r );
+    bool begin( QPainter* painter, const QRect &r );
+    bool end();
+
+    QPainter* painter() const;
+
+    bool isActive() const;
+    bool isBuffered() const;
+    void flush();
+
+    static bool isDisabled() { return !dblbufr; }
+    static void setDisabled( bool off ) { dblbufr = !off; }
+
+    static void cleanup();
+
+private:
+    enum DoubleBufferState {
+	Active		= 0x0100,
+	BufferActive	= 0x0200,
+	ExternalPainter	= 0x0400
+    };
+    typedef uint DBState;
+
+    QPixmap *getPixmap();
+    void releasePixmap();
+
+    QWidget *wid;
+    int rx, ry, rw, rh;
+    DBFlags flags;
+    DBState state;
+
+    QPainter *p, *external_p;
+    QPixmap *pix;
+
+    static bool dblbufr;
+};
+
+inline bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin( QWidget* widget, const QRect &r )
+{ return begin( widget, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() ); }
+
+inline bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::begin( QPainter *painter, const QRect &r )
+{ return begin( painter, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() ); }
+
+inline QPainter* QSharedDoubleBuffer::painter() const
+{ return p; }
+
+inline bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::isActive() const
+{ return ( state & Active ); }
+
+inline bool QSharedDoubleBuffer::isBuffered() const
+{ return ( state & BufferActive ); }
+
+
+class QVirtualDestructor {
+public:
+    virtual ~QVirtualDestructor() {}
+};
+
+template <class T>
+class QAutoDeleter : public QVirtualDestructor {
+public:
+    QAutoDeleter( T* p ) : ptr( p ) {}
+    ~QAutoDeleter() { delete ptr; }
+    T* data() const { return ptr; }
+private:
+    T* ptr;
+};
+
+template <class T>
+T* qAutoDeleterData( QAutoDeleter<T>* ad )
+{
+    if ( !ad )
+	return 0;
+    return ad->data();
+}
+
+template <class T>
+QAutoDeleter<T>* qAutoDeleter( T* p )
+{
+    return new QAutoDeleter<T>( p );
+}
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMembuf
+{
+public:
+    QMembuf();
+    ~QMembuf();
+
+    void append( QByteArray *ba );
+    void clear();
+
+    bool consumeBytes( Q_ULONG nbytes, char *sink );
+    QByteArray readAll();
+    bool scanNewline( QByteArray *store );
+    bool canReadLine() const;
+
+    int ungetch( int ch );
+
+    QIODevice::Offset size() const;
+
+private:
+
+    QPtrList<QByteArray> *buf;
+    QIODevice::Offset _size;
+    QIODevice::Offset _index;
+};
+
+inline void QMembuf::append( QByteArray *ba )
+{ buf->append( ba ); _size += ba->size(); }
+
+inline void QMembuf::clear()
+{ buf->clear(); _size=0; _index=0; }
+
+inline QByteArray QMembuf::readAll()
+{ QByteArray ba(_size); consumeBytes(_size,ba.data()); return ba; }
+
+inline bool QMembuf::canReadLine() const
+{ return ((QMembuf*)this)->scanNewline( 0 ); }
+
+inline QIODevice::Offset QMembuf::size() const
+{ return _size; }
+
+#endif // QINTERNAL_P_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qjpegio.cpp b/src/kernel/qjpegio.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c7556e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qjpegio.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of JPEG QImage IOHandler
+**
+** Created : 990521
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE
+#define QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE
+#endif
+
+#include "qimage.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_JPEG
+
+#include "qiodevice.h"
+#include "qjpegio.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>      // jpeglib needs this to be pre-included
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+
+// including jpeglib.h seems to be a little messy
+extern "C" {
+#define XMD_H           // shut JPEGlib up
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE)
+#  define HAVE_BOOLEAN  // libjpeg under Unixware seems to need this
+#endif
+#include <jpeglib.h>
+#ifdef const
+#  undef const          // remove crazy C hackery in jconfig.h
+#endif
+}
+
+
+struct my_error_mgr : public jpeg_error_mgr {
+    jmp_buf setjmp_buffer;
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static
+void my_error_exit (j_common_ptr cinfo)
+{
+    my_error_mgr* myerr = (my_error_mgr*) cinfo->err;
+    char buffer[JMSG_LENGTH_MAX];
+    (*cinfo->err->format_message)(cinfo, buffer);
+    qWarning(buffer);
+    longjmp(myerr->setjmp_buffer, 1);
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+static const int max_buf = 4096;
+
+struct my_jpeg_source_mgr : public jpeg_source_mgr {
+    // Nothing dynamic - cannot rely on destruction over longjump
+    QImageIO* iio;
+    JOCTET buffer[max_buf];
+
+public:
+    my_jpeg_source_mgr(QImageIO* iio);
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static
+void qt_init_source(j_decompress_ptr)
+{
+}
+
+static
+boolean qt_fill_input_buffer(j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
+{
+    int num_read;
+    my_jpeg_source_mgr* src = (my_jpeg_source_mgr*)cinfo->src;
+    QIODevice* dev = src->iio->ioDevice();
+    src->next_input_byte = src->buffer;
+    num_read = dev->readBlock((char*)src->buffer, max_buf);
+    if ( num_read <= 0 ) {
+	// Insert a fake EOI marker - as per jpeglib recommendation
+	src->buffer[0] = (JOCTET) 0xFF;
+	src->buffer[1] = (JOCTET) JPEG_EOI;
+	src->bytes_in_buffer = 2;
+    } else {
+	src->bytes_in_buffer = num_read;
+    }
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE)
+    return B_TRUE;
+#else
+    return TRUE;
+#endif
+}
+
+static
+void qt_skip_input_data(j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)
+{
+    my_jpeg_source_mgr* src = (my_jpeg_source_mgr*)cinfo->src;
+
+    // `dumb' implementation from jpeglib
+
+    /* Just a dumb implementation for now.  Could use fseek() except
+     * it doesn't work on pipes.  Not clear that being smart is worth
+     * any trouble anyway --- large skips are infrequent.
+     */
+    if (num_bytes > 0) {
+	while (num_bytes > (long) src->bytes_in_buffer) {
+	    num_bytes -= (long) src->bytes_in_buffer;
+	    (void) qt_fill_input_buffer(cinfo);
+	    /* note we assume that qt_fill_input_buffer will never return FALSE,
+	    * so suspension need not be handled.
+	    */
+	}
+	src->next_input_byte += (size_t) num_bytes;
+	src->bytes_in_buffer -= (size_t) num_bytes;
+    }
+}
+
+static
+void qt_term_source(j_decompress_ptr)
+{
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+inline my_jpeg_source_mgr::my_jpeg_source_mgr(QImageIO* iioptr)
+{
+    jpeg_source_mgr::init_source = qt_init_source;
+    jpeg_source_mgr::fill_input_buffer = qt_fill_input_buffer;
+    jpeg_source_mgr::skip_input_data = qt_skip_input_data;
+    jpeg_source_mgr::resync_to_restart = jpeg_resync_to_restart;
+    jpeg_source_mgr::term_source = qt_term_source;
+    iio = iioptr;
+    bytes_in_buffer = 0;
+    next_input_byte = buffer;
+}
+
+
+static
+void scaleSize( int &reqW, int &reqH, int imgW, int imgH, QImage::ScaleMode mode )
+{
+    if ( mode == QImage::ScaleFree )
+        return;
+    int t1 = imgW * reqH;
+    int t2 = reqW * imgH;
+    if (( mode == QImage::ScaleMin && (t1 > t2) ) || ( mode == QImage::ScaleMax && (t1 < t2) ))
+	reqH = t2 / imgW;
+    else
+        reqW = t1 / imgH;
+}
+
+
+static
+void read_jpeg_image(QImageIO* iio)
+{
+    QImage image;
+
+    struct jpeg_decompress_struct cinfo;
+
+    struct my_jpeg_source_mgr *iod_src = new my_jpeg_source_mgr(iio);
+    struct my_error_mgr jerr;
+
+    jpeg_create_decompress(&cinfo);
+
+    cinfo.src = iod_src;
+
+    cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error(&jerr);
+    jerr.error_exit = my_error_exit;
+
+    if (!setjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer)) {
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE)
+	(void) jpeg_read_header(&cinfo, B_TRUE);
+#else
+	(void) jpeg_read_header(&cinfo, TRUE);
+#endif
+
+	(void) jpeg_start_decompress(&cinfo);
+
+	QString params = iio->parameters();
+	params.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+	int sWidth = 0, sHeight = 0;
+	char sModeStr[1024] = "";
+	QImage::ScaleMode sMode;
+
+	if ( params.contains( "GetHeaderInformation" ) ) {
+
+	    // Create QImage's without allocating the data
+	    if ( cinfo.output_components == 3 || cinfo.output_components == 4) {
+		image = QImage( NULL, cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height, 32, NULL, 0, QImage::IgnoreEndian );
+	    } else if ( cinfo.output_components == 1 ) {
+		image = QImage( NULL, cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height, 8, NULL, 0, QImage::IgnoreEndian );
+	    } else {
+		// Unsupported format
+	    }
+
+
+	} else if ( params.contains( "Scale" ) ) {
+	    sscanf( params.latin1(), "Scale( %i, %i, %1023s )",
+		    &sWidth, &sHeight, sModeStr );
+
+	    QString sModeQStr( sModeStr );
+	    if ( sModeQStr == "ScaleFree" ) {
+		sMode = QImage::ScaleFree;
+	    } else if ( sModeQStr == "ScaleMin" ) {
+		sMode = QImage::ScaleMin;
+	    } else if ( sModeQStr == "ScaleMax" ) {
+		sMode = QImage::ScaleMax;
+	    } else {
+		qDebug("read_jpeg_image: invalid scale mode \"%s\", see QImage::ScaleMode documentation", sModeStr);
+		sMode = QImage::ScaleFree;
+	    }
+
+//	    qDebug( "Parameters ask to scale the image to %i x %i ScaleMode: %s", sWidth, sHeight, sModeStr );
+	    scaleSize( sWidth, sHeight, cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height, sMode );
+//	    qDebug( "Scaling the jpeg to %i x %i", sWidth, sHeight, sModeStr );
+
+	    bool created = FALSE;
+	    if ( cinfo.output_components == 3 || cinfo.output_components == 4) {
+		created = image.create( sWidth, sHeight, 32 );
+	    } else if ( cinfo.output_components == 1 ) {
+		created = image.create( sWidth, sHeight, 8, 256 );
+		for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+		    image.setColor(i, qRgb(i,i,i));
+	    } else {
+		// Unsupported format
+	    }
+	    if (!created)
+		image = QImage();
+
+	    if (!image.isNull()) {
+		QImage tmpImage( cinfo.output_width, 1, 32 );
+		uchar** inLines = tmpImage.jumpTable();
+		uchar** outLines = image.jumpTable();
+		while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height) {
+		    int outputLine = sHeight * cinfo.output_scanline / cinfo.output_height;
+		    (void) jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo, inLines, 1);
+		    if ( cinfo.output_components == 3 ) {
+			uchar *in = inLines[0];
+			QRgb *out = (QRgb*)outLines[outputLine];
+			for (uint i=0; i<cinfo.output_width; i++ ) {
+// ### Only scaling down an image works, I don't think scaling up will work at the moment
+// ### An idea I have to make this a smooth scale is to progressively add the pixel values up
+// When scaling down, multiple values are being over drawn in to the output buffer.
+// Instead, a weighting based on the distance the line or pixel is from the output pixel determines
+// the weight of it when added to the output buffer. At present it is a non-smooth scale which is
+// inefficently implemented, it still uncompresses all the jpeg, an optimization for progressive
+// jpegs could be made if scaling by say 50% or some other special cases
+			    out[sWidth * i / cinfo.output_width] = qRgb( in[0], in[1], in[2] );
+			    in += 3;
+			}
+		    } else {
+// ### Need to test the case where the jpeg is grayscale, need some black and white jpegs to test
+// this code. (also only scales down and probably won't scale to a larger size)
+			uchar *in = inLines[0];
+			uchar *out = outLines[outputLine];
+			for (uint i=0; i<cinfo.output_width; i++ ) {
+			    out[sWidth * i / cinfo.output_width] = in[i];
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		(void) jpeg_finish_decompress(&cinfo);
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    bool created = FALSE;
+	    if ( cinfo.output_components == 3 || cinfo.output_components == 4) {
+		created = image.create( cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height, 32 );
+	    } else if ( cinfo.output_components == 1 ) {
+		created = image.create( cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height, 8, 256 );
+		for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+		    image.setColor(i, qRgb(i,i,i));
+	    } else {
+		// Unsupported format
+	    }
+	    if (!created)
+		image = QImage();
+
+	    if (!image.isNull()) {
+		uchar** lines = image.jumpTable();
+		while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height)
+		    (void) jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo,
+		                               lines + cinfo.output_scanline,
+		                               cinfo.output_height);
+		(void) jpeg_finish_decompress(&cinfo);
+
+		if ( cinfo.output_components == 3 ) {
+		    // Expand 24->32 bpp.
+		    for (uint j=0; j<cinfo.output_height; j++) {
+			uchar *in = image.scanLine(j) + cinfo.output_width * 3;
+			QRgb *out = (QRgb*)image.scanLine(j);
+
+			for (uint i=cinfo.output_width; i--; ) {
+			    in-=3;
+			    out[i] = qRgb(in[0], in[1], in[2]);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+        }
+
+	if (!image.isNull()) {
+	    if ( cinfo.density_unit == 1 ) {
+	        image.setDotsPerMeterX( int(100. * cinfo.X_density / 2.54) );
+	        image.setDotsPerMeterY( int(100. * cinfo.Y_density / 2.54) );
+	    } else if ( cinfo.density_unit == 2 ) {
+		image.setDotsPerMeterX( int(100. * cinfo.X_density) );
+		image.setDotsPerMeterY( int(100. * cinfo.Y_density) );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	iio->setImage(image);
+	iio->setStatus(image.isNull());
+    }
+
+    jpeg_destroy_decompress(&cinfo);
+    delete iod_src;
+}
+
+
+struct my_jpeg_destination_mgr : public jpeg_destination_mgr {
+    // Nothing dynamic - cannot rely on destruction over longjump
+    QImageIO* iio;
+    JOCTET buffer[max_buf];
+
+public:
+    my_jpeg_destination_mgr(QImageIO*);
+};
+
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static
+void qt_init_destination(j_compress_ptr)
+{
+}
+
+static
+void qt_exit_on_error(j_compress_ptr cinfo, QIODevice* dev)
+{
+    if (dev->status() == IO_Ok) {
+	return;
+    } else {
+	// cinfo->err->msg_code = JERR_FILE_WRITE;
+	(*cinfo->err->error_exit)((j_common_ptr)cinfo);
+    }
+}
+
+static
+boolean qt_empty_output_buffer(j_compress_ptr cinfo)
+{
+    my_jpeg_destination_mgr* dest = (my_jpeg_destination_mgr*)cinfo->dest;
+    QIODevice* dev = dest->iio->ioDevice();
+
+    if ( dev->writeBlock( (char*)dest->buffer, max_buf ) != max_buf )
+	qt_exit_on_error(cinfo, dev);
+
+    dest->next_output_byte = dest->buffer;
+    dest->free_in_buffer = max_buf;
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE)
+    return B_TRUE;
+#else
+    return TRUE;
+#endif
+}
+
+static
+void qt_term_destination(j_compress_ptr cinfo)
+{
+    my_jpeg_destination_mgr* dest = (my_jpeg_destination_mgr*)cinfo->dest;
+    QIODevice* dev = dest->iio->ioDevice();
+    Q_LONG n = max_buf - dest->free_in_buffer;
+
+    if ( dev->writeBlock( (char*)dest->buffer, n ) != n )
+	qt_exit_on_error(cinfo, dev);
+
+    dev->flush();
+
+    qt_exit_on_error(cinfo, dev);
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+inline
+my_jpeg_destination_mgr::my_jpeg_destination_mgr(QImageIO* iioptr)
+{
+    jpeg_destination_mgr::init_destination = qt_init_destination;
+    jpeg_destination_mgr::empty_output_buffer = qt_empty_output_buffer;
+    jpeg_destination_mgr::term_destination = qt_term_destination;
+    iio = iioptr;
+    next_output_byte = buffer;
+    free_in_buffer = max_buf;
+}
+
+
+static
+void write_jpeg_image(QImageIO* iio)
+{
+    QImage image = iio->image();
+
+    struct jpeg_compress_struct cinfo;
+    JSAMPROW row_pointer[1];
+    row_pointer[0] = 0;
+
+    struct my_jpeg_destination_mgr *iod_dest = new my_jpeg_destination_mgr(iio);
+    struct my_error_mgr jerr;
+
+    cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error(&jerr);
+
+    jerr.error_exit = my_error_exit;
+
+    if (!setjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer)) {
+	jpeg_create_compress(&cinfo);
+
+	cinfo.dest = iod_dest;
+
+	cinfo.image_width = image.width();
+	cinfo.image_height = image.height();
+
+	QRgb* cmap=0;
+	bool gray=FALSE;
+	switch ( image.depth() ) {
+	  case 1:
+	  case 8:
+	    cmap = image.colorTable();
+	    gray = TRUE;
+	    int i;
+	    for (i=image.numColors(); gray && i--; ) {
+		gray = gray & ( qRed(cmap[i]) == qGreen(cmap[i]) &&
+				qRed(cmap[i]) == qBlue(cmap[i]) );
+	    }
+	    cinfo.input_components = gray ? 1 : 3;
+	    cinfo.in_color_space = gray ? JCS_GRAYSCALE : JCS_RGB;
+	    break;
+	  case 32:
+	    cinfo.input_components = 3;
+	    cinfo.in_color_space = JCS_RGB;
+	}
+
+	jpeg_set_defaults(&cinfo);
+
+	float diffInch = QABS(image.dotsPerMeterX()*2.54/100. - qRound(image.dotsPerMeterX()*2.54/100.))
+	                 + QABS(image.dotsPerMeterY()*2.54/100. - qRound(image.dotsPerMeterY()*2.54/100.));
+	float diffCm = (QABS(image.dotsPerMeterX()/100. - qRound(image.dotsPerMeterX()/100.))
+	                + QABS(image.dotsPerMeterY()/100. - qRound(image.dotsPerMeterY()/100.)))*2.54;
+	if (diffInch < diffCm) {
+	    cinfo.density_unit = 1; // dots/inch
+	    cinfo.X_density = qRound(image.dotsPerMeterX()*2.54/100.);
+	    cinfo.Y_density = qRound(image.dotsPerMeterY()*2.54/100.);
+	} else {
+	    cinfo.density_unit = 2; // dots/cm
+	    cinfo.X_density = (image.dotsPerMeterX()+50) / 100;
+	    cinfo.Y_density = (image.dotsPerMeterY()+50) / 100;
+	}
+
+	int quality = iio->quality() >= 0 ? QMIN(iio->quality(),100) : 75;
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE)
+	jpeg_set_quality(&cinfo, quality, B_TRUE /* limit to baseline-JPEG values */);
+	jpeg_start_compress(&cinfo, B_TRUE);
+#else
+	jpeg_set_quality(&cinfo, quality, TRUE /* limit to baseline-JPEG values */);
+	jpeg_start_compress(&cinfo, TRUE);
+#endif
+
+	row_pointer[0] = new uchar[cinfo.image_width*cinfo.input_components];
+	int w = cinfo.image_width;
+	while (cinfo.next_scanline < cinfo.image_height) {
+	    uchar *row = row_pointer[0];
+	    switch ( image.depth() ) {
+	      case 1:
+		if (gray) {
+		    uchar* data = image.scanLine(cinfo.next_scanline);
+		    if ( image.bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian ) {
+			for (int i=0; i<w; i++) {
+			    bool bit = !!(*(data + (i >> 3)) & (1 << (i & 7)));
+			    row[i] = qRed(cmap[bit]);
+			}
+		    } else {
+			for (int i=0; i<w; i++) {
+			    bool bit = !!(*(data + (i >> 3)) & (1 << (7 -(i & 7))));
+			    row[i] = qRed(cmap[bit]);
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    uchar* data = image.scanLine(cinfo.next_scanline);
+		    if ( image.bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian ) {
+			for (int i=0; i<w; i++) {
+			    bool bit = !!(*(data + (i >> 3)) & (1 << (i & 7)));
+			    *row++ = qRed(cmap[bit]);
+			    *row++ = qGreen(cmap[bit]);
+			    *row++ = qBlue(cmap[bit]);
+			}
+		    } else {
+			for (int i=0; i<w; i++) {
+			    bool bit = !!(*(data + (i >> 3)) & (1 << (7 -(i & 7))));
+			    *row++ = qRed(cmap[bit]);
+			    *row++ = qGreen(cmap[bit]);
+			    *row++ = qBlue(cmap[bit]);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		break;
+	      case 8:
+		if (gray) {
+		    uchar* pix = image.scanLine(cinfo.next_scanline);
+		    for (int i=0; i<w; i++) {
+			*row = qRed(cmap[*pix]);
+			++row; ++pix;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    uchar* pix = image.scanLine(cinfo.next_scanline);
+		    for (int i=0; i<w; i++) {
+			*row++ = qRed(cmap[*pix]);
+			*row++ = qGreen(cmap[*pix]);
+			*row++ = qBlue(cmap[*pix]);
+			++pix;
+		    }
+		}
+		break;
+	      case 32: {
+		QRgb* rgb = (QRgb*)image.scanLine(cinfo.next_scanline);
+		for (int i=0; i<w; i++) {
+		    *row++ = qRed(*rgb);
+		    *row++ = qGreen(*rgb);
+		    *row++ = qBlue(*rgb);
+		    ++rgb;
+		}
+	      }
+	    }
+	    jpeg_write_scanlines(&cinfo, row_pointer, 1);
+	}
+
+	jpeg_finish_compress(&cinfo);
+	jpeg_destroy_compress(&cinfo);
+
+	iio->setStatus(0);
+    }
+
+    delete iod_dest;
+    delete [] row_pointer[0];
+}
+
+void qInitJpegIO()
+{
+    // Not much to go on - just 3 bytes: 0xFF, M_SOI, 0xFF
+    // Even the third is not strictly specified as required.
+    QImageIO::defineIOHandler("JPEG", "^\377\330\377", 0, read_jpeg_image, write_jpeg_image);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qjpegio.h b/src/kernel/qjpegio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff59410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qjpegio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of JPEG QImage IOHandler
+**
+** Created : 970621
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QJPEGIO_H
+#define QJPEGIO_H
+
+#include "qglobal.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_JPEG
+
+void qInitJpegIO();
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_JPEG
+
+#endif // QJPEGIO_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qkeycode.h b/src/kernel/qkeycode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54a41d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qkeycode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of keyboard codes
+**
+** Created : 931030
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QKEYCODE_H
+#define QKEYCODE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+// all key codes are now in the Qt namespace class
+
+#endif // QKEYCODE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp b/src/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7263d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QKeySequence class
+**
+** Created : 0108007
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qkeysequence.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+#include "qaccel.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+# include "qregexp.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+#define QMAC_CTRL  (QString(QChar(0x2318)))
+#define QMAC_META  (QString(QChar(0x2303)))
+#define QMAC_ALT   (QString(QChar(0x2325)))
+#define QMAC_SHIFT (QString(QChar(0x21E7)))
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \class QKeySequence qkeysequence.h
+    \brief The QKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used
+    by accelerators.
+
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    A key sequence consists of up to four keyboard codes, each
+    optionally combined with modifiers, e.g. \c SHIFT, \c CTRL, \c
+    ALT, \c META, or \c UNICODE_ACCEL. For example, \c{CTRL + Key_P}
+    might be a sequence used as a shortcut for printing a document.
+    The key codes are listed in \c{qnamespace.h}. As an alternative,
+    use \c UNICODE_ACCEL with the unicode code point of the character.
+    For example, \c{UNICODE_ACCEL + 'A'} gives the same key sequence
+    as \c Key_A.
+
+    Key sequences can be constructed either from an integer key code,
+    or from a human readable translatable string such as
+    "Ctrl+X,Alt+Space". A key sequence can be cast to a QString to
+    obtain a human readable translated version of the sequence.
+    Translations are done in the "QAccel" context.
+
+    \sa QAccel
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::SequenceMatch
+
+    \value NoMatch Sequences have nothing in common
+    \value PartialMatch Sequences match partially, but are not complete
+    \value Identical Sequences do not differ
+*/
+
+static struct {
+    int key;
+    const char* name;
+} keyname[] = {
+    { Qt::Key_Space,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Space" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Escape,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Esc" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Tab,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Tab" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Backtab,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Backtab" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Backspace,    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Backspace" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Return,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Return" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Enter,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Enter" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Insert,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Ins" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Delete,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Del" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Pause,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Pause" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Print,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Print" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_SysReq,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "SysReq" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Home,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Home" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_End,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "End" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Left,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Left" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Up,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Up" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Right,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Right" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Down,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Down" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Prior,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "PgUp" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Next,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "PgDown" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_CapsLock,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "CapsLock" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_NumLock,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "NumLock" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_ScrollLock,   QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "ScrollLock" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Menu,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Menu" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Help,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Help" ) },
+
+    // Multimedia keys
+    { Qt::Key_Back,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Back" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Forward,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Forward" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Stop,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Stop" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Refresh,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Refresh" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_VolumeDown,   QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Volume Down" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_VolumeMute,   QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Volume Mute" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_VolumeUp,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Volume Up" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_BassBoost,    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Bass Boost" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_BassUp,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Bass Up" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_BassDown,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Bass Down" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_TrebleUp,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Treble Up" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_TrebleDown,   QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Treble Down" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_MediaPlay,    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Media Play" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_MediaStop,    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Media Stop" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_MediaPrev,    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Media Previous" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_MediaNext,    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Media Next" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_MediaRecord,  QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Media Record" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_HomePage,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Home" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Favorites,    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Favorites" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Search,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Search" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Standby,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Standby" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_OpenUrl,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Open URL" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchMail,   QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch Mail" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchMedia,  QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch Media" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch0,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (0)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch1,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (1)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch2,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (2)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch3,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (3)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch4,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (4)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch5,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (5)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch6,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (6)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch7,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (7)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch8,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (8)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Launch9,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (9)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchA,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (A)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchB,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (B)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchC,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (C)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchD,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (D)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchE,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (E)" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_LaunchF,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Launch (F)" ) },
+
+    // --------------------------------------------------------------
+    // More consistent namings
+    { Qt::Key_Print,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Print Screen" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Prior,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Page Up" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Next,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Page Down" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_CapsLock,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Caps Lock" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_NumLock,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Num Lock" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_NumLock,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Number Lock" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_ScrollLock,   QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Scroll Lock" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Insert,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Insert" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Delete,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Delete" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_Escape,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "Escape" ) },
+    { Qt::Key_SysReq,	    QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "QAccel", "System Request" ) },
+
+    { 0, 0 }
+};
+
+
+class QKeySequencePrivate : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    inline QKeySequencePrivate()
+    {
+	key[0] = key[1] = key[2] = key[3] =  0;
+    }
+    inline QKeySequencePrivate( QKeySequencePrivate *copy )
+    {
+	key[0] = copy->key[0];
+	key[1] = copy->key[1];
+	key[2] = copy->key[2];
+	key[3] = copy->key[3];
+    }
+    int key[4];
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty key sequence.
+*/
+QKeySequence::QKeySequence()
+{
+    d = new QKeySequencePrivate();
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( d );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates a key sequence from the string \a key. For example
+    "Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl",
+    "Shift", "Alt" and "Meta" are recognized, as well as their
+    translated equivalents in the "QAccel" context (using
+    QObject::tr()).
+
+    Multiple key codes (up to four) may be entered by separating them
+    with commas, e.g. "Alt+X,Ctrl+S,Q".
+
+    This contructor is typically used with \link QObject::tr() tr
+    \endlink(), so that accelerator keys can be replaced in
+    translations:
+
+    \code
+	QPopupMenu *file = new QPopupMenu( this );
+	file->insertItem( tr("&Open..."), this, SLOT(open()),
+			  QKeySequence( tr("Ctrl+O", "File|Open") ) );
+    \endcode
+
+    Note the \c "File|Open" translator comment. It is by no means
+    necessary, but it provides some context for the human translator.
+*/
+QKeySequence::QKeySequence( const QString& key )
+{
+    d = new QKeySequencePrivate();
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( d );
+    assign( key );
+}
+
+
+// ### BCI: Merge with constructor below for 4.0
+/*!
+    Constructs a key sequence that has a single \a key.
+
+    The key codes are listed in \c{qnamespace.h} and can be
+    combined with modifiers, e.g. with \c SHIFT, \c CTRL, \c
+    ALT, \c META or \c UNICODE_ACCEL.
+*/
+QKeySequence::QKeySequence( int key )
+{
+    d = new QKeySequencePrivate();
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( d );
+    d->key[0] = key;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a key sequence with up to 4 keys \a k1, \a k2,
+    \a k3 and \a k4.
+
+    The key codes are listed in \c{qnamespace.h} and can be
+    combined with modifiers, e.g. with \c SHIFT, \c CTRL, \c
+    ALT, \c META or \c UNICODE_ACCEL.
+*/
+QKeySequence::QKeySequence( int k1, int k2, int k3, int k4 )
+{
+    d = new QKeySequencePrivate();
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( d );
+    d->key[0] = k1;
+    d->key[1] = k2;
+    d->key[2] = k3;
+    d->key[3] = k4;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copy constructor. Makes a copy of \a keysequence.
+ */
+QKeySequence::QKeySequence( const QKeySequence& keysequence )
+    : d( keysequence.d )
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the key sequence.
+ */
+QKeySequence::~QKeySequence()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    KeySequences should never be modified, but rather just created.
+    Internally though we do need to modify to keep pace in event
+    delivery.
+*/
+
+void QKeySequence::setKey( int key, int index )
+{
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    if ( 0 > index && 4 < index ) {
+	qWarning( "QKeySequence::setKey: index %u out of range", index );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+    if ( 1 < d->count ) {
+	QKeySequencePrivate *newd = new QKeySequencePrivate( d );
+	d->deref();
+	d = newd;
+    }
+    d->key[index] = key;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of keys in the key sequence.
+    The maximum is 4.
+ */
+uint QKeySequence::count() const
+{
+    if ( ! d->key[0] )
+	return 0;
+    if ( ! d->key[1] )
+	return 1;
+    if ( ! d->key[2] )
+	return 2;
+    if ( ! d->key[3] )
+	return 3;
+    return 4;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the key sequence is empty; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+bool QKeySequence::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return !d->key[0];
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Adds the string \a keyseq to the key sequence. \a keyseq may
+    contain up to four key codes, provided they are seperated by a
+    comma, e.g. "Alt+X,Ctrl+S,Z"). Returns the number of key codes
+    added.
+*/
+int QKeySequence::assign( QString keyseq )
+{
+    QString part;
+    int n = 0;
+    int p = 0, diff = 0;
+
+    // Run through the whole string, but stop
+    // if we have 4 keys before the end.
+    while ( keyseq.length() && n < 4 ) {
+	// We MUST use something to seperate each sequence, and space
+	// does not cut it, since some of the key names have space
+	// in them.. (Let's hope no one translate with a comma in it:)
+	p = keyseq.find( ',' );
+	if ( -1 != p ) {
+	    if ( ',' == keyseq[p+1] ) // e.g. 'Ctrl+,, Shift+,,'
+		p++;
+	    if ( ' ' == keyseq[p+1] ) { // Space after comma
+		diff = 1;
+		p++;
+	    } else if ( '\0' == keyseq[p+1] ) { // Last comma 'Ctrl+,'
+                p = -1;
+	    } else {
+		diff = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+	part = keyseq.left( -1==p?keyseq.length():p-diff );
+	keyseq = keyseq.right( -1==p?0:keyseq.length() - ( p + 1 ) );
+	d->key[n] = decodeString( part );
+	n++;
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+struct ModifKeyName {
+    ModifKeyName() { }
+    ModifKeyName(int q, QString n) : qt_key(q), name(n) { }
+    int qt_key;
+    QString name;
+};
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a single key from the string \str.
+ */
+int QKeySequence::decodeString( const QString& str )
+{
+    int ret = 0;
+    QString accel = str;
+
+    QValueList<ModifKeyName> modifs;
+#ifdef QMAC_CTRL
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( CTRL, QMAC_CTRL );
+#endif
+#ifdef QMAC_ALT
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( ALT, QMAC_ALT );
+#endif
+#ifdef QMAC_META
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( META, QMAC_META );
+#endif
+#ifdef QMAC_SHIFT
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( SHIFT, QMAC_SHIFT );
+#endif
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( CTRL, "ctrl+" ) << ModifKeyName( CTRL, QAccel::tr("Ctrl").lower().append('+') );
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( SHIFT, "shift+" ) << ModifKeyName( SHIFT, QAccel::tr("Shift").lower().append('+') );
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( ALT, "alt+" ) << ModifKeyName( ALT, QAccel::tr("Alt").lower().append('+') );
+    modifs << ModifKeyName( META, "meta+" ) << ModifKeyName( ALT, QAccel::tr("Meta").lower().append('+') );
+    QString sl = accel.lower();
+    for( QValueList<ModifKeyName>::iterator it = modifs.begin(); it != modifs.end(); ++it ) {
+	if ( sl.contains( (*it).name ) ) {
+	    ret |= (*it).qt_key;
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+	    accel.remove( QRegExp(QRegExp::escape((*it).name), FALSE) );
+#else
+	    accel.remove( (*it).name );
+#endif
+	    sl = accel.lower();
+	}
+    }
+
+    int p = accel.findRev( '+', str.length() - 2 ); // -2 so that Ctrl++ works
+    if( p > 0 )
+	accel = accel.mid( p + 1 );
+
+    int fnum = 0;
+    if ( accel.length() == 1 ) {
+	char ltr = accel[0].upper().latin1();
+	// We can only upper A-Z without problems.
+	if ( ltr < (char)Key_A || ltr > (char)Key_Z )
+	    ret |= accel[0].unicode();
+	else
+	    ret |= accel[0].upper().unicode();
+	ret |= UNICODE_ACCEL;
+    } else if ( accel[0] == 'F' && (fnum = accel.mid(1).toInt()) && (fnum >= 1) && (fnum <= 35) ) {
+        ret |= Key_F1 + fnum - 1;
+    } else {
+	// Check through translation table for the correct key name
+	// ...or fall back on english table.
+	bool found = FALSE;
+	for ( int tran = 0; tran < 2; tran++ ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; keyname[i].name; i++ ) {
+		if ( tran ? accel == QAccel::tr(keyname[i].name)
+			  : accel == keyname[i].name ) {
+		    ret |= keyname[i].key;
+		    found = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if(found)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates an accelerator string for \a key. For example,
+    CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are
+    translated (using QObject::tr()) in the "QAccel" context.
+ */
+QString QKeySequence::encodeString( int key )
+{
+    QString s;
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && !defined(QWS)
+    // On MAC the order is Meta, Alt, Shift, Control.
+    if ( (key & META) == META )
+	s += QMAC_META;
+    if ( (key & ALT) == ALT )
+	s += QMAC_ALT;
+    if ( (key & SHIFT) == SHIFT )
+	s += QMAC_SHIFT;
+    if ( (key & CTRL) == CTRL )
+	s += QMAC_CTRL;
+#else
+    // On other systems the order is Meta, Control, Alt, Shift
+    if ( (key & META) == META )
+	s += QAccel::tr( "Meta" );
+    if ( (key & CTRL) == CTRL ) {
+	if ( !s.isEmpty() )
+	    s += QAccel::tr( "+" );
+	s += QAccel::tr( "Ctrl" );
+    }
+    if ( (key & ALT) == ALT ) {
+	if ( !s.isEmpty() )
+	    s += QAccel::tr( "+" );
+	s += QAccel::tr( "Alt" );
+    }
+    if ( (key & SHIFT) == SHIFT ) {
+	if ( !s.isEmpty() )
+	    s += QAccel::tr( "+" );
+	s += QAccel::tr( "Shift" );
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+    key &= ~(SHIFT | CTRL | ALT | META );
+    QString p;
+
+    if ( (key & UNICODE_ACCEL) == UNICODE_ACCEL ) {
+	// Note: This character should NOT be upper()'ed, since
+	// the encoded string should indicate EXACTLY what the
+	// key represents! Hence a 'Ctrl+Shift+c' is posible to
+	// represent, but is clearly impossible to trigger...
+	p = QChar(key & 0xffff);
+    } else if ( key >= Key_F1 && key <= Key_F35 ) {
+	p = QAccel::tr( "F%1" ).arg(key - Key_F1 + 1);
+    } else if ( key > Key_Space && key <= Key_AsciiTilde ) {
+	p.sprintf( "%c", key );
+    } else {
+	int i=0;
+	while (keyname[i].name) {
+	    if ( key == keyname[i].key ) {
+		p = QAccel::tr(keyname[i].name);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    ++i;
+	}
+	// If we can't find the actual translatable keyname,
+	// fall back on the unicode representation of it...
+	// Or else characters like Key_aring may not get displayed
+	// ( Really depends on you locale )
+	if ( !keyname[i].name )
+	    // Note: This character should NOT be upper()'ed, see above!
+	    p = QChar(key & 0xffff);
+    }
+
+#ifndef Q_OS_MAC
+    if ( !s.isEmpty() )
+	s += QAccel::tr( "+" );
+#endif
+
+    s += p;
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Matches the sequence with \a seq. Returns \c Qt::Identical if
+    successful, \c Qt::PartialMatch for matching but incomplete \a seq,
+    and \c Qt::NoMatch if the sequences have nothing in common.
+    Returns \c Qt::NoMatch if \a seq is shorter.
+*/
+Qt::SequenceMatch QKeySequence::matches( const QKeySequence& seq ) const
+{
+    uint userN = count(),
+	  seqN = seq.count();
+
+    if ( userN > seqN )
+	return NoMatch;
+
+    // If equal in length, we have a potential Identical sequence,
+    // else we already know it can only be partial.
+    SequenceMatch match = ( userN == seqN ? Identical : PartialMatch );
+
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < userN; i++ ) {
+	int userKey      = (*this)[i],
+	    sequenceKey  = seq[i];
+
+	if ( (userKey & ~Qt::UNICODE_ACCEL) != 
+	     (sequenceKey & ~Qt::UNICODE_ACCEL) )
+	    return NoMatch;
+    }
+    return match;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates an accelerator string for the key sequence.
+    For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". If the key sequence has
+    multiple key codes they are returned comma-separated, e.g.
+    "Alt+X, Ctrl+Y, Z". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are
+    translated (using QObject::tr()) in the "QAccel" scope. If the key
+    sequence has no keys, QString::null is returned.
+
+    On Mac OS X, the string returned resembles the sequence that is shown in
+    the menubar.
+*/
+QKeySequence::operator QString() const
+{
+    int end = count();
+    if ( !end ) return QString::null;
+
+    QString complete;
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( i < end ) {
+	complete += encodeString( d->key[i] );
+	i++;
+	if ( i != end)
+	    complete += ", ";
+    }
+    return complete;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    For backward compatibility: returns the first keycode
+    as integer. If the key sequence is empty, 0 is returned.
+ */
+QKeySequence::operator int () const
+{
+    if ( 1 <= count() )
+	return d->key[0];
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a reference to the element at position \a index in the key
+    sequence. This can only be used to read an element.
+ */
+int QKeySequence::operator[]( uint index ) const
+{
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    if ( index > 4 ) {
+	qWarning( "QKeySequence::operator[]: index %u out of range", index );
+	return 0;
+    }
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+    return d->key[index];
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assignment operator. Assigns \a keysequence to this
+    object.
+ */
+QKeySequence &QKeySequence::operator=( const QKeySequence & keysequence )
+{
+    keysequence.d->ref();
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+    d = keysequence.d;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a keysequence is equal to this key
+    sequence; otherwise returns FALSE.
+ */
+
+
+bool QKeySequence::operator==( const QKeySequence& keysequence ) const
+{
+    return ( (d->key[0]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) == (keysequence.d->key[0]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) &&
+	     (d->key[1]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) == (keysequence.d->key[1]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) &&
+	     (d->key[2]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) == (keysequence.d->key[2]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) &&
+	     (d->key[3]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) == (keysequence.d->key[3]&~UNICODE_ACCEL) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a keysequence is not equal to this key sequence;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QKeySequence::operator!= ( const QKeySequence& keysequence ) const
+{
+    QKeySequence *that = (QKeySequence*)this;
+    return !( (*that) == keysequence );
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QKeySequence stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) && !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO)
+/*!
+    \relates QKeySequence
+
+    Writes the key sequence \a keysequence to the stream \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QKeySequence &keysequence )
+{
+    QValueList<int> list;
+    list += keysequence.d->key[0];
+    list += keysequence.d->key[1];
+    list += keysequence.d->key[2];
+    list += keysequence.d->key[3];
+    s << list;
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QKeySequence
+
+    Reads a key sequence from the stream \a s into the key sequence \a
+    keysequence.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QKeySequence &keysequence )
+{
+    QValueList<int> list;
+    s >> list;
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+    if ( 1 != list.count() && 4 != list.count() ) {
+	qWarning( "Invalid QKeySequence data in the datastream." );
+	return s;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( 1 == list.count() ) {
+	keysequence.d->key[0] = *list.at( 0 );
+	keysequence.d->key[1] =
+	    keysequence.d->key[2] =
+	    keysequence.d->key[3] = 0;
+    } else {
+	keysequence.d->key[0] = *list.at( 0 );
+	keysequence.d->key[1] = *list.at( 1 );
+	keysequence.d->key[2] = *list.at( 2 );
+	keysequence.d->key[3] = *list.at( 3 );
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+#endif //QT_NO_ACCEL
diff --git a/src/kernel/qkeysequence.h b/src/kernel/qkeysequence.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c00477b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qkeysequence.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QKeySequence class
+**
+** Created : 0108007
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QKEYSEQUENCE_H
+#define QKEYSEQUENCE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QKeySequence stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+class QKeySequence;
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QKeySequence & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QKeySequence & );
+#endif
+
+class QKeySequencePrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QKeySequence : public Qt
+{
+public:
+    QKeySequence();
+    QKeySequence( const QString& key );
+    QKeySequence( int key );
+    QKeySequence( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 );
+    QKeySequence( const QKeySequence & );
+    ~QKeySequence();
+
+    uint count() const;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    Qt::SequenceMatch matches( const QKeySequence & ) const;
+
+    operator QString() const;
+    operator int () const;
+    int operator[]( uint ) const;
+    QKeySequence &operator=( const QKeySequence & );
+    bool operator==( const QKeySequence& ) const;
+    bool operator!= ( const QKeySequence& ) const;
+
+private:
+    static int decodeString( const QString & );
+    static QString encodeString( int );
+    int assign( QString );
+    void setKey( int key, int index );
+
+    QKeySequencePrivate* d;
+
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QKeySequence & );
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QKeySequence & );
+    friend class QAccelManager;
+};
+
+#else
+
+class Q_EXPORT QKeySequence : public Qt
+{
+public:
+    QKeySequence() {}
+    QKeySequence( int ) {}
+};
+
+#endif //QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlayout.cpp b/src/kernel/qlayout.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2418b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlayout.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2605 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of layout classes
+**
+** Created : 960416
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qlayout.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qsizepolicy.h"
+
+#include "qlayoutengine_p.h"
+
+/*
+  Three internal classes related to QGridLayout: (1) QGridBox is a
+  QLayoutItem with (row, column) information; (2) QGridMultiBox is a
+  QGridBox with (torow, tocolumn) information; (3) QGridLayoutData is
+  the internal representation of a QGridLayout.
+*/
+
+class QGridBox
+{
+public:
+    QGridBox( QLayoutItem *lit ) { item_ = lit; }
+
+    QGridBox( QWidget *wid ) { item_ = new QWidgetItem( wid ); }
+    QGridBox( int w, int h, QSizePolicy::SizeType hData = QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+	      QSizePolicy::SizeType vData = QSizePolicy::Minimum )
+    { item_ = new QSpacerItem( w, h, hData, vData ); }
+    ~QGridBox() { delete item_; }
+
+    QSize sizeHint() const { return item_->sizeHint(); }
+    QSize minimumSize() const { return item_->minimumSize(); }
+    QSize maximumSize() const { return item_->maximumSize(); }
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const { return item_->expanding(); }
+    bool isEmpty() const { return item_->isEmpty(); }
+
+    bool hasHeightForWidth() const { return item_->hasHeightForWidth(); }
+    int heightForWidth( int w ) const { return item_->heightForWidth(w); }
+
+    void setAlignment( int a ) { item_->setAlignment( a ); }
+    void setGeometry( const QRect &r ) { item_->setGeometry( r ); }
+    int alignment() const { return item_->alignment(); }
+    QLayoutItem *item() { return item_; }
+    QLayoutItem *takeItem() { QLayoutItem *i = item_; item_ = 0; return i; }
+
+    int hStretch() { return item_->widget() ?
+			 item_->widget()->sizePolicy().horStretch() : 0; }
+    int vStretch() { return item_->widget() ?
+			 item_->widget()->sizePolicy().verStretch() : 0; }
+
+private:
+    friend class QGridLayoutData;
+    friend class QGridLayoutDataIterator;
+
+    QLayoutItem *item_;
+    int row, col;
+};
+
+class QGridMultiBox
+{
+public:
+    QGridMultiBox( QGridBox *box, int toRow, int toCol )
+	: box_( box ), torow( toRow ), tocol( toCol ) { }
+    ~QGridMultiBox() { delete box_; }
+    QGridBox *box() { return box_; }
+    QLayoutItem *takeItem() { return box_->takeItem(); }
+
+private:
+    friend class QGridLayoutData;
+    friend class QGridLayoutDataIterator;
+
+    QGridBox *box_;
+    int torow, tocol;
+};
+
+class QGridLayoutData
+{
+public:
+    QGridLayoutData();
+    QGridLayoutData( int nRows, int nCols );
+    ~QGridLayoutData();
+
+    void add( QGridBox*, int row, int col );
+    void add( QGridBox*, int row1, int row2, int col1, int col2 );
+    QSize sizeHint( int ) const;
+    QSize minimumSize( int ) const;
+    QSize maximumSize( int ) const;
+
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding( int spacing );
+
+    void distribute( QRect, int );
+    inline int numRows() const { return rr; }
+    inline int numCols() const { return cc; }
+    inline void expand( int rows, int cols )
+    { setSize( QMAX(rows, rr), QMAX(cols, cc) ); }
+    inline void setRowStretch( int r, int s )
+    { expand( r + 1, 0 ); rStretch[r] = s; setDirty(); }
+    inline void setColStretch( int c, int s )
+    { expand( 0, c + 1 ); cStretch[c] = s; setDirty(); }
+    inline int rowStretch( int r ) const { return rStretch[r]; }
+    inline int colStretch( int c ) const { return cStretch[c]; }
+    inline void setRowSpacing( int r, int s )
+    { expand( r + 1, 0 ); rSpacing[r] = s; setDirty(); }
+    inline void setColSpacing( int c, int s )
+    { expand( 0, c + 1 ); cSpacing[c] = s; setDirty(); }
+    inline int rowSpacing( int r ) const { return rSpacing[r]; }
+    inline int colSpacing( int c ) const { return cSpacing[c]; }
+
+    inline void setReversed( bool r, bool c ) { hReversed = c; vReversed = r; }
+    inline bool horReversed() const { return hReversed; }
+    inline bool verReversed() const { return vReversed; }
+    inline void setDirty() { needRecalc = TRUE; hfw_width = -1; }
+    inline bool isDirty() const { return needRecalc; }
+    bool hasHeightForWidth( int space );
+    int heightForWidth( int, int, int );
+    int minimumHeightForWidth( int, int, int );
+
+    bool findWidget( QWidget* w, int *row, int *col );
+
+    inline void getNextPos( int &row, int &col ) { row = nextR; col = nextC; }
+    inline uint count() const
+    { return things.count() + ( multi ? multi->count() : 0 ); }
+    QRect cellGeometry( int row, int col ) const;
+
+private:
+    void setNextPosAfter( int r, int c );
+    void recalcHFW( int w, int s );
+    void addHfwData ( QGridBox *box, int width );
+    void init();
+    QSize findSize( QCOORD QLayoutStruct::*, int ) const;
+    void addData( QGridBox *b, bool r = TRUE, bool c = TRUE );
+    void setSize( int rows, int cols );
+    void setupLayoutData( int space );
+    void setupHfwLayoutData( int space );
+
+    int rr;
+    int cc;
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> rowData;
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> colData;
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> *hfwData;
+    QMemArray<int> rStretch;
+    QMemArray<int> cStretch;
+    QMemArray<int> rSpacing;
+    QMemArray<int> cSpacing;
+    QPtrList<QGridBox> things;
+    QPtrList<QGridMultiBox> *multi;
+
+    int hfw_width;
+    int hfw_height;
+    int hfw_minheight;
+    int nextR;
+    int nextC;
+
+    uint hReversed	: 1;
+    uint vReversed	: 1;
+    uint needRecalc	: 1;
+    uint has_hfw	: 1;
+    uint addVertical	: 1;
+
+    friend class QGridLayoutDataIterator;
+};
+
+QGridLayoutData::QGridLayoutData()
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+QGridLayoutData::QGridLayoutData( int nRows, int nCols )
+    : rowData( 0 ), colData( 0 )
+{
+    init();
+    if ( nRows  < 0 ) {
+	nRows = 1;
+	addVertical = FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( nCols  < 0 ) {
+	nCols = 1;
+	addVertical = TRUE;
+    }
+    setSize( nRows, nCols );
+}
+
+QGridLayoutData::~QGridLayoutData()
+{
+    // must be cleared while the data is still in a stable state
+    things.clear();
+
+    delete multi;
+    delete hfwData;
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::init()
+{
+    addVertical = FALSE;
+    setDirty();
+    multi = 0;
+    rr = cc = 0;
+    nextR = nextC = 0;
+    hfwData = 0;
+    things.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    hReversed = FALSE;
+    vReversed = FALSE;
+}
+
+bool QGridLayoutData::hasHeightForWidth( int spacing )
+{
+    setupLayoutData( spacing );
+    return has_hfw;
+}
+
+/*
+  Assumes that setupLayoutData() has been called, and that
+  qGeomCalc() has filled in colData with appropriate values.
+*/
+void QGridLayoutData::recalcHFW( int w, int spacing )
+{
+    /*
+      Go through all children, using colData and heightForWidth()
+      and put the results in hfw_rowData.
+    */
+    if ( !hfwData )
+	hfwData = new QMemArray<QLayoutStruct>( rr );
+    setupHfwLayoutData( spacing );
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &rData = *hfwData;
+
+    int h = 0;
+    int mh = 0;
+    int n = 0;
+    for ( int r = 0; r < rr; r++ ) {
+	h += rData[r].sizeHint;
+	mh += rData[r].minimumSize;
+	if ( !rData[r].empty )
+	    n++;
+    }
+    if ( n ) {
+	h += ( n - 1 ) * spacing;
+	mh += ( n - 1 ) * spacing;
+    }
+
+    hfw_width = w;
+    hfw_height = QMIN( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, h );
+    hfw_minheight = QMIN( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, mh );
+}
+
+int QGridLayoutData::heightForWidth( int w, int margin, int spacing )
+{
+    setupLayoutData( spacing );
+    if ( !has_hfw )
+	return -1;
+    if ( w + 2*margin != hfw_width ) {
+	qGeomCalc( colData, 0, cc, 0, w+2*margin, spacing );
+	recalcHFW( w+2*margin, spacing );
+    }
+    return hfw_height + 2*margin;
+}
+
+int QGridLayoutData::minimumHeightForWidth( int w, int margin, int spacing )
+{
+    (void) heightForWidth( w, margin, spacing );
+    return has_hfw ? (hfw_minheight + 2*margin) : -1;
+}
+
+bool QGridLayoutData::findWidget( QWidget* w, int *row, int *col )
+{
+    QPtrListIterator<QGridBox> it( things );
+    QGridBox * box;
+    while ( (box = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	if ( box->item()->widget() == w ) {
+	    if ( row )
+		*row = box->row;
+	    if ( col )
+		*col = box->col;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( multi ) {
+	QPtrListIterator<QGridMultiBox> it( *multi );
+	QGridMultiBox * mbox;
+	while ( (mbox = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    box = mbox->box();
+	    if ( box->item()->widget() == w ) {
+		if ( row )
+		    *row = box->row;
+		if ( col )
+		    *col = box->col;
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+QSize QGridLayoutData::findSize( QCOORD QLayoutStruct::*size, int spacer ) const
+{
+    QGridLayoutData *that = (QGridLayoutData *)this;
+    that->setupLayoutData( spacer );
+
+    int w = 0;
+    int h = 0;
+    int n = 0;
+    for ( int r = 0; r < rr; r++ ) {
+	h = h + rowData[r].*size;
+	if ( !rowData[r].empty )
+	    n++;
+    }
+    if ( n )
+	h += ( n - 1 ) * spacer;
+    n = 0;
+    for ( int c = 0; c < cc; c++ ) {
+	w = w + colData[c].*size;
+	if ( !colData[c].empty )
+	    n++;
+    }
+    if ( n )
+	w += ( n - 1 ) * spacer;
+    w = QMIN( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, w );
+    h = QMIN( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, h );
+
+    return QSize( w, h );
+}
+
+QSizePolicy::ExpandData QGridLayoutData::expanding( int spacing )
+{
+    setupLayoutData( spacing );
+    int ret = 0;
+
+    for ( int r = 0; r < rr; r++ ) {
+	if ( rowData[r].expansive ) {
+	    ret |= (int) QSizePolicy::Vertically;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    for ( int c = 0; c < cc; c++ ) {
+	if ( colData[c].expansive ) {
+	    ret |= (int) QSizePolicy::Horizontally;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return (QSizePolicy::ExpandData) ret;
+}
+
+QSize QGridLayoutData::sizeHint( int spacer ) const
+{
+    return findSize( &QLayoutStruct::sizeHint, spacer );
+}
+
+QSize QGridLayoutData::maximumSize( int spacer ) const
+{
+    return findSize( &QLayoutStruct::maximumSize, spacer );
+}
+
+QSize QGridLayoutData::minimumSize( int spacer ) const
+{
+    return findSize( &QLayoutStruct::minimumSize, spacer );
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::setSize( int r, int c )
+{
+    if ( (int)rowData.size() < r ) {
+	int newR = QMAX( r, rr * 2 );
+	rowData.resize( newR );
+	rStretch.resize( newR );
+	rSpacing.resize( newR );
+	for ( int i = rr; i < newR; i++ ) {
+	    rowData[i].init();
+	    rStretch[i] = 0;
+	    rSpacing[i] = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( (int)colData.size() < c ) {
+	int newC = QMAX( c, cc * 2 );
+	colData.resize( newC );
+	cStretch.resize( newC );
+	cSpacing.resize( newC );
+	for ( int i = cc; i < newC; i++ ) {
+	    colData[i].init();
+	    cStretch[i] = 0;
+	    cSpacing[i] = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( hfwData && (int)hfwData->size() < r ) {
+	delete hfwData;
+	hfwData = 0;
+	hfw_width = -1;
+    }
+    rr = r;
+    cc = c;
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::setNextPosAfter( int row, int col )
+{
+    if ( addVertical ) {
+	if ( col > nextC || col == nextC && row >= nextR ) {
+	    nextR = row + 1;
+	    nextC = col;
+	    if ( nextR >= rr ) {
+		nextR = 0;
+		nextC++;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( row > nextR || row == nextR && col >= nextC ) {
+	    nextR = row;
+	    nextC = col + 1;
+	    if ( nextC >= cc ) {
+		nextC = 0;
+		nextR++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::add( QGridBox *box, int row, int col )
+{
+    expand( row+1, col+1 );
+    box->row = row;
+    box->col = col;
+    things.append( box );
+    setDirty();
+    setNextPosAfter( row, col );
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::add( QGridBox *box, int row1, int row2, int col1,
+			   int col2  )
+{
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    if ( row2 >= 0 && row2 < row1 )
+	qWarning( "QGridLayout: Multi-cell fromRow greater than toRow" );
+    if ( col2 >= 0 && col2 < col1 )
+	qWarning( "QGridLayout: Multi-cell fromCol greater than toCol" );
+#endif
+    if ( row1 == row2 && col1 == col2 ) {
+	add( box, row1, col1 );
+	return;
+    }
+    expand( row2+1, col2+1 );
+    box->row = row1;
+    box->col = col1;
+    QGridMultiBox *mbox = new QGridMultiBox( box, row2, col2 );
+    if ( !multi ) {
+	multi = new QPtrList<QGridMultiBox>;
+	multi->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+    multi->append( mbox );
+    setDirty();
+    if ( col2 < 0 )
+	col2 = cc - 1;
+
+    setNextPosAfter( row2, col2 );
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::addData( QGridBox *box, bool r, bool c )
+{
+    QSize hint = box->sizeHint();
+    QSize minS = box->minimumSize();
+    QSize maxS = box->maximumSize();
+
+    if ( c ) {
+	if ( !cStretch[box->col] )
+	    colData[box->col].stretch = QMAX( colData[box->col].stretch,
+					      box->hStretch() );
+	colData[box->col].sizeHint = QMAX( hint.width(),
+					   colData[box->col].sizeHint );
+	colData[box->col].minimumSize = QMAX( minS.width(),
+					      colData[box->col].minimumSize );
+
+	qMaxExpCalc( colData[box->col].maximumSize, colData[box->col].expansive,
+		     maxS.width(),
+		     box->expanding() & QSizePolicy::Horizontally );
+    }
+    if ( r ) {
+	if ( !rStretch[box->row] )
+	    rowData[box->row].stretch = QMAX( rowData[box->row].stretch,
+					      box->vStretch() );
+	rowData[box->row].sizeHint = QMAX( hint.height(),
+					   rowData[box->row].sizeHint );
+	rowData[box->row].minimumSize = QMAX( minS.height(),
+					      rowData[box->row].minimumSize );
+
+	qMaxExpCalc( rowData[box->row].maximumSize, rowData[box->row].expansive,
+		     maxS.height(),
+		     box->expanding() & QSizePolicy::Vertically );
+    }
+    if ( box->isEmpty() ) {
+	if ( box->item()->widget() != 0 ) {
+	    /*
+	      Hidden widgets should behave exactly the same as if
+	      there were no widgets at all in the cell. We could have
+	      QWidgetItem::maximumSize() to return
+	      QSize(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX). However, that
+	      value is not suitable for QBoxLayouts. So let's fix it
+	      here.
+	    */
+	    if ( c )
+		colData[box->col].maximumSize = QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX;
+	    if ( r )
+		rowData[box->row].maximumSize = QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX;
+	}
+    } else {
+	// Empty boxes (i.e. spacers) do not get borders. This is
+	// hacky, but compatible.
+	if ( c )
+	    colData[box->col].empty = FALSE;
+	if ( r )
+	    rowData[box->row].empty = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+static void distributeMultiBox( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int spacing,
+				int start, int end,
+				int minSize, int sizeHint,
+				QMemArray<int> &stretchArray, int stretch )
+{
+    int i;
+    int w = 0;
+    int wh = 0;
+    int max = 0;
+    for ( i = start; i <= end; i++ ) {
+	w += chain[i].minimumSize;
+	wh += chain[i].sizeHint;
+	max += chain[i].maximumSize;
+	chain[i].empty = FALSE;
+	if ( stretchArray[i] == 0 )
+	    chain[i].stretch = QMAX(chain[i].stretch,stretch);
+    }
+    w += spacing * ( end - start );
+    wh += spacing * ( end - start );
+    max += spacing * ( end - start );
+
+    if ( max < minSize ) { // implies w < minSize
+	/*
+	  We must increase the maximum size of at least one of the
+	  items. qGeomCalc() will put the extra space in between the
+	  items. We must recover that extra space and put it
+	  somewhere. It does not really matter where, since the user
+	  can always specify stretch factors and avoid this code.
+	*/
+	qGeomCalc( chain, start, end - start + 1, 0, minSize, spacing );
+	int pos = 0;
+	for ( i = start; i <= end; i++ ) {
+	    int nextPos = ( i == end ) ? minSize - 1 : chain[i + 1].pos;
+	    int realSize = nextPos - pos;
+	    if ( i != end )
+		realSize -= spacing;
+	    if ( chain[i].minimumSize < realSize )
+		chain[i].minimumSize = realSize;
+	    if ( chain[i].maximumSize < chain[i].minimumSize )
+		chain[i].maximumSize = chain[i].minimumSize;
+	    pos = nextPos;
+	}
+    } else if ( w < minSize ) {
+	qGeomCalc( chain, start, end - start + 1, 0, minSize, spacing );
+	for ( i = start; i <= end; i++ ) {
+	    if ( chain[i].minimumSize < chain[i].size )
+		chain[i].minimumSize = chain[i].size;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( wh < sizeHint ) {
+	qGeomCalc( chain, start, end - start + 1, 0, sizeHint, spacing );
+	for ( i = start; i <= end; i++ ) {
+	    if ( chain[i].sizeHint < chain[i].size )
+		chain[i].sizeHint = chain[i].size;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+//#define QT_LAYOUT_DISABLE_CACHING
+
+void QGridLayoutData::setupLayoutData( int spacing )
+{
+#ifndef QT_LAYOUT_DISABLE_CACHING
+    if ( !needRecalc )
+	return;
+#endif
+    has_hfw = FALSE;
+    int i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < rr; i++ )
+	rowData[i].init( rStretch[i], rSpacing[i] );
+    for ( i = 0; i < cc; i++ )
+	colData[i].init( cStretch[i], cSpacing[i] );
+
+    QPtrListIterator<QGridBox> it( things );
+    QGridBox * box;
+    while ( (box = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	addData( box );
+	has_hfw = has_hfw || box->item()->hasHeightForWidth();
+    }
+
+    if ( multi ) {
+	QPtrListIterator<QGridMultiBox> it( *multi );
+	QGridMultiBox * mbox;
+	while ( (mbox = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    QGridBox *box = mbox->box();
+	    int r1 = box->row;
+	    int c1 = box->col;
+	    int r2 = mbox->torow;
+	    int c2 = mbox->tocol;
+	    if ( r2 < 0 )
+		r2 = rr - 1;
+	    if ( c2 < 0 )
+		c2 = cc - 1;
+
+	    QSize hint = box->sizeHint();
+	    QSize min = box->minimumSize();
+	    if ( box->hasHeightForWidth() )
+		has_hfw = TRUE;
+
+	    if ( r1 == r2 ) {
+		addData( box, TRUE, FALSE );
+	    } else {
+		distributeMultiBox( rowData, spacing, r1, r2,
+				    min.height(), hint.height(),
+				    rStretch, box->vStretch() );
+	    }
+	    if ( c1 == c2 ) {
+		addData( box, FALSE, TRUE );
+	    } else {
+		distributeMultiBox( colData, spacing, c1, c2,
+				    min.width(), hint.width(),
+				    cStretch, box->hStretch() );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    for ( i = 0; i < rr; i++ )
+	rowData[i].expansive = rowData[i].expansive || rowData[i].stretch > 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < cc; i++ )
+	colData[i].expansive = colData[i].expansive || colData[i].stretch > 0;
+
+    needRecalc = FALSE;
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::addHfwData( QGridBox *box, int width )
+{
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &rData = *hfwData;
+    if ( box->hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+	int hint = box->heightForWidth( width );
+	rData[box->row].sizeHint = QMAX( hint, rData[box->row].sizeHint );
+	rData[box->row].minimumSize = QMAX( hint, rData[box->row].minimumSize );
+    } else {
+	QSize hint = box->sizeHint();
+	QSize minS = box->minimumSize();
+	rData[box->row].sizeHint = QMAX( hint.height(),
+					 rData[box->row].sizeHint );
+	rData[box->row].minimumSize = QMAX( minS.height(),
+					    rData[box->row].minimumSize );
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  Similar to setupLayoutData(), but uses heightForWidth(colData)
+  instead of sizeHint(). Assumes that setupLayoutData() and
+  qGeomCalc(colData) has been called.
+*/
+void QGridLayoutData::setupHfwLayoutData( int spacing )
+{
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &rData = *hfwData;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < rr; i++ ) {
+	rData[i] = rowData[i];
+	rData[i].minimumSize = rData[i].sizeHint = 0;
+    }
+    QPtrListIterator<QGridBox> it( things );
+    QGridBox * box;
+    while ( (box=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	addHfwData( box, colData[box->col].size );
+    }
+    if ( multi ) {
+	QPtrListIterator<QGridMultiBox> it( *multi );
+	QGridMultiBox * mbox;
+	while ( (mbox=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    QGridBox *box = mbox->box();
+	    int r1 = box->row;
+	    int c1 = box->col;
+	    int r2 = mbox->torow;
+	    int c2 = mbox->tocol;
+	    if ( r2 < 0 )
+		r2 = rr-1;
+	    if ( c2 < 0 )
+		c2 = cc-1;
+	    int w = colData[c2].pos + colData[c2].size - colData[c1].pos;
+	    if ( r1 == r2 ) {
+		addHfwData( box, w );
+	    } else {
+		QSize hint = box->sizeHint();
+		QSize min = box->minimumSize();
+		if ( box->hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+		    int hfwh = box->heightForWidth( w );
+		    if ( hfwh > hint.height() )
+			hint.setHeight( hfwh );
+		    if ( hfwh > min.height() )
+			min.setHeight( hfwh );
+		}
+		distributeMultiBox( rData, spacing, r1, r2,
+				    min.height(), hint.height(),
+				    rStretch, box->vStretch() );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    for ( i = 0; i < rr; i++ )
+	rData[i].expansive = rData[i].expansive || rData[i].stretch > 0;
+}
+
+void QGridLayoutData::distribute( QRect r, int spacing )
+{
+    bool visualHReversed = hReversed;
+    if ( QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+	visualHReversed = !visualHReversed;
+
+    setupLayoutData( spacing );
+
+    qGeomCalc( colData, 0, cc, r.x(), r.width(), spacing );
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> *rDataPtr;
+    if ( has_hfw ) {
+	recalcHFW( r.width(), spacing );
+	qGeomCalc( *hfwData, 0, rr, r.y(), r.height(), spacing );
+	rDataPtr = hfwData;
+    } else {
+	qGeomCalc( rowData, 0, rr, r.y(), r.height(), spacing );
+	rDataPtr = &rowData;
+    }
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &rData = *rDataPtr;
+
+    QPtrListIterator<QGridBox> it( things );
+    QGridBox * box;
+    while ( (box=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	int x = colData[box->col].pos;
+	int y = rData[box->row].pos;
+	int w = colData[box->col].size;
+	int h = rData[box->row].size;
+	if ( visualHReversed )
+	    x = r.left() + r.right() - x - w + 1;
+	if ( vReversed )
+	    y = r.top() + r.bottom() - y - h + 1;
+	box->setGeometry( QRect( x, y, w, h ) );
+    }
+    if ( multi ) {
+	QPtrListIterator<QGridMultiBox> it( *multi );
+	QGridMultiBox * mbox;
+	while ( (mbox=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    QGridBox *box = mbox->box();
+	    int r2 = mbox->torow;
+	    int c2 = mbox->tocol;
+	    if ( r2 < 0 )
+		r2 = rr-1;
+	    if ( c2 < 0 )
+		c2 = cc-1;
+
+	    int x = colData[box->col].pos;
+	    int y = rData[box->row].pos;
+	    int x2p = colData[c2].pos + colData[c2].size; // x2+1
+	    int y2p = rData[r2].pos + rData[r2].size;    // y2+1
+	    int w = x2p - x;
+	    int h = y2p - y;
+	    // this code is copied from above:
+	    if ( visualHReversed )
+		x = r.left() + r.right() - x - w + 1;
+	    if ( vReversed )
+		y = r.top() + r.bottom() - y - h + 1;
+	    box->setGeometry( QRect( x, y, w, h ) );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+QRect QGridLayoutData::cellGeometry( int row, int col ) const
+{
+    if ( row < 0 || row >= rr || col < 0 || col >= cc )
+	return QRect();
+
+    const QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> *rDataPtr;
+    if ( has_hfw )
+	rDataPtr = hfwData;
+    else
+	rDataPtr = &rowData;
+    return QRect( colData[col].pos, (*rDataPtr)[row].pos,
+		  colData[col].size, (*rDataPtr)[row].size );
+}
+
+class QGridLayoutDataIterator : public QGLayoutIterator
+{
+public:
+    QGridLayoutDataIterator( QGridLayoutData *d );
+    uint count() const { return data->count(); }
+    QLayoutItem *current() {
+	if ( multi ) {
+	    if ( !data->multi || idx >= (int)data->multi->count() )
+		return 0;
+	    return data->multi->at( idx )->box()->item();
+	} else {
+	    if ( idx >= (int)data->things.count() )
+		return 0;
+	    return data->things.at( idx )->item();
+	}
+    }
+    void toFirst() {
+	multi = data->things.isEmpty();
+	idx = 0;
+    }
+    QLayoutItem *next() {
+	idx++;
+	if ( !multi && idx >= (int)data->things.count() ) {
+	    multi = TRUE;
+	    idx = 0;
+	}
+	return current();
+    }
+    QLayoutItem *takeCurrent() {
+	QLayoutItem *item = 0;
+	if ( multi ) {
+	     if ( !data->multi || idx >= (int)data->multi->count() )
+		return 0;
+	    QGridMultiBox *b = data->multi->take( idx );
+	    item = b->takeItem();
+	    delete b;
+	} else {
+	    if ( idx >= (int)data->things.count() )
+		return 0;
+	    QGridBox *b = data->things.take( idx );
+	    item = b->takeItem();
+	    delete b;
+	}
+	return item;
+    }
+
+private:
+    QGridLayoutData *data;
+    bool multi;
+    int idx;
+};
+
+inline QGridLayoutDataIterator::QGridLayoutDataIterator( QGridLayoutData *d )
+    : data( d )
+{
+    toFirst();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QGridLayout
+
+    \brief The QGridLayout class lays out widgets in a grid.
+
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \mainclass
+
+    QGridLayout takes the space made available to it (by its parent
+    layout or by the mainWidget()), divides it up into rows and
+    columns, and puts each widget it manages into the correct cell.
+
+    Columns and rows behave identically; we will discuss columns, but
+    there are equivalent functions for rows.
+
+    Each column has a minimum width and a stretch factor. The minimum
+    width is the greatest of that set using addColSpacing() and the
+    minimum width of each widget in that column. The stretch factor is
+    set using setColStretch() and determines how much of the available
+    space the column will get over and above its necessary minimum.
+
+    Normally, each managed widget or layout is put into a cell of its
+    own using addWidget(), addLayout() or by the \link
+    QLayout::setAutoAdd() auto-add facility\endlink. It is also
+    possible for a widget to occupy multiple cells using
+    addMultiCellWidget(). If you do this, QGridLayout will guess how
+    to distribute the size over the columns/rows (based on the stretch
+    factors).
+
+    To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling
+    QWidget::hide() on a widget also effectively removes the widget
+    from the layout until QWidget::show() is called.
+
+    This illustration shows a fragment of a dialog with a five-column,
+    three-row grid (the grid is shown overlaid in magenta):
+
+    \img gridlayout.png
+
+    Columns 0, 2 and 4 in this dialog fragment are made up of a
+    QLabel, a QLineEdit, and a QListBox. Columns 1 and 3 are
+    placeholders made with addColSpacing(). Row 0 consists of three
+    QLabel objects, row 1 of three QLineEdit objects and row 2 of
+    three QListBox objects. We used placeholder columns (1 and 3) to
+    get the right amount of space between the columns.
+
+    Note that the columns and rows are not equally wide or tall. If
+    you want two columns to have the same width, you must set their
+    minimum widths and stretch factors to be the same yourself. You do
+    this using addColSpacing() and setColStretch().
+
+    If the QGridLayout is not the top-level layout (i.e. does not
+    manage all of the widget's area and children), you must add it to
+    its parent layout when you create it, but before you do anything
+    with it. The normal way to add a layout is by calling
+    parentLayout-\>addLayout().
+
+    Once you have added your layout you can start putting widgets and
+    other layouts into the cells of your grid layout using
+    addWidget(), addLayout() and addMultiCellWidget().
+
+    QGridLayout also includes two margin widths: the border and the
+    spacing. The border is the width of the reserved space along each
+    of the QGridLayout's four sides. The spacing is the width of the
+    automatically allocated spacing between neighboring boxes.
+
+    Both the border and the spacing are parameters of the constructor
+    and default to 0.
+
+    \sa QGrid, \link layout.html Layout Overview \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QGridLayout::Corner
+
+    This enum identifies which corner is the origin (0, 0) of the
+    layout.
+
+    \value TopLeft the top-left corner
+    \value TopRight the top-right corner
+    \value BottomLeft the bottom-left corner
+    \value BottomRight the bottom-right corner
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new QGridLayout with \a nRows rows, \a nCols columns
+    and parent widget, \a  parent. \a parent may not be 0. The grid
+    layout is called \a name.
+
+    \a margin is the number of pixels between the edge of the widget
+    and its managed children. \a space is the default number of pixels
+    between cells. If \a space is -1, the value of \a margin is used.
+*/
+QGridLayout::QGridLayout( QWidget *parent, int nRows, int nCols, int margin,
+			  int space, const char *name )
+    : QLayout( parent, margin, space, name )
+{
+    init( nRows, nCols );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new grid that is placed inside \a parentLayout with
+    \a nRows rows and \a nCols columns. If \a spacing is -1, this
+    QGridLayout inherits its parent's spacing(); otherwise \a spacing
+    is used. The grid layout is called \a name.
+
+    This grid is placed according to \a parentLayout's default
+    placement rules.
+*/
+QGridLayout::QGridLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, int nRows, int nCols,
+			  int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QLayout( parentLayout, spacing, name )
+{
+    init( nRows, nCols );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new grid with \a nRows rows and \a nCols columns. If
+    \a spacing is -1, this QGridLayout inherits its parent's
+    spacing(); otherwise \a spacing is used. The grid layout is called
+    \a name.
+
+    You must insert this grid into another layout. You can insert
+    widgets and layouts into this layout at any time, but laying out
+    will not be performed before this is inserted into another layout.
+*/
+QGridLayout::QGridLayout( int nRows, int nCols,
+			  int spacing, const char *name )
+     : QLayout( spacing, name )
+{
+    init( nRows, nCols );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the grid layout. Geometry management is terminated if
+    this is a top-level grid.
+
+    The layout's widgets aren't destroyed.
+*/
+QGridLayout::~QGridLayout()
+{
+    delete data;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of rows in this grid.
+*/
+int QGridLayout::numRows() const
+{
+    return data->numRows();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of columns in this grid.
+*/
+int QGridLayout::numCols() const
+{
+    return data->numCols();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the preferred size of this grid.
+*/
+QSize QGridLayout::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return data->sizeHint( spacing() ) + QSize( 2 * margin(), 2 * margin() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the minimum size needed by this grid.
+*/
+QSize QGridLayout::minimumSize() const
+{
+    return data->minimumSize( spacing() ) + QSize( 2 * margin(), 2 * margin() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum size needed by this grid.
+*/
+QSize QGridLayout::maximumSize() const
+{
+    QSize s = data->maximumSize( spacing() ) +
+	      QSize( 2 * margin(), 2 * margin() );
+    s = s.boundedTo( QSize(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX) );
+    if ( alignment() & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask )
+	s.setWidth( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+    if ( alignment() & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask )
+	s.setHeight( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this layout's preferred height depends on its
+    width; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QGridLayout::hasHeightForWidth() const
+{
+    return ((QGridLayout*)this)->data->hasHeightForWidth( spacing() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the layout's preferred height when it is \a w pixels wide.
+*/
+int QGridLayout::heightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    QGridLayout *that = (QGridLayout*)this;
+    return that->data->heightForWidth( w, margin(), spacing() );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+int QGridLayout::minimumHeightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    QGridLayout *that = (QGridLayout*)this;
+    return that->data->minimumHeightForWidth( w, margin(), spacing() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Searches for widget \a w in this layout (not including child
+    layouts). If \a w is found, it sets \c \a row and \c \a col to
+    the row and column and returns TRUE; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Note: if a widget spans multiple rows/columns, the top-left cell
+    is returned.
+*/
+bool QGridLayout::findWidget( QWidget* w, int *row, int *col )
+{
+    return data->findWidget( w, row, col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resizes managed widgets within the rectangle \a r.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::setGeometry( const QRect &r )
+{
+    if ( data->isDirty() || r != geometry() ) {
+	QLayout::setGeometry( r );
+	QRect cr = alignment() ? alignmentRect( r ) : r;
+	QRect s( cr.x() + margin(), cr.y() + margin(),
+		 cr.width() - 2 * margin(), cr.height() - 2 * margin() );
+	data->distribute( s, spacing() );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the geometry of the cell with row \a row and column \a col
+    in the grid. Returns an invalid rectangle if \a row or \a col is
+    outside the grid.
+
+    \warning in the current version of Qt this function does not
+    return valid results until setGeometry() has been called, i.e.
+    after the mainWidget() is visible.
+*/
+QRect QGridLayout::cellGeometry( int row, int col ) const
+{
+    return data->cellGeometry( row, col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Expands this grid so that it will have \a nRows rows and \a nCols
+    columns. Will not shrink the grid. You should not need to call
+    this function because QGridLayout expands automatically as new
+    items are inserted.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::expand( int nRows, int nCols )
+{
+    data->expand( nRows, nCols );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets up the grid.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::init( int nRows, int nCols )
+{
+    setSupportsMargin( TRUE );
+    data = new QGridLayoutData( nRows, nCols );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Adds \a item to the next free position of this layout.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addItem( QLayoutItem *item )
+{
+    int r, c;
+    data->getNextPos( r, c );
+    add( item, r, c );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a item at position \a row, \a col. The layout takes
+    ownership of the \a item.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addItem( QLayoutItem *item, int row, int col )
+{
+    add( item, row, col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a item at position \a row, \a col. The layout takes
+    ownership of the \a item.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::add( QLayoutItem *item, int row, int col )
+{
+    QGridBox *box = new QGridBox( item );
+    data->add( box, row, col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the \a item to the cell grid, spanning multiple rows/columns.
+
+    The cell will span from \a fromRow, \a fromCol to \a toRow, \a
+    toCol. Alignment is specified by \a alignment, which is a bitwise
+    OR of \l Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0,
+    which means that the widget fills the entire cell.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addMultiCell( QLayoutItem *item, int fromRow, int toRow,
+				int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment )
+{
+    QGridBox *b = new QGridBox( item );
+    b->setAlignment( alignment );
+    data->add( b, fromRow, toRow, fromCol, toCol );
+}
+
+/*
+  Returns TRUE if the widget \a w can be added to the layout \a l;
+  otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+static bool checkWidget( QLayout *l, QWidget *w )
+{
+    if ( !w ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QLayout: Cannot add null widget to %s/%s", l->className(),
+		  l->name() );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( w->parentWidget() != l->mainWidget() && l->mainWidget() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	if ( w->parentWidget() )
+	    qWarning( "QLayout: Adding %s/%s (child of %s/%s) to layout for "
+		      "%s/%s", w->className(), w->name(),
+		      w->parentWidget()->className(), w->parentWidget()->name(),
+		      l->mainWidget()->className(), l->mainWidget()->name() );
+	else
+	    qWarning( "QLayout: Adding %s/%s (top-level widget) to layout for"
+		      " %s/%s", w->className(), w->name(),
+		      l->mainWidget()->className(), l->mainWidget()->name() );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the widget \a w to the cell grid at \a row, \a col. The
+    top-left position is (0, 0) by default.
+
+    Alignment is specified by \a alignment, which is a bitwise OR of
+    \l Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which
+    means that the widget fills the entire cell.
+
+    \list
+    \i You should not call this if you have enabled the
+    \link QLayout::setAutoAdd() auto-add facility of the layout\endlink.
+
+    \i From Qt 3.0, the \a alignment parameter is interpreted more
+    aggressively than in previous versions of Qt. A non-default
+    alignment now indicates that the widget should not grow to fill
+    the available space, but should be sized according to sizeHint().
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa addMultiCellWidget()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addWidget( QWidget *w, int row, int col, int alignment )
+{
+    if ( !checkWidget( this, w ) )
+	return;
+    if ( row < 0 || col < 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QGridLayout: Cannot add %s/%s to %s/%s at row %d col %d",
+		  w->className(), w->name(), className(), name(), row, col );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    QWidgetItem *b = new QWidgetItem( w );
+    b->setAlignment( alignment );
+    add( b, row, col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the widget \a w to the cell grid, spanning multiple
+    rows/columns. The cell will span from \a fromRow, \a fromCol to \a
+    toRow, \a toCol.
+
+    Alignment is specified by \a alignment, which is a bitwise OR of
+    \l Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which
+    means that the widget fills the entire cell.
+
+    A non-zero alignment indicates that the widget should not grow to
+    fill the available space but should be sized according to
+    sizeHint().
+
+    \sa addWidget()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addMultiCellWidget( QWidget *w, int fromRow, int toRow,
+				      int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment )
+{
+    QGridBox *b = new QGridBox( w );
+    b->setAlignment( alignment );
+    data->add( b, fromRow, toRow, fromCol, toCol );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Places the \a layout at position (\a row, \a col) in the grid. The
+    top-left position is (0, 0).
+
+    \a layout becomes a child of the grid layout.
+
+    When a layout is constructed with another layout as its parent,
+    you don't need to call addLayout(); the child layout is
+    automatically added to the parent layout as it is constructed.
+
+    \sa addMultiCellLayout()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addLayout( QLayout *layout, int row, int col )
+{
+    addChildLayout( layout );
+    add( layout, row, col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the layout \a layout to the cell grid, spanning multiple
+    rows/columns. The cell will span from \a fromRow, \a fromCol to \a
+    toRow, \a toCol.
+
+    Alignment is specified by \a alignment, which is a bitwise OR of
+    \l Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which
+    means that the widget fills the entire cell.
+
+    A non-zero alignment indicates that the layout should not grow to
+    fill the available space but should be sized according to
+    sizeHint().
+
+    \a layout becomes a child of the grid layout.
+
+    \sa addLayout()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addMultiCellLayout( QLayout *layout, int fromRow, int toRow,
+				      int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment )
+{
+    addChildLayout( layout );
+    QGridBox *b = new QGridBox( layout );
+    b->setAlignment( alignment );
+    data->add( b, fromRow, toRow, fromCol, toCol );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the stretch factor of row \a row to \a stretch. The first row
+    is number 0.
+
+    The stretch factor is relative to the other rows in this grid.
+    Rows with a higher stretch factor take more of the available
+    space.
+
+    The default stretch factor is 0. If the stretch factor is 0 and no
+    other row in this table can grow at all, the row may still grow.
+
+    \sa rowStretch(), setRowSpacing(), setColStretch()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::setRowStretch( int row, int stretch )
+{
+    data->setRowStretch( row, stretch );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the stretch factor for row \a row.
+
+    \sa setRowStretch()
+*/
+int QGridLayout::rowStretch( int row ) const
+{
+    return data->rowStretch( row );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the stretch factor for column \a col.
+
+    \sa setColStretch()
+*/
+int QGridLayout::colStretch( int col ) const
+{
+    return data->colStretch( col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the stretch factor of column \a col to \a stretch. The first
+    column is number 0.
+
+    The stretch factor is relative to the other columns in this grid.
+    Columns with a higher stretch factor take more of the available
+    space.
+
+    The default stretch factor is 0. If the stretch factor is 0 and no
+    other column in this table can grow at all, the column may still
+    grow.
+
+    \sa colStretch(), addColSpacing(), setRowStretch()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::setColStretch( int col, int stretch )
+{
+    data->setColStretch( col, stretch );
+}
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040000
+#error "Make add{Row,Col}Spacing() inline QT_NO_COMPAT functions defined in terms of set{Row,Col}Spacing()"
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Sets the minimum height of row \a row to \a minsize pixels.
+
+    Use setRowSpacing() instead.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addRowSpacing( int row, int minsize )
+{
+    QLayoutItem *b = new QSpacerItem( 0, minsize );
+    add( b, row, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Sets the minimum width of column \a col to \a minsize pixels.
+
+    Use setColSpacing() instead.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::addColSpacing( int col, int minsize )
+{
+    QLayoutItem *b = new QSpacerItem( minsize, 0 );
+    add( b, 0, col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the minimum height of row \a row to \a minSize pixels.
+
+    \sa rowSpacing(), setColSpacing()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::setRowSpacing( int row, int minSize )
+{
+    data->setRowSpacing( row, minSize );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the row spacing for row \a row.
+
+    \sa setRowSpacing()
+*/
+int QGridLayout::rowSpacing( int row ) const
+{
+    return data->rowSpacing( row );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the minimum width of column \a col to \a minSize pixels.
+
+    \sa colSpacing(), setRowSpacing()
+*/
+void QGridLayout::setColSpacing( int col, int minSize )
+{
+    data->setColSpacing( col, minSize );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the column spacing for column \a col.
+
+    \sa setColSpacing()
+*/
+int QGridLayout::colSpacing( int col ) const
+{
+    return data->colSpacing( col );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than
+    sizeHint(). A value of \c Vertical or \c Horizontal means that it wants
+    to grow in only one dimension, whereas \c BothDirections means that
+    it wants to grow in both dimensions.
+*/
+QSizePolicy::ExpandData QGridLayout::expanding() const
+{
+    return data->expanding( spacing() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the grid's origin corner, i.e. position (0, 0), to \a c.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::setOrigin( Corner c )
+{
+    data->setReversed( c == BottomLeft || c == BottomRight,
+		       c == TopRight || c == BottomRight );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the corner that's used for the grid's origin, i.e. for
+    position (0, 0).
+*/
+QGridLayout::Corner QGridLayout::origin() const
+{
+    if ( data->horReversed() ) {
+	return data->verReversed() ? BottomRight : TopRight;
+    } else {
+	return data->verReversed() ? BottomLeft : TopLeft;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resets cached information.
+*/
+void QGridLayout::invalidate()
+{
+    QLayout::invalidate();
+    QLayout::setGeometry( QRect() ); // for binary compatibility (?)
+    data->setDirty();
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+QLayoutIterator QGridLayout::iterator()
+{
+    return QLayoutIterator( new QGridLayoutDataIterator(data) );
+}
+
+struct QBoxLayoutItem
+{
+    QBoxLayoutItem( QLayoutItem *it, int stretch_ = 0 )
+	: item( it ), stretch( stretch_ ), magic( FALSE ) { }
+    ~QBoxLayoutItem() { delete item; }
+
+    int hfw( int w ) {
+	if ( item->hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+	    return item->heightForWidth( w );
+	} else {
+	    return item->sizeHint().height();
+	}
+    }
+    int mhfw( int w ) {
+	if ( item->hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+	    return item->heightForWidth( w );
+	} else {
+	    return item->minimumSize().height();
+	}
+    }
+    int hStretch() {
+	if ( stretch == 0 && item->widget() ) {
+	    return item->widget()->sizePolicy().horStretch();
+	} else {
+	    return stretch;
+	}
+    }
+    int vStretch() {
+	if ( stretch == 0 && item->widget() ) {
+	    return item->widget()->sizePolicy().verStretch();
+	} else {
+	    return stretch;
+	}
+    }
+
+    QLayoutItem *item;
+    int stretch;
+    bool magic;
+};
+
+class QBoxLayoutData
+{
+public:
+    QBoxLayoutData() : geomArray( 0 ), hfwWidth( -1 ), dirty( TRUE )
+    { list.setAutoDelete( TRUE ); }
+
+    ~QBoxLayoutData() { delete geomArray; }
+    void setDirty() {
+	delete geomArray;
+	geomArray = 0;
+	hfwWidth = -1;
+	hfwHeight = -1;
+	dirty = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    QPtrList<QBoxLayoutItem> list;
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> *geomArray;
+    int hfwWidth;
+    int hfwHeight;
+    int hfwMinHeight;
+    QSize sizeHint;
+    QSize minSize;
+    QSize maxSize;
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding;
+    uint hasHfw : 1;
+    uint dirty : 1;
+};
+
+class QBoxLayoutIterator : public QGLayoutIterator
+{
+public:
+    QBoxLayoutIterator( QBoxLayoutData *d ) : data( d ), idx( 0 ) {}
+    QLayoutItem *current() {
+	if ( idx >= int(data->list.count()) )
+	    return 0;
+	return data->list.at(idx)->item;
+    }
+    QLayoutItem *next() {
+	idx++;
+	return current();
+    }
+    QLayoutItem *takeCurrent() {
+	QLayoutItem *item = 0;
+
+	QBoxLayoutItem *b = data->list.take( idx );
+	if ( b ) {
+	    item = b->item;
+	    b->item = 0;
+	    delete b;
+	}
+	data->setDirty();
+	return item;
+    }
+
+private:
+    QBoxLayoutData *data;
+    int idx;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QBoxLayout
+
+    \brief The QBoxLayout class lines up child widgets horizontally or
+    vertically.
+
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+    \ingroup appearance
+
+    QBoxLayout takes the space it gets (from its parent layout or from
+    the mainWidget()), divides it up into a row of boxes, and makes
+    each managed widget fill one box.
+
+    \img qhbox-m.png Horizontal box with five child widgets
+
+    If the QBoxLayout's orientation is \c Horizontal the boxes are
+    placed in a row, with suitable sizes. Each widget (or other box)
+    will get at least its minimum size and at most its maximum size.
+    Any excess space is shared according to the stretch factors (more
+    about that below).
+
+    \img qvbox-m.png Vertical box with five child widgets
+
+    If the QBoxLayout's orientation is \c Vertical, the boxes are
+    placed in a column, again with suitable sizes.
+
+    The easiest way to create a QBoxLayout is to use one of the
+    convenience classes, e.g. QHBoxLayout (for \c Horizontal boxes) or
+    QVBoxLayout (for \c Vertical boxes). You can also use the
+    QBoxLayout constructor directly, specifying its direction as \c
+    LeftToRight, \c Down, \c RightToLeft or \c Up.
+
+    If the QBoxLayout is not the top-level layout (i.e. it is not
+    managing all of the widget's area and children), you must add it
+    to its parent layout before you can do anything with it. The
+    normal way to add a layout is by calling
+    parentLayout-\>addLayout().
+
+    Once you have done this, you can add boxes to the QBoxLayout using
+    one of four functions:
+
+    \list
+    \i addWidget() to add a widget to the QBoxLayout and set the
+    widget's stretch factor. (The stretch factor is along the row of
+    boxes.)
+
+    \i addSpacing() to create an empty box; this is one of the
+    functions you use to create nice and spacious dialogs. See below
+    for ways to set margins.
+
+    \i addStretch() to create an empty, stretchable box.
+
+    \i addLayout() to add a box containing another QLayout to the row
+    and set that layout's stretch factor.
+    \endlist
+
+    Use insertWidget(), insertSpacing(), insertStretch() or
+    insertLayout() to insert a box at a specified position in the
+    layout.
+
+    QBoxLayout also includes two margin widths:
+
+    \list
+    \i setMargin() sets the width of the outer border. This is the width
+       of the reserved space along each of the QBoxLayout's four sides.
+    \i setSpacing() sets the width between neighboring boxes. (You
+       can use addSpacing() to get more space at a particular spot.)
+    \endlist
+
+    The margin defaults to 0. The spacing defaults to the same as the
+    margin width for a top-level layout, or to the same as the parent
+    layout. Both are parameters to the constructor.
+
+    To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling
+    QWidget::hide() on a widget also effectively removes the widget
+    from the layout until QWidget::show() is called.
+
+    You will almost always want to use QVBoxLayout and QHBoxLayout
+    rather than QBoxLayout because of their convenient constructors.
+
+    \sa QGrid \link layout.html Layout Overview \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QBoxLayout::Direction
+
+    This type is used to determine the direction of a box layout.
+
+    \value LeftToRight  Horizontal, from left to right
+    \value RightToLeft  Horizontal, from right to left
+    \value TopToBottom  Vertical, from top to bottom
+    \value Down  The same as \c TopToBottom
+    \value BottomToTop  Vertical, from bottom to top
+    \value Up  The same as \c BottomToTop
+*/
+
+static inline bool horz( QBoxLayout::Direction dir )
+{
+    return dir == QBoxLayout::RightToLeft || dir == QBoxLayout::LeftToRight;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new QBoxLayout with direction \a d and main widget \a
+    parent. \a parent may not be 0.
+
+    The \a margin is the number of pixels between the edge of the
+    widget and its managed children. The \a spacing is the default
+    number of pixels between neighboring children. If \a spacing is -1
+    the value of \a margin is used for \a spacing.
+
+    \a name is the internal object name.
+
+    \sa direction()
+*/
+QBoxLayout::QBoxLayout( QWidget *parent, Direction d,
+			int margin, int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QLayout( parent, margin, spacing, name )
+{
+    data = new QBoxLayoutData;
+    dir = d;
+    setSupportsMargin( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new QBoxLayout called \a name, with direction \a d,
+    and inserts it into \a parentLayout.
+
+    The \a spacing is the default number of pixels between neighboring
+    children. If \a spacing is -1, the layout will inherit its
+    parent's spacing().
+*/
+QBoxLayout::QBoxLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, Direction d, int spacing,
+			const char *name )
+    : QLayout( parentLayout, spacing, name )
+{
+    data = new QBoxLayoutData;
+    dir = d;
+    setSupportsMargin( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new QBoxLayout called \a name, with direction \a d.
+
+    If \a spacing is -1, the layout will inherit its parent's
+    spacing(); otherwise \a spacing is used.
+
+    You must insert this box into another layout.
+*/
+QBoxLayout::QBoxLayout( Direction d, int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QLayout( spacing, name )
+{
+    data = new QBoxLayoutData;
+    dir = d;
+    setSupportsMargin( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys this box layout.
+
+    The layout's widgets aren't destroyed.
+*/
+QBoxLayout::~QBoxLayout()
+{
+    delete data;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the preferred size of this box layout.
+*/
+QSize QBoxLayout::sizeHint() const
+{
+    if ( data->dirty ) {
+	QBoxLayout *that = (QBoxLayout*)this;
+	that->setupGeom();
+    }
+    return data->sizeHint + QSize( 2 * margin(), 2 * margin() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the minimum size needed by this box layout.
+*/
+QSize QBoxLayout::minimumSize() const
+{
+    if ( data->dirty ) {
+	QBoxLayout *that = (QBoxLayout*)this;
+	that->setupGeom();
+    }
+    return data->minSize + QSize( 2 * margin(), 2 * margin() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum size needed by this box layout.
+*/
+QSize QBoxLayout::maximumSize() const
+{
+    if ( data->dirty ) {
+	QBoxLayout *that = (QBoxLayout*)this;
+	that->setupGeom();
+    }
+    QSize s = ( data->maxSize + QSize(2 * margin(), 2 * margin()) )
+	      .boundedTo(QSize(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX));
+    if ( alignment() & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask )
+	s.setWidth( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+    if ( alignment() & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask )
+	s.setHeight( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if this layout's preferred height depends on its width;
+  otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QBoxLayout::hasHeightForWidth() const
+{
+    if ( data->dirty ) {
+	QBoxLayout *that = (QBoxLayout*)this;
+	that->setupGeom();
+    }
+    return data->hasHfw;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the layout's preferred height when it is \a w pixels wide.
+*/
+int QBoxLayout::heightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    if ( !hasHeightForWidth() )
+	return -1;
+    w -= 2 * margin();
+    if ( w != data->hfwWidth ) {
+	QBoxLayout *that = (QBoxLayout*)this;
+	that->calcHfw( w );
+    }
+    return data->hfwHeight + 2 * margin();
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+int QBoxLayout::minimumHeightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    (void) heightForWidth( w );
+    return data->hasHfw ? (data->hfwMinHeight + 2 * margin() ) : -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resets cached information.
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::invalidate()
+{
+    QLayout::invalidate();
+    data->setDirty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+QLayoutIterator QBoxLayout::iterator()
+{
+    return QLayoutIterator( new QBoxLayoutIterator(data) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than
+    sizeHint(). A value of \c Vertical or \c Horizontal means that it wants
+    to grow in only one dimension, whereas \c BothDirections means that
+    it wants to grow in both dimensions.
+*/
+QSizePolicy::ExpandData QBoxLayout::expanding() const
+{
+    if ( data->dirty ) {
+	QBoxLayout *that = (QBoxLayout*)this;
+	that->setupGeom();
+    }
+    return data->expanding;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resizes managed widgets within the rectangle \a r.
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::setGeometry( const QRect &r )
+{
+    if ( !data->geomArray || r != geometry() ) {
+	QLayout::setGeometry( r );
+	if ( !data->geomArray )
+	    setupGeom();
+	QRect cr = alignment() ? alignmentRect( r ) : r;
+	QRect s( cr.x() + margin(), cr.y() + margin(),
+		 cr.width() - 2 * margin(), cr.height() - 2 * margin() );
+
+	QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> a = *data->geomArray;
+	int pos = horz( dir ) ? s.x() : s.y();
+	int space = horz( dir ) ? s.width() : s.height();
+	int n = a.count();
+	if ( data->hasHfw && !horz(dir) ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
+		QBoxLayoutItem *box = data->list.at( i );
+		if ( box->item->hasHeightForWidth() )
+		    a[i].sizeHint = a[i].minimumSize =
+				    box->item->heightForWidth( s.width() );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	Direction visualDir = dir;
+	if ( QApplication::reverseLayout() ) {
+	    if ( dir == LeftToRight )
+		visualDir = RightToLeft;
+	    else if ( dir == RightToLeft )
+		visualDir = LeftToRight;
+	}
+
+	qGeomCalc( a, 0, n, pos, space, spacing() );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
+	    QBoxLayoutItem *box = data->list.at( i );
+
+	    switch ( visualDir ) {
+	    case LeftToRight:
+		box->item->setGeometry( QRect(a[i].pos, s.y(),
+					      a[i].size, s.height()) );
+		break;
+	    case RightToLeft:
+		box->item->setGeometry( QRect(s.left() + s.right()
+					      - a[i].pos - a[i].size + 1, s.y(),
+					      a[i].size, s.height()) );
+		break;
+	    case TopToBottom:
+		box->item->setGeometry( QRect(s.x(), a[i].pos,
+					      s.width(), a[i].size) );
+		break;
+	    case BottomToTop:
+		box->item->setGeometry( QRect(s.x(), s.top() + s.bottom()
+					      - a[i].pos - a[i].size + 1,
+					      s.width(), a[i].size) );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a item to the end of this box layout.
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::addItem( QLayoutItem *item )
+{
+    QBoxLayoutItem *it = new QBoxLayoutItem( item );
+    data->list.append( it );
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts \a item into this box layout at position \a index. If \a
+    index is negative, the item is added at the end.
+
+    \warning Does not call QLayout::insertChildLayout() if \a item is
+    a QLayout.
+
+    \sa addItem(), findWidget()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::insertItem( int index, QLayoutItem *item )
+{
+    if ( index < 0 )				// append
+	index = data->list.count();
+
+    QBoxLayoutItem *it = new QBoxLayoutItem( item );
+    data->list.insert( index, it );
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts a non-stretchable space at position \a index, with size \a
+    size. If \a index is negative the space is added at the end.
+
+    The box layout has default margin and spacing. This function adds
+    additional space.
+
+    \sa insertStretch()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::insertSpacing( int index, int size )
+{
+    if ( index < 0 )				// append
+	index = data->list.count();
+
+    // hack in QGridLayoutData: spacers do not get insideSpacing
+    QLayoutItem *b;
+    if ( horz( dir ) )
+	b = new QSpacerItem( size, 0, QSizePolicy::Fixed,
+			     QSizePolicy::Minimum );
+    else
+	b = new QSpacerItem( 0, size, QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+			     QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+
+    QBoxLayoutItem *it = new QBoxLayoutItem( b );
+    it->magic = TRUE;
+    data->list.insert( index, it );
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts a stretchable space at position \a index, with zero
+    minimum size and stretch factor \a stretch. If \a index is
+    negative the space is added at the end.
+
+    \sa insertSpacing()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::insertStretch( int index, int stretch )
+{
+    if ( index < 0 )				// append
+	index = data->list.count();
+
+    // hack in QGridLayoutData: spacers do not get insideSpacing
+    QLayoutItem *b;
+    if ( horz( dir ) )
+	b = new QSpacerItem( 0, 0, QSizePolicy::Expanding,
+			     QSizePolicy::Minimum );
+    else
+	b = new QSpacerItem( 0, 0,  QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+			     QSizePolicy::Expanding );
+
+    QBoxLayoutItem *it = new QBoxLayoutItem( b, stretch );
+    it->magic = TRUE;
+    data->list.insert( index, it );
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts \a layout at position \a index, with stretch factor \a
+    stretch. If \a index is negative, the layout is added at the end.
+
+    \a layout becomes a child of the box layout.
+
+    \sa setAutoAdd(), insertWidget(), insertSpacing()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::insertLayout( int index, QLayout *layout, int stretch )
+{
+    if ( index < 0 )				// append
+	index = data->list.count();
+
+    addChildLayout( layout );
+    QBoxLayoutItem *it = new QBoxLayoutItem( layout, stretch );
+    data->list.insert( index, it );
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts \a widget at position \a index, with stretch factor \a
+    stretch and alignment \a alignment. If \a index is negative, the
+    widget is added at the end.
+
+    The stretch factor applies only in the \link direction() direction
+    \endlink of the QBoxLayout, and is relative to the other boxes and
+    widgets in this QBoxLayout. Widgets and boxes with higher stretch
+    factors grow more.
+
+    If the stretch factor is 0 and nothing else in the QBoxLayout has
+    a stretch factor greater than zero, the space is distributed
+    according to the QWidget:sizePolicy() of each widget that's
+    involved.
+
+    Alignment is specified by \a alignment, which is a bitwise OR of
+    \l Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which
+    means that the widget fills the entire cell.
+
+    From Qt 3.0, the \a alignment parameter is interpreted more
+    aggressively than in previous versions of Qt. A non-default
+    alignment now indicates that the widget should not grow to fill
+    the available space, but should be sized according to sizeHint().
+
+    \sa setAutoAdd(), insertLayout(), insertSpacing()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::insertWidget( int index, QWidget *widget, int stretch,
+			       int alignment )
+{
+    if ( !checkWidget(this, widget) )
+	 return;
+
+    if ( index < 0 )				// append
+	index = data->list.count();
+
+    QWidgetItem *b = new QWidgetItem( widget );
+    b->setAlignment( alignment );
+    QBoxLayoutItem *it = new QBoxLayoutItem( b, stretch );
+    data->list.insert( index, it );
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds a non-stretchable space with size \a size to the end of this
+    box layout. QBoxLayout provides default margin and spacing. This
+    function adds additional space.
+
+    \sa insertSpacing(), addStretch()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::addSpacing( int size )
+{
+    insertSpacing( -1, size );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds a stretchable space with zero minimum size and stretch factor
+    \a stretch to the end of this box layout.
+
+    \sa addSpacing()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::addStretch( int stretch )
+{
+    insertStretch( -1, stretch );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a widget to the end of this box layout, with a stretch
+    factor of \a stretch and alignment \a alignment.
+
+    The stretch factor applies only in the \link direction() direction
+    \endlink of the QBoxLayout, and is relative to the other boxes and
+    widgets in this QBoxLayout. Widgets and boxes with higher stretch
+    factors grow more.
+
+    If the stretch factor is 0 and nothing else in the QBoxLayout has
+    a stretch factor greater than zero, the space is distributed
+    according to the QWidget:sizePolicy() of each widget that's
+    involved.
+
+    Alignment is specified by \a alignment which is a bitwise OR of \l
+    Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means
+    that the widget fills the entire cell.
+
+    From Qt 3.0, the \a alignment parameter is interpreted more
+    aggressively than in previous versions of Qt. A non-default
+    alignment now indicates that the widget should not grow to fill
+    the available space, but should be sized according to sizeHint().
+
+    \sa insertWidget(), setAutoAdd(), addLayout(), addSpacing()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::addWidget( QWidget *widget, int stretch,
+			    int alignment )
+{
+    insertWidget( -1, widget, stretch, alignment );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a layout to the end of the box, with serial stretch factor
+    \a stretch.
+
+    When a layout is constructed with another layout as its parent,
+    you don't need to call addLayout(); the child layout is
+    automatically added to the parent layout as it is constructed.
+
+    \sa insertLayout(), setAutoAdd(), addWidget(), addSpacing()
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::addLayout( QLayout *layout, int stretch )
+{
+    insertLayout( -1, layout, stretch );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Limits the perpendicular dimension of the box (e.g. height if the
+    box is LeftToRight) to a minimum of \a size. Other constraints may
+    increase the limit.
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::addStrut( int size )
+{
+    QLayoutItem *b;
+    if ( horz( dir ) )
+	b = new QSpacerItem( 0, size, QSizePolicy::Fixed,
+			     QSizePolicy::Minimum );
+    else
+	b = new QSpacerItem( size, 0, QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+			     QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+
+    QBoxLayoutItem *it = new QBoxLayoutItem( b );
+    it->magic = TRUE;
+    data->list.append( it );
+    invalidate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Searches for widget \a w in this layout (not including child
+    layouts).
+
+    Returns the index of \a w, or -1 if \a w is not found.
+*/
+int QBoxLayout::findWidget( QWidget* w )
+{
+    const int n = data->list.count();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
+	if ( data->list.at(i)->item->widget() == w )
+	    return i;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the stretch factor for widget \a w to \a stretch and returns
+    TRUE if \a w is found in this layout (not including child
+    layouts); otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QBoxLayout::setStretchFactor( QWidget *w, int stretch )
+{
+    QPtrListIterator<QBoxLayoutItem> it( data->list );
+    QBoxLayoutItem *box;
+    while ( (box=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	if ( box->item->widget() == w ) {
+	    box->stretch = stretch;
+	    invalidate();
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload
+
+  Sets the stretch factor for the layout \a l to \a stretch and
+  returns TRUE if \a l is found in this layout (not including child
+  layouts); otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QBoxLayout::setStretchFactor( QLayout *l, int stretch )
+{
+    QPtrListIterator<QBoxLayoutItem> it( data->list );
+    QBoxLayoutItem *box;
+    while ( (box=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	if ( box->item->layout() == l ) {
+	    box->stretch = stretch;
+	    invalidate();
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the direction of this layout to \a direction.
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::setDirection( Direction direction )
+{
+    if ( dir == direction )
+	return;
+    if ( horz(dir) != horz(direction) ) {
+	//swap around the spacers (the "magic" bits)
+	//#### a bit yucky, knows too much.
+	//#### probably best to add access functions to spacerItem
+	//#### or even a QSpacerItem::flip()
+	QPtrListIterator<QBoxLayoutItem> it( data->list );
+	QBoxLayoutItem *box;
+	while ( (box=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( box->magic ) {
+		QSpacerItem *sp = box->item->spacerItem();
+		if ( sp ) {
+		    if ( sp->expanding() == QSizePolicy::NoDirection ) {
+			//spacing or strut
+			QSize s = sp->sizeHint();
+			sp->changeSize( s.height(), s.width(),
+			    horz(direction) ? QSizePolicy::Fixed:QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+			    horz(direction) ? QSizePolicy::Minimum:QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+
+		    } else {
+			//stretch
+			if ( horz(direction) )
+			    sp->changeSize( 0, 0, QSizePolicy::Expanding,
+					    QSizePolicy::Minimum );
+			else
+			    sp->changeSize( 0, 0, QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+					    QSizePolicy::Expanding );
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    dir = direction;
+    invalidate();
+    if ( mainWidget() ) {
+	QEvent *lh = new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint );
+	QApplication::postEvent( mainWidget(), lh );
+    }
+
+}
+
+/*
+    Initializes the data structure needed by qGeomCalc and
+    recalculates max/min and size hint.
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::setupGeom()
+{
+    if ( !data->dirty )
+	return;
+
+    int maxw = horz( dir ) ? 0 : QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX;
+    int maxh = horz( dir ) ? QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX : 0;
+    int minw = 0;
+    int minh = 0;
+    int hintw = 0;
+    int hinth = 0;
+
+    bool horexp = FALSE;
+    bool verexp = FALSE;
+
+    data->hasHfw = FALSE;
+
+    delete data->geomArray;
+    int n = data->list.count();
+    data->geomArray = new QMemArray<QLayoutStruct>( n );
+    QMemArray<QLayoutStruct>& a = *data->geomArray;
+
+    bool first = TRUE;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
+	QBoxLayoutItem *box = data->list.at( i );
+	QSize max = box->item->maximumSize();
+	QSize min = box->item->minimumSize();
+	QSize hint = box->item->sizeHint();
+	QSizePolicy::ExpandData exp = box->item->expanding();
+	bool empty = box->item->isEmpty();
+	// space before non-empties, except the first:
+	int space = ( empty || first ) ? 0 : spacing();
+	bool ignore = empty && box->item->widget(); // ignore hidden widgets
+
+	if ( horz(dir) ) {
+	    bool expand = exp & QSizePolicy::Horizontally || box->stretch > 0;
+	    horexp = horexp || expand;
+	    maxw += max.width() + space;
+	    minw += min.width() + space;
+	    hintw += hint.width() + space;
+	    if ( !ignore )
+		qMaxExpCalc( maxh, verexp,
+			     max.height(), exp & QSizePolicy::Vertically );
+	    minh = QMAX( minh, min.height() );
+	    hinth = QMAX( hinth, hint.height() );
+
+	    a[i].sizeHint = hint.width();
+	    a[i].maximumSize = max.width();
+	    a[i].minimumSize = min.width();
+	    a[i].expansive = expand;
+	    a[i].stretch = box->stretch ? box->stretch : box->hStretch();
+	} else {
+	    bool expand = ( exp & QSizePolicy::Vertically || box->stretch > 0 );
+	    verexp = verexp || expand;
+	    maxh += max.height() + space;
+	    minh += min.height() + space;
+	    hinth += hint.height() + space;
+	    if ( !ignore )
+		qMaxExpCalc( maxw, horexp,
+			     max.width(), exp & QSizePolicy::Horizontally );
+	    minw = QMAX( minw, min.width() );
+	    hintw = QMAX( hintw, hint.width() );
+
+	    a[i].sizeHint = hint.height();
+	    a[i].maximumSize = max.height();
+	    a[i].minimumSize = min.height();
+	    a[i].expansive = expand;
+	    a[i].stretch = box->stretch ? box->stretch : box->vStretch();
+	}
+
+	a[i].empty = empty;
+	data->hasHfw = data->hasHfw || box->item->hasHeightForWidth();
+	first = first && empty;
+    }
+
+    data->minSize = QSize( minw, minh );
+    data->maxSize = QSize( maxw, maxh ).expandedTo( data->minSize );
+
+    data->expanding = (QSizePolicy::ExpandData)
+		       ( (horexp ? QSizePolicy::Horizontally : 0)
+			 | (verexp ? QSizePolicy::Vertically : 0) );
+
+    data->sizeHint = QSize( hintw, hinth )
+		     .expandedTo( data->minSize )
+		     .boundedTo( data->maxSize );
+
+    data->dirty = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+  Calculates and stores the preferred height given the width \a w.
+*/
+void QBoxLayout::calcHfw( int w )
+{
+    int h = 0;
+    int mh = 0;
+
+    if ( horz(dir) ) {
+	QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &a = *data->geomArray;
+	int n = a.count();
+	qGeomCalc( a, 0, n, 0, w, spacing() );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) {
+	    QBoxLayoutItem *box = data->list.at(i);
+	    h = QMAX( h, box->hfw(a[i].size) );
+	    mh = QMAX( mh, box->mhfw(a[i].size) );
+	}
+    } else {
+	QPtrListIterator<QBoxLayoutItem> it( data->list );
+	QBoxLayoutItem *box;
+	bool first = TRUE;
+	while ( (box = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    bool empty = box->item->isEmpty();
+	    h += box->hfw( w );
+	    mh += box->mhfw( w );
+	    if ( !first && !empty ) {
+		h += spacing();
+		mh += spacing();
+	    }
+	    first = first && empty;
+	}
+    }
+    data->hfwWidth = w;
+    data->hfwHeight = h;
+    data->hfwMinHeight = mh;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QBoxLayout::Direction QBoxLayout::direction() const
+
+    Returns the direction of the box. addWidget() and addSpacing()
+    work in this direction; the stretch stretches in this direction.
+
+    \sa QBoxLayout::Direction addWidget() addSpacing()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QHBoxLayout
+    \brief The QHBoxLayout class lines up widgets horizontally.
+
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \mainclass
+
+    This class is used to construct horizontal box layout objects. See
+    \l QBoxLayout for more details.
+
+    The simplest use of the class is like this:
+    \code
+	QBoxLayout * l = new QHBoxLayout( widget );
+	l->setAutoAdd( TRUE );
+	new QSomeWidget( widget );
+	new QSomeOtherWidget( widget );
+	new QAnotherWidget( widget );
+    \endcode
+
+    or like this:
+    \code
+	QBoxLayout * l = new QHBoxLayout( widget );
+	l->addWidget( existingChildOfWidget );
+	l->addWidget( anotherChildOfWidget );
+    \endcode
+
+    \img qhboxlayout.png QHBox
+
+    \sa QVBoxLayout QGridLayout
+	\link layout.html the Layout overview \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new top-level horizontal box called \a name, with
+    parent \a parent.
+
+    The \a margin is the number of pixels between the edge of the
+    widget and its managed children. The \a spacing is the default
+    number of pixels between neighboring children. If \a spacing is -1
+    the value of \a margin is used for \a spacing.
+*/
+QHBoxLayout::QHBoxLayout( QWidget *parent, int margin,
+			  int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QBoxLayout( parent, LeftToRight, margin, spacing, name )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new horizontal box called name \a name and adds it to
+    \a parentLayout.
+
+    The \a spacing is the default number of pixels between neighboring
+    children. If \a spacing is -1, this QHBoxLayout will inherit its
+    parent's spacing().
+*/
+QHBoxLayout::QHBoxLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, int spacing,
+			  const char *name )
+    : QBoxLayout( parentLayout, LeftToRight, spacing, name )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new horizontal box called name \a name. You must add
+    it to another layout.
+
+    The \a spacing is the default number of pixels between neighboring
+    children. If \a spacing is -1, this QHBoxLayout will inherit its
+    parent's spacing().
+*/
+QHBoxLayout::QHBoxLayout( int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QBoxLayout( LeftToRight, spacing, name )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys this box layout.
+
+    The layout's widgets aren't destroyed.
+*/
+QHBoxLayout::~QHBoxLayout()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QVBoxLayout
+
+    \brief The QVBoxLayout class lines up widgets vertically.
+
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \mainclass
+
+    This class is used to construct vertical box layout objects. See
+    QBoxLayout for more details.
+
+    The simplest use of the class is like this:
+    \code
+	QBoxLayout * l = new QVBoxLayout( widget );
+	l->addWidget( aWidget );
+	l->addWidget( anotherWidget );
+    \endcode
+
+    \img qvboxlayout.png QVBox
+
+    \sa QHBoxLayout QGridLayout \link layout.html the Layout overview \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new top-level vertical box called \a name, with
+    parent \a parent.
+
+    The \a margin is the number of pixels between the edge of the
+    widget and its managed children. The \a spacing is the default
+    number of pixels between neighboring children. If \a spacing is -1
+    the value of \a margin is used for \a spacing.
+*/
+QVBoxLayout::QVBoxLayout( QWidget *parent, int margin, int spacing,
+			  const char *name )
+    : QBoxLayout( parent, TopToBottom, margin, spacing, name )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new vertical box called name \a name and adds it to
+    \a parentLayout.
+
+    The \a spacing is the default number of pixels between neighboring
+    children. If \a spacing is -1, this QVBoxLayout will inherit its
+    parent's spacing().
+*/
+QVBoxLayout::QVBoxLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, int spacing,
+			  const char *name )
+    : QBoxLayout( parentLayout, TopToBottom, spacing, name )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new vertical box called name \a name. You must add
+    it to another layout.
+
+    The \a spacing is the default number of pixels between neighboring
+    children. If \a spacing is -1, this QVBoxLayout will inherit its
+    parent's spacing().
+*/
+QVBoxLayout::QVBoxLayout( int spacing, const char *name )
+    : QBoxLayout( TopToBottom, spacing, name )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys this box layout.
+
+    The layout's widgets aren't destroyed.
+*/
+QVBoxLayout::~QVBoxLayout()
+{
+}
+
+QBoxLayout *QBoxLayout::createTmpCopy()
+{
+    QBoxLayout *bl = new QBoxLayout( direction() );
+    delete bl->data;
+    bl->data = data;
+    return bl;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_LAYOUT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlayout.h b/src/kernel/qlayout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e96eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlayout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of layout classes
+**
+** Created : 960416
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QLAYOUT_H
+#define QLAYOUT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qsizepolicy.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+
+#if 0
+Q_OBJECT
+#endif
+
+static const int QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX = INT_MAX/256/16;
+
+class QGridLayoutBox;
+class QGridLayoutData;
+class QLayout;
+class QLayoutItem;
+struct QLayoutData;
+class QMenuBar;
+class QSpacerItem;
+class QWidget;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QGLayoutIterator : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QGLayoutIterator();
+    virtual QLayoutItem *next() = 0;
+    virtual QLayoutItem *current() = 0;
+    virtual QLayoutItem *takeCurrent() = 0;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QLayoutIterator
+{
+public:
+    QLayoutIterator( QGLayoutIterator *i ) : it( i ) { }
+    QLayoutIterator( const QLayoutIterator &i ) : it( i.it ) {
+	if ( it )
+	    it->ref();
+    }
+    ~QLayoutIterator() { if ( it && it->deref() ) delete it; }
+    QLayoutIterator &operator=( const QLayoutIterator &i ) {
+	if ( i.it )
+	    i.it->ref();
+	if ( it && it->deref() )
+	    delete it;
+	it = i.it;
+	return *this;
+    }
+    QLayoutItem *operator++() { return it ? it->next() : 0; }
+    QLayoutItem *current() { return it ? it->current() : 0; }
+    QLayoutItem *takeCurrent() { return it ? it->takeCurrent() : 0; }
+    void deleteCurrent();
+
+private:
+    QGLayoutIterator *it;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QLayoutItem
+{
+public:
+    QLayoutItem( int alignment = 0 ) : align( alignment ) { }
+    virtual ~QLayoutItem();
+    virtual QSize sizeHint() const = 0;
+    virtual QSize minimumSize() const = 0;
+    virtual QSize maximumSize() const = 0;
+    virtual QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const = 0;
+    virtual void setGeometry( const QRect& ) = 0;
+    virtual QRect geometry() const = 0;
+    virtual bool isEmpty() const = 0;
+    virtual bool hasHeightForWidth() const;
+    virtual int heightForWidth( int ) const;
+    // ### add minimumHeightForWidth( int ) in Qt 4.0
+    virtual void invalidate();
+
+    virtual QWidget *widget();
+    virtual QLayoutIterator iterator();
+    virtual QLayout *layout();
+    virtual QSpacerItem *spacerItem();
+
+    int alignment() const { return align; }
+    virtual void setAlignment( int a );
+
+protected:
+    int align;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSpacerItem : public QLayoutItem
+{
+public:
+    QSpacerItem( int w, int h,
+		 QSizePolicy::SizeType hData = QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+		 QSizePolicy::SizeType vData = QSizePolicy::Minimum )
+	: width( w ), height( h ), sizeP( hData, vData ) { }
+    void changeSize( int w, int h,
+		     QSizePolicy::SizeType hData = QSizePolicy::Minimum,
+		     QSizePolicy::SizeType vData = QSizePolicy::Minimum );
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    QSize minimumSize() const;
+    QSize maximumSize() const;
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    void setGeometry( const QRect& );
+    QRect geometry() const;
+    QSpacerItem *spacerItem();
+
+private:
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    QSizePolicy sizeP;
+    QRect rect;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWidgetItem : public QLayoutItem
+{
+public:
+    QWidgetItem( QWidget *w ) : wid( w ) { }
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    QSize minimumSize() const;
+    QSize maximumSize() const;
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    void setGeometry( const QRect& );
+    QRect geometry() const;
+    virtual QWidget *widget();
+
+    bool hasHeightForWidth() const;
+    int heightForWidth( int ) const;
+
+private:
+    QWidget *wid;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QLayout : public QObject, public QLayoutItem
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_ENUMS( ResizeMode )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int margin READ margin WRITE setMargin )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int spacing READ spacing WRITE setSpacing )
+    Q_PROPERTY( ResizeMode resizeMode READ resizeMode WRITE setResizeMode )
+
+public:
+    // ### Qt 4.0: put 'Auto' first in enum
+    enum ResizeMode { FreeResize, Minimum, Fixed, Auto };
+
+    QLayout( QWidget *parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1,
+	     const char *name = 0 );
+    QLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    QLayout( int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    ~QLayout();
+
+    int margin() const { return outsideBorder; }
+    int spacing() const { return insideSpacing; }
+
+    virtual void setMargin( int );
+    virtual void setSpacing( int );
+
+    int defaultBorder() const { return insideSpacing; }
+    void freeze( int w, int h );
+    void freeze() { setResizeMode( Fixed ); }
+
+    void setResizeMode( ResizeMode );
+    ResizeMode resizeMode() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    virtual void setMenuBar( QMenuBar *w );
+    QMenuBar *menuBar() const { return menubar; }
+#endif
+
+    QWidget *mainWidget();
+    bool isTopLevel() const { return topLevel; }
+
+    virtual void setAutoAdd( bool );
+    bool autoAdd() const { return autoNewChild; }
+
+    void invalidate();
+    QRect geometry() const;
+    bool activate();
+
+    void add( QWidget *w ) { addItem( new QWidgetItem(w) ); }
+    virtual void addItem( QLayoutItem * ) = 0;
+
+    void remove( QWidget *w );
+    void removeItem( QLayoutItem * );
+
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const;
+    QSize minimumSize() const;
+    QSize maximumSize() const;
+    void setGeometry( const QRect& ) = 0;
+    QLayoutIterator iterator() = 0;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+
+    int totalHeightForWidth( int w ) const;
+    QSize totalMinimumSize() const;
+    QSize totalMaximumSize() const;
+    QSize totalSizeHint() const;
+    QLayout *layout();
+
+    bool supportsMargin() const { return marginImpl; }
+
+    void setEnabled( bool );
+    bool isEnabled() const;
+
+protected:
+    bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * );
+    void childEvent( QChildEvent *e );
+    void addChildLayout( QLayout *l );
+    void deleteAllItems();
+
+    void setSupportsMargin( bool );
+    QRect alignmentRect( const QRect& ) const;
+
+private:
+    void setWidgetLayout( QWidget *, QLayout * );
+    void init();
+    int insideSpacing;
+    int outsideBorder;
+    uint topLevel : 1;
+    uint enabled : 1;
+    uint autoNewChild : 1;
+    uint frozen : 1;
+    uint activated : 1;
+    uint marginImpl : 1;
+    uint autoMinimum : 1;
+    uint autoResizeMode : 1;
+    QRect rect;
+    QLayoutData *extraData;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
+    QMenuBar *menubar;
+#endif
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QLayout( const QLayout & );
+    QLayout &operator=( const QLayout & );
+#endif
+
+    static void propagateSpacing( QLayout *layout );
+};
+
+inline void QLayoutIterator::deleteCurrent()
+{
+    delete takeCurrent();
+}
+
+class Q_EXPORT QGridLayout : public QLayout
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QGridLayout( QWidget *parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int border = 0,
+		 int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    QGridLayout( int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1,
+		 const char *name = 0 );
+    QGridLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1,
+		 int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    ~QGridLayout();
+
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    QSize minimumSize() const;
+    QSize maximumSize() const;
+
+    // ### remove 'virtual' in 4.0 (or add 'virtual' to set{Row,Col}Spacing())
+    virtual void setRowStretch( int row, int stretch );
+    virtual void setColStretch( int col, int stretch );
+    int rowStretch( int row ) const;
+    int colStretch( int col ) const;
+
+    void setRowSpacing( int row, int minSize );
+    void setColSpacing( int col, int minSize );
+    int rowSpacing( int row ) const;
+    int colSpacing( int col ) const;
+
+    int numRows() const;
+    int numCols() const;
+    QRect cellGeometry( int row, int col ) const;
+
+    bool hasHeightForWidth() const;
+    int heightForWidth( int ) const;
+    int minimumHeightForWidth( int ) const;
+
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const;
+    void invalidate();
+
+    void addItem( QLayoutItem * );
+    void addItem( QLayoutItem *item, int row, int col );
+    void addMultiCell( QLayoutItem *, int fromRow, int toRow,
+			       int fromCol, int toCol, int align = 0 );
+
+    void addWidget( QWidget *, int row, int col, int align = 0 );
+    void addMultiCellWidget( QWidget *, int fromRow, int toRow,
+			     int fromCol, int toCol, int align = 0 );
+    void addLayout( QLayout *layout, int row, int col);
+    void addMultiCellLayout( QLayout *layout, int fromRow, int toRow,
+			     int fromCol, int toCol, int align = 0 );
+    void addRowSpacing( int row, int minsize );
+    void addColSpacing( int col, int minsize );
+
+    void expand( int rows, int cols );
+
+    enum Corner { TopLeft, TopRight, BottomLeft, BottomRight };
+    void setOrigin( Corner );
+    Corner origin() const;
+    QLayoutIterator iterator();
+    void setGeometry( const QRect& );
+
+protected:
+    bool findWidget( QWidget* w, int *r, int *c );
+    void add( QLayoutItem*, int row, int col );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QGridLayout( const QGridLayout & );
+    QGridLayout &operator=( const QGridLayout & );
+#endif
+
+    void init( int rows, int cols );
+    QGridLayoutData *data;
+};
+
+class QBoxLayoutData;
+class QDockWindow;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QBoxLayout : public QLayout
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    enum Direction { LeftToRight, RightToLeft, TopToBottom, BottomToTop,
+		     Down = TopToBottom, Up = BottomToTop };
+
+    QBoxLayout( QWidget *parent, Direction, int border = 0, int spacing = -1,
+		const char *name = 0 );
+    QBoxLayout( QLayout *parentLayout, Direction, int spacing = -1,
+		const char *name = 0 );
+    QBoxLayout( Direction, int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    ~QBoxLayout();
+
+    void addItem( QLayoutItem * );
+
+    Direction direction() const { return dir; }
+    void setDirection( Direction );
+
+    void addSpacing( int size );
+    void addStretch( int stretch = 0 );
+    void addWidget( QWidget *, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 );
+    void addLayout( QLayout *layout, int stretch = 0 );
+    void addStrut( int );
+
+    void insertSpacing( int index, int size );
+    void insertStretch( int index, int stretch = 0 );
+    void insertWidget( int index, QWidget *widget, int stretch = 0,
+		       int alignment = 0 );
+    void insertLayout( int index, QLayout *layout, int stretch = 0 );
+
+    bool setStretchFactor( QWidget*, int stretch );
+    bool setStretchFactor( QLayout *l, int stretch );
+
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+    QSize minimumSize() const;
+    QSize maximumSize() const;
+
+    bool hasHeightForWidth() const;
+    int heightForWidth( int ) const;
+    int minimumHeightForWidth( int ) const;
+
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const;
+    void invalidate();
+    QLayoutIterator iterator();
+    void setGeometry( const QRect& );
+
+    int findWidget( QWidget* w );
+
+protected:
+    void insertItem( int index, QLayoutItem * );
+
+private:
+    friend class QDockWindow;
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QBoxLayout( const QBoxLayout & );
+    QBoxLayout &operator=( const QBoxLayout & );
+#endif
+
+    void setupGeom();
+    void calcHfw( int );
+    QBoxLayoutData *data;
+    Direction dir;
+    QBoxLayout *createTmpCopy();
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QHBoxLayout : public QBoxLayout
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QHBoxLayout( QWidget *parent, int border = 0,
+		 int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    QHBoxLayout( QLayout *parentLayout,
+		 int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    QHBoxLayout( int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+
+    ~QHBoxLayout();
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QHBoxLayout( const QHBoxLayout & );
+    QHBoxLayout &operator=( const QHBoxLayout & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QVBoxLayout : public QBoxLayout
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QVBoxLayout( QWidget *parent, int border = 0,
+		 int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    QVBoxLayout( QLayout *parentLayout,
+		 int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+    QVBoxLayout( int spacing = -1, const char *name = 0 );
+
+    ~QVBoxLayout();
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QVBoxLayout( const QVBoxLayout & );
+    QVBoxLayout &operator=( const QVBoxLayout & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_LAYOUT
+#endif // QLAYOUT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlayoutengine.cpp b/src/kernel/qlayoutengine.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d96c920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlayoutengine.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QLayout functionality
+**
+** Created : 981231
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "private/qlayoutengine_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+
+static inline int toFixed( int i ) { return i * 256; }
+static inline int fRound( int i ) {
+    return ( i % 256 < 128 ) ? i / 256 : 1 + i / 256;
+}
+
+/*
+  This is the main workhorse of the QGridLayout. It portions out
+  available space to the chain's children.
+
+  The calculation is done in fixed point: "fixed" variables are
+  scaled by a factor of 256.
+
+  If the layout runs "backwards" (i.e. RightToLeft or Up) the layout
+  is computed mirror-reversed, and it's the caller's responsibility
+  do reverse the values before use.
+
+  chain contains input and output parameters describing the geometry.
+  count is the count of items in the chain; pos and space give the
+  interval (relative to parentWidget topLeft).
+*/
+Q_EXPORT void qGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count,
+			 int pos, int space, int spacer )
+{
+    typedef int fixed;
+    int cHint = 0;
+    int cMin = 0;
+    int cMax = 0;
+    int sumStretch = 0;
+    int spacerCount = 0;
+
+    bool wannaGrow = FALSE; // anyone who really wants to grow?
+    //    bool canShrink = FALSE; // anyone who could be persuaded to shrink?
+
+    int i;
+    for ( i = start; i < start + count; i++ ) {
+	chain[i].done = FALSE;
+	cHint += chain[i].smartSizeHint();
+	cMin += chain[i].minimumSize;
+	cMax += chain[i].maximumSize;
+	sumStretch += chain[i].stretch;
+	if ( !chain[i].empty )
+	    spacerCount++;
+	wannaGrow = wannaGrow || chain[i].expansive || chain[i].stretch > 0;
+    }
+
+    int extraspace = 0;
+    if ( spacerCount )
+	spacerCount--; // only spacers between things
+    if ( space < cMin + spacerCount * spacer ) {
+	for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+	    chain[i].size = chain[i].minimumSize;
+	    chain[i].done = TRUE;
+	}
+    } else if ( space < cHint + spacerCount*spacer ) {
+	/*
+	  Less space than smartSizeHint(), but more than minimumSize.
+	  Currently take space equally from each, as in Qt 2.x.
+	  Commented-out lines will give more space to stretchier
+	  items.
+	*/
+	int n = count;
+	int space_left = space - spacerCount*spacer;
+	int overdraft = cHint - space_left;
+
+	// first give to the fixed ones:
+	for ( i = start; i < start + count; i++ ) {
+	    if ( !chain[i].done
+		 && chain[i].minimumSize >= chain[i].smartSizeHint() ) {
+		chain[i].size = chain[i].smartSizeHint();
+		chain[i].done = TRUE;
+		space_left -= chain[i].smartSizeHint();
+		// sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+		n--;
+	    }
+	}
+	bool finished = n == 0;
+	while ( !finished ) {
+	    finished = TRUE;
+	    fixed fp_over = toFixed( overdraft );
+	    fixed fp_w = 0;
+
+	    for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+		if ( chain[i].done )
+		    continue;
+		// if ( sumStretch <= 0 )
+		fp_w += fp_over / n;
+		// else
+		//    fp_w += (fp_over * chain[i].stretch) / sumStretch;
+		int w = fRound( fp_w );
+		chain[i].size = chain[i].smartSizeHint() - w;
+		fp_w -= toFixed( w ); // give the difference to the next
+		if ( chain[i].size < chain[i].minimumSize ) {
+		    chain[i].done = TRUE;
+		    chain[i].size = chain[i].minimumSize;
+		    finished = FALSE;
+		    overdraft -= ( chain[i].smartSizeHint()
+				   - chain[i].minimumSize );
+		    // sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+		    n--;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else { // extra space
+	int n = count;
+	int space_left = space - spacerCount*spacer;
+	// first give to the fixed ones, and handle non-expansiveness
+	for ( i = start; i < start + count; i++ ) {
+	    if ( !chain[i].done
+		 && (chain[i].maximumSize <= chain[i].smartSizeHint()
+		     || (wannaGrow && !chain[i].expansive && chain[i].stretch == 0)) ) {
+		chain[i].size = chain[i].smartSizeHint();
+		chain[i].done = TRUE;
+		space_left -= chain[i].smartSizeHint();
+		sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+		n--;
+	    }
+	}
+	extraspace = space_left;
+
+	/*
+	  Do a trial distribution and calculate how much it is off.
+	  If there are more deficit pixels than surplus pixels, give
+	  the minimum size items what they need, and repeat.
+	  Otherwise give to the maximum size items, and repeat.
+
+	  Paul Olav Tvete has a wonderful mathematical proof of the
+	  correctness of this principle, but unfortunately this
+	  comment is too small to contain it.
+	*/
+	int surplus, deficit;
+	do {
+	    surplus = deficit = 0;
+	    fixed fp_space = toFixed( space_left );
+	    fixed fp_w = 0;
+	    for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+		if ( chain[i].done )
+		    continue;
+		extraspace = 0;
+		if ( sumStretch <= 0 )
+		    fp_w += fp_space / n;
+		else
+		    fp_w += (fp_space * chain[i].stretch) / sumStretch;
+		int w = fRound( fp_w );
+		chain[i].size = w;
+		fp_w -= toFixed( w ); // give the difference to the next
+		if ( w < chain[i].smartSizeHint() ) {
+		    deficit +=  chain[i].smartSizeHint() - w;
+		} else if ( w > chain[i].maximumSize ) {
+		    surplus += w - chain[i].maximumSize;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( deficit > 0 && surplus <= deficit ) {
+		// give to the ones that have too little
+		for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+		    if ( !chain[i].done &&
+			 chain[i].size < chain[i].smartSizeHint() ) {
+			chain[i].size = chain[i].smartSizeHint();
+			chain[i].done = TRUE;
+			space_left -= chain[i].smartSizeHint();
+			sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+			n--;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( surplus > 0 && surplus >= deficit ) {
+		// take from the ones that have too much
+		for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+		    if ( !chain[i].done &&
+			 chain[i].size > chain[i].maximumSize ) {
+			chain[i].size = chain[i].maximumSize;
+			chain[i].done = TRUE;
+			space_left -= chain[i].maximumSize;
+			sumStretch -= chain[i].stretch;
+			n--;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} while ( n > 0 && surplus != deficit );
+	if ( n == 0 )
+	    extraspace = space_left;
+    }
+
+    /*
+      As a last resort, we distribute the unwanted space equally
+      among the spacers (counting the start and end of the chain). We
+      could, but don't, attempt a sub-pixel allocation of the extra
+      space.
+    */
+    int extra = extraspace / ( spacerCount + 2 );
+    int p = pos + extra;
+    for ( i = start; i < start+count; i++ ) {
+	chain[i].pos = p;
+	p = p + chain[i].size;
+	if ( !chain[i].empty )
+	    p += spacer+extra;
+    }
+}
+
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMinSize( const QWidgetItem *i )
+{
+    QWidget *w = ((QWidgetItem *)i)->widget();
+
+    QSize s( 0, 0 );
+    if ( w->layout() ) {
+	s = w->layout()->totalMinimumSize();
+    } else {
+	QSize sh;
+
+	if ( w->sizePolicy().horData() != QSizePolicy::Ignored ) {
+	    if ( w->sizePolicy().mayShrinkHorizontally() ) {
+		s.setWidth( w->minimumSizeHint().width() );
+	    } else {
+		sh = w->sizeHint();
+		s.setWidth( sh.width() );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( w->sizePolicy().verData() != QSizePolicy::Ignored ) {
+	    if ( w->sizePolicy().mayShrinkVertically() ) {
+		s.setHeight( w->minimumSizeHint().height() );
+	    } else {
+		s.setHeight( sh.isValid() ? sh.height()
+			     : w->sizeHint().height() );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    s = s.boundedTo( w->maximumSize() );
+    QSize min = w->minimumSize();
+    if ( min.width() > 0 )
+	s.setWidth( min.width() );
+    if ( min.height() > 0 )
+	s.setHeight( min.height() );
+
+    if ( i->hasHeightForWidth() && min.height() == 0 && min.width() > 0 )
+	s.setHeight( i->heightForWidth(s.width()) );
+
+    s = s.expandedTo( QSize(1, 1) );
+    return s;
+}
+
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMinSize( QWidget *w )
+{
+    QWidgetItem item( w );
+    return qSmartMinSize( &item );
+}
+
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMaxSize( const QWidgetItem *i, int align )
+{
+    QWidget *w = ( (QWidgetItem*)i )->widget();
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask && align & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask )
+	return QSize( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+    QSize s = w->maximumSize();
+    if ( s.width() == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX && !(align & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask) )
+	if ( !w->sizePolicy().mayGrowHorizontally() )
+	    s.setWidth( w->sizeHint().width() );
+
+    if ( s.height() == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX && !(align & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask) )
+	if ( !w->sizePolicy().mayGrowVertically() )
+	    s.setHeight( w->sizeHint().height() );
+
+    s = s.expandedTo( w->minimumSize() );
+
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask )
+	s.setWidth( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignVertical_Mask )
+	s.setHeight( QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX );
+    return s;
+}
+
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMaxSize( QWidget *w, int align )
+{
+    QWidgetItem item( w );
+    return qSmartMaxSize( &item, align );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_LAYOUT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlayoutengine_p.h b/src/kernel/qlayoutengine_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e8608d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlayoutengine_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Internal header file.
+**
+** Created : 981027
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QLAYOUTENGINE_P_H
+#define QLAYOUTENGINE_P_H
+
+#ifndef QLAYOUT_H
+    #error "Need to include qlayout.h before including qlayoutengine_p.h"
+#endif
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qlayout.cpp, qlayoutengine.cpp, qmainwindow.cpp and qsplitter.cpp.
+// This header file may change from version to version without notice,
+// or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qabstractlayout.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+
+struct QLayoutStruct
+{
+    inline void init( int stretchFactor = 0, int spacing = 0 ) {
+	stretch = stretchFactor;
+	minimumSize = sizeHint = spacing;
+	maximumSize = QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX;
+	expansive = FALSE;
+	empty = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    QCOORD smartSizeHint() {
+	return ( stretch > 0 ) ? minimumSize : sizeHint;
+    }
+
+    // parameters
+    int stretch;
+    QCOORD sizeHint;
+    QCOORD maximumSize;
+    QCOORD minimumSize;
+    bool expansive;
+    bool empty;
+
+    // temporary storage
+    bool done;
+
+    // result
+    int pos;
+    int size;
+};
+
+
+Q_EXPORT void qGeomCalc( QMemArray<QLayoutStruct> &chain, int start, int count,
+			 int pos, int space, int spacer );
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMinSize( const QWidgetItem *i );
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMinSize( QWidget *w );
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMaxSize( const QWidgetItem *i, int align = 0 );
+Q_EXPORT QSize qSmartMaxSize( QWidget *w, int align = 0 );
+
+
+/*
+  Modify total maximum (max) and total expansion (exp)
+  when adding boxmax/boxexp.
+
+  Expansive boxes win over non-expansive boxes.
+*/
+static inline void qMaxExpCalc( QCOORD & max, bool &exp,
+				QCOORD boxmax, bool boxexp )
+{
+    if ( exp ) {
+	if ( boxexp )
+	    max = QMAX( max, boxmax );
+    } else {
+	if ( boxexp )
+	    max = boxmax;
+	else
+	    max = QMIN( max, boxmax );
+    }
+    exp = exp || boxexp;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_LAYOUT
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlocalfs.cpp b/src/kernel/qlocalfs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6017f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlocalfs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QLocalFs class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qlocalfs.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qurlinfo.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qurloperator.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+
+//#define QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QLocalFs qlocalfs.h
+    \brief The QLocalFs class is an implementation of a
+    QNetworkProtocol that works on the local file system.
+\if defined(commercial)
+    It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">Qt Enterprise Edition</a>.
+\endif
+
+    \module network
+
+    \ingroup io
+
+    This class is derived from QNetworkProtocol. QLocalFs is not
+    normally used directly, but rather through a QUrlOperator, for
+    example:
+    \code
+    QUrlOperator op( "file:///tmp" );
+    op.listChildren(); // Asks the server to provide a directory listing
+    \endcode
+
+    This code will only work if the QLocalFs class is registered; to
+    register the class, you must call qInitNetworkProtocols() before
+    using a QUrlOperator with QLocalFs.
+
+    If you really need to use QLocalFs directly, don't forget
+    to set its QUrlOperator with setUrl().
+
+    \sa \link network.html Qt Network Documentation \endlink QNetworkProtocol, QUrlOperator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructor.
+*/
+
+QLocalFs::QLocalFs()
+    : QNetworkProtocol()
+{
+}
+
+static int convertPermissions(QFileInfo *fi)
+{
+    int p = 0;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::ReadOwner ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::ReadOwner;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::WriteOwner ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::WriteOwner;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::ExeOwner ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::ExeOwner;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::ReadGroup ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::ReadGroup;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::WriteGroup ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::WriteGroup;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::ExeGroup ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::ExeGroup;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::ReadOther ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::ReadOther;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::WriteOther ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::WriteOther;
+    if ( fi->permission( QFileInfo::ExeOther ) )
+	p |= QUrlInfo::ExeOther;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QLocalFs::operationListChildren( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QLocalFs: operationListChildren" );
+#endif
+    op->setState( StInProgress );
+
+    dir = QDir( url()->path() );
+    dir.setNameFilter( url()->nameFilter() );
+    dir.setMatchAllDirs( TRUE );
+    if ( !dir.isReadable() ) {
+	QString msg = tr( "Could not read directory\n%1" ).arg( url()->path() );
+	op->setState( StFailed );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	op->setErrorCode( (int)ErrListChildren );
+	emit finished( op );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    const QFileInfoList *filist = dir.entryInfoList( QDir::All | QDir::Hidden | QDir::System );
+    if ( !filist ) {
+	QString msg = tr( "Could not read directory\n%1" ).arg( url()->path() );
+	op->setState( StFailed );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	op->setErrorCode( (int)ErrListChildren );
+	emit finished( op );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    emit start( op );
+
+    QFileInfoListIterator it( *filist );
+    QFileInfo *fi;
+    QValueList<QUrlInfo> infos;
+    while ( ( fi = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	infos << QUrlInfo( fi->fileName(), convertPermissions(fi), fi->owner(), fi->group(),
+			   fi->size(), fi->lastModified(), fi->lastRead(), fi->isDir(), fi->isFile(),
+			   fi->isSymLink(), fi->isWritable(), fi->isReadable(), fi->isExecutable() );
+    }
+    emit newChildren( infos, op );
+    op->setState( StDone );
+    emit finished( op );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QLocalFs::operationMkDir( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QLocalFs: operationMkDir" );
+#endif
+    op->setState( StInProgress );
+    QString dirname = op->arg( 0 );
+
+    dir = QDir( url()->path() );
+    if ( dir.mkdir( dirname ) ) {
+	QFileInfo fi( dir, dirname );
+	QUrlInfo inf( fi.fileName(), convertPermissions(&fi), fi.owner(), fi.group(),
+		      fi.size(), fi.lastModified(), fi.lastRead(), fi.isDir(), fi.isFile(),
+		      fi.isSymLink(), fi.isWritable(), fi.isReadable(), fi.isExecutable() );
+	emit newChild( inf, op );
+	op->setState( StDone );
+	emit createdDirectory( inf, op );
+	emit finished( op );
+    } else {
+	QString msg = tr( "Could not create directory\n%1" ).arg( dirname );
+	op->setState( StFailed );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	op->setErrorCode( (int)ErrMkDir );
+	emit finished( op );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QLocalFs::operationRemove( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QLocalFs: operationRemove" );
+#endif
+    op->setState( StInProgress );
+    QString name = QUrl( op->arg( 0 ) ).path();
+    bool deleted = FALSE;
+
+    dir = QDir( url()->path() );
+
+    QFileInfo fi( dir, name );
+    if ( fi.isDir() ) {
+	if ( dir.rmdir( name ) )
+	    deleted = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( deleted || dir.remove( name ) ) {
+	op->setState( StDone );
+	emit removed( op );
+	emit finished( op );
+    } else {
+	QString msg = tr( "Could not remove file or directory\n%1" ).arg( name );
+	op->setState( StFailed );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	op->setErrorCode( (int)ErrRemove );
+	emit finished( op );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QLocalFs::operationRename( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QLocalFs: operationRename" );
+#endif
+    op->setState( StInProgress );
+    QString oldname = op->arg( 0 );
+    QString newname = op->arg( 1 );
+
+    dir = QDir( url()->path() );
+    if ( dir.rename( oldname, newname ) ) {
+	op->setState( StDone );
+	emit itemChanged( op );
+	emit finished( op );
+    } else {
+	QString msg = tr( "Could not rename\n%1\nto\n%2" ).arg( oldname ).arg( newname );
+	op->setState( StFailed );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	op->setErrorCode( (int)ErrRename );
+	emit finished( op );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QLocalFs::operationGet( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QLocalFs: operationGet" );
+#endif
+    op->setState( StInProgress );
+    QString from = QUrl( op->arg( 0 ) ).path();
+
+    QFile f( from );
+    if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+	qDebug( "QLocalFs: could not open %s", from.latin1() );
+#endif
+	QString msg = tr( "Could not open\n%1" ).arg( from );
+	op->setState( StFailed );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	op->setErrorCode( (int)ErrGet );
+	emit finished( op );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QByteArray s;
+    emit dataTransferProgress( 0, f.size(), op );
+    if ( f.size() != 0 ) {
+	int blockSize = calcBlockSize( f.size() );
+	if ( (int)f.size() < blockSize ) {
+	    s.resize( f.size() );
+	    f.readBlock( s.data(), f.size() );
+	    emit data( s, op );
+	    emit dataTransferProgress( f.size(), f.size(), op );
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+	    qDebug( "QLocalFs: got all %d bytes at once", f.size() );
+#endif
+	} else {
+	    s.resize( blockSize );
+	    int remaining = f.size();
+	    QGuardedPtr<QObject> that = this;
+	    while ( that && remaining > 0 ) {
+		if ( operationInProgress() != op )
+		    return;
+		if ( remaining >= blockSize ) {
+		    f.readBlock( s.data(), blockSize );
+		    emit data( s, op );
+		    emit dataTransferProgress( f.size() - remaining, f.size(), op );
+		    remaining -= blockSize;
+		} else {
+		    s.resize( remaining );
+		    f.readBlock( s.data(), remaining );
+		    emit data( s, op );
+		    emit dataTransferProgress( f.size() - remaining, f.size(), op );
+		    remaining -= remaining;
+		}
+                qApp->processEvents();
+	    }
+	    if (!that)
+		return;
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+	    qDebug( "QLocalFs: got all %d bytes step by step", f.size() );
+#endif
+	    emit dataTransferProgress( f.size(), f.size(), op );
+	}
+    }
+    op->setState( StDone );
+    f.close();
+    emit finished( op );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QLocalFs::operationPut( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QLOCALFS_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QLocalFs: operationPut" );
+#endif
+    op->setState( StInProgress );
+    QString to = QUrl( op->arg( 0 ) ).path();
+
+    QFile f( to );
+    if ( !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+	QString msg = tr( "Could not write\n%1" ).arg( to );
+	op->setState( StFailed );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	op->setErrorCode( (int)ErrPut );
+	emit finished( op );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QByteArray ba( op->rawArg( 1 ) );
+    emit dataTransferProgress( 0, ba.size(), op );
+    int blockSize = calcBlockSize( ba.size() );
+    if ( (int)ba.size() < blockSize ) {
+	f.writeBlock( ba.data(), ba.size() );
+	emit dataTransferProgress( ba.size(), ba.size(), op );
+    } else {
+	int i = 0;
+	while ( i + blockSize < (int)ba.size() - 1 ) {
+	    if ( operationInProgress() != op )
+		return;
+	    f.writeBlock( &ba.data()[ i ], blockSize );
+	    f.flush();
+	    emit dataTransferProgress( i + blockSize, ba.size(), op );
+	    i += blockSize;
+	    QGuardedPtr<QObject> that = this;
+            qApp->processEvents();
+            if (!that)
+                return;
+	}
+	if ( i < (int)ba.size() - 1 )
+	    f.writeBlock( &ba.data()[ i ], ba.size() - i );
+	emit dataTransferProgress( ba.size(), ba.size(), op );
+    }
+    op->setState( StDone );
+    f.close();
+    emit finished( op );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+int QLocalFs::supportedOperations() const
+{
+    return OpListChildren | OpMkDir | OpRemove | OpRename | OpGet | OpPut;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+
+int QLocalFs::calcBlockSize( int totalSize ) const
+{
+    if ( totalSize == 0 )
+	return 1024;
+    int s = totalSize / 100;
+    // we want a block size between 1KB and 1MB
+    if ( s < 1024 )
+	s = 1024;
+    if ( s > 1048576 )
+	s = 1048576;
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlocalfs.h b/src/kernel/qlocalfs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c2dd0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlocalfs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QLocalFs class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QLOCALFS_H
+#define QLOCALFS_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qnetworkprotocol.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+class Q_EXPORT QLocalFs : public QNetworkProtocol
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QLocalFs();
+    virtual int supportedOperations() const;
+
+protected:
+    virtual void operationListChildren( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationMkDir( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationRemove( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationRename( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationGet( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationPut( QNetworkOperation *op );
+
+private:
+    int calcBlockSize( int totalSize ) const;
+    QDir dir;
+
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#endif // QLOCALFS_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlock.cpp b/src/kernel/qlock.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56faa1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlock.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QLock class. This manages interprocess locking
+**
+** Created : 20000406
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qlock_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined(Q_OS_MACX)
+#define Q_NO_SEMAPHORE
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/sem.h>
+#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined(_SEM_SEMUN_UNDEFINED) \
+    || defined(Q_OS_FREEBSD) || defined(Q_OS_OPENBSD) || defined(Q_OS_NETBSD) || defined(Q_OS_BSDI)
+/* union semun is defined by including <sys/sem.h> */
+#else
+/* according to X/OPEN we have to define it ourselves */
+union semun {
+    int val;                    /* value for SETVAL */
+    struct semid_ds *buf;       /* buffer for IPC_STAT, IPC_SET */
+    unsigned short *array;      /* array for GETALL, SETALL */
+};
+#endif
+#endif
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#define MAX_LOCKS   200	    // maximum simultaneous read locks
+
+class QLockData
+{
+public:
+#ifdef Q_NO_SEMAPHORE
+    QCString file;
+#endif
+    int id;
+    int count;
+    bool owned;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \class QLock qlock_p.h
+    \brief The QLock class is a wrapper for a System V shared semaphore.
+
+    \ingroup qws
+    \ingroup io
+
+    \internal
+
+    It is used by Qt/Embedded for synchronizing access to the graphics
+    card and shared memory region between processes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QLock::Type
+
+    \value Read
+    \value Write
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLock::QLock( const QString &filename, char id, bool create )
+
+    Creates a lock. \a filename is the file path of the Unix-domain
+    socket the Qt/Embedded client is using. \a id is the name of the
+    particular lock to be created on that socket. If \a create is TRUE
+    the lock is to be created (as the Qt/Embedded server does); if \a
+    create is FALSE the lock should exist already (as the Qt/Embedded
+    client expects).
+*/
+
+QLock::QLock( const QString &filename, char id, bool create )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS
+    data = new QLockData;
+    data->count = 0;
+#ifdef Q_NO_SEMAPHORE
+    data->file = QString(filename+id).local8Bit();
+    for(int x = 0; x < 2; x++) {
+	data->id = open(data->file, O_RDWR | (x ? O_CREAT : 0), S_IRWXU);
+	if(data->id != -1 || !create) {
+	    data->owned = x;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    key_t semkey = ftok(filename, id);
+    data->id = semget(semkey,0,0);
+    data->owned = create;
+    if ( create ) {
+	semun arg; arg.val = 0;
+	if ( data->id != -1 )
+	    semctl(data->id,0,IPC_RMID,arg);
+	data->id = semget(semkey,1,IPC_CREAT|0600);
+	arg.val = MAX_LOCKS;
+	semctl(data->id,0,SETVAL,arg);
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( data->id == -1 ) {
+	qWarning( "Cannot %s semaphore %s \'%c\'",
+	    create ? "create" : "get", filename.latin1(), id );
+	qDebug("Error %d %s\n",errno,strerror(errno));
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLock::~QLock()
+
+    Destroys a lock
+*/
+
+QLock::~QLock()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS
+    if ( locked() )
+	unlock();
+#ifdef Q_NO_SEMAPHORE
+    if(isValid()) {
+	close(data->id);
+	if( data->owned )
+	    unlink( data->file );
+    }
+#else
+    if(data->owned) {
+	semun arg; arg.val = 0;
+	semctl( data->id, 0, IPC_RMID, arg );
+    }
+#endif
+    delete data;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QLock::isValid() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the lock constructor was succesful; returns FALSE if
+    the lock could not be created or was not available to connect to.
+*/
+
+bool QLock::isValid() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS
+    return (data->id != -1);
+#else
+    return TRUE;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Locks the semaphore with a lock of type \a t. Locks can either be
+    \c Read or \c Write. If a lock is \c Read, attempts by other
+    processes to obtain \c Read locks will succeed, and \c Write
+    attempts will block until the lock is unlocked. If locked as \c
+    Write, all attempts to lock by other processes will block until
+    the lock is unlocked. Locks are stacked: i.e. a given QLock can be
+    locked multiple times by the same process without blocking, and
+    will only be unlocked after a corresponding number of unlock()
+    calls.
+*/
+
+void QLock::lock( Type t )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS
+    if ( !data->count ) {
+#ifdef Q_NO_SEMAPHORE
+	int op = LOCK_SH;
+	if(t == Write)
+	    op = LOCK_EX;
+	for( int rv=1; rv; ) {
+	    rv = flock(data->id, op);
+	    if (rv == -1 && errno != EINTR)
+		qDebug("Semop lock failure %s",strerror(errno));
+	}
+#else
+	sembuf sops;
+	sops.sem_num = 0;
+	sops.sem_flg = SEM_UNDO;
+
+	if ( t == Write ) {
+	    sops.sem_op = -MAX_LOCKS;
+	    type = Write;
+	} else {
+	    sops.sem_op = -1;
+	    type = Read;
+	}
+
+	int rv;
+	do {
+	    rv = semop(data->id,&sops,1);
+	    if (rv == -1 && errno != EINTR)
+		qDebug("Semop lock failure %s",strerror(errno));
+	} while ( rv == -1 && errno == EINTR );
+#endif
+    }
+    data->count++;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QLock::unlock()
+
+    Unlocks the semaphore. If other processes were blocking waiting to
+    lock() the semaphore, one of them will wake up and succeed in
+    lock()ing.
+*/
+
+void QLock::unlock()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS
+    if( data->count ) {
+	data->count--;
+	if( !data->count ) {
+#ifdef Q_NO_SEMAPHORE
+	    for( int rv=1; rv; ) {
+		rv = flock(data->id, LOCK_UN);
+		if (rv == -1 && errno != EINTR)
+		    qDebug("Semop lock failure %s",strerror(errno));
+	    }
+#else
+	    sembuf sops;
+	    sops.sem_num = 0;
+	    sops.sem_op = 1;
+	    sops.sem_flg = SEM_UNDO;
+	    if ( type == Write )
+		sops.sem_op = MAX_LOCKS;
+
+	    int rv;
+	    do {
+		rv = semop(data->id,&sops,1);
+		if (rv == -1 && errno != EINTR)
+		    qDebug("Semop unlock failure %s",strerror(errno));
+	    } while ( rv == -1 && errno == EINTR );
+#endif
+	}
+    } else {
+	qDebug("Unlock without corresponding lock");
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QLock::locked() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the lock is currently held by the current process;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QLock::locked() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS
+    return (data->count > 0);
+#else
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qlock_p.h b/src/kernel/qlock_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de07ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qlock_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QLock class. This manages interprocess locking
+**
+** Created : 20000406
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QLOCK_P_H
+#define QLOCK_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  This header file may
+// change from version to version without notice, or even be
+// removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QLockData;
+
+class QLock
+{
+public:
+    QLock( const QString &filename, char id, bool create = FALSE );
+    ~QLock();
+
+    enum Type { Read, Write };
+
+    bool isValid() const;
+    void lock( Type type );
+    void unlock();
+    bool locked() const;
+
+private:
+    Type type;
+    QLockData *data;
+};
+
+
+// Nice class for ensuring the lock is released.
+// Just create one on the stack and the lock is automatically released
+// when QLockHolder is destructed.
+class QLockHolder
+{
+public:
+    QLockHolder( QLock *l, QLock::Type type ) : qlock(l) {
+	qlock->lock( type );
+    }
+    ~QLockHolder() { if ( locked() ) qlock->unlock(); }
+
+    void lock( QLock::Type type ) { qlock->lock( type ); }
+    void unlock() { qlock->unlock(); }
+    bool locked() const { return qlock->locked(); }
+
+private:
+    QLock *qlock;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp b/src/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a86686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1251 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QMetaObject class
+**
+** Created : 930419
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qasciidict.h"
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+#include <private/qmutexpool_p.h>
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+/*!
+  \class QMetaData qmetaobject.h
+  \reentrant
+
+  \brief The QMetaData class provides information about a member function that is known to the meta object system.
+
+  \internal
+
+  The struct consists of three members, \e name, \e method  and \e access:
+
+  \code
+    const char *name;				// - member name
+    const QUMethod* method;			// - detailed method description
+    enum Access { Private, Protected, Public };
+    Access access;				// - access permission
+  \endcode
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \class QClassInfo qmetaobject.h
+
+  \brief The QClassInfo class provides a struct that stores some basic information about a single class.
+
+  \internal
+
+  The class information is a simple \e name - \e value pair:
+
+  \code
+    const char* name;
+    const char* value;
+  \endcode
+
+ */
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaObject qmetaobject.h
+    \brief The QMetaObject class contains meta information about Qt objects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    The Meta Object System in Qt is responsible for the signals and
+    slots inter-object communication mechanism, runtime type
+    information and the property system. All meta information in Qt is
+    kept in a single instance of QMetaObject per class.
+
+    This class is not normally required for application programming.
+    But if you write meta applications, such as scripting engines or
+    GUI builders, you might find these functions useful:
+    \list
+    \i className() to get the name of a class.
+    \i superClassName() to get the name of the superclass.
+    \i inherits(), the function called by QObject::inherits().
+    \i superClass() to access the superclass's meta object.
+    \i numSlots(), numSignals(), slotNames(), and  signalNames() to get
+	information about a class's signals and slots.
+    \i property() and propertyNames() to obtain information about a
+	class's properties.
+    \endlist
+
+    Classes may have a list of name-value pairs of class information.
+    The number of pairs is returned by numClassInfo(), and values are
+    returned by classInfo().
+
+    \sa \link moc.html moc (Meta Object Compiler)\endlink
+
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  The private object.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// extra flags from moc.y
+enum Flags  {
+    Invalid		= 0x00000000,
+    Readable		= 0x00000001,
+    Writable		= 0x00000002,
+    EnumOrSet		= 0x00000004,
+    UnresolvedEnum	= 0x00000008,
+    StdSet		= 0x00000100,
+    Override		= 0x00000200,
+    NotDesignable	= 0x00001000,
+    DesignableOverride  = 0x00002000,
+    NotScriptable	= 0x00004000,
+    ScriptableOverride  = 0x00008000,
+    NotStored 		= 0x00010000,
+    StoredOverride 	= 0x00020000
+};
+
+static QAsciiDict<void> *qt_metaobjects = 0;
+static int qt_metaobjects_count = 0;
+
+class QMetaObjectPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QMetaObjectPrivate() :
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+	enumData(0), numEnumData(0),
+	propData(0),numPropData(0),
+	qt_static_property(0),
+#endif
+	classInfo(0), numClassInfo(0) {}
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    const QMetaEnum *enumData;
+    int numEnumData;
+    const QMetaProperty *propData;
+    int numPropData;
+    bool (*qt_static_property)(QObject*, int, int, QVariant*);
+#endif
+    const QClassInfo *classInfo;
+    int numClassInfo;
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Internal dictionary for fast access to class members
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(Q_CANNOT_DELETE_CONSTANT)
+typedef QMetaData QConstMetaData;
+#else
+typedef const QMetaData QConstMetaData;
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMemberDict : public QAsciiDict<QConstMetaData>
+{
+public:
+    QMemberDict( int size = 17, bool cs = TRUE, bool ck = TRUE ) :
+	QAsciiDict<QConstMetaData>(size,cs,ck) {}
+    QMemberDict( const QMemberDict &dict ) : QAsciiDict<QConstMetaData>(dict) {}
+    ~QMemberDict() { clear(); }
+    QMemberDict &operator=(const QMemberDict &dict)
+    { return (QMemberDict&)QAsciiDict<QConstMetaData>::operator=(dict); }
+};
+
+
+/*
+  Calculate optimal dictionary size for n entries using prime numbers,
+  and assuming there are no more than 40 entries.
+*/
+
+static int optDictSize( int n )
+{
+    if ( n < 6 )
+	n = 5;
+    else if ( n < 10 )
+	n = 11;
+    else if ( n < 14 )
+	n = 17;
+    else
+	n = 23;
+    return n;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QMetaObject member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QMetaObject::QMetaObject( const char *const class_name, QMetaObject *super_class,
+			  const QMetaData *const slot_data, int n_slots,
+			  const QMetaData *const signal_data, int n_signals,
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+			  const QMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
+			  const QMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
+#endif
+			  const QClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info )
+{
+    classname = class_name;			// set meta data
+    superclass = super_class;
+    superclassname = superclass ? superclass->className() : 0;
+    slotDict = init( slotData = slot_data, n_slots );
+    signalDict = init( signalData = signal_data, n_signals );
+
+    d = new QMetaObjectPrivate;
+    reserved = 0;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    d->propData = prop_data;
+    d->numPropData = n_props;
+    d->enumData = enum_data;
+    d->numEnumData = n_enums;
+#endif
+    d->classInfo = class_info;
+    d->numClassInfo = n_info;
+
+    signaloffset = superclass ? ( superclass->signalOffset() + superclass->numSignals() ) : 0;
+    slotoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->slotOffset() + superclass->numSlots() ) : 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    propertyoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->propertyOffset() + superclass->numProperties() ) : 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QMetaObject::QMetaObject( const char *const class_name, QMetaObject *super_class,
+			  const QMetaData *const slot_data, int n_slots,
+			  const QMetaData *const signal_data, int n_signals,
+			  const QMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
+			  const QMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
+			  bool (*qt_static_property)(QObject*, int, int, QVariant*),
+			  const QClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info )
+{
+    classname = class_name;			// set meta data
+    superclass = super_class;
+    superclassname = superclass ? superclass->className() : 0;
+    slotDict = init( slotData = slot_data, n_slots );
+    signalDict = init( signalData = signal_data, n_signals );
+
+    d = new QMetaObjectPrivate;
+    reserved = 0;
+
+    d->propData = prop_data;
+    d->numPropData = n_props;
+    d->enumData = enum_data;
+    d->numEnumData = n_enums;
+    d->qt_static_property = qt_static_property;
+    d->classInfo = class_info;
+    d->numClassInfo = n_info;
+
+    signaloffset = superclass ? ( superclass->signalOffset() + superclass->numSignals() ) : 0;
+    slotoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->slotOffset() + superclass->numSlots() ) : 0;
+    propertyoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->propertyOffset() + superclass->numProperties() ) : 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QMetaObject::~QMetaObject()
+{
+    delete slotDict;				// delete dicts
+    delete signalDict;
+    delete d;
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+		  qt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    if ( qt_metaobjects ) {
+	qt_metaobjects->remove( classname );
+	if ( qt_metaobjects->isEmpty() ) {
+	    delete qt_metaobjects;
+	    qt_metaobjects = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    // delete reserved;				// Unused void*
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QMetaObject::className() const
+
+    Returns the class name.
+
+    \sa QObject::className(), superClassName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QMetaObject::superClassName() const
+
+    Returns the class name of the superclass or 0 if there is no
+    superclass in the QObject hierachy.
+
+    \sa className()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMetaObject *QMetaObject::superClass() const
+
+    Returns the meta object of the super class or 0 if there is no
+    such object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of slots for this class.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
+
+    \sa slotNames()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::numSlots( bool super ) const	// number of slots
+{
+    int n = slotDict ? slotDict->count() : 0;
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return n;
+    return n + superclass->numSlots( super );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of signals for this class.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
+
+    \sa signalNames()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::numSignals( bool super ) const	// number of signals
+{
+    int n = signalDict ? signalDict->count() : 0;
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return n;
+    return n + superclass->numSignals( super );
+}
+
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Returns the meta data of the slot with the name \a n or 0 if no
+  such slot exists.
+
+  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
+ */
+const QMetaData* QMetaObject::slot( int index, bool super ) const
+{
+    int idx = index - ( super ? slotOffset() : 0 );
+    if ( slotDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) slotDict->count() ) {
+	return slotData + idx;
+    }
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return 0;
+    return superclass->slot( index, super );
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Returns the meta data of the signal with the name \a n or 0 if no
+  such signal exists.
+
+  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
+ */
+const QMetaData* QMetaObject::signal( int index, bool super ) const
+{
+    int idx = index - ( super ? signalOffset() : 0 );
+    if ( signalDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) signalDict->count() ) {
+	return signalData + idx;
+    }
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return 0;
+    return superclass->signal( index, super );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QMetaObject::signalOffset() const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Returns the signal offset for this metaobject.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QMetaObject::propertyOffset() const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Returns the property offset for this metaobject.
+
+*/
+
+/*! \internal
+  Returns the index of the signal with name \n or -1 if no such signal exists.
+
+  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
+*/
+int QMetaObject::findSignal( const char* n, bool super ) const
+{
+    const QMetaObject *mo = this;
+    int offset = -1;
+
+    do {
+	const QMetaData *md = mo->signalDict ? mo->signalDict->find( n ) : 0;
+	if ( md ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    if ( offset != -1 ) {
+		qWarning( "QMetaObject::findSignal:%s: Conflict with %s::%s",
+			  className(), mo->className(), n );
+		return offset;
+	    }
+#endif
+	    offset = mo->signalOffset() + ( md - mo->signalData );
+#if !defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    return offset;
+#endif
+	}
+    } while ( super && (mo = mo->superclass) );
+
+    return offset;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QMetaObject::slotOffset() const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Returns the slot offset for this metaobject.
+
+*/
+
+/*! \internal
+  Returns the index of the slot with name \n or -1 if no such slot exists.
+
+  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
+ */
+int QMetaObject::findSlot( const char* n, bool super ) const
+{
+    const QMetaData *md = slotDict ? slotDict->find( n ) : 0;
+    if ( md )
+	return slotOffset() + ( md - slotData );
+    if ( !super || !superclass)
+	return -1;
+    return superclass->findSlot( n, super );
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QMetaObject *QMetaObject::new_metaobject( const char *classname,
+					  QMetaObject *superclassobject,
+					  const QMetaData * const slot_data, int n_slots,
+					  const QMetaData * const signal_data, int n_signals,
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+					  const QMetaProperty * const prop_data, int n_props,
+					  const QMetaEnum * const enum_data, int n_enums,
+#endif
+					  const QClassInfo * const class_info, int n_info )
+{
+    return new QMetaObject( classname, superclassobject, slot_data, n_slots,
+			    signal_data, n_signals,
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+			    prop_data, n_props,
+			    enum_data, n_enums,
+#endif
+			    class_info, n_info );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QMetaObject *QMetaObject::new_metaobject( const char *classname,
+					  QMetaObject *superclassobject,
+					  const QMetaData * const slot_data, int n_slots,
+					  const QMetaData * const signal_data, int n_signals,
+					  const QMetaProperty * const prop_data, int n_props,
+					  const QMetaEnum * const enum_data, int n_enums,
+					  bool (*qt_static_property)(QObject*, int, int, QVariant*),
+					  const QClassInfo * const class_info, int n_info )
+{
+    return new QMetaObject( classname, superclassobject, slot_data, n_slots,
+			    signal_data, n_signals,
+			    prop_data, n_props,
+			    enum_data, n_enums,
+			    qt_static_property,
+			    class_info, n_info );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QMemberDict *QMetaObject::init( const QMetaData * data, int n )
+{
+    if ( n == 0 )				// nothing, then make no dict
+	return 0;
+    QMemberDict *dict = new QMemberDict( optDictSize(n), TRUE, FALSE );
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( dict );
+    while ( n-- ) {				// put all members into dict
+	dict->insert( data->name, data );
+	data++;
+    }
+    return dict;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of items of class information available for
+    this class.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited class information is included.
+*/
+int QMetaObject::numClassInfo( bool super ) const
+{
+    return d->numClassInfo + ((super && superclass)?superclass->numClassInfo(super):0);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the class information with index \a index or 0 if no such
+    information exists.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE,  inherited class information is included.
+*/
+const QClassInfo* QMetaObject::classInfo( int index, bool super ) const
+{
+    if ( index < 0 )
+	return 0;
+    if ( index < d->numClassInfo )
+	return &(d->classInfo[ index ]);
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return 0;
+    return superclass->classInfo( index - d->numClassInfo, super );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    Returns the class information with name \a name or 0 if no such
+    information exists.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited class information is included.
+*/
+const char* QMetaObject::classInfo( const char* name, bool super ) const
+{
+    for( int i = 0; i < d->numClassInfo; ++i ) {
+	if ( qstrcmp( d->classInfo[i].name, name ) == 0 )
+	    return d->classInfo[i].value;
+    }
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return 0;
+    return superclass->classInfo( name, super );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of properties for this class.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
+
+    \sa propertyNames()
+ */
+int QMetaObject::numProperties( bool super ) const	// number of signals
+{
+    int n = d->numPropData;
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return n;
+    return n + superclass->numProperties( super );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the property meta data for the property at index \a index
+    or 0 if no such property exists.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
+
+    \sa propertyNames()
+ */
+const QMetaProperty* QMetaObject::property( int index, bool super ) const
+{
+    int idx = index - ( super ? propertyOffset() : 0 );
+    if ( d->propData && idx >= 0 && idx < (int)d->numPropData )
+	return d->propData + idx;
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return 0;
+    return superclass->property( index, super );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the index for the property with name \a name or -1 if no
+    such property exists.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
+
+    \sa property(), propertyNames()
+*/
+
+int QMetaObject::findProperty( const char *name, bool super ) const
+{
+    for( int i = 0; i < d->numPropData; ++i ) {
+	if ( d->propData[i].isValid() && qstrcmp( d->propData[i].name(), name ) == 0 ) {
+	    return ( super ? propertyOffset() : 0 ) + i;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return -1;
+    return superclass->findProperty( name, super );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the index for the property \a prop
+  or -1 if the property can not be found.
+
+  If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
+
+  \sa property(), propertyNames()
+*/
+
+int QMetaObject::indexOfProperty( const QMetaProperty* prop, bool super ) const
+{
+    if ( *prop->meta == this )
+	return ( super ? propertyOffset() : 0 ) + ( prop - d->propData);
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return -1;
+    return superclass->indexOfProperty( prop, super );
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  Returns the parent property of property \a p or 0, if the property
+  cannot be resolved.
+
+  \a p has to be contained in this meta object
+*/
+
+const QMetaProperty* QMetaObject::resolveProperty( const QMetaProperty* p ) const
+{
+    if ( !superclass )
+	return 0;
+    return superclass->property( superclass->findProperty( p->n, TRUE ), TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  \overload
+
+  The version of resolveProperty that is used by moc generated code
+*/
+
+int QMetaObject::resolveProperty( int index ) const
+{
+    if ( !superclass )
+	return -1;
+    const QMetaProperty* p = d->propData + ( index - propertyOffset() );
+    return superclass->findProperty( p->n, TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list with the names of all this class's properties.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
+
+    \sa property()
+*/
+QStrList QMetaObject::propertyNames( bool super ) const
+{
+    QStrList l( FALSE );
+
+    if ( superclass && super ) {
+	QStrList sl = superclass->propertyNames( super );
+	for ( QStrListIterator slit( sl ); slit.current(); ++slit )
+	    l.append( slit.current() );
+    }
+
+    for( int i = 0; i < d->numPropData; ++i ) {
+	if ( d->propData[i].isValid() )
+	    l.append( d->propData[i].name() );
+    }
+
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list with the names of all this class's signals.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
+*/
+QStrList QMetaObject::signalNames( bool super ) const
+{
+    QStrList l( FALSE );
+    int n = numSignals( super );
+    for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i ) {
+	l.append( signal(i, super)->name );
+    }
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list with the names of all this class's slots.
+
+    If \a super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
+
+    \sa numSlots()
+*/
+QStrList QMetaObject::slotNames( bool super ) const
+{
+    QStrList l( FALSE );
+    int n = numSlots( super );
+    for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
+	l.append( slot( i, super)->name );
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ */
+
+int QMetaObject::numEnumerators( bool super ) const
+{
+    int n = 0;
+    if ( superclass && super )
+	n += superclass->numEnumerators( super );
+    return n + d->numEnumData;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ */
+QStrList QMetaObject::enumeratorNames( bool super ) const
+{
+    QStrList l( FALSE );
+
+    if ( superclass && super ) {
+	QStrList sl = superclass->enumeratorNames( super );
+	for ( QStrListIterator slit( sl ); slit.current(); ++slit )
+	    l.append( slit.current() );
+    }
+
+    for( int i = 0; i < d->numEnumData; ++i ) {
+	if ( d->enumData[i].items )
+	    l.append( d->enumData[i].name );
+    }
+
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+const QMetaEnum* QMetaObject::enumerator( const char* name, bool super ) const
+{
+    for( int i = 0; i < d->numEnumData; ++i )
+	if ( qstrcmp( d->enumData[i].name, name ) == 0 )
+	    return &(d->enumData[i]);
+    if ( !super || !superclass )
+	return 0;
+    return superclass->enumerator( name, super );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this class inherits \a clname within the meta
+    object inheritance chain; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    (A class is considered to inherit itself.)
+*/
+bool QMetaObject::inherits( const char* clname ) const
+{
+    const QMetaObject *meta = this;
+    while ( meta ) {
+	if ( qstrcmp(clname, meta->className()) == 0 )
+	    return TRUE;
+	meta = meta->superclass;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+
+QMetaObject *QMetaObject::metaObject( const char *class_name )
+{
+    if ( !qt_metaobjects )
+	return 0;
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+		  qt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QtStaticMetaObjectFunction func = (QtStaticMetaObjectFunction)qt_metaobjects->find( class_name );
+    if ( func )
+	return func();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+bool QMetaObject::hasMetaObject( const char *class_name )
+{
+    if ( !qt_metaobjects )
+	return FALSE;
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+		  qt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    return !!qt_metaobjects->find( class_name );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+/*! \internal
+
+### this functions will go away. It exists purely for the sake of meta
+### object code generated with Qt 3.1.0
+*/
+bool QMetaObject::qt_static_property( QObject* o, int id, int f, QVariant* v)
+{
+    if ( d->qt_static_property )
+	return d->qt_static_property( o, id, f, v );
+    else if ( o ) // compatibility
+	return o->qt_property( id, f, v );
+    else if ( superclass )
+	return superclass->qt_static_property( o, id, f, v );
+    switch ( f ) {
+    case 3: case 4: case 5:
+	return TRUE;
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaProperty qmetaobject.h
+
+    \brief The QMetaProperty class stores meta data about a property.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    Property meta data includes type(), name(), and whether a property
+    is writable(), designable() and stored().
+
+    The functions isSetType(), isEnumType() and enumKeys() provide
+    further information about a property's type. The conversion
+    functions keyToValue(), valueToKey(), keysToValue() and
+    valueToKeys() allow conversion between the integer representation
+    of an enumeration or set value and its literal representation.
+
+    Actual property values are set and received through QObject's set
+    and get functions. See QObject::setProperty() and
+    QObject::property() for details.
+
+    You receive meta property data through an object's meta object.
+    See QMetaObject::property() and QMetaObject::propertyNames() for
+    details.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the possible enumeration keys if this property is an
+    enumeration type (or a set type).
+
+    \sa isEnumType()
+*/
+QStrList QMetaProperty::enumKeys() const
+{
+    QStrList l( FALSE );
+    const QMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
+    if ( !enumData && meta )
+	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
+    if ( !ed )
+	return l;
+    if ( ed != 0 ) {
+	for( uint i = 0; i < ed->count; ++i ) {
+	    uint j = 0;
+	    while ( j < i &&
+		    ed->items[j].value != ed->items[i].value )
+		++j;
+	    if ( i == j )
+		l.append( ed->items[i].key );
+	}
+    }
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Converts the enumeration key \a key to its integer value.
+
+    For set types, use keysToValue().
+
+    \sa valueToKey(), isSetType(), keysToValue()
+*/
+int QMetaProperty::keyToValue( const char* key ) const
+{
+    const QMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
+    if ( !enumData && meta )
+	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
+    if ( !ed )
+	return -1;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < ed->count; ++i ) {
+	if ( !qstrcmp( key, ed->items[i].key) )
+	    return ed->items[i].value;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Converts the enumeration value \a value to its literal key.
+
+    For set types, use valueToKeys().
+
+    \sa valueToKey(), isSetType(), valueToKeys()
+*/
+const char* QMetaProperty::valueToKey( int value ) const
+{
+    const QMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
+    if ( !enumData && meta )
+	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
+    if ( !ed )
+	return 0;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < ed->count; ++i ) {
+	if ( value == ed->items[i].value )
+	    return ed->items[i].key ;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Converts the list of keys \a keys to their combined (OR-ed)
+    integer value.
+
+    \sa isSetType(), valueToKey(), keysToValue()
+*/
+int QMetaProperty::keysToValue( const QStrList& keys ) const
+{
+    const QMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
+    if ( !enumData && meta )
+	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
+    if ( !ed )
+	return -1;
+    int value = 0;
+    for ( QStrListIterator it( keys ); it.current(); ++it ) {
+	uint i;
+	for( i = ed->count; i > 0; --i ) {
+	    if ( !qstrcmp( it.current(), ed->items[i-1].key) ) {
+		value |= ed->items[i-1].value;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( i == 0 )
+	    value |= -1;
+    }
+    return value;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Converts the set value \a value to a list of keys.
+
+    \sa isSetType(), valueToKey(), valueToKeys()
+*/
+QStrList QMetaProperty::valueToKeys( int value ) const
+{
+    QStrList keys;
+    const QMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
+    if ( !enumData && meta )
+	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
+    if ( !ed )
+	return keys;
+
+    int v = value;
+    for( uint i = ed->count; i > 0; --i ) {
+	int k = ed->items[i-1].value;
+	if ( ( k != 0 && (v & k) == k  ) ||  ( k == value) )  {
+	    v = v & ~k;
+	    keys.append( ed->items[i-1].key );
+	}
+    }
+    return keys;
+}
+
+bool QMetaProperty::writable() const
+{
+    if ( !testFlags( Override ) || testFlags( Writable ) )
+	return testFlags( Writable );
+    const QMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
+    const QMetaProperty* parent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
+    return parent ? parent->writable() : FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+bool QMetaProperty::stdSet() const
+{
+    if ( !testFlags( Override ) || testFlags( Writable ) )
+	return testFlags( StdSet );
+    const QMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
+    const QMetaProperty* parent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
+    return parent ? parent->stdSet() : FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+int QMetaProperty::id() const
+{
+    return _id < 0 ? (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE ) : _id;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+void QMetaProperty::clear()
+{
+    t = n = 0;
+    meta = 0;
+    enumData = 0;
+    _id = -1;
+    flags = 0;
+}
+
+bool QMetaProperty::isValid() const
+{
+    if ( testFlags( UnresolvedEnum ) ) {
+	if ( !enumData && (!meta || !(*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE ) ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( !testFlags( Override ) || testFlags( Readable ) )
+	return testFlags( Readable );
+    const QMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
+    const QMetaProperty* parent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
+    return parent ? parent->isValid() : FALSE;
+}
+
+bool QMetaProperty::isSetType() const
+{
+    const QMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
+    if ( !enumData && meta )
+	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
+    return ( ed != 0 && ed->set );
+}
+
+bool QMetaProperty::isEnumType() const
+{
+    return testFlags( EnumOrSet );
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char* QMetaProperty::type() const
+
+    Returns the type of the property.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char* QMetaProperty::name() const
+
+    Returns the name of the property.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMetaProperty::writable() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the property is writable; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMetaProperty::isValid() const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Returns whether the property is valid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMetaProperty::isEnumType() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the property's type is an enumeration value;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isSetType(), enumKeys()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMetaProperty::isSetType() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the property's type is an enumeration value that
+    is used as set, i.e. if the enumeration values can be OR-ed
+    together; otherwise returns FALSE. A set type is implicitly also
+    an enum type.
+
+    \sa isEnumType(), enumKeys()
+*/
+
+
+/*!  Returns TRUE if the property is designable for object \a o;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If no object \a o is given, the function returns a static
+    approximation.
+ */
+bool QMetaProperty::designable( QObject* o ) const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() || !writable() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( o ) {
+	int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
+	return idx >= 0 && o->qt_property( idx, 3, 0 );
+    }
+    if ( testFlags( DesignableOverride ) ) {
+	const QMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
+	const QMetaProperty* parent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
+	return parent ? parent->designable() : FALSE;
+    }
+    return !testFlags( NotDesignable );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the property is scriptable for object \a o;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If no object \a o is given, the function returns a static
+    approximation.
+ */
+bool QMetaProperty::scriptable( QObject* o ) const
+{
+    if ( o ) {
+	int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
+	return idx >= 0 && o->qt_property( idx, 4, 0 );
+    }
+    if ( testFlags( ScriptableOverride ) ) {
+	const QMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
+	const QMetaProperty* parent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
+	return parent ? parent->scriptable() : FALSE;
+    }
+    return !testFlags( NotScriptable );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the property shall be stored for object \a o;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If no object \a o is given, the function returns a static
+    approximation.
+ */
+bool QMetaProperty::stored( QObject* o ) const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() || !writable() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( o ) {
+	int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
+	return idx >= 0 && o->qt_property( idx, 5, 0 );
+    }
+    if ( testFlags( StoredOverride ) ) {
+	const QMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
+	const QMetaProperty* parent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
+	return parent ? parent->stored() : FALSE;
+    }
+    return !testFlags( NotStored );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Tries to reset the property for object \a o with a reset method.
+    On success, returns TRUE; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Reset methods are optional, usually only a few properties support
+    them.
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::reset( QObject* o ) const
+{
+    if ( !o )
+	return FALSE;
+    int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
+    if ( idx < 0 )
+	return 0;
+    return o->qt_property( idx, 2, 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*! \enum QMetaProperty::Flags
+
+  \internal
+*/
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+/*
+ * QMetaObjectCleanUp is used as static global object in the moc-generated cpp
+ * files and deletes the QMetaObject provided with setMetaObject. It sets the
+ * QObject reference to the metaObj to NULL when it is destroyed.
+ */
+QMetaObjectCleanUp::QMetaObjectCleanUp( const char *mo_name, QtStaticMetaObjectFunction func )
+    : metaObject( 0 )
+{
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+		  qt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    if ( !qt_metaobjects )
+	qt_metaobjects = new QAsciiDict<void>( 257 );
+    qt_metaobjects->insert( mo_name, (void*)func );
+
+    qt_metaobjects_count++;
+}
+
+QMetaObjectCleanUp::QMetaObjectCleanUp()
+    : metaObject( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+/*!    \fn bool QMetaProperty::testFlags( uint f ) const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+QMetaObjectCleanUp::~QMetaObjectCleanUp()
+{
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    QMutexLocker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+		  qt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    if ( !--qt_metaobjects_count ) {
+	delete qt_metaobjects;
+	qt_metaobjects = 0;
+    }
+    if ( metaObject ) {
+	delete *metaObject;
+	*metaObject = 0;
+	metaObject = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void QMetaObjectCleanUp::setMetaObject( QMetaObject *&mo )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( metaObject )
+	qWarning( "QMetaObjectCleanUp::setMetaObject: Double use of QMetaObjectCleanUp!" );
+#endif
+    metaObject = &mo;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmetaobject.h b/src/kernel/qmetaobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9813231
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmetaobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QMetaObject class
+**
+** Created : 930419
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMETAOBJECT_H
+#define QMETAOBJECT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qconnection.h"
+#include "qstrlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION
+#define Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION 26
+#endif
+
+class QObject;
+struct QUMethod;
+class QMetaObjectPrivate;
+
+struct QMetaData				// - member function meta data
+{						//   for signal and slots
+    const char *name;				// - member name
+    const QUMethod* method;			// - detailed method description
+    enum Access { Private, Protected, Public };
+    Access access;				// - access permission
+};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+struct QMetaEnum				// enumerator meta data
+{						//  for properties
+    const char *name;				// - enumerator name
+    uint count;					// - number of values
+    struct Item					// - a name/value pair
+    {
+	const char *key;
+	int value;
+    };
+    const Item *items;				// - the name/value pairs
+    bool set;					// whether enum has to be treated as a set
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMetaProperty			// property meta data
+{
+public:
+    const char*	type() const { return t; }	// type of the property
+    const char*	name() const { return n; }	// name of the property
+
+    bool writable() const;
+    bool isValid() const;
+
+    bool isSetType() const;
+    bool isEnumType() const;
+    QStrList enumKeys() const;			// enumeration names
+
+    int keyToValue( const char* key ) const;	// enum and set conversion functions
+    const char* valueToKey( int value ) const;
+    int keysToValue( const QStrList& keys ) const;
+    QStrList valueToKeys( int value ) const;
+
+    bool designable( QObject* = 0 ) const;
+    bool scriptable( QObject* = 0 ) const;
+    bool stored( QObject* = 0 ) const;
+
+    bool reset( QObject* ) const;
+
+    const char* t;			// internal
+    const char* n;			// internal
+
+    enum Flags  {
+	Invalid		= 0x00000000,
+	Readable	= 0x00000001,
+	Writable	= 0x00000002,
+	EnumOrSet	= 0x00000004,
+	UnresolvedEnum	= 0x00000008,
+	StdSet		= 0x00000100,
+	Override	= 0x00000200
+    };
+
+    uint flags; // internal
+    bool testFlags( uint f ) const;	// internal
+    bool stdSet() const; 		// internal
+    int id() const; 			// internal
+
+    QMetaObject** meta; 		// internal
+
+    const QMetaEnum* enumData;		// internal
+    int _id; 				// internal
+    void clear(); 			// internal
+};
+
+inline bool QMetaProperty::testFlags( uint f ) const
+{ return (flags & (uint)f) != (uint)0; }
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+struct QClassInfo				// class info meta data
+{
+    const char* name;				// - name of the info
+    const char* value;				// - value of the info
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMetaObject			// meta object class
+{
+public:
+    QMetaObject( const char * const class_name, QMetaObject *superclass,
+		 const QMetaData * const slot_data, int n_slots,
+		 const QMetaData * const signal_data, int n_signals,
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+		 const QMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
+		 const QMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
+#endif
+		 const QClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    QMetaObject( const char * const class_name, QMetaObject *superclass,
+		 const QMetaData * const slot_data, int n_slots,
+		 const QMetaData * const signal_data, int n_signals,
+		 const QMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
+		 const QMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
+		 bool (*qt_static_property)(QObject*, int, int, QVariant*),
+		 const QClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info );
+#endif
+
+
+    virtual ~QMetaObject();
+
+    const char	*className()		const { return classname; }
+    const char	*superClassName()	const { return superclassname; }
+
+    QMetaObject *superClass()		const { return superclass; }
+
+    bool	inherits( const char* clname ) const;
+
+    int	numSlots( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    int		numSignals( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+
+    int		findSlot( const char *, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    int		findSignal( const char *, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+
+    const QMetaData 	*slot( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    const QMetaData 	*signal( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+
+    QStrList	slotNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    QStrList	signalNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+
+    int		slotOffset() const;
+    int		signalOffset() const;
+    int		propertyOffset() const;
+
+    int		numClassInfo( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    const QClassInfo	*classInfo( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    const char	*classInfo( const char* name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    const QMetaProperty	*property( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    int findProperty( const char *name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    int indexOfProperty( const QMetaProperty*, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    const QMetaProperty* resolveProperty( const QMetaProperty* ) const;
+    int resolveProperty( int ) const;
+    QStrList		propertyNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    int		numProperties( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+#endif
+
+    // static wrappers around constructors, necessary to work around a
+    // Windows-DLL limitation: objects can only be deleted within a
+    // DLL if they were actually created within that DLL.
+    static QMetaObject	*new_metaobject( const char *, QMetaObject *,
+					const QMetaData *const, int,
+					const QMetaData *const, int,
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+					const QMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
+					const QMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
+#endif
+					const QClassInfo *const  class_info, int n_info );
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    static QMetaObject	*new_metaobject( const char *, QMetaObject *,
+					const QMetaData *const, int,
+					const QMetaData *const, int,
+					const QMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
+					const QMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
+					 bool (*qt_static_property)(QObject*, int, int, QVariant*),
+					const QClassInfo *const  class_info, int n_info );
+    QStrList		enumeratorNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    int numEnumerators( bool super = FALSE ) const;
+    const QMetaEnum		*enumerator( const char* name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
+#endif
+
+    static QMetaObject *metaObject( const char *class_name );
+    static bool hasMetaObject( const char *class_name );
+
+private:
+    QMemberDict		*init( const QMetaData *, int );
+
+    const char		*classname;		// class name
+    const char		*superclassname;	// super class name
+    QMetaObject	*superclass;			// super class meta object
+    QMetaObjectPrivate	*d;			// private data for...
+    void	*reserved;			// ...binary compatibility
+    const QMetaData		*slotData;	// slot meta data
+    QMemberDict	*slotDict;			// slot dictionary
+    const QMetaData		*signalData;	// signal meta data
+    QMemberDict	*signalDict;			// signal dictionary
+    int signaloffset;
+    int slotoffset;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    int propertyoffset;
+public:
+    bool qt_static_property( QObject* o, int id, int f, QVariant* v);
+private:
+    friend class QMetaProperty;
+#endif
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QMetaObject( const QMetaObject & );
+    QMetaObject &operator=( const QMetaObject & );
+#endif
+};
+
+inline int QMetaObject::slotOffset() const
+{ return slotoffset; }
+
+inline int QMetaObject::signalOffset() const
+{ return signaloffset; }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+inline int QMetaObject::propertyOffset() const
+{ return propertyoffset; }
+#endif
+
+typedef QMetaObject *(*QtStaticMetaObjectFunction)();
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMetaObjectCleanUp
+{
+public:
+    QMetaObjectCleanUp( const char *mo_name, QtStaticMetaObjectFunction );
+    QMetaObjectCleanUp();
+    ~QMetaObjectCleanUp();
+
+    void setMetaObject( QMetaObject *&mo );
+
+private:
+    QMetaObject **metaObject;
+};
+
+#endif // QMETAOBJECT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmime.cpp b/src/kernel/qmime.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e50757d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmime.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of MIME support
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qmime.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qapplication.h" // ### for now
+#include "qclipboard.h" // ### for now
+
+/*!
+    \class QMimeSource qmime.h
+    \brief The QMimeSource class is an abstraction of objects which provide formatted data of a certain MIME type.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup draganddrop
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop\endlink and
+    \link QClipboard clipboard\endlink use this abstraction.
+
+    \sa \link http://www.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/media-types/
+	    IANA list of MIME media types\endlink
+*/
+
+static int qt_mime_serial_number = 0;
+static QMimeSourceFactory* defaultfactory = 0;
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QMimeSourceFactory> qmime_cleanup_factory;
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a mime source and assigns a globally unique serial
+    number to it.
+
+    \sa serialNumber()
+*/
+
+QMimeSource::QMimeSource()
+{
+    ser_no = qt_mime_serial_number++;
+    cacheType = NoCache;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QMimeSource::serialNumber() const
+
+    Returns the mime source's globally unique serial number.
+*/
+
+
+void QMimeSource::clearCache()
+{
+    if ( cacheType == Text ) {
+	delete cache.txt.str;
+	delete cache.txt.subtype;
+	cache.txt.str = 0;
+	cache.txt.subtype = 0;
+    } else if ( cacheType == Graphics ) {
+	delete cache.gfx.img;
+	delete cache.gfx.pix;
+	cache.gfx.img = 0;
+	cache.gfx.pix = 0;
+    }
+    cacheType = NoCache;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Provided to ensure that subclasses destroy themselves correctly.
+*/
+QMimeSource::~QMimeSource()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    extern void qt_clipboard_cleanup_mime_source(QMimeSource *);
+    qt_clipboard_cleanup_mime_source(this);
+#endif
+    clearCache();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray QMimeSource::encodedData(const char*) const
+
+    Returns the encoded data of this object in the specified MIME
+    format.
+
+    Subclasses must reimplement this function.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the object can provide the data in format \a
+    mimeType; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If you inherit from QMimeSource, for consistency reasons it is
+    better to implement the more abstract canDecode() functions such
+    as QTextDrag::canDecode() and QImageDrag::canDecode().
+*/
+bool QMimeSource::provides(const char* mimeType) const
+{
+    const char* fmt;
+    for (int i=0; (fmt = format(i)); i++) {
+	if ( !qstricmp(mimeType,fmt) )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char * QMimeSource::format(int i) const
+
+    Returns the \a{i}-th supported MIME format, or 0.
+*/
+
+
+
+class QMimeSourceFactoryData {
+public:
+    QMimeSourceFactoryData() :
+	last(0)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~QMimeSourceFactoryData()
+    {
+	QMap<QString, QMimeSource*>::Iterator it = stored.begin();
+	while ( it != stored.end() ) {
+	    delete *it;
+	    ++it;
+	}
+	delete last;
+    }
+
+    QMap<QString, QMimeSource*> stored;
+    QMap<QString, QString> extensions;
+    QStringList path;
+    QMimeSource* last;
+    QPtrList<QMimeSourceFactory> factories;
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QMimeSourceFactory qmime.h
+    \brief The QMimeSourceFactory class is an extensible provider of mime-typed data.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup environment
+
+    A QMimeSourceFactory provides an abstract interface to a
+    collection of information. Each piece of information is
+    represented by a QMimeSource object which can be examined and
+    converted to concrete data types by functions such as
+    QImageDrag::canDecode() and QImageDrag::decode().
+
+    The base QMimeSourceFactory can be used in two ways: as an
+    abstraction of a collection of files or as specifically stored
+    data. For it to access files, call setFilePath() before accessing
+    data. For stored data, call setData() for each item (there are
+    also convenience functions, e.g. setText(), setImage() and
+    setPixmap(), that simply call setData() with appropriate
+    parameters).
+
+    The rich text widgets, QTextEdit and QTextBrowser, use
+    QMimeSourceFactory to resolve references such as images or links
+    within rich text documents. They either access the default factory
+    (see \l{defaultFactory()}) or their own (see
+    \l{QTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory()}). Other classes that are
+    capable of displaying rich text (such as QLabel, QWhatsThis or
+    QMessageBox) always use the default factory.
+
+    A factory can also be used as a container to store data associated
+    with a name. This technique is useful whenever rich text contains
+    images that are stored in the program itself, not loaded from the
+    hard disk. Your program may, for example, define some image data
+    as:
+    \code
+    static const char* myimage_data[]={
+    "...",
+    ...
+    "..."};
+    \endcode
+
+    To be able to use this image within some rich text, for example
+    inside a QLabel, you must create a QImage from the raw data and
+    insert it into the factory with a unique name:
+    \code
+    QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->setImage( "myimage", QImage(myimage_data) );
+    \endcode
+
+    Now you can create a rich text QLabel with
+
+    \code
+    QLabel* label = new QLabel(
+	"Rich text with embedded image:<img source=\"myimage\">"
+	"Isn't that <em>cute</em>?" );
+    \endcode
+
+    When no longer needed, you can clear the data from the factory:
+
+    \code
+    delete label;
+    QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->setData( "myimage", 0 );
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QMimeSourceFactory that has no file path and no
+    stored content.
+*/
+QMimeSourceFactory::QMimeSourceFactory() :
+    d(new QMimeSourceFactoryData)
+{
+    // add some reasonable defaults
+    setExtensionType("htm", "text/html;charset=iso8859-1");
+    setExtensionType("html", "text/html;charset=iso8859-1");
+    setExtensionType("txt", "text/plain");
+    setExtensionType("xml", "text/xml;charset=UTF-8");
+    setExtensionType("jpg", "image/jpeg"); // support misspelled jpeg files
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QMimeSourceFactory, deleting all stored content.
+*/
+QMimeSourceFactory::~QMimeSourceFactory()
+{
+    if ( defaultFactory() == this )
+	defaultfactory = 0;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+QMimeSource* QMimeSourceFactory::dataInternal(const QString& abs_name, const QMap<QString, QString> &extensions ) const
+{
+    QMimeSource* r = 0;
+    QFileInfo fi(abs_name);
+    if ( fi.isReadable() ) {
+
+	// get the right mimetype
+	QString e = fi.extension(FALSE);
+	QCString mimetype = "application/octet-stream";
+	const char* imgfmt;
+	if ( extensions.contains(e) )
+	    mimetype = extensions[e].latin1();
+	else if ( ( imgfmt = QImage::imageFormat( abs_name ) ) )
+	    mimetype = QCString("image/")+QCString(imgfmt).lower();
+
+	QFile f(abs_name);
+	if ( f.open(IO_ReadOnly) && f.size() ) {
+	    QByteArray ba(f.size());
+	    f.readBlock(ba.data(), ba.size());
+	    QStoredDrag* sr = new QStoredDrag( mimetype );
+	    sr->setEncodedData( ba );
+	    delete d->last;
+	    d->last = r = sr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    // we didn't find the mime-source, so ask the default factory for
+    // the mime-source (this one will iterate over all installed ones)
+    //
+    // this looks dangerous, as this dataInternal() function will be
+    // called again when the default factory loops over all installed
+    // factories (including this), but the static bool looping in
+    // data() avoids endless recursions
+    if ( !r && this != defaultFactory() )
+	r = (QMimeSource*)defaultFactory()->data( abs_name );
+
+    return r;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a reference to the data associated with \a abs_name. The
+    return value remains valid only until the next data() or setData()
+    call, so you should immediately decode the result.
+
+    If there is no data associated with \a abs_name in the factory's
+    store, the factory tries to access the local filesystem. If \a
+    abs_name isn't an absolute file name, the factory will search for
+    it in all defined paths (see \l{setFilePath()}).
+
+    The factory understands all the image formats supported by
+    QImageIO. Any other mime types are determined by the file name
+    extension. The default settings are
+    \code
+    setExtensionType("html", "text/html;charset=iso8859-1");
+    setExtensionType("htm", "text/html;charset=iso8859-1");
+    setExtensionType("txt", "text/plain");
+    setExtensionType("xml", "text/xml;charset=UTF-8");
+    \endcode
+    The effect of these is that file names ending in "txt" will be
+    treated as text encoded in the local encoding; those ending in
+    "xml" will be treated as text encoded in Unicode UTF-8 encoding.
+    The text/html type is treated specially, since the encoding can be
+    specified in the html file itself. "html" or "htm" will be treated
+    as text encoded in the encoding specified by the html meta tag, if
+    none could be found, the charset of the mime type will be used.
+    The text subtype ("html", "plain", or "xml") does not affect the
+    factory, but users of the factory may behave differently. We
+    recommend creating "xml" files where practical. These files can be
+    viewed regardless of the runtime encoding and can encode any
+    Unicode characters without resorting to encoding definitions
+    inside the file.
+
+    Any file data that is not recognized will be retrieved as a
+    QMimeSource providing the "application/octet-stream" mime type,
+    meaning uninterpreted binary data.
+
+    You can add further extensions or change existing ones with
+    subsequent calls to setExtensionType(). If the extension mechanism
+    is not sufficient for your problem domain, you can inherit
+    QMimeSourceFactory and reimplement this function to perform some
+    more specialized mime-type detection. The same applies if you want
+    to use the mime source factory to access URL referenced data over
+    a network.
+*/
+const QMimeSource* QMimeSourceFactory::data(const QString& abs_name) const
+{
+    if ( d->stored.contains(abs_name) )
+	return d->stored[abs_name];
+
+    QMimeSource* r = 0;
+    QStringList::Iterator it;
+    if ( abs_name[0] == '/'
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	    || ( abs_name[0] && abs_name[1] == ':' ) || abs_name.startsWith("\\\\")
+#endif
+    )
+    {
+	// handle absolute file names directly
+	r = dataInternal( abs_name, d->extensions);
+    }
+    else { // check list of paths
+	for ( it = d->path.begin(); !r && it != d->path.end(); ++it ) {
+	    QString filename = *it;
+	    if ( filename[(int)filename.length()-1] != '/' )
+		filename += '/';
+	    filename += abs_name;
+	    r = dataInternal( filename, d->extensions );
+	}
+    }
+
+    static bool looping = FALSE;
+    if ( !r && this == defaultFactory() ) {
+	// we found no mime-source and we are the default factory, so
+	// we know all the other installed mime-source factories, so
+	// ask them
+	if ( !looping ) {
+	    // to avoid endless recustions, don't enter the loop below
+	    // if data() got called from within the loop below
+	    looping = TRUE;
+	    QPtrListIterator<QMimeSourceFactory> it( d->factories );
+	    QMimeSourceFactory *f;
+	    while ( ( f = it.current() ) ) {
+		++it;
+		if ( f == this )
+		    continue;
+		r = (QMimeSource*)f->data( abs_name );
+		if ( r ) {
+		    looping = FALSE;
+		    return r;
+		}
+	    }
+	    looping = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else if ( !r ) {
+	// we are not the default mime-source factory, so ask the
+	// default one for the mime-source, as this one will loop over
+	// all installed mime-source factories and ask these
+	r = (QMimeSource*)defaultFactory()->data( abs_name );
+    }
+
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the list of directories that will be searched when named data
+    is requested to the those given in the string list \a path.
+
+    \sa filePath()
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::setFilePath( const QStringList& path )
+{
+    d->path = path;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the currently set search paths.
+*/
+QStringList QMimeSourceFactory::filePath() const
+{
+    return d->path;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds another search path, \a p to the existing search paths.
+
+    \sa setFilePath()
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::addFilePath( const QString& p )
+{
+    d->path += p;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the mime-type to be associated with the file name extension,
+    \a ext to \a mimetype. This determines the mime-type for files
+    found via the paths set by setFilePath().
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::setExtensionType( const QString& ext, const char* mimetype )
+{
+    d->extensions.replace(ext, mimetype);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Converts the absolute or relative data item name \a
+    abs_or_rel_name to an absolute name, interpreted within the
+    context (path) of the data item named \a context (this must be an
+    absolute name).
+*/
+QString QMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute(const QString& abs_or_rel_name, const QString& context) const
+{
+    if ( context.isNull() ||
+	 !(context[0] == '/'
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	 || ( context[0] && context[1] == ':')
+#endif
+	   ))
+	return abs_or_rel_name;
+    if ( abs_or_rel_name.isEmpty() )
+	return context;
+    QFileInfo c( context );
+    if (!c.isDir()) {
+	QFileInfo r( c.dir(TRUE), abs_or_rel_name );
+	return r.absFilePath();
+    } else {
+	QDir d(context);
+	QFileInfo r(d, abs_or_rel_name);
+	return r.absFilePath();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    A convenience function. See data(const QString& abs_name). The
+    file name is given in \a abs_or_rel_name and the path is in \a
+    context.
+*/
+const QMimeSource* QMimeSourceFactory::data(const QString& abs_or_rel_name, const QString& context) const
+{
+    const QMimeSource* r = data(makeAbsolute(abs_or_rel_name,context));
+    if ( !r && !d->path.isEmpty() )
+	r = data(abs_or_rel_name);
+    return r;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a text to be the data item associated with the absolute name
+    \a abs_name.
+
+    Equivalent to setData(abs_name, new QTextDrag(text)).
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::setText( const QString& abs_name, const QString& text )
+{
+    setData(abs_name, new QTextDrag(text));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a image to be the data item associated with the absolute
+    name \a abs_name.
+
+    Equivalent to setData(abs_name, new QImageDrag(image)).
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::setImage( const QString& abs_name, const QImage& image )
+{
+    setData(abs_name, new QImageDrag(image));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a pixmap to be the data item associated with the absolute
+    name \a abs_name.
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::setPixmap( const QString& abs_name, const QPixmap& pixmap )
+{
+    setData(abs_name, new QImageDrag(pixmap.convertToImage()));
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets \a data to be the data item associated with
+  the absolute name \a abs_name. Note that the ownership of \a data is
+  transferred to the factory: do not delete or access the pointer after
+  passing it to this function.
+
+  Passing 0 for data removes previously stored data.
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::setData( const QString& abs_name, QMimeSource* data )
+{
+    if ( d->stored.contains(abs_name) )
+	delete d->stored[abs_name];
+    d->stored.replace(abs_name,data);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the application-wide default mime source factory. This
+    factory is used by rich text rendering classes such as
+    QSimpleRichText, QWhatsThis and QMessageBox to resolve named
+    references within rich text documents. It serves also as the
+    initial factory for the more complex render widgets, QTextEdit and
+    QTextBrowser.
+
+    \sa setDefaultFactory()
+*/
+QMimeSourceFactory* QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()
+{
+    if (!defaultfactory)
+    {
+	defaultfactory = new QMimeSourceFactory();
+	qmime_cleanup_factory.set( &defaultfactory );
+    }
+    return defaultfactory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the default \a factory, destroying any previously set mime
+    source provider. The ownership of the factory is transferred to
+    Qt.
+
+    \sa defaultFactory()
+*/
+void QMimeSourceFactory::setDefaultFactory( QMimeSourceFactory* factory)
+{
+    if ( !defaultfactory )
+	qmime_cleanup_factory.set( &defaultfactory );
+    else if ( defaultfactory != factory )
+	delete defaultfactory;
+    defaultfactory = factory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the defaultFactory() to 0 and returns the previous one.
+*/
+
+QMimeSourceFactory* QMimeSourceFactory::takeDefaultFactory()
+{
+    QMimeSourceFactory *f = defaultfactory;
+    defaultfactory = 0;
+    return f;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the QMimeSourceFactory \a f to the list of available
+    mimesource factories. If the defaultFactory() can't resolve a
+    data() it iterates over the list of installed mimesource factories
+    until the data can be resolved.
+
+    \sa removeFactory();
+*/
+
+void QMimeSourceFactory::addFactory( QMimeSourceFactory *f )
+{
+    QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->d->factories.append( f );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the mimesource factory \a f from the list of available
+    mimesource factories.
+
+    \sa addFactory();
+*/
+
+void QMimeSourceFactory::removeFactory( QMimeSourceFactory *f )
+{
+    QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->d->factories.removeRef( f );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_MIME
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmime.h b/src/kernel/qmime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a34489e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of mime classes
+**
+** Created : 981204
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMIME_H
+#define QMIME_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+
+class QImageDrag;
+class QTextDrag;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMimeSource
+{
+    friend class QClipboardData;
+
+public:
+    QMimeSource();
+    virtual ~QMimeSource();
+    virtual const char* format( int n = 0 ) const = 0;
+    virtual bool provides( const char* ) const;
+    virtual QByteArray encodedData( const char* ) const = 0;
+    int serialNumber() const;
+
+private:
+    int ser_no;
+    enum { NoCache, Text, Graphics } cacheType;
+    union
+    {
+	struct
+	{
+	    QString *str;
+	    QCString *subtype;
+	} txt;
+	struct
+	{
+	    QImage *img;
+	    QPixmap *pix;
+	} gfx;
+    } cache;
+    void clearCache();
+
+    // friends for caching
+    friend class QImageDrag;
+    friend class QTextDrag;
+
+};
+
+inline int QMimeSource::serialNumber() const
+{ return ser_no; }
+
+class QStringList;
+class QMimeSourceFactoryData;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMimeSourceFactory {
+public:
+    QMimeSourceFactory();
+    virtual ~QMimeSourceFactory();
+
+    static QMimeSourceFactory* defaultFactory();
+    static void setDefaultFactory( QMimeSourceFactory* );
+    static QMimeSourceFactory* takeDefaultFactory();
+    static void addFactory( QMimeSourceFactory *f );
+    static void removeFactory( QMimeSourceFactory *f );
+
+    virtual const QMimeSource* data(const QString& abs_name) const;
+    virtual QString makeAbsolute(const QString& abs_or_rel_name, const QString& context) const;
+    const QMimeSource* data(const QString& abs_or_rel_name, const QString& context) const;
+
+    virtual void setText( const QString& abs_name, const QString& text );
+    virtual void setImage( const QString& abs_name, const QImage& im );
+    virtual void setPixmap( const QString& abs_name, const QPixmap& pm );
+    virtual void setData( const QString& abs_name, QMimeSource* data );
+    virtual void setFilePath( const QStringList& );
+    virtual QStringList filePath() const;
+    void addFilePath( const QString& );
+    virtual void setExtensionType( const QString& ext, const char* mimetype );
+
+private:
+    QMimeSource *dataInternal(const QString& abs_name, const QMap<QString, QString> &extensions ) const;
+    QMimeSourceFactoryData* d;
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qptrlist.h" // down here for GCC 2.7.* compatibility
+#endif // QT_H
+
+/*
+  Encapsulation of conversion between MIME and Windows CLIPFORMAT.
+  Not need on X11, as the underlying protocol uses the MIME standard
+  directly.
+*/
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWindowsMime {
+public:
+    QWindowsMime();
+    virtual ~QWindowsMime();
+
+    static void initialize();
+
+    static QPtrList<QWindowsMime> all();
+    static QWindowsMime* convertor( const char* mime, int cf );
+    static const char* cfToMime(int cf);
+
+    static int registerMimeType(const char *mime);
+
+    virtual const char* convertorName()=0;
+    virtual int countCf()=0;
+    virtual int cf(int index)=0;
+    virtual bool canConvert( const char* mime, int cf )=0;
+    virtual const char* mimeFor(int cf)=0;
+    virtual int cfFor(const char* )=0;
+    virtual QByteArray convertToMime( QByteArray data, const char* mime, int cf )=0;
+    virtual QByteArray convertFromMime( QByteArray data, const char* mime, int cf )=0;
+};
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qptrlist.h" // down here for GCC 2.7.* compatibility
+#endif // QT_H
+
+/*
+  Encapsulation of conversion between MIME and Mac flavor.
+  Not need on X11, as the underlying protocol uses the MIME standard
+  directly.
+*/
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMacMime {
+    char type;
+public:
+    enum QMacMimeType { MIME_DND=0x01, MIME_CLIP=0x02, MIME_QT_CONVERTOR=0x04, MIME_ALL=MIME_DND|MIME_CLIP };
+    QMacMime(char);
+    virtual ~QMacMime();
+
+    static void initialize();
+
+    static QPtrList<QMacMime> all(QMacMimeType);
+    static QMacMime* convertor(QMacMimeType, const char* mime, int flav);
+    static const char* flavorToMime(QMacMimeType, int flav);
+
+    virtual const char* convertorName()=0;
+    virtual int countFlavors()=0;
+    virtual int flavor(int index)=0;
+    virtual bool canConvert(const char* mime, int flav)=0;
+    virtual const char* mimeFor(int flav)=0;
+    virtual int flavorFor(const char*)=0;
+    virtual QByteArray convertToMime(QValueList<QByteArray> data, const char* mime, int flav)=0;
+    virtual QValueList<QByteArray> convertFromMime(QByteArray data, const char* mime, int flav)=0;
+};
+
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+
+#endif // QT_NO_MIME
+
+#endif // QMIME_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmngio.cpp b/src/kernel/qmngio.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2644270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmngio.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of MNG QImage IOHandler
+**
+** Created : 970521
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1997-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE
+#define QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE
+#endif
+
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_MNG
+
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qasyncimageio.h"
+#include "qiodevice.h"
+#include "qmngio.h"
+
+// Define XMD_H prohibits the included headers of libmng.h to typedef INT32.
+// This is needed for Borland with STL support, since in that case, INT32 is
+// already defined by some Borland header.
+#define XMD_H
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE)
+#  define HAVE_BOOLEAN  // libjpeg under Unixware seems to need this
+#endif
+#include <libmng.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+class QMNGFormat : public QImageFormat {
+public:
+    QMNGFormat();
+    virtual ~QMNGFormat();
+
+    int decode(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer,
+	    const uchar* buffer, int length);
+
+    bool openstream()
+    {
+	// ### We should figure out how many loops an MNG has, but for now always assume infinite.
+	if (consumer)
+	    consumer->setLooping(0);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    bool closestream( )
+    {
+	if (consumer)
+	    consumer->end();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    bool readdata( mng_ptr pBuf, mng_uint32 iBuflen, mng_uint32p pRead )
+    {
+	uint m = ndata + nbuffer - ubuffer;
+	if ( iBuflen > m ) {
+	    iBuflen = m;
+	}
+	*pRead = iBuflen;
+	uint n = nbuffer-ubuffer;
+	if ( iBuflen < n ) {
+	    // enough in buffer
+	    memcpy(pBuf, buffer+ubuffer, iBuflen);
+	    ubuffer += iBuflen;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	if ( n ) {
+	    // consume buffer
+	    memcpy(pBuf, buffer+ubuffer, n );
+	    pBuf = (mng_ptr)((char*)pBuf + n);
+	    iBuflen -= n;
+	    ubuffer = nbuffer;
+	}
+	if ( iBuflen ) {
+	    // fill from incoming data
+	    memcpy(pBuf, data, iBuflen);
+	    data += iBuflen;
+	    ndata -= iBuflen;
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    bool errorproc( mng_int32   iErrorcode,
+		   mng_int8    /*iSeverity*/,
+		   mng_chunkid iChunkname,
+		   mng_uint32  /*iChunkseq*/,
+		   mng_int32   iExtra1,
+		   mng_int32   iExtra2,
+		   mng_pchar   zErrortext )
+    {
+	qWarning("MNG error %d: %s; chunk %c%c%c%c; subcode %d:%d",
+	    iErrorcode, zErrortext ? zErrortext : "",
+	    (iChunkname>>24)&0xff,
+	    (iChunkname>>16)&0xff,
+	    (iChunkname>>8)&0xff,
+	    (iChunkname>>0)&0xff,
+	    iExtra1,iExtra2);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    bool processheader( mng_uint32 iWidth, mng_uint32 iHeight )
+    {
+	image->create(iWidth,iHeight,32);
+	image->setAlphaBuffer(TRUE);
+	memset(image->bits(),0,iWidth*iHeight*4);
+	consumer->setSize(iWidth,iHeight);
+	mng_set_canvasstyle(handle,
+	    QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian
+		? MNG_CANVAS_BGRA8 : MNG_CANVAS_ARGB8 );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    mng_ptr getcanvasline( mng_uint32 iLinenr )
+    {
+	return image->scanLine(iLinenr);
+    }
+    mng_bool refresh( mng_uint32 x, mng_uint32 y, mng_uint32 w, mng_uint32 h )
+    {
+	QRect r(x,y,w,h);
+	consumer->changed(r);
+	consumer->setFramePeriod(0);
+	consumer->frameDone();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    mng_uint32 gettickcount( )
+    {
+	return timer.elapsed() - losttime;
+    }
+    bool settimer( mng_uint32 iMsecs )
+    {
+	consumer->setFramePeriod(iMsecs);
+	consumer->frameDone();
+	state = Time;
+	losingtimer.start();
+	losttime -= iMsecs;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+private:
+    // Animation-level information
+    enum { MovieStart, Time, Data, Data2 } state;
+
+    // Image-level information
+    mng_handle handle;
+
+    // For storing unused data
+    uchar *buffer;
+    uint maxbuffer;
+    uint nbuffer;
+
+    // Timing
+    QTime timer;
+    QTime losingtimer;
+    int losttime;
+
+    void enlargeBuffer(uint n)
+    {
+	if ( n > maxbuffer ) {
+	    maxbuffer = n;
+	    buffer = (uchar*)realloc(buffer,n);
+	}
+    }
+
+    // Temporary locals during single data-chunk processing
+    const uchar* data;
+    uint ndata;
+    uint ubuffer;
+    QImageConsumer* consumer;
+    QImage* image;
+};
+
+class QMNGFormatType : public QImageFormatType
+{
+    QImageFormat* decoderFor(const uchar* buffer, int length);
+    const char* formatName() const;
+};
+
+
+/*
+  \class QMNGFormat qmngio.h
+  \brief Incremental image decoder for MNG image format.
+
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup graphics
+
+  This subclass of QImageFormat decodes MNG format images,
+  including animated MNGs.
+
+  Animated MNG images are standard MNG images.  The MNG standard
+  defines two extension chunks that are useful for animations:
+
+  <dl>
+   <dt>gIFg - GIF-like Graphic Control Extension
+    <dd>Includes frame disposal, user input flag (we ignore this),
+	    and inter-frame delay.
+   <dt>gIFx - GIF-like Application Extension
+    <dd>Multi-purpose, but we just use the Netscape extension
+	    which specifies looping.
+  </dl>
+
+  The subimages usually contain a offset chunk (oFFs) but need not.
+
+  The first image defines the "screen" size.  Any subsequent image that
+  doesn't fit is clipped.
+
+TODO: decide on this point.  gIFg gives disposal types, so it can be done.
+  All images paste (\e not composite, just place all-channel copying)
+  over the previous image to produce a subsequent frame.
+*/
+
+/*
+  \class QMNGFormatType qasyncimageio.h
+  \brief Incremental image decoder for MNG image format.
+
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup graphics
+  \ingroup io
+
+  This subclass of QImageFormatType recognizes MNG
+  format images, creating a QMNGFormat when required.  An instance
+  of this class is created automatically before any other factories,
+  so you should have no need for such objects.
+*/
+
+QImageFormat* QMNGFormatType::decoderFor( const uchar* buffer, int length )
+{
+    if (length < 8) return 0;
+
+    if (buffer[0]==138 // MNG signature
+     && buffer[1]=='M'
+     && buffer[2]=='N'
+     && buffer[3]=='G'
+     && buffer[4]==13
+     && buffer[5]==10
+     && buffer[6]==26
+     && buffer[7]==10
+     || buffer[0]==139 // JNG signature
+     && buffer[1]=='J'
+     && buffer[2]=='N'
+     && buffer[3]=='G'
+     && buffer[4]==13
+     && buffer[5]==10
+     && buffer[6]==26
+     && buffer[7]==10
+#ifdef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PNG // if we don't have native PNG support use libmng
+     || buffer[0]==137 // PNG signature
+     && buffer[1]=='P'
+     && buffer[2]=='N'
+     && buffer[3]=='G'
+     && buffer[4]==13
+     && buffer[5]==10
+     && buffer[6]==26
+     && buffer[7]==10
+#endif
+    )
+	return new QMNGFormat;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+const char* QMNGFormatType::formatName() const
+{
+    return "MNG";
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a QMNGFormat.
+*/
+QMNGFormat::QMNGFormat()
+{
+    state = MovieStart;
+    handle = 0;
+    nbuffer = 0;
+    maxbuffer = 0;
+    buffer = 0;
+    losttime = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+  Destroys a QMNGFormat.
+*/
+QMNGFormat::~QMNGFormat()
+{
+    // We're setting the consumer to 0 since it may have been
+    // deleted by read_async_image in qimage.cpp
+    consumer = 0;
+    if (handle) mng_cleanup(&handle);
+}
+
+
+// C-callback to C++-member-function conversion
+//
+static mng_bool openstream( mng_handle handle )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->openstream();
+}
+static mng_bool closestream( mng_handle handle )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->closestream();
+}
+static mng_bool readdata( mng_handle handle, mng_ptr pBuf, mng_uint32 iBuflen, mng_uint32p pRead )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->readdata(pBuf,iBuflen,pRead);
+}
+static mng_bool errorproc( mng_handle handle,
+		       mng_int32   iErrorcode,
+		       mng_int8    iSeverity,
+		       mng_chunkid iChunkname,
+		       mng_uint32  iChunkseq,
+		       mng_int32   iExtra1,
+		       mng_int32   iExtra2,
+		       mng_pchar   zErrortext )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->errorproc(iErrorcode,
+	iSeverity,iChunkname,iChunkseq,iExtra1,iExtra2,zErrortext);
+}
+static mng_bool processheader( mng_handle handle,
+			   mng_uint32 iWidth, mng_uint32 iHeight )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->processheader(iWidth,iHeight);
+}
+static mng_ptr getcanvasline( mng_handle handle, mng_uint32 iLinenr )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->getcanvasline(iLinenr);
+}
+static mng_bool refresh( mng_handle handle,
+		      mng_uint32  iTop,
+		      mng_uint32  iLeft,
+		      mng_uint32  iBottom,
+		      mng_uint32  iRight	)
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->refresh(iTop,iLeft,iBottom,iRight);
+}
+static mng_uint32 gettickcount( mng_handle handle )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->gettickcount();
+}
+static mng_bool settimer( mng_handle handle, mng_uint32  iMsecs )
+{
+    return ((QMNGFormat*)mng_get_userdata(handle))->settimer(iMsecs);
+}
+
+static mng_ptr memalloc( mng_size_t iLen )
+{
+    return calloc(1,iLen);
+}
+static void memfree( mng_ptr iPtr, mng_size_t /*iLen*/ )
+{
+    free(iPtr);
+}
+
+/*!
+  This function decodes some data into image changes.
+
+  Returns the number of bytes consumed.
+*/
+int QMNGFormat::decode( QImage& img, QImageConsumer* cons,
+			const uchar* buf, int length )
+{
+    consumer = cons;
+    image = &img;
+
+    data = buf;
+    ndata = length;
+    ubuffer = 0;
+
+    if ( state == MovieStart ) {
+        handle = mng_initialize( (mng_ptr)this, ::memalloc, ::memfree, 0 );
+	mng_set_suspensionmode( handle, MNG_TRUE );
+	mng_setcb_openstream( handle, ::openstream );
+	mng_setcb_closestream( handle, ::closestream );
+	mng_setcb_readdata( handle, ::readdata );
+	mng_setcb_errorproc( handle, ::errorproc );
+	mng_setcb_processheader( handle, ::processheader );
+	mng_setcb_getcanvasline( handle, ::getcanvasline );
+	mng_setcb_refresh( handle, ::refresh );
+	mng_setcb_gettickcount( handle, ::gettickcount );
+	mng_setcb_settimer( handle, ::settimer );
+	state = Data;
+	mng_readdisplay(handle);
+	losingtimer.start();
+    }
+
+    losttime += losingtimer.elapsed();
+    if ( ndata || !length )
+	mng_display_resume(handle);
+    losingtimer.start();
+
+    image = 0;
+
+    nbuffer -= ubuffer;
+    if ( nbuffer ) {
+	// Move back unused tail
+	memcpy(buffer,buffer+ubuffer,nbuffer);
+    }
+    if ( ndata ) {
+	// Not all used.
+	enlargeBuffer(nbuffer+ndata);
+	memcpy(buffer+nbuffer,data,ndata);
+	nbuffer += ndata;
+    }
+
+    return length;
+}
+
+static QMNGFormatType* globalMngFormatTypeObject = 0;
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+void qCleanupMngIO()
+{
+    if ( globalMngFormatTypeObject ) {
+	delete globalMngFormatTypeObject;
+	globalMngFormatTypeObject = 0;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+void qInitMngIO()
+{
+    static bool done = FALSE;
+    if ( !done ) {
+	done = TRUE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+	globalMngFormatTypeObject = new QMNGFormatType;
+	qAddPostRoutine( qCleanupMngIO );
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_MNG
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmngio.h b/src/kernel/qmngio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2c20d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmngio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of MNG QImage IOHandler
+**
+** Created : 970521
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMNGIO_H
+#define QMNGIO_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_MNG
+
+void qInitMngIO();
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_MNG
+
+#endif // QMNGIO_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmotifdnd_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qmotifdnd_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9399f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmotifdnd_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,978 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of Motif Dynamic Drag and Drop class
+**
+** Created : 950419
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+/* The following copyright notice pertains to the code as contributed
+to Trolltech, not to Trolltech's modifications. It is replicated
+in doc/dnd.doc, where the documentation system can see it. */
+
+/* Copyright 1996 Daniel Dardailler.
+
+   Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+   for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above
+   copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+   notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation,
+   and that the name of Daniel Dardailler not be used in advertising or
+   publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+   written prior permission.  Daniel Dardailler makes no representations
+   about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is
+   provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+   Modifications Copyright 1999 Matt Koss, under the same license as
+   above.
+************************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************/
+/* Motif Drag&Drop Dynamic Protocol messaging API code */
+/* Only requires Xlib layer - not MT safe */
+/* Author: Daniel Dardailler, daniel@x.org */
+/* Adapted by : Matt Koss, koss@napri.sk */
+/* Further adaptions by : Trolltech ASA */
+/***********************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+static Atom atom_message_type, atom_receiver_info, atom_src_property_type;
+static Atom atom_motif_window, atom_target_list ;
+
+static bool in_drop_site = FALSE;
+static Window cur_window = 0;
+static QWidget *drop_widget = 0L;
+
+static Atom Dnd_transfer_success, Dnd_transfer_failure;
+
+static Atom Dnd_selection;
+static Time Dnd_selection_time;
+
+static Atom * src_targets ;
+static ushort num_src_targets ;
+
+extern bool qt_motifdnd_active;
+
+// this stuff is copied from qclipboard_x11.cpp
+
+extern bool qt_xclb_wait_for_event( Display *dpy, Window win, int type,
+				    XEvent *event, int timeout );
+extern bool qt_xclb_read_property( Display *dpy, Window win, Atom property,
+				   bool deleteProperty,
+				   QByteArray *buffer, int *size, Atom *type,
+				   int *format, bool nullterm );
+
+extern Atom* qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( const char *mimeType );
+extern const char* qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( Atom );
+
+
+// Motif definitions
+#define DndVersion 1
+#define DndRevision 0
+#define DndIncludeVersion (DndVersion * 10 + DndRevision)
+
+/* The following values are used in the DndData structure */
+
+/* protocol style */
+#define DND_DRAG_NONE            0
+#define DND_DRAG_DROP_ONLY       1
+#define DND_DRAG_DYNAMIC         5
+
+/* message type */
+#define DND_TOP_LEVEL_ENTER   0
+#define DND_TOP_LEVEL_LEAVE   1
+#define DND_DRAG_MOTION       2
+#define DND_DROP_SITE_ENTER   3
+#define DND_DROP_SITE_LEAVE   4
+#define DND_DROP_START        5
+#define DND_OPERATION_CHANGED 8
+
+/* operation(s) */
+#define DND_NOOP	0L
+#define DND_MOVE 	(1L << 0)
+#define DND_COPY	(1L << 1)
+#define DND_LINK	(1L << 2)
+
+/* status */
+#define DND_NO_DROP_SITE        1
+#define DND_INVALID_DROP_SITE   2
+#define DND_VALID_DROP_SITE	3
+
+/* completion */
+#define DND_DROP        0
+#define DND_DROP_HELP   1
+#define DND_DROP_CANCEL 2
+
+#define BYTE unsigned char
+#define CARD32 unsigned int
+#define CARD16 unsigned short
+#define INT16  signed short
+
+/* Client side structure used in the API */
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char       reason;  /* message type: DND_TOP_LEVEL_ENTER, etc */
+    Time                time ;
+    unsigned char       operation;
+    unsigned char       operations;
+    unsigned char       status;
+    unsigned char       completion;
+    short               x ;
+    short               y ;
+    Window              src_window ;
+    Atom                property ;
+} DndData ;
+
+
+typedef struct _DndSrcProp {
+    BYTE                byte_order ;
+    BYTE                protocol_version ;
+    CARD16              target_index ;
+    CARD32              selection ;
+} DndSrcProp ;
+
+typedef struct _DndReceiverProp {
+    BYTE                byte_order ;
+    BYTE                protocol_version ;
+    BYTE                protocol_style ;
+    BYTE                pad1;
+    CARD32              proxy_window;
+    CARD16              num_drop_sites ;
+    CARD16              pad2;
+    CARD32              total_size;
+} DndReceiverProp ;
+
+/* need to use some union hack since window and property are in
+   different order depending on the message ... */
+typedef struct _DndTop {
+    CARD32		src_window;
+    CARD32		property;
+} DndTop ;
+
+typedef struct _DndPot {
+    INT16		x;
+    INT16		y;
+    CARD32		property;
+    CARD32		src_window;
+} DndPot ;
+
+typedef struct _DndMessage {
+    BYTE		reason;
+    BYTE		byte_order;
+    CARD16		flags;
+    CARD32		time;
+    union {
+	DndTop top ;
+	DndPot pot ;
+    } data ;
+} DndMessage ;
+
+typedef struct {
+    BYTE	byte_order;
+    BYTE	protocol_version;
+    CARD16	num_target_lists;
+    CARD32	data_size;
+    /* then come series of CARD16,CARD32,CARD32,CARD32... */
+} DndTargets;
+
+
+/* protocol version */
+#define DND_PROTOCOL_VERSION 0
+
+
+#define DND_EVENT_TYPE_MASK  ((BYTE)0x80)
+#define DND_EVENT_TYPE_SHIFT 7
+#define DND_CLEAR_EVENT_TYPE  ((BYTE)0x7F)
+
+/* message_type is data[0] of the client_message
+   this return 1 (receiver bit up) or 0 (initiator) */
+#define DND_GET_EVENT_TYPE(message_type) \
+((char) (((message_type) & DND_EVENT_TYPE_MASK) >> DND_EVENT_TYPE_SHIFT))
+
+/* event_type can be 0 (initiator) or 1 (receiver) */
+#define DND_SET_EVENT_TYPE(event_type) \
+(((BYTE)(event_type) << DND_EVENT_TYPE_SHIFT) & DND_EVENT_TYPE_MASK)
+
+
+#define DND_OPERATION_MASK ((CARD16) 0x000F)
+#define DND_OPERATION_SHIFT 0
+#define DND_STATUS_MASK ((CARD16) 0x00F0)
+#define DND_STATUS_SHIFT 4
+#define DND_OPERATIONS_MASK ((CARD16) 0x0F00)
+#define DND_OPERATIONS_SHIFT 8
+#define DND_COMPLETION_MASK ((CARD16) 0xF000)
+#define DND_COMPLETION_SHIFT 12
+
+#define DND_GET_OPERATION(flags) \
+((unsigned char) \
+(((flags) & DND_OPERATION_MASK) >> DND_OPERATION_SHIFT))
+
+#define DND_SET_OPERATION(operation) \
+(((CARD16)(operation) << DND_OPERATION_SHIFT)\
+& DND_OPERATION_MASK)
+
+#define DND_GET_STATUS(flags) \
+((unsigned char) \
+(((flags) & DND_STATUS_MASK) >> DND_STATUS_SHIFT))
+
+#define DND_SET_STATUS(status) \
+(((CARD16)(status) << DND_STATUS_SHIFT)\
+& DND_STATUS_MASK)
+
+#define DND_GET_OPERATIONS(flags) \
+((unsigned char) \
+(((flags) & DND_OPERATIONS_MASK) >> DND_OPERATIONS_SHIFT))
+
+#define DND_SET_OPERATIONS(operation) \
+(((CARD16)(operation) << DND_OPERATIONS_SHIFT)\
+& DND_OPERATIONS_MASK)
+
+#define DND_GET_COMPLETION(flags) \
+((unsigned char) \
+(((flags) & DND_COMPLETION_MASK) >> DND_COMPLETION_SHIFT))
+
+#define DND_SET_COMPLETION(completion) \
+(((CARD16)(completion) << DND_COMPLETION_SHIFT)\
+& DND_COMPLETION_MASK)
+
+
+#define SWAP4BYTES(l) {\
+struct { unsigned t :32;} bit32;\
+char n,	*tp = (char *) &bit32;\
+bit32.t = l;\
+n = tp[0]; tp[0] = tp[3]; tp[3] = n;\
+n = tp[1]; tp[1] = tp[2]; tp[2] = n;\
+l = bit32.t;\
+}
+
+#define SWAP2BYTES(s) {\
+struct { unsigned t :16; } bit16;\
+char n, *tp = (char *) &bit16;\
+bit16.t = s;\
+n = tp[0]; tp[0] = tp[1]; tp[1] = n;\
+s = bit16.t;\
+}
+
+
+/** Private extern functions */
+
+static unsigned char DndByteOrder ();
+
+
+/***** Targets/Index stuff */
+
+typedef struct {
+    int	    num_targets;
+    Atom    *targets;
+} DndTargetsTableEntryRec, * DndTargetsTableEntry;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int	num_entries;
+    DndTargetsTableEntry entries;
+} DndTargetsTableRec, * DndTargetsTable;
+
+
+static int _DndIndexToTargets(Display * display,
+			      int index,
+			      Atom ** targets);
+
+extern void qt_x11_intern_atom( const char *, Atom * );
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void qt_x11_motifdnd_init()
+{
+    /* Init atoms used in the com */
+
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "_MOTIF_DRAG_AND_DROP_MESSAGE", &atom_message_type );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "_MOTIF_DRAG_INITIATOR_INFO", &atom_src_property_type );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "_MOTIF_DRAG_RECEIVER_INFO", &atom_receiver_info );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "_MOTIF_DRAG_WINDOW", &atom_motif_window );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "_MOTIF_DRAG_TARGETS", &atom_target_list );
+
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XmTRANSFER_SUCCESS", &Dnd_transfer_success );
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( "XmTRANSFER_FAILURE", &Dnd_transfer_failure );
+
+    char my_dnd_selection_name[30];  // 11-digit number should be enough
+    sprintf(my_dnd_selection_name, "_MY_DND_SELECTION_%d", (int)getpid());
+    qt_x11_intern_atom( my_dnd_selection_name, &Dnd_selection );
+}
+
+static unsigned char DndByteOrder ()
+{
+    static unsigned char byte_order = 0;
+
+    if (!byte_order) {
+	unsigned int endian = 1;
+	byte_order = (*((char *)&endian))?'l':'B';
+    }
+    return byte_order ;
+}
+
+
+
+static void DndReadSourceProperty(Display * dpy,
+				  Window window, Atom dnd_selection,
+				  Atom ** targets, unsigned short * num_targets)
+{
+    DndSrcProp * src_prop = 0;
+    Atom type ;
+    int format ;
+    unsigned long bytesafter, lengthRtn;
+
+    if ((XGetWindowProperty (dpy, window, dnd_selection, 0L, 100000L,
+			     False, atom_src_property_type, &type,
+			     &format, &lengthRtn, &bytesafter,
+			     (unsigned char **) &src_prop) != Success)
+	|| (type == None)) {
+	*num_targets = 0;
+	return ;
+    }
+
+    if (src_prop->byte_order != DndByteOrder()) {
+	SWAP2BYTES(src_prop->target_index);
+	SWAP4BYTES(src_prop->selection);
+    }
+
+    *num_targets = _DndIndexToTargets(dpy, src_prop->target_index, targets);
+
+    XFree((char*)src_prop);
+}
+
+
+/* Position the _MOTIF_DRAG_RECEIVER_INFO property on the dropsite window.
+   Called by the receiver of the drop to indicate the
+   supported protocol style : dynamic, drop_only or none */
+static void DndWriteReceiverProperty(Display * dpy, Window window,
+				     unsigned char protocol_style)
+{
+    DndReceiverProp receiver_prop ;
+
+    receiver_prop.byte_order = DndByteOrder() ;
+    receiver_prop.protocol_version = DND_PROTOCOL_VERSION;
+    receiver_prop.protocol_style = protocol_style ;
+    receiver_prop.proxy_window =  None ;
+    receiver_prop.num_drop_sites = 0 ;
+    receiver_prop.total_size = sizeof(DndReceiverProp);
+
+    /* write the buffer to the property */
+    XChangeProperty (dpy, window, atom_receiver_info, atom_receiver_info,
+		     8, PropModeReplace,
+		     (unsigned char *)&receiver_prop,
+		     sizeof(DndReceiverProp));
+}
+
+
+/* protocol style equiv (preregister stuff really) */
+#define DND_DRAG_DROP_ONLY_EQUIV 3
+#define DND_DRAG_DYNAMIC_EQUIV1  2
+#define DND_DRAG_DYNAMIC_EQUIV2  4
+
+
+/* Produce a client message to be sent by the caller */
+static void DndFillClientMessage(Display * dpy, Window window,
+				 XClientMessageEvent *cm,
+				 DndData * dnd_data,
+				 char receiver)
+{
+    DndMessage * dnd_message = (DndMessage*)&cm->data.b[0] ;
+
+    cm->display = dpy;
+    cm->type = ClientMessage;
+    cm->serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dpy);
+    cm->send_event = True;
+    cm->window = window;
+    cm->format = 8;
+    cm->message_type = atom_message_type ;/* _MOTIF_DRAG_AND_DROP_MESSAGE */
+
+    dnd_message->reason = dnd_data->reason | DND_SET_EVENT_TYPE(receiver);
+
+    dnd_message->byte_order = DndByteOrder();
+
+    /* we're filling in flags with more stuff that necessary,
+       depending on the reason, but it doesn't matter */
+    dnd_message->flags = 0 ;
+    dnd_message->flags |= DND_SET_STATUS(dnd_data->status) ;
+    dnd_message->flags |= DND_SET_OPERATION(dnd_data->operation) ;
+    dnd_message->flags |= DND_SET_OPERATIONS(dnd_data->operations) ;
+    dnd_message->flags |= DND_SET_COMPLETION(dnd_data->completion) ;
+
+    dnd_message->time = dnd_data->time ;
+
+    switch(dnd_data->reason) {
+    case DND_DROP_SITE_LEAVE: break ;
+    case DND_TOP_LEVEL_ENTER:
+    case DND_TOP_LEVEL_LEAVE:
+	dnd_message->data.top.src_window = dnd_data->src_window ;
+	dnd_message->data.top.property = dnd_data->property ;
+	break ; /* cannot fall thru since the byte layout is different in
+		   both set of messages, see top and pot union stuff */
+
+    case DND_DRAG_MOTION:
+    case DND_OPERATION_CHANGED:
+    case DND_DROP_SITE_ENTER:
+    case DND_DROP_START:
+	dnd_message->data.pot.x = dnd_data->x ; /* mouse position */
+	dnd_message->data.pot.y = dnd_data->y ;
+	dnd_message->data.pot.src_window = dnd_data->src_window ;
+	dnd_message->data.pot.property = dnd_data->property ;
+	break ;
+    default:
+	break ;
+    }
+
+}
+
+static Bool DndParseClientMessage(XClientMessageEvent *cm, DndData * dnd_data,
+				  char * receiver)
+{
+    DndMessage * dnd_message = (DndMessage*)&cm->data.b[0] ;
+
+    if (cm->message_type != atom_message_type) {
+	return False ;
+    }
+
+    if (dnd_message->byte_order != DndByteOrder()) {
+	SWAP2BYTES(dnd_message->flags);
+	SWAP4BYTES(dnd_message->time);
+    } /* do the rest in the switch */
+
+    dnd_data->reason = dnd_message->reason  ;
+    if (DND_GET_EVENT_TYPE(dnd_data->reason))
+	*receiver = 1 ;
+    else
+	*receiver = 0 ;
+    dnd_data->reason &= DND_CLEAR_EVENT_TYPE ;
+
+    dnd_data->time = dnd_message->time ;
+
+    /* we're reading in more stuff that necessary. but who cares */
+    dnd_data->status = DND_GET_STATUS(dnd_message->flags) ;
+    dnd_data->operation = DND_GET_OPERATION(dnd_message->flags) ;
+    dnd_data->operations = DND_GET_OPERATIONS(dnd_message->flags) ;
+    dnd_data->completion = DND_GET_COMPLETION(dnd_message->flags) ;
+
+    switch(dnd_data->reason) {
+    case DND_TOP_LEVEL_ENTER:
+    case DND_TOP_LEVEL_LEAVE:
+	if (dnd_message->byte_order != DndByteOrder()) {
+	    SWAP4BYTES(dnd_message->data.top.src_window);
+	    SWAP4BYTES(dnd_message->data.top.property);
+	}
+	dnd_data->src_window = dnd_message->data.top.src_window ;
+	dnd_data->property = dnd_message->data.top.property ;
+	break ; /* cannot fall thru, see above comment in write msg */
+
+    case DND_DRAG_MOTION:
+    case DND_OPERATION_CHANGED:
+    case DND_DROP_SITE_ENTER:
+    case DND_DROP_START:
+	if (dnd_message->byte_order != DndByteOrder()) {
+	    SWAP2BYTES(dnd_message->data.pot.x);
+	    SWAP2BYTES(dnd_message->data.pot.y);
+	    SWAP4BYTES(dnd_message->data.pot.property);
+	    SWAP4BYTES(dnd_message->data.pot.src_window);
+	}
+	dnd_data->x = dnd_message->data.pot.x ;
+	dnd_data->y = dnd_message->data.pot.y ;
+	dnd_data->property = dnd_message->data.pot.property ;
+	dnd_data->src_window = dnd_message->data.pot.src_window ;
+	break ;
+
+    case DND_DROP_SITE_LEAVE:
+	break;
+    default:
+	break ;
+    }
+
+    return True ;
+}
+
+
+static Window MotifWindow(Display *display )
+{
+    Atom            type;
+    int             format;
+    unsigned long   size;
+    unsigned long   bytes_after;
+    Window         *property = 0;
+    Window	    motif_window ;
+
+    /* this version does no caching, so it's slow: round trip each time */
+
+    if ((XGetWindowProperty (display, DefaultRootWindow(display),
+			     atom_motif_window,
+			     0L, 100000L, False, AnyPropertyType,
+			     &type, &format, &size, &bytes_after,
+			     (unsigned char **) &property) == Success) &&
+	(type != None)) {
+	motif_window = *property;
+    } else {
+	XSetWindowAttributes sAttributes;
+
+	/* really, this should be done on a separate connection,
+	   with XSetCloseDownMode (RetainPermanent), so that
+	   others don't have to recreate it; hopefully, some real
+	   Motif application will be around to do it */
+
+	sAttributes.override_redirect = True;
+	sAttributes.event_mask = PropertyChangeMask;
+	motif_window = XCreateWindow (display,
+				      DefaultRootWindow (display),
+				      -170, -560, 1, 1, 0, 0,
+				      InputOnly, CopyFromParent,
+				      (CWOverrideRedirect |CWEventMask),
+				      &sAttributes);
+	XMapWindow (display, motif_window);
+    }
+
+    if (property) {
+	XFree ((char *)property);
+    }
+
+    return (motif_window);
+}
+
+
+static DndTargetsTable TargetsTable(Display *display)
+{
+    Atom            type;
+    int             format;
+    unsigned long   size;
+    unsigned long   bytes_after;
+    Window motif_window = MotifWindow(display) ;
+    DndTargets * target_prop;
+    DndTargetsTable targets_table ;
+    int i,j ;
+    char * target_data ;
+
+    /* this version does no caching, so it's slow: round trip each time */
+    /* ideally, register for property notify on this target_list
+       atom and update when necessary only */
+
+    if ((XGetWindowProperty (display, motif_window,
+			     atom_target_list, 0L, 100000L,
+			     False, atom_target_list,
+			     &type, &format,	&size, &bytes_after,
+			     (unsigned char **) &target_prop) != Success) ||
+	type == None) {
+	qWarning("QMotifDND: cannot get property on motif window");
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (target_prop->protocol_version != DND_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+	qWarning("QMotifDND: protocol mismatch");
+    }
+
+    if (target_prop->byte_order != DndByteOrder()) {
+	/* need to swap num_target_lists and size */
+	SWAP2BYTES(target_prop->num_target_lists);
+	SWAP4BYTES(target_prop->data_size);
+    }
+
+    /* now parse DndTarget prop data in a TargetsTable */
+
+    targets_table = (DndTargetsTable)malloc(sizeof(DndTargetsTableRec));
+    targets_table->num_entries = target_prop->num_target_lists ;
+    targets_table->entries = (DndTargetsTableEntry)
+			     malloc(sizeof(DndTargetsTableEntryRec) * target_prop->num_target_lists);
+
+    target_data = (char*)target_prop + sizeof(*target_prop) ;
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < targets_table->num_entries; i++) {
+	CARD16 num_targets ;
+	CARD32 atom ;
+
+	memcpy(&num_targets, target_data, 2);
+	target_data += 2;
+
+	/* potential swap needed here */
+	if (target_prop->byte_order != DndByteOrder())
+	    SWAP2BYTES(num_targets);
+
+	targets_table->entries[i].num_targets = num_targets ;
+	targets_table->entries[i].targets = (Atom *)
+					    malloc(sizeof(Atom) * targets_table->entries[i].num_targets);
+
+
+	for (j = 0; j < num_targets; j++) {
+	    memcpy(&atom, target_data, 4 );
+	    target_data += 4;
+
+	    /* another potential swap needed here */
+	    if (target_prop->byte_order != DndByteOrder())
+		SWAP4BYTES(atom);
+
+	    targets_table->entries[i].targets[j] = (Atom) atom ;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (target_prop) {
+	XFree((char *)target_prop);
+    }
+
+    return targets_table ;
+}
+
+
+static int _DndIndexToTargets(Display * display,
+			      int index,
+			      Atom ** targets)
+{
+    DndTargetsTable	targets_table;
+    int i ;
+
+    /* again, slow: no caching here, alloc/free each time */
+
+    if (!(targets_table = TargetsTable (display)) ||
+	(index >= targets_table->num_entries)) {
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* transfer the correct target list index */
+    *targets = (Atom*)malloc(sizeof(Atom)*targets_table->
+			     entries[index].num_targets);
+    memcpy((char*)*targets,
+	   (char*)targets_table->entries[index].targets,
+	   sizeof(Atom)*targets_table->entries[index].num_targets);
+
+    /* free the target table and its guts */
+    for (i=0 ; i < targets_table->num_entries; i++)
+	XFree((char*)targets_table->entries[i].targets);
+
+    int tmp = targets_table->entries[index].num_targets;
+    XFree((char*)targets_table);
+
+    return tmp; // targets_table->entries[index].num_targets;
+}
+
+
+const char *qt_motifdnd_format( int n )
+{
+    if ( ! qt_motifdnd_active )
+	return 0; // should not happen
+
+    if ( n == 0 )
+	return "text/plain";
+    if ( n == 1 )
+	return "text/uri-list";
+    n -= 2;
+
+    if ( n >= num_src_targets )
+	return 0;
+
+    Atom target = src_targets[n];
+
+    // duplicated from qclipboard_x11.cpp - not the best solution
+    static Atom xa_utf8_string = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "UTF8_STRING" );
+    static Atom xa_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "TEXT" );
+    static Atom xa_compound_text = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( "COMPOUND_TEXT" );
+
+    if ( target == XA_STRING )
+	return "text/plain;charset=ISO-8859-1";
+    if ( target == xa_utf8_string )
+	return "text/plain;charset=UTF-8";
+    if ( target == xa_text ||
+	 target == xa_compound_text )
+	return "text/plain";
+
+    return qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( target );
+}
+
+
+QByteArray qt_motifdnd_obtain_data( const char *mimeType )
+{
+    QByteArray result;
+
+    // try to convert the selection to the requested property
+    // qDebug( "trying to convert to '%s'", mimeType );
+
+    int n=0;
+    const char* f;
+    do {
+	f = qt_motifdnd_format( n );
+	if ( !f )
+	    return result;
+	n++;
+    } while( qstricmp( mimeType, f ) );
+
+    // found one
+    Atom conversion_type;
+
+    if ( qstrnicmp( f, "text/", 5 ) == 0 ) {
+	// always convert text to XA_STRING for compatibility with
+	// prior Qt versions
+	conversion_type = XA_STRING;
+    } else {
+	conversion_type = *qt_xdnd_str_to_atom( f );
+	// qDebug( "found format '%s' 0x%lx '%s'", f, conversion_type,
+	// qt_xdnd_atom_to_str( conversion_type ) );
+    }
+
+    if ( XGetSelectionOwner( qt_xdisplay(),
+			     Dnd_selection ) == None ) {
+	return result; // should never happen?
+    }
+
+    QWidget* tw = drop_widget;
+    if ( drop_widget->isDesktop() ) {
+	tw = new QWidget;
+    }
+
+    // convert selection to the appropriate type
+    XConvertSelection (qt_xdisplay(), Dnd_selection, conversion_type,
+		       Dnd_selection, tw->winId(), Dnd_selection_time);
+
+    XFlush( qt_xdisplay() );
+
+    XEvent xevent;
+    bool got=qt_xclb_wait_for_event( qt_xdisplay(),
+				     tw->winId(),
+				     SelectionNotify, &xevent, 5000);
+    if ( got ) {
+	Atom type;
+
+	if ( qt_xclb_read_property( qt_xdisplay(),
+				    tw->winId(),
+				    Dnd_selection, TRUE,
+				    &result, 0, &type, 0, TRUE ) ) {
+	}
+    }
+
+    //   we have to convert selection in order to indicate success to the initiator
+    XConvertSelection (qt_xdisplay(), Dnd_selection, Dnd_transfer_success,
+		       Dnd_selection, tw->winId(), Dnd_selection_time);
+
+    // wait again for SelectionNotify event
+    qt_xclb_wait_for_event( qt_xdisplay(),
+			    tw->winId(),
+			    SelectionNotify, &xevent, 5000);
+
+    if ( drop_widget->isDesktop() ) {
+	delete tw;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+void qt_motifdnd_enable( QWidget *widget, bool )
+{
+    DndWriteReceiverProperty( widget->x11Display(), widget->winId(),
+			      DND_DRAG_DYNAMIC);
+}
+
+
+void qt_motifdnd_handle_msg( QWidget * /* w */ , const XEvent * xe, bool /* passive */ )
+{
+
+    XEvent event = *xe;
+    XClientMessageEvent cm ;
+    DndData dnd_data ;
+    char receiver ;
+
+    if (!(DndParseClientMessage ((XClientMessageEvent*)&event,
+				 &dnd_data, &receiver))) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    switch ( dnd_data.reason ) {
+
+    case DND_DRAG_MOTION:
+
+	{
+	    /* check if in drop site, and depending on the state,
+	       send a drop site enter or drop site leave or echo */
+
+	    QPoint p( dnd_data.x, dnd_data.y );
+	    QWidget *c = QApplication::widgetAt( p, TRUE );
+	    if (c)
+		p = c->mapFromGlobal(p);
+
+	    while ( c && !c->acceptDrops() && !c->isTopLevel() ) {
+		p = c->mapToParent( p );
+		c = c->parentWidget();
+	    }
+
+	    QDragMoveEvent me( p );
+	    QDropEvent::Action accepted_action = QDropEvent::Copy;
+	    me.setAction(accepted_action);
+
+	    if ( c != 0L && c->acceptDrops() ) {
+
+		if ( drop_widget != 0L && drop_widget->acceptDrops() &&
+		     drop_widget != c ) {
+		    QDragLeaveEvent e;
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( drop_widget, &e );
+		    QDragEnterEvent de( p );
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( c, &de );
+		}
+
+		drop_widget = c;
+
+		if (!in_drop_site) {
+		    in_drop_site = True ;
+
+		    dnd_data.reason = DND_DROP_SITE_ENTER ;
+		    dnd_data.time = CurrentTime ;
+		    dnd_data.operation = DND_MOVE|DND_COPY;
+		    dnd_data.operations = DND_MOVE|DND_COPY;
+
+		    DndFillClientMessage (event.xclient.display,
+					  cur_window,
+					  &cm, &dnd_data, 0);
+
+		    XSendEvent(event.xbutton.display,
+			       cur_window, False, 0,
+			       (XEvent *)&cm) ;
+
+		    QDragEnterEvent de( p );
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( drop_widget, &de );
+		    if ( de.isAccepted() ) {
+			me.accept( de.answerRect() );
+		    } else {
+			me.ignore( de.answerRect() );
+		    }
+
+		} else {
+		    dnd_data.reason = DND_DRAG_MOTION ;
+		    dnd_data.time = CurrentTime ;
+		    dnd_data.operation = DND_MOVE|DND_COPY;
+		    dnd_data.operations = DND_MOVE|DND_COPY;
+
+		    DndFillClientMessage (event.xclient.display,
+					  cur_window,
+					  &cm, &dnd_data, 0);
+
+		    XSendEvent(event.xbutton.display,
+			       cur_window, False, 0,
+			       (XEvent *)&cm) ;
+
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( drop_widget, &me );
+		}
+	    } else {
+		if (in_drop_site) {
+		    in_drop_site = False ;
+
+		    dnd_data.reason = DND_DROP_SITE_LEAVE ;
+		    dnd_data.time = CurrentTime ;
+
+		    DndFillClientMessage (event.xclient.display,
+					  cur_window,
+					  &cm, &dnd_data, 0);
+
+		    XSendEvent(event.xbutton.display,
+			       cur_window, False, 0,
+			       (XEvent *)&cm) ;
+
+		    QDragLeaveEvent e;
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( drop_widget, &e );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case DND_TOP_LEVEL_ENTER:
+
+	/* get the size of our drop site for later use */
+
+	cur_window = dnd_data.src_window ;
+	qt_motifdnd_active = TRUE;
+
+	/* no answer needed, just read source property */
+	DndReadSourceProperty (event.xclient.display,
+			       cur_window,
+			       dnd_data.property,
+			       &src_targets, &num_src_targets);
+	break;
+
+    case DND_TOP_LEVEL_LEAVE:
+	/* no need to do anything */
+	break;
+
+    case DND_OPERATION_CHANGED:
+	/* need to echo */
+	break;
+
+    case DND_DROP_START:
+	if (!in_drop_site) {
+	    // we have to convert selection in order to indicate failure to the initiator
+	    XConvertSelection (qt_xdisplay(), dnd_data.property, Dnd_transfer_failure,
+			       dnd_data.property, cur_window, dnd_data.time);
+	    QDragLeaveEvent e;
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( drop_widget, &e );
+	    drop_widget = 0;
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/* need to echo and then request a convert */
+	dnd_data.reason = DND_DROP_START ;
+
+	DndFillClientMessage (event.xclient.display,
+			      drop_widget->winId(),
+			      &cm, &dnd_data, 0);
+
+	XSendEvent(event.xbutton.display,
+		   cur_window, False, 0,
+		   (XEvent *)&cm) ;
+
+	// store selection and its time
+	Dnd_selection = dnd_data.property;
+	Dnd_selection_time = dnd_data.time;
+
+	QPoint p( dnd_data.x, dnd_data.y );
+	QDropEvent de( drop_widget->mapFromGlobal(p) );
+	de.setAction( QDropEvent::Copy );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( drop_widget, &de );
+
+	if (in_drop_site)
+	    in_drop_site = False ;
+
+	drop_widget = 0;
+	cur_window = 0;
+	break;
+    }   //  end of switch ( dnd_data.reason )
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmovie.cpp b/src/kernel/qmovie.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3379fba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmovie.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1081 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of movie classes
+**
+** Created : 970617
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+// #define QT_SAVE_MOVIE_HACK
+
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qmovie.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qpixmapcache.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MOVIE
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+#include "qgfx_qws.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "qasyncio.h"
+#include "qasyncimageio.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*!
+    \class QMovie qmovie.h
+    \brief The QMovie class provides incremental loading of animations or images, signalling as it progresses.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup multimedia
+    \mainclass
+
+    The simplest way to display a QMovie is to use a QLabel and
+    QLabel::setMovie().
+
+    A QMovie provides a QPixmap as the framePixmap(); connections can
+    be made via connectResize() and connectUpdate() to receive
+    notification of size and pixmap changes. All decoding is driven
+    by the normal event-processing mechanisms.
+
+    The movie begins playing as soon as the QMovie is created
+    (actually, once control returns to the event loop). When the last
+    frame in the movie has been played, it may loop back to the start
+    if such looping is defined in the input source.
+
+    QMovie objects are explicitly shared. This means that a QMovie
+    copied from another QMovie will be displaying the same frame at
+    all times. If one shared movie pauses, all pause. To make \e
+    independent movies, they must be constructed separately.
+
+    The set of data formats supported by QMovie is determined by the
+    decoder factories that have been installed; the format of the
+    input is determined as the input is decoded.
+
+    The supported formats are MNG (if Qt is configured with MNG
+    support enabled) and GIF (if Qt is configured with GIF support
+    enabled, see qgif.h).
+
+    If Qt is configured to support GIF reading, we are required to
+    state that "The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright
+    property of CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark
+    property of CompuServe Incorporated.
+
+    \warning If you are in a country that recognizes software patents
+    and in which Unisys holds a patent on LZW compression and/or
+    decompression and you want to use GIF, Unisys may require you to
+    license that technology. Such countries include Canada, Japan,
+    the USA, France, Germany, Italy and the UK.
+
+    GIF support may be removed completely in a future version of Qt.
+    We recommend using the MNG or PNG format.
+
+    \img qmovie.png QMovie
+
+    \sa QLabel::setMovie()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMovie::Status
+
+    \value SourceEmpty
+    \value UnrecognizedFormat
+    \value Paused
+    \value EndOfFrame
+    \value EndOfLoop
+    \value EndOfMovie
+    \value SpeedChanged
+*/
+
+class QMoviePrivate : public QObject, public QShared,
+		      private QDataSink, private QImageConsumer
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public: // for QMovie
+
+    // Creates a null Private
+    QMoviePrivate();
+
+    // NOTE:  The ownership of the QDataSource is transferred to the Private
+    QMoviePrivate(QDataSource* src, QMovie* movie, int bufsize);
+
+    virtual ~QMoviePrivate();
+
+    bool isNull() const;
+
+    // Initialize, possibly to the null state
+    void init(bool fully);
+    void flushBuffer();
+    void updatePixmapFromImage();
+    void updatePixmapFromImage(const QPoint& off, const QRect& area);
+    void showChanges();
+
+    // This as QImageConsumer
+    void changed(const QRect& rect);
+    void end();
+    void preFrameDone(); //util func
+    void frameDone();
+    void frameDone(const QPoint&, const QRect& rect);
+    void restartTimer();
+    void setLooping(int l);
+    void setFramePeriod(int milliseconds);
+    void setSize(int w, int h);
+
+    // This as QDataSink
+    int readyToReceive();
+    void receive(const uchar* b, int bytecount);
+    void eof();
+    void pause();
+
+signals:
+    void sizeChanged(const QSize&);
+    void areaChanged(const QRect&);
+    void dataStatus(int);
+
+public slots:
+    void refresh();
+
+public:
+    QMovie *that;
+    QWidget * display_widget;
+
+    QImageDecoder *decoder;
+
+    // Cyclic buffer
+    int buf_size;
+    uchar *buffer;
+    int buf_r, buf_w, buf_usage;
+
+    int framenumber;
+    int frameperiod;
+    int speed;
+    QTimer *frametimer;
+    int lasttimerinterval;
+    int loop;
+    bool movie_ended;
+    bool dirty_cache;
+    bool waitingForFrameTick;
+    int stepping;
+    QRect changed_area;
+    QRect valid_area;
+    QDataPump *pump;
+    QDataSource *source;
+    QPixmap mypixmap;
+    QBitmap mymask;
+    QColor bg;
+
+    int error;
+    bool empty;
+
+#ifdef QT_SAVE_MOVIE_HACK
+  bool save_image;
+  int image_number;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+QMoviePrivate::QMoviePrivate()
+{
+    dirty_cache = FALSE;
+    buffer = 0;
+    pump = 0;
+    source = 0;
+    decoder = 0;
+    display_widget=0;
+    buf_size = 0;
+    init(FALSE);
+}
+
+// NOTE:  The ownership of the QDataSource is transferred to the Private
+QMoviePrivate::QMoviePrivate(QDataSource* src, QMovie* movie, int bufsize) :
+    that(movie),
+    buf_size(bufsize)
+{
+    frametimer = new QTimer(this);
+    pump = src ? new QDataPump(src, this) : 0;
+    QObject::connect(frametimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(refresh()));
+    dirty_cache = FALSE;
+    source = src;
+    buffer = 0;
+    decoder = 0;
+    speed = 100;
+    display_widget=0;
+    init(TRUE);
+}
+
+QMoviePrivate::~QMoviePrivate()
+{
+    if ( buffer )				// Avoid purify complaint
+	delete [] buffer;
+    delete pump;
+    delete decoder;
+    delete source;
+
+    // Too bad.. but better be safe than sorry
+    if ( dirty_cache )
+        QPixmapCache::clear();
+}
+
+bool QMoviePrivate::isNull() const
+{
+    return !buf_size;
+}
+
+// Initialize. Only actually allocate any space if \a fully is TRUE,
+// otherwise, just enough to be a valid null Private.
+void QMoviePrivate::init(bool fully)
+{
+#ifdef QT_SAVE_MOVIE_HACK
+    save_image = TRUE;
+    image_number = 0;
+#endif
+
+    buf_usage = buf_r = buf_w = 0;
+    if ( buffer )				// Avoid purify complaint
+	delete [] buffer;
+    buffer = fully ? new uchar[buf_size] : 0;
+    if ( buffer )
+	memset( buffer, 0, buf_size );
+
+    delete decoder;
+    decoder = fully ? new QImageDecoder(this) : 0;
+
+#ifdef AVOID_OPEN_FDS
+    if ( source && !source->isOpen() )
+	source->open(IO_ReadOnly);
+#endif
+
+    waitingForFrameTick = FALSE;
+    stepping = -1;
+    framenumber = 0;
+    frameperiod = -1;
+    if (fully) frametimer->stop();
+    lasttimerinterval = -1;
+    changed_area.setRect(0,0,-1,-1);
+    valid_area = changed_area;
+    loop = -1;
+    movie_ended = FALSE;
+    error = 0;
+    empty = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::flushBuffer()
+{
+    int used;
+    while (buf_usage && !waitingForFrameTick && stepping != 0 && !error) {
+	used = decoder->decode(buffer + buf_r, QMIN(buf_usage, buf_size - buf_r));
+	if (used <= 0) {
+	    if ( used < 0 ) {
+		error = 1;
+		emit dataStatus(QMovie::UnrecognizedFormat);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	buf_r = (buf_r + used) % buf_size;
+	buf_usage -= used;
+    }
+
+    // Some formats, like MNG, can make stuff happen without any extra data.
+    // Only do this if the movie hasn't ended, however or we'll never get the end of loop signal.
+    if (!movie_ended) {
+	used = decoder->decode(buffer + buf_r, 0);
+	if (used <= 0) {
+	    if ( used < 0 ) {
+		error = 1;
+		emit dataStatus(QMovie::UnrecognizedFormat);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (error)
+	frametimer->stop();
+    maybeReady();
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::updatePixmapFromImage()
+{
+    if (changed_area.isEmpty()) return;
+    updatePixmapFromImage(QPoint(0,0),changed_area);
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::updatePixmapFromImage(const QPoint& off,
+						const QRect& area)
+{
+    // Create temporary QImage to hold the part we want
+    const QImage& gimg = decoder->image();
+    QImage img = gimg.copy(area);
+
+#ifdef QT_SAVE_MOVIE_HACK
+    if ( save_image ) {
+	QString name;
+	name.sprintf("movie%i.ppm",image_number++);
+	gimg.save( name, "PPM" );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Resize to size of image
+    if (mypixmap.width() != gimg.width() || mypixmap.height() != gimg.height())
+	mypixmap.resize(gimg.width(), gimg.height());
+
+    // Convert to pixmap and paste that onto myself
+    QPixmap lines;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SPRINTF
+    if (!(frameperiod < 0 && loop == -1)) {
+        // its an animation, lets see if we converted
+        // this frame already.
+        QString key;
+        key.sprintf( "%08lx:%04d", ( long )this, framenumber );
+        if ( !QPixmapCache::find( key, lines ) ) {
+            lines.convertFromImage(img, Qt::ColorOnly);
+            QPixmapCache::insert( key, lines );
+            dirty_cache = TRUE;
+        }
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+        lines.convertFromImage(img, Qt::ColorOnly);
+    }
+
+    if (bg.isValid()) {
+	QPainter p;
+	p.begin(&mypixmap);
+	p.fillRect(area, bg);
+	p.drawPixmap(area, lines);
+	p.end();
+    } else {
+	if (gimg.hasAlphaBuffer()) {
+	    // Resize to size of image
+	    if (mymask.isNull()) {
+		mymask.resize(gimg.width(), gimg.height());
+		mymask.fill( Qt::color1 );
+	    }
+	}
+	mypixmap.setMask(QBitmap()); // Remove reference to my mask
+	copyBlt( &mypixmap, area.left(), area.top(),
+		 &lines, off.x(), off.y(), area.width(), area.height() );
+    }
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    if(display_widget) {
+	QGfx * mygfx=display_widget->graphicsContext();
+	if(mygfx) {
+	    double xscale,yscale;
+	    xscale=display_widget->width();
+	    yscale=display_widget->height();
+	    xscale=xscale/((double)mypixmap.width());
+	    yscale=yscale/((double)mypixmap.height());
+	    double xh,yh;
+	    xh=xscale*((double)area.left());
+	    yh=yscale*((double)area.top());
+	    mygfx->setSource(&mypixmap);
+	    mygfx->setAlphaType(QGfx::IgnoreAlpha);
+	    mygfx->stretchBlt(0,0,display_widget->width(),
+			      display_widget->height(),mypixmap.width(),
+			      mypixmap.height());
+	    delete mygfx;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::showChanges()
+{
+    if (changed_area.isValid()) {
+	updatePixmapFromImage();
+
+	valid_area = valid_area.unite(changed_area);
+	emit areaChanged(changed_area);
+
+	changed_area.setWidth(-1); // make empty
+    }
+}
+
+// Private as QImageConsumer
+void QMoviePrivate::changed(const QRect& rect)
+{
+    if (!frametimer->isActive())
+	frametimer->start(0);
+    changed_area = changed_area.unite(rect);
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::end()
+{
+    movie_ended = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::preFrameDone()
+{
+    if (stepping > 0) {
+	stepping--;
+	if (!stepping) {
+	    frametimer->stop();
+	    emit dataStatus( QMovie::Paused );
+	}
+    } else {
+	waitingForFrameTick = TRUE;
+	restartTimer();
+    }
+}
+void QMoviePrivate::frameDone()
+{
+    preFrameDone();
+    showChanges();
+    emit dataStatus(QMovie::EndOfFrame);
+    framenumber++;
+}
+void QMoviePrivate::frameDone(const QPoint& p,
+				const QRect& rect)
+{
+    preFrameDone();
+    const QImage& gimg = decoder->image();
+    QPoint point = p - gimg.offset();
+    if (framenumber==0)
+	emit sizeChanged(gimg.size());
+    valid_area = valid_area.unite(QRect(point,rect.size()));
+    updatePixmapFromImage(point,rect);
+    emit areaChanged(QRect(point,rect.size()));
+    emit dataStatus(QMovie::EndOfFrame);
+    framenumber++;
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::restartTimer()
+{
+    if (speed > 0) {
+	int i = frameperiod >= 0 ? frameperiod * 100/speed : 0;
+	if ( i != lasttimerinterval || !frametimer->isActive() ) {
+	    lasttimerinterval = i;
+	    frametimer->start( i );
+	}
+    } else {
+	frametimer->stop();
+    }
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::setLooping(int nloops)
+{
+    if (loop == -1) { // Only if we don't already know how many loops!
+	if (source && source->rewindable()) {
+	    source->enableRewind(TRUE);
+	    loop = nloops;
+	} else {
+	    // Cannot loop from this source
+	    loop = -2;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::setFramePeriod(int milliseconds)
+{
+    // Animation:  only show complete frame
+    frameperiod = milliseconds;
+    if (stepping<0 && frameperiod >= 0) restartTimer();
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::setSize(int w, int h)
+{
+    if (mypixmap.width() != w || mypixmap.height() != h) {
+	mypixmap.resize(w, h);
+	emit sizeChanged(QSize(w, h));
+    }
+}
+
+
+// Private as QDataSink
+
+int QMoviePrivate::readyToReceive()
+{
+    // Could pre-fill buffer, but more efficient to just leave the
+    // data back at the source.
+    return (waitingForFrameTick || !stepping || buf_usage || error)
+	? 0 : buf_size;
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::receive(const uchar* b, int bytecount)
+{
+    if ( bytecount ) empty = FALSE;
+
+    while (bytecount && !waitingForFrameTick && stepping != 0) {
+	int used = decoder->decode(b, bytecount);
+	if (used<=0) {
+	    if ( used < 0 ) {
+		error = 1;
+		emit dataStatus(QMovie::UnrecognizedFormat);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	b+=used;
+	bytecount-=used;
+    }
+
+    // Append unused to buffer
+    while (bytecount--) {
+	buffer[buf_w] = *b++;
+	buf_w = (buf_w+1)%buf_size;
+	buf_usage++;
+    }
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::eof()
+{
+    if ( !movie_ended )
+	return;
+
+    if ( empty )
+	emit dataStatus(QMovie::SourceEmpty);
+
+#ifdef QT_SAVE_MOVIE_HACK
+    save_image = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    emit dataStatus(QMovie::EndOfLoop);
+
+    if (loop >= 0) {
+	if (loop) {
+	    loop--;
+	    if (!loop) return;
+	}
+	delete decoder;
+	decoder = new QImageDecoder(this);
+	source->rewind();
+	framenumber = 0;
+	movie_ended = FALSE;
+    } else {
+	delete decoder;
+	decoder = 0;
+	if ( buffer )				// Avoid purify complaint
+	    delete [] buffer;
+	buffer = 0;
+	emit dataStatus(QMovie::EndOfMovie);
+#ifdef AVOID_OPEN_FDS
+	if ( source )
+	    source->close();
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::pause()
+{
+    if ( stepping ) {
+	stepping = 0;
+	frametimer->stop();
+	emit dataStatus( QMovie::Paused );
+    }
+}
+
+void QMoviePrivate::refresh()
+{
+    if (!decoder) {
+	frametimer->stop();
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (frameperiod < 0 && loop == -1) {
+	// Only show changes if probably not an animation
+	showChanges();
+    }
+
+    if (!buf_usage) {
+	frametimer->stop();
+    }
+
+    waitingForFrameTick = FALSE;
+    flushBuffer();
+}
+
+///////////////// End of Private /////////////////
+
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a null QMovie. The only interesting thing to do with
+    such a movie is to assign another movie to it.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+QMovie::QMovie()
+{
+    d = new QMoviePrivate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QMovie with an external data source. You should later
+    call pushData() to send incoming animation data to the movie.
+
+    The \a bufsize argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie
+    will transfer from the data source per event loop. The lower this
+    value, the better interleaved the movie playback will be with
+    other event processing, but the slower the overall processing will
+    be.
+
+    \sa pushData()
+*/
+QMovie::QMovie(int bufsize)
+{
+    d = new QMoviePrivate(0, this, bufsize);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum amount of data that can currently be pushed
+    into the movie by a call to pushData(). This is affected by the
+    initial buffer size, but varies as the movie plays and data is
+    consumed.
+*/
+int QMovie::pushSpace() const
+{
+    return d->readyToReceive();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Pushes \a length bytes from \a data into the movie. \a length must
+    be no more than the amount returned by pushSpace() since the
+    previous call to pushData().
+*/
+void QMovie::pushData(const uchar* data, int length)
+{
+    d->receive(data,length);
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS // ##### Temporary performance experiment
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QMovie::setDisplayWidget(QWidget * w)
+{
+    d->display_widget=w;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QMovie that reads an image sequence from the given
+    data source, \a src. The source must be allocated dynamically,
+    because QMovie will take ownership of it and will destroy it when
+    the movie is destroyed. The movie starts playing as soon as event
+    processing continues.
+
+    The \a bufsize argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie
+    will transfer from the data source per event loop. The lower this
+    value, the better interleaved the movie playback will be with
+    other event processing, but the slower the overall processing will
+    be.
+*/
+QMovie::QMovie(QDataSource* src, int bufsize)
+{
+    d = new QMoviePrivate(src, this, bufsize);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QMovie that reads an image sequence from the file, \a
+    fileName.
+
+    The \a bufsize argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie
+    will transfer from the data source per event loop. The lower this
+    value, the better interleaved the movie playback will be with
+    other event processing, but the slower the overall processing will
+    be.
+*/
+QMovie::QMovie(const QString &fileName, int bufsize)
+{
+    QFile* file = new QFile(fileName);
+    if ( !fileName.isEmpty() )
+ 	file->open(IO_ReadOnly);
+    d = new QMoviePrivate(new QIODeviceSource(file, bufsize), this, bufsize);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QMovie that reads an image sequence from the byte
+    array, \a data.
+
+    The \a bufsize argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie
+    will transfer from the data source per event loop. The lower this
+    value, the better interleaved the movie playback will be with
+    other event processing, but the slower the overall processing will
+    be.
+*/
+QMovie::QMovie(QByteArray data, int bufsize)
+{
+    QBuffer* buffer = new QBuffer(data);
+    buffer->open(IO_ReadOnly);
+    d = new QMoviePrivate(new QIODeviceSource(buffer, bufsize), this, bufsize);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a movie that uses the same data as movie \a movie.
+    QMovies use explicit sharing, so operations on the copy will
+    affect both.
+*/
+QMovie::QMovie(const QMovie& movie)
+{
+    d = movie.d;
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QMovie. If this is the last reference to the data of
+    the movie, the data is deallocated.
+*/
+QMovie::~QMovie()
+{
+    if (d->deref()) delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the movie is null; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QMovie::isNull() const
+{
+    return d->isNull();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Makes this movie use the same data as movie \a movie. QMovies use
+    explicit sharing.
+*/
+QMovie& QMovie::operator=(const QMovie& movie)
+{
+    movie.d->ref();
+    if (d->deref()) delete d;
+    d = movie.d;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the background color of the pixmap to \a c. If the background
+    color isValid(), the pixmap will never have a mask because the
+    background color will be used in transparent regions of the image.
+
+    \sa backgroundColor()
+*/
+void QMovie::setBackgroundColor(const QColor& c)
+{
+    d->bg = c;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the background color of the movie set by
+    setBackgroundColor().
+*/
+const QColor& QMovie::backgroundColor() const
+{
+    return d->bg;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the area of the pixmap for which pixels have been
+    generated.
+*/
+const QRect& QMovie::getValidRect() const
+{
+    return d->valid_area;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current frame of the movie, as a QPixmap. It is not
+    generally useful to keep a copy of this pixmap. It is better to
+    keep a copy of the QMovie and get the framePixmap() only when
+    needed for drawing.
+
+    \sa frameImage()
+*/
+const QPixmap& QMovie::framePixmap() const
+{
+    return d->mypixmap;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current frame of the movie, as a QImage. It is not
+    generally useful to keep a copy of this image. Also note that you
+    must not call this function if the movie is finished(), since by
+    then the image will not be available.
+
+    \sa framePixmap()
+*/
+const QImage& QMovie::frameImage() const
+{
+    return d->decoder->image();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of steps remaining after a call to step(). If
+    the movie is paused, steps() returns 0. If it's running normally
+    or is finished, steps() returns a negative number.
+*/
+int QMovie::steps() const
+{
+    return d->stepping;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of times EndOfFrame has been emitted since the
+    start of the current loop of the movie. Thus, before any
+    EndOfFrame has been emitted the value will be 0; within slots
+    processing the first signal, frameNumber() will be 1, and so on.
+*/
+int QMovie::frameNumber() const { return d->framenumber; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the image is paused; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QMovie::paused() const
+{
+    return d->stepping == 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the image is no longer playing: this happens when
+    all loops of all frames are complete; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QMovie::finished() const
+{
+    return !d->decoder;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the image is not single-stepping, not paused, and
+    not finished; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QMovie::running() const
+{
+    return d->stepping<0 && d->decoder;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Pauses the progress of the animation.
+
+    \sa unpause()
+*/
+void QMovie::pause()
+{
+    d->pause();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Unpauses the progress of the animation.
+
+    \sa pause()
+*/
+void QMovie::unpause()
+{
+    if ( d->stepping >= 0 )	{
+	if (d->isNull())
+	    return;
+	d->stepping = -1;
+	d->restartTimer();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Steps forward, showing \a steps frames, and then pauses.
+*/
+void QMovie::step(int steps)
+{
+    if (d->isNull())
+	return;
+    d->stepping = steps;
+    d->frametimer->start(0);
+    d->waitingForFrameTick = FALSE; // Full speed ahead!
+}
+
+/*!
+    Steps forward 1 frame and then pauses.
+*/
+void QMovie::step()
+{
+    step(1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Rewinds the movie to the beginning. If the movie has not been
+    paused, it begins playing again.
+*/
+void QMovie::restart()
+{
+    if (d->isNull())
+	return;
+    if (d->source->rewindable()) {
+	d->source->enableRewind(TRUE);
+	d->source->rewind();
+	int s = d->stepping;
+	d->init(TRUE);
+	if ( s>0 )
+	    step(s);
+	else if ( s==0 )
+	    pause();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the movie's play speed as a percentage. The default is 100
+    percent.
+
+    \sa setSpeed()
+*/
+int QMovie::speed() const
+{
+    return d->speed;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the movie's play speed as a percentage, to \a percent. This
+    is a percentage of the speed dictated by the input data format.
+    The default is 100 percent.
+*/
+void QMovie::setSpeed(int percent)
+{
+    int oldspeed = d->speed;
+    if ( oldspeed != percent && percent >= 0 ) {
+	d->speed = percent;
+	// Restart timer only if really needed
+	if (d->stepping < 0) {
+	    if ( !percent || !oldspeed    // To or from zero
+		 || oldspeed*4 / percent > 4   // More than 20% slower
+		 || percent*4 / oldspeed > 4   // More than 20% faster
+		 )
+		d->restartTimer();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Connects the \a{receiver}'s \a member of type \c{void member(const
+    QSize&)} so that it is signalled when the movie changes size.
+
+    Note that due to the explicit sharing of QMovie objects, these
+    connections persist until they are explicitly disconnected with
+    disconnectResize() or until \e every shared copy of the movie is
+    deleted.
+*/
+void QMovie::connectResize(QObject* receiver, const char *member)
+{
+    QObject::connect(d, SIGNAL(sizeChanged(const QSize&)), receiver, member);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Disconnects the \a{receiver}'s \a member (or all members if \a
+    member is zero) that were previously connected by connectResize().
+*/
+void QMovie::disconnectResize(QObject* receiver, const char *member)
+{
+    QObject::disconnect(d, SIGNAL(sizeChanged(const QSize&)), receiver, member);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Connects the \a{receiver}'s \a member of type \c{void member(const
+    QRect&)} so that it is signalled when an area of the framePixmap()
+    has changed since the previous frame.
+
+    Note that due to the explicit sharing of QMovie objects, these
+    connections persist until they are explicitly disconnected with
+    disconnectUpdate() or until \e every shared copy of the movie is
+    deleted.
+*/
+void QMovie::connectUpdate(QObject* receiver, const char *member)
+{
+    QObject::connect(d, SIGNAL(areaChanged(const QRect&)), receiver, member);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Disconnects the \a{receiver}'s \a member (or all members if \q
+    member is zero) that were previously connected by connectUpdate().
+*/
+void QMovie::disconnectUpdate(QObject* receiver, const char *member)
+{
+    QObject::disconnect(d, SIGNAL(areaChanged(const QRect&)), receiver, member);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Connects the \a{receiver}'s \a member, of type \c{void
+    member(int)} so that it is signalled when the movie changes
+    status. The status codes are negative for errors and positive for
+    information.
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Status Code \i Meaning
+    \row \i QMovie::SourceEmpty
+	 \i signalled if the input cannot be read.
+    \row \i QMovie::UnrecognizedFormat
+	 \i signalled if the input data is unrecognized.
+    \row \i QMovie::Paused
+	  \i signalled when the movie is paused by a call to paused()
+	  or by after \link step() stepping \endlink pauses.
+    \row \i QMovie::EndOfFrame
+	 \i signalled at end-of-frame after any update and Paused signals.
+    \row \i QMovie::EndOfLoop
+	 \i signalled at end-of-loop, after any update signals,
+	 EndOfFrame - but before EndOfMovie.
+    \row \i QMovie::EndOfMovie
+	 \i signalled when the movie completes and is not about to loop.
+    \endtable
+
+    More status messages may be added in the future, so a general test
+    for errors would test for negative.
+
+    Note that due to the explicit sharing of QMovie objects, these
+    connections persist until they are explicitly disconnected with
+    disconnectStatus() or until \e every shared copy of the movie is
+    deleted.
+*/
+void QMovie::connectStatus(QObject* receiver, const char *member)
+{
+    QObject::connect(d, SIGNAL(dataStatus(int)), receiver, member);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Disconnects the \a{receiver}'s \a member (or all members if \a
+    member is zero) that were previously connected by connectStatus().
+*/
+void QMovie::disconnectStatus(QObject* receiver, const char *member)
+{
+    QObject::disconnect(d, SIGNAL(dataStatus(int)), receiver, member);
+}
+
+
+#include "qmovie.moc"
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_MOVIE
diff --git a/src/kernel/qmovie.h b/src/kernel/qmovie.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c77fd00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qmovie.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of movie classes
+**
+** Created : 970617
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMOVIE_H
+#define QMOVIE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpixmap.h" // ### remove or keep for users' convenience?
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MOVIE
+
+class QDataSource;
+class QObject;
+class QMoviePrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QMovie {
+public:
+    QMovie();
+    QMovie(int bufsize);
+    QMovie(QDataSource*, int bufsize=1024);
+    QMovie(const QString &fileName, int bufsize=1024);
+    QMovie(QByteArray data, int bufsize=1024);
+    QMovie(const QMovie&);
+    ~QMovie();
+
+    QMovie& operator=(const QMovie&);
+
+    int pushSpace() const;
+    void pushData(const uchar* data, int length);
+
+    const QColor& backgroundColor() const;
+    void setBackgroundColor(const QColor&);
+
+    const QRect& getValidRect() const;
+    const QPixmap& framePixmap() const;
+    const QImage& frameImage() const;
+
+    bool isNull() const;
+
+    int  frameNumber() const;
+    int  steps() const;
+    bool paused() const;
+    bool finished() const;
+    bool running() const;
+
+    void unpause();
+    void pause();
+    void step();
+    void step(int);
+    void restart();
+
+    int  speed() const;
+    void setSpeed(int);
+
+    void connectResize(QObject* receiver, const char *member);
+    void disconnectResize(QObject* receiver, const char *member=0);
+
+    void connectUpdate(QObject* receiver, const char *member);
+    void disconnectUpdate(QObject* receiver, const char *member=0);
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    // Temporary hack
+    void setDisplayWidget(QWidget * w);
+#endif
+
+    enum Status { SourceEmpty=-2,
+		  UnrecognizedFormat=-1,
+		  Paused=1,
+		  EndOfFrame=2,
+		  EndOfLoop=3,
+		  EndOfMovie=4,
+		  SpeedChanged=5 };
+    void connectStatus(QObject* receiver, const char *member);
+    void disconnectStatus(QObject* receiver, const char *member=0);
+
+private:
+    QMoviePrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_MOVIE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qnamespace.h b/src/kernel/qnamespace.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1598785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qnamespace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1008 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of Qt namespace (as class for compiler compatibility)
+**
+** Created : 980927
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QNAMESPACE_H
+#define QNAMESPACE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class QColor;
+class QCursor;
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT Qt {
+public:
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & color0;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & color1;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & black;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & white;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & darkGray;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & gray;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & lightGray;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & red;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & green;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & blue;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & cyan;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & magenta;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & yellow;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & darkRed;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & darkGreen;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & darkBlue;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & darkCyan;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & darkMagenta;
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QColor & darkYellow;
+
+    // documented in qevent.cpp
+    enum ButtonState {				// mouse/keyboard state values
+	NoButton	= 0x0000,
+	LeftButton	= 0x0001,
+	RightButton	= 0x0002,
+	MidButton	= 0x0004,
+	MouseButtonMask = 0x0007,
+	ShiftButton	= 0x0100,
+	ControlButton   = 0x0200,
+	AltButton	= 0x0400,
+	MetaButton	= 0x0800,
+	KeyButtonMask	= 0x0f00,
+	Keypad		= 0x4000
+    };
+
+    // documented in qobject.cpp
+    // ideally would start at 1, as in QSizePolicy, but that breaks other things
+    enum Orientation {
+        Horizontal = 0,
+	Vertical
+    };
+
+    // documented in qlistview.cpp
+    enum SortOrder {
+	Ascending,
+	Descending
+    };
+
+    // Text formatting flags for QPainter::drawText and QLabel
+    // the following four enums can be combined to one integer which
+    // is passed as textflag to drawText and qt_format_text.
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum AlignmentFlags {
+	AlignAuto		= 0x0000, 	// text alignment
+	AlignLeft		= 0x0001,
+	AlignRight		= 0x0002,
+	AlignHCenter		= 0x0004,
+	AlignJustify		= 0x0008,
+	AlignHorizontal_Mask	= AlignLeft | AlignRight | AlignHCenter | AlignJustify,
+	AlignTop		= 0x0010,
+	AlignBottom		= 0x0020,
+	AlignVCenter		= 0x0040,
+	AlignVertical_Mask 	= AlignTop | AlignBottom | AlignVCenter,
+	AlignCenter		= AlignVCenter | AlignHCenter
+    };
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum TextFlags {
+	SingleLine	= 0x0080,		// misc. flags
+	DontClip	= 0x0100,
+	ExpandTabs	= 0x0200,
+	ShowPrefix	= 0x0400,
+	WordBreak	= 0x0800,
+	BreakAnywhere = 0x1000,
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+	DontPrint	= 0x2000,
+	Underline = 0x01000000,
+	Overline  = 0x02000000,
+	StrikeOut = 0x04000000,
+	IncludeTrailingSpaces = 0x08000000,
+#endif
+	NoAccel = 0x4000
+    };
+
+    // Widget flags; documented in qwidget.cpp
+    typedef uint WState;
+
+    // QWidget state flags (internal, barely documented in qwidget.cpp)
+    enum WidgetState {
+	WState_Created		= 0x00000001,
+	WState_Disabled		= 0x00000002,
+	WState_Visible		= 0x00000004,
+	WState_ForceHide	= 0x00000008,
+	WState_OwnCursor	= 0x00000010,
+	WState_MouseTracking	= 0x00000020,
+	WState_CompressKeys	= 0x00000040,
+	WState_BlockUpdates	= 0x00000080,
+	WState_InPaintEvent	= 0x00000100,
+	WState_Reparented	= 0x00000200,
+	WState_ConfigPending	= 0x00000400,
+	WState_Resized		= 0x00000800,
+	WState_AutoMask		= 0x00001000,
+	WState_Polished		= 0x00002000,
+	WState_DND		= 0x00004000,
+	WState_Reserved0	= 0x00008000,
+	WState_FullScreen	= 0x00010000,
+	WState_OwnSizePolicy	= 0x00020000,
+	WState_CreatedHidden	= 0x00040000,
+	WState_Maximized	= 0x00080000,
+	WState_Minimized	= 0x00100000,
+	WState_ForceDisabled	= 0x00200000,
+	WState_Exposed		= 0x00400000,
+	WState_HasMouse		= 0x00800000
+    };
+
+    // Widget flags2; documented in qwidget.cpp
+    typedef uint WFlags;
+
+    // documented in qwidget.cpp
+    enum WidgetFlags {
+	WType_TopLevel		= 0x00000001,	// widget type flags
+	WType_Dialog		= 0x00000002,
+	WType_Popup		= 0x00000004,
+	WType_Desktop		= 0x00000008,
+	WType_Mask		= 0x0000000f,
+
+	WStyle_Customize	= 0x00000010,	// window style flags
+	WStyle_NormalBorder	= 0x00000020,
+	WStyle_DialogBorder	= 0x00000040, // MS-Windows only
+	WStyle_NoBorder		= 0x00002000,
+	WStyle_Title		= 0x00000080,
+	WStyle_SysMenu		= 0x00000100,
+	WStyle_Minimize		= 0x00000200,
+	WStyle_Maximize		= 0x00000400,
+	WStyle_MinMax		= WStyle_Minimize | WStyle_Maximize,
+	WStyle_Tool		= 0x00000800,
+	WStyle_StaysOnTop	= 0x00001000,
+	WStyle_ContextHelp	= 0x00004000,
+	WStyle_Reserved		= 0x00008000,
+	WStyle_Mask		= 0x0000fff0,
+
+	WDestructiveClose	= 0x00010000,	// misc flags
+	WPaintDesktop		= 0x00020000,
+	WPaintUnclipped		= 0x00040000,
+	WPaintClever		= 0x00080000,
+	WResizeNoErase		= 0x00100000, // OBSOLETE
+	WMouseNoMask		= 0x00200000,
+	WStaticContents		= 0x00400000,
+	WRepaintNoErase		= 0x00800000, // OBSOLETE
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	WX11BypassWM		= 0x01000000,
+	WWinOwnDC		= 0x00000000,
+	WMacNoSheet             = 0x00000000,
+        WMacDrawer              = 0x00000000,
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	WX11BypassWM		= 0x00000000,
+	WWinOwnDC		= 0x00000000,
+	WMacNoSheet             = 0x01000000,
+        WMacDrawer              = 0x20000000,
+#else
+	WX11BypassWM		= 0x00000000,
+	WWinOwnDC		= 0x01000000,
+	WMacNoSheet             = 0x00000000,
+        WMacDrawer              = 0x00000000,
+#endif
+	WGroupLeader		= 0x02000000,
+	WShowModal		= 0x04000000,
+	WNoMousePropagation	= 0x08000000,
+	WSubWindow              = 0x10000000,
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+        WStyle_Splash           = 0x20000000,
+#else
+	WStyle_Splash           = WStyle_NoBorder | WMacNoSheet | WStyle_Tool | WWinOwnDC,
+#endif
+	WNoAutoErase		= WRepaintNoErase | WResizeNoErase
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+	,
+	WNorthWestGravity	= WStaticContents,
+	WType_Modal		= WType_Dialog | WShowModal,
+	WStyle_Dialog		= WType_Dialog,
+	WStyle_NoBorderEx	= WStyle_NoBorder
+#endif
+    };
+
+    enum WindowState {
+	WindowNoState   = 0x00000000,
+	WindowMinimized = 0x00000001,
+	WindowMaximized = 0x00000002,
+	WindowFullScreen = 0x00000004,
+	WindowActive = 0x00000008
+    };
+
+
+    // Image conversion flags.  The unusual ordering is caused by
+    // compatibility and default requirements.
+    // Documented in qimage.cpp
+
+    enum ImageConversionFlags {
+	ColorMode_Mask		= 0x00000003,
+	AutoColor		= 0x00000000,
+	ColorOnly		= 0x00000003,
+	MonoOnly		= 0x00000002,
+	//	  Reserved	= 0x00000001,
+
+	AlphaDither_Mask	= 0x0000000c,
+	ThresholdAlphaDither	= 0x00000000,
+	OrderedAlphaDither	= 0x00000004,
+	DiffuseAlphaDither	= 0x00000008,
+	NoAlpha			= 0x0000000c, // Not supported
+
+	Dither_Mask		= 0x00000030,
+	DiffuseDither		= 0x00000000,
+	OrderedDither		= 0x00000010,
+	ThresholdDither		= 0x00000020,
+	//	  ReservedDither= 0x00000030,
+
+	DitherMode_Mask		= 0x000000c0,
+	AutoDither		= 0x00000000,
+	PreferDither		= 0x00000040,
+	AvoidDither		= 0x00000080
+    };
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum BGMode	{				// background mode
+	TransparentMode,
+	OpaqueMode
+    };
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum PaintUnit {				// paint unit
+	PixelUnit,
+	LoMetricUnit, // OBSOLETE
+	HiMetricUnit, // OBSOLETE
+	LoEnglishUnit, // OBSOLETE
+	HiEnglishUnit, // OBSOLETE
+	TwipsUnit // OBSOLETE
+    };
+#endif
+
+    // documented in qstyle.cpp
+#ifdef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    enum GUIStyle {
+	WindowsStyle = 1,     // ### Qt 4.0: either remove the obsolete enums or clean up compat vs.
+	MotifStyle = 4,       // ### QT_NO_COMPAT by reordering or combination into one enum.
+    GtkStyle = 6          // Gtk compability mode
+    };
+#else
+    enum GUIStyle {
+	MacStyle, // OBSOLETE
+	WindowsStyle,
+	Win3Style, // OBSOLETE
+	PMStyle, // OBSOLETE
+	MotifStyle,
+    GtkStyle = 6          // Gtk compability mode
+    };
+#endif
+
+    // documented in qkeysequence.cpp
+    enum SequenceMatch {
+	NoMatch,
+	PartialMatch,
+	Identical
+    };
+
+    // documented in qevent.cpp
+    enum Modifier {		// accelerator modifiers
+	META          = 0x00100000,
+	SHIFT         = 0x00200000,
+	CTRL          = 0x00400000,
+	ALT           = 0x00800000,
+	MODIFIER_MASK = 0x00f00000,
+	UNICODE_ACCEL = 0x10000000,
+
+	ASCII_ACCEL = UNICODE_ACCEL // 1.x compat
+    };
+
+    // documented in qevent.cpp
+    enum Key {
+	Key_Escape = 0x1000,		// misc keys
+	Key_Tab = 0x1001,
+	Key_Backtab = 0x1002, Key_BackTab = Key_Backtab,
+	Key_Backspace = 0x1003, Key_BackSpace = Key_Backspace,
+	Key_Return = 0x1004,
+	Key_Enter = 0x1005,
+	Key_Insert = 0x1006,
+	Key_Delete = 0x1007,
+	Key_Pause = 0x1008,
+	Key_Print = 0x1009,
+	Key_SysReq = 0x100a,
+	Key_Clear = 0x100b,
+	Key_Home = 0x1010,		// cursor movement
+	Key_End = 0x1011,
+	Key_Left = 0x1012,
+	Key_Up = 0x1013,
+	Key_Right = 0x1014,
+	Key_Down = 0x1015,
+	Key_Prior = 0x1016, Key_PageUp = Key_Prior,
+	Key_Next = 0x1017, Key_PageDown = Key_Next,
+	Key_Shift = 0x1020,		// modifiers
+	Key_Control = 0x1021,
+	Key_Meta = 0x1022,
+	Key_Alt = 0x1023,
+	Key_CapsLock = 0x1024,
+	Key_NumLock = 0x1025,
+	Key_ScrollLock = 0x1026,
+	Key_F1 = 0x1030,		// function keys
+	Key_F2 = 0x1031,
+	Key_F3 = 0x1032,
+	Key_F4 = 0x1033,
+	Key_F5 = 0x1034,
+	Key_F6 = 0x1035,
+	Key_F7 = 0x1036,
+	Key_F8 = 0x1037,
+	Key_F9 = 0x1038,
+	Key_F10 = 0x1039,
+	Key_F11 = 0x103a,
+	Key_F12 = 0x103b,
+	Key_F13 = 0x103c,
+	Key_F14 = 0x103d,
+	Key_F15 = 0x103e,
+	Key_F16 = 0x103f,
+	Key_F17 = 0x1040,
+	Key_F18 = 0x1041,
+	Key_F19 = 0x1042,
+	Key_F20 = 0x1043,
+	Key_F21 = 0x1044,
+	Key_F22 = 0x1045,
+	Key_F23 = 0x1046,
+	Key_F24 = 0x1047,
+	Key_F25 = 0x1048,		// F25 .. F35 only on X11
+	Key_F26 = 0x1049,
+	Key_F27 = 0x104a,
+	Key_F28 = 0x104b,
+	Key_F29 = 0x104c,
+	Key_F30 = 0x104d,
+	Key_F31 = 0x104e,
+	Key_F32 = 0x104f,
+	Key_F33 = 0x1050,
+	Key_F34 = 0x1051,
+	Key_F35 = 0x1052,
+	Key_Super_L = 0x1053, 		// extra keys
+	Key_Super_R = 0x1054,
+	Key_Menu = 0x1055,
+	Key_Hyper_L = 0x1056,
+	Key_Hyper_R = 0x1057,
+	Key_Help = 0x1058,
+	Key_Direction_L = 0x1059,
+	Key_Direction_R = 0x1060,
+
+	// International input method support (X keycode - 0xEE00, the
+	// definition follows Qt/Embedded 2.3.7) Only interesting if
+	// you are writing your own input method
+        
+	// International & multi-key character composition
+	Key_Multi_key           = 0x1120,  // Multi-key character compose
+	Key_Codeinput           = 0x1137,
+	Key_SingleCandidate     = 0x113c,
+	Key_MultipleCandidate   = 0x113d,
+	Key_PreviousCandidate   = 0x113e,
+
+	// Misc Functions
+	Key_Mode_switch         = 0x117e,  // Character set switch
+	//Key_script_switch       = 0x117e,  // Alias for mode_switch
+
+	// Japanese keyboard support
+	Key_Kanji               = 0x1121,  // Kanji, Kanji convert
+	Key_Muhenkan            = 0x1122,  // Cancel Conversion
+	//Key_Henkan_Mode         = 0x1123,  // Start/Stop Conversion
+	Key_Henkan              = 0x1123,  // Alias for Henkan_Mode
+	Key_Romaji              = 0x1124,  // to Romaji
+	Key_Hiragana            = 0x1125,  // to Hiragana
+	Key_Katakana            = 0x1126,  // to Katakana
+	Key_Hiragana_Katakana   = 0x1127,  // Hiragana/Katakana toggle
+	Key_Zenkaku             = 0x1128,  // to Zenkaku
+	Key_Hankaku             = 0x1129,  // to Hankaku
+	Key_Zenkaku_Hankaku     = 0x112a,  // Zenkaku/Hankaku toggle
+	Key_Touroku             = 0x112b,  // Add to Dictionary
+	Key_Massyo              = 0x112c,  // Delete from Dictionary
+	Key_Kana_Lock           = 0x112d,  // Kana Lock
+	Key_Kana_Shift          = 0x112e,  // Kana Shift
+	Key_Eisu_Shift          = 0x112f,  // Alphanumeric Shift
+	Key_Eisu_toggle         = 0x1130,  // Alphanumeric toggle
+	//Key_Kanji_Bangou        = 0x1137,  // Codeinput
+	//Key_Zen_Koho            = 0x113d,  // Multiple/All Candidate(s)
+	//Key_Mae_Koho            = 0x113e,  // Previous Candidate
+
+	// Korean keyboard support
+	//
+	// In fact, many Korean users need only 2 keys, Key_Hangul and
+	// Key_Hangul_Hanja. But rest of the keys are good for future.
+
+	Key_Hangul              = 0x1131,  // Hangul start/stop(toggle)
+	Key_Hangul_Start        = 0x1132,  // Hangul start
+	Key_Hangul_End          = 0x1133,  // Hangul end, English start
+	Key_Hangul_Hanja        = 0x1134,  // Start Hangul->Hanja Conversion
+	Key_Hangul_Jamo         = 0x1135,  // Hangul Jamo mode
+	Key_Hangul_Romaja       = 0x1136,  // Hangul Romaja mode
+	//Key_Hangul_Codeinput    = 0x1137,  // Hangul code input mode
+	Key_Hangul_Jeonja       = 0x1138,  // Jeonja mode
+	Key_Hangul_Banja        = 0x1139,  // Banja mode
+	Key_Hangul_PreHanja     = 0x113a,  // Pre Hanja conversion
+	Key_Hangul_PostHanja    = 0x113b,  // Post Hanja conversion
+	//Key_Hangul_SingleCandidate   = 0x113c,  // Single candidate
+	//Key_Hangul_MultipleCandidate = 0x113d,  // Multiple candidate
+	//Key_Hangul_PreviousCandidate = 0x113e,  // Previous candidate
+	Key_Hangul_Special      = 0x113f,  // Special symbols
+	//Key_Hangul_switch       = 0x117e,  // Alias for mode_switch
+
+        // dead keys (X keycode - 0xED00 to avoid the conflict)
+        Key_Dead_Grave          = 0x1250,
+        Key_Dead_Acute          = 0x1251,
+        Key_Dead_Circumflex     = 0x1252,
+        Key_Dead_Tilde          = 0x1253,
+        Key_Dead_Macron         = 0x1254,
+        Key_Dead_Breve          = 0x1255,
+        Key_Dead_Abovedot       = 0x1256,
+        Key_Dead_Diaeresis      = 0x1257,
+        Key_Dead_Abovering      = 0x1258,
+        Key_Dead_Doubleacute    = 0x1259,
+        Key_Dead_Caron          = 0x125a,
+        Key_Dead_Cedilla        = 0x125b,
+        Key_Dead_Ogonek         = 0x125c,
+        Key_Dead_Iota           = 0x125d,
+        Key_Dead_Voiced_Sound   = 0x125e,
+        Key_Dead_Semivoiced_Sound = 0x125f,
+        Key_Dead_Belowdot       = 0x1260,
+        Key_Dead_Hook           = 0x1261,
+        Key_Dead_Horn           = 0x1262,
+
+	Key_Space = 0x20,		// 7 bit printable ASCII
+	Key_Any = Key_Space,
+	Key_Exclam = 0x21,
+	Key_QuoteDbl = 0x22,
+	Key_NumberSign = 0x23,
+	Key_Dollar = 0x24,
+	Key_Percent = 0x25,
+	Key_Ampersand = 0x26,
+	Key_Apostrophe = 0x27,
+	Key_ParenLeft = 0x28,
+	Key_ParenRight = 0x29,
+	Key_Asterisk = 0x2a,
+	Key_Plus = 0x2b,
+	Key_Comma = 0x2c,
+	Key_Minus = 0x2d,
+	Key_Period = 0x2e,
+	Key_Slash = 0x2f,
+	Key_0 = 0x30,
+	Key_1 = 0x31,
+	Key_2 = 0x32,
+	Key_3 = 0x33,
+	Key_4 = 0x34,
+	Key_5 = 0x35,
+	Key_6 = 0x36,
+	Key_7 = 0x37,
+	Key_8 = 0x38,
+	Key_9 = 0x39,
+	Key_Colon = 0x3a,
+	Key_Semicolon = 0x3b,
+	Key_Less = 0x3c,
+	Key_Equal = 0x3d,
+	Key_Greater = 0x3e,
+	Key_Question = 0x3f,
+	Key_At = 0x40,
+	Key_A = 0x41,
+	Key_B = 0x42,
+	Key_C = 0x43,
+	Key_D = 0x44,
+	Key_E = 0x45,
+	Key_F = 0x46,
+	Key_G = 0x47,
+	Key_H = 0x48,
+	Key_I = 0x49,
+	Key_J = 0x4a,
+	Key_K = 0x4b,
+	Key_L = 0x4c,
+	Key_M = 0x4d,
+	Key_N = 0x4e,
+	Key_O = 0x4f,
+	Key_P = 0x50,
+	Key_Q = 0x51,
+	Key_R = 0x52,
+	Key_S = 0x53,
+	Key_T = 0x54,
+	Key_U = 0x55,
+	Key_V = 0x56,
+	Key_W = 0x57,
+	Key_X = 0x58,
+	Key_Y = 0x59,
+	Key_Z = 0x5a,
+	Key_BracketLeft = 0x5b,
+	Key_Backslash = 0x5c,
+	Key_BracketRight = 0x5d,
+	Key_AsciiCircum = 0x5e,
+	Key_Underscore = 0x5f,
+	Key_QuoteLeft = 0x60,
+	Key_BraceLeft = 0x7b,
+	Key_Bar = 0x7c,
+	Key_BraceRight = 0x7d,
+	Key_AsciiTilde = 0x7e,
+
+	// Latin 1 codes adapted from X: keysymdef.h,v 1.21 94/08/28 16:17:06
+	//
+	// This is mainly for compatibility - applications and input
+	// methods should not use the Qt keycodes between 128 and 255,
+	// but should rather use the QKeyEvent::text(). See
+	// QETWidget::translateKeyEventInternal() for more details.
+
+	Key_nobreakspace = 0x0a0,
+	Key_exclamdown = 0x0a1,
+	Key_cent = 0x0a2,
+	Key_sterling = 0x0a3,
+	Key_currency = 0x0a4,
+	Key_yen = 0x0a5,
+	Key_brokenbar = 0x0a6,
+	Key_section = 0x0a7,
+	Key_diaeresis = 0x0a8,
+	Key_copyright = 0x0a9,
+	Key_ordfeminine = 0x0aa,
+	Key_guillemotleft = 0x0ab,	// left angle quotation mark
+	Key_notsign = 0x0ac,
+	Key_hyphen = 0x0ad,
+	Key_registered = 0x0ae,
+	Key_macron = 0x0af,
+	Key_degree = 0x0b0,
+	Key_plusminus = 0x0b1,
+	Key_twosuperior = 0x0b2,
+	Key_threesuperior = 0x0b3,
+	Key_acute = 0x0b4,
+	Key_mu = 0x0b5,
+	Key_paragraph = 0x0b6,
+	Key_periodcentered = 0x0b7,
+	Key_cedilla = 0x0b8,
+	Key_onesuperior = 0x0b9,
+	Key_masculine = 0x0ba,
+	Key_guillemotright = 0x0bb,	// right angle quotation mark
+	Key_onequarter = 0x0bc,
+	Key_onehalf = 0x0bd,
+	Key_threequarters = 0x0be,
+	Key_questiondown = 0x0bf,
+	Key_Agrave = 0x0c0,
+	Key_Aacute = 0x0c1,
+	Key_Acircumflex = 0x0c2,
+	Key_Atilde = 0x0c3,
+	Key_Adiaeresis = 0x0c4,
+	Key_Aring = 0x0c5,
+	Key_AE = 0x0c6,
+	Key_Ccedilla = 0x0c7,
+	Key_Egrave = 0x0c8,
+	Key_Eacute = 0x0c9,
+	Key_Ecircumflex = 0x0ca,
+	Key_Ediaeresis = 0x0cb,
+	Key_Igrave = 0x0cc,
+	Key_Iacute = 0x0cd,
+	Key_Icircumflex = 0x0ce,
+	Key_Idiaeresis = 0x0cf,
+	Key_ETH = 0x0d0,
+	Key_Ntilde = 0x0d1,
+	Key_Ograve = 0x0d2,
+	Key_Oacute = 0x0d3,
+	Key_Ocircumflex = 0x0d4,
+	Key_Otilde = 0x0d5,
+	Key_Odiaeresis = 0x0d6,
+	Key_multiply = 0x0d7,
+	Key_Ooblique = 0x0d8,
+	Key_Ugrave = 0x0d9,
+	Key_Uacute = 0x0da,
+	Key_Ucircumflex = 0x0db,
+	Key_Udiaeresis = 0x0dc,
+	Key_Yacute = 0x0dd,
+	Key_THORN = 0x0de,
+	Key_ssharp = 0x0df,
+	Key_agrave = 0x0e0,
+	Key_aacute = 0x0e1,
+	Key_acircumflex = 0x0e2,
+	Key_atilde = 0x0e3,
+	Key_adiaeresis = 0x0e4,
+	Key_aring = 0x0e5,
+	Key_ae = 0x0e6,
+	Key_ccedilla = 0x0e7,
+	Key_egrave = 0x0e8,
+	Key_eacute = 0x0e9,
+	Key_ecircumflex = 0x0ea,
+	Key_ediaeresis = 0x0eb,
+	Key_igrave = 0x0ec,
+	Key_iacute = 0x0ed,
+	Key_icircumflex = 0x0ee,
+	Key_idiaeresis = 0x0ef,
+	Key_eth = 0x0f0,
+	Key_ntilde = 0x0f1,
+	Key_ograve = 0x0f2,
+	Key_oacute = 0x0f3,
+	Key_ocircumflex = 0x0f4,
+	Key_otilde = 0x0f5,
+	Key_odiaeresis = 0x0f6,
+	Key_division = 0x0f7,
+	Key_oslash = 0x0f8,
+	Key_ugrave = 0x0f9,
+	Key_uacute = 0x0fa,
+	Key_ucircumflex = 0x0fb,
+	Key_udiaeresis = 0x0fc,
+	Key_yacute = 0x0fd,
+	Key_thorn = 0x0fe,
+	Key_ydiaeresis = 0x0ff,
+
+	// multimedia/internet keys - ignored by default - see QKeyEvent c'tor
+
+	Key_Back  = 0x1061,
+	Key_Forward  = 0x1062,
+	Key_Stop  = 0x1063,
+	Key_Refresh  = 0x1064,
+
+	Key_VolumeDown = 0x1070,
+	Key_VolumeMute  = 0x1071,
+	Key_VolumeUp = 0x1072,
+	Key_BassBoost = 0x1073,
+	Key_BassUp = 0x1074,
+	Key_BassDown = 0x1075,
+	Key_TrebleUp = 0x1076,
+	Key_TrebleDown = 0x1077,
+
+	Key_MediaPlay  = 0x1080,
+	Key_MediaStop  = 0x1081,
+	Key_MediaPrev  = 0x1082,
+	Key_MediaNext  = 0x1083,
+	Key_MediaRecord = 0x1084,
+
+	Key_HomePage  = 0x1090,
+	Key_Favorites  = 0x1091,
+	Key_Search  = 0x1092,
+	Key_Standby = 0x1093,
+	Key_OpenUrl = 0x1094,
+
+	Key_LaunchMail  = 0x10a0,
+	Key_LaunchMedia = 0x10a1,
+	Key_Launch0  = 0x10a2,
+	Key_Launch1  = 0x10a3,
+	Key_Launch2  = 0x10a4,
+	Key_Launch3  = 0x10a5,
+	Key_Launch4  = 0x10a6,
+	Key_Launch5  = 0x10a7,
+	Key_Launch6  = 0x10a8,
+	Key_Launch7  = 0x10a9,
+	Key_Launch8  = 0x10aa,
+	Key_Launch9  = 0x10ab,
+	Key_LaunchA  = 0x10ac,
+	Key_LaunchB  = 0x10ad,
+	Key_LaunchC  = 0x10ae,
+	Key_LaunchD  = 0x10af,
+	Key_LaunchE  = 0x10b0,
+	Key_LaunchF  = 0x10b1,
+
+	Key_MediaLast = 0x1fff,
+
+	Key_unknown = 0xffff
+    };
+
+    // documented in qcommonstyle.cpp
+    enum ArrowType {
+	UpArrow,
+	DownArrow,
+	LeftArrow,
+	RightArrow
+    };
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum RasterOp { // raster op mode
+	CopyROP,
+	OrROP,
+	XorROP,
+	NotAndROP, EraseROP=NotAndROP,
+	NotCopyROP,
+	NotOrROP,
+	NotXorROP,
+	AndROP,	NotEraseROP=AndROP,
+	NotROP,
+	ClearROP,
+	SetROP,
+	NopROP,
+	AndNotROP,
+	OrNotROP,
+	NandROP,
+	NorROP,	LastROP=NorROP
+    };
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum PenStyle { // pen style
+	NoPen,
+	SolidLine,
+	DashLine,
+	DotLine,
+	DashDotLine,
+	DashDotDotLine,
+	MPenStyle = 0x0f
+    };
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum PenCapStyle { // line endcap style
+	FlatCap = 0x00,
+	SquareCap = 0x10,
+	RoundCap = 0x20,
+	MPenCapStyle = 0x30
+    };
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum PenJoinStyle { // line join style
+	MiterJoin = 0x00,
+	BevelJoin = 0x40,
+	RoundJoin = 0x80,
+	MPenJoinStyle = 0xc0
+    };
+
+    // documented in qpainter.cpp
+    enum BrushStyle { // brush style
+	NoBrush,
+	SolidPattern,
+	Dense1Pattern,
+	Dense2Pattern,
+	Dense3Pattern,
+	Dense4Pattern,
+	Dense5Pattern,
+	Dense6Pattern,
+	Dense7Pattern,
+	HorPattern,
+	VerPattern,
+	CrossPattern,
+	BDiagPattern,
+	FDiagPattern,
+	DiagCrossPattern,
+	CustomPattern=24
+    };
+
+    // documented in qapplication_mac.cpp
+    enum MacintoshVersion {
+	//Unknown
+	MV_Unknown      = 0x0000,
+
+	//Version numbers
+	MV_9            = 0x0001,
+	MV_10_DOT_0     = 0x0002,
+	MV_10_DOT_1     = 0x0003,
+	MV_10_DOT_2     = 0x0004,
+	MV_10_DOT_3     = 0x0005,
+	MV_10_DOT_4     = 0x0006,
+
+	//Code names
+	MV_CHEETAH      = MV_10_DOT_0,
+	MV_PUMA         = MV_10_DOT_1,
+	MV_JAGUAR       = MV_10_DOT_2,
+	MV_PANTHER      = MV_10_DOT_3,
+	MV_TIGER        = MV_10_DOT_4
+    };
+
+    // documented in qapplication_win.cpp
+    enum WindowsVersion {
+	WV_32s 		= 0x0001,
+	WV_95 		= 0x0002,
+	WV_98		= 0x0003,
+	WV_Me		= 0x0004,
+	WV_DOS_based	= 0x000f,
+
+	WV_NT 		= 0x0010,
+	WV_2000 	= 0x0020,
+	WV_XP		= 0x0030,
+	WV_2003		= 0x0040,
+	WV_VISTA 	= 0x0080,
+	WV_NT_based	= 0x00f0,
+
+	WV_CE           = 0x0100,
+	WV_CENET	= 0x0200,
+	WV_CE_based	= 0x0f00
+    };
+
+    // documented in qstyle.cpp
+    enum UIEffect {
+	UI_General,
+	UI_AnimateMenu,
+	UI_FadeMenu,
+	UI_AnimateCombo,
+	UI_AnimateTooltip,
+	UI_FadeTooltip,
+	UI_AnimateToolBox
+    };
+
+    // documented in qcursor.cpp
+    enum CursorShape {
+	ArrowCursor,
+	UpArrowCursor,
+	CrossCursor,
+	WaitCursor,
+	IbeamCursor,
+	SizeVerCursor,
+	SizeHorCursor,
+	SizeBDiagCursor,
+	SizeFDiagCursor,
+	SizeAllCursor,
+	BlankCursor,
+	SplitVCursor,
+	SplitHCursor,
+	PointingHandCursor,
+	ForbiddenCursor,
+	WhatsThisCursor,
+	BusyCursor,
+	LastCursor	= BusyCursor,
+	BitmapCursor	= 24
+    };
+
+    // Global cursors
+
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & arrowCursor;	// standard arrow cursor
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & upArrowCursor;	// upwards arrow
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & crossCursor;	// crosshair
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & waitCursor;	// hourglass/watch
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & ibeamCursor;	// ibeam/text entry
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & sizeVerCursor;	// vertical resize
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & sizeHorCursor;	// horizontal resize
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & sizeBDiagCursor;	// diagonal resize (/)
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & sizeFDiagCursor;	// diagonal resize (\)
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & sizeAllCursor;	// all directions resize
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & blankCursor;	// blank/invisible cursor
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & splitVCursor;	// vertical bar with left-right
+						// arrows
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & splitHCursor;	// horizontal bar with up-down
+						// arrows
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & pointingHandCursor;	// pointing hand
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & forbiddenCursor;	// forbidden cursor (slashed circle)
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & whatsThisCursor;  // arrow with a question mark
+    QT_STATIC_CONST QCursor & busyCursor;	// arrow with hourglass
+
+
+    enum TextFormat {
+	PlainText,
+	RichText,
+	AutoText,
+	LogText
+    };
+
+    // Documented in qtextedit.cpp
+    enum AnchorAttribute {
+	AnchorName,
+	AnchorHref
+    };
+
+    // Documented in qmainwindow.cpp
+    enum Dock {
+	DockUnmanaged,
+	DockTornOff,
+	DockTop,
+	DockBottom,
+	DockRight,
+	DockLeft,
+	DockMinimized
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+        ,
+	Unmanaged = DockUnmanaged,
+	TornOff = DockTornOff,
+	Top = DockTop,
+	Bottom = DockBottom,
+	Right = DockRight,
+	Left = DockLeft,
+	Minimized = DockMinimized
+#endif
+    };
+    // compatibility
+    typedef Dock ToolBarDock;
+
+    // documented in qdatetime.cpp
+    enum DateFormat {
+	TextDate,      // default Qt
+	ISODate,       // ISO 8601
+	LocalDate      // locale dependent
+    };
+
+    // documented in qdatetime.cpp
+    enum TimeSpec {
+	LocalTime,
+	UTC
+    };
+
+    // documented in qwidget.cpp
+    enum BackgroundMode {
+	FixedColor,
+	FixedPixmap,
+	NoBackground,
+	PaletteForeground,
+	PaletteButton,
+	PaletteLight,
+	PaletteMidlight,
+	PaletteDark,
+	PaletteMid,
+	PaletteText,
+	PaletteBrightText,
+	PaletteBase,
+	PaletteBackground,
+	PaletteShadow,
+	PaletteHighlight,
+	PaletteHighlightedText,
+	PaletteButtonText,
+	PaletteLink,
+	PaletteLinkVisited,
+	X11ParentRelative
+    };
+
+    typedef uint ComparisonFlags;
+
+    // Documented in qstring.cpp
+    enum StringComparisonMode {
+        CaseSensitive   = 0x00001, // 0 0001
+        BeginsWith      = 0x00002, // 0 0010
+        EndsWith        = 0x00004, // 0 0100
+        Contains        = 0x00008, // 0 1000
+        ExactMatch      = 0x00010  // 1 0000
+    };
+
+    // Documented in qtabwidget.cpp
+    enum Corner {
+	TopLeft     = 0x00000,
+	TopRight    = 0x00001,
+	BottomLeft  = 0x00002,
+	BottomRight = 0x00003
+    };
+
+    // "handle" type for system objects. Documented as \internal in
+    // qapplication.cpp
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    typedef void * HANDLE;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    typedef void *HANDLE;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    typedef unsigned long HANDLE;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    typedef void * HANDLE;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QInternal {
+public:
+    enum PaintDeviceFlags {
+	UndefinedDevice = 0x00,
+	Widget = 0x01,
+	Pixmap = 0x02,
+	Printer = 0x03,
+	Picture = 0x04,
+	System = 0x05,
+	DeviceTypeMask = 0x0f,
+	ExternalDevice = 0x10,
+	// used to emulate some of the behaviour different between Qt2 and Qt3 (mainly for printing)
+	CompatibilityMode = 0x20
+    };
+};
+
+#endif // QNAMESPACE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qnetworkprotocol.cpp b/src/kernel/qnetworkprotocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4173584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qnetworkprotocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1265 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QNetworkProtocol class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qnetworkprotocol.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#include "qlocalfs.h"
+#include "qurloperator.h"
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qptrqueue.h"
+
+//#define QNETWORKPROTOCOL_DEBUG
+#define NETWORK_OP_DELAY 1000
+
+extern Q_EXPORT QNetworkProtocolDict *qNetworkProtocolRegister;
+
+QNetworkProtocolDict *qNetworkProtocolRegister = 0;
+
+class QNetworkProtocolPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QNetworkProtocolPrivate( QNetworkProtocol *p )
+    {
+	url = 0;
+	opInProgress = 0;
+	opStartTimer = new QTimer( p );
+	removeTimer = new QTimer( p );
+	operationQueue.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	autoDelete = FALSE;
+	removeInterval = 10000;
+	oldOps.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+    }
+
+    ~QNetworkProtocolPrivate()
+    {
+	removeTimer->stop();
+	if ( opInProgress ) {
+	    if ( opInProgress == operationQueue.head() )
+		operationQueue.dequeue();
+	    opInProgress->free();
+	}
+	while ( operationQueue.head() ) {
+	    operationQueue.head()->free();
+	    operationQueue.dequeue();
+	}
+	while ( oldOps.first() ) {
+	    oldOps.first()->free();
+	    oldOps.removeFirst();
+	}
+	delete opStartTimer;
+    }
+
+    QUrlOperator *url;
+    QPtrQueue< QNetworkOperation > operationQueue;
+    QNetworkOperation *opInProgress;
+    QTimer *opStartTimer, *removeTimer;
+    int removeInterval;
+    bool autoDelete;
+    QPtrList< QNetworkOperation > oldOps;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QNetworkProtocol qnetworkprotocol.h
+    \brief The QNetworkProtocol class provides a common API for network protocols.
+\if defined(commercial)
+    It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">Qt Enterprise Edition</a>.
+\endif
+
+    \module network
+    \ingroup io
+    \module network
+    \mainclass
+
+    This is a base class which should be used for network protocols
+    implementations that can then be used in Qt (e.g. in the file
+    dialog) together with the QUrlOperator.
+
+    The easiest way to implement a new network protocol is to
+    reimplement the operation*() methods, e.g. operationGet(), etc.
+    Only the supported operations should be reimplemented. To specify
+    which operations are supported, also reimplement
+    supportedOperations() and return an int that is OR'd together
+    using the supported operations from the \l
+    QNetworkProtocol::Operation enum.
+
+    When you implement a network protocol this way, it is important to
+    emit the correct signals. Also, always emit the finished() signal
+    when an operation is done (on success \e and on failure). Qt
+    relies on correctly emitted finished() signals.
+
+    For a detailed description of the Qt Network Architecture and how
+    to implement and use network protocols in Qt, see the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::newChildren( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &i, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted after listChildren() was called and new
+    children (files) have been read from the list of files. \a i holds
+    the information about the new children. \a op is the pointer to
+    the operation object which contains all the information about the
+    operation, including the state, etc.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network
+    protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
+
+    When implementing your own network protocol and reading children,
+    you usually don't read one child at once, but rather a list of
+    them. That's why this signal takes a list of QUrlInfo objects. If
+    you prefer to read just one child at a time you can use the
+    convenience signal newChild(), which takes a single QUrlInfo
+    object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::newChild( const QUrlInfo &i, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted if a new child (file) has been read.
+    QNetworkProtocol automatically connects it to a slot which creates
+    a list of QUrlInfo objects (with just one QUrlInfo \a i) and emits
+    the newChildren() signal with this list. \a op is the pointer to
+    the operation object which contains all the information about the
+    operation that has finished, including the state, etc.
+
+    This is just a convenience signal useful for implementing your own
+    network protocol. In all other cases connect to the newChildren()
+    signal with its list of QUrlInfo objects.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::finished( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when an operation finishes. This signal is
+    always emitted, for both success and failure. \a op is the pointer
+    to the operation object which contains all the information about
+    the operation, including the state, etc. Check the state and error
+    code of the operation object to determine whether or not the
+    operation was successful.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network
+    protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::start( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    Some operations (such as listChildren()) emit this signal when
+    they start processing the operation. \a op is the pointer to the
+    operation object which contains all the information about the
+    operation, including the state, etc.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network
+    protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::createdDirectory( const QUrlInfo &i, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when mkdir() has been succesful and the
+    directory has been created. \a i holds the information about the
+    new directory. \a op is the pointer to the operation object which
+    contains all the information about the operation, including the
+    state, etc. Using op->arg( 0 ), you can get the file name of the
+    new directory.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network
+    protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::removed( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when remove() has been succesful and the
+    file has been removed. \a op holds the file name of the removed
+    file in the first argument, accessible with op->arg( 0 ). \a op is
+    the pointer to the operation object which contains all the
+    information about the operation, including the state, etc.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network
+    protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::itemChanged( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a file which is a child of this
+    URL has been changed, e.g. by successfully calling rename(). \a op
+    holds the original and the new file names in the first and second
+    arguments, accessible with op->arg( 0 ) and op->arg( 1 )
+    respectively. \a op is the pointer to the operation object which
+    contains all the information about the operation, including the
+    state, etc.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network
+    protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::data( const QByteArray &data,
+    QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when new \a data has been received after
+    calling get() or put(). \a op holds the name of the file from
+    which data is retrieved or uploaded in its first argument, and the
+    (raw) data in its second argument. You can get them with
+    op->arg( 0 ) and op->rawArg( 1 ). \a op is the pointer to the
+    operation object, which contains all the information about the
+    operation, including the state, etc.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator (which is used by the network
+    protocol) emit its corresponding signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::dataTransferProgress( int bytesDone, int bytesTotal, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted during the transfer of data (using put() or
+    get()). \a bytesDone is how many bytes of \a bytesTotal have been
+    transferred. \a bytesTotal may be -1, which means that the total
+    number of bytes is not known. \a op is the pointer to the
+    operation object which contains all the information about the
+    operation, including the state, etc.
+
+    When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart
+    enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network
+    protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QNetworkProtocol::connectionStateChanged( int state, const QString &data )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the state of the connection of the
+    network protocol is changed. \a state describes the new state,
+    which is one of, \c ConHostFound, \c ConConnected or \c ConClosed.
+    \a data is a message text.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QNetworkProtocol::State
+
+    This enum contains the state that a QNetworkOperation can have.
+
+    \value StWaiting  The operation is in the QNetworkProtocol's queue
+    waiting to be prcessed.
+
+    \value StInProgress  The operation is being processed.
+
+    \value StDone  The operation has been processed succesfully.
+
+    \value StFailed  The operation has been processed but an error occurred.
+
+    \value StStopped  The operation has been processed but has been
+    stopped before it finished, and is waiting to be processed.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QNetworkProtocol::Operation
+
+    This enum lists the possible operations that a network protocol
+    can support. supportedOperations() returns an int of these that is
+    OR'd together. Also, the type() of a QNetworkOperation is always
+    one of these values.
+
+    \value OpListChildren  List the children of a URL, e.g. of a directory.
+    \value OpMkDir  Create a directory.
+    \value OpRemove  Remove a child (e.g. a file).
+    \value OpRename  Rename a child (e.g. a file).
+    \value OpGet  Get data from a location.
+    \value OpPut  Put data to a location.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QNetworkProtocol::ConnectionState
+
+    When the connection state of a network protocol changes it emits
+    the signal connectionStateChanged(). The first argument is one of
+    the following values:
+
+    \value ConHostFound  Host has been found.
+    \value ConConnected  Connection to the host has been established.
+    \value ConClosed  Connection has been closed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QNetworkProtocol::Error
+
+    When an operation fails (finishes unsuccessfully), the
+    QNetworkOperation of the operation returns an error code which has
+    one of the following values:
+
+    \value NoError  No error occurred.
+
+    \value ErrValid  The URL you are operating on is not valid.
+
+    \value ErrUnknownProtocol  There is no protocol implementation
+    available for the protocol of the URL you are operating on (e.g.
+    if the protocol is http and no http implementation has been
+    registered).
+
+    \value ErrUnsupported  The operation is not supported by the
+    protocol.
+
+    \value ErrParse  The URL could not be parsed correctly.
+
+    \value ErrLoginIncorrect  You needed to login but the username
+    or password is wrong.
+
+    \value ErrHostNotFound  The specified host (in the URL) couldn't
+    be found.
+
+    \value ErrListChildren  An error occurred while listing the
+    children (files).
+
+    \value ErrMkDir  An error occurred when creating a directory.
+
+    \value ErrRemove  An error occurred when removing a child (file).
+
+    \value ErrRename   An error occurred when renaming a child (file).
+
+    \value ErrGet  An error occurred while getting (retrieving) data.
+
+    \value ErrPut  An error occurred while putting (uploading) data.
+
+    \value ErrFileNotExisting  A file which is needed by the operation
+    doesn't exist.
+
+    \value ErrPermissionDenied  Permission for doing the operation has
+    been denied.
+
+    You should also use these error codes when implementing custom
+    network protocols. If this is not possible, you can define your own
+    error codes by using integer values that don't conflict with any
+    of these values.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructor of the network protocol base class. Does some
+    initialization and connecting of signals and slots.
+*/
+
+QNetworkProtocol::QNetworkProtocol()
+    : QObject()
+{
+    d = new QNetworkProtocolPrivate( this );
+
+    connect( d->opStartTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, SLOT( startOps() ) );
+    connect( d->removeTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, SLOT( removeMe() ) );
+
+    if ( url() ) {
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( start(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( start(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SLOT( addEntry(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( createdDirectory(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( createdDirectory(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( removed(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( removed(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( itemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( itemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ) );
+    }
+
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+	     this, SLOT( processNextOperation(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( newChild(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+	     this, SLOT( emitNewChildren(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destructor.
+*/
+
+QNetworkProtocol::~QNetworkProtocol()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the QUrlOperator, on which the protocol works, to \a u.
+
+    \sa QUrlOperator
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::setUrl( QUrlOperator *u )
+{
+    if ( url() ) {
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( start(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( start(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SLOT( addEntry(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( createdDirectory(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( createdDirectory(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( removed(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( removed(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( itemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( itemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	disconnect( this, SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ),
+		    url(), SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ) );
+    }
+
+
+    // ### if autoDelete is TRUE, we should delete the QUrlOperator (something
+    // like below; but that is not possible since it would delete this, too).
+    //if ( d->autoDelete && (d->url!=u) ) {
+    //    delete d->url; // destructor deletes the network protocol
+    //}
+    d->url = u;
+
+    if ( url() ) {
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( start(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( start(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( newChildren(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SLOT( addEntry(const QValueList<QUrlInfo>&) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( createdDirectory(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( createdDirectory(const QUrlInfo&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( removed(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( removed(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( itemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( itemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ),
+		 url(), SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ) );
+    }
+
+    if ( !d->opInProgress && !d->operationQueue.isEmpty() )
+	d->opStartTimer->start( 0, TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    For processing operations the network protocol base class calls
+    this method quite often. This should be reimplemented by new
+    network protocols. It should return TRUE if the connection is OK
+    (open); otherwise it should return FALSE. If the connection is not
+    open the protocol should open it.
+
+    If the connection can't be opened (e.g. because you already tried
+    but the host couldn't be found), set the state of \a op to
+    QNetworkProtocol::StFailed and emit the finished() signal with
+    this QNetworkOperation as argument.
+
+    \a op is the operation that needs an open connection.
+*/
+
+bool QNetworkProtocol::checkConnection( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an int that is OR'd together using the enum values of
+    \l{QNetworkProtocol::Operation}, which describes which operations
+    are supported by the network protocol. Should be reimplemented by
+    new network protocols.
+*/
+
+int QNetworkProtocol::supportedOperations() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the operation \a op to the operation queue. The operation
+    will be processed as soon as possible. This method returns
+    immediately.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::addOperation( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QNETWORKPROTOCOL_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QNetworkOperation: addOperation: %p %d", op, op->operation() );
+#endif
+    d->operationQueue.enqueue( op );
+    if ( !d->opInProgress )
+	d->opStartTimer->start( 0, TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Static method to register a network protocol for Qt. For example,
+    if you have an implementation of NNTP (called Nntp) which is
+    derived from QNetworkProtocol, call:
+    \code
+    QNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol( "nntp", new QNetworkProtocolFactory<Nntp> );
+    \endcode
+    after which your implementation is registered for future nntp
+    operations.
+
+    The name of the protocol is given in \a protocol and a pointer to
+    the protocol factory is given in \a protocolFactory.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol( const QString &protocol,
+						QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase *protocolFactory )
+{
+    if ( !qNetworkProtocolRegister ) {
+	qNetworkProtocolRegister = new QNetworkProtocolDict;
+	QNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol( "file", new QNetworkProtocolFactory< QLocalFs > );
+    }
+
+    qNetworkProtocolRegister->insert( protocol, protocolFactory );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Static method to get a new instance of the network protocol \a
+    protocol. For example, if you need to do some FTP operations, do
+    the following:
+    \code
+    QFtp *ftp = QNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol( "ftp" );
+    \endcode
+    This returns a pointer to a new instance of an ftp implementation
+    or null if no protocol for ftp was registered. The ownership of
+    the pointer is transferred to you, so you must delete it if you
+    don't need it anymore.
+
+    Normally you should not work directly with network protocols, so
+    you will not need to call this method yourself. Instead, use
+    QUrlOperator, which makes working with network protocols much more
+    convenient.
+
+    \sa QUrlOperator
+*/
+
+QNetworkProtocol *QNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol( const QString &protocol )
+{
+    if ( !qNetworkProtocolRegister ) {
+	qNetworkProtocolRegister = new QNetworkProtocolDict;
+	QNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol( "file", new QNetworkProtocolFactory< QLocalFs > );
+    }
+
+    if ( protocol.isNull() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase *factory = qNetworkProtocolRegister->find( protocol );
+    if ( factory )
+	return factory->createObject();
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the only protocol registered is for working on the
+    local filesystem; returns FALSE if other network protocols are
+    also registered.
+*/
+
+bool QNetworkProtocol::hasOnlyLocalFileSystem()
+{
+    if ( !qNetworkProtocolRegister )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    QDictIterator< QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase > it( *qNetworkProtocolRegister );
+    for ( ; it.current(); ++it )
+	if ( it.currentKey() != "file" )
+	    return FALSE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Starts processing network operations.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::startOps()
+{
+#ifdef QNETWORKPROTOCOL_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QNetworkOperation: start processing operations" );
+#endif
+    processNextOperation( 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Processes the operation \a op. It calls the
+  corresponding operation[something]( QNetworkOperation * )
+  methods.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::processOperation( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+    if ( !op )
+	return;
+
+    switch ( op->operation() ) {
+    case OpListChildren:
+	operationListChildren( op );
+	break;
+    case OpMkDir:
+	operationMkDir( op );
+	break;
+    case OpRemove:
+	operationRemove( op );
+	break;
+    case OpRename:
+	operationRename( op );
+	break;
+    case OpGet:
+	operationGet( op );
+	break;
+    case OpPut:
+	operationPut( op );
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    When implementing a new network protocol, this method should be
+    reimplemented if the protocol supports listing children (files);
+    this method should then process this QNetworkOperation.
+
+    When you reimplement this method it's very important that you emit
+    the correct signals at the correct time (especially the finished()
+    signal after processing an operation). Take a look at the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink which describes in
+    detail how to reimplement this method. You may also want to look
+    at the example implementation in
+    examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
+    \a op is the pointer to the operation object which contains all
+    the information on the operation that has finished, including the
+    state, etc.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::operationListChildren( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    When implementing a new network protocol, this method should be
+    reimplemented if the protocol supports making directories; this
+    method should then process this QNetworkOperation.
+
+    When you reimplement this method it's very important that you emit
+    the correct signals at the correct time (especially the finished()
+    signal after processing an operation). Take a look at the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink which describes in
+    detail how to reimplement this method. You may also want to look
+    at the example implementation in
+    examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
+    \a op is the pointer to the operation object which contains all
+    the information on the operation that has finished, including the
+    state, etc.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::operationMkDir( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    When implementing a new network protocol, this method should be
+    reimplemented if the protocol supports removing children (files);
+    this method should then process this QNetworkOperation.
+
+    When you reimplement this method it's very important that you emit
+    the correct signals at the correct time (especially the finished()
+    signal after processing an operation). Take a look at the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink which is describes
+    in detail how to reimplement this method. You may also want to
+    look at the example implementation in
+    examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
+    \a op is the pointer to the operation object which contains all
+    the information on the operation that has finished, including the
+    state, etc.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::operationRemove( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    When implementing a new newtork protocol, this method should be
+    reimplemented if the protocol supports renaming children (files);
+    this method should then process this QNetworkOperation.
+
+    When you reimplement this method it's very important that you emit
+    the correct signals at the correct time (especially the finished()
+    signal after processing an operation). Take a look at the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink which describes in
+    detail how to reimplement this method. You may also want to look
+    at the example implementation in
+    examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
+    \a op is the pointer to the operation object which contains all
+    the information on the operation that has finished, including the
+    state, etc.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::operationRename( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    When implementing a new network protocol, this method should be
+    reimplemented if the protocol supports getting data; this method
+    should then process the QNetworkOperation.
+
+    When you reimplement this method it's very important that you emit
+    the correct signals at the correct time (especially the finished()
+    signal after processing an operation). Take a look at the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink which describes in
+    detail how to reimplement this method. You may also want to look
+    at the example implementation in
+    examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
+    \a op is the pointer to the operation object which contains all
+    the information on the operation that has finished, including the
+    state, etc.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::operationGet( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    When implementing a new network protocol, this method should be
+    reimplemented if the protocol supports putting (uploading) data;
+    this method should then process the QNetworkOperation.
+
+    When you reimplement this method it's very important that you emit
+    the correct signals at the correct time (especially the finished()
+    signal after processing an operation). Take a look at the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink which describes in
+    detail how to reimplement this method. You may also want to look
+    at the example implementation in
+    examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
+    \a op is the pointer to the operation object which contains all
+    the information on the operation that has finished, including the
+    state, etc.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::operationPut( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::operationPutChunk( QNetworkOperation * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Handles operations. Deletes the previous operation object and
+  tries to process the next operation. It also checks the connection state
+  and only processes the next operation, if the connection of the protocol
+  is open. Otherwise it waits until the protocol opens the connection.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::processNextOperation( QNetworkOperation *old )
+{
+#ifdef QNETWORKPROTOCOL_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QNetworkOperation: process next operation, old: %p", old );
+#endif
+    d->removeTimer->stop();
+
+    if ( old )
+	d->oldOps.append( old );
+    if ( d->opInProgress && d->opInProgress!=old )
+	d->oldOps.append( d->opInProgress );
+
+    if ( d->operationQueue.isEmpty() ) {
+	d->opInProgress = 0;
+	if ( d->autoDelete )
+	    d->removeTimer->start( d->removeInterval, TRUE );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QNetworkOperation *op = d->operationQueue.head();
+
+    d->opInProgress = op;
+
+    if ( !checkConnection( op ) ) {
+	if ( op->state() != QNetworkProtocol::StFailed ) {
+	    d->opStartTimer->start( 0, TRUE );
+	} else {
+	    d->operationQueue.dequeue();
+	    clearOperationQueue();
+	    emit finished( op );
+	}
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    d->opInProgress = op;
+    d->operationQueue.dequeue();
+    processOperation( op );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the QUrlOperator on which the protocol works.
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator *QNetworkProtocol::url() const
+{
+    return d->url;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the operation, which is being processed, or 0 of no
+    operation is being processed at the moment.
+*/
+
+QNetworkOperation *QNetworkProtocol::operationInProgress() const
+{
+    return d->opInProgress;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the operation queue.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::clearOperationQueue()
+{
+    d->operationQueue.dequeue();
+    d->operationQueue.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    d->operationQueue.clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Stops the current operation that is being processed and clears all
+    waiting operations.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::stop()
+{
+    QNetworkOperation *op = d->opInProgress;
+    clearOperationQueue();
+    if ( op ) {
+	op->setState( StStopped );
+	op->setProtocolDetail( tr( "Operation stopped by the user" ) );
+	emit finished( op );
+	setUrl( 0 );
+	op->free();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Because it's sometimes hard to take care of removing network
+    protocol instances, QNetworkProtocol provides an auto-delete
+    mechanism. If you set \a b to TRUE, the network protocol instance
+    is removed after it has been inactive for \a i milliseconds (i.e.
+    \a i milliseconds after the last operation has been processed).
+    If you set \a b to FALSE the auto-delete mechanism is switched
+    off.
+
+    If you switch on auto-delete, the QNetworkProtocol also deletes
+    its QUrlOperator.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::setAutoDelete( bool b, int i )
+{
+    d->autoDelete = b;
+    d->removeInterval = i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if auto-deleting is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa QNetworkProtocol::setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+bool QNetworkProtocol::autoDelete() const
+{
+    return d->autoDelete;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::removeMe()
+{
+    if ( d->autoDelete ) {
+#ifdef QNETWORKPROTOCOL_DEBUG
+	qDebug( "QNetworkOperation:  autodelete of QNetworkProtocol %p", this );
+#endif
+	delete d->url; // destructor deletes the network protocol
+    }
+}
+
+void QNetworkProtocol::emitNewChildren( const QUrlInfo &i, QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+    QValueList<QUrlInfo> lst;
+    lst << i;
+    emit newChildren( lst, op );
+}
+
+class QNetworkOperationPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation;
+    QNetworkProtocol::State state;
+    QMap<int, QString> args;
+    QMap<int, QByteArray> rawArgs;
+    QString protocolDetail;
+    int errorCode;
+    QTimer *deleteTimer;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QNetworkOperation
+
+    \brief The QNetworkOperation class provides common operations for network protocols.
+\if defined(commercial)
+    It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">Qt Enterprise Edition</a>.
+\endif
+
+    \module network
+    \ingroup io
+
+    An object is created to describe the operation and the current
+    state for each operation that a network protocol should process.
+
+    For a detailed description of the Qt Network Architecture and how
+    to implement and use network protocols in Qt, see the \link
+    network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink.
+
+    \sa QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a network operation object. \a operation is the type of
+    the operation, and \a arg0, \a arg1 and \a arg2 are the first
+    three arguments of the operation. The state is initialized to
+    QNetworkProtocol::StWaiting.
+
+    \sa QNetworkProtocol::Operation QNetworkProtocol::State
+*/
+
+QNetworkOperation::QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation,
+				      const QString &arg0, const QString &arg1,
+				      const QString &arg2 )
+{
+    d = new QNetworkOperationPrivate;
+    d->deleteTimer = new QTimer( this );
+    connect( d->deleteTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, SLOT( deleteMe() ) );
+    d->operation = operation;
+    d->state = QNetworkProtocol::StWaiting;
+    d->args[ 0 ] = arg0;
+    d->args[ 1 ] = arg1;
+    d->args[ 2 ] = arg2;
+    d->rawArgs[ 0 ] = QByteArray( 0 );
+    d->rawArgs[ 1 ] = QByteArray( 0 );
+    d->rawArgs[ 2 ] = QByteArray( 0 );
+    d->protocolDetail = QString::null;
+    d->errorCode = (int)QNetworkProtocol::NoError;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a network operation object. \a operation is the type of
+    the operation, and \a arg0, \a arg1 and \a arg2 are the first
+    three raw data arguments of the operation. The state is
+    initialized to QNetworkProtocol::StWaiting.
+
+    \sa QNetworkProtocol::Operation QNetworkProtocol::State
+*/
+
+QNetworkOperation::QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation,
+				      const QByteArray &arg0, const QByteArray &arg1,
+				      const QByteArray &arg2 )
+{
+    d = new QNetworkOperationPrivate;
+    d->deleteTimer = new QTimer( this );
+    connect( d->deleteTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, SLOT( deleteMe() ) );
+    d->operation = operation;
+    d->state = QNetworkProtocol::StWaiting;
+    d->args[ 0 ] = QString::null;
+    d->args[ 1 ] = QString::null;
+    d->args[ 2 ] = QString::null;
+    d->rawArgs[ 0 ] = arg0;
+    d->rawArgs[ 1 ] = arg1;
+    d->rawArgs[ 2 ] = arg2;
+    d->protocolDetail = QString::null;
+    d->errorCode = (int)QNetworkProtocol::NoError;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destructor.
+*/
+
+QNetworkOperation::~QNetworkOperation()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the \a state of the operation object. This should be done by
+    the network protocol during processing; at the end it should be
+    set to QNetworkProtocol::StDone or QNetworkProtocol::StFailed,
+    depending on success or failure.
+
+    \sa QNetworkProtocol::State
+*/
+
+void QNetworkOperation::setState( QNetworkProtocol::State state )
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    d->state = state;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If the operation failed, the error message can be specified as \a
+    detail.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkOperation::setProtocolDetail( const QString &detail )
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    d->protocolDetail = detail;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the error code to \a ec.
+
+    If the operation failed, the protocol should set an error code to
+    describe the error in more detail. If possible, one of the error
+    codes defined in QNetworkProtocol should be used.
+
+    \sa setProtocolDetail() QNetworkProtocol::Error
+*/
+
+void QNetworkOperation::setErrorCode( int ec )
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    d->errorCode = ec;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the network operation's \a{num}-th argument to \a arg.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkOperation::setArg( int num, const QString &arg )
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    d->args[ num ] = arg;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the network operation's \a{num}-th raw data argument to \a arg.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkOperation::setRawArg( int num, const QByteArray &arg )
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    d->rawArgs[ num ] = arg;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the type of the operation.
+*/
+
+QNetworkProtocol::Operation QNetworkOperation::operation() const
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    return d->operation;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the state of the operation. You can determine whether an
+    operation is still waiting to be processed, is being processed,
+    has been processed successfully, or failed.
+*/
+
+QNetworkProtocol::State QNetworkOperation::state() const
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    return d->state;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the operation's \a{num}-th argument. If this argument was
+    not already set, an empty string is returned.
+*/
+
+QString QNetworkOperation::arg( int num ) const
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    return d->args[ num ];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the operation's \a{num}-th raw data argument. If this
+    argument was not already set, an empty bytearray is returned.
+*/
+
+QByteArray QNetworkOperation::rawArg( int num ) const
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    return d->rawArgs[ num ];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a detailed error message for the last error. This must
+    have been set using setProtocolDetail().
+*/
+
+QString QNetworkOperation::protocolDetail() const
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    return d->protocolDetail;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the error code for the last error that occurred.
+*/
+
+int QNetworkOperation::errorCode() const
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    return d->errorCode;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+
+QByteArray& QNetworkOperation::raw( int num ) const
+{
+    if ( d->deleteTimer->isActive() ) {
+	d->deleteTimer->stop();
+	d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+    }
+    return d->rawArgs[ num ];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets this object to delete itself when it hasn't been used for one
+    second.
+
+    Because QNetworkOperation pointers are passed around a lot the
+    QNetworkProtocol generally does not have enough knowledge to
+    delete these at the correct time. If a QNetworkProtocol doesn't
+    need an operation any more it will call this function instead.
+
+    Note: you should never need to call the method yourself.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkOperation::free()
+{
+    d->deleteTimer->start( NETWORK_OP_DELAY );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Internal slot for auto-deletion.
+*/
+
+void QNetworkOperation::deleteMe()
+{
+    delete this;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qnetworkprotocol.h b/src/kernel/qnetworkprotocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..096a9ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qnetworkprotocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QNetworkProtocol class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QNETWORKPROTOCOL_H
+#define QNETWORKPROTOCOL_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qurlinfo.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#if __GNUC__ - 0 > 3
+#pragma GCC system_header
+#endif
+
+class QNetworkProtocol;
+class QNetworkOperation;
+class QTimer;
+class QUrlOperator;
+class QNetworkProtocolPrivate;
+template <class T> class QValueList;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase
+{
+public:
+   virtual QNetworkProtocol *createObject() = 0;
+
+};
+
+template< class T >
+class QNetworkProtocolFactory : public QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase
+{
+public:
+    QNetworkProtocol *createObject() {
+	return new T;
+    }
+
+};
+
+typedef QDict< QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase > QNetworkProtocolDict;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QNetworkProtocol : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    enum State {
+	StWaiting = 0,
+	StInProgress,
+	StDone,
+	StFailed,
+	StStopped
+    };
+
+    enum Operation {
+	OpListChildren = 1,
+	OpMkDir = 2,
+	OpMkdir = OpMkDir, // ### remove in 4.0
+	OpRemove = 4,
+	OpRename = 8,
+	OpGet = 32,
+	OpPut = 64
+    };
+
+    enum ConnectionState {
+	ConHostFound,
+	ConConnected,
+	ConClosed
+    };
+
+    enum Error {
+	// no error
+	NoError = 0,
+	// general errors
+	ErrValid,
+	ErrUnknownProtocol,
+	ErrUnsupported,
+	ErrParse,
+	// errors on connect
+	ErrLoginIncorrect,
+	ErrHostNotFound,
+	// protocol errors
+	ErrListChildren,
+	ErrListChlidren = ErrListChildren, // ### remove in 4.0
+	ErrMkDir,
+	ErrMkdir = ErrMkDir, // ### remove in 4.0
+	ErrRemove,
+	ErrRename,
+	ErrGet,
+	ErrPut,
+	ErrFileNotExisting,
+	ErrPermissionDenied
+    };
+
+    QNetworkProtocol();
+    virtual ~QNetworkProtocol();
+
+    virtual void setUrl( QUrlOperator *u );
+
+    virtual void setAutoDelete( bool b, int i = 10000 );
+    bool autoDelete() const;
+
+    static void registerNetworkProtocol( const QString &protocol,
+					 QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase *protocolFactory );
+    static QNetworkProtocol *getNetworkProtocol( const QString &protocol );
+    static bool hasOnlyLocalFileSystem();
+
+    virtual int supportedOperations() const;
+    virtual void addOperation( QNetworkOperation *op );
+
+    QUrlOperator *url() const;
+    QNetworkOperation *operationInProgress() const;
+    virtual void clearOperationQueue();
+    virtual void stop();
+
+signals:
+    void data( const QByteArray &, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void connectionStateChanged( int state, const QString &data );
+    void finished( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void start( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void newChildren( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void newChild( const QUrlInfo &, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void createdDirectory( const QUrlInfo &, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void removed( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void itemChanged( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void dataTransferProgress( int bytesDone, int bytesTotal, QNetworkOperation *res );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void processOperation( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationListChildren( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationMkDir( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationRemove( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationRename( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationGet( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationPut( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual void operationPutChunk( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    virtual bool checkConnection( QNetworkOperation *op );
+
+private:
+    QNetworkProtocolPrivate *d;
+
+private slots:
+    void processNextOperation( QNetworkOperation *old );
+    void startOps();
+    void emitNewChildren( const QUrlInfo &i, QNetworkOperation *op );
+
+    void removeMe();
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QNetworkProtocol( const QNetworkProtocol & );
+    QNetworkProtocol &operator=( const QNetworkProtocol & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class QNetworkOperationPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QNetworkOperation : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    friend class QUrlOperator;
+
+public:
+    QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation,
+		    const QString &arg0, const QString &arg1,
+		    const QString &arg2 );
+    QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation,
+		    const QByteArray &arg0, const QByteArray &arg1,
+		    const QByteArray &arg2 );
+    ~QNetworkOperation();
+
+    void setState( QNetworkProtocol::State state );
+    void setProtocolDetail( const QString &detail );
+    void setErrorCode( int ec );
+    void setArg( int num, const QString &arg );
+    void setRawArg( int num, const QByteArray &arg );
+
+    QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation() const;
+    QNetworkProtocol::State state() const;
+    QString arg( int num ) const;
+    QByteArray rawArg( int num ) const;
+    QString protocolDetail() const;
+    int errorCode() const;
+
+    void free();
+
+private slots:
+    void deleteMe();
+
+private:
+    QByteArray &raw( int num ) const;
+    QNetworkOperationPrivate *d;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QNetworkOperation( const QNetworkOperation & );
+    QNetworkOperation &operator=( const QNetworkOperation & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#endif // QNETWORKPROTOCOL_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qobject.cpp b/src/kernel/qobject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7790676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qobject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2711 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QObject class
+**
+** Created : 930418
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qsignalslotimp.h"
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include <private/qucom_p.h>
+#include "qucomextra_p.h"
+#include "qptrvector.h"
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+#include <qmutex.h>
+#include <private/qmutexpool_p.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+class QObjectPrivate : public QPtrVector<QObjectUserData>
+{
+public:
+    QObjectPrivate( uint s ) : QPtrVector<QObjectUserData>(s){ setAutoDelete( TRUE ); }
+};
+#else
+class QObjectPrivate {
+}
+#endif
+
+class QSenderObjectList : public QObjectList, public QShared
+{
+public:
+    QSenderObjectList() : currentSender( 0 ) { }
+    QObject *currentSender;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class Qt qnamespace.h
+
+    \brief The Qt class is a namespace for miscellaneous identifiers
+    that need to be global-like.
+
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    Normally, you can ignore this class. QObject and a few other
+    classes inherit it, so all the identifiers in the Qt namespace are
+    normally usable without qualification.
+
+    However, you may occasionally need to say \c Qt::black instead of
+    just \c black, particularly in static utility functions (such as
+    many class factories).
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Orientation
+
+    This type is used to signify an object's orientation.
+
+    \value Horizontal
+    \value Vertical
+
+    Orientation is used with QScrollBar for example.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QObject qobject.h
+    \brief The QObject class is the base class of all Qt objects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+    \mainclass
+    \reentrant
+
+    QObject is the heart of the \link object.html Qt object model.
+    \endlink The central feature in this model is a very powerful
+    mechanism for seamless object communication called \link
+    signalsandslots.html signals and slots \endlink. You can
+    connect a signal to a slot with connect() and destroy the
+    connection with disconnect(). To avoid never ending notification
+    loops you can temporarily block signals with blockSignals(). The
+    protected functions connectNotify() and disconnectNotify() make it
+    possible to track connections.
+
+    QObjects organize themselves in object trees. When you create a
+    QObject with another object as parent, the object will
+    automatically do an insertChild() on the parent and thus show up
+    in the parent's children() list. The parent takes ownership of the
+    object i.e. it will automatically delete its children in its
+    destructor. You can look for an object by name and optionally type
+    using child() or queryList(), and get the list of tree roots using
+    objectTrees().
+
+    Every object has an object name() and can report its className()
+    and whether it inherits() another class in the QObject inheritance
+    hierarchy.
+
+    When an object is deleted, it emits a destroyed() signal. You can
+    catch this signal to avoid dangling references to QObjects. The
+    QGuardedPtr class provides an elegant way to use this feature.
+
+    QObjects can receive events through event() and filter the events
+    of other objects. See installEventFilter() and eventFilter() for
+    details. A convenience handler, childEvent(), can be reimplemented
+    to catch child events.
+
+    Last but not least, QObject provides the basic timer support in
+    Qt; see QTimer for high-level support for timers.
+
+    Notice that the Q_OBJECT macro is mandatory for any object that
+    implements signals, slots or properties. You also need to run the
+    \link moc.html moc program (Meta Object Compiler) \endlink on the
+    source file. We strongly recommend the use of this macro in \e all
+    subclasses of QObject regardless of whether or not they actually
+    use signals, slots and properties, since failure to do so may lead
+    certain functions to exhibit undefined behaviour.
+
+    All Qt widgets inherit QObject. The convenience function
+    isWidgetType() returns whether an object is actually a widget. It
+    is much faster than inherits( "QWidget" ).
+
+    Some QObject functions, e.g. children(), objectTrees() and
+    queryList() return a QObjectList. A QObjectList is a QPtrList of
+    QObjects. QObjectLists support the same operations as QPtrLists
+    and have an iterator class, QObjectListIt.
+*/
+
+
+//
+// Remove white space from SIGNAL and SLOT names.
+// Internal for QObject::connect() and QObject::disconnect()
+//
+
+static inline bool isIdentChar( char x )
+{						// Avoid bug in isalnum
+    return x == '_' || (x >= '0' && x <= '9') ||
+	 (x >= 'a' && x <= 'z') || (x >= 'A' && x <= 'Z');
+}
+
+static inline bool isSpace( char x )
+{
+#if defined(Q_CC_BOR)
+  /*
+    Borland C++ 4.5 has a weird isspace() bug.
+    isspace() usually works, but not here.
+    This implementation is sufficient for our internal use: rmWS()
+  */
+    return (uchar) x <= 32;
+#else
+    return isspace( (uchar) x );
+#endif
+}
+
+static QCString qt_rmWS( const char *s )
+{
+    QCString result( qstrlen(s)+1 );
+    char *d = result.data();
+    char last = 0;
+    while( *s && isSpace(*s) )			// skip leading space
+	s++;
+    while ( *s ) {
+	while ( *s && !isSpace(*s) )
+	    last = *d++ = *s++;
+	while ( *s && isSpace(*s) )
+	    s++;
+	if ( *s && isIdentChar(*s) && isIdentChar(last) )
+	    last = *d++ = ' ';
+    }
+    *d = '\0';
+    result.truncate( (int)(d - result.data()) );
+    int void_pos = result.find("(void)");
+    if ( void_pos >= 0 )
+	result.remove( void_pos+1, (uint)strlen("void") );
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+// Event functions, implemented in qapplication_xxx.cpp
+
+int   qStartTimer( int interval, QObject *obj );
+bool  qKillTimer( int id );
+bool  qKillTimer( QObject *obj );
+
+static void removeObjFromList( QObjectList *objList, const QObject *obj,
+			       bool single=FALSE )
+{
+    if ( !objList )
+	return;
+    int index = objList->findRef( obj );
+    while ( index >= 0 ) {
+	objList->remove();
+	if ( single )
+	    return;
+	index = objList->findNextRef( obj );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Returns a pointer to the object named \a name that inherits \a
+    type and with a given \a parent.
+
+    Returns 0 if there is no such child.
+
+    \code
+	QListBox *c = (QListBox *) qt_find_obj_child( myWidget, "QListBox",
+						      "my list box" );
+	if ( c )
+	    c->insertItem( "another string" );
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+void *qt_find_obj_child( QObject *parent, const char *type, const char *name )
+{
+    const QObjectList *list = parent->children();
+    if ( list ) {
+	QObjectListIt it( *list );
+	QObject *obj;
+	while ( (obj = it.current()) ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( qstrcmp(name,obj->name()) == 0 &&
+		 obj->inherits(type) )
+		return obj;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRELIMINARY_SIGNAL_SPY
+/*
+  Preliminary signal spy
+ */
+Q_EXPORT QObject* qt_preliminary_signal_spy = 0;
+static QObject* qt_spy_signal_sender = 0;
+
+static void qt_spy_signal( QObject* sender, int signal, QUObject* o )
+{
+    QMetaObject* mo = sender->metaObject();
+    while ( mo && signal - mo->signalOffset() < 0 )
+	mo = mo->superClass();
+    if ( !mo )
+	return;
+    const QMetaData* sigData = mo->signal( signal - mo->signalOffset() );
+    if ( !sigData )
+	return;
+    QCString s;
+    mo = sender->metaObject();
+    while ( mo ) {
+	s.sprintf( "%s_%s", mo->className(), sigData->name );
+	int slot = qt_preliminary_signal_spy->metaObject()->findSlot( s, TRUE );
+	if ( slot >= 0 ) {
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+	    // protect access to qt_spy_signal_sender
+	    void * const address = &qt_spy_signal_sender;
+	    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+				 qt_global_mutexpool->get( address ) : 0 );
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+	    QObject* old_sender = qt_spy_signal_sender;
+	    qt_spy_signal_sender = sender;
+	    qt_preliminary_signal_spy->qt_invoke( slot, o );
+	    qt_spy_signal_sender = old_sender;
+	    break;
+	}
+	mo = mo->superClass();
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  End Preliminary signal spy
+ */
+#endif // QT_NO_PRELIMINARY_SIGNAL_SPY
+
+static QObjectList* object_trees = 0;
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+static QMutex *obj_trees_mutex = 0;
+#endif
+
+static void cleanup_object_trees()
+{
+    delete object_trees;
+    object_trees = 0;
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    delete obj_trees_mutex;
+    obj_trees_mutex = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+static void ensure_object_trees()
+{
+    object_trees = new QObjectList;
+    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_object_trees );
+}
+
+static void insert_tree( QObject* obj )
+{
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    if ( !obj_trees_mutex )
+	obj_trees_mutex = new QMutex();
+    QMutexLocker locker( obj_trees_mutex );
+#endif
+    if ( !object_trees )
+	ensure_object_trees();
+    object_trees->insert(0, obj );
+}
+
+static void remove_tree( QObject* obj )
+{
+    if ( object_trees ) {
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+	QMutexLocker locker( obj_trees_mutex );
+#endif
+	object_trees->removeRef( obj );
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    TQt compatibility function
+*/
+QObjectList QObject::childrenListObject() {
+	if (children()) return *(children());
+	else return QObjectList();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    TQt compatibility function
+*/
+const QObjectList QObject::childrenListObject() const {
+	if (children()) return *(children());
+	else return QObjectList();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    TQt compatibility function
+*/
+const QObjectList QObject::objectTreesListObject() {
+	if (objectTrees()) return *(objectTrees());
+	else return QObjectList();
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QObject member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an object called \a name with parent object, \a parent.
+
+    The parent of an object may be viewed as the object's owner. For
+    instance, a \link QDialog dialog box\endlink is the parent of the
+    "OK" and "Cancel" buttons it contains.
+
+    The destructor of a parent object destroys all child objects.
+
+    Setting \a parent to 0 constructs an object with no parent. If the
+    object is a widget, it will become a top-level window.
+
+    The object name is some text that can be used to identify a
+    QObject. It's particularly useful in conjunction with \link
+    designer-manual.book <i>Qt Designer</i>\endlink. You can find an
+    object by name (and type) using child(). To find several objects
+    use queryList().
+
+    \sa parent(), name(), child(), queryList()
+*/
+
+QObject::QObject( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    :
+    isSignal( FALSE ),				// assume not a signal object
+    isWidget( FALSE ), 				// assume not a widget object
+    pendTimer( FALSE ),				// no timers yet
+    blockSig( FALSE ),      			// not blocking signals
+    wasDeleted( FALSE ),       			// double-delete catcher
+    isTree( FALSE ), 				// no tree yet
+    objname( name ? qstrdup(name) : 0 ),        // set object name
+    parentObj( 0 ),				// no parent yet. It is set by insertChild()
+    childObjects( 0 ), 				// no children yet
+    connections( 0 ),				// no connections yet
+    senderObjects( 0 ),        			// no signals connected yet
+    eventFilters( 0 ), 				// no filters installed
+    postedEvents( 0 ), 				// no events posted
+    d( 0 )
+{
+    if ( !metaObj )				// will create object dict
+	(void) staticMetaObject();
+
+    if ( parent ) {				// add object to parent
+	parent->insertChild( this );
+    } else {
+	insert_tree( this );
+	isTree = TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object, deleting all its child objects.
+
+    All signals to and from the object are automatically disconnected.
+
+    \warning All child objects are deleted. If any of these objects
+    are on the stack or global, sooner or later your program will
+    crash. We do not recommend holding pointers to child objects from
+    outside the parent. If you still do, the QObject::destroyed()
+    signal gives you an opportunity to detect when an object is
+    destroyed.
+
+    \warning Deleting a QObject while pending events are waiting to be
+    delivered can cause a crash.  You must not delete the QObject
+    directly from a thread that is not the GUI thread.  Use the
+    QObject::deleteLater() method instead, which will cause the event
+    loop to delete the object after all pending events have been
+    delivered to the object.
+*/
+
+QObject::~QObject()
+{
+    if ( wasDeleted ) {
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	qWarning( "Double QObject deletion detected." );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    wasDeleted = 1;
+    blockSig = 0; // unblock signals to keep QGuardedPtr happy
+    emit destroyed( this );
+    emit destroyed();
+    if ( objname )
+	delete [] (char*)objname;
+    objname = 0;
+    if ( pendTimer )				// might be pending timers
+	qKillTimer( this );
+    QApplication::removePostedEvents( this );
+    if ( isTree ) {
+	remove_tree( this );		// remove from global root list
+	isTree = FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( parentObj )				// remove it from parent object
+	parentObj->removeChild( this );
+    register QObject *obj;
+    if ( senderObjects ) {			// disconnect from senders
+	QSenderObjectList *tmp = senderObjects;
+	senderObjects = 0;
+	obj = tmp->first();
+	while ( obj ) {				// for all senders...
+	    obj->disconnect( this );
+	    obj = tmp->next();
+	}
+	if ( tmp->deref() )
+	    delete tmp;
+    }
+    if ( connections ) {			// disconnect receivers
+	for ( int i = 0; i < (int) connections->size(); i++ ) {
+	    QConnectionList* clist = (*connections)[i]; // for each signal...
+	    if ( !clist )
+		continue;
+	    register QConnection *c;
+	    QConnectionListIt cit(*clist);
+	    while( (c=cit.current()) ) {	// for each connected slot...
+		++cit;
+		if ( (obj=c->object()) )
+		    removeObjFromList( obj->senderObjects, this );
+	    }
+	}
+	delete connections;
+	connections = 0;
+    }
+    if ( eventFilters ) {
+	delete eventFilters;
+	eventFilters = 0;
+    }
+    if ( childObjects ) {			// delete children objects
+	QObjectListIt it(*childObjects);
+	while ( (obj=it.current()) ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    obj->parentObj = 0;
+	    childObjects->removeRef( obj );
+	    delete obj;
+	}
+	delete childObjects;
+    }
+
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMetaObject *QObject::metaObject() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the meta object of this object.
+
+    A meta object contains information about a class that inherits
+    QObject, e.g. class name, superclass name, properties, signals and
+    slots. Every class that contains the Q_OBJECT macro will also have
+    a meta object.
+
+    The meta object information is required by the signal/slot
+    connection mechanism and the property system. The functions isA()
+    and inherits() also make use of the meta object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QObject::className() const
+
+    Returns the class name of this object.
+
+    This function is generated by the \link metaobjects.html Meta
+    Object Compiler. \endlink
+
+    \warning This function will return the wrong name if the class
+    definition lacks the Q_OBJECT macro.
+
+    \sa name(), inherits(), isA(), isWidgetType()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this object is an instance of the class \a clname;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+    QTimer *t = new QTimer; // QTimer inherits QObject
+    t->isA( "QTimer" );     // returns TRUE
+    t->isA( "QObject" );    // returns FALSE
+  \endcode
+
+  \sa inherits() metaObject()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::isA( const char *clname ) const
+{
+    return qstrcmp( clname, className() ) == 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this object is an instance of a class that
+    inherits \a clname, and \a clname inherits QObject; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    A class is considered to inherit itself.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QTimer *t = new QTimer;         // QTimer inherits QObject
+	t->inherits( "QTimer" );        // returns TRUE
+	t->inherits( "QObject" );       // returns TRUE
+	t->inherits( "QButton" );       // returns FALSE
+
+	// QScrollBar inherits QWidget and QRangeControl
+	QScrollBar *s = new QScrollBar( 0 );
+	s->inherits( "QWidget" );       // returns TRUE
+	s->inherits( "QRangeControl" ); // returns FALSE
+    \endcode
+
+    (\l QRangeControl is not a QObject.)
+
+    \sa isA(), metaObject()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::inherits( const char *clname ) const
+{
+    return metaObject()->inherits( clname );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns TRUE if \a object inherits \a superClass within
+    the meta object inheritance chain; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa inherits()
+*/
+void *qt_inheritedBy( QMetaObject *superClass, const QObject *object )
+{
+    if (!object)
+	return 0;
+    register QMetaObject *mo = object->metaObject();
+    while (mo) {
+	if (mo == superClass)
+	    return (void*)object;
+	mo = mo->superClass();
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QObject::name
+
+    \brief the name of this object
+
+    You can find an object by name (and type) using child(). You can
+    find a set of objects with queryList().
+
+    The object name is set by the constructor or by the setName()
+    function. The object name is not very useful in the current
+    version of Qt, but will become increasingly important in the
+    future.
+
+    If the object does not have a name, the name() function returns
+    "unnamed", so printf() (used in qDebug()) will not be asked to
+    output a null pointer. If you want a null pointer to be returned
+    for unnamed objects, you can call name( 0 ).
+
+    \code
+	qDebug( "MyClass::setPrecision(): (%s) invalid precision %f",
+		name(), newPrecision );
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa className(), child(), queryList()
+*/
+
+const char * QObject::name() const
+{
+    // If you change the name here, the builder will be broken
+    return objname ? objname : "unnamed";
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the object's name to \a name.
+*/
+void QObject::setName( const char *name )
+{
+    if ( objname )
+	delete [] (char*) objname;
+    objname = name ? qstrdup(name) : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the name of this object, or \a defaultName if the object
+    does not have a name.
+*/
+
+const char * QObject::name( const char * defaultName ) const
+{
+    return objname ? objname : defaultName;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Searches the children and optionally grandchildren of this object,
+    and returns a child that is called \a objName that inherits \a
+    inheritsClass. If \a inheritsClass is 0 (the default), any class
+    matches.
+
+    If \a recursiveSearch is TRUE (the default), child() performs a
+    depth-first search of the object's children.
+
+    If there is no such object, this function returns 0. If there are
+    more than one, the first one found is retured; if you need all of
+    them, use queryList().
+*/
+QObject* QObject::child( const char *objName, const char *inheritsClass,
+			 bool recursiveSearch )
+{
+    const QObjectList *list = children();
+    if ( !list )
+	return 0;
+
+    bool onlyWidgets = ( inheritsClass && qstrcmp( inheritsClass, "QWidget" ) == 0 );
+    QObjectListIt it( *list );
+    QObject *obj;
+    while ( ( obj = it.current() ) ) {
+	++it;
+	if ( onlyWidgets ) {
+	    if ( obj->isWidgetType() && ( !objName || qstrcmp( objName, obj->name() ) == 0 ) )
+		break;
+	} else if ( ( !inheritsClass || obj->inherits(inheritsClass) ) && ( !objName || qstrcmp( objName, obj->name() ) == 0 ) )
+	    break;
+	if ( recursiveSearch && (obj = obj->child( objName, inheritsClass, recursiveSearch ) ) )
+	    break;
+    }
+    return obj;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::isWidgetType() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the object is a widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Calling this function is equivalent to calling
+    inherits("QWidget"), except that it is much faster.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::highPriority() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the object is a high-priority object, or FALSE if
+    it is a standard-priority object.
+
+    High-priority objects are placed first in QObject's list of
+    children on the assumption that they will be referenced very
+    often.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    This virtual function receives events to an object and should
+    return TRUE if the event \a e was recognized and processed.
+
+    The event() function can be reimplemented to customize the
+    behavior of an object.
+
+    \sa installEventFilter(), timerEvent(), QApplication::sendEvent(),
+    QApplication::postEvent(), QWidget::event()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    if ( e == 0 )
+	qWarning( "QObject::event: Null events are not permitted" );
+#endif
+    if ( eventFilters ) {			// try filters
+	if ( activate_filters(e) )		// stopped by a filter
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    switch ( e->type() ) {
+    case QEvent::Timer:
+	timerEvent( (QTimerEvent*)e );
+	return TRUE;
+
+    case QEvent::ChildInserted:
+    case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
+	childEvent( (QChildEvent*)e );
+	return TRUE;
+
+    case QEvent::DeferredDelete:
+	delete this;
+	return TRUE;
+
+    default:
+	if ( e->type() >= QEvent::User ) {
+	    customEvent( (QCustomEvent*) e );
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    timer events for the object.
+
+    QTimer provides a higher-level interface to the timer
+    functionality, and also more general information about timers.
+
+    \sa startTimer(), killTimer(), killTimers(), event()
+*/
+
+void QObject::timerEvent( QTimerEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    child events.
+
+    Child events are sent to objects when children are inserted or
+    removed.
+
+    Note that events with QEvent::type() \c QEvent::ChildInserted are
+    posted (with \l{QApplication::postEvent()}) to make sure that the
+    child's construction is completed before this function is called.
+
+    If a child is removed immediately after it is inserted, the \c
+    ChildInserted event may be suppressed, but the \c ChildRemoved
+    event will always be sent. In such cases it is possible that there
+    will be a \c ChildRemoved event without a corresponding \c
+    ChildInserted event.
+
+    If you change state based on \c ChildInserted events, call
+    QWidget::constPolish(), or do
+    \code
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+    \endcode
+    in functions that depend on the state. One notable example is
+    QWidget::sizeHint().
+
+    \sa event(), QChildEvent
+*/
+
+void QObject::childEvent( QChildEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    custom events. Custom events are user-defined events with a type
+    value at least as large as the "User" item of the \l QEvent::Type
+    enum, and is typically a QCustomEvent or QCustomEvent subclass.
+
+    \sa event(), QCustomEvent
+*/
+void QObject::customEvent( QCustomEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Filters events if this object has been installed as an event
+    filter for the \a watched object.
+
+    In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to filter
+    the event \a e, out, i.e. stop it being handled further, return
+    TRUE; otherwise return FALSE.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    class MyMainWindow : public QMainWindow
+    {
+    public:
+        MyMainWindow( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+    protected:
+        bool eventFilter( QObject *obj, QEvent *ev );
+
+    private:
+        QTextEdit *textEdit;
+    };
+
+    MyMainWindow::MyMainWindow( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
+        : QMainWindow( parent, name )
+    {
+        textEdit = new QTextEdit( this );
+        setCentralWidget( textEdit );
+        textEdit->installEventFilter( this );
+    }
+
+    bool MyMainWindow::eventFilter( QObject *obj, QEvent *ev )
+    {
+        if ( obj == textEdit ) {
+            if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
+                QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent*)ev;
+                qDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
+                return TRUE;
+            } else {
+                return FALSE;
+            }
+        } else {
+            // pass the event on to the parent class
+            return QMainWindow::eventFilter( obj, ev );
+        }
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    Notice in the example above that unhandled events are passed to
+    the base class's eventFilter() function, since the base class
+    might have reimplemented eventFilter() for its own internal
+    purposes.
+
+    \warning If you delete the receiver object in this function, be
+    sure to return TRUE. Otherwise, Qt will forward the event to the
+    deleted object and the program might crash.
+
+    \sa installEventFilter()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::eventFilter( QObject * /* watched */, QEvent * /* e */ )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Activates all event filters for this object.
+  This function is normally called from QObject::event() or QWidget::event().
+*/
+
+bool QObject::activate_filters( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( !eventFilters )			// no event filter
+	return FALSE;
+    QObjectListIt it( *eventFilters );
+    register QObject *obj = it.current();
+    while ( obj ) {				// send to all filters
+	++it;					//   until one returns TRUE
+	if ( obj->eventFilter(this,e) ) {
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	obj = it.current();
+    }
+    return FALSE;				// don't do anything with it
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::signalsBlocked() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if signals are blocked; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Signals are not blocked by default.
+
+    \sa blockSignals()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Blocks signals if \a block is TRUE, or unblocks signals if \a
+    block is FALSE.
+
+    Emitted signals disappear into hyperspace if signals are blocked.
+    Note that the destroyed() signals will be emitted even if the signals
+    for this object have been blocked.
+*/
+
+void QObject::blockSignals( bool block )
+{
+    blockSig = block;
+}
+
+
+//
+// The timer flag hasTimer is set when startTimer is called.
+// It is not reset when killing the timer because more than
+// one timer might be active.
+//
+
+/*!
+    Starts a timer and returns a timer identifier, or returns zero if
+    it could not start a timer.
+
+    A timer event will occur every \a interval milliseconds until
+    killTimer() or killTimers() is called. If \a interval is 0, then
+    the timer event occurs once every time there are no more window
+    system events to process.
+
+    The virtual timerEvent() function is called with the QTimerEvent
+    event parameter class when a timer event occurs. Reimplement this
+    function to get timer events.
+
+    If multiple timers are running, the QTimerEvent::timerId() can be
+    used to find out which timer was activated.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    class MyObject : public QObject
+    {
+	Q_OBJECT
+    public:
+	MyObject( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+    protected:
+	void timerEvent( QTimerEvent * );
+    };
+
+    MyObject::MyObject( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+	: QObject( parent, name )
+    {
+	startTimer( 50 );    // 50-millisecond timer
+	startTimer( 1000 );  // 1-second timer
+	startTimer( 60000 ); // 1-minute timer
+    }
+
+    void MyObject::timerEvent( QTimerEvent *e )
+    {
+	qDebug( "timer event, id %d", e->timerId() );
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that QTimer's accuracy depends on the underlying operating
+    system and hardware. Most platforms support an accuracy of 20 ms;
+    some provide more. If Qt is unable to deliver the requested
+    number of timer clicks, it will silently discard some.
+
+    The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface with
+    one-shot timers and timer signals instead of events.
+
+    \sa timerEvent(), killTimer(), killTimers(), QEventLoop::awake(),
+        QEventLoop::aboutToBlock()
+*/
+
+int QObject::startTimer( int interval )
+{
+    pendTimer = TRUE;				// set timer flag
+    return qStartTimer( interval, (QObject *)this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Kills the timer with timer identifier, \a id.
+
+    The timer identifier is returned by startTimer() when a timer
+    event is started.
+
+    \sa timerEvent(), startTimer(), killTimers()
+*/
+
+void QObject::killTimer( int id )
+{
+    qKillTimer( id );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Kills all timers that this object has started.
+
+    \warning Using this function can cause hard-to-find bugs: it kills
+    timers started by sub- and superclasses as well as those started
+    by you, which is often not what you want. We recommend using a
+    QTimer or perhaps killTimer().
+
+    \sa timerEvent(), startTimer(), killTimer()
+*/
+
+void QObject::killTimers()
+{
+    qKillTimer( this );
+}
+
+static void objSearch( QObjectList *result,
+		       QObjectList *list,
+		       const char  *inheritsClass,
+		       bool onlyWidgets,
+		       const char  *objName,
+		       QRegExp	   *rx,
+		       bool	    recurse )
+{
+    if ( !list || list->isEmpty() )		// nothing to search
+	return;
+    QObject *obj = list->first();
+    while ( obj ) {
+	bool ok = TRUE;
+	if ( onlyWidgets )
+	    ok = obj->isWidgetType();
+	else if ( inheritsClass && !obj->inherits(inheritsClass) )
+	    ok = FALSE;
+	if ( ok ) {
+	    if ( objName )
+		ok = ( qstrcmp(objName,obj->name()) == 0 );
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+	    else if ( rx )
+		ok = ( rx->search(QString::fromLatin1(obj->name())) != -1 );
+#endif
+	}
+	if ( ok )				// match!
+	    result->append( obj );
+	if ( recurse && obj->children() )
+	    objSearch( result, (QObjectList *)obj->children(), inheritsClass,
+		       onlyWidgets, objName, rx, recurse );
+	obj = list->next();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QObject::parent() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the parent object.
+
+    \sa children()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QObjectList *QObject::children() const
+
+    Returns a list of child objects, or 0 if this object has no
+    children.
+
+    The QObjectList class is defined in the \c qobjectlist.h header
+    file.
+
+    The first child added is the \link QPtrList::first() first\endlink
+    object in the list and the last child added is the \link
+    QPtrList::last() last\endlink object in the list, i.e. new
+    children are appended at the end.
+
+    Note that the list order changes when QWidget children are \link
+    QWidget::raise() raised\endlink or \link QWidget::lower()
+    lowered.\endlink A widget that is raised becomes the last object
+    in the list, and a widget that is lowered becomes the first object
+    in the list.
+
+    \sa child(), queryList(), parent(), insertChild(), removeChild()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to the list of all object trees (their root
+    objects), or 0 if there are no objects.
+
+    The QObjectList class is defined in the \c qobjectlist.h header
+    file.
+
+    The most recent root object created is the \link QPtrList::first()
+    first\endlink object in the list and the first root object added
+    is the \link QPtrList::last() last\endlink object in the list.
+
+    \sa children(), parent(), insertChild(), removeChild()
+*/
+const QObjectList *QObject::objectTrees()
+{
+    return object_trees;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Searches the children and optionally grandchildren of this object,
+    and returns a list of those objects that are named or that match
+    \a objName and inherit \a inheritsClass. If \a inheritsClass is 0
+    (the default), all classes match. If \a objName is 0 (the
+    default), all object names match.
+
+    If \a regexpMatch is TRUE (the default), \a objName is a regular
+    expression that the objects's names must match. The syntax is that
+    of a QRegExp. If \a regexpMatch is FALSE, \a objName is a string
+    and object names must match it exactly.
+
+    Note that \a inheritsClass uses single inheritance from QObject,
+    the way inherits() does. According to inherits(), QMenuBar
+    inherits QWidget but not QMenuData. This does not quite match
+    reality, but is the best that can be done on the wide variety of
+    compilers Qt supports.
+
+    Finally, if \a recursiveSearch is TRUE (the default), queryList()
+    searches \e{n}th-generation as well as first-generation children.
+
+    If all this seems a bit complex for your needs, the simpler
+    child() function may be what you want.
+
+    This somewhat contrived example disables all the buttons in this
+    window:
+    \code
+    QObjectList *l = topLevelWidget()->queryList( "QButton" );
+    QObjectListIt it( *l ); // iterate over the buttons
+    QObject *obj;
+
+    while ( (obj = it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	// for each found object...
+	++it;
+	((QButton*)obj)->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    }
+    delete l; // delete the list, not the objects
+    \endcode
+
+    The QObjectList class is defined in the \c qobjectlist.h header
+    file.
+
+    \warning Delete the list as soon you have finished using it. The
+    list contains pointers that may become invalid at almost any time
+    without notice (as soon as the user closes a window you may have
+    dangling pointers, for example).
+
+    \sa child() children(), parent(), inherits(), name(), QRegExp
+*/
+
+QObjectList *QObject::queryList( const char *inheritsClass,
+				 const char *objName,
+				 bool regexpMatch,
+				 bool recursiveSearch ) const
+{
+    QObjectList *list = new QObjectList;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( list );
+    bool onlyWidgets = ( inheritsClass && qstrcmp(inheritsClass, "QWidget") == 0 );
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    if ( regexpMatch && objName ) {		// regexp matching
+	QRegExp rx(QString::fromLatin1(objName));
+	objSearch( list, (QObjectList *)children(), inheritsClass, onlyWidgets,
+		   0, &rx, recursiveSearch );
+    } else
+#endif
+	{
+	objSearch( list, (QObjectList *)children(), inheritsClass, onlyWidgets,
+		   objName, 0, recursiveSearch );
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns a list of objects/slot pairs that are connected to the
+  \a signal, or 0 if nothing is connected to it.
+*/
+
+QConnectionList *QObject::receivers( const char* signal ) const
+{
+    if ( connections && signal ) {
+	if ( *signal == '2' ) {			// tag == 2, i.e. signal
+	    QCString s = qt_rmWS( signal+1 );
+	    return receivers( metaObject()->findSignal( (const char*)s, TRUE ) );
+	} else {
+	    return receivers( metaObject()->findSignal(signal, TRUE ) );
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns a list of objects/slot pairs that are connected to the
+  signal, or 0 if nothing is connected to it.
+*/
+
+QConnectionList *QObject::receivers( int signal ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRELIMINARY_SIGNAL_SPY
+    if ( qt_preliminary_signal_spy && signal >= 0 ) {
+	if ( !connections ) {
+	    QObject* that = (QObject*) this;
+	    that->connections = new QSignalVec( signal+1 );
+	    that->connections->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	}
+	if ( !connections->at( signal ) ) {
+	    QConnectionList* clist = new QConnectionList;
+	    clist->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	    connections->insert( signal, clist );
+	    return clist;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( connections && signal >= 0 )
+	return connections->at( signal );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Inserts an object \a obj into the list of child objects.
+
+    \warning This function cannot be used to make one widget the child
+    widget of another widget. Child widgets can only be created by
+    setting the parent widget in the constructor or by calling
+    QWidget::reparent().
+
+    \sa removeChild(), QWidget::reparent()
+*/
+
+void QObject::insertChild( QObject *obj )
+{
+    if ( obj->isTree ) {
+	remove_tree( obj );
+	obj->isTree = FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( obj->parentObj && obj->parentObj != this ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	if ( obj->parentObj != this && obj->isWidgetType() )
+	    qWarning( "QObject::insertChild: Cannot reparent a widget, "
+		     "use QWidget::reparent() instead" );
+#endif
+	obj->parentObj->removeChild( obj );
+    }
+
+    if ( !childObjects ) {
+	childObjects = new QObjectList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( childObjects );
+    } else if ( obj->parentObj == this ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QObject::insertChild: Object %s::%s already in list",
+		 obj->className(), obj->name( "unnamed" ) );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    obj->parentObj = this;
+    childObjects->append( obj );
+
+    QChildEvent *e = new QChildEvent( QEvent::ChildInserted, obj );
+    QApplication::postEvent( this, e );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the child object \a obj from the list of children.
+
+    \warning This function will not remove a child widget from the
+    screen. It will only remove it from the parent widget's list of
+    children.
+
+    \sa insertChild(), QWidget::reparent()
+*/
+
+void QObject::removeChild( QObject *obj )
+{
+    if ( childObjects && childObjects->removeRef(obj) ) {
+	obj->parentObj = 0;
+	if ( !obj->wasDeleted ) {
+	    insert_tree( obj );			// it's a root object now
+	    obj->isTree = TRUE;
+	}
+	if ( childObjects->isEmpty() ) {
+	    delete childObjects;		// last child removed
+	    childObjects = 0;			// reset children list
+	}
+
+	// remove events must be sent, not posted!!!
+	QChildEvent ce( QEvent::ChildRemoved, obj );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( this, &ce );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QObject::installEventFilter( const QObject *filterObj )
+
+    Installs an event filter \a filterObj on this object. For example:
+    \code
+    monitoredObj->installEventFilter( filterObj );
+    \endcode
+
+    An event filter is an object that receives all events that are
+    sent to this object. The filter can either stop the event or
+    forward it to this object. The event filter \a filterObj receives
+    events via its eventFilter() function. The eventFilter() function
+    must return TRUE if the event should be filtered, (i.e. stopped);
+    otherwise it must return FALSE.
+
+    If multiple event filters are installed on a single object, the
+    filter that was installed last is activated first.
+
+    Here's a \c KeyPressEater class that eats the key presses of its
+    monitored objects:
+    \code
+    class KeyPressEater : public QObject
+    {
+	...
+    protected:
+	bool eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e );
+    };
+
+    bool KeyPressEater::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
+    {
+	if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
+	    // special processing for key press
+	    QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
+	    qDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
+	    return TRUE; // eat event
+	} else {
+	    // standard event processing
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    And here's how to install it on two widgets:
+    \code
+	KeyPressEater *keyPressEater = new KeyPressEater( this );
+	QPushButton *pushButton = new QPushButton( this );
+	QListView *listView = new QListView( this );
+
+	pushButton->installEventFilter( keyPressEater );
+	listView->installEventFilter( keyPressEater );
+    \endcode
+
+    The QAccel class, for example, uses this technique to intercept
+    accelerator key presses.
+
+    \warning If you delete the receiver object in your eventFilter()
+    function, be sure to return TRUE. If you return FALSE, Qt sends
+    the event to the deleted object and the program will crash.
+
+    \sa removeEventFilter(), eventFilter(), event()
+*/
+
+void QObject::installEventFilter( const QObject *obj )
+{
+    if ( !obj )
+	return;
+    if ( eventFilters ) {
+	int c = eventFilters->findRef( obj );
+	if ( c >= 0 )
+	    eventFilters->take( c );
+	disconnect( obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)),
+		    this, SLOT(cleanupEventFilter(QObject*)) );
+    } else {
+	eventFilters = new QObjectList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( eventFilters );
+    }
+    eventFilters->insert( 0, obj );
+    connect( obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(cleanupEventFilter(QObject*)) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes an event filter object \a obj from this object. The
+    request is ignored if such an event filter has not been installed.
+
+    All event filters for this object are automatically removed when
+    this object is destroyed.
+
+    It is always safe to remove an event filter, even during event
+    filter activation (i.e. from the eventFilter() function).
+
+    \sa installEventFilter(), eventFilter(), event()
+*/
+
+void QObject::removeEventFilter( const QObject *obj )
+{
+    if ( eventFilters && eventFilters->removeRef(obj) ) {
+	if ( eventFilters->isEmpty() ) {	// last event filter removed
+	    delete eventFilters;
+	    eventFilters = 0;			// reset event filter list
+	}
+	disconnect( obj,  SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)),
+		    this, SLOT(cleanupEventFilter(QObject*)) );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Signal connection management
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+
+static bool check_signal_macro( const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+				const char *func, const char *op )
+{
+    int sigcode = (int)(*signal) - '0';
+    if ( sigcode != QSIGNAL_CODE ) {
+	if ( sigcode == QSLOT_CODE )
+	    qWarning( "QObject::%s: Attempt to %s non-signal %s::%s",
+		     func, op, sender->className(), signal+1 );
+	else
+	    qWarning( "QObject::%s: Use the SIGNAL macro to %s %s::%s",
+		     func, op, sender->className(), signal );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static bool check_member_code( int code, const QObject *object,
+			       const char *member, const char *func )
+{
+    if ( code != QSLOT_CODE && code != QSIGNAL_CODE ) {
+	qWarning( "QObject::%s: Use the SLOT or SIGNAL macro to "
+		 "%s %s::%s", func, func, object->className(), member );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void err_member_notfound( int code, const QObject *object,
+				 const char *member, const char *func )
+{
+    const char *type = 0;
+    switch ( code ) {
+	case QSLOT_CODE:   type = "slot";   break;
+	case QSIGNAL_CODE: type = "signal"; break;
+    }
+    if ( strchr(member,')') == 0 )		// common typing mistake
+	qWarning( "QObject::%s: Parentheses expected, %s %s::%s",
+		 func, type, object->className(), member );
+    else
+	qWarning( "QObject::%s: No such %s %s::%s",
+		 func, type, object->className(), member );
+}
+
+
+static void err_info_about_objects( const char * func,
+				    const QObject * sender,
+				    const QObject * receiver )
+{
+    const char * a = sender->name(), * b = receiver->name();
+    if ( a )
+	qWarning( "QObject::%s:  (sender name:   '%s')", func, a );
+    if ( b )
+	qWarning( "QObject::%s:  (receiver name: '%s')", func, b );
+}
+
+static void err_info_about_candidates( int code,
+				       const QMetaObject* mo,
+				       const char* member,
+				       const char *func	)
+{
+    if ( strstr(member,"const char*") ) {
+	// porting help
+	QCString newname = member;
+	int p;
+	while ( (p=newname.find("const char*")) >= 0 ) {
+	    newname.replace(p, 11, "const QString&");
+	}
+	const QMetaData *rm = 0;
+	switch ( code ) {
+	case QSLOT_CODE:
+	    rm = mo->slot( mo->findSlot( newname, TRUE ), TRUE );
+	    break;
+	case QSIGNAL_CODE:
+	    rm = mo->signal( mo->findSignal( newname, TRUE ), TRUE );
+	    break;
+	}
+	if ( rm ) {
+	    qWarning("QObject::%s:  Candidate: %s", func, newname.data());
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to the object that sent the signal, if called in
+    a slot activated by a signal; otherwise it returns 0. The pointer
+    is valid only during the execution of the slot that calls this
+    function.
+
+    The pointer returned by this function becomes invalid if the
+    sender is destroyed, or if the slot is disconnected from the
+    sender's signal.
+
+    \warning This function violates the object-oriented principle of
+     modularity. However, getting access to the sender might be useful
+     when many signals are connected to a single slot. The sender is
+     undefined if the slot is called as a normal C++ function.
+*/
+
+const QObject *QObject::sender()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRELIMINARY_SIGNAL_SPY
+    if ( this == qt_preliminary_signal_spy ) {
+#  ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+	// protect access to qt_spy_signal_sender
+	void * const address = &qt_spy_signal_sender;
+	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			     qt_global_mutexpool->get( address ) : 0 );
+#  endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+	return qt_spy_signal_sender;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( senderObjects &&
+	 senderObjects->currentSender &&
+	 /*
+	  * currentSender may be a dangling pointer in case the object
+	  * it was pointing to was destructed from inside a slot. Thus
+	  * verify it still is contained inside the senderObjects list
+	  * which gets cleaned on both destruction and disconnect.
+	  */
+
+	 senderObjects->findRef( senderObjects->currentSender ) != -1 )
+	return senderObjects->currentSender;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QObject::connectNotify( const char *signal )
+
+    This virtual function is called when something has been connected
+    to \a signal in this object.
+
+    \warning This function violates the object-oriented principle of
+    modularity. However, it might be useful when you need to perform
+    expensive initialization only if something is connected to a
+    signal.
+
+    \sa connect(), disconnectNotify()
+*/
+
+void QObject::connectNotify( const char * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QObject::disconnectNotify( const char *signal )
+
+    This virtual function is called when something has been
+    disconnected from \a signal in this object.
+
+    \warning This function violates the object-oriented principle of
+    modularity. However, it might be useful for optimizing access to
+    expensive resources.
+
+    \sa disconnect(), connectNotify()
+*/
+
+void QObject::disconnectNotify( const char * )
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::checkConnectArgs( const char *signal, const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+
+    Returns TRUE if the \a signal and the \a member arguments are
+    compatible; otherwise returns FALSE. (The \a receiver argument is
+    currently ignored.)
+
+    \warning We recommend that you use the default implementation and
+    do not reimplement this function.
+
+    \omit
+    TRUE:  "signal(<anything>)", "member()"
+    TRUE:  "signal(a,b,c)",	 "member(a,b,c)"
+    TRUE:  "signal(a,b,c)",	 "member(a,b)", "member(a)" etc.
+    FALSE: "signal(const a)",	 "member(a)"
+    FALSE: "signal(a)",		 "member(const a)"
+    FALSE: "signal(a)",		 "member(b)"
+    FALSE: "signal(a)",		 "member(a,b)"
+    \endomit
+*/
+
+bool QObject::checkConnectArgs( const char    *signal,
+				const QObject *,
+				const char    *member )
+{
+    const char *s1 = signal;
+    const char *s2 = member;
+    while ( *s1++ != '(' ) { }			// scan to first '('
+    while ( *s2++ != '(' ) { }
+    if ( *s2 == ')' || qstrcmp(s1,s2) == 0 )	// member has no args or
+	return TRUE;				//   exact match
+    int s1len = qstrlen(s1);
+    int s2len = qstrlen(s2);
+    if ( s2len < s1len && qstrncmp(s1,s2,s2len-1)==0 && s1[s2len-1]==',' )
+	return TRUE;				// member has less args
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Normlizes the signal or slot definition \a signalSlot by removing
+    unnecessary whitespace.
+*/
+
+QCString QObject::normalizeSignalSlot( const char *signalSlot )
+{
+    if ( !signalSlot )
+	return QCString();
+    return  qt_rmWS( signalSlot );
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload bool QObject::connect( const QObject *sender, const char *signal, const char *member ) const
+
+    Connects \a signal from the \a sender object to this object's \a
+    member.
+
+    Equivalent to: \c{QObject::connect(sender, signal, this, member)}.
+
+    \sa disconnect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Connects \a signal from the \a sender object to \a member in object
+    \a receiver, and returns TRUE if the connection succeeds; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    You must use the SIGNAL() and SLOT() macros when specifying the \a signal
+    and the \a member, for example:
+    \code
+    QLabel     *label  = new QLabel;
+    QScrollBar *scroll = new QScrollBar;
+    QObject::connect( scroll, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+                      label,  SLOT(setNum(int)) );
+    \endcode
+
+    This example ensures that the label always displays the current
+    scroll bar value. Note that the signal and slots parameters must not
+    contain any variable names, only the type. E.g. the following would
+    not work and return FALSE:
+    QObject::connect( scroll, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int v)),
+                      label,  SLOT(setNum(int v)) );
+
+    A signal can also be connected to another signal:
+
+    \code
+    class MyWidget : public QWidget
+    {
+	Q_OBJECT
+    public:
+	MyWidget();
+
+    signals:
+	void myUsefulSignal();
+
+    private:
+	QPushButton *aButton;
+    };
+
+    MyWidget::MyWidget()
+    {
+	aButton = new QPushButton( this );
+	connect( aButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SIGNAL(myUsefulSignal()) );
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    In this example, the MyWidget constructor relays a signal from a
+    private member variable, and makes it available under a name that
+    relates to MyWidget.
+
+    A signal can be connected to many slots and signals. Many signals
+    can be connected to one slot.
+
+    If a signal is connected to several slots, the slots are activated
+    in an arbitrary order when the signal is emitted.
+
+    The function returns TRUE if it successfully connects the signal
+    to the slot. It will return FALSE if it cannot create the
+    connection, for example, if QObject is unable to verify the
+    existence of either \a signal or \a member, or if their signatures
+    aren't compatible.
+
+    A signal is emitted for \e{every} connection you make, so if you
+    duplicate a connection, two signals will be emitted. You can
+    always break a connection using \c{disconnect()}.
+
+    \sa disconnect()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::connect( const QObject *sender,	const char *signal,
+		       const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    if ( sender == 0 || receiver == 0 || signal == 0 || member == 0 ) {
+	qWarning( "QObject::connect: Cannot connect %s::%s to %s::%s",
+		 sender ? sender->className() : "(null)",
+		 signal ? signal+1 : "(null)",
+		 receiver ? receiver->className() : "(null)",
+		 member ? member+1 : "(null)" );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+    QMetaObject *smeta = sender->metaObject();
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( !check_signal_macro( sender, signal, "connect", "bind" ) )
+	return FALSE;
+#endif
+    QCString nw_signal(signal);			// Assume already normalized
+    ++signal;					// skip member type code
+
+    int signal_index = smeta->findSignal( signal, TRUE );
+    if ( signal_index < 0 ) {			// normalize and retry
+	nw_signal = qt_rmWS( signal-1 );	// remove whitespace
+	signal = nw_signal.data()+1;		// skip member type code
+	signal_index = smeta->findSignal( signal, TRUE );
+    }
+
+    if ( signal_index < 0  ) {			// no such signal
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	err_member_notfound( QSIGNAL_CODE, sender, signal, "connect" );
+	err_info_about_candidates( QSIGNAL_CODE, smeta, signal, "connect" );
+	err_info_about_objects( "connect", sender, receiver );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    const QMetaData *sm = smeta->signal( signal_index, TRUE );
+    signal = sm->name;				// use name from meta object
+
+    int membcode = member[0] - '0';		// get member code
+
+    QObject *s = (QObject *)sender;		// we need to change them
+    QObject *r = (QObject *)receiver;		//   internally
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( !check_member_code( membcode, r, member, "connect" ) )
+	return FALSE;
+#endif
+    member++;					// skip code
+
+    QCString nw_member ;
+    QMetaObject *rmeta = r->metaObject();
+    int member_index = -1;
+    switch ( membcode ) {			// get receiver member
+	case QSLOT_CODE:
+	    member_index = rmeta->findSlot( member, TRUE );
+	    if ( member_index < 0 ) {		// normalize and retry
+		nw_member = qt_rmWS(member);	// remove whitespace
+		member = nw_member;
+		member_index = rmeta->findSlot( member, TRUE );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case QSIGNAL_CODE:
+	    member_index = rmeta->findSignal( member, TRUE );
+	    if ( member_index < 0 ) {		// normalize and retry
+		nw_member = qt_rmWS(member);	// remove whitespace
+		member = nw_member;
+		member_index = rmeta->findSignal( member, TRUE );
+	    }
+	    break;
+    }
+    if ( member_index < 0  ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	err_member_notfound( membcode, r, member, "connect" );
+	err_info_about_candidates( membcode, rmeta, member, "connect" );
+	err_info_about_objects( "connect", sender, receiver );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( !s->checkConnectArgs(signal,receiver,member) ) {
+	qWarning( "QObject::connect: Incompatible sender/receiver arguments"
+		 "\n\t%s::%s --> %s::%s",
+		 s->className(), signal,
+		 r->className(), member );
+	return FALSE;
+    } else {
+	const QMetaData *rm = membcode == QSLOT_CODE ?
+			      rmeta->slot( member_index, TRUE ) :
+			      rmeta->signal( member_index, TRUE );
+	if ( rm ) {
+	    int si = 0;
+	    int ri = 0;
+	    while ( si < sm->method->count && ri < rm->method->count ) {
+		if ( sm->method->parameters[si].inOut == QUParameter::Out )
+		    si++;
+		else if ( rm->method->parameters[ri].inOut == QUParameter::Out )
+		    ri++;
+		else if ( !QUType::isEqual( sm->method->parameters[si++].type,
+					    rm->method->parameters[ri++].type ) ) {
+		    if ( ( QUType::isEqual( sm->method->parameters[si-1].type, &static_QUType_ptr )
+			 && QUType::isEqual( rm->method->parameters[ri-1].type, &static_QUType_varptr ) )
+			|| ( QUType::isEqual( sm->method->parameters[si-1].type, &static_QUType_varptr )
+			     && QUType::isEqual( rm->method->parameters[ri-1].type, &static_QUType_ptr ) ) )
+			continue; // varptr got introduced in 3.1 and is binary compatible with ptr
+		    qWarning( "QObject::connect: Incompatible sender/receiver marshalling"
+			      "\n\t%s::%s --> %s::%s",
+			      s->className(), signal,
+			      r->className(), member );
+		    return FALSE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    connectInternal( sender, signal_index, receiver, membcode, member_index );
+    s->connectNotify( nw_signal );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+
+void QObject::connectInternal( const QObject *sender, int signal_index, const QObject *receiver,
+			       int membcode, int member_index )
+{
+    QObject *s = (QObject*)sender;
+    QObject *r = (QObject*)receiver;
+
+    if ( !s->connections ) {			// create connections lookup table
+	s->connections = new QSignalVec( signal_index+1 );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( s->connections );
+	s->connections->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+
+    QConnectionList *clist = s->connections->at( signal_index );
+    if ( !clist ) {				// create receiver list
+	clist = new QConnectionList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( clist );
+	clist->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	s->connections->insert( signal_index, clist );
+    }
+
+    QMetaObject *rmeta = r->metaObject();
+    const QMetaData *rm = 0;
+
+    switch ( membcode ) {			// get receiver member
+	case QSLOT_CODE:
+	    rm = rmeta->slot( member_index, TRUE );
+	    break;
+	case QSIGNAL_CODE:
+	    rm = rmeta->signal( member_index, TRUE );
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    QConnection *c = new QConnection( r, member_index, rm ? rm->name : "qt_invoke", membcode );
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( c );
+    clist->append( c );
+    if ( !r->senderObjects )			// create list of senders
+	r->senderObjects = new QSenderObjectList;
+    r->senderObjects->append( s );		// add sender to list
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload bool QObject::disconnect( const char *signal, const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+
+    Disconnects \a signal from \a member of \a receiver.
+
+    A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects
+    involved are destroyed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload bool QObject::disconnect( const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+
+    Disconnects all signals in this object from \a receiver's \a
+    member.
+
+    A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects
+    involved are destroyed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Disconnects \a signal in object \a sender from \a member in object
+    \a receiver.
+
+    A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects
+    involved are destroyed.
+
+    disconnect() is typically used in three ways, as the following
+    examples demonstrate.
+    \list 1
+    \i Disconnect everything connected to an object's signals:
+       \code
+       disconnect( myObject, 0, 0, 0 );
+       \endcode
+       equivalent to the non-static overloaded function
+       \code
+       myObject->disconnect();
+       \endcode
+    \i Disconnect everything connected to a specific signal:
+       \code
+       disconnect( myObject, SIGNAL(mySignal()), 0, 0 );
+       \endcode
+       equivalent to the non-static overloaded function
+       \code
+       myObject->disconnect( SIGNAL(mySignal()) );
+       \endcode
+    \i Disconnect a specific receiver:
+       \code
+       disconnect( myObject, 0, myReceiver, 0 );
+       \endcode
+       equivalent to the non-static overloaded function
+       \code
+       myObject->disconnect(  myReceiver );
+       \endcode
+    \endlist
+
+    0 may be used as a wildcard, meaning "any signal", "any receiving
+    object", or "any slot in the receiving object", respectively.
+
+    The \a sender may never be 0. (You cannot disconnect signals from
+    more than one object in a single call.)
+
+    If \a signal is 0, it disconnects \a receiver and \a member from
+    any signal. If not, only the specified signal is disconnected.
+
+    If \a receiver is 0, it disconnects anything connected to \a
+    signal. If not, slots in objects other than \a receiver are not
+    disconnected.
+
+    If \a member is 0, it disconnects anything that is connected to \a
+    receiver. If not, only slots named \a member will be disconnected,
+    and all other slots are left alone. The \a member must be 0 if \a
+    receiver is left out, so you cannot disconnect a
+    specifically-named slot on all objects.
+
+    \sa connect()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::disconnect( const QObject *sender,   const char *signal,
+			  const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    if ( sender == 0 || (receiver == 0 && member != 0) ) {
+	qWarning( "QObject::disconnect: Unexpected null parameter" );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( !sender->connections )			// no connected signals
+	return FALSE;
+    QObject *s = (QObject *)sender;
+    QObject *r = (QObject *)receiver;
+    int member_index = -1;
+    int membcode = -1;
+    QCString nw_member;
+    if ( member ) {
+	membcode = member[0] - '0';
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	if ( !check_member_code( membcode, r, member, "disconnect" ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+#endif
+	++member;
+	QMetaObject *rmeta = r->metaObject();
+
+	switch ( membcode ) {			// get receiver member
+	case QSLOT_CODE:
+	    member_index = rmeta->findSlot( member, TRUE );
+	    if ( member_index < 0 ) {		// normalize and retry
+		nw_member = qt_rmWS(member);	// remove whitespace
+		member = nw_member;
+		member_index = rmeta->findSlot( member, TRUE );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case QSIGNAL_CODE:
+	    member_index = rmeta->findSignal( member, TRUE );
+	    if ( member_index < 0 ) {		// normalize and retry
+		nw_member = qt_rmWS(member);	// remove whitespace
+		member = nw_member;
+		member_index = rmeta->findSignal( member, TRUE );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	if ( member_index < 0 ) {		// no such member
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    err_member_notfound( membcode, r, member, "disconnect" );
+	    err_info_about_candidates( membcode, rmeta, member, "connect" );
+	    err_info_about_objects( "disconnect", sender, receiver );
+#endif
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( signal == 0 ) {			// any/all signals
+	if ( disconnectInternal( s, -1, r, membcode, member_index ) )
+	    s->disconnectNotify( 0 );
+	else
+	    return FALSE;
+    } else {					// specific signal
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	if ( !check_signal_macro( s, signal, "disconnect", "unbind" ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+#endif
+	QCString nw_signal(signal);		// Assume already normalized
+	++signal;				// skip member type code
+
+	QMetaObject *smeta = s->metaObject();
+	if ( !smeta )				// no meta object
+	    return FALSE;
+	int signal_index = smeta->findSignal( signal, TRUE );
+	if ( signal_index < 0 ) {		// normalize and retry
+	    nw_signal = qt_rmWS( signal-1 );	// remove whitespace
+	    signal = nw_signal.data()+1;	// skip member type code
+	    signal_index = smeta->findSignal( signal, TRUE );
+	}
+	if ( signal_index < 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "QObject::disconnect: No such signal %s::%s",
+			 s->className(), signal );
+#endif
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	/* compatibility and safety: If a receiver has several slots
+	 * with the same name, disconnect them all*/
+	bool res = FALSE;
+	if ( membcode == QSLOT_CODE && r ) {
+	    QMetaObject * rmeta = r->metaObject();
+	    do {
+		int mi = rmeta->findSlot( member );
+		if ( mi != -1 )
+		    res |= disconnectInternal( s, signal_index, r, membcode,  mi );
+	    } while ( (rmeta = rmeta->superClass()) );
+	} else {
+	    res = disconnectInternal( s, signal_index, r, membcode,  member_index );
+	}
+	if ( res )
+	    s->disconnectNotify( nw_signal );
+	return res;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+
+bool QObject::disconnectInternal( const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
+		  const QObject *receiver, int membcode, int member_index )
+{
+    QObject *s = (QObject*)sender;
+    QObject *r = (QObject*)receiver;
+
+    if ( !s->connections )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    bool success = FALSE;
+    QConnectionList *clist;
+    register QConnection *c;
+    if ( signal_index == -1 ) {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < (int) s->connections->size(); i++ ) {
+	    clist = (*s->connections)[i]; // for all signals...
+	    if ( !clist )
+		continue;
+	    c = clist->first();
+	    while ( c ) {			// for all receivers...
+		if ( r == 0 ) {			// remove all receivers
+		    removeObjFromList( c->object()->senderObjects, s );
+		    success = TRUE;
+		    c = clist->next();
+		} else if ( r == c->object() &&
+			    ( member_index == -1 ||
+			      member_index == c->member() && c->memberType() == membcode ) ) {
+		    removeObjFromList( c->object()->senderObjects, s, TRUE );
+		    success = TRUE;
+		    clist->remove();
+		    c = clist->current();
+		} else {
+		    c = clist->next();
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( r == 0 )			// disconnect all receivers
+		s->connections->insert( i, 0 );
+	}
+    } else {
+	clist = s->connections->at( signal_index );
+	if ( !clist )
+	    return FALSE;
+
+	c = clist->first();
+	while ( c ) {				// for all receivers...
+	    if ( r == 0 ) {			// remove all receivers
+		removeObjFromList( c->object()->senderObjects, s, TRUE );
+		success = TRUE;
+		c = clist->next();
+	    } else if ( r == c->object() &&
+			( member_index == -1 ||
+			  member_index == c->member() && c->memberType() == membcode ) ) {
+		removeObjFromList( c->object()->senderObjects, s, TRUE );
+		success = TRUE;
+		clist->remove();
+		c = clist->current();
+	    } else {
+		c = clist->next();
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( r == 0 )				// disconnect all receivers
+	    s->connections->insert( signal_index, 0 );
+    }
+    return success;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject::destroyed()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the object is being destroyed.
+
+    Note that the signal is emitted by the QObject destructor, so
+    the object's virtual table is already degenerated at this point,
+    and it is not safe to call any functions on the object emitting
+    the signal. This signal can not be blocked.
+
+    All the objects's children are destroyed immediately after this
+    signal is emitted.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload QObject::destroyed( QObject* obj)
+
+    This signal is emitted immediately before the object \a obj is
+    destroyed, and can not be blocked.
+
+    All the objects's children are destroyed immediately after this
+    signal is emitted.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Performs a deferred deletion of this object.
+
+    Instead of an immediate deletion this function schedules a
+    deferred delete event for processing when Qt returns to the main
+    event loop.
+*/
+void QObject::deleteLater()
+{
+    QApplication::postEvent( this, new QEvent( QEvent::DeferredDelete) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    This slot is connected to the destroyed() signal of other objects
+    that have installed event filters on this object. When the other
+    object, \a obj, is destroyed, we want to remove its event filter.
+*/
+
+void QObject::cleanupEventFilter(QObject* obj)
+{
+    removeEventFilter( obj );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QObject::tr( const char *sourceText, const char * comment )
+    \reentrant
+
+    Returns a translated version of \a sourceText, or \a sourceText
+    itself if there is no appropriate translated version. The
+    translation context is QObject with \a comment (0 by default).
+    All QObject subclasses using the Q_OBJECT macro automatically have
+    a reimplementation of this function with the subclass name as
+    context.
+
+    \warning This method is reentrant only if all translators are
+    installed \e before calling this method. Installing or removing
+    translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing
+    so will probably result in crashes or other undesirable behavior.
+
+    \sa trUtf8() QApplication::translate()
+	\link i18n.html Internationalization with Qt\endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QObject::trUtf8( const char *sourceText,
+                                 const char *comment )
+    \reentrant
+
+    Returns a translated version of \a sourceText, or
+    QString::fromUtf8(\a sourceText) if there is no appropriate
+    version. It is otherwise identical to tr(\a sourceText, \a
+    comment).
+
+    \warning This method is reentrant only if all translators are
+    installed \e before calling this method. Installing or removing
+    translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing
+    so will probably result in crashes or other undesirable behavior.
+
+    \sa tr() QApplication::translate()
+*/
+
+static QMetaObjectCleanUp cleanUp_Qt = QMetaObjectCleanUp( "QObject", &QObject::staticMetaObject );
+
+QMetaObject* QObject::staticQtMetaObject()
+{
+    static QMetaObject* qtMetaObject = 0;
+    if ( qtMetaObject )
+	return qtMetaObject;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    static const QMetaEnum::Item enum_0[] = {
+	{ "AlignLeft",  (int) Qt::AlignLeft },
+	{ "AlignRight",  (int) Qt::AlignRight },
+	{ "AlignHCenter",  (int) Qt::AlignHCenter },
+	{ "AlignTop",  (int) Qt::AlignTop },
+	{ "AlignBottom",  (int) Qt::AlignBottom },
+	{ "AlignVCenter",  (int) Qt::AlignVCenter },
+	{ "AlignCenter", (int) Qt::AlignCenter },
+	{ "AlignAuto", (int) Qt::AlignAuto },
+	{ "AlignJustify", (int) Qt::AlignJustify },
+	{ "WordBreak", (int) Qt::WordBreak }
+    };
+
+    static const QMetaEnum::Item enum_1[] = {
+	{ "Horizontal", (int) Qt::Horizontal },
+	{ "Vertical", (int) Qt::Vertical }
+    };
+
+    static const QMetaEnum::Item enum_2[] = {
+	{ "PlainText", (int) Qt::PlainText },
+	{ "RichText", (int) Qt::RichText },
+	{ "AutoText", (int) Qt::AutoText },
+	{ "LogText", (int) Qt::LogText }
+    };
+
+    static const QMetaEnum::Item enum_3[] = {
+	{ "NoBackground",  (int) Qt::NoBackground },
+	{ "PaletteForeground",  (int) Qt::PaletteForeground },
+	{ "PaletteButton",  (int) Qt::PaletteButton },
+	{ "PaletteLight",  (int) Qt::PaletteLight },
+	{ "PaletteMidlight",  (int) Qt::PaletteMidlight },
+	{ "PaletteDark",  (int) Qt::PaletteDark },
+	{ "PaletteMid",  (int) Qt::PaletteMid },
+	{ "PaletteText",  (int) Qt::PaletteText },
+	{ "PaletteBrightText",  (int) Qt::PaletteBrightText },
+	{ "PaletteBase",  (int) Qt::PaletteBase },
+	{ "PaletteBackground",  (int) Qt::PaletteBackground },
+	{ "PaletteShadow",  (int) Qt::PaletteShadow },
+	{ "PaletteHighlight",  (int) Qt::PaletteHighlight },
+	{ "PaletteHighlightedText",  (int) Qt::PaletteHighlightedText },
+	{ "PaletteButtonText",  (int) Qt::PaletteButtonText },
+	{ "PaletteLink", (int) Qt::PaletteLink },
+	{ "PaletteLinkVisited", (int) Qt::PaletteLinkVisited }
+    };
+
+    static const QMetaEnum::Item enum_4[] = {
+	{ "TextDate", (int) Qt::TextDate },
+	{ "ISODate", (int) Qt::ISODate },
+	{ "LocalDate", (int) Qt::LocalDate }
+    };
+
+
+    static const QMetaEnum enum_tbl[] = {
+	{ "Alignment", 10, enum_0, TRUE },
+	{ "Orientation", 2, enum_1, FALSE },
+	{ "TextFormat", 4, enum_2, FALSE },
+	{ "BackgroundMode", 17, enum_3, FALSE },
+	{ "DateFormat", 3, enum_4, FALSE }
+    };
+#endif
+
+    qtMetaObject = new QMetaObject( "Qt", 0,
+			  0, 0,
+			  0, 0,
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+			  0, 0,
+			  enum_tbl, 5,
+#endif
+			  0, 0 );
+    cleanUp_Qt.setMetaObject( qtMetaObject );
+
+    return qtMetaObject;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Signal activation with the most frequently used parameter/argument
+    types. All other combinations are generated by the meta object
+    compiler.
+  */
+void QObject::activate_signal( int signal )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRELIMINARY_SIGNAL_SPY
+    if ( qt_preliminary_signal_spy ) {
+	if ( !signalsBlocked() && signal >= 0 &&
+	     ( !connections || !connections->at( signal ) ) ) {
+	    QUObject o[1];
+	    qt_spy_signal( this, signal, o );
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( !connections || signalsBlocked() || signal < 0 )
+	return;
+    QConnectionList *clist = connections->at( signal );
+    if ( !clist )
+	return;
+    QUObject o[1];
+    activate_signal( clist, o );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+
+void QObject::activate_signal( QConnectionList *clist, QUObject *o )
+{
+    if ( !clist )
+	return;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRELIMINARY_SIGNAL_SPY
+    if ( qt_preliminary_signal_spy )
+	qt_spy_signal( this, connections->findRef( clist), o );
+#endif
+
+    QObject *object;
+    QSenderObjectList* sol;
+    QObject* oldSender = 0;
+    QConnection *c;
+    if ( clist->count() == 1 ) { // save iterator
+	c = clist->first();
+	object = c->object();
+	sol = object->senderObjects;
+	if ( sol ) {
+	    oldSender = sol->currentSender;
+	    sol->ref();
+	    sol->currentSender = this;
+	}
+	if ( c->memberType() == QSIGNAL_CODE )
+	    object->qt_emit( c->member(), o );
+	else
+	    object->qt_invoke( c->member(), o );
+	if ( sol ) {
+	    sol->currentSender = oldSender;
+	    if ( sol->deref() )
+		delete sol;
+	}
+    } else {
+	QConnection *cd = 0;
+	QConnectionListIt it(*clist);
+	while ( (c=it.current()) ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( c == cd )
+		continue;
+	    cd = c;
+	    object = c->object();
+	    sol = object->senderObjects;
+	    if ( sol ) {
+		oldSender = sol->currentSender;
+		sol->ref();
+		sol->currentSender = this;
+	    }
+	    if ( c->memberType() == QSIGNAL_CODE )
+		object->qt_emit( c->member(), o );
+	    else
+		object->qt_invoke( c->member(), o );
+	    if (sol ) {
+		sol->currentSender = oldSender;
+		if ( sol->deref() )
+		    delete sol;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QObject::activate_signal( int signal, int )
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QObject::activate_signal( int signal, double )
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QObject::activate_signal( int signal, QString )
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QObject::activate_signal_bool( int signal, bool )
+  \internal
+
+  Like the above functions, but since bool is sometimes
+  only a typedef it cannot be a simple overload.
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRELIMINARY_SIGNAL_SPY
+#define ACTIVATE_SIGNAL_WITH_PARAM(FNAME,TYPE)				      \
+void QObject::FNAME( int signal, TYPE param )				      \
+{									      \
+    if ( qt_preliminary_signal_spy ) { \
+	if ( !signalsBlocked() && signal >= 0 && \
+	     ( !connections || !connections->at( signal ) ) ) { \
+	    QUObject o[2];							      \
+	    static_QUType_##TYPE.set( o+1, param );					      \
+	    qt_spy_signal( this, signal, o ); \
+	    return; \
+	} \
+    } \
+    if ( !connections || signalsBlocked() || signal < 0 )		      \
+	return;								      \
+    QConnectionList *clist = connections->at( signal );			      \
+    if ( !clist )							      \
+	return;								      \
+    QUObject o[2];							      \
+    static_QUType_##TYPE.set( o+1, param );					      \
+    activate_signal( clist, o );					      \
+}
+#else
+#define ACTIVATE_SIGNAL_WITH_PARAM(FNAME,TYPE)				      \
+void QObject::FNAME( int signal, TYPE param )				      \
+{									      \
+    if ( !connections || signalsBlocked() || signal < 0 )		      \
+	return;								      \
+    QConnectionList *clist = connections->at( signal );			      \
+    if ( !clist )							      \
+	return;								      \
+    QUObject o[2];							      \
+    static_QUType_##TYPE.set( o+1, param );					      \
+    activate_signal( clist, o );					      \
+}
+
+#endif
+// We don't want to duplicate too much text so...
+
+ACTIVATE_SIGNAL_WITH_PARAM( activate_signal, int )
+ACTIVATE_SIGNAL_WITH_PARAM( activate_signal, double )
+ACTIVATE_SIGNAL_WITH_PARAM( activate_signal, QString )
+ACTIVATE_SIGNAL_WITH_PARAM( activate_signal_bool, bool )
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QObject debugging output routines.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static void dumpRecursive( int level, QObject *object )
+{
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    if ( object ) {
+	QString buf;
+	buf.fill( '\t', level/2 );
+	if ( level % 2 )
+	    buf += "    ";
+	const char *name = object->name();
+	QString flags="";
+	if ( qApp->focusWidget() == object )
+	    flags += 'F';
+	if ( object->isWidgetType() ) {
+	    QWidget * w = (QWidget *)object;
+	    if ( w->isVisible() ) {
+		QString t( "<%1,%2,%3,%4>" );
+		flags += t.arg(w->x()).arg(w->y()).arg(w->width()).arg(w->height());
+	    } else {
+		flags += 'I';
+	    }
+	}
+	qDebug( "%s%s::%s %s", (const char*)buf, object->className(), name,
+	    flags.latin1() );
+	if ( object->children() ) {
+	    QObjectListIt it(*object->children());
+	    QObject * c;
+	    while ( (c=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+		++it;
+		dumpRecursive( level+1, c );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED( level )
+    Q_UNUSED( object )
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Dumps a tree of children to the debug output.
+
+    This function is useful for debugging, but does nothing if the
+    library has been compiled in release mode (i.e. without debugging
+    information).
+*/
+
+void QObject::dumpObjectTree()
+{
+    dumpRecursive( 0, this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Dumps information about signal connections, etc. for this object
+    to the debug output.
+
+    This function is useful for debugging, but does nothing if the
+    library has been compiled in release mode (i.e. without debugging
+    information).
+*/
+
+void QObject::dumpObjectInfo()
+{
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "OBJECT %s::%s", className(), name( "unnamed" ) );
+    int n = 0;
+    qDebug( "  SIGNALS OUT" );
+    if ( connections ) {
+	QConnectionList *clist;
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < connections->size(); i++ ) {
+	    if ( ( clist = connections->at( i ) ) ) {
+		qDebug( "\t%s", metaObject()->signal( i, TRUE )->name );
+		n++;
+		register QConnection *c;
+		QConnectionListIt cit(*clist);
+		while ( (c=cit.current()) ) {
+		    ++cit;
+		    qDebug( "\t  --> %s::%s %s", c->object()->className(),
+			    c->object()->name( "unnamed" ), c->memberName() );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( n == 0 )
+	qDebug( "\t<None>" );
+
+    qDebug( "  SIGNALS IN" );
+    n = 0;
+    if ( senderObjects ) {
+	QObject *sender = senderObjects->first();
+	while ( sender ) {
+	    qDebug( "\t%s::%s",
+		   sender->className(), sender->name( "unnamed" ) );
+	    n++;
+	    sender = senderObjects->next();
+	}
+    }
+    if ( n == 0 )
+	qDebug( "\t<None>" );
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value of the object's \a name property to \a value.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the operation was successful; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    Information about all available properties is provided through the
+    metaObject().
+
+    \sa property(), metaObject(), QMetaObject::propertyNames(), QMetaObject::property()
+*/
+bool QObject::setProperty( const char *name, const QVariant& value )
+{
+    if ( !value.isValid() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    QVariant v = value;
+
+    QMetaObject* meta = metaObject();
+    if ( !meta )
+	return FALSE;
+    int id = meta->findProperty( name, TRUE );
+    const QMetaProperty* p = meta->property( id, TRUE );
+    if ( !p || !p->isValid() || !p->writable() ) {
+	qWarning( "%s::setProperty( \"%s\", value ) failed: property invalid, read-only or does not exist",
+		  className(), name );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( p->isEnumType() ) {
+	if ( v.type() == QVariant::String || v.type() == QVariant::CString ) {
+	    if ( p->isSetType() ) {
+		QString s = value.toString();
+		// QStrList does not support split, use QStringList for that.
+		QStringList l = QStringList::split( '|', s );
+		QStrList keys;
+		for ( QStringList::Iterator it = l.begin(); it != l.end(); ++it )
+		    keys.append( (*it).stripWhiteSpace().latin1() );
+		v = QVariant( p->keysToValue( keys ) );
+	    } else {
+		v = QVariant( p->keyToValue( value.toCString().data() ) );
+	    }
+	} else if ( v.type() != QVariant::Int && v.type() != QVariant::UInt ) {
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	return qt_property( id, 0, &v );
+    }
+
+    QVariant::Type type = (QVariant::Type)(p->flags >> 24);
+    if ( type == QVariant::Invalid )
+	type = QVariant::nameToType( p->type() );
+    if ( type != QVariant::Invalid && !v.canCast( type ) )
+	return FALSE;
+    return qt_property( id, 0, &v );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the object's \a name property.
+
+    If no such property exists, the returned variant is invalid.
+
+    Information about all available properties are provided through
+    the metaObject().
+
+    \sa setProperty(), QVariant::isValid(), metaObject(),
+    QMetaObject::propertyNames(), QMetaObject::property()
+*/
+QVariant QObject::property( const char *name ) const
+{
+    QVariant v;
+    QMetaObject* meta = metaObject();
+    if ( !meta )
+	return v;
+    int id = meta->findProperty( name, TRUE );
+    const QMetaProperty* p = meta->property( id, TRUE );
+    if ( !p || !p->isValid() ) {
+	qWarning( "%s::property( \"%s\" ) failed: property invalid or does not exist",
+		  className(), name );
+	return v;
+    }
+    QObject* that = (QObject*) this; // moc ensures constness for the qt_property call
+    that->qt_property( id, 1, &v );
+    return v;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+/*!\internal
+ */
+uint QObject::registerUserData()
+{
+    static int user_data_registration = 0;
+    return user_data_registration++;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QObjectUserData::~QObjectUserData()
+{
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QObject::setUserData( uint id, QObjectUserData* data)
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QObjectPrivate( id+1 );
+    if ( id >= d->size() )
+	d->resize( id+1 );
+    d->insert( id, data );
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QObjectUserData* QObject::userData( uint id ) const
+{
+    if ( d && id < d->size() )
+	return d->at( id );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_USERDATA
diff --git a/src/kernel/qobject.h b/src/kernel/qobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6de28db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QObject class
+**
+** Created : 930418
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECT_H
+#define QOBJECT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobjectdefs.h"
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#define QT_TR_NOOP(x) (x)
+#define QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP(scope,x) (x)
+
+class QMetaObject;
+class QVariant;
+class QMetaProperty;
+class QPostEventList;
+class QSenderObjectList;
+class QObjectPrivate;
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+class QObjectUserData;
+#endif
+struct QUObject;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QObject: public Qt
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( QCString name READ name WRITE setName )
+
+public:
+    QObject( QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    virtual ~QObject();
+
+#ifdef Q_QDOC
+    virtual const char *className() const;
+    static QString tr( const char *, const char * );
+    static QString trUtf8( const char *, const char * );
+    virtual QMetaObject *metaObject() const;
+#endif
+
+    virtual bool event( QEvent * );
+    virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * );
+
+    bool	 isA( const char * )	 const;
+    bool	 inherits( const char * ) const;
+
+    const char  *name() const;
+    const char  *name( const char * defaultName ) const;
+
+    virtual void setName( const char *name );
+    bool	 isWidgetType()	  const { return isWidget; }
+    bool	 highPriority()	  const { return FALSE; }
+
+    bool	 signalsBlocked()  const { return blockSig; }
+    void	 blockSignals( bool b );
+
+    int		 startTimer( int interval );
+    void	 killTimer( int id );
+    void	 killTimers();
+
+    QObject           *child( const char *objName, const char *inheritsClass = 0, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE ); //### const in 4.0
+    const QObjectList *children() const { return childObjects; }
+    QObjectList childrenListObject();
+    const QObjectList childrenListObject() const;
+
+    static const QObjectList *objectTrees();
+    static const QObjectList objectTreesListObject();
+
+    QObjectList	      *queryList( const char *inheritsClass = 0,
+				  const char *objName = 0,
+				  bool regexpMatch = TRUE,
+				  bool recursiveSearch = TRUE ) const;
+
+    virtual void insertChild( QObject * );
+    virtual void removeChild( QObject * );
+
+    void	 installEventFilter( const QObject * );
+    void	 removeEventFilter( const QObject * );
+
+    static bool  connect( const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+			  const QObject *receiver, const char *member );
+    bool	 connect( const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+			  const char *member ) const;
+    static bool  disconnect( const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+			     const QObject *receiver, const char *member );
+    bool	 disconnect( const char *signal=0,
+			     const QObject *receiver=0, const char *member=0 );
+    bool	 disconnect( const QObject *receiver, const char *member=0 );
+    static void 	 connectInternal( const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
+			  const QObject *receiver, int membcode, int member_index );
+    static bool 	 disconnectInternal( const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
+			     const QObject *receiver, int membcode, int member_index );
+
+    void	 dumpObjectTree();
+    void	 dumpObjectInfo();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    virtual bool setProperty( const char *name, const QVariant& value );
+    virtual QVariant property( const char *name ) const;
+#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+#ifdef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+    static QString tr( const char *sourceText, const char * = 0);
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    static QString trUtf8( const char *sourceText, const char * = 0);
+#endif
+#endif //QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+    static uint registerUserData();
+    void setUserData( uint id, QObjectUserData* data);
+    QObjectUserData* userData( uint id ) const;
+#endif // QT_NO_USERDATA
+
+signals:
+    void	 destroyed();
+    void	 destroyed( QObject* obj );
+
+public:
+    QObject	*parent() const { return parentObj; }
+
+public slots:
+    void	deleteLater();
+
+private slots:
+    void	 cleanupEventFilter( QObject* );
+
+protected:
+    bool	activate_filters( QEvent * );
+    QConnectionList *receivers( const char* signal ) const;
+    QConnectionList *receivers( int signal ) const;
+    void	activate_signal( int signal );
+    void	activate_signal( int signal, int );
+    void	activate_signal( int signal, double );
+    void	activate_signal( int signal, QString );
+    void	activate_signal_bool( int signal, bool );
+    void 	activate_signal( QConnectionList *clist, QUObject *o );
+
+    const QObject *sender();
+
+    virtual void timerEvent( QTimerEvent * );
+    virtual void childEvent( QChildEvent * );
+    virtual void customEvent( QCustomEvent * );
+
+    virtual void connectNotify( const char *signal );
+    virtual void disconnectNotify( const char *signal );
+    virtual bool checkConnectArgs( const char *signal, const QObject *receiver,
+				   const char *member );
+    static QCString normalizeSignalSlot( const char *signalSlot );
+
+private:
+    uint	isSignal   : 1;
+    uint	isWidget   : 1;
+    uint	pendTimer  : 1;
+    uint	blockSig   : 1;
+    uint	wasDeleted : 1;
+    uint	isTree : 1;
+
+    const char	*objname;
+    QObject	*parentObj;
+    QObjectList *childObjects;
+    QSignalVec *connections;
+    QSenderObjectList *senderObjects;
+    QObjectList *eventFilters;
+    QPostEventList *postedEvents;
+    QObjectPrivate* d;
+
+    static QMetaObject* staticQtMetaObject();
+
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QSignal;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QObject( const QObject & );
+    QObject &operator=( const QObject & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+class Q_EXPORT QObjectUserData {
+public:
+    virtual ~QObjectUserData();
+};
+#endif
+
+
+inline bool QObject::connect( const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+			      const char *member ) const
+{
+    return connect( sender, signal, this, member );
+}
+
+
+inline bool QObject::disconnect( const char *signal,
+				 const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+    return disconnect( this, signal, receiver, member );
+}
+
+
+inline bool QObject::disconnect( const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+    return disconnect( this, 0, receiver, member );
+}
+
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+inline QString QObject::tr( const char *sourceText, const char * ) {
+    return QString::fromLatin1( sourceText );
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+inline QString QObject::trUtf8( const char *sourceText, const char * ) {
+    return QString::fromUtf8( sourceText );
+}
+#endif
+#endif //QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QOBJECT
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif // QOBJECT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp b/src/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98b0309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QObjectCleanupHandler class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qobjectcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QObjectCleanupHandler qobjectcleanuphandler.h
+    \brief The QObjectCleanupHandler class watches the lifetime of multiple QObjects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    A QObjectCleanupHandler is useful whenever you need to know when a
+    number of \l{QObject}s that are owned by someone else have been
+    deleted. This is important, for example, when referencing memory
+    in an application that has been allocated in a shared library.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \code
+    class FactoryComponent : public FactoryInterface, public QLibraryInterface
+    {
+    public:
+	...
+
+	QObject *createObject();
+
+	bool init();
+	void cleanup();
+	bool canUnload() const;
+
+    private:
+	QObjectCleanupHandler objects;
+    };
+
+    // allocate a new object, and add it to the cleanup handler
+    QObject *FactoryComponent::createObject()
+    {
+	return objects.add( new QObject() );
+    }
+
+    // QLibraryInterface implementation
+    bool FactoryComponent::init()
+    {
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    void FactoryComponent::cleanup()
+    {
+    }
+
+    // it is only safe to unload the library when all QObject's have been destroyed
+    bool FactoryComponent::canUnload() const
+    {
+	return objects.isEmpty();
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty QObjectCleanupHandler.
+*/
+QObjectCleanupHandler::QObjectCleanupHandler()
+: QObject(), cleanupObjects( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the cleanup handler. All objects in this cleanup handler
+    will be deleted.
+*/
+QObjectCleanupHandler::~QObjectCleanupHandler()
+{
+    clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a object to this cleanup handler and returns the pointer to
+    the object.
+*/
+QObject* QObjectCleanupHandler::add( QObject* object )
+{
+    if ( !object )
+	return 0;
+
+    if ( !cleanupObjects ) {
+	cleanupObjects = new QObjectList;
+ 	cleanupObjects->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+    connect( object, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(objectDestroyed(QObject*)) );
+    cleanupObjects->insert( 0, object );
+    return object;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the \a object from this cleanup handler. The object will
+    not be destroyed.
+*/
+void QObjectCleanupHandler::remove( QObject *object )
+{
+    if ( !cleanupObjects )
+	return;
+    if ( cleanupObjects->findRef( object ) >= 0 ) {
+	(void) cleanupObjects->take();
+	disconnect( object, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(objectDestroyed(QObject*)) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this cleanup handler is empty or if all objects in
+    this cleanup handler have been destroyed; otherwise return FALSE.
+*/
+bool QObjectCleanupHandler::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return cleanupObjects ? cleanupObjects->isEmpty() : TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Deletes all objects in this cleanup handler. The cleanup handler
+    becomes empty.
+*/
+void QObjectCleanupHandler::clear()
+{
+    delete cleanupObjects;
+    cleanupObjects = 0;
+}
+
+void QObjectCleanupHandler::objectDestroyed( QObject*object )
+{
+    if ( cleanupObjects )
+	cleanupObjects->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+
+    remove( object );
+
+    if ( cleanupObjects )
+	cleanupObjects->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.h b/src/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..348217c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECTCLEANUPHANDLER_H
+#define QOBJECTCLEANUPHANDLER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QObjectList;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QObjectCleanupHandler : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QObjectCleanupHandler();
+    ~QObjectCleanupHandler();
+
+    QObject* add( QObject* object );
+    void remove( QObject *object );
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    void clear();
+
+private:
+    QObjectList *cleanupObjects;
+
+private slots:
+    void objectDestroyed( QObject * );
+};
+
+#endif // QOBJECTCLEANUPHANDLER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qobjectdefs.h b/src/kernel/qobjectdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37605bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qobjectdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Macros and definitions related to QObject
+**
+** Created : 930419
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECTDEFS_H
+#define QOBJECTDEFS_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+# ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+// full set of tr functions
+#  define QT_TR_FUNCTIONS \
+    static QString tr( const char *, const char * = 0 ); \
+    static QString trUtf8( const char *, const char * = 0 );
+# else
+// no QTextCodec, no utf8
+#  define QT_TR_FUNCTIONS \
+    static QString tr( const char *, const char * = 0 );
+# endif
+#else
+// inherit the ones from QObject
+# define QT_TR_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+# define QT_PROP_FUNCTIONS \
+    virtual bool qt_property( int id, int f, QVariant* v); \
+    static bool qt_static_property( QObject* , int, int, QVariant* );
+#else
+# define QT_PROP_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+// The following macros are our "extensions" to C++
+// They are used, strictly speaking, only by the moc.
+struct QUObject;
+
+#ifdef QT_MOC_CPP
+#define slots			    slots
+#define signals		    signals
+#define Q_CLASSINFO( name, value ) Q_CLASSINFO( name, value )
+#define Q_PROPERTY( text )	    Q_PROPERTY( text )
+#define Q_OVERRIDE( text )	    Q_OVERRIDE( text )
+#define Q_ENUMS( x )		    Q_ENUMS( x )
+#define Q_SETS( x )		    Q_SETS( x )
+ /* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT		    Q_OBJECT
+ /* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT_FAKE		    Q_OBJECT_FAKE
+
+#else
+#define slots					// slots: in class
+#define signals protected			// signals: in class
+#ifndef QT_NO_EMIT
+#define emit					// emit signal
+#endif
+#define Q_CLASSINFO( name, value )		// class info
+#define Q_PROPERTY( text )			// property
+#define Q_OVERRIDE( text )			// override property
+#define Q_ENUMS( x )
+#define Q_SETS( x )
+
+/* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT							\
+public:									\
+    virtual QMetaObject *metaObject() const { 				\
+         return staticMetaObject();					\
+    }									\
+    virtual const char *className() const;				\
+    virtual void* qt_cast( const char* ); 				\
+    virtual bool qt_invoke( int, QUObject* ); 				\
+    virtual bool qt_emit( int, QUObject* ); 				\
+    QT_PROP_FUNCTIONS							\
+    static QMetaObject* staticMetaObject();				\
+    QObject* qObject() { return (QObject*)this; } 			\
+    QT_TR_FUNCTIONS							\
+private:								\
+    static QMetaObject *metaObj;
+
+/* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT_FAKE Q_OBJECT
+
+#endif
+
+// macro for naming members
+#ifdef METHOD
+#undef METHOD
+#endif
+#ifdef SLOT
+#undef SLOT
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGNAL
+#undef SIGNAL
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_OLD_CPP_)
+#define METHOD(a)	"0""a"
+#define SLOT(a)		"1""a"
+#define SIGNAL(a)	"2""a"
+#else
+#define METHOD(a)	"0"#a
+#define SLOT(a)		"1"#a
+#define SIGNAL(a)	"2"#a
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE
+#define METHOD_CODE	0			// member type codes
+#define SLOT_CODE	1
+#define SIGNAL_CODE	2
+#endif
+
+#define QMETHOD_CODE	0			// member type codes
+#define QSLOT_CODE	1
+#define QSIGNAL_CODE	2
+
+class QObject;
+class QMetaObject;
+class QSignal;
+class QConnection;
+class QEvent;
+struct QMetaData;
+class QConnectionList;
+class QConnectionListIt;
+class QSignalVec;
+class QObjectList;
+class QObjectListIt;
+class QMemberDict;
+
+Q_EXPORT void *qt_find_obj_child( QObject *, const char *, const char * );
+#define Q_CHILD(parent,type,name) \
+	((type*)qt_find_obj_child(parent,#type,name))
+
+Q_EXPORT void *qt_inheritedBy( QMetaObject *super, const QObject *cls );
+
+template <typename T>
+Q_INLINE_TEMPLATES T qt_cast(const QObject *object)
+{ return (T)qt_inheritedBy( ((T)0)->staticMetaObject(), object ); }
+#endif // QOBJECTDEFS_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qobjectdict.h b/src/kernel/qobjectdict.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed6afc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qobjectdict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QObjectDictionary
+**
+** Created : 940807
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECTDICT_H
+#define QOBJECTDICT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qasciidict.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+//
+// The object dictionary is a collection of QMetaObjects
+//
+
+class Q_EXPORT QObjectDictionary : public QAsciiDict<QMetaObject>
+{
+public:
+    QObjectDictionary(int size=17,bool cs=TRUE,bool ck=TRUE)
+	: QAsciiDict<QMetaObject>(size,cs,ck) {}
+    QObjectDictionary( const QObjectDictionary &dict )
+	: QAsciiDict<QMetaObject>(dict) {}
+   ~QObjectDictionary() { clear(); }
+    QObjectDictionary &operator=(const QObjectDictionary &dict)
+	{ return (QObjectDictionary&)QAsciiDict<QMetaObject>::operator=(dict);}
+};
+
+#endif // QOBJECTDICT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qobjectlist.h b/src/kernel/qobjectlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57e146b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qobjectlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QObjectList
+**
+** Created : 940807
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECTLIST_H
+#define QOBJECTLIST_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrList<QObject>;
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrListIterator<QObject>;
+#endif
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QObjectList : public QPtrList<QObject>
+{
+public:
+    QObjectList() : QPtrList<QObject>() {}
+    QObjectList( const QObjectList &list ) : QPtrList<QObject>(list) {}
+   ~QObjectList() { clear(); }
+    QObjectList &operator=(const QObjectList &list)
+	{ return (QObjectList&)QPtrList<QObject>::operator=(list); }
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QObjectListIterator : public QPtrListIterator<QObject>
+{
+public:
+    QObjectListIterator( const QObjectList &l )
+	: QPtrListIterator<QObject>( l ) { }
+    QObjectListIterator &operator=( const QObjectListIterator &i )
+	{ return (QObjectListIterator&)
+		 QPtrListIterator<QObject>::operator=( i ); }
+};
+
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+#if defined(Q_CC_GNU)
+#warning "remove the QObjectListIt class"
+#warning "remove the typedef too, maybe"
+#endif
+typedef QObjectListIterator QObjectListIt;
+#else
+class Q_EXPORT QObjectListIt : public QPtrListIterator<QObject>
+{
+public:
+    QObjectListIt( const QObjectList &l ) : QPtrListIterator<QObject>(l) {}
+    QObjectListIt &operator=(const QObjectListIt &i)
+	{ return (QObjectListIt&)QPtrListIterator<QObject>::operator=(i); }
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif // QOBJECTLIST_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpaintdevice.h b/src/kernel/qpaintdevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75d7de1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpaintdevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPaintDevice class
+**
+** Created : 940721
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPAINTDEVICE_H
+#define QPAINTDEVICE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+class QWSDisplay;
+class QGfx;
+#endif
+
+class QIODevice;
+class QString;
+class QTextItem;
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+struct QPaintDeviceX11Data;
+#endif
+
+union QPDevCmdParam {
+    int			 ival;
+    int			*ivec;
+    QString	        *str;
+    const QPoint	*point;
+    const QRect		*rect;
+    const QPointArray	*ptarr;
+    const QPixmap	*pixmap;
+    const QImage	*image;
+    const QColor	*color;
+    const QFont		*font;
+    const QPen		*pen;
+    const QBrush	*brush;
+    const QRegion	*rgn;
+    const QWMatrix	*matrix;
+    const QTextItem     *textItem;
+    QIODevice		*device;
+};
+
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPaintDevice				// device for QPainter
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QPaintDevice();
+
+    int		devType() const;
+    bool	isExtDev() const;
+    bool	paintingActive() const;
+
+    virtual void setResolution( int );
+    virtual int resolution() const;
+
+    // Windows:	  get device context
+    // X-Windows: get drawable
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    virtual HDC		handle() const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    virtual Qt::HANDLE	handle() const;
+    virtual Qt::HANDLE  x11RenderHandle() const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    virtual Qt::HANDLE      handle() const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    virtual Qt::HANDLE	handle() const;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    Display 	   *x11Display() const;
+    int		    x11Screen() const;
+    int		    x11Depth() const;
+    int		    x11Cells() const;
+    Qt::HANDLE	    x11Colormap() const;
+    bool	    x11DefaultColormap() const;
+    void	   *x11Visual() const;
+    bool	    x11DefaultVisual() const;
+
+    static Display *x11AppDisplay();
+    static int	    x11AppScreen();
+
+    static int      x11AppDpiX();
+    static int      x11AppDpiY();
+    static void     x11SetAppDpiX(int);
+    static void     x11SetAppDpiY(int);
+    static int	    x11AppDepth();
+    static int	    x11AppCells();
+    static Qt::HANDLE   x11AppRootWindow();
+    static Qt::HANDLE   x11AppColormap();
+    static bool     x11AppDefaultColormap();
+    static void    *x11AppVisual();
+    static bool	    x11AppDefaultVisual();
+
+    // ### in 4.0, the above need to go away, the below needs to take a -1 default
+    // argument, signifying the default screen...
+    static int	    x11AppDepth( int screen );
+    static int	    x11AppCells( int screen );
+    static Qt::HANDLE   x11AppRootWindow( int screen );
+    static Qt::HANDLE   x11AppColormap( int screen );
+    static void    *x11AppVisual( int screen );
+    static bool     x11AppDefaultColormap( int screen );
+    static bool	    x11AppDefaultVisual( int screen );
+    static int      x11AppDpiX( int );
+    static int      x11AppDpiY( int );
+    static void     x11SetAppDpiX( int, int );
+    static void     x11SetAppDpiY( int, int );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    static QWSDisplay *qwsDisplay();
+    virtual unsigned char * scanLine(int) const;
+    virtual int bytesPerLine() const;
+    virtual QGfx * graphicsContext(bool clip_children=TRUE) const;
+#endif
+
+    enum PDevCmd {
+	PdcNOP = 0, //  <void>
+	PdcDrawPoint = 1, // point
+	PdcDrawFirst = PdcDrawPoint,
+	PdcMoveTo = 2, // point
+	PdcLineTo = 3, // point
+	PdcDrawLine = 4, // point,point
+	PdcDrawRect = 5, // rect
+	PdcDrawRoundRect = 6, // rect,ival,ival
+	PdcDrawEllipse = 7, // rect
+	PdcDrawArc = 8, // rect,ival,ival
+	PdcDrawPie = 9, // rect,ival,ival
+	PdcDrawChord = 10, // rect,ival,ival
+	PdcDrawLineSegments = 11, // ptarr
+	PdcDrawPolyline = 12, // ptarr
+	PdcDrawPolygon = 13, // ptarr,ival
+	PdcDrawCubicBezier = 14, // ptarr
+	PdcDrawText = 15, // point,str
+	PdcDrawTextFormatted = 16, // rect,ival,str
+	PdcDrawPixmap = 17, // rect,pixmap
+	PdcDrawImage = 18, // rect,image
+	PdcDrawText2 = 19, // point,str
+	PdcDrawText2Formatted = 20, // rect,ival,str
+	PdcDrawTextItem = 21,
+	PdcDrawLast = PdcDrawTextItem,
+
+	// no painting commands below PdcDrawLast.
+
+	PdcBegin = 30, //  <void>
+	PdcEnd = 31, //  <void>
+	PdcSave = 32, //  <void>
+	PdcRestore = 33, //  <void>
+	PdcSetdev = 34, // device - PRIVATE
+	PdcSetBkColor = 40, // color
+	PdcSetBkMode = 41, // ival
+	PdcSetROP = 42, // ival
+	PdcSetBrushOrigin = 43, // point
+	PdcSetFont = 45, // font
+	PdcSetPen = 46, // pen
+	PdcSetBrush = 47, // brush
+	PdcSetTabStops = 48, // ival
+	PdcSetTabArray = 49, // ival,ivec
+	PdcSetUnit = 50, // ival
+	PdcSetVXform = 51, // ival
+	PdcSetWindow = 52, // rect
+	PdcSetViewport = 53, // rect
+	PdcSetWXform = 54, // ival
+	PdcSetWMatrix = 55, // matrix,ival
+	PdcSaveWMatrix = 56,
+	PdcRestoreWMatrix = 57,
+	PdcSetClip = 60, // ival
+	PdcSetClipRegion = 61, // rgn
+
+	PdcReservedStart = 0, // codes 0-199 are reserved
+	PdcReservedStop = 199 //   for Qt
+    };
+
+protected:
+    QPaintDevice( uint devflags );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    HDC		hdc;				// device context
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    Qt::HANDLE	hd;				// handle to drawable
+    Qt::HANDLE  rendhd;                         // handle to RENDER pict
+
+    void		 copyX11Data( const QPaintDevice * );
+    void		 cloneX11Data( const QPaintDevice * );
+    virtual void	 setX11Data( const QPaintDeviceX11Data* );
+    QPaintDeviceX11Data* getX11Data( bool def=FALSE ) const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+#if !defined( QMAC_NO_QUARTZ )
+    CGContextRef ctx;
+#endif
+    void * hd;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    Qt::HANDLE hd;
+#endif
+
+    virtual bool cmd( int, QPainter *, QPDevCmdParam * );
+    virtual int	 metric( int ) const;
+    virtual int	 fontMet( QFont *, int, const char * = 0, int = 0 ) const;
+    virtual int	 fontInf( QFont *, int ) const;
+
+    ushort	devFlags;			// device flags
+    ushort	painters;			// refcount
+
+    friend class QPainter;
+    friend class QPaintDeviceMetrics;
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+#ifndef QMAC_NO_QUARTZ
+    virtual CGContextRef macCGContext(bool clipped=TRUE) const;
+#endif
+    friend Q_EXPORT void unclippedScaledBitBlt( QPaintDevice *, int, int, int, int,
+						const QPaintDevice *, int, int, int, int, Qt::RasterOp, bool, bool );
+#else
+    friend Q_EXPORT void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *, int, int,
+				 const QPaintDevice *,
+				 int, int, int, int, Qt::RasterOp, bool );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    friend void qt_init_internal( int *, char **, Display *, Qt::HANDLE, Qt::HANDLE );
+    friend void qt_cleanup();
+#endif
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    static Display *x_appdisplay;
+    static int	    x_appscreen;
+
+    static int	    x_appdepth;
+    static int	    x_appcells;
+    static Qt::HANDLE   x_approotwindow;
+    static Qt::HANDLE   x_appcolormap;
+    static bool	    x_appdefcolormap;
+    static void	   *x_appvisual;
+    static bool     x_appdefvisual;
+
+    // ### in 4.0, remove the above, and replace with the below
+    static int	      *x_appdepth_arr;
+    static int	      *x_appcells_arr;
+    static Qt::HANDLE *x_approotwindow_arr;
+    static Qt::HANDLE *x_appcolormap_arr;
+    static bool	      *x_appdefcolormap_arr;
+    static void	     **x_appvisual_arr;
+    static bool       *x_appdefvisual_arr;
+
+    QPaintDeviceX11Data* x11Data;
+#endif
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QPaintDevice( const QPaintDevice & );
+    QPaintDevice &operator=( const QPaintDevice & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+Q_EXPORT
+void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *dst, int dx, int dy,
+	     const QPaintDevice *src, int sx=0, int sy=0, int sw=-1, int sh=-1,
+	     Qt::RasterOp = Qt::CopyROP, bool ignoreMask=FALSE );
+
+Q_EXPORT
+void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *dst, int dx, int dy,
+	     const QImage *src, int sx=0, int sy=0, int sw=-1, int sh=-1,
+	     int conversion_flags=0 );
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QPaintDeviceX11Data : public QShared {
+    Display*	x_display;
+    int		x_screen;
+    int		x_depth;
+    int		x_cells;
+    Qt::HANDLE	x_colormap;
+    bool	x_defcolormap;
+    void*	x_visual;
+    bool	x_defvisual;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Inline functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::devType() const
+{ return devFlags & QInternal::DeviceTypeMask; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::isExtDev() const
+{ return (devFlags & QInternal::ExternalDevice) != 0; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::paintingActive() const
+{ return painters != 0; }
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+inline Display *QPaintDevice::x11Display() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_display : x_appdisplay; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11Screen() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_screen : x_appscreen; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11Depth() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_depth : x_appdepth; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11Cells() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_cells : x_appcells; }
+
+inline Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11Colormap() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_colormap : x_appcolormap; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::x11DefaultColormap() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_defcolormap : x_appdefcolormap; }
+
+inline void *QPaintDevice::x11Visual() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_visual : x_appvisual; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::x11DefaultVisual() const
+{ return x11Data ? x11Data->x_defvisual : x_appdefvisual; }
+
+inline Display *QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay()
+{ return x_appdisplay; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen()
+{ return x_appscreen; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( int screen )
+{ return x_appdepth_arr[ screen == -1 ? x_appscreen : screen ]; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( int screen )
+{ return x_appcells_arr[ screen == -1 ? x_appscreen : screen ]; }
+
+inline Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( int screen )
+{ return x_approotwindow_arr[ screen == -1 ? x_appscreen : screen ]; }
+
+inline Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( int screen )
+{ return x_appcolormap_arr[ screen == -1 ? x_appscreen : screen ]; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( int screen )
+{ return x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen == -1 ? x_appscreen : screen ]; }
+
+inline void *QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( int screen )
+{ return x_appvisual_arr[ screen == -1 ? x_appscreen : screen ]; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( int screen )
+{ return x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen == -1 ? x_appscreen : screen ]; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth()
+{ return x_appdepth; }
+
+inline int QPaintDevice::x11AppCells()
+{ return x_appcells; }
+
+inline Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow()
+{ return x_approotwindow; }
+
+inline Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap()
+{ return x_appcolormap; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap()
+{ return x_appdefcolormap; }
+
+inline void *QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual()
+{ return x_appvisual; }
+
+inline bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual()
+{ return x_appdefvisual; }
+
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+
+Q_EXPORT
+inline void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *dst, const QPoint &dp,
+		    const QPaintDevice *src, const QRect &sr =QRect(0,0,-1,-1),
+		    Qt::RasterOp rop=Qt::CopyROP, bool ignoreMask=FALSE )
+{
+    bitBlt( dst, dp.x(), dp.y(), src, sr.x(), sr.y(), sr.width(), sr.height(),
+	    rop, ignoreMask );
+}
+
+
+
+
+#endif // QPAINTDEVICE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a755c01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1168 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPaintDevice class for X11
+**
+** Created : 940721
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QPaintDevice qpaintdevice.h
+    \brief The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that
+    can be painted.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+
+    A paint device is an abstraction of a two-dimensional space that
+    can be drawn using a QPainter. The drawing capabilities are
+    implemented by the subclasses QWidget, QPixmap, QPicture and
+    QPrinter.
+
+    The default coordinate system of a paint device has its origin
+    located at the top-left position. X increases to the right and Y
+    increases downward. The unit is one pixel. There are several ways
+    to set up a user-defined coordinate system using the painter, for
+    example, using QPainter::setWorldMatrix().
+
+    Example (draw on a paint device):
+    \code
+    void MyWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+    {
+	QPainter p;                       // our painter
+	p.begin( this );                  // start painting the widget
+	p.setPen( red );                  // red outline
+	p.setBrush( yellow );             // yellow fill
+	p.drawEllipse( 10, 20, 100,100 ); // 100x100 ellipse at position (10, 20)
+	p.end();                          // painting done
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    The bit block transfer is an extremely useful operation for
+    copying pixels from one paint device to another (or to itself). It
+    is implemented as the global function bitBlt().
+
+    Example (scroll widget contents 10 pixels to the right):
+    \code
+    bitBlt( myWidget, 10, 0, myWidget );
+    \endcode
+
+    \warning Qt requires that a QApplication object exists before
+    any paint devices can be created. Paint devices access window
+    system resources, and these resources are not initialized before
+    an application object is created.
+*/
+
+
+//
+// Some global variables - these are initialized by QColor::initialize()
+//
+
+Display *QPaintDevice::x_appdisplay = 0;
+int	 QPaintDevice::x_appscreen;
+
+int	  QPaintDevice::x_appdepth;
+int	  QPaintDevice::x_appcells;
+Qt::HANDLE  QPaintDevice::x_approotwindow;
+Qt::HANDLE  QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap;
+bool	  QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap;
+void	 *QPaintDevice::x_appvisual;
+bool	  QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual;
+
+// ### in 4.0, remove the above, and use the below
+int	 *QPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr;
+int	 *QPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr;
+Qt::HANDLE *QPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr;
+Qt::HANDLE *QPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr;
+bool	 *QPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr;
+void	**QPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr;
+bool	 *QPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr;
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPaintDevice::PDevCmd
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a paint device with internal flags \a devflags. This
+    constructor can be invoked only from QPaintDevice subclasses.
+*/
+
+QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice( uint devflags )
+{
+    if ( !qApp ) {				// global constructor
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qFatal( "QPaintDevice: Must construct a QApplication before a "
+		"QPaintDevice" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    devFlags = devflags;
+    painters = 0;
+    hd = 0;
+    rendhd = 0;
+    x11Data = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the paint device and frees window system resources.
+*/
+
+QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( paintingActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
+		  "painted" );
+#endif
+    if ( x11Data && x11Data->deref() ) {
+	delete x11Data;
+	x11Data = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+  \internal
+  Makes a shallow copy of the X11-specific data of \a fromDevice, if it is not
+  null. Otherwise this function sets it to null.
+*/
+
+void QPaintDevice::copyX11Data( const QPaintDevice *fromDevice )
+{
+    setX11Data( fromDevice ? fromDevice->x11Data : 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+  \internal
+  Makes a deep copy of the X11-specific data of \a fromDevice, if it is not
+  null. Otherwise this function sets it to null.
+*/
+
+void QPaintDevice::cloneX11Data( const QPaintDevice *fromDevice )
+{
+    if ( fromDevice && fromDevice->x11Data ) {
+	QPaintDeviceX11Data *d = new QPaintDeviceX11Data;
+	*d = *fromDevice->x11Data;
+	d->count = 0;
+	setX11Data( d );
+    } else {
+	setX11Data( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  \internal
+  Makes a shallow copy of the X11-specific data \a d and assigns it to this
+  class. This function increments the reference code of \a d.
+*/
+
+void QPaintDevice::setX11Data( const QPaintDeviceX11Data* d )
+{
+    if ( x11Data && x11Data->deref() )
+	delete x11Data;
+    x11Data = (QPaintDeviceX11Data*)d;
+    if ( x11Data )
+	x11Data->ref();
+}
+
+
+/*
+  \internal
+  If \a def is FALSE, returns a deep copy of the x11Data, or 0 if x11Data is 0.
+  If \a def is TRUE, makes a QPaintDeviceX11Data struct filled with the default
+  values.
+
+  In either case the caller is responsible for deleting the returned
+  struct. But notice that the struct is a shared class, so other
+  classes might also have a reference to it. The reference count of
+  the returned QPaintDeviceX11Data* is 0.
+*/
+
+QPaintDeviceX11Data* QPaintDevice::getX11Data( bool def ) const
+{
+    QPaintDeviceX11Data* res = 0;
+    if ( def ) {
+	res = new QPaintDeviceX11Data;
+	res->x_display = x11AppDisplay();
+	res->x_screen = x11AppScreen();
+	res->x_depth = x11AppDepth();
+	res->x_cells = x11AppCells();
+	res->x_colormap = x11Colormap();
+	res->x_defcolormap = x11AppDefaultColormap();
+	res->x_visual = x11AppVisual();
+	res->x_defvisual = x11AppDefaultVisual();
+	res->deref();
+    } else if ( x11Data ) {
+	res = new QPaintDeviceX11Data;
+	*res = *x11Data;
+	res->count = 0;
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::devType() const
+
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the device type identifier, which is \c QInternal::Widget
+    if the device is a QWidget, \c QInternal::Pixmap if it's a
+    QPixmap, \c QInternal::Printer if it's a QPrinter, \c
+    QInternal::Picture if it's a QPicture or \c
+    QInternal::UndefinedDevice in other cases (which should never
+    happen).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::isExtDev() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the device is an external paint device; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    External paint devices cannot be bitBlt()'ed from. QPicture and
+    QPrinter are external paint devices.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the window system handle of the paint device, for
+    low-level access. Using this function is not portable.
+
+    The HANDLE type varies with platform; see \c qpaintdevice.h and
+    \c qwindowdefs.h for details.
+
+    \sa x11Display()
+*/
+Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::handle() const
+{
+    return hd;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the window system handle of the paint device for XRender
+    support. Use of this function is not portable. This function will
+    return 0 if XRender support is not compiled into Qt, if the
+    XRender extension is not supported on the X11 display, or if the
+    handle could not be created.
+*/
+Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11RenderHandle() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    return rendhd ? XftDrawPicture( (XftDraw *) rendhd ) : 0;
+#else
+    return 0;
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Display *QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay()
+
+    Returns a pointer to the X display global to the application (X11
+    only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa handle()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen()
+
+    Returns the screen number on the X display global to the
+    application (X11 only). Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth()
+
+    Returns the depth for the default screen of the X display global
+    to the application (X11 only). Using this function is not
+    portable.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::defaultDepth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11AppCells()
+
+    Returns the number of entries in the colormap for the default
+    screen of the X display global to the application (X11
+    only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11Colormap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow()
+
+    Returns the root window for the default screen of the X display
+    global to the applicatoin (X11 only). Using this function is not
+    portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap()
+
+    Returns the colormap for the default screen of the X display
+    global to the application (X11 only). Using this function is not
+    portable.
+
+    \sa x11Cells()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap ()
+
+    Returns the default colormap for the default screen of the X
+    display global to the application (X11 only). Using this function
+    is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11Cells()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void* QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual ()
+
+    Returns the Visual for the default screen of the X display global
+    to the application (X11 only). Using this function is not
+    portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual ()
+
+    Returns TRUE if the Visual used is the default for the default
+    screen of the X display global to the application (X11 only);
+    otherwise returns FALSE. Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( int screen )
+
+    Returns the depth for screen \a screen of the X display global to
+    the application (X11 only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::defaultDepth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( int screen )
+
+    Returns the number of entries in the colormap for screen \a screen
+    of the X display global to the application (X11 only). Using this
+    function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11Colormap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \fn HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( int screen )
+
+    Returns the root window for screen \a screen of the X display
+    global to the applicatoin (X11 only). Using this function is not
+    portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \fn HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( int screen )
+
+    Returns the colormap for screen \a screen of the X display global
+    to the application (X11 only). Using this function is not
+    portable.
+
+    \sa x11Cells()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( int screen )
+
+    Returns the default colormap for screen \a screen of the X display
+    global to the application (X11 only). Using this function is not
+    portable.
+
+    \sa x11Cells()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \fn void* QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( int screen )
+
+    Returns the Visual for screen \a screen of the X display global to
+    the application (X11 only). Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( int screen )
+
+    Returns TRUE if the Visual used is the default for screen
+    \a screen of the X display global to the application (X11 only);
+    otherwise returns FALSE. Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Display *QPaintDevice::x11Display() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the X display for the paint device (X11
+    only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa handle()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11Screen () const
+
+    Returns the screen number on the X display for the paint device
+    (X11 only). Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11Depth () const
+
+    Returns the depth of the X display for the paint device (X11
+    only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::defaultDepth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::x11Cells () const
+
+    Returns the number of entries in the colormap of the X display for
+    the paint device (X11 only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11Colormap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn HANDLE QPaintDevice::x11Colormap () const
+
+    Returns the colormap of the X display for the paint device (X11
+    only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11Cells()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::x11DefaultColormap () const
+
+    Returns the default colormap of the X display for the paint device
+    (X11 only). Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11Cells()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void* QPaintDevice::x11Visual () const
+
+    Returns the Visual of the X display for the paint device (X11
+    only). Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::x11DefaultVisual () const
+
+    Returns the default Visual of the X display for the paint device
+    (X11 only). Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+
+static int *dpisX=0, *dpisY=0;
+static void create_dpis()
+{
+    if ( dpisX )
+	return;
+
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    if ( ! dpy )
+	return;
+
+    int i, screens =  ScreenCount( dpy );
+    dpisX = new int[ screens ];
+    dpisY = new int[ screens ];
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( dpisX );
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( dpisY );
+    for ( i = 0; i < screens; i++ ) {
+	dpisX[ i ] = (DisplayWidth(dpy,i) * 254 + DisplayWidthMM(dpy,i)*5)
+
+		     / (DisplayWidthMM(dpy,i)*10);
+	dpisY[ i ] = (DisplayHeight(dpy,i) * 254 + DisplayHeightMM(dpy,i)*5)
+		     / (DisplayHeightMM(dpy,i)*10);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value returned by x11AppDpiX() to \a dpi for screen
+    \a screen. The default is determined by the display configuration.
+    Changing this value will alter the scaling of fonts and many other
+    metrics and is not recommended. Using this function is not
+    portable.
+
+    \sa x11SetAppDpiY()
+*/
+void QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiX(int dpi, int screen)
+{
+    create_dpis();
+    if ( ! dpisX )
+	return;
+    if ( screen < 0 )
+	screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+    if ( screen > ScreenCount( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() ) )
+	return;
+    dpisX[ screen ] = dpi;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the value returned by x11AppDpiX() to \a dpi for the default
+    screen. The default is determined by the display configuration.
+    Changing this value will alter the scaling of fonts and many other
+    metrics and is not recommended. Using this function is not
+    portable.
+
+*/
+// ### REMOVE 4.0
+void QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiX( int dpi )
+{
+    QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiX( dpi, -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value returned by x11AppDpiY() to \a dpi for screen
+    \a screen. The default is determined by the display configuration.
+    Changing this value will alter the scaling of fonts and many other
+    metrics and is not recommended. Using this function is not
+    portable.
+
+    \sa x11SetAppDpiX()
+*/
+void QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiY(int dpi, int screen)
+{
+    create_dpis();
+    if ( ! dpisY )
+	return;
+    if ( screen < 0 )
+	screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+    if ( screen > ScreenCount( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() ) )
+	return;
+    dpisY[ screen ] = dpi;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the value returned by x11AppDpiY() to \a dpi for the default
+    screen.  The default is determined by the display configuration.
+    Changing this value will alter the scaling of fonts and many other
+    metrics and is not recommended. Using this function is not
+    portable.
+*/
+// ### REMOVE 4.0
+void QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiY( int dpi )
+{
+    QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiY( dpi, -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the horizontal DPI of the X display (X11 only) for screen
+    \a screen. Using this function is not portable. See
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics for portable access to related information.
+    Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11AppDpiY(), x11SetAppDpiX(), QPaintDeviceMetrics::logicalDpiX()
+*/
+int QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiX(int screen)
+{
+    create_dpis();
+    if ( ! dpisX )
+	return 0;
+    if ( screen < 0 )
+	screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+    if ( screen > ScreenCount( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() ) )
+	return 0;
+    return dpisX[ screen ];
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the horizontal DPI of the X display (X11 only) for the
+    default screen. Using this function is not portable. See
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics for portable access to related information.
+    Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+int QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiX()
+{
+    return QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiX( -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the vertical DPI of the X11 display (X11 only) for screen
+    \a screen.  Using this function is not portable. See
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics for portable access to related information.
+    Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11AppDpiX(), x11SetAppDpiY(), QPaintDeviceMetrics::logicalDpiY()
+*/
+int QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( int screen )
+{
+    create_dpis();
+    if ( ! dpisY )
+	return 0;
+    if ( screen < 0 )
+	screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+    if ( screen > ScreenCount( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() ) )
+	return 0;
+    return dpisY[ screen ];
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the vertical DPI of the X11 display (X11 only) for the
+    default screen.  Using this function is not portable. See
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics for portable access to related information.
+    Using this function is not portable.
+
+    \sa x11AppDpiX(), x11SetAppDpiY(), QPaintDeviceMetrics::logicalDpiY()
+*/
+int QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY()
+{
+    return QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::paintingActive() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the device is being painted, i.e. someone has
+    called QPainter::begin() but not yet called QPainter::end() for
+    this device; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa QPainter::isActive()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Internal virtual function that interprets drawing commands from
+    the painter.
+
+    Implemented by subclasses that have no direct support for drawing
+    graphics (external paint devices, for example, QPicture).
+*/
+
+bool QPaintDevice::cmd( int, QPainter *, QPDevCmdParam * )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    qWarning( "QPaintDevice::cmd: Device has no command interface" );
+#endif
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Internal virtual function that returns paint device metrics.
+
+    Please use the QPaintDeviceMetrics class instead.
+*/
+
+int QPaintDevice::metric( int ) const
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    qWarning( "QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information" );
+#endif
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Internal virtual function. Reserved for future use.
+
+    Please use the QFontMetrics class instead.
+*/
+
+int QPaintDevice::fontMet( QFont *, int, const char *, int ) const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Internal virtual function. Reserved for future use.
+
+    Please use the QFontInfo class instead.
+*/
+
+int QPaintDevice::fontInf( QFont *, int ) const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+//
+// Internal functions for simple GC caching for blt'ing masked pixmaps.
+// This cache is used when the pixmap optimization is set to Normal
+// and the pixmap size doesn't exceed 128x128.
+//
+
+static bool      init_mask_gc = FALSE;
+static const int max_mask_gcs = 11;		// suitable for hashing
+
+struct mask_gc {
+    GC	gc;
+    int mask_no;
+};
+
+static mask_gc gc_vec[max_mask_gcs];
+
+
+static void cleanup_mask_gc()
+{
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    init_mask_gc = FALSE;
+    for ( int i=0; i<max_mask_gcs; i++ ) {
+	if ( gc_vec[i].gc )
+	    XFreeGC( dpy, gc_vec[i].gc );
+    }
+}
+
+static GC cache_mask_gc( Display *dpy, Drawable hd, int mask_no, Pixmap mask )
+{
+    if ( !init_mask_gc ) {			// first time initialization
+	init_mask_gc = TRUE;
+	qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_mask_gc );
+	for ( int i=0; i<max_mask_gcs; i++ )
+	    gc_vec[i].gc = 0;
+    }
+    mask_gc *p = &gc_vec[mask_no % max_mask_gcs];
+    if ( !p->gc || p->mask_no != mask_no ) {	// not a perfect match
+	if ( !p->gc ) {				// no GC
+	    p->gc = XCreateGC( dpy, hd, 0, 0 );
+	    XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, p->gc, False );
+	}
+	XSetClipMask( dpy, p->gc, mask );
+	p->mask_no = mask_no;
+    }
+    return p->gc;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPaintDevice
+
+    Copies a block of pixels from \a src to \a dst, perhaps merging
+    each pixel according to the \link Qt::RasterOp raster operation \endlink
+    \a rop. \a sx, \a sy
+    is the top-left pixel in \a src (0, 0) by default, \a dx, \a dy is
+    the top-left position in \a dst and \a sw, \a sh is the size of
+    the copied block (all of \a src by default).
+
+    The most common values for \a rop are CopyROP and XorROP; the \l
+    Qt::RasterOp documentation defines all the possible values.
+
+    If \a ignoreMask is FALSE (the default) and \a src is a
+    masked QPixmap, the entire blit is masked by \a{src}->mask().
+
+    If \a src, \a dst, \a sw or \a sh is 0, bitBlt() does nothing. If
+    \a sw or \a sh is negative bitBlt() copies starting at \a sx (and
+    respectively, \a sy) and ending at the right end (respectively,
+    bottom) of \a src.
+
+    \a src must be a QWidget or QPixmap. You cannot blit from a
+    QPrinter, for example. bitBlt() does nothing if you attempt to
+    blit from an unsupported device.
+
+    bitBlt() does nothing if \a src has a greater depth than \e dst.
+    If you need to for example, draw a 24-bit pixmap on an 8-bit
+    widget, you must use drawPixmap().
+*/
+
+void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *dst, int dx, int dy,
+	     const QPaintDevice *src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh,
+	     Qt::RasterOp rop, bool ignoreMask )
+{
+    if ( !src || !dst ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	Q_ASSERT( src != 0 );
+	Q_ASSERT( dst != 0 );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( !src->handle() || src->isExtDev() )
+	return;
+
+    QPaintDevice *pdev = QPainter::redirect( dst );
+    if ( pdev )
+	dst = pdev;
+
+    int ts = src->devType();			// from device type
+    int td = dst->devType();			// to device type
+    Display *dpy = src->x11Display();
+
+    if ( sw <= 0 ) {				// special width
+	if ( sw < 0 )
+	    sw = src->metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth ) - sx;
+	else
+	    return;
+    }
+    if ( sh <= 0 ) {				// special height
+	if ( sh < 0 )
+	    sh = src->metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight ) - sy;
+	else
+	    return;
+    }
+
+    if ( dst->paintingActive() && dst->isExtDev() ) {
+	QPixmap *pm;				// output to picture/printer
+	bool	 tmp_pm = TRUE;
+	if ( ts == QInternal::Pixmap ) {
+	    pm = (QPixmap*)src;
+	    if ( sx != 0 || sy != 0 ||
+		 sw != pm->width() || sh != pm->height() || ignoreMask ) {
+		QPixmap *tmp = new QPixmap( sw, sh, pm->depth() );
+		bitBlt( tmp, 0, 0, pm, sx, sy, sw, sh, Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+		if ( pm->mask() && !ignoreMask ) {
+		    QBitmap mask( sw, sh );
+		    bitBlt( &mask, 0, 0, pm->mask(), sx, sy, sw, sh,
+			    Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+		    tmp->setMask( mask );
+		}
+		pm = tmp;
+	    } else {
+		tmp_pm = FALSE;
+	    }
+	} else if ( ts == QInternal::Widget ) {// bitBlt to temp pixmap
+	    pm = new QPixmap( sw, sh );
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( pm );
+	    bitBlt( pm, 0, 0, src, sx, sy, sw, sh );
+	} else {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "bitBlt: Cannot bitBlt from device" );
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+	QPDevCmdParam param[3];
+    QRect r(dx, dy, pm->width(), pm->height());
+	param[0].rect	= &r;
+	param[1].pixmap = pm;
+	dst->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, 0, param );
+	if ( tmp_pm )
+	    delete pm;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    switch ( ts ) {
+    case QInternal::Widget:
+    case QInternal::Pixmap:
+    case QInternal::System:			// OK, can blt from these
+	break;
+    default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "bitBlt: Cannot bitBlt from device type %x", ts );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    switch ( td ) {
+    case QInternal::Widget:
+    case QInternal::Pixmap:
+    case QInternal::System:			// OK, can blt to these
+	break;
+    default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "bitBlt: Cannot bitBlt to device type %x", td );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    static const short ropCodes[] = {			// ROP translation table
+	GXcopy, GXor, GXxor, GXandInverted,
+	GXcopyInverted, GXorInverted, GXequiv, GXand,
+	GXinvert, GXclear, GXset, GXnoop,
+	GXandReverse, GXorReverse, GXnand, GXnor
+    };
+    if ( rop > Qt::LastROP ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "bitBlt: Invalid ROP code" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( dst->handle() == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	qWarning( "bitBlt: Cannot bitBlt to device" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    bool mono_src;
+    bool mono_dst;
+    bool include_inferiors = FALSE;
+    bool graphics_exposure = FALSE;
+    QPixmap *src_pm;
+    QBitmap *mask;
+
+    if ( ts == QInternal::Pixmap ) {
+	src_pm = (QPixmap*)src;
+    	if ( src_pm->x11Screen() != dst->x11Screen() )
+    	    src_pm->x11SetScreen( dst->x11Screen() );
+	mono_src = src_pm->depth() == 1;
+	mask = ignoreMask ? 0 : src_pm->data->mask;
+    } else {
+	src_pm = 0;
+	mono_src = FALSE;
+	mask = 0;
+	include_inferiors = ((QWidget*)src)->testWFlags(Qt::WPaintUnclipped);
+	graphics_exposure = td == QInternal::Widget;
+    }
+    if ( td == QInternal::Pixmap ) {
+      	if ( dst->x11Screen() != src->x11Screen() )
+      	    ((QPixmap*)dst)->x11SetScreen( src->x11Screen() );
+	mono_dst = ((QPixmap*)dst)->depth() == 1;
+	((QPixmap*)dst)->detach();		// changes shared pixmap
+    } else {
+	mono_dst = FALSE;
+	include_inferiors = include_inferiors ||
+			    ((QWidget*)dst)->testWFlags(Qt::WPaintUnclipped);
+    }
+
+    if ( mono_dst && !mono_src ) {	// dest is 1-bit pixmap, source is not
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "bitBlt: Incompatible destination pixmap" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRENDER
+    if (src_pm && !mono_src && src_pm->data->alphapm && !ignoreMask ) {
+	// use RENDER to do the blit
+	QPixmap *alpha = src_pm->data->alphapm;
+	if (src->x11RenderHandle() &&
+	    alpha->x11RenderHandle() &&
+	    dst->x11RenderHandle()) {
+	    XRenderPictureAttributes pattr;
+	    ulong picmask = 0;
+	    if (include_inferiors) {
+		pattr.subwindow_mode = IncludeInferiors;
+		picmask |= CPSubwindowMode;
+	    }
+	    if (graphics_exposure) {
+		pattr.graphics_exposures = TRUE;
+		picmask |= CPGraphicsExposure;
+	    }
+	    if (picmask)
+		XRenderChangePicture(dpy, dst->x11RenderHandle(), picmask, &pattr);
+	    XRenderComposite(dpy, PictOpOver, src->x11RenderHandle(),
+			     alpha->x11RenderHandle(), dst->x11RenderHandle(),
+			     sx, sy, sx, sy, dx, dy, sw, sh);
+	    // restore attributes
+	    pattr.subwindow_mode = ClipByChildren;
+	    pattr.graphics_exposures = FALSE;
+	    if (picmask)
+		XRenderChangePicture(dpy, dst->x11RenderHandle(), picmask, &pattr);
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    GC gc;
+
+    if ( mask && !mono_src ) {			// fast masked blt
+	bool temp_gc = FALSE;
+	if ( mask->data->maskgc ) {
+	    gc = (GC)mask->data->maskgc;	// we have a premade mask GC
+	} else {
+	    if ( FALSE && src_pm->optimization() == QPixmap::NormalOptim ) { // #### cache disabled
+		// Compete for the global cache
+		gc = cache_mask_gc( dpy, dst->handle(),
+				    mask->data->ser_no,
+				    mask->handle() );
+	    } else {
+		// Create a new mask GC. If BestOptim, we store the mask GC
+		// with the mask (not at the pixmap). This way, many pixmaps
+		// which have a common mask will be optimized at no extra cost.
+		gc = XCreateGC( dpy, dst->handle(), 0, 0 );
+		XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, gc, False );
+		XSetClipMask( dpy, gc, mask->handle() );
+		if ( src_pm->optimization() == QPixmap::BestOptim ) {
+		    mask->data->maskgc = gc;
+		} else {
+		    temp_gc = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	XSetClipOrigin( dpy, gc, dx-sx, dy-sy );
+	if ( rop != Qt::CopyROP )		// use non-default ROP code
+	    XSetFunction( dpy, gc, ropCodes[rop] );
+	if ( include_inferiors ) {
+	    XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, IncludeInferiors );
+	    XCopyArea( dpy, src->handle(), dst->handle(), gc, sx, sy, sw, sh,
+		       dx, dy );
+	    XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, ClipByChildren );
+	} else {
+	    XCopyArea( dpy, src->handle(), dst->handle(), gc, sx, sy, sw, sh,
+		       dx, dy );
+	}
+
+	if ( temp_gc )				// delete temporary GC
+	    XFreeGC( dpy, gc );
+	else if ( rop != Qt::CopyROP )		// restore ROP
+	    XSetFunction( dpy, gc, GXcopy );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    gc = qt_xget_temp_gc( dst->x11Screen(), mono_dst );		// get a reusable GC
+
+    if ( rop != Qt::CopyROP )			// use non-default ROP code
+	XSetFunction( dpy, gc, ropCodes[rop] );
+
+    if ( mono_src && mono_dst && src == dst ) { // dst and src are the same bitmap
+	XCopyArea( dpy, src->handle(), dst->handle(), gc, sx, sy, sw, sh, dx, dy );
+    } else if ( mono_src ) {			// src is bitmap
+	XGCValues gcvals;
+	ulong	  valmask = GCBackground | GCForeground | GCFillStyle |
+			    GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin | GCTileStipYOrigin;
+	if ( td == QInternal::Widget ) {	// set GC colors
+	    QWidget *w = (QWidget *)dst;
+	    gcvals.background = w->backgroundColor().pixel( dst->x11Screen() );
+	    gcvals.foreground = w->foregroundColor().pixel( dst->x11Screen() );
+	    if ( include_inferiors ) {
+		valmask |= GCSubwindowMode;
+		gcvals.subwindow_mode = IncludeInferiors;
+	    }
+	} else if ( mono_dst ) {
+	    gcvals.background = 0;
+	    gcvals.foreground = 1;
+	} else {
+	    gcvals.background = Qt::white.pixel( dst->x11Screen() );
+	    gcvals.foreground = Qt::black.pixel( dst->x11Screen() );
+	}
+
+	gcvals.fill_style  = FillOpaqueStippled;
+	gcvals.stipple	   = src->handle();
+	gcvals.ts_x_origin = dx - sx;
+	gcvals.ts_y_origin = dy - sy;
+
+	bool clipmask = FALSE;
+	if ( mask ) {
+	    if ( ((QPixmap*)src)->data->selfmask ) {
+		gcvals.fill_style = FillStippled;
+	    } else {
+		XSetClipMask( dpy, gc, mask->handle() );
+		XSetClipOrigin( dpy, gc, dx-sx, dy-sy );
+		clipmask = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	XChangeGC( dpy, gc, valmask, &gcvals );
+	XFillRectangle( dpy,dst->handle(), gc, dx, dy, sw, sh );
+
+	valmask = GCFillStyle | GCTileStipXOrigin | GCTileStipYOrigin;
+	gcvals.fill_style  = FillSolid;
+	gcvals.ts_x_origin = 0;
+	gcvals.ts_y_origin = 0;
+	if ( include_inferiors ) {
+	    valmask |= GCSubwindowMode;
+	    gcvals.subwindow_mode = ClipByChildren;
+	}
+	XChangeGC( dpy, gc, valmask, &gcvals );
+
+	if ( clipmask ) {
+	    XSetClipOrigin( dpy, gc, 0, 0 );
+	    XSetClipMask( dpy, gc, None );
+	}
+
+    } else {					// src is pixmap/widget
+
+	if ( graphics_exposure )		// widget to widget
+	    XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, gc, True );
+	if ( include_inferiors ) {
+	    XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, IncludeInferiors );
+	    XCopyArea( dpy, src->handle(), dst->handle(), gc, sx, sy, sw, sh,
+		       dx, dy );
+	    XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, ClipByChildren );
+	} else {
+	    XCopyArea( dpy, src->handle(), dst->handle(), gc, sx, sy, sw, sh,
+		       dx, dy );
+	}
+	if ( graphics_exposure )		// reset graphics exposure
+	    XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, gc, False );
+    }
+
+    if ( rop != Qt::CopyROP )			// restore ROP
+	XSetFunction( dpy, gc, GXcopy );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPaintDevice
+
+    \overload void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *dst, const QPoint &dp, const QPaintDevice *src, const QRect &sr, RasterOp rop )
+
+    Overloaded bitBlt() with the destination point \a dp and source
+    rectangle \a sr.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+// makes it possible to add a setResolution as we have in QPrinter for all
+// paintdevices without breaking bin compatibility.
+void QPaintDevice::setResolution( int )
+{
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+*/
+int QPaintDevice::resolution() const
+{
+    return metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiY );
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpaintdevicedefs.h b/src/kernel/qpaintdevicedefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63027dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpaintdevicedefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPaintDevice constants and flags
+**
+** Created : 940721
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPAINTDEVICEDEFS_H
+#define QPAINTDEVICEDEFS_H
+
+#error "this file is gone.  the #defines it contained are in"
+#error "q1xcompatibility.h; the functionality is in QPaintDevice"
+#error "and QPaintDeviceMetrics."
+
+#endif // QPAINTDEVICEDEFS_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpaintdevicemetrics.cpp b/src/kernel/qpaintdevicemetrics.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daa3a9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpaintdevicemetrics.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPaintDeviceMetrics class
+**
+** Created : 941109
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QPaintDeviceMetrics qpaintdevicemetrics.h
+    \brief The QPaintDeviceMetrics class provides information about a
+    paint device.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+
+    Sometimes when drawing graphics it is necessary to obtain
+    information about the physical characteristics of a paint device.
+    This class provides the information. For example, to compute the
+    aspect ratio of a paint device:
+
+    \code
+	QPaintDeviceMetrics pdm( myWidget );
+	double aspect = (double)pdm.widthMM() / (double)pdm.heightMM();
+    \endcode
+
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics contains methods to provide the width and
+    height of a device in both pixels (width() and height()) and
+    millimeters (widthMM() and heightMM()), the number of colors the
+    device supports (numColors()), the number of bit planes (depth()),
+    and the resolution of the device (logicalDpiX() and
+    logicalDpiY()).
+
+    It is not always possible for QPaintDeviceMetrics to compute the
+    values you ask for, particularly for external devices. The
+    ultimate example is asking for the resolution of of a QPrinter
+    that is set to "print to file": who knows what printer that file
+    will end up on?
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a metric for the paint device \a pd.
+*/
+QPaintDeviceMetrics::QPaintDeviceMetrics( const QPaintDevice *pd )
+{
+    pdev = (QPaintDevice *)pd;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::width() const
+
+    Returns the width of the paint device in default coordinate system
+    units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::height() const
+
+    Returns the height of the paint device in default coordinate
+    system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::widthMM() const
+
+    Returns the width of the paint device, measured in millimeters.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::heightMM() const
+
+    Returns the height of the paint device, measured in millimeters.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::numColors() const
+
+    Returns the number of different colors available for the paint
+    device. Since this value is an int will not be sufficient to represent
+    the number of colors on 32 bit displays, in which case INT_MAX is
+    returned instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::depth() const
+
+    Returns the bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint device.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::logicalDpiX() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch,
+    which is used when computing font sizes. For X, this is usually
+    the same as could be computed from widthMM(), but it varies on
+    Windows.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::logicalDpiY() const
+
+    Returns the vertical resolution of the device in dots per inch,
+    which is used when computing font sizes. For X, this is usually
+    the same as could be computed from heightMM(), but it varies on
+    Windows.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::physicalDpiX() const
+    \internal
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDeviceMetrics::physicalDpiY() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpaintdevicemetrics.h b/src/kernel/qpaintdevicemetrics.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0acf89f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpaintdevicemetrics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPaintDeviceMetrics class
+**
+** Created : 941109
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPAINTDEVICEMETRICS_H
+#define QPAINTDEVICEMETRICS_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPaintDeviceMetrics			// paint device metrics
+{
+public:
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics( const QPaintDevice * );
+
+    enum {
+	PdmWidth = 1,
+	PdmHeight,
+	PdmWidthMM,
+	PdmHeightMM,
+	PdmNumColors,
+	PdmDepth,
+	PdmDpiX,
+	PdmDpiY,
+	PdmPhysicalDpiX,
+	PdmPhysicalDpiY
+    };
+
+    int	  width()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmWidth); }
+    int	  height()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmHeight); }
+    int	  widthMM()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmWidthMM); }
+    int	  heightMM()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmHeightMM); }
+    int	  logicalDpiX()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmDpiX); }
+    int	  logicalDpiY()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmDpiY); }
+    int	  physicalDpiX()const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmPhysicalDpiX); }
+    int	  physicalDpiY()const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmPhysicalDpiY); }
+    int	  numColors()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmNumColors); }
+    int	  depth()	const	{ return (int)pdev->metric(PdmDepth); }
+
+private:
+    QPaintDevice *pdev;
+};
+
+
+#endif // QPAINTDEVICEMETRICS_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpainter.cpp b/src/kernel/qpainter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5e9026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpainter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3966 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPainter, QPen and QBrush classes
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qpainter_p.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qptrstack.h"
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qrichtext_p.h"
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+#include "qgfx_qws.h"
+#endif
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+typedef QPtrStack<QWMatrix> QWMatrixStack;
+#endif
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
+#if defined(truncate)
+# undef truncate
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \class QPainter qpainter.h
+    \brief The QPainter class does low-level painting e.g. on widgets.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+    \mainclass
+
+    The painter provides highly optimized functions to do most of the
+    drawing GUI programs require. QPainter can draw everything from
+    simple lines to complex shapes like pies and chords. It can also
+    draw aligned text and pixmaps. Normally, it draws in a "natural"
+    coordinate system, but it can also do view and world
+    transformation.
+
+    The typical use of a painter is:
+
+    \list
+    \i Construct a painter.
+    \i Set a pen, a brush etc.
+    \i Draw.
+    \i Destroy the painter.
+    \endlist
+
+    Mostly, all this is done inside a paint event. (In fact, 99% of
+    all QPainter use is in a reimplementation of
+    QWidget::paintEvent(), and the painter is heavily optimized for
+    such use.) Here's one very simple example:
+
+    \code
+    void SimpleExampleWidget::paintEvent()
+    {
+	QPainter paint( this );
+	paint.setPen( Qt::blue );
+	paint.drawText( rect(), AlignCenter, "The Text" );
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    Usage is simple, and there are many settings you can use:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i font() is the currently set font. If you set a font that isn't
+    available, Qt finds a close match. In fact font() returns what
+    you set using setFont() and fontInfo() returns the font actually
+    being used (which may be the same).
+
+    \i brush() is the currently set brush; the color or pattern that's
+    used for filling e.g. circles.
+
+    \i pen() is the currently set pen; the color or stipple that's
+    used for drawing lines or boundaries.
+
+    \i backgroundMode() is \c Opaque or \c Transparent, i.e. whether
+    backgroundColor() is used or not.
+
+    \i backgroundColor() only applies when backgroundMode() is Opaque
+    and pen() is a stipple. In that case, it describes the color of
+    the background pixels in the stipple.
+
+    \i rasterOp() is how pixels drawn interact with the pixels already
+    there.
+
+    \i brushOrigin() is the origin of the tiled brushes, normally the
+    origin of the window.
+
+    \i viewport(), window(), worldMatrix() and many more make up the
+    painter's coordinate transformation system. See \link
+    coordsys.html The Coordinate System \endlink for an explanation of
+    this, or see below for a very brief overview of the functions.
+
+    \i hasClipping() is whether the painter clips at all. (The paint
+    device clips, too.) If the painter clips, it clips to clipRegion().
+
+    \i pos() is the current position, set by moveTo() and used by
+    lineTo().
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that some of these settings mirror settings in some paint
+    devices, e.g. QWidget::font(). QPainter::begin() (or the QPainter
+    constructor) copies these attributes from the paint device.
+    Calling, for example, QWidget::setFont() doesn't take effect until
+    the next time a painter begins painting on it.
+
+    save() saves all of these settings on an internal stack, restore()
+    pops them back.
+
+    The core functionality of QPainter is drawing, and there are
+    functions to draw most primitives: drawPoint(), drawPoints(),
+    drawLine(), drawRect(), drawWinFocusRect(), drawRoundRect(),
+    drawEllipse(), drawArc(), drawPie(), drawChord(),
+    drawLineSegments(), drawPolyline(), drawPolygon(),
+    drawConvexPolygon() and drawCubicBezier(). All of these functions
+    take integer coordinates; there are no floating-point versions
+    since we want drawing to be as fast as possible.
+
+    There are functions to draw pixmaps/images, namely drawPixmap(),
+    drawImage() and drawTiledPixmap(). drawPixmap() and drawImage()
+    produce the same result, except that drawPixmap() is faster
+    on-screen and drawImage() faster and sometimes better on QPrinter
+    and QPicture.
+
+    Text drawing is done using drawText(), and when you need
+    fine-grained positioning, boundingRect() tells you where a given
+    drawText() command would draw.
+
+    There is a drawPicture() function that draws the contents of an
+    entire QPicture using this painter. drawPicture() is the only
+    function that disregards all the painter's settings: the QPicture
+    has its own settings.
+
+    Normally, the QPainter operates on the device's own coordinate
+    system (usually pixels), but QPainter has good support for
+    coordinate transformation. See \link coordsys.html The Coordinate
+    System \endlink for a more general overview and a simple example.
+
+    The most common functions used are scale(), rotate(), translate()
+    and shear(), all of which operate on the worldMatrix().
+    setWorldMatrix() can replace or add to the currently set
+    worldMatrix().
+
+    setViewport() sets the rectangle on which QPainter operates. The
+    default is the entire device, which is usually fine, except on
+    printers. setWindow() sets the coordinate system, that is, the
+    rectangle that maps to viewport(). What's drawn inside the
+    window() ends up being inside the viewport(). The window's
+    default is the same as the viewport, and if you don't use the
+    transformations, they are optimized away, gaining another little
+    bit of speed.
+
+    After all the coordinate transformation is done, QPainter can clip
+    the drawing to an arbitrary rectangle or region. hasClipping() is
+    TRUE if QPainter clips, and clipRegion() returns the clip region.
+    You can set it using either setClipRegion() or setClipRect().
+    Note that the clipping can be slow. It's all system-dependent,
+    but as a rule of thumb, you can assume that drawing speed is
+    inversely proportional to the number of rectangles in the clip
+    region.
+
+    After QPainter's clipping, the paint device may also clip. For
+    example, most widgets clip away the pixels used by child widgets,
+    and most printers clip away an area near the edges of the paper.
+    This additional clipping is not reflected by the return value of
+    clipRegion() or hasClipping().
+
+    QPainter also includes some less-used functions that are very
+    useful on those occasions when they're needed.
+
+    isActive() indicates whether the painter is active. begin() (and
+    the most usual constructor) makes it active. end() (and the
+    destructor) deactivates it. If the painter is active, device()
+    returns the paint device on which the painter paints.
+
+    Sometimes it is desirable to make someone else paint on an unusual
+    QPaintDevice. QPainter supports a static function to do this,
+    redirect(). We recommend not using it, but for some hacks it's
+    perfect.
+
+    setTabStops() and setTabArray() can change where the tab stops
+    are, but these are very seldomly used.
+
+    \warning Note that QPainter does not attempt to work around
+    coordinate limitations in the underlying window system. Some
+    platforms may behave incorrectly with coordinates as small as
+    +/-4000.
+
+    \headerfile qdrawutil.h
+
+    \sa QPaintDevice QWidget QPixmap QPrinter QPicture
+	\link simple-application.html Application Walkthrough \endlink
+	\link coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGfx * QPainter::internalGfx()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPainter::CoordinateMode
+    \value CoordDevice
+    \value CoordPainter
+
+    \sa clipRegion()
+*/
+/*!
+    \enum QPainter::TextDirection
+    \value Auto
+    \value RTL right to left
+    \value LTR left to right
+
+    \sa drawText()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PaintUnit
+    \value PixelUnit
+    \value LoMetricUnit \e obsolete
+    \value HiMetricUnit \e obsolete
+    \value LoEnglishUnit \e obsolete
+    \value HiEnglishUnit \e obsolete
+    \value TwipsUnit \e obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::BrushStyle
+
+    \value NoBrush
+    \value SolidPattern
+    \value Dense1Pattern
+    \value Dense2Pattern
+    \value Dense3Pattern
+    \value Dense4Pattern
+    \value Dense5Pattern
+    \value Dense6Pattern
+    \value Dense7Pattern
+    \value HorPattern
+    \value VerPattern
+    \value CrossPattern
+    \value BDiagPattern
+    \value FDiagPattern
+    \value DiagCrossPattern
+    \value CustomPattern
+
+    \img brush-styles.png Brush Styles
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::RasterOp
+
+    This enum type is used to describe the way things are written to
+    the paint device. Each bit of the \e src (what you write)
+    interacts with the corresponding bit of the \e dst pixel.
+
+    \value CopyROP  dst = src
+    \value OrROP   dst = src OR dst
+    \value XorROP   dst = src XOR dst
+    \value NotAndROP  dst = (NOT src) AND dst
+    \value EraseROP  an alias for \c NotAndROP
+    \value NotCopyROP  dst = NOT src
+    \value NotOrROP  dst = (NOT src) OR dst
+    \value NotXorROP  dst = (NOT src) XOR dst
+    \value AndROP  dst = src AND dst
+    \value NotEraseROP  an alias for \c AndROP
+    \value NotROP  dst = NOT dst
+    \value ClearROP  dst = 0
+    \value SetROP  dst = 1
+    \value NopROP  dst = dst
+    \value AndNotROP  dst = src AND (NOT dst)
+    \value OrNotROP  dst = src OR (NOT dst)
+    \value NandROP  dst = NOT (src AND dst)
+    \value NorROP  dst = NOT (src OR dst)
+
+    By far the most useful ones are \c CopyROP and \c XorROP.
+
+    On Qt/Embedded, only \c CopyROP, \c XorROP, and \c NotROP are supported.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::AlignmentFlags
+
+    This enum type is used to describe alignment. It contains
+    horizontal and vertical flags.
+
+    The horizontal flags are:
+
+    \value AlignAuto Aligns according to the language. Left for most,
+	right for Arabic and Hebrew.
+    \value AlignLeft Aligns with the left edge.
+    \value AlignRight Aligns with the right edge.
+    \value AlignHCenter Centers horizontally in the available space.
+    \value AlignJustify Justifies the text in the available space.
+	Does not work for everything and may be interpreted as
+	AlignAuto in some cases.
+
+    The vertical flags are:
+
+    \value AlignTop Aligns with the top.
+    \value AlignBottom Aligns with the bottom.
+    \value AlignVCenter Centers vertically in the available space.
+
+    You can use only one of the horizontal flags at a time. There is
+    one two-dimensional flag:
+
+    \value AlignCenter Centers in both dimensions.
+
+    You can use at most one horizontal and one vertical flag at a time. \c
+    AlignCenter counts as both horizontal and vertical.
+
+    Masks:
+
+    \value AlignHorizontal_Mask
+    \value AlignVertical_Mask
+
+    Conflicting combinations of flags have undefined meanings.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::TextFlags
+
+    This enum type is used to define some modifier flags. Some of
+    these flags only make sense in the context of printing:
+
+    \value SingleLine Treats all whitespace as spaces and prints just
+	one line.
+    \value DontClip If it's impossible to stay within the given bounds,
+	it prints outside.
+    \value ExpandTabs Makes the U+0009 (ASCII tab) character move to
+	the next tab stop.
+    \value ShowPrefix Displays the string "\&P" as <u>P</u>
+	(see QButton for an example). For an ampersand, use "\&\&".
+    \value WordBreak Breaks lines at appropriate points, e.g. at word
+	boundaries.
+    \value BreakAnywhere Breaks lines anywhere, even within words.
+    \value NoAccel Same as ShowPrefix but doesn't draw the underlines.
+
+    You can use as many modifier flags as you want, except that \c
+    SingleLine and \c WordBreak cannot be combined.
+
+    Flags that are inappropriate for a given use (e.g. ShowPrefix to
+    QGridLayout::addWidget()) are generally ignored.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PenStyle
+
+    This enum type defines the pen styles that can be drawn using
+    QPainter. The styles are
+
+    \value NoPen  no line at all. For example, QPainter::drawRect()
+    fills but does not draw any boundary line.
+
+    \value SolidLine  a simple line.
+
+    \value DashLine  dashes separated by a few pixels.
+
+    \value DotLine  dots separated by a few pixels.
+
+    \value DashDotLine  alternate dots and dashes.
+
+    \value DashDotDotLine  one dash, two dots, one dash, two dots.
+
+    \value MPenStyle mask of the pen styles.
+
+    \img pen-styles.png Pen Styles
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PenCapStyle
+
+    This enum type defines the pen cap styles supported by Qt, i.e.
+    the line end caps that can be drawn using QPainter.
+
+    \value FlatCap  a square line end that does not cover the end
+	point of the line.
+    \value SquareCap  a square line end that covers the end point and
+	extends beyond it with half the line width.
+    \value RoundCap  a rounded line end.
+    \value MPenCapStyle mask of the pen cap styles.
+
+    \img pen-cap-styles.png Pen Cap Styles
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PenJoinStyle
+
+    This enum type defines the pen join styles supported by Qt, i.e.
+    which joins between two connected lines can be drawn using
+    QPainter.
+
+    \value MiterJoin  The outer edges of the lines are extended to
+	meet at an angle, and this area is filled.
+    \value BevelJoin  The triangular notch between the two lines is filled.
+    \value RoundJoin  A circular arc between the two lines is filled.
+    \value MPenJoinStyle mask of the pen join styles.
+
+    \img pen-join-styles.png Pen Join Styles
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::BGMode
+
+    Background mode
+
+    \value TransparentMode
+    \value OpaqueMode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a painter.
+
+    Notice that all painter settings (setPen, setBrush etc.) are reset
+    to default values when begin() is called.
+
+    \sa begin(), end()
+*/
+
+QPainter::QPainter()
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a painter that begins painting the paint device \a pd
+    immediately. Depending on the underlying graphic system the
+    painter will paint over children of the paintdevice if \a
+    unclipped is TRUE.
+
+    This constructor is convenient for short-lived painters, e.g. in a
+    \link QWidget::paintEvent() paint event\endlink and should be used
+    only once. The constructor calls begin() for you and the QPainter
+    destructor automatically calls end().
+
+    Here's an example using begin() and end():
+    \code
+	void MyWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+	{
+	    QPainter p;
+	    p.begin( this );
+	    p.drawLine( ... );	// drawing code
+	    p.end();
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    The same example using this constructor:
+    \code
+	void MyWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+	{
+	    QPainter p( this );
+	    p.drawLine( ... );	// drawing code
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    Since the constructor cannot provide feedback when the initialization
+    of the painter failed you should rather use begin() and end() to paint
+    on external devices, e.g. printers.
+
+    \sa begin(), end()
+*/
+
+QPainter::QPainter( const QPaintDevice *pd, bool unclipped )
+{
+    init();
+    if ( begin( pd, unclipped ) )
+	flags |= CtorBegin;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a painter that begins painting the paint device \a pd
+    immediately, with the default arguments taken from \a
+    copyAttributes. The painter will paint over children of the paint
+    device if \a unclipped is TRUE (although this is not supported on
+    all platforms).
+
+    \sa begin()
+*/
+
+QPainter::QPainter( const QPaintDevice *pd,
+		    const QWidget *copyAttributes, bool unclipped )
+{
+    init();
+    if ( begin( pd, copyAttributes, unclipped ) )
+	flags |= CtorBegin;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the painter.
+*/
+
+QPainter::~QPainter()
+{
+    if ( isActive() )
+	end();
+    else
+	killPStack();
+    if ( tabarray )				// delete tab array
+	delete [] tabarray;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( wm_stack )
+	delete (QWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
+#endif
+    destroy();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload bool QPainter::begin( const QPaintDevice *pd, const QWidget *copyAttributes, bool unclipped )
+
+    This version opens the painter on a paint device \a pd and sets
+    the initial pen, background color and font from \a copyAttributes,
+    painting over the paint device's children when \a unclipped is
+    TRUE. This is equivalent to:
+
+    \code
+	QPainter p;
+	p.begin( pd );
+	p.setPen( copyAttributes->foregroundColor() );
+	p.setBackgroundColor( copyAttributes->backgroundColor() );
+	p.setFont( copyAttributes->font() );
+    \endcode
+
+    This begin function is convenient for double buffering. When you
+    draw in a pixmap instead of directly in a widget (to later bitBlt
+    the pixmap into the widget) you will need to set the widget's
+    font etc. This function does exactly that.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	void MyWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+	{
+	    QPixmap pm(size());
+	    QPainter p;
+	    p.begin(&pm, this);
+	    // ... potentially flickering paint operation ...
+	    p.end();
+	    bitBlt(this, 0, 0, &pm);
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa end()
+*/
+
+bool QPainter::begin( const QPaintDevice *pd, const QWidget *copyAttributes, bool unclipped )
+{
+    if ( copyAttributes == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	qWarning( "QPainter::begin: The widget to copy attributes from cannot "
+		 "be null" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( begin( pd, unclipped ) ) {
+	setPen( copyAttributes->foregroundColor() );
+	setBackgroundColor( copyAttributes->backgroundColor() );
+	setFont( copyAttributes->font() );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Sets or clears a pointer flag.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setf( uint b, bool v )
+{
+    if ( v )
+	setf( b );
+    else
+	clearf( b );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPainter::isActive() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the painter is active painting, i.e. begin() has
+    been called and end() has not yet been called; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa QPaintDevice::paintingActive()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintDevice *QPainter::device() const
+
+    Returns the paint device on which this painter is currently
+    painting, or 0 if the painter is not active.
+
+    \sa QPaintDevice::paintingActive()
+*/
+
+
+struct QPState {				// painter state
+    QFont	font;
+    QPen	pen;
+    QPoint	curPt;
+    QBrush	brush;
+    QColor	bgc;
+    uchar	bgm;
+    uchar	rop;
+    QPoint	bro;
+    QRect	wr, vr;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QWMatrix	wm;
+#else
+    int		xlatex;
+    int		xlatey;
+#endif
+    bool	vxf;
+    bool	wxf;
+    QRegion	rgn;
+    bool	clip;
+    int		ts;
+    int	       *ta;
+    void* wm_stack;
+};
+
+//TODO lose the worldmatrix stack
+
+typedef QPtrStack<QPState> QPStateStack;
+
+
+void QPainter::killPStack()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( ps_stack && !((QPStateStack *)ps_stack)->isEmpty() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::killPStack: non-empty save/restore stack when "
+		  "end() was called" );
+#endif
+    delete (QPStateStack *)ps_stack;
+    ps_stack = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Saves the current painter state (pushes the state onto a stack). A
+    save() must be followed by a corresponding restore(). end()
+    unwinds the stack.
+
+    \sa restore()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::save()
+{
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	if ( testf(DirtyFont) )
+	    updateFont();
+	if ( testf(DirtyPen) )
+	    updatePen();
+	if ( testf(DirtyBrush) )
+	    updateBrush();
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSave, this, 0 );
+    }
+    QPStateStack *pss = (QPStateStack *)ps_stack;
+    if ( pss == 0 ) {
+	pss = new QPtrStack<QPState>;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( pss );
+	pss->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	ps_stack = pss;
+    }
+    QPState *ps = new QPState;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( ps );
+    ps->font  = cfont;
+    ps->pen   = cpen;
+    ps->curPt = pos();
+    ps->brush = cbrush;
+    ps->bgc   = bg_col;
+    ps->bgm   = bg_mode;
+    ps->rop   = rop;
+    ps->bro   = bro;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    ps->wr    = QRect( wx, wy, ww, wh );
+    ps->vr    = QRect( vx, vy, vw, vh );
+    ps->wm    = wxmat;
+    ps->vxf   = testf(VxF);
+    ps->wxf   = testf(WxF);
+#else
+    ps->xlatex = xlatex;
+    ps->xlatey = xlatey;
+#endif
+    ps->rgn   = crgn;
+    ps->clip  = testf(ClipOn);
+    ps->ts    = tabstops;
+    ps->ta    = tabarray;
+    ps->wm_stack = wm_stack;
+    wm_stack = 0;
+    pss->push( ps );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Restores the current painter state (pops a saved state off the
+    stack).
+
+    \sa save()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::restore()
+{
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcRestore, this, 0 );
+	if ( pdev->devType() == QInternal::Picture )
+	    block_ext = TRUE;
+    }
+    QPStateStack *pss = (QPStateStack *)ps_stack;
+    if ( pss == 0 || pss->isEmpty() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QPainter::restore: Empty stack error" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    QPState *ps = pss->pop();
+    bool hardRestore = testf(VolatileDC);
+
+    if ( ps->font != cfont || hardRestore )
+	setFont( ps->font );
+    if ( ps->pen != cpen || hardRestore )
+	setPen( ps->pen );
+    if ( ps->brush != cbrush || hardRestore )
+	setBrush( ps->brush );
+    if ( ps->bgc != bg_col || hardRestore )
+	setBackgroundColor( ps->bgc );
+    if ( ps->bgm != bg_mode || hardRestore )
+	setBackgroundMode( (BGMode)ps->bgm );
+    if ( ps->rop != rop || hardRestore )
+	setRasterOp( (RasterOp)ps->rop );
+    if ( ps->bro != bro || hardRestore )
+	setBrushOrigin( ps->bro );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QRect wr( wx, wy, ww, wh );
+    QRect vr( vx, vy, vw, vh );
+    if ( ps->wr != wr || hardRestore )
+	setWindow( ps->wr );
+    if ( ps->vr != vr || hardRestore )
+	setViewport( ps->vr );
+    if ( ps->wm != wxmat || hardRestore )
+	setWorldMatrix( ps->wm );
+    if ( ps->vxf != testf(VxF) || hardRestore )
+	setViewXForm( ps->vxf );
+    if ( ps->wxf != testf(WxF) || hardRestore )
+	setWorldXForm( ps->wxf );
+#else
+    xlatex = ps->xlatex;
+    xlatey = ps->xlatey;
+    setf( VxF, xlatex || xlatey );
+#endif
+    if ( ps->curPt != pos() || hardRestore )
+	moveTo( ps->curPt );
+    if ( ps->rgn != crgn || hardRestore )
+	setClipRegion( ps->rgn );
+    if ( ps->clip != testf(ClipOn) || hardRestore )
+	setClipping( ps->clip );
+    tabstops = ps->ts;
+    tabarray = ps->ta;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( wm_stack )
+	delete (QWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
+    wm_stack = ps->wm_stack;
+#endif
+    delete ps;
+    block_ext = FALSE;
+}
+
+typedef QPtrDict<QPaintDevice> QPaintDeviceDict;
+static QPaintDeviceDict *pdev_dict = 0;
+
+/*!
+    Redirects all paint commands for a paint device, \a pdev, to
+    another paint device, \a replacement, unless \a replacement is 0.
+    If \a replacement is 0, the redirection for \a pdev is removed.
+
+    In general, you'll probably find calling QPixmap::grabWidget() or
+    QPixmap::grabWindow() is an easier solution.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::redirect( QPaintDevice *pdev, QPaintDevice *replacement )
+{
+    if ( pdev_dict == 0 ) {
+        if ( replacement == 0 )
+            return;
+        pdev_dict = new QPaintDeviceDict;
+        Q_CHECK_PTR( pdev_dict );
+    }
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    if ( pdev == 0 )
+        qWarning( "QPainter::redirect: The pdev argument cannot be 0" );
+#endif
+    if ( replacement ) {
+        pdev_dict->insert( pdev, replacement );
+    } else {
+        pdev_dict->remove( pdev );
+        if ( pdev_dict->count() == 0 ) {
+            delete pdev_dict;
+            pdev_dict = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Returns the replacement for \a pdev, or 0 if there is no replacement.
+*/
+QPaintDevice *QPainter::redirect( QPaintDevice *pdev )
+{
+    return pdev_dict ? pdev_dict->find( pdev ) : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font metrics for the painter, if the painter is
+    active. It is not possible to obtain metrics for an inactive
+    painter, so the return value is undefined if the painter is not
+    active.
+
+    \sa fontInfo(), isActive()
+*/
+
+QFontMetrics QPainter::fontMetrics() const
+{
+    if ( pdev && pdev->devType() == QInternal::Picture )
+	return QFontMetrics( cfont );
+
+    return QFontMetrics(this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font info for the painter, if the painter is active.
+    It is not possible to obtain font information for an inactive
+    painter, so the return value is undefined if the painter is not
+    active.
+
+    \sa fontMetrics(), isActive()
+*/
+
+QFontInfo QPainter::fontInfo() const
+{
+    if ( pdev && pdev->devType() == QInternal::Picture )
+	return QFontInfo( cfont );
+
+    return QFontInfo(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPen &QPainter::pen() const
+
+    Returns the painter's current pen.
+
+    \sa setPen()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets a new painter pen.
+
+    The \a pen defines how to draw lines and outlines, and it also
+    defines the text color.
+
+    \sa pen()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setPen( const QPen &pen )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setPen: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    if ( cpen == pen )
+	return;
+    cpen = pen;
+    updatePen();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the painter's pen to have style \a style, width 0 and black
+    color.
+
+    \sa pen(), QPen
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setPen( PenStyle style )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setPen: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    QPen::QPenData *d = cpen.data;	// low level access
+    if ( d->style == style && d->linest == style && !d->width && d->color == Qt::black )
+	return;
+    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
+	cpen.detach();
+	d = cpen.data;
+    }
+    d->style = style;
+    d->width = 0;
+    d->color = Qt::black;
+    d->linest = style;
+    updatePen();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the painter's pen to have style \c SolidLine, width 0 and the
+    specified \a color.
+
+    \sa pen(), QPen
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setPen( const QColor &color )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setPen: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    QPen::QPenData *d = cpen.data;	// low level access
+    if ( d->color == color && !d->width && d->style == SolidLine && d->linest == SolidLine )
+	return;
+    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
+	cpen.detach();
+	d = cpen.data;
+    }
+    d->style = SolidLine;
+    d->width = 0;
+    d->color = color;
+    d->linest = SolidLine;
+    updatePen();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QBrush &QPainter::brush() const
+
+    Returns the painter's current brush.
+
+    \sa QPainter::setBrush()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the painter's brush to \a brush.
+
+    The \a brush defines how shapes are filled.
+
+    \sa brush()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setBrush( const QBrush &brush )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setBrush: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    if ( cbrush == brush )
+	return;
+    cbrush = brush;
+    updateBrush();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the painter's brush to black color and the specified \a
+    style.
+
+    \sa brush(), QBrush
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setBrush( BrushStyle style )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setBrush: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    QBrush::QBrushData *d = cbrush.data; // low level access
+    if ( d->style == style && d->color == Qt::black && !d->pixmap )
+	return;
+    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
+	cbrush.detach();
+	d = cbrush.data;
+    }
+    d->style = style;
+    d->color = Qt::black;
+    if ( d->pixmap ) {
+	delete d->pixmap;
+	d->pixmap = 0;
+    }
+    updateBrush();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the painter's brush to have style \c SolidPattern and the
+    specified \a color.
+
+    \sa brush(), QBrush
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setBrush( const QColor &color )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setBrush: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    QBrush::QBrushData *d = cbrush.data; // low level access
+    if ( d->color == color && d->style == SolidPattern && !d->pixmap )
+	return;
+    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
+	cbrush.detach();
+	d = cbrush.data;
+    }
+    d->style = SolidPattern;
+    d->color = color;
+    if ( d->pixmap ) {
+	delete d->pixmap;
+	d->pixmap = 0;
+    }
+    updateBrush();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor &QPainter::backgroundColor() const
+
+    Returns the current background color.
+
+    \sa setBackgroundColor() QColor
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn BGMode QPainter::backgroundMode() const
+
+    Returns the current background mode.
+
+    \sa setBackgroundMode() BGMode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn RasterOp QPainter::rasterOp() const
+
+    Returns the current \link Qt::RasterOp raster operation \endlink.
+
+    \sa setRasterOp() RasterOp
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint &QPainter::brushOrigin() const
+
+    Returns the brush origin currently set.
+
+    \sa setBrushOrigin()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPainter::tabStops() const
+
+    Returns the tab stop setting.
+
+    \sa setTabStops()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Set the tab stop width to \a ts, i.e. locates tab stops at \a ts,
+    2*\a ts, 3*\a ts and so on.
+
+    Tab stops are used when drawing formatted text with \c ExpandTabs
+    set. This fixed tab stop value is used only if no tab array is set
+    (which is the default case).
+
+    A value of 0 (the default) implies a tabstop setting of 8 times the width of the
+    character 'x' in the font currently set on the painter.
+
+    \sa tabStops(), setTabArray(), drawText(), fontMetrics()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setTabStops( int ts )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setTabStops: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    tabstops = ts;
+    if ( isActive() && testf(ExtDev) ) {	// tell extended device
+	QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+	param[0].ival = ts;
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetTabStops, this, param );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int *QPainter::tabArray() const
+
+    Returns the currently set tab stop array.
+
+    \sa setTabArray()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the tab stop array to \a ta. This puts tab stops at \a ta[0],
+    \a ta[1] and so on. The array is null-terminated.
+
+    If both a tab array and a tab top size is set, the tab array wins.
+
+    \sa tabArray(), setTabStops(), drawText(), fontMetrics()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setTabArray( int *ta )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setTabArray: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    if ( ta != tabarray ) {
+	tabarraylen = 0;
+	if ( tabarray )				// Avoid purify complaint
+	    delete [] tabarray;			// delete old array
+	if ( ta ) {				// tabarray = copy of 'ta'
+	    while ( ta[tabarraylen] )
+		tabarraylen++;
+	    tabarraylen++; // and 0 terminator
+	    tabarray = new int[tabarraylen];	// duplicate ta
+	    memcpy( tabarray, ta, sizeof(int)*tabarraylen );
+	} else {
+	    tabarray = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( isActive() && testf(ExtDev) ) {	// tell extended device
+	QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+	param[0].ival = tabarraylen;
+	param[1].ivec = tabarray;
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetTabArray, this, param );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn HANDLE QPainter::handle() const
+
+    Returns the platform-dependent handle used for drawing. Using this
+    function is not portable.
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPainter xform settings
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+
+/*!
+    Enables view transformations if \a enable is TRUE, or disables
+    view transformations if \a enable is FALSE.
+
+    \sa hasViewXForm(), setWindow(), setViewport(), setWorldMatrix(),
+    setWorldXForm(), xForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setViewXForm( bool enable )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setViewXForm: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    if ( !isActive() || enable == testf(VxF) )
+	return;
+    setf( VxF, enable );
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+	param[0].ival = enable;
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetVXform, this, param );
+    }
+    updateXForm();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPainter::hasViewXForm() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if view transformation is enabled; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setViewXForm(), xForm()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the window rectangle.
+
+    \sa setWindow(), setViewXForm()
+*/
+
+QRect QPainter::window() const
+{
+    return QRect( wx, wy, ww, wh );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the window rectangle view transformation for the painter and
+    enables view transformation.
+
+    The window rectangle is part of the view transformation. The
+    window specifies the logical coordinate system and is specified by
+    the \a x, \a y, \a w width and \a h height parameters. Its sister,
+    the viewport(), specifies the device coordinate system.
+
+    The default window rectangle is the same as the device's
+    rectangle. See the \link coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview
+    \endlink for an overview of coordinate transformation.
+
+    \sa window(), setViewport(), setViewXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
+    setWorldXForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setWindow( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setWindow: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    wx = x;
+    wy = y;
+    ww = w;
+    wh = h;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+	QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+	param[0].rect = (QRect*)&r;
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetWindow, this, param );
+    }
+    if ( testf(VxF) )
+	updateXForm();
+    else
+	setViewXForm( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the viewport rectangle.
+
+    \sa setViewport(), setViewXForm()
+*/
+
+QRect QPainter::viewport() const		// get viewport
+{
+    return QRect( vx, vy, vw, vh );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the viewport rectangle view transformation for the painter
+    and enables view transformation.
+
+    The viewport rectangle is part of the view transformation. The
+    viewport specifies the device coordinate system and is specified
+    by the \a x, \a y, \a w width and \a h height parameters. Its
+    sister, the window(), specifies the logical coordinate system.
+
+    The default viewport rectangle is the same as the device's
+    rectangle. See the \link coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview
+    \endlink for an overview of coordinate transformation.
+
+    \sa viewport(), setWindow(), setViewXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
+    setWorldXForm(), xForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setViewport( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setViewport: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    vx = x;
+    vy = y;
+    vw = w;
+    vh = h;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+	QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+	param[0].rect = (QRect*)&r;
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetViewport, this, param );
+    }
+    if ( testf(VxF) )
+	updateXForm();
+    else
+	setViewXForm( TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enables world transformations if \a enable is TRUE, or disables
+    world transformations if \a enable is FALSE. The world
+    transformation matrix is not changed.
+
+    \sa setWorldMatrix(), setWindow(), setViewport(), setViewXForm(),
+    xForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setWorldXForm( bool enable )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setWorldXForm: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    if ( !isActive() || enable == testf(WxF) )
+	return;
+    setf( WxF, enable );
+    if ( testf(ExtDev)  && !block_ext ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+	param[0].ival = enable;
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetWXform, this, param );
+    }
+    updateXForm();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPainter::hasWorldXForm() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if world transformation is enabled; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setWorldXForm()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the world transformation matrix.
+
+    \sa setWorldMatrix()
+*/
+
+const QWMatrix &QPainter::worldMatrix() const
+{
+    return wxmat;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the world transformation matrix to \a m and enables world
+    transformation.
+
+    If \a combine is TRUE, then \a m is combined with the current
+    transformation matrix, otherwise \a m replaces the current
+    transformation matrix.
+
+    If \a m is the identity matrix and \a combine is FALSE, this
+    function calls setWorldXForm(FALSE). (The identity matrix is the
+    matrix where QWMatrix::m11() and QWMatrix::m22() are 1.0 and the
+    rest are 0.0.)
+
+    World transformations are applied after the view transformations
+    (i.e. \link setWindow() window\endlink and \link setViewport()
+    viewport\endlink).
+
+    The following functions can transform the coordinate system without using
+    a QWMatrix:
+    \list
+    \i translate()
+    \i scale()
+    \i shear()
+    \i rotate()
+    \endlist
+
+    They operate on the painter's worldMatrix() and are implemented like this:
+
+    \code
+	void QPainter::rotate( double a )
+	{
+	    QWMatrix m;
+	    m.rotate( a );
+	    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that you should always use \a combine when you are drawing
+    into a QPicture. Otherwise it may not be possible to replay the
+    picture with additional transformations. Using translate(),
+    scale(), etc., is safe.
+
+    For a brief overview of coordinate transformation, see the \link
+    coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview. \endlink
+
+    \sa worldMatrix() setWorldXForm() setWindow() setViewport()
+    setViewXForm() xForm() QWMatrix
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setWorldMatrix( const QWMatrix &m, bool combine )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QPainter::setWorldMatrix: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( combine )
+	wxmat = m * wxmat;			// combines
+    else
+	wxmat = m;				// set new matrix
+    bool identity = wxmat.m11() == 1.0F && wxmat.m22() == 1.0F &&
+		    wxmat.m12() == 0.0F && wxmat.m21() == 0.0F &&
+		    wxmat.dx()	== 0.0F && wxmat.dy()  == 0.0F;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) && !block_ext ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+	param[0].matrix = &m;
+	param[1].ival = combine;
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetWMatrix, this, param );
+    }
+    if ( identity && pdev->devType() != QInternal::Picture )
+	setWorldXForm( FALSE );
+    else if ( !testf(WxF) )
+	setWorldXForm( TRUE );
+    else
+	updateXForm();
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+  We recommend using save() instead.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::saveWorldMatrix()
+{
+    QWMatrixStack *stack = (QWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
+    if ( stack == 0 ) {
+	stack  = new QPtrStack<QWMatrix>;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( stack );
+	stack->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	wm_stack = stack;
+    }
+
+    stack->push( new QWMatrix( wxmat ) );
+
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+  We recommend using restore() instead.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::restoreWorldMatrix()
+{
+    QWMatrixStack *stack = (QWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
+    if ( stack == 0 || stack->isEmpty() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QPainter::restoreWorldMatrix: Empty stack error" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    QWMatrix* m = stack->pop();
+    setWorldMatrix( *m );
+    delete m;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+
+/*!
+    Translates the coordinate system by \a (dx, dy). After this call,
+    \a (dx, dy) is added to points.
+
+    For example, the following code draws the same point twice:
+    \code
+	void MyWidget::paintEvent()
+	{
+	    QPainter paint( this );
+
+	    paint.drawPoint( 0, 0 );
+
+	    paint.translate( 100.0, 40.0 );
+	    paint.drawPoint( -100, -40 );
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa scale(), shear(), rotate(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(), xForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::translate( double dx, double dy )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QWMatrix m;
+    m.translate( dx, dy );
+    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
+#else
+    xlatex += (int)dx;
+    xlatey += (int)dy;
+    setf( VxF, xlatex || xlatey );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+/*!
+    Scales the coordinate system by \a (sx, sy).
+
+    \sa translate(), shear(), rotate(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
+    xForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::scale( double sx, double sy )
+{
+    QWMatrix m;
+    m.scale( sx, sy );
+    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Shears the coordinate system by \a (sh, sv).
+
+    \sa translate(), scale(), rotate(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
+    xForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::shear( double sh, double sv )
+{
+    QWMatrix m;
+    m.shear( sv, sh );
+    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Rotates the coordinate system \a a degrees counterclockwise.
+
+    \sa translate(), scale(), shear(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
+    xForm()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::rotate( double a )
+{
+    QWMatrix m;
+    m.rotate( a );
+    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Resets any transformations that were made using translate(), scale(),
+    shear(), rotate(), setWorldMatrix(), setViewport() and
+    setWindow().
+
+    \sa worldMatrix(), viewport(), window()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::resetXForm()
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	return;
+    wx = wy = vx = vy = 0;			// default view origins
+    ww = vw = pdev->metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth );
+    wh = vh = pdev->metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight );
+    wxmat = QWMatrix();
+    setWorldXForm( FALSE );
+    setViewXForm( FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Updates an internal integer transformation matrix.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::updateXForm()
+{
+    QWMatrix m;
+    if ( testf(VxF) ) {
+	double scaleW = (double)vw/(double)ww;
+	double scaleH = (double)vh/(double)wh;
+	m.setMatrix( scaleW, 0,  0,  scaleH, vx - wx*scaleW, vy - wy*scaleH );
+    }
+    if ( testf(WxF) ) {
+	if ( testf(VxF) )
+	    m = wxmat * m;
+	else
+	    m = wxmat;
+    }
+    xmat = m;
+
+    txinv = FALSE;				// no inverted matrix
+    txop  = TxNone;
+    if ( m12()==0.0 && m21()==0.0 && m11() >= 0.0 && m22() >= 0.0 ) {
+	if ( m11()==1.0 && m22()==1.0 ) {
+	    if ( dx()!=0.0 || dy()!=0.0 )
+		txop = TxTranslate;
+	} else {
+	    txop = TxScale;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	    setf(DirtyFont);
+#endif
+	}
+    } else {
+	txop = TxRotShear;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	setf(DirtyFont);
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Updates an internal integer inverse transformation matrix.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::updateInvXForm()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    Q_ASSERT( txinv == FALSE );
+#endif
+    txinv = TRUE;				// creating inverted matrix
+    bool invertible;
+    QWMatrix m;
+    if ( testf(VxF) ) {
+	m.translate( vx, vy );
+	m.scale( 1.0*vw/ww, 1.0*vh/wh );
+	m.translate( -wx, -wy );
+    }
+    if ( testf(WxF) ) {
+	if ( testf(VxF) )
+	    m = wxmat * m;
+	else
+	    m = wxmat;
+    }
+    ixmat = m.invert( &invertible );		// invert matrix
+}
+
+#else
+void QPainter::resetXForm()
+{
+    xlatex = 0;
+    xlatey = 0;
+    clearf( VxF );
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+
+
+extern bool qt_old_transformations;
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Maps a point from logical coordinates to device coordinates.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::map( int x, int y, int *rx, int *ry ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	switch ( txop ) {
+	    case TxNone:
+		*rx = x;  *ry = y;
+		break;
+	    case TxTranslate:
+		// #### "Why no rounding here?", Warwick asked of Haavard.
+		*rx = int(x + dx());
+		*ry = int(y + dy());
+		break;
+	    case TxScale: {
+		double tx = m11()*x + dx();
+		double ty = m22()*y + dy();
+		*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
+		*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
+	    } break;
+	    default: {
+		double tx = m11()*x + m21()*y+dx();
+		double ty = m12()*x + m22()*y+dy();
+		*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
+		*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
+	    } break;
+	}
+    } else {
+	switch ( txop ) {
+	    case TxNone:
+		*rx = x;
+		*ry = y;
+		break;
+	    case TxTranslate:
+		*rx = qRound( x + dx() );
+		*ry = qRound( y + dy() );
+		break;
+	    case TxScale:
+		*rx = qRound( m11()*x + dx() );
+		*ry = qRound( m22()*y + dy() );
+		break;
+	    default:
+		*rx = qRound( m11()*x + m21()*y+dx() );
+		*ry = qRound( m12()*x + m22()*y+dy() );
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    *rx = x + xlatex;
+    *ry = y + xlatey;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Maps a rectangle from logical coordinates to device coordinates.
+  This internal function does not handle rotation and/or shear.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::map( int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		    int *rx, int *ry, int *rw, int *rh ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	switch ( txop ) {
+	    case TxNone:
+		*rx = x;  *ry = y;
+		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
+		break;
+	    case TxTranslate:
+		// #### "Why no rounding here?", Warwick asked of Haavard.
+		*rx = int(x + dx());
+		*ry = int(y + dy());
+		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
+		break;
+	    case TxScale: {
+		double tx1 = m11()*x + dx();
+		double ty1 = m22()*y + dy();
+		double tx2 = m11()*(x + w - 1) + dx();
+		double ty2 = m22()*(y + h - 1) + dy();
+		*rx = qRound( tx1 );
+		*ry = qRound( ty1 );
+		*rw = qRound( tx2 ) - *rx + 1;
+		*rh = qRound( ty2 ) - *ry + 1;
+	    } break;
+	    default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+		qWarning( "QPainter::map: Internal error" );
+#endif
+		break;
+	}
+    } else {
+	switch ( txop ) {
+	    case TxNone:
+		*rx = x;  *ry = y;
+		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
+		break;
+	    case TxTranslate:
+		*rx = qRound(x + dx() );
+		*ry = qRound(y + dy() );
+		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
+		break;
+	    case TxScale:
+		*rx = qRound( m11()*x + dx() );
+		*ry = qRound( m22()*y + dy() );
+		*rw = qRound( m11()*w );
+		*rh = qRound( m22()*h );
+		break;
+	    default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+		qWarning( "QPainter::map: Internal error" );
+#endif
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    *rx = x + xlatex;
+    *ry = y + xlatey;
+    *rw = w;  *rh = h;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Maps a point from device coordinates to logical coordinates.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::mapInv( int x, int y, int *rx, int *ry ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !txinv )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::mapInv: Internal error" );
+#endif
+    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	double tx = im11()*x + im21()*y+idx();
+	double ty = im12()*x + im22()*y+idy();
+	*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
+	*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
+    } else {
+	*rx = qRound( im11()*x + im21()*y + idx() );
+	*ry = qRound( im12()*x + im22()*y + idy() );
+    }
+#else
+    *rx = x - xlatex;
+    *ry = y - xlatey;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Maps a rectangle from device coordinates to logical coordinates.
+  Cannot handle rotation and/or shear.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::mapInv( int x, int y, int w, int h,
+		       int *rx, int *ry, int *rw, int *rh ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !txinv || txop == TxRotShear )
+	qWarning( "QPainter::mapInv: Internal error" );
+#endif
+    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	double tx = im11()*x + idx();
+	double ty = im22()*y + idy();
+	double tw = im11()*w;
+	double th = im22()*h;
+	*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
+	*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
+	*rw = tw >= 0 ? int(tw + 0.5) : int(tw - 0.5);
+	*rh = th >= 0 ? int(th + 0.5) : int(th - 0.5);
+    } else {
+	*rx = qRound( im11()*x + idx() );
+	*ry = qRound( im22()*y + idy() );
+	*rw = qRound( im11()*w );
+	*rh = qRound( im22()*h );
+    }
+#else
+    *rx = x - xlatex;
+    *ry = y - xlatey;
+    *rw = w;
+    *rh = h;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the point \a pv transformed from model coordinates to
+    device coordinates.
+
+    \sa xFormDev(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QPoint QPainter::xForm( const QPoint &pv ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( txop == TxNone )
+	return pv;
+    int x=pv.x(), y=pv.y();
+    map( x, y, &x, &y );
+    return QPoint( x, y );
+#else
+    return QPoint( pv.x()+xlatex, pv.y()+xlatey );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the rectangle \a rv transformed from model coordinates to
+    device coordinates.
+
+    If world transformation is enabled and rotation or shearing has
+    been specified, then the bounding rectangle is returned.
+
+    \sa xFormDev(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QRect QPainter::xForm( const QRect &rv ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( txop == TxNone )
+	return rv;
+    if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {			// rotation/shear
+	return xmat.mapRect( rv );
+    }
+    // Just translation/scale
+    int x, y, w, h;
+    rv.rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    return QRect( x, y, w, h );
+#else
+    return QRect( rv.x()+xlatex, rv.y()+xlatey, rv.width(), rv.height() );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the point array \a av transformed from model coordinates
+    to device coordinates.
+
+    \sa xFormDev(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QPointArray QPainter::xForm( const QPointArray &av ) const
+{
+    QPointArray a = av;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( txop != TxNone )
+    {
+	return xmat * av;
+    }
+#else
+    a.translate( xlatex, xlatey );
+#endif
+    return a;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the point array \a av transformed from model coordinates
+    to device coordinates. The \a index is the first point in the
+    array and \a npoints denotes the number of points to be
+    transformed. If \a npoints is negative, all points from \a
+    av[index] until the last point in the array are transformed.
+
+    The returned point array consists of the number of points that
+    were transformed.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPointArray a(10);
+	QPointArray b;
+	b = painter.xForm(a, 2, 4);  // b.size() == 4
+	b = painter.xForm(a, 2, -1); // b.size() == 8
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa xFormDev(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QPointArray QPainter::xForm( const QPointArray &av, int index,
+			     int npoints ) const
+{
+    int lastPoint = npoints < 0 ? av.size() : index+npoints;
+    QPointArray a( lastPoint-index );
+    memcpy( a.data(), av.data()+index, (lastPoint-index)*sizeof( QPoint ) );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    return xmat*a;
+#else
+    a.translate( xlatex, xlatey );
+    return a;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the point \a pd transformed from device coordinates to
+    model coordinates.
+
+    \sa xForm(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QPoint QPainter::xFormDev( const QPoint &pd ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( txop == TxNone )
+	return pd;
+    if ( !txinv ) {
+	QPainter *that = (QPainter*)this;	// mutable
+	that->updateInvXForm();
+    }
+#endif
+    int x=pd.x(), y=pd.y();
+    mapInv( x, y, &x, &y );
+    return QPoint( x, y );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the rectangle \a rd transformed from device coordinates to
+    model coordinates.
+
+    If world transformation is enabled and rotation or shearing is
+    used, then the bounding rectangle is returned.
+
+    \sa xForm(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QRect QPainter::xFormDev( const QRect &rd ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( txop == TxNone )
+	return rd;
+    if ( !txinv ) {
+	QPainter *that = (QPainter*)this;	// mutable
+	that->updateInvXForm();
+    }
+    if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {			// rotation/shear
+	return ixmat.mapRect( rd );
+    }
+#endif
+    // Just translation/scale
+    int x, y, w, h;
+    rd.rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    mapInv( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    return QRect( x, y, w, h );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the point array \a ad transformed from device coordinates
+    to model coordinates.
+
+    \sa xForm(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QPointArray QPainter::xFormDev( const QPointArray &ad ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( txop == TxNone )
+	return ad;
+    if ( !txinv ) {
+	QPainter *that = (QPainter*)this;	// mutable
+	that->updateInvXForm();
+    }
+    return ixmat * ad;
+#else
+    // ###
+    return ad;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the point array \a ad transformed from device coordinates
+    to model coordinates. The \a index is the first point in the array
+    and \a npoints denotes the number of points to be transformed. If
+    \a npoints is negative, all points from \a ad[index] until the
+    last point in the array are transformed.
+
+    The returned point array consists of the number of points that
+    were transformed.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPointArray a(10);
+	QPointArray b;
+	b = painter.xFormDev(a, 1, 3);  // b.size() == 3
+	b = painter.xFormDev(a, 1, -1); // b.size() == 9
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa xForm(), QWMatrix::map()
+*/
+
+QPointArray QPainter::xFormDev( const QPointArray &ad, int index,
+				int npoints ) const
+{
+    int lastPoint = npoints < 0 ? ad.size() : index+npoints;
+    QPointArray a( lastPoint-index );
+    memcpy( a.data(), ad.data()+index, (lastPoint-index)*sizeof( QPoint ) );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( txop == TxNone )
+	return a;
+    if ( !txinv ) {
+	QPainter *that = (QPainter*)this;	// mutable
+	that->updateInvXForm();
+    }
+    return ixmat * a;
+#else
+    // ###
+    return a;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Fills the rectangle \a (x, y, w, h) with the \a brush.
+
+    You can specify a QColor as \a brush, since there is a QBrush
+    constructor that takes a QColor argument and creates a solid
+    pattern brush.
+
+    \sa drawRect()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::fillRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QBrush &brush )
+{
+    QPen   oldPen   = pen();			// save pen
+    QBrush oldBrush = this->brush();		// save brush
+    setPen( NoPen );
+    setBrush( brush );
+    drawRect( x, y, w, h );			// draw filled rect
+    setBrush( oldBrush );			// restore brush
+    setPen( oldPen );				// restore pen
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::setBrushOrigin( const QPoint &p )
+
+    Sets the brush origin to point \a p.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::setWindow( const QRect &r )
+
+    Sets the painter's window to rectangle \a r.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::setViewport( const QRect &r )
+
+    Sets the painter's viewport to rectangle \a r.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPainter::hasClipping() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if clipping has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setClipping()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the currently set clip region. Note that the clip region
+    is given in physical device coordinates and \e not subject to any
+    \link coordsys.html coordinate transformation \endlink if \a m is
+    equal to \c CoordDevice (the default). If \a m equals \c
+    CoordPainter the returned region is in model coordinates.
+
+    \sa setClipRegion(), setClipRect(), setClipping() QPainter::CoordinateMode
+*/
+QRegion QPainter::clipRegion( CoordinateMode m ) const
+{
+    // ### FIXME in 4.0:
+    // If the transformation mode is CoordPainter, we should transform the
+    // clip region with painter transformations.
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QRegion r;
+    if ( m == CoordDevice ) {
+	r = crgn;
+    } else {
+	if ( !txinv ) {
+	    QPainter *that = (QPainter*)this;	// mutable
+	    that->updateInvXForm();
+	}
+
+	r = ixmat * crgn;
+    }
+    return r;
+#else
+    return crgn;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPainter::setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, CoordinateMode m)
+
+    Sets the clip region to the rectangle \a x, \a y, \a w, \a h and
+    enables clipping. The clip mode is set to \a m.
+
+    If \a m is \c CoordDevice (the default), the coordinates given for
+    the clip region are taken to be physical device coordinates and
+    are \e not subject to any \link coordsys.html coordinate
+    transformations\endlink. If \a m is \c CoordPainter, the
+    coordinates given for the clip region are taken to be model
+    coordinates.
+
+    \sa setClipRegion(), clipRegion(), setClipping() QPainter::CoordinateMode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawPoint( const QPoint &p )
+
+    Draws the point \a p.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::moveTo( const QPoint &p )
+
+    Moves to the point \a p.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::lineTo( const QPoint &p )
+
+    Draws a line to the point \a p.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawLine( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+
+    Draws a line from point \a p1 to point \a p2.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawRect( const QRect &r )
+
+    Draws the rectangle \a r.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const QRect &r )
+
+    Draws rectangle \a r as a window focus rectangle.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const QRect &r, const QColor &bgColor )
+
+    Draws rectangle \a r as a window focus rectangle using background
+    color \a bgColor.
+*/
+
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+// The doc and X implementation of this functions is in qpainter_x11.cpp
+void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( int, int, int, int,
+				 bool, const QColor & )
+{
+    // do nothing, only called from X11 specific functions
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawRoundRect( const QRect &r, int xRnd, int yRnd )
+
+    Draws a rounded rectangle \a r, rounding to the x position \a xRnd
+    and the y position \a yRnd on each corner.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawEllipse( const QRect &r )
+
+    Draws the ellipse that fits inside rectangle \a r.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawArc( const QRect &r, int a, int alen )
+
+    Draws the arc that fits inside the rectangle \a r with start angle
+    \a a and arc length \a alen.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawPie( const QRect &r, int a, int alen )
+
+    Draws a pie segment that fits inside the rectangle \a r with start
+    angle \a a and arc length \a alen.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawChord( const QRect &r, int a, int alen )
+
+    Draws a chord that fits inside the rectangle \a r with start angle
+    \a a and arc length \a alen.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawPixmap( const QPoint &p, const QPixmap &pm, const QRect &sr )
+
+    Draws the rectangle \a sr of pixmap \a pm with its origin at point
+    \a p.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawPixmap( const QPoint &p, const QPixmap &pm )
+
+    Draws the pixmap \a pm with its origin at point \a p.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPixmap( const QPoint &p, const QPixmap &pm )
+{
+    drawPixmap( p.x(), p.y(), pm, 0, 0, pm.width(), pm.height() );
+}
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE) || !defined(QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION)
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Draws the pixmap \a pm into the rectangle \a r. The pixmap is
+    scaled to fit the rectangle, if image and rectangle size disagree.
+*/
+void QPainter::drawPixmap( const QRect &r, const QPixmap &pm )
+{
+    int rw = r.width();
+    int rh = r.height();
+    int iw= pm.width();
+    int ih = pm.height();
+    if ( rw <= 0 || rh <= 0 || iw <= 0 || ih <= 0 )
+	return;
+    bool scale = ( rw != iw || rh != ih );
+    float scaleX = (float)rw/(float)iw;
+    float scaleY = (float)rh/(float)ih;
+    bool smooth = ( scaleX < 1.5 || scaleY < 1.5 );
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+	param[0].rect = &r;
+	param[1].pixmap = &pm;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param ) || !hdc )
+	    return;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param );
+	return;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param ) || !pdev->handle())
+	    return;
+#else
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param ) || !hd )
+	    return;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    QPixmap pixmap = pm;
+
+    if ( scale ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE
+# ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+	if ( smooth )
+# endif
+	{
+	    QImage i = pm.convertToImage();
+	    pixmap = QPixmap( i.smoothScale( rw, rh ) );
+	}
+# ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+	else
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+	{
+	    pixmap = pm.xForm( QWMatrix( scaleX, 0, 0, scaleY, 0, 0 ) );
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+    drawPixmap( r.x(), r.y(), pixmap );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawImage( const QPoint &, const QImage &, const QRect &sr, int conversionFlags = 0 );
+
+    Draws the rectangle \a sr from the image at the given point.
+*/
+
+/*
+    Draws at point \a p the \sr rect from image \a pm, using \a
+    conversionFlags if the image needs to be converted to a pixmap.
+    The default value for \a conversionFlags is 0; see
+    convertFromImage() for information about what other values do.
+
+  This function may convert \a image to a pixmap and then draw it, if
+  device() is a QPixmap or a QWidget, or else draw it directly, if
+  device() is a QPrinter or QPicture.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Draws at (\a x, \a y) the \a sw by \a sh area of pixels from (\a
+    sx, \a sy) in \a image, using \a conversionFlags if the image
+    needs to be converted to a pixmap. The default value for \a
+    conversionFlags is 0; see convertFromImage() for information about
+    what other values do.
+
+    This function may convert \a image to a pixmap and then draw it,
+    if device() is a QPixmap or a QWidget, or else draw it directly,
+    if device() is a QPrinter or QPicture.
+
+    Currently alpha masks of the image are ignored when painting on a QPrinter.
+
+    \sa drawPixmap() QPixmap::convertFromImage()
+*/
+void QPainter::drawImage( int x, int y, const QImage & image,
+			  int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh,
+			  int conversionFlags )
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    //### Hackish
+# ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    if ( !image.isNull() && gfx &&
+	(txop==TxNone||txop==TxTranslate) && !testf(ExtDev) )
+# else
+    if ( !image.isNull() && gfx && !testf(ExtDev) )
+# endif
+    {
+	if(sw<0)
+	    sw=image.width();
+	if(sh<0)
+	    sh=image.height();
+
+	QImage image2 = qt_screen->mapToDevice( image );
+
+	// This is a bit dubious
+	if(image2.depth()==1) {
+	    image2.setNumColors( 2 );
+	    image2.setColor( 0, qRgb(255,255,255) );
+	    image2.setColor( 1, qRgb(0,0,0) );
+	}
+	if ( image2.hasAlphaBuffer() )
+	    gfx->setAlphaType(QGfx::InlineAlpha);
+	else
+	    gfx->setAlphaType(QGfx::IgnoreAlpha);
+	gfx->setSource(&image2);
+	if ( testf(VxF|WxF) ) {
+	    map( x, y, &x, &y );
+	}
+	gfx->blt(x,y,sw,sh,sx,sy);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( !isActive() || image.isNull() )
+	return;
+
+    // right/bottom
+    if ( sw < 0 )
+	sw = image.width()  - sx;
+    if ( sh < 0 )
+	sh = image.height() - sy;
+
+    // Sanity-check clipping
+    if ( sx < 0 ) {
+	x -= sx;
+	sw += sx;
+	sx = 0;
+    }
+    if ( sw + sx > image.width() )
+	sw = image.width() - sx;
+    if ( sy < 0 ) {
+	y -= sy;
+	sh += sy;
+	sy = 0;
+    }
+    if ( sh + sy > image.height() )
+	sh = image.height() - sy;
+
+    if ( sw <= 0 || sh <= 0 )
+	return;
+
+    bool all = image.rect().intersect(QRect(sx,sy,sw,sh)) == image.rect();
+    QImage subimage = all ? image : image.copy(sx,sy,sw,sh);
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+	QRect r( x, y, subimage.width(), subimage.height() );
+	param[0].rect = &r;
+	param[1].image = &subimage;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hdc )
+	    return;
+#elif defined (Q_WS_QWS)
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param );
+	return;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	if(!pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !pdev->handle() )
+	    return;
+#else
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hd )
+	    return;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    QPixmap pm;
+    pm.convertFromImage( subimage, conversionFlags );
+    drawPixmap( x, y, pm );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawImage( const QPoint &p, const QImage &i, int conversion_flags )
+
+    Draws the image \a i at point \a p.
+
+    If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution
+    result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a
+    conversion_flags to specify how you'd prefer this to happen.
+
+    \sa Qt::ImageConversionFlags
+*/
+void QPainter::drawImage( const QPoint & p, const QImage & i,
+			  int conversion_flags )
+{
+    drawImage(p, i, i.rect(), conversion_flags);
+}
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION) || !defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE)
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Draws the image \a i into the rectangle \a r. The image will be
+    scaled to fit the rectangle if image and rectangle dimensions
+    differ.
+*/
+void QPainter::drawImage( const QRect &r, const QImage &i )
+{
+    int rw = r.width();
+    int rh = r.height();
+    int iw= i.width();
+    int ih = i.height();
+    if ( rw <= 0 || rh <= 0 || iw <= 0 || ih <= 0 )
+	return;
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+	param[0].rect = &r;
+	param[1].image = &i;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hdc )
+	    return;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+	pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param );
+	return;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !pdev->handle() )
+	    return;
+#else
+	if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hd )
+	    return;
+#endif
+    }
+
+
+    bool scale = ( rw != iw || rh != ih );
+    float scaleX = (float)rw/(float)iw;
+    float scaleY = (float)rh/(float)ih;
+    bool smooth = ( scaleX < 1.5 || scaleY < 1.5 );
+
+    QImage img = scale
+	? (
+#if defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION)
+		i.smoothScale( rw, rh )
+#elif defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE)
+		i.scale( rw, rh )
+#else
+		smooth ? i.smoothScale( rw, rh ) : i.scale( rw, rh )
+#endif
+	  )
+	: i;
+
+    drawImage( r.x(), r.y(), img );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *dst, int dx, int dy,
+	     const QImage *src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh,
+	     int conversion_flags )
+{
+    QPixmap tmp;
+    if ( sx == 0 && sy == 0
+	&& (sw<0 || sw==src->width()) && (sh<0 || sh==src->height()) )
+    {
+	tmp.convertFromImage( *src, conversion_flags );
+    } else {
+	tmp.convertFromImage( src->copy( sx, sy, sw, sh, conversion_flags),
+			      conversion_flags );
+    }
+    bitBlt( dst, dx, dy, &tmp );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const QRect &r, const QPixmap &pm, const QPoint &sp )
+
+    Draws a tiled pixmap, \a pm, inside rectangle \a r with its origin
+    at point \a sp.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const QRect &r, const QPixmap &pm )
+
+    Draws a tiled pixmap, \a pm, inside rectangle \a r.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::fillRect( const QRect &r, const QBrush &brush )
+
+    Fills the rectangle \a r using brush \a brush.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPainter::eraseRect( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+
+    Erases the area inside \a x, \a y, \a w, \a h. Equivalent to
+    \c{fillRect( x, y, w, h, backgroundColor() )}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::eraseRect( const QRect &r )
+
+    Erases the area inside the rectangle \a r.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Draws the given text at position \a x, \a y. If \a len is -1 (the
+    default) all the text is drawn, otherwise the first \a len
+    characters are drawn. The text's direction is given by \a dir.
+
+    \sa QPainter::TextDirection
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags,
+			         const QString&, int len = -1, QRect *br=0,
+			         QTextParag **internal=0 )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Draws the given text within the rectangle starting at \a x, \a y,
+    with width \a w and height \a h. If \a len is -1 (the default) all
+    the text is drawn, otherwise the first \a len characters are
+    drawn. The text's flags that are given in the \a flags parameter
+    are \l{Qt::AlignmentFlags} and \l{Qt::TextFlags} OR'd together. \a
+    br (if not null) is set to the actual bounding rectangle of the
+    output. The \a internal parameter is for internal use only.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPainter::drawText( const QPoint &, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
+
+    \overload
+
+    Draws the text at the given point.
+
+    \sa QPainter::TextDirection
+*/
+
+/*
+    Draws the text in \a s at point \a p. If \a len is -1 the entire
+    string is drawn, otherwise just the first \a len characters. The
+    text's direction is specified by \a dir.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
+
+    \overload
+
+    Draws the text from position \a pos, at point \a (x, y). If \a len is
+    -1 the entire string is drawn, otherwise just the first \a len
+    characters. The text's direction is specified by \a dir.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPainter::drawText( const QPoint &p, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
+
+    Draws the text from position \a pos, at point \a p. If \a len is
+    -1 the entire string is drawn, otherwise just the first \a len
+    characters. The text's direction is specified by \a dir.
+
+    Note that the meaning of \e y is not the same for the two
+    drawText() varieties. For overloads that take a simple \e x, \e y
+    pair (or a point), the \e y value is the text's baseline; for
+    overloads that take a rectangle, \e rect.y() is the top of the
+    rectangle and the text is aligned within that rectangle in
+    accordance with the alignment flags.
+
+    \sa QPainter::TextDirection
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPainter::drawTextItem(const QPoint &, const QTextItem &, int)
+    \internal
+*/
+
+static inline void fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h )
+{
+    if ( *w < 0 ) {
+        *w = -*w + 2;
+        *x -= *w - 1;
+    }
+    if ( *h < 0 ) {
+	*h = -*h + 2;
+	*y -= *h - 1;
+    }
+}
+void QPainter::fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h )
+{
+    ::fix_neg_rect(x,y,w,h);
+}
+
+//
+// The drawText function takes two special parameters; 'internal' and 'brect'.
+//
+// The 'internal' parameter contains a pointer to an array of encoded
+// information that keeps internal geometry data.
+// If the drawText function is called repeatedly to display the same text,
+// it makes sense to calculate text width and linebreaks the first time,
+// and use these parameters later to print the text because we save a lot of
+// CPU time.
+// The 'internal' parameter will not be used if it is a null pointer.
+// The 'internal' parameter will be generated if it is not null, but points
+// to a null pointer, i.e. internal != 0 && *internal == 0.
+// The 'internal' parameter will be used if it contains a non-null pointer.
+//
+// If the 'brect parameter is a non-null pointer, then the bounding rectangle
+// of the text will be returned in 'brect'.
+//
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Draws at most \a len characters from \a str in the rectangle \a r.
+
+    This function draws formatted text. The \a tf text format is
+    really of type \l Qt::AlignmentFlags and \l Qt::TextFlags OR'd
+    together.
+
+    Horizontal alignment defaults to AlignAuto and vertical alignment
+    defaults to AlignTop.
+
+    \a brect (if not null) is set to the actual bounding rectangle of
+    the output. \a internal is, yes, internal.
+
+    \sa boundingRect()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawText( const QRect &r, int tf,
+			 const QString& str, int len, QRect *brect,
+			 QTextParag **internal )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	return;
+    if ( len < 0 )
+	len = str.length();
+    if ( len == 0 )				// empty string
+	return;
+
+    if ( testf(DirtyFont|ExtDev) ) {
+	if ( testf(DirtyFont) )
+	    updateFont();
+	if ( testf(ExtDev) && (tf & DontPrint) == 0 ) {
+	    QPDevCmdParam param[3];
+	    QString newstr = str;
+	    newstr.truncate( len );
+	    param[0].rect = &r;
+	    param[1].ival = tf;
+	    param[2].str = &newstr;
+	    if ( pdev->devType() != QInternal::Printer ) {
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+		if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted,
+				 this, param) ||
+		     !hdc )
+		    return;			// QPrinter wants PdcDrawText2
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+		pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted, this, param);
+		return;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+		if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted, this, param) ||
+		    !pdev->handle())
+		    return;			// QPrinter wants PdcDrawText2
+#else
+		if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted,
+				 this, param) ||
+		     !hd )
+		    return;			// QPrinter wants PdcDrawText2
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    qt_format_text(font(), r, tf, str, len, brect,
+		   tabstops, tabarray, tabarraylen, internal, this);
+}
+
+//#define QT_FORMAT_TEXT_DEBUG
+
+#define QChar_linesep QChar(0x2028U)
+
+void qt_format_text( const QFont& font, const QRect &_r,
+		     int tf, const QString& str, int len, QRect *brect,
+		     int tabstops, int* tabarray, int tabarraylen,
+		     QTextParag **, QPainter* painter )
+{
+    // we need to copy r here to protect against the case (&r == brect).
+    QRect r( _r );
+
+    bool dontclip  = (tf & Qt::DontClip)  == Qt::DontClip;
+    bool wordbreak  = (tf & Qt::WordBreak)  == Qt::WordBreak;
+    bool singleline = (tf & Qt::SingleLine) == Qt::SingleLine;
+    bool showprefix = (tf & Qt::ShowPrefix) == Qt::ShowPrefix;
+    bool noaccel = ( tf & Qt::NoAccel ) == Qt::NoAccel;
+
+    bool isRightToLeft = str.isRightToLeft();
+    if ( ( tf & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask ) == Qt::AlignAuto )
+	tf |= isRightToLeft ? Qt::AlignRight : Qt::AlignLeft;
+
+    bool expandtabs = ( (tf & Qt::ExpandTabs) &&
+			( ( (tf & Qt::AlignLeft) && !isRightToLeft ) ||
+			  ( (tf & Qt::AlignRight) && isRightToLeft ) ) );
+
+    if ( !painter )
+	tf |= Qt::DontPrint;
+
+    int maxUnderlines = 0;
+    int numUnderlines = 0;
+    int underlinePositionStack[32];
+    int *underlinePositions = underlinePositionStack;
+
+    QFont fnt(painter ? (painter->pfont ? *painter->pfont : painter->cfont) : font);
+    QFontMetrics fm( fnt );
+
+    QString text = str;
+    // str.setLength() always does a deep copy, so the replacement
+    // code below is safe.
+    text.setLength( len );
+    // compatible behaviour to the old implementation. Replace
+    // tabs by spaces
+    QChar *chr = (QChar*)text.unicode();
+    const QChar *end = chr + len;
+    bool haveLineSep = FALSE;
+    while ( chr != end ) {
+	if ( *chr == '\r' || ( singleline && *chr == '\n' ) ) {
+	    *chr = ' ';
+	} else if ( *chr == '\n' ) {
+	    *chr = QChar_linesep;
+	    haveLineSep = TRUE;
+	} else if ( *chr == '&' ) {
+	    ++maxUnderlines;
+	}
+	++chr;
+    }
+    if ( !expandtabs ) {
+	chr = (QChar*)text.unicode();
+	while ( chr != end ) {
+	    if ( *chr == '\t' )
+		*chr = ' ';
+	    ++chr;
+	}
+    } else if (!tabarraylen && !tabstops) {
+	tabstops = fm.width('x')*8;
+    }
+
+    if ( noaccel || showprefix ) {
+	if ( maxUnderlines > 32 )
+	    underlinePositions = new int[maxUnderlines];
+	QChar *cout = (QChar*)text.unicode();
+	QChar *cin = cout;
+	int l = len;
+	while ( l ) {
+	    if ( *cin == '&' ) {
+		++cin;
+		--l;
+		if ( !l )
+		    break;
+		if ( *cin != '&' )
+		    underlinePositions[numUnderlines++] = cout - text.unicode();
+	    }
+	    *cout = *cin;
+	    ++cout;
+	    ++cin;
+	    --l;
+	}
+	uint newlen = cout - text.unicode();
+	if ( newlen != text.length())
+	    text.setLength( newlen );
+    }
+
+    // no need to do extra work for underlines if we don't paint
+    if ( tf & Qt::DontPrint )
+	numUnderlines = 0;
+
+    int height = 0;
+    int left = r.width();
+    int right = 0;
+
+    QTextLayout textLayout( text, fnt );
+    int rb = QMAX( 0, -fm.minRightBearing() );
+    int lb = QMAX( 0, -fm.minLeftBearing() );
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() ) {
+	height = fm.height();
+	left = right = 0;
+	tf |= QPainter::DontPrint;
+    } else {
+	textLayout.beginLayout((haveLineSep || expandtabs || wordbreak) ?
+			       QTextLayout::MultiLine :
+			       (tf & Qt::DontPrint) ? QTextLayout::NoBidi : QTextLayout::SingleLine );
+
+	// break underline chars into items of their own
+	for( int i = 0; i < numUnderlines; i++ ) {
+	    textLayout.setBoundary( underlinePositions[i] );
+	    textLayout.setBoundary( underlinePositions[i]+1 );
+	}
+
+	int lineWidth = wordbreak ? QMAX(0, r.width()-rb-lb) : INT_MAX;
+	if(!wordbreak)
+	    tf |= Qt::IncludeTrailingSpaces;
+
+	int leading = fm.leading();
+	int asc = fm.ascent();
+	int desc = fm.descent();
+	height = -leading;
+
+	//qDebug("\n\nbeginLayout: lw = %d, rectwidth=%d", lineWidth , r.width());
+	while ( !textLayout.atEnd() ) {
+	    height += leading;
+	    textLayout.beginLine( lineWidth == INT_MAX ? lineWidth : lineWidth );
+	    //qDebug("-----beginLine( %d )-----",  lineWidth );
+	    bool linesep = FALSE;
+	    while ( 1 ) {
+		QTextItem ti = textLayout.currentItem();
+ 		//qDebug("item: from=%d, ch=%x", ti.from(), text.unicode()[ti.from()].unicode() );
+		if ( expandtabs && ti.isTab() ) {
+		    int tw = 0;
+		    int x = textLayout.widthUsed();
+		    if ( tabarraylen ) {
+// 			qDebug("tabarraylen=%d", tabarraylen );
+			int tab = 0;
+			while ( tab < tabarraylen ) {
+			    if ( tabarray[tab] > x ) {
+				tw = tabarray[tab] - x;
+				break;
+			    }
+			    ++tab;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			tw = tabstops - (x % tabstops);
+		    }
+ 		    //qDebug("tw = %d",  tw );
+		    if ( tw )
+			ti.setWidth( tw );
+		}
+		if ( ti.isObject() && text.unicode()[ti.from()] == QChar_linesep )
+		    linesep = TRUE;
+
+		if ( linesep || textLayout.addCurrentItem() != QTextLayout::Ok || textLayout.atEnd() )
+		    break;
+	    }
+
+	    int ascent = asc, descent = desc, lineLeft, lineRight;
+	    textLayout.setLineWidth( r.width()-rb-lb );
+	    textLayout.endLine( 0, height, tf, &ascent, &descent,
+				&lineLeft, &lineRight );
+	    //qDebug("finalizing line: lw=%d ascent = %d, descent=%d lineleft=%d lineright=%d", lineWidth, ascent, descent,lineLeft, lineRight  );
+	    left = QMIN( left, lineLeft );
+	    right = QMAX( right, lineRight );
+	    height += ascent + descent + 1;
+	    if ( linesep )
+		textLayout.nextItem();
+	}
+    }
+
+    int yoff = 0;
+    if ( tf & Qt::AlignBottom )
+	yoff = r.height() - height;
+    else if ( tf & Qt::AlignVCenter )
+	yoff = (r.height() - height)/2;
+
+    if ( brect ) {
+	*brect = QRect( r.x() + left, r.y() + yoff, right-left + lb+rb, height );
+	//qDebug("br = %d %d %d/%d, left=%d, right=%d", brect->x(), brect->y(), brect->width(), brect->height(), left, right);
+    }
+
+    if (!(tf & QPainter::DontPrint)) {
+	bool restoreClipping = FALSE;
+	bool painterHasClip = FALSE;
+	QRegion painterClipRegion;
+	if ( !dontclip ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+	    QRegion reg = painter->xmat * r;
+#else
+	    QRegion reg = r;
+	    reg.translate( painter->xlatex, painter->xlatey );
+#endif
+	    if ( painter->hasClipping() )
+		reg &= painter->clipRegion();
+
+	    painterHasClip = painter->hasClipping();
+	    painterClipRegion = painter->clipRegion();
+	    restoreClipping = TRUE;
+	    painter->setClipRegion( reg );
+	} else {
+	    if ( painter->hasClipping() ){
+		painterHasClip = painter->hasClipping();
+		painterClipRegion = painter->clipRegion();
+		restoreClipping = TRUE;
+		painter->setClipping( FALSE );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	int cUlChar = 0;
+	int _tf = 0;
+	if (fnt.underline()) _tf |= Qt::Underline;
+	if (fnt.overline()) _tf |= Qt::Overline;
+	if (fnt.strikeOut()) _tf |= Qt::StrikeOut;
+
+	//qDebug("have %d items",textLayout.numItems());
+	for ( int i = 0; i < textLayout.numItems(); i++ ) {
+	    QTextItem ti = textLayout.itemAt( i );
+ 	    //qDebug("Item %d: from=%d,  length=%d,  space=%d x=%d", i, ti.from(),  ti.length(), ti.isSpace(), ti.x() );
+	    if ( ti.isTab() || ti.isObject() )
+		continue;
+	    int textFlags = _tf;
+	    if ( !noaccel && numUnderlines > cUlChar && ti.from() == underlinePositions[cUlChar] ) {
+		textFlags |= Qt::Underline;
+		cUlChar++;
+	    }
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+	    if ( painter->bg_mode == Qt::OpaqueMode ) {
+                int h = ti.ascent() + ti.descent() + 1;
+                if (ti.y() + h < height)
+                    // don't add leading to last line
+                    h += fm.leading();
+		qt_draw_background( painter, r.x()+lb + ti.x(), r.y() + yoff + ti.y() - ti.ascent(),
+				    ti.width(), h);
+            }
+#endif
+	    painter->drawTextItem( r.x()+lb, r.y() + yoff, ti, textFlags );
+	}
+
+	if ( restoreClipping ) {
+	    painter->setClipRegion( painterClipRegion );
+	    painter->setClipping( painterHasClip );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( underlinePositions != underlinePositionStack )
+	delete [] underlinePositions;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be
+    printed with the corresponding drawText() function using the first
+    \a len characters from \a str if \a len is > -1, or the whole of
+    \a str if \a len is -1. The drawing, and hence the bounding
+    rectangle, is constrained to the rectangle \a r, or to the
+    rectangle required to draw the text, whichever is the larger.
+
+    The \a internal parameter should not be used.
+
+    \sa drawText(), fontMetrics(), QFontMetrics::boundingRect(), Qt::TextFlags
+*/
+
+QRect QPainter::boundingRect( const QRect &r, int flags,
+			      const QString& str, int len, QTextParag **internal )
+{
+    QRect brect;
+    if ( str.isEmpty() )
+	brect.setRect( r.x(),r.y(), 0,0 );
+    else
+	drawText( r, flags | DontPrint, str, len, &brect, internal );
+    return brect;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QPainter::boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString&, int len = -1, QTextParag **intern=0 );
+
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be
+    printed with the corresponding drawText() function using the first
+    \a len characters of the string if \a len is > -1, or the whole of
+    the string if \a len is -1. The drawing, and hence the bounding
+    rectangle, is constrained to the rectangle that begins at point \a
+    (x, y) with width \a w and hight \a h, or to the
+    rectangle required to draw the text, whichever is the larger.
+
+    The \a flags argument is
+    the bitwise OR of the following flags:
+    \table
+    \header \i Flag \i Meaning
+    \row \i \c AlignAuto \i aligns according to the language, usually left.
+    \row \i \c AlignLeft \i aligns to the left border.
+    \row \i \c AlignRight \i aligns to the right border.
+    \row \i \c AlignHCenter \i aligns horizontally centered.
+    \row \i \c AlignTop \i aligns to the top border.
+    \row \i \c AlignBottom \i aligns to the bottom border.
+    \row \i \c AlignVCenter \i aligns vertically centered.
+    \row \i \c AlignCenter \i (== \c AlignHCenter | \c AlignVCenter).
+    \row \i \c SingleLine \i ignores newline characters in the text.
+    \row \i \c ExpandTabs \i expands tabs.
+    \row \i \c ShowPrefix \i interprets "&x" as "<u>x</u>".
+    \row \i \c WordBreak \i breaks the text to fit the rectangle.
+    \endtable
+
+    Horizontal alignment defaults to \c AlignLeft and vertical
+    alignment defaults to \c AlignTop.
+
+    If several of the horizontal or several of the vertical alignment flags
+    are set, the resulting alignment is undefined.
+
+    The \a intern parameter should not be used.
+
+    \sa Qt::TextFlags
+*/
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPen member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPen qpen.h
+    \brief The QPen class defines how a QPainter should draw lines and outlines
+    of shapes.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup shared
+    \mainclass
+
+    A pen has a style, width, color, cap style and join style.
+
+    The pen style defines the line type. The default pen style is \c
+    Qt::SolidLine. Setting the style to \c NoPen tells the painter to
+    not draw lines or outlines.
+
+    When drawing 1 pixel wide diagonal lines you can either use a very
+    fast algorithm (specified by a line width of 0, which is the
+    default), or a slower but more accurate algorithm (specified by a
+    line width of 1). For horizontal and vertical lines a line width
+    of 0 is the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have
+    no effect on 0-width lines.
+
+    The pen color defines the color of lines and text. The default
+    line color is black. The QColor documentation lists predefined
+    colors.
+
+    The cap style defines how the end points of lines are drawn. The
+    join style defines how the joins between two lines are drawn when
+    multiple connected lines are drawn (QPainter::drawPolyline()
+    etc.). The cap and join styles only apply to wide lines, i.e. when
+    the width is 1 or greater.
+
+    Use the QBrush class to specify fill styles.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    QPainter painter;
+    QPen     pen( red, 2 );             // red solid line, 2 pixels wide
+    painter.begin( &anyPaintDevice );   // paint something
+    painter.setPen( pen );              // set the red, wide pen
+    painter.drawRect( 40,30, 200,100 ); // draw a rectangle
+    painter.setPen( blue );             // set blue pen, 0 pixel width
+    painter.drawLine( 40,30, 240,130 ); // draw a diagonal in rectangle
+    painter.end();                      // painting done
+    \endcode
+
+    See the \l Qt::PenStyle enum type for a complete list of pen
+    styles.
+
+    With reference to the end points of lines, for wide (non-0-width)
+    pens it depends on the cap style whether the end point is drawn or
+    not. QPainter will try to make sure that the end point is drawn
+    for 0-width pens, but this cannot be absolutely guaranteed because
+    the underlying drawing engine is free to use any (typically
+    accelerated) algorithm for drawing 0-width lines. On all tested
+    systems, however, the end point of at least all non-diagonal lines
+    are drawn.
+
+    A pen's color(), width(), style(), capStyle() and joinStyle() can
+    be set in the constructor or later with setColor(), setWidth(),
+    setStyle(), setCapStyle() and setJoinStyle(). Pens may also be
+    compared and streamed.
+
+    \img pen-styles.png Pen styles
+
+    \sa QPainter, QPainter::setPen()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Initializes the pen.
+*/
+
+void QPen::init( const QColor &color, uint width, uint linestyle )
+{
+    data = new QPenData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->style = (PenStyle)(linestyle & MPenStyle);
+    data->width = width;
+    data->color = color;
+    data->linest = linestyle;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a default black solid line pen with 0 width, which
+    renders lines 1 pixel wide (fast diagonals).
+*/
+
+QPen::QPen()
+{
+    init( Qt::black, 0, SolidLine );		// default pen
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a black pen with 0 width (fast diagonals) and style \a
+    style.
+
+    \sa setStyle()
+*/
+
+QPen::QPen( PenStyle style )
+{
+    init( Qt::black, 0, style );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pen with the specified \a color, \a width and \a
+    style.
+
+    \sa setWidth(), setStyle(), setColor()
+*/
+
+QPen::QPen( const QColor &color, uint width, PenStyle style )
+{
+    init( color, width, style );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pen with the specified color \a cl and width \a w.
+    The pen style is set to \a s, the pen cap style to \a c and the
+    pen join style to \a j.
+
+    A line width of 0 will produce a 1 pixel wide line using a fast
+    algorithm for diagonals. A line width of 1 will also produce a 1
+    pixel wide line, but uses a slower more accurate algorithm for
+    diagonals. For horizontal and vertical lines a line width of 0 is
+    the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have no
+    effect on 0-width lines.
+
+    \sa setWidth(), setStyle(), setColor()
+*/
+
+QPen::QPen( const QColor &cl, uint w, PenStyle s, PenCapStyle c,
+	    PenJoinStyle j )
+{
+    init( cl, w, s | c | j );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pen that is a copy of \a p.
+*/
+
+QPen::QPen( const QPen &p )
+{
+    data = p.data;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the pen.
+*/
+
+QPen::~QPen()
+{
+    if ( data->deref() )
+	delete data;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Detaches from shared pen data to make sure that this pen is the
+    only one referring the data.
+
+    If multiple pens share common data, this pen dereferences the data
+    and gets a copy of the data. Nothing is done if there is just a
+    single reference.
+*/
+
+void QPen::detach()
+{
+    if ( data->count != 1 )
+	*this = copy();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a p to this pen and returns a reference to this pen.
+*/
+
+QPen &QPen::operator=( const QPen &p )
+{
+    p.data->ref();
+    if ( data->deref() )
+	delete data;
+    data = p.data;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the pen.
+*/
+
+QPen QPen::copy() const
+{
+    QPen p( data->color, data->width, data->style, capStyle(), joinStyle() );
+    return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn PenStyle QPen::style() const
+
+    Returns the pen style.
+
+    \sa setStyle()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the pen style to \a s.
+
+    See the \l Qt::PenStyle documentation for a list of all the
+    styles.
+
+    \warning On Mac OS X the style setting (other than \c NoPen and \c
+    SolidLine) have no effect as they are not implemented by the
+    underlying system.
+
+    \warning On Windows 95/98, the style setting (other than \c NoPen
+    and \c SolidLine) has no effect for lines with width greater than
+    1.
+
+    \sa style()
+*/
+
+void QPen::setStyle( PenStyle s )
+{
+    if ( data->style == s )
+	return;
+    detach();
+    data->style = s;
+    data->linest = (data->linest & ~MPenStyle) | s;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QPen::width() const
+
+    Returns the pen width.
+
+    \sa setWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the pen width to \a w.
+
+    A line width of 0 will produce a 1 pixel wide line using a fast
+    algorithm for diagonals. A line width of 1 will also produce a 1
+    pixel wide line, but uses a slower more accurate algorithm for
+    diagonals. For horizontal and vertical lines a line width of 0 is
+    the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have no
+    effect on 0-width lines.
+
+    \sa width()
+*/
+
+void QPen::setWidth( uint w )
+{
+    if ( data->width == w )
+	return;
+    detach();
+    data->width = w;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pen's cap style.
+
+    \sa setCapStyle()
+*/
+Qt::PenCapStyle QPen::capStyle() const
+{
+    return (PenCapStyle)(data->linest & MPenCapStyle);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the pen's cap style to \a c.
+
+    The default value is \c FlatCap. The cap style has no effect on
+    0-width pens.
+
+    \img pen-cap-styles.png Pen Cap Styles
+
+    \warning On Windows 95/98 and Macintosh, the cap style setting has
+    no effect. Wide lines are rendered as if the cap style was \c
+    SquareCap.
+
+    \sa capStyle()
+*/
+
+void QPen::setCapStyle( PenCapStyle c )
+{
+    if ( (data->linest & MPenCapStyle) == c )
+	return;
+    detach();
+    data->linest = (data->linest & ~MPenCapStyle) | c;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pen's join style.
+
+    \sa setJoinStyle()
+*/
+Qt::PenJoinStyle QPen::joinStyle() const
+{
+    return (PenJoinStyle)(data->linest & MPenJoinStyle);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the pen's join style to \a j.
+
+    The default value is \c MiterJoin. The join style has no effect on
+    0-width pens.
+
+    \img pen-join-styles.png Pen Join Styles
+
+    \warning On Windows 95/98 and Macintosh, the join style setting
+    has no effect. Wide lines are rendered as if the join style was \c
+    BevelJoin.
+
+    \sa joinStyle()
+*/
+
+void QPen::setJoinStyle( PenJoinStyle j )
+{
+    if ( (data->linest & MPenJoinStyle) == j )
+	return;
+    detach();
+    data->linest = (data->linest & ~MPenJoinStyle) | j;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor &QPen::color() const
+
+    Returns the pen color.
+
+    \sa setColor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the pen color to \a c.
+
+    \sa color()
+*/
+
+void QPen::setColor( const QColor &c )
+{
+    detach();
+    data->color = c;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPen::operator!=( const QPen &p ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the pen is different from \a p; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    Two pens are different if they have different styles, widths or
+    colors.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the pen is equal to \a p; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Two pens are equal if they have equal styles, widths and colors.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+bool QPen::operator==( const QPen &p ) const
+{
+    return (p.data == data) || (p.data->linest == data->linest &&
+	    p.data->width == data->width && p.data->color == data->color);
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPen stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QPen
+
+    Writes the pen \a p to the stream \a s and returns a reference to
+    the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QPen &p )
+{
+    // ### width() should not be restricted to 8-bit values
+    if ( s.version() < 3 )
+	return s << (Q_UINT8)p.style() << (Q_UINT8)p.width() << p.color();
+    else
+	return s << (Q_UINT8)( p.style() | p.capStyle() | p.joinStyle() )
+		 << (Q_UINT8)p.width() << p.color();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPen
+
+    Reads a pen from the stream \a s into \a p and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QPen &p )
+{
+    Q_UINT8 style, width;
+    QColor color;
+    s >> style;
+    s >> width;
+    s >> color;
+    p = QPen( color, (uint)width, (Qt::PenStyle)style );	// owl
+    return s;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QBrush member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QBrush qbrush.h
+
+    \brief The QBrush class defines the fill pattern of shapes drawn by a QPainter.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    A brush has a style and a color. One of the brush styles is a
+    custom pattern, which is defined by a QPixmap.
+
+    The brush style defines the fill pattern. The default brush style
+    is \c NoBrush (depending on how you construct a brush). This style
+    tells the painter to not fill shapes. The standard style for
+    filling is \c SolidPattern.
+
+    The brush color defines the color of the fill pattern. The QColor
+    documentation lists the predefined colors.
+
+    Use the QPen class for specifying line/outline styles.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+        QPainter painter;
+        QBrush   brush( yellow );           // yellow solid pattern
+        painter.begin( &anyPaintDevice );   // paint something
+        painter.setBrush( brush );          // set the yellow brush
+        painter.setPen( NoPen );            // do not draw outline
+        painter.drawRect( 40,30, 200,100 ); // draw filled rectangle
+        painter.setBrush( NoBrush );        // do not fill
+        painter.setPen( black );            // set black pen, 0 pixel width
+        painter.drawRect( 10,10, 30,20 );   // draw rectangle outline
+        painter.end();                      // painting done
+    \endcode
+
+    See the setStyle() function for a complete list of brush styles.
+
+    \img brush-styles.png Brush Styles
+
+    \sa QPainter, QPainter::setBrush(), QPainter::setBrushOrigin()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Initializes the brush.
+*/
+
+void QBrush::init( const QColor &color, BrushStyle style )
+{
+    data = new QBrushData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->style	 = style;
+    data->color	 = color;
+    data->pixmap = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a default black brush with the style \c NoBrush (will
+    not fill shapes).
+*/
+
+QBrush::QBrush()
+{
+    static QBrushData* defBrushData = 0;
+    if ( !defBrushData ) {
+	static QSharedCleanupHandler<QBrushData> defBrushCleanup;
+	defBrushData = new QBrushData;
+	defBrushData->style = NoBrush;
+	defBrushData->color = Qt::black;
+	defBrushData->pixmap = 0;
+	defBrushCleanup.set( &defBrushData );
+    }
+    data = defBrushData;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a black brush with the style \a style.
+
+    \sa setStyle()
+*/
+
+QBrush::QBrush( BrushStyle style )
+{
+    init( Qt::black, style );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a brush with the color \a color and the style \a style.
+
+    \sa setColor(), setStyle()
+*/
+
+QBrush::QBrush( const QColor &color, BrushStyle style )
+{
+    init( color, style );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a brush with the color \a color and a custom pattern
+    stored in \a pixmap.
+
+    The color will only have an effect for monochrome pixmaps, i.e.
+    for QPixmap::depth() == 1.
+
+    Pixmap brushes are currently not supported when printing on X11.
+
+    \sa setColor(), setPixmap()
+*/
+
+QBrush::QBrush( const QColor &color, const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    init( color, CustomPattern );
+    setPixmap( pixmap );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a brush that is a \link shclass.html shallow
+    copy\endlink of \a b.
+*/
+
+QBrush::QBrush( const QBrush &b )
+{
+    data = b.data;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the brush.
+*/
+
+QBrush::~QBrush()
+{
+    if ( data->deref() ) {
+	delete data->pixmap;
+	delete data;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Detaches from shared brush data to make sure that this brush is
+    the only one referring the data.
+
+    If multiple brushes share common data, this brush dereferences the
+    data and gets a copy of the data. Nothing is done if there is just
+    a single reference.
+*/
+
+void QBrush::detach()
+{
+    if ( data->count != 1 )
+	*this = copy();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a b to this brush and returns a reference to this brush.
+*/
+
+QBrush &QBrush::operator=( const QBrush &b )
+{
+    b.data->ref();				// beware of b = b
+    if ( data->deref() ) {
+	delete data->pixmap;
+	delete data;
+    }
+    data = b.data;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the brush.
+*/
+
+QBrush QBrush::copy() const
+{
+    if ( data->style == CustomPattern ) {     // brush has pixmap
+	QBrush b( data->color, *data->pixmap );
+	return b;
+    } else {				      // brush has std pattern
+	QBrush b( data->color, data->style );
+	return b;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn BrushStyle QBrush::style() const
+
+    Returns the brush style.
+
+    \sa setStyle()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush style to \a s.
+
+    The brush styles are:
+    \table
+    \header \i Pattern \i Meaning
+    \row \i NoBrush \i will not fill shapes (default).
+    \row \i SolidPattern  \i solid (100%) fill pattern.
+    \row \i Dense1Pattern \i11 94% fill pattern.
+    \row \i Dense2Pattern \i11 88% fill pattern.
+    \row \i Dense3Pattern \i11 63% fill pattern.
+    \row \i Dense4Pattern \i11 50% fill pattern.
+    \row \i Dense5Pattern \i11 37% fill pattern.
+    \row \i Dense6Pattern \i11 12% fill pattern.
+    \row \i Dense7Pattern \i11 6% fill pattern.
+    \row \i HorPattern \i horizontal lines pattern.
+    \row \i VerPattern \i vertical lines pattern.
+    \row \i CrossPattern \i crossing lines pattern.
+    \row \i BDiagPattern \i diagonal lines (directed /) pattern.
+    \row \i FDiagPattern \i diagonal lines (directed \) pattern.
+    \row \i DiagCrossPattern \i diagonal crossing lines pattern.
+    \row \i CustomPattern \i set when a pixmap pattern is being used.
+    \endtable
+
+    On Windows, dense and custom patterns cannot be transparent.
+
+    See the \link #details Detailed Description\endlink for a picture
+    of all the styles.
+
+    \sa style()
+*/
+
+void QBrush::setStyle( BrushStyle s )		// set brush style
+{
+    if ( data->style == s )
+	return;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( s == CustomPattern )
+	qWarning( "QBrush::setStyle: CustomPattern is for internal use" );
+#endif
+    detach();
+    data->style = s;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor &QBrush::color() const
+
+    Returns the brush color.
+
+    \sa setColor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush color to \a c.
+
+    \sa color(), setStyle()
+*/
+
+void QBrush::setColor( const QColor &c )
+{
+    detach();
+    data->color = c;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPixmap *QBrush::pixmap() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the custom brush pattern, or 0 if no custom
+    brush pattern has been set.
+
+    \sa setPixmap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush pixmap to \a pixmap. The style is set to \c
+    CustomPattern.
+
+    The current brush color will only have an effect for monochrome
+    pixmaps, i.e. for QPixmap::depth() == 1.
+
+    Pixmap brushes are currently not supported when printing on X11.
+
+    \sa pixmap(), color()
+*/
+
+void QBrush::setPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    detach();
+    if ( data->pixmap )
+	delete data->pixmap;
+    if ( pixmap.isNull() ) {
+	data->style  = NoBrush;
+	data->pixmap = 0;
+    } else {
+	data->style = CustomPattern;
+	data->pixmap = new QPixmap( pixmap );
+	if ( data->pixmap->optimization() == QPixmap::MemoryOptim )
+	    data->pixmap->setOptimization( QPixmap::NormalOptim );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QBrush::operator!=( const QBrush &b ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the brush is different from \a b; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    Two brushes are different if they have different styles, colors or
+    pixmaps.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the brush is equal to \a b; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    Two brushes are equal if they have equal styles, colors and
+    pixmaps.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+bool QBrush::operator==( const QBrush &b ) const
+{
+    return (b.data == data) || (b.data->style == data->style &&
+	    b.data->color  == data->color &&
+	    b.data->pixmap == data->pixmap);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn inline double QPainter::translationX() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn inline double QPainter::translationY() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QBrush stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QBrush
+
+    Writes the brush \a b to the stream \a s and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QBrush &b )
+{
+    s << (Q_UINT8)b.style() << b.color();
+    if ( b.style() == Qt::CustomPattern )
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	s << *b.pixmap();
+#else
+	qWarning("No Image Brush I/O");
+#endif
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QBrush
+
+    Reads the brush \a b from the stream \a s and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QBrush &b )
+{
+    Q_UINT8 style;
+    QColor color;
+    s >> style;
+    s >> color;
+    if ( style == Qt::CustomPattern ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	QPixmap pm;
+	s >> pm;
+	b = QBrush( color, pm );
+#else
+	qWarning("No Image Brush I/O");
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+	b = QBrush( color, (Qt::BrushStyle)style );
+    return s;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpainter.h b/src/kernel/qpainter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..454a380
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpainter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPainter class
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPAINTER_H
+#define QPAINTER_H
+
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qfontmetrics.h"
+#include "qfontinfo.h"
+#include "qregion.h"
+#include "qpen.h"
+#include "qbrush.h"
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include "qwmatrix.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QGfx;
+class QTextCodec;
+class QTextParag;
+class QPaintDevice;
+class QTextItem;
+#if defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+class QMacSavedPortInfo;
+#endif
+class QPainterPrivate;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+class QScreen;
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPainter : public Qt
+{
+public:
+    enum CoordinateMode { CoordDevice, CoordPainter };
+
+    QPainter();
+    QPainter( const QPaintDevice *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
+    QPainter( const QPaintDevice *, const QWidget *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
+   ~QPainter();
+
+    bool	begin( const QPaintDevice *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
+    bool	begin( const QPaintDevice *, const QWidget *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
+    bool	end();
+    QPaintDevice *device() const;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+    QGfx * internalGfx();
+#ifdef QT_QWS_EXPERIMENTAL_SCREENPAINTER
+    bool begin(QScreen *screen);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    static void redirect( QPaintDevice *pdev, QPaintDevice *replacement );
+    static QPaintDevice *redirect( QPaintDevice *pdev );
+
+    bool	isActive() const;
+
+    void	flush( const QRegion &region, CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice );
+    void	flush();
+    void	save();
+    void	restore();
+
+  // Drawing tools
+
+    QFontMetrics fontMetrics()	const;
+    QFontInfo	 fontInfo()	const;
+
+    const QFont &font()		const;
+    void	setFont( const QFont & );
+    const QPen &pen()		const;
+    void	setPen( const QPen & );
+    void	setPen( PenStyle );
+    void	setPen( const QColor & );
+    const QBrush &brush()	const;
+    void	setBrush( const QBrush & );
+    void	setBrush( BrushStyle );
+    void	setBrush( const QColor & );
+    QPoint	pos() const;
+
+  // Drawing attributes/modes
+
+    const QColor &backgroundColor() const;
+    void	setBackgroundColor( const QColor & );
+    BGMode	backgroundMode() const;
+    void	setBackgroundMode( BGMode );
+    RasterOp	rasterOp()	const;
+    void	setRasterOp( RasterOp );
+    const QPoint &brushOrigin() const;
+    void	setBrushOrigin( int x, int y );
+    void	setBrushOrigin( const QPoint & );
+
+  // Scaling and transformations
+
+//    PaintUnit unit()	       const;		// get set painter unit
+//    void	setUnit( PaintUnit );		// NOT IMPLEMENTED!!!
+
+    bool	hasViewXForm() const;
+    bool	hasWorldXForm() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    void	setViewXForm( bool );		// set xform on/off
+    QRect	window()       const;		// get window
+    void	setWindow( const QRect & );	// set window
+    void	setWindow( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    QRect	viewport()   const;		// get viewport
+    void	setViewport( const QRect & );	// set viewport
+    void	setViewport( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+
+    void	setWorldXForm( bool );		// set world xform on/off
+    const QWMatrix &worldMatrix() const;	// get/set world xform matrix
+    void	setWorldMatrix( const QWMatrix &, bool combine=FALSE );
+
+    void	saveWorldMatrix();
+    void	restoreWorldMatrix();
+
+    void	scale( double sx, double sy );
+    void	shear( double sh, double sv );
+    void	rotate( double a );
+#endif
+    void	translate( double dx, double dy );
+    void	resetXForm();
+    double	translationX() const;
+    double	translationY() const;
+
+    QPoint	xForm( const QPoint & ) const;	// map virtual -> device
+    QRect	xForm( const QRect & )	const;
+    QPointArray xForm( const QPointArray & ) const;
+    QPointArray xForm( const QPointArray &, int index, int npoints ) const;
+    QPoint	xFormDev( const QPoint & ) const; // map device -> virtual
+    QRect	xFormDev( const QRect & )  const;
+    QPointArray xFormDev( const QPointArray & ) const;
+    QPointArray xFormDev( const QPointArray &, int index, int npoints ) const;
+
+  // Clipping
+
+    void	setClipping( bool );		// set clipping on/off
+    bool	hasClipping() const;
+    QRegion clipRegion( CoordinateMode = CoordDevice ) const;
+    void	setClipRect( const QRect &, CoordinateMode = CoordDevice );	// set clip rectangle
+    void	setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, CoordinateMode = CoordDevice );
+    void	setClipRegion( const QRegion &, CoordinateMode = CoordDevice );// set clip region
+
+  // Graphics drawing functions
+
+    void	drawPoint( int x, int y );
+    void	drawPoint( const QPoint & );
+    void	drawPoints( const QPointArray& a,
+			    int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
+    void	moveTo( int x, int y );
+    void	moveTo( const QPoint & );
+    void	lineTo( int x, int y );
+    void	lineTo( const QPoint & );
+    void	drawLine( int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2 );
+    void	drawLine( const QPoint &, const QPoint & );
+    void	drawRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void	drawRect( const QRect & );
+    void	drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void	drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h,
+				  const QColor &bgColor );
+    void	drawWinFocusRect( const QRect & );
+    void	drawWinFocusRect( const QRect &,
+				  const QColor &bgColor );
+    void	drawRoundRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int = 25, int = 25 );
+    void	drawRoundRect( const QRect &, int = 25, int = 25 );
+    void	drawEllipse( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void	drawEllipse( const QRect & );
+    void	drawArc( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen );
+    void	drawArc( const QRect &, int a, int alen );
+    void	drawPie( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen );
+    void	drawPie( const QRect &, int a, int alen );
+    void	drawChord( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen );
+    void	drawChord( const QRect &, int a, int alen );
+    void	drawLineSegments( const QPointArray &,
+				  int index=0, int nlines=-1 );
+    void	drawPolyline( const QPointArray &,
+			      int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
+    void	drawPolygon( const QPointArray &, bool winding=FALSE,
+			     int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
+    void	drawConvexPolygon( const QPointArray &,
+			     int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
+#ifndef QT_NO_BEZIER
+    void	drawCubicBezier( const QPointArray &, int index=0 );
+#endif
+    void	drawPixmap( int x, int y, const QPixmap &,
+			    int sx=0, int sy=0, int sw=-1, int sh=-1 );
+    void	drawPixmap( const QPoint &, const QPixmap &,
+			    const QRect &sr );
+    void	drawPixmap( const QPoint &, const QPixmap & );
+    void	drawPixmap( const QRect &, const QPixmap & );
+    void	drawImage( int x, int y, const QImage &,
+			   int sx = 0, int sy = 0, int sw = -1, int sh = -1,
+			   int conversionFlags = 0 );
+    void	drawImage( const QPoint &, const QImage &,
+			   const QRect &sr, int conversionFlags = 0 );
+    void	drawImage( const QPoint &, const QImage &,
+			   int conversion_flags = 0 );
+    void	drawImage( const QRect &, const QImage & );
+    void	drawTiledPixmap( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QPixmap &,
+				 int sx=0, int sy=0 );
+    void	drawTiledPixmap( const QRect &, const QPixmap &,
+				 const QPoint & );
+    void	drawTiledPixmap( const QRect &, const QPixmap & );
+#ifndef QT_NO_PICTURE
+    void	drawPicture( const QPicture & );
+    void	drawPicture( int x, int y, const QPicture & );
+    void	drawPicture( const QPoint &, const QPicture & );
+#endif
+
+    void	fillRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QBrush & );
+    void	fillRect( const QRect &, const QBrush & );
+    void	eraseRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void	eraseRect( const QRect & );
+
+  // Text drawing functions
+
+    enum TextDirection {
+	Auto,
+	RTL,
+	LTR
+    };
+
+    void	drawText( int x, int y, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
+    void	drawText( const QPoint &, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
+
+    void     drawText( int x, int y, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
+    void     drawText( const QPoint &p, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
+
+    void	drawText( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags,
+			  const QString&, int len = -1, QRect *br=0,
+			  QTextParag **intern=0 );
+    void	drawText( const QRect &, int flags,
+			  const QString&, int len = -1, QRect *br=0,
+			  QTextParag **intern=0 );
+
+    void drawTextItem( int x, int y, const QTextItem &ti, int textflags = 0 );
+    void drawTextItem( const QPoint& p, const QTextItem &ti, int textflags = 0 );
+
+    QRect	boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags,
+			      const QString&, int len = -1, QTextParag **intern=0 );
+    QRect	boundingRect( const QRect &, int flags,
+			      const QString&, int len = -1, QTextParag **intern=0 );
+
+    int		tabStops() const;
+    void	setTabStops( int );
+    int	       *tabArray() const;
+    void	setTabArray( int * );
+
+    // Other functions
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    HDC		handle() const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    HANDLE	handle() const;
+#endif
+
+
+    static void initialize();
+    static void cleanup();
+
+private:
+    void	init();
+    void        destroy();
+    void	updateFont();
+    void	updatePen();
+    void	updateBrush();
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    void	updateXForm();
+    void	updateInvXForm();
+#endif
+    void	map( int, int, int *rx, int *ry ) const;
+    void	map( int, int, int, int, int *, int *, int *, int * ) const;
+    void	mapInv( int, int, int *, int * ) const;
+    void	mapInv( int, int, int, int, int *, int *, int *, int * ) const;
+    void	drawPolyInternal( const QPointArray &, bool close=TRUE );
+    void	drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool xorPaint,
+				  const QColor &penColor );
+
+    enum { IsActive=0x01, ExtDev=0x02, IsStartingUp=0x04, NoCache=0x08,
+	   VxF=0x10, WxF=0x20, ClipOn=0x40, SafePolygon=0x80, MonoDev=0x100,
+	   DirtyFont=0x200, DirtyPen=0x400, DirtyBrush=0x800,
+	   RGBColor=0x1000, FontMet=0x2000, FontInf=0x4000, CtorBegin=0x8000,
+           UsePrivateCx = 0x10000, VolatileDC = 0x20000, Qt2Compat = 0x40000 };
+    uint	flags;
+    bool	testf( uint b ) const { return (flags&b)!=0; }
+    void	setf( uint b )	{ flags |= b; }
+    void	setf( uint b, bool v );
+    void	clearf( uint b )	{ flags &= (uint)(~b); }
+    void	fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h );
+
+    QPainterPrivate *d;
+    QPaintDevice *pdev;
+    QColor	bg_col;
+    uchar	bg_mode;
+    uchar	rop;
+    uchar	pu;
+    QPoint	bro;
+    QFont	cfont;
+    QFont *pfont; 	// font used for metrics (might be different for printers)
+    QPen	cpen;
+    QBrush	cbrush;
+    QRegion	crgn;
+    int		tabstops;
+    int	       *tabarray;
+    int		tabarraylen;
+    bool	block_ext;	// for temporary blocking of external devices
+
+    // Transformations
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QCOORD	wx, wy, ww, wh;
+    QCOORD	vx, vy, vw, vh;
+    QWMatrix	wxmat;
+
+    // Cached composition (and inverse) of transformations
+    QWMatrix	xmat;
+    QWMatrix	ixmat;
+
+
+
+    double	m11() const { return xmat.m11(); }
+    double      m12() const { return xmat.m12(); }
+    double      m21() const { return xmat.m21(); }
+    double      m22() const { return xmat.m22(); }
+    double      dx() const { return xmat.dx(); }
+    double      dy() const { return xmat.dy(); }
+    double	im11() const { return ixmat.m11(); }
+    double      im12() const { return ixmat.m12(); }
+    double      im21() const { return ixmat.m21(); }
+    double      im22() const { return ixmat.m22(); }
+    double      idx() const { return ixmat.dx(); }
+    double      idy() const { return ixmat.dy(); }
+
+    int		txop;
+    bool	txinv;
+
+#else
+    // even without transformations we still have translations
+    int		xlatex;
+    int		xlatey;
+#endif
+
+    void       *penRef;				// pen cache ref
+    void       *brushRef;			// brush cache ref
+    void       *ps_stack;
+    void       *wm_stack;
+    void	killPStack();
+
+protected:
+#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
+    QPoint	internalCurrentPos;
+    uint	old_pix;			// ### All win platforms in 4.0
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    friend class QFontEngineWin;
+    friend class QFontEngineBox;
+    QT_WIN_PAINTER_MEMBERS
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    friend class QFontEngineXLFD;
+    friend class QFontEngineXft;
+    friend class QFontEngineBox;
+    Display    *dpy;				// current display
+    int		scrn;				// current screen
+    Qt::HANDLE	hd;				// handle to drawable
+    Qt::HANDLE  rendhd;				// handle to Xft draw
+    GC		gc;				// graphics context (standard)
+    GC		gc_brush;			// graphics contect for brush
+    QPoint	curPt;				// current point
+    uint	clip_serial;			// clipping serial number
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    Qt::HANDLE	hd;				// handle to drawable
+    void initPaintDevice(bool force=FALSE, QPoint *off=NULL, QRegion *rgn=NULL);
+    friend const QRegion &qt_mac_update_painter(QPainter *, bool);
+    friend class QFontEngineMac;
+    friend class QMacPainter;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    friend class QFontEngine;
+    QGfx * gfx;
+    friend void qwsUpdateActivePainters();
+#endif
+    friend class QFontMetrics;
+    friend class QFontInfo;
+    friend class QTextLayout;
+    friend void qt_format_text( const QFont &, const QRect &r,
+		     int tf, const QString& str, int len, QRect *brect,
+		     int tabstops, int* tabarray, int tabarraylen,
+		     QTextParag **internal, QPainter* painter );
+    friend void qt_draw_background( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w,  int h );
+    friend void qt_draw_transformed_rect( QPainter *p,  int x, int y, int w,  int h, bool fill );
+    friend class QPrinter;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QPainter( const QPainter & );
+    QPainter &operator=( const QPainter & );
+#endif
+
+    enum TransformationCodes {
+	TxNone      = 0,		// transformation codes
+	TxTranslate = 1,		// copy in qpainter_*.cpp
+	TxScale     = 2,
+	TxRotShear  = 3
+    };
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPainter member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline QPaintDevice *QPainter::device() const
+{
+    return pdev;
+}
+
+inline bool QPainter::isActive() const
+{
+    return testf(IsActive);
+}
+
+inline const QFont &QPainter::font() const
+{
+    return cfont;
+}
+
+inline const QPen &QPainter::pen() const
+{
+    return cpen;
+}
+
+inline const QBrush &QPainter::brush() const
+{
+    return cbrush;
+}
+
+/*
+inline PaintUnit QPainter::unit() const
+{
+    return (PaintUnit)pu;
+}
+*/
+
+inline const QColor &QPainter::backgroundColor() const
+{
+    return bg_col;
+}
+
+inline Qt::BGMode QPainter::backgroundMode() const
+{
+    return (BGMode)bg_mode;
+}
+
+inline Qt::RasterOp QPainter::rasterOp() const
+{
+    return (RasterOp)rop;
+}
+
+inline const QPoint &QPainter::brushOrigin() const
+{
+    return bro;
+}
+
+inline bool QPainter::hasViewXForm() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    return testf(VxF);
+#else
+    return xlatex || xlatey;
+#endif
+}
+
+inline bool QPainter::hasWorldXForm() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    return testf(WxF);
+#else
+    return xlatex || xlatey;
+#endif
+}
+
+inline double QPainter::translationX() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    return worldMatrix().dx();
+#else
+    return xlatex;
+#endif
+}
+
+inline double QPainter::translationY() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    return worldMatrix().dy();
+#else
+    return xlatey;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+inline bool QPainter::hasClipping() const
+{
+    return testf(ClipOn);
+}
+
+inline int QPainter::tabStops() const
+{
+    return tabstops;
+}
+
+inline int *QPainter::tabArray() const
+{
+    return tabarray;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+inline HDC QPainter::handle() const
+{
+    return hdc;
+}
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+inline Qt::HANDLE QPainter::handle() const
+{
+    return hd;
+}
+#endif
+
+inline void QPainter::setBrushOrigin( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    setBrushOrigin( p.x(), p.y() );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+inline void QPainter::setWindow( const QRect &r )
+{
+    setWindow( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::setViewport( const QRect &r )
+{
+    setViewport( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
+}
+#endif
+
+inline void QPainter::setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, CoordinateMode m )
+{
+    setClipRect( QRect(x,y,w,h), m );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawPoint( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    drawPoint( p.x(), p.y() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::moveTo( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    moveTo( p.x(), p.y() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::lineTo( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    lineTo( p.x(), p.y() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawLine( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+{
+    drawLine( p1.x(), p1.y(), p2.x(), p2.y() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawRect( const QRect &r )
+{
+    drawRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const QRect &r )
+{
+    drawWinFocusRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const QRect &r,const QColor &penColor )
+{
+    drawWinFocusRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), penColor );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawRoundRect( const QRect &r, int xRnd, int yRnd )
+{
+    drawRoundRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), xRnd, yRnd );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawEllipse( const QRect &r )
+{
+    drawEllipse( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawArc( const QRect &r, int a, int alen )
+{
+    drawArc( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), a, alen );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawPie( const QRect &r, int a, int alen )
+{
+    drawPie( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), a, alen );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawChord( const QRect &r, int a, int alen )
+{
+    drawChord( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), a, alen );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawPixmap( const QPoint &p, const QPixmap &pm,
+				  const QRect &sr )
+{
+    drawPixmap( p.x(), p.y(), pm, sr.x(), sr.y(), sr.width(), sr.height() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawImage( const QPoint &p, const QImage &pm,
+                                 const QRect &sr, int conversionFlags )
+{
+    drawImage( p.x(), p.y(), pm,
+	       sr.x(), sr.y(), sr.width(), sr.height(), conversionFlags );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const QRect &r, const QPixmap &pm,
+				       const QPoint &sp )
+{
+    drawTiledPixmap( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), pm, sp.x(), sp.y() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const QRect &r, const QPixmap &pm )
+{
+    drawTiledPixmap( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), pm, 0, 0 );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::fillRect( const QRect &r, const QBrush &brush )
+{
+    fillRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), brush );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::eraseRect( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    fillRect( x, y, w, h, backgroundColor() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::eraseRect( const QRect &r )
+{
+    fillRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), backgroundColor() );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawText( const QPoint &p, const QString &s, int len, TextDirection dir )
+{
+    drawText( p.x(), p.y(), s, 0, len, dir );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawText( const QPoint &p, const QString &s, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir )
+{
+    drawText( p.x(), p.y(), s, pos, len, dir );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, int w, int h, int tf,
+				const QString& str, int len, QRect *br, QTextParag **i )
+{
+    QRect r(x, y, w, h);
+    drawText( r, tf, str, len, br, i );
+}
+
+inline void QPainter::drawTextItem( const QPoint& p, const QTextItem &ti, int textflags )
+{
+    drawTextItem( p.x(), p.y(), ti, textflags );
+}
+
+inline QRect QPainter::boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int tf,
+				     const QString& str, int len, QTextParag **i )
+{
+    QRect r(x, y, w, h);
+    return boundingRect( r, tf, str, len, i );
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+inline QGfx * QPainter::internalGfx()
+{
+    return gfx;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // QPAINTER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpainter_p.h b/src/kernel/qpainter_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caec428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpainter_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of some Qt private functions.
+**
+** Created : 000909
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPAINTER_P_H
+#define QPAINTER_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qpainter.cpp and qfont.cpp.  This header file may change
+// from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#endif // QT_H 
+
+extern void qt_format_text( const QFont& f, const QRect &r,
+			    int tf, const QString& str, int len, QRect *brect,
+			    int tabstops, int* tabarray, int tabarraylen,
+			    QTextParag **internal, QPainter* painter );
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..206bffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3153 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPainter class for X11
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qpixmapcache.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+#include <math.h>
+
+// paintevent magic to provide Windows semantics on X11
+static QRegion* paintEventClipRegion = 0;
+static QPaintDevice* paintEventDevice = 0;
+
+void qt_set_paintevent_clipping( QPaintDevice* dev, const QRegion& region)
+{
+    if ( !paintEventClipRegion )
+        paintEventClipRegion = new QRegion( region );
+    else
+        *paintEventClipRegion = region;
+    paintEventDevice = dev;
+}
+
+void qt_clear_paintevent_clipping()
+{
+    delete paintEventClipRegion;
+    paintEventClipRegion = 0;
+    paintEventDevice = 0;
+}
+
+class QWFlagWidget : public QWidget
+{
+public:
+    void setWState( WFlags f )          { QWidget::setWState(f); }
+    void clearWState( WFlags f )        { QWidget::clearWState(f); }
+    void setWFlags( WFlags f )          { QWidget::setWFlags(f); }
+    void clearWFlags( WFlags f )        { QWidget::clearWFlags(f); }
+};
+
+void qt_erase_region( QWidget* w, const QRegion& region)
+{
+    QRegion reg = region;
+
+    if ( QPainter::redirect(w) || (!w->isTopLevel() && w->backgroundPixmap()
+                                   && w->backgroundOrigin() != QWidget::WidgetOrigin) ) {
+	QPoint offset = w->backgroundOffset();
+	int ox = offset.x();
+	int oy = offset.y();
+
+        bool unclipped = w->testWFlags( Qt::WPaintUnclipped );
+        if ( unclipped )
+            ((QWFlagWidget*)w)->clearWFlags( Qt::WPaintUnclipped );
+        QPainter p( w );
+        p.setClipRegion( region ); // automatically includes paintEventDevice if required
+        if ( w->backgroundPixmap() )
+            p.drawTiledPixmap( 0, 0, w->width(), w->height(),
+                               *w->backgroundPixmap(), ox, oy );
+        else
+            p.fillRect( w->rect(), w->eraseColor() );
+        if ( unclipped )
+            ((QWFlagWidget*)w)->setWFlags( Qt::WPaintUnclipped );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( w == paintEventDevice && paintEventClipRegion )
+        reg = paintEventClipRegion->intersect( reg );
+
+    QMemArray<QRect> r = reg.rects();
+    for (uint i=0; i<r.size(); i++) {
+        const QRect& rr = r[(int)i];
+        XClearArea( w->x11Display(), w->winId(),
+                    rr.x(), rr.y(), rr.width(), rr.height(), False );
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_erase_rect( QWidget* w, const QRect& r)
+{
+    if ( QPainter::redirect(w) || w == paintEventDevice
+         || w->backgroundOrigin() != QWidget::WidgetOrigin )
+        qt_erase_region( w, r );
+    else
+        XClearArea( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), False );
+
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+static const Qt::HANDLE rendhd = 0;
+#endif
+
+// hack, so we don't have to make QRegion::clipRectangles() public or include
+// X11 headers in qregion.h
+inline void *qt_getClipRects( const QRegion &r, int &num )
+{
+    return r.clipRectangles( num );
+}
+
+static inline void x11SetClipRegion(Display *dpy, GC gc, GC gc2, Qt::HANDLE draw, const QRegion &r)
+{
+    int num;
+    XRectangle *rects = (XRectangle *)qt_getClipRects( r, num );
+
+    if (gc)
+        XSetClipRectangles( dpy, gc, 0, 0, rects, num, YXBanded );
+    if (gc2)
+        XSetClipRectangles( dpy, gc2, 0, 0, rects, num, YXBanded );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (draw)
+        XftDrawSetClipRectangles((XftDraw *) draw, 0, 0, rects, num);
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED(draw);
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+}
+
+static inline void x11ClearClipRegion(Display *dpy, GC gc, GC gc2, Qt::HANDLE draw)
+{
+    if (gc)
+        XSetClipMask(dpy, gc, None);
+    if (gc2)
+        XSetClipMask(dpy, gc2, None);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (draw) {
+#  ifdef QT_XFT2
+	XftDrawSetClip((XftDraw *) draw, None);
+#  else
+	// stupid Xft1
+	Picture pict = XftDrawPicture((XftDraw *) draw);
+	XRenderPictureAttributes pattr;
+	pattr.clip_mask = None;
+	XRenderChangePicture(dpy, pict, CPClipMask, &pattr);
+#  endif // QT_XFT2
+    }
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED(draw);
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Trigonometric function for QPainter
+
+  We have implemented simple sine and cosine function that are called from
+  QPainter::drawPie() and QPainter::drawChord() when drawing the outline of
+  pies and chords.
+  These functions are slower and less accurate than math.h sin() and cos(),
+  but with still around 1/70000th sec. execution time (on a 486DX2-66) and
+  8 digits accuracy, it should not be the bottleneck in drawing these shapes.
+  The advantage is that you don't have to link in the math library.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+const double Q_PI   = 3.14159265358979323846;   // pi
+const double Q_2PI  = 6.28318530717958647693;   // 2*pi
+const double Q_PI2  = 1.57079632679489661923;   // pi/2
+
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_GNU) && defined(Q_OS_AIX)
+// AIX 4.2 gcc 2.7.2.3 gets internal error.
+static int qRoundAIX( double d )
+{
+    return qRound(d);
+}
+#define qRound qRoundAIX
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_GNU) && defined(__i386__)
+
+inline double qcos( double a )
+{
+    double r;
+    __asm__ (
+        "fcos"
+        : "=t" (r) : "0" (a) );
+    return(r);
+}
+
+inline double qsin( double a )
+{
+    double r;
+    __asm__ (
+        "fsin"
+        : "=t" (r) : "0" (a) );
+    return(r);
+}
+
+double qsincos( double a, bool calcCos=FALSE )
+{
+    return calcCos ? qcos(a) : qsin(a);
+}
+
+#else
+
+double qsincos( double a, bool calcCos=FALSE )
+{
+    if ( calcCos )                              // calculate cosine
+        a -= Q_PI2;
+    if ( a >= Q_2PI || a <= -Q_2PI ) {          // fix range: -2*pi < a < 2*pi
+        int m = (int)(a/Q_2PI);
+        a -= Q_2PI*m;
+    }
+    if ( a < 0.0 )                              // 0 <= a < 2*pi
+        a += Q_2PI;
+    int sign = a > Q_PI ? -1 : 1;
+    if ( a >= Q_PI )
+        a = Q_2PI - a;
+    if ( a >= Q_PI2 )
+        a = Q_PI - a;
+    if ( calcCos )
+        sign = -sign;
+    double a2  = a*a;                           // here: 0 <= a < pi/4
+    double a3  = a2*a;                          // make taylor sin sum
+    double a5  = a3*a2;
+    double a7  = a5*a2;
+    double a9  = a7*a2;
+    double a11 = a9*a2;
+    return (a-a3/6+a5/120-a7/5040+a9/362880-a11/39916800)*sign;
+}
+
+inline double qsin( double a ) { return qsincos(a, FALSE); }
+inline double qcos( double a ) { return qsincos(a, TRUE); }
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPainter internal GC (Graphics Context) allocator.
+
+  The GC allocator offers two functions; alloc_gc() and free_gc() that
+  reuse GC objects instead of calling XCreateGC() and XFreeGC(), which
+  are a whole lot slower.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+struct QGC
+{
+    GC   gc;
+    char in_use;
+    bool mono;
+    int scrn;
+};
+
+const  int  gc_array_size = 256;
+static QGC  gc_array[gc_array_size];            // array of GCs
+static bool gc_array_init = FALSE;
+
+
+static void init_gc_array()
+{
+    if ( !gc_array_init ) {
+        memset( gc_array, 0, gc_array_size*sizeof(QGC) );
+        gc_array_init = TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+static void cleanup_gc_array( Display *dpy )
+{
+    register QGC *p = gc_array;
+    int i = gc_array_size;
+    if ( gc_array_init ) {
+        while ( i-- ) {
+            if ( p->gc )                        // destroy GC
+                XFreeGC( dpy, p->gc );
+            p++;
+        }
+        gc_array_init = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+// #define DONT_USE_GC_ARRAY
+
+static GC alloc_gc( Display *dpy, int scrn, Drawable hd, bool monochrome=FALSE,
+                    bool privateGC = FALSE )
+{
+#if defined(DONT_USE_GC_ARRAY)
+    privateGC = TRUE;                           // will be slower
+#endif
+    if ( privateGC ) {
+        GC gc = XCreateGC( dpy, hd, 0, 0 );
+        XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, gc, False );
+        return gc;
+    }
+    register QGC *p = gc_array;
+    int i = gc_array_size;
+    if ( !gc_array_init )                       // not initialized
+        init_gc_array();
+    while ( i-- ) {
+        if ( !p->gc ) {                         // create GC (once)
+            p->gc = XCreateGC( dpy, hd, 0, 0 );
+            p->scrn = scrn;
+            XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, p->gc, False );
+            p->in_use = FALSE;
+            p->mono   = monochrome;
+        }
+        if ( !p->in_use && p->mono == monochrome && p->scrn == scrn ) {
+            p->in_use = TRUE;                   // available/compatible GC
+            return p->gc;
+        }
+        p++;
+    }
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    qWarning( "QPainter: Internal error; no available GC" );
+#endif
+    GC gc = XCreateGC( dpy, hd, 0, 0 );
+    XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, gc, False );
+    return gc;
+}
+
+static void free_gc( Display *dpy, GC gc, bool privateGC = FALSE )
+{
+#if defined(DONT_USE_GC_ARRAY)
+    privateGC = TRUE;                           // will be slower
+#endif
+    if ( privateGC ) {
+        Q_ASSERT( dpy != 0 );
+        XFreeGC( dpy, gc );
+        return;
+    }
+    register QGC *p = gc_array;
+    int i = gc_array_size;
+    if ( gc_array_init ) {
+        while ( i-- ) {
+            if ( p->gc == gc ) {
+                p->in_use = FALSE;              // set available
+                XSetClipMask( dpy, gc, None );  // make it reusable
+                XSetFunction( dpy, gc, GXcopy );
+                XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillSolid );
+                XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, 0, 0 );
+                return;
+            }
+            p++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // not found in gc_array
+    XFreeGC(dpy, gc);
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPainter internal GC (Graphics Context) cache for solid pens and
+  brushes.
+
+  The GC cache makes a significant contribution to speeding up
+  drawing.  Setting new pen and brush colors will make the painter
+  look for another GC with the same color instead of changing the
+  color value of the GC currently in use. The cache structure is
+  optimized for fast lookup.  Only solid line pens with line width 0
+  and solid brushes are cached.
+
+  In addition, stored GCs may have an implicit clipping region
+  set. This prevents any drawing outside paint events. Both
+  updatePen() and updateBrush() keep track of the validity of this
+  clipping region by storing the clip_serial number in the cache.
+
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+struct QGCC                                     // cached GC
+{
+    GC gc;
+    uint pix;
+    int count;
+    int hits;
+    uint clip_serial;
+    int scrn;
+};
+
+const  int   gc_cache_size = 29;                // multiply by 4
+static QGCC *gc_cache_buf;
+static QGCC *gc_cache[4*gc_cache_size];
+static bool  gc_cache_init = FALSE;
+static uint gc_cache_clip_serial = 0;
+
+
+static void init_gc_cache()
+{
+    if ( !gc_cache_init ) {
+        gc_cache_init = TRUE;
+	gc_cache_clip_serial = 0;
+        QGCC *g = gc_cache_buf = new QGCC[4*gc_cache_size];
+        memset( g, 0, 4*gc_cache_size*sizeof(QGCC) );
+        for ( int i=0; i<4*gc_cache_size; i++ )
+            gc_cache[i] = g++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+// #define GC_CACHE_STAT
+#if defined(GC_CACHE_STAT)
+#include "qtextstream.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+
+static int g_numhits    = 0;
+static int g_numcreates = 0;
+static int g_numfaults  = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+static void cleanup_gc_cache()
+{
+    if ( !gc_cache_init )
+        return;
+#if defined(GC_CACHE_STAT)
+    qDebug( "Number of cache hits = %d", g_numhits );
+    qDebug( "Number of cache creates = %d", g_numcreates );
+    qDebug( "Number of cache faults = %d", g_numfaults );
+    for ( int i=0; i<gc_cache_size; i++ ) {
+        QCString    str;
+        QBuffer     buf( str );
+        buf.open(IO_ReadWrite);
+        QTextStream s(&buf);
+        s << i << ": ";
+        for ( int j=0; j<4; j++ ) {
+            QGCC *g = gc_cache[i*4+j];
+            s << (g->gc ? 'X' : '-') << ',' << g->hits << ','
+              << g->count << '\t';
+        }
+        s << '\0';
+        qDebug( str );
+        buf.close();
+    }
+#endif
+    delete [] gc_cache_buf;
+    gc_cache_init = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+static bool obtain_gc( void **ref, GC *gc, uint pix, Display *dpy, int scrn,
+		       Qt::HANDLE hd, uint painter_clip_serial )
+{
+    if ( !gc_cache_init )
+        init_gc_cache();
+
+    int   k = (pix % gc_cache_size) * 4;
+    QGCC *g = gc_cache[k];
+    QGCC *prev = 0;
+
+#define NOMATCH (g->gc && (g->pix != pix || g->scrn != scrn || \
+                 (g->clip_serial > 0 && g->clip_serial != painter_clip_serial)))
+
+    if ( NOMATCH ) {
+        prev = g;
+        g = gc_cache[++k];
+        if ( NOMATCH ) {
+            prev = g;
+            g = gc_cache[++k];
+            if ( NOMATCH ) {
+                prev = g;
+                g = gc_cache[++k];
+                if ( NOMATCH ) {
+                    if ( g->count == 0 && g->scrn == scrn) {    // steal this GC
+                        g->pix   = pix;
+                        g->count = 1;
+                        g->hits  = 1;
+			g->clip_serial = 0;
+                        XSetForeground( dpy, g->gc, pix );
+			XSetClipMask(dpy, g->gc, None);
+                        gc_cache[k]   = prev;
+                        gc_cache[k-1] = g;
+                        *ref = (void *)g;
+                        *gc = g->gc;
+                        return TRUE;
+                    } else {                    // all GCs in use
+#if defined(GC_CACHE_STAT)
+                        g_numfaults++;
+#endif
+                        *ref = 0;
+                        return FALSE;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#undef NOMATCH
+
+    *ref = (void *)g;
+
+    if ( g->gc ) {                              // reuse existing GC
+#if defined(GC_CACHE_STAT)
+        g_numhits++;
+#endif
+        *gc = g->gc;
+        g->count++;
+        g->hits++;
+        if ( prev && g->hits > prev->hits ) {   // maintain LRU order
+            gc_cache[k]   = prev;
+            gc_cache[k-1] = g;
+        }
+        return TRUE;
+    } else {                                    // create new GC
+#if defined(GC_CACHE_STAT)
+        g_numcreates++;
+#endif
+        g->gc = alloc_gc( dpy, scrn, hd, FALSE );
+        g->scrn = scrn;
+        g->pix = pix;
+        g->count = 1;
+        g->hits = 1;
+        g->clip_serial = 0;
+        *gc = g->gc;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+static inline void release_gc( void *ref )
+{
+    ((QGCC*)ref)->count--;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPainter member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Internal function that initializes the painter.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::initialize()
+{
+    init_gc_array();
+    init_gc_cache();
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Internal function that cleans up the painter.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::cleanup()
+{
+    cleanup_gc_cache();
+    cleanup_gc_array( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() );
+    QPointArray::cleanBuffers();
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Internal function that destroys up the painter.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::destroy()
+{
+
+}
+
+void QPainter::init()
+{
+    d = 0;
+    flags = IsStartingUp;
+    bg_col = white;                             // default background color
+    bg_mode = TransparentMode;                  // default background mode
+    rop = CopyROP;                                // default ROP
+    tabstops = 0;                               // default tabbing
+    tabarray = 0;
+    tabarraylen = 0;
+    ps_stack = 0;
+    wm_stack = 0;
+    gc = gc_brush = 0;
+    pdev = 0;
+    dpy  = 0;
+    txop = txinv = 0;
+    penRef = brushRef = 0;
+    clip_serial = 0;
+    pfont = 0;
+    block_ext = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QFont &QPainter::font() const
+
+    Returns the currently set painter font.
+
+    \sa setFont(), QFont
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the painter's font to \a font.
+
+    This font is used by subsequent drawText() functions. The text
+    color is the same as the pen color.
+
+    \sa font(), drawText()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setFont( const QFont &font )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setFont: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    if ( cfont.d != font.d ) {
+        cfont = font;
+	cfont.x11SetScreen( scrn );
+        setf(DirtyFont);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void QPainter::updateFont()
+{
+    if (!isActive())
+        return;
+
+    clearf(DirtyFont);
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+        if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Printer) {
+            if ( pfont ) delete pfont;
+            pfont = new QFont( cfont.d, pdev );
+        }
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].font = &cfont;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetFont, this, param ) || !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+    setf(NoCache);
+    if ( penRef )
+        updatePen();                            // force a non-cached GC
+}
+
+
+void QPainter::updatePen()
+{
+    if (!isActive())
+        return;
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].pen = &cpen;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetPen, this, param ) || !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+
+    int ps = cpen.style();
+    bool cacheIt = !testf(ClipOn|MonoDev|NoCache) &&
+                   (ps == NoPen || ps == SolidLine) &&
+                   cpen.width() == 0 && rop == CopyROP;
+
+    bool obtained = FALSE;
+    bool internclipok = hasClipping();
+    if ( cacheIt ) {
+        if ( gc ) {
+            if ( penRef )
+                release_gc( penRef );
+            else
+                free_gc( dpy, gc );
+        }
+        obtained = obtain_gc(&penRef, &gc, cpen.color().pixel(scrn), dpy, scrn,
+			     hd, clip_serial);
+        if ( !obtained && !penRef )
+            gc = alloc_gc( dpy, scrn, hd, FALSE );
+    } else {
+        if ( gc ) {
+            if ( penRef ) {
+                release_gc( penRef );
+                penRef = 0;
+                gc = alloc_gc( dpy, scrn, hd, testf(MonoDev) );
+            } else {
+                internclipok = TRUE;
+            }
+        } else {
+            gc = alloc_gc( dpy, scrn, hd, testf(MonoDev), testf(UsePrivateCx) );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !internclipok ) {
+        if ( pdev == paintEventDevice && paintEventClipRegion ) {
+            if ( penRef &&((QGCC*)penRef)->clip_serial < gc_cache_clip_serial ) {
+		x11SetClipRegion( dpy, gc, 0, rendhd, *paintEventClipRegion );
+                ((QGCC*)penRef)->clip_serial = gc_cache_clip_serial;
+            } else if ( !penRef ) {
+		x11SetClipRegion( dpy, gc, 0, rendhd, *paintEventClipRegion );
+            }
+        } else if (penRef && ((QGCC*)penRef)->clip_serial ) {
+            x11ClearClipRegion(dpy, gc, 0, rendhd);
+            ((QGCC*)penRef)->clip_serial = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( obtained )
+        return;
+
+    char dashes[10];                            // custom pen dashes
+    int dash_len = 0;                           // length of dash list
+    int s = LineSolid;
+    int cp = CapButt;
+    int jn = JoinMiter;
+
+    /*
+      We are emulating Windows here.  Windows treats cpen.width() == 1
+      (or 0) as a very special case.  The fudge variable unifies this
+      case with the general case.
+    */
+    int dot = cpen.width();                     // width of a dot
+    int fudge = 1;
+    bool allow_zero_lw = TRUE;
+    if ( dot <= 1 ) {
+        dot = 3;
+        fudge = 2;
+    }
+
+    switch( ps ) {
+    case NoPen:
+    case SolidLine:
+	s = LineSolid;
+	break;
+    case DashLine:
+	dashes[0] = fudge * 3 * dot;
+	dashes[1] = fudge * dot;
+	dash_len = 2;
+	allow_zero_lw = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case DotLine:
+	dashes[0] = dot;
+	dashes[1] = dot;
+	dash_len = 2;
+	allow_zero_lw = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case DashDotLine:
+	dashes[0] = 3 * dot;
+	dashes[1] = fudge * dot;
+	dashes[2] = dot;
+	dashes[3] = fudge * dot;
+	dash_len = 4;
+	allow_zero_lw = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case DashDotDotLine:
+	dashes[0] = 3 * dot;
+	dashes[1] = dot;
+	dashes[2] = dot;
+	dashes[3] = dot;
+	dashes[4] = dot;
+	dashes[5] = dot;
+	dash_len = 6;
+	allow_zero_lw = FALSE;
+    }
+    Q_ASSERT( dash_len <= (int) sizeof(dashes) );
+
+    switch ( cpen.capStyle() ) {
+    case SquareCap:
+        cp = CapProjecting;
+        break;
+    case RoundCap:
+        cp = CapRound;
+        break;
+    case FlatCap:
+    default:
+        cp = CapButt;
+        break;
+    }
+    switch ( cpen.joinStyle() ) {
+    case BevelJoin:
+        jn = JoinBevel;
+        break;
+    case RoundJoin:
+        jn = JoinRound;
+        break;
+    case MiterJoin:
+    default:
+        jn = JoinMiter;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    XSetForeground( dpy, gc, cpen.color().pixel(scrn) );
+    XSetBackground( dpy, gc, bg_col.pixel(scrn) );
+
+    if ( dash_len ) {                           // make dash list
+        XSetDashes( dpy, gc, 0, dashes, dash_len );
+        s = bg_mode == TransparentMode ? LineOnOffDash : LineDoubleDash;
+    }
+    XSetLineAttributes( dpy, gc,
+			(! allow_zero_lw && cpen.width() == 0) ? 1 : cpen.width(),
+			s, cp, jn );
+}
+
+
+void QPainter::updateBrush()
+{
+    if (!isActive())
+        return;
+
+    static const uchar dense1_pat[] = { 0xff, 0xbb, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbb, 0xff, 0xff };
+    static const uchar dense2_pat[] = { 0x77, 0xff, 0xdd, 0xff, 0x77, 0xff, 0xdd, 0xff };
+    static const uchar dense3_pat[] = { 0x55, 0xbb, 0x55, 0xee, 0x55, 0xbb, 0x55, 0xee };
+    static const uchar dense4_pat[] = { 0x55, 0xaa, 0x55, 0xaa, 0x55, 0xaa, 0x55, 0xaa };
+    static const uchar dense5_pat[] = { 0xaa, 0x44, 0xaa, 0x11, 0xaa, 0x44, 0xaa, 0x11 };
+    static const uchar dense6_pat[] = { 0x88, 0x00, 0x22, 0x00, 0x88, 0x00, 0x22, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar dense7_pat[] = { 0x00, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar hor_pat[] = {                      // horizontal pattern
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+    static const uchar ver_pat[] = {                      // vertical pattern
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20 };
+    static const uchar cross_pat[] = {                    // cross pattern
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20,
+	0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20, 0x08, 0x82, 0x20 };
+    static const uchar bdiag_pat[] = {                    // backward diagonal pattern
+	0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10, 0x08, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01,
+	0x80, 0x80, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10, 0x08, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04,
+	0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x80, 0x80, 0x40, 0x40 };
+    static const uchar fdiag_pat[] = {                    // forward diagonal pattern
+	0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x04, 0x08, 0x08, 0x10, 0x10, 0x20, 0x20, 0x40, 0x40,
+	0x80, 0x80, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x04, 0x08, 0x08, 0x10, 0x10,
+	0x20, 0x20, 0x40, 0x40, 0x80, 0x80, 0x01, 0x01 };
+    static const uchar dcross_pat[] = {                   // diagonal cross pattern
+	0x22, 0x22, 0x14, 0x14, 0x08, 0x08, 0x14, 0x14, 0x22, 0x22, 0x41, 0x41,
+	0x80, 0x80, 0x41, 0x41, 0x22, 0x22, 0x14, 0x14, 0x08, 0x08, 0x14, 0x14,
+	0x22, 0x22, 0x41, 0x41, 0x80, 0x80, 0x41, 0x41 };
+    static const uchar * const pat_tbl[] = {
+	dense1_pat, dense2_pat, dense3_pat, dense4_pat, dense5_pat,
+	dense6_pat, dense7_pat,
+	hor_pat, ver_pat, cross_pat, bdiag_pat, fdiag_pat, dcross_pat };
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].brush = &cbrush;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetBrush, this, param ) || !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+
+    int  bs      = cbrush.style();
+    bool cacheIt = !testf(ClipOn|MonoDev|NoCache) &&
+                   (bs == NoBrush || bs == SolidPattern) &&
+	           bro.x() == 0 && bro.y() == 0 && rop == CopyROP;
+
+    bool obtained = FALSE;
+    bool internclipok = hasClipping();
+    if ( cacheIt ) {
+        if ( gc_brush ) {
+            if ( brushRef )
+                release_gc( brushRef );
+            else
+                free_gc( dpy, gc_brush );
+        }
+        obtained = obtain_gc(&brushRef, &gc_brush, cbrush.color().pixel(scrn), dpy,
+			     scrn, hd, clip_serial);
+        if ( !obtained && !brushRef )
+            gc_brush = alloc_gc( dpy, scrn, hd, FALSE );
+    } else {
+        if ( gc_brush ) {
+            if ( brushRef ) {
+                release_gc( brushRef );
+                brushRef = 0;
+                gc_brush = alloc_gc( dpy, scrn, hd, testf(MonoDev) );
+            } else {
+                internclipok = TRUE;
+            }
+        } else {
+            gc_brush = alloc_gc( dpy, scrn, hd, testf(MonoDev), testf(UsePrivateCx));
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !internclipok ) {
+        if ( pdev == paintEventDevice && paintEventClipRegion ) {
+            if ( brushRef &&((QGCC*)brushRef)->clip_serial < gc_cache_clip_serial ) {
+		x11SetClipRegion( dpy, gc_brush, 0, rendhd, *paintEventClipRegion );
+                ((QGCC*)brushRef)->clip_serial = gc_cache_clip_serial;
+            } else if ( !brushRef ){
+		x11SetClipRegion( dpy, gc_brush, 0, rendhd, *paintEventClipRegion );
+            }
+        } else if (brushRef && ((QGCC*)brushRef)->clip_serial ) {
+            x11ClearClipRegion(dpy, gc_brush, 0, rendhd);
+            ((QGCC*)brushRef)->clip_serial = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( obtained )
+        return;
+
+    const uchar *pat = 0;                             // pattern
+    int d = 0;                                  // defalt pattern size: d*d
+    int s  = FillSolid;
+    if ( bs >= Dense1Pattern && bs <= DiagCrossPattern ) {
+        pat = pat_tbl[ bs-Dense1Pattern ];
+        if ( bs <= Dense7Pattern )
+            d = 8;
+        else if ( bs <= CrossPattern )
+            d = 24;
+        else
+            d = 16;
+    }
+
+    XSetLineAttributes( dpy, gc_brush, 0, LineSolid, CapButt, JoinMiter );
+    XSetForeground( dpy, gc_brush, cbrush.color().pixel(scrn) );
+    XSetBackground( dpy, gc_brush, bg_col.pixel(scrn) );
+
+    if ( bs == CustomPattern || pat ) {
+        QPixmap *pm;
+        if ( pat ) {
+            QString key;
+            key.sprintf( "$qt-brush$%d", bs );
+            pm = QPixmapCache::find( key );
+            bool del = FALSE;
+            if ( !pm ) {                        // not already in pm dict
+                pm = new QBitmap( d, d, pat, TRUE );
+                Q_CHECK_PTR( pm );
+                del = !QPixmapCache::insert( key, pm );
+            }
+            if ( cbrush.data->pixmap )
+                delete cbrush.data->pixmap;
+            cbrush.data->pixmap = new QPixmap( *pm );
+            if (del) delete pm;
+        }
+        pm = cbrush.data->pixmap;
+        pm->x11SetScreen( scrn );
+        if ( pm->depth() == 1 ) {
+            XSetStipple( dpy, gc_brush, pm->handle() );
+            s = bg_mode == TransparentMode ? FillStippled : FillOpaqueStippled;
+        } else {
+            XSetTile( dpy, gc_brush, pm->handle() );
+            s = FillTiled;
+        }
+    }
+    XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc_brush, s );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Begins painting the paint device \a pd and returns TRUE if
+    successful; otherwise returns FALSE. If \a unclipped is TRUE, the
+    painting will not be clipped at the paint device's boundaries,
+    (although this is not supported by all platforms).
+
+    The errors that can occur are serious problems, such as these:
+
+    \code
+	p->begin( 0 ); // impossible - paint device cannot be 0
+
+	QPixmap pm( 0, 0 );
+	p->begin( pm ); // impossible - pm.isNull();
+
+	p->begin( myWidget );
+	p2->begin( myWidget ); // impossible - only one painter at a time
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that most of the time, you can use one of the constructors
+    instead of begin(), and that end() is automatically done at
+    destruction.
+
+    \warning A paint device can only be painted by one painter at a
+    time.
+
+    \sa end(), flush()
+*/
+
+bool QPainter::begin( const QPaintDevice *pd, bool unclipped )
+{
+    if ( isActive() ) {                         // already active painting
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::begin: Painter is already active."
+                  "\n\tYou must end() the painter before a second begin()" );
+#endif
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( pd == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::begin: Paint device cannot be null" );
+#endif
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    QPixmap::x11SetDefaultScreen( pd->x11Screen() );
+
+    const QWidget *copyFrom = 0;
+    pdev = redirect( (QPaintDevice*)pd );
+    if ( pdev ) {				    // redirected paint device?
+	if ( pd->devType() == QInternal::Widget )
+	    copyFrom = (const QWidget *)pd;	    // copy widget settings
+    } else {
+	pdev = (QPaintDevice*)pd;
+    }
+
+    if ( pdev->isExtDev() && pdev->paintingActive() ) {
+        // somebody else is already painting
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::begin: Another QPainter is already painting "
+                  "this device;\n\tAn extended paint device can only be "
+                  "painted by one QPainter at a time." );
+#endif
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    bool reinit = flags != IsStartingUp;        // 2nd or 3rd etc. time called
+    flags = IsActive | DirtyFont;               // init flags
+    int dt = pdev->devType();                   // get the device type
+
+    if ( (pdev->devFlags & QInternal::ExternalDevice) != 0 )
+        setf(ExtDev);
+    else if ( dt == QInternal::Pixmap )         // device is a pixmap
+        ((QPixmap*)pdev)->detach();             // will modify it
+
+    dpy = pdev->x11Display();                   // get display variable
+    scrn = pdev->x11Screen();			// get screen variable
+    hd  = pdev->handle();                       // get handle to drawable
+    rendhd = pdev->rendhd;
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {                      // external device
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcBegin, this, 0 ) ) {
+            // could not begin painting
+            if ( reinit )
+                clearf( IsActive | DirtyFont );
+            else
+                flags = IsStartingUp;
+            pdev = 0;
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        if ( tabstops )                         // update tabstops for device
+            setTabStops( tabstops );
+        if ( tabarray )                         // update tabarray for device
+            setTabArray( tabarray );
+    }
+
+    if ( pdev->x11Depth() != pdev->x11AppDepth( scrn ) ) { // non-standard depth
+        setf(NoCache);
+        setf(UsePrivateCx);
+    }
+
+    pdev->painters++;                           // also tell paint device
+    bro = curPt = QPoint( 0, 0 );
+    if ( reinit ) {
+        bg_mode = TransparentMode;              // default background mode
+        rop = CopyROP;                          // default ROP
+        wxmat.reset();                          // reset world xform matrix
+	xmat.reset();
+	ixmat.reset();
+        txop = txinv = 0;
+        if ( dt != QInternal::Widget ) {
+            QFont  defaultFont;                 // default drawing tools
+            QPen   defaultPen;
+            QBrush defaultBrush;
+            cfont  = defaultFont;               // set these drawing tools
+            cpen   = defaultPen;
+            cbrush = defaultBrush;
+            bg_col = white;                     // default background color
+        }
+    }
+    wx = wy = vx = vy = 0;                      // default view origins
+
+    if ( dt == QInternal::Widget ) {                    // device is a widget
+        QWidget *w = (QWidget*)pdev;
+        cfont = w->font();                      // use widget font
+        cpen = QPen( w->foregroundColor() );    // use widget fg color
+        if ( reinit ) {
+            QBrush defaultBrush;
+            cbrush = defaultBrush;
+        }
+        bg_col = w->backgroundColor();          // use widget bg color
+        ww = vw = w->width();                   // default view size
+        wh = vh = w->height();
+        if ( unclipped || w->testWFlags( WPaintUnclipped ) ) {  // paint direct on device
+            setf( NoCache );
+            setf(UsePrivateCx);
+            updatePen();
+            updateBrush();
+            XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, IncludeInferiors );
+            XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc_brush, IncludeInferiors );
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	    if (rendhd)
+                XftDrawSetSubwindowMode((XftDraw *) rendhd, IncludeInferiors);
+#endif
+        }
+    } else if ( dt == QInternal::Pixmap ) {             // device is a pixmap
+        QPixmap *pm = (QPixmap*)pdev;
+        if ( pm->isNull() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+            qWarning( "QPainter::begin: Cannot paint null pixmap" );
+#endif
+            end();
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        bool mono = pm->depth() == 1;           // monochrome bitmap
+        if ( mono ) {
+            setf( MonoDev );
+            bg_col = color0;
+            cpen.setColor( color1 );
+        }
+        ww = vw = pm->width();                  // default view size
+        wh = vh = pm->height();
+    } else if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {               // external device
+        ww = vw = pdev->metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth );
+        wh = vh = pdev->metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight );
+    }
+    if ( ww == 0 )
+        ww = wh = vw = vh = 1024;
+    if ( copyFrom ) {                           // copy redirected widget
+        cfont = copyFrom->font();
+        cpen = QPen( copyFrom->foregroundColor() );
+        bg_col = copyFrom->backgroundColor();
+    }
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {                      // external device
+        setBackgroundColor( bg_col );           // default background color
+        setBackgroundMode( TransparentMode );   // default background mode
+        setRasterOp( CopyROP );                 // default raster operation
+    }
+    clip_serial = gc_cache_clip_serial++;
+    updateBrush();
+    updatePen();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ends painting. Any resources used while painting are released.
+
+    Note that while you mostly don't need to call end(), the
+    destructor will do it, there is at least one common case when it
+    is needed, namely double buffering.
+
+    \code
+	QPainter p( myPixmap, this )
+	// ...
+	p.end(); // stops drawing on myPixmap
+	p.begin( this );
+	p.drawPixmap( 0, 0, myPixmap );
+    \endcode
+
+    Since you can't draw a QPixmap while it is being painted, it is
+    necessary to close the active painter.
+
+    \sa begin(), isActive()
+*/
+
+bool QPainter::end()                            // end painting
+{
+    if ( !isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::end: Missing begin() or begin() failed" );
+#endif
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    killPStack();
+
+    //#### This should not be necessary:
+    if ( pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget  &&       // #####
+         ((QWidget*)pdev)->testWFlags(WPaintUnclipped) ) {
+        if ( gc )
+            XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, ClipByChildren );
+        if ( gc_brush )
+            XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc_brush, ClipByChildren );
+    }
+
+    if ( gc_brush ) {                           // restore brush gc
+        if ( brushRef ) {
+            release_gc( brushRef );
+            brushRef = 0;
+        } else {
+            free_gc( dpy, gc_brush, testf(UsePrivateCx) );
+        }
+        gc_brush = 0;
+
+    }
+    if ( gc ) {                                 // restore pen gc
+        if ( penRef ) {
+            release_gc( penRef );
+            penRef = 0;
+        } else {
+            free_gc( dpy, gc, testf(UsePrivateCx) );
+        }
+        gc = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) )
+        pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcEnd, this, 0 );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (rendhd) {
+        // reset clipping/subwindow mode on our render picture
+        XftDrawSetClip((XftDraw *) rendhd, None);
+        XftDrawSetSubwindowMode((XftDraw *) rendhd, ClipByChildren);
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+    if ( pfont ) {
+	delete pfont;
+	pfont = 0;
+    }
+
+    flags = 0;
+    pdev->painters--;
+    pdev = 0;
+    dpy  = 0;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Flushes any buffered drawing operations inside the region \a
+    region using clipping mode \a cm.
+
+    The flush may update the whole device if the platform does not
+    support flushing to a specified region.
+
+    \sa flush() CoordinateMode
+*/
+
+void QPainter::flush(const QRegion &, CoordinateMode)
+{
+    flush();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Flushes any buffered drawing operations.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::flush()
+{
+    if ( isActive() && dpy )
+        XFlush( dpy );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the background color of the painter to \a c.
+
+    The background color is the color that is filled in when drawing
+    opaque text, stippled lines and bitmaps. The background color has
+    no effect in transparent background mode (which is the default).
+
+    \sa backgroundColor() setBackgroundMode() BackgroundMode
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setBackgroundColor( const QColor &c )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setBackgroundColor: Call begin() first" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    bg_col = c;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].color = &bg_col;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetBkColor, this, param ) || !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+    if ( !penRef )
+        updatePen();                            // update pen setting
+    if ( !brushRef )
+        updateBrush();                          // update brush setting
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the background mode of the painter to \a m, which must be
+    either \c TransparentMode (the default) or \c OpaqueMode.
+
+    Transparent mode draws stippled lines and text without setting the
+    background pixels. Opaque mode fills these space with the current
+    background color.
+
+    Note that in order to draw a bitmap or pixmap transparently, you
+    must use QPixmap::setMask().
+
+    \sa backgroundMode(), setBackgroundColor()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setBackgroundMode( BGMode m )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setBackgroundMode: Call begin() first" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( m != TransparentMode && m != OpaqueMode ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setBackgroundMode: Invalid mode" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    bg_mode = m;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].ival = m;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetBkMode, this, param ) || !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+    if ( !penRef )
+        updatePen();                            // update pen setting
+    if ( !brushRef )
+        updateBrush();                          // update brush setting
+}
+
+static const short ropCodes[] = {                     // ROP translation table
+    GXcopy, // CopyROP
+    GXor, // OrROP
+    GXxor, // XorROP
+    GXandInverted, // NotAndROP EraseROP
+    GXcopyInverted, // NotCopyROP
+    GXorInverted, // NotOrROP
+    GXequiv, // NotXorROP
+    GXand, // AndROP
+    GXinvert, // NotROP
+    GXclear, // ClearROP
+    GXset, // SetROP
+    GXnoop, // NopROP
+    GXandReverse, // AndNotROP
+    GXorReverse, // OrNotROP
+    GXnand, // NandROP
+    GXnor // NorROP
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the \link Qt::RasterOp raster operation \endlink to \a r.
+    The default is \c CopyROP.
+
+    \sa rasterOp() Qt::RasterOp
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setRasterOp( RasterOp r )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setRasterOp: Call begin() first" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( (uint)r > LastROP ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setRasterOp: Invalid ROP code" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    rop = r;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].ival = r;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetROP, this, param ) || !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+    if ( penRef )
+        updatePen();                            // get non-cached pen GC
+    if ( brushRef )
+        updateBrush();                          // get non-cached brush GC
+    XSetFunction( dpy, gc, ropCodes[rop] );
+    XSetFunction( dpy, gc_brush, ropCodes[rop] );
+}
+
+// ### matthias - true?
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush origin to \a (x, y).
+
+    The brush origin specifies the (0, 0) coordinate of the painter's
+    brush. This setting only applies to pattern brushes and pixmap
+    brushes.
+
+    \sa brushOrigin()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setBrushOrigin( int x, int y )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setBrushOrigin: Call begin() first" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    bro = QPoint(x, y);
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].point = &bro;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetBrushOrigin, this, param ) ||
+             !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+    if ( brushRef )
+        updateBrush();                          // get non-cached brush GC
+    XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc_brush, x, y );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enables clipping if \a enable is TRUE, or disables clipping if \a
+    enable is FALSE.
+
+    \sa hasClipping(), setClipRect(), setClipRegion()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setClipping( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setClipping: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( enable == testf(ClipOn) )
+        return;
+
+    setf( ClipOn, enable );
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	if ( block_ext )
+	    return;
+        QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+        param[0].ival = enable;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetClip, this, param ) || !hd )
+            return;
+    }
+    if ( enable ) {
+        QRegion rgn = crgn;
+        if ( pdev == paintEventDevice && paintEventClipRegion )
+            rgn = rgn.intersect( *paintEventClipRegion );
+        if ( penRef )
+            updatePen();
+        if ( brushRef )
+            updateBrush();
+	x11SetClipRegion( dpy, gc, gc_brush, rendhd, rgn );
+    } else {
+        if ( pdev == paintEventDevice && paintEventClipRegion ) {
+	    x11SetClipRegion( dpy, gc, gc_brush , rendhd, *paintEventClipRegion );
+        } else {
+            x11ClearClipRegion(dpy, gc, gc_brush, rendhd);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the clip region to the rectangle \a r and enables clipping.
+    The clip mode is set to \a m.
+
+    \sa  CoordinateMode
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setClipRect( const QRect &r, CoordinateMode m )
+{
+    setClipRegion( QRegion( r ), m );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the clip region to \a rgn and enables clipping. The clip mode
+    is set to \a m.
+
+    Note that the clip region is given in physical device coordinates
+    and \e not subject to any \link coordsys.html coordinate
+    transformation.\endlink
+
+    \sa setClipRect(), clipRegion(), setClipping() CoordinateMode
+*/
+
+void QPainter::setClipRegion( const QRegion &rgn, CoordinateMode m )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        qWarning( "QPainter::setClipRegion: Will be reset by begin()" );
+#endif
+    if ( m == CoordDevice )
+	crgn = rgn;
+    else
+	crgn = xmat * rgn;
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	if ( block_ext )
+	    return;
+        QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+        param[0].rgn = &rgn;
+        param[1].ival = m;
+        if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcSetClipRegion, this, param ) )
+            return; // device cannot clip
+    }
+    clearf( ClipOn );                           // be sure to update clip rgn
+    setClipping( TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+  Internal function for drawing a polygon.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPolyInternal( const QPointArray &a, bool close )
+{
+    if ( a.size() < 2 )
+        return;
+
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2;                         // connect last to first point
+    a.point( a.size()-1, &x1, &y1 );
+    a.point( 0, &x2, &y2 );
+    bool do_close = close && !(x1 == x2 && y1 == y2);
+
+    if ( close && cbrush.style() != NoBrush ) { // draw filled polygon
+        XFillPolygon( dpy, hd, gc_brush, (XPoint*)a.shortPoints(), a.size(),
+                      Nonconvex, CoordModeOrigin );
+        if ( cpen.style() == NoPen ) {          // draw fake outline
+            XDrawLines( dpy, hd, gc_brush, (XPoint*)a.shortPoints(), a.size(),
+                        CoordModeOrigin );
+            if ( do_close )
+                XDrawLine( dpy, hd, gc_brush, x1, y1, x2, y2 );
+        }
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen ) {              // draw outline
+        XDrawLines( dpy, hd, gc, (XPoint*)a.shortPoints(), a.size(),
+                    CoordModeOrigin);
+        if ( do_close )
+            XDrawLine( dpy, hd, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws/plots a single point at \a (x, y) using the current pen.
+
+    \sa QPen
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPoint( int x, int y )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            QPoint p( x, y );
+            param[0].point = &p;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPoint, this, param ) ||
+                 !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, &x, &y );
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )
+        XDrawPoint( dpy, hd, gc, x, y );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws/plots an array of points, \a a, using the current pen.
+
+    If \a index is non-zero (the default is zero) only points from \a
+    index are drawn. If \a npoints is negative (the default) the rest
+    of the points from \a index are drawn. If \a npoints is zero or
+    greater, \a npoints points are drawn.
+
+    \warning On X11, coordinates that do not fit into 16-bit signed
+    values are truncated. This limitation is expected to go away in
+    Qt 4.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPoints( const QPointArray& a, int index, int npoints )
+{
+    if ( npoints < 0 )
+        npoints = a.size() - index;
+    if ( index + npoints > (int)a.size() )
+        npoints = a.size() - index;
+    if ( !isActive() || npoints < 1 || index < 0 )
+        return;
+    QPointArray pa = a;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            for (int i=0; i<npoints; i++) {
+                QPoint p( pa[index+i].x(), pa[index+i].y() );
+                param[0].point = &p;
+                if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPoint, this, param ))
+                    return;
+            }
+            if ( !hd ) return;
+        }
+        if ( txop != TxNone ) {
+            pa = xForm( a, index, npoints );
+            if ( pa.size() != a.size() ) {
+                index = 0;
+                npoints = pa.size();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )
+        XDrawPoints( dpy, hd, gc, (XPoint*)(pa.shortPoints( index, npoints )),
+                     npoints, CoordModeOrigin );
+}
+
+
+/*! \obsolete
+    Sets the current pen position to \a (x, y)
+
+    \sa lineTo(), pos()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::moveTo( int x, int y )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            QPoint p( x, y );
+            param[0].point = &p;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcMoveTo, this, param ) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+    }
+    curPt = QPoint( x, y );
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+  Use drawLine() instead.
+
+    Draws a line from the current pen position to \a (x, y) and sets
+    \a (x, y) to be the new current pen position.
+
+    \sa QPen moveTo(), drawLine(), pos()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::lineTo( int x, int y )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    int cx = curPt.x(), cy = curPt.y();
+    curPt = QPoint( x, y );
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            QPoint p( x, y );
+            param[0].point = &p;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcLineTo, this, param ) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, &x, &y );
+	map( cx,  cy,  &cx,  &cy );
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )
+        XDrawLine( dpy, hd, gc, cx, cy, x, y );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Draws a line from (\a x1, \a y1) to (\a x2, \a y2) and sets the
+    current pen position to (\a x2, \a y2).
+
+    \sa pen()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawLine( int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2 )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    curPt = QPoint( x2, y2 );
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+            QPoint p1(x1, y1), p2(x2, y2);
+            param[0].point = &p1;
+            param[1].point = &p2;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawLine, this, param ) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        map( x1, y1, &x1, &y1 );
+        map( x2, y2, &x2, &y2 );
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )
+        XDrawLine( dpy, hd, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2 );
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws a rectangle with upper left corner at \a (x, y) and with
+    width \a w and height \a h.
+
+    \sa QPen, drawRoundRect()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawRect( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+            param[0].rect = &r;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawRect, this, param ) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {             // rotate/shear polygon
+	    QPointArray pa = xmat.mapToPolygon( QRect(x, y, w, h) );
+	    pa.resize( 5 );
+	    pa.setPoint( 4, pa.point( 0 ) );
+            drawPolyInternal( pa );
+            return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+        if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+            return;
+        fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    if ( cbrush.style() != NoBrush ) {
+        if ( cpen.style() == NoPen ) {
+            XFillRectangle( dpy, hd, gc_brush, x, y, w, h );
+            return;
+        }
+	int lw = cpen.width();
+	int lw2 = (lw+1)/2;
+        if ( w > lw && h > lw )
+            XFillRectangle( dpy, hd, gc_brush, x+lw2, y+lw2, w-lw-1, h-lw-1 );
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )
+        XDrawRectangle( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, w-1, h-1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Draws a Windows focus rectangle with upper left corner at (\a x,
+    \a y) and with width \a w and height \a h.
+
+    This function draws a stippled XOR rectangle that is used to
+    indicate keyboard focus (when QApplication::style() is \c
+    WindowStyle).
+
+    \warning This function draws nothing if the coordinate system has
+    been \link rotate() rotated\endlink or \link shear()
+    sheared\endlink.
+
+    \sa drawRect(), QApplication::style()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    drawWinFocusRect( x, y, w, h, TRUE, color0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Draws a Windows focus rectangle with upper left corner at (\a x,
+    \a y) and with width \a w and height \a h using a pen color that
+    contrasts with \a bgColor.
+
+    This function draws a stippled rectangle (XOR is not used) that is
+    used to indicate keyboard focus (when the QApplication::style() is
+    \c WindowStyle).
+
+    The pen color used to draw the rectangle is either white or black
+    depending on the color of \a bgColor (see QColor::gray()).
+
+    \warning This function draws nothing if the coordinate system has
+    been \link rotate() rotated\endlink or \link shear()
+    sheared\endlink.
+
+    \sa drawRect(), QApplication::style()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h,
+                                 const QColor &bgColor )
+{
+    drawWinFocusRect( x, y, w, h, FALSE, bgColor );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h,
+                                 bool xorPaint, const QColor &bgColor )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() || txop == TxRotShear )
+        return;
+    static char winfocus_line[] = { 1, 1 };
+
+    QPen     old_pen = cpen;
+    RasterOp old_rop = (RasterOp)rop;
+
+    if ( xorPaint ) {
+        if ( QColor::numBitPlanes() <= 8 )
+            setPen( color1 );
+        else
+            setPen( white );
+        setRasterOp( XorROP );
+    } else {
+        if ( qGray( bgColor.rgb() ) < 128 )
+            setPen( white );
+        else
+            setPen( black );
+    }
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+            param[0].rect = &r;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawRect, this, param ) || !hd) {
+                setRasterOp( old_rop );
+                setPen( old_pen );
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+        map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+        if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+            return;
+        fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    XSetDashes( dpy, gc, 0, winfocus_line, 2 );
+    XSetLineAttributes( dpy, gc, 1, LineOnOffDash, CapButt, JoinMiter );
+
+    XDrawRectangle( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, w-1, h-1 );
+    XSetLineAttributes( dpy, gc, 0, LineSolid, CapButt, JoinMiter );
+    setRasterOp( old_rop );
+    setPen( old_pen );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws a rectangle with rounded corners at \a (x, y), with width \a
+    w and height \a h.
+
+    The \a xRnd and \a yRnd arguments specify how rounded the corners
+    should be. 0 is angled corners, 99 is maximum roundedness.
+
+    The width and height include all of the drawn lines.
+
+    \sa drawRect(), QPen
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawRoundRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int xRnd, int yRnd )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( xRnd <= 0 || yRnd <= 0 ) {
+        drawRect( x, y, w, h );                 // draw normal rectangle
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( xRnd >= 100 )                          // fix ranges
+        xRnd = 99;
+    if ( yRnd >= 100 )
+        yRnd = 99;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[3];
+            QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+            param[0].rect = &r;
+            param[1].ival = xRnd;
+            param[2].ival = yRnd;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawRoundRect, this, param ) ||
+                 !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {             // rotate/shear polygon
+            if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 )
+                fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+            w--;
+            h--;
+            int rxx = w*xRnd/200;
+            int ryy = h*yRnd/200;
+            // were there overflows?
+            if ( rxx < 0 )
+                rxx = w/200*xRnd;
+            if ( ryy < 0 )
+                ryy = h/200*yRnd;
+            int rxx2 = 2*rxx;
+            int ryy2 = 2*ryy;
+            QPointArray a[4];
+            a[0].makeArc( x, y, rxx2, ryy2, 1*16*90, 16*90, xmat );
+            a[1].makeArc( x, y+h-ryy2, rxx2, ryy2, 2*16*90, 16*90, xmat );
+            a[2].makeArc( x+w-rxx2, y+h-ryy2, rxx2, ryy2, 3*16*90, 16*90, xmat );
+            a[3].makeArc( x+w-rxx2, y, rxx2, ryy2, 0*16*90, 16*90, xmat );
+            // ### is there a better way to join QPointArrays?
+            QPointArray aa;
+            aa.resize( a[0].size() + a[1].size() + a[2].size() + a[3].size() );
+            uint j = 0;
+            for ( int k=0; k<4; k++ ) {
+                for ( uint i=0; i<a[k].size(); i++ ) {
+                    aa.setPoint( j, a[k].point(i) );
+                    j++;
+                }
+            }
+            drawPolyInternal( aa );
+            return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    w--;
+    h--;
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+        if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+            return;
+        fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    int rx = (w*xRnd)/200;
+    int ry = (h*yRnd)/200;
+    int rx2 = 2*rx;
+    int ry2 = 2*ry;
+    if ( cbrush.style() != NoBrush ) {          // draw filled round rect
+        int dp, ds;
+        if ( cpen.style() == NoPen ) {
+            dp = 0;
+            ds = 1;
+        }
+        else {
+            dp = 1;
+            ds = 0;
+        }
+#define SET_ARC(px, py, w, h, a1, a2) \
+    a->x=px; a->y=py; a->width=w; a->height=h; a->angle1=a1; a->angle2=a2; a++
+        XArc arcs[4];
+        XArc *a = arcs;
+        SET_ARC( x+w-rx2, y, rx2, ry2, 0, 90*64 );
+        SET_ARC( x, y, rx2, ry2, 90*64, 90*64 );
+        SET_ARC( x, y+h-ry2, rx2, ry2, 180*64, 90*64 );
+        SET_ARC( x+w-rx2, y+h-ry2, rx2, ry2, 270*64, 90*64 );
+        XFillArcs( dpy, hd, gc_brush, arcs, 4 );
+#undef SET_ARC
+#define SET_RCT(px, py, w, h) \
+    r->x=px; r->y=py; r->width=w; r->height=h; r++
+        XRectangle rects[3];
+        XRectangle *r = rects;
+        SET_RCT( x+rx, y+dp, w-rx2, ry );
+        SET_RCT( x+dp, y+ry, w+ds, h-ry2 );
+        SET_RCT( x+rx, y+h-ry, w-rx2, ry+ds );
+        XFillRectangles( dpy, hd, gc_brush, rects, 3 );
+#undef SET_RCT
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen ) {              // draw outline
+#define SET_ARC(px, py, w, h, a1, a2) \
+    a->x=px; a->y=py; a->width=w; a->height=h; a->angle1=a1; a->angle2=a2; a++
+        XArc arcs[4];
+        XArc *a = arcs;
+        SET_ARC( x+w-rx2, y, rx2, ry2, 0, 90*64 );
+        SET_ARC( x, y, rx2, ry2, 90*64, 90*64 );
+        SET_ARC( x, y+h-ry2, rx2, ry2, 180*64, 90*64 );
+        SET_ARC( x+w-rx2, y+h-ry2, rx2, ry2, 270*64, 90*64 );
+        XDrawArcs( dpy, hd, gc, arcs, 4 );
+#undef SET_ARC
+#define SET_SEG(xp1, yp1, xp2, yp2) \
+    s->x1=xp1; s->y1=yp1; s->x2=xp2; s->y2=yp2; s++
+        XSegment segs[4];
+        XSegment *s = segs;
+        SET_SEG( x+rx, y, x+w-rx, y );
+        SET_SEG( x+rx, y+h, x+w-rx, y+h );
+        SET_SEG( x, y+ry, x, y+h-ry );
+        SET_SEG( x+w, y+ry, x+w, y+h-ry );
+        XDrawSegments( dpy, hd, gc, segs, 4 );
+#undef SET_SET
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Draws an ellipse with center at \a (x + w/2, y + h/2) and size \a
+    (w, h).
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawEllipse( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+            param[0].rect = &r;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawEllipse, this, param ) ||
+                 !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {             // rotate/shear polygon
+            QPointArray a;
+            a.makeArc( x, y, w, h, 0, 360*16, xmat );
+            drawPolyInternal( a );
+            return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+        if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+            return;
+        fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    if ( w == 1 && h == 1 ) {
+	XDrawPoint( dpy, hd, (cpen.style() == NoPen)?gc_brush:gc, x, y );
+	return;
+    }
+    w--;
+    h--;
+    if ( cbrush.style() != NoBrush ) {          // draw filled ellipse
+        XFillArc( dpy, hd, gc_brush, x, y, w, h, 0, 360*64 );
+        if ( cpen.style() == NoPen ) {
+            XDrawArc( dpy, hd, gc_brush, x, y, w, h, 0, 360*64 );
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )                // draw outline
+        XDrawArc( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, w, h, 0, 360*64 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws an arc defined by the rectangle \a (x, y, w, h), the start
+    angle \a a and the arc length \a alen.
+
+    The angles \a a and \a alen are 1/16th of a degree, i.e. a full
+    circle equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values of \a a and \a alen
+    mean counter-clockwise while negative values mean the clockwise
+    direction. Zero degrees is at the 3 o'clock position.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPainter p( myWidget );
+	p.drawArc( 10,10, 70,100, 100*16, 160*16 ); // draws a "(" arc
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa drawPie(), drawChord()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawArc( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[3];
+            QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+            param[0].rect = &r;
+            param[1].ival = a;
+            param[2].ival = alen;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawArc, this, param ) ||
+                 !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {             // rotate/shear
+            QPointArray pa;
+            pa.makeArc( x, y, w, h, a, alen, xmat ); // arc polyline
+            drawPolyInternal( pa, FALSE );
+            return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    w--;
+    h--;
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+        if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+            return;
+        fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )
+        XDrawArc( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, w, h, a*4, alen*4 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws a pie defined by the rectangle \a (x, y, w, h), the start
+    angle \a a and the arc length \a alen.
+
+    The pie is filled with the current brush().
+
+    The angles \a a and \a alen are 1/16th of a degree, i.e. a full
+    circle equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values of \a a and \a alen
+    mean counter-clockwise while negative values mean the clockwise
+    direction. Zero degrees is at the 3 o'clock position.
+
+    \sa drawArc(), drawChord()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPie( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen )
+{
+    // Make sure "a" is 0..360*16, as otherwise a*4 may overflow 16 bits.
+    if ( a > (360*16) ) {
+        a = a % (360*16);
+    } else if ( a < 0 ) {
+        a = a % (360*16);
+        if ( a < 0 ) a += (360*16);
+    }
+
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[3];
+            QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+            param[0].rect = &r;
+            param[1].ival = a;
+            param[2].ival = alen;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd( QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPie, this, param ) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {             // rotate/shear
+            QPointArray pa;
+            pa.makeArc( x, y, w, h, a, alen, xmat ); // arc polyline
+            int n = pa.size();
+            int cx, cy;
+            xmat.map(x+w/2, y+h/2, &cx, &cy);
+            pa.resize( n+2 );
+            pa.setPoint( n, cx, cy );   // add legs
+            pa.setPoint( n+1, pa.at(0) );
+            drawPolyInternal( pa );
+            return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    XSetArcMode( dpy, gc_brush, ArcPieSlice );
+    w--;
+    h--;
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+        if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+            return;
+        fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+
+    GC g = gc;
+    bool nopen = cpen.style() == NoPen;
+
+    if ( cbrush.style() != NoBrush ) {          // draw filled pie
+        XFillArc( dpy, hd, gc_brush, x, y, w, h, a*4, alen*4 );
+        if ( nopen ) {
+            g = gc_brush;
+            nopen = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( !nopen ) {                             // draw pie outline
+        double w2 = 0.5*w;                      // with, height in ellipsis
+        double h2 = 0.5*h;
+        double xc = (double)x+w2;
+        double yc = (double)y+h2;
+        double ra1 = Q_PI/2880.0*a;             // convert a, alen to radians
+        double ra2 = ra1 + Q_PI/2880.0*alen;
+        int xic = qRound(xc);
+        int yic = qRound(yc);
+        XDrawLine( dpy, hd, g, xic, yic,
+                   qRound(xc + qcos(ra1)*w2), qRound(yc - qsin(ra1)*h2));
+        XDrawLine( dpy, hd, g, xic, yic,
+                   qRound(xc + qcos(ra2)*w2), qRound(yc - qsin(ra2)*h2));
+        XDrawArc( dpy, hd, g, x, y, w, h, a*4, alen*4 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws a chord defined by the rectangle \a (x, y, w, h), the start
+    angle \a a and the arc length \a alen.
+
+    The chord is filled with the current brush().
+
+    The angles \a a and \a alen are 1/16th of a degree, i.e. a full
+    circle equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values of \a a and \a alen
+    mean counter-clockwise while negative values mean the clockwise
+    direction. Zero degrees is at the 3 o'clock position.
+
+    \sa drawArc(), drawPie()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawChord( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[3];
+            QRect r( x, y, w, h );
+            param[0].rect = &r;
+            param[1].ival = a;
+            param[2].ival = alen;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawChord, this, param) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {             // rotate/shear
+            QPointArray pa;
+            pa.makeArc( x, y, w-1, h-1, a, alen, xmat ); // arc polygon
+            int n = pa.size();
+            pa.resize( n+1 );
+            pa.setPoint( n, pa.at(0) );         // connect endpoints
+            drawPolyInternal( pa );
+            return;
+        }
+        map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+    XSetArcMode( dpy, gc_brush, ArcChord );
+    w--;
+    h--;
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+        if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+            return;
+        fix_neg_rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
+    }
+
+    GC g = gc;
+    bool nopen = cpen.style() == NoPen;
+
+    if ( cbrush.style() != NoBrush ) {          // draw filled chord
+        XFillArc( dpy, hd, gc_brush, x, y, w, h, a*4, alen*4 );
+        if ( nopen ) {
+            g = gc_brush;
+            nopen = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( !nopen ) {                             // draw chord outline
+        double w2 = 0.5*w;                      // with, height in ellipsis
+        double h2 = 0.5*h;
+        double xc = (double)x+w2;
+        double yc = (double)y+h2;
+        double ra1 = Q_PI/2880.0*a;             // convert a, alen to radians
+        double ra2 = ra1 + Q_PI/2880.0*alen;
+        XDrawLine( dpy, hd, g,
+                   qRound(xc + qcos(ra1)*w2), qRound(yc - qsin(ra1)*h2),
+                   qRound(xc + qcos(ra2)*w2), qRound(yc - qsin(ra2)*h2));
+        XDrawArc( dpy, hd, g, x, y, w, h, a*4, alen*4 );
+    }
+    XSetArcMode( dpy, gc_brush, ArcPieSlice );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws \a nlines separate lines from points defined in \a a,
+    starting at \a a[index] (\a index defaults to 0). If \a nlines is
+    -1 (the default) all points until the end of the array are used
+    (i.e. (a.size()-index)/2 lines are drawn).
+
+    Draws the 1st line from \a a[index] to \a a[index+1]. Draws the
+    2nd line from \a a[index+2] to \a a[index+3] etc.
+
+    \warning On X11, coordinates that do not fit into 16-bit signed
+    values are truncated. This limitation is expected to go away in
+    Qt 4.
+
+    \sa drawPolyline(), drawPolygon(), QPen
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawLineSegments( const QPointArray &a, int index, int nlines )
+{
+    if ( nlines < 0 )
+        nlines = a.size()/2 - index/2;
+    if ( index + nlines*2 > (int)a.size() )
+        nlines = (a.size() - index)/2;
+    if ( !isActive() || nlines < 1 || index < 0 )
+        return;
+    QPointArray pa = a;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            if ( 2*nlines != (int)pa.size() ) {
+                pa = QPointArray( nlines*2 );
+                for ( int i=0; i<nlines*2; i++ )
+                    pa.setPoint( i, a.point(index+i) );
+                index = 0;
+            }
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            param[0].ptarr = (QPointArray*)&pa;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawLineSegments, this, param) ||
+                 !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop != TxNone ) {
+            pa = xForm( a, index, nlines*2 );
+            if ( pa.size() != a.size() ) {
+                index  = 0;
+                nlines = pa.size()/2;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen )
+        XDrawSegments( dpy, hd, gc,
+                       (XSegment*)(pa.shortPoints( index, nlines*2 )), nlines );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws the polyline defined by the \a npoints points in \a a
+    starting at \a a[index]. (\a index defaults to 0.)
+
+    If \a npoints is -1 (the default) all points until the end of the
+    array are used (i.e. a.size()-index-1 line segments are drawn).
+
+    \warning On X11, coordinates that do not fit into 16-bit signed
+    values are truncated. This limitation is expected to go away in
+    Qt 4.
+
+    \sa drawLineSegments(), drawPolygon(), QPen
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPolyline( const QPointArray &a, int index, int npoints )
+{
+    if ( npoints < 0 )
+        npoints = a.size() - index;
+    if ( index + npoints > (int)a.size() )
+        npoints = a.size() - index;
+    if ( !isActive() || npoints < 2 || index < 0 )
+        return;
+    QPointArray pa = a;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            if ( npoints != (int)pa.size() ) {
+                pa = QPointArray( npoints );
+                for ( int i=0; i<npoints; i++ )
+                    pa.setPoint( i, a.point(index+i) );
+                index = 0;
+            }
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            param[0].ptarr = (QPointArray*)&pa;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPolyline, this, param) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop != TxNone ) {
+            pa = xForm( pa, index, npoints );
+            if ( pa.size() != a.size() ) {
+                index   = 0;
+                npoints = pa.size();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen ) {
+        while(npoints>65535) {
+            XDrawLines( dpy, hd, gc, (XPoint*)(pa.shortPoints( index, 65535 )),
+                        65535, CoordModeOrigin );
+            npoints-=65535;
+            index+=65535;
+        }
+        XDrawLines( dpy, hd, gc, (XPoint*)(pa.shortPoints( index, npoints )),
+                    npoints, CoordModeOrigin );
+    }
+}
+
+static int global_polygon_shape = Complex;
+
+/*!
+    Draws the polygon defined by the \a npoints points in \a a
+    starting at \a a[index]. (\a index defaults to 0.)
+
+    If \a npoints is -1 (the default) all points until the end of the
+    array are used (i.e. a.size()-index line segments define the
+    polygon).
+
+    The first point is always connected to the last point.
+
+    The polygon is filled with the current brush(). If \a winding is
+    TRUE, the polygon is filled using the winding fill algorithm. If
+    \a winding is FALSE, the polygon is filled using the even-odd
+    (alternative) fill algorithm.
+
+    \warning On X11, coordinates that do not fit into 16-bit signed
+    values are truncated. This limitation is expected to go away in
+    Qt 4.
+
+    \sa drawLineSegments(), drawPolyline(), QPen
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPolygon( const QPointArray &a, bool winding,
+                            int index, int npoints )
+{
+    if ( npoints < 0 )
+        npoints = a.size() - index;
+    if ( index + npoints > (int)a.size() )
+        npoints = a.size() - index;
+    if ( !isActive() || npoints < 2 || index < 0 )
+        return;
+    QPointArray pa = a;
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            if ( npoints != (int)a.size() ) {
+                pa = QPointArray( npoints );
+                for ( int i=0; i<npoints; i++ )
+                    pa.setPoint( i, a.point(index+i) );
+                index = 0;
+            }
+            QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+            param[0].ptarr = (QPointArray*)&pa;
+            param[1].ival = winding;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPolygon, this, param) || !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop != TxNone ) {
+            pa = xForm( a, index, npoints );
+            if ( pa.size() != a.size() ) {
+                index   = 0;
+                npoints = pa.size();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( winding )                              // set to winding fill rule
+        XSetFillRule( dpy, gc_brush, WindingRule );
+
+    if ( pa[index] != pa[index+npoints-1] ){   // close open pointarray
+        pa.detach();
+        pa.resize( index+npoints+1 );
+        pa.setPoint( index+npoints, pa[index] );
+        npoints++;
+    }
+
+    if ( cbrush.style() != NoBrush ) {          // draw filled polygon
+        XFillPolygon( dpy, hd, gc_brush,
+                      (XPoint*)(pa.shortPoints( index, npoints )),
+                      npoints, global_polygon_shape, CoordModeOrigin );
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen ) {              // draw outline
+        XDrawLines( dpy, hd, gc, (XPoint*)(pa.shortPoints( index, npoints )),
+                    npoints, CoordModeOrigin );
+    }
+    if ( winding )                              // set to normal fill rule
+        XSetFillRule( dpy, gc_brush, EvenOddRule );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Draws the convex polygon defined by the \a npoints points in \a pa
+    starting at \a pa[index] (\a index defaults to 0).
+
+    If the supplied polygon is not convex, the results are undefined.
+
+    On some platforms (e.g. X Window), this is faster than
+    drawPolygon().
+
+    \warning On X11, coordinates that do not fit into 16-bit signed
+    values are truncated. This limitation is expected to go away in
+    Qt 4.
+*/
+void QPainter::drawConvexPolygon( const QPointArray &pa,
+                                  int index, int npoints )
+{
+    global_polygon_shape = Convex;
+    drawPolygon(pa, FALSE, index, npoints);
+    global_polygon_shape = Complex;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws a cubic Bezier curve defined by the control points in \a a,
+    starting at \a a[index] (\a index defaults to 0).
+
+    Control points after \a a[index + 3] are ignored. Nothing happens
+    if there aren't enough control points.
+
+    \warning On X11, coordinates that do not fit into 16-bit signed
+    values are truncated. This limitation is expected to go away in
+    Qt 4.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawCubicBezier( const QPointArray &a, int index )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if ( a.size() - index < 4 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+        qWarning( "QPainter::drawCubicBezier: Cubic Bezier needs 4 control "
+                  "points" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    QPointArray pa( a );
+    if ( index != 0 || a.size() > 4 ) {
+        pa = QPointArray( 4 );
+        for ( int i=0; i<4; i++ )
+            pa.setPoint( i, a.point(index+i) );
+    }
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+            QPDevCmdParam param[1];
+            param[0].ptarr = (QPointArray*)&pa;
+            if ( !pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawCubicBezier, this, param) ||
+                 !hd )
+                return;
+        }
+        if ( txop != TxNone )
+            pa = xForm( pa );
+    }
+    if ( cpen.style() != NoPen ) {
+        pa = pa.cubicBezier();
+        XDrawLines( dpy, hd, gc, (XPoint*)pa.shortPoints(), pa.size(),
+                    CoordModeOrigin );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws a pixmap at \a (x, y) by copying a part of \a pixmap into
+    the paint device.
+
+    \a (x, y) specifies the top-left point in the paint device that is
+    to be drawn onto. \a (sx, sy) specifies the top-left point in \a
+    pixmap that is to be drawn. The default is (0, 0).
+
+    \a (sw, sh) specifies the size of the pixmap that is to be drawn.
+    The default, (-1, -1), means all the way to the bottom right of
+    the pixmap.
+
+    Currently the mask of the pixmap or it's alpha channel are ignored
+    when painting on a QPrinter.
+
+    \sa bitBlt(), QPixmap::setMask()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPixmap( int x, int y, const QPixmap &pixmap,
+                           int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() || pixmap.isNull() )
+        return;
+
+    // right/bottom
+    if ( sw < 0 )
+        sw = pixmap.width()  - sx;
+    if ( sh < 0 )
+        sh = pixmap.height() - sy;
+
+    // Sanity-check clipping
+    if ( sx < 0 ) {
+        x -= sx;
+        sw += sx;
+        sx = 0;
+    }
+    if ( sw + sx > pixmap.width() )
+        sw = pixmap.width() - sx;
+    if ( sy < 0 ) {
+        y -= sy;
+        sh += sy;
+        sy = 0;
+    }
+    if ( sh + sy > pixmap.height() )
+        sh = pixmap.height() - sy;
+
+    if ( sw <= 0 || sh <= 0 )
+        return;
+
+    if ( pdev->x11Screen() != pixmap.x11Screen() ) {
+        QPixmap* p = (QPixmap*) &pixmap;
+        p->x11SetScreen( pdev->x11Screen() );
+    }
+
+    QPixmap::x11SetDefaultScreen( pixmap.x11Screen() );
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev|VxF|WxF) ) {
+        if ( testf(ExtDev) || txop == TxScale || txop == TxRotShear ) {
+            if ( sx != 0 || sy != 0 ||
+                 sw != pixmap.width() || sh != pixmap.height() ) {
+                QPixmap tmp( sw, sh, pixmap.depth() );
+                bitBlt( &tmp, 0, 0, &pixmap, sx, sy, sw, sh, CopyROP, TRUE );
+                if ( pixmap.mask() ) {
+                    QBitmap mask( sw, sh );
+                    bitBlt( &mask, 0, 0, pixmap.mask(), sx, sy, sw, sh,
+                            CopyROP, TRUE );
+                    tmp.setMask( mask );
+                }
+                drawPixmap( x, y, tmp );
+                return;
+            }
+            if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+                QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+                QRect r(x, y, pixmap.width(), pixmap.height());
+                param[0].rect  = &r;
+                param[1].pixmap = &pixmap;
+                if ( !pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param) || !hd )
+                    return;
+            }
+            if ( txop == TxScale || txop == TxRotShear ) {
+                QWMatrix mat( m11(), m12(),
+                              m21(), m22(),
+                              dx(),  dy() );
+                mat = QPixmap::trueMatrix( mat, sw, sh );
+                QPixmap pm = pixmap.xForm( mat );
+                if ( !pm.mask() && txop == TxRotShear ) {
+                    QBitmap bm_clip( sw, sh, 1 );
+                    bm_clip.fill( color1 );
+                    pm.setMask( bm_clip.xForm(mat) );
+                }
+                map( x, y, &x, &y );            // compute position of pixmap
+                int dx, dy;
+                mat.map( 0, 0, &dx, &dy );
+                uint save_flags = flags;
+                flags = IsActive | (save_flags & ClipOn);
+                drawPixmap( x-dx, y-dy, pm );
+                flags = save_flags;
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+        map( x, y, &x, &y );
+    }
+
+    QBitmap *mask = (QBitmap *)pixmap.mask();
+    bool mono = pixmap.depth() == 1;
+
+    if ( mask && !hasClipping() && pdev != paintEventDevice ) {
+        if ( mono ) {                           // needs GCs pen color
+            bool selfmask = pixmap.data->selfmask;
+            if ( selfmask ) {
+                XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillStippled );
+                XSetStipple( dpy, gc, pixmap.handle() );
+            } else {
+                XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillOpaqueStippled );
+                XSetStipple( dpy, gc, pixmap.handle() );
+                XSetClipMask( dpy, gc, mask->handle() );
+                XSetClipOrigin( dpy, gc, x-sx, y-sy );
+            }
+            XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, x-sx, y-sy );
+            XFillRectangle( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, sw, sh );
+            XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, 0, 0 );
+            XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillSolid );
+            if ( !selfmask ) {
+                if ( pdev == paintEventDevice && paintEventClipRegion ) {
+                    x11SetClipRegion( dpy, gc, 0, rendhd, *paintEventClipRegion );
+		} else {
+                    x11ClearClipRegion(dpy, gc, 0, rendhd);
+		}
+            }
+        } else {
+            bitBlt( pdev, x, y, &pixmap, sx, sy, sw, sh, (RasterOp)rop );
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QRegion rgn = crgn;
+
+    if ( mask ) {                               // pixmap has clip mask
+        // Implies that clipping is on, either explicit or implicit
+        // Create a new mask that combines the mask with the clip region
+
+        if ( pdev == paintEventDevice && paintEventClipRegion ) {
+            if ( hasClipping() )
+                rgn = rgn.intersect( *paintEventClipRegion );
+            else
+                rgn = *paintEventClipRegion;
+        }
+
+        QBitmap *comb = new QBitmap( sw, sh );
+        comb->detach();
+        GC cgc = qt_xget_temp_gc( pixmap.x11Screen(), TRUE );   // get temporary mono GC
+        XSetForeground( dpy, cgc, 0 );
+        XFillRectangle( dpy, comb->handle(), cgc, 0, 0, sw, sh );
+        XSetBackground( dpy, cgc, 0 );
+        XSetForeground( dpy, cgc, 1 );
+	int num;
+	XRectangle *rects = (XRectangle *)qt_getClipRects( rgn, num );
+        XSetClipRectangles( dpy, cgc, -x, -y, rects, num, YXBanded );
+        XSetFillStyle( dpy, cgc, FillOpaqueStippled );
+        XSetStipple( dpy, cgc, mask->handle() );
+        XSetTSOrigin( dpy, cgc, -sx, -sy );
+        XFillRectangle( dpy, comb->handle(), cgc, 0, 0, sw, sh );
+        XSetTSOrigin( dpy, cgc, 0, 0 );         // restore cgc
+        XSetFillStyle( dpy, cgc, FillSolid );
+        XSetClipMask( dpy, cgc, None );
+        mask = comb;                            // it's deleted below
+
+        XSetClipMask( dpy, gc, mask->handle() );
+        XSetClipOrigin( dpy, gc, x, y );
+    }
+
+    if ( mono ) {
+        XSetBackground( dpy, gc, bg_col.pixel(scrn) );
+        XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillOpaqueStippled );
+        XSetStipple( dpy, gc, pixmap.handle() );
+        XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, x-sx, y-sy );
+        XFillRectangle( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, sw, sh );
+        XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, 0, 0 );
+        XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillSolid );
+    } else {
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE) && !defined(QT_NO_XRENDER)
+        Picture pict = rendhd ? XftDrawPicture((XftDraw *) rendhd) : None;
+	QPixmap *alpha = pixmap.data->alphapm;
+
+	if ( pict && pixmap.x11RenderHandle() &&
+	     alpha && alpha->x11RenderHandle()) {
+	    XRenderComposite(dpy, PictOpOver, pixmap.x11RenderHandle(),
+			     alpha->x11RenderHandle(), pict,
+			     sx, sy, sx, sy, x, y, sw, sh);
+	} else
+#endif // !QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE && !QT_NO_XRENDER
+        {
+            XCopyArea( dpy, pixmap.handle(), hd, gc, sx, sy, sw, sh, x, y );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( mask ) {                               // restore clipping
+        XSetClipOrigin( dpy, gc, 0, 0 );
+        XSetRegion( dpy, gc, rgn.handle() );
+        delete mask;                            // delete comb, created above
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Internal, used by drawTiledPixmap */
+
+static void drawTile( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+                      const QPixmap &pixmap, int xOffset, int yOffset )
+{
+    int yPos, xPos, drawH, drawW, yOff, xOff;
+    yPos = y;
+    yOff = yOffset;
+    while( yPos < y + h ) {
+        drawH = pixmap.height() - yOff;    // Cropping first row
+        if ( yPos + drawH > y + h )        // Cropping last row
+            drawH = y + h - yPos;
+        xPos = x;
+        xOff = xOffset;
+        while( xPos < x + w ) {
+            drawW = pixmap.width() - xOff; // Cropping first column
+            if ( xPos + drawW > x + w )    // Cropping last column
+                drawW = x + w - xPos;
+            p->drawPixmap( xPos, yPos, pixmap, xOff, yOff, drawW, drawH );
+            xPos += drawW;
+            xOff = 0;
+        }
+        yPos += drawH;
+        yOff = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+#if 0 // see comment in drawTiledPixmap
+/* Internal, used by drawTiledPixmap */
+
+static void fillTile(  QPixmap *tile, const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    bitBlt( tile, 0, 0, &pixmap, 0, 0, -1, -1, Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+    int x = pixmap.width();
+    while ( x < tile->width() ) {
+        bitBlt( tile, x,0, tile, 0,0, x,pixmap.height(), Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+        x *= 2;
+    }
+    int y = pixmap.height();
+    while ( y < tile->height() ) {
+        bitBlt( tile, 0,y, tile, 0,0, tile->width(),y, Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+        y *= 2;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Draws a tiled \a pixmap in the specified rectangle.
+
+    \a (x, y) specifies the top-left point in the paint device that is
+    to be drawn onto; with the width and height given by \a w and \a
+    h. \a (sx, sy) specifies the top-left point in \a pixmap that is
+    to be drawn. The default is (0, 0).
+
+    Calling drawTiledPixmap() is similar to calling drawPixmap()
+    several times to fill (tile) an area with a pixmap, but is
+    potentially much more efficient depending on the underlying window
+    system.
+
+    \sa drawPixmap()
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawTiledPixmap( int x, int y, int w, int h,
+                                const QPixmap &pixmap, int sx, int sy )
+{
+    int sw = pixmap.width();
+    int sh = pixmap.height();
+    if (!sw || !sh )
+        return;
+    if ( sx < 0 )
+        sx = sw - -sx % sw;
+    else
+        sx = sx % sw;
+    if ( sy < 0 )
+        sy = sh - -sy % sh;
+    else
+        sy = sy % sh;
+    /*
+      Requirements for optimizing tiled pixmaps:
+      - not an external device
+      - not scale or rotshear
+      - not mono pixmap
+      - no mask
+    */
+    QBitmap *mask = (QBitmap *)pixmap.mask();
+    if ( !testf(ExtDev) && txop <= TxTranslate && pixmap.depth() > 1 &&
+         mask == 0 ) {
+        if ( txop == TxTranslate )
+            map( x, y, &x, &y );
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE) && !defined(QT_NO_XRENDER)
+        Picture pict = rendhd ? XftDrawPicture((XftDraw *) rendhd) : None;
+	QPixmap *alpha = pixmap.data->alphapm;
+
+        if (pict && pixmap.x11RenderHandle() && alpha && alpha->x11RenderHandle()) {
+	    // this is essentially drawTile() from above, inlined for
+	    // the XRenderComposite call
+	    int yPos, xPos, drawH, drawW, yOff, xOff;
+	    yPos = y;
+	    yOff = sy;
+	    while( yPos < y + h ) {
+		drawH = pixmap.height() - yOff;    // Cropping first row
+		if ( yPos + drawH > y + h )        // Cropping last row
+		    drawH = y + h - yPos;
+		xPos = x;
+		xOff = sx;
+		while( xPos < x + w ) {
+		    drawW = pixmap.width() - xOff; // Cropping first column
+		    if ( xPos + drawW > x + w )    // Cropping last column
+			drawW = x + w - xPos;
+		    XRenderComposite(dpy, PictOpOver, pixmap.x11RenderHandle(),
+				     alpha->x11RenderHandle(), pict,
+				     xOff, yOff, xOff, yOff, xPos, yPos, drawW, drawH);
+		    xPos += drawW;
+		    xOff = 0;
+		}
+		yPos += drawH;
+		yOff = 0;
+	    }
+	    return;
+	}
+#endif // !QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE && !QT_NO_XRENDER
+
+	XSetTile( dpy, gc, pixmap.handle() );
+	XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillTiled );
+	XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, x-sx, y-sy );
+	XFillRectangle( dpy, hd, gc, x, y, w, h );
+	XSetTSOrigin( dpy, gc, 0, 0 );
+	XSetFillStyle( dpy, gc, FillSolid );
+	return;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    // maybe there'll be point in this again, but for the time all it
+    // does is make trouble for the postscript code.
+    if ( sw*sh < 8192 && sw*sh < 16*w*h ) {
+        int tw = sw;
+        int th = sh;
+        while( th * tw < 4096 && ( th < h || tw < w ) ) {
+            if ( h/th > w/tw )
+                th *= 2;
+            else
+                tw *= 2;
+        }
+        QPixmap tile( tw, th, pixmap.depth(), QPixmap::NormalOptim );
+        fillTile( &tile, pixmap );
+        if ( mask ) {
+            QBitmap tilemask( tw, th, QPixmap::NormalOptim );
+            fillTile( &tilemask, *mask );
+            tile.setMask( tilemask );
+        }
+        drawTile( this, x, y, w, h, tile, sx, sy );
+    } else {
+        drawTile( this, x, y, w, h, pixmap, sx, sy );
+    }
+#else
+    // for now we'll just output the original and let the postscript
+    // code make what it can of it.  qpicture will be unhappy.
+    drawTile( this, x, y, w, h, pixmap, sx, sy );
+#endif
+}
+
+#if 0
+//
+// Generate a string that describes a transformed bitmap. This string is used
+// to insert and find bitmaps in the global pixmap cache.
+//
+
+static QString gen_text_bitmap_key( const QWMatrix &m, const QFont &font,
+                                    const QString &str, int pos, int len )
+{
+    QString fk = font.key();
+    int sz = 4*2 + len*2 + fk.length()*2 + sizeof(double)*6;
+    QByteArray buf(sz);
+    uchar *p = (uchar *)buf.data();
+    *((double*)p)=m.m11();  p+=sizeof(double);
+    *((double*)p)=m.m12();  p+=sizeof(double);
+    *((double*)p)=m.m21();  p+=sizeof(double);
+    *((double*)p)=m.m22();  p+=sizeof(double);
+    *((double*)p)=m.dx();   p+=sizeof(double);
+    *((double*)p)=m.dy();   p+=sizeof(double);
+    QChar h1( '$' );
+    QChar h2( 'q' );
+    QChar h3( 't' );
+    QChar h4( '$' );
+    *((QChar*)p)=h1;  p+=2;
+    *((QChar*)p)=h2;  p+=2;
+    *((QChar*)p)=h3;  p+=2;
+    *((QChar*)p)=h4;  p+=2;
+    memcpy( (char*)p, (char*)(str.unicode()+pos), len*2 );  p += len*2;
+    memcpy( (char*)p, (char*)fk.unicode(), fk.length()*2 ); p += fk.length()*2;
+    return QString( (QChar*)buf.data(), buf.size()/2 );
+}
+
+static QBitmap *get_text_bitmap( const QString &key )
+{
+    return (QBitmap*)QPixmapCache::find( key );
+}
+
+static void ins_text_bitmap( const QString &key, QBitmap *bm )
+{
+    if ( !QPixmapCache::insert(key, bm) )       // cannot insert pixmap
+        delete bm;
+}
+#endif
+
+void qt_draw_transformed_rect( QPainter *p,  int x, int y, int w,  int h, bool fill )
+{
+    XPoint points[5];
+    int xp = x,  yp = y;
+    p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+    points[0].x = xp;
+    points[0].y = yp;
+    xp = x + w; yp = y;
+    p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+    points[1].x = xp;
+    points[1].y = yp;
+    xp = x + w; yp = y + h;
+    p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+    points[2].x = xp;
+    points[2].y = yp;
+    xp = x; yp = y + h;
+    p->map( xp, yp, &xp, &yp );
+    points[3].x = xp;
+    points[3].y = yp;
+    points[4] = points[0];
+
+    if ( fill )
+	XFillPolygon( p->dpy, p->hd, p->gc, points, 4, Convex, CoordModeOrigin );
+    else
+	XDrawLines( p->dpy, p->hd, p->gc, points, 5, CoordModeOrigin );
+}
+
+void qt_draw_background( QPainter *p, int x, int y, int w,  int h )
+{
+    if (p->testf(QPainter::ExtDev)) {
+	if (p->pdev->devType() == QInternal::Printer)
+	    p->fillRect(x, y, w, h, p->bg_col);
+	return;
+    }
+    XSetForeground( p->dpy, p->gc, p->bg_col.pixel(p->scrn) );
+    qt_draw_transformed_rect( p, x, y, w, h, TRUE);
+    XSetForeground( p->dpy, p->gc, p->cpen.color().pixel(p->scrn) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Draws at most \a len characters of the string \a str at position
+    \a (x, y).
+
+    \a (x, y) is the base line position. Note that the meaning of \a y
+    is not the same for the two drawText() varieties.
+*/
+void QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const QString &str, int len, QPainter::TextDirection dir )
+{
+    drawText( x, y, str, 0, len, dir );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Draws at most \a len characters starting at position \a pos from the
+  string \a str to position \a (x, y).
+
+  \a (x, y) is the base line position. Note that the meaning of \a y
+  is not the same for the two drawText() varieties.
+*/
+void QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const QString &str, int pos, int len, QPainter::TextDirection dir )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+        return;
+    if (len < 0)
+        len = str.length() - pos;
+    if ( len <= 0 || pos >= (int)str.length() ) // empty string
+        return;
+    if ( pos + len > (int)str.length() )
+        len = str.length() - pos;
+
+    if ( testf(DirtyFont) ) {
+	updateFont();
+    }
+
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) && pdev->devType() != QInternal::Printer ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[3];
+	QPoint p(x, y);
+	QString string = str.mid( pos,  len );
+	param[0].point = &p;
+	param[1].str = &string;
+	param[2].ival = QFont::Latin;
+	if ( !pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2, this, param) || !hd )
+	    return;
+    }
+
+    bool simple = (dir == QPainter::Auto) && str.simpleText();
+    // we can't take the complete string here as we would otherwise
+    // get quadratic behaviour when drawing long strings in parts.
+    // we do however need some chars around the part we paint to get arabic shaping correct.
+    // ### maybe possible to remove after cursor restrictions work in QRT
+    int start;
+    int end;
+    if ( simple ) {
+	start = pos;
+	end = pos+len;
+    } else {
+	start = QMAX( 0,  pos - 8 );
+	end = QMIN( (int)str.length(), pos + len + 8 );
+    }
+    QConstString cstr( str.unicode() + start, end - start );
+    pos -= start;
+
+    QTextEngine engine( cstr.string(), pfont ? pfont->d : cfont.d );
+    QTextLayout layout( &engine );
+
+    // this is actually what beginLayout does. Inlined here, so we can
+    // avoid the bidi algorithm if we don't need it.
+    engine.itemize( simple ? QTextEngine::NoBidi|QTextEngine::SingleLine : QTextEngine::Full|QTextEngine::SingleLine );
+    engine.currentItem = 0;
+    engine.firstItemInLine = -1;
+
+    if ( dir != Auto ) {
+	int level = dir == RTL ? 1 : 0;
+	for ( int i = engine.items.size(); i >= 0; i-- )
+	    engine.items[i].analysis.bidiLevel = level;
+    }
+
+    if ( !simple ) {
+	layout.setBoundary( pos );
+	layout.setBoundary( pos + len );
+    }
+
+    // small hack to force skipping of unneeded items
+    start = 0;
+    while ( engine.items[start].position < pos )
+	++start;
+    engine.currentItem = start;
+    layout.beginLine( 0xfffffff );
+    end = start;
+    while ( !layout.atEnd() && layout.currentItem().from() < pos + len ) {
+	layout.addCurrentItem();
+	end++;
+    }
+    QFontMetrics fm(fontMetrics());
+    int ascent = fm.ascent(), descent = fm.descent();
+    int left, right;
+    layout.endLine( 0, 0, Qt::SingleLine|Qt::AlignLeft, &ascent, &descent, &left, &right );
+
+    // do _not_ call endLayout() here, as it would clean up the shaped items and we would do shaping another time
+    // for painting.
+
+    int textFlags = 0;
+    if ( cfont.d->underline ) textFlags |= Qt::Underline;
+    if ( cfont.d->overline ) textFlags |= Qt::Overline;
+    if ( cfont.d->strikeOut ) textFlags |= Qt::StrikeOut;
+
+    if ( bg_mode == OpaqueMode )
+	qt_draw_background( this, x, y-ascent, right-left, ascent+descent+1);
+
+    for ( int i = start; i < end; i++ ) {
+	QTextItem ti;
+	ti.item = i;
+	ti.engine = &engine;
+
+	drawTextItem( x, y - ascent, ti, textFlags );
+    }
+    layout.d = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+    Draws the text item \a ti at position \a (x, y ).
+
+    This method ignores the painters background mode and
+    color. drawText and qt_format_text have to do it themselves, as
+    only they know the extents of the complete string.
+
+    It ignores the font set on the painter as the text item has one of its own.
+
+    The underline and strikeout parameters of the text items font are
+    ignored aswell. You'll need to pass in the correct flags to get
+    underlining and strikeout.
+*/
+void QPainter::drawTextItem( int x,  int y, const QTextItem &ti, int textFlags )
+{
+    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
+	QPDevCmdParam param[2];
+	QPoint p(x, y);
+	param[0].point = &p;
+	param[1].textItem = &ti;
+	bool retval = pdev->cmd(QPaintDevice::PdcDrawTextItem, this, param);
+	if ( !retval || !hd )
+	    return;
+    }
+
+    QTextEngine *engine = ti.engine;
+    QScriptItem *si = &engine->items[ti.item];
+
+    engine->shape( ti.item );
+    QFontEngine *fe = si->fontEngine;
+    assert( fe != 0 );
+
+    x += si->x;
+    y += si->y;
+
+    fe->draw( this, x,  y, engine, si, textFlags );
+}
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040000
+#error "remove current position and associated methods"
+#endif
+/*!
+  \obsolete
+    Returns the current position of the  pen.
+
+    \sa moveTo()
+ */
+QPoint QPainter::pos() const
+{
+    return curPt;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpalette.cpp b/src/kernel/qpalette.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9e07f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpalette.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1224 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QColorGroup and QPalette classes
+**
+** Created : 950323
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpalette.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColorGroup member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QColorGroup qpalette.h
+    \brief The QColorGroup class contains a group of widget colors.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+
+    A color group contains a group of colors used by widgets for
+    drawing themselves. We recommend that widgets use color group
+    roles such as "foreground" and "base" rather than literal colors
+    like "red" or "turquoise". The color roles are enumerated and
+    defined in the \l ColorRole documentation.
+
+    The most common use of QColorGroup is like this:
+
+    \code
+	QPainter p;
+	...
+	p.setPen( colorGroup().foreground() );
+	p.drawLine( ... )
+    \endcode
+
+    It is also possible to modify color groups or create new color
+    groups from scratch.
+
+    The color group class can be created using three different
+    constructors or by modifying one supplied by Qt. The default
+    constructor creates an all-black color group, which can then be
+    modified using set functions; there's also a constructor for
+    specifying all the color group colors. And there is also a copy
+    constructor.
+
+    We strongly recommend using a system-supplied color group and
+    modifying that as necessary.
+
+    You modify a color group by calling the access functions
+    setColor() and setBrush(), depending on whether you want a pure
+    color or a pixmap pattern.
+
+    There are also corresponding color() and brush() getters, and a
+    commonly used convenience function to get each ColorRole:
+    background(), foreground(), base(), etc.
+
+    \sa QColor QPalette QWidget::colorGroup()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QColorGroup::ColorRole
+
+    The ColorRole enum defines the different symbolic color roles used
+    in current GUIs.
+
+    The central roles are:
+
+    \value Background  general background color.
+
+    \value Foreground  general foreground color.
+
+    \value Base  used as background color for text entry widgets, for example;
+    usually white or another light color.
+
+    \value Text  the foreground color used with \c Base. Usually this
+    is the same as the \c Foreground, in which case it must provide good
+    contrast with \c Background and \c Base.
+
+    \value Button  general button background color in which buttons need a
+    background different from \c Background, as in the Macintosh style.
+
+    \value ButtonText  a foreground color used with the \c Button color.
+
+    There are some color roles used mostly for 3D bevel and shadow
+    effects:
+
+    \value Light  lighter than \c Button color.
+
+    \value Midlight  between \c Button and \c Light.
+
+    \value Dark  darker than \c Button.
+
+    \value Mid  between \c Button and \c Dark.
+
+    \value Shadow  a very dark color.
+    By default, the shadow color is \c Qt::black.
+
+    All of these are normally derived from \c Background and used in
+    ways that depend on that relationship. For example, buttons depend
+    on it to make the bevels look attractive, and Motif scroll bars
+    depend on \c Mid to be slightly different from \c Background.
+
+    Selected (marked) items have two roles:
+
+    \value Highlight   a color to indicate a selected item or the
+    current item. By default, the highlight color is \c Qt::darkBlue.
+
+    \value HighlightedText  a text color that contrasts with \c Highlight.
+    By default, the highlighted text color is \c Qt::white.
+
+    Finally, there is a special role for text that needs to be
+    drawn where \c Text or \c Foreground would give poor contrast,
+    such as on pressed push buttons:
+
+    \value BrightText a text color that is very different from \c
+    Foreground and contrasts well with e.g. \c Dark.
+
+    \value Link a text color used for unvisited hyperlinks.
+    By default, the link color is \c Qt::blue.
+
+    \value LinkVisited a text color used for already visited hyperlinks.
+    By default, the linkvisited color is \c Qt::magenta.
+
+    \value NColorRoles Internal.
+
+    Note that text colors can be used for things other than just
+    words; text colors are \e usually used for text, but it's quite
+    common to use the text color roles for lines, icons, etc.
+
+    This image shows most of the color roles in use:
+    \img palette.png Color Roles
+*/
+
+
+class QColorGroupPrivate : public QShared
+{
+public:
+    QBrush br[QColorGroup::NColorRoles];
+    QColorGroupPrivate* detach() {
+	if ( count > 1 ) {
+	    deref();
+	    QColorGroupPrivate* d = new QColorGroupPrivate;
+	    for (int i=0; i<QColorGroup::NColorRoles; i++)
+		d->br[i] = br[i];
+	    return d;
+	}
+	return this;
+    }
+};
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color group with all colors set to black.
+*/
+
+QColorGroup::QColorGroup()
+{
+    static QColorGroupPrivate* defColorGroupData = 0;
+    if ( !defColorGroupData ) {
+	static QSharedCleanupHandler<QColorGroupPrivate> defColorGroupCleanup;
+	defColorGroupData = new QColorGroupPrivate;
+	defColorGroupCleanup.set( &defColorGroupData );
+    }
+    d = defColorGroupData;
+    br = d->br;
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color group that is an independent copy of \a other.
+*/
+QColorGroup::QColorGroup( const QColorGroup& other )
+{
+    d = other.d;
+    d->ref();
+    br = d->br;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copies the colors of \a other to this color group.
+*/
+QColorGroup& QColorGroup::operator =(const QColorGroup& other)
+{
+    if ( d != other.d ) {
+	if ( d->deref() )
+	    delete d;
+	d = other.d;
+	br = d->br;
+	d->ref();
+    }
+    return *this;
+}
+
+static QColor qt_mix_colors( QColor a, QColor b)
+{
+    return QColor( (a.red() + b.red()) / 2, (a.green() + b.green()) / 2, (a.blue() + b.blue()) / 2 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a color group. You can pass either brushes, pixmaps or
+    plain colors for \a foreground, \a button, \a light, \a dark, \a
+    mid, \a text, \a bright_text, \a base and \a background.
+
+    \sa QBrush
+*/
+ QColorGroup::QColorGroup( const QBrush &foreground, const QBrush &button,
+			   const QBrush &light, const QBrush &dark,
+			   const QBrush &mid, const QBrush &text,
+			   const QBrush &bright_text, const QBrush &base,
+			   const QBrush &background)
+{
+    d = new QColorGroupPrivate;
+    br = d->br;
+    br[Foreground]      = foreground;
+    br[Button]		= button;
+    br[Light]		= light;
+    br[Dark]		= dark;
+    br[Mid]		= mid;
+    br[Text]		= text;
+    br[BrightText]	= bright_text;
+    br[ButtonText]	= text;
+    br[Base]		= base;
+    br[Background]	= background;
+    br[Midlight]	= qt_mix_colors( br[Button].color(), br[Light].color() );
+    br[Shadow]          = Qt::black;
+    br[Highlight]       = Qt::darkBlue;
+    br[HighlightedText] = Qt::white;
+    br[Link]            = Qt::blue;
+    br[LinkVisited]     = Qt::magenta;
+}
+
+
+/*!\obsolete
+
+  Constructs a color group with the specified colors. The button
+  color will be set to the background color.
+*/
+
+QColorGroup::QColorGroup( const QColor &foreground, const QColor &background,
+			  const QColor &light, const QColor &dark,
+			  const QColor &mid,
+			  const QColor &text, const QColor &base )
+{
+    d = new QColorGroupPrivate;
+    br = d->br;
+    br[Foreground]      = QBrush(foreground);
+    br[Button]          = QBrush(background);
+    br[Light]           = QBrush(light);
+    br[Dark]            = QBrush(dark);
+    br[Mid]             = QBrush(mid);
+    br[Text]            = QBrush(text);
+    br[BrightText]      = br[Light];
+    br[ButtonText]      = br[Text];
+    br[Base]            = QBrush(base);
+    br[Background]      = QBrush(background);
+    br[Midlight]	= qt_mix_colors( br[Button].color(), br[Light].color() );
+    br[Shadow]          = Qt::black;
+    br[Highlight]       = Qt::darkBlue;
+    br[HighlightedText] = Qt::white;
+    br[Link]            = Qt::blue;
+    br[LinkVisited]     = Qt::magenta;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the color group.
+*/
+
+QColorGroup::~QColorGroup()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the color that has been set for color role \a r.
+
+    \sa brush() ColorRole
+ */
+const QColor &QColorGroup::color( ColorRole r ) const
+{
+    return br[r].color();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the brush that has been set for color role \a r.
+
+    \sa color() setBrush() ColorRole
+*/
+const QBrush &QColorGroup::brush( ColorRole r ) const
+{
+    return br[r];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush used for color role \a r to a solid color \a c.
+
+    \sa brush() setColor() ColorRole
+*/
+void QColorGroup::setColor( ColorRole r, const QColor &c )
+{
+    setBrush( r, QBrush(c) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush used for color role \a r to \a b.
+
+    \sa brush() setColor() ColorRole
+*/
+void QColorGroup::setBrush( ColorRole r, const QBrush &b )
+{
+    d = d->detach();
+    br = d->br;
+    br[r] = b;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::foreground() const
+
+    Returns the foreground color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::button() const
+
+    Returns the button color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::light() const
+
+    Returns the light color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor& QColorGroup::midlight() const
+
+    Returns the midlight color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::dark() const
+
+    Returns the dark color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::mid() const
+
+    Returns the mid color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::text() const
+
+    Returns the text foreground color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::brightText() const
+
+    Returns the bright text foreground color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::buttonText() const
+
+    Returns the button text foreground color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::base() const
+
+    Returns the base color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::background() const
+
+    Returns the background color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::shadow() const
+
+    Returns the shadow color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::highlight() const
+
+    Returns the highlight color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::highlightedText() const
+
+    Returns the highlighted text color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::link() const
+
+    Returns the unvisited link text color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor & QColorGroup::linkVisited() const
+
+    Returns the visited link text color of the color group.
+
+    \sa ColorRole
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QColorGroup::operator!=( const QColorGroup &g ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this color group is different from \a g; otherwise
+    returns  FALSE.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this color group is equal to \a g; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+bool QColorGroup::operator==( const QColorGroup &g ) const
+{
+    if ( d == g.d )
+	return TRUE;
+    for( int r = 0 ; r < NColorRoles ; r++ )
+	if ( br[r] != g.br[r] )
+	    return FALSE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPalette member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPalette qpalette.h
+
+    \brief The QPalette class contains color groups for each widget state.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+    \ingroup shared
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+    \mainclass
+
+    A palette consists of three color groups: \e active, \e disabled,
+    and \e inactive. All widgets contain a palette, and all widgets in
+    Qt use their palette to draw themselves. This makes the user
+    interface easily configurable and easier to keep consistent.
+
+    If you create a new widget we strongly recommend that you use the
+    colors in the palette rather than hard-coding specific colors.
+
+    The color groups:
+    \list
+    \i The active() group is used for the window that has keyboard focus.
+    \i The inactive() group is used for other windows.
+    \i The disabled() group is used for widgets (not windows) that are
+    disabled for some reason.
+    \endlist
+
+    Both active and inactive windows can contain disabled widgets.
+    (Disabled widgets are often called \e inaccessible or \e{grayed
+    out}.)
+
+    In Motif style, active() and inactive() look the same. In Windows
+    2000 style and Macintosh Platinum style, the two styles look
+    slightly different.
+
+    There are setActive(), setInactive(), and setDisabled() functions
+    to modify the palette. (Qt also supports a normal() group; this is
+    an obsolete alias for active(), supported for backwards
+    compatibility.)
+
+    Colors and brushes can be set for particular roles in any of a
+    palette's color groups with setColor() and setBrush().
+
+    You can copy a palette using the copy constructor and test to see
+    if two palettes are \e identical using isCopyOf().
+
+    \sa QApplication::setPalette(), QWidget::setPalette(), QColorGroup, QColor
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPalette::ColorGroup
+
+    \value Disabled
+    \value Active
+    \value Inactive
+    \value NColorGroups
+    \value Normal synonym for Active
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    \fn const QColorGroup &QPalette::normal() const
+
+    Returns the active color group. Use active() instead.
+
+    \sa setActive() active()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    \fn void QPalette::setNormal( const QColorGroup & cg )
+
+    Sets the active color group to \a cg. Use setActive() instead.
+
+    \sa setActive() active()
+*/
+
+
+static int palette_count = 1;
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a palette that consists of color groups with only black
+    colors.
+*/
+
+QPalette::QPalette()
+{
+    static QPalData *defPalData = 0;
+    if ( !defPalData ) {                // create common palette data
+	defPalData = new QPalData;      //   for the default palette
+	static QSharedCleanupHandler<QPalData> defPalCleanup;
+	defPalCleanup.set( &defPalData );
+	defPalData->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    }
+    data = defPalData;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*!\obsolete
+  Constructs a palette from the \a button color. The other colors are
+  automatically calculated, based on this color. Background will be
+  the button color as well.
+*/
+
+QPalette::QPalette( const QColor &button )
+{
+    data = new QPalData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    QColor bg = button, btn = button, fg, base, disfg;
+    int h, s, v;
+    bg.hsv( &h, &s, &v );
+    if ( v > 128 ) {				// light background
+	fg   = Qt::black;
+	base = Qt::white;
+	disfg = Qt::darkGray;
+    } else {					// dark background
+	fg   = Qt::white;
+	base = Qt::black;
+	disfg = Qt::darkGray;
+    }
+    data->active   = QColorGroup( fg, btn, btn.light(150), btn.dark(),
+				  btn.dark(150), fg, Qt::white, base, bg );
+    data->disabled = QColorGroup( disfg, btn, btn.light(150), btn.dark(),
+				  btn.dark(150), disfg, Qt::white, base, bg );
+    data->inactive = data->active;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a palette from a \a button color and a \a background.
+    The other colors are automatically calculated, based on these
+    colors.
+*/
+
+QPalette::QPalette( const QColor &button, const QColor &background )
+{
+    data = new QPalData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    QColor bg = background, btn = button, fg, base, disfg;
+    int h, s, v;
+    bg.hsv( &h, &s, &v );
+    if ( v > 128 ) {				// light background
+	fg   = Qt::black;
+	base = Qt::white;
+	disfg = Qt::darkGray;
+    } else {					// dark background
+	fg   = Qt::white;
+	base = Qt::black;
+	disfg = Qt::darkGray;
+    }
+    data->active   = QColorGroup( fg, btn, btn.light(150), btn.dark(),
+				  btn.dark(150), fg, Qt::white, base, bg );
+    data->disabled = QColorGroup( disfg, btn, btn.light(150), btn.dark(),
+				  btn.dark(150), disfg, Qt::white, base, bg );
+    data->inactive = data->active;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a palette that consists of the three color groups \a
+    active, \a disabled and \a inactive. See the \link #details
+    Detailed Description\endlink for definitions of the color groups
+    and \l QColorGroup::ColorRole for definitions of each color role
+    in the three groups.
+
+    \sa QColorGroup QColorGroup::ColorRole QPalette
+*/
+
+QPalette::QPalette( const QColorGroup &active, const QColorGroup &disabled,
+		    const QColorGroup &inactive )
+{
+    data = new QPalData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    data->active = active;
+    data->disabled = disabled;
+    data->inactive = inactive;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a p.
+
+    This constructor is fast (it uses copy-on-write).
+*/
+
+QPalette::QPalette( const QPalette &p )
+{
+    data = p.data;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the palette.
+*/
+
+QPalette::~QPalette()
+{
+    if ( data->deref() )
+	delete data;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a p to this palette and returns a reference to this
+    palette.
+
+    This is fast (it uses copy-on-write).
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+QPalette &QPalette::operator=( const QPalette &p )
+{
+    p.data->ref();
+    if ( data->deref() )
+	delete data;
+    data = p.data;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the color in color group \a gr, used for color role \a r.
+
+    \sa brush() setColor() QColorGroup::ColorRole
+*/
+const QColor &QPalette::color( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const
+{
+    return directBrush( gr, r ).color();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the brush in color group \a gr, used for color role \a r.
+
+    \sa color() setBrush() QColorGroup::ColorRole
+*/
+const QBrush &QPalette::brush( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const
+{
+    return directBrush( gr, r );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush in color group \a gr, used for color role \a r, to
+    the solid color \a c.
+
+    \sa setBrush() color() QColorGroup::ColorRole
+*/
+void QPalette::setColor( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r,
+			 const QColor &c)
+{
+    setBrush( gr, r, QBrush(c) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the brush in color group \a gr, used for color role \a r, to
+    \a b.
+
+    \sa brush() setColor() QColorGroup::ColorRole
+*/
+void QPalette::setBrush( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r,
+			 const QBrush &b)
+{
+    detach();
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    directSetBrush( gr, r, b);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the brush color used for color role \a r to color \a c in all
+    three color groups.
+
+    \sa color() setBrush() QColorGroup::ColorRole
+*/
+void QPalette::setColor( QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QColor &c )
+{
+    setBrush( r, QBrush(c) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the brush in for color role \a r in all three color groups to
+    \a b.
+
+    \sa brush() setColor() QColorGroup::ColorRole active() inactive() disabled()
+*/
+void QPalette::setBrush( QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QBrush &b )
+{
+    detach();
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    directSetBrush( Active, r, b );
+    directSetBrush( Disabled, r, b );
+    directSetBrush( Inactive, r, b );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a deep copy of this palette.
+
+    \warning This is slower than the copy constructor and assignment
+    operator and offers no benefits.
+*/
+
+QPalette QPalette::copy() const
+{
+    QPalette p( data->active, data->disabled, data->inactive );
+    return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Detaches this palette from any other QPalette objects with which
+    it might implicitly share QColorGroup objects. In essence, does
+    the copying part of copy-on-write.
+
+    Calling this should generally not be necessary; QPalette calls it
+    itself when necessary.
+*/
+
+void QPalette::detach()
+{
+    if ( data->count != 1 )
+	*this = copy();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColorGroup & QPalette::disabled() const
+
+    Returns the disabled color group of this palette.
+
+    \sa QColorGroup, setDisabled(), active(), inactive()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the \c Disabled color group to \a g.
+
+    \sa disabled() setActive() setInactive()
+*/
+
+void QPalette::setDisabled( const QColorGroup &g )
+{
+    detach();
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    data->disabled = g;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColorGroup & QPalette::active() const
+
+    Returns the active color group of this palette.
+
+    \sa QColorGroup, setActive(), inactive(), disabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the \c Active color group to \a g.
+
+    \sa active() setDisabled() setInactive() QColorGroup
+*/
+
+void QPalette::setActive( const QColorGroup &g )
+{
+    detach();
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    data->active = g;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColorGroup & QPalette::inactive() const
+
+    Returns the inactive color group of this palette.
+
+    \sa QColorGroup,  setInactive(), active(), disabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the \c Inactive color group to \a g.
+
+    \sa active() setDisabled() setActive() QColorGroup
+*/
+
+void QPalette::setInactive( const QColorGroup &g )
+{
+    detach();
+    data->ser_no = palette_count++;
+    data->inactive = g;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPalette::operator!=( const QPalette &p ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE (slowly) if this palette is different from \a p;
+    otherwise returns FALSE (usually quickly).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE (usually quickly) if this palette is equal to \a p;
+    otherwise returns FALSE (slowly).
+*/
+
+bool QPalette::operator==( const QPalette &p ) const
+{
+    return data->active == p.data->active &&
+	   data->disabled == p.data->disabled &&
+	   data->inactive == p.data->inactive;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPalette::serialNumber() const
+
+    Returns a number that uniquely identifies this QPalette object.
+    The serial number is intended for caching. Its value may not be
+    used for anything other than equality testing.
+
+    Note that QPalette uses copy-on-write, and the serial number
+    changes during the lazy copy operation (detach()), not during a
+    shallow copy (copy constructor or assignment).
+
+    \sa QPixmap QPixmapCache QCache
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColorGroup/QPalette stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QColorGroup
+
+    Writes color group, \a g to the stream \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QColorGroup &g )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	// Qt 1.x
+	s << g.foreground()
+	  << g.background()
+	  << g.light()
+	  << g.dark()
+	  << g.mid()
+	  << g.text()
+	  << g.base();
+    } else {
+	int max = QColorGroup::NColorRoles;
+	if ( s.version() <= 3) // Qt 2.x
+	    max = 14;
+
+	for( int r = 0 ; r < max ; r++ )
+	    s << g.brush( (QColorGroup::ColorRole)r);
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \related QColorGroup
+
+    Reads a color group from the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QColorGroup &g )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	// Qt 1.x
+	QColor fg, bg, light, dark, mid, text, base;
+	s >> fg >> bg >> light >> dark >> mid >> text >> base;
+	QPalette p( bg );
+	QColorGroup n( p.active() );
+	n.setColor( QColorGroup::Foreground, fg );
+	n.setColor( QColorGroup::Light, light );
+	n.setColor( QColorGroup::Dark, dark );
+	n.setColor( QColorGroup::Mid, mid );
+	n.setColor( QColorGroup::Text, text );
+	n.setColor( QColorGroup::Base, base );
+	g = n;
+    } else {
+	int max = QColorGroup::NColorRoles;
+	if (s.version() <= 3) // Qt 2.x
+	    max = 14;
+
+	QBrush tmp;
+	for( int r = 0 ; r < max; r++ ) {
+	    s >> tmp;
+	    g.setBrush( (QColorGroup::ColorRole)r, tmp);
+	}
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPalette
+
+    Writes the palette, \a p to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QPalette &p )
+{
+    return s << p.active()
+	     << p.disabled()
+	     << p.inactive();
+}
+
+
+static void readV1ColorGroup( QDataStream &s, QColorGroup &g,
+		       QPalette::ColorGroup r )
+{
+    QColor fg, bg, light, dark, mid, text, base;
+    s >> fg >> bg >> light >> dark >> mid >> text >> base;
+    QPalette p( bg );
+    QColorGroup n;
+    switch ( r ) {
+	case QPalette::Disabled:
+	    n = p.disabled();
+	    break;
+	case QPalette::Inactive:
+	    n = p.inactive();
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    n = p.active();
+	    break;
+    }
+    n.setColor( QColorGroup::Foreground, fg );
+    n.setColor( QColorGroup::Light, light );
+    n.setColor( QColorGroup::Dark, dark );
+    n.setColor( QColorGroup::Mid, mid );
+    n.setColor( QColorGroup::Text, text );
+    n.setColor( QColorGroup::Base, base );
+    g = n;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPalette
+
+    Reads a palette from the stream, \a s into the palette \a p, and
+    returns a reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QPalette &p )
+{
+    QColorGroup active, disabled, inactive;
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	readV1ColorGroup( s, active, QPalette::Active );
+	readV1ColorGroup( s, disabled, QPalette::Disabled );
+	readV1ColorGroup( s, inactive, QPalette::Inactive );
+    } else {
+	s >> active >> disabled >> inactive;
+    }
+    QPalette newpal( active, disabled, inactive );
+    p = newpal;
+    return s;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this palette and \a p are copies of each other,
+    i.e. one of them was created as a copy of the other and neither
+    was subsequently modified; otherwise returns FALSE. This is much
+    stricter than equality.
+
+    \sa operator=() operator==()
+*/
+
+bool QPalette::isCopyOf( const QPalette & p )
+{
+    return data && data == p.data;
+}
+
+const QBrush &QPalette::directBrush( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const
+{
+    if ( (uint)gr > (uint)QPalette::NColorGroups ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPalette::directBrush: colorGroup(%i) out of range", gr );
+#endif
+	return data->active.br[QColorGroup::Foreground];
+    }
+    if ( (uint)r >= (uint)QColorGroup::NColorRoles ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPalette::directBrush: colorRole(%i) out of range", r );
+#endif
+	return data->active.br[QColorGroup::Foreground];
+    }
+    switch( gr ) {
+    case Active:
+	return data->active.br[r];
+	//break;
+    case Disabled:
+	return data->disabled.br[r];
+	//break;
+    case Inactive:
+	return data->inactive.br[r];
+	//break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    qWarning( "QPalette::directBrush: colorGroup(%i) internal error", gr );
+#endif
+    return data->active.br[QColorGroup::Foreground]; // Satisfy compiler
+}
+
+void QPalette::directSetBrush( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QBrush& b)
+{
+    if ( (uint)gr > (uint)QPalette::NColorGroups ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPalette::directBrush: colorGroup(%i) out of range", gr );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( (uint)r >= (uint)QColorGroup::NColorRoles ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPalette::directBrush: colorRole(%i) out of range", r );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    switch( gr ) {
+    case Active:
+	data->active.setBrush(r,b);
+	break;
+    case Disabled:
+	data->disabled.setBrush(r,b);
+	break;
+    case Inactive:
+	data->inactive.setBrush(r,b);
+	break;
+    default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPalette::directBrush: colorGroup(%i) internal error", gr );
+#endif
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!\internal*/
+QColorGroup::ColorRole QPalette::foregroundRoleFromMode( Qt::BackgroundMode mode )
+{
+    switch (mode) {
+    case Qt::PaletteButton:
+	return QColorGroup::ButtonText;
+    case Qt::PaletteBase:
+	return QColorGroup::Text;
+    case Qt::PaletteDark:
+    case Qt::PaletteShadow:
+	return QColorGroup::Light;
+    case Qt::PaletteHighlight:
+	return QColorGroup::HighlightedText;
+    case Qt::PaletteBackground:
+    default:
+	return QColorGroup::Foreground;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!\internal*/
+QColorGroup::ColorRole QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode( Qt::BackgroundMode mode)
+{
+    switch (mode) {
+    case Qt::PaletteForeground:
+	return QColorGroup::Foreground;
+    case Qt::PaletteButton:
+	return QColorGroup::Button;
+    case Qt::PaletteLight:
+	return QColorGroup::Light;
+    case Qt::PaletteMidlight:
+	return QColorGroup::Midlight;
+    case Qt::PaletteDark:
+	return QColorGroup::Dark;
+    case Qt::PaletteMid:
+	return QColorGroup::Mid;
+    case Qt::PaletteText:
+	return QColorGroup::Text;
+    case Qt::PaletteBrightText:
+	return QColorGroup::BrightText;
+    case Qt::PaletteButtonText:
+	return QColorGroup::ButtonText;
+    case Qt::PaletteBase:
+	return QColorGroup::Base;
+    case Qt::PaletteShadow:
+	return QColorGroup::Shadow;
+    case Qt::PaletteHighlight:
+	return QColorGroup::Highlight;
+    case Qt::PaletteHighlightedText:
+	return QColorGroup::HighlightedText;
+    case Qt::PaletteLink:
+	return QColorGroup::Link;
+    case Qt::PaletteLinkVisited:
+	return QColorGroup::LinkVisited;
+    case Qt::PaletteBackground:
+    default:
+	return QColorGroup::Background;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PALETTE
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpalette.h b/src/kernel/qpalette.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90399cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpalette.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QColorGroup and QPalette classes
+**
+** Created : 950323
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPALETTE_H
+#define QPALETTE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#include "qbrush.h" // QColor->QBrush conversion
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+
+class QColorGroupPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QColorGroup
+{
+public:
+    QColorGroup();
+    QColorGroup( const QColor &foreground, const QColor &button,
+		 const QColor &light, const QColor &dark, const QColor &mid,
+		 const QColor &text, const QColor &base );
+    QColorGroup( const QBrush &foreground, const QBrush &button,
+		 const QBrush &light, const QBrush &dark, const QBrush &mid,
+		 const QBrush &text, const QBrush &bright_text,
+		 const QBrush &base, const QBrush &background);
+    QColorGroup( const QColorGroup & );
+
+   ~QColorGroup();
+
+    QColorGroup& operator =(const QColorGroup&);
+
+    // Do not change the order, the serialization format depends on it
+    enum ColorRole { Foreground, Button, Light, Midlight, Dark, Mid,
+		     Text, BrightText, ButtonText, Base, Background, Shadow,
+		     Highlight, HighlightedText, Link, LinkVisited,
+		     NColorRoles };
+
+    const QColor &color( ColorRole ) const;
+    const QBrush &brush( ColorRole ) const;
+    void setColor( ColorRole, const QColor & );
+    void setBrush( ColorRole, const QBrush & );
+
+    const QColor &foreground()	const	{ return br[Foreground].color(); }
+    const QColor &button()	const	{ return br[Button].color(); }
+    const QColor &light()	const	{ return br[Light].color(); }
+    const QColor &dark()	const	{ return br[Dark].color(); }
+    const QColor &mid()		const	{ return br[Mid].color(); }
+    const QColor &text()	const	{ return br[Text].color(); }
+    const QColor &base()	const	{ return br[Base].color(); }
+    const QColor &background()	const	{ return br[Background].color(); }
+
+    const QColor &midlight()	const	{ return br[Midlight].color(); }
+    const QColor &brightText()	const	{ return br[BrightText].color(); }
+    const QColor &buttonText()	const	{ return br[ButtonText].color(); }
+    const QColor &shadow()	const	{ return br[Shadow].color(); }
+    const QColor &highlight()	const	{ return br[Highlight].color(); }
+    const QColor &highlightedText() const{return br[HighlightedText].color(); }
+    const QColor &link()        const   { return br[Link].color(); }
+    const QColor &linkVisited() const   { return br[LinkVisited].color(); }
+
+    bool	operator==( const QColorGroup &g ) const;
+    bool	operator!=( const QColorGroup &g ) const
+	{ return !(operator==(g)); }
+
+private:
+    QBrush *br;
+    QColorGroupPrivate * d;
+
+    friend class QPalette;
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPalette
+{
+public:
+    QPalette();
+    QPalette( const QColor &button );
+    QPalette( const QColor &button, const QColor &background );
+    QPalette( const QColorGroup &active, const QColorGroup &disabled,
+	      const QColorGroup &inactive );
+    QPalette( const QPalette & );
+    ~QPalette();
+    QPalette &operator=( const QPalette & );
+
+    enum ColorGroup { Disabled, Active, Inactive, NColorGroups, Normal=Active };
+
+    const QColor &color( ColorGroup, QColorGroup::ColorRole ) const;
+    const QBrush &brush( ColorGroup, QColorGroup::ColorRole ) const;
+    void setColor( ColorGroup, QColorGroup::ColorRole, const QColor & );
+    void setBrush( ColorGroup, QColorGroup::ColorRole, const QBrush & );
+
+    void setColor( QColorGroup::ColorRole, const QColor & );
+    void setBrush( QColorGroup::ColorRole, const QBrush & );
+
+    QPalette	copy() const;
+
+    const QColorGroup &active() const { return data->active; }
+    const QColorGroup &disabled() const { return data->disabled; }
+    const QColorGroup &inactive() const { return data->inactive; }
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    const QColorGroup &normal() const { return active(); }
+#endif
+
+    void	setActive( const QColorGroup & );
+    void	setDisabled( const QColorGroup & );
+    void	setInactive( const QColorGroup & );
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    void	setNormal( const QColorGroup & cg ) { setActive(cg); }
+#endif
+
+    bool	operator==( const QPalette &p ) const;
+    bool	operator!=( const QPalette &p ) const
+              { return !(operator==(p)); }
+    bool	isCopyOf( const QPalette & );
+
+    int		serialNumber() const	{ return data->ser_no; }
+    
+    
+    static QColorGroup::ColorRole foregroundRoleFromMode( Qt::BackgroundMode mode );
+    static QColorGroup::ColorRole backgroundRoleFromMode( Qt::BackgroundMode mode);
+
+private:
+    void	detach();
+    const QBrush &directBrush( ColorGroup, QColorGroup::ColorRole ) const;
+    void directSetBrush( ColorGroup, QColorGroup::ColorRole, const QBrush& );
+
+    struct QPalData : public QShared {
+	QColorGroup disabled;
+	QColorGroup active;
+	int	    ser_no;
+	QColorGroup inactive;
+    } *data;
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QColorGroup/QPalette stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QColorGroup & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QColorGroup & );
+
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QPalette & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QPalette & );
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PALETTE
+#endif // QPALETTE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpen.h b/src/kernel/qpen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba77943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPen class
+**
+** Created : 940112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPEN_H
+#define QPEN_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPen: public Qt
+{
+public:
+    QPen();
+    QPen( PenStyle );
+    QPen( const QColor &color, uint width=0, PenStyle style=SolidLine );
+    QPen( const QColor &cl, uint w, PenStyle s, PenCapStyle c, PenJoinStyle j);
+    QPen( const QPen & );
+   ~QPen();
+    QPen &operator=( const QPen & );
+
+    PenStyle	style() const		{ return data->style; }
+    void	setStyle( PenStyle );
+    uint	width() const		{ return data->width; }
+    void	setWidth( uint );
+    const QColor &color() const		{ return data->color; }
+    void	setColor( const QColor & );
+    PenCapStyle	capStyle() const;
+    void	setCapStyle( PenCapStyle );
+    PenJoinStyle joinStyle() const;
+    void	setJoinStyle( PenJoinStyle );
+
+    bool	operator==( const QPen &p ) const;
+    bool	operator!=( const QPen &p ) const
+					{ return !(operator==(p)); }
+
+private:
+    friend class QPainter;
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    friend class QFontEngineWin;
+#endif
+
+    QPen	copy()	const;
+    void	detach();
+    void	init( const QColor &, uint, uint );
+    struct QPenData : public QShared {		// pen data
+	PenStyle  style;
+	uint	  width;
+	QColor	  color;
+	Q_UINT16  linest;
+    } *data;
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPen stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QPen & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QPen & );
+#endif
+
+#endif // QPEN_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpicture.cpp b/src/kernel/qpicture.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d434516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpicture.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1229 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPicture class
+**
+** Created : 940802
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpicture.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PICTURE
+
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SVG
+#include "private/qsvgdevice_p.h"
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \class QPicture qpicture.h
+    \brief The QPicture class is a paint device that records and
+    replays QPainter commands.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    A picture serializes painter commands to an IO device in a
+    platform-independent format. For example, a picture created under
+    Windows can be read on a Sun SPARC.
+
+    Pictures are called meta-files on some platforms.
+
+    Qt pictures use a proprietary binary format. Unlike native picture
+    (meta-file) formats on many window systems, Qt pictures have no
+    limitations regarding their contents. Everything that can be
+    painted can also be stored in a picture, e.g. fonts, pixmaps,
+    regions, transformed graphics, etc.
+
+    QPicture is an \link shclass.html implicitly shared\endlink class.
+
+    Example of how to record a picture:
+    \code
+    QPicture  pic;
+    QPainter  p;
+    p.begin( &pic );               // paint in picture
+    p.drawEllipse( 10,20, 80,70 ); // draw an ellipse
+    p.end();                       // painting done
+    pic.save( "drawing.pic" );     // save picture
+    \endcode
+
+    Example of how to replay a picture:
+    \code
+    QPicture  pic;
+    pic.load( "drawing.pic" );     // load picture
+    QPainter  p;
+    p.begin( &myWidget );          // paint in myWidget
+    p.drawPicture( pic );          // draw the picture
+    p.end();                       // painting done
+    \endcode
+
+    Pictures can also be drawn using play(). Some basic data about a
+    picture is available, for example, size(), isNull() and
+    boundingRect().
+
+*/
+
+
+static const char  *mfhdr_tag = "QPIC";		// header tag
+static const Q_UINT16 mfhdr_maj = 5;		// major version #
+static const Q_UINT16 mfhdr_min = 0;		// minor version #
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty picture.
+
+    The \a formatVersion parameter may be used to \e create a QPicture
+    that can be read by applications that are compiled with earlier
+    versions of Qt.
+    \list
+    \i \a formatVersion == 1 is binary compatible with Qt 1.x and later.
+    \i \a formatVersion == 2 is binary compatible with Qt 2.0.x and later.
+    \i \a formatVersion == 3 is binary compatible with Qt 2.1.x and later.
+    \i \a formatVersion == 4 is binary compatible with Qt 3.0.x and later.
+    \i \a formatVersion == 5 is binary compatible with Qt 3.1.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that the default formatVersion is -1 which signifies the
+    current release, i.e. for Qt 3.1 a formatVersion of 5 is the same
+    as the default formatVersion of -1.
+
+    Reading pictures generated by earlier versions of Qt is supported
+    and needs no special coding; the format is automatically detected.
+*/
+
+QPicture::QPicture( int formatVersion )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Picture | QInternal::ExternalDevice )
+    // set device type
+{
+    d = new QPicturePrivate;
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( formatVersion == 0 )
+	qWarning( "QPicture: invalid format version 0" );
+#endif
+
+    // still accept the 0 default from before Qt 3.0.
+    if ( formatVersion > 0 && formatVersion != (int)mfhdr_maj ) {
+	d->formatMajor = formatVersion;
+	d->formatMinor = 0;
+	d->formatOk = FALSE;
+    }
+    else {
+	d->resetFormat();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a \link shclass.html shallow copy\endlink of \a pic.
+*/
+
+QPicture::QPicture( const QPicture &pic )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Picture | QInternal::ExternalDevice )
+{
+    d = pic.d;
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the picture.
+*/
+QPicture::~QPicture()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPicture::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the picture contains no data; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QPicture::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the picture data.
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char* QPicture::data() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the picture data. The pointer is only valid
+    until the next non-const function is called on this picture. The
+    returned pointer is 0 if the picture contains no data.
+
+    \sa size(), isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the picture data directly from \a data and \a size. This
+    function copies the input data.
+
+    \sa data(), size()
+*/
+
+void QPicture::setData( const char* data, uint size )
+{
+    detach();
+    QByteArray a( size );
+    memcpy( a.data(), data, size );
+    d->pictb.setBuffer( a );			// set byte array in buffer
+    d->resetFormat();				// we'll have to check
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Loads a picture from the file specified by \a fileName and returns
+    TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    By default, the file will be interpreted as being in the native
+    QPicture format. Specifying the \a format string is optional and
+    is only needed for importing picture data stored in a different
+    format.
+
+    Currently, the only external format supported is the \link
+    http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/ W3C SVG \endlink format which
+    requires the \link xml.html Qt XML module \endlink. The
+    corresponding \a format string is "svg".
+
+    \sa save()
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::load( const QString &fileName, const char *format )
+{
+    QFile f( fileName );
+    if ( !f.open(IO_ReadOnly) )
+	return FALSE;
+    return load( &f, format );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a dev is the device to use for loading.
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::load( QIODevice *dev, const char *format )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_SVG
+    if ( qstrcmp( format, "svg" ) == 0 ) {
+	QSvgDevice svg;
+	if ( !svg.load( dev ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+ 	QPainter p( this );
+	bool b = svg.play( &p );
+	d->brect = svg.boundingRect();
+	return b;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( format ) {
+	qWarning( "QPicture::load: No such picture format: %s", format );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    detach();
+    QByteArray a = dev->readAll();
+    d->pictb.setBuffer( a );			// set byte array in buffer
+    return d->checkFormat();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Saves a picture to the file specified by \a fileName and returns
+    TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Specifying the file \a format string is optional. It's not
+    recommended unless you intend to export the picture data for
+    use by a third party reader. By default the data will be saved in
+    the native QPicture file format.
+
+    Currently, the only external format supported is the \link
+    http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/ W3C SVG \endlink format which
+    requires the \link xml.html Qt XML module \endlink. The
+    corresponding \a format string is "svg".
+
+    \sa load()
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::save( const QString &fileName, const char *format )
+{
+    if ( paintingActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QPicture::save: still being painted on. "
+		  "Call QPainter::end() first" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SVG
+    // identical to QIODevice* code below but the file name
+    // makes a difference when it comes to saving pixmaps
+    if ( qstricmp( format, "svg" ) == 0 ) {
+	QSvgDevice svg;
+	QPainter p( &svg );
+	if ( !play( &p ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+	svg.setBoundingRect( boundingRect() );
+	return svg.save( fileName );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    QFile f( fileName );
+    if ( !f.open(IO_WriteOnly) )
+	return FALSE;
+    return save( &f, format );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a dev is the device to use for saving.
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::save( QIODevice *dev, const char *format )
+{
+    if ( paintingActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QPicture::save: still being painted on. "
+		  "Call QPainter::end() first" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SVG
+    if ( qstricmp( format, "svg" ) == 0 ) {
+	QSvgDevice svg;
+	QPainter p( &svg );
+	if ( !play( &p ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+	svg.setBoundingRect( boundingRect() );
+	return svg.save( dev );
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( format ) {
+	qWarning( "QPicture::save: No such picture format: %s", format );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    dev->writeBlock( d->pictb.buffer().data(), d->pictb.buffer().size() );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the picture's bounding rectangle or an invalid rectangle
+    if the picture contains no data.
+*/
+
+QRect QPicture::boundingRect() const
+{
+    if ( !d->formatOk )
+        d->checkFormat();
+    return d->brect;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the picture's bounding rectangle to \a r. The automatically
+    calculated value is overriden.
+*/
+
+void QPicture::setBoundingRect( const QRect &r )
+{
+    if ( !d->formatOk )
+        d->checkFormat();
+    d->brect = r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Replays the picture using \a painter, and returns TRUE if
+    successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    This function does exactly the same as QPainter::drawPicture()
+    with (x, y) = (0, 0).
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::play( QPainter *painter )
+{
+    if ( d->pictb.size() == 0 )			// nothing recorded
+	return TRUE;
+
+    if ( !d->formatOk && !d->checkFormat() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    d->pictb.open( IO_ReadOnly );		// open buffer device
+    QDataStream s;
+    s.setDevice( &d->pictb );			// attach data stream to buffer
+    s.device()->at( 10 );			// go directly to the data
+    s.setVersion( d->formatMajor == 4 ? 3 : d->formatMajor );
+
+    Q_UINT8  c, clen;
+    Q_UINT32 nrecords;
+    s >> c >> clen;
+    Q_ASSERT( c == PdcBegin );
+    // bounding rect was introduced in ver 4. Read in checkFormat().
+    if ( d->formatMajor >= 4 ) {
+	Q_INT32 dummy;
+	s >> dummy >> dummy >> dummy >> dummy;
+    }
+    s >> nrecords;
+    if ( !exec( painter, s, nrecords ) ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPicture::play: Format error" );
+#endif
+	d->pictb.close();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    d->pictb.close();
+    return TRUE;				// no end-command
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Iterates over the internal picture data and draws the picture using
+  \a painter.
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::exec( QPainter *painter, QDataStream &s, int nrecords )
+{
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    int		strm_pos;
+#endif
+    Q_UINT8	c;				// command id
+    Q_UINT8	tiny_len;			// 8-bit length descriptor
+    Q_INT32	len;				// 32-bit length descriptor
+    Q_INT16	i_16, i1_16, i2_16;		// parameters...
+    Q_INT8	i_8;
+    Q_UINT32	ul;
+    QCString	str1;
+    QString	str;
+    QPoint	p, p1, p2;
+    QRect	r;
+    QPointArray a;
+    QColor	color;
+    QFont	font;
+    QPen	pen;
+    QBrush	brush;
+    QRegion	rgn;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QWMatrix	matrix;
+#endif
+
+    while ( nrecords-- && !s.eof() ) {
+	s >> c;					// read cmd
+	s >> tiny_len;				// read param length
+	if ( tiny_len == 255 )			// longer than 254 bytes
+	    s >> len;
+	else
+	    len = tiny_len;
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	strm_pos = s.device()->at();
+#endif
+	switch ( c ) {				// exec cmd
+	    case PdcNOP:
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawPoint:
+		s >> p;
+		painter->drawPoint( p );
+		break;
+	    case PdcMoveTo:
+		s >> p;
+		painter->moveTo( p );
+		break;
+	    case PdcLineTo:
+		s >> p;
+		painter->lineTo( p );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawLine:
+		s >> p1 >> p2;
+		painter->drawLine( p1, p2 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawRect:
+		s >> r;
+		painter->drawRect( r );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawRoundRect:
+		s >> r >> i1_16 >> i2_16;
+		painter->drawRoundRect( r, i1_16, i2_16 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawEllipse:
+		s >> r;
+		painter->drawEllipse( r );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawArc:
+		s >> r >> i1_16 >> i2_16;
+		painter->drawArc( r, i1_16, i2_16 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawPie:
+		s >> r >> i1_16 >> i2_16;
+		painter->drawPie( r, i1_16, i2_16 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawChord:
+		s >> r >> i1_16 >> i2_16;
+		painter->drawChord( r, i1_16, i2_16 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawLineSegments:
+		s >> a;
+		painter->drawLineSegments( a );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawPolyline:
+		s >> a;
+		painter->drawPolyline( a );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawPolygon:
+		s >> a >> i_8;
+		painter->drawPolygon( a, i_8 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawCubicBezier:
+		s >> a;
+#ifndef QT_NO_BEZIER
+		painter->drawCubicBezier( a );
+#endif
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawText:
+		s >> p >> str1;
+		painter->drawText( p, str1 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawTextFormatted:
+		s >> r >> i_16 >> str1;
+		painter->drawText( r, i_16, str1 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawText2:
+		s >> p >> str;
+		painter->drawText( p, str );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawText2Formatted:
+		s >> r >> i_16 >> str;
+		painter->drawText( r, i_16, str );
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawPixmap: {
+		QPixmap pixmap;
+		if ( d->formatMajor < 4 ) {
+		    s >> p >> pixmap;
+		    painter->drawPixmap( p, pixmap );
+		} else {
+		    s >> r >> pixmap;
+		    painter->drawPixmap( r, pixmap );
+		}
+	                }
+		break;
+	    case PdcDrawImage: {
+		QImage image;
+		if ( d->formatMajor < 4 ) {
+		    s >> p >> image;
+		    painter->drawImage( p, image );
+		} else {
+		    s >> r >> image;
+		    painter->drawImage( r, image );
+		}
+		}
+		break;
+	    case PdcBegin:
+		s >> ul;			// number of records
+		if ( !exec( painter, s, ul ) )
+		    return FALSE;
+		break;
+	    case PdcEnd:
+		if ( nrecords == 0 )
+		    return TRUE;
+		break;
+	    case PdcSave:
+		painter->save();
+		break;
+	    case PdcRestore:
+		painter->restore();
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetBkColor:
+		s >> color;
+		painter->setBackgroundColor( color );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetBkMode:
+		s >> i_8;
+		painter->setBackgroundMode( (Qt::BGMode)i_8 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetROP:
+		s >> i_8;
+		painter->setRasterOp( (Qt::RasterOp)i_8 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetBrushOrigin:
+		s >> p;
+		painter->setBrushOrigin( p );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetFont:
+		s >> font;
+		painter->setFont( font );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetPen:
+		s >> pen;
+		painter->setPen( pen );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetBrush:
+		s >> brush;
+		painter->setBrush( brush );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetTabStops:
+		s >> i_16;
+		painter->setTabStops( i_16 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetTabArray:
+		s >> i_16;
+		if ( i_16 == 0 ) {
+		    painter->setTabArray( 0 );
+		} else {
+		    int *ta = new int[i_16];
+		    Q_CHECK_PTR( ta );
+		    for ( int i=0; i<i_16; i++ ) {
+			s >> i1_16;
+			ta[i] = i1_16;
+		    }
+		    painter->setTabArray( ta );
+		    delete [] ta;
+		}
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetVXform:
+		s >> i_8;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+		painter->setViewXForm( i_8 );
+#endif
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetWindow:
+		s >> r;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+		painter->setWindow( r );
+#endif
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetViewport:
+		s >> r;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+		painter->setViewport( r );
+#endif
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetWXform:
+		s >> i_8;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+		painter->setWorldXForm( i_8 );
+#endif
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetWMatrix:
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS	// #### fix me!
+		s >> matrix >> i_8;
+		painter->setWorldMatrix( matrix, i_8 );
+#endif
+		break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+	    case PdcSaveWMatrix:
+		painter->saveWorldMatrix();
+		break;
+	    case PdcRestoreWMatrix:
+		painter->restoreWorldMatrix();
+		break;
+#endif
+	    case PdcSetClip:
+		s >> i_8;
+		painter->setClipping( i_8 );
+		break;
+	    case PdcSetClipRegion:
+		s >> rgn >> i_8;
+		painter->setClipRegion( rgn, (QPainter::CoordinateMode)i_8 );
+		break;
+	    default:
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "QPicture::play: Invalid command %d", c );
+#endif
+		if ( len )			// skip unknown command
+		    s.device()->at( s.device()->at()+len );
+	}
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	//qDebug( "device->at(): %i, strm_pos: %i len: %i", s.device()->at(), strm_pos, len );
+	Q_ASSERT( Q_INT32(s.device()->at() - strm_pos) == len );
+#endif
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Records painter commands and stores them in the pictb buffer.
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::cmd( int c, QPainter *pt, QPDevCmdParam *p )
+{
+    detach();
+    return d->cmd( c, pt, p );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Implementation of the function forwarded above to the internal data struct.
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::QPicturePrivate::cmd( int c, QPainter *pt, QPDevCmdParam *p )
+{
+    QDataStream s;
+    s.setDevice( &pictb );
+    // when moving up to 4 the QDataStream version remained at 3
+    s.setVersion( formatMajor != 4 ? formatMajor : 3 );
+    if ( c ==  PdcBegin ) {			// begin; write header
+	QByteArray empty( 0 );
+	pictb.setBuffer( empty );		// reset byte array in buffer
+	pictb.open( IO_WriteOnly );
+	s.writeRawBytes( mfhdr_tag, 4 );
+	s << (Q_UINT16)0 << (Q_UINT16)formatMajor << (Q_UINT16)formatMinor;
+	s << (Q_UINT8)c << (Q_UINT8)sizeof(Q_INT32);
+	brect = QRect();
+	if ( formatMajor >= 4 ) {
+	    s << (Q_INT32)brect.left() << (Q_INT32)brect.top()
+	      << (Q_INT32)brect.width() << (Q_INT32)brect.height();
+	}
+	trecs = 0;
+	s << (Q_UINT32)trecs;			// total number of records
+	formatOk = FALSE;
+	return TRUE;
+    } else if ( c == PdcEnd ) {		// end; calc checksum and close
+	trecs++;
+	s << (Q_UINT8)c << (Q_UINT8)0;
+	QByteArray buf = pictb.buffer();
+	int cs_start = sizeof(Q_UINT32);		// pos of checksum word
+	int data_start = cs_start + sizeof(Q_UINT16);
+	int brect_start = data_start + 2*sizeof(Q_INT16) + 2*sizeof(Q_UINT8);
+	int pos = pictb.at();
+	pictb.at( brect_start );
+	if ( formatMajor >= 4 ) { // bounding rectangle
+	    s << (Q_INT32)brect.left() << (Q_INT32)brect.top()
+	      << (Q_INT32)brect.width() << (Q_INT32)brect.height();
+	}
+	s << (Q_UINT32)trecs;			// write number of records
+	pictb.at( cs_start );
+	Q_UINT16 cs = (Q_UINT16)qChecksum( buf.data()+data_start, pos-data_start );
+	s << cs;				// write checksum
+	pictb.close();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    trecs++;
+    s << (Q_UINT8)c;				// write cmd to stream
+    s << (Q_UINT8)0;				// write dummy length info
+    int pos = (int)pictb.at();			// save position
+    QRect br;					// bounding rect addition
+    bool corr = FALSE;				// correction for pen width
+
+    switch ( c ) {
+	case PdcDrawPoint:
+	case PdcMoveTo:
+	case PdcLineTo:
+	case PdcSetBrushOrigin:
+	    s << *p[0].point;
+	    br = QRect( *p[0].point, QSize( 1, 1 ) );
+	    corr = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawLine:
+	    s << *p[0].point << *p[1].point;
+	    br = QRect( *p[0].point, *p[1].point ).normalize();
+	    corr = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawRect:
+	case PdcDrawEllipse:
+	    s << *p[0].rect;
+	    br = *p[0].rect;
+	    corr = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawRoundRect:
+	case PdcDrawArc:
+	case PdcDrawPie:
+	case PdcDrawChord:
+	    s << *p[0].rect << (Q_INT16)p[1].ival << (Q_INT16)p[2].ival;
+	    br = *p[0].rect;
+	    corr = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawLineSegments:
+	case PdcDrawPolyline:
+	    s << *p[0].ptarr;
+	    br = p[0].ptarr->boundingRect();
+	    corr = TRUE;
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_BEZIER
+	case PdcDrawCubicBezier:
+	    s << *p[0].ptarr;
+	    br = p[0].ptarr->cubicBezier().boundingRect();
+	    corr = TRUE;
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case PdcDrawPolygon:
+	    s << *p[0].ptarr << (Q_INT8)p[1].ival;
+	    br = p[0].ptarr->boundingRect();
+	    corr = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawText2:
+	    if ( formatMajor == 1 ) {
+		pictb.at( pos - 2 );
+		s << (Q_UINT8)PdcDrawText << (Q_UINT8)0;
+		QCString str1( (*p[1].str).latin1() );
+		s << *p[0].point << str1;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		s << *p[0].point << *p[1].str;
+	    }
+	    br = pt->fontMetrics().boundingRect( *p[1].str );
+	    br.moveBy( p[0].point->x(), p[0].point->y() );
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawText2Formatted:
+	    if ( formatMajor == 1 ) {
+		pictb.at( pos - 2 );
+		s << (Q_UINT8)PdcDrawTextFormatted << (Q_UINT8)0;
+		QCString str1( (*p[2].str).latin1() );
+		s << *p[0].rect << (Q_INT16)p[1].ival << str1;
+	    }
+	    else {
+		s << *p[0].rect << (Q_INT16)p[1].ival << *p[2].str;
+	    }
+	    br = *p[0].rect;
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawPixmap:
+	    if ( formatMajor < 4 ) {
+		s << *p[0].point;
+		s << *p[1].pixmap;
+		br = QRect( *p[0].point, p[1].pixmap->size() );
+	    } else {
+		s << *p[0].rect;
+		s << *p[1].pixmap;
+		br = *p[0].rect;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case PdcDrawImage:
+	    if ( formatMajor < 4 ) {
+		QPoint pt( p[0].point->x(), p[0].point->y() );
+		s << pt;
+		s << *p[1].image;
+		br = QRect( *p[0].point, p[1].image->size() );
+	    } else {
+		s << *p[0].rect;
+		s << *p[1].image;
+		br = *p[0].rect;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case PdcSave:
+	case PdcRestore:
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetBkColor:
+	    s << *p[0].color;
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetBkMode:
+	case PdcSetROP:
+	    s << (Q_INT8)p[0].ival;
+	    break;
+        case PdcSetFont: {
+            QFont fnt = *p[0].font;
+            if (fnt.pointSize() > 0)
+                // we have to store pixels to get correct replay.
+                // the resolution is 72 dpi, so points == pixels
+                fnt.setPixelSize(QFontInfo(fnt).pixelSize());
+	    s << fnt;
+        }
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetPen:
+	    s << *p[0].pen;
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetBrush:
+	    s << *p[0].brush;
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetTabStops:
+	    s << (Q_INT16)p[0].ival;
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetTabArray:
+	    s << (Q_INT16)p[0].ival;
+	    if ( p[0].ival ) {
+		int *ta = p[1].ivec;
+		for ( int i=0; i<p[0].ival; i++ )
+		    s << (Q_INT16)ta[i];
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetUnit:
+	case PdcSetVXform:
+	case PdcSetWXform:
+	case PdcSetClip:
+	    s << (Q_INT8)p[0].ival;
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+	case PdcSetWindow:
+	case PdcSetViewport:
+	    s << *p[0].rect;
+	    break;
+	case PdcSetWMatrix:
+	    s << *p[0].matrix << (Q_INT8)p[1].ival;
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case PdcSetClipRegion:
+	    s << *p[0].rgn;
+	    s << (Q_INT8)p[1].ival;
+	    break;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	default:
+	    qWarning( "QPicture::cmd: Command %d not recognized", c );
+#endif
+    }
+    int newpos = (int)pictb.at();		// new position
+    int length = newpos - pos;
+    if ( length < 255 ) {			// write 8-bit length
+	pictb.at(pos - 1);			// position to right index
+	s << (Q_UINT8)length;
+    } else {					// write 32-bit length
+	s << (Q_UINT32)0;				// extend the buffer
+	pictb.at(pos - 1);			// position to right index
+	s << (Q_UINT8)255;			// indicate 32-bit length
+	char *p = pictb.buffer().data();
+	memmove( p+pos+4, p+pos, length );	// make room for 4 byte
+	s << (Q_UINT32)length;
+	newpos += 4;
+    }
+    pictb.at( newpos );				// set to new position
+
+    if ( br.isValid() ) {
+	if ( corr ) {				// widen bounding rect
+	    int w2 = pt->pen().width() / 2;
+	    br.setCoords( br.left() - w2, br.top() - w2,
+			  br.right() + w2, br.bottom() + w2 );
+	}
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+	br = pt->worldMatrix().map( br );
+#endif
+	if ( pt->hasClipping() ) {
+	    QRect cr = pt->clipRegion().boundingRect();
+	    br &= cr;
+	}
+	if ( br.isValid() )
+	    brect |= br;		     	// merge with existing rect
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric()
+    function.
+
+    Use the QPaintDeviceMetrics class instead.
+
+    A picture has the following hard-coded values: dpi=72,
+    numcolors=16777216 and depth=24.
+
+    \a m is the metric to get.
+*/
+
+int QPicture::metric( int m ) const
+{
+    int val;
+    switch ( m ) {
+	// ### hard coded dpi and color depth values !
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth:
+	    val = d->brect.width();
+	    break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight:
+	    val = d->brect.height();
+	    break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidthMM:
+	    val = int(25.4/72.0*d->brect.width());
+	    break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeightMM:
+	    val = int(25.4/72.0*d->brect.height());
+	    break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiX:
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiX:
+	    val = 72;
+	    break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiY:
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiY:
+	    val = 72;
+	    break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmNumColors:
+	    val = 16777216;
+	    break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDepth:
+	    val = 24;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    val = 0;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QPicture::metric: Invalid metric command" );
+#endif
+    }
+    return val;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Detaches from shared picture data and makes sure that this picture
+    is the only one referring to the data.
+
+    If multiple pictures share common data, this picture makes a copy
+    of the data and detaches itself from the sharing mechanism.
+    Nothing is done if there is just a single reference.
+*/
+
+void QPicture::detach()
+{
+    if ( d->count != 1 )
+	*this = copy();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the picture.
+*/
+
+QPicture QPicture::copy() const
+{
+    QPicture p;
+    QByteArray a( size() );
+    memcpy( a.data(), data(), size() );
+    p.d->pictb.setBuffer( a );			// set byte array in buffer
+    if ( d->pictb.isOpen() ) {			// copy buffer state
+	p.d->pictb.open( d->pictb.mode() );
+	p.d->pictb.at( d->pictb.at() );
+    }
+    p.d->trecs = d->trecs;
+    p.d->formatOk = d->formatOk;
+    p.d->formatMinor = d->formatMajor;
+    p.d->brect = boundingRect();
+    return p;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPainter member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    Replays the picture \a pic translated by (\a x, \a y).
+
+    This function does exactly the same as QPicture::play() when
+    called with (\a x, \a y) = (0, 0).
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPicture( int x, int y, const QPicture &pic )
+{
+    save();
+    translate( x, y );
+    ((QPicture*)&pic)->play( (QPainter*)this );
+    restore();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPainter::drawPicture( const QPoint &p, const QPicture &pic )
+
+    Draws picture \a pic at point \a p.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPicture( const QPoint &p, const QPicture &pic )
+{
+    drawPicture( p.x(), p.y(), pic );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \obsolete
+
+  Use one of the other QPainter::drawPicture() functions with a (0, 0)
+  offset instead.
+*/
+
+void QPainter::drawPicture( const QPicture &pic )
+{
+    drawPicture( 0, 0, pic );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns a \link shclass.html shallow copy\endlink of \a p to this
+    picture and returns a reference to this picture.
+*/
+
+QPicture& QPicture::operator= (const QPicture& p)
+{
+    p.d->ref();				// avoid 'x = x'
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+    d = p.d;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Sets formatOk to FALSE and resets the format version numbers to default
+*/
+
+void QPicture::QPicturePrivate::resetFormat()
+{
+    formatOk = FALSE;
+    formatMajor = mfhdr_maj;
+    formatMinor = mfhdr_min;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Checks data integrity and format version number. Set formatOk to TRUE
+  on success, to FALSE otherwise. Returns the resulting formatOk value.
+*/
+
+bool QPicture::QPicturePrivate::checkFormat()
+{
+    resetFormat();
+
+    // can't check anything in an empty buffer
+    if ( pictb.size() == 0 )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    pictb.open( IO_ReadOnly );			// open buffer device
+    QDataStream s;
+    s.setDevice( &pictb );			// attach data stream to buffer
+
+    char mf_id[4];				// picture header tag
+    s.readRawBytes( mf_id, 4 );			// read actual tag
+    if ( memcmp(mf_id, mfhdr_tag, 4) != 0 ) { 	// wrong header id
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPicture::checkFormat: Incorrect header" );
+#endif
+	pictb.close();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    int cs_start = sizeof(Q_UINT32);		// pos of checksum word
+    int data_start = cs_start + sizeof(Q_UINT16);
+    Q_UINT16 cs,ccs;
+    QByteArray buf = pictb.buffer();	// pointer to data
+    s >> cs;				// read checksum
+    ccs = qChecksum( buf.data() + data_start, buf.size() - data_start );
+    if ( ccs != cs ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QPicture::checkFormat: Invalid checksum %x, %x expected",
+		  ccs, cs );
+#endif
+	pictb.close();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    Q_UINT16 major, minor;
+    s >> major >> minor;			// read version number
+    if ( major > mfhdr_maj ) {		// new, incompatible version
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPicture::checkFormat: Incompatible version %d.%d",
+		  major, minor);
+#endif
+	pictb.close();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    s.setVersion( major != 4 ? major : 3 );
+
+    Q_UINT8  c, clen;
+    s >> c >> clen;
+    if ( c == PdcBegin ) {
+	if ( !( major >= 1 && major <= 3 )) {
+	    Q_INT32 l, t, w, h;
+	    s >> l >> t >> w >> h;
+	    brect = QRect( l, t, w, h );
+	}
+    } else {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPicture::checkFormat: Format error" );
+#endif
+	pictb.close();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    pictb.close();
+
+    formatOk = TRUE;			// picture seems to be ok
+    formatMajor = major;
+    formatMinor = minor;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPicture stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPicture
+
+    Writes picture \a r to the stream \a s and returns a reference to
+    the stream.
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QPicture &r )
+{
+    Q_UINT32 size = r.d->pictb.buffer().size();
+    s << size;
+    // null picture ?
+    if ( size == 0 )
+	return s;
+    // just write the whole buffer to the stream
+    return s.writeRawBytes ( r.d->pictb.buffer().data(),
+			     r.d->pictb.buffer().size() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPicture
+
+    Reads a picture from the stream \a s into picture \a r and returns
+    a reference to the stream.
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QPicture &r )
+{
+    QDataStream sr;
+
+    // "init"; this code is similar to the beginning of QPicture::cmd()
+    sr.setDevice( &r.d->pictb );
+    sr.setVersion( r.d->formatMajor );
+    Q_UINT32 len;
+    s >> len;
+    QByteArray data( len );
+    if ( len > 0 )
+	s.readRawBytes( data.data(), len );
+
+    r.d->pictb.setBuffer( data );
+    r.d->resetFormat();
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PICTURE
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpicture.h b/src/kernel/qpicture.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23a374f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpicture.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPicture class
+**
+** Created : 940729
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPICTURE_H
+#define QPICTURE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PICTURE
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPicture : public QPaintDevice		// picture class
+{
+public:
+    QPicture( int formatVersion = -1 );
+    QPicture( const QPicture & );
+   ~QPicture();
+
+    bool	isNull() const;
+
+    uint	size() const;
+    const char* data() const;
+    virtual void setData( const char* data, uint size );
+
+    bool	play( QPainter * );
+
+    bool	load( QIODevice *dev, const char *format = 0 );
+    bool	load( const QString &fileName, const char *format = 0 );
+    bool	save( QIODevice *dev, const char *format = 0 );
+    bool	save( const QString &fileName, const char *format = 0 );
+
+    QRect boundingRect() const;
+    void setBoundingRect( const QRect &r );
+
+    QPicture& operator= (const QPicture&);
+
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QPicture & );
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QPicture & );
+
+protected:
+    bool	cmd( int, QPainter *, QPDevCmdParam * );
+    int		metric( int ) const;
+    void	detach();
+    QPicture	copy() const;
+
+private:
+    bool	exec( QPainter *, QDataStream &, int );
+
+    struct QPicturePrivate : public QShared {
+	bool	cmd( int, QPainter *, QPDevCmdParam * );
+	bool	checkFormat();
+	void	resetFormat();
+
+	QBuffer	pictb;
+	int	trecs;
+	bool	formatOk;
+	int	formatMajor;
+	int	formatMinor;
+	QRect	brect;
+    } *d;
+};
+
+
+inline bool QPicture::isNull() const
+{
+    return d->pictb.buffer().isNull();
+}
+
+inline uint QPicture::size() const
+{
+    return d->pictb.buffer().size();
+}
+
+inline const char* QPicture::data() const
+{
+    return d->pictb.buffer().data();
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPicture stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QPicture & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QPicture & );
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PICTURE
+
+#endif // QPICTURE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpixmap.cpp b/src/kernel/qpixmap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecc9b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpixmap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1510 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPixmap class
+**
+** Created : 950301
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include <private/qinternal_p.h>
+#include "qmime.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QPixmap qpixmap.h
+    \brief The QPixmap class is an off-screen, pixel-based paint device.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup shared
+    \mainclass
+
+    QPixmap is one of the two classes Qt provides for dealing with
+    images; the other is QImage. QPixmap is designed and optimized
+    for drawing; QImage is designed and optimized for I/O and for
+    direct pixel access/manipulation. There are (slow) functions to
+    convert between QImage and QPixmap: convertToImage() and
+    convertFromImage().
+
+    One common use of the QPixmap class is to enable smooth updating
+    of widgets. Whenever something complex needs to be drawn, you can
+    use a pixmap to obtain flicker-free drawing, like this:
+
+    \list 1
+    \i Create a pixmap with the same size as the widget.
+    \i Fill the pixmap with the widget background color.
+    \i Paint the pixmap.
+    \i bitBlt() the pixmap contents onto the widget.
+    \endlist
+
+    Pixel data in a pixmap is internal and is managed by the
+    underlying window system. Pixels can be accessed only through
+    QPainter functions, through bitBlt(), and by converting the
+    QPixmap to a QImage.
+
+    You can easily display a QPixmap on the screen using
+    QLabel::setPixmap(). For example, all the QButton subclasses
+    support pixmap use.
+
+    The QPixmap class uses \link shclass.html copy-on-write\endlink,
+    so it is practical to pass QPixmap objects by value.
+
+    You can retrieve the width(), height(), depth() and size() of a
+    pixmap. The enclosing rectangle is given by rect(). Pixmaps can be
+    filled with fill() and resized with resize(). You can create and
+    set a mask with createHeuristicMask() and setMask(). Use
+    selfMask() to see if the pixmap is identical to its mask.
+
+    In addition to loading a pixmap from file using load() you can
+    also loadFromData(). You can control optimization with
+    setOptimization() and obtain a transformed version of the pixmap
+    using xForm()
+
+    Note regarding Windows 95 and 98: on Windows 9x the system crashes
+    if you create more than about 1000 pixmaps, independent of the
+    size of the pixmaps or installed RAM. Windows NT-systems (including
+    2000, XP and following versions) do not have the same limitation,
+    but depending on the graphics equipment the system will fail to
+    allocate pixmap objects at some point (due to system running out of
+    GDI resources).
+
+    Qt tries to work around the resource limitation. If you set the
+    pixmap optimization to \c QPixmap::MemoryOptim and the width of
+    your pixmap is less than or equal to 128 pixels, Qt stores the
+    pixmap in a way that is very memory-efficient when there are many
+    pixmaps.
+
+    If your application uses dozens or hundreds of pixmaps (for
+    example on tool bar buttons and in popup menus), and you plan to
+    run it on Windows 95 or Windows 98, we recommend using code like
+    this:
+
+    \code
+	QPixmap::setDefaultOptimization( QPixmap::MemoryOptim );
+	while ( ... ) {
+	    // load tool bar pixmaps etc.
+	    QPixmap *pixmap = new QPixmap(fileName);
+	}
+	QPixmap::setDefaultOptimization( QPixmap::NormalOptim );
+    \endcode
+
+    In general it is recommended to make as much use of QPixmap's
+    implicit sharing and the QPixmapCache as possible.
+
+    \sa QBitmap, QImage, QImageIO, \link shclass.html Shared Classes\endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPixmap::ColorMode
+
+    This enum type defines the color modes that exist for converting
+    QImage objects to QPixmap.
+
+    \value Auto  Select \c Color or \c Mono on a case-by-case basis.
+    \value Color Always create colored pixmaps.
+    \value Mono  Always create bitmaps.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPixmap::Optimization
+
+    QPixmap has the choice of optimizing for speed or memory in a few
+    places; the best choice varies from pixmap to pixmap but can
+    generally be derived heuristically. This enum type defines a
+    number of optimization modes that you can set for any pixmap to
+    tweak the speed/memory tradeoffs:
+
+    \value DefaultOptim  Whatever QPixmap::defaultOptimization()
+	returns. A pixmap with this optimization will have whatever
+	the current default optimization is. If the default
+	optimization is changed using setDefaultOptimization(), then
+	this will not effect any pixmaps that have already been
+	created.
+
+    \value NoOptim  No optimization (currently the same as \c
+	MemoryOptim).
+
+    \value MemoryOptim  Optimize for minimal memory use on Windows
+	9x and X11 systems.
+
+    \value NormalOptim  Optimize for typical usage. Often uses more
+	memory than \c MemoryOptim, and is often faster.
+
+    \value BestOptim  Optimize for pixmaps that are drawn very often
+	and where performance is critical. Generally uses more memory
+	than \c NormalOptim and may provide a little more speed.
+
+    We recommend using \c DefaultOptim.
+
+*/
+
+
+QPixmap::Optimization QPixmap::defOptim = QPixmap::NormalOptim;
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Private constructor which takes the bitmap flag, the optimization.and a screen.
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( int w, int h, int depth, bool bitmap,
+		  Optimization optimization )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( w, h, depth, bitmap, optimization );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a null pixmap.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap()
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( 0, 0, 0, FALSE, defOptim );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pixmap from the QImage \a image.
+
+    \sa convertFromImage()
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( const QImage& image )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( 0, 0, 0, FALSE, defOptim );
+    convertFromImage( image );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pixmap with \a w width, \a h height and \a depth bits
+    per pixel. The pixmap is optimized in accordance with the \a
+    optimization value.
+
+    The contents of the pixmap is uninitialized.
+
+    The \a depth can be either 1 (monochrome) or the depth of the
+    current video mode. If \a depth is negative, then the hardware
+    depth of the current video mode will be used.
+
+    If either \a w or \a h is zero, a null pixmap is constructed.
+
+    \sa isNull() QPixmap::Optimization
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( int w, int h, int depth, Optimization optimization )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( w, h, depth, FALSE, optimization );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload QPixmap::QPixmap( const QSize &size, int depth, Optimization optimization )
+
+    Constructs a pixmap of size \a size, \a depth bits per pixel,
+    optimized in accordance with the \a optimization value.
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( const QSize &size, int depth, Optimization optimization )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( size.width(), size.height(), depth, FALSE, optimization );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+/*!
+    Constructs a pixmap from the file \a fileName. If the file does
+    not exist or is of an unknown format, the pixmap becomes a null
+    pixmap.
+
+    The \a fileName, \a format and \a conversion_flags parameters are
+    passed on to load(). This means that the data in \a fileName is
+    not compiled into the binary. If \a fileName contains a relative
+    path (e.g. the filename only) the relevant file must be found
+    relative to the runtime working directory.
+
+    If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution
+    result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a
+    conversion_flags to specify how you'd prefer this to happen.
+
+    \sa Qt::ImageConversionFlags isNull(), load(), loadFromData(), save(), imageFormat()
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( const QString& fileName, const char *format,
+	int conversion_flags )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( 0, 0, 0, FALSE, defOptim );
+    load( fileName, format, conversion_flags );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pixmap from the file \a fileName. If the file does
+    not exist or is of an unknown format, the pixmap becomes a null
+    pixmap.
+
+    The \a fileName, \a format and \a mode parameters are passed on to
+    load(). This means that the data in \a fileName is not compiled
+    into the binary. If \a fileName contains a relative path (e.g. the
+    filename only) the relevant file must be found relative to the
+    runtime working directory.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::ColorMode isNull(), load(), loadFromData(), save(), imageFormat()
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( const QString& fileName, const char *format, ColorMode mode )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( 0, 0, 0, FALSE, defOptim );
+    load( fileName, format, mode );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pixmap from \a xpm, which must be a valid XPM image.
+
+    Errors are silently ignored.
+
+    Note that it's possible to squeeze the XPM variable a little bit
+    by using an unusual declaration:
+
+    \code
+	static const char * const start_xpm[]={
+	    "16 15 8 1",
+	    "a c #cec6bd",
+	....
+    \endcode
+
+    The extra \c const makes the entire definition read-only, which is
+    slightly more efficient (for example, when the code is in a shared
+    library) and ROMable when the application is to be stored in ROM.
+
+    In order to use that sort of declaration you must cast the
+    variable back to \c{const char **} when you create the QPixmap.
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( const char *xpm[] )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( 0, 0, 0, FALSE, defOptim );
+    QImage image( xpm );
+    if ( !image.isNull() )
+	convertFromImage( image );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pixmaps by loading from \a img_data. The data can be
+    in any image format supported by Qt.
+
+    \sa loadFromData()
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( const QByteArray & img_data )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    init( 0, 0, 0, FALSE, defOptim );
+    loadFromData( img_data );
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a pixmap that is a copy of \a pixmap.
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{
+    if ( pixmap.paintingActive() ) {		// make a deep copy
+	data = 0;
+	operator=( pixmap.copy() );
+    } else {
+	data = pixmap.data;
+	data->ref();
+	devFlags = pixmap.devFlags;		// copy QPaintDevice flags
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	hdc = pixmap.hdc;			// copy Windows device context
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	hd = pixmap.hd;				// copy X11 drawable
+	rendhd = pixmap.rendhd;
+	copyX11Data( &pixmap );			// copy x11Data
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	hd = pixmap.hd;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the pixmap.
+*/
+
+QPixmap::~QPixmap()
+{
+    deref();
+}
+
+/*! Convenience function. Gets the data associated with the absolute
+  name \a abs_name from the default mime source factory and decodes it
+  to a pixmap.
+
+  \sa QMimeSourceFactory, QImage::fromMimeSource(), QImageDrag::decode()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+QPixmap QPixmap::fromMimeSource( const QString &abs_name )
+{
+    const QMimeSource *m = QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->data( abs_name );
+    if ( !m ) {
+	if ( QFile::exists( abs_name ) )
+	    return QPixmap( abs_name );
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	if ( !abs_name.isEmpty() )
+	    qWarning( "QPixmap::fromMimeSource: Cannot find pixmap \"%s\" in the mime source factory",
+		      abs_name.latin1() );
+#endif
+	return QPixmap();
+    }
+    QPixmap pix;
+    QImageDrag::decode( m, pix );
+    return pix;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the pixmap using
+    the bitBlt() function to copy the pixels.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+QPixmap QPixmap::copy( bool ignoreMask ) const
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    int old = x11SetDefaultScreen( x11Screen() );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    QPixmap pm( data->w, data->h, data->d, data->bitmap, data->optim );
+
+    if ( !pm.isNull() ) {			// copy the bitmap
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	pm.cloneX11Data( this );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+	if ( ignoreMask )
+	    bitBlt( &pm, 0, 0, this, 0, 0, data->w, data->h, Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+	else
+	    copyBlt( &pm, 0, 0, this, 0, 0, data->w, data->h );
+    }
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    x11SetDefaultScreen( old );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    return pm;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the pixmap \a pixmap to this pixmap and returns a
+    reference to this pixmap.
+*/
+
+QPixmap &QPixmap::operator=( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    if ( paintingActive() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning("QPixmap::operator=: Cannot assign to pixmap during painting");
+#endif
+	return *this;
+    }
+    pixmap.data->ref();				// avoid 'x = x'
+    deref();
+    if ( pixmap.paintingActive() ) {		// make a deep copy
+	init( pixmap.width(), pixmap.height(), pixmap.depth(),
+	      pixmap.data->bitmap, pixmap.data->optim );
+	data->uninit = FALSE;
+	if ( !isNull() )
+	    copyBlt( this, 0, 0, &pixmap, 0, 0, pixmap.width(), pixmap.height() );
+	pixmap.data->deref();
+    } else {
+	data = pixmap.data;
+	devFlags = pixmap.devFlags;		// copy QPaintDevice flags
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	hdc = pixmap.hdc;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	hd = pixmap.hd;				// copy QPaintDevice drawable
+	rendhd = pixmap.rendhd;
+	copyX11Data( &pixmap );			// copy x11Data
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MACX) || defined(Q_OS_MAC9)
+	hd = pixmap.hd;
+#endif
+    }
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Converts the image \a image to a pixmap that is assigned to this
+    pixmap. Returns a reference to the pixmap.
+
+    \sa convertFromImage().
+*/
+
+QPixmap &QPixmap::operator=( const QImage &image )
+{
+    convertFromImage( image );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPixmap::isQBitmap() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this is a QBitmap; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPixmap::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this is a null pixmap; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    A null pixmap has zero width, zero height and no contents. You
+    cannot draw in a null pixmap or bitBlt() anything to it.
+
+    Resizing an existing pixmap to (0, 0) makes a pixmap into a null
+    pixmap.
+
+    \sa resize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPixmap::width() const
+
+    Returns the width of the pixmap.
+
+    \sa height(), size(), rect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPixmap::height() const
+
+    Returns the height of the pixmap.
+
+    \sa width(), size(), rect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QPixmap::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the pixmap.
+
+    \sa width(), height(), rect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QPixmap::rect() const
+
+    Returns the enclosing rectangle (0,0,width(),height()) of the pixmap.
+
+    \sa width(), height(), size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPixmap::depth() const
+
+    Returns the depth of the pixmap.
+
+    The pixmap depth is also called bits per pixel (bpp) or bit planes
+    of a pixmap. A null pixmap has depth 0.
+
+    \sa defaultDepth(), isNull(), QImage::convertDepth()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPixmap::fill( const QWidget *widget, const QPoint &ofs )
+
+    Fills the pixmap with the \a widget's background color or pixmap.
+    If the background is empty, nothing is done.
+
+    The \a ofs point is an offset in the widget.
+
+    The point \a ofs is a point in the widget's coordinate system. The
+    pixmap's top-left pixel will be mapped to the point \a ofs in the
+    widget. This is significant if the widget has a background pixmap;
+    otherwise the pixmap will simply be filled with the background
+    color of the widget.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    void CuteWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *e )
+    {
+	QRect ur = e->rect();            // rectangle to update
+	QPixmap pix( ur.size() );        // Pixmap for double-buffering
+	pix.fill( this, ur.topLeft() );  // fill with widget background
+
+	QPainter p( &pix );
+	p.translate( -ur.x(), -ur.y() ); // use widget coordinate system
+					 // when drawing on pixmap
+	//    ... draw on pixmap ...
+
+	p.end();
+
+	bitBlt( this, ur.topLeft(), &pix );
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPixmap::fill( const QWidget *widget, int xofs, int yofs )
+
+    Fills the pixmap with the \a widget's background color or pixmap.
+    If the background is empty, nothing is done. \a xofs, \a yofs is
+    an offset in the widget.
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::fill( const QWidget *widget, int xofs, int yofs )
+{
+    const QPixmap* bgpm = widget->backgroundPixmap();
+    fill( widget->backgroundColor() );
+    if ( bgpm ) {
+	if ( !bgpm->isNull() ) {
+	    QPoint ofs = widget->backgroundOffset();
+	    xofs += ofs.x();
+	    yofs += ofs.y();
+
+	    QPainter p;
+	    p.begin( this );
+	    p.setPen( NoPen );
+	    p.drawTiledPixmap( 0, 0, width(), height(), *widget->backgroundPixmap(), xofs, yofs );
+	    p.end();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QPixmap::resize( const QSize &size )
+
+    Resizes the pixmap to size \a size.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Resizes the pixmap to \a w width and \a h height. If either \a w
+    or \a h is 0, the pixmap becomes a null pixmap.
+
+    If both \a w and \a h are greater than 0, a valid pixmap is
+    created. New pixels will be uninitialized (random) if the pixmap
+    is expanded.
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::resize( int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( w < 1 || h < 1 ) {			// becomes null
+	QPixmap pm( 0, 0, 0, data->bitmap, data->optim );
+	*this = pm;
+	return;
+    }
+    int d;
+    if ( depth() > 0 )
+	d = depth();
+    else
+	d = isQBitmap() ? 1 : -1;
+    // Create new pixmap
+    QPixmap pm( w, h, d, data->bitmap, data->optim );
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    pm.x11SetScreen( x11Screen() );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+    if ( !data->uninit && !isNull() )		// has existing pixmap
+	bitBlt( &pm, 0, 0, this, 0, 0,		// copy old pixmap
+		QMIN(width(), w),
+		QMIN(height(),h), CopyROP, TRUE );
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    if(data->alphapm) {
+	data->alphapm->resize(w, h);
+    } else
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+    if (data->alphapm)
+	qWarning("QPixmap::resize: TODO: resize alpha data");
+    else
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+	if ( data->mask ) {				// resize mask as well
+	    if ( data->selfmask ) {			// preserve self-mask
+		pm.setMask( *((QBitmap*)&pm) );
+	    } else {				// independent mask
+		QBitmap m = *data->mask;
+		m.resize( w, h );
+		pm.setMask( m );
+	    }
+	}
+    *this = pm;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QBitmap *QPixmap::mask() const
+
+    Returns the mask bitmap, or 0 if no mask has been set.
+
+    \sa setMask(), QBitmap, hasAlpha()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets a mask bitmap.
+
+    The \a newmask bitmap defines the clip mask for this pixmap. Every
+    pixel in \a newmask corresponds to a pixel in this pixmap. Pixel
+    value 1 means opaque and pixel value 0 means transparent. The mask
+    must have the same size as this pixmap.
+
+    \warning Setting the mask on a pixmap will cause any alpha channel
+    data to be cleared. For example:
+    \code
+	QPixmap alpha( "image-with-alpha.png" );
+	QPixmap alphacopy = alpha;
+	alphacopy.setMask( *alphacopy.mask() );
+    \endcode
+    Now, alpha and alphacopy are visually different.
+
+    Setting a \link isNull() null\endlink mask resets the mask.
+
+    \sa mask(), createHeuristicMask(), QBitmap
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::setMask( const QBitmap &newmask )
+{
+    const QPixmap *tmp = &newmask;		// dec cxx bug
+    if ( (data == tmp->data) ||
+	 ( newmask.handle() && newmask.handle() == handle() ) ) {
+	QPixmap m = tmp->copy( TRUE );
+	setMask( *((QBitmap*)&m) );
+	data->selfmask = TRUE;			// mask == pixmap
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( newmask.isNull() ) {			// reset the mask
+	if (data->mask) {
+	    detach();
+	    data->selfmask = FALSE;
+
+	    delete data->mask;
+	    data->mask = 0;
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+
+    detach();
+    data->selfmask = FALSE;
+
+    if ( newmask.width() != width() || newmask.height() != height() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPixmap::setMask: The pixmap and the mask must have "
+		  "the same size" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) || (defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE))
+    // when setting the mask, we get rid of the alpha channel completely
+    delete data->alphapm;
+    data->alphapm = 0;
+#endif // Q_WS_X11 && !QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+    delete data->mask;
+    QBitmap* newmaskcopy;
+    if ( newmask.mask() )
+	newmaskcopy = (QBitmap*)new QPixmap( tmp->copy( TRUE ) );
+    else
+	newmaskcopy = new QBitmap( newmask );
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    newmaskcopy->x11SetScreen( x11Screen() );
+#endif
+    data->mask = newmaskcopy;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPixmap::selfMask() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the pixmap's mask is identical to the pixmap
+    itself; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa mask()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK
+/*!
+    Creates and returns a heuristic mask for this pixmap. It works by
+    selecting a color from one of the corners and then chipping away
+    pixels of that color, starting at all the edges.
+
+    The mask may not be perfect but it should be reasonable, so you
+    can do things such as the following:
+    \code
+    pm->setMask( pm->createHeuristicMask() );
+    \endcode
+
+    This function is slow because it involves transformation to a
+    QImage, non-trivial computations and a transformation back to a
+    QBitmap.
+
+    If \a clipTight is TRUE the mask is just large enough to cover the
+    pixels; otherwise, the mask is larger than the data pixels.
+
+    \sa QImage::createHeuristicMask()
+*/
+
+QBitmap QPixmap::createHeuristicMask( bool clipTight ) const
+{
+    QBitmap m;
+    m.convertFromImage( convertToImage().createHeuristicMask(clipTight) );
+    return m;
+}
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+/*!
+    Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file \a
+    fileName, or 0 if the file cannot be read or if the format cannot
+    be recognized.
+
+    The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats.
+
+    \sa load(), save()
+*/
+
+const char* QPixmap::imageFormat( const QString &fileName )
+{
+    return QImageIO::imageFormat(fileName);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Loads a pixmap from the file \a fileName at runtime. Returns TRUE
+    if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a format is specified, the loader attempts to read the pixmap
+    using the specified format. If \a format is not specified
+    (default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess
+    the file's format.
+
+    See the convertFromImage() documentation for a description of the
+    \a conversion_flags argument.
+
+    The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and
+    explains how to add extra formats.
+
+    \sa loadFromData(), save(), imageFormat(), QImage::load(),
+    QImageIO
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::load( const QString &fileName, const char *format,
+		    int conversion_flags )
+{
+    QImageIO io( fileName, format );
+    bool result = io.read();
+    if ( result ) {
+	detach(); // ###hanord: Why detach here, convertFromImage does it
+	result = convertFromImage( io.image(), conversion_flags );
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Loads a pixmap from the file \a fileName at runtime.
+
+    If \a format is specified, the loader attempts to read the pixmap
+    using the specified format. If \a format is not specified
+    (default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess
+    the file's format.
+
+    The \a mode is used to specify the color mode of the pixmap.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::ColorMode
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::load( const QString &fileName, const char *format,
+		    ColorMode mode )
+{
+    int conversion_flags = 0;
+    switch (mode) {
+      case Color:
+	conversion_flags |= ColorOnly;
+	break;
+      case Mono:
+	conversion_flags |= MonoOnly;
+	break;
+      default:
+	break;// Nothing.
+    }
+    return load( fileName, format, conversion_flags );
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Converts \a image and sets this pixmap using color mode \a mode.
+    Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::ColorMode
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::convertFromImage( const QImage &image, ColorMode mode )
+{
+    if ( image.isNull() ) {
+	// convert null image to null pixmap
+	*this = QPixmap();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    int conversion_flags = 0;
+    switch (mode) {
+      case Color:
+	conversion_flags |= ColorOnly;
+	break;
+      case Mono:
+	conversion_flags |= MonoOnly;
+	break;
+      default:
+	break;// Nothing.
+    }
+    return convertFromImage( image, conversion_flags );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+/*!
+    Loads a pixmap from the binary data in \a buf (\a len bytes).
+    Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a format is specified, the loader attempts to read the pixmap
+    using the specified format. If \a format is not specified
+    (default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess
+    the file's format.
+
+    See the convertFromImage() documentation for a description of the
+    \a conversion_flags argument.
+
+    The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and
+    explains how to add extra formats.
+
+    \sa load(), save(), imageFormat(), QImage::loadFromData(),
+    QImageIO
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::loadFromData( const uchar *buf, uint len, const char *format,
+			    int conversion_flags )
+{
+    QByteArray a;
+    a.setRawData( (char *)buf, len );
+    QBuffer b( a );
+    b.open( IO_ReadOnly );
+    QImageIO io( &b, format );
+    bool result = io.read();
+    b.close();
+    a.resetRawData( (char *)buf, len );
+    if ( result ) {
+	detach();
+	result = convertFromImage( io.image(), conversion_flags );
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Loads a pixmap from the binary data in \a buf (\a len bytes) using
+    color mode \a mode. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    If \a format is specified, the loader attempts to read the pixmap
+    using the specified format. If \a format is not specified
+    (default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess
+    the file's format.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::ColorMode
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::loadFromData( const uchar *buf, uint len, const char *format,
+			    ColorMode mode )
+{
+    int conversion_flags = 0;
+    switch (mode) {
+      case Color:
+	conversion_flags |= ColorOnly;
+	break;
+      case Mono:
+	conversion_flags |= MonoOnly;
+	break;
+      default:
+	break;// Nothing.
+    }
+    return loadFromData( buf, len, format, conversion_flags );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::loadFromData( const QByteArray &buf, const char *format,
+			    int conversion_flags )
+{
+    return loadFromData( (const uchar *)(buf.data()), buf.size(),
+			 format, conversion_flags );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Saves the pixmap to the file \a fileName using the image file
+    format \a format and a quality factor \a quality. \a quality must
+    be in the range [0,100] or -1. Specify 0 to obtain small
+    compressed files, 100 for large uncompressed files, and -1 to use
+    the default settings. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa load(), loadFromData(), imageFormat(), QImage::save(),
+    QImageIO
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::save( const QString &fileName, const char *format, int quality ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() )
+	return FALSE;				// nothing to save
+    QImageIO io( fileName, format );
+    return doImageIO( &io, quality );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function writes a QPixmap to the QIODevice, \a device. This
+    can be used, for example, to save a pixmap directly into a
+    QByteArray:
+    \code
+    QPixmap pixmap;
+    QByteArray ba;
+    QBuffer buffer( ba );
+    buffer.open( IO_WriteOnly );
+    pixmap.save( &buffer, "PNG" ); // writes pixmap into ba in PNG format
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::save( QIODevice* device, const char* format, int quality ) const
+{
+    if ( isNull() )
+	return FALSE;				// nothing to save
+    QImageIO io( device, format );
+    return doImageIO( &io, quality );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::doImageIO( QImageIO* io, int quality ) const
+{
+    if ( !io )
+	return FALSE;
+    io->setImage( convertToImage() );
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( quality > 100  || quality < -1 )
+	qWarning( "QPixmap::save: quality out of range [-1,100]" );
+#endif
+    if ( quality >= 0 )
+	io->setQuality( QMIN(quality,100) );
+    return io->write();
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPixmap::serialNumber() const
+
+    Returns a number that uniquely identifies the contents of this
+    QPixmap object. This means that multiple QPixmap objects can have
+    the same serial number as long as they refer to the same contents.
+
+    An example of where this is useful is for caching QPixmaps.
+
+    \sa QPixmapCache
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the default pixmap optimization setting.
+
+    \sa setDefaultOptimization(), setOptimization(), optimization()
+*/
+
+QPixmap::Optimization QPixmap::defaultOptimization()
+{
+    return defOptim;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the default pixmap optimization.
+
+    All \e new pixmaps that are created will use this default
+    optimization. You may also set optimization for individual pixmaps
+    using the setOptimization() function.
+
+    The initial default \a optimization setting is \c QPixmap::Normal.
+
+    \sa defaultOptimization(), setOptimization(), optimization()
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::setDefaultOptimization( Optimization optimization )
+{
+    if ( optimization != DefaultOptim )
+	defOptim = optimization;
+}
+
+
+// helper for next function.
+static QPixmap grabChildWidgets( QWidget * w )
+{
+    QPixmap res( w->width(), w->height() );
+    if ( res.isNull() && w->width() )
+	return res;
+    res.fill( w, QPoint( 0, 0 ) );
+    QPaintDevice *oldRedirect = QPainter::redirect( w );
+    QPainter::redirect( w, &res );
+    bool dblbfr = QSharedDoubleBuffer::isDisabled();
+    QSharedDoubleBuffer::setDisabled( TRUE );
+    QPaintEvent e( w->rect(), FALSE );
+    QApplication::sendEvent( w, &e );
+    QSharedDoubleBuffer::setDisabled( dblbfr );
+    QPainter::redirect( w, oldRedirect );
+
+    const QObjectList * children = w->children();
+    if ( children ) {
+	QPainter p( &res );
+	QObjectListIt it( *children );
+	QObject * child;
+	while( (child=it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( child->isWidgetType() &&
+		 !((QWidget *)child)->isHidden() &&
+                 !((QWidget *)child)->isTopLevel() &&
+		 ((QWidget *)child)->geometry().intersects( w->rect() ) ) {
+		// those conditions aren't quite right, it's possible
+		// to have a grandchild completely outside its
+		// grandparent, but partially inside its parent.  no
+		// point in optimizing for that.
+
+		// make sure to evaluate pos() first - who knows what
+		// the paint event(s) inside grabChildWidgets() will do.
+		QPoint childpos = ((QWidget *)child)->pos();
+		QPixmap cpm = grabChildWidgets( (QWidget *)child );
+		if ( cpm.isNull() ) {
+		    // Some child pixmap failed - abort and reset
+		    res.resize( 0, 0 );
+		    break;
+		}
+		p.drawPixmap( childpos, cpm);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates a pixmap and paints \a widget in it.
+
+    If the \a widget has any children, then they are also painted in
+    the appropriate positions.
+
+    If you specify \a x, \a y, \a w or \a h, only the rectangle you
+    specify is painted. The defaults are 0, 0 (top-left corner) and
+    -1,-1 (which means the entire widget).
+
+    (If \a w is negative, the function copies everything to the right
+    border of the window. If \a h is negative, the function copies
+    everything to the bottom of the window.)
+
+    If \a widget is 0, or if the rectangle defined by \a x, \a y, the
+    modified \a w and the modified \a h does not overlap the \a
+    {widget}->rect(), this function will return a null QPixmap.
+
+    This function actually asks \a widget to paint itself (and its
+    children to paint themselves). QPixmap::grabWindow() grabs pixels
+    off the screen, which is a bit faster and picks up \e exactly
+    what's on-screen. This function works by calling paintEvent() with
+    painter redirection turned on. If there are overlaying windows,
+    grabWindow() will see them, but not this function.
+
+    If there is overlap, it returns a pixmap of the size you want,
+    containing a rendering of \a widget. If the rectangle you ask for
+    is a superset of \a widget, the areas outside \a widget are
+    covered with the widget's background.
+
+    If an error occurs when trying to grab the widget, such as the
+    size of the widget being too large to fit in memory, an isNull()
+    pixmap is returned.
+
+    \sa grabWindow() QPainter::redirect() QWidget::paintEvent()
+*/
+
+QPixmap QPixmap::grabWidget( QWidget * widget, int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    QPixmap res;
+    if ( !widget )
+	return res;
+
+    if ( w < 0 )
+	w = widget->width() - x;
+    if ( h < 0 )
+	h = widget->height() - y;
+
+    QRect wr( x, y, w, h );
+    if ( wr == widget->rect() )
+	return grabChildWidgets( widget );
+    if ( !wr.intersects( widget->rect() ) )
+	return res;
+
+    res.resize( w, h );
+    if( res.isNull() )
+	return res;
+    res.fill( widget, QPoint( w,h ) );
+    QPixmap tmp( grabChildWidgets( widget ) );
+    if( tmp.isNull() )
+	return tmp;
+    ::bitBlt( &res, 0, 0, &tmp, x, y, w, h );
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the actual matrix used for transforming a pixmap with \a w
+    width and \a h height and matrix \a matrix.
+
+    When transforming a pixmap with xForm(), the transformation matrix
+    is internally adjusted to compensate for unwanted translation,
+    i.e. xForm() returns the smallest pixmap containing all
+    transformed points of the original pixmap.
+
+    This function returns the modified matrix, which maps points
+    correctly from the original pixmap into the new pixmap.
+
+    \sa xForm(), QWMatrix
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+QWMatrix QPixmap::trueMatrix( const QWMatrix &matrix, int w, int h )
+{
+    const double dt = (double)0.;
+    double x1,y1, x2,y2, x3,y3, x4,y4;		// get corners
+    double xx = (double)w;
+    double yy = (double)h;
+
+    QWMatrix mat( matrix.m11(), matrix.m12(), matrix.m21(), matrix.m22(), 0., 0. );
+
+    mat.map( dt, dt, &x1, &y1 );
+    mat.map( xx, dt, &x2, &y2 );
+    mat.map( xx, yy, &x3, &y3 );
+    mat.map( dt, yy, &x4, &y4 );
+
+    double ymin = y1;				// lowest y value
+    if ( y2 < ymin ) ymin = y2;
+    if ( y3 < ymin ) ymin = y3;
+    if ( y4 < ymin ) ymin = y4;
+    double xmin = x1;				// lowest x value
+    if ( x2 < xmin ) xmin = x2;
+    if ( x3 < xmin ) xmin = x3;
+    if ( x4 < xmin ) xmin = x4;
+
+    double ymax = y1;				// lowest y value
+    if ( y2 > ymax ) ymax = y2;
+    if ( y3 > ymax ) ymax = y3;
+    if ( y4 > ymax ) ymax = y4;
+    double xmax = x1;				// lowest x value
+    if ( x2 > xmax ) xmax = x2;
+    if ( x3 > xmax ) xmax = x3;
+    if ( x4 > xmax ) xmax = x4;
+
+    if ( xmax-xmin > 1.0 )
+	xmin -= xmin/(xmax-xmin);
+    if ( ymax-ymin > 1.0 )
+	ymin -= ymin/(ymax-ymin);
+
+    mat.setMatrix( matrix.m11(), matrix.m12(), matrix.m21(), matrix.m22(), -xmin, -ymin );
+    return mat;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_WMATRIX
+
+
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPixmap stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) && !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO)
+/*!
+    \relates QPixmap
+
+    Writes the pixmap \a pixmap to the stream \a s as a PNG image.
+
+    Note that writing the stream to a file will not produce a valid image file.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::save()
+    \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    s << pixmap.convertToImage();
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPixmap
+
+    Reads a pixmap from the stream \a s into the pixmap \a pixmap.
+
+    \sa QPixmap::load()
+    \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    QImage img;
+    s >> img;
+    pixmap.convertFromImage( img );
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPixmap (and QImage) helper functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+/*
+  This internal function contains the common (i.e. platform independent) code
+  to do a transformation of pixel data. It is used by QPixmap::xForm() and by
+  QImage::xForm().
+
+  \a trueMat is the true transformation matrix (see QPixmap::trueMatrix()) and
+  \a xoffset is an offset to the matrix.
+
+  \a msbfirst specifies for 1bpp images, if the MSB or LSB comes first and \a
+  depth specifies the colordepth of the data.
+
+  \a dptr is a pointer to the destination data, \a dbpl specifies the bits per
+  line for the destination data, \a p_inc is the offset that we advance for
+  every scanline and \a dHeight is the height of the destination image.
+
+  \a sprt is the pointer to the source data, \a sbpl specifies the bits per
+  line of the source data, \a sWidth and \a sHeight are the width and height of
+  the source data.
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+#undef IWX_MSB
+#define IWX_MSB(b)	if ( trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs ) {			      \
+			    if ( *(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>16)+(trigx>>19)) &		      \
+				 (1 << (7-((trigx>>16)&7))) )			      \
+				*dptr |= b;					      \
+			}							      \
+			trigx += m11;						      \
+			trigy += m12;
+	// END OF MACRO
+#undef IWX_LSB
+#define IWX_LSB(b)	if ( trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs ) {			      \
+			    if ( *(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>16)+(trigx>>19)) &		      \
+				 (1 << ((trigx>>16)&7)) )			      \
+				*dptr |= b;					      \
+			}							      \
+			trigx += m11;						      \
+			trigy += m12;
+	// END OF MACRO
+#undef IWX_PIX
+#define IWX_PIX(b)	if ( trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs ) {			      \
+			    if ( (*(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>16)+(trigx>>19)) &	      \
+				 (1 << (7-((trigx>>16)&7)))) == 0 )		      \
+				*dptr &= ~b;					      \
+			}							      \
+			trigx += m11;						      \
+			trigy += m12;
+	// END OF MACRO
+bool qt_xForm_helper( const QWMatrix &trueMat, int xoffset,
+	int type, int depth,
+	uchar *dptr, int dbpl, int p_inc, int dHeight,
+	uchar *sptr, int sbpl, int sWidth, int sHeight
+	)
+{
+    int m11 = int(trueMat.m11()*65536.0 + 1.);
+    int m12 = int(trueMat.m12()*65536.0 + 1.);
+    int m21 = int(trueMat.m21()*65536.0 + 1.);
+    int m22 = int(trueMat.m22()*65536.0 + 1.);
+    int dx  = qRound(trueMat.dx() *65536.0);
+    int dy  = qRound(trueMat.dy() *65536.0);
+
+    int m21ydx = dx + (xoffset<<16);
+    int m22ydy = dy;
+    uint trigx;
+    uint trigy;
+    uint maxws = sWidth<<16;
+    uint maxhs = sHeight<<16;
+
+    for ( int y=0; y<dHeight; y++ ) {		// for each target scanline
+	trigx = m21ydx;
+	trigy = m22ydy;
+	uchar *maxp = dptr + dbpl;
+	if ( depth != 1 ) {
+	    switch ( depth ) {
+		case 8:				// 8 bpp transform
+		while ( dptr < maxp ) {
+		    if ( trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs )
+			*dptr = *(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>16)+(trigx>>16));
+		    trigx += m11;
+		    trigy += m12;
+		    dptr++;
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case 16:			// 16 bpp transform
+		while ( dptr < maxp ) {
+		    if ( trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs )
+			*((ushort*)dptr) = *((ushort *)(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>16) +
+						     ((trigx>>16)<<1)));
+		    trigx += m11;
+		    trigy += m12;
+		    dptr++;
+		    dptr++;
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case 24: {			// 24 bpp transform
+		uchar *p2;
+		while ( dptr < maxp ) {
+		    if ( trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs ) {
+			p2 = sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>16) + ((trigx>>16)*3);
+			dptr[0] = p2[0];
+			dptr[1] = p2[1];
+			dptr[2] = p2[2];
+		    }
+		    trigx += m11;
+		    trigy += m12;
+		    dptr += 3;
+		}
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case 32:			// 32 bpp transform
+		while ( dptr < maxp ) {
+		    if ( trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs )
+			*((uint*)dptr) = *((uint *)(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>16) +
+						   ((trigx>>16)<<2)));
+		    trigx += m11;
+		    trigy += m12;
+		    dptr += 4;
+		}
+		break;
+
+		default: {
+		return FALSE;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else  {
+	    switch ( type ) {
+		case QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST:
+		    while ( dptr < maxp ) {
+			IWX_MSB(128);
+			IWX_MSB(64);
+			IWX_MSB(32);
+			IWX_MSB(16);
+			IWX_MSB(8);
+			IWX_MSB(4);
+			IWX_MSB(2);
+			IWX_MSB(1);
+			dptr++;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST:
+		    while ( dptr < maxp ) {
+			IWX_LSB(1);
+			IWX_LSB(2);
+			IWX_LSB(4);
+			IWX_LSB(8);
+			IWX_LSB(16);
+			IWX_LSB(32);
+			IWX_LSB(64);
+			IWX_LSB(128);
+			dptr++;
+		    }
+		    break;
+#  if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+		case QT_XFORM_TYPE_WINDOWSPIXMAP:
+		    while ( dptr < maxp ) {
+			IWX_PIX(128);
+			IWX_PIX(64);
+			IWX_PIX(32);
+			IWX_PIX(16);
+			IWX_PIX(8);
+			IWX_PIX(4);
+			IWX_PIX(2);
+			IWX_PIX(1);
+			dptr++;
+		    }
+		    break;
+#  endif
+	    }
+	}
+	m21ydx += m21;
+	m22ydy += m22;
+	dptr += p_inc;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+#undef IWX_MSB
+#undef IWX_LSB
+#undef IWX_PIX
+#endif // QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpixmap.h b/src/kernel/qpixmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb3e72f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpixmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPixmap class
+**
+** Created : 940501
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPIXMAP_H
+#define QPIXMAP_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qcolor.h" // char*->QColor conversion
+#include "qstring.h" // char*->QString conversion
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QGfx;
+class QPixmapPrivate;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+// Internal pixmap memory optimization class for Windows 9x
+class QMultiCellPixmap;
+#endif
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPixmap : public QPaintDevice, public Qt
+{
+public:
+    enum ColorMode { Auto, Color, Mono };
+    enum Optimization { DefaultOptim, NoOptim, MemoryOptim=NoOptim,
+			NormalOptim, BestOptim };
+
+    QPixmap();
+    QPixmap( const QImage& image );
+    QPixmap( int w, int h,  int depth = -1, Optimization = DefaultOptim );
+    QPixmap( const QSize &, int depth = -1, Optimization = DefaultOptim );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+    QPixmap( const QString& fileName, const char *format=0,
+	     ColorMode mode=Auto );
+    QPixmap( const QString& fileName, const char *format,
+	     int conversion_flags );
+    QPixmap( const char *xpm[] ); // ### in 4.0, 'const char * const xpm[]'?
+    QPixmap( const QByteArray &data );
+#endif
+    QPixmap( const QPixmap & );
+   ~QPixmap();
+
+    QPixmap    &operator=( const QPixmap & );
+    QPixmap    &operator=( const QImage	 & );
+
+    bool	isNull()	const;
+
+    int		width()		const { return data->w; }
+    int		height()	const { return data->h; }
+    QSize	size()		const { return QSize(data->w,data->h); }
+    QRect	rect()		const { return QRect(0,0,data->w,data->h); }
+    int		depth()		const { return data->d; }
+    static int	defaultDepth();
+
+    void	fill( const QColor &fillColor = Qt::white );
+    void	fill( const QWidget *, int xofs, int yofs );
+    void	fill( const QWidget *, const QPoint &ofs );
+    void	resize( int width, int height );
+    void	resize( const QSize & );
+
+    const QBitmap *mask() const;
+    void	setMask( const QBitmap & );
+    bool	selfMask() const;
+    bool	hasAlpha() const;
+    bool	hasAlphaChannel() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK
+    QBitmap	createHeuristicMask( bool clipTight = TRUE ) const;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+    static QPixmap fromMimeSource( const QString& abs_name );
+#endif
+    static  QPixmap grabWindow( WId, int x=0, int y=0, int w=-1, int h=-1 );
+    static  QPixmap grabWidget( QWidget * widget,
+				int x=0, int y=0, int w=-1, int h=-1 );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+    QPixmap	    xForm( const QWMatrix & ) const;
+    static QWMatrix trueMatrix( const QWMatrix &, int w, int h );
+#endif
+
+    QImage	convertToImage() const;
+    bool	convertFromImage( const QImage &, ColorMode mode=Auto );
+    bool	convertFromImage( const QImage &, int conversion_flags );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+    static const char* imageFormat( const QString &fileName );
+    bool	load( const QString& fileName, const char *format=0,
+		      ColorMode mode=Auto );
+    bool	load( const QString& fileName, const char *format,
+		      int conversion_flags );
+    bool	loadFromData( const uchar *buf, uint len,
+			      const char* format=0,
+			      ColorMode mode=Auto );
+    bool	loadFromData( const uchar *buf, uint len,
+			      const char* format,
+			      int conversion_flags );
+    bool	loadFromData( const QByteArray &data,
+			      const char* format=0,
+			      int conversion_flags=0 );
+    bool	save( const QString& fileName, const char* format, int quality = -1 ) const;
+    bool	save( QIODevice* device, const char* format, int quality = -1 ) const;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    HBITMAP	hbm()		const;
+#endif
+
+    int		serialNumber()	const;
+
+    Optimization	optimization() const;
+    void		setOptimization( Optimization );
+    static Optimization defaultOptimization();
+    static void		setDefaultOptimization( Optimization );
+
+    virtual void detach();
+
+    bool	isQBitmap() const;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    // These functions are internal and used by Windows 9x only
+    bool	isMultiCellPixmap() const;
+    HDC		multiCellHandle() const;
+    HBITMAP	multiCellBitmap() const;
+    int		multiCellOffset() const;
+    int		allocCell();
+    void	freeCell( bool = FALSE );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    virtual QGfx * graphicsContext(bool clip_children=TRUE) const;
+    virtual unsigned char * scanLine(int) const;
+    virtual int bytesPerLine() const;
+    QRgb * clut() const;
+    int numCols() const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    static int x11SetDefaultScreen( int screen );
+    void x11SetScreen( int screen );
+#endif
+
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(QPixmap)
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    QPixmap( int w, int h, const uchar *data, bool isXbitmap );
+    int metric( int ) const;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    struct QMCPI {				// mem optim for win9x
+	QMultiCellPixmap *mcp;
+	int	offset;
+    };
+#endif
+
+    struct QPixmapData : public QShared {	// internal pixmap data
+	QCOORD	w, h;
+	short	d;
+	uint	uninit	 : 1;
+	uint	bitmap	 : 1;
+	uint	selfmask : 1;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	uint	mcp	 : 1;
+#endif
+	int	ser_no;
+	QBitmap *mask;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	QPixmap *maskpm;
+	union {
+	    HBITMAP hbm;    // if mcp == FALSE
+	    QMCPI  *mcpi;   // if mcp == TRUE
+	} hbm_or_mcpi;
+	uchar *realAlphaBits;
+#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
+	uchar* ppvBits; // Pointer to DIBSection bits
+#endif
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	void   *ximage;
+	void   *maskgc;
+	QPixmap *alphapm;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	ColorTable *clut;
+	QPixmap *alphapm;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+	int id; // ### should use QPaintDevice::hd, since it is there
+	QRgb * clut;
+	int numcols;
+	int rw;
+	int rh;
+	bool hasAlpha;
+#endif
+	Optimization optim;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	HBITMAP old_hbm;
+#endif
+    } *data;
+private:
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+    bool doImageIO( QImageIO* io, int quality ) const;
+#endif
+    QPixmap( int w, int h, int depth, bool, Optimization );
+    void	init( int, int, int, bool, Optimization );
+    void	deref();
+    QPixmap	copy( bool ignoreMask = FALSE ) const;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    void initAlphaPixmap( uchar *bytes, int length, struct tagBITMAPINFO *bmi );
+    void convertToAlphaPixmap( bool initAlpha=TRUE );
+    static void bitBltAlphaPixmap( QPixmap *dst, int dx, int dy,
+				   const QPixmap *src, int sx, int sy,
+				   int sw, int sh, bool useDstAlpha );
+#endif
+    static Optimization defOptim;
+    friend Q_EXPORT void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *, int, int,
+				 const QPaintDevice *,
+				 int, int, int, int, RasterOp, bool );
+    friend Q_EXPORT void bitBlt( QPaintDevice *, int, int,
+				 const QImage* src,
+				 int, int, int, int, int conversion_flags );
+    friend Q_EXPORT void copyBlt( QPixmap *dst, int dx, int dy,
+				  const QPixmap *src, int sx, int sy,
+				  int sw, int sh );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    friend void unclippedScaledBitBlt(QPaintDevice *, int, int, int, int,
+				      const QPaintDevice *, int, int, int, int,
+				      Qt::RasterOp, bool, bool);
+#endif
+
+    friend class QBitmap;
+    friend class QPaintDevice;
+    friend class QPainter;
+    friend class QGLWidget;
+};
+
+
+inline bool QPixmap::isNull() const
+{
+    return data->w == 0;
+}
+
+inline void QPixmap::fill( const QWidget *w, const QPoint &ofs )
+{
+    fill( w, ofs.x(), ofs.y() );
+}
+
+inline void QPixmap::resize( const QSize &s )
+{
+    resize( s.width(), s.height() );
+}
+
+inline const QBitmap *QPixmap::mask() const
+{
+    return data->mask;
+}
+
+inline bool QPixmap::selfMask() const
+{
+    return data->selfmask;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+inline HBITMAP QPixmap::hbm() const
+{
+    return data->mcp ? 0 : data->hbm_or_mcpi.hbm;
+}
+#endif
+
+inline int QPixmap::serialNumber() const
+{
+    return data->ser_no;
+}
+
+inline QPixmap::Optimization QPixmap::optimization() const
+{
+    return data->optim;
+}
+
+inline bool QPixmap::isQBitmap() const
+{
+    return data->bitmap;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+inline bool QPixmap::isMultiCellPixmap() const
+{
+    return data->mcp;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPixmap stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) && !defined(QT_NO_IMAGEIO)
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QPixmap & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QPixmap & );
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPixmap (and QImage) helper functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
+#  define QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST 0
+#  define QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST 1
+#  if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+#    define QT_XFORM_TYPE_WINDOWSPIXMAP 2
+#  endif
+bool qt_xForm_helper( const QWMatrix&, int, int, int, uchar*, int, int, int, uchar*, int, int, int );
+#endif
+
+Q_EXPORT void copyBlt( QPixmap *dst, int dx, int dy,
+		       const QPixmap *src, int sx = 0, int sy = 0,
+		       int sw = -1, int sh = -1 );
+
+#endif // QPIXMAP_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpixmap_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qpixmap_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0a16c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpixmap_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2476 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPixmap class for X11
+**
+** Created : 940501
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+// NOT REVISED
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) && defined(QT_MITSHM)
+#undef QT_MITSHM
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM
+
+// Use the MIT Shared Memory extension for pixmap<->image conversions
+#define QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+
+// Uncomment the next line to enable the MIT Shared Memory extension
+// for QPixmap::xForm()
+//
+// WARNING:  This has some problems:
+//
+//    1. Consumes a 800x600 pixmap
+//    2. Qt does not handle the ShmCompletion message, so you will
+//        get strange effects if you xForm() repeatedly.
+//
+// #define QT_MITSHM_XFORM
+
+#else
+#undef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+#undef QT_MITSHM_XFORM
+#endif
+
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qwmatrix.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_MIPS)
+#  define for if(0){}else for
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+  \class QPixmap::QPixmapData
+  \brief The QPixmap::QPixmapData class is an internal class.
+  \internal
+*/
+
+
+// For thread-safety:
+//   image->data does not belong to X11, so we must free it ourselves.
+
+inline static void qSafeXDestroyImage( XImage *x )
+{
+    if ( x->data ) {
+	free( x->data );
+	x->data = 0;
+    }
+    XDestroyImage( x );
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  MIT Shared Memory Extension support: makes xForm noticeably (~20%) faster.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(QT_MITSHM_XFORM)
+
+static bool	       xshminit = FALSE;
+static XShmSegmentInfo xshminfo;
+static XImage	      *xshmimg = 0;
+static Pixmap	       xshmpm  = 0;
+
+static void qt_cleanup_mitshm()
+{
+    if ( xshmimg == 0 )
+	return;
+    Display *dpy = QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay();
+    if ( xshmpm ) {
+	XFreePixmap( dpy, xshmpm );
+	xshmpm = 0;
+    }
+    XShmDetach( dpy, &xshminfo ); xshmimg->data = 0;
+    qSafeXDestroyImage( xshmimg ); xshmimg = 0;
+    shmdt( xshminfo.shmaddr );
+    shmctl( xshminfo.shmid, IPC_RMID, 0 );
+}
+
+
+static bool qt_create_mitshm_buffer( const QPaintDevice* dev, int w, int h )
+{
+    static int major, minor;
+    static Bool pixmaps_ok;
+    Display *dpy = dev->x11Display();
+    int dd	 = dev->x11Depth();
+    Visual *vis	 = (Visual*)dev->x11Visual();
+
+    if ( xshminit ) {
+	qt_cleanup_mitshm();
+    } else {
+	if ( !XShmQueryVersion(dpy, &major, &minor, &pixmaps_ok) )
+	    return FALSE;			// MIT Shm not supported
+	qAddPostRoutine( qt_cleanup_mitshm );
+	xshminit = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    xshmimg = XShmCreateImage( dpy, vis, dd, ZPixmap, 0, &xshminfo, w, h );
+    if ( !xshmimg )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    bool ok;
+    xshminfo.shmid = shmget( IPC_PRIVATE,
+			     xshmimg->bytes_per_line * xshmimg->height,
+			     IPC_CREAT | 0777 );
+    ok = xshminfo.shmid != -1;
+    if ( ok ) {
+	xshmimg->data = (char*)shmat( xshminfo.shmid, 0, 0 );
+	xshminfo.shmaddr = xshmimg->data;
+	ok = ( xshminfo.shmaddr != (char*)-1 );
+    }
+    xshminfo.readOnly = FALSE;
+    if ( ok )
+	ok = XShmAttach( dpy, &xshminfo );
+    if ( !ok ) {
+	qSafeXDestroyImage( xshmimg );
+	xshmimg = 0;
+	if ( xshminfo.shmaddr )
+	    shmdt( xshminfo.shmaddr );
+	if ( xshminfo.shmid != -1 )
+	    shmctl( xshminfo.shmid, IPC_RMID, 0 );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( pixmaps_ok )
+	xshmpm = XShmCreatePixmap( dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), xshmimg->data,
+				   &xshminfo, w, h, dd );
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#else
+
+// If extern, need a dummy.
+//
+// static bool qt_create_mitshm_buffer( QPaintDevice*, int, int )
+// {
+//     return FALSE;
+// }
+
+#endif // QT_MITSHM_XFORM
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+
+static bool qt_mitshm_error = false;
+static int qt_mitshm_errorhandler( Display*, XErrorEvent* )
+{
+    qt_mitshm_error = true;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static XImage* qt_XShmCreateImage( Display* dpy, Visual* visual, unsigned int depth,
+    int format, int /*offset*/, char* /*data*/, unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
+    int /*bitmap_pad*/, int /*bytes_per_line*/, XShmSegmentInfo* shminfo )
+{
+    if( width * height * depth < 100*100*32 )
+        return NULL;
+    static int shm_inited = -1;
+    if( shm_inited == -1 ) {
+        if( XShmQueryExtension( dpy ))
+            shm_inited = 1;
+        else
+            shm_inited = 0;
+    }
+    if( shm_inited == 0 )
+        return NULL;
+    XImage* xi = XShmCreateImage( dpy, visual, depth, format, NULL, shminfo, width,
+        height );
+    if( xi == NULL )
+        return NULL;
+    shminfo->shmid = shmget( IPC_PRIVATE, xi->bytes_per_line * xi->height,
+        IPC_CREAT|0600);
+    if( shminfo->shmid < 0 ) {
+        XDestroyImage( xi );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    shminfo->readOnly = False;
+    shminfo->shmaddr = (char*)shmat( shminfo->shmid, 0, 0 );
+    if( shminfo->shmaddr == (char*)-1 ) {
+        XDestroyImage( xi );
+        shmctl( shminfo->shmid, IPC_RMID, 0 );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    xi->data = shminfo->shmaddr;
+#ifndef QT_MITSHM_RMID_IGNORES_REFCOUNT
+    // mark as deleted to automatically free the memory in case
+    // of a crash (but this doesn't work e.g. on Solaris)
+    shmctl( shminfo->shmid, IPC_RMID, 0 );
+#endif
+    if( shm_inited == 1 ) { // first time
+        XErrorHandler old_h = XSetErrorHandler( qt_mitshm_errorhandler );
+        XShmAttach( dpy, shminfo );
+        shm_inited = 2;
+        XSync( dpy, False );
+        XSetErrorHandler( old_h );
+        if( qt_mitshm_error ) { // oops ... perhaps we are remote?
+            shm_inited = 0;
+            XDestroyImage( xi );
+            shmdt( shminfo->shmaddr );
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_RMID_IGNORES_REFCOUNT
+            shmctl( shminfo->shmid, IPC_RMID, 0 );
+#endif    
+            return NULL;
+        }
+    } else
+        XShmAttach( dpy, shminfo );
+    return xi;
+}
+
+static void qt_XShmDestroyImage( XImage* xi, XShmSegmentInfo* shminfo )
+{
+    XShmDetach( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), shminfo );
+    XDestroyImage( xi );
+    shmdt( shminfo->shmaddr );
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_RMID_IGNORES_REFCOUNT
+    shmctl( shminfo->shmid, IPC_RMID, 0 );
+#endif    
+}
+
+static XImage* qt_XShmGetImage( const QPixmap* pix, int format,
+    XShmSegmentInfo* shminfo )
+{
+    XImage* xi = qt_XShmCreateImage( pix->x11Display(), (Visual*)pix->x11Visual(),
+        pix->depth(), format, 0, 0, pix->width(), pix->height(), 32, 0, shminfo );
+    if( xi == NULL )
+        return NULL;
+    if( XShmGetImage( pix->x11Display(), pix->handle(), xi, 0, 0, AllPlanes ) == False ) {
+        qt_XShmDestroyImage( xi, shminfo );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return xi;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Internal functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+extern const uchar *qt_get_bitflip_array();		// defined in qimage.cpp
+
+static uchar *flip_bits( const uchar *bits, int len )
+{
+    register const uchar *p = bits;
+    const uchar *end = p + len;
+    uchar *newdata = new uchar[len];
+    uchar *b = newdata;
+    const uchar *f = qt_get_bitflip_array();
+    while ( p < end )
+	*b++ = f[*p++];
+    return newdata;
+}
+
+// Returns position of highest bit set or -1 if none
+static int highest_bit( uint v )
+{
+    int i;
+    uint b = (uint)1 << 31;
+    for ( i=31; ((b & v) == 0) && i>=0;	 i-- )
+	b >>= 1;
+    return i;
+}
+
+// Returns position of lowest set bit in 'v' as an integer (0-31), or -1
+static int lowest_bit( uint v )
+{
+    int i;
+    ulong lb;
+    lb = 1;
+    for (i=0; ((v & lb) == 0) && i<32;  i++, lb<<=1);
+    return i==32 ? -1 : i;
+}
+
+// Counts the number of bits set in 'v'
+static uint n_bits( uint v )
+{
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( v ) {
+	v = v & (v - 1);
+	i++;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+static uint *red_scale_table   = 0;
+static uint *green_scale_table = 0;
+static uint *blue_scale_table  = 0;
+
+static void cleanup_scale_tables()
+{
+    delete[] red_scale_table;
+    delete[] green_scale_table;
+    delete[] blue_scale_table;
+}
+
+/*
+  Could do smart bitshifting, but the "obvious" algorithm only works for
+  nBits >= 4. This is more robust.
+*/
+static void build_scale_table( uint **table, uint nBits )
+{
+    if ( nBits > 7 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "build_scale_table: internal error, nBits = %i", nBits );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    if (!*table) {
+	static bool firstTable = TRUE;
+	if ( firstTable ) {
+	    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_scale_tables );
+	    firstTable = FALSE;
+	}
+	*table = new uint[256];
+    }
+    int   maxVal   = (1 << nBits) - 1;
+    int   valShift = 8 - nBits;
+    int i;
+    for( i = 0 ; i < maxVal + 1 ; i++ )
+	(*table)[i << valShift] = i*255/maxVal;
+}
+
+static int defaultScreen = -1;
+
+extern bool qt_use_xrender; // defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern bool qt_has_xft;     // defined in qfont_x11.cpp
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+#ifndef QT_XFT2
+// Xft1 doesn't have XftDrawCreateAlpha, so we fake it in qtaddons_x11.cpp
+extern "C" XftDraw *XftDrawCreateAlpha( Display *, Qt::HANDLE, int );
+#endif // QT_XFT2
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPixmap member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Initializes the pixmap data.
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::init( int w, int h, int d, bool bitmap, Optimization optim )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( qApp->type() == QApplication::Tty ) {
+	qWarning( "QPixmap: Cannot create a QPixmap when no GUI "
+		  "is being used" );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    static int serial = 0;
+
+    if ( defaultScreen >= 0 && defaultScreen != x11Screen() ) {
+	QPaintDeviceX11Data* xd = getX11Data( TRUE );
+	xd->x_screen = defaultScreen;
+	xd->x_depth = QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_cells = QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_colormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_defcolormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_visual = QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_defvisual = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( xd->x_screen );
+	setX11Data( xd );
+    }
+
+    int dd = x11Depth();
+
+    if ( d != -1 )
+        dd = d;
+
+    if ( optim == DefaultOptim )		// use default optimization
+	optim = defOptim;
+
+    data = new QPixmapData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+
+    memset( data, 0, sizeof(QPixmapData) );
+    data->count  = 1;
+    data->uninit = TRUE;
+    data->bitmap = bitmap;
+    data->ser_no = ++serial;
+    data->optim	 = optim;
+
+    bool make_null = w == 0 || h == 0;		// create null pixmap
+    if ( d == 1 )				// monocrome pixmap
+	data->d = 1;
+    else if ( d < 0 || d == dd )		// def depth pixmap
+	data->d = dd;
+    if ( make_null || w < 0 || h < 0 || data->d == 0 ) {
+	hd = 0;
+	rendhd = 0;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	if ( !make_null )
+	    qWarning( "QPixmap: Invalid pixmap parameters" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    data->w = w;
+    data->h = h;
+    hd = (HANDLE)XCreatePixmap( x11Display(), RootWindow(x11Display(), x11Screen() ),
+				w, h, data->d );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if ( qt_has_xft ) {
+	if ( data->d == 1 ) {
+	    rendhd = (HANDLE) XftDrawCreateBitmap( x11Display(), hd );
+	} else {
+	    rendhd = (HANDLE) XftDrawCreate( x11Display(), hd,
+					     (Visual *) x11Visual(),
+					     x11Colormap() );
+	}
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+}
+
+
+void QPixmap::deref()
+{
+    if ( data && data->deref() ) {			// last reference lost
+	delete data->mask;
+	delete data->alphapm;
+	if ( data->ximage )
+	    qSafeXDestroyImage( (XImage*)data->ximage );
+	if ( data->maskgc )
+	    XFreeGC( x11Display(), (GC)data->maskgc );
+	if ( qApp && hd) {
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	    if (rendhd) {
+		XftDrawDestroy( (XftDraw *) rendhd );
+		rendhd = 0;
+	    }
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+	    XFreePixmap( x11Display(), hd );
+	    hd = 0;
+	}
+	delete data;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a monochrome pixmap, with width \a w and height \a h,
+    that is initialized with the data in \a bits. The \a isXbitmap
+    indicates whether the data is an X bitmap and defaults to FALSE.
+    This constructor is protected and used by the QBitmap class.
+*/
+
+QPixmap::QPixmap( int w, int h, const uchar *bits, bool isXbitmap)
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Pixmap )
+{						// for bitmaps only
+    init( 0, 0, 0, FALSE, defOptim );
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 )			// create null pixmap
+	return;
+
+    data->uninit = FALSE;
+    data->w = w;
+    data->h = h;
+    data->d = 1;
+    uchar *flipped_bits;
+    if ( isXbitmap ) {
+	flipped_bits = 0;
+    } else {					// not X bitmap -> flip bits
+	flipped_bits = flip_bits( bits, ((w+7)/8)*h );
+	bits = flipped_bits;
+    }
+    hd = (HANDLE)XCreateBitmapFromData( x11Display(),
+					RootWindow(x11Display(), x11Screen() ),
+					(char *)bits, w, h );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if ( qt_has_xft )
+	rendhd = (HANDLE) XftDrawCreateBitmap (x11Display (), hd);
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+    if ( flipped_bits )				// Avoid purify complaint
+	delete [] flipped_bits;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This is a special-purpose function that detaches the pixmap from
+    shared pixmap data.
+
+    A pixmap is automatically detached by Qt whenever its contents is
+    about to change. This is done in all QPixmap member functions
+    that modify the pixmap (fill(), resize(), convertFromImage(),
+    load(), etc.), in bitBlt() for the destination pixmap and in
+    QPainter::begin() on a pixmap.
+
+    It is possible to modify a pixmap without letting Qt know. You can
+    first obtain the system-dependent handle() and then call
+    system-specific functions (for instance, BitBlt under Windows)
+    that modify the pixmap contents. In such cases, you can call
+    detach() to cut the pixmap loose from other pixmaps that share
+    data with this one.
+
+    detach() returns immediately if there is just a single reference
+    or if the pixmap has not been initialized yet.
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::detach()
+{
+    if ( data->count != 1 )
+        *this = copy();
+    data->uninit = FALSE;
+
+    // reset cached data
+    if ( data->ximage ) {
+        qSafeXDestroyImage( (XImage*)data->ximage );
+        data->ximage = 0;
+    }
+    if ( data->maskgc ) {
+        XFreeGC( x11Display(), (GC)data->maskgc );
+        data->maskgc = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the default pixmap depth, i.e. the depth a pixmap gets if
+    -1 is specified.
+
+    \sa depth()
+*/
+
+int QPixmap::defaultDepth()
+{
+    return x11AppDepth();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPixmap::Optimization QPixmap::optimization() const
+
+    Returns the optimization setting for this pixmap.
+
+    The default optimization setting is \c QPixmap::NormalOptim. You
+    can change this setting in two ways:
+    \list
+    \i Call setDefaultOptimization() to set the default optimization
+    for all new pixmaps.
+    \i Call setOptimization() to set the optimization for individual
+    pixmaps.
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa setOptimization(), setDefaultOptimization(), defaultOptimization()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets pixmap drawing optimization for this pixmap.
+
+    The \a optimization setting affects pixmap operations, in
+    particular drawing of transparent pixmaps (bitBlt() a pixmap with
+    a mask set) and pixmap transformations (the xForm() function).
+
+    Pixmap optimization involves keeping intermediate results in a
+    cache buffer and using the cache to speed up bitBlt() and xForm().
+    The cost is more memory consumption, up to twice as much as an
+    unoptimized pixmap.
+
+    Use the setDefaultOptimization() to change the default
+    optimization for all new pixmaps.
+
+    \sa optimization(), setDefaultOptimization(), defaultOptimization()
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::setOptimization( Optimization optimization )
+{
+    if ( optimization == data->optim )
+	return;
+    detach();
+    data->optim = optimization == DefaultOptim ?
+	    defOptim : optimization;
+    if ( data->optim == MemoryOptim && data->ximage ) {
+	qSafeXDestroyImage( (XImage*)data->ximage );
+	data->ximage = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Fills the pixmap with the color \a fillColor.
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::fill( const QColor &fillColor )
+{
+    if ( isNull() )
+	return;
+    detach();					// detach other references
+    GC gc = qt_xget_temp_gc( x11Screen(), depth()==1 );
+    XSetForeground( x11Display(), gc, fillColor.pixel(x11Screen()) );
+    XFillRectangle( x11Display(), hd, gc, 0, 0, width(), height() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric() function.
+
+  Use the QPaintDeviceMetrics class instead.
+
+  \a m is the metric to get.
+*/
+
+int QPixmap::metric( int m ) const
+{
+    int val;
+    if ( m == QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth )
+	val = width();
+    else if ( m == QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight ) {
+	val = height();
+    } else {
+	Display *dpy = x11Display();
+	int scr = x11Screen();
+	switch ( m ) {
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiX:
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiX:
+		val = QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiX( scr );
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiY:
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiY:
+		val = QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( scr );
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidthMM:
+		val = (DisplayWidthMM(dpy,scr)*width())/
+		      DisplayWidth(dpy,scr);
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeightMM:
+		val = (DisplayHeightMM(dpy,scr)*height())/
+		      DisplayHeight(dpy,scr);
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmNumColors:
+		val = 1 << depth();
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDepth:
+		val = depth();
+		break;
+	    default:
+		val = 0;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "QPixmap::metric: Invalid metric command" );
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+    return val;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Converts the pixmap to a QImage. Returns a null image if it fails.
+
+    If the pixmap has 1-bit depth, the returned image will also be 1
+    bit deep. If the pixmap has 2- to 8-bit depth, the returned image
+    has 8-bit depth. If the pixmap has greater than 8-bit depth, the
+    returned image has 32-bit depth.
+
+    Note that for the moment, alpha masks on monochrome images are
+    ignored.
+
+    \sa convertFromImage()
+*/
+
+QImage QPixmap::convertToImage() const
+{
+    QImage image;
+    if ( isNull() )
+	return image; // null image
+
+    int	    w  = width();
+    int	    h  = height();
+    int	    d  = depth();
+    bool    mono = d == 1;
+    Visual *visual = (Visual *)x11Visual();
+    bool    trucol = (visual->c_class == TrueColor || visual->c_class == DirectColor) && !mono && d > 8;
+
+    if ( d > 1 && d <= 8 )			// set to nearest valid depth
+	d = 8;					//   2..8 ==> 8
+    // we could run into the situation where d == 8 AND trucol is true, which can
+    // cause problems when converting to and from images.  in this case, always treat
+    // the depth as 32... from Klaus Schmidinger and qt-bugs/arc-15/31333.
+    if ( d > 8 || trucol )
+	d = 32;					//   > 8  ==> 32
+
+    XImage *xi = (XImage *)data->ximage;	// any cached ximage?
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+    bool mitshm_ximage = false;
+    XShmSegmentInfo shminfo;
+#endif
+    if ( !xi ) {				// fetch data from X server
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        xi = qt_XShmGetImage( this, mono ? XYPixmap : ZPixmap, &shminfo );
+        if( xi ) {
+            mitshm_ximage = true;
+        } else
+#endif
+	xi = XGetImage( x11Display(), hd, 0, 0, w, h, AllPlanes,
+			mono ? XYPixmap : ZPixmap );
+    }
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( xi );
+    if (!xi)
+        return image; // null image
+
+    QImage::Endian bitOrder = QImage::IgnoreEndian;
+    if ( mono ) {
+	bitOrder = xi->bitmap_bit_order == LSBFirst ?
+		   QImage::LittleEndian : QImage::BigEndian;
+    }
+    image.create( w, h, d, 0, bitOrder );
+    if ( image.isNull() ) {			// could not create image
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( mitshm_ximage )
+            qt_XShmDestroyImage( xi, &shminfo );
+        else
+#endif
+        qSafeXDestroyImage( xi );
+	return image;
+    }
+
+    const QPixmap* msk = mask();
+    const QPixmap *alf = data->alphapm;
+
+    QImage alpha;
+    if (alf) {
+        XImage* axi;
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        bool mitshm_aximage = false;
+        XShmSegmentInfo ashminfo;
+        axi = qt_XShmGetImage( alf, ZPixmap, &ashminfo );
+        if( axi ) {
+            mitshm_aximage = true;
+        } else
+#endif
+            axi = XGetImage(x11Display(), alf->hd, 0, 0, w, h, AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
+
+	if (axi) {
+	    image.setAlphaBuffer( TRUE );
+	    alpha.create(w, h, 8);
+
+	    // copy each scanline
+	    char *src = axi->data;
+	    int bpl = QMIN(alpha.bytesPerLine(), axi->bytes_per_line);
+	    for (int y = 0; y < h; y++ ) {
+		memcpy( alpha.scanLine(y), src, bpl );
+		src += axi->bytes_per_line;
+	    }
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+            if( mitshm_aximage )
+                qt_XShmDestroyImage( axi, &ashminfo );
+            else
+#endif
+	    qSafeXDestroyImage( axi );
+	}
+    } else if (msk) {
+	image.setAlphaBuffer( TRUE );
+	alpha = msk->convertToImage();
+    }
+    bool ale = alpha.bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian;
+
+    if ( trucol ) {				// truecolor
+	const uint red_mask	 = (uint)visual->red_mask;
+	const uint green_mask	 = (uint)visual->green_mask;
+	const uint blue_mask	 = (uint)visual->blue_mask;
+	const int  red_shift	 = highest_bit( red_mask )   - 7;
+	const int  green_shift = highest_bit( green_mask ) - 7;
+	const int  blue_shift	 = highest_bit( blue_mask )  - 7;
+
+	const uint red_bits    = n_bits( red_mask );
+	const uint green_bits  = n_bits( green_mask );
+	const uint blue_bits   = n_bits( blue_mask );
+
+	static uint red_table_bits   = 0;
+	static uint green_table_bits = 0;
+	static uint blue_table_bits  = 0;
+
+	if ( red_bits < 8 && red_table_bits != red_bits) {
+	    build_scale_table( &red_scale_table, red_bits );
+	    red_table_bits = red_bits;
+	}
+	if ( blue_bits < 8 && blue_table_bits != blue_bits) {
+	    build_scale_table( &blue_scale_table, blue_bits );
+	    blue_table_bits = blue_bits;
+	}
+	if ( green_bits < 8 && green_table_bits != green_bits) {
+	    build_scale_table( &green_scale_table, green_bits );
+	    green_table_bits = green_bits;
+	}
+
+	int  r, g, b;
+
+	QRgb  *dst;
+	uchar *src;
+	uint   pixel;
+	int    bppc = xi->bits_per_pixel;
+
+	if ( bppc > 8 && xi->byte_order == LSBFirst )
+	    bppc++;
+
+	for ( int y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+	    uchar* asrc = alf || msk ? alpha.scanLine( y ) : 0;
+	    dst = (QRgb *)image.scanLine( y );
+	    src = (uchar *)xi->data + xi->bytes_per_line*y;
+	    for ( int x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+		switch ( bppc ) {
+		case 8:
+		    pixel = *src++;
+		    break;
+		case 16:			// 16 bit MSB
+		    pixel = src[1] | (ushort)src[0] << 8;
+		    src += 2;
+		    break;
+		case 17:			// 16 bit LSB
+		    pixel = src[0] | (ushort)src[1] << 8;
+		    src += 2;
+		    break;
+		case 24:			// 24 bit MSB
+		    pixel = src[2] | (ushort)src[1] << 8 |
+			    (uint)src[0] << 16;
+		    src += 3;
+		    break;
+		case 25:			// 24 bit LSB
+		    pixel = src[0] | (ushort)src[1] << 8 |
+			    (uint)src[2] << 16;
+		    src += 3;
+		    break;
+		case 32:			// 32 bit MSB
+		    pixel = src[3] | (ushort)src[2] << 8 |
+			    (uint)src[1] << 16 | (uint)src[0] << 24;
+		    src += 4;
+		    break;
+		case 33:			// 32 bit LSB
+		    pixel = src[0] | (ushort)src[1] << 8 |
+			    (uint)src[2] << 16 | (uint)src[3] << 24;
+		    src += 4;
+		    break;
+		default:			// should not really happen
+		    x = w;			// leave loop
+		    y = h;
+		    pixel = 0;		// eliminate compiler warning
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		    qWarning( "QPixmap::convertToImage: Invalid depth %d",
+			      bppc );
+#endif
+		}
+		if ( red_shift > 0 )
+		    r = (pixel & red_mask) >> red_shift;
+		else
+		    r = (pixel & red_mask) << -red_shift;
+		if ( green_shift > 0 )
+		    g = (pixel & green_mask) >> green_shift;
+		else
+		    g = (pixel & green_mask) << -green_shift;
+		if ( blue_shift > 0 )
+		    b = (pixel & blue_mask) >> blue_shift;
+		else
+		    b = (pixel & blue_mask) << -blue_shift;
+
+		if ( red_bits < 8 )
+		    r = red_scale_table[r];
+		if ( green_bits < 8 )
+		    g = green_scale_table[g];
+		if ( blue_bits < 8 )
+		    b = blue_scale_table[b];
+
+		if (alf) {
+		    *dst++ = qRgba(r, g, b, asrc[x]);
+		} else if (msk) {
+		    if ( ale ) {
+			*dst++ = (asrc[x >> 3] & (1 << (x & 7)))
+				 ? qRgba(r, g, b, 0xff) : qRgba(r, g, b, 0x00);
+		    } else {
+			*dst++ = (asrc[x >> 3] & (1 << (7 -(x & 7))))
+				 ? qRgba(r, g, b, 0xff) : qRgba(r, g, b, 0x00);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    *dst++ = qRgb(r, g, b);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if ( xi->bits_per_pixel == d ) {	// compatible depth
+	char *xidata = xi->data;		// copy each scanline
+	int bpl = QMIN(image.bytesPerLine(),xi->bytes_per_line);
+	for ( int y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+	    memcpy( image.scanLine(y), xidata, bpl );
+	    xidata += xi->bytes_per_line;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* Typically 2 or 4 bits display depth */
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPixmap::convertToImage: Display not supported (bpp=%d)",
+		  xi->bits_per_pixel );
+#endif
+	image.reset();
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( mitshm_ximage )
+            qt_XShmDestroyImage( xi, &shminfo );
+        else
+#endif
+            qSafeXDestroyImage( xi );
+	return image;
+    }
+
+    if ( mono ) {				// bitmap
+	image.setNumColors( 2 );
+	image.setColor( 0, qRgb(255,255,255) );
+	image.setColor( 1, qRgb(0,0,0) );
+    } else if ( !trucol ) {			// pixmap with colormap
+	register uchar *p;
+	uchar *end;
+	uchar  use[256];			// pixel-in-use table
+	uchar  pix[256];			// pixel translation table
+	int    ncols, i, bpl;
+	memset( use, 0, 256 );
+	memset( pix, 0, 256 );
+	bpl = image.bytesPerLine();
+
+	if (msk) {				// which pixels are used?
+	    for ( i=0; i<h; i++ ) {
+		uchar* asrc = alpha.scanLine( i );
+		p = image.scanLine( i );
+		for ( int x = 0; x < w; x++ ) {
+		    if ( ale ) {
+			if (asrc[x >> 3] & (1 << (x & 7)))
+			    use[*p] = 1;
+		    } else {
+			if (asrc[x >> 3] & (1 << (7 -(x & 7))))
+			    use[*p] = 1;
+		    }
+		    ++p;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    for ( i=0; i<h; i++ ) {
+		p = image.scanLine( i );
+		end = p + bpl;
+		while ( p < end )
+		    use[*p++] = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+	ncols = 0;
+	for ( i=0; i<256; i++ ) {		// build translation table
+	    if ( use[i] )
+		pix[i] = ncols++;
+	}
+	for ( i=0; i<h; i++ ) {			// translate pixels
+	    p = image.scanLine( i );
+	    end = p + bpl;
+	    while ( p < end ) {
+		*p = pix[*p];
+		p++;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	Colormap cmap	= x11Colormap();
+	int	 ncells = x11Cells();
+	XColor *carr = new XColor[ncells];
+	for ( i=0; i<ncells; i++ )
+	    carr[i].pixel = i;
+	// Get default colormap
+	XQueryColors( x11Display(), cmap, carr, ncells );
+
+	if (msk) {
+	    int trans;
+	    if (ncols < 256) {
+		trans = ncols++;
+		image.setNumColors( ncols );	// create color table
+		image.setColor( trans, 0x00000000 );
+	    } else {
+		image.setNumColors( ncols );	// create color table
+		// oh dear... no spare "transparent" pixel.
+		// use first pixel in image (as good as any).
+		trans = image.scanLine( i )[0];
+	    }
+	    for ( i=0; i<h; i++ ) {
+		uchar* asrc = alpha.scanLine( i );
+		p = image.scanLine( i );
+		for ( int x = 0; x < w; x++ ) {
+		    if ( ale ) {
+			if (!(asrc[x >> 3] & (1 << (x & 7))))
+			    *p = trans;
+		    } else {
+			if (!(asrc[x >> 3] & (1 << (7 -(x & 7)))))
+			    *p = trans;
+		    }
+		    ++p;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    image.setNumColors( ncols );	// create color table
+	}
+	int j = 0;
+	for ( i=0; i<256; i++ ) {		// translate pixels
+	    if ( use[i] ) {
+		image.setColor( j++,
+				( msk ? 0xff000000 : 0 )
+				| qRgb( (carr[i].red   >> 8) & 255,
+					(carr[i].green >> 8) & 255,
+					(carr[i].blue  >> 8) & 255 ) );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	delete [] carr;
+    }
+    if ( data->optim != BestOptim ) {		// throw away image data
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( mitshm_ximage )
+            qt_XShmDestroyImage( xi, &shminfo );
+        else
+#endif
+	qSafeXDestroyImage( xi );
+	((QPixmap*)this)->data->ximage = 0;
+    } else {					// keep ximage data
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( mitshm_ximage ) { // copy the XImage?
+            qt_XShmDestroyImage( xi, &shminfo );
+            xi = 0;
+        }
+#endif
+	((QPixmap*)this)->data->ximage = xi;
+    }
+
+    return image;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Converts image \a img and sets this pixmap. Returns TRUE if
+    successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The \a conversion_flags argument is a bitwise-OR of the
+    \l{Qt::ImageConversionFlags}. Passing 0 for \a conversion_flags
+    sets all the default options.
+
+    Note that even though a QPixmap with depth 1 behaves much like a
+    QBitmap, isQBitmap() returns FALSE.
+
+    If a pixmap with depth 1 is painted with color0 and color1 and
+    converted to an image, the pixels painted with color0 will produce
+    pixel index 0 in the image and those painted with color1 will
+    produce pixel index 1.
+
+    \sa convertToImage(), isQBitmap(), QImage::convertDepth(),
+    defaultDepth(), QImage::hasAlphaBuffer()
+*/
+
+bool QPixmap::convertFromImage( const QImage &img, int conversion_flags )
+{
+    if ( img.isNull() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+	qWarning( "QPixmap::convertFromImage: Cannot convert a null image" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    detach();					// detach other references
+    QImage  image = img;
+    const uint	 w   = image.width();
+    const uint	 h   = image.height();
+    int	 d   = image.depth();
+    const int	 dd  = x11Depth();
+    bool force_mono = (dd == 1 || isQBitmap() ||
+		       (conversion_flags & ColorMode_Mask)==MonoOnly );
+
+    if ( w >= 32768 || h >= 32768 )
+        return FALSE;
+
+    // get rid of the mask
+    delete data->mask;
+    data->mask = 0;
+
+    // get rid of alpha pixmap
+    delete data->alphapm;
+    data->alphapm = 0;
+
+    // must be monochrome
+    if ( force_mono ) {
+	if ( d != 1 ) {
+	    // dither
+	    image = image.convertDepth( 1, conversion_flags );
+	    d = 1;
+	}
+    } else {					// can be both
+	bool conv8 = FALSE;
+	if ( d > 8 && dd <= 8 ) {		// convert to 8 bit
+	    if ( (conversion_flags & DitherMode_Mask) == AutoDither )
+		conversion_flags = (conversion_flags & ~DitherMode_Mask)
+				   | PreferDither;
+	    conv8 = TRUE;
+	} else if ( (conversion_flags & ColorMode_Mask) == ColorOnly ) {
+	    conv8 = d == 1;			// native depth wanted
+	} else if ( d == 1 ) {
+	    if ( image.numColors() == 2 ) {
+		QRgb c0 = image.color(0);	// Auto: convert to best
+		QRgb c1 = image.color(1);
+		conv8 = QMIN(c0,c1) != qRgb(0,0,0) || QMAX(c0,c1) != qRgb(255,255,255);
+	    } else {
+		// eg. 1-color monochrome images (they do exist).
+		conv8 = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( conv8 ) {
+	    image = image.convertDepth( 8, conversion_flags );
+	    d = 8;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( d == 1 ) {				// 1 bit pixmap (bitmap)
+	if ( hd ) {				// delete old X pixmap
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	    if (rendhd) {
+		XftDrawDestroy( (XftDraw *) rendhd );
+		rendhd = 0;
+	    }
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+	    XFreePixmap( x11Display(), hd );
+	}
+
+	// make sure image.color(0) == color0 (white) and image.color(1) == color1 (black)
+	if (image.color(0) == Qt::black.rgb() && image.color(1) == Qt::white.rgb()) {
+	    image.invertPixels();
+	    image.setColor(0, Qt::white.rgb());
+	    image.setColor(1, Qt::black.rgb());
+	}
+
+	char  *bits;
+	uchar *tmp_bits;
+	int    bpl = (w+7)/8;
+	int    ibpl = image.bytesPerLine();
+	if ( image.bitOrder() == QImage::BigEndian || bpl != ibpl ) {
+	    tmp_bits = new uchar[bpl*h];
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( tmp_bits );
+	    bits = (char *)tmp_bits;
+	    uchar *p, *b, *end;
+	    uint y, count;
+	    if ( image.bitOrder() == QImage::BigEndian ) {
+		const uchar *f = qt_get_bitflip_array();
+		b = tmp_bits;
+		for ( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+		    p = image.scanLine( y );
+		    end = p + bpl;
+		    count = bpl;
+		    while ( count > 4 ) {
+			*b++ = f[*p++];
+			*b++ = f[*p++];
+			*b++ = f[*p++];
+			*b++ = f[*p++];
+			count -= 4;
+		    }
+		    while ( p < end )
+			*b++ = f[*p++];
+		}
+	    } else {				// just copy
+		b = tmp_bits;
+		p = image.scanLine( 0 );
+		for ( y=0; y<h; y++ ) {
+		    memcpy( b, p, bpl );
+		    b += bpl;
+		    p += ibpl;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    bits = (char *)image.bits();
+	    tmp_bits = 0;
+	}
+	hd = (HANDLE)XCreateBitmapFromData( x11Display(),
+					    RootWindow(x11Display(), x11Screen() ),
+					    bits, w, h );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	if ( qt_has_xft )
+	    rendhd = (HANDLE) XftDrawCreateBitmap( x11Display(), hd );
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+	if ( tmp_bits )				// Avoid purify complaint
+	    delete [] tmp_bits;
+	data->w = w;  data->h = h;  data->d = 1;
+
+	if ( image.hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	    QBitmap m;
+	    m = image.createAlphaMask( conversion_flags );
+	    setMask( m );
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    Display *dpy   = x11Display();
+    Visual *visual = (Visual *)x11Visual();
+    XImage *xi	   = 0;
+    bool    trucol = (visual->c_class == TrueColor || visual->c_class == DirectColor);
+    int	    nbytes = image.numBytes();
+    uchar  *newbits= 0;
+    int newbits_size = 0;
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+    bool mitshm_ximage = false;
+    XShmSegmentInfo shminfo;
+#endif
+
+    if ( trucol ) {				// truecolor display
+	QRgb  pix[256];				// pixel translation table
+	const bool  d8 = d == 8;
+	const uint  red_mask	  = (uint)visual->red_mask;
+	const uint  green_mask  = (uint)visual->green_mask;
+	const uint  blue_mask	  = (uint)visual->blue_mask;
+	const int   red_shift	  = highest_bit( red_mask )   - 7;
+	const int   green_shift = highest_bit( green_mask ) - 7;
+	const int   blue_shift  = highest_bit( blue_mask )  - 7;
+	const uint  rbits = highest_bit(red_mask) - lowest_bit(red_mask) + 1;
+	const uint  gbits = highest_bit(green_mask) - lowest_bit(green_mask) + 1;
+	const uint  bbits = highest_bit(blue_mask) - lowest_bit(blue_mask) + 1;
+
+	if ( d8 ) {				// setup pixel translation
+	    QRgb *ctable = image.colorTable();
+	    for ( int i=0; i<image.numColors(); i++ ) {
+		int r = qRed  (ctable[i]);
+		int g = qGreen(ctable[i]);
+		int b = qBlue (ctable[i]);
+		r = red_shift	> 0 ? r << red_shift   : r >> -red_shift;
+		g = green_shift > 0 ? g << green_shift : g >> -green_shift;
+		b = blue_shift	> 0 ? b << blue_shift  : b >> -blue_shift;
+		pix[i] = (b & blue_mask) | (g & green_mask) | (r & red_mask)
+			 | ~(blue_mask | green_mask | red_mask);
+	    }
+	}
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+	xi = qt_XShmCreateImage( dpy, visual, dd, ZPixmap, 0, 0, w, h, 32, 0, &shminfo );
+	if( xi != NULL ) {
+	    mitshm_ximage = true;
+	    newbits = (uchar*)xi->data;
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	xi = XCreateImage( dpy, visual, dd, ZPixmap, 0, 0, w, h, 32, 0 );
+        if (!xi)
+            return false;
+	if( newbits == NULL )
+	newbits = (uchar *)malloc( xi->bytes_per_line*h );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( newbits );
+	if ( !newbits )				// no memory
+	    return FALSE;
+	int    bppc = xi->bits_per_pixel;
+
+	bool contig_bits = n_bits(red_mask) == rbits &&
+                           n_bits(green_mask) == gbits &&
+                           n_bits(blue_mask) == bbits;
+	bool dither_tc =
+	    // Want it?
+	    (conversion_flags & Dither_Mask) != ThresholdDither &&
+	    (conversion_flags & DitherMode_Mask) != AvoidDither &&
+	    // Need it?
+	    bppc < 24 && !d8 &&
+	    // Can do it? (Contiguous bits?)
+	    contig_bits;
+
+	static bool init=FALSE;
+	static int D[16][16];
+	if ( dither_tc && !init ) {
+	    // I also contributed this code to XV - WWA.
+	    /*
+	      The dither matrix, D, is obtained with this formula:
+
+	      D2 = [ 0 2 ]
+	      [ 3 1 ]
+
+
+	      D2*n = [ 4*Dn       4*Dn+2*Un ]
+	      [ 4*Dn+3*Un  4*Dn+1*Un ]
+	    */
+	    int n,i,j;
+	    init=1;
+
+	    /* Set D2 */
+	    D[0][0]=0;
+	    D[1][0]=2;
+	    D[0][1]=3;
+	    D[1][1]=1;
+
+	    /* Expand using recursive definition given above */
+	    for (n=2; n<16; n*=2) {
+		for (i=0; i<n; i++) {
+		    for (j=0; j<n; j++) {
+			D[i][j]*=4;
+			D[i+n][j]=D[i][j]+2;
+			D[i][j+n]=D[i][j]+3;
+			D[i+n][j+n]=D[i][j]+1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    init=TRUE;
+	}
+        
+        enum { BPP8, 
+               BPP16_8_3_M3, BPP16_7_2_M3, BPP16_MSB, BPP16_LSB,
+               BPP24_MSB, BPP24_LSB,
+               BPP32_16_8_0, BPP32_MSB, BPP32_LSB
+        } mode = BPP8;
+
+	if ( bppc > 8 && xi->byte_order == LSBFirst )
+	    bppc++;
+
+        int wordsize;
+        bool bigendian;
+        qSysInfo( &wordsize, &bigendian );
+        bool same_msb_lsb = ( xi->byte_order == MSBFirst ) == ( bigendian );
+        
+        if( bppc == 8 ) // 8 bit
+            mode = BPP8;
+        else if( bppc == 16 || bppc == 17 ) { // 16 bit MSB/LSB
+            if( red_shift == 8 && green_shift == 3 && blue_shift == -3
+                && !d8 && same_msb_lsb )
+                mode = BPP16_8_3_M3;
+            else if( red_shift == 7 && green_shift == 2 && blue_shift == -3
+                && !d8 && same_msb_lsb )
+                mode = BPP16_7_2_M3;
+            else
+                mode = bppc == 17 ? BPP16_LSB : BPP16_MSB;
+        } else if( bppc == 24 || bppc == 25 ) { // 24 bit MSB/LSB
+            mode = bppc == 25 ? BPP24_LSB : BPP24_MSB;
+        } else if( bppc == 32 || bppc == 33 ) { // 32 bit MSB/LSB
+            if( red_shift == 16 && green_shift == 8 && blue_shift == 0
+                && !d8 && same_msb_lsb )
+                mode = BPP32_16_8_0;
+            else
+                mode = bppc == 33 ? BPP32_LSB : BPP32_MSB;
+        } else
+	    qFatal("Logic error 3");
+
+#define GET_PIXEL \
+                int pixel; \
+		if ( d8 ) pixel = pix[*src++]; \
+		else { \
+		    int r = qRed  ( *p ); \
+		    int g = qGreen( *p ); \
+		    int b = qBlue ( *p++ ); \
+		    r = red_shift   > 0 \
+		        ? r << red_shift   : r >> -red_shift; \
+		    g = green_shift > 0 \
+		        ? g << green_shift : g >> -green_shift; \
+		    b = blue_shift  > 0 \
+		        ? b << blue_shift  : b >> -blue_shift; \
+		    pixel = (r & red_mask)|(g & green_mask) | (b & blue_mask) \
+			    | ~(blue_mask | green_mask | red_mask); \
+		}
+
+// optimized case - no d8 case, shift only once instead of twice, mask only once instead of twice,
+// use direct values instead of variables, and use only one statement
+// (*p >> 16), (*p >> 8 ) and (*p) are qRed(),qGreen() and qBlue() without masking
+// shifts have to be passed including the shift operator (e.g. '>>3'), because of the direction
+#define GET_PIXEL_OPT(red_shift,green_shift,blue_shift,red_mask,green_mask,blue_mask) \
+                int pixel = ((( *p >> 16 ) red_shift ) & red_mask ) \
+                    | ((( *p >> 8 ) green_shift ) & green_mask ) \
+                    | ((( *p ) blue_shift ) & blue_mask ); \
+                ++p;
+
+#define GET_PIXEL_DITHER_TC \
+		int r = qRed  ( *p ); \
+		int g = qGreen( *p ); \
+		int b = qBlue ( *p++ ); \
+		const int thres = D[x%16][y%16]; \
+		if ( r <= (255-(1<<(8-rbits))) && ((r<<rbits) & 255) \
+			> thres) \
+		    r += (1<<(8-rbits)); \
+		if ( g <= (255-(1<<(8-gbits))) && ((g<<gbits) & 255) \
+			> thres) \
+		    g += (1<<(8-gbits)); \
+		if ( b <= (255-(1<<(8-bbits))) && ((b<<bbits) & 255) \
+			> thres) \
+		    b += (1<<(8-bbits)); \
+		r = red_shift   > 0 \
+		    ? r << red_shift   : r >> -red_shift; \
+		g = green_shift > 0 \
+		    ? g << green_shift : g >> -green_shift; \
+		b = blue_shift  > 0 \
+		    ? b << blue_shift  : b >> -blue_shift; \
+		int pixel = (r & red_mask)|(g & green_mask) | (b & blue_mask);
+
+// again, optimized case
+// can't be optimized that much :(
+#define GET_PIXEL_DITHER_TC_OPT(red_shift,green_shift,blue_shift,red_mask,green_mask,blue_mask, \
+                                rbits,gbits,bbits) \
+		const int thres = D[x%16][y%16]; \
+		int r = qRed  ( *p ); \
+		if ( r <= (255-(1<<(8-rbits))) && ((r<<rbits) & 255) \
+			> thres) \
+		    r += (1<<(8-rbits)); \
+		int g = qGreen( *p ); \
+		if ( g <= (255-(1<<(8-gbits))) && ((g<<gbits) & 255) \
+			> thres) \
+		    g += (1<<(8-gbits)); \
+		int b = qBlue ( *p++ ); \
+		if ( b <= (255-(1<<(8-bbits))) && ((b<<bbits) & 255) \
+			> thres) \
+		    b += (1<<(8-bbits)); \
+                int pixel = (( r red_shift ) & red_mask ) \
+                    | (( g green_shift ) & green_mask ) \
+                    | (( b blue_shift ) & blue_mask );
+
+#define CYCLE(body) \
+	for ( uint y=0; y<h; y++ ) { \
+	    uchar* src = image.scanLine( y ); \
+	    uchar* dst = newbits + xi->bytes_per_line*y; \
+	    QRgb* p = (QRgb *)src; \
+            body \
+        }
+
+        if ( dither_tc ) {
+	    switch ( mode ) {
+                case BPP16_8_3_M3:
+                    CYCLE(
+                        Q_INT16* dst16 = (Q_INT16*)dst;
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL_DITHER_TC_OPT(<<8,<<3,>>3,0xf800,0x7e0,0x1f,5,6,5)
+                            *dst16++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+                case BPP16_7_2_M3:
+                    CYCLE(
+                        Q_INT16* dst16 = (Q_INT16*)dst;
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL_DITHER_TC_OPT(<<7,<<2,>>3,0x7c00,0x3e0,0x1f,5,5,5)
+                            *dst16++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		case BPP16_MSB:			// 16 bit MSB
+                    CYCLE(
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL_DITHER_TC
+			    *dst++ = (pixel >> 8);
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		case BPP16_LSB:			// 16 bit LSB
+                    CYCLE(
+    		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL_DITHER_TC
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 8;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    qFatal("Logic error");
+		}
+	} else {
+	    switch ( mode ) {
+		case BPP8:			// 8 bit
+                    CYCLE(
+                    Q_UNUSED(p);
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    int pixel = pix[*src++];
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+                case BPP16_8_3_M3:
+                    CYCLE(
+                        Q_INT16* dst16 = (Q_INT16*)dst;
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL_OPT(<<8,<<3,>>3,0xf800,0x7e0,0x1f)
+                            *dst16++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+                case BPP16_7_2_M3:
+                    CYCLE(
+                        Q_INT16* dst16 = (Q_INT16*)dst;
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL_OPT(<<7,<<2,>>3,0x7c00,0x3e0,0x1f)
+                            *dst16++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		case BPP16_MSB:			// 16 bit MSB
+                    CYCLE(
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL
+			    *dst++ = (pixel >> 8);
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		case BPP16_LSB:			// 16 bit LSB
+                    CYCLE(
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 8;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		case BPP24_MSB:			// 24 bit MSB
+                    CYCLE(
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 16;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 8;
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		case BPP24_LSB:			// 24 bit LSB
+                    CYCLE(
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 8;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 16;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+                case BPP32_16_8_0:
+                    CYCLE(
+                        memcpy( dst, p, w * 4 );
+                    )
+                    break;
+		case BPP32_MSB:			// 32 bit MSB
+                    CYCLE(
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 24;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 16;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 8;
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+		        }
+                    )
+		    break;
+		case BPP32_LSB:			// 32 bit LSB
+                    CYCLE(
+		        for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ ) {
+			    GET_PIXEL
+			    *dst++ = pixel;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 8;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 16;
+			    *dst++ = pixel >> 24;
+		        }
+                    )
+  		    break;
+  		default:
+  		    qFatal("Logic error 2");
+  	    }
+  	}
+  	xi->data = (char *)newbits;
+    }
+
+    if ( d == 8 && !trucol ) {			// 8 bit pixmap
+	int  pop[256];				// pixel popularity
+
+	if ( image.numColors() == 0 )
+	    image.setNumColors( 1 );
+
+	memset( pop, 0, sizeof(int)*256 );	// reset popularity array
+	uint i;
+	for ( i=0; i<h; i++ ) {			// for each scanline...
+	    uchar* p = image.scanLine( i );
+	    uchar *end = p + w;
+	    while ( p < end )			// compute popularity
+		pop[*p++]++;
+	}
+
+	newbits = (uchar *)malloc( nbytes );	// copy image into newbits
+        newbits_size = nbytes;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( newbits );
+	if ( !newbits )				// no memory
+	    return FALSE;
+	uchar* p = newbits;
+	memcpy( p, image.bits(), nbytes );	// copy image data into newbits
+
+	/*
+	 * The code below picks the most important colors. It is based on the
+	 * diversity algorithm, implemented in XV 3.10. XV is (C) by John Bradley.
+	 */
+
+	struct PIX {				// pixel sort element
+	    uchar r,g,b,n;			// color + pad
+	    int	  use;				// popularity
+	    int	  index;			// index in colormap
+	    int	  mindist;
+	};
+	int ncols = 0;
+	for ( i=0; i< (uint) image.numColors(); i++ ) { // compute number of colors
+	    if ( pop[i] > 0 )
+		ncols++;
+	}
+	for ( i=image.numColors(); i<256; i++ ) // ignore out-of-range pixels
+	    pop[i] = 0;
+
+	// works since we make sure above to have at least
+	// one color in the image
+	if ( ncols == 0 )
+	    ncols = 1;
+
+	PIX pixarr[256];			// pixel array
+	PIX pixarr_sorted[256];			// pixel array (sorted)
+	memset( pixarr, 0, ncols*sizeof(PIX) );
+	PIX *px		   = &pixarr[0];
+	int  maxpop = 0;
+	int  maxpix = 0;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( pixarr );
+	uint j = 0;
+	QRgb* ctable = image.colorTable();
+	for ( i=0; i<256; i++ ) {		// init pixel array
+	    if ( pop[i] > 0 ) {
+		px->r = qRed  ( ctable[i] );
+		px->g = qGreen( ctable[i] );
+		px->b = qBlue ( ctable[i] );
+		px->n = 0;
+		px->use = pop[i];
+		if ( pop[i] > maxpop ) {	// select most popular entry
+		    maxpop = pop[i];
+		    maxpix = j;
+		}
+		px->index = i;
+		px->mindist = 1000000;
+		px++;
+		j++;
+	    }
+	}
+	pixarr_sorted[0] = pixarr[maxpix];
+	pixarr[maxpix].use = 0;
+
+	for ( i=1; i< (uint) ncols; i++ ) {		// sort pixels
+	    int minpix = -1, mindist = -1;
+	    px = &pixarr_sorted[i-1];
+	    int r = px->r;
+	    int g = px->g;
+	    int b = px->b;
+	    int dist;
+	    if ( (i & 1) || i<10 ) {		// sort on max distance
+		for ( int j=0; j<ncols; j++ ) {
+		    px = &pixarr[j];
+		    if ( px->use ) {
+			dist = (px->r - r)*(px->r - r) +
+			       (px->g - g)*(px->g - g) +
+			       (px->b - b)*(px->b - b);
+			if ( px->mindist > dist )
+			    px->mindist = dist;
+			if ( px->mindist > mindist ) {
+			    mindist = px->mindist;
+			    minpix = j;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {				// sort on max popularity
+		for ( int j=0; j<ncols; j++ ) {
+		    px = &pixarr[j];
+		    if ( px->use ) {
+			dist = (px->r - r)*(px->r - r) +
+			       (px->g - g)*(px->g - g) +
+			       (px->b - b)*(px->b - b);
+			if ( px->mindist > dist )
+			    px->mindist = dist;
+			if ( px->use > mindist ) {
+			    mindist = px->use;
+			    minpix = j;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    pixarr_sorted[i] = pixarr[minpix];
+	    pixarr[minpix].use = 0;
+	}
+
+	uint pix[256];				// pixel translation table
+	px = &pixarr_sorted[0];
+	for ( i=0; i< (uint) ncols; i++ ) {		// allocate colors
+	    QColor c( px->r, px->g, px->b );
+	    pix[px->index] = c.pixel(x11Screen());
+	    px++;
+	}
+
+	p = newbits;
+	for ( i=0; i< (uint) nbytes; i++ ) {		// translate pixels
+	    *p = pix[*p];
+	    p++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !xi ) {				// X image not created
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        xi = qt_XShmCreateImage( dpy, visual, dd, ZPixmap, 0, 0, w, h, 32, 0, &shminfo );
+        if( xi != NULL )
+            mitshm_ximage = true;
+        else
+#endif
+	xi = XCreateImage( dpy, visual, dd, ZPixmap, 0, 0, w, h, 32, 0 );
+	if ( xi->bits_per_pixel == 16 ) {	// convert 8 bpp ==> 16 bpp
+	    ushort *p2;
+	    int	    p2inc = xi->bytes_per_line/sizeof(ushort);
+	    ushort *newerbits = (ushort *)malloc( xi->bytes_per_line * h );
+            newbits_size = xi->bytes_per_line * h;
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( newerbits );
+	    if ( !newerbits )				// no memory
+		return FALSE;
+	    uchar* p = newbits;
+	    for ( uint y=0; y<h; y++ ) {		// OOPS: Do right byte order!!
+		p2 = newerbits + p2inc*y;
+		for ( uint x=0; x<w; x++ )
+		    *p2++ = *p++;
+	    }
+	    free( newbits );
+	    newbits = (uchar *)newerbits;
+	} else if ( xi->bits_per_pixel != 8 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "QPixmap::convertFromImage: Display not supported "
+		      "(bpp=%d)", xi->bits_per_pixel );
+#endif
+	}
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( newbits_size > 0 && mitshm_ximage ) { // need to copy to shared memory
+            memcpy( xi->data, newbits, newbits_size );
+            free( newbits );
+            newbits = (uchar*)xi->data;
+        }
+        else
+#endif
+	xi->data = (char *)newbits;
+    }
+
+    if ( hd && (width() != (int)w || height() != (int)h || this->depth() != dd) ) {
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	if (rendhd) {
+	    XftDrawDestroy( (XftDraw *) rendhd );
+	    rendhd = 0;
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+	XFreePixmap( dpy, hd );			// don't reuse old pixmap
+	hd = 0;
+    }
+    if ( !hd ) {					// create new pixmap
+	hd = (HANDLE)XCreatePixmap( x11Display(),
+				    RootWindow(x11Display(), x11Screen() ),
+				    w, h, dd );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	if ( qt_has_xft ) {
+	    if ( data->d == 1 ) {
+		rendhd = (HANDLE) XftDrawCreateBitmap( x11Display (), hd );
+	    } else {
+		rendhd = (HANDLE) XftDrawCreate( x11Display (), hd,
+						 (Visual *) x11Visual(), x11Colormap() );
+	    }
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+    if( mitshm_ximage )
+        XShmPutImage( dpy, hd, qt_xget_readonly_gc( x11Screen(), FALSE ),
+                      xi, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h, False );
+    else
+#endif
+    XPutImage( dpy, hd, qt_xget_readonly_gc( x11Screen(), FALSE  ),
+	       xi, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h );
+
+    data->w = w;
+    data->h = h;
+    data->d = dd;
+
+    XImage* axi = NULL;
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+    bool mitshm_aximage = false;
+    XShmSegmentInfo ashminfo;
+#endif
+    if ( image.hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	QBitmap m;
+	m = image.createAlphaMask( conversion_flags );
+	setMask( m );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	// does this image have an alphamap (and not just a 1bpp mask)?
+	bool alphamap = image.depth() == 32;
+	if (image.depth() == 8) {
+	    const QRgb * const rgb = image.colorTable();
+	    for (int i = 0, count = image.numColors(); i < count; ++i) {
+		const int alpha = qAlpha(rgb[i]);
+		if (alpha != 0 && alpha != 0xff) {
+		    alphamap = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (qt_use_xrender && qt_has_xft && alphamap) {
+	    data->alphapm = new QPixmap; // create a null pixmap
+
+	    // setup pixmap data
+	    data->alphapm->data->w = w;
+	    data->alphapm->data->h = h;
+	    data->alphapm->data->d = 8;
+
+	    // create 8bpp pixmap and render picture
+	    data->alphapm->hd =
+		XCreatePixmap(x11Display(), RootWindow(x11Display(), x11Screen()),
+			      w, h, 8);
+
+	    data->alphapm->rendhd =
+		(HANDLE) XftDrawCreateAlpha( x11Display(), data->alphapm->hd, 8 );
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+	    axi = qt_XShmCreateImage( x11Display(), (Visual*)x11Visual(),
+		    8, ZPixmap, 0, 0, w, h, 8, 0, &ashminfo );
+	    if( axi != NULL )
+		mitshm_aximage = true;
+	    else
+#endif
+		axi = XCreateImage(x11Display(), (Visual *) x11Visual(),
+				       8, ZPixmap, 0, 0, w, h, 8, 0);
+
+	    if (axi) {
+		if( axi->data==NULL ) {
+		// the data is deleted by qSafeXDestroyImage
+                axi->data = (char *) malloc(h * axi->bytes_per_line);
+		Q_CHECK_PTR( axi->data );
+		}
+                char *aptr = axi->data;
+
+                if (image.depth() == 32) {
+                    const int *iptr = (const int *) image.bits();
+                    if( axi->bytes_per_line == (int)w ) {
+                        int max = w * h;
+                        while (max--)
+                            *aptr++ = *iptr++ >> 24; // squirt
+                    } else {
+                        for (uint i = 0; i < h; ++i ) {
+                            for (uint j = 0; j < w; ++j )
+                                *aptr++ = *iptr++ >> 24; // squirt
+                            aptr += ( axi->bytes_per_line - w );
+                        }
+                    }
+                } else if (image.depth() == 8) {
+                    const QRgb * const rgb = image.colorTable();
+                    for (uint y = 0; y < h; ++y) {
+                        const uchar *iptr = image.scanLine(y);
+                        for (uint x = 0; x < w; ++x)
+                            *aptr++ = qAlpha(rgb[*iptr++]);
+                        aptr += ( axi->bytes_per_line - w );
+                    }
+                }
+
+                GC gc = XCreateGC(x11Display(), data->alphapm->hd, 0, 0);
+ #ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+		if( mitshm_aximage )
+		    XShmPutImage( dpy, data->alphapm->hd, gc, axi, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h, False );
+		else
+#endif
+                XPutImage(dpy, data->alphapm->hd, gc, axi, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h);
+                XFreeGC(x11Display(), gc);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+    if( mitshm_ximage || mitshm_aximage )
+        XSync( x11Display(), False ); // wait until processed
+#endif
+
+    if ( data->optim != BestOptim ) {       // throw away image
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( mitshm_ximage )
+            qt_XShmDestroyImage( xi, &shminfo );
+        else
+#endif
+     qSafeXDestroyImage( xi );
+     data->ximage = 0;
+    } else {      // keep ximage that we created
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( mitshm_ximage ) { // copy the XImage?
+            qt_XShmDestroyImage( xi, &shminfo );
+            xi = 0;
+        }
+#endif
+     data->ximage = xi;
+    }
+    if( axi ) {
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM_CONVERSIONS
+        if( mitshm_aximage )
+            qt_XShmDestroyImage( axi, &ashminfo );
+        else
+#endif
+        qSafeXDestroyImage(axi);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Grabs the contents of the window \a window and makes a pixmap out
+    of it. Returns the pixmap.
+
+    The arguments \a (x, y) specify the offset in the window, whereas
+    \a (w, h) specify the width and height of the area to be copied.
+
+    If \a w is negative, the function copies everything to the right
+    border of the window. If \a h is negative, the function copies
+    everything to the bottom of the window.
+
+    Note that grabWindow() grabs pixels from the screen, not from the
+    window. If there is another window partially or entirely over the
+    one you grab, you get pixels from the overlying window, too.
+
+    Note also that the mouse cursor is generally not grabbed.
+
+    The reason we use a window identifier and not a QWidget is to
+    enable grabbing of windows that are not part of the application,
+    window system frames, and so on.
+
+    \warning Grabbing an area outside the screen is not safe in
+    general. This depends on the underlying window system.
+
+    \warning X11 only: If \a window is not the same depth as the root
+    window and another window partially or entirely obscures the one
+    you grab, you will \e not get pixels from the overlying window.
+    The contests of the obscured areas in the pixmap are undefined and
+    uninitialized.
+
+    \sa grabWidget()
+*/
+
+QPixmap QPixmap::grabWindow( WId window, int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( w == 0 || h == 0 )
+	return QPixmap();
+
+    Display *dpy = x11AppDisplay();
+    XWindowAttributes window_attr;
+    if ( ! XGetWindowAttributes( dpy, window, &window_attr ) )
+	return QPixmap();
+
+    if ( w < 0 )
+	w = window_attr.width - x;
+    if ( h < 0 )
+	h = window_attr.height - y;
+
+    // determine the screen
+    int scr;
+    for ( scr = 0; scr < ScreenCount( dpy ); ++scr ) {
+	if ( window_attr.root == RootWindow( dpy, scr ) )	// found it
+	    break;
+    }
+    if ( scr >= ScreenCount( dpy ) )		// sanity check
+	return QPixmap();
+
+
+    // get the depth of the root window
+    XWindowAttributes root_attr;
+    if ( ! XGetWindowAttributes( dpy, window_attr.root, &root_attr ) )
+        return QPixmap();
+
+    if ( window_attr.depth == root_attr.depth ) {
+        // if the depth of the specified window and the root window are the
+        // same, grab pixels from the root window (so that we get the any
+        // overlapping windows and window manager frames)
+
+        // map x and y to the root window
+        WId unused;
+        if ( ! XTranslateCoordinates( dpy, window, window_attr.root, x, y,
+                                      &x, &y, &unused ) )
+            return QPixmap();
+
+       window = window_attr.root;
+    }
+
+    QPixmap pm( w, h );
+    pm.data->uninit = FALSE;
+    pm.x11SetScreen( scr );
+
+    GC gc = qt_xget_temp_gc( scr, FALSE );
+    XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, IncludeInferiors );
+    XCopyArea( dpy, window, pm.handle(), gc, x, y, w, h, 0, 0 );
+    XSetSubwindowMode( dpy, gc, ClipByChildren );
+
+    return pm;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a copy of the pixmap that is transformed using \a matrix.
+    The original pixmap is not changed.
+
+    The transformation \a matrix is internally adjusted to compensate
+    for unwanted translation, i.e. xForm() returns the smallest image
+    that contains all the transformed points of the original image.
+
+    This function is slow because it involves transformation to a
+    QImage, non-trivial computations and a transformation back to a
+    QPixmap.
+
+    \sa trueMatrix(), QWMatrix, QPainter::setWorldMatrix() QImage::xForm()
+*/
+
+QPixmap QPixmap::xForm( const QWMatrix &matrix ) const
+{
+    uint   w = 0;
+    uint   h = 0;				// size of target pixmap
+    uint   ws, hs;				// size of source pixmap
+    uchar *dptr;				// data in target pixmap
+    uint   dbpl, dbytes;			// bytes per line/bytes total
+    uchar *sptr;				// data in original pixmap
+    int	   sbpl;				// bytes per line in original
+    int	   bpp;					// bits per pixel
+    bool   depth1 = depth() == 1;
+    Display *dpy = x11Display();
+
+    if ( isNull() )				// this is a null pixmap
+	return copy();
+
+    ws = width();
+    hs = height();
+
+    QWMatrix mat( matrix.m11(), matrix.m12(), matrix.m21(), matrix.m22(), 0., 0. );
+
+    double scaledWidth;
+    double scaledHeight;
+
+    if ( matrix.m12() == 0.0F && matrix.m21() == 0.0F ) {
+	if ( matrix.m11() == 1.0F && matrix.m22() == 1.0F )
+	    return *this;			// identity matrix
+	scaledHeight = matrix.m22()*hs;
+	scaledWidth = matrix.m11()*ws;
+	h = QABS( qRound( scaledHeight ) );
+	w = QABS( qRound( scaledWidth ) );
+    } else {					// rotation or shearing
+	QPointArray a( QRect(0,0,ws+1,hs+1) );
+	a = mat.map( a );
+	QRect r = a.boundingRect().normalize();
+	w = r.width()-1;
+	h = r.height()-1;
+        scaledWidth = w;
+        scaledHeight = h;
+    }
+
+    mat = trueMatrix( mat, ws, hs ); // true matrix
+
+
+    bool invertible;
+    mat = mat.invert( &invertible );		// invert matrix
+
+    if ( h == 0 || w == 0 || !invertible
+         || QABS(scaledWidth) >= 32768 || QABS(scaledHeight) >= 32768 ) {	// error, return null pixmap
+	QPixmap pm;
+	pm.data->bitmap = data->bitmap;
+	return pm;
+    }
+
+#if defined(QT_MITSHM_XFORM)
+    static bool try_once = TRUE;
+    if (try_once) {
+	try_once = FALSE;
+	if ( !xshminit )
+	    qt_create_mitshm_buffer( this, 800, 600 );
+    }
+
+    bool use_mitshm = xshmimg && !depth1 &&
+    xshmimg->width >= w && xshmimg->height >= h;
+#endif
+    XImage *xi = (XImage*)data->ximage;		// any cached ximage?
+    if ( !xi )
+	xi = XGetImage( x11Display(), handle(), 0, 0, ws, hs, AllPlanes,
+			depth1 ? XYPixmap : ZPixmap );
+
+    if ( !xi ) {				// error, return null pixmap
+	QPixmap pm;
+	pm.data->bitmap = data->bitmap;
+	pm.data->alphapm = data->alphapm;
+	return pm;
+    }
+
+    sbpl = xi->bytes_per_line;
+    sptr = (uchar *)xi->data;
+    bpp	 = xi->bits_per_pixel;
+
+    if ( depth1 )
+	dbpl = (w+7)/8;
+    else
+	dbpl = ((w*bpp+31)/32)*4;
+    dbytes = dbpl*h;
+
+#if defined(QT_MITSHM_XFORM)
+    if ( use_mitshm ) {
+	dptr = (uchar *)xshmimg->data;
+	uchar fillbyte = bpp == 8 ? white.pixel() : 0xff;
+	for ( int y=0; y<h; y++ )
+	    memset( dptr + y*xshmimg->bytes_per_line, fillbyte, dbpl );
+    } else {
+#endif
+	dptr = (uchar *)malloc( dbytes );	// create buffer for bits
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( dptr );
+	if ( depth1 )				// fill with zeros
+	    memset( dptr, 0, dbytes );
+	else if ( bpp == 8 )			// fill with background color
+	    memset( dptr, Qt::white.pixel( x11Screen() ), dbytes );
+	else
+	    memset( dptr, 0xff, dbytes );
+#if defined(QT_MITSHM_XFORM)
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // #define QT_DEBUG_XIMAGE
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG_XIMAGE)
+    qDebug( "----IMAGE--INFO--------------" );
+    qDebug( "width............. %d", xi->width );
+    qDebug( "height............ %d", xi->height );
+    qDebug( "xoffset........... %d", xi->xoffset );
+    qDebug( "format............ %d", xi->format );
+    qDebug( "byte order........ %d", xi->byte_order );
+    qDebug( "bitmap unit....... %d", xi->bitmap_unit );
+    qDebug( "bitmap bit order.. %d", xi->bitmap_bit_order );
+    qDebug( "depth............. %d", xi->depth );
+    qDebug( "bytes per line.... %d", xi->bytes_per_line );
+    qDebug( "bits per pixel.... %d", xi->bits_per_pixel );
+#endif
+
+    int type;
+    if ( xi->bitmap_bit_order == MSBFirst )
+	type = QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST;
+    else
+	type = QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST;
+    int	xbpl, p_inc;
+    if ( depth1 ) {
+	xbpl  = (w+7)/8;
+	p_inc = dbpl - xbpl;
+    } else {
+	xbpl  = (w*bpp)/8;
+	p_inc = dbpl - xbpl;
+#if defined(QT_MITSHM_XFORM)
+	if ( use_mitshm )
+	    p_inc = xshmimg->bytes_per_line - xbpl;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    if ( !qt_xForm_helper( mat, xi->xoffset, type, bpp, dptr, xbpl, p_inc, h, sptr, sbpl, ws, hs ) ){
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPixmap::xForm: display not supported (bpp=%d)",bpp);
+#endif
+	QPixmap pm;
+	return pm;
+    }
+
+    if ( data->optim == NoOptim ) {		// throw away ximage
+	qSafeXDestroyImage( xi );
+	data->ximage = 0;
+    } else {					// keep ximage that we fetched
+	data->ximage = xi;
+    }
+
+    if ( depth1 ) {				// mono bitmap
+	QPixmap pm( w, h, dptr, QImage::systemBitOrder() != QImage::BigEndian );
+	pm.data->bitmap = data->bitmap;
+	free( dptr );
+	if ( data->mask ) {
+	    if ( data->selfmask )		// pixmap == mask
+		pm.setMask( *((QBitmap*)(&pm)) );
+	    else
+		pm.setMask( data->mask->xForm(matrix) );
+	}
+	return pm;
+    } else {					// color pixmap
+	GC gc = qt_xget_readonly_gc( x11Screen(), FALSE );
+	QPixmap pm( w, h );
+	pm.data->uninit = FALSE;
+	pm.x11SetScreen( x11Screen() );
+#if defined(QT_MITSHM_XFORM)
+	if ( use_mitshm ) {
+	    XCopyArea( dpy, xshmpm, pm.handle(), gc, 0, 0, w, h, 0, 0 );
+	} else {
+#endif
+	    xi = XCreateImage( dpy, (Visual *)x11Visual(), x11Depth(),
+			       ZPixmap, 0, (char *)dptr, w, h, 32, 0 );
+	    XPutImage( dpy, pm.handle(), gc, xi, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h);
+	    qSafeXDestroyImage( xi );
+#if defined(QT_MITSHM_XFORM)
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if ( data->mask ) // xform mask, too
+	    pm.setMask( data->mask->xForm(matrix) );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	if ( qt_use_xrender && qt_has_xft && data->alphapm ) { // xform the alpha channel
+	    XImage *axi = 0;
+	    if ((axi = XGetImage(x11Display(), data->alphapm->handle(),
+				 0, 0, ws, hs, AllPlanes, ZPixmap))) {
+		sbpl = axi->bytes_per_line;
+		sptr = (uchar *) axi->data;
+		bpp  = axi->bits_per_pixel;
+		dbytes = dbpl * h;
+		dptr = (uchar *) malloc(dbytes);
+		Q_CHECK_PTR( dptr );
+		memset(dptr, 0, dbytes);
+		if ( axi->bitmap_bit_order == MSBFirst )
+		    type = QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST;
+		else
+		    type = QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST;
+
+		if (qt_xForm_helper( mat, axi->xoffset, type, bpp, dptr, w,
+				     0, h, sptr, sbpl, ws, hs )) {
+		    delete pm.data->alphapm;
+		    pm.data->alphapm = new QPixmap; // create a null pixmap
+
+		    // setup pixmap data
+		    pm.data->alphapm->data->w = w;
+		    pm.data->alphapm->data->h = h;
+		    pm.data->alphapm->data->d = 8;
+
+		    // create 8bpp pixmap and render picture
+		    pm.data->alphapm->hd =
+			XCreatePixmap(x11Display(),
+				      RootWindow(x11Display(), x11Screen()),
+				      w, h, 8);
+
+		    pm.data->alphapm->rendhd =
+			(HANDLE) XftDrawCreateAlpha( x11Display(),
+						     pm.data->alphapm->hd, 8 );
+
+		    XImage *axi2 = XCreateImage(x11Display(), (Visual *) x11Visual(),
+						8, ZPixmap, 0, (char *)dptr, w, h, 8, 0);
+
+		    if (axi2) {
+			// the data is deleted by qSafeXDestroyImage
+			GC gc = XCreateGC(x11Display(), pm.data->alphapm->hd, 0, 0);
+			XPutImage(dpy, pm.data->alphapm->hd, gc, axi2, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h);
+			XFreeGC(x11Display(), gc);
+			qSafeXDestroyImage(axi2);
+		    }
+		}
+		qSafeXDestroyImage(axi);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+	return pm;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+int QPixmap::x11SetDefaultScreen( int screen )
+{
+    int old = defaultScreen;
+    defaultScreen = screen;
+    return old;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+void QPixmap::x11SetScreen( int screen )
+{
+    if ( screen < 0 )
+	screen = x11AppScreen();
+
+    if ( screen == x11Screen() )
+	return; // nothing to do
+
+    if ( isNull() ) {
+	QPaintDeviceX11Data* xd = getX11Data( TRUE );
+	xd->x_screen = screen;
+	xd->x_depth = QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( screen );
+	xd->x_cells = QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( screen );
+	xd->x_colormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen );
+	xd->x_defcolormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( screen );
+	xd->x_visual = QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( screen );
+	xd->x_defvisual = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( screen );
+    	setX11Data( xd );
+	return;
+    }
+#if 0
+    qDebug("QPixmap::x11SetScreen for %p from %d to %d. Size is %d/%d", data, x11Screen(), screen, width(), height() );
+#endif
+
+    QImage img = convertToImage();
+    resize(0,0);
+    QPaintDeviceX11Data* xd = getX11Data( TRUE );
+    xd->x_screen = screen;
+    xd->x_depth = QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( screen );
+    xd->x_cells = QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( screen );
+    xd->x_colormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen );
+    xd->x_defcolormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( screen );
+    xd->x_visual = QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( screen );
+    xd->x_defvisual = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( screen );
+    setX11Data( xd );
+    convertFromImage( img );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE this pixmap has an alpha channel or a mask.
+
+    \sa hasAlphaChannel() mask()
+*/
+bool QPixmap::hasAlpha() const
+{
+    return data->alphapm || data->mask;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the pixmap has an alpha channel; otherwise it
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    NOTE: If the pixmap has a mask but not alpha channel, this
+    function returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa hasAlpha() mask()
+*/
+bool QPixmap::hasAlphaChannel() const
+{
+    return data->alphapm != 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPixmap
+
+    Copies a block of pixels from \a src to \a dst.  The alpha channel
+    and mask data (if any) is also copied from \a src.  NOTE: \a src
+    is \e not alpha blended or masked when copied to \a dst.  Use
+    bitBlt() or QPainter::drawPixmap() to perform alpha blending or
+    masked drawing.
+
+    \a sx, \a sy is the top-left pixel in \a src (0, 0 by default), \a
+    dx, \a dy is the top-left position in \a dst and \a sw, \sh is the
+    size of the copied block (all of \a src by default).
+
+    If \a src, \a dst, \a sw or \a sh is 0 (zero), copyBlt() does
+    nothing.  If \a sw or \a sh is negative, copyBlt() copies starting
+    at \a sx (and respectively, \a sy) and ending at the right edge
+    (and respectively, the bottom edge) of \a src.
+
+    copyBlt() does nothing if \a src and \a dst have different depths.
+*/
+Q_EXPORT void copyBlt( QPixmap *dst, int dx, int dy,
+		       const QPixmap *src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh )
+{
+    if ( ! dst || ! src || sw == 0 || sh == 0 || dst->depth() != src->depth() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_NULL
+	Q_ASSERT( dst != 0 );
+	Q_ASSERT( src != 0 );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    // copy pixel data
+    bitBlt( dst, dx, dy, src, sx, sy, sw, sh, Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+
+    // copy mask data
+    if ( src->data->mask ) {
+	if ( ! dst->data->mask ) {
+	    dst->data->mask = new QBitmap( dst->width(), dst->height() );
+
+	    // new masks are fully opaque by default
+	    dst->data->mask->fill( Qt::color1 );
+	}
+
+	bitBlt( dst->data->mask, dx, dy,
+		src->data->mask, sx, sy, sw, sh, Qt::CopyROP, TRUE );
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    // copy alpha data
+    extern bool qt_use_xrender; // from qapplication_x11.cpp
+    if ( ! qt_use_xrender || ! src->data->alphapm )
+	return;
+
+    if ( sw < 0 )
+	sw = src->width() - sx;
+    else
+	sw = QMIN( src->width()-sx, sw );
+    sw = QMIN( dst->width()-dx, sw );
+
+    if ( sh < 0 )
+	sh = src->height() - sy ;
+    else
+	sh = QMIN( src->height()-sy, sh );
+    sh = QMIN( dst->height()-dy, sh );
+
+    if ( sw <= 0 || sh <= 0 )
+	return;
+
+    // create an alpha pixmap for dst if it doesn't exist
+    bool do_init = FALSE;
+    if ( ! dst->data->alphapm ) {
+	dst->data->alphapm = new QPixmap;
+
+	// setup pixmap d
+	dst->data->alphapm->data->w = dst->width();
+	dst->data->alphapm->data->h = dst->height();
+	dst->data->alphapm->data->d = 8;
+
+	// create 8bpp pixmap and render picture
+	dst->data->alphapm->hd =
+	    XCreatePixmap(dst->x11Display(),
+			  RootWindow(dst->x11Display(), dst->x11Screen()),
+			  dst->width(), dst->height(), 8);
+
+	// new alpha pixmaps should be fully opaque by default
+	do_init = TRUE;
+
+	dst->data->alphapm->rendhd =
+	    (Qt::HANDLE) XftDrawCreateAlpha( dst->x11Display(),
+					     dst->data->alphapm->hd, 8 );
+    }
+
+    GC gc = XCreateGC(dst->x11Display(), dst->data->alphapm->hd, 0, 0);
+
+    if ( do_init ) {
+	// the alphapm was just created, make it fully opaque
+	XSetForeground( dst->x11Display(), gc, 255 );
+	XSetBackground( dst->x11Display(), gc, 255 );
+	XFillRectangle( dst->x11Display(), dst->data->alphapm->hd, gc,
+			0, 0, dst->data->alphapm->data->w,
+			dst->data->alphapm->data->h );
+    }
+
+    XCopyArea(dst->x11Display(), src->data->alphapm->hd, dst->data->alphapm->hd, gc,
+	      sx, sy, sw, sh, dx, dy);
+    XFreeGC(dst->x11Display(), gc);
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpixmapcache.cpp b/src/kernel/qpixmapcache.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee70e19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpixmapcache.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPixmapCache class
+**
+** Created : 950504
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpixmapcache.h"
+#include "qcache.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+
+
+// REVISED: paul
+/*!
+    \class QPixmapCache qpixmapcache.h
+
+    \brief The QPixmapCache class provides an application-global cache for
+    pixmaps.
+
+    \ingroup environment
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+
+    This class is a tool for optimized drawing with QPixmap. You can
+    use it to store temporary pixmaps that are expensive to generate
+    without using more storage space than cacheLimit(). Use insert()
+    to insert pixmaps, find() to find them and clear() to empty the
+    cache.
+
+    For example, QRadioButton has a non-trivial visual representation
+    so we don't want to regenerate a pixmap whenever a radio button is
+    displayed or changes state. In the function
+    QRadioButton::drawButton(), we do not draw the radio button
+    directly. Instead, we first check the global pixmap cache for a
+    pixmap with the key "$qt_radio_nnn_", where \c nnn is a numerical
+    value that specifies the the radio button state. If a pixmap is
+    found, we bitBlt() it onto the widget and return. Otherwise, we
+    create a new pixmap, draw the radio button in the pixmap, and
+    finally insert the pixmap in the global pixmap cache, using the
+    key above. The bitBlt() is ten times faster than drawing the
+    radio button. All radio buttons in the program share the cached
+    pixmap since QPixmapCache is application-global.
+
+    QPixmapCache contains no member data, only static functions to
+    access the global pixmap cache. It creates an internal QCache for
+    caching the pixmaps.
+
+    The cache associates a pixmap with a string (key). If two pixmaps
+    are inserted into the cache using equal keys, then the last pixmap
+    will hide the first pixmap. The QDict and QCache classes do
+    exactly the same.
+
+    The cache becomes full when the total size of all pixmaps in the
+    cache exceeds cacheLimit(). The initial cache limit is 1024 KByte
+    (1 MByte); it is changed with setCacheLimit(). A pixmap takes
+    roughly width*height*depth/8 bytes of memory.
+
+    See the \l QCache documentation for more details about the cache
+    mechanism.
+*/
+
+
+static const int cache_size = 149;		// size of internal hash array
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC9
+static int cache_limit	  = 256;		// 256 KB cache limit
+#else
+static int cache_limit	  = 1024;		// 1024 KB cache limit
+#endif
+
+class QPMCache: public QObject, public QCache<QPixmap>
+{
+public:
+    QPMCache():
+	QObject( 0, "global pixmap cache" ),
+	QCache<QPixmap>( cache_limit * 1024, cache_size ),
+	id( 0 ), ps( 0 ), t( FALSE )
+	{
+	    setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	}
+   ~QPMCache() {}
+    void timerEvent( QTimerEvent * );
+    bool insert( const QString& k, const QPixmap *d, int c, int p = 0 );
+private:
+    int id;
+    int ps;
+    bool t;
+};
+
+
+/*
+  This is supposed to cut the cache size down by about 80-90% in a
+  minute once the application becomes idle, to let any inserted pixmap
+  remain in the cache for some time before it becomes a candidate for
+  cleaning-up, and to not cut down the size of the cache while the
+  cache is in active use.
+
+  When the last pixmap has been deleted from the cache, kill the
+  timer so Qt won't keep the CPU from going into sleep mode.
+*/
+
+void QPMCache::timerEvent( QTimerEvent * )
+{
+    int mc = maxCost();
+    bool nt = totalCost() == ps;
+    setMaxCost( nt ? totalCost() * 3 / 4 : totalCost() -1 );
+    setMaxCost( mc );
+    ps = totalCost();
+
+    if ( !count() ) {
+	killTimer( id );
+	id = 0;
+    } else if ( nt != t ) {
+	killTimer( id );
+	id = startTimer( nt ? 10000 : 30000 );
+	t = nt;
+    }
+}
+
+bool QPMCache::insert( const QString& k, const QPixmap *d, int c, int p )
+{
+    bool r = QCache<QPixmap>::insert( k, d, c, p );
+    if ( r && !id ) {
+	id = startTimer( 30000 );
+	t = FALSE;
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+static QPMCache *pm_cache = 0;			// global pixmap cache
+
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QPMCache> qpm_cleanup_cache;
+
+/*!
+    Returns the pixmap associated with the \a key in the cache, or
+    null if there is no such pixmap.
+
+    \warning If valid, you should copy the pixmap immediately (this is
+    fast). Subsequent insertions into the cache could cause the
+    pointer to become invalid. For this reason, we recommend you use
+    find(const QString&, QPixmap&) instead.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPixmap* pp;
+	QPixmap p;
+	if ( (pp=QPixmapCache::find("my_big_image", pm)) ) {
+	    p = *pp;
+	} else {
+	    p.load("bigimage.png");
+	    QPixmapCache::insert("my_big_image", new QPixmap(p));
+	}
+	painter->drawPixmap(0, 0, p);
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+QPixmap *QPixmapCache::find( const QString &key )
+{
+    return pm_cache ? pm_cache->find(key) : 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Looks for a cached pixmap associated with the \a key in the cache.
+    If a pixmap is found, the function sets \a pm to that pixmap and
+    returns TRUE; otherwise leaves \a pm alone and returns FALSE.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPixmap p;
+	if ( !QPixmapCache::find("my_big_image", pm) ) {
+	    pm.load("bigimage.png");
+	    QPixmapCache::insert("my_big_image", pm);
+	}
+	painter->drawPixmap(0, 0, p);
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+bool QPixmapCache::find( const QString &key, QPixmap& pm )
+{
+    QPixmap* p = pm_cache ? pm_cache->find(key) : 0;
+    if ( p ) pm = *p;
+    return !!p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \obsolete
+  Inserts the pixmap \a pm associated with \a key into the cache.
+  Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the pixmap is too big for the cache.
+
+  <strong>
+    Note: \a pm must be allocated on the heap (using \c new).
+
+    If this function returns FALSE, you must delete \a pm yourself.
+
+    If this function returns TRUE, do not use \a pm afterwards or
+    keep references to it because any other insertions into the cache,
+    whether from anywhere in the application or within Qt itself, could cause
+    the pixmap to be discarded from the cache and the pointer to
+    become invalid.
+
+    Due to these dangers, we strongly recommend that you use
+    insert(const QString&, const QPixmap&) instead.
+  </strong>
+*/
+
+bool QPixmapCache::insert( const QString &key, QPixmap *pm )
+{
+    if ( !pm_cache ) {				// create pixmap cache
+	pm_cache = new QPMCache;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( pm_cache );
+	qpm_cleanup_cache.set( &pm_cache );
+    }
+    return pm_cache->insert( key, pm, pm->width()*pm->height()*pm->depth()/8 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts a copy of the pixmap \a pm associated with the \a key into
+    the cache.
+
+    All pixmaps inserted by the Qt library have a key starting with
+    "$qt", so your own pixmap keys should never begin "$qt".
+
+    When a pixmap is inserted and the cache is about to exceed its
+    limit, it removes pixmaps until there is enough room for the
+    pixmap to be inserted.
+
+    The oldest pixmaps (least recently accessed in the cache) are
+    deleted when more space is needed.
+
+    \sa setCacheLimit().
+*/
+
+bool QPixmapCache::insert( const QString &key, const QPixmap& pm )
+{
+    if ( !pm_cache ) {				// create pixmap cache
+	pm_cache = new QPMCache;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( pm_cache );
+	qpm_cleanup_cache.set( &pm_cache );
+    }
+    QPixmap *p = new QPixmap(pm);
+    bool rt = pm_cache->insert( key, p, p->width()*p->height()*p->depth()/8 );
+    if ( !rt )
+	delete p;
+
+    return rt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the cache limit (in kilobytes).
+
+    The default setting is 1024 kilobytes.
+
+    \sa setCacheLimit().
+*/
+
+int QPixmapCache::cacheLimit()
+{
+    return cache_limit;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the cache limit to \a n kilobytes.
+
+    The default setting is 1024 kilobytes.
+
+    \sa cacheLimit()
+*/
+
+void QPixmapCache::setCacheLimit( int n )
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC9
+    if(n > 256)
+        qWarning("QPixmapCache::setCacheLimit: Setting cache limits high is harmfull to mac9's health");
+#endif
+    cache_limit = n;
+    if ( pm_cache )
+	pm_cache->setMaxCost( 1024*cache_limit );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Removes the pixmap associated with \a key from the cache.
+*/
+void QPixmapCache::remove( const QString &key )
+{
+    if ( pm_cache )
+	pm_cache->remove( key );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Removes all pixmaps from the cache.
+*/
+
+void QPixmapCache::clear()
+{
+    if ( pm_cache )
+	pm_cache->clear();
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpixmapcache.h b/src/kernel/qpixmapcache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbbd0bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpixmapcache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPixmapCache class
+**
+** Created : 950501
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPIXMAPCACHE_H
+#define QPIXMAPCACHE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPixmapCache				// global pixmap cache
+{
+public:
+    static  int  cacheLimit();
+    static  void setCacheLimit( int );
+    static  QPixmap *find( const QString &key );
+    static  bool find( const QString &key, QPixmap& );
+    static  bool insert( const QString &key, QPixmap * );
+    static  bool insert( const QString &key, const QPixmap& );
+    static  void remove( const QString &key );
+    static  void clear();
+};
+
+
+#endif // QPIXMAPCACHE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpngio.cpp b/src/kernel/qpngio.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95036e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpngio.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1242 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of PNG QImage IOHandler
+**
+** Created : 970521
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpngio.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PNG
+
+#include "qasyncimageio.h"
+#include "qiodevice.h"
+
+#include <png.h>
+
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
+#define CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE	__cdecl
+#else
+#define CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+  All PNG files load to the minimal QImage equivalent.
+
+  All QImage formats output to reasonably efficient PNG equivalents.
+  Never to grayscale.
+*/
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static
+void CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE iod_read_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep data, png_size_t length)
+{
+    QImageIO* iio = (QImageIO*)png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr);
+    QIODevice* in = iio->ioDevice();
+
+    while (length) {
+	int nr = in->readBlock((char*)data, length);
+	if (nr <= 0) {
+	    png_error(png_ptr, "Read Error");
+	    return;
+	}
+	length -= nr;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static
+void CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE qpiw_write_fn( png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep data, png_size_t length )
+{
+    QPNGImageWriter* qpiw = (QPNGImageWriter*)png_get_io_ptr( png_ptr );
+    QIODevice* out = qpiw->device();
+
+    uint nr = out->writeBlock( (char*)data, length );
+    if ( nr != length ) {
+	png_error( png_ptr, "Write Error" );
+	return;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static
+void CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE qpiw_flush_fn( png_structp png_ptr )
+{
+    QPNGImageWriter* qpiw = (QPNGImageWriter*)png_get_io_ptr( png_ptr );
+    QIODevice* out = qpiw->device();
+
+    out->flush();
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+static
+void setup_qt( QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, float screen_gamma=0.0 )
+{
+    if ( screen_gamma != 0.0 && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_gAMA) ) {
+	double file_gamma;
+	png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
+	png_set_gamma( png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma );
+    }
+
+    png_uint_32 width;
+    png_uint_32 height;
+    int bit_depth;
+    int color_type;
+    png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type,
+	0, 0, 0);
+
+    if ( color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ) {
+	// Black & White or 8-bit grayscale
+	if ( bit_depth == 1 && info_ptr->channels == 1 ) {
+	    png_set_invert_mono( png_ptr );
+	    png_read_update_info( png_ptr, info_ptr );
+	    if (!image.create( width, height, 1, 2, QImage::BigEndian ))
+		return;
+	    image.setColor( 1, qRgb(0,0,0) );
+	    image.setColor( 0, qRgb(255,255,255) );
+	} else if (bit_depth == 16 && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) {
+	    png_set_expand(png_ptr);
+	    png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
+	    png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
+
+	    if (!image.create(width, height, 32))
+		return;
+	    image.setAlphaBuffer(TRUE);
+
+	    if (QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::BigEndian)
+		png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
+
+	    png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+	} else {
+	    if ( bit_depth == 16 )
+		png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
+	    else if ( bit_depth < 8 )
+		png_set_packing(png_ptr);
+	    int ncols = bit_depth < 8 ? 1 << bit_depth : 256;
+	    png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+	    if (!image.create(width, height, 8, ncols))
+		return;
+	    for (int i=0; i<ncols; i++) {
+		int c = i*255/(ncols-1);
+		image.setColor( i, qRgba(c,c,c,0xff) );
+	    }
+	    if ( png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS) ) {
+		const int g = info_ptr->trans_values.gray;
+		if (g < ncols) {
+		    image.setAlphaBuffer(TRUE);
+		    image.setColor(g, image.color(g) & RGB_MASK);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if ( color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
+     && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_PLTE)
+     && info_ptr->num_palette <= 256 )
+    {
+	// 1-bit and 8-bit color
+	if ( bit_depth != 1 )
+	    png_set_packing( png_ptr );
+	png_read_update_info( png_ptr, info_ptr );
+	png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr,
+	    &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type, 0, 0, 0);
+	if (!image.create(width, height, bit_depth, info_ptr->num_palette,
+	    QImage::BigEndian))
+	    return;
+	int i = 0;
+	if ( png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS) ) {
+	    image.setAlphaBuffer( TRUE );
+	    while ( i < info_ptr->num_trans ) {
+		image.setColor(i, qRgba(
+		    info_ptr->palette[i].red,
+		    info_ptr->palette[i].green,
+		    info_ptr->palette[i].blue,
+		    info_ptr->trans[i]
+		    )
+		);
+		i++;
+	    }
+	}
+	while ( i < info_ptr->num_palette ) {
+	    image.setColor(i, qRgba(
+		info_ptr->palette[i].red,
+		info_ptr->palette[i].green,
+		info_ptr->palette[i].blue,
+		0xff
+		)
+	    );
+	    i++;
+	}
+    } else {
+	// 32-bit
+	if ( bit_depth == 16 )
+	    png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
+
+	png_set_expand(png_ptr);
+
+	if ( color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA )
+	    png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
+
+	if (!image.create(width, height, 32))
+	    return;
+
+	// Only add filler if no alpha, or we can get 5 channel data.
+	if (!(color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
+	   && !png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) {
+	    png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0xff,
+		QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::BigEndian ?
+		    PNG_FILLER_BEFORE : PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
+	    // We want 4 bytes, but it isn't an alpha channel
+	} else {
+	    image.setAlphaBuffer(TRUE);
+	}
+
+	if ( QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::BigEndian ) {
+	    png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
+	}
+
+	png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+    }
+
+    // Qt==ARGB==Big(ARGB)==Little(BGRA)
+    if ( QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian ) {
+	png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
+    }
+}
+
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+static void CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE qt_png_warning(png_structp /*png_ptr*/, png_const_charp message)
+{
+    qWarning("libpng warning: %s", message);
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+static
+void read_png_image(QImageIO* iio)
+{
+    png_structp png_ptr;
+    png_infop info_ptr;
+    png_infop end_info;
+    png_bytep* row_pointers;
+
+    png_ptr = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,0,0,0);
+    if (!png_ptr) {
+	iio->setStatus(-1);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    png_set_error_fn(png_ptr, 0, 0, qt_png_warning);
+
+    info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
+    if (!info_ptr) {
+	png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, 0, 0);
+	iio->setStatus(-2);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
+    if (!end_info) {
+	png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, 0);
+	iio->setStatus(-3);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (setjmp(png_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
+	png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, &end_info);
+	iio->setStatus(-4);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    png_set_read_fn(png_ptr, (void*)iio, iod_read_fn);
+    png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+
+    QImage image;
+    setup_qt(image, png_ptr, info_ptr, iio->gamma());
+    if (image.isNull()) {
+	png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, &end_info);
+	iio->setStatus(-5);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    png_uint_32 width;
+    png_uint_32 height;
+    int bit_depth;
+    int color_type;
+    png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type,
+	0, 0, 0);
+
+    uchar** jt = image.jumpTable();
+    row_pointers=new png_bytep[height];
+
+    for (uint y=0; y<height; y++) {
+	row_pointers[y]=jt[y];
+    }
+
+    png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
+
+#if 0 // libpng takes care of this.
+png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)
+    if (image.depth()==32 && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) {
+	QRgb trans = 0xFF000000 | qRgb(
+	      (info_ptr->trans_values.red << 8 >> bit_depth)&0xff,
+	      (info_ptr->trans_values.green << 8 >> bit_depth)&0xff,
+	      (info_ptr->trans_values.blue << 8 >> bit_depth)&0xff);
+	for (uint y=0; y<height; y++) {
+	    for (uint x=0; x<info_ptr->width; x++) {
+		if (((uint**)jt)[y][x] == trans) {
+		    ((uint**)jt)[y][x] &= 0x00FFFFFF;
+		} else {
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    image.setDotsPerMeterX(png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,info_ptr));
+    image.setDotsPerMeterY(png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,info_ptr));
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    png_textp text_ptr;
+    int num_text=0;
+    png_get_text(png_ptr,info_ptr,&text_ptr,&num_text);
+    while (num_text--) {
+	image.setText(text_ptr->key,0,text_ptr->text);
+	text_ptr++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    delete [] row_pointers;
+
+    if ( image.hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	// Many PNG files lie (eg. from PhotoShop). Fortunately this loop will
+	// usually be quick to find those that tell the truth.
+	QRgb* c;
+	int n;
+	if (image.depth()==32) {
+	    c = (QRgb*)image.bits();
+	    n = image.bytesPerLine() * image.height() / 4;
+	} else {
+	    c = image.colorTable();
+	    n = image.numColors();
+	}
+	while ( n-- && qAlpha(*c++)==0xff )
+	    ;
+	if ( n<0 ) // LIAR!
+	    image.setAlphaBuffer(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    iio->setImage(image);
+
+    png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);
+    png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, &end_info);
+
+    iio->setStatus(0);
+}
+
+QPNGImageWriter::QPNGImageWriter(QIODevice* iod) :
+    dev(iod),
+    frames_written(0),
+    disposal(Unspecified),
+    looping(-1),
+    ms_delay(-1),
+    gamma(0.0)
+{
+}
+
+QPNGImageWriter::~QPNGImageWriter()
+{
+}
+
+void QPNGImageWriter::setDisposalMethod(DisposalMethod dm)
+{
+    disposal = dm;
+}
+
+void QPNGImageWriter::setLooping(int loops)
+{
+    looping = loops;
+}
+
+void QPNGImageWriter::setFrameDelay(int msecs)
+{
+    ms_delay = msecs;
+}
+
+void QPNGImageWriter::setGamma(float g)
+{
+    gamma = g;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+static void set_text(const QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, bool short_not_long)
+{
+    QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang> keys = image.textList();
+    if ( keys.count() ) {
+	png_textp text_ptr = new png_text[keys.count()];
+	int i=0;
+	for (QValueList<QImageTextKeyLang>::Iterator it=keys.begin();
+		it != keys.end(); ++it)
+	{
+	    QString t = image.text(*it);
+	    if ( (t.length() <= 200) == short_not_long ) {
+		if ( t.length() < 40 )
+		    text_ptr[i].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
+		else
+		    text_ptr[i].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt;
+		text_ptr[i].key = (png_charp)(*it).key.data();
+		text_ptr[i].text = (png_charp)t.latin1();
+		//text_ptr[i].text = qstrdup(t.latin1());
+		i++;
+	    }
+	}
+	png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, i);
+	//for (int j=0; j<i; j++)
+	    //free(text_ptr[i].text);
+	delete [] text_ptr;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+bool QPNGImageWriter::writeImage(const QImage& image, int off_x, int off_y)
+{
+    return writeImage(image, -1, off_x, off_y);
+}
+
+bool QPNGImageWriter::writeImage(const QImage& image, int quality_in, int off_x_in, int off_y_in)
+{
+    QPoint offset = image.offset();
+    int off_x = off_x_in + offset.x();
+    int off_y = off_y_in + offset.y();
+
+    png_structp png_ptr;
+    png_infop info_ptr;
+    png_bytep* row_pointers;
+
+    png_ptr = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,0,0,0);
+    if (!png_ptr) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    png_set_error_fn(png_ptr, 0, 0, qt_png_warning);
+
+    info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
+    if (!info_ptr) {
+	png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, 0);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (setjmp(png_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
+	png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    int quality = quality_in;
+    if (quality >= 0) {
+	if (quality > 9) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	    qWarning( "PNG: Quality %d out of range", quality );
+#endif
+	    quality = 9;
+	}
+	png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, quality);
+    }
+
+    if (gamma != 0.0) {
+	png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, 1.0/gamma);
+    }
+
+    png_set_write_fn(png_ptr, (void*)this, qpiw_write_fn, qpiw_flush_fn);
+
+    info_ptr->channels =
+	(image.depth() == 32)
+	    ? (image.hasAlphaBuffer() ? 4 : 3)
+	    : 1;
+
+    png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, image.width(), image.height(),
+	image.depth() == 1 ? 1 : 8 /* per channel */,
+	image.depth() == 32
+	    ? image.hasAlphaBuffer()
+		? PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
+		: PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
+	    : PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE, 0, 0, 0);
+
+
+    //png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, 8);
+    info_ptr->sig_bit.red = 8;
+    info_ptr->sig_bit.green = 8;
+    info_ptr->sig_bit.blue = 8;
+
+    if (image.depth() == 1 && image.bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian)
+       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);
+
+    png_colorp palette = 0;
+    png_bytep copy_trans = 0;
+    if (image.numColors()) {
+	// Paletted
+        int num_palette = image.numColors();
+	palette = new png_color[num_palette];
+	png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, num_palette);
+	int* trans = new int[num_palette];
+	int num_trans = 0;
+	for (int i=0; i<num_palette; i++) {
+	    QRgb rgb=image.color(i);
+	    info_ptr->palette[i].red = qRed(rgb);
+	    info_ptr->palette[i].green = qGreen(rgb);
+	    info_ptr->palette[i].blue = qBlue(rgb);
+	    if (image.hasAlphaBuffer()) {
+		trans[i] = rgb >> 24;
+		if (trans[i] < 255) {
+		    num_trans = i+1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (num_trans) {
+	    copy_trans = new png_byte[num_trans];
+	    for (int i=0; i<num_trans; i++)
+		copy_trans[i] = trans[i];
+	    png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, copy_trans, num_trans, 0);
+	}
+	delete [] trans;
+    }
+
+    if ( image.hasAlphaBuffer() ) {
+	info_ptr->sig_bit.alpha = 8;
+    }
+
+    // Swap ARGB to RGBA (normal PNG format) before saving on
+    // BigEndian machines
+    if ( QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::BigEndian ) {
+	png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
+    }
+
+    // Qt==ARGB==Big(ARGB)==Little(BGRA)
+    if ( QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian ) {
+	png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
+    }
+
+    if (off_x || off_y) {
+	png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, off_x, off_y, PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL);
+    }
+
+    if ( frames_written > 0 )
+	png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);
+
+    if ( image.dotsPerMeterX() > 0 || image.dotsPerMeterY() > 0 ) {
+	png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr,
+		image.dotsPerMeterX(), image.dotsPerMeterY(),
+		PNG_RESOLUTION_METER);
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    // Write short texts early.
+    set_text(image,png_ptr,info_ptr,TRUE);
+#endif
+
+    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    // Write long texts later.
+    set_text(image,png_ptr,info_ptr,FALSE);
+#endif
+
+    if ( image.depth() != 1 )
+	png_set_packing(png_ptr);
+
+    if ( image.depth() == 32 && !image.hasAlphaBuffer() )
+	png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0,
+	    QImage::systemByteOrder() == QImage::BigEndian ?
+		PNG_FILLER_BEFORE : PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
+
+    if ( looping >= 0 && frames_written == 0 ) {
+	uchar data[13] = "NETSCAPE2.0";
+	//                0123456789aBC
+	data[0xB] = looping%0x100;
+	data[0xC] = looping/0x100;
+	png_write_chunk(png_ptr, (png_byte*)"gIFx", data, 13);
+    }
+    if ( ms_delay >= 0 || disposal!=Unspecified ) {
+	uchar data[4];
+	data[0] = disposal;
+	data[1] = 0;
+	data[2] = (ms_delay/10)/0x100; // hundredths
+	data[3] = (ms_delay/10)%0x100;
+	png_write_chunk(png_ptr, (png_byte*)"gIFg", data, 4);
+    }
+
+    png_uint_32 width;
+    png_uint_32 height;
+    int bit_depth;
+    int color_type;
+    png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type,
+	0, 0, 0);
+
+    uchar** jt = image.jumpTable();
+    row_pointers=new png_bytep[height];
+    uint y;
+    for (y=0; y<height; y++) {
+	row_pointers[y]=jt[y];
+    }
+    png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
+    delete [] row_pointers;
+
+    png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+    frames_written++;
+
+    if ( palette )
+	delete [] palette;
+    if ( copy_trans )
+	delete [] copy_trans;
+
+    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static
+void write_png_image(QImageIO* iio)
+{
+    QPNGImageWriter writer(iio->ioDevice());
+    int quality = iio->quality();
+    if ( quality >= 0 ) {
+	quality = QMIN( quality, 100 );
+	quality = (100-quality) * 9 / 91; // map [0,100] -> [9,0]
+    }
+    writer.setGamma(iio->gamma());
+    bool ok = writer.writeImage( iio->image(), quality );
+    iio->setStatus( ok ? 0 : -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QPNGImagePacker qpngio.h
+    \brief The QPNGImagePacker class creates well-compressed PNG animations.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+
+    By using transparency, QPNGImagePacker allows you to build a PNG
+    image from a sequence of QImages.
+
+    Images are added using packImage().
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates an image packer that writes PNG data to IO device \a iod
+    using a \a storage_depth bit encoding (use 8 or 32, depending on
+    the desired quality and compression requirements).
+
+    If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution
+    result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a
+    conversionflags to specify how you'd prefer this to happen.
+
+    \sa Qt::ImageConversionFlags
+*/
+QPNGImagePacker::QPNGImagePacker(QIODevice* iod, int storage_depth,
+	int conversionflags) :
+    QPNGImageWriter(iod),
+    depth(storage_depth),
+    convflags(conversionflags),
+    alignx(1)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Aligns pixel differences to \a x pixels. For example, using 8 can
+    improve playback on certain hardware. Normally the default of
+    1-pixel alignment (i.e. no alignment) gives better compression and
+    performance.
+*/
+void QPNGImagePacker::setPixelAlignment(int x)
+{
+    alignx = x;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the image \a img to the PNG animation, analyzing the
+    differences between this and the previous image to improve
+    compression.
+*/
+bool QPNGImagePacker::packImage(const QImage& img)
+{
+    QImage image = img.convertDepth(32);
+    if ( previous.isNull() ) {
+	// First image
+	writeImage(image.convertDepth(depth,convflags));
+    } else {
+	bool done;
+	int minx, maxx, miny, maxy;
+	int w = image.width();
+	int h = image.height();
+
+	QRgb** jt = (QRgb**)image.jumpTable();
+	QRgb** pjt = (QRgb**)previous.jumpTable();
+
+	// Find left edge of change
+	done = FALSE;
+	for (minx = 0; minx < w && !done; minx++) {
+	    for (int ty = 0; ty < h; ty++) {
+		if ( jt[ty][minx] != pjt[ty][minx] ) {
+		    done = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	minx--;
+
+	// Find right edge of change
+	done = FALSE;
+	for (maxx = w-1; maxx >= 0 && !done; maxx--) {
+	    for (int ty = 0; ty < h; ty++) {
+		if ( jt[ty][maxx] != pjt[ty][maxx] ) {
+		    done = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	maxx++;
+
+	// Find top edge of change
+	done = FALSE;
+	for (miny = 0; miny < h && !done; miny++) {
+	    for (int tx = 0; tx < w; tx++) {
+		if ( jt[miny][tx] != pjt[miny][tx] ) {
+		    done = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	miny--;
+
+	// Find right edge of change
+	done = FALSE;
+	for (maxy = h-1; maxy >= 0 && !done; maxy--) {
+	    for (int tx = 0; tx < w; tx++) {
+		if ( jt[maxy][tx] != pjt[maxy][tx] ) {
+		    done = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	maxy++;
+
+	if ( minx > maxx ) minx=maxx=0;
+	if ( miny > maxy ) miny=maxy=0;
+
+	if ( alignx > 1 ) {
+	    minx -= minx % alignx;
+	    maxx = maxx - maxx % alignx + alignx - 1;
+	}
+
+	int dw = maxx-minx+1;
+	int dh = maxy-miny+1;
+
+	QImage diff(dw, dh, 32);
+
+	diff.setAlphaBuffer(TRUE);
+	int x, y;
+	if ( alignx < 1 )
+	    alignx = 1;
+	for (y = 0; y < dh; y++) {
+	    QRgb* li = (QRgb*)image.scanLine(y+miny)+minx;
+	    QRgb* lp = (QRgb*)previous.scanLine(y+miny)+minx;
+	    QRgb* ld = (QRgb*)diff.scanLine(y);
+	    if ( alignx ) {
+		for (x = 0; x < dw; x+=alignx) {
+		    int i;
+		    for (i=0; i<alignx; i++) {
+			if ( li[x+i] != lp[x+i] )
+			    break;
+		    }
+		    if ( i == alignx ) {
+			// All the same
+			for (i=0; i<alignx; i++) {
+			    ld[x+i] = qRgba(0,0,0,0);
+			}
+		    } else {
+			// Some different
+			for (i=0; i<alignx; i++) {
+			    ld[x+i] = 0xff000000 | li[x+i];
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		for (x = 0; x < dw; x++) {
+		    if ( li[x] != lp[x] )
+			ld[x] = 0xff000000 | li[x];
+		    else
+			ld[x] = qRgba(0,0,0,0);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	diff = diff.convertDepth(depth,convflags);
+	if ( !writeImage(diff, minx, miny) )
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    previous = image;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+class QPNGFormat : public QImageFormat {
+public:
+    QPNGFormat();
+    virtual ~QPNGFormat();
+
+    int decode(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* consumer,
+	    const uchar* buffer, int length);
+
+    void info(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info);
+    void row(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
+		png_uint_32 row_num, int pass);
+    void end(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info);
+#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+    int user_chunk(png_structp png_ptr,
+	    png_bytep data, png_uint_32 length);
+#endif
+
+private:
+    // Animation-level information
+    enum { MovieStart, FrameStart, Inside, End } state;
+    int first_frame;
+    int base_offx;
+    int base_offy;
+
+    // Image-level information
+    png_structp png_ptr;
+    png_infop info_ptr;
+
+    // Temporary locals during single data-chunk processing
+    QImageConsumer* consumer;
+    QImage* image;
+    int unused_data;
+};
+
+class QPNGFormatType : public QImageFormatType
+{
+    QImageFormat* decoderFor(const uchar* buffer, int length);
+    const char* formatName() const;
+};
+
+
+/*
+  \class QPNGFormat qpngio.h
+  \brief The QPNGFormat class provides an incremental image decoder for PNG
+  image format.
+
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup graphics
+
+  This subclass of QImageFormat decodes PNG format images,
+  including animated PNGs.
+
+  Animated PNG images are standard PNG images. The PNG standard
+  defines two extension chunks that are useful for animations:
+
+  \list
+    \i gIFg - GIF-like Graphic Control Extension.
+     This includes frame disposal, user input flag (we ignore this),
+	    and inter-frame delay.
+   \i gIFx - GIF-like Application Extension.
+    This is multi-purpose, but we just use the Netscape extension
+	    which specifies looping.
+  \endlist
+
+  The subimages usually contain a offset chunk (oFFs) but need not.
+
+  The first image defines the "screen" size. Any subsequent image that
+  doesn't fit is clipped.
+*/
+/* ###TODO: decide on this point. gIFg gives disposal types, so it can be done.
+  All images paste (\e not composite, just place all-channel copying)
+  over the previous image to produce a subsequent frame.
+*/
+
+/*
+  \class QPNGFormatType qasyncimageio.h
+  \brief The QPNGFormatType class provides an incremental image decoder
+  for PNG image format.
+
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup graphics
+  \ingroup io
+
+  This subclass of QImageFormatType recognizes PNG format images, creating
+  a QPNGFormat when required. An instance of this class is created
+  automatically before any other factories, so you should have no need for
+  such objects.
+*/
+
+QImageFormat* QPNGFormatType::decoderFor(
+    const uchar* buffer, int length)
+{
+    if (length < 8) return 0;
+    if (buffer[0]==137
+     && buffer[1]=='P'
+     && buffer[2]=='N'
+     && buffer[3]=='G'
+     && buffer[4]==13
+     && buffer[5]==10
+     && buffer[6]==26
+     && buffer[7]==10)
+	return new QPNGFormat;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+const char* QPNGFormatType::formatName() const
+{
+    return "PNG";
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+static void
+CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
+{
+    QPNGFormat* that = (QPNGFormat*)png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);
+    that->info(png_ptr,info);
+}
+
+static void
+CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
+   png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
+{
+    QPNGFormat* that = (QPNGFormat*)png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);
+    that->row(png_ptr,new_row,row_num,pass);
+}
+
+static void
+CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
+{
+    QPNGFormat* that = (QPNGFormat*)png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);
+    that->end(png_ptr,info);
+}
+
+#if 0
+#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+static int
+CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE user_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
+         png_unknown_chunkp chunk)
+{
+    QPNGFormat* that = (QPNGFormat*)png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);
+    return that->user_chunk(png_ptr,chunk->data,chunk->size);
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QPNGFormat object.
+*/
+QPNGFormat::QPNGFormat()
+{
+    state = MovieStart;
+    first_frame = 1;
+    base_offx = 0;
+    base_offy = 0;
+    png_ptr = 0;
+    info_ptr = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys a QPNGFormat object.
+*/
+QPNGFormat::~QPNGFormat()
+{
+    if ( png_ptr )
+        png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, 0);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function decodes some data into image changes.
+
+    Returns the number of bytes consumed.
+*/
+int QPNGFormat::decode(QImage& img, QImageConsumer* cons,
+	const uchar* buffer, int length)
+{
+    consumer = cons;
+    image = &img;
+
+    if ( state != Inside ) {
+	png_ptr = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, 0, 0, 0);
+	if (!png_ptr) {
+	    info_ptr = 0;
+	    image = 0;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	png_set_error_fn(png_ptr, 0, 0, qt_png_warning);
+	png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, 9);
+
+	info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
+	if (!info_ptr) {
+	    png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, 0);
+	    image = 0;
+	    return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (setjmp((png_ptr)->jmpbuf)) {
+	    png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, 0);
+	    image = 0;
+	    return -1;
+	}
+
+	png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)this,
+	                            info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);
+
+#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+	// Can't do this yet. libpng has a crash bug with unknown (user) chunks.
+	// Warwick has sent them a patch.
+	// png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, 0, user_chunk_callback);
+	// png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, 2/*HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE*/, 0, 0);
+#endif
+
+	if ( state != MovieStart && *buffer != 0211 ) {
+	    // Good, no signature - the preferred way to concat PNG images.
+	    // Skip them.
+	    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);
+	}
+
+	state = Inside;
+    }
+
+    if ( !png_ptr ) return 0;
+
+    if (setjmp(png_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
+	png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, 0);
+	image = 0;
+	state = MovieStart;
+	return -1;
+    }
+    unused_data = 0;
+    png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, (png_bytep)buffer, length);
+    int l = length - unused_data;
+
+    // TODO: send incremental stuff to consumer (optional)
+
+    if ( state != Inside ) {
+	if ( png_ptr )
+	    png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, 0);
+    }
+
+    image = 0;
+    return l;
+}
+
+void QPNGFormat::info(png_structp png, png_infop)
+{
+    png_set_interlace_handling(png);
+    setup_qt(*image, png, info_ptr);
+}
+
+void QPNGFormat::row(png_structp png, png_bytep new_row,
+    png_uint_32 row_num, int)
+{
+    uchar* old_row = image->scanLine(row_num);
+    png_progressive_combine_row(png, old_row, new_row);
+}
+
+
+void QPNGFormat::end(png_structp png, png_infop info)
+{
+    int offx = png_get_x_offset_pixels(png,info) - base_offx;
+    int offy = png_get_y_offset_pixels(png,info) - base_offy;
+    if ( first_frame ) {
+	base_offx = offx;
+	base_offy = offy;
+	first_frame = 0;
+    }
+    image->setOffset(QPoint(offx,offy));
+    image->setDotsPerMeterX(png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png,info));
+    image->setDotsPerMeterY(png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png,info));
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    png_textp text_ptr;
+    int num_text=0;
+    png_get_text(png,info,&text_ptr,&num_text);
+    while (num_text--) {
+	image->setText(text_ptr->key,0,text_ptr->text);
+	text_ptr++;
+    }
+#endif
+    QRect r(0,0,image->width(),image->height());
+    consumer->frameDone(QPoint(offx,offy),r);
+    consumer->end();
+    state = FrameStart;
+    unused_data = (int)png->buffer_size; // Since libpng doesn't tell us
+}
+
+#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+
+/*
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+static bool skip(png_uint_32& max, png_bytep& data)
+{
+    while (*data) {
+	if ( !max ) return FALSE;
+	max--;
+	data++;
+    }
+    if ( !max ) return FALSE;
+    max--;
+    data++; // skip to after NUL
+    return TRUE;
+}
+#endif
+*/
+
+int QPNGFormat::user_chunk(png_structp png,
+	    png_bytep data, png_uint_32 length)
+{
+#if 0 // NOT SUPPORTED: experimental PNG animation.
+    // qDebug("Got %ld-byte %s chunk", length, png->chunk_name);
+    if ( 0==qstrcmp((char*)png->chunk_name, "gIFg")
+	    && length == 4 ) {
+
+	//QPNGImageWriter::DisposalMethod disposal =
+	//  (QPNGImageWriter::DisposalMethod)data[0];
+	// ### TODO: use the disposal method
+	int ms_delay = ((data[2] << 8) | data[3])*10;
+	consumer->setFramePeriod(ms_delay);
+	return 1;
+    } else if ( 0==qstrcmp((char*)png->chunk_name, "gIFx")
+	    && length == 13 ) {
+	if ( qstrncmp((char*)data,"NETSCAPE2.0",11)==0 ) {
+	    int looping = (data[0xC]<<8)|data[0xB];
+	    consumer->setLooping(looping);
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED( png )
+    Q_UNUSED( data )
+    Q_UNUSED( length )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT
+    /*
+
+    libpng now supports this chunk.
+
+
+    if ( 0==qstrcmp((char*)png->chunk_name, "iTXt") && length>=6 ) {
+	const char* keyword = (const char*)data;
+	if ( !skip(length,data) ) return 0;
+	if ( length >= 4 ) {
+	    char compression_flag = *data++;
+	    char compression_method = *data++;
+	    if ( compression_flag == compression_method ) {
+		// fool the compiler into thinking they're used
+	    }
+	    const char* lang = (const char*)data;
+	    if ( !skip(length,data) ) return 0;
+	    // const char* keyword_utf8 = (const char*)data;
+	    if ( !skip(length,data) ) return 0;
+	    const char* text_utf8 = (const char*)data;
+	    if ( !skip(length,data) ) return 0;
+	    QString text = QString::fromUtf8(text_utf8);
+	    image->setText(keyword,lang[0] ? lang : 0,text);
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    */
+#endif
+
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+static QPNGFormatType* globalPngFormatTypeObject = 0;
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+
+static bool done = FALSE;
+void qCleanupPngIO()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+    if ( globalPngFormatTypeObject ) {
+	delete globalPngFormatTypeObject;
+	globalPngFormatTypeObject = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+    done = FALSE;
+}
+
+void qInitPngIO()
+{
+    if ( !done ) {
+	done = TRUE;
+	QImageIO::defineIOHandler( "PNG", "^.PNG\r", 0, read_png_image,
+				   write_png_image);
+#ifndef QT_NO_ASYNC_IMAGE_IO
+	globalPngFormatTypeObject = new QPNGFormatType;
+#endif
+	qAddPostRoutine( qCleanupPngIO );
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_zlib_compression_hack()
+{
+    compress(0,0,0,0);
+    uncompress(0,0,0,0);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PNG
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpngio.h b/src/kernel/qpngio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccfd224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpngio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of PNG QImage IOHandler
+**
+** Created : 970521
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPNGIO_H
+#define QPNGIO_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qimage.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PNG
+
+void qInitPngIO();
+
+class QIODevice;
+
+#ifndef Q_PNGEXPORT
+#if !defined(QT_PLUGIN)
+#define Q_PNGEXPORT Q_EXPORT
+#else
+#define Q_PNGEXPORT
+#endif
+#endif
+
+class Q_PNGEXPORT QPNGImageWriter {
+public:
+    QPNGImageWriter(QIODevice*);
+    ~QPNGImageWriter();
+
+    enum DisposalMethod { Unspecified, NoDisposal, RestoreBackground, RestoreImage };
+    void setDisposalMethod(DisposalMethod);
+    void setLooping(int loops=0); // 0 == infinity
+    void setFrameDelay(int msecs);
+    void setGamma(float);
+
+    bool writeImage(const QImage& img, int x, int y);
+    bool writeImage(const QImage& img, int quality, int x, int y);
+    bool writeImage(const QImage& img)
+	{ return writeImage(img, 0, 0); }
+    bool writeImage(const QImage& img, int quality)
+	{ return writeImage(img, quality, 0, 0); }
+
+    QIODevice* device() { return dev; }
+
+private:
+    QIODevice* dev;
+    int frames_written;
+    DisposalMethod disposal;
+    int looping;
+    int ms_delay;
+    float gamma;
+};
+
+class Q_PNGEXPORT QPNGImagePacker : public QPNGImageWriter {
+public:
+    QPNGImagePacker(QIODevice*, int depth, int convflags);
+
+    void setPixelAlignment(int x);
+    bool packImage(const QImage& img);
+
+private:
+    QImage previous;
+    int depth;
+    int convflags;
+    int alignx;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PNG
+
+#endif // QPNGIO_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpoint.cpp b/src/kernel/qpoint.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5313307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpoint.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPoint class
+**
+** Created : 931028
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QPoint qpoint.h
+    \brief The QPoint class defines a point in the plane.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \mainclass
+
+    A point is specified by an x coordinate and a y coordinate.
+
+    The coordinate type is \c QCOORD (a 32-bit integer). The minimum
+    value of \c QCOORD is \c QCOORD_MIN (-2147483648) and the maximum
+    value is  \c QCOORD_MAX (2147483647).
+
+    The coordinates are accessed by the functions x() and y(); they
+    can be set by setX() and setY() or by the reference functions rx()
+    and ry().
+
+    Given a point \e p, the following statements are all equivalent:
+    \code
+	p.setX( p.x() + 1 );
+	p += QPoint( 1, 0 );
+	p.rx()++;
+    \endcode
+
+    A QPoint can also be used as a vector. Addition and subtraction
+    of QPoints are defined as for vectors (each component is added
+    separately). You can divide or multiply a QPoint by an \c int or a
+    \c double. The function manhattanLength() gives an inexpensive
+    approximation of the length of the QPoint interpreted as a vector.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	//QPoint oldPos is defined somewhere else
+	MyWidget::mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+	{
+	    QPoint vector = e->pos() - oldPos;
+	    if ( vector.manhattanLength() > 3 )
+	    ... //mouse has moved more than 3 pixels since oldPos
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    QPoints can be compared for equality or inequality, and they can
+    be written to and read from a QStream.
+
+    \sa QPointArray QSize, QRect
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPoint member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint::QPoint()
+
+    Constructs a point with coordinates (0, 0) (isNull() returns TRUE).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint::QPoint( int xpos, int ypos )
+
+    Constructs a point with x value \a xpos and y value \a ypos.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPoint::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if both the x value and the y value are 0; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPoint::x() const
+
+    Returns the x coordinate of the point.
+
+    \sa setX() y()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPoint::y() const
+
+    Returns the y coordinate of the point.
+
+    \sa setY() x()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPoint::setX( int x )
+
+    Sets the x coordinate of the point to \a x.
+
+    \sa x() setY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPoint::setY( int y )
+
+    Sets the y coordinate of the point to \a y.
+
+    \sa y() setX()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCOORD &QPoint::rx()
+
+    Returns a reference to the x coordinate of the point.
+
+    Using a reference makes it possible to directly manipulate x.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p( 1, 2 );
+	p.rx()--;         // p becomes (0, 2)
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa ry()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCOORD &QPoint::ry()
+
+    Returns a reference to the y coordinate of the point.
+
+    Using a reference makes it possible to directly manipulate y.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p( 1, 2 );
+	p.ry()++;         // p becomes (1, 3)
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa rx()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint &QPoint::operator+=( const QPoint &p )
+
+    Adds point \a p to this point and returns a reference to this
+    point.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p(  3, 7 );
+	QPoint q( -1, 4 );
+	p += q;            // p becomes (2,11)
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint &QPoint::operator-=( const QPoint &p )
+
+    Subtracts point \a p from this point and returns a reference to
+    this point.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p(  3, 7 );
+	QPoint q( -1, 4 );
+	p -= q;            // p becomes (4,3)
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint &QPoint::operator*=( int c )
+
+    Multiplies this point's x and y by \a c, and returns a reference
+    to this point.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p( -1, 4 );
+	p *= 2;            // p becomes (-2,8)
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload QPoint &QPoint::operator*=( double c )
+
+    Multiplies this point's x and y by \a c, and returns a reference
+    to this point.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p( -1, 4 );
+	p *= 2.5;          // p becomes (-3,10)
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that the result is truncated because points are held as
+    integers.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator==( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns TRUE if \a p1 and \a p2 are equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator!=( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns TRUE if \a p1 and \a p2 are not equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint operator+( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the sum of \a p1 and \a p2; each component is added separately.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint operator-( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns \a p2 subtracted from \a p1; each component is subtracted
+    separately.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint operator*( const QPoint &p, int c )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the QPoint formed by multiplying both components of \a p
+    by \a c.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload const QPoint operator*( int c, const QPoint &p )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the QPoint formed by multiplying both components of \a p
+    by \a c.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload const QPoint operator*( const QPoint &p, double c )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the QPoint formed by multiplying both components of \a p
+    by \a c.
+
+    Note that the result is truncated because points are held as
+    integers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload const QPoint operator*( double c, const QPoint &p )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the QPoint formed by multiplying both components of \a p
+    by \a c.
+
+    Note that the result is truncated because points are held as
+    integers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload const QPoint operator-( const QPoint &p )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the QPoint formed by changing the sign of both components
+    of \a p, equivalent to \c{QPoint(0,0) - p}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint &QPoint::operator/=( int c )
+
+    Divides both x and y by \a c, and returns a reference to this
+    point.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p( -2, 8 );
+	p /= 2;            // p becomes (-1,4)
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload QPoint &QPoint::operator/=( double c )
+
+    Divides both x and y by \a c, and returns a reference to this
+    point.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QPoint p( -3, 10 );
+	p /= 2.5;           // p becomes (-1,4)
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that the result is truncated because points are held as
+    integers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QPoint operator/( const QPoint &p, int c )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the QPoint formed by dividing both components of \a p by
+    \a c.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload const QPoint operator/( const QPoint &p, double c )
+
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Returns the QPoint formed by dividing both components of \a p
+    by \a c.
+
+    Note that the result is truncated because points are held as
+    integers.
+*/
+
+
+void QPoint::warningDivByZero()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    qWarning( "QPoint: Division by zero error" );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPoint stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Writes point \a p to the stream \a s and returns a reference to
+    the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QPoint &p )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 )
+	s << (Q_INT16)p.x() << (Q_INT16)p.y();
+    else
+	s << (Q_INT32)p.x() << (Q_INT32)p.y();
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPoint
+
+    Reads a QPoint from the stream \a s into point \a p and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QPoint &p )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	Q_INT16 x, y;
+	s >> x;  p.rx() = x;
+	s >> y;  p.ry() = y;
+    }
+    else {
+	Q_INT32 x, y;
+	s >> x;  p.rx() = x;
+	s >> y;  p.ry() = y;
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    Returns the sum of the absolute values of x() and y(),
+    traditionally known as the "Manhattan length" of the vector from
+    the origin to the point. The tradition arises because such
+    distances apply to travelers who can only travel on a rectangular
+    grid, like the streets of Manhattan.
+
+    This is a useful, and quick to calculate, approximation to the
+    true length: sqrt(pow(x(),2)+pow(y(),2)).
+*/
+int QPoint::manhattanLength() const
+{
+    return QABS(x())+QABS(y());
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpoint.h b/src/kernel/qpoint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2894cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpoint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPoint class
+**
+** Created : 931028
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPOINT_H
+#define QPOINT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPoint
+{
+public:
+    QPoint();
+    QPoint( int xpos, int ypos );
+
+    bool   isNull()	const;
+
+    int	   x()		const;
+    int	   y()		const;
+    void   setX( int x );
+    void   setY( int y );
+
+    int manhattanLength() const;
+
+    QCOORD &rx();
+    QCOORD &ry();
+
+    QPoint &operator+=( const QPoint &p );
+    QPoint &operator-=( const QPoint &p );
+    QPoint &operator*=( int c );
+    QPoint &operator*=( double c );
+    QPoint &operator/=( int c );
+    QPoint &operator/=( double c );
+
+    friend inline bool	 operator==( const QPoint &, const QPoint & );
+    friend inline bool	 operator!=( const QPoint &, const QPoint & );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator+( const QPoint &, const QPoint & );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator-( const QPoint &, const QPoint & );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator*( const QPoint &, int );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator*( int, const QPoint & );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator*( const QPoint &, double );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator*( double, const QPoint & );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator-( const QPoint & );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator/( const QPoint &, int );
+    friend inline const QPoint operator/( const QPoint &, double );
+
+private:
+    static void warningDivByZero();
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+    QCOORD yp;
+    QCOORD xp;
+#else
+    QCOORD xp;
+    QCOORD yp;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPoint stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QPoint & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QPoint & );
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPoint inline functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline QPoint::QPoint()
+{ xp=0; yp=0; }
+
+inline QPoint::QPoint( int xpos, int ypos )
+{ xp=(QCOORD)xpos; yp=(QCOORD)ypos; }
+
+inline bool QPoint::isNull() const
+{ return xp == 0 && yp == 0; }
+
+inline int QPoint::x() const
+{ return xp; }
+
+inline int QPoint::y() const
+{ return yp; }
+
+inline void QPoint::setX( int x )
+{ xp = (QCOORD)x; }
+
+inline void QPoint::setY( int y )
+{ yp = (QCOORD)y; }
+
+inline QCOORD &QPoint::rx()
+{ return xp; }
+
+inline QCOORD &QPoint::ry()
+{ return yp; }
+
+inline QPoint &QPoint::operator+=( const QPoint &p )
+{ xp+=p.xp; yp+=p.yp; return *this; }
+
+inline QPoint &QPoint::operator-=( const QPoint &p )
+{ xp-=p.xp; yp-=p.yp; return *this; }
+
+inline QPoint &QPoint::operator*=( int c )
+{ xp*=(QCOORD)c; yp*=(QCOORD)c; return *this; }
+
+inline QPoint &QPoint::operator*=( double c )
+{ xp=(QCOORD)(xp*c); yp=(QCOORD)(yp*c); return *this; }
+
+inline bool operator==( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+{ return p1.xp == p2.xp && p1.yp == p2.yp; }
+
+inline bool operator!=( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+{ return p1.xp != p2.xp || p1.yp != p2.yp; }
+
+inline const QPoint operator+( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+{ return QPoint(p1.xp+p2.xp, p1.yp+p2.yp); }
+
+inline const QPoint operator-( const QPoint &p1, const QPoint &p2 )
+{ return QPoint(p1.xp-p2.xp, p1.yp-p2.yp); }
+
+inline const QPoint operator*( const QPoint &p, int c )
+{ return QPoint(p.xp*c, p.yp*c); }
+
+inline const QPoint operator*( int c, const QPoint &p )
+{ return QPoint(p.xp*c, p.yp*c); }
+
+inline const QPoint operator*( const QPoint &p, double c )
+{ return QPoint((QCOORD)(p.xp*c), (QCOORD)(p.yp*c)); }
+
+inline const QPoint operator*( double c, const QPoint &p )
+{ return QPoint((QCOORD)(p.xp*c), (QCOORD)(p.yp*c)); }
+
+inline const QPoint operator-( const QPoint &p )
+{ return QPoint(-p.xp, -p.yp); }
+
+inline QPoint &QPoint::operator/=( int c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0 )
+	warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    xp/=(QCOORD)c;
+    yp/=(QCOORD)c;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline QPoint &QPoint::operator/=( double c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0.0 )
+	warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    xp=(QCOORD)(xp/c);
+    yp=(QCOORD)(yp/c);
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline const QPoint operator/( const QPoint &p, int c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0 )
+	QPoint::warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    return QPoint(p.xp/c, p.yp/c);
+}
+
+inline const QPoint operator/( const QPoint &p, double c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0.0 )
+	QPoint::warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    return QPoint((QCOORD)(p.xp/c), (QCOORD)(p.yp/c));
+}
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QPOINT
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif // QPOINT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpointarray.cpp b/src/kernel/qpointarray.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c7569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpointarray.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPointArray class
+**
+** Created : 940213
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qwmatrix.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+const double Q_PI = 3.14159265358979323846;   // pi // one more useful comment
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QPointArray qpointarray.h
+    \brief The QPointArray class provides an array of points.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    A QPointArray is an array of QPoint objects. In addition to the
+    functions provided by QMemArray, QPointArray provides some
+    point-specific functions.
+
+    For convenient reading and writing of the point data use
+    setPoints(), putPoints(), point(), and setPoint().
+
+    For geometry operations use boundingRect() and translate(). There
+    is also the QWMatrix::map() function for more general
+    transformations of QPointArrays. You can also create arcs and
+    ellipses with makeArc() and makeEllipse().
+
+    Among others, QPointArray is used by QPainter::drawLineSegments(),
+    QPainter::drawPolyline(), QPainter::drawPolygon() and
+    QPainter::drawCubicBezier().
+
+    Note that because this class is a QMemArray, copying an array and
+    modifying the copy modifies the original as well, i.e. a shallow
+    copy. If you need a deep copy use copy() or detach(), for example:
+
+    \code
+	void drawGiraffe( const QPointArray & r, QPainter * p )
+	{
+	    QPointArray tmp = r;
+	    tmp.detach();
+	    // some code that modifies tmp
+	    p->drawPoints( tmp );
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    If you forget the tmp.detach(), the const array will be modified.
+
+    \sa QPainter QWMatrix QMemArray
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPointArray member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray::QPointArray()
+
+    Constructs a null point array.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray::QPointArray( int size )
+
+    Constructs a point array with room for \a size points. Makes a
+    null array if \a size == 0.
+
+    \sa resize(), isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray::QPointArray( const QPointArray &a )
+
+    Constructs a shallow copy of the point array \a a.
+
+    \sa copy() detach()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a point array from the rectangle \a r.
+
+    If \a closed is FALSE, then the point array just contains the
+    following four points in the listed order: r.topLeft(),
+    r.topRight(), r.bottomRight() and r.bottomLeft().
+
+    If \a closed is TRUE, then a fifth point is set to r.topLeft().
+*/
+
+QPointArray::QPointArray( const QRect &r, bool closed )
+{
+    setPoints( 4, r.left(),  r.top(),
+		  r.right(), r.top(),
+		  r.right(), r.bottom(),
+		  r.left(),  r.bottom() );
+    if ( closed ) {
+	resize( 5 );
+	setPoint( 4, r.left(), r.top() );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Constructs a point array with \a nPoints points, taken from the
+  \a points array.
+
+  Equivalent to setPoints(nPoints, points).
+*/
+
+QPointArray::QPointArray( int nPoints, const QCOORD *points )
+{
+    setPoints( nPoints, points );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray::~QPointArray()
+
+    Destroys the point array.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray &QPointArray::operator=( const QPointArray &a )
+
+    Assigns a shallow copy of \a a to this point array and returns a
+    reference to this point array.
+
+    Equivalent to assign(a).
+
+    \sa copy() detach()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray QPointArray::copy() const
+
+    Creates a deep copy of the array.
+
+    \sa detach()
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Translates all points in the array by \a (dx, dy).
+*/
+
+void QPointArray::translate( int dx, int dy )
+{
+    register QPoint *p = data();
+    register int i = size();
+    QPoint pt( dx, dy );
+    while ( i-- ) {
+	*p += pt;
+	p++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Reads the coordinates of the point at position \a index within the
+    array and writes them into \a *x and \a *y.
+*/
+
+void QPointArray::point( uint index, int *x, int *y ) const
+{
+    QPoint p = QMemArray<QPoint>::at( index );
+    if ( x )
+	*x = (int)p.x();
+    if ( y )
+	*y = (int)p.y();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the point at position \a index within the array.
+*/
+
+QPoint QPointArray::point( uint index ) const
+{ // #### index out of bounds
+    return QMemArray<QPoint>::at( index );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPointArray::setPoint( uint i, const QPoint &p )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the point at array index \a i to \a p.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the point at position \a index in the array to \a (x, y).
+*/
+
+void QPointArray::setPoint( uint index, int x, int y )
+{ // #### index out of bounds
+    QMemArray<QPoint>::at( index ) = QPoint( x, y );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Resizes the array to \a nPoints and sets the points in the array to
+  the values taken from \a points.
+
+  Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the array could not be
+  resized (normally due to lack of memory).
+
+  The example code creates an array with two points (1,2) and (3,4):
+  \code
+    static QCOORD points[] = { 1,2, 3,4 };
+    QPointArray a;
+    a.setPoints( 2, points );
+  \endcode
+
+  \sa resize(), putPoints()
+*/
+
+bool QPointArray::setPoints( int nPoints, const QCOORD *points )
+{
+    if ( !resize(nPoints) )
+	return FALSE;
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( nPoints-- ) {			// make array of points
+	setPoint( i++, *points, *(points+1) );
+	points++;
+	points++;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Resizes the array to \a nPoints and sets the points in the array
+    to the values taken from the variable argument list.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the array could not be
+    resized (typically due to lack of memory).
+
+    The example code creates an array with two points (1,2) and (3,4):
+
+    \code
+	QPointArray a;
+	a.setPoints( 2, 1,2, 3,4 );
+    \endcode
+
+    The points are given as a sequence of integers, starting with \a
+    firstx then \a firsty, and so on.
+
+    \sa resize(), putPoints()
+*/
+
+bool QPointArray::setPoints( int nPoints, int firstx, int firsty, ... )
+{
+    va_list ap;
+    if ( !resize(nPoints) )
+	return FALSE;
+    setPoint( 0, firstx, firsty );		// set first point
+    int i = 1, x, y;
+    nPoints--;
+    va_start( ap, firsty );
+    while ( nPoints-- ) {
+	x = va_arg( ap, int );
+	y = va_arg( ap, int );
+	setPoint( i++, x, y );
+    }
+    va_end( ap );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+  \internal
+  Copies \a nPoints points from the \a points coord array into
+  this point array, and resizes the point array if
+  \c{index+nPoints} exceeds the size of the array.
+
+  Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the array could not be
+  resized (typically due to lack of memory).
+
+*/
+
+bool QPointArray::putPoints( int index, int nPoints, const QCOORD *points )
+{
+    if ( index + nPoints > (int)size() ) {	// extend array
+	if ( !resize( index + nPoints ) )
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    int i = index;
+    while ( nPoints-- ) {			// make array of points
+	setPoint( i++, *points, *(points+1) );
+	points++;
+	points++;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copies \a nPoints points from the variable argument list into this
+    point array from position \a index, and resizes the point array if
+    \c{index+nPoints} exceeds the size of the array.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the array could not be
+    resized (typically due to lack of memory).
+
+    The example code creates an array with three points (4,5), (6,7)
+    and (8,9), by expanding the array from 1 to 3 points:
+
+    \code
+	QPointArray a( 1 );
+	a[0] = QPoint( 4, 5 );
+	a.putPoints( 1, 2, 6,7, 8,9 ); // index == 1, points == 2
+    \endcode
+
+    This has the same result, but here putPoints overwrites rather
+    than extends:
+    \code
+	QPointArray a( 3 );
+	a.putPoints( 0, 3, 4,5, 0,0, 8,9 );
+	a.putPoints( 1, 1, 6,7 );
+    \endcode
+
+    The points are given as a sequence of integers, starting with \a
+    firstx then \a firsty, and so on.
+
+    \sa resize()
+*/
+
+bool QPointArray::putPoints( int index, int nPoints, int firstx, int firsty,
+			     ... )
+{
+    va_list ap;
+    if ( index + nPoints > (int)size() ) {	// extend array
+	if ( !resize(index + nPoints) )
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( nPoints <= 0 )
+	return TRUE;
+    setPoint( index, firstx, firsty );		// set first point
+    int i = index + 1, x, y;
+    nPoints--;
+    va_start( ap, firsty );
+    while ( nPoints-- ) {
+	x = va_arg( ap, int );
+	y = va_arg( ap, int );
+	setPoint( i++, x, y );
+    }
+    va_end( ap );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This version of the function copies \a nPoints from \a from into
+    this array, starting at \a index in this array and \a fromIndex in
+    \a from. \a fromIndex is 0 by default.
+
+    \code
+	QPointArray a;
+	a.putPoints( 0, 3, 1,2, 0,0, 5,6 );
+	// a is now the three-point array ( 1,2, 0,0, 5,6 );
+	QPointArray b;
+	b.putPoints( 0, 3, 4,4, 5,5, 6,6 );
+	// b is now ( 4,4, 5,5, 6,6 );
+	a.putPoints( 2, 3, b );
+	// a is now ( 1,2, 0,0, 4,4, 5,5, 6,6 );
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+bool QPointArray::putPoints( int index, int nPoints,
+			     const QPointArray & from, int fromIndex )
+{
+    if ( index + nPoints > (int)size() ) {	// extend array
+	if ( !resize(index + nPoints) )
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( nPoints <= 0 )
+	return TRUE;
+    int n = 0;
+    while( n < nPoints ) {
+	setPoint( index+n, from[fromIndex+n] );
+	n++;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of the points in the array, or
+    QRect(0,0,0,0) if the array is empty.
+*/
+
+QRect QPointArray::boundingRect() const
+{
+    if ( isEmpty() )
+	return QRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 );		// null rectangle
+    register QPoint *pd = data();
+    int minx, maxx, miny, maxy;
+    minx = maxx = pd->x();
+    miny = maxy = pd->y();
+    pd++;
+    for ( int i=1; i<(int)size(); i++ ) {	// find min+max x and y
+	if ( pd->x() < minx )
+	    minx = pd->x();
+	else if ( pd->x() > maxx )
+	    maxx = pd->x();
+	if ( pd->y() < miny )
+	    miny = pd->y();
+	else if ( pd->y() > maxy )
+	    maxy = pd->y();
+	pd++;
+    }
+    return QRect( QPoint(minx,miny), QPoint(maxx,maxy) );
+}
+
+
+static inline int fix_angle( int a )
+{
+    if ( a > 16*360 )
+	a %= 16*360;
+    else if ( a < -16*360 ) {
+	a = -( (-a) % (16*360) );
+    }
+    return a;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the points of the array to those describing an arc of an
+    ellipse with size, width \a w by height \a h, and position (\a x,
+    \a y), starting from angle \a a1 and spanning by angle \a a2. The
+    resulting array has sufficient resolution for pixel accuracy (see
+    the overloaded function which takes an additional QWMatrix
+    parameter).
+
+    Angles are specified in 16ths of a degree, i.e. a full circle
+    equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values mean counter-clockwise,
+    whereas negative values mean the clockwise direction. Zero degrees
+    is at the 3 o'clock position.
+
+    See the \link qcanvasellipse.html#anglediagram angle diagram\endlink.
+*/
+
+void QPointArray::makeArc( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a1, int a2 )
+{
+#if !defined(QT_OLD_MAKEELLIPSE) && !defined(QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS)
+    QWMatrix unit;
+    makeArc(x,y,w,h,a1,a2,unit);
+#else
+    a1 = fix_angle( a1 );
+    if ( a1 < 0 )
+	a1 += 16*360;
+    a2 = fix_angle( a2 );
+    int a3 = a2 > 0 ? a2 : -a2;			// abs angle
+    makeEllipse( x, y, w, h );
+    int npts = a3*size()/(16*360);		// # points in arc array
+    QPointArray a(npts);
+    int i = a1*size()/(16*360);
+    int j = 0;
+    if ( a2 > 0 ) {
+	while ( npts-- ) {
+	    if ( i >= (int)size() )			// wrap index
+		i = 0;
+	    a.QMemArray<QPoint>::at( j++ ) = QMemArray<QPoint>::at( i++ );
+	}
+    } else {
+	while ( npts-- ) {
+	    if ( i < 0 )				// wrap index
+		i = (int)size()-1;
+	    a.QMemArray<QPoint>::at( j++ ) = QMemArray<QPoint>::at( i-- );
+	}
+    }
+    *this = a;
+    return;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+// Based upon:
+//   parelarc.c from Graphics Gems III
+//   VanAken / Simar, "A Parametric Elliptical Arc Algorithm"
+//
+static void
+qtr_elips(QPointArray& a, int off, double dxP, double dyP, double dxQ, double dyQ, double dxK, double dyK, int m)
+{
+#define PIV2  102944     /* fixed point PI/2 */
+#define TWOPI 411775     /* fixed point 2*PI */
+#define HALF  32768      /* fixed point 1/2 */
+
+    int xP, yP, xQ, yQ, xK, yK;
+    xP = int(dxP * 65536.0); yP = int(dyP * 65536.0);
+    xQ = int(dxQ * 65536.0); yQ = int(dyQ * 65536.0);
+    xK = int(dxK * 65536.0); yK = int(dyK * 65536.0);
+
+    int i;
+    int vx, ux, vy, uy, xJ, yJ;
+
+    vx = xK - xQ;                 /* displacements from center */
+    ux = xK - xP;
+    vy = yK - yQ;
+    uy = yK - yP;
+    xJ = xP - vx + HALF;          /* center of ellipse J */
+    yJ = yP - vy + HALF;
+
+    int r;
+    ux -= (r = ux >> (2*m + 3));  /* cancel 2nd-order error */
+    ux -= (r >>= (2*m + 4));      /* cancel 4th-order error */
+    ux -= r >> (2*m + 3);         /* cancel 6th-order error */
+    ux += vx >> (m + 1);          /* cancel 1st-order error */
+    uy -= (r = uy >> (2*m + 3));  /* cancel 2nd-order error */
+    uy -= (r >>= (2*m + 4));      /* cancel 4th-order error */
+    uy -= r >> (2*m + 3);         /* cancel 6th-order error */
+    uy += vy >> (m + 1);          /* cancel 1st-order error */
+
+    const int qn = a.size()/4;
+    for (i = 0; i < qn; i++) {
+        a[off+i] = QPoint((xJ + vx) >> 16, (yJ + vy) >> 16);
+	ux -= vx >> m;
+	vx += ux >> m;
+	uy -= vy >> m;
+	vy += uy >> m;
+    }
+
+#undef PIV2
+#undef TWOPI
+#undef HALF
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the points of the array to those describing an arc of an
+    ellipse with width \a w and height \a h and position (\a x, \a y),
+    starting from angle \a a1, and spanning angle by \a a2, and
+    transformed by the matrix \a xf. The resulting array has
+    sufficient resolution for pixel accuracy.
+
+    Angles are specified in 16ths of a degree, i.e. a full circle
+    equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values mean counter-clockwise,
+    whereas negative values mean the clockwise direction. Zero degrees
+    is at the 3 o'clock position.
+
+    See the \link qcanvasellipse.html#anglediagram angle diagram\endlink.
+*/
+void QPointArray::makeArc( int x, int y, int w, int h,
+			       int a1, int a2,
+			       const QWMatrix& xf )
+{
+#define PIV2  102944     /* fixed point PI/2 */
+    if ( --w < 0 || --h < 0 || !a2 ) {
+	resize( 0 );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    bool rev = a2 < 0;
+    if ( rev ) {
+	a1 += a2;
+	a2 = -a2;
+    }
+    a1 = fix_angle( a1 );
+    if ( a1 < 0 )
+	a1 += 16*360;
+    a2 = fix_angle( a2 );
+
+    bool arc = a1 != 0 || a2 != 360*16 || rev;
+
+    double xP, yP, xQ, yQ, xK, yK;
+
+    xf.map(x+w, y+h/2.0, &xP, &yP);
+    xf.map(x+w/2.0, y, &xQ, &yQ);
+    xf.map(x+w, y, &xK, &yK);
+
+    int m = 3;
+    int max;
+    int q = int(QMAX(QABS(xP-xQ),QABS(yP-yQ)));
+    if ( arc )
+	q *= 2;
+    do {
+	m++;
+	max = 4*(1 + (PIV2 >> (16 - m)) );
+    } while (max < q && m < 16); // 16 limits memory usage on HUGE arcs
+
+    double inc = 1.0/(1<<m);
+
+    const int qn = (PIV2 >> (16 - m));
+    resize(qn*4);
+
+    qtr_elips(*this, 0, xP, yP, xQ, yQ, xK, yK, m);
+    xP = xQ; yP = yQ;
+    xf.map(x, y+h/2.0, &xQ, &yQ);
+    xf.map(x, y, &xK, &yK);
+    qtr_elips(*this, qn, xP, yP, xQ, yQ, xK, yK, m);
+    xP = xQ; yP = yQ;
+    xf.map(x+w/2.0, y+h, &xQ, &yQ);
+    xf.map(x, y+h, &xK, &yK);
+    qtr_elips(*this, qn*2, xP, yP, xQ, yQ, xK, yK, m);
+    xP = xQ; yP = yQ;
+    xf.map(x+w, y+h/2.0, &xQ, &yQ);
+    xf.map(x+w, y+h, &xK, &yK);
+    qtr_elips(*this, qn*3, xP, yP, xQ, yQ, xK, yK, m);
+
+    int n = size();
+
+    if ( arc ) {
+	double da1 = double(a1)*Q_PI / (360*8);
+	double da3 = double(a2+a1)*Q_PI / (360*8);
+	int i = int(da1/inc+0.5);
+	int l = int(da3/inc+0.5);
+	int k = (l-i)+1;
+	QPointArray r(k);
+	int j = 0;
+
+	if ( rev ) {
+	    while ( k-- )
+		r[j++] = at((i+k)%n);
+	} else {
+	    while ( j < k ) {
+		r[j] = at((i+j)%n);
+		j++;
+	    }
+	}
+	*this = r;
+    }
+#undef PIV2
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+
+/*!
+    Sets the points of the array to those describing an ellipse with
+    size, width \a w by height \a h, and position (\a x, \a y).
+
+    The returned array has sufficient resolution for use as pixels.
+*/
+void QPointArray::makeEllipse( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{						// midpoint, 1/4 ellipse
+#if !defined(QT_OLD_MAKEELLIPSE) && !defined(QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS)
+    QWMatrix unit;
+    makeArc(x,y,w,h,0,360*16,unit);
+    return;
+#else
+    if ( w <= 0 || h <= 0 ) {
+	if ( w == 0 || h == 0 ) {
+	    resize( 0 );
+	    return;
+	}
+	if ( w < 0 ) {				// negative width
+	    w = -w;
+	    x -= w;
+	}
+	if ( h < 0 ) {				// negative height
+	    h = -h;
+	    y -= h;
+	}
+    }
+    int s = (w+h+2)/2;				// max size of xx,yy array
+    int *px = new int[s];			// 1/4th of ellipse
+    int *py = new int[s];
+    int xx, yy, i=0;
+    double d1, d2;
+    double a2=(w/2)*(w/2),  b2=(h/2)*(h/2);
+    xx = 0;
+    yy = int(h/2);
+    d1 = b2 - a2*(h/2) + 0.25*a2;
+    px[i] = xx;
+    py[i] = yy;
+    i++;
+    while ( a2*(yy-0.5) > b2*(xx+0.5) ) {		// region 1
+	if ( d1 < 0 ) {
+	    d1 = d1 + b2*(3.0+2*xx);
+	    xx++;
+	} else {
+	    d1 = d1 + b2*(3.0+2*xx) + 2.0*a2*(1-yy);
+	    xx++;
+	    yy--;
+	}
+	px[i] = xx;
+	py[i] = yy;
+	i++;
+    }
+    d2 = b2*(xx+0.5)*(xx+0.5) + a2*(yy-1)*(yy-1) - a2*b2;
+    while ( yy > 0 ) {				// region 2
+	if ( d2 < 0 ) {
+	    d2 = d2 + 2.0*b2*(xx+1) + a2*(3-2*yy);
+	    xx++;
+	    yy--;
+	} else {
+	    d2 = d2 + a2*(3-2*yy);
+	    yy--;
+	}
+	px[i] = xx;
+	py[i] = yy;
+	i++;
+    }
+    s = i;
+    resize( 4*s );				// make full point array
+    x += w/2;
+    y += h/2;
+    for ( i=0; i<s; i++ ) {			// mirror
+	xx = px[i];
+	yy = py[i];
+	setPoint( s-i-1, x+xx, y-yy );
+	setPoint( s+i, x-xx, y-yy );
+	setPoint( 3*s-i-1, x-xx, y+yy );
+	setPoint( 3*s+i, x+xx, y+yy );
+    }
+    delete[] px;
+    delete[] py;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_BEZIER
+// Work functions for QPointArray::cubicBezier()
+static
+void split(const double *p, double *l, double *r)
+{
+    double tmpx;
+    double tmpy;
+
+    l[0] =  p[0];
+    l[1] =  p[1];
+    r[6] =  p[6];
+    r[7] =  p[7];
+
+    l[2] = (p[0]+ p[2])/2;
+    l[3] = (p[1]+ p[3])/2;
+    tmpx = (p[2]+ p[4])/2;
+    tmpy = (p[3]+ p[5])/2;
+    r[4] = (p[4]+ p[6])/2;
+    r[5] = (p[5]+ p[7])/2;
+
+    l[4] = (l[2]+ tmpx)/2;
+    l[5] = (l[3]+ tmpy)/2;
+    r[2] = (tmpx + r[4])/2;
+    r[3] = (tmpy + r[5])/2;
+
+    l[6] = (l[4]+ r[2])/2;
+    l[7] = (l[5]+ r[3])/2;
+    r[0] = l[6];
+    r[1] = l[7];
+}
+
+// Based on:
+//
+//   A Fast 2D Point-On-Line Test
+//   by Alan Paeth
+//   from "Graphics Gems", Academic Press, 1990
+static
+int pnt_on_line( const int* p, const int* q, const int* t )
+{
+/*
+ * given a line through P:(px,py) Q:(qx,qy) and T:(tx,ty)
+ * return 0 if T is not on the line through      <--P--Q-->
+ *        1 if T is on the open ray ending at P: <--P
+ *        2 if T is on the closed interior along:   P--Q
+ *        3 if T is on the open ray beginning at Q:    Q-->
+ *
+ * Example: consider the line P = (3,2), Q = (17,7). A plot
+ * of the test points T(x,y) (with 0 mapped onto '.') yields:
+ *
+ *     8| . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3
+ *  Y  7| . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Q 3 3    Q = 2
+ *     6| . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
+ *  a  5| . . . . . . . . 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . . . .
+ *  x  4| . . . . . 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . . . . . . .
+ *  i  3| . . . 2 2 2 2 2 . . . . . . . . . . .
+ *  s  2| 1 1 P 2 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    P = 2
+ *     1| 1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
+ *      +--------------------------------------
+ *        1 2 3 4 5 X-axis 10        15      19
+ *
+ * Point-Line distance is normalized with the Infinity Norm
+ * avoiding square-root code and tightening the test vs the
+ * Manhattan Norm. All math is done on the field of integers.
+ * The latter replaces the initial ">= MAX(...)" test with
+ * "> (ABS(qx-px) + ABS(qy-py))" loosening both inequality
+ * and norm, yielding a broader target line for selection.
+ * The tightest test is employed here for best discrimination
+ * in merging collinear (to grid coordinates) vertex chains
+ * into a larger, spanning vectors within the Lemming editor.
+ */
+
+	// if all points are coincident, return condition 2 (on line)
+	if(q[0]==p[0] && q[1]==p[1] && q[0]==t[0] && q[1]==t[1]) {
+		return 2;
+	}
+
+    if ( QABS((q[1]-p[1])*(t[0]-p[0])-(t[1]-p[1])*(q[0]-p[0])) >=
+	(QMAX(QABS(q[0]-p[0]), QABS(q[1]-p[1])))) return 0;
+
+    if (((q[0]<p[0])&&(p[0]<t[0])) || ((q[1]<p[1])&&(p[1]<t[1])))
+	return 1 ;
+    if (((t[0]<p[0])&&(p[0]<q[0])) || ((t[1]<p[1])&&(p[1]<q[1])))
+	return 1 ;
+    if (((p[0]<q[0])&&(q[0]<t[0])) || ((p[1]<q[1])&&(q[1]<t[1])))
+	return 3 ;
+    if (((t[0]<q[0])&&(q[0]<p[0])) || ((t[1]<q[1])&&(q[1]<p[1])))
+	return 3 ;
+
+    return 2 ;
+}
+static
+void polygonizeQBezier( double* acc, int& accsize, const double ctrl[],
+			int maxsize )
+{
+    if ( accsize > maxsize / 2 )
+    {
+	// This never happens in practice.
+
+	if ( accsize >= maxsize-4 )
+	    return;
+	// Running out of space - approximate by a line.
+	acc[accsize++] = ctrl[0];
+	acc[accsize++] = ctrl[1];
+	acc[accsize++] = ctrl[6];
+	acc[accsize++] = ctrl[7];
+	return;
+    }
+
+    //intersects:
+    double l[8];
+    double r[8];
+    split( ctrl, l, r);
+
+    // convert to integers for line condition check
+    int c0[2]; c0[0] = int(ctrl[0]); c0[1] = int(ctrl[1]);
+    int c1[2]; c1[0] = int(ctrl[2]); c1[1] = int(ctrl[3]);
+    int c2[2]; c2[0] = int(ctrl[4]); c2[1] = int(ctrl[5]);
+    int c3[2]; c3[0] = int(ctrl[6]); c3[1] = int(ctrl[7]);
+
+    // #### Duplication needed?
+    if ( QABS(c1[0]-c0[0]) <= 1 && QABS(c1[1]-c0[1]) <= 1
+      && QABS(c2[0]-c0[0]) <= 1 && QABS(c2[1]-c0[1]) <= 1
+      && QABS(c3[0]-c1[0]) <= 1 && QABS(c3[1]-c0[1]) <= 1 )
+    {
+	// Approximate by one line.
+	// Dont need to write last pt as it is the same as first pt
+	// on the next segment
+	acc[accsize++] = l[0];
+	acc[accsize++] = l[1];
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( ( pnt_on_line( c0, c3, c1 ) == 2 && pnt_on_line( c0, c3, c2 ) == 2 )
+      || ( QABS(c1[0]-c0[0]) <= 1 && QABS(c1[1]-c0[1]) <= 1
+	&& QABS(c2[0]-c0[0]) <= 1 && QABS(c2[1]-c0[1]) <= 1
+	&& QABS(c3[0]-c1[0]) <= 1 && QABS(c3[1]-c0[1]) <= 1 ) )
+    {
+	// Approximate by one line.
+	// Dont need to write last pt as it is the same as first pt
+	// on the next segment
+	acc[accsize++] = l[0];
+	acc[accsize++] = l[1];
+	return;
+    }
+
+    // Too big and too curved - recusively subdivide.
+    polygonizeQBezier( acc, accsize, l, maxsize );
+    polygonizeQBezier( acc, accsize, r, maxsize );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the Bezier points for the four control points in this
+    array.
+*/
+
+QPointArray QPointArray::cubicBezier() const
+{
+#ifdef USE_SIMPLE_QBEZIER_CODE
+    if ( size() != 4 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPointArray::bezier: The array must have 4 control points" );
+#endif
+	QPointArray p;
+	return p;
+    }
+
+    int v;
+    float xvec[4];
+    float yvec[4];
+    for ( v=0; v<4; v++ ) {			// store all x,y in xvec,yvec
+	int x, y;
+	point( v, &x, &y );
+	xvec[v] = (float)x;
+	yvec[v] = (float)y;
+    }
+
+    QRect r = boundingRect();
+    int m = QMAX(r.width(),r.height())/2;
+    m = QMIN(m,30);				// m = number of result points
+    if ( m < 2 )				// at least two points
+	m = 2;
+    QPointArray p( m );				// p = Bezier point array
+    register QPointData *pd = p.data();
+
+    float x0 = xvec[0],	 y0 = yvec[0];
+    float dt = 1.0F/m;
+    float cx = 3.0F * (xvec[1] - x0);
+    float bx = 3.0F * (xvec[2] - xvec[1]) - cx;
+    float ax = xvec[3] - (x0 + cx + bx);
+    float cy = 3.0F * (yvec[1] - y0);
+    float by = 3.0F * (yvec[2] - yvec[1]) - cy;
+    float ay = yvec[3] - (y0 + cy + by);
+    float t = dt;
+
+    pd->rx() = (QCOORD)xvec[0];
+    pd->ry() = (QCOORD)yvec[0];
+    pd++;
+    m -= 2;
+
+    while ( m-- ) {
+	pd->rx() = (QCOORD)qRound( ((ax * t + bx) * t + cx) * t + x0 );
+	pd->ry() = (QCOORD)qRound( ((ay * t + by) * t + cy) * t + y0 );
+	pd++;
+	t += dt;
+    }
+
+    pd->rx() = (QCOORD)xvec[3];
+    pd->ry() = (QCOORD)yvec[3];
+
+    return p;
+#else
+
+    if ( size() != 4 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPointArray::bezier: The array must have 4 control points" );
+#endif
+	QPointArray pa;
+	return pa;
+    } else {
+	QRect r = boundingRect();
+	int m = 4+2*QMAX(r.width(),r.height());
+	double *p = new double[m];
+	double ctrl[8];
+	int i;
+	for (i=0; i<4; i++) {
+	    ctrl[i*2] = at(i).x();
+	    ctrl[i*2+1] = at(i).y();
+	}
+	int len=0;
+	polygonizeQBezier( p, len, ctrl, m );
+	QPointArray pa((len/2)+1); // one extra point for last point on line
+	int j=0;
+	for (i=0; j<len; i++) {
+	    int x = qRound(p[j++]);
+	    int y = qRound(p[j++]);
+	    pa[i] = QPoint(x,y);
+	}
+	// add last pt on the line, which will be at the last control pt
+	pa[(int)pa.size()-1] = at(3);
+	delete[] p;
+
+	return pa;
+    }
+
+#endif
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_BEZIER
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPointArray stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QPointArray
+
+    Writes the point array, \a a to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QPointArray &a )
+{
+    register uint i;
+    uint len = a.size();
+    s << len;					// write size of array
+    for ( i=0; i<len; i++ )			// write each point
+	s << a.point( i );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QPointArray
+
+    Reads a point array, \a a from the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QPointArray &a )
+{
+    register uint i;
+    uint len;
+    s >> len;					// read size of array
+    if ( !a.resize( len ) )			// no memory
+	return s;
+    QPoint p;
+    for ( i=0; i<len; i++ ) {			// read each point
+	s >> p;
+	a.setPoint( i, p );
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+
+
+struct QShortPoint {			// Binary compatible with XPoint
+    short x, y;
+};
+
+uint QPointArray::splen = 0;
+void* QPointArray::sp = 0;		// Really a QShortPoint*
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Converts the point coords to short (16bit) size, compatible with
+  X11's XPoint structure. The pointer returned points to a static
+  array, so its contents will be overwritten the next time this
+  function is called.
+*/
+
+void* QPointArray::shortPoints( int index, int nPoints ) const
+{
+
+    if ( isNull() || !nPoints )
+	return 0;
+    QPoint* p = data();
+    p += index;
+    uint i = nPoints < 0 ? size() : nPoints;
+    if ( splen < i ) {
+	if ( sp )
+	    delete[] ((QShortPoint*)sp);
+	sp = new QShortPoint[i];
+	splen = i;
+    }
+    QShortPoint* ps = (QShortPoint*)sp;
+    while ( i-- ) {
+	ps->x = (short)p->x();
+	ps->y = (short)p->y();
+	p++;
+	ps++;
+    }
+    return sp;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Deallocates the internal buffer used by shortPoints().
+*/
+
+void QPointArray::cleanBuffers()
+{
+    if ( sp )
+	delete[] ((QShortPoint*)sp);
+    sp = 0;
+    splen = 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpointarray.h b/src/kernel/qpointarray.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa798ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpointarray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPointArray class
+**
+** Created : 940213
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPOINTARRAY_H
+#define QPOINTARRAY_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qmemarray.h"
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMemArray<QPoint>;
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPointArray : public QMemArray<QPoint>
+{
+public:
+    QPointArray() {}
+    ~QPointArray() {}
+    QPointArray( int size ) : QMemArray<QPoint>( size ) {}
+    QPointArray( const QPointArray &a ) : QMemArray<QPoint>( a ) {}
+    QPointArray( const QRect &r, bool closed=FALSE );
+    QPointArray( int nPoints, const QCOORD *points );
+
+    QPointArray	 &operator=( const QPointArray &a )
+	{ return (QPointArray&)assign( a ); }
+
+    QPointArray copy() const
+	{ QPointArray tmp; return *((QPointArray*)&tmp.duplicate(*this)); }
+
+    void    translate( int dx, int dy );
+    QRect   boundingRect() const;
+
+    void    point( uint i, int *x, int *y ) const;
+    QPoint  point( uint i ) const;
+    void    setPoint( uint i, int x, int y );
+    void    setPoint( uint i, const QPoint &p );
+    bool    setPoints( int nPoints, const QCOORD *points );
+    bool    setPoints( int nPoints, int firstx, int firsty, ... );
+    bool    putPoints( int index, int nPoints, const QCOORD *points );
+    bool    putPoints( int index, int nPoints, int firstx, int firsty, ... );
+    bool    putPoints( int index, int nPoints,
+		       const QPointArray & from, int fromIndex=0 );
+
+    void    makeArc( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a1, int a2 );
+    void    makeEllipse( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void    makeArc( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a1, int a2,
+		     const QWMatrix& );
+#ifndef QT_NO_BEZIER
+    QPointArray cubicBezier() const;
+#endif
+    void*  shortPoints( int index = 0, int nPoints = -1 ) const;
+    static void cleanBuffers();
+
+protected:
+    static uint splen;
+    static void* sp;
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPointArray stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QPointArray & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QPointArray & );
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Misc. QPointArray functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline void QPointArray::setPoint( uint i, const QPoint &p )
+{
+    setPoint( i, p.x(), p.y() );
+}
+
+
+#endif // QPOINTARRAY_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpolygonscanner.cpp b/src/kernel/qpolygonscanner.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86f9ca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpolygonscanner.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,937 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPolygonScanner class
+**
+** Created : 000120
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpolygonscanner.h"
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+// Based on Xserver code miFillGeneralPoly...
+/*
+ *
+ *     Written by Brian Kelleher;  Oct. 1985
+ *
+ *     Routine to fill a polygon.  Two fill rules are
+ *     supported: frWINDING and frEVENODD.
+ *
+ *     See fillpoly.h for a complete description of the algorithm.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *     These are the data structures needed to scan
+ *     convert regions.  Two different scan conversion
+ *     methods are available -- the even-odd method, and
+ *     the winding number method.
+ *     The even-odd rule states that a point is inside
+ *     the polygon if a ray drawn from that point in any
+ *     direction will pass through an odd number of
+ *     path segments.
+ *     By the winding number rule, a point is decided
+ *     to be inside the polygon if a ray drawn from that
+ *     point in any direction passes through a different
+ *     number of clockwise and counterclockwise path
+ *     segments.
+ *
+ *     These data structures are adapted somewhat from
+ *     the algorithm in (Foley/Van Dam) for scan converting
+ *     polygons.
+ *     The basic algorithm is to start at the top (smallest y)
+ *     of the polygon, stepping down to the bottom of
+ *     the polygon by incrementing the y coordinate.  We
+ *     keep a list of edges which the current scanline crosses,
+ *     sorted by x.  This list is called the Active Edge Table (AET)
+ *     As we change the y-coordinate, we update each entry in
+ *     in the active edge table to reflect the edges new xcoord.
+ *     This list must be sorted at each scanline in case
+ *     two edges intersect.
+ *     We also keep a data structure known as the Edge Table (ET),
+ *     which keeps track of all the edges which the current
+ *     scanline has not yet reached.  The ET is basically a
+ *     list of ScanLineList structures containing a list of
+ *     edges which are entered at a given scanline.  There is one
+ *     ScanLineList per scanline at which an edge is entered.
+ *     When we enter a new edge, we move it from the ET to the AET.
+ *
+ *     From the AET, we can implement the even-odd rule as in
+ *     (Foley/Van Dam).
+ *     The winding number rule is a little trickier.  We also
+ *     keep the EdgeTableEntries in the AET linked by the
+ *     nextWETE (winding EdgeTableEntry) link.  This allows
+ *     the edges to be linked just as before for updating
+ *     purposes, but only uses the edges linked by the nextWETE
+ *     link as edges representing spans of the polygon to
+ *     drawn (as with the even-odd rule).
+ */
+
+/* $XConsortium: miscanfill.h,v 1.5 94/04/17 20:27:50 dpw Exp $ */
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1987  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from the X Consortium.
+
+*/
+
+
+/*
+ *     scanfill.h
+ *
+ *     Written by Brian Kelleher; Jan 1985
+ *
+ *     This file contains a few macros to help track
+ *     the edge of a filled object.  The object is assumed
+ *     to be filled in scanline order, and thus the
+ *     algorithm used is an extension of Bresenham's line
+ *     drawing algorithm which assumes that y is always the
+ *     major axis.
+ *     Since these pieces of code are the same for any filled shape,
+ *     it is more convenient to gather the library in one
+ *     place, but since these pieces of code are also in
+ *     the inner loops of output primitives, procedure call
+ *     overhead is out of the question.
+ *     See the author for a derivation if needed.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  In scan converting polygons, we want to choose those pixels
+ *  which are inside the polygon.  Thus, we add .5 to the starting
+ *  x coordinate for both left and right edges.  Now we choose the
+ *  first pixel which is inside the pgon for the left edge and the
+ *  first pixel which is outside the pgon for the right edge.
+ *  Draw the left pixel, but not the right.
+ *
+ *  How to add .5 to the starting x coordinate:
+ *      If the edge is moving to the right, then subtract dy from the
+ *  error term from the general form of the algorithm.
+ *      If the edge is moving to the left, then add dy to the error term.
+ *
+ *  The reason for the difference between edges moving to the left
+ *  and edges moving to the right is simple:  If an edge is moving
+ *  to the right, then we want the algorithm to flip immediately.
+ *  If it is moving to the left, then we don't want it to flip until
+ *  we traverse an entire pixel.
+ */
+#define BRESINITPGON(dy, x1, x2, xStart, d, m, m1, incr1, incr2) { \
+    int dx;      /* local storage */ \
+\
+    /* \
+     *  if the edge is horizontal, then it is ignored \
+     *  and assumed not to be processed.  Otherwise, do this stuff. \
+     */ \
+    if ((dy) != 0) { \
+        xStart = (x1); \
+        dx = (x2) - xStart; \
+        if (dx < 0) { \
+            m = dx / (dy); \
+            m1 = m - 1; \
+            incr1 = -2 * dx + 2 * (dy) * m1; \
+            incr2 = -2 * dx + 2 * (dy) * m; \
+            d = 2 * m * (dy) - 2 * dx - 2 * (dy); \
+        } else { \
+            m = dx / (dy); \
+            m1 = m + 1; \
+            incr1 = 2 * dx - 2 * (dy) * m1; \
+            incr2 = 2 * dx - 2 * (dy) * m; \
+            d = -2 * m * (dy) + 2 * dx; \
+        } \
+    } \
+}
+
+#define BRESINCRPGON(d, minval, m, m1, incr1, incr2) { \
+    if (m1 > 0) { \
+        if (d > 0) { \
+            minval += m1; \
+            d += incr1; \
+        } \
+        else { \
+            minval += m; \
+            d += incr2; \
+        } \
+    } else {\
+        if (d >= 0) { \
+            minval += m1; \
+            d += incr1; \
+        } \
+        else { \
+            minval += m; \
+            d += incr2; \
+        } \
+    } \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *     This structure contains all of the information needed
+ *     to run the bresenham algorithm.
+ *     The variables may be hardcoded into the declarations
+ *     instead of using this structure to make use of
+ *     register declarations.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    int minor;         /* minor axis        */
+    int d;           /* decision variable */
+    int m, m1;       /* slope and slope+1 */
+    int incr1, incr2; /* error increments */
+} BRESINFO;
+
+
+#define BRESINITPGONSTRUCT(dmaj, min1, min2, bres) \
+	BRESINITPGON(dmaj, min1, min2, bres.minor, bres.d, \
+                     bres.m, bres.m1, bres.incr1, bres.incr2)
+
+#define BRESINCRPGONSTRUCT(bres) \
+        BRESINCRPGON(bres.d, bres.minor, bres.m, bres.m1, bres.incr1, bres.incr2)
+
+
+typedef struct _EdgeTableEntry {
+     int ymax;             /* ycoord at which we exit this edge. */
+     BRESINFO bres;        /* Bresenham info to run the edge     */
+     struct _EdgeTableEntry *next;       /* next in the list     */
+     struct _EdgeTableEntry *back;       /* for insertion sort   */
+     struct _EdgeTableEntry *nextWETE;   /* for winding num rule */
+     int ClockWise;        /* flag for winding number rule       */
+} EdgeTableEntry;
+
+
+typedef struct _ScanLineList{
+     int scanline;              /* the scanline represented */
+     EdgeTableEntry *edgelist;  /* header node              */
+     struct _ScanLineList *next;  /* next in the list       */
+} ScanLineList;
+
+
+typedef struct {
+     int ymax;                 /* ymax for the polygon     */
+     int ymin;                 /* ymin for the polygon     */
+     ScanLineList scanlines;   /* header node              */
+} EdgeTable;
+
+
+/*
+ * Here is a struct to help with storage allocation
+ * so we can allocate a big chunk at a time, and then take
+ * pieces from this heap when we need to.
+ */
+#define SLLSPERBLOCK 25
+
+typedef struct _ScanLineListBlock {
+     ScanLineList SLLs[SLLSPERBLOCK];
+     struct _ScanLineListBlock *next;
+} ScanLineListBlock;
+
+/*
+ * number of points to buffer before sending them off
+ * to scanlines() :  Must be an even number
+ */
+#define NUMPTSTOBUFFER 200
+
+/*
+ *
+ *     a few macros for the inner loops of the fill code where
+ *     performance considerations don't allow a procedure call.
+ *
+ *     Evaluate the given edge at the given scanline.
+ *     If the edge has expired, then we leave it and fix up
+ *     the active edge table; otherwise, we increment the
+ *     x value to be ready for the next scanline.
+ *     The winding number rule is in effect, so we must notify
+ *     the caller when the edge has been removed so he
+ *     can reorder the Winding Active Edge Table.
+ */
+#define EVALUATEEDGEWINDING(pAET, pPrevAET, y, fixWAET) { \
+   if (pAET->ymax == y) {          /* leaving this edge */ \
+      pPrevAET->next = pAET->next; \
+      pAET = pPrevAET->next; \
+      fixWAET = 1; \
+      if (pAET) \
+         pAET->back = pPrevAET; \
+   } \
+   else { \
+      BRESINCRPGONSTRUCT(pAET->bres); \
+      pPrevAET = pAET; \
+      pAET = pAET->next; \
+   } \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *     Evaluate the given edge at the given scanline.
+ *     If the edge has expired, then we leave it and fix up
+ *     the active edge table; otherwise, we increment the
+ *     x value to be ready for the next scanline.
+ *     The even-odd rule is in effect.
+ */
+#define EVALUATEEDGEEVENODD(pAET, pPrevAET, y) { \
+   if (pAET->ymax == y) {          /* leaving this edge */ \
+      pPrevAET->next = pAET->next; \
+      pAET = pPrevAET->next; \
+      if (pAET) \
+         pAET->back = pPrevAET; \
+   } \
+   else { \
+      BRESINCRPGONSTRUCT(pAET->bres) \
+      pPrevAET = pAET; \
+      pAET = pAET->next; \
+   } \
+}
+
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1987  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#define MAXINT 0x7fffffff
+#define MININT -MAXINT
+
+/*
+ *     fillUtils.c
+ *
+ *     Written by Brian Kelleher;  Oct. 1985
+ *
+ *     This module contains all of the utility functions
+ *     needed to scan convert a polygon.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *     InsertEdgeInET
+ *
+ *     Insert the given edge into the edge table.
+ *     First we must find the correct bucket in the
+ *     Edge table, then find the right slot in the
+ *     bucket.  Finally, we can insert it.
+ *
+ */
+static bool
+miInsertEdgeInET(EdgeTable *ET, EdgeTableEntry *ETE,
+	int scanline, ScanLineListBlock **SLLBlock, int *iSLLBlock)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *start, *prev;
+    register ScanLineList *pSLL, *pPrevSLL;
+    ScanLineListBlock *tmpSLLBlock;
+
+    /*
+     * find the right bucket to put the edge into
+     */
+    pPrevSLL = &ET->scanlines;
+    pSLL = pPrevSLL->next;
+    while (pSLL && (pSLL->scanline < scanline))
+    {
+        pPrevSLL = pSLL;
+        pSLL = pSLL->next;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * reassign pSLL (pointer to ScanLineList) if necessary
+     */
+    if ((!pSLL) || (pSLL->scanline > scanline))
+    {
+        if (*iSLLBlock > SLLSPERBLOCK-1)
+        {
+            tmpSLLBlock =
+		  (ScanLineListBlock *)malloc(sizeof(ScanLineListBlock));
+	    if (!tmpSLLBlock)
+		return FALSE;
+            (*SLLBlock)->next = tmpSLLBlock;
+            tmpSLLBlock->next = 0;
+            *SLLBlock = tmpSLLBlock;
+            *iSLLBlock = 0;
+        }
+        pSLL = &((*SLLBlock)->SLLs[(*iSLLBlock)++]);
+
+        pSLL->next = pPrevSLL->next;
+        pSLL->edgelist = 0;
+        pPrevSLL->next = pSLL;
+    }
+    pSLL->scanline = scanline;
+
+    /*
+     * now insert the edge in the right bucket
+     */
+    prev = 0;
+    start = pSLL->edgelist;
+    while (start && (start->bres.minor < ETE->bres.minor))
+    {
+        prev = start;
+        start = start->next;
+    }
+    ETE->next = start;
+
+    if (prev)
+        prev->next = ETE;
+    else
+        pSLL->edgelist = ETE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ *     CreateEdgeTable
+ *
+ *     This routine creates the edge table for
+ *     scan converting polygons.
+ *     The Edge Table (ET) looks like:
+ *
+ *    EdgeTable
+ *     --------
+ *    |  ymax  |        ScanLineLists
+ *    |scanline|-->------------>-------------->...
+ *     --------   |scanline|   |scanline|
+ *                |edgelist|   |edgelist|
+ *                ---------    ---------
+ *                    |             |
+ *                    |             |
+ *                    V             V
+ *              list of ETEs   list of ETEs
+ *
+ *     where ETE is an EdgeTableEntry data structure,
+ *     and there is one ScanLineList per scanline at
+ *     which an edge is initially entered.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+    int y, x;
+#else
+    int x, y;
+#endif
+
+} DDXPointRec, *DDXPointPtr;
+
+/*
+ *     Clean up our act.
+ */
+static void
+miFreeStorage(ScanLineListBlock   *pSLLBlock)
+{
+    register ScanLineListBlock   *tmpSLLBlock;
+
+    while (pSLLBlock)
+    {
+        tmpSLLBlock = pSLLBlock->next;
+        free(pSLLBlock);
+        pSLLBlock = tmpSLLBlock;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool
+miCreateETandAET(int count, DDXPointPtr pts, EdgeTable *ET,
+	EdgeTableEntry *AET, EdgeTableEntry *pETEs, ScanLineListBlock *pSLLBlock)
+{
+    register DDXPointPtr top, bottom;
+    register DDXPointPtr PrevPt, CurrPt;
+    int iSLLBlock = 0;
+
+    int dy;
+
+    if (count < 2)  return TRUE;
+
+    /*
+     *  initialize the Active Edge Table
+     */
+    AET->next = 0;
+    AET->back = 0;
+    AET->nextWETE = 0;
+    AET->bres.minor = MININT;
+
+    /*
+     *  initialize the Edge Table.
+     */
+    ET->scanlines.next = 0;
+    ET->ymax = MININT;
+    ET->ymin = MAXINT;
+    pSLLBlock->next = 0;
+
+    PrevPt = &pts[count-1];
+
+    /*
+     *  for each vertex in the array of points.
+     *  In this loop we are dealing with two vertices at
+     *  a time -- these make up one edge of the polygon.
+     */
+    while (count--)
+    {
+        CurrPt = pts++;
+
+        /*
+         *  find out which point is above and which is below.
+         */
+        if (PrevPt->y > CurrPt->y)
+        {
+            bottom = PrevPt, top = CurrPt;
+            pETEs->ClockWise = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bottom = CurrPt, top = PrevPt;
+            pETEs->ClockWise = 1;
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * don't add horizontal edges to the Edge table.
+         */
+        if (bottom->y != top->y)
+        {
+            pETEs->ymax = bottom->y-1;  /* -1 so we don't get last scanline */
+
+            /*
+             *  initialize integer edge algorithm
+             */
+            dy = bottom->y - top->y;
+            BRESINITPGONSTRUCT(dy, top->x, bottom->x, pETEs->bres)
+
+            if (!miInsertEdgeInET(ET, pETEs, top->y, &pSLLBlock, &iSLLBlock))
+	    {
+		miFreeStorage(pSLLBlock->next);
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+
+            ET->ymax = QMAX(ET->ymax, PrevPt->y);
+            ET->ymin = QMIN(ET->ymin, PrevPt->y);
+            pETEs++;
+        }
+
+        PrevPt = CurrPt;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ *     loadAET
+ *
+ *     This routine moves EdgeTableEntries from the
+ *     EdgeTable into the Active Edge Table,
+ *     leaving them sorted by smaller x coordinate.
+ *
+ */
+
+static void
+miloadAET(EdgeTableEntry *AET, EdgeTableEntry *ETEs)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pPrevAET;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *tmp;
+
+    pPrevAET = AET;
+    AET = AET->next;
+    while (ETEs)
+    {
+        while (AET && (AET->bres.minor < ETEs->bres.minor))
+        {
+            pPrevAET = AET;
+            AET = AET->next;
+        }
+        tmp = ETEs->next;
+        ETEs->next = AET;
+        if (AET)
+            AET->back = ETEs;
+        ETEs->back = pPrevAET;
+        pPrevAET->next = ETEs;
+        pPrevAET = ETEs;
+
+        ETEs = tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *     computeWAET
+ *
+ *     This routine links the AET by the
+ *     nextWETE (winding EdgeTableEntry) link for
+ *     use by the winding number rule.  The final
+ *     Active Edge Table (AET) might look something
+ *     like:
+ *
+ *     AET
+ *     ----------  ---------   ---------
+ *     |ymax    |  |ymax    |  |ymax    |
+ *     | ...    |  |...     |  |...     |
+ *     |next    |->|next    |->|next    |->...
+ *     |nextWETE|  |nextWETE|  |nextWETE|
+ *     ---------   ---------   ^--------
+ *         |                   |       |
+ *         V------------------->       V---> ...
+ *
+ */
+static void
+micomputeWAET(EdgeTableEntry *AET)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pWETE;
+    register int inside = 1;
+    register int isInside = 0;
+
+    AET->nextWETE = 0;
+    pWETE = AET;
+    AET = AET->next;
+    while (AET)
+    {
+        if (AET->ClockWise)
+            isInside++;
+        else
+            isInside--;
+
+        if ((!inside && !isInside) ||
+            ( inside &&  isInside))
+        {
+            pWETE->nextWETE = AET;
+            pWETE = AET;
+            inside = !inside;
+        }
+        AET = AET->next;
+    }
+    pWETE->nextWETE = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *     InsertionSort
+ *
+ *     Just a simple insertion sort using
+ *     pointers and back pointers to sort the Active
+ *     Edge Table.
+ *
+ */
+
+static int
+miInsertionSort(EdgeTableEntry *AET)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pETEchase;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pETEinsert;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pETEchaseBackTMP;
+    register int changed = 0;
+
+    AET = AET->next;
+    while (AET)
+    {
+        pETEinsert = AET;
+        pETEchase = AET;
+        while (pETEchase->back->bres.minor > AET->bres.minor)
+            pETEchase = pETEchase->back;
+
+        AET = AET->next;
+        if (pETEchase != pETEinsert)
+        {
+            pETEchaseBackTMP = pETEchase->back;
+            pETEinsert->back->next = AET;
+            if (AET)
+                AET->back = pETEinsert->back;
+            pETEinsert->next = pETEchase;
+            pETEchase->back->next = pETEinsert;
+            pETEchase->back = pETEinsert;
+            pETEinsert->back = pETEchaseBackTMP;
+            changed = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    return(changed);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+*/
+void QPolygonScanner::scan(const QPointArray& pa, bool winding, int index, int npoints)
+{
+    scan( pa, winding, index, npoints, TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    If \a stitchable is FALSE, the right and bottom edges of the
+    polygon are included. This causes adjacent polygons to overlap.
+*/
+void QPolygonScanner::scan(const QPointArray& pa, bool winding, int index, int npoints, bool stitchable)
+{
+    scan( pa, winding, index, npoints,
+	stitchable ? Edge(Left+Top) : Edge(Left+Right+Top+Bottom) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Calls processSpans() for all scanlines of the polygon defined by
+    \a npoints starting at \a index in \a pa.
+
+    If \a winding is TRUE, the Winding algorithm rather than the
+    Odd-Even rule is used.
+
+    The \a edges is any bitwise combination of:
+    \list
+    \i \c QPolygonScanner::Left
+    \i \c QPolygonScanner::Right
+    \i \c QPolygonScanner::Top
+    \i \c QPolygonScanner::Bottom
+    \endlist
+    \a edges determines which edges are included.
+
+    \warning The edges feature does not work properly.
+
+*/
+void QPolygonScanner::scan( const QPointArray& pa, bool winding, int index, int npoints, Edge edges )
+{
+
+
+    DDXPointPtr ptsIn = (DDXPointPtr)pa.data();
+    ptsIn += index;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pAET;  /* the Active Edge Table   */
+    register int y;                 /* the current scanline    */
+    register int nPts = 0;          /* number of pts in buffer */
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pWETE; /* Winding Edge Table      */
+    register ScanLineList *pSLL;    /* Current ScanLineList    */
+    register DDXPointPtr ptsOut;      /* ptr to output buffers   */
+    int *width;
+    DDXPointRec FirstPoint[NUMPTSTOBUFFER]; /* the output buffers */
+    int FirstWidth[NUMPTSTOBUFFER];
+    EdgeTableEntry *pPrevAET;       /* previous AET entry      */
+    EdgeTable ET;                   /* Edge Table header node  */
+    EdgeTableEntry AET;             /* Active ET header node   */
+    EdgeTableEntry *pETEs;          /* Edge Table Entries buff */
+    ScanLineListBlock SLLBlock;     /* header for ScanLineList */
+    int fixWAET = 0;
+    int edge_l = (edges & Left) ? 1 : 0;
+    int edge_r = (edges & Right) ? 1 : 0;
+    int edge_t = 1; //#### (edges & Top) ? 1 : 0;
+    int edge_b = (edges & Bottom) ? 1 : 0;
+
+    if (npoints == -1)
+	npoints = pa.size();
+
+    if (npoints < 3)
+	return;
+
+    if(!(pETEs = (EdgeTableEntry *)
+        malloc(sizeof(EdgeTableEntry) * npoints)))
+	return;
+    ptsOut = FirstPoint;
+    width = FirstWidth;
+    if (!miCreateETandAET(npoints, ptsIn, &ET, &AET, pETEs, &SLLBlock))
+    {
+	free(pETEs);
+	return;
+    }
+    pSLL = ET.scanlines.next;
+
+    if (!winding)
+    {
+        /*
+         *  for each scanline
+         */
+        for (y = ET.ymin+1-edge_t; y < ET.ymax+edge_b; y++)
+        {
+            /*
+             *  Add a new edge to the active edge table when we
+             *  get to the next edge.
+             */
+            if (pSLL && y == pSLL->scanline)
+            {
+                miloadAET(&AET, pSLL->edgelist);
+                pSLL = pSLL->next;
+            }
+            pPrevAET = &AET;
+            pAET = AET.next;
+
+            /*
+             *  for each active edge
+             */
+            while (pAET)
+            {
+                ptsOut->x = pAET->bres.minor + 1 - edge_l;
+		ptsOut++->y = y;
+                *width++ = pAET->next->bres.minor - pAET->bres.minor
+		    - 1 + edge_l + edge_r;
+                nPts++;
+
+                /*
+                 *  send out the buffer when its full
+                 */
+                if (nPts == NUMPTSTOBUFFER)
+		{
+		    processSpans( nPts, (QPoint*)FirstPoint, FirstWidth );
+                    ptsOut = FirstPoint;
+                    width = FirstWidth;
+                    nPts = 0;
+                }
+                EVALUATEEDGEEVENODD(pAET, pPrevAET, y)
+                EVALUATEEDGEEVENODD(pAET, pPrevAET, y)
+            }
+            miInsertionSort(&AET);
+        }
+    }
+    else      /* default to WindingNumber */
+    {
+        /*
+         *  for each scanline
+         */
+        for (y = ET.ymin+1-edge_t; y < ET.ymax+edge_b; y++)
+        {
+            /*
+             *  Add a new edge to the active edge table when we
+             *  get to the next edge.
+             */
+            if (pSLL && y == pSLL->scanline)
+            {
+                miloadAET(&AET, pSLL->edgelist);
+                micomputeWAET(&AET);
+                pSLL = pSLL->next;
+            }
+            pPrevAET = &AET;
+            pAET = AET.next;
+            pWETE = pAET;
+
+            /*
+             *  for each active edge
+             */
+            while (pAET)
+            {
+                /*
+                 *  if the next edge in the active edge table is
+                 *  also the next edge in the winding active edge
+                 *  table.
+                 */
+                if (pWETE == pAET)
+                {
+                    ptsOut->x = pAET->bres.minor + 1 - edge_l;
+		    ptsOut++->y = y;
+                    *width++ = pAET->nextWETE->bres.minor - pAET->bres.minor - 1 + edge_l + edge_r;
+                    nPts++;
+
+                    /*
+                     *  send out the buffer
+                     */
+                    if (nPts == NUMPTSTOBUFFER)
+                    {
+			processSpans( nPts, (QPoint*)FirstPoint, FirstWidth );
+                        ptsOut = FirstPoint;
+                        width  = FirstWidth;
+                        nPts = 0;
+                    }
+
+                    pWETE = pWETE->nextWETE;
+                    while (pWETE != pAET) {
+                        EVALUATEEDGEWINDING(pAET, pPrevAET, y, fixWAET)
+		    }
+                    pWETE = pWETE->nextWETE;
+                }
+                EVALUATEEDGEWINDING(pAET, pPrevAET, y, fixWAET)
+            }
+
+            /*
+             *  reevaluate the Winding active edge table if we
+             *  just had to resort it or if we just exited an edge.
+             */
+            if (miInsertionSort(&AET) || fixWAET)
+            {
+                micomputeWAET(&AET);
+                fixWAET = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *     Get any spans that we missed by buffering
+     */
+
+
+    processSpans( nPts, (QPoint*)FirstPoint, FirstWidth );
+    free(pETEs);
+    miFreeStorage(SLLBlock.next);
+}
+/***** END OF X11-based CODE *****/
+
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpolygonscanner.h b/src/kernel/qpolygonscanner.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..423e2e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpolygonscanner.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPolygonScanner class
+**
+** Created : 000120
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPOLYGONSCANNER_H
+#define QPOLYGONSCANNER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QPointArray;
+class QPoint;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPolygonScanner {
+public:
+    // BIC: fix for 3.0
+    void scan( const QPointArray& pa, bool winding, int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
+    void scan( const QPointArray& pa, bool winding, int index, int npoints, bool stitchable );
+    enum Edge { Left=1, Right=2, Top=4, Bottom=8 };
+    void scan( const QPointArray& pa, bool winding, int index, int npoints, Edge edges );
+    virtual void processSpans( int n, QPoint* point, int* width )=0;
+};
+
+#endif // QPOLYGONSCANNER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qprinter.cpp b/src/kernel/qprinter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31e1ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qprinter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1025 @@
+/**********************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPrinter class
+**
+** Created : 941003
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qprinter.h"
+#include "qprinter_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+/*!
+    \class QPrinter qprinter.h
+    \brief The QPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \mainclass
+
+    On Windows it uses the built-in printer drivers. On X11 it
+    generates postscript and sends that to lpr, lp, or another print
+    command.
+
+    QPrinter is used in much the same way as QWidget and QPixmap are
+    used. The big difference is that you must keep track of the pages.
+
+    QPrinter supports a number of settable parameters, most of which
+    can be changed by the end user when the application calls
+    QPrinter::setup().
+
+    The most important parameters are:
+    \list
+    \i setOrientation() tells QPrinter which page orientation to use (virtual).
+    \i setPageSize() tells QPrinter what page size to expect from the
+    printer.
+    \i setResolution() tells QPrinter what resolution you wish the
+    printer to provide (in dpi).
+    \i setFullPage() tells QPrinter whether you want to deal with the
+    full page or just with the part the printer can draw on. The
+    default is FALSE, so that by default you should be able to paint
+    on (0,0). If TRUE the origin of the coordinate system will be in
+    the top left corner of the paper and most probably the printer
+    will not be able to paint something there due to it's physical
+    margins.
+    \i setNumCopies() tells QPrinter how many copies of the document
+    it should print.
+    \i setMinMax() tells QPrinter and QPrintDialog what the allowed
+    range for fromPage() and toPage() are.
+    \endlist
+
+    Except where noted, you can only call the set functions before
+    setup(), or between QPainter::end() and setup(). (Some may take
+    effect between setup() and begin(), or between begin() and end(),
+    but that's strictly undocumented and such behaviour may differ
+    depending on platform.)
+
+    There are also some settings that the user sets (through the
+    printer dialog) and that applications are expected to obey:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i pageOrder() tells the application program whether to print
+    first-page-first or last-page-first.
+
+    \i colorMode() tells the application program whether to print in
+    color or grayscale. (If you print in color and the printer does
+    not support color, Qt will try to approximate. The document may
+    take longer to print, but the quality should not be made visibly
+    poorer.)
+
+    \i fromPage() and toPage() indicate what pages the application
+    program should print.
+
+    \i paperSource() tells the application progam which paper source
+    to print from.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    You can of course call these functions to establish defaults
+    before you ask the user through QPrinter::setup().
+
+    Once you start printing, calling newPage() is essential. You will
+    probably also need to look at the QPaintDeviceMetrics for the
+    printer (see the \link simple-application.html#printersimple print
+    function\endlink in the Application walk-through). In previous versions,
+    paint device metrics were valid only after the QPrinter has been set
+    up, i.e. after setup() has returned successfully. This is no longer
+    the case and paint device metrics can be requested safely before set up.
+
+    If you want to abort the print job, abort() will try its best to
+    stop printing. It may cancel the entire job or just some of it.
+
+    \omit Need a function to setup() without a dialog (i.e. use defaults).
+    \endomit
+
+    The TrueType font embedding for Qt's postscript driver uses code
+    by David Chappell of Trinity College Computing Center.
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright 1995, Trinity College Computing Center.
+    Written by David Chappell.
+
+    Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+    its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+    granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+    copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
+    notice appear in supporting documentation. This software is
+    provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+    TrueType font support. These functions allow PPR to generate
+    PostScript fonts from Microsoft compatible TrueType font files.
+
+    The functions in this file do most of the work to convert a
+    TrueType font to a type 3 PostScript font.
+
+    Most of the material in this file is derived from a program called
+    "ttf2ps" which L. S. Ng posted to the usenet news group
+    "comp.sources.postscript". The author did not provide a copyright
+    notice or indicate any restrictions on use.
+
+    Last revised 11 July 1995.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPrinter::PrinterMode
+
+    This enum describes the mode the printer should work in. It
+    basically presets a certain resolution and working mode.
+
+    \value ScreenResolution Sets the resolution of the print device to
+    the screen resolution. This has the big advantage that the results
+    obtained when painting on the printer will match more or less
+    exactly the visible output on the screen. It is the easiest to
+    use, as font metrics on the screen and on the printer are the
+    same. This is the default value. ScreenResolution will produce a
+    lower quality output than HighResolution and should only be used
+    for drafts.
+
+    \value PrinterResolution Use the physical resolution of the
+    printer on Windows. On Unix, set the postscript resolution to 72
+    dpi.
+
+    \value HighResolution Use printer resolution on windows, set the
+    resolution of the postscript driver to 600dpi.
+
+    \value Compatible Almost the same as PrinterResolution, but keeps
+    some peculiarities of the Qt 2.x printer driver. This is useful
+    for applications ported from Qt 2.x to Qt 3.x.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPrinter::Orientation
+
+    This enum type (not to be confused with Qt::Orientation) is used
+    to specify each page's orientation.
+
+    \value Portrait the page's height is greater than its width (the
+    default).
+
+    \value Landscape the page's width is greater than its height.
+
+    This type interacts with \l QPrinter::PageSize and
+    QPrinter::setFullPage() to determine the final size of the page
+    available to the application.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPrinter::PageSize
+
+    This enum type specifies what paper size QPrinter should use.
+    QPrinter does not check that the paper size is available; it just
+    uses this information, together with QPrinter::Orientation and
+    QPrinter::setFullPage(), to determine the printable area (see
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics).
+
+    The defined sizes (with setFullPage(TRUE)) are:
+
+    \value A0 841 x 1189 mm This value is not supported on windows.
+    \value A1 594 x 841 mm This value is not supported on windows.
+    \value A2 420 x 594 mm
+    \value A3 297 x 420 mm
+    \value A4 210 x 297 mm, 8.26 x 11.7 inches
+    \value A5 148 x 210 mm
+    \value A6 105 x 148 mm
+    \value A7 74 x 105 mm
+    \value A8 52 x 74 mm
+    \value A9 37 x 52 mm
+    \value B0 1030 x 1456 mm
+    \value B1 728 x 1030 mm
+    \value B10 32 x 45 mm
+    \value B2 515 x 728 mm
+    \value B3 364 x 515 mm
+    \value B4 257 x 364 mm
+    \value B5 182 x 257 mm, 7.17 x 10.13 inches
+    \value B6 128 x 182 mm
+    \value B7 91 x 128 mm
+    \value B8 64 x 91 mm
+    \value B9 45 x 64 mm
+    \value C5E 163 x 229 mm
+    \value Comm10E 105 x 241 mm, US Common #10 Envelope
+    \value DLE 110 x 220 mm
+    \value Executive 7.5 x 10 inches, 191 x 254 mm
+    \value Folio 210 x 330 mm
+    \value Ledger 432 x 279 mm
+    \value Legal 8.5 x 14 inches, 216 x 356 mm
+    \value Letter 8.5 x 11 inches, 216 x 279 mm
+    \value Tabloid 279 x 432 mm
+    \value Custom
+    \value NPageSize (internal)
+
+    With setFullPage(FALSE) (the default), the metrics will be a bit
+    smaller; how much depends on the printer in use.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPrinter::PageOrder
+
+    This enum type is used by QPrinter to tell the application program
+    how to print.
+
+    \value FirstPageFirst  the lowest-numbered page should be printed
+    first.
+
+    \value LastPageFirst  the highest-numbered page should be printed
+    first.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPrinter::ColorMode
+
+    This enum type is used to indicate whether QPrinter should print
+    in color or not.
+
+    \value Color  print in color if available, otherwise in grayscale.
+
+    \value GrayScale  print in grayscale, even on color printers.
+    Might be a little faster than \c Color. This is the default.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPrinter::PaperSource
+
+    This enum type specifies what paper source QPrinter is to use.
+    QPrinter does not check that the paper source is available; it
+    just uses this information to try and set the paper source.
+    Whether it will set the paper source depends on whether the
+    printer has that particular source.
+
+    Note: this is currently only implemented for Windows.
+
+    \value OnlyOne
+    \value Lower
+    \value Middle
+    \value Manual
+    \value Envelope
+    \value EnvelopeManual
+    \value Auto
+    \value Tractor
+    \value SmallFormat
+    \value LargeFormat
+    \value LargeCapacity
+    \value Cassette
+    \value FormSource
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum QPrinter::PrintRange
+
+  This enum is used to specify which print range the application
+  should use to print.
+
+  \value AllPages All pages should be printed
+  \value Selection Only the selection should be printed.
+  \value PageRange From page, to page option.
+
+  \sa setPrintRange(), printRange()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum QPrinter::PrinterOption
+
+  This enum describes various printer options that appear in the
+  printer setup dialog. It is used to enable and disable these
+  options in the setup dialog.
+
+  \value PrintToFile Describes if print to file should be enabled.
+  \value PrintSelection Describes if printing selections should be enabled.
+  \value PrintPageRange Describes if printing page ranges (from, to) should
+         be enabled
+
+  \sa setOptionEnabled(), isOptionEnabled()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QPrinter::printerName() const
+
+    Returns the printer name. This value is initially set to the name
+    of the default printer.
+
+    \sa setPrinterName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPrinter::outputToFile() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the output should be written to a file, or FALSE
+    if the output should be sent directly to the printer. The default
+    setting is FALSE.
+
+    This function is currently only supported under X11 and Mac OS X.
+
+    \sa setOutputToFile(), setOutputFileName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Specifies whether the output should be written to a file or sent
+    directly to the printer.
+
+    Will output to a file if \a enable is TRUE, or will output
+    directly to the printer if \a enable is FALSE.
+
+    This function is currently only supported under X11 and Mac OS X.
+
+    \sa outputToFile(), setOutputFileName()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setOutputToFile( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( state != 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPrinter::setOutputToFile: Cannot do this during printing" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    output_file = enable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QPrinter::outputFileName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the output file. There is no default file
+    name.
+
+    \sa setOutputFileName(), setOutputToFile()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the output file to \a fileName.
+
+    Setting a null or empty name (0 or "") disables output to a file,
+    i.e. calls setOutputToFile(FALSE). Setting a non-empty name
+    enables output to a file, i.e. calls setOutputToFile(TRUE).
+
+    This function is currently only supported under X11.
+
+    \sa outputFileName(), setOutputToFile()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setOutputFileName( const QString &fileName )
+{
+    if ( state != 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning("QPrinter::setOutputFileName: Cannot do this during printing");
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    output_filename = fileName;
+    output_file = !output_filename.isEmpty();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QPrinter::printProgram() const
+
+    Returns the name of the program that sends the print output to the
+    printer.
+
+    The default is to return a null string; meaning that QPrinter will
+    try to be smart in a system-dependent way. On X11 only, you can
+    set it to something different to use a specific print program.
+
+    On Windows, this function returns the name of the printer device
+    driver.
+
+    \sa setPrintProgram() setPrinterSelectionOption()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the program that should do the print job to \a
+    printProg.
+
+    On X11, this function sets the program to call with the PostScript
+    output. On other platforms, it has no effect.
+
+    \sa printProgram()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setPrintProgram( const QString &printProg )
+{
+    print_prog = printProg;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QPrinter::docName() const
+
+    Returns the document name.
+
+    \sa setDocName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the document name to \a name.
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setDocName( const QString &name )
+{
+    if ( state != 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPrinter::setDocName: Cannot do this during printing" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    doc_name = name;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QPrinter::creator() const
+
+    Returns the name of the application that created the document.
+
+    \sa setCreator()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the application that created the document to \a
+    creator.
+
+    This function is only applicable to the X11 version of Qt. If no
+    creator name is specified, the creator will be set to "Qt"
+    followed by some version number.
+
+    \sa creator()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setCreator( const QString &creator )
+{
+    creator_name = creator;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Orientation QPrinter::orientation() const
+
+    Returns the orientation setting. The default value is \c
+    QPrinter::Portrait.
+
+    \sa setOrientation()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the print orientation to \a orientation.
+
+    The orientation can be either \c QPrinter::Portrait or \c
+    QPrinter::Landscape.
+
+    The printer driver reads this setting and prints using the
+    specified orientation. On Windows this setting won't take effect
+    until the printer dialog is shown (using QPrinter::setup()).
+
+    Windows only! This option can be changed while printing and will
+    take effect from the next call to newPage()
+
+    \sa orientation()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setOrientation( Orientation orientation )
+{
+    orient = orientation;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    reinit();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn PageSize QPrinter::pageSize() const
+
+    Returns the printer page size. The default value is system-dependent.
+
+    \sa setPageSize()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the printer page size to \a newPageSize if that size is
+    supported. The result if undefined if \a newPageSize is not
+    supported.
+
+    The default page size is system-dependent.
+
+    This function is useful mostly for setting a default value that
+    the user can override in the print dialog when you call setup().
+
+    \sa pageSize() PageSize setFullPage() setResolution()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setPageSize( PageSize newPageSize )
+{
+    if ( newPageSize > NPageSize ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning("QPrinter::SetPageSize: illegal page size %d", newPageSize );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    page_size = newPageSize;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    reinit();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the page order to \a newPageOrder.
+
+    The page order can be \c QPrinter::FirstPageFirst or \c
+    QPrinter::LastPageFirst. The application programmer is responsible
+    for reading the page order and printing accordingly.
+
+    This function is useful mostly for setting a default value that
+    the user can override in the print dialog when you call setup().
+
+    \bug This value is not kept in sync with the Windows or Mac OS X printer
+    dialogs.
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setPageOrder( PageOrder newPageOrder )
+{
+    page_order = newPageOrder;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    reinit();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current page order.
+
+    The default page order is \c FirstPageFirst.
+
+    \bug This value is not kept in sync with the Windows or Mac OS X printer
+    dialogs.
+*/
+
+QPrinter::PageOrder QPrinter::pageOrder() const
+{
+    return page_order;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the printer's color mode to \a newColorMode, which can be
+    either \c Color or \c GrayScale (the default).
+
+    \sa colorMode()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setColorMode( ColorMode newColorMode )
+{
+    color_mode = newColorMode;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    reinit();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current color mode. The default color mode is \c
+    Color.
+
+    \sa setColorMode()
+*/
+
+QPrinter::ColorMode QPrinter::colorMode() const
+{
+    return color_mode;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPrinter::fromPage() const
+
+    Returns the from-page setting. The default value is 0.
+
+    If fromPage() and toPage() both return 0 this signifies 'print the
+    whole document'.
+
+    The programmer is responsible for reading this setting and
+    printing accordingly.
+
+    \sa setFromTo(), toPage()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPrinter::toPage() const
+
+    Returns the to-page setting. The default value is 0.
+
+    If fromPage() and toPage() both return 0 this signifies 'print the
+    whole document'.
+
+    The programmer is responsible for reading this setting and
+    printing accordingly.
+
+    \sa setFromTo(), fromPage()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the from-page and to-page settings to \a fromPage and \a
+    toPage respectively.
+
+    The from-page and to-page settings specify what pages to print.
+
+    If fromPage() and toPage() both return 0 this signifies 'print the
+    whole document'.
+
+    This function is useful mostly to set a default value that the
+    user can override in the print dialog when you call setup().
+
+    \sa fromPage(), toPage(), setMinMax(), setup()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setFromTo( int fromPage, int toPage )
+{
+    if ( state != 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+        qWarning( "QPrinter::setFromTo: Cannot do this during printing" );
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    from_pg = fromPage;
+    to_pg = toPage;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPrinter::minPage() const
+
+    Returns the min-page setting, i.e. the lowest page number a user
+    is allowed to choose. The default value is 0.
+
+    \sa maxPage(), setMinMax() setFromTo()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPrinter::maxPage() const
+
+    Returns the max-page setting. A user can't choose a higher page
+    number than maxPage() when they select a print range. The default
+    value is 0.
+
+    \sa minPage(), setMinMax() setFromTo()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the min-page and max-page settings to \a minPage and \a
+    maxPage respectively.
+
+    The min-page and max-page restrict the from-page and to-page
+    settings. When the printer setup dialog appears, the user cannot
+    select a from page or a to page that are outside the range
+    specified by min and max pages.
+
+    \sa minPage(), maxPage(), setFromTo(), setup()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setMinMax( int minPage, int maxPage )
+{
+    min_pg = minPage;
+    max_pg = maxPage;
+    if ( from_pg == 0 || from_pg < minPage )
+	from_pg = minPage;
+    if ( to_pg == 0 || to_pg > maxPage )
+	to_pg = maxPage;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPrinter::numCopies() const
+
+    Returns the number of copies to be printed. The default value is 1.
+
+    This value will return the number of times the application is
+    required to print in order to match the number specified in the
+    printer setup dialog. This has been done since some printer
+    drivers are not capable of buffering up the copies and the
+    application in those cases have to make an explicit call to the
+    print code for each copy.
+
+    \sa setNumCopies()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QPrinter::collateCopiesEnabled() const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if the application should provide the user with the
+  option of choosing a collated printout; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  Collation means that each page is printed in order, i.e. print the
+  first page, then the second page, then the third page and so on, and
+  then repeat this sequence for as many copies as have been requested.
+  If you don't collate you get several copies of the first page, then
+  several copies of the second page, then several copies of the third
+  page, and so on.
+
+  \sa setCollateCopiesEnabled() setCollateCopies() collateCopies()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QPrinter::setCollateCopiesEnabled(bool enable)
+
+  \internal
+
+    If \a enable is TRUE (the default) the user is given the choice of
+    whether to print out multiple copies collated in the print dialog.
+    If \a enable is FALSE, then collateCopies() will be ignored.
+
+  Collation means that each page is printed in order, i.e. print the
+  first page, then the second page, then the third page and so on, and
+  then repeat this sequence for as many copies as have been requested.
+  If you don't collate you get several copies of the first page, then
+  several copies of the second page, then several copies of the third
+  page, and so on.
+
+  \sa collateCopiesEnabled() setCollateCopies() collateCopies()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QPrinter::collateCopies() const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if collation is turned on when multiple copies is selected.
+  Returns FALSE if it is turned off when multiple copies is selected.
+
+  \sa collateCopiesEnabled() setCollateCopiesEnabled() setCollateCopies()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Sets the default value for collation checkbox when the print dialog appears.
+  If \a on is TRUE, it will enable setCollateCopiesEnabled().
+  The default value is FALSE. This value will be changed by what the
+  user presses in the print dialog.
+
+  \sa collateCopiesEnabled() setCollateCopiesEnabled() collateCopies()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setCollateCopies(bool on)
+{
+    if (!collateCopiesEnabled() && on)
+	setCollateCopiesEnabled(on);
+    usercolcopies = on;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the number of copies to be printed to \a numCopies.
+
+    The printer driver reads this setting and prints the specified
+    number of copies.
+
+    \sa numCopies(), setup()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setNumCopies( int numCopies )
+{
+    ncopies = numCopies;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    reinit();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the printer options selection string. This is useful only
+    if the print command has been explicitly set.
+
+    The default value (a null string) implies that the printer should
+    be selected in a system-dependent manner.
+
+    Any other value implies that the given value should be used.
+
+    \sa setPrinterSelectionOption()
+*/
+
+QString QPrinter::printerSelectionOption() const
+{
+    return option_string;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the printer to use \a option to select the printer. \a option
+    is null by default (which implies that Qt should be smart enough
+    to guess correctly), but it can be set to other values to use a
+    specific printer selection option.
+
+    If the printer selection option is changed while the printer is
+    active, the current print job may or may not be affected.
+
+    \sa printerSelectionOption()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setPrinterSelectionOption( const QString & option )
+{
+    option_string = option;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets QPrinter to have the origin of the coordinate system at the
+    top-left corner of the paper if \a fp is TRUE, or where it thinks
+    the top-left corner of the printable area is if \a fp is FALSE.
+
+    The default is FALSE. You can (probably) print on (0,0), and
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics will report something smaller than the size
+    indicated by PageSize. (Note that QPrinter may be wrong on Unix
+    systems - it does not have perfect knowledge of the physical
+    printer.)
+
+    If you set \a fp to TRUE, QPaintDeviceMetrics will report the
+    exact same size as indicated by \c PageSize, but you cannot print
+    on all of that - you must take care of the output margins
+    yourself.
+
+    \sa PageSize setPageSize() QPaintDeviceMetrics fullPage()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setFullPage( bool fp )
+{
+    to_edge = fp;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the origin of the printer's coordinate system is
+    at the corner of the sheet and FALSE if it is at the edge of the
+    printable area.
+
+    See setFullPage() for details and caveats.
+
+    \sa setFullPage() PageSize QPaintDeviceMetrics
+*/
+
+bool QPrinter::fullPage() const
+{
+    return to_edge;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Requests that the printer prints at \a dpi or as near to \a dpi as
+    possible.
+
+    This setting affects the coordinate system as returned by, for
+    example, QPaintDeviceMetrics and QPainter::viewport().
+
+    The value depends on the \c PrintingMode used in the QPrinter
+    constructor. By default, the dpi value of the screen is used.
+
+    This function must be called before setup() to have an effect on
+    all platforms.
+
+    \sa resolution() setPageSize()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setResolution( int dpi )
+{
+    res = dpi;
+    res_set = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current assumed resolution of the printer, as set by
+    setResolution() or by the printer subsystem.
+
+    \sa setResolution()
+*/
+
+int QPrinter::resolution() const
+{
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the paper source setting to \a source.
+
+    Windows only! This option can be changed while printing and will
+    take effect from the next call to newPage()
+
+    \sa paperSource()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setPaperSource( PaperSource source )
+{
+    paper_source = source;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    reinit();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the currently set paper source of the printer.
+
+    \sa setPaperSource()
+*/
+
+QPrinter::PaperSource QPrinter::paperSource() const
+{
+    return paper_source;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets the default selected page range to be used when the print setup
+  dialog is opened to \a range. If the PageRange specified by \a range is
+  currently disabled the function does nothing.
+
+  \sa printRange()
+*/
+void QPrinter::setPrintRange( PrintRange range )
+{
+    if( range != AllPages )
+	if( range == Selection
+	    && !isOptionEnabled( PrintSelection ) )
+	    setOptionEnabled( PrintSelection, TRUE );
+	else if( range == PageRange
+		 && !isOptionEnabled( PrintPageRange ) )
+	    setOptionEnabled( PrintPageRange, TRUE );
+    d->printRange = range;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the PageRange of the QPrinter. After the print setup dialog
+  has been opened, this function returns the value selected by the user.
+
+  \sa setPrintRange()
+*/
+QPrinter::PrintRange QPrinter::printRange() const
+{
+    return d->printRange;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Enables the printer option with the identifier \a option if \a
+    enable is TRUE, and disables option \a option if \a enable is FALSE.
+
+    \sa isOptionEnabled()
+*/
+void QPrinter::setOptionEnabled( PrinterOption option, bool enable )
+{
+    if( enable ) {
+	d->printerOptions |= ( 1 << option );
+	if( ( option == PrintPageRange ) && min_pg==0 && max_pg==0 )
+	    max_pg = 9999;
+    } else {
+	d->printerOptions &= ( ~( 1 << option ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if the printer option with identifier \a option is enabled;
+  otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  \sa setOptionEnabled()
+ */
+bool QPrinter::isOptionEnabled( PrinterOption option )
+{
+    return d->printerOptions & ( 1 << option );
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_PRINTER
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qprinter.h b/src/kernel/qprinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef171e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qprinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/**********************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPrinter class
+**
+** Created : 940927
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPRINTER_H
+#define QPRINTER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+#if defined(B0)
+#undef B0 // Terminal hang-up.  We assume that you do not want that.
+#endif
+
+class QPrinterPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPrinter : public QPaintDevice
+{
+public:
+    enum PrinterMode { ScreenResolution, PrinterResolution, HighResolution, Compatible };
+
+    QPrinter( PrinterMode mode = ScreenResolution );
+   ~QPrinter();
+
+    enum Orientation { Portrait, Landscape };
+
+    enum PageSize    { A4, B5, Letter, Legal, Executive,
+		       A0, A1, A2, A3, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, B0, B1,
+		       B10, B2, B3, B4, B6, B7, B8, B9, C5E, Comm10E,
+		       DLE, Folio, Ledger, Tabloid, Custom, NPageSize = Custom };
+
+    enum PageOrder   { FirstPageFirst, LastPageFirst };
+
+    enum ColorMode   { GrayScale, Color };
+
+    enum PaperSource { OnlyOne, Lower, Middle, Manual, Envelope,
+                       EnvelopeManual, Auto, Tractor, SmallFormat,
+                       LargeFormat, LargeCapacity, Cassette, FormSource };
+
+    enum PrintRange   { AllPages,
+			Selection,
+			PageRange };
+
+    enum PrinterOption { PrintToFile,
+			 PrintSelection,
+			 PrintPageRange };
+
+    QString printerName() const;
+    virtual void setPrinterName( const QString &);
+    bool outputToFile() const;
+    virtual void setOutputToFile( bool );
+    QString outputFileName()const;
+    virtual void setOutputFileName( const QString &);
+
+    QString printProgram() const;
+    virtual void setPrintProgram( const QString &);
+
+    QString printerSelectionOption() const;
+    virtual void setPrinterSelectionOption( const QString & );
+
+    QString docName() const;
+    virtual void setDocName( const QString &);
+    QString creator() const;
+    virtual void setCreator( const QString &);
+
+    Orientation orientation()   const;
+    virtual void setOrientation( Orientation );
+    PageSize pageSize()      const;
+    virtual void setPageSize( PageSize );
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    void setWinPageSize( short winPageSize );
+    short winPageSize() const;
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+    bool printSetup();
+    bool pageSetup();
+#endif
+    virtual void setPageOrder( PageOrder );
+    PageOrder   pageOrder() const;
+
+    void setResolution( int );
+    int resolution() const;
+
+    virtual void setColorMode( ColorMode );
+    ColorMode   colorMode() const;
+
+    virtual void        setFullPage( bool );
+    bool                fullPage() const;
+    QSize       margins()       const;
+    void setMargins( uint top, uint left, uint bottom, uint right );
+    void margins( uint *top, uint *left, uint *bottom, uint *right ) const;
+
+    int         fromPage()      const;
+    int         toPage()        const;
+    virtual void setFromTo( int fromPage, int toPage );
+    int         minPage()       const;
+    int         maxPage()       const;
+    virtual void setMinMax( int minPage, int maxPage );
+    int         numCopies()     const;
+    virtual void setNumCopies( int );
+
+    bool	collateCopiesEnabled() const;
+    void	setCollateCopiesEnabled(bool );
+
+    bool	collateCopies() const;
+    void	setCollateCopies( bool );
+
+    PrintRange	printRange() const;
+    void 	setPrintRange( PrintRange range );
+
+    bool        newPage();
+    bool        abort();
+    bool        aborted()       const;
+
+    bool        setup( QWidget *parent = 0 );
+
+    PaperSource paperSource()   const;
+    virtual void setPaperSource( PaperSource );
+
+    void setOptionEnabled( PrinterOption, bool enable );
+    bool isOptionEnabled( PrinterOption );
+
+protected:
+    bool        cmd( int, QPainter *, QPDevCmdParam * );
+    int         metric( int ) const;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    virtual void        setActive();
+    virtual void        setIdle();
+#endif
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    QPaintDevice *pdrv;
+    int         pid;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    friend class QPrinterPrivate;
+    PMPageFormat pformat;
+    PMPrintSettings psettings;
+    PMPrintSession psession;
+    bool prepare(PMPrintSettings *);
+    bool prepare(PMPageFormat *);
+    void interpret(PMPrintSettings *);
+    void interpret(PMPageFormat *);
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    void        readPdlg( void* );
+    void        readPdlgA( void* );
+    void	writeDevmode( Qt::HANDLE );
+    void	writeDevmodeA( Qt::HANDLE );
+    void	reinit();
+
+    bool        viewOffsetDone;
+    QPainter*   painter;
+    Qt::HANDLE hdevmode;
+    Qt::HANDLE hdevnames;
+#endif
+
+    int         state;
+    QString     printer_name;
+    QString     option_string;
+    QString     output_filename;
+    bool        output_file;
+    QString     print_prog;
+    QString     doc_name;
+    QString     creator_name;
+
+    PageSize    page_size;
+    PaperSource paper_source;
+    PageOrder   page_order;
+    ColorMode   color_mode;
+    Orientation orient;
+    uint	to_edge : 1;
+    uint	appcolcopies : 1;
+    uint	usercolcopies : 1;
+    uint	res_set : 1;
+    short       from_pg, to_pg;
+    short       min_pg,  max_pg;
+    short       ncopies;
+    int         res;
+    QPrinterPrivate *d;
+
+private:        // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QPrinter( const QPrinter & );
+    QPrinter &operator=( const QPrinter & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+inline QString QPrinter::printerName() const
+{ return printer_name; }
+
+inline bool QPrinter::outputToFile() const
+{ return output_file; }
+
+inline QString QPrinter::outputFileName() const
+{ return output_filename; }
+
+inline QString QPrinter::printProgram() const
+{ return print_prog; }
+
+inline QString QPrinter::docName() const
+{ return doc_name; }
+
+inline QString QPrinter::creator() const
+{ return creator_name; }
+
+inline QPrinter::PageSize QPrinter::pageSize() const
+{ return page_size; }
+
+inline QPrinter::Orientation QPrinter::orientation() const
+{ return orient; }
+
+inline int QPrinter::fromPage() const
+{ return from_pg; }
+
+inline int QPrinter::toPage() const
+{ return to_pg; }
+
+inline int QPrinter::minPage() const
+{ return min_pg; }
+
+inline int QPrinter::maxPage() const
+{ return max_pg; }
+
+inline int QPrinter::numCopies() const
+{ return ncopies; }
+
+inline bool QPrinter::collateCopiesEnabled() const
+{ return appcolcopies; }
+
+inline void QPrinter::setCollateCopiesEnabled(bool v)
+{ appcolcopies = v; }
+
+inline bool QPrinter::collateCopies() const
+{ return usercolcopies; }
+
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+#endif // QPRINTER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qprinter_p.h b/src/kernel/qprinter_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a16e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qprinter_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/**********************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QPrinter class
+**
+** Created : 940927
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPRINTER_P_H
+#define QPRINTER_P_H
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include <qshared.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qsize.h>
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QPrinterPrivate
+{
+public:
+    Q_UINT32 printerOptions;
+    QPrinter::PrintRange printRange;
+};
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qprinter_unix.cpp b/src/kernel/qprinter_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dcfa93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qprinter_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPrinter class for Unix
+**
+** Created : 950810
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+static inline int qt_open(const char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{ return ::open(pathname, flags, mode); }
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+#include "qprinter.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qpsprinter_p.h"
+#include "qprintdialog.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qprinter_p.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h> // For ::sleep()
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+// NOT REVISED
+
+
+class QPrinterUnixPrivate : public QPrinterPrivate
+{
+public:
+    bool marginsSpecified;
+    uint topMargin;
+    uint leftMargin;
+    uint bottomMargin;
+    uint rightMargin;
+};
+
+#define D ( (QPrinterUnixPrivate*) d )
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QPrinter member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// QPrinter states
+
+#define PST_IDLE        0
+#define PST_ACTIVE      1
+#define PST_ERROR       2
+#define PST_ABORTED     3
+
+// Default values for QPrinter members
+
+struct PrinterDefaults {
+    QString printerName;
+    bool outputToFile;
+    QString outputFileName;
+    QPrinter::Orientation orientation;
+    QPrinter::PageSize pageSize;
+    QPrinter::PageOrder pageOrder;
+    QPrinter::ColorMode colorMode;
+    int numCopies;
+};
+
+static PrinterDefaults * globalPrinterDefaults = 0;
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a printer paint device with mode \a m.
+
+    \sa QPrinter::PrinterMode
+*/
+
+QPrinter::QPrinter( PrinterMode m )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Printer | QInternal::ExternalDevice )
+{
+    pdrv = 0;
+    pid = 0;
+    orient = Portrait;
+    page_size = A4;
+    page_order = FirstPageFirst;
+    color_mode = GrayScale;
+    ncopies = 1;
+    printer_name = getenv("PRINTER");
+    from_pg = to_pg = min_pg = max_pg = 0;
+    state = PST_IDLE;
+    output_file = FALSE;
+    to_edge     = FALSE;
+    paper_source = OnlyOne;
+    switch ( m ) {
+	case ScreenResolution:
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+	    res = 72;
+#else
+	    res = QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY();
+#endif
+	    break;
+	case Compatible:
+	case PrinterResolution:
+	    res = 72;
+	    break;
+	case HighResolution:
+	    res = 600;
+    }
+
+    d = new QPrinterUnixPrivate;
+    D->marginsSpecified = FALSE;
+    d->printerOptions = 0;
+    setOptionEnabled( PrintToFile, TRUE );
+    setOptionEnabled( PrintPageRange, TRUE );
+    setPrintRange( AllPages );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the printer paint device and cleans up.
+*/
+
+QPrinter::~QPrinter()
+{
+    delete pdrv;
+    if ( pid ) {
+	(void)::kill( pid, 6 );
+	(void)::wait( 0 );
+	pid = 0;
+    }
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Advances to a new page on the printer. Returns TRUE if successful;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QPrinter::newPage()
+{
+    if ( state == PST_ACTIVE && pdrv )
+	return ((QPSPrinter*)pdrv)->cmd( QPSPrinter::NewPage, 0, 0 );
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Aborts the print job. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa aborted()
+*/
+
+bool QPrinter::abort()
+{
+    if ( state == PST_ACTIVE && pdrv ) {
+	((QPSPrinter*)pdrv)->cmd( QPSPrinter::AbortPrinting, 0, 0 );
+	state = PST_ABORTED;
+	if ( pid ) {
+	    (void)::kill( pid, 6 );
+	    (void)::wait( 0 );
+	    pid = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return state == PST_ABORTED;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the print job was aborted; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa abort()
+*/
+
+bool QPrinter::aborted() const
+{
+    return state == PST_ABORTED;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the printer name to \a name.
+
+    The default printer will be used if no printer name is set.
+
+    Under X11, the \c PRINTER environment variable defines the default
+    printer.  Under any other window system, the window system defines
+    the default printer.
+
+    \sa printerName()
+*/
+
+void QPrinter::setPrinterName( const QString &name )
+{
+    if ( state != 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	qWarning( "QPrinter::setPrinterName: Cannot do this during printing" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    printer_name = name;
+}
+
+static void deleteGlobalPrinterDefaults()
+{
+    delete globalPrinterDefaults;
+    globalPrinterDefaults = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Opens a printer setup dialog, with parent \a parent, and asks the
+    user to specify which printer they wish to use and what settings
+    it should have.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the user pressed "OK" to print, or FALSE if the
+    user canceled the operation.
+*/
+
+bool QPrinter::setup( QWidget * parent )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG
+    bool result = QPrintDialog::getPrinterSetup( this, parent  );
+#else
+    bool result = FALSE;
+#endif
+    if ( result ) {
+	if ( !globalPrinterDefaults ) {
+	    globalPrinterDefaults = new PrinterDefaults;
+	    qAddPostRoutine( deleteGlobalPrinterDefaults );
+	}
+	globalPrinterDefaults->printerName = printerName();
+	globalPrinterDefaults->outputToFile = outputToFile();
+	globalPrinterDefaults->outputFileName = outputFileName();
+	globalPrinterDefaults->orientation = orientation();
+	globalPrinterDefaults->pageSize = pageSize();
+	globalPrinterDefaults->pageOrder = pageOrder();
+	globalPrinterDefaults->colorMode = colorMode();
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+static void closeAllOpenFds()
+{
+    // hack time... getting the maximum number of open
+    // files, if possible.  if not we assume it's the
+    // larger of 256 and the fd we got
+    int i;
+#if defined(Q_OS_OS2EMX)
+    LONG req_count = 0;
+    ULONG rc, handle_count;
+    rc = DosSetRelMaxFH (&req_count, &handle_count);
+    /* if (rc != NO_ERROR) ... */
+    i = (int)handle_count;
+#elif defined(_SC_OPEN_MAX)
+    i = (int)sysconf( _SC_OPEN_MAX );
+#elif defined(_POSIX_OPEN_MAX)
+    i = (int)_POSIX_OPEN_MAX;
+#elif defined(OPEN_MAX)
+    i = (int)OPEN_MAX;
+#else
+    i = QMAX( 256, fds[0] );
+#endif // Q_OS_OS2EMX           // ways-to-set i
+    while( --i > 0 )
+	::close( i );
+}
+
+
+
+static const char * const psToStr[QPrinter::NPageSize+1] =
+{ "A4", "B5", "Letter", "Legal", "Executive",
+  "A0", "A1", "A2", "A3", "A5", "A6", "A7", "A8", "A9", "B0", "B1",
+  "B10", "B2", "B3", "B4", "B6", "B7", "B8", "B9", "C5E", "Comm10E",
+  "DLE", "Folio", "Ledger", "Tabloid", 0
+};
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Handles painter commands to the printer.
+*/
+
+bool QPrinter::cmd( int c, QPainter *paint, QPDevCmdParam *p )
+{
+    if ( c ==  PdcBegin ) {
+	if ( state == PST_IDLE ) {
+	    if ( output_file ) {
+		int fd = 0;
+		fd = qt_open( output_filename.local8Bit(),
+		             O_CREAT | O_NOCTTY | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY,
+		             0666 );
+		if ( fd >= 0 ) {
+		    pdrv = new QPSPrinter( this, fd );
+		    state = PST_ACTIVE;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		QString pr;
+		if ( printer_name )
+		    pr = printer_name;
+		QApplication::flushX();
+		int fds[2];
+		if ( pipe( fds ) != 0 ) {
+		    qWarning( "QPSPrinter: could not open pipe to print" );
+		    state = PST_ERROR;
+		    return FALSE;
+		}
+
+// ### shouldn't we use QProcess here????
+#if 0 && defined(Q_OS_OS2EMX)
+		// this code is still not used, and maybe it's not
+		// usable either, any more.  if you want to use it,
+		// you may need to fix it first.
+
+		// old comment:
+
+		// this code is usable but not in use.  spawn() is
+		// preferable to fork()/exec() for very large
+		// programs.  if fork()/exec() is a problem and you
+		// use OS/2, remove '0 && ' from the #if.
+		int tmp;
+		tmp = dup(0);
+		dup2( fds[0], 0 );
+		::close( fds[0] );
+		fcntl(tmp, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+		fcntl(fds[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+		if ( option_string )
+		    pr.prepend( option_string );
+		else
+		    pr.prepend( "-P" ); // ###
+		if ( spawnlp(P_NOWAIT,print_prog.data(), print_prog.data(),
+		             pr.data(), output->name(), 0) == -1 ) {
+		    ;                   // couldn't exec, ignored
+		}
+		dup2( tmp, 0 );
+		::close( tmp );
+		pdrv = new QPSPrinter( this, fds[1] );
+		state = PST_ACTIVE;
+#else
+		pid = fork();
+		if ( pid == 0 ) {       // child process
+		    // if possible, exit quickly, so the actual lp/lpr
+		    // becomes a child of init, and ::waitpid() is
+		    // guaranteed not to wait.
+		    if ( fork() > 0 ) {
+			closeAllOpenFds();
+
+			// try to replace this process with "true" - this prevents
+			// global destructors from being called (that could possibly
+			// do wrong things to the parent process)
+			(void)execlp("true", "true", (char *)0);
+			(void)execl("/bin/true", "true", (char *)0);
+			(void)execl("/usr/bin/true", "true", (char *)0);
+			::exit( 0 );
+		    }
+		    dup2( fds[0], 0 );
+
+ 		    closeAllOpenFds();
+
+		    if ( print_prog ) {
+		        if ( option_string )
+		            pr.prepend( option_string );
+			else
+		            pr.prepend( QString::fromLatin1( "-P" ) );
+		        (void)execlp( print_prog.ascii(), print_prog.ascii(),
+		                      pr.ascii(), (char *)0 );
+		    } else {
+			// if no print program has been specified, be smart
+			// about the option string too.
+			QStringList lprhack;
+			QStringList lphack;
+                        QString media;
+			if ( pr || option_string ) {
+			    if ( option_string ) {
+				lprhack = QStringList::split(QChar(' '), option_string);
+                                lphack = lprhack;
+			    } else {
+				lprhack.append( QString::fromLatin1( "-P" ) );
+				lphack.append( QString::fromLatin1( "-d" ) );
+                            }
+			    lprhack.append(pr);
+			    lphack.append(pr);
+			}
+                        char ** lpargs = new char *[lphack.size()+6];
+                        lpargs[0] = "lp";
+                        uint i;
+                        for (i = 0; i < lphack.size(); ++i)
+                            lpargs[i+1] = (char *)lphack[i].ascii();
+#ifndef Q_OS_OSF
+                        if (psToStr[page_size]) {
+                            lpargs[++i] = "-o";
+                            lpargs[++i] = (char *)psToStr[page_size];
+                            lpargs[++i] = "-o";
+                            media = "media=";
+                            media += psToStr[page_size];
+                            lpargs[++i] = (char *)media.ascii();
+                        }
+#endif
+                        lpargs[++i] = 0;
+                        char **lprargs = new char *[lprhack.size()+1];
+                        lprargs[0] = "lpr";
+                        for (uint x = 0; x < lprhack.size(); ++x)
+                            lprargs[x+1] = (char *)lprhack[x].ascii();
+                        lprargs[lprhack.size() + 1] = 0;
+			(void)execvp( "lp", lpargs );
+			(void)execvp( "lpr", lprargs );
+			(void)execv( "/bin/lp", lpargs);
+			(void)execv( "/bin/lpr", lprargs);
+			(void)execv( "/usr/bin/lp", lpargs);
+			(void)execv( "/usr/bin/lpr", lprargs);
+		    }
+		    // if we couldn't exec anything, close the fd,
+		    // wait for a second so the parent process (the
+		    // child of the GUI process) has exited.  then
+		    // exit.
+		    ::close( 0 );
+		    (void)::sleep( 1 );
+		    ::exit( 0 );
+		} else {                // parent process
+		    ::close( fds[0] );
+		    pdrv = new QPSPrinter( this, fds[1] );
+		    state = PST_ACTIVE;
+		}
+#endif // else part of Q_OS_OS2EMX
+	    }
+	    if ( state == PST_ACTIVE && pdrv )
+		return ((QPSPrinter*)pdrv)->cmd( c, paint, p );
+	} else {
+	    // ignore it?  I don't know
+	}
+    } else {
+	bool r = FALSE;
+	if ( state == PST_ACTIVE && pdrv ) {
+	    r = ((QPSPrinter*)pdrv)->cmd( c, paint, p );
+	    if ( c == PdcEnd ) {
+		state = PST_IDLE;
+		delete pdrv;
+		pdrv = 0;
+		if ( pid ) {
+		    (void)::waitpid( pid, 0, 0 );
+		    pid = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if ( state == PST_ABORTED && c == PdcEnd )
+	    state = PST_IDLE;
+	return r;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#define MM(n) int((n * 720 + 127) / 254)
+#define IN(n) int(n * 72)
+
+struct PaperSize {
+    int width, height;
+};
+
+static const PaperSize paperSizes[QPrinter::NPageSize] =
+{
+    {  MM(210), MM(297) },      // A4
+    {  MM(176), MM(250) },      // B5
+    {  IN(8.5), IN(11) },       // Letter
+    {  IN(8.5), IN(14) },       // Legal
+    {  IN(7.5), IN(10) },       // Executive
+    {  MM(841), MM(1189) },     // A0
+    {  MM(594), MM(841) },      // A1
+    {  MM(420), MM(594) },      // A2
+    {  MM(297), MM(420) },      // A3
+    {  MM(148), MM(210) },      // A5
+    {  MM(105), MM(148) },      // A6
+    {  MM(74), MM(105)},        // A7
+    {  MM(52), MM(74) },        // A8
+    {  MM(37), MM(52) },        // A9
+    {  MM(1000), MM(1414) },    // B0
+    {  MM(707), MM(1000) },     // B1
+    {  MM(31), MM(44) },        // B10
+    {  MM(500), MM(707) },      // B2
+    {  MM(353), MM(500) },      // B3
+    {  MM(250), MM(353) },      // B4
+    {  MM(125), MM(176) },      // B6
+    {  MM(88), MM(125) },       // B7
+    {  MM(62), MM(88) },        // B8
+    {  MM(44), MM(62) },        // B9
+    {  MM(162),    MM(229) },   // C5E
+    {  IN(4.125),  IN(9.5) },   // Comm10E
+    {  MM(110),    MM(220) },   // DLE
+    {  IN(8.5),    IN(13) },    // Folio
+    {  IN(17),     IN(11) },    // Ledger
+    {  IN(11),     IN(17) }     // Tabloid
+};
+
+/*!
+  Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric() function.
+
+  Use the QPaintDeviceMetrics class instead.
+
+  \internal
+  Hard coded return values for PostScript under X.
+*/
+
+int QPrinter::metric( int m ) const
+{
+    int val;
+    PageSize s = pageSize();
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    Q_ASSERT( (uint)s < (uint)NPageSize );
+#endif
+    switch ( m ) {
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth:
+	val = orient == Portrait ? paperSizes[s].width : paperSizes[s].height;
+	if ( res != 72 )
+	    val = (val * res + 36) / 72;
+	if ( !fullPage() ) {
+	    if ( D->marginsSpecified )
+		val -= D->leftMargin + D->rightMargin;
+	    else
+		val -= 2*margins().width();
+	}
+	break;
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight:
+	val = orient == Portrait ? paperSizes[s].height : paperSizes[s].width;
+	if ( res != 72 )
+	    val = (val * res + 36) / 72;
+	if ( !fullPage() ) {
+	    if ( D->marginsSpecified )
+		val -= D->topMargin + D->bottomMargin;
+	    else
+		val -= 2*margins().height();
+	}
+	break;
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiX:
+	val = res;
+	break;
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiY:
+	val = res;
+	break;
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiX:
+	case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiY:
+	    val = 72;
+	    break;
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidthMM:
+	// double rounding error here.  hooray.
+	val = metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth );
+	val = (val * 254 + 5*res) / (10*res);
+	break;
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeightMM:
+	val = metric( QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight );
+	val = (val * 254 + 5*res) / (10*res);
+	break;
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmNumColors:
+	val = 16777216;
+	break;
+    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDepth:
+	val = 24;
+	break;
+    default:
+	val = 0;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QPixmap::metric: Invalid metric command" );
+#endif
+    }
+    return val;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the width of the left margin and the height of the top
+    margin of the printer. On Unix, this is a best-effort guess, not
+    based on perfect knowledge.
+
+    If you have called setFullPage( TRUE ), margins().width() may be
+    treated as the smallest sane left margin you can use, and
+    margins().height() as the smallest sane top margin you can
+    use.
+
+    If you have called setFullPage( FALSE ) (this is the default),
+    margins() is automatically subtracted from the pageSize() by
+    QPrinter.
+
+    \sa setFullPage() QPaintDeviceMetrics PageSize
+*/
+QSize QPrinter::margins() const
+{
+    if ( D->marginsSpecified )
+	return QSize( D->leftMargin, D->topMargin );
+
+    if (orient == Portrait)
+	return QSize( res/2, res/3 );
+
+    return QSize( res/3, res/2 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets \a top, \a left, \a bottom and \a right to the margins of the
+    printer.  On Unix, this is a best-effort guess, not based on
+    perfect knowledge.
+
+    If you have called setFullPage( TRUE ), the four values specify
+    the smallest sane margins you can use.
+
+    If you have called setFullPage( FALSE ) (this is the default),
+    the margins are automatically subtracted from the pageSize() by
+    QPrinter.
+
+    \sa setFullPage() QPaintDeviceMetrics PageSize
+*/
+void QPrinter::margins( uint *top, uint *left, uint *bottom, uint *right ) const
+{
+    if ( !D->marginsSpecified ) {
+	int x = orient == Portrait ? res/2 : res/3;
+	int y = orient == Portrait ? res/3 : res/2;
+	*top = *bottom = y;
+	*left = *right = x;
+    } else {
+	*top = D->topMargin;
+	*left = D->leftMargin;
+	*bottom = D->bottomMargin;
+	*right = D->rightMargin;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets the printer margins to the sizes specified in \a top, \a left,
+  \a bottom and \a right.
+
+  This function currently only has an effect on Unix systems.
+
+  \sa margins()
+*/
+void QPrinter::setMargins( uint top, uint left, uint bottom, uint right )
+{
+    D->topMargin = top;
+    D->leftMargin = left;
+    D->bottomMargin = bottom;
+    D->rightMargin = right;
+    D->marginsSpecified = TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qprocess.cpp b/src/kernel/qprocess.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..653327d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qprocess.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QProcess class
+**
+** Created : 20000905
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "qprocess.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROCESS
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "private/qinternal_p.h"
+
+
+//#define QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QProcess qprocess.h
+
+    \brief The QProcess class is used to start external programs and
+    to communicate with them.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup misc
+    \mainclass
+
+    You can write to the started program's standard input, and can
+    read the program's standard output and standard error. You can
+    pass command line arguments to the program either in the
+    constructor or with setArguments() or addArgument(). The program's
+    working directory can be set with setWorkingDirectory(). If you
+    need to set up environment variables pass them to the start() or
+    launch() functions (see below). The processExited() signal is
+    emitted if the program exits. The program's exit status is
+    available from exitStatus(), although you could simply call
+    normalExit() to see if the program terminated normally.
+
+    There are two different ways to start a process. If you just want
+    to run a program, optionally passing data to its standard input at
+    the beginning, use one of the launch() functions. If you want full
+    control of the program's standard input (especially if you don't
+    know all the data you want to send to standard input at the
+    beginning), use the start() function.
+
+    If you use start() you can write to the program's standard input
+    using writeToStdin() and you can close the standard input with
+    closeStdin(). The wroteToStdin() signal is emitted if the data
+    sent to standard input has been written. You can read from the
+    program's standard output using readStdout() or readLineStdout().
+    These functions return an empty QByteArray if there is no data to
+    read. The readyReadStdout() signal is emitted when there is data
+    available to be read from standard output. Standard error has a
+    set of functions that correspond to the standard output functions,
+    i.e. readStderr(), readLineStderr() and readyReadStderr().
+
+    If you use one of the launch() functions the data you pass will be
+    sent to the program's standard input which will be closed once all
+    the data has been written. You should \e not use writeToStdin() or
+    closeStdin() if you use launch(). If you need to send data to the
+    program's standard input after it has started running use start()
+    instead of launch().
+
+    Both start() and launch() can accept a string list of strings each
+    of which has the format, key=value, where the keys are the names
+    of environment variables.
+
+    You can test to see if a program is running with isRunning(). The
+    program's process identifier is available from
+    processIdentifier(). If you want to terminate a running program
+    use tryTerminate(), but note that the program may ignore this. If
+    you \e really want to terminate the program, without it having any
+    chance to clean up, you can use kill().
+
+    As an example, suppose we want to start the \c uic command (a Qt
+    command line tool used with \e{Qt Designer}) and perform some
+    operations on the output (the \c uic outputs the code it generates
+    to standard output by default). Suppose further that we want to
+    run the program on the file "small_dialog.ui" with the command
+    line options "-tr i18n". On the command line we would write:
+    \code
+    uic -tr i18n small_dialog.ui
+    \endcode
+
+    \quotefile process/process.cpp
+
+    A code snippet for this with the QProcess class might look like
+    this:
+
+    \skipto UicManager::UicManager()
+    \printline UicManager::UicManager()
+    \printline {
+    \skipto proc = new QProcess( this );
+    \printline proc = new QProcess( this );
+    \skipto proc->addArgument( "uic" );
+    \printuntil this, SLOT(readFromStdout()) );
+    \skipto if ( !proc->start() ) {
+    \printuntil // error handling
+    \skipto }
+    \printline }
+    \printline }
+
+    \skipto void UicManager::readFromStdout()
+    \printuntil // Bear in mind that the data might be output in chunks.
+    \skipto }
+    \printline }
+
+    Although you may need quotes for a file named on the command line
+    (e.g. if it contains spaces) you shouldn't use extra quotes for
+    arguments passed to addArgument() or setArguments().
+
+    The readyReadStdout() signal is emitted when there is new data on
+    standard output. This happens asynchronously: you don't know if
+    more data will arrive later.
+
+    In the above example you could connect the processExited() signal
+    to the slot UicManager::readFromStdout() instead. If you do so,
+    you will be certain that all the data is available when the slot
+    is called. On the other hand, you must wait until the process has
+    finished before doing any processing.
+
+    Note that if you are expecting a lot of output from the process,
+    you may hit platform-dependent limits to the pipe buffer size. The
+    solution is to make sure you connect to the output, e.g. the
+    readyReadStdout() and readyReadStderr() signals and read the data
+    as soon as it becomes available.
+
+    Please note that QProcess does not emulate a shell. This means that
+    QProcess does not do any expansion of arguments: a '*' is passed as a '*'
+    to the program and is \e not replaced by all the files, a '$HOME' is also
+    passed literally and is \e not replaced by the environment variable HOME
+    and the special characters for IO redirection ('>', '|', etc.) are also
+    passed literally and do \e not have the special meaning as they have in a
+    shell.
+
+    Also note that QProcess does not emulate a terminal. This means that
+    certain programs which need direct terminal control, do not work as
+    expected with QProcess. Such programs include console email programs (like
+    pine and mutt) but also programs which require the user to enter a password
+    (like su and ssh).
+
+    \section1 Notes for Windows users
+
+    Some Windows commands, for example, \c dir, are not provided by
+    separate applications, but by the command interpreter.
+    If you attempt to use QProcess to execute these commands directly
+    it won't work. One possible solution is to execute the command
+    interpreter itself (\c cmd.exe on some Windows systems), and ask
+    the interpreter to execute the desired command.
+
+    Under Windows there are certain problems starting 16-bit applications
+    and capturing their output. Microsoft recommends using an intermediate
+    application to start 16-bit applications.
+
+    \sa QSocket
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QProcess::Communication
+
+    This enum type defines the communication channels connected to the
+    process.
+
+    \value Stdin  Data can be written to the process's standard input.
+
+    \value Stdout  Data can be read from the process's standard
+    output.
+
+    \value Stderr  Data can be read from the process's standard error.
+
+    \value DupStderr  Both the process's standard error output \e and
+    its standard output are written to its standard output. (Like
+    Unix's dup2().) This means that nothing is sent to the standard
+    error output. This is especially useful if your application
+    requires that the output on standard output and on standard error
+    must be read in the same order that they are produced. This is a
+    flag, so to activate it you must pass \c{Stdout|Stderr|DupStderr},
+    or \c{Stdin|Stdout|Stderr|DupStderr} if you want to provide input,
+    to the setCommunication() call.
+
+    \sa setCommunication() communication()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QProcess object. The \a parent and \a name parameters
+    are passed to the QObject constructor.
+
+    \sa setArguments() addArgument() start()
+*/
+QProcess::QProcess( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name ), ioRedirection( FALSE ), notifyOnExit( FALSE ),
+    wroteToStdinConnected( FALSE ),
+    readStdoutCalled( FALSE ), readStderrCalled( FALSE ),
+    comms( Stdin|Stdout|Stderr )
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QProcess with \a arg0 as the command to be executed.
+    The \a parent and \a name parameters are passed to the QObject
+    constructor.
+
+    The process is not started. You must call start() or launch() to
+    start the process.
+
+    \sa setArguments() addArgument() start()
+*/
+QProcess::QProcess( const QString& arg0, QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name ), ioRedirection( FALSE ), notifyOnExit( FALSE ),
+    wroteToStdinConnected( FALSE ),
+    readStdoutCalled( FALSE ), readStderrCalled( FALSE ),
+    comms( Stdin|Stdout|Stderr )
+{
+    init();
+    addArgument( arg0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QProcess with \a args as the arguments of the
+    process. The first element in the list is the command to be
+    executed. The other elements in the list are the arguments to this
+    command. The \a parent and \a name parameters are passed to the
+    QObject constructor.
+
+    The process is not started. You must call start() or launch() to
+    start the process.
+
+    \sa setArguments() addArgument() start()
+*/
+QProcess::QProcess( const QStringList& args, QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name ), ioRedirection( FALSE ), notifyOnExit( FALSE ),
+    wroteToStdinConnected( FALSE ),
+    readStdoutCalled( FALSE ), readStderrCalled( FALSE ),
+    comms( Stdin|Stdout|Stderr )
+{
+    init();
+    setArguments( args );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the list of arguments that are set for the process.
+    Arguments can be specified with the constructor or with the
+    functions setArguments() and addArgument().
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = myProcess.arguments();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa setArguments() addArgument()
+*/
+QStringList QProcess::arguments() const
+{
+    return _arguments;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the list of arguments that are set for the process.
+
+    \sa setArguments() addArgument()
+*/
+void QProcess::clearArguments()
+{
+    _arguments.clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a args as the arguments for the process. The first element
+    in the list is the command to be executed. The other elements in
+    the list are the arguments to the command. Any previous arguments
+    are deleted.
+
+    QProcess does not perform argument substitutions; for example, if you
+    specify "*" or "$DISPLAY", these values are passed to the process
+    literally. If you want to have the same behavior as the shell
+    provides, you must do the substitutions yourself; i.e. instead of
+    specifying a "*" you must specify the list of all the filenames in
+    the current directory, and instead of "$DISPLAY" you must specify
+    the value of the environment variable \c DISPLAY.
+
+    Note for Windows users. The standard Windows shells, e.g. \c
+    command.com and \c cmd.exe, do not perform file globbing, i.e.
+    they do not convert a "*" on the command line into a list of files
+    in the current directory. For this reason most Windows
+    applications implement their own file globbing, and as a result of
+    this, specifying an argument of "*" for a Windows application is
+    likely to result in the application performing a file glob and
+    ending up with a list of filenames.
+
+    \sa arguments() addArgument()
+*/
+void QProcess::setArguments( const QStringList& args )
+{
+    _arguments = args;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a arg to the end of the list of arguments.
+
+    The first element in the list of arguments is the command to be
+    executed; the following elements are the command's arguments.
+
+    \sa arguments() setArguments()
+*/
+void QProcess::addArgument( const QString& arg )
+{
+    _arguments.append( arg );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIR
+/*!
+    Returns the working directory that was set with
+    setWorkingDirectory(), or the current directory if none has been
+    explicitly set.
+
+    \sa setWorkingDirectory() QDir::current()
+*/
+QDir QProcess::workingDirectory() const
+{
+    return workingDir;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a dir as the working directory for processes. This does not
+    affect running processes; only processes that are started
+    afterwards are affected.
+
+    Setting the working directory is especially useful for processes
+    that try to access files with relative paths.
+
+    \sa workingDirectory() start()
+*/
+void QProcess::setWorkingDirectory( const QDir& dir )
+{
+    workingDir = dir;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DIR
+
+/*!
+    Returns the communication required with the process, i.e. some
+    combination of the \c Communication flags.
+
+    \sa setCommunication()
+*/
+int QProcess::communication() const
+{
+    return comms;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a commFlags as the communication required with the process.
+
+    \a commFlags is a bitwise OR of the flags defined by the \c
+    Communication enum.
+
+    The default is \c{Stdin|Stdout|Stderr}.
+
+    \sa communication()
+*/
+void QProcess::setCommunication( int commFlags )
+{
+    comms = commFlags;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the process has exited normally; otherwise returns
+    FALSE. This implies that this function returns FALSE if the
+    process is still running.
+
+    \sa isRunning() exitStatus() processExited()
+*/
+bool QProcess::normalExit() const
+{
+    // isRunning() has the side effect that it determines the exit status!
+    if ( isRunning() )
+	return FALSE;
+    else
+	return exitNormal;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the exit status of the process or 0 if the process is
+    still running. This function returns immediately and does not wait
+    until the process is finished.
+
+    If normalExit() is FALSE (e.g. if the program was killed or
+    crashed), this function returns 0, so you should check the return
+    value of normalExit() before relying on this value.
+
+    \sa normalExit() processExited()
+*/
+int QProcess::exitStatus() const
+{
+    // isRunning() has the side effect that it determines the exit status!
+    if ( isRunning() )
+	return 0;
+    else
+	return exitStat;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Reads the data that the process has written to standard output.
+    When new data is written to standard output, the class emits the
+    signal readyReadStdout().
+
+    If there is no data to read, this function returns a QByteArray of
+    size 0: it does not wait until there is something to read.
+
+    \sa readyReadStdout() readLineStdout() readStderr() writeToStdin()
+*/
+QByteArray QProcess::readStdout()
+{
+    if ( readStdoutCalled ) {
+	return QByteArray();
+    }
+    readStdoutCalled = TRUE;
+    QMembuf *buf = membufStdout();
+    readStdoutCalled = FALSE;
+
+    return buf->readAll();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads the data that the process has written to standard error.
+    When new data is written to standard error, the class emits the
+    signal readyReadStderr().
+
+    If there is no data to read, this function returns a QByteArray of
+    size 0: it does not wait until there is something to read.
+
+    \sa readyReadStderr() readLineStderr() readStdout() writeToStdin()
+*/
+QByteArray QProcess::readStderr()
+{
+    if ( readStderrCalled ) {
+	return QByteArray();
+    }
+    readStderrCalled = TRUE;
+    QMembuf *buf = membufStderr();
+    readStderrCalled = FALSE;
+
+    return buf->readAll();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads a line of text from standard output, excluding any trailing
+    newline or carriage return characters, and returns it. Returns
+    QString::null if canReadLineStdout() returns FALSE.
+
+    By default, the text is interpreted to be in Latin-1 encoding. If you need
+    other codecs, you can set a different codec with
+    QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
+
+    \sa canReadLineStdout() readyReadStdout() readStdout() readLineStderr()
+*/
+QString QProcess::readLineStdout()
+{
+    QByteArray a( 256 );
+    QMembuf *buf = membufStdout();
+    if ( !buf->scanNewline( &a ) ) {
+      if ( !canReadLineStdout() )
+	return QString::null;
+
+      if ( !buf->scanNewline( &a ) )
+	return QString( buf->readAll() );
+    }
+
+    uint size = a.size();
+    buf->consumeBytes( size, 0 );
+
+    // get rid of terminating \n or \r\n
+    if ( size>0 && a.at( size - 1 ) == '\n' ) {
+      if ( size>1 && a.at( size - 2 ) == '\r' )
+	a.at( size - 2 ) = '\0';
+      else
+	a.at( size - 1 ) = '\0';
+    }
+    return QString( a );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads a line of text from standard error, excluding any trailing
+    newline or carriage return characters and returns it. Returns
+    QString::null if canReadLineStderr() returns FALSE.
+
+    By default, the text is interpreted to be in Latin-1 encoding. If you need
+    other codecs, you can set a different codec with
+    QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
+
+    \sa canReadLineStderr() readyReadStderr() readStderr() readLineStdout()
+*/
+QString QProcess::readLineStderr()
+{
+    QByteArray a( 256 );
+    QMembuf *buf = membufStderr();
+    if ( !buf->scanNewline( &a ) ) {
+      if ( !canReadLineStderr() )
+	return QString::null;
+
+      if ( !buf->scanNewline( &a ) )
+	return QString( buf->readAll() );
+    }
+
+    uint size = a.size();
+    buf->consumeBytes( size, 0 );
+
+    // get rid of terminating \n or \r\n
+    if ( size>0 && a.at( size - 1 ) == '\n' ) {
+      if ( size>1 && a.at( size - 2 ) == '\r' )
+	a.at( size - 2 ) = '\0';
+      else
+	a.at( size - 1 ) = '\0';
+    }
+    return QString( a );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QProcess::launchFinished()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the process was started with launch().
+    If the start was successful, this signal is emitted after all the
+    data has been written to standard input. If the start failed, then
+    this signal is emitted immediately.
+
+    This signal is especially useful if you want to know when you can
+    safely delete the QProcess object when you are not interested in
+    reading from standard output or standard error.
+
+    \sa launch() QObject::deleteLater()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Runs the process and writes the data \a buf to the process's
+    standard input. If all the data is written to standard input,
+    standard input is closed. The command is searched for in the path
+    for executable programs; you can also use an absolute path in the
+    command itself.
+
+    If \a env is null, then the process is started with the same
+    environment as the starting process. If \a env is non-null, then
+    the values in the string list are interpreted as environment
+    setttings of the form \c {key=value} and the process is started
+    with these environment settings. For convenience, there is a small
+    exception to this rule under Unix: if \a env does not contain any
+    settings for the environment variable \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH, then
+    this variable is inherited from the starting process.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the process could be started; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    Note that you should not use the slots writeToStdin() and
+    closeStdin() on processes started with launch(), since the result
+    is not well-defined. If you need these slots, use start() instead.
+
+    The process may or may not read the \a buf data sent to its
+    standard input.
+
+    You can call this function even when a process that was started
+    with this instance is still running. Be aware that if you do this
+    the standard input of the process that was launched first will be
+    closed, with any pending data being deleted, and the process will
+    be left to run out of your control. Similarly, if the process
+    could not be started the standard input will be closed and the
+    pending data deleted. (On operating systems that have zombie
+    processes, Qt will also wait() on the old process.)
+
+    The object emits the signal launchFinished() when this function
+    call is finished. If the start was successful, this signal is
+    emitted after all the data has been written to standard input. If
+    the start failed, then this signal is emitted immediately.
+
+    \sa start() launchFinished();
+*/
+bool QProcess::launch( const QByteArray& buf, QStringList *env )
+{
+    if ( start( env ) ) {
+	if ( !buf.isEmpty() ) {
+	    connect( this, SIGNAL(wroteToStdin()),
+		    this, SLOT(closeStdinLaunch()) );
+	    writeToStdin( buf );
+	} else {
+	    closeStdin();
+	    emit launchFinished();
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    } else {
+	emit launchFinished();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    The data \a buf is written to standard input with writeToStdin()
+    using the QString::local8Bit() representation of the strings.
+*/
+bool QProcess::launch( const QString& buf, QStringList *env )
+{
+    if ( start( env ) ) {
+	if ( !buf.isEmpty() ) {
+	    connect( this, SIGNAL(wroteToStdin()),
+		    this, SLOT(closeStdinLaunch()) );
+	    writeToStdin( buf );
+	} else {
+	    closeStdin();
+	    emit launchFinished();
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    } else {
+	emit launchFinished();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  This private slot is used by the launch() functions to close standard input.
+*/
+void QProcess::closeStdinLaunch()
+{
+    disconnect( this, SIGNAL(wroteToStdin()),
+	    this, SLOT(closeStdinLaunch()) );
+    closeStdin();
+    emit launchFinished();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QProcess::readyReadStdout()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the process has written data to
+    standard output. You can read the data with readStdout().
+
+    Note that this signal is only emitted when there is new data and
+    not when there is old, but unread data. In the slot connected to
+    this signal, you should always read everything that is available
+    at that moment to make sure that you don't lose any data.
+
+    \sa readStdout() readLineStdout() readyReadStderr()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QProcess::readyReadStderr()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the process has written data to
+    standard error. You can read the data with readStderr().
+
+    Note that this signal is only emitted when there is new data and
+    not when there is old, but unread data. In the slot connected to
+    this signal, you should always read everything that is available
+    at that moment to make sure that you don't lose any data.
+
+    \sa readStderr() readLineStderr() readyReadStdout()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QProcess::processExited()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the process has exited.
+
+    \sa isRunning() normalExit() exitStatus() start() launch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QProcess::wroteToStdin()
+
+    This signal is emitted if the data sent to standard input (via
+    writeToStdin()) was actually written to the process. This does not
+    imply that the process really read the data, since this class only
+    detects when it was able to write the data to the operating
+    system. But it is now safe to close standard input without losing
+    pending data.
+
+    \sa writeToStdin() closeStdin()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    The string \a buf is handled as text using the
+    QString::local8Bit() representation.
+*/
+void QProcess::writeToStdin( const QString& buf )
+{
+    QByteArray tmp = buf.local8Bit();
+    tmp.resize( qstrlen( tmp.data() ) );
+    writeToStdin( tmp );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Under Windows the implementation is not so nice: it is not that easy to
+ * detect when one of the signals should be emitted; therefore there are some
+ * timers that query the information.
+ * To keep it a little efficient, use the timers only when they are needed.
+ * They are needed, if you are interested in the signals. So use
+ * connectNotify() and disconnectNotify() to keep track of your interest.
+ */
+/*!  \reimp
+*/
+void QProcess::connectNotify( const char * signal )
+{
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcess::connectNotify(): signal %s has been connected", signal );
+#endif
+    if ( !ioRedirection )
+	if ( qstrcmp( signal, SIGNAL(readyReadStdout()) )==0 ||
+		qstrcmp( signal, SIGNAL(readyReadStderr()) )==0
+	   ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	    qDebug( "QProcess::connectNotify(): set ioRedirection to TRUE" );
+#endif
+	    setIoRedirection( TRUE );
+	    return;
+	}
+    if ( !notifyOnExit && qstrcmp( signal, SIGNAL(processExited()) )==0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::connectNotify(): set notifyOnExit to TRUE" );
+#endif
+	setNotifyOnExit( TRUE );
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( !wroteToStdinConnected && qstrcmp( signal, SIGNAL(wroteToStdin()) )==0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::connectNotify(): set wroteToStdinConnected to TRUE" );
+#endif
+	setWroteStdinConnected( TRUE );
+	return;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+*/
+void QProcess::disconnectNotify( const char * )
+{
+    if ( ioRedirection &&
+	    receivers( SIGNAL(readyReadStdout()) ) ==0 &&
+	    receivers( SIGNAL(readyReadStderr()) ) ==0
+	    ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::disconnectNotify(): set ioRedirection to FALSE" );
+#endif
+	setIoRedirection( FALSE );
+    }
+    if ( notifyOnExit && receivers( SIGNAL(processExited()) ) == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::disconnectNotify(): set notifyOnExit to FALSE" );
+#endif
+	setNotifyOnExit( FALSE );
+    }
+    if ( wroteToStdinConnected && receivers( SIGNAL(wroteToStdin()) ) == 0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::disconnectNotify(): set wroteToStdinConnected to FALSE" );
+#endif
+	setWroteStdinConnected( FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROCESS
diff --git a/src/kernel/qprocess.h b/src/kernel/qprocess.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2d6026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qprocess.h
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QProcess class
+**
+** Created : 20000905
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPROCESS_H
+#define QPROCESS_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROCESS
+
+class QProcessPrivate;
+class QMembuf;
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QProcess : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QProcess( QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    QProcess( const QString& arg0, QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    QProcess( const QStringList& args, QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    ~QProcess();
+
+    // set and get the arguments and working directory
+    QStringList arguments() const;
+    void clearArguments();
+    virtual void setArguments( const QStringList& args );
+    virtual void addArgument( const QString& arg );
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIR
+    QDir workingDirectory() const;
+    virtual void setWorkingDirectory( const QDir& dir );
+#endif
+
+    // set and get the comms wanted
+    enum Communication { Stdin=0x01, Stdout=0x02, Stderr=0x04, DupStderr=0x08 };
+    void setCommunication( int c );
+    int communication() const;
+
+    // start the execution
+    virtual bool start( QStringList *env=0 );
+    virtual bool launch( const QString& buf, QStringList *env=0  );
+    virtual bool launch( const QByteArray& buf, QStringList *env=0  );
+
+    // inquire the status
+    bool isRunning() const;
+    bool normalExit() const;
+    int exitStatus() const;
+
+    // reading
+    virtual QByteArray readStdout();
+    virtual QByteArray readStderr();
+    bool canReadLineStdout() const;
+    bool canReadLineStderr() const;
+    virtual QString readLineStdout();
+    virtual QString readLineStderr();
+
+    // get platform dependent process information
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    typedef void* PID;
+#else
+    typedef Q_LONG PID;
+#endif
+    PID processIdentifier();
+
+    void flushStdin();
+
+signals:
+    void readyReadStdout();
+    void readyReadStderr();
+    void processExited();
+    void wroteToStdin();
+    void launchFinished();
+
+public slots:
+    // end the execution
+    void tryTerminate() const;
+    void kill() const;
+
+    // input
+    virtual void writeToStdin( const QByteArray& buf );
+    virtual void writeToStdin( const QString& buf );
+    virtual void closeStdin();
+
+protected: // ### or private?
+    void connectNotify( const char * signal );
+    void disconnectNotify( const char * signal );
+private:
+    void setIoRedirection( bool value );
+    void setNotifyOnExit( bool value );
+    void setWroteStdinConnected( bool value );
+
+    void init();
+    void reset();
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    uint readStddev( HANDLE dev, char *buf, uint bytes );
+#endif
+    QMembuf* membufStdout();
+    QMembuf* membufStderr();
+
+private slots:
+    void socketRead( int fd );
+    void socketWrite( int fd );
+    void timeout();
+    void closeStdinLaunch();
+
+private:
+    QProcessPrivate *d;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIR
+    QDir        workingDir;
+#endif
+    QStringList _arguments;
+
+    int  exitStat; // exit status
+    bool exitNormal; // normal exit?
+    bool ioRedirection; // automatically set be (dis)connectNotify
+    bool notifyOnExit; // automatically set be (dis)connectNotify
+    bool wroteToStdinConnected; // automatically set be (dis)connectNotify
+
+    bool readStdoutCalled;
+    bool readStderrCalled;
+    int comms;
+
+    friend class QProcessPrivate;
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+    friend class QProcessManager;
+    friend class QProc;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QProcess( const QProcess & );
+    QProcess &operator=( const QProcess & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROCESS
+
+#endif // QPROCESS_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qprocess_unix.cpp b/src/kernel/qprocess_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40476d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qprocess_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1409 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QProcess class for Unix
+**
+** Created : 20000905
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// Solaris redefines connect -> __xnet_connect with _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED.
+#if defined(connect)
+#undef connect
+#endif
+
+#include "qprocess.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROCESS
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qptrqueue.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "private/qinternal_p.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __MIPSEL__
+# ifndef SOCK_DGRAM
+#  define SOCK_DGRAM 1
+# endif
+# ifndef SOCK_STREAM
+#  define SOCK_STREAM 2
+# endif
+#endif
+
+//#define QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG
+
+
+#ifdef Q_C_CALLBACKS
+extern "C" {
+#endif // Q_C_CALLBACKS
+
+    QT_SIGNAL_RETTYPE qt_C_sigchldHnd(QT_SIGNAL_ARGS);
+
+#ifdef Q_C_CALLBACKS
+}
+#endif // Q_C_CALLBACKS
+
+
+class QProc;
+class QProcessManager;
+class QProcessPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QProcessPrivate();
+    ~QProcessPrivate();
+
+    void closeOpenSocketsForChild();
+    void newProc( pid_t pid, QProcess *process );
+
+    QMembuf bufStdout;
+    QMembuf bufStderr;
+
+    QPtrQueue<QByteArray> stdinBuf;
+
+    QSocketNotifier *notifierStdin;
+    QSocketNotifier *notifierStdout;
+    QSocketNotifier *notifierStderr;
+
+    ssize_t stdinBufRead;
+    QProc *proc;
+
+    bool exitValuesCalculated;
+    bool socketReadCalled;
+
+    static QProcessManager *procManager;
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * QProc
+ *
+ **********************************************************************/
+/*
+  The class QProcess does not necessarily map exactly to the running
+  child processes: if the process is finished, the QProcess class may still be
+  there; furthermore a user can use QProcess to start more than one process.
+
+  The helper-class QProc has the semantics that one instance of this class maps
+  directly to a running child process.
+*/
+class QProc
+{
+public:
+    QProc( pid_t p, QProcess *proc=0 ) : pid(p), process(proc)
+    {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProc: Constructor for pid %d and QProcess %p", pid, process );
+#endif
+	socketStdin = 0;
+	socketStdout = 0;
+	socketStderr = 0;
+    }
+    ~QProc()
+    {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProc: Destructor for pid %d and QProcess %p", pid, process );
+#endif
+	if ( process ) {
+	    if ( process->d->notifierStdin )
+		process->d->notifierStdin->setEnabled( FALSE );
+	    if ( process->d->notifierStdout )
+		process->d->notifierStdout->setEnabled( FALSE );
+	    if ( process->d->notifierStderr )
+		process->d->notifierStderr->setEnabled( FALSE );
+	    process->d->proc = 0;
+	}
+	if( socketStdin )
+	    ::close( socketStdin );
+	if( socketStdout )
+	    ::close( socketStdout );
+	if( socketStderr )
+	    ::close( socketStderr );
+    }
+
+    pid_t pid;
+    int socketStdin;
+    int socketStdout;
+    int socketStderr;
+    QProcess *process;
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * QProcessManager
+ *
+ **********************************************************************/
+class QProcessManager : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QProcessManager();
+    ~QProcessManager();
+
+    void append( QProc *p );
+    void remove( QProc *p );
+
+    void cleanup();
+
+public slots:
+    void removeMe();
+    void sigchldHnd( int );
+
+public:
+    struct sigaction oldactChld;
+    struct sigaction oldactPipe;
+    QPtrList<QProc> *procList;
+    int sigchldFd[2];
+
+private:
+    QSocketNotifier *sn;
+};
+
+static void qprocess_cleanup()
+{
+    delete QProcessPrivate::procManager;
+    QProcessPrivate::procManager = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_QNX6
+#define BAILOUT close(tmpSocket);close(socketFD[1]);return -1;
+int qnx6SocketPairReplacement (int socketFD[2]) {
+    int tmpSocket;
+    tmpSocket = socket (AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+    if (tmpSocket == -1)
+	return -1;
+    socketFD[1] = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+    if (socketFD[1] == -1) { BAILOUT };
+
+    sockaddr_in ipAddr;
+    memset(&ipAddr, 0, sizeof(ipAddr));
+    ipAddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+    ipAddr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
+
+    int socketOptions = 1;
+    setsockopt(tmpSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &socketOptions, sizeof(int));
+
+    bool found = FALSE;
+    for (int socketIP = 2000; (socketIP < 2500) && !(found); socketIP++) {
+	ipAddr.sin_port = htons(socketIP);
+	if (bind(tmpSocket, (struct sockaddr *)&ipAddr, sizeof(ipAddr)))
+	    found = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (listen(tmpSocket, 5)) { BAILOUT };
+
+    // Select non-blocking mode
+    int originalFlags = fcntl(socketFD[1], F_GETFL, 0);
+    fcntl(socketFD[1], F_SETFL, originalFlags | O_NONBLOCK);
+
+    // Request connection
+    if (connect(socketFD[1], (struct sockaddr*)&ipAddr, sizeof(ipAddr)))
+	if (errno != EINPROGRESS) { BAILOUT };
+
+    // Accept connection
+    socketFD[0] = accept(tmpSocket, (struct sockaddr *)NULL, (size_t *)NULL);
+    if(socketFD[0] == -1) { BAILOUT };
+
+    // We're done
+    close(tmpSocket);
+
+    // Restore original flags , ie return to blocking
+    fcntl(socketFD[1], F_SETFL, originalFlags);
+    return 0;
+}
+#undef BAILOUT
+#endif
+
+QProcessManager::QProcessManager() : sn(0)
+{
+    procList = new QPtrList<QProc>;
+    procList->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+
+    // The SIGCHLD handler writes to a socket to tell the manager that
+    // something happened. This is done to get the processing in sync with the
+    // event reporting.
+#ifndef Q_OS_QNX6
+    if ( ::socketpair( AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, sigchldFd ) ) {
+#else
+    if ( qnx6SocketPairReplacement (sigchldFd) ) {
+#endif
+	sigchldFd[0] = 0;
+	sigchldFd[1] = 0;
+    } else {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcessManager: install socket notifier (%d)", sigchldFd[1] );
+#endif
+	sn = new QSocketNotifier( sigchldFd[1],
+		QSocketNotifier::Read, this );
+	connect( sn, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
+		this, SLOT(sigchldHnd(int)) );
+	sn->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    }
+
+    // install a SIGCHLD handler and ignore SIGPIPE
+    struct sigaction act;
+
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessManager: install a SIGCHLD handler" );
+#endif
+    act.sa_handler = qt_C_sigchldHnd;
+    sigemptyset( &(act.sa_mask) );
+    sigaddset( &(act.sa_mask), SIGCHLD );
+    act.sa_flags = SA_NOCLDSTOP;
+#if defined(SA_RESTART)
+    act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
+#endif
+    if ( sigaction( SIGCHLD, &act, &oldactChld ) != 0 )
+	qWarning( "Error installing SIGCHLD handler" );
+
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessManager: install a SIGPIPE handler (SIG_IGN)" );
+#endif
+    act.sa_handler = QT_SIGNAL_IGNORE;
+    sigemptyset( &(act.sa_mask) );
+    sigaddset( &(act.sa_mask), SIGPIPE );
+    act.sa_flags = 0;
+    if ( sigaction( SIGPIPE, &act, &oldactPipe ) != 0 )
+	qWarning( "Error installing SIGPIPE handler" );
+}
+
+QProcessManager::~QProcessManager()
+{
+    delete procList;
+
+    if ( sigchldFd[0] != 0 )
+	::close( sigchldFd[0] );
+    if ( sigchldFd[1] != 0 )
+	::close( sigchldFd[1] );
+
+    // restore SIGCHLD handler
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessManager: restore old sigchild handler" );
+#endif
+    if ( sigaction( SIGCHLD, &oldactChld, 0 ) != 0 )
+	qWarning( "Error restoring SIGCHLD handler" );
+
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessManager: restore old sigpipe handler" );
+#endif
+    if ( sigaction( SIGPIPE, &oldactPipe, 0 ) != 0 )
+	qWarning( "Error restoring SIGPIPE handler" );
+}
+
+void QProcessManager::append( QProc *p )
+{
+    procList->append( p );
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessManager: append process (procList.count(): %d)", procList->count() );
+#endif
+}
+
+void QProcessManager::remove( QProc *p )
+{
+    procList->remove( p );
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessManager: remove process (procList.count(): %d)", procList->count() );
+#endif
+    cleanup();
+}
+
+void QProcessManager::cleanup()
+{
+    if ( procList->count() == 0 ) {
+	QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT(removeMe()) );
+    }
+}
+
+void QProcessManager::removeMe()
+{
+    if ( procList->count() == 0 ) {
+	qRemovePostRoutine(qprocess_cleanup);
+	QProcessPrivate::procManager = 0;
+	delete this;
+    }
+}
+
+void QProcessManager::sigchldHnd( int fd )
+{
+    // Disable the socket notifier to make sure that this function is not
+    // called recursively -- this can happen, if you enter the event loop in
+    // the slot connected to the processExited() signal (e.g. by showing a
+    // modal dialog) and there are more than one process which exited in the
+    // meantime.
+    if ( sn ) {
+	if ( !sn->isEnabled() )
+	    return;
+	sn->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    }
+
+    char tmp;
+    ::read( fd, &tmp, sizeof(tmp) );
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessManager::sigchldHnd()" );
+#endif
+    QProc *proc;
+    QProcess *process;
+    bool removeProc;
+    proc = procList->first();
+    while ( proc != 0 ) {
+	removeProc = FALSE;
+	process = proc->process;
+	if ( process != 0 ) {
+	    if ( !process->isRunning() ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+		qDebug( "QProcessManager::sigchldHnd() (PID: %d): process exited (QProcess available)", proc->pid );
+#endif
+		/*
+		  Apparently, there is not consistency among different
+		  operating systems on how to use FIONREAD.
+
+		  FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris all expect the 3rd
+		  argument to ioctl() to be an int, which is normally
+		  32-bit even on 64-bit machines.
+
+		  IRIX, on the other hand, expects a size_t, which is
+		  64-bit on 64-bit machines.
+
+		  So, the solution is to use size_t initialized to
+		  zero to make sure all bits are set to zero,
+		  preventing underflow with the FreeBSD/Linux/Solaris
+		  ioctls.
+		*/
+		size_t nbytes = 0;
+		// read pending data
+		if ( proc->socketStdout && ::ioctl(proc->socketStdout, FIONREAD, (char*)&nbytes)==0 && nbytes>0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+		    qDebug( "QProcessManager::sigchldHnd() (PID: %d): reading %d bytes of pending data on stdout", proc->pid, nbytes );
+#endif
+		    process->socketRead( proc->socketStdout );
+		}
+		nbytes = 0;
+		if ( proc->socketStderr && ::ioctl(proc->socketStderr, FIONREAD, (char*)&nbytes)==0 && nbytes>0 ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+		    qDebug( "QProcessManager::sigchldHnd() (PID: %d): reading %d bytes of pending data on stderr", proc->pid, nbytes );
+#endif
+		    process->socketRead( proc->socketStderr );
+		}
+		// close filedescriptors if open, and disable the
+		// socket notifiers
+		if ( proc->socketStdout ) {
+		    ::close( proc->socketStdout );
+		    proc->socketStdout = 0;
+		    if (process->d->notifierStdout)
+			process->d->notifierStdout->setEnabled(FALSE);
+		}
+		if ( proc->socketStderr ) {
+		    ::close( proc->socketStderr );
+		    proc->socketStderr = 0;
+		    if (process->d->notifierStderr)
+			process->d->notifierStderr->setEnabled(FALSE);
+		}
+
+		if ( process->notifyOnExit )
+		    emit process->processExited();
+
+		removeProc = TRUE;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    int status;
+	    if ( ::waitpid( proc->pid, &status, WNOHANG ) == proc->pid ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+		qDebug( "QProcessManager::sigchldHnd() (PID: %d): process exited (QProcess not available)", proc->pid );
+#endif
+		removeProc = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( removeProc ) {
+	    QProc *oldproc = proc;
+	    proc = procList->next();
+	    remove( oldproc );
+	} else {
+	    proc = procList->next();
+	}
+    }
+    if ( sn )
+	sn->setEnabled( TRUE );
+}
+
+#include "qprocess_unix.moc"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * QProcessPrivate
+ *
+ **********************************************************************/
+QProcessManager *QProcessPrivate::procManager = 0;
+
+QProcessPrivate::QProcessPrivate()
+{
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessPrivate: Constructor" );
+#endif
+    stdinBufRead = 0;
+
+    notifierStdin = 0;
+    notifierStdout = 0;
+    notifierStderr = 0;
+
+    exitValuesCalculated = FALSE;
+    socketReadCalled = FALSE;
+
+    proc = 0;
+}
+
+QProcessPrivate::~QProcessPrivate()
+{
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcessPrivate: Destructor" );
+#endif
+
+    if ( proc != 0 ) {
+	if ( proc->socketStdin != 0 ) {
+	    ::close( proc->socketStdin );
+	    proc->socketStdin = 0;
+	}
+	proc->process = 0;
+    }
+
+    while ( !stdinBuf.isEmpty() ) {
+	delete stdinBuf.dequeue();
+    }
+    delete notifierStdin;
+    delete notifierStdout;
+    delete notifierStderr;
+}
+
+/*
+  Closes all open sockets in the child process that are not needed by the child
+  process. Otherwise one child may have an open socket on standard input, etc.
+  of another child.
+*/
+void QProcessPrivate::closeOpenSocketsForChild()
+{
+    if ( procManager != 0 ) {
+	if ( procManager->sigchldFd[0] != 0 )
+	    ::close( procManager->sigchldFd[0] );
+	if ( procManager->sigchldFd[1] != 0 )
+	    ::close( procManager->sigchldFd[1] );
+
+	// close also the sockets from other QProcess instances
+	for ( QProc *p=procManager->procList->first(); p!=0; p=procManager->procList->next() ) {
+	    ::close( p->socketStdin );
+	    ::close( p->socketStdout );
+	    ::close( p->socketStderr );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QProcessPrivate::newProc( pid_t pid, QProcess *process )
+{
+    proc = new QProc( pid, process );
+    if ( procManager == 0 ) {
+	procManager = new QProcessManager;
+	qAddPostRoutine(qprocess_cleanup);
+    }
+    // the QProcessManager takes care of deleting the QProc instances
+    procManager->append( proc );
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * sigchld handler callback
+ *
+ **********************************************************************/
+QT_SIGNAL_RETTYPE qt_C_sigchldHnd( QT_SIGNAL_ARGS )
+{
+    if ( QProcessPrivate::procManager == 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( QProcessPrivate::procManager->sigchldFd[0] == 0 )
+	return;
+
+    char a = 1;
+    ::write( QProcessPrivate::procManager->sigchldFd[0], &a, sizeof(a) );
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * QProcess
+ *
+ **********************************************************************/
+/*
+  This private class does basic initialization.
+*/
+void QProcess::init()
+{
+    d = new QProcessPrivate();
+    exitStat = 0;
+    exitNormal = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+  This private class resets the process variables, etc. so that it can be used
+  for another process to start.
+*/
+void QProcess::reset()
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = new QProcessPrivate();
+    exitStat = 0;
+    exitNormal = FALSE;
+    d->bufStdout.clear();
+    d->bufStderr.clear();
+}
+
+QMembuf* QProcess::membufStdout()
+{
+    if ( d->proc && d->proc->socketStdout ) {
+	/*
+	  Apparently, there is not consistency among different
+	  operating systems on how to use FIONREAD.
+
+	  FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris all expect the 3rd argument to
+	  ioctl() to be an int, which is normally 32-bit even on
+	  64-bit machines.
+
+	  IRIX, on the other hand, expects a size_t, which is 64-bit
+	  on 64-bit machines.
+
+	  So, the solution is to use size_t initialized to zero to
+	  make sure all bits are set to zero, preventing underflow
+	  with the FreeBSD/Linux/Solaris ioctls.
+	*/
+	size_t nbytes = 0;
+	if ( ::ioctl(d->proc->socketStdout, FIONREAD, (char*)&nbytes)==0 && nbytes>0 )
+	    socketRead( d->proc->socketStdout );
+    }
+    return &d->bufStdout;
+}
+
+QMembuf* QProcess::membufStderr()
+{
+    if ( d->proc && d->proc->socketStderr ) {
+	/*
+	  Apparently, there is not consistency among different
+	  operating systems on how to use FIONREAD.
+
+	  FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris all expect the 3rd argument to
+	  ioctl() to be an int, which is normally 32-bit even on
+	  64-bit machines.
+
+	  IRIX, on the other hand, expects a size_t, which is 64-bit
+	  on 64-bit machines.
+
+	  So, the solution is to use size_t initialized to zero to
+	  make sure all bits are set to zero, preventing underflow
+	  with the FreeBSD/Linux/Solaris ioctls.
+	*/
+	size_t nbytes = 0;
+	if ( ::ioctl(d->proc->socketStderr, FIONREAD, (char*)&nbytes)==0 && nbytes>0 )
+	    socketRead( d->proc->socketStderr );
+    }
+    return &d->bufStderr;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the instance.
+
+    If the process is running, it is <b>not</b> terminated! The
+    standard input, standard output and standard error of the process
+    are closed.
+
+    You can connect the destroyed() signal to the kill() slot, if you
+    want the process to be terminated automatically when the instance
+    is destroyed.
+
+    \sa tryTerminate() kill()
+*/
+QProcess::~QProcess()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tries to run a process for the command and arguments that were
+    specified with setArguments(), addArgument() or that were
+    specified in the constructor. The command is searched for in the
+    path for executable programs; you can also use an absolute path in
+    the command itself.
+
+    If \a env is null, then the process is started with the same
+    environment as the starting process. If \a env is non-null, then
+    the values in the stringlist are interpreted as environment
+    setttings of the form \c {key=value} and the process is started in
+    these environment settings. For convenience, there is a small
+    exception to this rule: under Unix, if \a env does not contain any
+    settings for the environment variable \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH, then
+    this variable is inherited from the starting process; under
+    Windows the same applies for the environment variable \c PATH.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the process could be started; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    You can write data to the process's standard input with
+    writeToStdin(). You can close standard input with closeStdin() and
+    you can terminate the process with tryTerminate(), or with kill().
+
+    You can call this function even if you've used this instance to
+    create a another process which is still running. In such cases,
+    QProcess closes the old process's standard input and deletes
+    pending data, i.e., you lose all control over the old process, but
+    the old process is not terminated. This applies also if the
+    process could not be started. (On operating systems that have
+    zombie processes, Qt will also wait() on the old process.)
+
+    \sa launch() closeStdin()
+*/
+bool QProcess::start( QStringList *env )
+{
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcess::start()" );
+#endif
+    reset();
+
+    int sStdin[2];
+    int sStdout[2];
+    int sStderr[2];
+
+    // open sockets for piping
+#ifndef Q_OS_QNX6
+    if ( (comms & Stdin) && ::socketpair( AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, sStdin ) == -1 ) {
+#else
+    if ( (comms & Stdin) && qnx6SocketPairReplacement(sStdin) == -1 ) {
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#ifndef Q_OS_QNX6
+    if ( (comms & Stderr) && ::socketpair( AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, sStderr ) == -1 ) {
+#else
+    if ( (comms & Stderr) && qnx6SocketPairReplacement(sStderr) == -1 ) {
+#endif
+	if ( comms & Stdin ) {
+	    ::close( sStdin[0] );
+	    ::close( sStdin[1] );
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#ifndef Q_OS_QNX6
+    if ( (comms & Stdout) && ::socketpair( AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, sStdout ) == -1 ) {
+#else
+    if ( (comms & Stdout) && qnx6SocketPairReplacement(sStdout) == -1 ) {
+#endif
+	if ( comms & Stdin ) {
+	    ::close( sStdin[0] );
+	    ::close( sStdin[1] );
+	}
+	if ( comms & Stderr ) {
+	    ::close( sStderr[0] );
+	    ::close( sStderr[1] );
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // the following pipe is only used to determine if the process could be
+    // started
+    int fd[2];
+    if ( pipe( fd ) < 0 ) {
+	// non critical error, go on
+	fd[0] = 0;
+	fd[1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    // construct the arguments for exec
+    QCString *arglistQ = new QCString[ _arguments.count() + 1 ];
+    const char** arglist = new const char*[ _arguments.count() + 1 ];
+    int i = 0;
+    for ( QStringList::Iterator it = _arguments.begin(); it != _arguments.end(); ++it ) {
+	arglistQ[i] = (*it).local8Bit();
+	arglist[i] = arglistQ[i];
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::start(): arg %d = %s", i, arglist[i] );
+#endif
+	i++;
+    }
+#ifdef Q_OS_MACX
+    if(i) {
+	QCString arg_bundle = arglistQ[0];
+	QFileInfo fi(arg_bundle);
+	if(fi.exists() && fi.isDir() && arg_bundle.right(4) == ".app") {
+	    QCString exe = arg_bundle;
+	    int lslash = exe.findRev('/');
+	    if(lslash != -1)
+		exe = exe.mid(lslash+1);
+	    exe = QCString(arg_bundle + "/Contents/MacOS/" + exe);
+	    exe = exe.left(exe.length() - 4); //chop off the .app
+	    if(QFile::exists(exe)) {
+		arglistQ[0] = exe;
+		arglist[0] = arglistQ[0];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    arglist[i] = 0;
+
+    // Must make sure signal handlers are installed before exec'ing
+    // in case the process exits quickly.
+    if ( d->procManager == 0 ) {
+	d->procManager = new QProcessManager;
+	qAddPostRoutine(qprocess_cleanup);
+    }
+
+    // fork and exec
+    QApplication::flushX();
+    pid_t pid = fork();
+    if ( pid == 0 ) {
+	// child
+	d->closeOpenSocketsForChild();
+	if ( comms & Stdin ) {
+	    ::close( sStdin[1] );
+	    ::dup2( sStdin[0], STDIN_FILENO );
+	}
+	if ( comms & Stdout ) {
+	    ::close( sStdout[0] );
+	    ::dup2( sStdout[1], STDOUT_FILENO );
+	}
+	if ( comms & Stderr ) {
+	    ::close( sStderr[0] );
+	    ::dup2( sStderr[1], STDERR_FILENO );
+	}
+	if ( comms & DupStderr ) {
+	    ::dup2( STDOUT_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO );
+	}
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIR
+	::chdir( workingDir.absPath().latin1() );
+#endif
+	if ( fd[0] )
+	    ::close( fd[0] );
+	if ( fd[1] )
+	    ::fcntl( fd[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC ); // close on exec shows sucess
+
+	if ( env == 0 ) { // inherit environment and start process
+#ifndef Q_OS_QNX4
+	    ::execvp( arglist[0], (char*const*)arglist ); // ### cast not nice
+#else
+	    ::execvp( arglist[0], (char const*const*)arglist ); // ### cast not nice
+#endif
+	} else { // start process with environment settins as specified in env
+	    // construct the environment for exec
+	    int numEntries = env->count();
+#if defined(Q_OS_MACX)
+	    QString ld_library_path("DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH");
+#else
+	    QString ld_library_path("LD_LIBRARY_PATH");
+#endif
+	    bool setLibraryPath =
+		env->grep( QRegExp( "^" + ld_library_path + "=" ) ).empty() &&
+		getenv( ld_library_path ) != 0;
+	    if ( setLibraryPath )
+		numEntries++;
+	    QCString *envlistQ = new QCString[ numEntries + 1 ];
+	    const char** envlist = new const char*[ numEntries + 1 ];
+	    int i = 0;
+	    if ( setLibraryPath ) {
+		envlistQ[i] = QString( ld_library_path + "=%1" ).arg( getenv( ld_library_path ) ).local8Bit();
+		envlist[i] = envlistQ[i];
+		i++;
+	    }
+	    for ( QStringList::Iterator it = env->begin(); it != env->end(); ++it ) {
+		envlistQ[i] = (*it).local8Bit();
+		envlist[i] = envlistQ[i];
+		i++;
+	    }
+	    envlist[i] = 0;
+
+	    // look for the executable in the search path
+	    if ( _arguments.count()>0 && getenv("PATH")!=0 ) {
+		QString command = _arguments[0];
+		if ( !command.contains( '/' ) ) {
+		    QStringList pathList = QStringList::split( ':', getenv( "PATH" ) );
+		    for (QStringList::Iterator it = pathList.begin(); it != pathList.end(); ++it ) {
+			QString dir = *it;
+#if defined(Q_OS_MACX) //look in a bundle
+			if(!QFile::exists(dir + "/" + command) && QFile::exists(dir + "/" + command + ".app"))
+			    dir += "/" + command + ".app/Contents/MacOS";
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIR
+			QFileInfo fileInfo( dir, command );
+#else
+			QFileInfo fileInfo( dir + "/" + command );
+#endif
+			if ( fileInfo.isExecutable() ) {
+#if defined(Q_OS_MACX)
+			    arglistQ[0] = fileInfo.absFilePath().local8Bit();
+#else
+			    arglistQ[0] = fileInfo.filePath().local8Bit();
+#endif
+			    arglist[0] = arglistQ[0];
+			    break;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+#ifndef Q_OS_QNX4
+	    ::execve( arglist[0], (char*const*)arglist, (char*const*)envlist ); // ### casts not nice
+#else
+	    ::execve( arglist[0], (char const*const*)arglist,(char const*const*)envlist ); // ### casts not nice
+#endif
+	}
+	if ( fd[1] ) {
+	    char buf = 0;
+	    ::write( fd[1], &buf, 1 );
+	    ::close( fd[1] );
+	}
+	::_exit( -1 );
+    } else if ( pid == -1 ) {
+	// error forking
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    // test if exec was successful
+    if ( fd[1] )
+	::close( fd[1] );
+    if ( fd[0] ) {
+	char buf;
+	for ( ;; ) {
+	    int n = ::read( fd[0], &buf, 1 );
+	    if ( n==1 ) {
+		// socket was not closed => error
+		if ( ::waitpid( pid, 0, WNOHANG ) != pid ) {
+		    // The wait did not succeed yet, so try again when we get
+		    // the sigchild (to avoid zombies).
+		    d->newProc( pid, 0 );
+		}
+		d->proc = 0;
+		goto error;
+	    } else if ( n==-1 ) {
+		if ( errno==EAGAIN || errno==EINTR )
+		    // try it again
+		    continue;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	::close( fd[0] );
+    }
+
+    d->newProc( pid, this );
+
+    if ( comms & Stdin ) {
+	::close( sStdin[0] );
+	d->proc->socketStdin = sStdin[1];
+
+	// Select non-blocking mode
+	int originalFlags = fcntl(d->proc->socketStdin, F_GETFL, 0);
+	fcntl(d->proc->socketStdin, F_SETFL, originalFlags | O_NONBLOCK);
+
+	d->notifierStdin = new QSocketNotifier( sStdin[1], QSocketNotifier::Write );
+	connect( d->notifierStdin, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
+		this, SLOT(socketWrite(int)) );
+	// setup notifiers for the sockets
+	if ( !d->stdinBuf.isEmpty() ) {
+	    d->notifierStdin->setEnabled( TRUE );
+	}
+    }
+    if ( comms & Stdout ) {
+	::close( sStdout[1] );
+	d->proc->socketStdout = sStdout[0];
+	d->notifierStdout = new QSocketNotifier( sStdout[0], QSocketNotifier::Read );
+	connect( d->notifierStdout, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
+		this, SLOT(socketRead(int)) );
+	if ( ioRedirection )
+	    d->notifierStdout->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    }
+    if ( comms & Stderr ) {
+	::close( sStderr[1] );
+	d->proc->socketStderr = sStderr[0];
+	d->notifierStderr = new QSocketNotifier( sStderr[0], QSocketNotifier::Read );
+	connect( d->notifierStderr, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
+		this, SLOT(socketRead(int)) );
+	if ( ioRedirection )
+	    d->notifierStderr->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    }
+
+    // cleanup and return
+    delete[] arglistQ;
+    delete[] arglist;
+    return TRUE;
+
+error:
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcess::start(): error starting process" );
+#endif
+    if ( d->procManager )
+	d->procManager->cleanup();
+    if ( comms & Stdin ) {
+	::close( sStdin[1] );
+	::close( sStdin[0] );
+    }
+    if ( comms & Stdout ) {
+	::close( sStdout[0] );
+	::close( sStdout[1] );
+    }
+    if ( comms & Stderr ) {
+	::close( sStderr[0] );
+	::close( sStderr[1] );
+    }
+    ::close( fd[0] );
+    ::close( fd[1] );
+    delete[] arglistQ;
+    delete[] arglist;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Asks the process to terminate. Processes can ignore this if they
+    wish. If you want to be certain that the process really
+    terminates, you can use kill() instead.
+
+    The slot returns immediately: it does not wait until the process
+    has finished. When the process terminates, the processExited()
+    signal is emitted.
+
+    \sa kill() processExited()
+*/
+void QProcess::tryTerminate() const
+{
+    if ( d->proc != 0 )
+	::kill( d->proc->pid, SIGTERM );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Terminates the process. This is not a safe way to end a process
+    since the process will not be able to do any cleanup.
+    tryTerminate() is safer, but processes can ignore a
+    tryTerminate().
+
+    The nice way to end a process and to be sure that it is finished,
+    is to do something like this:
+    \code
+	process->tryTerminate();
+	QTimer::singleShot( 5000, process, SLOT( kill() ) );
+    \endcode
+
+    This tries to terminate the process the nice way. If the process
+    is still running after 5 seconds, it terminates the process the
+    hard way. The timeout should be chosen depending on the time the
+    process needs to do all its cleanup: use a higher value if the
+    process is likely to do a lot of computation or I/O on cleanup.
+
+    The slot returns immediately: it does not wait until the process
+    has finished. When the process terminates, the processExited()
+    signal is emitted.
+
+    \sa tryTerminate() processExited()
+*/
+void QProcess::kill() const
+{
+    if ( d->proc != 0 )
+	::kill( d->proc->pid, SIGKILL );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the process is running; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa normalExit() exitStatus() processExited()
+*/
+bool QProcess::isRunning() const
+{
+    if ( d->exitValuesCalculated ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::isRunning(): FALSE (already computed)" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( d->proc == 0 )
+	return FALSE;
+    int status;
+    if ( ::waitpid( d->proc->pid, &status, WNOHANG ) == d->proc->pid ) {
+	// compute the exit values
+	QProcess *that = (QProcess*)this; // mutable
+	that->exitNormal = WIFEXITED( status ) != 0;
+	if ( exitNormal ) {
+	    that->exitStat = (char)WEXITSTATUS( status );
+	}
+	d->exitValuesCalculated = TRUE;
+
+	// On heavy processing, the socket notifier for the sigchild might not
+	// have found time to fire yet.
+	if ( d->procManager && d->procManager->sigchldFd[1] < FD_SETSIZE ) {
+	    fd_set fds;
+	    struct timeval tv;
+	    FD_ZERO( &fds );
+	    FD_SET( d->procManager->sigchldFd[1], &fds );
+	    tv.tv_sec = 0;
+	    tv.tv_usec = 0;
+	    if ( ::select( d->procManager->sigchldFd[1]+1, &fds, 0, 0, &tv ) > 0 )
+		d->procManager->sigchldHnd( d->procManager->sigchldFd[1] );
+	}
+
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::isRunning() (PID: %d): FALSE", d->proc->pid );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcess::isRunning() (PID: %d): TRUE", d->proc->pid );
+#endif
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if it's possible to read an entire line of text from
+    standard output at this time; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa readLineStdout() canReadLineStderr()
+*/
+bool QProcess::canReadLineStdout() const
+{
+    if ( !d->proc || !d->proc->socketStdout )
+	return d->bufStdout.size() != 0;
+
+    QProcess *that = (QProcess*)this;
+    return that->membufStdout()->scanNewline( 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if it's possible to read an entire line of text from
+    standard error at this time; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa readLineStderr() canReadLineStdout()
+*/
+bool QProcess::canReadLineStderr() const
+{
+    if ( !d->proc || !d->proc->socketStderr )
+	return d->bufStderr.size() != 0;
+
+    QProcess *that = (QProcess*)this;
+    return that->membufStderr()->scanNewline( 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Writes the data \a buf to the process's standard input. The
+    process may or may not read this data.
+
+    This function always returns immediately. The data you
+    pass to writeToStdin() is copied into an internal memory buffer in
+    QProcess, and when control goes back to the event loop, QProcess will
+    starting transferring data from this buffer to the running process.  
+    Sometimes the data will be transferred in several payloads, depending on
+    how much data is read at a time by the process itself. When QProcess has
+    transferred all the data from its memory buffer to the running process, it
+    emits wroteToStdin().
+    
+    Note that some operating systems use a buffer to transfer
+    the data. As a result, wroteToStdin() may be emitted before the
+    running process has actually read all the data.
+
+    \sa wroteToStdin() closeStdin() readStdout() readStderr()
+*/
+void QProcess::writeToStdin( const QByteArray& buf )
+{
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+//    qDebug( "QProcess::writeToStdin(): write to stdin (%d)", d->socketStdin );
+#endif
+    d->stdinBuf.enqueue( new QByteArray(buf) );
+    if ( d->notifierStdin != 0 )
+	d->notifierStdin->setEnabled( TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Closes the process's standard input.
+
+    This function also deletes any pending data that has not been
+    written to standard input.
+
+    \sa wroteToStdin()
+*/
+void QProcess::closeStdin()
+{
+    if ( d->proc == 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( d->proc->socketStdin !=0 ) {
+	while ( !d->stdinBuf.isEmpty() ) {
+	    delete d->stdinBuf.dequeue();
+	}
+	delete d->notifierStdin;
+	d->notifierStdin = 0;
+	if ( ::close( d->proc->socketStdin ) != 0 ) {
+	    qWarning( "Could not close stdin of child process" );
+	}
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::closeStdin(): stdin (%d) closed", d->proc->socketStdin );
+#endif
+	d->proc->socketStdin = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+  This private slot is called when the process has outputted data to either
+  standard output or standard error.
+*/
+void QProcess::socketRead( int fd )
+{
+    if ( d->socketReadCalled ) {
+	// the slots that are connected to the readyRead...() signals might
+	// trigger a recursive call of socketRead(). Avoid this since you get a
+	// blocking read otherwise.
+	return;
+    }
+
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    qDebug( "QProcess::socketRead(): %d", fd );
+#endif
+    if ( fd == 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( !d->proc )
+	return;
+    QMembuf *buffer = 0;
+    int n;
+    if ( fd == d->proc->socketStdout ) {
+	buffer = &d->bufStdout;
+    } else if ( fd == d->proc->socketStderr ) {
+	buffer = &d->bufStderr;
+    } else {
+	// this case should never happen, but just to be safe
+	return;
+    }
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+    uint oldSize = buffer->size();
+#endif
+
+    // try to read data first (if it fails, the filedescriptor was closed)
+    const int basize = 4096;
+    QByteArray *ba = new QByteArray( basize );
+    n = ::read( fd, ba->data(), basize );
+    if ( n > 0 ) {
+	ba->resize( n );
+	buffer->append( ba );
+	ba = 0;
+    } else {
+	delete ba;
+	ba = 0;
+    }
+    // eof or error?
+    if ( n == 0 || n == -1 ) {
+	if ( fd == d->proc->socketStdout ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	    qDebug( "QProcess::socketRead(): stdout (%d) closed", fd );
+#endif
+	    d->notifierStdout->setEnabled( FALSE );
+	    delete d->notifierStdout;
+	    d->notifierStdout = 0;
+	    ::close( d->proc->socketStdout );
+	    d->proc->socketStdout = 0;
+	    return;
+	} else if ( fd == d->proc->socketStderr ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	    qDebug( "QProcess::socketRead(): stderr (%d) closed", fd );
+#endif
+	    d->notifierStderr->setEnabled( FALSE );
+	    delete d->notifierStderr;
+	    d->notifierStderr = 0;
+	    ::close( d->proc->socketStderr );
+	    d->proc->socketStderr = 0;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( fd < FD_SETSIZE ) {
+	fd_set fds;
+	struct timeval tv;
+	FD_ZERO( &fds );
+	FD_SET( fd, &fds );
+	tv.tv_sec = 0;
+	tv.tv_usec = 0;
+	while ( ::select( fd+1, &fds, 0, 0, &tv ) > 0 ) {
+	    // prepare for the next round
+	    FD_ZERO( &fds );
+	    FD_SET( fd, &fds );
+	    // read data
+	    ba = new QByteArray( basize );
+	    n = ::read( fd, ba->data(), basize );
+	    if ( n > 0 ) {
+		ba->resize( n );
+		buffer->append( ba );
+		ba = 0;
+	    } else {
+		delete ba;
+		ba = 0;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    d->socketReadCalled = TRUE;
+    if ( fd == d->proc->socketStdout ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::socketRead(): %d bytes read from stdout (%d)",
+		buffer->size()-oldSize, fd );
+#endif
+	emit readyReadStdout();
+    } else if ( fd == d->proc->socketStderr ) {
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::socketRead(): %d bytes read from stderr (%d)",
+		buffer->size()-oldSize, fd );
+#endif
+	emit readyReadStderr();
+    }
+    d->socketReadCalled = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+  This private slot is called when the process tries to read data from standard
+  input.
+*/
+void QProcess::socketWrite( int fd )
+{
+    while ( fd == d->proc->socketStdin && d->proc->socketStdin != 0 ) {
+	if ( d->stdinBuf.isEmpty() ) {
+	    d->notifierStdin->setEnabled( FALSE );
+	    return;
+	}
+	ssize_t ret = ::write( fd,
+		d->stdinBuf.head()->data() + d->stdinBufRead,
+		d->stdinBuf.head()->size() - d->stdinBufRead );
+#if defined(QT_QPROCESS_DEBUG)
+	qDebug( "QProcess::socketWrite(): wrote %d bytes to stdin (%d)", ret, fd );
+#endif
+	if ( ret == -1 )
+	    return;
+	d->stdinBufRead += ret;
+	if ( d->stdinBufRead == (ssize_t)d->stdinBuf.head()->size() ) {
+	    d->stdinBufRead = 0;
+	    delete d->stdinBuf.dequeue();
+	    if ( wroteToStdinConnected && d->stdinBuf.isEmpty() )
+		emit wroteToStdin();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Flushes standard input. This is useful if you want to use QProcess in a
+  synchronous manner.
+
+  This function should probably go into the public API.
+*/
+void QProcess::flushStdin()
+{
+    if (d->proc)
+        socketWrite(d->proc->socketStdin);
+}
+
+/*
+  This private slot is only used under Windows (but moc does not know about #if
+  defined()).
+*/
+void QProcess::timeout()
+{
+}
+
+
+/*
+  This private function is used by connectNotify() and disconnectNotify() to
+  change the value of ioRedirection (and related behaviour)
+*/
+void QProcess::setIoRedirection( bool value )
+{
+    ioRedirection = value;
+    if ( ioRedirection ) {
+	if ( d->notifierStdout )
+	    d->notifierStdout->setEnabled( TRUE );
+	if ( d->notifierStderr )
+	    d->notifierStderr->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    } else {
+	if ( d->notifierStdout )
+	    d->notifierStdout->setEnabled( FALSE );
+	if ( d->notifierStderr )
+	    d->notifierStderr->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  This private function is used by connectNotify() and
+  disconnectNotify() to change the value of notifyOnExit (and related
+  behaviour)
+*/
+void QProcess::setNotifyOnExit( bool value )
+{
+    notifyOnExit = value;
+}
+
+/*
+  This private function is used by connectNotify() and disconnectNotify() to
+  change the value of wroteToStdinConnected (and related behaviour)
+*/
+void QProcess::setWroteStdinConnected( bool value )
+{
+    wroteToStdinConnected = value;
+}
+
+/*! \enum QProcess::PID
+  \internal
+*/
+/*!
+    Returns platform dependent information about the process. This can
+    be used together with platform specific system calls.
+
+    Under Unix the return value is the PID of the process, or -1 if no
+    process belongs to this object.
+
+    Under Windows it is a pointer to the \c PROCESS_INFORMATION
+    struct, or 0 if no process is belongs to this object.
+
+    Use of this function's return value is likely to be non-portable.
+*/
+QProcess::PID QProcess::processIdentifier()
+{
+    if ( d->proc == 0 )
+	return -1;
+    return d->proc->pid;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROCESS
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp b/src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..039b587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6582 @@
+/**********************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QPSPrinter class
+**
+** Created : 941003
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
+#if defined(truncate)
+# undef truncate
+#endif
+
+#include "qpsprinter_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+#undef Q_PRINTER_USE_TYPE42
+
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qmemarray.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qintdict.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qsettings.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qfontdatabase.h"
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+#include <io.h>
+#ifdef Q_PRINTER_USE_TYPE42
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#else
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+#ifdef None
+#undef None
+#endif
+#ifdef GrayScale
+#undef GrayScale
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_X11 ) || defined (Q_WS_QWS)
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+extern bool qt_has_xft;
+#endif
+
+static bool qt_gen_epsf = FALSE;
+static bool embedFonts = TRUE;
+
+Q_EXPORT void qt_generate_epsf( bool b )
+{
+    qt_gen_epsf = b;
+}
+
+static const char *const ps_header =
+"/d/def load def/D{bind d}bind d/d2{dup dup}D/B{0 d2}D/W{255 d2}D/ED{exch d}D\n"
+"/D0{0 ED}D/LT{lineto}D/MT{moveto}D/S{stroke}D/F{setfont}D/SW{setlinewidth}D\n"
+"/CP{closepath}D/RL{rlineto}D/NP{newpath}D/CM{currentmatrix}D/SM{setmatrix}D\n"
+"/TR{translate}D/SD{setdash}D/SC{aload pop setrgbcolor}D/CR{currentfile read\n"
+"pop}D/i{index}D/bs{bitshift}D/scs{setcolorspace}D/DB{dict dup begin}D/DE{end\n"
+"d}D/ie{ifelse}D/sp{astore pop}D/BSt 0 d/LWi 1 d/PSt 1 d/Cx 0 d/Cy 0 d/WFi\n"
+"false d/OMo false d/BCol[1 1 1]d/PCol[0 0 0]d/BkCol[1 1 1]d/BDArr[0.94 0.88\n"
+"0.63 0.50 0.37 0.12 0.06]d/defM matrix d/nS 0 d/GPS{PSt 1 ge PSt 5 le and{{\n"
+"LArr PSt 1 sub 2 mul get}{LArr PSt 2 mul 1 sub get}ie}{[]}ie}D/QS{PSt 0 ne{\n"
+"gsave LWi SW true GPS 0 SD S OMo PSt 1 ne and{BkCol SC false GPS dup 0 get\n"
+"SD S}if grestore}if}D/r28{{CR dup 32 gt{exit}if pop}loop 3{CR}repeat 0 4{7\n"
+"bs exch dup 128 gt{84 sub}if 42 sub 127 and add}repeat}D/rA 0 d/rL 0 d/rB{rL\n"
+"0 eq{/rA r28 d/rL 28 d}if dup rL gt{rA exch rL sub rL exch/rA 0 d/rL 0 d rB\n"
+"exch bs add}{dup rA 16#fffffff 3 -1 roll bs not and exch dup rL exch sub/rL\n"
+"ED neg rA exch bs/rA ED}ie}D/uc{/rL 0 d 0{dup 2 i length ge{exit}if 1 rB 1\n"
+"eq{3 rB dup 3 ge{1 add dup rB 1 i 5 ge{1 i 6 ge{1 i 7 ge{1 i 8 ge{128 add}if\n"
+"64 add}if 32 add}if 16 add}if 3 add exch pop}if 3 add exch 10 rB 1 add{dup 3\n"
+"i lt{dup}{2 i}ie 4 i 3 i 3 i sub 2 i getinterval 5 i 4 i 3 -1 roll\n"
+"putinterval dup 4 -1 roll add 3 1 roll 4 -1 roll exch sub dup 0 eq{exit}if 3\n"
+"1 roll}loop pop pop}{3 rB 1 add{2 copy 8 rB put 1 add}repeat}ie}loop pop}D\n"
+"/sl D0/QCIgray D0/QCIcolor D0/QCIindex D0/QCI{/colorimage where{pop false 3\n"
+"colorimage}{exec/QCIcolor ED/QCIgray QCIcolor length 3 idiv string d 0 1\n"
+"QCIcolor length 3 idiv 1 sub{/QCIindex ED/x QCIindex 3 mul d QCIgray\n"
+"QCIindex QCIcolor x get 0.30 mul QCIcolor x 1 add get 0.59 mul QCIcolor x 2\n"
+"add get 0.11 mul add add cvi put}for QCIgray image}ie}D/di{gsave TR 1 i 1 eq\n"
+"{false eq{pop true 3 1 roll 4 i 4 i false 4 i 4 i imagemask BkCol SC\n"
+"imagemask}{pop false 3 1 roll imagemask}ie}{dup false ne{/languagelevel\n"
+"where{pop languagelevel 3 ge}{false}ie}{false}ie{/ma ED 8 eq{/dc[0 1]d\n"
+"/DeviceGray}{/dc[0 1 0 1 0 1]d/DeviceRGB}ie scs/im ED/mt ED/h ED/w ED/id 7\n"
+"DB/ImageType 1 d/Width w d/Height h d/ImageMatrix mt d/DataSource im d\n"
+"/BitsPerComponent 8 d/Decode dc d DE/md 7 DB/ImageType 1 d/Width w d/Height\n"
+"h d/ImageMatrix mt d/DataSource ma d/BitsPerComponent 1 d/Decode[0 1]d DE 4\n"
+"DB/ImageType 3 d/DataDict id d/MaskDict md d/InterleaveType 3 d end image}{\n"
+"pop 8 4 1 roll 8 eq{image}{QCI}ie}ie}ie grestore}d/BF{gsave BSt 1 eq{BCol SC\n"
+"WFi{fill}{eofill}ie}if BSt 2 ge BSt 8 le and{BDArr BSt 2 sub get/sc ED BCol{\n"
+"1. exch sub sc mul 1. exch sub}forall 3 array astore SC WFi{fill}{eofill}ie}\n"
+"if BSt 9 ge BSt 14 le and{WFi{clip}{eoclip}ie defM SM pathbbox 3 i 3 i TR 4\n"
+"2 roll 3 2 roll exch sub/h ED sub/w ED OMo{NP 0 0 MT 0 h RL w 0 RL 0 h neg\n"
+"RL CP BkCol SC fill}if BCol SC 0.3 SW NP BSt 9 eq BSt 11 eq or{0 4 h{dup 0\n"
+"exch MT w exch LT}for}if BSt 10 eq BSt 11 eq or{0 4 w{dup 0 MT h LT}for}if\n"
+"BSt 12 eq BSt 14 eq or{w h gt{0 6 w h add{dup 0 MT h sub h LT}for}{0 6 w h\n"
+"add{dup 0 exch MT w sub w exch LT}for}ie}if BSt 13 eq BSt 14 eq or{w h gt{0\n"
+"6 w h add{dup h MT h sub 0 LT}for}{0 6 w h add{dup w exch MT w sub 0 exch LT\n"
+"}for}ie}if S}if BSt 24 eq{}if grestore}D/mat matrix d/ang1 D0/ang2 D0/w D0/h\n"
+"D0/x D0/y D0/ARC{/ang2 ED/ang1 ED/h ED/w ED/y ED/x ED mat CM pop x w 2 div\n"
+"add y h 2 div add TR 1 h w div neg scale ang2 0 ge{0 0 w 2 div ang1 ang1\n"
+"ang2 add arc}{0 0 w 2 div ang1 ang1 ang2 add arcn}ie mat SM}D/C D0/P{NP MT\n"
+"0.5 0.5 rmoveto 0 -1 RL -1 0 RL 0 1 RL CP fill}D/M{/Cy ED/Cx ED}D/L{NP Cx Cy\n"
+"MT/Cy ED/Cx ED Cx Cy LT QS}D/DL{NP MT LT QS}D/HL{1 i DL}D/VL{2 i exch DL}D/R\n"
+"{/h ED/w ED/y ED/x ED NP x y MT 0 h RL w 0 RL 0 h neg RL CP BF QS}D/ACR{/h\n"
+"ED/w ED/y ED/x ED x y MT 0 h RL w 0 RL 0 h neg RL CP}D/xr D0/yr D0/rx D0/ry\n"
+"D0/rx2 D0/ry2 D0/RR{/yr ED/xr ED/h ED/w ED/y ED/x ED xr 0 le yr 0 le or{x y\n"
+"w h R}{xr 100 ge yr 100 ge or{x y w h E}{/rx xr w mul 200 div d/ry yr h mul\n"
+"200 div d/rx2 rx 2 mul d/ry2 ry 2 mul d NP x rx add y MT x y rx2 ry2 180 -90\n"
+"x y h add ry2 sub rx2 ry2 270 -90 x w add rx2 sub y h add ry2 sub rx2 ry2 0\n"
+"-90 x w add rx2 sub y rx2 ry2 90 -90 ARC ARC ARC ARC CP BF QS}ie}ie}D/E{/h\n"
+"ED/w ED/y ED/x ED mat CM pop x w 2 div add y h 2 div add TR 1 h w div scale\n"
+"NP 0 0 w 2 div 0 360 arc mat SM BF QS}D/A{16 div exch 16 div exch NP ARC QS}\n"
+"D/PIE{/ang2 ED/ang1 ED/h ED/w ED/y ED/x ED NP x w 2 div add y h 2 div add MT\n"
+"x y w h ang1 16 div ang2 16 div ARC CP BF QS}D/CH{16 div exch 16 div exch NP\n"
+"ARC CP BF QS}D/BZ{curveto QS}D/CRGB{255 div 3 1 roll 255 div 3 1 roll 255\n"
+"div 3 1 roll}D/BC{CRGB BkCol sp}D/BR{CRGB BCol sp/BSt ED}D/WB{1 W BR}D/NB{0\n"
+"B BR}D/PE{setlinejoin setlinecap CRGB PCol sp/LWi ED/PSt ED LWi 0 eq{0.25\n"
+"/LWi ED}if PCol SC}D/P1{1 0 5 2 roll 0 0 PE}D/ST{defM SM concat}D/MF{true\n"
+"exch true exch{exch pop exch pop dup 0 get dup findfont dup/FontName get 3\n"
+"-1 roll eq{exit}if}forall exch dup 1 get/fxscale ED 2 get/fslant ED exch\n"
+"/fencoding ED[fxscale 0 fslant 1 0 0]makefont fencoding false eq{}{dup\n"
+"maxlength dict begin{1 i/FID ne{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall/Encoding\n"
+"fencoding d currentdict end}ie definefont pop}D/MFEmb{findfont dup length\n"
+"dict begin{1 i/FID ne{d}{pop pop}ifelse}forall/Encoding ED currentdict end\n"
+"definefont pop}D/DF{findfont/fs 3 -1 roll d[fs 0 0 fs -1 mul 0 0]makefont d}\n"
+"D/ty 0 d/Y{/ty ED}D/Tl{gsave SW NP 1 i exch MT 1 i 0 RL S grestore}D/XYT{ty\n"
+"MT/xyshow where{pop pop xyshow}{exch pop 1 i dup length 2 div exch\n"
+"stringwidth pop 3 -1 roll exch sub exch div exch 0 exch ashow}ie}D/AT{ty MT\n"
+"1 i dup length 2 div exch stringwidth pop 3 -1 roll exch sub exch div exch 0\n"
+"exch ashow}D/QI{/C save d pageinit/Cx 0 d/Cy 0 d/OMo false d}D/QP{C restore\n"
+"showpage}D/SPD{/setpagedevice where{1 DB 3 1 roll d end setpagedevice}{pop\n"
+"pop}ie}D/SV{BSt LWi PSt Cx Cy WFi OMo BCol PCol BkCol/nS nS 1 add d gsave}D\n"
+"/RS{nS 0 gt{grestore/BkCol ED/PCol ED/BCol ED/OMo ED/WFi ED/Cy ED/Cx ED/PSt\n"
+"ED/LWi ED/BSt ED/nS nS 1 sub d}if}D/CLSTART{/clipTmp matrix CM d defM SM NP}\n"
+"D/CLEND{clip NP clipTmp SM}D/CLO{grestore gsave defM SM}D\n";
+
+// the next table is derived from a list provided by Adobe on its web
+// server: http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/typeforum/glyphlist.txt
+
+// the start of the header comment:
+//
+// Name:          Adobe Glyph List
+// Table version: 1.2
+// Date:          22 Oct 1998
+//
+// Description:
+//
+//   The Adobe Glyph List (AGL) list relates Unicode values (UVs) to glyph
+//   names, and should be used only as described in the document "Unicode and
+//   Glyph Names," at
+//   http://partners.adobe.com:80/asn/developer/type/unicodegn.html
+//
+// IMPORTANT NOTE:
+// the list contains glyphs in the private use area of unicode. These should get removed when regenerating the glyphlist.
+// also 0 shout be mapped to .notdef
+static const struct {
+    Q_UINT16 u;
+    const char * g;
+} unicodetoglyph[] = {
+    // grep '^[0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F];' < /tmp/glyphlist.txt | sed -e 's/;/, "/' -e 's-;-" },  // -' -e 's/^/    { 0x/' | sort
+    { 0x0000, ".notdef" },
+    { 0x0020, "space" },  // SPACE
+    { 0x0021, "exclam" },  // EXCLAMATION MARK
+    { 0x0022, "quotedbl" },  // QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x0023, "numbersign" },  // NUMBER SIGN
+    { 0x0024, "dollar" },  // DOLLAR SIGN
+    { 0x0025, "percent" },  // PERCENT SIGN
+    { 0x0026, "ampersand" },  // AMPERSAND
+    { 0x0027, "quotesingle" },  // APOSTROPHE
+    { 0x0028, "parenleft" },  // LEFT PARENTHESIS
+    { 0x0029, "parenright" },  // RIGHT PARENTHESIS
+    { 0x002A, "asterisk" },  // ASTERISK
+    { 0x002B, "plus" },  // PLUS SIGN
+    { 0x002C, "comma" },  // COMMA
+    { 0x002D, "hyphen" },  // HYPHEN-MINUS
+    { 0x002E, "period" },  // FULL STOP
+    { 0x002F, "slash" },  // SOLIDUS
+    { 0x0030, "zero" },  // DIGIT ZERO
+    { 0x0031, "one" },  // DIGIT ONE
+    { 0x0032, "two" },  // DIGIT TWO
+    { 0x0033, "three" },  // DIGIT THREE
+    { 0x0034, "four" },  // DIGIT FOUR
+    { 0x0035, "five" },  // DIGIT FIVE
+    { 0x0036, "six" },  // DIGIT SIX
+    { 0x0037, "seven" },  // DIGIT SEVEN
+    { 0x0038, "eight" },  // DIGIT EIGHT
+    { 0x0039, "nine" },  // DIGIT NINE
+    { 0x003A, "colon" },  // COLON
+    { 0x003B, "semicolon" },  // SEMICOLON
+    { 0x003C, "less" },  // LESS-THAN SIGN
+    { 0x003D, "equal" },  // EQUALS SIGN
+    { 0x003E, "greater" },  // GREATER-THAN SIGN
+    { 0x003F, "question" },  // QUESTION MARK
+    { 0x0040, "at" },  // COMMERCIAL AT
+    { 0x0041, "A" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A
+    { 0x0042, "B" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B
+    { 0x0043, "C" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C
+    { 0x0044, "D" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D
+    { 0x0045, "E" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E
+    { 0x0046, "F" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F
+    { 0x0047, "G" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G
+    { 0x0048, "H" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H
+    { 0x0049, "I" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
+    { 0x004A, "J" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J
+    { 0x004B, "K" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K
+    { 0x004C, "L" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L
+    { 0x004D, "M" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M
+    { 0x004E, "N" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N
+    { 0x004F, "O" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O
+    { 0x0050, "P" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P
+    { 0x0051, "Q" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q
+    { 0x0052, "R" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R
+    { 0x0053, "S" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S
+    { 0x0054, "T" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T
+    { 0x0055, "U" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U
+    { 0x0056, "V" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V
+    { 0x0057, "W" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W
+    { 0x0058, "X" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X
+    { 0x0059, "Y" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y
+    { 0x005A, "Z" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z
+    { 0x005B, "bracketleft" },  // LEFT SQUARE BRACKET
+    { 0x005C, "backslash" },  // REVERSE SOLIDUS
+    { 0x005D, "bracketright" },  // RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET
+    { 0x005E, "asciicircum" },  // CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
+    { 0x005F, "underscore" },  // LOW LINE
+    { 0x0060, "grave" },  // GRAVE ACCENT
+    { 0x0061, "a" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A
+    { 0x0062, "b" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER B
+    { 0x0063, "c" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER C
+    { 0x0064, "d" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER D
+    { 0x0065, "e" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E
+    { 0x0066, "f" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER F
+    { 0x0067, "g" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER G
+    { 0x0068, "h" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER H
+    { 0x0069, "i" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I
+    { 0x006A, "j" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER J
+    { 0x006B, "k" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER K
+    { 0x006C, "l" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER L
+    { 0x006D, "m" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER M
+    { 0x006E, "n" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER N
+    { 0x006F, "o" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O
+    { 0x0070, "p" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER P
+    { 0x0071, "q" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Q
+    { 0x0072, "r" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER R
+    { 0x0073, "s" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER S
+    { 0x0074, "t" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER T
+    { 0x0075, "u" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U
+    { 0x0076, "v" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER V
+    { 0x0077, "w" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER W
+    { 0x0078, "x" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER X
+    { 0x0079, "y" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Y
+    { 0x007A, "z" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Z
+    { 0x007B, "braceleft" },  // LEFT CURLY BRACKET
+    { 0x007C, "bar" },  // VERTICAL LINE
+    { 0x007D, "braceright" },  // RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
+    { 0x007E, "asciitilde" },  // TILDE
+    { 0x00A0, "space" },  // NO-BREAK SPACE;Duplicate
+    { 0x00A1, "exclamdown" },  // INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK
+    { 0x00A2, "cent" },  // CENT SIGN
+    { 0x00A3, "sterling" },  // POUND SIGN
+    { 0x00A4, "currency" },  // CURRENCY SIGN
+    { 0x00A5, "yen" },  // YEN SIGN
+    { 0x00A6, "brokenbar" },  // BROKEN BAR
+    { 0x00A7, "section" },  // SECTION SIGN
+    { 0x00A8, "dieresis" },  // DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00A9, "copyright" },  // COPYRIGHT SIGN
+    { 0x00AA, "ordfeminine" },  // FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR
+    { 0x00AB, "guillemotleft" },  // LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x00AC, "logicalnot" },  // NOT SIGN
+    { 0x00AD, "hyphen" },  // SOFT HYPHEN;Duplicate
+    { 0x00AE, "registered" },  // REGISTERED SIGN
+    { 0x00AF, "macron" },  // MACRON
+    { 0x00B0, "degree" },  // DEGREE SIGN
+    { 0x00B1, "plusminus" },  // PLUS-MINUS SIGN
+    { 0x00B2, "twosuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT TWO
+    { 0x00B3, "threesuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT THREE
+    { 0x00B4, "acute" },  // ACUTE ACCENT
+    { 0x00B5, "mu" },  // MICRO SIGN
+    { 0x00B6, "paragraph" },  // PILCROW SIGN
+    { 0x00B7, "periodcentered" },  // MIDDLE DOT
+    { 0x00B8, "cedilla" },  // CEDILLA
+    { 0x00B9, "onesuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT ONE
+    { 0x00BA, "ordmasculine" },  // MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR
+    { 0x00BB, "guillemotright" }, // RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x00BC, "onequarter" },  // VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER
+    { 0x00BD, "onehalf" },  // VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF
+    { 0x00BE, "threequarters" },  // VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS
+    { 0x00BF, "questiondown" },  // INVERTED QUESTION MARK
+    { 0x00C0, "Agrave" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00C1, "Aacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00C2, "Acircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00C3, "Atilde" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE
+    { 0x00C4, "Adieresis" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00C5, "Aring" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
+    { 0x00C6, "AE" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER AE
+    { 0x00C7, "Ccedilla" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x00C8, "Egrave" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00C9, "Eacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00CA, "Ecircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00CB, "Edieresis" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00CC, "Igrave" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00CD, "Iacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00CE, "Icircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00CF, "Idieresis" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00D0, "Eth" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH
+    { 0x00D1, "Ntilde" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE
+    { 0x00D2, "Ograve" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00D3, "Oacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00D4, "Ocircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00D5, "Otilde" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE
+    { 0x00D6, "Odieresis" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00D7, "multiply" },  // MULTIPLICATION SIGN
+    { 0x00D8, "Oslash" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE
+    { 0x00D9, "Ugrave" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00DA, "Uacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00DB, "Ucircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00DC, "Udieresis" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00DD, "Yacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00DE, "Thorn" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN
+    { 0x00DF, "germandbls" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER SHARP S
+    { 0x00E0, "agrave" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00E1, "aacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00E2, "acircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00E3, "atilde" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE
+    { 0x00E4, "adieresis" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00E5, "aring" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
+    { 0x00E6, "ae" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER AE
+    { 0x00E7, "ccedilla" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x00E8, "egrave" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00E9, "eacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00EA, "ecircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00EB, "edieresis" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00EC, "igrave" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00ED, "iacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00EE, "icircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00EF, "idieresis" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00F0, "eth" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH
+    { 0x00F1, "ntilde" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE
+    { 0x00F2, "ograve" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00F3, "oacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00F4, "ocircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00F5, "otilde" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE
+    { 0x00F6, "odieresis" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00F7, "divide" },  // DIVISION SIGN
+    { 0x00F8, "oslash" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE
+    { 0x00F9, "ugrave" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x00FA, "uacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00FB, "ucircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x00FC, "udieresis" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x00FD, "yacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x00FE, "thorn" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN
+    { 0x00FF, "ydieresis" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x0100, "Amacron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH MACRON
+    { 0x0101, "amacron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH MACRON
+    { 0x0102, "Abreve" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH BREVE
+    { 0x0103, "abreve" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH BREVE
+    { 0x0104, "Aogonek" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x0105, "aogonek" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x0106, "Cacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x0107, "cacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x0108, "Ccircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0109, "ccircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x010A, "Cdotaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x010B, "cdotaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x010C, "Ccaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CARON
+    { 0x010D, "ccaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CARON
+    { 0x010E, "Dcaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH CARON
+    { 0x010F, "dcaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH CARON
+    { 0x0110, "Dcroat" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0111, "dcroat" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0112, "Emacron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH MACRON
+    { 0x0113, "emacron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH MACRON
+    { 0x0114, "Ebreve" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH BREVE
+    { 0x0115, "ebreve" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH BREVE
+    { 0x0116, "Edotaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x0117, "edotaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x0118, "Eogonek" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x0119, "eogonek" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x011A, "Ecaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CARON
+    { 0x011B, "ecaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CARON
+    { 0x011C, "Gcircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x011D, "gcircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x011E, "Gbreve" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH BREVE
+    { 0x011F, "gbreve" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH BREVE
+    { 0x0120, "Gdotaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x0121, "gdotaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x0122, "Gcommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0123, "gcommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0124, "Hcircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0125, "hcircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0126, "Hbar" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0127, "hbar" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0128, "Itilde" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH TILDE
+    { 0x0129, "itilde" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH TILDE
+    { 0x012A, "Imacron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH MACRON
+    { 0x012B, "imacron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH MACRON
+    { 0x012C, "Ibreve" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE
+    { 0x012D, "ibreve" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH BREVE
+    { 0x012E, "Iogonek" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x012F, "iogonek" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x0130, "Idotaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x0131, "dotlessi" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER DOTLESS I
+    { 0x0132, "IJ" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE IJ
+    { 0x0133, "ij" },  // LATIN SMALL LIGATURE IJ
+    { 0x0134, "Jcircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0135, "jcircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0136, "Kcommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0137, "kcommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0138, "kgreenlandic" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER KRA
+    { 0x0139, "Lacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x013A, "lacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x013B, "Lcommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x013C, "lcommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x013D, "Lcaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH CARON
+    { 0x013E, "lcaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH CARON
+    { 0x013F, "Ldot" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT
+    { 0x0140, "ldot" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT
+    { 0x0141, "Lslash" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0142, "lslash" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0143, "Nacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x0144, "nacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x0145, "Ncommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0146, "ncommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0147, "Ncaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH CARON
+    { 0x0148, "ncaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CARON
+    { 0x0149, "napostrophe" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER N PRECEDED BY APOSTROPHE
+    { 0x014A, "Eng" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ENG
+    { 0x014B, "eng" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER ENG
+    { 0x014C, "Omacron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH MACRON
+    { 0x014D, "omacron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH MACRON
+    { 0x014E, "Obreve" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH BREVE
+    { 0x014F, "obreve" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH BREVE
+    { 0x0150, "Ohungarumlaut" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE ACUTE
+    { 0x0151, "ohungarumlaut" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE ACUTE
+    { 0x0152, "OE" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE OE
+    { 0x0153, "oe" },  // LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE
+    { 0x0154, "Racute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x0155, "racute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x0156, "Rcommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0157, "rcommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0158, "Rcaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH CARON
+    { 0x0159, "rcaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH CARON
+    { 0x015A, "Sacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x015B, "sacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x015C, "Scircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x015D, "scircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x015E, "Scedilla" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x015F, "scedilla" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0160, "Scaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CARON
+    { 0x0161, "scaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CARON
+    { 0x0162, "Tcommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0163, "tcommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
+    { 0x0164, "Tcaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH CARON
+    { 0x0165, "tcaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CARON
+    { 0x0166, "Tbar" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0167, "tbar" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH STROKE
+    { 0x0168, "Utilde" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH TILDE
+    { 0x0169, "utilde" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH TILDE
+    { 0x016A, "Umacron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH MACRON
+    { 0x016B, "umacron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH MACRON
+    { 0x016C, "Ubreve" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH BREVE
+    { 0x016D, "ubreve" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH BREVE
+    { 0x016E, "Uring" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE
+    { 0x016F, "uring" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE
+    { 0x0170, "Uhungarumlaut" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE ACUTE
+    { 0x0171, "uhungarumlaut" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE ACUTE
+    { 0x0172, "Uogonek" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x0173, "uogonek" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH OGONEK
+    { 0x0174, "Wcircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0175, "wcircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0176, "Ycircumflex" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0177, "ycircumflex" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX
+    { 0x0178, "Ydieresis" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x0179, "Zacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x017A, "zacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x017B, "Zdotaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x017C, "zdotaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x017D, "Zcaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH CARON
+    { 0x017E, "zcaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH CARON
+    { 0x017F, "longs" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER LONG S
+    { 0x0192, "florin" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER F WITH HOOK
+    { 0x01A0, "Ohorn" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH HORN
+    { 0x01A1, "ohorn" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH HORN
+    { 0x01AF, "Uhorn" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH HORN
+    { 0x01B0, "uhorn" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH HORN
+    { 0x01E6, "Gcaron" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CARON
+    { 0x01E7, "gcaron" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CARON
+    { 0x01FA, "Aringacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE AND ACUTE
+    { 0x01FB, "aringacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE AND ACUTE
+    { 0x01FC, "AEacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER AE WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x01FD, "aeacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER AE WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x01FE, "Oslashacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND ACUTE
+    { 0x01FF, "oslashacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND ACUTE
+    { 0x0218, "Scommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH COMMA BELOW
+    { 0x0219, "scommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH COMMA BELOW
+    { 0x021A, "Tcommaaccent" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH COMMA BELOW;Duplicate
+    { 0x021B, "tcommaaccent" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH COMMA BELOW;Duplicate
+    { 0x02BC, "afii57929" },  // MODIFIER LETTER APOSTROPHE
+    { 0x02BD, "afii64937" },  // MODIFIER LETTER REVERSED COMMA
+    { 0x02C6, "circumflex" },  // MODIFIER LETTER CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
+    { 0x02C7, "caron" },  // CARON
+    { 0x02C9, "macron" },  // MODIFIER LETTER MACRON;Duplicate
+    { 0x02D8, "breve" },  // BREVE
+    { 0x02D9, "dotaccent" },  // DOT ABOVE
+    { 0x02DA, "ring" },  // RING ABOVE
+    { 0x02DB, "ogonek" },  // OGONEK
+    { 0x02DC, "tilde" },  // SMALL TILDE
+    { 0x02DD, "hungarumlaut" },  // DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT
+    { 0x0300, "gravecomb" },  // COMBINING GRAVE ACCENT
+    { 0x0301, "acutecomb" },  // COMBINING ACUTE ACCENT
+    { 0x0303, "tildecomb" },  // COMBINING TILDE
+    { 0x0309, "hookabovecomb" },  // COMBINING HOOK ABOVE
+    { 0x0323, "dotbelowcomb" },  // COMBINING DOT BELOW
+    { 0x0384, "tonos" },  // GREEK TONOS
+    { 0x0385, "dieresistonos" },  // GREEK DIALYTIKA TONOS
+    { 0x0386, "Alphatonos" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x0387, "anoteleia" },  // GREEK ANO TELEIA
+    { 0x0388, "Epsilontonos" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS
+    { 0x0389, "Etatonos" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x038A, "Iotatonos" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x038C, "Omicrontonos" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS
+    { 0x038E, "Upsilontonos" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS
+    { 0x038F, "Omegatonos" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x0390, "iotadieresistonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA AND TONOS
+    { 0x0391, "Alpha" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA
+    { 0x0392, "Beta" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA
+    { 0x0393, "Gamma" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA
+    { 0x0394, "Delta" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA;Duplicate
+    { 0x0395, "Epsilon" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON
+    { 0x0396, "Zeta" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA
+    { 0x0397, "Eta" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA
+    { 0x0398, "Theta" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA
+    { 0x0399, "Iota" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA
+    { 0x039A, "Kappa" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA
+    { 0x039B, "Lambda" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA
+    { 0x039C, "Mu" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU
+    { 0x039D, "Nu" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU
+    { 0x039E, "Xi" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI
+    { 0x039F, "Omicron" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON
+    { 0x03A0, "Pi" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI
+    { 0x03A1, "Rho" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO
+    { 0x03A3, "Sigma" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA
+    { 0x03A4, "Tau" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU
+    { 0x03A5, "Upsilon" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON
+    { 0x03A6, "Phi" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI
+    { 0x03A7, "Chi" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI
+    { 0x03A8, "Psi" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI
+    { 0x03A9, "Omega" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA;Duplicate
+    { 0x03AA, "Iotadieresis" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA
+    { 0x03AB, "Upsilondieresis" },  // GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA
+    { 0x03AC, "alphatonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x03AD, "epsilontonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS
+    { 0x03AE, "etatonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x03AF, "iotatonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x03B0, "upsilondieresistonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA AND TONOS
+    { 0x03B1, "alpha" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA
+    { 0x03B2, "beta" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA
+    { 0x03B3, "gamma" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA
+    { 0x03B4, "delta" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA
+    { 0x03B5, "epsilon" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON
+    { 0x03B6, "zeta" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA
+    { 0x03B7, "eta" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA
+    { 0x03B8, "theta" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA
+    { 0x03B9, "iota" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA
+    { 0x03BA, "kappa" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA
+    { 0x03BB, "lambda" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA
+    { 0x03BC, "mu" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER MU;Duplicate
+    { 0x03BD, "nu" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER NU
+    { 0x03BE, "xi" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER XI
+    { 0x03BF, "omicron" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON
+    { 0x03C0, "pi" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER PI
+    { 0x03C1, "rho" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO
+    { 0x03C2, "sigma1" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA
+    { 0x03C3, "sigma" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA
+    { 0x03C4, "tau" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU
+    { 0x03C5, "upsilon" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON
+    { 0x03C6, "phi" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI
+    { 0x03C7, "chi" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI
+    { 0x03C8, "psi" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI
+    { 0x03C9, "omega" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA
+    { 0x03CA, "iotadieresis" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA
+    { 0x03CB, "upsilondieresis" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA
+    { 0x03CC, "omicrontonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS
+    { 0x03CD, "upsilontonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS
+    { 0x03CE, "omegatonos" },  // GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS
+    { 0x03D1, "theta1" },  // GREEK THETA SYMBOL
+    { 0x03D2, "Upsilon1" },  // GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL
+    { 0x03D5, "phi1" },  // GREEK PHI SYMBOL
+    { 0x03D6, "omega1" },  // GREEK PI SYMBOL
+    { 0x0401, "afii10023" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO
+    { 0x0402, "afii10051" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DJE
+    { 0x0403, "afii10052" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GJE
+    { 0x0404, "afii10053" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE
+    { 0x0405, "afii10054" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZE
+    { 0x0406, "afii10055" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BYELORUSSIAN-UKRAINIAN I
+    { 0x0407, "afii10056" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YI
+    { 0x0408, "afii10057" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER JE
+    { 0x0409, "afii10058" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER LJE
+    { 0x040A, "afii10059" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER NJE
+    { 0x040B, "afii10060" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSHE
+    { 0x040C, "afii10061" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KJE
+    { 0x040E, "afii10062" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT U
+    { 0x040F, "afii10145" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZHE
+    { 0x0410, "afii10017" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A
+    { 0x0411, "afii10018" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE
+    { 0x0412, "afii10019" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE
+    { 0x0413, "afii10020" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE
+    { 0x0414, "afii10021" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE
+    { 0x0415, "afii10022" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE
+    { 0x0416, "afii10024" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE
+    { 0x0417, "afii10025" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE
+    { 0x0418, "afii10026" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I
+    { 0x0419, "afii10027" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I
+    { 0x041A, "afii10028" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA
+    { 0x041B, "afii10029" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL
+    { 0x041C, "afii10030" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM
+    { 0x041D, "afii10031" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN
+    { 0x041E, "afii10032" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O
+    { 0x041F, "afii10033" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE
+    { 0x0420, "afii10034" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER
+    { 0x0421, "afii10035" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES
+    { 0x0422, "afii10036" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE
+    { 0x0423, "afii10037" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U
+    { 0x0424, "afii10038" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF
+    { 0x0425, "afii10039" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA
+    { 0x0426, "afii10040" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE
+    { 0x0427, "afii10041" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE
+    { 0x0428, "afii10042" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA
+    { 0x0429, "afii10043" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA
+    { 0x042A, "afii10044" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN
+    { 0x042B, "afii10045" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU
+    { 0x042C, "afii10046" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN
+    { 0x042D, "afii10047" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E
+    { 0x042E, "afii10048" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU
+    { 0x042F, "afii10049" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA
+    { 0x0430, "afii10065" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A
+    { 0x0431, "afii10066" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE
+    { 0x0432, "afii10067" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE
+    { 0x0433, "afii10068" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE
+    { 0x0434, "afii10069" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE
+    { 0x0435, "afii10070" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE
+    { 0x0436, "afii10072" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE
+    { 0x0437, "afii10073" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE
+    { 0x0438, "afii10074" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER I
+    { 0x0439, "afii10075" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT I
+    { 0x043A, "afii10076" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA
+    { 0x043B, "afii10077" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL
+    { 0x043C, "afii10078" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM
+    { 0x043D, "afii10079" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN
+    { 0x043E, "afii10080" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O
+    { 0x043F, "afii10081" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE
+    { 0x0440, "afii10082" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER
+    { 0x0441, "afii10083" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES
+    { 0x0442, "afii10084" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE
+    { 0x0443, "afii10085" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U
+    { 0x0444, "afii10086" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF
+    { 0x0445, "afii10087" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA
+    { 0x0446, "afii10088" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE
+    { 0x0447, "afii10089" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE
+    { 0x0448, "afii10090" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA
+    { 0x0449, "afii10091" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA
+    { 0x044A, "afii10092" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN
+    { 0x044B, "afii10093" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU
+    { 0x044C, "afii10094" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN
+    { 0x044D, "afii10095" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E
+    { 0x044E, "afii10096" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU
+    { 0x044F, "afii10097" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA
+    { 0x0451, "afii10071" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO
+    { 0x0452, "afii10099" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DJE
+    { 0x0453, "afii10100" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GJE
+    { 0x0454, "afii10101" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE
+    { 0x0455, "afii10102" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZE
+    { 0x0456, "afii10103" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BYELORUSSIAN-UKRAINIAN I
+    { 0x0457, "afii10104" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YI
+    { 0x0458, "afii10105" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER JE
+    { 0x0459, "afii10106" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER LJE
+    { 0x045A, "afii10107" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER NJE
+    { 0x045B, "afii10108" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSHE
+    { 0x045C, "afii10109" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KJE
+    { 0x045E, "afii10110" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT U
+    { 0x045F, "afii10193" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZHE
+    { 0x0462, "afii10146" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YAT
+    { 0x0463, "afii10194" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YAT
+    { 0x0472, "afii10147" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER FITA
+    { 0x0473, "afii10195" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER FITA
+    { 0x0474, "afii10148" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IZHITSA
+    { 0x0475, "afii10196" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IZHITSA
+    { 0x0490, "afii10050" },  // CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE WITH UPTURN
+    { 0x0491, "afii10098" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE WITH UPTURN
+    { 0x04D9, "afii10846" },  // CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SCHWA
+    { 0x05B0, "afii57799" },  // HEBREW POINT SHEVA
+    { 0x05B1, "afii57801" },  // HEBREW POINT HATAF SEGOL
+    { 0x05B2, "afii57800" },  // HEBREW POINT HATAF PATAH
+    { 0x05B3, "afii57802" },  // HEBREW POINT HATAF QAMATS
+    { 0x05B4, "afii57793" },  // HEBREW POINT HIRIQ
+    { 0x05B5, "afii57794" },  // HEBREW POINT TSERE
+    { 0x05B6, "afii57795" },  // HEBREW POINT SEGOL
+    { 0x05B7, "afii57798" },  // HEBREW POINT PATAH
+    { 0x05B8, "afii57797" },  // HEBREW POINT QAMATS
+    { 0x05B9, "afii57806" },  // HEBREW POINT HOLAM
+    { 0x05BB, "afii57796" },  // HEBREW POINT QUBUTS
+    { 0x05BC, "afii57807" },  // HEBREW POINT DAGESH OR MAPIQ
+    { 0x05BD, "afii57839" },  // HEBREW POINT METEG
+    { 0x05BE, "afii57645" },  // HEBREW PUNCTUATION MAQAF
+    { 0x05BF, "afii57841" },  // HEBREW POINT RAFE
+    { 0x05C0, "afii57842" },  // HEBREW PUNCTUATION PASEQ
+    { 0x05C1, "afii57804" },  // HEBREW POINT SHIN DOT
+    { 0x05C2, "afii57803" },  // HEBREW POINT SIN DOT
+    { 0x05C3, "afii57658" },  // HEBREW PUNCTUATION SOF PASUQ
+    { 0x05D0, "afii57664" },  // HEBREW LETTER ALEF
+    { 0x05D1, "afii57665" },  // HEBREW LETTER BET
+    { 0x05D2, "afii57666" },  // HEBREW LETTER GIMEL
+    { 0x05D3, "afii57667" },  // HEBREW LETTER DALET
+    { 0x05D4, "afii57668" },  // HEBREW LETTER HE
+    { 0x05D5, "afii57669" },  // HEBREW LETTER VAV
+    { 0x05D6, "afii57670" },  // HEBREW LETTER ZAYIN
+    { 0x05D7, "afii57671" },  // HEBREW LETTER HET
+    { 0x05D8, "afii57672" },  // HEBREW LETTER TET
+    { 0x05D9, "afii57673" },  // HEBREW LETTER YOD
+    { 0x05DA, "afii57674" },  // HEBREW LETTER FINAL KAF
+    { 0x05DB, "afii57675" },  // HEBREW LETTER KAF
+    { 0x05DC, "afii57676" },  // HEBREW LETTER LAMED
+    { 0x05DD, "afii57677" },  // HEBREW LETTER FINAL MEM
+    { 0x05DE, "afii57678" },  // HEBREW LETTER MEM
+    { 0x05DF, "afii57679" },  // HEBREW LETTER FINAL NUN
+    { 0x05E0, "afii57680" },  // HEBREW LETTER NUN
+    { 0x05E1, "afii57681" },  // HEBREW LETTER SAMEKH
+    { 0x05E2, "afii57682" },  // HEBREW LETTER AYIN
+    { 0x05E3, "afii57683" },  // HEBREW LETTER FINAL PE
+    { 0x05E4, "afii57684" },  // HEBREW LETTER PE
+    { 0x05E5, "afii57685" },  // HEBREW LETTER FINAL TSADI
+    { 0x05E6, "afii57686" },  // HEBREW LETTER TSADI
+    { 0x05E7, "afii57687" },  // HEBREW LETTER QOF
+    { 0x05E8, "afii57688" },  // HEBREW LETTER RESH
+    { 0x05E9, "afii57689" },  // HEBREW LETTER SHIN
+    { 0x05EA, "afii57690" },  // HEBREW LETTER TAV
+    { 0x05F0, "afii57716" },  // HEBREW LIGATURE YIDDISH DOUBLE VAV
+    { 0x05F1, "afii57717" },  // HEBREW LIGATURE YIDDISH VAV YOD
+    { 0x05F2, "afii57718" },  // HEBREW LIGATURE YIDDISH DOUBLE YOD
+    { 0x060C, "afii57388" },  // ARABIC COMMA
+    { 0x061B, "afii57403" },  // ARABIC SEMICOLON
+    { 0x061F, "afii57407" },  // ARABIC QUESTION MARK
+    { 0x0621, "afii57409" },  // ARABIC LETTER HAMZA
+    { 0x0622, "afii57410" },  // ARABIC LETTER ALEF WITH MADDA ABOVE
+    { 0x0623, "afii57411" },  // ARABIC LETTER ALEF WITH HAMZA ABOVE
+    { 0x0624, "afii57412" },  // ARABIC LETTER WAW WITH HAMZA ABOVE
+    { 0x0625, "afii57413" },  // ARABIC LETTER ALEF WITH HAMZA BELOW
+    { 0x0626, "afii57414" },  // ARABIC LETTER YEH WITH HAMZA ABOVE
+    { 0x0627, "afii57415" },  // ARABIC LETTER ALEF
+    { 0x0628, "afii57416" },  // ARABIC LETTER BEH
+    { 0x0629, "afii57417" },  // ARABIC LETTER TEH MARBUTA
+    { 0x062A, "afii57418" },  // ARABIC LETTER TEH
+    { 0x062B, "afii57419" },  // ARABIC LETTER THEH
+    { 0x062C, "afii57420" },  // ARABIC LETTER JEEM
+    { 0x062D, "afii57421" },  // ARABIC LETTER HAH
+    { 0x062E, "afii57422" },  // ARABIC LETTER KHAH
+    { 0x062F, "afii57423" },  // ARABIC LETTER DAL
+    { 0x0630, "afii57424" },  // ARABIC LETTER THAL
+    { 0x0631, "afii57425" },  // ARABIC LETTER REH
+    { 0x0632, "afii57426" },  // ARABIC LETTER ZAIN
+    { 0x0633, "afii57427" },  // ARABIC LETTER SEEN
+    { 0x0634, "afii57428" },  // ARABIC LETTER SHEEN
+    { 0x0635, "afii57429" },  // ARABIC LETTER SAD
+    { 0x0636, "afii57430" },  // ARABIC LETTER DAD
+    { 0x0637, "afii57431" },  // ARABIC LETTER TAH
+    { 0x0638, "afii57432" },  // ARABIC LETTER ZAH
+    { 0x0639, "afii57433" },  // ARABIC LETTER AIN
+    { 0x063A, "afii57434" },  // ARABIC LETTER GHAIN
+    { 0x0640, "afii57440" },  // ARABIC TATWEEL
+    { 0x0641, "afii57441" },  // ARABIC LETTER FEH
+    { 0x0642, "afii57442" },  // ARABIC LETTER QAF
+    { 0x0643, "afii57443" },  // ARABIC LETTER KAF
+    { 0x0644, "afii57444" },  // ARABIC LETTER LAM
+    { 0x0645, "afii57445" },  // ARABIC LETTER MEEM
+    { 0x0646, "afii57446" },  // ARABIC LETTER NOON
+    { 0x0647, "afii57470" },  // ARABIC LETTER HEH
+    { 0x0648, "afii57448" },  // ARABIC LETTER WAW
+    { 0x0649, "afii57449" },  // ARABIC LETTER ALEF MAKSURA
+    { 0x064A, "afii57450" },  // ARABIC LETTER YEH
+    { 0x064B, "afii57451" },  // ARABIC FATHATAN
+    { 0x064C, "afii57452" },  // ARABIC DAMMATAN
+    { 0x064D, "afii57453" },  // ARABIC KASRATAN
+    { 0x064E, "afii57454" },  // ARABIC FATHA
+    { 0x064F, "afii57455" },  // ARABIC DAMMA
+    { 0x0650, "afii57456" },  // ARABIC KASRA
+    { 0x0651, "afii57457" },  // ARABIC SHADDA
+    { 0x0652, "afii57458" },  // ARABIC SUKUN
+    { 0x0660, "afii57392" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT ZERO
+    { 0x0661, "afii57393" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT ONE
+    { 0x0662, "afii57394" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT TWO
+    { 0x0663, "afii57395" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT THREE
+    { 0x0664, "afii57396" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT FOUR
+    { 0x0665, "afii57397" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT FIVE
+    { 0x0666, "afii57398" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT SIX
+    { 0x0667, "afii57399" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT SEVEN
+    { 0x0668, "afii57400" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT EIGHT
+    { 0x0669, "afii57401" },  // ARABIC-INDIC DIGIT NINE
+    { 0x066A, "afii57381" },  // ARABIC PERCENT SIGN
+    { 0x066D, "afii63167" },  // ARABIC FIVE POINTED STAR
+    { 0x0679, "afii57511" },  // ARABIC LETTER TTEH
+    { 0x067E, "afii57506" },  // ARABIC LETTER PEH
+    { 0x0686, "afii57507" },  // ARABIC LETTER TCHEH
+    { 0x0688, "afii57512" },  // ARABIC LETTER DDAL
+    { 0x0691, "afii57513" },  // ARABIC LETTER RREH
+    { 0x0698, "afii57508" },  // ARABIC LETTER JEH
+    { 0x06A4, "afii57505" },  // ARABIC LETTER VEH
+    { 0x06AF, "afii57509" },  // ARABIC LETTER GAF
+    { 0x06BA, "afii57514" },  // ARABIC LETTER NOON GHUNNA
+    { 0x06D2, "afii57519" },  // ARABIC LETTER YEH BARREE
+    { 0x06D5, "afii57534" },  // ARABIC LETTER AE
+    { 0x1E80, "Wgrave" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x1E81, "wgrave" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x1E82, "Wacute" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x1E83, "wacute" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH ACUTE
+    { 0x1E84, "Wdieresis" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x1E85, "wdieresis" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS
+    { 0x1EF2, "Ygrave" },  // LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x1EF3, "ygrave" },  // LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE
+    { 0x200C, "afii61664" },  // ZERO WIDTH NON-JOINER
+    { 0x200D, "afii301" },  // ZERO WIDTH JOINER
+    { 0x200E, "afii299" },  // LEFT-TO-RIGHT MARK
+    { 0x200F, "afii300" },  // RIGHT-TO-LEFT MARK
+    { 0x2012, "figuredash" },  // FIGURE DASH
+    { 0x2013, "endash" },  // EN DASH
+    { 0x2014, "emdash" },  // EM DASH
+    { 0x2015, "afii00208" },  // HORIZONTAL BAR
+    { 0x2017, "underscoredbl" },  // DOUBLE LOW LINE
+    { 0x2018, "quoteleft" },  // LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x2019, "quoteright" },  // RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x201A, "quotesinglbase" },  // SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x201B, "quotereversed" },  // SINGLE HIGH-REVERSED-9 QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x201C, "quotedblleft" },  // LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x201D, "quotedblright" },  // RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x201E, "quotedblbase" },  // DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x2020, "dagger" },  // DAGGER
+    { 0x2021, "daggerdbl" },  // DOUBLE DAGGER
+    { 0x2022, "bullet" },  // BULLET
+    { 0x2024, "onedotenleader" },  // ONE DOT LEADER
+    { 0x2025, "twodotenleader" },  // TWO DOT LEADER
+    { 0x2026, "ellipsis" },  // HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
+    { 0x202C, "afii61573" },  // POP DIRECTIONAL FORMATTING
+    { 0x202D, "afii61574" },  // LEFT-TO-RIGHT OVERRIDE
+    { 0x202E, "afii61575" },  // RIGHT-TO-LEFT OVERRIDE
+    { 0x2030, "perthousand" },  // PER MILLE SIGN
+    { 0x2032, "minute" },  // PRIME
+    { 0x2033, "second" },  // DOUBLE PRIME
+    { 0x2039, "guilsinglleft" },  // SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x203A, "guilsinglright" },  // SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK
+    { 0x203C, "exclamdbl" },  // DOUBLE EXCLAMATION MARK
+    { 0x2044, "fraction" },  // FRACTION SLASH
+    { 0x2070, "zerosuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT ZERO
+    { 0x2074, "foursuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT FOUR
+    { 0x2075, "fivesuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT FIVE
+    { 0x2076, "sixsuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT SIX
+    { 0x2077, "sevensuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT SEVEN
+    { 0x2078, "eightsuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT EIGHT
+    { 0x2079, "ninesuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT NINE
+    { 0x207D, "parenleftsuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT LEFT PARENTHESIS
+    { 0x207E, "parenrightsuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT RIGHT PARENTHESIS
+    { 0x207F, "nsuperior" },  // SUPERSCRIPT LATIN SMALL LETTER N
+    { 0x2080, "zeroinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT ZERO
+    { 0x2081, "oneinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT ONE
+    { 0x2082, "twoinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT TWO
+    { 0x2083, "threeinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT THREE
+    { 0x2084, "fourinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT FOUR
+    { 0x2085, "fiveinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT FIVE
+    { 0x2086, "sixinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT SIX
+    { 0x2087, "seveninferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT SEVEN
+    { 0x2088, "eightinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT EIGHT
+    { 0x2089, "nineinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT NINE
+    { 0x208D, "parenleftinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT LEFT PARENTHESIS
+    { 0x208E, "parenrightinferior" },  // SUBSCRIPT RIGHT PARENTHESIS
+    { 0x20A1, "colonmonetary" },  // COLON SIGN
+    { 0x20A3, "franc" },  // FRENCH FRANC SIGN
+    { 0x20A4, "lira" },  // LIRA SIGN
+    { 0x20A7, "peseta" },  // PESETA SIGN
+    { 0x20AA, "afii57636" },  // NEW SHEQEL SIGN
+    { 0x20AB, "dong" },  // DONG SIGN
+    { 0x20AC, "Euro" },  // EURO SIGN
+    { 0x2105, "afii61248" },  // CARE OF
+    { 0x2111, "Ifraktur" },  // BLACK-LETTER CAPITAL I
+    { 0x2113, "afii61289" },  // SCRIPT SMALL L
+    { 0x2116, "afii61352" },  // NUMERO SIGN
+    { 0x2118, "weierstrass" },  // SCRIPT CAPITAL P
+    { 0x211C, "Rfraktur" },  // BLACK-LETTER CAPITAL R
+    { 0x211E, "prescription" },  // PRESCRIPTION TAKE
+    { 0x2122, "trademark" },  // TRADE MARK SIGN
+    { 0x2126, "Omega" },  // OHM SIGN
+    { 0x212E, "estimated" },  // ESTIMATED SYMBOL
+    { 0x2135, "aleph" },  // ALEF SYMBOL
+    { 0x2153, "onethird" },  // VULGAR FRACTION ONE THIRD
+    { 0x2154, "twothirds" },  // VULGAR FRACTION TWO THIRDS
+    { 0x215B, "oneeighth" },  // VULGAR FRACTION ONE EIGHTH
+    { 0x215C, "threeeighths" },  // VULGAR FRACTION THREE EIGHTHS
+    { 0x215D, "fiveeighths" },  // VULGAR FRACTION FIVE EIGHTHS
+    { 0x215E, "seveneighths" },  // VULGAR FRACTION SEVEN EIGHTHS
+    { 0x2190, "arrowleft" },  // LEFTWARDS ARROW
+    { 0x2191, "arrowup" },  // UPWARDS ARROW
+    { 0x2192, "arrowright" },  // RIGHTWARDS ARROW
+    { 0x2193, "arrowdown" },  // DOWNWARDS ARROW
+    { 0x2194, "arrowboth" },  // LEFT RIGHT ARROW
+    { 0x2195, "arrowupdn" },  // UP DOWN ARROW
+    { 0x21A8, "arrowupdnbse" },  // UP DOWN ARROW WITH BASE
+    { 0x21B5, "carriagereturn" },  // DOWNWARDS ARROW WITH CORNER LEFTWARDS
+    { 0x21D0, "arrowdblleft" },  // LEFTWARDS DOUBLE ARROW
+    { 0x21D1, "arrowdblup" },  // UPWARDS DOUBLE ARROW
+    { 0x21D2, "arrowdblright" },  // RIGHTWARDS DOUBLE ARROW
+    { 0x21D3, "arrowdbldown" },  // DOWNWARDS DOUBLE ARROW
+    { 0x21D4, "arrowdblboth" },  // LEFT RIGHT DOUBLE ARROW
+    { 0x2200, "universal" },  // FOR ALL
+    { 0x2202, "partialdiff" },  // PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
+    { 0x2203, "existential" },  // THERE EXISTS
+    { 0x2205, "emptyset" },  // EMPTY SET
+    { 0x2206, "Delta" },  // INCREMENT
+    { 0x2207, "gradient" },  // NABLA
+    { 0x2208, "element" },  // ELEMENT OF
+    { 0x2209, "notelement" },  // NOT AN ELEMENT OF
+    { 0x220B, "suchthat" },  // CONTAINS AS MEMBER
+    { 0x220F, "product" },  // N-ARY PRODUCT
+    { 0x2211, "summation" },  // N-ARY SUMMATION
+    { 0x2212, "minus" },  // MINUS SIGN
+    { 0x2215, "fraction" },  // DIVISION SLASH;Duplicate
+    { 0x2217, "asteriskmath" },  // ASTERISK OPERATOR
+    { 0x2219, "periodcentered" },  // BULLET OPERATOR;Duplicate
+    { 0x221A, "radical" },  // SQUARE ROOT
+    { 0x221D, "proportional" },  // PROPORTIONAL TO
+    { 0x221E, "infinity" },  // INFINITY
+    { 0x221F, "orthogonal" },  // RIGHT ANGLE
+    { 0x2220, "angle" },  // ANGLE
+    { 0x2227, "logicaland" },  // LOGICAL AND
+    { 0x2228, "logicalor" },  // LOGICAL OR
+    { 0x2229, "intersection" },  // INTERSECTION
+    { 0x222A, "union" },  // UNION
+    { 0x222B, "integral" },  // INTEGRAL
+    { 0x2234, "therefore" },  // THEREFORE
+    { 0x223C, "similar" },  // TILDE OPERATOR
+    { 0x2245, "congruent" },  // APPROXIMATELY EQUAL TO
+    { 0x2248, "approxequal" },  // ALMOST EQUAL TO
+    { 0x2260, "notequal" },  // NOT EQUAL TO
+    { 0x2261, "equivalence" },  // IDENTICAL TO
+    { 0x2264, "lessequal" },  // LESS-THAN OR EQUAL TO
+    { 0x2265, "greaterequal" },  // GREATER-THAN OR EQUAL TO
+    { 0x2282, "propersubset" },  // SUBSET OF
+    { 0x2283, "propersuperset" },  // SUPERSET OF
+    { 0x2284, "notsubset" },  // NOT A SUBSET OF
+    { 0x2286, "reflexsubset" },  // SUBSET OF OR EQUAL TO
+    { 0x2287, "reflexsuperset" },  // SUPERSET OF OR EQUAL TO
+    { 0x2295, "circleplus" },  // CIRCLED PLUS
+    { 0x2297, "circlemultiply" },  // CIRCLED TIMES
+    { 0x22A5, "perpendicular" },  // UP TACK
+    { 0x22C5, "dotmath" },  // DOT OPERATOR
+    { 0x2302, "house" },  // HOUSE
+    { 0x2310, "revlogicalnot" },  // REVERSED NOT SIGN
+    { 0x2320, "integraltp" },  // TOP HALF INTEGRAL
+    { 0x2321, "integralbt" },  // BOTTOM HALF INTEGRAL
+    { 0x2329, "angleleft" },  // LEFT-POINTING ANGLE BRACKET
+    { 0x232A, "angleright" },  // RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE BRACKET
+    { 0x2500, "SF100000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x2502, "SF110000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL
+    { 0x250C, "SF010000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND RIGHT
+    { 0x2510, "SF030000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND LEFT
+    { 0x2514, "SF020000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND RIGHT
+    { 0x2518, "SF040000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND LEFT
+    { 0x251C, "SF080000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND RIGHT
+    { 0x2524, "SF090000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND LEFT
+    { 0x252C, "SF060000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x2534, "SF070000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x253C, "SF050000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x2550, "SF430000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x2551, "SF240000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
+    { 0x2552, "SF510000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE
+    { 0x2553, "SF520000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE
+    { 0x2554, "SF390000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND RIGHT
+    { 0x2555, "SF220000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE
+    { 0x2556, "SF210000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE
+    { 0x2557, "SF250000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND LEFT
+    { 0x2558, "SF500000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE
+    { 0x2559, "SF490000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE
+    { 0x255A, "SF380000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND RIGHT
+    { 0x255B, "SF280000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE
+    { 0x255C, "SF270000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE
+    { 0x255D, "SF260000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND LEFT
+    { 0x255E, "SF360000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE
+    { 0x255F, "SF370000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE
+    { 0x2560, "SF420000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND RIGHT
+    { 0x2561, "SF190000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE
+    { 0x2562, "SF200000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE
+    { 0x2563, "SF230000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND LEFT
+    { 0x2564, "SF470000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
+    { 0x2565, "SF480000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE
+    { 0x2566, "SF410000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x2567, "SF450000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
+    { 0x2568, "SF460000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE
+    { 0x2569, "SF400000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x256A, "SF540000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
+    { 0x256B, "SF530000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE
+    { 0x256C, "SF440000" },  // BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
+    { 0x2580, "upblock" },  // UPPER HALF BLOCK
+    { 0x2584, "dnblock" },  // LOWER HALF BLOCK
+    { 0x2588, "block" },  // FULL BLOCK
+    { 0x258C, "lfblock" },  // LEFT HALF BLOCK
+    { 0x2590, "rtblock" },  // RIGHT HALF BLOCK
+    { 0x2591, "ltshade" },  // LIGHT SHADE
+    { 0x2592, "shade" },  // MEDIUM SHADE
+    { 0x2593, "dkshade" },  // DARK SHADE
+    { 0x25A0, "filledbox" },  // BLACK SQUARE
+    { 0x25A1, "H22073" },  // WHITE SQUARE
+    { 0x25AA, "H18543" },  // BLACK SMALL SQUARE
+    { 0x25AB, "H18551" },  // WHITE SMALL SQUARE
+    { 0x25AC, "filledrect" },  // BLACK RECTANGLE
+    { 0x25B2, "triagup" },  // BLACK UP-POINTING TRIANGLE
+    { 0x25BA, "triagrt" },  // BLACK RIGHT-POINTING POINTER
+    { 0x25BC, "triagdn" },  // BLACK DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE
+    { 0x25C4, "triaglf" },  // BLACK LEFT-POINTING POINTER
+    { 0x25CA, "lozenge" },  // LOZENGE
+    { 0x25CB, "circle" },  // WHITE CIRCLE
+    { 0x25CF, "H18533" },  // BLACK CIRCLE
+    { 0x25D8, "invbullet" },  // INVERSE BULLET
+    { 0x25D9, "invcircle" },  // INVERSE WHITE CIRCLE
+    { 0x25E6, "openbullet" },  // WHITE BULLET
+    { 0x263A, "smileface" },  // WHITE SMILING FACE
+    { 0x263B, "invsmileface" },  // BLACK SMILING FACE
+    { 0x263C, "sun" },  // WHITE SUN WITH RAYS
+    { 0x2640, "female" },  // FEMALE SIGN
+    { 0x2642, "male" },  // MALE SIGN
+    { 0x2660, "spade" },  // BLACK SPADE SUIT
+    { 0x2663, "club" },  // BLACK CLUB SUIT
+    { 0x2665, "heart" },  // BLACK HEART SUIT
+    { 0x2666, "diamond" },  // BLACK DIAMOND SUIT
+    { 0x266A, "musicalnote" },  // EIGHTH NOTE
+    { 0x266B, "musicalnotedbl" },  // BEAMED EIGHTH NOTES
+    // The names below are in the PU area of Unicode, but needed to get a correct mapping of the symbol font
+    { 0xF6D9, "copyrightserif" },
+    { 0xF6DA, "registerserif" },
+    { 0xF6DB, "trademarkserif" },
+    { 0xF8E5, "radicalex" },
+    { 0xF8E6, "arrowvertex" },
+    { 0xF8E7, "arrowhorizex" },
+    { 0xF8E8, "registersans" },
+    { 0xF8E9, "copyrightsans" },
+    { 0xF8EA, "trademarksans" },
+    { 0xF8EB, "parenlefttp" },
+    { 0xF8EC, "parenleftex" },
+    { 0xF8ED, "parenleftbt" },
+    { 0xF8EE, "bracketlefttp" },
+    { 0xF8EF, "bracketleftex" },
+    { 0xF8F0, "bracketleftbt" },
+    { 0xF8F1, "bracelefttp" },
+    { 0xF8F2, "braceleftmid" },
+    { 0xF8F3, "braceleftbt" },
+    { 0xF8F4, "braceex" },
+    { 0xF8F5, "integralex" },
+    { 0xF8F6, "parenrighttp" },
+    { 0xF8F7, "parenrightex" },
+    { 0xF8F8, "parenrightbt" },
+    { 0xF8F9, "bracketrighttp" },
+    { 0xF8FA, "bracketrightex" },
+    { 0xF8FB, "bracketrightbt" },
+    { 0xF8FC, "bracerighttp" },
+    { 0xF8FD, "bracerightmid" },
+    { 0xF8FE, "bracerightbt" },
+    // End of extensions needed for symbols
+    { 0xFB00, "ff" },  // LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FF
+    { 0xFB01, "fi" },  // LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FI
+    { 0xFB02, "fl" },  // LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FL
+    { 0xFB03, "ffi" },  // LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FFI
+    { 0xFB04, "ffl" },  // LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FFL
+    { 0xFB1F, "afii57705" },  // HEBREW LIGATURE YIDDISH YOD YOD PATAH
+    { 0xFB2A, "afii57694" },  // HEBREW LETTER SHIN WITH SHIN DOT
+    { 0xFB2B, "afii57695" },  // HEBREW LETTER SHIN WITH SIN DOT
+    { 0xFB35, "afii57723" },  // HEBREW LETTER VAV WITH DAGESH
+    { 0xFB4B, "afii57700" },  // HEBREW LETTER VAV WITH HOLAM
+    // end of stuff from glyphlist.txt
+    { 0xFFFF, 0 }
+};
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+// postscript font substitution dictionary. We assume every postscript printer has at least
+// Helvetica, Times, Courier and Symbol
+
+struct psfont {
+    const char *psname;
+    float slant;
+    float xscale;
+};
+
+static const psfont Arial[] = {
+    {"Arial", 0, 84.04 },
+    { "Arial-Italic", 0, 84.04 },
+    { "Arial-Bold", 0, 88.65 },
+    { "Arial-BoldItalic", 0, 88.65 }
+};
+
+static const psfont AvantGarde[] = {
+    { "AvantGarde-Book", 0, 87.43 },
+    { "AvantGarde-BookOblique", 0, 88.09 },
+    { "AvantGarde-Demi", 0, 88.09 },
+    { "AvantGarde-DemiOblique", 0, 87.43 },
+};
+
+static const psfont Bookman [] = {
+    { "Bookman-Light", 0, 93.78 },
+    { "Bookman-LightItalic", 0, 91.42 },
+    { "Bookman-Demi", 0, 99.86 },
+    { "Bookman-DemiItalic", 0, 101.54 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Charter [] = {
+    { "CharterBT-Roman", 0, 84.04 },
+    { "CharterBT-Italic", 0.0, 81.92 },
+    { "CharterBT-Bold", 0, 88.99 },
+    { "CharterBT-BoldItalic", 0.0, 88.20 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Courier [] = {
+    { "Courier", 0, 100. },
+    { "Courier-Oblique", 0, 100. },
+    { "Courier-Bold", 0, 100. },
+    { "Courier-BoldOblique", 0, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont Garamond [] = {
+    { "Garamond-Antiqua", 0, 78.13 },
+    { "Garamond-Kursiv", 0, 78.13 },
+    { "Garamond-Halbfett", 0, 78.13 },
+    { "Garamond-KursivHalbfett", 0, 78.13 }
+};
+
+static const psfont GillSans [] = { // ### some estimated value for xstretch
+    { "GillSans", 0, 82 },
+    { "GillSans-Italic", 0, 82 },
+    { "GillSans-Bold", 0, 82 },
+    { "GillSans-BoldItalic", 0, 82 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Helvetica [] = {
+    { "Helvetica", 0, 84.04 },
+    { "Helvetica-Oblique", 0, 84.04 },
+    { "Helvetica-Bold", 0, 88.65 },
+    { "Helvetica-BoldOblique", 0, 88.65 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Letter [] = {
+    { "LetterGothic", 0, 83.32 },
+    { "LetterGothic-Italic", 0, 83.32 },
+    { "LetterGothic-Bold", 0, 83.32 },
+    { "LetterGothic-Bold", 0.2, 83.32 }
+};
+
+static const psfont LucidaSans [] = {
+    { "LucidaSans", 0, 94.36 },
+    { "LucidaSans-Oblique", 0, 94.36 },
+    { "LucidaSans-Demi", 0, 98.10 },
+    { "LucidaSans-DemiOblique", 0, 98.08 }
+};
+
+static const psfont LucidaSansTT [] = {
+    { "LucidaSans-Typewriter", 0, 100.50 },
+    { "LucidaSans-TypewriterOblique", 0, 100.50 },
+    { "LucidaSans-TypewriterBold", 0, 100.50 },
+    { "LucidaSans-TypewriterBoldOblique", 0, 100.50 }
+};
+
+static const psfont LucidaBright [] = {
+    { "LucidaBright", 0, 93.45 },
+    { "LucidaBright-Italic", 0, 91.98 },
+    { "LucidaBright-Demi", 0, 96.22 },
+    { "LucidaBright-DemiItalic", 0, 96.98 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Palatino [] = {
+    { "Palatino-Roman", 0, 82.45 },
+    { "Palatino-Italic", 0, 76.56 },
+    { "Palatino-Bold", 0, 83.49 },
+    { "Palatino-BoldItalic", 0, 81.51 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Symbol [] = {
+    { "Symbol", 0, 82.56 },
+    { "Symbol", 0.2, 82.56 },
+    { "Symbol", 0, 82.56 },
+    { "Symbol", 0.2, 82.56 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Tahoma [] = {
+    { "Tahoma", 0, 83.45 },
+    { "Tahoma", 0.2, 83.45 },
+    { "Tahoma-Bold", 0, 95.59 },
+    { "Tahoma-Bold", 0.2, 95.59 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Times [] = {
+    { "Times-Roman", 0, 82.45 },
+    { "Times-Italic", 0, 82.45 },
+    { "Times-Bold", 0, 82.45 },
+    { "Times-BoldItalic", 0, 82.45 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Verdana [] = {
+    { "Verdana", 0, 96.06 },
+    { "Verdana-Italic", 0, 96.06 },
+    { "Verdana-Bold", 0, 107.12 },
+    { "Verdana-BoldItalic", 0, 107.10 }
+};
+
+static const psfont Utopia [] = { // ###
+    { "Utopia-Regular", 0, 84.70 },
+    { "Utopia-Regular", 0.2, 84.70 },
+    { "Utopia-Bold", 0, 88.01 },
+    { "Utopia-Bold", 0.2, 88.01 }
+};
+
+static const psfont * const SansSerifReplacements[] = {
+    Helvetica, 0
+        };
+static const psfont * const SerifReplacements[] = {
+    Times, 0
+        };
+static const psfont * const FixedReplacements[] = {
+    Courier, 0
+        };
+static const psfont * const TahomaReplacements[] = {
+    Verdana, AvantGarde, Helvetica, 0
+        };
+static const psfont * const VerdanaReplacements[] = {
+    Tahoma, AvantGarde, Helvetica, 0
+        };
+
+static const struct {
+    const char * input; // spaces are stripped in here, and everything lowercase
+    const psfont * ps;
+    const psfont *const * replacements;
+} postscriptFonts [] = {
+    { "arial", Arial, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "arialmt", Arial, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "arialunicodems", Arial, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "avantgarde", AvantGarde, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "bookman", Bookman, SerifReplacements },
+    { "charter", Charter, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "bitstreamcharter", Charter, SansSerifReplacements },
+        { "bitstreamcyberbit", Times, SerifReplacements }, // ###
+    { "courier", Courier, 0 },
+    { "couriernew", Courier, 0 },
+    { "fixed", Courier, 0 },
+    { "garamond", Garamond, SerifReplacements },
+    { "gillsans", GillSans, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "helvetica", Helvetica, 0 },
+    { "letter", Letter, FixedReplacements },
+    { "lucida", LucidaSans, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "lucidasans", LucidaSans, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "lucidabright", LucidaBright, SerifReplacements },
+    { "lucidasanstypewriter", LucidaSansTT, FixedReplacements },
+    { "luciduxsans", LucidaSans, SansSerifReplacements },
+    { "luciduxserif", LucidaBright, SerifReplacements },
+    { "luciduxmono", LucidaSansTT, FixedReplacements },
+    { "palatino", Palatino, SerifReplacements },
+    { "symbol", Symbol, 0 },
+    { "tahoma", Tahoma, TahomaReplacements },
+    { "terminal", Courier, 0 },
+    { "times", Times, 0 },
+    { "timesnewroman", Times, 0 },
+    { "verdana", Verdana, VerdanaReplacements },
+    { "utopia", Utopia, SerifReplacements },
+    { 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+
+// ------------------------------End of static data ----------------------------------
+
+// make sure DSC comments are not longer than 255 chars per line.
+static QString wrapDSC( const QString &str )
+{
+    QString dsc = str.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+    const uint wrapAt = 254;
+    QString wrapped;
+    if ( dsc.length() < wrapAt )
+	wrapped = dsc;
+    else {
+	wrapped = dsc.left( wrapAt );
+	QString tmp = dsc.mid( wrapAt );
+	while ( tmp.length() > wrapAt-3 ) {
+	    wrapped += "\n%%+" + tmp.left( wrapAt-3 );
+	    tmp = tmp.mid( wrapAt-3 );
+	}
+	wrapped += "\n%%+" + tmp;
+    }
+    return wrapped + "\n";
+}
+
+static QString toString( const float num )
+{
+    return QString::number( num, 'f', 3 );
+}
+
+// ----------------------------- Internal class declarations -----------------------------
+
+class QPSPrinterFontPrivate;
+
+class QPSPrinterPrivate {
+public:
+    QPSPrinterPrivate( QPrinter *prt, int filedes );
+    ~QPSPrinterPrivate();
+
+    void matrixSetup( QPainter * );
+    void clippingSetup( QPainter * );
+    void setClippingOff( QPainter * );
+    void orientationSetup();
+    void resetDrawingTools( QPainter * );
+    void emitHeader( bool finished );
+    void setFont( const QFont &, int script );
+    void drawImage( QPainter *, float x, float y, float w, float h, const QImage &img, const QImage &mask );
+    void initPage( QPainter *paint );
+    void flushPage( bool last = FALSE );
+
+    QPrinter   *printer;
+    int         pageCount;
+    bool        dirtyMatrix;
+    bool        dirtyNewPage;
+    bool        epsf;
+    QString     fontsUsed;
+
+    // outstream is the stream the build up pages are copied to. It points to buffer
+    // at the start, and is reset to use the outDevice after emitHeader has been called.
+    QTextStream outStream;
+
+    // stores the descriptions of the first pages. outStream operates on this buffer
+    // until we call emitHeader
+    QBuffer *buffer;
+    int pagesInBuffer;
+
+    // the device the output is in the end streamed to.
+    QIODevice * outDevice;
+    int fd;
+
+    // buffer for the current page. Needed becaus we might have page fonts.
+    QBuffer *pageBuffer;
+    QTextStream pageStream;
+
+    QDict<QString> headerFontNames;
+    QDict<QString> pageFontNames;
+    QDict<QPSPrinterFontPrivate> fonts;
+    QPSPrinterFontPrivate *currentFontFile;
+    int headerFontNumber;
+    int pageFontNumber;
+    QBuffer * fontBuffer;
+    QTextStream fontStream;
+    bool dirtyClipping;
+    bool firstClipOnPage;
+    QRect boundingBox;
+    QImage * savedImage;
+    QPen cpen;
+    QBrush cbrush;
+    bool dirtypen;
+    bool dirtybrush;
+    QColor bkColor;
+    bool dirtyBkColor;
+    Qt::BGMode bkMode;
+    bool dirtyBkMode;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    QTextCodec * currentFontCodec;
+#endif
+    QString currentFont;
+    QFontMetrics fm;
+    int textY;
+    QFont currentUsed;
+    int scriptUsed;
+    QFont currentSet;
+    float scale;
+
+    QStringList fontpath;
+};
+
+
+class QPSPrinterFontPrivate {
+public:
+    QPSPrinterFontPrivate();
+    virtual ~QPSPrinterFontPrivate() {}
+    virtual QString postScriptFontName() { return psname; }
+    virtual QString defineFont( QTextStream &stream, const QString &ps, const QFont &f, const QString &key,
+                             QPSPrinterPrivate *d );
+    virtual void download(QTextStream& s, bool global);
+    virtual void drawText( QTextStream &stream, const QPoint &p, QTextEngine *engine, int item,
+                           const QString &text, QPSPrinterPrivate *d, QPainter *paint);
+    virtual unsigned short mapUnicode( unsigned short unicode );
+    void downloadMapping( QTextStream &s, bool global );
+    QString glyphName( unsigned short glyphindex, bool *glyphSet = 0 );
+    virtual void restore();
+
+    virtual unsigned short unicode_for_glyph(int glyphindex) { return glyphindex; }
+    virtual unsigned short glyph_for_unicode(unsigned short unicode) { return unicode; }
+    unsigned short insertIntoSubset( unsigned short unicode );
+    virtual bool embedded() { return FALSE; }
+
+    bool operator == ( const QPSPrinterFontPrivate &other ) {
+	return other.psname == psname;
+    }
+    inline void setSymbol() { symbol = TRUE; }
+
+protected:
+    QString psname;
+    QStringList replacementList;
+
+    QMap<unsigned short, unsigned short> subset;      // unicode subset in the global font
+    QMap<unsigned short, unsigned short> page_subset; // subset added in this page
+    int subsetCount;
+    int pageSubsetCount;
+    bool global_dict;
+    bool downloaded;
+    bool symbol;
+};
+
+// ------------------- end of class declarations ---------------------------
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------
+//   beginning of font related methods
+// --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+static int getPsFontType( const QFontEngine *fe )
+{
+    int weight = fe->fontDef.weight;
+    bool italic = fe->fontDef.italic;
+
+    int type = 0; // used to look up in the psname array
+    // get the right modification, or build something
+    if ( weight > QFont::Normal && italic )
+	type = 3;
+    else if ( weight > QFont::Normal )
+	type = 2;
+    else if ( italic )
+	type = 1;
+    return type;
+}
+
+static int addPsFontNameExtension( const QFontEngine *fe, QString &ps, const psfont *psf = 0 )
+{
+    int type = getPsFontType( fe );
+
+    if ( psf ) {
+	ps = QString::fromLatin1( psf[type].psname );
+    } else {
+	switch ( type ) {
+	case 1:
+	    ps.append( QString::fromLatin1("-Italic") );
+	    break;
+	case 2:
+	    ps.append( QString::fromLatin1("-Bold") );
+	    break;
+	case 3:
+	    ps.append( QString::fromLatin1("-BoldItalic") );
+	    break;
+	case 0:
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return type;
+}
+
+static QString makePSFontName( const QFontEngine *fe, int *listpos = 0, int *ftype = 0 )
+{
+  QString ps;
+  int i;
+
+  QString family = fe->fontDef.family.lower();
+
+  // try to make a "good" postscript name
+  ps = family.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+  i = 0;
+  while( (unsigned int)i < ps.length() ) {
+    if ( i != 0 && ps[i] == '[') {
+      if ( ps[i-1] == ' ' )
+	ps.truncate (i-1);
+      else
+	ps.truncate (i);
+      break;
+    }
+    if ( i == 0 || ps[i-1] == ' ' ) {
+      ps[i] = ps[i].upper();
+      if ( i )
+        ps.remove( i-1, 1 );
+      else
+        i++;
+    } else {
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( ps.isEmpty() )
+      ps = "Helvetica";
+
+  // see if the table has a better name
+  i = 0;
+  QString lowerName = ps.lower();
+  while( postscriptFonts[i].input &&
+         postscriptFonts[i].input != lowerName )
+    i++;
+  const psfont *psf = postscriptFonts[i].ps;
+
+  int type = addPsFontNameExtension( fe, ps, psf );
+
+  if ( listpos )
+      *listpos = i;
+  if ( ftype )
+      *ftype = type;
+  return ps;
+}
+
+static void appendReplacements( QStringList &list, const psfont * const * replacements, int type, float xscale = 100. )
+{
+    // iterate through the replacement fonts
+    while ( *replacements ) {
+        const psfont *psf = *replacements;
+        QString ps = "[ /" + QString::fromLatin1( psf[type].psname ) + " " +
+		     toString( xscale / psf[type].xscale ) + " " +
+		     toString( psf[type].slant ) + " ]";
+        list.append( ps );
+        ++replacements;
+    }
+}
+
+static QStringList makePSFontNameList( const QFontEngine *fe, const QString &psname = QString::null, bool useNameForLookup = FALSE )
+{
+    int i;
+    int type;
+    QStringList list;
+    QString ps = psname;
+
+    if ( !ps.isEmpty() && !useNameForLookup ) {
+        QString best = "[ /" + ps + " 1.0 0.0 ]";
+        list.append( best );
+    }
+
+    ps = makePSFontName( fe, &i, &type );
+
+    const psfont *psf = postscriptFonts[i].ps;
+    const psfont * const * replacements = postscriptFonts[i].replacements;
+    float xscale = 100;
+    if ( psf ) {
+        // xscale for the "right" font is always 1. We scale the replacements...
+        xscale = psf->xscale;
+        ps = "[ /" + QString::fromLatin1( psf[type].psname ) + " 1.0 " +
+             toString( psf[type].slant ) + " ]";
+    } else {
+        ps = "[ /" + ps + " 1.0 0.0 ]";
+        // only add default replacement fonts in case this font was unknown.
+        if ( fe->fontDef.fixedPitch ) {
+            replacements = FixedReplacements;
+        } else {
+            replacements = SansSerifReplacements;
+            // 100 is courier, but most fonts are not as wide as courier. Using 100
+            // here would make letters overlap for some fonts. This value is empirical.
+            xscale = 83;
+        }
+    }
+    list.append( ps );
+
+    if ( replacements )
+        appendReplacements( list, replacements, type, xscale);
+    return list;
+}
+
+static void emitPSFontNameList( QTextStream &s, const QString &psname, const QStringList &list )
+{
+    s << "/" << psname << "List [\n";
+    s << list.join("\n  ");
+    s << "\n] d\n";
+}
+
+static inline float pointSize( const QFont &f, float scale )
+{
+    float psize;
+    if ( f.pointSize() != -1 )
+	psize = f.pointSize()/scale;
+    else
+	psize = f.pixelSize();
+    return psize;
+}
+
+
+// ========================== FONT CLASSES  ===============
+
+
+QPSPrinterFontPrivate::QPSPrinterFontPrivate()
+{
+    global_dict = FALSE;
+    downloaded  = FALSE;
+    symbol = FALSE;
+    // map 0 to .notdef
+    subset.insert( 0, 0 );
+    subsetCount = 1;
+    pageSubsetCount = 0;
+}
+
+unsigned short QPSPrinterFontPrivate::insertIntoSubset( unsigned short u )
+{
+    unsigned short retval = 0;
+    if ( subset.find(u) == subset.end() ) {
+        if ( !downloaded ) { // we need to add to the page subset
+            subset.insert( u, subsetCount ); // mark it as used
+            //printf("GLOBAL SUBSET ADDED %04x = %04x\n",u, subsetCount);
+            retval = subsetCount;
+            subsetCount++;
+        } else if ( page_subset.find(u) == page_subset.end() ) {
+            page_subset.insert( u, pageSubsetCount ); // mark it as used
+            //printf("PAGE SUBSET ADDED %04x = %04x\n",u, pageSubsetCount);
+            retval = pageSubsetCount + (subsetCount/256 + 1) * 256;
+            pageSubsetCount++;
+        }
+    } else {
+        qWarning("QPSPrinterFont::internal error");
+    }
+    return retval;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontPrivate::restore()
+{
+    page_subset.clear();
+    pageSubsetCount = 0;
+    //qDebug("restore for font %s\n",psname.latin1());
+}
+
+static inline const char *toHex( uchar u )
+{
+    static char hexVal[3];
+    int i = 1;
+    while ( i >= 0 ) {
+	ushort hex = (u & 0x000f);
+	if ( hex < 0x0a )
+	    hexVal[i] = '0'+hex;
+	else
+	    hexVal[i] = 'A'+(hex-0x0a);
+	u = u >> 4;
+	i--;
+    }
+    hexVal[2] = '\0';
+    return hexVal;
+}
+
+static inline const char *toHex( ushort u )
+{
+    static char hexVal[5];
+    int i = 3;
+    while ( i >= 0 ) {
+	ushort hex = (u & 0x000f);
+	if ( hex < 0x0a )
+	    hexVal[i] = '0'+hex;
+	else
+	    hexVal[i] = 'A'+(hex-0x0a);
+	u = u >> 4;
+	i--;
+    }
+    hexVal[4] = '\0';
+    return hexVal;
+}
+
+static inline const char * toInt( int i )
+{
+    static char intVal[20];
+    intVal[19] = 0;
+    int pos = 19;
+    if ( i == 0 ) {
+	intVal[--pos] = '0';
+    } else {
+	bool neg = FALSE;
+	if ( i < 0 ) {
+	    neg = TRUE;
+	    i = -i;
+	}
+	while ( i ) {
+	    int dec = i%10;
+	    intVal[--pos] = '0'+dec;
+	    i /= 10;
+	}
+	if ( neg )
+	    intVal[--pos] = '-';
+    }
+    return intVal+pos;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontPrivate::drawText( QTextStream &stream, const QPoint &p, QTextEngine *engine, int item,
+                                 const QString &text, QPSPrinterPrivate *d, QPainter *paint)
+{
+    int len = engine->length( item );
+    QScriptItem &si = engine->items[item];
+
+    int x = p.x() + si.x;
+    int y = p.y() + si.y;
+    if ( y != d->textY || d->textY == 0 )
+        stream << y << " Y";
+    d->textY = y;
+
+    stream << "<";
+    if ( si.analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	for ( int i = len-1; i >=0; i-- )
+	    stream << toHex( mapUnicode(text.unicode()[i].unicode()) );
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	    stream << toHex( mapUnicode(text.unicode()[i].unicode()) );
+    }
+    stream << ">";
+
+    stream << si.width << " " << x;
+
+    if ( paint->font().underline() )
+        stream << ' ' << y + d->fm.underlinePos() + d->fm.lineWidth()
+               << " " << d->fm.lineWidth() << " Tl";
+    if ( paint->font().strikeOut() )
+        stream << ' ' << y + d->fm.strikeOutPos()
+               << " " << d->fm.lineWidth() << " Tl";
+    stream << " AT\n";
+
+}
+
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontPrivate::defineFont( QTextStream &stream, const QString &ps, const QFont &f, const QString &key,
+                                   QPSPrinterPrivate *d )
+{
+    QString fontName;
+    fontName.sprintf( "/%s-Uni", ps.latin1());
+
+    if ( d->buffer ) {
+        ++d->headerFontNumber;
+        d->fontStream << "/F" << d->headerFontNumber << " "
+                      << pointSize( f, d->scale ) << fontName << " DF\n";
+        fontName.sprintf( "F%d", d->headerFontNumber );
+        d->headerFontNames.insert( key, new QString( fontName ) );
+    } else {
+        ++d->pageFontNumber;
+        stream << "/F" << d->pageFontNumber << " "
+               << pointSize( f, d->scale ) << fontName << " DF\n";
+        fontName.sprintf( "F%d", d->pageFontNumber );
+        d->pageFontNames.insert( key, new QString( fontName ) );
+    }
+    return fontName;
+}
+
+unsigned short QPSPrinterFontPrivate::mapUnicode( unsigned short unicode )
+{
+    QMap<unsigned short, unsigned short>::iterator res;
+    res = subset.find( unicode );
+    unsigned short offset = 0;
+    bool found = FALSE;
+    if ( res != subset.end() ) {
+        found = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        if ( downloaded ) {
+            res = page_subset.find( unicode );
+            offset = (subsetCount/256 + 1) * 256;
+            if ( res != page_subset.end() )
+                found = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( !found ) {
+        return insertIntoSubset( unicode );
+    }
+    //qDebug("mapping unicode %x to %x", unicode, offset+*res);
+    return offset + *res;
+}
+
+// This map is used for symbol fonts to get the correct glyph names for the latin range
+static const unsigned short symbol_map[0x100] = {
+    0x0000, 0x0001, 0x0002, 0x0003, 0x0004, 0x0005, 0x0006, 0x0007,
+    0x0008, 0x0009, 0x000a, 0x000b, 0x000c, 0x000d, 0x000e, 0x000f,
+    0x0010, 0x0011, 0x0012, 0x0013, 0x0014, 0x0015, 0x0016, 0x0017,
+    0x0018, 0x0019, 0x001a, 0x001b, 0x001c, 0x001d, 0x001e, 0x001f,
+    0x0020, 0x0021, 0x2200, 0x0023, 0x2203, 0x0025, 0x0026, 0x220b,
+    0x0028, 0x0029, 0x2217, 0x002b, 0x002c, 0x2212, 0x002e, 0x002f,
+    0x0030, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037,
+    0x0038, 0x0039, 0x003a, 0x003b, 0x003c, 0x003d, 0x003e, 0x003f,
+
+    0x2245, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x03a7, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x03a6, 0x0393,
+    0x0397, 0x0399, 0x03d1, 0x039a, 0x039b, 0x039c, 0x039d, 0x039f,
+    0x03a0, 0x0398, 0x03a1, 0x03a3, 0x03a4, 0x03a5, 0x03c2, 0x03a9,
+    0x039e, 0x03a8, 0x0396, 0x005b, 0x2234, 0x005d, 0x22a5, 0x005f,
+    0xf8e5, 0x03b1, 0x03b2, 0x03c7, 0x03b4, 0x03b5, 0x03c6, 0x03b3,
+    0x03b7, 0x03b9, 0x03d5, 0x03ba, 0x03bb, 0x03bc, 0x03bd, 0x03bf,
+    0x03c0, 0x03b8, 0x03c1, 0x03c3, 0x03c4, 0x03c5, 0x03d6, 0x03c9,
+    0x03be, 0x03c8, 0x03b6, 0x007b, 0x007c, 0x007d, 0x223c, 0x007f,
+
+    0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+    0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008a, 0x008b, 0x008c, 0x008d, 0x008e, 0x008f,
+    0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+    0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009a, 0x009b, 0x009c, 0x009d, 0x009e, 0x009f,
+    0x20ac, 0x03d2, 0x2023, 0x2264, 0x2044, 0x221e, 0x0192, 0x2263,
+    0x2666, 0x2665, 0x2660, 0x2194, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2192, 0x2193,
+    0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x2033, 0x2265, 0x00d7, 0x221d, 0x2202, 0x2022,
+    0x00f7, 0x2260, 0x2261, 0x2248, 0x2026, 0xf8e6, 0xf8e7, 0x21b5,
+
+    0x2135, 0x2111, 0x211c, 0x2118, 0x2297, 0x2295, 0x2205, 0x2229,
+    0x222a, 0x2283, 0x2287, 0x2284, 0x2282, 0x2286, 0x2208, 0x2209,
+    0x2220, 0x2207, 0xf6da, 0xf6d9, 0xf6db, 0x220f, 0x221a, 0x22c5,
+    0x00ac, 0x2227, 0x2228, 0x21d4, 0x21d0, 0x21d1, 0x21d2, 0x21d3,
+    0x25ca, 0x2329, 0xf8e8, 0xf8e9, 0xf8ea, 0x2211, 0xf8eb, 0xf8ec,
+    0xf8ed, 0xf8ee, 0xf8ef, 0xf8f0, 0xf8f1, 0xf8f2, 0xf8f3, 0xf8f4,
+    0x0000, 0x232a, 0x222b, 0x2320, 0xf8f5, 0x2321, 0xf8f6, 0xf8f7,
+    0xf8f8, 0xf8f9, 0xf8fa, 0xf8fb, 0xf8fc, 0xf8fd, 0xf8fe, 0x0000,
+};
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontPrivate::glyphName( unsigned short glyphindex, bool *glyphSet )
+{
+    QString glyphname;
+    int l = 0;
+    unsigned short unicode = unicode_for_glyph( glyphindex );
+    if (symbol && unicode < 0x100) {
+	// map from latin1 to symbol
+	unicode = symbol_map[unicode];
+    }
+    if ( !unicode && glyphindex ) {
+	glyphname = "gl";
+	glyphname += toHex( glyphindex );
+    } else {
+	while( unicodetoglyph[l].u < unicode )
+	    l++;
+	if ( unicodetoglyph[l].u == unicode ) {
+	    glyphname = unicodetoglyph[l].g;
+	    if ( glyphSet ) {
+		int other = 0;
+		switch ( unicode ) {
+		    // some glyph names are duplicate in postscript. Make sure we give the
+		    // duplicate a different name to avoid infinite recursion
+		case 0x0394:
+		    other = 0x2206;
+		    break;
+		case 0x03a9:
+		    other = 0x2126;
+		    break;
+		case 0x0162:
+		    other = 0x021a;
+		    break;
+		case 0x2215:
+		    other = 0x2044;
+		    break;
+		case 0x00ad:
+		    other = 0x002d;
+		    break;
+		case 0x02c9:
+		    other = 0x00af;
+		    break;
+		case 0x03bc:
+		    other = 0x00b5;
+		    break;
+		case 0x2219:
+		    other = 0x00b7;
+		    break;
+		case 0x00a0:
+		    other = 0x0020;
+		    break;
+		case 0x0163:
+		    other = 0x021b;
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+		if ( other ) {
+		    int oglyph = glyph_for_unicode( other );
+		    if( oglyph && oglyph != glyphindex && glyphSet[oglyph] ) {
+ 			glyphname = "uni";
+ 			glyphname += toHex( unicode );
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+ 	} else {
+	    glyphname = "uni";
+	    glyphname += toHex( unicode );
+	}
+    }
+    return glyphname;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontPrivate::download(QTextStream &s, bool global)
+{
+    //printf("defining mapping for printer font %s\n",psname.latin1());
+    downloadMapping( s, global );
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontPrivate::downloadMapping( QTextStream &s, bool global )
+{
+    uchar rangeOffset = 0;
+    uchar numRanges = (uchar)(subsetCount/256 + 1);
+    uchar range;
+    QMap<unsigned short, unsigned short> *subsetDict = &subset;
+    if ( !global ) {
+        rangeOffset = numRanges;
+        numRanges = pageSubsetCount/256 + 1;
+        subsetDict = &page_subset;
+    }
+    // build up inverse table
+    unsigned short *inverse = new unsigned short[numRanges * 256];
+    memset( inverse, 0, numRanges * 256 * sizeof( unsigned short ) );
+
+    QMap<unsigned short, unsigned short>::iterator it;
+    for ( it = subsetDict->begin(); it != subsetDict->end(); ++it) {
+        const unsigned short &mapped = *it;
+        inverse[mapped] = it.key();
+    }
+
+    QString vector;
+    QString glyphname;
+
+    for (range=0; range < numRanges; range++) {
+        //printf("outputing range %04x\n",range*256);
+        vector = "%% Font Page ";
+	vector += toHex((uchar)(range + rangeOffset));
+        vector += "\n/";
+        vector += psname;
+        vector += "-ENC-";
+	vector += toHex((uchar)(range + rangeOffset));
+	vector += " [\n";
+
+        QString line;
+        for(int k=0; k<256; k++ ) {
+            int c = range*256 + k;
+            unsigned short glyph = inverse[c];
+            glyphname = glyphName( glyph );
+            if ( line.length() + glyphname.length() > 76 ) {
+                vector += line;
+		vector += "\n";
+                line = "";
+            }
+            line += "/" + glyphname;
+        }
+        vector += line;
+	vector += "] def\n";
+        s << vector;
+    }
+
+    delete [] inverse;
+
+    // DEFINE BASE FONTS
+
+    for (range=0; range < numRanges; range++) {
+        s << "/";
+        s << psname;
+        s << "-Uni-";
+        s << toHex((uchar)(range + rangeOffset));
+        s << " ";
+        s << psname;
+        s << "-ENC-";
+        s << toHex((uchar)(range + rangeOffset));
+        if ( embedded() && embedFonts ) {
+            s << " /";
+            s << psname;
+            s << " MFEmb\n";
+        } else {
+            s << " " << psname << "List";
+            s << " MF\n";
+        }
+    }
+
+    // === write header ===
+    //   int VMMin;
+    //   int VMMax;
+
+    s << wrapDSC( "%%BeginFont: " + psname )
+      << "%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0 Composite Font\n"
+      << wrapDSC( "%%FontName: " + psname + "-Uni" )
+      << "%%Creator: Composite font created by Qt\n";
+
+    /* Start the dictionary which will eventually */
+    /* become the font. */
+    s << "25 dict begin\n"; // need to verify. Sivan
+
+    s << "/FontName /";
+    s << psname;
+    s << "-Uni";
+    s << " def\n";
+    s << "/PaintType 0 def\n";
+
+    // This is concatenated with the base fonts, so it should perform
+    // no transformation. Sivan
+    s << "/FontMatrix[1 0 0 1 0 0]def\n";
+
+    s << "/FontType ";
+    s << 0;
+    s << " def\n";
+
+    // now come composite font structures
+    // FMapTypes:
+    // 2: 8/8, 8 bits select the font, 8 the glyph
+
+    s << "/FMapType 2 def\n";
+
+    // The encoding in a composite font is used for indirection.
+    // Every char is split into a font-number and a character-selector.
+    // PostScript prints glyph number character-selector from the font
+    // FDepVector[ Encoding[ font-number ] ].
+
+    s << "/Encoding [";
+    for (range=0; range < rangeOffset + numRanges; range++) {
+        if (range % 16 == 0)
+            s << "\n";
+        else
+            s << " ";
+        s << range;
+    }
+    s << "]def\n";
+
+  // Descendent fonts
+
+    s << "/FDepVector [\n";
+    for (range=0; range < rangeOffset + numRanges; range++) {
+        s << "/";
+        s << psname;
+        s << "-Uni-";
+        s << toHex( range );
+        s << " findfont\n";
+    }
+    s << "]def\n";
+
+  // === trailer ===
+
+    s << "FontName currentdict end definefont pop\n";
+    s << "%%EndFont\n";
+}
+
+
+// ================== TTF ====================
+
+typedef Q_UINT8  BYTE;
+typedef Q_UINT16 USHORT;
+typedef Q_UINT16 uFWord;
+typedef Q_INT16 SHORT;
+typedef Q_INT16 FWord;
+typedef Q_UINT32   ULONG;
+typedef Q_INT32  FIXED;
+
+typedef struct {
+  Q_INT16 whole;
+  Q_UINT16 fraction;
+} Fixed; // 16.16 bit fixed-point number
+
+static float f2dot14( ushort s )
+{
+    float f = ((float)( s & 0x3fff ))/ 16384.;
+    f += (s & 0x8000) ? ( (s & 0x4000) ? -1 : -2 ) : ( (s & 0x4000) ? 1 : 0 );
+    return f;
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+  int*    epts_ctr;                     /* array of contour endpoints */
+  int     num_pts, num_ctr;             /* number of points, number of coutours */
+  FWord*  xcoor, *ycoor;                /* arrays of x and y coordinates */
+  BYTE*   tt_flags;                     /* array of TrueType flags */
+  double* area_ctr;
+  char*   check_ctr;
+  int*    ctrset;               /* in contour index followed by out contour index */
+} charproc_data;
+
+
+class QPSPrinterFontTTF
+    : public QPSPrinterFontPrivate {
+public:
+    QPSPrinterFontTTF(const QFontEngine *f, QByteArray& data);
+    virtual void    download(QTextStream& s, bool global);
+    virtual void drawText( QTextStream &stream, const QPoint &p, QTextEngine *engine, int item,
+                           const QString &text, QPSPrinterPrivate *d, QPainter *paint);
+    //  virtual ~QPSPrinterFontTTF();
+
+    virtual bool embedded() { return TRUE; }
+private:
+    QByteArray     data;
+    QMemArray<ushort> uni2glyph; // to speed up lookups
+    QMemArray<ushort> glyph2uni; // to speed up lookups
+    bool           defective; // if we can't process this file
+
+    BYTE*   getTable(const char *);
+    void uni2glyphSetup();
+    unsigned short unicode_for_glyph(int glyphindex);
+    unsigned short glyph_for_unicode(unsigned short unicode);
+    int   topost(FWord x) { return (int)( ((int)(x) * 1000 + HUPM) / unitsPerEm ); }
+
+#ifdef Q_PRINTER_USE_TYPE42
+    void sfnts_pputBYTE(BYTE n,QTextStream& s,
+			int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string);
+    void sfnts_pputUSHORT(USHORT n,QTextStream& s,
+			  int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string);
+    void sfnts_pputULONG(ULONG n,QTextStream& s,
+			 int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string);
+    void sfnts_end_string(QTextStream& s,
+			  int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string);
+    void sfnts_new_table(ULONG length,QTextStream& s,
+			 int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string);
+    void sfnts_glyf_table(ULONG oldoffset,
+			  ULONG correct_total_length,
+			  QTextStream& s,
+			  int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string);
+    void download_sfnts(QTextStream& s);
+#endif
+
+    void subsetGlyph(int charindex,bool* glyphset);
+
+    void charproc(int charindex, QTextStream& s, bool *glyphSet);
+    BYTE* charprocFindGlyphData(int charindex);
+    void charprocComposite(BYTE *glyph, QTextStream& s, bool *glyphSet);
+    void charprocLoad(BYTE *glyph, charproc_data* cd);
+
+    int target_type;                      /* 42 or 3 */
+
+    int numTables;                        /* number of tables present */
+    QString PostName;                     /* Font's PostScript name */
+    QString FullName;                     /* Font's full name */
+    QString FamilyName;                   /* Font's family name */
+    QString Style;                        /* Font's style string */
+    QString Copyright;                    /* Font's copyright string */
+    QString Version;                      /* Font's version string */
+    QString Trademark;                    /* Font's trademark string */
+    int llx,lly,urx,ury;          /* bounding box */
+
+    Fixed TTVersion;                      /* Truetype version number from offset table */
+    Fixed MfrRevision;                    /* Revision number of this font */
+
+    BYTE *offset_table;           /* Offset table in memory */
+    BYTE *post_table;                     /* 'post' table in memory */
+
+    BYTE *loca_table;                     /* 'loca' table in memory */
+    BYTE *glyf_table;                     /* 'glyf' table in memory */
+    BYTE *hmtx_table;                     /* 'hmtx' table in memory */
+
+    USHORT numberOfHMetrics;
+    int unitsPerEm;                       /* unitsPerEm converted to int */
+    int HUPM;                             /* half of above */
+
+    int numGlyphs;                        /* from 'post' table */
+
+    int indexToLocFormat;         /* short or long offsets */
+
+};
+
+
+static ULONG getULONG(BYTE *p)
+{
+  int x;
+  ULONG val=0;
+
+  for(x=0; x<4; x++) {
+    val *= 0x100;
+    val += p[x];
+  }
+
+  return val;
+}
+
+static USHORT getUSHORT(BYTE *p)
+{
+  int x;
+  USHORT val=0;
+
+  for(x=0; x<2; x++) {
+    val *= 0x100;
+    val += p[x];
+  }
+
+  return val;
+}
+
+static Fixed getFixed(BYTE *s)
+{
+  Fixed val={0,0};
+
+  val.whole = ((s[0] * 256) + s[1]);
+  val.fraction = ((s[2] * 256) + s[3]);
+
+  return val;
+}
+
+static FWord getFWord(BYTE* s)  { return (FWord)  getUSHORT(s); }
+static uFWord getuFWord(BYTE* s) { return (uFWord) getUSHORT(s); }
+static SHORT getSHORT(BYTE* s)  { return (SHORT)  getUSHORT(s); }
+
+#if 0
+static const char * const Apple_CharStrings[]={
+  ".notdef",".null","nonmarkingreturn","space","exclam","quotedbl","numbersign",
+  "dollar","percent","ampersand","quotesingle","parenleft","parenright",
+  "asterisk","plus", "comma","hyphen","period","slash","zero","one","two",
+  "three","four","five","six","seven","eight","nine","colon","semicolon",
+  "less","equal","greater","question","at","A","B","C","D","E","F","G","H","I",
+  "J","K", "L","M","N","O","P","Q","R","S","T","U","V","W","X","Y","Z",
+  "bracketleft","backslash","bracketright","asciicircum","underscore","grave",
+  "a","b","c","d","e","f","g","h","i","j","k", "l","m","n","o","p","q","r","s",
+  "t","u","v","w","x","y","z","braceleft","bar","braceright","asciitilde",
+  "Adieresis","Aring","Ccedilla","Eacute","Ntilde","Odieresis","Udieresis",
+  "aacute","agrave","acircumflex","adieresis","atilde","aring","ccedilla",
+  "eacute","egrave","ecircumflex","edieresis","iacute","igrave","icircumflex",
+  "idieresis","ntilde","oacute","ograve","ocircumflex","odieresis","otilde",
+  "uacute","ugrave","ucircumflex","udieresis","dagger","degree","cent",
+  "sterling","section","bullet","paragraph","germandbls","registered",
+  "copyright","trademark","acute","dieresis","notequal","AE","Oslash",
+  "infinity","plusminus","lessequal","greaterequal","yen","mu","partialdiff",
+  "summation","product","pi","integral","ordfeminine","ordmasculine","Omega",
+  "ae","oslash","questiondown","exclamdown","logicalnot","radical","florin",
+  "approxequal","Delta","guillemotleft","guillemotright","ellipsis",
+  "nobreakspace","Agrave","Atilde","Otilde","OE","oe","endash","emdash",
+  "quotedblleft","quotedblright","quoteleft","quoteright","divide","lozenge",
+  "ydieresis","Ydieresis","fraction","currency","guilsinglleft","guilsinglright",
+  "fi","fl","daggerdbl","periodcentered","quotesinglbase","quotedblbase",
+  "perthousand","Acircumflex","Ecircumflex","Aacute","Edieresis","Egrave",
+  "Iacute","Icircumflex","Idieresis","Igrave","Oacute","Ocircumflex","apple",
+  "Ograve","Uacute","Ucircumflex","Ugrave","dotlessi","circumflex","tilde",
+  "macron","breve","dotaccent","ring","cedilla","hungarumlaut","ogonek","caron",
+  "Lslash","lslash","Scaron","scaron","Zcaron","zcaron","brokenbar","Eth","eth",
+  "Yacute","yacute","Thorn","thorn","minus","multiply","onesuperior",
+  "twosuperior","threesuperior","onehalf","onequarter","threequarters","franc",
+  "Gbreve","gbreve","Idot","Scedilla","scedilla","Cacute","cacute","Ccaron",
+  "ccaron","dmacron","markingspace","capslock","shift","propeller","enter",
+  "markingtabrtol","markingtabltor","control","markingdeleteltor",
+  "markingdeletertol","option","escape","parbreakltor","parbreakrtol",
+  "newpage","checkmark","linebreakltor","linebreakrtol","markingnobreakspace",
+  "diamond","appleoutline"};
+#endif
+
+// #define DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+
+QPSPrinterFontTTF::QPSPrinterFontTTF(const QFontEngine *f, QByteArray& d)
+{
+  data = d;
+  defective = FALSE;
+
+  BYTE *ptr;
+
+  target_type = 3;  // will work on any printer
+  //target_type = 42; // works with gs, faster, better quality
+
+#ifdef Q_PRINTER_USE_TYPE42
+  char* environment_preference = getenv("QT_TTFTOPS");
+  if (environment_preference) {
+    if (QString(environment_preference) == "42")
+      target_type = 42;
+    else if (QString(environment_preference) == "3")
+      target_type = 3;
+    else
+      qWarning("The value of QT_TTFTOPS must be 42 or 3");
+  }
+#endif
+  offset_table = (unsigned char*) data.data(); /* first 12 bytes */
+
+  /* Determine how many directory entries there are. */
+  numTables = getUSHORT( offset_table + 4 );
+
+  /* Extract information from the "Offset" table. */
+  TTVersion = getFixed( offset_table );
+
+  /* Load the "head" table and extract information from it. */
+  ptr = getTable("head");
+  if ( !ptr ) {
+      defective = TRUE;
+      return;
+  }
+  MfrRevision = getFixed( ptr + 4 );            /* font revision number */
+  unitsPerEm = getUSHORT( ptr + 18 );
+  HUPM = unitsPerEm / 2;
+#ifdef DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+  printf("unitsPerEm=%d",(int)unitsPerEm);
+#endif
+  llx = topost( getFWord( ptr + 36 ) );         /* bounding box info */
+  lly = topost( getFWord( ptr + 38 ) );
+  urx = topost( getFWord( ptr + 40 ) );
+  ury = topost( getFWord( ptr + 42 ) );
+  indexToLocFormat = getSHORT( ptr + 50 );      /* size of 'loca' data */
+  if(indexToLocFormat != 0 && indexToLocFormat != 1) {
+    qWarning("TrueType font is unusable because indexToLocFormat != 0");
+    defective = TRUE;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( getSHORT(ptr+52) != 0 ) {
+    qWarning("TrueType font is unusable because glyphDataFormat != 0");
+    defective = TRUE;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // === Load information from the "name" table ===
+
+  /* Set default values to avoid future references to */
+  /* undefined pointers. */
+
+  psname = FullName = FamilyName = Version = Style = "unknown";
+  Copyright = "No copyright notice";
+  Trademark = "No trademark notice";
+
+  BYTE* table_ptr = getTable("name");           /* pointer to table */
+  if ( !table_ptr ) {
+      defective = TRUE;
+      qDebug("couldn't find name table" );
+      return;
+  }
+  int numrecords = getUSHORT( table_ptr + 2 );  /* number of names */
+  char* strings = (char *)table_ptr + getUSHORT( table_ptr + 4 ); /* start of string storage */
+
+  BYTE* ptr2 = table_ptr + 6;
+  for(int x=0; x < numrecords; x++,ptr2+=12) {
+      int platform = getUSHORT(ptr2);
+    //int encoding = getUSHORT(ptr2+2);
+    //int language = getUSHORT(ptr2+4);
+    int nameid   = getUSHORT(ptr2+6);
+    int length   = getUSHORT(ptr2+8);
+    int offset   = getUSHORT(ptr2+10);
+
+    if( platform == 1 && nameid == 0 )
+      Copyright.setLatin1(strings+offset,length);
+
+    if( platform == 1 && nameid == 1 )
+      FamilyName.setLatin1(strings+offset,length);
+
+    if( platform == 1 && nameid == 2 )
+      Style.setLatin1(strings+offset,length);
+
+    if( platform == 1 && nameid == 4 )
+      FullName.setLatin1(strings+offset,length);
+
+    if( platform == 1 && nameid == 5 )
+      Version.setLatin1(strings+offset,length);
+
+    if( platform == 1 && nameid == 6 )
+      psname.setLatin1(strings+offset,length);
+
+    if( platform == 1 && nameid == 7 )
+      Trademark.setLatin1(strings+offset,length);
+
+  }
+  psname.replace(' ', '-');
+  psname.replace("/", "");
+  if (psname.isEmpty())
+      psname = makePSFontName(f);
+
+  //read_cmap(font);
+
+  /* We need to have the PostScript table around. */
+
+  post_table = getTable("post");
+#if 0
+  if ( post_table ) {
+      Fixed post_format = getFixed( post_table );
+
+      if( post_format.whole != 2 || post_format.fraction != 0 ) {
+          qWarning("TrueType font does not have a format 2.0 'post' table");
+          qWarning("post format is %d.%d",post_format.whole,post_format.fraction);
+          // Sivan Feb 2001: no longer defective.
+          // defective = TRUE;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+  BYTE *maxp = getTable("maxp");
+  if ( !maxp ) {
+      defective = TRUE;
+      qDebug("no maxp table in font");
+      return;
+  }
+  numGlyphs = getUSHORT( maxp + 4 );
+//  qDebug("number of glyphs is %d", numGlyphs);
+  replacementList = makePSFontNameList( f, psname );
+  uni2glyphSetup();
+}
+
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::drawText( QTextStream &stream, const QPoint &p, QTextEngine *engine, int item,
+				  const QString &text, QPSPrinterPrivate *d, QPainter *paint)
+{
+    // we draw glyphs here to get correct shaping of arabic and indic
+    QScriptItem &si = engine->items[item];
+    engine->shape( item );
+    int len = si.num_glyphs;
+
+    int x = p.x() + si.x;
+    int y = p.y() + si.y;
+    if ( y != d->textY || d->textY == 0 )
+        stream << y << " Y";
+    d->textY = y;
+
+    QCString xyarray;
+    int xo = 0;
+    int yo = 0;
+
+    glyph_t *glyphs = engine->glyphs( &si );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( &si );
+    qoffset_t *offsets = engine->offsets( &si );
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    int type = si.fontEngine->type();
+    bool glyphIndices = (type == QFontEngine::Xft);
+    // This helps us get arabic for XLFD fonts working. In that case we have a Unicode
+    // cmap (== 0), and the glyphs array contains the shaped string.
+    bool useGlyphAsUnicode = (type == QFontEngine::XLFD && si.fontEngine->cmap() == 0);
+#else // Q_WS_QWS
+    const bool glyphIndices = FALSE;
+    const bool useGlyphAsUnicode = TRUE;
+#endif
+    stream << "<";
+    if ( si.analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	for ( int i = len-1; i >=0; i-- ) {
+	    // map unicode is not really the correct name, as we map glyphs, but we also download glyphs, so this works
+            unsigned short glyph;
+            if (glyphIndices)
+                glyph = glyphs[i];
+            else
+                glyph = glyph_for_unicode(useGlyphAsUnicode ? glyphs[i] : text.unicode()[i].unicode());
+	    stream << toHex(mapUnicode(glyph));
+	    if ( i != len-1 ) {
+		xyarray += toInt( xo + offsets[i].x + advances[i+1] );
+		xyarray += " ";
+		xyarray += toInt( yo + offsets[i].y );
+		xyarray += " ";
+		xo = -offsets[i].x;
+		yo = -offsets[i].y;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	    // map unicode is not really the correct name, as we map glyphs, but we also download glyphs, so this works
+            unsigned short glyph;
+            if (glyphIndices)
+                glyph = glyphs[i];
+            else
+                glyph = glyph_for_unicode(useGlyphAsUnicode ? glyphs[i] : text.unicode()[i].unicode());
+	    stream << toHex(mapUnicode(glyph));
+	    if ( i ) {
+		xyarray += toInt( xo + offsets[i].x + advances[i-1] );
+		xyarray += " ";
+		xyarray += toInt( yo + offsets[i].y );
+		xyarray += " ";
+		xo = -offsets[i].x;
+		yo = -offsets[i].y;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    stream << ">";
+
+    stream << "[" << xyarray << "0 0]";
+    stream << si.width << " " << x;
+
+    if ( paint->font().underline() )
+        stream << ' ' << y + d->fm.underlinePos() + d->fm.lineWidth()
+               << " " << d->fm.lineWidth() << " Tl";
+    if ( paint->font().strikeOut() )
+        stream << ' ' << y + d->fm.strikeOutPos()
+               << " " << d->fm.lineWidth() << " Tl";
+    stream << " XYT\n";
+
+}
+
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::download(QTextStream& s,bool global)
+{
+    emitPSFontNameList( s, psname, replacementList);
+    if ( !embedFonts ) {
+        downloadMapping(s, global);
+        return;
+    }
+    
+    //qDebug("downloading ttf font %s", psname.latin1() );
+    //qDebug("target type=%d", target_type);
+    global_dict = global;
+    QMap<unsigned short, unsigned short> *subsetDict = &subset;
+    if ( !global )
+        subsetDict = &page_subset;
+
+    downloaded  = TRUE;
+
+    if (defective) {
+        s << "% Font ";
+        s << FullName;
+        s << " cannot be downloaded\n";
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // === write header ===
+    int VMMin;
+    int VMMax;
+
+    s << wrapDSC( "%%BeginFont: " + FullName );
+    if( target_type == 42 ) {
+        s << "%!PS-TrueTypeFont-"
+          << TTVersion.whole
+          << "."
+          << TTVersion.fraction
+          << "-"
+          << MfrRevision.whole
+          << "."
+          << MfrRevision.fraction
+          << "\n";
+    } else {
+        /* If it is not a Type 42 font, we will use a different format. */
+        s << "%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-Font\n";
+    }     /* See RBIIp 641 */
+
+    if( Copyright != (char*)NULL ) {
+        s << wrapDSC( "%%Copyright: " + Copyright );
+    }
+
+    if( target_type == 42 )
+        s << "%%Creator: Converted from TrueType to type 42 by Qt\n";
+    else
+        s << "%%Creator: Converted from TrueType by Qt\n";
+
+    /* If VM usage information is available, print it. */
+    if( target_type == 42 && post_table)
+    {
+        VMMin = (int)getULONG( post_table + 16 );
+        VMMax = (int)getULONG( post_table + 20 );
+        if( VMMin > 0 && VMMax > 0 )
+            s << "%%VMUsage: " << VMMin << " " << VMMax << "\n";
+    }
+
+    /* Start the dictionary which will eventually */
+    /* become the font. */
+    if( target_type != 3 ) {
+        s << "15 dict begin\n";
+    }  else {
+        s << "25 dict begin\n";
+
+        /* Type 3 fonts will need some subroutines here. */
+        s << "/_d{bind def}bind def\n";
+        s << "/_m{moveto}_d\n";
+        s << "/_l{lineto}_d\n";
+        s << "/_cl{closepath eofill}_d\n";
+        s << "/_c{curveto}_d\n";
+        s << "/_sc{7 -1 roll{setcachedevice}{pop pop pop pop pop pop}ifelse}_d\n";
+        s << "/_e{exec}_d\n";
+    }
+
+    s << "/FontName /";
+    s << psname;
+    s << " def\n";
+    s << "/PaintType 0 def\n";
+
+    if(target_type == 42)
+        s << "/FontMatrix[1 0 0 1 0 0]def\n";
+    else
+        s << "/FontMatrix[.001 0 0 .001 0 0]def\n";
+
+    s << "/FontBBox[";
+    s<< llx;
+    s << " ";
+    s<< lly;
+    s << " ";
+    s<< urx;
+    s << " ";
+    s<< ury;
+    s << "]def\n";
+
+    s << "/FontType ";
+    s<< target_type;
+    s << " def\n";
+
+    // === write encoding ===
+
+    s << "/Encoding StandardEncoding def\n";
+
+    // === write fontinfo dict ===
+
+    /* We create a sub dictionary named "FontInfo" where we */
+    /* store information which though it is not used by the */
+    /* interpreter, is useful to some programs which will */
+    /* be printing with the font. */
+    s << "/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin\n";
+
+    /* These names come from the TrueType font's "name" table. */
+    s << "/FamilyName (";
+    s << FamilyName;
+    s << ") def\n";
+
+    s << "/FullName (";
+    s << FullName;
+    s << ") def\n";
+
+    s << "/Notice (";
+    s << Copyright;
+    s << " ";
+    s << Trademark;
+    s << ") def\n";
+
+    /* This information is not quite correct. */
+    s << "/Weight (";
+    s << Style;
+    s << ") def\n";
+
+    /* Some fonts have this as "version". */
+    s << "/Version (";
+    s << Version;
+    s << ") def\n";
+
+    /* Some information from the "post" table. */
+    if ( post_table ) {
+        Fixed ItalicAngle = getFixed( post_table + 4 );
+        s << "/ItalicAngle ";
+        s << ItalicAngle.whole;
+        s << ".";
+        s << ItalicAngle.fraction;
+        s << " def\n";
+
+        s << "/isFixedPitch ";
+        s << (getULONG( post_table + 12 ) ? "true" : "false" );
+        s << " def\n";
+
+        s << "/UnderlinePosition ";
+        s << (int)getFWord( post_table + 8 );
+        s << " def\n";
+
+        s << "/UnderlineThickness ";
+        s << (int)getFWord( post_table + 10 );
+        s << " def\n";
+    }
+    s << "end readonly def\n";
+
+#ifdef Q_PRINTER_USE_TYPE42
+    /* If we are generating a type 42 font, */
+    /* emmit the sfnts array. */
+    if( target_type == 42 )
+        download_sfnts(s);
+#endif
+    /* If we are generating a Type 3 font, we will need to */
+    /* have the 'loca' and 'glyf' tables arround while */
+    /* we are generating the CharStrings. */
+    if(target_type == 3)
+    {
+        BYTE *ptr;                        /* We need only one value */
+        ptr = getTable("hhea");
+        numberOfHMetrics = getUSHORT(ptr + 34);
+
+        loca_table = getTable("loca");
+        glyf_table = getTable("glyf");
+        hmtx_table = getTable("hmtx");
+    }
+
+    // ===  CharStrings array ===
+
+    // subsetting. We turn a char subset into a glyph subset
+    // and we mark as used the base glyphs of used composite glyphs.
+
+    bool glyphset[65536];
+    for(int c=0; c < 65536; c++)
+        glyphset[c] = FALSE;
+    glyphset[0] = TRUE; // always output .notdef
+
+    QMap<unsigned short, unsigned short>::iterator it;
+    for( it = subsetDict->begin(); it != subsetDict->end(); ++it ) {
+	subsetGlyph( it.key(), glyphset );
+    }
+    int nGlyphs = numGlyphs;
+    if ( target_type == 3 ) {
+        nGlyphs = 0;;
+        for(int c=0; c < 65536; c++)
+            if ( glyphset[c] ) nGlyphs++;
+    }
+
+    s << "/CharStrings ";
+    s << nGlyphs;
+    s << " dict dup begin\n";
+
+    // Emmit one key-value pair for each glyph.
+    for(int x=0; x < 65536; x++) {
+        if(target_type == 42) {
+            s << "/";
+            s << glyphName( x );
+            s << " ";
+            s << x;
+            s << " def\n";
+        } else { /* type 3 */
+            if (!glyphset[x]) continue;
+
+	    //qDebug("emitting charproc for glyph %d, name=%s", x, glyphName(x).latin1() );
+            s << "/";
+            s << glyphName( x, glyphset );
+            s << "{";
+            charproc(x,s, glyphset);
+            s << "}_d\n";     /* "} bind def" */
+        }
+    }
+
+    s << "end readonly def\n";
+
+    // === trailer ===
+
+    /* If we are generating a type 3 font, we need to provide */
+    /* a BuildGlyph and BuildChar proceedures. */
+    if( target_type == 3 ) {
+        s << "\n";
+
+        s << "/BuildGlyph\n";
+        s << " {exch begin\n";              /* start font dictionary */
+        s << " CharStrings exch\n";
+        s << " 2 copy known not{pop /.notdef}if\n";
+        s << " true 3 1 roll get exec\n";
+        s << " end}_d\n";
+
+        s << "\n";
+
+        /* This proceedure is for compatiblity with */
+        /* level 1 interpreters. */
+        s << "/BuildChar {\n";
+        s << " 1 index /Encoding get exch get\n";
+        s << " 1 index /BuildGlyph get exec\n";
+        s << "}_d\n";
+
+        s << "\n";
+
+    }
+
+    /* If we are generating a type 42 font, we need to check to see */
+    /* if this PostScript interpreter understands type 42 fonts.  If */
+    /* it doesn't, we will hope that the Apple TrueType rasterizer */
+    /* has been loaded and we will adjust the font accordingly. */
+    /* I found out how to do this by examining a TrueType font */
+    /* generated by a Macintosh.  That is where the TrueType interpreter */
+    /* setup instructions and part of BuildGlyph came from. */
+    else if( target_type == 42 ) {
+        s << "\n";
+
+        /* If we have no "resourcestatus" command, or FontType 42 */
+        /* is unknown, leave "true" on the stack. */
+        s << "systemdict/resourcestatus known\n";
+        s << " {42 /FontType resourcestatus\n";
+        s << "   {pop pop false}{true}ifelse}\n";
+        s << " {true}ifelse\n";
+
+        /* If true, execute code to produce an error message if */
+        /* we can't find Apple's TrueDict in VM. */
+        s << "{/TrueDict where{pop}{(%%[ Error: no TrueType rasterizer ]%%)= flush}ifelse\n";
+
+        /* Since we are expected to use Apple's TrueDict TrueType */
+        /* reasterizer, change the font type to 3. */
+        s << "/FontType 3 def\n";
+
+        /* Define a string to hold the state of the Apple */
+        /* TrueType interpreter. */
+        s << " /TrueState 271 string def\n";
+
+        /* It looks like we get information about the resolution */
+        /* of the printer and store it in the TrueState string. */
+        s << " TrueDict begin sfnts save\n";
+        s << " 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup\n";
+        s << " mul exch dup mul add sqrt cvi 0 72 matrix\n";
+        s << " defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup\n";
+        s << " mul add sqrt cvi 3 -1 roll restore\n";
+        s << " TrueState initer end\n";
+
+        /* This BuildGlyph procedure will look the name up in the */
+        /* CharStrings array, and then check to see if what it gets */
+        /* is a procedure.  If it is, it executes it, otherwise, it */
+        /* lets the TrueType rasterizer loose on it. */
+
+        /* When this proceedure is executed the stack contains */
+        /* the font dictionary and the character name.  We */
+        /* exchange arguments and move the dictionary to the */
+        /* dictionary stack. */
+        s << " /BuildGlyph{exch begin\n";
+        /* stack: charname */
+
+        /* Put two copies of CharStrings on the stack and consume */
+        /* one testing to see if the charname is defined in it, */
+        /* leave the answer on the stack. */
+        s << "  CharStrings dup 2 index known\n";
+        /* stack: charname CharStrings bool */
+
+        /* Exchange the CharStrings dictionary and the charname, */
+        /* but if the answer was false, replace the character name */
+        /* with ".notdef". */
+        s << "    {exch}{exch pop /.notdef}ifelse\n";
+        /* stack: CharStrings charname */
+
+        /* Get the value from the CharStrings dictionary and see */
+        /* if it is executable. */
+        s << "  get dup xcheck\n";
+        /* stack: CharStrings_entry */
+
+        /* If is a proceedure.  Execute according to RBIIp 277-278. */
+        s << "    {currentdict systemdict begin begin exec end end}\n";
+
+        /* Is a TrueType character index, let the rasterizer at it. */
+        s << "    {TrueDict begin /bander load cvlit exch TrueState render end}\n";
+
+        s << "    ifelse\n";
+
+        /* Pop the font's dictionary off the stack. */
+        s << " end}bind def\n";
+
+        /* This is the level 1 compatibility BuildChar procedure. */
+        /* See RBIIp 281. */
+        s << " /BuildChar{\n";
+        s << "  1 index /Encoding get exch get\n";
+        s << "  1 index /BuildGlyph get exec\n";
+        s << " }bind def\n";
+
+        /* Here we close the condition which is true */
+        /* if the printer has no built-in TrueType */
+        /* rasterizer. */
+        s << "}if\n";
+        s << "\n";
+    } /* end of if Type 42 not understood. */
+
+    s << "FontName currentdict end definefont pop\n";
+
+    downloadMapping(s, global);
+    s << "%%EndFont\n";
+}
+
+BYTE* QPSPrinterFontTTF::getTable(const char* name)
+{
+    BYTE *ptr;
+    int x;
+
+    /* We must search the table directory. */
+    ptr = offset_table + 12;
+    x=0;
+    while (x != numTables) {
+        if( strncmp((const char *)ptr,name,4) == 0 ) {
+            ULONG offset;
+            //ULONG length;
+            BYTE *table;
+
+            offset = getULONG( ptr + 8 );
+            //length = getULONG( ptr + 12 );
+
+            table = offset_table + offset;
+            return table;
+        }
+
+        x++;
+        ptr += 16;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::uni2glyphSetup()
+{
+  uni2glyph.resize(65536);
+  int i;
+  for (i=0; i<65536; i++) uni2glyph[i] = 0x0000;
+  glyph2uni.resize(65536);
+  for (i=0; i<65536; i++) glyph2uni[i] = 0x0000;
+
+  unsigned char* cmap = getTable("cmap");
+  int pos = 0;
+
+  //USHORT version = getUSHORT(cmap + pos);
+  pos += 2;
+  USHORT nmaps   = getUSHORT(cmap + pos); pos += 2;
+
+  //fprintf(stderr,"cmap version %d (should be 0), %d maps\n",version,nmaps);
+
+  ULONG offset = 0;
+  int map = -1;
+  bool symbol = TRUE;
+  for (i=0; i<nmaps; i++) {
+    USHORT platform = getUSHORT(cmap+pos); pos+=2;
+    USHORT encoding = getUSHORT(cmap+pos); pos+=2;
+           offset   = getULONG( cmap+pos); pos+=4;
+           //fprintf(stderr,"[%d] plat %d enc %d\n",i,platform,encoding);
+	   if (platform == 3 && encoding == 1) {
+	       map = i;
+	       symbol = FALSE;
+	       break; // unicode
+	   }
+	   if (platform == 3 && encoding == 0) {
+	       // symbol, continue looking
+	       map = i;
+	   }
+  }
+  if (map==nmaps) {
+    qWarning("Font does not have unicode encoding\n");
+    return; // no unicode encoding!
+  }
+
+  pos = 8*map;
+  //fprintf(stderr,"Doing Unicode encoding\n");
+
+  pos = offset;
+  USHORT format = getUSHORT(cmap+pos); pos+=2;
+  //fprintf(stderr,"Unicode cmap format %d\n",format);
+
+  if (format != 4) {
+    //qWarning("Unicode cmap format is not 4");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pos += 2; // length
+  pos += 2; // version
+  USHORT segcount = getUSHORT(cmap+pos) / 2; pos+=2;
+
+  //fprintf(stderr,"Unicode cmap seg count %d\n",segcount);
+
+  // skip search data
+  pos += 2;
+  pos += 2;
+  pos += 2;
+
+  unsigned char* endcode    = cmap + offset + 14;
+  unsigned char* startcode  = cmap + offset + 16 + 2*segcount;
+  unsigned char* iddelta    = cmap + offset + 16 + 4*segcount;
+  unsigned char* idrangeoff = cmap + offset + 16 + 6*segcount;
+  //unsigned char* glyphid    = cmap + offset + 16 + 8*segcount;
+  for (i=0; i<segcount; i++) {
+    USHORT endcode_i    = getUSHORT(endcode   +2*i);
+    USHORT startcode_i  = getUSHORT(startcode +2*i);
+    SHORT iddelta_i    = getSHORT(iddelta   +2*i);
+    USHORT idrangeoff_i = getUSHORT(idrangeoff+2*i);
+
+//     fprintf(stderr,"[%d] %04x-%04x (%x %x)\n",
+//         i,startcode_i,endcode_i,iddelta_i,idrangeoff_i);
+    if (endcode_i == 0xffff) break; // last dummy segment
+
+    if (idrangeoff_i == 0) {
+      for (USHORT c = startcode_i; c <= endcode_i; c++) {
+        USHORT g = c + iddelta_i; // glyph index
+        if ( g != 0 ) {
+            uni2glyph[g] = c;
+            glyph2uni[c] = g;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      for (USHORT c = startcode_i; c <= endcode_i; c++) {
+        USHORT g = getUSHORT(idrangeoff+2*i
+                             + 2*(c - startcode_i)
+                             + idrangeoff_i);
+        if ( g != 0 ) {
+            uni2glyph[g] = c;
+            glyph2uni[c] = g;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (symbol && glyph2uni[0x40] == 0 && glyph2uni[0xf040] != 0) {
+      // map 0xf000-0xf0ff into latin1 range.
+      for (int i = 0; i < 0x100; ++i) {
+	  if (!glyph2uni[i])
+	      glyph2uni[i] = glyph2uni[i+0xf000];
+
+      }
+  }
+}
+
+USHORT QPSPrinterFontTTF::unicode_for_glyph(int glyphindex)
+{
+  return uni2glyph[glyphindex];
+}
+
+USHORT QPSPrinterFontTTF::glyph_for_unicode(unsigned short unicode)
+{
+  return glyph2uni[unicode];
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_PRINTER_USE_TYPE42
+// ****************** SNFTS ROUTINES *******
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------
+** sfnts routines
+** These routines generate the PostScript "sfnts" array which
+** contains one or more strings which contain a reduced version
+** of the TrueType font.
+**
+** A number of functions are required to accomplish this rather
+** complicated task.
+-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// Write a BYTE as a hexadecimal value as part of the sfnts array.
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::sfnts_pputBYTE(BYTE n,QTextStream& s,
+                                  int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string)
+{
+  static const char hexdigits[]="0123456789ABCDEF";
+
+  if(!in_string) {
+    s << "<";
+    string_len = 0;
+    line_len++;
+    in_string = TRUE;
+  }
+
+  s << hexdigits[ n / 16 ] ;
+  s << hexdigits[ n % 16 ] ;
+  string_len++;
+  line_len+=2;
+
+  if(line_len > 70) {
+    s << "\n";
+    line_len=0;
+  }
+}
+
+// Write a USHORT as a hexadecimal value as part of the sfnts array.
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::sfnts_pputUSHORT(USHORT n,QTextStream& s,
+                                  int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string)
+{
+  sfnts_pputBYTE(n / 256,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+  sfnts_pputBYTE(n % 256,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+}
+
+
+// Write a ULONG as part of the sfnts array.
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::sfnts_pputULONG(ULONG n,QTextStream& s,
+                                  int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string)
+{
+  int x1 = n % 256;   n /= 256;
+  int x2 = n % 256;   n /= 256;
+  int x3 = n % 256;   n /= 256;
+
+  sfnts_pputBYTE(n,s , string_len, line_len, in_string);
+  sfnts_pputBYTE(x3,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+  sfnts_pputBYTE(x2,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+  sfnts_pputBYTE(x1,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called whenever it is
+** necessary to end a string in the sfnts array.
+**
+** (The array must be broken into strings which are
+** no longer than 64K characters.)
+*/
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::sfnts_end_string(QTextStream& s,
+                                    int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string)
+{
+  if(in_string) {
+    string_len=0;               /* fool sfnts_pputBYTE() */
+
+    // s << "\n% dummy byte:\n";
+
+    // extra byte for pre-2013 compatibility
+    sfnts_pputBYTE(0, s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+
+    s << ">";
+    line_len++;
+  }
+
+  in_string=FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called at the start of each new table.
+** The argement is the length in bytes of the table
+** which will follow.  If the new table will not fit
+** in the current string, a new one is started.
+*/
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::sfnts_new_table(ULONG length,QTextStream& s,
+                                   int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string)
+{
+  if( (string_len + length) > 65528 )
+    sfnts_end_string(s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+}
+
+/*
+** We may have to break up the 'glyf' table.  That is the reason
+** why we provide this special routine to copy it into the sfnts
+** array.
+*/
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::sfnts_glyf_table(ULONG oldoffset,
+                                    ULONG correct_total_length,
+                                    QTextStream& s,
+                                    int& string_len, int& line_len, bool& in_string)
+
+{
+  int x;
+  ULONG off;
+  ULONG length;
+  int c;
+  ULONG total=0;                /* running total of bytes written to table */
+
+  loca_table = getTable("loca");
+
+  int font_off = oldoffset;
+
+  /* Copy the glyphs one by one */
+  for(x=0; x < numGlyphs; x++) {
+    /* Read the glyph offset from the index-to-location table. */
+    if(indexToLocFormat == 0) {
+      off = getUSHORT( loca_table + (x * 2) );
+      off *= 2;
+      length = getUSHORT( loca_table + ((x+1) * 2) );
+      length *= 2;
+      length -= off;
+    } else {
+      off = getULONG( loca_table + (x * 4) );
+      length = getULONG( loca_table + ((x+1) * 4) );
+      length -= off;
+    }
+
+    //  fprintf(stderr,"glyph length=%d",(int)length);
+
+    /* Start new string if necessary. */
+    sfnts_new_table( (int)length, s, string_len, line_len, in_string );
+
+    /*
+    ** Make sure the glyph is padded out to a
+    ** two byte boundary.
+    */
+    if( length % 2 ) {
+      qWarning("TrueType font contains a 'glyf' table without 2 byte padding");
+      defective = TRUE;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy the bytes of the glyph. */
+    while( length-- ) {
+      c = offset_table[ font_off ];
+      font_off++;
+
+      sfnts_pputBYTE(c, s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+      total++;          /* add to running total */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Pad out to full length from table directory */
+  while( total < correct_total_length ) {
+    sfnts_pputBYTE(0, s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+    total++;
+  }
+
+  /* Look for unexplainable descrepancies between sizes */
+  if( total != correct_total_length ) {
+    qWarning("QPSPrinterFontTTF::sfnts_glyf_table: total != correct_total_length");
+    defective = TRUE;
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Here is the routine which ties it all together.
+**
+** Create the array called "sfnts" which
+** holds the actual TrueType data.
+*/
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::download_sfnts(QTextStream& s)
+{
+  // tables worth including in a type 42 font
+  char *table_names[]= {
+    "cvt ",
+    "fpgm",
+    "glyf",
+    "head",
+    "hhea",
+    "hmtx",
+    "loca",
+    "maxp",
+    "prep"
+  };
+
+  struct {                      /* The location of each of */
+    ULONG oldoffset;    /* the above tables. */
+    ULONG newoffset;
+    ULONG length;
+    ULONG checksum;
+  } tables[9];
+
+  int c;                        /* Input character. */
+  int diff;
+  int count;                    /* How many `important' tables did we find? */
+
+  BYTE* ptr = offset_table + 12; // original table directory
+  ULONG nextoffset=0;
+  count=0;
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the tables we want and store there vital
+  ** statistics in tables[].
+  */
+  for(int x=0; x < 9; x++ ) {
+    do {
+      diff = strncmp( (char*)ptr, table_names[x], 4 );
+
+      if( diff > 0 ) {          /* If we are past it. */
+        tables[x].length = 0;
+        diff = 0;
+      }
+      else if( diff < 0 ) {             /* If we haven't hit it yet. */
+        ptr += 16;
+      }
+      else if( diff == 0 ) {    /* Here it is! */
+        tables[x].newoffset = nextoffset;
+        tables[x].checksum = getULONG( ptr + 4 );
+        tables[x].oldoffset = getULONG( ptr + 8 );
+        tables[x].length = getULONG( ptr + 12 );
+        nextoffset += ( ((tables[x].length + 3) / 4) * 4 );
+        count++;
+        ptr += 16;
+      }
+    } while(diff != 0);
+  } /* end of for loop which passes over the table directory */
+
+  /* Begin the sfnts array. */
+
+  s << "/sfnts[<";
+
+  bool in_string=TRUE;
+  int  string_len=0;
+  int  line_len=8;
+
+  /* Generate the offset table header */
+  /* Start by copying the TrueType version number. */
+  ptr = offset_table;
+  for(int x=0; x < 4; x++)
+    sfnts_pputBYTE( *(ptr++) , s, string_len, line_len, in_string );
+
+  /* Now, generate those silly numTables numbers. */
+  sfnts_pputUSHORT(count,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);           /* number of tables */
+  if( count == 9 ) {
+    sfnts_pputUSHORT(7,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);             /* searchRange */
+    sfnts_pputUSHORT(3,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);             /* entrySelector */
+    sfnts_pputUSHORT(81,s, string_len, line_len, in_string);            /* rangeShift */
+  }
+  else {
+    qWarning("Fewer than 9 tables selected");
+  }
+
+  /* Now, emmit the table directory. */
+  for(int x=0; x < 9; x++) {
+    if( tables[x].length == 0 ) /* Skip missing tables */
+      continue;
+
+    /* Name */
+    sfnts_pputBYTE( table_names[x][0], s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+    sfnts_pputBYTE( table_names[x][1], s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+    sfnts_pputBYTE( table_names[x][2], s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+    sfnts_pputBYTE( table_names[x][3], s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+
+    /* Checksum */
+    sfnts_pputULONG( tables[x].checksum, s, string_len, line_len, in_string );
+
+    /* Offset */
+    sfnts_pputULONG( tables[x].newoffset + 12 + (count * 16), s,
+                     string_len, line_len, in_string );
+
+    /* Length */
+    sfnts_pputULONG( tables[x].length, s,
+                     string_len, line_len, in_string );
+  }
+
+  /* Now, send the tables */
+  for(int x=0; x < 9; x++) {
+    if( tables[x].length == 0 ) /* skip tables that aren't there */
+      continue;
+
+    /* 'glyf' table gets special treatment */
+    if( strcmp(table_names[x],"glyf")==0 ) {
+      sfnts_glyf_table(tables[x].oldoffset,tables[x].length, s,
+                       string_len, line_len, in_string);
+    } else { // other tables should not exceed 64K (not always true; Sivan)
+      if( tables[x].length > 65535 ) {
+        qWarning("TrueType font has a table which is too long");
+        defective = TRUE;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Start new string if necessary. */
+      sfnts_new_table(tables[x].length, s,
+                      string_len, line_len, in_string);
+
+      int font_off = tables[x].oldoffset;
+      /* Copy the bytes of the table. */
+      for( int y=0; y < (int)tables[x].length; y++ ) {
+        c = offset_table[ font_off ];
+        font_off++;
+
+        sfnts_pputBYTE(c, s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Padd it out to a four byte boundary. */
+    int y=tables[x].length;
+    while( (y % 4) != 0 ) {
+      sfnts_pputBYTE(0, s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+      y++;
+    }
+
+  } /* End of loop for all tables */
+
+  /* Close the array. */
+  sfnts_end_string(s, string_len, line_len, in_string);
+  s << "]def\n";
+}
+#endif
+
+// ****************** Type 3 CharProcs *******
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to break the character
+** procedure up into a number of smaller
+** procedures.  This is necessary so as not to
+** overflow the stack on certain level 1 interpreters.
+**
+** Prepare to push another item onto the stack,
+** starting a new proceedure if necessary.
+**
+** Not all the stack depth calculations in this routine
+** are perfectly accurate, but they do the job.
+*/
+static int stack_depth = 0;
+static void stack(int num_pts, int newnew, QTextStream& s)
+{
+  if( num_pts > 25 ) {          /* Only do something of we will */
+                                /* have a log of points. */
+    if(stack_depth == 0) {
+      s << "{";
+      stack_depth=1;
+    }
+
+    stack_depth += newnew;              /* Account for what we propose to add */
+
+    if(stack_depth > 100) {
+      s << "}_e{";
+      stack_depth = 3 + newnew; /* A rough estimate */
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static void stack_end(QTextStream& s)                   /* called at end */
+{
+  if(stack_depth) {
+    s << "}_e";
+    stack_depth=0;
+  }
+}
+
+// postscript drawing commands
+
+static void PSMoveto(FWord x, FWord y, QTextStream& ts)
+{
+  ts << x;
+  ts << " ";
+  ts << y;
+  ts << " _m\n";
+}
+
+static void PSLineto(FWord x, FWord y, QTextStream& ts)
+{
+  ts << x;
+  ts << " ";
+  ts << y;
+  ts << " _l\n";
+}
+
+/* Emmit a PostScript "curveto" command. */
+static void PSCurveto(FWord* xcoor, FWord* ycoor,
+                      FWord x, FWord y, int s, int t, QTextStream& ts)
+{
+  int N, i;
+  double sx[3], sy[3], cx[4], cy[4];
+
+  N = t-s+2;
+  for(i=0; i<N-1; i++) {
+    sx[0] = i==0?xcoor[s-1]:(xcoor[i+s]+xcoor[i+s-1])/2;
+    sy[0] = i==0?ycoor[s-1]:(ycoor[i+s]+ycoor[i+s-1])/2;
+    sx[1] = xcoor[s+i];
+    sy[1] = ycoor[s+i];
+    sx[2] = i==N-2?x:(xcoor[s+i]+xcoor[s+i+1])/2;
+    sy[2] = i==N-2?y:(ycoor[s+i]+ycoor[s+i+1])/2;
+    cx[3] = sx[2];
+    cy[3] = sy[2];
+    cx[1] = (2*sx[1]+sx[0])/3;
+    cy[1] = (2*sy[1]+sy[0])/3;
+    cx[2] = (sx[2]+2*sx[1])/3;
+    cy[2] = (sy[2]+2*sy[1])/3;
+
+    ts << (int)cx[1];
+    ts << " ";
+    ts << (int)cy[1];
+    ts << " ";
+    ts << (int)cx[2];
+    ts << " ";
+    ts << (int)cy[2];
+    ts << " ";
+    ts << (int)cx[3];
+    ts << " ";
+    ts << (int)cy[3];
+    ts << " _c\n";
+  }
+}
+
+/* The PostScript bounding box. */
+/* Variables to hold the character data. */
+
+//void load_char(struct TTFONT *font, BYTE *glyph);
+//void clear_data();
+
+//void PSMoveto(FWord x, FWord y, QTextStream& ts);
+//void PSLineto(FWord x, FWord y, QTextStream& ts);
+//void PSCurveto(FWord x, FWord y, int s, int t, QTextStream& ts);
+
+//double area(FWord *x, FWord *y, int n);
+//int nextinctr(int co, int ci);
+//int nextoutctr(int co);
+//int nearout(int ci);
+//double intest(int co, int ci);
+#define sqr(x) ((x)*(x))
+
+#define NOMOREINCTR -1
+#define NOMOREOUTCTR -1
+
+/*
+** Find the area of a contour?
+*/
+static double area(FWord *x, FWord *y, int n)
+{
+  int i;
+  double sum;
+
+  sum=x[n-1]*y[0]-y[n-1]*x[0];
+  for (i=0; i<=n-2; i++) sum += x[i]*y[i+1] - y[i]*x[i+1];
+  return sum;
+}
+
+static int nextoutctr(int /*co*/, charproc_data* cd)
+{
+  int j;
+
+  for(j=0; j<cd->num_ctr; j++)
+    if (cd->check_ctr[j]==0 && cd->area_ctr[j] < 0) {
+      cd->check_ctr[j]=1;
+      return j;
+    }
+
+  return NOMOREOUTCTR;
+} /* end of nextoutctr() */
+
+static int nextinctr(int co, int /*ci*/, charproc_data* cd)
+{
+  int j;
+
+  for(j=0; j<cd->num_ctr; j++)
+    if (cd->ctrset[2*j+1]==co)
+      if (cd->check_ctr[ cd->ctrset[2*j] ]==0) {
+        cd->check_ctr[ cd->ctrset[2*j] ]=1;
+        return cd->ctrset[2*j];
+      }
+
+  return NOMOREINCTR;
+}
+
+static double intest( int co, int ci, charproc_data *cd )
+{
+    int i, j, start, end;
+    double r1, r2;
+    FWord xi[3], yi[3];
+
+    j = start = ( co == 0 ) ? 0 : ( cd->epts_ctr[co - 1] + 1 );
+    end = cd->epts_ctr[co];
+    i = ( ci == 0 ) ? 0 : ( cd->epts_ctr[ci - 1] + 1 );
+    xi[0] = cd->xcoor[i];
+    yi[0] = cd->ycoor[i];
+    r1 = sqr( cd->xcoor[start] - xi[0] ) + sqr( cd->ycoor[start] - yi[0] );
+
+    for ( i = start; i <= end; i++ ) {
+	r2 = sqr( cd->xcoor[i] - xi[0] ) + sqr( cd->ycoor[i] - yi[0] );
+	if ( r2 < r1 ) {
+	    r1 = r2;
+	    j = i;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( j == start ) {
+	xi[1] = cd->xcoor[end];
+	yi[1] = cd->ycoor[end];
+    } else {
+	xi[1] = cd->xcoor[j - 1];
+	yi[1] = cd->ycoor[j - 1];
+    }
+    if ( j == end ) {
+	xi[2] = cd->xcoor[start];
+	yi[2] = cd->ycoor[start];
+    } else {
+	xi[2] = cd->xcoor[j + 1];
+	yi[2] = cd->ycoor[j + 1];
+    }
+    return area( xi, yi, 3 );
+}
+
+/*
+** find the nearest out contour to a specified in contour.
+*/
+static int nearout(int ci, charproc_data* cd)
+{
+  int k = 0;                    /* !!! is this right? */
+  int co;
+  double a, a1=0;
+
+  for (co=0; co < cd->num_ctr; co++) {
+    if(cd->area_ctr[co] < 0) {
+      a=intest(co,ci, cd);
+      if (a<0 && a1==0) {
+        k=co;
+        a1=a;
+      }
+      if(a<0 && a1!=0 && a>a1) {
+        k=co;
+        a1=a;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return k;
+} /* end of nearout() */
+
+
+/*
+** We call this routine to emmit the PostScript code
+** for the character we have loaded with load_char().
+*/
+static void PSConvert(QTextStream& s, charproc_data* cd)
+{
+  int i,j,k,fst,start_offpt;
+  int end_offpt=0;
+
+  cd->area_ctr = new double[cd->num_ctr];
+  memset(cd->area_ctr, 0, (cd->num_ctr*sizeof(double)));
+
+  cd->check_ctr = new char[cd->num_ctr];
+  memset(cd->check_ctr, 0, (cd->num_ctr*sizeof(char)));
+
+  cd->ctrset = new int[2*(cd->num_ctr)];
+  memset(cd->ctrset, 0, (cd->num_ctr*2*sizeof(int)));
+
+  cd->check_ctr[0]=1;
+  cd->area_ctr[0]=area(cd->xcoor, cd->ycoor, cd->epts_ctr[0]+1);
+
+  for (i=1; i<cd->num_ctr; i++)
+    cd->area_ctr[i]=area(cd->xcoor+cd->epts_ctr[i-1]+1,
+                         cd->ycoor+cd->epts_ctr[i-1]+1,
+                         cd->epts_ctr[i]-cd->epts_ctr[i-1]);
+
+  for (i=0; i<cd->num_ctr; i++) {
+    if (cd->area_ctr[i]>0) {
+      cd->ctrset[2*i]=i;
+      cd->ctrset[2*i+1]=nearout(i,cd);
+    } else {
+      cd->ctrset[2*i]=-1;
+      cd->ctrset[2*i+1]=-1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step thru the coutours. */
+  /* I believe that a contour is a detatched */
+  /* set of curves and lines. */
+  i=j=k=0;
+  while (i < cd->num_ctr ) {
+    fst = j = (k==0) ? 0 : (cd->epts_ctr[k-1]+1);
+
+    /* Move to the first point on the contour. */
+    stack(cd->num_pts,3,s);
+    PSMoveto(cd->xcoor[j],cd->ycoor[j],s);
+    start_offpt = 0;            /* No off curve points yet. */
+
+    /* Step thru the remaining points of this contour. */
+    for(j++; j <= cd->epts_ctr[k]; j++) {
+      if (!(cd->tt_flags[j]&1)) { /* Off curve */
+        if (!start_offpt)
+          { start_offpt = end_offpt = j; }
+        else
+          end_offpt++;
+      } else {                  /* On Curve */
+        if (start_offpt) {
+          stack(cd->num_pts,7,s);
+          PSCurveto(cd->xcoor,cd->ycoor,
+                    cd->xcoor[j],cd->ycoor[j],
+                    start_offpt,end_offpt,s);
+          start_offpt = 0;
+        } else {
+          stack(cd->num_pts,3,s);
+          PSLineto(cd->xcoor[j], cd->ycoor[j],s);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do the final curve or line */
+    /* of this coutour. */
+    if (start_offpt) {
+      stack(cd->num_pts,7,s);
+      PSCurveto(cd->xcoor,cd->ycoor,
+                cd->xcoor[fst],cd->ycoor[fst],
+                start_offpt,end_offpt,s);
+    } else {
+      stack(cd->num_pts,3,s);
+      PSLineto(cd->xcoor[fst],cd->ycoor[fst],s);
+    }
+
+    k=nextinctr(i,k,cd);
+
+    if (k==NOMOREINCTR)
+      i=k=nextoutctr(i,cd);
+
+    if (i==NOMOREOUTCTR)
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Now, we can fill the whole thing. */
+  stack(cd->num_pts,1,s);
+  s << "_cl";           /* "closepath eofill" */
+
+  /* Free our work arrays. */
+  delete [] cd->area_ctr;
+  delete [] cd->check_ctr;
+  delete [] cd->ctrset;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Load the simple glyph data pointed to by glyph.
+** The pointer "glyph" should point 10 bytes into
+** the glyph data.
+*/
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::charprocLoad(BYTE *glyph, charproc_data* cd)
+{
+  int x;
+  BYTE c, ct;
+
+  /* Read the contour endpoints list. */
+  cd->epts_ctr = new int[cd->num_ctr];
+  //cd->epts_ctr = (int *)myalloc(cd->num_ctr,sizeof(int));
+  for (x = 0; x < cd->num_ctr; x++) {
+    cd->epts_ctr[x] = getUSHORT(glyph);
+    glyph += 2;
+  }
+
+  /* From the endpoint of the last contour, we can */
+  /* determine the number of points. */
+  cd->num_pts = cd->epts_ctr[cd->num_ctr-1]+1;
+#ifdef DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+  fprintf(stderr,"num_pts=%d\n",cd->num_pts);
+#endif
+
+  /* Skip the instructions. */
+  x = getUSHORT(glyph);
+  glyph += 2;
+  glyph += x;
+
+  /* Allocate space to hold the data. */
+  //cd->tt_flags = (BYTE *)myalloc(num_pts,sizeof(BYTE));
+  //cd->xcoor    = (FWord *)myalloc(num_pts,sizeof(FWord));
+  //cd->ycoor    = (FWord *)myalloc(num_pts,sizeof(FWord));
+  cd->tt_flags = new BYTE[cd->num_pts];
+  cd->xcoor    = new FWord[cd->num_pts];
+  cd->ycoor    = new FWord[cd->num_pts];
+
+  /* Read the flags array, uncompressing it as we go. */
+  /* There is danger of overflow here. */
+  for (x = 0; x < cd->num_pts; ) {
+    cd->tt_flags[x++] = c = *(glyph++);
+
+    if (c&8) {          /* If next byte is repeat count, */
+      ct = *(glyph++);
+
+      if( (x + ct) > cd->num_pts ) {
+        qWarning("Fatal Error in TT flags");
+        return;
+      }
+
+      while (ct--)
+        cd->tt_flags[x++] = c;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the x coordinates */
+  for (x = 0; x < cd->num_pts; x++) {
+    if (cd->tt_flags[x] & 2) {          /* one byte value with */
+                                        /* external sign */
+      c = *(glyph++);
+      cd->xcoor[x] = (cd->tt_flags[x] & 0x10) ? c : (-1 * (int)c);
+    } else if(cd->tt_flags[x] & 0x10) { /* repeat last */
+      cd->xcoor[x] = 0;
+    } else {                            /* two byte signed value */
+      cd->xcoor[x] = getFWord(glyph);
+      glyph+=2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the y coordinates */
+  for(x = 0; x < cd->num_pts; x++) {
+    if (cd->tt_flags[x] & 4) {          /* one byte value with */
+                                        /* external sign */
+      c = *(glyph++);
+      cd->ycoor[x] = (cd->tt_flags[x] & 0x20) ? c : (-1 * (int)c);
+    } else if (cd->tt_flags[x] & 0x20) {        /* repeat last value */
+      cd->ycoor[x] = 0;
+    } else {                    /* two byte signed value */
+      cd->ycoor[x] = getUSHORT(glyph);
+      glyph+=2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Convert delta values to absolute values. */
+  for(x = 1; x < cd->num_pts; x++) {
+    cd->xcoor[x] += cd->xcoor[x-1];
+    cd->ycoor[x] += cd->ycoor[x-1];
+  }
+
+  for(x=0; x < cd->num_pts; x++) {
+    cd->xcoor[x] = topost(cd->xcoor[x]);
+    cd->ycoor[x] = topost(cd->ycoor[x]);
+  }
+}
+
+#define ARG_1_AND_2_ARE_WORDS 1
+#define ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2
+#define ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4
+#define WE_HAVE_A_SCALE 8
+/* RESERVED 16 */
+#define MORE_COMPONENTS 32
+#define WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_Y_SCALE 64
+#define WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO 128
+#define WE_HAVE_INSTRUCTIONS 256
+#define USE_MY_METRICS 512
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::subsetGlyph(int charindex,bool* glyphset)
+{
+  USHORT flags;
+  USHORT glyphIndex;
+  charproc_data cd;
+
+  glyphset[charindex] = TRUE;
+  //printf("subsetting %s ==> ",glyphName(charindex).latin1());
+
+  /* Get a pointer to the data. */
+  BYTE* glyph = charprocFindGlyphData( charindex );
+
+  /* If the character is blank, it has no bounding box, */
+  /* otherwise read the bounding box. */
+  if( glyph == (BYTE*)NULL ) {
+    cd.num_ctr=0;
+  } else {
+    cd.num_ctr = getSHORT(glyph);
+    /* Advance the pointer past bounding box. */
+    glyph += 10;
+  }
+
+  if( cd.num_ctr < 0 ) { // composite
+    /* Once around this loop for each component. */
+    do {
+      flags = getUSHORT(glyph); /* read the flags word */
+      glyph += 2;
+      glyphIndex = getUSHORT(glyph);    /* read the glyphindex word */
+      glyph += 2;
+
+      glyphset[ glyphIndex ] = TRUE;
+      subsetGlyph( glyphIndex, glyphset );
+      //printf("subset contains: %d %s ",glyphIndex, glyphName(glyphIndex).latin1());
+
+      if(flags & ARG_1_AND_2_ARE_WORDS) {
+        glyph += 2;
+        glyph += 2;
+      } else {
+        glyph += 1;
+        glyph += 1;
+      }
+
+      if(flags & WE_HAVE_A_SCALE) {
+        glyph += 2;
+      } else if(flags & WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_Y_SCALE) {
+        glyph += 2;
+        glyph += 2;
+      } else if(flags & WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO) {
+        glyph += 2;
+        glyph += 2;
+        glyph += 2;
+        glyph += 2;
+      } else {
+      }
+    } while(flags & MORE_COMPONENTS);
+  }
+  //printf("\n");
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Emmit PostScript code for a composite character.
+*/
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::charprocComposite(BYTE *glyph, QTextStream& s, bool *glyphSet)
+{
+  USHORT flags;
+  USHORT glyphIndex;
+  int arg1;
+  int arg2;
+  float xscale = 1;
+  float yscale = 1;
+#ifdef DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+  float scale01 = 0;
+  float scale10 = 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* Once around this loop for each component. */
+  do {
+      flags = getUSHORT(glyph);   /* read the flags word */
+      glyph += 2;
+
+      glyphIndex = getUSHORT(glyph);      /* read the glyphindex word */
+      glyph += 2;
+
+      if(flags & ARG_1_AND_2_ARE_WORDS) {
+                                /* The tt spec. seems to say these are signed. */
+	  arg1 = getSHORT(glyph);
+	  glyph += 2;
+	  arg2 = getSHORT(glyph);
+	  glyph += 2;
+      } else {                    /* The tt spec. does not clearly indicate */
+                                /* whether these values are signed or not. */
+	  arg1 = (char)*(glyph++);
+	  arg2 = (char)*(glyph++);
+      }
+
+      if(flags & WE_HAVE_A_SCALE) {
+	  xscale = yscale = f2dot14( getUSHORT(glyph) );
+	  glyph += 2;
+      } else if(flags & WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_Y_SCALE) {
+	  xscale = f2dot14( getUSHORT(glyph) );
+	  glyph += 2;
+	  yscale = f2dot14( getUSHORT(glyph) );
+	  glyph += 2;
+      } else if(flags & WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO) {
+	  xscale = f2dot14( getUSHORT(glyph) );
+	  glyph += 2;
+#ifdef DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+	  scale01 = f2dot14( getUSHORT(glyph) );
+#endif
+	  glyph += 2;
+#ifdef DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+	  scale10 = f2dot14( getUSHORT(glyph) );
+#endif
+	  glyph += 2;
+	  yscale = f2dot14( getUSHORT(glyph) );
+	  glyph += 2;
+      }
+
+      /* Debugging */
+#ifdef DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+      s << "% flags=" << flags << ", arg1=" << arg1 << ", arg2=" << arg2 << ", xscale=" << xscale << ", yscale=" << yscale <<
+	  ", scale01=" << scale01 << ", scale10=" << scale10 << endl;
+#endif
+
+
+      if ( (flags & ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES) != ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ) {
+	  s << "% unimplemented shift, arg1=" << arg1;
+	  s << ", arg2=" << arg2 << "\n";
+	  arg1 = arg2 = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* If we have an (X,Y) shif and it is non-zero, */
+      /* translate the coordinate system. */
+      if ( flags & (WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO|WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_Y_SCALE) ) {
+#if 0
+	  // code similar to this would be needed for two_by_two
+	  s << "gsave [ " << xscale << " " << scale01 << " " << scale10 << " "
+	    << yscale << " " << topost(arg1) << " " << topost(arg2) << "] SM\n";
+#endif
+	  if ( flags & WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO )
+	      s << "% Two by two transformation, unimplemented\n";
+	  s << "gsave " << topost(arg1);
+	  s << " " << topost(arg2);
+	  s << " translate\n";
+	  s << xscale << " " << yscale << " scale\n";
+      } else if ( flags & ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES && ( arg1 != 0 || arg2 != 0 ) ) {
+	  s << "gsave " << topost(arg1);
+	  s << " " << topost(arg2);
+	  s << " translate\n";
+      }
+
+      /* Invoke the CharStrings procedure to print the component. */
+      s << "false CharStrings /";
+      s << glyphName( glyphIndex, glyphSet );
+      s << " get exec\n";
+
+      //  printf("false CharStrings /%s get exec\n",
+      //ttfont_CharStrings_getname(font,glyphIndex));
+
+      /* If we translated the coordinate system, */
+      /* put it back the way it was. */
+      if( (flags & ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES && (arg1 != 0 || arg2 != 0) ) ||
+	  ( flags & (WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO|WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_Y_SCALE) ) ) {
+	  s << "grestore ";
+      }
+  } while (flags & MORE_COMPONENTS);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a specific glyph's data.
+*/
+BYTE* QPSPrinterFontTTF::charprocFindGlyphData(int charindex)
+{
+  ULONG off;
+  ULONG length;
+
+  /* Read the glyph offset from the index to location table. */
+  if(indexToLocFormat == 0) {
+    off = getUSHORT( loca_table + (charindex * 2) );
+    off *= 2;
+    length = getUSHORT( loca_table + ((charindex+1) * 2) );
+    length *= 2;
+    length -= off;
+  } else {
+    off = getULONG( loca_table + (charindex * 4) );
+    length = getULONG( loca_table + ((charindex+1) * 4) );
+    length -= off;
+  }
+
+  if(length > 0)
+    return glyf_table + off;
+  else
+    return (BYTE*)NULL;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontTTF::charproc(int charindex, QTextStream& s, bool *glyphSet )
+{
+  int llx,lly,urx,ury;
+  int advance_width;
+  charproc_data cd;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_TRUETYPE
+  s << "% tt_type3_charproc for ";
+  s << charindex;
+  s << "\n";
+#endif
+
+  /* Get a pointer to the data. */
+  BYTE* glyph = charprocFindGlyphData( charindex );
+
+  /* If the character is blank, it has no bounding box, */
+  /* otherwise read the bounding box. */
+  if( glyph == (BYTE*)NULL ) {
+    llx=lly=urx=ury=0;  /* A blank char has an all zero BoundingBox */
+    cd.num_ctr=0;               /* Set this for later if()s */
+  } else {
+    /* Read the number of contours. */
+    cd.num_ctr = getSHORT(glyph);
+
+    /* Read PostScript bounding box. */
+    llx = getFWord(glyph + 2);
+    lly = getFWord(glyph + 4);
+    urx = getFWord(glyph + 6);
+    ury = getFWord(glyph + 8);
+
+    /* Advance the pointer. */
+    glyph += 10;
+  }
+
+  /* If it is a simple character, load its data. */
+  if (cd.num_ctr > 0)
+    charprocLoad(glyph, &cd);
+  else
+    cd.num_pts=0;
+
+  /* Consult the horizontal metrics table to determine */
+  /* the character width. */
+  if( charindex < numberOfHMetrics )
+    advance_width = getuFWord( hmtx_table + (charindex * 4) );
+  else
+    advance_width = getuFWord( hmtx_table + ((numberOfHMetrics-1) * 4) );
+
+  /* Execute setcachedevice in order to inform the font machinery */
+  /* of the character bounding box and advance width. */
+  stack(cd.num_pts,7,s);
+  s << topost(advance_width);
+  s << " 0 ";
+  s << topost(llx);
+  s << " ";
+  s << topost(lly);
+  s << " ";
+  s << topost(urx);
+  s << " ";
+  s << topost(ury);
+  s << " _sc\n";
+
+  /* If it is a simple glyph, convert it, */
+  /* otherwise, close the stack business. */
+  if( cd.num_ctr > 0 ) {        // simple
+    PSConvert(s,&cd);
+    delete [] cd.tt_flags;
+    delete [] cd.xcoor;
+    delete [] cd.ycoor;
+    delete [] cd.epts_ctr;
+  } else if( cd.num_ctr < 0 ) { // composite
+    charprocComposite(glyph,s, glyphSet);
+  }
+
+  stack_end(s);
+} /* end of tt_type3_charproc() */
+
+
+// ================== PFA ====================
+
+class QPSPrinterFontPFA
+    : public QPSPrinterFontPrivate {
+public:
+    QPSPrinterFontPFA(const QFontEngine *f, QByteArray& data);
+    virtual void    download(QTextStream& s, bool global);
+    virtual bool embedded() { return TRUE; }
+private:
+    QByteArray     data;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFontPFA::QPSPrinterFontPFA(const QFontEngine *f, QByteArray& d)
+{
+  data = d;
+
+  int pos = 0;
+  char* p = data.data();
+  QString fontname;
+
+  if (p[ pos ] != '%' || p[ pos+1 ] != '!') { // PFA marker
+    qWarning("invalid pfa file");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  char* fontnameptr = strstr(p+pos,"/FontName");
+  if (fontnameptr == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  fontnameptr += strlen("/FontName") + 1;
+  while (*fontnameptr == ' ' || *fontnameptr == '/') fontnameptr++;
+  int l=0;
+  while (fontnameptr[l] != ' ') l++;
+
+  psname = QString::fromLatin1(fontnameptr,l);
+  replacementList = makePSFontNameList( f, psname );
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontPFA::download(QTextStream& s, bool global)
+{
+    emitPSFontNameList( s, psname, replacementList);
+
+    if ( !embedFonts ) {
+        downloadMapping(s, global);
+        return;
+    }
+    
+    //qDebug("downloading pfa font %s", psname.latin1() );
+    char* p = data.data();
+    
+    s << "% Font resource\n";
+    for (int i=0; i < (int)data.size(); i++) s << p[i];
+    s << "% End of font resource\n";
+    downloadMapping( s, global );
+}
+
+// ================== PFB ====================
+
+class QPSPrinterFontPFB
+    : public QPSPrinterFontPrivate {
+public:
+    QPSPrinterFontPFB(const QFontEngine *f, QByteArray& data);
+    virtual void    download(QTextStream& s, bool global);
+    virtual bool embedded() { return TRUE; }
+private:
+    QByteArray     data;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFontPFB::QPSPrinterFontPFB(const QFontEngine *f, QByteArray& d)
+{
+  data = d;
+
+  int pos = 0;
+  int len;
+  //  int typ;
+  unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*) data.data();
+  QString fontname;
+
+  if (p[ pos ] != 0x80) { // PFB marker
+    qWarning("pfb file does not start with 0x80");
+    return;
+  }
+  pos++;
+  //  typ = p[ pos ]; // 1=ascii 2=binary 3=done
+  pos++;
+  len = p[ pos ];          pos++;
+  len |= (p[ pos ] << 8) ; pos++;
+  len |= (p[ pos ] << 16); pos++;
+  len |= (p[ pos ] << 24); pos++;
+
+  //printf("font block type %d len %d\n",typ,len);
+
+  char* fontnameptr = strstr((char*)p+pos,"/FontName");
+  if (fontnameptr == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  fontnameptr += strlen("/FontName") + 1;
+  while (*fontnameptr == ' ' || *fontnameptr == '/') fontnameptr++;
+  int l=0;
+  while (fontnameptr[l] != ' ') l++;
+
+  psname = QString::fromLatin1(fontnameptr,l);
+  replacementList = makePSFontNameList( f, psname );
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontPFB::download(QTextStream& s, bool global)
+{
+    emitPSFontNameList( s, psname, replacementList);
+    
+    if ( !embedFonts ) {
+        downloadMapping(s, global);
+        return;
+    }
+    
+    //qDebug("downloading pfb font %s", psname.latin1() );
+    unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*) data.data();
+    int pos;
+    int len;
+    int typ;
+
+    int hexcol = 0;
+    int line_length = 64;
+
+    s << "% Font resource\n";
+
+    pos = 0;
+    typ = -1;
+    while (typ != 3) { // not end of file
+	if (p[ pos ] != 0x80) // PFB marker
+	    return; // pfb file does not start with 0x80
+	pos++;
+	typ = p[ pos ]; // 1=ascii 2=binary 3=done
+	pos++;
+
+	if (typ == 3) break;
+
+	len = p[ pos ];         pos++;
+	len |= (p[ pos ] << 8) ; pos++;
+	len |= (p[ pos ] << 16); pos++;
+	len |= (p[ pos ] << 24); pos++;
+
+	//qDebug("font block type %d len %d",typ,len);
+
+	int end = pos + len;
+	if (typ==1) {
+	    while (pos < end) {
+		if (hexcol > 0) {
+		    s << "\n";
+		    hexcol = 0;
+		}
+		//qWarning(QString::fromLatin1((char*)(p+pos),1));
+		if (p[pos] == '\r' || p[pos] == '\n') {
+		    s << "\n";
+		    while (pos < end && (p[pos] == '\r' || p[pos] == '\n'))
+			pos++;
+		} else {
+		    s << QString::fromLatin1((char*)(p+pos),1);
+		    pos++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (typ==2) {
+	    static const char *hexchar = "0123456789abcdef";
+	    while (pos < end) {
+		/* trim hexadecimal lines to line_length columns */
+		if (hexcol >= line_length) {
+		    s << "\n";
+		    hexcol = 0;
+		}
+		s << QString::fromLatin1(hexchar+((p[pos] >> 4) & 0xf),1)
+		  << QString::fromLatin1(hexchar+((p[pos]     ) & 0xf),1);
+		pos++;
+		hexcol += 2;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    s << "% End of font resource\n";
+    downloadMapping( s, global );
+}
+
+// ================== AFontFileNotFound ============
+
+
+
+class QPSPrinterFontNotFound
+  : public QPSPrinterFontPrivate {
+public:
+  QPSPrinterFontNotFound(const QFontEngine* f);
+  virtual void    download(QTextStream& s, bool global);
+private:
+  QByteArray     data;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFontNotFound::QPSPrinterFontNotFound(const QFontEngine* f)
+{
+    psname = makePSFontName( f );
+    replacementList = makePSFontNameList( f );
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontNotFound::download(QTextStream& s, bool)
+{
+    //qDebug("downloading not found font %s", psname.latin1() );
+    emitPSFontNameList( s, psname, replacementList );
+    s << "% No embeddable font for ";
+    s << psname;
+    s << " found\n";
+    QPSPrinterFontPrivate::download(s, TRUE);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+// =================== A font file for asian ============
+
+class QPSPrinterFontAsian
+  : public QPSPrinterFontPrivate {
+public:
+      QPSPrinterFontAsian()
+	  : QPSPrinterFontPrivate(), codec( 0 ) {}
+      void download(QTextStream& s, bool global);
+      QString defineFont( QTextStream &stream, const QString &ps, const QFont &f, const QString &key,
+                          QPSPrinterPrivate *d );
+      void drawText( QTextStream &stream, const QPoint &p, QTextEngine *engine, int item,
+                     const QString &text, QPSPrinterPrivate *d, QPainter *paint );
+
+      QString makePSFontName( const QFontEngine *f, int type ) const;
+      virtual QString extension() const = 0;
+
+      QTextCodec *codec;
+};
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontAsian::makePSFontName( const QFontEngine *f, int type ) const
+{
+    QString ps;
+    int i;
+
+    QString family = f->fontDef.family.lower();
+
+    // try to make a "good" postscript name
+    ps = family.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+    i = 0;
+    while( (unsigned int)i < ps.length() ) {
+        if ( i != 0 && ps[i] == '[') {
+          if ( ps[i-1] == ' ' )
+	    ps.truncate (i-1);
+          else
+	    ps.truncate (i);
+          break;
+        }
+	if ( i == 0 || ps[i-1] == ' ' ) {
+	    ps[i] = ps[i].upper();
+	    if ( i )
+		ps.remove( i-1, 1 );
+	    else
+		i++;
+	} else {
+	    i++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    switch ( type ) {
+	case 1:
+	    ps.append( QString::fromLatin1("-Italic") );
+	    break;
+	case 2:
+	    ps.append( QString::fromLatin1("-Bold") );
+	    break;
+	case 3:
+	    ps.append( QString::fromLatin1("-BoldItalic") );
+	    break;
+	case 0:
+	default:
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    ps += extension();
+
+    return ps;
+}
+
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontAsian::defineFont( QTextStream &stream, const QString &ps, const QFont &f,
+					 const QString &key, QPSPrinterPrivate *d)
+{
+    QString fontName;
+    QString fontName2;
+
+    QString *tmp = d->headerFontNames.find( ps );
+
+    if ( d->buffer ) {
+        if ( tmp ) {
+            fontName = *tmp;
+        } else {
+	    fontName.sprintf( "F%d", ++d->headerFontNumber );
+	    d->fontStream << "/" << fontName << " false " << ps << "List MF\n";
+	    d->headerFontNames.insert( ps, new QString( fontName ) );
+	}
+        fontName2.sprintf( "F%d", ++d->headerFontNumber );
+        d->fontStream << "/" << fontName2 << " "
+                      << pointSize( f, d->scale ) << "/" << fontName << " DF\n";
+        d->headerFontNames.insert( key, new QString( fontName2 ) );
+    } else {
+        if ( tmp ) {
+            fontName = *tmp;
+        } else {
+	    fontName.sprintf( "F%d", ++d->pageFontNumber );
+	    stream << "/" << fontName << " false " << ps << "List MF\n";
+	    d->pageFontNames.insert( ps, new QString( fontName ) );
+	}
+        fontName2.sprintf( "F%d", ++d->pageFontNumber );
+        stream << "/" << fontName2 << " "
+               << pointSize( f, d->scale ) << "/" << fontName << " DF\n";
+        d->pageFontNames.insert( key, new QString( fontName2 ) );
+    }
+    return fontName2;
+}
+
+
+void QPSPrinterFontAsian::download(QTextStream& s, bool)
+{
+    //qDebug("downloading asian font %s", psname.latin1() );
+    s << "% Asian postscript font requested. Using "
+      << psname << endl;
+    emitPSFontNameList( s, psname, replacementList );
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterFontAsian::drawText( QTextStream &stream, const QPoint &p, QTextEngine *engine, int item,
+				    const QString &text, QPSPrinterPrivate *d, QPainter *paint)
+{
+    int len = engine->length( item );
+    QScriptItem &si = engine->items[item];
+
+    int x = p.x() + si.x;
+    int y = p.y() + si.y;
+    if ( y != d->textY || d->textY == 0 )
+        stream << y << " Y";
+    d->textY = y;
+
+    QString mdf;
+    if ( paint->font().underline() )
+        mdf += " " + QString().setNum( y + d->fm.underlinePos() + d->fm.lineWidth() ) +
+               " " + toString( d->fm.lineWidth() ) + " Tl";
+    if ( paint->font().strikeOut() )
+        mdf += " " + QString().setNum( y + d->fm.strikeOutPos() ) +
+               " " + toString( d->fm.lineWidth() ) + " Tl";
+    QCString mb;
+    QCString out;
+    QString dummy( QChar(0x20) );
+
+    if ( si.analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	for ( int i = len-1; i >= 0; i-- ) {
+	    QChar ch = text.unicode()[i];
+	    if ( !ch.row() ) {
+		; // ignore, we should never get here anyway
+	    } else {
+		if ( codec ) {
+		    dummy[0] = ch;
+		    mb = codec->fromUnicode( dummy );
+		} else
+		    mb = "  ";
+
+		for ( unsigned int j = 0; j < mb.length (); j++ ) {
+		    if ( mb.at(j) == '(' || mb.at(j) == ')' || mb.at(j) == '\\' )
+			out += "\\";
+		    out += mb.at(j);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	    QChar ch = text.unicode()[i];
+	    if ( !ch.row() ) {
+		; // ignore, we should never get here anyway
+	    } else {
+		if ( codec ) {
+		    dummy[0] = ch;
+		    mb = codec->fromUnicode( dummy );
+		} else
+		    mb = "  ";
+
+		for ( unsigned int j = 0; j < mb.length (); j++ ) {
+		    if ( mb.at(j) == '(' || mb.at(j) == ')' || mb.at(j) == '\\' )
+			out += "\\";
+		    out += mb.at(j);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    stream << "(" << out << ")" << si.width << " " << x << mdf << " AT\n";
+}
+
+// ----------- Japanese --------------
+
+static const psfont Japanese1 [] = {
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont Japanese1a [] = {
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont Japanese2 [] = {
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "GothicBBB-Medium-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont Japanese2a [] = {
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Ryumin-Light-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+
+// Wadalab fonts
+
+static const psfont WadaMin [] = {
+    { "WadaMin-Regular-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaMin-Regular-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "WadaMin-Bold-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaMin-Bold-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont WadaGo [] = {
+    { "WadaMaruGo-Regular-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaMaruGo-Regular-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "WadaGo-Bold-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaGo-Bold-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+// Adobe Wadalab
+
+static const psfont WadaGoAdobe [] = {
+    { "WadaMaruGo-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaMaruGo-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "WadaMaruGo-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaMaruGo-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont WadaMinAdobe [] = {
+    { "WadaMin-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaMin-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "WadaMin-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "WadaMin-RegularH-Hojo-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+
+static const psfont * const Japanese1Replacements[] = {
+    Japanese1, Japanese1a, WadaMin, WadaGo, WadaMinAdobe, WadaGoAdobe, 0
+};
+static const psfont * const Japanese2Replacements[] = {
+    Japanese2, Japanese2a, WadaMin, WadaGo, WadaMinAdobe, WadaGoAdobe, 0
+};
+
+class QPSPrinterFontJapanese
+  : public QPSPrinterFontAsian {
+public:
+      QPSPrinterFontJapanese(const QFontEngine* f);
+      virtual QString extension() const;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFontJapanese::QPSPrinterFontJapanese(const QFontEngine* f)
+{
+    codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib( 63 ); // jisx0208.1983-0
+
+    int type = getPsFontType( f );
+    psname = makePSFontName( f, type );
+    QString best = "[ /" + psname + " 1.0 0.0 ]";
+    replacementList.append( best );
+
+    const psfont *const *replacements = ( psname.contains( "Helvetica" ) ? Japanese2Replacements : Japanese1Replacements );
+    appendReplacements( replacementList, replacements, type );
+}
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontJapanese::extension() const
+{
+    return "-H";
+}
+
+// ----------- Korean --------------
+
+// sans serif
+static const psfont SMGothic [] = {
+    { "SMGothic-Medium-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "SMGothic-Medium-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "SMGothic-DemiBold-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "SMGothic-DemiBold-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+// serif
+#if 0 // ### this is never used?
+static const psfont SMMyungjo [] = {
+    { "SMMyungjo-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "SMMyungjo-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "SMMyungjo-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "SMMyungjo-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+#endif
+
+static const psfont MKai [] = {
+    { "MingMT-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MingMT-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Medium-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Medium-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+
+static const psfont Munhwa [] = {
+    { "Munhwa-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Munhwa-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "Munhwa-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Munhwa-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont MunhwaGothic [] = {
+    { "MunhwaGothic-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGothic-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGothic-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGothic-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont MunhwaGungSeo [] = {
+    { "MunhwaGungSeo-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGungSeo-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGungSeo-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGungSeo-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont MunhwaGungSeoHeulim [] = {
+    { "MunhwaGungSeoHeulim-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGungSeoHeulim-Light-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGungSeoHeulim-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaGungSeoHeulim-Bold-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont MunhwaHoonMin [] = {
+    { "MunhwaHoonMin-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaHoonMin-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaHoonMin-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MunhwaHoonMin-Regular-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont BaekmukGulim [] = {
+    { "Baekmuk-Gulim-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Baekmuk-Gulim-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "Baekmuk-Gulim-KSC-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Baekmuk-Gulim-KSC-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. }
+};
+
+static const psfont * const KoreanReplacements[] = {
+    BaekmukGulim, SMGothic, Munhwa, MunhwaGothic, MKai, MunhwaGungSeo,
+    MunhwaGungSeoHeulim, MunhwaHoonMin, Helvetica, 0
+};
+
+class QPSPrinterFontKorean
+  : public QPSPrinterFontAsian {
+public:
+      QPSPrinterFontKorean(const QFontEngine* f);
+      QString extension() const;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFontKorean::QPSPrinterFontKorean(const QFontEngine* f)
+{
+    codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib( 38 ); // eucKR
+    int type = getPsFontType( f );
+    psname = makePSFontName( f, type );
+    QString best = "[ /" + psname + " 1.0 0.0 ]";
+    replacementList.append( best );
+    appendReplacements( replacementList, KoreanReplacements, type );
+}
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontKorean::extension() const
+{
+    return "-KSC-EUC-H";
+}
+// ----------- traditional chinese ------------
+
+// Arphic Public License Big5 TrueType fonts (on Debian and CLE and others)
+static const psfont ShanHeiSun [] = {
+    { "ShanHeiSun-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "ShanHeiSun-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "ShanHeiSun-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "ShanHeiSun-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont ZenKai [] = {
+    { "ZenKai-Medium-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "ZenKai-Medium-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "ZenKai-Medium-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "ZenKai-Medium-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+// Fonts on Turbolinux
+static const psfont SongB5 [] = {
+    { "B5-MSung-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MSung-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MSung-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MSung-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont KaiB5 [] = {
+    { "B5-MKai-Medium-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MKai-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MKai-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MKai-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont HeiB5 [] = {
+    { "B5-MHei-Medium-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MHei-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MHei-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-MHei-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont FangSongB5 [] = {
+    { "B5-CFangSong-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-CFangSong-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-CFangSong-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "B5-CFangSong-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+
+// Arphic fonts on Thiz Linux
+static const psfont LinGothic [] = {
+    { "LinGothic-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "LinGothic-Light-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "LinGothic-Light-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "LinGothic-Light-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont YenRound [] = {
+    { "YenRound-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "YenRound-Light-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "YenRound-Light-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "YenRound-Light-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+// Dr. Wang Hann-Tzong's GPL'ed Big5 TrueType fonts
+#if 0 // ### this is never used?
+static const psfont HtWFangSong [] = {
+    { "HtW-FSong-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "HtW-FSong-Light-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "HtW-FSong-Light-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "HtW-FSong-Light-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+#endif
+
+static const psfont MingB5 [] = {
+    { "Ming-Light-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Ming-Light-Italic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "Ming-Light-Bold-ETen-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "Ming-Light-BoldItalic-ETen-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+// Microsoft's Ming/Sung font?
+static const psfont MSung [] = {
+    { "MSung-Light-ETenms-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-ETenms-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-ETenms-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-ETenms-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+// "Standard Sung/Ming" font by Taiwan Ministry of Education
+static const psfont MOESung [] = {
+    { "MOESung-Regular-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MOESung-Regular-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MOESung-Regular-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MOESung-Regular-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+static const psfont MOEKai [] = {
+    { "MOEKai-Regular-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MOEKai-Regular-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MOEKai-Regular-B5-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MOEKai-Regular-B5-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+static const psfont * const TraditionalReplacements[] = {
+    MOESung, SongB5, ShanHeiSun, MingB5, MSung, FangSongB5, KaiB5, ZenKai, HeiB5,
+    LinGothic, YenRound, MOEKai, Helvetica, 0
+	};
+
+#if 0 // ### these are never used?
+static const psfont * const SongB5Replacements[] = {
+    SongB5, ShanHeiSun, MingB5, MSung, MOESung, Helvetica, 0
+	};
+
+static const psfont * const FangSongB5Replacements[] = {
+    FangSongB5, HtWFangSong, Courier, 0
+	};
+static const psfont * const KaiB5Replacements[] = {
+    KaiB5, ZenKai, Times, 0
+	};
+static const psfont * const HeiB5Replacements[] = {
+    HeiB5, LinGothic, YenRound, LucidaSans, 0
+	};
+static const psfont * const YuanB5Replacements[] = {
+    YenRound, LinGothic, HeiB5, LucidaSans, 0
+	};
+#endif
+
+
+class QPSPrinterFontTraditionalChinese
+  : public QPSPrinterFontAsian {
+public:
+      QPSPrinterFontTraditionalChinese(const QFontEngine* f);
+      QString extension() const;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFontTraditionalChinese::QPSPrinterFontTraditionalChinese(const QFontEngine* f)
+{
+    codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib( 2026 ); // Big5-0
+    int type = getPsFontType( f );
+    psname = makePSFontName( f, type );
+    QString best = "[ /" + psname + " 1.0 0.0 ]";
+    replacementList.append( best );
+    appendReplacements( replacementList, TraditionalReplacements, type );
+}
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontTraditionalChinese::extension() const
+{
+    return "-ETen-B5-H";
+}
+
+// ----------- simplified chinese ------------
+
+#if 0
+// GB18030 fonts on XteamLinux (?)
+static const psfont SimplifiedGBK2K [] = {
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK2K-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Medium-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Medium-GBK2K-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+#endif
+
+// GB18030 fonts on Turbolinux
+static const psfont SongGBK2K [] = {
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Italic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Bold-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-BoldItalic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont KaiGBK2K [] = {
+    { "MKai-Medium-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Italic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Bold-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MKai-BoldItalic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont HeiGBK2K [] = {
+    { "MHei-Medium-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MHei-Italic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MHei-Bold-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MHei-BoldItalic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont FangSongGBK2K [] = {
+    { "CFangSong-Light-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "CFangSong-Italic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "CFangSong-Bold-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "CFangSong-BoldItalic-GBK2K-H", 0, 100. },
+};
+
+static const psfont Simplified [] = {
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Medium-GBK-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MKai-Medium-GBK-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+static const psfont MSungGBK [] = {
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "MSung-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+static const psfont FangSong [] = {
+    { "CFangSong-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "CFangSong-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "CFangSong-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "CFangSong-Light-GBK-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+// Arphic Public License GB2312 TrueType fonts (on Debian and CLE and others)
+static const psfont BousungEG [] = {
+    { "BousungEG-Light-GB-GB-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "BousungEG-Light-GB-GB-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "BousungEG-Light-GB-Bold-GB-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "BousungEG-Light-GB-Bold-GB-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+static const psfont GBZenKai [] = {
+    { "GBZenKai-Medium-GB-GB-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "GBZenKai-Medium-GB-GB-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+    { "GBZenKai-Medium-GB-Bold-GB-EUC-H", 0, 100. },
+    { "GBZenKai-Medium-GB-Bold-GB-EUC-H", 0.2, 100. },
+};
+
+static const psfont * const SimplifiedReplacements[] = {
+    SongGBK2K, FangSongGBK2K, KaiGBK2K, HeiGBK2K,
+    Simplified, MSungGBK, FangSong, BousungEG, GBZenKai, Helvetica, 0
+	};
+#if 0
+static const psfont * const SongGBK2KReplacements[] = {
+    SongGBK2K, MSungGBK, BousungEG, Helvetica, 0
+	};
+#endif
+static const psfont * const FangSongGBK2KReplacements[] = {
+    FangSongGBK2K, FangSong, Courier, 0
+	};
+static const psfont * const KaiGBK2KReplacements[] = {
+    KaiGBK2K, GBZenKai, Times, 0
+	};
+static const psfont * const HeiGBK2KReplacements[] = {
+    HeiGBK2K, LucidaSans, 0
+	};
+
+class QPSPrinterFontSimplifiedChinese
+  : public QPSPrinterFontAsian {
+public:
+      QPSPrinterFontSimplifiedChinese(const QFontEngine* f);
+      QString extension() const;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFontSimplifiedChinese::QPSPrinterFontSimplifiedChinese(const QFontEngine* f)
+{
+    codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib( 114 ); // GB18030
+    int type = getPsFontType( f );
+    QString family = f->fontDef.family.lower();
+    if( family.contains("kai",FALSE) ) {
+	psname = KaiGBK2K[type].psname;
+	appendReplacements( replacementList, KaiGBK2KReplacements, type );
+    } else if( family.contains("fangsong",FALSE) ) {
+	psname = FangSongGBK2K[type].psname;
+	appendReplacements( replacementList, FangSongGBK2KReplacements, type );
+    } else if( family.contains("hei",FALSE) ) {
+	psname = HeiGBK2K[type].psname;
+	appendReplacements( replacementList, HeiGBK2KReplacements, type );
+    } else {
+	psname = SongGBK2K[type].psname;
+	appendReplacements( replacementList, SimplifiedReplacements, type );
+    }
+    //qDebug("simplified chinese: fontname is %s, psname=%s", f.family().latin1(), psname.latin1() );
+}
+
+QString QPSPrinterFontSimplifiedChinese::extension() const
+{
+    return "-GBK2K-H";
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+// ================== QPSPrinterFont ====================
+
+class QPSPrinterFont {
+public:
+  QPSPrinterFont(const QFont& f, int script, QPSPrinterPrivate *priv);
+  ~QPSPrinterFont();
+  QString postScriptFontName()     { return p->postScriptFontName(); }
+    QString defineFont( QTextStream &stream, const QString &ps, const QFont &f, const QString &key,
+                             QPSPrinterPrivate *d )
+    { return p->defineFont( stream, ps, f, key, d ); }
+    void    download(QTextStream& s, bool global) { p->download(s, global); }
+    QPSPrinterFontPrivate *handle() { return p; }
+    QString xfontname;
+private:
+  QByteArray       data;
+  QPSPrinterFontPrivate* p;
+};
+
+QPSPrinterFont::~QPSPrinterFont()
+{
+    // the dict in QFontPrivate does deletion for us.
+    //  delete p;
+}
+
+
+QPSPrinterFont::QPSPrinterFont(const QFont &f, int script, QPSPrinterPrivate *priv)
+    : p(0)
+{
+    QString fontfilename;
+    QString fontname;
+
+    enum { NONE, PFB, PFA, TTF } type = NONE;
+
+    QFontEngine *engine = f.d->engineForScript( (QFont::Script) script );
+    // ### implement similar code for QWS and WIN
+    xfontname = makePSFontName( engine );
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_X11 )
+    bool xlfd = FALSE;
+    //qDebug("engine = %p name=%s, script=%d", engine, engine ? engine->name() : "(null)", script);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if ( qt_has_xft && engine && engine->type() == QFontEngine::Xft ) {
+        XftPattern *pattern = static_cast<QFontEngineXft *>( engine )->pattern();
+        char *filename = 0;
+        XftPatternGetString (pattern, XFT_FILE, 0, &filename);
+        //qDebug("filename for font is '%s'", filename);
+        if ( filename ) {
+            fontfilename = QString::fromLocal8Bit( filename );
+            xfontname = fontfilename;
+        }
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+        QString rawName;
+        if ( engine && engine != (QFontEngine *)-1 )
+            rawName = engine->name();
+        int index = rawName.find('-');
+        if (index == 0) {
+            // this is an XLFD font name
+            for (int i=0; i < 6; i++) {
+                index = rawName.find('-',index+1);
+            }
+            xfontname = rawName.mid(0,index);
+            if ( xfontname.endsWith( "*" ) )
+                xfontname.truncate( xfontname.length() - 1 );
+            xlfd = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    // map some scripts to something more useful
+    if ( script == QFont::Han ) {
+	QTextCodec *lc = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+	switch( lc->mibEnum() ) {
+        case 36: // KS C 5601
+        case 38: // EUC KR
+            script = QFont::Hangul;
+            break;
+
+        case 57: // gb2312.1980-0
+        case 113: // GBK
+        case -113: // gbk-0
+        case 114: // GB18030
+        case -114: // gb18030-0
+        case 2025: // GB2312
+        case 2026: // Big5
+        case -2026: // Big5-HKSCS
+        case 2101: // big5-0, big5.eten-0
+        case -2101: // big5hkscs-0, hkscs-1
+            break;
+
+        case 16: // JIS7
+        case 17: // SJIS
+        case 18: // EUC JP
+        case 63: // JIS X 0208
+        default:
+            script = QFont::Hiragana;
+            break;
+	}
+    } else if ( script == QFont::Katakana )
+	script = QFont::Hiragana;
+    else if ( script == QFont::Bopomofo )
+	script = QFont::Han;
+#endif
+
+    QString searchname = xfontname;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    // we need an extension here due to the fact that we use different
+    // fonts for different scripts
+    if ( xlfd && script >= QFont::Han && script <= QFont::Bopomofo )
+	xfontname += "/" + toString( script );
+#endif
+
+    //qDebug("looking for font %s in dict", xfontname.latin1() );
+    p = priv->fonts.find(xfontname);
+    if ( p )
+	return;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if ( xlfd ) {
+
+	for (QStringList::Iterator it=priv->fontpath.begin(); it!=priv->fontpath.end() && fontfilename.isEmpty(); ++it) {
+	    if ((*it).left(1) != "/") continue; // not a path name, a font server
+	    QString fontmapname;
+	    int num = 0;
+	    // search font.dir and font.scale for the right file
+	    while ( num < 2 ) {
+		if ( num == 0 )
+		    fontmapname = (*it) + "/fonts.scale";
+		else
+		    fontmapname = (*it) + "/fonts.dir";
+		//qWarning(fontmapname);
+		QFile fontmap(fontmapname);
+		if (fontmap.open(IO_ReadOnly)) {
+		    while (!fontmap.atEnd()) {
+			QString mapping;
+			fontmap.readLine(mapping,512);
+			// fold to lower (since X folds to lowercase)
+			//qWarning(xfontname);
+			//qWarning(mapping);
+			if (mapping.lower().contains(searchname.lower())) {
+			    int index = mapping.find(' ',0);
+			    QString ffn = mapping.mid(0,index);
+                            // remove the most common bitmap formats
+			    if( !ffn.contains( ".pcf" ) && !ffn.contains( ".bdf" ) &&
+				!ffn.contains( ".spd" ) && !ffn.contains( ".phont" ) ) {
+				fontfilename = (*it) + QString("/") + ffn;
+				if ( QFile::exists(fontfilename) ) {
+				    //qDebug("found font file %s", fontfilename.latin1());
+				    break;
+				} else // unset fontfilename
+				    fontfilename = QString();
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		    fontmap.close();
+		}
+		num++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    //qDebug("font=%s, fontname=%s, file=%s, p=%p", f.family().latin1(), xfontname.latin1(), fontfilename.latin1(), p);
+
+    // memory mapping would be better here
+    if (fontfilename.length() > 0) { // maybe there is no file name
+	QFile fontfile(fontfilename);
+	if ( fontfile.exists() ) {
+	    //printf("font name %s size = %d\n",fontfilename.latin1(),fontfile.size());
+	    data = QByteArray( fontfile.size() );
+
+	    fontfile.open(IO_Raw | IO_ReadOnly);
+	    fontfile.readBlock(data.data(), fontfile.size());
+	    fontfile.close();
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!data.isNull() && data.size() > 0) {
+        unsigned char* d = (unsigned char *)data.data();
+        if (d[0] == 0x80 && d[1] == 0x01 && d[6] == '%' && d[7] == '!')
+            type = PFB;
+        else if (d[0] == '%' && d[1] == '!' && d[2] == 'P' && d[3] == 'S')
+            type = PFA;
+        else if (d[0]==0x00 && d[1]==0x01 && d[2]==0x00 && d[3]==0x00)
+            type = TTF;
+        else
+            type = NONE;
+    } else
+        type = NONE;
+
+    //qDebug("font is of type %d", type );
+    switch (type) {
+    case TTF :
+        p = new QPSPrinterFontTTF(engine, data);
+        break;
+    case PFB:
+        p = new QPSPrinterFontPFB(engine, data);
+        break;
+    case PFA:
+        p = new QPSPrinterFontPFA(engine, data);
+        break;
+    case NONE:
+    default:
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+        if ( script == QFont::Hiragana )
+            p = new QPSPrinterFontJapanese( engine );
+        else if ( script == QFont::Hangul )
+            p = new QPSPrinterFontKorean( engine );
+        else if ( script == QFont::Han ) {
+            QTextCodec *lc = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+            switch( lc->mibEnum() ) {
+            case 2025: // GB2312
+            case 57: // gb2312.1980-0
+            case 113: // GBK
+            case -113: // gbk-0
+            case 114: // GB18030
+            case -114: // gb18030-0
+                p = new QPSPrinterFontSimplifiedChinese( engine );
+                break;
+            case 2026: // Big5
+            case -2026: // big5-0, big5.eten-0
+            case 2101: // Big5-HKSCS
+            case -2101: // big5hkscs-0, hkscs-1
+                p = new QPSPrinterFontTraditionalChinese( engine );
+                break;
+            default:
+                p = new QPSPrinterFontJapanese( engine );
+            }
+        } else
+#endif
+            //qDebug("didnt find font for %s", xfontname.latin1());
+            p = new QPSPrinterFontNotFound( engine );
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (p->postScriptFontName() == "Symbol")
+	p->setSymbol();
+
+    // this is needed to make sure we don't get the same postscriptname twice
+    QDictIterator<QPSPrinterFontPrivate> it( priv->fonts );
+    for( it.toFirst(); it.current(); ++it ) {
+	if ( *(*it) == *p ) {
+//	    qWarning("Post script driver: font already in dict");
+	    delete p;
+	    p = *it;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    //qDebug("inserting font %s in dict psname=%s", xfontname.latin1(), p->postScriptFontName().latin1() );
+    priv->fonts.insert( xfontname, p );
+}
+
+// ================= END OF PS FONT METHODS ============
+
+
+QPSPrinterPrivate::QPSPrinterPrivate( QPrinter *prt, int filedes )
+    : buffer( 0 ), outDevice( 0 ), fd( filedes ), pageBuffer( 0 ), fonts(27, FALSE), fontBuffer(0), savedImage( 0 ),
+      dirtypen( FALSE ), dirtybrush( FALSE ), dirtyBkColor( FALSE ), bkMode( Qt::TransparentMode ), dirtyBkMode( FALSE ),
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+      currentFontCodec( 0 ),
+#endif
+      fm( QFont() ), textY( 0 )
+{
+    printer = prt;
+    headerFontNames.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    pageFontNames.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    fonts.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    currentFontFile = 0;
+    scale = 1.;
+    scriptUsed = -1;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+    // append qsettings fontpath
+    QSettings settings;
+    embedFonts = settings.readBoolEntry( "/qt/embedFonts", TRUE );
+
+    int npaths;
+    char** font_path;
+    font_path = XGetFontPath( qt_xdisplay(), &npaths);
+    bool xfsconfig_read = FALSE;
+    for (int i=0; i<npaths; i++) {
+        // If we're using xfs, append font paths from /etc/X11/fs/config
+        // can't hurt, and chances are we'll get all fonts that way.
+        if (((font_path[i])[0] != '/') && !xfsconfig_read) {
+            // We're using xfs -> read its config
+            bool finished = FALSE;
+            QFile f("/etc/X11/fs/config");
+            if ( !f.exists() )
+                f.setName("/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fs/config");
+            if ( !f.exists() )
+                f.setName("/usr/X11/lib/X11/fs/config");
+            if ( f.exists() ) {
+                f.open(IO_ReadOnly);
+                while(f.status()==IO_Ok && !finished) {
+                    QString fs;
+                    f.readLine(fs, 1024);
+                    fs=fs.stripWhiteSpace();
+                    if (fs.left(9)=="catalogue" && fs.contains('=')) {
+                        fs=fs.mid(fs.find('=')+1).stripWhiteSpace();
+                        bool end = FALSE;
+                        while( f.status()==IO_Ok && !end ) {
+                            if ( fs[int(fs.length())-1] == ',' )
+                                fs = fs.left(fs.length()-1);
+                            else
+                                end = TRUE;
+                            if (fs[0] != '#' && !fs.contains(":unscaled"))
+                                fontpath += fs;
+                            f.readLine(fs, 1024);
+                            fs=fs.stripWhiteSpace();
+                        }
+                        finished = TRUE;
+                    }
+                }
+                f.close();
+            }
+            xfsconfig_read = TRUE;
+        } else if(!strstr(font_path[i], ":unscaled")) {
+            // Fonts paths marked :unscaled are always bitmapped fonts
+            // -> we can as well ignore them now and save time
+            fontpath += font_path[i];
+        }
+    }
+    XFreeFontPath(font_path);
+
+    // append qsettings fontpath
+    QStringList fp = settings.readListEntry( "/qt/fontPath", ':' );
+    if ( !fp.isEmpty() )
+        fontpath += fp;
+#else
+    embedFonts = FALSE;
+#endif
+}
+
+QPSPrinterPrivate::~QPSPrinterPrivate()
+{
+    delete pageBuffer;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::setFont( const QFont & fnt, int script )
+{
+    QFont f = fnt;
+    if ( f.rawMode() ) {
+        QFont fnt( QString::fromLatin1("Helvetica"), 12 );
+        setFont( fnt, QFont::Unicode );
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( f.pointSize() == 0 ) {
+#if defined(CHECK_RANGE)
+        qWarning( "QPrinter: Cannot set a font with zero point size." );
+#endif
+        f.setPointSize(QApplication::font().pointSize());
+        if ( f.pointSize() == 0 )
+            f.setPointSize( 11 );
+    }
+
+    QPSPrinterFont ff( f, script, this );
+    QString ps = ff.postScriptFontName();
+
+    QString s = ps;
+    s.append( ' ' );
+    s.prepend( ' ' );
+
+    QString key = ff.xfontname;
+
+    if ( f.pointSize() != -1 )
+	key += " " + toString( f.pointSize() );
+    else
+	key += " px" + toString( f.pixelSize() );
+    QString * tmp;
+    if ( !buffer )
+        tmp = pageFontNames.find( key );
+    else
+        tmp = headerFontNames.find( key );
+
+    QString fontName;
+    if ( tmp )
+        fontName = *tmp;
+
+    if ( fontName.isEmpty() ) {
+        fontName = ff.defineFont( pageStream, ps, f, key, this );
+    }
+    pageStream << fontName << " F\n";
+
+    ps.append( ' ' );
+    ps.prepend( ' ' );
+    if ( !fontsUsed.contains( ps ) )
+        fontsUsed += ps;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    QTextCodec * codec = 0;
+// ###
+// #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+//     i = 0;
+//     do {
+//      if ( unicodevalues[i].cs == f.charSet() )
+//          codec = QTextCodec::codecForMib( unicodevalues[i++].mib );
+//     } while( codec == 0 && unicodevalues[i++].cs != unicodevalues_LAST );
+// #endif
+    currentFontCodec = codec;
+#endif
+    currentFont = fontName;
+    currentFontFile = ff.handle();
+    scriptUsed = script;
+}
+
+
+static void ps_r7( QTextStream& stream, const char * s, int l )
+{
+    int i = 0;
+    uchar line[79];
+    int col = 0;
+
+    while( i < l ) {
+        line[col++] = s[i++];
+        if ( col >= 76 ) {
+            line[col++] = '\n';
+            line[col++] = '\0';
+            stream << (const char *)line;
+            col = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( col > 0 ) {
+        while( (col&3) != 0 )
+            line[col++] = '%'; // use a comment as padding
+        line[col++] = '\n';
+        line[col++] = '\0';
+        stream << (const char *)line;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static const int quoteSize = 3; // 1-8 pixels
+static const int maxQuoteLength = 4+16+32+64+128+256; // magic extended quote
+static const int quoteReach = 10; // ... 1-1024 pixels back
+static const int tableSize = 1024; // 2 ** quoteReach;
+static const int numAttempts = 128;
+
+static const int hashSize = 71;
+
+static const int None = INT_MAX;
+
+/* puts the lowest numBits of data into the out array starting at postion (byte/bit).
+   Adjusts byte and bit to point ot the next position.
+
+   Need to make sure the out array is long enough before calling the method.
+*/
+static void emitBits( char *out, int & byte, int & bit,
+                      int numBits, uint data )
+{
+    int b = 0;
+    uint d = data;
+    while( b < numBits ) {
+        if ( bit == 0 )
+            out[byte] = 0;
+        if ( d & 1 )
+            out[byte] = (uchar)out[byte] | ( 1 << bit );
+        d = d >> 1;
+        b++;
+        bit++;
+        if ( bit > 6 ) {
+            bit = 0;
+            byte++;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//#define DEBUG_COMPRESS
+#ifdef DEBUG_COMPRESS
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#endif
+
+static QByteArray compress( const QImage & image, bool gray ) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_COMPRESS
+    QTime t;
+    t.start();
+    int sizeUncompressed[11];
+    for( int i = 0; i < 11; i++ )
+	sizeUncompressed[i] = 0;
+    int sizeCompressed[11];
+    for( int i = 0; i < 11; i++ )
+	sizeCompressed[i] = 0;
+#endif
+
+    int width = image.width();
+    int height = image.height();
+    int depth = image.depth();
+    int size = width*height;
+
+    int pastPixel[tableSize];
+    int mostRecentPixel[hashSize];
+    if ( depth == 1 )
+	size = (width+7)/8*height;
+    else if ( !gray )
+	size = size*3;
+
+    unsigned char *pixel = new unsigned char[size+1];
+    int i = 0;
+    if ( depth == 1 ) {
+	QImage::Endian bitOrder = image.bitOrder();
+	memset( pixel, 0xff, size );
+        for( int y=0; y < height; y++ ) {
+            uchar * s = image.scanLine( y );
+	    for( int x=0; x < width; x++ ) {
+		// need to copy bit for bit...
+		bool b = ( bitOrder == QImage::LittleEndian ) ?
+			 (*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (x & 7)) & 1 :
+			  (*(s + (x >> 3)) << (x & 7)) & 0x80 ;
+		if ( b )
+		    pixel[i >> 3] ^= (0x80 >> ( i & 7 ));
+		i++;
+	    }
+	    // we need to align to 8 bit here
+	    i = (i+7) & 0xffffff8;
+        }
+    } else if ( depth == 8 ) {
+        for( int y=0; y < height; y++ ) {
+            uchar * s = image.scanLine( y );
+            for( int x=0; x < width; x++ ) {
+                QRgb rgb = image.color( s[x] );
+		if ( gray ) {
+		    pixel[i] = (unsigned char) qGray( rgb );
+		    i++;
+		} else {
+		    pixel[i] = (unsigned char) qRed( rgb );
+		    pixel[i+1] = (unsigned char) qGreen( rgb );
+		    pixel[i+2] = (unsigned char) qBlue( rgb );
+		    i += 3;
+		}
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        bool alpha = image.hasAlphaBuffer();
+        for( int y=0; y < height; y++ ) {
+            QRgb * s = (QRgb*)(image.scanLine( y ));
+            for( int x=0; x < width; x++ ) {
+		QRgb rgb = (*s++);
+		if ( alpha && qAlpha( rgb ) < 0x40 ) // 25% alpha, convert to white -
+		    rgb = qRgb( 0xff, 0xff, 0xff );
+		if ( gray ) {
+		    pixel[i] = (unsigned char) qGray( rgb );
+		    i++;
+		} else {
+		    pixel[i] = (unsigned char) qRed( rgb );
+		    pixel[i+1] = (unsigned char) qGreen( rgb );
+		    pixel[i+2] = (unsigned char) qBlue( rgb );
+		    i += 3;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    pixel[size] = 0;
+
+    /* this compression function emits blocks of data, where each
+       block is an unquoted series of pixels, or a quote from earlier
+       pixels. if the six-letter string "banana" were a six-pixel
+       image, it might be unquoted "ban" followed by a 3-pixel quote
+       from -2.  note that the final "a" is then copied from the
+       second "a", which is copied from the first "a" in the same copy
+       operation.
+
+       the scanning for quotable blocks uses a cobol-like loop and a
+       hash table: we know how many pixels we need to quote, hash the
+       first and last pixel we need, and then go backwards in time
+       looking for some spot where those pixels of those two colours
+       occur at the right distance from each other.
+
+       when we find a spot, we'll try a string-compare of all the
+       intervening pixels. we only do a maximum of 128 both-ends
+       compares or 64 full-string compares. it's more important to be
+       fast than get the ultimate in compression.
+
+       The format of the compressed stream is as follows:
+       // 2 bits step size for search and backreference ( 1 or 3 )
+       1 bit compressed or uncompressed block follows
+
+       uncompressed block:
+       3 bits size of block in bytes
+       size*8 bits data
+
+       compressed block:
+       3 bits compression header
+           0-2 size of block is 1-3 bytes
+           3-7 size of block is bigger, 4-8 additional bits specifying size follow
+       0/4-8 additional size fields
+       10 location of backreference
+    */
+
+    for( i=0; i < hashSize; i++ )
+        mostRecentPixel[i] = None;
+    int index = 0;
+    int emittedUntil = 0;
+    char *out = (char *)malloc( 256 * sizeof( char ) );
+    int outLen = 256;
+    int outOffset = 0;
+    int outBit = 0;
+
+    /* we process pixels serially, emitting as necessary/possible. */
+    while( index <= size ) {
+        int bestCandidate = None;
+        int bestLength = 0;
+        i = index % tableSize;
+        int h = pixel[index] % hashSize;
+        int start, end;
+        start = end = pastPixel[i] = mostRecentPixel[h];
+        mostRecentPixel[h] = index;
+        /* if our first candidate quote is unusable, or we don't need
+           to quote because we've already emitted something for this
+           pixel, just skip. */
+        if ( start < index - tableSize || index >= size ||
+             emittedUntil > index)
+            start = end = None;
+        int attempts = 0;
+        /* scan for suitable quote candidates: not too far back, and
+           if we've found one that's as big as it can get, don't look
+           for more */
+        while( start != None && end != None &&
+               bestLength < maxQuoteLength &&
+               start >= index - tableSize &&
+               end >= index - tableSize + bestLength ) {
+            /* scan backwards, looking for something good enough to
+               try a (slow) string comparison. we maintain indexes to
+               the start and the end of the quote candidate here */
+            while( start != None && end != None &&
+                   ( pixel[start] != pixel[index] ||
+                     pixel[end] != pixel[index+bestLength] ) ) {
+                if ( attempts++ > numAttempts ) {
+                    start = None;
+                } else if ( pixel[end] % hashSize ==
+                            pixel[index+bestLength] % hashSize ) {
+                    /* we move the area along the end index' chain */
+                    end = pastPixel[end%tableSize];
+                    start = end - bestLength;
+                } else if ( pixel[start] % hashSize ==
+                            pixel[index] % hashSize ) {
+                    /* ... or along the start index' chain */
+                    start = pastPixel[start%tableSize];
+                    end = start + bestLength;
+                } else {
+#if 0
+                    /* this should never happen: both the start and
+                       the end pointers ran off their tracks. */
+                    qDebug( "oops! %06x %06x %06x %06x %5d %5d %5d %d",
+                            pixel[start], pixel[end],
+                            pixel[index], pixel[index+bestLength],
+                            start, end, index, bestLength );
+#endif
+                    /* but if it should happen, no problem. we'll just
+                       say we found nothing, and the compression will
+                       be a bit worse. */
+                    start = None;
+                }
+                /* if we've moved either index too far to use the
+                   quote candidate, let's just give up here. there's
+                   also a guard against "start" insanity. */
+                if ( start < index - tableSize || start < 0 || start >= index )
+                    start = None;
+                if ( end < index - tableSize + bestLength || end < bestLength )
+                    end = None;
+            }
+            /* ok, now start and end point to an area of suitable
+               length whose first and last points match, or one/both
+               is/are set to None. */
+            if ( start != None && end != None ) {
+                /* slow string compare... */
+                int length = 0;
+                while( length < maxQuoteLength &&
+                       index+length < size &&
+                       pixel[start+length] == pixel[index+length] )
+                    length++;
+                /* if we've found something that overlaps the index
+                   point, maybe we can move the quote point back?  if
+                   we're copying 10 pixels from 8 pixels back (an
+                   overlap of 2), that'll be faster than copying from
+                   4 pixels back (an overlap of 6). */
+                if ( start + length > index && length > 0 ) {
+                    int d = index-start;
+                    int equal = TRUE;
+                    while( equal && start + length > index &&
+                           start > d && start-d >= index-tableSize ) {
+                        int i = 0;
+                        while( equal && i < d ) {
+                            if( pixel[start+i] != pixel[start+i-d] )
+                                equal = FALSE;
+                            i++;
+                        }
+                        if ( equal )
+                            start -= d;
+                    }
+                }
+                /* if what we have is longer than the best previous
+                   candidate, we'll use this one. */
+                if ( length > bestLength ) {
+                    attempts = 0;
+                    bestCandidate = start;
+                    bestLength = length;
+                    if ( length < maxQuoteLength && index + length < size )
+                        end = mostRecentPixel[pixel[index+length]%hashSize];
+                } else {
+                    /* and if it ins't, we'll try some more. but we'll
+                       count each string compare extra, since they're
+                       so expensive. */
+                    attempts += 2;
+                    if ( attempts > numAttempts ) {
+                        start = None;
+                    } else if ( pastPixel[start%tableSize] + bestLength <
+                                pastPixel[end%tableSize] ) {
+                        start = pastPixel[start%tableSize];
+                        end = start + bestLength;
+                    } else {
+                        end = pastPixel[end%tableSize];
+                        start = end - bestLength;
+                    }
+                }
+                /* again, if we can't make use of the current quote
+                   candidate, we don't try any more */
+                if ( start < index - tableSize || start < 0 || start > size+1 )
+                    start = None;
+                if ( end < index - tableSize + bestLength || end < 0 || end > size+1 )
+                    end = None;
+            }
+        }
+	/* backreferences to 1 byte of data are actually more costly than
+         emitting the data directly, 2 bytes don't save much. */
+	if ( bestCandidate != None && bestLength < 3 )
+	    bestCandidate = None;
+        /* at this point, bestCandidate is a candidate of bestLength
+         length, or else it's None. if we have such a candidate, or
+         we're at the end, we have to emit all unquoted data. */
+        if ( index == size || bestCandidate != None ) {
+            /* we need a double loop, because there's a maximum length
+               on the "unquoted data" section. */
+            while( emittedUntil < index ) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_COMPRESS
+		int x = 0;
+		int bl = emittedUntil - index;
+		while ( (bl /= 2) )
+		    x++;
+		if ( x > 10 ) x = 10;
+		sizeUncompressed[x]++;
+#endif
+                int l = QMIN( 8, index - emittedUntil );
+		if ( outOffset + l + 2 >= outLen ) {
+		    outLen *= 2;
+		    out = (char *) realloc( out, outLen );
+		}
+                emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+                          1, 0 );
+                emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+                          quoteSize, l-1 );
+                while( l-- ) {
+		    emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+			      8, pixel[emittedUntil] );
+                    emittedUntil++;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        /* if we have some quoted data to output, do it. */
+        if ( bestCandidate != None ) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_COMPRESS
+	    int x = 0;
+	    int bl = bestLength;
+	    while ( (bl /= 2) )
+		x++;
+	    if ( x > 10 ) x = 10;
+	    sizeCompressed[x]++;
+#endif
+	    if ( outOffset + 4 >= outLen ) {
+		outLen *= 2;
+		out = (char *) realloc( out, outLen );
+	    }
+            emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+                      1, 1 );
+	    int l = bestLength - 3;
+	    const struct off_len {
+		int off;
+		int bits;
+	    } ol_table [] = {
+		/* Warning: if you change the table here, change /uc in the PS code! */
+		{ 3, 0/*dummy*/ },
+		{ 16, 4 },
+		{ 32, 5 },
+		{ 64, 6 },
+		{ 128, 7 },
+		{ /*256*/ 0xfffffff, 8 },
+	    };
+
+            if ( l < ol_table[0].off ) {
+                emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+                          quoteSize, l );
+	    } else {
+		const off_len *ol = ol_table;
+		l -= ol->off;
+		ol++;
+		while ( l >= ol->off ) {
+		    l -= ol->off;
+		    ol++;
+		}
+                emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+                          quoteSize, ol->bits-1 );
+                emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+                          ol->bits, l );
+	    }
+	    emitBits( out, outOffset, outBit,
+		      quoteReach, index - bestCandidate - 1 );
+	    emittedUntil += bestLength;
+	}
+	index++;
+    }
+    /* we've output all the data; time to clean up and finish off the
+       last characters. */
+    if ( outBit )
+        outOffset++;
+    i = 0;
+    /* we have to make sure the data is encoded in a stylish way :) */
+    while( i < outOffset ) {
+        uchar c = out[i];
+        c += 42;
+        if ( c > 'Z' && ( c != 't' || i == 0 || out[i-1] != 'Q' ) )
+            c += 84;
+        out[i] = c;
+        i++;
+    }
+    QByteArray outarr;
+    outarr.duplicate( out, outOffset );
+    free( out );
+    delete [] pixel;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_COMPRESS
+    qDebug( "------------- image compression statistics ----------------" );
+    qDebug(" compression time %d", t.elapsed() );
+    qDebug( "Size dist of uncompressed blocks:" );
+    qDebug( "\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\n", sizeUncompressed[0], sizeUncompressed[1],
+	    sizeUncompressed[2], sizeUncompressed[3], sizeUncompressed[4], sizeUncompressed[5]);
+    qDebug( "\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\n", sizeUncompressed[6], sizeUncompressed[7],
+	    sizeUncompressed[8], sizeUncompressed[9], sizeUncompressed[10] );
+    qDebug( "Size dist of compressed blocks:" );
+    qDebug( "\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\n", sizeCompressed[0], sizeCompressed[1],
+	    sizeCompressed[2], sizeCompressed[3], sizeCompressed[4], sizeCompressed[5]);
+    qDebug( "\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\t%d\n", sizeCompressed[6], sizeCompressed[7],
+	    sizeCompressed[8], sizeCompressed[9], sizeCompressed[10] );
+    qDebug( "===> total compression ratio %d/%d = %f", outOffset, size, (float)outOffset/(float)size );
+    qDebug( "-----------------------------------------------------------" );
+#endif
+
+    return outarr;
+}
+
+#undef XCOORD
+#undef YCOORD
+#undef WIDTH
+#undef HEIGHT
+#undef POINT
+#undef RECT
+#undef INT_ARG
+
+#define XCOORD(x)       (float)(x)
+#define YCOORD(y)       (float)(y)
+#define WIDTH(w)        (float)(w)
+#define HEIGHT(h)       (float)(h)
+
+#define POINT(index)    XCOORD(p[index].point->x()) << ' ' <<           \
+                        YCOORD(p[index].point->y()) << ' '
+#define RECT(index)     XCOORD(p[index].rect->normalize().x())  << ' ' <<     \
+                        YCOORD(p[index].rect->normalize().y())  << ' ' <<     \
+                        WIDTH (p[index].rect->normalize().width()) << ' ' <<  \
+                        HEIGHT(p[index].rect->normalize().height()) << ' '
+#define INT_ARG(index)  p[index].ival << ' '
+
+static char returnbuffer[13];
+static const char * color( const QColor &c, QPrinter * printer )
+{
+    if ( c == Qt::black )
+        qstrcpy( returnbuffer, "B " );
+    else if ( c == Qt::white )
+        qstrcpy( returnbuffer, "W " );
+    else if ( c.red() == c.green() && c.red() == c.blue() )
+        sprintf( returnbuffer, "%d d2 ", c.red() );
+    else if ( printer->colorMode() == QPrinter::GrayScale )
+        sprintf( returnbuffer, "%d d2 ",
+                 qGray( c.red(), c.green(),c.blue() ) );
+    else
+        sprintf( returnbuffer, "%d %d %d ",
+                 c.red(), c.green(), c.blue() );
+    return returnbuffer;
+}
+
+
+static const char * psCap( Qt::PenCapStyle p )
+{
+    if ( p == Qt::SquareCap )
+        return "2 ";
+    else if ( p == Qt::RoundCap )
+        return "1 ";
+    return "0 ";
+}
+
+
+static const char * psJoin( Qt::PenJoinStyle p ) {
+    if ( p == Qt::BevelJoin )
+        return "2 ";
+    else if ( p == Qt::RoundJoin )
+        return "1 ";
+    return "0 ";
+}
+
+
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::drawImage( QPainter *paint, float x, float y, float w, float h,
+				   const QImage &img, const QImage &mask )
+{
+    if ( !w || !h || img.isNull() ) return;
+
+    int width  = img.width();
+    int height = img.height();
+    float scaleX = (float)width/w;
+    float scaleY = (float)height/h;
+
+    bool gray = (printer->colorMode() == QPrinter::GrayScale) ||
+		img.allGray();
+    int splitSize = 21830 * (gray ? 3 : 1 );
+    if ( width * height > splitSize ) { // 65535/3, tolerance for broken printers
+        int images, subheight;
+        images = ( width * height + splitSize - 1 ) / splitSize;
+        subheight = ( height + images-1 ) / images;
+        while ( subheight * width > splitSize ) {
+            images++;
+            subheight = ( height + images-1 ) / images;
+        }
+        int suby = 0;
+        while( suby < height ) {
+            drawImage(paint, x, y + suby/scaleY, w, QMIN( subheight, height-suby )/scaleY,
+		      img.copy( 0, suby, width, QMIN( subheight, height-suby ) ),
+		      mask.isNull() ? mask : mask.copy( 0, suby, width, QMIN( subheight, height-suby ) ));
+            suby += subheight;
+        }
+    } else {
+	QByteArray out;
+	int size = 0;
+	const char *bits;
+
+	if ( !mask.isNull() ) {
+	    out = ::compress( mask, TRUE );
+	    size = (width+7)/8*height;
+	    pageStream << "/mask " << size << " string uc\n";
+	    ps_r7( pageStream, out, out.size() );
+	    pageStream << "d\n";
+	}
+	if ( img.depth() == 1 ) {
+	    size = (width+7)/8*height;
+	    bits = "1 ";
+	} else if ( gray ) {
+	    size = width*height;
+	    bits = "8 ";
+        } else {
+	    size = width*height*3;
+	    bits = "24 ";
+        }
+
+	out = ::compress( img, gray );
+	pageStream << "/sl " << size << " string uc\n";
+	ps_r7( pageStream, out, out.size() );
+	pageStream << "d\n"
+		   << width << ' ' << height << "[" << scaleX << " 0 0 " << scaleY << " 0 0]sl "
+		   << bits << (!mask.isNull() ? "mask " : "false ")
+		   << x << ' ' << y << " di\n";
+    }
+}
+
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::matrixSetup( QPainter *paint )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
+    QWMatrix tmp;
+    if ( paint->hasViewXForm() ) {
+        QRect viewport = paint->viewport();
+        QRect window   = paint->window();
+        tmp.translate( viewport.x(), viewport.y() );
+        tmp.scale( 1.0 * viewport.width()  / window.width(),
+                   1.0 * viewport.height() / window.height() );
+        tmp.translate( -window.x(), -window.y() );
+    }
+    if ( paint->hasWorldXForm() ) {
+        tmp = paint->worldMatrix() * tmp;
+    }
+    pageStream << "["
+           << tmp.m11() << ' ' << tmp.m12() << ' '
+           << tmp.m21() << ' ' << tmp.m22() << ' '
+           << tmp.dx()  << ' ' << tmp.dy()
+           << "]ST\n";
+#else
+    QPoint p(0,0);
+    p = paint->xForm(p);
+    pageStream << "["
+           << 0 << ' ' << 0 << ' '
+           << 0 << ' ' << 0 << ' '
+           << p.x()    << ' ' << p.y()
+           << "]ST\n";
+#endif
+    dirtyMatrix = FALSE;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::orientationSetup()
+{
+    if ( printer->orientation() == QPrinter::Landscape )
+        pageStream << "QLS\n";
+}
+
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::emitHeader( bool finished )
+{
+    QString title = printer->docName();
+    QString creator = printer->creator();
+    if ( !creator )                             // default creator
+        creator = QString::fromLatin1("Qt " QT_VERSION_STR);
+    outDevice = new QFile();
+    (void)((QFile *)outDevice)->open( IO_WriteOnly, fd );
+    outStream.setDevice( outDevice );
+    outStream << "%!PS-Adobe-1.0";
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics m( printer );
+    scale = 72. / ((float) m.logicalDpiY());
+    uint mtop, mleft, mbottom, mright;
+    printer->margins( &mtop, &mleft, &mbottom, &mright );
+    int width = m.width();
+    int height = m.height();
+    bool fullPage = printer->fullPage();
+    if ( finished && pageCount == 1 && printer->numCopies() == 1 &&
+         ( ( printer->fullPage() && qt_gen_epsf ) ||
+	   ( printer->outputToFile() && printer->outputFileName().endsWith( ".eps" ) ) )
+	) {
+        if ( !boundingBox.isValid() )
+            boundingBox.setRect( 0, 0, width, height );
+	if ( printer->orientation() == QPrinter::Landscape ) {
+	    if ( !fullPage )
+		boundingBox.moveBy( -mleft, -mtop );
+	    outStream << " EPSF-3.0\n%%BoundingBox: "
+		      << (int)(m.height() - boundingBox.bottom())*scale << " " // llx
+		      << (int)(m.width() - boundingBox.right())*scale - 1 << " " // lly
+		      << (int)(m.height() - boundingBox.top())*scale + 1 << " " // urx
+		      << (int)(m.width() - boundingBox.left())*scale; // ury
+	} else {
+	    if ( !fullPage )
+		boundingBox.moveBy( mleft, -mtop );
+	    outStream << " EPSF-3.0\n%%BoundingBox: "
+		      << (int)(boundingBox.left())*scale << " "
+		      << (int)(m.height() - boundingBox.bottom())*scale - 1 << " "
+		      << (int)(boundingBox.right())*scale + 1 << " "
+		      << (int)(m.height() - boundingBox.top())*scale;
+	}
+    } else {
+	int w = width + (fullPage ? 0 : mleft + mright);
+        int h = height + (fullPage ? 0 : mtop + mbottom);
+	w = (int)(w*scale);
+	h = (int)(h*scale);
+        // set a bounding box according to the DSC
+        if ( printer->orientation() == QPrinter::Landscape )
+            outStream << "\n%%BoundingBox: 0 0 " << h << " " << w;
+        else
+            outStream << "\n%%BoundingBox: 0 0 " << w << " " << h;
+    }
+    outStream << "\n" << wrapDSC( "%%Creator: " + creator );
+    if ( !!title )
+        outStream << wrapDSC( "%%Title: " + title );
+    outStream << "%%CreationDate: " << QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString();
+    outStream << "\n%%Orientation: ";
+    if ( printer->orientation() == QPrinter::Landscape )
+        outStream << "Landscape";
+    else
+        outStream << "Portrait";
+    if ( finished )
+        outStream << "\n%%Pages: " << pageCount << "\n"
+		  << wrapDSC( "%%DocumentFonts: " + fontsUsed );
+    else
+        outStream << "%%Pages: (atend)"
+               << "\n%%DocumentFonts: (atend)";
+    outStream << "\n%%EndComments\n";
+
+    outStream << "%%BeginProlog\n";
+    const char * const prologLicense = "% Prolog copyright 1994-2006 Trolltech. "
+                                 "You may copy this prolog in any way\n"
+                                 "% that is directly related to this "
+                                 "document. For other use of this prolog,\n"
+                                 "% see your licensing agreement for Qt.\n";
+    outStream << prologLicense << ps_header << "\n";
+
+    // we have to do this here, as scaling can affect this.
+    QString lineStyles = "/LArr["                                       // Pen styles:
+			 " [] []"                       //   solid line
+			 " [ w s ] [ s w ]"                 //   dash line
+			 " [ s s ] [ s s ]"                  //   dot line
+			 " [ m s s s ] [ s m s s ]"      //   dash dot line
+			 " [ m s s s s ] [ s m s s s s ]"         //   dash dot dot line
+			 " ] d\n";
+    lineStyles.replace( QRegExp( "w" ), toString( 10./scale ) );
+    lineStyles.replace( QRegExp( "m" ), toString( 5./scale ) );
+    lineStyles.replace( QRegExp( "s" ), toString( 3./scale ) );
+
+    outStream << lineStyles;
+
+    outStream << "/pageinit {\n";
+    if ( !printer->fullPage() ) {
+        if ( printer->orientation() == QPrinter::Portrait )
+            outStream << mleft*scale << " "
+                   << mbottom*scale << " translate\n";
+        else
+            outStream << mtop*scale << " "
+                   << mleft*scale << " translate\n";
+    }
+    if ( printer->orientation() == QPrinter::Portrait ) {
+        outStream << "% " << m.widthMM() << "*" << m.heightMM()
+               << "mm (portrait)\n0 " << height*scale
+               << " translate " << scale << " -" << scale << " scale/defM matrix CM d } d\n";
+    } else {
+        outStream << "% " << m.heightMM() << "*" << m.widthMM()
+               << " mm (landscape)\n 90 rotate " << scale << " -" << scale << " scale/defM matrix CM d } d\n";
+    }
+    outStream << "%%EndProlog\n";
+
+
+    outStream << "%%BeginSetup\n";
+    if ( printer->numCopies() > 1 ) {
+	outStream << "/#copies " << printer->numCopies() << " def\n";
+	outStream << "/NumCopies " << printer->numCopies() << " SPD\n";
+	outStream << "/Collate " << (printer->collateCopies() ? "true" : "false") << " SPD\n";
+    }
+    if ( fontBuffer->buffer().size() ) {
+        if ( pageCount == 1 || finished )
+            outStream << "% Fonts and encodings used\n";
+        else
+            outStream << "% Fonts and encodings used on pages 1-"
+                   << pageCount << "\n";
+        QDictIterator<QPSPrinterFontPrivate> it(fonts);
+        while (it.current()) {
+          it.current()->download(outStream,TRUE); // true means its global
+          ++it;
+                }
+        outStream.writeRawBytes( fontBuffer->buffer().data(),
+                              fontBuffer->buffer().size() );
+    }
+    outStream << "%%EndSetup\n";
+
+    outStream.writeRawBytes( buffer->buffer().data(),
+                          buffer->buffer().size() );
+
+    delete buffer;
+    buffer = 0;
+    fontStream.unsetDevice();
+    delete fontBuffer;
+    fontBuffer = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Called whenever a restore has been done. Currently done at the top of a
+  new page and whenever clipping is turned off. */
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::resetDrawingTools( QPainter *paint )
+{
+    QPen   defaultPen;                  // default drawing tools
+    QBrush defaultBrush;
+
+    QColor c = paint->backgroundColor();
+    if ( c != Qt::white )
+        pageStream << color( c, printer ) << "BC\n";
+
+    if ( paint->backgroundMode() != Qt::TransparentMode )
+            pageStream << "/OMo true d\n";
+
+    //currentUsed = currentSet;
+    //setFont( currentSet );
+    currentFontFile = 0;
+
+    QBrush b = paint->brush();
+    if ( b != defaultBrush ) {
+        if ( b == Qt::CustomPattern ) {
+#if defined(CHECK_RANGE)
+            qWarning( "QPrinter: Pixmap brush not supported" );
+#endif
+        } else {
+            cbrush = b;
+        }
+    }
+
+    dirtypen = TRUE;
+    dirtybrush = TRUE;
+
+    if ( paint->hasViewXForm() || paint->hasWorldXForm() )
+        matrixSetup( paint );
+}
+
+
+static void putRect( QTextStream &stream, const QRect &r )
+{
+    stream << r.x() << " "
+           << r.y() << " "
+           << r.width() << " "
+           << r.height() << " ";
+}
+
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::setClippingOff( QPainter *paint )
+{
+        pageStream << "CLO\n";              // clipping off, includes a restore
+        resetDrawingTools( paint );     // so drawing tools must be reset
+}
+
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::clippingSetup( QPainter *paint )
+{
+    if ( paint->hasClipping() ) {
+        if ( !firstClipOnPage )
+            setClippingOff( paint );
+        const QRegion rgn = paint->clipRegion();
+        QMemArray<QRect> rects = rgn.rects();
+        int i;
+        pageStream<< "CLSTART\n";           // start clipping
+        for( i = 0 ; i < (int)rects.size() ; i++ ) {
+            putRect( pageStream, rects[i] );
+            pageStream << "ACR\n";          // add clip rect
+            if ( pageCount == 1 )
+                boundingBox = boundingBox.unite( rects[i] );
+        }
+        pageStream << "CLEND\n";            // end clipping
+        firstClipOnPage = FALSE;
+    } else {
+        if ( !firstClipOnPage )      // no need to turn off if first on page
+            setClippingOff( paint );
+        // if we're painting without clipping, the bounding box must
+        // be everything.  NOTE: this assumes that this function is
+        // only ever called when something is to be painted.
+        QPaintDeviceMetrics m( printer );
+        if ( !boundingBox.isValid() )
+            boundingBox.setRect( 0, 0, m.width(), m.height() );
+    }
+    dirtyClipping = FALSE;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::initPage(QPainter *paint)
+{
+
+    // a restore undefines all the fonts that have been defined
+    // inside the scope (normally within pages) and all the glyphs that
+    // have been added in the scope.
+
+    QDictIterator<QPSPrinterFontPrivate> it(fonts);
+    while (it.current()) {
+      it.current()->restore();
+      ++it;
+    }
+    if ( !buffer ) {
+        pageFontNames.clear();
+    }
+
+    pageStream.unsetDevice();
+    if ( pageBuffer )
+        delete pageBuffer;
+    pageBuffer = new QBuffer();
+    pageBuffer->open( IO_WriteOnly );
+    pageStream.setEncoding( QTextStream::Latin1 );
+    pageStream.setDevice( pageBuffer );
+    delete savedImage;
+    savedImage = 0;
+    textY = 0;
+    dirtyClipping   = TRUE;
+    firstClipOnPage = TRUE;
+
+
+    resetDrawingTools( paint );
+    dirtyNewPage      = FALSE;
+    pageFontNumber = headerFontNumber;
+}
+
+void QPSPrinterPrivate::flushPage( bool last )
+{
+    if ( last && !pageBuffer )
+	return;
+    bool pageFonts = ( buffer == 0 );
+    if ( buffer &&
+//         ( last || pagesInBuffer++ > -1 ||
+//           ( pagesInBuffer > 4 && buffer->size() > 262144 ) ) )
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+         (last || buffer->size() > 2000000) // embedded is usually limited in memory
+#else
+         (last || buffer->size() > 50000000)
+#endif
+        ) {
+//        qDebug("emiting header at page %d", pageCount );
+        emitHeader( last );
+    }
+    outStream << "%%Page: "
+              << pageCount << ' ' << pageCount << endl
+              << "%%BeginPageSetup\n"
+              << "QI\n";
+    if (!dirtyNewPage) {
+        if ( pageFonts ) {
+            //qDebug("page fonts for page %d", pageCount);
+            // we have already downloaded the header. Maybe we have page fonts here
+            QDictIterator<QPSPrinterFontPrivate> it(fonts);
+            while (it.current()) {
+                it.current()->download( outStream, FALSE ); // FALSE means its for the page only
+                ++it;
+            }
+        }
+        outStream  << "%%EndPageSetup\n";
+        if ( pageBuffer ) 
+            outStream.writeRawBytes( pageBuffer->buffer().data(),
+                                     pageBuffer->buffer().size() );
+    }
+    outStream << "\nQP\n";
+    pageCount++;
+}
+
+// ================ PSPrinter class ========================
+
+QPSPrinter::QPSPrinter( QPrinter *prt, int fd )
+    : QPaintDevice( QInternal::Printer | QInternal::ExternalDevice )
+{
+    d = new QPSPrinterPrivate( prt, fd );
+}
+
+
+QPSPrinter::~QPSPrinter()
+{
+    if ( d->fd >= 0 )
+#if defined(_OS_WIN32_)
+        ::_close( d->fd );
+#else
+        ::close( d->fd );
+#endif
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+
+static void ignoreSigPipe(bool b)
+{
+    static struct sigaction *users_sigpipe_handler = 0;
+
+    if (b) {
+	if (users_sigpipe_handler != 0)
+    	    return; // already ignoring sigpipe
+
+	users_sigpipe_handler = new struct sigaction;
+	struct sigaction tmp_sigpipe_handler;
+	tmp_sigpipe_handler.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+	sigemptyset(&tmp_sigpipe_handler.sa_mask);
+	tmp_sigpipe_handler.sa_flags = 0;
+
+	if (sigaction(SIGPIPE, &tmp_sigpipe_handler, users_sigpipe_handler) == -1) {
+    	    delete users_sigpipe_handler;
+	    users_sigpipe_handler = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    else {
+	if (users_sigpipe_handler == 0)
+    	    return; // not ignoring sigpipe
+
+	if (sigaction(SIGPIPE, users_sigpipe_handler, 0) == -1)
+	    qWarning("QPSPrinter: could not restore SIGPIPE handler");
+
+	delete users_sigpipe_handler;
+	users_sigpipe_handler = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+bool QPSPrinter::cmd( int c , QPainter *paint, QPDevCmdParam *p )
+{
+    if ( c == PdcBegin ) {              // start painting
+        d->pagesInBuffer = 0;
+        d->buffer = new QBuffer();
+        d->buffer->open( IO_WriteOnly );
+        d->outStream.setEncoding( QTextStream::Latin1 );
+        d->outStream.setDevice( d->buffer );
+        d->fontBuffer = new QBuffer();
+        d->fontBuffer->open( IO_WriteOnly );
+        d->fontStream.setEncoding( QTextStream::Latin1 );
+        d->fontStream.setDevice( d->fontBuffer );
+        d->headerFontNumber = 0;
+        d->pageCount           = 1;                // initialize state
+        d->dirtyMatrix         = TRUE;
+        d->dirtyClipping    = TRUE;
+        d->dirtyNewPage        = TRUE;
+        d->firstClipOnPage  = TRUE;
+        d->boundingBox = QRect( 0, 0, -1, -1 );
+        d->fontsUsed = QString::fromLatin1("");
+
+        QPaintDeviceMetrics m( d->printer );
+        d->scale = 72. / ((float) m.logicalDpiY());
+
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( c == PdcEnd ) {                        // painting done
+        bool pageCountAtEnd = (d->buffer != 0);
+
+    	// we're writing to lp/lpr through a pipe, we don't want to crash with SIGPIPE
+	// if lp/lpr dies
+	ignoreSigPipe(TRUE);
+        d->flushPage( TRUE );
+        d->outStream << "%%Trailer\n";
+        if ( pageCountAtEnd )
+            d->outStream << "%%Pages: " << d->pageCount - 1 << "\n" <<
+		wrapDSC( "%%DocumentFonts: " + d->fontsUsed );
+        d->outStream << "%%EOF\n";
+	ignoreSigPipe(FALSE);
+
+        d->outStream.unsetDevice();
+	if ( d->outDevice )
+	    d->outDevice->close();
+        if ( d->fd >= 0 )
+            ::close( d->fd );
+        d->fd = -1;
+        delete d->outDevice;
+        d->outDevice = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( c >= PdcDrawFirst && c <= PdcDrawLast ) {
+        if ( !paint )
+            return FALSE; // sanity
+        if ( d->dirtyNewPage )
+            d->initPage( paint );
+        if ( d->dirtyMatrix )
+            d->matrixSetup( paint );
+        if ( d->dirtyClipping ) // Must be after matrixSetup and initPage
+            d->clippingSetup( paint );
+        if ( d->dirtypen ) {
+            // we special-case for narrow solid lines with the default
+            // cap and join styles
+            if ( d->cpen.style() == Qt::SolidLine && d->cpen.width() == 0 &&
+                 d->cpen.capStyle() == Qt::FlatCap &&
+                 d->cpen.joinStyle() == Qt::MiterJoin )
+                d->pageStream << color( d->cpen.color(), d->printer ) << "P1\n";
+            else
+                d->pageStream << (int)d->cpen.style() << ' ' << d->cpen.width()
+                       << ' ' << color( d->cpen.color(), d->printer )
+                       << psCap( d->cpen.capStyle() )
+                       << psJoin( d->cpen.joinStyle() ) << "PE\n";
+            d->dirtypen = FALSE;
+        }
+        if ( d->dirtybrush ) {
+            // we special-case for nobrush and solid white, since
+            // those are the two most common brushes
+            if ( d->cbrush.style() == Qt::NoBrush )
+                d->pageStream << "NB\n";
+            else if ( d->cbrush.style() == Qt::SolidPattern &&
+                      d->cbrush.color() == Qt::white )
+                d->pageStream << "WB\n";
+            else
+                d->pageStream << (int)d->cbrush.style() << ' '
+                       << color( d->cbrush.color(), d->printer ) << "BR\n";
+            d->dirtybrush = FALSE;
+        }
+	if ( d->dirtyBkColor ) {
+	    d->pageStream << color( d->bkColor, d->printer ) << "BC\n";
+	    d->dirtyBkColor = FALSE;
+	}
+	if ( d->dirtyBkMode ) {
+	    if ( d->bkMode == Qt::TransparentMode )
+		d->pageStream << "/OMo false d\n";
+	    else
+		d->pageStream << "/OMo true d\n";
+	    d->dirtyBkMode = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    switch( c ) {
+    case PdcDrawPoint:
+        d->pageStream << POINT(0) << "P\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcMoveTo:
+        d->pageStream << POINT(0) << "M\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcLineTo:
+        d->pageStream << POINT(0) << "L\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawLine:
+        if ( p[0].point->y() == p[1].point->y() )
+            d->pageStream << POINT(1) << p[0].point->x() << " HL\n";
+        else if ( p[0].point->x() == p[1].point->x() )
+            d->pageStream << POINT(1) << p[0].point->y() << " VL\n";
+        else
+            d->pageStream << POINT(1) << POINT(0) << "DL\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawRect:
+        d->pageStream << RECT(0) << "R\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawRoundRect:
+        d->pageStream << RECT(0) << INT_ARG(1) << INT_ARG(2) << "RR\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawEllipse:
+        d->pageStream << RECT(0) << "E\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawArc:
+        d->pageStream << RECT(0) << INT_ARG(1) << INT_ARG(2) << "A\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawPie:
+        d->pageStream << RECT(0) << INT_ARG(1) << INT_ARG(2) << "PIE\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawChord:
+        d->pageStream << RECT(0) << INT_ARG(1) << INT_ARG(2) << "CH\n";
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawLineSegments:
+        if ( p[0].ptarr->size() > 0 ) {
+            QPointArray a = *p[0].ptarr;
+            QPoint pt;
+            d->pageStream << "NP\n";
+            for ( int i=0; i<(int)a.size(); i+=2 ) {
+                pt = a.point( i );
+                d->pageStream << XCOORD(pt.x()) << ' '
+                       << YCOORD(pt.y()) << " MT\n";
+                pt = a.point( i+1 );
+                d->pageStream << XCOORD(pt.x()) << ' '
+                       << YCOORD(pt.y()) << " LT\n";
+            }
+            d->pageStream << "QS\n";
+        }
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawPolyline:
+        if ( p[0].ptarr->size() > 1 ) {
+            QPointArray a = *p[0].ptarr;
+            QPoint pt = a.point( 0 );
+            d->pageStream << "NP\n"
+                   << XCOORD(pt.x()) << ' ' << YCOORD(pt.y()) << " MT\n";
+            for ( int i=1; i<(int)a.size(); i++ ) {
+                pt = a.point( i );
+                d->pageStream << XCOORD(pt.x()) << ' '
+                       << YCOORD(pt.y()) << " LT\n";
+            }
+            d->pageStream << "QS\n";
+        }
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawPolygon:
+        if ( p[0].ptarr->size() > 2 ) {
+            QPointArray a = *p[0].ptarr;
+            if ( p[1].ival )
+                d->pageStream << "/WFi true d\n";
+            QPoint pt = a.point(0);
+            d->pageStream << "NP\n";
+            d->pageStream << XCOORD(pt.x()) << ' '
+                   << YCOORD(pt.y()) << " MT\n";
+            for( int i=1; i<(int)a.size(); i++) {
+                pt = a.point( i );
+                d->pageStream << XCOORD(pt.x()) << ' '
+                       << YCOORD(pt.y()) << " LT\n";
+            }
+            d->pageStream << "CP BF QS\n";
+            if ( p[1].ival )
+                d->pageStream << "/WFi false d\n";
+        }
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawCubicBezier:
+        if ( p[0].ptarr->size() == 4 ) {
+            d->pageStream << "NP\n";
+            QPointArray a = *p[0].ptarr;
+            d->pageStream << XCOORD(a[0].x()) << ' '
+                   << YCOORD(a[0].y()) << " MT ";
+            for ( int i=1; i<4; i++ ) {
+                d->pageStream << XCOORD(a[i].x()) << ' '
+                       << YCOORD(a[i].y()) << ' ';
+            }
+            d->pageStream << "BZ\n";
+        }
+        break;
+    case PdcDrawText2:
+	// we use drawTextItem instead
+	return TRUE;
+    case PdcDrawText2Formatted:
+        return TRUE;
+    case PdcDrawTextItem: {
+	const QTextItem *ti = p[1].textItem;
+	QScriptItem &si = ti->engine->items[ti->item];
+	int len = ti->engine->length( ti->item );
+	if ( si.isSpace || si.isObject )
+	    return FALSE;
+
+	if ( d->currentSet != d->currentUsed || d->scriptUsed != si.analysis.script || !d->currentFontFile ) {
+	    d->currentUsed = d->currentSet;
+	    d->setFont( d->currentSet, si.analysis.script );
+	}
+	if( d->currentFontFile ) // better not crash in case somethig goes wrong.
+	    d->currentFontFile->drawText( d->pageStream, *p[0].point, ti->engine, ti->item,
+					  ti->engine->string.mid( si.position, len ), d, paint);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    case PdcDrawPixmap: {
+        if ( p[1].pixmap->isNull() )
+            break;
+        QRect r = *p[0].rect;
+        QImage img;
+        img = *(p[1].pixmap);
+	QImage mask;
+	if ( p[1].pixmap->mask() )
+	    mask = *(p[1].pixmap->mask());
+        d->drawImage(paint, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), img, mask);
+        break;
+    }
+    case PdcDrawImage: {
+        if ( p[1].image->isNull() )
+            break;
+        QRect r = *(p[0].rect);
+        QImage img = *(p[1].image);
+	QImage mask;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_DITHER_TO_1
+	if ( img.hasAlphaBuffer() )
+	    mask = img.createAlphaMask();
+#endif
+        d->drawImage(paint, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), img, mask);
+        break;
+    }
+    case PdcSetBkColor:
+    {
+	if ( d->bkColor != *(p[0].color) ) {
+	    d->bkColor = *(p[0].color);
+	    d->dirtyBkColor = TRUE;
+	}
+        break;
+    }
+    case PdcSetBkMode:
+    {
+	if ( d->bkMode != p[0].ival ) {
+	    d->bkMode = (Qt::BGMode) p[0].ival;
+	    d->dirtyBkMode = TRUE;
+	}
+        break;
+    }
+    case PdcSetROP:
+#if defined(CHECK_RANGE)
+        if ( p[0].ival != Qt::CopyROP )
+            qWarning( "QPrinter: Raster operation setting not supported" );
+#endif
+        break;
+    case PdcSetBrushOrigin:
+        break;
+    case PdcSetFont:
+        d->currentSet = *(p[0].font);
+	d->fm = paint->fontMetrics();
+        // turn these off - they confuse the 'avoid font change' logic
+        d->currentSet.setUnderline( FALSE );
+        d->currentSet.setStrikeOut( FALSE );
+        break;
+    case PdcSetPen:
+        if ( d->cpen != *(p[0].pen) ) {
+            d->dirtypen = TRUE;
+            d->cpen = *(p[0].pen);
+        }
+        break;
+    case PdcSetBrush:
+        if ( p[0].brush->style() == Qt::CustomPattern ) {
+#if defined(CHECK_RANGE)
+            qWarning( "QPrinter: Pixmap brush not supported" );
+#endif
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        if ( d->cbrush != *(p[0].brush) ) {
+            d->dirtybrush = TRUE;
+            d->cbrush = *(p[0].brush);
+        }
+        break;
+    case PdcSetTabStops:
+    case PdcSetTabArray:
+        return FALSE;
+    case PdcSetUnit:
+        break;
+    case PdcSetVXform:
+    case PdcSetWindow:
+    case PdcSetViewport:
+    case PdcSetWXform:
+    case PdcSetWMatrix:
+    case PdcRestoreWMatrix:
+        d->dirtyMatrix = TRUE;
+        break;
+    case PdcSetClip:
+        d->dirtyClipping = TRUE;
+        break;
+    case PdcSetClipRegion:
+        d->dirtyClipping = TRUE;
+        break;
+    case NewPage:
+    	// we're writing to lp/lpr through a pipe, we don't want to crash with SIGPIPE
+	// if lp/lpr dies
+    	ignoreSigPipe(TRUE);
+        d->flushPage();
+	ignoreSigPipe(FALSE);
+
+        d->dirtyNewPage = TRUE;
+        break;
+    case AbortPrinting:
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PRINTER
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpsprinter.ps b/src/kernel/qpsprinter.ps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12a4c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpsprinter.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
+% the postscript header we use for our qpsprinter in uncompressed and commented form.
+% use the makepsheader perl script to generate a compressed version of this header
+% you can then paste into qpsprinter.cpp
+%
+% some compression of the code is done by the makepsheader script, so we don't need to 
+% write too criptically here. 
+
+/d  /def load def
+/D  {bind d} bind d
+/d2 {dup dup} D
+/B  {0 d2} D
+/W  {255 d2} D
+/ED {exch d} D
+/D0 {0 ED} D
+/LT {lineto} D
+/MT {moveto} D
+/S  {stroke} D
+/F  {setfont} D
+/SW {setlinewidth} D
+/CP {closepath} D
+/RL {rlineto} D
+/NP {newpath} D
+/CM {currentmatrix} D
+/SM {setmatrix} D
+/TR {translate} D
+/SD {setdash} D
+/SC {aload pop setrgbcolor} D
+/CR {currentfile read pop} D
+/i  {index} D
+/bs {bitshift} D
+/scs {setcolorspace} D
+/DB {dict dup begin} D
+/DE {end d} D
+/ie {ifelse} D
+/sp {astore pop} D
+
+% ENDUNCOMPRESSED: Warning: leave this line in. 
+% Everything before this line will be left untouched by the compression
+
+
+
+/BSt 0 d                             % brush style
+/LWi 1 d                             % line width
+/PSt 1 d                             % pen style
+/Cx  0 d                             % current x position
+/Cy  0 d                             % current y position
+/WFi false d                 % winding fill
+/OMo false d                 % opaque mode (not transparent)
+
+/BCol  [ 1 1 1 ] d                   % brush color
+/PCol  [ 0 0 0 ] d                   % pen color
+/BkCol [ 1 1 1 ] d                   % background color
+/BDArr [                             % Brush dense patterns
+  0.94
+  0.88
+  0.63
+  0.50
+  0.37 
+  0.12 
+  0.06 
+] d
+/defM matrix d
+
+/nS 0 d                              % number of saved painter states
+
+% LArr for the Pen styles is defined in emitHeader because of scaling
+
+% GPS: GetPenStyle 
+% Returns the line pattern (from pen style PSt).
+%
+%   bool GPS pattern
+%   true : returns draw pattern
+%   false: returns fill pattern
+/GPS {
+  PSt 1 ge PSt 5 le and                      % valid pen pattern?
+  { 
+    { LArr PSt 1 sub 2 mul get }           % draw pattern
+    { LArr PSt 2 mul 1 sub get } ifelse    % opaque pattern
+  }
+  { [] } ifelse                            % out of range => solid line
+} D
+
+% QS: QtStroke
+% draw and fill current path
+%
+%     - QS -
+/QS {                                % stroke command
+  PSt 0 ne                         % != NO_PEN
+  { 
+    gsave
+      LWi SW                         % set line width
+      true GPS 0 setdash S           % draw line pattern
+      OMo PSt 1 ne and               % opaque mode and not solid line?
+      { 
+	BkCol SC
+	false GPS dup 0 get setdash S % fill in opaque pattern
+      } if
+    grestore
+  } if
+} D
+
+
+
+
+%% The following operations are used to read compressed data from the file
+%% Until now this is only used for image compression
+
+% read 28 bits and leave them on tos
+% 
+%    - r28 num
+/r28 {
+  % skip past whitespace and read one character
+  { currentfile read pop 
+    dup 32 gt { exit } if
+    pop
+  } loop
+  % read three more
+  3 {
+    currentfile read pop
+  } repeat
+  % make an accumulator
+  0
+  % for each character, shift the accumulator and add in the character
+  4 {
+    7 bitshift exch
+    dup 128 gt { 84 sub } if 42 sub 127 and
+    add
+  } repeat
+} D
+
+/rA 0 d  % accumulator
+/rL 0 d  % bits left
+
+% takes number of bits, leaves number
+%
+%    num rB num
+/rB {
+  rL 0 eq {
+    % if we have nothing, let's get something
+    /rA r28 d
+    /rL 28 d
+  } if
+  dup rL gt {
+    % if we don't have enough, take what we have and get more
+    rA exch rL sub rL exch
+    /rA 0 d /rL 0 d
+    rB exch bitshift add
+  } {
+    % else take some of what we have
+    dup rA 16#fffffff 3 -1 roll bitshift not and exch
+    % ... and update rL and rA
+    dup rL exch sub /rL ED
+    neg rA exch bitshift /rA ED
+  } ifelse
+} D
+
+% uncompresses image data from currentfile until the string on the
+% stack is full; leaves the string there.  
+% assumes that nothing could conceivably go wrong, ie. the compressed data has
+% to be in the correct format and the length of the string has to be exactly right
+% to hold the compressed data
+%
+%    string uc string
+%
+%%% Warning: if you change the method here, change the table in qpsprinter.cpp:compress()!
+/uc {
+  /rL 0 d
+  0
+  { % string pos
+    dup 2 index length ge { exit } if
+    1 rB
+    1 eq { % compressed
+      3 rB % string pos bits
+      dup 3 ge {
+	1 add dup rB % string pos bits extra
+	1 index 5 ge {
+	  1 index 6 ge {
+	    1 index 7 ge {
+	      1 index 8 ge {
+		128 add
+	      } if
+	      64 add
+	    } if
+	    32 add
+	  } if
+	  16 add
+	} if
+	3 add
+	exch pop
+      } if
+      3 add
+      % string pos length
+      exch 10 rB 1 add
+      % string length pos dist
+      {
+	dup 3 index lt {
+	  dup
+	} {
+	  2 index
+	} ifelse % string length pos dist length-this-time
+	4 index 3 index 3 index sub 2 index getinterval
+	5 index 4 index 3 -1 roll putinterval
+	dup 4 -1 roll add 3 1 roll
+	4 -1 roll exch sub 
+	dup 0 eq { exit } if
+	3 1 roll
+      } loop % string pos dist length
+      pop pop
+    } { % uncompressed
+      3 rB 1 add
+      {
+	2 copy 8 rB put 1 add
+      } repeat
+    } ifelse
+  } loop
+  pop
+} D
+
+%% image drawing routines
+
+/sl D0 % ### is this needed ?
+
+% defines for QCI
+/QCIgray D0 /QCIcolor D0 /QCIindex D0
+
+% this method prints color images if colorimage is available, otherwise
+% converts the string to a grayscale image and uses the reular postscript image
+% operator for printing.
+% Arguments are the same as for the image operator:
+% 
+%     width height bits/sample matrix datasrc QCI -
+/QCI {
+  /colorimage where {
+    pop
+    false 3 colorimage
+  }{  % the hard way, based on PD code by John Walker <kelvin@autodesk.com>
+    exec /QCIcolor ED
+    /QCIgray QCIcolor length 3 idiv string d
+    0 1 QCIcolor length 3 idiv 1 sub
+    { /QCIindex ED
+      /x QCIindex 3 mul d
+      QCIgray QCIindex
+      QCIcolor x       get 0.30 mul
+      QCIcolor x 1 add get 0.59 mul
+      QCIcolor x 2 add get 0.11 mul
+      add add cvi
+      put
+    } for
+    QCIgray image
+  } ifelse
+} D
+
+% general image drawing routine, used from the postscript driver
+%
+% Draws images with and without mask with 1, 8 and 24(rgb) bits depth.
+%
+%     width height matrix image 1|8|24 mask|false x y di
+%
+% width and height specify the width/height of the image,
+% matrix a transformation matrix, image a procedure holding the image data
+% (same for mask) and x/y an additional translation.
+%
+% ### should move the translation into the matrix!!!
+/di 
+{
+  gsave
+    translate
+    1 index 1 eq { % bitmap
+      false eq { % no mask, draw solid background
+	pop
+	true 3 1 roll % width height false matrix image
+	4 index
+	4 index
+	false
+	4 index
+	4 index
+	imagemask
+	BkCol SC
+	imagemask
+      } { 
+	pop
+	false 3 1 roll % width height false matrix image
+	imagemask
+      } ifelse
+    } { 
+      dup false ne { 
+	% have a mask, see if we can use it
+	/languagelevel where {
+	  pop
+	  languagelevel 3 ge 
+	} { false } ifelse
+      } { 
+	false 
+      } ifelse
+
+      {
+	% languagelevel3, we can use image mask and dicts
+
+	% store the image mask
+	/ma exch d
+	% select colorspace according to 8|24 bit depth and set the decode array /dc
+	8 eq {
+	  /dc [0 1] d
+	  /DeviceGray
+	} {
+	  /dc [0 1 0 1 0 1] d
+	  /DeviceRGB
+	} ifelse
+	setcolorspace
+	% the image data
+	/im exch d
+	% transformation matrix
+	/mt exch d
+	% width and height
+	/h exch def
+	/w exch def
+	% the image dict
+	/id
+	7 dict dup begin
+	  /ImageType 1 d
+	  /Width		        w d
+	  /Height		        h d
+	  /ImageMatrix            mt d
+	  /DataSource		im d
+	  /BitsPerComponent	8 d
+	  /Decode		        dc d
+	end d
+	% the mask dictionary
+	/md
+	7 dict dup begin
+	  /ImageType		1 d
+	  /Width		        w d
+	  /Height		        h d
+	  /ImageMatrix            mt d
+	  /DataSource		ma d
+	  /BitsPerComponent	1 d
+	  /Decode		        [0 1] d
+	end d
+	% and the combined image dict
+	4 dict dup begin
+	  /ImageType 3 d
+	  /DataDict id d
+	  /MaskDict md d
+	  /InterleaveType 3 d
+	end 
+	image
+      } {
+	pop % no mask or can't use it, get rid of it
+	8 % width height image 8|24 8 matrix
+	4 1 roll
+	8 eq { % grayscale
+	  image
+	} { %color
+	  QCI
+	} ifelse
+      } ifelse
+    } ifelse
+  grestore    
+} d
+
+
+
+
+/BF {                                % brush fill
+  gsave
+    BSt 1 eq                          % solid brush?
+    {
+      BCol SC
+      WFi { fill } { eofill } ifelse
+    } if
+    BSt 2 ge BSt 8 le and             % dense pattern?
+    {
+      BDArr BSt 2 sub get /sc ED 
+      % the following line scales the brush color according to the pattern. the higher the pattern the lighter the color.
+      BCol 
+      { 
+	1. exch sub sc mul 1. exch sub 
+      } forall 
+      3 array astore
+      SC 
+      WFi { fill } { eofill } ifelse
+    } if
+    BSt 9 ge BSt 14 le and            % brush pattern?
+    {
+      WFi { clip } { eoclip } ifelse
+      defM SM
+      pathbbox                        % left upper right lower
+      3 index 3 index translate
+      4 2 roll                        % right lower left upper
+      3 2 roll                        % right left upper lower
+      exch                            % left right lower upper
+      sub /h ED
+      sub /w ED
+      OMo {
+	NP
+	0 0 MT
+	0 h RL
+	w 0 RL
+	0 h neg RL
+	CP
+	BkCol SC
+	fill
+      } if
+      BCol SC
+      0.3 SW
+      NP
+      BSt 9 eq BSt 11 eq or           % horiz or cross pattern
+      { 0 4 h
+	{ dup 0 exch MT w exch LT } for
+      } if
+      BSt 10 eq BSt 11 eq or          % vert or cross pattern
+      { 0 4 w
+	{ dup 0 MT h LT } for
+      } if
+      BSt 12 eq BSt 14 eq or          % F-diag or diag cross
+      { w h gt
+	{ 0 6 w h add
+	  { dup 0 MT h sub h LT } for
+	} { 0 6 w h add
+	  { dup 0 exch MT w sub w exch LT } for
+	} ifelse
+      } if
+      BSt 13 eq BSt 14 eq or          % B-diag or diag cross
+      { w h gt
+	{ 0 6 w h add
+	  { dup h MT h sub 0 LT } for
+	} { 0 6 w h add
+	  { dup w exch MT w sub 0 exch LT } for
+	} ifelse
+      } if
+      S
+    } if
+    BSt 24 eq                         % CustomPattern
+    
+    {
+    } if
+  grestore
+} D
+
+% for arc
+/mat matrix d
+/ang1 D0 /ang2 D0
+/w D0 /h D0
+/x D0 /y D0
+
+/ARC {                               % Generic ARC function [ X Y W H ang1 ang2 ]
+  /ang2 ED /ang1 ED /h ED /w ED /y ED /x ED
+  mat CM pop
+  x w 2 div add y h 2 div add TR
+  1 h w div neg scale
+  ang2 0 ge
+  {0 0 w 2 div ang1 ang1 ang2 add arc }
+  {0 0 w 2 div ang1 ang1 ang2 add arcn} ifelse
+  mat SM
+} D
+
+/C D0
+
+/P {                                 % PdcDrawPoint [x y]
+  NP
+  MT
+  0.5 0.5 rmoveto
+  0  -1 RL
+  -1 0 RL
+  0  1 RL
+  CP
+  fill
+} D
+
+/M {                                 % PdcMoveTo [x y]
+  /Cy ED /Cx ED
+} D
+
+/L {                                 % PdcLineTo [x y]
+  NP
+  Cx Cy MT
+  /Cy ED /Cx ED
+  Cx Cy LT
+  QS
+} D
+
+/DL {                                % PdcDrawLine [x1 y1 x0 y0]
+  NP
+  MT
+  LT
+  QS
+} D
+
+/HL {                                % PdcDrawLine [x1 y x0]
+  1 index DL
+} D
+
+/VL {                                % PdcDrawLine [x y1 y0]
+  2 index exch DL
+} D
+
+/R {                                 % PdcDrawRect [x y w h]
+  /h ED /w ED /y ED /x ED
+  NP
+  x y MT
+  0 h RL
+  w 0 RL
+  0 h neg RL
+  CP
+  BF
+  QS
+} D
+
+/ACR {                                       % add clip rect
+  /h ED /w ED /y ED /x ED
+  x y MT
+  0 h RL
+  w 0 RL
+  0 h neg RL
+  CP
+} D
+
+/xr D0 /yr D0
+/rx D0 /ry D0 /rx2 D0 /ry2 D0
+
+/RR {                                % PdcDrawRoundRect [x y w h xr yr]
+  /yr ED /xr ED /h ED /w ED /y ED /x ED
+  xr 0 le yr 0 le or
+  {x y w h R}                  % Do rect if one of rounding values is less than 0.
+  {xr 100 ge yr 100 ge or
+    {x y w h E}                    % Do ellipse if both rounding values are larger than 100
+    {
+      /rx xr w mul 200 div d
+      /ry yr h mul 200 div d
+      /rx2 rx 2 mul d
+      /ry2 ry 2 mul d
+      NP
+      x rx add y MT
+      x               y               rx2 ry2 180 -90
+      x               y h add ry2 sub rx2 ry2 270 -90
+      x w add rx2 sub y h add ry2 sub rx2 ry2 0   -90
+      x w add rx2 sub y               rx2 ry2 90  -90
+      ARC ARC ARC ARC
+      CP
+      BF
+      QS
+    } ifelse
+  } ifelse
+} D
+
+/E {                         % PdcDrawEllipse [x y w h]
+  /h ED /w ED /y ED /x ED
+  mat CM pop
+  x w 2 div add y h 2 div add translate
+  1 h w div scale
+  NP
+  0 0 w 2 div 0 360 arc
+  mat SM
+  BF
+  QS
+} D
+
+/A {                         % PdcDrawArc [x y w h ang1 ang2]
+  16 div exch 16 div exch
+  NP
+  ARC
+  QS
+} D
+
+/PIE {                               % PdcDrawPie [x y w h ang1 ang2]
+  /ang2 ED /ang1 ED /h ED /w ED /y ED /x ED
+  NP
+  x w 2 div add y h 2 div add MT
+  x y w h ang1 16 div ang2 16 div ARC
+  CP
+  BF
+  QS
+} D
+
+/CH {                                % PdcDrawChord [x y w h ang1 ang2]
+  16 div exch 16 div exch
+  NP
+  ARC
+  CP
+  BF
+  QS
+} D
+
+/BZ {                                % PdcDrawCubicBezier [4 points]
+  curveto
+  QS
+} D
+
+/CRGB {                              % Compute RGB [R G B] => R/255 G/255 B/255
+  255 div 3 1 roll
+  255 div 3 1 roll
+  255 div 3 1 roll
+} D
+
+
+/BC {                                % PdcSetBkColor [R G B]
+  CRGB
+  BkCol astore pop
+} D
+
+/BR {                                % PdcSetBrush [style R G B]
+  CRGB
+  BCol astore pop
+  /BSt ED
+} D
+
+/WB {                                % set white solid brush
+  1 W BR
+} D
+
+/NB {                                % set nobrush
+  0 B BR
+} D
+
+/PE {                                % PdcSetPen [style width R G B Cap Join]
+  setlinejoin setlinecap
+  CRGB
+  PCol astore pop
+  /LWi ED
+  /PSt ED
+  LWi 0 eq { 0.25 /LWi ED } if % ### 3.0 remove this line
+  PCol SC
+} D
+
+/P1 {                                % PdcSetPen [R G B]
+  1 0 5 2 roll 0 0 PE
+} D
+
+/ST {                                % SET TRANSFORM [matrix]
+  defM setmatrix
+  concat
+} D
+
+%% Font handling
+
+% the next three commands are for defining fonts. The first one
+% tries to find the most suitable printer font out of a fontlist.
+% if encoding is false the default one will be used.
+/MF {                                % newname encoding fontlist
+  % this function tries to find a suitable postscript font. 
+  % We try quite hard not to get courier for a
+  % proportional font. The following takes an array of fonts. 
+  % The algorithm will take the first font that
+  % gives a match (defined as not resulting in a courier font).
+  % each entry in the table is an array of the form [ /Fontname x-stretch slant ]
+  % x-strtch can be used to stretch/squeeze the font in x direction. 
+  % This gives better results when eg substituting helvetica for arial
+  % slant is an optional slant. 0 is non slanted, 0.2 is a typical value for a syntetic oblique.
+  % encoding can be either an encoding vector of false if the default font encoding is requested.
+  true exch true exch                          % push a dummy on the stack,
+  {                          % so the loop over the array will leave a font in any case when exiting.
+    exch pop exch pop                 % (dummy | oldfont) (dummy | fontdict) fontarray
+    dup 0 get dup findfont           % get the fontname from the array and load it
+    dup /FontName get                % see if the font exists
+    3 -1 roll eq {                   % see if fontname and the one provided are equal
+      exit
+    } if
+  } forall
+  exch                               % font fontarray
+
+  % newname encoding font fontarray      defines a postscript font
+  dup
+  1 get /fxscale exch def            % define scale, sland and encoding
+  2 get /fslant exch def
+  exch /fencoding exch def
+  [ fxscale 0 fslant 1 0 0 ] makefont        % transform font accordingly
+  fencoding false eq {               % check if we have an encoding and use it if available
+  } {
+    dup maxlength dict begin         % copy font
+      {
+	1 index /FID ne                        % don't copy FID, as it's not allowed in PS Level 1
+	{def}{pop pop}ifelse
+      } forall
+      /Encoding fencoding def          % replace encoding
+      currentdict 
+    end
+  } ifelse
+  definefont pop
+} D
+
+% an embedded font. This is used for the base fonts of the composite font used later on.
+/MFEmb {                             % newname encoding fontname
+  findfont dup length dict 
+  begin
+    {
+      1 index /FID ne
+      {d}{pop pop}ifelse
+    } forall
+    /Encoding ED currentdict 
+  end
+  definefont pop
+} D
+
+% DF: define font
+% used to get a scaled version of an already loaded font
+%
+%    newname pointsize fontmame DF -
+/DF {
+  findfont
+  % get the fontsize on top of the stack and define font matrix
+  /fs 3 -1 roll d [ fs 0 0 fs -1 mul 0 0 ]  
+  makefont
+  d
+} D
+
+/ty 0 d
+/Y {
+  /ty ED
+} D
+
+/Tl { % draw underline/strikeout line: () w x y lw ->Tl-> () w x
+  gsave 
+    setlinewidth
+    NP 1 index exch MT
+    1 index 0 rlineto stroke
+  grestore
+} D
+
+/XYT {  % [string [x/y displacement array] width x]
+  ty MT % pops x
+
+  /xyshow where { % interpreter has xyshow
+    pop pop
+    xyshow
+  } { % use ashow
+    exch pop % string cwidth
+    1 index % string cwidth string
+    dup length 2 div exch % string cwidth length string     !have to divide by 2 since we use unicode!
+    stringwidth pop % string cwidth length pwidth
+    3 -1 roll % string length pwidth cwidth
+    exch sub exch div % string extraperchar
+    exch 0 exch % extraperchar 0 string
+    ashow
+  } ifelse
+} D
+
+/AT {
+  ty MT % pops x
+  1 index % string cwidth string
+  dup length 2 div exch % string cwidth length string     !have to divide by 2 since we use unicode!
+  stringwidth pop % string cwidth length pwidth
+  3 -1 roll % string length pwidth cwidth
+  exch sub exch div % string extraperchar
+  exch 0 exch % extraperchar 0 string
+  ashow
+} D
+
+%% start of page
+/QI {
+  /C save d
+  pageinit
+  /Cx  0 d                         % reset current x position
+  /Cy  0 d                         % reset current y position
+  /OMo false d
+} D
+
+%% end of page
+/QP {                                % show page
+  C restore
+  showpage
+} D
+
+% merges one key value pair into the page device dict
+%
+%    key value SPD -
+/SPD {
+  /setpagedevice where {
+    1 dict dup begin 3 1 roll def end
+    setpagedevice
+  } { pop pop } ifelse
+} D
+
+/SV {                                % Save painter state
+  BSt LWi PSt Cx Cy WFi OMo BCol PCol BkCol
+  /nS nS 1 add d
+  gsave
+} D
+
+/RS {                                % Restore painter state
+  nS 0 gt
+  { grestore
+    /BkCol ED /PCol ED /BCol ED /OMo ED /WFi ED
+    /Cy ED /Cx ED /PSt ED /LWi ED /BSt ED
+    /nS nS 1 sub d
+  } if
+} D
+
+/CLSTART {                           % clipping start
+  /clipTmp matrix CM d             % save current matrix
+  defM SM                          % Page default matrix
+  NP
+} D
+
+/CLEND {                             % clipping end
+  clip
+  NP
+  clipTmp SM                       % restore the current matrix
+} D
+
+/CLO {                               % clipping off
+  grestore                         % restore top of page state
+  gsave                            % save it back again
+    defM SM                          % set coordsys (defensive progr.)
+} D
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h b/src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41710e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/**********************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of internal QPSPrinter class.
+** QPSPrinter implements PostScript (tm) output via QPrinter.
+**
+** Created : 940927
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPSPRINTER_P_H
+#define QPSPRINTER_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qpsprinter.cpp and qprinter_x11.cpp.
+// This header file may change from version to version without notice,
+// or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qprinter.h"
+#include "qtextstream.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+class QPSPrinterPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QPSPrinter : public QPaintDevice
+{
+private:
+    // QPrinter uses these
+    QPSPrinter( QPrinter *, int );
+   ~QPSPrinter();
+
+    bool cmd ( int, QPainter *, QPDevCmdParam * );
+
+    enum { NewPage = 100, AbortPrinting };
+
+    friend class QPrinter;
+private:
+    // not used by QPrinter
+    QPSPrinterPrivate *d;
+
+    // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QPSPrinter( const QPSPrinter & );
+    QPSPrinter &operator=( const QPSPrinter & );
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PRINTER
+
+#endif // QPSPRINTER_P_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qrect.cpp b/src/kernel/qrect.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87aa78f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qrect.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,960 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QRect class
+**
+** Created : 931028
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#define	 QRECT_C
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QRect
+    \brief The QRect class defines a rectangle in the plane.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \mainclass
+
+    A rectangle is internally represented as an upper-left corner and
+    a bottom-right corner, but it is normally expressed as an
+    upper-left corner and a size.
+
+    The coordinate type is QCOORD (defined in \c qwindowdefs.h as \c
+    int). The minimum value of QCOORD is QCOORD_MIN (-2147483648) and
+    the maximum value is  QCOORD_MAX (2147483647).
+
+    Note that the size (width and height) of a rectangle might be
+    different from what you are used to. If the top-left corner and
+    the bottom-right corner are the same, the height and the width of
+    the rectangle will both be 1.
+
+    Generally, \e{width = right - left + 1} and \e{height = bottom -
+    top + 1}. We designed it this way to make it correspond to
+    rectangular spaces used by drawing functions in which the width
+    and height denote a number of pixels. For example, drawing a
+    rectangle with width and height 1 draws a single pixel.
+
+    The default coordinate system has origin (0, 0) in the top-left
+    corner. The positive direction of the y axis is down, and the
+    positive x axis is from left to right.
+
+    A QRect can be constructed with a set of left, top, width and
+    height integers, from two QPoints or from a QPoint and a QSize.
+    After creation the dimensions can be changed, e.g. with setLeft(),
+    setRight(), setTop() and setBottom(), or by setting sizes, e.g.
+    setWidth(), setHeight() and setSize(). The dimensions can also be
+    changed with the move functions, e.g. moveBy(), moveCenter(),
+    moveBottomRight(), etc. You can also add coordinates to a
+    rectangle with addCoords().
+
+    You can test to see if a QRect contains a specific point with
+    contains(). You can also test to see if two QRects intersect with
+    intersects() (see also intersect()). To get the bounding rectangle
+    of two QRects use unite().
+
+    \sa QPoint, QSize
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QRect member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect::QRect()
+
+    Constructs an invalid rectangle.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a rectangle with \a topLeft as the top-left corner and
+    \a bottomRight as the bottom-right corner.
+*/
+
+QRect::QRect( const QPoint &topLeft, const QPoint &bottomRight )
+{
+    x1 = (QCOORD)topLeft.x();
+    y1 = (QCOORD)topLeft.y();
+    x2 = (QCOORD)bottomRight.x();
+    y2 = (QCOORD)bottomRight.y();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a rectangle with \a topLeft as the top-left corner and
+    \a size as the rectangle size.
+*/
+
+QRect::QRect( const QPoint &topLeft, const QSize &size )
+{
+    x1 = (QCOORD)topLeft.x();
+    y1 = (QCOORD)topLeft.y();
+    x2 = (QCOORD)(x1+size.width()-1);
+    y2 = (QCOORD)(y1+size.height()-1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect::QRect( int left, int top, int width, int height )
+
+    Constructs a rectangle with the \a top, \a left corner and \a
+    width and \a height.
+
+    Example (creates three identical rectangles):
+    \code
+	QRect r1( QPoint(100,200), QPoint(110,215) );
+	QRect r2( QPoint(100,200), QSize(11,16) );
+	QRect r3( 100, 200, 11, 16 );
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QRect::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the rectangle is a null rectangle; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    A null rectangle has both the width and the height set to 0, that
+    is right() == left() - 1 and bottom() == top() - 1.
+
+    Note that if right() == left() and bottom() == top(), then the
+    rectangle has width 1 and height 1.
+
+    A null rectangle is also empty.
+
+    A null rectangle is not valid.
+
+    \sa isEmpty(), isValid()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QRect::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the rectangle is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    An empty rectangle has a left() \> right() or top() \> bottom().
+
+    An empty rectangle is not valid. \c{isEmpty() == !isValid()}
+
+    \sa isNull(), isValid(), normalize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QRect::isValid() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the rectangle is valid; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    A valid rectangle has a left() \<= right() and top() \<= bottom().
+
+    Note that non-trivial operations like intersections are not defined
+    for invalid rectangles.
+
+    \c{isValid() == !isEmpty()}
+
+    \sa isNull(), isEmpty(), normalize()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a normalized rectangle, i.e. a rectangle that has a
+    non-negative width and height.
+
+    It swaps left and right if left() \> right(), and swaps top and
+    bottom if top() \> bottom().
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+QRect QRect::normalize() const
+{
+    QRect r;
+    if ( x2 < x1 ) {				// swap bad x values
+	r.x1 = x2;
+	r.x2 = x1;
+    } else {
+	r.x1 = x1;
+	r.x2 = x2;
+    }
+    if ( y2 < y1 ) {				// swap bad y values
+	r.y1 = y2;
+	r.y2 = y1;
+    } else {
+	r.y1 = y1;
+	r.y2 = y2;
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::left() const
+
+    Returns the left coordinate of the rectangle. Identical to x().
+
+    \sa setLeft(), right(), topLeft(), bottomLeft()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::top() const
+
+    Returns the top coordinate of the rectangle. Identical to y().
+
+    \sa setTop(), bottom(), topLeft(), topRight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::right() const
+
+    Returns the right coordinate of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa setRight(), left(), topRight(), bottomRight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::bottom() const
+
+    Returns the bottom coordinate of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa setBottom(), top(), bottomLeft(), bottomRight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCOORD &QRect::rLeft()
+
+    Returns a reference to the left coordinate of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa rTop(), rRight(), rBottom()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCOORD &QRect::rTop()
+
+    Returns a reference to the top coordinate of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa rLeft(),  rRight(), rBottom()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCOORD &QRect::rRight()
+
+    Returns a reference to the right coordinate of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa rLeft(), rTop(), rBottom()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCOORD &QRect::rBottom()
+
+    Returns a reference to the bottom coordinate of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa rLeft(), rTop(), rRight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::x() const
+
+    Returns the left coordinate of the rectangle. Identical to left().
+
+    \sa left(), y(), setX()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::y() const
+
+    Returns the top coordinate of the rectangle. Identical to top().
+
+    \sa top(), x(), setY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QRect::setLeft( int pos )
+
+    Sets the left edge of the rectangle to \a pos. May change the
+    width, but will never change the right edge of the rectangle.
+
+    Identical to setX().
+
+    \sa left(), setTop(), setWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QRect::setTop( int pos )
+
+    Sets the top edge of the rectangle to \a pos. May change the
+    height, but will never change the bottom edge of the rectangle.
+
+    Identical to setY().
+
+    \sa top(), setBottom(), setHeight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QRect::setRight( int pos )
+
+    Sets the right edge of the rectangle to \a pos. May change the
+    width, but will never change the left edge of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa right(), setLeft(), setWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QRect::setBottom( int pos )
+
+    Sets the bottom edge of the rectangle to \a pos. May change the
+    height, but will never change the top edge of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa bottom(), setTop(), setHeight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QRect::setX( int x )
+
+    Sets the x position of the rectangle (its left end) to \a x. May
+    change the width, but will never change the right edge of the
+    rectangle.
+
+    Identical to setLeft().
+
+    \sa x(), setY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QRect::setY( int y )
+
+    Sets the y position of the rectangle (its top) to \a y. May change
+    the height, but will never change the bottom edge of the
+    rectangle.
+
+    Identical to setTop().
+
+    \sa y(), setX()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Set the top-left corner of the rectangle to \a p. May change
+    the size, but will the never change the bottom-right corner of
+    the rectangle.
+
+    \sa topLeft(), moveTopLeft(), setBottomRight(), setTopRight(), setBottomLeft()
+*/
+void QRect::setTopLeft( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    setLeft( p.x() );
+    setTop( p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Set the bottom-right corner of the rectangle to \a p. May change
+    the size, but will the never change the top-left corner of
+    the rectangle.
+
+    \sa bottomRight(), moveBottomRight(), setTopLeft(), setTopRight(), setBottomLeft()
+*/
+void QRect::setBottomRight( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    setRight( p.x() );
+    setBottom( p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Set the top-right corner of the rectangle to \a p. May change
+    the size, but will the never change the bottom-left corner of
+    the rectangle.
+
+    \sa topRight(), moveTopRight(), setTopLeft(), setBottomRight(), setBottomLeft()
+*/
+void QRect::setTopRight( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    setRight( p.x() );
+    setTop( p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Set the bottom-left corner of the rectangle to \a p. May change
+    the size, but will the never change the top-right corner of
+    the rectangle.
+
+    \sa bottomLeft(), moveBottomLeft(), setTopLeft(), setBottomRight(), setTopRight()
+*/
+void QRect::setBottomLeft( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    setLeft( p.x() );
+    setBottom( p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QRect::topLeft() const
+
+    Returns the top-left position of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa setTopLeft(), moveTopLeft(), bottomRight(), left(), top()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QRect::bottomRight() const
+
+    Returns the bottom-right position of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa setBottomRight(), moveBottomRight(), topLeft(), right(), bottom()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QRect::topRight() const
+
+    Returns the top-right position of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa setTopRight(), moveTopRight(), bottomLeft(), top(), right()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QRect::bottomLeft() const
+
+    Returns the bottom-left position of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa setBottomLeft(), moveBottomLeft(), topRight(), bottom(), left()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QRect::center() const
+
+    Returns the center point of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa moveCenter(), topLeft(), bottomRight(), topRight(), bottomLeft()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Extracts the rectangle parameters as the position \a *x, \a *y and
+    width \a *w and height \a *h.
+
+    \sa setRect(), coords()
+*/
+
+void QRect::rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h ) const
+{
+    *x = x1;
+    *y = y1;
+    *w = x2-x1+1;
+    *h = y2-y1+1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Extracts the rectangle parameters as the top-left point \a *xp1,
+    \a *yp1 and the bottom-right point \a *xp2, \a *yp2.
+
+    \sa setCoords(), rect()
+*/
+
+void QRect::coords( int *xp1, int *yp1, int *xp2, int *yp2 ) const
+{
+    *xp1 = x1;
+    *yp1 = y1;
+    *xp2 = x2;
+    *yp2 = y2;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the left position of the rectangle to \a pos, leaving the
+    size unchanged.
+
+    \sa left(), setLeft(), moveTop(), moveRight(), moveBottom()
+*/
+void QRect::moveLeft( int pos )
+{
+    x2 += (QCOORD)(pos - x1);
+    x1 = (QCOORD)pos;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the top position of the rectangle to \a pos, leaving the
+    size unchanged.
+
+    \sa top(), setTop(), moveLeft(), moveRight(), moveBottom()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveTop( int pos )
+{
+    y2 += (QCOORD)(pos - y1);
+    y1 = (QCOORD)pos;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the right position of the rectangle to \a pos, leaving the
+    size unchanged.
+
+    \sa right(), setRight(), moveLeft(), moveTop(), moveBottom()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveRight( int pos )
+{
+    x1 += (QCOORD)(pos - x2);
+    x2 = (QCOORD)pos;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the bottom position of the rectangle to \a pos, leaving the
+    size unchanged.
+
+    \sa bottom(), setBottom(), moveLeft(), moveTop(), moveRight()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveBottom( int pos )
+{
+    y1 += (QCOORD)(pos - y2);
+    y2 = (QCOORD)pos;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the top-left position of the rectangle to \a p, leaving the
+    size unchanged.
+
+    \sa topLeft(), setTopLeft(), moveBottomRight(), moveTopRight(), moveBottomLeft()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveTopLeft( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    moveLeft( p.x() );
+    moveTop( p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the bottom-right position of the rectangle to \a p, leaving
+    the size unchanged.
+
+    \sa bottomRight(), setBottomRight(), moveTopLeft(), moveTopRight(), moveBottomLeft()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveBottomRight( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    moveRight( p.x() );
+    moveBottom( p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the top-right position of the rectangle to \a p, leaving the
+    size unchanged.
+
+    \sa topRight(), setTopRight(), moveTopLeft(), moveBottomRight(), moveBottomLeft()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveTopRight( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    moveRight( p.x() );
+    moveTop( p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the bottom-left position of the rectangle to \a p, leaving
+    the size unchanged.
+
+    \sa bottomLeft(), setBottomLeft(), moveTopLeft(), moveBottomRight(), moveTopRight()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveBottomLeft( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    moveLeft( p.x() );
+    moveBottom( p.y() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the center point of the rectangle to \a p, leaving the size
+    unchanged.
+
+    \sa center(), moveTopLeft(), moveBottomRight(), moveTopRight(), moveBottomLeft()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveCenter( const QPoint &p )
+{
+    QCOORD w = x2 - x1;
+    QCOORD h = y2 - y1;
+    x1 = (QCOORD)(p.x() - w/2);
+    y1 = (QCOORD)(p.y() - h/2);
+    x2 = x1 + w;
+    y2 = y1 + h;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Moves the rectangle \a dx along the x axis and \a dy along the y
+    axis, relative to the current position. Positive values move the
+    rectangle to the right and down.
+
+    \sa moveTopLeft()
+*/
+
+void QRect::moveBy( int dx, int dy )
+{
+    x1 += (QCOORD)dx;
+    y1 += (QCOORD)dy;
+    x2 += (QCOORD)dx;
+    y2 += (QCOORD)dy;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the coordinates of the rectangle's top-left corner to \a (x,
+    y), and its size to \a (w, h).
+
+    \sa rect(), setCoords()
+*/
+
+void QRect::setRect( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    x1 = (QCOORD)x;
+    y1 = (QCOORD)y;
+    x2 = (QCOORD)(x+w-1);
+    y2 = (QCOORD)(y+h-1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the coordinates of the rectangle's top-left corner to \a
+    (xp1, yp1), and the coordinates of its bottom-right corner to \a
+    (xp2, yp2).
+
+    \sa coords(), setRect()
+*/
+
+void QRect::setCoords( int xp1, int yp1, int xp2, int yp2 )
+{
+    x1 = (QCOORD)xp1;
+    y1 = (QCOORD)yp1;
+    x2 = (QCOORD)xp2;
+    y2 = (QCOORD)yp2;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a xp1, \a yp1, \a xp2 and \a yp2 respectively to the
+    existing coordinates of the rectangle.
+*/
+
+void QRect::addCoords( int xp1, int yp1, int xp2, int yp2 )
+{
+    x1 += (QCOORD)xp1;
+    y1 += (QCOORD)yp1;
+    x2 += (QCOORD)xp2;
+    y2 += (QCOORD)yp2;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QRect::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the rectangle.
+
+    \sa width(), height()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::width() const
+
+    Returns the width of the rectangle. The width includes both the
+    left and right edges, i.e. width = right - left + 1.
+
+    \sa height(), size(), setHeight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QRect::height() const
+
+    Returns the height of the rectangle. The height includes both the
+    top and bottom edges, i.e. height = bottom - top + 1.
+
+    \sa width(), size(), setHeight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the width of the rectangle to \a w. The right edge is
+    changed, but not the left edge.
+
+    \sa width(), setLeft(), setRight(), setSize()
+*/
+
+void QRect::setWidth( int w )
+{
+    x2 = (QCOORD)(x1 + w - 1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the height of the rectangle to \a h. The top edge is not
+    moved, but the bottom edge may be moved.
+
+    \sa height(), setTop(), setBottom(), setSize()
+*/
+
+void QRect::setHeight( int h )
+{
+    y2 = (QCOORD)(y1 + h - 1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the size of the rectangle to \a s. The top-left corner is not
+    moved.
+
+    \sa size(), setWidth(), setHeight()
+*/
+
+void QRect::setSize( const QSize &s )
+{
+    x2 = (QCOORD)(s.width() +x1-1);
+    y2 = (QCOORD)(s.height()+y1-1);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the point \a p is inside or on the edge of the
+    rectangle; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a proper is TRUE, this function returns TRUE only if \a p is
+    inside (not on the edge).
+*/
+
+bool QRect::contains( const QPoint &p, bool proper ) const
+{
+    if ( proper )
+	return p.x() > x1 && p.x() < x2 &&
+	       p.y() > y1 && p.y() < y2;
+    else
+	return p.x() >= x1 && p.x() <= x2 &&
+	       p.y() >= y1 && p.y() <= y2;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload bool QRect::contains( int x, int y, bool proper ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the point \a x, \a y is inside this rectangle;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a proper is TRUE, this function returns TRUE only if the point
+    is entirely inside (not on the edge).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload bool QRect::contains( int x, int y ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the point \a x, \a y is inside this rectangle;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns TRUE if the rectangle \a r is inside this rectangle;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a proper is TRUE, this function returns TRUE only if \a r is
+    entirely inside (not on the edge).
+
+    \sa unite(), intersect(), intersects()
+*/
+
+bool QRect::contains( const QRect &r, bool proper ) const
+{
+    if ( proper )
+	return r.x1 > x1 && r.x2 < x2 && r.y1 > y1 && r.y2 < y2;
+    else
+	return r.x1 >= x1 && r.x2 <= x2 && r.y1 >= y1 && r.y2 <= y2;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Unites this rectangle with rectangle \a r.
+*/
+QRect& QRect::operator|=(const QRect &r)
+{
+    *this = *this | r;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Intersects this rectangle with rectangle \a r.
+*/
+QRect& QRect::operator&=(const QRect &r)
+{
+    *this = *this & r;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of this rectangle and rectangle \a
+    r.
+
+    The bounding rectangle of a nonempty rectangle and an empty or
+    invalid rectangle is defined to be the nonempty rectangle.
+
+    \sa operator|=(), operator&(), intersects(), contains()
+*/
+
+QRect QRect::operator|(const QRect &r) const
+{
+    if ( isValid() ) {
+	if ( r.isValid() ) {
+	    QRect tmp;
+	    tmp.setLeft(   QMIN( x1, r.x1 ) );
+	    tmp.setRight(  QMAX( x2, r.x2 ) );
+	    tmp.setTop(	   QMIN( y1, r.y1 ) );
+	    tmp.setBottom( QMAX( y2, r.y2 ) );
+	    return tmp;
+	} else {
+	    return *this;
+	}
+    } else {
+	return r;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of this rectangle and rectangle \a
+    r. \c{r.unite(s)} is equivalent to \c{r|s}.
+*/
+QRect QRect::unite( const QRect &r ) const
+{
+    return *this | r;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the intersection of this rectangle and rectangle \a r.
+
+    Returns an empty rectangle if there is no intersection.
+
+    \sa operator&=(), operator|(), isEmpty(), intersects(), contains()
+*/
+
+QRect QRect::operator&( const QRect &r ) const
+{
+    QRect tmp;
+    tmp.x1 = QMAX( x1, r.x1 );
+    tmp.x2 = QMIN( x2, r.x2 );
+    tmp.y1 = QMAX( y1, r.y1 );
+    tmp.y2 = QMIN( y2, r.y2 );
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the intersection of this rectangle and rectangle \a r.
+    \c{r.intersect(s)} is equivalent to \c{r&s}.
+*/
+QRect QRect::intersect( const QRect &r ) const
+{
+    return *this & r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this rectangle intersects with rectangle \a r
+    (there is at least one pixel that is within both rectangles);
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa intersect(), contains()
+*/
+
+bool QRect::intersects( const QRect &r ) const
+{
+    return ( QMAX( x1, r.x1 ) <= QMIN( x2, r.x2 ) &&
+	     QMAX( y1, r.y1 ) <= QMIN( y2, r.y2 ) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \relates QRect
+
+    Returns TRUE if \a r1 and \a r2 are equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool operator==( const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2 )
+{
+    return r1.x1==r2.x1 && r1.x2==r2.x2 && r1.y1==r2.y1 && r1.y2==r2.y2;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QRect
+
+    Returns TRUE if \a r1 and \a r2 are different; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool operator!=( const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2 )
+{
+    return r1.x1!=r2.x1 || r1.x2!=r2.x2 || r1.y1!=r2.y1 || r1.y2!=r2.y2;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QRect stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QRect
+
+    Writes the QRect, \a r, to the stream \a s, and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QRect &r )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 )
+	s << (Q_INT16)r.left() << (Q_INT16)r.top()
+	  << (Q_INT16)r.right() << (Q_INT16)r.bottom();
+    else
+	s << (Q_INT32)r.left() << (Q_INT32)r.top()
+	  << (Q_INT32)r.right() << (Q_INT32)r.bottom();
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QRect
+
+    Reads a QRect from the stream \a s into rect \a r and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QRect &r )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	Q_INT16 x1, y1, x2, y2;
+	s >> x1; s >> y1; s >> x2; s >> y2;
+	r.setCoords( x1, y1, x2, y2 );
+    }
+    else {
+	Q_INT32 x1, y1, x2, y2;
+	s >> x1; s >> y1; s >> x2; s >> y2;
+	r.setCoords( x1, y1, x2, y2 );
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/src/kernel/qrect.h b/src/kernel/qrect.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2e5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qrect.h
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QRect class
+**
+** Created : 931028
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QRECT_H
+#define QRECT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qsize.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if defined(topLeft)
+#error "Macro definition of topLeft conflicts with QRect"
+// don't just silently undo people's defines: #undef topLeft
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QRect					// rectangle class
+{
+public:
+    QRect()	{ x1 = y1 = 0; x2 = y2 = -1; }
+    QRect( const QPoint &topleft, const QPoint &bottomright );
+    QRect( const QPoint &topleft, const QSize &size );
+    QRect( int left, int top, int width, int height );
+
+    bool   isNull()	const;
+    bool   isEmpty()	const;
+    bool   isValid()	const;
+    QRect  normalize()	const;
+
+    int	   left()	const;
+    int	   top()	const;
+    int	   right()	const;
+    int	   bottom()	const;
+
+    QCOORD &rLeft();
+    QCOORD &rTop();
+    QCOORD &rRight();
+    QCOORD &rBottom();
+
+    int	   x()		const;
+    int	   y()		const;
+    void   setLeft( int pos );
+    void   setTop( int pos );
+    void   setRight( int pos );
+    void   setBottom( int pos );
+    void   setX( int x );
+    void   setY( int y );
+
+    void   setTopLeft( const QPoint &p );
+    void   setBottomRight( const QPoint &p );
+    void   setTopRight( const QPoint &p );
+    void   setBottomLeft( const QPoint &p );
+
+    QPoint topLeft()	 const;
+    QPoint bottomRight() const;
+    QPoint topRight()	 const;
+    QPoint bottomLeft()	 const;
+    QPoint center()	 const;
+
+    void   rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h ) const;
+    void   coords( int *x1, int *y1, int *x2, int *y2 ) const;
+
+    void   moveLeft( int pos );
+    void   moveTop( int pos );
+    void   moveRight( int pos );
+    void   moveBottom( int pos );
+    void   moveTopLeft( const QPoint &p );
+    void   moveBottomRight( const QPoint &p );
+    void   moveTopRight( const QPoint &p );
+    void   moveBottomLeft( const QPoint &p );
+    void   moveCenter( const QPoint &p );
+    void   moveBy( int dx, int dy );
+
+    void   setRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void   setCoords( int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2 );
+    void   addCoords( int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2 );
+
+    QSize  size()	const;
+    int	   width()	const;
+    int	   height()	const;
+    void   setWidth( int w );
+    void   setHeight( int h );
+    void   setSize( const QSize &s );
+
+    QRect  operator|(const QRect &r) const;
+    QRect  operator&(const QRect &r) const;
+    QRect&  operator|=(const QRect &r);
+    QRect&  operator&=(const QRect &r);
+
+    bool   contains( const QPoint &p, bool proper=FALSE ) const;
+    bool   contains( int x, int y ) const; // inline methods, _don't_ merge these
+    bool   contains( int x, int y, bool proper ) const;
+    bool   contains( const QRect &r, bool proper=FALSE ) const;
+    QRect  unite( const QRect &r ) const;
+    QRect  intersect( const QRect &r ) const;
+    bool   intersects( const QRect &r ) const;
+
+    friend Q_EXPORT bool operator==( const QRect &, const QRect & );
+    friend Q_EXPORT bool operator!=( const QRect &, const QRect & );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_OS_TEMP)
+    friend void qt_setCoords( QRect *r, int xp1, int yp1, int xp2, int yp2 );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+    QCOORD y1;
+    QCOORD x1;
+    QCOORD y2;
+    QCOORD x2;
+#else
+    QCOORD x1;
+    QCOORD y1;
+    QCOORD x2;
+    QCOORD y2;
+#endif
+};
+
+Q_EXPORT bool operator==( const QRect &, const QRect & );
+Q_EXPORT bool operator!=( const QRect &, const QRect & );
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QRect stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QRect & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QRect & );
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QRect inline member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline QRect::QRect( int left, int top, int width, int height )
+{
+    x1 = (QCOORD)left;
+    y1 = (QCOORD)top;
+    x2 = (QCOORD)(left+width-1);
+    y2 = (QCOORD)(top+height-1);
+}
+
+inline bool QRect::isNull() const
+{ return x2 == x1-1 && y2 == y1-1; }
+
+inline bool QRect::isEmpty() const
+{ return x1 > x2 || y1 > y2; }
+
+inline bool QRect::isValid() const
+{ return x1 <= x2 && y1 <= y2; }
+
+inline int QRect::left() const
+{ return x1; }
+
+inline int QRect::top() const
+{ return y1; }
+
+inline int QRect::right() const
+{ return x2; }
+
+inline int QRect::bottom() const
+{ return y2; }
+
+inline QCOORD &QRect::rLeft()
+{ return x1; }
+
+inline QCOORD & QRect::rTop()
+{ return y1; }
+
+inline QCOORD & QRect::rRight()
+{ return x2; }
+
+inline QCOORD & QRect::rBottom()
+{ return y2; }
+
+inline int QRect::x() const
+{ return x1; }
+
+inline int QRect::y() const
+{ return y1; }
+
+inline void QRect::setLeft( int pos )
+{ x1 = (QCOORD)pos; }
+
+inline void QRect::setTop( int pos )
+{ y1 = (QCOORD)pos; }
+
+inline void QRect::setRight( int pos )
+{ x2 = (QCOORD)pos; }
+
+inline void QRect::setBottom( int pos )
+{ y2 = (QCOORD)pos; }
+
+inline void QRect::setX( int x )
+{ x1 = (QCOORD)x; }
+
+inline void QRect::setY( int y )
+{ y1 = (QCOORD)y; }
+
+inline QPoint QRect::topLeft() const
+{ return QPoint(x1, y1); }
+
+inline QPoint QRect::bottomRight() const
+{ return QPoint(x2, y2); }
+
+inline QPoint QRect::topRight() const
+{ return QPoint(x2, y1); }
+
+inline QPoint QRect::bottomLeft() const
+{ return QPoint(x1, y2); }
+
+inline QPoint QRect::center() const
+{ return QPoint((x1+x2)/2, (y1+y2)/2); }
+
+inline int QRect::width() const
+{ return  x2 - x1 + 1; }
+
+inline int QRect::height() const
+{ return  y2 - y1 + 1; }
+
+inline QSize QRect::size() const
+{ return QSize(x2-x1+1, y2-y1+1); }
+
+inline bool QRect::contains( int x, int y, bool proper ) const
+{
+    if ( proper )
+        return x > x1 && x < x2 &&
+               y > y1 && y < y2;
+    else
+        return x >= x1 && x <= x2 &&
+               y >= y1 && y <= y2;
+}
+
+inline bool QRect::contains( int x, int y ) const
+{
+    return x >= x1 && x <= x2 &&
+	   y >= y1 && y <= y2;
+}
+#define Q_DEFINED_QRECT
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif // QRECT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qregion.cpp b/src/kernel/qregion.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..603ab44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qregion.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QRegion class
+**
+** Created : 950726
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qregion.h"
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+
+// BEING REVISED: paul
+/*!
+    \class QRegion qregion.h
+    \brief The QRegion class specifies a clip region for a painter.
+
+    \ingroup images
+    \ingroup graphics
+
+    QRegion is used with QPainter::setClipRegion() to limit the paint
+    area to what needs to be painted. There is also a
+    QWidget::repaint() that takes a QRegion parameter. QRegion is the
+    best tool for reducing flicker.
+
+    A region can be created from a rectangle, an ellipse, a polygon or
+    a bitmap. Complex regions may be created by combining simple
+    regions using unite(), intersect(), subtract() or eor() (exclusive
+    or). You can move a region using translate().
+
+    You can test whether a region isNull(), isEmpty() or if it
+    contains() a QPoint or QRect. The bounding rectangle is given by
+    boundingRect().
+
+    The function rects() gives a decomposition of the region into
+    rectangles.
+
+    Example of using complex regions:
+    \code
+	void MyWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+	{
+	    QPainter p;                         // our painter
+	    QRegion r1( QRect(100,100,200,80),  // r1 = elliptic region
+			QRegion::Ellipse );
+	    QRegion r2( QRect(100,120,90,30) ); // r2 = rectangular region
+	    QRegion r3 = r1.intersect( r2 );    // r3 = intersection
+	    p.begin( this );                    // start painting widget
+	    p.setClipRegion( r3 );              // set clip region
+	    ...                                 // paint clipped graphics
+	    p.end();                            // painting done
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    QRegion is an \link shclass.html implicitly shared\endlink class.
+
+    \warning Due to window system limitations, the whole coordinate
+    space for a region is limited to the points between -32767 and
+    32767 on Mac OS X and Windows 95/98/ME.
+
+    \sa QPainter::setClipRegion(), QPainter::setClipRect()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QRegion::RegionType
+
+    Specifies the shape of the region to be created.
+
+    \value Rectangle  the region covers the entire rectangle.
+    \value Ellipse  the region is an ellipse inside the rectangle.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Region  QRegion::handle() const
+
+    Returns the region's handle.
+*/
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QRegion member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a rectangular or elliptic region.
+
+    If \a t is \c Rectangle, the region is the filled rectangle (\a x,
+    \a y, \a w, \a h). If \a t is \c Ellipse, the region is the filled
+    ellipse with center at (\a x + \a w / 2, \a y + \a h / 2) and size
+    (\a w ,\a h ).
+*/
+QRegion::QRegion( int x, int y, int w, int h, RegionType t )
+{
+    QRegion tmp(QRect(x,y,w,h),t);
+    tmp.data->ref();
+    data = tmp.data;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Detaches from shared region data to make sure that this region is
+    the only one referring to the data.
+
+    \sa copy(), \link shclass.html shared classes\endlink
+*/
+
+void QRegion::detach()
+{
+    if ( data->count != 1 )
+	*this = copy();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*
+    Executes region commands in the internal buffer and rebuilds the
+    original region.
+
+    We do this when we read a region from the data stream.
+
+    If \a ver is non-0, uses the format version \a ver on reading the
+    byte array.
+*/
+
+void QRegion::exec( const QByteArray &buffer, int ver )
+{
+    QBuffer buf( buffer );
+    QDataStream s( &buf );
+    if ( ver )
+	s.setVersion( ver );
+    buf.open( IO_ReadOnly );
+    QRegion rgn;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    int test_cnt = 0;
+#endif
+    while ( !s.eof() ) {
+	Q_INT32 id;
+	if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	    int id_int;
+	    s >> id_int;
+	    id = id_int;
+	} else {
+	    s >> id;
+	}
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	if ( test_cnt > 0 && id != QRGN_TRANSLATE )
+	    qWarning( "QRegion::exec: Internal error" );
+	test_cnt++;
+#endif
+	if ( id == QRGN_SETRECT || id == QRGN_SETELLIPSE ) {
+	    QRect r;
+	    s >> r;
+	    rgn = QRegion( r, id == QRGN_SETRECT ? Rectangle : Ellipse );
+	} else if ( id == QRGN_SETPTARRAY_ALT || id == QRGN_SETPTARRAY_WIND ) {
+	    QPointArray a;
+	    s >> a;
+	    rgn = QRegion( a, id == QRGN_SETPTARRAY_WIND );
+	} else if ( id == QRGN_TRANSLATE ) {
+	    QPoint p;
+	    s >> p;
+	    rgn.translate( p.x(), p.y() );
+	} else if ( id >= QRGN_OR && id <= QRGN_XOR ) {
+	    QByteArray bop1, bop2;
+	    QRegion r1, r2;
+	    s >> bop1;	r1.exec( bop1 );
+	    s >> bop2;	r2.exec( bop2 );
+	    switch ( id ) {
+		case QRGN_OR:
+		    rgn = r1.unite( r2 );
+		    break;
+		case QRGN_AND:
+		    rgn = r1.intersect( r2 );
+		    break;
+		case QRGN_SUB:
+		    rgn = r1.subtract( r2 );
+		    break;
+		case QRGN_XOR:
+		    rgn = r1.eor( r2 );
+		    break;
+	    }
+	} else if ( id == QRGN_RECTS ) {
+	    // (This is the only form used in Qt 2.0)
+	    Q_UINT32 n;
+	    s >> n;
+	    QRect r;
+	    for ( int i=0; i<(int)n; i++ ) {
+		s >> r;
+		rgn = rgn.unite( QRegion(r) );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    buf.close();
+    *this = rgn;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QRegion stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \relates QRegion
+
+    Writes the region \a r to the stream \a s and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QRegion &r )
+{
+    QMemArray<QRect> a = r.rects();
+    if ( a.isEmpty() ) {
+	s << (Q_UINT32)0;
+    } else {
+	if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	    int i;
+	    for ( i=(int)a.size()-1; i>0; i-- ) {
+		s << (Q_UINT32)(12+i*24);
+		s << (int)QRGN_OR;
+	    }
+	    for ( i=0; i<(int)a.size(); i++ ) {
+		s << (Q_UINT32)(4+8) << (int)QRGN_SETRECT << a[i];
+	    }
+	}
+	else {
+	    s << (Q_UINT32)(4+4+16*a.size()); // 16: storage size of QRect
+	    s << (Q_INT32)QRGN_RECTS;
+	    s << (Q_UINT32)a.size();
+	    for ( int i=0; i<(int)a.size(); i++ )
+		s << a[i];
+	}
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QRegion
+
+    Reads a region from the stream \a s into \a r and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QRegion &r )
+{
+    QByteArray b;
+    s >> b;
+    r.exec( b, s.version() );
+    return s;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+// These are not inline - they can be implemented better on some platforms
+//  (eg. Windows at least provides 3-variable operations).  For now, simple.
+
+
+/*!
+    Applies the unite() function to this region and \a r. \c r1|r2 is
+    equivalent to \c r1.unite(r2)
+
+    \sa unite(), operator+()
+*/
+const QRegion QRegion::operator|( const QRegion &r ) const
+    { return unite(r); }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the unite() function to this region and \a r. \c r1+r2 is
+    equivalent to \c r1.unite(r2)
+
+    \sa unite(), operator|()
+*/
+const QRegion QRegion::operator+( const QRegion &r ) const
+    { return unite(r); }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the intersect() function to this region and \a r. \c r1&r2
+    is equivalent to \c r1.intersect(r2)
+
+    \sa intersect()
+*/
+const QRegion QRegion::operator&( const QRegion &r ) const
+    { return intersect(r); }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the subtract() function to this region and \a r. \c r1-r2
+    is equivalent to \c r1.subtract(r2)
+
+    \sa subtract()
+*/
+const QRegion QRegion::operator-( const QRegion &r ) const
+    { return subtract(r); }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the eor() function to this region and \a r. \c r1^r2 is
+    equivalent to \c r1.eor(r2)
+
+    \sa eor()
+*/
+const QRegion QRegion::operator^( const QRegion &r ) const
+    { return eor(r); }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the unite() function to this region and \a r and assigns
+    the result to this region. \c r1|=r2 is equivalent to \c
+    r1=r1.unite(r2)
+
+    \sa unite()
+*/
+QRegion& QRegion::operator|=( const QRegion &r )
+    { return *this = *this | r; }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the unite() function to this region and \a r and assigns
+    the result to this region. \c r1+=r2 is equivalent to \c
+    r1=r1.unite(r2)
+
+    \sa intersect()
+*/
+QRegion& QRegion::operator+=( const QRegion &r )
+    { return *this = *this + r; }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the intersect() function to this region and \a r and
+    assigns the result to this region. \c r1&=r2 is equivalent to \c
+    r1=r1.intersect(r2)
+
+    \sa intersect()
+*/
+QRegion& QRegion::operator&=( const QRegion &r )
+    { return *this = *this & r; }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the subtract() function to this region and \a r and
+    assigns the result to this region. \c r1-=r2 is equivalent to \c
+    r1=r1.subtract(r2)
+
+    \sa subtract()
+*/
+QRegion& QRegion::operator-=( const QRegion &r )
+    { return *this = *this - r; }
+
+/*!
+    Applies the eor() function to this region and \a r and
+    assigns the result to this region. \c r1^=r2 is equivalent to \c
+    r1=r1.eor(r2)
+
+    \sa eor()
+*/
+QRegion& QRegion::operator^=( const QRegion &r )
+    { return *this = *this ^ r; }
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qregion.h b/src/kernel/qregion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2650ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qregion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QRegion class
+**
+** Created : 940514
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QREGION_H
+#define QREGION_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qshared.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+struct QRegionPrivate;
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QRegion
+{
+public:
+    enum RegionType { Rectangle, Ellipse };
+
+    QRegion();
+    QRegion( int x, int y, int w, int h, RegionType = Rectangle );
+    QRegion( const QRect &, RegionType = Rectangle );
+    QRegion( const QPointArray &, bool winding=FALSE );
+    QRegion( const QRegion & );
+    QRegion( const QBitmap & );
+   ~QRegion();
+    QRegion &operator=( const QRegion & );
+
+    bool    isNull()   const;
+    bool    isEmpty()  const;
+
+    bool    contains( const QPoint &p ) const;
+    bool    contains( const QRect &r )	const;
+
+    void    translate( int dx, int dy );
+
+    QRegion unite( const QRegion & )	const;
+    QRegion intersect( const QRegion &) const;
+    QRegion subtract( const QRegion & ) const;
+    QRegion eor( const QRegion & )	const;
+
+    QRect   boundingRect() const;
+    QMemArray<QRect> rects() const;
+    void setRects( const QRect *, int );
+
+    const QRegion operator|( const QRegion & ) const;
+    const QRegion operator+( const QRegion & ) const;
+    const QRegion operator&( const QRegion & ) const;
+    const QRegion operator-( const QRegion & ) const;
+    const QRegion operator^( const QRegion & ) const;
+    QRegion& operator|=( const QRegion & );
+    QRegion& operator+=( const QRegion & );
+    QRegion& operator&=( const QRegion & );
+    QRegion& operator-=( const QRegion & );
+    QRegion& operator^=( const QRegion & );
+
+    bool    operator==( const QRegion & )  const;
+    bool    operator!=( const QRegion &r ) const
+			{ return !(operator==(r)); }
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    HRGN    handle() const { return data->rgn; }
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    Region handle() const { if(!data->rgn) updateX11Region(); return data->rgn; }
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    RgnHandle handle(bool require_rgn=FALSE) const;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    // QGfx_QWS needs this for region drawing
+    void * handle() const { return data->rgn; }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QRegion & );
+    friend Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QRegion & );
+#endif
+private:
+    QRegion( bool );
+    QRegion copy() const;
+    void    detach();
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    QRegion winCombine( const QRegion &, int ) const;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    void updateX11Region() const;
+    void *clipRectangles( int &num ) const;
+    friend void *qt_getClipRects( const QRegion &, int & );
+#endif
+    void    exec( const QByteArray &, int ver = 0 );
+    struct QRegionData : public QShared {
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	HRGN   rgn;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	Region rgn;
+	void *xrectangles;
+	QRegionPrivate *region;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	uint is_rect:1;
+	QRect rect;
+	RgnHandle rgn;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+	void * rgn;
+#endif
+	bool   is_null;
+    } *data;
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    friend struct qt_mac_rgn_data_cache;
+    friend QRegionData *qt_mac_get_rgn_data();
+    friend void qt_mac_free_rgn_data(QRegionData *);
+    void rectifyRegion();
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    friend class QETWidget;
+#endif
+
+};
+
+
+#define QRGN_SETRECT		1		// region stream commands
+#define QRGN_SETELLIPSE		2		//  (these are internal)
+#define QRGN_SETPTARRAY_ALT	3
+#define QRGN_SETPTARRAY_WIND	4
+#define QRGN_TRANSLATE		5
+#define QRGN_OR			6
+#define QRGN_AND		7
+#define QRGN_SUB		8
+#define QRGN_XOR		9
+#define QRGN_RECTS	       10
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QRegion stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QRegion & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QRegion & );
+#endif
+
+
+#endif // QREGION_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qregion_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qregion_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b04a15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qregion_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2898 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QRegion class for X11
+**
+** Created : 940729
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qregion.h"
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+// inline QRect::setCoords
+inline void qt_setCoords( QRect *r, int xp1, int yp1, int xp2, int yp2 )
+{
+    r->x1 = (QCOORD)xp1;
+    r->y1 = (QCOORD)yp1;
+    r->x2 = (QCOORD)xp2;
+    r->y2 = (QCOORD)yp2;
+}
+
+/*
+ *   clip region
+ */
+
+struct QRegionPrivate {
+    int numRects;
+    QMemArray<QRect> rects;
+    QRect extents;
+
+    QRegionPrivate() { numRects = 0; }
+    QRegionPrivate( const QRect &r ) : rects(1) {
+	numRects = 1;
+	rects[0] = r;
+	extents = r;
+    }
+
+    QRegionPrivate( const QRegionPrivate &r ) {
+	rects = r.rects.copy();
+	numRects = r.numRects;
+	extents = r.extents;
+    }
+
+    QRegionPrivate &operator=( const QRegionPrivate &r ) {
+	rects = r.rects.copy();
+	numRects = r.numRects;
+	extents = r.extents;
+	return *this;
+    }
+
+};
+
+
+static void UnionRegion(QRegionPrivate *reg1, QRegionPrivate *reg2, QRegionPrivate *newReg);
+static void IntersectRegion(QRegionPrivate *reg1, QRegionPrivate *reg2, register QRegionPrivate *newReg);
+static void miRegionOp(register QRegionPrivate *newReg, QRegionPrivate *reg1, QRegionPrivate *reg2,
+	void (*overlapFunc)(...),
+	void (*nonOverlap1Func)(...),
+	void (*nonOverlap2Func)(...));
+#define RectangleOut 0
+#define RectangleIn  1
+#define RectanglePart 2
+#define EvenOddRule             0
+#define WindingRule             1
+
+// START OF region.h extract
+/* $XConsortium: region.h,v 11.14 94/04/17 20:22:20 rws Exp $ */
+/************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1987  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XREGION_H
+#define _XREGION_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+
+/*  1 if two BOXs overlap.
+ *  0 if two BOXs do not overlap.
+ *  Remember, x2 and y2 are not in the region
+ */
+#define EXTENTCHECK(r1, r2) \
+	((r1)->right() >= (r2)->left() && \
+	 (r1)->left() <= (r2)->right() && \
+	 (r1)->bottom() >= (r2)->top() && \
+	 (r1)->top() <= (r2)->bottom())
+
+/*
+ *  update region extents
+ */
+#define EXTENTS(r,idRect){\
+            if((r)->left() < (idRect)->extents.left())\
+              (idRect)->extents.setLeft( (r)->left() );\
+            if((r)->top() < (idRect)->extents.top())\
+              (idRect)->extents.setTop( (r)->top() );\
+            if((r)->right() > (idRect)->extents.right())\
+              (idRect)->extents.setRight( (r)->right() );\
+            if((r)->bottom() > (idRect)->extents.bottom())\
+              (idRect)->extents.setBottom( (r)->bottom() );\
+        }
+
+/*
+ *   Check to see if there is enough memory in the present region.
+ */
+#define MEMCHECK(reg, rect, firstrect){\
+        if ((reg)->numRects >= (int)((reg)->rects.size()-1)){\
+	  firstrect.resize(firstrect.size() * 2); \
+	  (rect) = (firstrect).data() + (reg)->numRects;\
+	}\
+      }
+
+
+#define EMPTY_REGION(pReg) pReg->numRects = 0
+
+#define REGION_NOT_EMPTY(pReg) pReg->numRects
+
+/*
+ * number of points to buffer before sending them off
+ * to scanlines() :  Must be an even number
+ */
+#define NUMPTSTOBUFFER 200
+
+/*
+ * used to allocate buffers for points and link
+ * the buffers together
+ */
+typedef struct _POINTBLOCK {
+    QPoint pts[NUMPTSTOBUFFER];
+    struct _POINTBLOCK *next;
+} POINTBLOCK;
+
+#endif
+// END OF region.h extract
+
+// START OF Region.c extract
+/* $XConsortium: Region.c /main/30 1996/10/22 14:21:24 kaleb $ */
+/************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1987, 1988  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction, similar to one
+ * used in the X11 sample server. A Region is simply an area, as the name
+ * implies, and is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles. To
+ * explain: Each Region is made up of a certain number of rectangles sorted
+ * by y coordinate first, and then by x coordinate.
+ *
+ * Furthermore, the rectangles are banded such that every rectangle with a
+ * given upper-left y coordinate (y1) will have the same lower-right y
+ * coordinate (y2) and vice versa. If a rectangle has scanlines in a band, it
+ * will span the entire vertical distance of the band. This means that some
+ * areas that could be merged into a taller rectangle will be represented as
+ * several shorter rectangles to account for shorter rectangles to its left
+ * or right but within its "vertical scope".
+ *
+ * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much
+ * horizontal area as possible. E.g. no two rectangles in a band are allowed
+ * to touch.
+ *
+ * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical
+ * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged
+ * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have
+ * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course). This maintains
+ * the y-x-banding that's so nice to have...
+ */
+/* $XFree86: xc/lib/X11/Region.c,v 1.1.1.2.2.2 1998/10/04 15:22:50 hohndel Exp $ */
+
+typedef void (*voidProcp)(...);
+
+
+static
+void UnionRectWithRegion(register const QRect *rect, QRegionPrivate *source, QRegionPrivate *dest)
+{
+    QRegionPrivate region;
+
+    if (!rect->width() || !rect->height())
+	return;
+    region.rects.resize(1);
+    region.numRects = 1;
+    region.rects[0] = *rect;
+    region.extents = *rect;
+
+    UnionRegion(&region, source, dest);
+    return;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miSetExtents --
+ *	Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by
+ *	miSubtract and miIntersect b/c they can't figure it out along the
+ *	way or do so easily, as miUnion can.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+miSetExtents (QRegionPrivate *pReg)
+{
+    register QRect	*pBox,
+			*pBoxEnd,
+			*pExtents;
+
+    if (pReg->numRects == 0)
+    {
+	qt_setCoords(&pReg->extents, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    pExtents = &pReg->extents;
+    pBox = pReg->rects.data();
+    pBoxEnd = &pBox[pReg->numRects - 1];
+
+    /*
+     * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the
+     * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region,
+     * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and
+     * x2 from  pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them
+     * to...
+     */
+    pExtents->setLeft( pBox->left() );
+    pExtents->setTop( pBox->top() );
+    pExtents->setRight( pBoxEnd->right() );
+    pExtents->setBottom( pBoxEnd->bottom() );
+
+    Q_ASSERT(pExtents->top() <= pExtents->bottom());
+    while (pBox <= pBoxEnd)
+    {
+	if (pBox->left() < pExtents->left())
+	{
+	    pExtents->setLeft( pBox->left() );
+	}
+	if (pBox->right() > pExtents->right())
+	{
+	    pExtents->setRight( pBox->right() );
+	}
+	pBox++;
+    }
+    Q_ASSERT(pExtents->left() <= pExtents->right());
+}
+
+
+/* TranslateRegion(pRegion, x, y)
+   translates in place
+   added by raymond
+*/
+
+static
+int
+OffsetRegion(register QRegionPrivate *pRegion, register int x, register int y)
+{
+    register int nbox;
+    register QRect *pbox;
+
+    pbox = pRegion->rects.data();
+    nbox = pRegion->numRects;
+
+    while(nbox--)
+    {
+	pbox->moveBy(x, y);
+	pbox++;
+    }
+    pRegion->extents.moveBy(x, y);
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ *	    Region Intersection
+ *====================================================================*/
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miIntersectO --
+ *	Handle an overlapping band for miIntersect.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Rectangles may be added to the region.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* static void*/
+static
+int
+miIntersectO (register QRegionPrivate *pReg, register QRect *r1, QRect *r1End,
+	register QRect *r2, QRect *r2End, int y1, int y2)
+{
+    register int  	x1;
+    register int  	x2;
+    register QRect	*pNextRect;
+
+    pNextRect = pReg->rects.data() + pReg->numRects;
+
+    while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
+    {
+	x1 = QMAX(r1->left(),r2->left());
+	x2 = QMIN(r1->right(),r2->right());
+
+	/*
+	 * If there's any overlap between the two rectangles, add that
+	 * overlap to the new region.
+	 * There's no need to check for subsumption because the only way
+	 * such a need could arise is if some region has two rectangles
+	 * right next to each other. Since that should never happen...
+	 */
+	if (x1 <= x2)
+	{
+	    Q_ASSERT(y1<=y2);
+
+	    MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects)
+	    qt_setCoords( pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2 );
+	    pReg->numRects++;
+	    pNextRect++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Need to advance the pointers. Shift the one that extends
+	 * to the right the least, since the other still has a chance to
+	 * overlap with that region's next rectangle, if you see what I mean.
+	 */
+	if (r1->right() < r2->right())
+	{
+	    r1++;
+	}
+	else if (r2->right() < r1->right())
+	{
+	    r2++;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    r1++;
+	    r2++;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;	/* lint */
+}
+
+static
+void
+IntersectRegion(QRegionPrivate *reg1, QRegionPrivate *reg2, register QRegionPrivate *newReg)
+{
+   /* check for trivial reject */
+    if ( (!(reg1->numRects)) || (!(reg2->numRects))  ||
+	(!EXTENTCHECK(&reg1->extents, &reg2->extents)))
+        newReg->numRects = 0;
+    else
+	miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2,
+    		(voidProcp) miIntersectO, (voidProcp) NULL, (voidProcp) NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because
+     * it might be one of the source regions and miRegionOp depends
+     * on the extents of those regions being the same. Besides, this
+     * way there's no checking against rectangles that will be nuked
+     * due to coalescing, so we have to examine fewer rectangles.
+     */
+    miSetExtents(newReg);
+    return;
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ *	    Generic Region Operator
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miCoalesce --
+ *	Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the
+ *	previous one. Used only by miRegionOp.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The new index for the previous band.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If coalescing takes place:
+ *	    - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields
+ *	      altered.
+ *	    - pReg->numRects will be decreased.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* static int*/
+static
+int
+miCoalesce (register QRegionPrivate *pReg, int prevStart, int curStart)
+    //Region	pReg;	    	/* Region to coalesce */
+    //prevStart;  	/* Index of start of previous band */
+    //curStart;   	/* Index of start of current band */
+{
+    register QRect	*pPrevBox;   	/* Current box in previous band */
+    register QRect	*pCurBox;    	/* Current box in current band */
+    register QRect	*pRegEnd;    	/* End of region */
+    int	    	  	curNumRects;	/* Number of rectangles in current
+					 * band */
+    int	    	  	prevNumRects;	/* Number of rectangles in previous
+					 * band */
+    int	    	  	bandY1;	    	/* Y1 coordinate for current band */
+
+    pRegEnd = pReg->rects.data() + pReg->numRects;
+
+    pPrevBox = pReg->rects.data() + prevStart;
+    prevNumRects = curStart - prevStart;
+
+    /*
+     * Figure out how many rectangles are in the current band. Have to do
+     * this because multiple bands could have been added in miRegionOp
+     * at the end when one region has been exhausted.
+     */
+    pCurBox = pReg->rects.data() + curStart;
+    bandY1 = pCurBox->top();
+    for (curNumRects = 0;
+	 (pCurBox != pRegEnd) && (pCurBox->top() == bandY1);
+	 curNumRects++)
+    {
+	pCurBox++;
+    }
+
+    if (pCurBox != pRegEnd)
+    {
+	/*
+	 * If more than one band was added, we have to find the start
+	 * of the last band added so the next coalescing job can start
+	 * at the right place... (given when multiple bands are added,
+	 * this may be pointless -- see above).
+	 */
+	pRegEnd--;
+	while ((pRegEnd-1)->top() == pRegEnd->top())
+	{
+	    pRegEnd--;
+	}
+	curStart = pRegEnd - pReg->rects.data();
+	pRegEnd = pReg->rects.data() + pReg->numRects;
+    }
+
+    if ((curNumRects == prevNumRects) && (curNumRects != 0)) {
+	pCurBox -= curNumRects;
+	/*
+	 * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous
+	 * matches the top scanline of the current.
+	 */
+	if (pPrevBox->bottom() == pCurBox->top() - 1)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This
+	     * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they
+	     * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must
+	     * have some horizontal space between them.
+	     */
+	    do
+	    {
+		if ((pPrevBox->left() != pCurBox->left()) ||
+		    (pPrevBox->right() != pCurBox->right()))
+		{
+		    /*
+		     * The bands don't line up so they can't be coalesced.
+		     */
+		    return (curStart);
+		}
+		pPrevBox++;
+		pCurBox++;
+		prevNumRects -= 1;
+	    } while (prevNumRects != 0);
+
+	    pReg->numRects -= curNumRects;
+	    pCurBox -= curNumRects;
+	    pPrevBox -= curNumRects;
+
+	    /*
+	     * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box
+	     * in the previous band to that of the corresponding box in
+	     * the current band.
+	     */
+	    do
+	    {
+		pPrevBox->setBottom( pCurBox->bottom() );
+		pPrevBox++;
+		pCurBox++;
+		curNumRects -= 1;
+	    } while (curNumRects != 0);
+
+	    /*
+	     * If only one band was added to the region, we have to backup
+	     * curStart to the start of the previous band.
+	     *
+	     * If more than one band was added to the region, copy the
+	     * other bands down. The assumption here is that the other bands
+	     * came from the same region as the current one and no further
+	     * coalescing can be done on them since it's all been done
+	     * already... curStart is already in the right place.
+	     */
+	    if (pCurBox == pRegEnd)
+	    {
+		curStart = prevStart;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		do
+		{
+		    *pPrevBox++ = *pCurBox++;
+		} while (pCurBox != pRegEnd);
+	    }
+
+	}
+    }
+    return (curStart);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miRegionOp --
+ *	Apply an operation to two regions. Called by miUnion, miInverse,
+ *	miSubtract, miIntersect...
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The new region is overwritten.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.
+ *	Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides
+ *	into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region
+ *	or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with
+ *	each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the
+ *	second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It
+ *	is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though
+ *	this function provides the boundaries.
+ *	At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,
+ *	to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* static void*/
+static void
+miRegionOp(register QRegionPrivate *newReg, QRegionPrivate *reg1, QRegionPrivate *reg2,
+	void (*overlapFunc)(...),
+	void (*nonOverlap1Func)(...),
+	void (*nonOverlap2Func)(...))
+    //register Region 	newReg;	    	    	/* Place to store result */
+    //Region	  	reg1;	    	    	/* First region in operation */
+    //Region	  	reg2;	    	    	/* 2d region in operation */
+    //void    	  	(*overlapFunc)();   	/* Function to call for over-
+						 //* lapping bands */
+    //void    	  	(*nonOverlap1Func)();	/* Function to call for non-
+						 //* overlapping bands in region
+						 //* 1 */
+    //void    	  	(*nonOverlap2Func)();	/* Function to call for non-
+						 //* overlapping bands in region
+						 //* 2 */
+{
+    register QRect	*r1; 	    	    	/* Pointer into first region */
+    register QRect	*r2; 	    	    	/* Pointer into 2d region */
+    QRect  	  	*r1End;	    	    	/* End of 1st region */
+    QRect  	  	*r2End;	    	    	/* End of 2d region */
+    register int  	ybot;	    	    	/* Bottom of intersection */
+    register int  	ytop;	    	    	/* Top of intersection */
+    int	    	  	prevBand;   	    	/* Index of start of
+						 * previous band in newReg */
+    int	    	  	curBand;    	    	/* Index of start of current
+						 * band in newReg */
+    register QRect 	*r1BandEnd;  	    	/* End of current band in r1 */
+    register QRect 	*r2BandEnd;  	    	/* End of current band in r2 */
+    int     	  	top;	    	    	/* Top of non-overlapping
+						 * band */
+    int     	  	bot;	    	    	/* Bottom of non-overlapping
+						 * band */
+
+    /*
+     * Initialization:
+     *	set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, preserve the important
+     * parts of the destination region until the end in case it's one of
+     * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating
+     * another array of rectangles for it to use.
+     */
+    r1 = reg1->rects.data();
+    r2 = reg2->rects.data();
+    r1End = r1 + reg1->numRects;
+    r2End = r2 + reg2->numRects;
+
+    QMemArray<QRect> oldRects = newReg->rects;
+
+    newReg->rects.detach();
+    EMPTY_REGION(newReg);
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate a reasonable number of rectangles for the new region. The idea
+     * is to allocate enough so the individual functions don't need to
+     * reallocate and copy the array, which is time consuming, yet we don't
+     * have to worry about using too much memory. I hope to be able to
+     * nuke the realloc() at the end of this function eventually.
+     */
+    newReg->rects.resize( QMAX(reg1->numRects,reg2->numRects) * 2 );
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize ybot and ytop.
+     * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending
+     * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping
+     * band.
+     * 	In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions
+     * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent
+     * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.
+     * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and
+     * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.
+     *	For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips
+     * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.
+     */
+    if (reg1->extents.top() < reg2->extents.top())
+	ybot = reg1->extents.top() - 1;
+    else
+	ybot = reg2->extents.top() - 1;
+
+    /*
+     * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles
+     * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. miCoalesce, above.
+     * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand
+     * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always
+     * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of
+     * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's
+     * array of rectangles.
+     */
+    prevBand = 0;
+
+    do
+    {
+	curBand = newReg->numRects;
+
+	/*
+	 * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a
+	 * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions
+	 * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the
+	 * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their
+	 * respective regions.
+	 */
+	r1BandEnd = r1;
+	while ((r1BandEnd != r1End) && (r1BandEnd->top() == r1->top()))
+	{
+	    r1BandEnd++;
+	}
+
+	r2BandEnd = r2;
+	while ((r2BandEnd != r2End) && (r2BandEnd->top() == r2->top()))
+	{
+	    r2BandEnd++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.
+	 *
+	 * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the
+	 * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n
+	 * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps
+	 * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.
+	 */
+	if (r1->top() < r2->top())
+	{
+	    top = QMAX(r1->top(),ybot+1);
+	    bot = QMIN(r1->bottom(),r2->top()-1);
+
+	    if ((nonOverlap1Func != (voidProcp)NULL) && bot >= top)
+	    {
+		(* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);
+	    }
+
+	    ytop = r2->top();
+	}
+	else if (r2->top() < r1->top())
+	{
+	    top = QMAX(r2->top(),ybot+1);
+	    bot = QMIN(r2->bottom(),r1->top()-1);
+
+	    if ((nonOverlap2Func != (voidProcp)NULL) && bot >= top)
+	    {
+		(* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);
+	    }
+
+	    ytop = r1->top();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    ytop = r1->top();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If any rectangles got added to the region, try and coalesce them
+	 * with rectangles from the previous band. Note we could just do
+	 * this test in miCoalesce, but some machines incur a not
+	 * inconsiderable cost for function calls, so...
+	 */
+	if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
+	{
+	    prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only
+	 * intersect if ybot >= ytop
+	 */
+	ybot = QMIN(r1->bottom(), r2->bottom());
+	curBand = newReg->numRects;
+	if (ybot >= ytop)
+	{
+	    (* overlapFunc) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot);
+
+	}
+
+	if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
+	{
+	    prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward
+	 * in the region to the next band.
+	 */
+	if (r1->bottom() == ybot)
+	{
+	    r1 = r1BandEnd;
+	}
+	if (r2->bottom() == ybot)
+	{
+	    r2 = r2BandEnd;
+	}
+    } while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End));
+
+    /*
+     * Deal with whichever region still has rectangles left.
+     */
+    curBand = newReg->numRects;
+    if (r1 != r1End)
+    {
+	if (nonOverlap1Func != (voidProcp)NULL)
+	{
+	    do
+	    {
+		r1BandEnd = r1;
+		while ((r1BandEnd < r1End) && (r1BandEnd->top() == r1->top()))
+		{
+		    r1BandEnd++;
+		}
+		(* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd,
+				     QMAX(r1->top(),ybot+1), r1->bottom());
+		r1 = r1BandEnd;
+	    } while (r1 != r1End);
+	}
+    }
+    else if ((r2 != r2End) && (nonOverlap2Func != (voidProcp)NULL))
+    {
+	do
+	{
+	    r2BandEnd = r2;
+	    while ((r2BandEnd < r2End) && (r2BandEnd->top() == r2->top()))
+	    {
+		 r2BandEnd++;
+	    }
+	    (* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd,
+				QMAX(r2->top(),ybot+1), r2->bottom());
+	    r2 = r2BandEnd;
+	} while (r2 != r2End);
+    }
+
+    if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
+    {
+	(void) miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * A bit of cleanup. To keep regions from growing without bound,
+     * we shrink the array of rectangles to match the new number of
+     * rectangles in the region. This never goes to 0, however...
+     *
+     * Only do this stuff if the number of rectangles allocated is more than
+     * twice the number of rectangles in the region (a simple optimization...).
+     */
+    if (newReg->numRects < (int)(newReg->rects.size() >> 1))
+    {
+	if (REGION_NOT_EMPTY(newReg))
+	{
+	    newReg->rects.resize(newReg->numRects);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * No point in doing the extra work involved in an realloc if
+	     * the region is empty
+	     */
+	    newReg->rects.resize(1);
+	}
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+
+/*======================================================================
+ *	    Region Union
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miUnionNonO --
+ *	Handle a non-overlapping band for the union operation. Just
+ *	Adds the rectangles into the region. Doesn't have to check for
+ *	subsumption or anything.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	pReg->numRects is incremented and the final rectangles overwritten
+ *	with the rectangles we're passed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* static void*/
+static
+int
+miUnionNonO (register QRegionPrivate *pReg, register QRect * r,
+	QRect * rEnd, register int y1, register int y2)
+{
+    register QRect *	pNextRect;
+
+    pNextRect = pReg->rects.data() + pReg->numRects;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(y1 <= y2);
+
+    while (r != rEnd)
+    {
+	Q_ASSERT(r->left() <= r->right());
+	MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects)
+	qt_setCoords( pNextRect, r->left(), y1, r->right(), y2 );
+	pReg->numRects++;
+	pNextRect++;
+
+	r++;
+    }
+    return 0;	/* lint */
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miUnionO --
+ *	Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the
+ *	left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Rectangles are overwritten in pReg->rects and pReg->numRects will
+ *	be changed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* static void*/
+static
+int
+miUnionO (register QRegionPrivate *pReg, register QRect *r1, QRect *r1End,
+	register QRect *r2, QRect *r2End, register int y1, register int y2)
+{
+    register QRect *pNextRect;
+
+    pNextRect = pReg->rects.data() + pReg->numRects;
+
+#define MERGERECT(r) \
+    if ((pReg->numRects != 0) &&  \
+	(pNextRect[-1].top() == y1) &&  \
+	(pNextRect[-1].bottom() == y2) &&  \
+	(pNextRect[-1].right() >= r->left()-1)) { \
+	if (pNextRect[-1].right() < r->right()) { \
+	    pNextRect[-1].setRight( r->right() );  \
+	    Q_ASSERT(pNextRect[-1].left() <= pNextRect[-1].right()); \
+	}  \
+    } else { \
+	MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects)  \
+	qt_setCoords( pNextRect, r->left(), y1, r->right(), y2 ); \
+	pReg->numRects++;  \
+        pNextRect++;  \
+    }  \
+    r++;
+
+    Q_ASSERT (y1<=y2);
+    while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End)) {
+	if (r1->left() < r2->left()) {
+	    MERGERECT(r1)
+	} else {
+	    MERGERECT(r2)
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (r1 != r1End)
+    {
+	do
+	{
+	    MERGERECT(r1)
+	} while (r1 != r1End);
+    }
+    else while (r2 != r2End)
+    {
+	MERGERECT(r2)
+    }
+    return 0;	/* lint */
+}
+
+static void UnionRegion(QRegionPrivate *reg1, QRegionPrivate *reg2, QRegionPrivate *newReg)
+{
+    /*  checks all the simple cases */
+
+    /*
+     * Region 1 and 2 are the same or region 1 is empty
+     */
+    if ( (reg1 == reg2) || (!(reg1->numRects)) )
+    {
+	*newReg = *reg2;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * if nothing to union (region 2 empty)
+     */
+    if (!(reg2->numRects))
+    {
+        *newReg = *reg1;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Region 1 completely subsumes region 2
+     */
+    if ((reg1->numRects == 1) &&
+	(reg1->extents.left() <= reg2->extents.left()) &&
+	(reg1->extents.top() <= reg2->extents.top()) &&
+	(reg1->extents.right() >= reg2->extents.right()) &&
+	(reg1->extents.bottom() >= reg2->extents.bottom()))
+    {
+	*newReg = *reg1;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Region 2 completely subsumes region 1
+     */
+    if ((reg2->numRects == 1) &&
+	(reg2->extents.left() <= reg1->extents.left()) &&
+	(reg2->extents.top() <= reg1->extents.top()) &&
+	(reg2->extents.right() >= reg1->extents.right()) &&
+	(reg2->extents.bottom() >= reg1->extents.bottom()))
+    {
+	*newReg = *reg2;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2, (voidProcp) miUnionO,
+    		(voidProcp) miUnionNonO, (voidProcp) miUnionNonO);
+
+    qt_setCoords( &newReg->extents,
+		  QMIN(reg1->extents.left(), reg2->extents.left()),
+		  QMIN(reg1->extents.top(), reg2->extents.top()),
+		  QMAX(reg1->extents.right(), reg2->extents.right()),
+		  QMAX(reg1->extents.bottom(), reg2->extents.bottom()) );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ * 	    	  Region Subtraction
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miSubtractNonO --
+ *	Deal with non-overlapping band for subtraction. Any parts from
+ *	region 2 we discard. Anything from region 1 we add to the region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	pReg may be affected.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* static void*/
+static
+int
+miSubtractNonO1 (register QRegionPrivate *pReg, register QRect *r,
+		 QRect *rEnd, register int y1, register int y2)
+{
+    register QRect *pNextRect;
+
+    pNextRect = pReg->rects.data() + pReg->numRects;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(y1<=y2);
+
+    while (r != rEnd)
+    {
+	Q_ASSERT(r->left()<=r->right());
+	MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects)
+	qt_setCoords( pNextRect, r->left(), y1, r->right(), y2 );
+	pReg->numRects++;
+	pNextRect++;
+
+	r++;
+    }
+    return 0;	/* lint */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miSubtractO --
+ *	Overlapping band subtraction. x1 is the left-most point not yet
+ *	checked.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	pReg may have rectangles added to it.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* static void*/
+static
+int
+miSubtractO (register QRegionPrivate *pReg, register QRect *r1, QRect *r1End,
+	     register QRect *r2, QRect *r2End, register int y1, register int y2)
+{
+    register QRect *pNextRect;
+    register int  	x1;
+
+    x1 = r1->left();
+
+    Q_ASSERT(y1<=y2);
+    pNextRect = pReg->rects.data() + pReg->numRects;
+
+    while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
+    {
+	if (r2->right() < x1)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Subtrahend missed the boat: go to next subtrahend.
+	     */
+	    r2++;
+	}
+	else if (r2->left() <= x1)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Subtrahend precedes minuend: nuke left edge of minuend.
+	     */
+	    x1 = r2->right()+1;
+	    if (x1 > r1->right())
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * Minuend completely covered: advance to next minuend and
+		 * reset left fence to edge of new minuend.
+		 */
+		r1++;
+		if (r1 != r1End)
+		    x1 = r1->left();
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * Subtrahend now used up since it doesn't extend beyond
+		 * minuend
+		 */
+		r2++;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (r2->left() <= r1->right())
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Left part of subtrahend covers part of minuend: add uncovered
+	     * part of minuend to region and skip to next subtrahend.
+	     */
+	    Q_ASSERT(x1<r2->left());
+	    MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects)
+	    qt_setCoords( pNextRect, x1, y1, r2->left() - 1, y2 );
+	    pReg->numRects++;
+	    pNextRect++;
+
+	    x1 = r2->right() + 1;
+	    if (x1 > r1->right())
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * Minuend used up: advance to new...
+		 */
+		r1++;
+		if (r1 != r1End)
+		    x1 = r1->left();
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * Subtrahend used up
+		 */
+		r2++;
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Minuend used up: add any remaining piece before advancing.
+	     */
+	    if (r1->right() >= x1)
+	    {
+		MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects)
+		qt_setCoords( pNextRect, x1, y1, r1->right(), y2 );
+		pReg->numRects++;
+		pNextRect++;
+	    }
+	    r1++;
+	    if ( r1 != r1End )
+		x1 = r1->left();
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Add remaining minuend rectangles to region.
+     */
+    while (r1 != r1End)
+    {
+	Q_ASSERT(x1<=r1->right());
+	MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects)
+	qt_setCoords( pNextRect, x1, y1, r1->right(), y2 );
+	pReg->numRects++;
+	pNextRect++;
+
+	r1++;
+	if (r1 != r1End)
+	{
+	    x1 = r1->left();
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;	/* lint */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * miSubtract --
+ *	Subtract regS from regM and leave the result in regD.
+ *	S stands for subtrahend, M for minuend and D for difference.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	regD is overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void SubtractRegion(QRegionPrivate *regM, QRegionPrivate *regS, register QRegionPrivate *regD)
+{
+   /* check for trivial reject */
+    if ( (!(regM->numRects)) || (!(regS->numRects))  ||
+	(!EXTENTCHECK(&regM->extents, &regS->extents)) )
+    {
+	*regD = *regM;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    miRegionOp (regD, regM, regS, (voidProcp) miSubtractO,
+    		(voidProcp) miSubtractNonO1, (voidProcp) NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because
+     * it might be one of the source regions and miRegionOp depends
+     * on the extents of those regions being the unaltered. Besides, this
+     * way there's no checking against rectangles that will be nuked
+     * due to coalescing, so we have to examine fewer rectangles.
+     */
+    miSetExtents (regD);
+}
+
+static void XorRegion( QRegionPrivate *sra, QRegionPrivate *srb, QRegionPrivate *dr )
+{
+    QRegionPrivate tra, trb;
+
+    SubtractRegion(sra,srb,&tra);
+    SubtractRegion(srb,sra,&trb);
+    UnionRegion(&tra,&trb,dr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *	Check to see if two regions are equal
+ */
+static bool EqualRegion( QRegionPrivate *r1, QRegionPrivate *r2 )
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if( r1->numRects != r2->numRects ) return FALSE;
+    else if( r1->numRects == 0 ) return TRUE;
+    else if ( r1->extents.left() != r2->extents.left() ||
+	      r1->extents.right() != r2->extents.right() ||
+	      r1->extents.top() != r2->extents.top() ||
+	      r1->extents.bottom() != r2->extents.bottom() )
+	return FALSE;
+    else {
+	QRect *rr1 = r1->rects.data();
+	QRect *rr2 = r2->rects.data();
+	for( i=0; i < r1->numRects; i++, rr1++, rr2++ ) {
+	    if ( rr1->left() != rr2->left() ||
+		 rr1->right() != rr2->right() ||
+		 rr1->top() != rr2->top() ||
+		 rr1->bottom() != rr2->bottom() )
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static bool PointInRegion( QRegionPrivate *pRegion, int x, int y )
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (pRegion->numRects == 0)
+        return FALSE;
+    if (!pRegion->extents.contains(x, y))
+        return FALSE;
+    for (i=0; i<pRegion->numRects; i++)
+    {
+        if (pRegion->rects[i].contains(x, y))
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static bool RectInRegion(register QRegionPrivate *region,
+			 int rx, int ry, unsigned int rwidth, unsigned int rheight)
+{
+    register QRect *pbox;
+    register QRect *pboxEnd;
+    QRect rect(rx, ry, rwidth, rheight);
+    register QRect *prect = &rect;
+    int      partIn, partOut;
+
+    /* this is (just) a useful optimization */
+    if ((region->numRects == 0) || !EXTENTCHECK(&region->extents, prect))
+        return(RectangleOut);
+
+    partOut = FALSE;
+    partIn = FALSE;
+
+    /* can stop when both partOut and partIn are TRUE, or we reach prect->y2 */
+    for (pbox = region->rects.data(), pboxEnd = pbox + region->numRects;
+	 pbox < pboxEnd;
+	 pbox++)
+    {
+
+	if (pbox->bottom() < ry)
+	   continue;	/* getting up to speed or skipping remainder of band */
+
+	if (pbox->top() > ry)
+	{
+	   partOut = TRUE;	/* missed part of rectangle above */
+	   if (partIn || (pbox->top() > prect->bottom()))
+	      break;
+	   ry = pbox->top();	/* x guaranteed to be == prect->x1 */
+	}
+
+	if (pbox->right() < rx)
+	   continue;		/* not far enough over yet */
+
+	if (pbox->left() > rx)
+	{
+	   partOut = TRUE;	/* missed part of rectangle to left */
+	   if (partIn)
+	      break;
+	}
+
+	if (pbox->left() <= prect->right())
+	{
+	    partIn = TRUE;	/* definitely overlap */
+	    if (partOut)
+	       break;
+	}
+
+	if (pbox->right() >= prect->right())
+	{
+	   ry = pbox->bottom() + 1;	/* finished with this band */
+	   if (ry > prect->bottom())
+	      break;
+	   rx = prect->left();	/* reset x out to left again */
+	} else
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Because boxes in a band are maximal width, if the first box
+	     * to overlap the rectangle doesn't completely cover it in that
+	     * band, the rectangle must be partially out, since some of it
+	     * will be uncovered in that band. partIn will have been set true
+	     * by now...
+	     */
+	    break;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+    return(partIn ? ((ry <= prect->bottom()) ? RectanglePart : RectangleIn) :
+		RectangleOut);
+}
+// END OF Region.c extract
+// START OF poly.h extract
+/* $XConsortium: poly.h,v 1.4 94/04/17 20:22:19 rws Exp $ */
+/************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1987  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ *     This file contains a few macros to help track
+ *     the edge of a filled object.  The object is assumed
+ *     to be filled in scanline order, and thus the
+ *     algorithm used is an extension of Bresenham's line
+ *     drawing algorithm which assumes that y is always the
+ *     major axis.
+ *     Since these pieces of code are the same for any filled shape,
+ *     it is more convenient to gather the library in one
+ *     place, but since these pieces of code are also in
+ *     the inner loops of output primitives, procedure call
+ *     overhead is out of the question.
+ *     See the author for a derivation if needed.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *  In scan converting polygons, we want to choose those pixels
+ *  which are inside the polygon.  Thus, we add .5 to the starting
+ *  x coordinate for both left and right edges.  Now we choose the
+ *  first pixel which is inside the pgon for the left edge and the
+ *  first pixel which is outside the pgon for the right edge.
+ *  Draw the left pixel, but not the right.
+ *
+ *  How to add .5 to the starting x coordinate:
+ *      If the edge is moving to the right, then subtract dy from the
+ *  error term from the general form of the algorithm.
+ *      If the edge is moving to the left, then add dy to the error term.
+ *
+ *  The reason for the difference between edges moving to the left
+ *  and edges moving to the right is simple:  If an edge is moving
+ *  to the right, then we want the algorithm to flip immediately.
+ *  If it is moving to the left, then we don't want it to flip until
+ *  we traverse an entire pixel.
+ */
+#define BRESINITPGON(dy, x1, x2, xStart, d, m, m1, incr1, incr2) { \
+    int dx;      /* local storage */ \
+\
+    /* \
+     *  if the edge is horizontal, then it is ignored \
+     *  and assumed not to be processed.  Otherwise, do this stuff. \
+     */ \
+    if ((dy) != 0) { \
+        xStart = (x1); \
+        dx = (x2) - xStart; \
+        if (dx < 0) { \
+            m = dx / (dy); \
+            m1 = m - 1; \
+            incr1 = -2 * dx + 2 * (dy) * m1; \
+            incr2 = -2 * dx + 2 * (dy) * m; \
+            d = 2 * m * (dy) - 2 * dx - 2 * (dy); \
+        } else { \
+            m = dx / (dy); \
+            m1 = m + 1; \
+            incr1 = 2 * dx - 2 * (dy) * m1; \
+            incr2 = 2 * dx - 2 * (dy) * m; \
+            d = -2 * m * (dy) + 2 * dx; \
+        } \
+    } \
+}
+
+#define BRESINCRPGON(d, minval, m, m1, incr1, incr2) { \
+    if (m1 > 0) { \
+        if (d > 0) { \
+            minval += m1; \
+            d += incr1; \
+        } \
+        else { \
+            minval += m; \
+            d += incr2; \
+        } \
+    } else {\
+        if (d >= 0) { \
+            minval += m1; \
+            d += incr1; \
+        } \
+        else { \
+            minval += m; \
+            d += incr2; \
+        } \
+    } \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *     This structure contains all of the information needed
+ *     to run the bresenham algorithm.
+ *     The variables may be hardcoded into the declarations
+ *     instead of using this structure to make use of
+ *     register declarations.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    int minor_axis;	/* minor axis        */
+    int d;		/* decision variable */
+    int m, m1;		/* slope and slope+1 */
+    int incr1, incr2;	/* error increments */
+} BRESINFO;
+
+
+#define BRESINITPGONSTRUCT(dmaj, min1, min2, bres) \
+	BRESINITPGON(dmaj, min1, min2, bres.minor_axis, bres.d, \
+                     bres.m, bres.m1, bres.incr1, bres.incr2)
+
+#define BRESINCRPGONSTRUCT(bres) \
+        BRESINCRPGON(bres.d, bres.minor_axis, bres.m, bres.m1, bres.incr1, bres.incr2)
+
+
+
+/*
+ *     These are the data structures needed to scan
+ *     convert regions.  Two different scan conversion
+ *     methods are available -- the even-odd method, and
+ *     the winding number method.
+ *     The even-odd rule states that a point is inside
+ *     the polygon if a ray drawn from that point in any
+ *     direction will pass through an odd number of
+ *     path segments.
+ *     By the winding number rule, a point is decided
+ *     to be inside the polygon if a ray drawn from that
+ *     point in any direction passes through a different
+ *     number of clockwise and counter-clockwise path
+ *     segments.
+ *
+ *     These data structures are adapted somewhat from
+ *     the algorithm in (Foley/Van Dam) for scan converting
+ *     polygons.
+ *     The basic algorithm is to start at the top (smallest y)
+ *     of the polygon, stepping down to the bottom of
+ *     the polygon by incrementing the y coordinate.  We
+ *     keep a list of edges which the current scanline crosses,
+ *     sorted by x.  This list is called the Active Edge Table (AET)
+ *     As we change the y-coordinate, we update each entry in
+ *     in the active edge table to reflect the edges new xcoord.
+ *     This list must be sorted at each scanline in case
+ *     two edges intersect.
+ *     We also keep a data structure known as the Edge Table (ET),
+ *     which keeps track of all the edges which the current
+ *     scanline has not yet reached.  The ET is basically a
+ *     list of ScanLineList structures containing a list of
+ *     edges which are entered at a given scanline.  There is one
+ *     ScanLineList per scanline at which an edge is entered.
+ *     When we enter a new edge, we move it from the ET to the AET.
+ *
+ *     From the AET, we can implement the even-odd rule as in
+ *     (Foley/Van Dam).
+ *     The winding number rule is a little trickier.  We also
+ *     keep the EdgeTableEntries in the AET linked by the
+ *     nextWETE (winding EdgeTableEntry) link.  This allows
+ *     the edges to be linked just as before for updating
+ *     purposes, but only uses the edges linked by the nextWETE
+ *     link as edges representing spans of the polygon to
+ *     drawn (as with the even-odd rule).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * for the winding number rule
+ */
+#define CLOCKWISE          1
+#define COUNTERCLOCKWISE  -1
+
+typedef struct _EdgeTableEntry {
+     int ymax;             /* ycoord at which we exit this edge. */
+     BRESINFO bres;        /* Bresenham info to run the edge     */
+     struct _EdgeTableEntry *next;       /* next in the list     */
+     struct _EdgeTableEntry *back;       /* for insertion sort   */
+     struct _EdgeTableEntry *nextWETE;   /* for winding num rule */
+     int ClockWise;        /* flag for winding number rule       */
+} EdgeTableEntry;
+
+
+typedef struct _ScanLineList{
+     int scanline;              /* the scanline represented */
+     EdgeTableEntry *edgelist;  /* header node              */
+     struct _ScanLineList *next;  /* next in the list       */
+} ScanLineList;
+
+
+typedef struct {
+     int ymax;                 /* ymax for the polygon     */
+     int ymin;                 /* ymin for the polygon     */
+     ScanLineList scanlines;   /* header node              */
+} EdgeTable;
+
+
+/*
+ * Here is a struct to help with storage allocation
+ * so we can allocate a big chunk at a time, and then take
+ * pieces from this heap when we need to.
+ */
+#define SLLSPERBLOCK 25
+
+typedef struct _ScanLineListBlock {
+     ScanLineList SLLs[SLLSPERBLOCK];
+     struct _ScanLineListBlock *next;
+} ScanLineListBlock;
+
+
+
+/*
+ *
+ *     a few macros for the inner loops of the fill code where
+ *     performance considerations don't allow a procedure call.
+ *
+ *     Evaluate the given edge at the given scanline.
+ *     If the edge has expired, then we leave it and fix up
+ *     the active edge table; otherwise, we increment the
+ *     x value to be ready for the next scanline.
+ *     The winding number rule is in effect, so we must notify
+ *     the caller when the edge has been removed so he
+ *     can reorder the Winding Active Edge Table.
+ */
+#define EVALUATEEDGEWINDING(pAET, pPrevAET, y, fixWAET) { \
+   if (pAET->ymax == y) {          /* leaving this edge */ \
+      pPrevAET->next = pAET->next; \
+      pAET = pPrevAET->next; \
+      fixWAET = 1; \
+      if (pAET) \
+         pAET->back = pPrevAET; \
+   } \
+   else { \
+      BRESINCRPGONSTRUCT(pAET->bres) \
+      pPrevAET = pAET; \
+      pAET = pAET->next; \
+   } \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *     Evaluate the given edge at the given scanline.
+ *     If the edge has expired, then we leave it and fix up
+ *     the active edge table; otherwise, we increment the
+ *     x value to be ready for the next scanline.
+ *     The even-odd rule is in effect.
+ */
+#define EVALUATEEDGEEVENODD(pAET, pPrevAET, y) { \
+   if (pAET->ymax == y) {          /* leaving this edge */ \
+      pPrevAET->next = pAET->next; \
+      pAET = pPrevAET->next; \
+      if (pAET) \
+         pAET->back = pPrevAET; \
+   } \
+   else { \
+      BRESINCRPGONSTRUCT(pAET->bres) \
+      pPrevAET = pAET; \
+      pAET = pAET->next; \
+   } \
+}
+// END OF poly.h extract
+// START OF PolyReg.c extract
+/* $XConsortium: PolyReg.c,v 11.23 94/11/17 21:59:37 converse Exp $ */
+/************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1987  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+************************************************************************/
+/* $XFree86: xc/lib/X11/PolyReg.c,v 1.1.1.2.8.2 1998/10/04 15:22:49 hohndel Exp $ */
+
+#define LARGE_COORDINATE 1000000
+#define SMALL_COORDINATE -LARGE_COORDINATE
+
+/*
+ *     InsertEdgeInET
+ *
+ *     Insert the given edge into the edge table.
+ *     First we must find the correct bucket in the
+ *     Edge table, then find the right slot in the
+ *     bucket.  Finally, we can insert it.
+ *
+ */
+static void
+InsertEdgeInET(EdgeTable *ET, EdgeTableEntry *ETE, int scanline,
+		ScanLineListBlock **SLLBlock, int *iSLLBlock)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *start, *prev;
+    register ScanLineList *pSLL, *pPrevSLL;
+    ScanLineListBlock *tmpSLLBlock;
+
+    /*
+     * find the right bucket to put the edge into
+     */
+    pPrevSLL = &ET->scanlines;
+    pSLL = pPrevSLL->next;
+    while (pSLL && (pSLL->scanline < scanline))
+    {
+        pPrevSLL = pSLL;
+        pSLL = pSLL->next;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * reassign pSLL (pointer to ScanLineList) if necessary
+     */
+    if ((!pSLL) || (pSLL->scanline > scanline))
+    {
+        if (*iSLLBlock > SLLSPERBLOCK-1)
+        {
+            tmpSLLBlock =
+		  (ScanLineListBlock *)malloc(sizeof(ScanLineListBlock));
+            (*SLLBlock)->next = tmpSLLBlock;
+            tmpSLLBlock->next = (ScanLineListBlock *)NULL;
+            *SLLBlock = tmpSLLBlock;
+            *iSLLBlock = 0;
+        }
+        pSLL = &((*SLLBlock)->SLLs[(*iSLLBlock)++]);
+
+        pSLL->next = pPrevSLL->next;
+        pSLL->edgelist = (EdgeTableEntry *)NULL;
+        pPrevSLL->next = pSLL;
+    }
+    pSLL->scanline = scanline;
+
+    /*
+     * now insert the edge in the right bucket
+     */
+    prev = (EdgeTableEntry *)NULL;
+    start = pSLL->edgelist;
+    while (start && (start->bres.minor_axis < ETE->bres.minor_axis))
+    {
+        prev = start;
+        start = start->next;
+    }
+    ETE->next = start;
+
+    if (prev)
+        prev->next = ETE;
+    else
+        pSLL->edgelist = ETE;
+}
+
+/*
+ *     CreateEdgeTable
+ *
+ *     This routine creates the edge table for
+ *     scan converting polygons.
+ *     The Edge Table (ET) looks like:
+ *
+ *    EdgeTable
+ *     --------
+ *    |  ymax  |        ScanLineLists
+ *    |scanline|-->------------>-------------->...
+ *     --------   |scanline|   |scanline|
+ *                |edgelist|   |edgelist|
+ *                ---------    ---------
+ *                    |             |
+ *                    |             |
+ *                    V             V
+ *              list of ETEs   list of ETEs
+ *
+ *     where ETE is an EdgeTableEntry data structure,
+ *     and there is one ScanLineList per scanline at
+ *     which an edge is initially entered.
+ *
+ */
+
+static void
+CreateETandAET(register int count, register QPoint *pts,
+	EdgeTable *ET, EdgeTableEntry *AET, register EdgeTableEntry *pETEs,
+	ScanLineListBlock   *pSLLBlock)
+{
+    register QPoint *top, *bottom;
+    register QPoint *PrevPt, *CurrPt;
+    int iSLLBlock = 0;
+    int dy;
+
+    if (count < 2)  return;
+
+    /*
+     *  initialize the Active Edge Table
+     */
+    AET->next = (EdgeTableEntry *)NULL;
+    AET->back = (EdgeTableEntry *)NULL;
+    AET->nextWETE = (EdgeTableEntry *)NULL;
+    AET->bres.minor_axis = SMALL_COORDINATE;
+
+    /*
+     *  initialize the Edge Table.
+     */
+    ET->scanlines.next = (ScanLineList *)NULL;
+    ET->ymax = SMALL_COORDINATE;
+    ET->ymin = LARGE_COORDINATE;
+    pSLLBlock->next = (ScanLineListBlock *)NULL;
+
+    PrevPt = &pts[count-1];
+
+    /*
+     *  for each vertex in the array of points.
+     *  In this loop we are dealing with two vertices at
+     *  a time -- these make up one edge of the polygon.
+     */
+    while (count--)
+    {
+        CurrPt = pts++;
+
+        /*
+         *  find out which point is above and which is below.
+         */
+        if (PrevPt->y() > CurrPt->y() )
+        {
+            bottom = PrevPt, top = CurrPt;
+            pETEs->ClockWise = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bottom = CurrPt, top = PrevPt;
+            pETEs->ClockWise = 1;
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * don't add horizontal edges to the Edge table.
+         */
+        if ( bottom->y() != top->y() )
+        {
+            pETEs->ymax = bottom->y()-1;  /* -1 so we don't get last scanline */
+
+            /*
+             *  initialize integer edge algorithm
+             */
+            dy = bottom->y() - top->y();
+            BRESINITPGONSTRUCT(dy, top->x(), bottom->x(), pETEs->bres)
+
+            InsertEdgeInET(ET, pETEs, top->y(), &pSLLBlock, &iSLLBlock);
+
+	    if (PrevPt->y() > ET->ymax)
+		ET->ymax = PrevPt->y();
+	    if (PrevPt->y() < ET->ymin)
+		ET->ymin = PrevPt->y();
+            pETEs++;
+        }
+
+        PrevPt = CurrPt;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *     loadAET
+ *
+ *     This routine moves EdgeTableEntries from the
+ *     EdgeTable into the Active Edge Table,
+ *     leaving them sorted by smaller x coordinate.
+ *
+ */
+
+static void
+loadAET(register EdgeTableEntry *AET, register EdgeTableEntry *ETEs)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pPrevAET;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *tmp;
+
+    pPrevAET = AET;
+    AET = AET->next;
+    while (ETEs)
+    {
+        while (AET && (AET->bres.minor_axis < ETEs->bres.minor_axis))
+        {
+            pPrevAET = AET;
+            AET = AET->next;
+        }
+        tmp = ETEs->next;
+        ETEs->next = AET;
+        if (AET)
+            AET->back = ETEs;
+        ETEs->back = pPrevAET;
+        pPrevAET->next = ETEs;
+        pPrevAET = ETEs;
+
+        ETEs = tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *     computeWAET
+ *
+ *     This routine links the AET by the
+ *     nextWETE (winding EdgeTableEntry) link for
+ *     use by the winding number rule.  The final
+ *     Active Edge Table (AET) might look something
+ *     like:
+ *
+ *     AET
+ *     ----------  ---------   ---------
+ *     |ymax    |  |ymax    |  |ymax    |
+ *     | ...    |  |...     |  |...     |
+ *     |next    |->|next    |->|next    |->...
+ *     |nextWETE|  |nextWETE|  |nextWETE|
+ *     ---------   ---------   ^--------
+ *         |                   |       |
+ *         V------------------->       V---> ...
+ *
+ */
+static void
+computeWAET(register EdgeTableEntry *AET)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pWETE;
+    register int inside = 1;
+    register int isInside = 0;
+
+    AET->nextWETE = (EdgeTableEntry *)NULL;
+    pWETE = AET;
+    AET = AET->next;
+    while (AET)
+    {
+        if (AET->ClockWise)
+            isInside++;
+        else
+            isInside--;
+
+        if ((!inside && !isInside) ||
+            ( inside &&  isInside))
+        {
+            pWETE->nextWETE = AET;
+            pWETE = AET;
+            inside = !inside;
+        }
+        AET = AET->next;
+    }
+    pWETE->nextWETE = (EdgeTableEntry *)NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *     InsertionSort
+ *
+ *     Just a simple insertion sort using
+ *     pointers and back pointers to sort the Active
+ *     Edge Table.
+ *
+ */
+
+static int
+InsertionSort(register EdgeTableEntry *AET)
+{
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pETEchase;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pETEinsert;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pETEchaseBackTMP;
+    register int changed = 0;
+
+    AET = AET->next;
+    while (AET)
+    {
+        pETEinsert = AET;
+        pETEchase = AET;
+        while (pETEchase->back->bres.minor_axis > AET->bres.minor_axis)
+            pETEchase = pETEchase->back;
+
+        AET = AET->next;
+        if (pETEchase != pETEinsert)
+        {
+            pETEchaseBackTMP = pETEchase->back;
+            pETEinsert->back->next = AET;
+            if (AET)
+                AET->back = pETEinsert->back;
+            pETEinsert->next = pETEchase;
+            pETEchase->back->next = pETEinsert;
+            pETEchase->back = pETEinsert;
+            pETEinsert->back = pETEchaseBackTMP;
+            changed = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    return(changed);
+}
+
+/*
+ *     Clean up our act.
+ */
+static void
+FreeStorage(register ScanLineListBlock   *pSLLBlock)
+{
+    register ScanLineListBlock   *tmpSLLBlock;
+
+    while (pSLLBlock)
+    {
+        tmpSLLBlock = pSLLBlock->next;
+        free((char *)pSLLBlock);
+        pSLLBlock = tmpSLLBlock;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *     Create an array of rectangles from a list of points.
+ *     If indeed these things (POINTS, RECTS) are the same,
+ *     then this proc is still needed, because it allocates
+ *     storage for the array, which was allocated on the
+ *     stack by the calling procedure.
+ *
+ */
+static int PtsToRegion(register int numFullPtBlocks, register int iCurPtBlock,
+    POINTBLOCK *FirstPtBlock, QRegionPrivate *reg)
+{
+    register QRect  *rects;
+    register QPoint *pts;
+    register POINTBLOCK *CurPtBlock;
+    register int i;
+    register QRect *extents;
+    register int numRects;
+
+    extents = &reg->extents;
+
+    numRects = ((numFullPtBlocks * NUMPTSTOBUFFER) + iCurPtBlock) >> 1;
+
+    reg->rects.resize(numRects);
+
+    CurPtBlock = FirstPtBlock;
+    rects = reg->rects.data() - 1;
+    numRects = 0;
+    extents->setLeft( INT_MAX );
+    extents->setRight( INT_MIN );
+
+    for ( ; numFullPtBlocks >= 0; numFullPtBlocks--) {
+	/* the loop uses 2 points per iteration */
+	i = NUMPTSTOBUFFER >> 1;
+	if (!numFullPtBlocks)
+	    i = iCurPtBlock >> 1;
+	for (pts = CurPtBlock->pts; i--; pts += 2) {
+	    if ( pts->x() == pts[1].x() )
+		continue;
+	    if (numRects && pts->x() == rects->left() && pts->y() == rects->bottom() + 1 &&
+		pts[1].x() == rects->right() &&
+		(numRects == 1 || rects[-1].top() != rects->top()) &&
+		(i && pts[2].y() > pts[1].y() )) {
+		rects->setBottom( pts[1].y() );
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    numRects++;
+	    rects++;
+	    qt_setCoords( rects, pts->x(), pts->y(), pts[1].x() - 1, pts[1].y() );
+	    if (rects->left() < extents->left())
+		extents->setLeft( rects->left() );
+	    if (rects->right() > extents->right())
+		extents->setRight( rects->right() );
+        }
+	CurPtBlock = CurPtBlock->next;
+    }
+
+    if (numRects) {
+	extents->setTop( reg->rects[0].top() );
+	extents->setBottom( rects->bottom() );
+    } else {
+	qt_setCoords(extents, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+    reg->numRects = numRects;
+
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+/*
+ *     polytoregion
+ *
+ *     Scan converts a polygon by returning a run-length
+ *     encoding of the resultant bitmap -- the run-length
+ *     encoding is in the form of an array of rectangles.
+ */
+static QRegionPrivate *PolygonRegion(QPoint *Pts, int Count, int rule)
+    //Point     *Pts;		     /* the pts                 */
+    //int       Count;                 /* number of pts           */
+    //int	rule;			     /* winding rule */
+{
+    QRegionPrivate *region;
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pAET;   /* Active Edge Table       */
+    register int y;                  /* current scanline        */
+    register int iPts = 0;           /* number of pts in buffer */
+    register EdgeTableEntry *pWETE;  /* Winding Edge Table Entry*/
+    register ScanLineList *pSLL;     /* current scanLineList    */
+    register QPoint *pts;             /* output buffer           */
+    EdgeTableEntry *pPrevAET;        /* ptr to previous AET     */
+    EdgeTable ET;                    /* header node for ET      */
+    EdgeTableEntry AET;              /* header node for AET     */
+    EdgeTableEntry *pETEs;           /* EdgeTableEntries pool   */
+    ScanLineListBlock SLLBlock;      /* header for scanlinelist */
+    int fixWAET = FALSE;
+    POINTBLOCK FirstPtBlock, *curPtBlock; /* PtBlock buffers    */
+    POINTBLOCK *tmpPtBlock;
+    int numFullPtBlocks = 0;
+
+    if ( !(region = new QRegionPrivate) )
+	return 0;
+
+    /* special case a rectangle */
+    pts = Pts;
+    if (((Count == 4) ||
+	 ((Count == 5) && (pts[4].x() == pts[0].x() ) && (pts[4].y() == pts[0].y() ))) &&
+	(((pts[0].y() == pts[1].y()) &&
+	  (pts[1].x() == pts[2].x()) &&
+	  (pts[2].y() == pts[3].y()) &&
+	  (pts[3].x() == pts[0].x())) ||
+	 ((pts[0].x() == pts[1].x()) &&
+	  (pts[1].y() == pts[2].y()) &&
+	  (pts[2].x() == pts[3].x()) &&
+	  (pts[3].y() == pts[0].y())))) {
+	region->extents.setLeft( QMIN(pts[0].x(), pts[2].x()) );
+	region->extents.setTop( QMIN(pts[0].y(), pts[2].y()) );
+	region->extents.setRight( QMAX(pts[0].x(), pts[2].x()) );
+	region->extents.setBottom( QMAX(pts[0].y(), pts[2].y()) );
+	if ((region->extents.left() <= region->extents.right()) &&
+	    (region->extents.top() <= region->extents.bottom())) {
+	    region->numRects = 1;
+	    region->rects.resize(1);
+	    region->rects[0] = region->extents;
+	}
+	return region;
+    }
+
+    if (! (pETEs = (EdgeTableEntry *)
+	   malloc((unsigned) (sizeof(EdgeTableEntry) * Count))))
+	return 0;
+
+    pts = FirstPtBlock.pts;
+    CreateETandAET(Count, Pts, &ET, &AET, pETEs, &SLLBlock);
+    pSLL = ET.scanlines.next;
+    curPtBlock = &FirstPtBlock;
+
+    if (rule == EvenOddRule) {
+        /*
+         *  for each scanline
+         */
+        for (y = ET.ymin; y < ET.ymax; y++) {
+            /*
+             *  Add a new edge to the active edge table when we
+             *  get to the next edge.
+             */
+            if (pSLL != NULL && y == pSLL->scanline) {
+                loadAET(&AET, pSLL->edgelist);
+                pSLL = pSLL->next;
+            }
+            pPrevAET = &AET;
+            pAET = AET.next;
+
+            /*
+             *  for each active edge
+             */
+            while (pAET) {
+                pts->setX( pAET->bres.minor_axis ),  pts->setY( y );
+                pts++, iPts++;
+
+                /*
+                 *  send out the buffer
+                 */
+                if (iPts == NUMPTSTOBUFFER) {
+                    tmpPtBlock = (POINTBLOCK *)malloc(sizeof(POINTBLOCK));
+                    curPtBlock->next = tmpPtBlock;
+                    curPtBlock = tmpPtBlock;
+                    pts = curPtBlock->pts;
+                    numFullPtBlocks++;
+                    iPts = 0;
+                }
+                EVALUATEEDGEEVENODD(pAET, pPrevAET, y)
+            }
+            (void) InsertionSort(&AET);
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        /*
+         *  for each scanline
+         */
+        for (y = ET.ymin; y < ET.ymax; y++) {
+            /*
+             *  Add a new edge to the active edge table when we
+             *  get to the next edge.
+             */
+            if (pSLL != NULL && y == pSLL->scanline) {
+                loadAET(&AET, pSLL->edgelist);
+                computeWAET(&AET);
+                pSLL = pSLL->next;
+            }
+            pPrevAET = &AET;
+            pAET = AET.next;
+            pWETE = pAET;
+
+            /*
+             *  for each active edge
+             */
+            while (pAET) {
+                /*
+                 *  add to the buffer only those edges that
+                 *  are in the Winding active edge table.
+                 */
+                if (pWETE == pAET) {
+                    pts->setX( pAET->bres.minor_axis),  pts->setY( y );
+                    pts++, iPts++;
+
+                    /*
+                     *  send out the buffer
+                     */
+                    if (iPts == NUMPTSTOBUFFER) {
+                        tmpPtBlock = (POINTBLOCK *)malloc(sizeof(POINTBLOCK));
+                        curPtBlock->next = tmpPtBlock;
+                        curPtBlock = tmpPtBlock;
+                        pts = curPtBlock->pts;
+                        numFullPtBlocks++;    iPts = 0;
+                    }
+                    pWETE = pWETE->nextWETE;
+                }
+                EVALUATEEDGEWINDING(pAET, pPrevAET, y, fixWAET)
+            }
+
+            /*
+             *  recompute the winding active edge table if
+             *  we just resorted or have exited an edge.
+             */
+            if (InsertionSort(&AET) || fixWAET) {
+                computeWAET(&AET);
+                fixWAET = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    FreeStorage(SLLBlock.next);
+    (void) PtsToRegion(numFullPtBlocks, iPts, &FirstPtBlock, region);
+    for (curPtBlock = FirstPtBlock.next; --numFullPtBlocks >= 0;) {
+	tmpPtBlock = curPtBlock->next;
+	free((char *)curPtBlock);
+	curPtBlock = tmpPtBlock;
+    }
+    free((char *)pETEs);
+    return region;
+}
+// END OF PolyReg.c extract
+
+QRegionPrivate *qt_bitmapToRegion(const QBitmap& bitmap)
+{
+    QImage image = bitmap.convertToImage();
+
+    QRegionPrivate *region = new QRegionPrivate;
+    QRect xr;
+
+#define AddSpan \
+	{ \
+	    qt_setCoords( &xr, prev1, y, x-1, y ); \
+	    UnionRectWithRegion( &xr, region, region ); \
+	}
+
+    const int zero=0;
+    bool little = image.bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian;
+
+    int x, y;
+    for (y=0; y<image.height(); y++) {
+	uchar *line = image.scanLine(y);
+	int w = image.width();
+	uchar all=zero;
+	int prev1 = -1;
+	for (x=0; x<w; ) {
+	    uchar byte = line[x/8];
+	    if ( x>w-8 || byte!=all ) {
+		if ( little ) {
+		    for ( int b=8; b>0 && x<w; b-- ) {
+			if ( !(byte&0x01) == !all ) {
+			    // More of the same
+			} else {
+			    // A change.
+			    if ( all!=zero ) {
+				AddSpan
+				all = zero;
+			    } else {
+				prev1 = x;
+				all = ~zero;
+			    }
+			}
+			byte >>= 1;
+			x++;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    for ( int b=8; b>0 && x<w; b-- ) {
+			if ( !(byte&0x80) == !all ) {
+			    // More of the same
+			} else {
+			    // A change.
+			    if ( all!=zero ) {
+				AddSpan
+				all = zero;
+			    } else {
+				prev1 = x;
+				all = ~zero;
+			    }
+			}
+			byte <<= 1;
+			x++;
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		x+=8;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( all != zero ) {
+	    AddSpan
+	}
+    }
+
+    return region;
+}
+
+// NOT REVISED
+
+static QRegion *empty_region = 0;
+
+static void cleanup_empty_region()
+{
+    delete empty_region;
+    empty_region = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a null region.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+QRegion::QRegion()
+{
+    if ( !empty_region ) {			// avoid too many allocs
+	qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_empty_region );
+	empty_region = new QRegion( TRUE );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( empty_region );
+    }
+    data = empty_region->data;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+  Internal constructor that creates a null region.
+*/
+
+QRegion::QRegion( bool is_null )
+{
+    data = new QRegionData;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+    data->region = new QRegionPrivate;
+    data->is_null = is_null;
+    data->rgn = 0;
+    data->xrectangles = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Create a region based on the rectange \a r with region type \a t.
+
+    If the rectangle is invalid a null region will be created.
+
+    \sa QRegion::RegionType
+*/
+
+QRegion::QRegion( const QRect &r, RegionType t )
+{
+    if ( r.isEmpty() ) {
+	if ( !empty_region ) {			// avoid too many allocs
+	    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_empty_region );
+	    empty_region = new QRegion( TRUE );
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( empty_region );
+	}
+	data = empty_region->data;
+	data->ref();
+    } else {
+	data = new QRegionData;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+	data->is_null = FALSE;
+	data->rgn = 0;
+	data->xrectangles = 0;
+	if ( t == Rectangle ) {			// rectangular region
+	    data->region = new QRegionPrivate( r );
+	} else if ( t == Ellipse ) {		// elliptic region
+	    QPointArray a;
+	    a.makeEllipse( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
+	    data->region = PolygonRegion( (QPoint*)a.data(), a.size(),
+					  EvenOddRule );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a polygon region from the point array \a a.
+
+    If \a winding is TRUE, the polygon region is filled using the
+    winding algorithm, otherwise the default even-odd fill algorithm
+    is used.
+
+    This constructor may create complex regions that will slow down
+    painting when used.
+*/
+
+QRegion::QRegion( const QPointArray &a, bool winding )
+{
+    if (a.size() > 2) {
+	data = new QRegionData;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+	data->is_null = FALSE;
+	data->rgn = 0;
+	data->xrectangles = 0;
+	data->region = PolygonRegion( (QPoint*)a.data(), a.size(),
+				    winding ? WindingRule : EvenOddRule );
+    } else {
+	if ( !empty_region ) {
+	    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_empty_region );
+	    empty_region = new QRegion( TRUE );
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( empty_region );
+	}
+	data = empty_region->data;
+	data->ref();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new region which is equal to region \a r.
+*/
+
+QRegion::QRegion( const QRegion &r )
+{
+    data = r.data;
+    data->ref();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a region from the bitmap \a bm.
+
+    The resulting region consists of the pixels in bitmap \a bm that
+    are \c color1, as if each pixel was a 1 by 1 rectangle.
+
+    This constructor may create complex regions that will slow down
+    painting when used. Note that drawing masked pixmaps can be done
+    much faster using QPixmap::setMask().
+*/
+QRegion::QRegion( const QBitmap & bm )
+{
+    if ( bm.isNull() ) {
+	if ( !empty_region ) {			// avoid too many allocs
+	    qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_empty_region );
+	    empty_region = new QRegion( TRUE );
+	    Q_CHECK_PTR( empty_region );
+	}
+	data = empty_region->data;
+	data->ref();
+    } else {
+	data = new QRegionData;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
+	data->is_null = FALSE;
+	data->rgn = 0;
+	data->xrectangles = 0;
+	data->region = qt_bitmapToRegion(bm);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the region.
+*/
+
+QRegion::~QRegion()
+{
+    if ( data->deref() ) {
+	delete data->region;
+	if ( data->rgn )
+	    XDestroyRegion( data->rgn );
+	if ( data->xrectangles )
+	    free( data->xrectangles );
+	delete data;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a r to this region and returns a reference to the region.
+*/
+
+QRegion &QRegion::operator=( const QRegion &r )
+{
+    r.data->ref();				// beware of r = r
+    if ( data->deref() ) {
+	delete data->region;
+	if ( data->rgn )
+	    XDestroyRegion( data->rgn );
+	if ( data->xrectangles )
+	    free( data->xrectangles );
+	delete data;
+    }
+    data = r.data;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the region.
+
+    \sa detach()
+*/
+
+QRegion QRegion::copy() const
+{
+    QRegion r( data->is_null );
+    *r.data->region = *data->region;
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the region is a null region; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    A null region is a region that has not been initialized. A null
+    region is always empty.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+bool QRegion::isNull() const
+{
+    return data->is_null;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the region is empty; otherwise returns FALSE. An
+    empty region is a region that contains no points.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QRegion r1( 10, 10, 20, 20 );
+	QRegion r2( 40, 40, 20, 20 );
+	QRegion r3;
+        r1.isNull();             // FALSE
+        r1.isEmpty();            // FALSE
+        r3.isNull();             // TRUE
+        r3.isEmpty();            // TRUE
+        r3 = r1.intersect( r2 ); // r3 = intersection of r1 and r2
+        r3.isNull();             // FALSE
+        r3.isEmpty();            // TRUE
+        r3 = r1.unite( r2 );     // r3 = union of r1 and r2
+        r3.isNull();             // FALSE
+        r3.isEmpty();            // FALSE
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+bool QRegion::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return data->is_null || ( data->region->numRects == 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the region contains the point \a p; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QRegion::contains( const QPoint &p ) const
+{
+    return PointInRegion( data->region, p.x(), p.y() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns TRUE if the region overlaps the rectangle \a r; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QRegion::contains( const QRect &r ) const
+{
+    return RectInRegion( data->region, r.left(), r.top(),
+			  r.width(), r.height() ) != RectangleOut;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Translates (moves) the region \a dx along the X axis and \a dy
+    along the Y axis.
+*/
+
+void QRegion::translate( int dx, int dy )
+{
+    if ( empty_region && data == empty_region->data )
+	return;
+    detach();
+    OffsetRegion( data->region, dx, dy );
+    if ( data->xrectangles ) {
+	free( data->xrectangles );
+	data->xrectangles = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a region which is the union of this region and \a r.
+
+    \img runion.png Region Union
+
+    The figure shows the union of two elliptical regions.
+*/
+
+QRegion QRegion::unite( const QRegion &r ) const
+{
+    QRegion result( FALSE );
+    UnionRegion( data->region, r.data->region, result.data->region );
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a region which is the intersection of this region and \a r.
+
+    \img rintersect.png Region Intersection
+
+    The figure shows the intersection of two elliptical regions.
+*/
+
+QRegion QRegion::intersect( const QRegion &r ) const
+{
+    QRegion result( FALSE );
+    IntersectRegion( data->region, r.data->region, result.data->region );
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a region which is \a r subtracted from this region.
+
+    \img rsubtract.png Region Subtraction
+
+    The figure shows the result when the ellipse on the right is
+    subtracted from the ellipse on the left. (\c left-right )
+*/
+
+QRegion QRegion::subtract( const QRegion &r ) const
+{
+    QRegion result( FALSE );
+    SubtractRegion( data->region, r.data->region, result.data->region );
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a region which is the exclusive or (XOR) of this region
+    and \a r.
+
+    \img rxor.png Region XORed
+
+    The figure shows the exclusive or of two elliptical regions.
+*/
+
+QRegion QRegion::eor( const QRegion &r ) const
+{
+    QRegion result( FALSE );
+    XorRegion( data->region, r.data->region, result.data->region );
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of this region. An empty region
+    gives a rectangle that is QRect::isNull().
+*/
+
+QRect QRegion::boundingRect() const
+{
+    return data->region->extents;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns an array of non-overlapping rectangles that make up the
+    region.
+
+    The union of all the rectangles is equal to the original region.
+*/
+
+QMemArray<QRect> QRegion::rects() const
+{
+    QMemArray<QRect> rects;
+    rects.duplicate( data->region->rects, data->region->numRects );
+    return rects;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets the region to be the given set of rectangles.  The rectangles
+  \e must be optimal Y-X sorted bands as follows:
+   <ul>
+    <li> The rectangles must not intersect
+    <li> All rectangles with a given top coordinate must have the same height.
+    <li> No two rectangles may abut horizontally (they should be combined
+		into a single wider rectangle in that case).
+    <li> The rectangles must be sorted ascendingly by Y as the major sort key
+		and X as the minor sort key.
+   </ul>
+  \internal
+  Only some platforms have that restriction (QWS and X11).
+*/
+void QRegion::setRects( const QRect *rects, int num )
+{
+    *this = QRegion( FALSE );
+    if ( !rects || (num == 1 && rects->isEmpty()) )
+	num = 0;
+
+    data->region->rects.duplicate( rects, num );
+    data->region->numRects = num;
+    if ( num == 0 ) {
+	data->region->extents = QRect();
+    } else {
+	int left = INT_MAX, right = INT_MIN, top = INT_MAX, bottom = INT_MIN;
+	int i;
+	for ( i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {
+	    left = QMIN( rects[i].left(), left );
+	    right = QMAX( rects[i].right(), right );
+	    top = QMIN( rects[i].top(), top );
+	    bottom = QMAX( rects[i].bottom(), bottom );
+	}
+	data->region->extents = QRect( QPoint(left, top), QPoint(right, bottom) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the region is equal to \a r; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QRegion::operator==( const QRegion &r ) const
+{
+    return data == r.data ?
+	TRUE : EqualRegion( data->region, r.data->region );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QRegion::operator!=( const QRegion &r ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the region is different from \a r; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*
+  This is how X represents regions internally.
+*/
+
+struct BOX {
+    short x1, x2, y1, y2;
+};
+
+struct _XRegion {
+    long size;
+    long numRects;
+    BOX *rects;
+    BOX  extents;
+};
+
+
+void QRegion::updateX11Region() const
+{
+    data->rgn = XCreateRegion();
+
+    for( int i = 0; i < data->region->numRects; i++ ) {
+	XRectangle r;
+	const QRect &rect = data->region->rects[i];
+	r.x = QMAX( SHRT_MIN, rect.x() );
+	r.y = QMAX( SHRT_MIN, rect.y() );
+	r.width = QMIN( USHRT_MAX, rect.width() );
+	r.height = QMIN( USHRT_MAX, rect.height() );
+	XUnionRectWithRegion( &r, data->rgn, data->rgn );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void *QRegion::clipRectangles( int &num ) const
+{
+    if ( !data->xrectangles ) {
+	XRectangle *r = (XRectangle *) malloc( data->region->numRects * sizeof( XRectangle ) );
+	data->xrectangles = r;
+	for( int i = 0; i < data->region->numRects; i++ ) {
+	    const QRect &rect = data->region->rects[i];
+	    r->x = QMAX( SHRT_MIN, rect.x() );
+	    r->y = QMAX( SHRT_MIN, rect.y() );
+	    r->width = QMIN( USHRT_MAX, rect.width() );
+	    r->height = QMIN( USHRT_MAX, rect.height() );
+	    r++;
+	}
+    }
+    num = data->region->numRects;
+    return data->xrectangles;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp b/src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb43f3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,8258 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the internal Qt classes dealing with rich text
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qrichtext_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qtextstream.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "qstylesheet.h"
+#include "qmime.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qdrawutil.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qptrstack.h"
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static QTextCursor* richTextExportStart = 0;
+static QTextCursor* richTextExportEnd = 0;
+
+class QTextFormatCollection;
+
+const int border_tolerance = 2;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+#endif
+
+#define QChar_linesep QChar(0x2028U)
+
+static inline bool is_printer( QPainter *p )
+{
+    if ( !p || !p->device() )
+	return FALSE;
+    return p->device()->devType() == QInternal::Printer;
+}
+
+static inline int scale( int value, QPainter *painter )
+{
+    if ( is_printer( painter ) ) {
+	QPaintDeviceMetrics metrics( painter->device() );
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	value = value * metrics.logicalDpiY() /
+		QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( painter->device()->x11Screen() );
+#elif defined (Q_WS_WIN)
+	HDC hdc = GetDC( 0 );
+	int gdc = GetDeviceCaps( hdc, LOGPIXELSY );
+	if ( gdc )
+	    value = value * metrics.logicalDpiY() / gdc;
+	ReleaseDC( 0, hdc );
+#elif defined (Q_WS_MAC)
+	value = value * metrics.logicalDpiY() / 75; // ##### FIXME
+#elif defined (Q_WS_QWS)
+	value = value * metrics.logicalDpiY() / 75;
+#endif
+    }
+    return value;
+}
+
+
+inline bool isBreakable( QTextString *string, int pos )
+{
+    if (string->at(pos).nobreak)
+	return FALSE;
+    return (pos < string->length()-1 && string->at(pos+1).softBreak);
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+void QTextCommandHistory::addCommand( QTextCommand *cmd )
+{
+    if ( current < (int)history.count() - 1 ) {
+	QPtrList<QTextCommand> commands;
+	commands.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+
+	for( int i = 0; i <= current; ++i ) {
+	    commands.insert( i, history.at( 0 ) );
+	    history.take( 0 );
+	}
+
+	commands.append( cmd );
+	history.clear();
+	history = commands;
+	history.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    } else {
+	history.append( cmd );
+    }
+
+    if ( (int)history.count() > steps )
+	history.removeFirst();
+    else
+	++current;
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextCommandHistory::undo( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    if ( current > -1 ) {
+	QTextCursor *c2 = history.at( current )->unexecute( c );
+	--current;
+	return c2;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextCommandHistory::redo( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    if ( current > -1 ) {
+	if ( current < (int)history.count() - 1 ) {
+	    ++current;
+	    return history.at( current )->execute( c );
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( history.count() > 0 ) {
+	    ++current;
+	    return history.at( current )->execute( c );
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+bool QTextCommandHistory::isUndoAvailable()
+{
+    return current > -1;
+}
+
+bool QTextCommandHistory::isRedoAvailable()
+{
+   return current > -1 && current < (int)history.count() - 1 || current == -1 && history.count() > 0;
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextDeleteCommand::QTextDeleteCommand( QTextDocument *d, int i, int idx, const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &str,
+					const QByteArray& oldStyleInfo )
+    : QTextCommand( d ), id( i ), index( idx ), parag( 0 ), text( str ), styleInformation( oldStyleInfo )
+{
+    for ( int j = 0; j < (int)text.size(); ++j ) {
+	if ( text[ j ].format() )
+	    text[ j ].format()->addRef();
+    }
+}
+
+QTextDeleteCommand::QTextDeleteCommand( QTextParagraph *p, int idx, const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &str )
+    : QTextCommand( 0 ), id( -1 ), index( idx ), parag( p ), text( str )
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)text.size(); ++i ) {
+	if ( text[ i ].format() )
+	    text[ i ].format()->addRef();
+    }
+}
+
+QTextDeleteCommand::~QTextDeleteCommand()
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)text.size(); ++i ) {
+	if ( text[ i ].format() )
+	    text[ i ].format()->removeRef();
+    }
+    text.resize( 0 );
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextDeleteCommand::execute( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    QTextParagraph *s = doc ? doc->paragAt( id ) : parag;
+    if ( !s ) {
+	qWarning( "can't locate parag at %d, last parag: %d", id, doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() );
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    cursor.setParagraph( s );
+    cursor.setIndex( index );
+    int len = text.size();
+    if ( c )
+	*c = cursor;
+    if ( doc ) {
+	doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, cursor );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i )
+	    cursor.gotoNextLetter();
+	doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, cursor );
+	doc->removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp, &cursor );
+	if ( c )
+	    *c = cursor;
+    } else {
+	s->remove( index, len );
+    }
+
+    return c;
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextDeleteCommand::unexecute( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    QTextParagraph *s = doc ? doc->paragAt( id ) : parag;
+    if ( !s ) {
+	qWarning( "can't locate parag at %d, last parag: %d", id, doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() );
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    cursor.setParagraph( s );
+    cursor.setIndex( index );
+    QString str = QTextString::toString( text );
+    cursor.insert( str, TRUE, &text );
+    if ( c )
+	*c = cursor;
+    cursor.setParagraph( s );
+    cursor.setIndex( index );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    if ( !styleInformation.isEmpty() ) {
+	QDataStream styleStream( styleInformation, IO_ReadOnly );
+	int num;
+	styleStream >> num;
+	QTextParagraph *p = s;
+	while ( num-- && p ) {
+	    p->readStyleInformation( styleStream );
+	    p = p->next();
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    s = cursor.paragraph();
+    while ( s ) {
+	s->format();
+	s->setChanged( TRUE );
+	if ( s == c->paragraph() )
+	    break;
+	s = s->next();
+    }
+
+    return &cursor;
+}
+
+QTextFormatCommand::QTextFormatCommand( QTextDocument *d, int sid, int sidx, int eid, int eidx,
+					const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &old, QTextFormat *f, int fl )
+    : QTextCommand( d ), startId( sid ), startIndex( sidx ), endId( eid ), endIndex( eidx ), format( f ), oldFormats( old ), flags( fl )
+{
+    format = d->formatCollection()->format( f );
+    for ( int j = 0; j < (int)oldFormats.size(); ++j ) {
+	if ( oldFormats[ j ].format() )
+	    oldFormats[ j ].format()->addRef();
+    }
+}
+
+QTextFormatCommand::~QTextFormatCommand()
+{
+    format->removeRef();
+    for ( int j = 0; j < (int)oldFormats.size(); ++j ) {
+	if ( oldFormats[ j ].format() )
+	    oldFormats[ j ].format()->removeRef();
+    }
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextFormatCommand::execute( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    QTextParagraph *sp = doc->paragAt( startId );
+    QTextParagraph *ep = doc->paragAt( endId );
+    if ( !sp || !ep )
+	return c;
+
+    QTextCursor start( doc );
+    start.setParagraph( sp );
+    start.setIndex( startIndex );
+    QTextCursor end( doc );
+    end.setParagraph( ep );
+    end.setIndex( endIndex );
+
+    doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, start );
+    doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, end );
+    doc->setFormat( QTextDocument::Temp, format, flags );
+    doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Temp );
+    if ( endIndex == ep->length() )
+	end.gotoLeft();
+    *c = end;
+    return c;
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextFormatCommand::unexecute( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    QTextParagraph *sp = doc->paragAt( startId );
+    QTextParagraph *ep = doc->paragAt( endId );
+    if ( !sp || !ep )
+	return 0;
+
+    int idx = startIndex;
+    int fIndex = 0;
+    while ( fIndex < int(oldFormats.size()) ) {
+	if ( oldFormats.at( fIndex ).c == '\n' ) {
+	    if ( idx > 0 ) {
+		if ( idx < sp->length() && fIndex > 0 )
+		    sp->setFormat( idx, 1, oldFormats.at( fIndex - 1 ).format() );
+		if ( sp == ep )
+		    break;
+		sp = sp->next();
+		idx = 0;
+	    }
+	    fIndex++;
+	}
+	if ( oldFormats.at( fIndex ).format() )
+	    sp->setFormat( idx, 1, oldFormats.at( fIndex ).format() );
+	idx++;
+	fIndex++;
+        if ( fIndex >= (int)oldFormats.size() )
+            break;
+	if ( idx >= sp->length() ) {
+	    if ( sp == ep )
+		break;
+	    sp = sp->next();
+	    idx = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    QTextCursor end( doc );
+    end.setParagraph( ep );
+    end.setIndex( endIndex );
+    if ( endIndex == ep->length() )
+	end.gotoLeft();
+    *c = end;
+    return c;
+}
+
+QTextStyleCommand::QTextStyleCommand( QTextDocument *d, int fParag, int lParag, const QByteArray& beforeChange )
+    : QTextCommand( d ), firstParag( fParag ), lastParag( lParag ), before( beforeChange )
+{
+    after = readStyleInformation(  d, fParag, lParag );
+}
+
+
+QByteArray QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(  QTextDocument* doc, int fParag, int lParag )
+{
+    QByteArray style;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( fParag );
+    if ( !p )
+	return style;
+    QDataStream styleStream( style, IO_WriteOnly );
+    int num = lParag - fParag + 1;
+    styleStream << num;
+    while ( num -- && p ) {
+	p->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+#endif
+    return style;
+}
+
+void QTextStyleCommand::writeStyleInformation(  QTextDocument* doc, int fParag, const QByteArray& style )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( fParag );
+    if ( !p )
+	return;
+    QDataStream styleStream( style, IO_ReadOnly );
+    int num;
+    styleStream >> num;
+    while ( num-- && p ) {
+	p->readStyleInformation( styleStream );
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextStyleCommand::execute( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    writeStyleInformation( doc, firstParag, after );
+    return c;
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextStyleCommand::unexecute( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    writeStyleInformation( doc, firstParag, before );
+    return c;
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextCursor::QTextCursor( QTextDocument *d )
+    : idx( 0 ), tmpX( -1 ), ox( 0 ), oy( 0 ),
+      valid( TRUE )
+{
+    para = d ? d->firstParagraph() : 0;
+}
+
+QTextCursor::QTextCursor( const QTextCursor &c )
+{
+    ox = c.ox;
+    oy = c.oy;
+    idx = c.idx;
+    para = c.para;
+    tmpX = c.tmpX;
+    indices = c.indices;
+    paras = c.paras;
+    xOffsets = c.xOffsets;
+    yOffsets = c.yOffsets;
+    valid = c.valid;
+}
+
+QTextCursor &QTextCursor::operator=( const QTextCursor &c )
+{
+    ox = c.ox;
+    oy = c.oy;
+    idx = c.idx;
+    para = c.para;
+    tmpX = c.tmpX;
+    indices = c.indices;
+    paras = c.paras;
+    xOffsets = c.xOffsets;
+    yOffsets = c.yOffsets;
+    valid = c.valid;
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+bool QTextCursor::operator==( const QTextCursor &c ) const
+{
+    return para == c.para && idx == c.idx;
+}
+
+int QTextCursor::totalOffsetX() const
+{
+    int xoff = ox;
+    for ( QValueStack<int>::ConstIterator xit = xOffsets.begin(); xit != xOffsets.end(); ++xit )
+	xoff += *xit;
+    return xoff;
+}
+
+int QTextCursor::totalOffsetY() const
+{
+    int yoff = oy;
+    for ( QValueStack<int>::ConstIterator yit = yOffsets.begin(); yit != yOffsets.end(); ++yit )
+	yoff += *yit;
+    return yoff;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+void QTextCursor::gotoIntoNested( const QPoint &globalPos )
+{
+    if ( !para )
+	return;
+    Q_ASSERT( para->at( idx )->isCustom() );
+    push();
+    ox = 0;
+    int bl, y;
+    para->lineHeightOfChar( idx, &bl, &y );
+    oy = y + para->rect().y();
+    ox = para->at( idx )->x;
+    QTextDocument* doc = document();
+    para->at( idx )->customItem()->enterAt( this, doc, para, idx, ox, oy, globalPos-QPoint(ox,oy) );
+}
+#endif
+
+void QTextCursor::invalidateNested()
+{
+    if ( nestedDepth() ) {
+	QValueStack<QTextParagraph*>::Iterator it = paras.begin();
+	QValueStack<int>::Iterator it2 = indices.begin();
+	for ( ; it != paras.end(); ++it, ++it2 ) {
+	    if ( *it == para )
+		continue;
+	    (*it)->invalidate( 0 );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	    if ( (*it)->at( *it2 )->isCustom() )
+		(*it)->at( *it2 )->customItem()->invalidate();
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::insert( const QString &str, bool checkNewLine, QMemArray<QTextStringChar> *formatting )
+{
+    tmpX = -1;
+    bool justInsert = TRUE;
+    QString s( str );
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( checkNewLine ) {
+	int i = 0;
+	while ( ( i = s.find( '\r', i ) ) != -1 )
+	    s.remove( i ,1 );
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( checkNewLine )
+	justInsert = s.find( '\n' ) == -1;
+    if ( justInsert ) { // we ignore new lines and insert all in the current para at the current index
+	para->insert( idx, s.unicode(), s.length() );
+	if ( formatting ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)s.length(); ++i ) {
+		if ( formatting->at( i ).format() ) {
+		    formatting->at( i ).format()->addRef();
+		    para->string()->setFormat( idx + i, formatting->at( i ).format(), TRUE );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	idx += s.length();
+    } else { // we split at new lines
+	int start = -1;
+	int end;
+	int y = para->rect().y() + para->rect().height();
+	int lastIndex = 0;
+	do {
+	    end = s.find( '\n', start + 1 ); // find line break
+	    if ( end == -1 ) // didn't find one, so end of line is end of string
+		end = s.length();
+	    int len = (start == -1 ? end : end - start - 1);
+	    if ( len > 0 ) // insert the line
+		para->insert( idx, s.unicode() + start + 1, len );
+	    else
+		para->invalidate( 0 );
+	    if ( formatting ) { // set formats to the chars of the line
+		for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+		    if ( formatting->at( i + lastIndex ).format() ) {
+			formatting->at( i + lastIndex ).format()->addRef();
+			para->string()->setFormat( i + idx, formatting->at( i + lastIndex ).format(), TRUE );
+		    }
+		}
+		lastIndex += len;
+	    }
+	    start = end; // next start is at the end of this line
+	    idx += len; // increase the index of the cursor to the end of the inserted text
+	    if ( s[end] == '\n' ) { // if at the end was a line break, break the line
+		splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph( FALSE, TRUE );
+		para->setEndState( -1 );
+		para->prev()->format( -1, FALSE );
+		lastIndex++;
+	    }
+
+	} while ( end < (int)s.length() );
+
+	para->format( -1, FALSE );
+	int dy = para->rect().y() + para->rect().height() - y;
+	QTextParagraph *p = para;
+	p->setParagId( p->prev() ? p->prev()->paragId() + 1 : 0 );
+	p = p->next();
+	while ( p ) {
+	    p->setParagId( p->prev()->paragId() + 1 );
+	    p->move( dy );
+	    p->invalidate( 0 );
+	    p->setEndState( -1 );
+	    p = p->next();
+	}
+    }
+
+    int h = para->rect().height();
+    para->format( -1, TRUE );
+    if ( h != para->rect().height() )
+	invalidateNested();
+    else if ( para->document() && para->document()->parent() )
+	para->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
+
+    fixCursorPosition();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoLeft()
+{
+    if ( para->string()->isRightToLeft() )
+	gotoNextLetter();
+    else
+	gotoPreviousLetter();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoPreviousLetter()
+{
+    tmpX = -1;
+
+    if ( idx > 0 ) {
+	idx = para->string()->previousCursorPosition( idx );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	const QTextStringChar *tsc = para->at( idx );
+	if ( tsc && tsc->isCustom() && tsc->customItem()->isNested() )
+	    processNesting( EnterEnd );
+#endif
+    } else if ( para->prev() ) {
+	para = para->prev();
+	while ( !para->isVisible() && para->prev() )
+	    para = para->prev();
+	idx = para->length() - 1;
+    } else if ( nestedDepth() ) {
+	pop();
+	processNesting( Prev );
+	if ( idx == -1 ) {
+	    pop();
+	    if ( idx > 0 ) {
+		idx = para->string()->previousCursorPosition( idx );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+                const QTextStringChar *tsc = para->at( idx );
+                if ( tsc && tsc->isCustom() && tsc->customItem()->isNested() )
+                    processNesting( EnterEnd );
+#endif
+	    } else if ( para->prev() ) {
+		para = para->prev();
+		idx = para->length() - 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::push()
+{
+    indices.push( idx );
+    paras.push( para );
+    xOffsets.push( ox );
+    yOffsets.push( oy );
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::pop()
+{
+    if ( indices.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+    idx = indices.pop();
+    para = paras.pop();
+    ox = xOffsets.pop();
+    oy = yOffsets.pop();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::restoreState()
+{
+    while ( !indices.isEmpty() )
+	pop();
+}
+
+bool QTextCursor::place( const QPoint &p, QTextParagraph *s, bool link, bool loosePlacing, bool matchBetweenCharacters )
+{
+    QPoint pos( p );
+    QRect r;
+    QTextParagraph *str = s;
+    if ( pos.y() < s->rect().y() ) {
+	pos.setY( s->rect().y() );
+#ifdef Q_WS_MACX
+	pos.setX( s->rect().x() );
+#endif
+    }
+    while ( s ) {
+	r = s->rect();
+	r.setWidth( document() ? document()->width() : QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+	if ( s->isVisible() )
+	    str = s;
+	if ( pos.y() >= r.y() && pos.y() <= r.y() + r.height() )
+	    break;
+	if ( loosePlacing == TRUE && !s->next() ) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MACX
+	    pos.setX( s->rect().x() + s->rect().width() );
+#endif
+	    break;
+	}
+	s = s->next();
+    }
+
+    if ( !s || !str )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    s = str;
+
+    setParagraph( s );
+    int y = s->rect().y();
+    int lines = s->lines();
+    QTextStringChar *chr = 0;
+    int index = 0;
+    int i = 0;
+    int cy = 0;
+    int ch = 0;
+    for ( ; i < lines; ++i ) {
+	chr = s->lineStartOfLine( i, &index );
+	cy = s->lineY( i );
+	ch = s->lineHeight( i );
+	if ( !chr )
+	    return FALSE;
+	if ( pos.y() <= y + cy + ch )
+	    break;
+    }
+    int nextLine;
+    if ( i < lines - 1 )
+	s->lineStartOfLine( i+1, &nextLine );
+    else
+	nextLine = s->length();
+    i = index;
+    int x = s->rect().x();
+    if ( pos.x() < x )
+	pos.setX( x + 1 );
+    int cw;
+    int curpos = -1;
+    int dist = 10000000;
+    bool inCustom = FALSE;
+    while ( i < nextLine ) {
+	chr = s->at(i);
+	int cpos = x + chr->x;
+	cw = s->string()->width( i );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	if ( chr->isCustom() && chr->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+	    if ( pos.x() >= cpos && pos.x() <= cpos + cw &&
+		 pos.y() >= y + cy && pos.y() <= y + cy + chr->height() ) {
+		inCustom = TRUE;
+		curpos = i;
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+	    if( chr->rightToLeft )
+		cpos += cw;
+	    int d = cpos - pos.x();
+	    bool dm = d < 0 ? !chr->rightToLeft : chr->rightToLeft;
+	    if ( ( matchBetweenCharacters == TRUE && (QABS( d ) < dist || (dist == d && dm == TRUE )) && para->string()->validCursorPosition( i ) ) ||
+		 ( matchBetweenCharacters == FALSE && ( d == 0 || dm == TRUE ) ) ) {
+		dist = QABS( d );
+		if ( !link || ( pos.x() >= x + chr->x && ( loosePlacing == TRUE || pos.x() < cpos ) ) )
+		    curpos = i;
+	    }
+	}
+	i++;
+    }
+    if ( curpos == -1 ) {
+	if ( loosePlacing == TRUE )
+	    curpos = s->length()-1;
+	else
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    setIndex( curpos );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    if ( inCustom && para->document() && para->at( curpos )->isCustom() && para->at( curpos )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+	QTextDocument *oldDoc = para->document();
+	gotoIntoNested( pos );
+	if ( oldDoc == para->document() )
+	    return TRUE;
+	QPoint p( pos.x() - offsetX(), pos.y() - offsetY() );
+	if ( !place( p, document()->firstParagraph(), link ) )
+	    pop();
+    }
+#endif
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QTextCursor::processNesting( Operation op )
+{
+    if ( !para->document() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QTextDocument* doc = para->document();
+    push();
+    ox = para->at( idx )->x;
+    int bl, y;
+    para->lineHeightOfChar( idx, &bl, &y );
+    oy = y + para->rect().y();
+    bool ok = FALSE;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    switch ( op ) {
+    case EnterBegin:
+	ok = para->at( idx )->customItem()->enter( this, doc, para, idx, ox, oy );
+	break;
+    case EnterEnd:
+	ok = para->at( idx )->customItem()->enter( this, doc, para, idx, ox, oy, TRUE );
+	break;
+    case Next:
+	ok = para->at( idx )->customItem()->next( this, doc, para, idx, ox, oy );
+	break;
+    case Prev:
+	ok = para->at( idx )->customItem()->prev( this, doc, para, idx, ox, oy );
+	break;
+    case Down:
+	ok = para->at( idx )->customItem()->down( this, doc, para, idx, ox, oy );
+	break;
+    case Up:
+	ok = para->at( idx )->customItem()->up( this, doc, para, idx, ox, oy );
+	break;
+    }
+    if ( !ok )
+#endif
+	pop();
+    return ok;
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoRight()
+{
+    if ( para->string()->isRightToLeft() )
+	gotoPreviousLetter();
+    else
+	gotoNextLetter();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoNextLetter()
+{
+   tmpX = -1;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    const QTextStringChar *tsc = para->at( idx );
+    if ( tsc && tsc->isCustom() && tsc->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+	if ( processNesting( EnterBegin ) )
+	    return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( idx < para->length() - 1 ) {
+	idx = para->string()->nextCursorPosition( idx );
+    } else if ( para->next() ) {
+	para = para->next();
+	while ( !para->isVisible() && para->next() )
+	    para = para->next();
+	idx = 0;
+    } else if ( nestedDepth() ) {
+	pop();
+	processNesting( Next );
+	if ( idx == -1 ) {
+	    pop();
+	    if ( idx < para->length() - 1 ) {
+		idx = para->string()->nextCursorPosition( idx );
+	    } else if ( para->next() ) {
+		para = para->next();
+		idx = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoUp()
+{
+    int indexOfLineStart;
+    int line;
+    QTextStringChar *c = para->lineStartOfChar( idx, &indexOfLineStart, &line );
+    if ( !c )
+	return;
+
+    if (tmpX < 0)
+	tmpX = x();
+
+    if ( indexOfLineStart == 0 ) {
+	if ( !para->prev() ) {
+	    if ( !nestedDepth() )
+		return;
+	    pop();
+	    processNesting( Up );
+	    if ( idx == -1 ) {
+		pop();
+		if ( !para->prev() )
+		    return;
+		idx = tmpX = 0;
+	    } else {
+		tmpX = -1;
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+	QTextParagraph *p = para->prev();
+	while ( p && !p->isVisible() )
+	    p = p->prev();
+	if ( p )
+	    para = p;
+	int lastLine = para->lines() - 1;
+	if ( !para->lineStartOfLine( lastLine, &indexOfLineStart ) )
+	    return;
+	idx = indexOfLineStart;
+	while (idx < para->length()-1 && para->at(idx)->x < tmpX)
+	    ++idx;
+	if (idx > indexOfLineStart &&
+	    para->at(idx)->x - tmpX > tmpX - para->at(idx-1)->x)
+	    --idx;
+    } else {
+	--line;
+	int oldIndexOfLineStart = indexOfLineStart;
+	if ( !para->lineStartOfLine( line, &indexOfLineStart ) )
+	    return;
+	idx = indexOfLineStart;
+	while (idx < oldIndexOfLineStart-1 && para->at(idx)->x < tmpX)
+	    ++idx;
+	if (idx > indexOfLineStart &&
+	    para->at(idx)->x - tmpX > tmpX - para->at(idx-1)->x)
+	    --idx;
+    }
+    fixCursorPosition();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoDown()
+{
+    int indexOfLineStart;
+    int line;
+    QTextStringChar *c = para->lineStartOfChar( idx, &indexOfLineStart, &line );
+    if ( !c )
+	return;
+
+    if (tmpX < 0)
+	tmpX = x();
+    if ( line == para->lines() - 1 ) {
+	if ( !para->next() ) {
+	    if ( !nestedDepth() )
+		return;
+	    pop();
+	    processNesting( Down );
+	    if ( idx == -1 ) {
+		pop();
+		if ( !para->next() )
+		    return;
+		idx = tmpX = 0;
+	    } else {
+		tmpX = -1;
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+	QTextParagraph *s = para->next();
+	while ( s && !s->isVisible() )
+	    s = s->next();
+	if ( s )
+	    para = s;
+	if ( !para->lineStartOfLine( 0, &indexOfLineStart ) )
+	    return;
+	int end;
+	if ( para->lines() == 1 )
+	    end = para->length();
+	else
+	    para->lineStartOfLine( 1, &end );
+
+	idx = indexOfLineStart;
+	while (idx < end-1 && para->at(idx)->x < tmpX)
+	    ++idx;
+	if (idx > indexOfLineStart &&
+	    para->at(idx)->x - tmpX > tmpX - para->at(idx-1)->x)
+	    --idx;
+    } else {
+	++line;
+	int end;
+	if ( line == para->lines() - 1 )
+	    end = para->length();
+	else
+	    para->lineStartOfLine( line + 1, &end );
+	if ( !para->lineStartOfLine( line, &indexOfLineStart ) )
+	    return;
+	idx = indexOfLineStart;
+	while (idx < end-1 && para->at(idx)->x < tmpX)
+	    ++idx;
+	if (idx > indexOfLineStart &&
+	    para->at(idx)->x - tmpX > tmpX - para->at(idx-1)->x)
+	    --idx;
+    }
+    fixCursorPosition();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoLineEnd()
+{
+    tmpX = -1;
+    int indexOfLineStart;
+    int line;
+    QTextStringChar *c = para->lineStartOfChar( idx, &indexOfLineStart, &line );
+    if ( !c )
+	return;
+
+    if ( line == para->lines() - 1 ) {
+	idx = para->length() - 1;
+    } else {
+	c = para->lineStartOfLine( ++line, &indexOfLineStart );
+	indexOfLineStart--;
+	idx = indexOfLineStart;
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoLineStart()
+{
+    tmpX = -1;
+    int indexOfLineStart;
+    int line;
+    QTextStringChar *c = para->lineStartOfChar( idx, &indexOfLineStart, &line );
+    if ( !c )
+	return;
+
+    idx = indexOfLineStart;
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoHome()
+{
+    if ( topParagraph()->document() )
+	gotoPosition( topParagraph()->document()->firstParagraph() );
+    else
+	gotoLineStart();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoEnd()
+{
+    if ( topParagraph()->document() && topParagraph()->document()->lastParagraph()->isValid() )
+	gotoPosition( topParagraph()->document()->lastParagraph(),
+		      topParagraph()->document()->lastParagraph()->length() - 1);
+    else
+	gotoLineEnd();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoPageUp( int visibleHeight )
+{
+    int targetY  = globalY() - visibleHeight;
+    QTextParagraph* old; int index;
+    do {
+	old = para; index = idx;
+	gotoUp();
+    } while ( (old != para || index != idx)  && globalY() > targetY );
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoPageDown( int visibleHeight )
+{
+    int targetY  = globalY() + visibleHeight;
+    QTextParagraph* old; int index;
+    do {
+	old = para; index = idx;
+	gotoDown();
+    } while ( (old != para || index != idx) && globalY() < targetY );
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoWordRight()
+{
+    if ( para->string()->isRightToLeft() )
+	gotoPreviousWord();
+    else
+	gotoNextWord();
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoWordLeft()
+{
+    if ( para->string()->isRightToLeft() )
+	gotoNextWord();
+    else
+	gotoPreviousWord();
+}
+
+static bool is_seperator( const QChar &c, bool onlySpace )
+{
+    if ( onlySpace )
+	return c.isSpace();
+    return c.isSpace() ||
+	c == '\t' ||
+	c == '.' ||
+	c == ',' ||
+	c == ':' ||
+	c == ';' ||
+	c == '-' ||
+	c == '<' ||
+	c == '>' ||
+	c == '[' ||
+	c == ']' ||
+	c == '(' ||
+	c == ')' ||
+	c == '{' ||
+	c == '}';
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoPreviousWord( bool onlySpace )
+{
+    gotoPreviousLetter();
+    tmpX = -1;
+    QTextString *s = para->string();
+    bool allowSame = FALSE;
+    if ( idx == ((int)s->length()-1) )
+	return;
+    for ( int i = idx; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	if ( is_seperator( s->at( i ).c, onlySpace ) ) {
+	    if ( !allowSame )
+		continue;
+	    idx = i + 1;
+	    return;
+	}
+	if ( !allowSame && !is_seperator( s->at( i ).c, onlySpace ) )
+	    allowSame = TRUE;
+    }
+    idx = 0;
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoNextWord( bool onlySpace )
+{
+    tmpX = -1;
+    QTextString *s = para->string();
+    bool allowSame = FALSE;
+    for ( int i = idx; i < (int)s->length(); ++i ) {
+	if ( !is_seperator( s->at( i ).c, onlySpace ) ) {
+	    if ( !allowSame )
+		continue;
+	    idx = i;
+	    return;
+	}
+	if ( !allowSame && is_seperator( s->at( i ).c, onlySpace ) )
+	    allowSame = TRUE;
+
+    }
+
+    if ( idx < ((int)s->length()-1) ) {
+	gotoLineEnd();
+    } else if ( para->next() ) {
+	QTextParagraph *p = para->next();
+	while ( p  && !p->isVisible() )
+	    p = p->next();
+	if ( s ) {
+	    para = p;
+	    idx = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	gotoLineEnd();
+    }
+}
+
+bool QTextCursor::atParagStart()
+{
+    return idx == 0;
+}
+
+bool QTextCursor::atParagEnd()
+{
+    return idx == para->length() - 1;
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph( bool ind, bool updateIds )
+{
+    if ( !para->document() )
+	return;
+    tmpX = -1;
+    QTextFormat *f = 0;
+    if ( para->document()->useFormatCollection() ) {
+	f = para->at( idx )->format();
+	if ( idx == para->length() - 1 && idx > 0 )
+	    f = para->at( idx - 1 )->format();
+	if ( f->isMisspelled() ) {
+	    f->removeRef();
+	    f = para->document()->formatCollection()->format( f->font(), f->color() );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( atParagEnd() ) {
+	QTextParagraph *n = para->next();
+	QTextParagraph *s = para->document()->createParagraph( para->document(), para, n, updateIds );
+	if ( f )
+	    s->setFormat( 0, 1, f, TRUE );
+	s->copyParagData( para );
+	if ( ind ) {
+	    int oi, ni;
+	    s->indent( &oi, &ni );
+	    para = s;
+	    idx = ni;
+	} else {
+	    para = s;
+	    idx = 0;
+	}
+    } else if ( atParagStart() ) {
+	QTextParagraph *p = para->prev();
+	QTextParagraph *s = para->document()->createParagraph( para->document(), p, para, updateIds );
+	if ( f )
+	    s->setFormat( 0, 1, f, TRUE );
+	s->copyParagData( para );
+	if ( ind ) {
+	    s->indent();
+	    s->format();
+	    indent();
+	    para->format();
+	}
+    } else {
+	QString str = para->string()->toString().mid( idx, 0xFFFFFF );
+	QTextParagraph *n = para->next();
+	QTextParagraph *s = para->document()->createParagraph( para->document(), para, n, updateIds );
+	s->copyParagData( para );
+	s->remove( 0, 1 );
+	s->append( str, TRUE );
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < str.length(); ++i ) {
+	    QTextStringChar* tsc = para->at( idx + i );
+	    s->setFormat( i, 1, tsc->format(), TRUE );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	    if ( tsc->isCustom() ) {
+		QTextCustomItem * item = tsc->customItem();
+		s->at( i )->setCustomItem( item );
+		tsc->loseCustomItem();
+	    }
+#endif
+	    if ( tsc->isAnchor() )
+		s->at( i )->setAnchor( tsc->anchorName(),
+				       tsc->anchorHref() );
+	}
+	para->truncate( idx );
+	if ( ind ) {
+	    int oi, ni;
+	    s->indent( &oi, &ni );
+	    para = s;
+	    idx = ni;
+	} else {
+	    para = s;
+	    idx = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    invalidateNested();
+}
+
+bool QTextCursor::remove()
+{
+    tmpX = -1;
+    if ( !atParagEnd() ) {
+	int next = para->string()->nextCursorPosition( idx );
+	para->remove( idx, next-idx );
+	int h = para->rect().height();
+	para->format( -1, TRUE );
+	if ( h != para->rect().height() )
+	    invalidateNested();
+	else if ( para->document() && para->document()->parent() )
+	    para->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
+	return FALSE;
+    } else if ( para->next() ) {
+	para->join( para->next() );
+	invalidateNested();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* needed to implement backspace the correct way */
+bool QTextCursor::removePreviousChar()
+{
+    tmpX = -1;
+    if ( !atParagStart() ) {
+	para->remove( idx-1, 1 );
+	int h = para->rect().height();
+	idx--;
+	// shouldn't be needed, just to make sure.
+	fixCursorPosition();
+	para->format( -1, TRUE );
+	if ( h != para->rect().height() )
+	    invalidateNested();
+	else if ( para->document() && para->document()->parent() )
+	    para->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
+	return FALSE;
+    } else if ( para->prev() ) {
+	para = para->prev();
+	para->join( para->next() );
+	invalidateNested();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::indent()
+{
+    int oi = 0, ni = 0;
+    para->indent( &oi, &ni );
+    if ( oi == ni )
+	return;
+
+    if ( idx >= oi )
+	idx += ni - oi;
+    else
+	idx = ni;
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::fixCursorPosition()
+{
+    // searches for the closest valid cursor position
+    if ( para->string()->validCursorPosition( idx ) )
+	return;
+
+    int lineIdx;
+    QTextStringChar *start = para->lineStartOfChar( idx, &lineIdx, 0 );
+    int x = para->string()->at( idx ).x;
+    int diff = QABS(start->x - x);
+    int best = lineIdx;
+
+    QTextStringChar *c = start;
+    ++c;
+
+    QTextStringChar *end = &para->string()->at( para->length()-1 );
+    while ( c <= end && !c->lineStart ) {
+	int xp = c->x;
+	if ( c->rightToLeft )
+	    xp += para->string()->width( lineIdx + (c-start) );
+	int ndiff = QABS(xp - x);
+	if ( ndiff < diff && para->string()->validCursorPosition(lineIdx + (c-start)) ) {
+	    diff = ndiff;
+	    best = lineIdx + (c-start);
+	}
+	++c;
+    }
+    idx = best;
+}
+
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextDocument::QTextDocument( QTextDocument *p )
+    : par( p ), parentPar( 0 )
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    , tc( 0 )
+#endif
+    , tArray( 0 ), tStopWidth( 0 )
+{
+    fCollection = par ? par->fCollection : new QTextFormatCollection;
+    init();
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::init()
+{
+    oTextValid = TRUE;
+    mightHaveCustomItems = FALSE;
+    if ( par )
+	par->insertChild( this );
+    pProcessor = 0;
+    useFC = TRUE;
+    pFormatter = 0;
+    indenter = 0;
+    fParag = 0;
+    txtFormat = Qt::AutoText;
+    preferRichText = FALSE;
+    pages = FALSE;
+    focusIndicator.parag = 0;
+    minw = 0;
+    wused = 0;
+    minwParag = curParag = 0;
+    align = AlignAuto;
+    nSelections = 1;
+
+    setStyleSheet( QStyleSheet::defaultSheet() );
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+    factory_ = QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory();
+#endif
+    contxt = QString::null;
+
+    underlLinks = par ? par->underlLinks : TRUE;
+    backBrush = 0;
+    buf_pixmap = 0;
+    nextDoubleBuffered = FALSE;
+
+    if ( par )
+	withoutDoubleBuffer = par->withoutDoubleBuffer;
+    else
+	withoutDoubleBuffer = FALSE;
+
+    lParag = fParag = createParagraph( this, 0, 0 );
+
+    cx = 0;
+    cy = 2;
+    if ( par )
+	cx = cy = 0;
+    cw = 600;
+    vw = 0;
+    flow_ = new QTextFlow;
+    flow_->setWidth( cw );
+
+    leftmargin = rightmargin = 4;
+    scaleFontsFactor = 1;
+
+
+    selectionColors[ Standard ] = QApplication::palette().color( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Highlight );
+    selectionText[ Standard ] = TRUE;
+    selectionText[ IMSelectionText ] = TRUE;
+    selectionText[ IMCompositionText ] = FALSE;
+    commandHistory = new QTextCommandHistory( 100 );
+    tStopWidth = formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->width( 'x' ) * 8;
+}
+
+QTextDocument::~QTextDocument()
+{
+    delete commandHistory;
+    if ( par )
+	par->removeChild( this );
+    clear();
+    delete flow_;
+    if ( !par ) {
+	delete pFormatter;
+        delete fCollection;
+    }
+    delete pProcessor;
+    delete buf_pixmap;
+    delete indenter;
+    delete backBrush;
+    delete [] tArray;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::clear( bool createEmptyParag )
+{
+    while ( fParag ) {
+	QTextParagraph *p = fParag->next();
+	delete fParag;
+	fParag = p;
+    }
+    if ( flow_ )
+	flow_->clear();
+    fParag = lParag = 0;
+    if ( createEmptyParag )
+	fParag = lParag = createParagraph( this );
+    focusIndicator.parag = 0;
+    selections.clear();
+    oText = QString::null;
+    oTextValid = FALSE;
+}
+
+int QTextDocument::widthUsed() const
+{
+    return wused + 2*border_tolerance;
+}
+
+int QTextDocument::height() const
+{
+    int h = 0;
+    if ( lParag )
+	h = lParag->rect().top() + lParag->rect().height() + 1;
+    int fh = flow_->boundingRect().bottom();
+    return QMAX( h, fh );
+}
+
+
+
+QTextParagraph *QTextDocument::createParagraph( QTextDocument *d, QTextParagraph *pr, QTextParagraph *nx, bool updateIds )
+{
+    return new QTextParagraph( d, pr, nx, updateIds );
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::setMinimumWidth( int needed, int used, QTextParagraph *p )
+{
+    if ( needed == -1 ) {
+	minw = 0;
+	wused = 0;
+	p = 0;
+    }
+    if ( p == minwParag ) {
+	if (minw > needed) {
+	    QTextParagraph *tp = fParag;
+	    while (tp) {
+		if (tp != p && tp->minwidth > needed) {
+		    needed = tp->minwidth;
+		    minwParag = tp;
+		}
+		tp = tp->n;
+	    }
+	}
+	minw = needed;
+	emit minimumWidthChanged( minw );
+    } else if ( needed > minw ) {
+	minw = needed;
+	minwParag = p;
+	emit minimumWidthChanged( minw );
+    }
+    wused = QMAX( wused, used );
+    wused = QMAX( wused, minw );
+    cw = QMAX( minw, cw );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setPlainText( const QString &text )
+{
+    preferRichText = FALSE;
+    clear();
+    oTextValid = TRUE;
+    oText = text;
+
+    int lastNl = 0;
+    int nl = text.find( '\n' );
+    if ( nl == -1 ) {
+	lParag = createParagraph( this, lParag, 0 );
+	if ( !fParag )
+	    fParag = lParag;
+	QString s = text;
+	if ( !s.isEmpty() ) {
+	    if ( s[ (int)s.length() - 1 ] == '\r' )
+		s.remove( s.length() - 1, 1 );
+	    lParag->append( s );
+	}
+    } else {
+	for (;;) {
+	    lParag = createParagraph( this, lParag, 0 );
+	    if ( !fParag )
+		fParag = lParag;
+	    int l = nl - lastNl;
+	    if ( l > 0 ) {
+		if (text.unicode()[nl-1] == '\r')
+		    l--;
+		QConstString cs(text.unicode()+lastNl, l);
+		lParag->append( cs.string() );
+	    }
+	    if ( nl == (int)text.length() )
+		break;
+	    lastNl = nl + 1;
+	    nl = text.find( '\n', nl + 1 );
+	    if ( nl == -1 )
+		nl = text.length();
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !lParag )
+	lParag = fParag = createParagraph( this, 0, 0 );
+}
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QTextDocumentTag {
+    QTextDocumentTag(){}
+    QTextDocumentTag( const QString&n, const QStyleSheetItem* s, const QTextFormat& f )
+	:name(n),style(s), format(f), alignment(Qt::AlignAuto), direction(QChar::DirON),liststyle(QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc) {
+	    wsm = QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal;
+    }
+    QString name;
+    const QStyleSheetItem* style;
+    QString anchorHref;
+    QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode wsm;
+    QTextFormat format;
+    int alignment : 16;
+    int direction : 5;
+    QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle liststyle;
+
+    QTextDocumentTag(  const QTextDocumentTag& t ) {
+	name = t.name;
+	style = t.style;
+	anchorHref = t.anchorHref;
+	wsm = t.wsm;
+	format = t.format;
+	alignment = t.alignment;
+	direction = t.direction;
+	liststyle = t.liststyle;
+    }
+    QTextDocumentTag& operator=(const QTextDocumentTag& t) {
+	name = t.name;
+	style = t.style;
+	anchorHref = t.anchorHref;
+	wsm = t.wsm;
+	format = t.format;
+	alignment = t.alignment;
+	direction = t.direction;
+	liststyle = t.liststyle;
+	return *this;
+    }
+
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(QTextDocumentTag)
+};
+
+
+#define NEWPAR       do{ if ( !hasNewPar) { \
+		    if ( !textEditMode && curpar && curpar->length()>1 && curpar->at( curpar->length()-2)->c == QChar_linesep ) \
+			curpar->remove( curpar->length()-2, 1 ); \
+		    curpar = createParagraph( this, curpar, curpar->next() ); styles.append( vec ); vec = 0;} \
+		    hasNewPar = TRUE; \
+		    curpar->rtext = TRUE;  \
+		    curpar->align = curtag.alignment; \
+		    curpar->lstyle = curtag.liststyle; \
+		    curpar->litem = ( curtag.style->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ); \
+		    curpar->str->setDirection( (QChar::Direction)curtag.direction ); \
+		    space = TRUE; \
+		    tabExpansionColumn = 0; \
+		    delete vec; vec = new QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem>( (uint)tags.count() + 1); \
+		    int i = 0; \
+		    for ( QValueStack<QTextDocumentTag>::Iterator it = tags.begin(); it != tags.end(); ++it ) \
+			vec->insert( i++, (*it).style ); \
+		    vec->insert( i, curtag.style ); \
+		    }while(FALSE);
+
+
+void QTextDocument::setRichText( const QString &text, const QString &context, const QTextFormat *initialFormat )
+{
+    preferRichText = TRUE;
+    if ( !context.isEmpty() )
+	setContext( context );
+    clear();
+    fParag = lParag = createParagraph( this );
+    oTextValid = TRUE;
+    oText = text;
+    setRichTextInternal( text, 0, initialFormat );
+    fParag->rtext = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setRichTextInternal( const QString &text, QTextCursor* cursor, const QTextFormat *initialFormat )
+{
+    QTextParagraph* curpar = lParag;
+    int pos = 0;
+    QValueStack<QTextDocumentTag> tags;
+    if ( !initialFormat )
+        initialFormat = formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
+    QTextDocumentTag initag( "", sheet_->item(""), *initialFormat );
+    if ( bodyText.isValid() )
+	initag.format.setColor( bodyText );
+    QTextDocumentTag curtag = initag;
+    bool space = TRUE;
+    bool canMergeLi = FALSE;
+
+    bool textEditMode = FALSE;
+    int tabExpansionColumn = 0;
+
+    const QChar* doc = text.unicode();
+    int length = text.length();
+    bool hasNewPar = curpar->length() <= 1;
+    QString anchorName;
+
+    // style sheet handling for margin and line spacing calculation below
+    QTextParagraph* stylesPar = curpar;
+    QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem>* vec = 0;
+    QPtrList< QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem> > styles;
+    styles.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+
+    if ( cursor ) {
+	cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
+	QTextCursor tmp = *cursor;
+	tmp.gotoPreviousLetter();
+	stylesPar = curpar = tmp.paragraph();
+	hasNewPar = TRUE;
+	textEditMode = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	NEWPAR;
+    }
+
+    // set rtext spacing to FALSE for the initial paragraph.
+    curpar->rtext = FALSE;
+
+    QString wellKnownTags = "br hr wsp table qt body meta title";
+
+    while ( pos < length ) {
+	if ( hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, '<' ) ){
+	    if ( !hasPrefix( doc, length, pos+1, QChar('/') ) ) {
+		// open tag
+		QMap<QString, QString> attr;
+		bool emptyTag = FALSE;
+		QString tagname = parseOpenTag(doc, length, pos, attr, emptyTag);
+		if ( tagname.isEmpty() )
+		    continue; // nothing we could do with this, probably parse error
+
+		const QStyleSheetItem* nstyle = sheet_->item(tagname);
+
+		if ( nstyle ) {
+		    // we might have to close some 'forgotten' tags
+		    while ( !nstyle->allowedInContext( curtag.style ) ) {
+			QString msg;
+			msg.sprintf( "QText Warning: Document not valid ( '%s' not allowed in '%s' #%d)",
+				     tagname.ascii(), curtag.style->name().ascii(), pos);
+			sheet_->error( msg );
+			if ( tags.isEmpty() )
+			    break;
+			curtag = tags.pop();
+		    }
+
+		    /* special handling for p and li for HTML
+		       compatibility. We do not want to embed blocks in
+		       p, and we do not want new blocks inside non-empty
+		       lis. Plus we want to merge empty lis sometimes. */
+		    if( nstyle->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
+			canMergeLi = TRUE;
+		    } else if ( nstyle->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock ) {
+			while ( curtag.style->name() == "p" ) {
+			    if ( tags.isEmpty() )
+				break;
+			    curtag = tags.pop();
+			}
+
+	   		if ( curtag.style->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
+			    // we are in a li and a new block comes along
+			    if ( nstyle->name() == "ul" || nstyle->name() == "ol" )
+				hasNewPar = FALSE; // we want an empty li (like most browsers)
+			    if ( !hasNewPar ) {
+				/* do not add new blocks inside
+				   non-empty lis */
+				while ( curtag.style->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
+				    if ( tags.isEmpty() )
+					break;
+				    curtag = tags.pop();
+				}
+			    } else if ( canMergeLi ) {
+				/* we have an empty li and a block
+				   comes along, merge them */
+				nstyle = curtag.style;
+			    }
+			    canMergeLi = FALSE;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		QTextCustomItem* custom =  0;
+#else
+		bool custom = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+		// some well-known tags, some have a nstyle, some not
+		if ( wellKnownTags.find( tagname ) != -1 ) {
+		    if ( tagname == "br" ) {
+			emptyTag = space = TRUE;
+			int index = QMAX( curpar->length(),1) - 1;
+			QTextFormat format = curtag.format.makeTextFormat( nstyle, attr, scaleFontsFactor );
+			curpar->append( QChar_linesep );
+			curpar->setFormat( index, 1, &format );
+                        hasNewPar = false;
+		    }  else if ( tagname == "hr" ) {
+			emptyTag = space = TRUE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+			custom = sheet_->tag( tagname, attr, contxt, *factory_ , emptyTag, this );
+#endif
+		    } else if ( tagname == "table" ) {
+			emptyTag = space = TRUE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+			QTextFormat format = curtag.format.makeTextFormat(  nstyle, attr, scaleFontsFactor );
+			curpar->setAlignment( curtag.alignment );
+			custom = parseTable( attr, format, doc, length, pos, curpar );
+#endif
+		    } else if ( tagname == "qt" || tagname == "body" ) {
+			if ( attr.contains( "bgcolor" ) ) {
+			    QBrush *b = new QBrush( QColor( attr["bgcolor"] ) );
+			    setPaper( b );
+			}
+			if ( attr.contains( "background" ) ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+			    QImage img;
+			    QString bg = attr["background"];
+			    const QMimeSource* m = factory_->data( bg, contxt );
+			    if ( !m ) {
+				qWarning("QRichText: no mimesource for %s", bg.latin1() );
+			    } else {
+				if ( !QImageDrag::decode( m, img ) ) {
+				    qWarning("QTextImage: cannot decode %s", bg.latin1() );
+				}
+			    }
+			    if ( !img.isNull() ) {
+				QBrush *b = new QBrush( QColor(), QPixmap( img ) );
+				setPaper( b );
+			    }
+#endif
+			}
+			if ( attr.contains( "text" ) ) {
+			    QColor c( attr["text"] );
+			    initag.format.setColor( c );
+			    curtag.format.setColor( c );
+			    bodyText = c;
+			}
+			if ( attr.contains( "link" ) )
+			    linkColor = QColor( attr["link"] );
+			if ( attr.contains( "title" ) )
+			    attribs.replace( "title", attr["title"] );
+
+			if ( textEditMode ) {
+			    if ( attr.contains("style" ) ) {
+				QString a = attr["style"];
+				for ( int s = 0; s < a.contains(';')+1; s++ ) {
+				    QString style = a.section( ';', s, s );
+				    if ( style.startsWith("font-size:" ) && style.endsWith("pt") ) {
+					scaleFontsFactor = double( formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->fn.pointSize() ) /
+							   style.mid( 10, style.length() - 12 ).toInt();
+				    }
+				}
+			    }
+			    nstyle = 0; // ignore body in textEditMode
+			}
+			// end qt- and body-tag handling
+		    } else if ( tagname == "meta" ) {
+			if ( attr["name"] == "qrichtext" && attr["content"] == "1" )
+			    textEditMode = TRUE;
+		    } else if ( tagname == "title" ) {
+			QString title;
+			while ( pos < length ) {
+			    if ( hasPrefix( doc, length, pos, QChar('<') ) && hasPrefix( doc, length, pos+1, QChar('/') ) &&
+				 parseCloseTag( doc, length, pos ) == "title" )
+				break;
+			    title += doc[ pos ];
+			    ++pos;
+			}
+			attribs.replace( "title", title );
+		    }
+		} // end of well-known tag handling
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		if ( !custom ) // try generic custom item
+		    custom = sheet_->tag( tagname, attr, contxt, *factory_ , emptyTag, this );
+#endif
+		if ( !nstyle && !custom ) // we have no clue what this tag could be, ignore it
+		    continue;
+
+		if ( custom ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		    int index = QMAX( curpar->length(),1) - 1;
+		    QTextFormat format = curtag.format.makeTextFormat( nstyle, attr, scaleFontsFactor );
+		    curpar->append( QChar('*') );
+		    QTextFormat* f = formatCollection()->format( &format );
+		    curpar->setFormat( index, 1, f );
+		    curpar->at( index )->setCustomItem( custom );
+		    if ( !curtag.anchorHref.isEmpty() )
+ 			curpar->at(index)->setAnchor( QString::null, curtag.anchorHref );
+ 		    if ( !anchorName.isEmpty()  ) {
+ 			curpar->at(index)->setAnchor( anchorName, curpar->at(index)->anchorHref() );
+ 			anchorName = QString::null;
+ 		    }
+		    registerCustomItem( custom, curpar );
+		    hasNewPar = FALSE;
+#endif
+		} else if ( !emptyTag ) {
+		    /* if we do nesting, push curtag on the stack,
+		       otherwise reinint curag. */
+ 		    if ( curtag.style->name() != tagname || nstyle->selfNesting() ) {
+			tags.push( curtag );
+		    } else {
+			if ( !tags.isEmpty() )
+			    curtag = tags.top();
+			else
+			    curtag = initag;
+		    }
+
+		    curtag.name = tagname;
+		    curtag.style = nstyle;
+		    curtag.name = tagname;
+		    curtag.style = nstyle;
+		    if ( nstyle->whiteSpaceMode()  != QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceModeUndefined )
+			curtag.wsm = nstyle->whiteSpaceMode();
+
+		    /* netscape compatibility: eat a newline and only a newline if a pre block starts */
+		    if ( curtag.wsm == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre &&
+			 nstyle->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock )
+			eat( doc, length, pos, '\n' );
+
+		    /* ignore whitespace for inline elements if there
+		       was already one*/
+		    if ( !textEditMode &&
+			 (curtag.wsm == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal
+			  || curtag.wsm == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNoWrap)
+			 && ( space || nstyle->displayMode() != QStyleSheetItem::DisplayInline ) )
+			eatSpace( doc, length, pos );
+
+		    curtag.format = curtag.format.makeTextFormat( nstyle, attr, scaleFontsFactor );
+		    if ( nstyle->isAnchor() ) {
+			if ( !anchorName.isEmpty() )
+			    anchorName += "#" + attr["name"];
+			else
+			    anchorName = attr["name"];
+			curtag.anchorHref = attr["href"];
+		    }
+
+		    if ( nstyle->alignment() != QStyleSheetItem::Undefined )
+			curtag.alignment = nstyle->alignment();
+
+		    if ( nstyle->listStyle() != QStyleSheetItem::ListStyleUndefined )
+			curtag.liststyle = nstyle->listStyle();
+
+		    if ( nstyle->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock
+			 || nstyle->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
+
+			if ( nstyle->name() == "ol" || nstyle->name() == "ul" || nstyle->name() == "li") {
+			    QString type = attr["type"];
+			    if ( !type.isEmpty() ) {
+				if ( type == "1" ) {
+				    curtag.liststyle = QStyleSheetItem::ListDecimal;
+				} else if ( type == "a" ) {
+				    curtag.liststyle = QStyleSheetItem::ListLowerAlpha;
+				} else if ( type == "A" ) {
+				    curtag.liststyle = QStyleSheetItem::ListUpperAlpha;
+				} else {
+				    type = type.lower();
+				    if ( type == "square" )
+					curtag.liststyle = QStyleSheetItem::ListSquare;
+				    else if ( type == "disc" )
+					curtag.liststyle = QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc;
+				    else if ( type == "circle" )
+					curtag.liststyle = QStyleSheetItem::ListCircle;
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+
+
+			/* Internally we treat ordered and bullet
+			  lists the same for margin calculations. In
+			  order to have fast pointer compares in the
+			  xMargin() functions we restrict ourselves to
+			  <ol>. Once we calculate the margins in the
+			  parser rathern than later, the unelegance of
+			  this approach goes awy
+			 */
+			if ( nstyle->name() == "ul" )
+			    curtag.style = sheet_->item( "ol" );
+
+			if ( attr.contains( "align" ) ) {
+			    QString align = attr["align"].lower();
+			    if ( align == "center" )
+				curtag.alignment = Qt::AlignCenter;
+			    else if ( align == "right" )
+				curtag.alignment = Qt::AlignRight;
+			    else if ( align == "justify" )
+				curtag.alignment = Qt::AlignJustify;
+			}
+			if ( attr.contains( "dir" ) ) {
+			    QString dir = attr["dir"];
+			    if ( dir == "rtl" )
+				curtag.direction = QChar::DirR;
+			    else if ( dir == "ltr" )
+				curtag.direction = QChar::DirL;
+			}
+
+			NEWPAR;
+
+			if ( curtag.style->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
+			    if ( attr.contains( "value " ) )
+				curpar->setListValue( attr["value"].toInt() );
+			}
+
+			if ( attr.contains( "style" ) ) {
+			    QString a = attr["style"];
+			    bool ok = TRUE;
+			    for ( int s = 0; ok && s < a.contains(';')+1; s++ ) {
+				QString style = a.section( ';', s, s );
+				if ( style.startsWith("margin-top:" ) && style.endsWith("px") )
+				    curpar->utm = 1+style.mid(11, style.length() - 13).toInt(&ok);
+				else if ( style.startsWith("margin-bottom:" ) && style.endsWith("px") )
+				    curpar->ubm = 1+style.mid(14, style.length() - 16).toInt(&ok);
+				else if ( style.startsWith("margin-left:" ) && style.endsWith("px") )
+				    curpar->ulm = 1+style.mid(12, style.length() - 14).toInt(&ok);
+				else if ( style.startsWith("margin-right:" ) && style.endsWith("px") )
+				    curpar->urm = 1+style.mid(13, style.length() - 15).toInt(&ok);
+				else if ( style.startsWith("text-indent:" ) && style.endsWith("px") )
+				    curpar->uflm = 1+style.mid(12, style.length() - 14).toInt(&ok);
+			    }
+			    if ( !ok ) // be pressmistic
+				curpar->utm = curpar->ubm = curpar->urm = curpar->ulm = 0;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		QString tagname = parseCloseTag( doc, length, pos );
+		if ( tagname.isEmpty() )
+		    continue; // nothing we could do with this, probably parse error
+		if ( !sheet_->item( tagname ) ) // ignore unknown tags
+		    continue;
+		if ( tagname == "li" )
+		    continue;
+
+		// we close a block item. Since the text may continue, we need to have a new paragraph
+		bool needNewPar = curtag.style->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock
+				 || curtag.style->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem;
+
+
+		// html slopiness: handle unbalanched tag closing
+		while ( curtag.name != tagname ) {
+		    QString msg;
+		    msg.sprintf( "QText Warning: Document not valid ( '%s' not closed before '%s' #%d)",
+				 curtag.name.ascii(), tagname.ascii(), pos);
+		    sheet_->error( msg );
+		    if ( tags.isEmpty() )
+			break;
+		    curtag = tags.pop();
+		}
+
+
+		// close the tag
+		if ( !tags.isEmpty() )
+		    curtag = tags.pop();
+		else
+		    curtag = initag;
+
+ 		if ( needNewPar ) {
+		    if ( textEditMode && (tagname == "p" || tagname == "div" ) ) // preserve empty paragraphs
+			hasNewPar = FALSE;
+		    NEWPAR;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    // normal contents
+	    QString s;
+	    QChar c;
+	    while ( pos < length && !hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, QChar('<') ) ){
+		if ( textEditMode ) {
+		    // text edit mode: we handle all white space but ignore newlines
+		    c = parseChar( doc, length, pos, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre );
+		    if ( c == QChar_linesep )
+			break;
+		} else {
+		    int l = pos;
+		    c = parseChar( doc, length, pos, curtag.wsm );
+
+		    // in white space pre mode: treat any space as non breakable
+		    // and expand tabs to eight character wide columns.
+		    if ( curtag.wsm == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre ) {
+			if  ( c == '\t' ) {
+			    c = ' ';
+			    while( (++tabExpansionColumn)%8 )
+				s += c;
+			}
+			if ( c == QChar_linesep )
+			    tabExpansionColumn = 0;
+			else
+			    tabExpansionColumn++;
+
+		    }
+		    if ( c == ' ' || c == QChar_linesep ) {
+			/* avoid overlong paragraphs by forcing a new
+			       paragraph after 4096 characters. This case can
+			       occur when loading undiscovered plain text
+			       documents in rich text mode. Instead of hanging
+			       forever, we do the trick.
+			    */
+			if ( curtag.wsm == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal && s.length() > 4096 ) do {
+			    if ( doc[l] == '\n' ) {
+				hasNewPar = FALSE; // for a new paragraph ...
+				NEWPAR;
+				hasNewPar = FALSE; // ... and make it non-reusable
+				c = '\n';  // make sure we break below
+				break;
+			    }
+			} while ( ++l < pos );
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if ( c == '\n' )
+		    break;  // break on  newlines, pre delievers a QChar_linesep
+
+		bool c_isSpace = c.isSpace() && c.unicode() != 0x00a0U && !textEditMode;
+
+		if ( curtag.wsm == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal && c_isSpace && space )
+		    continue;
+		if ( c == '\r' )
+		    continue;
+		space = c_isSpace;
+		s += c;
+	    }
+	    if ( !s.isEmpty() && curtag.style->displayMode() != QStyleSheetItem::DisplayNone ) {
+		hasNewPar = FALSE;
+		int index = QMAX( curpar->length(),1) - 1;
+		curpar->append( s );
+		if (curtag.wsm != QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal) {
+		    QTextString *str = curpar->string();
+		    for (uint i = index; i < index + s.length(); ++i)
+			str->at(i).nobreak = TRUE;
+		}
+
+		QTextFormat* f = formatCollection()->format( &curtag.format );
+		curpar->setFormat( index, s.length(), f, FALSE ); // do not use collection because we have done that already
+		f->ref += s.length() -1; // that what friends are for...
+		if ( !curtag.anchorHref.isEmpty() ) {
+		    for ( int i = 0; i < int(s.length()); i++ )
+			curpar->at(index + i)->setAnchor( QString::null, curtag.anchorHref );
+		}
+		if ( !anchorName.isEmpty()  ) {
+		    for ( int i = 0; i < int(s.length()); i++ )
+			curpar->at(index + i)->setAnchor( anchorName, curpar->at(index + i)->anchorHref() );
+		    anchorName = QString::null;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( hasNewPar && curpar != fParag && !cursor && stylesPar != curpar ) {
+	// cleanup unused last paragraphs
+	curpar = curpar->p;
+	delete curpar->n;
+    }
+
+    if ( !anchorName.isEmpty()  ) {
+	curpar->at(curpar->length() - 1)->setAnchor( anchorName, curpar->at( curpar->length() - 1 )->anchorHref() );
+	anchorName = QString::null;
+    }
+
+
+    setRichTextMarginsInternal( styles, stylesPar );
+
+    if ( cursor ) {
+ 	cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
+  	cursor->remove();
+     }
+    delete vec;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setRichTextMarginsInternal( QPtrList< QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem> >& styles, QTextParagraph* stylesPar )
+{
+    // margin and line spacing calculation
+    QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem>* prevStyle = 0;
+    QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem>* curStyle = styles.first();
+    QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem>* nextStyle = styles.next();
+    while ( stylesPar ) {
+	if ( !curStyle ) {
+	    stylesPar = stylesPar->next();
+	    prevStyle = curStyle;
+	    curStyle = nextStyle;
+	    nextStyle = styles.next();
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	int i, mar;
+	QStyleSheetItem* mainStyle = curStyle->size() ? (*curStyle)[curStyle->size()-1] : 0;
+	if ( mainStyle && mainStyle->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem )
+	    stylesPar->setListItem( TRUE );
+	int numLists = 0;
+	for ( i = 0; i < (int)curStyle->size(); ++i ) {
+	    if ( (*curStyle)[ i ]->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock
+		 && (*curStyle)[ i ]->listStyle() != QStyleSheetItem::ListStyleUndefined )
+		numLists++;
+	}
+	stylesPar->ldepth = numLists;
+	if ( stylesPar->next() && nextStyle ) {
+	    // also set the depth of the next paragraph, required for the margin calculation
+	    numLists = 0;
+	    for ( i = 0; i < (int)nextStyle->size(); ++i ) {
+		if ( (*nextStyle)[ i ]->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock
+		     && (*nextStyle)[ i ]->listStyle() != QStyleSheetItem::ListStyleUndefined )
+		    numLists++;
+	    }
+	    stylesPar->next()->ldepth = numLists;
+	}
+
+	// do the top margin
+	QStyleSheetItem* item = mainStyle;
+	int m;
+	if (stylesPar->utm > 0 ) {
+	    m = stylesPar->utm-1;
+	    stylesPar->utm = 0;
+	} else {
+	    m = QMAX(0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop ) );
+	    if ( stylesPar->ldepth )
+		if ( item->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem )
+		    m /= stylesPar->ldepth * stylesPar->ldepth;
+		else
+		    m = 0;
+	}
+	for ( i = (int)curStyle->size() - 2 ; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	    item = (*curStyle)[ i ];
+	    if ( prevStyle && i < (int) prevStyle->size() &&
+		 (  item->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock &&
+		    (*prevStyle)[ i ] == item ) )
+		break;
+	    // emulate CSS2' standard 0 vertical margin for multiple ul or ol tags
+ 	    if ( item->listStyle() != QStyleSheetItem::ListStyleUndefined  &&
+		 ( (  i> 0 && (*curStyle)[ i-1 ] == item ) || (*curStyle)[i+1] == item ) )
+		continue;
+	    mar = QMAX( 0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop ) );
+	    m = QMAX( m, mar );
+	}
+	stylesPar->utm = m - stylesPar->topMargin();
+
+	// do the bottom margin
+	item = mainStyle;
+	if (stylesPar->ubm > 0 ) {
+	    m = stylesPar->ubm-1;
+	    stylesPar->ubm = 0;
+	} else {
+	    m = QMAX(0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom ) );
+	    if ( stylesPar->ldepth )
+		if ( item->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem )
+		    m /= stylesPar->ldepth * stylesPar->ldepth;
+		else
+		    m = 0;
+	}
+	for ( i = (int)curStyle->size() - 2 ; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	    item = (*curStyle)[ i ];
+	    if ( nextStyle && i < (int) nextStyle->size() &&
+		 (  item->displayMode() == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock &&
+		    (*nextStyle)[ i ] == item ) )
+		break;
+	    // emulate CSS2' standard 0 vertical margin for multiple ul or ol tags
+ 	    if ( item->listStyle() != QStyleSheetItem::ListStyleUndefined  &&
+		 ( (  i> 0 && (*curStyle)[ i-1 ] == item ) || (*curStyle)[i+1] == item ) )
+		continue;
+	    mar = QMAX(0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom ) );
+	    m = QMAX( m, mar );
+	}
+	stylesPar->ubm = m - stylesPar->bottomMargin();
+
+	// do the left margin, simplyfied
+	item = mainStyle;
+	if (stylesPar->ulm > 0 ) {
+	    m = stylesPar->ulm-1;
+	    stylesPar->ulm = 0;
+	} else {
+	    m = QMAX( 0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginLeft ) );
+	}
+	for ( i = (int)curStyle->size() - 2 ; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	    item = (*curStyle)[ i ];
+	    m += QMAX( 0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginLeft ) );
+	}
+	stylesPar->ulm = m - stylesPar->leftMargin();
+
+	// do the right margin, simplyfied
+	item = mainStyle;
+	if (stylesPar->urm > 0 ) {
+	    m = stylesPar->urm-1;
+	    stylesPar->urm = 0;
+	} else {
+	    m = QMAX( 0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginRight ) );
+	}
+	for ( i = (int)curStyle->size() - 2 ; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	    item = (*curStyle)[ i ];
+	    m += QMAX( 0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginRight ) );
+	}
+	stylesPar->urm = m - stylesPar->rightMargin();
+
+	// do the first line margin, which really should be called text-indent
+	item = mainStyle;
+	if (stylesPar->uflm > 0 ) {
+	    m = stylesPar->uflm-1;
+	    stylesPar->uflm = 0;
+	} else {
+	    m = QMAX( 0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginFirstLine ) );
+	}
+	for ( i = (int)curStyle->size() - 2 ; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	    item = (*curStyle)[ i ];
+	    mar = QMAX( 0, item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginFirstLine ) );
+	    m = QMAX( m, mar );
+	}
+	stylesPar->uflm =m - stylesPar->firstLineMargin();
+
+	// do the bogus line "spacing", which really is just an extra margin
+	item = mainStyle;
+	for ( i = (int)curStyle->size() - 1 ; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	    item = (*curStyle)[ i ];
+	    if ( item->lineSpacing() != QStyleSheetItem::Undefined ) {
+		stylesPar->ulinespacing = item->lineSpacing();
+		if ( formatCollection() &&
+		     stylesPar->ulinespacing < formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height() )
+		    stylesPar->ulinespacing += formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height();
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	stylesPar = stylesPar->next();
+	prevStyle = curStyle;
+	curStyle = nextStyle;
+	nextStyle = styles.next();
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setText( const QString &text, const QString &context )
+{
+    focusIndicator.parag = 0;
+    selections.clear();
+    if ( txtFormat == Qt::AutoText && QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText( text ) ||
+	 txtFormat == Qt::RichText )
+	setRichText( text, context );
+    else
+	setPlainText( text );
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::plainText() const
+{
+    QString buffer;
+    QString s;
+    QTextParagraph *p = fParag;
+    while ( p ) {
+	if ( !p->mightHaveCustomItems ) {
+	    const QTextString *ts = p->string(); // workaround VC++ and Borland
+	    s = ts->toString(); // with FALSE we don't fix spaces (nbsp)
+	} else {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < p->length() - 1; ++i ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		if ( p->at( i )->isCustom() ) {
+		    if ( p->at( i )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+			s += "\n";
+			QTextTable *t = (QTextTable*)p->at( i )->customItem();
+			QPtrList<QTextTableCell> cells = t->tableCells();
+			for ( QTextTableCell *c = cells.first(); c; c = cells.next() )
+			    s += c->richText()->plainText() + "\n";
+			s += "\n";
+		    }
+		} else
+#endif
+		{
+		    s += p->at( i )->c;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	s.remove( s.length() - 1, 1 );
+	if ( p->next() )
+	    s += "\n";
+	buffer += s;
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+    return buffer;
+}
+
+static QString align_to_string( int a )
+{
+    if ( a & Qt::AlignRight )
+	return " align=\"right\"";
+    if ( a & Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	return " align=\"center\"";
+    if ( a & Qt::AlignJustify )
+	return " align=\"justify\"";
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+static QString direction_to_string( int d )
+{
+    if ( d != QChar::DirON )
+	return ( d == QChar::DirL? " dir=\"ltr\"" : " dir=\"rtl\"" );
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+static QString list_value_to_string( int v )
+{
+    if ( v != -1 )
+	return " listvalue=\"" + QString::number( v ) + "\"";
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+static QString list_style_to_string( int v )
+{
+    switch( v ) {
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListDecimal: return "\"1\"";
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListLowerAlpha: return "\"a\"";
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListUpperAlpha: return "\"A\"";
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc: return "\"disc\"";
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListSquare: return "\"square\"";
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListCircle: return "\"circle\"";
+    default:
+	return QString::null;
+    }
+}
+
+static inline bool list_is_ordered( int v )
+{
+    return v == QStyleSheetItem::ListDecimal ||
+	   v == QStyleSheetItem::ListLowerAlpha ||
+	   v == QStyleSheetItem::ListUpperAlpha;
+}
+
+
+static QString margin_to_string( QStyleSheetItem* style, int t, int b, int l, int r, int fl )
+{
+    QString s;
+    if ( l > 0 )
+	s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "margin-left:" + QString::number(l+QMAX(0,style->margin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginLeft))) + "px";
+    if ( r > 0 )
+	s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "margin-right:" + QString::number(r+QMAX(0,style->margin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginRight))) + "px";
+    if ( t > 0 )
+	s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "margin-top:" + QString::number(t+QMAX(0,style->margin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop))) + "px";
+    if ( b > 0 )
+	s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "margin-bottom:" + QString::number(b+QMAX(0,style->margin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom))) + "px";
+    if ( fl > 0 )
+	s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "text-indent:" + QString::number(fl+QMAX(0,style->margin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginFirstLine))) + "px";
+    if ( !!s )
+	return " style=\"" + s + "\"";
+    return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::richText() const
+{
+    QString s = "";
+    if ( !par ) {
+	s += "<html><head><meta name=\"qrichtext\" content=\"1\" /></head><body style=\"font-size:" ;
+	s += QString::number( formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font().pointSize() );
+	s += "pt;font-family:";
+	s += formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font().family();
+	s +="\">";
+    }
+    QTextParagraph* p = fParag;
+
+    QStyleSheetItem* item_p = styleSheet()->item("p");
+    QStyleSheetItem* item_div = styleSheet()->item("div");
+    QStyleSheetItem* item_ul = styleSheet()->item("ul");
+    QStyleSheetItem* item_ol = styleSheet()->item("ol");
+    QStyleSheetItem* item_li = styleSheet()->item("li");
+    if ( !item_p || !item_div || !item_ul || !item_ol || !item_li ) {
+	qWarning( "QTextEdit: cannot export HTML due to insufficient stylesheet (lack of p, div, ul, ol, or li)" );
+	return QString::null;
+    }
+    int pastListDepth = 0;
+    int listDepth = 0;
+#if 0
+    int futureListDepth = 0;
+#endif
+    QMemArray<int> listStyles(10);
+
+    while ( p ) {
+	listDepth = p->listDepth();
+	if ( listDepth < pastListDepth )  {
+	    for ( int i = pastListDepth; i > listDepth; i-- )
+		s += list_is_ordered( listStyles[i] ) ? "</ol>" : "</ul>";
+	    s += '\n';
+	} else if ( listDepth > pastListDepth ) {
+	    s += '\n';
+	    listStyles.resize( QMAX( (int)listStyles.size(), listDepth+1 ) );
+	    QString list_type;
+	    listStyles[listDepth] = p->listStyle();
+	    if ( !list_is_ordered( p->listStyle() ) || item_ol->listStyle() != p->listStyle() )
+		list_type = " type=" + list_style_to_string( p->listStyle() );
+	    for ( int i = pastListDepth; i < listDepth; i++ ) {
+		s += list_is_ordered( p->listStyle() ) ? "<ol" : "<ul" ;
+		s += list_type + ">";
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    s += '\n';
+	}
+
+	QString ps = p->richText();
+
+#if 0
+	  // for the bottom margin we need to know whether we are at the end of a list
+	futureListDepth = 0;
+	if ( listDepth > 0 && p->next() )
+	    futureListDepth = p->next()->listDepth();
+#endif
+
+	if ( richTextExportStart && richTextExportStart->paragraph() ==p &&
+	     richTextExportStart->index() == 0 )
+	    s += "<!--StartFragment-->";
+
+	if ( p->isListItem() ) {
+	    s += "<li";
+	    if ( p->listStyle() != listStyles[listDepth] )
+		s += " type=" + list_style_to_string( p->listStyle() );
+	    s +=align_to_string( p->alignment() );
+	    s += margin_to_string( item_li, p->utm, p->ubm, p->ulm, p->urm, p->uflm );
+	    s +=  list_value_to_string( p->listValue() );
+	    s += direction_to_string( p->direction() );
+	    s +=">";
+	    s += ps;
+	    s += "</li>";
+	} else if ( p->listDepth() ) {
+	    s += "<div";
+	    s += align_to_string( p->alignment() );
+	    s += margin_to_string( item_div, p->utm, p->ubm, p->ulm, p->urm, p->uflm );
+	    s +=direction_to_string( p->direction() );
+	    s += ">";
+	    s += ps;
+	    s += "</div>";
+	} else {
+	    // normal paragraph item
+	    s += "<p";
+	    s += align_to_string( p->alignment() );
+	    s += margin_to_string( item_p, p->utm, p->ubm, p->ulm, p->urm, p->uflm );
+	    s +=direction_to_string( p->direction() );
+	    s += ">";
+	    s += ps;
+	    s += "</p>";
+	}
+	pastListDepth = listDepth;
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+    while ( listDepth > 0 ) {
+	s += list_is_ordered( listStyles[listDepth] ) ? "</ol>" : "</ul>";
+	listDepth--;
+    }
+
+    if ( !par )
+	s += "\n</body></html>\n";
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::text() const
+{
+    if ( txtFormat == Qt::AutoText && preferRichText || txtFormat == Qt::RichText )
+	return richText();
+    return plainText();
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::text( int parag ) const
+{
+    QTextParagraph *p = paragAt( parag );
+    if ( !p )
+	return QString::null;
+
+    if ( txtFormat == Qt::AutoText && preferRichText || txtFormat == Qt::RichText )
+	return p->richText();
+    else
+	return p->string()->toString();
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::invalidate()
+{
+    QTextParagraph *s = fParag;
+    while ( s ) {
+	s->invalidate( 0 );
+	s = s->next();
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::selectionStart( int id, int &paragId, int &index )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::Iterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return;
+    QTextDocumentSelection &sel = *it;
+    paragId = !sel.swapped ? sel.startCursor.paragraph()->paragId() : sel.endCursor.paragraph()->paragId();
+    index = !sel.swapped ? sel.startCursor.index() : sel.endCursor.index();
+}
+
+QTextCursor QTextDocument::selectionStartCursor( int id)
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::Iterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return QTextCursor( this );
+    QTextDocumentSelection &sel = *it;
+    if ( sel.swapped )
+	return sel.endCursor;
+    return sel.startCursor;
+}
+
+QTextCursor QTextDocument::selectionEndCursor( int id)
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::Iterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return QTextCursor( this );
+    QTextDocumentSelection &sel = *it;
+    if ( !sel.swapped )
+	return sel.endCursor;
+    return sel.startCursor;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::selectionEnd( int id, int &paragId, int &index )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::Iterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return;
+    QTextDocumentSelection &sel = *it;
+    paragId = sel.swapped ? sel.startCursor.paragraph()->paragId() : sel.endCursor.paragraph()->paragId();
+    index = sel.swapped ? sel.startCursor.index() : sel.endCursor.index();
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::addSelection( int id )
+{
+    nSelections = QMAX( nSelections, id + 1 );
+}
+
+static void setSelectionEndHelper( int id, QTextDocumentSelection &sel, QTextCursor &start, QTextCursor &end )
+{
+    QTextCursor c1 = start;
+    QTextCursor c2 = end;
+    if ( sel.swapped ) {
+	c1 = end;
+	c2 = start;
+    }
+
+    c1.paragraph()->removeSelection( id );
+    c2.paragraph()->removeSelection( id );
+    if ( c1.paragraph() != c2.paragraph() ) {
+	c1.paragraph()->setSelection( id, c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->length() - 1 );
+	c2.paragraph()->setSelection( id, 0, c2.index() );
+    } else {
+	c1.paragraph()->setSelection( id, QMIN( c1.index(), c2.index() ), QMAX( c1.index(), c2.index() ) );
+    }
+
+    sel.startCursor = start;
+    sel.endCursor = end;
+    if ( sel.startCursor.paragraph() == sel.endCursor.paragraph() )
+	sel.swapped = sel.startCursor.index() > sel.endCursor.index();
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::setSelectionEnd( int id, const QTextCursor &cursor )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::Iterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QTextDocumentSelection &sel = *it;
+
+    QTextCursor start = sel.startCursor;
+    QTextCursor end = cursor;
+
+    if ( start == end ) {
+	removeSelection( id );
+	setSelectionStart( id, cursor );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( sel.endCursor.paragraph() == end.paragraph() ) {
+	setSelectionEndHelper( id, sel, start, end );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    bool inSelection = FALSE;
+    QTextCursor c( this );
+    QTextCursor tmp = sel.startCursor;
+    if ( sel.swapped )
+	tmp = sel.endCursor;
+    tmp.restoreState();
+    QTextCursor tmp2 = cursor;
+    tmp2.restoreState();
+    c.setParagraph( tmp.paragraph()->paragId() < tmp2.paragraph()->paragId() ? tmp.paragraph() : tmp2.paragraph() );
+    bool hadStart = FALSE;
+    bool hadEnd = FALSE;
+    bool hadStartParag = FALSE;
+    bool hadEndParag = FALSE;
+    bool hadOldStart = FALSE;
+    bool hadOldEnd = FALSE;
+    bool leftSelection = FALSE;
+    sel.swapped = FALSE;
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( c == start )
+	    hadStart = TRUE;
+	if ( c == end )
+	    hadEnd = TRUE;
+	if ( c.paragraph() == start.paragraph() )
+	    hadStartParag = TRUE;
+	if ( c.paragraph() == end.paragraph() )
+	    hadEndParag = TRUE;
+	if ( c == sel.startCursor )
+	    hadOldStart = TRUE;
+	if ( c == sel.endCursor )
+	    hadOldEnd = TRUE;
+
+	if ( !sel.swapped &&
+	     ( hadEnd && !hadStart ||
+	       hadEnd && hadStart && start.paragraph() == end.paragraph() && start.index() > end.index() ) )
+	    sel.swapped = TRUE;
+
+	if ( c == end && hadStartParag ||
+	     c == start && hadEndParag ) {
+	    QTextCursor tmp = c;
+	    tmp.restoreState();
+	    if ( tmp.paragraph() != c.paragraph() ) {
+		int sstart = tmp.paragraph()->selectionStart( id );
+		tmp.paragraph()->removeSelection( id );
+		tmp.paragraph()->setSelection( id, sstart, tmp.index() );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( inSelection &&
+	     ( c == end && hadStart || c == start && hadEnd ) )
+	     leftSelection = TRUE;
+	else if ( !leftSelection && !inSelection && ( hadStart || hadEnd ) )
+	    inSelection = TRUE;
+
+	bool noSelectionAnymore = hadOldStart && hadOldEnd && leftSelection && !inSelection && !c.paragraph()->hasSelection( id ) && c.atParagEnd();
+	c.paragraph()->removeSelection( id );
+	if ( inSelection ) {
+	    if ( c.paragraph() == start.paragraph() && start.paragraph() == end.paragraph() ) {
+		c.paragraph()->setSelection( id, QMIN( start.index(), end.index() ), QMAX( start.index(), end.index() ) );
+	    } else if ( c.paragraph() == start.paragraph() && !hadEndParag ) {
+		c.paragraph()->setSelection( id, start.index(), c.paragraph()->length() - 1 );
+	    } else if ( c.paragraph() == end.paragraph() && !hadStartParag ) {
+		c.paragraph()->setSelection( id, end.index(), c.paragraph()->length() - 1 );
+	    } else if ( c.paragraph() == end.paragraph() && hadEndParag ) {
+		c.paragraph()->setSelection( id, 0, end.index() );
+	    } else if ( c.paragraph() == start.paragraph() && hadStartParag ) {
+		c.paragraph()->setSelection( id, 0, start.index() );
+	    } else {
+		c.paragraph()->setSelection( id, 0, c.paragraph()->length() - 1 );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( leftSelection )
+	    inSelection = FALSE;
+
+	if ( noSelectionAnymore )
+	    break;
+	// *ugle*hack optimization
+	QTextParagraph *p = c.paragraph();
+	if (  p->mightHaveCustomItems || p == start.paragraph() || p == end.paragraph() || p == lastParagraph() ) {
+	    c.gotoNextLetter();
+	    if ( p == lastParagraph() && c.atParagEnd() )
+		break;
+	} else {
+	    if ( p->document()->parent() )
+		do {
+		    c.gotoNextLetter();
+		} while ( c.paragraph() == p );
+	    else
+		c.setParagraph( p->next() );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !sel.swapped )
+	sel.startCursor.paragraph()->setSelection( id, sel.startCursor.index(), sel.startCursor.paragraph()->length() - 1 );
+
+    sel.startCursor = start;
+    sel.endCursor = end;
+    if ( sel.startCursor.paragraph() == sel.endCursor.paragraph() )
+	sel.swapped = sel.startCursor.index() > sel.endCursor.index();
+
+    setSelectionEndHelper( id, sel, start, end );
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::selectAll( int id )
+{
+    removeSelection( id );
+
+    QTextDocumentSelection sel;
+    sel.swapped = FALSE;
+    QTextCursor c( this );
+
+    c.setParagraph( fParag );
+    c.setIndex( 0 );
+    sel.startCursor = c;
+
+    c.setParagraph( lParag );
+    c.setIndex( lParag->length() - 1 );
+    sel.endCursor = c;
+
+    selections.insert( id, sel );
+
+    QTextParagraph *p = fParag;
+    while ( p ) {
+	p->setSelection( id, 0, p->length() - 1 );
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+
+    for ( QTextDocument *d = childList.first(); d; d = childList.next() )
+	d->selectAll( id );
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::removeSelection( int id )
+{
+    if ( !selections.contains( id ) )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    QTextDocumentSelection &sel = selections[ id ];
+
+    QTextCursor start = sel.swapped ? sel.endCursor : sel.startCursor;
+    QTextCursor end = sel.swapped ? sel.startCursor : sel.endCursor;
+    QTextParagraph* p = 0;
+    while ( start != end ) {
+	if ( p != start.paragraph() ) {
+	    p = start.paragraph();
+	    p->removeSelection( id );
+	    //### avoid endless loop by all means necessary, did somebody mention refactoring?
+	    if ( !parent() && p == lParag )
+		break;
+	}
+	start.gotoNextLetter();
+    }
+    p = start.paragraph();
+    p->removeSelection( id );
+    selections.remove( id );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::selectedText( int id, bool asRichText ) const
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::ConstIterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return QString::null;
+
+    QTextDocumentSelection sel = *it;
+
+
+    QTextCursor c1 = sel.startCursor;
+    QTextCursor c2 = sel.endCursor;
+    if ( sel.swapped ) {
+	c2 = sel.startCursor;
+	c1 = sel.endCursor;
+    }
+
+    /* 3.0.3 improvement: Make it possible to get a reasonable
+       selection inside a table.  This approach is very conservative:
+       make sure that both cursors have the same depth level and point
+       to paragraphs within the same text document.
+
+       Meaning if you select text in two table cells, you will get the
+       entire table. This is still far better than the 3.0.2, where
+       you always got the entire table.
+
+       ### Fix this properly when refactoring
+     */
+    while ( c2.nestedDepth() > c1.nestedDepth() )
+	c2.oneUp();
+    while ( c1.nestedDepth() > c2.nestedDepth() )
+	c1.oneUp();
+    while ( c1.nestedDepth() && c2.nestedDepth() &&
+	    c1.paragraph()->document() != c2.paragraph()->document() ) {
+	c1.oneUp();
+	c2.oneUp();
+    }
+    // do not trust sel_swapped with tables. Fix this properly when refactoring as well
+    if ( c1.paragraph()->paragId() > c2.paragraph()->paragId() ||
+	 (c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() && c1.index() > c2.index() ) ) {
+	QTextCursor tmp = c1;
+	c2 = c1;
+	c1 = tmp;
+    }
+
+    // end selection 3.0.3 improvement
+
+    if ( asRichText && !parent() ) {
+	richTextExportStart = &c1;
+	richTextExportEnd = &c2;
+
+	QString sel = richText();
+	int from = sel.find( "<!--StartFragment-->" );
+	if ( from >= 0 ) {
+	    from += 20;
+	    // find the previous span and move it into the start fragment before we clip it
+	    QString prevspan;
+	    int pspan = sel.findRev( "<span", from-21 );
+	    if ( pspan > sel.findRev( "</span", from-21 ) ) {
+		int spanend = sel.find( '>', pspan );
+		prevspan = sel.mid( pspan, spanend - pspan + 1 );
+	    }
+	    int to = sel.findRev( "<!--EndFragment-->" );
+	    if ( from <= to )
+		sel = "<!--StartFragment-->" + prevspan + sel.mid( from, to - from );
+	}
+	richTextExportStart = richTextExportEnd = 0;
+	return sel;
+    }
+
+    QString s;
+    if ( c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() ) {
+	QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph();
+	int end = c2.index();
+	if ( p->at( QMAX( 0, end - 1 ) )->isCustom() )
+	    ++end;
+	if ( !p->mightHaveCustomItems ) {
+	    s += p->string()->toString().mid( c1.index(), end - c1.index() );
+	} else {
+	    for ( int i = c1.index(); i < end; ++i ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		if ( p->at( i )->isCustom() ) {
+		    if ( p->at( i )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+			s += "\n";
+			QTextTable *t = (QTextTable*)p->at( i )->customItem();
+			QPtrList<QTextTableCell> cells = t->tableCells();
+			for ( QTextTableCell *c = cells.first(); c; c = cells.next() )
+			    s += c->richText()->plainText() + "\n";
+			s += "\n";
+		    }
+		} else
+#endif
+		{
+		    s += p->at( i )->c;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph();
+	int start = c1.index();
+	while ( p ) {
+	    int end = p == c2.paragraph() ? c2.index() : p->length() - 1;
+	    if ( p == c2.paragraph() && p->at( QMAX( 0, end - 1 ) )->isCustom() )
+		++end;
+	    if ( !p->mightHaveCustomItems ) {
+		s += p->string()->toString().mid( start, end - start );
+		if ( p != c2.paragraph() )
+		    s += "\n";
+	    } else {
+		for ( int i = start; i < end; ++i ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		    if ( p->at( i )->isCustom() ) {
+			if ( p->at( i )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+			    s += "\n";
+			    QTextTable *t = (QTextTable*)p->at( i )->customItem();
+			    QPtrList<QTextTableCell> cells = t->tableCells();
+			    for ( QTextTableCell *c = cells.first(); c; c = cells.next() )
+				s += c->richText()->plainText() + "\n";
+			    s += "\n";
+			}
+		    } else
+#endif
+		    {
+			s += p->at( i )->c;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    start = 0;
+	    if ( p == c2.paragraph() )
+		break;
+	    p = p->next();
+	}
+    }
+    // ### workaround for plain text export until we get proper
+    // mime types: turn unicode line seperators into the more
+    // widely understood \n. Makes copy and pasting code snipplets
+    // from within Assistent possible
+    QChar* uc = (QChar*) s.unicode();
+    for ( uint ii = 0; ii < s.length(); ii++ ) {
+	if ( uc[(int)ii] == QChar_linesep )
+	    uc[(int)ii] = QChar('\n');
+        else if ( uc[(int)ii] == QChar::nbsp )
+	    uc[(int)ii] = QChar(' ');
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setFormat( int id, QTextFormat *f, int flags )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::ConstIterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return;
+
+    QTextDocumentSelection sel = *it;
+
+    QTextCursor c1 = sel.startCursor;
+    QTextCursor c2 = sel.endCursor;
+    if ( sel.swapped ) {
+	c2 = sel.startCursor;
+	c1 = sel.endCursor;
+    }
+
+    c2.restoreState();
+    c1.restoreState();
+
+    if ( c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() ) {
+	c1.paragraph()->setFormat( c1.index(), c2.index() - c1.index(), f, TRUE, flags );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    c1.paragraph()->setFormat( c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->length() - c1.index(), f, TRUE, flags );
+    QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph()->next();
+    while ( p && p != c2.paragraph() ) {
+	p->setFormat( 0, p->length(), f, TRUE, flags );
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+    c2.paragraph()->setFormat( 0, c2.index(), f, TRUE, flags );
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::removeSelectedText( int id, QTextCursor *cursor )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::Iterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return;
+
+    QTextDocumentSelection sel = *it;
+    QTextCursor c1 = sel.startCursor;
+    QTextCursor c2 = sel.endCursor;
+    if ( sel.swapped ) {
+	c2 = sel.startCursor;
+	c1 = sel.endCursor;
+    }
+
+    // ### no support for editing tables yet
+    if ( c1.nestedDepth() || c2.nestedDepth() )
+	return;
+
+    c2.restoreState();
+    c1.restoreState();
+
+    *cursor = c1;
+    removeSelection( id );
+
+    if ( c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() ) {
+	c1.paragraph()->remove( c1.index(), c2.index() - c1.index() );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( c1.paragraph() == fParag && c1.index() == 0 &&
+	 c2.paragraph() == lParag && c2.index() == lParag->length() - 1 )
+	cursor->setValid( FALSE );
+
+    bool didGoLeft = FALSE;
+    if (  c1.index() == 0 && c1.paragraph() != fParag ) {
+	cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
+	didGoLeft = cursor->isValid();
+    }
+
+    c1.paragraph()->remove( c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->length() - 1 - c1.index() );
+    QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph()->next();
+    int dy = 0;
+    QTextParagraph *tmp;
+    while ( p && p != c2.paragraph() ) {
+	tmp = p->next();
+	dy -= p->rect().height();
+	delete p;
+	p = tmp;
+    }
+    c2.paragraph()->remove( 0, c2.index() );
+    while ( p ) {
+	p->move( dy );
+	p->invalidate( 0 );
+	p->setEndState( -1 );
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+
+
+    c1.paragraph()->join( c2.paragraph() );
+
+    if ( didGoLeft )
+	cursor->gotoNextLetter();
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::indentSelection( int id )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::Iterator it = selections.find( id );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return;
+
+    QTextDocumentSelection sel = *it;
+    QTextParagraph *startParag = sel.startCursor.paragraph();
+    QTextParagraph *endParag = sel.endCursor.paragraph();
+    if ( sel.endCursor.paragraph()->paragId() < sel.startCursor.paragraph()->paragId() ) {
+	endParag = sel.startCursor.paragraph();
+	startParag = sel.endCursor.paragraph();
+    }
+
+    QTextParagraph *p = startParag;
+    while ( p && p != endParag ) {
+	p->indent();
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::addCommand( QTextCommand *cmd )
+{
+    commandHistory->addCommand( cmd );
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextDocument::undo( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    return commandHistory->undo( c );
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextDocument::redo( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    return commandHistory->redo( c );
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::find( QTextCursor& cursor, const QString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward )
+{
+    removeSelection( Standard );
+    QTextParagraph *p = 0;
+    if ( expr.isEmpty() )
+	return FALSE;
+    for (;;) {
+	if ( p != cursor.paragraph() ) {
+	    p = cursor.paragraph();
+	    QString s = cursor.paragraph()->string()->toString();
+	    int start = cursor.index();
+	    for ( ;; ) {
+		int res = forward ? s.find( expr, start, cs ) : s.findRev( expr, start, cs );
+		int end = res + expr.length();
+		if ( res == -1 || ( !forward && start <= res ) )
+		    break;
+		if ( !wo || ( ( res == 0 || s[ res - 1 ].isSpace() || s[ res - 1 ].isPunct() ) &&
+			      ( end == (int)s.length() || s[ end ].isSpace() || s[ end ].isPunct() ) ) ) {
+		    removeSelection( Standard );
+		    cursor.setIndex( forward ? end : res );
+		    setSelectionStart( Standard, cursor );
+		    cursor.setIndex( forward ? res : end );
+		    setSelectionEnd( Standard, cursor );
+		    if ( !forward )
+			cursor.setIndex( res );
+		    return TRUE;
+		}
+		start = res + (forward ? 1 : -1);
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( forward ) {
+	    if ( cursor.paragraph() == lastParagraph() && cursor.atParagEnd() )
+		 break;
+	    cursor.gotoNextLetter();
+	} else {
+	    if ( cursor.paragraph() == firstParagraph() && cursor.atParagStart() )
+		 break;
+	    cursor.gotoPreviousLetter();
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setTextFormat( Qt::TextFormat f )
+{
+    txtFormat = f;
+    if ( fParag == lParag && fParag->length() <= 1 )
+	fParag->rtext = ( f == Qt::RichText );
+}
+
+Qt::TextFormat QTextDocument::textFormat() const
+{
+    return txtFormat;
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::inSelection( int selId, const QPoint &pos ) const
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>::ConstIterator it = selections.find( selId );
+    if ( it == selections.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    QTextDocumentSelection sel = *it;
+    QTextParagraph *startParag = sel.startCursor.paragraph();
+    QTextParagraph *endParag = sel.endCursor.paragraph();
+    if ( sel.startCursor.paragraph() == sel.endCursor.paragraph() &&
+	 sel.startCursor.paragraph()->selectionStart( selId ) == sel.endCursor.paragraph()->selectionEnd( selId ) )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( sel.endCursor.paragraph()->paragId() < sel.startCursor.paragraph()->paragId() ) {
+	endParag = sel.startCursor.paragraph();
+	startParag = sel.endCursor.paragraph();
+    }
+
+    QTextParagraph *p = startParag;
+    while ( p ) {
+	if ( p->rect().contains( pos ) ) {
+	    bool inSel = FALSE;
+	    int selStart = p->selectionStart( selId );
+	    int selEnd = p->selectionEnd( selId );
+	    int y = 0;
+	    int h = 0;
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < p->length(); ++i ) {
+		if ( i == selStart )
+		    inSel = TRUE;
+		if ( i == selEnd )
+		    break;
+		if ( p->at( i )->lineStart ) {
+		    y = (*p->lineStarts.find( i ))->y;
+		    h = (*p->lineStarts.find( i ))->h;
+		}
+		if ( pos.y() - p->rect().y() >= y && pos.y() - p->rect().y() <= y + h ) {
+		    if ( inSel && pos.x() >= p->at( i )->x &&
+			 pos.x() <= p->at( i )->x + p->at( i )->format()->width( p->at( i )->c ) )
+			return TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( pos.y() < p->rect().y() )
+	    break;
+	if ( p == endParag )
+	    break;
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::doLayout( QPainter *p, int w )
+{
+    minw = wused = 0;
+    if ( !is_printer( p ) )
+	p = 0;
+    withoutDoubleBuffer = ( p != 0 );
+    QPainter * oldPainter = QTextFormat::painter();
+    QTextFormat::setPainter( p );
+    tStopWidth = formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->width( 'x' ) * 8;
+    flow_->setWidth( w );
+    cw = w;
+    vw = w;
+    QTextParagraph *parag = fParag;
+    while ( parag ) {
+	parag->invalidate( 0 );
+	if ( p )
+	    parag->adjustToPainter( p );
+	parag->format();
+	parag = parag->next();
+    }
+    QTextFormat::setPainter( oldPainter );
+}
+
+QPixmap *QTextDocument::bufferPixmap( const QSize &s )
+{
+    if ( !buf_pixmap )
+	buf_pixmap = new QPixmap( s.expandedTo( QSize(1,1) ) );
+    else if ( buf_pixmap->size() != s )
+	buf_pixmap->resize( s.expandedTo( buf_pixmap->size() ) );
+    return buf_pixmap;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::draw( QPainter *p, const QRect &rect, const QColorGroup &cg, const QBrush *paper )
+{
+    if ( !firstParagraph() )
+	return;
+
+    if ( paper ) {
+	p->setBrushOrigin( -int( p->translationX() ),
+			   -int( p->translationY() ) );
+
+	p->fillRect( rect, *paper );
+    }
+
+    QPainter * oldPainter = QTextFormat::painter();
+    QTextFormat::setPainter( p );
+
+    if ( formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() != cg.text() )
+	setDefaultFormat( formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), cg.text() );
+
+    QTextParagraph *parag = firstParagraph();
+    while ( parag ) {
+	if ( !parag->isValid() )
+	    parag->format();
+	int y = parag->rect().y();
+	QRect pr( parag->rect() );
+	pr.setX( 0 );
+	pr.setWidth( QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+	if ( !rect.isNull() && !rect.intersects( pr ) ) {
+	    parag = parag->next();
+	    continue;
+	}
+	p->translate( 0, y );
+	if ( rect.isValid() )
+	    parag->paint( *p, cg, 0, FALSE, rect.x(), rect.y(), rect.width(), rect.height() );
+	else
+	    parag->paint( *p, cg, 0, FALSE );
+	p->translate( 0, -y );
+	parag = parag->next();
+	if ( !flow()->isEmpty() )
+	    flow()->drawFloatingItems( p, rect.x(), rect.y(), rect.width(), rect.height(), cg, FALSE );
+    }
+    QTextFormat::setPainter(oldPainter);
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::drawParagraph( QPainter *p, QTextParagraph *parag, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch,
+			       QPixmap *&doubleBuffer, const QColorGroup &cg,
+			       bool drawCursor, QTextCursor *cursor, bool resetChanged )
+{
+    QPainter *painter = 0;
+    if ( resetChanged )
+	parag->setChanged( FALSE );
+    QRect ir( parag->rect() );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    if (!parag->tableCell())
+#endif
+	ir.setWidth(width());
+
+    bool uDoubleBuffer = useDoubleBuffer( parag, p );
+
+    if ( uDoubleBuffer  ) {
+	painter = new QPainter;
+	if ( cx >= 0 && cy >= 0 )
+	    ir = ir.intersect( QRect( cx, cy, cw, ch ) );
+	if ( !doubleBuffer ||
+	     ir.width() > doubleBuffer->width() ||
+	     ir.height() > doubleBuffer->height() ) {
+	    doubleBuffer = bufferPixmap( ir.size() );
+	    painter->begin( doubleBuffer );
+	} else {
+	    painter->begin( doubleBuffer );
+	}
+    } else {
+	painter = p;
+	painter->translate( ir.x(), ir.y() );
+    }
+
+    painter->setBrushOrigin( -ir.x(), -ir.y() );
+
+    if ( uDoubleBuffer || is_printer( painter ) )
+	painter->fillRect( QRect( 0, 0, ir.width(), ir.height() ), parag->backgroundBrush( cg ) );
+    else if ( cursor && cursor->paragraph() == parag )
+	painter->fillRect( QRect( parag->at( cursor->index() )->x, 0, 2, ir.height() ),
+			   parag->backgroundBrush( cg ) );
+
+    painter->translate( -( ir.x() - parag->rect().x() ),
+			-( ir.y() - parag->rect().y() ) );
+    parag->paint( *painter, cg, drawCursor ? cursor : 0, TRUE, cx, cy, cw, ch );
+
+    if ( uDoubleBuffer ) {
+	delete painter;
+	painter = 0;
+	p->drawPixmap( ir.topLeft(), *doubleBuffer, QRect( QPoint( 0, 0 ), ir.size() ) );
+    } else {
+	painter->translate( -ir.x(), -ir.y() );
+    }
+
+    parag->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = FALSE;
+}
+
+QTextParagraph *QTextDocument::draw( QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup &cg,
+				 bool onlyChanged, bool drawCursor, QTextCursor *cursor, bool resetChanged )
+{
+    if ( withoutDoubleBuffer || par && par->withoutDoubleBuffer ) {
+	withoutDoubleBuffer = TRUE;
+	QRect r;
+	draw( p, r, cg );
+	return 0;
+    }
+    withoutDoubleBuffer = FALSE;
+
+    if ( !firstParagraph() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QPainter * oldPainter = QTextFormat::painter();
+    QTextFormat::setPainter( p );
+    if ( formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() != cg.text() )
+	setDefaultFormat( formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), cg.text() );
+
+    if ( cx < 0 && cy < 0 ) {
+	cx = 0;
+	cy = 0;
+	cw = width();
+	ch = height();
+    }
+
+    QTextParagraph *lastFormatted = 0;
+    QTextParagraph *parag = firstParagraph();
+
+    QPixmap *doubleBuffer = 0;
+
+    while ( parag ) {
+	lastFormatted = parag;
+	if ( !parag->isValid() )
+	    parag->format();
+
+	QRect pr = parag->rect();
+	pr.setWidth( parag->document()->width() );
+	if ( pr.y() > cy + ch )
+	    goto floating;
+	QRect clipr( cx, cy, cw, ch );
+	if ( !pr.intersects( clipr ) || ( onlyChanged && !parag->hasChanged() ) ) {
+	    pr.setWidth( parag->document()->width() );
+	    parag = parag->next();
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	drawParagraph( p, parag, cx, cy, cw, ch, doubleBuffer, cg, drawCursor, cursor, resetChanged );
+	parag = parag->next();
+    }
+
+    parag = lastParagraph();
+
+ floating:
+    if ( parag->rect().y() + parag->rect().height() < parag->document()->height() ) {
+	if ( !parag->document()->parent() ) {
+	    QRect fillRect = QRect( 0, parag->rect().y() + parag->rect().height(), parag->document()->width(),
+		parag->document()->height() - ( parag->rect().y() + parag->rect().height() ) );
+	    if ( QRect( cx, cy, cw, ch ).intersects( fillRect ) )
+		p->fillRect( fillRect, cg.brush( QColorGroup::Base ) );
+	}
+	if ( !flow()->isEmpty() ) {
+	    QRect cr( cx, cy, cw, ch );
+	    flow()->drawFloatingItems( p, cr.x(), cr.y(), cr.width(), cr.height(), cg, FALSE );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( buf_pixmap && buf_pixmap->height() > 300 ) {
+	delete buf_pixmap;
+	buf_pixmap = 0;
+    }
+
+    QTextFormat::setPainter(oldPainter);
+    return lastFormatted;
+}
+
+/*
+  #### this function only sets the default font size in the format collection
+ */
+void QTextDocument::setDefaultFormat( const QFont &font, const QColor &color )
+{
+    bool reformat = font != fCollection->defaultFormat()->font();
+    for ( QTextDocument *d = childList.first(); d; d = childList.next() )
+	d->setDefaultFormat( font, color );
+    fCollection->updateDefaultFormat( font, color, sheet_ );
+
+    if ( !reformat )
+	return;
+    tStopWidth = formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->width( 'x' ) * 8;
+
+    // invalidate paragraphs and custom items
+    QTextParagraph *p = fParag;
+    while ( p ) {
+	p->invalidate( 0 );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	for ( int i = 0; i < p->length() - 1; ++i )
+	    if ( p->at( i )->isCustom() )
+		p->at( i )->customItem()->invalidate();
+#endif
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+void QTextDocument::registerCustomItem( QTextCustomItem *i, QTextParagraph *p )
+{
+    if ( i && i->placement() != QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline ) {
+	flow_->registerFloatingItem( i );
+	p->registerFloatingItem( i );
+    }
+    if (i) i->setParagraph( p );
+    p->mightHaveCustomItems = mightHaveCustomItems = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::unregisterCustomItem( QTextCustomItem *i, QTextParagraph *p )
+{
+    p->unregisterFloatingItem( i );
+    i->setParagraph( 0 );
+    flow_->unregisterFloatingItem( i );
+}
+#endif
+
+bool QTextDocument::hasFocusParagraph() const
+{
+    return !!focusIndicator.parag;
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::focusHref() const
+{
+    return focusIndicator.href;
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::focusName() const
+{
+    return focusIndicator.name;
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::focusNextPrevChild( bool next )
+{
+    if ( !focusIndicator.parag ) {
+	if ( next ) {
+	    focusIndicator.parag = fParag;
+	    focusIndicator.start = 0;
+	    focusIndicator.len = 0;
+	} else {
+	    focusIndicator.parag = lParag;
+	    focusIndicator.start = lParag->length();
+	    focusIndicator.len = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	focusIndicator.parag->setChanged( TRUE );
+    }
+    focusIndicator.href = QString::null;
+    focusIndicator.name = QString::null;
+
+    if ( next ) {
+	QTextParagraph *p = focusIndicator.parag;
+	int index = focusIndicator.start + focusIndicator.len;
+	while ( p ) {
+	    for ( int i = index; i < p->length(); ++i ) {
+		if ( p->at( i )->isAnchor() ) {
+		    p->setChanged( TRUE );
+		    focusIndicator.parag = p;
+		    focusIndicator.start = i;
+		    focusIndicator.len = 0;
+		    focusIndicator.href = p->at( i )->anchorHref();
+		    focusIndicator.name = p->at( i )->anchorName();
+		    while ( i < p->length() ) {
+			if ( !p->at( i )->isAnchor() )
+			    return TRUE;
+			focusIndicator.len++;
+			i++;
+		    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		} else if ( p->at( i )->isCustom() ) {
+		    if ( p->at( i )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+			QTextTable *t = (QTextTable*)p->at( i )->customItem();
+			QPtrList<QTextTableCell> cells = t->tableCells();
+			// first try to continue
+			QTextTableCell *c;
+			bool resetCells = TRUE;
+			for ( c = cells.first(); c; c = cells.next() ) {
+			    if ( c->richText()->hasFocusParagraph() ) {
+				if ( c->richText()->focusNextPrevChild( next ) ) {
+				    p->setChanged( TRUE );
+				    focusIndicator.parag = p;
+				    focusIndicator.start = i;
+				    focusIndicator.len = 0;
+				    focusIndicator.href = c->richText()->focusHref();
+				    focusIndicator.name = c->richText()->focusName();
+				    return TRUE;
+				} else {
+				    resetCells = FALSE;
+				    c = cells.next();
+				    break;
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			// now really try
+			if ( resetCells )
+			    c = cells.first();
+			for ( ; c; c = cells.next() ) {
+			    if ( c->richText()->focusNextPrevChild( next ) ) {
+				p->setChanged( TRUE );
+				focusIndicator.parag = p;
+				focusIndicator.start = i;
+				focusIndicator.len = 0;
+				focusIndicator.href = c->richText()->focusHref();
+				focusIndicator.name = c->richText()->focusName();
+				return TRUE;
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+	    index = 0;
+	    p = p->next();
+	}
+    } else {
+	QTextParagraph *p = focusIndicator.parag;
+	int index = focusIndicator.start - 1;
+	if ( focusIndicator.len == 0 && index < focusIndicator.parag->length() - 1 )
+	    index++;
+	while ( p ) {
+	    for ( int i = index; i >= 0; --i ) {
+		if ( p->at( i )->isAnchor() ) {
+		    p->setChanged( TRUE );
+		    focusIndicator.parag = p;
+		    focusIndicator.start = i;
+		    focusIndicator.len = 0;
+		    focusIndicator.href = p->at( i )->anchorHref();
+		    focusIndicator.name = p->at( i )->anchorName();
+		    while ( i >= -1 ) {
+			if ( i < 0 || !p->at( i )->isAnchor() ) {
+			    focusIndicator.start++;
+			    return TRUE;
+			}
+			if ( i < 0 )
+			    break;
+			focusIndicator.len++;
+			focusIndicator.start--;
+			i--;
+		    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		} else if ( p->at( i )->isCustom() ) {
+		    if ( p->at( i )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+			QTextTable *t = (QTextTable*)p->at( i )->customItem();
+			QPtrList<QTextTableCell> cells = t->tableCells();
+			// first try to continue
+			QTextTableCell *c;
+			bool resetCells = TRUE;
+			for ( c = cells.last(); c; c = cells.prev() ) {
+			    if ( c->richText()->hasFocusParagraph() ) {
+				if ( c->richText()->focusNextPrevChild( next ) ) {
+				    p->setChanged( TRUE );
+				    focusIndicator.parag = p;
+				    focusIndicator.start = i;
+				    focusIndicator.len = 0;
+				    focusIndicator.href = c->richText()->focusHref();
+				    focusIndicator.name = c->richText()->focusName();
+				    return TRUE;
+				} else {
+				    resetCells = FALSE;
+				    c = cells.prev();
+				    break;
+				}
+			    }
+			    if ( cells.at() == 0 )
+				break;
+			}
+			// now really try
+			if ( resetCells )
+			    c = cells.last();
+			for ( ; c; c = cells.prev() ) {
+			    if ( c->richText()->focusNextPrevChild( next ) ) {
+				p->setChanged( TRUE );
+				focusIndicator.parag = p;
+				focusIndicator.start = i;
+				focusIndicator.len = 0;
+				focusIndicator.href = c->richText()->focusHref();
+				focusIndicator.name = c->richText()->focusName();
+				return TRUE;
+			    }
+			    if ( cells.at() == 0 )
+				break;
+			}
+		    }
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+	    p = p->prev();
+	    if ( p )
+		index = p->length() - 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    focusIndicator.parag = 0;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+int QTextDocument::length() const
+{
+    int l = -1;
+    QTextParagraph *p = fParag;
+    while ( p ) {
+	l += p->length();
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+    return QMAX(0,l);
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+int QTextFormat::width( const QChar &c ) const
+{
+    if ( c.unicode() == 0xad ) // soft hyphen
+	return 0;
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() ) {
+	if ( c == '\t' )
+	    return fm.width( ' ' );
+	if ( ha == AlignNormal ) {
+	    int w;
+	    if ( c.row() )
+		w = fm.width( c );
+	    else
+		w = widths[ c.unicode() ];
+	    if ( w == 0 && !c.row() ) {
+		w = fm.width( c );
+		( (QTextFormat*)this )->widths[ c.unicode() ] = w;
+	    }
+	    return w;
+	} else {
+	    QFont f( fn );
+	    if ( usePixelSizes )
+		f.setPixelSize( ( f.pixelSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	    else
+		f.setPointSize( ( f.pointSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	    QFontMetrics fm_( f );
+	    return fm_.width( c );
+	}
+    }
+
+    QFont f( fn );
+    if ( ha != AlignNormal ) {
+	if ( usePixelSizes )
+	    f.setPixelSize( ( f.pixelSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	else
+	    f.setPointSize( ( f.pointSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+    }
+    applyFont( f );
+
+    return pntr_fm->width( c );
+}
+
+int QTextFormat::width( const QString &str, int pos ) const
+{
+    int w = 0;
+    if ( str.unicode()[ pos ].unicode() == 0xad )
+	return w;
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() ) {
+	if ( ha == AlignNormal ) {
+	    w = fm.charWidth( str, pos );
+	} else {
+	    QFont f( fn );
+	    if ( usePixelSizes )
+		f.setPixelSize( ( f.pixelSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	    else
+		f.setPointSize( ( f.pointSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	    QFontMetrics fm_( f );
+	    w = fm_.charWidth( str, pos );
+	}
+    } else {
+	QFont f( fn );
+	if ( ha != AlignNormal ) {
+	    if ( usePixelSizes )
+		f.setPixelSize( ( f.pixelSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	    else
+		f.setPointSize( ( f.pointSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	}
+	applyFont( f );
+	w = pntr_fm->charWidth( str, pos );
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextString::QTextString()
+{
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+    bidi = FALSE;
+    rightToLeft = FALSE;
+    dir = QChar::DirON;
+}
+
+QTextString::QTextString( const QTextString &s )
+{
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+    bidi = s.bidi;
+    rightToLeft = s.rightToLeft;
+    dir = s.dir;
+    data = s.data;
+    data.detach();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)data.size(); ++i ) {
+	QTextFormat *f = data[i].format();
+	if ( f )
+	    f->addRef();
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextString::insert( int index, const QString &s, QTextFormat *f )
+{
+    insert( index, s.unicode(), s.length(), f );
+}
+
+void QTextString::insert( int index, const QChar *unicode, int len, QTextFormat *f )
+{
+    int os = data.size();
+    data.resize( data.size() + len, QGArray::SpeedOptim );
+    if ( index < os ) {
+	memmove( data.data() + index + len, data.data() + index,
+		 sizeof( QTextStringChar ) * ( os - index ) );
+    }
+    QTextStringChar *ch = data.data() + index;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	ch->x = 0;
+	ch->lineStart = 0;
+	ch->d.format = 0;
+	ch->nobreak = FALSE;
+	ch->type = QTextStringChar::Regular;
+ 	ch->d.format = f;
+	ch->rightToLeft = 0;
+	ch->c = unicode[i];
+	++ch;
+    }
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+QTextString::~QTextString()
+{
+    clear();
+}
+
+void QTextString::insert( int index, QTextStringChar *c, bool doAddRefFormat  )
+{
+    int os = data.size();
+    data.resize( data.size() + 1, QGArray::SpeedOptim );
+    if ( index < os ) {
+	memmove( data.data() + index + 1, data.data() + index,
+		 sizeof( QTextStringChar ) * ( os - index ) );
+    }
+    QTextStringChar &ch = data[ (int)index ];
+    ch.c = c->c;
+    ch.x = 0;
+    ch.lineStart = 0;
+    ch.rightToLeft = 0;
+    ch.d.format = 0;
+    ch.type = QTextStringChar::Regular;
+    ch.nobreak = FALSE;
+    if ( doAddRefFormat && c->format() )
+	c->format()->addRef();
+    ch.setFormat( c->format() );
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+int QTextString::appendParagraphs( QTextParagraph *start, QTextParagraph *end )
+{
+    int paragCount = 0;
+    int newLength = data.size();
+    QTextParagraph *p = start;
+    for (; p != end; p = p->next()) {
+        newLength += p->length();
+        ++paragCount;
+    }
+
+    const int oldLength = data.size();
+    data.resize(newLength, QGArray::SpeedOptim);
+
+    QTextStringChar *d = &data[oldLength];
+    for (p = start; p != end; p = p->next()) {
+        const QTextStringChar * const src = p->at(0);
+        int i = 0;
+        for (; i < p->length() - 1; ++i) {
+            d[i].c = src[i].c;
+            d[i].x = 0;
+            d[i].lineStart = 0;
+            d[i].rightToLeft = 0;
+            d[i].type = QTextStringChar::Regular;
+            d[i].nobreak = FALSE;
+            d[i].d.format = src[i].format();
+            if (d[i].d.format)
+                d[i].d.format->addRef();
+        }
+        d[i].x = 0;
+        d[i].lineStart = 0;
+        d[i].nobreak = FALSE;
+        d[i].type = QTextStringChar::Regular;
+        d[i].d.format = 0;
+        d[i].rightToLeft = 0;
+        d[i].c = '\n';
+        d += p->length();
+    }
+
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+    return paragCount;
+}
+
+void QTextString::truncate( int index )
+{
+    index = QMAX( index, 0 );
+    index = QMIN( index, (int)data.size() - 1 );
+    if ( index < (int)data.size() ) {
+	for ( int i = index + 1; i < (int)data.size(); ++i ) {
+	    QTextStringChar &ch = data[ i ];
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	    if ( !(ch.type == QTextStringChar::Regular) ) {
+		delete ch.customItem();
+		if ( ch.d.custom->format )
+		    ch.d.custom->format->removeRef();
+		delete ch.d.custom;
+		ch.d.custom = 0;
+	    } else
+#endif
+		if ( ch.format() ) {
+		    ch.format()->removeRef();
+		}
+	}
+    }
+    data.truncate( index );
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextString::remove( int index, int len )
+{
+    for ( int i = index; i < (int)data.size() && i - index < len; ++i ) {
+	QTextStringChar &ch = data[ i ];
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	if ( !(ch.type == QTextStringChar::Regular) ) {
+	    delete ch.customItem();
+	    if ( ch.d.custom->format )
+		ch.d.custom->format->removeRef();
+	    delete ch.d.custom;
+	    ch.d.custom = 0;
+	} else
+#endif
+	    if ( ch.format() ) {
+		ch.format()->removeRef();
+	    }
+    }
+    memmove( data.data() + index, data.data() + index + len,
+	     sizeof( QTextStringChar ) * ( data.size() - index - len ) );
+    data.resize( data.size() - len, QGArray::SpeedOptim );
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextString::clear()
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)data.count(); ++i ) {
+	QTextStringChar &ch = data[ i ];
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	if ( !(ch.type == QTextStringChar::Regular) ) {
+	    if ( ch.customItem() && ch.customItem()->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline )
+		delete ch.customItem();
+	    if ( ch.d.custom->format )
+		ch.d.custom->format->removeRef();
+	    delete ch.d.custom;
+	    ch.d.custom = 0;
+	} else
+#endif
+	    if ( ch.format() ) {
+		ch.format()->removeRef();
+	    }
+    }
+    data.resize( 0 );
+    bidiDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextString::setFormat( int index, QTextFormat *f, bool useCollection )
+{
+    QTextStringChar &ch = data[ index ];
+    if ( useCollection && ch.format() )
+	ch.format()->removeRef();
+    ch.setFormat( f );
+}
+
+void QTextString::checkBidi() const
+{
+    QTextString *that = (QTextString *)this;
+    that->bidiDirty = FALSE;
+    int length = data.size();
+    if ( !length ) {
+	that->bidi = FALSE;
+	that->rightToLeft = dir == QChar::DirR;
+	return;
+    }
+    const QTextStringChar *start = data.data();
+    const QTextStringChar *end = start + length;
+
+    ((QTextString *)this)->stringCache = toString(data);
+
+
+    // determines the properties we need for layouting
+    QTextEngine textEngine( toString(), 0 );
+    textEngine.direction = (QChar::Direction) dir;
+    textEngine.itemize(QTextEngine::SingleLine);
+    const QCharAttributes *ca = textEngine.attributes() + length-1;
+    QTextStringChar *ch = (QTextStringChar *)end - 1;
+    QScriptItem *item = &textEngine.items[textEngine.items.size()-1];
+    unsigned char bidiLevel = item->analysis.bidiLevel;
+    if ( bidiLevel )
+	that->bidi = TRUE;
+    int pos = length-1;
+    while ( ch >= start ) {
+	if ( item->position > pos ) {
+	    --item;
+	    Q_ASSERT( item >= &textEngine.items[0] );
+	    Q_ASSERT( item < &textEngine.items[textEngine.items.size()] );
+	    bidiLevel = item->analysis.bidiLevel;
+	    if ( bidiLevel )
+		that->bidi = TRUE;
+	}
+	ch->softBreak = ca->softBreak;
+	ch->whiteSpace = ca->whiteSpace;
+	ch->charStop = ca->charStop;
+	ch->wordStop = ca->wordStop;
+	ch->bidiLevel = bidiLevel;
+	ch->rightToLeft = (bidiLevel%2);
+	--ch;
+	--ca;
+	--pos;
+    }
+
+    if ( dir == QChar::DirR ) {
+	that->bidi = TRUE;
+	that->rightToLeft = TRUE;
+    } else if ( dir == QChar::DirL ) {
+	that->rightToLeft = FALSE;
+    } else {
+	that->rightToLeft = (textEngine.direction == QChar::DirR);
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setStyleSheet( QStyleSheet *s )
+{
+    if ( !s )
+	return;
+    sheet_ = s;
+    list_tm = list_bm = par_tm = par_bm = 12;
+    list_lm = 40;
+    li_tm = li_bm = 0;
+    QStyleSheetItem* item = s->item( "ol" );
+    if ( item ) {
+	list_tm = QMAX(0,item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop ));
+	list_bm = QMAX(0,item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom ));
+	list_lm = QMAX(0,item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginLeft ));
+    }
+    if ( (item = s->item( "li" ) ) ) {
+	li_tm = QMAX(0,item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop ));
+	li_bm = QMAX(0,item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom ));
+    }
+    if ( (item = s->item( "p" ) ) ) {
+	par_tm = QMAX(0,item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop ));
+	par_bm = QMAX(0,item->margin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom ));
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setUnderlineLinks( bool b ) {
+    underlLinks = b;
+    for ( QTextDocument *d = childList.first(); d; d = childList.next() )
+	d->setUnderlineLinks( b );
+}
+
+void QTextStringChar::setFormat( QTextFormat *f )
+{
+    if ( type == Regular ) {
+ 	d.format = f;
+    } else {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+ 	if ( !d.custom ) {
+ 	    d.custom = new CustomData;
+ 	    d.custom->custom = 0;
+ 	}
+ 	d.custom->format = f;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+void QTextStringChar::setCustomItem( QTextCustomItem *i )
+{
+    if ( type == Regular ) {
+	QTextFormat *f = format();
+	d.custom = new CustomData;
+	d.custom->format = f;
+    } else {
+	delete d.custom->custom;
+    }
+    d.custom->custom = i;
+    type = (type == Anchor ? CustomAnchor : Custom);
+}
+
+void QTextStringChar::loseCustomItem()
+{
+    if ( type == Custom ) {
+	QTextFormat *f = d.custom->format;
+	d.custom->custom = 0;
+	delete d.custom;
+	type = Regular;
+	d.format = f;
+    } else if ( type == CustomAnchor ) {
+	d.custom->custom = 0;
+	type = Anchor;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+QString QTextStringChar::anchorName() const
+{
+    if ( type == Regular )
+	return QString::null;
+    else
+	return d.custom->anchorName;
+}
+
+QString QTextStringChar::anchorHref() const
+{
+    if ( type == Regular )
+	return QString::null;
+    else
+	return d.custom->anchorHref;
+}
+
+void QTextStringChar::setAnchor( const QString& name, const QString& href )
+{
+    if ( type == Regular ) {
+	QTextFormat *f = format();
+	d.custom = new CustomData;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	d.custom->custom = 0;
+#endif
+	d.custom->format = f;
+	type = Anchor;
+    } else if ( type == Custom ) {
+	type = CustomAnchor;
+    }
+    d.custom->anchorName = name;
+    d.custom->anchorHref = href;
+}
+
+
+int QTextString::width( int idx ) const
+{
+     int w = 0;
+     QTextStringChar *c = &at( idx );
+     if ( !c->charStop || c->c.unicode() == 0xad || c->c.unicode() == 0x2028 )
+	 return 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+     if( c->isCustom() ) {
+	 if( c->customItem()->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline )
+	     w = c->customItem()->width;
+     } else
+#endif
+     {
+	 int r = c->c.row();
+         if(r < 0x06
+#ifndef Q_WS_WIN
+             // Uniscribe's handling of Asian makes the condition below fail.
+             || (r > 0x1f && !(r > 0xd7 && r < 0xe0))
+#endif
+             ) {
+	     w = c->format()->width( c->c );
+	 } else {
+             w = c->format()->width(toString(), idx);
+	 }
+     }
+     return w;
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextParagraph::QTextParagraph( QTextDocument *d, QTextParagraph *pr, QTextParagraph *nx, bool updateIds )
+    : p( pr ), n( nx ), docOrPseudo( d ),
+      changed(FALSE), firstFormat(TRUE), firstPProcess(TRUE), needPreProcess(FALSE), fullWidth(TRUE),
+      lastInFrame(FALSE), visible(TRUE), breakable(TRUE), movedDown(FALSE),
+      mightHaveCustomItems(FALSE), hasdoc( d != 0 ), litem(FALSE), rtext(FALSE),
+      align( 0 ), lstyle( QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc ), invalid( 0 ), mSelections( 0 ),
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+      mFloatingItems( 0 ),
+#endif
+      utm( 0 ), ubm( 0 ), ulm( 0 ), urm( 0 ), uflm( 0 ), ulinespacing( 0 ),
+      tabStopWidth(0), minwidth(0), tArray(0), eData( 0 ), ldepth( 0 )
+{
+    lstyle = QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc;
+    if ( !hasdoc )
+	docOrPseudo = new QTextParagraphPseudoDocument;
+    bgcol = 0;
+    list_val = -1;
+    paintdevice = 0;
+    QTextFormat* defFormat = formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
+    if ( !hasdoc ) {
+	tabStopWidth = defFormat->width( 'x' ) * 8;
+	pseudoDocument()->commandHistory = new QTextCommandHistory( 100 );
+    }
+
+    if ( p )
+	p->n = this;
+    if ( n )
+	n->p = this;
+
+    if ( !p && hasdoc )
+	document()->setFirstParagraph( this );
+    if ( !n && hasdoc )
+	document()->setLastParagraph( this );
+
+    state = -1;
+
+    if ( p )
+	id = p->id + 1;
+    else
+	id = 0;
+    if ( n && updateIds ) {
+	QTextParagraph *s = n;
+	while ( s ) {
+	    s->id = s->p->id + 1;
+	    s->invalidateStyleCache();
+	    s = s->n;
+	}
+    }
+
+    str = new QTextString();
+    QChar ch(' ');
+    str->insert( 0, &ch, 1, formatCollection()->defaultFormat() );
+}
+
+QTextParagraph::~QTextParagraph()
+{
+    delete str;
+    if ( hasdoc ) {
+	register QTextDocument *doc = document();
+	if ( this == doc->minwParag ) {
+	    doc->minwParag = 0;
+	    doc->minw = 0;
+	}
+	if ( this == doc->curParag )
+	    doc->curParag = 0;
+    } else {
+	delete pseudoDocument();
+    }
+    delete [] tArray;
+    delete eData;
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::Iterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+    for ( ; it != lineStarts.end(); ++it )
+	delete *it;
+    if ( mSelections )
+	delete mSelections;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    if ( mFloatingItems )
+	delete mFloatingItems;
+#endif
+    if ( p )
+	p->setNext( n );
+    if ( n )
+	n->setPrev( p );
+    delete bgcol;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setNext( QTextParagraph *s )
+{
+    n = s;
+    if ( !n && hasdoc )
+	document()->setLastParagraph( this );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setPrev( QTextParagraph *s )
+{
+    p = s;
+    if ( !p && hasdoc )
+	document()->setFirstParagraph( this );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::invalidate( int chr )
+{
+    if ( invalid < 0 )
+	invalid = chr;
+    else
+	invalid = QMIN( invalid, chr );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    if ( mFloatingItems ) {
+	for ( QTextCustomItem *i = mFloatingItems->first(); i; i = mFloatingItems->next() )
+	    i->ypos = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    invalidateStyleCache();
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::invalidateStyleCache()
+{
+    if ( list_val < 0 )
+	list_val = -1;
+}
+
+
+void QTextParagraph::insert( int index, const QString &s )
+{
+    insert( index, s.unicode(), s.length() );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::insert( int index, const QChar *unicode, int len )
+{
+    if ( hasdoc && !document()->useFormatCollection() && document()->preProcessor() )
+	str->insert( index, unicode, len,
+		     document()->preProcessor()->format( QTextPreProcessor::Standard ) );
+    else
+	str->insert( index, unicode, len, formatCollection()->defaultFormat() );
+    invalidate( index );
+    needPreProcess = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::truncate( int index )
+{
+    str->truncate( index );
+    insert( length(), " " );
+    needPreProcess = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::remove( int index, int len )
+{
+    if ( index + len - str->length() > 0 )
+	return;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    for ( int i = index; i < index + len; ++i ) {
+	QTextStringChar *c = at( i );
+	if ( hasdoc && c->isCustom() ) {
+	    document()->unregisterCustomItem( c->customItem(), this );
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    str->remove( index, len );
+    invalidate( 0 );
+    needPreProcess = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::join( QTextParagraph *s )
+{
+    int oh = r.height() + s->r.height();
+    n = s->n;
+    if ( n )
+	n->p = this;
+    else if ( hasdoc )
+	document()->setLastParagraph( this );
+
+    int start = str->length();
+    if ( length() > 0 && at( length() - 1 )->c == ' ' ) {
+	remove( length() - 1, 1 );
+	--start;
+    }
+    append( s->str->toString(), TRUE );
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < s->length(); ++i ) {
+	if ( !hasdoc || document()->useFormatCollection() ) {
+	    s->str->at( i ).format()->addRef();
+	    str->setFormat( i + start, s->str->at( i ).format(), TRUE );
+	}
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	if ( s->str->at( i ).isCustom() ) {
+	    QTextCustomItem * item = s->str->at( i ).customItem();
+	    str->at( i + start ).setCustomItem( item );
+	    s->str->at( i ).loseCustomItem();
+	    if ( hasdoc ) {
+		document()->unregisterCustomItem( item, s );
+		document()->registerCustomItem( item, this );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( s->str->at( i ).isAnchor() ) {
+	    str->at( i + start ).setAnchor( s->str->at( i ).anchorName(),
+			    s->str->at( i ).anchorHref() );
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+    if ( !extraData() && s->extraData() ) {
+	setExtraData( s->extraData() );
+	s->setExtraData( 0 );
+    } else if ( extraData() && s->extraData() ) {
+	extraData()->join( s->extraData() );
+    }
+    delete s;
+    invalidate( 0 );
+    r.setHeight( oh );
+    needPreProcess = TRUE;
+    if ( n ) {
+	QTextParagraph *s = n;
+	s->invalidate( 0 );
+	while ( s ) {
+	    s->id = s->p->id + 1;
+	    s->state = -1;
+	    s->needPreProcess = TRUE;
+	    s->changed = TRUE;
+	    s->invalidateStyleCache();
+	    s = s->n;
+	}
+    }
+    format();
+    state = -1;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::move( int &dy )
+{
+    if ( dy == 0 )
+	return;
+    changed = TRUE;
+    r.moveBy( 0, dy );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    if ( mFloatingItems ) {
+	for ( QTextCustomItem *i = mFloatingItems->first(); i; i = mFloatingItems->next() )
+	    i->ypos += dy;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( p )
+	p->lastInFrame = TRUE;
+
+    // do page breaks if required
+    if ( hasdoc && document()->isPageBreakEnabled() ) {
+	int shift;
+	if ( ( shift = document()->formatter()->formatVertically(  document(), this ) ) ) {
+	    if ( p )
+		p->setChanged( TRUE );
+	    dy += shift;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::format( int start, bool doMove )
+{
+    if ( !str || str->length() == 0 || !formatter() )
+	return;
+
+    if ( hasdoc &&
+	 document()->preProcessor() &&
+	 ( needPreProcess || state == -1 ) )
+	document()->preProcessor()->process( document(), this, invalid <= 0 ? 0 : invalid );
+    needPreProcess = FALSE;
+
+    if ( invalid == -1 )
+	return;
+
+    r.moveTopLeft( QPoint( documentX(), p ? p->r.y() + p->r.height() : documentY() ) );
+    if ( p )
+	p->lastInFrame = FALSE;
+
+    movedDown = FALSE;
+    bool formattedAgain = FALSE;
+
+ formatAgain:
+
+    r.setWidth( documentWidth() );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    if ( hasdoc && mFloatingItems ) {
+	for ( QTextCustomItem *i = mFloatingItems->first(); i; i = mFloatingItems->next() ) {
+	    i->ypos = r.y();
+	    if ( i->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceRight ) {
+		i->xpos = r.x() + r.width() - i->width;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> oldLineStarts = lineStarts;
+    lineStarts.clear();
+    int y = formatter()->format( document(), this, start, oldLineStarts );
+
+
+    r.setWidth( QMAX( r.width(), formatter()->minimumWidth() ) );
+
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::Iterator it = oldLineStarts.begin();
+
+    for ( ; it != oldLineStarts.end(); ++it )
+	delete *it;
+
+    if ( !hasdoc ) { // qt_format_text bounding rect handling
+	it = lineStarts.begin();
+	int usedw = 0;
+	for ( ; it != lineStarts.end(); ++it )
+	    usedw = QMAX( usedw, (*it)->w );
+	if ( r.width() <= 0 ) {
+	    // if the user specifies an invalid rect, this means that the
+	    // bounding box should grow to the width that the text actually
+	    // needs
+	    r.setWidth( usedw );
+	} else {
+	    r.setWidth( QMIN( usedw, r.width() ) );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( y != r.height() )
+	r.setHeight( y );
+
+    if ( !visible ) {
+	r.setHeight( 0 );
+    } else {
+	int minw = minwidth = formatter()->minimumWidth();
+	int wused = formatter()->widthUsed();
+	wused = QMAX( minw, wused );
+	if ( hasdoc ) {
+	    document()->setMinimumWidth( minw, wused, this );
+	}  else {
+	    pseudoDocument()->minw = QMAX( pseudoDocument()->minw, minw );
+	    pseudoDocument()->wused = QMAX( pseudoDocument()->wused, wused );
+	}
+    }
+
+    // do page breaks if required
+    if ( hasdoc && document()->isPageBreakEnabled() ) {
+        int shift = document()->formatter()->formatVertically( document(), this );
+        if ( shift && !formattedAgain ) {
+            formattedAgain = TRUE;
+            goto formatAgain;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( n && doMove && n->invalid == -1 && r.y() + r.height() != n->r.y() ) {
+	int dy = ( r.y() + r.height() ) - n->r.y();
+	QTextParagraph *s = n;
+	bool makeInvalid = p && p->lastInFrame;
+	while ( s && dy ) {
+	    if ( !s->isFullWidth() )
+		makeInvalid = TRUE;
+	    if ( makeInvalid )
+		s->invalidate( 0 );
+	    s->move( dy );
+	    if ( s->lastInFrame )
+		makeInvalid = TRUE;
+  	    s = s->n;
+	}
+    }
+
+    firstFormat = FALSE;
+    changed = TRUE;
+    invalid = -1;
+    //#####   string()->setTextChanged( FALSE );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::lineHeightOfChar( int i, int *bl, int *y ) const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.end();
+    --it;
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( i >= it.key() ) {
+	    if ( bl )
+		*bl = ( *it )->baseLine;
+	    if ( y )
+		*y = ( *it )->y;
+	    return ( *it )->h;
+	}
+	if ( it == lineStarts.begin() )
+	    break;
+	--it;
+    }
+
+    qWarning( "QTextParagraph::lineHeightOfChar: couldn't find lh for %d", i );
+    return 15;
+}
+
+QTextStringChar *QTextParagraph::lineStartOfChar( int i, int *index, int *line ) const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    int l = (int)lineStarts.count() - 1;
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.end();
+    --it;
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( i >= it.key() ) {
+	    if ( index )
+		*index = it.key();
+	    if ( line )
+		*line = l;
+	    return &str->at( it.key() );
+	}
+	if ( it == lineStarts.begin() )
+	    break;
+	--it;
+	--l;
+    }
+
+    qWarning( "QTextParagraph::lineStartOfChar: couldn't find %d", i );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::lines() const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    return (int)lineStarts.count();
+}
+
+QTextStringChar *QTextParagraph::lineStartOfLine( int line, int *index ) const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    if ( line >= 0 && line < (int)lineStarts.count() ) {
+	QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+	while ( line-- > 0 )
+	    ++it;
+	int i = it.key();
+	if ( index )
+	    *index = i;
+	return &str->at( i );
+    }
+
+    qWarning( "QTextParagraph::lineStartOfLine: couldn't find %d", line );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::leftGap() const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    if ( str->length() == 0)
+	return 0;
+
+    int line = 0;
+    int x = str->length() ? str->at(0).x : 0;  /* set x to x of first char */
+    if ( str->isBidi() ) {
+	for ( int i = 1; i < str->length()-1; ++i )
+	    x = QMIN(x, str->at(i).x);
+	return x;
+    }
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+    while (line < (int)lineStarts.count()) {
+	int i = it.key(); /* char index */
+	x = QMIN(x, str->at(i).x);
+	++it;
+	++line;
+    }
+    return x;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setFormat( int index, int len, QTextFormat *f, bool useCollection, int flags )
+{
+    if ( !f )
+	return;
+    if ( index < 0 )
+	index = 0;
+    if ( index > str->length() - 1 )
+	index = str->length() - 1;
+    if ( index + len >= str->length() )
+	len = str->length() - index;
+
+    QTextFormatCollection *fc = 0;
+    if ( useCollection )
+	fc = formatCollection();
+    QTextFormat *of;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < len; ++i ) {
+	of = str->at( i + index ).format();
+	if ( !changed && ( !of || f->key() != of->key() ) )
+	    changed = TRUE;
+	if ( invalid == -1 &&
+	     ( f->font().family() != of->font().family() ||
+	       f->font().pointSize() != of->font().pointSize() ||
+	       f->font().weight() != of->font().weight() ||
+	       f->font().italic() != of->font().italic() ||
+	       f->vAlign() != of->vAlign() ) ) {
+	    invalidate( 0 );
+	}
+	if ( flags == -1 || flags == QTextFormat::Format || !fc ) {
+	    if ( fc )
+		f = fc->format( f );
+	    str->setFormat( i + index, f, useCollection );
+	} else {
+	    QTextFormat *fm = fc->format( of, f, flags );
+	    str->setFormat( i + index, fm, useCollection );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::indent( int *oldIndent, int *newIndent )
+{
+    if ( !hasdoc || !document()->indent() || isListItem() ) {
+	if ( oldIndent )
+	    *oldIndent = 0;
+	if ( newIndent )
+	    *newIndent = 0;
+	if ( oldIndent && newIndent )
+	    *newIndent = *oldIndent;
+	return;
+    }
+    document()->indent()->indent( document(), this, oldIndent, newIndent );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::paint( QPainter &painter, const QColorGroup &cg, QTextCursor *cursor, bool drawSelections,
+			int clipx, int clipy, int clipw, int cliph )
+{
+    if ( !visible )
+	return;
+    int i, y, h, baseLine, xstart, xend = 0;
+    i = y =h = baseLine = 0;
+    QRect cursorRect;
+    drawSelections &= ( mSelections != 0 );
+    // macintosh full-width selection style
+    bool fullWidthStyle = QApplication::style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_RichText_FullWidthSelection);
+    int fullSelectionWidth = 0;
+    if ( drawSelections && fullWidthStyle )
+	fullSelectionWidth = (hasdoc ? document()->width() : r.width());
+
+    QString qstr = str->toString();
+    // detach string
+    qstr.setLength(qstr.length());
+    // ### workaround so that \n are not drawn, actually this should
+    // be fixed in QFont somewhere (under Windows you get ugly boxes
+    // otherwise)
+    QChar* uc = (QChar*) qstr.unicode();
+    for ( uint ii = 0; ii < qstr.length(); ii++ )
+	if ( uc[(int)ii]== '\n' || uc[(int)ii] == '\t' )
+	    uc[(int)ii] = 0x20;
+
+    int line = -1;
+    int paintStart = 0;
+    QTextStringChar *chr = 0;
+    QTextStringChar *nextchr = at( 0 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < length(); i++ ) {
+	chr = nextchr;
+	if ( i < length()-1 )
+	    nextchr = at( i+1 );
+
+	// we flush at end of document
+	bool flush = (i == length()-1);
+	bool ignoreSoftHyphen = FALSE;
+	if ( !flush ) {
+	    // we flush at end of line
+	    flush |= nextchr->lineStart;
+	    // we flush on format changes
+	    flush |= ( nextchr->format() != chr->format() );
+	    // we flush on link changes
+	    flush |= ( nextchr->isLink() != chr->isLink() );
+	    // we flush on start of run
+	    flush |= ( nextchr->bidiLevel != chr->bidiLevel );
+	    // we flush on bidi changes
+	    flush |= ( nextchr->rightToLeft != chr->rightToLeft );
+	    // we flush before and after tabs
+	    flush |= ( chr->c == '\t' || nextchr->c == '\t' );
+	    // we flush on soft hypens
+	    if (chr->c.unicode() == 0xad) {
+		flush = TRUE;
+		if (!nextchr->lineStart)
+		    ignoreSoftHyphen = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    // we flush on custom items
+	    flush |= chr->isCustom();
+	    // we flush before custom items
+	    flush |= nextchr->isCustom();
+	    // when painting justified, we flush on spaces
+	    if ((alignment() & Qt::AlignJustify) == Qt::AlignJustify )
+		flush |= chr->whiteSpace;
+	}
+
+	// init a new line
+	if ( chr->lineStart ) {
+	    ++line;
+	    paintStart = i;
+	    lineInfo( line, y, h, baseLine );
+	    if ( clipy != -1 && cliph != 0 && y + r.y() - h > clipy + cliph ) { // outside clip area, leave
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    // if this is the first line and we are a list item, draw the the bullet label
+	    if ( line == 0 && isListItem() ) {
+		int x = chr->x;
+		if (str->isBidi()) {
+		    if (str->isRightToLeft()) {
+			x = chr->x + str->width(0);
+			for (int k = 1; k < length(); ++k) {
+			    if (str->at(k).lineStart)
+				break;
+			    x = QMAX(x, str->at(k).x + str->width(k));
+			}
+		    } else {
+			x = chr->x;
+			for (int k = 1; k < length(); ++k) {
+			    if (str->at(k).lineStart)
+				break;
+			    x = QMIN(x, str->at(k).x);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		drawLabel( &painter, x, y, 0, 0, baseLine, cg );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// check for cursor mark
+	if ( cursor && this == cursor->paragraph() && i == cursor->index() ) {
+	    QTextStringChar *c = i == 0 ? chr : chr - 1;
+	    cursorRect.setRect( cursor->x() , y + baseLine - c->format()->ascent(),
+				1, c->format()->height() );
+	}
+
+	if ( flush ) {  // something changed, draw what we have so far
+	    if ( chr->rightToLeft ) {
+		xstart = chr->x;
+		xend = at( paintStart )->x + str->width( paintStart );
+	    } else {
+		xstart = at( paintStart )->x;
+		xend = chr->x;
+		if ( i < length() - 1 ) {
+		    if ( !str->at( i + 1 ).lineStart &&
+			 str->at( i + 1 ).rightToLeft == chr->rightToLeft )
+			xend = str->at( i + 1 ).x;
+		    else
+			xend += str->width( i );
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( (clipx == -1 || clipw <= 0 || (xend >= clipx && xstart <= clipx + clipw)) &&
+		 ( clipy == -1 || clipy < y+r.y()+h ) ) {
+		if ( !chr->isCustom() )
+		    drawString( painter, qstr, paintStart, i - paintStart + (ignoreSoftHyphen ? 0 : 1), xstart, y,
+				baseLine, xend-xstart, h, drawSelections, fullSelectionWidth,
+				chr, cg, chr->rightToLeft );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+		else if ( chr->customItem()->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline ) {
+		    bool inSelection = FALSE;
+		    if (drawSelections) {
+			QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>::ConstIterator it = mSelections->find( QTextDocument::Standard );
+			inSelection = (it != mSelections->end() && (*it).start <= i && (*it).end > i);
+		    }
+		    chr->customItem()->draw( &painter, chr->x, y,
+					     clipx == -1 ? clipx : (clipx - r.x()),
+					     clipy == -1 ? clipy : (clipy - r.y()),
+					     clipw, cliph, cg, inSelection );
+		}
+#endif
+	    }
+	    paintStart = i+1;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+    // time to draw the cursor
+    const int cursor_extent = 4;
+    if ( !cursorRect.isNull() && cursor &&
+	 ((clipx == -1 || clipw == -1) || (cursorRect.right()+cursor_extent >= clipx && cursorRect.left()-cursor_extent <= clipx + clipw)) ) {
+	painter.fillRect( cursorRect, cg.color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
+	painter.save();
+	if ( string()->isBidi() ) {
+	    if ( at( cursor->index() )->rightToLeft ) {
+		painter.setPen( Qt::black );
+		painter.drawLine( cursorRect.x(), cursorRect.y(), cursorRect.x() - cursor_extent / 2, cursorRect.y() + cursor_extent / 2 );
+		painter.drawLine( cursorRect.x(), cursorRect.y() + cursor_extent, cursorRect.x() - cursor_extent / 2, cursorRect.y() + cursor_extent / 2 );
+	    } else {
+		painter.setPen( Qt::black );
+		painter.drawLine( cursorRect.x(), cursorRect.y(), cursorRect.x() + cursor_extent / 2, cursorRect.y() + cursor_extent / 2 );
+		painter.drawLine( cursorRect.x(), cursorRect.y() + cursor_extent, cursorRect.x() + cursor_extent / 2, cursorRect.y() + cursor_extent / 2 );
+	    }
+	}
+	painter.restore();
+    }
+}
+
+//#define BIDI_DEBUG
+
+void QTextParagraph::setColorForSelection( QColor &color, QPainter &painter,
+					   const QColorGroup& cg, int selection )
+{
+    if (selection < 0)
+	return;
+    color = ( hasdoc && selection != QTextDocument::Standard ) ?
+	    document()->selectionColor( selection ) :
+	    cg.color( QColorGroup::Highlight );
+    if ( selection == QTextDocument::IMCompositionText ) {
+#ifndef Q_WS_MACX
+	int h1, s1, v1, h2, s2, v2;
+	cg.color( QColorGroup::Base ).hsv( &h1, &s1, &v1 );
+	cg.color( QColorGroup::Background ).hsv( &h2, &s2, &v2 );
+	color.setHsv( h1, s1, ( v1 + v2 ) / 2 );
+#else
+        color = Qt::lightGray;
+#endif
+	painter.setPen( cg.color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
+    } else if ( selection == QTextDocument::IMSelectionText ) {
+	color = cg.color( QColorGroup::Dark );
+	painter.setPen( cg.color( QColorGroup::BrightText ) );
+    } else if ( !hasdoc || document()->invertSelectionText( selection ) ) {
+	painter.setPen( cg.color( QColorGroup::HighlightedText ) );
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::drawString( QPainter &painter, const QString &str, int start, int len, int xstart,
+			     int y, int baseLine, int w, int h, bool drawSelections, int fullSelectionWidth,
+			     QTextStringChar *formatChar, const QColorGroup& cg,
+			     bool rightToLeft )
+{
+    bool plainText = hasdoc ? document()->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText : FALSE;
+    QTextFormat* format = formatChar->format();
+
+    if ( !plainText || hasdoc && format->color() != document()->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() )
+	painter.setPen( QPen( format->color() ) );
+    else
+	painter.setPen( cg.text() );
+    painter.setFont( format->font() );
+
+    if ( hasdoc && formatChar->isAnchor() && !formatChar->anchorHref().isEmpty() ) {
+	if ( format->useLinkColor() )
+	    painter.setPen(document()->linkColor.isValid() ? document()->linkColor : cg.link());
+	if ( document()->underlineLinks() ) {
+	    QFont fn = format->font();
+	    fn.setUnderline( TRUE );
+	    painter.setFont( fn );
+	}
+    }
+
+    QPainter::TextDirection dir = rightToLeft ? QPainter::RTL : QPainter::LTR;
+
+    int real_length = len;
+    if (len && dir != QPainter::RTL && start + len == length() ) // don't draw the last character (trailing space)
+	len--;
+    if (len && str.unicode()[start+len-1] == QChar_linesep)
+	len--;
+
+
+    QTextFormat::VerticalAlignment vAlign = format->vAlign();
+    if ( vAlign != QTextFormat::AlignNormal ) {
+	// sub or superscript
+	QFont f( painter.font() );
+	if ( format->fontSizesInPixels() )
+	    f.setPixelSize( ( f.pixelSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	else
+	    f.setPointSize( ( f.pointSize() * 2 ) / 3 );
+	painter.setFont( f );
+	int h = painter.fontMetrics().height();
+	baseLine += (vAlign == QTextFormat::AlignSubScript) ? h/6 : -h/2;
+    }
+
+    bool allSelected = FALSE;
+    if (drawSelections) {
+	QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>::ConstIterator it = mSelections->find( QTextDocument::Standard );
+	allSelected = (it != mSelections->end() && (*it).start <= start && (*it).end >= start+len);
+    }
+    if (!allSelected)
+	painter.drawText(xstart, y + baseLine, str, start, len, dir);
+
+#ifdef BIDI_DEBUG
+    painter.save();
+    painter.setPen ( Qt::red );
+    painter.drawLine( xstart, y, xstart, y + baseLine );
+    painter.drawLine( xstart, y + baseLine/2, xstart + 10, y + baseLine/2 );
+    int w = 0;
+    int i = 0;
+    while( i < len )
+	w += painter.fontMetrics().charWidth( str, start + i++ );
+    painter.setPen ( Qt::blue );
+    painter.drawLine( xstart + w - 1, y, xstart + w - 1, y + baseLine );
+    painter.drawLine( xstart + w - 1, y + baseLine/2, xstart + w - 1 - 10, y + baseLine/2 );
+    painter.restore();
+#endif
+
+    // check if we are in a selection and draw it
+    if (drawSelections) {
+	QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>::ConstIterator it = mSelections->end();
+	while ( it != mSelections->begin() ) {
+	    --it;
+	    int selStart = (*it).start;
+	    int selEnd = (*it).end;
+	    int tmpw = w;
+
+	    selStart = QMAX(selStart, start);
+	    int real_selEnd = QMIN(selEnd, start+real_length);
+	    selEnd = QMIN(selEnd, start+len);
+	    bool extendRight = FALSE;
+	    bool extendLeft = FALSE;
+	    bool selWrap = (real_selEnd == length()-1 && n && n->hasSelection(it.key()));
+ 	    if (selWrap || this->str->at(real_selEnd).lineStart) {
+		extendRight = (fullSelectionWidth != 0);
+ 		if (!extendRight && !rightToLeft)
+		    tmpw += painter.fontMetrics().width(' ');
+	    }
+	    if (fullSelectionWidth && (selStart == 0 || this->str->at(selStart).lineStart)) {
+		extendLeft = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    if (this->str->isRightToLeft() != rightToLeft)
+		extendLeft = extendRight = FALSE;
+
+	    if (this->str->isRightToLeft()) {
+		bool tmp = extendLeft;
+		extendLeft = extendRight;
+		extendRight = tmp;
+	    }
+
+	    if (selStart < real_selEnd ||
+		selWrap && fullSelectionWidth && extendRight &&
+		// don't draw the standard selection on a printer=
+		(it.key() != QTextDocument::Standard || !is_printer( &painter))) {
+		int selection = it.key();
+		QColor color;
+		setColorForSelection( color, painter, cg, selection );
+		if (selStart != start || selEnd != start + len || selWrap) {
+		    // have to clip
+		    painter.save();
+		    int cs, ce;
+		    if (rightToLeft) {
+			cs = (selEnd != start + len) ?
+			     this->str->at(this->str->previousCursorPosition(selEnd)).x : xstart;
+			ce = (selStart != start) ?
+			     this->str->at(this->str->previousCursorPosition(selStart)).x : xstart+tmpw;
+		    } else {
+			cs = (selStart != start) ? this->str->at(selStart).x : xstart;
+			ce = (selEnd != start + len) ? this->str->at(selEnd).x : xstart+tmpw;
+		    }
+		    QRect r(cs, y, ce-cs, h);
+		    if (extendLeft)
+			r.setLeft(0);
+		    if (extendRight)
+			r.setRight(fullSelectionWidth);
+		    QRegion reg(r);
+		    if ( painter.hasClipping() )
+			reg &= painter.clipRegion(QPainter::CoordPainter);
+		    painter.setClipRegion(reg, QPainter::CoordPainter);
+		}
+		int xleft = xstart;
+		if ( extendLeft ) {
+		    tmpw += xstart;
+		    xleft = 0;
+		}
+		if ( extendRight )
+		    tmpw = fullSelectionWidth - xleft;
+		painter.fillRect( xleft, y, tmpw, h, color );
+		painter.drawText( xstart, y + baseLine, str, start, len, dir );
+                // draw preedit's underline
+                if (selection == QTextDocument::IMCompositionText)
+                    painter.drawLine(xstart, y + baseLine + 1, xstart + w, y + baseLine + 1);
+		if (selStart != start || selEnd != start + len || selWrap)
+		    painter.restore();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( format->isMisspelled() ) {
+	painter.save();
+	painter.setPen( QPen( Qt::red, 1, Qt::DotLine ) );
+	painter.drawLine( xstart, y + baseLine + 1, xstart + w, y + baseLine + 1 );
+	painter.restore();
+    }
+
+    if ( hasdoc && formatChar->isAnchor() && !formatChar->anchorHref().isEmpty() &&
+	 document()->focusIndicator.parag == this &&
+	 ( document()->focusIndicator.start >= start  &&
+	   document()->focusIndicator.start + document()->focusIndicator.len <= start + len ||
+	   document()->focusIndicator.start <= start &&
+	   document()->focusIndicator.start + document()->focusIndicator.len >= start + len ) )
+	painter.drawWinFocusRect( QRect( xstart, y, w, h ) );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::drawLabel( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int w, int h, int base, const QColorGroup& cg )
+{
+    QRect r ( x, y, w, h );
+    QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle s = listStyle();
+
+    p->save();
+    QTextFormat *format = at( 0 )->format();
+    if ( format ) {
+	p->setPen( format->color() );
+	p->setFont( format->font() );
+    }
+    QFontMetrics fm( p->fontMetrics() );
+    int size = fm.lineSpacing() / 3;
+
+    bool rtl = str->isRightToLeft();
+
+    switch ( s ) {
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListDecimal:
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListLowerAlpha:
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListUpperAlpha:
+	{
+	    if ( list_val == -1 ) { // uninitialised list value, calcluate the right one
+		int depth = listDepth();
+		list_val--;
+		// ### evil, square and expensive. This needs to be done when formatting, not when painting
+		QTextParagraph* s = prev();
+		int depth_s;
+		while ( s && (depth_s = s->listDepth()) >= depth ) {
+		    if ( depth_s == depth && s->isListItem() )
+			list_val--;
+		    s = s->prev();
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    int n = list_val;
+	    if ( n < -1 )
+		n = -n - 1;
+	    QString l;
+	    switch ( s ) {
+	    case QStyleSheetItem::ListLowerAlpha:
+		if ( n < 27 ) {
+		    l = QChar( ('a' + (char) (n-1)));
+		    break;
+		}
+	    case QStyleSheetItem::ListUpperAlpha:
+		if ( n < 27 ) {
+		    l = QChar( ('A' + (char) (n-1)));
+		    break;
+		}
+		break;
+	    default:  //QStyleSheetItem::ListDecimal:
+		l.setNum( n );
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (rtl)
+		l.prepend(" .");
+	    else
+		l += QString::fromLatin1(". ");
+	    int x = ( rtl ? r.left() : r.right() - fm.width(l));
+	    p->drawText( x, r.top() + base, l );
+	}
+	break;
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListSquare:
+	{
+	    int x = rtl ? r.left() + size : r.right() - size*2;
+	    QRect er( x, r.top() + fm.height() / 2 - size / 2, size, size );
+	    p->fillRect( er , cg.brush( QColorGroup::Text ) );
+	}
+	break;
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListCircle:
+	{
+	    int x = rtl ? r.left() + size : r.right() - size*2;
+	    QRect er( x, r.top() + fm.height() / 2 - size / 2, size, size);
+	    p->drawEllipse( er );
+	}
+	break;
+    case QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc:
+    default:
+	{
+	    p->setBrush( cg.brush( QColorGroup::Text ));
+	    int x = rtl ? r.left() + size : r.right() - size*2;
+	    QRect er( x, r.top() + fm.height() / 2 - size / 2, size, size);
+	    p->drawEllipse( er );
+	    p->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush );
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    p->restore();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+void QTextParagraph::readStyleInformation( QDataStream& stream )
+{
+    int int_align, int_lstyle;
+    uchar uchar_litem, uchar_rtext, uchar_dir;
+    stream >> int_align >> int_lstyle >> utm >> ubm >> ulm >> urm >> uflm
+	   >> ulinespacing >> ldepth >> uchar_litem >> uchar_rtext >> uchar_dir;
+    align = int_align; lstyle = (QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle) int_lstyle;
+    litem = uchar_litem; rtext = uchar_rtext; str->setDirection( (QChar::Direction)uchar_dir );
+    QTextParagraph* s = prev() ? prev() : this;
+    while ( s ) {
+	s->invalidate( 0 );
+	s = s->next();
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::writeStyleInformation( QDataStream& stream ) const
+{
+    stream << (int) align << (int) lstyle << utm << ubm << ulm << urm << uflm << ulinespacing << ldepth << (uchar)litem << (uchar)rtext << (uchar)str->direction();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void QTextParagraph::setListItem( bool li )
+{
+    if ( (bool)litem == li )
+	return;
+    litem = li;
+    changed = TRUE;
+    QTextParagraph* s = prev() ? prev() : this;
+    while ( s ) {
+	s->invalidate( 0 );
+	s = s->next();
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setListDepth( int depth ) {
+    if ( !hasdoc || depth == ldepth )
+	return;
+    ldepth = depth;
+    QTextParagraph* s = prev() ? prev() : this;
+    while ( s ) {
+	s->invalidate( 0 );
+	s = s->next();
+    }
+}
+
+int *QTextParagraph::tabArray() const
+{
+    int *ta = tArray;
+    if ( !ta && hasdoc )
+	ta = document()->tabArray();
+    return ta;
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::nextTab( int, int x )
+{
+    int *ta = tArray;
+    if ( hasdoc ) {
+	if ( !ta )
+	    ta = document()->tabArray();
+	tabStopWidth = document()->tabStopWidth();
+    }
+    if ( ta ) {
+	int i = 0;
+	while ( ta[ i ] ) {
+	    if ( ta[ i ] >= x )
+		return tArray[ i ];
+	    ++i;
+	}
+	return tArray[ 0 ];
+    } else {
+	int d;
+	if ( tabStopWidth != 0 )
+	    d = x / tabStopWidth;
+	else
+	    return x;
+	return tabStopWidth * ( d + 1 );
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::adjustToPainter( QPainter *p )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    for ( int i = 0; i < length(); ++i ) {
+	if ( at( i )->isCustom() )
+	    at( i )->customItem()->adjustToPainter( p );
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+QTextFormatCollection *QTextParagraph::formatCollection() const
+{
+    if ( hasdoc )
+	return document()->formatCollection();
+    QTextFormatCollection* fc = &pseudoDocument()->collection;
+    if ( paintdevice != fc->paintDevice() )
+	fc->setPaintDevice( paintdevice );
+    return fc;
+}
+
+QString QTextParagraph::richText() const
+{
+    QString s;
+    QTextStringChar *formatChar = 0;
+    QString spaces;
+    bool doStart = richTextExportStart && richTextExportStart->paragraph() == this;
+    bool doEnd = richTextExportEnd && richTextExportEnd->paragraph() == this;
+    int i;
+    QString lastAnchorName;
+    for ( i = 0; i < length()-1; ++i ) {
+	if ( doStart && i && richTextExportStart->index() == i )
+	    s += "<!--StartFragment-->";
+	if ( doEnd && richTextExportEnd->index() == i )
+	    s += "<!--EndFragment-->";
+	QTextStringChar *c = &str->at( i );
+	if ( c->isAnchor() && !c->anchorName().isEmpty() && c->anchorName() != lastAnchorName ) {
+            lastAnchorName = c->anchorName();
+            if ( c->anchorName().contains( '#' ) ) {
+		QStringList l = QStringList::split( '#', c->anchorName() );
+		for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = l.begin(); it != l.end(); ++it )
+		    s += "<a name=\"" + *it + "\"></a>";
+	    } else {
+		s += "<a name=\"" + c->anchorName() + "\"></a>";
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( !formatChar ) {
+	    s += c->format()->makeFormatChangeTags( formatCollection()->defaultFormat(),
+						    0, QString::null, c->anchorHref() );
+	    formatChar = c;
+	} else if ( ( formatChar->format()->key() != c->format()->key() ) ||
+		  (c->anchorHref() != formatChar->anchorHref() ) )  {
+	    s += c->format()->makeFormatChangeTags( formatCollection()->defaultFormat(),
+						    formatChar->format() , formatChar->anchorHref(), c->anchorHref() );
+	    formatChar = c;
+	}
+	if ( c->c == '<' )
+	    s += "&lt;";
+	else if ( c->c == '>' )
+	    s += "&gt;";
+	else if ( c->c =='&' )
+	    s += "&amp;";
+	else if ( c->c =='\"' )
+	    s += "&quot;";
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	else if ( c->isCustom() )
+	    s += c->customItem()->richText();
+#endif
+	else if ( c->c == '\n' || c->c == QChar_linesep )
+	    s += "<br />"; // space on purpose for compatibility with Netscape, Lynx & Co.
+	else
+	    s += c->c;
+    }
+    if ( doEnd && richTextExportEnd->index() == i )
+	s += "<!--EndFragment-->";
+    if ( formatChar )
+	s += formatChar->format()->makeFormatEndTags( formatCollection()->defaultFormat(), formatChar->anchorHref() );
+    return s;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::addCommand( QTextCommand *cmd )
+{
+    if ( !hasdoc )
+	pseudoDocument()->commandHistory->addCommand( cmd );
+    else
+	document()->commands()->addCommand( cmd );
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextParagraph::undo( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    if ( !hasdoc )
+	return pseudoDocument()->commandHistory->undo( c );
+    return document()->commands()->undo( c );
+}
+
+QTextCursor *QTextParagraph::redo( QTextCursor *c )
+{
+    if ( !hasdoc )
+	return pseudoDocument()->commandHistory->redo( c );
+    return document()->commands()->redo( c );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::topMargin() const
+{
+    int m = 0;
+    if ( rtext ) {
+	m = isListItem() ? (document()->li_tm/QMAX(1,listDepth()*listDepth())) :
+	    ( listDepth() ? 0 : document()->par_tm );
+	if ( listDepth() == 1 &&(  !prev() || prev()->listDepth() < listDepth() ) )
+	    m = QMAX( m, document()->list_tm );
+    }
+    m += utm;
+    return scale( m, QTextFormat::painter() );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::bottomMargin() const
+{
+    int m = 0;
+    if ( rtext ) {
+	m = isListItem() ? (document()->li_bm/QMAX(1,listDepth()*listDepth())) :
+	    ( listDepth() ? 0 : document()->par_bm );
+	if ( listDepth() == 1 &&(  !next() || next()->listDepth() < listDepth() ) )
+	    m = QMAX( m, document()->list_bm );
+    }
+    m += ubm;
+    return scale( m, QTextFormat::painter() );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::leftMargin() const
+{
+    int m = ulm;
+    if ( listDepth() && !string()->isRightToLeft() )
+	m += listDepth() * document()->list_lm;
+    return scale( m, QTextFormat::painter() );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::firstLineMargin() const
+{
+    int m = uflm;
+    return scale( m, QTextFormat::painter() );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::rightMargin() const
+{
+    int m = urm;
+    if ( listDepth() && string()->isRightToLeft() )
+	m += listDepth() * document()->list_lm;
+    return scale( m, QTextFormat::painter() );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::lineSpacing() const
+{
+    int l = ulinespacing;
+    l = scale( l, QTextFormat::painter() );
+    return l;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::copyParagData( QTextParagraph *parag )
+{
+    rtext = parag->rtext;
+    lstyle = parag->lstyle;
+    ldepth = parag->ldepth;
+    litem = parag->litem;
+    align = parag->align;
+    utm = parag->utm;
+    ubm = parag->ubm;
+    urm = parag->urm;
+    ulm = parag->ulm;
+    uflm = parag->uflm;
+    ulinespacing = parag->ulinespacing;
+    QColor *c = parag->backgroundColor();
+    if ( c )
+	setBackgroundColor( *c );
+    str->setDirection( parag->str->direction() );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::show()
+{
+    if ( visible || !hasdoc )
+	return;
+    visible = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::hide()
+{
+    if ( !visible || !hasdoc )
+	return;
+    visible = FALSE;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setDirection( QChar::Direction d )
+{
+    if ( str && str->direction() != d ) {
+	str->setDirection( d );
+	invalidate( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+QChar::Direction QTextParagraph::direction() const
+{
+    return (str ? str->direction() : QChar::DirON );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setChanged( bool b, bool recursive )
+{
+    changed = b;
+    if ( recursive ) {
+	if ( document() && document()->parentParagraph() )
+	    document()->parentParagraph()->setChanged( b, recursive );
+    }
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+
+QTextPreProcessor::QTextPreProcessor()
+{
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextFormatter::QTextFormatter()
+    : thisminw(0), thiswused(0), wrapEnabled( TRUE ), wrapColumn( -1 ), biw( FALSE )
+{
+}
+
+QTextLineStart *QTextFormatter::formatLine( QTextParagraph *parag, QTextString *string, QTextLineStart *line,
+						   QTextStringChar *startChar, QTextStringChar *lastChar, int align, int space )
+{
+    if ( lastChar < startChar )
+	return new QTextLineStart;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLEXTEXT
+    if( string->isBidi() )
+	return bidiReorderLine( parag, string, line, startChar, lastChar, align, space );
+#endif
+    int start = (startChar - &string->at(0));
+    int last = (lastChar - &string->at(0) );
+
+    // ignore white space at the end of the line.
+    QTextStringChar *ch = lastChar;
+    while ( ch > startChar && ch->whiteSpace ) {
+	space += ch->format()->width( ' ' );
+	--ch;
+    }
+
+    if (space < 0)
+	space = 0;
+
+    // do alignment Auto == Left in this case
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignHCenter || align & Qt::AlignRight ) {
+	if ( align & Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	    space /= 2;
+	for ( int j = start; j <= last; ++j )
+	    string->at( j ).x += space;
+    } else if ( align & Qt::AlignJustify ) {
+	int numSpaces = 0;
+	// End at "last-1", the last space ends up with a width of 0
+	for ( int j = last-1; j >= start; --j ) {
+	    // Start at last tab, if any.
+	    QTextStringChar &ch = string->at( j );
+	    if ( ch.c == '\t' ) {
+		start = j+1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if(ch.whiteSpace)
+		numSpaces++;
+	}
+	int toAdd = 0;
+	for ( int k = start + 1; k <= last; ++k ) {
+	    QTextStringChar &ch = string->at( k );
+	    if( numSpaces && ch.whiteSpace ) {
+		int s = space / numSpaces;
+		toAdd += s;
+		space -= s;
+		numSpaces--;
+	    }
+	    string->at( k ).x += toAdd;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( last >= 0 && last < string->length() )
+	line->w = string->at( last ).x + string->width( last );
+    else
+	line->w = 0;
+
+    return new QTextLineStart;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLEXTEXT
+
+#ifdef BIDI_DEBUG
+#include <iostream>
+#endif
+
+// collects one line of the paragraph and transforms it to visual order
+QTextLineStart *QTextFormatter::bidiReorderLine( QTextParagraph * /*parag*/, QTextString *text, QTextLineStart *line,
+							QTextStringChar *startChar, QTextStringChar *lastChar, int align, int space )
+{
+    // ignore white space at the end of the line.
+    int endSpaces = 0;
+    while ( lastChar > startChar && lastChar->whiteSpace ) {
+	space += lastChar->format()->width( ' ' );
+	--lastChar;
+	++endSpaces;
+    }
+
+    int start = (startChar - &text->at(0));
+    int last = (lastChar - &text->at(0) );
+
+    int length = lastChar - startChar + 1;
+
+
+    int x = startChar->x;
+
+    unsigned char _levels[256];
+    int _visual[256];
+
+    unsigned char *levels = _levels;
+    int *visual = _visual;
+
+    if ( length > 255 ) {
+	levels = (unsigned char *)malloc( length*sizeof( unsigned char ) );
+	visual = (int *)malloc( length*sizeof( int ) );
+    }
+
+    //qDebug("bidiReorderLine: length=%d (%d-%d)", length, start, last );
+
+    QTextStringChar *ch = startChar;
+    unsigned char *l = levels;
+    while ( ch <= lastChar ) {
+	//qDebug( "  level: %d", ch->bidiLevel );
+	*(l++) = (ch++)->bidiLevel;
+    }
+
+    QTextEngine::bidiReorder( length, levels, visual );
+
+    // now construct the reordered string out of the runs...
+
+    int numSpaces = 0;
+    // set the correct alignment. This is a bit messy....
+    if( align == Qt::AlignAuto ) {
+	// align according to directionality of the paragraph...
+	if ( text->isRightToLeft() )
+	    align = Qt::AlignRight;
+    }
+
+    // This is not really correct, but as we can't make the scrollbar move to the left of the origin,
+    // this ensures all text can be scrolled to and read.
+    if (space < 0)
+	space = 0;
+
+    if ( align & Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	x += space/2;
+    else if ( align & Qt::AlignRight )
+	x += space;
+    else if ( align & Qt::AlignJustify ) {
+	// End at "last-1", the last space ends up with a width of 0
+	for ( int j = last-1; j >= start; --j ) {
+	    // Start at last tab, if any.
+	    QTextStringChar &ch = text->at( j );
+	    if ( ch.c == '\t' ) {
+		start = j+1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if(ch.whiteSpace)
+		numSpaces++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    int toAdd = 0;
+    int xorig = x;
+    QTextStringChar *lc = startChar + visual[0];
+    for ( int i = 0; i < length; i++ ) {
+	QTextStringChar *ch = startChar + visual[i];
+	if (numSpaces && ch->whiteSpace) {
+	    int s = space / numSpaces;
+	    toAdd += s;
+	    space -= s;
+	    numSpaces--;
+	}
+
+	if (lc->format() != ch->format() && !ch->c.isSpace()
+	    && lc->format()->font().italic() && !ch->format()->font().italic()) {
+	    int rb = lc->format()->fontMetrics().rightBearing(lc->c);
+	    if (rb < 0)
+		x -= rb;
+	}
+
+ 	ch->x = x + toAdd;
+        ch->rightToLeft = ch->bidiLevel % 2;
+	//qDebug("visual: %d (%x) placed at %d rightToLeft=%d", visual[i], ch->c.unicode(), x +toAdd, ch->rightToLeft  );
+	int ww = 0;
+	if ( ch->c.unicode() >= 32 || ch->c == '\t' || ch->c == '\n' || ch->isCustom() ) {
+	    ww = text->width( start+visual[i] );
+	} else {
+	    ww = ch->format()->width( ' ' );
+	}
+	x += ww;
+	lc = ch;
+    }
+    x += toAdd;
+
+    while ( endSpaces-- ) {
+	++lastChar;
+	int sw = lastChar->format()->width( ' ' );
+	if ( text->isRightToLeft() ) {
+	    xorig -= sw;
+	    lastChar->x = xorig;
+            ch->rightToLeft = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    lastChar->x = x;
+	    x += sw;
+            ch->rightToLeft = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    line->w = x;
+
+    if ( length > 255 ) {
+	free( levels );
+	free( visual );
+    }
+
+    return new QTextLineStart;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void QTextFormatter::insertLineStart( QTextParagraph *parag, int index, QTextLineStart *ls )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::Iterator it;
+    if ( ( it = parag->lineStartList().find( index ) ) == parag->lineStartList().end() ) {
+	parag->lineStartList().insert( index, ls );
+    } else {
+	delete *it;
+	parag->lineStartList().remove( it );
+	parag->lineStartList().insert( index, ls );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Standard pagebreak algorithm using QTextFlow::adjustFlow. Returns
+ the shift of the paragraphs bottom line.
+ */
+int QTextFormatter::formatVertically( QTextDocument* doc, QTextParagraph* parag )
+{
+    int oldHeight = parag->rect().height();
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>& lineStarts = parag->lineStartList();
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::Iterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+    int h = parag->prev() ? QMAX(parag->prev()->bottomMargin(),parag->topMargin() ) / 2: 0;
+    for ( ; it != lineStarts.end() ; ++it  ) {
+	QTextLineStart * ls = it.data();
+	ls->y = h;
+	QTextStringChar *c = &parag->string()->at(it.key());
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	if ( c && c->customItem() && c->customItem()->ownLine() ) {
+	    int h = c->customItem()->height;
+	    c->customItem()->pageBreak( parag->rect().y() + ls->y + ls->baseLine - h, doc->flow() );
+	    int delta = c->customItem()->height - h;
+	    ls->h += delta;
+	    if ( delta )
+		parag->setMovedDown( TRUE );
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+
+	    int shift = doc->flow()->adjustFlow( parag->rect().y() + ls->y, ls->w, ls->h );
+	    ls->y += shift;
+	    if ( shift )
+		parag->setMovedDown( TRUE );
+	}
+	h = ls->y + ls->h;
+    }
+    int m = parag->bottomMargin();
+    if ( !parag->next() )
+	m = 0;
+    else
+	m = QMAX(m, parag->next()->topMargin() ) / 2;
+    h += m;
+    parag->setHeight( h );
+    return h - oldHeight;
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextFormatterBreakInWords::QTextFormatterBreakInWords()
+{
+}
+
+#define SPACE(s) s
+
+int QTextFormatterBreakInWords::format( QTextDocument *doc,QTextParagraph *parag,
+					int start, const QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> & )
+{
+    // make sure bidi information is correct.
+    (void )parag->string()->isBidi();
+
+    QTextStringChar *c = 0;
+    QTextStringChar *firstChar = 0;
+    int left = doc ? parag->leftMargin() + doc->leftMargin() : 0;
+    int x = left + ( doc ? parag->firstLineMargin() : 0 );
+    int dw = parag->documentVisibleWidth() - ( doc ? doc->rightMargin() : 0 );
+    int y = parag->prev() ? QMAX(parag->prev()->bottomMargin(),parag->topMargin()) / 2: 0;
+    int h = y;
+    int len = parag->length();
+    if ( doc )
+	x = doc->flow()->adjustLMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), x, 4 );
+    int rm = parag->rightMargin();
+    int w = dw - ( doc ? doc->flow()->adjustRMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), rm, 4 ) : 0 );
+    bool fullWidth = TRUE;
+    int minw = 0;
+    int wused = 0;
+    bool wrapEnabled = isWrapEnabled( parag );
+
+    start = 0;    //######### what is the point with start?! (Matthias)
+    if ( start == 0 )
+	c = &parag->string()->at( 0 );
+
+    int i = start;
+    QTextLineStart *lineStart = new QTextLineStart( y, y, 0 );
+    insertLineStart( parag, 0, lineStart );
+
+    QPainter *painter = QTextFormat::painter();
+
+    int col = 0;
+    int ww = 0;
+    QChar lastChr;
+    for ( ; i < len; ++i, ++col ) {
+	if ( c )
+	    lastChr = c->c;
+	c = &parag->string()->at( i );
+	// ### the lines below should not be needed
+	if ( painter )
+	    c->format()->setPainter( painter );
+	if ( i > 0 ) {
+	    c->lineStart = 0;
+	} else {
+	    c->lineStart = 1;
+	    firstChar = c;
+	}
+	if ( c->c.unicode() >= 32 || c->isCustom() ) {
+	    ww = parag->string()->width( i );
+	} else if ( c->c == '\t' ) {
+	    int nx = parag->nextTab( i, x - left ) + left;
+	    if ( nx < x )
+		ww = w - x;
+	    else
+		ww = nx - x;
+	} else {
+	    ww = c->format()->width( ' ' );
+	}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	if ( c->isCustom() && c->customItem()->ownLine() ) {
+	    x = doc ? doc->flow()->adjustLMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), left, 4 ) : left;
+	    w = dw - ( doc ? doc->flow()->adjustRMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), rm, 4 ) : 0 );
+	    c->customItem()->resize( w - x );
+	    w = dw;
+	    y += h;
+	    h = c->height();
+	    lineStart = new QTextLineStart( y, h, h );
+	    insertLineStart( parag, i, lineStart );
+	    c->lineStart = 1;
+	    firstChar = c;
+	    x = 0xffffff;
+	    continue;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if ( wrapEnabled &&
+	     ( wrapAtColumn() == -1 && x + ww > w ||
+	       wrapAtColumn() != -1 && col >= wrapAtColumn() ) ) {
+	    x = doc ? parag->document()->flow()->adjustLMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), left, 4 ) : left;
+	    w = dw;
+	    y += h;
+	    h = c->height();
+	    lineStart = formatLine( parag, parag->string(), lineStart, firstChar, c-1 );
+	    lineStart->y = y;
+	    insertLineStart( parag, i, lineStart );
+	    lineStart->baseLine = c->ascent();
+	    lineStart->h = c->height();
+	    c->lineStart = 1;
+	    firstChar = c;
+	    col = 0;
+	    if ( wrapAtColumn() != -1 )
+		minw = QMAX( minw, w );
+	} else if ( lineStart ) {
+	    lineStart->baseLine = QMAX( lineStart->baseLine, c->ascent() );
+	    h = QMAX( h, c->height() );
+	    lineStart->h = h;
+	}
+
+	c->x = x;
+	x += ww;
+	wused = QMAX( wused, x );
+    }
+
+    int m = parag->bottomMargin();
+    if ( !parag->next() )
+	m = 0;
+    else
+	m = QMAX(m, parag->next()->topMargin() ) / 2;
+    parag->setFullWidth( fullWidth );
+    y += h + m;
+    if ( doc )
+	minw += doc->rightMargin();
+    if ( !wrapEnabled )
+	minw = QMAX(minw, wused);
+
+    thisminw = minw;
+    thiswused = wused;
+    return y;
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextFormatterBreakWords::QTextFormatterBreakWords()
+{
+}
+
+#define DO_FLOW( lineStart ) do{ if ( doc && doc->isPageBreakEnabled() ) { \
+		    int yflow = lineStart->y + parag->rect().y();\
+		    int shift = doc->flow()->adjustFlow( yflow, dw, lineStart->h ); \
+		    lineStart->y += shift;\
+		    y += shift;\
+		}}while(FALSE)
+
+int QTextFormatterBreakWords::format( QTextDocument *doc, QTextParagraph *parag,
+				      int start, const QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> & )
+{
+    // make sure bidi information is correct.
+    (void )parag->string()->isBidi();
+
+    QTextStringChar *c = 0;
+    QTextStringChar *firstChar = 0;
+    QTextString *string = parag->string();
+    int left = doc ? parag->leftMargin() + doc->leftMargin() : 0;
+    int x = left + ( doc ? parag->firstLineMargin() : 0 );
+    int y = parag->prev() ? QMAX(parag->prev()->bottomMargin(),parag->topMargin()) / 2: 0;
+    int h = y;
+    int len = parag->length();
+    if ( doc )
+	x = doc->flow()->adjustLMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), x, 0 );
+    int dw = parag->documentVisibleWidth() - ( doc ? ( left != x ? 0 : doc->rightMargin() ) : 0 );
+
+    int curLeft = x;
+    int rm = parag->rightMargin();
+    int rdiff = doc ? doc->flow()->adjustRMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), rm, 0 ) : 0;
+    int w = dw - rdiff;
+    bool fullWidth = TRUE;
+    int marg = left + rdiff;
+    int minw = 0;
+    int wused = 0;
+    int tminw = marg;
+    int linespacing = doc ? parag->lineSpacing() : 0;
+    bool wrapEnabled = isWrapEnabled( parag );
+
+    start = 0;
+
+    int i = start;
+    QTextLineStart *lineStart = new QTextLineStart( y, y, 0 );
+    insertLineStart( parag, 0, lineStart );
+    int lastBreak = -1;
+    int tmpBaseLine = 0, tmph = 0;
+    bool lastWasNonInlineCustom = FALSE;
+
+    int align = parag->alignment();
+    if ( align == Qt::AlignAuto && doc && doc->alignment() != Qt::AlignAuto )
+	align = doc->alignment();
+
+    align &= Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask;
+
+    // ### hack. The last char in the paragraph is always invisible,
+    // ### and somehow sometimes has a wrong format. It changes
+    // ### between // layouting and printing. This corrects some
+    // ### layouting errors in BiDi mode due to this.
+    if ( len > 1 ) {
+	c = &parag->string()->at(len - 1);
+	if (!c->isAnchor()) {
+              if (c->format())
+	        c->format()->removeRef();
+	    c->setFormat( string->at( len - 2 ).format() );
+	    if (c->format())
+                  c->format()->addRef();
+	}
+    }
+
+    c = &parag->string()->at( 0 );
+
+    QPainter *painter = QTextFormat::painter();
+    int col = 0;
+    int ww = 0;
+    QChar lastChr = c->c;
+    QTextFormat *lastFormat = c->format();
+    for ( ; i < len; ++i, ++col ) {
+	if ( i ) {
+	    c = &parag->string()->at(i-1);
+	    lastChr = c->c;
+	    lastFormat = c->format();
+	}
+	bool lastWasOwnLineCustomItem = lastBreak == -2;
+	bool hadBreakableChar = lastBreak != -1;
+	bool lastWasHardBreak = lastChr == QChar_linesep;
+
+	// ### next line should not be needed
+	if ( painter )
+	    c->format()->setPainter( painter );
+	c = &string->at( i );
+
+	if (lastFormat != c->format() && !c->c.isSpace()
+	    && lastFormat->font().italic() && !c->format()->font().italic()) {
+	    int rb = lastFormat->fontMetrics().rightBearing(lastChr);
+	    if (rb < 0)
+		x -= rb;
+	}
+
+	if ( i > 0 && (x > curLeft || ww == 0) || lastWasNonInlineCustom ) {
+	    c->lineStart = 0;
+	} else {
+	    c->lineStart = 1;
+	    firstChar = c;
+	}
+
+        // ignore non spacing marks for column count.
+        if (col != 0 && ::category(c->c) == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
+            --col;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	lastWasNonInlineCustom =  ( c->isCustom() && c->customItem()->placement() != QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline );
+#endif
+
+ 	if ( c->c.unicode() >= 32 || c->isCustom() ) {
+	    ww = string->width( i );
+	} else if ( c->c == '\t' ) {
+	    if ( align == Qt::AlignRight || align == Qt::AlignCenter ) {
+		// we can not  (yet) do tabs
+		ww = c->format()->width(' ' );
+	    } else {
+		int tabx = lastWasHardBreak ? (left + ( doc ? parag->firstLineMargin() : 0 )) : x;
+		int nx = parag->nextTab( i, tabx - left ) + left;
+		if ( nx < tabx ) // strrrange...
+		    ww = 0;
+		else
+		    ww = nx - tabx;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    ww = c->format()->width( ' ' );
+	}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	QTextCustomItem* ci = c->customItem();
+	if ( c->isCustom() && ci->ownLine() ) {
+	    QTextLineStart *lineStart2 = formatLine( parag, string, lineStart, firstChar, c-1, align, SPACE(w - x - ww) );
+	    x = doc ? doc->flow()->adjustLMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), left, 4 ) : left;
+	    w = dw - ( doc ? doc->flow()->adjustRMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), rm, 4 ) : 0 );
+	    ci->resize(w - x);
+	    if ( ci->width < w - x ) {
+		if ( align & Qt::AlignHCenter )
+		    x = ( w - ci->width ) / 2;
+		else if ( align & Qt::AlignRight ) {
+		    x = w - ci->width;
+		}
+	    }
+	    c->x = x;
+	    curLeft = x;
+	    if ( i == 0 || !isBreakable(string, i-1) ||
+		 string->at( i - 1 ).lineStart == 0 ) {
+		y += QMAX( h, QMAX( tmph, linespacing ) );
+		tmph = c->height();
+		h = tmph;
+		lineStart = lineStart2;
+		lineStart->y = y;
+		insertLineStart( parag, i, lineStart );
+		c->lineStart = 1;
+		firstChar = c;
+	    } else {
+		tmph = c->height();
+		h = tmph;
+		delete lineStart2;
+	    }
+	    lineStart->h = h;
+	    lineStart->baseLine = h;
+	    tmpBaseLine = lineStart->baseLine;
+	    lastBreak = -2;
+	    x = w;
+	    minw = QMAX( minw, tminw );
+
+	    int tw = ci->minimumWidth() + ( doc ? doc->leftMargin() : 0 );
+	    if ( tw < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX )
+		tminw = tw;
+	    else
+		tminw = marg;
+ 	    wused = QMAX( wused, ci->width );
+	    continue;
+	} else if ( c->isCustom() && ci->placement() != QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline ) {
+	    int tw = ci->minimumWidth();
+	    if ( tw < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX )
+		minw = QMAX( minw, tw );
+	}
+#endif
+	// we break if
+	// 1. the last character was a hard break (QChar_linesep) or
+	// 2. the last charater was a own-line custom item (eg. table or ruler) or
+	// 3. wrapping was enabled, it was not a space and following
+	// condition is true: We either had a breakable character
+	// previously or we ar allowed to break in words and - either
+	// we break at w pixels and the current char would exceed that
+	// or - we break at a column and the current character would
+	// exceed that.
+	if ( lastWasHardBreak || lastWasOwnLineCustomItem ||
+	     ( wrapEnabled &&
+	       ( (!c->c.isSpace() && (hadBreakableChar || allowBreakInWords()) &&
+		  ( (wrapAtColumn() == -1 && x + ww > w) ||
+		    (wrapAtColumn() != -1 && col >= wrapAtColumn()) ) ) )
+	       )
+	     ) {
+	    if ( wrapAtColumn() != -1 )
+		minw = QMAX( minw, x + ww );
+	    // if a break was forced (no breakable char, hard break or own line custom item), break immediately....
+	    if ( !hadBreakableChar || lastWasHardBreak || lastWasOwnLineCustomItem ) {
+		if ( lineStart ) {
+		    lineStart->baseLine = QMAX( lineStart->baseLine, tmpBaseLine );
+		    h = QMAX( h, tmph );
+		    lineStart->h = h;
+  		    DO_FLOW( lineStart );
+		}
+		lineStart = formatLine( parag, string, lineStart, firstChar, c-1, align, SPACE(w - x) );
+		x = doc ? doc->flow()->adjustLMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), left, 4 ) : left;
+		w = dw - ( doc ? doc->flow()->adjustRMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), rm, 4 ) : 0 );
+		if ( !doc && c->c == '\t' ) { // qt_format_text tab handling
+		    int nx = parag->nextTab( i, x - left ) + left;
+		    if ( nx < x )
+			ww = w - x;
+		    else
+			ww = nx - x;
+		}
+		curLeft = x;
+		y += QMAX( h, linespacing );
+		tmph = c->height();
+		h = 0;
+		lineStart->y = y;
+		insertLineStart( parag, i, lineStart );
+		lineStart->baseLine = c->ascent();
+		lineStart->h = c->height();
+		c->lineStart = 1;
+		firstChar = c;
+		tmpBaseLine = lineStart->baseLine;
+		lastBreak = -1;
+		col = 0;
+		if ( allowBreakInWords() || lastWasHardBreak ) {
+		    minw = QMAX(minw, tminw);
+		    tminw = marg + ww;
+		}
+	    } else { // ... otherwise if we had a breakable char, break there
+  		DO_FLOW( lineStart );
+		c->x = x;
+		i = lastBreak;
+		lineStart = formatLine( parag, string, lineStart, firstChar, parag->at( lastBreak ),align, SPACE(w - string->at( i+1 ).x) );
+		x = doc ? doc->flow()->adjustLMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), left, 4 ) : left;
+		w = dw - ( doc ? doc->flow()->adjustRMargin( y + parag->rect().y(), parag->rect().height(), rm, 4 ) : 0 );
+		if ( !doc && c->c == '\t' ) { // qt_format_text tab handling
+		    int nx = parag->nextTab( i, x - left ) + left;
+		    if ( nx < x )
+			ww = w - x;
+		    else
+			ww = nx - x;
+		}
+		curLeft = x;
+		y += QMAX( h, linespacing );
+		tmph = c->height();
+		h = tmph;
+		lineStart->y = y;
+		insertLineStart( parag, i + 1, lineStart );
+		lineStart->baseLine = c->ascent();
+		lineStart->h = c->height();
+		c->lineStart = 1;
+		firstChar = c;
+		tmpBaseLine = lineStart->baseLine;
+		lastBreak = -1;
+		col = 0;
+		minw = QMAX(minw, tminw);
+		tminw = marg;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	} else if (lineStart && isBreakable(string, i)) {
+	    if ( len <= 2 || i < len - 1 ) {
+		tmpBaseLine = QMAX( tmpBaseLine, c->ascent() );
+		tmph = QMAX( tmph, c->height() );
+	    }
+	    minw = QMAX( minw, tminw );
+
+	    tminw = marg + ww;
+	    lineStart->baseLine = QMAX( lineStart->baseLine, tmpBaseLine );
+	    h = QMAX( h, tmph );
+	    lineStart->h = h;
+	    if ( i < len - 2 || c->c != ' ' )
+		lastBreak = i;
+	} else {
+	    tminw += ww;
+	    int cascent = c->ascent();
+	    int cheight = c->height();
+	    int belowBaseLine = QMAX( tmph - tmpBaseLine, cheight-cascent );
+	    tmpBaseLine = QMAX( tmpBaseLine, cascent );
+	    tmph = tmpBaseLine + belowBaseLine;
+	}
+
+	c->x = x;
+	x += ww;
+	wused = QMAX( wused, x );
+    }
+
+    if ( lineStart ) {
+	lineStart->baseLine = QMAX( lineStart->baseLine, tmpBaseLine );
+	h = QMAX( h, tmph );
+	lineStart->h = h;
+	// last line in a paragraph is not justified
+	if ( align == Qt::AlignJustify )
+	    align = Qt::AlignAuto;
+ 	DO_FLOW( lineStart );
+	lineStart = formatLine( parag, string, lineStart, firstChar, c, align, SPACE(w - x) );
+	delete lineStart;
+    }
+
+    minw = QMAX( minw, tminw );
+    if ( doc )
+	minw += doc->rightMargin();
+
+    int m = parag->bottomMargin();
+    if ( !parag->next() )
+	m = 0;
+    else
+	m = QMAX(m, parag->next()->topMargin() ) / 2;
+    parag->setFullWidth( fullWidth );
+    y += QMAX( h, linespacing ) + m;
+
+    wused += rm;
+    if ( !wrapEnabled || wrapAtColumn() != -1 )
+	minw = QMAX(minw, wused);
+
+    // This is the case where we are breaking wherever we darn well please
+    // in cases like that, the minw should not be the length of the entire
+    // word, because we necessarily want to show the word on the whole line.
+    // example: word wrap in iconview
+    if ( allowBreakInWords() && minw > wused )
+	minw = wused;
+
+    thisminw = minw;
+    thiswused = wused;
+    return y;
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextIndent::QTextIndent()
+{
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+QTextFormatCollection::QTextFormatCollection()
+    : cKey( 307 ), paintdevice( 0 )
+{
+    defFormat = new QTextFormat( QApplication::font(),
+				 QApplication::palette().color( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Text ) );
+    lastFormat = cres = 0;
+    cflags = -1;
+    cKey.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    cachedFormat = 0;
+}
+
+QTextFormatCollection::~QTextFormatCollection()
+{
+    delete defFormat;
+}
+
+void QTextFormatCollection::setPaintDevice( QPaintDevice *pd )
+{
+    paintdevice = pd;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    int scr = ( paintdevice ) ? paintdevice->x11Screen() : QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen();
+
+    defFormat->fn.x11SetScreen( scr );
+    defFormat->update();
+
+    QDictIterator<QTextFormat> it( cKey );
+    QTextFormat *format;
+    while ( ( format = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+	++it;
+	format->fn.x11SetScreen( scr );
+	format->update();
+    }
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+}
+
+QTextFormat *QTextFormatCollection::format( QTextFormat *f )
+{
+    if ( f->parent() == this || f == defFormat ) {
+	lastFormat = f;
+	lastFormat->addRef();
+	return lastFormat;
+    }
+
+    if ( f == lastFormat || ( lastFormat && f->key() == lastFormat->key() ) ) {
+	lastFormat->addRef();
+	return lastFormat;
+    }
+
+    QTextFormat *fm = cKey.find( f->key() );
+    if ( fm ) {
+	lastFormat = fm;
+	lastFormat->addRef();
+	return lastFormat;
+    }
+
+    if ( f->key() == defFormat->key() )
+	return defFormat;
+
+    lastFormat = createFormat( *f );
+    lastFormat->collection = this;
+    cKey.insert( lastFormat->key(), lastFormat );
+    return lastFormat;
+}
+
+QTextFormat *QTextFormatCollection::format( QTextFormat *of, QTextFormat *nf, int flags )
+{
+    if ( cres && kof == of->key() && knf == nf->key() && cflags == flags ) {
+	cres->addRef();
+	return cres;
+    }
+
+    cres = createFormat( *of );
+    kof = of->key();
+    knf = nf->key();
+    cflags = flags;
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::Bold )
+	cres->fn.setBold( nf->fn.bold() );
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::Italic )
+	cres->fn.setItalic( nf->fn.italic() );
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::Underline )
+	cres->fn.setUnderline( nf->fn.underline() );
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::StrikeOut )
+	cres->fn.setStrikeOut( nf->fn.strikeOut() );
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::Family )
+	cres->fn.setFamily( nf->fn.family() );
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::Size ) {
+	if ( of->usePixelSizes )
+	    cres->fn.setPixelSize( nf->fn.pixelSize() );
+	else
+	    cres->fn.setPointSize( nf->fn.pointSize() );
+    }
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::Color )
+	cres->col = nf->col;
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::Misspelled )
+	cres->missp = nf->missp;
+    if ( flags & QTextFormat::VAlign )
+	cres->ha = nf->ha;
+    cres->update();
+
+    QTextFormat *fm = cKey.find( cres->key() );
+    if ( !fm ) {
+	cres->collection = this;
+	cKey.insert( cres->key(), cres );
+    } else {
+	delete cres;
+	cres = fm;
+	cres->addRef();
+    }
+
+    return cres;
+}
+
+QTextFormat *QTextFormatCollection::format( const QFont &f, const QColor &c )
+{
+    if ( cachedFormat && cfont == f && ccol == c ) {
+	cachedFormat->addRef();
+	return cachedFormat;
+    }
+
+    QString key = QTextFormat::getKey( f, c, FALSE,  QTextFormat::AlignNormal );
+    cachedFormat = cKey.find( key );
+    cfont = f;
+    ccol = c;
+
+    if ( cachedFormat ) {
+	cachedFormat->addRef();
+	return cachedFormat;
+    }
+
+    if ( key == defFormat->key() )
+	return defFormat;
+
+    cachedFormat = createFormat( f, c );
+    cachedFormat->collection = this;
+    cKey.insert( cachedFormat->key(), cachedFormat );
+    if ( cachedFormat->key() != key )
+	qWarning("ASSERT: keys for format not identical: '%s '%s'", cachedFormat->key().latin1(), key.latin1() );
+    return cachedFormat;
+}
+
+void QTextFormatCollection::remove( QTextFormat *f )
+{
+    if ( lastFormat == f )
+	lastFormat = 0;
+    if ( cres == f )
+	cres = 0;
+    if ( cachedFormat == f )
+	cachedFormat = 0;
+    if (cKey.find(f->key()) == f)
+	cKey.remove( f->key() );
+}
+
+#define UPDATE( up, lo, rest ) \
+	if ( font.lo##rest() != defFormat->fn.lo##rest() && fm->fn.lo##rest() == defFormat->fn.lo##rest() ) \
+	    fm->fn.set##up##rest( font.lo##rest() )
+
+void QTextFormatCollection::updateDefaultFormat( const QFont &font, const QColor &color, QStyleSheet *sheet )
+{
+    QDictIterator<QTextFormat> it( cKey );
+    QTextFormat *fm;
+    bool usePixels = font.pointSize() == -1;
+    bool changeSize = usePixels ? font.pixelSize() != defFormat->fn.pixelSize() :
+	font.pointSize() != defFormat->fn.pointSize();
+    int base = usePixels ? font.pixelSize() : font.pointSize();
+    while ( ( fm = it.current() ) ) {
+	++it;
+	UPDATE( F, f, amily );
+	UPDATE( W, w, eight );
+	UPDATE( B, b, old );
+	UPDATE( I, i, talic );
+	UPDATE( U, u, nderline );
+	if ( changeSize ) {
+	    fm->stdSize = base;
+	    fm->usePixelSizes = usePixels;
+	    if ( usePixels )
+		fm->fn.setPixelSize( fm->stdSize );
+	    else
+		fm->fn.setPointSize( fm->stdSize );
+	    sheet->scaleFont( fm->fn, fm->logicalFontSize );
+	}
+	if ( color.isValid() && color != defFormat->col && fm->col == defFormat->col )
+	    fm->col = color;
+	fm->update();
+    }
+
+    defFormat->fn = font;
+    defFormat->col = color;
+    defFormat->update();
+    defFormat->stdSize = base;
+    defFormat->usePixelSizes = usePixels;
+
+    updateKeys();
+}
+
+// the keys in cKey have changed, rebuild the hashtable
+void QTextFormatCollection::updateKeys()
+{
+    if ( cKey.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+    cKey.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+    QTextFormat** formats = new QTextFormat*[ cKey.count() + 1 ];
+    QTextFormat **f = formats;
+    QDictIterator<QTextFormat> it( cKey );
+    while ( ( *f = it.current() ) ) {
+       ++it;
+       ++f;
+    }
+    cKey.clear();
+    for ( f = formats; *f; f++ )
+       cKey.insert( (*f)->key(), *f );
+    cKey.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    delete [] formats;
+}
+
+
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+void QTextFormat::setBold( bool b )
+{
+    if ( b == fn.bold() )
+	return;
+    fn.setBold( b );
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setMisspelled( bool b )
+{
+    if ( b == (bool)missp )
+	return;
+    missp = b;
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setVAlign( VerticalAlignment a )
+{
+    if ( a == ha )
+	return;
+    ha = a;
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setItalic( bool b )
+{
+    if ( b == fn.italic() )
+	return;
+    fn.setItalic( b );
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setUnderline( bool b )
+{
+    if ( b == fn.underline() )
+	return;
+    fn.setUnderline( b );
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setStrikeOut( bool b )
+{
+    if ( b == fn.strikeOut() )
+	return;
+    fn.setStrikeOut( b );
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setFamily( const QString &f )
+{
+    if ( f == fn.family() )
+	return;
+    fn.setFamily( f );
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setPointSize( int s )
+{
+    if ( s == fn.pointSize() )
+	return;
+    fn.setPointSize( s );
+    usePixelSizes = FALSE;
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setFont( const QFont &f )
+{
+    if ( f == fn && !k.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+    fn = f;
+    update();
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::setColor( const QColor &c )
+{
+    if ( c == col )
+	return;
+    col = c;
+    update();
+}
+
+QString QTextFormat::makeFormatChangeTags( QTextFormat* defaultFormat, QTextFormat *f,
+			   const QString& oldAnchorHref, const QString& anchorHref  ) const
+{
+    QString tag;
+    if ( f )
+	tag += f->makeFormatEndTags( defaultFormat, oldAnchorHref );
+
+    if ( !anchorHref.isEmpty() )
+	tag += "<a href=\"" + anchorHref + "\">";
+
+    if ( font() != defaultFormat->font()
+	 || vAlign() != defaultFormat->vAlign()
+	 || color().rgb() != defaultFormat->color().rgb() ) {
+	QString s;
+	if ( font().family() != defaultFormat->font().family() )
+	    s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "font-family:" + fn.family();
+	if ( font().italic() && font().italic() != defaultFormat->font().italic() )
+	    s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "font-style:" + (font().italic() ? "italic" : "normal");
+	if ( font().pointSize() != defaultFormat->font().pointSize() )
+	    s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "font-size:" + QString::number( fn.pointSize() ) + "pt";
+	if ( font().weight() != defaultFormat->font().weight() )
+	    s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "font-weight:" + QString::number( fn.weight() * 8 );
+        QString textDecoration;
+        bool none = FALSE;
+	if ( font().underline() != defaultFormat->font().underline() ) {
+            if (font().underline())
+                textDecoration = "underline";
+            else
+                none = TRUE;
+        }
+	if ( font().overline() != defaultFormat->font().overline() ) {
+            if (font().overline())
+                textDecoration += " overline";
+            else
+                none = TRUE;
+        }
+	if ( font().strikeOut() != defaultFormat->font().strikeOut() ) {
+            if (font().strikeOut())
+                textDecoration += " line-through";
+            else
+                none = TRUE;
+        }
+        if (none && textDecoration.isEmpty())
+            textDecoration = "none";
+        if (!textDecoration.isEmpty())
+	    s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "text-decoration:" + textDecoration;
+	if ( vAlign() != defaultFormat->vAlign() ) {
+	    s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "vertical-align:";
+	    if ( vAlign() == QTextFormat::AlignSuperScript )
+		s += "super";
+	    else if ( vAlign() == QTextFormat::AlignSubScript )
+		s += "sub";
+	    else
+		s += "normal";
+	}
+	if ( color().rgb() != defaultFormat->color().rgb() )
+	    s += QString(!!s?";":"") + "color:" + col.name();
+	if ( !s.isEmpty() )
+	    tag += "<span style=\"" + s + "\">";
+    }
+
+    return tag;
+}
+
+QString QTextFormat::makeFormatEndTags( QTextFormat* defaultFormat, const QString& anchorHref ) const
+{
+    QString tag;
+    if ( font().family() != defaultFormat->font().family()
+	 || font().pointSize() != defaultFormat->font().pointSize()
+	 || font().weight() != defaultFormat->font().weight()
+	 || font().italic() != defaultFormat->font().italic()
+	 || font().underline() != defaultFormat->font().underline()
+	 || font().strikeOut() != defaultFormat->font().strikeOut()
+	 || vAlign() != defaultFormat->vAlign()
+	 || color().rgb() != defaultFormat->color().rgb() )
+	tag += "</span>";
+    if ( !anchorHref.isEmpty() )
+	tag += "</a>";
+    return tag;
+}
+
+QTextFormat QTextFormat::makeTextFormat( const QStyleSheetItem *style, const QMap<QString,QString>& attr, double scaleFontsFactor ) const
+{
+    QTextFormat format(*this);
+    if (!style )
+	return format;
+
+    if ( !style->isAnchor() && style->color().isValid() ) {
+	// the style is not an anchor and defines a color.
+	// It might be used inside an anchor and it should
+	// override the link color.
+	format.linkColor = FALSE;
+    }
+    switch ( style->verticalAlignment() ) {
+    case QStyleSheetItem::VAlignBaseline:
+	format.setVAlign( QTextFormat::AlignNormal );
+	break;
+    case QStyleSheetItem::VAlignSuper:
+	format.setVAlign( QTextFormat::AlignSuperScript );
+	break;
+    case QStyleSheetItem::VAlignSub:
+	format.setVAlign( QTextFormat::AlignSubScript );
+	break;
+    }
+
+    if ( style->fontWeight() != QStyleSheetItem::Undefined )
+	format.fn.setWeight( style->fontWeight() );
+    if ( style->fontSize() != QStyleSheetItem::Undefined ) {
+	format.fn.setPointSize( style->fontSize() );
+    } else if ( style->logicalFontSize() != QStyleSheetItem::Undefined ) {
+	format.logicalFontSize = style->logicalFontSize();
+	if ( format.usePixelSizes )
+	    format.fn.setPixelSize( format.stdSize );
+	else
+	    format.fn.setPointSize( format.stdSize );
+	style->styleSheet()->scaleFont( format.fn, format.logicalFontSize );
+    } else if ( style->logicalFontSizeStep() ) {
+	format.logicalFontSize += style->logicalFontSizeStep();
+	if ( format.usePixelSizes )
+	    format.fn.setPixelSize( format.stdSize );
+	else
+	    format.fn.setPointSize( format.stdSize );
+	style->styleSheet()->scaleFont( format.fn, format.logicalFontSize );
+    }
+    if ( !style->fontFamily().isEmpty() )
+	format.fn.setFamily( style->fontFamily() );
+    if ( style->color().isValid() )
+	format.col = style->color();
+    if ( style->definesFontItalic() )
+	format.fn.setItalic( style->fontItalic() );
+    if ( style->definesFontUnderline() )
+	format.fn.setUnderline( style->fontUnderline() );
+    if ( style->definesFontStrikeOut() )
+	format.fn.setStrikeOut( style->fontStrikeOut() );
+
+
+    if ( style->name() == "font") {
+	if ( attr.contains("color") ) {
+	    QString s = attr["color"];
+	    if ( !s.isEmpty() ) {
+		format.col.setNamedColor( s );
+		format.linkColor = FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( attr.contains("face") ) {
+	    QString a = attr["face"];
+	    QString family = a.section( ',', 0, 0 );
+	    if ( !!family )
+		format.fn.setFamily( family );
+	}
+	if ( attr.contains("size") ) {
+	    QString a = attr["size"];
+	    int n = a.toInt();
+	    if ( a[0] == '+' || a[0] == '-' )
+		n += 3;
+	    format.logicalFontSize = n;
+	    if ( format.usePixelSizes )
+		format.fn.setPixelSize( format.stdSize );
+	    else
+		format.fn.setPointSize( format.stdSize );
+	    style->styleSheet()->scaleFont( format.fn, format.logicalFontSize );
+	}
+    }
+    if ( attr.contains("style" ) ) {
+	QString a = attr["style"];
+	for ( int s = 0; s < a.contains(';')+1; s++ ) {
+	    QString style = a.section( ';', s, s );
+	    if ( style.startsWith("font-size:" ) && style.endsWith("pt") ) {
+		format.logicalFontSize = 0;
+		int size = int( scaleFontsFactor * style.mid( 10, style.length() - 12 ).toDouble() );
+		format.setPointSize( size );
+	    } else if ( style.startsWith("font-style:" ) ) {
+		QString s = style.mid( 11 ).stripWhiteSpace();
+		if ( s == "normal" )
+		    format.fn.setItalic( FALSE );
+		else if ( s == "italic" || s == "oblique" )
+		    format.fn.setItalic( TRUE );
+	    } else if ( style.startsWith("font-weight:" ) ) {
+		QString s = style.mid( 12 );
+		bool ok = TRUE;
+		int n = s.toInt( &ok );
+		if ( ok )
+		    format.fn.setWeight( n/8 );
+	    } else if ( style.startsWith("font-family:" ) ) {
+		QString family = style.mid(12).section(',',0,0);
+		family.replace( '\"', ' ' );
+		family.replace( '\'', ' ' );
+		family = family.stripWhiteSpace();
+		format.fn.setFamily( family );
+	    } else if ( style.startsWith("text-decoration:" ) ) {
+		QString s = style.mid( 16 );
+		format.fn.setOverline( s.find("overline") != -1 );
+		format.fn.setStrikeOut( s.find("line-through") != -1 );
+		format.fn.setUnderline( s.find("underline") != -1 );
+	    } else if ( style.startsWith("vertical-align:" ) ) {
+		QString s = style.mid( 15 ).stripWhiteSpace();
+		if ( s == "sub" )
+		    format.setVAlign( QTextFormat::AlignSubScript );
+		else if ( s == "super" )
+		    format.setVAlign( QTextFormat::AlignSuperScript );
+		else
+		    format.setVAlign( QTextFormat::AlignNormal );
+	    } else if ( style.startsWith("color:" ) ) {
+		format.col.setNamedColor( style.mid(6) );
+		format.linkColor = FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    format.update();
+    return format;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+
+struct QPixmapInt
+{
+    QPixmapInt() : ref( 0 ) {}
+    QPixmap pm;
+    int	    ref;
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(QPixmapInt)
+};
+
+static QMap<QString, QPixmapInt> *pixmap_map = 0;
+
+QTextImage::QTextImage( QTextDocument *p, const QMap<QString, QString> &attr, const QString& context,
+			QMimeSourceFactory &factory )
+    : QTextCustomItem( p )
+{
+    width = height = 0;
+    if ( attr.contains("width") )
+	width = attr["width"].toInt();
+    if ( attr.contains("height") )
+	height = attr["height"].toInt();
+
+    reg = 0;
+    QString imageName = attr["src"];
+
+    if (!imageName)
+	imageName = attr["source"];
+
+    if ( !imageName.isEmpty() ) {
+	imgId = QString( "%1,%2,%3,%4" ).arg( imageName ).arg( width ).arg( height ).arg( (ulong)&factory );
+	if ( !pixmap_map )
+	    pixmap_map = new QMap<QString, QPixmapInt>;
+	if ( pixmap_map->contains( imgId ) ) {
+	    QPixmapInt& pmi = pixmap_map->operator[](imgId);
+	    pm = pmi.pm;
+	    pmi.ref++;
+	    width = pm.width();
+	    height = pm.height();
+	} else {
+	    QImage img;
+	    const QMimeSource* m =
+		factory.data( imageName, context );
+	    if ( !m ) {
+		qWarning("QTextImage: no mimesource for %s", imageName.latin1() );
+	    }
+	    else {
+		if ( !QImageDrag::decode( m, img ) ) {
+		    qWarning("QTextImage: cannot decode %s", imageName.latin1() );
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( !img.isNull() ) {
+		if ( width == 0 ) {
+		    width = img.width();
+		    if ( height != 0 ) {
+			width = img.width() * height / img.height();
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( height == 0 ) {
+		    height = img.height();
+		    if ( width != img.width() ) {
+			height = img.height() * width / img.width();
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( img.width() != width || img.height() != height ){
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE
+		    img = img.smoothScale(width, height);
+#endif
+		    width = img.width();
+		    height = img.height();
+		}
+		pm.convertFromImage( img );
+	    }
+	    if ( !pm.isNull() ) {
+		QPixmapInt& pmi = pixmap_map->operator[](imgId);
+		pmi.pm = pm;
+		pmi.ref++;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( pm.mask() ) {
+	    QRegion mask( *pm.mask() );
+	    QRegion all( 0, 0, pm.width(), pm.height() );
+	    reg = new QRegion( all.subtract( mask ) );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( pm.isNull() && (width*height)==0 )
+	width = height = 50;
+
+    place = PlaceInline;
+    if ( attr["align"] == "left" )
+	place = PlaceLeft;
+    else if ( attr["align"] == "right" )
+	place = PlaceRight;
+
+    tmpwidth = width;
+    tmpheight = height;
+
+    attributes = attr;
+}
+
+QTextImage::~QTextImage()
+{
+    if ( pixmap_map && pixmap_map->contains( imgId ) ) {
+	QPixmapInt& pmi = pixmap_map->operator[](imgId);
+	pmi.ref--;
+	if ( !pmi.ref ) {
+	    pixmap_map->remove( imgId );
+	    if ( pixmap_map->isEmpty() ) {
+		delete pixmap_map;
+		pixmap_map = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    delete reg;
+}
+
+QString QTextImage::richText() const
+{
+    QString s;
+    s += "<img ";
+    QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator it = attributes.begin();
+    for ( ; it != attributes.end(); ++it ) {
+	s += it.key() + "=";
+	if ( (*it).find( ' ' ) != -1 )
+	    s += "\"" + *it + "\"" + " ";
+	else
+	    s += *it + " ";
+    }
+    s += ">";
+    return s;
+}
+
+void QTextImage::adjustToPainter( QPainter* p )
+{
+    width = scale( tmpwidth, p );
+    height = scale( tmpheight, p );
+}
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_X11)
+#include <qbitmap.h>
+#include <qcleanuphandler.h>
+static QPixmap *qrt_selection = 0;
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QPixmap> qrt_cleanup_pixmap;
+static void qrt_createSelectionPixmap( const QColorGroup &cg )
+{
+    qrt_selection = new QPixmap( 2, 2 );
+    qrt_cleanup_pixmap.set( &qrt_selection );
+    qrt_selection->fill( Qt::color0 );
+    QBitmap m( 2, 2 );
+    m.fill( Qt::color1 );
+    QPainter p( &m );
+    p.setPen( Qt::color0 );
+    for ( int j = 0; j < 2; ++j ) {
+	p.drawPoint( j % 2, j );
+    }
+    p.end();
+    qrt_selection->setMask( m );
+    qrt_selection->fill( cg.highlight() );
+}
+#endif
+
+void QTextImage::draw( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected )
+{
+    if ( placement() != PlaceInline ) {
+	x = xpos;
+	y = ypos;
+    }
+
+    if ( pm.isNull() ) {
+	p->fillRect( x , y, width, height,  cg.dark() );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( is_printer( p ) ) {
+	p->drawPixmap( QRect( x, y, width, height ), pm );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( placement() != PlaceInline && !QRect( xpos, ypos, width, height ).intersects( QRect( cx, cy, cw, ch ) ) )
+	return;
+
+    if ( placement() == PlaceInline )
+	p->drawPixmap( x , y, pm );
+    else
+	p->drawPixmap( cx , cy, pm, cx - x, cy - y, cw, ch );
+
+    if ( selected && placement() == PlaceInline && is_printer( p ) ) {
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	p->fillRect( QRect( QPoint( x, y ), pm.size() ), QBrush( cg.highlight(), QBrush::Dense4Pattern) );
+#else // in WIN32 Dense4Pattern doesn't work correctly (transparency problem), so work around it
+	if ( !qrt_selection )
+	    qrt_createSelectionPixmap( cg );
+	p->drawTiledPixmap( x, y, pm.width(), pm.height(), *qrt_selection );
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextHorizontalLine::adjustToPainter( QPainter* p )
+{
+    height = scale( tmpheight, p );
+}
+
+
+QTextHorizontalLine::QTextHorizontalLine( QTextDocument *p, const QMap<QString, QString> &attr,
+					  const QString &,
+					  QMimeSourceFactory & )
+    : QTextCustomItem( p )
+{
+    height = tmpheight = 8;
+    if ( attr.find( "color" ) != attr.end() )
+	color = QColor( *attr.find( "color" ) );
+    shade = attr.find( "noshade" ) == attr.end();
+}
+
+QTextHorizontalLine::~QTextHorizontalLine()
+{
+}
+
+QString QTextHorizontalLine::richText() const
+{
+    return "<hr>";
+}
+
+void QTextHorizontalLine::draw( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int , int , int , int , const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected )
+{
+    QRect r( x, y, width, height);
+    if ( is_printer( p ) || !shade ) {
+	QPen oldPen = p->pen();
+	if ( !color.isValid() )
+	    p->setPen( QPen( cg.text(), is_printer( p ) ? height/8 : QMAX( 2, height/4 ) ) );
+	else
+	    p->setPen( QPen( color, is_printer( p ) ? height/8 : QMAX( 2, height/4 ) ) );
+	p->drawLine( r.left()-1, y + height / 2, r.right() + 1, y + height / 2 );
+	p->setPen( oldPen );
+    } else {
+	QColorGroup g( cg );
+	if ( color.isValid() )
+	    g.setColor( QColorGroup::Dark, color );
+	if ( selected )
+	    p->fillRect( r, g.highlight() );
+	qDrawShadeLine( p, r.left() - 1, y + height / 2, r.right() + 1, y + height / 2, g, TRUE, height / 8 );
+    }
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+
+/*****************************************************************/
+// Small set of utility functions to make the parser a bit simpler
+//
+
+bool QTextDocument::hasPrefix(const QChar* doc, int length, int pos, QChar c)
+{
+    if ( pos + 1 > length )
+	return FALSE;
+    return doc[ pos ].lower() == c.lower();
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::hasPrefix( const QChar* doc, int length, int pos, const QString& s )
+{
+    if ( pos + (int) s.length() > length )
+	return FALSE;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)s.length(); i++ ) {
+	if ( doc[ pos + i ].lower() != s[ i ].lower() )
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+static bool qt_is_cell_in_use( QPtrList<QTextTableCell>& cells, int row, int col )
+{
+    for ( QTextTableCell* c = cells.first(); c; c = cells.next() ) {
+	if ( row >= c->row() && row < c->row() + c->rowspan()
+	     && col >= c->column() && col < c->column() + c->colspan() )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+QTextCustomItem* QTextDocument::parseTable( const QMap<QString, QString> &attr, const QTextFormat &fmt,
+					    const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, QTextParagraph *curpar )
+{
+
+    QTextTable* table = new QTextTable( this, attr );
+    int row = -1;
+    int col = -1;
+
+    QString rowbgcolor;
+    QString rowalign;
+    QString tablebgcolor = attr["bgcolor"];
+
+    QPtrList<QTextTableCell> multicells;
+
+    QString tagname;
+    (void) eatSpace(doc, length, pos);
+    while ( pos < length) {
+	if (hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, QChar('<')) ){
+	    if (hasPrefix(doc, length, pos+1, QChar('/'))) {
+		tagname = parseCloseTag( doc, length, pos );
+		if ( tagname == "table" ) {
+		    return table;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		QMap<QString, QString> attr2;
+		bool emptyTag = FALSE;
+		tagname = parseOpenTag( doc, length, pos, attr2, emptyTag );
+		if ( tagname == "tr" ) {
+		    rowbgcolor = attr2["bgcolor"];
+		    rowalign = attr2["align"];
+		    row++;
+		    col = -1;
+		}
+		else if ( tagname == "td" || tagname == "th" ) {
+		    col++;
+		    while ( qt_is_cell_in_use( multicells, row, col ) ) {
+			col++;
+		    }
+
+		    if ( row >= 0 && col >= 0 ) {
+			const QStyleSheetItem* s = sheet_->item(tagname);
+			if ( !attr2.contains("bgcolor") ) {
+			    if (!rowbgcolor.isEmpty() )
+				attr2["bgcolor"] = rowbgcolor;
+			    else if (!tablebgcolor.isEmpty() )
+				attr2["bgcolor"] = tablebgcolor;
+			}
+			if ( !attr2.contains("align") ) {
+			    if (!rowalign.isEmpty() )
+				attr2["align"] = rowalign;
+			}
+
+			// extract the cell contents
+			int end = pos;
+			while ( end < length
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "</td")
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "<td")
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "</th")
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "<th")
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "<td")
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "</tr")
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "<tr")
+				&& !hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "</table") ) {
+			    if ( hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "<table" ) ) { // nested table
+				int nested = 1;
+				++end;
+				while ( end < length && nested != 0 ) {
+				    if ( hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "</table" ) )
+					nested--;
+				    if ( hasPrefix( doc, length, end, "<table" ) )
+					nested++;
+				    end++;
+				}
+			    }
+			    end++;
+			}
+			QTextTableCell* cell  = new QTextTableCell( table, row, col,
+					    attr2, s, fmt.makeTextFormat( s, attr2, scaleFontsFactor ),
+					    contxt, *factory_, sheet_,
+					    QConstString( doc + pos, end - pos ).string() );
+			cell->richText()->parentPar = curpar;
+			if ( cell->colspan() > 1 || cell->rowspan() > 1 )
+			    multicells.append( cell );
+			col += cell->colspan()-1;
+			pos = end;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    ++pos;
+	}
+    }
+    return table;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+
+bool QTextDocument::eatSpace(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, bool includeNbsp )
+{
+    int old_pos = pos;
+    while (pos < length && doc[pos].isSpace() && ( includeNbsp || (doc[pos] != QChar::nbsp ) ) )
+	pos++;
+    return old_pos < pos;
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::eat(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, QChar c)
+{
+    bool ok = pos < length && doc[pos] == c;
+    if ( ok )
+	pos++;
+    return ok;
+}
+/*****************************************************************/
+
+struct Entity {
+    const char * name;
+    Q_UINT16 code;
+};
+
+static const Entity entitylist [] = {
+    { "AElig", 0x00c6 },
+    { "Aacute", 0x00c1 },
+    { "Acirc", 0x00c2 },
+    { "Agrave", 0x00c0 },
+    { "Alpha", 0x0391 },
+    { "AMP", 38 },
+    { "Aring", 0x00c5 },
+    { "Atilde", 0x00c3 },
+    { "Auml", 0x00c4 },
+    { "Beta", 0x0392 },
+    { "Ccedil", 0x00c7 },
+    { "Chi", 0x03a7 },
+    { "Dagger", 0x2021 },
+    { "Delta", 0x0394 },
+    { "ETH", 0x00d0 },
+    { "Eacute", 0x00c9 },
+    { "Ecirc", 0x00ca },
+    { "Egrave", 0x00c8 },
+    { "Epsilon", 0x0395 },
+    { "Eta", 0x0397 },
+    { "Euml", 0x00cb },
+    { "Gamma", 0x0393 },
+    { "GT", 62 },
+    { "Iacute", 0x00cd },
+    { "Icirc", 0x00ce },
+    { "Igrave", 0x00cc },
+    { "Iota", 0x0399 },
+    { "Iuml", 0x00cf },
+    { "Kappa", 0x039a },
+    { "Lambda", 0x039b },
+    { "LT", 60 },
+    { "Mu", 0x039c },
+    { "Ntilde", 0x00d1 },
+    { "Nu", 0x039d },
+    { "OElig", 0x0152 },
+    { "Oacute", 0x00d3 },
+    { "Ocirc", 0x00d4 },
+    { "Ograve", 0x00d2 },
+    { "Omega", 0x03a9 },
+    { "Omicron", 0x039f },
+    { "Oslash", 0x00d8 },
+    { "Otilde", 0x00d5 },
+    { "Ouml", 0x00d6 },
+    { "Phi", 0x03a6 },
+    { "Pi", 0x03a0 },
+    { "Prime", 0x2033 },
+    { "Psi", 0x03a8 },
+    { "QUOT", 34 },
+    { "Rho", 0x03a1 },
+    { "Scaron", 0x0160 },
+    { "Sigma", 0x03a3 },
+    { "THORN", 0x00de },
+    { "Tau", 0x03a4 },
+    { "Theta", 0x0398 },
+    { "Uacute", 0x00da },
+    { "Ucirc", 0x00db },
+    { "Ugrave", 0x00d9 },
+    { "Upsilon", 0x03a5 },
+    { "Uuml", 0x00dc },
+    { "Xi", 0x039e },
+    { "Yacute", 0x00dd },
+    { "Yuml", 0x0178 },
+    { "Zeta", 0x0396 },
+    { "aacute", 0x00e1 },
+    { "acirc", 0x00e2 },
+    { "acute", 0x00b4 },
+    { "aelig", 0x00e6 },
+    { "agrave", 0x00e0 },
+    { "alefsym", 0x2135 },
+    { "alpha", 0x03b1 },
+    { "amp", 38 },
+    { "and", 0x22a5 },
+    { "ang", 0x2220 },
+    { "apos", 0x0027 },
+    { "aring", 0x00e5 },
+    { "asymp", 0x2248 },
+    { "atilde", 0x00e3 },
+    { "auml", 0x00e4 },
+    { "bdquo", 0x201e },
+    { "beta", 0x03b2 },
+    { "brvbar", 0x00a6 },
+    { "bull", 0x2022 },
+    { "cap", 0x2229 },
+    { "ccedil", 0x00e7 },
+    { "cedil", 0x00b8 },
+    { "cent", 0x00a2 },
+    { "chi", 0x03c7 },
+    { "circ", 0x02c6 },
+    { "clubs", 0x2663 },
+    { "cong", 0x2245 },
+    { "copy", 0x00a9 },
+    { "crarr", 0x21b5 },
+    { "cup", 0x222a },
+    { "curren", 0x00a4 },
+    { "dArr", 0x21d3 },
+    { "dagger", 0x2020 },
+    { "darr", 0x2193 },
+    { "deg", 0x00b0 },
+    { "delta", 0x03b4 },
+    { "diams", 0x2666 },
+    { "divide", 0x00f7 },
+    { "eacute", 0x00e9 },
+    { "ecirc", 0x00ea },
+    { "egrave", 0x00e8 },
+    { "empty", 0x2205 },
+    { "emsp", 0x2003 },
+    { "ensp", 0x2002 },
+    { "epsilon", 0x03b5 },
+    { "equiv", 0x2261 },
+    { "eta", 0x03b7 },
+    { "eth", 0x00f0 },
+    { "euml", 0x00eb },
+    { "euro", 0x20ac },
+    { "exist", 0x2203 },
+    { "fnof", 0x0192 },
+    { "forall", 0x2200 },
+    { "frac12", 0x00bd },
+    { "frac14", 0x00bc },
+    { "frac34", 0x00be },
+    { "frasl", 0x2044 },
+    { "gamma", 0x03b3 },
+    { "ge", 0x2265 },
+    { "gt", 62 },
+    { "hArr", 0x21d4 },
+    { "harr", 0x2194 },
+    { "hearts", 0x2665 },
+    { "hellip", 0x2026 },
+    { "iacute", 0x00ed },
+    { "icirc", 0x00ee },
+    { "iexcl", 0x00a1 },
+    { "igrave", 0x00ec },
+    { "image", 0x2111 },
+    { "infin", 0x221e },
+    { "int", 0x222b },
+    { "iota", 0x03b9 },
+    { "iquest", 0x00bf },
+    { "isin", 0x2208 },
+    { "iuml", 0x00ef },
+    { "kappa", 0x03ba },
+    { "lArr", 0x21d0 },
+    { "lambda", 0x03bb },
+    { "lang", 0x2329 },
+    { "laquo", 0x00ab },
+    { "larr", 0x2190 },
+    { "lceil", 0x2308 },
+    { "ldquo", 0x201c },
+    { "le", 0x2264 },
+    { "lfloor", 0x230a },
+    { "lowast", 0x2217 },
+    { "loz", 0x25ca },
+    { "lrm", 0x200e },
+    { "lsaquo", 0x2039 },
+    { "lsquo", 0x2018 },
+    { "lt", 60 },
+    { "macr", 0x00af },
+    { "mdash", 0x2014 },
+    { "micro", 0x00b5 },
+    { "middot", 0x00b7 },
+    { "minus", 0x2212 },
+    { "mu", 0x03bc },
+    { "nabla", 0x2207 },
+    { "nbsp", 0x00a0 },
+    { "ndash", 0x2013 },
+    { "ne", 0x2260 },
+    { "ni", 0x220b },
+    { "not", 0x00ac },
+    { "notin", 0x2209 },
+    { "nsub", 0x2284 },
+    { "ntilde", 0x00f1 },
+    { "nu", 0x03bd },
+    { "oacute", 0x00f3 },
+    { "ocirc", 0x00f4 },
+    { "oelig", 0x0153 },
+    { "ograve", 0x00f2 },
+    { "oline", 0x203e },
+    { "omega", 0x03c9 },
+    { "omicron", 0x03bf },
+    { "oplus", 0x2295 },
+    { "or", 0x22a6 },
+    { "ordf", 0x00aa },
+    { "ordm", 0x00ba },
+    { "oslash", 0x00f8 },
+    { "otilde", 0x00f5 },
+    { "otimes", 0x2297 },
+    { "ouml", 0x00f6 },
+    { "para", 0x00b6 },
+    { "part", 0x2202 },
+    { "percnt", 0x0025 },
+    { "permil", 0x2030 },
+    { "perp", 0x22a5 },
+    { "phi", 0x03c6 },
+    { "pi", 0x03c0 },
+    { "piv", 0x03d6 },
+    { "plusmn", 0x00b1 },
+    { "pound", 0x00a3 },
+    { "prime", 0x2032 },
+    { "prod", 0x220f },
+    { "prop", 0x221d },
+    { "psi", 0x03c8 },
+    { "quot", 34 },
+    { "rArr", 0x21d2 },
+    { "radic", 0x221a },
+    { "rang", 0x232a },
+    { "raquo", 0x00bb },
+    { "rarr", 0x2192 },
+    { "rceil", 0x2309 },
+    { "rdquo", 0x201d },
+    { "real", 0x211c },
+    { "reg", 0x00ae },
+    { "rfloor", 0x230b },
+    { "rho", 0x03c1 },
+    { "rlm", 0x200f },
+    { "rsaquo", 0x203a },
+    { "rsquo", 0x2019 },
+    { "sbquo", 0x201a },
+    { "scaron", 0x0161 },
+    { "sdot", 0x22c5 },
+    { "sect", 0x00a7 },
+    { "shy", 0x00ad },
+    { "sigma", 0x03c3 },
+    { "sigmaf", 0x03c2 },
+    { "sim", 0x223c },
+    { "spades", 0x2660 },
+    { "sub", 0x2282 },
+    { "sube", 0x2286 },
+    { "sum", 0x2211 },
+    { "sup1", 0x00b9 },
+    { "sup2", 0x00b2 },
+    { "sup3", 0x00b3 },
+    { "sup", 0x2283 },
+    { "supe", 0x2287 },
+    { "szlig", 0x00df },
+    { "tau", 0x03c4 },
+    { "there4", 0x2234 },
+    { "theta", 0x03b8 },
+    { "thetasym", 0x03d1 },
+    { "thinsp", 0x2009 },
+    { "thorn", 0x00fe },
+    { "tilde", 0x02dc },
+    { "times", 0x00d7 },
+    { "trade", 0x2122 },
+    { "uArr", 0x21d1 },
+    { "uacute", 0x00fa },
+    { "uarr", 0x2191 },
+    { "ucirc", 0x00fb },
+    { "ugrave", 0x00f9 },
+    { "uml", 0x00a8 },
+    { "upsih", 0x03d2 },
+    { "upsilon", 0x03c5 },
+    { "uuml", 0x00fc },
+    { "weierp", 0x2118 },
+    { "xi", 0x03be },
+    { "yacute", 0x00fd },
+    { "yen", 0x00a5 },
+    { "yuml", 0x00ff },
+    { "zeta", 0x03b6 },
+    { "zwj", 0x200d },
+    { "zwnj", 0x200c },
+    { "", 0x0000 }
+};
+
+
+
+
+
+static QMap<QString, QChar> *html_map = 0;
+static void qt_cleanup_html_map()
+{
+    delete html_map;
+    html_map = 0;
+}
+
+static QMap<QString, QChar> *htmlMap()
+{
+    if ( !html_map ) {
+	html_map = new QMap<QString, QChar>;
+	qAddPostRoutine( qt_cleanup_html_map );
+
+	const Entity *ent = entitylist;
+	while( ent->code ) {
+	    html_map->insert( ent->name, QChar(ent->code) );
+	    ent++;
+	}
+    }
+    return html_map;
+}
+
+QChar QTextDocument::parseHTMLSpecialChar(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos)
+{
+    QString s;
+    pos++;
+    int recoverpos = pos;
+    while ( pos < length && doc[pos] != ';' && !doc[pos].isSpace() && pos < recoverpos + 8 ) {
+	s += doc[pos];
+	pos++;
+    }
+    if (doc[pos] != ';' && !doc[pos].isSpace() ) {
+	pos = recoverpos;
+	return '&';
+    }
+    pos++;
+
+    if ( s.length() > 1 && s[0] == '#') {
+        int off = 1;
+        int base = 10;
+        if (s[1] == 'x') {
+            off = 2;
+            base = 16;
+        }
+        bool ok;
+	int num = s.mid(off).toInt(&ok, base);
+	if ( num == 151 ) // ### hack for designer manual
+	    return '-';
+        if (ok)
+            return num;
+    } else {
+        QMap<QString, QChar>::Iterator it = htmlMap()->find(s);
+        if ( it != htmlMap()->end() ) {
+            return *it;
+        }
+    }
+
+    pos = recoverpos;
+    return '&';
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::parseWord(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, bool lower)
+{
+    QString s;
+
+    if (doc[pos] == '"') {
+	pos++;
+	while ( pos < length && doc[pos] != '"' ) {
+	    if ( doc[pos] == '&' ) {
+		s += parseHTMLSpecialChar( doc, length, pos );
+	    } else {
+		s += doc[pos];
+		pos++;
+	    }
+	}
+	eat(doc, length, pos, '"');
+    } else if (doc[pos] == '\'') {
+	pos++;
+	while ( pos < length  && doc[pos] != '\'' ) {
+	    s += doc[pos];
+	    pos++;
+	}
+	eat(doc, length, pos, '\'');
+    } else {
+	static QString term = QString::fromLatin1("/>");
+	while ( pos < length
+		&& doc[pos] != '>'
+		&& !hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, term)
+		&& doc[pos] != '<'
+		&& doc[pos] != '='
+		&& !doc[pos].isSpace() )
+	{
+	    if ( doc[pos] == '&' ) {
+		s += parseHTMLSpecialChar( doc, length, pos );
+	    } else {
+		s += doc[pos];
+		pos++;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (lower)
+	    s = s.lower();
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+QChar QTextDocument::parseChar(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode wsm )
+{
+    if ( pos >=  length )
+	return QChar::null;
+
+    QChar c = doc[pos++];
+
+    if (c == '<' )
+	return QChar::null;
+
+    if ( c.isSpace() && c != QChar::nbsp ) {
+	if ( wsm == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre ) {
+	    if ( c == '\n' )
+		return QChar_linesep;
+	    else
+		return c;
+	} else { // non-pre mode: collapse whitespace except nbsp
+	    while ( pos< length &&
+		    doc[pos].isSpace()  && doc[pos] != QChar::nbsp )
+		pos++;
+	    return ' ';
+	}
+    }
+    else if ( c == '&' )
+	return parseHTMLSpecialChar( doc, length, --pos );
+    else
+	return c;
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::parseOpenTag(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos,
+				  QMap<QString, QString> &attr, bool& emptyTag)
+{
+    emptyTag = FALSE;
+    pos++;
+    if ( hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, '!') ) {
+	if ( hasPrefix( doc, length, pos+1, "--")) {
+	    pos += 3;
+	    // eat comments
+	    QString pref = QString::fromLatin1("-->");
+	    while ( !hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, pref ) && pos < length )
+		pos++;
+	    if ( hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, pref ) ) {
+		pos += 3;
+		eatSpace(doc, length, pos, TRUE);
+	    }
+	    emptyTag = TRUE;
+	    return QString::null;
+	}
+	else {
+	    // eat strange internal tags
+	    while ( !hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, '>') && pos < length )
+		pos++;
+	    if ( hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, '>') ) {
+		pos++;
+		eatSpace(doc, length, pos, TRUE);
+	    }
+	    return QString::null;
+	}
+    }
+
+    QString tag = parseWord(doc, length, pos );
+    eatSpace(doc, length, pos, TRUE);
+    static QString term = QString::fromLatin1("/>");
+    static QString s_TRUE = QString::fromLatin1("TRUE");
+
+    while (doc[pos] != '>' && ! (emptyTag = hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, term) )) {
+	QString key = parseWord(doc, length, pos );
+	eatSpace(doc, length, pos, TRUE);
+	if ( key.isEmpty()) {
+	    // error recovery
+	    while ( pos < length && doc[pos] != '>' )
+		pos++;
+	    break;
+	}
+	QString value;
+	if (hasPrefix(doc, length, pos, '=') ){
+	    pos++;
+	    eatSpace(doc, length, pos);
+	    value = parseWord(doc, length, pos, FALSE);
+	}
+	else
+	    value = s_TRUE;
+	attr.insert(key.lower(), value );
+	eatSpace(doc, length, pos, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    if (emptyTag) {
+	eat(doc, length, pos, '/');
+	eat(doc, length, pos, '>');
+    }
+    else
+	eat(doc, length, pos, '>');
+
+    return tag;
+}
+
+QString QTextDocument::parseCloseTag( const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos )
+{
+    pos++;
+    pos++;
+    QString tag = parseWord(doc, length, pos );
+    eatSpace(doc, length, pos, TRUE);
+    eat(doc, length, pos, '>');
+    return tag;
+}
+
+QTextFlow::QTextFlow()
+{
+    w = pagesize = 0;
+}
+
+QTextFlow::~QTextFlow()
+{
+    clear();
+}
+
+void QTextFlow::clear()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    leftItems.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    rightItems.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    leftItems.clear();
+    rightItems.clear();
+    leftItems.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+    rightItems.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+#endif
+}
+
+void QTextFlow::setWidth( int width )
+{
+    w = width;
+}
+
+int QTextFlow::adjustLMargin( int yp, int, int margin, int space )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    for ( QTextCustomItem* item = leftItems.first(); item; item = leftItems.next() ) {
+	if ( item->ypos == -1 )
+	    continue;
+	if ( yp >= item->ypos && yp < item->ypos + item->height )
+	    margin = QMAX( margin, item->xpos + item->width + space );
+    }
+#endif
+    return margin;
+}
+
+int QTextFlow::adjustRMargin( int yp, int, int margin, int space )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    for ( QTextCustomItem* item = rightItems.first(); item; item = rightItems.next() ) {
+	if ( item->ypos == -1 )
+	    continue;
+	if ( yp >= item->ypos && yp < item->ypos + item->height )
+	    margin = QMAX( margin, w - item->xpos - space );
+    }
+#endif
+    return margin;
+}
+
+
+int QTextFlow::adjustFlow( int y, int /*w*/, int h )
+{
+    if ( pagesize > 0 ) { // check pages
+	int yinpage = y % pagesize;
+	if ( yinpage <= border_tolerance )
+	    return border_tolerance - yinpage;
+	else
+	    if ( yinpage + h > pagesize - border_tolerance )
+		return ( pagesize - yinpage ) + border_tolerance;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+void QTextFlow::unregisterFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem* item )
+{
+    leftItems.removeRef( item );
+    rightItems.removeRef( item );
+}
+
+void QTextFlow::registerFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem* item )
+{
+    if ( item->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceRight ) {
+	if ( !rightItems.contains( item ) )
+	    rightItems.append( item );
+    } else if ( item->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceLeft &&
+		!leftItems.contains( item ) ) {
+	leftItems.append( item );
+    }
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+
+QRect QTextFlow::boundingRect() const
+{
+    QRect br;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QPtrListIterator<QTextCustomItem> l( leftItems );
+    while( l.current() ) {
+	br = br.unite( l.current()->geometry() );
+	++l;
+    }
+    QPtrListIterator<QTextCustomItem> r( rightItems );
+    while( r.current() ) {
+	br = br.unite( r.current()->geometry() );
+	++r;
+    }
+#endif
+    return br;
+}
+
+
+void QTextFlow::drawFloatingItems( QPainter* p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QTextCustomItem *item;
+    for ( item = leftItems.first(); item; item = leftItems.next() ) {
+	if ( item->xpos == -1 || item->ypos == -1 )
+	    continue;
+	item->draw( p, item->xpos, item->ypos, cx, cy, cw, ch, cg, selected );
+    }
+
+    for ( item = rightItems.first(); item; item = rightItems.next() ) {
+	if ( item->xpos == -1 || item->ypos == -1 )
+	    continue;
+	item->draw( p, item->xpos, item->ypos, cx, cy, cw, ch, cg, selected );
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+void QTextCustomItem::pageBreak( int /*y*/ , QTextFlow* /*flow*/ )
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+QTextTable::QTextTable( QTextDocument *p, const QMap<QString, QString> & attr  )
+    : QTextCustomItem( p )
+{
+    cells.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+    cellspacing = 2;
+    if ( attr.contains("cellspacing") )
+	cellspacing = attr["cellspacing"].toInt();
+    cellpadding = 1;
+    if ( attr.contains("cellpadding") )
+	cellpadding = attr["cellpadding"].toInt();
+    border = innerborder = 0;
+    if ( attr.contains("border" ) ) {
+	QString s( attr["border"] );
+	if ( s == "TRUE" )
+	    border = 1;
+	else
+	    border = attr["border"].toInt();
+    }
+    us_b = border;
+
+    innerborder = us_ib = border ? 1 : 0;
+
+    if ( border )
+	cellspacing += 2;
+
+    us_ib = innerborder;
+    us_cs = cellspacing;
+    us_cp = cellpadding;
+    outerborder = cellspacing + border;
+    us_ob = outerborder;
+    layout = new QGridLayout( 1, 1, cellspacing );
+
+    fixwidth = 0;
+    stretch = 0;
+    if ( attr.contains("width") ) {
+	bool b;
+	QString s( attr["width"] );
+	int w = s.toInt( &b );
+	if ( b ) {
+	    fixwidth = w;
+	} else {
+	    s = s.stripWhiteSpace();
+	    if ( s.length() > 1 && s[ (int)s.length()-1 ] == '%' )
+		stretch = s.left( s.length()-1).toInt();
+	}
+    }
+    us_fixwidth = fixwidth;
+
+    place = PlaceInline;
+    if ( attr["align"] == "left" )
+	place = PlaceLeft;
+    else if ( attr["align"] == "right" )
+	place = PlaceRight;
+    cachewidth = 0;
+    attributes = attr;
+    pageBreakFor = -1;
+}
+
+QTextTable::~QTextTable()
+{
+    delete layout;
+}
+
+QString QTextTable::richText() const
+{
+    QString s;
+    s = "<table ";
+    QMap<QString, QString>::ConstIterator it = attributes.begin();
+    for ( ; it != attributes.end(); ++it )
+	s += it.key() + "=" + *it + " ";
+    s += ">\n";
+
+    int lastRow = -1;
+    bool needEnd = FALSE;
+    QPtrListIterator<QTextTableCell> it2( cells );
+    while ( it2.current() ) {
+	QTextTableCell *cell = it2.current();
+	++it2;
+	if ( lastRow != cell->row() ) {
+	    if ( lastRow != -1 )
+		s += "</tr>\n";
+	    s += "<tr>";
+	    lastRow = cell->row();
+	    needEnd = TRUE;
+	}
+	s += "<td";
+	it = cell->attributes.begin();
+	for ( ; it != cell->attributes.end(); ++it )
+	    s += " " + it.key() + "=" + *it;
+	s += ">";
+	s += cell->richText()->richText();
+	s += "</td>";
+    }
+    if ( needEnd )
+	s += "</tr>\n";
+    s += "</table>\n";
+    return s;
+}
+
+void QTextTable::setParagraph(QTextParagraph *p)
+{
+    for ( QTextTableCell* cell = cells.first(); cell; cell = cells.next() )
+	cell->richText()->parentPar = p;
+    QTextCustomItem::setParagraph(p);
+}
+
+void QTextTable::adjustToPainter( QPainter* p )
+{
+    cellspacing = scale( us_cs, p );
+    cellpadding = scale( us_cp, p );
+    border = scale( us_b , p );
+    innerborder = scale( us_ib, p );
+    outerborder = scale( us_ob ,p );
+    fixwidth = scale( us_fixwidth, p);
+    width = 0;
+    cachewidth = 0;
+    for ( QTextTableCell* cell = cells.first(); cell; cell = cells.next() )
+	cell->adjustToPainter( p );
+}
+
+void QTextTable::adjustCells( int y , int shift )
+{
+    QPtrListIterator<QTextTableCell> it( cells );
+    QTextTableCell* cell;
+    bool enlarge = FALSE;
+    while ( ( cell = it.current() ) ) {
+	++it;
+	QRect r = cell->geometry();
+	if ( y <= r.top() ) {
+	    r.moveBy(0, shift );
+	    cell->setGeometry( r );
+	    enlarge = TRUE;
+	} else if ( y <= r.bottom() ) {
+	    r.rBottom() += shift;
+	    cell->setGeometry( r );
+	    enlarge = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( enlarge )
+	height += shift;
+}
+
+void QTextTable::pageBreak( int  yt, QTextFlow* flow )
+{
+    if ( flow->pageSize() <= 0 )
+        return;
+    if ( layout && pageBreakFor > 0 && pageBreakFor != yt ) {
+	layout->invalidate();
+	int h = layout->heightForWidth( width-2*outerborder );
+	layout->setGeometry( QRect(0, 0, width-2*outerborder, h)  );
+	height = layout->geometry().height()+2*outerborder;
+    }
+    pageBreakFor = yt;
+    QPtrListIterator<QTextTableCell> it( cells );
+    QTextTableCell* cell;
+    while ( ( cell = it.current() ) ) {
+	++it;
+	int y = yt + outerborder + cell->geometry().y();
+	int shift = flow->adjustFlow( y - cellspacing, width, cell->richText()->height() + 2*cellspacing );
+	adjustCells( y - outerborder - yt, shift );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void QTextTable::draw(QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected )
+{
+    if ( placement() != PlaceInline ) {
+	x = xpos;
+	y = ypos;
+    }
+
+    for (QTextTableCell* cell = cells.first(); cell; cell = cells.next() ) {
+	if ( cx < 0 && cy < 0 ||
+	     QRect( cx, cy, cw, ch ).intersects( QRect( x + outerborder + cell->geometry().x(),
+							y + outerborder + cell->geometry().y(),
+							cell->geometry().width(), cell->geometry().height() ) ) ) {
+	    cell->draw( p, x+outerborder, y+outerborder, cx, cy, cw, ch, cg, selected );
+	    if ( border ) {
+		QRect r( x+outerborder+cell->geometry().x() - innerborder,
+			 y+outerborder+cell->geometry().y() - innerborder,
+			 cell->geometry().width() + 2 * innerborder,
+			 cell->geometry().height() + 2 * innerborder );
+		if ( is_printer( p ) ) {
+		    QPen oldPen = p->pen();
+		    QRect r2 = r;
+		    r2.addCoords( innerborder/2, innerborder/2, -innerborder/2, -innerborder/2 );
+		    p->setPen( QPen( cg.text(), innerborder ) );
+		    p->drawRect( r2 );
+		    p->setPen( oldPen );
+		} else {
+		    int s =  QMAX( cellspacing-2*innerborder, 0);
+		    if ( s ) {
+			p->fillRect( r.left()-s, r.top(), s+1, r.height(), cg.button() );
+			p->fillRect( r.right(), r.top(), s+1, r.height(), cg.button() );
+			p->fillRect( r.left()-s, r.top()-s, r.width()+2*s, s, cg.button() );
+			p->fillRect( r.left()-s, r.bottom(), r.width()+2*s, s, cg.button() );
+		    }
+		    qDrawShadePanel( p, r, cg, TRUE, innerborder );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( border ) {
+	QRect r ( x, y, width, height );
+	if ( is_printer( p ) ) {
+ 	    QRect r2 = r;
+ 	    r2.addCoords( border/2, border/2, -border/2, -border/2 );
+	    QPen oldPen = p->pen();
+	    p->setPen( QPen( cg.text(), border ) );
+	    p->drawRect( r2 );
+	    p->setPen( oldPen );
+	} else {
+	    int s = border+QMAX( cellspacing-2*innerborder, 0);
+	    if ( s ) {
+		p->fillRect( r.left(), r.top(), s, r.height(), cg.button() );
+		p->fillRect( r.right()-s, r.top(), s, r.height(), cg.button() );
+		p->fillRect( r.left(), r.top(), r.width(), s, cg.button() );
+		p->fillRect( r.left(), r.bottom()-s, r.width(), s, cg.button() );
+	    }
+	    qDrawShadePanel( p, r, cg, FALSE, border );
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+int QTextTable::minimumWidth() const
+{
+    return fixwidth ? fixwidth : ((layout ? layout->minimumSize().width() : 0) + 2 * outerborder);
+}
+
+void QTextTable::resize( int nwidth )
+{
+    if ( fixwidth && cachewidth != 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( nwidth == cachewidth )
+	return;
+
+
+    cachewidth = nwidth;
+    int w = nwidth;
+
+    format( w );
+
+    if ( stretch )
+	nwidth = nwidth * stretch / 100;
+
+    width = nwidth;
+    layout->invalidate();
+    int shw = layout->sizeHint().width() + 2*outerborder;
+    int mw = layout->minimumSize().width() + 2*outerborder;
+    if ( stretch )
+	width = QMAX( mw, nwidth );
+    else
+	width = QMAX( mw, QMIN( nwidth, shw ) );
+
+    if ( fixwidth )
+	width = fixwidth;
+
+    layout->invalidate();
+    mw = layout->minimumSize().width() + 2*outerborder;
+    width = QMAX( width, mw );
+
+    int h = layout->heightForWidth( width-2*outerborder );
+    layout->setGeometry( QRect(0, 0, width-2*outerborder, h)  );
+    height = layout->geometry().height()+2*outerborder;
+}
+
+void QTextTable::format( int w )
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)cells.count(); ++i ) {
+	QTextTableCell *cell = cells.at( i );
+	QRect r = cell->geometry();
+	r.setWidth( w - 2*outerborder );
+	cell->setGeometry( r );
+    }
+}
+
+void QTextTable::addCell( QTextTableCell* cell )
+{
+    cells.append( cell );
+    layout->addMultiCell( cell, cell->row(), cell->row() + cell->rowspan()-1,
+			  cell->column(), cell->column() + cell->colspan()-1 );
+}
+
+bool QTextTable::enter( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy, bool atEnd )
+{
+    currCell.remove( c );
+    if ( !atEnd )
+	return next( c, doc, parag, idx, ox, oy );
+    currCell.insert( c, cells.count() );
+    return prev( c, doc, parag, idx, ox, oy );
+}
+
+bool QTextTable::enterAt( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy, const QPoint &pos )
+{
+    currCell.remove( c );
+    int lastCell = -1;
+    int lastY = -1;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < (int)cells.count(); ++i ) {
+	QTextTableCell *cell = cells.at( i );
+	if ( !cell )
+	    continue;
+	QRect r( cell->geometry().x(),
+		 cell->geometry().y(),
+		 cell->geometry().width() + 2 * innerborder + 2 * outerborder,
+		 cell->geometry().height() + 2 * innerborder + 2 * outerborder );
+
+	if ( r.left() <= pos.x() && r.right() >= pos.x() ) {
+	    if ( cell->geometry().y() > lastY ) {
+		lastCell = i;
+		lastY = cell->geometry().y();
+	    }
+	    if ( r.top() <= pos.y() && r.bottom() >= pos.y() ) {
+		currCell.insert( c, i );
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( i == (int) cells.count() )
+ 	return FALSE; // no cell found
+
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) == currCell.end() ) {
+	if ( lastY != -1 )
+	    currCell.insert( c, lastCell );
+	else
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    QTextTableCell *cell = cells.at( *currCell.find( c ) );
+    if ( !cell )
+	return FALSE;
+    doc = cell->richText();
+    parag = doc->firstParagraph();
+    idx = 0;
+    ox += cell->geometry().x() + cell->horizontalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder + parent->x();
+    oy += cell->geometry().y() + cell->verticalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QTextTable::next( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy )
+{
+    int cc = -1;
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) != currCell.end() )
+	cc = *currCell.find( c );
+    if ( cc > (int)cells.count() - 1 || cc < 0 )
+	cc = -1;
+    currCell.remove( c );
+    currCell.insert( c, ++cc );
+    if ( cc >= (int)cells.count() ) {
+	currCell.insert( c, 0 );
+	QTextCustomItem::next( c, doc, parag, idx, ox, oy );
+	QTextTableCell *cell = cells.first();
+	if ( !cell )
+	    return FALSE;
+	doc = cell->richText();
+	idx = -1;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) == currCell.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QTextTableCell *cell = cells.at( *currCell.find( c ) );
+    if ( !cell )
+	return FALSE;
+    doc = cell->richText();
+    parag = doc->firstParagraph();
+    idx = 0;
+    ox += cell->geometry().x() + cell->horizontalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder + parent->x();
+    oy += cell->geometry().y() + cell->verticalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QTextTable::prev( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy )
+{
+    int cc = -1;
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) != currCell.end() )
+	cc = *currCell.find( c );
+    if ( cc > (int)cells.count() - 1 || cc < 0 )
+	cc = cells.count();
+    currCell.remove( c );
+    currCell.insert( c, --cc );
+    if ( cc < 0 ) {
+	currCell.insert( c, 0 );
+	QTextCustomItem::prev( c, doc, parag, idx, ox, oy );
+	QTextTableCell *cell = cells.first();
+	if ( !cell )
+	    return FALSE;
+	doc = cell->richText();
+	idx = -1;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) == currCell.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QTextTableCell *cell = cells.at( *currCell.find( c ) );
+    if ( !cell )
+	return FALSE;
+    doc = cell->richText();
+    parag = doc->lastParagraph();
+    idx = parag->length() - 1;
+    ox += cell->geometry().x() + cell->horizontalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder + parent->x();
+    oy += cell->geometry().y()  + cell->verticalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QTextTable::down( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy )
+{
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) == currCell.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QTextTableCell *cell = cells.at( *currCell.find( c ) );
+    if ( cell->row_ == layout->numRows() - 1 ) {
+	currCell.insert( c, 0 );
+	QTextCustomItem::down( c, doc, parag, idx, ox, oy );
+	QTextTableCell *cell = cells.first();
+	if ( !cell )
+	    return FALSE;
+	doc = cell->richText();
+	idx = -1;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    int oldRow = cell->row_;
+    int oldCol = cell->col_;
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) == currCell.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    int cc = *currCell.find( c );
+    for ( int i = cc; i < (int)cells.count(); ++i ) {
+	cell = cells.at( i );
+	if ( cell->row_ > oldRow && cell->col_ == oldCol ) {
+	    currCell.insert( c, i );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    doc = cell->richText();
+    if ( !cell )
+	return FALSE;
+    parag = doc->firstParagraph();
+    idx = 0;
+    ox += cell->geometry().x() + cell->horizontalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder + parent->x();
+    oy += cell->geometry().y()  + cell->verticalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QTextTable::up( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy )
+{
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) == currCell.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QTextTableCell *cell = cells.at( *currCell.find( c ) );
+    if ( cell->row_ == 0 ) {
+	currCell.insert( c, 0 );
+	QTextCustomItem::up( c, doc, parag, idx, ox, oy );
+	QTextTableCell *cell = cells.first();
+	if ( !cell )
+	    return FALSE;
+	doc = cell->richText();
+	idx = -1;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    int oldRow = cell->row_;
+    int oldCol = cell->col_;
+    if ( currCell.find( c ) == currCell.end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    int cc = *currCell.find( c );
+    for ( int i = cc; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	cell = cells.at( i );
+	if ( cell->row_ < oldRow && cell->col_ == oldCol ) {
+	    currCell.insert( c, i );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    doc = cell->richText();
+    if ( !cell )
+	return FALSE;
+    parag = doc->lastParagraph();
+    idx = parag->length() - 1;
+    ox += cell->geometry().x() + cell->horizontalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder + parent->x();
+    oy += cell->geometry().y()  + cell->verticalAlignmentOffset() + outerborder;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+QTextTableCell::QTextTableCell( QTextTable* table,
+				int row, int column,
+				const QMap<QString, QString> &attr,
+				const QStyleSheetItem* /*style*/, // ### use them
+				const QTextFormat& fmt, const QString& context,
+				QMimeSourceFactory &factory, QStyleSheet *sheet,
+				const QString& doc)
+{
+    cached_width = -1;
+    cached_sizehint = -1;
+
+    maxw = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+    minw = 0;
+
+    parent = table;
+    row_ = row;
+    col_ = column;
+    stretch_ = 0;
+    richtext = new QTextDocument( table->parent );
+    richtext->formatCollection()->setPaintDevice( table->parent->formatCollection()->paintDevice() );
+    richtext->bodyText = fmt.color();
+    richtext->setTableCell( this );
+    QString a = *attr.find( "align" );
+    if ( !a.isEmpty() ) {
+	a = a.lower();
+	if ( a == "left" )
+	    richtext->setAlignment( Qt::AlignLeft );
+	else if ( a == "center" )
+	    richtext->setAlignment( Qt::AlignHCenter );
+	else if ( a == "right" )
+	    richtext->setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
+    }
+    align = 0;
+    QString va = *attr.find( "valign" );
+    if ( !va.isEmpty() ) {
+	va = va.lower();
+	if ( va == "top" )
+	    align |= Qt::AlignTop;
+	else if ( va == "center" || va == "middle" )
+	    align |= Qt::AlignVCenter;
+	else if ( va == "bottom" )
+	    align |= Qt::AlignBottom;
+    }
+    richtext->setFormatter( table->parent->formatter() );
+    richtext->setUseFormatCollection( table->parent->useFormatCollection() );
+    richtext->setMimeSourceFactory( &factory );
+    richtext->setStyleSheet( sheet );
+    richtext->setRichText( doc, context, &fmt );
+    rowspan_ = 1;
+    colspan_ = 1;
+    if ( attr.contains("colspan") )
+	colspan_ = attr["colspan"].toInt();
+    if ( attr.contains("rowspan") )
+	rowspan_ = attr["rowspan"].toInt();
+
+    background = 0;
+    if ( attr.contains("bgcolor") ) {
+	background = new QBrush(QColor( attr["bgcolor"] ));
+    }
+
+
+    hasFixedWidth = FALSE;
+    if ( attr.contains("width") ) {
+	bool b;
+	QString s( attr["width"] );
+	int w = s.toInt( &b );
+	if ( b ) {
+	    maxw = w;
+	    minw = maxw;
+	    hasFixedWidth = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    s = s.stripWhiteSpace();
+	    if ( s.length() > 1 && s[ (int)s.length()-1 ] == '%' )
+		stretch_ = s.left( s.length()-1).toInt();
+	}
+    }
+
+    attributes = attr;
+
+    parent->addCell( this );
+}
+
+QTextTableCell::~QTextTableCell()
+{
+    delete background;
+    background = 0;
+    delete richtext;
+    richtext = 0;
+}
+
+QSize QTextTableCell::sizeHint() const
+{
+    int extra = 2 * ( parent->innerborder + parent->cellpadding + border_tolerance);
+    int used = richtext->widthUsed() + extra;
+
+    if  (stretch_ ) {
+	int w = parent->width * stretch_ / 100 - 2*parent->cellspacing - 2*parent->cellpadding;
+	return QSize( QMIN( w, maxw ), 0 ).expandedTo( minimumSize() );
+    }
+
+    return QSize( used, 0 ).expandedTo( minimumSize() );
+}
+
+QSize QTextTableCell::minimumSize() const
+{
+    int extra = 2 * ( parent->innerborder + parent->cellpadding + border_tolerance);
+    return QSize( QMAX( richtext->minimumWidth() + extra, minw), 0 );
+}
+
+QSize QTextTableCell::maximumSize() const
+{
+    return QSize( maxw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+}
+
+QSizePolicy::ExpandData QTextTableCell::expanding() const
+{
+    return QSizePolicy::BothDirections;
+}
+
+bool QTextTableCell::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+void QTextTableCell::setGeometry( const QRect& r )
+{
+    int extra = 2 * ( parent->innerborder + parent->cellpadding );
+    if ( r.width() != cached_width )
+	richtext->doLayout( QTextFormat::painter(), r.width() - extra );
+    cached_width = r.width();
+    geom = r;
+}
+
+QRect QTextTableCell::geometry() const
+{
+    return geom;
+}
+
+bool QTextTableCell::hasHeightForWidth() const
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int QTextTableCell::heightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    int extra = 2 * ( parent->innerborder + parent->cellpadding );
+    w = QMAX( minw, w );
+
+    if ( cached_width != w ) {
+	QTextTableCell* that = (QTextTableCell*) this;
+	that->richtext->doLayout( QTextFormat::painter(), w - extra );
+	that->cached_width = w;
+    }
+    return richtext->height() + extra;
+}
+
+void QTextTableCell::adjustToPainter( QPainter* p )
+{
+    QTextParagraph *parag = richtext->firstParagraph();
+    while ( parag ) {
+	parag->adjustToPainter( p );
+	parag = parag->next();
+    }
+}
+
+int QTextTableCell::horizontalAlignmentOffset() const
+{
+    return parent->cellpadding;
+}
+
+int QTextTableCell::verticalAlignmentOffset() const
+{
+    if ( (align & Qt::AlignVCenter ) == Qt::AlignVCenter )
+	return ( geom.height() - richtext->height() ) / 2;
+    else if ( ( align & Qt::AlignBottom ) == Qt::AlignBottom )
+	return geom.height() - parent->cellpadding - richtext->height()  ;
+    return parent->cellpadding;
+}
+
+void QTextTableCell::draw( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool )
+{
+    if ( cached_width != geom.width() ) {
+	int extra = 2 * ( parent->innerborder + parent->cellpadding );
+	richtext->doLayout( p, geom.width() - extra );
+	cached_width = geom.width();
+    }
+    QColorGroup g( cg );
+    if ( background )
+	g.setBrush( QColorGroup::Base, *background );
+    else if ( richtext->paper() )
+	g.setBrush( QColorGroup::Base, *richtext->paper() );
+
+    p->save();
+    p->translate( x + geom.x(), y + geom.y() );
+    if ( background )
+	p->fillRect( 0, 0, geom.width(), geom.height(), *background );
+    else if ( richtext->paper() )
+	p->fillRect( 0, 0, geom.width(), geom.height(), *richtext->paper() );
+
+    p->translate( horizontalAlignmentOffset(), verticalAlignmentOffset() );
+
+    QRegion r;
+    if ( cx >= 0 && cy >= 0 )
+	richtext->draw( p, cx - ( x + horizontalAlignmentOffset() + geom.x() ),
+			cy - ( y + geom.y() + verticalAlignmentOffset() ),
+			cw, ch, g, FALSE, FALSE, 0 );
+    else
+	richtext->draw( p, -1, -1, -1, -1, g, FALSE, FALSE, 0 );
+
+    p->restore();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif //QT_NO_RICHTEXT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.cpp b/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf79a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the internal Qt classes dealing with rich text
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qrichtext_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+QTextCommand::~QTextCommand() {}
+QTextCommand::Commands QTextCommand::type() const { return Invalid; }
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+QTextCustomItem::~QTextCustomItem() {}
+void QTextCustomItem::adjustToPainter( QPainter* p){ if ( p ) width = 0; }
+QTextCustomItem::Placement QTextCustomItem::placement() const { return PlaceInline; }
+
+bool QTextCustomItem::ownLine() const { return FALSE; }
+void QTextCustomItem::resize( int nwidth ){ width = nwidth; }
+void QTextCustomItem::invalidate() {}
+
+bool QTextCustomItem::isNested() const { return FALSE; }
+int QTextCustomItem::minimumWidth() const { return 0; }
+
+QString QTextCustomItem::richText() const { return QString::null; }
+
+bool QTextCustomItem::enter( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument*&, QTextParagraph *&, int &, int &, int &, bool )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+bool QTextCustomItem::enterAt( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&, QTextParagraph *&, int &, int &, int &, const QPoint & )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+bool QTextCustomItem::next( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&, QTextParagraph *&, int &, int &, int & )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+bool QTextCustomItem::prev( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&, QTextParagraph *&, int &, int &, int & )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+bool QTextCustomItem::down( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&, QTextParagraph *&, int &, int &, int & )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+bool QTextCustomItem::up( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&, QTextParagraph *&, int &, int &, int & )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+
+void QTextFlow::setPageSize( int ps ) { pagesize = ps; }
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+bool QTextFlow::isEmpty() { return leftItems.isEmpty() && rightItems.isEmpty(); }
+#else
+bool QTextFlow::isEmpty() { return TRUE; }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+void QTextTableCell::invalidate() { cached_width = -1; cached_sizehint = -1; }
+
+void QTextTable::invalidate() { cachewidth = -1; }
+#endif
+
+QTextParagraphData::~QTextParagraphData() {}
+void QTextParagraphData::join( QTextParagraphData * ) {}
+
+QTextFormatter::~QTextFormatter() {}
+void QTextFormatter::setWrapEnabled( bool b ) { wrapEnabled = b; }
+void QTextFormatter::setWrapAtColumn( int c ) { wrapColumn = c; }
+
+
+
+int QTextCursor::x() const
+{
+    if ( idx >= para->length() )
+	return 0;
+    QTextStringChar *c = para->at( idx );
+    int curx = c->x;
+    if ( !c->rightToLeft &&
+	 c->c.isSpace() &&
+	 idx > 0 &&
+	 para->at( idx - 1 )->c != '\t' &&
+	 !c->lineStart &&
+	 ( para->alignment() & Qt::AlignJustify ) == Qt::AlignJustify )
+	curx = para->at( idx - 1 )->x + para->string()->width( idx - 1 );
+    if ( c->rightToLeft )
+	curx += para->string()->width( idx );
+    return curx;
+}
+
+int QTextCursor::y() const
+{
+    int dummy, line;
+    para->lineStartOfChar( idx, &dummy, &line );
+    return para->lineY( line );
+}
+
+int QTextCursor::globalX() const { return totalOffsetX() + para->rect().x() + x(); }
+int QTextCursor::globalY() const { return totalOffsetY() + para->rect().y() + y(); }
+
+QTextDocument *QTextCursor::document() const
+{
+    return para ? para->document() : 0;
+}
+
+void QTextCursor::gotoPosition( QTextParagraph* p, int index )
+{
+    if ( para && p != para ) {
+	while ( !indices.isEmpty() && para->document() != p->document() )
+	    pop();
+	Q_ASSERT( indices.isEmpty() || para->document() == p->document() );
+    }
+    para = p;
+    if ( index < 0 || index >= para->length() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	qWarning( "QTextCursor::gotoParagraph Index: %d out of range", index );
+#endif
+	if ( index < 0 || para->length() == 0 )
+	    index = 0;
+	else
+	    index = para->length() - 1;
+    }
+
+    tmpX = -1;
+    idx = index;
+    fixCursorPosition();
+}
+
+bool QTextDocument::hasSelection( int id, bool visible ) const
+{
+    return ( selections.find( id ) != selections.end() &&
+	     ( !visible ||
+	       ( (QTextDocument*)this )->selectionStartCursor( id ) !=
+	       ( (QTextDocument*)this )->selectionEndCursor( id ) ) );
+}
+
+void QTextDocument::setSelectionStart( int id, const QTextCursor &cursor )
+{
+    QTextDocumentSelection sel;
+    sel.startCursor = cursor;
+    sel.endCursor = cursor;
+    sel.swapped = FALSE;
+    selections[ id ] = sel;
+}
+
+QTextParagraph *QTextDocument::paragAt( int i ) const
+{
+    QTextParagraph* p = curParag;
+    if ( !p || p->paragId() > i )
+	p = fParag;
+    while ( p && p->paragId() != i )
+	p = p->next();
+    ((QTextDocument*)this)->curParag = p;
+    return p;
+}
+
+
+QTextFormat::~QTextFormat()
+{
+}
+
+QTextFormat::QTextFormat()
+    : fm( QFontMetrics( fn ) ), linkColor( TRUE ), logicalFontSize( 3 ), stdSize( qApp->font().pointSize() )
+{
+    ref = 0;
+
+    usePixelSizes = FALSE;
+    if ( stdSize == -1 ) {
+	stdSize = qApp->font().pixelSize();
+	usePixelSizes = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    missp = FALSE;
+    ha = AlignNormal;
+    collection = 0;
+}
+
+QTextFormat::QTextFormat( const QStyleSheetItem *style )
+    : fm( QFontMetrics( fn ) ), linkColor( TRUE ), logicalFontSize( 3 ), stdSize( qApp->font().pointSize() )
+{
+    ref = 0;
+
+    usePixelSizes = FALSE;
+    if ( stdSize == -1 ) {
+	stdSize = qApp->font().pixelSize();
+	usePixelSizes = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    missp = FALSE;
+    ha = AlignNormal;
+    collection = 0;
+    fn = QFont( style->fontFamily(),
+		style->fontSize(),
+		style->fontWeight(),
+		style->fontItalic() );
+    fn.setUnderline( style->fontUnderline() );
+    fn.setStrikeOut( style->fontStrikeOut() );
+    col = style->color();
+    fm = QFontMetrics( fn );
+    leftBearing = fm.minLeftBearing();
+    rightBearing = fm.minRightBearing();
+    hei = fm.lineSpacing();
+    asc = fm.ascent() + (fm.leading()+1)/2;
+    dsc = fm.descent();
+    missp = FALSE;
+    ha = AlignNormal;
+    memset( widths, 0, 256 );
+    generateKey();
+    addRef();
+}
+
+QTextFormat::QTextFormat( const QFont &f, const QColor &c, QTextFormatCollection *parent )
+    : fn( f ), col( c ), fm( QFontMetrics( f ) ), linkColor( TRUE ),
+      logicalFontSize( 3 ), stdSize( f.pointSize() )
+{
+    ref = 0;
+    usePixelSizes = FALSE;
+    if ( stdSize == -1 ) {
+	stdSize = f.pixelSize();
+	usePixelSizes = TRUE;
+    }
+    collection = parent;
+    leftBearing = fm.minLeftBearing();
+    rightBearing = fm.minRightBearing();
+    hei = fm.lineSpacing();
+    asc = fm.ascent() + (fm.leading()+1)/2;
+    dsc = fm.descent();
+    missp = FALSE;
+    ha = AlignNormal;
+    memset( widths, 0, 256 );
+    generateKey();
+    addRef();
+}
+
+QTextFormat::QTextFormat( const QTextFormat &f )
+    : fm( f.fm )
+{
+    ref = 0;
+    collection = 0;
+    fn = f.fn;
+    col = f.col;
+    leftBearing = f.leftBearing;
+    rightBearing = f.rightBearing;
+    memset( widths, 0, 256 );
+    hei = f.hei;
+    asc = f.asc;
+    dsc = f.dsc;
+    stdSize = f.stdSize;
+    usePixelSizes = f.usePixelSizes;
+    logicalFontSize = f.logicalFontSize;
+    missp = f.missp;
+    ha = f.ha;
+    k = f.k;
+    linkColor = f.linkColor;
+    addRef();
+}
+
+QTextFormat& QTextFormat::operator=( const QTextFormat &f )
+{
+    ref = 0;
+    collection = f.collection;
+    fn = f.fn;
+    col = f.col;
+    fm = f.fm;
+    leftBearing = f.leftBearing;
+    rightBearing = f.rightBearing;
+    memset( widths, 0, 256 );
+    hei = f.hei;
+    asc = f.asc;
+    dsc = f.dsc;
+    stdSize = f.stdSize;
+    usePixelSizes = f.usePixelSizes;
+    logicalFontSize = f.logicalFontSize;
+    missp = f.missp;
+    ha = f.ha;
+    k = f.k;
+    linkColor = f.linkColor;
+    addRef();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::update()
+{
+    fm = QFontMetrics( fn );
+    leftBearing = fm.minLeftBearing();
+    rightBearing = fm.minRightBearing();
+    hei = fm.lineSpacing();
+    asc = fm.ascent() + (fm.leading()+1)/2;
+    dsc = fm.descent();
+    memset( widths, 0, 256 );
+    generateKey();
+}
+
+
+QPainter* QTextFormat::pntr = 0;
+QFontMetrics* QTextFormat::pntr_fm = 0;
+int QTextFormat::pntr_ldg=-1;
+int QTextFormat::pntr_asc=-1;
+int QTextFormat::pntr_hei=-1;
+int QTextFormat::pntr_dsc=-1;
+
+void QTextFormat::setPainter( QPainter *p )
+{
+    pntr = p;
+}
+
+QPainter*  QTextFormat::painter()
+{
+    return pntr;
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::applyFont( const QFont &f )
+{
+    QFontMetrics fm( pntr->fontMetrics() );
+    if ( !pntr_fm
+	|| pntr_fm->painter != pntr
+	|| pntr_fm->d != fm.d
+	|| !pntr->font().isCopyOf( f ) ) {
+	pntr->setFont( f );
+	delete pntr_fm;
+	pntr_fm = new QFontMetrics( pntr->fontMetrics() );
+	pntr_ldg = pntr_fm->leading();
+	pntr_asc = pntr_fm->ascent()+(pntr_ldg+1)/2;
+	pntr_hei = pntr_fm->lineSpacing();
+	pntr_dsc = -1;
+    }
+}
+
+int QTextFormat::minLeftBearing() const
+{
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() )
+	return leftBearing;
+    applyFont( fn );
+    return pntr_fm->minLeftBearing();
+}
+
+int QTextFormat::minRightBearing() const
+{
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() )
+	return rightBearing;
+    applyFont( fn );
+    return pntr_fm->minRightBearing();
+}
+
+int QTextFormat::height() const
+{
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() )
+	return hei;
+    applyFont( fn );
+    return pntr_hei;
+}
+
+int QTextFormat::ascent() const
+{
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() )
+	return asc;
+    applyFont( fn );
+    return pntr_asc;
+}
+
+int QTextFormat::descent() const
+{
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() )
+	return dsc;
+    applyFont( fn );
+    if ( pntr_dsc < 0 )
+	pntr_dsc = pntr_fm->descent();
+    return pntr_dsc;
+}
+
+int QTextFormat::leading() const
+{
+    if ( !pntr || !pntr->isActive() )
+	return fm.leading();
+    applyFont( fn );
+    return pntr_ldg;
+}
+
+void QTextFormat::generateKey()
+{
+    k = getKey( fn, col, isMisspelled(), vAlign() );
+}
+
+QString QTextFormat::getKey( const QFont &fn, const QColor &col, bool misspelled, VerticalAlignment a )
+{
+    QString k = fn.key();
+    k += '/';
+    k += QString::number( (uint)col.rgb() );
+    k += '/';
+    k += QString::number( (int)misspelled );
+    k += '/';
+    k += QString::number( (int)a );
+    return k;
+}
+
+QString QTextString::toString( const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &data )
+{
+    QString s;
+    int l = data.size();
+    s.setUnicode( 0, l );
+    QTextStringChar *c = data.data();
+    QChar *uc = (QChar *)s.unicode();
+    while ( l-- )
+	*(uc++) = (c++)->c;
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setSelection( int id, int start, int end )
+{
+    QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>::ConstIterator it = selections().find( id );
+    if ( it != mSelections->end() ) {
+	if ( start == ( *it ).start && end == ( *it ).end )
+	    return;
+    }
+
+    QTextParagraphSelection sel;
+    sel.start = start;
+    sel.end = end;
+    (*mSelections)[ id ] = sel;
+    setChanged( TRUE, TRUE );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::removeSelection( int id )
+{
+    if ( !hasSelection( id ) )
+	return;
+    if ( mSelections )
+	mSelections->remove( id );
+    setChanged( TRUE, TRUE );
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::selectionStart( int id ) const
+{
+    if ( !mSelections )
+	return -1;
+    QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>::ConstIterator it = mSelections->find( id );
+    if ( it == mSelections->end() )
+	return -1;
+    return ( *it ).start;
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::selectionEnd( int id ) const
+{
+    if ( !mSelections )
+	return -1;
+    QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>::ConstIterator it = mSelections->find( id );
+    if ( it == mSelections->end() )
+	return -1;
+    return ( *it ).end;
+}
+
+bool QTextParagraph::hasSelection( int id ) const
+{
+    return mSelections ? mSelections->contains( id ) : FALSE;
+}
+
+bool QTextParagraph::fullSelected( int id ) const
+{
+    if ( !mSelections )
+	return FALSE;
+    QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>::ConstIterator it = mSelections->find( id );
+    if ( it == mSelections->end() )
+	return FALSE;
+    return ( *it ).start == 0 && ( *it ).end == str->length() - 1;
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::lineY( int l ) const
+{
+    if ( l > (int)lineStarts.count() - 1 ) {
+	qWarning( "QTextParagraph::lineY: line %d out of range!", l );
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+    while ( l-- > 0 )
+	++it;
+    return ( *it )->y;
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::lineBaseLine( int l ) const
+{
+    if ( l > (int)lineStarts.count() - 1 ) {
+	qWarning( "QTextParagraph::lineBaseLine: line %d out of range!", l );
+	return 10;
+    }
+
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+    while ( l-- > 0 )
+	++it;
+    return ( *it )->baseLine;
+}
+
+int QTextParagraph::lineHeight( int l ) const
+{
+    if ( l > (int)lineStarts.count() - 1 ) {
+	qWarning( "QTextParagraph::lineHeight: line %d out of range!", l );
+	return 15;
+    }
+
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+    while ( l-- > 0 )
+	++it;
+    return ( *it )->h;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::lineInfo( int l, int &y, int &h, int &bl ) const
+{
+    if ( l > (int)lineStarts.count() - 1 ) {
+	qWarning( "QTextParagraph::lineInfo: line %d out of range!", l );
+	qDebug( "%d %d", (int)lineStarts.count() - 1, l );
+	y = 0;
+	h = 15;
+	bl = 10;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( !isValid() )
+	( (QTextParagraph*)this )->format();
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>::ConstIterator it = lineStarts.begin();
+    while ( l-- > 0 )
+	++it;
+    y = ( *it )->y;
+    h = ( *it )->h;
+    bl = ( *it )->baseLine;
+}
+
+
+void QTextParagraph::setAlignment( int a )
+{
+    if ( a == (int)align )
+	return;
+    align = a;
+    invalidate( 0 );
+}
+
+QTextFormatter *QTextParagraph::formatter() const
+{
+    if ( hasdoc )
+	return document()->formatter();
+    if ( pseudoDocument()->pFormatter )
+	return pseudoDocument()->pFormatter;
+    return ( ( (QTextParagraph*)this )->pseudoDocument()->pFormatter = new QTextFormatterBreakWords );
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setTabArray( int *a )
+{
+    delete [] tArray;
+    tArray = a;
+}
+
+void QTextParagraph::setTabStops( int tw )
+{
+    if ( hasdoc )
+	document()->setTabStops( tw );
+    else
+	tabStopWidth = tw;
+}
+
+QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection> &QTextParagraph::selections() const
+{
+    if ( !mSelections )
+	((QTextParagraph *)this)->mSelections = new QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>;
+    return *mSelections;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+QPtrList<QTextCustomItem> &QTextParagraph::floatingItems() const
+{
+    if ( !mFloatingItems )
+	((QTextParagraph *)this)->mFloatingItems = new QPtrList<QTextCustomItem>;
+    return *mFloatingItems;
+}
+#endif
+
+QTextStringChar::~QTextStringChar()
+{
+    if ( format() )
+	format()->removeRef();
+    if ( type ) // not Regular
+	delete d.custom;
+}
+
+QTextParagraphPseudoDocument::QTextParagraphPseudoDocument():pFormatter(0),commandHistory(0), minw(0),wused(0),collection(){}
+QTextParagraphPseudoDocument::~QTextParagraphPseudoDocument(){ delete pFormatter; delete commandHistory; }
+
+
+#endif //QT_NO_RICHTEXT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h b/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..614841e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2141 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of internal rich text classes
+**
+** Created : 990124
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QRICHTEXT_P_H
+#define QRICHTEXT_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of a number of Qt sources files.  This header file may change from
+// version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qfontmetrics.h"
+#include "qintdict.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qsize.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qvaluestack.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qstylesheet.h"
+#include "qptrvector.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+class QTextDocument;
+class QTextString;
+class QTextPreProcessor;
+class QTextFormat;
+class QTextCursor;
+class QTextParagraph;
+class QTextFormatter;
+class QTextIndent;
+class QTextFormatCollection;
+class QStyleSheetItem;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class QTextCustomItem;
+#endif
+class QTextFlow;
+struct QBidiContext;
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextStringChar
+{
+    friend class QTextString;
+
+public:
+    // this is never called, initialize variables in QTextString::insert()!!!
+    QTextStringChar() : nobreak(FALSE), lineStart( 0 ), type( Regular ) {d.format=0;}
+    ~QTextStringChar();
+
+    struct CustomData
+    {
+	QTextFormat *format;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+	QTextCustomItem *custom;
+#endif
+	QString anchorName;
+	QString anchorHref;
+    };
+    enum Type { Regular=0, Custom=1, Anchor=2, CustomAnchor=3 };
+
+    QChar c;
+    // this is the same struct as in qtextengine_p.h. Don't change!
+    uchar softBreak      :1;     // Potential linebreak point
+    uchar whiteSpace     :1;     // A unicode whitespace character, except NBSP, ZWNBSP
+    uchar charStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for left/right arrow)
+    uchar wordStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for ctrl + left/right arrow)
+    uchar nobreak        :1;
+
+    uchar lineStart : 1;
+    uchar /*Type*/ type : 2;
+    uchar bidiLevel       :7;
+    uchar rightToLeft : 1;
+
+    int x;
+    union {
+	QTextFormat* format;
+	CustomData* custom;
+    } d;
+
+
+    int height() const;
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    bool isCustom() const { return (type & Custom) != 0; }
+    QTextFormat *format() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QTextCustomItem *customItem() const;
+#endif
+    void setFormat( QTextFormat *f );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    void setCustomItem( QTextCustomItem *i );
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    void loseCustomItem();
+#endif
+
+
+    bool isAnchor() const { return ( type & Anchor) != 0; }
+    bool isLink() const { return isAnchor() && !!d.custom->anchorHref; }
+    QString anchorName() const;
+    QString anchorHref() const;
+    void setAnchor( const QString& name, const QString& href );
+
+private:
+    QTextStringChar &operator=( const QTextStringChar & ) {
+	//abort();
+	return *this;
+    }
+    QTextStringChar( const QTextStringChar & ) {
+    }
+    friend class QTextParagraph;
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMemArray<QTextStringChar>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextString
+{
+public:
+
+    QTextString();
+    QTextString( const QTextString &s );
+    virtual ~QTextString();
+
+    static QString toString( const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &data );
+    QString toString() const;
+
+    inline QTextStringChar &at( int i ) const { return data[ i ]; }
+    inline int length() const { return data.size(); }
+
+    int width( int idx ) const;
+
+    void insert( int index, const QString &s, QTextFormat *f );
+    void insert( int index, const QChar *unicode, int len, QTextFormat *f );
+    void insert( int index, QTextStringChar *c, bool doAddRefFormat = FALSE );
+    void truncate( int index );
+    void remove( int index, int len );
+    void clear();
+
+    void setFormat( int index, QTextFormat *f, bool useCollection );
+
+    void setBidi( bool b ) { bidi = b; }
+    bool isBidi() const;
+    bool isRightToLeft() const;
+    QChar::Direction direction() const;
+    void setDirection( QChar::Direction d ) { dir = d; bidiDirty = TRUE; }
+
+    QMemArray<QTextStringChar> rawData() const { return data.copy(); }
+
+    void operator=( const QString &s ) { clear(); insert( 0, s, 0 ); }
+    void operator+=( const QString &s ) { insert( length(), s, 0 ); }
+    void prepend( const QString &s ) { insert( 0, s, 0 ); }
+    int appendParagraphs( QTextParagraph *start, QTextParagraph *end );
+
+    // return next and previous valid cursor positions.
+    bool validCursorPosition( int idx );
+    int nextCursorPosition( int idx );
+    int previousCursorPosition( int idx );
+
+private:
+    void checkBidi() const;
+
+    QMemArray<QTextStringChar> data;
+    QString stringCache;
+    uint bidiDirty : 1;
+    uint bidi : 1; // true when the paragraph has right to left characters
+    uint rightToLeft : 1;
+    uint dir : 5;
+};
+
+inline bool QTextString::isBidi() const
+{
+    if ( bidiDirty )
+	checkBidi();
+    return bidi;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextString::isRightToLeft() const
+{
+    if ( bidiDirty )
+	checkBidi();
+    return rightToLeft;
+}
+
+inline QString QTextString::toString() const
+{
+    if(bidiDirty)
+        checkBidi();
+    return stringCache;
+}
+
+inline QChar::Direction QTextString::direction() const
+{
+    return (QChar::Direction) dir;
+}
+
+inline int QTextString::nextCursorPosition( int next )
+{
+    if ( bidiDirty )
+	checkBidi();
+
+    const QTextStringChar *c = data.data();
+    int len = length();
+
+    if ( next < len - 1 ) {
+	next++;
+	while ( next < len - 1 && !c[next].charStop )
+	    next++;
+    }
+    return next;
+}
+
+inline int QTextString::previousCursorPosition( int prev )
+{
+    if ( bidiDirty )
+	checkBidi();
+
+    const QTextStringChar *c = data.data();
+
+    if ( prev ) {
+	prev--;
+	while ( prev && !c[prev].charStop )
+	    prev--;
+    }
+    return prev;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextString::validCursorPosition( int idx )
+{
+    if ( bidiDirty )
+	checkBidi();
+
+    return (at( idx ).charStop);
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QValueStack<int>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QValueStack<QTextParagraph*>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QValueStack<bool>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextCursor
+{
+public:
+    QTextCursor( QTextDocument *d = 0 );
+    QTextCursor( const QTextCursor &c );
+    QTextCursor &operator=( const QTextCursor &c );
+    virtual ~QTextCursor() {}
+
+    bool operator==( const QTextCursor &c ) const;
+    bool operator!=( const QTextCursor &c ) const { return !(*this == c); }
+
+    inline QTextParagraph *paragraph() const { return para; }
+
+    QTextDocument *document() const;
+    int index() const;
+
+    void gotoPosition( QTextParagraph* p, int index = 0);
+    void setIndex( int index ) { gotoPosition(paragraph(), index ); }
+    void setParagraph( QTextParagraph*p ) { gotoPosition(p, 0 ); }
+
+    void gotoLeft();
+    void gotoRight();
+    void gotoNextLetter();
+    void gotoPreviousLetter();
+    void gotoUp();
+    void gotoDown();
+    void gotoLineEnd();
+    void gotoLineStart();
+    void gotoHome();
+    void gotoEnd();
+    void gotoPageUp( int visibleHeight );
+    void gotoPageDown( int visibleHeight );
+    void gotoNextWord( bool onlySpace = FALSE );
+    void gotoPreviousWord( bool onlySpace = FALSE );
+    void gotoWordLeft();
+    void gotoWordRight();
+
+    void insert( const QString &s, bool checkNewLine, QMemArray<QTextStringChar> *formatting = 0 );
+    void splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph( bool ind = TRUE, bool updateIds = TRUE );
+    bool remove();
+    bool removePreviousChar();
+    void indent();
+
+    bool atParagStart();
+    bool atParagEnd();
+
+    int x() const; // x in current paragraph
+    int y() const; // y in current paragraph
+
+    int globalX() const;
+    int globalY() const;
+
+    QTextParagraph *topParagraph() const { return paras.isEmpty() ? para : paras.first(); }
+    int offsetX() const { return ox; } // inner document  offset
+    int offsetY() const { return oy; } // inner document offset
+    int totalOffsetX() const; // total document offset
+    int totalOffsetY() const; // total document offset
+
+    bool place( const QPoint &pos, QTextParagraph *s ) { return place( pos, s, FALSE ); }
+    bool place( const QPoint &pos, QTextParagraph *s, bool link ) { return place( pos, s, link, TRUE, TRUE ); }
+    bool place( const QPoint &pos, QTextParagraph *s, bool link, bool loosePlacing, bool matchBetweenCharacters );
+    void restoreState();
+
+
+    int nestedDepth() const { return (int)indices.count(); } //### size_t/int cast
+    void oneUp() { if ( !indices.isEmpty() ) pop(); }
+    void setValid( bool b ) { valid = b; }
+    bool isValid() const { return valid; }
+
+    void fixCursorPosition();
+private:
+    enum Operation { EnterBegin, EnterEnd, Next, Prev, Up, Down };
+
+    void push();
+    void pop();
+    bool processNesting( Operation op );
+    void invalidateNested();
+    void gotoIntoNested( const QPoint &globalPos );
+
+    QTextParagraph *para;
+    int idx, tmpX;
+    int ox, oy;
+    QValueStack<int> indices;
+    QValueStack<QTextParagraph*> paras;
+    QValueStack<int> xOffsets;
+    QValueStack<int> yOffsets;
+    uint valid : 1;
+
+};
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextCommand
+{
+public:
+    enum Commands { Invalid, Insert, Delete, Format, Style };
+
+    QTextCommand( QTextDocument *d ) : doc( d ), cursor( d ) {}
+    virtual ~QTextCommand();
+
+    virtual Commands type() const;
+
+    virtual QTextCursor *execute( QTextCursor *c ) = 0;
+    virtual QTextCursor *unexecute( QTextCursor *c ) = 0;
+
+protected:
+    QTextDocument *doc;
+    QTextCursor cursor;
+
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrList<QTextCommand>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextCommandHistory
+{
+public:
+    QTextCommandHistory( int s ) : current( -1 ), steps( s ) { history.setAutoDelete( TRUE ); }
+    virtual ~QTextCommandHistory();
+
+    void clear() { history.clear(); current = -1; }
+
+    void addCommand( QTextCommand *cmd );
+    QTextCursor *undo( QTextCursor *c );
+    QTextCursor *redo( QTextCursor *c );
+
+    bool isUndoAvailable();
+    bool isRedoAvailable();
+
+    void setUndoDepth( int d ) { steps = d; }
+    int undoDepth() const { return steps; }
+
+    int historySize() const { return history.count(); }
+    int currentPosition() const { return current; }
+
+private:
+    QPtrList<QTextCommand> history;
+    int current, steps;
+
+};
+
+inline QTextCommandHistory::~QTextCommandHistory()
+{
+    clear();
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class Q_EXPORT QTextCustomItem
+{
+public:
+    QTextCustomItem( QTextDocument *p )
+	:  xpos(0), ypos(-1), width(-1), height(0), parent( p )
+    {}
+    virtual ~QTextCustomItem();
+    virtual void draw(QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected ) = 0;
+
+    virtual void adjustToPainter( QPainter* );
+
+    enum Placement { PlaceInline = 0, PlaceLeft, PlaceRight };
+    virtual Placement placement() const;
+    bool placeInline() { return placement() == PlaceInline; }
+
+    virtual bool ownLine() const;
+    virtual void resize( int nwidth );
+    virtual void invalidate();
+    virtual int ascent() const { return height; }
+
+    virtual bool isNested() const;
+    virtual int minimumWidth() const;
+
+    virtual QString richText() const;
+
+    int xpos; // used for floating items
+    int ypos; // used for floating items
+    int width;
+    int height;
+
+    QRect geometry() const { return QRect( xpos, ypos, width, height ); }
+
+    virtual bool enter( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy, bool atEnd = FALSE );
+    virtual bool enterAt( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy, const QPoint & );
+    virtual bool next( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+    virtual bool prev( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+    virtual bool down( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+    virtual bool up( QTextCursor *, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+
+    virtual void setParagraph( QTextParagraph *p ) { parag = p; }
+    QTextParagraph *paragraph() const { return parag; }
+
+    QTextDocument *parent;
+    QTextParagraph *parag;
+
+    virtual void pageBreak( int  y, QTextFlow* flow );
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMap<QString, QString>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class Q_EXPORT QTextImage : public QTextCustomItem
+{
+public:
+    QTextImage( QTextDocument *p, const QMap<QString, QString> &attr, const QString& context,
+		QMimeSourceFactory &factory );
+    virtual ~QTextImage();
+
+    Placement placement() const { return place; }
+    void adjustToPainter( QPainter* );
+    int minimumWidth() const { return width; }
+
+    QString richText() const;
+
+    void draw( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected );
+
+private:
+    QRegion* reg;
+    QPixmap pm;
+    Placement place;
+    int tmpwidth, tmpheight;
+    QMap<QString, QString> attributes;
+    QString imgId;
+
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class Q_EXPORT QTextHorizontalLine : public QTextCustomItem
+{
+public:
+    QTextHorizontalLine( QTextDocument *p, const QMap<QString, QString> &attr, const QString& context,
+			 QMimeSourceFactory &factory );
+    virtual ~QTextHorizontalLine();
+
+    void adjustToPainter( QPainter* );
+    void draw(QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected );
+    QString richText() const;
+
+    bool ownLine() const { return TRUE; }
+
+private:
+    int tmpheight;
+    QColor color;
+    bool shade;
+
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrList<QTextCustomItem>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextFlow
+{
+    friend class QTextDocument;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    friend class QTextTableCell;
+#endif
+
+public:
+    QTextFlow();
+    virtual ~QTextFlow();
+
+    virtual void setWidth( int width );
+    int width() const;
+
+    virtual void setPageSize( int ps );
+    int pageSize() const { return pagesize; }
+
+    virtual int adjustLMargin( int yp, int h, int margin, int space );
+    virtual int adjustRMargin( int yp, int h, int margin, int space );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    virtual void registerFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem* item );
+    virtual void unregisterFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem* item );
+#endif
+    virtual QRect boundingRect() const;
+    virtual void drawFloatingItems(QPainter* p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected );
+
+    virtual int adjustFlow( int  y, int w, int h ); // adjusts y according to the defined pagesize. Returns the shift.
+
+    virtual bool isEmpty();
+
+    void clear();
+
+private:
+    int w;
+    int pagesize;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QPtrList<QTextCustomItem> leftItems;
+    QPtrList<QTextCustomItem> rightItems;
+#endif
+};
+
+inline int QTextFlow::width() const { return w; }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class QTextTable;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextTableCell : public QLayoutItem
+{
+    friend class QTextTable;
+
+public:
+    QTextTableCell( QTextTable* table,
+		    int row, int column,
+		    const QMap<QString, QString> &attr,
+		    const QStyleSheetItem* style,
+		    const QTextFormat& fmt, const QString& context,
+		    QMimeSourceFactory &factory, QStyleSheet *sheet, const QString& doc );
+    virtual ~QTextTableCell();
+
+    QSize sizeHint() const ;
+    QSize minimumSize() const ;
+    QSize maximumSize() const ;
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData expanding() const;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    void setGeometry( const QRect& ) ;
+    QRect geometry() const;
+
+    bool hasHeightForWidth() const;
+    int heightForWidth( int ) const;
+
+    void adjustToPainter( QPainter* );
+
+    int row() const { return row_; }
+    int column() const { return col_; }
+    int rowspan() const { return rowspan_; }
+    int colspan() const { return colspan_; }
+    int stretch() const { return stretch_; }
+
+    QTextDocument* richText()  const { return richtext; }
+    QTextTable* table() const { return parent; }
+
+    void draw( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected );
+
+    QBrush *backGround() const { return background; }
+    virtual void invalidate();
+
+    int verticalAlignmentOffset() const;
+    int horizontalAlignmentOffset() const;
+
+private:
+    QRect geom;
+    QTextTable* parent;
+    QTextDocument* richtext;
+    int row_;
+    int col_;
+    int rowspan_;
+    int colspan_;
+    int stretch_;
+    int maxw;
+    int minw;
+    bool hasFixedWidth;
+    QBrush *background;
+    int cached_width;
+    int cached_sizehint;
+    QMap<QString, QString> attributes;
+    int align;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrList<QTextTableCell>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMap<QTextCursor*, int>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class Q_EXPORT QTextTable: public QTextCustomItem
+{
+    friend class QTextTableCell;
+
+public:
+    QTextTable( QTextDocument *p, const QMap<QString, QString> &attr );
+    virtual ~QTextTable();
+
+    void adjustToPainter( QPainter *p );
+    void pageBreak( int  y, QTextFlow* flow );
+    void draw( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch,
+	       const QColorGroup& cg, bool selected );
+
+    bool noErase() const { return TRUE; }
+    bool ownLine() const { return TRUE; }
+    Placement placement() const { return place; }
+    bool isNested() const { return TRUE; }
+    void resize( int nwidth );
+    virtual void invalidate();
+
+    virtual bool enter( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy, bool atEnd = FALSE );
+    virtual bool enterAt( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy, const QPoint &pos );
+    virtual bool next( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+    virtual bool prev( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+    virtual bool down( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+    virtual bool up( QTextCursor *c, QTextDocument *&doc, QTextParagraph *&parag, int &idx, int &ox, int &oy );
+
+    QString richText() const;
+
+    int minimumWidth() const;
+
+    QPtrList<QTextTableCell> tableCells() const { return cells; }
+
+    bool isStretching() const { return stretch; }
+    void setParagraph(QTextParagraph *p);
+
+private:
+    void format( int w );
+    void addCell( QTextTableCell* cell );
+
+private:
+    QGridLayout* layout;
+    QPtrList<QTextTableCell> cells;
+    int cachewidth;
+    int fixwidth;
+    int cellpadding;
+    int cellspacing;
+    int border;
+    int outerborder;
+    int stretch;
+    int innerborder;
+    int us_cp, us_ib, us_b, us_ob, us_cs;
+    int us_fixwidth;
+    QMap<QString, QString> attributes;
+    QMap<QTextCursor*, int> currCell;
+    Placement place;
+    void adjustCells( int y , int shift );
+    int pageBreakFor;
+};
+#endif
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class QTextTableCell;
+class QTextParagraph;
+#endif
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QTextDocumentSelection
+{
+    QTextCursor startCursor, endCursor;
+    bool swapped;
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(QTextDocumentSelection)
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMap<int, QColor>;
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMap<int, bool>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrList<QTextDocument>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextDocument : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    friend class QTextTableCell;
+#endif
+    friend class QTextCursor;
+    friend class QTextEdit;
+    friend class QTextParagraph;
+    friend class QTextTable;
+
+public:
+    enum SelectionIds {
+	Standard = 0,
+	IMSelectionText		= 31998,
+	IMCompositionText	= 31999, // this must be higher!
+	Temp = 32000 // This selection must not be drawn, it's used e.g. by undo/redo to
+	// remove multiple lines with removeSelectedText()
+    };
+
+    QTextDocument( QTextDocument *p );
+    virtual ~QTextDocument();
+
+    QTextDocument *parent() const { return par; }
+    QTextParagraph *parentParagraph() const { return parentPar; }
+
+    void setText( const QString &text, const QString &context );
+    QMap<QString, QString> attributes() const { return attribs; }
+    void setAttributes( const QMap<QString, QString> &attr ) { attribs = attr; }
+
+    QString text() const;
+    QString text( int parag ) const;
+    QString originalText() const;
+
+    int x() const;
+    int y() const;
+    int width() const;
+    int widthUsed() const;
+    int visibleWidth() const;
+    int height() const;
+    void setWidth( int w );
+    int minimumWidth() const;
+    bool setMinimumWidth( int needed, int used = -1, QTextParagraph *parag = 0 );
+
+    void setY( int y );
+    int leftMargin() const;
+    void setLeftMargin( int lm );
+    int rightMargin() const;
+    void setRightMargin( int rm );
+
+    QTextParagraph *firstParagraph() const;
+    QTextParagraph *lastParagraph() const;
+    void setFirstParagraph( QTextParagraph *p );
+    void setLastParagraph( QTextParagraph *p );
+
+    void invalidate();
+
+    void setPreProcessor( QTextPreProcessor *sh );
+    QTextPreProcessor *preProcessor() const;
+
+    void setFormatter( QTextFormatter *f );
+    QTextFormatter *formatter() const;
+
+    void setIndent( QTextIndent *i );
+    QTextIndent *indent() const;
+
+    QColor selectionColor( int id ) const;
+    bool invertSelectionText( int id ) const;
+    void setSelectionColor( int id, const QColor &c );
+    void setInvertSelectionText( int id, bool b );
+    bool hasSelection( int id, bool visible = FALSE ) const;
+    void setSelectionStart( int id, const QTextCursor &cursor );
+    bool setSelectionEnd( int id, const QTextCursor &cursor );
+    void selectAll( int id );
+    bool removeSelection( int id );
+    void selectionStart( int id, int &paragId, int &index );
+    QTextCursor selectionStartCursor( int id );
+    QTextCursor selectionEndCursor( int id );
+    void selectionEnd( int id, int &paragId, int &index );
+    void setFormat( int id, QTextFormat *f, int flags );
+    int numSelections() const { return nSelections; }
+    void addSelection( int id );
+
+    QString selectedText( int id, bool asRichText = FALSE ) const;
+    void removeSelectedText( int id, QTextCursor *cursor );
+    void indentSelection( int id );
+
+    QTextParagraph *paragAt( int i ) const;
+
+    void addCommand( QTextCommand *cmd );
+    QTextCursor *undo( QTextCursor *c = 0 );
+    QTextCursor *redo( QTextCursor *c  = 0 );
+    QTextCommandHistory *commands() const { return commandHistory; }
+
+    QTextFormatCollection *formatCollection() const;
+
+    bool find( QTextCursor &cursor, const QString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward);
+
+    void setTextFormat( Qt::TextFormat f );
+    Qt::TextFormat textFormat() const;
+
+    bool inSelection( int selId, const QPoint &pos ) const;
+
+    QStyleSheet *styleSheet() const { return sheet_; }
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+    QMimeSourceFactory *mimeSourceFactory() const { return factory_; }
+#endif
+    QString context() const { return contxt; }
+
+    void setStyleSheet( QStyleSheet *s );
+    void setDefaultFormat( const QFont &font, const QColor &color );
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+    void setMimeSourceFactory( QMimeSourceFactory *f ) { if ( f ) factory_ = f; }
+#endif
+    void setContext( const QString &c ) { if ( !c.isEmpty() ) contxt = c; }
+
+    void setUnderlineLinks( bool b );
+    bool underlineLinks() const { return underlLinks; }
+
+    void setPaper( QBrush *brush ) { if ( backBrush ) delete backBrush; backBrush = brush; }
+    QBrush *paper() const { return backBrush; }
+
+    void doLayout( QPainter *p, int w );
+    void draw( QPainter *p, const QRect& rect, const QColorGroup &cg, const QBrush *paper = 0 );
+    bool useDoubleBuffer( QTextParagraph *parag, QPainter *p );
+
+    void drawParagraph( QPainter *p, QTextParagraph *parag, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch,
+		    QPixmap *&doubleBuffer, const QColorGroup &cg,
+		    bool drawCursor, QTextCursor *cursor, bool resetChanged = TRUE );
+    QTextParagraph *draw( QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch, const QColorGroup &cg,
+		      bool onlyChanged = FALSE, bool drawCursor = FALSE, QTextCursor *cursor = 0,
+		      bool resetChanged = TRUE );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    void registerCustomItem( QTextCustomItem *i, QTextParagraph *p );
+    void unregisterCustomItem( QTextCustomItem *i, QTextParagraph *p );
+#endif
+
+    void setFlow( QTextFlow *f );
+    void takeFlow();
+    QTextFlow *flow() const { return flow_; }
+    bool isPageBreakEnabled() const { return pages; }
+    void setPageBreakEnabled( bool b ) { pages = b; }
+
+    void setUseFormatCollection( bool b ) { useFC = b; }
+    bool useFormatCollection() const { return useFC; }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QTextTableCell *tableCell() const { return tc; }
+    void setTableCell( QTextTableCell *c ) { tc = c; }
+#endif
+
+    void setPlainText( const QString &text );
+    void setRichText( const QString &text, const QString &context, const QTextFormat *initialFormat = 0 );
+    QString richText() const;
+    QString plainText() const;
+
+    bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next );
+
+    int alignment() const;
+    void setAlignment( int a );
+
+    int *tabArray() const;
+    int tabStopWidth() const;
+    void setTabArray( int *a );
+    void setTabStops( int tw );
+
+    void setUndoDepth( int d ) { commandHistory->setUndoDepth( d ); }
+    int undoDepth() const { return commandHistory->undoDepth(); }
+
+    int length() const;
+    void clear( bool createEmptyParag = FALSE );
+
+    virtual QTextParagraph *createParagraph( QTextDocument *d, QTextParagraph *pr = 0, QTextParagraph *nx = 0, bool updateIds = TRUE );
+    void insertChild( QObject *o ) { QObject::insertChild( o ); }
+    void removeChild( QObject *o ) { QObject::removeChild( o ); }
+    void insertChild( QTextDocument *d ) { childList.append( d ); }
+    void removeChild( QTextDocument *d ) { childList.removeRef( d ); }
+    QPtrList<QTextDocument> children() const { return childList; }
+
+    bool hasFocusParagraph() const;
+    QString focusHref() const;
+    QString focusName() const;
+
+    void invalidateOriginalText() { oTextValid = FALSE; oText = ""; }
+
+signals:
+    void minimumWidthChanged( int );
+
+private:
+    void init();
+    QPixmap *bufferPixmap( const QSize &s );
+    // HTML parser
+    bool hasPrefix(const QChar* doc, int length, int pos, QChar c);
+    bool hasPrefix(const QChar* doc, int length, int pos, const QString& s);
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QTextCustomItem* parseTable( const QMap<QString, QString> &attr, const QTextFormat &fmt,
+				 const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, QTextParagraph *curpar );
+#endif
+    bool eatSpace(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, bool includeNbsp = FALSE );
+    bool eat(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, QChar c);
+    QString parseOpenTag(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, QMap<QString, QString> &attr, bool& emptyTag);
+    QString parseCloseTag( const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos );
+    QChar parseHTMLSpecialChar(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos);
+    QString parseWord(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, bool lower = TRUE);
+    QChar parseChar(const QChar* doc, int length, int& pos, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode wsm );
+    void setRichTextInternal( const QString &text, QTextCursor* cursor = 0, const QTextFormat *initialFormat = 0 );
+    void setRichTextMarginsInternal( QPtrList< QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem> >& styles, QTextParagraph* stylesPar );
+
+private:
+    struct Q_EXPORT Focus {
+	QTextParagraph *parag;
+	int start, len;
+	QString href;
+	QString name;
+    };
+
+    int cx, cy, cw, vw;
+    QTextParagraph *fParag, *lParag;
+    QTextPreProcessor *pProcessor;
+    QMap<int, QColor> selectionColors;
+    QMap<int, QTextDocumentSelection> selections;
+    QMap<int, bool> selectionText;
+    QTextCommandHistory *commandHistory;
+    QTextFormatter *pFormatter;
+    QTextIndent *indenter;
+    QTextFormatCollection *fCollection;
+    Qt::TextFormat txtFormat;
+    uint preferRichText : 1;
+    uint pages : 1;
+    uint useFC : 1;
+    uint withoutDoubleBuffer : 1;
+    uint underlLinks : 1;
+    uint nextDoubleBuffered : 1;
+    uint oTextValid : 1;
+    uint mightHaveCustomItems : 1;
+    int align;
+    int nSelections;
+    QTextFlow *flow_;
+    QTextDocument *par;
+    QTextParagraph *parentPar;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QTextTableCell *tc;
+#endif
+    QBrush *backBrush;
+    QPixmap *buf_pixmap;
+    Focus focusIndicator;
+    int minw;
+    int wused;
+    int leftmargin;
+    int rightmargin;
+    QTextParagraph *minwParag, *curParag;
+    QStyleSheet* sheet_;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+    QMimeSourceFactory* factory_;
+#endif
+    QString contxt;
+    QMap<QString, QString> attribs;
+    int *tArray;
+    int tStopWidth;
+    int uDepth;
+    QString oText;
+    QPtrList<QTextDocument> childList;
+    QColor linkColor, bodyText;
+    double scaleFontsFactor;
+
+    short list_tm,list_bm, list_lm, li_tm, li_bm, par_tm, par_bm;
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    QTextDocument( const QTextDocument & );
+    QTextDocument &operator=( const QTextDocument & );
+#endif
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextDeleteCommand : public QTextCommand
+{
+public:
+    QTextDeleteCommand( QTextDocument *d, int i, int idx, const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &str,
+			const QByteArray& oldStyle );
+    QTextDeleteCommand( QTextParagraph *p, int idx, const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &str );
+    virtual ~QTextDeleteCommand();
+
+    Commands type() const { return Delete; }
+    QTextCursor *execute( QTextCursor *c );
+    QTextCursor *unexecute( QTextCursor *c );
+
+protected:
+    int id, index;
+    QTextParagraph *parag;
+    QMemArray<QTextStringChar> text;
+    QByteArray styleInformation;
+
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextInsertCommand : public QTextDeleteCommand
+{
+public:
+    QTextInsertCommand( QTextDocument *d, int i, int idx, const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &str,
+			const QByteArray& oldStyleInfo )
+	: QTextDeleteCommand( d, i, idx, str, oldStyleInfo ) {}
+    QTextInsertCommand( QTextParagraph *p, int idx, const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &str )
+	: QTextDeleteCommand( p, idx, str ) {}
+    virtual ~QTextInsertCommand() {}
+
+    Commands type() const { return Insert; }
+    QTextCursor *execute( QTextCursor *c ) { return QTextDeleteCommand::unexecute( c ); }
+    QTextCursor *unexecute( QTextCursor *c ) { return QTextDeleteCommand::execute( c ); }
+
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextFormatCommand : public QTextCommand
+{
+public:
+    QTextFormatCommand( QTextDocument *d, int sid, int sidx, int eid, int eidx, const QMemArray<QTextStringChar> &old, QTextFormat *f, int fl );
+    virtual ~QTextFormatCommand();
+
+    Commands type() const { return Format; }
+    QTextCursor *execute( QTextCursor *c );
+    QTextCursor *unexecute( QTextCursor *c );
+
+protected:
+    int startId, startIndex, endId, endIndex;
+    QTextFormat *format;
+    QMemArray<QTextStringChar> oldFormats;
+    int flags;
+
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextStyleCommand : public QTextCommand
+{
+public:
+    QTextStyleCommand( QTextDocument *d, int fParag, int lParag, const QByteArray& beforeChange  );
+    virtual ~QTextStyleCommand() {}
+
+    Commands type() const { return Style; }
+    QTextCursor *execute( QTextCursor *c );
+    QTextCursor *unexecute( QTextCursor *c );
+
+    static QByteArray readStyleInformation(  QTextDocument* d, int fParag, int lParag );
+    static void writeStyleInformation(  QTextDocument* d, int fParag, const QByteArray& style );
+
+private:
+    int firstParag, lastParag;
+    QByteArray before;
+    QByteArray after;
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QTextParagraphSelection
+{
+    QTextParagraphSelection() : start(0), end(0) { }
+    int start, end;
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(QTextParagraphSelection)
+};
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QTextLineStart
+{
+    QTextLineStart() : y( 0 ), baseLine( 0 ), h( 0 )
+    {  }
+    QTextLineStart( int y_, int bl, int h_ ) : y( y_ ), baseLine( bl ), h( h_ ),
+	w( 0 )
+    {  }
+
+public:
+    int y, baseLine, h;
+    int w;
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QMap<int, QTextLineStart*>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextParagraphData
+{
+public:
+    QTextParagraphData() {}
+    virtual ~QTextParagraphData();
+    virtual void join( QTextParagraphData * );
+};
+
+class QTextParagraphPseudoDocument;
+
+class QSyntaxHighlighter;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextParagraph
+{
+    friend class QTextDocument;
+    friend class QTextCursor;
+    friend class QSyntaxHighlighter;
+
+public:
+    QTextParagraph( QTextDocument *d, QTextParagraph *pr = 0, QTextParagraph *nx = 0, bool updateIds = TRUE );
+    ~QTextParagraph();
+
+    QTextString *string() const;
+    QTextStringChar *at( int i ) const; // maybe remove later
+    int leftGap() const;
+    int length() const; // maybe remove later
+
+    void setListStyle( QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle ls ) { lstyle = ls; changed = TRUE; }
+    QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle() const { return (QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle)lstyle; }
+    void setListItem( bool li );
+    bool isListItem() const { return litem; }
+    void setListValue( int v ) { list_val = v; }
+    int listValue() const { return list_val > 0 ? list_val : -1; }
+
+    void setListDepth( int depth );
+    int listDepth() const { return ldepth; }
+
+//     void setFormat( QTextFormat *fm );
+//     QTextFormat *paragFormat() const;
+
+    inline QTextDocument *document() const {
+	if (hasdoc) return (QTextDocument*) docOrPseudo;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    QTextParagraphPseudoDocument *pseudoDocument() const;
+
+    QRect rect() const;
+    void setHeight( int h ) { r.setHeight( h ); }
+    void show();
+    void hide();
+    bool isVisible() const { return visible; }
+
+    QTextParagraph *prev() const;
+    QTextParagraph *next() const;
+    void setPrev( QTextParagraph *s );
+    void setNext( QTextParagraph *s );
+
+    void insert( int index, const QString &s );
+    void insert( int index, const QChar *unicode, int len );
+    void append( const QString &s, bool reallyAtEnd = FALSE );
+    void truncate( int index );
+    void remove( int index, int len );
+    void join( QTextParagraph *s );
+
+    void invalidate( int chr );
+
+    void move( int &dy );
+    void format( int start = -1, bool doMove = TRUE );
+
+    bool isValid() const;
+    bool hasChanged() const;
+    void setChanged( bool b, bool recursive = FALSE );
+
+    int lineHeightOfChar( int i, int *bl = 0, int *y = 0 ) const;
+    QTextStringChar *lineStartOfChar( int i, int *index = 0, int *line = 0 ) const;
+    int lines() const;
+    QTextStringChar *lineStartOfLine( int line, int *index = 0 ) const;
+    int lineY( int l ) const;
+    int lineBaseLine( int l ) const;
+    int lineHeight( int l ) const;
+    void lineInfo( int l, int &y, int &h, int &bl ) const;
+
+    void setSelection( int id, int start, int end );
+    void removeSelection( int id );
+    int selectionStart( int id ) const;
+    int selectionEnd( int id ) const;
+    bool hasSelection( int id ) const;
+    bool hasAnySelection() const;
+    bool fullSelected( int id ) const;
+
+    void setEndState( int s );
+    int endState() const;
+
+    void setParagId( int i );
+    int paragId() const;
+
+    bool firstPreProcess() const;
+    void setFirstPreProcess( bool b );
+
+    void indent( int *oldIndent = 0, int *newIndent = 0 );
+
+    void setExtraData( QTextParagraphData *data );
+    QTextParagraphData *extraData() const;
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> &lineStartList();
+
+    void setFormat( int index, int len, QTextFormat *f, bool useCollection = TRUE, int flags = -1 );
+
+    void setAlignment( int a );
+    int alignment() const;
+
+    void paint( QPainter &painter, const QColorGroup &cg, QTextCursor *cursor = 0, bool drawSelections = FALSE,
+			int clipx = -1, int clipy = -1, int clipw = -1, int cliph = -1 );
+
+    int topMargin() const;
+    int bottomMargin() const;
+    int leftMargin() const;
+    int firstLineMargin() const;
+    int rightMargin() const;
+    int lineSpacing() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    void registerFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem *i );
+    void unregisterFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem *i );
+#endif
+
+    void setFullWidth( bool b ) { fullWidth = b; }
+    bool isFullWidth() const { return fullWidth; }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QTextTableCell *tableCell() const;
+#endif
+
+    QBrush *background() const;
+
+    int documentWidth() const;
+    int documentVisibleWidth() const;
+    int documentX() const;
+    int documentY() const;
+    QTextFormatCollection *formatCollection() const;
+    QTextFormatter *formatter() const;
+
+    int nextTab( int i, int x );
+    int *tabArray() const;
+    void setTabArray( int *a );
+    void setTabStops( int tw );
+
+    void adjustToPainter( QPainter *p );
+
+    void setNewLinesAllowed( bool b );
+    bool isNewLinesAllowed() const;
+
+    QString richText() const;
+
+    void addCommand( QTextCommand *cmd );
+    QTextCursor *undo( QTextCursor *c = 0 );
+    QTextCursor *redo( QTextCursor *c  = 0 );
+    QTextCommandHistory *commands() const;
+    void copyParagData( QTextParagraph *parag );
+
+    void setBreakable( bool b ) { breakable = b; }
+    bool isBreakable() const { return breakable; }
+
+    void setBackgroundColor( const QColor &c );
+    QColor *backgroundColor() const { return bgcol; }
+    void clearBackgroundColor();
+
+    void setMovedDown( bool b ) { movedDown = b; }
+    bool wasMovedDown() const { return movedDown; }
+
+    void setDirection( QChar::Direction d );
+    QChar::Direction direction() const;
+    void setPaintDevice( QPaintDevice *pd ) { paintdevice = pd; }
+
+    void readStyleInformation( QDataStream& stream );
+    void writeStyleInformation( QDataStream& stream ) const;
+
+protected:
+    void setColorForSelection( QColor &c, QPainter &p, const QColorGroup& cg, int selection );
+    void drawLabel( QPainter* p, int x, int y, int w, int h, int base, const QColorGroup& cg );
+    void drawString( QPainter &painter, const QString &str, int start, int len, int xstart,
+			     int y, int baseLine, int w, int h, bool drawSelections, int fullSelectionWidth,
+			     QTextStringChar *formatChar, const QColorGroup& cg,
+			     bool rightToLeft );
+
+private:
+    QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection> &selections() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QPtrList<QTextCustomItem> &floatingItems() const;
+#endif
+    QBrush backgroundBrush( const QColorGroup&cg ) { if ( bgcol ) return *bgcol; return cg.brush( QColorGroup::Base ); }
+    void invalidateStyleCache();
+
+    QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> lineStarts;
+    QRect r;
+    QTextParagraph *p, *n;
+    void *docOrPseudo;
+    uint changed : 1;
+    uint firstFormat : 1;
+    uint firstPProcess : 1;
+    uint needPreProcess : 1;
+    uint fullWidth : 1;
+    uint lastInFrame : 1;
+    uint visible : 1;
+    uint breakable : 1;
+    uint movedDown : 1;
+    uint mightHaveCustomItems : 1;
+    uint hasdoc : 1;
+    uint litem : 1; // whether the paragraph is a list item
+    uint rtext : 1; // whether the paragraph needs rich text margin
+    int align : 4;
+    uint /*QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle*/ lstyle : 4;
+    int invalid;
+    int state, id;
+    QTextString *str;
+    QMap<int, QTextParagraphSelection> *mSelections;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    QPtrList<QTextCustomItem> *mFloatingItems;
+#endif
+    short utm, ubm, ulm, urm, uflm, ulinespacing;
+    short tabStopWidth;
+    int minwidth;
+    int *tArray;
+    QTextParagraphData *eData;
+    short list_val;
+    ushort ldepth;
+    QColor *bgcol;
+    QPaintDevice *paintdevice;
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextFormatter
+{
+public:
+    QTextFormatter();
+    virtual ~QTextFormatter();
+
+    virtual int format( QTextDocument *doc, QTextParagraph *parag, int start, const QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> &oldLineStarts ) = 0;
+    virtual int formatVertically( QTextDocument* doc, QTextParagraph* parag );
+
+    bool isWrapEnabled( QTextParagraph *p ) const { if ( !wrapEnabled ) return FALSE; if ( p && !p->isBreakable() ) return FALSE; return TRUE;}
+    int wrapAtColumn() const { return wrapColumn;}
+    virtual void setWrapEnabled( bool b );
+    virtual void setWrapAtColumn( int c );
+    virtual void setAllowBreakInWords( bool b ) { biw = b; }
+    bool allowBreakInWords() const { return biw; }
+
+    int minimumWidth() const { return thisminw; }
+    int widthUsed() const { return thiswused; }
+
+protected:
+    virtual QTextLineStart *formatLine( QTextParagraph *parag, QTextString *string, QTextLineStart *line, QTextStringChar *start,
+					       QTextStringChar *last, int align = Qt::AlignAuto, int space = 0 );
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLEXTEXT
+    virtual QTextLineStart *bidiReorderLine( QTextParagraph *parag, QTextString *string, QTextLineStart *line, QTextStringChar *start,
+						    QTextStringChar *last, int align, int space );
+#endif
+    void insertLineStart( QTextParagraph *parag, int index, QTextLineStart *ls );
+
+    int thisminw;
+    int thiswused;
+
+private:
+    bool wrapEnabled;
+    int wrapColumn;
+    bool biw;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_THAI_BREAKS
+    static QCString *thaiCache;
+    static QTextString *cachedString;
+    static ThBreakIterator *thaiIt;
+#endif
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextFormatterBreakInWords : public QTextFormatter
+{
+public:
+    QTextFormatterBreakInWords();
+    virtual ~QTextFormatterBreakInWords() {}
+
+    int format( QTextDocument *doc, QTextParagraph *parag, int start, const QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> &oldLineStarts );
+
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextFormatterBreakWords : public QTextFormatter
+{
+public:
+    QTextFormatterBreakWords();
+    virtual ~QTextFormatterBreakWords() {}
+
+    int format( QTextDocument *doc, QTextParagraph *parag, int start, const QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> &oldLineStarts );
+
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextIndent
+{
+public:
+    QTextIndent();
+    virtual ~QTextIndent() {}
+
+    virtual void indent( QTextDocument *doc, QTextParagraph *parag, int *oldIndent = 0, int *newIndent = 0 ) = 0;
+
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextPreProcessor
+{
+public:
+    enum Ids {
+	Standard = 0
+    };
+
+    QTextPreProcessor();
+    virtual ~QTextPreProcessor() {}
+
+    virtual void process( QTextDocument *doc, QTextParagraph *, int, bool = TRUE ) = 0;
+    virtual QTextFormat *format( int id ) = 0;
+
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextFormat
+{
+    friend class QTextFormatCollection;
+    friend class QTextDocument;
+
+public:
+    enum Flags {
+	NoFlags,
+	Bold = 1,
+	Italic = 2,
+	Underline = 4,
+	Family = 8,
+	Size = 16,
+	Color = 32,
+	Misspelled = 64,
+	VAlign = 128,
+	StrikeOut= 256,
+	Font = Bold | Italic | Underline | Family | Size | StrikeOut,
+	Format = Font | Color | Misspelled | VAlign
+    };
+
+    enum VerticalAlignment { AlignNormal, AlignSuperScript, AlignSubScript };
+
+    QTextFormat();
+    virtual ~QTextFormat();
+
+    QTextFormat( const QStyleSheetItem *s );
+    QTextFormat( const QFont &f, const QColor &c, QTextFormatCollection *parent = 0 );
+    QTextFormat( const QTextFormat &fm );
+    QTextFormat makeTextFormat( const QStyleSheetItem *style, const QMap<QString,QString>& attr, double scaleFontsFactor ) const;
+    QTextFormat& operator=( const QTextFormat &fm );
+    QColor color() const;
+    QFont font() const;
+    QFontMetrics fontMetrics() const { return fm; }
+    bool isMisspelled() const;
+    VerticalAlignment vAlign() const;
+    int minLeftBearing() const;
+    int minRightBearing() const;
+    int width( const QChar &c ) const;
+    int width( const QString &str, int pos ) const;
+    int height() const;
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+    int leading() const;
+    bool useLinkColor() const;
+
+    void setBold( bool b );
+    void setItalic( bool b );
+    void setUnderline( bool b );
+    void setStrikeOut( bool b );
+    void setFamily( const QString &f );
+    void setPointSize( int s );
+    void setFont( const QFont &f );
+    void setColor( const QColor &c );
+    void setMisspelled( bool b );
+    void setVAlign( VerticalAlignment a );
+
+    bool operator==( const QTextFormat &f ) const;
+    QTextFormatCollection *parent() const;
+    const QString &key() const;
+
+    static QString getKey( const QFont &f, const QColor &c, bool misspelled, VerticalAlignment vAlign );
+
+    void addRef();
+    void removeRef();
+
+    QString makeFormatChangeTags( QTextFormat* defaultFormat, QTextFormat *f, const QString& oldAnchorHref, const QString& anchorHref ) const;
+    QString makeFormatEndTags( QTextFormat* defaultFormat, const QString& anchorHref ) const;
+
+    static void setPainter( QPainter *p );
+    static QPainter* painter();
+
+    bool fontSizesInPixels() { return usePixelSizes; }
+
+protected:
+    virtual void generateKey();
+
+private:
+    void update();
+    static void applyFont( const QFont &f );
+
+private:
+    QFont fn;
+    QColor col;
+    QFontMetrics fm;
+    uint missp : 1;
+    uint linkColor : 1;
+    uint usePixelSizes : 1;
+    int leftBearing, rightBearing;
+    VerticalAlignment ha;
+    uchar widths[ 256 ];
+    int hei, asc, dsc;
+    QTextFormatCollection *collection;
+    int ref;
+    QString k;
+    int logicalFontSize;
+    int stdSize;
+    static QPainter *pntr;
+    static QFontMetrics *pntr_fm;
+    static int pntr_asc;
+    static int pntr_hei;
+    static int pntr_ldg;
+    static int pntr_dsc;
+
+};
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QDict<QTextFormat>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextFormatCollection
+{
+    friend class QTextDocument;
+    friend class QTextFormat;
+
+public:
+    QTextFormatCollection();
+    virtual ~QTextFormatCollection();
+
+    void setDefaultFormat( QTextFormat *f );
+    QTextFormat *defaultFormat() const;
+    virtual QTextFormat *format( QTextFormat *f );
+    virtual QTextFormat *format( QTextFormat *of, QTextFormat *nf, int flags );
+    virtual QTextFormat *format( const QFont &f, const QColor &c );
+    virtual void remove( QTextFormat *f );
+    virtual QTextFormat *createFormat( const QTextFormat &f ) { return new QTextFormat( f ); }
+    virtual QTextFormat *createFormat( const QFont &f, const QColor &c ) { return new QTextFormat( f, c, this ); }
+
+    void updateDefaultFormat( const QFont &font, const QColor &c, QStyleSheet *sheet );
+
+    QPaintDevice *paintDevice() const { return paintdevice; }
+    void setPaintDevice( QPaintDevice * );
+
+private:
+    void updateKeys();
+
+private:
+    QTextFormat *defFormat, *lastFormat, *cachedFormat;
+    QDict<QTextFormat> cKey;
+    QTextFormat *cres;
+    QFont cfont;
+    QColor ccol;
+    QString kof, knf;
+    int cflags;
+
+    QPaintDevice *paintdevice;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextParagraphPseudoDocument
+{
+public:
+    QTextParagraphPseudoDocument();
+    ~QTextParagraphPseudoDocument();
+    QRect docRect;
+    QTextFormatter *pFormatter;
+    QTextCommandHistory *commandHistory;
+    int minw;
+    int wused;
+    QTextFormatCollection collection;
+};
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::length() const
+{
+    return str->length();
+}
+
+inline QRect QTextParagraph::rect() const
+{
+    return r;
+}
+
+inline int QTextCursor::index() const
+{
+    return idx;
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+inline int QTextDocument::x() const
+{
+    return cx;
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::y() const
+{
+    return cy;
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::width() const
+{
+    return QMAX( cw, flow_->width() );
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::visibleWidth() const
+{
+    return vw;
+}
+
+inline QTextParagraph *QTextDocument::firstParagraph() const
+{
+    return fParag;
+}
+
+inline QTextParagraph *QTextDocument::lastParagraph() const
+{
+    return lParag;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setFirstParagraph( QTextParagraph *p )
+{
+    fParag = p;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setLastParagraph( QTextParagraph *p )
+{
+    lParag = p;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setWidth( int w )
+{
+    cw = QMAX( w, minw );
+    flow_->setWidth( cw );
+    vw = w;
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::minimumWidth() const
+{
+    return minw;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setY( int y )
+{
+    cy = y;
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::leftMargin() const
+{
+    return leftmargin;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setLeftMargin( int lm )
+{
+    leftmargin = lm;
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::rightMargin() const
+{
+    return rightmargin;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setRightMargin( int rm )
+{
+    rightmargin = rm;
+}
+
+inline QTextPreProcessor *QTextDocument::preProcessor() const
+{
+    return pProcessor;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setPreProcessor( QTextPreProcessor * sh )
+{
+    pProcessor = sh;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setFormatter( QTextFormatter *f )
+{
+    delete pFormatter;
+    pFormatter = f;
+}
+
+inline QTextFormatter *QTextDocument::formatter() const
+{
+    return pFormatter;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setIndent( QTextIndent *i )
+{
+    indenter = i;
+}
+
+inline QTextIndent *QTextDocument::indent() const
+{
+    return indenter;
+}
+
+inline QColor QTextDocument::selectionColor( int id ) const
+{
+    return selectionColors[ id ];
+}
+
+inline bool QTextDocument::invertSelectionText( int id ) const
+{
+    return selectionText[ id ];
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setSelectionColor( int id, const QColor &c )
+{
+    selectionColors[ id ] = c;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setInvertSelectionText( int id, bool b )
+{
+    selectionText[ id ] = b;
+}
+
+inline QTextFormatCollection *QTextDocument::formatCollection() const
+{
+    return fCollection;
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::alignment() const
+{
+    return align;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setAlignment( int a )
+{
+    align = a;
+}
+
+inline int *QTextDocument::tabArray() const
+{
+    return tArray;
+}
+
+inline int QTextDocument::tabStopWidth() const
+{
+    return tStopWidth;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setTabArray( int *a )
+{
+    tArray = a;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setTabStops( int tw )
+{
+    tStopWidth = tw;
+}
+
+inline QString QTextDocument::originalText() const
+{
+    if ( oTextValid )
+	return oText;
+    return text();
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::setFlow( QTextFlow *f )
+{
+    if ( flow_ )
+	delete flow_;
+    flow_ = f;
+}
+
+inline void QTextDocument::takeFlow()
+{
+    flow_ = 0;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextDocument::useDoubleBuffer( QTextParagraph *parag, QPainter *p )
+{
+    return ( !parag->document()->parent() || parag->document()->nextDoubleBuffered ) &&
+	( !p || !p->device() || p->device()->devType() != QInternal::Printer );
+}
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+inline QColor QTextFormat::color() const
+{
+    return col;
+}
+
+inline QFont QTextFormat::font() const
+{
+    return fn;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextFormat::isMisspelled() const
+{
+    return missp;
+}
+
+inline QTextFormat::VerticalAlignment QTextFormat::vAlign() const
+{
+    return ha;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextFormat::operator==( const QTextFormat &f ) const
+{
+    return k == f.k;
+}
+
+inline QTextFormatCollection *QTextFormat::parent() const
+{
+    return collection;
+}
+
+inline void QTextFormat::addRef()
+{
+    ref++;
+}
+
+inline void QTextFormat::removeRef()
+{
+    ref--;
+    if ( !collection )
+	return;
+    if ( this == collection->defFormat )
+	return;
+    if ( ref == 0 )
+	collection->remove( this );
+}
+
+inline const QString &QTextFormat::key() const
+{
+    return k;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextFormat::useLinkColor() const
+{
+    return linkColor;
+}
+
+inline QTextStringChar *QTextParagraph::at( int i ) const
+{
+    return &str->at( i );
+}
+
+inline bool QTextParagraph::isValid() const
+{
+    return invalid == -1;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextParagraph::hasChanged() const
+{
+    return changed;
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::setBackgroundColor( const QColor & c )
+{
+    delete bgcol;
+    bgcol = new QColor( c );
+    setChanged( TRUE );
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::clearBackgroundColor()
+{
+    delete bgcol; bgcol = 0; setChanged( TRUE );
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::append( const QString &s, bool reallyAtEnd )
+{
+    if ( reallyAtEnd )
+	insert( str->length(), s );
+    else
+	insert( QMAX( str->length() - 1, 0 ), s );
+}
+
+inline QTextParagraph *QTextParagraph::prev() const
+{
+    return p;
+}
+
+inline QTextParagraph *QTextParagraph::next() const
+{
+    return n;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextParagraph::hasAnySelection() const
+{
+    return mSelections ? !selections().isEmpty() : FALSE;
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::setEndState( int s )
+{
+    if ( s == state )
+	return;
+    state = s;
+}
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::endState() const
+{
+    return state;
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::setParagId( int i )
+{
+    id = i;
+}
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::paragId() const
+{
+    if ( id == -1 )
+	qWarning( "invalid parag id!!!!!!!! (%p)", (void*)this );
+    return id;
+}
+
+inline bool QTextParagraph::firstPreProcess() const
+{
+    return firstPProcess;
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::setFirstPreProcess( bool b )
+{
+    firstPProcess = b;
+}
+
+inline QMap<int, QTextLineStart*> &QTextParagraph::lineStartList()
+{
+    return lineStarts;
+}
+
+inline QTextString *QTextParagraph::string() const
+{
+    return str;
+}
+
+inline QTextParagraphPseudoDocument *QTextParagraph::pseudoDocument() const
+{
+    if ( hasdoc )
+	return 0;
+    return (QTextParagraphPseudoDocument*) docOrPseudo;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+inline QTextTableCell *QTextParagraph::tableCell() const
+{
+    return hasdoc ? document()->tableCell () : 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+inline QTextCommandHistory *QTextParagraph::commands() const
+{
+    return hasdoc ? document()->commands() : pseudoDocument()->commandHistory;
+}
+
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::alignment() const
+{
+    return align;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+inline void QTextParagraph::registerFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem *i )
+{
+    floatingItems().append( i );
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::unregisterFloatingItem( QTextCustomItem *i )
+{
+    floatingItems().removeRef( i );
+}
+#endif
+
+inline QBrush *QTextParagraph::background() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    return tableCell() ? tableCell()->backGround() : 0;
+#else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::documentWidth() const
+{
+    return hasdoc ? document()->width() : pseudoDocument()->docRect.width();
+}
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::documentVisibleWidth() const
+{
+    return hasdoc ? document()->visibleWidth() : pseudoDocument()->docRect.width();
+}
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::documentX() const
+{
+    return hasdoc ? document()->x() : pseudoDocument()->docRect.x();
+}
+
+inline int QTextParagraph::documentY() const
+{
+    return hasdoc ? document()->y() : pseudoDocument()->docRect.y();
+}
+
+inline void QTextParagraph::setExtraData( QTextParagraphData *data )
+{
+    eData = data;
+}
+
+inline QTextParagraphData *QTextParagraph::extraData() const
+{
+    return eData;
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+inline void QTextFormatCollection::setDefaultFormat( QTextFormat *f )
+{
+    defFormat = f;
+}
+
+inline QTextFormat *QTextFormatCollection::defaultFormat() const
+{
+    return defFormat;
+}
+
+// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+inline QTextFormat *QTextStringChar::format() const
+{
+    return (type == Regular) ? d.format : d.custom->format;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+inline QTextCustomItem *QTextStringChar::customItem() const
+{
+    return isCustom() ? d.custom->custom : 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+inline int QTextStringChar::height() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    return !isCustom() ? format()->height() : ( customItem()->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline ? customItem()->height : 0 );
+#else
+    return format()->height();
+#endif
+}
+
+inline int QTextStringChar::ascent() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    return !isCustom() ? format()->ascent() : ( customItem()->placement() == QTextCustomItem::PlaceInline ? customItem()->ascent() : 0 );
+#else
+    return format()->ascent();
+#endif
+}
+
+inline int QTextStringChar::descent() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    return !isCustom() ? format()->descent() : 0;
+#else
+    return format()->descent();
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp b/src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66aa07b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1624 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qscriptengine_p.h"
+
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef None
+#undef Pre
+#undef Above
+#undef Below
+
+const int Prealloc = 256;
+template<class T>
+class QVarLengthArray
+{
+public:
+    inline explicit QVarLengthArray(int size = 0);
+    inline ~QVarLengthArray() {
+        if (ptr != reinterpret_cast<T *>(array))
+            free(ptr);
+    }
+
+    inline int size() const { return s; }
+    inline int count() const { return s; }
+    inline bool isEmpty() const { return (s == 0); }
+    inline void resize(int size);
+    inline void clear() { resize(0); }
+
+    inline int capacity() const { return a; }
+    inline void reserve(int size);
+
+    inline T &operator[](int idx) {
+        Q_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < s);
+        return ptr[idx];
+    }
+    inline const T &operator[](int idx) const {
+        Q_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < s);
+        return ptr[idx];
+    }
+
+    inline void append(const T &t) {
+        const int idx = s;
+        resize(idx + 1);
+        ptr[idx] = t;
+    }
+
+    inline T *data() { return ptr; }
+    inline const T *data() const { return ptr; }
+    inline const T * constData() const { return ptr; }
+
+private:
+    void realloc(int size, int alloc);
+
+    int a;
+    int s;
+    T *ptr;
+    Q_UINT64 array[((Prealloc * sizeof(T)) / sizeof(Q_UINT64)) + 1];
+};
+
+template <class T>
+Q_INLINE_TEMPLATES QVarLengthArray<T>::QVarLengthArray(int asize)
+    : s(asize) {
+    if (s > Prealloc) {
+        ptr = reinterpret_cast<T *>(malloc(s * sizeof(T)));
+        a = s;
+    } else {
+        ptr = reinterpret_cast<T *>(array);
+        a = Prealloc;
+    }
+}
+
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Basic processing
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static inline void positionCluster(QShaperItem *item, int gfrom,  int glast)
+{
+    int nmarks = glast - gfrom;
+    if (nmarks <= 0) {
+        qWarning("positionCluster: no marks to position!");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QFontEngine *f = item->font;
+
+    glyph_metrics_t baseInfo = f->boundingBox(item->glyphs[gfrom]);
+
+    if (item->script == QFont::Hebrew)
+        // we need to attach below the baseline, because of the hebrew iud.
+        baseInfo.height = QMAX(baseInfo.height, -baseInfo.y);
+
+    QRect baseRect(baseInfo.x, baseInfo.y, baseInfo.width, baseInfo.height);
+
+//      qDebug("---> positionCluster: cluster from %d to %d", gfrom, glast);
+//     qDebug("baseInfo: %f/%f (%f/%f) off=%f/%f", baseInfo.x, baseInfo.y, baseInfo.width, baseInfo.height, baseInfo.xoff, baseInfo.yoff);
+
+    int size = (f->ascent()/10);
+    int offsetBase = (size - 4) / 4 + QMIN(size, 4) + 1;
+//     qDebug("offset = %f", offsetBase);
+
+    bool rightToLeft = item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft;
+
+    int i;
+    unsigned char lastCmb = 0;
+    QRect attachmentRect;
+
+    for(i = 1; i <= nmarks; i++) {
+        glyph_t mark = item->glyphs[gfrom+i];
+        QPoint p;
+        glyph_metrics_t markInfo = f->boundingBox(mark);
+        QRect markRect(markInfo.x, markInfo.y, markInfo.width, markInfo.height);
+//          qDebug("markInfo: %f/%f (%f/%f) off=%f/%f", markInfo.x, markInfo.y, markInfo.width, markInfo.height, markInfo.xoff, markInfo.yoff);
+
+        int offset = offsetBase;
+        unsigned char cmb = item->attributes[gfrom+i].combiningClass;
+
+        // ### maybe the whole position determination should move down to heuristicSetGlyphAttributes. Would save some
+        // bits  in the glyphAttributes structure.
+        if (cmb < 200) {
+            // fixed position classes. We approximate by mapping to one of the others.
+            // currently I added only the ones for arabic, hebrew, lao and thai.
+
+            // for Lao and Thai marks with class 0, see below (heuristicSetGlyphAttributes)
+
+            // add a bit more offset to arabic, a bit hacky
+            if (cmb >= 27 && cmb <= 36 && offset < 3)
+                offset +=1;
+            // below
+            if ((cmb >= 10 && cmb <= 18) ||
+                 cmb == 20 || cmb == 22 ||
+                 cmb == 29 || cmb == 32)
+                cmb = QChar::Combining_Below;
+            // above
+            else if (cmb == 23 || cmb == 27 || cmb == 28 ||
+                      cmb == 30 || cmb == 31 || (cmb >= 33 && cmb <= 36))
+                cmb = QChar::Combining_Above;
+            //below-right
+            else if (cmb == 9 || cmb == 103 || cmb == 118)
+                cmb = QChar::Combining_BelowRight;
+            // above-right
+            else if (cmb == 24 || cmb == 107 || cmb == 122)
+                cmb = QChar::Combining_AboveRight;
+            else if (cmb == 25)
+                cmb = QChar::Combining_AboveLeft;
+            // fixed:
+            //  19 21
+
+        }
+
+        // combining marks of different class don't interact. Reset the rectangle.
+        if (cmb != lastCmb) {
+            //qDebug("resetting rect");
+            attachmentRect = baseRect;
+        }
+
+        switch(cmb) {
+        case QChar::Combining_DoubleBelow:
+                // ### wrong in rtl context!
+        case QChar::Combining_BelowLeft:
+            p += QPoint(0, offset);
+        case QChar::Combining_BelowLeftAttached:
+            p += attachmentRect.bottomLeft() - markRect.topLeft();
+            break;
+        case QChar::Combining_Below:
+            p += QPoint(0, offset);
+        case QChar::Combining_BelowAttached:
+            p += attachmentRect.bottomLeft() - markRect.topLeft();
+            p += QPoint((attachmentRect.width() - markRect.width())/2 , 0);
+            break;
+            case QChar::Combining_BelowRight:
+            p += QPoint(0, offset);
+        case QChar::Combining_BelowRightAttached:
+            p += attachmentRect.bottomRight() - markRect.topRight();
+            break;
+            case QChar::Combining_Left:
+            p += QPoint(-offset, 0);
+        case QChar::Combining_LeftAttached:
+            break;
+            case QChar::Combining_Right:
+            p += QPoint(offset, 0);
+        case QChar::Combining_RightAttached:
+            break;
+        case QChar::Combining_DoubleAbove:
+            // ### wrong in RTL context!
+        case QChar::Combining_AboveLeft:
+            p += QPoint(0, -offset);
+        case QChar::Combining_AboveLeftAttached:
+            p += attachmentRect.topLeft() - markRect.bottomLeft();
+            break;
+        case QChar::Combining_Above:
+            p += QPoint(0, -offset);
+        case QChar::Combining_AboveAttached:
+            p += attachmentRect.topLeft() - markRect.bottomLeft();
+            p += QPoint((attachmentRect.width() - markRect.width())/2 , 0);
+            break;
+        case QChar::Combining_AboveRight:
+            p += QPoint(0, -offset);
+        case QChar::Combining_AboveRightAttached:
+            p += attachmentRect.topRight() - markRect.bottomRight();
+            break;
+
+        case QChar::Combining_IotaSubscript:
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+//         qDebug("char=%x combiningClass = %d offset=%d/%d", mark, cmb, p.x(), p.y());
+        markRect.moveBy(p.x(), p.y());
+        attachmentRect |= markRect;
+        lastCmb = cmb;
+        if (rightToLeft) {
+            item->offsets[gfrom+i].x = p.x();
+            item->offsets[gfrom+i].y = p.y();
+        } else {
+            item->offsets[gfrom+i].x = p.x() - baseInfo.xoff;
+            item->offsets[gfrom+i].y = p.y() - baseInfo.yoff;
+        }
+        item->advances[gfrom+i] = 0;
+    }
+    item->has_positioning = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+void qt_heuristicPosition(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    int cEnd = -1;
+    int i = item->num_glyphs;
+    while (i--) {
+        if (cEnd == -1 && item->attributes[i].mark) {
+            cEnd = i;
+        } else if (cEnd != -1 && !item->attributes[i].mark) {
+            positionCluster(item, i, cEnd);
+            cEnd = -1;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+// set the glyph attributes heuristically. Assumes a 1 to 1 relationship between chars and glyphs
+// and no reordering.
+// also computes logClusters heuristically
+static void heuristicSetGlyphAttributes(QShaperItem *item, const QChar *uc, int length)
+{
+    // justification is missing here!!!!!
+
+    if ( item->num_glyphs != length )
+       qWarning("QScriptEngine::heuristicSetGlyphAttributes: char length and num glyphs disagree" );
+
+    unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+        logClusters[i] = i;
+
+    // first char in a run is never (treated as) a mark
+    int cStart = 0;
+    item->attributes[0].mark = FALSE;
+    item->attributes[0].clusterStart = TRUE;
+    item->attributes[0].combiningClass = 0;
+    if (qIsZeroWidthChar(uc[0].unicode())) {
+        item->attributes[0].zeroWidth = TRUE;
+        item->advances[0] = 0;
+        item->has_positioning = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        item->attributes[0].zeroWidth = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    int lastCat = ::category(uc[0]);
+    for (i = 1; i < length; ++i) {
+        int cat = ::category(uc[i]);
+        if (qIsZeroWidthChar(uc[i].unicode())) {
+	    item->attributes[i].mark = FALSE;
+	    item->attributes[i].clusterStart = TRUE;
+	    item->attributes[i].zeroWidth = TRUE;
+	    item->attributes[i].combiningClass = 0;
+	    cStart = i;
+            item->advances[i] = 0;
+            item->has_positioning = TRUE;
+        } else if (cat != QChar::Mark_NonSpacing) {
+            item->attributes[i].mark = FALSE;
+            item->attributes[i].clusterStart = TRUE;
+            item->attributes[i].combiningClass = 0;
+            cStart = i;
+        } else {
+            int cmb = ::combiningClass(uc[i]);
+
+            if (cmb == 0) {
+                // Fix 0 combining classes
+                if ((uc[i].unicode() & 0xff00) == 0x0e00) {
+                    // thai or lao
+                    unsigned char col = uc[i].cell();
+                    if (col == 0x31 ||
+                         col == 0x34 ||
+                         col == 0x35 ||
+                         col == 0x36 ||
+                         col == 0x37 ||
+                         col == 0x47 ||
+                         col == 0x4c ||
+                         col == 0x4d ||
+                         col == 0x4e) {
+                        cmb = QChar::Combining_AboveRight;
+                    } else if (col == 0xb1 ||
+                                col == 0xb4 ||
+                                col == 0xb5 ||
+                                col == 0xb6 ||
+                                col == 0xb7 ||
+                                col == 0xbb ||
+                                col == 0xcc ||
+                                col == 0xcd) {
+                        cmb = QChar::Combining_Above;
+                    } else if (col == 0xbc) {
+                        cmb = QChar::Combining_Below;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            item->attributes[i].mark = TRUE;
+            item->attributes[i].clusterStart = FALSE;
+            item->attributes[i].combiningClass = cmb;
+            logClusters[i] = cStart;
+            item->advances[i] = 0;
+            item->has_positioning = TRUE;
+        }
+
+        if (lastCat == QChar::Separator_Space)
+            item->attributes[i-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Space;
+        else if (cat != QChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
+            item->attributes[i-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Character;
+        else
+            item->attributes[i-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::NoJustification;
+
+        lastCat = cat;
+    }
+}
+
+static void heuristicSetGlyphAttributes(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    heuristicSetGlyphAttributes(item, item->string->unicode() + item->from, item->length);
+}
+
+
+static bool basic_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap(item->string->unicode()+item->from, item->length, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    heuristicSetGlyphAttributes(item);
+    qt_heuristicPosition(item);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Middle eastern languages
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Uniscribe also defines dlig for Hebrew, but we leave this out for now, as it's mostly
+// ligatures one does not want in modern Hebrew (as lam-alef ligatures).
+enum {
+    CcmpProperty = 0x1
+};
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+static const QOpenType::Features hebrew_features[] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'c', 'm', 'p'), CcmpProperty },
+    {0, 0}
+};
+#endif
+/* Hebrew shaping. In the non opentype case we try to use the
+   presentation forms specified for Hebrew. Especially for the
+   ligatures with Dagesh this gives much better results than we could
+   achieve manually.
+*/
+static bool hebrew_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(item->script == QFont::Hebrew);
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+
+    if (openType && openType->supportsScript(item->script)) {
+        openType->selectScript(item->script, hebrew_features);
+
+        if (item->font->stringToCMap(item->string->unicode()+item->from, item->length, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                     &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+            return FALSE;
+
+        heuristicSetGlyphAttributes(item);
+        openType->shape(item);
+        return openType->positionAndAdd(item);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    enum {
+        Dagesh = 0x5bc,
+        ShinDot = 0x5c1,
+        SinDot = 0x5c2,
+        Patah = 0x5b7,
+        Qamats = 0x5b8,
+        Holam = 0x5b9,
+        Rafe = 0x5bf
+    };
+    unsigned short chars[512];
+    QChar *shapedChars = item->length > 256 ? (QChar *)::malloc(2*item->length * sizeof(QChar)) : (QChar *)chars;
+
+    const QChar *uc = item->string->unicode() + item->from;
+    unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+
+    *shapedChars = *uc;
+    logClusters[0] = 0;
+    int slen = 1;
+    int cluster_start = 0;
+    int i;
+    for (i = 1; i < item->length; ++i) {
+        ushort base = shapedChars[slen-1].unicode();
+        ushort shaped = 0;
+        bool invalid = FALSE;
+        if (uc[i].unicode() == Dagesh) {
+            if (base >= 0x5d0
+                && base <= 0x5ea
+                && base != 0x5d7
+                && base != 0x5dd
+                && base != 0x5df
+                && base != 0x5e2
+                && base != 0x5e5) {
+                shaped = base - 0x5d0 + 0xfb30;
+            } else if (base == 0xfb2a || base == 0xfb2b /* Shin with Shin or Sin dot */) {
+                shaped = base + 2;
+            } else {
+                invalid = TRUE;
+            }
+        } else if (uc[i].unicode() == ShinDot) {
+            if (base == 0x05e9)
+                shaped = 0xfb2a;
+            else if (base == 0xfb49)
+                shaped = 0xfb2c;
+            else
+                invalid = TRUE;
+        } else if (uc[i].unicode() == SinDot) {
+            if (base == 0x05e9)
+                shaped = 0xfb2b;
+            else if (base == 0xfb49)
+                shaped = 0xfb2d;
+            else
+                invalid = TRUE;
+        } else if (uc[i].unicode() == Patah) {
+            if (base == 0x5d0)
+                shaped = 0xfb2e;
+        } else if (uc[i].unicode() == Qamats) {
+            if (base == 0x5d0)
+                shaped = 0xfb2f;
+        } else if (uc[i].unicode() == Holam) {
+            if (base == 0x5d5)
+                shaped = 0xfb4b;
+        } else if (uc[i].unicode() == Rafe) {
+            if (base == 0x5d1)
+                shaped = 0xfb4c;
+            else if (base == 0x5db)
+                shaped = 0xfb4d;
+            else if (base == 0x5e4)
+                shaped = 0xfb4e;
+        }
+
+        if (invalid) {
+            shapedChars[slen] = 0x25cc;
+            item->attributes[slen].clusterStart = TRUE;
+            item->attributes[slen].mark = FALSE;
+            item->attributes[slen].combiningClass = 0;
+            cluster_start = slen;
+            ++slen;
+        }
+        if (shaped) {
+            if (item->font->canRender((QChar *)&shaped, 1)) {
+                shapedChars[slen-1] = QChar(shaped);
+            } else
+                shaped = 0;
+        }
+        if (!shaped) {
+            shapedChars[slen] = uc[i];
+            if (::category(uc[i]) != QChar::Mark_NonSpacing) {
+                item->attributes[slen].clusterStart = TRUE;
+                item->attributes[slen].mark = FALSE;
+                item->attributes[slen].combiningClass = 0;
+                cluster_start = slen;
+            } else {
+                item->attributes[slen].clusterStart = FALSE;
+                item->attributes[slen].mark = TRUE;
+                item->attributes[slen].combiningClass = ::combiningClass(uc[i]);
+            }
+            ++slen;
+        }
+        logClusters[i] = cluster_start;
+    }
+
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap(shapedChars, slen, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+    for (i = 0; i < item->num_glyphs; ++i) {
+        if (item->attributes[i].mark)
+            item->advances[i] = 0;
+    }
+    qt_heuristicPosition(item);
+
+    if (item->length > 256)
+        ::free(shapedChars);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// these groups correspond to the groups defined in the Unicode standard.
+// Some of these groups are equal whith regards to both joining and line breaking behaviour,
+// and thus have the same enum value
+//
+// I'm not sure the mapping of syriac to arabic enums is correct with regards to justification, but as
+// I couldn't find any better document I'll hope for the best.
+enum ArabicGroup {
+    // NonJoining
+    ArabicNone,
+    ArabicSpace,
+    // Transparent
+    Transparent,
+    // Causing
+    Center,
+    Kashida,
+
+    // Arabic
+    // Dual
+    Beh,
+    Noon,
+    Meem = Noon,
+    Heh = Noon,
+    KnottedHeh = Noon,
+    HehGoal = Noon,
+    SwashKaf = Noon,
+    Yeh,
+    Hah,
+    Seen,
+    Sad = Seen,
+    Tah,
+    Kaf = Tah,
+    Gaf = Tah,
+    Lam = Tah,
+    Ain,
+    Feh = Ain,
+    Qaf = Ain,
+    // Right
+    Alef,
+    Waw,
+    Dal,
+    TehMarbuta = Dal,
+    Reh,
+    HamzaOnHehGoal,
+    YehWithTail = HamzaOnHehGoal,
+    YehBarre = HamzaOnHehGoal,
+
+    // Syriac
+    // Dual
+    Beth = Beh,
+    Gamal = Ain,
+    Heth = Noon,
+    Teth = Hah,
+    Yudh = Noon,
+    Kaph = Noon,
+    Lamadh = Lam,
+    Mim = Noon,
+    Nun = Noon,
+    Semakh = Noon,
+    FinalSemakh = Noon,
+    SyriacE = Ain,
+    Pe = Ain,
+    ReversedPe = Hah,
+    Qaph = Noon,
+    Shin = Noon,
+    Fe = Ain,
+
+    // Right
+    Alaph = Alef,
+    Dalath = Dal,
+    He = Dal,
+    SyriacWaw = Waw,
+    Zain = Alef,
+    YudhHe = Waw,
+    Sadhe = HamzaOnHehGoal,
+    Taw = Dal,
+
+    // Compiler bug? Otherwise ArabicGroupsEnd would be equal to Dal + 1.
+    Dummy = HamzaOnHehGoal,
+    ArabicGroupsEnd
+};
+
+static const unsigned char arabic_group[0x150] = {
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, Alef, Alef,
+    Waw, Alef, Yeh, Alef,
+    Beh, TehMarbuta, Beh, Beh,
+    Hah, Hah, Hah, Dal,
+
+    Dal, Reh, Reh, Seen,
+    Seen, Sad, Sad, Tah,
+    Tah, Ain, Ain, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+
+    // 0x640
+    Kashida, Feh, Qaf, Kaf,
+    Lam, Meem, Noon, Heh,
+    Waw, Yeh, Yeh, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, Beh, Qaf,
+
+    Transparent, Alef, Alef, Alef,
+    ArabicNone, Alef, Waw, Waw,
+    Yeh, Beh, Beh, Beh,
+    Beh, Beh, Beh, Beh,
+
+    // 0x680
+    Beh, Hah, Hah, Hah,
+    Hah, Hah, Hah, Hah,
+    Dal, Dal, Dal, Dal,
+    Dal, Dal, Dal, Dal,
+
+    Dal, Reh, Reh, Reh,
+    Reh, Reh, Reh, Reh,
+    Reh, Reh, Seen, Seen,
+    Seen, Sad, Sad, Tah,
+
+    Ain, Feh, Feh, Feh,
+    Feh, Feh, Feh, Qaf,
+    Qaf, Gaf, SwashKaf, Gaf,
+    Kaf, Kaf, Kaf, Gaf,
+
+    Gaf, Gaf, Gaf, Gaf,
+    Gaf, Lam, Lam, Lam,
+    Lam, Noon, Noon, Noon,
+    Noon, Noon, KnottedHeh, Hah,
+
+    // 0x6c0
+    TehMarbuta, HehGoal, HamzaOnHehGoal, HamzaOnHehGoal,
+    Waw, Waw, Waw, Waw,
+    Waw, Waw, Waw, Waw,
+    Yeh, YehWithTail, Yeh, Waw,
+
+    Yeh, Yeh, YehBarre, YehBarre,
+    ArabicNone, TehMarbuta, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, Transparent,
+
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, Transparent,
+    Transparent, ArabicNone, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Dal, Reh,
+
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, Seen, Sad,
+    Ain, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, KnottedHeh,
+
+    // 0x700
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone, ArabicNone,
+
+    Alaph, Transparent, Beth, Gamal,
+    Gamal, Dalath, Dalath, He,
+    SyriacWaw, Zain, Heth, Teth,
+    Teth, Yudh, YudhHe, Kaph,
+
+    Lamadh, Mim, Nun, Semakh,
+    FinalSemakh, SyriacE, Pe, ReversedPe,
+    Sadhe, Qaph, Dalath, Shin,
+    Taw, Beth, Gamal, Dalath,
+
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, Transparent,
+    Transparent, Transparent, Transparent, ArabicNone,
+    ArabicNone, Zain, Kaph, Fe,
+};
+
+static inline ArabicGroup arabicGroup(unsigned short uc)
+{
+    if (uc >= 0x0600 && uc < 0x750)
+        return (ArabicGroup) arabic_group[uc-0x600];
+    else if (uc == 0x200d)
+        return Center;
+    else if (::category(uc) == QChar::Separator_Space)
+        return ArabicSpace;
+    else
+        return ArabicNone;
+}
+
+
+/*
+   Arabic shaping obeys a number of rules according to the joining classes (see Unicode book, section on
+   arabic).
+
+   Each unicode char has a joining class (right, dual (left&right), center (joincausing) or transparent).
+   transparent joining is not encoded in QChar::joining(), but applies to all combining marks and format marks.
+
+   Right join-causing: dual + center
+   Left join-causing: dual + right + center
+
+   Rules are as follows (for a string already in visual order, as we have it here):
+
+   R1 Transparent characters do not affect joining behaviour.
+   R2 A right joining character, that has a right join-causing char on the right will get form XRight
+   (R3 A left joining character, that has a left join-causing char on the left will get form XLeft)
+   Note: the above rule is meaningless, as there are no pure left joining characters defined in Unicode
+   R4 A dual joining character, that has a left join-causing char on the left and a right join-causing char on
+             the right will get form XMedial
+   R5  A dual joining character, that has a right join causing char on the right, and no left join causing char on the left
+         will get form XRight
+   R6 A dual joining character, that has a  left join causing char on the left, and no right join causing char on the right
+         will get form XLeft
+   R7 Otherwise the character will get form XIsolated
+
+   Additionally we have to do the minimal ligature support for lam-alef ligatures:
+
+   L1 Transparent characters do not affect ligature behaviour.
+   L2 Any sequence of Alef(XRight) + Lam(XMedial) will form the ligature Alef.Lam(XLeft)
+   L3 Any sequence of Alef(XRight) + Lam(XLeft) will form the ligature Alef.Lam(XIsolated)
+
+   The state table below handles rules R1-R7.
+*/
+
+enum Shape {
+    XIsolated,
+    XFinal,
+    XInitial,
+    XMedial,
+    // intermediate state
+    XCausing
+};
+
+
+enum Joining {
+    JNone,
+    JCausing,
+    JDual,
+    JRight,
+    JTransparent
+};
+
+
+static const Joining joining_for_group[ArabicGroupsEnd] = {
+    // NonJoining
+    JNone, // ArabicNone
+    JNone, // ArabicSpace
+    // Transparent
+    JTransparent, // Transparent
+    // Causing
+    JCausing, // Center
+    JCausing, // Kashida
+    // Dual
+    JDual, // Beh
+    JDual, // Noon
+    JDual, // Yeh
+    JDual, // Hah
+    JDual, // Seen
+    JDual, // Tah
+    JDual, // Ain
+    // Right
+    JRight, // Alef
+    JRight, // Waw
+    JRight, // Dal
+    JRight, // Reh
+    JRight  // HamzaOnHehGoal
+};
+
+
+struct JoiningPair {
+    Shape form1;
+    Shape form2;
+};
+
+static const JoiningPair joining_table[5][4] =
+// None, Causing, Dual, Right
+{
+    { { XIsolated, XIsolated }, { XIsolated, XCausing }, { XIsolated, XInitial }, { XIsolated, XIsolated } }, // XIsolated
+    { { XFinal, XIsolated }, { XFinal, XCausing }, { XFinal, XInitial }, { XFinal, XIsolated } }, // XFinal
+    { { XIsolated, XIsolated }, { XInitial, XCausing }, { XInitial, XMedial }, { XInitial, XFinal } }, // XInitial
+    { { XFinal, XIsolated }, { XMedial, XCausing }, { XMedial, XMedial }, { XMedial, XFinal } }, // XMedial
+    { { XIsolated, XIsolated }, { XIsolated, XCausing }, { XIsolated, XMedial }, { XIsolated, XFinal } }, // XCausing
+};
+
+
+/*
+According to http://www.microsoft.com/middleeast/Arabicdev/IE6/KBase.asp
+
+1. Find the priority of the connecting opportunities in each word
+2. Add expansion at the highest priority connection opportunity
+3. If more than one connection opportunity have the same highest value,
+   use the opportunity closest to the end of the word.
+
+Following is a chart that provides the priority for connection
+opportunities and where expansion occurs. The character group names
+are those in table 6.6 of the UNICODE 2.0 book.
+
+
+PrioritY        Glyph                   Condition                                       Kashida Location
+
+Arabic_Kashida        User inserted Kashida   The user entered a Kashida in a position.       After the user
+                (Shift+j or Shift+[E with hat])    Thus, it is the highest priority to insert an   inserted kashida
+                                        automatic kashida.
+
+Arabic_Seen        Seen, Sad               Connecting to the next character.               After the character.
+                                        (Initial or medial form).
+
+Arabic_HaaDal        Teh Marbutah, Haa, Dal  Connecting to previous character.               Before the final form
+                                                                                        of these characters.
+
+Arabic_Alef     Alef, Tah, Lam,         Connecting to previous character.               Before the final form
+                Kaf and Gaf                                                             of these characters.
+
+Arabic_BaRa     Reh, Yeh                Connected to medial Beh                         Before preceding medial Baa
+
+Arabic_Waw        Waw, Ain, Qaf, Feh      Connecting to previous character.               Before the final form of
+                                                                                        these characters.
+
+Arabic_Normal   Other connecting        Connecting to previous character.               Before the final form
+                characters                                                              of these characters.
+
+
+
+This seems to imply that we have at most one kashida point per arabic word.
+
+*/
+
+struct QArabicProperties {
+    unsigned char shape;
+    unsigned char justification;
+};
+
+
+static void getArabicProperties(const unsigned short *chars, int len, QArabicProperties *properties)
+{
+//     qDebug("arabicSyriacOpenTypeShape: properties:");
+    int lastPos = 0;
+    int lastGroup = ArabicNone;
+
+    ArabicGroup group = arabicGroup(chars[0]);
+    Joining j = joining_for_group[group];
+    Shape shape = joining_table[XIsolated][j].form2;
+    properties[0].justification = GlyphAttributes::NoJustification;
+
+    for (int i = 1; i < len; ++i) {
+        // #### fix handling for spaces and punktuation
+        properties[i].justification = GlyphAttributes::NoJustification;
+
+        group = arabicGroup(chars[i]);
+        j = joining_for_group[group];
+
+        if (j == JTransparent) {
+            properties[i].shape = XIsolated;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        properties[lastPos].shape = joining_table[shape][j].form1;
+        shape = joining_table[shape][j].form2;
+
+        switch(lastGroup) {
+        case Seen:
+            if (properties[lastPos].shape == XInitial || properties[lastPos].shape == XMedial)
+                properties[i-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_Seen;
+            break;
+        case Hah:
+            if (properties[lastPos].shape == XFinal)
+                properties[lastPos-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_HaaDal;
+            break;
+        case Alef:
+            if (properties[lastPos].shape == XFinal)
+                properties[lastPos-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_Alef;
+            break;
+        case Ain:
+            if (properties[lastPos].shape == XFinal)
+                properties[lastPos-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_Waw;
+            break;
+        case Noon:
+            if (properties[lastPos].shape == XFinal)
+                properties[lastPos-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_Normal;
+            break;
+        case ArabicNone:
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            Q_ASSERT(FALSE);
+        }
+
+        lastGroup = ArabicNone;
+
+        switch(group) {
+        case ArabicNone:
+        case Transparent:
+        // ### Center should probably be treated as transparent when it comes to justification.
+        case Center:
+            break;
+        case ArabicSpace:
+            properties[i].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_Space;
+            break;
+        case Kashida:
+            properties[i].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_Kashida;
+            break;
+        case Seen:
+            lastGroup = Seen;
+            break;
+
+        case Hah:
+        case Dal:
+            lastGroup = Hah;
+            break;
+
+        case Alef:
+        case Tah:
+            lastGroup = Alef;
+            break;
+
+        case Yeh:
+        case Reh:
+            if (properties[lastPos].shape == XMedial && arabicGroup(chars[lastPos]) == Beh)
+                properties[lastPos-1].justification = GlyphAttributes::Arabic_BaRa;
+            break;
+
+        case Ain:
+        case Waw:
+            lastGroup = Ain;
+            break;
+
+        case Noon:
+        case Beh:
+        case HamzaOnHehGoal:
+            lastGroup = Noon;
+            break;
+        case ArabicGroupsEnd:
+            Q_ASSERT(FALSE);
+        }
+
+        lastPos = i;
+    }
+    properties[lastPos].shape = joining_table[shape][JNone].form1;
+
+
+//     for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+//         qDebug("arabic properties(%d): uc=%x shape=%d, justification=%d", i, chars[i], properties[i].shape, properties[i].justification);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// The unicode to unicode shaping codec.
+// does only presentation forms B at the moment, but that should be enough for
+// simple display
+static const ushort arabicUnicodeMapping[256][2] = {
+    // base of shaped forms, and number-1 of them (0 for non shaping,
+    // 1 for right binding and 3 for dual binding
+
+    // These are just the glyphs available in Unicode,
+    // some characters are in R class, but have no glyphs in Unicode.
+
+    { 0x0600, 0 }, // 0x0600
+    { 0x0601, 0 }, // 0x0601
+    { 0x0602, 0 }, // 0x0602
+    { 0x0603, 0 }, // 0x0603
+    { 0x0604, 0 }, // 0x0604
+    { 0x0605, 0 }, // 0x0605
+    { 0x0606, 0 }, // 0x0606
+    { 0x0607, 0 }, // 0x0607
+    { 0x0608, 0 }, // 0x0608
+    { 0x0609, 0 }, // 0x0609
+    { 0x060A, 0 }, // 0x060A
+    { 0x060B, 0 }, // 0x060B
+    { 0x060C, 0 }, // 0x060C
+    { 0x060D, 0 }, // 0x060D
+    { 0x060E, 0 }, // 0x060E
+    { 0x060F, 0 }, // 0x060F
+
+    { 0x0610, 0 }, // 0x0610
+    { 0x0611, 0 }, // 0x0611
+    { 0x0612, 0 }, // 0x0612
+    { 0x0613, 0 }, // 0x0613
+    { 0x0614, 0 }, // 0x0614
+    { 0x0615, 0 }, // 0x0615
+    { 0x0616, 0 }, // 0x0616
+    { 0x0617, 0 }, // 0x0617
+    { 0x0618, 0 }, // 0x0618
+    { 0x0619, 0 }, // 0x0619
+    { 0x061A, 0 }, // 0x061A
+    { 0x061B, 0 }, // 0x061B
+    { 0x061C, 0 }, // 0x061C
+    { 0x061D, 0 }, // 0x061D
+    { 0x061E, 0 }, // 0x061E
+    { 0x061F, 0 }, // 0x061F
+
+    { 0x0620, 0 }, // 0x0620
+    { 0xFE80, 0 }, // 0x0621            HAMZA
+    { 0xFE81, 1 }, // 0x0622    R       ALEF WITH MADDA ABOVE
+    { 0xFE83, 1 }, // 0x0623    R       ALEF WITH HAMZA ABOVE
+    { 0xFE85, 1 }, // 0x0624    R       WAW WITH HAMZA ABOVE
+    { 0xFE87, 1 }, // 0x0625    R       ALEF WITH HAMZA BELOW
+    { 0xFE89, 3 }, // 0x0626    D       YEH WITH HAMZA ABOVE
+    { 0xFE8D, 1 }, // 0x0627    R       ALEF
+    { 0xFE8F, 3 }, // 0x0628    D       BEH
+    { 0xFE93, 1 }, // 0x0629    R       TEH MARBUTA
+    { 0xFE95, 3 }, // 0x062A    D       TEH
+    { 0xFE99, 3 }, // 0x062B    D       THEH
+    { 0xFE9D, 3 }, // 0x062C    D       JEEM
+    { 0xFEA1, 3 }, // 0x062D    D       HAH
+    { 0xFEA5, 3 }, // 0x062E    D       KHAH
+    { 0xFEA9, 1 }, // 0x062F    R       DAL
+
+    { 0xFEAB, 1 }, // 0x0630    R       THAL
+    { 0xFEAD, 1 }, // 0x0631    R       REH
+    { 0xFEAF, 1 }, // 0x0632    R       ZAIN
+    { 0xFEB1, 3 }, // 0x0633    D       SEEN
+    { 0xFEB5, 3 }, // 0x0634    D       SHEEN
+    { 0xFEB9, 3 }, // 0x0635    D       SAD
+    { 0xFEBD, 3 }, // 0x0636    D       DAD
+    { 0xFEC1, 3 }, // 0x0637    D       TAH
+    { 0xFEC5, 3 }, // 0x0638    D       ZAH
+    { 0xFEC9, 3 }, // 0x0639    D       AIN
+    { 0xFECD, 3 }, // 0x063A    D       GHAIN
+    { 0x063B, 0 }, // 0x063B
+    { 0x063C, 0 }, // 0x063C
+    { 0x063D, 0 }, // 0x063D
+    { 0x063E, 0 }, // 0x063E
+    { 0x063F, 0 }, // 0x063F
+
+    { 0x0640, 0 }, // 0x0640    C       TATWEEL // ### Join Causing, only one glyph
+    { 0xFED1, 3 }, // 0x0641    D       FEH
+    { 0xFED5, 3 }, // 0x0642    D       QAF
+    { 0xFED9, 3 }, // 0x0643    D       KAF
+    { 0xFEDD, 3 }, // 0x0644    D       LAM
+    { 0xFEE1, 3 }, // 0x0645    D       MEEM
+    { 0xFEE5, 3 }, // 0x0646    D       NOON
+    { 0xFEE9, 3 }, // 0x0647    D       HEH
+    { 0xFEED, 1 }, // 0x0648    R       WAW
+    { 0x0649, 3 }, // 0x0649            ALEF MAKSURA // ### Dual, glyphs not consecutive, handle in code.
+    { 0xFEF1, 3 }, // 0x064A    D       YEH
+    { 0x064B, 0 }, // 0x064B
+    { 0x064C, 0 }, // 0x064C
+    { 0x064D, 0 }, // 0x064D
+    { 0x064E, 0 }, // 0x064E
+    { 0x064F, 0 }, // 0x064F
+
+    { 0x0650, 0 }, // 0x0650
+    { 0x0651, 0 }, // 0x0651
+    { 0x0652, 0 }, // 0x0652
+    { 0x0653, 0 }, // 0x0653
+    { 0x0654, 0 }, // 0x0654
+    { 0x0655, 0 }, // 0x0655
+    { 0x0656, 0 }, // 0x0656
+    { 0x0657, 0 }, // 0x0657
+    { 0x0658, 0 }, // 0x0658
+    { 0x0659, 0 }, // 0x0659
+    { 0x065A, 0 }, // 0x065A
+    { 0x065B, 0 }, // 0x065B
+    { 0x065C, 0 }, // 0x065C
+    { 0x065D, 0 }, // 0x065D
+    { 0x065E, 0 }, // 0x065E
+    { 0x065F, 0 }, // 0x065F
+
+    { 0x0660, 0 }, // 0x0660
+    { 0x0661, 0 }, // 0x0661
+    { 0x0662, 0 }, // 0x0662
+    { 0x0663, 0 }, // 0x0663
+    { 0x0664, 0 }, // 0x0664
+    { 0x0665, 0 }, // 0x0665
+    { 0x0666, 0 }, // 0x0666
+    { 0x0667, 0 }, // 0x0667
+    { 0x0668, 0 }, // 0x0668
+    { 0x0669, 0 }, // 0x0669
+    { 0x066A, 0 }, // 0x066A
+    { 0x066B, 0 }, // 0x066B
+    { 0x066C, 0 }, // 0x066C
+    { 0x066D, 0 }, // 0x066D
+    { 0x066E, 0 }, // 0x066E
+    { 0x066F, 0 }, // 0x066F
+
+    { 0x0670, 0 }, // 0x0670
+    { 0xFB50, 1 }, // 0x0671    R       ALEF WASLA
+    { 0x0672, 0 }, // 0x0672
+    { 0x0673, 0 }, // 0x0673
+    { 0x0674, 0 }, // 0x0674
+    { 0x0675, 0 }, // 0x0675
+    { 0x0676, 0 }, // 0x0676
+    { 0x0677, 0 }, // 0x0677
+    { 0x0678, 0 }, // 0x0678
+    { 0xFB66, 3 }, // 0x0679    D       TTEH
+    { 0xFB5E, 3 }, // 0x067A    D       TTEHEH
+    { 0xFB52, 3 }, // 0x067B    D       BEEH
+    { 0x067C, 0 }, // 0x067C
+    { 0x067D, 0 }, // 0x067D
+    { 0xFB56, 3 }, // 0x067E    D       PEH
+    { 0xFB62, 3 }, // 0x067F    D       TEHEH
+
+    { 0xFB5A, 3 }, // 0x0680    D       BEHEH
+    { 0x0681, 0 }, // 0x0681
+    { 0x0682, 0 }, // 0x0682
+    { 0xFB76, 3 }, // 0x0683    D       NYEH
+    { 0xFB72, 3 }, // 0x0684    D       DYEH
+    { 0x0685, 0 }, // 0x0685
+    { 0xFB7A, 3 }, // 0x0686    D       TCHEH
+    { 0xFB7E, 3 }, // 0x0687    D       TCHEHEH
+    { 0xFB88, 1 }, // 0x0688    R       DDAL
+    { 0x0689, 0 }, // 0x0689
+    { 0x068A, 0 }, // 0x068A
+    { 0x068B, 0 }, // 0x068B
+    { 0xFB84, 1 }, // 0x068C    R       DAHAL
+    { 0xFB82, 1 }, // 0x068D    R       DDAHAL
+    { 0xFB86, 1 }, // 0x068E    R       DUL
+    { 0x068F, 0 }, // 0x068F
+
+    { 0x0690, 0 }, // 0x0690
+    { 0xFB8C, 1 }, // 0x0691    R       RREH
+    { 0x0692, 0 }, // 0x0692
+    { 0x0693, 0 }, // 0x0693
+    { 0x0694, 0 }, // 0x0694
+    { 0x0695, 0 }, // 0x0695
+    { 0x0696, 0 }, // 0x0696
+    { 0x0697, 0 }, // 0x0697
+    { 0xFB8A, 1 }, // 0x0698    R       JEH
+    { 0x0699, 0 }, // 0x0699
+    { 0x069A, 0 }, // 0x069A
+    { 0x069B, 0 }, // 0x069B
+    { 0x069C, 0 }, // 0x069C
+    { 0x069D, 0 }, // 0x069D
+    { 0x069E, 0 }, // 0x069E
+    { 0x069F, 0 }, // 0x069F
+
+    { 0x06A0, 0 }, // 0x06A0
+    { 0x06A1, 0 }, // 0x06A1
+    { 0x06A2, 0 }, // 0x06A2
+    { 0x06A3, 0 }, // 0x06A3
+    { 0xFB6A, 3 }, // 0x06A4    D       VEH
+    { 0x06A5, 0 }, // 0x06A5
+    { 0xFB6E, 3 }, // 0x06A6    D       PEHEH
+    { 0x06A7, 0 }, // 0x06A7
+    { 0x06A8, 0 }, // 0x06A8
+    { 0xFB8E, 3 }, // 0x06A9    D       KEHEH
+    { 0x06AA, 0 }, // 0x06AA
+    { 0x06AB, 0 }, // 0x06AB
+    { 0x06AC, 0 }, // 0x06AC
+    { 0xFBD3, 3 }, // 0x06AD    D       NG
+    { 0x06AE, 0 }, // 0x06AE
+    { 0xFB92, 3 }, // 0x06AF    D       GAF
+
+    { 0x06B0, 0 }, // 0x06B0
+    { 0xFB9A, 3 }, // 0x06B1    D       NGOEH
+    { 0x06B2, 0 }, // 0x06B2
+    { 0xFB96, 3 }, // 0x06B3    D       GUEH
+    { 0x06B4, 0 }, // 0x06B4
+    { 0x06B5, 0 }, // 0x06B5
+    { 0x06B6, 0 }, // 0x06B6
+    { 0x06B7, 0 }, // 0x06B7
+    { 0x06B8, 0 }, // 0x06B8
+    { 0x06B9, 0 }, // 0x06B9
+    { 0xFB9E, 1 }, // 0x06BA    R       NOON GHUNNA
+    { 0xFBA0, 3 }, // 0x06BB    D       RNOON
+    { 0x06BC, 0 }, // 0x06BC
+    { 0x06BD, 0 }, // 0x06BD
+    { 0xFBAA, 3 }, // 0x06BE    D       HEH DOACHASHMEE
+    { 0x06BF, 0 }, // 0x06BF
+
+    { 0xFBA4, 1 }, // 0x06C0    R       HEH WITH YEH ABOVE
+    { 0xFBA6, 3 }, // 0x06C1    D       HEH GOAL
+    { 0x06C2, 0 }, // 0x06C2
+    { 0x06C3, 0 }, // 0x06C3
+    { 0x06C4, 0 }, // 0x06C4
+    { 0xFBE0, 1 }, // 0x06C5    R       KIRGHIZ OE
+    { 0xFBD9, 1 }, // 0x06C6    R       OE
+    { 0xFBD7, 1 }, // 0x06C7    R       U
+    { 0xFBDB, 1 }, // 0x06C8    R       YU
+    { 0xFBE2, 1 }, // 0x06C9    R       KIRGHIZ YU
+    { 0x06CA, 0 }, // 0x06CA
+    { 0xFBDE, 1 }, // 0x06CB    R       VE
+    { 0xFBFC, 3 }, // 0x06CC    D       FARSI YEH
+    { 0x06CD, 0 }, // 0x06CD
+    { 0x06CE, 0 }, // 0x06CE
+    { 0x06CF, 0 }, // 0x06CF
+
+    { 0xFBE4, 3 }, // 0x06D0    D       E
+    { 0x06D1, 0 }, // 0x06D1
+    { 0xFBAE, 1 }, // 0x06D2    R       YEH BARREE
+    { 0xFBB0, 1 }, // 0x06D3    R       YEH BARREE WITH HAMZA ABOVE
+    { 0x06D4, 0 }, // 0x06D4
+    { 0x06D5, 0 }, // 0x06D5
+    { 0x06D6, 0 }, // 0x06D6
+    { 0x06D7, 0 }, // 0x06D7
+    { 0x06D8, 0 }, // 0x06D8
+    { 0x06D9, 0 }, // 0x06D9
+    { 0x06DA, 0 }, // 0x06DA
+    { 0x06DB, 0 }, // 0x06DB
+    { 0x06DC, 0 }, // 0x06DC
+    { 0x06DD, 0 }, // 0x06DD
+    { 0x06DE, 0 }, // 0x06DE
+    { 0x06DF, 0 }, // 0x06DF
+
+    { 0x06E0, 0 }, // 0x06E0
+    { 0x06E1, 0 }, // 0x06E1
+    { 0x06E2, 0 }, // 0x06E2
+    { 0x06E3, 0 }, // 0x06E3
+    { 0x06E4, 0 }, // 0x06E4
+    { 0x06E5, 0 }, // 0x06E5
+    { 0x06E6, 0 }, // 0x06E6
+    { 0x06E7, 0 }, // 0x06E7
+    { 0x06E8, 0 }, // 0x06E8
+    { 0x06E9, 0 }, // 0x06E9
+    { 0x06EA, 0 }, // 0x06EA
+    { 0x06EB, 0 }, // 0x06EB
+    { 0x06EC, 0 }, // 0x06EC
+    { 0x06ED, 0 }, // 0x06ED
+    { 0x06EE, 0 }, // 0x06EE
+    { 0x06EF, 0 }, // 0x06EF
+
+    { 0x06F0, 0 }, // 0x06F0
+    { 0x06F1, 0 }, // 0x06F1
+    { 0x06F2, 0 }, // 0x06F2
+    { 0x06F3, 0 }, // 0x06F3
+    { 0x06F4, 0 }, // 0x06F4
+    { 0x06F5, 0 }, // 0x06F5
+    { 0x06F6, 0 }, // 0x06F6
+    { 0x06F7, 0 }, // 0x06F7
+    { 0x06F8, 0 }, // 0x06F8
+    { 0x06F9, 0 }, // 0x06F9
+    { 0x06FA, 0 }, // 0x06FA
+    { 0x06FB, 0 }, // 0x06FB
+    { 0x06FC, 0 }, // 0x06FC
+    { 0x06FD, 0 }, // 0x06FD
+    { 0x06FE, 0 }, // 0x06FE
+    { 0x06FF, 0 }  // 0x06FF
+};
+
+// the arabicUnicodeMapping does not work for U+0649 ALEF MAKSURA, this table does
+static const ushort alefMaksura[4] = {0xFEEF, 0xFEF0, 0xFBE8, 0xFBE9};
+
+// this is a bit tricky. Alef always binds to the right, so the second parameter descibing the shape
+// of the lam can be either initial of medial. So initial maps to the isolated form of the ligature,
+// medial to the final form
+static const ushort arabicUnicodeLamAlefMapping[6][4] = {
+    { 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfef5, 0xfef6 }, // 0x622        R       Alef with Madda above
+    { 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfef7, 0xfef8 }, // 0x623        R       Alef with Hamza above
+    { 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfffd }, // 0x624        // Just to fill the table ;-)
+    { 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfef9, 0xfefa }, // 0x625        R       Alef with Hamza below
+    { 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfffd }, // 0x626        // Just to fill the table ;-)
+    { 0xfffd, 0xfffd, 0xfefb, 0xfefc }  // 0x627        R       Alef
+};
+
+static inline int getShape(uchar cell, int shape)
+{
+    // the arabicUnicodeMapping does not work for U+0649 ALEF MAKSURA, handle this here
+    uint ch = (cell != 0x49)
+              ? (shape ? arabicUnicodeMapping[cell][0] + shape : 0x600+cell)
+              : alefMaksura[shape] ;
+    return ch;
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Two small helper functions for arabic shaping.
+*/
+static inline const QChar prevChar(const QString *str, int pos)
+{
+    //qDebug("leftChar: pos=%d", pos);
+    pos--;
+    const QChar *ch = str->unicode() + pos;
+    while(pos > -1) {
+        if(::category(*ch) != QChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
+            return *ch;
+        pos--;
+        ch--;
+    }
+    return QChar::replacement;
+}
+
+static inline const QChar nextChar(const QString *str, int pos)
+{
+    pos++;
+    int len = str->length();
+    const QChar *ch = str->unicode() + pos;
+    while(pos < len) {
+        //qDebug("rightChar: %d isLetter=%d, joining=%d", pos, ch.isLetter(), ch.joining());
+        if(::category(*ch) != QChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
+            return *ch;
+        // assume it's a transparent char, this might not be 100% correct
+        pos++;
+        ch++;
+    }
+    return QChar::replacement;
+}
+
+
+static void shapedString(const QString *uc, int from, int len, QChar *shapeBuffer, int *shapedLength,
+                         bool reverse, GlyphAttributes *attributes, unsigned short *logClusters)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT((int)uc->length() >= from + len);
+
+    if(len == 0) {
+        *shapedLength = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QVarLengthArray<QArabicProperties> props(len + 2);
+    QArabicProperties *properties = props.data();
+    int f = from;
+    int l = len;
+    if (from > 0) {
+        --f;
+        ++l;
+        ++properties;
+    }
+    if (f + l < (int)uc->length()) {
+        ++l;
+    }
+    getArabicProperties((const unsigned short *)(uc->unicode()+f), l, props.data());
+
+    const QChar *ch = uc->unicode() + from;
+    QChar *data = shapeBuffer;
+    int clusterStart = 0;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+        uchar r = ch->row();
+        int gpos = data - shapeBuffer;
+
+        if (r != 0x06) {
+            if (r == 0x20) {
+                uchar c = ch->cell();
+                if (c == 0x0c || c == 0x0d)
+                    // remove ZWJ and ZWNJ
+                    goto skip;
+            }
+            if (reverse)
+                *data = mirroredChar(*ch);
+            else
+                *data = *ch;
+        } else {
+            uchar c = ch->cell();
+            int pos = i + from;
+            int shape = properties[i].shape;
+//            qDebug("mapping U+%x to shape %d glyph=0x%x", ch->unicode(), shape, getShape(c, shape));
+            // take care of lam-alef ligatures (lam right of alef)
+            ushort map;
+            switch (c) {
+                case 0x44: { // lam
+                    const QChar pch = nextChar(uc, pos);
+                    if (pch.row() == 0x06) {
+                        switch (pch.cell()) {
+                            case 0x22:
+                            case 0x23:
+                            case 0x25:
+                            case 0x27:
+//                                 qDebug(" lam of lam-alef ligature");
+                                map = arabicUnicodeLamAlefMapping[pch.cell() - 0x22][shape];
+                                goto next;
+                            default:
+                                break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
+                }
+                case 0x22: // alef with madda
+                case 0x23: // alef with hamza above
+                case 0x25: // alef with hamza below
+                case 0x27: // alef
+                    if (prevChar(uc, pos).unicode() == 0x0644) {
+                        // have a lam alef ligature
+                        //qDebug(" alef of lam-alef ligature");
+                        goto skip;
+                    }
+                default:
+                    break;
+            }
+            map = getShape(c, shape);
+        next:
+            *data = map;
+        }
+        // ##### Fixme
+        //attributes[gpos].zeroWidth = zeroWidth;
+        if (::category(*ch) == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing) {
+            attributes[gpos].mark = TRUE;
+//             qDebug("glyph %d (char %d) is mark!", gpos, i);
+        } else {
+            attributes[gpos].mark = FALSE;
+            clusterStart = data - shapeBuffer;
+        }
+        attributes[gpos].clusterStart = !attributes[gpos].mark;
+        attributes[gpos].combiningClass = combiningClass(*ch);
+        attributes[gpos].justification = properties[i].justification;
+//         qDebug("data[%d] = %x (from %x)", gpos, (uint)data->unicode(), ch->unicode());
+        data++;
+    skip:
+        ch++;
+        logClusters[i] = clusterStart;
+    }
+    *shapedLength = data - shapeBuffer;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+
+enum {
+    InitProperty = 0x2,
+    IsolProperty = 0x4,
+    FinaProperty = 0x8,
+    MediProperty = 0x10,
+    RligProperty = 0x20,
+    CaltProperty = 0x40,
+    LigaProperty = 0x80,
+    DligProperty = 0x100,
+    CswhProperty = 0x200,
+    MsetProperty = 0x400
+};
+
+static const QOpenType::Features arabic_features[] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'c', 'm', 'p'), CcmpProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('i', 's', 'o', 'l'), IsolProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('f', 'i', 'n', 'a'), FinaProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('m', 'e', 'd', 'i'), MediProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('i', 'n', 'i', 't'), InitProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('r', 'l', 'i', 'g'), RligProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'a', 'l', 't'), CaltProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('l', 'i', 'g', 'a'), LigaProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('d', 'l', 'i', 'g'), DligProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 's', 'w', 'h'), CswhProperty },
+    // mset is used in old Win95 fonts that don't have a 'mark' positioning table.
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('m', 's', 'e', 't'), MsetProperty },
+    {0, 0}
+};
+
+static const QOpenType::Features syriac_features[] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'c', 'm', 'p'), CcmpProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('i', 's', 'o', 'l'), IsolProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('f', 'i', 'n', 'a'), FinaProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('f', 'i', 'n', '2'), FinaProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('f', 'i', 'n', '3'), FinaProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('m', 'e', 'd', 'i'), MediProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('m', 'e', 'd', '2'), MediProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('i', 'n', 'i', 't'), InitProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('r', 'l', 'i', 'g'), RligProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'a', 'l', 't'), CaltProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('l', 'i', 'g', 'a'), LigaProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('d', 'l', 'i', 'g'), DligProperty },
+    {0, 0}
+};
+
+static bool arabicSyriacOpenTypeShape(QOpenType *openType, QShaperItem *item, bool *ot_ok)
+{
+    *ot_ok = true;
+
+    openType->selectScript(item->script, item->script == QFont::Arabic ? arabic_features : syriac_features);
+    int nglyphs = item->num_glyphs;
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap(item->string->unicode()+item->from, item->length, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+    heuristicSetGlyphAttributes(item);
+
+    unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+    const unsigned short *uc = (const unsigned short *)item->string->unicode() + item->from;
+
+    QVarLengthArray<QArabicProperties> props(item->length+2);
+    QArabicProperties *properties = props.data();
+    int f = 0;
+    int l = item->length;
+    if (item->from > 0) {
+        --f;
+        ++l;
+        ++properties;
+    }
+    if (f + l < (int)item->string->length()) {
+        ++l;
+    }
+    getArabicProperties((const unsigned short *)(uc+f), l, props.data());
+
+    QVarLengthArray<uint> apply(item->num_glyphs);
+
+
+    // Hack to remove ZWJ and ZWNJ from rendered output.
+    int j = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i < item->num_glyphs; i++) {
+        if (uc[i] == 0x200c || uc[i] == 0x200d)
+            continue;
+        item->glyphs[j] = item->glyphs[i];
+        item->attributes[j] = item->attributes[i];
+        item->advances[j] = item->advances[i];
+        item->offsets[j] = item->offsets[i];
+        properties[j] = properties[i];
+        item->attributes[j].justification = properties[i].justification;
+        logClusters[i] = logClusters[j];
+        ++j;
+    }
+    item->num_glyphs = j;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < item->num_glyphs; i++) {
+        apply[i] = 0;
+
+        if (properties[i].shape == XIsolated)
+            apply[i] |= MediProperty|FinaProperty|InitProperty;
+        else if (properties[i].shape == XMedial)
+            apply[i] |= IsolProperty|FinaProperty|InitProperty;
+        else if (properties[i].shape == XFinal)
+            apply[i] |= IsolProperty|MediProperty|InitProperty;
+        else if (properties[i].shape == XInitial)
+            apply[i] |= IsolProperty|MediProperty|FinaProperty;
+    }
+
+    if (!openType->shape(item, apply.data())) {
+        *ot_ok = false;
+        return false;
+    }
+    item->num_glyphs = nglyphs;
+    return openType->positionAndAdd(item);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// #### stil missing: identify invalid character combinations
+static bool arabic_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(item->script == QFont::Arabic);
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+
+    if (openType && openType->supportsScript(QFont::Arabic)) {
+        bool ot_ok;
+        if (arabicSyriacOpenTypeShape(openType, item, &ot_ok))
+            return true;
+        if (ot_ok)
+            return false;
+        // fall through to the non OT code
+    }
+#endif
+
+    QVarLengthArray<ushort> shapedChars(item->length);
+
+    int slen;
+    shapedString(item->string, item->from, item->length, (QChar *)shapedChars.data(), &slen,
+                  item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft,
+                  item->attributes, item->log_clusters);
+
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap((QChar *)shapedChars.data(), slen, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < slen; ++i)
+        if (item->attributes[i].mark)
+            item->advances[i] = 0;
+    qt_heuristicPosition(item);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+# include "qscriptengine_x11.cpp"
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+# include "qscriptengine_win.cpp"
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+# include "qscriptengine_mac.cpp"
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+# include "qscriptengine_qws.cpp"
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce3dbc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the $MODULE$ of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSCRIPTENGINE_P_H
+#define QSCRIPTENGINE_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+class QString;
+struct QCharAttributes;
+
+struct QShaperItem {
+    int script;
+    const QString *string;
+    int from;
+    int length;
+    QFontEngine *font;
+    glyph_t *glyphs;
+    advance_t *advances;
+    qoffset_t *offsets;
+    GlyphAttributes *attributes;
+    int num_glyphs; // in: available glyphs out: glyphs used/needed
+    unsigned short *log_clusters;
+    int flags;
+    bool has_positioning;
+};
+
+// return true if ok.
+typedef bool (*ShapeFunction)(QShaperItem *item);
+typedef void (*AttributeFunction)(int script, const QString &, int, int, QCharAttributes *);
+
+struct q_scriptEngine {
+    ShapeFunction shape;
+    AttributeFunction charAttributes;
+};
+
+extern const q_scriptEngine scriptEngines[];
+
+#endif // QSCRIPTENGINE_P_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d2b77d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3752 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Continuation of middle eastern languages
+//
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// #### stil missing: identify invalid character combinations
+static bool syriac_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(item->script == QFont::Syriac);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+    if (openType && openType->supportsScript(QFont::Syriac)) {
+        bool ot_ok;
+        if (arabicSyriacOpenTypeShape(openType, item, &ot_ok))
+            return true;
+        if (ot_ok)
+            return false;
+        // fall through to the non OT code
+    }
+#endif
+    return basic_shape(item);
+}
+
+
+static bool thaana_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(item->script == QFont::Thaana);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+
+    if (openType && openType->supportsScript(item->script)) {
+        openType->selectScript(QFont::Thaana);
+        if (item->font->stringToCMap(item->string->unicode()+item->from, item->length, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                     &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+            return FALSE;
+        heuristicSetGlyphAttributes(item);
+        openType->shape(item);
+        return openType->positionAndAdd(item);
+    }
+#endif
+    return basic_shape(item);
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Indic languages
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum Form {
+    Invalid = 0x0,
+    Unknown = Invalid,
+    Consonant,
+    Nukta,
+    Halant,
+    Matra,
+    VowelMark,
+    StressMark,
+    IndependentVowel,
+    LengthMark,
+    Control,
+    Other
+};
+
+static const unsigned char indicForms[0xe00-0x900] = {
+    // Devangari
+    Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Nukta, Other, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Unknown, Unknown,
+
+    Other, StressMark, StressMark, StressMark,
+    StressMark, Unknown, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant /* ??? */, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    // Bengali
+    Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Nukta, Other, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Consonant, Unknown,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Invalid, Consonant,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    // Gurmukhi
+    Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Consonant, Invalid,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Nukta, Other, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Unknown, Unknown,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Unknown, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Invalid,
+
+    Other, Other, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    StressMark, StressMark, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    // Gujarati
+    Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Nukta, Other, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Matra, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Matra, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Unknown, Unknown,
+
+    Other, Unknown, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Unknown, Unknown, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Unknown, Unknown, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Unknown, Unknown, Unknown, Unknown,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    // Oriya
+    Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Nukta, Other, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Invalid, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Unknown, Unknown,
+
+    Other, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Unknown, LengthMark, LengthMark,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Invalid, Consonant,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Other, Consonant, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    //Tamil
+    Invalid, Invalid, VowelMark, Other,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Consonant, Invalid,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, LengthMark,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    // Telugu
+    Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, LengthMark, Matra, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    // Kannada
+    Invalid, Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Nukta, Other, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, LengthMark, LengthMark, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Consonant, Invalid,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    // Malayalam
+    Invalid, Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Unknown, Unknown,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Halant, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, LengthMark,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+
+    // Sinhala
+    Invalid, Invalid, VowelMark, VowelMark,
+    Invalid, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel,
+    IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, IndependentVowel, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Invalid, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Invalid, Consonant, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Consonant,
+    Consonant, Consonant, Consonant, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Halant, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Matra,
+
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Invalid, Matra, Invalid,
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+    Matra, Matra, Matra, Matra,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+    Invalid, Invalid, Invalid, Invalid,
+
+    Invalid, Invalid, Matra, Matra,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+    Other, Other, Other, Other,
+};
+
+enum Position {
+    None,
+    Pre,
+    Above,
+    Below,
+    Post,
+    Split,
+    Base,
+    Reph,
+    Vattu,
+    Inherit
+};
+
+static const unsigned char indicPosition[0xe00-0x900] = {
+    // Devanagari
+    None, Above, Above, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    Below, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, Post, Pre,
+
+    Post, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Above, Above, Above,
+    Above, Post, Post, Post,
+    Post, None, None, None,
+
+    None, Above, Below, Above,
+    Above, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, Below, Below,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Bengali
+    None, Above, Post, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    Below, None, None, Post,
+
+    Below, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    Below, None, Post, Pre,
+
+    Post, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, None, None, Pre,
+    Pre, None, None, Split,
+    Split, Below, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, Below, Below,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Gurmukhi
+    None, Above, Above, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, Post,
+
+    Below, None, None, None,
+    None, Below, None, None,
+    None, Below, None, None,
+    Below, None, Post, Pre,
+
+    Post, Below, Below, None,
+    None, None, None, Above,
+    Above, None, None, Above,
+    Above, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    Above, Above, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Gujarati
+    None, Above, Above, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    Below, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, Post, Pre,
+
+    Post, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Above, None, Above,
+    Above, Post, None, Post,
+    Post, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, Below, Below,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Oriya
+    None, Above, Post, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    Below, None, None, None,
+    Below, None, None, None,
+    Below, Below, Below, Post,
+
+    Below, None, Below, Below,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, Post, Above,
+
+    Post, Below, Below, Below,
+    None, None, None, Pre,
+    Split, None, None, Split,
+    Split, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, Above, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, Post,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, Below, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Tamil
+    None, None, Above, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, Post, Post,
+
+    Above, Below, Below, None,
+    None, None, Pre, Pre,
+    Pre, None, Split, Split,
+    Split, Halant, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Telugu
+    None, Post, Post, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, None, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+
+    Below, None, Below, Below,
+    None, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, None, None,
+    None, None, Post, Above,
+
+    Above, Post, Post, Post,
+    Post, None, Above, Above,
+    Split, None, Post, Above,
+    Above, Halant, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, Above, Below, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Kannada
+    None, None, Post, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, Below, Below,
+
+    Below, None, Below, Below,
+    None, Below, Below, Below,
+    Below, Below, None, None,
+    None, None, Post, Above,
+
+    Split, Post, Post, Post,
+    Post, None, Above, Split,
+    Split, None, Split, Split,
+    Above, Halant, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, Post, Post, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, Below, None,
+
+    None, None, Below, Below,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Malayalam
+    None, None, Post, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, Post,
+
+    Post, None, Below, None,
+    None, Post, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, Post, Post,
+
+    Post, Post, Post, Post,
+    None, None, Pre, Pre,
+    Pre, None, Split, Split,
+    Split, Halant, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    // Sinhala
+    None, None, Post, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, Post,
+
+    Post, Post, Above, Above,
+    Below, None, Below, None,
+    Post, Pre, Split, Pre,
+    Split, Split, Split, Post,
+
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+
+    None, None, Post, Post,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None,
+    None, None, None, None
+};
+
+static inline Form form(unsigned short uc) {
+    if (uc < 0x900 || uc > 0xdff) {
+        if (uc == 0x25cc)
+            return Consonant;
+        if (uc == 0x200c || uc == 0x200d)
+            return Control;
+        return Other;
+    }
+    return (Form)indicForms[uc-0x900];
+}
+
+static inline Position indic_position(unsigned short uc) {
+    if (uc < 0x900 || uc > 0xdff)
+        return None;
+    return (Position) indicPosition[uc-0x900];
+}
+
+
+enum IndicScriptProperties {
+    HasReph = 0x01,
+    HasSplit = 0x02
+};
+
+const uchar scriptProperties[10] = {
+    // Devanagari,
+    HasReph,
+    // Bengali,
+    HasReph|HasSplit,
+    // Gurmukhi,
+    0,
+    // Gujarati,
+    HasReph,
+    // Oriya,
+    HasReph|HasSplit,
+    // Tamil,
+    HasSplit,
+    // Telugu,
+    HasSplit,
+    // Kannada,
+    HasSplit|HasReph,
+    // Malayalam,
+    HasSplit,
+    // Sinhala,
+    HasSplit
+};
+
+struct IndicOrdering {
+    Form form;
+    Position position;
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering devanagari_order [] = {
+    { Consonant, Below },
+    { Matra, Below },
+    { VowelMark, Below },
+    { StressMark, Below },
+    { Matra, Above },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { Consonant, Reph },
+    { VowelMark, Above },
+    { StressMark, Above },
+    { VowelMark, Post },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering bengali_order [] = {
+    { Consonant, Below },
+    { Matra, Below },
+    { Matra, Above },
+    { Consonant, Reph },
+    { VowelMark, Above },
+    { Consonant, Post },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { VowelMark, Post },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering gurmukhi_order [] = {
+    { Consonant, Below },
+    { Matra, Below },
+    { Matra, Above },
+    { Consonant, Post },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { VowelMark, Above },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering tamil_order [] = {
+    { Matra, Above },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { VowelMark, Post },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering telugu_order [] = {
+    { Matra, Above },
+    { Matra, Below },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { Consonant, Below },
+    { Consonant, Post },
+    { VowelMark, Post },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering kannada_order [] = {
+    { Matra, Above },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { Consonant, Below },
+    { Consonant, Post },
+    { LengthMark, Post },
+    { Consonant, Reph },
+    { VowelMark, Post },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering malayalam_order [] = {
+    { Consonant, Below },
+    { Matra, Below },
+    { Consonant, Reph },
+    { Consonant, Post },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { VowelMark, Post },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering sinhala_order [] = {
+    { Matra, Below },
+    { Matra, Above },
+    { Matra, Post },
+    { VowelMark, Post },
+    { (Form)0, None }
+};
+
+static const IndicOrdering * const indic_order[] = {
+    devanagari_order, // Devanagari
+    bengali_order, // Bengali
+    gurmukhi_order, // Gurmukhi
+    devanagari_order, // Gujarati
+    bengali_order, // Oriya
+    tamil_order, // Tamil
+    telugu_order, // Telugu
+    kannada_order, // Kannada
+    malayalam_order, // Malayalam
+    sinhala_order // Sinhala
+};
+
+
+
+// vowel matras that have to be split into two parts.
+static const unsigned short split_matras[]  = {
+    //  matra, split1, split2
+
+    // bengalis
+    0x9cb, 0x9c7, 0x9be,
+    0x9cc, 0x9c7, 0x9d7,
+    // oriya
+    0xb48, 0xb47, 0xb56,
+    0xb4b, 0xb47, 0xb3e,
+    0xb4c, 0xb47, 0xb57,
+    // tamil
+    0xbca, 0xbc6, 0xbbe,
+    0xbcb, 0xbc7, 0xbbe,
+    0xbcc, 0xbc6, 0xbd7,
+    // telugu
+    0xc48, 0xc46, 0xc56,
+    // kannada
+    0xcc0, 0xcbf, 0xcd5,
+    0xcc7, 0xcc6, 0xcd5,
+    0xcc8, 0xcc6, 0xcd6,
+    0xcca, 0xcc6, 0xcc2,
+    0xccb, 0xcca, 0xcd5,
+    // malayalam
+    0xd4a, 0xd46, 0xd3e,
+    0xd4b, 0xd47, 0xd3e,
+    0xd4c, 0xd46, 0xd57,
+    // sinhala
+    0xdda, 0xdd9, 0xdca,
+    0xddc, 0xdd9, 0xdcf,
+    0xddd, 0xddc, 0xdca,
+    0xdde, 0xdd9, 0xddf,
+    0xffff
+};
+
+static inline void splitMatra(unsigned short *reordered, int matra, int &len, int &base)
+{
+    unsigned short matra_uc = reordered[matra];
+    //qDebug("matra=%d, reordered[matra]=%x", matra, reordered[matra]);
+
+    const unsigned short *split = split_matras;
+    while (split[0] < matra_uc)
+        split += 3;
+
+    assert(*split == matra_uc);
+    ++split;
+
+    if (indic_position(*split) == Pre) {
+        reordered[matra] = split[1];
+        memmove(reordered + 1, reordered, len*sizeof(unsigned short));
+        reordered[0] = split[0];
+        base++;
+    } else {
+        memmove(reordered + matra + 1, reordered + matra, (len-matra)*sizeof(unsigned short));
+        reordered[matra] = split[0];
+        reordered[matra+1] = split[1];
+    }
+    len++;
+}
+
+enum IndicProperties {
+    // these two are already defined
+//     CcmpProperty = 0x1,
+//     InitProperty = 0x2,
+    NuktaProperty = 0x4,
+    AkhantProperty = 0x8,
+    RephProperty = 0x10,
+    PreFormProperty = 0x20,
+    BelowFormProperty = 0x40,
+    AboveFormProperty = 0x80,
+    HalfFormProperty = 0x100,
+    PostFormProperty = 0x200,
+    VattuProperty = 0x400,
+    PreSubstProperty = 0x800,
+    BelowSubstProperty = 0x1000,
+    AboveSubstProperty = 0x2000,
+    PostSubstProperty = 0x4000,
+    HalantProperty = 0x8000,
+    CligProperty = 0x10000
+};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+static const QOpenType::Features indic_features[] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'c', 'm', 'p'), CcmpProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('i', 'n', 'i', 't'), InitProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('n', 'u', 'k', 't'), NuktaProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('a', 'k', 'h', 'n'), AkhantProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('r', 'p', 'h', 'f'), RephProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('b', 'l', 'w', 'f'), BelowFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('h', 'a', 'l', 'f'), HalfFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('p', 's', 't', 'f'), PostFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('v', 'a', 't', 'u'), VattuProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('p', 'r', 'e', 's'), PreSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('b', 'l', 'w', 's'), BelowSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('a', 'b', 'v', 's'), AboveSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('p', 's', 't', 's'), PostSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('h', 'a', 'l', 'n'), HalantProperty },
+    { 0, 0 }
+};
+#endif
+
+// #define INDIC_DEBUG
+#ifdef INDIC_DEBUG
+#define IDEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#define IDEBUG if(0) qDebug
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INDIC_DEBUG
+static QString propertiesToString(int properties)
+{
+    QString res;
+    properties = ~properties;
+    if (properties & CcmpProperty)
+        res += "Ccmp ";
+    if (properties & InitProperty)
+        res += "Init ";
+    if (properties & NuktaProperty)
+        res += "Nukta ";
+    if (properties & AkhantProperty)
+        res += "Akhant ";
+    if (properties & RephProperty)
+        res += "Reph ";
+    if (properties & PreFormProperty)
+        res += "PreForm ";
+    if (properties & BelowFormProperty)
+        res += "BelowForm ";
+    if (properties & AboveFormProperty)
+        res += "AboveForm ";
+    if (properties & HalfFormProperty)
+        res += "HalfForm ";
+    if (properties & PostFormProperty)
+        res += "PostForm ";
+    if (properties & VattuProperty)
+        res += "Vattu ";
+    if (properties & PreSubstProperty)
+        res += "PreSubst ";
+    if (properties & BelowSubstProperty)
+        res += "BelowSubst ";
+    if (properties & AboveSubstProperty)
+        res += "AboveSubst ";
+    if (properties & PostSubstProperty)
+        res += "PostSubst ";
+    if (properties & HalantProperty)
+        res += "Halant ";
+    if (properties & CligProperty)
+        res += "Clig ";
+    return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+static bool indic_shape_syllable(QOpenType *openType, QShaperItem *item, bool invalid)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(openType)
+    int script = item->script;
+    Q_ASSERT(script >= QFont::Devanagari && script <= QFont::Sinhala);
+    const unsigned short script_base = 0x0900 + 0x80*(script-QFont::Devanagari);
+    const unsigned short ra = script_base + 0x30;
+    const unsigned short halant = script_base + 0x4d;
+    const unsigned short nukta = script_base + 0x3c;
+
+    int len = item->length;
+    IDEBUG(">>>>> indic shape: from=%d, len=%d invalid=%d", item->from, item->length, invalid);
+
+    if (item->num_glyphs < len+4) {
+        item->num_glyphs = len+4;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    QVarLengthArray<unsigned short> reordered(len+4);
+    QVarLengthArray<unsigned char> position(len+4);
+
+    unsigned char properties = scriptProperties[script-QFont::Devanagari];
+
+    if (invalid) {
+        *reordered.data() = 0x25cc;
+        memcpy(reordered.data()+1, item->string->unicode() + item->from, len*sizeof(QChar));
+        len++;
+    } else {
+        memcpy(reordered.data(), item->string->unicode() + item->from, len*sizeof(QChar));
+    }
+    if (reordered[len-1] == 0x200c) // zero width non joiner
+        len--;
+
+    int i;
+    int base = 0;
+    int reph = -1;
+
+#ifdef INDIC_DEBUG
+    IDEBUG("original:");
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+        IDEBUG("    %d: %4x", i, reordered[i]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (len != 1) {
+        unsigned short *uc = reordered.data();
+        bool beginsWithRa = FALSE;
+
+        // Rule 1: find base consonant
+        //
+        // The shaping engine finds the base consonant of the
+        // syllable, using the following algorithm: starting from the
+        // end of the syllable, move backwards until a consonant is
+        // found that does not have a below-base or post-base form
+        // (post-base forms have to follow below-base forms), or
+        // arrive at the first consonant. The consonant stopped at
+        // will be the base.
+        //
+        //  * If the syllable starts with Ra + H (in a script that has
+        //    'Reph'), Ra is excluded from candidates for base
+        //    consonants.
+        //
+        // * In Kannada and Telugu, the base consonant cannot be
+        //   farther than 3 consonants from the end of the syllable.
+        // #### replace the HasReph property by testing if the feature exists in the font!
+        if (form(*uc) == Consonant || (script == QFont::Bengali && form(*uc) == IndependentVowel)) {
+            beginsWithRa = (properties & HasReph) && ((len > 2) && *uc == ra && *(uc+1) == halant);
+
+            if (beginsWithRa && form(*(uc+2)) == Control)
+                beginsWithRa = FALSE;
+
+            base = (beginsWithRa ? 2 : 0);
+            IDEBUG("    length = %d, beginsWithRa = %d, base=%d", len, beginsWithRa, base);
+
+            int lastConsonant = 0;
+            int matra = -1;
+            // we remember:
+            // * the last consonant since we need it for rule 2
+            // * the matras position for rule 3 and 4
+
+            // figure out possible base glyphs
+            memset(position.data(), 0, len);
+            if (script == QFont::Devanagari || script == QFont::Gujarati) {
+                bool vattu = FALSE;
+                for (i = base; i < len; ++i) {
+                    position[i] = form(uc[i]);
+                    if (position[i] == Consonant) {
+                        lastConsonant = i;
+                        vattu = (!vattu && uc[i] == ra);
+                        if (vattu) {
+                            IDEBUG("excluding vattu glyph at %d from base candidates", i);
+                            position[i] = Vattu;
+                        }
+                    } else if (position[i] == Matra) {
+                        matra = i;
+                    }
+                }
+            } else {
+                for (i = base; i < len; ++i) {
+                    position[i] = form(uc[i]);
+                    if (position[i] == Consonant)
+                        lastConsonant = i;
+                    else if (matra < 0 && position[i] == Matra)
+                        matra = i;
+                }
+            }
+            int skipped = 0;
+            Position pos = Post;
+            for (i = len-1; i > base; i--) {
+                if (position[i] != Consonant && (position[i] != Control || script == QFont::Kannada))
+                    continue;
+
+                Position charPosition = indic_position(uc[i]);
+                if (pos == Post && charPosition == Post) {
+                    pos = Post;
+                } else if ((pos == Post || pos == Below) && charPosition == Below) {
+                    if (script == QFont::Devanagari || script == QFont::Gujarati)
+                        base = i;
+                    pos = Below;
+                } else {
+                    base = i;
+                    break;
+                }
+                if (skipped == 2 && (script == QFont::Kannada || script == QFont::Telugu)) {
+                    base = i;
+                    break;
+                }
+                ++skipped;
+            }
+
+            IDEBUG("    base consonant at %d skipped=%d, lastConsonant=%d", base, skipped, lastConsonant);
+
+            // Rule 2:
+            //
+            // If the base consonant is not the last one, Uniscribe
+            // moves the halant from the base consonant to the last
+            // one.
+            if (lastConsonant > base) {
+                int halantPos = 0;
+                if (uc[base+1] == halant)
+                    halantPos = base + 1;
+                else if (uc[base+1] == nukta && uc[base+2] == halant)
+                    halantPos = base + 2;
+                if (halantPos > 0) {
+                    IDEBUG("    moving halant from %d to %d!", base+1, lastConsonant);
+                    for (i = halantPos; i < lastConsonant; i++)
+                        uc[i] = uc[i+1];
+                    uc[lastConsonant] = halant;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Rule 3:
+            //
+            // If the syllable starts with Ra + H, Uniscribe moves
+            // this combination so that it follows either:
+
+            // * the post-base 'matra' (if any) or the base consonant
+            //   (in scripts that show similarity to Devanagari, i.e.,
+            //   Devanagari, Gujarati, Bengali)
+            // * the base consonant (other scripts)
+            // * the end of the syllable (Kannada)
+
+            Position matra_position = None;
+            if (matra > 0)
+                matra_position = indic_position(uc[matra]);
+            IDEBUG("    matra at %d with form %d, base=%d", matra, matra_position, base);
+
+            if (beginsWithRa && base != 0) {
+                int toPos = base+1;
+                if (toPos < len && uc[toPos] == nukta)
+                    toPos++;
+                if (toPos < len && uc[toPos] == halant)
+                    toPos++;
+                if (toPos < len && uc[toPos] == 0x200d)
+                    toPos++;
+                if (toPos < len-1 && uc[toPos] == ra && uc[toPos+1] == halant)
+                    toPos += 2;
+                if (script == QFont::Devanagari || script == QFont::Gujarati || script == QFont::Bengali) {
+                    if (matra_position == Post || matra_position == Split) {
+                        toPos = matra+1;
+                        matra -= 2;
+                    }
+                } else if (script == QFont::Kannada) {
+                    toPos = len;
+                    matra -= 2;
+                }
+
+                IDEBUG("moving leading ra+halant to position %d", toPos);
+                for (i = 2; i < toPos; i++)
+                    uc[i-2] = uc[i];
+                uc[toPos-2] = ra;
+                uc[toPos-1] = halant;
+                base -= 2;
+                if (properties & HasReph)
+                    reph = toPos-2;
+            }
+
+            // Rule 4:
+
+            // Uniscribe splits two- or three-part matras into their
+            // parts. This splitting is a character-to-character
+            // operation).
+            //
+            //      Uniscribe describes some moving operations for these
+            //      matras here. For shaping however all pre matras need
+            //      to be at the begining of the syllable, so we just move
+            //      them there now.
+            if (matra_position == Split) {
+                splitMatra(uc, matra, len, base);
+                // Handle three-part matras (0xccb in Kannada)
+                matra_position = indic_position(uc[matra]);
+                if (matra_position == Split)
+                    splitMatra(uc, matra, len, base);
+            } else if (matra_position == Pre) {
+                unsigned short m = uc[matra];
+                while (matra--)
+                    uc[matra+1] = uc[matra];
+                uc[0] = m;
+                base++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Rule 5:
+        //
+        // Uniscribe classifies consonants and 'matra' parts as
+        // pre-base, above-base (Reph), below-base or post-base. This
+        // classification exists on the character code level and is
+        // language-dependent, not font-dependent.
+        for (i = 0; i < base; ++i)
+            position[i] = Pre;
+        position[base] = Base;
+        for (i = base+1; i < len; ++i) {
+            position[i] = indic_position(uc[i]);
+            // #### replace by adjusting table
+            if (uc[i] == nukta || uc[i] == halant)
+                position[i] = Inherit;
+        }
+        if (reph > 0) {
+            // recalculate reph, it might have changed.
+            for (i = base+1; i < len; ++i)
+                if (uc[i] == ra)
+                    reph = i;
+            position[reph] = Reph;
+            position[reph+1] = Inherit;
+        }
+
+        // all reordering happens now to the chars after the base
+        int fixed = base+1;
+        if (fixed < len && uc[fixed] == nukta)
+            fixed++;
+        if (fixed < len && uc[fixed] == halant)
+            fixed++;
+        if (fixed < len && uc[fixed] == 0x200d)
+            fixed++;
+
+#ifdef INDIC_DEBUG
+        for (i = fixed; i < len; ++i)
+            IDEBUG("position[%d] = %d, form=%d", i, position[i], form(uc[i]));
+#endif
+        // we continuosly position the matras and vowel marks and increase the fixed
+        // until we reached the end.
+        const IndicOrdering *finalOrder = indic_order[script-QFont::Devanagari];
+
+        IDEBUG("    reordering pass:");
+        //IDEBUG("        base=%d fixed=%d", base, fixed);
+        int toMove = 0;
+        while (finalOrder[toMove].form && fixed < len-1) {
+            //IDEBUG("        fixed = %d, moving form %d with pos %d", fixed, finalOrder[toMove].form, finalOrder[toMove].position);
+            for (i = fixed; i < len; i++) {
+                if (form(uc[i]) == finalOrder[toMove].form &&
+                     position[i] == finalOrder[toMove].position) {
+                    // need to move this glyph
+                    int to = fixed;
+                    if (i < len-1 && position[i+1] == Inherit) {
+                        IDEBUG("         moving two chars from %d to %d", i, to);
+                        unsigned short ch = uc[i];
+                        unsigned short ch2 = uc[i+1];
+                        unsigned char pos = position[i];
+                        for (int j = i+1; j > to+1; j--) {
+                            uc[j] = uc[j-2];
+                            position[j] = position[j-2];
+                        }
+                        uc[to] = ch;
+                        uc[to+1] = ch2;
+                        position[to] = pos;
+                        position[to+1] = pos;
+                        fixed += 2;
+                    } else {
+                        IDEBUG("         moving one char from %d to %d", i, to);
+                        unsigned short ch = uc[i];
+                        unsigned char pos = position[i];
+                        for (int j = i; j > to; j--) {
+                            uc[j] = uc[j-1];
+                            position[j] = position[j-1];
+                        }
+                        uc[to] = ch;
+                        position[to] = pos;
+                        fixed++;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            toMove++;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    if (reph > 0) {
+        // recalculate reph, it might have changed.
+        for (i = base+1; i < len; ++i)
+            if (reordered[i] == ra)
+                reph = i;
+    }
+
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap((const QChar *)reordered.data(), len, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+
+
+    IDEBUG("  base=%d, reph=%d", base, reph);
+    IDEBUG("reordered:");
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+        item->attributes[i].mark = FALSE;
+        item->attributes[i].clusterStart = FALSE;
+        item->attributes[i].justification = 0;
+        item->attributes[i].zeroWidth = FALSE;
+        IDEBUG("    %d: %4x", i, reordered[i]);
+    }
+
+    // now we have the syllable in the right order, and can start running it through open type.
+
+    bool control = FALSE;
+    for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+        control |= (form(reordered[i]) == Control);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (openType) {
+
+        // we need to keep track of where the base glyph is for some
+        // scripts and use the cluster feature for this.  This
+        // also means we have to correct the logCluster output from
+        // the open type engine manually afterwards.  for indic this
+        // is rather simple, as all chars just point to the first
+        // glyph in the syllable.
+        QVarLengthArray<unsigned short> clusters(len);
+        QVarLengthArray<unsigned int> properties(len);
+
+        for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+            clusters[i] = i;
+
+        // features we should always apply
+        for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+            properties[i] = ~(CcmpProperty
+                              | NuktaProperty
+                              | VattuProperty
+                              | PreSubstProperty
+                              | BelowSubstProperty
+                              | AboveSubstProperty
+                              | HalantProperty
+                              | PositioningProperties);
+
+        // Ccmp always applies
+        // Init
+        if (item->from == 0
+            || !(item->string->unicode()[item->from-1].isLetter() ||  item->string->unicode()[item->from-1].isMark()))
+            properties[0] &= ~InitProperty;
+
+        // Nukta always applies
+        // Akhant
+        for (i = 0; i <= base; ++i)
+            properties[i] &= ~AkhantProperty;
+        // Reph
+        if (reph >= 0) {
+            properties[reph] &= ~RephProperty;
+            properties[reph+1] &= ~RephProperty;
+        }
+        // BelowForm
+        for (i = base+1; i < len; ++i)
+            properties[i] &= ~BelowFormProperty;
+
+        if (script == QFont::Devanagari || script == QFont::Gujarati) {
+            // vattu glyphs need this aswell
+            bool vattu = FALSE;
+            for (i = base-2; i > 1; --i) {
+                if (form(reordered[i]) == Consonant) {
+                    vattu = (!vattu && reordered[i] == ra);
+                    if (vattu) {
+                        IDEBUG("forming vattu ligature at %d", i);
+                        properties[i] &= ~BelowFormProperty;
+                        properties[i+1] &= ~BelowFormProperty;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        // HalfFormProperty
+        for (i = 0; i < base; ++i)
+            properties[i] &= ~HalfFormProperty;
+        if (control) {
+            for (i = 2; i < len; ++i) {
+                if (reordered[i] == 0x200d /* ZWJ */) {
+                    properties[i-1] &= ~HalfFormProperty;
+                    properties[i-2] &= ~HalfFormProperty;
+                } else if (reordered[i] == 0x200c /* ZWNJ */) {
+                    properties[i-1] &= ~HalfFormProperty;
+                    properties[i-2] &= ~HalfFormProperty;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        // PostFormProperty
+        for (i = base+1; i < len; ++i)
+            properties[i] &= ~PostFormProperty;
+        // vattu always applies
+        // pres always applies
+        // blws always applies
+        // abvs always applies
+
+        // psts
+        // ### this looks slightly different from before, but I believe it's correct
+        if (reordered[len-1] != halant || base != len-2)
+            properties[base] &= ~PostSubstProperty;
+        for (i = base+1; i < len; ++i)
+            properties[i] &= ~PostSubstProperty;
+
+        // halant always applies
+
+#ifdef INDIC_DEBUG
+        {
+            IDEBUG("OT properties:");
+            for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+                qDebug("    i: %s", ::propertiesToString(properties[i]).toLatin1().data());
+        }
+#endif
+
+        // initialize
+        item->log_clusters = clusters.data();
+        openType->shape(item, properties.data());
+
+        int newLen = openType->len();
+        OTL_GlyphItem otl_glyphs = openType->glyphs();
+
+        // move the left matra back to it's correct position in malayalam and tamil
+        if ((script == QFont::Malayalam || script == QFont::Tamil) && (form(reordered[0]) == Matra)) {
+//             qDebug("reordering matra, len=%d", newLen);
+            // need to find the base in the shaped string and move the matra there
+            int basePos = 0;
+            while (basePos < newLen && (int)otl_glyphs[basePos].cluster <= base)
+                basePos++;
+            --basePos;
+            if (basePos < newLen && basePos > 1) {
+//                 qDebug("moving prebase matra to position %d in syllable newlen=%d", basePos, newLen);
+                OTL_GlyphItemRec m = otl_glyphs[0];
+                --basePos;
+                for (i = 0; i < basePos; ++i)
+                    otl_glyphs[i] = otl_glyphs[i+1];
+                otl_glyphs[basePos] = m;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (!openType->positionAndAdd(item, FALSE))
+            return FALSE;
+
+        if (control) {
+            IDEBUG("found a control char in the syllable");
+            int i = 0, j = 0;
+            while (i < item->num_glyphs) {
+                if (form(reordered[otl_glyphs[i].cluster]) == Control) {
+                    ++i;
+                    if (i >= item->num_glyphs)
+                        break;
+                }
+                item->glyphs[j] = item->glyphs[i];
+                ++i;
+                ++j;
+            }
+            item->num_glyphs = j;
+        }
+
+    }
+#endif
+
+    item->attributes[0].clusterStart = TRUE;
+    IDEBUG("<<<<<<");
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* syllables are of the form:
+
+   (Consonant Nukta? Halant)* Consonant Matra? VowelMark? StressMark?
+   (Consonant Nukta? Halant)* Consonant Halant
+   IndependentVowel VowelMark? StressMark?
+
+   We return syllable boundaries on invalid combinations aswell
+*/
+static int indic_nextSyllableBoundary(int script, const QString &s, int start, int end, bool *invalid)
+{
+    *invalid = FALSE;
+    IDEBUG("indic_nextSyllableBoundary: start=%d, end=%d", start, end);
+    const QChar *uc = s.unicode()+start;
+
+    int pos = 0;
+    Form state = form(uc[pos].unicode());
+    IDEBUG("state[%d]=%d (uc=%4x)", pos, state, uc[pos].unicode());
+    pos++;
+
+    if (state != Consonant && state != IndependentVowel) {
+        if (state != Other)
+            *invalid = TRUE;
+        goto finish;
+    }
+
+    while (pos < end - start) {
+        Form newState = form(uc[pos].unicode());
+        IDEBUG("state[%d]=%d (uc=%4x)", pos, newState, uc[pos].unicode());
+        switch(newState) {
+        case Control:
+            newState = state;
+ 	    if (state == Halant && uc[pos].unicode() == 0x200d /* ZWJ */)
+  		break;
+            // the control character should be the last char in the item
+            ++pos;
+            goto finish;
+        case Consonant:
+	    if (state == Halant && (script != QFont::Sinhala || uc[pos-1].unicode() == 0x200d /* ZWJ */))
+                break;
+            goto finish;
+        case Halant:
+            if (state == Nukta || state == Consonant)
+                break;
+            // Bengali has a special exception allowing the combination Vowel_A/E + Halant + Ya
+            if (script == QFont::Bengali && pos == 1 &&
+                 (uc[0].unicode() == 0x0985 || uc[0].unicode() == 0x098f))
+                break;
+            goto finish;
+        case Nukta:
+            if (state == Consonant)
+                break;
+            goto finish;
+        case StressMark:
+            if (state == VowelMark)
+                break;
+            // fall through
+        case VowelMark:
+            if (state == Matra || state == IndependentVowel)
+                break;
+            // fall through
+        case Matra:
+            if (state == Consonant || state == Nukta)
+                break;
+            // ### not sure if this is correct. If it is, does it apply only to Bengali or should
+            // it work for all Indic languages?
+            // the combination Independent_A + Vowel Sign AA is allowed.
+            if (script == QFont::Bengali && uc[pos].unicode() == 0x9be && uc[pos-1].unicode() == 0x985)
+                break;
+            if (script == QFont::Tamil && state == Matra) {
+                if (uc[pos-1].unicode() == 0x0bc6 &&
+                     (uc[pos].unicode() == 0xbbe || uc[pos].unicode() == 0xbd7))
+                    break;
+                if (uc[pos-1].unicode() == 0x0bc7 && uc[pos].unicode() == 0xbbe)
+                    break;
+            }
+            goto finish;
+
+        case LengthMark:
+        case IndependentVowel:
+        case Invalid:
+        case Other:
+            goto finish;
+        }
+        state = newState;
+        pos++;
+    }
+ finish:
+    return pos+start;
+}
+
+static bool indic_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(item->script >= QFont::Devanagari && item->script <= QFont::Sinhala);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+    if (openType)
+        openType->selectScript(item->script, indic_features);
+#else
+    QOpenType *openType = 0;
+#endif
+    unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+
+    QShaperItem syllable = *item;
+    int first_glyph = 0;
+
+    int sstart = item->from;
+    int end = sstart + item->length;
+    IDEBUG("indic_shape: from %d length %d", item->from, item->length);
+    while (sstart < end) {
+        bool invalid;
+        int send = indic_nextSyllableBoundary(item->script, *item->string, sstart, end, &invalid);
+        IDEBUG("syllable from %d, length %d, invalid=%s", sstart, send-sstart,
+               invalid ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
+        syllable.from = sstart;
+        syllable.length = send-sstart;
+        syllable.glyphs = item->glyphs + first_glyph;
+        syllable.offsets = item->offsets + first_glyph;
+        syllable.advances = item->advances + first_glyph;
+        syllable.attributes = item->attributes + first_glyph;
+        syllable.num_glyphs = item->num_glyphs - first_glyph;
+        if (!indic_shape_syllable(openType, &syllable, invalid)) {
+            IDEBUG("syllable shaping failed, syllable requests %d glyphs", syllable.num_glyphs);
+            item->num_glyphs += syllable.num_glyphs;
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        item->has_positioning |= syllable.has_positioning;
+
+        // fix logcluster array
+        IDEBUG("syllable:");
+	int i;
+        for (i = first_glyph; i < first_glyph + syllable.num_glyphs; ++i)
+            IDEBUG("        %d -> glyph %x", i, item->glyphs[i]);
+        IDEBUG("    logclusters:");
+        for (i = sstart; i < send; ++i) {
+            IDEBUG("        %d -> glyph %d", i, first_glyph);
+            logClusters[i-item->from] = first_glyph;
+        }
+        sstart = send;
+        first_glyph += syllable.num_glyphs;
+    }
+    item->num_glyphs = first_glyph;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static void indic_attributes(int script, const QString &text, int from, int len, QCharAttributes *attributes)
+{
+    int end = from + len;
+    const QChar *uc = text.unicode() + from;
+    attributes += from;
+    int i = 0;
+    while (i < len) {
+        bool invalid;
+        int boundary = indic_nextSyllableBoundary(script, text, from+i, end, &invalid) - from;
+         attributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+
+        if (boundary > len-1) boundary = len;
+        i++;
+        while (i < boundary) {
+            attributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
+            ++uc;
+            ++i;
+        }
+        assert(i == boundary);
+    }
+
+
+}
+
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Thai and Lao
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
+#include <qlibrary.h>
+
+
+static void thaiWordBreaks(const QChar *string, const int len, QCharAttributes *attributes)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    typedef int (*th_brk_def)(const char*, int[], int);
+    static QTextCodec *thaiCodec = QTextCodec::codecForMib(2259);
+    static th_brk_def th_brk = 0;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
+    /* load libthai dynamically */
+    if (!th_brk && thaiCodec) {
+        th_brk = (th_brk_def)QLibrary::resolve("thai", "th_brk");
+        if (!th_brk)
+            thaiCodec = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (!th_brk)
+        return;
+
+    QCString cstr = thaiCodec->fromUnicode(QConstString(string, len).string());
+
+    int brp[128];
+    int *break_positions = brp;
+    int numbreaks = th_brk(cstr.data(), break_positions, 128);
+    if (numbreaks > 128) {
+        break_positions = new int[numbreaks];
+        numbreaks = th_brk(cstr.data(),break_positions, numbreaks);
+    }
+
+    attributes[0].softBreak = TRUE;
+    int i;
+    for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
+        attributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < numbreaks; ++i)
+        attributes[break_positions[i]].softBreak = TRUE;
+
+    if (break_positions != brp)
+        delete [] break_positions;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static void thai_attributes( int script, const QString &text, int from, int len, QCharAttributes *attributes )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(script);
+    Q_ASSERT(script == QFont::Thai);
+    thaiWordBreaks(text.unicode() + from, len, attributes);
+}
+
+
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Tibetan
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// tibetan syllables are of the form:
+//    head position consonant
+//    first sub-joined consonant
+//    ....intermediate sub-joined consonants (if any)
+//    last sub-joined consonant
+//    sub-joined vowel (a-chung U+0F71)
+//    standard or compound vowel sign (or 'virama' for devanagari transliteration)
+
+enum TibetanForm {
+    TibetanOther,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedVowel,
+    TibetanVowel
+};
+
+// this table starts at U+0f40
+static const unsigned char tibetanForm[0x80] = {
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant, TibetanHeadConsonant,
+    TibetanOther, TibetanOther, TibetanOther, TibetanOther,
+
+    TibetanOther, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel,
+    TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel,
+    TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel,
+    TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel,
+
+    TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel,
+    TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel, TibetanVowel,
+    TibetanOther, TibetanOther, TibetanOther, TibetanOther,
+    TibetanOther, TibetanOther, TibetanOther, TibetanOther,
+
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanSubjoinedConsonant,
+    TibetanSubjoinedConsonant, TibetanOther, TibetanOther, TibetanOther
+};
+
+
+static inline TibetanForm tibetan_form(const QChar &c)
+{
+    return (TibetanForm)tibetanForm[c.unicode() - 0x0f40];
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+static const QOpenType::Features tibetan_features[] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'c', 'm', 'p'), CcmpProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('a', 'b', 'v', 's'), AboveSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('b', 'l', 'w', 's'), BelowSubstProperty },
+    {0, 0}
+};
+#endif
+
+static bool tibetan_shape_syllable(QOpenType *openType, QShaperItem *item, bool invalid)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(openType)
+    int len = item->length;
+
+    if (item->num_glyphs < item->length + 4) {
+        item->num_glyphs = item->length + 4;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    int i;
+    QVarLengthArray<unsigned short> reordered(len+4);
+
+    const QChar *str = item->string->unicode() + item->from;
+    if (invalid) {
+        *reordered.data() = 0x25cc;
+        memcpy(reordered.data()+1, str, len*sizeof(QChar));
+        len++;
+        str = (QChar *)reordered.data();
+    }
+
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap(str, len, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < item->length; i++) {
+        item->attributes[i].mark = FALSE;
+        item->attributes[i].clusterStart = FALSE;
+        item->attributes[i].justification = 0;
+        item->attributes[i].zeroWidth = FALSE;
+        IDEBUG("    %d: %4x", i, str[i].unicode());
+    }
+
+    // now we have the syllable in the right order, and can start running it through open type.
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (openType && openType->supportsScript(QFont::Tibetan)) {
+        openType->selectScript(QFont::Tibetan, tibetan_features);
+
+        openType->shape(item);
+        if (!openType->positionAndAdd(item, FALSE))
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    item->attributes[0].clusterStart = TRUE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static int tibetan_nextSyllableBoundary(const QString &s, int start, int end, bool *invalid)
+{
+    const QChar *uc = s.unicode() + start;
+
+    int pos = 0;
+    TibetanForm state = tibetan_form(*uc);
+
+//     qDebug("state[%d]=%d (uc=%4x)", pos, state, uc[pos].unicode());
+    pos++;
+
+    if (state != TibetanHeadConsonant) {
+        if (state != TibetanOther)
+            *invalid = TRUE;
+        goto finish;
+    }
+
+    while (pos < end - start) {
+        TibetanForm newState = tibetan_form(uc[pos]);
+        switch(newState) {
+        case TibetanSubjoinedConsonant:
+        case TibetanSubjoinedVowel:
+            if (state != TibetanHeadConsonant &&
+                 state != TibetanSubjoinedConsonant)
+                goto finish;
+            state = newState;
+            break;
+        case TibetanVowel:
+            if (state != TibetanHeadConsonant &&
+                 state != TibetanSubjoinedConsonant &&
+                 state != TibetanSubjoinedVowel)
+                goto finish;
+            break;
+        case TibetanOther:
+        case TibetanHeadConsonant:
+            goto finish;
+        }
+        pos++;
+    }
+
+finish:
+    *invalid = FALSE;
+    return start+pos;
+}
+
+static bool tibetan_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(item->script == QFont::Tibetan);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+    if (openType && !openType->supportsScript(item->script))
+        openType = 0;
+#else
+    QOpenType *openType = 0;
+#endif
+    unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+
+    QShaperItem syllable = *item;
+    int first_glyph = 0;
+
+    int sstart = item->from;
+    int end = sstart + item->length;
+    while (sstart < end) {
+        bool invalid;
+        int send = tibetan_nextSyllableBoundary(*(item->string), sstart, end, &invalid);
+        IDEBUG("syllable from %d, length %d, invalid=%s", sstart, send-sstart,
+               invalid ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
+        syllable.from = sstart;
+        syllable.length = send-sstart;
+        syllable.glyphs = item->glyphs + first_glyph;
+        syllable.offsets = item->offsets + first_glyph;
+        syllable.advances = item->advances + first_glyph;
+        syllable.attributes = item->attributes + first_glyph;
+        syllable.num_glyphs = item->num_glyphs - first_glyph;
+        if (!tibetan_shape_syllable(openType, &syllable, invalid)) {
+            item->num_glyphs += syllable.num_glyphs;
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        item->has_positioning |= syllable.has_positioning;
+
+        // fix logcluster array
+        for (int i = sstart; i < send; ++i)
+            logClusters[i-item->from] = first_glyph;
+        sstart = send;
+        first_glyph += syllable.num_glyphs;
+    }
+    item->num_glyphs = first_glyph;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void tibetan_attributes(int script, const QString &text, int from, int len, QCharAttributes *attributes)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(script);
+
+    int end = from + len;
+    const QChar *uc = text.unicode() + from;
+    attributes += from;
+    int i = 0;
+    while (i < len) {
+        bool invalid;
+        int boundary = tibetan_nextSyllableBoundary(text, from+i, end, &invalid) - from;
+
+        attributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+
+        if (boundary > len-1) boundary = len;
+        i++;
+        while (i < boundary) {
+            attributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
+            ++uc;
+            ++i;
+        }
+        assert(i == boundary);
+    }
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Khmer
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//  Vocabulary
+//      Base ->         A consonant or an independent vowel in its full (not subscript) form. It is the
+//                      center of the syllable, it can be surrounded by coeng (subscript) consonants, vowels,
+//                      split vowels, signs... but there is only one base in a syllable, it has to be coded as
+//                      the first character of the syllable.
+//      split vowel --> vowel that has two parts placed separately (e.g. Before and after the consonant).
+//                      Khmer language has five of them. Khmer split vowels either have one part before the
+//                      base and one after the base or they have a part before the base and a part above the base.
+//                      The first part of all Khmer split vowels is the same character, identical to
+//                      the glyph of Khmer dependent vowel SRA EI
+//      coeng -->  modifier used in Khmer to construct coeng (subscript) consonants
+//                 Differently than indian languages, the coeng modifies the consonant that follows it,
+//                 not the one preceding it  Each consonant has two forms, the base form and the subscript form
+//                 the base form is the normal one (using the consonants code-point), the subscript form is
+//                 displayed when the combination coeng + consonant is encountered.
+//      Consonant of type 1 -> A consonant which has subscript for that only occupies space under a base consonant
+//      Consonant of type 2.-> Its subscript form occupies space under and before the base (only one, RO)
+//      Consonant of Type 3 -> Its subscript form occupies space under and after the base (KHO, CHHO, THHO, BA, YO, SA)
+//      Consonant shifter -> Khmer has to series of consonants. The same dependent vowel has different sounds
+//                           if it is attached to a consonant of the first series or a consonant of the second series
+//                           Most consonants have an equivalent in the other series, but some of theme exist only in
+//                           one series (for example SA). If we want to use the consonant SA with a vowel sound that
+//                           can only be done with a vowel sound that corresponds to a vowel accompanying a consonant
+//                           of the other series, then we need to use a consonant shifter: TRIISAP or MUSIKATOAN
+//                           x17C9 y x17CA. TRIISAP changes a first series consonant to second series sound and
+//                           MUSIKATOAN a second series consonant to have a first series vowel sound.
+//                           Consonant shifter are both normally supercript marks, but, when they are followed by a
+//                           superscript, they change shape and take the form of subscript dependent vowel SRA U.
+//                           If they are in the same syllable as a coeng consonant, Unicode 3.0 says that they
+//                           should be typed before the coeng. Unicode 4.0 breaks the standard and says that it should
+//                           be placed after the coeng consonant.
+//      Dependent vowel ->   In khmer dependent vowels can be placed above, below, before or after the base
+//                           Each vowel has its own position. Only one vowel per syllable is allowed.
+//      Signs            ->  Khmer has above signs and post signs. Only one above sign and/or one post sign are
+//                           Allowed in a syllable.
+//
+//
+//   order is important here! This order must be the same that is found in each horizontal
+//   line in the statetable for Khmer (see khmerStateTable) .
+//
+enum KhmerCharClassValues {
+    CC_RESERVED             =  0,
+    CC_CONSONANT            =  1, // Consonant of type 1 or independent vowel
+    CC_CONSONANT2           =  2, // Consonant of type 2
+    CC_CONSONANT3           =  3, // Consonant of type 3
+    CC_ZERO_WIDTH_NJ_MARK   =  4, // Zero Width non joiner character (0x200C)
+    CC_CONSONANT_SHIFTER    =  5,
+    CC_ROBAT                =  6, // Khmer special diacritic accent -treated differently in state table
+    CC_COENG                =  7, // Subscript consonant combining character
+    CC_DEPENDENT_VOWEL      =  8,
+    CC_SIGN_ABOVE           =  9,
+    CC_SIGN_AFTER           = 10,
+    CC_ZERO_WIDTH_J_MARK    = 11, // Zero width joiner character
+    CC_COUNT                = 12  // This is the number of character classes
+};
+
+
+enum KhmerCharClassFlags {
+    CF_CLASS_MASK    = 0x0000FFFF,
+
+    CF_CONSONANT     = 0x01000000,  // flag to speed up comparing
+    CF_SPLIT_VOWEL   = 0x02000000,  // flag for a split vowel -> the first part is added in front of the syllable
+    CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE = 0x04000000,  // add a dotted circle if a character with this flag is the first in a syllable
+    CF_COENG         = 0x08000000,  // flag to speed up comparing
+    CF_SHIFTER       = 0x10000000,  // flag to speed up comparing
+    CF_ABOVE_VOWEL   = 0x20000000,  // flag to speed up comparing
+
+    // position flags
+    CF_POS_BEFORE    = 0x00080000,
+    CF_POS_BELOW     = 0x00040000,
+    CF_POS_ABOVE     = 0x00020000,
+    CF_POS_AFTER     = 0x00010000,
+    CF_POS_MASK      = 0x000f0000
+};
+
+
+// Characters that get refered to by name
+enum KhmerChar {
+    C_SIGN_ZWNJ     = 0x200C,
+    C_SIGN_ZWJ      = 0x200D,
+    C_DOTTED_CIRCLE = 0x25CC,
+    C_RO            = 0x179A,
+    C_VOWEL_AA      = 0x17B6,
+    C_SIGN_NIKAHIT  = 0x17C6,
+    C_VOWEL_E       = 0x17C1,
+    C_COENG         = 0x17D2
+};
+
+
+//  simple classes, they are used in the statetable (in this file) to control the length of a syllable
+//  they are also used to know where a character should be placed (location in reference to the base character)
+//  and also to know if a character, when independently displayed, should be displayed with a dotted-circle to
+//  indicate error in syllable construction
+//
+enum {
+    _xx = CC_RESERVED,
+    _sa = CC_SIGN_ABOVE | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | CF_POS_ABOVE,
+    _sp = CC_SIGN_AFTER | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE| CF_POS_AFTER,
+    _c1 = CC_CONSONANT | CF_CONSONANT,
+    _c2 = CC_CONSONANT2 | CF_CONSONANT,
+    _c3 = CC_CONSONANT3 | CF_CONSONANT,
+    _rb = CC_ROBAT | CF_POS_ABOVE | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE,
+    _cs = CC_CONSONANT_SHIFTER | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | CF_SHIFTER,
+    _dl = CC_DEPENDENT_VOWEL | CF_POS_BEFORE | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE,
+    _db = CC_DEPENDENT_VOWEL | CF_POS_BELOW | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE,
+    _da = CC_DEPENDENT_VOWEL | CF_POS_ABOVE | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | CF_ABOVE_VOWEL,
+    _dr = CC_DEPENDENT_VOWEL | CF_POS_AFTER | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE,
+    _co = CC_COENG | CF_COENG | CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE,
+
+    // split vowel
+    _va = _da | CF_SPLIT_VOWEL,
+    _vr = _dr | CF_SPLIT_VOWEL
+};
+
+
+//   Character class: a character class value
+//   ORed with character class flags.
+//
+typedef unsigned long KhmerCharClass;
+
+
+//  Character class tables
+//  _xx character does not combine into syllable, such as numbers, puntuation marks, non-Khmer signs...
+//  _sa Sign placed above the base
+//  _sp Sign placed after the base
+//  _c1 Consonant of type 1 or independent vowel (independent vowels behave as type 1 consonants)
+//  _c2 Consonant of type 2 (only RO)
+//  _c3 Consonant of type 3
+//  _rb Khmer sign robat u17CC. combining mark for subscript consonants
+//  _cd Consonant-shifter
+//  _dl Dependent vowel placed before the base (left of the base)
+//  _db Dependent vowel placed below the base
+//  _da Dependent vowel placed above the base
+//  _dr Dependent vowel placed behind the base (right of the base)
+//  _co Khmer combining mark COENG u17D2, combines with the consonant or independent vowel following
+//      it to create a subscript consonant or independent vowel
+//  _va Khmer split vowel in wich the first part is before the base and the second one above the base
+//  _vr Khmer split vowel in wich the first part is before the base and the second one behind (right of) the base
+//
+static const KhmerCharClass khmerCharClasses[] = {
+    _c1, _c1, _c1, _c3, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c3, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c3, _c1, _c1, // 1780 - 178F
+    _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c3, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c3, _c2, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c3, _c3, // 1790 - 179F
+    _c1, _c3, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, // 17A0 - 17AF
+    _c1, _c1, _c1, _c1, _dr, _dr, _dr, _da, _da, _da, _da, _db, _db, _db, _va, _vr, // 17B0 - 17BF
+    _vr, _dl, _dl, _dl, _vr, _vr, _sa, _sp, _sp, _cs, _cs, _sa, _rb, _sa, _sa, _sa, // 17C0 - 17CF
+    _sa, _sa, _co, _sa, _xx, _xx, _xx, _xx, _xx, _xx, _xx, _xx, _xx, _sa, _xx, _xx  // 17D0 - 17DF
+};
+
+// this enum must reflect the range of khmerCharClasses
+enum KhmerCharClassesRange {
+    KhmerFirstChar = 0x1780,
+    KhmerLastChar  = 0x17df
+};
+
+//  Below we define how a character in the input string is either in the khmerCharClasses table
+//  (in which case we get its type back), a ZWJ or ZWNJ (two characters that may appear
+//  within the syllable, but are not in the table) we also get their type back, or an unknown object
+//  in which case we get _xx (CC_RESERVED) back
+//
+static inline KhmerCharClass getKhmerCharClass(const QChar &uc)
+{
+    if (uc.unicode() == C_SIGN_ZWJ) {
+        return CC_ZERO_WIDTH_J_MARK;
+    }
+
+    if (uc.unicode() == C_SIGN_ZWNJ) {
+        return CC_ZERO_WIDTH_NJ_MARK;
+    }
+
+    if (uc.unicode() < KhmerFirstChar || uc.unicode() > KhmerLastChar) {
+        return CC_RESERVED;
+    }
+
+    return khmerCharClasses[uc.unicode() - KhmerFirstChar];
+}
+
+
+//  The stateTable is used to calculate the end (the length) of a well
+//  formed Khmer Syllable.
+//
+//  Each horizontal line is ordered exactly the same way as the values in KhmerClassTable
+//  CharClassValues. This coincidence of values allows the follow up of the table.
+//
+//  Each line corresponds to a state, which does not necessarily need to be a type
+//  of component... for example, state 2 is a base, with is always a first character
+//  in the syllable, but the state could be produced a consonant of any type when
+//  it is the first character that is analysed (in ground state).
+//
+//  Differentiating 3 types of consonants is necessary in order to
+//  forbid the use of certain combinations, such as having a second
+//  coeng after a coeng RO,
+//  The inexistent possibility of having a type 3 after another type 3 is permitted,
+//  eliminating it would very much complicate the table, and it does not create typing
+//  problems, as the case above.
+//
+//  The table is quite complex, in order to limit the number of coeng consonants
+//  to 2 (by means of the table).
+//
+//  There a peculiarity, as far as Unicode is concerned:
+//  - The consonant-shifter is considered in two possible different
+//    locations, the one considered in Unicode 3.0 and the one considered in
+//    Unicode 4.0. (there is a backwards compatibility problem in this standard).
+//
+//
+//  xx    independent character, such as a number, punctuation sign or non-khmer char
+//
+//  c1    Khmer consonant of type 1 or an independent vowel
+//        that is, a letter in which the subscript for is only under the
+//        base, not taking any space to the right or to the left
+//
+//  c2    Khmer consonant of type 2, the coeng form takes space under
+//        and to the left of the base (only RO is of this type)
+//
+//  c3    Khmer consonant of type 3. Its subscript form takes space under
+//        and to the right of the base.
+//
+//  cs    Khmer consonant shifter
+//
+//  rb    Khmer robat
+//
+//  co    coeng character (u17D2)
+//
+//  dv    dependent vowel (including split vowels, they are treated in the same way).
+//        even if dv is not defined above, the component that is really tested for is
+//        KhmerClassTable::CC_DEPENDENT_VOWEL, which is common to all dependent vowels
+//
+//  zwj   Zero Width joiner
+//
+//  zwnj  Zero width non joiner
+//
+//  sa    above sign
+//
+//  sp    post sign
+//
+//  there are lines with equal content but for an easier understanding
+//  (and maybe change in the future) we did not join them
+//
+static const signed char khmerStateTable[][CC_COUNT] =
+{
+   // xx  c1  c2  c3 zwnj cs  rb  co  dv  sa  sp zwj
+    { 1,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  6,  1,  1,  1,  2}, //  0 - ground state
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, //  1 - exit state (or sign to the right of the syllable)
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1,  3,  4,  5,  6, 16, 17,  1, -1}, //  2 - Base consonant
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  4, -1, -1, 16, -1, -1, -1}, //  3 - First ZWNJ before a register shifter It can only be followed by a shifter or a vowel
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, 15, -1, -1,  6, 16, 17,  1, 14}, //  4 - First register shifter
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 20, -1,  1, -1}, //  5 - Robat
+    {-1,  7,  8,  9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, //  6 - First Coeng
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, 12, 13, -1, 10, 16, 17,  1, 14}, //  7 - First consonant of type 1 after coeng
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, 12, 13, -1, -1, 16, 17,  1, 14}, //  8 - First consonant of type 2 after coeng
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, 12, 13, -1, 10, 16, 17,  1, 14}, //  9 - First consonant or type 3 after ceong
+    {-1, 11, 11, 11, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, // 10 - Second Coeng (no register shifter before)
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, 15, -1, -1, -1, 16, 17,  1, 14}, // 11 - Second coeng consonant (or ind. vowel) no register shifter before
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 13, -1, -1, 16, -1, -1, -1}, // 12 - Second ZWNJ before a register shifter
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, 15, -1, -1, -1, 16, 17,  1, 14}, // 13 - Second register shifter
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 16, -1, -1, -1}, // 14 - ZWJ before vowel
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 16, -1, -1, -1}, // 15 - ZWNJ before vowel
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 17,  1, 18}, // 16 - dependent vowel
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  1, 18}, // 17 - sign above
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 19, -1, -1, -1, -1}, // 18 - ZWJ after vowel
+    {-1,  1, -1,  1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, // 19 - Third coeng
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  1, -1}, // 20 - dependent vowel after a Robat
+};
+
+
+//  #define KHMER_DEBUG
+#ifdef KHMER_DEBUG
+#define KHDEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#define KHDEBUG if(0) qDebug
+#endif
+
+//  Given an input string of characters and a location in which to start looking
+//  calculate, using the state table, which one is the last character of the syllable
+//  that starts in the starting position.
+//
+static inline int khmer_nextSyllableBoundary(const QString &s, int start, int end, bool *invalid)
+{
+    *invalid = FALSE;
+    const QChar *uc = s.unicode() + start;
+    int state = 0;
+    int pos = start;
+
+    while (pos < end) {
+        KhmerCharClass charClass = getKhmerCharClass(*uc);
+        if (pos == start) {
+            *invalid = (charClass > 0) && ! (charClass & CF_CONSONANT);
+        }
+        state = khmerStateTable[state][charClass & CF_CLASS_MASK];
+
+        KHDEBUG("state[%d]=%d class=%8lx (uc=%4x)", pos - start, state,
+                charClass, uc->unicode() );
+
+        if (state < 0) {
+            break;
+        }
+        ++uc;
+        ++pos;
+    }
+    return pos;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+static const QOpenType::Features khmer_features[] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'f' ), PreFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'w', 'f' ), BelowFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'b', 'v', 'f' ), AboveFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 's', 't', 'f' ), PostFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 's' ), PreSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'w', 's' ), BelowSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'b', 'v', 's' ), AboveSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 's', 't', 's' ), PostSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'l', 'i', 'g' ), CligProperty },
+    { 0, 0 }
+};
+#endif
+
+
+static bool khmer_shape_syllable(QOpenType *openType, QShaperItem *item)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (openType)
+        openType->selectScript(QFont::Khmer, khmer_features);
+#endif
+    // according to the specs this is the max length one can get
+    // ### the real value should be smaller
+    assert(item->length < 13);
+
+    KHDEBUG("syllable from %d len %d, str='%s'", item->from, item->length,
+	    item->string->mid(item->from, item->length).utf8().data());
+
+    int len = 0;
+    int syllableEnd = item->from + item->length;
+    unsigned short reordered[16];
+    unsigned char properties[16];
+    enum {
+	AboveForm = 0x01,
+	PreForm = 0x02,
+	PostForm = 0x04,
+	BelowForm = 0x08
+    };
+    memset(properties, 0, 16*sizeof(unsigned char));
+
+#ifdef KHMER_DEBUG
+    qDebug("original:");
+    for (int i = from; i < syllableEnd; i++) {
+        qDebug("    %d: %4x", i, string[i].unicode());
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // write a pre vowel or the pre part of a split vowel first
+    // and look out for coeng + ro. RO is the only vowel of type 2, and
+    // therefore the only one that requires saving space before the base.
+    //
+    int coengRo = -1;  // There is no Coeng Ro, if found this value will change
+    int i;
+    for (i = item->from; i < syllableEnd; i += 1) {
+        KhmerCharClass charClass = getKhmerCharClass(item->string->at(i));
+
+        // if a split vowel, write the pre part. In Khmer the pre part
+        // is the same for all split vowels, same glyph as pre vowel C_VOWEL_E
+        if (charClass & CF_SPLIT_VOWEL) {
+            reordered[len] = C_VOWEL_E;
+            properties[len] = PreForm;
+            ++len;
+            break; // there can be only one vowel
+        }
+        // if a vowel with pos before write it out
+        if (charClass & CF_POS_BEFORE) {
+            reordered[len] = item->string->at(i).unicode();
+            properties[len] = PreForm;
+            ++len;
+            break; // there can be only one vowel
+        }
+        // look for coeng + ro and remember position
+        // works because coeng + ro is always in front of a vowel (if there is a vowel)
+        // and because CC_CONSONANT2 is enough to identify it, as it is the only consonant
+        // with this flag
+        if ( (charClass & CF_COENG) && (i + 1 < syllableEnd) &&
+              ( (getKhmerCharClass(item->string->at(i+1)) & CF_CLASS_MASK) == CC_CONSONANT2) ) {
+            coengRo = i;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // write coeng + ro if found
+    if (coengRo > -1) {
+        reordered[len] = C_COENG;
+        properties[len] = PreForm;
+        ++len;
+        reordered[len] = C_RO;
+        properties[len] = PreForm;
+        ++len;
+    }
+
+    // shall we add a dotted circle?
+    // If in the position in which the base should be (first char in the string) there is
+    // a character that has the Dotted circle flag (a character that cannot be a base)
+    // then write a dotted circle
+    if (getKhmerCharClass(item->string->at(item->from)) & CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE) {
+        reordered[len] = C_DOTTED_CIRCLE;
+        ++len;
+    }
+
+    // copy what is left to the output, skipping before vowels and
+    // coeng Ro if they are present
+    for (i = item->from; i < syllableEnd; i += 1) {
+        QChar uc = item->string->at(i);
+        KhmerCharClass charClass = getKhmerCharClass(uc);
+
+        // skip a before vowel, it was already processed
+        if (charClass & CF_POS_BEFORE) {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // skip coeng + ro, it was already processed
+        if (i == coengRo) {
+            i += 1;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        switch (charClass & CF_POS_MASK)
+        {
+            case CF_POS_ABOVE :
+                reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                properties[len] = AboveForm;
+                ++len;
+                break;
+
+            case CF_POS_AFTER :
+                reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                properties[len] = PostForm;
+                ++len;
+                break;
+
+            case CF_POS_BELOW :
+                reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                properties[len] = BelowForm;
+                ++len;
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                // assign the correct flags to a coeng consonant
+                // Consonants of type 3 are taged as Post forms and those type 1 as below forms
+                if ( (charClass & CF_COENG) && i + 1 < syllableEnd ) {
+                    unsigned char property = (getKhmerCharClass(item->string->at(i+1)) & CF_CLASS_MASK) == CC_CONSONANT3 ?
+                                              PostForm : BelowForm;
+                    reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                    properties[len] = property;
+                    ++len;
+                    i += 1;
+                    reordered[len] = item->string->at(i).unicode();
+                    properties[len] = property;
+                    ++len;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                // if a shifter is followed by an above vowel change the shifter to below form,
+                // an above vowel can have two possible positions i + 1 or i + 3
+                // (position i+1 corresponds to unicode 3, position i+3 to Unicode 4)
+                // and there is an extra rule for C_VOWEL_AA + C_SIGN_NIKAHIT also for two
+                // different positions, right after the shifter or after a vowel (Unicode 4)
+                if ( (charClass & CF_SHIFTER) && (i + 1 < syllableEnd) ) {
+                    if (getKhmerCharClass(item->string->at(i+1)) & CF_ABOVE_VOWEL ) {
+                        reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                        properties[len] = BelowForm;
+                        ++len;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    if (i + 2 < syllableEnd &&
+                        (item->string->at(i+1).unicode() == C_VOWEL_AA) &&
+                        (item->string->at(i+2).unicode() == C_SIGN_NIKAHIT) )
+                    {
+                        reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                        properties[len] = BelowForm;
+                        ++len;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    if (i + 3 < syllableEnd && (getKhmerCharClass(item->string->at(i+3)) & CF_ABOVE_VOWEL) ) {
+                        reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                        properties[len] = BelowForm;
+                        ++len;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    if (i + 4 < syllableEnd &&
+                        (item->string->at(i+3).unicode() == C_VOWEL_AA) &&
+                        (item->string->at(i+4).unicode() == C_SIGN_NIKAHIT) )
+                    {
+                        reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                        properties[len] = BelowForm;
+                        ++len;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                // default - any other characters
+                reordered[len] = uc.unicode();
+                ++len;
+                break;
+        } // switch
+    } // for
+
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap((const QChar *)reordered, len, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    KHDEBUG("after shaping: len=%d", len);
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+	item->attributes[i].mark = FALSE;
+	item->attributes[i].clusterStart = FALSE;
+	item->attributes[i].justification = 0;
+	item->attributes[i].zeroWidth = FALSE;
+	KHDEBUG("    %d: %4x property=%x", i, reordered[i], properties[i]);
+    }
+
+    // now we have the syllable in the right order, and can start running it through open type.
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (openType) {
+	unsigned short logClusters[16];
+	for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+	    logClusters[i] = i;
+
+ 	uint where[16];
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
+            where[i] = ~(PreSubstProperty
+                         | BelowSubstProperty
+                         | AboveSubstProperty
+                         | PostSubstProperty
+                         | CligProperty
+                         | PositioningProperties);
+            if (properties[i] == PreForm)
+                where[i] &= ~PreFormProperty;
+            else if (properties[i] == BelowForm)
+                where[i] &= ~BelowFormProperty;
+            else if (properties[i] == AboveForm)
+                where[i] &= ~AboveFormProperty;
+            else if (properties[i] == PostForm)
+                where[i] &= ~PostFormProperty;
+        }
+
+        openType->shape(item, where);
+        if (!openType->positionAndAdd(item, FALSE))
+            return FALSE;
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	KHDEBUG("Not using openType");
+	Q_UNUSED(openType);
+    }
+
+    item->attributes[0].clusterStart = TRUE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static bool khmer_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    assert(item->script == QFont::Khmer);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+    if (openType && !openType->supportsScript(item->script))
+        openType = 0;
+#else
+    QOpenType *openType = 0;
+#endif
+    unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+
+    QShaperItem syllable = *item;
+    int first_glyph = 0;
+
+    int sstart = item->from;
+    int end = sstart + item->length;
+    KHDEBUG("khmer_shape: from %d length %d", item->from, item->length);
+    while (sstart < end) {
+        bool invalid;
+        int send = khmer_nextSyllableBoundary(*item->string, sstart, end, &invalid);
+        KHDEBUG("syllable from %d, length %d, invalid=%s", sstart, send-sstart,
+               invalid ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
+        syllable.from = sstart;
+        syllable.length = send-sstart;
+        syllable.glyphs = item->glyphs + first_glyph;
+        syllable.offsets = item->offsets + first_glyph;
+        syllable.advances = item->advances + first_glyph;
+        syllable.attributes = item->attributes + first_glyph;
+        syllable.num_glyphs = item->num_glyphs - first_glyph;
+        if (!khmer_shape_syllable(openType, &syllable)) {
+            KHDEBUG("syllable shaping failed, syllable requests %d glyphs", syllable.num_glyphs);
+            item->num_glyphs += syllable.num_glyphs;
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        item->has_positioning |= syllable.has_positioning;
+
+        // fix logcluster array
+        KHDEBUG("syllable:");
+	int i;
+        for (i = first_glyph; i < first_glyph + syllable.num_glyphs; ++i)
+            KHDEBUG("        %d -> glyph %x", i, item->glyphs[i]);
+        KHDEBUG("    logclusters:");
+        for (i = sstart; i < send; ++i) {
+            KHDEBUG("        %d -> glyph %d", i, first_glyph);
+            logClusters[i-item->from] = first_glyph;
+        }
+        sstart = send;
+        first_glyph += syllable.num_glyphs;
+    }
+    item->num_glyphs = first_glyph;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void khmer_attributes( int script, const QString &text, int from, int len, QCharAttributes *attributes )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(script);
+
+    int end = from + len;
+    const QChar *uc = text.unicode() + from;
+    attributes += from;
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( i < len ) {
+	bool invalid;
+	int boundary = khmer_nextSyllableBoundary( text, from+i, end, &invalid ) - from;
+
+	attributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+
+	if ( boundary > len-1 ) boundary = len;
+	i++;
+	while ( i < boundary ) {
+	    attributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
+	    ++uc;
+	    ++i;
+	}
+	assert( i == boundary );
+    }
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Myanmar
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum MymrCharClassValues
+{
+    Mymr_CC_RESERVED             =  0,
+    Mymr_CC_CONSONANT            =  1, /* Consonant of type 1, that has subscript form */
+    Mymr_CC_CONSONANT2           =  2, /* Consonant of type 2, that has no subscript form */
+    Mymr_CC_NGA	          =  3, /* Consonant NGA */
+    Mymr_CC_YA		          =  4, /* Consonant YA */
+    Mymr_CC_RA		          =  5, /* Consonant RA */
+    Mymr_CC_WA		          =  6, /* Consonant WA */
+    Mymr_CC_HA		          =  7, /* Consonant HA */
+    Mymr_CC_IND_VOWEL		  =  8, /* Independent vowel */
+    Mymr_CC_ZERO_WIDTH_NJ_MARK   =  9, /* Zero Width non joiner character (0x200C) */
+    Mymr_CC_VIRAMA               = 10, /* Subscript consonant combining character */
+    Mymr_CC_PRE_VOWEL   	  = 11, /* Dependent vowel, prebase (Vowel e) */
+    Mymr_CC_BELOW_VOWEL   	  = 12, /* Dependent vowel, prebase (Vowel u, uu) */
+    Mymr_CC_ABOVE_VOWEL   	  = 13, /* Dependent vowel, prebase (Vowel i, ii, ai) */
+    Mymr_CC_POST_VOWEL   	  = 14, /* Dependent vowel, prebase (Vowel aa) */
+    Mymr_CC_SIGN_ABOVE           = 15,
+    Mymr_CC_SIGN_BELOW           = 16,
+    Mymr_CC_SIGN_AFTER           = 17,
+    Mymr_CC_ZERO_WIDTH_J_MARK    = 18, /* Zero width joiner character */
+    Mymr_CC_COUNT                = 19  /* This is the number of character classes */
+};
+
+enum MymrCharClassFlags
+{
+    Mymr_CF_CLASS_MASK    = 0x0000FFFF,
+
+    Mymr_CF_CONSONANT     = 0x01000000,  /* flag to speed up comparing */
+    Mymr_CF_MEDIAL	   = 0x02000000,  /* flag to speed up comparing */
+    Mymr_CF_IND_VOWEL 	   = 0x04000000,  /* flag to speed up comparing */
+    Mymr_CF_DEP_VOWEL 	   = 0x08000000,  /* flag to speed up comparing */
+    Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE = 0x10000000,  /* add a dotted circle if a character with this flag is the first in a syllable */
+    Mymr_CF_VIRAMA        = 0x20000000,  /* flag to speed up comparing */
+
+    /* position flags */
+    Mymr_CF_POS_BEFORE    = 0x00080000,
+    Mymr_CF_POS_BELOW     = 0x00040000,
+    Mymr_CF_POS_ABOVE     = 0x00020000,
+    Mymr_CF_POS_AFTER     = 0x00010000,
+    Mymr_CF_POS_MASK      = 0x000f0000,
+
+    Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI   = 0x00100000
+};
+
+/* Characters that get refrered to by name */
+enum MymrChar
+{
+    Mymr_C_SIGN_ZWNJ     = 0x200C,
+    Mymr_C_SIGN_ZWJ      = 0x200D,
+    Mymr_C_DOTTED_CIRCLE = 0x25CC,
+    Mymr_C_RA            = 0x101B,
+    Mymr_C_YA            = 0x101A,
+    Mymr_C_NGA           = 0x1004,
+    Mymr_C_VOWEL_E       = 0x1031,
+    Mymr_C_VIRAMA        = 0x1039
+};
+
+enum
+{
+    Mymr_xx = Mymr_CC_RESERVED,
+    Mymr_c1 = Mymr_CC_CONSONANT | Mymr_CF_CONSONANT | Mymr_CF_POS_BELOW,
+    Mymr_c2 = Mymr_CC_CONSONANT2 | Mymr_CF_CONSONANT,
+    Mymr_ng = Mymr_CC_NGA | Mymr_CF_CONSONANT | Mymr_CF_POS_ABOVE,
+    Mymr_ya = Mymr_CC_YA | Mymr_CF_CONSONANT | Mymr_CF_MEDIAL | Mymr_CF_POS_AFTER | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI,
+    Mymr_ra = Mymr_CC_RA | Mymr_CF_CONSONANT | Mymr_CF_MEDIAL | Mymr_CF_POS_BEFORE,
+    Mymr_wa = Mymr_CC_WA | Mymr_CF_CONSONANT | Mymr_CF_MEDIAL | Mymr_CF_POS_BELOW,
+    Mymr_ha = Mymr_CC_HA | Mymr_CF_CONSONANT | Mymr_CF_MEDIAL | Mymr_CF_POS_BELOW,
+    Mymr_id = Mymr_CC_IND_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_IND_VOWEL,
+    Mymr_vi = Mymr_CC_VIRAMA | Mymr_CF_VIRAMA | Mymr_CF_POS_ABOVE | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE,
+    Mymr_dl = Mymr_CC_PRE_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_DEP_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_POS_BEFORE | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI,
+    Mymr_db = Mymr_CC_BELOW_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_DEP_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_POS_BELOW | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI,
+    Mymr_da = Mymr_CC_ABOVE_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_DEP_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_POS_ABOVE | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI,
+    Mymr_dr = Mymr_CC_POST_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_DEP_VOWEL | Mymr_CF_POS_AFTER | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI,
+    Mymr_sa = Mymr_CC_SIGN_ABOVE | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | Mymr_CF_POS_ABOVE | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI,
+    Mymr_sb = Mymr_CC_SIGN_BELOW | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | Mymr_CF_POS_BELOW | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI,
+    Mymr_sp = Mymr_CC_SIGN_AFTER | Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE | Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI
+};
+
+
+typedef int MymrCharClass;
+
+
+static const MymrCharClass mymrCharClasses[] =
+{
+    Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_ng, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1,
+    Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c2, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, /* 1000 - 100F */
+    Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1,
+    Mymr_c1, Mymr_c1, Mymr_ya, Mymr_ra, Mymr_c1, Mymr_wa, Mymr_c1, Mymr_ha, /* 1010 - 101F */
+    Mymr_c2, Mymr_c2, Mymr_xx, Mymr_id, Mymr_id, Mymr_id, Mymr_id, Mymr_id,
+    Mymr_xx, Mymr_id, Mymr_id, Mymr_xx, Mymr_dr, Mymr_da, Mymr_da, Mymr_db, /* 1020 - 102F */
+    Mymr_db, Mymr_dl, Mymr_da, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_sa, Mymr_sb,
+    Mymr_sp, Mymr_vi, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, /* 1030 - 103F */
+    Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx,
+    Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, /* 1040 - 104F */
+    Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx,
+    Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, Mymr_xx, /* 1050 - 105F */
+};
+
+static MymrCharClass
+getMyanmarCharClass (const QChar &ch)
+{
+    if (ch.unicode() == Mymr_C_SIGN_ZWJ)
+        return Mymr_CC_ZERO_WIDTH_J_MARK;
+
+    if (ch.unicode() == Mymr_C_SIGN_ZWNJ)
+        return Mymr_CC_ZERO_WIDTH_NJ_MARK;
+
+    if (ch.unicode() < 0x1000 || ch.unicode() > 0x105f)
+        return Mymr_CC_RESERVED;
+
+    return mymrCharClasses[ch.unicode() - 0x1000];
+}
+
+static const signed char mymrStateTable[][Mymr_CC_COUNT] =
+{
+//   xx  c1, c2  ng  ya  ra  wa  ha  id zwnj vi  dl  db  da  dr  sa  sb  sp zwj
+    { 1,  4,  4,  2,  4,  4,  4,  4, 24,  1, 27, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,  1,  1,  4}, //  0 - ground state
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, //  1 - exit state (or sp to the right of the syllable)
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  3, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1,  4}, //  2 - NGA
+    {-1,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, -1, 23, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, //  3 - Virama after NGA
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  5, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,  1,  1, -1}, //  4 - Base consonant
+    {-2,  6, -2, -2,  7,  8,  9, 10, -2, 23, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2}, //  5 - First virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 25, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, //  6 - c1 after virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, //  7 - ya after virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, //  8 - ra after virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, //  9 - wa after virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, // 10 - ha after virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1,  7,  8,  9, 10, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, // 11 - Virama after NGA+zwj
+    {-2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, 13, 14, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2}, // 12 - Second virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, // 13 - wa after virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, // 14 - ha after virama
+    {-2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, 16, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2}, // 15 - Third virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1, -1, -1}, // 16 - ha after virama
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 20, 21,  1,  1, -1}, // 17 - dl, Dependent vowel e
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 19, -1, 21,  1,  1, -1}, // 18 - db, Dependent vowel u,uu
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  1,  1,  1, -1}, // 19 - da, Dependent vowel i,ii,ai
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 22, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  1,  1, -1}, // 20 - dr, Dependent vowel aa
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  1,  1, -1}, // 21 - sa, Sign anusvara
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 23, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, // 22 - atha
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  1,  1, -1}, // 23 - zwnj for atha
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  1, -1}, // 24 - Independent vowel
+    {-2, -2, -2, -2, 26, 26, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2, -2}, // 25 - Virama after subscript consonant
+    {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, -1,  1, -1}, // 26 - ra/ya after subscript consonant + virama
+    {-1,  6, -1, -1,  7,  8,  9, 10, -1, 23, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}, // 27 - Virama after ground state
+// exit state -2 is for invalid order of medials and combination of invalids
+// with virama where virama should treat as start of next syllable
+};
+
+
+
+// #define MYANMAR_DEBUG
+#ifdef MYANMAR_DEBUG
+#define MMDEBUG qDebug
+#else
+#define MMDEBUG if(0) qDebug
+#endif
+
+//  Given an input string of characters and a location in which to start looking
+//  calculate, using the state table, which one is the last character of the syllable
+//  that starts in the starting position.
+//
+static inline int myanmar_nextSyllableBoundary(const QString &s, int start, int end, bool *invalid)
+{
+    *invalid = FALSE;
+    const QChar *uc = s.unicode() + start;
+    int state = 0;
+    int pos = start;
+
+    while (pos < end) {
+        MymrCharClass charClass = getMyanmarCharClass(*uc);
+        state = mymrStateTable[state][charClass & Mymr_CF_CLASS_MASK];
+        if (pos == start)
+            *invalid = charClass & Mymr_CF_DOTTED_CIRCLE;
+
+        MMDEBUG("state[%d]=%d class=%8x (uc=%4x)", pos - start, state, charClass, uc->unicode() );
+
+        if (state < 0) {
+            if (state < -1)
+                --pos;
+            break;
+        }
+        ++uc;
+        ++pos;
+    }
+    return pos;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+// ###### might have to change order of above and below forms and substitutions,
+// but according to Unicode below comes before above
+static const QOpenType::Features myanmar_features[] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'f' ), PreFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'w', 'f' ), BelowFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'b', 'v', 'f' ), AboveFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 's', 't', 'f' ), PostFormProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 's' ), PreSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'w', 's' ), BelowSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'b', 'v', 's' ), AboveSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 's', 't', 's' ), PostSubstProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG( 'r', 'l', 'i', 'g' ), CligProperty }, // Myanmar1 uses this instead of the other features
+    { 0, 0 }
+};
+#endif
+
+
+// Visual order before shaping should be:
+//
+//    [Vowel Mark E]
+//    [Virama + Medial Ra]
+//    [Base]
+//    [Virama + Consonant]
+//    [Nga + Virama] (Kinzi) ### should probably come before post forms (medial ya)
+//    [Vowels]
+//    [Marks]
+//
+// This means that we can keep the logical order apart from having to
+// move the pre vowel, medial ra and kinzi
+
+static bool myanmar_shape_syllable(QOpenType *openType, QShaperItem *item, bool invalid)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (openType)
+        openType->selectScript(QFont::Myanmar, myanmar_features);
+#endif
+    // according to the table the max length of a syllable should be around 14 chars
+    assert(item->length < 32);
+
+    MMDEBUG("\nsyllable from %d len %d, str='%s'", item->from, item->length,
+	    item->string->mid(item->from, item->length).utf8().data());
+
+    const QChar *uc = item->string->unicode() + item->from;
+#ifdef MYANMAR_DEBUG
+    qDebug("original:");
+    for (int i = 0; i < item->length; i++) {
+        qDebug("    %d: %4x", i, uc[i].unicode());
+    }
+#endif
+    int vowel_e = -1;
+    int kinzi = -1;
+    int medial_ra = -1;
+    int base = -1;
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < item->length; ++i) {
+        ushort chr = uc[i].unicode();
+
+        if (chr == Mymr_C_VOWEL_E) {
+            vowel_e = i;
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (i == 0
+            && chr == Mymr_C_NGA
+            && i + 2 < item->length
+            && uc[i+1].unicode() == Mymr_C_VIRAMA) {
+            int mc = getMyanmarCharClass(uc[i+2]);
+            //MMDEBUG("maybe kinzi: mc=%x", mc);
+            if ((mc & Mymr_CF_CONSONANT) == Mymr_CF_CONSONANT) {
+                kinzi = i;
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+        if (base >= 0
+            && chr == Mymr_C_VIRAMA
+            && i + 1 < item->length
+            && uc[i+1].unicode() == Mymr_C_RA) {
+            medial_ra = i;
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (base < 0)
+            base = i;
+    }
+
+    MMDEBUG("\n  base=%d, vowel_e=%d, kinzi=%d, medial_ra=%d", base, vowel_e, kinzi, medial_ra);
+    int len = 0;
+    unsigned short reordered[32];
+    unsigned char properties[32];
+    enum {
+	AboveForm = 0x01,
+	PreForm = 0x02,
+	PostForm = 0x04,
+	BelowForm = 0x08
+    };
+    memset(properties, 0, 32*sizeof(unsigned char));
+
+    // write vowel_e if found
+    if (vowel_e >= 0) {
+        reordered[0] = Mymr_C_VOWEL_E;
+        len = 1;
+    }
+    // write medial_ra
+    if (medial_ra >= 0) {
+        reordered[len] = Mymr_C_VIRAMA;
+        reordered[len+1] = Mymr_C_RA;
+        properties[len] = PreForm;
+        properties[len+1] = PreForm;
+        len += 2;
+    }
+
+    // shall we add a dotted circle?
+    // If in the position in which the base should be (first char in the string) there is
+    // a character that has the Dotted circle flag (a character that cannot be a base)
+    // then write a dotted circle
+    if (invalid) {
+        reordered[len] = C_DOTTED_CIRCLE;
+        ++len;
+    }
+
+    bool lastWasVirama = FALSE;
+    int basePos = -1;
+    // copy the rest of the syllable to the output, inserting the kinzi
+    // at the correct place
+    for (i = 0; i < item->length; ++i) {
+        if (i == vowel_e)
+            continue;
+        if (i == medial_ra || i == kinzi) {
+            ++i;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        ushort chr = uc[i].unicode();
+        MymrCharClass cc = getMyanmarCharClass(uc[i]);
+        if (kinzi >= 0 && i > base && (cc & Mymr_CF_AFTER_KINZI)) {
+            reordered[len] = Mymr_C_NGA;
+            reordered[len+1] = Mymr_C_VIRAMA;
+            properties[len-1] = AboveForm;
+            properties[len] = AboveForm;
+            len += 2;
+            kinzi = -1;
+        }
+
+        if (lastWasVirama) {
+            int prop = 0;
+            switch(cc & Mymr_CF_POS_MASK) {
+            case Mymr_CF_POS_BEFORE:
+                prop = PreForm;
+                break;
+            case Mymr_CF_POS_BELOW:
+                prop = BelowForm;
+                break;
+            case Mymr_CF_POS_ABOVE:
+                prop = AboveForm;
+                break;
+            case Mymr_CF_POS_AFTER:
+                prop = PostForm;
+                break;
+            default:
+                break;
+            }
+            properties[len-1] = prop;
+            properties[len] = prop;
+            if(basePos >= 0 && basePos == len-2)
+                properties[len-2] = prop;
+        }
+        lastWasVirama = (chr == Mymr_C_VIRAMA);
+        if(i == base)
+            basePos = len;
+
+        if ((chr != Mymr_C_SIGN_ZWNJ && chr != Mymr_C_SIGN_ZWJ) || !len) {
+            reordered[len] = chr;
+            ++len;
+        }
+    }
+    if (kinzi >= 0) {
+        reordered[len] = Mymr_C_NGA;
+        reordered[len+1] = Mymr_C_VIRAMA;
+        properties[len] = AboveForm;
+        properties[len+1] = AboveForm;
+        len += 2;
+    }
+
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap((const QChar *)reordered, len, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    MMDEBUG("after shaping: len=%d", len);
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+	item->attributes[i].mark = FALSE;
+	item->attributes[i].clusterStart = FALSE;
+	item->attributes[i].justification = 0;
+	item->attributes[i].zeroWidth = FALSE;
+	MMDEBUG("    %d: %4x property=%x", i, reordered[i], properties[i]);
+    }
+
+    // now we have the syllable in the right order, and can start running it through open type.
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (openType) {
+	unsigned short logClusters[32];
+	for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+	    logClusters[i] = i;
+
+ 	uint where[32];
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
+            where[i] = ~(PreSubstProperty
+                         | BelowSubstProperty
+                         | AboveSubstProperty
+                         | PostSubstProperty
+                         | CligProperty
+                         | PositioningProperties);
+            if (properties[i] == PreForm)
+                where[i] &= ~PreFormProperty;
+            else if (properties[i] == BelowForm)
+                where[i] &= ~BelowFormProperty;
+            else if (properties[i] == AboveForm)
+                where[i] &= ~AboveFormProperty;
+            else if (properties[i] == PostForm)
+                where[i] &= ~PostFormProperty;
+        }
+
+        openType->shape(item, where);
+        if (!openType->positionAndAdd(item, FALSE))
+            return FALSE;
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	MMDEBUG("Not using openType");
+	Q_UNUSED(openType);
+    }
+
+    item->attributes[0].clusterStart = TRUE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static bool myanmar_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    assert(item->script == QFont::Myanmar);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+    if (openType && !openType->supportsScript(item->script))
+        openType = 0;
+#else
+    QOpenType *openType = 0;
+#endif
+    unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+
+    QShaperItem syllable = *item;
+    int first_glyph = 0;
+
+    int sstart = item->from;
+    int end = sstart + item->length;
+    MMDEBUG("myanmar_shape: from %d length %d", item->from, item->length);
+    while (sstart < end) {
+        bool invalid;
+        int send = myanmar_nextSyllableBoundary(*item->string, sstart, end, &invalid);
+        MMDEBUG("syllable from %d, length %d, invalid=%s", sstart, send-sstart,
+               invalid ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
+        syllable.from = sstart;
+        syllable.length = send-sstart;
+        syllable.glyphs = item->glyphs + first_glyph;
+        syllable.offsets = item->offsets + first_glyph;
+        syllable.advances = item->advances + first_glyph;
+        syllable.attributes = item->attributes + first_glyph;
+        syllable.num_glyphs = item->num_glyphs - first_glyph;
+        if (!myanmar_shape_syllable(openType, &syllable, invalid)) {
+            MMDEBUG("syllable shaping failed, syllable requests %d glyphs", syllable.num_glyphs);
+            item->num_glyphs += syllable.num_glyphs;
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        item->has_positioning |= syllable.has_positioning;
+
+        // fix logcluster array
+        MMDEBUG("syllable:");
+	int i;
+        for (i = first_glyph; i < first_glyph + syllable.num_glyphs; ++i)
+            MMDEBUG("        %d -> glyph %x", i, item->glyphs[i]);
+        MMDEBUG("    logclusters:");
+        for (i = sstart; i < send; ++i) {
+            MMDEBUG("        %d -> glyph %d", i, first_glyph);
+            logClusters[i-item->from] = first_glyph;
+        }
+        sstart = send;
+        first_glyph += syllable.num_glyphs;
+    }
+    item->num_glyphs = first_glyph;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void myanmar_attributes( int script, const QString &text, int from, int len, QCharAttributes *attributes )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(script);
+
+    int end = from + len;
+    const QChar *uc = text.unicode() + from;
+    attributes += from;
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( i < len ) {
+	bool invalid;
+	int boundary = myanmar_nextSyllableBoundary( text, from+i, end, &invalid ) - from;
+
+	attributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+        attributes[i].softBreak = TRUE;
+
+	if ( boundary > len-1 ) boundary = len;
+	i++;
+	while ( i < boundary ) {
+	    attributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
+            attributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
+	    ++uc;
+	    ++i;
+	}
+	assert( i == boundary );
+    }
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Hangul
+//
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Hangul is a syllable based script. Unicode reserves a large range
+// for precomposed hangul, where syllables are already precomposed to
+// their final glyph shape. In addition, a so called jamo range is
+// defined, that can be used to express old Hangul. Modern hangul
+// syllables can also be expressed as jamo, and should be composed
+// into syllables. The operation is rather simple and mathematical.
+
+// Every hangul jamo is classified as being either a Leading consonant
+// (L), and intermediat Vowel (V) or a trailing consonant (T). Modern
+// hangul syllables (the ones in the precomposed area can be of type
+// LV or LVT.
+//
+// Syllable breaks do _not_ occur between:
+//
+// L              L, V or precomposed
+// V, LV          V, T
+// LVT, T         T
+//
+// A standard syllable is of the form L+V+T*. The above rules allow
+// nonstandard syllables L*V*T*. To transform them into standard
+// syllables fill characers L_f and V_f can be inserted.
+
+enum {
+    Hangul_SBase = 0xac00,
+    Hangul_LBase = 0x1100,
+    Hangul_VBase = 0x1161,
+    Hangul_TBase = 0x11a7,
+    Hangul_SCount = 11172,
+    Hangul_LCount = 19,
+    Hangul_VCount = 21,
+    Hangul_TCount = 28,
+    Hangul_NCount = 21*28
+};
+
+static inline bool hangul_isPrecomposed(unsigned short uc) {
+    return (uc >= Hangul_SBase && uc < Hangul_SBase + Hangul_SCount);
+}
+
+static inline bool hangul_isLV(unsigned short uc) {
+    return ((uc - Hangul_SBase) % Hangul_TCount == 0);
+}
+
+enum HangulType {
+    L,
+    V,
+    T,
+    LV,
+    LVT,
+    X
+};
+
+static inline HangulType hangul_type(unsigned short uc) {
+    if (uc > Hangul_SBase && uc < Hangul_SBase + Hangul_SCount)
+        return hangul_isLV(uc) ? LV : LVT;
+    if (uc < Hangul_LBase || uc > 0x11ff)
+        return X;
+    if (uc < Hangul_VBase)
+        return L;
+    if (uc < Hangul_TBase)
+        return V;
+    return T;
+}
+
+static int hangul_nextSyllableBoundary(const QString &s, int start, int end)
+{
+    const QChar *uc = s.unicode() + start;
+
+    HangulType state = hangul_type(uc->unicode());
+    int pos = 1;
+
+    while (pos < end - start) {
+        HangulType newState = hangul_type(uc[pos].unicode());
+        switch(newState) {
+        case X:
+            goto finish;
+        case L:
+        case V:
+        case T:
+            if (state > newState)
+                goto finish;
+            state = newState;
+            break;
+        case LV:
+            if (state > L)
+                goto finish;
+            state = V;
+            break;
+        case LVT:
+            if (state > L)
+                goto finish;
+            state = T;
+        }
+        ++pos;
+    }
+
+ finish:
+    return start+pos;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+static const QOpenType::Features hangul_features [] = {
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('c', 'c', 'm', 'p'), CcmpProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('l', 'j', 'm', 'o'), CcmpProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('j', 'j', 'm', 'o'), CcmpProperty },
+    { FT_MAKE_TAG('t', 'j', 'm', 'o'), CcmpProperty },
+    { 0, 0 }
+};
+#endif
+
+static bool hangul_shape_syllable(QOpenType *openType, QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(openType)
+    const QChar *ch = item->string->unicode() + item->from;
+
+    int i;
+    unsigned short composed = 0;
+    // see if we can compose the syllable into a modern hangul
+    if (item->length == 2) {
+        int LIndex = ch[0].unicode() - Hangul_LBase;
+        int VIndex = ch[1].unicode() - Hangul_VBase;
+        if (LIndex >= 0 && LIndex < Hangul_LCount &&
+            VIndex >= 0 && VIndex < Hangul_VCount)
+            composed = (LIndex * Hangul_VCount + VIndex) * Hangul_TCount + Hangul_SBase;
+    } else if (item->length == 3) {
+        int LIndex = ch[0].unicode() - Hangul_LBase;
+        int VIndex = ch[1].unicode() - Hangul_VBase;
+        int TIndex = ch[2].unicode() - Hangul_TBase;
+        if (LIndex >= 0 && LIndex < Hangul_LCount &&
+            VIndex >= 0 && VIndex < Hangul_VCount &&
+            TIndex >= 0 && TIndex < Hangul_TCount)
+            composed = (LIndex * Hangul_VCount + VIndex) * Hangul_TCount + TIndex + Hangul_SBase;
+    }
+
+
+    int len = item->length;
+    QChar c(composed);
+
+    // ### icc says 'chars' is unused
+    // const QChar *chars = ch;
+
+    // if we have a modern hangul use the composed form
+    if (composed) {
+        // chars = &c;
+        len = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (item->font->stringToCMap(ch, len, item->glyphs, item->advances,
+                                 &item->num_glyphs, item->flags & QTextEngine::RightToLeft) != QFontEngine::NoError)
+        return FALSE;
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+        item->attributes[i].mark = FALSE;
+        item->attributes[i].clusterStart = FALSE;
+        item->attributes[i].justification = 0;
+        item->attributes[i].zeroWidth = FALSE;
+        IDEBUG("    %d: %4x", i, ch[i].unicode());
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (openType && !composed) {
+
+        QVarLengthArray<unsigned short> logClusters(len);
+        for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+            logClusters[i] = i;
+        item->log_clusters = logClusters.data();
+
+        openType->shape(item);
+        if (!openType->positionAndAdd(item, FALSE))
+            return FALSE;
+
+    }
+#endif
+
+    item->attributes[0].clusterStart = TRUE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static bool hangul_shape(QShaperItem *item)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(item->script == QFont::Hangul);
+
+    const QChar *uc = item->string->unicode() + item->from;
+
+    bool allPrecomposed = TRUE;
+    for (int i = 0; i < item->length; ++i) {
+        if (!hangul_isPrecomposed(uc[i].unicode())) {
+            allPrecomposed = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!allPrecomposed) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+        QOpenType *openType = item->font->openType();
+        if (openType && !openType->supportsScript(item->script))
+            openType = 0;
+        if (openType)
+            openType->selectScript(QFont::Hangul, hangul_features);
+#else
+        QOpenType *openType = 0;
+#endif
+
+        unsigned short *logClusters = item->log_clusters;
+
+        QShaperItem syllable = *item;
+        int first_glyph = 0;
+
+        int sstart = item->from;
+        int end = sstart + item->length;
+        while (sstart < end) {
+            int send = hangul_nextSyllableBoundary(*(item->string), sstart, end);
+
+            syllable.from = sstart;
+            syllable.length = send-sstart;
+            syllable.glyphs = item->glyphs + first_glyph;
+            syllable.offsets = item->offsets + first_glyph;
+            syllable.advances = item->advances + first_glyph;
+            syllable.attributes = item->attributes + first_glyph;
+            syllable.num_glyphs = item->num_glyphs - first_glyph;
+            if (!hangul_shape_syllable(openType, &syllable)) {
+                item->num_glyphs += syllable.num_glyphs;
+                return FALSE;
+            }
+            item->has_positioning |= syllable.has_positioning;
+            // fix logcluster array
+            for (int i = sstart; i < send; ++i)
+                logClusters[i-item->from] = first_glyph;
+            sstart = send;
+            first_glyph += syllable.num_glyphs;
+        }
+        item->num_glyphs = first_glyph;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    return basic_shape(item);
+}
+
+static void hangul_attributes(int script, const QString &text, int from, int len, QCharAttributes *attributes)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(script);
+
+    int end = from + len;
+    const QChar *uc = text.unicode() + from;
+    attributes += from;
+    int i = 0;
+    while (i < len) {
+        int boundary = hangul_nextSyllableBoundary(text, from+i, end) - from;
+
+        attributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+
+        if (boundary > len-1) boundary = len;
+        i++;
+        while (i < boundary) {
+            attributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
+            ++uc;
+            ++i;
+        }
+        assert(i == boundary);
+    }
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// The script engine jump table
+//
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const q_scriptEngine scriptEngines[] = {
+	// Latin,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Greek,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Cyrillic,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Armenian,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Georgian,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Runic,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Ogham,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// SpacingModifiers,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// CombiningMarks,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+
+	// // Middle Eastern Scripts
+	// Hebrew,
+    { hebrew_shape, 0 },
+	// Arabic,
+    { arabic_shape, 0 },
+	// Syriac,
+    { syriac_shape, 0 },
+	// Thaana,
+    { thaana_shape, 0 },
+
+	// // South and Southeast Asian Scripts
+	// Devanagari,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Bengali,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Gurmukhi,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Gujarati,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Oriya,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Tamil,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Telugu,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Kannada,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Malayalam,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Sinhala,
+    { indic_shape, indic_attributes },
+	// Thai,
+    { basic_shape, thai_attributes },
+	// Lao,
+    { basic_shape, thai_attributes },
+	// Tibetan,
+    { tibetan_shape, tibetan_attributes },
+	// Myanmar,
+    { myanmar_shape, myanmar_attributes },
+	// Khmer,
+    { khmer_shape, khmer_attributes },
+
+	// // East Asian Scripts
+	// Han,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Hiragana,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Katakana,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Hangul,
+    { hangul_shape, hangul_attributes },
+	// Bopomofo,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Yi,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+
+	// // Additional Scripts
+	// Ethiopic,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Cherokee,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// CanadianAboriginal,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Mongolian,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+
+	// // Symbols
+	// CurrencySymbols,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// LetterlikeSymbols,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// NumberForms,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// MathematicalOperators,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// TechnicalSymbols,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// GeometricSymbols,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// MiscellaneousSymbols,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// EnclosedAndSquare,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+	// Braille,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+
+	// Unicode,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+    //Tagalog,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+    //Hanunoo,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+    //Buhid,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+    //Tagbanwa,
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+    // KatakanaHalfWidth
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+    // Limbu
+    { basic_shape, 0 },
+    // TaiLe
+    { basic_shape, 0 }
+};
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsession.h b/src/kernel/qsession.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59185bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsession.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSession class
+**
+** Created : 990510
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSESSION_H
+#define QSESSION_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsessionmanager.h b/src/kernel/qsessionmanager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..513196b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsessionmanager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSessionManager class
+**
+** Created : 990510
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSESSIONMANAGER_H
+#define QSESSIONMANAGER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+#ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+
+class QSessionManagerData;
+
+class Q_EXPORT  QSessionManager : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    QSessionManager( QApplication *app, QString &id, QString &key );
+    ~QSessionManager();
+public:
+    QString sessionId() const;
+    QString sessionKey() const;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    void* handle() const;
+#endif
+
+    bool allowsInteraction();
+    bool allowsErrorInteraction();
+    void release();
+
+    void cancel();
+
+    enum RestartHint {
+	RestartIfRunning,
+	RestartAnyway,
+	RestartImmediately,
+	RestartNever
+    };
+    void setRestartHint( RestartHint );
+    RestartHint restartHint() const;
+
+    void setRestartCommand( const QStringList& );
+    QStringList restartCommand() const;
+    void setDiscardCommand( const QStringList& );
+    QStringList discardCommand() const;
+
+    void setManagerProperty( const QString& name, const QString& value );
+    void setManagerProperty( const QString& name, const QStringList& value );
+
+    bool isPhase2() const;
+    void requestPhase2();
+
+private:
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+    QSessionManagerData* d;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
+#endif // QSESSIONMANAGER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.cpp b/src/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5b0b92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Provides a standardised interface to shared memory
+**
+** Created : 020124
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsharedmemory_p.h"
+
+#if !defined(QT_QWS_NO_SHM)
+
+#if defined(QT_POSIX_QSHM)
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+QSharedMemory::QSharedMemory (int size, QString filename, char c )
+{
+  shmSize = size;
+  shmFile = filename;
+  character = c;
+  shmFile.append(c);
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemory::create ()
+{
+  shmFD = shm_open (shmFile.latin1 (), O_RDWR | O_EXCL | O_CREAT, 0666);
+  if (shmFD == -1)
+    return FALSE;
+  else if (ftruncate (shmFD, shmSize) == -1)
+    {
+      close (shmFD);
+      return FALSE;
+    }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+void QSharedMemory::destroy ()
+{
+  shm_unlink (shmFile.latin1 ());
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemory::attach ()
+{
+  shmBase = mmap (0, shmSize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, shmFD, 0);
+
+  if (shmBase == MAP_FAILED)
+    return FALSE;
+
+  close (shmFD);
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+void QSharedMemory::detach ()
+{
+  munmap (shmBase, shmSize);
+}
+
+void QSharedMemory::setPermissions (mode_t mode)
+{
+  mprotect (shmBase, shmSize, mode);	// Provide defines to make prot work properly
+}
+
+int QSharedMemory::size()
+{
+    struct stat buf;
+    int rc = fstat (shmFD, &buf);
+    if (rc != -1)
+        return buf.st_size;
+    else
+        return rc;
+}
+
+#else // Assume SysV for backwards compat
+#include <sys/shm.h>
+
+QSharedMemory::QSharedMemory (int size, QString filename, char c )
+{
+  shmSize = size;
+  shmFile = filename;
+  character = c;
+  key = ftok (shmFile.latin1 (), c);
+  idInitted = FALSE;
+  shmId = -1;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemory::create ()
+{
+  shmId = shmget (key, shmSize, IPC_CREAT | 0666);
+  if (shmId == -1)
+    return FALSE;
+  else
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void QSharedMemory::destroy ()
+{
+    if (shmId != -1) {
+        struct shmid_ds shm;
+        shmctl (shmId, IPC_RMID, &shm);
+    }
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemory::attach ()
+{
+  if (shmId == -1)
+    shmId = shmget (key, shmSize, 0);
+
+  shmBase = shmat (shmId, 0, 0);
+  if ((int) shmBase == -1 || shmBase == 0)
+    return FALSE;
+  else
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void QSharedMemory::detach ()
+{
+  shmdt (shmBase);
+}
+
+void QSharedMemory::setPermissions (mode_t mode)
+{
+  struct shmid_ds shm;
+  shmctl (shmId, IPC_STAT, &shm);
+  shm.shm_perm.mode = mode;
+  shmctl (shmId, IPC_SET, &shm);
+}
+
+int QSharedMemory::size ()
+{
+    struct shmid_ds shm;
+    shmctl (shmId, IPC_STAT, &shm);
+    return shm.shm_segsz;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.h b/src/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7de8f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Includes system files for shared memory
+**
+** Created : 020124
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSHAREDMEMORY_P_H
+#define QSHAREDMEMORY_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qapplication_qws.cpp and qgfxvnc_qws.cpp.  This header file may 
+// change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined (QT_QWS_NO_SHM)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+
+class QSharedMemory {
+public:
+	QSharedMemory(){};
+	QSharedMemory(int, QString, char c = 'Q');
+	~QSharedMemory(){};
+
+	bool create();
+	void destroy();
+
+	bool attach();
+	void detach();
+
+	void setPermissions(mode_t mode);
+	int size();
+	void * base() { return shmBase; };
+
+private:
+	void *shmBase;
+	int shmSize;
+	QString shmFile;
+	char character;
+#if defined(QT_POSIX_QSHM)
+	int shmFD;
+#else
+	int shmId;
+	key_t key;
+	int idInitted;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsignal.cpp b/src/kernel/qsignal.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8296701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsignal.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QSignal class
+**
+** Created : 941201
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsignal.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QSignal qsignal.h
+    \brief The QSignal class can be used to send signals for classes
+    that don't inherit QObject.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    If you want to send signals from a class that does not inherit
+    QObject, you can create an internal QSignal object to emit the
+    signal. You must also provide a function that connects the signal
+    to an outside object slot.  This is how we have implemented
+    signals in the QMenuData class, which is not a QObject.
+
+    In general, we recommend inheriting QObject instead. QObject
+    provides much more functionality.
+
+    You can set a single QVariant parameter for the signal with
+    setValue().
+
+    Note that QObject is a \e private base class of QSignal, i.e. you
+    cannot call any QObject member functions from a QSignal object.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	#include <qsignal.h>
+
+	class MyClass
+	{
+	public:
+	    MyClass();
+	    ~MyClass();
+
+	    void doSomething();
+
+	    void connect( QObject *receiver, const char *member );
+
+	private:
+	    QSignal *sig;
+	};
+
+	MyClass::MyClass()
+	{
+	    sig = new QSignal;
+	}
+
+	MyClass::~MyClass()
+	{
+	    delete sig;
+	}
+
+	void MyClass::doSomething()
+	{
+	    // ... does something
+	    sig->activate(); // emits the signal
+	}
+
+	void MyClass::connect( QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+	{
+	    sig->connect( receiver, member );
+	}
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a signal object called \a name, with the parent object
+    \a parent. These arguments are passed directly to QObject.
+*/
+
+QSignal::QSignal( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    isSignal = TRUE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    val = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the signal. All connections are removed, as is the case
+    with all QObjects.
+*/
+QSignal::~QSignal()
+{
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+// Returns TRUE if it matches ".+(.*int.*"
+static inline bool intSignature( const char *member )
+{
+    QCString s( member );
+    int p = s.find( '(' );
+    return p > 0 && p < s.findRev( "int" );
+}
+#endif
+/*!
+    Connects the signal to \a member in object \a receiver.
+
+    \sa disconnect(), QObject::connect()
+*/
+
+bool QSignal::connect( const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    if ( intSignature( member ) )
+#endif
+	return QObject::connect( (QObject *)this, SIGNAL(intSignal(int)), receiver, member );
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    return QObject::connect( (QObject *)this, SIGNAL(signal(const QVariant&)),
+			     receiver, member );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Disonnects the signal from \a member in object \a receiver.
+
+    \sa connect(), QObject::disconnect()
+*/
+
+bool QSignal::disconnect( const QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+    if (!member)
+	return QObject::disconnect( (QObject *)this, 0, receiver, member);
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    if ( intSignature( member ) )
+#endif
+	return QObject::disconnect( (QObject *)this, SIGNAL(intSignal(int)), receiver, member );
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    return QObject::disconnect( (QObject *)this, SIGNAL(signal(const QVariant&)),
+				receiver, member );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QSignal::isBlocked() const
+  \obsolete
+  Returns TRUE if the signal is blocked, or FALSE if it is not blocked.
+
+  The signal is not blocked by default.
+
+  \sa block(), QObject::signalsBlocked()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSignal::block( bool b )
+  \obsolete
+  Blocks the signal if \a b is TRUE, or unblocks the signal if \a b is FALSE.
+
+  An activated signal disappears into hyperspace if it is blocked.
+
+  \sa isBlocked(), activate(), QObject::blockSignals()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSignal::activate()
+
+    Emits the signal. If the platform supports QVariant and a
+    parameter has been set with setValue(), this value is passed in
+    the signal.
+*/
+void  QSignal::activate()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    /* Create this QGuardedPtr on this, if we get destroyed after the intSignal (but before the variant signal)
+       we cannot just emit the signal (because val has been destroyed already) */
+    QGuardedPtr<QSignal> me = this;
+    if( me ) 
+	emit intSignal( val.toInt() );
+    if( me ) 
+	emit signal( val );
+#else
+    emit intSignal(0);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+/*!
+    Sets the signal's parameter to \a value
+*/
+void QSignal::setValue( const QVariant &value )
+{
+    val = value;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the signal's parameter
+*/
+QVariant QSignal::value() const
+{
+    return val;
+}
+/*! \fn void QSignal::signal( const QVariant & )
+    \internal
+*/
+/*! \fn void QSignal::intSignal( int )
+    \internal
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+/*! \obsolete */
+void QSignal::setParameter( int value )
+{
+    val = value;
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete */
+int QSignal::parameter() const
+{
+    return val.toInt();
+}
+#endif
+#endif //QT_NO_VARIANT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsignal.h b/src/kernel/qsignal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8298c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsignal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSignal class
+**
+** Created : 941201
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIGNAL_H
+#define QSIGNAL_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSignal : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QSignal( QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    ~QSignal();
+
+    bool	connect( const QObject *receiver, const char *member );
+    bool	disconnect( const QObject *receiver, const char *member=0 );
+
+    void	activate();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    bool	isBlocked()	 const		{ return QObject::signalsBlocked(); }
+    void	block( bool b )		{ QObject::blockSignals( b ); }
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    void	setParameter( int value );
+    int		parameter() const;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    void	setValue( const QVariant &value );
+    QVariant	value() const;
+#endif
+signals:
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    void signal( const QVariant& );
+#endif
+    void intSignal( int );
+
+private:
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+    QVariant val;
+#endif
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QSignal( const QSignal & );
+    QSignal &operator=( const QSignal & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#endif // QSIGNAL_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp b/src/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..848976c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QSignalMapper class
+**
+** Created : 980503
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsignalmapper.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+
+struct QSignalMapperRec {
+    QSignalMapperRec()
+    {
+	has_int = 0;
+	str_id = QString::null;
+    }
+
+    uint has_int:1;
+
+    int int_id;
+    QString str_id;
+    // extendable to other types of identification
+};
+
+class QSignalMapperData {
+public:
+    QSignalMapperData()
+    {
+	dict.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+
+    QPtrDict<QSignalMapperRec> dict;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QSignalMapper qsignalmapper.h
+    \brief The QSignalMapper class bundles signals from identifiable senders.
+
+    \ingroup io
+
+    This class collects a set of parameterless signals, and re-emits
+    them with integer or string parameters corresponding to the object
+    that sent the signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QSignalMapper called \a name, with parent \a parent.
+    Like all QObjects, it will be deleted when the parent is deleted.
+*/
+QSignalMapper::QSignalMapper( QObject* parent, const char* name ) :
+    QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new QSignalMapperData;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QSignalMapper.
+*/
+QSignalMapper::~QSignalMapper()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds a mapping so that when map() is signaled from the given \a
+    sender, the signal mapped(\a identifier) is emitted.
+
+    There may be at most one integer identifier for each object.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::setMapping( const QObject* sender, int identifier )
+{
+    QSignalMapperRec* rec = getRec(sender);
+    rec->int_id = identifier;
+    rec->has_int = 1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Adds a mapping so that when map() is signaled from the given \a
+    sender, the signal mapper(\a identifier) is emitted.
+
+    There may be at most one string identifier for each object, and it
+    may not be empty.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::setMapping( const QObject* sender, const QString &identifier )
+{
+    QSignalMapperRec* rec = getRec(sender);
+    rec->str_id = identifier;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes all mappings for \a sender. This is done automatically
+    when mapped objects are destroyed.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::removeMappings( const QObject* sender )
+{
+    d->dict.remove((void*)sender);
+}
+
+void QSignalMapper::removeMapping()
+{
+    removeMappings(sender());
+}
+
+/*!
+    This slot emits signals based on which object sends signals to it.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::map()
+{
+    const QObject* s = sender();
+    QSignalMapperRec* rec = d->dict.find( (void*)s );
+    if ( rec ) {
+	if ( rec->has_int )
+	    emit mapped( rec->int_id );
+	if ( !rec->str_id.isEmpty() )
+	    emit mapped( rec->str_id );
+    }
+}
+
+QSignalMapperRec* QSignalMapper::getRec( const QObject* sender )
+{
+    QSignalMapperRec* rec = d->dict.find( (void*)sender );
+    if (!rec) {
+	rec = new QSignalMapperRec;
+	d->dict.insert( (void*)sender, rec );
+	connect( sender, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(removeMapping()) );
+    }
+    return rec;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSignalMapper::mapped(int)
+
+    This signal is emitted when map() is signaled from an object that
+    has an integer mapping set.
+
+    \sa setMapping()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QSignalMapper::mapped(const QString&)
+
+    This signal is emitted when map() is signaled from an object that
+    has a string mapping set.
+
+    \sa setMapping()
+*/
+#endif //QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsignalmapper.h b/src/kernel/qsignalmapper.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2588d90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsignalmapper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSignalMapper class
+**
+** Created : 980503
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIGNALMAPPER_H
+#define QSIGNALMAPPER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+#ifndef QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
+class  QSignalMapperData;
+struct QSignalMapperRec;
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSignalMapper : public QObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QSignalMapper( QObject* parent, const char* name=0 );
+    ~QSignalMapper();
+
+    virtual void setMapping( const QObject* sender, int identifier );
+    virtual void setMapping( const QObject* sender, const QString &identifier );
+    void removeMappings( const QObject* sender );
+
+signals:
+    void mapped(int);
+    void mapped(const QString &);
+
+public slots:
+    void map();
+
+private:
+    QSignalMapperData* d;
+    QSignalMapperRec* getRec( const QObject* );
+
+private slots:
+    void removeMapping();
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
+#endif // QSIGNALMAPPER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsignalslotimp.h b/src/kernel/qsignalslotimp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddb4857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsignalslotimp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of signal/slot collections etc.
+**
+** Created : 980821
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIGNALSLOTIMP_H
+#define QSIGNALSLOTIMP_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qconnection.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qptrvector.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class Q_EXPORT QConnectionList : public QPtrList<QConnection>
+{
+public:
+    QConnectionList() : QPtrList<QConnection>() {}
+    QConnectionList( const QConnectionList &list ) : QPtrList<QConnection>(list) {}
+   ~QConnectionList() { clear(); }
+    QConnectionList &operator=(const QConnectionList &list)
+	{ return (QConnectionList&)QPtrList<QConnection>::operator=(list); }
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QConnectionListIt : public QPtrListIterator<QConnection>
+{
+public:
+    QConnectionListIt( const QConnectionList &l ) : QPtrListIterator<QConnection>(l) {}
+    QConnectionListIt &operator=(const QConnectionListIt &i)
+	{ return (QConnectionListIt&)QPtrListIterator<QConnection>::operator=(i); }
+};
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL) && defined(Q_CC_INTEL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrVector<QConnectionList>;
+#define Q_EXPORTED_QPTRVECTORCONNECTTIONLIST_TEMPLATES
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSignalVec : public QPtrVector<QConnectionList>
+{
+public:
+    QSignalVec(int size=17 )
+	: QPtrVector<QConnectionList>(size) {}
+    QSignalVec( const QSignalVec &dict )
+	: QPtrVector<QConnectionList>(dict) {}
+   ~QSignalVec() { clear(); }
+    QSignalVec &operator=(const QSignalVec &dict)
+	{ return (QSignalVec&)QPtrVector<QConnectionList>::operator=(dict); }
+    QConnectionList* at( uint index ) const  {
+	return index >= size()? 0 : QPtrVector<QConnectionList>::at(index);
+    }
+    bool  insert( uint index, const QConnectionList* d ) {
+	if (index >= size() )
+	    resize( 2*index + 1);
+	return QPtrVector<QConnectionList>::insert(index, d);
+    }
+};
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QCONNECTION_LIST
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif // QSIGNALSLOTIMP_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsimplerichtext.cpp b/src/kernel/qsimplerichtext.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9712b90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsimplerichtext.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the QSimpleRichText class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsimplerichtext.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+#include "qrichtext_p.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+
+class QSimpleRichTextData
+{
+public:
+    QTextDocument *doc;
+    QFont font;
+    int cachedWidth;
+    bool cachedWidthWithPainter;
+    void adjustSize(QPainter *p = 0);
+};
+
+// Pull this private function in from qglobal.cpp
+extern unsigned int qt_int_sqrt( unsigned int n );
+
+void QSimpleRichTextData::adjustSize(QPainter *p) {
+    QFontMetrics fm( font );
+    int mw =  fm.width( 'x' ) * 80;
+    int w = mw;
+    doc->doLayout(p, w);
+    if ( doc->widthUsed() != 0 ) {
+	w = qt_int_sqrt( 5 * doc->height() * doc->widthUsed() / 3 );
+	doc->doLayout(p, QMIN(w, mw));
+
+	if ( w*3 < 5*doc->height() ) {
+	    w = qt_int_sqrt( 2 * doc->height() * doc->widthUsed() );
+	    doc->doLayout(p, QMIN(w, mw));
+	}
+    }
+    cachedWidth = doc->width();
+    cachedWidthWithPainter = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QSimpleRichText qsimplerichtext.h
+    \brief The QSimpleRichText class provides a small displayable piece of rich text.
+
+    \ingroup text
+    \mainclass
+
+    This class encapsulates simple rich text usage in which a string
+    is interpreted as rich text and can be drawn. This is particularly
+    useful if you want to display some rich text in a custom widget. A
+    QStyleSheet is needed to interpret the tags and format the rich
+    text. Qt provides a default HTML-like style sheet, but you may
+    define custom style sheets.
+
+    Once created, the rich text object can be queried for its width(),
+    height(), and the actual width used (see widthUsed()). Most
+    importantly, it can be drawn on any given QPainter with draw().
+    QSimpleRichText can also be used to implement hypertext or active
+    text facilities by using anchorAt(). A hit test through inText()
+    makes it possible to use simple rich text for text objects in
+    editable drawing canvases.
+
+    Once constructed from a string the contents cannot be changed,
+    only resized. If the contents change, just throw the rich text
+    object away and make a new one with the new contents.
+
+    For large documents use QTextEdit or QTextBrowser. For very small
+    items of rich text you can use a QLabel.
+
+    If you are using QSimpleRichText to print in high resolution you
+    should call setWidth(QPainter, int) so that the content will be
+    laid out properly on the page.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QSimpleRichText from the rich text string \a text and
+    the font \a fnt.
+
+    The font is used as a basis for the text rendering. When using
+    rich text rendering on a widget \e w, you would normally specify
+    the widget's font, for example:
+
+    \code
+    QSimpleRichText myrichtext( contents, mywidget->font() );
+    \endcode
+
+    \a context is the optional context of the rich text object. This
+    becomes important if \a text contains relative references, for
+    example within image tags. QSimpleRichText always uses the default
+    mime source factory (see \l{QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()})
+    to resolve those references. The context will then be used to
+    calculate the absolute path. See
+    QMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute() for details.
+
+    The \a sheet is an optional style sheet. If it is 0, the default
+    style sheet will be used (see \l{QStyleSheet::defaultSheet()}).
+*/
+
+QSimpleRichText::QSimpleRichText( const QString& text, const QFont& fnt,
+				  const QString& context, const QStyleSheet* sheet )
+{
+    d = new QSimpleRichTextData;
+    d->cachedWidth = -1;
+    d->cachedWidthWithPainter = FALSE;
+    d->font = fnt;
+    d->doc = new QTextDocument( 0 );
+    d->doc->setTextFormat( Qt::RichText );
+    d->doc->setLeftMargin( 0 );
+    d->doc->setRightMargin( 0 );
+    d->doc->setFormatter( new QTextFormatterBreakWords );
+    d->doc->setStyleSheet( (QStyleSheet*)sheet );
+    d->doc->setDefaultFormat( fnt, QColor() );
+    d->doc->setText( text, context );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QSimpleRichText from the rich text string \a text and
+    the font \a fnt.
+
+    This is a slightly more complex constructor for QSimpleRichText
+    that takes an additional mime source factory \a factory, a page
+    break parameter \a pageBreak and a bool \a linkUnderline. \a
+    linkColor is only provided for compatibility, but has no effect,
+    as QColorGroup's QColorGroup::link() color is used now.
+
+    \a context is the optional context of the rich text object. This
+    becomes important if \a text contains relative references, for
+    example within image tags. QSimpleRichText always uses the default
+    mime source factory (see \l{QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()})
+    to resolve those references. The context will then be used to
+    calculate the absolute path. See
+    QMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute() for details.
+
+    The \a sheet is an optional style sheet. If it is 0, the default
+    style sheet will be used (see \l{QStyleSheet::defaultSheet()}).
+
+    This constructor is useful for creating a QSimpleRichText object
+    suitable for printing. Set \a pageBreak to be the height of the
+    contents area of the pages.
+*/
+
+QSimpleRichText::QSimpleRichText( const QString& text, const QFont& fnt,
+				  const QString& context,  const QStyleSheet* sheet,
+				  const QMimeSourceFactory* factory, int pageBreak,
+				  const QColor& /*linkColor*/, bool linkUnderline )
+{
+    d = new QSimpleRichTextData;
+    d->cachedWidth = -1;
+    d->cachedWidthWithPainter = FALSE;
+    d->font = fnt;
+    d->doc = new QTextDocument( 0 );
+    d->doc->setTextFormat( Qt::RichText );
+    d->doc->setFormatter( new QTextFormatterBreakWords );
+    d->doc->setStyleSheet( (QStyleSheet*)sheet );
+    d->doc->setDefaultFormat( fnt, QColor() );
+    d->doc->flow()->setPageSize( pageBreak );
+    d->doc->setPageBreakEnabled( TRUE );
+#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
+    d->doc->setMimeSourceFactory( (QMimeSourceFactory*)factory );
+#endif
+    d->doc->setUnderlineLinks( linkUnderline );
+    d->doc->setText( text, context );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the rich text object, freeing memory.
+*/
+
+QSimpleRichText::~QSimpleRichText()
+{
+    delete d->doc;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the width of the rich text object to \a w pixels.
+
+    \sa height(), adjustSize()
+*/
+
+void QSimpleRichText::setWidth( int w )
+{
+    if ( w == d->cachedWidth && !d->cachedWidthWithPainter )
+	return;
+    d->doc->formatter()->setAllowBreakInWords( d->doc->isPageBreakEnabled() );
+    d->cachedWidth = w;
+    d->cachedWidthWithPainter = FALSE;
+    d->doc->doLayout( 0, w );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the width of the rich text object to \a w pixels,
+    recalculating the layout as if it were to be drawn with painter \a
+    p.
+
+    Passing a painter is useful when you intend drawing on devices
+    other than the screen, for example a QPrinter.
+
+    \sa height(), adjustSize()
+*/
+
+void QSimpleRichText::setWidth( QPainter *p, int w )
+{
+    if ( w == d->cachedWidth  && d->cachedWidthWithPainter )
+	return;
+    d->doc->formatter()->setAllowBreakInWords( d->doc->isPageBreakEnabled() ||
+		       p && p->device() &&
+		     p->device()->devType() == QInternal::Printer );
+    p->save();
+    d->cachedWidth = w;
+    d->cachedWidthWithPainter = TRUE;
+    d->doc->doLayout( p, w );
+    p->restore();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the set width of the rich text object in pixels.
+
+    \sa widthUsed()
+*/
+
+int QSimpleRichText::width() const
+{
+    if ( d->cachedWidth < 0 )
+	d->adjustSize();
+    return d->doc->width();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the width in pixels that is actually used by the rich text
+    object. This can be smaller or wider than the set width.
+
+    It may be wider, for example, if the text contains images or
+    non-breakable words that are already wider than the available
+    space. It's smaller when the object only consists of lines that do
+    not fill the width completely.
+
+    \sa width()
+*/
+
+int QSimpleRichText::widthUsed() const
+{
+    if ( d->cachedWidth < 0 )
+	d->adjustSize();
+    return d->doc->widthUsed();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the height of the rich text object in pixels.
+
+    \sa setWidth()
+*/
+
+int QSimpleRichText::height() const
+{
+    if ( d->cachedWidth < 0 )
+	d->adjustSize();
+    return d->doc->height();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adjusts the richt text object to a reasonable size.
+
+    \sa setWidth()
+*/
+
+void QSimpleRichText::adjustSize()
+{
+    d->adjustSize();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Draws the formatted text with painter \a p, at position (\a x, \a
+    y), clipped to \a clipRect. The clipping rectangle is given in the
+    rich text object's coordinates translated by (\a x, \a y). Passing
+    an null rectangle results in no clipping. Colors from the color
+    group \a cg are used as needed, and if not 0, \a *paper is used as
+    the background brush.
+
+    Note that the display code is highly optimized to reduce flicker,
+    so passing a brush for \a paper is preferable to simply clearing
+    the area to be painted and then calling this without a brush.
+*/
+
+void QSimpleRichText::draw( QPainter *p,  int x, int y, const QRect& clipRect,
+			    const QColorGroup& cg, const QBrush* paper ) const
+{
+    p->save();
+    if ( d->cachedWidth < 0 )
+	d->adjustSize(p);
+
+    QRect r = clipRect;
+    if ( !r.isNull() )
+	r.moveBy( -x, -y );
+
+    if ( paper )
+	d->doc->setPaper( new QBrush( *paper ) );
+    QColorGroup g = cg;
+    if ( d->doc->paper() )
+	g.setBrush( QColorGroup::Base, *d->doc->paper() );
+
+    if ( !clipRect.isNull() )
+	p->setClipRect( clipRect, QPainter::CoordPainter );
+    p->translate( x, y );
+    d->doc->draw( p, r, g, paper );
+    p->translate( -x, -y );
+    p->restore();
+}
+
+
+/*! \fn void QSimpleRichText::draw( QPainter *p,  int x, int y, const QRegion& clipRegion,
+  const QColorGroup& cg, const QBrush* paper ) const
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  Use the version with clipRect instead. The region version has
+  problems with larger documents on some platforms (on X11 regions
+  internally are represented with 16bit coordinates).
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the context of the rich text object. If no context has
+    been specified in the constructor, a null string is returned. The
+    context is the path to use to look up relative links, such as
+    image tags and anchor references.
+*/
+
+QString QSimpleRichText::context() const
+{
+    return d->doc->context();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the anchor at the requested position, \a pos. An empty
+    string is returned if no anchor is specified for this position.
+*/
+
+QString QSimpleRichText::anchorAt( const QPoint& pos ) const
+{
+    if ( d->cachedWidth < 0 )
+	d->adjustSize();
+    QTextCursor c( d->doc );
+    c.place( pos, d->doc->firstParagraph(), TRUE );
+    return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a pos is within a text line of the rich text
+    object; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QSimpleRichText::inText( const QPoint& pos ) const
+{
+    if ( d->cachedWidth < 0 )
+	d->adjustSize();
+    if ( pos.y()  > d->doc->height() )
+	return FALSE;
+    QTextCursor c( d->doc );
+    c.place( pos, d->doc->firstParagraph() );
+    return c.totalOffsetX() + c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->x +
+	c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->format()->width( c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->c ) > pos.x();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the default font for the rich text object to \a f
+*/
+
+void QSimpleRichText::setDefaultFont( const QFont &f )
+{
+    if ( d->font == f )
+	return;
+    d->font = f;
+    d->cachedWidth = -1;
+    d->cachedWidthWithPainter = FALSE;
+    d->doc->setDefaultFormat( f, QColor() );
+    d->doc->setText( d->doc->originalText(), d->doc->context() );
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_RICHTEXT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsimplerichtext.h b/src/kernel/qsimplerichtext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6874767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsimplerichtext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the QSimpleRichText class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIMPLERICHTEXT_H
+#define QSIMPLERICHTEXT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qregion.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+class QPainter;
+class QWidget;
+class QStyleSheet;
+class QBrush;
+class QMimeSourceFactory;
+class QSimpleRichTextData;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSimpleRichText
+{
+public:
+    QSimpleRichText( const QString& text, const QFont& fnt,
+		     const QString& context = QString::null, const QStyleSheet* sheet = 0);
+    QSimpleRichText( const QString& text, const QFont& fnt,
+		     const QString& context,  const QStyleSheet* sheet,
+		     const QMimeSourceFactory* factory, int pageBreak = -1,
+		     const QColor& linkColor = Qt::blue, bool linkUnderline = TRUE );
+    ~QSimpleRichText();
+
+    void setWidth( int );
+    void setWidth( QPainter*, int );
+    void setDefaultFont( const QFont &f );
+    int width() const;
+    int widthUsed() const;
+    int height() const;
+    void adjustSize();
+
+    void draw( QPainter* p,  int x, int y, const QRect& clipRect,
+	       const QColorGroup& cg, const QBrush* paper = 0) const;
+
+    // obsolete
+    void draw( QPainter* p,  int x, int y, const QRegion& clipRegion,
+	       const QColorGroup& cg, const QBrush* paper = 0) const {
+	draw( p, x, y, clipRegion.boundingRect(), cg, paper );
+    }
+
+    QString context() const;
+    QString anchorAt( const QPoint& pos ) const;
+
+    bool inText( const QPoint& pos ) const;
+
+private:
+    QSimpleRichTextData* d;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QSimpleRichText( const QSimpleRichText & );
+    QSimpleRichText &operator=( const QSimpleRichText & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+#endif // QSIMPLERICHTEXT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsize.cpp b/src/kernel/qsize.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dc25e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsize.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QSize class
+**
+** Created : 931028
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsize.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+
+
+/*!
+  \class QSize
+  \brief The QSize class defines the size of a two-dimensional object.
+
+  \ingroup images
+  \ingroup graphics
+
+  A size is specified by a width and a height.
+
+  The coordinate type is QCOORD (defined in \c <qwindowdefs.h> as \c int).
+  The minimum value of QCOORD is QCOORD_MIN (-2147483648) and the maximum
+  value is QCOORD_MAX (2147483647).
+
+  The size can be set in the constructor and changed with setWidth()
+  and setHeight(), or using operator+=(), operator-=(), operator*=()
+  and operator/=(), etc. You can swap the width and height with
+  transpose(). You can get a size which holds the maximum height and
+  width of two sizes using expandedTo(), and the minimum height and
+  width of two sizes using boundedTo().
+
+
+  \sa QPoint, QRect
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QSize member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize::QSize()
+  Constructs a size with invalid (negative) width and height.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize::QSize( int w, int h )
+  Constructs a size with width \a w and height \a h.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QSize::isNull() const
+  Returns TRUE if the width is 0 and the height is 0; otherwise
+  returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QSize::isEmpty() const
+  Returns TRUE if the width is less than or equal to 0, or the height is
+  less than or equal to 0; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QSize::isValid() const
+  Returns TRUE if the width is equal to or greater than 0 and the height is
+  equal to or greater than 0; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QSize::width() const
+  Returns the width.
+  \sa height()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QSize::height() const
+  Returns the height.
+  \sa width()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSize::setWidth( int w )
+  Sets the width to \a w.
+  \sa width(), setHeight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QSize::setHeight( int h )
+  Sets the height to \a h.
+  \sa height(), setWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Swaps the values of width and height.
+*/
+
+void QSize::transpose()
+{
+    QCOORD tmp = wd;
+    wd = ht;
+    ht = tmp;
+}
+
+/*! \enum QSize::ScaleMode
+
+    This enum type defines the different ways of scaling a size.
+
+    \img scaling.png
+
+    \value ScaleFree  The size is scaled freely. The ratio is not preserved.
+    \value ScaleMin  The size is scaled to a rectangle as large as possible
+                     inside a given rectangle, preserving the aspect ratio.
+    \value ScaleMax  The size is scaled to a rectangle as small as possible
+                     outside a given rectangle, preserving the aspect ratio.
+
+    \sa QSize::scale(), QImage::scale(), QImage::smoothScale()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Scales the size to a rectangle of width \a w and height \a h according
+    to the ScaleMode \a mode.
+
+    \list
+    \i If \a mode is \c ScaleFree, the size is set to (\a w, \a h).
+    \i If \a mode is \c ScaleMin, the current size is scaled to a rectangle
+       as large as possible inside (\a w, \a h), preserving the aspect ratio.
+    \i If \a mode is \c ScaleMax, the current size is scaled to a rectangle
+       as small as possible outside (\a w, \a h), preserving the aspect ratio.
+    \endlist
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    QSize t1( 10, 12 );
+    t1.scale( 60, 60, QSize::ScaleFree );
+    // t1 is (60, 60)
+
+    QSize t2( 10, 12 );
+    t2.scale( 60, 60, QSize::ScaleMin );
+    // t2 is (50, 60)
+
+    QSize t3( 10, 12 );
+    t3.scale( 60, 60, QSize::ScaleMax );
+    // t3 is (60, 72)
+    \endcode
+*/
+void QSize::scale( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode )
+{
+    if ( mode == ScaleFree ) {
+	wd = (QCOORD)w;
+	ht = (QCOORD)h;
+    } else {
+	bool useHeight = TRUE;
+	int w0 = width();
+	int h0 = height();
+	int rw = h * w0 / h0;
+
+	if ( mode == ScaleMin ) {
+	    useHeight = ( rw <= w );
+	} else { // mode == ScaleMax
+	    useHeight = ( rw >= w );
+	}
+
+	if ( useHeight ) {
+	    wd = (QCOORD)rw;
+	    ht = (QCOORD)h;
+	} else {
+	    wd = (QCOORD)w;
+	    ht = (QCOORD)( w * h0 / w0 );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Equivalent to scale(\a{s}.width(), \a{s}.height(), \a mode).
+*/
+void QSize::scale( const QSize &s, ScaleMode mode )
+{
+    scale( s.width(), s.height(), mode );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QCOORD &QSize::rwidth()
+  Returns a reference to the width.
+
+  Using a reference makes it possible to directly manipulate the width.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+    QSize s( 100, 10 );
+    s.rwidth() += 20;		// s becomes (120,10)
+  \endcode
+
+  \sa rheight()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QCOORD &QSize::rheight()
+  Returns a reference to the height.
+
+  Using a reference makes it possible to directly manipulate the height.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+    QSize s( 100, 10 );
+    s.rheight() += 5;		// s becomes (100,15)
+  \endcode
+
+  \sa rwidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize &QSize::operator+=( const QSize &s )
+
+  Adds \a s to the size and returns a reference to this size.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+    QSize s(  3, 7 );
+    QSize r( -1, 4 );
+    s += r;			// s becomes (2,11)
+\endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize &QSize::operator-=( const QSize &s )
+
+  Subtracts \a s from the size and returns a reference to this size.
+
+  Example:
+  \code
+    QSize s(  3, 7 );
+    QSize r( -1, 4 );
+    s -= r;			// s becomes (4,3)
+  \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize &QSize::operator*=( int c )
+  Multiplies both the width and height by \a c and returns a reference to
+  the size.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \overload QSize &QSize::operator*=( double c )
+
+  Multiplies both the width and height by \a c and returns a reference to
+  the size.
+
+  Note that the result is truncated.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool operator==( const QSize &s1, const QSize &s2 )
+  \relates QSize
+  Returns TRUE if \a s1 and \a s2 are equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool operator!=( const QSize &s1, const QSize &s2 )
+  \relates QSize
+  Returns TRUE if \a s1 and \a s2 are different; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const QSize operator+( const QSize &s1, const QSize &s2 )
+  \relates QSize
+  Returns the sum of \a s1 and \a s2; each component is added separately.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const QSize operator-( const QSize &s1, const QSize &s2 )
+  \relates QSize
+  Returns \a s2 subtracted from \a s1; each component is
+  subtracted separately.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const QSize operator*( const QSize &s, int c )
+  \relates QSize
+  Multiplies \a s by \a c and returns the result.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \overload const QSize operator*( int c, const QSize &s )
+  \relates QSize
+  Multiplies \a s by \a c and returns the result.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \overload const QSize operator*( const QSize &s, double c )
+  \relates QSize
+  Multiplies \a s by \a c and returns the result.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \overload const QSize operator*( double c, const QSize &s )
+  \relates QSize
+  Multiplies \a s by \a c and returns the result.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize &QSize::operator/=( int c )
+  Divides both the width and height by \a c and returns a reference to the
+  size.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize &QSize::operator/=( double c )
+  \overload
+  Divides both the width and height by \a c and returns a reference to the
+  size.
+
+  Note that the result is truncated.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const QSize operator/( const QSize &s, int c )
+  \relates QSize
+  Divides \a s by \a c and returns the result.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const QSize operator/( const QSize &s, double c )
+  \relates QSize
+  \overload
+  Divides \a s by \a c and returns the result.
+
+  Note that the result is truncated.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize QSize::expandedTo( const QSize & otherSize ) const
+
+  Returns a size with the maximum width and height of this size and
+  \a otherSize.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize QSize::boundedTo( const QSize & otherSize ) const
+
+  Returns a size with the minimum width and height of this size and
+  \a otherSize.
+*/
+
+
+void QSize::warningDivByZero()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    qWarning( "QSize: Division by zero error" );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QSize stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+  \relates QSize
+  Writes the size \a sz to the stream \a s and returns a reference to
+  the stream.
+
+  \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QSize &sz )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 )
+	s << (Q_INT16)sz.width() << (Q_INT16)sz.height();
+    else
+	s << (Q_INT32)sz.width() << (Q_INT32)sz.height();
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \relates QSize
+  Reads the size from the stream \a s into size \a sz and returns a
+  reference to the stream.
+
+  \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QSize &sz )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	Q_INT16 w, h;
+	s >> w;  sz.rwidth() = w;
+	s >> h;  sz.rheight() = h;
+    }
+    else {
+	Q_INT32 w, h;
+	s >> w;  sz.rwidth() = w;
+	s >> h;  sz.rheight() = h;
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsize.h b/src/kernel/qsize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f964bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSize class
+**
+** Created : 931028
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIZE_H
+#define QSIZE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qpoint.h" // ### change to qwindowdefs.h?
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSize
+// ### Make QSize inherit Qt in Qt 4.0
+{
+public:
+    // ### Move this enum to qnamespace.h in Qt 4.0
+    enum ScaleMode {
+	ScaleFree,
+	ScaleMin,
+	ScaleMax
+    };
+
+    QSize();
+    QSize( int w, int h );
+
+    bool isNull() const;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    bool isValid() const;
+
+    int width() const;
+    int height() const;
+    void setWidth( int w );
+    void setHeight( int h );
+    void transpose();
+
+    void scale( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode );
+    void scale( const QSize &s, ScaleMode mode );
+
+    QSize expandedTo( const QSize & ) const;
+    QSize boundedTo( const QSize & ) const;
+
+    QCOORD &rwidth();
+    QCOORD &rheight();
+
+    QSize &operator+=( const QSize & );
+    QSize &operator-=( const QSize & );
+    QSize &operator*=( int c );
+    QSize &operator*=( double c );
+    QSize &operator/=( int c );
+    QSize &operator/=( double c );
+
+    friend inline bool operator==( const QSize &, const QSize & );
+    friend inline bool operator!=( const QSize &, const QSize & );
+    friend inline const QSize operator+( const QSize &, const QSize & );
+    friend inline const QSize operator-( const QSize &, const QSize & );
+    friend inline const QSize operator*( const QSize &, int );
+    friend inline const QSize operator*( int, const QSize & );
+    friend inline const QSize operator*( const QSize &, double );
+    friend inline const QSize operator*( double, const QSize & );
+    friend inline const QSize operator/( const QSize &, int );
+    friend inline const QSize operator/( const QSize &, double );
+
+private:
+    static void warningDivByZero();
+
+    QCOORD wd;
+    QCOORD ht;
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QSize stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QSize & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QSize & );
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QSize inline functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline QSize::QSize()
+{ wd = ht = -1; }
+
+inline QSize::QSize( int w, int h )
+{ wd=(QCOORD)w; ht=(QCOORD)h; }
+
+inline bool QSize::isNull() const
+{ return wd==0 && ht==0; }
+
+inline bool QSize::isEmpty() const
+{ return wd<1 || ht<1; }
+
+inline bool QSize::isValid() const
+{ return wd>=0 && ht>=0; }
+
+inline int QSize::width() const
+{ return wd; }
+
+inline int QSize::height() const
+{ return ht; }
+
+inline void QSize::setWidth( int w )
+{ wd=(QCOORD)w; }
+
+inline void QSize::setHeight( int h )
+{ ht=(QCOORD)h; }
+
+inline QCOORD &QSize::rwidth()
+{ return wd; }
+
+inline QCOORD &QSize::rheight()
+{ return ht; }
+
+inline QSize &QSize::operator+=( const QSize &s )
+{ wd+=s.wd; ht+=s.ht; return *this; }
+
+inline QSize &QSize::operator-=( const QSize &s )
+{ wd-=s.wd; ht-=s.ht; return *this; }
+
+inline QSize &QSize::operator*=( int c )
+{ wd*=(QCOORD)c; ht*=(QCOORD)c; return *this; }
+
+inline QSize &QSize::operator*=( double c )
+{ wd=(QCOORD)(wd*c); ht=(QCOORD)(ht*c); return *this; }
+
+inline bool operator==( const QSize &s1, const QSize &s2 )
+{ return s1.wd == s2.wd && s1.ht == s2.ht; }
+
+inline bool operator!=( const QSize &s1, const QSize &s2 )
+{ return s1.wd != s2.wd || s1.ht != s2.ht; }
+
+inline const QSize operator+( const QSize & s1, const QSize & s2 )
+{ return QSize(s1.wd+s2.wd, s1.ht+s2.ht); }
+
+inline const QSize operator-( const QSize &s1, const QSize &s2 )
+{ return QSize(s1.wd-s2.wd, s1.ht-s2.ht); }
+
+inline const QSize operator*( const QSize &s, int c )
+{ return QSize(s.wd*c, s.ht*c); }
+
+inline const QSize operator*( int c, const QSize &s )
+{  return QSize(s.wd*c, s.ht*c); }
+
+inline const QSize operator*( const QSize &s, double c )
+{ return QSize((QCOORD)(s.wd*c), (QCOORD)(s.ht*c)); }
+
+inline const QSize operator*( double c, const QSize &s )
+{ return QSize((QCOORD)(s.wd*c), (QCOORD)(s.ht*c)); }
+
+inline QSize &QSize::operator/=( int c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0 )
+	warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    wd/=(QCOORD)c; ht/=(QCOORD)c;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline QSize &QSize::operator/=( double c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0.0 )
+	warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    wd=(QCOORD)(wd/c); ht=(QCOORD)(ht/c);
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline const QSize operator/( const QSize &s, int c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0 )
+	QSize::warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    return QSize(s.wd/c, s.ht/c);
+}
+
+inline const QSize operator/( const QSize &s, double c )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_MATH)
+    if ( c == 0.0 )
+	QSize::warningDivByZero();
+#endif
+    return QSize((QCOORD)(s.wd/c), (QCOORD)(s.ht/c));
+}
+
+inline QSize QSize::expandedTo( const QSize & otherSize ) const
+{
+    return QSize( QMAX(wd,otherSize.wd), QMAX(ht,otherSize.ht) );
+}
+
+inline QSize QSize::boundedTo( const QSize & otherSize ) const
+{
+    return QSize( QMIN(wd,otherSize.wd), QMIN(ht,otherSize.ht) );
+}
+
+
+#endif // QSIZE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsizegrip.cpp b/src/kernel/qsizegrip.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61ed6ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsizegrip.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QSizeGrip class
+**
+** Created : 980119
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsizegrip.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SIZEGRIP
+
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+extern Atom qt_sizegrip;			// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+#elif defined (Q_WS_WIN )
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+bool qt_mac_update_sizer(QWidget *, int); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+#endif
+
+
+static QWidget *qt_sizegrip_topLevelWidget( QWidget* w)
+{
+    QWidget *p = w->parentWidget();
+    while ( !w->isTopLevel() && p && !p->inherits("QWorkspace") ) {
+	w = p;
+	p = p->parentWidget();
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+static QWidget* qt_sizegrip_workspace( QWidget* w )
+{
+    while ( w && !w->inherits("QWorkspace" ) ) {
+	if ( w->isTopLevel() )
+	    return 0;
+	w = w->parentWidget();
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QSizeGrip qsizegrip.h
+
+    \brief The QSizeGrip class provides a corner-grip for resizing a top-level window.
+
+    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup basic
+    \ingroup appearance
+
+    This widget works like the standard Windows resize handle. In the
+    X11 version this resize handle generally works differently from
+    the one provided by the system; we hope to reduce this difference
+    in the future.
+
+    Put this widget anywhere in a widget tree and the user can use it
+    to resize the top-level window. Generally, this should be in the
+    lower right-hand corner. Note that QStatusBar already uses this
+    widget, so if you have a status bar (e.g. you are using
+    QMainWindow), then you don't need to use this widget explicitly.
+
+    <img src=qsizegrip-m.png> <img src=qsizegrip-w.png>
+
+    \sa QStatusBar
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a resize corner called \a name, as a child widget of \a
+    parent.
+*/
+QSizeGrip::QSizeGrip( QWidget * parent, const char* name )
+    : QWidget( parent, name )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+    if ( QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+	setCursor( sizeBDiagCursor );
+    else
+	setCursor( sizeFDiagCursor );
+#endif
+#endif
+    setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Fixed ) );
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if ( !qt_sizegrip_workspace( this ) ) {
+	WId id = winId();
+	XChangeProperty(qt_xdisplay(), topLevelWidget()->winId(),
+			qt_sizegrip, XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+			(unsigned char *)&id, 1);
+    }
+#endif
+    tlw = qt_sizegrip_topLevelWidget( this );
+    if ( tlw )
+	tlw->installEventFilter( this );
+    installEventFilter( this ); //for binary compatibility fix in 4.0 with an event() ###
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the size grip.
+*/
+QSizeGrip::~QSizeGrip()
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if ( !QApplication::closingDown() && parentWidget() ) {
+	WId id = None;
+ 	XChangeProperty(qt_xdisplay(), topLevelWidget()->winId(),
+ 			qt_sizegrip, XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+ 			(unsigned char *)&id, 1);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the size grip's size hint; this is a small size.
+*/
+QSize QSizeGrip::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return (style().sizeFromContents(QStyle::CT_SizeGrip, this, QSize(13, 13)).
+	    expandedTo(QApplication::globalStrut()));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Paints the resize grip. Resize grips are usually rendered as small
+    diagonal textured lines in the lower-right corner. The event is in
+    \a e.
+*/
+void QSizeGrip::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *e )
+{
+    QPainter painter( this );
+    painter.setClipRegion(e->region());
+    style().drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_SizeGrip, &painter, rect(), colorGroup());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Primes the resize operation. The event is in \a e.
+*/
+void QSizeGrip::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    p = e->globalPos();
+    s = qt_sizegrip_topLevelWidget(this)->size();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Resizes the top-level widget containing this widget. The event is
+    in \a e.
+*/
+void QSizeGrip::mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    if ( e->state() != LeftButton )
+	return;
+
+    QWidget* tlw = qt_sizegrip_topLevelWidget(this);
+    if ( tlw->testWState(WState_ConfigPending) )
+	return;
+
+    QPoint np( e->globalPos() );
+
+    QWidget* ws = qt_sizegrip_workspace( this );
+    if ( ws ) {
+	QPoint tmp( ws->mapFromGlobal( np ) );
+	if ( tmp.x() > ws->width() )
+	    tmp.setX( ws->width() );
+	if ( tmp.y() > ws->height() )
+	    tmp.setY( ws->height() );
+	np = ws->mapToGlobal( tmp );
+    }
+
+    int w;
+    int h = np.y() - p.y() + s.height();
+
+    if ( QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+	w = s.width() - ( np.x() - p.x() );
+    else
+	w = np.x() - p.x() + s.width();
+
+    if ( w < 1 )
+	w = 1;
+    if ( h < 1 )
+	h = 1;
+    QSize ms( tlw->minimumSizeHint() );
+    ms = ms.expandedTo( minimumSize() );
+    if ( w < ms.width() )
+	w = ms.width();
+    if ( h < ms.height() )
+	h = ms.height();
+
+    if (QApplication::reverseLayout()) {
+	tlw->resize( w, h );
+	if (tlw->size() == QSize(w,h))
+	    tlw->move( tlw->x() + ( np.x()-p.x() ), tlw->y() );
+    } else {
+	tlw->resize( w, h );
+    }
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    MSG msg;
+    while( PeekMessage( &msg, winId(), WM_MOUSEMOVE, WM_MOUSEMOVE, PM_REMOVE ) )
+      ;
+#endif
+    QApplication::syncX();
+
+    if ( QApplication::reverseLayout() && tlw->size() == QSize(w,h) ) {
+	s.rwidth() = tlw->size().width();
+	p.rx() = np.x();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+bool QSizeGrip::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( o == tlw ) {
+	switch ( e->type() ) {
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+	/* The size grip goes no where on Mac OS X when you maximize!  --Sam */
+	case QEvent::ShowMaximized:
+#endif
+	case QEvent::ShowFullScreen:
+	    hide();
+	    break;
+	case QEvent::ShowNormal:
+	    show();
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+    } else if(o == this) {
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+	switch(e->type()) {
+	case QEvent::Hide:
+	case QEvent::Show:
+	    if(!QApplication::closingDown() && parentWidget() && !qt_sizegrip_workspace(this)) {
+		if(QWidget *w = qt_sizegrip_topLevelWidget(this)) {
+		    if(w->isTopLevel()) 
+			qt_mac_update_sizer(w, e->type() == QEvent::Hide ? -1 : 1);
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+ #endif	    
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_SIZEGRIP
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsizegrip.h b/src/kernel/qsizegrip.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7e010a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsizegrip.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSizeGrip class
+**
+** Created : 980316
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIZEGRIP_H
+#define QSIZEGRIP_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SIZEGRIP
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSizeGrip: public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QSizeGrip( QWidget* parent, const char* name=0 );
+    ~QSizeGrip();
+
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+
+protected:
+    void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
+    void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+
+    bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * );
+
+private:
+    QPoint p;
+    QSize s;
+    int d;
+    QWidget *tlw;
+};
+
+#endif //QT_NO_SIZEGRIP
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsizepolicy.h b/src/kernel/qsizepolicy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38011bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsizepolicy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the QSizePolicy class
+**
+** Created : 980929
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIZEPOLICY_H
+#define QSIZEPOLICY_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+// Documentation is in qabstractlayout.cpp.
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSizePolicy
+{
+private:
+    enum SizePolicy_Internal { HSize = 6, HMask = 0x3f, VMask = HMask << HSize,
+                               MayGrow = 1, ExpMask = 2, MayShrink = 4 };
+public:
+    enum SizeType { Fixed = 0,
+		    Minimum = MayGrow,
+		    Maximum = MayShrink,
+		    Preferred = MayGrow | MayShrink,
+		    MinimumExpanding = MayGrow | ExpMask,
+		    Expanding = MayGrow | MayShrink | ExpMask,
+		    Ignored = ExpMask /* magic value */ };
+
+    enum ExpandData { NoDirection = 0,
+		      Horizontally = 1,
+		      Vertically = 2,
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+		      Horizontal = Horizontally,
+		      Vertical = Vertically,
+#endif
+		      BothDirections = Horizontally | Vertically };
+
+    QSizePolicy() : data( 0 ) { }
+
+    QSizePolicy( SizeType hor, SizeType ver, bool hfw = FALSE )
+	: data( hor | (ver<<HSize) | (hfw ? (Q_UINT32)(1<<2*HSize) : 0) ) { }
+    QSizePolicy( SizeType hor, SizeType ver, uchar hors, uchar vers, bool hfw = FALSE );
+
+    SizeType horData() const { return (SizeType)( data & HMask ); }
+    SizeType verData() const { return (SizeType)( (data & VMask) >> HSize ); }
+
+    bool mayShrinkHorizontally() const { return horData() & MayShrink || horData() == Ignored; }
+    bool mayShrinkVertically() const { return verData() & MayShrink || verData() == Ignored; }
+    bool mayGrowHorizontally() const { return horData() & MayGrow || horData() == Ignored; }
+    bool mayGrowVertically() const { return verData() & MayGrow || verData() == Ignored; }
+
+    ExpandData expanding() const
+    {
+	return (ExpandData)( (int)(verData() & ExpMask ? Vertically : 0) |
+			     (int)(horData() & ExpMask ? Horizontally : 0) );
+    }
+
+    void setHorData( SizeType d ) { data = (Q_UINT32)(data & ~HMask) | d; }
+    void setVerData( SizeType d ) { data = (Q_UINT32)(data & ~(HMask << HSize)) |
+					   (d << HSize); }
+
+    void setHeightForWidth( bool b ) { data = b ? (Q_UINT32)( data | ( 1 << 2*HSize ) )
+					      : (Q_UINT32)( data & ~( 1 << 2*HSize ) );  }
+    bool hasHeightForWidth() const { return data & ( 1 << 2*HSize ); }
+
+    bool operator==( const QSizePolicy& s ) const { return data == s.data; }
+    bool operator!=( const QSizePolicy& s ) const { return data != s.data; }
+
+
+    uint horStretch() const { return data >> 24; }
+    uint verStretch() const { return (data >> 16) & 0xff; }
+    void setHorStretch( uchar sf ) { data = (data&0x00ffffff) | (uint(sf)<<24); }
+    void setVerStretch( uchar sf ) { data = (data&0xff00ffff) | (uint(sf)<<16); }
+    inline void transpose();
+
+private:
+    QSizePolicy( int i ) : data( (Q_UINT32)i ) { }
+
+    Q_UINT32 data;
+};
+
+inline QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy( SizeType hor, SizeType ver, uchar hors, uchar vers, bool hfw )
+    : data( hor | (ver<<HSize) | (hfw ? (Q_UINT32)(1<<2*HSize) : 0) ) {
+    setHorStretch( hors );
+    setVerStretch( vers );
+}
+
+inline void QSizePolicy::transpose() {
+    *this = QSizePolicy( verData(), horData(), verStretch(), horStretch(),
+			 hasHeightForWidth() );
+}
+
+#endif // QSIZEPOLICY_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp b/src/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5cdbbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QSocketNotifier class
+**
+** Created : 951114
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QSocketNotifier qsocketnotifier.h
+    \brief The QSocketNotifier class provides support for socket callbacks.
+
+    \ingroup io
+
+    This class makes it possible to write asynchronous socket-based
+    code in Qt. Using synchronous socket operations blocks the
+    program, which is clearly not acceptable for an event-driven GUI
+    program.
+
+    Once you have opened a non-blocking socket (whether for TCP, UDP,
+    a UNIX-domain socket, or any other protocol family your operating
+    system supports), you can create a socket notifier to monitor the
+    socket. Then you connect the activated() signal to the slot you
+    want to be called when a socket event occurs.
+
+    Note for Windows users: the socket passed to QSocketNotifier will
+    become non-blocking, even if it was created as a blocking socket.
+
+    There are three types of socket notifiers (read, write and
+    exception); you must specify one of these in the constructor.
+
+    The type specifies when the activated() signal is to be emitted:
+    \list 1
+    \i QSocketNotifier::Read - There is data to be read (socket read event).
+    \i QSocketNotifier::Write - Data can be written (socket write event).
+    \i QSocketNofifier::Exception - An exception has occurred (socket
+    exception event). We recommend against using this.
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, if you need to monitor both reads and writes for the
+    same socket you must create two socket notifiers.
+
+    For read notifiers it makes little sense to connect the
+    activated() signal to more than one slot because the data can be
+    read from the socket only once.
+
+    Also observe that if you do not read all the available data when
+    the read notifier fires, it fires again and again.
+
+    For write notifiers, immediately disable the notifier after the
+    activated() signal has been received and you have sent the data to
+    be written on the socket. When you have more data to be written,
+    enable it again to get a new activated() signal. The exception is
+    if the socket data writing operation (send() or equivalent) fails
+    with a "would block" error, which means that some buffer is full
+    and you must wait before sending more data. In that case you do
+    not need to disable and re-enable the write notifier; it will fire
+    again as soon as the system allows more data to be sent.
+
+    The behavior of a write notifier that is left in enabled state
+    after having emitting the first activated() signal (and no "would
+    block" error has occurred) is undefined. Depending on the
+    operating system, it may fire on every pass of the event loop or
+    not at all.
+
+    If you need a time-out for your sockets you can use either \link
+    QObject::startTimer() timer events\endlink or the QTimer class.
+
+    Socket action is detected in the \link QApplication::exec() main
+    event loop\endlink of Qt. The X11 version of Qt has a single UNIX
+    select() call that incorporates all socket notifiers and the X
+    socket.
+
+    Note that on XFree86 for OS/2, select() works only in the thread
+    in which main() is running; you should therefore use that thread
+    for GUI operations.
+
+    \sa QSocket, QServerSocket, QSocketDevice, QFile::handle()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSocketNotifier::Type
+
+    \value Read
+    \value Write
+    \value Exception
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a socket notifier called \a name, with the parent, \a
+    parent. It watches \a socket for \a type events, and enables it.
+
+    It is generally advisable to explicitly enable or disable the
+    socket notifier, especially for write notifiers.
+
+    \sa setEnabled(), isEnabled()
+*/
+
+QSocketNotifier::QSocketNotifier( int socket, Type type, QObject *parent,
+				  const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( socket < 0 )
+	qWarning( "QSocketNotifier: Invalid socket specified" );
+#  if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+    if ( socket >= FD_SETSIZE )
+	qWarning( "QSocketNotifier: Socket descriptor too large for select()" );
+#  endif
+#endif
+    sockfd = socket;
+    sntype = type;
+    snenabled = TRUE;
+    QApplication::eventLoop()->registerSocketNotifier( this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the socket notifier.
+*/
+
+QSocketNotifier::~QSocketNotifier()
+{
+    setEnabled( FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSocketNotifier::activated( int socket )
+
+    This signal is emitted under certain conditions specified by the
+    notifier type():
+    \list 1
+    \i QSocketNotifier::Read - There is data to be read (socket read event).
+    \i QSocketNotifier::Write - Data can be written (socket write event).
+    \i QSocketNofifier::Exception - An exception has occurred (socket
+    exception event).
+    \endlist
+
+    The \a socket argument is the \link socket() socket\endlink identifier.
+
+    \sa type(), socket()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSocketNotifier::socket() const
+
+    Returns the socket identifier specified to the constructor.
+
+    \sa type()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Type QSocketNotifier::type() const
+
+    Returns the socket event type specified to the constructor: \c
+    QSocketNotifier::Read, \c QSocketNotifier::Write, or \c
+    QSocketNotifier::Exception.
+
+    \sa socket()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSocketNotifier::isEnabled() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the notifier is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setEnabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Enables the notifier if \a enable is TRUE or disables it if \a
+    enable is FALSE.
+
+    The notifier is enabled by default.
+
+    If the notifier is enabled, it emits the activated() signal
+    whenever a socket event corresponding to its \link type()
+    type\endlink occurs. If it is disabled, it ignores socket events
+    (the same effect as not creating the socket notifier).
+
+    Write notifiers should normally be disabled immediately after the
+    activated() signal has been emitted; see discussion of write
+    notifiers in the \link #details class description\endlink above.
+
+    \sa isEnabled(), activated()
+*/
+
+void QSocketNotifier::setEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( sockfd < 0 )
+	return;
+    if ( snenabled == enable )			// no change
+	return;
+    snenabled = enable;
+
+    QEventLoop *eventloop = QApplication::eventLoop();
+    if ( ! eventloop ) // perhaps application is shutting down
+	return;
+
+    if ( snenabled )
+	eventloop->registerSocketNotifier( this );
+    else
+	eventloop->unregisterSocketNotifier( this );
+}
+
+
+/*!\reimp
+*/
+bool QSocketNotifier::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    // Emits the activated() signal when a \c QEvent::SockAct is
+    // received.
+    QObject::event( e );			// will activate filters
+    if ( e->type() == QEvent::SockAct ) {
+	emit activated( sockfd );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsocketnotifier.h b/src/kernel/qsocketnotifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..199d937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsocketnotifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSocketNotifier class
+**
+** Created : 951114
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSOCKETNOTIFIER_H
+#define QSOCKETNOTIFIER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSocketNotifier : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    enum Type { Read, Write, Exception };
+
+    QSocketNotifier( int socket, Type, QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+   ~QSocketNotifier();
+
+    int		 socket()	const;
+    Type	 type()		const;
+
+    bool	 isEnabled()	const;
+    virtual void setEnabled( bool );
+
+signals:
+    void	 activated( int socket );
+
+protected:
+    bool	 event( QEvent * );
+
+private:
+    int		 sockfd;
+    Type	 sntype;
+    bool	 snenabled;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QSocketNotifier( const QSocketNotifier & );
+    QSocketNotifier &operator=( const QSocketNotifier & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+inline int QSocketNotifier::socket() const
+{ return sockfd; }
+
+inline QSocketNotifier::Type QSocketNotifier::type() const
+{ return sntype; }
+
+inline bool QSocketNotifier::isEnabled() const
+{ return snenabled; }
+
+
+#endif // QSOCKETNOTIFIER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsound.cpp b/src/kernel/qsound.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1079df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsound.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QSound class and QAuServer internal class
+**
+** Created : 000117
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsound.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
+
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+
+static QPtrList<QAuServer> *servers=0;
+
+QAuServer::QAuServer(QObject* parent, const char* name) :
+    QObject(parent,name)
+{
+    if ( !servers ) {
+	servers = new QPtrList<QAuServer>;
+	// ### add cleanup
+    }
+    servers->prepend(this);
+}
+
+QAuServer::~QAuServer()
+{
+    servers->remove(this);
+    if ( servers->count() == 0 ) {
+	delete servers;
+	servers = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void QAuServer::play(const QString& filename)
+{
+    QSound s(filename);
+    play(&s);
+}
+
+extern QAuServer* qt_new_audio_server();
+
+static QAuServer& server()
+{
+    if (!servers) qt_new_audio_server();
+    return *servers->first();
+}
+
+class QSoundData {
+public:
+    QSoundData(const QString& fname) :
+	filename(fname), bucket(0), looprem(0), looptotal(1)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~QSoundData()
+    {
+	delete bucket;
+    }
+
+    QString filename;
+    QAuBucket* bucket;
+    int looprem;
+    int looptotal;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QSound qsound.h
+    \brief The QSound class provides access to the platform audio facilities.
+
+    \ingroup multimedia
+    \mainclass
+
+    Qt provides the most commonly required audio operation in GUI
+    applications: asynchronously playing a sound file. This is most
+    easily accomplished with a single call:
+    \code
+	QSound::play("mysounds/bells.wav");
+    \endcode
+
+    A second API is provided in which a QSound object is created from
+    a sound file and is played later:
+    \code
+	QSound bells("mysounds/bells.wav");
+
+	bells.play();
+    \endcode
+
+    Sounds played using the second model may use more memory but play
+    more immediately than sounds played using the first model,
+    depending on the underlying platform audio facilities.
+
+    On Microsoft Windows the underlying multimedia system is used;
+    only WAVE format sound files are supported.
+
+    On X11 the \link ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/audio/nas/ Network Audio
+    System\endlink is used if available, otherwise all operations work
+    silently. NAS supports WAVE and AU files.
+
+    On Macintosh, ironically, we use QT (\link
+    http://quicktime.apple.com QuickTime\endlink) for sound, this
+    means all QuickTime formats are supported by Qt/Mac.
+
+    On Qt/Embedded, a built-in mixing sound server is used, which
+    accesses \c /dev/dsp directly. Only the WAVE format is supported.
+
+    The availability of sound can be tested with
+    QSound::isAvailable().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn static bool QSound::available()
+
+    Returns TRUE if sound support is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Plays the sound in a file called \a filename.
+*/
+void QSound::play(const QString& filename)
+{
+    server().play(filename);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QSound that can quickly play the sound in a file
+    named \a filename.
+
+    This may use more memory than the static \c play function.
+
+    The \a parent and \a name arguments (default 0) are passed on to
+    the QObject constructor.
+*/
+QSound::QSound(const QString& filename, QObject* parent, const char* name) :
+    QObject(parent,name),
+    d(new QSoundData(filename))
+{
+    server().init(this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the sound object. If the sound is not finished playing stop() is called on it.
+
+    \sa stop() isFinished()
+*/
+QSound::~QSound()
+{
+    if ( !isFinished() )
+	stop();
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the sound has finished playing; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \warning On Windows this function always returns TRUE for unlooped sounds.
+*/
+bool QSound::isFinished() const
+{
+    return d->looprem == 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Starts the sound playing. The function returns immediately.
+    Depending on the platform audio facilities, other sounds may stop
+    or may be mixed with the new sound.
+
+    The sound can be played again at any time, possibly mixing or
+    replacing previous plays of the sound.
+*/
+void QSound::play()
+{
+    d->looprem = d->looptotal;
+    server().play(this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of times the sound will play.
+*/
+int QSound::loops() const
+{
+    return d->looptotal;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of times the sound will loop. This value
+    decreases each time the sound loops.
+*/
+int QSound::loopsRemaining() const
+{
+    return d->looprem;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the sound to repeat \a l times when it is played. Passing the
+    value -1 will cause the sound to loop indefinitely.
+
+    \sa loops()
+*/
+void QSound::setLoops(int l)
+{
+    d->looptotal = l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the filename associated with the sound.
+*/
+QString QSound::fileName() const
+{
+    return d->filename;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Stops the sound playing.
+
+    On Windows the current loop will finish if a sound is played
+    in a loop.
+
+    \sa play()
+*/
+void QSound::stop()
+{
+    server().stop(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if sound facilities exist on the platform; otherwise
+    returns FALSE. An application may choose either to notify the user
+    if sound is crucial to the application or to operate silently
+    without bothering the user.
+
+    If no sound is available, all QSound operations work silently and
+    quickly.
+*/
+bool QSound::isAvailable()
+{
+    return server().okay();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the internal bucket record of sound \a s to \a b, deleting
+    any previous setting.
+*/
+void QAuServer::setBucket(QSound* s, QAuBucket* b)
+{
+    delete s->d->bucket;
+    s->d->bucket = b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the internal bucket record of sound \a s.
+*/
+QAuBucket* QAuServer::bucket(QSound* s)
+{
+    return s->d->bucket;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Decrements the QSound::loopRemaining() value for sound \a s,
+    returning the result.
+*/
+int QAuServer::decLoop(QSound* s)
+{
+    if ( s->d->looprem > 0 )
+	--s->d->looprem;
+    return s->d->looprem;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Initializes the sound. The default implementation does nothing.
+*/
+void QAuServer::init(QSound*)
+{
+}
+
+QAuBucket::~QAuBucket()
+{
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SOUND
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsound.h b/src/kernel/qsound.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df5220b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsound.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QSound class and QAuServer internal class
+**
+** Created : 000117
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+#ifndef QSOUND_H
+#define QSOUND_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
+
+class QSoundData;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QSound : public QObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    static bool isAvailable();
+    static void play(const QString& filename);
+
+    QSound(const QString& filename, QObject* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+    ~QSound();
+
+    /* Coming soon...
+	?
+    QSound(int hertz, Type type=Mono);
+    int play(const ushort* data, int samples);
+    bool full();
+    signal void notFull();
+	?
+    */
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    static bool available() { return isAvailable(); }
+#endif
+
+    int loops() const;
+    int loopsRemaining() const;
+    void setLoops(int);
+    QString fileName() const;
+
+    bool isFinished() const;
+
+public slots:
+    void play();
+    void stop();
+
+private:
+    QSoundData* d;
+    friend class QAuServer;
+};
+
+
+/*
+  QAuServer is an INTERNAL class.  If you wish to provide support for
+  additional audio servers, you can make a subclass of QAuServer to do
+  so, HOWEVER, your class may need to be re-engineered to some degree
+  with each new Qt release, including minor releases.
+
+  QAuBucket is whatever you want.
+*/
+
+class QAuBucket {
+public:
+    virtual ~QAuBucket();
+};
+
+class QAuServer : public QObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QAuServer(QObject* parent, const char* name);
+    ~QAuServer();
+
+    virtual void init(QSound*);
+    virtual void play(const QString& filename);
+    virtual void play(QSound*)=0;
+    virtual void stop(QSound*)=0;
+    virtual bool okay()=0;
+
+protected:
+    void setBucket(QSound*, QAuBucket*);
+    QAuBucket* bucket(QSound*);
+    int decLoop(QSound*);
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SOUND
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qsound_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qsound_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82639a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qsound_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QSound class and QAuServer internal class
+**
+** Created : 000117
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#define QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "qsound.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
+
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+
+
+#ifdef QT_NAS_SUPPORT
+
+#include <audio/audiolib.h>
+#include <audio/soundlib.h>
+
+static AuServer *nas=0;
+
+static AuBool eventPred(AuServer *, AuEvent *e, AuPointer p)
+{
+    if (e && (e->type == AuEventTypeElementNotify)) {
+	if (e->auelementnotify.flow == *((AuFlowID *)p))
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+class QAuBucketNAS : public QAuBucket {
+public:
+    QAuBucketNAS(AuBucketID b, AuFlowID f = 0) : id(b), flow(f), stopped(TRUE), numplaying(0) { }
+    ~QAuBucketNAS()
+    {
+	if ( nas ) {
+	    AuSync(nas, FALSE);
+	    AuDestroyBucket(nas, id, NULL);
+
+	    AuEvent ev;
+	    while (AuScanEvents(nas, AuEventsQueuedAfterFlush, TRUE, eventPred, &flow, &ev))
+		;
+        }
+    }
+
+    AuBucketID id;
+    AuFlowID flow;
+    bool     stopped;
+    int      numplaying;
+};
+
+class QAuServerNAS : public QAuServer {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+    QSocketNotifier* sn;
+
+public:
+    QAuServerNAS(QObject* parent);
+    ~QAuServerNAS();
+
+    void init(QSound*);
+    void play(const QString& filename);
+    void play(QSound*);
+    void stop(QSound*);
+    bool okay();
+    void setDone(QSound*);
+
+public slots:
+    void dataReceived();
+    void soundDestroyed(QObject *o);
+
+private:
+    QAuBucketNAS* bucket(QSound* s)
+    {
+	return (QAuBucketNAS*)QAuServer::bucket(s);
+    }
+};
+
+QAuServerNAS::QAuServerNAS(QObject* parent) :
+    QAuServer(parent,"Network Audio System")
+{
+    nas = AuOpenServer(NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+    if (nas) {
+	AuSetCloseDownMode(nas, AuCloseDownDestroy, NULL);
+	// Ask Qt for async messages...
+	sn=new QSocketNotifier(AuServerConnectionNumber(nas),
+		QSocketNotifier::Read);
+	QObject::connect(sn, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
+		this, SLOT(dataReceived()));
+    } else {
+	sn = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+QAuServerNAS::~QAuServerNAS()
+{
+    if ( nas )
+	AuCloseServer( nas );
+    delete sn;
+    nas = 0;
+}
+
+static QPtrDict<void> *inprogress=0;
+
+void QAuServerNAS::soundDestroyed(QObject *o)
+{
+    if (inprogress) {
+	QSound *so = static_cast<QSound *>(o);
+	while (inprogress->remove(so))
+	    ; // Loop while remove returns TRUE
+    }
+}
+
+void QAuServerNAS::play(const QString& filename)
+{
+    if (nas) {
+	int iv=100;
+	AuFixedPoint volume=AuFixedPointFromFraction(iv,100);
+	AuSoundPlayFromFile(nas, filename, AuNone, volume, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	AuFlush(nas);
+	dataReceived();
+	AuFlush(nas);
+	qApp->flushX();
+    }
+}
+
+static void callback( AuServer*, AuEventHandlerRec*, AuEvent* e, AuPointer p)
+{
+    if ( inprogress->find(p) && e ) {
+	if (e->type==AuEventTypeElementNotify &&
+		    e->auelementnotify.kind==AuElementNotifyKindState) {
+	    if ( e->auelementnotify.cur_state == AuStateStop )
+                ((QAuServerNAS*)inprogress->find(p))->setDone((QSound*)p);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QAuServerNAS::setDone(QSound* s)
+{
+    if (nas) {
+        decLoop(s);
+        if (s->loopsRemaining() && !bucket(s)->stopped) {
+	    bucket(s)->stopped = TRUE;
+            play(s);
+        } else {
+	    if (--(bucket(s)->numplaying) == 0)
+		bucket(s)->stopped = TRUE;
+            inprogress->remove(s);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QAuServerNAS::play(QSound* s)
+{
+    if (nas) {
+	++(bucket(s)->numplaying);
+	if (!bucket(s)->stopped) {
+	    stop(s);
+	}
+
+	bucket(s)->stopped = FALSE;
+	if ( !inprogress )
+	    inprogress = new QPtrDict<void>;
+	inprogress->insert(s,(void*)this);
+	int iv=100;
+	AuFixedPoint volume=AuFixedPointFromFraction(iv,100);
+        QAuBucketNAS *b = bucket(s);
+        AuSoundPlayFromBucket(nas, b->id, AuNone, volume,
+                              callback, s, 0, &b->flow, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	AuFlush(nas);
+	dataReceived();
+	AuFlush(nas);
+	qApp->flushX();
+    }
+}
+
+void QAuServerNAS::stop(QSound* s)
+{
+    if (nas && !bucket(s)->stopped) {
+	bucket(s)->stopped = TRUE;
+        AuStopFlow(nas, bucket(s)->flow, NULL);
+        AuFlush(nas);
+	dataReceived();
+	AuFlush(nas);
+	qApp->flushX();
+    }
+}
+
+void QAuServerNAS::init(QSound* s)
+{
+    connect(s, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject *)),
+	    this, SLOT(soundDestroyed(QObject *)));
+
+    if ( nas ) {
+        AuBucketID b_id =
+            AuSoundCreateBucketFromFile(nas, s->fileName(),
+                                        0 /*AuAccessAllMasks*/, NULL, NULL);
+	setBucket(s, new QAuBucketNAS(b_id));
+    }
+}
+
+bool QAuServerNAS::okay()
+{
+    return !!nas;
+}
+
+void QAuServerNAS::dataReceived()
+{
+    AuHandleEvents(nas);
+}
+
+#include "qsound_x11.moc"
+
+#endif
+
+
+class QAuServerNull : public QAuServer {
+public:
+    QAuServerNull(QObject* parent);
+
+    void play(const QString&) { }
+    void play(QSound*s) { while(decLoop(s) > 0) /* nothing */ ; }
+    void stop(QSound*) { }
+    bool okay() { return FALSE; }
+};
+
+QAuServerNull::QAuServerNull(QObject* parent) :
+    QAuServer(parent,"Null Audio Server")
+{
+}
+
+
+QAuServer* qt_new_audio_server()
+{
+#ifdef QT_NAS_SUPPORT
+    QAuServer* s=new QAuServerNAS(qApp);
+    if (s->okay()) {
+	return s;
+    } else {
+	delete s;
+    }
+#endif
+    return new QAuServerNull(qApp);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SOUND
diff --git a/src/kernel/qstyle.cpp b/src/kernel/qstyle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c150d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qstyle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1896 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QStyle class
+**
+** Created : 981231
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qpixmapcache.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+
+class QStylePrivate
+{
+public:
+    QStylePrivate()
+    {
+    }
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QStyleOption qstyle.h
+    \brief The QStyleOption class specifies optional parameters for QStyle functions.
+    \ingroup appearance
+
+    Some QStyle functions take an optional argument specifying extra
+    information that is required for a paritical primitive or control.
+    So that the QStyle class can be extended, QStyleOption is used to
+    provide a variable-argument for these options.
+
+    The QStyleOption class has constructors for each type of optional
+    argument, and this set of constructors may be extended in future
+    Qt releases. There are also corresponding access functions that
+    return the optional arguments: these too may be extended.
+
+    For each constructor, you should refer to the documentation of the
+    QStyle functions to see the meaning of the arguments.
+
+    When calling QStyle functions from your own widgets, you must only
+    pass the default QStyleOption or the argument that QStyle is
+    documented to accept. For example, if the function expects
+    QStyleOption(QMenuItem *, int), passing QStyleOption(QMenuItem *)
+    leaves the optional integer argument uninitialized.
+
+    When subclassing QStyle, you must similarly only expect the
+    default or documented arguments. The other arguments will have
+    uninitialized values.
+
+    If you make your own QStyle subclasses and your own widgets, you
+    can make a subclass of QStyleOption to pass additional arguments
+    to your QStyle subclass. You will need to cast the "const
+    QStyleOption&" argument to your subclass, so be sure your style
+    has been called from your widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyleOption::StyleOptionDefault
+
+    This enum value can be passed as the optional argument to any
+    QStyle function.
+
+    \value Default
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(StyleOptionDefault)
+
+    The default option. This can always be passed as the optional
+    argument to QStyle functions.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(int)
+
+    Pass one integer, \a in1. For example, headerSection.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(int, int)
+
+    Pass two integers, \a in1 and \a in2. For example, linewidth and
+    midlinewidth.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(int, int, int, int)
+
+    Pass four integers, \a in1, \a in2, \a in3 and \a in4.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(QMenuItem*)
+
+    Pass a menu item, \a m.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(QMenuItem*, int)
+
+    Pass a menu item and an integer, \a m and \a in1.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(QMenuItem*, int, int)
+
+    Pass a menu item and two integers, \a m, \a in1 and \a in2.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(const QColor&)
+
+    Pass a color, \a c.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(QTab*)
+
+    Pass a QTab, \a t.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(QListViewItem*)
+
+    Pass a QListViewItem, \a i.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(Qt::ArrowType)
+
+    Pass an Qt::ArrowType, \a a.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption(QCheckListItem* i)
+
+    Pass a QCheckListItem, \a i.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption( const QRect &r )
+
+    Pass a QRect, \a r.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStyleOption::QStyleOption( QWidget *w )
+
+    Pass a QWidget, \a w.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QStyleOption::isDefault() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the option was constructed with the default
+    constructor; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::day() const
+
+    Returns the index of the day in the month if the appropriate
+    constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::lineWidth() const
+
+    Returns the line width if the appropriate constructor was called;
+    otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::midLineWidth() const
+
+    Returns the mid-line width if the appropriate constructor was
+    called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::frameShape() const
+
+    Returns a QFrame::Shape value if the appropriate constructor was
+    called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::frameShadow() const
+
+    Returns a QFrame::Shadow value if the appropriate constructor was
+    called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMenuItem* QStyleOption::menuItem() const
+
+    Returns a menu item if the appropriate constructor was called;
+    otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::maxIconWidth() const
+
+    Returns the maximum width of the menu item check area if the
+    appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is
+    undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::tabWidth() const
+
+    Returns the tab indent width if the appropriate constructor was
+    called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyleOption::headerSection() const
+
+    Returns the header section if the appropriate constructor was
+    called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor& QStyleOption::color() const
+
+    Returns a color if the appropriate constructor was called;
+    otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QTab* QStyleOption::tab() const
+
+    Returns a QTabBar tab if the appropriate constructor was called;
+    otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QListViewItem* QStyleOption::listViewItem() const
+
+    Returns a QListView item if the appropriate constructor was
+    called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Qt::ArrowType QStyleOption::arrowType() const
+
+    Returns an arrow type if the appropriate constructor was called;
+    otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCheckListItem* QStyleOption::checkListItem() const
+
+    Returns a check list item if the appropriate constructor was
+    called; otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QStyleOption::rect() const
+
+    Returns a rectangle if the appropriate constructor was called;
+    otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget* QStyleOption::widget() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to a widget if the appropriate constructor was called;
+    otherwise the return value is undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QStyle qstyle.h
+    \brief The QStyle class specifies the look and feel of a GUI.
+    \ingroup appearance
+
+    A large number of GUI elements are common to many widgets. The
+    QStyle class allows the look of these elements to be modified
+    across all widgets that use the QStyle functions. It also
+    provides two feel options: Motif and Windows.
+
+    Although it is not possible to fully enumerate the look of
+    graphical elements and the feel of widgets in a GUI, QStyle
+    provides a considerable amount of control and customisability.
+
+    In Qt 1.x the look and feel option for widgets was specified by a
+    single value: the GUIStyle. Starting with Qt 2.0, this notion was
+    expanded to allow the look to be specified by virtual drawing
+    functions.
+
+    Derived classes may reimplement some or all of the drawing
+    functions to modify the look of all widgets that use those
+    functions.
+
+    Languages written from right to left (such as Arabic and Hebrew)
+    usually also mirror the whole layout of widgets. If you design a
+    style, you should take special care when drawing asymmetric
+    elements to make sure that they also look correct in a mirrored
+    layout. You can start your application with \c -reverse to check
+    the mirrored layout. Also notice, that for a reversed layout, the
+    light usually comes from top right instead of top left.
+
+    The actual reverse layout is performed automatically when
+    possible. However, for the sake of flexibility, the translation
+    cannot be performed everywhere. The documentation for each
+    function in the QStyle API states whether the function
+    expects/returns logical or screen coordinates. Using logical
+    coordinates (in ComplexControls, for example) provides great
+    flexibility in controlling the look of a widget. Use visualRect()
+    when necessary to translate logical coordinates into screen
+    coordinates for drawing.
+
+    In Qt versions prior to 3.0, if you wanted a low level route into
+    changing the appearance of a widget, you would reimplement
+    polish(). With the new 3.0 style engine the recommended approach
+    is to reimplement the draw functions, for example drawItem(),
+    drawPrimitive(), drawControl(), drawControlMask(),
+    drawComplexControl() and drawComplexControlMask(). Each of these
+    functions is called with a range of parameters that provide
+    information that you can use to determine how to draw them, e.g.
+    style flags, rectangle, color group, etc.
+
+    For information on changing elements of an existing style or
+    creating your own style see the \link customstyles.html Style
+    overview\endlink.
+
+    Styles can also be created as \link plugins-howto.html
+    plugins\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum Qt::GUIStyle
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  \value WindowsStyle
+  \value MotifStyle
+  \value MacStyle
+  \value Win3Style
+  \value PMStyle
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::UIEffect
+
+    \value UI_General
+    \value UI_AnimateMenu
+    \value UI_FadeMenu
+    \value UI_AnimateCombo
+    \value UI_AnimateTooltip
+    \value UI_FadeTooltip
+    \value UI_AnimateToolBox Reserved
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QStyle.
+*/
+QStyle::QStyle()
+{
+    d = new QStylePrivate;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the style and frees all allocated resources.
+*/
+QStyle::~QStyle()
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+  \fn GUIStyle QStyle::guiStyle() const
+  \obsolete
+
+  Returns an indicator to the additional "feel" component of a
+  style. Current supported values are Qt::WindowsStyle and Qt::MotifStyle.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Initializes the appearance of a widget.
+
+    This function is called for every widget at some point after it
+    has been fully created but just \e before it is shown the very
+    first time.
+
+    Reasonable actions in this function might be to call
+    QWidget::setBackgroundMode() for the widget. An example of highly
+    unreasonable use would be setting the geometry! Reimplementing
+    this function gives you a back-door through which you can change
+    the appearance of a widget. With Qt 3.0's style engine you will
+    rarely need to write your own polish(); instead reimplement
+    drawItem(), drawPrimitive(), etc.
+
+    The QWidget::inherits() function may provide enough information to
+    allow class-specific customizations. But be careful not to
+    hard-code things too much because new QStyle subclasses are
+    expected to work reasonably with all current and \e future
+    widgets.
+
+    \sa unPolish()
+*/
+void QStyle::polish( QWidget*)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Undoes the initialization of a widget's appearance.
+
+    This function is the counterpart to polish. It is called for every
+    polished widget when the style is dynamically changed. The former
+    style has to unpolish its settings before the new style can polish
+    them again.
+
+    \sa polish()
+*/
+void QStyle::unPolish( QWidget*)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    Late initialization of the QApplication object.
+
+    \sa unPolish()
+*/
+void QStyle::polish( QApplication*)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Undoes the application polish.
+
+    \sa polish()
+*/
+void QStyle::unPolish( QApplication*)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    The style may have certain requirements for color palettes. In
+    this function it has the chance to change the palette according to
+    these requirements.
+
+    \sa QPalette, QApplication::setPalette()
+*/
+void QStyle::polish( QPalette&)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Polishes the popup menu according to the GUI style. This usually
+    means setting the mouse tracking
+    (\l{QPopupMenu::setMouseTracking()}) and whether the menu is
+    checkable by default (\l{QPopupMenu::setCheckable()}).
+*/
+void QStyle::polishPopupMenu( QPopupMenu *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the appropriate area (see below) within rectangle \a r in
+    which to draw the \a text or \a pixmap using painter \a p. If \a
+    len is -1 (the default) all the \a text is drawn; otherwise only
+    the first \a len characters of \a text are drawn. The text is
+    aligned in accordance with the alignment \a flags (see
+    \l{Qt::AlignmentFlags}). The \a enabled bool indicates whether or
+    not the item is enabled.
+
+    If \a r is larger than the area needed to render the \a text the
+    rectangle that is returned will be offset within \a r in
+    accordance with the alignment \a flags. For example if \a flags is
+    \c AlignCenter the returned rectangle will be centered within \a
+    r. If \a r is smaller than the area needed the rectangle that is
+    returned will be \e larger than \a r (the smallest rectangle large
+    enough to render the \a text or \a pixmap).
+
+    By default, if both the text and the pixmap are not null, the
+    pixmap is drawn and the text is ignored.
+*/
+QRect QStyle::itemRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+			int flags, bool enabled, const QPixmap *pixmap,
+			const QString& text, int len ) const
+{
+    QRect result;
+    int x = r.x();
+    int y = r.y();
+    int w = r.width();
+    int h = r.height();
+    GUIStyle gs = (GUIStyle)styleHint( SH_GUIStyle );
+
+    if ( pixmap ) {
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignVCenter) == Qt::AlignVCenter )
+	    y += h/2 - pixmap->height()/2;
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignBottom) == Qt::AlignBottom)
+	    y += h - pixmap->height();
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignRight) == Qt::AlignRight )
+	    x += w - pixmap->width();
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignHCenter) == Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	    x += w/2 - pixmap->width()/2;
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignLeft) != Qt::AlignLeft && QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+	    x += w - pixmap->width();
+	result = QRect(x, y, pixmap->width(), pixmap->height());
+    } else if ( !text.isNull() && p ) {
+	result = p->boundingRect( x, y, w, h, flags, text, len );
+	if ( gs == Qt::WindowsStyle && !enabled ) {
+	    result.setWidth(result.width()+1);
+	    result.setHeight(result.height()+1);
+	}
+    } else {
+	result = QRect(x, y, w, h);
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Draws the \a text or \a pixmap in rectangle \a r using painter \a
+    p and color group \a g. The pen color is specified with \a
+    penColor. The \a enabled bool indicates whether or not the item is
+    enabled; when reimplementing this bool should influence how the
+    item is drawn. If \a len is -1 (the default) all the \a text is
+    drawn; otherwise only the first \a len characters of \a text are
+    drawn. The text is aligned and wrapped according to the alignment
+    \a flags (see \l{Qt::AlignmentFlags}).
+
+    By default, if both the text and the pixmap are not null, the
+    pixmap is drawn and the text is ignored.
+*/
+void QStyle::drawItem( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+		       int flags, const QColorGroup &g, bool enabled,
+		       const QPixmap *pixmap, const QString& text, int len,
+		       const QColor* penColor ) const
+{
+    int x = r.x();
+    int y = r.y();
+    int w = r.width();
+    int h = r.height();
+    GUIStyle gs = (GUIStyle)styleHint( SH_GUIStyle );
+
+    p->setPen( penColor?*penColor:g.foreground() );
+    if ( pixmap ) {
+	QPixmap  pm( *pixmap );
+	bool clip = (flags & Qt::DontClip) == 0;
+	if ( clip ) {
+	    if ( pm.width() < w && pm.height() < h ) {
+		clip = FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		p->save();
+		QRegion cr = QRect(x, y, w, h);
+		if (p->hasClipping())
+		    cr &= p->clipRegion(QPainter::CoordPainter);
+		p->setClipRegion(cr);
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignVCenter) == Qt::AlignVCenter )
+	    y += h/2 - pm.height()/2;
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignBottom) == Qt::AlignBottom)
+	    y += h - pm.height();
+	if ( (flags & Qt::AlignRight) == Qt::AlignRight )
+	    x += w - pm.width();
+	else if ( (flags & Qt::AlignHCenter) == Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	    x += w/2 - pm.width()/2;
+	else if ( ((flags & Qt::AlignLeft) != Qt::AlignLeft) && QApplication::reverseLayout() ) // AlignAuto && rightToLeft
+	    x += w - pm.width();
+
+	if ( !enabled ) {
+	    if ( pm.mask() ) {			// pixmap with a mask
+		if ( !pm.selfMask() ) {		// mask is not pixmap itself
+		    QPixmap pmm( *pm.mask() );
+		    pmm.setMask( *((QBitmap *)&pmm) );
+		    pm = pmm;
+		}
+	    } else if ( pm.depth() == 1 ) {	// monochrome pixmap, no mask
+		pm.setMask( *((QBitmap *)&pm) );
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK
+	    } else {				// color pixmap, no mask
+		QString k;
+		k.sprintf( "$qt-drawitem-%x", pm.serialNumber() );
+		QPixmap *mask = QPixmapCache::find(k);
+		bool del=FALSE;
+		if ( !mask ) {
+		    mask = new QPixmap( pm.createHeuristicMask() );
+		    mask->setMask( *((QBitmap*)mask) );
+		    del = !QPixmapCache::insert( k, mask );
+		}
+		pm = *mask;
+		if (del) delete mask;
+#endif
+	    }
+	    if ( gs == Qt::WindowsStyle ) {
+		p->setPen( g.light() );
+		p->drawPixmap( x+1, y+1, pm );
+		p->setPen( g.text() );
+	    }
+	}
+	p->drawPixmap( x, y, pm );
+	if ( clip )
+	    p->restore();
+    } else if ( !text.isNull() ) {
+	if ( gs == Qt::WindowsStyle && !enabled ) {
+	    p->setPen( g.light() );
+	    p->drawText( x+1, y+1, w, h, flags, text, len );
+	    p->setPen( g.text() );
+	}
+	p->drawText( x, y, w, h, flags, text, len );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::PrimitiveElement
+
+    This enum represents the PrimitiveElements of a style. A
+    PrimitiveElement is a common GUI element, such as a checkbox
+    indicator or pushbutton bevel.
+
+    \value PE_ButtonCommand  button used to initiate an action, for
+	example, a QPushButton.
+    \value PE_ButtonDefault  this button is the default button, e.g.
+	in a dialog.
+    \value PE_ButtonBevel  generic button bevel.
+    \value PE_ButtonTool  tool button, for example, a QToolButton.
+    \value PE_ButtonDropDown  drop down button, for example, a tool
+	button that displays a popup menu, for example, QPopupMenu.
+
+
+    \value PE_FocusRect  generic focus indicator.
+
+
+    \value PE_ArrowUp  up arrow.
+    \value PE_ArrowDown  down arrow.
+    \value PE_ArrowRight  right arrow.
+    \value PE_ArrowLeft  left arrow.
+
+
+    \value PE_SpinWidgetUp  up symbol for a spin widget, for example a
+	QSpinBox.
+    \value PE_SpinWidgetDown down symbol for a spin widget.
+    \value PE_SpinWidgetPlus  increase symbol for a spin widget.
+    \value PE_SpinWidgetMinus  decrease symbol for a spin widget.
+
+
+    \value PE_Indicator  on/off indicator, for example, a QCheckBox.
+    \value PE_IndicatorMask  bitmap mask for an indicator.
+    \value PE_ExclusiveIndicator  exclusive on/off indicator, for
+	example, a QRadioButton.
+    \value PE_ExclusiveIndicatorMask  bitmap mask for an exclusive indicator.
+
+
+    \value PE_DockWindowHandle  tear off handle for dock windows and
+	toolbars, for example \l{QDockWindow}s and \l{QToolBar}s.
+    \value PE_DockWindowSeparator  item separator for dock window and
+	toolbar contents.
+    \value PE_DockWindowResizeHandle  resize handle for dock windows.
+
+    \value PE_Splitter  splitter handle; see also QSplitter.
+
+
+    \value PE_Panel  generic panel frame; see also QFrame.
+    \value PE_PanelPopup  panel frame for popup windows/menus; see also
+	QPopupMenu.
+    \value PE_PanelMenuBar  panel frame for menu bars.
+    \value PE_PanelDockWindow  panel frame for dock windows and toolbars.
+    \value PE_PanelTabWidget  panel frame for tab widgets.
+    \value PE_PanelLineEdit  panel frame for line edits.
+    \value PE_PanelGroupBox  panel frame for group boxes.
+
+    \value PE_TabBarBase  area below tabs in a tab widget, for example,
+	QTab.
+
+
+    \value PE_HeaderSection  section of a list or table header; see also
+	QHeader.
+    \value PE_HeaderArrow arrow used to indicate sorting on a list or table
+	header
+    \value PE_StatusBarSection  section of a status bar; see also
+	QStatusBar.
+
+
+    \value PE_GroupBoxFrame  frame around a group box; see also
+	QGroupBox.
+    \value PE_WindowFrame  frame around a MDI window or a docking window
+
+
+    \value PE_Separator  generic separator.
+
+
+    \value PE_SizeGrip  window resize handle; see also QSizeGrip.
+
+
+    \value PE_CheckMark  generic check mark; see also QCheckBox.
+
+
+    \value PE_ScrollBarAddLine  scrollbar line increase indicator
+	(i.e. scroll down); see also QScrollBar.
+    \value PE_ScrollBarSubLine  scrollbar line decrease indicator (i.e. scroll up).
+    \value PE_ScrollBarAddPage  scolllbar page increase indicator (i.e. page down).
+    \value PE_ScrollBarSubPage  scrollbar page decrease indicator (i.e. page up).
+    \value PE_ScrollBarSlider  scrollbar slider
+    \value PE_ScrollBarFirst  scrollbar first line indicator (i.e. home).
+    \value PE_ScrollBarLast  scrollbar last line indicator (i.e. end).
+
+
+    \value PE_ProgressBarChunk  section of a progress bar indicator; see
+	also QProgressBar.
+
+    \value PE_CheckListController controller part of a listview item
+    \value PE_CheckListIndicator checkbox part of a listview item
+    \value PE_CheckListExclusiveIndicator radiobutton part of a listview item
+    \value PE_RubberBand rubber band used in such things as iconview
+
+    \value PE_CustomBase  base value for custom PrimitiveElements.
+	All values above this are reserved for custom use. Custom
+	values must be greater than this value.
+
+    \sa drawPrimitive()
+*/
+/*! \enum QStyle::SFlags
+    \internal
+*/
+/*! \enum QStyle::SCFlags
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::StyleFlags
+
+    This enum represents flags for drawing PrimitiveElements. Not all
+    primitives use all of these flags. Note that these flags may mean
+    different things to different primitives. For an explanation of
+    the relationship between primitives and their flags, as well as
+    the different meanings of the flags, see the \link
+    customstyles.html Style overview\endlink.
+
+    \value Style_Default
+    \value Style_Enabled
+    \value Style_Raised
+    \value Style_Sunken
+    \value Style_Off
+    \value Style_NoChange
+    \value Style_On
+    \value Style_Down
+    \value Style_Horizontal
+    \value Style_HasFocus
+    \value Style_Top
+    \value Style_Bottom
+    \value Style_FocusAtBorder
+    \value Style_AutoRaise
+    \value Style_MouseOver
+    \value Style_Up
+    \value Style_Selected
+    \value Style_HasFocus
+    \value Style_Active
+    \value Style_ButtonDefault
+
+    \sa drawPrimitive()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QStyle::drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe, QPainter *p, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags flags, const QStyleOption& opt) const
+
+    Draws the style PrimitiveElement \a pe using the painter \a p in
+    the area \a r. Colors are used from the color group \a cg.
+
+    The rect \a r should be in screen coordinates.
+
+    The \a flags argument is used to control how the PrimitiveElement
+    is drawn. Multiple flags can be OR'ed together.
+
+    For example, a pressed button would be drawn with the flags \c
+    Style_Enabled and \c Style_Down.
+
+    The \a opt argument can be used to control how various
+    PrimitiveElements are drawn. Note that \a opt may be the default
+    value even for PrimitiveElements that make use of extra options.
+    When \a opt is non-default, it is used as follows:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i PrimitiveElement \i Options \i Notes
+    \row \i \l PE_FocusRect
+	 \i \l QStyleOption ( const \l QColor & bg )
+	    \list
+	    \i opt.\link QStyleOption::color() color\endlink()
+	    \endlist
+	 \i \e bg is the background color on which the focus rect is being drawn.
+    \row \i12 \l PE_Panel
+	 \i12 \l QStyleOption ( int linewidth, int midlinewidth )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::lineWidth() lineWidth\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::midLineWidth() midLineWidth\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i \e linewidth is the line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i \e midlinewidth is the mid-line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i12 \l PE_PanelPopup
+	 \i12 \l QStyleOption ( int linewidth, int midlinewidth )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::lineWidth() lineWidth\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::midLineWidth() midLineWidth\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i \e linewidth is the line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i \e midlinewidth is the mid-line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i12 \l PE_PanelMenuBar
+	 \i12 \l QStyleOption ( int linewidth, int midlinewidth )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::lineWidth() lineWidth\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::midLineWidth() midLineWidth\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i \e linewidth is the line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i \e midlinewidth is the mid-line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i12 \l PE_PanelDockWindow
+	 \i12 \l QStyleOption ( int linewidth, int midlinewidth )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::lineWidth() lineWidth\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::midLineWidth() midLineWidth\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i \e linewidth is the line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i \e midlinewidth is the mid-line width for drawing the panel.
+    \row \i14 \l PE_GroupBoxFrame
+	 \i14 \l QStyleOption ( int linewidth, int midlinewidth, int shape, int shadow )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::lineWidth() lineWidth\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::midLineWidth() midLineWidth\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::frameShape() frameShape\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::frameShadow() frameShadow\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i \e linewidth is the line width for the group box.
+    \row \i \e midlinewidth is the mid-line width for the group box.
+    \row \i \e shape is the \link QFrame::frameShape frame shape \endlink
+	    for the group box.
+    \row \i \e shadow is the \link QFrame::frameShadow frame shadow \endlink
+	    for the group box.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    For all other \link QStyle::PrimitiveElement
+    PrimitiveElements\endlink, \a opt is unused.
+
+    \sa StyleFlags
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::ControlElement
+
+    This enum represents a ControlElement. A ControlElement is part of
+    a widget that performs some action or displays information to the
+    user.
+
+    \value CE_PushButton  the bevel and default indicator of a QPushButton.
+    \value CE_PushButtonLabel  the label (iconset with text or pixmap)
+	of a QPushButton.
+
+    \value CE_CheckBox  the indicator of a QCheckBox.
+    \value CE_CheckBoxLabel  the label (text or pixmap) of a QCheckBox.
+
+    \value CE_RadioButton  the indicator of a QRadioButton.
+    \value CE_RadioButtonLabel  the label (text or pixmap) of a QRadioButton.
+
+    \value CE_TabBarTab  the tab within a QTabBar (a QTab).
+    \value CE_TabBarLabel  the label within a QTab.
+
+    \value CE_ProgressBarGroove  the groove where the progress
+	indicator is drawn in a QProgressBar.
+    \value CE_ProgressBarContents  the progress indicator of a QProgressBar.
+    \value CE_ProgressBarLabel  the text label of a QProgressBar.
+
+    \value CE_PopupMenuItem  a menu item in a QPopupMenu.
+    \value CE_PopupMenuScroller scrolling areas in a popumenu when the
+	style supports scrolling.
+    \value CE_PopupMenuHorizontalExtra extra frame area set aside with PM_PopupMenuFrameHorizontalExtra
+    \value CE_PopupMenuVerticalExtra extra frame area set aside with PM_PopupMenuFrameVerticalExtra
+
+    \value CE_MenuBarItem  a menu item in a QMenuBar.
+
+    \value CE_ToolButtonLabel a tool button's label.
+
+    \value CE_MenuBarEmptyArea the empty area of a QMenuBar.
+    \value CE_DockWindowEmptyArea the empty area of a QDockWindow.
+
+    \value CE_ToolBoxTab the toolbox's tab area
+    \value CE_HeaderLabel the header's label
+
+    \value CE_CustomBase  base value for custom ControlElements. All values above
+	    this are reserved for custom use. Therefore, custom values must be
+	    greater than this value.
+
+    \sa drawControl()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QStyle::drawControl( ControlElement element, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how, const QStyleOption& opt) const
+
+    Draws the ControlElement \a element using the painter \a p in the
+    area \a r. Colors are used from the color group \a cg.
+
+    The rect \a r should be in screen coordinates.
+
+    The \a how argument is used to control how the ControlElement is
+    drawn. Multiple flags can be OR'ed together. See the table below
+    for an explanation of which flags are used with the various
+    ControlElements.
+
+    The \a widget argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its
+    subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
+    on the value of \a element. The \a opt argument can be used to
+    pass extra information required when drawing the ControlElement.
+    Note that \a opt may be the default value even for ControlElements
+    that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for
+    the appropriate \a widget and \a opt usage:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i ControlElement<br>\& Widget Cast
+	    \i Style Flags
+	    \i Notes
+	    \i Options
+	    \i Notes
+
+    \row \i16 \l{CE_PushButton}(const \l QPushButton *)
+
+	 and
+
+	    \l{CE_PushButtonLabel}(const \l QPushButton *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the button is enabled.
+	 \i16 Unused.
+	 \i16 &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the button has input focus.
+    \row \i \l Style_Raised \i Set if the button is not down, not on and not flat.
+    \row \i \l Style_On \i Set if the button is a toggle button and toggled on.
+    \row \i \l Style_Down \i Set if the button is down (i.e., the mouse button or
+			    space bar is pressed on the button).
+    \row \i \l Style_ButtonDefault \i Set if the button is a default button.
+
+    \row \i16 \l{CE_CheckBox}(const \l QCheckBox *)
+
+	 and
+
+	 \l{CE_CheckBoxLabel}(const \l QCheckBox *)
+
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the checkbox is enabled.
+	 \i16 Unused.
+	 \i16 &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the checkbox has input focus.
+    \row \i \l Style_On \i Set if the checkbox is checked.
+    \row \i \l Style_Off \i Set if the checkbox is not checked.
+    \row \i \l Style_NoChange \i Set if the checkbox is in the NoChange state.
+    \row \i \l Style_Down \i Set if the checkbox is down (i.e., the mouse button or
+			    space bar is pressed on the button).
+
+    \row \i15 \l{CE_RadioButton}(const QRadioButton *)
+
+	and
+
+	\l{CE_RadioButtonLabel}(const QRadioButton *)
+	\i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the radiobutton is enabled.
+	\i15 Unused.
+	\i15 &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the radiobutton has input focus.
+    \row \i \l Style_On \i Set if the radiobutton is checked.
+    \row \i \l Style_Off \i Set if the radiobutton is not checked.
+    \row \i \l Style_Down \i Set if the radiobutton is down (i.e., the mouse
+			    button or space bar is pressed on the radiobutton).
+
+    \row \i12 \l{CE_TabBarTab}(const \l QTabBar *)
+
+	 and
+
+	 \l{CE_TabBarLabel}(const \l QTabBar *)
+
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the tabbar and tab is enabled.
+	 \i12 \l QStyleOption ( \l QTab *t )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::tab() tab\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i12 \e t is the QTab being drawn.
+    \row \i \l Style_Selected \i Set if the tab is the current tab.
+
+    \row \i12 \l{CE_ProgressBarGroove}(const QProgressBar *)
+
+	 and
+
+	 \l{CE_ProgressBarContents}(const QProgressBar *)
+
+	 and
+
+	 \l{CE_ProgressBarLabel}(const QProgressBar *)
+
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the progressbar is enabled.
+	 \i12 Unused.
+	 \i12 &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the progressbar has input focus.
+
+    \row \i13 \l{CE_PopupMenuItem}(const \l QPopupMenu *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the menuitem is enabled.
+	 \i13 \l QStyleOption ( QMenuItem *mi, int tabwidth, int maxpmwidth )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::menuItem() menuItem\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::tabWidth() tabWidth\endlink()
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::maxIconWidth() maxIconWidth\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i \e mi is the menu item being drawn. QMenuItem is currently an
+	    internal class.
+    \row \i \l Style_Active \i Set if the menuitem is the current item.
+	 \i \e tabwidth is the width of the tab column where key accelerators
+	    are drawn.
+    \row \i \l Style_Down \i Set if the menuitem is down (i.e., the mouse button
+			    or space bar is pressed).
+	 \i \e maxpmwidth is the maximum width of the check column where
+	    checkmarks and iconsets are drawn.
+
+    \row \i14 \l{CE_MenuBarItem}(const \l QMenuBar *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the menuitem is enabled
+	 \i14 \l QStyleOption ( QMenuItem *mi )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::menuItem() menuItem\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i14 \e mi is the menu item being drawn.
+    \row \i \l Style_Active \i Set if the menuitem is the current item.
+    \row \i \l Style_Down \i Set if the menuitem is down (i.e., a mouse button or
+			    the space bar is pressed).
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the menubar has input focus.
+
+    \row \i17 \l{CE_ToolButtonLabel}(const \l QToolButton *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the toolbutton is enabled.
+	 \i17 \l QStyleOption ( \l ArrowType t )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::arrowType() arrowType\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i17 When the tool button only contains an arrow, \e t is the
+	    arrow's type.
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the toolbutton has input focus.
+    \row \i \l Style_Down \i Set if the toolbutton is down (i.e., a
+	    mouse button or the space is pressed).
+    \row \i \l Style_On \i Set if the toolbutton is a toggle button
+	and is toggled on.
+    \row \i \l Style_AutoRaise \i Set if the toolbutton has auto-raise enabled.
+    \row \i \l Style_MouseOver \i Set if the mouse pointer is over the toolbutton.
+    \row \i \l Style_Raised \i Set if the button is not down, not on and doesn't
+	contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled.
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa ControlElement, StyleFlags
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QStyle::drawControlMask( ControlElement element, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, const QStyleOption& opt) const
+
+    Draw a bitmask for the ControlElement \a element using the painter
+    \a p in the area \a r. See drawControl() for an explanation of the
+    use of the \a widget and \a opt arguments.
+
+    The rect \a r should be in screen coordinates.
+
+    \sa drawControl(), ControlElement
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::SubRect
+
+    This enum represents a sub-area of a widget. Style implementations
+    would use these areas to draw the different parts of a widget.
+
+    \value SR_PushButtonContents  area containing the label (iconset
+	with text or pixmap).
+    \value SR_PushButtonFocusRect  area for the focus rect (usually
+	larger than the contents rect).
+
+    \value SR_CheckBoxIndicator  area for the state indicator (e.g. check mark).
+    \value SR_CheckBoxContents  area for the label (text or pixmap).
+    \value SR_CheckBoxFocusRect  area for the focus indicator.
+
+
+    \value SR_RadioButtonIndicator  area for the state indicator.
+    \value SR_RadioButtonContents  area for the label.
+    \value SR_RadioButtonFocusRect  area for the focus indicator.
+
+
+    \value SR_ComboBoxFocusRect  area for the focus indicator.
+
+
+    \value SR_SliderFocusRect  area for the focus indicator.
+
+
+    \value SR_DockWindowHandleRect  area for the tear-off handle.
+
+
+    \value SR_ProgressBarGroove  area for the groove.
+    \value SR_ProgressBarContents  area for the progress indicator.
+    \value SR_ProgressBarLabel  area for the text label.
+
+
+    \value SR_ToolButtonContents area for the tool button's label.
+
+    \value SR_DialogButtonAccept area for a dialog's accept button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonReject area for a dialog's reject button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonApply  area for a dialog's apply button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonHelp area for a dialog's help button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonAll area for a dialog's all button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonRetry area for a dialog's retry button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonAbort area for a dialog's abort button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonIgnore area for a dialog's ignore button.
+    \value SR_DialogButtonCustom area for a dialog's custom widget area (in button row).
+
+    \value SR_ToolBoxTabContents area for a toolbox tab's icon and label
+
+    \value SR_CustomBase  base value for custom ControlElements. All values above
+	    this are reserved for custom use. Therefore, custom values must be
+	    greater than this value.
+
+    \sa subRect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QStyle::subRect( SubRect subrect, const QWidget *widget ) const;
+
+    Returns the sub-area \a subrect for the \a widget in logical
+    coordinates.
+
+    The \a widget argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its
+    subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
+    on the value of \a subrect. See the table below for the
+    appropriate \a widget casts:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i SubRect \i Widget Cast
+    \row \i \l SR_PushButtonContents	\i (const \l QPushButton *)
+    \row \i \l SR_PushButtonFocusRect	\i (const \l QPushButton *)
+    \row \i \l SR_CheckBoxIndicator	\i (const \l QCheckBox *)
+    \row \i \l SR_CheckBoxContents	\i (const \l QCheckBox *)
+    \row \i \l SR_CheckBoxFocusRect	\i (const \l QCheckBox *)
+    \row \i \l SR_RadioButtonIndicator	\i (const \l QRadioButton *)
+    \row \i \l SR_RadioButtonContents	\i (const \l QRadioButton *)
+    \row \i \l SR_RadioButtonFocusRect	\i (const \l QRadioButton *)
+    \row \i \l SR_ComboBoxFocusRect	\i (const \l QComboBox *)
+    \row \i \l SR_DockWindowHandleRect	\i (const \l QWidget *)
+    \row \i \l SR_ProgressBarGroove	\i (const \l QProgressBar *)
+    \row \i \l SR_ProgressBarContents	\i (const \l QProgressBar *)
+    \row \i \l SR_ProgressBarLabel	\i (const \l QProgressBar *)
+    \endtable
+
+    The tear-off handle (SR_DockWindowHandleRect) for QDockWindow
+    is a private class. Use QWidget::parentWidget() to access the
+    QDockWindow:
+
+    \code
+	if ( !widget->parentWidget() )
+	    return;
+	const QDockWindow *dw = (const QDockWindow *) widget->parentWidget();
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa SubRect
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::ComplexControl
+
+    This enum represents a ComplexControl. ComplexControls have
+    different behaviour depending upon where the user clicks on them
+    or which keys are pressed.
+
+    \value CC_SpinWidget
+    \value CC_ComboBox
+    \value CC_ScrollBar
+    \value CC_Slider
+    \value CC_ToolButton
+    \value CC_TitleBar
+    \value CC_ListView
+
+
+    \value CC_CustomBase  base value for custom ControlElements. All
+	values above this are reserved for custom use. Therefore,
+	custom values must be greater than this value.
+
+    \sa SubControl drawComplexControl()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::SubControl
+
+    This enum represents a SubControl within a ComplexControl.
+
+    \value SC_None   special value that matches no other SubControl.
+
+
+    \value SC_ScrollBarAddLine  scrollbar add line (i.e. down/right
+	arrow); see also QScrollbar.
+    \value SC_ScrollBarSubLine  scrollbar sub line (i.e. up/left arrow).
+    \value SC_ScrollBarAddPage  scrollbar add page (i.e. page down).
+    \value SC_ScrollBarSubPage  scrollbar sub page (i.e. page up).
+    \value SC_ScrollBarFirst	scrollbar first line (i.e. home).
+    \value SC_ScrollBarLast	scrollbar last line (i.e. end).
+    \value SC_ScrollBarSlider	scrollbar slider handle.
+    \value SC_ScrollBarGroove	special subcontrol which contains the
+	area in which the slider handle may move.
+
+
+    \value SC_SpinWidgetUp  spinwidget up/increase; see also QSpinBox.
+    \value SC_SpinWidgetDown  spinwidget down/decrease.
+    \value SC_SpinWidgetFrame  spinwidget frame.
+    \value SC_SpinWidgetEditField  spinwidget edit field.
+    \value SC_SpinWidgetButtonField  spinwidget button field.
+
+
+    \value SC_ComboBoxEditField  combobox edit field; see also QComboBox.
+    \value SC_ComboBoxArrow  combobox arrow
+    \value SC_ComboBoxFrame combobox frame
+    \value SC_ComboBoxListBoxPopup combobox list box
+
+    \value SC_SliderGroove  special subcontrol which contains the area
+	in which the slider handle may move.
+    \value SC_SliderHandle  slider handle.
+    \value SC_SliderTickmarks  slider tickmarks.
+
+
+    \value SC_ToolButton  tool button; see also QToolbutton.
+    \value SC_ToolButtonMenu subcontrol for opening a popup menu in a
+	tool button; see also QPopupMenu.
+
+
+    \value SC_TitleBarSysMenu	system menu button (i.e. restore, close, etc.).
+    \value SC_TitleBarMinButton  minimize button.
+    \value SC_TitleBarMaxButton  maximize button.
+    \value SC_TitleBarCloseButton  close button.
+    \value SC_TitleBarLabel  window title label.
+    \value SC_TitleBarNormalButton  normal (restore) button.
+    \value SC_TitleBarShadeButton  shade button.
+    \value SC_TitleBarUnshadeButton  unshade button.
+
+
+    \value SC_ListView  the list view area.
+    \value SC_ListViewBranch  (internal)
+    \value SC_ListViewExpand  expand item (i.e. show/hide child items).
+
+
+    \value SC_All  special value that matches all SubControls.
+
+
+    \sa ComplexControl
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QStyle::drawComplexControl( ComplexControl control, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how, SCFlags sub, SCFlags subActive, const QStyleOption& opt ) const
+
+    Draws the ComplexControl \a control using the painter \a p in the
+    area \a r. Colors are used from the color group \a cg. The \a sub
+    argument specifies which SubControls to draw. Multiple SubControls
+    can be OR'ed together. The \a subActive argument specifies which
+    SubControl is active.
+
+    The rect \a r should be in logical coordinates. Reimplementations
+    of this function should use visualRect() to change the logical
+    coordinates into screen coordinates when using drawPrimitive() and
+    drawControl().
+
+    The \a how argument is used to control how the ComplexControl is
+    drawn. Multiple flags can OR'ed together. See the table below for
+    an explanation of which flags are used with the various
+    ComplexControls.
+
+    The \a widget argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its
+    subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
+    on the value of \a control. The \a opt argument can be used to
+    pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl.
+    Note that \a opt may be the default value even for ComplexControls
+    that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for
+    the appropriate \a widget and \a opt usage:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i ComplexControl<br>\& Widget Cast
+	    \i Style Flags
+	    \i Notes
+	    \i Options
+	    \i Notes
+
+    \row \i12 \l{CC_SpinWidget}(const QSpinWidget *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the spinwidget is enabled.
+	 \i12 Unused.
+	 \i12 &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the spinwidget has input focus.
+
+    \row \i12 \l{CC_ComboBox}(const \l QComboBox *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the combobox is enabled.
+	 \i12 Unused.
+	 \i12 &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the combobox has input focus.
+
+    \row \i12 \l{CC_ScrollBar}(const \l QScrollBar *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the scrollbar is enabled.
+	 \i12 Unused.
+	 \i12 &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the scrollbar has input focus.
+
+    \row \i12 \l{CC_Slider}(const \l QSlider *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the slider is enabled.
+	 \i12 Unused.
+	 \i12 &nbsp;
+
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the slider has input focus.
+
+    \row \i16 \l{CC_ToolButton}(const \l QToolButton *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the toolbutton is enabled.
+	 \i16 \l QStyleOption ( \l ArrowType t )
+		\list
+		\i opt.\link QStyleOption::arrowType() arrowType\endlink()
+		\endlist
+	 \i16 When the tool button only contains an arrow, \e t is the
+		arrow's type.
+    \row \i \l Style_HasFocus \i Set if the toolbutton has input focus.
+    \row \i \l Style_Down \i Set if the toolbutton is down (ie. mouse
+	button or space pressed).
+    \row \i \l Style_On \i Set if the toolbutton is a toggle button
+	and is toggled on.
+    \row \i \l Style_AutoRaise \i Set if the toolbutton has auto-raise enabled.
+    \row \i \l Style_Raised \i Set if the button is not down, not on and doesn't
+	contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled.
+
+    \row \i \l{CC_TitleBar}(const \l QWidget *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the titlebar is enabled.
+	 \i Unused.
+	 \i &nbsp;
+
+    \row \i \l{CC_ListView}(const \l QListView *)
+	 \i \l Style_Enabled \i Set if the titlebar is enabled.
+	 \i \l QStyleOption ( \l QListViewItem *item )
+	    \list
+	    \i opt.\link QStyleOption::listViewItem() listViewItem\endlink()
+	    \endlist
+	 \i \e item is the item that needs branches drawn
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa ComplexControl, SubControl
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QStyle::drawComplexControlMask( ComplexControl control, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, const QStyleOption& opt) const
+
+    Draw a bitmask for the ComplexControl \a control using the painter
+    \a p in the area \a r. See drawComplexControl() for an explanation
+    of the use of the \a widget and \a opt arguments.
+
+    The rect \a r should be in logical coordinates. Reimplementations
+    of this function should use visualRect() to change the logical
+    corrdinates into screen coordinates when using drawPrimitive() and
+    drawControl().
+
+    \sa drawComplexControl() ComplexControl
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QStyle::querySubControlMetrics( ComplexControl control, const QWidget *widget, SubControl subcontrol, const QStyleOption& opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const;
+
+    Returns the rect for the SubControl \a subcontrol for \a widget in
+    logical coordinates.
+
+    The \a widget argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its
+    subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
+    on the value of \a control. The \a opt argument can be used to
+    pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl.
+    Note that \a opt may be the default value even for ComplexControls
+    that can make use of the extra options. See drawComplexControl()
+    for an explanation of the \a widget and \a opt arguments.
+
+    \sa drawComplexControl(), ComplexControl, SubControl
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn SubControl QStyle::querySubControl( ComplexControl control, const QWidget *widget, const QPoint &pos, const QStyleOption& opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const;
+
+    Returns the SubControl for \a widget at the point \a pos. The \a
+    widget argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its
+    subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
+    on the value of \a control. The \a opt argument can be used to
+    pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl.
+    Note that \a opt may be the default value even for ComplexControls
+    that can make use of the extra options. See drawComplexControl()
+    for an explanation of the \a widget and \a opt arguments.
+
+    Note that \a pos is passed in screen coordinates. When using
+    querySubControlMetrics() to check for hits and misses, use
+    visualRect() to change the logical coordinates into screen
+    coordinates.
+
+    \sa drawComplexControl(), ComplexControl, SubControl, querySubControlMetrics()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::PixelMetric
+
+    This enum represents a PixelMetric. A PixelMetric is a style
+    dependent size represented as a single pixel value.
+
+    \value PM_ButtonMargin  amount of whitespace between pushbutton
+	labels and the frame.
+    \value PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator  width of the default-button indicator frame.
+    \value PM_MenuButtonIndicator  width of the menu button indicator
+	proportional to the widget height.
+    \value PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal  horizontal contents shift of a
+	button when the button is down.
+    \value PM_ButtonShiftVertical  vertical contents shift of a button when the
+	button is down.
+
+    \value PM_DefaultFrameWidth  default frame width, usually 2.
+    \value PM_SpinBoxFrameWidth  frame width of a spin box.
+    \value PM_MDIFrameWidth frame width of an MDI window.
+    \value PM_MDIMinimizedWidth width of a minimized MSI window.
+
+    \value PM_MaximumDragDistance  Some feels require the scrollbar or
+	other sliders to jump back to the original position when the
+	mouse pointer is too far away while dragging. A value of -1
+	disables this behavior.
+
+    \value PM_ScrollBarExtent  width of a vertical scrollbar and the
+	height of a horizontal scrollbar.
+    \value PM_ScrollBarSliderMin the minimum height of a vertical
+	scrollbar's slider and the minimum width of a horiztonal
+	scrollbar slider.
+
+    \value PM_SliderThickness  total slider thickness.
+    \value PM_SliderControlThickness  thickness of the slider handle.
+    \value PM_SliderLength length of the slider.
+    \value PM_SliderTickmarkOffset the offset between the tickmarks
+	and the slider.
+    \value PM_SliderSpaceAvailable  the available space for the slider to move.
+
+    \value PM_DockWindowSeparatorExtent  width of a separator in a
+	horiztonal dock window and the height of a separator in a
+	vertical dock window.
+    \value PM_DockWindowHandleExtent  width of the handle in a
+	horizontal dock window and the height of the handle in a
+	vertical dock window.
+    \value PM_DockWindowFrameWidth  frame width of a dock window.
+
+    \value PM_MenuBarFrameWidth  frame width of a menubar.
+
+    \value PM_MenuBarItemSpacing  spacing between menubar items.
+    \value PM_ToolBarItemSpacing  spacing between toolbar items.
+
+    \value PM_TabBarTabOverlap number of pixels the tabs should overlap.
+    \value PM_TabBarTabHSpace extra space added to the tab width.
+    \value PM_TabBarTabVSpace extra space added to the tab height.
+    \value PM_TabBarBaseHeight height of the area between the tab bar
+	and the tab pages.
+    \value PM_TabBarBaseOverlap number of pixels the tab bar overlaps
+	the tab bar base.
+    \value PM_TabBarScrollButtonWidth
+    \value PM_TabBarTabShiftHorizontal horizontal pixel shift when a
+        tab is selected.
+    \value PM_TabBarTabShiftVertical vertical pixel shift when a
+        tab is selected.
+
+    \value PM_ProgressBarChunkWidth  width of a chunk in a progress bar indicator.
+
+    \value PM_SplitterWidth  width of a splitter.
+
+    \value PM_TitleBarHeight height of the title bar.
+    \value PM_PopupMenuFrameHorizontalExtra additional border, e.g. for panels
+    \value PM_PopupMenuFrameVerticalExtra additional border, e.g. for panels
+
+    \value PM_IndicatorWidth  width of a check box indicator.
+    \value PM_IndicatorHeight  height of a checkbox indicator.
+    \value PM_ExclusiveIndicatorWidth  width of a radio button indicator.
+    \value PM_ExclusiveIndicatorHeight  height of a radio button indicator.
+
+    \value PM_PopupMenuScrollerHeight height of the scroller area in a popupmenu.
+    \value PM_PopupMenuScrollerHeight height of the scroller area in a popupmenu.
+    \value PM_CheckListButtonSize area (width/height) of the
+	checkbox/radiobutton in a QCheckListItem
+    \value PM_CheckListControllerSize area (width/height) of the
+	controller in a QCheckListItem
+
+    \value PM_DialogButtonsSeparator distance between buttons in a dialog buttons widget.
+    \value PM_DialogButtonsButtonWidth minimum width of a button in a dialog buttons widget.
+    \value PM_DialogButtonsButtonHeight minimum height of a button in a dialog buttons widget.
+
+    \value PM_HeaderMarkSize
+    \value PM_HeaderGripMargin
+    \value PM_HeaderMargin
+
+    \value PM_CustomBase  base value for custom ControlElements. All
+	values above this are reserved for custom use. Therefore,
+	custom values must be greater than this value.
+
+
+    \sa pixelMetric()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyle::pixelMetric( PixelMetric metric, const QWidget *widget = 0 ) const;
+
+    Returns the pixel metric for \a metric. The \a widget argument is
+    a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be
+    cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \a metric. Note
+    that \a widget may be zero even for PixelMetrics that can make use
+    of \a widget. See the table below for the appropriate \a widget
+    casts:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i PixelMetric \i Widget Cast
+    \row \i \l PM_SliderControlThickness    \i (const \l QSlider *)
+    \row \i \l PM_SliderLength		    \i (const \l QSlider *)
+    \row \i \l PM_SliderTickmarkOffset	    \i (const \l QSlider *)
+    \row \i \l PM_SliderSpaceAvailable	    \i (const \l QSlider *)
+    \row \i \l PM_TabBarTabOverlap	    \i (const \l QTabBar *)
+    \row \i \l PM_TabBarTabHSpace	    \i (const \l QTabBar *)
+    \row \i \l PM_TabBarTabVSpace	    \i (const \l QTabBar *)
+    \row \i \l PM_TabBarBaseHeight	    \i (const \l QTabBar *)
+    \row \i \l PM_TabBarBaseOverlap	    \i (const \l QTabBar *)
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::ContentsType
+
+    This enum represents a ContentsType. It is used to calculate sizes
+    for the contents of various widgets.
+
+    \value CT_PushButton
+    \value CT_CheckBox
+    \value CT_RadioButton
+    \value CT_ToolButton
+    \value CT_ComboBox
+    \value CT_Splitter
+    \value CT_DockWindow
+    \value CT_ProgressBar
+    \value CT_PopupMenuItem
+    \value CT_TabBarTab
+    \value CT_Slider
+    \value CT_Header
+    \value CT_LineEdit
+    \value CT_MenuBar
+    \value CT_SpinBox
+    \value CT_SizeGrip
+    \value CT_TabWidget
+    \value CT_DialogButtons
+
+    \value CT_CustomBase  base value for custom ControlElements. All
+	values above this are reserved for custom use. Custom values
+	must be greater than this value.
+
+    \sa sizeFromContents()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QStyle::sizeFromContents( ContentsType contents, const QWidget *widget, const QSize &contentsSize, const QStyleOption& opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const;
+
+    Returns the size of \a widget based on the contents size \a
+    contentsSize.
+
+    The \a widget argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its
+    subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
+    on the value of \a contents. The \a opt argument can be used to
+    pass extra information required when calculating the size. Note
+    that \a opt may be the default value even for ContentsTypes that
+    can make use of the extra options. See the table below for the
+    appropriate \a widget and \a opt usage:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i ContentsType \i Widget Cast \i Options \i Notes
+    \row \i \l CT_PushButton \i (const \l QPushButton *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_CheckBox \i (const \l QCheckBox *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_RadioButton \i (const \l QRadioButton *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_ToolButton \i (const \l QToolButton *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_ComboBox \i (const \l QComboBox *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_Splitter \i (const \l QSplitter *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_DockWindow \i (const \l QDockWindow *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_ProgressBar \i (const \l QProgressBar *) \i Unused. \i &nbsp;
+    \row \i \l CT_PopupMenuItem \i (const QPopupMenu *)
+	\i \l QStyleOption ( QMenuItem *mi )
+	    \list
+	    \i opt.\link QStyleOption::menuItem() menuItem\endlink()
+	    \endlist
+	\i \e mi is the menu item to use when calculating the size.
+	    QMenuItem is currently an internal class.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::StyleHint
+
+    This enum represents a StyleHint. A StyleHint is a general look
+    and/or feel hint.
+
+    \value SH_EtchDisabledText disabled text is "etched" like Windows.
+
+    \value SH_GUIStyle the GUI style to use.
+
+    \value SH_ScrollBar_BackgroundMode  the background mode for a
+	QScrollBar. Possible values are any of those in the \link
+	Qt::BackgroundMode BackgroundMode\endlink enum.
+
+    \value SH_ScrollBar_MiddleClickAbsolutePosition  a boolean value.
+	If TRUE, middle clicking on a scrollbar causes the slider to
+	jump to that position. If FALSE, the middle clicking is
+	ignored.
+
+    \value SH_ScrollBar_LeftClickAbsolutePosition  a boolean value.
+	If TRUE, left clicking on a scrollbar causes the slider to
+	jump to that position. If FALSE, the left clicking will
+	behave as appropriate for each control.
+
+    \value SH_ScrollBar_ScrollWhenPointerLeavesControl  a boolean
+	value. If TRUE, when clicking a scrollbar SubControl, holding
+	the mouse button down and moving the pointer outside the
+	SubControl, the scrollbar continues to scroll. If FALSE, the
+	scollbar stops scrolling when the pointer leaves the
+	SubControl.
+
+    \value SH_TabBar_Alignment  the alignment for tabs in a
+	QTabWidget. Possible values are \c Qt::AlignLeft, \c
+	Qt::AlignCenter and \c Qt::AlignRight.
+
+    \value SH_Header_ArrowAlignment the placement of the sorting
+	indicator may appear in list or table headers. Possible values
+	are \c Qt::Left or \c Qt::Right.
+
+    \value SH_Slider_SnapToValue  sliders snap to values while moving,
+	like Windows
+
+    \value SH_Slider_SloppyKeyEvents  key presses handled in a sloppy
+	manner, i.e. left on a vertical slider subtracts a line.
+
+    \value SH_ProgressDialog_CenterCancelButton  center button on
+	progress dialogs, like Motif, otherwise right aligned.
+
+    \value SH_ProgressDialog_TextLabelAlignment Qt::AlignmentFlags --
+	text label alignment in progress dialogs; Center on windows,
+	Auto|VCenter otherwise.
+
+    \value SH_PrintDialog_RightAlignButtons  right align buttons in
+	the print dialog, like Windows.
+
+    \value SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar 1 or 2 pixel space between
+	the menubar and the dockarea, like Windows.
+
+    \value SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText select the text in the
+	line edit, or when selecting an item from the listbox, or when
+	the line edit receives focus, like Windows.
+
+    \value SH_PopupMenu_AllowActiveAndDisabled  allows disabled menu
+	items to be active.
+
+    \value SH_PopupMenu_SpaceActivatesItem  pressing Space activates
+	the item, like Motif.
+
+    \value SH_PopupMenu_SubMenuPopupDelay  the number of milliseconds
+	to wait before opening a submenu; 256 on windows, 96 on Motif.
+
+    \value SH_PopupMenu_Scrollable whether popupmenu's must support
+	scrolling.
+
+    \value SH_PopupMenu_SloppySubMenus whether popupmenu's must support
+	sloppy submenu; as implemented on Mac OS.
+
+    \value SH_ScrollView_FrameOnlyAroundContents  whether scrollviews
+	draw their frame only around contents (like Motif), or around
+	contents, scrollbars and corner widgets (like Windows).
+
+    \value SH_MenuBar_AltKeyNavigation  menubars items are navigable
+	by pressing Alt, followed by using the arrow keys to select
+	the desired item.
+
+    \value SH_ComboBox_ListMouseTracking  mouse tracking in combobox
+	dropdown lists.
+
+    \value SH_PopupMenu_MouseTracking  mouse tracking in popup menus.
+
+    \value SH_MenuBar_MouseTracking  mouse tracking in menubars.
+
+    \value SH_ItemView_ChangeHighlightOnFocus  gray out selected items
+	when losing focus.
+
+    \value SH_Widget_ShareActivation turn on sharing activation with
+	floating modeless dialogs.
+
+    \value SH_TabBar_SelectMouseType which type of mouse event should
+	cause a tab to be selected.
+
+    \value SH_ListViewExpand_SelectMouseType which type of mouse event should
+	cause a listview expansion to be selected.
+
+    \value SH_TabBar_PreferNoArrows whether a tabbar should suggest a size
+        to prevent scoll arrows.
+
+    \value SH_ComboBox_Popup allows popups as a combobox dropdown
+	menu.
+
+    \value SH_Workspace_FillSpaceOnMaximize the workspace should
+	maximize the client area.
+
+    \value SH_TitleBar_NoBorder the titlebar has no border
+
+    \value SH_ScrollBar_StopMouseOverSlider stops autorepeat when
+	slider reaches mouse
+
+    \value SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected whether cursor should blink
+	when text is selected
+
+    \value SH_RichText_FullWidthSelection whether richtext selections
+	should extend the full width of the document.
+
+    \value SH_GroupBox_TextLabelVerticalAlignment how to vertically align a
+        groupbox's text label.
+
+    \value SH_GroupBox_TextLabelColor how to paint a groupbox's text label.
+
+    \value SH_DialogButtons_DefaultButton which buttons gets the
+        default status in a dialog's button widget.
+
+    \value SH_CustomBase  base value for custom ControlElements. All
+	values above this are reserved for custom use. Therefore,
+	custom values must be greater than this value.
+
+    \value SH_ToolButton_Uses3D indicates whether QToolButtons should
+    use a 3D frame when the mouse is over them
+
+    \value SH_ToolBox_SelectedPageTitleBold Boldness of the selected
+    page title in a QToolBox.
+
+    \value SH_LineEdit_PasswordCharacter The QChar Unicode character
+    to be used for passwords.
+
+    \value SH_Table_GridLineColor
+
+    \value SH_UnderlineAccelerator whether accelerators are underlined
+
+    \sa styleHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QStyle::styleHint( StyleHint stylehint, const QWidget *widget = 0, const QStyleOption &opt = QStyleOption::Default, QStyleHintReturn *returnData = 0 ) const;
+
+    Returns the style hint \a stylehint for \a widget. Currently, \a
+    widget, \a opt, and \a returnData are unused; they're included to
+    allow for future enhancements.
+
+    For an explanation of the return value see \l StyleHint.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyle::StylePixmap
+
+    This enum represents a StylePixmap. A StylePixmap is a pixmap that
+    can follow some existing GUI style or guideline.
+
+
+    \value SP_TitleBarMinButton  minimize button on titlebars. For
+	example, in a QWorkspace.
+    \value SP_TitleBarMaxButton  maximize button on titlebars.
+    \value SP_TitleBarCloseButton  close button on titlebars.
+    \value SP_TitleBarNormalButton  normal (restore) button on titlebars.
+    \value SP_TitleBarShadeButton  shade button on titlebars.
+    \value SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton  unshade button on titlebars.
+    \value SP_MessageBoxInformation the 'information' icon.
+    \value SP_MessageBoxWarning the 'warning' icon.
+    \value SP_MessageBoxCritical the 'critical' icon.
+    \value SP_MessageBoxQuestion the 'question' icon.
+
+
+    \value SP_DockWindowCloseButton  close button on dock windows;
+	see also QDockWindow.
+
+
+    \value SP_CustomBase  base value for custom ControlElements. All
+	values above this are reserved for custom use. Therefore,
+	custom values must be greater than this value.
+
+    \sa stylePixmap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPixmap QStyle::stylePixmap( StylePixmap stylepixmap, const QWidget *widget = 0, const QStyleOption& opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const;
+
+    Returns a pixmap for \a stylepixmap.
+
+    The \a opt argument can be used to pass extra information required
+    when drawing the ControlElement. Note that \a opt may be the
+    default value even for StylePixmaps that can make use of the extra
+    options. Currently, the \a opt argument is unused.
+
+    The \a widget argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its
+    subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
+    on the value of \a stylepixmap. See the table below for the
+    appropriate \a widget casts:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i StylePixmap \i Widget Cast
+    \row \i \l SP_TitleBarMinButton	\i (const \l QWidget *)
+    \row \i \l SP_TitleBarMaxButton	\i (const \l QWidget *)
+    \row \i \l SP_TitleBarCloseButton	\i (const \l QWidget *)
+    \row \i \l SP_TitleBarNormalButton	\i (const \l QWidget *)
+    \row \i \l SP_TitleBarShadeButton	\i (const \l QWidget *)
+    \row \i \l SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton \i (const \l QWidget *)
+    \row \i \l SP_DockWindowCloseButton \i (const \l QDockWindow *)
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa StylePixmap
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QStyle::visualRect( const QRect &logical, const QWidget *w );
+
+    Returns the rect \a logical in screen coordinates. The bounding
+    rect for widget \a w is used to perform the translation. This
+    function is provided to aid style implementors in supporting
+    right-to-left mode.
+
+    \sa QApplication::reverseLayout()
+*/
+QRect QStyle::visualRect( const QRect &logical, const QWidget *w )
+{
+    QRect boundingRect = w->rect();
+    QRect r = logical;
+    if ( QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+	r.moveBy( 2*(boundingRect.right() - logical.right()) +
+		  logical.width() - boundingRect.width(), 0 );
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload QRect QStyle::visualRect( const QRect &logical, const QRect &bounding );
+
+    Returns the rect \a logical in screen coordinates. The rect \a
+    bounding is used to perform the translation. This function is
+    provided to aid style implementors in supporting right-to-left
+    mode.
+
+    \sa QApplication::reverseLayout()
+*/
+QRect QStyle::visualRect( const QRect &logical, const QRect &boundingRect )
+{
+    QRect r = logical;
+    if ( QApplication::reverseLayout() )
+	r.moveBy( 2*(boundingRect.right() - logical.right()) +
+		  logical.width() - boundingRect.width(), 0 );
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn int QStyle::defaultFrameWidth() const
+  \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QStyle::tabbarMetrics( const QWidget *, int &, int &, int & ) const
+  \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QSize QStyle::scrollBarExtent() const
+  \obsolete
+*/
+
+#endif // QT_NO_STYLE
diff --git a/src/kernel/qstyle.h b/src/kernel/qstyle.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5531def
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qstyle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QStyle class
+**
+** Created : 980616
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+#ifndef QSTYLE_H
+#define QSTYLE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+
+class QPopupMenu;
+class QStylePrivate;
+class QMenuItem;
+class QTab;
+class QListViewItem;
+class QCheckListItem;
+
+class QStyleOption {
+public:
+    enum StyleOptionDefault { Default };
+
+    QStyleOption(StyleOptionDefault=Default) : def(TRUE) {}
+
+    // Note: we don't use default arguments since that is unnecessary
+    // initialization.
+    QStyleOption(int in1) :
+	def(FALSE), i1(in1) {}
+    QStyleOption(int in1, int in2) :
+	def(FALSE), i1(in1), i2(in2) {}
+    QStyleOption(int in1, int in2, int in3, int in4) :
+	def(FALSE), i1(in1), i2(in2), i3(in3), i4(in4) {}
+    QStyleOption(QMenuItem* m) : def(FALSE), mi(m) {}
+    QStyleOption(QMenuItem* m, int in1) : def(FALSE), mi(m), i1(in1) {}
+    QStyleOption(QMenuItem* m, int in1, int in2) : def(FALSE), mi(m), i1(in1), i2(in2) {}
+    QStyleOption(const QColor& c) : def(FALSE), cl(&c) {}
+    QStyleOption(QTab* t) : def(FALSE), tb(t) {}
+    QStyleOption(QListViewItem* i) : def(FALSE), li(i) {}
+    QStyleOption(QCheckListItem* i) : def(FALSE), cli(i) {}
+    QStyleOption(Qt::ArrowType a) : def(FALSE), i1((int)a) {}
+    QStyleOption(const QRect& r) : def(FALSE), i1(r.x()), i2(r.y()), i3(r.width()),i4(r.height()){}
+    QStyleOption(QWidget *w) : def(FALSE), p1((void*)w) {}
+
+    bool isDefault() const { return def; }
+
+    int day() const { return i1; }
+
+    int lineWidth() const { return i1; }
+    int midLineWidth() const { return i2; }
+    int frameShape() const { return i3; }
+    int frameShadow() const { return i4; }
+
+    int headerSection() const { return i1; }
+    QMenuItem* menuItem() const { return mi; }
+    int maxIconWidth() const { return i1; }
+    int tabWidth() const { return i2; }
+
+    const QColor& color() const { return *cl; }
+
+    QTab* tab() const { return tb; }
+
+    QCheckListItem* checkListItem() const { return cli; }
+    QListViewItem* listViewItem() const { return li; }
+
+    Qt::ArrowType arrowType() const { return (Qt::ArrowType)i1; }
+    QRect rect() const { return QRect( i1, i2, i3, i4 ); }
+    QWidget* widget() const { return (QWidget*)p1; }
+
+private:
+    // NOTE: none of these components have constructors.
+    bool def;
+    bool b1,b2,b3; // reserved
+    QMenuItem* mi;
+    QTab* tb;
+    QListViewItem* li;
+    const QColor* cl;
+    int i1, i2, i3, i4;
+    int i5, i6; // reserved
+    QCheckListItem* cli;
+    void *p1, *p2, *p3, *p4; // reserved
+    // (padded to 64 bytes on some architectures)
+};
+
+class QStyleHintReturn; // not defined yet
+
+class Q_EXPORT QStyle: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QStyle();
+    virtual ~QStyle();
+
+    // New QStyle API - most of these should probably be pure virtual
+
+    virtual void polish( QWidget * );
+    virtual void unPolish( QWidget * );
+
+    virtual void polish( QApplication * );
+    virtual void unPolish( QApplication * );
+
+    virtual void polish( QPalette & );
+
+    virtual void polishPopupMenu( QPopupMenu* ) = 0;
+
+    virtual QRect itemRect( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+			    int flags, bool enabled,
+			    const QPixmap *pixmap,
+			    const QString &text, int len = -1 ) const;
+
+    virtual void drawItem( QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
+			   int flags, const QColorGroup &g, bool enabled,
+			   const QPixmap *pixmap, const QString &text,
+			   int len = -1, const QColor *penColor = 0 ) const;
+
+
+    enum PrimitiveElement {
+	PE_ButtonCommand,
+	PE_ButtonDefault,
+	PE_ButtonBevel,
+	PE_ButtonTool,
+	PE_ButtonDropDown,
+
+	PE_FocusRect,
+
+	PE_ArrowUp,
+	PE_ArrowDown,
+	PE_ArrowRight,
+	PE_ArrowLeft,
+
+	PE_SpinWidgetUp,
+	PE_SpinWidgetDown,
+	PE_SpinWidgetPlus,
+	PE_SpinWidgetMinus,
+
+	PE_Indicator,
+	PE_IndicatorMask,
+	PE_ExclusiveIndicator,
+	PE_ExclusiveIndicatorMask,
+
+	PE_DockWindowHandle,
+	PE_DockWindowSeparator,
+	PE_DockWindowResizeHandle,
+
+	PE_Splitter,
+
+	PE_Panel,
+	PE_PanelPopup,
+	PE_PanelMenuBar,
+	PE_PanelDockWindow,
+
+	PE_TabBarBase,
+
+	PE_HeaderSection,
+	PE_HeaderArrow,
+	PE_StatusBarSection,
+
+	PE_GroupBoxFrame,
+
+	PE_Separator,
+
+	PE_SizeGrip,
+
+	PE_CheckMark,
+
+	PE_ScrollBarAddLine,
+	PE_ScrollBarSubLine,
+	PE_ScrollBarAddPage,
+	PE_ScrollBarSubPage,
+	PE_ScrollBarSlider,
+	PE_ScrollBarFirst,
+	PE_ScrollBarLast,
+
+	PE_ProgressBarChunk,
+
+	PE_PanelLineEdit,
+	PE_PanelTabWidget,
+
+	PE_WindowFrame,
+
+	PE_CheckListController,
+	PE_CheckListIndicator,
+	PE_CheckListExclusiveIndicator,
+
+	PE_PanelGroupBox,
+	PE_RubberBand,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater this
+	PE_CustomBase =			0xf000000
+    };
+
+    enum StyleFlags {
+	Style_Default = 		0x00000000,
+	Style_Enabled = 		0x00000001,
+	Style_Raised =			0x00000002,
+	Style_Sunken =	 		0x00000004,
+	Style_Off =			0x00000008,
+	Style_NoChange =		0x00000010,
+	Style_On =			0x00000020,
+	Style_Down =			0x00000040,
+	Style_Horizontal =		0x00000080,
+	Style_HasFocus =		0x00000100,
+	Style_Top =			0x00000200,
+	Style_Bottom =			0x00000400,
+	Style_FocusAtBorder =		0x00000800,
+	Style_AutoRaise =		0x00001000,
+	Style_MouseOver =		0x00002000,
+	Style_Up =			0x00004000,
+	Style_Selected =	 	0x00008000,
+	Style_Active =			0x00010000,
+	Style_ButtonDefault =		0x00020000
+    };
+    typedef uint SFlags;
+
+    virtual void drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe,
+				QPainter *p,
+				const QRect &r,
+				const QColorGroup &cg,
+				SFlags flags = Style_Default,
+				const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+
+
+    enum ControlElement {
+	CE_PushButton,
+	CE_PushButtonLabel,
+
+	CE_CheckBox,
+	CE_CheckBoxLabel,
+
+	CE_RadioButton,
+	CE_RadioButtonLabel,
+
+	CE_TabBarTab,
+	CE_TabBarLabel,
+
+	CE_ProgressBarGroove,
+	CE_ProgressBarContents,
+	CE_ProgressBarLabel,
+
+	CE_PopupMenuItem,
+	CE_MenuBarItem,
+
+	CE_ToolButtonLabel,
+	CE_MenuBarEmptyArea,
+	CE_PopupMenuScroller,
+	CE_DockWindowEmptyArea,
+	CE_PopupMenuVerticalExtra,
+	CE_PopupMenuHorizontalExtra,
+
+	CE_ToolBoxTab,
+	CE_HeaderLabel,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater than this
+	CE_CustomBase =		0xf0000000
+    };
+
+    virtual void drawControl( ControlElement element,
+			      QPainter *p,
+			      const QWidget *widget,
+			      const QRect &r,
+			      const QColorGroup &cg,
+			      SFlags how = Style_Default,
+			      const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+    virtual void drawControlMask( ControlElement element,
+				  QPainter *p,
+				  const QWidget *widget,
+				  const QRect &r,
+				  const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+
+    enum SubRect {
+	SR_PushButtonContents,
+	SR_PushButtonFocusRect,
+
+	SR_CheckBoxIndicator,
+	SR_CheckBoxContents,
+	SR_CheckBoxFocusRect,
+
+	SR_RadioButtonIndicator,
+	SR_RadioButtonContents,
+	SR_RadioButtonFocusRect,
+
+	SR_ComboBoxFocusRect,
+
+	SR_SliderFocusRect,
+
+	SR_DockWindowHandleRect,
+
+	SR_ProgressBarGroove,
+	SR_ProgressBarContents,
+	SR_ProgressBarLabel,
+
+	SR_ToolButtonContents,
+
+	SR_DialogButtonAccept,
+	SR_DialogButtonReject,
+	SR_DialogButtonApply,
+	SR_DialogButtonHelp,
+	SR_DialogButtonAll,
+	SR_DialogButtonAbort,
+	SR_DialogButtonIgnore,
+	SR_DialogButtonRetry,
+	SR_DialogButtonCustom,
+
+	SR_ToolBoxTabContents,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater than this
+	SR_CustomBase =		0xf0000000
+    };
+
+    virtual QRect subRect( SubRect r, const QWidget *widget ) const = 0;
+
+
+    enum ComplexControl{
+	CC_SpinWidget,
+	CC_ComboBox,
+	CC_ScrollBar,
+	CC_Slider,
+	CC_ToolButton,
+	CC_TitleBar,
+	CC_ListView,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater than this
+	CC_CustomBase =		0xf0000000
+    };
+
+    enum SubControl {
+	SC_None =			0x00000000,
+
+	SC_ScrollBarAddLine =		0x00000001,
+	SC_ScrollBarSubLine =		0x00000002,
+	SC_ScrollBarAddPage =		0x00000004,
+	SC_ScrollBarSubPage =		0x00000008,
+	SC_ScrollBarFirst =		0x00000010,
+	SC_ScrollBarLast =		0x00000020,
+	SC_ScrollBarSlider =		0x00000040,
+	SC_ScrollBarGroove =		0x00000080,
+
+	SC_SpinWidgetUp =		0x00000001,
+	SC_SpinWidgetDown =		0x00000002,
+	SC_SpinWidgetFrame =		0x00000004,
+	SC_SpinWidgetEditField =	0x00000008,
+	SC_SpinWidgetButtonField =	0x00000010,
+
+	SC_ComboBoxFrame =		0x00000001,
+	SC_ComboBoxEditField =		0x00000002,
+	SC_ComboBoxArrow =		0x00000004,
+	SC_ComboBoxListBoxPopup =	0x00000008,
+
+	SC_SliderGroove =		0x00000001,
+	SC_SliderHandle = 		0x00000002,
+	SC_SliderTickmarks = 		0x00000004,
+
+	SC_ToolButton =			0x00000001,
+	SC_ToolButtonMenu =		0x00000002,
+
+	SC_TitleBarLabel =		0x00000001,
+	SC_TitleBarSysMenu =		0x00000002,
+	SC_TitleBarMinButton =		0x00000004,
+	SC_TitleBarMaxButton =		0x00000008,
+	SC_TitleBarCloseButton =	0x00000010,
+	SC_TitleBarNormalButton =	0x00000020,
+	SC_TitleBarShadeButton =	0x00000040,
+	SC_TitleBarUnshadeButton =	0x00000080,
+
+	SC_ListView =			0x00000001,
+	SC_ListViewBranch =		0x00000002,
+	SC_ListViewExpand =		0x00000004,
+
+	SC_All =			0xffffffff
+    };
+    typedef uint SCFlags;
+
+
+    virtual void drawComplexControl( ComplexControl control,
+				     QPainter *p,
+				     const QWidget *widget,
+				     const QRect &r,
+				     const QColorGroup &cg,
+				     SFlags how = Style_Default,
+#ifdef Q_QDOC
+				     SCFlags sub = SC_All,
+#else
+				     SCFlags sub = (uint)SC_All,
+#endif
+				     SCFlags subActive = SC_None,
+				     const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+    virtual void drawComplexControlMask( ComplexControl control,
+					 QPainter *p,
+					 const QWidget *widget,
+					 const QRect &r,
+					 const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QRect querySubControlMetrics( ComplexControl control,
+					  const QWidget *widget,
+					  SubControl sc,
+					  const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+    virtual SubControl querySubControl( ComplexControl control,
+					const QWidget *widget,
+					const QPoint &pos,
+					const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+
+
+    enum PixelMetric {
+	PM_ButtonMargin,
+	PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator,
+	PM_MenuButtonIndicator,
+	PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal,
+	PM_ButtonShiftVertical,
+
+	PM_DefaultFrameWidth,
+	PM_SpinBoxFrameWidth,
+
+	PM_MaximumDragDistance,
+
+	PM_ScrollBarExtent,
+	PM_ScrollBarSliderMin,
+
+	PM_SliderThickness,	       	// total slider thickness
+	PM_SliderControlThickness,    	// thickness of the business part
+	PM_SliderLength,		// total length of slider
+	PM_SliderTickmarkOffset,	//
+	PM_SliderSpaceAvailable,	// available space for slider to move
+
+	PM_DockWindowSeparatorExtent,
+	PM_DockWindowHandleExtent,
+	PM_DockWindowFrameWidth,
+
+	PM_MenuBarFrameWidth,
+
+	PM_TabBarTabOverlap,
+	PM_TabBarTabHSpace,
+	PM_TabBarTabVSpace,
+	PM_TabBarBaseHeight,
+	PM_TabBarBaseOverlap,
+
+	PM_ProgressBarChunkWidth,
+
+	PM_SplitterWidth,
+	PM_TitleBarHeight,
+
+	PM_IndicatorWidth,
+	PM_IndicatorHeight,
+	PM_ExclusiveIndicatorWidth,
+	PM_ExclusiveIndicatorHeight,
+	PM_PopupMenuScrollerHeight,
+	PM_CheckListButtonSize,
+	PM_CheckListControllerSize,
+	PM_PopupMenuFrameHorizontalExtra,
+	PM_PopupMenuFrameVerticalExtra,
+
+	PM_DialogButtonsSeparator,
+	PM_DialogButtonsButtonWidth,
+	PM_DialogButtonsButtonHeight,
+
+	PM_MDIFrameWidth,
+	PM_MDIMinimizedWidth,
+	PM_HeaderMargin,
+	PM_HeaderMarkSize,
+	PM_HeaderGripMargin,
+	PM_TabBarTabShiftHorizontal,
+	PM_TabBarTabShiftVertical,
+	PM_TabBarScrollButtonWidth,
+
+	PM_MenuBarItemSpacing,
+	PM_ToolBarItemSpacing,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater than this
+	PM_CustomBase =		0xf0000000
+    };
+
+    virtual int pixelMetric( PixelMetric metric,
+			     const QWidget *widget = 0 ) const = 0;
+
+
+    enum ContentsType {
+	CT_PushButton,
+	CT_CheckBox,
+	CT_RadioButton,
+	CT_ToolButton,
+	CT_ComboBox,
+	CT_Splitter,
+	CT_DockWindow,
+	CT_ProgressBar,
+	CT_PopupMenuItem,
+	CT_TabBarTab,
+	CT_Slider,
+	CT_Header,
+	CT_LineEdit,
+	CT_MenuBar,
+	CT_SpinBox,
+	CT_SizeGrip,
+	CT_TabWidget,
+	CT_DialogButtons,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater than this
+	CT_CustomBase =		0xf0000000
+    };
+
+    virtual QSize sizeFromContents( ContentsType contents,
+				    const QWidget *widget,
+				    const QSize &contentsSize,
+				    const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+
+    enum StyleHint  {
+	// ...
+	// the general hints
+	// ...
+       	// disabled text should be etched, ala Windows
+	SH_EtchDisabledText,
+
+	// the GUI style enum, argh!
+	SH_GUIStyle,
+
+	// ...
+	// widget specific hints
+	// ...
+	SH_ScrollBar_BackgroundMode,
+	SH_ScrollBar_MiddleClickAbsolutePosition,
+	SH_ScrollBar_ScrollWhenPointerLeavesControl,
+
+	// QEvent::Type - which mouse event to select a tab
+	SH_TabBar_SelectMouseType,
+
+	SH_TabBar_Alignment,
+
+	SH_Header_ArrowAlignment,
+
+	// bool - sliders snap to values while moving, ala Windows
+	SH_Slider_SnapToValue,
+
+	// bool - key presses handled in a sloppy manner - ie. left on a vertical
+	// slider subtracts a line
+	SH_Slider_SloppyKeyEvents,
+
+	// bool - center button on progress dialogs, ala Motif, else right aligned
+	// perhaps this should be a Qt::Alignment value
+	SH_ProgressDialog_CenterCancelButton,
+
+	// Qt::AlignmentFlags - text label alignment in progress dialogs
+	// Center on windows, Auto|VCenter otherwize
+	SH_ProgressDialog_TextLabelAlignment,
+
+	// bool - right align buttons on print dialog, ala Windows
+	SH_PrintDialog_RightAlignButtons,
+
+	// bool - 1 or 2 pixel space between the menubar and the dockarea, ala Windows
+	// this *REALLY* needs a better name
+	SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar,
+
+	// bool - select the text in the line edit about the listbox when selecting
+	// an item from the listbox, or when the line edit receives focus, ala Windows
+	SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText,
+
+	// bool - allows disabled menu items to be active
+	SH_PopupMenu_AllowActiveAndDisabled,
+
+	// bool - pressing space activates item, ala Motif
+	SH_PopupMenu_SpaceActivatesItem,
+
+	// int - number of milliseconds to wait before opening a submenu
+	// 256 on windows, 96 on motif
+	SH_PopupMenu_SubMenuPopupDelay,
+
+	// bool - should scrollviews draw their frame only around contents (ala Motif),
+	// or around contents, scrollbars and corner widgets (ala Windows) ?
+	SH_ScrollView_FrameOnlyAroundContents,
+
+	// bool - menubars items are navigatable by pressing alt, followed by using
+	// the arrow keys to select the desired item
+	SH_MenuBar_AltKeyNavigation,
+
+	// bool - mouse tracking in combobox dropdown lists
+	SH_ComboBox_ListMouseTracking,
+
+	// bool - mouse tracking in popupmenus
+	SH_PopupMenu_MouseTracking,
+
+	// bool - mouse tracking in menubars
+	SH_MenuBar_MouseTracking,
+
+	// bool - gray out selected items when loosing focus
+	SH_ItemView_ChangeHighlightOnFocus,
+
+	// bool - supports shared activation among modeless widgets
+	SH_Widget_ShareActivation,
+
+	// bool - workspace should just maximize the client area
+	SH_Workspace_FillSpaceOnMaximize,
+
+	// bool - supports popup menu comboboxes
+	SH_ComboBox_Popup,
+
+	// bool - titlebar has no border
+	SH_TitleBar_NoBorder,
+
+	// bool - stop scrollbar at mouse
+	SH_ScrollBar_StopMouseOverSlider,
+
+	//bool - blink cursort with selected text
+	SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected,
+
+	//bool - richtext selections extend the full width of the docuemnt
+	SH_RichText_FullWidthSelection,
+
+	//bool - popupmenu supports scrolling instead of multicolumn mode
+	SH_PopupMenu_Scrollable,
+
+	// Qt::AlignmentFlags - text label vertical alignment in groupboxes
+	// Center on windows, Auto|VCenter otherwize
+	SH_GroupBox_TextLabelVerticalAlignment,
+
+	// Qt::QRgb - text label color in groupboxes
+	SH_GroupBox_TextLabelColor,
+
+	// bool - popupmenu supports sloppy submenus
+	SH_PopupMenu_SloppySubMenus,
+
+	// Qt::QRgb - table grid color
+	SH_Table_GridLineColor,
+
+	// QChar - Unicode character for password char
+	SH_LineEdit_PasswordCharacter,
+
+	// QDialogButtons::Button - default button
+	SH_DialogButtons_DefaultButton,
+
+	// QToolBox - Boldness of the selected page title
+	SH_ToolBox_SelectedPageTitleBold,
+
+	//bool - if a tabbar prefers not to have scroller arrows
+	SH_TabBar_PreferNoArrows,
+
+	//bool - if left button should cause an absolute position
+	SH_ScrollBar_LeftClickAbsolutePosition,
+
+	// QEvent::Type - which mouse event to select a list view expansion
+	SH_ListViewExpand_SelectMouseType,
+
+	//bool - if underline for accelerators
+	SH_UnderlineAccelerator,
+
+	// bool - QToolButton - if tool buttons should use a 3D frame
+	// when the mouse is over the button
+	SH_ToolButton_Uses3D,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater than this
+	SH_CustomBase =		0xf0000000
+    };
+
+    virtual int styleHint( StyleHint stylehint,
+			   const QWidget *widget = 0,
+			   const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default,
+			   QStyleHintReturn* returnData = 0
+			   ) const = 0;
+
+
+    enum StylePixmap {
+	SP_TitleBarMinButton,
+	SP_TitleBarMaxButton,
+	SP_TitleBarCloseButton,
+	SP_TitleBarNormalButton,
+	SP_TitleBarShadeButton,
+	SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton,
+	SP_DockWindowCloseButton,
+	SP_MessageBoxInformation,
+	SP_MessageBoxWarning,
+	SP_MessageBoxCritical,
+	SP_MessageBoxQuestion,
+
+	// do not add any values below/greater than this
+	SP_CustomBase =		0xf0000000
+    };
+
+    virtual QPixmap stylePixmap( StylePixmap stylepixmap,
+				 const QWidget *widget = 0,
+				 const QStyleOption& = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0;
+
+
+    static QRect visualRect( const QRect &logical, const QWidget *w );
+
+    static QRect visualRect( const QRect &logical, const QRect &bounding );
+
+
+
+
+    // Old 2.x QStyle API
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    int defaultFrameWidth() const
+    {
+	return pixelMetric( PM_DefaultFrameWidth );
+    }
+    void tabbarMetrics( const QWidget* t,
+			int& hf, int& vf, int& ov ) const
+    {
+	hf = pixelMetric( PM_TabBarTabHSpace, t );
+	vf = pixelMetric( PM_TabBarTabVSpace, t );
+	ov = pixelMetric( PM_TabBarBaseOverlap, t );
+    }
+    QSize scrollBarExtent() const
+    {
+	return QSize(pixelMetric(PM_ScrollBarExtent),
+		     pixelMetric(PM_ScrollBarExtent));
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+private:
+    QStylePrivate * d;
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QStyle( const QStyle & );
+    QStyle& operator=( const QStyle & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_STYLE
+#endif // QSTYLE_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qstylesheet.cpp b/src/kernel/qstylesheet.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a61914d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qstylesheet.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1623 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the QStyleSheet class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qstylesheet.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+#include "private/qrichtext_p.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+class QStyleSheetItemData
+{
+public:
+    QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode disp;
+    int fontitalic;
+    int fontunderline;
+    int fontstrikeout;
+    int fontweight;
+    int fontsize;
+    int fontsizelog;
+    int fontsizestep;
+    int lineSpacing;
+    QString fontfamily;
+    QStyleSheetItem *parentstyle;
+    QString stylename;
+    int ncolumns;
+    QColor col;
+    bool anchor;
+    int align;
+    QStyleSheetItem::VerticalAlignment valign;
+    int margin[5];
+    QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle list;
+    QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode whitespacemode;
+    QString contxt;
+    bool selfnest;
+    QStyleSheet* sheet;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QStyleSheetItem qstylesheet.h
+    \brief The QStyleSheetItem class provides an encapsulation of a set of text styles.
+
+    \ingroup text
+
+    A style sheet item consists of a name and a set of attributes that
+    specifiy its font, color, etc. When used in a \link QStyleSheet
+    style sheet\endlink (see styleSheet()), items define the name() of
+    a rich text tag and the display property changes associated with
+    it.
+
+    The \link QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode display mode\endlink
+    attribute indicates whether the item is a block, an inline element
+    or a list element; see setDisplayMode(). The treatment of
+    whitespace is controlled by the \link
+    QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode white space mode\endlink; see
+    setWhiteSpaceMode(). An item's margins are set with setMargin(),
+    In the case of list items, the list style is set with
+    setListStyle(). An item may be a hypertext link anchor; see
+    setAnchor(). Other attributes are set with setAlignment(),
+    setVerticalAlignment(), setFontFamily(), setFontSize(),
+    setFontWeight(), setFontItalic(), setFontUnderline(),
+    setFontStrikeOut and setColor().
+*/
+
+/*! \enum QStyleSheetItem::AdditionalStyleValues
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode
+
+    This enum defines the ways in which QStyleSheet can treat
+    whitespace.
+
+    \value WhiteSpaceNormal  any sequence of whitespace (including
+	line-breaks) is equivalent to a single space.
+
+    \value WhiteSpacePre  whitespace must be output exactly as given
+	in the input.
+
+    \value WhiteSpaceNoWrap  multiple spaces are collapsed as with
+	WhiteSpaceNormal, but no automatic line-breaks occur. To break
+	lines manually, use the \c{<br>} tag.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyleSheetItem::Margin
+
+    \value MarginLeft  left margin
+    \value MarginRight  right margin
+    \value MarginTop  top margin
+    \value MarginBottom  bottom margin
+    \value MarginAll  all margins (left, right, top and bottom)
+    \value MarginVertical  top and bottom margins
+    \value MarginHorizontal  left and right margins
+    \value MarginFirstLine  margin (indentation) of the first line of
+	a paragarph (in addition to the MarginLeft of the paragraph)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new style called \a name for the stylesheet \a
+    parent.
+
+    All properties in QStyleSheetItem are initially in the "do not
+    change" state, except \link QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode display
+    mode\endlink, which defaults to \c DisplayInline.
+*/
+QStyleSheetItem::QStyleSheetItem( QStyleSheet* parent, const QString& name )
+{
+    d = new QStyleSheetItemData;
+    d->stylename = name.lower();
+    d->sheet = parent;
+    init();
+    if (parent)
+	parent->insert( this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copy constructor. Constructs a copy of \a other that is not bound
+    to any style sheet.
+*/
+QStyleSheetItem::QStyleSheetItem( const QStyleSheetItem & other )
+{
+    d = new QStyleSheetItemData;
+    *d = *other.d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the style. Note that QStyleSheetItem objects become
+    owned by QStyleSheet when they are created.
+*/
+QStyleSheetItem::~QStyleSheetItem()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Assignment. Assings a copy of \a other that is not bound to any style sheet.
+  Unbounds first from previous style sheet.
+ */
+QStyleSheetItem& QStyleSheetItem::operator=( const QStyleSheetItem& other )
+{
+    if ( &other == this )
+	return *this;
+    delete d;
+    d = new QStyleSheetItemData;
+    *d = *other.d;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the style sheet this item is in.
+*/
+QStyleSheet* QStyleSheetItem::styleSheet()
+{
+    return d->sheet;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the style sheet this item is in.
+*/
+const QStyleSheet* QStyleSheetItem::styleSheet() const
+{
+    return d->sheet;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Internal initialization
+ */
+void QStyleSheetItem::init()
+{
+    d->disp = DisplayInline;
+
+    d->fontitalic = Undefined;
+    d->fontunderline = Undefined;
+    d->fontstrikeout = Undefined;
+    d->fontweight = Undefined;
+    d->fontsize = Undefined;
+    d->fontsizelog = Undefined;
+    d->fontsizestep = 0;
+    d->ncolumns = Undefined;
+    d->col = QColor(); // !isValid()
+    d->anchor = FALSE;
+    d->align = Undefined;
+    d->valign = VAlignBaseline;
+    d->margin[0] = Undefined;
+    d->margin[1] = Undefined;
+    d->margin[2] = Undefined;
+    d->margin[3] = Undefined;
+    d->margin[4] = Undefined;
+    d->list = ListStyleUndefined;
+    d->whitespacemode = WhiteSpaceModeUndefined;
+    d->selfnest = TRUE;
+    d->lineSpacing = Undefined;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the style item.
+*/
+QString QStyleSheetItem::name() const
+{
+    return d->stylename;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the \link QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode display
+    mode\endlink of the style.
+
+    \sa setDisplayMode()
+*/
+QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode QStyleSheetItem::displayMode() const
+{
+    return d->disp;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode
+
+    This enum type defines the way adjacent elements are displayed.
+
+    \value DisplayBlock  elements are displayed as a rectangular block
+	(e.g. \c{<p>...</p>}).
+
+    \value DisplayInline  elements are displayed in a horizontally
+	flowing sequence (e.g. \c{<em>...</em>}).
+
+    \value DisplayListItem  elements are displayed in a vertical
+	sequence (e.g. \c{<li>...</li>}).
+
+    \value DisplayNone  elements are not displayed at all.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the display mode of the style to \a m.
+
+    \sa displayMode()
+ */
+void QStyleSheetItem::setDisplayMode(DisplayMode m)
+{
+    d->disp=m;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the alignment of this style. Possible values are \c
+    AlignAuto, \c AlignLeft, \c AlignRight, \c AlignCenter or \c
+    AlignJustify.
+
+    \sa setAlignment(), Qt::AlignmentFlags
+*/
+int QStyleSheetItem::alignment() const
+{
+    return d->align;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the alignment to \a f. This only makes sense for styles with
+    a \link QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode display mode\endlink of
+    DisplayBlock. Possible values are \c AlignAuto, \c AlignLeft,
+    \c AlignRight, \c AlignCenter or \c AlignJustify.
+
+    \sa alignment(), displayMode(), Qt::AlignmentFlags
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setAlignment( int f )
+{
+    d->align = f;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the vertical alignment of the style. Possible values are
+    \c VAlignBaseline, \c VAlignSub or \c VAlignSuper.
+
+    \sa setVerticalAlignment()
+*/
+QStyleSheetItem::VerticalAlignment QStyleSheetItem::verticalAlignment() const
+{
+    return d->valign;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyleSheetItem::VerticalAlignment
+
+    This enum type defines the way elements are aligned vertically.
+    This is only supported for text elements.
+
+    \value VAlignBaseline align the baseline of the element (or the
+	bottom, if the element doesn't have a baseline) with the
+	baseline of the parent
+
+    \value VAlignSub subscript the element
+
+    \value VAlignSuper superscript the element
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the vertical alignment to \a valign. Possible values are
+    \c VAlignBaseline, \c VAlignSub or \c VAlignSuper.
+
+    The vertical alignment property is not inherited.
+
+    \sa verticalAlignment()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment valign )
+{
+    d->valign = valign;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the style sets an italic font; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setFontItalic(), definesFontItalic()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::fontItalic() const
+{
+    return d->fontitalic > 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a italic is TRUE sets italic for the style; otherwise sets
+    upright.
+
+    \sa fontItalic(), definesFontItalic()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setFontItalic(bool italic)
+{
+    d->fontitalic = italic?1:0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the style defines a font shape; otherwise returns
+    FALSE. A style does not define any shape until setFontItalic() is
+    called.
+
+    \sa setFontItalic(), fontItalic()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::definesFontItalic() const
+{
+    return d->fontitalic != Undefined;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the style sets an underlined font; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setFontUnderline(), definesFontUnderline()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::fontUnderline() const
+{
+    return d->fontunderline > 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a underline is TRUE, sets underline for the style; otherwise
+    sets no underline.
+
+    \sa fontUnderline(), definesFontUnderline()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setFontUnderline(bool underline)
+{
+    d->fontunderline = underline?1:0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the style defines a setting for the underline
+    property of the font; otherwise returns FALSE. A style does not
+    define this until setFontUnderline() is called.
+
+    \sa setFontUnderline(), fontUnderline()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::definesFontUnderline() const
+{
+    return d->fontunderline != Undefined;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the style sets a strike out font; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setFontStrikeOut(), definesFontStrikeOut()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::fontStrikeOut() const
+{
+    return d->fontstrikeout > 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a strikeOut is TRUE, sets strike out for the style; otherwise
+    sets no strike out.
+
+    \sa fontStrikeOut(), definesFontStrikeOut()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setFontStrikeOut(bool strikeOut)
+{
+    d->fontstrikeout = strikeOut?1:0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the style defines a setting for the strikeOut
+    property of the font; otherwise returns FALSE. A style does not
+    define this until setFontStrikeOut() is called.
+
+    \sa setFontStrikeOut(), fontStrikeOut()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::definesFontStrikeOut() const
+{
+    return d->fontstrikeout != Undefined;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font weight setting of the style. This is either a
+    valid \c QFont::Weight or the value \c QStyleSheetItem::Undefined.
+
+    \sa setFontWeight(), QFont
+*/
+int QStyleSheetItem::fontWeight() const
+{
+    return d->fontweight;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the font weight setting of the style to \a w. Valid values
+    are those defined by \c QFont::Weight.
+
+    \sa QFont, fontWeight()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setFontWeight(int w)
+{
+    d->fontweight = w;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the logical font size setting of the style. This is either
+    a valid size between 1 and 7 or \c QStyleSheetItem::Undefined.
+
+    \sa setLogicalFontSize(), setLogicalFontSizeStep(), QFont::pointSize(), QFont::setPointSize()
+*/
+int QStyleSheetItem::logicalFontSize() const
+{
+    return d->fontsizelog;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the logical font size setting of the style to \a s. Valid
+    logical sizes are 1 to 7.
+
+    \sa logicalFontSize(), QFont::pointSize(), QFont::setPointSize()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setLogicalFontSize(int s)
+{
+    d->fontsizelog = s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the logical font size step of this style.
+
+    The default is 0. Tags such as \c big define \c +1; \c small
+    defines \c -1.
+
+    \sa setLogicalFontSizeStep()
+*/
+int QStyleSheetItem::logicalFontSizeStep() const
+{
+    return d->fontsizestep;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the logical font size step of this style to \a s.
+
+    \sa logicalFontSizeStep()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setLogicalFontSizeStep( int s )
+{
+    d->fontsizestep = s;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the font size setting of the style to \a s points.
+
+    \sa fontSize(), QFont::pointSize(), QFont::setPointSize()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setFontSize(int s)
+{
+    d->fontsize = s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font size setting of the style. This is either a valid
+    point size or \c QStyleSheetItem::Undefined.
+
+    \sa setFontSize(), QFont::pointSize(), QFont::setPointSize()
+*/
+int QStyleSheetItem::fontSize() const
+{
+    return d->fontsize;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font family setting of the style. This is either a
+    valid font family or QString::null if no family has been set.
+
+    \sa setFontFamily(), QFont::family(), QFont::setFamily()
+*/
+QString QStyleSheetItem::fontFamily() const
+{
+    return d->fontfamily;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the font family setting of the style to \a fam.
+
+    \sa fontFamily(), QFont::family(), QFont::setFamily()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setFontFamily( const QString& fam)
+{
+    d->fontfamily = fam;
+}
+
+
+/*!\obsolete
+  Returns the number of columns for this style.
+
+  \sa setNumberOfColumns(), displayMode(), setDisplayMode()
+
+ */
+int QStyleSheetItem::numberOfColumns() const
+{
+    return d->ncolumns;
+}
+
+
+/*!\obsolete
+  Sets the number of columns for this style. Elements in the style
+  are divided into columns.
+
+  This makes sense only if the style uses a block display mode
+  (see QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode).
+
+  \sa numberOfColumns()
+ */
+void QStyleSheetItem::setNumberOfColumns(int ncols)
+{
+    if (ncols > 0)
+	d->ncolumns = ncols;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text color of this style or an invalid color if no
+    color has been set.
+
+    \sa setColor() QColor::isValid()
+*/
+QColor QStyleSheetItem::color() const
+{
+    return d->col;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the text color of this style to \a c.
+
+    \sa color()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setColor( const QColor &c)
+{
+    d->col = c;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns whether this style is an anchor.
+
+    \sa setAnchor()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::isAnchor() const
+{
+    return d->anchor;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a anc is TRUE, sets this style to be an anchor (hypertext
+    link); otherwise sets it to not be an anchor. Elements in this
+    style link to other documents or anchors.
+
+    \sa isAnchor()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setAnchor(bool anc)
+{
+    d->anchor = anc;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the whitespace mode.
+
+    \sa setWhiteSpaceMode() WhiteSpaceMode
+*/
+QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode QStyleSheetItem::whiteSpaceMode() const
+{
+    return d->whitespacemode;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the whitespace mode to \a m.
+
+    \sa WhiteSpaceMode
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setWhiteSpaceMode(WhiteSpaceMode m)
+{
+    d->whitespacemode = m;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the width of margin \a m in pixels.
+
+    The margin, \a m, can be \c MarginLeft, \c MarginRight, \c
+    MarginTop, \c MarginBottom, or \c MarginFirstLine.
+
+    \sa setMargin() Margin
+*/
+int QStyleSheetItem::margin(Margin m) const
+{
+    if (m == MarginAll ) {
+        return d->margin[MarginLeft];
+    } else if (m == MarginVertical) {
+        return d->margin[MarginTop];
+    } else if (m == MarginHorizontal) {
+        return d->margin[MarginLeft];
+    } else {
+        return d->margin[m];
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the width of margin \a m to \a v pixels.
+
+    The margin, \a m, can be \c MarginLeft, \c MarginRight, \c
+    MarginTop, \c MarginBottom, \c MarginFirstLine, \c MarginAll,
+    \c MarginVertical or \c MarginHorizontal. The value \a v must
+    be >= 0.
+
+    \sa margin()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setMargin(Margin m, int v)
+{
+    if (m == MarginAll) {
+	d->margin[MarginLeft] = v;
+	d->margin[MarginRight] = v;
+	d->margin[MarginTop] = v;
+	d->margin[MarginBottom] = v;
+    } else if (m == MarginVertical ) {
+	d->margin[MarginTop] = v;
+	d->margin[MarginBottom] = v;
+    } else if (m == MarginHorizontal ) {
+	d->margin[MarginLeft] = v;
+	d->margin[MarginRight] = v;
+    } else {
+	d->margin[m] = v;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the list style of the style.
+
+    \sa setListStyle() ListStyle
+ */
+QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle QStyleSheetItem::listStyle() const
+{
+    return d->list;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle
+
+    This enum type defines how the items in a list are prefixed when
+    displayed.
+
+    \value ListDisc  a filled circle (i.e. a bullet)
+    \value ListCircle  an unfilled circle
+    \value ListSquare  a filled square
+    \value ListDecimal  an integer in base 10: \e 1, \e 2, \e 3, ...
+    \value ListLowerAlpha  a lowercase letter: \e a, \e b, \e c, ...
+    \value ListUpperAlpha  an uppercase letter: \e A, \e B, \e C, ...
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the list style of the style to \a s.
+
+    This is used by nested elements that have a display mode of \c
+    DisplayListItem.
+
+    \sa listStyle() DisplayMode ListStyle
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setListStyle(ListStyle s)
+{
+    d->list=s;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a space-separated list of names of styles that may contain
+    elements of this style. If nothing has been set, contexts()
+    returns an empty string, which indicates that this style can be
+    nested everywhere.
+
+    \sa setContexts()
+*/
+QString QStyleSheetItem::contexts() const
+{
+    return d->contxt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets a space-separated list of names of styles that may contain
+    elements of this style. If \a c is empty, the style can be nested
+    everywhere.
+
+    \sa contexts()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setContexts( const QString& c)
+{
+    d->contxt = QChar(' ') + c + QChar(' ');
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this style can be nested into an element of style
+    \a s; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa contexts(), setContexts()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::allowedInContext( const QStyleSheetItem* s) const
+{
+    if ( d->contxt.isEmpty() )
+	return TRUE;
+    return d->contxt.find( QChar(' ')+s->name()+QChar(' ')) != -1;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this style has self-nesting enabled; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setSelfNesting()
+*/
+bool QStyleSheetItem::selfNesting() const
+{
+    return d->selfnest;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the self-nesting property for this style to \a nesting.
+
+    In order to support "dirty" HTML, paragraphs \c{<p>} and list
+    items \c{<li>} are not self-nesting. This means that starting a
+    new paragraph or list item automatically closes the previous one.
+
+    \sa selfNesting()
+*/
+void QStyleSheetItem::setSelfNesting( bool nesting )
+{
+    d->selfnest = nesting;
+}
+
+/*!
+   \internal
+    Sets the linespacing to be at least \a ls pixels.
+
+    For compatibility with previous Qt releases, small values get
+    treated differently: If \a ls is smaller than the default font
+    line spacing in pixels at parse time, the resulting line spacing
+    is the sum of the default line spacing plus \a ls. We recommend
+    not relying on this behavior.
+*/
+
+void QStyleSheetItem::setLineSpacing( int ls )
+{
+    d->lineSpacing = ls;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \obsolete
+
+  Returns the linespacing
+*/
+
+int QStyleSheetItem::lineSpacing() const
+{
+    return d->lineSpacing;
+}
+
+//************************************************************************
+
+
+
+
+//************************************************************************
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QStyleSheet qstylesheet.h
+    \ingroup text
+    \brief The QStyleSheet class is a collection of styles for rich text
+    rendering and a generator of tags.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup helpsystem
+
+    By creating QStyleSheetItem objects for a style sheet you build a
+    definition of a set of tags. This definition will be used by the
+    internal rich text rendering system to parse and display text
+    documents to which the style sheet applies. Rich text is normally
+    visualized in a QTextEdit or a QTextBrowser. However, QLabel,
+    QWhatsThis and QMessageBox also support it, and other classes are
+    likely to follow. With QSimpleRichText it is possible to use the
+    rich text renderer for custom widgets as well.
+
+    The default QStyleSheet object has the following style bindings,
+    sorted by structuring bindings, anchors, character style bindings
+    (i.e. inline styles), special elements such as horizontal lines or
+    images, and other tags. In addition, rich text supports simple
+    HTML tables.
+
+    The structuring tags are
+    \table
+    \header \i Structuring tags \i Notes
+    \row \i \c{<qt>}...\c{</qt>}
+	 \i A Qt rich text document. It understands the following
+	    attributes:
+	    \list
+	    \i \c title -- The caption of the document. This attribute is
+		easily accessible with QTextEdit::documentTitle().
+	    \i \c type -- The type of the document. The default type is \c
+		page. It indicates that the document is displayed in a
+		page of its own. Another style is \c detail, which can be
+		used to explain certain expressions in more detail in a
+		few sentences. For \c detail, QTextBrowser will then keep
+		the current page and display the new document in a small
+		popup similar to QWhatsThis. Note that links will not work
+		in documents with \c{<qt type="detail">...</qt>}.
+	    \i \c bgcolor -- The background color, for example \c
+		bgcolor="yellow" or \c bgcolor="#0000FF".
+	    \i \c background -- The background pixmap, for example \c
+		background="granite.xpm". The pixmap name will be resolved
+		by a QMimeSourceFactory().
+	    \i \c text -- The default text color, for example \c text="red".
+	    \i \c link -- The link color, for example \c link="green".
+	    \endlist
+    \row \i \c{<h1>...</h1>}
+	 \i A top-level heading.
+    \row \i \c{<h2>...</h2>}
+	 \i A sublevel heading.
+    \row \i \c{<h3>...</h3>}
+	 \i A sub-sublevel heading.
+    \row \i \c{<h4>...</h4>} \c{<h5>...</h5>}
+	 \i Headings of lesser importance.
+    \row \i \c{<p>...</p>}
+	 \i A left-aligned paragraph. Adjust the alignment with the \c
+	    align attribute. Possible values are \c left, \c right and
+	    \c center.
+    \row \i \c{<center>...}<br>\c{</center>}
+	 \i A centered paragraph.
+    \row \i \c{<blockquote>...}<br>\c{</blockquote>}
+	 \i An indented paragraph that is useful for quotes.
+    \row \i \c{<ul>...</ul>}
+	 \i An unordered list. You can also pass a type argument to
+	    define the bullet style. The default is \c type=disc;
+	    other types are \c circle and \c square.
+    \row \i \c{<ol>...</ol>}
+	 \i An ordered list. You can also pass a type argument to
+	    define the enumeration label style. The default is \c
+	    type="1"; other types are \c "a" and \c "A".
+    \row \i \c{<li>...</li>}
+	 \i A list item. This tag can be used only within the context
+	    of \c{<ol>} or \c{<ul>}.
+    \row \i \c{<dl>...</dl>}
+	 \i A list of definitions, consisting of terms and descriptions.
+    \row \i \c{<dt>...</dt>}
+	 \i A term in a list of definitions. This tag can be used only
+	    in the context of \c{<dl>...</dl>}.
+    \row \i \c{<dd>...</dd>}
+	 \i A description in a list of definitions. This tag can be
+	    used only in the context of \c{<dl>...</dl>}.
+    \row \i \c{<pre>...</pre>}
+	 \i For larger chunks of code. Whitespaces in the contents are
+	    preserved. For small bits of code use the inline-style \c
+	    code.
+    \row \i \c{<div>...</div>} and \c{<span>...</span>}
+	 \i Block grouping elements. These are used to structure the
+	    document, and are often used to provide hints about the
+	    intended presentation of the document.
+    \endtable
+
+    Anchors and links are done with a single tag:
+    \table
+    \header \i Anchor tags \i Notes
+    \row \i \c{<a>...</a>}
+	 \i An anchor or link.
+	    \list
+	    \i A link is created by using an \c href
+		attribute, for example
+		<br>\c{<a href="target.qml">Link Text</a>}. Links to
+		targets within a document are achieved in the same way
+		as for HTML, e.g.
+		<br>\c{<a href="target.qml#subtitle">Link Text</a>}.
+	    \i A target is created by using a \c name
+		attribute, for example
+		<br>\c{<a name="subtitle"><h2>Sub Title</h2></a>}.
+	    \endlist
+    \endtable
+
+    The default character style bindings are
+    \table
+    \header \i Style tags \i Notes
+    \row \i \c{<em>...</em>}
+	 \i Emphasized. By default this is the same as \c{<i>...</i>}
+	    (italic).
+    \row \i \c{<strong>...</strong>}
+	 \i Strong. By default this is the same as \c{<b>...</b>}
+	    (bold).
+    \row \i \c{<i>...</i>}
+	 \i Italic font style.
+    \row \i \c{<b>...</b>}
+	 \i Bold font style.
+    \row \i \c{<u>...</u>}
+	 \i Underlined font style.
+    \row \i \c{<s>...</s>}
+	 \i Strike out font style.
+    \row \i \c{<big>...</big>}
+	 \i A larger font size.
+    \row \i \c{<small>...</small>}
+	 \i A smaller font size.
+    \row \i \c{<sub>...</sub>}
+	 \i Subscripted text
+    \row \i \c{<sup>...</sup>}
+	 \i Superscripted text
+    \row \i \c{<code>...</code>}
+	 \i Indicates code. By default this is the same as
+	    \c{<tt>...</tt>} (typewriter). For larger chunks of code
+	    use the block-tag \c{<}\c{pre>}.
+    \row \i \c{<tt>...</tt>}
+	 \i Typewriter font style.
+    \row \i \c{<font>...</font>}
+	 \i Customizes the font size, family  and text color. The tag
+	    understands the following  attributes:
+	    \list
+	    \i \c color -- The text color, for example \c color="red" or
+		\c color="#FF0000".
+	    \i \c size -- The logical size of the font. Logical sizes 1
+		to 7 are supported. The value may either be absolute
+		(for example, \c size=3) or relative (\c size=-2). In
+		the latter case the sizes are simply added.
+	    \i \c face -- The family of the font, for example \c face=times.
+	    \endlist
+    \endtable
+
+    Special elements are:
+    \table
+    \header \i Special tags \i Notes
+    \row \i \c{<img>}
+	 \i An image. The image name for the mime source factory is
+	    given in the source attribute, for example
+	    \c{<img src="qt.xpm">} The image tag also understands the
+	    attributes \c width and \c height that determine the size
+	    of the image. If the pixmap does not fit the specified
+	    size it will be scaled automatically (by using
+	    QImage::smoothScale()).
+	    <br>
+	    The \c align attribute determines where the image is
+	    placed. By default, an image is placed inline just like a
+	    normal character. Specify \c left or \c right to place the
+	    image at the respective side.
+    \row \i \c{<hr>}
+	 \i A horizontal line.
+    \row \i \c{<br>}
+	 \i A line break.
+    \row \i \c{<nobr>...</nobr>}
+	 \i No break. Prevents word wrap.
+    \endtable
+
+    In addition, rich text supports simple HTML tables. A table
+    consists of one or more rows each of which contains one or more
+    cells. Cells are either data cells or header cells, depending on
+    their content. Cells which span rows and columns are supported.
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Table tags \i Notes
+    \row \i \c{<table>...</table>}
+	 \i A table. Tables support the following attributes:
+	    \list
+	    \i \c bgcolor -- The background color.
+	    \i \c width -- The table width. This is either an absolute
+		pixel width or a relative percentage of the table's
+		width, for example \c width=80%.
+	    \i \c border -- The width of the table border. The default is
+		0 (= no border).
+	    \i \c cellspacing -- Additional space around the table cells.
+		The default is 2.
+	    \i \c cellpadding -- Additional space around the contents of
+		table cells. The default is 1.
+	    \endlist
+    \row \i \c{<tr>...</tr>}
+	 \i A table row. This is only valid within a \c table. Rows
+	    support the following attribute:
+	    \list
+	    \i \c bgcolor -- The background color.
+	    \endlist
+    \row \i \c{<th>...</th>}
+	 \i A table header cell. Similar to \c td, but defaults to
+	    center alignment and a bold font.
+    \row \i \c{<td>...</td>}
+	 \i A table data cell. This is only valid within a \c tr.
+	    Cells support the following attributes:
+	    \list
+	    \i \c bgcolor -- The background color.
+	    \i \c width -- The cell width. This is either an absolute
+		pixel width or a relative percentage of table's width,
+		for example \c width=50%.
+	    \i \c colspan -- Specifies how many columns this cell spans.
+		The default is 1.
+	    \i \c rowspan -- Specifies how many rows this cell spans. The
+		default is 1.
+	    \i \c align -- Alignment; possible values are \c left, \c
+		right, and \c center. The default is \c left.
+	    \i \c valign -- Vertical alignment; possible values are \c
+	    top, \c middle, and \c bottom. The default is \c middle.
+	    \endlist
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Creates a style sheet called \a name, with parent \a parent. Like
+    any QObject it will be deleted when its parent is destroyed (if
+    the child still exists).
+
+    By default the style sheet has the tag definitions defined above.
+*/
+QStyleSheet::QStyleSheet( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the style sheet. All styles inserted into the style sheet
+    will be deleted.
+*/
+QStyleSheet::~QStyleSheet()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Initialized the style sheet to the basic Qt style.
+*/
+void QStyleSheet::init()
+{
+    styles.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+
+    nullstyle  = new QStyleSheetItem( this,
+	QString::fromLatin1("") );
+
+    QStyleSheetItem*  style;
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, "qml" ); // compatibility
+    style->setDisplayMode( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("qt") );
+    style->setDisplayMode( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("a") );
+    style->setAnchor( TRUE );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("em") );
+    style->setFontItalic( TRUE );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("i") );
+    style->setFontItalic( TRUE );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("big") );
+    style->setLogicalFontSizeStep( 1 );
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("large") ); // compatibility
+    style->setLogicalFontSizeStep( 1 );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("small") );
+    style->setLogicalFontSizeStep( -1 );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("strong") );
+    style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("b") );
+    style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("h1") );
+    style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold);
+    style->setLogicalFontSize(6);
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop, 18);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom, 12);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("h2") );
+    style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold);
+    style->setLogicalFontSize(5);
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop, 16);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom, 12);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("h3") );
+    style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold);
+    style->setLogicalFontSize(4);
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop, 14);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom, 12);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("h4") );
+    style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold);
+    style->setLogicalFontSize(3);
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginVertical, 12);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("h5") );
+    style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold);
+    style->setLogicalFontSize(2);
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginTop, 12);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginBottom, 4);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("p") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginVertical, 12);
+    style->setSelfNesting( FALSE );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("center") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style->setAlignment( AlignCenter );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("twocolumn") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style->setNumberOfColumns( 2 );
+
+    style =  new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("multicol") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    (void) new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("font") );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("ul") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style->setListStyle( QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginVertical, 12);
+    style->setMargin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginLeft, 40 );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("ol") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style->setListStyle( QStyleSheetItem::ListDecimal );
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginVertical, 12);
+    style->setMargin( QStyleSheetItem::MarginLeft, 40 );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("li") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem);
+    style->setSelfNesting( FALSE );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("code") );
+    style->setFontFamily( QString::fromLatin1("Courier New,courier") );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("tt") );
+    style->setFontFamily( QString::fromLatin1("Courier New,courier") );
+
+    new QStyleSheetItem(this, QString::fromLatin1("img"));
+    new QStyleSheetItem(this, QString::fromLatin1("br"));
+    new QStyleSheetItem(this, QString::fromLatin1("hr"));
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem(this, QString::fromLatin1("sub"));
+    style->setVerticalAlignment( QStyleSheetItem::VAlignSub );
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem(this, QString::fromLatin1("sup"));
+    style->setVerticalAlignment( QStyleSheetItem::VAlignSuper );
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("pre") );
+    style->setFontFamily( QString::fromLatin1("Courier New,courier") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style->setWhiteSpaceMode(QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre);
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginVertical, 12);
+
+    style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("blockquote") );
+    style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+    style->setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginHorizontal, 40 );
+
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("head") );
+     style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayNone);
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("body") );
+     style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("div") );
+     style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock) ;
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("span") );
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("dl") );
+    style-> setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginVertical, 8);
+     style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("dt") );
+     style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+     style->setContexts(QString::fromLatin1("dl") );
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("dd") );
+     style->setDisplayMode(QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock);
+     style->setMargin(QStyleSheetItem::MarginLeft, 30);
+     style->setContexts(QString::fromLatin1("dt dl") );
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("u") );
+     style->setFontUnderline( TRUE);
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("s") );
+     style->setFontStrikeOut( TRUE);
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("nobr") );
+     style->setWhiteSpaceMode( QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNoWrap );
+
+     // compatibily with some minor 3.0.x Qt versions that had an
+     // undocumented <wsp> tag. ### Remove 3.1
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("wsp") );
+     style->setWhiteSpaceMode( QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre );
+
+     // tables
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("table") );
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("tr") );
+     style->setContexts(QString::fromLatin1("table"));
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("td") );
+     style->setContexts(QString::fromLatin1("tr"));
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("th") );
+     style->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold );
+     style->setAlignment( Qt::AlignCenter );
+     style->setContexts(QString::fromLatin1("tr"));
+
+     style = new QStyleSheetItem( this, QString::fromLatin1("html") );
+}
+
+
+
+static QStyleSheet* defaultsheet = 0;
+static QSingleCleanupHandler<QStyleSheet> qt_cleanup_stylesheet;
+
+/*!
+    Returns the application-wide default style sheet. This style sheet
+    is used by rich text rendering classes such as QSimpleRichText,
+    QWhatsThis and QMessageBox to define the rendering style and
+    available tags within rich text documents. It also serves as the
+    initial style sheet for the more complex render widgets, QTextEdit
+    and QTextBrowser.
+
+    \sa setDefaultSheet()
+*/
+QStyleSheet* QStyleSheet::defaultSheet()
+{
+    if (!defaultsheet) {
+	defaultsheet = new QStyleSheet();
+	qt_cleanup_stylesheet.set( &defaultsheet );
+    }
+    return defaultsheet;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the application-wide default style sheet to \a sheet,
+    deleting any style sheet previously set. The ownership is
+    transferred to QStyleSheet.
+
+    \sa defaultSheet()
+*/
+void QStyleSheet::setDefaultSheet( QStyleSheet* sheet)
+{
+    if ( defaultsheet != sheet ) {
+	if ( defaultsheet )
+	    qt_cleanup_stylesheet.reset();
+	delete defaultsheet;
+    }
+    defaultsheet = sheet;
+    if ( defaultsheet )
+	qt_cleanup_stylesheet.set( &defaultsheet );
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+  Inserts \a style. Any tags generated after this time will be
+  bound to this style. Note that \a style becomes owned by the
+  style sheet and will be deleted when the style sheet is destroyed.
+*/
+void QStyleSheet::insert( QStyleSheetItem* style )
+{
+    styles.insert(style->name(), style);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the style called \a name or 0 if there is no such style.
+*/
+QStyleSheetItem* QStyleSheet::item( const QString& name)
+{
+    if ( name.isNull() )
+	return 0;
+    return styles[name];
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the style called \a name or 0 if there is no such style
+    (const version)
+*/
+const QStyleSheetItem* QStyleSheet::item( const QString& name) const
+{
+    if ( name.isNull() )
+	return 0;
+    return styles[name];
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \preliminary
+
+    Generates an internal object for the tag called \a name, given the
+    attributes \a attr, and using additional information provided by
+    the mime source factory \a factory.
+
+    \a context is the optional context of the document, i.e. the path
+    to look for relative links. This becomes important if the text
+    contains relative references, for example within image tags.
+    QSimpleRichText always uses the default mime source factory (see
+    \l{QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()}) to resolve these
+    references. The context will then be used to calculate the
+    absolute path. See QMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute() for details.
+
+    \a emptyTag and \a doc are for internal use only.
+
+    This function should not be used in application code.
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+QTextCustomItem* QStyleSheet::tag(  const QString& name,
+				   const QMap<QString, QString> &attr,
+				   const QString& context,
+				   const QMimeSourceFactory& factory,
+				   bool /*emptyTag */, QTextDocument *doc ) const
+{
+    const QStyleSheetItem* style = item( name );
+    // first some known  tags
+    if ( !style )
+	return 0;
+    if ( style->name() == "img" )
+	return new QTextImage( doc, attr, context, (QMimeSourceFactory&)factory );
+    if ( style->name() == "hr" )
+	return new QTextHorizontalLine( doc, attr, context, (QMimeSourceFactory&)factory  );
+   return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!  Auxiliary function. Converts the plain text string \a plain to a
+    rich text formatted paragraph while preserving most of its look.
+
+    \a mode defines the whitespace mode. Possible values are \c
+    QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre (no wrapping, all whitespaces
+    preserved) and \c QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal (wrapping,
+    simplified whitespaces).
+
+    \sa escape()
+*/
+QString QStyleSheet::convertFromPlainText( const QString& plain, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode )
+{
+    int col = 0;
+    QString rich;
+    rich += "<p>";
+    for ( int i = 0; i < int(plain.length()); ++i ) {
+	if ( plain[i] == '\n' ){
+	    int c = 1;
+	    while ( i+1 < int(plain.length()) && plain[i+1] == '\n' ) {
+		i++;
+		c++;
+	    }
+	    if ( c == 1)
+		rich += "<br>\n";
+	    else {
+		rich += "</p>\n";
+		while ( --c > 1 )
+		    rich += "<br>\n";
+		rich += "<p>";
+	    }
+	    col = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if ( mode == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre && plain[i] == '\t' ){
+		rich += 0x00a0U;
+		++col;
+		while ( col % 8 ) {
+		    rich += 0x00a0U;
+		    ++col;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if ( mode == QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre && plain[i].isSpace() )
+		rich += 0x00a0U;
+	    else if ( plain[i] == '<' )
+		rich +="&lt;";
+	    else if ( plain[i] == '>' )
+		rich +="&gt;";
+	    else if ( plain[i] == '&' )
+		rich +="&amp;";
+	    else
+		rich += plain[i];
+	    ++col;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( col != 0 )
+	rich += "</p>";
+    return rich;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Auxiliary function. Converts the plain text string \a plain to a
+    rich text formatted string with any HTML meta-characters escaped.
+
+    \sa convertFromPlainText()
+*/
+QString QStyleSheet::escape( const QString& plain)
+{
+    QString rich;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < int(plain.length()); ++i ) {
+	if ( plain[i] == '<' )
+	    rich +="&lt;";
+	else if ( plain[i] == '>' )
+	    rich +="&gt;";
+	else if ( plain[i] == '&' )
+	    rich +="&amp;";
+	else
+	    rich += plain[i];
+    }
+    return rich;
+}
+
+// Must doc this enum somewhere, and it is logically related to QStyleSheet
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::TextFormat
+
+    This enum is used in widgets that can display both plain text and
+    rich text, e.g. QLabel. It is used for deciding whether a text
+    string should be interpreted as one or the other. This is normally
+    done by passing one of the enum values to a setTextFormat()
+    function.
+
+    \value PlainText  The text string is interpreted as a plain text
+	string.
+
+    \value RichText The text string is interpreted as a rich text
+	string using the current QStyleSheet::defaultSheet().
+
+    \value AutoText The text string is interpreted as for \c RichText
+	if QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText() returns TRUE, otherwise as
+	\c PlainText.
+
+    \value LogText A special, limited text format which is only used
+    by QTextEdit in an optimized mode.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the string \a text is likely to be rich text;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    This function uses a fast and therefore simple heuristic. It
+    mainly checks whether there is something that looks like a tag
+    before the first line break. Although the result may be correct
+    for common cases, there is no guarantee.
+*/
+bool QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText( const QString& text)
+{
+    if ( text.isEmpty() )
+	return FALSE;
+    int start = 0;
+
+    while ( start < int(text.length()) && text[start].isSpace() )
+	++start;
+    if ( text.mid( start, 5 ).lower() == "<!doc" )
+	return TRUE;
+    int open = start;
+    while ( open < int(text.length()) && text[open] != '<'
+	    && text[open] != '\n' ) {
+	if ( text[open] == '&' &&  text.mid(open+1,3) == "lt;" )
+	    return TRUE; // support desperate attempt of user to see <...>
+	++open;
+    }
+    if ( open < (int)text.length() && text[open] == '<' ) {
+	int close = text.find('>', open);
+	if ( close > -1 ) {
+	    QString tag;
+	    for (int i = open+1; i < close; ++i) {
+		if ( text[i].isDigit() || text[i].isLetter() )
+		    tag += text[i];
+		else if ( !tag.isEmpty() && text[i].isSpace() )
+		    break;
+		else if ( !text[i].isSpace() && (!tag.isEmpty() || text[i] != '!' ) )
+		    return FALSE; // that's not a tag
+	    }
+	    return defaultSheet()->item( tag.lower() ) != 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QStyleSheet::error( const QString& msg) const
+
+    This virtual function is called when an error occurs when
+    processing rich text. Reimplement it if you need to catch error
+    messages.
+
+    Errors might occur if some rich text strings contain tags that are
+    not understood by the stylesheet, if some tags are nested
+    incorrectly, or if tags are not closed properly.
+
+    \a msg is the error message.
+*/
+void QStyleSheet::error( const QString& ) const
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Scales the font \a font to the appropriate physical point size
+    corresponding to the logical font size \a logicalSize.
+
+    When calling this function, \a font has a point size corresponding
+    to the logical font size 3.
+
+    Logical font sizes range from 1 to 7, with 1 being the smallest.
+
+    \sa QStyleSheetItem::logicalFontSize(), QStyleSheetItem::logicalFontSizeStep(), QFont::setPointSize()
+ */
+void QStyleSheet::scaleFont( QFont& font, int logicalSize ) const
+{
+    if ( logicalSize < 1 )
+	logicalSize = 1;
+    if ( logicalSize > 7 )
+	logicalSize = 7;
+    int baseSize = font.pointSize();
+    bool pixel = FALSE;
+    if ( baseSize == -1 ) {
+	baseSize = font.pixelSize();
+	pixel = TRUE;
+    }
+    int s;
+    switch ( logicalSize ) {
+    case 1:
+	s =  7*baseSize/10;
+	break;
+    case 2:
+	s = (8 * baseSize) / 10;
+	break;
+    case 4:
+	s =  (12 * baseSize) / 10;
+	break;
+    case 5:
+	s = (15 * baseSize) / 10;
+	break;
+    case 6:
+	s = 2 * baseSize;
+	break;
+    case 7:
+	s = (24 * baseSize) / 10;
+	break;
+    default:
+	s = baseSize;
+    }
+    if ( pixel )
+	font.setPixelSize( s );
+    else
+	font.setPointSize( s );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_RICHTEXT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qstylesheet.h b/src/kernel/qstylesheet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb85bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qstylesheet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the QStyleSheet class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSTYLESHEET_H
+#define QSTYLESHEET_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qptrvector.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+class QStyleSheet;
+class QTextDocument;
+template<class Key, class T> class QMap;
+class QStyleSheetItemData;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QStyleSheetItem : public Qt
+{
+public:
+    QStyleSheetItem( QStyleSheet* parent, const QString& name );
+    QStyleSheetItem( const QStyleSheetItem & );
+    ~QStyleSheetItem();
+
+    QStyleSheetItem& operator=( const QStyleSheetItem& other );
+
+    QString name() const;
+
+    QStyleSheet* styleSheet();
+    const QStyleSheet* styleSheet() const;
+
+    enum AdditionalStyleValues { Undefined  = - 1};
+
+    enum DisplayMode {
+	DisplayBlock,
+	DisplayInline,
+	DisplayListItem,
+	DisplayNone
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+	, DisplayModeUndefined = -1
+#endif
+    };
+
+    DisplayMode displayMode() const;
+    void setDisplayMode(DisplayMode m);
+
+    int alignment() const;
+    void setAlignment( int f);
+
+    enum VerticalAlignment {
+	VAlignBaseline,
+	VAlignSub,
+	VAlignSuper
+    };
+
+    VerticalAlignment verticalAlignment() const;
+    void setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment valign );
+
+    int fontWeight() const;
+    void setFontWeight(int w);
+
+    int logicalFontSize() const;
+    void setLogicalFontSize(int s);
+
+    int logicalFontSizeStep() const;
+    void setLogicalFontSizeStep( int s );
+
+    int fontSize() const;
+    void setFontSize(int s);
+
+    QString fontFamily() const;
+    void setFontFamily( const QString& );
+
+    int numberOfColumns() const;
+    void setNumberOfColumns(int ncols);
+
+    QColor color() const;
+    void setColor( const QColor &);
+
+    bool fontItalic() const;
+    void setFontItalic( bool );
+    bool definesFontItalic() const;
+
+    bool fontUnderline() const;
+    void setFontUnderline( bool );
+    bool definesFontUnderline() const;
+
+    bool fontStrikeOut() const;
+    void setFontStrikeOut( bool );
+    bool definesFontStrikeOut() const;
+
+    bool isAnchor() const;
+    void setAnchor(bool anc);
+
+    enum WhiteSpaceMode {
+	WhiteSpaceNormal,
+	WhiteSpacePre,
+	WhiteSpaceNoWrap
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+	, WhiteSpaceModeUndefined = -1
+#endif
+    };
+    WhiteSpaceMode whiteSpaceMode() const;
+    void setWhiteSpaceMode(WhiteSpaceMode m);
+
+    enum Margin {
+	MarginLeft,
+	MarginRight,
+	MarginTop,
+	MarginBottom,
+	MarginFirstLine,
+	MarginAll,
+	MarginVertical,
+	MarginHorizontal
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+	, MarginUndefined = -1
+#endif
+    };
+
+    int margin( Margin m) const;
+    void setMargin( Margin, int);
+
+    enum ListStyle {
+	ListDisc,
+	ListCircle,
+	ListSquare,
+	ListDecimal,
+	ListLowerAlpha,
+	ListUpperAlpha
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+	, ListStyleUndefined = -1
+#endif
+    };
+
+    ListStyle listStyle() const;
+    void setListStyle( ListStyle );
+
+    QString contexts() const;
+    void setContexts( const QString& );
+    bool allowedInContext( const QStyleSheetItem* ) const;
+
+    bool selfNesting() const;
+    void setSelfNesting( bool );
+
+    void setLineSpacing( int ls );
+    int lineSpacing() const;
+
+private:
+    void init();
+    QStyleSheetItemData* d;
+};
+
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QDict<QStyleSheetItem>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QValueList< QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem> >;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QPtrVector<QStyleSheetItem>;
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QValueList<QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+class QTextCustomItem;
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QStyleSheet : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QStyleSheet( QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    virtual ~QStyleSheet();
+
+    static QStyleSheet* defaultSheet();
+    static void setDefaultSheet( QStyleSheet* );
+
+
+    QStyleSheetItem* item( const QString& name);
+    const QStyleSheetItem* item( const QString& name) const;
+
+    void insert( QStyleSheetItem* item);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCUSTOMITEM
+    virtual QTextCustomItem* tag( const QString& name,
+				  const QMap<QString, QString> &attr,
+				  const QString& context,
+				  const QMimeSourceFactory& factory,
+				  bool emptyTag, QTextDocument *doc ) const;
+#endif
+    static QString escape( const QString& );
+    static QString convertFromPlainText( const QString&,
+					 QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode = QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre );
+    static bool mightBeRichText( const QString& );
+
+    virtual void scaleFont( QFont& font, int logicalSize ) const;
+
+    virtual void error( const QString& ) const;
+
+private:
+    void init();
+    QDict<QStyleSheetItem> styles;
+    QStyleSheetItem* nullstyle;
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QStyleSheet( const QStyleSheet & );
+    QStyleSheet &operator=( const QStyleSheet & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_RICHTEXT
+
+#endif // QSTYLESHEET_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt.h b/src/kernel/qt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a77207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Qt GUI Toolkit
+**
+** This header file efficiently includes all Qt GUI Toolkit functionality.
+**
+** Generated : Mon Oct 13 13:07:29 CEST 2003
+
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1995-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#define QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#include "qfeatures.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#include "qptrcollection.h"
+#include "qglist.h"
+#include "qobjectdefs.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qgarray.h"
+#include "qmemarray.h"
+#include "qcstring.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qiodevice.h"
+#include "qkeysequence.h"
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qgdict.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qpair.h"
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "qtextstream.h"
+#include "qfontinfo.h"
+#include "qsizepolicy.h"
+#include "qtl.h"
+#include "qsize.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qbitarray.h"
+#include "qregion.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#include "qstrlist.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qmime.h"
+#include "qasciidict.h"
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qfontmetrics.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qhostaddress.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include <qdom.h>
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include <qdrawutil.h>
+#include "qbrush.h"
+#include "qpalette.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qjpunicode.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qframe.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "qurlinfo.h"
+#include "qwidgetlist.h"
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include "qgroupbox.h"
+#include "qdialog.h"
+#include <qdataview.h>
+#include "qdockwindow.h"
+#include "qcommonstyle.h"
+#include "qnetworkprotocol.h"
+#include <qeuckrcodec.h>
+#include <qgb18030codec.h>
+#include "qgcache.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include <qgif.h>
+#include <qglcolormap.h>
+#include <qcache.h>
+#include <qdropsite.h>
+#include "qgplugin.h"
+#include <qgrid.h>
+#include "qrangecontrol.h"
+#include "qbuttongroup.h"
+#include <qdatetimeedit.h>
+#include "qgvector.h"
+#include "qhbox.h"
+#include <qhbuttongroup.h>
+#include "qiconset.h"
+#include <qhgroupbox.h>
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#include <qeventloop.h>
+#include <qhttp.h>
+#include <qaction.h>
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include <qimageformatplugin.h>
+#include "qlineedit.h"
+#include <qintcache.h>
+#include "qintdict.h"
+#include "qmotifstyle.h"
+#include "qpicture.h"
+#include <qjiscodec.h>
+#include <qeucjpcodec.h>
+#include <qkeycode.h>
+#include <qaccel.h>
+#include "qlabel.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include <qlcdnumber.h>
+#include <qlibrary.h>
+#include <qinputdialog.h>
+#include "qscrollbar.h"
+#include "qscrollview.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#include "qwindowsstyle.h"
+#include "qconnection.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qsignal.h"
+#include <qmessagebox.h>
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qheader.h"
+#include <qmotifplusstyle.h>
+#include <qcdestyle.h>
+#include <qmovie.h>
+#include "qptrvector.h"
+#include "qmutex.h"
+#include "qbutton.h"
+#include <qnetwork.h>
+#include <qftp.h>
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+#include <qobjectcleanuphandler.h>
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#include <qobjectdict.h>
+#include <qobjectlist.h>
+#include <qcolordialog.h>
+#include <qpaintdevicemetrics.h>
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include "qmenudata.h"
+#include <qlistview.h>
+#include "qpen.h"
+#include "qdragobject.h"
+#include <qiconview.h>
+#include <qpixmapcache.h>
+#include <qplatinumstyle.h>
+#include <qpngio.h>
+#include <qcursor.h>
+#include <qerrormessage.h>
+#include <qpolygonscanner.h>
+#include "qpopupmenu.h"
+#include <qprintdialog.h>
+#include <qprinter.h>
+#include <qprocess.h>
+#include "qprogressbar.h"
+#include "qsemimodal.h"
+#include <qasciicache.h>
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include <qcleanuphandler.h>
+#include <qptrqueue.h>
+#include <qptrstack.h>
+#include "qstylesheet.h"
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qradiobutton.h>
+#include <qdial.h>
+#include <qdockarea.h>
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include <qclipboard.h>
+#include <qrtlcodec.h>
+#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <qgridview.h>
+#include "qsemaphore.h"
+#include <qprogressdialog.h>
+#include "qsocketdevice.h"
+#include <qsessionmanager.h>
+#include <qsettings.h>
+#include <qsgistyle.h>
+#include <qfontdialog.h>
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#include <qsignalmapper.h>
+#include <qsignalslotimp.h>
+#include <qsimplerichtext.h>
+#include "qwmatrix.h"
+#include <qsizegrip.h>
+#include <qabstractlayout.h>
+#include <qsjiscodec.h>
+#include <qslider.h>
+#include <qsocket.h>
+#include <qserversocket.h>
+#include <qdns.h>
+#include <qsortedlist.h>
+#include <qsound.h>
+#include <qspinbox.h>
+#include <qsplashscreen.h>
+#include <qsplitter.h>
+#include "qsqlerror.h"
+#include "qeditorfactory.h"
+#include "qsqlquery.h"
+#include "qsqlrecord.h"
+#include <qsqldriverplugin.h>
+#include "qsqlindex.h"
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+#include <qsqldriver.h>
+#include <qsqlform.h>
+#include "qtable.h"
+#include <qsqlpropertymap.h>
+#include <qsqldatabase.h>
+#include <qdatabrowser.h>
+#include <qsqlresult.h>
+#include <qsqlselectcursor.h>
+#include <qstatusbar.h>
+#include <qmenubar.h>
+#include <qcanvas.h>
+#include "qtranslator.h"
+#include <qstrvec.h>
+#include <qinterlacestyle.h>
+#include <qstylefactory.h>
+#include <qstyleplugin.h>
+#include "qtextedit.h"
+#include <qsyntaxhighlighter.h>
+#include <qtabbar.h>
+#include <qtabdialog.h>
+#include "qsqleditorfactory.h"
+#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <qtextbrowser.h>
+#include <qbig5codec.h>
+#include <qtextcodecfactory.h>
+#include <qtextcodecplugin.h>
+#include <qmultilineedit.h>
+#include "qtoolbar.h"
+#include <qtextview.h>
+#include "qwaitcondition.h"
+#include <qasyncio.h>
+#include <qfontdatabase.h>
+#include <qmainwindow.h>
+#include <qtoolbox.h>
+#include <qtoolbutton.h>
+#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include "qdesktopwidget.h"
+#include <qtsciicodec.h>
+#include "qurl.h"
+#include "qurloperator.h"
+#include <qfiledialog.h>
+#include <qutfcodec.h>
+#include <quuid.h>
+#include <qvalidator.h>
+#include <qasyncimageio.h>
+#include <qvaluestack.h>
+#include <qvaluevector.h>
+#include <qdatatable.h>
+#include <qvbox.h>
+#include <qvbuttongroup.h>
+#include <qvfbhdr.h>
+#include <qvgroupbox.h>
+#include <qthread.h>
+#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qwidgetintdict.h>
+#include <qfocusdata.h>
+#include <qwidgetplugin.h>
+#include <qwidgetstack.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <qcompactstyle.h>
+#include <qwizard.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qworkspace.h>
+#include <qlocalfs.h>
+#include <qxml.h>
+
+#if defined( QT_MOC_CPP ) || defined( QT_H_CPP ) || defined( Q_OS_MACX )
+#include <private/qcom_p.h>
+#include <private/qucom_p.h>
+#include "private/qgfxdriverinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qcom_p.h"
+#include "private/qimageformatinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qisciicodec_p.h"
+#include "private/qkbddriverinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qlayoutengine_p.h"
+#include "private/qcomlibrary_p.h"
+#include "private/qmousedriverinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qeffects_p.h"
+#include "private/qgpluginmanager_p.h"
+#include "private/qinternal_p.h"
+#include "private/qsqldriverinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qsqlmanager_p.h"
+#include "private/qlock_p.h"
+#include "private/qcomponentfactory_p.h"
+#include "private/qstyleinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qrichtext_p.h"
+#include "private/qsvgdevice_p.h"
+#include "private/qfontcodecs_p.h"
+#include "private/qtextcodecinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qpsprinter_p.h"
+#include "private/qtitlebar_p.h"
+#include "private/qucom_p.h"
+#include "private/qucomextra_p.h"
+#include "private/qpluginmanager_p.h"
+#include "private/qdir_p.h"
+#include "private/qsettings_p.h"
+#include "private/qsqlextension_p.h"
+#include "private/qdialogbuttons_p.h"
+#include "private/qwidgetinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/qwidgetresizehandler_p.h"
+#include "private/qlibrary_p.h"
+#endif // Private headers
+
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+#include <qaquastyle.h>
+#include <qmacstyle_mac.h>
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+#include <qwindowsxpstyle.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+#include <private/qtextengine_p.h>
+#include "qfontmanager_qws.h"
+#include <qfontfactorybdf_qws.h>
+#include <qgfxvoodoodefs_qws.h>
+#include <qgfxmatroxdefs_qws.h>
+#include <qgfxdriverplugin_qws.h>
+#include <qkbddriverfactory_qws.h>
+#include <qkbddriverplugin_qws.h>
+#include <qmousedriverfactory_qws.h>
+#include <qmousedriverplugin_qws.h>
+#include <qcopchannel_qws.h>
+#include <qdirectpainter_qws.h>
+#include "qmemorymanager_qws.h"
+#include <qmouse_qws.h>
+#include <qfontfactoryttf_qws.h>
+#ifndef Q_OS_MAC
+# include <qsoundqss_qws.h>
+#endif
+#include "qgfx_qws.h"
+#include <qgfxdriverfactory_qws.h>
+#include "qwsdisplay_qws.h"
+#include "qwssocket_qws.h"
+#include "qwsdecoration_qws.h"
+#include "qwsutils_qws.h"
+#include <qwscursor_qws.h>
+#include "qwsmanager_qws.h"
+#include "qwsdefaultdecoration_qws.h"
+#include <qgfxraster_qws.h>
+#include "qwscommand_qws.h"
+#include <qwshydrodecoration_qws.h>
+#include <qwskde2decoration_qws.h>
+#include <qwskdedecoration_qws.h>
+#include <qwsbeosdecoration_qws.h>
+#include "qwsproperty_qws.h"
+#include <qwsregionmanager_qws.h>
+#include "qwsevent_qws.h"
+#include <qwindowsystem_qws.h>
+#include <qwswindowsdecoration_qws.h>
+#endif // Q_WS_QWS
+
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WCE
+#include <qpocketpcstyle_wce.h>
+#endif // Q_WS_WCE
+
+#endif // QT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt_compat.pri b/src/kernel/qt_compat.pri
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bffb79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qt_compat.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Qt compatibility
+
+# scratch pad for internal development
+# hack these for your build like
+# internal {
+#     CONFIG += blah
+# }
+
+##########################################################
+
+# mac hac fu
+!embedded:!x11:mac {
+     #never
+     CONFIG -= nas x11 x11sm
+     #CONFIG += sqlcrap
+     sql:sqlcrap {
+	sql-drivers += postgres
+	INCLUDEPATH+=/Users/sam/postgresql-7.0.2/src/include \
+		    /Users/sam/postgresql-7.0.2/src/interfaces/libpq
+	LIBS += -L/Users/sam/postgresql-7.0.2/src/interfaces/libpq 
+     }
+} 
+
+attic {
+	SOURCES += attic/qttableview.cpp
+	HEADERS += attic/qttableview.h
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt_gfx.pri b/src/kernel/qt_gfx.pri
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e27523c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qt_gfx.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+# Qt graphics 
+
+#mng support
+HEADERS += $$KERNEL_H/qmngio.h
+SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qmngio.cpp
+mng {
+        system-mng {
+	    win32:LIBS += libmng.lib
+            unix:LIBS  += -lmng
+        } else {
+	   INCLUDEPATH        += 3rdparty/libmng
+	   SOURCES += 3rdparty/libmng/libmng_callback_xs.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_chunk_io.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_chunk_prc.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_chunk_xs.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_cms.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_display.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_dither.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_error.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_filter.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_hlapi.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_jpeg.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_object_prc.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_pixels.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_prop_xs.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_read.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_trace.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_write.c \
+		  3rdparty/libmng/libmng_zlib.c
+        }
+	no-jpeg {
+		message(Use of mng requires support for jpeg)
+		CONFIG += jpeg
+	} else:!jpeg {
+		message(Use of mng requires support for jpeg)
+		CONFIG += jpeg
+	}
+}
+else:DEFINES += QT_NO_IMAGEIO_MNG
+
+#jpeg support..
+HEADERS += $$KERNEL_H/qjpegio.h 
+SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qjpegio.cpp
+jpeg {
+        system-jpeg {
+	   unix:LIBS += -ljpeg
+	   win32:LIBS += libjpeg.lib
+	} else {
+	    INCLUDEPATH += 3rdparty/libjpeg
+	    SOURCES += 3rdparty/libjpeg/jcapimin.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcapistd.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jccoefct.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jccolor.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcdctmgr.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jchuff.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcinit.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcmainct.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcmarker.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcmaster.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcomapi.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcparam.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcphuff.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcprepct.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jcsample.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jctrans.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdapimin.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdapistd.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdatadst.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdatasrc.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdcoefct.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdcolor.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jddctmgr.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdhuff.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdinput.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdmainct.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdmarker.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdmaster.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdmerge.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdphuff.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdpostct.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdsample.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jdtrans.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jerror.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jfdctflt.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jfdctfst.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jfdctint.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jidctflt.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jidctfst.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jidctint.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jidctred.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jmemmgr.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jquant1.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jquant2.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jutils.c \
+		  3rdparty/libjpeg/jmemnobs.c
+        }
+}
+else:DEFINES += QT_NO_IMAGEIO_JPEG
+
+#png support
+HEADERS+=$$KERNEL_H/qpngio.h
+SOURCES+=$$KERNEL_CPP/qpngio.cpp
+png {
+        system-png {
+	    unix:LIBS  += -lpng
+	    win32:LIBS += libpng.lib
+	} else {
+	    INCLUDEPATH  += 3rdparty/libpng
+	    SOURCES	+= 3rdparty/libpng/png.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngerror.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngget.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngmem.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngpread.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngread.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngrio.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngrtran.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngrutil.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngset.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngtrans.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngwio.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngwrite.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngwtran.c \
+		  3rdparty/libpng/pngwutil.c 
+        }
+}
+else:DEFINES += QT_NO_IMAGEIO_PNG
+
+#zlib support
+zlib {
+	INCLUDEPATH       += 3rdparty/zlib
+	SOURCES	+= 3rdparty/zlib/adler32.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/compress.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/crc32.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/deflate.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/gzio.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/inffast.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/inflate.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/inftrees.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/trees.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/uncompr.c \
+		  3rdparty/zlib/zutil.c
+}
+!no-zlib:!zlib {
+   unix:LIBS += -lz
+   win32:LIBS += libz.lib
+}
+
+unix:xftfreetype {
+	INCLUDEPATH += 3rdparty/opentype
+	SOURCES += 3rdparty/opentype/ftxopentype.c
+}
+
+#use Qt gif
+gif:DEFINES += QT_BUILTIN_GIF_READER=1
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri b/src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a89e08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+# Qt kernel module
+
+kernel {
+	KERNEL_P	= kernel
+	HEADERS += $$KERNEL_H/qabstractlayout.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qaccel.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qucomextra_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qapplication.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qapplication_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qasyncimageio.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qasyncio.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qbitmap.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qbrush.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qclipboard.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qcolor.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qcolor_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qconnection.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qcursor.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qdesktopwidget.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qdragobject.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qdrawutil.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qdropsite.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qevent.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qeventloop.h\
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qeventloop_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qfocusdata.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qfont.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qfontdata_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qfontinfo.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qfontmetrics.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qguardedptr.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qgif.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qiconset.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qimage.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qimageformatinterface_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qimageformatplugin.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qkeycode.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qkeysequence.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qlayout.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qlayoutengine_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qtranslator.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qmetaobject.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qmime.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qmovie.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qnamespace.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qnetworkprotocol.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qobject.h \
+ 		  $$KERNEL_H/qobjectcleanuphandler.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qobjectdefs.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qobjectdict.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qobjectlist.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpaintdevice.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpaintdevicedefs.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpainter.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qpainter_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpalette.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpaintdevicemetrics.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpen.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpicture.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpixmap.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpixmapcache.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpointarray.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpoint.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qpolygonscanner.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qprinter.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qprocess.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qrect.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qregion.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsessionmanager.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsignal.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsignalmapper.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsignalslotimp.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsize.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsizegrip.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsizepolicy.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsocketnotifier.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsound.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qstyle.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qstylesheet.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qthread.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qtimer.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qurl.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qlocalfs.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qurloperator.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qurlinfo.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qwidget.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qwidgetintdict.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qwidgetlist.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qwindowdefs.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qwmatrix.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qvariant.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qrichtext_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_P/qinternal_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qgplugin.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_H/qsimplerichtext.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qscriptengine_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextengine_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfontengine_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextlayout_p.h
+
+	unix:x11 {
+		HEADERS += $$KERNEL_H/qinputcontext.h
+	} else {
+		HEADERS += $$KERNEL_P/qinputcontext_p.h
+	}
+
+	win32:SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qapplication_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qclipboard_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcolor_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcursor_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdesktopwidget_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdnd_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qeventloop_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfont_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qinputcontext_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qmime_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpixmap_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qprinter_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qprocess_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpaintdevice_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpainter_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qregion_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsound_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qthread_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qwidget_win.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qole_win.c \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfontengine_win.cpp
+
+	unix:x11 {
+	      SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qapplication_x11.cpp \
+		          $$KERNEL_CPP/qclipboard_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcolor_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcursor_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdnd_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdesktopwidget_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qeventloop_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfont_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qinputcontext.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qinputcontext_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qmotifdnd_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpixmap_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpainter_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qregion_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsound_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qwidget_x11.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qwidgetcreate_x11.cpp \
+		          $$KERNEL_CPP/qfontengine_x11.cpp
+	}
+
+	!x11:mac {
+	    exists(qsound_mac.cpp):SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qsound_mac.cpp
+	    else:SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qsound_qws.cpp
+	}
+        !embedded:!x11:mac {
+	      SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qapplication_mac.cpp \
+		          $$KERNEL_CPP/qclipboard_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcolor_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcursor_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qmime_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdnd_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdesktopwidget_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpixmap_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qprinter_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpainter_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qregion_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qwidget_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qeventloop_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfont_mac.cpp \
+			  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfontengine_mac.cpp
+             DEFINES += QMAC_ONE_PIXEL_LOCK
+        } else:unix {
+	   SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qprinter_unix.cpp \
+	              $$KERNEL_CPP/qpsprinter.cpp \
+		      $$KERNEL_CPP/qeventloop_unix.cpp
+        }
+	unix:SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qprocess_unix.cpp \
+		        $$KERNEL_CPP/qthread_unix.cpp
+
+	SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qabstractlayout.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qucomextra.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qaccel.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qapplication.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qasyncimageio.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qasyncio.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qbitmap.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qclipboard.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcolor.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcolor_p.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qconnection.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qcursor.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdragobject.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdrawutil.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qdropsite.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qevent.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qeventloop.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfocusdata.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfont.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfontdatabase.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qguardedptr.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qiconset.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qimage.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qimageformatplugin.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qkeysequence.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qlayout.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qlayoutengine.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtranslator.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qmetaobject.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qmime.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qmovie.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qnetworkprotocol.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qobject.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpainter.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpalette.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpaintdevicemetrics.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpicture.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpixmap.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpixmapcache.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpointarray.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpoint.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qpolygonscanner.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qprinter.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qprocess.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qrect.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qregion.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsignal.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsignalmapper.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsize.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsizegrip.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qstyle.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsocketnotifier.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsound.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qstylesheet.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qthread.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtimer.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qurl.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qlocalfs.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qurloperator.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qurlinfo.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qwidget.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qwmatrix.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qvariant.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qrichtext.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qinternal.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qrichtext_p.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qgplugin.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsimplerichtext.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qscriptengine.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextlayout.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextengine.cpp
+
+	unix:HEADERS   += $$KERNEL_P/qpsprinter_p.h \
+			  $$KERNEL_H/qfontdatabase.h
+
+	embedded:SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qsharedmemory_p.cpp \
+		  	    $$KERNEL_CPP/qfontengine_qws.cpp
+
+	accessibility {
+	      HEADERS += $$KERNEL_H/qaccessible.h
+	      SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qaccessible.cpp
+
+	      !embedded:!x11:mac:SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qaccessible_mac.cpp
+	      else:win32:SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qaccessible_win.cpp
+	}
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt_pch.h b/src/kernel/qt_pch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67c33b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qt_pch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * This is a precompiled header file for use in Xcode / Mac GCC / 
+ * GCC >= 3.4 / VC to greatly speed the building of Qt. It may also be
+ * of use to people developing their own project, but it is probably
+ * better to define your own header.  Use of this header is currently
+ * UNSUPPORTED.
+ */
+
+#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__NT__))
+#  define QT_UNDEF_MACROS_IN_PCH
+#  define _WINSCARD_H_
+#  define _POSIX_ 	/* Make sure PATH_MAX et al. are defined    */
+#  include <limits.h>
+#  undef _POSIX_  	/* Don't polute                             */
+#endif
+
+#if defined __cplusplus
+#  if defined(__GNUC__)
+#    ifndef QT_NO_STL
+#      include <ios>
+#      undef _GLIBCPP_FULLY_COMPLIANT_HEADERS  // Makes qlocale.cpp compile
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#include <qmap.h>		    // I must be first!
+#include <private/qucomextra_p.h>  // All moc genereated code has this include
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qbitmap.h>
+#include <qcursor.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qglobal.h>
+#include <qimage.h>
+#include <qmetaobject.h>  // All moc genereated code has this include
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <qplatformdefs.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qstyle.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#  ifndef QT_NO_STL
+#    define _GLIBCPP_FULLY_COMPLIANT_HEADERS
+#  endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_UNDEF_MACROS_IN_PCH)
+#  undef max /*  These are defined in windef.h, but                   */
+#  undef min /*  we don't want them when building Qt                  */
+#  undef _WINSCARD_H_
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt_x11.pri b/src/kernel/qt_x11.pri
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a751e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qt_x11.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+unix {
+	!xinerama:DEFINES += QT_NO_XINERAMA
+	!xshape:DEFINES += QT_NO_SHAPE
+	!xcursor:DEFINES += QT_NO_XCURSOR
+	!xrandr:DEFINES += QT_NO_XRANDR
+	!xrender:DEFINES += QT_NO_XRENDER
+	!xftfreetype:DEFINES += QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	!xkb:DEFINES += QT_NO_XKB
+	xft2header:DEFINES+=QT_USE_XFT2_HEADER
+
+	SOURCES += $$KERNEL_CPP/qtaddons_x11.cpp
+	PRECOMPILED_HEADER = kernel/qt_pch.h
+}
+
+nas {
+	DEFINES     += QT_NAS_SUPPORT
+	LIBS	+= -laudio -lXt
+}
+
+!x11sm:DEFINES += QT_NO_SM_SUPPORT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt_x11_p.h b/src/kernel/qt_x11_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18e644c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qt_x11_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Includes X11 system header files.
+**
+** Created : 981123
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_X11_H
+#define QT_X11_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of q*_x11.cpp.  This header file may change from version to version
+// without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+//
+
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+// the following is necessary to work around breakage in many versions
+// of XFree86's Xlib.h still in use
+// ### which versions?
+#if defined(_XLIB_H_) // crude hack, but...
+#error "cannot include <X11/Xlib.h> before this file"
+#endif
+#define XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback qt_XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
+#define XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback qt_XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
+#define XSetIMValues qt_XSetIMValues
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#undef XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
+#undef XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
+#undef XSetIMValues
+
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+
+
+//#define QT_NO_SHAPE
+#ifdef QT_NO_SHAPE
+#define XShapeCombineRegion(a,b,c,d,e,f,g)
+#define XShapeCombineMask(a,b,c,d,e,f,g)
+#else
+#include <X11/extensions/shape.h>
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAPE
+
+
+// the wacom tablet (currently just the IRIX version)
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+#  include <X11/extensions/XInput.h>
+#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
+#  include <wacom.h>  // wacom driver defines for IRIX (quite handy)
+#endif
+#endif // QT_TABLET_SUPPORT
+
+
+// #define QT_NO_XINERAMA
+#ifndef QT_NO_XINERAMA
+#  if 0 // ### Xsun, but how to detect it?
+// Xinerama is only supported in Solaris 7 with patches 107648/108376 and
+// Solaris 8 or above which introduce the X11R6.4 Xserver.
+// To switch the Xinerama functionality on, you need to add the "+xinerama"
+// argument to the Xsun start line.
+// At least Solaris 7 and 8 are missing Xinerama system headers and function
+// declarations (bug 4284701).
+// The Xinerama API is not documented. In theory it could change but it
+// probably won't because Sun are using it in at least dtlogin (bug 4221829).
+extern "C" Bool XPanoramiXQueryExtension(
+    Display*,
+    int*,
+    int*
+);
+extern "C" Status XPanoramiXQueryVersion(
+    Display*,
+    int*,
+    int*
+);
+extern "C" Status XPanoramiXGetState(
+    Display*,
+    Drawable,
+    XPanoramiXInfo*
+);
+extern "C" Status XPanoramiXGetScreenCount(
+    Display *,
+    Drawable,
+    XPanoramiXInfo*
+);
+extern "C" Status XPanoramiXGetScreenSize(
+    Display*,
+    Drawable,
+    int,
+    XPanoramiXInfo*
+);
+#  else // XFree86
+// XFree86 does not C++ify Xinerama (at least up to XFree86 4.0.3).
+extern "C" {
+#    include <X11/extensions/Xinerama.h>
+}
+#  endif
+#endif // QT_NO_XINERAMA
+
+// #define QT_NO_XRANDR
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRANDR
+#  include <X11/extensions/Xrandr.h>
+#endif // QT_NO_XRANDR
+
+// #define QT_NO_XRENDER
+#ifndef QT_NO_XRENDER
+#  include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
+// #define QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+#  ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+//   This hacks around the freetype poeple putting an #error into freetype.h in 2.1.7, making
+//   it impossible to use an updated freetype with older Xft header files.
+#    include <ft2build.h>
+#    ifdef QT_USE_XFT2_HEADER
+#      include <X11/Xft/Xft2.h>
+#    else
+#      include <X11/Xft/Xft.h>
+#    endif // QT_USE_XFT2_HEADER
+#    if defined(XFT_VERSION) && XFT_VERSION >= 20000
+#      define QT_XFT2
+#    else
+#      include <X11/Xft/XftFreetype.h>
+// Xft1 doesn't have these functions, so we implement them in qtaddons_x11.cpp
+extern "C" {
+    Qt::HANDLE XftDrawPicture( XftDraw * );
+    void XftDrawSetClipRectangles(XftDraw *, int, int, XRectangle *, int);
+    void XftDrawSetSubwindowMode(XftDraw *, int);
+}
+#    endif // XFT_VERSION
+#  endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+#else
+// make sure QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE is defined if QT_NO_XRENDER is defined
+#  ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+#    define QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+#  endif
+#endif // QT_NO_XRENDER
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+#  include <X11/extensions/sync.h>
+#endif // QT_NO_XSYNC
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XKB
+#  include <X11/XKBlib.h>
+#endif // QT_NO_XKB
+
+
+#if !defined(XlibSpecificationRelease)
+#  define X11R4
+typedef char *XPointer;
+#else
+#  undef X11R4
+#endif
+
+// #define QT_NO_XIM
+#if defined(X11R4)
+// X11R4 does not have XIM
+#define QT_NO_XIM
+#elif defined(Q_OS_OSF) && (XlibSpecificationRelease < 6)
+// broken in Xlib up to OSF/1 3.2
+#define QT_NO_XIM
+#elif defined(Q_OS_AIX)
+// broken in Xlib up to what version of AIX?
+#define QT_NO_XIM
+#elif defined(QT_NO_DEBUG) && defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
+// XmbLookupString broken on IRIX
+// XCreateIC broken when compiling -64 on IRIX 6.5.2
+#define QT_NO_XIM
+#elif defined(Q_OS_HPUX) && defined(__LP64__)
+// XCreateIC broken when compiling 64-bit ELF on HP-UX 11.0
+#define QT_NO_XIM
+#elif defined(Q_OS_SCO)
+// ### suggested by user...
+// ### #define QT_NO_XIM
+#endif // QT_NO_XIM
+
+
+/*
+ * Solaris patch 108652-47 and higher fixes crases in
+ * XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback, but the function doesn't seem to
+ * work.
+ *
+ * Instead, we disabled R6 input, and open the input method
+ * immediately at application start.
+ */
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XIM) && (XlibSpecificationRelease >= 6) && \
+    !defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS)
+#define USE_X11R6_XIM
+
+//######### XFree86 has wrong declarations for XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
+//######### and XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback in at least version 3.3.2.
+//######### Many old X11R6 header files lack XSetIMValues.
+//######### Therefore, we have to declare these functions ourselves.
+
+extern "C" Bool XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(
+    Display*,
+    struct _XrmHashBucketRec*,
+    char*,
+    char*,
+    XIMProc, //XFree86 has XIDProc, which has to be wrong
+    XPointer
+);
+
+extern "C" Bool XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(
+    Display*,
+    struct _XrmHashBucketRec*,
+    char*,
+    char*,
+    XIMProc, //XFree86 has XIDProc, which has to be wrong
+    XPointer
+);
+
+extern "C" char *XSetIMValues( XIM /* im */, ... );
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XIM
+// some platforms (eg. Solaris 2.51) don't have these defines in Xlib.h
+#ifndef XNResetState
+#define XNResetState "resetState"
+#endif
+#ifndef XIMPreserveState
+#define XIMPreserveState (1L<<1)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef X11R4
+#  include <X11/Xlocale.h>
+#endif // X11R4
+
+
+#ifdef QT_MITSHM
+#  include <X11/extensions/XShm.h>
+#endif // QT_MITSHM
+
+
+#endif // QT_X11_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtaddons_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qtaddons_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5418bd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtaddons_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+ * $XFree86: xc/lib/Xft/xftname.c,v 1.10 2001/03/30 18:50:18 keithp Exp $
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2000 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission.  Keith Packard makes no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It
+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE) && !defined(QT_XFT2)
+
+#include <X11/Xft/Xft.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+extern bool qt_use_xrender; // defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+
+extern "C" {
+
+#define XFT_DRAW_N_SRC 2
+
+struct _XftDraw {
+    Display *dpy;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    Visual *visual;
+    Colormap colormap;
+    Region clip;
+    Bool core_set;
+    Bool render_set;
+    Bool render_able;
+    struct {
+	Picture pict;
+	struct {
+	    Picture pict;
+	    XRenderColor color;
+	} src[XFT_DRAW_N_SRC];
+    } render;
+    struct {
+	GC draw_gc;
+	unsigned long fg;
+	Font font;
+    } core;
+};
+
+Picture XftDrawPicture( XftDraw *draw )
+{
+    if ( ! draw ) return 0;
+    if ( ! draw->render_set ) {
+	// force the RENDER Picture to be created...
+	XftColor color;
+	color.color.red = color.color.green = color.color.blue = color.color.alpha =
+	    color.pixel = 0;
+	XftDrawRect( draw, &color, -100, -100, 1, 1 );
+    }
+    return draw->render.pict;
+}
+
+XftDraw *XftDrawCreateAlpha( Display *display,
+			     Pixmap pixmap,
+			     int depth )
+{
+    // taken from Xft 1 sources, see copyright above
+    XftDraw     *draw;
+
+    draw = (XftDraw *) malloc (sizeof (XftDraw));
+    if (!draw)
+	return 0;
+    draw->dpy = display;
+    draw->drawable = pixmap;
+    draw->visual = 0;
+    draw->colormap = 0;
+    draw->core_set = False;
+    draw->clip = 0;
+
+    // Qt addition - go ahead and create the render picture now
+    draw->render_set = True;
+    draw->render_able = False;
+
+    if ( qt_use_xrender ) {
+	draw->render_able = True;
+
+	XRenderPictFormat *format = 0;
+	XRenderPictFormat req;
+	unsigned long mask = PictFormatType | PictFormatDepth | PictFormatAlphaMask;
+	req.type = PictTypeDirect;
+	req.depth = depth;
+	req.direct.alphaMask = 0xff;
+	format = XRenderFindFormat(draw->dpy, mask, &req, 0);
+	if (format) {
+	    draw->render.pict =
+		XRenderCreatePicture(draw->dpy, draw->drawable, format, 0, 0);
+	}
+
+	// to keep Xft from trying to free zero pixmaps/pictures, we need to create
+	// 2 more pictures (that are identical to draw->render.pict) :/
+	draw->render.src[0].pict =
+	    XRenderCreatePicture( draw->dpy, draw->drawable, format, 0, 0 );
+	draw->render.src[1].pict =
+	    XRenderCreatePicture( draw->dpy, draw->drawable, format, 0, 0 );
+    }
+
+    return draw;
+}
+
+void XftDrawSetClipRectangles(XftDraw *draw, int xoff, int yoff, XRectangle *rects, int count)
+{
+    if (!draw) return;
+
+    Picture pict = XftDrawPicture(draw);
+    XRenderSetPictureClipRectangles(draw->dpy, pict, xoff, yoff, rects, count);
+}
+
+void XftDrawSetSubwindowMode(XftDraw *draw, int mode)
+{
+    if (!draw) return;
+
+    Picture pict = XftDrawPicture(draw);
+    XRenderPictureAttributes pattr;
+    pattr.subwindow_mode = mode;
+    XRenderChangePicture(draw->dpy, pict, CPSubwindowMode, &pattr);
+}
+
+} // extern "C"
+
+#endif // !QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE && !QT_XFT2
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp b/src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f00fb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1180 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Text engine classes
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+#include "qscriptengine_p.h"
+#include <qfont.h>
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <private/qunicodetables_p.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// The BiDi algorithm
+//
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#define BIDI_DEBUG 0//2
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+#include <iostream>
+using namespace std;
+
+static const char *directions[] = {
+    "DirL", "DirR", "DirEN", "DirES", "DirET", "DirAN", "DirCS", "DirB", "DirS", "DirWS", "DirON",
+    "DirLRE", "DirLRO", "DirAL", "DirRLE", "DirRLO", "DirPDF", "DirNSM", "DirBN"
+};
+
+#endif
+
+struct BidiStatus {
+    BidiStatus() {
+	eor = QChar::DirON;
+	lastStrong = QChar::DirON;
+	last = QChar:: DirON;
+	dir = QChar::DirON;
+    }
+    QChar::Direction eor;
+    QChar::Direction lastStrong;
+    QChar::Direction last;
+    QChar::Direction dir;
+};
+
+struct BidiControl {
+    struct Context {
+	unsigned char level : 6;
+	unsigned char override : 1;
+	unsigned char unused : 1;
+    };
+
+    inline BidiControl( bool rtl )
+	: cCtx( 0 ), singleLine( FALSE ) {
+	ctx[0].level = (rtl ? 1 : 0);
+	ctx[0].override = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    inline void embed( int level, bool override = FALSE ) {
+	if ( ctx[cCtx].level < 61 && cCtx < 61 ) {
+	    (void) ++cCtx;
+	    ctx[cCtx].level = level;
+	    ctx[cCtx].override = override;
+	}
+    }
+    inline void pdf() {
+	if ( cCtx ) (void) --cCtx;
+    }
+
+    inline uchar level() const {
+	return ctx[cCtx].level;
+    }
+    inline bool override() const {
+	return ctx[cCtx].override;
+    }
+    inline QChar::Direction basicDirection() {
+	return (ctx[0].level ? QChar::DirR : QChar:: DirL );
+    }
+    inline uchar baseLevel() {
+	return ctx[0].level;
+    }
+    inline QChar::Direction direction() {
+	return ((ctx[cCtx].level%2) ? QChar::DirR : QChar:: DirL );
+    }
+
+    Context ctx[63];
+    unsigned int cCtx : 8;
+    bool singleLine : 8;
+};
+
+static QChar::Direction basicDirection( const QString &str )
+{
+    int len = str.length();
+    int pos = 0;
+    const QChar *uc = str.unicode() + pos;
+    while( pos < len ) {
+	switch( direction( *uc ) )
+	{
+	case QChar::DirL:
+	case QChar::DirLRO:
+	case QChar::DirLRE:
+	    return QChar::DirL;
+	case QChar::DirR:
+	case QChar::DirAL:
+	case QChar::DirRLO:
+	case QChar::DirRLE:
+	    return QChar::DirR;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+	++pos;
+	++uc;
+    }
+    return QChar::DirL;
+}
+
+
+static void qAppendItems(QTextEngine *engine, int &start, int &stop, BidiControl &control, QChar::Direction dir )
+{
+    QScriptItemArray &items = engine->items;
+    const QChar *text = engine->string.unicode();
+
+    if ( start > stop ) {
+	// #### the algorithm is currently not really safe against this. Still needs fixing.
+// 	qWarning( "Bidi: appendItems() internal error" );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    int level = control.level();
+
+    if(dir != QChar::DirON && !control.override()) {
+	// add level of run (cases I1 & I2)
+	if( level % 2 ) {
+	    if(dir == QChar::DirL || dir == QChar::DirAN || dir == QChar::DirEN )
+		level++;
+	} else {
+	    if( dir == QChar::DirR )
+		level++;
+	    else if( dir == QChar::DirAN || dir == QChar::DirEN )
+		level += 2;
+	}
+    }
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    qDebug("new run: dir=%s from %d, to %d level = %d\n", directions[dir], start, stop, level);
+#endif
+    QFont::Script script = QFont::NoScript;
+    QScriptItem item;
+    item.position = start;
+    item.analysis.script = script;
+    item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
+    item.analysis.override = control.override();
+    item.analysis.reserved = 0;
+
+    if ( control.singleLine ) {
+	for ( int i = start; i <= stop; i++ ) {
+
+	    unsigned short uc = text[i].unicode();
+	    QFont::Script s = (QFont::Script)scriptForChar( uc );
+	    if (s == QFont::UnknownScript || s == QFont::CombiningMarks)
+		s = script;
+
+	    if (s != script) {
+		item.analysis.script = s;
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
+		item.position = i;
+		items.append( item );
+		script = s;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = start; i <= stop; i++ ) {
+
+	    unsigned short uc = text[i].unicode();
+	    QFont::Script s = (QFont::Script)scriptForChar( uc );
+	    if (s == QFont::UnknownScript || s == QFont::CombiningMarks)
+		s = script;
+
+	    QChar::Category category = ::category( uc );
+	    if ( uc == 0xfffcU || uc == 0x2028U ) {
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level % 2 ? level-1 : level;
+		item.analysis.script = QFont::Latin;
+		item.isObject = TRUE;
+		s = QFont::NoScript;
+	    } else if ((uc >= 9 && uc <=13) ||
+		       (category >= QChar::Separator_Space && category <= QChar::Separator_Paragraph)) {
+		item.analysis.script = QFont::Latin;
+		item.isSpace = TRUE;
+		item.isTab = ( uc == '\t' );
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = item.isTab ? control.baseLevel() : level;
+		s = QFont::NoScript;
+	    } else if ( s != script && (category != QChar::Mark_NonSpacing || script == QFont::NoScript)) {
+		item.analysis.script = s;
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
+	    } else {
+                if (i - start < 32000)
+                    continue;
+                start = i;
+	    }
+
+	    item.position = i;
+	    items.append( item );
+	    script = s;
+	    item.isSpace = item.isTab = item.isObject = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    ++stop;
+    start = stop;
+}
+
+typedef void (* fAppendItems)(QTextEngine *, int &start, int &stop, BidiControl &control, QChar::Direction dir);
+static fAppendItems appendItems = qAppendItems;
+
+// creates the next QScript items.
+static void bidiItemize( QTextEngine *engine, bool rightToLeft, int mode )
+{
+    BidiControl control( rightToLeft );
+    if ( mode & QTextEngine::SingleLine )
+	control.singleLine = TRUE;
+
+    int sor = 0;
+    int eor = -1;
+
+    // ### should get rid of this!
+    bool first = TRUE;
+
+    int length = engine->string.length();
+
+    if ( !length )
+	return;
+
+    const QChar *unicode = engine->string.unicode();
+    int current = 0;
+
+    QChar::Direction dir = rightToLeft ? QChar::DirR : QChar::DirL;
+    BidiStatus status;
+    QChar::Direction sdir = direction( *unicode );
+    if ( sdir != QChar::DirL && sdir != QChar::DirR && sdir != QChar::DirAL && sdir != QChar::DirEN && sdir != QChar::DirAN )
+	sdir = QChar::DirON;
+    else
+        dir = QChar::DirON;
+    status.eor = sdir;
+    status.lastStrong = rightToLeft ? QChar::DirR : QChar::DirL;
+    status.last = status.lastStrong;
+    status.dir = sdir;
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 2)
+    qDebug("---- bidiReorder --- '%s'", engine->string.utf8().data());
+    qDebug("rightToLeft = %d", rightToLeft);
+#endif
+
+
+    while ( current <= length ) {
+
+	QChar::Direction dirCurrent;
+	if ( current == (int)length )
+	    dirCurrent = control.basicDirection();
+	else
+	    dirCurrent = direction( unicode[current] );
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 2)
+	cout << "pos=" << current << " dir=" << directions[dir]
+	     << " current=" << directions[dirCurrent] << " last=" << directions[status.last]
+	     << " eor=" << eor << "/" << directions[status.eor]
+	     << " sor=" << sor << " lastStrong="
+	     << directions[status.lastStrong]
+	     << " level=" << (int)control.level() << endl;
+#endif
+
+	switch(dirCurrent) {
+
+	    // embedding and overrides (X1-X9 in the BiDi specs)
+	case QChar::DirRLE:
+	case QChar::DirRLO:
+	case QChar::DirLRE:
+	case QChar::DirLRO:
+	    {
+		bool rtl = (dirCurrent == QChar::DirRLE || dirCurrent == QChar::DirRLO );
+		bool override = (dirCurrent == QChar::DirLRO || dirCurrent == QChar::DirRLO );
+
+		uchar level = control.level();
+		if( (level%2 != 0) == rtl  )
+		    level += 2;
+		else
+		    level++;
+		if(level < 61) {
+		    eor = current-1;
+		    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		    eor = current;
+		    control.embed( level, override );
+		    QChar::Direction edir = (rtl ? QChar::DirR : QChar::DirL );
+		    dir = status.eor = edir;
+		    status.lastStrong = edir;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case QChar::DirPDF:
+	    {
+		if (dir != control.direction()) {
+		    eor = current-1;
+		    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		    dir = control.direction();
+		}
+		eor = current;
+		appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+		status.last = control.direction();
+		control.pdf();
+		if ( control.override() )
+		    dir = control.direction();
+		else
+		    dir = QChar::DirON;
+		status.lastStrong = control.direction();
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    // strong types
+	case QChar::DirL:
+	    if(dir == QChar::DirON)
+		dir = QChar::DirL;
+	    switch(status.last)
+		{
+		case QChar::DirL:
+		    eor = current; status.eor = QChar::DirL; break;
+		case QChar::DirR:
+		case QChar::DirAL:
+		case QChar::DirEN:
+		case QChar::DirAN:
+		    if ( !first ) {
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			dir = eor < length ? direction( unicode[eor] ) : control.basicDirection();
+			status.eor = dir;
+		    } else {
+                        eor = current; status.eor = dir;
+                    }
+		    break;
+		case QChar::DirES:
+		case QChar::DirET:
+		case QChar::DirCS:
+		case QChar::DirBN:
+		case QChar::DirB:
+		case QChar::DirS:
+		case QChar::DirWS:
+		case QChar::DirON:
+		    if(dir != QChar::DirL) {
+			//last stuff takes embedding dir
+			if( control.direction() == QChar::DirR ) {
+			    if(status.eor != QChar::DirR) {
+				// AN or EN
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+				dir = QChar::DirR;
+			    }
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = eor < length ? direction( unicode[eor] ) : control.basicDirection();
+			    status.eor = dir;
+			} else {
+			    if(status.eor != QChar::DirL) {
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+				dir = QChar::DirL;
+			    } else {
+				eor = current; status.eor = QChar::DirL; break;
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			eor = current; status.eor = QChar::DirL;
+		    }
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    status.lastStrong = QChar::DirL;
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirAL:
+	case QChar::DirR:
+	    if(dir == QChar::DirON) dir = QChar::DirR;
+	    switch(status.last)
+		{
+		case QChar::DirL:
+		case QChar::DirEN:
+		case QChar::DirAN:
+		    if ( !first ) {
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+			break;
+		    }
+		case QChar::DirR:
+		case QChar::DirAL:
+		    eor = current; status.eor = QChar::DirR; break;
+		case QChar::DirES:
+		case QChar::DirET:
+		case QChar::DirCS:
+		case QChar::DirBN:
+		case QChar::DirB:
+		case QChar::DirS:
+		case QChar::DirWS:
+		case QChar::DirON:
+		    if( status.eor != QChar::DirR && status.eor != QChar::DirAL ) {
+			//last stuff takes embedding dir
+			if(control.direction() == QChar::DirR
+                           || status.lastStrong == QChar::DirR || status.lastStrong == QChar::DirAL) {
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+			    dir = QChar::DirR;
+			    eor = current;
+			} else {
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+			    dir = QChar::DirR;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			eor = current; status.eor = QChar::DirR;
+		    }
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    status.lastStrong = dirCurrent;
+	    break;
+
+	    // weak types:
+
+	case QChar::DirNSM:
+	    if (eor == current-1)
+		eor = current;
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirEN:
+	    // if last strong was AL change EN to AN
+	    if(status.lastStrong != QChar::DirAL) {
+		if(dir == QChar::DirON) {
+		    if(status.lastStrong == QChar::DirL)
+			dir = QChar::DirL;
+		    else
+			dir = QChar::DirEN;
+		}
+		switch(status.last)
+		    {
+		    case QChar::DirET:
+			if ( status.lastStrong == QChar::DirR || status.lastStrong == QChar::DirAL ) {
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+			    dir = QChar::DirAN;
+			}
+			// fall through
+		    case QChar::DirEN:
+		    case QChar::DirL:
+			eor = current;
+			status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			break;
+		    case QChar::DirR:
+		    case QChar::DirAL:
+		    case QChar::DirAN:
+			if ( !first )
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			status.eor = QChar::DirEN;
+			dir = QChar::DirAN; break;
+		    case QChar::DirES:
+		    case QChar::DirCS:
+			if(status.eor == QChar::DirEN || dir == QChar::DirAN) {
+			    eor = current; break;
+			}
+		    case QChar::DirBN:
+		    case QChar::DirB:
+		    case QChar::DirS:
+		    case QChar::DirWS:
+		    case QChar::DirON:
+			if(status.eor == QChar::DirR) {
+			    // neutrals go to R
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirEN;
+			    dir = QChar::DirAN;
+			}
+			else if( status.eor == QChar::DirL ||
+				 (status.eor == QChar::DirEN && status.lastStrong == QChar::DirL)) {
+			    eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			} else {
+			    // numbers on both sides, neutrals get right to left direction
+			    if(dir != QChar::DirL) {
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+				eor = current - 1;
+				dir = QChar::DirR;
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+				dir = QChar::DirAN;
+			    } else {
+				eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			    }
+			}
+		    default:
+			break;
+		    }
+		break;
+	    }
+	case QChar::DirAN:
+	    dirCurrent = QChar::DirAN;
+	    if(dir == QChar::DirON) dir = QChar::DirAN;
+	    switch(status.last)
+		{
+		case QChar::DirL:
+		case QChar::DirAN:
+		    eor = current; status.eor = QChar::DirAN; break;
+		case QChar::DirR:
+		case QChar::DirAL:
+		case QChar::DirEN:
+		    if ( !first )
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		    dir = QChar::DirON; status.eor = QChar::DirAN;
+		    break;
+		case QChar::DirCS:
+		    if(status.eor == QChar::DirAN) {
+			eor = current; break;
+		    }
+		case QChar::DirES:
+		case QChar::DirET:
+		case QChar::DirBN:
+		case QChar::DirB:
+		case QChar::DirS:
+		case QChar::DirWS:
+		case QChar::DirON:
+		    if(status.eor == QChar::DirR) {
+			// neutrals go to R
+			eor = current - 1;
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			status.eor = QChar::DirAN;
+			dir = QChar::DirAN;
+		    } else if( status.eor == QChar::DirL ||
+			       (status.eor == QChar::DirEN && status.lastStrong == QChar::DirL)) {
+			eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+		    } else {
+			// numbers on both sides, neutrals get right to left direction
+			if(dir != QChar::DirL) {
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    status.eor = QChar::DirON;
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    dir = QChar::DirR;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    status.eor = QChar::DirAN;
+			    dir = QChar::DirAN;
+			} else {
+			    eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			}
+		    }
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirES:
+	case QChar::DirCS:
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirET:
+	    if(status.last == QChar::DirEN) {
+		dirCurrent = QChar::DirEN;
+		eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	    // boundary neutrals should be ignored
+	case QChar::DirBN:
+	    break;
+	    // neutrals
+	case QChar::DirB:
+	    // ### what do we do with newline and paragraph separators that come to here?
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirS:
+	    // ### implement rule L1
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirWS:
+	case QChar::DirON:
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	//cout << "     after: dir=" << //        dir << " current=" << dirCurrent << " last=" << status.last << " eor=" << status.eor << " lastStrong=" << status.lastStrong << " embedding=" << control.direction() << endl;
+
+	if(current >= (int)length) break;
+
+	// set status.last as needed.
+	switch(dirCurrent) {
+	case QChar::DirET:
+	case QChar::DirES:
+	case QChar::DirCS:
+	case QChar::DirS:
+	case QChar::DirWS:
+	case QChar::DirON:
+	    switch(status.last)
+	    {
+	    case QChar::DirL:
+	    case QChar::DirR:
+	    case QChar::DirAL:
+	    case QChar::DirEN:
+	    case QChar::DirAN:
+		status.last = dirCurrent;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		status.last = QChar::DirON;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirNSM:
+	case QChar::DirBN:
+	    // ignore these
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirLRO:
+	case QChar::DirLRE:
+	    status.last = QChar::DirL;
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirRLO:
+	case QChar::DirRLE:
+	    status.last = QChar::DirR;
+	    break;
+	case QChar::DirEN:
+	    if ( status.last == QChar::DirL ) {
+		status.last = QChar::DirL;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    // fall through
+	default:
+	    status.last = dirCurrent;
+	}
+
+	first = FALSE;
+	++current;
+    }
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    cout << "reached end of line current=" << current << ", eor=" << eor << endl;
+#endif
+    eor = current - 1; // remove dummy char
+
+    if ( sor <= eor )
+	appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+
+
+}
+
+void QTextEngine::bidiReorder( int numItems, const Q_UINT8 *levels, int *visualOrder )
+{
+
+    // first find highest and lowest levels
+    uchar levelLow = 128;
+    uchar levelHigh = 0;
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( i < numItems ) {
+	//printf("level = %d\n", r->level);
+	if ( levels[i] > levelHigh )
+	    levelHigh = levels[i];
+	if ( levels[i] < levelLow )
+	    levelLow = levels[i];
+	i++;
+    }
+
+    // implements reordering of the line (L2 according to BiDi spec):
+    // L2. From the highest level found in the text to the lowest odd level on each line,
+    // reverse any contiguous sequence of characters that are at that level or higher.
+
+    // reversing is only done up to the lowest odd level
+    if(!(levelLow%2)) levelLow++;
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    cout << "reorderLine: lineLow = " << (uint)levelLow << ", lineHigh = " << (uint)levelHigh << endl;
+#endif
+
+    int count = numItems - 1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < numItems; i++ )
+	visualOrder[i] = i;
+
+    while(levelHigh >= levelLow) {
+	int i = 0;
+	while ( i < count ) {
+	    while(i < count && levels[i] < levelHigh) i++;
+	    int start = i;
+	    while(i <= count && levels[i] >= levelHigh) i++;
+	    int end = i-1;
+
+	    if(start != end) {
+		//cout << "reversing from " << start << " to " << end << endl;
+		for(int j = 0; j < (end-start+1)/2; j++) {
+		    int tmp = visualOrder[start+j];
+		    visualOrder[start+j] = visualOrder[end-j];
+		    visualOrder[end-j] = tmp;
+		}
+	    }
+	    i++;
+	}
+	levelHigh--;
+    }
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    cout << "visual order is:" << endl;
+    for ( i = 0; i < numItems; i++ )
+	cout << visualOrder[i] << endl;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// The line break algorithm. See http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr14/tr14-13.html
+//
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/* The Unicode algorithm does in our opinion allow line breaks at some
+   places they shouldn't be allowed. The following changes were thus
+   made in comparison to the Unicode reference:
+
+   CL->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   CL->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   EX->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   IS->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   Al->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   AL->HY from Dbk to Ibk
+   AL->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   AL->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   PR->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   PR->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   HY->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   HY->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   HY->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   NU->EX from Dbk to Ibk
+   NU->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->NU from Dbk to Ibk
+   EX->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+*/
+
+enum break_action {
+    Dbk, // Direct break
+    Ibk, // Indirect break; only allowed if space between the two chars
+    Pbk // Prohibited break; no break allowed even if space between chars
+};
+
+// The following line break classes are not treated by the table:
+// SA, BK, CR, LF, SG, CB, SP
+static const Q_UINT8 breakTable[QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM+1][QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM+1] =
+{
+    // OP,  CL,  QU,  GL, NS,  EX,  SY,  IS,  PR,  PO,  NU,  AL,  ID,  IN,  HY,  BA,  BB,  B2,  ZW,  CM
+    { Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // OP
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // CL
+    { Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk }, // QU
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk }, // GL
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // NS
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // EX
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // SY
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // IS
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // PR
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // PO
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // NU
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // AL
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // ID
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // IN
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // HY
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // BA
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk }, // BB
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // B2
+    { Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // ZW
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }  // CM
+};
+
+// set the soft break flag at every possible line breaking point. This needs correct clustering information.
+static void calcLineBreaks(const QString &str, QCharAttributes *charAttributes)
+{
+    int len = str.length();
+    if (!len)
+        return;
+
+    const QChar *uc = str.unicode();
+    int cls = lineBreakClass(*uc);
+    if (cls >= QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM)
+        cls = QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
+
+    charAttributes[0].softBreak = FALSE;
+    charAttributes[0].whiteSpace = (cls == QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP);
+    charAttributes[0].charStop = TRUE;
+
+    for (int i = 1; i < len; ++i) {
+        int ncls = ::lineBreakClass(uc[i]);
+        int category = ::category(uc[i]);
+        if (category == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
+            goto nsm;
+        
+        if (category == QChar::Other_Surrogate) {
+            // char stop only on first pair
+            if (uc[i].unicode() >= 0xd800 && uc[i].unicode() < 0xdc00 && i < len-1
+                && uc[i+1].unicode() >= 0xdc00 && uc[i+1].unicode() < 0xe000)
+                goto nsm;
+            // ### correctly handle second surrogate
+        }
+
+        if (ncls == QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP) {
+            charAttributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
+            charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = TRUE;
+            charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+            cls = ncls;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+
+	if (cls == QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA && ncls == QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA) {
+            // two complex chars (thai or lao), thai_attributes might override, but here
+            // we do a best guess
+            charAttributes[i].softBreak = TRUE;
+            charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
+            charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+            cls = ncls;
+            continue;
+        }
+        {
+	    int tcls = ncls;
+	    if (tcls >= QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA)
+		tcls = QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
+	    if (cls >= QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA)
+		cls = QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
+
+	    bool softBreak;
+	    int brk = breakTable[cls][tcls];
+	    if (brk == Ibk)
+		softBreak = (cls == QUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP);
+	    else
+		softBreak = (brk == Dbk);
+//        qDebug("char = %c %04x, cls=%d, ncls=%d, brk=%d soft=%d", uc[i].cell(), uc[i].unicode(), cls, ncls, brk, charAttributes[i].softBreak);
+	    charAttributes[i].softBreak = softBreak;
+	    charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
+	    charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+	    cls = ncls;
+	}
+        continue;
+    nsm:
+        charAttributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
+        charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
+        charAttributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_X11 ) || defined ( Q_WS_QWS )
+# include "qtextengine_unix.cpp"
+#elif defined( Q_WS_WIN )
+# include "qtextengine_win.cpp"
+#elif defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+# include "qtextengine_mac.cpp"
+#endif
+
+
+
+QTextEngine::QTextEngine( const QString &str, QFontPrivate *f )
+    : string( str ), fnt( f ), direction( QChar::DirON ), haveCharAttributes( FALSE ), widthOnly( FALSE )
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    if ( !resolvedUsp10 )
+	resolveUsp10();
+#endif
+    if ( fnt ) fnt->ref();
+
+    num_glyphs = QMAX( 16, str.length()*3/2 );
+    int space_charAttributes = (sizeof(QCharAttributes)*str.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_logClusters = (sizeof(unsigned short)*str.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphs = (sizeof(glyph_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_advances = (sizeof(advance_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_offsets = (sizeof(qoffset_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphAttributes = (sizeof(GlyphAttributes)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+
+    allocated = space_charAttributes + space_glyphs + space_advances +
+		space_offsets + space_logClusters + space_glyphAttributes;
+    memory = (void **)::malloc( allocated*sizeof( void * ) );
+    memset( memory, 0, allocated*sizeof( void * ) );
+
+    void **m = memory;
+    m += space_charAttributes;
+    logClustersPtr = (unsigned short *) m;
+    m += space_logClusters;
+    glyphPtr = (glyph_t *) m;
+    m += space_glyphs;
+    advancePtr = (advance_t *) m;
+    m += space_advances;
+    offsetsPtr = (qoffset_t *) m;
+    m += space_offsets;
+    glyphAttributesPtr = (GlyphAttributes *) m;
+
+    used = 0;
+}
+
+QTextEngine::~QTextEngine()
+{
+    if ( fnt && fnt->deref())
+	delete fnt;
+    free( memory );
+    allocated = 0;
+}
+
+void QTextEngine::reallocate( int totalGlyphs )
+{
+    int new_num_glyphs = totalGlyphs;
+    int space_charAttributes = (sizeof(QCharAttributes)*string.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_logClusters = (sizeof(unsigned short)*string.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphs = (sizeof(glyph_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_advances = (sizeof(advance_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_offsets = (sizeof(qoffset_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphAttributes = (sizeof(GlyphAttributes)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+
+    int newAllocated = space_charAttributes + space_glyphs + space_advances +
+		space_offsets + space_logClusters + space_glyphAttributes;
+    void ** newMemory = (void **)::malloc( newAllocated*sizeof( void * ) );
+
+    void **nm = newMemory;
+    memcpy( nm, memory, string.length()*sizeof(QCharAttributes) );
+    nm += space_charAttributes;
+    memcpy( nm, logClustersPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(unsigned short) );
+    logClustersPtr = (unsigned short *) nm;
+    nm += space_logClusters;
+    memcpy( nm, glyphPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(glyph_t) );
+    glyphPtr = (glyph_t *) nm;
+    nm += space_glyphs;
+    memcpy( nm, advancePtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(advance_t) );
+    advancePtr = (advance_t *) nm;
+    nm += space_advances;
+    memcpy( nm, offsetsPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(qoffset_t) );
+    offsetsPtr = (qoffset_t *) nm;
+    nm += space_offsets;
+    memcpy( nm, glyphAttributesPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(GlyphAttributes) );
+    glyphAttributesPtr = (GlyphAttributes *) nm;
+
+    free( memory );
+    memory = newMemory;
+    allocated = newAllocated;
+    num_glyphs = new_num_glyphs;
+}
+
+const QCharAttributes *QTextEngine::attributes()
+{
+    QCharAttributes *charAttributes = (QCharAttributes *) memory;
+    if ( haveCharAttributes )
+	return charAttributes;
+
+    if ( !items.d )
+	itemize();
+
+    ensureSpace(string.length());
+    charAttributes = (QCharAttributes *) memory;
+    calcLineBreaks(string, charAttributes);
+    
+    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
+	QScriptItem &si = items[i];
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+        int script = uspScriptForItem(this, i);
+#else
+        int script = si.analysis.script;
+#endif
+	Q_ASSERT( script < QFont::NScripts );
+        AttributeFunction attributes = scriptEngines[script].charAttributes;
+        if (!attributes)
+            continue;
+	int from = si.position;
+	int len = length( i );
+	attributes( script, string, from, len, charAttributes );
+    }
+
+    haveCharAttributes = TRUE;
+    return charAttributes;
+}
+
+void QTextEngine::splitItem( int item, int pos )
+{
+    if ( pos <= 0 )
+	return;
+
+    // we have to ensure we get correct shaping for arabic and other
+    // complex languages so we have to call shape _before_ we split the item.
+    shape(item);
+
+    if ( items.d->size == items.d->alloc )
+	items.resize( items.d->size + 1 );
+
+    int numMove = items.d->size - item-1;
+    if ( numMove > 0 )
+	memmove( items.d->items + item+2, items.d->items +item+1, numMove*sizeof( QScriptItem ) );
+    items.d->size++;
+    QScriptItem &newItem = items.d->items[item+1];
+    QScriptItem &oldItem = items.d->items[item];
+    newItem = oldItem;
+    items.d->items[item+1].position += pos;
+    if ( newItem.fontEngine )
+	newItem.fontEngine->ref();
+
+    if (oldItem.num_glyphs) {
+	// already shaped, break glyphs aswell
+	int breakGlyph = logClusters(&oldItem)[pos];
+
+	newItem.num_glyphs = oldItem.num_glyphs - breakGlyph;
+	oldItem.num_glyphs = breakGlyph;
+	newItem.glyph_data_offset = oldItem.glyph_data_offset + breakGlyph;
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < newItem.num_glyphs; i++)
+	    logClusters(&newItem)[i] -= breakGlyph;
+
+	int w = 0;
+	const advance_t *a = advances(&oldItem);
+	for(int j = 0; j < breakGlyph; ++j)
+	    w += *(a++);
+
+	newItem.width = oldItem.width - w;
+	oldItem.width = w;
+    }
+
+//     qDebug("split at position %d itempos=%d", pos, item );
+}
+
+
+int QTextEngine::width( int from, int len ) const
+{
+    int w = 0;
+
+//     qDebug("QTextEngine::width( from = %d, len = %d ), numItems=%d, strleng=%d", from,  len, items.size(), string.length() );
+    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
+	QScriptItem *si = &items[i];
+	int pos = si->position;
+	int ilen = length( i );
+//  	qDebug("item %d: from %d len %d", i, pos, ilen );
+	if ( pos >= from + len )
+	    break;
+	if ( pos + ilen > from ) {
+	    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
+		shape( i );
+
+	    advance_t *advances = this->advances( si );
+	    unsigned short *logClusters = this->logClusters( si );
+
+// 	    fprintf( stderr, "  logclusters:" );
+// 	    for ( int k = 0; k < ilen; k++ )
+// 		fprintf( stderr, " %d", logClusters[k] );
+// 	    fprintf( stderr, "\n" );
+	    // do the simple thing for now and give the first glyph in a cluster the full width, all other ones 0.
+	    int charFrom = from - pos;
+	    if ( charFrom < 0 )
+		charFrom = 0;
+	    int glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+	    if ( charFrom > 0 && logClusters[charFrom-1] == glyphStart )
+		while ( charFrom < ilen && logClusters[charFrom] == glyphStart )
+		    charFrom++;
+	    if ( charFrom < ilen ) {
+		glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+		int charEnd = from + len - 1 - pos;
+		if ( charEnd >= ilen )
+		    charEnd = ilen-1;
+		int glyphEnd = logClusters[charEnd];
+		while ( charEnd < ilen && logClusters[charEnd] == glyphEnd )
+		    charEnd++;
+		glyphEnd = (charEnd == ilen) ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[charEnd];
+
+// 		qDebug("char: start=%d end=%d / glyph: start = %d, end = %d", charFrom, charEnd, glyphStart, glyphEnd );
+		for ( int i = glyphStart; i < glyphEnd; i++ )
+		    w += advances[i];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+//     qDebug("   --> w= %d ", w );
+    return w;
+}
+
+void QTextEngine::itemize( int mode )
+{
+    if ( !items.d ) {
+	int size = 8;
+	items.d = (QScriptItemArrayPrivate *)malloc( sizeof( QScriptItemArrayPrivate ) +
+						    sizeof( QScriptItem ) * size );
+	items.d->alloc = size;
+    }
+    items.d->size = 0;
+    if ( string.length() == 0 )
+	return;
+
+    if ( !(mode & NoBidi) ) {
+	if ( direction == QChar::DirON )
+	    direction = basicDirection( string );
+	bidiItemize( this, direction == QChar::DirR, mode );
+    } else {
+	BidiControl control( FALSE );
+	if ( mode & QTextEngine::SingleLine )
+	    control.singleLine = TRUE;
+	int start = 0;
+	int stop = string.length() - 1;
+	appendItems(this, start, stop, control, QChar::DirL);
+    }
+    if ( (mode & WidthOnly) == WidthOnly )
+	widthOnly = TRUE;
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t QTextEngine::boundingBox( int from,  int len ) const
+{
+    glyph_metrics_t gm;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
+	QScriptItem *si = &items[i];
+	int pos = si->position;
+	int ilen = length( i );
+	if ( pos > from + len )
+	    break;
+	if ( pos + len > from ) {
+	    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
+		shape( i );
+	    advance_t *advances = this->advances( si );
+	    unsigned short *logClusters = this->logClusters( si );
+	    glyph_t *glyphs = this->glyphs( si );
+	    qoffset_t *offsets = this->offsets( si );
+
+	    // do the simple thing for now and give the first glyph in a cluster the full width, all other ones 0.
+	    int charFrom = from - pos;
+	    if ( charFrom < 0 )
+		charFrom = 0;
+	    int glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+	    if ( charFrom > 0 && logClusters[charFrom-1] == glyphStart )
+		while ( charFrom < ilen && logClusters[charFrom] == glyphStart )
+		    charFrom++;
+	    if ( charFrom < ilen ) {
+		glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+		int charEnd = from + len - 1 - pos;
+		if ( charEnd >= ilen )
+		    charEnd = ilen-1;
+		int glyphEnd = logClusters[charEnd];
+		while ( charEnd < ilen && logClusters[charEnd] == glyphEnd )
+		    charEnd++;
+		glyphEnd = (charEnd == ilen) ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[charEnd];
+		if ( glyphStart <= glyphEnd  ) {
+		    QFontEngine *fe = si->fontEngine;
+		    glyph_metrics_t m = fe->boundingBox( glyphs+glyphStart, advances+glyphStart,
+						       offsets+glyphStart, glyphEnd-glyphStart );
+		    gm.x = QMIN( gm.x, m.x + gm.xoff );
+		    gm.y = QMIN( gm.y, m.y + gm.yoff );
+		    gm.width = QMAX( gm.width, m.width+gm.xoff );
+		    gm.height = QMAX( gm.height, m.height+gm.yoff );
+		    gm.xoff += m.xoff;
+		    gm.yoff += m.yoff;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return gm;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h b/src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df7a79f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QTEXTENGINE_P_H
+#define QTEXTENGINE_P_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include <private/qfontdata_p.h>
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
+#include <assert.h>
+#endif // Q_OS_TEMP
+
+class QFontPrivate;
+class QString;
+
+class QOpenType;
+class QPainter;
+
+// this uses the same coordinate system as Qt, but a different one to freetype and Xft.
+// * y is usually negative, and is equal to the ascent.
+// * negative yoff means the following stuff is drawn higher up.
+// the characters bounding rect is given by QRect( x,y,width,height), it's advance by
+// xoo and yoff
+struct glyph_metrics_t
+{
+    inline glyph_metrics_t() {
+	x = 100000;
+	y = 100000;
+	width = 0;
+	height = 0;
+	xoff = 0;
+	yoff = 0;
+    }
+    inline glyph_metrics_t( int _x, int _y, int _width, int _height, int _xoff, int _yoff ) {
+	x = _x;
+	y = _y;
+	width = _width;
+	height = _height;
+	xoff = _xoff;
+	yoff = _yoff;
+    }
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int xoff;
+    int yoff;
+};
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_X11 ) || defined ( Q_WS_QWS )
+typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
+
+struct qoffset_t {
+    short x;
+    short y;
+};
+
+typedef int advance_t;
+
+struct QScriptAnalysis
+{
+    unsigned short script    : 7;
+    unsigned short bidiLevel : 6;  // Unicode Bidi algorithm embedding level (0-61)
+    unsigned short override  : 1;  // Set when in LRO/RLO embedding
+    unsigned short reserved  : 2;
+    bool operator == ( const QScriptAnalysis &other ) {
+	return
+	    script == other.script &&
+	    bidiLevel == other.bidiLevel;
+	// ###
+// 	    && override == other.override;
+    }
+
+};
+
+#elif defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+
+typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
+
+struct qoffset_t {
+    short x;
+    short y;
+};
+
+typedef int advance_t;
+
+struct QScriptAnalysis
+{
+    unsigned short script    : 7;
+    unsigned short bidiLevel : 6;  // Unicode Bidi algorithm embedding level (0-61)
+    unsigned short override  : 1;  // Set when in LRO/RLO embedding
+    unsigned short reserved  : 2;
+    bool operator == ( const QScriptAnalysis &other ) {
+	return
+	    script == other.script &&
+	    bidiLevel == other.bidiLevel;
+	// ###
+// 	    && override == other.override;
+    }
+
+};
+
+#elif defined( Q_WS_WIN )
+
+// do not change the definitions below unless you know what you are doing!
+// it is designed to be compatible with the types found in uniscribe.
+
+typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
+
+struct qoffset_t {
+    int x;
+    int y;
+};
+
+typedef int advance_t;
+
+struct QScriptAnalysis {
+    unsigned short script         :10;
+    unsigned short rtl            :1;
+    unsigned short layoutRTL      :1;
+    unsigned short linkBefore     :1;
+    unsigned short linkAfter      :1;
+    unsigned short logicalOrder   :1;
+    unsigned short noGlyphIndex   :1;
+    unsigned short bidiLevel         :5;
+    unsigned short override          :1;
+    unsigned short inhibitSymSwap    :1;
+    unsigned short charShape         :1;
+    unsigned short digitSubstitute   :1;
+    unsigned short inhibitLigate     :1;
+    unsigned short fDisplayZWG        :1;
+    unsigned short arabicNumContext  :1;
+    unsigned short gcpClusters       :1;
+    unsigned short reserved          :1;
+    unsigned short engineReserved    :2;
+};
+
+inline bool operator == ( const QScriptAnalysis &sa1, const QScriptAnalysis &sa2 )
+{
+    return
+	sa1.script == sa2.script &&
+	sa1.bidiLevel == sa2.bidiLevel;
+	// ###
+// 	    && override == other.override;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// enum and struct are  made to be compatible with Uniscribe, dont change unless you know what you're doing.
+struct GlyphAttributes {
+    // highest value means highest priority for justification. Justification is done by first inserting kashidas
+    // starting with the highest priority positions, then stretching spaces, afterwards extending inter char
+    // spacing, and last spacing between arabic words.
+    // NoJustification is for example set for arabic where no Kashida can be inserted or for diacritics.
+    enum Justification {
+        NoJustification= 0,   // Justification can't be applied after this glyph
+        Arabic_Space   = 1,   // This glyph represents a space inside arabic text
+        Character      = 2,   // Inter-character justification point follows this glyph
+        Space          = 4,   // This glyph represents a blank outside an Arabic run
+        Arabic_Normal  = 7,   // Normal Middle-Of-Word glyph that connects to the right (begin)
+        Arabic_Waw     = 8,    // Next character is final form of Waw/Ain/Qaf/Fa
+        Arabic_BaRa    = 9,   // Next two chars are Ba + Ra/Ya/AlefMaksura
+        Arabic_Alef    = 10,  // Next character is final form of Alef/Tah/Lam/Kaf/Gaf
+        Arabic_HaaDal  = 11,  // Next character is final form of Haa/Dal/Taa Marbutah
+        Arabic_Seen    = 12,  // Initial or Medial form Of Seen/Sad
+        Arabic_Kashida = 13   // Kashida(U+640) in middle of word
+    };
+    unsigned short justification   :4;  // Justification class
+    unsigned short clusterStart    :1;  // First glyph of representation of cluster
+    unsigned short mark            :1;  // needs to be positioned around base char
+    unsigned short zeroWidth       :1;  // ZWJ, ZWNJ etc, with no width, currently used as "Don't print" for ZWSP
+    unsigned short reserved        :1;
+    unsigned short combiningClass  :8;
+};
+
+// also this is compatible to uniscribe. Do not change.
+struct QCharAttributes {
+    uchar softBreak      :1;     // Potential linebreak point _before_ this character
+    uchar whiteSpace     :1;     // A unicode whitespace character, except NBSP, ZWNBSP
+    uchar charStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for left/right arrow)
+    uchar wordStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for ctrl + left/right arrow)
+    uchar invalid        :1;
+    uchar reserved       :3;
+};
+
+inline bool qIsZeroWidthChar(ushort uc)
+{
+    return (uc >= 0x200b && uc <= 0x200f /* ZW Space, ZWNJ, ZWJ, LRM and RLM */)
+            || (uc >= 0x2028 && uc <= 0x202f /* LS, PS, LRE, RLE, PDF, LRO, RLO, NNBSP */)
+            || (uc >= 0x206a && uc <= 0x206f /* ISS, ASS, IAFS, AFS, NADS, NODS */);
+}
+
+class QFontEngine;
+
+struct QScriptItem
+{
+    inline QScriptItem() : position( 0 ), isSpace( FALSE ), isTab( FALSE ),
+			   isObject( FALSE ), hasPositioning( FALSE ),
+			   descent( -1 ), ascent( -1 ), width( -1 ),
+			   x( 0 ), y( 0 ), num_glyphs( 0 ), glyph_data_offset( 0 ),
+			   fontEngine( 0 ) { }
+    int position;
+    QScriptAnalysis analysis;
+    unsigned short isSpace  : 1;
+    unsigned short isTab    : 1;
+    unsigned short isObject : 1;
+    unsigned short hasPositioning : 1;
+    unsigned short complex : 1; // Windows only
+    unsigned short private_use : 1; // Windows only
+    unsigned short reserved : 10;
+    short descent;
+    int ascent;
+    int width;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int num_glyphs;
+    int glyph_data_offset;
+    QFontEngine *fontEngine;
+};
+
+struct QScriptItemArrayPrivate
+{
+    unsigned int alloc;
+    unsigned int size;
+    QScriptItem items[1];
+};
+
+class QScriptItemArray
+{
+public:
+    QScriptItemArray() : d( 0 ) {}
+    ~QScriptItemArray();
+
+    inline QScriptItem &operator[] (int i) const {return d->items[i];   }
+    inline void append( const QScriptItem &item ) {
+	if ( d->size == d->alloc )
+	    resize( d->size + 1 );
+	d->items[d->size] = item;
+	d->size++;
+    }
+    inline int size() const { return d ? d->size : 0; }
+
+    void resize( int s );
+    void clear();
+
+    QScriptItemArrayPrivate *d;
+private:
+#ifdef Q_DISABLE_COPY
+    QScriptItemArray( const QScriptItemArray & );
+    QScriptItemArray &operator = ( const QScriptItemArray & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class QFontPrivate;
+
+class QTextEngine {
+public:
+    QTextEngine( const QString &str, QFontPrivate *f );
+    ~QTextEngine();
+
+    enum Mode {
+	Full = 0x00,
+	NoBidi = 0x01,
+	SingleLine = 0x02,
+	WidthOnly = 0x07
+    };
+
+    void itemize( int mode = Full );
+
+    static void bidiReorder( int numRuns, const Q_UINT8 *levels, int *visualOrder );
+
+    const QCharAttributes *attributes();
+    void shape( int item ) const;
+
+    // ### we need something for justification
+
+    enum Edge {
+	Leading,
+	Trailing
+    };
+    enum ShaperFlag {
+        RightToLeft = 0x0001,
+        Mirrored = 0x0001
+    };
+
+    int width( int charFrom, int numChars ) const;
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( int from,  int len ) const;
+
+    QScriptItemArray items;
+    QString string;
+    QFontPrivate *fnt;
+    int lineWidth;
+    int widthUsed;
+    int firstItemInLine;
+    int currentItem;
+    QChar::Direction direction : 5;
+    unsigned int haveCharAttributes : 1;
+    unsigned int widthOnly : 1;
+    unsigned int reserved : 25;
+
+    int length( int item ) const {
+	const QScriptItem &si = items[item];
+	int from = si.position;
+	item++;
+	return ( item < items.size() ? items[item].position : string.length() ) - from;
+    }
+    void splitItem( int item, int pos );
+
+    unsigned short *logClustersPtr;
+    glyph_t *glyphPtr;
+    advance_t *advancePtr;
+    qoffset_t *offsetsPtr;
+    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributesPtr;
+
+    inline unsigned short *logClusters( const QScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return logClustersPtr+si->position; }
+    inline glyph_t *glyphs( const QScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return glyphPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+    inline advance_t *advances( const QScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return advancePtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+    inline qoffset_t *offsets( const QScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return offsetsPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+    inline GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes( const QScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return glyphAttributesPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+
+    void reallocate( int totalGlyphs );
+    inline void ensureSpace( int nGlyphs ) const {
+	if ( num_glyphs - used < nGlyphs )
+	    ((QTextEngine *)this)->reallocate( ( (used + nGlyphs + 16) >> 4 ) << 4 );
+    }
+
+    int allocated;
+    void **memory;
+    int num_glyphs;
+    int used;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp b/src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64d0a77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Text engine classes
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+QScriptItemArray::~QScriptItemArray()
+{
+    clear();
+    free( d );
+}
+
+void QScriptItemArray::clear()
+{
+    if ( d ) {
+	for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < d->size; i++ ) {
+	    QScriptItem &si = d->items[i];
+	    if ( si.fontEngine )
+		si.fontEngine->deref();
+	}
+	d->size = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void QScriptItemArray::resize( int s )
+{
+    int alloc = (s + 8) >> 3 << 3;
+    d = (QScriptItemArrayPrivate *)realloc( d, sizeof( QScriptItemArrayPrivate ) +
+		 sizeof( QScriptItem ) * alloc );
+    d->alloc = alloc;
+}
+
+void QTextEngine::shape( int item ) const
+{
+    assert( item < items.size() );
+    QScriptItem &si = items[item];
+
+    if ( si.num_glyphs )
+	return;
+
+    QFont::Script script = (QFont::Script)si.analysis.script;
+    si.glyph_data_offset = used;
+
+    if ( !si.fontEngine )
+	si.fontEngine = fnt->engineForScript( script );
+    si.fontEngine->ref();
+
+	si.ascent = si.fontEngine->ascent();
+	si.descent = si.fontEngine->descent();
+    si.num_glyphs = 0;
+
+    if ( si.fontEngine && si.fontEngine != (QFontEngine*)-1 ) {
+        QShaperItem shaper_item;
+        shaper_item.script = si.analysis.script;
+        shaper_item.string = &string;
+        shaper_item.from = si.position;
+        shaper_item.length = length(item);
+        shaper_item.font = si.fontEngine;
+        shaper_item.num_glyphs = QMAX(int(num_glyphs - used), shaper_item.length);
+        shaper_item.flags = si.analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ? RightToLeft : 0;
+        shaper_item.has_positioning = FALSE;
+
+        while (1) {
+//         qDebug("    . num_glyphs=%d, used=%d, item.num_glyphs=%d", num_glyphs, used, shaper_item.num_glyphs);
+            ensureSpace(shaper_item.num_glyphs);
+            shaper_item.num_glyphs = num_glyphs - used;
+//          qDebug("    .. num_glyphs=%d, used=%d, item.num_glyphs=%d", num_glyphs, used, shaper_item.num_glyphs);
+            shaper_item.glyphs = glyphs(&si);
+            shaper_item.advances = advances(&si);
+            shaper_item.offsets = offsets(&si);
+            shaper_item.attributes = glyphAttributes(&si);
+            shaper_item.log_clusters = logClusters(&si);
+            if (scriptEngines[shaper_item.script].shape(&shaper_item))
+                break;
+        }
+
+        si.num_glyphs = shaper_item.num_glyphs;
+        si.hasPositioning = shaper_item.has_positioning;
+    }
+    ((QTextEngine *)this)->used += si.num_glyphs;
+
+    si.width = 0;
+    advance_t *advances = this->advances( &si );
+    advance_t *end = advances + si.num_glyphs;
+    while ( advances < end ) {
+//         qDebug("advances[%d] = %d", advances - this->advances(&si), *advances);
+	si.width += *(advances++);
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp b/src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f677a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+
+#include <qfont.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+
+
+QRect QTextItem::rect() const
+{
+    QScriptItem& si = engine->items[item];
+    return QRect( si.x, si.y, si.width, si.ascent+si.descent );
+}
+
+int QTextItem::x() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].x;
+}
+
+int QTextItem::y() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].y;
+}
+
+int QTextItem::width() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].width;
+}
+
+int QTextItem::ascent() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].ascent;
+}
+
+int QTextItem::descent() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].descent;
+}
+
+void QTextItem::setWidth( int w )
+{
+    engine->items[item].width = w;
+}
+
+void QTextItem::setAscent( int a )
+{
+    engine->items[item].ascent = a;
+}
+
+void QTextItem::setDescent( int d )
+{
+    engine->items[item].descent = d;
+}
+
+int QTextItem::from() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].position;
+}
+
+int QTextItem::length() const
+{
+    return engine->length(item);
+}
+
+
+int QTextItem::cursorToX( int *cPos, Edge edge ) const
+{
+    int pos = *cPos;
+    QScriptItem *si = &engine->items[item];
+
+    engine->shape( item );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
+    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes = engine->glyphAttributes( si );
+    unsigned short *logClusters = engine->logClusters( si );
+
+    int l = engine->length( item );
+    if ( pos > l )
+	pos = l;
+    if ( pos < 0 )
+	pos = 0;
+
+    int glyph_pos = pos == l ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[pos];
+    if ( edge == Trailing ) {
+	// trailing edge is leading edge of next cluster
+	while ( glyph_pos < si->num_glyphs && !glyphAttributes[glyph_pos].clusterStart )
+	    glyph_pos++;
+    }
+
+    int x = 0;
+    bool reverse = engine->items[item].analysis.bidiLevel % 2;
+
+    if ( reverse ) {
+	for ( int i = si->num_glyphs-1; i >= glyph_pos; i-- )
+	    x += advances[i];
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < glyph_pos; i++ )
+	    x += advances[i];
+    }
+//     qDebug("cursorToX: pos=%d, gpos=%d x=%d", pos, glyph_pos, x );
+    *cPos = pos;
+    return x;
+}
+
+int QTextItem::xToCursor( int x, CursorPosition cpos ) const
+{
+    QScriptItem *si = &engine->items[item];
+    engine->shape( item );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
+    unsigned short *logClusters = engine->logClusters( si );
+
+    int l = engine->length( item );
+    bool reverse = si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2;
+    if ( x < 0 )
+	return reverse ? l : 0;
+
+
+    if ( reverse ) {
+	int width = 0;
+	for ( int i = 0; i < si->num_glyphs; i++ ) {
+	    width += advances[i];
+	}
+	x = -x + width;
+    }
+    int cp_before = 0;
+    int cp_after = 0;
+    int x_before = 0;
+    int x_after = 0;
+
+    int lastCluster = 0;
+    for ( int i = 1; i <= l; i++ ) {
+	int newCluster = i < l ? logClusters[i] : si->num_glyphs;
+	if ( newCluster != lastCluster ) {
+	    // calculate cluster width
+	    cp_before = cp_after;
+	    x_before = x_after;
+	    cp_after = i;
+	    for ( int j = lastCluster; j < newCluster; j++ )
+		x_after += advances[j];
+	    // 		qDebug("cluster boundary: lastCluster=%d, newCluster=%d, x_before=%d, x_after=%d",
+	    // 		       lastCluster, newCluster, x_before, x_after );
+	    if ( x_after > x )
+		break;
+	    lastCluster = newCluster;
+	}
+    }
+
+    bool before = ( cpos == OnCharacters || (x - x_before) < (x_after - x) );
+
+//     qDebug("got cursor position for %d: %d/%d, x_ba=%d/%d using %d",
+// 	   x, cp_before,cp_after,  x_before, x_after,  before ? cp_before : cp_after );
+
+    return before ? cp_before : cp_after;
+
+}
+
+
+bool QTextItem::isRightToLeft() const
+{
+    return (engine->items[item].analysis.bidiLevel % 2);
+}
+
+bool QTextItem::isObject() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].isObject;
+}
+
+bool QTextItem::isSpace() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].isSpace;
+}
+
+bool QTextItem::isTab() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].isTab;
+}
+
+
+QTextLayout::QTextLayout()
+    :d(0) {}
+
+QTextLayout::QTextLayout( const QString& string, QPainter *p )
+{
+    QFontPrivate *f = p ? ( p->pfont ? p->pfont->d : p->cfont.d ) : QApplication::font().d;
+    d = new QTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const QString&)QString::fromLatin1("") : string), f );
+}
+
+QTextLayout::QTextLayout( const QString& string, const QFont& fnt )
+{
+    d = new QTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const QString&)QString::fromLatin1("") : string), fnt.d );
+}
+
+QTextLayout::~QTextLayout()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+void QTextLayout::setText( const QString& string, const QFont& fnt )
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = new QTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const QString&)QString::fromLatin1("") : string), fnt.d );
+}
+
+/* add an additional item boundary eg. for style change */
+void QTextLayout::setBoundary( int strPos )
+{
+    if ( strPos <= 0 || strPos >= (int)d->string.length() )
+	return;
+
+    int itemToSplit = 0;
+    while ( itemToSplit < d->items.size() && d->items[itemToSplit].position <= strPos )
+	itemToSplit++;
+    itemToSplit--;
+    if ( d->items[itemToSplit].position == strPos ) {
+	// already a split at the requested position
+	return;
+    }
+    d->splitItem( itemToSplit, strPos - d->items[itemToSplit].position );
+}
+
+
+int QTextLayout::numItems() const
+{
+    return d->items.size();
+}
+
+QTextItem QTextLayout::itemAt( int i ) const
+{
+    return QTextItem( i, d );
+}
+
+
+QTextItem QTextLayout::findItem( int strPos ) const
+{
+    if ( strPos == 0 && d->items.size() )
+	return QTextItem( 0, d );
+    // ## TODO use bsearch
+    for ( int i = d->items.size()-1; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	if ( d->items[i].position < strPos )
+	    return QTextItem( i, d );
+    }
+    return QTextItem();
+}
+
+
+void QTextLayout::beginLayout( QTextLayout::LayoutMode m )
+{
+    d->items.clear();
+    QTextEngine::Mode mode = QTextEngine::Full;
+    if (m == NoBidi)
+	mode = QTextEngine::NoBidi;
+    else if (m == SingleLine)
+	mode = QTextEngine::SingleLine;
+    d->itemize( mode );
+    d->currentItem = 0;
+    d->firstItemInLine = -1;
+}
+
+void QTextLayout::beginLine( int width )
+{
+    d->lineWidth = width;
+    d->widthUsed = 0;
+    d->firstItemInLine = -1;
+}
+
+bool QTextLayout::atEnd() const
+{
+    return d->currentItem >= d->items.size();
+}
+
+QTextItem QTextLayout::nextItem()
+{
+    d->currentItem++;
+
+    if ( d->currentItem >= d->items.size() )
+	return QTextItem();
+
+    d->shape( d->currentItem );
+    return QTextItem( d->currentItem, d );
+}
+
+QTextItem QTextLayout::currentItem()
+{
+    if ( d->currentItem >= d->items.size() )
+	return QTextItem();
+
+    d->shape( d->currentItem );
+    return QTextItem( d->currentItem, d );
+}
+
+/* ## maybe also currentItem() */
+void QTextLayout::setLineWidth( int newWidth )
+{
+    d->lineWidth = newWidth;
+}
+
+int QTextLayout::lineWidth() const
+{
+    return d->lineWidth;
+}
+
+int QTextLayout::widthUsed() const
+{
+    return d->widthUsed;
+}
+
+int QTextLayout::availableWidth() const
+{
+    return d->lineWidth - d->widthUsed;
+}
+
+
+/* returns true if completely added */
+QTextLayout::Result QTextLayout::addCurrentItem()
+{
+    if ( d->firstItemInLine == -1 )
+	d->firstItemInLine = d->currentItem;
+    QScriptItem &current = d->items[d->currentItem];
+    d->shape( d->currentItem );
+    d->widthUsed += current.width;
+//     qDebug("trying to add item %d with width %d, remaining %d", d->currentItem, current.width, d->lineWidth-d->widthUsed );
+
+    d->currentItem++;
+
+    return (d->widthUsed <= d->lineWidth
+	    || (d->currentItem < d->items.size() && d->items[d->currentItem].isSpace)) ? Ok : LineFull;
+}
+
+QTextLayout::Result QTextLayout::endLine( int x, int y, int alignment,
+					  int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineLeft, int *lineRight )
+{
+    int available = d->lineWidth;
+    int numRuns = 0;
+    int numSpaceItems = 0;
+    Q_UINT8 _levels[128];
+    int _visual[128];
+    Q_UINT8 *levels = _levels;
+    int *visual = _visual;
+    int i;
+    QTextLayout::Result result = LineEmpty;
+
+//    qDebug("endLine x=%d, y=%d, first=%d, current=%d lw=%d wu=%d", x,  y, d->firstItemInLine, d->currentItem, d->lineWidth, d->widthUsed );
+    int width_nobreak_found = d->widthUsed;
+    if ( d->firstItemInLine == -1 )
+	goto end;
+
+    if ( !(alignment & (Qt::SingleLine|Qt::IncludeTrailingSpaces))
+	&& d->currentItem > d->firstItemInLine && d->items[d->currentItem-1].isSpace ) {
+	int i = d->currentItem-1;
+	while ( i > d->firstItemInLine && d->items[i].isSpace ) {
+	    numSpaceItems++;
+	    d->widthUsed -= d->items[i--].width;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( (alignment & (Qt::WordBreak|Qt::BreakAnywhere)) &&
+	 d->widthUsed > d->lineWidth ) {
+	// find linebreak
+
+	// even though we removed trailing spaces the line was too wide. We'll have to break at an earlier
+	// position. To not confuse the layouting below, reset the number of space items
+	numSpaceItems = 0;
+
+
+	bool breakany = alignment & Qt::BreakAnywhere;
+
+	const QCharAttributes *attrs = d->attributes();
+	int w = 0;
+	int itemWidth = 0;
+	int breakItem = d->firstItemInLine;
+	int breakPosition = -1;
+#if 0
+	// we iterate backwards or forward depending on what we guess is closer
+	if ( d->widthUsed - d->lineWidth < d->lineWidth ) {
+	    // backwards search should be faster
+
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+	    int tmpWidth = 0;
+	    int swidth = 0;
+	    // forward search is probably faster
+	    for ( int i = d->firstItemInLine; i < d->currentItem; i++ ) {
+		const QScriptItem *si = &d->items[i];
+		int length = d->length( i );
+		const QCharAttributes *itemAttrs = attrs + si->position;
+
+		advance_t *advances = d->advances( si );
+		unsigned short *logClusters = d->logClusters( si );
+
+		int lastGlyph = 0;
+		int tmpItemWidth = 0;
+
+//     		qDebug("looking for break in item %d, isSpace=%d", i, si->isSpace );
+		if(si->isSpace && !(alignment & (Qt::SingleLine|Qt::IncludeTrailingSpaces))) {
+		    swidth += si->width;
+		} else {
+		    tmpWidth += swidth;
+		    swidth = 0;
+		    for ( int pos = 0; pos < length; pos++ ) {
+//  			qDebug("advance=%d, w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, softbreak=%d, whitespace=%d",
+//                                *advances, w, tmpWidth, itemAttrs->softBreak, itemAttrs->whiteSpace );
+			int glyph = logClusters[pos];
+			if ( lastGlyph != glyph ) {
+			    while ( lastGlyph < glyph )
+				tmpItemWidth += advances[lastGlyph++];
+			    if ( breakPosition != -1 && w + tmpWidth + tmpItemWidth > d->lineWidth ) {
+// 				qDebug("found break at w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, tmpItemWidth=%d", w, tmpWidth, tmpItemWidth);
+				d->widthUsed = w;
+				goto found;
+			    }
+			}
+			if ( (itemAttrs->softBreak ||
+			      ( breakany && itemAttrs->charStop ) ) &&
+			     (i != d->firstItemInLine || pos != 0) ) {
+			    if ( breakItem != i )
+				itemWidth = 0;
+			    if (itemAttrs->softBreak)
+				breakany = FALSE;
+			    breakItem = i;
+			    breakPosition = pos;
+//     			    qDebug("found possible break at item %d, position %d (absolute=%d), w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, tmpItemWidth=%d", breakItem, breakPosition, d->items[breakItem].position+breakPosition, w, tmpWidth, tmpItemWidth);
+			    w += tmpWidth + tmpItemWidth;
+			    itemWidth += tmpItemWidth;
+			    tmpWidth = 0;
+			    tmpItemWidth = 0;
+			}
+			itemAttrs++;
+		    }
+		    while ( lastGlyph < si->num_glyphs )
+			tmpItemWidth += advances[lastGlyph++];
+		    tmpWidth += tmpItemWidth;
+		    if ( w + tmpWidth > d->lineWidth ) {
+			d->widthUsed = w;
+			goto found;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+    found:
+	// no valid break point found
+	if ( breakPosition == -1 ) {
+            d->widthUsed = width_nobreak_found;
+	    goto nobreak;
+        }
+
+//   	qDebug("linebreak at item %d, position %d, wu=%d", breakItem, breakPosition, d->widthUsed );
+	// split the line
+	if ( breakPosition > 0 ) {
+// 	    int length = d->length( breakItem );
+
+//   	    qDebug("splitting item, itemWidth=%d", itemWidth);
+	    // not a full item, need to break
+	    d->splitItem( breakItem, breakPosition );
+	    d->currentItem = breakItem+1;
+	} else {
+	    d->currentItem = breakItem;
+	}
+    }
+
+    result = Ok;
+
+ nobreak:
+    // position the objects in the line
+    available -= d->widthUsed;
+
+    numRuns = d->currentItem - d->firstItemInLine - numSpaceItems;
+    if ( numRuns > 127 ) {
+	levels = new Q_UINT8[numRuns];
+	visual = new int[numRuns];
+    }
+
+//     qDebug("reordering %d runs, numSpaceItems=%d", numRuns, numSpaceItems );
+    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
+	levels[i] = d->items[i+d->firstItemInLine].analysis.bidiLevel;
+// 	qDebug("    level = %d", d->items[i+d->firstItemInLine].analysis.bidiLevel );
+    }
+    d->bidiReorder( numRuns, levels, visual );
+
+ end:
+    // ### FIXME
+    if ( alignment & Qt::AlignJustify ) {
+	// #### justify items
+	alignment = Qt::AlignAuto;
+    }
+    if ( (alignment & Qt::AlignHorizontal_Mask) == Qt::AlignAuto )
+	alignment = Qt::AlignLeft;
+    if ( alignment & Qt::AlignRight )
+	x += available;
+    else if ( alignment & Qt::AlignHCenter )
+	x += available/2;
+
+
+    int asc = ascent ? *ascent : 0;
+    int desc = descent ? *descent : 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
+	QScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]];
+	asc = QMAX( asc, si.ascent );
+	desc = QMAX( desc, si.descent );
+    }
+
+    int left = x;
+    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
+	QScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]];
+//  	qDebug("positioning item %d with width %d (from=%d/length=%d) at %d", d->firstItemInLine+visual[i], si.width, si.position,
+// 	       d->length(d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]), x );
+	si.x = x;
+	si.y = y + asc;
+	x += si.width;
+    }
+    int right = x;
+
+    if ( numSpaceItems ) {
+	if ( d->items[d->firstItemInLine+numRuns].analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	    x = left;
+	    for ( i = 0; i < numSpaceItems; i++ ) {
+		QScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine + numRuns + i];
+		x -= si.width;
+		si.x = x;
+		si.y = y + asc;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    for ( i = 0; i < numSpaceItems; i++ ) {
+		QScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine + numRuns + i];
+		si.x = x;
+		si.y = y + asc;
+		x += si.width;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( lineLeft )
+	*lineLeft = left;
+    if ( lineRight )
+	*lineRight = right;
+    if ( ascent )
+	*ascent = asc;
+    if ( descent )
+	*descent = desc;
+
+    if (levels != _levels)
+	delete []levels;
+    if (visual != _visual)
+	delete []visual;
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+void QTextLayout::endLayout()
+{
+    // nothing to do currently
+}
+
+
+int QTextLayout::nextCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode ) const
+{
+//     qDebug("looking for next cursor pos for %d", oldPos );
+    const QCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
+    int len = d->string.length();
+    if ( oldPos >= len )
+	return oldPos;
+    oldPos++;
+    if ( mode == SkipCharacters ) {
+	while ( oldPos < len && !attributes[oldPos].charStop )
+	    oldPos++;
+    } else {
+	while ( oldPos < len && !attributes[oldPos].wordStop && !attributes[oldPos-1].whiteSpace )
+	    oldPos++;
+    }
+//     qDebug("  -> %d",  oldPos );
+    return oldPos;
+}
+
+int QTextLayout::previousCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode ) const
+{
+//     qDebug("looking for previous cursor pos for %d", oldPos );
+    const QCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
+    if ( oldPos <= 0 )
+	return 0;
+    oldPos--;
+    if ( mode == SkipCharacters ) {
+	while ( oldPos && !attributes[oldPos].charStop )
+	    oldPos--;
+    } else {
+	while ( oldPos && !attributes[oldPos].wordStop && !attributes[oldPos-1].whiteSpace )
+	    oldPos--;
+    }
+//     qDebug("  -> %d",  oldPos );
+    return oldPos;
+}
+
+
+bool QTextLayout::validCursorPosition( int pos ) const
+{
+    const QCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
+    if ( pos < 0 || pos > (int)d->string.length() )
+	return FALSE;
+    return attributes[pos].charStop;
+}
+
+void QTextLayout::setDirection(QChar::Direction dir)
+{
+    d->direction = dir;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h b/src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cde0cc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QTEXTLAYOUT_P_H
+#define QTEXTLAYOUT_P_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QTextEngine;
+class QFont;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextItem
+{
+public:
+    inline QTextItem() : item(0), engine(0) {}
+    inline bool isValid() const { return (bool)engine; }
+
+    QRect rect() const;
+    int x() const;
+    int y() const;
+    int width() const;
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+
+    enum Edge {
+	Leading,
+	Trailing
+    };
+    enum CursorPosition {
+	BetweenCharacters,
+	OnCharacters
+    };
+
+    /* cPos gets set to the valid position */
+    int cursorToX( int *cPos, Edge edge = Leading ) const;
+    inline int cursorToX( int cPos, Edge edge = Leading ) const { return cursorToX( &cPos, edge ); }
+    int xToCursor( int x, CursorPosition = BetweenCharacters ) const;
+
+    bool isRightToLeft() const;
+    bool isObject() const;
+    bool isSpace() const;
+    bool isTab() const;
+
+    void setWidth( int w );
+    void setAscent( int a );
+    void setDescent( int d );
+
+    int from() const;
+    int length() const;
+
+private:
+    friend class QTextLayout;
+    friend class QPainter;
+    friend class QPSPrinter;
+    QTextItem( int i, QTextEngine *e ) : item( i ), engine( e ) {}
+    int item;
+    QTextEngine *engine;
+};
+
+
+class QPainter;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTextLayout
+{
+public:
+    // does itemization
+    QTextLayout();
+    QTextLayout( const QString& string, QPainter * = 0 );
+    QTextLayout( const QString& string, const QFont& fnt );
+    ~QTextLayout();
+
+    void setText( const QString& string, const QFont& fnt );
+
+    enum LineBreakStrategy {
+	AtWordBoundaries,
+	AtCharBoundaries
+    };
+
+    /* add an additional item boundary eg. for style change */
+    void setBoundary( int strPos );
+
+    int numItems() const;
+    QTextItem itemAt( int i ) const;
+    QTextItem findItem( int strPos ) const;
+
+    enum LayoutMode {
+	NoBidi,
+	SingleLine,
+	MultiLine
+    };
+    void beginLayout( LayoutMode m = MultiLine );
+    void beginLine( int width );
+
+    bool atEnd() const;
+    QTextItem nextItem();
+    QTextItem currentItem();
+    /* ## maybe also currentItem() */
+    void setLineWidth( int newWidth );
+    int lineWidth() const;
+    int widthUsed() const;
+    int availableWidth() const;
+
+    enum Result {
+	Ok,
+	LineFull,
+	LineEmpty,
+	Error
+    };
+    /* returns true if completely added */
+    Result addCurrentItem();
+
+    /* Note: if ascent and descent are used they must be initialized to the minimum ascent/descent
+       acceptable for the line. QFontMetrics::ascent/descent() is usually the right choice */
+    Result endLine( int x = 0, int y = 0, int alignment = Qt::AlignLeft,
+		    int *ascent = 0, int *descent = 0, int *left = 0, int *right = 0 );
+    void endLayout();
+
+    enum CursorMode {
+	SkipCharacters,
+	SkipWords
+    };
+    bool validCursorPosition( int pos ) const;
+    int nextCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode = SkipCharacters ) const;
+    int previousCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode = SkipCharacters ) const;
+
+    void setDirection(QChar::Direction);
+private:
+    QTextLayout( QTextEngine *e ) : d( e ) {}
+    /* disable copy and assignment */
+    QTextLayout( const QTextLayout & ) {}
+    void operator = ( const QTextLayout & ) {}
+
+    friend class QTextItem;
+    friend class QPainter;
+    friend class QPSPrinter;
+    QTextEngine *d;
+};
+
+
+/*
+  class QPainter {
+      .....
+      void drawTextItem( int x, int y, QTextItem *item );
+  };
+*/
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qthread.cpp b/src/kernel/qthread.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1653a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qthread.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Cross-platform QThread implementation.
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qthread.h"
+#include <private/qthreadinstance_p.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#  include "qapplication.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040000
+#  error "Remove QThread::QThread() and QThread::start()."
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QThread qthread.h
+    \threadsafe
+    \brief The QThread class provides platform-independent threads.
+
+    \ingroup thread
+    \ingroup environment
+
+    A QThread represents a separate thread of control within the
+    program; it shares data with all the other threads within the
+    process but executes independently in the way that a separate
+    program does on a multitasking operating system. Instead of
+    starting in main(), QThreads begin executing in run(). You inherit
+    run() to include your code. For example:
+
+    \code
+    class MyThread : public QThread {
+
+    public:
+
+	virtual void run();
+
+    };
+
+    void MyThread::run()
+    {
+	for( int count = 0; count < 20; count++ ) {
+	    sleep( 1 );
+	    qDebug( "Ping!" );
+	}
+    }
+
+    int main()
+    {
+	MyThread a;
+	MyThread b;
+	a.start();
+	b.start();
+	a.wait();
+	b.wait();
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    This will start two threads, each of which writes Ping! 20 times
+    to the screen and exits. The wait() calls at the end of main() are
+    necessary because exiting main() ends the program, unceremoniously
+    killing all other threads. Each MyThread stops executing when it
+    reaches the end of MyThread::run(), just as an application does
+    when it leaves main().
+
+    \sa \link threads.html Thread Support in Qt\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QThread::Priority
+
+    This enum type indicates how the operating system should schedule
+    newly created threads.
+
+    \value IdlePriority scheduled only when no other threads are
+           running.
+
+    \value LowestPriority scheduled less often than LowPriority.
+    \value LowPriority scheduled less often than NormalPriority.
+
+    \value NormalPriority the default priority of the operating
+           system.
+
+    \value HighPriority scheduled more often than NormalPriority.
+    \value HighestPriority scheduled more often then HighPriority.
+
+    \value TimeCriticalPriority scheduled as often as possible.
+
+    \value InheritPriority use the same priority as the creating
+           thread.  This is the default.
+*/
+
+QThread::QThread()
+{
+    d = new QThreadInstance;
+    d->init(0);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new thread. The thread does not begin executing until
+    start() is called.
+
+    If \a stackSize is greater than zero, the maximum stack size is
+    set to \a stackSize bytes, otherwise the maximum stack size is
+    automatically determined by the operating system.
+
+    \warning Most operating systems place minimum and maximum limits
+    on thread stack sizes. The thread will fail to start if the stack
+    size is outside these limits.
+*/
+QThread::QThread( unsigned int stackSize )
+{
+    d = new QThreadInstance;
+    d->init(stackSize);
+}
+
+/*!
+    QThread destructor.
+
+    Note that deleting a QThread object will not stop the execution of
+    the thread it represents. Deleting a running QThread (i.e.
+    finished() returns FALSE) will probably result in a program crash.
+    You can wait() on a thread to make sure that it has finished.
+*/
+QThread::~QThread()
+{
+    QMutexLocker locker( d->mutex() );
+    if ( d->running && !d->finished ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning("QThread object destroyed while thread is still running.");
+#endif
+
+	d->orphan = TRUE;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    d->deinit();
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function terminates the execution of the thread. The thread
+    may or may not be terminated immediately, depending on the
+    operating system's scheduling policies. Use QThread::wait()
+    after terminate() for synchronous termination.
+
+    When the thread is terminated, all threads waiting for the
+    the thread to finish will be woken up.
+
+    \warning This function is dangerous, and its use is discouraged.
+    The thread can be terminated at any point in its code path.  Threads
+    can be terminated while modifying data.  There is no chance for
+    the thread to cleanup after itself, unlock any held mutexes, etc.
+    In short, use this function only if \e absolutely necessary.
+*/
+void QThread::terminate()
+{
+    QMutexLocker locker( d->mutex() );
+    if ( d->finished || !d->running )
+	return;
+    d->terminate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the thread is finished; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QThread::finished() const
+{
+    QMutexLocker locker( d->mutex() );
+    return d->finished;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the thread is running; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool QThread::running() const
+{
+    QMutexLocker locker( d->mutex() );
+    return d->running;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QThread::run()
+
+    This method is pure virtual, and must be implemented in derived
+    classes in order to do useful work. Returning from this method
+    will end the execution of the thread.
+
+    \sa wait()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+/*! \obsolete
+    Use QApplication::postEvent() instead.
+*/
+void QThread::postEvent( QObject * receiver, QEvent * event )
+{
+    QApplication::postEvent( receiver, event );
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qthread.h b/src/kernel/qthread.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..160919f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qthread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QThread class
+**
+** Created : 931107
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QTHREAD_H
+#define QTHREAD_H
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+#include "qmutex.h"
+#include "qsemaphore.h"
+#include "qwaitcondition.h"
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPAT
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+class QThreadInstance;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QThread : public Qt
+{
+public:
+    static Qt::HANDLE currentThread();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    static void postEvent( QObject *,QEvent * );
+#endif
+
+    static void initialize();
+    static void cleanup();
+
+    static void exit();
+
+#ifdef Q_QDOC
+    QThread( unsigned int stackSize = 0 );
+#else
+    QThread( unsigned int stackSize );
+    QThread();
+#endif
+
+    virtual ~QThread();
+
+    // default argument causes thread to block indefinately
+    bool wait( unsigned long time = ULONG_MAX );
+
+    enum Priority {
+	IdlePriority,
+
+	LowestPriority,
+	LowPriority,
+	NormalPriority,
+	HighPriority,
+	HighestPriority,
+
+	TimeCriticalPriority,
+
+	InheritPriority
+    };
+
+#ifdef Q_QDOC
+    void start( Priority = InheritPriority );
+#else
+    void start( Priority );
+    void start();
+#endif
+
+    void terminate();
+
+    bool finished() const;
+    bool running() const;
+
+protected:
+    virtual void run() = 0;
+
+    static void sleep( unsigned long );
+    static void msleep( unsigned long );
+    static void usleep( unsigned long );
+
+private:
+    QThreadInstance * d;
+    friend class QThreadInstance;
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QThread( const QThread & );
+    QThread &operator=( const QThread & );
+#endif // Q_DISABLE_COPY
+};
+
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+#endif // QTHREAD_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qthread_unix.cpp b/src/kernel/qthread_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4d6625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qthread_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** QThread class for Unix
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t Q_MUTEX_T;
+
+#include "qthread.h"
+#include <private/qthreadinstance_p.h>
+#include <private/qmutex_p.h>
+#include <private/qmutexpool_p.h>
+#include <qthreadstorage.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sched.h>
+
+
+static QThreadInstance main_instance = {
+    0, { 0, &main_instance }, 0, 0, 1, 0, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0
+};
+
+
+static QMutexPool *qt_thread_mutexpool = 0;
+
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef void*(*QtThreadCallback)(void*);
+
+static pthread_once_t storage_key_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+static pthread_key_t storage_key;
+static void create_storage_key()
+{
+    pthread_key_create( &storage_key, NULL );
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ ** QThreadInstance
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+QThreadInstance *QThreadInstance::current()
+{
+    pthread_once( &storage_key_once, create_storage_key );
+    QThreadInstance *ret = (QThreadInstance *) pthread_getspecific( storage_key );
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void QThreadInstance::init(unsigned int stackSize)
+{
+    stacksize = stackSize;
+    args[0] = args[1] = 0;
+    thread_storage = 0;
+    finished = FALSE;
+    running = FALSE;
+    orphan = FALSE;
+
+    pthread_cond_init(&thread_done, NULL);
+    thread_id = 0;
+
+    // threads have not been initialized yet, do it now
+    if (! qt_thread_mutexpool) QThread::initialize();
+}
+
+void QThreadInstance::deinit()
+{
+    pthread_cond_destroy(&thread_done);
+}
+
+void *QThreadInstance::start( void *_arg )
+{
+    void **arg = (void **) _arg;
+
+    pthread_once( &storage_key_once, create_storage_key );
+    pthread_setspecific( storage_key, arg[1] );
+    pthread_cleanup_push( QThreadInstance::finish, arg[1] );
+    pthread_testcancel();
+
+    ( (QThread *) arg[0] )->run();
+
+    pthread_cleanup_pop( TRUE );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void QThreadInstance::finish( void * )
+{
+    QThreadInstance *d = current();
+
+    if ( ! d ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning( "QThread: internal error: zero data for running thread." );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QMutexLocker locker( d->mutex() );
+    d->running = FALSE;
+    d->finished = TRUE;
+    d->args[0] = d->args[1] = 0;
+
+
+    QThreadStorageData::finish( d->thread_storage );
+    d->thread_storage = 0;
+
+    d->thread_id = 0;
+    pthread_cond_broadcast(&d->thread_done);
+
+    if (d->orphan) {
+        d->deinit();
+	delete d;
+    }
+}
+
+QMutex *QThreadInstance::mutex() const
+{
+    return qt_thread_mutexpool ? qt_thread_mutexpool->get( (void *) this ) : 0;
+}
+
+void QThreadInstance::terminate()
+{
+    if ( ! thread_id ) return;
+    pthread_cancel( thread_id );
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ ** QThread
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    This returns the thread handle of the currently executing thread.
+
+    \warning The handle returned by this function is used for internal
+    purposes and should \e not be used in any application code. On
+    Windows, the returned value is a pseudo handle for the current
+    thread, and it cannot be used for numerical comparison.
+*/
+Qt::HANDLE QThread::currentThread()
+{
+    return (HANDLE) pthread_self();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+  Initializes the QThread system.
+*/
+void QThread::initialize()
+{
+    if ( ! qt_global_mutexpool )
+	qt_global_mutexpool = new QMutexPool( TRUE, 73 );
+    if ( ! qt_thread_mutexpool )
+	qt_thread_mutexpool = new QMutexPool( FALSE, 127 );
+
+    pthread_once( &storage_key_once, create_storage_key );
+    pthread_setspecific( storage_key, &main_instance );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+  Cleans up the QThread system.
+*/
+void QThread::cleanup()
+{
+    delete qt_global_mutexpool;
+    delete qt_thread_mutexpool;
+    qt_global_mutexpool = 0;
+    qt_thread_mutexpool = 0;
+
+    QThreadInstance::finish(&main_instance);
+
+    pthread_once( &storage_key_once, create_storage_key );
+    pthread_setspecific( storage_key, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ends the execution of the calling thread and wakes up any threads
+    waiting for its termination.
+*/
+void QThread::exit()
+{
+    pthread_exit( 0 );
+}
+
+/*  \internal
+    helper function to do thread sleeps, since usleep()/nanosleep()
+    aren't reliable enough (in terms of behavior and availability)
+*/
+static void thread_sleep( struct timespec *ti )
+{
+    pthread_mutex_t mtx;
+    pthread_cond_t cnd;
+
+    pthread_mutex_init(&mtx, 0);
+    pthread_cond_init(&cnd, 0);
+
+    pthread_mutex_lock( &mtx );
+    (void) pthread_cond_timedwait( &cnd, &mtx, ti );
+    pthread_mutex_unlock( &mtx );
+
+    pthread_cond_destroy( &cnd );
+    pthread_mutex_destroy( &mtx );
+}
+
+/*!
+    System independent sleep. This causes the current thread to sleep
+    for \a secs seconds.
+*/
+void QThread::sleep( unsigned long secs )
+{
+    struct timeval tv;
+    gettimeofday( &tv, 0 );
+    struct timespec ti;
+    ti.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec + secs;
+    ti.tv_nsec = ( tv.tv_usec * 1000 );
+    thread_sleep( &ti );
+}
+
+/*!
+    System independent sleep. This causes the current thread to sleep
+    for \a msecs milliseconds
+*/
+void QThread::msleep( unsigned long msecs )
+{
+    struct timeval tv;
+    gettimeofday( &tv, 0 );
+    struct timespec ti;
+
+    ti.tv_nsec = ( tv.tv_usec + ( msecs % 1000 ) * 1000 ) * 1000;
+    ti.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec + ( msecs / 1000 ) + ( ti.tv_nsec / 1000000000 );
+    ti.tv_nsec %= 1000000000;
+    thread_sleep( &ti );
+}
+
+/*!
+    System independent sleep. This causes the current thread to sleep
+    for \a usecs microseconds
+*/
+void QThread::usleep( unsigned long usecs )
+{
+    struct timeval tv;
+    gettimeofday( &tv, 0 );
+    struct timespec ti;
+
+    ti.tv_nsec = ( tv.tv_usec + ( usecs % 1000000 ) ) * 1000;
+    ti.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec + ( usecs / 1000000 ) + ( ti.tv_nsec / 1000000000 );
+    ti.tv_nsec %= 1000000000;
+    thread_sleep( &ti );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Begins execution of the thread by calling run(), which should be
+    reimplemented in a QThread subclass to contain your code.  The
+    operating system will schedule the thread according to the \a
+    priority argument.
+
+    If you try to start a thread that is already running, this
+    function will wait until the the thread has finished and then
+    restart the thread.
+
+    \sa Priority
+*/
+void QThread::start(Priority priority)
+{
+    QMutexLocker locker( d->mutex() );
+
+    if ( d->running )
+        pthread_cond_wait(&d->thread_done, &locker.mutex()->d->handle);
+    d->running = TRUE;
+    d->finished = FALSE;
+
+    int ret;
+    pthread_attr_t attr;
+    pthread_attr_init(&attr);
+    pthread_attr_setdetachstate(&attr, PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED);
+
+#if !defined(Q_OS_OPENBSD) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) && (_POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING-0 >= 0)
+    switch (priority) {
+    case InheritPriority:
+	{
+	    pthread_attr_setinheritsched(&attr, PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED);
+	    break;
+	}
+
+    default:
+	{
+	    int sched_policy;
+	    if (pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(&attr, &sched_policy) != 0) {
+                // failed to get the scheduling policy, don't bother
+                // setting the priority
+                qWarning("QThread: cannot determine default scheduler policy");
+                break;
+	    }
+
+	    int prio_min = sched_get_priority_min(sched_policy);
+	    int prio_max = sched_get_priority_max(sched_policy);
+            if (prio_min == -1 || prio_max == -1) {
+                // failed to get the scheduling parameters, don't
+                // bother setting the priority
+                qWarning("QThread: cannot determine scheduler priority range");
+                break;
+            }
+
+	    int prio;
+	    switch (priority) {
+	    case IdlePriority:
+		prio = prio_min;
+		break;
+
+	    case HighestPriority:
+		prio = prio_max;
+		break;
+
+	    default:
+		// crudely scale our priority enum values to the prio_min/prio_max
+		prio = (((prio_max - prio_min) / TimeCriticalPriority) *
+			priority) + prio_min;
+		prio = QMAX(prio_min, QMIN(prio_max, prio));
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    sched_param sp;
+	    sp.sched_priority = prio;
+
+	    pthread_attr_setinheritsched(&attr, PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED);
+	    pthread_attr_setschedparam(&attr, &sp);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+#endif // _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING
+
+    if ( d->stacksize > 0 ) {
+#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE) && (_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE-0 > 0)
+	ret = pthread_attr_setstacksize( &attr, d->stacksize );
+#else
+	ret = ENOSYS; // stack size not supported, automatically fail
+#endif // _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE
+
+	if ( ret ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	    qWarning( "QThread::start: thread stack size error: %s", strerror( ret ) ) ;
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	    // we failed to set the stacksize, and as the documentation states,
+	    // the thread will fail to run...
+	    d->running = FALSE;
+	    d->finished = FALSE;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    d->args[0] = this;
+    d->args[1] = d;
+    ret = pthread_create( &d->thread_id, &attr, (QtThreadCallback)QThreadInstance::start, d->args );
+#if defined (Q_OS_HPUX)
+    if (ret == EPERM) {
+        pthread_attr_setinheritsched(&attr, PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED);
+	ret = pthread_create(&d->thread_id, &attr, (QtThreadCallback)QThreadInstance::start, d->args);
+    }
+#endif
+    pthread_attr_destroy( &attr );
+
+    if ( ret ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning( "QThread::start: thread creation error: %s", strerror( ret ) );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	d->running = FALSE;
+	d->finished = FALSE;
+	d->args[0] = d->args[1] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void QThread::start()
+{
+    start(InheritPriority);
+}
+
+/*!
+    A thread calling this function will block until either of these
+    conditions is met:
+
+    \list
+    \i The thread associated with this QThread object has finished
+       execution (i.e. when it returns from \l{run()}). This function
+       will return TRUE if the thread has finished. It also returns
+       TRUE if the thread has not been started yet.
+    \i \a time milliseconds has elapsed. If \a time is ULONG_MAX (the
+    	default), then the wait will never timeout (the thread must
+	return from \l{run()}). This function will return FALSE if the
+	wait timed out.
+    \endlist
+
+    This provides similar functionality to the POSIX \c pthread_join() function.
+*/
+bool QThread::wait( unsigned long time )
+{
+    QMutexLocker locker( d->mutex() );
+
+    if ( d->thread_id == pthread_self() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
+	qWarning( "QThread::wait: thread tried to wait on itself" );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
+
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( d->finished || ! d->running )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    int ret;
+    if (time != ULONG_MAX) {
+	struct timeval tv;
+	gettimeofday(&tv, 0);
+
+	timespec ti;
+	ti.tv_nsec = (tv.tv_usec + (time % 1000) * 1000) * 1000;
+	ti.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec + (time / 1000) + (ti.tv_nsec / 1000000000);
+	ti.tv_nsec %= 1000000000;
+
+	ret = pthread_cond_timedwait(&d->thread_done, &locker.mutex()->d->handle, &ti);
+    } else
+	ret = pthread_cond_wait(&d->thread_done, &locker.mutex()->d->handle);
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    if (ret && ret != ETIMEDOUT)
+	qWarning("Wait condition wait failure: %s",strerror(ret));
+#endif
+
+    return (ret == 0);
+}
+
+
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtimer.cpp b/src/kernel/qtimer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c748425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtimer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QTimer class
+**
+** Created : 931111
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#include "qsignal.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class QTimer qtimer.h
+    \brief The QTimer class provides timer signals and single-shot timers.
+
+    \ingroup time
+    \ingroup events
+    \mainclass
+
+    It uses \link QTimerEvent timer events\endlink internally to
+    provide a more versatile timer. QTimer is very easy to use:
+    create a QTimer, call start() to start it and connect its
+    timeout() to the appropriate slots. When the time is up it will
+    emit the timeout() signal.
+
+    Note that a QTimer object is destroyed automatically when its
+    parent object is destroyed.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	QTimer *timer = new QTimer( myObject );
+	connect( timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), myObject, SLOT(timerDone()) );
+	timer->start( 2000, TRUE ); // 2 seconds single-shot timer
+    \endcode
+
+    You can also use the static singleShot() function to create a
+    single shot timer.
+
+    As a special case, a QTimer with timeout 0 times out as soon as
+    all the events in the window system's event queue have been
+    processed.
+
+    This can be used to do heavy work while providing a snappy
+    user interface:
+    \code
+	QTimer *t = new QTimer( myObject );
+	connect( t, SIGNAL(timeout()), SLOT(processOneThing()) );
+	t->start( 0, FALSE );
+    \endcode
+
+    myObject->processOneThing() will be called repeatedly and should
+    return quickly (typically after processing one data item) so that
+    Qt can deliver events to widgets and stop the timer as soon as it
+    has done all its work. This is the traditional way of
+    implementing heavy work in GUI applications; multi-threading is
+    now becoming available on more and more platforms, and we expect
+    that null events will eventually be replaced by threading.
+
+    Note that QTimer's accuracy depends on the underlying operating
+    system and hardware. Most platforms support an accuracy of 20ms;
+    some provide more. If Qt is unable to deliver the requested
+    number of timer clicks, it will silently discard some.
+
+    An alternative to using QTimer is to call QObject::startTimer()
+    for your object and reimplement the QObject::timerEvent() event
+    handler in your class (which must, of course, inherit QObject).
+    The disadvantage is that timerEvent() does not support such
+    high-level features as single-shot timers or signals.
+
+    Some operating systems limit the number of timers that may be
+    used; Qt tries to work around these limitations.
+*/
+
+
+static const int INV_TIMER = -1;		// invalid timer id
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a timer called \a name, with the parent \a parent.
+
+    Note that the parent object's destructor will destroy this timer
+    object.
+*/
+
+QTimer::QTimer( QObject *parent, const char *name )
+    : QObject( parent, name ), id(INV_TIMER), single(0), nulltimer(0)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the timer.
+*/
+
+QTimer::~QTimer()
+{
+    if ( id != INV_TIMER )			// stop running timer
+	stop();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QTimer::timeout()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the timer is activated.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QTimer::isActive() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the timer is running (pending); otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTimer::timerId() const
+
+    Returns the ID of the timer if the timer is running; otherwise returns
+    -1.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Starts the timer with a \a msec milliseconds timeout, and returns
+    the ID of the timer, or zero when starting the timer failed.
+
+    If \a sshot is TRUE, the timer will be activated only once;
+    otherwise it will continue until it is stopped.
+
+    Any pending timer will be stopped.
+
+    \sa singleShot() stop(), changeInterval(), isActive()
+*/
+
+int QTimer::start( int msec, bool sshot )
+{
+    if ( id >=0 && nulltimer && !msec && sshot )
+	return id;
+    if ( id != INV_TIMER )			// stop running timer
+	stop();
+    single = sshot;
+    nulltimer = ( !msec && sshot );
+    return id = startTimer( msec );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Changes the timeout interval to \a msec milliseconds.
+
+    If the timer signal is pending, it will be stopped and restarted;
+    otherwise it will be started.
+
+    \sa start(), isActive()
+*/
+
+void QTimer::changeInterval( int msec )
+{
+    if ( id == INV_TIMER ) {			// create new timer
+	start( msec );
+    } else {
+	killTimer( id );			// restart timer
+	id = startTimer( msec );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Stops the timer.
+
+    \sa start()
+*/
+
+void QTimer::stop()
+{
+    if ( id != INV_TIMER ) {
+	killTimer( id );
+	id = INV_TIMER;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+bool QTimer::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( e->type() != QEvent::Timer )		// ignore all other events
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( single )				// stop single shot timer
+	stop();
+    emit timeout();				// emit timeout signal
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+  The QSingleShotTimer class is an internal class for implementing
+  QTimer::singleShot(). It starts a timer and emits the signal
+  and kills itself when it gets the timeout.
+*/
+
+static QObjectList *sst_list = 0;		// list of single shot timers
+
+static void sst_cleanup()
+{
+    if ( sst_list ) {
+	sst_list->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	delete sst_list;
+	sst_list = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+static void sst_init()
+{
+    if ( !sst_list ) {
+	sst_list = new QObjectList;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( sst_list );
+	qAddPostRoutine( sst_cleanup );
+    }
+}
+
+
+class QSingleShotTimer : public QObject
+{
+public:
+    ~QSingleShotTimer();
+    bool    start( int msec, QObject *r, const char * m );
+    bool    isActive() const { return timerId > 0; }
+protected:
+    bool    event( QEvent * );
+private:
+    QSignal signal;
+    int	    timerId;
+};
+
+extern int  qStartTimer( int interval, QObject *obj ); // implemented in qapp_xxx.cpp
+extern bool qKillTimer( int id );
+
+QSingleShotTimer::~QSingleShotTimer()
+{
+    if (timerId != 0) {
+       qKillTimer(timerId);
+       timerId = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+bool QSingleShotTimer::start( int msec, QObject *r, const char *m )
+{
+    timerId = 0;
+    if ( signal.connect(r, m) )
+	timerId = qStartTimer( msec, (QObject *)this );
+    return timerId != 0;
+}
+
+bool QSingleShotTimer::event( QEvent * )
+{
+    qKillTimer( timerId );			// no more timeouts
+    signal.activate();				// emit the signal
+    signal.disconnect( 0, 0 );
+    timerId = 0;                                // mark as inactive
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This static function calls a slot after a given time interval.
+
+    It is very convenient to use this function because you do not need
+    to bother with a \link QObject::timerEvent() timerEvent\endlink or
+    to create a local QTimer object.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	#include <qapplication.h>
+	#include <qtimer.h>
+
+	int main( int argc, char **argv )
+	{
+	    QApplication a( argc, argv );
+	    QTimer::singleShot( 10*60*1000, &a, SLOT(quit()) );
+		... // create and show your widgets
+	    return a.exec();
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    This sample program automatically terminates after 10 minutes (i.e.
+    600000 milliseconds).
+
+    The \a receiver is the receiving object and the \a member is the
+    slot. The time interval is \a msec.
+*/
+
+void QTimer::singleShot( int msec, QObject *receiver, const char *member )
+{
+    if ( !sst_list )
+	sst_init();
+    // search the list for a free ss timer we could reuse
+    QSingleShotTimer *sst = (QSingleShotTimer*)sst_list->first();
+    while ( sst && sst->isActive() )
+        sst = (QSingleShotTimer*)sst_list->next();
+    // create a new one if not successful
+    if ( !sst ) {
+	sst = new QSingleShotTimer;
+        sst_list->append( sst );
+    }
+    sst->start(msec, receiver, member);
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtimer.h b/src/kernel/qtimer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..565cc25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtimer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QTimer class
+**
+** Created : 931111
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QTIMER_H
+#define QTIMER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTimer : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QTimer( QObject *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+   ~QTimer();
+
+    bool	isActive() const;
+
+    int		start( int msec, bool sshot = FALSE );
+    void	changeInterval( int msec );
+    void	stop();
+
+    static void singleShot( int msec, QObject *receiver, const char *member );
+
+    int		timerId() const	{ return id; }
+
+signals:
+    void	timeout();
+
+protected:
+    bool	event( QEvent * );
+
+private:
+    int id;
+    uint single : 1;
+    uint nulltimer : 1;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QTimer( const QTimer & );
+    QTimer &operator=( const QTimer & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+inline bool QTimer::isActive() const
+{
+    return id >= 0;
+}
+
+
+#endif // QTIMER_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtranslator.cpp b/src/kernel/qtranslator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca160f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtranslator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1478 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Localization database support.
+**
+** Created : 980906
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+static inline int qt_open(const char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{ return ::open(pathname, flags, mode); }
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
+#if defined(truncate)
+# undef truncate
+#endif
+
+#include "qtranslator.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "qwidgetlist.h"
+#include "qintdict.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qbuffer.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qtl.h"
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+#define QT_USE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+// most of the headers below are already included in qplatformdefs.h
+// also this lacks Large File support but that's probably irrelevant
+#if defined(QT_USE_MMAP)
+// for mmap
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+// for htonl
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+$ mcookie
+3cb86418caef9c95cd211cbf60a1bddd
+$
+*/
+
+// magic number for the file
+static const int MagicLength = 16;
+static const uchar magic[MagicLength] = {
+    0x3c, 0xb8, 0x64, 0x18, 0xca, 0xef, 0x9c, 0x95,
+    0xcd, 0x21, 0x1c, 0xbf, 0x60, 0xa1, 0xbd, 0xdd
+};
+
+static bool match( const char* found, const char* target )
+{
+    // 0 means anything, "" means empty
+    return found == 0 || qstrcmp( found, target ) == 0;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+  Yes, unfortunately, we have code here that depends on endianness.
+  The candidate is big endian (it comes from a .qm file) whereas the
+  target endianness depends on the system Qt is running on.
+*/
+#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
+static int __cdecl cmp_uint32_little( const void* target, const void* candidate )
+#else
+static int cmp_uint32_little( const void* target, const void* candidate )
+#endif
+{
+    const uchar* t = (const uchar*) target;
+    const uchar* c = (const uchar*) candidate;
+    return t[3] != c[0] ? (int) t[3] - (int) c[0]
+	   : t[2] != c[1] ? (int) t[2] - (int) c[1]
+	   : t[1] != c[2] ? (int) t[1] - (int) c[2]
+	   : (int) t[0] - (int) c[3];
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
+static int __cdecl cmp_uint32_big( const void* target, const void* candidate )
+#else
+static int cmp_uint32_big( const void* target, const void* candidate )
+#endif
+{
+    const uchar* t = (const uchar*) target;
+    const uchar* c = (const uchar*) candidate;
+    return t[0] != c[0] ? (int) t[0] - (int) c[0]
+	   : t[1] != c[1] ? (int) t[1] - (int) c[1]
+	   : t[2] != c[2] ? (int) t[2] - (int) c[2]
+	   : (int) t[3] - (int) c[3];
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
+}
+#endif
+
+static int systemWordSize = 0;
+static bool systemBigEndian;
+
+static uint elfHash( const char * name )
+{
+    const uchar *k;
+    uint h = 0;
+    uint g;
+
+    if ( name ) {
+	k = (const uchar *) name;
+	while ( *k ) {
+	    h = ( h << 4 ) + *k++;
+	    if ( (g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0 )
+		h ^= g >> 24;
+	    h &= ~g;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( !h )
+	h = 1;
+    return h;
+}
+
+extern bool qt_detectRTLLanguage();
+
+class QTranslatorPrivate {
+public:
+    struct Offset {
+	Offset()
+	    : h( 0 ), o( 0 ) { }
+	Offset( const QTranslatorMessage& m, int offset )
+	    : h( m.hash() ), o( offset ) { }
+
+	bool operator<( const Offset&k ) const {
+	    return ( h != k.h ) ? h < k.h : o < k.o;
+	}
+	Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(QTranslatorPrivate::Offset)
+	uint h;
+	uint o;
+    };
+
+    enum { Contexts = 0x2f, Hashes = 0x42, Messages = 0x69 };
+
+    QTranslatorPrivate() :
+	unmapPointer( 0 ), unmapLength( 0 ),
+	messageArray( 0 ), offsetArray( 0 ), contextArray( 0 )
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+	, messages( 0 )
+#endif
+    { }
+    // QTranslator must finalize this before deallocating it
+
+    // for mmap'ed files, this is what needs to be unmapped.
+    char * unmapPointer;
+    unsigned int unmapLength;
+
+    // for squeezed but non-file data, this is what needs to be deleted
+    QByteArray * messageArray;
+    QByteArray * offsetArray;
+    QByteArray * contextArray;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+    QMap<QTranslatorMessage, void *> * messages;
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    int oldPermissionLookup;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QTranslator
+
+    \brief The QTranslator class provides internationalization support for text
+    output.
+
+    \ingroup i18n
+    \ingroup environment
+    \mainclass
+
+    An object of this class contains a set of QTranslatorMessage
+    objects, each of which specifies a translation from a source
+    language to a target language. QTranslator provides functions to
+    look up translations, add new ones, remove them, load and save
+    them, etc.
+
+    The most common use of QTranslator is to: load a translator file
+    created with \link linguist-manual.book Qt Linguist\endlink,
+    install it using QApplication::installTranslator(), and use it via
+    QObject::tr(). For example:
+
+    \code
+    int main( int argc, char ** argv )
+    {
+	QApplication app( argc, argv );
+
+	QTranslator translator( 0 );
+	translator.load( "french.qm", "." );
+	app.installTranslator( &translator );
+
+	MyWidget m;
+	app.setMainWidget( &m );
+	m.show();
+
+	return app.exec();
+    }
+    \endcode
+    Note that the translator must be created \e before the
+    application's main window.
+
+    Most applications will never need to do anything else with this
+    class. The other functions provided by this class are useful for
+    applications that work on translator files.
+
+    We call a translation a "messsage". For this reason, translation
+    files are sometimes referred to as "message files".
+
+    It is possible to lookup a translation using findMessage() (as
+    tr() and QApplication::translate() do) and contains(), to insert a
+    new translation messsage using insert(), and to remove one using
+    remove().
+
+    Translation tools often need more information than the bare source
+    text and translation, for example, context information to help
+    the translator. But end-user programs that are using translations
+    usually only need lookup. To cater for these different needs,
+    QTranslator can use stripped translator files that use the minimum
+    of memory and which support little more functionality than
+    findMessage().
+
+    Thus, load() may not load enough information to make anything more
+    than findMessage() work. save() has an argument indicating
+    whether to save just this minimum of information or to save
+    everything.
+
+    "Everything" means that for each translation item the following
+    information is kept:
+
+    \list
+    \i The \e {translated text} - the return value from tr().
+    \i The input key:
+	\list
+	\i The \e {source text} - usually the argument to tr().
+	\i The \e context - usually the class name for the tr() caller.
+	\i The \e comment - a comment that helps disambiguate different uses
+	   of the same text in the same context.
+	\endlist
+    \endlist
+
+    The minimum for each item is just the information necessary for
+    findMessage() to return the right text. This may include the
+    source, context and comment, but usually it is just a hash value
+    and the translated text.
+
+    For example, the "Cancel" in a dialog might have "Anuluj" when the
+    program runs in Polish (in this case the source text would be
+    "Cancel"). The context would (normally) be the dialog's class
+    name; there would normally be no comment, and the translated text
+    would be "Anuluj".
+
+    But it's not always so simple. The Spanish version of a printer
+    dialog with settings for two-sided printing and binding would
+    probably require both "Activado" and "Activada" as translations
+    for "Enabled". In this case the source text would be "Enabled" in
+    both cases, and the context would be the dialog's class name, but
+    the two items would have disambiguating comments such as
+    "two-sided printing" for one and "binding" for the other. The
+    comment enables the translator to choose the appropriate gender
+    for the Spanish version, and enables Qt to distinguish between
+    translations.
+
+    Note that when QTranslator loads a stripped file, most functions
+    do not work. The functions that do work with stripped files are
+    explicitly documented as such.
+
+    \sa QTranslatorMessage QApplication::installTranslator()
+    QApplication::removeTranslator() QObject::tr() QApplication::translate()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QTranslator::SaveMode
+
+    This enum type defines how QTranslator writes translation
+    files. There are two modes:
+
+    \value Everything  files are saved with all available information
+    \value Stripped  files are saved with just enough information for
+	end-user applications
+
+    Note that when QTranslator loads a stripped file, most functions do
+    not work. The functions that do work with stripped files are
+    explicitly documented as such.
+*/
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+extern int qt_ntfs_permission_lookup;
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty message file object that is not connected to
+    any file. The object is called \a name with parent \a parent.
+*/
+
+QTranslator::QTranslator( QObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : QObject( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new QTranslatorPrivate;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    d->oldPermissionLookup = qt_ntfs_permission_lookup;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+QTranslator::~QTranslator()
+{
+    if ( qApp )
+	qApp->removeTranslator( this );
+    clear();
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+extern bool qt_detectRTLLanguage();
+
+/*!
+    Loads \a filename, which may be an absolute file name or relative
+    to \a directory. The previous contents of this translator object
+    is discarded. Returns TRUE if the file is loaded successfully;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If the full file name does not exist, other file names are tried
+    in the following order:
+
+    \list 1
+    \i File name with \a suffix appended (".qm" if the \a suffix is
+       QString::null).
+    \i File name with text after a character in \a search_delimiters
+       stripped ("_." is the default for \a search_delimiters if it is
+       QString::null).
+    \i File name stripped and \a suffix appended.
+    \i File name stripped further, etc.
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, an application running in the fr_CA locale
+    (French-speaking Canada) might call load("foo.fr_ca",
+    "/opt/foolib"). load() would then try to open the first existing
+    readable file from this list:
+
+    \list 1
+    \i /opt/foolib/foo.fr_ca
+    \i /opt/foolib/foo.fr_ca.qm
+    \i /opt/foolib/foo.fr
+    \i /opt/foolib/foo.fr.qm
+    \i /opt/foolib/foo
+    \i /opt/foolib/foo.qm
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa save()
+*/
+
+bool QTranslator::load( const QString & filename, const QString & directory,
+			const QString & search_delimiters,
+			const QString & suffix )
+{
+    clear();
+
+    QString prefix;
+
+    if ( filename[0] == '/'
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	 || (filename[0] && filename[1] == ':') || filename[0] == '\\'
+#endif
+	 )
+	prefix = QString::fromLatin1( "" );
+    else
+	prefix = directory;
+
+    if ( prefix.length() ) {
+	if ( prefix[int(prefix.length()-1)] != '/' )
+	    prefix += QChar( '/' );
+    }
+
+    QString fname = filename;
+    QString realname;
+    QString delims;
+    delims = search_delimiters.isNull() ?
+	     QString::fromLatin1( "_." ) : search_delimiters;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    qt_ntfs_permission_lookup--;
+#endif
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	QFileInfo fi;
+
+	realname = prefix + fname;
+	fi.setFile( realname );
+	if ( fi.isReadable() )
+	    break;
+
+	realname += suffix.isNull() ? QString::fromLatin1( ".qm" ) : suffix;
+	fi.setFile( realname );
+	if ( fi.isReadable() )
+	    break;
+
+	int rightmost = 0;
+	for ( int i = 0; i < (int)delims.length(); i++ ) {
+	    int k = fname.findRev( delims[i] );
+	    if ( k > rightmost )
+		rightmost = k;
+	}
+
+	// no truncations? fail
+        if ( rightmost == 0 ) {
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+            if (d->oldPermissionLookup != qt_ntfs_permission_lookup)
+                qt_ntfs_permission_lookup++;
+#endif
+	    return FALSE;
+        }
+
+	fname.truncate( rightmost );
+    }
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if (d->oldPermissionLookup != qt_ntfs_permission_lookup)
+        qt_ntfs_permission_lookup++;
+#endif
+
+    // realname is now the fully qualified name of a readable file.
+
+#if defined(QT_USE_MMAP)
+
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define MAP_FILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MAP_FAILED
+#define MAP_FAILED -1
+#endif
+
+    int f;
+
+    f = qt_open( QFile::encodeName(realname), O_RDONLY, 0666 );
+    if ( f < 0 ) {
+	// qDebug( "can't open %s: %s", realname.ascii(), strerror( errno ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    struct stat st;
+    if ( fstat( f, &st ) ) {
+	// qDebug( "can't stat %s: %s", realname.ascii(), strerror( errno ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    char * tmp;
+    tmp = (char*)mmap( 0, st.st_size, // any address, whole file
+		       PROT_READ, // read-only memory
+		       MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE, // swap-backed map from file
+		       f, 0 ); // from offset 0 of f
+    if ( !tmp || tmp == (char*)MAP_FAILED ) {
+	// qDebug( "can't mmap %s: %s", filename.ascii(), strerror( errno ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    ::close( f );
+
+    d->unmapPointer = tmp;
+    d->unmapLength = st.st_size;
+#else
+    QFile f( realname );
+    if ( !f.exists() )
+	return FALSE;
+    d->unmapLength = f.size();
+    d->unmapPointer = new char[d->unmapLength];
+    bool ok = FALSE;
+    if ( f.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) {
+	ok = d->unmapLength ==
+	     (uint)f.readBlock( d->unmapPointer, d->unmapLength );
+	f.close();
+    }
+    if ( !ok ) {
+	delete [] d->unmapPointer;
+	d->unmapPointer = 0;
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return do_load( (const uchar *) d->unmapPointer, d->unmapLength );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload
+  \fn bool QTranslator::load( const uchar *data, int len )
+
+  Loads the .qm file data \a data of length \a len into the
+  translator. Returns TRUE if the data is loaded successfully;
+  otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+  The data is not copied. The caller must be able to guarantee that \a data
+  will not be deleted or modified.
+*/
+
+bool QTranslator::do_load( const uchar *data, int len )
+{
+    if ( len < MagicLength || memcmp( data, magic, MagicLength ) != 0 ) {
+	clear();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    QByteArray array;
+    array.setRawData( (const char *) data, len );
+    QDataStream s( array, IO_ReadOnly );
+    bool ok = TRUE;
+
+    s.device()->at( MagicLength );
+
+    Q_UINT8 tag = 0;
+    Q_UINT32 blockLen = 0;
+    s >> tag >> blockLen;
+    while ( tag && blockLen ) {
+	if ( (Q_UINT32) s.device()->at() + blockLen > (Q_UINT32) len ) {
+	    ok = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if ( tag == QTranslatorPrivate::Contexts && !d->contextArray ) {
+	    d->contextArray = new QByteArray;
+	    d->contextArray->setRawData( array.data() + s.device()->at(),
+					 blockLen );
+	} else if ( tag == QTranslatorPrivate::Hashes && !d->offsetArray ) {
+	    d->offsetArray = new QByteArray;
+	    d->offsetArray->setRawData( array.data() + s.device()->at(),
+					blockLen );
+	} else if ( tag == QTranslatorPrivate::Messages && !d->messageArray ) {
+	    d->messageArray = new QByteArray;
+	    d->messageArray->setRawData( array.data() + s.device()->at(),
+					 blockLen );
+	}
+
+	if ( !s.device()->at(s.device()->at() + blockLen) ) {
+	    ok = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+	tag = 0;
+	blockLen = 0;
+	if ( !s.atEnd() )
+	    s >> tag >> blockLen;
+    }
+    array.resetRawData( (const char *) data, len );
+
+    if ( qApp && qApp->translators && qApp->translators->contains(this) )
+	qApp->setReverseLayout( qt_detectRTLLanguage() );
+    return ok;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+
+/*!
+    Saves this message file to \a filename, overwriting the previous
+    contents of \a filename. If \a mode is \c Everything (the
+    default), all the information is preserved. If \a mode is \c
+    Stripped, any information that is not necessary for findMessage()
+    is stripped away.
+
+    \sa load()
+*/
+
+bool QTranslator::save( const QString & filename, SaveMode mode )
+{
+    QFile f( filename );
+    if ( f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+	squeeze( mode );
+
+	QDataStream s( &f );
+	s.writeRawBytes( (const char *)magic, MagicLength );
+	Q_UINT8 tag;
+
+	if ( d->offsetArray != 0 ) {
+	    tag = (Q_UINT8) QTranslatorPrivate::Hashes;
+	    Q_UINT32 oas = (Q_UINT32) d->offsetArray->size();
+	    s << tag << oas;
+	    s.writeRawBytes( d->offsetArray->data(), oas );
+	}
+	if ( d->messageArray != 0 ) {
+	    tag = (Q_UINT8) QTranslatorPrivate::Messages;
+	    Q_UINT32 mas = (Q_UINT32) d->messageArray->size();
+	    s << tag << mas;
+	    s.writeRawBytes( d->messageArray->data(), mas );
+	}
+	if ( d->contextArray != 0 ) {
+	    tag = (Q_UINT8) QTranslatorPrivate::Contexts;
+	    Q_UINT32 cas = (Q_UINT32) d->contextArray->size();
+	    s << tag << cas;
+	    s.writeRawBytes( d->contextArray->data(), cas );
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Empties this translator of all contents.
+
+    This function works with stripped translator files.
+*/
+
+void QTranslator::clear()
+{
+    if ( d->unmapPointer && d->unmapLength ) {
+#if defined(QT_USE_MMAP)
+	munmap( d->unmapPointer, d->unmapLength );
+#else
+	delete [] d->unmapPointer;
+#endif
+	d->unmapPointer = 0;
+	d->unmapLength = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( d->messageArray ) {
+	d->messageArray->resetRawData( d->messageArray->data(),
+				       d->messageArray->size() );
+	delete d->messageArray;
+	d->messageArray = 0;
+    }
+    if ( d->offsetArray ) {
+	d->offsetArray->resetRawData( d->offsetArray->data(),
+				      d->offsetArray->size() );
+	delete d->offsetArray;
+	d->offsetArray = 0;
+    }
+    if ( d->contextArray ) {
+	d->contextArray->resetRawData( d->contextArray->data(),
+				       d->contextArray->size() );
+	delete d->contextArray;
+	d->contextArray = 0;
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+    delete d->messages;
+    d->messages = 0;
+#endif
+
+    if ( qApp ) {
+	qApp->setReverseLayout( qt_detectRTLLanguage() );
+
+	QWidgetList *list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+	QWidgetListIt it( *list );
+	QWidget *w;
+	while ( ( w=it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if (!w->isDesktop())
+		qApp->postEvent( w, new QEvent( QEvent::LanguageChange ) );
+	}
+	delete list;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+
+/*!
+    Converts this message file to the compact format used to store
+    message files on disk.
+
+    You should never need to call this directly; save() and other
+    functions call it as necessary. \a mode is for internal use.
+
+    \sa save() unsqueeze()
+*/
+
+void QTranslator::squeeze( SaveMode mode )
+{
+    if ( !d->messages ) {
+	if ( mode == Stripped )
+	    unsqueeze();
+	else
+	    return;
+    }
+
+    QMap<QTranslatorMessage, void *> * messages = d->messages;
+
+    d->messages = 0;
+    clear();
+
+    d->messageArray = new QByteArray;
+    d->offsetArray = new QByteArray;
+
+    QMap<QTranslatorPrivate::Offset, void *> offsets;
+
+    QDataStream ms( *d->messageArray, IO_WriteOnly );
+    QMap<QTranslatorMessage, void *>::Iterator it = messages->begin(), next;
+    int cpPrev = 0, cpNext = 0;
+    for ( it = messages->begin(); it != messages->end(); ++it ) {
+	cpPrev = cpNext;
+	next = it;
+	++next;
+	if ( next == messages->end() )
+	    cpNext = 0;
+	else
+	    cpNext = (int) it.key().commonPrefix( next.key() );
+	offsets.replace( QTranslatorPrivate::Offset(it.key(),
+			 ms.device()->at()), (void*)0 );
+	it.key().write( ms, mode == Stripped,
+			(QTranslatorMessage::Prefix) QMAX(cpPrev, cpNext + 1) );
+    }
+
+    d->offsetArray->resize( 0 );
+    QMap<QTranslatorPrivate::Offset, void *>::Iterator offset;
+    offset = offsets.begin();
+    QDataStream ds( *d->offsetArray, IO_WriteOnly );
+    while ( offset != offsets.end() ) {
+	QTranslatorPrivate::Offset k = offset.key();
+	++offset;
+	ds << (Q_UINT32)k.h << (Q_UINT32)k.o;
+    }
+
+    if ( mode == Stripped ) {
+	QAsciiDict<int> contextSet( 1511 );
+	int baudelaire;
+
+	for ( it = messages->begin(); it != messages->end(); ++it )
+	    contextSet.replace( it.key().context(), &baudelaire );
+
+	Q_UINT16 hTableSize;
+	if ( contextSet.count() < 200 )
+	    hTableSize = ( contextSet.count() < 60 ) ? 151 : 503;
+	else if ( contextSet.count() < 2500 )
+	    hTableSize = ( contextSet.count() < 750 ) ? 1511 : 5003;
+	else
+	    hTableSize = 15013;
+
+	QIntDict<char> hDict( hTableSize );
+	QAsciiDictIterator<int> c = contextSet;
+	while ( c.current() != 0 ) {
+	    hDict.insert( (long) (elfHash(c.currentKey()) % hTableSize),
+			  c.currentKey() );
+	    ++c;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	  The contexts found in this translator are stored in a hash
+	  table to provide fast lookup. The context array has the
+	  following format:
+
+	      Q_UINT16 hTableSize;
+	      Q_UINT16 hTable[hTableSize];
+	      Q_UINT8  contextPool[...];
+
+	  The context pool stores the contexts as Pascal strings:
+
+	      Q_UINT8  len;
+	      Q_UINT8  data[len];
+
+	  Let's consider the look-up of context "FunnyDialog".  A
+	  hash value between 0 and hTableSize - 1 is computed, say h.
+	  If hTable[h] is 0, "FunnyDialog" is not covered by this
+	  translator. Else, we check in the contextPool at offset
+	  2 * hTable[h] to see if "FunnyDialog" is one of the
+	  contexts stored there, until we find it or we meet the
+	  empty string.
+	*/
+	d->contextArray = new QByteArray;
+	d->contextArray->resize( 2 + (hTableSize << 1) );
+	QDataStream t( *d->contextArray, IO_WriteOnly );
+	Q_UINT16 *hTable = new Q_UINT16[hTableSize];
+	memset( hTable, 0, hTableSize * sizeof(Q_UINT16) );
+
+	t << hTableSize;
+	t.device()->at( 2 + (hTableSize << 1) );
+	t << (Q_UINT16) 0; // the entry at offset 0 cannot be used
+	uint upto = 2;
+
+	for ( int i = 0; i < hTableSize; i++ ) {
+	    const char *con = hDict.find( i );
+	    if ( con == 0 ) {
+		hTable[i] = 0;
+	    } else {
+		hTable[i] = (Q_UINT16) ( upto >> 1 );
+		do {
+		    uint len = (uint) qstrlen( con );
+		    len = QMIN( len, 255 );
+		    t << (Q_UINT8) len;
+		    t.writeRawBytes( con, len );
+		    upto += 1 + len;
+		    hDict.remove( i );
+		} while ( (con = hDict.find(i)) != 0 );
+		do {
+		    t << (Q_UINT8) 0; // empty string (at least one)
+		    upto++;
+		} while ( (upto & 0x1) != 0 ); // offsets have to be even
+	    }
+	}
+	t.device()->at( 2 );
+	for ( int j = 0; j < hTableSize; j++ )
+	    t << hTable[j];
+	delete [] hTable;
+
+	if ( upto > 131072 ) {
+	    qWarning( "QTranslator::squeeze: Too many contexts" );
+	    delete d->contextArray;
+	    d->contextArray = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    delete messages;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Converts this message file into an easily modifiable data
+    structure, less compact than the format used in the files.
+
+    You should never need to call this function; it is called by
+    insert() and friends as necessary.
+
+    \sa squeeze()
+*/
+
+void QTranslator::unsqueeze()
+{
+    if ( d->messages )
+	return;
+
+    d->messages = new QMap<QTranslatorMessage, void *>;
+    if ( !d->messageArray )
+	return;
+
+    QDataStream s( *d->messageArray, IO_ReadOnly );
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	QTranslatorMessage m( s );
+	if ( m.hash() == 0 )
+	    break;
+	d->messages->insert( m, (void *) 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this message file contains a message with the key
+    (\a context, \a sourceText, \a comment); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    This function works with stripped translator files.
+
+    (This is is a one-liner that calls findMessage().)
+*/
+
+bool QTranslator::contains( const char* context, const char* sourceText,
+			    const char* comment ) const
+{
+    return !findMessage( context, sourceText, comment ).translation().isNull();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Inserts \a message into this message file.
+
+    This function does \e not work with stripped translator files. It
+    may appear to, but that is not dependable.
+
+    \sa remove()
+*/
+
+void QTranslator::insert( const QTranslatorMessage& message )
+{
+    unsqueeze();
+    d->messages->remove( message ); // safer
+    d->messages->insert( message, (void *) 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QTranslator::insert( const char *, const char *, const QString & )
+  \overload
+  \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Removes \a message from this translator.
+
+    This function works with stripped translator files.
+
+    \sa insert()
+*/
+
+void QTranslator::remove( const QTranslatorMessage& message )
+{
+    unsqueeze();
+    d->messages->remove( message );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QTranslator::remove( const char *, const char * )
+  \overload
+  \obsolete
+
+  Removes the translation associated to the key (\a context, \a sourceText,
+  "") from this translator.
+*/
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  \fn QString QTranslator::find( const char*, const char*, const char* ) const
+  \obsolete
+
+  Please use findMessage() instead.
+
+  Returns the translation for the key (\a context, \a sourceText,
+  \a comment) or QString::null if there is none in this translator.
+*/
+
+/*!  Returns the QTranslatorMessage for the key
+     (\a context, \a sourceText, \a comment). If none is found,
+     also tries (\a context, \a sourceText, "").
+*/
+
+QTranslatorMessage QTranslator::findMessage( const char* context,
+					     const char* sourceText,
+					     const char* comment ) const
+{
+    if ( context == 0 )
+	context = "";
+    if ( sourceText == 0 )
+	sourceText = "";
+    if ( comment == 0 )
+	comment = "";
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+    if ( d->messages ) {
+	QMap<QTranslatorMessage, void *>::ConstIterator it;
+
+	it = d->messages->find( QTranslatorMessage(context, sourceText,
+						   comment) );
+	if ( it != d->messages->end() )
+	    return it.key();
+
+	if ( comment[0] ) {
+	    it = d->messages->find( QTranslatorMessage(context, sourceText,
+						       "") );
+	    if ( it != d->messages->end() )
+		return it.key();
+	}
+	return QTranslatorMessage();
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( !d->offsetArray )
+	return QTranslatorMessage();
+
+    /*
+      Check if the context belongs to this QTranslator.  If many translators are
+      installed, this step is necessary.
+    */
+    if ( d->contextArray ) {
+	Q_UINT16 hTableSize = 0;
+	QDataStream t( *d->contextArray, IO_ReadOnly );
+	t >> hTableSize;
+	uint g = elfHash( context ) % hTableSize;
+	t.device()->at( 2 + (g << 1) );
+	Q_UINT16 off;
+	t >> off;
+	if ( off == 0 )
+	    return QTranslatorMessage();
+	t.device()->at( 2 + (hTableSize << 1) + (off << 1) );
+
+	Q_UINT8 len;
+	char con[256];
+	for ( ;; ) {
+	    t >> len;
+	    if ( len == 0 )
+		return QTranslatorMessage();
+	    t.readRawBytes( con, len );
+	    con[len] = '\0';
+	    if ( qstrcmp(con, context) == 0 )
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    size_t numItems = d->offsetArray->size() / ( 2 * sizeof(Q_UINT32) );
+    if ( !numItems )
+	return QTranslatorMessage();
+
+    if ( systemWordSize == 0 )
+	qSysInfo( &systemWordSize, &systemBigEndian );
+
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	Q_UINT32 h = elfHash( QCString(sourceText) + comment );
+
+	char *r = (char *) bsearch( &h, d->offsetArray->data(), numItems,
+				    2 * sizeof(Q_UINT32),
+				    systemBigEndian ? cmp_uint32_big
+				    : cmp_uint32_little );
+	if ( r != 0 ) {
+	    // go back on equal key
+	    while ( r != d->offsetArray->data() &&
+		    cmp_uint32_big(r - 8, r) == 0 )
+		r -= 8;
+
+	    QDataStream s( *d->offsetArray, IO_ReadOnly );
+	    s.device()->at( r - d->offsetArray->data() );
+
+	    Q_UINT32 rh, ro;
+	    s >> rh >> ro;
+
+	    QDataStream ms( *d->messageArray, IO_ReadOnly );
+	    while ( rh == h ) {
+		ms.device()->at( ro );
+		QTranslatorMessage m( ms );
+		if ( match(m.context(), context)
+			&& match(m.sourceText(), sourceText)
+			&& match(m.comment(), comment) )
+		    return m;
+		if ( s.atEnd() )
+		    break;
+		s >> rh >> ro;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( !comment[0] )
+	    break;
+	comment = "";
+    }
+    return QTranslatorMessage();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this translator is empty, otherwise returns FALSE.
+    This function works with stripped and unstripped translation files.
+*/
+bool QTranslator::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return !( d->unmapPointer || d->unmapLength || d->messageArray ||
+	      d->offsetArray || d->contextArray
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+              || (d->messages && d->messages->count())
+#endif
+        );
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of the messages in the translator. This function is
+    rather slow. Because it is seldom called, it's optimized for
+    simplicity and small size, rather than speed.
+
+    If you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a
+    copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QValueList<QTranslatorMessage> list = myTranslator.messages();
+    QValueList<QTranslatorMessage>::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while ( it != list.end() ) {
+	process_message( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+  \endcode
+*/
+
+QValueList<QTranslatorMessage> QTranslator::messages() const
+{
+    if ( d->messages )
+        return d->messages->keys();
+
+    ((QTranslator *) this)->unsqueeze();
+    QValueList<QTranslatorMessage> result = d->messages->keys();
+    delete d->messages;
+    d->messages = 0;
+    return result;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \class QTranslatorMessage
+
+    \brief The QTranslatorMessage class contains a translator message and its
+    properties.
+
+    \ingroup i18n
+    \ingroup environment
+
+    This class is of no interest to most applications. It is useful
+    for translation tools such as \link linguist-manual.book Qt
+    Linguist\endlink. It is provided simply to make the API complete
+    and regular.
+
+    For a QTranslator object, a lookup key is a triple (\e context, \e
+    {source text}, \e comment) that uniquely identifies a message. An
+    extended key is a quadruple (\e hash, \e context, \e {source
+    text}, \e comment), where \e hash is computed from the source text
+    and the comment. Unless you plan to read and write messages
+    yourself, you need not worry about the hash value.
+
+    QTranslatorMessage stores this triple or quadruple and the relevant
+    translation if there is any.
+
+    \sa QTranslator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a translator message with the extended key (0, 0, 0, 0)
+    and QString::null as translation.
+*/
+
+QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage()
+    : h( 0 ), cx( 0 ), st( 0 ), cm( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an translator message with the extended key (\e h, \a
+    context, \a sourceText, \a comment), where \e h is computed from
+    \a sourceText and \a comment, and possibly with a \a translation.
+*/
+
+QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage( const char * context,
+					const char * sourceText,
+					const char * comment,
+					const QString& translation )
+    : cx( context ), st( sourceText ), cm( comment ), tn( translation )
+{
+    // 0 means we don't know, "" means empty
+    if ( cx == (const char*)0 )
+	cx = "";
+    if ( st == (const char*)0 )
+	st = "";
+    if ( cm == (const char*)0 )
+	cm = "";
+    h = elfHash( st + cm );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a translator message read from the \a stream. The
+    resulting message may have any combination of content.
+
+    \sa QTranslator::save()
+*/
+
+QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage( QDataStream & stream )
+    : cx( 0 ), st( 0 ), cm( 0 )
+{
+    QString str16;
+    char tag;
+    Q_UINT8 obs1;
+
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	tag = 0;
+	if ( !stream.atEnd() )
+	    stream.readRawBytes( &tag, 1 );
+	switch( (Tag)tag ) {
+	case Tag_End:
+	    if ( h == 0 )
+		h = elfHash( st + cm );
+	    return;
+	case Tag_SourceText16: // obsolete
+	    stream >> str16;
+	    st = str16.latin1();
+	    break;
+	case Tag_Translation:
+	    stream >> tn;
+	    break;
+	case Tag_Context16: // obsolete
+	    stream >> str16;
+	    cx = str16.latin1();
+	    break;
+	case Tag_Hash:
+	    stream >> h;
+	    break;
+	case Tag_SourceText:
+	    stream >> st;
+	    break;
+	case Tag_Context:
+	    stream >> cx;
+	    if ( cx == "" ) // for compatibility
+		cx = 0;
+	    break;
+	case Tag_Comment:
+	    stream >> cm;
+	    break;
+	case Tag_Obsolete1: // obsolete
+	    stream >> obs1;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    h = 0;
+	    st = 0;
+	    cx = 0;
+	    cm = 0;
+	    tn = QString::null;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of translator message \a m.
+*/
+
+QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage( const QTranslatorMessage & m )
+    : cx( m.cx ), st( m.st ), cm( m.cm ), tn( m.tn )
+{
+    h = m.h;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Assigns message \a m to this translator message and returns a
+    reference to this translator message.
+*/
+
+QTranslatorMessage & QTranslatorMessage::operator=(
+	const QTranslatorMessage & m )
+{
+    h = m.h;
+    cx = m.cx;
+    st = m.st;
+    cm = m.cm;
+    tn = m.tn;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QTranslatorMessage::hash() const
+
+    Returns the hash value used internally to represent the lookup
+    key. This value is zero only if this translator message was
+    constructed from a stream containing invalid data.
+
+    The hashing function is unspecified, but it will remain unchanged
+    in future versions of Qt.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QTranslatorMessage::context() const
+
+    Returns the context for this message (e.g. "MyDialog").
+
+    \warning This may return 0 if the QTranslator object is stripped
+    (compressed).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QTranslatorMessage::sourceText() const
+
+    Returns the source text of this message (e.g. "&Save").
+
+    \warning This may return 0 if the QTranslator object is stripped
+    (compressed).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QTranslatorMessage::comment() const
+
+    Returns the comment for this message (e.g. "File|Save").
+
+    \warning This may return 0 if the QTranslator object is stripped
+    (compressed).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QTranslatorMessage::setTranslation( const QString & translation )
+
+    Sets the translation of the source text to \a translation.
+
+    \sa translation()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QTranslatorMessage::translation() const
+
+    Returns the translation of the source text (e.g., "&Sauvegarder").
+
+    \sa setTranslation()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QTranslatorMessage::Prefix
+
+    Let (\e h, \e c, \e s, \e m) be the extended key. The possible
+    prefixes are
+
+    \value NoPrefix  no prefix
+    \value Hash  only (\e h)
+    \value HashContext  only (\e h, \e c)
+    \value HashContextSourceText  only (\e h, \e c, \e s)
+    \value HashContextSourceTextComment  the whole extended key, (\e
+	h, \e c, \e s, \e m)
+
+    \sa write() commonPrefix()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Writes this translator message to the \a stream. If \a strip is
+    FALSE (the default), all the information in the message is
+    written. If \a strip is TRUE, only the part of the extended key
+    specified by \a prefix is written with the translation (\c
+    HashContextSourceTextComment by default).
+
+    \sa commonPrefix()
+*/
+
+void QTranslatorMessage::write( QDataStream & stream, bool strip,
+				Prefix prefix ) const
+{
+    char tag;
+
+    tag = (char)Tag_Translation;
+    stream.writeRawBytes( &tag, 1 );
+    stream << tn;
+
+    bool mustWriteHash = TRUE;
+    if ( !strip )
+	prefix = HashContextSourceTextComment;
+
+    switch ( prefix ) {
+    case HashContextSourceTextComment:
+	tag = (char)Tag_Comment;
+	stream.writeRawBytes( &tag, 1 );
+	stream << cm;
+	// fall through
+    case HashContextSourceText:
+	tag = (char)Tag_SourceText;
+	stream.writeRawBytes( &tag, 1 );
+	stream << st;
+	// fall through
+    case HashContext:
+	tag = (char)Tag_Context;
+	stream.writeRawBytes( &tag, 1 );
+	stream << cx;
+	// fall through
+    default:
+	if ( mustWriteHash ) {
+	    tag = (char)Tag_Hash;
+	    stream.writeRawBytes( &tag, 1 );
+	    stream << h;
+	}
+    }
+
+    tag = (char)Tag_End;
+    stream.writeRawBytes( &tag, 1 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the widest lookup prefix that is common to this translator
+    message and to message \a m.
+
+    For example, if the extended key is for this message is (71,
+    "PrintDialog", "Yes", "Print?") and that for \a m is (71,
+    "PrintDialog", "No", "Print?"), this function returns \c
+    HashContext.
+
+    \sa write()
+*/
+
+QTranslatorMessage::Prefix QTranslatorMessage::commonPrefix(
+	const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+{
+    if ( h != m.h )
+	return NoPrefix;
+    if ( cx != m.cx )
+	return Hash;
+    if ( st != m.st )
+	return HashContext;
+    if ( cm != m.cm )
+	return HashContextSourceText;
+    return HashContextSourceTextComment;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is equal to that of
+ \a m; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QTranslatorMessage::operator==( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+{
+    return h == m.h && cx == m.cx && st == m.st && cm == m.cm;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QTranslatorMessage::operator!=( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is different from
+    that of \a m; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is
+    lexicographically before than that of \a m; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QTranslatorMessage::operator<( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+{
+    return h != m.h ? h < m.h
+	   : ( cx != m.cx ? cx < m.cx
+	     : (st != m.st ? st < m.st : cm < m.cm) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QTranslatorMessage::operator<=( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is
+    lexicographically before that of \a m or if they are equal;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QTranslatorMessage::operator>( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is
+    lexicographically after that of \a m; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QTranslatorMessage::operator>=( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is
+    lexicographically after that of \a m or if they are equal;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSLATION
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtranslator.h b/src/kernel/qtranslator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28c3345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qtranslator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the translator class
+**
+** Created : 980906
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef QTRANSLATOR_H
+#define QTRANSLATOR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+class QTranslatorPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTranslatorMessage
+{
+public:
+    QTranslatorMessage();
+    QTranslatorMessage( const char * context,
+			const char * sourceText,
+			const char * comment,
+			const QString& translation = QString::null );
+    QTranslatorMessage( QDataStream & );
+    QTranslatorMessage( const QTranslatorMessage & m );
+
+    QTranslatorMessage & operator=( const QTranslatorMessage & m );
+
+    uint hash() const { return h; }
+    const char *context() const { return cx; }
+    const char *sourceText() const { return st; }
+    const char *comment() const { return cm; }
+
+    void setTranslation( const QString & translation ) { tn = translation; }
+    QString translation() const { return tn; }
+
+    enum Prefix { NoPrefix, Hash, HashContext, HashContextSourceText,
+		  HashContextSourceTextComment };
+    void write( QDataStream & s, bool strip = FALSE,
+		Prefix prefix = HashContextSourceTextComment ) const;
+    Prefix commonPrefix( const QTranslatorMessage& ) const;
+
+    bool operator==( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const;
+    bool operator!=( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+    { return !operator==( m ); }
+    bool operator<( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const;
+    bool operator<=( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+    { return !m.operator<( *this ); }
+    bool operator>( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+    { return m.operator<( *this ); }
+    bool operator>=( const QTranslatorMessage& m ) const
+    { return !operator<( m ); }
+
+private:
+    uint h;
+    QCString cx;
+    QCString st;
+    QCString cm;
+    QString tn;
+
+    enum Tag { Tag_End = 1, Tag_SourceText16, Tag_Translation, Tag_Context16,
+	       Tag_Hash, Tag_SourceText, Tag_Context, Tag_Comment,
+	       Tag_Obsolete1 };
+};
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QTranslator: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QTranslator( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~QTranslator();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    QString find( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const {
+	return findMessage( context, sourceText, comment ).translation();
+    }
+#endif
+    virtual QTranslatorMessage findMessage( const char *, const char *,
+					    const char * = 0 ) const;
+
+    bool load( const QString & filename,
+	       const QString & directory = QString::null,
+	       const QString & search_delimiters = QString::null,
+	       const QString & suffix = QString::null );
+    bool load( const uchar *data, int len ) {
+	clear();
+	return do_load( data, len );
+    }
+
+    void clear();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+    enum SaveMode { Everything, Stripped };
+
+    bool save( const QString & filename, SaveMode mode = Everything );
+
+    void insert( const QTranslatorMessage& );
+    void insert( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const QString &translation ) {
+	insert( QTranslatorMessage(context, sourceText, "", translation) );
+    }
+    void remove( const QTranslatorMessage& );
+    void remove( const char *context, const char *sourceText ) {
+	remove( QTranslatorMessage(context, sourceText, "") );
+    }
+    bool contains( const char *, const char *, const char * comment = 0 ) const;
+
+    void squeeze( SaveMode = Everything );
+    void unsqueeze();
+
+    QValueList<QTranslatorMessage> messages() const;
+#endif
+
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QTranslator( const QTranslator & );
+    QTranslator &operator=( const QTranslator & );
+#endif
+
+    bool do_load( const uchar *data, int len );
+
+    QTranslatorPrivate * d;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qucomextra.cpp b/src/kernel/qucomextra.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..427c29a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qucomextra.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of extra QUcom classes
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qucomextra_p.h"
+#include <qvariant.h>
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+// 6dc75d58-a1d9-4417-b591-d45c63a3a4ea
+const QUuid TID_QUType_QVariant( 0x6dc75d58, 0xa1d9, 0x4417, 0xb5, 0x91, 0xd4, 0x5c, 0x63, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xea );
+QUType_QVariant static_QUType_QVariant;
+
+const QUuid *QUType_QVariant::uuid() const { return &TID_QUType_QVariant; }
+const char *QUType_QVariant::desc() const { return "QVariant"; }
+
+void QUType_QVariant::set( QUObject *o, const QVariant& v )
+{
+    o->payload.ptr = new QVariant( v );
+    o->type = this;
+}
+
+QVariant &QUType_QVariant::get( QUObject * o )
+{
+    return *(QVariant*)o->payload.ptr;
+}
+
+bool QUType_QVariant::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
+{
+    if ( isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_QString )
+      || isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_int )
+      || isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_bool )
+      || isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_double )
+      || isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_charstar ) )
+	return TRUE;
+    return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
+}
+
+bool QUType_QVariant::canConvertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType * /*t*/ )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool QUType_QVariant::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
+{
+    QVariant *var = 0;
+    if ( isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_QString ) )
+	var = new QVariant( static_QUType_QString.get( o ) );
+    else if ( isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_int ) )
+	var = new QVariant( static_QUType_int.get( o ) );
+    else if ( isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_bool ) )
+	var = new QVariant( static_QUType_bool.get( o ), 42 );
+    else if ( isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_double ) )
+	var = new QVariant( static_QUType_double.get( o ) );
+    else if ( isEqual( o->type, &static_QUType_charstar ) )
+	var = new QVariant( static_QUType_charstar.get( o ) );
+    else
+	return t->convertTo( o, this );
+
+    o->type->clear( o );
+    o->payload.ptr = var;
+    o->type = this;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QUType_QVariant::convertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType * /*t*/ )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void QUType_QVariant::clear( QUObject *o )
+{
+    delete (QVariant*)o->payload.ptr;
+    o->payload.ptr = 0;
+}
+
+int QUType_QVariant::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int QUType_QVariant::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+#endif
+
+const QUuid TID_QUType_varptr( 0x8d48b3a8, 0xbd7f, 0x11d5, 0x8d, 0x74, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xf0, 0x3b, 0xc0, 0xf3 );
+QUType_varptr static_QUType_varptr;
+const QUuid *QUType_varptr::uuid() const  { return &TID_QUType_varptr; }
+const char *QUType_varptr::desc() const { return "varptr"; }
+
+void QUType_varptr::set( QUObject *o, const void* v )
+{
+    o->payload.ptr = (void*) v;
+    o->type = this;
+}
+
+bool QUType_varptr::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
+{
+     if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_ptr ) )
+	return TRUE;
+   return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
+}
+
+bool QUType_varptr::canConvertTo( QUObject *, QUType * t)
+{
+    return isEqual( t, &static_QUType_ptr );
+}
+
+bool QUType_varptr::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
+{
+     if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_ptr ) )
+	;
+    else
+	return t->convertTo( o, this );
+
+    o->type = this;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool QUType_varptr::convertTo( QUObject *o, QUType * t)
+{
+    if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_ptr ) ) {
+	o->type = &static_QUType_ptr;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+int QUType_varptr::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int QUType_varptr::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
+{
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qucomextra_p.h b/src/kernel/qucomextra_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d100e66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qucomextra_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of extra QUcom classes
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QUCOMEXTRA_P_H
+#define QUCOMEXTRA_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  This header file may
+// change from version to version without notice, or even be
+// removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include <private/qucom_p.h>
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ - 0 > 3
+#pragma GCC system_header
+#endif
+
+class QVariant;
+
+#ifndef  QT_NO_VARIANT
+// 6dc75d58-a1d9-4417-b591-d45c63a3a4ea
+extern const QUuid TID_QUType_QVariant;
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QUType_QVariant : public QUType
+{
+    const QUuid *uuid() const;
+    const char *desc() const;
+
+    void set( QUObject *, const QVariant & );
+    QVariant &get( QUObject * o );
+
+    bool canConvertFrom( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    bool canConvertTo( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    bool convertFrom( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    bool convertTo( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    void clear( QUObject * );
+    int serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * );
+    int serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * );
+};
+extern Q_EXPORT QUType_QVariant static_QUType_QVariant;
+#endif //QT_NO_VARIANT
+
+
+// {0x8d48b3a8, 0xbd7f, 0x11d5, 0x8d, 0x74, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xf0, 0x3b, 0xc0, 0xf3 }
+extern Q_EXPORT const QUuid TID_QUType_varptr;
+struct Q_EXPORT QUType_varptr : public QUType
+{
+    const QUuid *uuid() const;
+    const char *desc() const;
+
+    void set( QUObject *, const void* );
+    void* &get( QUObject * o ) { return o->payload.ptr; }
+    bool canConvertFrom( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    bool canConvertTo( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    bool convertFrom( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    bool convertTo( QUObject *, QUType * );
+    void clear( QUObject * ) {}
+    int serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * );
+    int serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * );
+};
+extern Q_EXPORT QUType_varptr static_QUType_varptr;
+
+
+#endif // QUCOMEXTRA_P_H
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qurl.cpp b/src/kernel/qurl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd377ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qurl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1345 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QUrl class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qurl.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_URL
+
+#include "qdir.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+class QUrlPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QString protocol;
+    QString user;
+    QString pass;
+    QString host;
+    QString path, cleanPath;
+    QString refEncoded;
+    QString queryEncoded;
+    bool isValid;
+    int port;
+    bool cleanPathDirty;
+};
+
+/*!
+    Replaces backslashes with slashes and removes multiple occurrences
+    of slashes or backslashes if \c allowMultiple is FALSE.
+*/
+
+static void slashify( QString& s, bool allowMultiple = TRUE )
+{
+    bool justHadSlash = FALSE;
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)s.length(); i++ ) {
+	if ( !allowMultiple && justHadSlash &&
+	     ( s[ i ] == '/' || s[ i ] == '\\' ) ) {
+	    s.remove( i, 1 );
+	    --i;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if ( s[ i ] == '\\' )
+	    s[ i ] = '/';
+#if defined (Q_WS_MAC9)
+	if ( s[ i ] == ':' && (i == (int)s.length()-1 || s[ i + 1 ] != '/' ) ) //mac colon's go away, unless after a protocol
+		s[ i ] = '/';
+#endif
+	if ( s[ i ] == '/' )
+	    justHadSlash = TRUE;
+	else
+	    justHadSlash = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QUrl qurl.h
+
+    \brief The QUrl class provides a URL parser and simplifies working with URLs.
+\if defined(commercial)
+    It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">Qt Enterprise Edition</a>.
+\endif
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup misc
+    \mainclass
+
+    \module network
+
+    The QUrl class is provided for simple work with URLs. It can
+    parse, decode, encode, etc.
+
+    QUrl works with the decoded path and encoded query in turn.
+
+    Example:
+
+    <tt>http://www.trolltech.com:80/cgi-bin/test%20me.pl?cmd=Hello%20you</tt>
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Function	    \i Returns
+    \row \i \l protocol()   \i "http"
+    \row \i \l host()	    \i "www.trolltech.com"
+    \row \i \l port()	    \i 80
+    \row \i \l path()	    \i "/cgi-bin/test&nbsp;me.pl"
+    \row \i \l fileName()   \i "test&nbsp;me.pl"
+    \row \i \l query()	    \i "cmd=Hello%20you"
+    \endtable
+
+    Example:
+
+    <tt>http://doc.trolltech.com/qdockarea.html#lines</tt>
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Function	    \i Returns
+    \row \i \l protocol()   \i "http"
+    \row \i \l host()	    \i "doc.trolltech.com"
+    \row \i \l fileName()   \i "qdockarea.html"
+    \row \i \l ref()	    \i "lines"
+    \endtable
+
+    The individual parts of a URL can be set with setProtocol(),
+    setHost(), setPort(), setPath(), setFileName(), setRef() and
+    setQuery(). A URL could contain, for example, an ftp address which
+    requires a user name and password; these can be set with setUser()
+    and setPassword().
+
+    Because path is always encoded internally you must not use "%00"
+    in the path, although this is okay (but not recommended) for the
+    query.
+
+    QUrl is normally used like this:
+
+    \code
+    QUrl url( "http://www.trolltech.com" );
+    // or
+    QUrl url( "file:/home/myself/Mail", "Inbox" );
+    \endcode
+
+    You can then access and manipulate the various parts of the URL.
+
+    To make it easy to work with QUrls and QStrings, QUrl implements
+    the necessary cast and assignment operators so you can do
+    following:
+
+    \code
+    QUrl url( "http://www.trolltech.com" );
+    QString s = url;
+    // or
+    QString s( "http://www.trolltech.com" );
+    QUrl url( s );
+    \endcode
+
+    Use the static functions, encode() and decode() to encode or
+    decode a URL in a string. (They operate on the string in-place.)
+    The isRelativeUrl() static function returns TRUE if the given
+    string is a relative URL.
+
+    If you want to use a URL to work on a hierarchical structure (e.g.
+    a local or remote filesystem), you might want to use the subclass
+    QUrlOperator.
+
+    \sa QUrlOperator
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty URL that is invalid.
+*/
+
+QUrl::QUrl()
+{
+    d = new QUrlPrivate;
+    d->isValid = FALSE;
+    d->port = -1;
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a URL by parsing the string \a url.
+
+    If you pass a string like "/home/qt", the "file" protocol is
+    assumed.
+*/
+
+QUrl::QUrl( const QString& url )
+{
+    d = new QUrlPrivate;
+    d->protocol = "file";
+    d->port = -1;
+    parse( url );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copy constructor. Copies the data of \a url.
+*/
+
+QUrl::QUrl( const QUrl& url )
+{
+    d = new QUrlPrivate;
+    *d = *url.d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a url is relative; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::isRelativeUrl( const QString &url )
+{
+    int colon = url.find( ":" );
+    int slash = url.find( "/" );
+
+    return ( slash != 0 && ( colon == -1 || ( slash != -1 && colon > slash ) ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an URL taking \a url as the base (context) and
+    \a relUrl as a relative URL to \a url. If \a relUrl is not relative,
+    \a relUrl is taken as the new URL.
+
+    For example, the path of
+    \code
+    QUrl url( "ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source", "qt-2.1.0.tar.gz" );
+    \endcode
+    will be "/qt/srource/qt-2.1.0.tar.gz".
+
+    On the other hand,
+    \code
+    QUrl url( "ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source", "/usr/local" );
+    \endcode
+    will result in a new URL, "ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/usr/local",
+    because "/usr/local" isn't relative.
+
+    Similarly,
+    \code
+    QUrl url( "ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source", "file:/usr/local" );
+    \endcode
+    will result in a new URL, with "/usr/local" as the path
+    and "file" as the protocol.
+
+    Normally it is expected that the path of \a url points to a
+    directory, even if the path has no slash at the end. But if you
+    want the constructor to handle the last part of the path as a file
+    name if there is no slash at the end, and to let it be replaced by
+    the file name of \a relUrl (if it contains one), set \a checkSlash
+    to TRUE.
+*/
+
+QUrl::QUrl( const QUrl& url, const QString& relUrl, bool checkSlash )
+{
+    d = new QUrlPrivate;
+    QString rel = relUrl;
+    slashify( rel );
+
+    QUrl urlTmp( url );
+    if ( !urlTmp.isValid() ) {
+	urlTmp.reset();
+    }
+    if ( isRelativeUrl( rel ) ) {
+	if ( rel[ 0 ] == '#' ) {
+	    *this = urlTmp;
+	    rel.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+	    decode( rel );
+	    setRef( rel );
+	} else if ( rel[ 0 ] == '?' ) {
+	    *this = urlTmp;
+	    rel.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+	    setQuery( rel );
+	} else {
+	    decode( rel );
+	    *this = urlTmp;
+	    setRef( QString::null );
+	    if ( checkSlash && d->cleanPath[(int)path().length()-1] != '/' ) {
+		if ( isRelativeUrl( path() ) )
+		    setEncodedPathAndQuery( rel );
+		else
+		    setFileName( rel );
+	    } else {
+		QString p = urlTmp.path();
+		if ( p.isEmpty() ) {
+		    // allow URLs like "file:foo"
+		    if ( !d->host.isEmpty() && !d->user.isEmpty() && !d->pass.isEmpty() )
+			p = "/";
+		}
+		if ( !p.isEmpty() && p.right(1)!="/" )
+		    p += "/";
+		p += rel;
+		d->path = p;
+		d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( rel[ 0 ] == QChar( '/' ) ) {
+	    *this = urlTmp;
+	    setEncodedPathAndQuery( rel );
+	} else {
+	    *this = rel;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destructor.
+*/
+
+QUrl::~QUrl()
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the protocol of the URL. Typically, "file", "http", "ftp",
+    etc.
+
+    \sa setProtocol()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::protocol() const
+{
+    return d->protocol;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the protocol of the URL to \a protocol. Typically, "file",
+    "http", "ftp", etc.
+
+    \sa protocol()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setProtocol( const QString& protocol )
+{
+    d->protocol = protocol;
+    if ( hasHost() )
+	d->isValid = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the username of the URL.
+
+    \sa setUser() setPassword()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::user() const
+{
+    return  d->user;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the username of the URL to \a user.
+
+    \sa user() setPassword()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setUser( const QString& user )
+{
+    d->user = user;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL contains a username; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setUser() setPassword()
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::hasUser() const
+{
+    return !d->user.isEmpty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the password of the URL.
+
+    \warning Passwords passed in URLs are normally \e insecure; this
+    is due to the mechanism, not because of Qt.
+
+    \sa setPassword() setUser()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::password() const
+{
+    return d->pass;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the password of the URL to \a pass.
+
+    \warning Passwords passed in URLs are normally \e insecure; this
+    is due to the mechanism, not because of Qt.
+
+    \sa password() setUser()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setPassword( const QString& pass )
+{
+    d->pass = pass;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL contains a password; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \warning Passwords passed in URLs are normally \e insecure; this
+    is due to the mechanism, not because of Qt.
+
+    \sa setPassword() setUser()
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::hasPassword() const
+{
+    return !d->pass.isEmpty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the hostname of the URL.
+
+    \sa setHost() hasHost()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::host() const
+{
+    return d->host;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the hostname of the URL to \a host.
+
+    \sa host() hasHost()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setHost( const QString& host )
+{
+    d->host = host;
+    if ( !d->protocol.isNull() && d->protocol != "file" )
+	d->isValid = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL contains a hostname; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setHost()
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::hasHost() const
+{
+    return !d->host.isEmpty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the port of the URL or -1 if no port has been set.
+
+    \sa setPort()
+*/
+
+int QUrl::port() const
+{
+    return d->port;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the port of the URL to \a port.
+
+    \sa port()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setPort( int port )
+{
+    d->port = port;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL contains a port; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setPort()
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::hasPort() const
+{
+    return d->port >= 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the path of the URL to \a path.
+
+    \sa path() hasPath()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setPath( const QString& path )
+{
+    d->path = path;
+    slashify( d->path );
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+    d->isValid = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL contains a path; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa path() setPath()
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::hasPath() const
+{
+    return !d->path.isEmpty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the query of the URL to \a txt. \a txt must be encoded.
+
+    \sa query() encode()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setQuery( const QString& txt )
+{
+    d->queryEncoded = txt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the (encoded) query of the URL.
+
+    \sa setQuery() decode()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::query() const
+{
+    return d->queryEncoded;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the (encoded) reference of the URL.
+
+    \sa setRef() hasRef() decode()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::ref() const
+{
+    return d->refEncoded;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the reference of the URL to \a txt. \a txt must be encoded.
+
+    \sa ref() hasRef() encode()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setRef( const QString& txt )
+{
+    d->refEncoded = txt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL has a reference; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setRef()
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::hasRef() const
+{
+    return !d->refEncoded.isEmpty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. A URL
+    is invalid if it cannot be parsed, for example.
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::isValid() const
+{
+    return d->isValid;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resets all parts of the URL to their default values and
+    invalidates it.
+*/
+
+void QUrl::reset()
+{
+    d->protocol = "file";
+    d->user = "";
+    d->pass = "";
+    d->host = "";
+    d->path = "";
+    d->queryEncoded = "";
+    d->refEncoded = "";
+    d->isValid = TRUE;
+    d->port = -1;
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Parses the \a url.
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::parse( const QString& url )
+{
+    QString url_( url );
+    slashify( url_ );
+
+    if ( url_.isEmpty() ) {
+	d->isValid = FALSE;
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+    d->isValid = TRUE;
+    QString oldProtocol = d->protocol;
+    d->protocol = QString::null;
+
+    const int Init	= 0;
+    const int Protocol	= 1;
+    const int Separator1= 2; // :
+    const int Separator2= 3; // :/
+    const int Separator3= 4; // :// or more slashes
+    const int User	= 5;
+    const int Pass	= 6;
+    const int Host	= 7;
+    const int Path	= 8;
+    const int Ref	= 9;
+    const int Query	= 10;
+    const int Port	= 11;
+    const int Done	= 12;
+
+    const int InputAlpha= 1;
+    const int InputDigit= 2;
+    const int InputSlash= 3;
+    const int InputColon= 4;
+    const int InputAt	= 5;
+    const int InputHash = 6;
+    const int InputQuery= 7;
+
+    static uchar table[ 12 ][ 8 ] = {
+     /* None       InputAlpha  InputDigit  InputSlash  InputColon  InputAt     InputHash   InputQuery */
+	{ 0,       Protocol,   0,          Path,       0,          0,          0,          0,         }, // Init
+	{ 0,       Protocol,   Protocol,   0,          Separator1, 0,          0,          0,         }, // Protocol
+	{ 0,       Path,       Path,       Separator2, 0,          0,          0,          0,         }, // Separator1
+	{ 0,       Path,       Path,       Separator3, 0,          0,          0,          0,         }, // Separator2
+	{ 0,       User,       User,       Separator3, Pass,       Host,       0,          0,         }, // Separator3
+	{ 0,       User,       User,       User,       Pass,       Host,       User,       User,      }, // User
+	{ 0,       Pass,       Pass,       Pass,       Pass,       Host,       Pass,       Pass,      }, // Pass
+	{ 0,       Host,       Host,       Path,       Port,       Host,       Ref,        Query,     }, // Host
+	{ 0,       Path,       Path,       Path,       Path,       Path,       Ref,        Query,     }, // Path
+	{ 0,       Ref,        Ref,        Ref,        Ref,        Ref,        Ref,        Query,     }, // Ref
+	{ 0,       Query,      Query,      Query,      Query,      Query,      Query,      Query,     }, // Query
+	{ 0,       0,          Port,       Path,       0,          0,          0,          0,         }  // Port
+    };
+
+    bool relPath = FALSE;
+
+    relPath = FALSE;
+    bool forceRel = FALSE;
+
+    // If ':' is at pos 1, we have only one letter
+    // before that separator => that's a drive letter!
+    if ( url_.length() >= 2 && url_[1] == ':' )
+	relPath = forceRel = TRUE;
+
+    int hasNoHost = -1;
+    int cs = url_.find( ":/" );
+    if ( cs != -1 ) // if a protocol is there, find out if there is a host or directly the path after it
+	hasNoHost = url_.find( "///", cs );
+    table[ 4 ][ 1 ] = User;
+    table[ 4 ][ 2 ] = User;
+    if ( cs == -1 || forceRel ) { // we have a relative file
+	if ( url.find( ':' ) == -1 || forceRel ) {
+	    table[ 0 ][ 1 ] = Path;
+	    // Filenames may also begin with a digit
+	    table[ 0 ][ 2 ] = Path;
+	} else {
+	    table[ 0 ][ 1 ] = Protocol;
+	}
+	relPath = TRUE;
+    } else { // some checking
+	table[ 0 ][ 1 ] = Protocol;
+
+	// find the part between the protocol and the path as the meaning
+	// of that part is dependend on some chars
+	++cs;
+	while ( url_[ cs ] == '/' )
+	    ++cs;
+	int slash = url_.find( "/", cs );
+	if ( slash == -1 )
+	    slash = url_.length() - 1;
+	QString tmp = url_.mid( cs, slash - cs + 1 );
+
+	if ( !tmp.isEmpty() ) { // if this part exists
+
+	    // look for the @ in this part
+	    int at = tmp.find( "@" );
+	    if ( at != -1 )
+		at += cs;
+	    // we have no @, which means host[:port], so directly
+	    // after the protocol the host starts, or if the protocol
+	    // is file or there were more than 2 slashes, it´s the
+	    // path
+	    if ( at == -1 ) {
+		if ( url_.left( 4 ) == "file" || hasNoHost != -1 )
+		    table[ 4 ][ 1 ] = Path;
+		else
+		    table[ 4 ][ 1 ] = Host;
+		table[ 4 ][ 2 ] = table[ 4 ][ 1 ];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    int state = Init; // parse state
+    int input; // input token
+
+    QChar c = url_[ 0 ];
+    int i = 0;
+    QString port;
+
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	switch ( c ) {
+	case '?':
+	    input = InputQuery;
+	    break;
+	case '#':
+	    input = InputHash;
+	    break;
+	case '@':
+	    input = InputAt;
+	    break;
+	case ':':
+	    input = InputColon;
+	    break;
+	case '/':
+	    input = InputSlash;
+	    break;
+	case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case '0':
+	    input = InputDigit;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    input = InputAlpha;
+	}
+
+	state = table[ state ][ input ];
+
+	switch ( state ) {
+	case Protocol:
+	    d->protocol += c;
+	    break;
+	case User:
+	    d->user += c;
+	    break;
+	case Pass:
+	    d->pass += c;
+	    break;
+	case Host:
+	    d->host += c;
+	    break;
+	case Path:
+	    d->path += c;
+	    break;
+	case Ref:
+	    d->refEncoded += c;
+	    break;
+	case Query:
+	    d->queryEncoded += c;
+	    break;
+	case Port:
+	    port += c;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	++i;
+	if ( i > (int)url_.length() - 1 || state == Done || state == 0 )
+	    break;
+	c = url_[ i ];
+
+    }
+
+    if ( !port.isEmpty() ) {
+	port.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+	d->port = atoi( port.latin1() );
+    }
+
+    // error
+    if ( i < (int)url_.length() - 1 ) {
+	d->isValid = FALSE;
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+
+    if ( d->protocol.isEmpty() )
+	d->protocol = oldProtocol;
+
+    if ( d->path.isEmpty() )
+	d->path = "/";
+
+    // hack for windows
+    if ( d->path.length() == 2 && d->path[ 1 ] == ':' )
+	d->path += "/";
+
+    // #### do some corrections, should be done nicer too
+    if ( !d->pass.isEmpty() ) {
+	if ( d->pass[ 0 ] == ':' )
+	    d->pass.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+	decode( d->pass );
+    }
+    if ( !d->user.isEmpty() ) {
+	decode( d->user );
+    }
+    if ( !d->path.isEmpty() ) {
+	if ( d->path[ 0 ] == '@' || d->path[ 0 ] == ':' )
+	    d->path.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+	if ( d->path[ 0 ] != '/' && !relPath && d->path[ 1 ] != ':' )
+	    d->path.prepend( "/" );
+    }
+    if ( !d->refEncoded.isEmpty() && d->refEncoded[ 0 ] == '#' )
+	d->refEncoded.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+    if ( !d->queryEncoded.isEmpty() && d->queryEncoded[ 0 ] == '?' )
+	d->queryEncoded.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+    if ( !d->host.isEmpty() && d->host[ 0 ] == '@' )
+	d->host.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    // hack for windows file://machine/path syntax
+    if ( d->protocol == "file" ) {
+	if ( url.left( 7 ) == "file://" &&
+	     d->path.length() > 1 && d->path[ 1 ] != ':' )
+		 d->path.prepend( "/" );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    decode( d->path );
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+
+#if 0
+    qDebug( "URL: %s", url.latin1() );
+    qDebug( "protocol: %s", d->protocol.latin1() );
+    qDebug( "user: %s", d->user.latin1() );
+    qDebug( "pass: %s", d->pass.latin1() );
+    qDebug( "host: %s", d->host.latin1() );
+    qDebug( "path: %s", path().latin1() );
+    qDebug( "ref: %s", d->refEncoded.latin1() );
+    qDebug( "query: %s", d->queryEncoded.latin1() );
+    qDebug( "port: %d\n\n----------------------------\n\n", d->port );
+#endif
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Parses \a url and assigns the resulting data to this class.
+
+    If you pass a string like "/home/qt" the "file" protocol will be
+    assumed.
+*/
+
+QUrl& QUrl::operator=( const QString& url )
+{
+    reset();
+    parse( url );
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the data of \a url to this class.
+*/
+
+QUrl& QUrl::operator=( const QUrl& url )
+{
+    *d = *url.d;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Compares this URL with \a url and returns TRUE if they are equal;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::operator==( const QUrl& url ) const
+{
+    if ( !isValid() || !url.isValid() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( d->protocol == url.d->protocol &&
+	 d->user == url.d->user &&
+	 d->pass == url.d->pass &&
+	 d->host == url.d->host &&
+	 d->path == url.d->path &&
+	 d->queryEncoded == url.d->queryEncoded &&
+	 d->refEncoded == url.d->refEncoded &&
+	 d->isValid == url.d->isValid &&
+	 d->port == url.d->port )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Compares this URL with \a url. \a url is parsed first. Returns
+    TRUE if \a url is equal to this url; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::operator==( const QString& url ) const
+{
+    QUrl u( url );
+    return ( *this == u );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the file name of the URL to \a name. If this URL contains a
+    fileName(), the original file name is replaced by \a name.
+
+    See the documentation of fileName() for a more detailed discussion
+    of what is handled as file name and what is handled as a directory
+    path.
+
+    \sa fileName()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setFileName( const QString& name )
+{
+    QString fn( name );
+    slashify( fn );
+
+    while ( fn[ 0 ] == '/' )
+	fn.remove( (uint)0, 1 );
+
+    QString p;
+    if ( path().isEmpty() ) {
+	p = "/";
+    } else {
+	p = path();
+	int slash = p.findRev( QChar( '/' ) );
+	if ( slash == -1 ) {
+	    p = "/";
+	} else if ( p[ (int)p.length() - 1 ] != '/' ) {
+	    p.truncate( slash + 1 );
+	}
+    }
+
+    p += fn;
+    if ( !d->queryEncoded.isEmpty() )
+	p += "?" + d->queryEncoded;
+    setEncodedPathAndQuery( p );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the encoded path and query.
+
+    \sa decode()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::encodedPathAndQuery()
+{
+    QString p = path();
+    if ( p.isEmpty() )
+	p = "/";
+
+    encode( p );
+
+    if ( !d->queryEncoded.isEmpty() ) {
+	p += "?";
+	p += d->queryEncoded;
+    }
+
+    return p;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Parses \a pathAndQuery for a path and query and sets those values.
+    The whole string must be encoded.
+
+    \sa encode()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::setEncodedPathAndQuery( const QString& pathAndQuery )
+{
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+    int pos = pathAndQuery.find( '?' );
+    if ( pos == -1 ) {
+	d->path = pathAndQuery;
+	d->queryEncoded = "";
+    } else {
+	d->path = pathAndQuery.left( pos );
+	d->queryEncoded = pathAndQuery.mid( pos + 1 );
+    }
+
+    decode( d->path );
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+extern bool qt_resolve_symlinks; // defined in qapplication.cpp
+
+/*!
+    Returns the path of the URL. If \a correct is TRUE, the path is
+    cleaned (deals with too many or too few slashes, cleans things
+    like "/../..", etc). Otherwise path() returns exactly the path
+    that was parsed or set.
+
+    \sa setPath() hasPath()
+*/
+QString QUrl::path( bool correct ) const
+{
+    if ( !correct )
+	return d->path;
+
+    if ( d->cleanPathDirty ) {
+	bool check = TRUE;
+	if ( QDir::isRelativePath( d->path ) ) {
+	    d->cleanPath = d->path;
+	} else if ( isLocalFile() ) {
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+	    // hack for stuff like \\machine\path and //machine/path on windows
+	    if ( ( d->path.left( 1 ) == "/" || d->path.left( 1 ) == "\\" ) &&
+		 d->path.length() > 1 ) {
+		d->cleanPath = d->path;
+		bool share = (d->cleanPath[0] == '\\' && d->cleanPath[1] == '\\') ||
+		             (d->cleanPath[0] == '/' && d->cleanPath[1] == '/');
+		slashify( d->cleanPath, FALSE );
+		d->cleanPath = QDir::cleanDirPath( d->cleanPath );
+		if ( share ) {
+		    check = FALSE;
+		    while (d->cleanPath.at(0) != '/' || d->cleanPath.at(1) != '/')
+			d->cleanPath.prepend("/");
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	    if ( check ) {
+		QFileInfo fi( d->path );
+		if ( !fi.exists() )
+		    d->cleanPath = d->path;
+		else if ( fi.isDir() ) {
+                    QString canPath = QDir( d->path ).canonicalPath();
+                    QString dir;
+                    if ( qt_resolve_symlinks && !canPath.isNull() )
+			dir = QDir::cleanDirPath( canPath );
+                    else
+			dir = QDir::cleanDirPath( QDir( d->path ).absPath() );
+		    dir += "/";
+		    if ( dir == "//" )
+			d->cleanPath = "/";
+		    else
+			d->cleanPath = dir;
+		} else {
+		    QString p =
+			QDir::cleanDirPath( (qt_resolve_symlinks ?
+					    fi.dir().canonicalPath() :
+					    fi.dir().absPath()) );
+		    d->cleanPath = p + "/" + fi.fileName();
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( d->path != "/" && d->path[ (int)d->path.length() - 1 ] == '/' )
+		d->cleanPath = QDir::cleanDirPath( d->path ) + "/";
+	    else
+		d->cleanPath = QDir::cleanDirPath( d->path );
+	}
+
+	if ( check )
+	    slashify( d->cleanPath, FALSE );
+	d->cleanPathDirty = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return d->cleanPath;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is a local file; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::isLocalFile() const
+{
+    return d->protocol == "file";
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the file name of the URL. If the path of the URL doesn't
+    have a slash at the end, the part between the last slash and the
+    end of the path string is considered to be the file name. If the
+    path has a slash at the end, an empty string is returned here.
+
+    \sa setFileName()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::fileName() const
+{
+    if ( d->path.isEmpty() || d->path.endsWith( "/" )
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+	|| d->path.endsWith( "\\" )
+#endif
+	)
+	return QString::null;
+
+    return QFileInfo( d->path ).fileName();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the path \a pa to the path of the URL.
+
+    \sa setPath() hasPath()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::addPath( const QString& pa )
+{
+    if ( pa.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+
+    QString p( pa );
+    slashify( p );
+
+    if ( path().isEmpty() ) {
+	if ( p[ 0 ] != QChar( '/' ) )
+	    d->path = "/" + p;
+	else
+	    d->path = p;
+    } else {
+	if ( p[ 0 ] != QChar( '/' ) && d->path[ (int)d->path.length() - 1 ] != '/' )
+	    d->path += "/" + p;
+	else
+	    d->path += p;
+    }
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the directory path of the URL. This is the part of the
+    path of the URL without the fileName(). See the documentation of
+    fileName() for a discussion of what is handled as file name and
+    what is handled as directory path.
+
+    \sa setPath() hasPath()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::dirPath() const
+{
+    if ( path().isEmpty() )
+	return QString::null;
+
+    QString s = path();
+    int pos = s.findRev( '/' );
+    if ( pos == -1 ) {
+	return QString::fromLatin1(".");
+    } else {
+	if ( pos == 0 )
+	    return QString::fromLatin1( "/" );
+	return s.left( pos );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Encodes the \a url in-place into UTF-8.  For example
+
+    \code
+	QString url = http://www.trolltech.com
+	QUrl::encode( url );
+	// url is now "http%3A//www%20trolltech%20com"
+    \endcode
+
+  \sa decode()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::encode( QString& url )
+{
+    if ( url.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+
+    QCString curl = url.utf8();
+    int oldlen = curl.length();
+
+    const QCString special( "+<>#@\"&%$:,;?={}|^~[]\'`\\ \n\t\r" );
+    QString newUrl;
+    int newlen = 0;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < oldlen ;++i ) {
+	uchar inCh = (uchar)curl[ i ];
+
+	if ( inCh >= 128 || special.contains(inCh) ) {
+	    newUrl[ newlen++ ] = QChar( '%' );
+
+	    ushort c = inCh / 16;
+	    c += c > 9 ? 'A' - 10 : '0';
+	    newUrl[ newlen++ ] = c;
+
+	    c = inCh % 16;
+	    c += c > 9 ? 'A' - 10 : '0';
+	    newUrl[ newlen++ ] = c;
+	} else {
+	    newUrl[ newlen++ ] = inCh;
+	}
+    }
+
+    url = newUrl;
+}
+
+static uchar hex_to_int( uchar c )
+{
+    if ( c >= 'A' && c <= 'F' )
+	return c - 'A' + 10;
+    if ( c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
+	return c - 'a' + 10;
+    if ( c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+	return c - '0';
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Decodes the \a url in-place into UTF-8.  For example
+
+    \code
+	QString url = "http%3A//www%20trolltech%20com"
+	QUrl::decode( url );
+	// url is now "http://www.trolltech.com"
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa encode()
+*/
+
+void QUrl::decode( QString& url )
+{
+    if ( url.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+
+    int newlen = 0;
+    QCString curl = url.utf8();
+    int oldlen = curl.length();
+
+    QCString newUrl(oldlen);
+
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( i < oldlen ) {
+	uchar c = (uchar)curl[ i++ ];
+	if ( c == '%' && i <= oldlen - 2 ) {
+	    c = hex_to_int( (uchar)curl[ i ] ) * 16 + hex_to_int( (uchar)curl[ i + 1 ] );
+	    i += 2;
+	}
+	newUrl [ newlen++ ] = c;
+    }
+    newUrl.truncate( newlen );
+
+    url = QString::fromUtf8(newUrl.data());
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Composes a string version of the URL and returns it. If \a
+    encodedPath is TRUE the path in the returned string is encoded. If
+    \a forcePrependProtocol is TRUE and \a encodedPath looks like a
+    local filename, the "file:/" protocol is also prepended.
+
+    \sa encode() decode()
+*/
+
+QString QUrl::toString( bool encodedPath, bool forcePrependProtocol ) const
+{
+    QString res, p = path();
+    if ( encodedPath )
+	encode( p );
+
+    if ( isLocalFile() ) {
+	if ( forcePrependProtocol )
+	    res = d->protocol + ":" + p;
+	else
+	    res = p;
+    } else if ( d->protocol == "mailto" ) {
+	res = d->protocol + ":" + p;
+    } else {
+	res = d->protocol + "://";
+	if ( !d->user.isEmpty() || !d->pass.isEmpty() ) {
+	    QString tmp;
+	    if ( !d->user.isEmpty() ) {
+		tmp = d->user;
+		encode( tmp );
+		res += tmp;
+	    }
+	    if ( !d->pass.isEmpty() ) {
+		tmp = d->pass;
+		encode( tmp );
+		res += ":" + tmp;
+	    }
+	    res += "@";
+	}
+	res += d->host;
+	if ( d->port != -1 )
+	    res += ":" + QString( "%1" ).arg( d->port );
+	if ( !p.isEmpty() ) {
+	    if ( !d->host.isEmpty() && p[0]!='/' )
+		res += "/";
+	    res += p;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !d->refEncoded.isEmpty() )
+	res += "#" + d->refEncoded;
+    if ( !d->queryEncoded.isEmpty() )
+	res += "?" + d->queryEncoded;
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Composes a string version of the URL and returns it.
+
+    \sa QUrl::toString()
+*/
+
+QUrl::operator QString() const
+{
+    return toString();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Changes the directory to one directory up.
+
+    \sa setPath()
+*/
+
+bool QUrl::cdUp()
+{
+    d->path += "/..";
+    d->cleanPathDirty = TRUE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_URL
diff --git a/src/kernel/qurl.h b/src/kernel/qurl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7a291e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qurl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QUrl class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QURL_H
+#define QURL_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_URL
+
+class QUrlPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QUrl
+{
+public:
+    QUrl();
+    QUrl( const QString& url );
+    QUrl( const QUrl& url );
+    QUrl( const QUrl& url, const QString& relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE );
+    virtual ~QUrl();
+
+    QString protocol() const;
+    virtual void setProtocol( const QString& protocol );
+
+    QString user() const;
+    virtual void setUser( const QString& user );
+    bool hasUser() const;
+
+    QString password() const;
+    virtual void setPassword( const QString& pass );
+    bool hasPassword() const;
+
+    QString host() const;
+    virtual void setHost( const QString& user );
+    bool hasHost() const;
+
+    int port() const;
+    virtual void setPort( int port );
+    bool hasPort() const;
+
+    QString path( bool correct = TRUE ) const;
+    virtual void setPath( const QString& path );
+    bool hasPath() const;
+
+    virtual void setEncodedPathAndQuery( const QString& enc );
+    QString encodedPathAndQuery();
+
+    virtual void setQuery( const QString& txt );
+    QString query() const;
+
+    QString ref() const;
+    virtual void setRef( const QString& txt );
+    bool hasRef() const;
+
+    bool isValid() const;
+    bool isLocalFile() const;
+
+    virtual void addPath( const QString& path );
+    virtual void setFileName( const QString& txt );
+
+    QString fileName() const;
+    QString dirPath() const;
+
+    QUrl& operator=( const QUrl& url );
+    QUrl& operator=( const QString& url );
+
+    bool operator==( const QUrl& url ) const;
+    bool operator==( const QString& url ) const;
+
+    static void decode( QString& url );
+    static void encode( QString& url );
+
+    operator QString() const;
+    virtual QString toString( bool encodedPath = FALSE, bool forcePrependProtocol = TRUE ) const;
+
+    virtual bool cdUp();
+
+    static bool isRelativeUrl( const QString &url );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void reset();
+    virtual bool parse( const QString& url );
+
+private:
+    QUrlPrivate *d;
+
+};
+
+#endif //QT_NO_URL
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp b/src/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c6155a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QUrlInfo class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qurlinfo.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#include "qurloperator.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#include <limits.h>
+
+class QUrlInfoPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QUrlInfoPrivate() :
+	permissions(0),
+	size(0),
+	isDir(FALSE),
+	isFile(TRUE),
+	isSymLink(FALSE),
+	isWritable(TRUE),
+	isReadable(TRUE),
+	isExecutable(FALSE)
+    {}
+
+    QString name;
+    int permissions;
+    QString owner;
+    QString group;
+#if defined(QT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT)
+    QIODevice::Offset size;
+#else
+    uint size;
+#endif
+    QDateTime lastModified;
+    QDateTime lastRead;
+    bool isDir;
+    bool isFile;
+    bool isSymLink;
+    bool isWritable;
+    bool isReadable;
+    bool isExecutable;
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QUrlInfo qurlinfo.h
+    \brief The QUrlInfo class stores information about URLs.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup misc
+
+    This class is just a container for storing information about URLs,
+    which is why all information must be passed in the constructor.
+
+    Unless you're reimplementing a network protocol you're unlikely to
+    create QUrlInfo objects yourself, but you may receive QUrlInfo
+    objects from functions, e.g. QUrlOperator::info().
+
+    The information that can be retrieved includes name(),
+    permissions(), owner(), group(), size(), lastModified(),
+    lastRead(), isDir(), isFile(), isSymLink(), isWritable(),
+    isReadable() and isExecutable().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QUrlInfo::PermissionSpec
+
+    This enum is used by the permissions() function to report the
+    permissions of a file.
+
+    \value ReadOwner The file is readable by the owner of the file.
+    \value WriteOwner The file is writable by the owner of the file.
+    \value ExeOwner The file is executable by the owner of the file.
+    \value ReadGroup The file is readable by the group.
+    \value WriteGroup The file is writable by the group.
+    \value ExeGroup The file is executable by the group.
+    \value ReadOther The file is readable by anyone.
+    \value WriteOther The file is writable by anyone.
+    \value ExeOther The file is executable by anyone.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an invalid QUrlInfo object with default values.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo()
+{
+    d = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUrlInfo object with information about the file \a
+    file in the \a path. It tries to find the information about the \a
+    file in the QUrlOperator \a path.
+
+    If the information is not found, this constructor creates an
+    invalid QUrlInfo, i.e. isValid() returns FALSE. You should always
+    check if the URL info is valid before relying on the return values
+    of any getter functions.
+
+    If \a file is empty, it defaults to the QUrlOperator \a path, i.e.
+    to the directory.
+
+    \sa isValid() QUrlOperator::info()
+*/
+
+QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo( const QUrlOperator &path, const QString &file )
+{
+    QString file_ = file;
+    if ( file_.isEmpty() )
+	file_ = ".";
+
+    QUrlInfo inf = path.info( file_ );
+    if ( inf.d ) {
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+	*d = *inf.d;
+    } else {
+	d = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copy constructor, copies \a ui to this URL info object.
+*/
+
+QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo( const QUrlInfo &ui )
+{
+    if ( ui.d ) {
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+	*d = *ui.d;
+    } else {
+	d = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUrlInfo object by specifying all the URL's
+    information.
+
+    The information that is passed is the \a name, file \a
+    permissions, \a owner and \a group and the file's \a size. Also
+    passed is the \a lastModified date/time and the \a lastRead
+    date/time. Flags are also passed, specifically, \a isDir, \a
+    isFile, \a isSymLink, \a isWritable, \a isReadable and \a
+    isExecutable.
+*/
+
+#if defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo( const QString &name, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+		    const QString &group, QIODevice::Offset size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+		    const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+		    bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
+#else
+QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo( const QString &name, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+		    const QString &group, uint size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+		    const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+		    bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
+#endif
+{
+    d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->name = name;
+    d->permissions = permissions;
+    d->owner = owner;
+    d->group = group;
+    d->size = size;
+    d->lastModified = lastModified;
+    d->lastRead = lastRead;
+    d->isDir = isDir;
+    d->isFile = isFile;
+    d->isSymLink = isSymLink;
+    d->isWritable = isWritable;
+    d->isReadable = isReadable;
+    d->isExecutable = isExecutable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUrlInfo object by specifying all the URL's
+    information.
+
+    The information that is passed is the \a url, file \a
+    permissions, \a owner and \a group and the file's \a size. Also
+    passed is the \a lastModified date/time and the \a lastRead
+    date/time. Flags are also passed, specifically, \a isDir, \a
+    isFile, \a isSymLink, \a isWritable, \a isReadable and \a
+    isExecutable.
+*/
+
+#if defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo( const QUrl &url, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+		    const QString &group, QIODevice::Offset size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+		    const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+		    bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
+#else
+QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo( const QUrl &url, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+		    const QString &group, uint size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+		    const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+		    bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
+#endif
+{
+    d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->name = QFileInfo( url.path() ).fileName();
+    d->permissions = permissions;
+    d->owner = owner;
+    d->group = group;
+    d->size = size;
+    d->lastModified = lastModified;
+    d->lastRead = lastRead;
+    d->isDir = isDir;
+    d->isFile = isFile;
+    d->isSymLink = isSymLink;
+    d->isWritable = isWritable;
+    d->isReadable = isReadable;
+    d->isExecutable = isExecutable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the URL to \a name. The name is the full text,
+    for example, "http://doc.trolltech.com/qurlinfo.html".
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setName( const QString &name )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->name = name;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    If \a b is TRUE then the URL is set to be a directory; if \b is
+    FALSE then the URL is set not to be a directory (which normally
+    means it is a file). (Note that a URL can refer to both a file and
+    a directory even though most file systems do not support this.)
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setDir( bool b )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->isDir = b;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    If \a b is TRUE then the URL is set to be a file; if \b is FALSE
+    then the URL is set not to be a file (which normally means it is a
+    directory). (Note that a URL can refer to both a file and a
+    directory even though most file systems do not support this.)
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setFile( bool b )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->isFile = b;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Specifies that the URL refers to a symbolic link if \a b is TRUE
+    and that it does not if \a b is FALSE.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setSymLink( bool b )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->isSymLink = b;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Specifies that the URL is writable if \a b is TRUE and not
+    writable if \a b is FALSE.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setWritable( bool b )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->isWritable = b;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Specifies that the URL is readable if \a b is TRUE and not
+    readable if \a b is FALSE.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setReadable( bool b )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->isReadable = b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Specifies that the owner of the URL is called \a s.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setOwner( const QString &s )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->owner = s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Specifies that the owning group of the URL is called \a s.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setGroup( const QString &s )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->group = s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Specifies the \a size of the URL.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+#if defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+void QUrlInfo::setSize( QIODevice::Offset size )
+#else
+void QUrlInfo::setSize( uint size )
+#endif
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->size = size;
+}
+
+
+// ### reggie - what's the permission type? As in Unix?
+
+/*!
+    Specifies that the URL has access permisions, \a p.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setPermissions( int p )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->permissions = p;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Specifies that the object the URL refers to was last modified at
+    \a dt.
+
+    If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
+    turns it into a valid one.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+void QUrlInfo::setLastModified( const QDateTime &dt )
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	d = new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+    d->lastModified = dt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the URL info object.
+
+    The QUrlOperator object to which this URL referred (if any) is not
+    affected.
+*/
+
+QUrlInfo::~QUrlInfo()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the values of \a ui to this QUrlInfo object.
+*/
+
+QUrlInfo &QUrlInfo::operator=( const QUrlInfo &ui )
+{
+    if ( ui.d ) {
+	if ( !d )
+	    d= new QUrlInfoPrivate;
+	*d = *ui.d;
+    } else {
+	delete d;
+	d = 0;
+    }
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the file name of the URL.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+QString QUrlInfo::name() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return QString::null;
+    return d->name;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the permissions of the URL. You can use the \c PermissionSpec flags
+    to test for certain permissions.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+int QUrlInfo::permissions() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return 0;
+    return d->permissions;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the owner of the URL.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+QString QUrlInfo::owner() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return QString::null;
+    return d->owner;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the group of the URL.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+QString QUrlInfo::group() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return QString::null;
+    return d->group;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the size of the URL.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+#if defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+QIODevice::Offset QUrlInfo::size() const
+#else
+uint QUrlInfo::size() const
+#endif
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return 0;
+#if defined(QT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT) && !defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+    return d->size > UINT_MAX ? UINT_MAX : (uint)d->size;
+#else
+    return d->size;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the last modification date of the URL.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+QDateTime QUrlInfo::lastModified() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return QDateTime();
+    return d->lastModified;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the date when the URL was last read.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+QDateTime QUrlInfo::lastRead() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return QDateTime();
+    return d->lastRead;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is a directory; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::isDir() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->isDir;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is a file; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::isFile() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->isFile;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is a symbolic link; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::isSymLink() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->isSymLink;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is writable; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::isWritable() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->isWritable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is readable; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::isReadable() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->isReadable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is executable; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::isExecutable() const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->isExecutable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a i1 is greater than \a i2; otherwise returns
+    FALSE. The objects are compared by the value, which is specified
+    by \a sortBy. This must be one of QDir::Name, QDir::Time or
+    QDir::Size.
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::greaterThan( const QUrlInfo &i1, const QUrlInfo &i2,
+			    int sortBy )
+{
+    switch ( sortBy ) {
+    case QDir::Name:
+	return i1.name() > i2.name();
+    case QDir::Time:
+	return i1.lastModified() > i2.lastModified();
+    case QDir::Size:
+	return i1.size() > i2.size();
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a i1 is less than \a i2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+    The objects are compared by the value, which is specified by \a
+    sortBy. This must be one of QDir::Name, QDir::Time or QDir::Size.
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::lessThan( const QUrlInfo &i1, const QUrlInfo &i2,
+			 int sortBy )
+{
+    return !greaterThan( i1, i2, sortBy );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if \a i1 equals to \a i2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+    The objects are compared by the value, which is specified by \a
+    sortBy. This must be one of QDir::Name, QDir::Time or QDir::Size.
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::equal( const QUrlInfo &i1, const QUrlInfo &i2,
+		      int sortBy )
+{
+    switch ( sortBy ) {
+    case QDir::Name:
+	return i1.name() == i2.name();
+    case QDir::Time:
+	return i1.lastModified() == i2.lastModified();
+    case QDir::Size:
+	return i1.size() == i2.size();
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Compares this QUrlInfo with \a i and returns TRUE if they are
+    equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QUrlInfo::operator==( const QUrlInfo &i ) const
+{
+    if ( !d )
+	return i.d == 0;
+    if ( !i.d )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    return ( d->name == i.d->name &&
+	     d->permissions == i.d->permissions &&
+	     d->owner == i.d->owner &&
+	     d->group == i.d->group &&
+	     d->size == i.d->size &&
+	     d->lastModified == i.d->lastModified &&
+	     d->lastRead == i.d->lastRead &&
+	     d->isDir == i.d->isDir &&
+	     d->isFile == i.d->isFile &&
+	     d->isSymLink == i.d->isSymLink &&
+	     d->isWritable == i.d->isWritable &&
+	     d->isReadable == i.d->isReadable &&
+	     d->isExecutable == i.d->isExecutable );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL info is valid; otherwise returns FALSE.
+    Valid means that the QUrlInfo contains real information. For
+    example, a call to QUrlOperator::info() might return a an invalid
+    QUrlInfo, if no information about the requested entry is
+    available.
+
+    You should always check if the URL info is valid before relying on
+    the values.
+*/
+bool QUrlInfo::isValid() const
+{
+    return d != 0;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
diff --git a/src/kernel/qurlinfo.h b/src/kernel/qurlinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..425e93c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qurlinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QUrlInfo class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QURLINFO_H
+#define QURLINFO_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#if defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+#include "qiodevice.h"
+#endif
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class QUrlOperator;
+class QUrl;
+class QUrlInfoPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QUrlInfo
+{
+public:
+    enum PermissionSpec {
+	ReadOwner = 00400, WriteOwner = 00200, ExeOwner = 00100,
+	ReadGroup = 00040, WriteGroup = 00020, ExeGroup = 00010,
+	ReadOther = 00004, WriteOther = 00002, ExeOther = 00001 };
+
+    QUrlInfo();
+    QUrlInfo( const QUrlOperator &path, const QString &file );
+    QUrlInfo( const QUrlInfo &ui );
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+#error "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo() should accept QIODevice::Offset instead of uint"
+#elif defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+    QUrlInfo( const QString &name, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+	      const QString &group, QIODevice::Offset size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+	      const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+	      bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable );
+    QUrlInfo( const QUrl &url, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+	      const QString &group, QIODevice::Offset size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+	      const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+	      bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable );
+#else
+    QUrlInfo( const QString &name, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+	      const QString &group, uint size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+	      const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+	      bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable );
+    QUrlInfo( const QUrl &url, int permissions, const QString &owner,
+	      const QString &group, uint size, const QDateTime &lastModified,
+	      const QDateTime &lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink,
+	      bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable );
+#endif
+    QUrlInfo &operator=( const QUrlInfo &ui );
+    virtual ~QUrlInfo();
+
+    virtual void setName( const QString &name );
+    virtual void setDir( bool b );
+    virtual void setFile( bool b );
+    virtual void setSymLink( bool b );
+    virtual void setOwner( const QString &s );
+    virtual void setGroup( const QString &s );
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+#error "QUrlInfo::setSize() should accept QIODevice::Offset instead of uint"
+#elif defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+    virtual void setSize( QIODevice::Offset size );
+#else
+    virtual void setSize( uint size );
+#endif
+    virtual void setWritable( bool b );
+    virtual void setReadable( bool b );
+    virtual void setPermissions( int p );
+    virtual void setLastModified( const QDateTime &dt );
+
+    bool isValid() const;
+
+    QString name() const;
+    int permissions() const;
+    QString owner() const;
+    QString group() const;
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
+#error "QUrlInfo::size() should return QIODevice::Offset instead of uint"
+#elif defined(QT_ABI_QT4)
+    QIODevice::Offset size() const;
+#else
+    uint size() const;
+#endif
+    QDateTime lastModified() const;
+    QDateTime lastRead() const;
+    bool isDir() const;
+    bool isFile() const;
+    bool isSymLink() const;
+    bool isWritable() const;
+    bool isReadable() const;
+    bool isExecutable() const;
+
+    static bool greaterThan( const QUrlInfo &i1, const QUrlInfo &i2,
+			     int sortBy );
+    static bool lessThan( const QUrlInfo &i1, const QUrlInfo &i2,
+			  int sortBy );
+    static bool equal( const QUrlInfo &i1, const QUrlInfo &i2,
+		       int sortBy );
+
+    bool operator==( const QUrlInfo &i ) const;
+private:
+    QUrlInfoPrivate *d;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qurloperator.cpp b/src/kernel/qurloperator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e1b666
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qurloperator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1226 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QUrlOperator class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qurloperator.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#include "qurlinfo.h"
+#include "qnetworkprotocol.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qdir.h"
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+
+//#define QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+
+class QUrlOperatorPrivate
+{
+public:
+    QUrlOperatorPrivate()
+    {
+	oldOps.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	networkProtocol = 0;
+	nameFilter = "*";
+	currPut = 0;
+    }
+
+    ~QUrlOperatorPrivate()
+    {
+	delete networkProtocol;
+	while ( oldOps.first() ) {
+	    oldOps.first()->free();
+	    oldOps.removeFirst();
+	}
+    }
+
+    QMap<QString, QUrlInfo> entryMap;
+    QNetworkProtocol *networkProtocol;
+    QString nameFilter;
+    QDir dir;
+
+    // maps needed for copy/move operations
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkOperation> getOpPutOpMap;
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkProtocol> getOpPutProtMap;
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkProtocol> getOpGetProtMap;
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkOperation> getOpRemoveOpMap;
+    QGuardedPtr<QNetworkProtocol> currPut;
+    QStringList waitingCopies;
+    QString waitingCopiesDest;
+    bool waitingCopiesMove;
+    QPtrList< QNetworkOperation > oldOps;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QUrlOperator qurloperator.h
+
+    \brief The QUrlOperator class provides common operations on URLs.
+\if defined(commercial)
+    It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">Qt Enterprise Edition</a>.
+\endif
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup misc
+    \mainclass
+
+    \module network
+
+    This class operates on hierarchical structures (such as
+    filesystems) using URLs. Its API facilitates all the common
+    operations:
+    \table
+    \header \i Operation	\i Function
+    \row \i List files		\i \l listChildren()
+    \row \i Make a directory	\i \l mkdir()
+    \row \i Remove a file	\i \l remove()
+    \row \i Rename a file	\i \l rename()
+    \row \i Get a file		\i \l get()
+    \row \i Put a file		\i \l put()
+    \row \i Copy a file		\i \l copy()
+    \endtable
+
+    You can obtain additional information about the URL with isDir()
+    and info(). If a directory is to be traversed using
+    listChildren(), a name filter can be set with setNameFilter().
+
+    A QUrlOperator can be used like this, for example to download a
+    file (and assuming that the FTP protocol is \link
+    qInitNetworkProtocols() registered\endlink):
+    \code
+    QUrlOperator *op = new QUrlOperator();
+    op->copy( QString("ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-2.1.0.tar.gz"),
+	     "file:/tmp" );
+    \endcode
+
+    If you want to be notified about success/failure, progress, etc.,
+    you can connect to QUrlOperator's signals, e.g. to start(),
+    newChildren(), createdDirectory(), removed(), data(),
+    dataTransferProgress(), startedNextCopy(),
+    connectionStateChanged(), finished(), etc. A network operation can
+    be stopped with stop().
+
+    The class uses the functionality of registered network protocols
+    to perform these operations. Depending of the protocol of the URL,
+    it uses an appropriate network protocol class for the operations.
+    Each of the operation functions of QUrlOperator creates a
+    QNetworkOperation object that describes the operation and puts it
+    into the operation queue for the network protocol used. If no
+    suitable protocol could be found (because no implementation of the
+    necessary network protocol is registered), the URL operator emits
+    errors. Not every protocol supports every operation, but error
+    handling deals with this problem.
+
+    To register the available network protocols, use the
+    qInitNetworkProtocols() function. The protocols currently
+    supported are:
+    \list
+    \i \link QFtp FTP\endlink,
+    \i \link QHttp HTTP\endlink,
+    \i \link QLocalFs local file system\endlink.
+    \endlist
+
+    For more information about the Qt Network Architecture see the
+    \link network.html Qt Network Documentation\endlink.
+
+    \sa QNetworkProtocol, QNetworkOperation
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::newChildren( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &i, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted after listChildren() was called and new
+    children (i.e. files) have been read from a list of files. \a i
+    holds the information about the new files. \a op is a pointer
+    to the operation object which contains all the information about
+    the operation, including the state.
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::finished( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when an operation of some sort finishes,
+    whether with success or failure. \a op is a pointer to the
+    operation object, which contains all the information, including
+    the state, of the operation which has been finished. Check the
+    state and error code of the operation object to see whether or not
+    the operation was successful.
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::start( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    Some operations (such as listChildren()) emit this signal when
+    they start processing the operation. \a op is a pointer to the
+    operation object which contains all the information about the
+    operation, including the state.
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::createdDirectory( const QUrlInfo &i, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when mkdir() succeeds and the directory has
+    been created. \a i holds the information about the new directory.
+
+    \a op is a pointer to the operation object, which contains all the
+    information about the operation, including the state.
+    \c op->arg(0) holds the new directory's name.
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::removed( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when remove() has been succesful and the
+    file has been removed.
+
+    \a op is a pointer to the operation object which contains all the
+    information about the operation, including the state.
+    \c op->arg(0) holds the name of the file that was removed.
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::itemChanged( QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a file which is a child of the URL
+    has been changed, for example by successfully calling rename().
+    \a op is a pointer to the operation object which contains all the
+    information about the operation, including the state.
+    \c op->arg(0) holds the original file name and \c op->arg(1) holds
+    the new file name (if it was changed).
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::data( const QByteArray &data, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted when new \a data has been received after calling
+    get() or put().
+    \a op is a pointer to the operation object which contains all
+    the information about the operation, including the state.
+    \c op->arg(0) holds the name of the file whose data is retrieved
+    and op->rawArg(1) holds the (raw) data.
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::dataTransferProgress( int bytesDone, int bytesTotal, QNetworkOperation *op )
+
+    This signal is emitted during data transfer (using put() or
+    get()). \a bytesDone specifies how many bytes of \a bytesTotal have
+    been transferred. More information about the operation is stored in
+    \a op, a pointer to the network operation that is processed.
+    \a bytesTotal may be -1, which means that the total number of bytes
+    is not known.
+
+    \sa QNetworkOperation, QNetworkProtocol
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::startedNextCopy( const QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> &lst )
+
+    This signal is emitted if copy() starts a new copy operation. \a
+    lst contains all QNetworkOperations related to this copy
+    operation.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QUrlOperator::connectionStateChanged( int state, const QString &data )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the URL operator's connection
+    state changes. \a state describes the new state, which is a
+    \l{QNetworkProtocol::ConnectionState} value.
+
+    \a data is a string that describes the change of the connection.
+    This can be used to display a message to the user.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUrlOperator with an empty (i.e. invalid) URL.
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator()
+    : QUrl()
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: cstr 1" );
+#endif
+    d = new QUrlOperatorPrivate;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUrlOperator using \a url and parses this string.
+
+    If you pass strings like "/home/qt" the "file" protocol is
+    assumed.
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator( const QString &url )
+    : QUrl( url )
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: cstr 2" );
+#endif
+    d = new QUrlOperatorPrivate;
+    getNetworkProtocol();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a url.
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator( const QUrlOperator& url )
+    : QObject(), QUrl( url )
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: cstr 3" );
+#endif
+    d = new QUrlOperatorPrivate;
+    *d = *url.d;
+
+    d->networkProtocol = 0;
+    getNetworkProtocol();
+    d->nameFilter = "*";
+    d->currPut = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QUrlOperator. The URL on which this QUrlOperator
+    operates is constructed out of the arguments \a url, \a relUrl and
+    \a checkSlash: see the corresponding QUrl constructor for an
+    explanation of these arguments.
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator( const QUrlOperator& url, const QString& relUrl, bool checkSlash )
+    : QUrl( url, relUrl, checkSlash )
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: cstr 4" );
+#endif
+    d = new QUrlOperatorPrivate;
+    if ( relUrl == "." )
+	*d = *url.d;
+
+    d->networkProtocol = 0;
+    getNetworkProtocol();
+    d->currPut = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destructor.
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator::~QUrlOperator()
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: dstr" );
+#endif
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This private function is used by the simple operation functions,
+    i.e. listChildren(), mkdir(), remove(), rename(), get() and put(),
+    to really start the operation. \a op is a pointer to the network
+    operation that should be started. Returns \a op on success;
+    otherwise returns 0.
+*/
+const QNetworkOperation *QUrlOperator::startOperation( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+    if ( !d->networkProtocol )
+        getNetworkProtocol();
+    
+    if ( d->networkProtocol && (d->networkProtocol->supportedOperations()&op->operation()) ) {
+	d->networkProtocol->addOperation( op );
+	if ( op->operation() == QNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren )
+	    clearEntries();
+	return op;
+    }
+
+    // error
+    QString msg;
+    if ( !d->networkProtocol ) {
+	msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' is not supported" ).arg( protocol() );
+    } else {
+	switch ( op->operation() ) {
+	case QNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren:
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support listing directories" ).arg( protocol() );
+	    break;
+	case QNetworkProtocol::OpMkDir:
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support creating new directories" ).arg( protocol() );
+	    break;
+	case QNetworkProtocol::OpRemove:
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support removing files or directories" ).arg( protocol() );
+	    break;
+	case QNetworkProtocol::OpRename:
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support renaming files or directories" ).arg( protocol() );
+	    break;
+	case QNetworkProtocol::OpGet:
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support getting files" ).arg( protocol() );
+	    break;
+	case QNetworkProtocol::OpPut:
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support putting files" ).arg( protocol() );
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    // this should never happen
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    op->setState( QNetworkProtocol::StFailed );
+    op->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+    op->setErrorCode( (int)QNetworkProtocol::ErrUnsupported );
+    emit finished( op );
+    deleteOperation( op );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Starts listing the children of this URL (e.g. the files in the
+    directory). The start() signal is emitted before the first entry
+    is listed and finished() is emitted after the last one. The
+    newChildren() signal is emitted for each list of new entries. If
+    an error occurs, the signal finished() is emitted, so be sure to
+    check the state of the network operation pointer.
+
+    Because the operation may not be executed immediately, a pointer
+    to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is
+    returned. This object contains all the data about the operation
+    and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals
+    that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also
+    be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created.
+
+    The path of this QUrlOperator must to point to a directory
+    (because the children of this directory will be listed), not to a
+    file.
+*/
+
+const QNetworkOperation *QUrlOperator::listChildren()
+{
+    if ( !checkValid() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QNetworkOperation *res = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpListChildren, QString::null, QString::null, QString::null );
+    return startOperation( res );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tries to create a directory (child) with the name \a dirname. If
+    it is successful, a newChildren() signal with the new child is
+    emitted, and the createdDirectory() signal with the information
+    about the new child is also emitted. The finished() signal (with
+    success or failure) is emitted after the operation has been
+    processed, so check the state of the network operation object to
+    see whether or not the operation was successful.
+
+    Because the operation will not be executed immediately, a pointer
+    to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is
+    returned. This object contains all the data about the operation
+    and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals
+    that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also
+    be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created.
+
+    The path of this QUrlOperator must to point to a directory (not a
+    file) because the new directory will be created in this path.
+*/
+
+const QNetworkOperation *QUrlOperator::mkdir( const QString &dirname )
+{
+    if ( !checkValid() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QNetworkOperation *res = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpMkDir, dirname, QString::null, QString::null );
+    return startOperation( res );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tries to remove the file (child) \a filename. If it succeeds the
+    removed() signal is emitted. finished() (with success or failure)
+    is also emitted after the operation has been processed, so check
+    the state of the network operation object to see whether or not
+    the operation was successful.
+
+    Because the operation will not be executed immediately, a pointer
+    to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is
+    returned. This object contains all the data about the operation
+    and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals
+    that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also
+    be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created.
+
+    The path of this QUrlOperator must point to a directory; because
+    if \a filename is relative, it will try to remove it in this
+    directory.
+*/
+
+const QNetworkOperation *QUrlOperator::remove( const QString &filename )
+{
+    if ( !checkValid() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QNetworkOperation *res = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpRemove, filename, QString::null, QString::null );
+    return startOperation( res );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tries to rename the file (child) called \a oldname to \a newname.
+    If it succeeds, the itemChanged() signal is emitted. finished()
+    (with success or failure) is also emitted after the operation has
+    been processed, so check the state of the network operation object
+    to see whether or not the operation was successful.
+
+    Because the operation may not be executed immediately, a pointer
+    to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is
+    returned. This object contains all the data about the operation
+    and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals
+    that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also
+    be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created.
+
+    This path of this QUrlOperator must to point to a directory
+    because \a oldname and \a newname are handled relative to this
+    directory.
+*/
+
+const QNetworkOperation *QUrlOperator::rename( const QString &oldname, const QString &newname )
+{
+    if ( !checkValid() )
+	return 0;
+
+    QNetworkOperation *res = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpRename, oldname, newname, QString::null );
+    return startOperation( res );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copies the file \a from to \a to. If \a move is TRUE, the file is
+    moved (copied and removed). \a from must point to a file and \a to
+    must point to a directory (into which \a from is copied) unless \a
+    toPath is set to FALSE. If \a toPath is set to FALSE then the \a
+    to variable is assumed to be the absolute file path (destination
+    file path + file name). The copying is done using the get() and
+    put() operations. If you want to be notified about the progress of
+    the operation, connect to the dataTransferProgress() signal. Bear
+    in mind that the get() and put() operations emit this signal
+    through the QUrlOperator. The number of transferred bytes and the
+    total bytes that you receive as arguments in this signal do not
+    relate to the the whole copy operation; they relate first to the
+    get() and then to the put() operation. Always check what type of
+    operation the signal comes from; this is given in the signal's
+    last argument.
+
+    At the end, finished() (with success or failure) is emitted, so
+    check the state of the network operation object to see whether or
+    not the operation was successful.
+
+    Because a move or copy operation consists of multiple operations
+    (get(), put() and maybe remove()), this function doesn't return a
+    single QNetworkOperation, but rather a list of them. They are in
+    the order: get(), put() and (if applicable) remove().
+
+    \sa get(), put()
+*/
+
+QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> QUrlOperator::copy( const QString &from, const QString &to, bool move, bool toPath )
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: copy %s %s %d", from.latin1(), to.latin1(), move );
+#endif
+
+    QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> ops;
+    ops.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+
+    QUrlOperator *uFrom = new QUrlOperator( *this, from );
+    QUrlOperator *uTo = new QUrlOperator( to );
+
+    // prepare some string for later usage
+    QString frm = *uFrom;
+    QString file = uFrom->fileName();
+
+     if (frm == to + file)
+         return ops;
+    
+    file.prepend( "/" );
+
+    // uFrom and uTo are deleted when the QNetworkProtocol deletes itself via
+    // autodelete
+    uFrom->getNetworkProtocol();
+    uTo->getNetworkProtocol();
+    QNetworkProtocol *gProt = uFrom->d->networkProtocol;
+    QNetworkProtocol *pProt = uTo->d->networkProtocol;
+
+    uFrom->setPath( uFrom->dirPath() );
+
+    if ( gProt && (gProt->supportedOperations()&QNetworkProtocol::OpGet) &&
+	 pProt && (pProt->supportedOperations()&QNetworkProtocol::OpPut) ) {
+
+	connect( gProt, SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 this, SLOT( copyGotData(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( gProt, SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 this, SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( gProt, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 this, SLOT( continueCopy(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( gProt, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 this, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( gProt, SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ),
+		 this, SIGNAL( connectionStateChanged(int,const QString&) ) );
+
+	connect( pProt, SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 this, SIGNAL( dataTransferProgress(int,int,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( pProt, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 this, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+	connect( pProt, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		 this, SLOT( finishedCopy() ) );
+
+	QNetworkOperation *opGet = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpGet, frm, QString::null, QString::null );
+	ops.append( opGet );
+	gProt->addOperation( opGet );
+
+
+	QString toFile = to + file;
+	if (!toPath)
+	    toFile = to;
+
+	QNetworkOperation *opPut = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpPut, toFile, QString::null, QString::null );
+	ops.append( opPut );
+
+	d->getOpPutProtMap.insert( (void*)opGet, pProt );
+	d->getOpGetProtMap.insert( (void*)opGet, gProt );
+	d->getOpPutOpMap.insert( (void*)opGet, opPut );
+
+	if ( move && (gProt->supportedOperations()&QNetworkProtocol::OpRemove) ) {
+	    gProt->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+
+	    QNetworkOperation *opRm = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpRemove, frm, QString::null, QString::null );
+	    ops.append( opRm );
+	    d->getOpRemoveOpMap.insert( (void*)opGet, opRm );
+	} else {
+	    gProt->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+	}
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+	qDebug( "QUrlOperator: copy operation should start now..." );
+#endif
+	return ops;
+    } else {
+	QString msg;
+	if ( !gProt ) {
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' is not supported" ).arg( uFrom->protocol() );
+	} else if ( gProt->supportedOperations() & QNetworkProtocol::OpGet ) {
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support copying or moving files or directories" ).arg( uFrom->protocol() );
+	} else if ( !pProt ) {
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' is not supported" ).arg( uTo->protocol() );
+	} else {
+	    msg = tr( "The protocol `%1' does not support copying or moving files or directories" ).arg( uTo->protocol() );
+	}
+	delete uFrom;
+	delete uTo;
+	QNetworkOperation *res = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpGet, frm, to, QString::null );
+	res->setState( QNetworkProtocol::StFailed );
+	res->setProtocolDetail( msg );
+	res->setErrorCode( (int)QNetworkProtocol::ErrUnsupported );
+	emit finished( res );
+	deleteOperation( res );
+    }
+
+    return ops;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Copies the \a files to the directory \a dest. If \a move is TRUE
+    the files are moved, not copied. \a dest must point to a
+    directory.
+
+    This function calls copy() for each entry in \a files in turn. You
+    don't get a result from this function; each time a new copy
+    begins, startedNextCopy() is emitted, with a list of
+    QNetworkOperations that describe the new copy operation.
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::copy( const QStringList &files, const QString &dest,
+			 bool move )
+{
+    d->waitingCopies = files;
+    d->waitingCopiesDest = dest;
+    d->waitingCopiesMove = move;
+
+    finishedCopy();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the URL is a directory; otherwise returns FALSE.
+    This may not always work correctly, if the protocol of the URL is
+    something other than file (local filesystem). If you pass a bool
+    pointer as the \a ok argument, \a *ok is set to TRUE if the result
+    of this function is known to be correct, and to FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+
+bool QUrlOperator::isDir( bool *ok )
+{
+    if ( ok )
+	*ok = TRUE;
+    if ( isLocalFile() ) {
+	if ( QFileInfo( path() ).isDir() )
+	    return TRUE;
+	else
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( d->entryMap.contains( "." ) ) {
+	return d->entryMap[ "." ].isDir();
+    }
+    // #### can assume that we are a directory?
+    if ( ok )
+	*ok = FALSE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tells the network protocol to get data from \a location or, if
+    this is QString::null, to get data from the location to which this
+    URL points (see QUrl::fileName() and QUrl::encodedPathAndQuery()).
+    What happens then depends on the network protocol. The data()
+    signal is emitted when data comes in. Because it's unlikely that
+    all data will come in at once, it is common for multiple data()
+    signals to be emitted. The dataTransferProgress() signal is
+    emitted while processing the operation. At the end, finished()
+    (with success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the
+    network operation object to see whether or not the operation was
+    successful.
+
+    If \a location is QString::null, the path of this QUrlOperator
+    should point to a file when you use this operation. If \a location
+    is not empty, it can be a relative URL (a child of the path to
+    which the QUrlOperator points) or an absolute URL.
+
+    For example, to get a web page you might do something like this:
+
+    \code
+    QUrlOperator op( "http://www.whatever.org/cgi-bin/search.pl?cmd=Hello" );
+    op.get();
+    \endcode
+
+    For most other operations, the path of the QUrlOperator must point
+    to a directory. If you want to download a file you could do the
+    following:
+
+    \code
+    QUrlOperator op( "ftp://ftp.whatever.org/pub" );
+    // do some other stuff like op.listChildren() or op.mkdir( "new_dir" )
+    op.get( "a_file.txt" );
+    \endcode
+
+    This will get the data of ftp://ftp.whatever.org/pub/a_file.txt.
+
+    \e Never do anything like this:
+    \code
+    QUrlOperator op( "http://www.whatever.org/cgi-bin" );
+    op.get( "search.pl?cmd=Hello" ); // WRONG!
+    \endcode
+
+    If \a location is not empty and relative it must not contain any
+    queries or references, just the name of a child. So if you need to
+    specify a query or reference, do it as shown in the first example
+    or specify the full URL (such as
+    http://www.whatever.org/cgi-bin/search.pl?cmd=Hello) as \a location.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+const QNetworkOperation *QUrlOperator::get( const QString &location )
+{
+    QUrl u( *this );
+    if ( !location.isEmpty() )
+	u = QUrl( *this, location );
+
+    if ( !u.isValid() )
+	return 0;
+
+    if ( !d->networkProtocol ) {
+	setProtocol( u.protocol() );
+	getNetworkProtocol();
+    }
+
+    QNetworkOperation *res = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpGet, u, QString::null, QString::null );
+    return startOperation( res );
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function tells the network protocol to put \a data in \a
+    location. If \a location is empty (QString::null), it puts the \a
+    data in the location to which the URL points. What happens depends
+    on the network protocol. Depending on the network protocol, some
+    data might come back after putting data, in which case the data()
+    signal is emitted. The dataTransferProgress() signal is emitted
+    during processing of the operation. At the end, finished() (with
+    success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the network
+    operation object to see whether or not the operation was
+    successful.
+
+    If \a location is QString::null, the path of this QUrlOperator
+    should point to a file when you use this operation. If \a location
+    is not empty, it can be a relative (a child of the path to which
+    the QUrlOperator points) or an absolute URL.
+
+    For putting some data to a file you can do the following:
+
+    \code
+    QUrlOperator op( "ftp://ftp.whatever.com/home/me/filename.dat" );
+    op.put( data );
+    \endcode
+
+    For most other operations, the path of the QUrlOperator must point
+    to a directory. If you want to upload data to a file you could do
+    the following:
+
+    \code
+    QUrlOperator op( "ftp://ftp.whatever.com/home/me" );
+    // do some other stuff like op.listChildren() or op.mkdir( "new_dir" )
+    op.put( data, "filename.dat" );
+    \endcode
+
+    This will upload the data to ftp://ftp.whatever.com/home/me/filename.dat.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+const QNetworkOperation *QUrlOperator::put( const QByteArray &data, const QString &location )
+{
+    QUrl u( *this );
+    if ( !location.isEmpty() )
+	u = QUrl( *this, location );
+
+    if ( !u.isValid() )
+	return 0;
+
+    if ( !d->networkProtocol ) {
+	setProtocol( u.protocol() );
+	getNetworkProtocol();
+    }
+
+    QNetworkOperation *res = new QNetworkOperation( QNetworkProtocol::OpPut, u, QString::null, QString::null );
+    res->setRawArg( 1, data );
+    return startOperation( res );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name filter of the URL to \a nameFilter.
+
+    \sa QDir::setNameFilter()
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::setNameFilter( const QString &nameFilter )
+{
+    d->nameFilter = nameFilter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name filter of the URL.
+
+    \sa QUrlOperator::setNameFilter() QDir::nameFilter()
+*/
+
+QString QUrlOperator::nameFilter() const
+{
+    return d->nameFilter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the cache of children.
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::clearEntries()
+{
+    d->entryMap.clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds an entry to the cache of children.
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::addEntry( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &i )
+{
+    QValueList<QUrlInfo>::ConstIterator it = i.begin();
+    for ( ; it != i.end(); ++it )
+	d->entryMap[ ( *it ).name().stripWhiteSpace() ] = *it;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the URL information for the child \a entry, or returns an
+    empty QUrlInfo object if there is no information available about
+    \a entry. Information about \a entry is only available after a successfully
+    finished listChildren() operation.
+*/
+
+QUrlInfo QUrlOperator::info( const QString &entry ) const
+{
+    if ( d->entryMap.contains( entry.stripWhiteSpace() ) ) {
+	return d->entryMap[ entry.stripWhiteSpace() ];
+    } else if ( entry == "." || entry == ".." ) {
+	 // return a faked QUrlInfo
+	 QUrlInfo inf;
+	 inf.setName( entry );
+	 inf.setDir( TRUE );
+	 inf.setFile( FALSE );
+	 inf.setSymLink( FALSE );
+	 inf.setOwner( tr( "(unknown)" ) );
+	 inf.setGroup( tr( "(unknown)" ) );
+	 inf.setSize( 0 );
+	 inf.setWritable( FALSE );
+	 inf.setReadable( TRUE );
+	 return inf;
+    }
+    return QUrlInfo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Finds a network protocol for the URL and deletes the old network protocol.
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::getNetworkProtocol()
+{
+    delete d->networkProtocol;
+    QNetworkProtocol *p = QNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol( protocol() );
+    if ( !p ) {
+	d->networkProtocol = 0;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    d->networkProtocol = (QNetworkProtocol *)p;
+    d->networkProtocol->setUrl( this );
+    connect( d->networkProtocol, SIGNAL( itemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+	     this, SLOT( slotItemChanged(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Deletes the currently used network protocol.
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::deleteNetworkProtocol()
+{
+    if (d->networkProtocol) {
+        d->networkProtocol->deleteLater();
+        d->networkProtocol = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::setPath( const QString& path )
+{
+    QUrl::setPath( path );
+    if ( d->networkProtocol )
+	d->networkProtocol->setUrl( this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::reset()
+{
+    QUrl::reset();
+    deleteNetworkProtocol();
+    d->nameFilter = "*";
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+bool QUrlOperator::parse( const QString &url )
+{
+    bool b = QUrl::parse( url );
+    if ( !b ) {
+	return b;
+    }
+
+    getNetworkProtocol();
+
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator& QUrlOperator::operator=( const QUrlOperator &url )
+{
+    deleteNetworkProtocol();
+    QUrl::operator=( url );
+
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkOperation> getOpPutOpMap = d->getOpPutOpMap;
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkProtocol> getOpPutProtMap = d->getOpPutProtMap;
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkProtocol> getOpGetProtMap = d->getOpGetProtMap;
+    QPtrDict<QNetworkOperation> getOpRemoveOpMap = d->getOpRemoveOpMap;
+
+    *d = *url.d;
+
+    d->oldOps.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+    d->getOpPutOpMap = getOpPutOpMap;
+    d->getOpPutProtMap = getOpPutProtMap;
+    d->getOpGetProtMap = getOpGetProtMap;
+    d->getOpRemoveOpMap = getOpRemoveOpMap;
+
+    d->networkProtocol = 0;
+    getNetworkProtocol();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+QUrlOperator& QUrlOperator::operator=( const QString &url )
+{
+    deleteNetworkProtocol();
+    QUrl::operator=( url );
+    d->oldOps.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+    getNetworkProtocol();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+bool QUrlOperator::cdUp()
+{
+    bool b = QUrl::cdUp();
+    if ( d->networkProtocol )
+	d->networkProtocol->setUrl( this );
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+bool QUrlOperator::checkValid()
+{
+    // ######
+    if ( !isValid() ) {
+	//emit error( ErrValid, tr( "The entered URL is not valid!" ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    } else
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::copyGotData( const QByteArray &data_, QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: copyGotData: %d new bytes", data_.size() );
+#endif
+    QNetworkOperation *put = d->getOpPutOpMap[ (void*)op ];
+    if ( put ) {
+	QByteArray &s = put->raw( 1 );
+	int size = s.size();
+	s.resize( size + data_.size() );
+	memcpy( s.data() + size, data_.data(), data_.size() );
+    }
+    emit data( data_, op );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::continueCopy( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+    if ( op->operation() != QNetworkProtocol::OpGet )
+	return;
+    if ( op->state()!=QNetworkProtocol::StDone &&  op->state()!=QNetworkProtocol::StFailed ) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    if ( op->state() != QNetworkProtocol::StFailed ) {
+	qDebug( "QUrlOperator: continue copy (get finished, put will start)" );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    QNetworkOperation *put = d->getOpPutOpMap[ (void*)op ];
+    QNetworkProtocol *gProt = d->getOpGetProtMap[ (void*)op ];
+    QNetworkProtocol *pProt = d->getOpPutProtMap[ (void*)op ];
+    QNetworkOperation *rm = d->getOpRemoveOpMap[ (void*)op ];
+    d->getOpPutOpMap.take( op );
+    d->getOpGetProtMap.take( op );
+    d->getOpPutProtMap.take( op );
+    d->getOpRemoveOpMap.take( op );
+    if ( pProt )
+	pProt->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    if ( put && pProt ) {
+	if ( op->state() != QNetworkProtocol::StFailed ) {
+	    pProt->addOperation( put );
+	    d->currPut = pProt;
+	} else {
+	    deleteOperation( put );
+	}
+    }
+    if ( gProt ) {
+	gProt->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+    if ( rm && gProt ) {
+	if ( op->state() != QNetworkProtocol::StFailed ) {
+	    gProt->addOperation( rm );
+	} else {
+	    deleteOperation( rm );
+	}
+    }
+    disconnect( gProt, SIGNAL( data(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		this, SLOT( copyGotData(const QByteArray&,QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+    disconnect( gProt, SIGNAL( finished(QNetworkOperation*) ),
+		this, SLOT( continueCopy(QNetworkOperation*) ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::finishedCopy()
+{
+#ifdef QURLOPERATOR_DEBUG
+    qDebug( "QUrlOperator: finished copy (finished putting)" );
+#endif
+
+    if ( d->waitingCopies.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+
+    QString cp = d->waitingCopies.first();
+    d->waitingCopies.remove( cp );
+    QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> lst = copy( cp, d->waitingCopiesDest, d->waitingCopiesMove );
+    emit startedNextCopy( lst );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Stops the current network operation and removes all this
+    QUrlOperator's waiting network operations.
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::stop()
+{
+    d->getOpPutOpMap.clear();
+    d->getOpRemoveOpMap.clear();
+    d->getOpGetProtMap.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    d->getOpPutProtMap.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    QPtrDictIterator<QNetworkProtocol> it( d->getOpPutProtMap );
+    for ( ; it.current(); ++it )
+	it.current()->stop();
+    d->getOpPutProtMap.clear();
+    it = QPtrDictIterator<QNetworkProtocol>( d->getOpGetProtMap );
+    for ( ; it.current(); ++it )
+	it.current()->stop();
+    d->getOpGetProtMap.clear();
+    if ( d->currPut ) {
+	d->currPut->stop();
+	delete (QNetworkProtocol *) d->currPut;
+	d->currPut = 0;
+    }
+    d->waitingCopies.clear();
+    if ( d->networkProtocol )
+	d->networkProtocol->stop();
+    getNetworkProtocol();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::deleteOperation( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+    if ( op )
+	d->oldOps.append( op );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    updates the entryMap after a network operation finished
+*/
+
+void QUrlOperator::slotItemChanged( QNetworkOperation *op )
+{
+    if ( !op )
+	return;
+
+    switch ( op->operation() ) {
+    case QNetworkProtocol::OpRename :
+    {
+	if ( op->arg( 0 ) == op->arg( 1 ) )
+	    return;
+
+	QMap<QString, QUrlInfo>::iterator mi = d->entryMap.find( op->arg( 0 ) );
+	if ( mi != d->entryMap.end() ) {
+	    mi.data().setName( op->arg( 1 ) );
+	    d->entryMap[ op->arg( 1 ) ] = mi.data();
+	    d->entryMap.erase( mi );
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    case QNetworkProtocol::OpRemove :
+    {
+	QMap<QString, QUrlInfo>::iterator mi = d->entryMap.find( op->arg( 0 ) );
+	if ( mi != d->entryMap.end() )
+	    d->entryMap.erase( mi );
+	break;
+    }
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#endif // QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
diff --git a/src/kernel/qurloperator.h b/src/kernel/qurloperator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdd9dc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qurloperator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QUrlOperator class
+**
+** Created : 950429
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QURLOPERATOR_H
+#define QURLOPERATOR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qurl.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#include "qnetworkprotocol.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h" // QString->QStringList conversion
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+class QUrlInfo;
+class QUrlOperatorPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QUrlOperator : public QObject, public QUrl
+{
+    friend class QNetworkProtocol;
+
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QUrlOperator();
+    QUrlOperator( const QString &urL );
+    QUrlOperator( const QUrlOperator& url );
+    QUrlOperator( const QUrlOperator& url, const QString& relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE );
+    virtual ~QUrlOperator();
+
+    virtual void setPath( const QString& path );
+    virtual bool cdUp();
+
+    virtual const QNetworkOperation *listChildren();
+    virtual const QNetworkOperation *mkdir( const QString &dirname );
+    virtual const QNetworkOperation *remove( const QString &filename );
+    virtual const QNetworkOperation *rename( const QString &oldname, const QString &newname );
+    virtual const QNetworkOperation *get( const QString &location = QString::null );
+    virtual const QNetworkOperation *put( const QByteArray &data, const QString &location = QString::null  );
+    virtual QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> copy( const QString &from, const QString &to, bool move = FALSE, bool toPath = TRUE );
+    virtual void copy( const QStringList &files, const QString &dest, bool move = FALSE );
+    virtual bool isDir( bool *ok = 0 );
+
+    virtual void setNameFilter( const QString &nameFilter );
+    QString nameFilter() const;
+
+    virtual QUrlInfo info( const QString &entry ) const;
+
+    QUrlOperator& operator=( const QUrlOperator &url );
+    QUrlOperator& operator=( const QString &url );
+
+    virtual void stop();
+
+signals:
+    void newChildren( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void finished( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void start( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void createdDirectory( const QUrlInfo &, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void removed( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void itemChanged( QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void data( const QByteArray &, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void dataTransferProgress( int bytesDone, int bytesTotal, QNetworkOperation *res );
+    void startedNextCopy( const QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> &lst );
+    void connectionStateChanged( int state, const QString &data );
+
+protected:
+    void reset();
+    bool parse( const QString& url );
+    virtual bool checkValid();
+    virtual void clearEntries();
+    void getNetworkProtocol();
+    void deleteNetworkProtocol();
+
+private slots:
+    const QNetworkOperation *startOperation( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    void copyGotData( const QByteArray &data, QNetworkOperation *op );
+    void continueCopy( QNetworkOperation *op );
+    void finishedCopy();
+    void addEntry( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &i );
+    void slotItemChanged( QNetworkOperation *op );
+
+private:
+    void deleteOperation( QNetworkOperation *op );
+
+    QUrlOperatorPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+
+#endif // QURLOPERATOR_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qvariant.cpp b/src/kernel/qvariant.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9ea5b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qvariant.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3496 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QVariant class
+**
+** Created : 990414
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include <float.h>
+
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qcstring.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qimage.h"
+#include "qbrush.h"
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qsize.h"
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qpalette.h"
+#include "qiconset.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qregion.h"
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qsizepolicy.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#include "qbitarray.h"
+#include "qkeysequence.h"
+#include "qpen.h"
+
+#ifndef DBL_DIG
+#define DBL_DIG 10
+#endif //DBL_DIG
+
+// Uncomment to test for memory leaks or to run qt/test/qvariant/main.cpp
+// #define QVARIANT_DEBUG
+
+
+static bool isNumeric(QVariant::Type type)
+{
+    return (type == QVariant::Int || type == QVariant::UInt
+	    || type == QVariant::Double || type == QVariant::LongLong
+	    || type == QVariant::ULongLong || type == QVariant::Bool);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef QVARIANT_DEBUG
+int qv_count = 0;
+int get_qv_count() { return qv_count; }
+#endif
+
+QVariant::Private::Private()
+{
+#ifdef QVARIANT_DEBUG
+    qv_count++;
+#endif
+    typ = QVariant::Invalid;
+    is_null = TRUE;
+}
+
+QVariant::Private::Private( Private* d )
+{
+#ifdef QVARIANT_DEBUG
+    qv_count++;
+#endif
+
+    switch( d->typ )
+	{
+	case QVariant::Invalid:
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Bitmap:
+	    value.ptr = new QBitmap( *((QBitmap*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Region:
+	    value.ptr = new QRegion( *((QRegion*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    // ## Force a detach
+	    // ((QRegion*)value.ptr)->translate( 0, 0 );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::PointArray:
+	    // QPointArray is explicit shared
+	    value.ptr = new QPointArray( *((QPointArray*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::String:
+	    value.ptr = new QString( *((QString*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::CString:
+	    // QCString is explicit shared
+	    value.ptr = new QCString( *((QCString*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+	case QVariant::StringList:
+	    value.ptr = new QStringList( *((QStringList*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#endif //QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+	case QVariant::Font:
+	    value.ptr = new QFont( *((QFont*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Pixmap:
+	    value.ptr = new QPixmap( *((QPixmap*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Image:
+	    // QImage is explicit shared
+	    value.ptr = new QImage( *((QImage*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Brush:
+	    value.ptr = new QBrush( *((QBrush*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    // ## Force a detach
+	    // ((QBrush*)value.ptr)->setColor( ((QBrush*)value.ptr)->color() );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Point:
+	    value.ptr = new QPoint( *((QPoint*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Rect:
+	    value.ptr = new QRect( *((QRect*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Size:
+	    value.ptr = new QSize( *((QSize*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Color:
+	    value.ptr = new QColor( *((QColor*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+	case QVariant::Palette:
+	    value.ptr = new QPalette( *((QPalette*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::ColorGroup:
+	    value.ptr = new QColorGroup( *((QColorGroup*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+	case QVariant::IconSet:
+	    value.ptr = new QIconSet( *((QIconSet*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+	case QVariant::Map:
+	    value.ptr = new QMap<QString,QVariant>( *((QMap<QString,QVariant>*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::List:
+	    value.ptr = new QValueList<QVariant>( *((QValueList<QVariant>*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case QVariant::Date:
+	    value.ptr = new QDate( *((QDate*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Time:
+	    value.ptr = new QTime( *((QTime*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::DateTime:
+	    value.ptr = new QDateTime( *((QDateTime*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::ByteArray:
+	    value.ptr = new QByteArray( *((QByteArray*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::BitArray:
+	    value.ptr = new QBitArray( *((QBitArray*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+	case QVariant::KeySequence:
+	    value.ptr = new QKeySequence( *((QKeySequence*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case QVariant::Pen:
+	    value.ptr = new QPen( *((QPen*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Int:
+	    value.i = d->value.i;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::UInt:
+	    value.u = d->value.u;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::LongLong:
+	    value.ll = d->value.ll;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::ULongLong:
+	    value.ull = d->value.ull;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Bool:
+	    value.b = d->value.b;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Double:
+	    value.d = d->value.d;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::SizePolicy:
+	    value.ptr = new QSizePolicy( *((QSizePolicy*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Cursor:
+	    value.ptr = new QCursor( *((QCursor*)d->value.ptr) );
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    Q_ASSERT( 0 );
+	}
+
+    typ = d->typ;
+    is_null = d->is_null;
+}
+
+QVariant::Private::~Private()
+{
+#ifdef QVARIANT_DEBUG
+    qv_count--;
+#endif
+    clear();
+}
+
+void QVariant::Private::clear()
+{
+    switch( typ )
+	{
+	case QVariant::Bitmap:
+	    delete (QBitmap*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Cursor:
+	    delete (QCursor*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Region:
+	    delete (QRegion*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::PointArray:
+	    delete (QPointArray*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::String:
+	    delete (QString*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::CString:
+	    delete (QCString*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+	case QVariant::StringList:
+	    delete (QStringList*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#endif //QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+	case QVariant::Font:
+	    delete (QFont*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Pixmap:
+	    delete (QPixmap*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Image:
+	    delete (QImage*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Brush:
+	    delete (QBrush*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Point:
+	    delete (QPoint*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Rect:
+	    delete (QRect*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Size:
+	    delete (QSize*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Color:
+	    delete (QColor*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+	case QVariant::Palette:
+	    delete (QPalette*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::ColorGroup:
+	    delete (QColorGroup*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+	case QVariant::IconSet:
+	    delete (QIconSet*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+	case QVariant::Map:
+	    delete (QMap<QString,QVariant>*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::List:
+	    delete (QValueList<QVariant>*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case QVariant::SizePolicy:
+	    delete (QSizePolicy*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Date:
+	    delete (QDate*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Time:
+	    delete (QTime*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::DateTime:
+	    delete (QDateTime*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::ByteArray:
+	    delete (QByteArray*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::BitArray:
+	    delete (QBitArray*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+	case QVariant::KeySequence:
+	    delete (QKeySequence*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case QVariant::Pen:
+	    delete (QPen*)value.ptr;
+	    break;
+	case QVariant::Invalid:
+	case QVariant::Int:
+	case QVariant::UInt:
+	case QVariant::LongLong:
+	case QVariant::ULongLong:
+	case QVariant::Bool:
+	case QVariant::Double:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+    typ = QVariant::Invalid;
+    is_null = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QVariant qvariant.h
+    \brief The QVariant class acts like a union for the most common Qt data types.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+    \ingroup misc
+    \mainclass
+
+    Because C++ forbids unions from including types that have
+    non-default constructors or destructors, most interesting Qt
+    classes cannot be used in unions. Without QVariant, this would be
+    a problem for QObject::property() and for database work, etc.
+
+    A QVariant object holds a single value of a single type() at a
+    time. (Some type()s are multi-valued, for example a string list.)
+    You can find out what type, T, the variant holds, convert it to a
+    different type using one of the asT() functions, e.g. asSize(),
+    get its value using one of the toT() functions, e.g. toSize(), and
+    check whether the type can be converted to a particular type using
+    canCast().
+
+    The methods named toT() (for any supported T, see the \c Type
+    documentation for a list) are const. If you ask for the stored
+    type, they return a copy of the stored object. If you ask for a
+    type that can be generated from the stored type, toT() copies and
+    converts and leaves the object itself unchanged. If you ask for a
+    type that cannot be generated from the stored type, the result
+    depends on the type (see the function documentation for details).
+
+    Note that three data types supported by QVariant are explicitly
+    shared, namely QImage, QPointArray, and QCString, and in these
+    cases the toT() methods return a shallow copy. In almost all cases
+    you must make a deep copy of the returned values before modifying
+    them.
+
+    The asT() functions are not const. They do conversion like the
+    toT() methods, set the variant to hold the converted value, and
+    return a reference to the new contents of the variant.
+
+    Here is some example code to demonstrate the use of QVariant:
+
+    \code
+    QDataStream out(...);
+    QVariant v(123);          // The variant now contains an int
+    int x = v.toInt();        // x = 123
+    out << v;                 // Writes a type tag and an int to out
+    v = QVariant("hello");    // The variant now contains a QCString
+    v = QVariant(tr("hello"));// The variant now contains a QString
+    int y = v.toInt();        // y = 0 since v cannot be converted to an int
+    QString s = v.toString(); // s = tr("hello")  (see QObject::tr())
+    out << v;                 // Writes a type tag and a QString to out
+    ...
+    QDataStream in(...);      // (opening the previously written stream)
+    in >> v;                  // Reads an Int variant
+    int z = v.toInt();        // z = 123
+    qDebug("Type is %s",      // prints "Type is int"
+	    v.typeName());
+    v.asInt() += 100;	      // The variant now hold the value 223.
+    v = QVariant( QStringList() );
+    v.asStringList().append( "Hello" );
+    \endcode
+
+    You can even store QValueList<QVariant>s and
+    QMap<QString,QVariant>s in a variant, so you can easily construct
+    arbitrarily complex data structures of arbitrary types. This is
+    very powerful and versatile, but may prove less memory and speed
+    efficient than storing specific types in standard data structures.
+
+    QVariant also supports the notion of NULL values, where you have a
+    defined type with no value set.
+    \code
+    QVariant x, y( QString() ), z( QString("") );
+    x.asInt();
+    // x.isNull() == TRUE, y.isNull() == TRUE, z.isNull() == FALSE
+    \endcode
+
+    See the \link collection.html Collection Classes\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QVariant::Type
+
+    This enum type defines the types of variable that a QVariant can
+    contain.
+
+    \value Invalid  no type
+    \value BitArray  a QBitArray
+    \value ByteArray  a QByteArray
+    \value Bitmap  a QBitmap
+    \value Bool  a bool
+    \value Brush  a QBrush
+    \value Color  a QColor
+    \value ColorGroup  a QColorGroup
+    \value Cursor  a QCursor
+    \value Date  a QDate
+    \value DateTime  a QDateTime
+    \value Double  a double
+    \value Font  a QFont
+    \value IconSet  a QIconSet
+    \value Image  a QImage
+    \value Int  an int
+    \value KeySequence  a QKeySequence
+    \value List  a QValueList<QVariant>
+    \value LongLong a long long
+    \value ULongLong an unsigned long long
+    \value Map  a QMap<QString,QVariant>
+    \value Palette  a QPalette
+    \value Pen  a QPen
+    \value Pixmap  a QPixmap
+    \value Point  a QPoint
+    \value PointArray  a QPointArray
+    \value Rect  a QRect
+    \value Region  a QRegion
+    \value Size  a QSize
+    \value SizePolicy  a QSizePolicy
+    \value String  a QString
+    \value CString  a QCString
+    \value StringList  a QStringList
+    \value Time  a QTime
+    \value UInt  an unsigned int
+
+    Note that Qt's definition of bool depends on the compiler.
+    \c qglobal.h has the system-dependent definition of bool.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an invalid variant.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant()
+{
+    d = new Private;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QVariant and the contained object.
+
+    Note that subclasses that reimplement clear() should reimplement
+    the destructor to call clear(). This destructor calls clear(), but
+    because it is the destructor, QVariant::clear() is called rather
+    than a subclass's clear().
+*/
+QVariant::~QVariant()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of the variant, \a p, passed as the argument to
+    this constructor. Usually this is a deep copy, but a shallow copy
+    is made if the stored data type is explicitly shared, as e.g.
+    QImage is.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QVariant& p )
+{
+    p.d->ref();
+    d = p.d;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    Reads the variant from the data stream, \a s.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( QDataStream& s )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    s >> *this;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a string value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QString& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = String;
+    d->value.ptr = new QString( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a C-string value, \a val.
+
+    If you want to modify the QCString after you've passed it to this
+    constructor, we recommend passing a deep copy (see
+    QCString::copy()).
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QCString& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = CString;
+    d->value.ptr = new QCString( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a C-string value of \a val if \a val
+    is non-null. The variant creates a deep copy of \a val.
+
+    If \a val is null, the resulting variant has type Invalid.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const char* val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    if ( val == 0 )
+	return;
+    d->typ = CString;
+    d->value.ptr = new QCString( val );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a string list value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QStringList& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = StringList;
+    d->value.ptr = new QStringList( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a map of QVariants, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QMap<QString,QVariant>& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Map;
+    d->value.ptr = new QMap<QString,QVariant>( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a font value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QFont& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Font;
+    d->value.ptr = new QFont( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a pixmap value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QPixmap& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Pixmap;
+    d->value.ptr = new QPixmap( val );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with an image value, \a val.
+
+    Because QImage is explicitly shared, you may need to pass a deep
+    copy to the variant using QImage::copy(), e.g. if you intend
+    changing the image you've passed later on.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QImage& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Image;
+    d->value.ptr = new QImage( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a brush value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QBrush& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Brush;
+    d->value.ptr = new QBrush( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a point value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QPoint& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Point;
+    d->value.ptr = new QPoint( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a rect value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QRect& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Rect;
+    d->value.ptr = new QRect( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a size value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QSize& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Size;
+    d->value.ptr = new QSize( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a color value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QColor& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Color;
+    d->value.ptr = new QColor( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a color palette value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QPalette& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Palette;
+    d->value.ptr = new QPalette( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a color group value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QColorGroup& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = ColorGroup;
+    d->value.ptr = new QColorGroup( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_PALETTE
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with an icon set value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QIconSet& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = IconSet;
+    d->value.ptr = new QIconSet( val );
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_ICONSET
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a region value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QRegion& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Region;
+    // ## Force a detach
+    d->value.ptr = new QRegion( val );
+    ((QRegion*)d->value.ptr)->translate( 0, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a bitmap value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QBitmap& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Bitmap;
+    d->value.ptr = new QBitmap( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a cursor value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QCursor& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Cursor;
+    d->value.ptr = new QCursor( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a point array value, \a val.
+
+    Because QPointArray is explicitly shared, you may need to pass a
+    deep copy to the variant using QPointArray::copy(), e.g. if you
+    intend changing the point array you've passed later on.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QPointArray& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = PointArray;
+    d->value.ptr = new QPointArray( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a date value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QDate& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Date;
+    d->value.ptr = new QDate( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a time value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QTime& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Time;
+    d->value.ptr = new QTime( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a date/time value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QDateTime& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = DateTime;
+    d->value.ptr = new QDateTime( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a bytearray value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QByteArray& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = ByteArray;
+    d->value.ptr = new QByteArray( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a bitarray value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QBitArray& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = BitArray;
+    d->value.ptr = new QBitArray( val );
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a key sequence value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QKeySequence& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = KeySequence;
+    d->value.ptr = new QKeySequence( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a pen value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QPen& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Pen;
+    d->value.ptr = new QPen( val );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with an integer value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( int val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Int;
+    d->value.i = val;
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with an unsigned integer value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( uint val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = UInt;
+    d->value.u = val;
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a long long integer value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( Q_LLONG val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = LongLong;
+    d->value.ll = val;
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with an unsigned long long integer value, \a val.
+*/
+
+QVariant::QVariant( Q_ULLONG val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = ULongLong;
+    d->value.ull = val;
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a boolean value, \a val. The integer
+    argument is a dummy, necessary for compatibility with some
+    compilers.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( bool val, int )
+{ // this is the comment that does NOT name said compiler.
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Bool;
+    d->value.b = val;
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a floating point value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( double val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = Double;
+    d->value.d = val;
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a list value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( const QValueList<QVariant>& val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = List;
+    d->value.ptr = new QValueList<QVariant>( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new variant with a size policy value, \a val.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant( QSizePolicy val )
+{
+    d = new Private;
+    d->typ = SizePolicy;
+    d->value.ptr = new QSizePolicy( val );
+    d->is_null = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the value of the variant \a variant to this variant.
+
+    This is a deep copy of the variant, but note that if the variant
+    holds an explicitly shared type such as QImage, a shallow copy is
+    performed.
+*/
+QVariant& QVariant::operator= ( const QVariant& variant )
+{
+    QVariant& other = (QVariant&)variant;
+
+    other.d->ref();
+    if ( d->deref() )
+	delete d;
+
+    d = other.d;
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QVariant::detach()
+{
+    if ( d->count == 1 )
+	return;
+
+    d->deref();
+    d = new Private( d );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the type stored in the variant. The returned
+    strings describe the C++ datatype used to store the data: for
+    example, "QFont", "QString", or "QValueList<QVariant>". An Invalid
+    variant returns 0.
+*/
+const char* QVariant::typeName() const
+{
+    return typeToName( (Type) d->typ );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Convert this variant to type Invalid and free up any resources
+    used.
+*/
+void QVariant::clear()
+{
+    if ( d->count > 1 )
+    {
+	d->deref();
+	d = new Private;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    d->clear();
+}
+
+/* Attention!
+
+   For dependency reasons, this table is duplicated in moc.y. If you
+   change one, change both.
+
+   (Search for the word 'Attention' in moc.y.)
+*/
+static const int ntypes = 35;
+static const char* const type_map[ntypes] =
+{
+    0,
+    "QMap<QString,QVariant>",
+    "QValueList<QVariant>",
+    "QString",
+    "QStringList",
+    "QFont",
+    "QPixmap",
+    "QBrush",
+    "QRect",
+    "QSize",
+    "QColor",
+    "QPalette",
+    "QColorGroup",
+    "QIconSet",
+    "QPoint",
+    "QImage",
+    "int",
+    "uint",
+    "bool",
+    "double",
+    "QCString",
+    "QPointArray",
+    "QRegion",
+    "QBitmap",
+    "QCursor",
+    "QSizePolicy",
+    "QDate",
+    "QTime",
+    "QDateTime",
+    "QByteArray",
+    "QBitArray",
+    "QKeySequence",
+    "QPen",
+    "Q_LLONG",
+    "Q_ULLONG"
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    Converts the enum representation of the storage type, \a typ, to
+    its string representation.
+*/
+const char* QVariant::typeToName( Type typ )
+{
+    if ( typ >= ntypes )
+	return 0;
+    return type_map[typ];
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Converts the string representation of the storage type given in \a
+    name, to its enum representation.
+
+    If the string representation cannot be converted to any enum
+    representation, the variant is set to \c Invalid.
+*/
+QVariant::Type QVariant::nameToType( const char* name )
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < ntypes; i++ ) {
+	if ( !qstrcmp( type_map[i], name ) )
+	    return (Type) i;
+    }
+    return Invalid;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    Internal function for loading a variant from stream \a s. Use the
+    stream operators instead.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+void QVariant::load( QDataStream& s )
+{
+    clear();
+    Q_UINT32 u;
+    s >> u;
+    Type t = (Type)u;
+
+    switch( t ) {
+    case Invalid:
+	{
+	    // Since we wrote something, we should read something
+	    QString x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->typ = t;
+	    d->is_null = TRUE;
+	}
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    case Map:
+	{
+	    QMap<QString,QVariant>* x = new QMap<QString,QVariant>;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case List:
+	{
+	    QValueList<QVariant>* x = new QValueList<QVariant>;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+#endif
+    case Cursor:
+	{
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	    QCursor* x = new QCursor;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+#endif
+	}
+	break;
+    case Bitmap:
+	{
+	    QBitmap* x = new QBitmap;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	    s >> *x;
+#endif
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Region:
+	{
+	    QRegion* x = new QRegion;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case PointArray:
+	{
+	    QPointArray* x = new QPointArray;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case String:
+	{
+	    QString* x = new QString;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case CString:
+	{
+	    QCString* x = new QCString;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    case StringList:
+	{
+	    QStringList* x = new QStringList;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+#endif // QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    case Font:
+	{
+	    QFont* x = new QFont;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Pixmap:
+	{
+	    QPixmap* x = new QPixmap;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	    s >> *x;
+#endif
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Image:
+	{
+	    QImage* x = new QImage;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	    s >> *x;
+#endif
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Brush:
+	{
+	    QBrush* x = new QBrush;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Rect:
+	{
+	    QRect* x = new QRect;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Point:
+	{
+	    QPoint* x = new QPoint;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Size:
+	{
+	    QSize* x = new QSize;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Color:
+	{
+	    QColor* x = new QColor;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    case Palette:
+	{
+	    QPalette* x = new QPalette;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case ColorGroup:
+	{
+	    QColorGroup* x = new QColorGroup;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+    case IconSet:
+	{
+	    QPixmap x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->value.ptr = new QIconSet( x );
+	}
+	break;
+#endif
+    case Int:
+	{
+	    int x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->value.i = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case UInt:
+	{
+	    uint x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->value.u = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case LongLong:
+	{
+	    Q_LLONG x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->value.ll = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case ULongLong:
+	{
+	    Q_ULLONG x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->value.ull = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Bool:
+	{
+	    Q_INT8 x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->value.b = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Double:
+	{
+	    double x;
+	    s >> x;
+	    d->value.d = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case SizePolicy:
+	{
+	    int h,v;
+	    Q_INT8 hfw;
+	    s >> h >> v >> hfw;
+	    d->value.ptr = new QSizePolicy( (QSizePolicy::SizeType)h,
+					    (QSizePolicy::SizeType)v,
+					    (bool) hfw);
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Date:
+	{
+	    QDate* x = new QDate;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case Time:
+	{
+	    QTime* x = new QTime;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case DateTime:
+	{
+	    QDateTime* x = new QDateTime;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case ByteArray:
+	{
+	    QByteArray* x = new QByteArray;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+    case BitArray:
+	{
+	    QBitArray* x = new QBitArray;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	}
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case KeySequence:
+	{
+	    QKeySequence* x = new QKeySequence;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+#endif // QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case Pen:
+	{
+	    QPen* x = new QPen;
+	    s >> *x;
+	    d->value.ptr = x;
+	    d->is_null = FALSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    d->typ = t;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Internal function for saving a variant to the stream \a s. Use the
+    stream operators instead.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+void QVariant::save( QDataStream& s ) const
+{
+    s << (Q_UINT32)type();
+
+    switch( d->typ ) {
+    case Cursor:
+	s << *((QCursor*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Bitmap:
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	s << *((QBitmap*)d->value.ptr);
+#endif
+	break;
+    case PointArray:
+	s << *((QPointArray*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Region:
+	s << *((QRegion*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    case List:
+	s << *((QValueList<QVariant>*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Map:
+	s << *((QMap<QString,QVariant>*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#endif
+    case String:
+	s << *((QString*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case CString:
+	s << *((QCString*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    case StringList:
+	s << *((QStringList*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#endif
+    case Font:
+	s << *((QFont*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Pixmap:
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	s << *((QPixmap*)d->value.ptr);
+#endif
+	break;
+    case Image:
+#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEIO
+	s << *((QImage*)d->value.ptr);
+#endif
+	break;
+    case Brush:
+	s << *((QBrush*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Point:
+	s << *((QPoint*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Rect:
+	s << *((QRect*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Size:
+	s << *((QSize*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Color:
+	s << *((QColor*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    case Palette:
+	s << *((QPalette*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case ColorGroup:
+	s << *((QColorGroup*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+    case IconSet:
+	//### add stream operator to iconset
+	s << ((QIconSet*)d->value.ptr)->pixmap();
+	break;
+#endif
+    case Int:
+	s << d->value.i;
+	break;
+    case UInt:
+	s << d->value.u;
+	break;
+    case LongLong:
+	s << d->value.ll;
+	break;
+    case ULongLong:
+	s << d->value.ull;
+	break;
+    case Bool:
+	s << (Q_INT8)d->value.b;
+	break;
+    case Double:
+	s << d->value.d;
+	break;
+    case SizePolicy:
+	{
+	    QSizePolicy p = toSizePolicy();
+	    s << (int) p.horData() << (int) p.verData()
+	      << (Q_INT8) p.hasHeightForWidth();
+	}
+	break;
+    case Date:
+	s << *((QDate*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Time:
+	s << *((QTime*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case DateTime:
+	s << *((QDateTime*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case ByteArray:
+	s << *((QByteArray*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case BitArray:
+	s << *((QBitArray*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case KeySequence:
+	s << *((QKeySequence*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+#endif
+    case Pen:
+	s << *((QPen*)d->value.ptr);
+	break;
+    case Invalid:
+	s << QString(); // ### looks wrong.
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads a variant \a p from the stream \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream
+    operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream& operator>> ( QDataStream& s, QVariant& p )
+{
+    p.load( s );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Writes a variant \a p to the stream \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream
+    operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream& operator<< ( QDataStream& s, const QVariant& p )
+{
+    p.save( s );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads a variant type \a p in enum representation from the stream \a s.
+*/
+QDataStream& operator>> ( QDataStream& s, QVariant::Type& p )
+{
+    Q_UINT32 u;
+    s >> u;
+    p = (QVariant::Type) u;
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Writes a variant type \a p to the stream \a s.
+*/
+QDataStream& operator<< ( QDataStream& s, const QVariant::Type p )
+{
+    s << (Q_UINT32)p;
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*!
+    \fn Type QVariant::type() const
+
+    Returns the storage type of the value stored in the variant.
+    Usually it's best to test with canCast() whether the variant can
+    deliver the data type you are interested in.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QVariant::isValid() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the storage type of this variant is not
+    QVariant::Invalid; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QValueListConstIterator<QString> QVariant::stringListBegin() const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns an iterator to the first string in the list if the
+    variant's type is StringList; otherwise returns a null iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QValueListConstIterator<QString> QVariant::stringListEnd() const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns the end iterator for the list if the variant's type is
+    StringList; otherwise returns a null iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> QVariant::listBegin() const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns an iterator to the first item in the list if the variant's
+    type is appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> QVariant::listEnd() const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns the end iterator for the list if the variant's type is
+    appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> QVariant::mapBegin() const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns an iterator to the first item in the map, if the variant's
+    type is appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> QVariant::mapEnd() const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns the end iterator for the map, if the variant's type is
+    appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> QVariant::mapFind( const QString& key ) const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns an iterator to the item in the map with \a key as key, if
+    the variant's type is appropriate and \a key is a valid key;
+    otherwise returns a null iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QString if the variant can be cast to
+    String, otherwise returns QString::null.
+
+    \sa asString(), canCast()
+*/
+const QString QVariant::toString() const
+{
+    switch( d->typ ) {
+    case CString:
+	return QString::fromLatin1( toCString() );
+    case Int:
+	return QString::number( toInt() );
+    case UInt:
+	return QString::number( toUInt() );
+    case LongLong:
+	return QString::number( toLongLong() );
+    case ULongLong:
+	return QString::number( toULongLong() );
+    case Double:
+	return QString::number( toDouble(), 'g', DBL_DIG );
+#if !defined(QT_NO_SPRINTF) && !defined(QT_NO_DATESTRING)
+    case Date:
+	return toDate().toString( Qt::ISODate );
+    case Time:
+	return toTime().toString( Qt::ISODate );
+    case DateTime:
+	return toDateTime().toString( Qt::ISODate );
+#endif
+    case Bool:
+	return toInt() ? "true" : "false";
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case KeySequence:
+	return (QString) *( (QKeySequence*)d->value.ptr );
+#endif
+    case ByteArray:
+	return QString( *((QByteArray*)d->value.ptr) );
+    case Font:
+	return toFont().toString();
+    case Color:
+	return toColor().name();
+    case String:
+	return *((QString*)d->value.ptr);
+    default:
+	return QString::null;
+    }
+}
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QCString if the variant can be cast to a
+    CString; otherwise returns 0.
+
+    \sa asCString(), canCast()
+*/
+const QCString QVariant::toCString() const
+{
+    switch( d->typ ) {
+    case CString: return *((QCString*)d->value.ptr);
+    case String: return ((QString*)d->value.ptr)->latin1();
+    default: {
+	if (!canCast(String))
+	    return 0;
+	QString c = toString();
+	return QCString(c.latin1());
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QStringList if the variant has type()
+    StringList or List of a type that can be converted to QString;
+    otherwise returns an empty list.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = myVariant.toStringList();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa asStringList()
+*/
+const QStringList QVariant::toStringList() const
+{
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case StringList:
+	return *((QStringList*)d->value.ptr);
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    case List:
+	{
+	    QStringList lst;
+	    QValueList<QVariant>::ConstIterator it = listBegin();
+	    QValueList<QVariant>::ConstIterator end = listEnd();
+	    while( it != end ) {
+		QString tmp = (*it).toString();
+		++it;
+		lst.append( tmp );
+	    }
+	    return lst;
+	}
+#endif
+    default:
+	return QStringList();
+    }
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QMap<QString,QVariant> if the variant has
+    type() Map; otherwise returns an empty map.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the map, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QMap<QString, QVariant> map = myVariant.toMap();
+    QMap<QString, QVariant>::Iterator it = map.begin();
+    while( it != map.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa asMap()
+*/
+const QMap<QString, QVariant> QVariant::toMap() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Map )
+	return QMap<QString,QVariant>();
+
+    return *((QMap<QString,QVariant>*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+#endif
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QFont if the variant can be cast to Font;
+    otherwise returns the application's default font.
+
+  \sa asFont(), canCast()
+*/
+const QFont QVariant::toFont() const
+{
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+    case String:
+	{
+	    QFont fnt;
+	    fnt.fromString( toString() );
+	    return fnt;
+	}
+    case Font:
+	return *((QFont*)d->value.ptr);
+    default:
+	return QFont();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QPixmap if the variant has type() Pixmap;
+    otherwise returns a null pixmap.
+
+    \sa asPixmap()
+*/
+const QPixmap QVariant::toPixmap() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Pixmap )
+	return QPixmap();
+
+    return *((QPixmap*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QImage if the variant has type() Image;
+    otherwise returns a null image.
+
+    \sa asImage()
+*/
+const QImage QVariant::toImage() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Image )
+	return QImage();
+
+    return *((QImage*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QBrush if the variant has type() Brush;
+    otherwise returns a default brush (with all black colors).
+
+    \sa asBrush()
+*/
+const QBrush QVariant::toBrush() const
+{
+    if( d->typ != Brush )
+	return QBrush();
+
+    return *((QBrush*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QPoint if the variant has type() Point;
+    otherwise returns a point (0, 0).
+
+    \sa asPoint()
+*/
+const QPoint QVariant::toPoint() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Point )
+	return QPoint();
+
+    return *((QPoint*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QRect if the variant has type() Rect;
+    otherwise returns an empty rectangle.
+
+    \sa asRect()
+*/
+const QRect QVariant::toRect() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Rect )
+	return QRect();
+
+    return *((QRect*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QSize if the variant has type() Size;
+    otherwise returns an invalid size.
+
+    \sa asSize()
+*/
+const QSize QVariant::toSize() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Size )
+	return QSize();
+
+    return *((QSize*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QColor if the variant can be cast to Color;
+    otherwise returns an invalid color.
+
+    \sa asColor(), canCast()
+*/
+const QColor QVariant::toColor() const
+{
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case ByteArray:
+    case CString:
+    case String:
+    {
+	QColor col;
+	col.setNamedColor( toString() );
+	return col;
+    }
+    case Color:
+	return *((QColor*)d->value.ptr);
+    default:
+	return QColor();
+    }
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QPalette if the variant has type()
+    Palette; otherwise returns a completely black palette.
+
+    \sa asPalette()
+*/
+const QPalette QVariant::toPalette() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Palette )
+	return QPalette();
+
+    return *((QPalette*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QColorGroup if the variant has type()
+    ColorGroup; otherwise returns a completely black color group.
+
+    \sa asColorGroup()
+*/
+const QColorGroup QVariant::toColorGroup() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != ColorGroup )
+	return QColorGroup();
+
+    return *((QColorGroup*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_PALETTE
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QIconSet if the variant has type()
+    IconSet; otherwise returns an icon set of null pixmaps.
+
+    \sa asIconSet()
+*/
+const QIconSet QVariant::toIconSet() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != IconSet )
+	return QIconSet();
+
+    return *((QIconSet*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_ICONSET
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QPointArray if the variant has type()
+    PointArray; otherwise returns an empty QPointArray.
+
+    \sa asPointArray()
+*/
+const QPointArray QVariant::toPointArray() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != PointArray )
+	return QPointArray();
+
+    return *((QPointArray*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QBitmap if the variant has type() Bitmap;
+    otherwise returns a null QBitmap.
+
+    \sa asBitmap()
+*/
+const QBitmap QVariant::toBitmap() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Bitmap )
+	return QBitmap();
+
+    return *((QBitmap*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QRegion if the variant has type() Region;
+    otherwise returns an empty QRegion.
+
+    \sa asRegion()
+*/
+const QRegion QVariant::toRegion() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Region )
+	return QRegion();
+
+    return *((QRegion*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QCursor if the variant has type() Cursor;
+    otherwise returns the default arrow cursor.
+
+    \sa asCursor()
+*/
+const QCursor QVariant::toCursor() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( d->typ != Cursor )
+	return QCursor();
+#endif
+
+    return *((QCursor*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QDate if the variant can be cast to Date;
+    otherwise returns an invalid date.
+
+    Note that if the type() is String, CString or ByteArray an invalid
+    date will be returned if the string cannot be parsed as a
+    Qt::ISODate format date.
+
+    \sa asDate(), canCast()
+*/
+const QDate QVariant::toDate() const
+{
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case Date:
+	return *((QDate*)d->value.ptr);
+    case DateTime:
+	return ((QDateTime*)d->value.ptr)->date();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
+    case String:
+	return QDate::fromString( *((QString*)d->value.ptr), Qt::ISODate );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return QDate::fromString(toString(), Qt::ISODate);
+#endif
+    default:
+	return QDate();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QTime if the variant can be cast to Time;
+    otherwise returns an invalid date.
+
+    Note that if the type() is String, CString or ByteArray an invalid
+    time will be returned if the string cannot be parsed as a
+    Qt::ISODate format time.
+
+    \sa asTime()
+*/
+const QTime QVariant::toTime() const
+{
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case Time:
+	return *((QTime*)d->value.ptr);
+    case DateTime:
+	return ((QDateTime*)d->value.ptr)->time();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
+    case String:
+	return QTime::fromString( *((QString*)d->value.ptr), Qt::ISODate );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return QTime::fromString(toString(), Qt::ISODate);
+#endif
+    default:
+	return QTime();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QDateTime if the variant can be cast to
+    DateTime; otherwise returns an invalid QDateTime.
+
+    Note that if the type() is String, CString or ByteArray an invalid
+    QDateTime will be returned if the string cannot be parsed as a
+    Qt::ISODate format date/time.
+
+    \sa asDateTime()
+*/
+const QDateTime QVariant::toDateTime() const
+{
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case DateTime:
+	return *((QDateTime*)d->value.ptr);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
+    case String:
+	return QDateTime::fromString( *((QString*)d->value.ptr), Qt::ISODate );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return QDateTime::fromString(toString(), Qt::ISODate);
+#endif
+    case Date:
+	return QDateTime( *((QDate*)d->value.ptr) );
+    default:
+	return QDateTime();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QByteArray if the variant can be cast to
+    a ByteArray; otherwise returns an empty bytearray.
+
+    \sa asByteArray(), canCast()
+*/
+const QByteArray QVariant::toByteArray() const
+{
+    switch(d->typ) {
+    case ByteArray: return *((QByteArray*)d->value.ptr);
+    case CString: return *((QByteArray*)d->value.ptr);
+    default: {
+	QByteArray ret;
+	if (canCast(String)) {
+	    QString c = toString();
+	    ret.duplicate(c.latin1(), c.length());
+	}
+	return ret;
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QBitArray if the variant has type()
+    BitArray; otherwise returns an empty bitarray.
+
+    \sa asBitArray()
+*/
+const QBitArray QVariant::toBitArray() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ == BitArray )
+	return *((QBitArray*)d->value.ptr);
+    return QBitArray();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QKeySequence if the variant can be cast
+    to a KeySequence; otherwise returns an empty key sequence.
+
+    \sa asKeySequence(), canCast()
+*/
+const QKeySequence QVariant::toKeySequence() const
+{
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case KeySequence:
+	return *((QKeySequence*)d->value.ptr);
+    case String:
+    case ByteArray:
+    case CString:
+	return QKeySequence( toString() );
+    case Int:
+    case UInt:
+    case Double:
+    case ULongLong:
+    case LongLong:
+	return QKeySequence( toInt() );
+    default:
+	return QKeySequence();
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_ACCEL
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QPen if the variant has type()
+    Pen; otherwise returns an empty QPen.
+
+    \sa asPen()
+*/
+const QPen QVariant::toPen() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Pen )
+	return QPen();
+
+    return *((QPen*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as an int if the variant can be cast to Int;
+    otherwise returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \a *ok is set to TRUE if the value could be
+    converted to an int; otherwise \a *ok is set to FALSE.
+
+    \sa asInt(), canCast()
+*/
+int QVariant::toInt( bool * ok ) const
+{
+    if ( ok )
+	*ok = canCast( Int );
+
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case String:
+	return ((QString*)d->value.ptr)->toInt( ok );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return ((QCString*)d->value.ptr)->toInt( ok );
+    case Int:
+	return d->value.i;
+    case UInt:
+	return (int)d->value.u;
+    case LongLong:
+        return (int)d->value.ll;
+    case ULongLong:
+        return (int)d->value.ull;
+    case Double:
+	return (int)d->value.d;
+    case Bool:
+	return (int)d->value.b;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case KeySequence:
+	return (int) *( (QKeySequence*)d->value.ptr );
+#endif
+    default:
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as an unsigned int if the variant can be cast
+    to UInt; otherwise returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \a *ok is set to TRUE if the value could be
+    converted to an unsigned int; otherwise \a *ok is set to FALSE.
+
+    \sa asUInt(), canCast()
+*/
+uint QVariant::toUInt( bool * ok ) const
+{
+    if ( ok )
+	*ok = canCast( UInt );
+
+    switch( d->typ ) {
+    case String:
+	return ((QString*)d->value.ptr)->toUInt( ok );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return ((QCString*)d->value.ptr)->toUInt( ok );
+    case Int:
+	return (uint)d->value.i;
+    case UInt:
+	return d->value.u;
+    case LongLong:
+        return (uint)d->value.ll;
+    case ULongLong:
+        return (uint)d->value.ull;
+    case Double:
+	return (uint)d->value.d;
+    case Bool:
+	return (uint)d->value.b;
+    default:
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a long long int if the variant can be cast
+    to LongLong; otherwise returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \a *ok is set to TRUE if the value could be
+    converted to an int; otherwise \a *ok is set to FALSE.
+
+    \sa asLongLong(), canCast()
+*/
+Q_LLONG QVariant::toLongLong( bool * ok ) const
+{
+    if ( ok )
+	*ok = canCast( LongLong );
+
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case String:
+	return ((QString*)d->value.ptr)->toLongLong( ok );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return QString(*(QCString*)d->value.ptr).toLongLong(ok);
+    case Int:
+	return (Q_LLONG)d->value.i;
+    case UInt:
+	return (Q_LLONG)d->value.u;
+    case LongLong:
+	return d->value.ll;
+    case ULongLong:
+	return (Q_LLONG)d->value.ull;
+    case Double:
+	return (Q_LLONG)d->value.d;
+    case Bool:
+	return (Q_LLONG)d->value.b;
+    default:
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as as an unsigned long long int if the variant
+    can be cast to ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \a *ok is set to TRUE if the value could be
+    converted to an int; otherwise \a *ok is set to FALSE.
+
+    \sa asULongLong(), canCast()
+*/
+Q_ULLONG QVariant::toULongLong( bool * ok ) const
+{
+    if ( ok )
+	*ok = canCast( ULongLong );
+
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case Int:
+	return (Q_ULLONG)d->value.i;
+    case UInt:
+	return (Q_ULLONG)d->value.u;
+    case LongLong:
+	return (Q_ULLONG)d->value.ll;
+    case ULongLong:
+	return d->value.ull;
+    case Double:
+	return (Q_ULLONG)d->value.d;
+    case Bool:
+	return (Q_ULLONG)d->value.b;
+    case String:
+	return ((QString*)d->value.ptr)->toULongLong( ok );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return QString(*(QCString*)d->value.ptr).toULongLong(ok);
+    default:
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a bool if the variant can be cast to Bool;
+    otherWise returns FALSE.
+
+    Returns TRUE if the variant has a numeric type and its value is
+    non-zero, or if the variant has type String, ByteArray or CString
+    and its lower-case content is not empty, "0" or "false"; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa asBool(), canCast()
+*/
+bool QVariant::toBool() const
+{
+    switch( d->typ ) {
+    case Bool:
+	return d->value.b;
+    case Double:
+	return d->value.d != 0.0;
+    case Int:
+	return d->value.i != 0;
+    case UInt:
+	return d->value.u != 0;
+    case LongLong:
+	return d->value.ll != 0;
+    case ULongLong:
+	return d->value.ull != 0;
+    case String:
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	{
+	    QString str = toString().lower();
+	    return !(str == "0" || str == "false" || str.isEmpty() );
+	}
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a double if the variant can be cast to
+    Double; otherwise returns 0.0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \a *ok is set to TRUE if the value could be
+    converted to a double; otherwise \a *ok is set to FALSE.
+
+    \sa asDouble(), canCast()
+*/
+double QVariant::toDouble( bool * ok ) const
+{
+    if ( ok )
+	*ok = canCast( Double );
+
+    switch ( d->typ ) {
+    case String:
+	return ((QString*)d->value.ptr)->toDouble( ok );
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+	return ((QCString*)d->value.ptr)->toDouble( ok );
+    case Double:
+	return d->value.d;
+    case Int:
+	return (double)d->value.i;
+    case Bool:
+	return (double)d->value.b;
+    case UInt:
+	return (double)d->value.u;
+    case LongLong:
+	return (double)d->value.ll;
+    case ULongLong:
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && !defined(Q_CC_MSVC_NET)
+	return (double)(Q_LLONG)d->value.ull;
+#else
+	return (double)d->value.ull;
+#endif
+    default:
+	return 0.0;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QValueList<QVariant> if the variant has
+    type() List or StringList; otherwise returns an empty list.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QValueList<QVariant> list = myVariant.toList();
+    QValueList<QVariant>::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa asList()
+*/
+const QValueList<QVariant> QVariant::toList() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ == List )
+	return *((QValueList<QVariant>*)d->value.ptr);
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    if ( d->typ == StringList ) {
+	QValueList<QVariant> lst;
+	QStringList::ConstIterator it = stringListBegin();
+	QStringList::ConstIterator end = stringListEnd();
+	for( ; it != end; ++it )
+	    lst.append( QVariant( *it ) );
+	return lst;
+    }
+#endif //QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    return QValueList<QVariant>();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QSizePolicy if the variant has type()
+    SizePolicy; otherwise returns an undefined (but legal) size
+    policy.
+*/
+
+QSizePolicy QVariant::toSizePolicy() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ == SizePolicy )
+	return *((QSizePolicy*)d->value.ptr);
+
+    return QSizePolicy();
+}
+
+
+#define Q_VARIANT_AS( f ) Q##f& QVariant::as##f() \
+{ \
+    bool b = isNull(); \
+    if ( d->typ != f ) \
+	*this = QVariant( to##f() ); \
+    else \
+	detach(); \
+    d->is_null = b; \
+    return *((Q##f*)d->value.ptr); \
+}
+
+Q_VARIANT_AS(String)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(CString)
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+Q_VARIANT_AS(StringList)
+#endif
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Font)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Pixmap)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Image)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Brush)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Point)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Rect)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Size)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Color)
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Palette)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(ColorGroup)
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+Q_VARIANT_AS(IconSet)
+#endif
+Q_VARIANT_AS(PointArray)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Bitmap)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Region)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Cursor)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(SizePolicy)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Date)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Time)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(DateTime)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(ByteArray)
+Q_VARIANT_AS(BitArray)
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+Q_VARIANT_AS(KeySequence)
+#endif
+Q_VARIANT_AS(Pen)
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString& QVariant::asString()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a string value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to an empty string.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored string.
+
+    \sa toString()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCString& QVariant::asCString()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a string value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to an empty string.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored string.
+
+    \sa toCString()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList& QVariant::asStringList()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QStringList value. If that
+    is not possible the variant is set to an empty string list.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored string list.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
+    iterate over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QStringList list = myVariant.asStringList();
+    QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa toStringList()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QFont& QVariant::asFont()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QFont. If that is not
+    possible the variant is set to the application's default font.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored font.
+
+    \sa toFont()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPixmap& QVariant::asPixmap()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a pixmap value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to a null pixmap.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored pixmap.
+
+    \sa toPixmap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QImage& QVariant::asImage()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold an image value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to a null image.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored image.
+
+    \sa toImage()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QBrush& QVariant::asBrush()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a brush value. If that is not
+    possible the variant is set to a default black brush.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored brush.
+
+    \sa toBrush()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint& QVariant::asPoint()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a point value. If that is not
+    possible the variant is set to a (0, 0) point.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored point.
+
+    \sa toPoint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect& QVariant::asRect()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a rectangle value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to an empty rectangle.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored rectangle.
+
+    \sa toRect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize& QVariant::asSize()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QSize value. If that is not
+    possible the variant is set to an invalid size.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored size.
+
+    \sa toSize() QSize::isValid()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy& QVariant::asSizePolicy()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QSizePolicy value. If that
+    fails, the variant is set to an arbitrary (valid) size policy.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColor& QVariant::asColor()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QColor value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to an invalid color.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored color.
+
+    \sa toColor() QColor::isValid()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPalette& QVariant::asPalette()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QPalette value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to a palette of black colors.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored palette.
+
+    \sa toString()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColorGroup& QVariant::asColorGroup()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QColorGroup value. If that
+    is not possible the variant is set to a color group of all black
+    colors.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored color group.
+
+    \sa toColorGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QIconSet& QVariant::asIconSet()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QIconSet value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to an empty iconset.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored iconset.
+
+    \sa toIconSet()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray& QVariant::asPointArray()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QPointArray value. If that
+    is not possible the variant is set to an empty point array.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored point array.
+
+    \sa toPointArray()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QBitmap& QVariant::asBitmap()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a bitmap value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to a null bitmap.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored bitmap.
+
+    \sa toBitmap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRegion& QVariant::asRegion()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QRegion value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to a null region.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored region.
+
+    \sa toRegion()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCursor& QVariant::asCursor()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QCursor value. If that is
+    not possible the variant is set to a default arrow cursor.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored cursor.
+
+    \sa toCursor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDate& QVariant::asDate()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QDate value. If that is not
+    possible then the variant is set to an invalid date.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored date.
+
+    \sa toDate()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QTime& QVariant::asTime()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QTime value. If that is not
+    possible then the variant is set to an invalid time.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored time.
+
+    \sa toTime()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDateTime& QVariant::asDateTime()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QDateTime value. If that is
+    not possible then the variant is set to an invalid date/time.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored date/time.
+
+    \sa toDateTime()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray& QVariant::asByteArray()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QByteArray value. If that
+    is not possible then the variant is set to an empty bytearray.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored bytearray.
+
+    \sa toByteArray()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QBitArray& QVariant::asBitArray()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QBitArray value. If that is
+    not possible then the variant is set to an empty bitarray.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored bitarray.
+
+    \sa toBitArray()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QKeySequence& QVariant::asKeySequence()
+
+    Tries to convert the variant to hold a QKeySequence value. If that
+    is not possible then the variant is set to an empty key sequence.
+
+    Returns a reference to the stored key sequence.
+
+    \sa toKeySequence()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPen& QVariant::asPen()
+
+  Tries to convert the variant to hold a QPen value. If that
+  is not possible then the variant is set to an empty pen.
+
+  Returns a reference to the stored pen.
+
+  \sa toPen()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as int reference.
+*/
+int& QVariant::asInt()
+{
+    detach();
+    if ( d->typ != Int ) {
+	int i = toInt();
+	bool b = isNull();
+	d->clear();
+ 	d->value.i = i;
+	d->typ = Int;
+	d->is_null = b;
+    }
+    return d->value.i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as unsigned int reference.
+*/
+uint& QVariant::asUInt()
+{
+    detach();
+    if ( d->typ != UInt ) {
+	uint u = toUInt();
+	bool b = isNull();
+	d->clear();
+	d->value.u = u;
+	d->typ = UInt;
+	d->is_null = b;
+    }
+    return d->value.u;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as long long reference.
+*/
+Q_LLONG& QVariant::asLongLong()
+{
+    detach();
+    if ( d->typ != LongLong ) {
+	Q_LLONG ll = toLongLong();
+	bool b = isNull();
+	d->clear();
+ 	d->value.ll = ll;
+	d->typ = LongLong;
+	d->is_null = b;
+    }
+    return d->value.ll;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as unsigned long long reference.
+*/
+Q_ULLONG& QVariant::asULongLong()
+{
+    detach();
+    if ( d->typ != ULongLong ) {
+	Q_ULLONG ull = toULongLong();
+	bool b = isNull();
+	d->clear();
+ 	d->value.ull = ull;
+	d->typ = ULongLong;
+	d->is_null = b;
+    }
+    return d->value.ull;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as bool reference.
+*/
+bool& QVariant::asBool()
+{
+    detach();
+    if ( d->typ != Bool ) {
+	bool b = toBool();
+	bool nb = isNull();
+	d->clear();
+	d->value.b = b;
+	d->typ = Bool;
+	d->is_null = nb;
+    }
+    return d->value.b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as double reference.
+*/
+double& QVariant::asDouble()
+{
+    detach();
+    if ( d->typ != Double ) {
+	double dbl = toDouble();
+	bool b = isNull();
+	d->clear();
+	d->value.d = dbl;
+	d->typ = Double;
+	d->is_null = b;
+    }
+    return d->value.d;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as variant list reference.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QValueList<QVariant> list = myVariant.asList();
+    QValueList<QVariant>::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+QValueList<QVariant>& QVariant::asList()
+{
+    bool b = isNull();
+    if ( d->typ != List )
+	*this = QVariant( toList() );
+    else
+	detach();
+    d->is_null = b;
+    return *((QValueList<QVariant>*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant's value as variant map reference.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the map, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    QMap<QString, QVariant> map = myVariant.asMap();
+    QMap<QString, QVariant>::Iterator it = map.begin();
+    while( it != map.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+QMap<QString, QVariant>& QVariant::asMap()
+{
+    bool b = isNull();
+    if ( d->typ != Map )
+	*this = QVariant( toMap() );
+    else
+	detach();
+    d->is_null = b;
+    return *((QMap<QString,QVariant>*)d->value.ptr);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the variant's type can be cast to the requested
+    type, \a t. Such casting is done automatically when calling the
+    toInt(), toBool(), ... or asInt(), asBool(), ... methods.
+
+    The following casts are done automatically:
+    \table
+    \header \i Type \i Automatically Cast To
+    \row \i Bool \i Double, Int, UInt, LongLong, ULongLong, String, CString, ByteArray
+    \row \i Color \i String. CString. ByteArray
+    \row \i Date \i String, CString, ByteArray, DateTime
+    \row \i DateTime \i String, CString, ByteArray, Date, Time
+    \row \i Double \i String, CString, ByteArray, Int, Bool, UInt, LongLong, ULongLong
+    \row \i Font \i String, CString, ByteArray
+    \row \i Int \i String, CString, ByteArray, Double, Bool, UInt, LongLong, ULongLong, KeySequence
+    \row \i LongLong \i String, CString, ByteArray, Double, Bool, UInt, LongLong, ULongLong, KeySequence
+    \row \i ULongLong \i String, CString, ByteArray, Double, Bool, UInt, LongLong, ULongLong, KeySequence
+    \row \i List \i StringList (if the list contains only strings or
+    something that can be cast to a string)
+    \row \i String \i CString, ByteArray, CString, Int, UInt, Bool, Double, Date,
+    Time, DateTime, KeySequence, Font, Color
+    \row \i CString \i String, ByteArray, Int, UInt, Bool, Double, Date, ULongLong, LongLong
+    \row \i ByteArray \i String, CString, Int, UInt, Bool, Double, Date, ULongLong, LongLong
+    \row \i StringList \i List
+    \row \i Time \i String
+    \row \i Int \i String, CString, ByteArray, Double, Bool, UInt, LongLong, ULongLong, KeySequence
+    \row \i KeySequence \i String, CString, ByteArray, Int, UInt, LongLong, ULongLong
+    \endtable
+*/
+bool QVariant::canCast( Type t ) const
+{
+    if ( Type( d->typ ) == t )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    switch ( t ) {
+    case Bool:
+    case Double:
+	if (d->typ == KeySequence)
+	    break;
+    case Int:
+    case UInt:
+    case LongLong:
+    case ULongLong:
+	switch(d->typ) {
+	case Bool:
+	case ByteArray:
+	case CString:
+	case Double:
+	case Int:
+	case KeySequence:
+	case LongLong:
+	case String:
+	case UInt:
+	case ULongLong:
+	    return TRUE;
+	default: break;
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case CString:
+    case ByteArray:
+    case String:
+	switch(d->typ) {
+	case Bool:
+	case ByteArray:
+	case CString:
+	case Color:
+	case Date:
+	case DateTime:
+	case Double:
+	case Font:
+	case Int:
+	case KeySequence:
+	case LongLong:
+	case String:
+	case Time:
+	case UInt:
+	case ULongLong:
+	    return TRUE;
+	default: break;
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case Time:
+	if (d->typ == Date)
+	    break;
+    case Date:
+    case DateTime:
+	switch(d->typ) {
+	case ByteArray:
+	case CString:
+	case Date:
+	case DateTime:
+	case String:
+	    return TRUE;
+	default: break;
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case KeySequence:
+	switch(d->typ) {
+	case ByteArray:
+	case CString:
+	case Int:
+	case UInt:
+	case LongLong:
+	case ULongLong:
+	case Double:
+	case String:
+	    return TRUE;
+	default: break;
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case Font:
+    case Color:
+	switch(d->typ) {
+	case ByteArray:
+	case CString:
+	case String:
+	    return TRUE;
+	default: break;
+	}
+	break;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    case List:
+	return d->typ == StringList;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    case StringList:
+	if ( d->typ == List ) {
+	    QValueList<QVariant>::ConstIterator it = listBegin();
+	    QValueList<QVariant>::ConstIterator end = listEnd();
+	    for( ; it != end; ++it ) {
+		if ( !(*it).canCast( String ) )
+		    return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+#endif
+    case Invalid:
+    case Map:
+    case Pixmap:
+    case Brush:
+    case Rect:
+    case Size:
+    case Palette:
+    case ColorGroup:
+    case IconSet:
+    case Point:
+    case Image:
+    case PointArray:
+    case Region:
+    case Bitmap:
+    case Cursor:
+    case SizePolicy:
+    case BitArray:
+    case Pen:
+	break;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Casts the variant to the requested type. If the cast cannot be
+    done, the variant is set to the default value of the requested
+    type (e.g. an empty string if the requested type \a t is
+    QVariant::String, an empty point array if the requested type \a t
+    is QVariant::PointArray, etc). Returns TRUE if the current type of
+    the variant was successfully cast; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa canCast()
+*/
+
+bool QVariant::cast( Type t )
+{
+    switch ( t ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Map:
+	asMap();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::List:
+	asList();
+	break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::String:
+	asString();
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    case QVariant::StringList:
+	asStringList();
+	break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Font:
+	asFont();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Pixmap:
+	asPixmap();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Brush:
+	asBrush();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Rect:
+	asRect();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Size:
+	asSize();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Color:
+	asColor();
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    case QVariant::Palette:
+	asPalette();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::ColorGroup:
+	asColorGroup();
+	break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+    case QVariant::IconSet:
+	asIconSet();
+	break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Point:
+	asPoint();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Image:
+	asImage();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Int:
+	asInt();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+	asUInt();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+	asBool();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Double:
+	asDouble();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::CString:
+	asCString();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::PointArray:
+	asPointArray();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Region:
+	asRegion();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Bitmap:
+	asBitmap();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Cursor:
+	asCursor();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::SizePolicy:
+	asSizePolicy();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Date:
+	asDate();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::Time:
+	asTime();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::DateTime:
+	asDateTime();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+	asByteArray();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::BitArray:
+	asBitArray();
+	break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case QVariant::KeySequence:
+	asKeySequence();
+	break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Pen:
+	asPen();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+	asLongLong();
+	break;
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+	asULongLong();
+	break;
+    default:
+    case QVariant::Invalid:
+	(*this) = QVariant();
+    }
+    return canCast( t );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Compares this QVariant with \a v and returns TRUE if they are
+    equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QVariant::operator==( const QVariant &v ) const
+{
+    if (isNumeric(v.type()) && canCast(v.type())) {
+	bool ok;
+	switch(v.type()) {
+	case Bool:
+	    return toBool() == v.toBool();
+	case Int:
+	{
+	    int val = toInt(&ok);
+	    return (ok && val == v.toInt());
+	}
+	case UInt:
+	{
+	    uint val = toUInt(&ok);
+	    return (ok && val == v.toUInt());
+	}
+
+	case Double:
+	{
+	    double val = toDouble(&ok);
+	    return (ok && val == v.toDouble());
+	}
+
+	case LongLong:
+	{
+	    Q_LLONG val = toLongLong(&ok);
+	    return (ok && val == v.toLongLong());
+	}
+
+	case ULongLong:
+	{
+	    Q_ULLONG val = toULongLong(&ok);
+	    return (ok && val == v.toULongLong());
+	}
+
+	default:
+	    Q_ASSERT(FALSE);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!v.canCast(d->typ)) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    switch( d->typ ) {
+    case Cursor:
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	return v.toCursor().shape() == toCursor().shape();
+#endif
+    case Bitmap:
+	return v.toBitmap().serialNumber() == toBitmap().serialNumber();
+    case PointArray:
+	return v.toPointArray() == toPointArray();
+    case Region:
+	return v.toRegion() == toRegion();
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    case List:
+	return v.toList() == toList();
+    case Map: {
+	if ( v.toMap().count() != toMap().count() )
+	    return FALSE;
+	QMap<QString, QVariant>::ConstIterator it = v.toMap().begin();
+	QMap<QString, QVariant>::ConstIterator it2 = toMap().begin();
+	while ( it != v.toMap().end() ) {
+	    if ( *it != *it2 )
+		return FALSE;
+	    ++it;
+	    ++it2;
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+#endif
+    case String:
+	return v.toString() == toString();
+    case CString:
+	return v.toCString() == toCString();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    case StringList:
+	return v.toStringList() == toStringList();
+#endif
+    case Font:
+	return v.toFont() == toFont();
+    case Pixmap:
+	return v.toPixmap().serialNumber() == toPixmap().serialNumber();
+    case Image:
+	return v.toImage() == toImage();
+    case Brush:
+	return v.toBrush() == toBrush();
+    case Point:
+	return v.toPoint() == toPoint();
+    case Rect:
+	return v.toRect() == toRect();
+    case Size:
+	return v.toSize() == toSize();
+    case Color:
+	return v.toColor() == toColor();
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    case Palette:
+	return v.toPalette() == toPalette();
+    case ColorGroup:
+	return v.toColorGroup() == toColorGroup();
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+    case IconSet:
+	return v.toIconSet().pixmap().serialNumber()
+	    == toIconSet().pixmap().serialNumber();
+#endif
+    case Int:
+	return v.toInt() == toInt();
+    case UInt:
+	return v.toUInt() == toUInt();
+    case LongLong:
+	return v.toLongLong() == toLongLong();
+    case ULongLong:
+	return v.toULongLong() == toULongLong();
+    case Bool:
+	return v.toBool() == toBool();
+    case Double:
+	return v.toDouble() == toDouble();
+    case SizePolicy:
+	return v.toSizePolicy() == toSizePolicy();
+    case Date:
+	return v.toDate() == toDate();
+    case Time:
+	return v.toTime() == toTime();
+    case DateTime:
+	return v.toDateTime() == toDateTime();
+    case ByteArray:
+	return v.toByteArray() == toByteArray();
+    case BitArray:
+	return v.toBitArray() == toBitArray();
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    case KeySequence:
+	return v.toKeySequence() == toKeySequence();
+#endif
+    case Pen:
+	return v.toPen() == toPen();
+    case Invalid:
+	break;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Compares this QVariant with \a v and returns TRUE if they are not
+    equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QVariant::operator!=( const QVariant &v ) const
+{
+    return !( v == *this );
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Reads or sets the variant type and ptr
+ */
+void* QVariant::rawAccess( void* ptr, Type typ, bool deepCopy )
+{
+    if ( ptr ) {
+	clear();
+	d->typ = typ;
+	d->value.ptr = ptr;
+	d->is_null = FALSE;
+	if ( deepCopy ) {
+	    QVariant::Private* p = new Private( d );
+	    d->typ = Invalid;
+	    delete d;
+	    d = p;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !deepCopy )
+	return d->value.ptr;
+    QVariant::Private* p = new Private( d );
+    void *ret = (void*)p->value.ptr;
+    p->typ = Invalid;
+    delete p;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns TRUE if this is a NULL variant, FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+bool QVariant::isNull() const
+{
+    switch( d->typ )
+	{
+	case QVariant::Bitmap:
+	    return ((QBitmap*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Region:
+	    return ((QRegion*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::PointArray:
+	    return ((QPointArray*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::String:
+	    return ((QString*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::CString:
+	    return ((QCString*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Pixmap:
+	    return ((QPixmap*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Image:
+	    return ((QImage*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Point:
+	    return ((QPoint*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Rect:
+	    return ((QRect*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Size:
+	    return ((QSize*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+#ifndef QT_NO_ICONSET
+	case QVariant::IconSet:
+	    return ((QIconSet*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+#endif
+	case QVariant::Date:
+	    return ((QDate*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Time:
+	    return ((QTime*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::DateTime:
+	    return ((QDateTime*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::ByteArray:
+	    return ((QByteArray*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::BitArray:
+	    return ((QBitArray*) d->value.ptr)->isNull();
+	case QVariant::Cursor:
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+	case QVariant::StringList:
+#endif //QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+	case QVariant::Font:
+	case QVariant::Brush:
+	case QVariant::Color:
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+	case QVariant::Palette:
+	case QVariant::ColorGroup:
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+	case QVariant::Map:
+	case QVariant::List:
+#endif
+	case QVariant::SizePolicy:
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+	case QVariant::KeySequence:
+#endif
+	case QVariant::Pen:
+	case QVariant::Invalid:
+	case QVariant::Int:
+	case QVariant::UInt:
+	case QVariant::LongLong:
+	case QVariant::ULongLong:
+	case QVariant::Bool:
+	case QVariant::Double:
+	    break;
+	}
+    return d->is_null;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_VARIANT
diff --git a/src/kernel/qvariant.h b/src/kernel/qvariant.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2cab8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qvariant.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QVariant class
+**
+** Created : 990414
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QVARIANT_H
+#define QVARIANT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_VARIANT
+class QString;
+class QCString;
+class QFont;
+class QPixmap;
+class QBrush;
+class QRect;
+class QPoint;
+class QImage;
+class QSize;
+class QColor;
+class QPalette;
+class QColorGroup;
+class QIconSet;
+class QDataStream;
+class QPointArray;
+class QRegion;
+class QBitmap;
+class QCursor;
+class QStringList;
+class QSizePolicy;
+class QDate;
+class QTime;
+class QDateTime;
+class QBitArray;
+class QKeySequence;
+class QPen;
+// Some headers rejected after QVariant declaration for GCC 2.7.* compatibility
+class QVariant;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+template <class T> class QValueList;
+template <class T> class QValueListConstIterator;
+template <class T> class QValueListNode;
+template <class Key, class T> class QMap;
+template <class Key, class T> class QMapConstIterator;
+#endif
+
+class Q_EXPORT QVariant
+{
+public:
+    enum Type {
+	Invalid,
+	Map,
+	List,
+	String,
+	StringList,
+	Font,
+	Pixmap,
+	Brush,
+	Rect,
+	Size,
+	Color,
+	Palette,
+	ColorGroup,
+	IconSet,
+	Point,
+	Image,
+	Int,
+	UInt,
+	Bool,
+	Double,
+	CString,
+	PointArray,
+	Region,
+	Bitmap,
+	Cursor,
+	SizePolicy,
+	Date,
+	Time,
+	DateTime,
+	ByteArray,
+	BitArray,
+	KeySequence,
+	Pen,
+	LongLong,
+	ULongLong
+    };
+
+    QVariant();
+    ~QVariant();
+    QVariant( const QVariant& );
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    QVariant( QDataStream& s );
+#endif
+    QVariant( const QString& );
+    QVariant( const QCString& );
+    QVariant( const char* );
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    QVariant( const QStringList& );
+#endif
+    QVariant( const QFont& );
+    QVariant( const QPixmap& );
+    QVariant( const QImage& );
+    QVariant( const QBrush& );
+    QVariant( const QPoint& );
+    QVariant( const QRect& );
+    QVariant( const QSize& );
+    QVariant( const QColor& );
+    QVariant( const QPalette& );
+    QVariant( const QColorGroup& );
+    QVariant( const QIconSet& );
+    QVariant( const QPointArray& );
+    QVariant( const QRegion& );
+    QVariant( const QBitmap& );
+    QVariant( const QCursor& );
+    QVariant( const QDate& );
+    QVariant( const QTime& );
+    QVariant( const QDateTime& );
+    QVariant( const QByteArray& );
+    QVariant( const QBitArray& );
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    QVariant( const QKeySequence& );
+#endif
+    QVariant( const QPen& );
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    QVariant( const QValueList<QVariant>& );
+    QVariant( const QMap<QString,QVariant>& );
+#endif
+    QVariant( int );
+    QVariant( uint );
+    QVariant( Q_LLONG );
+    QVariant( Q_ULLONG );
+    // ### Problems on some compilers ?
+    QVariant( bool, int );
+    QVariant( double );
+    QVariant( QSizePolicy );
+
+    QVariant& operator= ( const QVariant& );
+    bool operator==( const QVariant& ) const;
+    bool operator!=( const QVariant& ) const;
+
+    Type type() const;
+    const char* typeName() const;
+
+    bool canCast( Type ) const;
+    bool cast( Type );
+
+    bool isValid() const;
+    bool isNull() const;
+
+    void clear();
+
+    const QString toString() const;
+    const QCString toCString() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    const QStringList toStringList() const;
+#endif
+    const QFont toFont() const;
+    const QPixmap toPixmap() const;
+    const QImage toImage() const;
+    const QBrush toBrush() const;
+    const QPoint toPoint() const;
+    const QRect toRect() const;
+    const QSize toSize() const;
+    const QColor toColor() const;
+    const QPalette toPalette() const;
+    const QColorGroup toColorGroup() const;
+    const QIconSet toIconSet() const;
+    const QPointArray toPointArray() const;
+    const QBitmap toBitmap() const;
+    const QRegion toRegion() const;
+    const QCursor toCursor() const;
+    const QDate toDate() const;
+    const QTime toTime() const;
+    const QDateTime toDateTime() const;
+    const QByteArray toByteArray() const;
+    const QBitArray toBitArray() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    const QKeySequence toKeySequence() const;
+#endif
+    const QPen toPen() const;
+    int toInt( bool * ok=0 ) const;
+    uint toUInt( bool * ok=0 ) const;
+    Q_LLONG toLongLong( bool * ok=0 ) const;
+    Q_ULLONG toULongLong( bool * ok=0 ) const;
+    bool toBool() const;
+    double toDouble( bool * ok=0 ) const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    const QValueList<QVariant> toList() const;
+    const QMap<QString,QVariant> toMap() const;
+#endif
+    QSizePolicy toSizePolicy() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    QValueListConstIterator<QString> stringListBegin() const;
+    QValueListConstIterator<QString> stringListEnd() const;
+    QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> listBegin() const;
+    QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> listEnd() const;
+    QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant> mapBegin() const;
+    QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant> mapEnd() const;
+    QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant> mapFind( const QString& ) const;
+#endif
+    QString& asString();
+    QCString& asCString();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STRINGLIST
+    QStringList& asStringList();
+#endif
+    QFont& asFont();
+    QPixmap& asPixmap();
+    QImage& asImage();
+    QBrush& asBrush();
+    QPoint& asPoint();
+    QRect& asRect();
+    QSize& asSize();
+    QColor& asColor();
+    QPalette& asPalette();
+    QColorGroup& asColorGroup();
+    QIconSet& asIconSet();
+    QPointArray& asPointArray();
+    QBitmap& asBitmap();
+    QRegion& asRegion();
+    QCursor& asCursor();
+    QDate& asDate();
+    QTime& asTime();
+    QDateTime& asDateTime();
+    QByteArray& asByteArray();
+    QBitArray& asBitArray();
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
+    QKeySequence& asKeySequence();
+#endif
+    QPen& asPen();
+    int& asInt();
+    uint& asUInt();
+    Q_LLONG& asLongLong();
+    Q_ULLONG& asULongLong();
+    bool& asBool();
+    double& asDouble();
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+    QValueList<QVariant>& asList();
+    QMap<QString,QVariant>& asMap();
+#endif
+    QSizePolicy& asSizePolicy();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    void load( QDataStream& );
+    void save( QDataStream& ) const;
+#endif
+    static const char* typeToName( Type typ );
+    static Type nameToType( const char* name );
+
+private:
+    void detach();
+
+    class Private : public QShared
+    {
+    public:
+	Private();
+	Private( Private* );
+	~Private();
+
+	void clear();
+
+	Type typ;
+	union
+	{
+	    uint u;
+	    int i;
+	    Q_LLONG ll;
+	    Q_ULLONG ull;
+	    bool b;
+	    double d;
+	    void *ptr;
+	} value;
+	uint is_null : 1; // ## 4.0 merge with typ
+    };
+
+    Private* d;
+
+public:
+    void* rawAccess( void* ptr = 0, Type typ = Invalid, bool deepCopy = FALSE );
+};
+
+// down here for GCC 2.7.* compatibility
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+inline QVariant::Type QVariant::type() const
+{
+    return d->typ;
+}
+
+inline bool QVariant::isValid() const
+{
+    return (d->typ != Invalid);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEMPLATE_VARIANT
+inline QValueListConstIterator<QString> QVariant::stringListBegin() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != StringList )
+	return QValueListConstIterator<QString>();
+    return ((const QStringList*)d->value.ptr)->begin();
+}
+
+inline QValueListConstIterator<QString> QVariant::stringListEnd() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != StringList )
+	return QValueListConstIterator<QString>();
+    return ((const QStringList*)d->value.ptr)->end();
+}
+
+inline QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> QVariant::listBegin() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != List )
+	return QValueListConstIterator<QVariant>();
+    return ((const QValueList<QVariant>*)d->value.ptr)->begin();
+}
+
+inline QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> QVariant::listEnd() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != List )
+	return QValueListConstIterator<QVariant>();
+    return ((const QValueList<QVariant>*)d->value.ptr)->end();
+}
+
+inline QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant> QVariant::mapBegin() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Map )
+	return QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant>();
+    return ((const QMap<QString,QVariant>*)d->value.ptr)->begin();
+}
+
+inline QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant> QVariant::mapEnd() const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Map )
+	return QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant>();
+    return ((const QMap<QString,QVariant>*)d->value.ptr)->end();
+}
+
+inline QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant> QVariant::mapFind( const QString& key ) const
+{
+    if ( d->typ != Map )
+	return QMapConstIterator<QString,QVariant>();
+    return ((const QMap<QString,QVariant>*)d->value.ptr)->find( key );
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream& operator>> ( QDataStream& s, QVariant& p );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream& operator<< ( QDataStream& s, const QVariant& p );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream& operator>> ( QDataStream& s, QVariant::Type& p );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream& operator<< ( QDataStream& s, const QVariant::Type p );
+#endif
+
+#endif //QT_NO_VARIANT
+#endif // QVARIANT_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qvfbhdr.h b/src/kernel/qvfbhdr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5d082a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qvfbhdr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Qt/Embedded virtual framebuffer
+**
+** Created : 20000605
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QVFBHDR_H
+#define QVFBHDR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qcolor.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#define QT_VFB_MOUSE_PIPE	"/tmp/.qtvfb_mouse-%1"
+#define QT_VFB_KEYBOARD_PIPE	"/tmp/.qtvfb_keyboard-%1"
+
+struct QVFbHeader
+{
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int depth;
+    int linestep;
+    int dataoffset;
+    QRect update;
+    bool dirty;
+    int  numcols;
+    QRgb clut[256];
+};
+
+struct QVFbKeyData
+{
+    unsigned int unicode;
+    unsigned int modifiers;
+    bool press;
+    bool repeat;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/kernel/qwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..856907c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6081 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QWidget class
+**
+** Created : 931031
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qwidgetlist.h"
+#include "qwidgetintdict.h"
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qfocusdata.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+#include "qbrush.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "qstylefactory.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+#include "qaccessible.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+#include "qinputcontext_p.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+#include "qwsmanager_qws.h"
+#endif
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QWidget qwidget.h
+    \brief The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects.
+
+    \ingroup abstractwidgets
+    \mainclass
+
+    The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse,
+    keyboard and other events from the window system, and paints a
+    representation of itself on the screen. Every widget is
+    rectangular, and they are sorted in a Z-order. A widget is
+    clipped by its parent and by the widgets in front of it.
+
+    A widget that isn't embedded in a parent widget is called a
+    top-level widget. Usually, top-level widgets are windows with a
+    frame and a title bar (although it is also possible to create
+    top-level widgets without such decoration if suitable widget flags
+    are used). In Qt, QMainWindow and the various subclasses of
+    QDialog are the most common top-level windows.
+
+    A widget without a parent widget is always a top-level widget.
+
+    Non-top-level widgets are child widgets. These are child windows
+    in their parent widgets. You cannot usually distinguish a child
+    widget from its parent visually. Most other widgets in Qt are
+    useful only as child widgets. (It is possible to make, say, a
+    button into a top-level widget, but most people prefer to put
+    their buttons inside other widgets, e.g. QDialog.)
+
+    If you want to use a QWidget to hold child widgets you will
+    probably want to add a layout to the parent QWidget. (See \link
+    layout.html Layouts\endlink.)
+
+    QWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little
+    direct functionality: for example, QWidget has a font property,
+    but never uses this itself. There are many subclasses which
+    provide real functionality, such as QPushButton, QListBox and
+    QTabDialog, etc.
+
+    \section1 Groups of functions:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Context \i Functions
+
+    \row \i Window functions \i
+	show(),
+	hide(),
+	raise(),
+	lower(),
+	close().
+
+    \row \i Top level windows \i
+	caption(),
+	setCaption(),
+	icon(),
+	setIcon(),
+	iconText(),
+	setIconText(),
+	isActiveWindow(),
+	setActiveWindow(),
+	showMinimized().
+	showMaximized(),
+	showFullScreen(),
+	showNormal().
+
+    \row \i Window contents \i
+	update(),
+	repaint(),
+	erase(),
+	scroll(),
+	updateMask().
+
+    \row \i Geometry \i
+	pos(),
+	size(),
+	rect(),
+	x(),
+	y(),
+	width(),
+	height(),
+	sizePolicy(),
+	setSizePolicy(),
+	sizeHint(),
+	updateGeometry(),
+	layout(),
+	move(),
+	resize(),
+	setGeometry(),
+	frameGeometry(),
+	geometry(),
+	childrenRect(),
+	adjustSize(),
+	mapFromGlobal(),
+	mapFromParent()
+	mapToGlobal(),
+	mapToParent(),
+	maximumSize(),
+	minimumSize(),
+	sizeIncrement(),
+	setMaximumSize(),
+	setMinimumSize(),
+	setSizeIncrement(),
+	setBaseSize(),
+	setFixedSize()
+
+    \row \i Mode \i
+	isVisible(),
+	isVisibleTo(),
+	isMinimized(),
+	isDesktop(),
+	isEnabled(),
+	isEnabledTo(),
+	isModal(),
+	isPopup(),
+	isTopLevel(),
+	setEnabled(),
+	hasMouseTracking(),
+	setMouseTracking(),
+	isUpdatesEnabled(),
+	setUpdatesEnabled(),
+	clipRegion().
+
+    \row \i Look and feel \i
+	style(),
+	setStyle(),
+	cursor(),
+	setCursor()
+	font(),
+	setFont(),
+	palette(),
+	setPalette(),
+	backgroundMode(),
+	setBackgroundMode(),
+	colorGroup(),
+	fontMetrics(),
+	fontInfo().
+
+    \row \i Keyboard focus<br>functions \i
+	isFocusEnabled(),
+	setFocusPolicy(),
+	focusPolicy(),
+	hasFocus(),
+	setFocus(),
+	clearFocus(),
+	setTabOrder(),
+	setFocusProxy().
+
+    \row \i Mouse and<br>keyboard grabbing \i
+	grabMouse(),
+	releaseMouse(),
+	grabKeyboard(),
+	releaseKeyboard(),
+	mouseGrabber(),
+	keyboardGrabber().
+
+    \row \i Event handlers \i
+	event(),
+	mousePressEvent(),
+	mouseReleaseEvent(),
+	mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+	mouseMoveEvent(),
+	keyPressEvent(),
+	keyReleaseEvent(),
+	focusInEvent(),
+	focusOutEvent(),
+	wheelEvent(),
+	enterEvent(),
+	leaveEvent(),
+	paintEvent(),
+	moveEvent(),
+	resizeEvent(),
+	closeEvent(),
+	dragEnterEvent(),
+	dragMoveEvent(),
+	dragLeaveEvent(),
+	dropEvent(),
+	childEvent(),
+	showEvent(),
+	hideEvent(),
+	customEvent().
+
+    \row \i Change handlers \i
+	enabledChange(),
+	fontChange(),
+	paletteChange(),
+	styleChange(),
+	windowActivationChange().
+
+    \row \i System functions \i
+	parentWidget(),
+	topLevelWidget(),
+	reparent(),
+	polish(),
+	winId(),
+	find(),
+	metric().
+
+    \row \i What's this help \i
+	customWhatsThis()
+
+    \row \i Internal kernel<br>functions \i
+	focusNextPrevChild(),
+	wmapper(),
+	clearWFlags(),
+	getWFlags(),
+	setWFlags(),
+	testWFlags().
+
+    \endtable
+
+    Every widget's constructor accepts two or three standard arguments:
+    \list 1
+    \i \c{QWidget *parent = 0} is the parent of the new widget.
+    If it is 0 (the default), the new widget will be a top-level window.
+    If not, it will be a child of \e parent, and be constrained by \e
+    parent's geometry (unless you specify \c WType_TopLevel as
+    widget flag).
+    \i \c{const char *name = 0} is the widget name of the new
+    widget. You can access it using name(). The widget name is little
+    used by programmers but is quite useful with GUI builders such as
+    \e{Qt Designer} (you can name a widget in \e{Qt Designer}, and
+    connect() to it using the name in your code). The dumpObjectTree()
+    debugging function also uses it.
+    \i \c{WFlags f = 0} (where available) sets the widget flags; the
+    default is suitable for almost all widgets, but to get, for
+    example, a top-level widget without a window system frame, you
+    must use special flags.
+    \endlist
+
+    The tictac/tictac.cpp example program is good example of a simple
+    widget. It contains a few event handlers (as all widgets must), a
+    few custom routines that are specific to it (as all useful widgets
+    do), and has a few children and connections. Everything it does
+    is done in response to an event: this is by far the most common way
+    to design GUI applications.
+
+    You will need to supply the content for your widgets yourself, but
+    here is a brief run-down of the events, starting with the most common
+    ones:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i paintEvent() - called whenever the widget needs to be
+    repainted. Every widget which displays output must implement it,
+    and it is wise \e not to paint on the screen outside
+    paintEvent().
+
+    \i resizeEvent() - called when the widget has been resized.
+
+    \i mousePressEvent() - called when a mouse button is pressed.
+    There are six mouse-related events, but the mouse press and mouse
+    release events are by far the most important. A widget receives
+    mouse press events when the mouse is inside it, or when it has
+    grabbed the mouse using grabMouse().
+
+    \i mouseReleaseEvent() - called when a mouse button is released.
+    A widget receives mouse release events when it has received the
+    corresponding mouse press event. This means that if the user
+    presses the mouse inside \e your widget, then drags the mouse to
+    somewhere else, then releases, \e your widget receives the release
+    event. There is one exception: if a popup menu appears while the
+    mouse button is held down, this popup immediately steals the mouse
+    events.
+
+    \i mouseDoubleClickEvent() - not quite as obvious as it might seem.
+    If the user double-clicks, the widget receives a mouse press event
+    (perhaps a mouse move event or two if they don't hold the mouse
+    quite steady), a mouse release event and finally this event. It is
+    \e{not possible} to distinguish a click from a double click until you've
+    seen whether the second click arrives. (This is one reason why most GUI
+    books recommend that double clicks be an extension of single clicks,
+    rather than trigger a different action.)
+
+    \endlist
+
+    If your widget only contains child widgets, you probably do not need to
+    implement any event handlers. If you want to detect a mouse click in
+    a child widget call the child's hasMouse() function inside the
+    parent widget's mousePressEvent().
+
+    Widgets that accept keyboard input need to reimplement a few more
+    event handlers:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i keyPressEvent() - called whenever a key is pressed, and again
+    when a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat.
+    Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget
+    if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those
+    keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement
+    QWidget::event().
+
+    \i focusInEvent() - called when the widget gains keyboard focus
+    (assuming you have called setFocusPolicy()). Well written widgets
+    indicate that they own the keyboard focus in a clear but discreet
+    way.
+
+    \i focusOutEvent() - called when the widget loses keyboard focus.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Some widgets will also need to reimplement some of the less common
+    event handlers:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i mouseMoveEvent() - called whenever the mouse moves while a
+    button is held down. This is useful for, for example, dragging. If
+    you call setMouseTracking(TRUE), you get mouse move events even
+    when no buttons are held down. (Note that applications which make
+    use of mouse tracking are often not very useful on low-bandwidth X
+    connections.) (See also the \link dnd.html drag and drop\endlink
+    information.)
+
+    \i keyReleaseEvent() - called whenever a key is released, and also
+    while it is held down if the key is auto-repeating. In that case
+    the widget receives a key release event and immediately a key press
+    event for every repeat. Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are
+    only passed to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change
+    mechanisms. To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you
+    must reimplement QWidget::event().
+
+    \i wheelEvent() -- called whenever the user turns the mouse wheel
+    while the widget has the focus.
+
+    \i enterEvent() - called when the mouse enters the widget's screen
+    space. (This excludes screen space owned by any children of the
+    widget.)
+
+    \i leaveEvent() - called when the mouse leaves the widget's screen
+    space.
+
+    \i moveEvent() - called when the widget has been moved relative to its
+    parent.
+
+    \i closeEvent() - called when the user closes the widget (or when
+    close() is called).
+
+    \endlist
+
+    There are also some rather obscure events. They are listed in
+    \c qevent.h and you need to reimplement event() to handle them.
+    The default implementation of event() handles Tab and Shift+Tab
+    (to move the keyboard focus), and passes on most other events to
+    one of the more specialized handlers above.
+
+    When implementing a widget, there are a few more things to
+    consider.
+
+    \list
+
+    \i In the constructor, be sure to set up your member variables
+    early on, before there's any chance that you might receive an event.
+
+    \i It is almost always useful to reimplement sizeHint() and to set
+    the correct size policy with setSizePolicy(), so users of your class
+    can set up layout management more easily. A size policy lets you
+    supply good defaults for the layout management handling, so that
+    other widgets can contain and manage yours easily. sizeHint()
+    indicates a "good" size for the widget.
+
+    \i If your widget is a top-level window, setCaption() and setIcon() set
+    the title bar and icon respectively.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa QEvent, QPainter, QGridLayout, QBoxLayout
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Internal QWidgetMapper class
+
+  The purpose of this class is to map widget identifiers to QWidget objects.
+  All QWidget objects register themselves in the QWidgetMapper when they
+  get an identifier. Widgets unregister themselves when they change ident-
+  ifier or when they are destroyed. A widget identifier is really a window
+  handle.
+
+  The widget mapper is created and destroyed by the main application routines
+  in the file qapp_xxx.cpp.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_OS_TEMP)
+static const int WDictSize = 163; // plenty for small devices
+#else
+static const int WDictSize = 1123; // plenty for 5 big complex windows
+#endif
+
+class QWidgetMapper : public QWidgetIntDict
+{						// maps ids -> widgets
+public:
+    QWidgetMapper();
+   ~QWidgetMapper();
+    QWidget *find( WId id );		// find widget
+    void     insert( const QWidget * );		// insert widget
+    bool     remove( WId id );		// remove widget
+private:
+    WId	     cur_id;
+    QWidget *cur_widget;
+};
+
+QWidgetMapper *QWidget::mapper = 0;		// app global widget mapper
+
+
+QWidgetMapper::QWidgetMapper() : QWidgetIntDict(WDictSize)
+{
+    cur_id = 0;
+    cur_widget = 0;
+}
+
+QWidgetMapper::~QWidgetMapper()
+{
+    clear();
+}
+
+inline QWidget *QWidgetMapper::find( WId id )
+{
+    if ( id != cur_id ) {			// need to lookup
+	cur_widget = QWidgetIntDict::find((long)id);
+	if ( cur_widget )
+	    cur_id = id;
+	else
+	    cur_id = 0;
+    }
+    return cur_widget;
+}
+
+inline void QWidgetMapper::insert( const QWidget *widget )
+{
+    QWidgetIntDict::insert((long)widget->winId(),widget);
+}
+
+inline bool QWidgetMapper::remove( WId id )
+{
+    if ( cur_id == id ) {			// reset current widget
+	cur_id = 0;
+	cur_widget = 0;
+    }
+    return QWidgetIntDict::remove((long)id);
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QWidget utility functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static QFont qt_naturalWidgetFont( QWidget* w ) {
+    QFont naturalfont = QApplication::font( w );
+    if ( ! w->isTopLevel() ) {
+	if ( ! naturalfont.isCopyOf( QApplication::font() ) )
+	    naturalfont = naturalfont.resolve( w->parentWidget()->font() );
+	else
+	    naturalfont = w->parentWidget()->font();
+    }
+    return naturalfont;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+static QPalette qt_naturalWidgetPalette( QWidget* w ) {
+    QPalette naturalpalette = QApplication::palette( w );
+    if ( !w->isTopLevel() && naturalpalette.isCopyOf( QApplication::palette() ) )
+	naturalpalette = w->parentWidget()->palette();
+    return naturalpalette;
+}
+#endif
+
+QSize qt_naturalWidgetSize( QWidget *w ) {
+    QSize s = w->sizeHint();
+    QSizePolicy::ExpandData exp;
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+    if ( w->layout() ) {
+	if ( w->layout()->hasHeightForWidth() )
+	    s.setHeight( w->layout()->totalHeightForWidth( s.width() ) );
+	exp = w->layout()->expanding();
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	if ( w->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth() )
+	    s.setHeight( w->heightForWidth( s.width() ) );
+	exp = w->sizePolicy().expanding();
+    }
+    if ( exp & QSizePolicy::Horizontally )
+	s.setWidth( QMAX( s.width(), 200 ) );
+    if ( exp & QSizePolicy::Vertically )
+	s.setHeight( QMAX( s.height(), 150 ) );
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry( w->x11Screen() );
+#else // all others
+    QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry( w->pos() );
+#endif
+    s.setWidth( QMIN( s.width(), screen.width()*2/3 ) );
+    s.setHeight( QMIN( s.height(), screen.height()*2/3 ) );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QWidget member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+    Widget state flags:
+  \list
+  \i WState_Created The widget has a valid winId().
+  \i WState_Disabled The widget does not receive any mouse or keyboard
+  events.
+  \i WState_ForceDisabled The widget is explicitly disabled, i.e. it
+  will remain disabled even when all its ancestors are set to the enabled
+  state. This implies WState_Disabled.
+  \i WState_Visible The widget is currently visible.
+  \i WState_ForceHide The widget is explicitly hidden, i.e. it won't
+  become visible unless you call show() on it. WState_ForceHide
+  implies !WState_Visible.
+  \i WState_OwnCursor A cursor has been set for this widget.
+  \i WState_MouseTracking Mouse tracking is enabled.
+  \i WState_CompressKeys Compress keyboard events.
+  \i WState_BlockUpdates Repaints and updates are disabled.
+  \i WState_InPaintEvent Currently processing a paint event.
+  \i WState_Reparented The widget has been reparented.
+  \i WState_ConfigPending A configuration (resize/move) event is pending.
+  \i WState_Resized The widget has been resized.
+  \i WState_AutoMask The widget has an automatic mask, see setAutoMask().
+  \i WState_Polished The widget has been "polished" (i.e. late
+  initialization) by a QStyle.
+  \i WState_DND The widget supports drag and drop, see setAcceptDrops().
+  \i WState_Exposed the widget was finally exposed (X11 only,
+      helps avoid paint event doubling).
+  \i WState_HasMouse The widget is under the mouse cursor.
+  \endlist
+*/
+
+/*! \enum Qt::WFlags
+    \internal */
+/*! \enum Qt::WState
+    \internal */
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WidgetFlags
+
+    \keyword widget flag
+
+    This enum type is used to specify various window-system properties
+    for the widget. They are fairly unusual but necessary in a few
+    cases. Some of these flags depend on whether the underlying window
+    manager supports them. (See the \link toplevel-example.html
+    toplevel example\endlink for an explanation and example of their
+    use.)
+
+    The main types are
+
+    \value WType_TopLevel  indicates that this widget is a top-level
+    widget, usually with a window-system frame and so on.
+
+    \value WType_Dialog  indicates that this widget is a top-level
+    window that should be decorated as a dialog (i.e. typically no
+    maximize or minimize buttons in the title bar). If you want to use
+    it as a modal dialog it should be launched from another window, or
+    have a parent and this flag should be combined with \c WShowModal.
+    If you make it modal, the dialog will prevent other top-level
+    windows in the application from getting any input. \c WType_Dialog
+    implies \c WType_TopLevel. We refer to a top-level window that has
+    a parent as a \e secondary window. (See also \c WGroupLeader.)
+
+    \value WType_Popup  indicates that this widget is a popup
+    top-level window, i.e. that it is modal, but has a window system
+    frame appropriate for popup menus. \c WType_Popup implies
+    WType_TopLevel.
+
+    \value WType_Desktop  indicates that this widget is the desktop.
+    See also \c WPaintDesktop below. \c WType_Desktop implies \c
+    WType_TopLevel.
+
+    There are also a number of flags which you can use to customize
+    the appearance of top-level windows. These have no effect on other
+    windows:
+
+    \value WStyle_Customize  indicates that the \c WStyle_* flags
+    should be used to build the window instead of the default flags.
+
+    \value WStyle_NormalBorder  gives the window a normal border.
+    This cannot be combined with \c WStyle_DialogBorder or \c
+    WStyle_NoBorder.
+
+    \value WStyle_DialogBorder  gives the window a thin dialog border.
+    This cannot be combined with \c WStyle_NormalBorder or \c
+    WStyle_NoBorder.
+
+    \value WStyle_NoBorder  produces a borderless window. Note that
+    the user cannot move or resize a borderless window via the window
+    system. This cannot be combined with \c WStyle_NormalBorder or \c
+    WStyle_DialogBorder. On Windows, the flag works fine. On X11, the
+    result of the flag is dependent on the window manager and its
+    ability to understand MOTIF and/or NETWM hints: most existing
+    modern window managers can handle this. With \c WX11BypassWM, you
+    can bypass the window manager completely. This results in a
+    borderless window that is not managed at all (i.e. no keyboard
+    input unless you call setActiveWindow() manually).
+
+    \value WStyle_NoBorderEx  this value is obsolete. It has the same
+    effect as using \c WStyle_NoBorder.
+
+    \value WStyle_Title  gives the window a title bar.
+
+    \value WStyle_SysMenu  adds a window system menu.
+
+    \value WStyle_Minimize  adds a minimize button. Note that on
+    Windows this has to be combined with \c WStyle_SysMenu for it to
+    work.
+
+    \value WStyle_Maximize  adds a maximize button. Note that on
+    Windows this has to be combined with \c WStyle_SysMenu for it to work.
+
+    \value WStyle_MinMax  is equal to \c
+    WStyle_Minimize|WStyle_Maximize. Note that on Windows this has to
+    be combined with \c WStyle_SysMenu to work.
+
+    \value WStyle_ContextHelp  adds a context help button to dialogs.
+
+    \value WStyle_Tool  makes the window a tool window. A tool window
+    is often a small window with a smaller than usual title bar and
+    decoration, typically used for collections of tool buttons. It
+    there is a parent, the tool window will always be kept on top of
+    it. If there isn't a parent, you may consider passing \c
+    WStyle_StaysOnTop as well. If the window system supports it, a
+    tool window can be decorated with a somewhat lighter frame. It can
+    also be combined with \c WStyle_NoBorder.
+
+    \value WStyle_StaysOnTop  informs the window system that the
+    window should stay on top of all other windows. Note that on some
+    window managers on X11 you also have to pass \c WX11BypassWM for
+    this flag to work correctly.
+
+    \value WStyle_Dialog  indicates that the window is a logical
+    subwindow of its parent (i.e. a dialog). The window will not get
+    its own taskbar entry and will be kept on top of its parent by the
+    window system. Usually it will also be minimized when the parent
+    is minimized. If not customized, the window is decorated with a
+    slightly simpler title bar. This is the flag QDialog uses.
+
+    \value WStyle_Splash  indicates that the window is a splash screen.
+    On X11, we try to follow NETWM standard for a splash screen window if the
+    window manager supports is otherwise it is equivalent to \c WX11BypassWM. On
+    other platforms, it is equivalent to \c WStyle_NoBorder \c | \c WMacNoSheet \c |
+    \c WStyle_Tool \c | \c WWinOwnDC
+
+    Modifier flags:
+
+    \value WDestructiveClose  makes Qt delete this widget when the
+    widget has accepted closeEvent(), or when the widget tried to
+    ignore closeEvent() but could not.
+
+    \value WPaintDesktop  gives this widget paint events for the
+    desktop.
+
+    \value WPaintUnclipped  makes all painters operating on this
+    widget unclipped. Children of this widget or other widgets in
+    front of it do not clip the area the painter can paint on.
+
+    \value WPaintClever  indicates that Qt should \e not try to
+    optimize repainting for the widget, but instead pass on window
+    system repaint events directly. (This tends to produce more events
+    and smaller repaint regions.)
+
+    \value WMouseNoMask  indicates that even if the widget has a mask,
+    it wants mouse events for its entire rectangle.
+
+    \value WStaticContents  indicates that the widget contents are
+    north-west aligned and static. On resize, such a widget will
+    receive paint events only for the newly visible part of itself.
+
+    \value WNoAutoErase indicates that the widget paints all its
+    pixels. Updating, resizing, scrolling and focus changes should
+    therefore not erase the widget. This allows smart-repainting to
+    avoid flicker.
+
+    \value WResizeNoErase  this value is obsolete; use WNoAutoErase instead.
+    \value WRepaintNoErase  this value is obsolete; use WNoAutoErase instead.
+    \value WGroupLeader  makes this window a group leader. A group
+    leader should \e not have a parent (i.e. it should be a top-level
+    window). Any decendant windows (direct or indirect) of a group
+    leader are in its group; other windows are not. If you show a
+    secondary window from the group (i.e. show a window whose top-most
+    parent is a group leader), that window will be modal with respect
+    to the other windows in the group, but modeless with respect to
+    windows in other groups.
+
+    Miscellaneous flags
+
+    \value WShowModal see WType_Dialog
+
+    Internal flags.
+
+    \value WNoMousePropagation
+    \value WStaticContents
+    \value WStyle_Reserved
+    \value WSubWindow
+    \value WType_Modal
+    \value WWinOwnDC
+    \value WX11BypassWM
+    \value WMacNoSheet
+    \value WMacDrawer
+    \value WStyle_Mask
+    \value WType_Mask
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WidgetState
+
+    Internal flags.
+
+    \value WState_Created
+    \value WState_Disabled
+    \value WState_Visible
+    \value WState_ForceHide
+    \value WState_OwnCursor
+    \value WState_MouseTracking
+    \value WState_CompressKeys
+    \value WState_BlockUpdates
+    \value WState_InPaintEvent
+    \value WState_Reparented
+    \value WState_ConfigPending
+    \value WState_Resized
+    \value WState_AutoMask
+    \value WState_Polished
+    \value WState_DND
+    \value WState_Reserved0 \e internal
+    \value WState_CreatedHidden
+    \value WState_Maximized
+    \value WState_Minimized
+    \value WState_ForceDisabled
+    \value WState_Exposed
+    \value WState_HasMouse
+    \value WState_CreatedHidden
+    \value WState_OwnSizePolicy
+    \value WState_FullScreen
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WindowState
+
+    \keyword window state
+
+    This enum type is used to specify the current state of a top-level
+    window.
+
+    The states are
+
+    \value WindowNoState   The window has no state set (in normal state).
+    \value WindowMinimized The window is minimized (i.e. iconified).
+    \value WindowMaximized The window is maximized with a frame around it.
+    \value WindowFullScreen The window fills the entire screen without any frame around it.
+    \value WindowActive The window is the active window, i.e. it has keyboard focus.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a widget which is a child of \a parent, with the name
+    \a name and widget flags set to \a f.
+
+    If \a parent is 0, the new widget becomes a top-level window. If
+    \a parent is another widget, this widget becomes a child window
+    inside \a parent. The new widget is deleted when its \a parent is
+    deleted.
+
+    The \a name is sent to the QObject constructor.
+
+    The widget flags argument, \a f, is normally 0, but it can be set
+    to customize the window frame of a top-level widget (i.e. \a
+    parent must be 0). To customize the frame, set the \c
+    WStyle_Customize flag OR'ed with any of the \l Qt::WidgetFlags.
+
+    If you add a child widget to an already visible widget you must
+    explicitly show the child to make it visible.
+
+    Note that the X11 version of Qt may not be able to deliver all
+    combinations of style flags on all systems. This is because on
+    X11, Qt can only ask the window manager, and the window manager
+    can override the application's settings. On Windows, Qt can set
+    whatever flags you want.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    QLabel *splashScreen = new QLabel( 0, "mySplashScreen",
+				WStyle_Customize | WStyle_Splash );
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+QWidget::QWidget( QWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags f )
+    : QObject( parent, name ), QPaintDevice( QInternal::Widget )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE) && !defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( qApp->type() == QApplication::Tty ) {
+	qWarning( "QWidget: Cannot create a QWidget when no GUI "
+		  "is being used" );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    fstrut_dirty = 1;
+
+    isWidget = TRUE;				// is a widget
+    winid = 0;					// default attributes
+    widget_state = 0;
+    widget_flags = f;
+    focus_policy = 0;
+    own_font = 0;
+    own_palette = 0;
+    sizehint_forced = 0;
+    is_closing = 0;
+    in_show = 0;
+    in_show_maximized = 0;
+    im_enabled = FALSE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+    lay_out = 0;
+#endif
+    extra = 0;					// no extra widget info
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    bg_col = pal.active().background();		// default background color
+#endif
+    create();					// platform-dependent init
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    pal = isTopLevel() ? QApplication::palette() : parentWidget()->palette();
+#endif
+    if ( ! isTopLevel() )
+	fnt = parentWidget()->font();
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    fnt.x11SetScreen( x11Screen() );
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+    if ( !isDesktop() )
+	setBackgroundFromMode(); //### parts of this are done in create but not all (see reparent(...) )
+    // make sure move/resize events are sent to all widgets
+    QApplication::postEvent( this, new QMoveEvent( crect.topLeft(),
+						   crect.topLeft() ) );
+    QApplication::postEvent( this, new QResizeEvent(crect.size(),
+						    crect.size()) );
+    if ( isTopLevel() ) {
+	setWState( WState_ForceHide | WState_CreatedHidden );
+	QFocusData *fd = focusData( TRUE );
+	if ( fd->focusWidgets.findRef(this) < 0 )
+	    fd->focusWidgets.append( this );
+    } else {
+	// propagate enabled state
+	if ( !parentWidget()->isEnabled() )
+	    setWState( WState_Disabled );
+	// new widgets do not show up in already visible parents
+	if ( parentWidget()->isVisible() )
+	    setWState( WState_ForceHide | WState_CreatedHidden );
+    }
+    if ( ++instanceCounter > maxInstances )
+    	maxInstances = instanceCounter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the widget.
+
+    All this widget's children are deleted first. The application
+    exits if this widget is the main widget.
+*/
+
+QWidget::~QWidget()
+{
+#if defined (QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( paintingActive() )
+	qWarning( "%s (%s): deleted while being painted", className(), name() );
+#endif
+
+    // Remove myself and all children from the can-take-focus list
+    QFocusData *f = focusData( FALSE );
+    if ( f ) {
+	QPtrListIterator<QWidget> it(f->focusWidgets);
+	QWidget *w;
+	while ( (w = it.current()) ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    QWidget * p = w;
+	    while( p && p != this )
+		p = p->parentWidget();
+	    if ( p ) // my descendant
+		f->focusWidgets.removeRef( w );
+	}
+    }
+    --instanceCounter;
+
+    if ( QApplication::main_widget == this ) {	// reset main widget
+	QApplication::main_widget = 0;
+	if (qApp)
+	    qApp->quit();
+    }
+
+    if ( hasFocus() )
+	clearFocus();
+
+    if ( isTopLevel() && isShown() && winId() )
+	hide();
+
+    // A parent widget must destroy all its children before destroying itself
+    if ( childObjects ) {			// delete children objects
+	QObjectListIt it(*childObjects);
+	QObject *obj;
+	while ( (obj=it.current()) ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    obj->parentObj = 0;
+	    childObjects->removeRef( obj );
+	    delete obj;
+	}
+	delete childObjects;
+	childObjects = 0;
+    }
+
+    QApplication::removePostedEvents( this );
+
+    destroy();					// platform-dependent cleanup
+    if ( extra )
+	deleteExtra();
+}
+
+int QWidget::instanceCounter = 0;  // Current number of widget instances
+int QWidget::maxInstances = 0;     // Maximum number of widget instances
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Creates the global widget mapper.
+  The widget mapper converts window handles to widget pointers.
+  \sa destroyMapper()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::createMapper()
+{
+    mapper = new QWidgetMapper;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( mapper );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Destroys the global widget mapper.
+  \sa createMapper()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::destroyMapper()
+{
+    if ( !mapper )				// already gone
+	return;
+    QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)mapper) );
+    QWidgetMapper * myMapper = mapper;
+    mapper = 0;
+    register QWidget *w;
+    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// remove parents widgets
+	++it;
+	if ( !w->parentObj )			// widget is a parent
+	    w->destroy( TRUE, TRUE );
+    }
+    delete myMapper;
+}
+
+
+static QWidgetList *wListInternal( QWidgetMapper *mapper, bool onlyTopLevel )
+{
+    QWidgetList *list = new QWidgetList;
+    Q_CHECK_PTR( list );
+    if ( mapper ) {
+	QWidget *w;
+	QWidgetIntDictIt it( *((QWidgetIntDict*)mapper) );
+	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( !onlyTopLevel || w->isTopLevel() )
+		list->append( w );
+	}
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Returns a list of all widgets.
+  \sa tlwList(), QApplication::allWidgets()
+*/
+
+QWidgetList *QWidget::wList()
+{
+    return wListInternal( mapper, FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Returns a list of all top level widgets.
+  \sa wList(), QApplication::topLevelWidgets()
+*/
+
+QWidgetList *QWidget::tlwList()
+{
+    return wListInternal( mapper, TRUE );
+}
+
+
+void QWidget::setWinId( WId id )		// set widget identifier
+{
+    if ( !mapper )				// mapper destroyed
+	return;
+    if ( winid )
+	mapper->remove( winid );
+    winid = id;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    hd = id;					// X11: hd == ident
+#endif
+    if ( id )
+	mapper->insert( this );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Returns a pointer to the block of extra widget data.
+*/
+
+QWExtra *QWidget::extraData()
+{
+    return extra;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Returns a pointer to the block of extra top level widget data.
+
+  This data is guaranteed to exist for top level widgets.
+*/
+
+QTLWExtra *QWidget::topData()
+{
+    createTLExtra();
+    return extra->topextra;
+}
+
+
+void QWidget::createTLExtra()
+{
+    if ( !extra )
+	createExtra();
+    if ( !extra->topextra ) {
+	QTLWExtra* x = extra->topextra = new QTLWExtra;
+#if defined( Q_WS_WIN ) || defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+	x->opacity = 255;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+	x->icon = 0;
+#endif
+	x->focusData = 0;
+	x->fleft = x->fright = x->ftop = x->fbottom = 0;
+	x->incw = x->inch = 0;
+	x->basew = x->baseh = 0;
+	x->normalGeometry = QRect(0,0,-1,-1);
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	x->embedded = 0;
+	x->parentWinId = 0;
+	x->spont_unmapped = 0;
+	x->dnd = 0;
+	x->uspos = 0;
+	x->ussize = 0;
+#endif
+	x->savedFlags = 0;
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER)
+	x->decor_allocated_region = QRegion();
+	x->qwsManager = 0;
+#endif
+	createTLSysExtra();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Creates the widget extra data.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::createExtra()
+{
+    if ( !extra ) {				// if not exists
+	extra = new QWExtra;
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( extra );
+	extra->minw = extra->minh = 0;
+	extra->maxw = extra->maxh = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+	extra->bg_pix = 0;
+	extra->focus_proxy = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	extra->curs = 0;
+#endif
+	extra->topextra = 0;
+	extra->bg_mode = PaletteBackground;
+	extra->bg_mode_visual = PaletteBackground;
+	extra->bg_origin = WidgetOrigin;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+	extra->style = 0;
+#endif
+	extra->size_policy = QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Preferred,
+					  QSizePolicy::Preferred );
+	createSysExtra();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Deletes the widget extra data.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::deleteExtra()
+{
+    if ( extra ) {				// if exists
+	delete extra->bg_pix;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	delete extra->curs;
+#endif
+	deleteSysExtra();
+	if ( extra->topextra ) {
+	    deleteTLSysExtra();
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+	    delete extra->topextra->icon;
+#endif
+	    delete extra->topextra->focusData;
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER)
+	    delete extra->topextra->qwsManager;
+#endif
+	    delete extra->topextra;
+	}
+	delete extra;
+	// extra->xic destroyed in QWidget::destroy()
+	extra = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  This function is called when a widget is hidden or destroyed.
+  It resets some application global pointers that should only refer active,
+  visible widgets.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::deactivateWidgetCleanup()
+{
+    // If this was the active application window, reset it
+    if ( this == QApplication::active_window )
+	qApp->setActiveWindow( 0 );
+    // If the is the active mouse press widget, reset it
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+    extern QGuardedPtr<QWidget> qt_button_down;
+#else
+    extern QWidget *qt_button_down;
+#endif
+    if ( this == (QWidget *)qt_button_down )
+	qt_button_down = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to the widget with window identifer/handle \a
+    id.
+
+    The window identifier type depends on the underlying window
+    system, see \c qwindowdefs.h for the actual definition. If there
+    is no widget with this identifier, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::find( WId id )
+{
+    return mapper ? mapper->find( id ) : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QWidgetMapper *QWidget::wmapper()
+  \internal
+  Returns a pointer to the widget mapper.
+
+  The widget mapper is an internal dictionary that is used to map from
+  window identifiers/handles to widget pointers.
+  \sa find(), id()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn WFlags QWidget::getWFlags() const
+
+    Returns the widget flags for this this widget.
+
+    Widget flags are a combination of \l{Qt::WidgetFlags}.
+
+    \sa testWFlags(), setWFlags(), clearWFlags()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWidget::setWFlags( WFlags f )
+
+    Sets the widget flags \a f.
+
+    Widget flags are a combination of \l{Qt::WidgetFlags}.
+
+    \sa testWFlags(), getWFlags(), clearWFlags()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWidget::clearWFlags( WFlags f )
+
+    Clears the widget flags \a f.
+
+    Widget flags are a combination of \l{Qt::WidgetFlags}.
+
+    \sa testWFlags(), getWFlags(), setWFlags()
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn WId QWidget::winId() const
+
+    Returns the window system identifier of the widget.
+
+    Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to
+    do something non-portable. Be careful.
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+/*!
+    Returns the GUI style for this widget
+
+    \sa QWidget::setStyle(), QApplication::setStyle(), QApplication::style()
+*/
+
+QStyle& QWidget::style() const
+{
+    if ( extra && extra->style )
+	return *extra->style;
+    QStyle &ret = qApp->style();
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style. Ownership of the style
+    object is not transferred.
+
+    If no style is set, the widget uses the application's style,
+    QApplication::style() instead.
+
+    Setting a widget's style has no effect on existing or future child
+    widgets.
+
+    \warning This function is particularly useful for demonstration
+    purposes, where you want to show Qt's styling capabilities. Real
+    applications should avoid it and use one consistent GUI style
+    instead.
+
+    \sa style(), QStyle, QApplication::style(), QApplication::setStyle()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setStyle( QStyle *style )
+{
+    QStyle& old  = QWidget::style();
+    createExtra();
+    extra->style = style;
+    if ( !testWFlags(WType_Desktop) // (except desktop)
+	 && testWState(WState_Polished)) { // (and have been polished)
+	old.unPolish( this );
+	QWidget::style().polish( this );
+    }
+    styleChange( old );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style using the QStyleFactory.
+*/
+QStyle* QWidget::setStyle( const QString &style )
+{
+    QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create( style );
+    setStyle( s );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This virtual function is called when the style of the widgets
+    changes. \a oldStyle is the previous GUI style; you can get the
+    new style from style().
+
+    Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
+    GUI style changes. You will almost certainly need to update the
+    widget using update().
+
+    The default implementation updates the widget including its
+    geometry.
+
+    \sa QApplication::setStyle(), style(), update(), updateGeometry()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::styleChange( QStyle& /* oldStyle */ )
+{
+    update();
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::isTopLevel
+    \brief whether the widget is a top-level widget
+
+    A top-level widget is a widget which usually has a frame and a
+    \link QWidget::caption caption (title)\endlink. \link
+    QWidget::isPopup() Popup\endlink and \link QWidget::isDesktop()
+    desktop\endlink widgets are also top-level widgets.
+
+    A top-level widget can have a \link QWidget::parentWidget() parent
+    widget\endlink. It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted
+    when the parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized
+    etc. If supported by the window manager, it will also have a
+    common taskbar entry with its parent.
+
+    QDialog and QMainWindow widgets are by default top-level, even if
+    a parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is
+    specified by the \c WType_TopLevel widget flag.
+
+    \sa topLevelWidget(), isDialog(), isModal(), isPopup(), isDesktop(), parentWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::isDialog
+    \brief whether the widget is a dialog widget
+
+    A dialog widget is a secondary top-level widget, i.e. a top-level
+    widget with a parent.
+
+    \sa isTopLevel(), QDialog
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::isPopup
+    \brief whether the widget is a popup widget
+
+    A popup widget is created by specifying the widget flag \c
+    WType_Popup to the widget constructor. A popup widget is also a
+    top-level widget.
+
+    \sa isTopLevel()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::isDesktop
+    \brief whether the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop
+
+    A desktop widget is also a top-level widget.
+
+    \sa isTopLevel(), QApplication::desktop()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::isModal
+    \brief whether the widget is a modal widget
+
+    This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. A modal
+    widget prevents widgets in all other top-level widgets from
+    getting any input.
+
+    \sa isTopLevel(), isDialog(), QDialog
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::underMouse
+    \brief whether the widget is under the mouse cursor
+
+    This value is not updated properly during drag and drop
+    operations.
+
+    \sa QEvent::Enter, QEvent::Leave
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::minimized
+    \brief whether this widget is minimized (iconified)
+
+    This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
+
+    \sa showMinimized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), maximized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isMinimized() const
+{ return testWState(WState_Minimized); }
+
+/*!
+    Shows the widget minimized, as an icon.
+
+    Calling this function only affects \link isTopLevel() top-level
+    widgets\endlink.
+
+    \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible(),
+    isMinimized()
+*/
+void QWidget::showMinimized()
+{
+    bool isMin = isMinimized();
+    if (isMin && isVisible()) return;
+
+    if (!isMin)
+        setWindowState((windowState() & ~WindowActive) | WindowMinimized);
+    show();
+    if (!isTopLevel())
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ShowMinimized);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::maximized
+    \brief whether this widget is maximized
+
+    This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
+
+    Note that due to limitations in some window-systems, this does not
+    always report the expected results (e.g. if the user on X11
+    maximizes the window via the window manager, Qt has no way of
+    distinguishing this from any other resize). This is expected to
+    improve as window manager protocols evolve.
+
+    \sa windowState(), showMaximized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), minimized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isMaximized() const
+{ return testWState(WState_Maximized); }
+
+
+
+/*!  Returns the current window state. The window state is a OR'ed
+  combination of Qt::WindowState: \c WindowMinimized, \c
+  WindowMaximized, \c WindowFullScreen and \c WindowActive.
+
+  \sa Qt::WindowState setWindowState()
+ */
+uint QWidget::windowState() const
+{
+    uint state = 0;
+    if (testWState(WState_Minimized))
+	state |= WindowMinimized;
+    if (testWState(WState_Maximized))
+	state |= WindowMaximized;
+    if (testWState(WState_FullScreen))
+	state |= WindowFullScreen;
+    if (isActiveWindow())
+	state |= WindowActive;
+    return state;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QWidget::setWindowState(uint windowState)
+
+  Sets the window state to \a windowState. The window state is a OR'ed
+  combination of Qt::WindowState: \c WindowMinimized, \c
+  WindowMaximized, \c WindowFullScreen and \c WindowActive.
+
+  If the window is not visible (i.e. isVisible() returns FALSE), the
+  window state will take effect when show() is called. For visible
+  windows, the change is immediate. For example, to toggle between
+  full-screen and mormal mode, use the following code:
+
+  \code
+	w->setWindowState(w->windowState() ^ WindowFullScreen);
+  \endcode
+
+  In order to restore and activate a minimized window (while
+  preserving its maximized and/or full-screen state), use the following:
+
+  \code
+	w->setWindowState(w->windowState() & ~WindowMinimized | WindowActive);
+  \endcode
+
+  Note: On some window systems \c WindowActive is not immediate, and may be
+  ignored in certain cases.
+
+  \sa Qt::WindowState windowState()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::fullScreen
+    \brief whether the widget is full screen
+
+    \sa windowState(), minimized, maximized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isFullScreen() const
+{ return testWState(WState_FullScreen); }
+
+/*!
+    Shows the widget in full-screen mode.
+
+    Calling this function only affects top-level widgets.
+
+    To return from full-screen mode, call showNormal().
+
+    Full-screen mode works fine under Windows, but has certain
+    problems under X. These problems are due to limitations of the
+    ICCCM protocol that specifies the communication between X11
+    clients and the window manager. ICCCM simply does not understand
+    the concept of non-decorated full-screen windows. Therefore, the
+    best we can do is to request a borderless window and place and
+    resize it to fill the entire screen. Depending on the window
+    manager, this may or may not work. The borderless window is
+    requested using MOTIF hints, which are at least partially
+    supported by virtually all modern window managers.
+
+    An alternative would be to bypass the window manager entirely and
+    create a window with the WX11BypassWM flag. This has other severe
+    problems though, like totally broken keyboard focus and very
+    strange effects on desktop changes or when the user raises other
+    windows.
+
+    X11 window managers that follow modern post-ICCCM specifications
+    support full-screen mode properly.
+
+    \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showFullScreen()
+{
+    bool isFull = isFullScreen();
+    if (isFull && isVisible())
+	return;
+
+    if (!isFull)
+	setWindowState(windowState() | WindowFullScreen);
+    show();
+    if (!isTopLevel())
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ShowFullScreen);
+    setActiveWindow();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Shows the widget maximized.
+
+    Calling this function only affects \link isTopLevel() top-level
+    widgets\endlink.
+
+    On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window
+    managers. See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry
+    documentation\endlink for an explanation.
+
+    \sa setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showMaximized()
+{
+    if (isMaximized() && isVisible() && !isMinimized())
+	return;
+
+    setWindowState((windowState() & ~WindowMinimized) | WindowMaximized);
+    show();
+    if (!isTopLevel())
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ShowMaximized);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Restores the widget after it has been maximized or minimized.
+
+    Calling this function only affects \link isTopLevel() top-level
+    widgets\endlink.
+
+    \sa setWindowState(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showNormal()
+{
+    setWindowState(WindowNoState);
+    show();
+    if (!isTopLevel())
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ShowNormal);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this widget would become enabled if \a ancestor is
+    enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up
+    to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly disabled.
+
+    isEnabledTo(0) is equivalent to isEnabled().
+
+    \sa setEnabled() enabled
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isEnabledTo( QWidget* ancestor ) const
+{
+    const QWidget * w = this;
+    while ( w && !w->testWState(WState_ForceDisabled)
+	    && !w->isTopLevel()
+	    && w->parentWidget()
+	    && w->parentWidget() != ancestor )
+	w = w->parentWidget();
+    return !w->testWState( WState_ForceDisabled );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QWidget::isEnabledToTLW() const
+  \obsolete
+
+  This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isEnabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::enabled
+    \brief whether the widget is enabled
+
+    An enabled widget receives keyboard and mouse events; a disabled
+    widget does not. In fact, an enabled widget only receives keyboard
+    events when it is in focus.
+
+    Some widgets display themselves differently when they are
+    disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If
+    your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you
+    can reimplement the enabledChange() function.
+
+    Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
+    respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
+    explicitly disabled.
+
+    \sa isEnabled(), isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, enabledChange()
+*/
+void QWidget::setEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( enable )
+	clearWState( WState_ForceDisabled );
+    else
+	setWState( WState_ForceDisabled );
+
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && parentWidget() &&
+	 !parentWidget()->isEnabled() && enable )
+	return; // nothing we can do
+
+    if ( enable ) {
+	if ( testWState(WState_Disabled) ) {
+	    clearWState( WState_Disabled );
+	    setBackgroundFromMode();
+	    enabledChange( !enable );
+	    if ( children() ) {
+		QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+		QWidget *w;
+		while( (w = (QWidget *)it.current()) != 0 ) {
+		    ++it;
+		    if ( w->isWidgetType() &&
+			 !w->testWState( WState_ForceDisabled ) )
+			w->setEnabled( TRUE );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( !testWState(WState_Disabled) ) {
+            if (focusWidget() == this) {
+                bool parentIsEnabled = (!parentWidget() || parentWidget()->isEnabled());
+                if (!parentIsEnabled || !focusNextPrevChild(TRUE))
+		    clearFocus();
+            }
+	    setWState( WState_Disabled );
+	    setBackgroundFromMode();
+	    enabledChange( !enable );
+	    if ( children() ) {
+		QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+		QWidget *w;
+		while( (w = (QWidget *)it.current()) != 0 ) {
+		    ++it;
+		    if ( w->isWidgetType() && w->isEnabled() ) {
+			w->setEnabled( FALSE );
+			w->clearWState( WState_ForceDisabled );
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    if ( testWState( WState_OwnCursor ) ) {
+	// enforce the windows behavior of clearing the cursor on
+	// disabled widgets
+
+	extern void qt_x11_enforce_cursor( QWidget * w ); // defined in qwidget_x11.cpp
+	qt_x11_enforce_cursor( this );
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    QInputContext::enable( this, im_enabled & !((bool)testWState(WState_Disabled)) );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Disables widget input events if \a disable is TRUE; otherwise
+    enables input events.
+
+    See the \l enabled documentation for more information.
+
+    \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, enabledChange()
+*/
+void QWidget::setDisabled( bool disable )
+{
+    setEnabled( !disable );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWidget::enabledChange( bool oldEnabled )
+
+    This virtual function is called from setEnabled(). \a oldEnabled
+    is the previous setting; you can get the new setting from
+    isEnabled().
+
+    Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when it
+    becomes enabled or disabled. You will almost certainly need to
+    update the widget using update().
+
+    The default implementation repaints the visible part of the
+    widget.
+
+    \sa setEnabled(), isEnabled(), repaint(), update(), clipRegion()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::enabledChange( bool )
+{
+    update();
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+    QAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, QAccessible::StateChanged );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWidget::windowActivationChange( bool oldActive )
+
+    This virtual function is called for a widget when its window is
+    activated or deactivated by the window system. \a oldActive is the
+    previous state; you can get the new setting from isActiveWindow().
+
+    Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
+    window becomes activated or deactivated.
+
+    The default implementation updates the visible part of the widget
+    if the inactive and the active colorgroup are different for colors
+    other than the highlight and link colors.
+
+    \sa setActiveWindow(), isActiveWindow(), update(), palette()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::windowActivationChange( bool )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    if ( !isVisible() )
+	return;
+
+    const QColorGroup &acg = palette().active();
+    const QColorGroup &icg = palette().inactive();
+
+    if ( acg != icg ) {
+	BackgroundMode bm = backgroundMode();
+	QColorGroup::ColorRole role = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(bm);
+	if ( bm > NoBackground  && acg.brush(role) != icg.brush(role) )
+	    setBackgroundFromMode();
+	else if ( acg.background() == icg.background() &&
+		  acg.base() == icg.base() &&
+		  acg.text() == icg.text() &&
+		  acg.foreground() == icg.foreground() &&
+		  acg.button() == icg.button() &&
+		  acg.buttonText() == icg.buttonText() &&
+		  acg.brightText() == icg.brightText() &&
+		  acg.dark() == icg.dark() &&
+		  acg.light() == icg.light() &&
+		  acg.mid() == icg.mid() &&
+		  acg.midlight() == icg.midlight() &&
+		  acg.shadow() == icg.shadow() )
+	    return;
+	update();
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::frameGeometry
+    \brief geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any
+    window frame
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
+
+    \sa geometry() x() y() pos()
+*/
+QRect QWidget::frameGeometry() const
+{
+    if (isTopLevel() && ! isPopup()) {
+	if (fstrut_dirty)
+	    updateFrameStrut();
+	QWidget *that = (QWidget *) this;
+	QTLWExtra *top = that->topData();
+	return QRect(crect.x() - top->fleft,
+		     crect.y() - top->ftop,
+		     crect.width() + top->fleft + top->fright,
+		     crect.height() + top->ftop + top->fbottom);
+    }
+    return crect;
+}
+
+/*! \property QWidget::x
+    \brief the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including
+    any window frame
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
+
+    \sa frameGeometry, y, pos
+*/
+int QWidget::x() const
+{
+    if (isTopLevel() && ! isPopup()) {
+	if (fstrut_dirty)
+	    updateFrameStrut();
+	QWidget *that = (QWidget *) this;
+	return crect.x() - that->topData()->fleft;
+    }
+    return crect.x();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::y
+    \brief the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and
+    including any window frame
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
+
+    \sa frameGeometry, x, pos
+*/
+int QWidget::y() const
+{
+    if (isTopLevel() && ! isPopup()) {
+	if (fstrut_dirty)
+	    updateFrameStrut();
+	QWidget *that = (QWidget *) this;
+	return crect.y() - that->topData()->ftop;
+    }
+    return crect.y();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::pos
+    \brief the position of the widget within its parent widget
+
+    If the widget is a top-level widget, the position is that of the
+    widget on the desktop, including its frame.
+
+    When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a
+    move event (moveEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not
+    currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it
+    is shown.
+
+    move() is virtual, and all other overloaded move() implementations
+    in Qt call it.
+
+    \warning Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can
+    lead to infinite recursion.
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
+
+    \sa frameGeometry, size x(), y()
+*/
+QPoint QWidget::pos() const
+{
+    if (isTopLevel() && ! isPopup()) {
+	if (fstrut_dirty)
+	    updateFrameStrut();
+	QWidget *that = (QWidget *) this;
+	QTLWExtra *top = that->topData();
+	return QPoint(crect.x() - top->fleft, crect.y() - top->ftop);
+    }
+    return crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::geometry
+    \brief the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and
+    excluding the window frame
+
+    When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a
+    move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize event (resizeEvent())
+    immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is
+    guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown.
+
+    The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range
+    defined by minimumSize() and maximumSize().
+
+    setGeometry() is virtual, and all other overloaded setGeometry()
+    implementations in Qt call it.
+
+    \warning Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
+    can lead to infinite recursion.
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
+
+    \sa frameGeometry(), rect(), move(), resize(), moveEvent(),
+	resizeEvent(), minimumSize(), maximumSize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::size
+    \brief the size of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+    When resizing, the widget, if visible, receives a resize event
+    (resizeEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not currently
+    visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
+
+    The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by
+    minimumSize() and maximumSize(). Furthermore, the size is always
+    at least QSize(1, 1). For toplevel widgets, the minimum size
+    might be larger, depending on the window manager.
+
+    If you want a top-level window to have a fixed size, call
+    setResizeMode( QLayout::FreeResize ) on its layout.
+
+    resize() is virtual, and all other overloaded resize()
+    implementations in Qt call it.
+
+    \warning Calling resize() or setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() can
+    lead to infinite recursion.
+
+    \sa pos, geometry, minimumSize, maximumSize, resizeEvent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::width
+    \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
+
+    \sa geometry, height, size
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::height
+    \brief the height of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
+
+    \sa geometry, width, size
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::rect
+    \brief the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window
+    frame
+
+    The rect property equals QRect(0, 0, width(), height()).
+
+    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
+    for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
+
+    \sa size
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::childrenRect
+    \brief the bounding rectangle of the widget's children
+
+    Hidden children are excluded.
+
+    \sa childrenRegion() geometry()
+*/
+
+QRect QWidget::childrenRect() const
+{
+    QRect r( 0, 0, 0, 0 );
+    if ( !children() )
+	return r;
+    QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+    QObject *obj;
+    while ( (obj = it.current()) ) {
+	++it;
+	if ( obj->isWidgetType() && !((QWidget*)obj)->isHidden() && !((QWidget*)obj)->isTopLevel())
+	    r = r.unite( ((QWidget*)obj)->geometry() );
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::childrenRegion
+    \brief the combined region occupied by the widget's children
+
+    Hidden children are excluded.
+
+    \sa childrenRect() geometry()
+*/
+
+QRegion QWidget::childrenRegion() const
+{
+    QRegion r;
+    if ( !children() )
+	return r;
+    QObjectListIt it( *children() );		// iterate over all children
+    QObject *obj;
+    while ( (obj=it.current()) ) {
+	++it;
+	if ( obj->isWidgetType() && !((QWidget*)obj)->isHidden() && !((QWidget*)obj)->isTopLevel())
+	    r = r.unite( ((QWidget*)obj)->geometry() );
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::minimumSize
+    \brief the widget's minimum size
+
+    The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum
+    widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if
+    the current size is smaller.
+
+    If you use a layout inside the widget, the minimum size will be
+    set by the layout and not by setMinimumSize(), unless you set the
+    layout's resize mode to QLayout::FreeResize.
+
+    \sa minimumWidth, minimumHeight, maximumSize, sizeIncrement
+	QLayout::setResizeMode()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::minimumSize() const
+{
+    return extra ? QSize( extra->minw, extra->minh ) : QSize( 0, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::maximumSize
+    \brief the widget's maximum size
+
+    The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum
+    widget size.
+
+    \sa maximumWidth(), maximumHeight(), setMaximumSize(),
+    minimumSize(), sizeIncrement()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::maximumSize() const
+{
+    return extra ? QSize( extra->maxw, extra->maxh )
+		 : QSize( QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::minimumWidth
+    \brief the widget's minimum width
+
+    This property corresponds to minimumSize().width().
+
+    \sa minimumSize, minimumHeight
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::minimumHeight
+    \brief the widget's minimum height
+
+    This property corresponds to minimumSize().height().
+
+    \sa minimumSize, minimumWidth
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::maximumWidth
+    \brief the widget's maximum width
+
+    This property corresponds to maximumSize().width().
+
+    \sa maximumSize, maximumHeight
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::maximumHeight
+    \brief the widget's maximum height
+
+    This property corresponds to maximumSize().height().
+
+    \sa maximumSize, maximumWidth
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::sizeIncrement
+    \brief the size increment of the widget
+
+    When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of
+    sizeIncrement().width() pixels horizontally and
+    sizeIncrement.height() pixels vertically, with baseSize() as the
+    basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers \e i
+    and \e j:
+    \code
+	width = baseSize().width() + i * sizeIncrement().width();
+	height = baseSize().height() + j * sizeIncrement().height();
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it
+    only affects top-level widgets.
+
+    \warning The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may
+    be disregarded by the window manager on X.
+
+    \sa size, minimumSize, maximumSize
+*/
+QSize QWidget::sizeIncrement() const
+{
+    return ( extra && extra->topextra )
+	? QSize( extra->topextra->incw, extra->topextra->inch )
+	: QSize( 0, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::baseSize
+    \brief the base size of the widget
+
+    The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the
+    widget defines sizeIncrement().
+
+    \sa setSizeIncrement()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::baseSize() const
+{
+    return ( extra != 0 && extra->topextra != 0 )
+	? QSize( extra->topextra->basew, extra->topextra->baseh )
+	: QSize( 0, 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets both the minimum and maximum sizes of the widget to \a s,
+    thereby preventing it from ever growing or shrinking.
+
+    \sa setMaximumSize() setMinimumSize()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedSize( const QSize & s)
+{
+    setMinimumSize( s );
+    setMaximumSize( s );
+    resize( s );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::setFixedSize( int w, int h )
+
+    Sets the width of the widget to \a w and the height to \a h.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedSize( int w, int h )
+{
+    setMinimumSize( w, h );
+    setMaximumSize( w, h );
+    resize( w, h );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumWidth( int w )
+{
+    setMinimumSize( w, minimumSize().height() );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumHeight( int h )
+{
+    setMinimumSize( minimumSize().width(), h );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMaximumWidth( int w )
+{
+    setMaximumSize( w, maximumSize().height() );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMaximumHeight( int h )
+{
+    setMaximumSize( maximumSize().width(), h );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets both the minimum and maximum width of the widget to \a w
+    without changing the heights. Provided for convenience.
+
+    \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedWidth( int w )
+{
+    setMinimumSize( w, minimumSize().height() );
+    setMaximumSize( w, maximumSize().height() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets both the minimum and maximum heights of the widget to \a h
+    without changing the widths. Provided for convenience.
+
+    \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedHeight( int h )
+{
+    setMinimumSize( minimumSize().width(), h );
+    setMaximumSize( maximumSize().width(), h );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to the coordinate system
+    of \a parent. The \a parent must not be 0 and must be a parent
+    of the calling widget.
+
+    \sa mapFrom() mapToParent() mapToGlobal() hasMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapTo( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const
+{
+    QPoint p = pos;
+    if ( parent ) {
+	const QWidget * w = this;
+	while ( w != parent ) {
+	    p = w->mapToParent( p );
+	    w = w->parentWidget();
+	}
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Translates the widget coordinate \a pos from the coordinate system
+    of \a parent to this widget's coordinate system. The \a parent
+    must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget.
+
+    \sa mapTo() mapFromParent() mapFromGlobal() hasMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapFrom( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const
+{
+    QPoint p( pos );
+    if ( parent ) {
+	const QWidget * w = this;
+	while ( w != parent ) {
+	    p = w->mapFromParent( p );
+	    w = w->parentWidget();
+	}
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to a coordinate in the
+    parent widget.
+
+    Same as mapToGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
+
+    \sa mapFromParent() mapTo() mapToGlobal() hasMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapToParent( const QPoint &pos ) const
+{
+    return pos + crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Translates the parent widget coordinate \a pos to widget
+    coordinates.
+
+    Same as mapFromGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
+
+    \sa mapToParent() mapFrom() mapFromGlobal() hasMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapFromParent( const QPoint &pos ) const
+{
+    return pos - crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the top-level widget for this widget, i.e. the next
+    ancestor widget that has (or could have) a window-system frame.
+
+    If the widget is a top-level, the widget itself is returned.
+
+    Typical usage is changing the window caption:
+
+    \code
+	aWidget->topLevelWidget()->setCaption( "New Caption" );
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa isTopLevel()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::topLevelWidget() const
+{
+    QWidget *w = (QWidget *)this;
+    QWidget *p = w->parentWidget();
+    while ( !w->testWFlags(WType_TopLevel) && p ) {
+	w = p;
+	p = p->parentWidget();
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::paletteForegroundColor
+    \brief the foreground color of the widget
+
+    setPaletteForegroundColor() is a convenience function that creates
+    and sets a modified QPalette with setPalette(). The palette is
+    modified according to the widget's \e {background mode}. For
+    example, if the background mode is \c PaletteButton the palette entry
+    \c QColorGroup::ButtonText is set to color.
+
+    \sa setPalette() QApplication::setPalette() backgroundMode()
+      foregroundColor() setBackgroundMode() setEraseColor()
+*/
+const QColor &QWidget::paletteForegroundColor() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    BackgroundMode mode = extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode_visual : PaletteBackground;
+    return colorGroup().color( QPalette::foregroundRoleFromMode(mode) );
+#else
+    return Qt::black;
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor( const QColor & color )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    BackgroundMode mode = extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode_visual : PaletteBackground;
+    QPalette pal = palette();
+    QColorGroup::ColorRole role = QPalette::foregroundRoleFromMode( mode );
+    pal.setColor( QPalette::Active, role, color );
+    pal.setColor( QPalette::Inactive, role, color );
+    pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, role, color );
+    setPalette( pal );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Same as paletteForegroundColor()
+ */
+const QColor &QWidget::foregroundColor() const
+{
+    return paletteForegroundColor();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor& QWidget::eraseColor() const
+
+    Returns the erase color of the widget.
+
+    \sa setEraseColor() setErasePixmap() backgroundColor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the erase color of the widget to \a color.
+
+    The erase color is the color the widget is to be cleared to before
+    paintEvent() is called. If there is an erase pixmap (set using
+    setErasePixmap()), then this property has an indeterminate value.
+
+    \sa erasePixmap(), backgroundColor(), backgroundMode(), palette()
+*/
+void QWidget::setEraseColor( const QColor & color )
+{
+    setBackgroundModeDirect( FixedColor );
+    setBackgroundColorDirect( color );
+    update();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the widget's erase pixmap.
+
+    \sa setErasePixmap() eraseColor()
+*/
+const QPixmap *QWidget::erasePixmap() const
+{
+    return ( extra && extra->bg_pix ) ? extra->bg_pix : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the widget's erase pixmap to \a pixmap.
+
+    This pixmap is used to clear the widget before paintEvent() is
+    called.
+*/
+void QWidget::setErasePixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    // This function is called with a null pixmap by setBackgroundEmpty().
+    setBackgroundPixmapDirect( pixmap );
+    setBackgroundModeDirect( FixedPixmap );
+    update();
+}
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundFromMode()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    QColorGroup::ColorRole r = QColorGroup::Background;
+    if ( extra ) {
+	int i = (BackgroundMode)extra->bg_mode;
+	if ( i == FixedColor || i == FixedPixmap || i == NoBackground ) {
+	    // Mode is for fixed color, not one based on palette,
+	    // so nothing to do.
+	    return;
+	}
+	switch( i ) {
+	case PaletteForeground:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Foreground;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteButton:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Button;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteLight:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Light;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteMidlight:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Midlight;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteDark:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Dark;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteMid:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Mid;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteText:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Text;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteBrightText:
+	    r = QColorGroup::BrightText;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteBase:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Base;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteBackground:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Background;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteShadow:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Shadow;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteHighlight:
+	    r = QColorGroup::Highlight;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteHighlightedText:
+	    r = QColorGroup::HighlightedText;
+	    break;
+	case PaletteButtonText:
+	    r = QColorGroup::ButtonText;
+	    break;
+	case X11ParentRelative:
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	    setBackgroundX11Relative();
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    const QColorGroup &cg = colorGroup();
+    QPixmap * p = cg.brush( r ).pixmap();
+    if ( p )
+	setBackgroundPixmapDirect( *p );
+    else
+	setBackgroundColorDirect( cg.color( r ) );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::BackgroundMode
+
+    This enum describes how the background of a widget changes, as the
+    widget's palette changes.
+
+    The background is what the widget contains when \link
+    QWidget::paintEvent() paintEvent()\endlink is called. To minimize
+    flicker, this should be the most common color or pixmap in the
+    widget. For \c PaletteBackground, use colorGroup().brush( \c
+    QColorGroup::Background ), and so on.
+
+    \value PaletteForeground
+    \value PaletteBackground
+    \value PaletteButton
+    \value PaletteLight
+    \value PaletteMidlight
+    \value PaletteDark
+    \value PaletteMid
+    \value PaletteText
+    \value PaletteBrightText
+    \value PaletteButtonText
+    \value PaletteBase
+    \value PaletteShadow
+    \value PaletteHighlight
+    \value PaletteHighlightedText
+    \value PaletteLink
+    \value PaletteLinkVisited
+    \value X11ParentRelative (internal use only)
+
+    The final three values have special meaning:
+
+    \value NoBackground the widget is not cleared before paintEvent().
+    If the widget's paint event always draws on all the pixels, using
+    this mode can be both fast and flicker-free.
+    \value FixedColor the widget is cleared to a fixed color, normally
+    different from all the ones in the palette(). Set using \link
+    QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor()
+    setPaletteBackgroundColor()\endlink.
+    \value FixedPixmap the widget is cleared to a fixed pixmap,
+    normally different from all the ones in the palette(). Set using
+    \link QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap()
+    setPaletteBackgroundPixmap()\endlink.
+
+    Although \c FixedColor and \c FixedPixmap are sometimes just
+    right, if you use them, make sure that you test your application
+    when the desktop color scheme has been changed. (On X11, a quick
+    way to test this is e.g. "./myapp -bg paleblue". On Windows, you
+    must use the control panel.)
+
+    \sa QWidget::setBackgroundMode() QWidget::backgroundMode()
+    QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap() QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::backgroundMode
+    \brief the color role used for painting the background of the widget
+
+    setPaletteBackgroundColor() reads this property to determine which
+    entry of the \link QWidget::palette palette\endlink to set.
+
+    For most widgets the default suffices (\c PaletteBackground,
+    typically gray), but some need to use \c PaletteBase (the
+    background color for text output, typically white) or another
+    role.
+
+    QListBox, which is "sunken" and uses the base color to contrast
+    with its environment, does this in its constructor:
+
+    \code
+    setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
+    \endcode
+
+    You will never need to set the background mode of a built-in
+    widget in Qt, but you might consider setting it in your custom
+    widgets, so that setPaletteBackgroundColor() works as expected.
+
+    Note that two of the BackgroundMode values make no sense for
+    setBackgroundMode(), namely \c FixedPixmap and \c FixedColor. You
+    must call setBackgroundPixmap() and setPaletteBackgroundColor()
+    instead.
+*/
+Qt::BackgroundMode QWidget::backgroundMode() const
+{
+    return extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode : PaletteBackground;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundMode( BackgroundMode m )
+{
+    setBackgroundMode( m, m );
+    if ( (widget_state & (WState_Visible|WState_BlockUpdates)) ==
+	 WState_Visible )
+	update();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the widget's own background mode to \a m and the visual
+    background mode to \a visual. The visual background mode is used
+    with the designable properties \c backgroundColor, \c
+    foregroundColor and \c backgroundPixmap.
+
+    For complex controls, the logical background mode sometimes
+    differs from a widget's own background mode. A spinbox for example
+    has \c PaletteBackground as background mode (typically dark gray),
+    while it's embedded lineedit control uses \c PaletteBase
+    (typically white). Since the lineedit covers most of the visual
+    area of a spinbox, it defines \c PaletteBase to be its \a visual
+    background mode. Changing the \c backgroundColor property thus
+    changes the lineedit control's background, which is exactly what
+    the user expects in \e{Qt Designer}.
+*/
+void QWidget::setBackgroundMode( BackgroundMode m, BackgroundMode visual )
+{
+    if ( m == NoBackground ) {
+	setBackgroundEmpty();
+    } else if ( m == FixedColor || m == FixedPixmap ) {
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	qWarning( "QWidget::setBackgroundMode: FixedColor or FixedPixmap makes"
+		  " no sense" );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+    setBackgroundModeDirect(m);
+    if ( m != visual && !extra )
+	createExtra();
+    if ( extra )
+	extra->bg_mode_visual = visual;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+void QWidget::setBackgroundModeDirect( BackgroundMode m )
+{
+    if ( m == PaletteBackground && !extra )
+	return;
+
+    createExtra();
+    if ( (BackgroundMode)extra->bg_mode != m ) {
+	extra->bg_mode = m;
+	extra->bg_mode_visual = m;
+	setBackgroundFromMode();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor
+    \brief the background color of the widget
+
+    The palette background color is usually set implicitly by
+    setBackgroundMode(), although it can also be set explicitly by
+    setPaletteBackgroundColor(). setPaletteBackgroundColor() is a
+    convenience function that creates and sets a modified QPalette
+    with setPalette(). The palette is modified according to the
+    widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
+    \c PaletteButton the color used for the palette's \c
+    QColorGroup::Button color entry is set.
+
+    If there is a background pixmap (set using
+    setPaletteBackgroundPixmap()), then the return value of this
+    function is indeterminate.
+
+    \sa paletteBackgroundPixmap, paletteForegroundColor, palette, colorGroup()
+*/
+const QColor & QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    BackgroundMode mode = extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode_visual : PaletteBackground;
+    switch( mode ) {
+    case FixedColor:
+    case FixedPixmap :
+    case NoBackground:
+    case X11ParentRelative:
+	return eraseColor();
+    default:
+	QColorGroup::ColorRole role = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode( mode );
+	return colorGroup().color( role );
+    }
+#else
+    return eraseColor();
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor( const QColor &color )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    BackgroundMode mode = extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode_visual : PaletteBackground;
+    switch( mode ) {
+    case FixedColor:
+    case FixedPixmap :
+    case NoBackground:
+    case X11ParentRelative:
+	setEraseColor( color );
+	break;
+    default:
+	QPalette pal = palette();
+	QColorGroup::ColorRole role = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode( mode );
+	pal.setColor( QPalette::Active, role, color );
+	pal.setColor( QPalette::Inactive, role, color );
+	pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, role, color );
+	setPalette( pal );
+	break;
+    }
+#else
+    setEraseColor( color );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap
+    \brief the background pixmap of the widget
+
+    The palette background pixmap is usually set implicitly by
+    setBackgroundMode(), although it can also be set explicitly by
+    setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(). setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() is a
+    convenience function that creates and sets a modified QPalette
+    with setPalette(). The palette is modified according to the
+    widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
+    \c PaletteButton the pixmap used for the palette's
+    \c QColorGroup::Button color entry is set.
+
+    If there is a plain background color (set using
+    setPaletteBackgroundColor()), then this function returns 0.
+
+    \sa paletteBackgroundColor, paletteForegroundColor, palette, colorGroup()
+*/
+const QPixmap *QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    BackgroundMode mode = extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode_visual : PaletteBackground;
+    switch( mode ) {
+    case FixedColor:
+    case FixedPixmap :
+    case NoBackground:
+    case X11ParentRelative:
+	return erasePixmap();
+    default:
+	QColorGroup::ColorRole role = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode( mode );
+	return palette().brush( QPalette::Active, role ).pixmap();
+    }
+#else
+    return erasePixmap();
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    BackgroundMode mode = extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode_visual : PaletteBackground;
+    switch( mode ) {
+    case FixedColor:
+    case FixedPixmap :
+    case NoBackground:
+    case X11ParentRelative:
+	setErasePixmap( pixmap );
+	break;
+    default:
+	QPalette pal = palette();
+	QColorGroup::ColorRole role = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode( mode );
+	pal.setBrush( QPalette::Active, role, QBrush( pal.color( QPalette::Active, role ), pixmap ) );
+	pal.setBrush( QPalette::Inactive, role, QBrush( pal.color( QPalette::Inactive, role ), pixmap ) );
+	pal.setBrush( QPalette::Disabled, role, QBrush( pal.color( QPalette::Disabled, role ), pixmap ) );
+	setPalette( pal );
+	break;
+    }
+#else
+    setErasePixmap( pixmap );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::backgroundBrush
+    \brief the widget's background brush
+
+    The background brush depends on a widget's palette and its
+    background mode.
+
+    \sa backgroundColor(), backgroundPixmap(), eraseColor(),  palette,
+    QApplication::setPalette()
+*/
+const QBrush& QWidget::backgroundBrush() const
+{
+    static QBrush noBrush;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    BackgroundMode mode = extra ? (BackgroundMode) extra->bg_mode_visual : PaletteBackground;
+    switch( mode ) {
+    case FixedColor:
+    case FixedPixmap :
+    case NoBackground:
+    case X11ParentRelative:
+	return noBrush;
+    default:
+	QColorGroup::ColorRole role = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode( mode );
+	return colorGroup().brush( role );
+    }
+#else
+    return noBrush;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::colorGroup
+    \brief the current color group of the widget palette
+
+    The color group is determined by the state of the widget. A
+    disabled widget has the QPalette::disabled() color group, a widget
+    with keyboard focus has the QPalette::active() color group, and an
+    inactive widget has the QPalette::inactive() color group.
+
+    \sa palette
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+const QColorGroup &QWidget::colorGroup() const
+{
+    if ( !isEnabled() )
+	return palette().disabled();
+    else if ( !isVisible() || isActiveWindow() )
+	return palette().active();
+    else
+	return palette().inactive();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::palette
+    \brief the widget's palette
+
+    As long as no special palette has been set, or after unsetPalette()
+    has been called, this is either a special palette for the widget
+    class, the parent's palette or (if this widget is a top level
+    widget), the default application palette.
+
+    Instead of defining an entirely new palette, you can also use the
+    \link QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor paletteBackgroundColor\endlink,
+    \link QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap paletteBackgroundPixmap\endlink and
+    \link QWidget::paletteForegroundColor paletteForegroundColor\endlink
+    convenience properties to change a widget's
+    background and foreground appearance only.
+
+    \sa ownPalette, colorGroup(), QApplication::palette()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+void QWidget::setPalette( const QPalette &palette )
+{
+    own_palette = TRUE;
+    if ( pal == palette )
+	return;
+    QPalette old = pal;
+    pal = palette;
+    setBackgroundFromMode();
+    QEvent ev( QEvent::PaletteChange );
+    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &ev );
+    if ( children() ) {
+	QEvent e( QEvent::ParentPaletteChange );
+	QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+	QWidget *w;
+	while( (w=(QWidget *)it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( w->isWidgetType() )
+		QApplication::sendEvent( w, &e );
+	}
+    }
+    paletteChange( old );
+    update();
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetPalette()
+{
+    // reset the palette
+    setPalette( qt_naturalWidgetPalette( this ) );
+    own_palette = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QWidget::setPalette( const QPalette&, bool )
+  \obsolete
+
+  Use setPalette( const QPalette& p ) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWidget::paletteChange( const QPalette &oldPalette )
+
+    This virtual function is called from setPalette(). \a oldPalette
+    is the previous palette; you can get the new palette from
+    palette().
+
+    Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
+    palette changes.
+
+    \sa setPalette(), palette()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::paletteChange( const QPalette & )
+{
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_PALETTE
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::font
+    \brief the font currently set for the widget
+
+    The fontInfo() function reports the actual font that is being used
+    by the widget.
+
+    As long as no special font has been set, or after unsetFont() is
+    called, this is either a special font for the widget class, the
+    parent's font or (if this widget is a top level widget), the
+    default application font.
+
+    This code fragment sets a 12 point helvetica bold font:
+    \code
+    QFont f( "Helvetica", 12, QFont::Bold );
+    setFont( f );
+    \endcode
+
+    In addition to setting the font, setFont() informs all children
+    about the change.
+
+    \sa fontChange() fontInfo() fontMetrics() ownFont()
+*/
+void QWidget::setFont( const QFont &font )
+{
+    own_font = TRUE;
+    if ( fnt == font && fnt.d->mask == font.d->mask )
+	return;
+    QFont old = fnt;
+    fnt = font.resolve( qt_naturalWidgetFont( this ) );
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    // make sure the font set on this widget is associated with the correct screen
+    fnt.x11SetScreen( x11Screen() );
+#endif
+    if ( children() ) {
+	QEvent e( QEvent::ParentFontChange );
+	QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+	QWidget *w;
+	while( (w=(QWidget *)it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( w->isWidgetType() )
+		QApplication::sendEvent( w, &e );
+	}
+    }
+    if ( hasFocus() )
+	setFontSys();
+    fontChange( old );
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetFont()
+{
+    // reset the font
+    setFont( qt_naturalWidgetFont( this ) );
+    own_font = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QWidget::setFont( const QFont&, bool )
+  \obsolete
+
+  Use setFont(const QFont& font) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWidget::fontChange( const QFont &oldFont )
+
+    This virtual function is called from setFont(). \a oldFont is the
+    previous font; you can get the new font from font().
+
+    Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
+    font changes. You will almost certainly need to update the widget
+    using update().
+
+    The default implementation updates the widget including its
+    geometry.
+
+    \sa setFont(), font(), update(), updateGeometry()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::fontChange( const QFont & )
+{
+    update();
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QFontMetrics QWidget::fontMetrics() const
+
+    Returns the font metrics for the widget's current font.
+    Equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()).
+
+    \sa font(), fontInfo(), setFont()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QFontInfo QWidget::fontInfo() const
+
+    Returns the font info for the widget's current font.
+    Equivalent to QFontInto(widget->font()).
+
+    \sa font(), fontMetrics(), setFont()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::cursor
+    \brief the cursor shape for this widget
+
+    The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this
+    widget. See the \link Qt::CursorShape list of predefined cursor
+    objects\endlink for a range of useful shapes.
+
+    An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor:
+    \code
+	setCursor( IbeamCursor );
+    \endcode
+
+    If no cursor has been set, or after a call to unsetCursor(), the
+    parent's cursor is used. The function unsetCursor() has no effect
+    on top-level widgets.
+
+    \sa QApplication::setOverrideCursor()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+const QCursor &QWidget::cursor() const
+{
+    if ( testWState(WState_OwnCursor) )
+	return (extra && extra->curs)
+	    ? *extra->curs
+	    : arrowCursor;
+    else
+	return (isTopLevel() || !parentWidget()) ? arrowCursor : parentWidget()->cursor();
+}
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::caption
+    \brief the window caption (title)
+
+    This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no
+    caption has been set, the caption is QString::null.
+
+    \sa icon() iconText()
+*/
+QString QWidget::caption() const
+{
+    return extra && extra->topextra
+	? extra->topextra->caption
+	: QString::null;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::icon
+    \brief the widget's icon
+
+    This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
+    has been set, icon() returns 0.
+
+    \sa iconText, caption,
+      \link appicon.html Setting the Application Icon\endlink
+*/
+const QPixmap *QWidget::icon() const
+{
+    return ( extra && extra->topextra ) ? extra->topextra->icon : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::iconText
+    \brief the widget's icon text
+
+    This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
+    text has been set, this functions returns QString::null.
+
+    \sa icon, caption
+*/
+
+QString QWidget::iconText() const
+{
+    return ( extra && extra->topextra ) ? extra->topextra->iconText
+	: QString::null;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::mouseTracking
+    \brief whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget
+
+    If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only
+    receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is
+    pressed while the mouse is being moved.
+
+    If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move
+    events even if no buttons are pressed.
+
+    \sa mouseMoveEvent(), QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the widget's focus proxy to widget \a w. If \a w is 0, the
+    function resets this widget to have no focus proxy.
+
+    Some widgets, such as QComboBox, can "have focus", but create a
+    child widget to actually handle the focus. QComboBox, for example,
+    creates a QLineEdit which handles the focus.
+
+    setFocusProxy() sets the widget which will actually get focus when
+    "this widget" gets it. If there is a focus proxy, focusPolicy(),
+    setFocusPolicy(), setFocus() and hasFocus() all operate on the
+    focus proxy.
+
+    \sa focusProxy()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFocusProxy( QWidget * w )
+{
+    if ( !w && !extra )
+	return;
+
+    for ( QWidget* fp  = w; fp; fp = fp->focusProxy() ) {
+	if ( fp == this ) {
+#if defined (QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	    qWarning( "%s (%s): already in focus proxy chain", className(), name() );
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    createExtra();
+
+    if ( extra->focus_proxy ) {
+	disconnect( extra->focus_proxy, SIGNAL(destroyed()),
+		    this, SLOT(focusProxyDestroyed()) );
+	extra->focus_proxy = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( w ) {
+	setFocusPolicy( w->focusPolicy() );
+	connect( w, SIGNAL(destroyed()),
+		 this, SLOT(focusProxyDestroyed()) );
+    }
+    extra->focus_proxy = w;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the focus proxy, or 0 if there is no focus proxy.
+
+    \sa setFocusProxy()
+*/
+
+QWidget * QWidget::focusProxy() const
+{
+    return extra ? extra->focus_proxy : 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Internal slot used to clean up if the focus proxy is destroyed.
+
+    \sa setFocusProxy()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::focusProxyDestroyed()
+{
+    if ( extra )
+	extra->focus_proxy = 0;
+    setFocusPolicy( NoFocus );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::focus
+    \brief whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard
+    input focus
+
+    Effectively equivalent to \c {qApp->focusWidget() == this}.
+
+    \sa setFocus(), clearFocus(), setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget()
+*/
+bool QWidget::hasFocus() const
+{
+    const QWidget* w = this;
+    while ( w->focusProxy() )
+	w = w->focusProxy();
+    return qApp->focusWidget() == w;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus
+    proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the \link
+    isActiveWindow() active window\endlink.
+
+    First, a focus out event is sent to the focus widget (if any) to
+    tell it that it is about to lose the focus. Then a focus in event
+    is sent to this widget to tell it that it just received the focus.
+    (Nothing happens if the focus in and focus out widgets are the
+    same.)
+
+    setFocus() gives focus to a widget regardless of its focus policy,
+    but does not clear any keyboard grab (see grabKeyboard()).
+
+    Be aware that if the widget is hidden, it will not accept focus.
+
+    \warning If you call setFocus() in a function which may itself be
+    called from focusOutEvent() or focusInEvent(), you may get an
+    infinite recursion.
+
+    \sa hasFocus() clearFocus() focusInEvent() focusOutEvent()
+    setFocusPolicy() QApplication::focusWidget() grabKeyboard()
+    grabMouse()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFocus()
+{
+    if ( !isEnabled() )
+	return;
+
+    if ( focusProxy() ) {
+	focusProxy()->setFocus();
+	return;
+    }
+
+    QFocusData * f = focusData( TRUE );
+    if ( f->it.current() == this && qApp->focusWidget() == this
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	&& GetFocus() == winId()
+#endif
+	)
+	return;
+
+    f->it.toFirst();
+    while ( f->it.current() != this && !f->it.atLast() )
+	++f->it;
+    // at this point, the iterator should point to 'this'.  if it
+    // does not, 'this' must not be in the list - an error, but
+    // perhaps possible.  fix it.
+    if ( f->it.current() != this ) {
+	f->focusWidgets.append( this );
+	f->it.toLast();
+    }
+
+    if ( isActiveWindow() ) {
+	QWidget * prev = qApp->focus_widget;
+	if ( prev ) {
+	    // This part is never executed when Q_WS_X11? Preceding XFocusOut
+	    // had already reset focus_widget when received XFocusIn
+
+	    // Don't reset input context explicitly here. Whether reset or not
+	    // when focusing out is a responsibility of input methods. For
+	    // example, Japanese input context should not be reset here. The
+	    // context sometimes contains a whole paragraph and has minutes of
+	    // lifetime different to ephemeral one in other languages. The
+	    // input context should be survived until focused again. So we
+	    // delegate the responsibility to input context via
+	    // unfocusInputContext().
+	    if ( prev != this && prev->isInputMethodEnabled() ) {
+#if 0
+		prev->resetInputContext();
+#else
+		prev->unfocusInputContext();
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	else {
+	    QInputContext::endComposition();
+	}
+#endif
+	qApp->focus_widget = this;
+	if( isInputMethodEnabled() )
+	    focusInputContext();
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	if ( !topLevelWidget()->isPopup() )
+	    SetFocus( winId() );
+	else {
+#endif
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+	    QAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, QAccessible::Focus );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if ( prev != this ) {
+	    if ( prev ) {
+		QFocusEvent out( QEvent::FocusOut );
+		QApplication::sendEvent( prev, &out );
+	    }
+
+	    if ( qApp->focus_widget == this ) {
+		QFocusEvent in( QEvent::FocusIn );
+		QApplication::sendEvent( this, &in );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Takes keyboard input focus from the widget.
+
+    If the widget has active focus, a \link focusOutEvent() focus out
+    event\endlink is sent to this widget to tell it that it is about
+    to lose the focus.
+
+    This widget must enable focus setting in order to get the keyboard
+    input focus, i.e. it must call setFocusPolicy().
+
+    \sa hasFocus(), setFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(),
+    setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::clearFocus()
+{
+    if ( focusProxy() ) {
+	focusProxy()->clearFocus();
+	return;
+    } else if ( hasFocus() ) {
+#if !defined(Q_WS_X11)
+        resetInputContext();
+#else
+	unfocusInputContext();
+#endif
+	QWidget* w = qApp->focusWidget();
+	// clear active focus
+	qApp->focus_widget = 0;
+	QFocusEvent out( QEvent::FocusOut );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( w, &out );
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	if ( !isPopup() && GetFocus() == winId() )
+	    SetFocus( 0 );
+	else {
+#endif
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+	    QAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, QAccessible::Focus );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
+    for Tab and Shift+Tab, and returns TRUE if is can find a new
+    widget and FALSE if it can't,
+
+    If \a next is TRUE, this function searches "forwards", if \a next
+    is FALSE, it searches "backwards".
+
+    Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For
+    example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current
+    active link" forwards or backwards, and call
+    QWidget::focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or
+    first link on the "page".
+
+    Child widgets call focusNextPrevChild() on their parent widgets,
+    but only the top-level widget decides where to redirect focus. By
+    overriding this method for an object, you thus gain control of
+    focus traversal for all child widgets.
+
+    \warning QScrollView uses it own logic for this function, which
+    does the right thing in most cases. But if you are using a
+    QScrollView and want complete control of the focus chain you'll
+    need to override QScrollView::focusNextPrevChild() and your
+    top-level widgets' focusNextPrevChild() functions.
+
+    \sa focusData()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::focusNextPrevChild( bool next )
+{
+    QWidget* p = parentWidget();
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && p )
+	return p->focusNextPrevChild(next);
+
+    QFocusData *f = focusData( TRUE );
+
+    QWidget *startingPoint = f->it.current();
+    QWidget *candidate = 0;
+    QWidget *w = next ? f->focusWidgets.last() : f->focusWidgets.first();
+    extern bool qt_tab_all_widgets;
+    uint focus_flag = qt_tab_all_widgets ? TabFocus : StrongFocus;
+    do {
+	if ( w && w != startingPoint &&
+	     ( ( w->focusPolicy() & focus_flag ) == focus_flag )
+	     && !w->focusProxy() && w->isVisibleTo(this) && w->isEnabled())
+	    candidate = w;
+	w = next ? f->focusWidgets.prev() : f->focusWidgets.next();
+    } while( w && !(candidate && w==startingPoint) );
+
+    if ( !candidate )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    candidate->setFocus();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the focus widget in this widget's window. This is not the
+    same as QApplication::focusWidget(), which returns the focus
+    widget in the currently active window.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::focusWidget() const
+{
+    QWidget *that = (QWidget *)this;		// mutable
+    QFocusData *f = that->focusData( FALSE );
+    if ( f && f->focusWidgets.count() && f->it.current() == 0 )
+	f->it.toFirst();
+    return ( f && f->it.current() ) ? f->it.current() : 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the focus data for this widget's top-level widget.
+
+    Focus data always belongs to the top-level widget. The focus data
+    list contains all the widgets in this top-level widget that can
+    accept focus, in tab order. An iterator points to the current
+    focus widget (focusWidget() returns a pointer to this widget).
+
+    This information is useful for implementing advanced versions of
+    focusNextPrevChild().
+*/
+QFocusData * QWidget::focusData()
+{
+    return focusData( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Internal function which lets us ask for the focus data, creating
+    it if it doesn't exist and \a create is TRUE.
+*/
+QFocusData * QWidget::focusData( bool create )
+{
+    QWidget * tlw = topLevelWidget();
+    QWExtra * ed = tlw->extraData();
+    if ( !ed || !ed->topextra ) {
+	if ( !create )
+	    return 0;
+	tlw->createTLExtra();
+	ed = tlw->extraData();
+    }
+    if ( create && !ed->topextra->focusData )
+	ed->topextra->focusData = new QFocusData;
+
+    return ed->topextra->focusData;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::inputMethodEnabled
+    \brief enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget.
+
+    Most Widgets (as eg. buttons) that do not handle text input should have
+    the input method disabled if they have focus. This is the default.
+
+    If a widget handles text input it should set this property to TRUE.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled( bool b )
+{
+    im_enabled = b;
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    QInputContext::enable( this, im_enabled & !((bool)testWState(WState_Disabled)) );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enables key event compression, if \a compress is TRUE, and
+    disables it if \a compress is FALSE.
+
+    Key compression is off by default (except for QLineEdit and
+    QTextEdit), so widgets receive one key press event for each key
+    press (or more, since autorepeat is usually on). If you turn it on
+    and your program doesn't keep up with key input, Qt may try to
+    compress key events so that more than one character can be
+    processed in each event.
+
+    For example, a word processor widget might receive 2, 3 or more
+    characters in each QKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation
+    takes too long for the CPU.
+
+    If a widget supports multiple character unicode input, it is
+    always safe to turn the compression on.
+
+    Qt performs key event compression only for printable characters.
+    Modifier keys, cursor movement keys, function keys and
+    miscellaneous action keys (e.g. Escape, Enter, Backspace,
+    PrintScreen) will stop key event compression, even if there are
+    more compressible key events available.
+
+    Not all platforms support this compression, in which case turning
+    it on will have no effect.
+
+    \sa QKeyEvent::text();
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool compress)
+{
+    if ( compress )
+	setWState( WState_CompressKeys );
+    else
+	clearWState( WState_CompressKeys );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::isActiveWindow
+    \brief whether this widget is the active window
+
+    The active window is the window that contains the widget
+    that has keyboard focus.
+
+    When popup windows are visible, this property is TRUE for both the
+    active window \e and for the popup.
+
+    \sa setActiveWindow(), QApplication::activeWindow()
+*/
+bool QWidget::isActiveWindow() const
+{
+    QWidget *tlw = topLevelWidget();
+    if(testWFlags(WSubWindow) && parentWidget())
+	tlw = parentWidget()->topLevelWidget();
+    if(tlw == qApp->activeWindow() || ( isVisible() && tlw->isPopup() ))
+	return TRUE;
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    if(style().styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, this )) {
+        if((tlw->isDialog() || (tlw->testWFlags(Qt::WStyle_Tool) && !tlw->isPopup())) &&
+           !tlw->testWFlags(Qt::WShowModal) &&
+           (!tlw->parentWidget() || tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow()))
+	   return TRUE;
+	QWidget *w = qApp->activeWindow();
+	if( !testWFlags(WSubWindow) && w && w->testWFlags(WSubWindow) &&
+	    w->parentWidget()->topLevelWidget() == tlw)
+	    return TRUE;
+        while(w && (tlw->isDialog() || tlw->testWFlags(Qt::WStyle_Tool)) &&
+              !w->testWFlags(Qt::WShowModal) && w->parentWidget()) {
+	    w = w->parentWidget()->topLevelWidget();
+	    if( w == tlw )
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN32)
+    HWND parent = tlw->winId();
+    HWND topparent = GetActiveWindow();
+    while ( parent ) {
+	parent = ::GetParent( parent );
+	if ( parent && parent == topparent )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the \a second widget around the ring of focus widgets so
+    that keyboard focus moves from the \a first widget to the \a
+    second widget when the Tab key is pressed.
+
+    Note that since the tab order of the \a second widget is changed,
+    you should order a chain like this:
+
+    \code
+	setTabOrder( a, b ); // a to b
+	setTabOrder( b, c ); // a to b to c
+	setTabOrder( c, d ); // a to b to c to d
+    \endcode
+
+    \e not like this:
+
+    \code
+	setTabOrder( c, d ); // c to d   WRONG
+	setTabOrder( a, b ); // a to b AND c to d
+	setTabOrder( b, c ); // a to b to c, but not c to d
+    \endcode
+
+    If \a first or \a second has a focus proxy, setTabOrder()
+    correctly substitutes the proxy.
+
+    \sa setFocusPolicy(), setFocusProxy()
+*/
+void QWidget::setTabOrder( QWidget* first, QWidget *second )
+{
+    if ( !first || !second ||
+	first->focusPolicy() == NoFocus || second->focusPolicy() == NoFocus )
+	return;
+
+    // If first is redirected, set first to the last child of first
+    // that can take keyboard focus so that second is inserted after
+    // that last child, and the focus order within first is (more
+    // likely to be) preserved.
+    if ( first->focusProxy() ) {
+	QObjectList *l = first->queryList( "QWidget" );
+	if ( l && l->count() ) {
+	    QObjectListIt it(*l);
+	    it.toLast();
+	    while (it.current()) {
+		if (((QWidget*)it.current())->topLevelWidget() == first->topLevelWidget()) {
+		    first = (QWidget*)it.current();
+		    if (first->focusPolicy() != NoFocus)
+			break;
+		}
+		--it;
+	    }
+	}
+	delete l;
+    }
+    while ( first->focusProxy() )
+	first = first->focusProxy();
+    while ( second->focusProxy() )
+	second = second->focusProxy();
+
+    QFocusData *f = first->focusData( TRUE );
+    bool focusThere = (f->it.current() == second );
+    f->focusWidgets.removeRef( second );
+    if ( f->focusWidgets.findRef( first ) >= 0 )
+	f->focusWidgets.insert( f->focusWidgets.at() + 1, second );
+    else
+	f->focusWidgets.append( second );
+    if ( focusThere ) { // reset iterator so tab will work appropriately
+	f->it.toFirst();
+	while( f->it.current() && f->it.current() != second )
+	    ++f->it;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  Moves the relevant subwidgets of this widget from the \a oldtlw's
+  tab chain to that of the new parent, if there's anything to move and
+  we're really moving
+
+  This function is called from QWidget::reparent() *after* the widget
+  has been reparented.
+
+  \sa reparent()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::reparentFocusWidgets( QWidget * oldtlw )
+{
+    if ( oldtlw == topLevelWidget() )
+	return; // nothing to do
+
+    QFocusData * from = oldtlw ? oldtlw->topData()->focusData : 0;
+    QFocusData * to;
+    to = focusData();
+
+    if ( from ) {
+	from->focusWidgets.first();
+	do {
+	    QWidget * pw = from->focusWidgets.current();
+	    while( pw && pw != this )
+		pw = pw->parentWidget();
+	    if ( pw == this ) {
+		QWidget * w = from->focusWidgets.take();
+		if ( w == from->it.current() )
+		    // probably best to clear keyboard focus, or
+		    // the user might become rather confused
+		    w->clearFocus();
+		if ( !isTopLevel() )
+		    to->focusWidgets.append( w );
+	    } else {
+		from->focusWidgets.next();
+	    }
+	} while( from->focusWidgets.current() );
+    }
+
+    if ( to->focusWidgets.findRef(this) < 0 )
+	to->focusWidgets.append( this );
+
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && extra && extra->topextra && extra->topextra->focusData ) {
+	// this widget is no longer a top-level widget, so get rid
+	// of old focus data
+	delete extra->topextra->focusData;
+	extra->topextra->focusData = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QWidget::recreate( QWidget *parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt )
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  This method is provided to aid porting from Qt 1.0 to 2.0. It has
+  been renamed reparent() in Qt 2.0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::frameSize
+    \brief the size of the widget including any window frame
+*/
+QSize QWidget::frameSize() const
+{
+    if ( isTopLevel() && !isPopup() ) {
+	if ( fstrut_dirty )
+	    updateFrameStrut();
+	QWidget *that = (QWidget *) this;
+	QTLWExtra *top = that->topData();
+	return QSize( crect.width() + top->fleft + top->fright,
+		      crect.height() + top->ftop + top->fbottom );
+    }
+    return crect.size();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Recursive function that updates \a widget and all its children,
+    if they have some parent background origin.
+*/
+static void qt_update_bg_recursive( QWidget *widget )
+{
+    if ( !widget || widget->isHidden() || widget->backgroundOrigin() == QWidget::WidgetOrigin || !widget->backgroundPixmap() )
+	return;
+
+    const QObjectList *lst = widget->children();
+
+    if ( lst ) {
+	QObjectListIterator it( *lst );
+	QWidget *widget;
+	while ( (widget = (QWidget*)it.current()) ) {
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( widget->isWidgetType() && !widget->isHidden() && !widget->isTopLevel() && !widget->testWFlags(Qt::WSubWindow) )
+		    qt_update_bg_recursive( widget );
+	}
+    }
+    QApplication::postEvent( widget, new QPaintEvent( widget->clipRegion(), !widget->testWFlags(Qt::WRepaintNoErase) ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This corresponds to move( QPoint(\a x, \a y) ).
+*/
+
+void QWidget::move( int x, int y )
+{
+    QPoint oldp(pos());
+    internalSetGeometry( x + geometry().x() - QWidget::x(),
+			 y + geometry().y() - QWidget::y(),
+			 width(), height(), TRUE );
+    if ( isVisible() && oldp != pos() )
+	qt_update_bg_recursive( this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This corresponds to resize( QSize(\a w, \a h) ).
+*/
+void QWidget::resize( int w, int h )
+{
+    internalSetGeometry( geometry().x(), geometry().y(), w, h, FALSE );
+    setWState( WState_Resized );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This corresponds to setGeometry( QRect(\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) ).
+*/
+void QWidget::setGeometry( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    QPoint oldp( pos( ));
+    internalSetGeometry( x, y, w, h, TRUE );
+    setWState( WState_Resized );
+    if ( isVisible() && oldp != pos() )
+	qt_update_bg_recursive( this );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::focusEnabled
+    \brief whether the widget accepts keyboard focus
+
+    Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. focusPolicy() ==
+    \c QWidget::NoFocus).
+
+    You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
+    keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
+    constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls
+    setFocusPolicy(QWidget::StrongFocus).
+
+    \sa setFocusPolicy(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(),
+      keyReleaseEvent(), isEnabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QWidget::FocusPolicy
+
+    This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with
+    respect to acquiring keyboard focus.
+
+    \value TabFocus  the widget accepts focus by tabbing.
+    \value ClickFocus  the widget accepts focus by clicking.
+    \value StrongFocus  the widget accepts focus by both tabbing
+			and clicking. On Mac OS X this will also
+			be indicate that the widget accepts tab focus
+			when in 'Text/List focus mode'.
+    \value WheelFocus  like StrongFocus plus the widget accepts
+			focus by using the mouse wheel.
+    \value NoFocus  the widget does not accept focus.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::focusPolicy
+    \brief the way the widget accepts keyboard focus
+
+    The policy is \c QWidget::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard
+    focus by tabbing, \c QWidget::ClickFocus if the widget accepts
+    focus by clicking, \c QWidget::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and
+    \c QWidget::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at
+    all.
+
+    You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
+    keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
+    constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls
+    setFocusPolicy(QWidget::StrongFocus).
+
+    \sa focusEnabled, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(),
+      keyReleaseEvent(), enabled
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFocusPolicy( FocusPolicy policy )
+{
+    if ( focusProxy() )
+	focusProxy()->setFocusPolicy( policy );
+    if ( policy != NoFocus ) {
+	QFocusData * f = focusData( TRUE );
+	if ( f->focusWidgets.findRef( this ) < 0 )
+	    f->focusWidgets.append( this );
+    }
+    focus_policy = (uint) policy;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::updatesEnabled
+    \brief whether updates are enabled
+
+    Calling update() and repaint() has no effect if updates are
+    disabled. Paint events from the window system are processed
+    normally even if updates are disabled.
+
+    setUpdatesEnabled() is normally used to disable updates for a
+    short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during
+    large changes.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
+	bigVisualChanges();
+	setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
+	repaint();
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa update(), repaint(), paintEvent()
+*/
+void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( enable )
+	clearWState( WState_BlockUpdates );
+    else
+	setWState( WState_BlockUpdates );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Shows the widget and its child widgets.
+
+    If its size or position has changed, Qt guarantees that a widget
+    gets move and resize events just before it is shown.
+
+    You almost never have to reimplement this function. If you need to
+    change some settings before a widget is shown, use showEvent()
+    instead. If you need to do some delayed initialization use
+    polish().
+
+    \sa showEvent(), hide(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(),
+    showNormal(), isVisible(), polish()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::show()
+{
+    if ( testWState(WState_Visible) )
+	return;
+
+    bool wasHidden = isHidden();
+    bool postLayoutHint = !isTopLevel() && wasHidden;
+    clearWState( WState_ForceHide | WState_CreatedHidden );
+
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && !parentWidget()->isVisible() ) {
+	// we should become visible, but one of our ancestors is
+	// explicitly hidden. Since we cleared the ForceHide flag, our
+	// immediate parent will call show() on us again during its
+	// own processing of show().
+	if ( wasHidden ) {
+	    QEvent showToParentEvent( QEvent::ShowToParent );
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &showToParentEvent );
+	}
+	if ( postLayoutHint )
+	    QApplication::postEvent( parentWidget(),
+				     new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutHint) );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    in_show = TRUE; // set qws recursion watch
+
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+
+    uint state = isTopLevel() ? windowState() : 0;
+#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
+    if ( isTopLevel() && !testWState( WState_Resized ) ) {
+	// do this before sending the posted resize events. Otherwise
+	// the layout would catch the resize event and may expand the
+	// minimum size.
+	QSize s = qt_naturalWidgetSize( this );
+	if ( !s.isEmpty() )
+	    resize( s );
+    }
+#endif // Q_OS_TEMP
+
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::Move );
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::Resize );
+
+    // the resizing and layouting might have changed the window state
+    if (isTopLevel() && windowState() != state)
+	setWindowState(state);
+
+    setWState( WState_Visible );
+
+    if ( parentWidget() )
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents( parentWidget(),
+					QEvent::ChildInserted );
+
+    if ( extra ) {
+	int w = crect.width();
+	int h = crect.height();
+	if ( w < extra->minw || h < extra->minh ||
+	     w > extra->maxw || h > extra->maxh ) {
+	    w = QMAX( extra->minw, QMIN( w, extra->maxw ));
+	    h = QMAX( extra->minh, QMIN( h, extra->maxh ));
+	    resize( w, h );			// deferred resize
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( testWFlags(WStyle_Tool) || isPopup() ) {
+	raise();
+    } else if ( testWFlags(WType_TopLevel) ) {
+	while ( QApplication::activePopupWidget() ) {
+	    if ( !QApplication::activePopupWidget()->close() )
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !testWState(WState_Polished) )
+	polish();
+
+    showChildren( FALSE );
+
+    if ( postLayoutHint )
+	QApplication::postEvent( parentWidget(),
+				 new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutHint) );
+
+    // Required for Mac, not sure whether we should always do that
+    if( isTopLevel() )
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::LayoutHint);
+
+    // On Windows, show the popup now so that our own focus handling
+    // stores the correct old focus widget even if it's stolen in the showevent
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) )
+	qApp->openPopup( this );
+#endif
+
+    QShowEvent showEvent;
+    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &showEvent );
+
+    if ( testWFlags(WShowModal) ) {
+	// qt_enter_modal *before* show, otherwise the initial
+	// stacking might be wrong
+	qt_enter_modal( this );
+    }
+
+    // do not show the window directly, but post a show-window request
+    // to reduce flicker with widgets in layouts
+    if ( postLayoutHint )
+	QApplication::postEvent( this, new QEvent( QEvent::ShowWindowRequest ) );
+    else
+	showWindow();
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) )
+	qApp->openPopup( this );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+    QAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, QAccessible::ObjectShow );
+#endif
+
+    in_show = FALSE;  // reset qws recursion watch
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::iconify()
+    \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Hides the widget.
+
+    You almost never have to reimplement this function. If you need to
+    do something after a widget is hidden, use hideEvent() instead.
+
+    \sa hideEvent(), isHidden(), show(), showMinimized(), isVisible(), close()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::hide()
+{
+    clearWState( WState_CreatedHidden );
+    if ( testWState(WState_ForceHide) )
+	return;
+
+    setWState( WState_ForceHide );
+
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) )
+	qApp->closePopup( this );
+
+    // Move test modal here.  Otherwise, a modal dialog could get
+    // destroyed and we lose all access to its parent because we haven't
+    // left modality.  (Eg. modal Progress Dialog)
+    if ( testWFlags(WShowModal) )
+	qt_leave_modal( this );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( isTopLevel() && !isPopup() && parentWidget() && isActiveWindow() )
+	parentWidget()->setActiveWindow();	// Activate parent
+#endif
+
+    hideWindow();
+
+    if ( testWState(WState_Visible) ) {
+	clearWState( WState_Visible );
+
+	// next bit tries to move the focus if the focus widget is now
+	// hidden.
+	if ( qApp && qApp->focusWidget() == this )
+  	    focusNextPrevChild( TRUE );
+	QHideEvent hideEvent;
+	QApplication::sendEvent( this, &hideEvent );
+	hideChildren( FALSE );
+
+#if defined(QT_ACCESSIBILITY_SUPPORT)
+	QAccessible::updateAccessibility( this, 0, QAccessible::ObjectHide );
+#endif
+    } else {
+	QEvent hideToParentEvent( QEvent::HideToParent );
+	QApplication::sendEvent( this, &hideToParentEvent );
+    }
+
+    // post layout hint for non toplevels. The parent widget check is
+    // necessary since the function is called in the destructor
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && parentWidget() )
+	QApplication::postEvent( parentWidget(),
+				 new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint) );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setShown( bool show )
+{
+    if ( show )
+	this->show();
+    else
+	hide();
+}
+
+void QWidget::setHidden( bool hide )
+{
+    if ( hide )
+	this->hide();
+    else
+	show();
+}
+
+void QWidget::showChildren( bool spontaneous )
+{
+     if ( children() ) {
+	QObjectListIt it(*children());
+	register QObject *object;
+	QWidget *widget;
+	while ( it ) {
+	    object = it.current();
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( object->isWidgetType() ) {
+		widget = (QWidget*)object;
+		if ( !widget->isTopLevel() && widget->isShown() ) {
+		    if ( spontaneous ) {
+			widget->showChildren( spontaneous );
+			QShowEvent e;
+			QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
+		    } else {
+			widget->show();
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QWidget::hideChildren( bool spontaneous )
+{
+     if ( children() ) {
+	QObjectListIt it(*children());
+	register QObject *object;
+	QWidget *widget;
+	while ( it ) {
+	    object = it.current();
+	    ++it;
+	    if ( object->isWidgetType() ) {
+		widget = (QWidget*)object;
+		if ( !widget->isTopLevel() && widget->isShown() ) {
+		    if ( !spontaneous )
+			widget->clearWState( WState_Visible );
+		    widget->hideChildren( spontaneous );
+		    QHideEvent e;
+		    if ( spontaneous )
+			QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
+		    else
+			QApplication::sendEvent( widget, &e );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Delayed initialization of a widget.
+
+    This function will be called \e after a widget has been fully
+    created and \e before it is shown the very first time.
+
+    Polishing is useful for final initialization which depends on
+    having an instantiated widget. This is something a constructor
+    cannot guarantee since the initialization of the subclasses might
+    not be finished.
+
+    After this function, the widget has a proper font and palette and
+    QApplication::polish() has been called.
+
+    Remember to call QWidget's implementation first when reimplementing this
+    function to ensure that your program does not end up in infinite recursion.
+
+    \sa constPolish(), QApplication::polish()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::polish()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+    if ( isTopLevel() ) {
+	const QPixmap *pm = icon();
+	if ( !pm || pm->isNull() ) {
+	    QWidget *mw = (QWidget *)parent();
+	    pm = mw ? mw->icon() : 0;
+	    if ( pm && !pm->isNull() )
+		setIcon( *pm );
+	    else {
+		mw = mw ? mw->topLevelWidget() : 0;
+		pm = mw ? mw->icon() : 0;
+		if ( pm && !pm->isNull() )
+		    setIcon( *pm );
+		else {
+		    mw = qApp ? qApp->mainWidget() : 0;
+		    pm = mw ? mw->icon() : 0;
+		    if ( pm && !pm->isNull() )
+			setIcon( *pm );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( !testWState(WState_Polished) ) {
+	if ( ! own_font &&
+	     ! QApplication::font( this ).isCopyOf( QApplication::font() ) )
+	    unsetFont();
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+	if ( ! own_palette &&
+	     ! QApplication::palette( this ).isCopyOf( QApplication::palette() ) )
+	    unsetPalette();
+#endif
+	setWState(WState_Polished);
+	qApp->polish( this );
+	QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWidget::constPolish() const
+
+    Ensures that the widget is properly initialized by calling
+    polish().
+
+    Call constPolish() from functions like sizeHint() that depends on
+    the widget being initialized, and that may be called before
+    show().
+
+    \warning Do not call constPolish() on a widget from inside that
+    widget's constructor.
+
+    \sa polish()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Closes this widget. Returns TRUE if the widget was closed;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a alsoDelete is TRUE or the widget has the \c
+    WDestructiveClose widget flag, the widget is also deleted. The
+    widget can prevent itself from being closed by rejecting the
+    \l QCloseEvent it gets. A close events is delivered to the widget
+    no matter if the widget is visible or not.
+
+    The QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the
+    last visible top level widget is closed.
+
+    Note that closing the \l QApplication::mainWidget() terminates the
+    application.
+
+    \sa closeEvent(), QCloseEvent, hide(), QApplication::quit(),
+    QApplication::setMainWidget(), QApplication::lastWindowClosed()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::close( bool alsoDelete )
+{
+    if ( is_closing )
+	return TRUE;
+    is_closing = 1;
+    WId id	= winId();
+    bool isMain = qApp->mainWidget() == this;
+    bool checkLastWindowClosed = isTopLevel() && !isPopup();
+    bool deleted = FALSE;
+    QCloseEvent e;
+    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+    deleted = !QWidget::find(id);
+    if ( !deleted && !e.isAccepted() ) {
+	is_closing = 0;
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( !deleted && !isHidden() )
+	hide();
+    if ( checkLastWindowClosed
+	 && qApp->receivers(SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed())) ) {
+	/* if there is no non-withdrawn top level window left (except
+	   the desktop, popups, or dialogs with parents), we emit the
+	   lastWindowClosed signal */
+	QWidgetList *list   = qApp->topLevelWidgets();
+	QWidget     *widget = list->first();
+	while ( widget ) {
+	    if ( !widget->isHidden()
+		 && !widget->isDesktop()
+		 && !widget->isPopup()
+		 && (!widget->isDialog() || !widget->parentWidget()))
+		break;
+	    widget = list->next();
+	}
+	delete list;
+	if ( widget == 0 )
+	    emit qApp->lastWindowClosed();
+    }
+    if ( isMain )
+	qApp->quit();
+    if ( deleted )
+	return TRUE;
+    is_closing = 0;
+    if ( alsoDelete )
+	delete this;
+    else if ( testWFlags(WDestructiveClose) ) {
+	clearWFlags(WDestructiveClose);
+	deleteLater();
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QWidget::close()
+
+    Closes this widget. Returns TRUE if the widget was closed;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    First it sends the widget a QCloseEvent. The widget is \link
+    hide() hidden\endlink if it \link QCloseEvent::accept()
+    accepts\endlink the close event. The default implementation of
+    QWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event.
+
+    The \l QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the
+    last visible top level widget is closed.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::visible
+    \brief whether the widget is visible
+
+    Calling show() sets the widget to visible status if all its parent
+    widgets up to the top-level widget are visible. If an ancestor is
+    not visible, the widget won't become visible until all its
+    ancestors are shown.
+
+    Calling hide() hides a widget explicitly. An explicitly hidden
+    widget will never become visible, even if all its ancestors become
+    visible, unless you show it.
+
+    A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status
+    changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to
+    waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user.
+    A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new
+    frames.
+
+    A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the
+    screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified
+    top-level widgets and windows that exist on another virtual
+    desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget
+    receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status
+    is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event
+    when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event
+    when the window is restored again.
+
+    \sa show(), hide(), isHidden(), isVisibleTo(), isMinimized(),
+    showEvent(), hideEvent()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this widget would become visible if \a ancestor is
+    shown; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The TRUE case occurs if neither the widget itself nor any parent
+    up to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly hidden.
+
+    This function will still return TRUE if the widget is obscured by
+    other windows on the screen, but could be physically visible if it
+    or they were to be moved.
+
+    isVisibleTo(0) is identical to isVisible().
+
+    \sa show() hide() isVisible()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isVisibleTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
+{
+    if ( !ancestor )
+	return isVisible();
+    const QWidget * w = this;
+    while ( w
+	    && w->isShown()
+	    && !w->isTopLevel()
+	    && w->parentWidget()
+	    && w->parentWidget() != ancestor )
+	w = w->parentWidget();
+    return w->isShown();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QWidget::isVisibleToTLW() const
+  \obsolete
+
+  This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::hidden
+    \brief whether the widget is explicitly hidden
+
+    If FALSE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
+    ancestors became visible.
+
+    \sa hide(), show(), isVisible(), isVisibleTo(), shown
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::shown
+    \brief whether the widget is shown
+
+    If TRUE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
+    ancestors became visible.
+
+    \sa hide(), show(), isVisible(), isVisibleTo(), hidden
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::visibleRect
+    \brief the visible rectangle
+
+    \obsolete
+
+    No longer necessary, you can simply call repaint(). If you do not
+    need the rectangle for repaint(), use clipRegion() instead.
+*/
+QRect QWidget::visibleRect() const
+{
+    QRect r = rect();
+    const QWidget * w = this;
+    int ox = 0;
+    int oy = 0;
+    while ( w
+	    && w->isVisible()
+	    && !w->isTopLevel()
+	    && w->parentWidget() ) {
+	ox -= w->x();
+	oy -= w->y();
+	w = w->parentWidget();
+	r = r.intersect( QRect( ox, oy, w->width(), w->height() ) );
+    }
+    if ( !w->isVisible() )
+	return QRect();
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the unobscured region where paint events can occur.
+
+    For visible widgets, this is an approximation of the area not
+    covered by other widgets; otherwise, this is an empty region.
+
+    The repaint() function calls this function if necessary, so in
+    general you do not need to call it.
+
+*/
+QRegion QWidget::clipRegion() const
+{
+    return visibleRect();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Adjusts the size of the widget to fit the contents.
+
+    Uses sizeHint() if valid (i.e if the size hint's width and height
+    are \>= 0), otherwise sets the size to the children rectangle (the
+    union of all child widget geometries).
+
+    \sa sizeHint(), childrenRect()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::adjustSize()
+{
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( 0, QEvent::ChildInserted );
+    QApplication::sendPostedEvents( 0, QEvent::LayoutHint );
+    if ( !testWState(WState_Polished) )
+	polish();
+    QSize s = sizeHint();
+
+    if ( isTopLevel() ) {
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+	QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry( x11Screen() );
+#else // all others
+	QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry( pos() );
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+	if ( layout() ) {
+	    if ( layout()->hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+		s = s.boundedTo( screen.size() );
+		s.setHeight( layout()->totalHeightForWidth( s.width() ) );
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+	    if ( sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth() ) {
+		s = s.boundedTo( screen.size() );
+		s.setHeight( heightForWidth( s.width() ) );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( s.isValid() ) {
+	resize( s );
+	return;
+    }
+    QRect r = childrenRect();			// get children rectangle
+    if ( r.isNull() )				// probably no widgets
+	return;
+    resize( r.width() + 2 * r.x(), r.height() + 2 * r.y() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::sizeHint
+    \brief the recommended size for the widget
+
+    If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is
+    recommended.
+
+    The default implementation of sizeHint() returns an invalid size
+    if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
+    preferred size otherwise.
+
+    \sa QSize::isValid(), minimumSizeHint(), sizePolicy(),
+    setMinimumSize(), updateGeometry()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::sizeHint() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+    if ( layout() )
+	return layout()->totalSizeHint();
+#endif
+    return QSize( -1, -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::minimumSizeHint
+    \brief the recommended minimum size for the widget
+
+    If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size
+    is recommended.
+
+    The default implementation of minimumSizeHint() returns an invalid
+    size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the
+    layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement
+    minimumSizeHint().
+
+    \l QLayout will never resize a widget to a size smaller than
+    minimumSizeHint.
+
+    \sa QSize::isValid(), resize(), setMinimumSize(), sizePolicy()
+*/
+QSize QWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+    if ( layout() )
+	return layout()->totalMinimumSize();
+#endif
+    return QSize( -1, -1 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget( bool sameWindow ) const
+
+    Returns the parent of this widget, or 0 if it does not have any
+    parent widget. If \a sameWindow is TRUE and the widget is top
+    level returns 0; otherwise returns the widget's parent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn WFlags QWidget::testWFlags( WFlags f ) const
+
+    Returns the bitwise AND of the widget flags and \a f.
+
+    Widget flags are a combination of \l{Qt::WidgetFlags}.
+
+    If you want to test for the presence of multiple flags (or
+    composite flags such as \c WStyle_Splash), test the
+    return value for equality against the argument. For example:
+
+    \code
+    int flags = WStyle_Tool | WStyle_NoBorder;
+    if ( testWFlags(flags) )
+	... // WStyle_Tool or WStyle_NoBorder or both are set
+    if ( testWFlags(flags) == flags )
+        ... // both WStyle_Tool and WStyle_NoBorder are set
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa getWFlags(), setWFlags(), clearWFlags()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn WState QWidget::testWState( WState s ) const
+  \internal
+
+  Returns the bitwise AND of the widget states and \a s.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn uint QWidget::getWState() const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Returns the current widget state.
+*/
+/*!
+  \fn void QWidget::clearWState( uint n )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Clears the widgets states \a n.
+*/
+/*!
+  \fn void QWidget::setWState( uint n )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Sets the widgets states \a n.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QWidget event handling
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    This is the main event handler; it handles event \a e. You can
+    reimplement this function in a subclass, but we recommend using
+    one of the specialized event handlers instead.
+
+    The main event handler first passes an event through all \link
+    QObject::installEventFilter() event filters\endlink that have been
+    installed. If none of the filters intercept the event, it calls
+    one of the specialized event handlers.
+
+    Key press and release events are treated differently from other
+    events. event() checks for Tab and Shift+Tab and tries to move the
+    focus appropriately. If there is no widget to move the focus to
+    (or the key press is not Tab or Shift+Tab), event() calls
+    keyPressEvent().
+
+    This function returns TRUE if it is able to pass the event over to
+    someone (i.e. someone wanted the event); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(),
+    keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(),
+    mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(),
+    mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(),
+    QObject::event(), QObject::timerEvent()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( QObject::event( e ) )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    switch ( e->type() ) {
+	case QEvent::MouseMove:
+	    mouseMoveEvent( (QMouseEvent*)e );
+	    if ( ! ((QMouseEvent*)e)->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+	    // Don't reset input context here. Whether reset or not is
+	    // a responsibility of input method. reset() will be
+	    // called by mouseHandler() of input method if necessary
+	    // via mousePressEvent() of text widgets.
+#if 0
+	    resetInputContext();
+#endif
+	    mousePressEvent( (QMouseEvent*)e );
+	    if ( ! ((QMouseEvent*)e)->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+	    mouseReleaseEvent( (QMouseEvent*)e );
+	    if ( ! ((QMouseEvent*)e)->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+	    mouseDoubleClickEvent( (QMouseEvent*)e );
+	    if ( ! ((QMouseEvent*)e)->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+	case QEvent::Wheel:
+	    wheelEvent( (QWheelEvent*)e );
+	    if ( ! ((QWheelEvent*)e)->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case QEvent::TabletMove:
+	case QEvent::TabletPress:
+	case QEvent::TabletRelease:
+	    tabletEvent( (QTabletEvent*)e );
+	    if ( ! ((QTabletEvent*)e)->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    break;
+	case QEvent::Accel:
+	    ((QKeyEvent*)e)->ignore();
+	    return FALSE;
+	case QEvent::KeyPress: {
+	    QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
+	    bool res = FALSE;
+	    if ( !(k->state() & ControlButton || k->state() & AltButton) ) {
+		if ( k->key() == Key_Backtab ||
+		     (k->key() == Key_Tab &&
+		      (k->state() & ShiftButton)) ) {
+		    QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::Backtab );
+		    res = focusNextPrevChild( FALSE );
+		    QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+
+		} else if ( k->key() == Key_Tab ) {
+		    QFocusEvent::setReason( QFocusEvent::Tab );
+		    res = focusNextPrevChild( TRUE );
+		    QFocusEvent::resetReason();
+		}
+		if ( res )
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    keyPressEvent( k );
+	    if ( !k->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::KeyRelease:
+	    keyReleaseEvent( (QKeyEvent*)e );
+	    if ( ! ((QKeyEvent*)e)->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::IMStart: {
+	    QIMEvent *i = (QIMEvent *) e;
+	    imStartEvent(i);
+	    if (! i->isAccepted())
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::IMCompose: {
+	    QIMEvent *i = (QIMEvent *) e;
+	    imComposeEvent(i);
+	    if (! i->isAccepted())
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::IMEnd: {
+	    QIMEvent *i = (QIMEvent *) e;
+	    imEndEvent(i);
+	    if (! i->isAccepted())
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::FocusIn:
+	    focusInEvent( (QFocusEvent*)e );
+	    setFontSys();
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::FocusOut:
+	    focusOutEvent( (QFocusEvent*)e );
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::Enter:
+	    enterEvent( e );
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::Leave:
+	     leaveEvent( e );
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::Paint:
+	    // At this point the event has to be delivered, regardless
+	    // whether the widget isVisible() or not because it
+	    // already went through the filters
+	    paintEvent( (QPaintEvent*)e );
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::Move:
+	    moveEvent( (QMoveEvent*)e );
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::Resize:
+	    resizeEvent( (QResizeEvent*)e );
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::Close: {
+	    QCloseEvent *c = (QCloseEvent *)e;
+	    closeEvent( c );
+	    if ( !c->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::ContextMenu: {
+	    QContextMenuEvent *c = (QContextMenuEvent *)e;
+	    contextMenuEvent( c );
+	    if ( !c->isAccepted() )
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+	case QEvent::Drop:
+	    dropEvent( (QDropEvent*) e);
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::DragEnter:
+	    dragEnterEvent( (QDragEnterEvent*) e);
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::DragMove:
+	    dragMoveEvent( (QDragMoveEvent*) e);
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::DragLeave:
+	    dragLeaveEvent( (QDragLeaveEvent*) e);
+	    break;
+#endif
+
+	case QEvent::Show:
+	    showEvent( (QShowEvent*) e);
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::Hide:
+	    hideEvent( (QHideEvent*) e);
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::ShowWindowRequest:
+	    if ( isShown() )
+		showWindow();
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::ParentFontChange:
+	    if ( isTopLevel() )
+		break;
+	    // fall through
+	case QEvent::ApplicationFontChange:
+	    if ( own_font )
+		setFont( fnt.resolve( qt_naturalWidgetFont( this ) ) );
+	    else
+		unsetFont();
+	    break;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+	case QEvent::ParentPaletteChange:
+	    if ( isTopLevel() )
+		break;
+	    // fall through
+	case QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange:
+	    if ( !own_palette && !isDesktop() )
+		unsetPalette();
+# if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined (QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER)
+	    if ( isTopLevel() && topData()->qwsManager ) {
+		QRegion r( topData()->qwsManager->region() );
+		QApplication::postEvent(topData()->qwsManager, new QPaintEvent(r, FALSE) );
+	    }
+# endif
+	    break;
+#endif
+
+	case QEvent::WindowActivate:
+	case QEvent::WindowDeactivate:
+	    windowActivationChange( e->type() != QEvent::WindowActivate );
+	    if ( children() ) {
+		QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+		QObject *o;
+		while( ( o = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+		    ++it;
+		    if ( o->isWidgetType() &&
+			 ((QWidget*)o)->isVisible() &&
+			 !((QWidget*)o)->isTopLevel() )
+			QApplication::sendEvent( o, e );
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case QEvent::LanguageChange:
+	case QEvent::LocaleChange:
+	    if ( children() ) {
+		QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+		QObject *o;
+		while( ( o = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+		    ++it;
+		    QApplication::sendEvent( o, e );
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( e->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange ) {
+		int index = metaObject()->findSlot( "languageChange()", TRUE );
+		if ( index >= 0 )
+		    qt_invoke( index, 0 );
+	    }
+	    update();
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+	case QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange:
+	    if ( layout() ) {
+		layout()->activate();
+	    } else {
+		QObjectList* llist = queryList( "QLayout", 0, TRUE, TRUE );
+		QObjectListIt lit( *llist );
+		QLayout *lay;
+		while ( ( lay = (QLayout*)lit.current() ) != 0 ) {
+		    ++lit;
+		    lay->activate();
+		}
+		delete llist;
+	    }
+	    update();
+	    break;
+#endif
+
+    case QEvent::WindowStateChange:
+	{
+	    QEvent::Type type;
+	    if (isMinimized())
+		type = QEvent::ShowMinimized;
+	    else if (isFullScreen())
+		type = QEvent::ShowFullScreen;
+	    else if (isMaximized())
+		type = QEvent::ShowMaximized;
+	    else
+		type = QEvent::ShowNormal;
+
+	    QApplication::postEvent(this, new QEvent(type));
+	    break;
+	}
+
+    case QEvent::WindowBlocked:
+    case QEvent::WindowUnblocked:
+	if ( children() ) {
+	    QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+	    QObject *o;
+	    while( ( o = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+		++it;
+                QWidget *w = ::qt_cast<QWidget*>(o);
+                if (w && !w->testWFlags(Qt::WShowModal))
+	            QApplication::sendEvent( o, e );
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive mouse move events for the widget.
+
+    If mouse tracking is switched off, mouse move events only occur if
+    a mouse button is pressed while the mouse is being moved. If mouse
+    tracking is switched on, mouse move events occur even if no mouse
+    button is pressed.
+
+    QMouseEvent::pos() reports the position of the mouse cursor,
+    relative to this widget. For press and release events, the
+    position is usually the same as the position of the last mouse
+    move event, but it might be different if the user's hand shakes.
+    This is a feature of the underlying window system, not Qt.
+
+    \sa setMouseTracking(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(),
+    mouseDoubleClickEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * e)
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive mouse press events for the widget.
+
+    If you create new widgets in the mousePressEvent() the
+    mouseReleaseEvent() may not end up where you expect, depending on
+    the underlying window system (or X11 window manager), the widgets'
+    location and maybe more.
+
+    The default implementation implements the closing of popup widgets
+    when you click outside the window. For other widget types it does
+    nothing.
+
+    \sa mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+    mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+    if ( isPopup() ) {
+	e->accept();
+	QWidget* w;
+	while ( (w = qApp->activePopupWidget() ) && w != this ){
+	    w->close();
+	    if (qApp->activePopupWidget() == w) // widget does not want to dissappear
+		w->hide(); // hide at least
+	}
+	if (!rect().contains(e->pos()) ){
+	    close();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive mouse release events for the widget.
+
+    \sa mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+    mouseMoveEvent(), event(),  QMouseEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive mouse double click events for the widget.
+
+    The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event.
+
+    Note that the widgets gets a mousePressEvent() and a
+    mouseReleaseEvent() before the mouseDoubleClickEvent().
+
+    \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent() mouseMoveEvent(),
+    event(), QMouseEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    mousePressEvent( e );			// try mouse press event
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive wheel events for the widget.
+
+    If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+    \link QWheelEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle
+    it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
+
+    The default implementation ignores the event.
+
+    \sa QWheelEvent::ignore(), QWheelEvent::accept(), event(),
+    QWheelEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive tablet events for the widget.
+
+    If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+    \link QTabletEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle
+    it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
+
+    The default implementation ignores the event.
+
+    \sa QTabletEvent::ignore(), QTabletEvent::accept(), event(),
+    QTabletEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::tabletEvent( QTabletEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive key press events for the widget.
+
+    A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and
+    have focus in order to receive a key press event.
+
+    If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+    explicitly \link QKeyEvent::ignore() ignore\endlink the event
+    if you do not understand it, so that the widget's parent can
+    interpret it; otherwise, the event will be implicitly accepted.
+    Although top-level widgets are able to choose whether to accept
+    or ignore unknown events because they have no parent widgets that
+    could otherwise handle them, it is good practice to explicitly
+    ignore events to make widgets as reusable as possible.
+
+    The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user
+    presses <b>Esc</b>. Otherwise the event is ignored.
+
+    \sa keyReleaseEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), setFocusPolicy(),
+    focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isPopup() && e->key() == Key_Escape ) {
+	e->accept();
+	close();
+    } else {
+	e->ignore();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive key release events for the widget.
+
+    A widget must \link setFocusPolicy() accept focus\endlink
+    initially and \link hasFocus() have focus\endlink in order to
+    receive a key release event.
+
+    If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+    \link QKeyEvent ignore()\endlink the release if you do not
+    understand it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
+
+    The default implementation ignores the event.
+
+    \sa keyPressEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), setFocusPolicy(),
+    focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::keyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    keyboard focus events (focus received) for the widget.
+
+    A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
+    \c NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
+    application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
+    those that do not normally accept focus.)
+
+    The default implementation updates the widget (except for toplevel
+    widgets that do not specify a focusPolicy() ). It also calls
+    setMicroFocusHint(), hinting any system-specific input tools about
+    the focus of the user's attention.
+
+    \sa focusOutEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(),
+    keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::focusInEvent( QFocusEvent * )
+{
+    if ( focusPolicy() != NoFocus || !isTopLevel() ) {
+	update();
+	if ( testWState(WState_AutoMask) )
+	    updateMask();
+	setMicroFocusHint(width()/2, 0, 1, height(), FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    keyboard focus events (focus lost) for the widget.
+
+    A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
+    \c NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
+    application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
+    those that do not normally accept focus.)
+
+    The default implementation updates the widget (except for toplevel
+    widgets that do not specify a focusPolicy() ). It also calls
+    setMicroFocusHint(), hinting any system-specific input tools about
+    the focus of the user's attention.
+
+    \sa focusInEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(),
+    keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent * )
+{
+    if ( focusPolicy() != NoFocus || !isTopLevel() ){
+	update();
+	if ( testWState(WState_AutoMask) )
+	    updateMask();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::microFocusHint
+    \brief the currently set micro focus hint for this widget.
+
+    See the documentation of setMicroFocusHint() for more information.
+*/
+QRect QWidget::microFocusHint() const
+{
+    if ( !extra || extra->micro_focus_hint.isEmpty() )
+	return QRect(width()/2, 0, 1, height() );
+    else
+	return extra->micro_focus_hint;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    widget enter events.
+
+    An event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor enters the
+    widget.
+
+    \sa leaveEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::enterEvent( QEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    widget leave events.
+
+    A leave event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor leaves
+    the widget.
+
+    \sa enterEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::leaveEvent( QEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    paint events.
+
+    A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of the widget.
+    It can happen as a result of repaint() or update(), or because the
+    widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or for many other
+    reasons.
+
+    Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked
+    to, but some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the
+    requested region: QPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization
+    does not change the result, as painting is clipped to that region
+    during event processing. QListView and QCanvas do this, for
+    example.
+
+    Qt also tries to speed up painting by merging multiple paint
+    events into one. When update() is called several times or the
+    window system sends several paint events, Qt merges these events
+    into one event with a larger region (see QRegion::unite()).
+    repaint() does not permit this optimization, so we suggest using
+    update() when possible.
+
+    When the paint event occurs, the update region has normally been
+    erased, so that you're painting on the widget's background. There
+    are a couple of exceptions and QPaintEvent::erased() tells you
+    whether the widget has been erased or not.
+
+    The background can be set using setBackgroundMode(),
+    setPaletteBackgroundColor() or setBackgroundPixmap(). The
+    documentation for setBackgroundMode() elaborates on the
+    background; we recommend reading it.
+
+    \sa event(), repaint(), update(), QPainter, QPixmap, QPaintEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    widget move events. When the widget receives this event, it is
+    already at the new position.
+
+    The old position is accessible through QMoveEvent::oldPos().
+
+    \sa resizeEvent(), event(), move(), QMoveEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::moveEvent( QMoveEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    widget resize events. When resizeEvent() is called, the widget
+    already has its new geometry. The old size is accessible through
+    QResizeEvent::oldSize().
+
+    The widget will be erased and receive a paint event immediately
+    after processing the resize event. No drawing need be (or should
+    be) done inside this handler.
+
+    Widgets that have been created with the \c WNoAutoErase flag
+    will not be erased. Nevertheless, they will receive a paint event
+    for their entire area afterwards. Again, no drawing needs to be
+    done inside this handler.
+
+    The default implementation calls updateMask() if the widget has
+    \link QWidget::setAutoMask() automatic masking\endlink enabled.
+
+    \sa moveEvent(), event(), resize(), QResizeEvent, paintEvent()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * )
+{
+    if ( testWState(WState_AutoMask) )
+	updateMask();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive widget close events.
+
+    The default implementation calls e->accept(), which hides this
+    widget. See the \l QCloseEvent documentation for more details.
+
+    \sa event(), hide(), close(), QCloseEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::closeEvent( QCloseEvent *e )
+{
+    e->accept();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive widget context menu events.
+
+    The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
+    context event. See the \l QContextMenuEvent documentation for
+    more details.
+
+    \sa event(), QContextMenuEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::contextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
+    is called when the user begins entering text using an Input Method.
+
+    The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
+    Input Method event. See the \l QIMEvent documentation for more
+    details.
+
+    \sa event(), QIMEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::imStartEvent( QIMEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
+    is called when the user has entered some text using an Input Method.
+
+    The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
+    Input Method event. See the \l QIMEvent documentation for more
+    details.
+
+    \sa event(), QIMEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::imComposeEvent( QIMEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler, for event \a e, can be reimplemented in a
+    subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
+    is called when the user has finished inputting text via an Input
+    Method.
+
+    The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
+    Input Method event. See the \l QIMEvent documentation for more
+    details.
+
+    \sa event(), QIMEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::imEndEvent( QIMEvent *e )
+{
+    e->ignore();
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+/*!
+    This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
+    mouse enters this widget.
+
+    See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+    overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+    \sa QTextDrag, QImageDrag, QDragEnterEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragEnterEvent( QDragEnterEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
+    mouse enters this widget, and whenever it moves within the widget.
+
+    See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+    overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+    \sa QTextDrag, QImageDrag, QDragMoveEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragMoveEvent( QDragMoveEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
+    mouse leaves this widget.
+
+    See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+    overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+    \sa QTextDrag, QImageDrag, QDragLeaveEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent( QDragLeaveEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler is called when the drag is dropped on this
+    widget.
+
+    See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+    overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+    \sa QTextDrag, QImageDrag, QDropEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dropEvent( QDropEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    widget show events.
+
+    Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately before
+    they are shown. The spontaneous show events of top-level widgets
+    are delivered afterwards.
+
+    \sa event(), QShowEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::showEvent( QShowEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    widget hide events.
+
+    Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been
+    hidden.
+
+    \sa event(), QHideEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::hideEvent( QHideEvent * )
+{
+}
+
+/*
+    \fn QWidget::x11Event( MSG * )
+
+    This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+    receive native X11 events.
+
+    In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+    event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
+    native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+    a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+    \warning This function is not portable.
+
+    \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter()
+*/
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+
+/*!
+    This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+    receive native Macintosh events.
+
+    In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+    event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
+    native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+    a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+    \warning This function is not portable.
+
+    \sa QApplication::macEventFilter()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::macEvent( MSG * )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+
+/*!
+    This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+    receive native Windows events.
+
+    In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+    event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
+    native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+    a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+    \warning This function is not portable.
+
+    \sa QApplication::winEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QWidget::winEvent( MSG * )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+
+/*!
+    This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+    receive native X11 events.
+
+    In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+    event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
+    native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+    a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+    \warning This function is not portable.
+
+    \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter()
+*/
+bool QWidget::x11Event( XEvent * )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+
+/*!
+    This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+    receive native Qt/Embedded events.
+
+    In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+    event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
+    native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+    a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+    \warning This function is not portable.
+
+    \sa QApplication::qwsEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QWidget::qwsEvent( QWSEvent * )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::autoMask
+    \brief whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget
+
+    Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region.
+    QWidget has some built-in support to make the task of
+    recalculating the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE,
+    updateMask() will be called whenever the widget is resized or
+    changes its focus state. Note that you must reimplement
+    updateMask() (which should include a call to setMask()) or nothing
+    will happen.
+
+    Note: when you re-implement resizeEvent(), focusInEvent() or
+    focusOutEvent() in your custom widgets and still want to ensure
+    that the auto mask calculation works, you should add:
+
+    \code
+	if ( autoMask() )
+	    updateMask();
+    \endcode
+
+    at the end of your event handlers. This is true for all member
+    functions that change the appearance of the widget in a way that
+    requires a recalculation of the mask.
+
+    While being a technically appealing concept, masks have a big
+    drawback: when using complex masks that cannot be expressed easily
+    with relatively simple regions, they can be very slow on some
+    window systems. The classic example is a transparent label. The
+    complex shape of its contents makes it necessary to represent its
+    mask by a bitmap, which consumes both memory and time. If all you
+    want is to blend the background of several neighboring widgets
+    together seamlessly, you will probably want to use
+    setBackgroundOrigin() rather than a mask.
+
+    \sa autoMask() updateMask() setMask() clearMask() setBackgroundOrigin()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::autoMask() const
+{
+    return testWState(WState_AutoMask);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setAutoMask( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( enable == autoMask() )
+	return;
+
+    if ( enable ) {
+	setWState(WState_AutoMask);
+	updateMask();
+    } else {
+	clearWState(WState_AutoMask);
+	clearMask();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QWidget::BackgroundOrigin
+
+    This enum defines the origin used to draw a widget's background
+    pixmap.
+
+    The pixmap is drawn using the:
+    \value WidgetOrigin  widget's coordinate system.
+    \value ParentOrigin  parent's coordinate system.
+    \value WindowOrigin  top-level window's coordinate system.
+    \value AncestorOrigin  same origin as the parent uses.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::backgroundOrigin
+    \brief the origin of the widget's background
+
+    The origin is either WidgetOrigin (the default), ParentOrigin,
+    WindowOrigin or AncestorOrigin.
+
+    This only makes a difference if the widget has a background
+    pixmap, in which case positioning matters. Using \c WindowOrigin
+    for several neighboring widgets makes the background blend
+    together seamlessly. \c AncestorOrigin allows blending backgrounds
+    seamlessly when an ancestor of the widget has an origin other than
+    \c WindowOrigin.
+
+    \sa backgroundPixmap(), setBackgroundMode()
+*/
+QWidget::BackgroundOrigin QWidget::backgroundOrigin() const
+{
+    return extra ? (BackgroundOrigin)extra->bg_origin : WidgetOrigin;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin( BackgroundOrigin origin )
+{
+    if ( origin == backgroundOrigin() )
+	return;
+    createExtra();
+    extra->bg_origin = origin;
+    update();
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to support
+    transparent widgets. It should be called whenever a widget changes
+    state in a way that means that the shape mask must be recalculated.
+
+    \sa setAutoMask(), updateMask(), setMask(), clearMask()
+*/
+void QWidget::updateMask()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Returns the offset of the widget from the backgroundOrigin.
+
+  \sa setBackgroundMode(), backgroundMode(),
+*/
+QPoint QWidget::backgroundOffset() const
+{
+    if (!isTopLevel()) {
+	switch(backgroundOrigin()) {
+	    case WidgetOrigin:
+		break;
+	    case ParentOrigin:
+		return pos();
+	    case WindowOrigin:
+		{
+		    const QWidget *topl = this;
+		    while(topl && !topl->isTopLevel() && !topl->testWFlags(Qt::WSubWindow))
+			topl = topl->parentWidget(TRUE);
+		    return mapTo((QWidget *)topl, QPoint(0, 0) );
+		}
+	    case AncestorOrigin:
+		{
+		    const QWidget *topl = this;
+		    bool ancestorIsWindowOrigin = FALSE;
+		    while(topl && !topl->isTopLevel() && !topl->testWFlags(Qt::WSubWindow))
+		    {
+			if (!ancestorIsWindowOrigin) {
+			    if (topl->backgroundOrigin() == QWidget::WidgetOrigin)
+				break;
+			    if (topl->backgroundOrigin() == QWidget::ParentOrigin)
+			    {
+				topl = topl->parentWidget(TRUE);
+				break;
+			    }
+			    if (topl->backgroundOrigin() == QWidget::WindowOrigin)
+				ancestorIsWindowOrigin = TRUE;
+			}
+			topl = topl->parentWidget(TRUE);
+		    }
+
+		    return mapTo((QWidget *) topl, QPoint(0,0) );
+		}
+	}
+    }
+    // fall back
+    return QPoint(0,0);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLayout* QWidget::layout () const
+
+    Returns the layout engine that manages the geometry of this
+    widget's children.
+
+    If the widget does not have a layout, layout() returns 0.
+
+    \sa  sizePolicy()
+*/
+
+
+/*  Sets this widget to use layout \a l to manage the geometry of its
+  children.
+
+  If the widget already had a layout, the old layout is
+  forgotten. (Note that it is not deleted.)
+
+  \sa layout() QLayout sizePolicy()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+void QWidget::setLayout( QLayout *l )
+{
+    lay_out = l;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::sizePolicy
+    \brief the default layout behavior of the widget
+
+    If there is a QLayout that manages this widget's children, the
+    size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such
+    QLayout, the result of this function is used.
+
+    The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the
+    widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size
+    sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to
+    specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed
+    vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as
+    QLineEdit, QSpinBox or an editable QComboBox) and other
+    horizontally orientated widgets (such as QProgressBar).
+    QToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both
+    directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as
+    QSlider, QScrollBar or QHeader) specify stretching in the
+    respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scrollbars
+    (usually subclasses of QScrollView) tend to specify that they can
+    use additional space, and that they can make do with less than
+    sizeHint().
+
+    \sa sizeHint() QLayout QSizePolicy updateGeometry()
+*/
+QSizePolicy QWidget::sizePolicy() const
+{
+    return extra ? extra->size_policy
+	: QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::Preferred );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy policy )
+{
+    setWState( WState_OwnSizePolicy );
+    if ( policy == sizePolicy() )
+	return;
+    createExtra();
+    extra->size_policy = policy;
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::SizeType hor, QSizePolicy::SizeType ver, bool hfw )
+
+    Sets the size policy of the widget to \a hor, \a ver and \a hfw
+    (height for width).
+
+    \sa QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the preferred height for this widget, given the width \a
+    w. The default implementation returns 0, indicating that the
+    preferred height does not depend on the width.
+
+    \warning Does not look at the widget's layout.
+*/
+
+int QWidget::heightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    (void)w;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::customWhatsThis
+    \brief whether the widget wants to handle What's This help manually
+
+    The default implementation of customWhatsThis() returns FALSE,
+    which means the widget will not receive any events in Whats This
+    mode.
+
+    The widget may leave What's This mode by calling
+    QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode(), with or without actually
+    displaying any help text.
+
+    You can also reimplement customWhatsThis() if your widget is a
+    "passive interactor" supposed to work under all circumstances.
+    Simply don't call QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode() in that case.
+
+    \sa QWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode() QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode()
+*/
+bool QWidget::customWhatsThis() const
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the visible child widget at pixel position \a (x, y) in
+    the widget's own coordinate system.
+
+    If \a includeThis is TRUE, and there is no child visible at \a (x,
+    y), the widget itself is returned.
+*/
+QWidget  *QWidget::childAt( int x, int y, bool includeThis ) const
+{
+    if ( !rect().contains( x, y ) )
+	return 0;
+    if ( children() ) {
+	QObjectListIt it( *children() );
+	it.toLast();
+	QWidget *w, *t;
+	while( (w=(QWidget *)it.current()) != 0 ) {
+	    --it;
+	    if ( w->isWidgetType() && !w->isTopLevel() && !w->isHidden() ) {
+		if ( ( t = w->childAt( x - w->x(), y - w->y(), TRUE ) ) )
+		    return t;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( includeThis )
+	return (QWidget*)this;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the visible child widget at point \a p in the widget's own
+    coordinate system.
+
+    If \a includeThis is TRUE, and there is no child visible at \a p,
+    the widget itself is returned.
+
+*/
+QWidget  *QWidget::childAt( const QPoint & p, bool includeThis ) const
+{
+    return childAt( p.x(), p.y(), includeThis );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Notifies the layout system that this widget has changed and may
+    need to change geometry.
+
+    Call this function if the sizeHint() or sizePolicy() have changed.
+
+    For explicitly hidden widgets, updateGeometry() is a no-op. The
+    layout system will be notified as soon as the widget is shown.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::updateGeometry()
+{
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && isShown() )
+	QApplication::postEvent( parentWidget(),
+				 new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutHint ) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Reparents the widget. The widget gets a new \a parent, new widget
+    flags (\a f, but as usual, use 0) at a new position in its new
+    parent (\a p).
+
+    If \a showIt is TRUE, show() is called once the widget has been
+    reparented.
+
+    If the new parent widget is in a different top-level widget, the
+    reparented widget and its children are appended to the end of the
+    \link setFocusPolicy() tab chain \endlink of the new parent
+    widget, in the same internal order as before. If one of the moved
+    widgets had keyboard focus, reparent() calls clearFocus() for that
+    widget.
+
+    If the new parent widget is in the same top-level widget as the
+    old parent, reparent doesn't change the tab order or keyboard
+    focus.
+
+    \warning It is extremely unlikely that you will ever need this
+    function. If you have a widget that changes its content
+    dynamically, it is far easier to use \l QWidgetStack or \l
+    QWizard.
+
+    \sa getWFlags()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::reparent( QWidget *parent, WFlags f, const QPoint &p,
+			bool showIt )
+{
+    reparentSys( parent, f, p, showIt );
+    QEvent e( QEvent::Reparent );
+    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+    if (!own_font)
+	unsetFont();
+    else
+	setFont( fnt.resolve( qt_naturalWidgetFont( this ) ) );
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    if (!own_palette)
+	unsetPalette();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    A convenience version of reparent that does not take widget flags
+    as argument.
+
+    Calls reparent(\a parent, getWFlags() \& ~\l WType_Mask, \a p, \a
+    showIt).
+*/
+void  QWidget::reparent( QWidget *parent, const QPoint & p,
+			 bool showIt )
+{
+    reparent( parent, getWFlags() & ~WType_Mask, p, showIt );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::ownCursor
+    \brief whether the widget uses its own cursor
+
+    If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's cursor.
+
+    \sa cursor
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::ownFont
+    \brief whether the widget uses its own font
+
+    If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's font.
+
+    \sa font
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::ownPalette
+    \brief whether the widget uses its own palette
+
+    If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's palette.
+
+    \sa palette
+*/
+
+
+void QWidget::repaint( bool erase )
+{
+    repaint( visibleRect(), erase );
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*!\obsolete  Use paletteBackgroundColor() or eraseColor() instead. */
+const QColor & QWidget::backgroundColor() const { return eraseColor(); }
+/*!\obsolete  Use setPaletteBackgroundColor() or setEraseColor() instead. */
+void QWidget::setBackgroundColor( const QColor &c ) { setEraseColor( c ); }
+/*!\obsolete  Use paletteBackgroundPixmap()  or erasePixmap() instead. */
+const QPixmap *QWidget::backgroundPixmap() const { return erasePixmap(); }
+/*!\obsolete  Use setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() or setErasePixmap() instead. */
+void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap( const QPixmap &pm ) { setErasePixmap( pm ); }
+
+
+// documentation in qdesktopwidget_win.cpp
+void QDesktopWidget::insertChild( QObject *obj )
+{
+    if ( obj->isWidgetType() )
+	return;
+    QWidget::insertChild( obj );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \property QWidget::windowOpacity
+
+  \brief The level of opacity for the window.
+
+  The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to
+  0.0 (completely transparent).
+
+  By default the value of this property is 1.0.
+
+  This feature is only present on Mac OS X and Windows 2000 and up.
+
+  \warning Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a
+  paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed
+  correctly. This affects mainly the use of QPixmap::grabWindow(). Also note
+  that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantely slower than
+  opaque windows.
+*/
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwidget.h b/src/kernel/qwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c83acb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1074 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QWidget class
+**
+** Created : 931029
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWIDGET_H
+#define QWIDGET_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+#include "qpalette.h"
+#include "qfont.h"
+#include "qfontmetrics.h"
+#include "qfontinfo.h"
+#include "qsizepolicy.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_IM)
+class QInputContext;
+#endif
+
+class QLayout;
+struct QWExtra;
+struct QTLWExtra;
+class QFocusData;
+class QCursor;
+class QWSRegionManager;
+class QStyle;
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWidget : public QObject, public QPaintDevice
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_ENUMS( BackgroundMode FocusPolicy BackgroundOrigin )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool isTopLevel READ isTopLevel )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool isDialog READ isDialog )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool isModal READ isModal )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool isPopup READ isPopup )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool isDesktop READ isDesktop )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool enabled READ isEnabled WRITE setEnabled )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QRect geometry READ geometry WRITE setGeometry )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QRect frameGeometry READ frameGeometry )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int x READ x )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int y READ y )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QPoint pos READ pos WRITE move DESIGNABLE false STORED false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize frameSize READ frameSize )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize size READ size WRITE resize DESIGNABLE false STORED false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int width READ width )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int height READ height )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QRect rect READ rect )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QRect childrenRect READ childrenRect )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QRegion childrenRegion READ childrenRegion )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSizePolicy sizePolicy READ sizePolicy WRITE setSizePolicy )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize minimumSize READ minimumSize WRITE setMinimumSize )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize maximumSize READ maximumSize WRITE setMaximumSize )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int minimumWidth READ minimumWidth WRITE setMinimumWidth STORED false DESIGNABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int minimumHeight READ minimumHeight WRITE setMinimumHeight STORED false DESIGNABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int maximumWidth READ maximumWidth WRITE setMaximumWidth STORED false DESIGNABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int maximumHeight READ maximumHeight WRITE setMaximumHeight STORED false DESIGNABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize sizeIncrement READ sizeIncrement WRITE setSizeIncrement )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize baseSize READ baseSize WRITE setBaseSize )
+    Q_PROPERTY( BackgroundMode backgroundMode READ backgroundMode WRITE setBackgroundMode DESIGNABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QColor paletteForegroundColor READ paletteForegroundColor WRITE setPaletteForegroundColor RESET unsetPalette )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QColor paletteBackgroundColor READ paletteBackgroundColor WRITE setPaletteBackgroundColor RESET unsetPalette )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QPixmap paletteBackgroundPixmap READ paletteBackgroundPixmap WRITE setPaletteBackgroundPixmap RESET unsetPalette )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QBrush backgroundBrush READ backgroundBrush )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QColorGroup colorGroup READ colorGroup )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QPalette palette READ palette WRITE setPalette RESET unsetPalette  STORED ownPalette )
+    Q_PROPERTY( BackgroundOrigin backgroundOrigin READ backgroundOrigin WRITE setBackgroundOrigin )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool ownPalette READ ownPalette )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QFont font READ font WRITE setFont RESET unsetFont STORED ownFont )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool ownFont READ ownFont )
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    Q_PROPERTY( QCursor cursor READ cursor WRITE setCursor RESET unsetCursor STORED ownCursor )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool ownCursor READ ownCursor )
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString caption READ caption WRITE setCaption )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QPixmap icon READ icon WRITE setIcon )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QString iconText READ iconText WRITE setIconText )
+#endif
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool mouseTracking READ hasMouseTracking WRITE setMouseTracking )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool underMouse READ hasMouse )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool isActiveWindow READ isActiveWindow )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool focusEnabled READ isFocusEnabled )
+    Q_PROPERTY( FocusPolicy focusPolicy READ focusPolicy WRITE setFocusPolicy )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool focus READ hasFocus )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool updatesEnabled READ isUpdatesEnabled WRITE setUpdatesEnabled DESIGNABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool visible READ isVisible )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QRect visibleRect READ visibleRect ) // obsolete
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool hidden READ isHidden WRITE setHidden DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool shown READ isShown WRITE setShown DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool minimized READ isMinimized )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool maximized READ isMaximized )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool fullScreen READ isFullScreen )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize sizeHint READ sizeHint )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QSize minimumSizeHint READ minimumSizeHint )
+    Q_PROPERTY( QRect microFocusHint READ microFocusHint )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool acceptDrops READ acceptDrops WRITE setAcceptDrops )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool autoMask READ autoMask WRITE setAutoMask DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool customWhatsThis READ customWhatsThis )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool inputMethodEnabled READ isInputMethodEnabled WRITE setInputMethodEnabled DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    Q_PROPERTY( double windowOpacity READ windowOpacity WRITE setWindowOpacity DESIGNABLE false )
+
+public:
+    Q_EXPLICIT QWidget( QWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, WFlags f=0 );
+    ~QWidget();
+
+    WId		 winId() const;
+    void	 setName( const char *name );
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    // GUI style setting
+
+    QStyle     &style() const;
+    void        setStyle( QStyle * );
+    QStyle*	setStyle( const QString& );
+#endif
+    // Widget types and states
+
+    bool	 isTopLevel()	const;
+    bool	 isDialog()	const;
+    bool	 isPopup()	const;
+    bool	 isDesktop()	const;
+    bool	 isModal()	const;
+
+    bool	 isEnabled()	const;
+    bool	 isEnabledTo(QWidget*) const;
+    bool	 isEnabledToTLW() const;
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void setEnabled( bool );
+    void setDisabled( bool );
+
+    // Widget coordinates
+
+public:
+    QRect	 frameGeometry() const;
+    const QRect &geometry()	const;
+    int		 x()		const;
+    int		 y()		const;
+    QPoint	 pos()		const;
+    QSize	 frameSize()    const;
+    QSize	 size()		const;
+    int		 width()	const;
+    int		 height()	const;
+    QRect	 rect()		const;
+    QRect	 childrenRect() const;
+    QRegion	 childrenRegion() const;
+
+    QSize	 minimumSize()	 const;
+    QSize	 maximumSize()	 const;
+    int		 minimumWidth()	 const;
+    int		 minimumHeight() const;
+    int		 maximumWidth()	 const;
+    int		 maximumHeight() const;
+    void	 setMinimumSize( const QSize & );
+    virtual void setMinimumSize( int minw, int minh );
+    void	 setMaximumSize( const QSize & );
+    virtual void setMaximumSize( int maxw, int maxh );
+    void	 setMinimumWidth( int minw );
+    void	 setMinimumHeight( int minh );
+    void	 setMaximumWidth( int maxw );
+    void	 setMaximumHeight( int maxh );
+
+    QSize	 sizeIncrement() const;
+    void	 setSizeIncrement( const QSize & );
+    virtual void setSizeIncrement( int w, int h );
+    QSize	 baseSize() const;
+    void	 setBaseSize( const QSize & );
+    void	 setBaseSize( int basew, int baseh );
+
+    void	setFixedSize( const QSize & );
+    void	setFixedSize( int w, int h );
+    void	setFixedWidth( int w );
+    void	setFixedHeight( int h );
+
+    // Widget coordinate mapping
+
+    QPoint	 mapToGlobal( const QPoint & )	 const;
+    QPoint	 mapFromGlobal( const QPoint & ) const;
+    QPoint	 mapToParent( const QPoint & )	 const;
+    QPoint	 mapFromParent( const QPoint & ) const;
+    QPoint	 mapTo( QWidget *, const QPoint & ) const;
+    QPoint	 mapFrom( QWidget *, const QPoint & ) const;
+
+    QWidget	*topLevelWidget()   const;
+
+    // Widget attribute functions
+
+    BackgroundMode	backgroundMode() const;
+    virtual void	setBackgroundMode( BackgroundMode );
+    void 		setBackgroundMode( BackgroundMode, BackgroundMode );
+
+    const QColor &	foregroundColor() const;
+
+    const QColor &	eraseColor() const;
+    virtual void	setEraseColor( const QColor & );
+
+    const QPixmap *	erasePixmap() const;
+    virtual void	setErasePixmap( const QPixmap & );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    const QColorGroup & colorGroup() const;
+    const QPalette &	palette()    const;
+    bool		ownPalette() const;
+    virtual void	setPalette( const QPalette & );
+    void		unsetPalette();
+#endif
+
+    const QColor &	paletteForegroundColor() const;
+    void		setPaletteForegroundColor( const QColor & );
+
+    const QColor &	paletteBackgroundColor() const;
+    virtual void	setPaletteBackgroundColor( const QColor & );
+
+    const QPixmap *	paletteBackgroundPixmap() const;
+    virtual void 	setPaletteBackgroundPixmap( const QPixmap & );
+
+    const QBrush&	backgroundBrush() const;
+
+    QFont		font() const;
+    bool		ownFont() const;
+    virtual void	setFont( const QFont & );
+    void		unsetFont();
+    QFontMetrics	fontMetrics() const;
+    QFontInfo	 	fontInfo() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    const QCursor      &cursor() const;
+    bool		ownCursor() const;
+    virtual void	setCursor( const QCursor & );
+    virtual void	unsetCursor();
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+    QString		caption() const;
+    const QPixmap      *icon() const;
+    QString		iconText() const;
+#endif
+    bool		hasMouseTracking() const;
+    bool		hasMouse() const;
+
+    virtual void	setMask( const QBitmap & );
+    virtual void	setMask( const QRegion & );
+    void		clearMask();
+
+    const QColor &	backgroundColor() const; // obsolete, use eraseColor()
+    virtual void	setBackgroundColor( const QColor & ); // obsolete, use setEraseColor()
+    const QPixmap *	backgroundPixmap() const; // obsolete, use erasePixmap()
+    virtual void	setBackgroundPixmap( const QPixmap & ); // obsolete, use setErasePixmap()
+
+public slots:
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+    virtual void	setCaption( const QString &);
+    virtual void	setIcon( const QPixmap & );
+    virtual void	setIconText( const QString &);
+#endif
+    virtual void	setMouseTracking( bool enable );
+
+    // Keyboard input focus functions
+
+    virtual void	setFocus();
+    void		clearFocus();
+
+public:
+    enum FocusPolicy {
+	NoFocus = 0,
+	TabFocus = 0x1,
+	ClickFocus = 0x2,
+	StrongFocus = TabFocus | ClickFocus | 0x8,
+	WheelFocus = StrongFocus | 0x4
+    };
+
+    bool		isActiveWindow() const;
+    virtual void	setActiveWindow();
+    bool		isFocusEnabled() const;
+
+    FocusPolicy		focusPolicy() const;
+    virtual void	setFocusPolicy( FocusPolicy );
+    bool		hasFocus() const;
+    static void		setTabOrder( QWidget *, QWidget * );
+    virtual void	setFocusProxy( QWidget * );
+    QWidget *		focusProxy() const;
+
+    void setInputMethodEnabled( bool b );
+    bool isInputMethodEnabled() const;
+    // Grab functions
+
+    void		grabMouse();
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    void		grabMouse( const QCursor & );
+#endif
+    void		releaseMouse();
+    void		grabKeyboard();
+    void		releaseKeyboard();
+    static QWidget *	mouseGrabber();
+    static QWidget *	keyboardGrabber();
+
+    // Update/refresh functions
+
+    bool	 	isUpdatesEnabled() const;
+
+#if 0 //def Q_WS_QWS
+    void		repaintUnclipped( const QRegion &, bool erase = TRUE );
+#endif
+public slots:
+    virtual void	setUpdatesEnabled( bool enable );
+    void		update();
+    void		update( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void		update( const QRect& );
+    void		repaint();
+    void		repaint( bool erase );
+    void		repaint( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase=TRUE );
+    void		repaint( const QRect &, bool erase = TRUE );
+    void		repaint( const QRegion &, bool erase = TRUE );
+
+    // Widget management functions
+
+    virtual void	show();
+    virtual void	hide();
+    void		setShown( bool show );
+    void		setHidden( bool hide );
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    void		iconify() { showMinimized(); }
+#endif
+    virtual void	showMinimized();
+    virtual void	showMaximized();
+    void		showFullScreen();
+    virtual void	showNormal();
+    virtual void	polish();
+    void 		constPolish() const;
+    bool		close();
+
+    void		raise();
+    void		lower();
+    void		stackUnder( QWidget* );
+    virtual void	move( int x, int y );
+    void		move( const QPoint & );
+    virtual void	resize( int w, int h );
+    void		resize( const QSize & );
+    virtual void	setGeometry( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    virtual void	setGeometry( const QRect & ); // ### make non virtual in Qt 4?
+
+public:
+    virtual bool	close( bool alsoDelete );
+    bool		isVisible()	const;
+    bool		isVisibleTo(QWidget*) const;
+    bool		isVisibleToTLW() const; // obsolete
+    QRect		visibleRect() const; // obsolete
+    bool 		isHidden() const;
+    bool 		isShown() const;
+    bool		isMinimized() const;
+    bool		isMaximized() const;
+    bool		isFullScreen() const;
+
+    uint windowState() const;
+    void setWindowState(uint windowState);
+
+    virtual QSize	sizeHint() const;
+    virtual QSize	minimumSizeHint() const;
+    virtual QSizePolicy	sizePolicy() const;
+    virtual void	setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy );
+    void 		setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::SizeType hor, QSizePolicy::SizeType ver, bool hfw = FALSE );
+    virtual int heightForWidth(int) const;
+
+    QRegion	clipRegion() const;
+
+// ### move together with other slots in Qt 4.0
+public slots:
+    virtual void  	adjustSize();
+
+public:
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+    QLayout *		layout() const { return lay_out; }
+#endif
+    void		updateGeometry();
+    virtual void 	reparent( QWidget *parent, WFlags, const QPoint &,
+				  bool showIt=FALSE );
+    void		reparent( QWidget *parent, const QPoint &,
+				  bool showIt=FALSE );
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
+    void		recreate( QWidget *parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p,
+				  bool showIt=FALSE ) { reparent(parent,f,p,showIt); }
+#endif
+
+    void		erase();
+    void		erase( int x, int y, int w, int h );
+    void		erase( const QRect & );
+    void		erase( const QRegion & );
+    void		scroll( int dx, int dy );
+    void		scroll( int dx, int dy, const QRect& );
+
+    void		drawText( int x, int y, const QString &);
+    void		drawText( const QPoint &, const QString &);
+
+    // Misc. functions
+
+    QWidget *		focusWidget() const;
+    QRect               microFocusHint() const;
+
+    // drag and drop
+
+    bool		acceptDrops() const;
+    virtual void	setAcceptDrops( bool on );
+
+    // transparency and pseudo transparency
+
+    virtual void	setAutoMask(bool);
+    bool		autoMask() const;
+
+    enum BackgroundOrigin { WidgetOrigin, ParentOrigin, WindowOrigin, AncestorOrigin };
+
+    virtual void setBackgroundOrigin( BackgroundOrigin );
+    BackgroundOrigin backgroundOrigin() const;
+    QPoint backgroundOffset() const;
+
+    // whats this help
+    virtual bool customWhatsThis() const;
+
+    QWidget *		parentWidget( bool sameWindow = FALSE ) const;
+    WState		testWState( WState s ) const;
+    WFlags		testWFlags( WFlags f ) const;
+    static QWidget *	find( WId );
+    static QWidgetMapper *wmapper();
+
+    QWidget  *childAt( int x, int y, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const;
+    QWidget  *childAt( const QPoint &, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    virtual QGfx * graphicsContext(bool clip_children=TRUE) const;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    QRegion clippedRegion(bool do_children=TRUE);
+    uint clippedSerial(bool do_children=TRUE);
+#ifndef QMAC_NO_QUARTZ
+    CGContextRef macCGContext(bool clipped=TRUE) const;
+#endif
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    enum X11WindowType {
+        X11WindowTypeSelect,
+        X11WindowTypeCombo,
+        X11WindowTypeDND,
+        X11WindowTypeTooltip,
+        X11WindowTypeMenu, // torn-off
+        X11WindowTypeDropdown,
+        X11WindowTypePopup
+    };
+    void x11SetWindowType( X11WindowType type = X11WindowTypeSelect );
+    void x11SetWindowTransient( QWidget* parent );
+#endif
+    void setWindowOpacity(double level);
+    double windowOpacity() const;
+
+protected:
+    // Event handlers
+    bool	 event( QEvent * );
+    virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+    virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+    virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent * );
+#endif
+    virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * );
+    virtual void keyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent * );
+    virtual void focusInEvent( QFocusEvent * );
+    virtual void focusOutEvent( QFocusEvent * );
+    virtual void enterEvent( QEvent * );
+    virtual void leaveEvent( QEvent * );
+    virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
+    virtual void moveEvent( QMoveEvent * );
+    virtual void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * );
+    virtual void closeEvent( QCloseEvent * );
+    virtual void contextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent * );
+    virtual void imStartEvent( QIMEvent * );
+    virtual void imComposeEvent( QIMEvent * );
+    virtual void imEndEvent( QIMEvent * );
+    virtual void tabletEvent( QTabletEvent * );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    virtual void dragEnterEvent( QDragEnterEvent * );
+    virtual void dragMoveEvent( QDragMoveEvent * );
+    virtual void dragLeaveEvent( QDragLeaveEvent * );
+    virtual void dropEvent( QDropEvent * );
+#endif
+
+    virtual void showEvent( QShowEvent * );
+    virtual void hideEvent( QHideEvent * );
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    virtual bool macEvent( MSG * );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    virtual bool winEvent( MSG * );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    virtual bool x11Event( XEvent * );
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    virtual bool qwsEvent( QWSEvent * );
+    virtual unsigned char *scanLine( int ) const;
+    virtual int bytesPerLine() const;
+#endif
+
+    virtual void updateMask();
+
+    // Misc. protected functions
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    virtual void styleChange( QStyle& );
+#endif
+    virtual void enabledChange( bool oldEnabled );
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    virtual void paletteChange( const QPalette & );
+#endif
+    virtual void fontChange( const QFont & );
+    virtual void windowActivationChange( bool oldActive );
+
+    int		 metric( int )	const;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    virtual QWidget *icHolderWidget();
+#else
+    QWidget *icHolderWidget();
+#endif
+    QInputContext *getInputContext();
+    void	 changeInputContext( const QString & );
+    void	 sendMouseEventToInputContext( int x, QEvent::Type type,
+					       Qt::ButtonState button,
+					       Qt::ButtonState state );
+#endif
+    void	 resetInputContext();
+
+    virtual void create( WId = 0, bool initializeWindow = TRUE,
+			 bool destroyOldWindow = TRUE );
+    virtual void destroy( bool destroyWindow = TRUE,
+			  bool destroySubWindows = TRUE );
+    uint	 getWState() const;
+    virtual void setWState( uint );
+    void	 clearWState( uint n );
+    WFlags	 getWFlags() const;
+    virtual void setWFlags( WFlags );
+    void	 clearWFlags( WFlags n );
+
+    virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next );
+
+    QWExtra	*extraData();
+    QTLWExtra	*topData();
+    QFocusData	*focusData();
+
+    virtual void setKeyCompression(bool);
+    virtual void setMicroFocusHint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool text=TRUE, QFont *f = 0);
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    void dirtyClippedRegion(bool);
+    bool isClippedRegionDirty();
+    virtual void setRegionDirty(bool);
+    virtual void macWidgetChangedWindow();
+#endif
+
+private slots:
+    void	 focusProxyDestroyed();
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    void	 destroyInputContext();
+#endif
+
+private:
+    void	 setFontSys( QFont *f = 0 );
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    void	 createInputContext();
+    void	 focusInputContext();
+    void	 unfocusInputContext();
+    void	 checkChildrenDnd();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+    void        createSyncCounter();
+    void        destroySyncCounter();
+    void        incrementSyncCounter();
+    void        handleSyncRequest( void* ev );
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    uint    own_id : 1, macDropEnabled : 1;
+    EventHandlerRef window_event;
+    //mac event functions
+    void    propagateUpdates(bool update_rgn=TRUE);
+    void    update( const QRegion& );
+    //friends, way too many - fix this immediately!
+    friend void qt_clean_root_win();
+    friend bool qt_recreate_root_win();
+    friend QPoint posInWindow(QWidget *);
+    friend bool qt_mac_update_sizer(QWidget *, int);
+    friend QWidget *qt_recursive_match(QWidget *widg, int x, int y);
+    friend bool qt_paint_children(QWidget *,QRegion &, uchar ops);
+    friend QMAC_PASCAL OSStatus qt_window_event(EventHandlerCallRef er, EventRef event, void *);
+    friend void qt_event_request_updates(QWidget *, const QRegion &, bool subtract);
+    friend bool qt_window_rgn(WId, short, RgnHandle, bool);
+    friend class QDragManager;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+    void 	 setLayout( QLayout *l );
+#endif
+    void	 setWinId( WId );
+    void	 showWindow();
+    void	 hideWindow();
+    void	 showChildren( bool spontaneous );
+    void	 hideChildren( bool spontaneous );
+    void	 reparentSys( QWidget *parent, WFlags, const QPoint &,  bool showIt);
+    void	 createTLExtra();
+    void	 createExtra();
+    void	 deleteExtra();
+    void	 createSysExtra();
+    void	 deleteSysExtra();
+    void	 createTLSysExtra();
+    void	 deleteTLSysExtra();
+    void	 deactivateWidgetCleanup();
+    void	 internalSetGeometry( int, int, int, int, bool );
+    void	 reparentFocusWidgets( QWidget * );
+    QFocusData	*focusData( bool create );
+    void         setBackgroundFromMode();
+    void         setBackgroundColorDirect( const QColor & );
+    void   	 setBackgroundPixmapDirect( const QPixmap & );
+    void         setBackgroundModeDirect( BackgroundMode );
+    void         setBackgroundEmpty();
+    void	 updateFrameStrut() const;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    void         setBackgroundX11Relative();
+#endif
+
+    WId		 winid;
+    uint	 widget_state;
+    uint	 widget_flags;
+    uint	 focus_policy : 4;
+    uint 	 own_font :1;
+    uint 	 own_palette :1;
+    uint 	 sizehint_forced :1;
+    uint 	 is_closing :1;
+    uint 	 in_show : 1;
+    uint 	 in_show_maximized : 1;
+    uint	 fstrut_dirty : 1;
+    uint	 im_enabled : 1;
+    QRect	 crect;
+    QColor	 bg_col;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    QPalette	 pal;
+#endif
+    QFont	 fnt;
+#ifndef QT_NO_LAYOUT
+    QLayout 	*lay_out;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_IM) && !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    QInputContext *ic;				// Input Context
+#endif
+    QWExtra	*extra;
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+    QRegion	 req_region;			// Requested region
+    mutable QRegion	 paintable_region;	// Paintable region
+    mutable bool         paintable_region_dirty;// needs to be recalculated
+    mutable QRegion      alloc_region;          // Allocated region
+    mutable bool         alloc_region_dirty;    // needs to be recalculated
+    mutable int          overlapping_children;  // Handle overlapping children
+
+    int		 alloc_region_index;
+    int		 alloc_region_revision;
+
+    void updateOverlappingChildren() const;
+    void setChildrenAllocatedDirty();
+    void setChildrenAllocatedDirty( const QRegion &r, const QWidget *dirty=0 );
+    bool isAllocatedRegionDirty() const;
+    void updateRequestedRegion( const QPoint &gpos );
+    QRegion requestedRegion() const;
+    QRegion allocatedRegion() const;
+    QRegion paintableRegion() const;
+
+    void updateGraphicsContext( QGfx *qgfx_qws, bool clip_children ) const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    void updateCursor( const QRegion &r ) const;
+#endif
+
+    // used to accumulate dirty region when children moved/resized.
+    QRegion dirtyChildren;
+    bool isSettingGeometry;
+    friend class QWSManager;
+#endif
+    static int instanceCounter;  // Current number of widget instances
+    static int maxInstances;     // Maximum number of widget instances
+
+    static void	 createMapper();
+    static void	 destroyMapper();
+    static QWidgetList	 *wList();
+    static QWidgetList	 *tlwList();
+    static QWidgetMapper *mapper;
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QBaseApplication;
+    friend class QPainter;
+    friend class QFontMetrics;
+    friend class QFontInfo;
+    friend class QETWidget;
+    friend class QLayout;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    QWidget( const QWidget & );
+    QWidget &operator=( const QWidget & );
+#endif
+
+public: // obsolete functions to dissappear or to become inline in 3.0
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+    void setPalette( const QPalette &p, bool ) { setPalette( p ); }
+#endif
+    void setFont( const QFont &f, bool ) { setFont( f ); }
+};
+
+
+inline Qt::WState QWidget::testWState( WState s ) const
+{ return (widget_state & s); }
+
+inline Qt::WFlags QWidget::testWFlags( WFlags f ) const
+{ return (widget_flags & f); }
+
+
+inline WId QWidget::winId() const
+{ return winid; }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isTopLevel() const
+{ return testWFlags(WType_TopLevel); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isDialog() const
+{ return testWFlags(WType_Dialog); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isPopup() const
+{ return testWFlags(WType_Popup); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isDesktop() const
+{ return testWFlags(WType_Desktop); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isEnabled() const
+{ return !testWState(WState_Disabled); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isModal() const
+{ return testWFlags(WShowModal); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isEnabledToTLW() const
+{ return isEnabled(); }
+
+inline const QRect &QWidget::geometry() const
+{ return crect; }
+
+inline QSize QWidget::size() const
+{ return crect.size(); }
+
+inline int QWidget::width() const
+{ return crect.width(); }
+
+inline int QWidget::height() const
+{ return crect.height(); }
+
+inline QRect QWidget::rect() const
+{ return QRect(0,0,crect.width(),crect.height()); }
+
+inline int QWidget::minimumWidth() const
+{ return minimumSize().width(); }
+
+inline int QWidget::minimumHeight() const
+{ return minimumSize().height(); }
+
+inline int QWidget::maximumWidth() const
+{ return maximumSize().width(); }
+
+inline int QWidget::maximumHeight() const
+{ return maximumSize().height(); }
+
+inline void QWidget::setMinimumSize( const QSize &s )
+{ setMinimumSize(s.width(),s.height()); }
+
+inline void QWidget::setMaximumSize( const QSize &s )
+{ setMaximumSize(s.width(),s.height()); }
+
+inline void QWidget::setSizeIncrement( const QSize &s )
+{ setSizeIncrement(s.width(),s.height()); }
+
+inline void QWidget::setBaseSize( const QSize &s )
+{ setBaseSize(s.width(),s.height()); }
+
+inline const QColor &QWidget::eraseColor() const
+{ return bg_col; }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+inline const QPalette &QWidget::palette() const
+{ return pal; }
+#endif
+
+inline QFont QWidget::font() const
+{ return fnt; }
+
+inline QFontMetrics QWidget::fontMetrics() const
+{ return QFontMetrics(font()); }
+
+inline QFontInfo QWidget::fontInfo() const
+{ return QFontInfo(font()); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::hasMouseTracking() const
+{ return testWState(WState_MouseTracking); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::hasMouse() const
+{ return testWState(WState_HasMouse); }
+
+inline bool  QWidget::isFocusEnabled() const
+{ return (FocusPolicy)focus_policy != NoFocus; }
+
+inline QWidget::FocusPolicy QWidget::focusPolicy() const
+{ return (FocusPolicy)focus_policy; }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isUpdatesEnabled() const
+{ return !testWState(WState_BlockUpdates); }
+
+inline void QWidget::update( const QRect &r )
+{ update( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() ); }
+
+inline void QWidget::repaint()
+{ repaint( TRUE ); }
+
+inline void QWidget::repaint( const QRect &r, bool erase )
+{ repaint( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), erase ); }
+
+inline void QWidget::erase()
+{ erase( 0, 0, crect.width(), crect.height() ); }
+
+inline void QWidget::erase( const QRect &r )
+{ erase( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() ); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::close()
+{ return close( FALSE ); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isVisible() const
+{ return testWState(WState_Visible); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isVisibleToTLW() const // obsolete
+{ return isVisible(); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isHidden() const
+{ return testWState(WState_ForceHide); }
+
+inline bool QWidget::isShown() const
+{ return !testWState(WState_ForceHide); }
+
+inline void QWidget::move( const QPoint &p )
+{ move( p.x(), p.y() ); }
+
+inline void QWidget::resize( const QSize &s )
+{ resize( s.width(), s.height()); }
+
+inline void QWidget::setGeometry( const QRect &r )
+{ setGeometry( r.left(), r.top(), r.width(), r.height() ); }
+
+inline void QWidget::drawText( const QPoint &p, const QString &s )
+{ drawText( p.x(), p.y(), s ); }
+
+inline QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget( bool sameWindow ) const
+{
+    if ( sameWindow )
+	return isTopLevel() ? 0 : (QWidget *)QObject::parent();
+    return (QWidget *)QObject::parent();
+}
+
+inline QWidgetMapper *QWidget::wmapper()
+{ return mapper; }
+
+inline uint QWidget::getWState() const
+{ return widget_state; }
+
+inline void QWidget::setWState( uint f )
+{ widget_state |= f; }
+
+inline void QWidget::clearWState( uint f )
+{ widget_state &= ~f; }
+
+inline Qt::WFlags QWidget::getWFlags() const
+{ return widget_flags; }
+
+inline void QWidget::setWFlags( WFlags f )
+{ widget_flags |= f; }
+
+inline void QWidget::clearWFlags( WFlags f )
+{ widget_flags &= ~f; }
+
+inline void QWidget::constPolish() const
+{
+    if ( !testWState(WState_Polished) ) {
+	QWidget* that = (QWidget*) this;
+	that->polish();
+        that->setWState(WState_Polished); // be on the safe side...
+    }
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+inline bool QWidget::ownCursor() const
+{
+    return testWState( WState_OwnCursor );
+}
+#endif
+inline bool QWidget::ownFont() const
+{
+    return own_font;
+}
+#ifndef QT_NO_PALETTE
+inline bool QWidget::ownPalette() const
+{
+    return own_palette;
+}
+#endif
+
+inline void QWidget::setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::SizeType hor, QSizePolicy::SizeType ver, bool hfw )
+{
+    setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy( hor, ver, hfw) );
+}
+
+inline bool QWidget::isInputMethodEnabled() const
+{
+    return (bool)im_enabled;
+}
+
+// Extra QWidget data
+//  - to minimize memory usage for members that are seldom used.
+//  - top-level widgets have extra extra data to reduce cost further
+
+class QFocusData;
+class QWSManager;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+class QOleDropTarget;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+class QMacDndExtra;
+#endif
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QTLWExtra {
+#ifndef QT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA
+    QString  caption;				// widget caption
+    QString  iconText;				// widget icon text
+    QPixmap *icon;				// widget icon
+#endif
+    QFocusData *focusData;			// focus data (for TLW)
+    short    incw, inch;			// size increments
+    // frame strut
+    ulong    fleft, fright, ftop, fbottom;
+    uint     unused : 8;                       // not used at this point...
+#if defined( Q_WS_WIN ) || defined( Q_WS_MAC )
+    uint     opacity : 8;		       // Stores opacity level on Windows/Mac OS X.
+#endif
+    uint     savedFlags;			// Save widgetflags while showing fullscreen
+    short    basew, baseh;			// base sizes
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    WId  parentWinId;				// parent window Id (valid after reparenting)
+    uint     embedded : 1;			// window is embedded in another Qt application
+    uint     spont_unmapped: 1;			// window was spontaneously unmapped
+    uint     reserved: 1;			// reserved
+    uint     dnd : 1;				// DND properties installed
+    uint     uspos : 1;				// User defined position
+    uint     ussize : 1;			// User defined size
+#if defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    void    *xic;				// Input Context
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+    ulong    syncCounter;
+    uint     syncRequestValue[2];
+#endif
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    WindowGroupRef group;
+    uint     is_moved: 1;
+    uint     resizer : 4;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined ( QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER )
+    QRegion decor_allocated_region;		// decoration allocated region
+    QWSManager *qwsManager;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    HICON    winIcon;				// internal Windows icon
+#endif
+    QRect    normalGeometry;			// used by showMin/maximized/FullScreen
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    uint style, exstyle;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#define QWIDGETSIZE_MAX 32767
+
+// dear user: you can see this struct, but it is internal. do not touch.
+
+struct Q_EXPORT QWExtra {
+    Q_INT16  minw, minh;			// minimum size
+    Q_INT16  maxw, maxh;			// maximum size
+    QPixmap *bg_pix;				// background pixmap
+    QWidget *focus_proxy;
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    QCursor *curs;
+#endif
+    QTLWExtra *topextra;			// only useful for TLWs
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    QOleDropTarget *dropTarget;			// drop target
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    WId xDndProxy;				// XDND forwarding to embedded windows
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    QRegion clip_saved, clip_sibs, clip_children;
+    QMacDndExtra *macDndExtra;
+    QRegion dirty_area;
+    uint clip_dirty : 1, clip_serial : 15;
+    uint child_dirty : 1, child_serial : 15;
+#ifndef QMAC_NO_QUARTZ
+    uint ctx_children_clipped:1;
+#endif // QMAC_NO_QUARTZ
+    uint has_dirty_area:1;
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+    uint bg_origin : 2;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    uint children_use_dnd : 1;
+    uint compress_events : 1;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    QRegion mask;				// widget mask
+#endif
+    char     bg_mode;				// background mode
+    char     bg_mode_visual;			// visual background mode
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE
+    QStyle* style;
+#endif
+    QRect micro_focus_hint;			// micro focus hint
+    QSizePolicy size_policy;
+};
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QWIDGET
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+
+#endif // QWIDGET_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwidget_p.h b/src/kernel/qwidget_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9be04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwidget_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of some Qt private functions.
+**
+** Created : 000903
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWIDGET_P_H
+#define QWIDGET_P_H
+
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qapplication_*.cpp, qwidget*.cpp and qfiledialog.cpp.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#endif // QT_H 
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS)
+extern int qt_widget_tlw_gravity;
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02fdebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3039 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QWidget and QWindow classes for X11
+**
+** Created : 931031
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#include "qpaintdevicemetrics.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qbitmap.h"
+#include "qobjectlist.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+// NOT REVISED
+
+// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern Window qt_x11_wm_client_leader;
+extern void qt_x11_create_wm_client_leader();
+
+// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+void qt_insert_sip( QWidget*, int, int );
+int  qt_sip_count( QWidget* );
+bool qt_wstate_iconified( WId );
+void qt_updated_rootinfo();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+#include "qinputcontext.h"
+#include "qinputcontextfactory.h"
+#endif
+
+// Paint event clipping magic
+extern void qt_set_paintevent_clipping( QPaintDevice* dev, const QRegion& region);
+extern void qt_clear_paintevent_clipping();
+
+extern bool qt_dnd_enable( QWidget* w, bool on );
+extern bool qt_nograb();
+
+// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern void qt_deferred_map_add( QWidget* );
+extern void qt_deferred_map_take( QWidget* );
+extern bool qt_deferred_map_contains(QWidget *);
+
+static QWidget *mouseGrb    = 0;
+static QWidget *keyboardGrb = 0;
+
+// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern Time qt_x_time;
+extern Time qt_x_user_time;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_sync_request_counter;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_sync_request;
+extern bool qt_use_xsync;
+#endif
+
+// defined in qfont_x11.cpp
+extern bool qt_has_xft;
+
+int qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen = -1;
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QWidget member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern Atom qt_wm_state;
+extern Atom qt_wm_change_state;
+extern Atom qt_wm_delete_window;
+extern Atom qt_wm_take_focus;
+extern Atom qt_wm_client_leader;
+extern Atom qt_window_role;
+extern Atom qt_sm_client_id;
+extern Atom qt_utf8_string;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_context_help;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_ping;
+extern Atom qt_xa_motif_wm_hints;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_name;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_icon_name;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_state;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_state_modal;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_state_max_v;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_state_max_h;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_state_above;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_state_stays_on_top;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_normal;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_dialog;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_toolbar;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_menu;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_utility;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_splash;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_override;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_dropdown_menu;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_popup_menu;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_combo;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_dnd;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_tooltip;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_pid;
+extern Atom qt_net_wm_user_time;
+extern Atom qt_enlightenment_desktop;
+extern Atom qt_net_virtual_roots;
+extern bool qt_broken_wm;
+
+// defined in qapplication_x11.cpp
+extern bool qt_net_supports(Atom);
+extern unsigned long *qt_net_virtual_root_list;
+
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+extern XDevice *devStylus;
+extern XDevice *devEraser;
+extern XEventClass event_list_stylus[7];
+extern XEventClass event_list_eraser[7];
+extern int qt_curr_events_stylus;
+extern int qt_curr_events_eraser;
+#endif
+
+const uint stdWidgetEventMask =			// X event mask
+	(uint)(
+	    KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask |
+	    ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
+	    KeymapStateMask |
+	    ButtonMotionMask |
+	    EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask |
+	    FocusChangeMask |
+	    ExposureMask |
+	    PropertyChangeMask |
+	    StructureNotifyMask
+	);
+
+const uint stdDesktopEventMask =			// X event mask
+       (uint)(
+           KeymapStateMask |
+	   EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask |
+	   PropertyChangeMask
+       );
+
+
+/*
+  The qt_ functions below are implemented in qwidgetcreate_x11.cpp.
+*/
+
+Window qt_XCreateWindow( const QWidget *creator,
+			 Display *display, Window parent,
+			 int x, int y, uint w, uint h,
+			 int borderwidth, int depth,
+			 uint windowclass, Visual *visual,
+			 ulong valuemask, XSetWindowAttributes *attributes );
+Window qt_XCreateSimpleWindow( const QWidget *creator,
+			       Display *display, Window parent,
+			       int x, int y, uint w, uint h, int borderwidth,
+			       ulong border, ulong background );
+void qt_XDestroyWindow( const QWidget *destroyer,
+			Display *display, Window window );
+
+Q_EXPORT void qt_x11_enforce_cursor( QWidget * w )
+{
+    if ( w->testWState( Qt::WState_OwnCursor ) ) {
+	QCursor * oc = QApplication::overrideCursor();
+	if ( oc ) {
+	    XDefineCursor( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), oc->handle() );
+	} else if ( w->isEnabled() ) {
+	    XDefineCursor( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), w->cursor().handle() );
+	} else {
+	    // enforce the windows behavior of clearing the cursor on
+	    // disabled widgets
+	    XDefineCursor( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), None );
+	}
+    } else {
+	XDefineCursor( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), None );
+    }
+}
+
+Q_EXPORT void qt_wait_for_window_manager( QWidget* w )
+{
+    QApplication::flushX();
+    XEvent ev;
+    QTime t;
+    t.start();
+    while ( !XCheckTypedWindowEvent( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), ReparentNotify, &ev ) ) {
+	if ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), MapNotify, &ev ) )
+	    break;
+	if ( t.elapsed() > 500 )
+	    return; // give up, no event available
+	qApp->syncX(); // non-busy wait
+    }
+    qApp->x11ProcessEvent( &ev );
+    if ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( w->x11Display(), w->winId(), ConfigureNotify, &ev ) )
+	qApp->x11ProcessEvent( &ev );
+}
+
+static void qt_net_change_wm_state(const QWidget* w, bool set, Atom one, Atom two = 0)
+{
+    if (w->isShown()) {
+	// managed by WM
+        XEvent e;
+        e.xclient.type = ClientMessage;
+        e.xclient.message_type = qt_net_wm_state;
+        e.xclient.display = w->x11Display();
+        e.xclient.window = w->winId();
+        e.xclient.format = 32;
+        e.xclient.data.l[ 0 ] = set ? 1 : 0;
+        e.xclient.data.l[ 1 ] = one;
+        e.xclient.data.l[ 2 ] = two;
+        e.xclient.data.l[ 3 ] = 0;
+        e.xclient.data.l[ 4 ] = 0;
+        XSendEvent(w->x11Display(), RootWindow(w->x11Display(), w->x11Screen()),
+		   False, (SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask), &e);
+    } else {
+        Atom ret;
+	int format = 0, status;
+	unsigned char *data = 0;
+	unsigned long nitems = 0, after = 0;
+	Atom *old_states = 0;
+	status = XGetWindowProperty(w->x11Display(), w->winId(),
+				    qt_net_wm_state, 0, 1024, False,
+				    XA_ATOM, &ret, &format, &nitems,
+				    &after, &data);
+	if (status == Success && ret == XA_ATOM && format == 32 && nitems > 0)
+	    old_states = (Atom *) data;
+	else
+	    nitems = 0;
+
+	Atom *new_states = new Atom[nitems + 2];
+	int i, j = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)nitems; ++i) {
+	    if (old_states[i] && old_states[i] != one && old_states[i] != two)
+		new_states[j++] = old_states[i];
+	}
+
+	if (set) {
+	    if (one) new_states[j++] = one;
+	    if (two) new_states[j++] = two;
+	}
+
+	if (j)
+	    XChangeProperty(w->x11Display(), w->winId(), qt_net_wm_state, XA_ATOM, 32,
+			    PropModeReplace, (uchar *) new_states, j);
+	else
+	    XDeleteProperty(w->x11Display(), w->winId(), qt_net_wm_state);
+
+	delete [] new_states;
+	if (data) XFree(data);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates a new widget window if \a window is 0, otherwise sets the
+    widget's window to \a window.
+
+    Initializes the window (sets the geometry etc.) if \a
+    initializeWindow is TRUE. If \a initializeWindow is FALSE, no
+    initialization is performed. This parameter only makes sense if \a
+    window is a valid window.
+
+    Destroys the old window if \a destroyOldWindow is TRUE. If \a
+    destroyOldWindow is FALSE, you are responsible for destroying the
+    window yourself (using platform native code).
+
+    The QWidget constructor calls create(0,TRUE,TRUE) to create a
+    window for this widget.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::create( WId window, bool initializeWindow, bool destroyOldWindow)
+{
+    if ( testWState(WState_Created) && window == 0 )
+	return;
+
+    // set created flag
+    setWState( WState_Created );
+
+    bool popup = testWFlags(WType_Popup);
+    bool dialog = testWFlags(WType_Dialog);
+    bool desktop = testWFlags(WType_Desktop);
+
+    // top-level widget
+    if ( !parentWidget() || parentWidget()->isDesktop() )
+	setWFlags( WType_TopLevel );
+
+    // these are top-level, too
+    if ( dialog || popup || desktop || testWFlags(WStyle_Splash))
+	setWFlags( WType_TopLevel );
+
+    // a popup stays on top
+    if ( popup )
+	setWFlags(WStyle_StaysOnTop);
+
+    bool topLevel = testWFlags(WType_TopLevel);
+    Window parentw, destroyw = 0;
+    WId	   id;
+
+    // always initialize
+    if ( !window )
+	initializeWindow = TRUE;
+
+    if ( desktop &&
+	 qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen >= 0 &&
+	 qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen != x11Screen() ) {
+	// desktop on a certain screen other than the default requested
+	QPaintDeviceX11Data* xd = getX11Data( TRUE );
+	xd->x_screen = qt_x11_create_desktop_on_screen;
+	xd->x_depth = QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_cells = QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_colormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_defcolormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_visual = QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_defvisual = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( xd->x_screen );
+	setX11Data( xd );
+    } else if ( parentWidget() &&  parentWidget()->x11Screen() != x11Screen() ) {
+	// if we have a parent widget, move to its screen if necessary
+	QPaintDeviceX11Data* xd = getX11Data( TRUE );
+	xd->x_screen = parentWidget()->x11Screen();
+	xd->x_depth = QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_cells = QPaintDevice::x11AppCells( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_colormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_defcolormap = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_visual = QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_defvisual = QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( xd->x_screen );
+	setX11Data( xd );
+    }
+
+    //get display, screen number, root window and desktop geometry for
+    //the current screen
+    Display *dpy = x11Display();
+    int scr = x11Screen();
+    Window root_win = RootWindow( dpy, scr );
+    int sw = DisplayWidth(dpy,scr);
+    int sh = DisplayHeight(dpy,scr);
+
+    if ( desktop ) {				// desktop widget
+	dialog = popup = FALSE;			// force these flags off
+	crect.setRect( 0, 0, sw, sh );
+    } else if ( topLevel ) {			// calc pos/size from screen
+	crect.setRect( sw/4, 3*sh/10, sw/2, 4*sh/10 );
+    } else {					// child widget
+	crect.setRect( 0, 0, 100, 30 );
+    }
+
+    parentw = topLevel ? root_win : parentWidget()->winId();
+
+    XSetWindowAttributes wsa;
+
+    if ( window ) {				// override the old window
+	if ( destroyOldWindow )
+	    destroyw = winid;
+	id = window;
+	setWinId( window );
+	XWindowAttributes a;
+	XGetWindowAttributes( dpy, window, &a );
+	crect.setRect( a.x, a.y, a.width, a.height );
+
+	if ( a.map_state == IsUnmapped )
+	    clearWState( WState_Visible );
+	else
+	    setWState( WState_Visible );
+
+	QPaintDeviceX11Data* xd = getX11Data( TRUE );
+
+	// find which screen the window is on...
+	xd->x_screen = QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen(); // by default, use the default :)
+	int i;
+	for ( i = 0; i < ScreenCount( dpy ); i++ ) {
+	    if ( RootWindow( dpy, i ) == a.root ) {
+		xd->x_screen = i;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	xd->x_depth = a.depth;
+	xd->x_cells = DisplayCells( dpy, xd->x_screen );
+	xd->x_visual = a.visual;
+	xd->x_defvisual = ( XVisualIDFromVisual( a.visual ) ==
+			    XVisualIDFromVisual( (Visual*)x11AppVisual(x11Screen()) ) );
+	xd->x_colormap = a.colormap;
+	xd->x_defcolormap = ( a.colormap == x11AppColormap( x11Screen() ) );
+	setX11Data( xd );
+    } else if ( desktop ) {			// desktop widget
+	id = (WId)parentw;			// id = root window
+	QWidget *otherDesktop = find( id );	// is there another desktop?
+	if ( otherDesktop && otherDesktop->testWFlags(WPaintDesktop) ) {
+	    otherDesktop->setWinId( 0 );	// remove id from widget mapper
+	    setWinId( id );			// make sure otherDesktop is
+	    otherDesktop->setWinId( id );	//   found first
+	} else {
+	    setWinId( id );
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( x11DefaultVisual() && x11DefaultColormap() ) {
+	    id = (WId)qt_XCreateSimpleWindow( this, dpy, parentw,
+					      crect.left(), crect.top(),
+					      crect.width(), crect.height(),
+					      0,
+					      black.pixel(x11Screen()),
+					      bg_col.pixel(x11Screen()) );
+	} else {
+	    wsa.background_pixel = bg_col.pixel(x11Screen());
+	    wsa.border_pixel = black.pixel(x11Screen());
+	    wsa.colormap = (Colormap)x11Colormap();
+	    id = (WId)qt_XCreateWindow( this, dpy, parentw,
+					crect.left(), crect.top(),
+					crect.width(), crect.height(),
+					0, x11Depth(), InputOutput,
+					(Visual*)x11Visual(),
+					CWBackPixel|CWBorderPixel|CWColormap,
+					&wsa );
+	}
+
+	setWinId( id );				// set widget id/handle + hd
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+    if (rendhd) {
+	XftDrawDestroy( (XftDraw *) rendhd );
+	rendhd = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( qt_has_xft )
+	rendhd = (HANDLE) XftDrawCreate( dpy, id, (Visual *) x11Visual(),
+					 x11Colormap() );
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+    // NET window states
+    long net_winstates[6] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    int curr_winstate = 0;
+
+    struct {
+        ulong flags, functions, decorations;
+        long input_mode;
+        ulong status;
+    } mwmhints;
+
+    mwmhints.flags = mwmhints.functions = 0L;
+    mwmhints.decorations = (1L << 0); // MWM_DECOR_ALL
+    mwmhints.input_mode = 0L;
+    mwmhints.status = 0L;
+
+    if (topLevel && ! (desktop || popup)) {
+	ulong wsa_mask = 0;
+
+	if ( testWFlags(WStyle_Splash) ) {
+            if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_window_type_splash)) {
+                clearWFlags( WX11BypassWM );
+	    } else {
+		setWFlags( WX11BypassWM | WStyle_Tool | WStyle_NoBorder );
+	    }
+        }
+	if (testWFlags(WStyle_Customize)) {
+	    mwmhints.decorations = 0L;
+	    mwmhints.flags |= (1L << 1); // MWM_HINTS_DECORATIONS
+
+	    if ( testWFlags( WStyle_NormalBorder | WStyle_DialogBorder ) ) {
+		mwmhints.decorations |= (1L << 1); // MWM_DECOR_BORDER
+		mwmhints.decorations |= (1L << 2); //  MWM_DECOR_RESIZEH
+	    }
+
+	    if ( testWFlags( WStyle_Title ) )
+		mwmhints.decorations |= (1L << 3); // MWM_DECOR_TITLE
+
+	    if ( testWFlags( WStyle_SysMenu ) )
+		mwmhints.decorations |= (1L << 4); // MWM_DECOR_MENU
+
+	    if ( testWFlags( WStyle_Minimize ) )
+		mwmhints.decorations |= (1L << 5); // MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE
+
+	    if ( testWFlags( WStyle_Maximize ) )
+		mwmhints.decorations |= (1L << 6); // MWM_DECOR_MAXIMIZE
+
+	    if (testWFlags(WStyle_Tool)) {
+		wsa.save_under = True;
+		wsa_mask |= CWSaveUnder;
+	    }
+	} else if (testWFlags(WType_Dialog)) {
+	    setWFlags(WStyle_NormalBorder | WStyle_Title |
+		      WStyle_SysMenu | WStyle_ContextHelp);
+	} else {
+	    setWFlags(WStyle_NormalBorder | WStyle_Title |
+		      WStyle_MinMax | WStyle_SysMenu);
+
+	    // maximized netwm state
+	    if (testWFlags(WState_Maximized)) {
+		net_winstates[curr_winstate++] = qt_net_wm_state_max_v;
+		net_winstates[curr_winstate++] = qt_net_wm_state_max_h;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// stays on top
+	if (testWFlags(WStyle_StaysOnTop)) {
+	    net_winstates[curr_winstate++] = qt_net_wm_state_above;
+	    net_winstates[curr_winstate++] = qt_net_wm_state_stays_on_top;
+	}
+
+        if (testWFlags(WShowModal)) {
+            mwmhints.input_mode = 3L; // MWM_INPUT_FULL_APPLICATION_MODAL
+            mwmhints.flags |= (1L << 2); // MWM_HINTS_INPUT_MODE
+
+            net_winstates[curr_winstate++] = qt_net_wm_state_modal;
+        }
+
+        if ( testWFlags( WX11BypassWM ) ) {
+	    wsa.override_redirect = True;
+	    wsa_mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;
+	}
+
+	if ( wsa_mask && initializeWindow )
+	    XChangeWindowAttributes( dpy, id, wsa_mask, &wsa );
+    } else {
+	if (! testWFlags(WStyle_Customize))
+	    setWFlags(WStyle_NormalBorder | WStyle_Title |
+		      WStyle_MinMax | WStyle_SysMenu);
+    }
+
+
+    if ( !initializeWindow ) {
+	// do no initialization
+    } else if ( popup ) {			// popup widget
+	wsa.override_redirect = True;
+	wsa.save_under = True;
+	XChangeWindowAttributes( dpy, id, CWOverrideRedirect | CWSaveUnder,
+				 &wsa );
+	x11SetWindowType();
+    } else if ( topLevel && !desktop ) {	// top-level widget
+	QWidget *p = parentWidget();	// real parent
+	if (p)
+	    p = p->topLevelWidget();
+
+	if (dialog || testWFlags(WStyle_DialogBorder) || testWFlags(WStyle_Tool)) {
+	    if ( p )
+		XSetTransientForHint( dpy, id, p->winId() );
+	    else				// application-modal
+		XSetTransientForHint( dpy, id, root_win );
+	}
+
+	// find the real client leader, i.e. a toplevel without parent
+	while ( p && p->parentWidget())
+	    p = p->parentWidget()->topLevelWidget();
+
+	XSizeHints size_hints;
+	size_hints.flags = USSize | PSize | PWinGravity;
+	size_hints.x = crect.left();
+	size_hints.y = crect.top();
+	size_hints.width = crect.width();
+	size_hints.height = crect.height();
+	size_hints.win_gravity =
+	    QApplication::reverseLayout() ? NorthEastGravity : NorthWestGravity;
+
+	XWMHints wm_hints;			// window manager hints
+	wm_hints.input = True;
+	wm_hints.initial_state = NormalState;
+	wm_hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
+	if ( !qt_x11_wm_client_leader )
+	    qt_x11_create_wm_client_leader();
+
+	wm_hints.window_group = qt_x11_wm_client_leader;
+	wm_hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
+
+	XClassHint class_hint;
+	class_hint.res_name = (char *) qAppName(); // application name
+	class_hint.res_class = (char *) qAppClass();	// application class
+
+       	XSetWMProperties( dpy, id, 0, 0, 0, 0, &size_hints, &wm_hints, &class_hint );
+
+	XResizeWindow( dpy, id, crect.width(), crect.height() );
+	XStoreName( dpy, id, qAppName() );
+	Atom protocols[5];
+	int n = 0;
+	protocols[n++] = qt_wm_delete_window;	// support del window protocol
+	protocols[n++] = qt_wm_take_focus;	// support take focus window protocol
+	protocols[n++] = qt_net_wm_ping;	// support _NET_WM_PING protocol
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+	protocols[n++] = qt_net_wm_sync_request;// support the _NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST protocol
+#endif
+	if ( testWFlags( WStyle_ContextHelp ) )
+	    protocols[n++] = qt_net_wm_context_help;
+	XSetWMProtocols( dpy, id, protocols, n );
+
+        // set mwm hints
+        if ( mwmhints.flags != 0l )
+            XChangeProperty(dpy, id, qt_xa_motif_wm_hints, qt_xa_motif_wm_hints, 32,
+                            PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) &mwmhints, 5);
+        else
+            XDeleteProperty(dpy, id, qt_xa_motif_wm_hints);
+
+	x11SetWindowType();
+
+	// set _NET_WM_WINDOW_STATE
+	if (curr_winstate > 0)
+	    XChangeProperty(dpy, id, qt_net_wm_state, XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace,
+			    (unsigned char *) net_winstates, curr_winstate);
+        else
+            XDeleteProperty(dpy, id, qt_net_wm_state);
+
+	// set _NET_WM_PID
+	long curr_pid = getpid();
+	XChangeProperty(dpy, id, qt_net_wm_pid, XA_CARDINAL, 32, PropModeReplace,
+			(unsigned char *) &curr_pid, 1);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+        // set _NET_WM_SYNC_COUNTER
+        createSyncCounter();
+        long counterVal = topData()->syncCounter;
+        XChangeProperty( dpy, id, qt_net_wm_sync_request_counter, XA_CARDINAL, 32, PropModeReplace,
+                         (unsigned char*) &counterVal, 1);
+#endif
+
+	// when we create a toplevel widget, the frame strut should be dirty
+	fstrut_dirty = 1;
+
+	// declare the widget's object name as window role
+	XChangeProperty( dpy, id,
+			 qt_window_role, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+			 (unsigned char *)name(), qstrlen( name() ) );
+
+	// set client leader property
+	XChangeProperty( dpy, id, qt_wm_client_leader,
+			 XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+			 (unsigned char *)&qt_x11_wm_client_leader, 1 );
+    } else {
+	// non-toplevel widgets don't have a frame, so no need to
+	// update the strut
+	fstrut_dirty = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( initializeWindow ) {
+	// don't erase when resizing
+	wsa.bit_gravity =
+	    QApplication::reverseLayout() ? NorthEastGravity : NorthWestGravity;
+	XChangeWindowAttributes( dpy, id, CWBitGravity, &wsa );
+    }
+
+    setWState( WState_MouseTracking );
+    setMouseTracking( FALSE );			// also sets event mask
+    if ( desktop ) {
+	setWState( WState_Visible );
+    } else if ( topLevel ) {			// set X cursor
+	setWState( WState_OwnCursor );
+	if ( initializeWindow )
+	    qt_x11_enforce_cursor( this );
+    }
+
+    if ( destroyw )
+	qt_XDestroyWindow( this, dpy, destroyw );
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    ic = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Frees up window system resources. Destroys the widget window if \a
+    destroyWindow is TRUE.
+
+    destroy() calls itself recursively for all the child widgets,
+    passing \a destroySubWindows for the \a destroyWindow parameter.
+    To have more control over destruction of subwidgets, destroy
+    subwidgets selectively first.
+
+    This function is usually called from the QWidget destructor.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::destroy( bool destroyWindow, bool destroySubWindows )
+{
+    deactivateWidgetCleanup();
+    if ( testWState(WState_Created) ) {
+	clearWState( WState_Created );
+	if ( children() ) {
+	    QObjectListIt it(*children());
+	    register QObject *obj;
+	    while ( (obj=it.current()) ) {	// destroy all widget children
+		++it;
+		if ( obj->isWidgetType() )
+		    ((QWidget*)obj)->destroy(destroySubWindows,
+					     destroySubWindows);
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( mouseGrb == this )
+	    releaseMouse();
+	if ( keyboardGrb == this )
+	    releaseKeyboard();
+	if ( isTopLevel() )
+	    qt_deferred_map_take( this );
+	if ( testWFlags(WShowModal) )		// just be sure we leave modal
+	    qt_leave_modal( this );
+	else if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) )
+	    qApp->closePopup( this );
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+	if ( rendhd) {
+	    if ( destroyWindow )
+		XftDrawDestroy( (XftDraw *) rendhd );
+	    else
+		free( (void*) rendhd );
+	    rendhd = 0;
+	}
+#endif // QT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
+
+	if ( testWFlags(WType_Desktop) ) {
+	    if ( acceptDrops() )
+		qt_dnd_enable( this, FALSE );
+	} else {
+	    if ( destroyWindow )
+		qt_XDestroyWindow( this, x11Display(), winid );
+	}
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+        destroySyncCounter();
+#endif
+	setWinId( 0 );
+
+	extern void qPRCleanup( QWidget *widget ); // from qapplication_x11.cpp
+	if ( testWState(WState_Reparented) )
+	    qPRCleanup(this);
+
+	if( this == icHolderWidget() ) {
+	    destroyInputContext();
+	} else {
+	    // release previous focus information participating with
+	    // preedit preservation of qic
+	    QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+	    if ( qic )
+		qic->releaseComposingWidget( this );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void QWidget::reparentSys( QWidget *parent, WFlags f, const QPoint &p, bool showIt )
+{
+    extern void qPRCreate( const QWidget *, Window );
+
+    Display *dpy = x11Display();
+    QCursor oldcurs;
+    bool setcurs = testWState(WState_OwnCursor);
+    if ( setcurs ) {
+	oldcurs = cursor();
+	unsetCursor();
+    }
+
+    // dnd unregister (we will register again below)
+    bool accept_drops = acceptDrops();
+    setAcceptDrops( FALSE );
+
+    // clear mouse tracking, re-enabled below
+    bool mouse_tracking = hasMouseTracking();
+    clearWState(WState_MouseTracking);
+
+    QWidget* oldtlw = topLevelWidget();
+    QWidget *oldparent = parentWidget();
+    WId old_winid = winid;
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_Desktop) )
+	old_winid = 0;
+    setWinId( 0 );
+
+    // hide and reparent our own window away. Otherwise we might get
+    // destroyed when emitting the child remove event below. See QWorkspace.
+    XUnmapWindow( x11Display(), old_winid );
+    XReparentWindow( x11Display(), old_winid,
+		     RootWindow( x11Display(), x11Screen() ), 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( this == icHolderWidget() ) {
+	// input contexts are sometimes associated with toplevel widgets, so
+	// we need destroy the context here.  if we are reparenting back to
+	// toplevel, then we may have another context created, otherwise we
+	// will use our new ic holder's context
+        destroyInputContext();
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+    destroySyncCounter();
+#endif
+
+    if ( isTopLevel() || !parent ) // we are toplevel, or reparenting to toplevel
+        topData()->parentWinId = 0;
+
+    if ( parent != parentObj ) {
+	if ( parentObj )				// remove from parent
+	    parentObj->removeChild( this );
+	if ( parent )				// insert into new parent
+	    parent->insertChild( this );
+    }
+    bool     enable = isEnabled();		// remember status
+    FocusPolicy fp = focusPolicy();
+    QSize    s	    = size();
+    QPixmap *bgp    = (QPixmap *)backgroundPixmap();
+    QColor   bgc    = bg_col;			// save colors
+    QString capt= caption();
+    widget_flags = f;
+    clearWState( WState_Created | WState_Visible | WState_ForceHide );
+    create();
+    if ( isTopLevel() || (!parent || parent->isVisible() ) )
+	setWState( WState_ForceHide );	// new widgets do not show up in already visible parents
+
+    const QObjectList *chlist = children();
+    if ( chlist ) {				// reparent children
+        QObjectList childList(*chlist);
+	QObjectListIt it(childList); // iterate over copy
+	QObject *obj;
+	while ( (obj=it.current()) ) {
+	    if ( obj->isWidgetType() ) {
+		QWidget *w = (QWidget *)obj;
+		if ( !w->isTopLevel() ) {
+		    XReparentWindow( x11Display(), w->winId(), winId(),
+				     w->geometry().x(), w->geometry().y() );
+		} else if ( w->isPopup()
+			    || w->testWFlags(WStyle_DialogBorder)
+			    || w->testWFlags(WType_Dialog)
+			    || w->testWFlags(WStyle_Tool) ) {
+		    /*
+		      when reparenting toplevel windows with toplevel-transient children,
+		      we need to make sure that the window manager gets the updated
+		      WM_TRANSIENT_FOR information... unfortunately, some window managers
+		      don't handle changing WM_TRANSIENT_FOR before the toplevel window is
+		      visible, so we unmap and remap all toplevel-transient children *after*
+		      the toplevel parent has been mapped.  thankfully, this is easy in Qt :)
+		    */
+		    XUnmapWindow(w->x11Display(), w->winId());
+		    XSetTransientForHint(w->x11Display(), w->winId(), winId());
+		    QApplication::postEvent(w, new QEvent(QEvent::ShowWindowRequest));
+		}
+	    }
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+    qPRCreate( this, old_winid );
+    if ( bgp )
+	XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap( dpy, winid, bgp->handle() );
+    else
+	XSetWindowBackground( dpy, winid, bgc.pixel(x11Screen()) );
+
+    if (isTopLevel()) {
+        // preserve maximized/fullscreen flags and the normal geometry
+        uint save_state = widget_state & (WState_Maximized | WState_FullScreen);
+        const QRect r = topData()->normalGeometry;
+        setGeometry(p.x(), p.y(), s.width(), s.height());
+        widget_state |= save_state;
+        topData()->normalGeometry = r;
+    } else {
+        setGeometry(p.x(), p.y(), s.width(), s.height());
+    }
+
+    setEnabled( enable );
+    setFocusPolicy( fp );
+    if ( !capt.isNull() ) {
+	extra->topextra->caption = QString::null;
+	setCaption( capt );
+    }
+    if ( showIt )
+	show();
+    if ( old_winid )
+	qt_XDestroyWindow( this, dpy, old_winid );
+    if ( setcurs )
+	setCursor(oldcurs);
+
+    reparentFocusWidgets( oldtlw );
+
+    // re-register dnd
+    if (oldparent)
+	oldparent->checkChildrenDnd();
+
+    if ( accept_drops )
+	setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
+    else {
+	checkChildrenDnd();
+	topData()->dnd = 0;
+	qt_dnd_enable(this, (extra && extra->children_use_dnd));
+    }
+
+    // re-enable mouse tracking
+    if (mouse_tracking)
+	setMouseTracking(mouse_tracking);
+}
+
+// Sets the EWMH (netwm) window type. Needed as a separate function
+// because create() may be too soon in some cases.
+void QWidget::x11SetWindowType( X11WindowType type )
+{
+    // NET window types
+    long net_wintypes[7] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    int curr_wintype = 0;
+    if( testWFlags(WType_Desktop))
+        return;
+    if( type == X11WindowTypeSelect ) {
+        if ( testWFlags(WStyle_Splash)) {
+            if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_window_type_splash)) {
+                net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_splash;
+            }
+        } else if (inherits("QToolBar")) {
+	    // toolbar netwm type
+	    net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_toolbar;
+        } else if (testWFlags(WStyle_Customize) && testWFlags(WStyle_Tool)) {
+	    // utility netwm type
+	    net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_utility;
+        } else if (testWFlags(WType_Dialog)) {
+            // dialog netwm type
+            net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_dialog;
+        }
+    } else if( type == X11WindowTypeCombo ) {
+        // combo netwm type
+	net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_combo;
+    } else if( type == X11WindowTypeDND ) {
+        // dnd netwm type
+    	net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_dnd;
+    } else if( type == X11WindowTypeDropdown ) {
+        // dropdown netwm type
+    	net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_dropdown_menu;
+    } else if( type == X11WindowTypePopup ) {
+        // popup netwm type
+    	net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_popup_menu;
+    } else if( type == X11WindowTypeMenu ) {
+        // menu netwm type
+	net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_menu;
+    } else if( type == X11WindowTypeTooltip ) {
+        // tooltip netwm type
+    	net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_tooltip;
+    }
+
+    // normal netwm type - default
+    net_wintypes[curr_wintype++] = qt_net_wm_window_type_normal;
+    // set _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE
+    if (curr_wintype > 0)
+        XChangeProperty(x11Display(), winId(), qt_net_wm_window_type, XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace,
+			(unsigned char *) net_wintypes, curr_wintype);
+    else
+        XDeleteProperty(x11Display(), winId(), qt_net_wm_window_type);
+}
+
+void QWidget::x11SetWindowTransient( QWidget* parent )
+{
+    XSetTransientForHint( x11Display(), winId(), parent->winId());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to global screen
+    coordinates. For example, \c{mapToGlobal(QPoint(0,0))} would give
+    the global coordinates of the top-left pixel of the widget.
+
+    \sa mapFromGlobal() mapTo() mapToParent()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapToGlobal( const QPoint &pos ) const
+{
+    int	   x, y;
+    Window child;
+    XTranslateCoordinates( x11Display(), winId(),
+			   QApplication::desktop()->screen(x11Screen())->winId(),
+			   pos.x(), pos.y(), &x, &y, &child );
+    return QPoint( x, y );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Translates the global screen coordinate \a pos to widget
+    coordinates.
+
+    \sa mapToGlobal() mapFrom() mapFromParent()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapFromGlobal( const QPoint &pos ) const
+{
+    int	   x, y;
+    Window child;
+    XTranslateCoordinates( x11Display(),
+			   QApplication::desktop()->screen(x11Screen())->winId(),
+			   winId(), pos.x(), pos.y(), &x, &y, &child );
+    return QPoint( x, y );
+}
+
+/*!
+    When a widget gets focus, it should call setMicroFocusHint() with
+    some appropriate position and size, \a x, \a y, \a width and \a
+    height. This has no \e visual effect, it just provides hints to
+    any system-specific input handling tools.
+
+    The \a text argument should be TRUE if this is a position for text
+    input.
+
+    In the Windows version of Qt, this method sets the system caret,
+    which is used for user Accessibility focus handling.  If \a text
+    is TRUE, it also sets the IME composition window in Far East Asian
+    language input systems.
+
+    In the X11 version of Qt, if \a text is TRUE, this method sets the
+    input method focus point in the preedit (XIM "spot" point) for
+    complex language input handling.
+
+    The font \a f is a rendering hint to the currently active input method.
+    If \a f is 0 the widget's font is used.
+
+    \sa microFocusHint()
+*/
+void QWidget::setMicroFocusHint(int x, int y, int width, int height,
+				bool text, QFont *f )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    if ( text ) {
+	// trigger input context creation if it hasn't happened already
+	createInputContext();
+
+	QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+	if(qic) {
+	    QPoint gp = mapToGlobal( QPoint( x, y ) );
+	    qic->setMicroFocus(gp.x(), gp.y(), width, height, f);
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( QRect( x, y, width, height ) != microFocusHint() ) {
+	createExtra();
+	extraData()->micro_focus_hint.setRect( x, y, width, height );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void QWidget::setFontSys( QFont * )
+{
+    // Nothing
+}
+
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundColorDirect( const QColor &color )
+{
+    bg_col = color;
+    if ( extra && extra->bg_pix ) {		// kill the background pixmap
+	delete extra->bg_pix;
+	extra->bg_pix = 0;
+    }
+    XSetWindowBackground( x11Display(), winId(), bg_col.pixel(x11Screen()) );
+}
+
+static int allow_null_pixmaps = 0;
+
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmapDirect( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    QPixmap old;
+    if ( extra && extra->bg_pix )
+	old = *extra->bg_pix;
+    if ( !allow_null_pixmaps && pixmap.isNull() ) {
+	XSetWindowBackground( x11Display(), winId(), bg_col.pixel(x11Screen()) );
+	if ( extra && extra->bg_pix ) {
+	    delete extra->bg_pix;
+	    extra->bg_pix = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	QPixmap pm = pixmap;
+	if (!pm.isNull()) {
+	    if ( pm.depth() == 1 && QPixmap::defaultDepth() > 1 ) {
+		pm = QPixmap( pixmap.size() );
+		bitBlt( &pm, 0, 0, &pixmap, 0, 0, pm.width(), pm.height() );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( extra && extra->bg_pix )
+	    delete extra->bg_pix;
+	else
+	    createExtra();
+	extra->bg_pix = new QPixmap( pm );
+	Q_CHECK_PTR( extra->bg_pix );
+	extra->bg_pix->x11SetScreen( x11Screen() );
+	XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap( x11Display(), winId(), extra->bg_pix->handle() );
+	if ( testWFlags(WType_Desktop) )	// save rootinfo later
+	    qt_updated_rootinfo();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the window-system background of the widget to nothing.
+
+    Note that "nothing" is actually a pixmap that isNull(), thus you
+    can check for an empty background by checking backgroundPixmap().
+
+    \sa setBackgroundPixmap(), setBackgroundColor()
+*/
+void QWidget::setBackgroundEmpty()
+{
+    allow_null_pixmaps++;
+    setErasePixmap(QPixmap());
+    allow_null_pixmaps--;
+}
+
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundX11Relative()
+{
+    XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap( x11Display(), winId(), ParentRelative );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setCursor( const QCursor &cursor )
+{
+    if ( cursor.handle() != arrowCursor.handle()
+	 || (extra && extra->curs) ) {
+	createExtra();
+	delete extra->curs;
+	extra->curs = new QCursor(cursor);
+    }
+    setWState( WState_OwnCursor );
+    qt_x11_enforce_cursor( this );
+    XFlush( x11Display() );
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetCursor()
+{
+    if ( extra ) {
+	delete extra->curs;
+	extra->curs = 0;
+    }
+    if ( !isTopLevel() )
+	clearWState( WState_OwnCursor );
+    qt_x11_enforce_cursor( this );
+    XFlush( x11Display() );
+}
+
+static XTextProperty*
+qstring_to_xtp( const QString& s )
+{
+    static XTextProperty tp = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    static bool free_prop = TRUE; // we can't free tp.value in case it references
+    // the data of the static QCString below.
+    if ( tp.value ) {
+	if ( free_prop )
+	    XFree( tp.value );
+	tp.value = 0;
+	free_prop = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    static const QTextCodec* mapper = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+    int errCode = 0;
+    if ( mapper ) {
+	QCString mapped = mapper->fromUnicode(s);
+	char* tl[2];
+	tl[0] = mapped.data();
+	tl[1] = 0;
+	errCode = XmbTextListToTextProperty( QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
+					     tl, 1, XStdICCTextStyle, &tp );
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+	if ( errCode < 0 )
+	    qDebug( "qstring_to_xtp result code %d", errCode );
+#endif
+    }
+    if ( !mapper || errCode < 0 ) {
+	static QCString qcs;
+	qcs = s.ascii();
+	tp.value = (uchar*)qcs.data();
+	tp.encoding = XA_STRING;
+	tp.format = 8;
+	tp.nitems = qcs.length();
+	free_prop = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // ### If we knew WM could understand unicode, we could use
+    // ### a much simpler, cheaper encoding...
+    /*
+	tp.value = (XChar2b*)s.unicode();
+	tp.encoding = XA_UNICODE; // wish
+	tp.format = 16;
+	tp.nitems = s.length();
+    */
+
+    return &tp;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setCaption( const QString &caption )
+{
+    if ( QWidget::caption() == caption )
+	return;
+
+    topData()->caption = caption;
+    XSetWMName( x11Display(), winId(), qstring_to_xtp(caption) );
+
+    QCString net_wm_name = caption.utf8();
+    XChangeProperty(x11Display(), winId(), qt_net_wm_name, qt_utf8_string, 8,
+		    PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *)net_wm_name.data(),
+		    net_wm_name.length());
+
+    QEvent e( QEvent::CaptionChange );
+    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
+{
+    if ( extra && extra->topextra ) {
+	delete extra->topextra->icon;
+	extra->topextra->icon = 0;
+    } else {
+	createTLExtra();
+    }
+    Pixmap icon_pixmap = 0;
+    Pixmap mask_pixmap = 0;
+    if ( !pixmap.isNull() ) {
+	QPixmap* pm = new QPixmap( pixmap );
+	extra->topextra->icon = pm;
+	if ( !pm->mask() )
+	    pm->setMask( pm->createHeuristicMask() ); // may do detach()
+	icon_pixmap = pm->handle();
+	if ( pm->mask() )
+	    mask_pixmap = pm->mask()->handle();
+    }
+    XWMHints *h = XGetWMHints( x11Display(), winId() );
+    XWMHints  wm_hints;
+    bool got_hints = h != 0;
+    if ( !got_hints ) {
+	h = &wm_hints;
+	h->flags = 0;
+    }
+    h->icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap;
+    h->icon_mask = mask_pixmap;
+    h->flags |= IconPixmapHint | IconMaskHint;
+    XSetWMHints( x11Display(), winId(), h );
+    if ( got_hints )
+	XFree( (char *)h );
+    QEvent e( QEvent::IconChange );
+    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setIconText( const QString &iconText )
+{
+    if (QWidget::iconText() == iconText)
+        return;
+
+    topData()->iconText = iconText;
+    XSetWMIconName( x11Display(), winId(), qstring_to_xtp(iconText) );
+
+    QCString net_wm_icon_name = iconText.utf8();
+    XChangeProperty(x11Display(), winId(), qt_net_wm_icon_name, qt_utf8_string, 8, PropModeReplace,
+		    (unsigned char *) net_wm_icon_name.data(), net_wm_icon_name.length());
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMouseTracking( bool enable )
+{
+    bool gmt = QApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking();
+    if ( !enable == !testWState(WState_MouseTracking) && !gmt )
+	return;
+    uint m = (enable || gmt) ? (uint)PointerMotionMask : 0;
+    if ( enable )
+	setWState( WState_MouseTracking );
+    else
+	clearWState( WState_MouseTracking );
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_Desktop) ) {		// desktop widget?
+	QWidget* main_desktop = find( winId() );
+	if ( main_desktop->testWFlags(WPaintDesktop) )
+	    XSelectInput( x11Display(), winId(),
+			  stdDesktopEventMask | ExposureMask );
+	else
+	    XSelectInput( x11Display(), winId(), stdDesktopEventMask );
+    } else {
+	XSelectInput( x11Display(), winId(),
+		      m | stdWidgetEventMask );
+#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
+ 	if ( devStylus != NULL ) {
+ 	    XSelectExtensionEvent( x11Display(), winId(), event_list_stylus,
+ 				   qt_curr_events_stylus );
+ 	}
+	if ( devEraser != NULL ) {
+	    XSelectExtensionEvent( x11Display(), winId(), event_list_eraser,
+				   qt_curr_events_eraser );
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Grabs the mouse input.
+
+    This widget receives all mouse events until releaseMouse() is
+    called; other widgets get no mouse events at all. Keyboard
+    events are not affected. Use grabKeyboard() if you want to grab
+    that.
+
+    \warning Bugs in mouse-grabbing applications very often lock the
+    terminal. Use this function with extreme caution, and consider
+    using the \c -nograb command line option while debugging.
+
+    It is almost never necessary to grab the mouse when using Qt, as
+    Qt grabs and releases it sensibly. In particular, Qt grabs the
+    mouse when a mouse button is pressed and keeps it until the last
+    button is released.
+
+    Note that only visible widgets can grab mouse input. If
+    isVisible() returns FALSE for a widget, that widget cannot call
+    grabMouse().
+
+    \sa releaseMouse() grabKeyboard() releaseKeyboard() grabKeyboard()
+    focusWidget()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::grabMouse()
+{
+    if ( isVisible() && !qt_nograb() ) {
+	if ( mouseGrb )
+	    mouseGrb->releaseMouse();
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	int status =
+#endif
+	    XGrabPointer( x11Display(), winId(), False,
+			  (uint)( ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
+				  PointerMotionMask | EnterWindowMask |
+				  LeaveWindowMask ),
+			  GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync,
+			  None, None, qt_x_time );
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	if ( status ) {
+	    const char *s =
+		status == GrabNotViewable ? "\"GrabNotViewable\"" :
+		status == AlreadyGrabbed  ? "\"AlreadyGrabbed\"" :
+		status == GrabFrozen      ? "\"GrabFrozen\"" :
+		status == GrabInvalidTime ? "\"GrabInvalidTime\"" :
+		"<?>";
+	    qWarning( "Grabbing the mouse failed with %s", s );
+	}
+#endif
+	mouseGrb = this;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Grabs the mouse input and changes the cursor shape.
+
+    The cursor will assume shape \a cursor (for as long as the mouse
+    focus is grabbed) and this widget will be the only one to receive
+    mouse events until releaseMouse() is called().
+
+    \warning Grabbing the mouse might lock the terminal.
+
+    \sa releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), setCursor()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::grabMouse( const QCursor &cursor )
+{
+    if ( !qt_nograb() ) {
+	if ( mouseGrb )
+	    mouseGrb->releaseMouse();
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	int status =
+#endif
+	XGrabPointer( x11Display(), winId(), False,
+		      (uint)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
+			     PointerMotionMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask),
+		      GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync,
+		      None, cursor.handle(), qt_x_time );
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	if ( status ) {
+	    const char *s =
+		status == GrabNotViewable ? "\"GrabNotViewable\"" :
+		status == AlreadyGrabbed  ? "\"AlreadyGrabbed\"" :
+		status == GrabFrozen      ? "\"GrabFrozen\"" :
+		status == GrabInvalidTime ? "\"GrabInvalidTime\"" :
+					    "<?>";
+	    qWarning( "Grabbing the mouse failed with %s", s );
+	}
+#endif
+	mouseGrb = this;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Releases the mouse grab.
+
+    \sa grabMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::releaseMouse()
+{
+    if ( !qt_nograb() && mouseGrb == this ) {
+	XUngrabPointer( x11Display(),  qt_x_time );
+	XFlush( x11Display() );
+	mouseGrb = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Grabs the keyboard input.
+
+    This widget reveives all keyboard events until releaseKeyboard()
+    is called; other widgets get no keyboard events at all. Mouse
+    events are not affected. Use grabMouse() if you want to grab that.
+
+    The focus widget is not affected, except that it doesn't receive
+    any keyboard events. setFocus() moves the focus as usual, but the
+    new focus widget receives keyboard events only after
+    releaseKeyboard() is called.
+
+    If a different widget is currently grabbing keyboard input, that
+    widget's grab is released first.
+
+    \sa releaseKeyboard() grabMouse() releaseMouse() focusWidget()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::grabKeyboard()
+{
+    if ( !qt_nograb() ) {
+	if ( keyboardGrb )
+	    keyboardGrb->releaseKeyboard();
+	XGrabKeyboard( x11Display(), winid, False, GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync,
+		       qt_x_time );
+	keyboardGrb = this;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Releases the keyboard grab.
+
+    \sa grabKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::releaseKeyboard()
+{
+    if ( !qt_nograb() && keyboardGrb == this ) {
+	XUngrabKeyboard( x11Display(), qt_x_time );
+	keyboardGrb = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the mouse input.
+
+    If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the mouse,
+    0 is returned.
+
+    \sa grabMouse(), keyboardGrabber()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::mouseGrabber()
+{
+    return mouseGrb;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input.
+
+    If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the
+    keyboard, 0 is returned.
+
+    \sa grabMouse(), mouseGrabber()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::keyboardGrabber()
+{
+    return keyboardGrb;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the top-level widget containing this widget to be the active
+    window.
+
+    An active window is a visible top-level window that has the
+    keyboard input focus.
+
+    This function performs the same operation as clicking the mouse on
+    the title bar of a top-level window. On X11, the result depends on
+    the Window Manager. If you want to ensure that the window is
+    stacked on top as well you should also call raise(). Note that the
+    window must be visible, otherwise setActiveWindow() has no effect.
+
+    On Windows, if you are calling this when the application is not
+    currently the active one then it will not make it the active
+    window.  It will flash the task bar entry blue to indicate that
+    the window has done something. This is because Microsoft do not
+    allow an application to interrupt what the user is currently doing
+    in another application.
+
+    \sa isActiveWindow(), topLevelWidget(), show()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setActiveWindow()
+{
+    QWidget *tlw = topLevelWidget();
+    if ( tlw->isVisible() && !tlw->topData()->embedded && !qt_deferred_map_contains(tlw) ) {
+	XSetInputFocus( x11Display(), tlw->winId(), RevertToNone, qt_x_time);
+	focusInputContext();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Updates the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is
+    hidden.
+
+    This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
+    schedules a paint event for processing when Qt returns to the main
+    event loop. This permits Qt to optimize for more speed and less
+    flicker than a call to repaint() does.
+
+    Calling update() several times normally results in just one
+    paintEvent() call.
+
+    Qt normally erases the widget's area before the paintEvent() call.
+    If the \c WRepaintNoErase widget flag is set, the widget is
+    responsible for painting all its pixels itself.
+
+    \sa repaint(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), erase(),
+    setWFlags()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::update()
+{
+    if ( (widget_state & (WState_Visible|WState_BlockUpdates)) ==
+	 WState_Visible )
+	QApplication::postEvent( this, new QPaintEvent( clipRegion(), !testWFlags(WRepaintNoErase) ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Updates a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside the widget
+    unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
+
+    This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
+    schedules a paint event for processing when Qt returns to the main
+    event loop. This permits Qt to optimize for more speed and less
+    flicker and a call to repaint() does.
+
+    Calling update() several times normally results in just one
+    paintEvent() call.
+
+    If \a w is negative, it is replaced with \c{width() - x}. If \a h
+    is negative, it is replaced width \c{height() - y}.
+
+    Qt normally erases the specified area before the paintEvent()
+    call. If the \c WRepaintNoErase widget flag is set, the widget is
+    responsible for painting all its pixels itself.
+
+    \sa repaint(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), erase()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::update( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    if ( w && h &&
+	 (widget_state & (WState_Visible|WState_BlockUpdates)) == WState_Visible ) {
+	if ( w < 0 )
+	    w = crect.width()  - x;
+	if ( h < 0 )
+	    h = crect.height() - y;
+	if ( w != 0 && h != 0 )
+	    QApplication::postEvent( this,
+		new QPaintEvent( clipRegion().intersect(QRect(x,y,w,h)),
+				 !testWFlags( WRepaintNoErase ) ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::update( const QRect &r )
+
+    Updates a rectangle \a r inside the widget unless updates are
+    disabled or the widget is hidden.
+
+    This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
+    schedules a paint event for processing when Qt returns to the main
+    event loop. This permits Qt to optimize for more speed and less
+    flicker and a call to repaint() does.
+
+    Calling update() several times normally results in just one
+    paintEvent() call.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::repaint( bool erase )
+
+    This version repaints the entire widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::repaint()
+
+    This version erases and repaints the entire widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() immediately,
+    unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
+
+    If \a erase is TRUE, Qt erases the area \a (x, y, w, h) before the
+    paintEvent() call.
+
+    If \a w is negative, it is replaced with \c{width() - x}, and if
+    \a h is negative, it is replaced width \c{height() - y}.
+
+    We suggest only using repaint() if you need an immediate repaint,
+    for example during animation. In almost all circumstances update()
+    is better, as it permits Qt to optimize for speed and minimize
+    flicker.
+
+    \warning If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be
+    called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The
+    update() function never causes recursion.
+
+    \sa update(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), erase()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::repaint( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase )
+{
+    if ( (widget_state & (WState_Visible|WState_BlockUpdates)) == WState_Visible ) {
+	if ( x > crect.width() || y > crect.height() )
+	    return;
+	if ( w < 0 )
+	    w = crect.width()  - x;
+	if ( h < 0 )
+	    h = crect.height() - y;
+	QRect r(x,y,w,h);
+	if ( r.isEmpty() )
+	    return; // nothing to do
+	QPaintEvent e( r, erase );
+	if ( r != rect() )
+	    qt_set_paintevent_clipping( this, r );
+	if ( erase && w != 0 && h != 0 ) {
+	    if ( backgroundOrigin() == WidgetOrigin )
+		XClearArea( x11Display(), winId(), x, y, w, h, False );
+	    else
+		this->erase( x, y, w, h);
+	}
+	QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+	qt_clear_paintevent_clipping();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() directly,
+    unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
+
+    Erases the widget region \a reg if \a erase is TRUE.
+
+    Only use repaint if your widget needs to be repainted immediately,
+    for example when doing some animation. In all other cases, use
+    update(). Calling update() many times in a row will generate a
+    single paint event.
+
+    \warning If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be
+    called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The
+    update() function never causes recursion.
+
+    \sa update(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), erase()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::repaint( const QRegion& reg, bool erase )
+{
+    if ( (widget_state & (WState_Visible|WState_BlockUpdates)) == WState_Visible ) {
+	QPaintEvent e( reg, erase );
+	qt_set_paintevent_clipping( this, reg );
+	if ( erase )
+	    this->erase(reg);
+	QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+	qt_clear_paintevent_clipping();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::repaint( const QRect &r, bool erase )
+
+    Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() directly,
+    unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
+
+    Erases the widget region \a r if \a erase is TRUE.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setWindowState(uint newstate)
+{
+    bool needShow = FALSE;
+    uint oldstate = windowState();
+    if (isTopLevel()) {
+        QTLWExtra *top = topData();
+
+	if ((oldstate & WindowMaximized) != (newstate & WindowMaximized)) {
+	    if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_h) && qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_v)) {
+		qt_net_change_wm_state(this, (newstate & WindowMaximized),
+				       qt_net_wm_state_max_h, qt_net_wm_state_max_v);
+	    } else if (! (newstate & WindowFullScreen)) {
+		if (newstate & WindowMaximized) {
+		    // save original geometry
+                    const QRect normalGeometry = geometry();
+
+		    if (isVisible()) {
+			updateFrameStrut();
+			const QRect maxRect = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(this);
+			const QRect r = top->normalGeometry;
+			setGeometry(maxRect.x() + top->fleft,
+				    maxRect.y() + top->ftop,
+				    maxRect.width() - top->fleft - top->fright,
+				    maxRect.height() - top->ftop - top->fbottom);
+                        top->normalGeometry = r;
+		    }
+
+                    if (top->normalGeometry.width() < 0)
+			top->normalGeometry = normalGeometry;
+		} else {
+		    // restore original geometry
+		    setGeometry(top->normalGeometry);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ((oldstate & WindowFullScreen) != (newstate & WindowFullScreen)) {
+	    if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen)) {
+		qt_net_change_wm_state(this, (newstate & WindowFullScreen),
+				       qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen);
+	    } else {
+                needShow = isVisible();
+
+		if (newstate & WindowFullScreen) {
+                    const QRect normalGeometry = QRect(pos(), size());
+
+		    top->savedFlags = getWFlags();
+                    reparent(0, WType_TopLevel | WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NoBorder |
+			     // preserve some widget flags
+			     (getWFlags() & 0xffff0000),
+			     mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)));
+                    const QRect r = top->normalGeometry;
+                    setGeometry(qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry(this));
+                    top->normalGeometry = r;
+
+                    if ( top->normalGeometry.width() < 0 )
+			top->normalGeometry = normalGeometry;
+                } else {
+		    reparent( 0, top->savedFlags, mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0)) );
+
+                    if (newstate & WindowMaximized) {
+                        // from fullscreen to maximized
+			updateFrameStrut();
+			const QRect maxRect = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(this);
+			const QRect r = top->normalGeometry;
+			setGeometry(maxRect.x() + top->fleft,
+				    maxRect.y() + top->ftop,
+				    maxRect.width() - top->fleft - top->fright,
+				    maxRect.height() - top->ftop - top->fbottom);
+                        top->normalGeometry = r;
+                    } else {
+                        // restore original geometry
+                        setGeometry(top->normalGeometry);
+                    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ((oldstate & WindowMinimized) != (newstate & WindowMinimized)) {
+	    if (isVisible()) {
+		if (newstate & WindowMinimized) {
+		    XEvent e;
+		    e.xclient.type = ClientMessage;
+		    e.xclient.message_type = qt_wm_change_state;
+		    e.xclient.display = x11Display();
+		    e.xclient.window = winid;
+		    e.xclient.format = 32;
+		    e.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState;
+		    e.xclient.data.l[1] = 0;
+		    e.xclient.data.l[2] = 0;
+		    e.xclient.data.l[3] = 0;
+		    e.xclient.data.l[4] = 0;
+		    XSendEvent(x11Display(), RootWindow(x11Display(), x11Screen()),
+			       False, (SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask), &e);
+		} else {
+		    XMapWindow(x11Display(), winId());
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    needShow = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    widget_state &= ~(WState_Minimized | WState_Maximized | WState_FullScreen);
+    if (newstate & WindowMinimized)
+	widget_state |= WState_Minimized;
+    if (newstate & WindowMaximized)
+	widget_state |= WState_Maximized;
+    if (newstate & WindowFullScreen)
+	widget_state |= WState_FullScreen;
+
+    if (needShow)
+	show();
+
+    if (newstate & WindowActive)
+	setActiveWindow();
+
+    QEvent e(QEvent::WindowStateChange);
+    QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Platform-specific part of QWidget::show().
+*/
+
+void QWidget::showWindow()
+{
+    if ( isTopLevel()  ) {
+	XWMHints *h = XGetWMHints( x11Display(), winId() );
+	XWMHints  wm_hints;
+	bool got_hints = h != 0;
+	if ( !got_hints ) {
+	    h = &wm_hints;
+	    h->flags = 0;
+	}
+	h->initial_state = testWState(WState_Minimized) ? IconicState : NormalState;
+	h->flags |= StateHint;
+	XSetWMHints( x11Display(), winId(), h );
+	if ( got_hints )
+	    XFree( (char *)h );
+
+	if (qt_x_user_time != CurrentTime) {
+	    XChangeProperty(x11Display(), winId(), qt_net_wm_user_time, XA_CARDINAL,
+			    32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) &qt_x_user_time, 1);
+	}
+
+	if (!topData()->embedded &&
+	    topData()->parentWinId &&
+	    topData()->parentWinId != QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(x11Screen()) &&
+	    !isMinimized() ) {
+	    qt_deferred_map_add( this );
+	    return;
+	}
+
+ 	if (isMaximized() && !isFullScreen()
+	    && !(qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_h)
+		 && qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_v))) {
+ 	    XMapWindow( x11Display(), winId() );
+ 	    qt_wait_for_window_manager(this);
+
+ 	    // if the wm was not smart enough to adjust our size, do that manually
+ 	    updateFrameStrut();
+	    QRect maxRect = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(this);
+
+ 	    QTLWExtra *top = topData();
+ 	    QRect normalRect = top->normalGeometry;
+
+ 	    setGeometry(maxRect.x() + top->fleft,
+			maxRect.y() + top->ftop,
+ 			maxRect.width() - top->fleft - top->fright,
+ 			maxRect.height() - top->ftop - top->fbottom);
+
+	    // restore the original normalGeometry
+ 	    top->normalGeometry = normalRect;
+ 	    // internalSetGeometry() clears the maximized flag... make sure we set it back
+ 	    setWState(WState_Maximized);
+
+ 	    return;
+ 	}
+
+	if (isFullScreen() && !qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen)) {
+ 	    XMapWindow(x11Display(), winId());
+ 	    qt_wait_for_window_manager(this);
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    XMapWindow( x11Display(), winId() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Platform-specific part of QWidget::hide().
+*/
+
+void QWidget::hideWindow()
+{
+    clearWState( WState_Exposed );
+    deactivateWidgetCleanup();
+    if ( isTopLevel() ) {
+	qt_deferred_map_take( this );
+	if ( winId() ) // in nsplugin, may be 0
+	    XWithdrawWindow( x11Display(), winId(), x11Screen() );
+
+	QTLWExtra *top = topData();
+	crect.moveTopLeft( QPoint(crect.x() - top->fleft, crect.y() - top->ftop ) );
+
+	// zero the frame strut and mark it dirty
+	top->fleft = top->fright = top->ftop = top->fbottom = 0;
+	fstrut_dirty = TRUE;
+
+	XFlush( x11Display() );
+    } else {
+	if ( winId() ) // in nsplugin, may be 0
+	    XUnmapWindow( x11Display(), winId() );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Raises this widget to the top of the parent widget's stack.
+
+    After this call the widget will be visually in front of any
+    overlapping sibling widgets.
+
+    \sa lower(), stackUnder()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::raise()
+{
+    QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+    if ( p && p->childObjects && p->childObjects->findRef(this) >= 0 )
+	p->childObjects->append( p->childObjects->take() );
+    XRaiseWindow( x11Display(), winId() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Lowers the widget to the bottom of the parent widget's stack.
+
+    After this call the widget will be visually behind (and therefore
+    obscured by) any overlapping sibling widgets.
+
+    \sa raise(), stackUnder()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::lower()
+{
+    QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+    if ( p && p->childObjects && p->childObjects->findRef(this) >= 0 )
+	p->childObjects->insert( 0, p->childObjects->take() );
+    XLowerWindow( x11Display(), winId() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Places the widget under \a w in the parent widget's stack.
+
+    To make this work, the widget itself and \a w must be siblings.
+
+    \sa raise(), lower()
+*/
+void QWidget::stackUnder( QWidget* w)
+{
+    QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+    if ( !w || isTopLevel() || p != w->parentWidget() || this == w )
+	return;
+    if ( p && p->childObjects && p->childObjects->findRef(w) >= 0 && p->childObjects->findRef(this) >= 0 ) {
+	p->childObjects->take();
+	p->childObjects->insert( p->childObjects->findRef(w), this );
+    }
+    Window stack[2];
+    stack[0] = w->winId();;
+    stack[1] = winId();
+    XRestackWindows( x11Display(), stack, 2 );
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+  The global variable qt_widget_tlw_gravity defines the window gravity of
+  the next top level window to be created. We do this when setting the
+  main widget's geometry and the "-geometry" command line option contains
+  a negative position.
+*/
+
+int qt_widget_tlw_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
+
+static void do_size_hints( QWidget* widget, QWExtra *x )
+{
+    XSizeHints s;
+    s.flags = 0;
+    if ( x ) {
+	s.x = widget->x();
+	s.y = widget->y();
+	s.width = widget->width();
+	s.height = widget->height();
+	if ( x->minw > 0 || x->minh > 0 ) {	// add minimum size hints
+	    s.flags |= PMinSize;
+	    s.min_width  = x->minw;
+	    s.min_height = x->minh;
+	}
+	if ( x->maxw < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || x->maxh < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ) {
+	    s.flags |= PMaxSize;		// add maximum size hints
+	    s.max_width  = x->maxw;
+	    s.max_height = x->maxh;
+	}
+	if ( x->topextra &&
+	   (x->topextra->incw > 0 || x->topextra->inch > 0) )
+	{					// add resize increment hints
+	    s.flags |= PResizeInc | PBaseSize;
+	    s.width_inc = x->topextra->incw;
+	    s.height_inc = x->topextra->inch;
+	    s.base_width = x->topextra->basew;
+	    s.base_height = x->topextra->baseh;
+	}
+
+	if ( x->topextra && x->topextra->uspos) {
+	    s.flags |= USPosition;
+	    s.flags |= PPosition;
+	}
+	if ( x->topextra && x->topextra->ussize) {
+	    s.flags |= USSize;
+	    s.flags |= PSize;
+	}
+    }
+    s.flags |= PWinGravity;
+    s.win_gravity = qt_widget_tlw_gravity;	// usually NorthWest
+    // reset in case it was set
+    qt_widget_tlw_gravity =
+        QApplication::reverseLayout() ? NorthEastGravity : NorthWestGravity;
+    XSetWMNormalHints( widget->x11Display(), widget->winId(), &s );
+}
+
+
+void QWidget::internalSetGeometry( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool isMove )
+{
+    Display *dpy = x11Display();
+
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_Desktop) )
+	return;
+    if (isTopLevel()) {
+        if (!qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_h)
+            && !qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_v))
+            clearWState(WState_Maximized);
+        if (!qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen))
+            clearWState(WState_FullScreen);
+	topData()->normalGeometry = QRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
+    } else {
+        // for QWorkspace
+        clearWState(WState_Maximized);
+        clearWState(WState_FullScreen);
+    }
+    if ( extra ) {				// any size restrictions?
+	w = QMIN(w,extra->maxw);
+	h = QMIN(h,extra->maxh);
+	w = QMAX(w,extra->minw);
+	h = QMAX(h,extra->minh);
+    }
+    if ( w < 1 )				// invalid size
+	w = 1;
+    if ( h < 1 )
+	h = 1;
+    QPoint oldPos( pos() );
+    QSize oldSize( size() );
+    QRect oldGeom( crect );
+    QRect  r( x, y, w, h );
+
+    // We only care about stuff that changes the geometry, or may
+    // cause the window manager to change its state
+    if ( !isTopLevel() && oldGeom == r )
+	return;
+
+    crect = r;
+    bool isResize = size() != oldSize;
+
+    if ( isTopLevel() ) {
+	if ( isMove )
+	    topData()->uspos = 1;
+	if ( isResize )
+	    topData()->ussize = 1;
+	do_size_hints( this, extra );
+    }
+
+    if ( isMove ) {
+	if (! qt_broken_wm)
+	    // pos() is right according to ICCCM 4.1.5
+	    XMoveResizeWindow( dpy, winid, pos().x(), pos().y(), w, h );
+	else
+	    // work around 4Dwm's incompliance with ICCCM 4.1.5
+	    XMoveResizeWindow( dpy, winid, x, y, w, h );
+    } else if ( isResize )
+	XResizeWindow( dpy, winid, w, h );
+
+    if ( isVisible() ) {
+	if ( isMove && pos() != oldPos ) {
+	    if ( ! qt_broken_wm ) {
+		// pos() is right according to ICCCM 4.1.5
+		QMoveEvent e( pos(), oldPos );
+		QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+	    } else {
+		// work around 4Dwm's incompliance with ICCCM 4.1.5
+		QMoveEvent e( crect.topLeft(), oldGeom.topLeft() );
+		QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( isResize ) {
+
+	    // set config pending only on resize, see qapplication_x11.cpp, translateConfigEvent()
+	    setWState( WState_ConfigPending );
+
+	    QResizeEvent e( size(), oldSize );
+	    QApplication::sendEvent( this, &e );
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( isMove && pos() != oldPos ) {
+	    if ( ! qt_broken_wm )
+		// pos() is right according to ICCCM 4.1.5
+		QApplication::postEvent( this, new QMoveEvent( pos(), oldPos ) );
+	    else
+		// work around 4Dwm's incompliance with ICCCM 4.1.5
+		QApplication::postEvent( this, new QMoveEvent( crect.topLeft(),
+							       oldGeom.topLeft() ) );
+	}
+	if ( isResize )
+	    QApplication::postEvent( this,
+				     new QResizeEvent( size(), oldSize ) );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function corresponds to setMinimumSize( QSize(minw, minh) ).
+    Sets the minimum width to \a minw and the minimum height to \a
+    minh.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumSize( int minw, int minh )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( minw < 0 || minh < 0 )
+	qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: The smallest allowed size is (0,0)");
+#endif
+    createExtra();
+    if ( extra->minw == minw && extra->minh == minh )
+	return;
+    extra->minw = minw;
+    extra->minh = minh;
+    if ( minw > width() || minh > height() ) {
+	bool resized = testWState( WState_Resized );
+	resize( QMAX(minw,width()), QMAX(minh,height()) );
+	if ( !resized )
+	    clearWState( WState_Resized ); // not a user resize
+    }
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_TopLevel) )
+	do_size_hints( this, extra );
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This function corresponds to setMaximumSize( QSize(\a maxw, \a
+    maxh) ). Sets the maximum width to \a maxw and the maximum height
+    to \a maxh.
+*/
+void QWidget::setMaximumSize( int maxw, int maxh )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+    if ( maxw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || maxh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ) {
+	qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) "
+		"The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)",
+		 name( "unnamed" ), className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+		QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+	maxw = QMIN( maxw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+	maxh = QMIN( maxh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX );
+    }
+    if ( maxw < 0 || maxh < 0 ) {
+	qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) "
+		"are not possible",
+		name( "unnamed" ), className(), maxw, maxh );
+	maxw = QMAX( maxw, 0 );
+	maxh = QMAX( maxh, 0 );
+    }
+#endif
+    createExtra();
+    if ( extra->maxw == maxw && extra->maxh == maxh )
+	return;
+    extra->maxw = maxw;
+    extra->maxh = maxh;
+    if ( maxw < width() || maxh < height() ) {
+	bool resized = testWState( WState_Resized );
+	resize( QMIN(maxw,width()), QMIN(maxh,height()) );
+	if ( !resized )
+	    clearWState( WState_Resized ); // not a user resize
+    }
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_TopLevel) )
+	do_size_hints( this, extra );
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the x (width) size increment to \a w and the y (height) size
+    increment to \a h.
+*/
+void QWidget::setSizeIncrement( int w, int h )
+{
+    QTLWExtra* x = topData();
+    if ( x->incw == w && x->inch == h )
+	return;
+    x->incw = w;
+    x->inch = h;
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_TopLevel) )
+	do_size_hints( this, extra );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This corresponds to setBaseSize( QSize(\a basew, \a baseh) ). Sets
+    the widgets base size to width \a basew and height \a baseh.
+*/
+void QWidget::setBaseSize( int basew, int baseh )
+{
+    createTLExtra();
+    QTLWExtra* x = topData();
+    if ( x->basew == basew && x->baseh == baseh )
+	return;
+    x->basew = basew;
+    x->baseh = baseh;
+    if ( testWFlags(WType_TopLevel) )
+	do_size_hints( this, extra );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::erase()
+
+    This version erases the entire widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \overload void QWidget::erase( const QRect &r )
+
+  Erases the specified area \a r in the widget without generating a
+  \link paintEvent() paint event\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Erases the specified area \a (x, y, w, h) in the widget without
+    generating a \link paintEvent() paint event\endlink.
+
+    If \a w is negative, it is replaced with \c{width() - x}. If \a h
+    is negative, it is replaced width \c{height() - y}.
+
+    Child widgets are not affected.
+
+    \sa repaint()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::erase( int x, int y, int w, int h )
+{
+    extern void qt_erase_rect( QWidget*, const QRect& ); // in qpainer_x11.cpp
+    if ( w < 0 )
+	w = crect.width()  - x;
+    if ( h < 0 )
+	h = crect.height() - y;
+    if ( w != 0 && h != 0 )
+	qt_erase_rect( this, QRect(x, y, w, h ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Erases the area defined by \a reg, without generating a \link
+    paintEvent() paint event\endlink.
+
+    Child widgets are not affected.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::erase( const QRegion& reg )
+{
+    extern void qt_erase_region( QWidget*, const QRegion& ); // in qpainer_x11.cpp
+    qt_erase_region( this, reg );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Scrolls the widget including its children \a dx pixels to the
+    right and \a dy downwards. Both \a dx and \a dy may be negative.
+
+    After scrolling, scroll() sends a paint event for the the part
+    that is read but not written. For example, when scrolling 10
+    pixels rightwards, the leftmost ten pixels of the widget need
+    repainting. The paint event may be delivered immediately or later,
+    depending on some heuristics (note that you might have to force
+    processing of paint events using QApplication::sendPostedEvents()
+    when using scroll() and move() in combination).
+
+    \sa QScrollView erase() bitBlt()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::scroll( int dx, int dy )
+{
+    scroll( dx, dy, QRect() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    This version only scrolls \a r and does not move the children of
+    the widget.
+
+    If \a r is empty or invalid, the result is undefined.
+
+    \sa QScrollView erase() bitBlt()
+*/
+void QWidget::scroll( int dx, int dy, const QRect& r )
+{
+    if ( testWState( WState_BlockUpdates ) && !children() )
+	return;
+    bool valid_rect = r.isValid();
+    bool just_update = QABS( dx ) > width() || QABS( dy ) > height();
+    if ( just_update )
+	update();
+    QRect sr = valid_rect?r:clipRegion().boundingRect();
+    int x1, y1, x2, y2, w=sr.width(), h=sr.height();
+    if ( dx > 0 ) {
+	x1 = sr.x();
+	x2 = x1+dx;
+	w -= dx;
+    } else {
+	x2 = sr.x();
+	x1 = x2-dx;
+	w += dx;
+    }
+    if ( dy > 0 ) {
+	y1 = sr.y();
+	y2 = y1+dy;
+	h -= dy;
+    } else {
+	y2 = sr.y();
+	y1 = y2-dy;
+	h += dy;
+    }
+
+    if ( dx == 0 && dy == 0 )
+	return;
+
+    Display *dpy = x11Display();
+    GC gc = qt_xget_readonly_gc( x11Screen(), FALSE );
+    // Want expose events
+    if ( w > 0 && h > 0 && !just_update ) {
+	XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, gc, True );
+	XCopyArea( dpy, winId(), winId(), gc, x1, y1, w, h, x2, y2);
+	XSetGraphicsExposures( dpy, gc, False );
+    }
+
+    if ( !valid_rect && children() ) {	// scroll children
+	QPoint pd( dx, dy );
+	QObjectListIt it(*children());
+	register QObject *object;
+	while ( it ) {				// move all children
+	    object = it.current();
+	    if ( object->isWidgetType() ) {
+		QWidget *w = (QWidget *)object;
+		w->move( w->pos() + pd );
+	    }
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( just_update )
+	return;
+
+    // Don't let the server be bogged-down with repaint events
+    bool repaint_immediately = qt_sip_count( this ) < 3;
+
+    if ( dx ) {
+	int x = x2 == sr.x() ? sr.x()+w : sr.x();
+	if ( repaint_immediately )
+	    repaint( x, sr.y(), QABS(dx), sr.height(), !testWFlags(WRepaintNoErase) );
+	else
+	    XClearArea( dpy, winid, x, sr.y(), QABS(dx), sr.height(), True );
+    }
+    if ( dy ) {
+	int y = y2 == sr.y() ? sr.y()+h : sr.y();
+	if ( repaint_immediately )
+	    repaint( sr.x(), y, sr.width(), QABS(dy), !testWFlags(WRepaintNoErase) );
+	else
+	    XClearArea( dpy, winid, sr.x(), y, sr.width(), QABS(dy), True );
+    }
+
+    qt_insert_sip( this, dx, dy ); // #### ignores r
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload void QWidget::drawText( const QPoint &pos, const QString& str )
+
+    Draws the string \a str at position \a pos.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Draws the string \a str at position \a(x, y).
+
+    The \a y position is the base line position of the text. The text
+    is drawn using the default font and the default foreground color.
+
+    This function is provided for convenience. You will generally get
+    more flexible results and often higher speed by using a a \link
+    QPainter painter\endlink instead.
+
+    \sa setFont(), foregroundColor(), QPainter::drawText()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::drawText( int x, int y, const QString &str )
+{
+    if ( testWState(WState_Visible) ) {
+	QPainter paint;
+	paint.begin( this );
+	paint.drawText( x, y, str );
+	paint.end();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric()
+    function.
+
+    Use the QPaintDeviceMetrics class instead.
+
+    \a m is the metric to get.
+*/
+
+int QWidget::metric( int m ) const
+{
+    int val;
+    if ( m == QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth ) {
+	val = crect.width();
+    } else if ( m == QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight ) {
+	val = crect.height();
+    } else {
+	Display *dpy = x11Display();
+	int scr = x11Screen();
+	switch ( m ) {
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiX:
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiX:
+		val = QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiX( scr );
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDpiY:
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmPhysicalDpiY:
+		val = QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY( scr );
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidthMM:
+		val = (DisplayWidthMM(dpy,scr)*crect.width())/
+		      DisplayWidth(dpy,scr);
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeightMM:
+		val = (DisplayHeightMM(dpy,scr)*crect.height())/
+		      DisplayHeight(dpy,scr);
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmNumColors:
+		val = x11Cells();
+		break;
+	    case QPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmDepth:
+		val = x11Depth();
+		break;
+	    default:
+		val = 0;
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "QWidget::metric: Invalid metric command" );
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+    return val;
+}
+
+void QWidget::createSysExtra()
+{
+    extra->xDndProxy = 0;
+    extra->children_use_dnd = FALSE;
+    extra->compress_events = TRUE;
+}
+
+void QWidget::deleteSysExtra()
+{
+}
+
+void QWidget::createTLSysExtra()
+{
+#if defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    // created lazily
+    extra->topextra->xic = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+    extra->topextra->syncCounter = 0;
+    extra->topextra->syncRequestValue[0] = 0;
+    extra->topextra->syncRequestValue[1] = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidget::deleteTLSysExtra()
+{
+    // don't destroy input context here. it will be destroyed in
+    // QWidget::destroy() destroyInputContext();
+}
+
+/*
+   examine the children of our parent up the tree and set the
+   children_use_dnd extra data appropriately... this is used to keep DND enabled
+   for widgets that are reparented and don't have DND enabled, BUT *DO* have
+   children (or children of children ...) with DND enabled...
+*/
+void QWidget::checkChildrenDnd()
+{
+    QWidget *widget = this;
+    const QObjectList *children;
+    const QObject *object;
+    const QWidget *child;
+    while (widget && ! widget->isDesktop()) {
+	// note: this isn't done for the desktop widget
+
+	bool children_use_dnd = FALSE;
+	children = widget->children();
+	if ( children ) {
+	    QObjectListIt it(*children);
+	    while ( (object = it.current()) ) {
+		++it;
+		if ( object->isWidgetType() ) {
+		    child = (const QWidget *) object;
+		    children_use_dnd = (children_use_dnd ||
+					child->acceptDrops() ||
+					(child->extra &&
+					 child->extra->children_use_dnd));
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	widget->createExtra();
+	widget->extra->children_use_dnd = children_use_dnd;
+
+	widget = widget->parentWidget();
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_XSYNC
+// create a window's XSyncCounter
+void QWidget::createSyncCounter()
+{
+    if( !qt_use_xsync || !isTopLevel() || topData()->syncCounter )
+        return;
+    XSyncValue zero;
+    XSyncIntToValue( &zero, 0 );
+    topData()->syncCounter = XSyncCreateCounter( x11Display(), zero );
+}
+
+// destroy a window's XSyncCounter
+void QWidget::destroySyncCounter()
+{
+    if( !qt_use_xsync || !extra || !extra->topextra
+        || !extra->topextra->syncCounter )
+        return;
+    XSyncDestroyCounter( x11Display(), extra->topextra->syncCounter );
+    extra->topextra->syncCounter = 0;
+}
+
+// increment a window's XSyncCounter
+void QWidget::incrementSyncCounter()
+{
+    if( qt_use_xsync && topData()->syncCounter &&
+        !(topData()->syncRequestValue[0] == 0 &&
+         topData()->syncRequestValue[1] == 0) ) {
+        XSyncValue val;
+        XSyncIntsToValue( &val, topData()->syncRequestValue[ 0 ], topData()->syncRequestValue[ 1 ] );
+        XSyncSetCounter( x11Display(), topData()->syncCounter, val );
+        topData()->syncRequestValue[0] = topData()->syncRequestValue[1] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+// handle _NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST
+void QWidget::handleSyncRequest( void* ev )
+{
+    XEvent* xev = (XEvent*)ev;
+    topData()->syncRequestValue[ 0 ] = xev->xclient.data.l[ 2 ];
+    topData()->syncRequestValue[ 1 ] = xev->xclient.data.l[ 3 ];
+}
+#endif  // QT_NO_XSYNC
+
+
+/*!
+    \property QWidget::acceptDrops
+    \brief whether drop events are enabled for this widget
+
+    Setting this property to TRUE announces to the system that this
+    widget \e may be able to accept drop events.
+
+    If the widget is the desktop (QWidget::isDesktop()), this may
+    fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call
+    acceptDrops() to test if this occurs.
+
+    \warning
+    Do not modify this property in a Drag&Drop event handler.
+*/
+bool QWidget::acceptDrops() const
+{
+    return testWState( WState_DND );
+}
+
+void QWidget::setAcceptDrops( bool on )
+{
+    if ( testWState(WState_DND) != on ) {
+	if ( qt_dnd_enable( this, on ) ) {
+	    if ( on )
+		setWState( WState_DND );
+	    else
+		clearWState( WState_DND );
+	}
+
+	checkChildrenDnd();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap \a region to be
+    visible. If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the
+    widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be
+    visible, depending on the platform.
+
+    Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
+    complex.
+
+    \sa setMask(), clearMask()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setMask( const QRegion& region )
+{
+    XShapeCombineRegion( x11Display(), winId(), ShapeBounding, 0, 0,
+			 region.handle(), ShapeSet );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Causes only the pixels of the widget for which \a bitmap has a
+    corresponding 1 bit to be visible. Use Qt::color0 to draw
+    transparent regions and Qt::color1 to draw opaque regions of the
+    bitmap.
+
+    If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the widget,
+    window system controls in that area may or may not be visible,
+    depending on the platform.
+
+    Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
+    complex.
+
+    See \c examples/tux for an example of masking for transparency.
+
+    \sa setMask(), clearMask()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setMask( const QBitmap &bitmap )
+{
+    QBitmap bm = bitmap;
+    if ( bm.x11Screen() != x11Screen() )
+	bm.x11SetScreen( x11Screen() );
+    XShapeCombineMask( x11Display(), winId(), ShapeBounding, 0, 0,
+		       bm.handle(), ShapeSet );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes any mask set by setMask().
+
+    \sa setMask()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::clearMask()
+{
+    XShapeCombineMask( x11Display(), winId(), ShapeBounding, 0, 0,
+		       None, ShapeSet );
+}
+
+/*!\reimp
+ */
+void QWidget::setName( const char *name )
+{
+    QObject::setName( name );
+    if ( isTopLevel() ) {
+	XChangeProperty( x11Display(), winId(),
+			 qt_window_role, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+			 (unsigned char *)name, qstrlen( name ) );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Computes the frame rectangle when needed.  This is an internal function, you
+  should never call this.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::updateFrameStrut() const
+{
+    QWidget *that = (QWidget *) this;
+
+    if (! isVisible() || isDesktop()) {
+	that->fstrut_dirty = (! isVisible());
+	return;
+    }
+
+    Atom type_ret;
+    Window l = winId(), w = winId(), p, r; // target window, it's parent, root
+    Window *c;
+    int i_unused;
+    unsigned int nc;
+    unsigned char *data_ret;
+    unsigned long l_unused;
+
+    while (XQueryTree(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), w, &r, &p, &c, &nc)) {
+	if (c && nc > 0)
+	    XFree(c);
+
+	if (! p) {
+	    qWarning("QWidget::updateFrameStrut(): ERROR - no parent");
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	// if the parent window is the root window, an Enlightenment virtual root or
+	// a NET WM virtual root window, stop here
+	data_ret = 0;
+	if (p == r ||
+	    (XGetWindowProperty(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), p,
+				qt_enlightenment_desktop, 0, 1, False, XA_CARDINAL,
+				&type_ret, &i_unused, &l_unused, &l_unused,
+				&data_ret) == Success &&
+	     type_ret == XA_CARDINAL)) {
+	    if (data_ret)
+		XFree(data_ret);
+
+	    break;
+	} else if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_virtual_roots) && qt_net_virtual_root_list) {
+	    int i = 0;
+	    while (qt_net_virtual_root_list[i] != 0) {
+		if (qt_net_virtual_root_list[i++] == p)
+		    break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	l = w;
+	w = p;
+    }
+
+    // we have our window
+    int transx, transy;
+    XWindowAttributes wattr;
+    if (XTranslateCoordinates(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), l, w,
+			      0, 0, &transx, &transy, &p) &&
+	XGetWindowAttributes(QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), w, &wattr)) {
+	QTLWExtra *top = that->topData();
+	top->fleft = transx;
+	top->ftop = transy;
+	top->fright = wattr.width - crect.width() - top->fleft;
+	top->fbottom = wattr.height - crect.height() - top->ftop;
+
+	// add the border_width for the window managers frame... some window managers
+	// do not use a border_width of zero for their frames, and if we the left and
+	// top strut, we ensure that pos() is absolutely correct.  frameGeometry()
+	// will still be incorrect though... perhaps i should have foffset as well, to
+	// indicate the frame offset (equal to the border_width on X).
+	// - Brad
+	top->fleft += wattr.border_width;
+	top->fright += wattr.border_width;
+	top->ftop += wattr.border_width;
+	top->fbottom += wattr.border_width;
+    }
+
+    that->fstrut_dirty = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function returns the widget holding the QInputContext
+    instance for this widget. The instance is used for text input to
+    this widget, switching input method, etc.
+
+    By default, this function delegates the role of returning input
+    context holder widget to QApplication::locateICHolderWidget().
+
+    This definition enables application developer to change the
+    mapping of widgets to QInputContext instance simply by overriding
+    QApplication::locateICHolderWidget().
+
+    \sa QApplication::locateICHolderWidget()
+*/
+QWidget *QWidget::icHolderWidget()
+{
+    return qApp->locateICHolderWidget(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function returns the QInputContext instance for this widget.
+    This instance is used for text input to this widget, etc.
+    It is simply the accessor function.
+*/
+QInputContext *QWidget::getInputContext()
+{
+    QInputContext *qic = 0;
+
+// #if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    if ( isInputMethodEnabled() ) {
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+	qic = icHolderWidget()->ic;
+#else
+//    {
+	// icHolderWidget is always topLevelWidget
+	QTLWExtra *topdata = icHolderWidget()->topData();
+	qic = (QInputContext *)topdata->xic;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return qic;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function replaces the QInputContext instance used for text
+    input to this widget. The \a identifierName is the identifier name
+    of newly choosed input method.
+*/
+void QWidget::changeInputContext( const QString& identifierName )
+{
+    QWidget *icWidget = icHolderWidget();
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    QInputContext **qicp = &icWidget->ic;
+#else
+    QInputContext **qicp = (QInputContext **)&icWidget->topData()->xic;
+#endif
+
+    if( *qicp )
+	delete *qicp;
+    // an input context that has the identifierName is generated.
+    QInputContext *qic = QInputContextFactory::create( identifierName, icWidget );
+    *qicp = qic;
+    if ( qic ) {
+	QObject::connect( qic, SIGNAL(imEventGenerated(QObject *,QIMEvent *)),
+			  qApp, SLOT(postIMEvent(QObject *,QIMEvent *)) );
+	QObject::connect( qic, SIGNAL(deletionRequested()),
+			  icWidget, SLOT(destroyInputContext()) );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+    This is an internal function, you should never call this.
+
+    This function is called to generate an input context
+    according to a configuration for default input method
+
+    When QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS is not set, input context is 
+    generated only when isInputMethodEnabled() returns TRUE.
+*/
+void QWidget::createInputContext()
+{
+// #if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    if( !isInputMethodEnabled() || QApplication::closingDown() )
+	return;
+// #endif
+
+    QWidget *icWidget = icHolderWidget();
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    QInputContext **qicp = &icWidget->ic;
+#else
+    QInputContext **qicp = (QInputContext **)&icWidget->topData()->xic;
+#endif
+  
+    if ( ! *qicp ) {
+	// an input context of the default input method is generated.
+	QInputContext *qic = QInputContextFactory::create( QApplication::defaultInputMethod(), icWidget );
+
+	*qicp = qic;
+	if ( qic ) {
+	    QObject::connect( qic, SIGNAL(imEventGenerated(QObject *,QIMEvent *)),
+			      qApp, SLOT(postIMEvent(QObject *,QIMEvent *)) );
+	    QObject::connect( qic, SIGNAL(deletionRequested()),
+			      icWidget, SLOT(destroyInputContext()) );
+  	}
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+  
+    This slot is used to destroy the input context that belonging
+    to the widget itself, so icHolderWidget()->ic is not fetched.
+
+    \sa QInputContext::deletionRequested()
+*/
+void QWidget::destroyInputContext()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
+    QInputContext **qicp = &ic;
+#else
+    if ( ! extra || ! extra->topextra )
+	return;
+
+    QInputContext **qicp = (QInputContext **)&extra->topextra->xic;
+#endif
+
+    if( *qicp )
+	delete *qicp;
+
+    *qicp = 0;
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This function is called when text widgets need to be neutral state to
+    execute text operations properly. See qlineedit.cpp and qtextedit.cpp as
+    example.
+
+    Ordinary reset that along with changing focus to another widget,
+    moving the cursor, etc, is implicitly handled via
+    unfocusInputContext() because whether reset or not when such
+    situation is a responsibility of input methods. So we delegate the
+    responsibility to the input context via unfocusInputContext(). See
+    'Preedit preservation' section of the class description of
+    QInputContext for further information.
+
+    \sa QInputContext, unfocusInputContext(), QInputContext::unsetFocus()
+*/
+void QWidget::resetInputContext()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    // trigger input context creation if it hasn't happened already
+    createInputContext();
+
+    QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+    if( qic )
+	qic->reset();
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    This is an internal function, you should never call this.
+  
+    This function is called to focus associated input context. The
+    code intends to eliminate duplicate focus for the context even if
+    the context is shared between widgets
+
+    \sa QInputContext::setFocus()
+ */
+void QWidget::focusInputContext()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    QWidget* tlw = topLevelWidget();
+
+    if (!tlw->isPopup() || isInputMethodEnabled()) {
+	// trigger input context creation if it hasn't happened already
+	createInputContext();
+
+	QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+	if ( qic ) {
+	    if( qic->focusWidget() != this ) {
+		qic->setFocusWidget( this );
+		qic->setFocus();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    This is an internal function, you should never call this.
+
+    This function is called to remove focus from associated input
+    context.
+
+    \sa QInputContext::unsetFocus()
+ */
+void QWidget::unfocusInputContext()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    // trigger input context creation if it hasn't happened already
+    createInputContext();
+
+    QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+    if ( qic ) {
+	// may be caused reset() in some input methods
+	qic->unsetFocus();
+	qic->setFocusWidget( 0 );
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+  
+
+/*!
+    This function is called to send mouse event to associated input
+    context by derived text widgets. A derived text widget must be
+    calculate \a x as character offset at the mouse cursor in the
+    preedit.
+
+    \sa QInputContext::mouseHandler()
+ */
+void QWidget::sendMouseEventToInputContext( int x, QEvent::Type type,
+					    Qt::ButtonState button,
+					    Qt::ButtonState state )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+    // trigger input context creation if it hasn't happened already
+    createInputContext();
+  
+    QInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+    if ( qic ) {
+	// may be causing reset() in some input methods
+	qic->mouseHandler( x, type, button, state );
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+  
+
+void QWidget::setWindowOpacity(double)
+{
+}
+
+double QWidget::windowOpacity() const
+{
+    return 1.0;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwidgetcreate_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qwidgetcreate_x11.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e922fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwidgetcreate_x11.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of Qt calls to X11
+**
+** Created : 970529
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qt_x11_p.h"
+
+
+/*
+  Internal Qt functions to create X windows.  We have put them in
+  separate functions to allow the programmer to reimplement them by
+  custom versions.
+*/
+
+Window qt_XCreateWindow( const QWidget*, Display *display, Window parent,
+			 int x, int y, uint w, uint h,
+			 int borderwidth, int depth,
+			 uint windowclass, Visual *visual,
+			 ulong valuemask, XSetWindowAttributes *attributes )
+{
+    return XCreateWindow( display, parent, x, y, w, h, borderwidth, depth,
+			  windowclass, visual, valuemask, attributes );
+}
+
+
+Window qt_XCreateSimpleWindow( const QWidget*, Display *display, Window parent,
+			       int x, int y, uint w, uint h, int borderwidth,
+			       ulong border, ulong background )
+{
+    return XCreateSimpleWindow( display, parent, x, y, w, h, borderwidth,
+				border, background );
+}
+
+
+void qt_XDestroyWindow( const QWidget*, Display *display, Window window )
+{
+    XDestroyWindow( display, window );
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwidgetintdict.h b/src/kernel/qwidgetintdict.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c30c90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwidgetintdict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QWidgetIntDict
+**
+** Created : 950116
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWIDGETINTDICT_H
+#define QWIDGETINTDICT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qintdict.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QIntDict<QWidget>;
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT QIntDictIterator<QWidget>;
+#endif
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWidgetIntDict : public QIntDict<QWidget>
+{
+public:
+    QWidgetIntDict(int size=17) : QIntDict<QWidget>(size) {}
+    QWidgetIntDict( const QWidgetIntDict &dict ) : QIntDict<QWidget>(dict) {}
+   ~QWidgetIntDict() { clear(); }
+    QWidgetIntDict &operator=(const QWidgetIntDict &dict)
+	{ return (QWidgetIntDict&)QIntDict<QWidget>::operator=(dict); }
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWidgetIntDictIt : public QIntDictIterator<QWidget>
+{
+public:
+    QWidgetIntDictIt( const QWidgetIntDict &d ) : QIntDictIterator<QWidget>(d) {}
+    QWidgetIntDictIt &operator=(const QWidgetIntDictIt &i)
+	{ return (QWidgetIntDictIt&)QIntDictIterator<QWidget>::operator=(i); }
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwidgetlist.h b/src/kernel/qwidgetlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7258a21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwidgetlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QWidgetList
+**
+** Created : 950116
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWIDGETLIST_H
+#define QWIDGETLIST_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qptrlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWidgetList : public QPtrList<QWidget>
+{
+public:
+    QWidgetList() : QPtrList<QWidget>() {}
+    QWidgetList( const QWidgetList &list ) : QPtrList<QWidget>(list) {}
+   ~QWidgetList() { clear(); }
+    QWidgetList &operator=(const QWidgetList &list)
+	{ return (QWidgetList&)QPtrList<QWidget>::operator=(list); }
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWidgetListIt : public QPtrListIterator<QWidget>
+{
+public:
+    QWidgetListIt( const QWidgetList &l ) : QPtrListIterator<QWidget>(l) {}
+    QWidgetListIt &operator=(const QWidgetListIt &i)
+	{ return (QWidgetListIt&)QPtrListIterator<QWidget>::operator=(i); }
+};
+
+#endif // QWIDGETLIST_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwindow.cpp b/src/kernel/qwindow.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b2eec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwindow.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QWindow class
+**
+** Created : 931211
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwindow.h b/src/kernel/qwindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ffc80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QWindow class
+**
+** Created : 931112
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWINDOW_H
+#define QWINDOW_H
+
+#error "QWindow has gone away"
+
+#endif // QWINDOW_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwindowdefs.h b/src/kernel/qwindowdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05a3a33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwindowdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of general window system dependent functions, types and
+** constants
+**
+** Created : 931029
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWINDOWDEFS_H
+#define QWINDOWDEFS_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobjectdefs.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+// Class forward definitions
+
+class QPaintDevice;
+class QPaintDeviceMetrics;
+class QWidget;
+class QWidgetMapper;
+class QDialog;
+class QColor;
+class QColorGroup;
+class QPalette;
+class QCursor;
+class QPoint;
+class QSize;
+class QRect;
+class QPointArray;
+class QPainter;
+class QRegion;
+class QFont;
+class QFontMetrics;
+class QFontInfo;
+class QPen;
+class QBrush;
+class QWMatrix;
+class QPixmap;
+class QBitmap;
+class QMovie;
+class QImage;
+class QImageIO;
+class QPicture;
+class QPrinter;
+class QAccel;
+class QTimer;
+class QTime;
+class QClipboard;
+
+
+// Widget list (defined in qwidgetlist.h)
+
+class QWidgetList;
+class QWidgetListIt;
+
+
+// Window system dependent definitions
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+#if QT_MACOSX_VERSION < 0x1020
+typedef struct OpaqueEventLoopTimerRef* EventLoopTimerRef;
+typedef struct OpaqueMenuHandle *MenuRef;
+#else
+typedef struct __EventLoopTimer*        EventLoopTimerRef;
+typedef struct OpaqueMenuRef*        MenuRef;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MACX
+typedef struct CGContext *CGContextRef;
+#endif
+typedef struct OpaqueWindowGroupRef *WindowGroupRef;
+typedef struct OpaqueGrafPtr *CGrafPtr;
+typedef struct OpaquePMPrintSession *PMPrintSession;
+typedef struct OpaquePMPrintSettings *PMPrintSettings;
+typedef struct OpaquePMPageFormat *PMPageFormat;
+typedef struct Point Point;
+typedef struct OpaqueEventHandlerRef*   EventHandlerRef;
+typedef struct OpaqueEventHandlerCallRef*  EventHandlerCallRef;
+typedef struct OpaqueEventRef*          EventRef;
+typedef long int OSStatus;
+typedef struct OpaqueScrapRef *ScrapRef;
+typedef struct OpaqueRgnHandle *RgnHandle;
+typedef struct OpaqueWindowPtr *WindowPtr;
+typedef WindowPtr WindowRef;
+typedef struct OpaqueGrafPtr *GWorldPtr;
+typedef GWorldPtr GrafPtr;
+typedef struct GDevice **GDHandle;
+typedef struct ColorTable ColorTable;
+typedef struct BitMap BitMap;
+typedef struct EventRecord EventRecord;
+typedef void * MSG;
+typedef int WId;
+typedef struct AEDesc AppleEvent;
+
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+#include "qwindowdefs_win.h"
+#endif // Q_WS_WIN
+
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_TEMP)
+#include "qwinfunctions_wce.h"
+#endif // Q_OS_TEMP
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+
+typedef struct _XDisplay Display;
+typedef union  _XEvent XEvent;
+typedef struct _XGC *GC;
+typedef struct _XRegion *Region;
+typedef unsigned long  WId;
+
+Q_EXPORT Display *qt_xdisplay();
+Q_EXPORT int	 qt_xscreen();
+Q_EXPORT WId	 qt_xrootwin(); // ### REMOVE 4.0
+Q_EXPORT WId	 qt_xrootwin( int scrn ); // ### 4.0 add default arg of -1
+Q_EXPORT GC	 qt_xget_readonly_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome );
+Q_EXPORT GC	 qt_xget_temp_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome );
+
+Q_EXPORT const char *qAppClass();		// get application class
+
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+
+typedef unsigned long  WId;
+struct QWSEvent;
+class QGfx;
+
+#endif // Q_WS_QWS
+
+class QApplication;
+
+#if defined(NEEDS_QMAIN)
+#define main qMain
+#endif
+
+// Global platform-independent types and functions
+
+typedef Q_INT32 QCOORD;				// coordinate type
+const QCOORD QCOORD_MAX =  2147483647;
+const QCOORD QCOORD_MIN = -QCOORD_MAX - 1;
+
+typedef unsigned int QRgb;			// RGB triplet
+
+Q_EXPORT const char *qAppName();		// get application name
+
+// Misc functions
+
+typedef void (*QtCleanUpFunction)();
+Q_EXPORT void qAddPostRoutine( QtCleanUpFunction );
+Q_EXPORT void qRemovePostRoutine( QtCleanUpFunction );
+
+#if !defined(QT_CLEAN_NAMESPACE)
+// source compatibility with Qt 2.x
+typedef QtCleanUpFunction Q_CleanUpFunction;
+#endif
+
+
+#endif // QWINDOWDEFS_H
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwmatrix.cpp b/src/kernel/qwmatrix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaefddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwmatrix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1036 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of QWMatrix class
+**
+** Created : 941020
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qwmatrix.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qregion.h"
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+double qsincos( double, bool calcCos );		// defined in qpainter_x11.cpp
+#else
+#include <math.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WMATRIX
+
+/*!
+    \class QWMatrix qwmatrix.h
+    \brief The QWMatrix class specifies 2D transformations of a
+    coordinate system.
+
+    \ingroup graphics
+    \ingroup images
+
+    The standard coordinate system of a \link QPaintDevice paint
+    device\endlink has the origin located at the top-left position. X
+    values increase to the right; Y values increase downward.
+
+    This coordinate system is the default for the QPainter, which
+    renders graphics in a paint device. A user-defined coordinate
+    system can be specified by setting a QWMatrix for the painter.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+	MyWidget::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
+	{
+            QPainter p;                      // our painter
+            QWMatrix m;                      // our transformation matrix
+            m.rotate( 22.5 );                // rotated coordinate system
+            p.begin( this );                 // start painting
+            p.setWorldMatrix( m );           // use rotated coordinate system
+            p.drawText( 30,20, "detator" );  // draw rotated text at 30,20
+            p.end();                         // painting done
+	}
+    \endcode
+
+    A matrix specifies how to translate, scale, shear or rotate the
+    graphics; the actual transformation is performed by the drawing
+    routines in QPainter and by QPixmap::xForm().
+
+    The QWMatrix class contains a 3x3 matrix of the form:
+    <table align=center border=1 cellpadding=1 cellspacing=0>
+    <tr align=center><td>m11</td><td>m12</td><td>&nbsp;0 </td></tr>
+    <tr align=center><td>m21</td><td>m22</td><td>&nbsp;0 </td></tr>
+    <tr align=center><td>dx</td> <td>dy</td> <td>&nbsp;1 </td></tr>
+    </table>
+
+    A matrix transforms a point in the plane to another point:
+    \code
+	x' = m11*x + m21*y + dx
+	y' = m22*y + m12*x + dy
+    \endcode
+
+    The point \e (x, y) is the original point, and \e (x', y') is the
+    transformed point. \e (x', y') can be transformed back to \e (x,
+    y) by performing the same operation on the \link
+    QWMatrix::invert() inverted matrix\endlink.
+
+    The elements \e dx and \e dy specify horizontal and vertical
+    translation. The elements \e m11 and \e m22 specify horizontal and
+    vertical scaling. The elements \e m12 and \e m21 specify
+    horizontal and vertical shearing.
+
+    The identity matrix has \e m11 and \e m22 set to 1; all others are
+    set to 0. This matrix maps a point to itself.
+
+    Translation is the simplest transformation. Setting \e dx and \e
+    dy will move the coordinate system \e dx units along the X axis
+    and \e dy units along the Y axis.
+
+    Scaling can be done by setting \e m11 and \e m22. For example,
+    setting \e m11 to 2 and \e m22 to 1.5 will double the height and
+    increase the width by 50%.
+
+    Shearing is controlled by \e m12 and \e m21. Setting these
+    elements to values different from zero will twist the coordinate
+    system.
+
+    Rotation is achieved by carefully setting both the shearing
+    factors and the scaling factors. The QWMatrix also has a function
+    that sets \link rotate() rotation \endlink directly.
+
+    QWMatrix lets you combine transformations like this:
+    \code
+	QWMatrix m;           // identity matrix
+	m.translate(10, -20); // first translate (10,-20)
+	m.rotate(25);         // then rotate 25 degrees
+	m.scale(1.2, 0.7);    // finally scale it
+    \endcode
+
+    Here's the same example using basic matrix operations:
+    \code
+	double a    = pi/180 * 25;         // convert 25 to radians
+	double sina = sin(a);
+	double cosa = cos(a);
+	QWMatrix m1(1, 0, 0, 1, 10, -20);  // translation matrix
+	QWMatrix m2( cosa, sina,           // rotation matrix
+		    -sina, cosa, 0, 0 );
+	QWMatrix m3(1.2, 0, 0, 0.7, 0, 0); // scaling matrix
+	QWMatrix m;
+	m = m3 * m2 * m1;                  // combine all transformations
+    \endcode
+
+    \l QPainter has functions to translate, scale, shear and rotate the
+    coordinate system without using a QWMatrix. Although these
+    functions are very convenient, it can be more efficient to build a
+    QWMatrix and call QPainter::setWorldMatrix() if you want to perform
+    more than a single transform operation.
+
+    \sa QPainter::setWorldMatrix(), QPixmap::xForm()
+*/
+
+bool qt_old_transformations = TRUE;
+
+/*!
+    \enum QWMatrix::TransformationMode
+
+    \keyword transformation matrix
+
+    QWMatrix offers two transformation modes. Calculations can either
+    be done in terms of points (Points mode, the default), or in
+    terms of area (Area mode).
+
+    In Points mode the transformation is applied to the points that
+    mark out the shape's bounding line. In Areas mode the
+    transformation is applied in such a way that the area of the
+    contained region is correctly transformed under the matrix.
+
+    \value Points transformations are applied to the shape's points.
+    \value Areas transformations are applied (e.g. to the width and
+    height) so that the area is transformed.
+
+    Example:
+
+    Suppose we have a rectangle,
+    \c{QRect( 10, 20, 30, 40 )} and a transformation matrix
+    \c{QWMatrix( 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0 )} to double the rectangle's size.
+
+    In Points mode, the matrix will transform the top-left (10,20) and
+    the bottom-right (39,59) points producing a rectangle with its
+    top-left point at (20,40) and its bottom-right point at (78,118),
+    i.e. with a width of 59 and a height of 79.
+
+    In Areas mode, the matrix will transform the top-left point in
+    the same way as in Points mode to (20/40), and double the width
+    and height, so the bottom-right will become (69,99), i.e. a width
+    of 60 and a height of 80.
+
+    Because integer arithmetic is used (for speed), rounding
+    differences mean that the modes will produce slightly different
+    results given the same shape and the same transformation,
+    especially when scaling up. This also means that some operations
+    are not commutative.
+
+    Under Points mode, \c{matrix * ( region1 | region2 )} is not equal to
+    \c{matrix * region1 | matrix * region2}. Under Area mode, \c{matrix *
+    (pointarray[i])} is not neccesarily equal to
+    \c{(matrix * pointarry)[i]}.
+
+    \img xform.png Comparison of Points and Areas TransformationModes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the transformation mode that QWMatrix and painter
+    transformations use to \a m.
+
+    \sa QWMatrix::TransformationMode
+*/
+void QWMatrix::setTransformationMode( QWMatrix::TransformationMode m )
+{
+    if ( m == QWMatrix::Points )
+	qt_old_transformations = TRUE;
+    else
+	qt_old_transformations = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current transformation mode.
+
+    \sa QWMatrix::TransformationMode
+*/
+QWMatrix::TransformationMode QWMatrix::transformationMode()
+{
+    return (qt_old_transformations ? QWMatrix::Points : QWMatrix::Areas );
+}
+
+
+// some defines to inline some code
+#define MAPDOUBLE( x, y, nx, ny ) \
+{ \
+    double fx = x; \
+    double fy = y; \
+    nx = _m11*fx + _m21*fy + _dx; \
+    ny = _m12*fx + _m22*fy + _dy; \
+}
+
+#define MAPINT( x, y, nx, ny ) \
+{ \
+    double fx = x; \
+    double fy = y; \
+    nx = qRound(_m11*fx + _m21*fy + _dx); \
+    ny = qRound(_m12*fx + _m22*fy + _dy); \
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QWMatrix member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an identity matrix. All elements are set to zero except
+    \e m11 and \e m22 (scaling), which are set to 1.
+*/
+
+QWMatrix::QWMatrix()
+{
+    _m11 = _m22 = 1.0;
+    _m12 = _m21 = _dx = _dy = 0.0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a matrix with the elements, \a m11, \a m12, \a m21, \a
+    m22, \a dx and \a dy.
+*/
+
+QWMatrix::QWMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
+		    double dx, double dy )
+{
+    _m11 = m11;	 _m12 = m12;
+    _m21 = m21;	 _m22 = m22;
+    _dx	 = dx;	 _dy  = dy;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the matrix elements to the specified values, \a m11, \a m12,
+    \a m21, \a m22, \a dx and \a dy.
+*/
+
+void QWMatrix::setMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
+			  double dx, double dy )
+{
+    _m11 = m11;	 _m12 = m12;
+    _m21 = m21;	 _m22 = m22;
+    _dx	 = dx;	 _dy  = dy;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn double QWMatrix::m11() const
+
+    Returns the X scaling factor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn double QWMatrix::m12() const
+
+    Returns the vertical shearing factor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn double QWMatrix::m21() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal shearing factor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn double QWMatrix::m22() const
+
+    Returns the Y scaling factor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn double QWMatrix::dx() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal translation.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn double QWMatrix::dy() const
+
+    Returns the vertical translation.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Transforms ( \a x, \a y ) to ( \a *tx, \a *ty ) using the
+    following formulae:
+
+    \code
+	*tx = m11*x + m21*y + dx
+	*ty = m22*y + m12*x + dy
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+void QWMatrix::map( double x, double y, double *tx, double *ty ) const
+{
+    MAPDOUBLE( x, y, *tx, *ty );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Transforms ( \a x, \a y ) to ( \a *tx, \a *ty ) using the formulae:
+
+    \code
+	*tx = m11*x + m21*y + dx  (rounded to the nearest integer)
+	*ty = m22*y + m12*x + dy  (rounded to the nearest integer)
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+void QWMatrix::map( int x, int y, int *tx, int *ty ) const
+{
+    MAPINT( x, y, *tx, *ty );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QWMatrix::map( const QPoint &p ) const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Transforms \a p to using the formulae:
+
+    \code
+	retx = m11*px + m21*py + dx  (rounded to the nearest integer)
+	rety = m22*py + m12*px + dy  (rounded to the nearest integer)
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QRect QWMatrix::map( const QRect &r ) const
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  Please use \l QWMatrix::mapRect() instead.
+
+  Note that this method does return the bounding rectangle of the \a r, when
+  shearing or rotations are used.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointArray QWMatrix::map( const QPointArray &a ) const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the point array \a a transformed by calling map for each point.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRegion QWMatrix::map( const QRegion &r ) const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Transforms the region \a r.
+
+    Calling this method can be rather expensive, if rotations or
+    shearing are used.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRegion QWMatrix::mapToRegion( const QRect &rect ) const
+
+    Returns the transformed rectangle \a rect.
+
+    A rectangle which has been rotated or sheared may result in a
+    non-rectangular region being returned.
+
+    Calling this method can be expensive, if rotations or shearing are
+    used. If you just need to know the bounding rectangle of the
+    returned region, use mapRect() which is a lot faster than this
+    function.
+
+    \sa QWMatrix::mapRect()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the transformed rectangle \a rect.
+
+    The bounding rectangle is returned if rotation or shearing has
+    been specified.
+
+    If you need to know the exact region \a rect maps to use \l
+    operator*().
+
+    \sa operator*()
+*/
+
+QRect QWMatrix::mapRect( const QRect &rect ) const
+{
+    QRect result;
+    if( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
+	    result = QRect( map(rect.topLeft()), map(rect.bottomRight()) ).normalize();
+	} else {
+	    QPointArray a( rect );
+	    a = map( a );
+	    result = a.boundingRect();
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
+	    int x = qRound( _m11*rect.x() + _dx );
+	    int y = qRound( _m22*rect.y() + _dy );
+	    int w = qRound( _m11*rect.width() );
+	    int h = qRound( _m22*rect.height() );
+	    if ( w < 0 ) {
+		w = -w;
+		x -= w-1;
+	    }
+	    if ( h < 0 ) {
+		h = -h;
+		y -= h-1;
+	    }
+	    result = QRect( x, y, w, h );
+	} else {
+
+	    // see mapToPolygon for explanations of the algorithm.
+	    double x0, y0;
+	    double x, y;
+	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.left(), rect.top(), x0, y0 );
+	    double xmin = x0;
+	    double ymin = y0;
+	    double xmax = x0;
+	    double ymax = y0;
+	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.right() + 1, rect.top(), x, y );
+	    xmin = QMIN( xmin, x );
+	    ymin = QMIN( ymin, y );
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, x );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, y );
+	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.right() + 1, rect.bottom() + 1, x, y );
+	    xmin = QMIN( xmin, x );
+	    ymin = QMIN( ymin, y );
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, x );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, y );
+	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.left(), rect.bottom() + 1, x, y );
+	    xmin = QMIN( xmin, x );
+	    ymin = QMIN( ymin, y );
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, x );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, y );
+	    double w = xmax - xmin;
+	    double h = ymax - ymin;
+	    xmin -= ( xmin - x0 ) / w;
+	    ymin -= ( ymin - y0 ) / h;
+	    xmax -= ( xmax - x0 ) / w;
+	    ymax -= ( ymax - y0 ) / h;
+	    result = QRect( qRound(xmin), qRound(ymin), qRound(xmax)-qRound(xmin)+1, qRound(ymax)-qRound(ymin)+1 );
+	}
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+QPoint QWMatrix::operator *( const QPoint &p ) const
+{
+    double fx = p.x();
+    double fy = p.y();
+    return QPoint( qRound(_m11*fx + _m21*fy + _dx),
+		   qRound(_m12*fx + _m22*fy + _dy) );
+}
+
+
+struct QWMDoublePoint {
+    double x;
+    double y;
+};
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+QPointArray QWMatrix::operator *( const QPointArray &a ) const
+{
+    if( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	QPointArray result = a.copy();
+	int x, y;
+	for ( int i=0; i<(int)result.size(); i++ ) {
+	    result.point( i, &x, &y );
+	    MAPINT( x, y, x, y );
+	    result.setPoint( i, x, y );
+	}
+	return result;
+    } else {
+	int size = a.size();
+	int i;
+	QMemArray<QWMDoublePoint> p( size );
+	QPoint *da = a.data();
+	QWMDoublePoint *dp = p.data();
+	double xmin = INT_MAX;
+	double ymin = xmin;
+	double xmax = INT_MIN;
+	double ymax = xmax;
+	int xminp = 0;
+	int yminp = 0;
+	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
+	    dp[i].x = da[i].x();
+	    dp[i].y = da[i].y();
+	    if ( dp[i].x < xmin ) {
+		xmin = dp[i].x;
+		xminp = i;
+	    }
+	    if ( dp[i].y < ymin ) {
+		ymin = dp[i].y;
+		yminp = i;
+	    }
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, dp[i].x );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, dp[i].y );
+	}
+	double w = QMAX( xmax - xmin, 1 );
+	double h = QMAX( ymax - ymin, 1 );
+	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
+	    dp[i].x += (dp[i].x - xmin)/w;
+	    dp[i].y += (dp[i].y - ymin)/h;
+	    MAPDOUBLE( dp[i].x, dp[i].y, dp[i].x, dp[i].y );
+	}
+
+	// now apply correction back for transformed values...
+	xmin = INT_MAX;
+	ymin = xmin;
+	xmax = INT_MIN;
+	ymax = xmax;
+	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
+	    xmin = QMIN( xmin, dp[i].x );
+	    ymin = QMIN( ymin, dp[i].y );
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, dp[i].x );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, dp[i].y );
+	}
+	w = QMAX( xmax - xmin, 1 );
+	h = QMAX( ymax - ymin, 1 );
+
+	QPointArray result( size );
+	QPoint *dr = result.data();
+	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
+	    dr[i].setX( qRound( dp[i].x - (dp[i].x - dp[xminp].x)/w ) );
+	    dr[i].setY( qRound( dp[i].y - (dp[i].y - dp[yminp].y)/h ) );
+	}
+	return result;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+\internal
+*/
+QRegion QWMatrix::operator * (const QRect &rect ) const
+{
+    QRegion result;
+    if ( isIdentity() ) {
+	result = rect;
+    } else if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
+	if( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	    result = QRect( map(rect.topLeft()), map(rect.bottomRight()) ).normalize();
+	} else {
+	    int x = qRound( _m11*rect.x() + _dx );
+	    int y = qRound( _m22*rect.y() + _dy );
+	    int w = qRound( _m11*rect.width() );
+	    int h = qRound( _m22*rect.height() );
+	    if ( w < 0 ) {
+		w = -w;
+		x -= w - 1;
+	    }
+	    if ( h < 0 ) {
+		h = -h;
+		y -= h - 1;
+	    }
+	    result = QRect( x, y, w, h );
+	}
+    } else {
+	result = QRegion( mapToPolygon( rect ) );
+    }
+    return result;
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the transformed rectangle \a rect as a polygon.
+
+    Polygons and rectangles behave slightly differently
+    when transformed (due to integer rounding), so
+    \c{matrix.map( QPointArray( rect ) )} is not always the same as
+    \c{matrix.mapToPolygon( rect )}.
+*/
+QPointArray QWMatrix::mapToPolygon( const QRect &rect ) const
+{
+    QPointArray a( 4 );
+    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
+	a = QPointArray( rect );
+	return operator *( a );
+    }
+    double x[4], y[4];
+    if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
+	x[0] = qRound( _m11*rect.x() + _dx );
+        y[0] = qRound( _m22*rect.y() + _dy );
+	double w = qRound( _m11*rect.width() );
+	double h = qRound( _m22*rect.height() );
+	if ( w < 0 ) {
+	    w = -w;
+	    x[0] -= w - 1.;
+	}
+	if ( h < 0 ) {
+	    h = -h;
+	    y[0] -= h - 1.;
+	}
+	x[1] = x[0]+w-1;
+	x[2] = x[1];
+	x[3] = x[0];
+	y[1] = y[0];
+	y[2] = y[0]+h-1;
+	y[3] = y[2];
+    } else {
+	MAPINT( rect.left(), rect.top(), x[0], y[0] );
+	MAPINT( rect.right() + 1, rect.top(), x[1], y[1] );
+	MAPINT( rect.right() + 1, rect.bottom() + 1, x[2], y[2] );
+	MAPINT( rect.left(), rect.bottom() + 1, x[3], y[3] );
+
+	/*
+	Including rectangles as we have are evil.
+
+        We now have a rectangle that is one pixel to wide and one to
+        high. the tranformed position of the top-left corner is
+        correct. All other points need some adjustments.
+
+	Doing this mathematically exact would force us to calculate some square roots,
+	something we don't want for the sake of speed.
+
+        Instead we use an approximation, that converts to the correct
+        answer when m12 -> 0 and m21 -> 0, and accept smaller
+        errors in the general transformation case.
+
+        The solution is to calculate the width and height of the
+        bounding rect, and scale the points 1/2/3 by (xp-x0)/xw pixel direction
+        to point 0.
+        */
+
+	double xmin = x[0];
+	double ymin = y[0];
+	double xmax = x[0];
+	double ymax = y[0];
+	int i;
+	for( i = 1; i< 4; i++ ) {
+	    xmin = QMIN( xmin, x[i] );
+	    ymin = QMIN( ymin, y[i] );
+	    xmax = QMAX( xmax, x[i] );
+	    ymax = QMAX( ymax, y[i] );
+	}
+	double w = xmax - xmin;
+	double h = ymax - ymin;
+
+	for( i = 1; i < 4; i++ ) {
+	    x[i] -= (x[i] - x[0])/w;
+	    y[i] -= (y[i] - y[0])/h;
+	}
+    }
+#if 0
+    int i;
+    for( i = 0; i< 4; i++ )
+	qDebug("coords(%d) = (%f/%f) (%d/%d)", i, x[i], y[i], qRound(x[i]), qRound(y[i]) );
+    qDebug( "width=%f, height=%f", sqrt( (x[1]-x[0])*(x[1]-x[0]) + (y[1]-y[0])*(y[1]-y[0]) ),
+	    sqrt( (x[0]-x[3])*(x[0]-x[3]) + (y[0]-y[3])*(y[0]-y[3]) ) );
+#endif
+    // all coordinates are correctly, tranform to a pointarray
+    // (rounding to the next integer)
+    a.setPoints( 4, qRound( x[0] ), qRound( y[0] ),
+		 qRound( x[1] ), qRound( y[1] ),
+		 qRound( x[2] ), qRound( y[2] ),
+		 qRound( x[3] ), qRound( y[3] ) );
+    return a;
+}
+
+/*!
+\internal
+*/
+QRegion QWMatrix::operator * (const QRegion &r ) const
+{
+    if ( isIdentity() )
+	return r;
+    QMemArray<QRect> rects = r.rects();
+    QRegion result;
+    register QRect *rect = rects.data();
+    register int i = rects.size();
+    if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F && _m11 > 1.0F && _m22 > 1.0F ) {
+	// simple case, no rotation
+	while ( i ) {
+	    int x = qRound( _m11*rect->x() + _dx );
+	    int y = qRound( _m22*rect->y() + _dy );
+	    int w = qRound( _m11*rect->width() );
+	    int h = qRound( _m22*rect->height() );
+	    if ( w < 0 ) {
+		w = -w;
+		x -= w-1;
+	    }
+	    if ( h < 0 ) {
+		h = -h;
+		y -= h-1;
+	    }
+	    *rect = QRect( x, y, w, h );
+	    rect++;
+	    i--;
+	}
+	result.setRects( rects.data(), rects.size() );
+    } else {
+	while ( i ) {
+	    result |= operator *( *rect );
+	    rect++;
+	    i--;
+	}
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resets the matrix to an identity matrix.
+
+    All elements are set to zero, except \e m11 and \e m22 (scaling)
+    which are set to 1.
+
+    \sa isIdentity()
+*/
+
+void QWMatrix::reset()
+{
+    _m11 = _m22 = 1.0;
+    _m12 = _m21 = _dx = _dy = 0.0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the matrix is the identity matrix; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa reset()
+*/
+bool QWMatrix::isIdentity() const
+{
+    return _m11 == 1.0 && _m22 == 1.0 && _m12 == 0.0 && _m21 == 0.0
+	&& _dx == 0.0 && _dy == 0.0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the coordinate system \a dx along the X-axis and \a dy along
+    the Y-axis.
+
+    Returns a reference to the matrix.
+
+    \sa scale(), shear(), rotate()
+*/
+
+QWMatrix &QWMatrix::translate( double dx, double dy )
+{
+    _dx += dx*_m11 + dy*_m21;
+    _dy += dy*_m22 + dx*_m12;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Scales the coordinate system unit by \a sx horizontally and \a sy
+    vertically.
+
+    Returns a reference to the matrix.
+
+    \sa translate(), shear(), rotate()
+*/
+
+QWMatrix &QWMatrix::scale( double sx, double sy )
+{
+    _m11 *= sx;
+    _m12 *= sx;
+    _m21 *= sy;
+    _m22 *= sy;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Shears the coordinate system by \a sh horizontally and \a sv
+    vertically.
+
+    Returns a reference to the matrix.
+
+    \sa translate(), scale(), rotate()
+*/
+
+QWMatrix &QWMatrix::shear( double sh, double sv )
+{
+    double tm11 = sv*_m21;
+    double tm12 = sv*_m22;
+    double tm21 = sh*_m11;
+    double tm22 = sh*_m12;
+    _m11 += tm11;
+    _m12 += tm12;
+    _m21 += tm21;
+    _m22 += tm22;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+const double deg2rad = 0.017453292519943295769;	// pi/180
+
+/*!
+    Rotates the coordinate system \a a degrees counterclockwise.
+
+    Returns a reference to the matrix.
+
+    \sa translate(), scale(), shear()
+*/
+
+QWMatrix &QWMatrix::rotate( double a )
+{
+    double b = deg2rad*a;			// convert to radians
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+    double sina = qsincos(b,FALSE);		// fast and convenient
+    double cosa = qsincos(b,TRUE);
+#else
+    double sina = sin(b);
+    double cosa = cos(b);
+#endif
+    double tm11 = cosa*_m11 + sina*_m21;
+    double tm12 = cosa*_m12 + sina*_m22;
+    double tm21 = -sina*_m11 + cosa*_m21;
+    double tm22 = -sina*_m12 + cosa*_m22;
+    _m11 = tm11; _m12 = tm12;
+    _m21 = tm21; _m22 = tm22;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QWMatrix::isInvertible() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the matrix is invertible; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa invert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn double QWMatrix::det() const
+
+    Returns the matrix's determinant.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the inverted matrix.
+
+    If the matrix is singular (not invertible), the identity matrix is
+    returned.
+
+    If \a invertible is not 0: the value of \a *invertible is set
+    to TRUE if the matrix is invertible; otherwise \a *invertible is
+    set to FALSE.
+
+    \sa isInvertible()
+*/
+
+QWMatrix QWMatrix::invert( bool *invertible ) const
+{
+    double determinant = det();
+    if ( determinant == 0.0 ) {
+	if ( invertible )
+	    *invertible = FALSE;		// singular matrix
+	QWMatrix defaultMatrix;
+	return defaultMatrix;
+    }
+    else {					// invertible matrix
+	if ( invertible )
+	    *invertible = TRUE;
+	double dinv = 1.0/determinant;
+	QWMatrix imatrix( (_m22*dinv),	(-_m12*dinv),
+			  (-_m21*dinv), ( _m11*dinv),
+			  ((_m21*_dy - _m22*_dx)*dinv),
+			  ((_m12*_dx - _m11*_dy)*dinv) );
+	return imatrix;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this matrix is equal to \a m; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QWMatrix::operator==( const QWMatrix &m ) const
+{
+    return _m11 == m._m11 &&
+	   _m12 == m._m12 &&
+	   _m21 == m._m21 &&
+	   _m22 == m._m22 &&
+	   _dx == m._dx &&
+	   _dy == m._dy;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this matrix is not equal to \a m; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool QWMatrix::operator!=( const QWMatrix &m ) const
+{
+    return _m11 != m._m11 ||
+	   _m12 != m._m12 ||
+	   _m21 != m._m21 ||
+	   _m22 != m._m22 ||
+	   _dx != m._dx ||
+	   _dy != m._dy;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the result of multiplying this matrix by matrix \a m.
+*/
+
+QWMatrix &QWMatrix::operator*=( const QWMatrix &m )
+{
+    double tm11 = _m11*m._m11 + _m12*m._m21;
+    double tm12 = _m11*m._m12 + _m12*m._m22;
+    double tm21 = _m21*m._m11 + _m22*m._m21;
+    double tm22 = _m21*m._m12 + _m22*m._m22;
+
+    double tdx  = _dx*m._m11  + _dy*m._m21 + m._dx;
+    double tdy =  _dx*m._m12  + _dy*m._m22 + m._dy;
+
+    _m11 = tm11; _m12 = tm12;
+    _m21 = tm21; _m22 = tm22;
+    _dx = tdx; _dy = tdy;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    \relates QWMatrix
+    Returns the product of \a m1 * \a m2.
+
+    Note that matrix multiplication is not commutative, i.e. a*b !=
+    b*a.
+*/
+
+QWMatrix operator*( const QWMatrix &m1, const QWMatrix &m2 )
+{
+    QWMatrix result = m1;
+    result *= m2;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QWMatrix stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    \relates QWMatrix
+
+    Writes the matrix \a m to the stream \a s and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QWMatrix &m )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 )
+	s << (float)m.m11() << (float)m.m12() << (float)m.m21()
+	  << (float)m.m22() << (float)m.dx()  << (float)m.dy();
+    else
+	s << m.m11() << m.m12() << m.m21() << m.m22()
+	  << m.dx() << m.dy();
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \relates QWMatrix
+
+    Reads the matrix \a m from the stream \a s and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QWMatrix &m )
+{
+    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
+	float m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy;
+	s >> m11;  s >> m12;  s >> m21;  s >> m22;
+	s >> dx;   s >> dy;
+	m.setMatrix( m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy );
+    }
+    else {
+	double m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy;
+	s >> m11;  s >> m12;  s >> m21;  s >> m22;
+	s >> dx;   s >> dy;
+	m.setMatrix( m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy );
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+#endif // QT_NO_WMATRIX
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/qwmatrix.h b/src/kernel/qwmatrix.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6bd155
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/qwmatrix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of QWMatrix class
+**
+** Created : 941020
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free Qt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.QPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid Qt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWMATRIX_H
+#define QWMATRIX_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwindowdefs.h"
+#include "qpointarray.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qregion.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WMATRIX
+
+
+class Q_EXPORT QWMatrix					// 2D transform matrix
+{
+public:
+    QWMatrix();
+    QWMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
+	      double dx, double dy );
+
+    void	setMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
+			   double dx,  double dy );
+
+    double	m11() const { return _m11; }
+    double	m12() const { return _m12; }
+    double	m21() const { return _m21; }
+    double	m22() const { return _m22; }
+    double	dx()  const { return _dx; }
+    double	dy()  const { return _dy; }
+
+    void	map( int x, int y, int *tx, int *ty )	      const;
+    void	map( double x, double y, double *tx, double *ty ) const;
+    QRect	mapRect( const QRect & )	const;
+
+    QPoint	map( const QPoint &p )	const { return operator *( p ); }
+    QRect	map( const QRect &r )	const { return mapRect ( r ); }
+    QPointArray map( const QPointArray &a ) const { return operator * ( a ); }
+    QRegion     map( const QRegion &r ) const { return operator *( r ); }
+    QRegion     mapToRegion( const QRect &r ) const { return operator *( r ); }
+    QPointArray	mapToPolygon( const QRect &r )	const;
+
+    void	reset();
+    bool	isIdentity() const;
+
+    QWMatrix   &translate( double dx, double dy );
+    QWMatrix   &scale( double sx, double sy );
+    QWMatrix   &shear( double sh, double sv );
+    QWMatrix   &rotate( double a );
+
+    bool isInvertible() const { return (_m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21) != 0; }
+    double det() const { return _m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21; }
+
+    QWMatrix	invert( bool * = 0 ) const;
+
+    bool	operator==( const QWMatrix & ) const;
+    bool	operator!=( const QWMatrix & ) const;
+    QWMatrix   &operator*=( const QWMatrix & );
+
+    /* we use matrix multiplication semantics here */
+    QPoint operator * (const QPoint & ) const;
+    QRegion operator * (const QRect & ) const;
+    QRegion operator * (const QRegion & ) const;
+    QPointArray operator *  ( const QPointArray &a ) const;
+
+    enum TransformationMode {
+	Points, Areas
+    };
+    static void setTransformationMode( QWMatrix::TransformationMode m );
+    static TransformationMode transformationMode();
+private:
+    double	_m11, _m12;
+    double	_m21, _m22;
+    double	_dx,  _dy;
+};
+
+Q_EXPORT QWMatrix operator*( const QWMatrix &, const QWMatrix & );
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QWMatrix stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &, const QWMatrix & );
+Q_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &, QWMatrix & );
+
+
+#endif // QT_NO_WMATRIX
+
+#endif // QWMATRIX_H